i
i
A
A
micRD PHOTO Division
I
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
January 2, 19/3
Volume 906
Number 1
CONTENTS
page
Patents and Trademark Notices
Consolidated Listing of Recent Otficial Gazette Notices re Patent Office
Practices and Procedures '^ ' ' "
Board of Appeals Decisions Rendered in the Month of November 19 '_ . . ^i
. . 91
Patent Suits
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Januar>- 2, 1973 9.
. . 93
Disclaimers
. . 93
Dedications
. . 93
Errata
9*^
Condition of Patent Applications
^ . . . 96
Plant Patents Granted
Patents Granted
97
General and Mechanical
... 231
Chemical
295
Electrical
346
Design Patents Granted
PI 1
Index of Patentees
PI 3S
Indices of Plants and Designs
Classification of
PI 37
Patents
JO,. .... PI 39
De-signs and Plants
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
.... PI 40
Patents
PI 42
Designs and Plants
The following .re mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Document.. GoTernment
Printing Office, Washington. D.C.. 20402. to whom .11 sub.cription. .hould be made payable and
.11 communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional: single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional: single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cent! each. __^^^^^___
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 60 cents each :
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each: copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of P.tenU. Wwhington. D.C.. 20231.
Printing .uthonied by Section 11(a) 3 of Title 86. U.S. Code P.O.
CONSOLIDATED LISTING OF RECENT OFFICIAL GAZETTE NOTICES
RE PATENT OFFICE PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES
PATENT SECTION
Thr folUnrinn ..s a compilation of the more important notices ments Include the Group Number to which the application is
and rules c}ian;,cs rrhirh have been published in the ofkmial assigned, as well as the Appeal Number and Serial Number.
Cazfttf, Jroiii .JiiUi 1, IfifiJi, thrnuflh Decnnber '1. /''TJ. These
notices and rules changes are currently in effect and are pub ^^^^ g 1965.
lishcd as a part of our -•Better Service to the Public" program.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
First Assistant Commissioner.
CONTENTS
Patent Section
Infiirinatioii and ( '(irrpspondpnco
llocnrds and KiU's -. -
I"ri'< and l'ay"i''"t "f Mniicy _ - --
r.iwrrs (if At turncy
AppllcatKiii ('(intont - -
I'rinrity Applicati(ins -- -
l>ra\viiiKs - - -
i:xaniinaiii>n nf Applications _ ---
Aiiicndnieiits - —
Interviews ^ - -
.lolndor -
Time for Rt^^ponso _ - - -
Appeals - - -
Intorfcrenies _ -
Correction of Krrors
Abstracts- - - ^
Iteferences - --- - ■
I'i>stal Sorviro Eniopfzoncy - -
Mi-rollaiKMuis - -
TRADKMAItK SK'TIdN
•l-radt'inarl< Xotlros and Rtile Clianj:es
KriifatiMl Patent Notices Also Pertinent to Trade
■I
marks
.-, 11, 22, 20). 27, .'in, 13. 4."). 4«, 48, lSl-lS,j
It
1-
,3,5-
43
,") 7) -
r,o-
72-
so-
S5-
121-
121-
126-
136-
141-
ir.6-
162-
1(15-
171-
181-
l«;6-
3no-
195,
(' m s
34
42
54
59
71
7[»
- 81
120
123
-125
-135
-140
-155
-161
-ir,4
-170
1 SO
-1S5
O 1 o
-334
212
[815 O.G. 417]
(4, Tf.lephone Numbers on Amenpmknts
AND Other Papers
In view of the increased use of telephone interviews regard-
ing matter which can be readily cleared up by a telephone
call to applicant or his representative, it is again recom-
mended that amendments and other papers, such as letters
of transmittal, include the complete telephone number with
area code and extension, preferably near the signature of the
writer.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Mar 11 1966. Assistant Commissioner.
[825 O.G. 1]
(5)
ZIP Code Reminder
INFORMATION AND CORRESPONDENCE
(1) Information Re application Statds
In view of the relatively long pendency of patent applica-
tions at the present time, the Anal disposition of which may,
in some cases, be of substantial Importance to the public in
;;eneral or, at least, to persons other than the applicants. It
has been decided effective immediately to advise any person
who makes written request for Information as to the status
of a United States application referred to by number in a
foreign patent, which patent Is identified in the request,
whether the application is pending, abandoned or patented
and, if patented, what the patent number is. The former prac-
tice'of giving similar information with respect to an appli-
cation referred to by number In a United States patent (Man-
ual of Patent Kxamining Procedure, section 102) will be con-
tinued.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Dec. 11, 19C4. Commissioner oj Patents.
[809 O.G. 1293]
By Executive Memorandum of June 18, 1965, President
Johnson directed all Federal Agencies to take the lead In
adopting the ZIP Code system and Instructed the Post-
master General to issue regulations governing the use of
ZIP Codes by such agencies.
Pursuant to this directive, Section 137.26 has been added
to the Postal Manual requiring compliance by Federal Agen-
cies as follows :
1. Eflfective January 1, 1966. official mailings containing
typed or handwritten addresses must include the ZIP
Code.
2. Effective January 1, 1967, all Federal Agencies must
use the ZIP Code In the addresses on all official mail
and are required to presort quantity mailings by ZIP
code.
TO THIS END, ALL FUTURE LETTERS, COUPONS, AND
OTHER P\PERS BEARING THE SENDER'S ADDRESS
WHICH ARE MAILED TO THE PATENT OFFICE MUST
SHOW THE ZIP CODE DESIGNATION OF BOTH THE
SENDER AND THE PATENT OFFICE.
The Patent Office ZIP Code is 20231. This designation
should be used when writing to the Patent Office for any
matter. In addition, the sender's own ZIP Code designation
should be given. The Itenefits to be gained by the im-
mediate use of ZIP Code are many : positive Identification
of areas ; faster delivery of mall by reducing the number
of handlings from point of origin to destination ; and easier
identification of post office address.
C. A. KALK,
Mar. 22 1966. Director of Administration.
Telephone Numbers on Office Actions
(2)
Effective Immediately, the full surname of the Examiner
who prepares the Office action will. In all cases, be typed
below the action on the left side. The Examiner's telephone
number will be typed below his name. This number should be
called if the case is to be discussed or an interview arranged.
The Notice of December 10, 1964, 810 O.G. 308, and Change
Notice 2-15 are rescinded.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Apr. 5, 1965. Superintendent, Patent Examining Corps.
[813 O.G. 1099]
(6)
[825 O.G. 428]
Hand Delivery of Duplicate Copy of
Papers by Attorney
(3)
Expeditino Papers Relating to Appeals
In order to expedite the handling and processing of all
papers relating to appeals, it Is essential that all such docu-
The Notice appearing In 833 O.G. 1 Is hereby superseded.
The practice set out in the above notice Is extended as follows :
In further implementation of the Notice in 829 O.G. 1785
concerning discontinuation of the practice of hand delivery
by attorneys or others of officially date stamped pap_exa,^lt is
directed that prompt consideration and appropriate action be
taken on the hand-delivered duplicate copy of such papers,
which may Include amendments, powers to inspect, requests
for extension of time, etc.
The effect of such consideration and action should be com-
municated to applicant or his representative at the earliest
practicable time to clarify the status of the case.
If requested, at the conclusion of an interview, it would be
appropriate to indicate on the attorney's copy and' the Office
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
duplicate copy any agreement reached and to Initial and date
'°Actualtlerlcal entry of amendatory matter usually will re-
aufre thl p e ence In the file of the original paper ; howeve .
nending receipt of the original, examiner and clerical process^
fog of the application should proceed, based on the duplicate
copy! as far as practicable In the circumstances of each case.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Dec. 21. 1966. Assistant Commissioner.
[834 O.G. 829]
(7)
Att.\chments to Office Actions
To expedite the preparation and mailing °'/".*'^'°.f ®f
actions, the following changes in practice are effective July 1.
^^Where references are furnished, applicant's copies of the
Office action wm be camera reproductions of the ribbon copy
hiTtead of the usual carbon copies. The list of reference clta-
Tol\Xle\ofor. typed directly on t^e action, will be on a
separate form, Notice of References Cited. PO-892. attacnea
to applicant's copies of the action. ,„„oin.
The manner of furnishing copies of the references remains
"""Abouf Aug 1. 1967. the use of attachments to the Office
acUon will be extended to include notification of Informalities
in the application and drawings. Where applicable^ Notice o
inforn^al Patent Drawings, PO-948, and Notice of Informal
Pa^nt Applications, P(>-152 (rev.) will be attached to the
first action. . ._ • .__
The attachments will bear the same paper number and are
to be considered as part of the action. , ^. ,^ . . rrnif
Replies to Office actions should include the 3-dlglt Art Unit
number to expedite handling within the Office.
(3) The Patent Office has an Office of Information Services
where the public may obtain a list of current publications and
general information concerning the functions and services of
?he Patent Office. Information relating to patents may be ob^
a ned °o\n the Patent Reference Branch of the Office o
PaTent Services, and information relating to l^^^'^^J^'l^^^
be obtained from the search room of the Trademark Examin-
ing Operation.
C Guide to Published Rules and Regulations.
(1) Patent Office rules of procedure, descriptions of forms
substantive rules of general applirahlllty. and statements ot
ilttilSiill
c!ses" and '-Trademark Rules of Practice of the I'atent Office
With Forms and Statutes." each of which is ^or sale by the
Superintendent of Documents. U.S. Government Printing Of
'I'^rThTpaT^t Offi'crmaintalns also an administrative
stai? manuare^ltled "Manual of Patent K--/''^';^^/;;-
dure" and an index thereto, for the ^^^^ral guidance of Its
staff and the public. The manual, with its index, as amended^
hanged and supplemented from time to ^ime. is available in
^h! Pnt^nt Office (the Public Search Room and Library) for
:;:pe" tiranrropiing. and copies are - saj.^.' t»;e ^uper n-
tendent of Documents. US. Governmen^ Printing Office, u asn
ington. D.C., 20402.
Jane 20, 1967.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[840 O.G. 711]
^ APPENDIX A
(8) PUBLIC INFORM..TION APPENDIX-PATENT OFFICE
A. Purpose.
The purpose of this Appendix is to describe In gf^"*]- ^^e
public information services of the Patent Office to <^escr^^be
?he places at which and the methods whereby the P^^Hc may
;bta?n information, make submissions or requests or obta n
decisions, to inform the public as to the sources or availability
or ules regulations, procedures, forms. Instructions, or other
rJaulrement^of the Patent Office, which a«ect the public and
otherwise to comply with the requirements of Section 552 or
Title 5. U.S.C. as amended by Public Law 90-23. June 5. 1967
(81 Stat. 54).
B Public Information Services.
(I) The Patent Office provides the public with a wide range
of nformatlon relating to the organization, structure, descrip-
tion, and functions of the Patent Office. Tb^« '"'^^^J^^^^^^/^i
published regularly on a weekly basis, such as t^e Official
GAZETTE, and copies of the patents and trademark reglstra
tlons Identified therein. General Information concerning the
procedures for obtaining patents or registering trademarks
and for utilizing the search rooms and Scientific Ubrary of
the Patent Office is readily available. ^ . ,». ♦.
(2) Publications of the Patent Office are listed In the cata-
log of publications sold by the Superintendent of Documents.
U.S Government, Printing Office, Washington. DC, 20402.
They are also listed in the Introduction of the "Rules of Prac-
tice of the United States Patent Office In Patent Cases, and
in the pamphlet "General Information Concerning Patents.
The Patent Office also publishes a circular "Patent Office Publi-
cations." which lists the available publications, and Provides
information as to price and source. These publications IncMide •
a Annual Index of Patents.
b Decisions of the Commissioner of Patents^
c. Manual of Patent Classification, and Oasslflcation
bulletins,
d Patent Laws (pamphlet edition). ^ . ♦.
e.' Directory of Registered Patent Attorneys and Agents
Arranged by States and Cities,
f. Guide for Patent Draftsmen.
D Submission of Requests and Applications.
The established places at which and the methods whereby
the public may make requests concerning Patent O^ce tunc
t?ons. operations, and procedures are listed In Sections B and
C of this Appendix.
E. {Reserved) .
F Inspection and Copying of Opinions and Orders.
■ (1) Final opinions and orders in the adjudication of patent
vanla Avenue and Constitution Avenue. NNV ^^ashlngton
D? 20231. readily accessible from the entrance on E Street
near 14th Street. Instructions concerning the use of this facil
ity are contained in the introductory portion to the pamphlet
du"n of the Rules of Practice In Pate^' ^--'^ ^-^ ''''
nnmnhlet "General Information Concerning Patents.
material required to 5^«^-'^^,^,2^a 2) a eTde available for
and copyln'g under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) U) a Examining
such purposes In the ^^"^f,;:"^",,'^;,^^:^ Rhode Island
operation In the Longfellow Building 174 ^^
4vpnue NW., Washington. D.C.. 202^1. irom o."
6 00 pm on workdays only. Instructions concerning trade
mark operations are contained in the pamphlet "Gene,,l In-
formation Concerning Trademarks.
G Inspection o/ Bureau Records.
rpe:;irc;;:^^=irm:; -^^^^^^^^ commis.
-- ^fJt^L a. re^gn^
^.';^nVo3)"whlch prescribe the procedures to be followed in
:re opening of ceruin patent applications to '-^I'on-^ ^
(3) Assignment records, digests, and Indexes (37 C.KR^
1.12) rtlatfng to patent applications are not available to the
""(4)'- Pending trademark applications are not open to general
'"TsTxhe^'e^res'for^equestlng records not disclosed to
(5) xne pro informational activities of
section F. supra, or whose disclosure Is n^rovided
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
precluded by the regulations cited in paragraphs (1), (2), (3)
and (4) of this section, are prescribed in 37 C.F.R. 1.15.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Date: Sept. 12, 1967. Commissioner oj Patents.
Published in SS F.R. JS8S0, Oct. i, 1907
[843 O.G. 1567]
The publication is on sale by the Superintendent of Docu-
ments. Unit-^d States Government' Printing Office. Washing-
ton, D.C., 20402, for $1.50.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
July 25, 1969. Chairman, Committee on Enrollment.
[865 O.G. 663]
(9)
Post Card Receipt Re.minder
Applicants and their attorneys or agents are reminded of
the provision in Section 717.01(a) of the Manual of Patent
Examining Procedure relating to the use of post cards as
"receipts" of papers filed in the Patent Office.
If a receipt for any paper filed In the Patent Office is de-
sired, it may be had by enclosing with the paper a self-
addressed post card identifying the paper. The Patent Office
will stamp the receipt date on the card and place it In the
outgoing mail.
The identifying data on the card should be so complete as
to match the paper with the application or other document
to which it is to be associated. For example, the document
should be identified by the applicant's name(s), Serial No.,
filing date, appeal number. Interference number, etc.. and the
paper should be identified by specifying the type thereof, viz.
affidavit, amendment, appeal, application papers, brief, draw-
ings, fees, motions, supplemental oath or declaration, peti-
tion, etc.
When papers for more than one document are filed under a
single cot»er a return post card should be attached to the
paper for each document for which a receipt Is desired.
(13) Orders for Copies of Foreign Patents .and/or
Published Applications
Some foreign countries are not publishing their patents
and/or applications In numerical order. Since the U.S. Patent
Office will begin supplying orders for copies of these foreign
documents from master microfilm reels made up on weekly
or other periodic publishing sequences, effective immediately
all orders must Include the country, patent or application
number, and the publication date (if known) of the ordered
document. Reference should be made to Section 901 05(a) of
the Manual of Patent Examining Procedure to assist in deter-
mining the publication date of the commonly encountered
foreign patents and applications.
W. R. ARMSTRONG.
Aug. 21. 1969. Director, Office of Patent Services.
[866 O.G. 685]
Nov. 21. 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
[857 O.G. 667]
(10)
Office Action — First Page Form
The printed form POL-326 formerly used as the first page
of the first Office action, 845 O.G. 1205. has been revised.
The new form is now being attached to all Office actions up
to and Including final rejections.
Jan. 22. 1969.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
[859 O.G. 677]
(11) Offici.\l P.stent Office M.mling .\ddress
Remains Washington, D.C.
Feb. 20, 1969.
C. A. KALK.
Director of Administration.
[860 O.G. 662]
(14) Group Ncmber Siiocld .\ppe.\r on Communica-
tions Relating to Pendi.vo applications
It is again requested that tne Group number be typed on
amendments and other communications relating to pending
applications in order to expedite the handling of mall and to
conserve manpower. The number of the Group should be
placed on the right-hand side, opposite the Serial Number or
name of applicant. In >iew of the vast amount of mail, con-
tinued careful attention to these details will do much toward
avoiding delay in handling of mall.
C. A. KALK.
Nov. 6, 1969. Director of Administration.
[869 O.G. 3451
The official mailing address for all communications sent to
the Patent Office remains :
Commissioner of Patents
Washington, D.C. 20231
Any telegrams sent to the Patent Office must also bear the
above identical address.
The physical location of the Patent Office Is 2021 Jefferson
Davis Highway, Arlington, Virginia. This address must not
be used when addressing mail to the Patent Office.
No reference to Crystal Plaza, Virginia, should be made
in the address of any communication intended for delivery
to the Patent Office by the Post Office Department or Western
Union.
Compliance with this instruction will help prevent any un-
necessary delay in the delivery of mall, telegrams, etc.
(15) tr.\nsmittal FORi^
As a convenience to attorneys and to standardize process-
ing forms have been developed for use in transmitting (1)
new applications (PO-1082) and (2) amendments adding
claims (PO-10S3). These forms were approved by a Notice
appearing in the Federal Register. November 26. 1969. and
are designated 37 CFR 3.51' and 3.52 (869 OG 1033). Attor-
neys who desire to use these forms may obtain them without
charge from the Correspondence and Mall Branch or the Re-
ceptionist in Building 3 in Crystal Plaza.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Jan 2 1970. Assistant Commissioner.
[870 O.G. 1040]
(16)
Microfilm : Patent Number Sequence
Classification Record
(12) Directory of Registered Patant Attorneys
AND Agents
The Patent Office has recently published a new edition of
the Directory of Registered Patent Attorneys and Agents
Arranged by States and Countries. The new edition shows the
addresses furnished to the Committee on Enrollment as of
December 1968. of all attorneys, agents, and firms registered
to practice before the Patent Office in patent cases. An added
feature in the present edition is the use of a symbol to denote
those registrants who are registered as patent agents.
The Patent Office announces a new microfilm publication
entitled Patent Number Sequence Classification Record. This
official record lists the original and cross-reference classifica-
tions together for each patent number, in patent number
order This sequence contrasts with that of the previously
announced Cumulative Index to the Classification of Patents
which lists patent numbers by classification. In separate files
for original and cross-reference classifications.
The Patent Number Sequence Classification Record com-
prises all patents Issued through April 29. 1969. The classifi-
cation includes all reclassifications made effective through
January 1. 1969. This publication, which is available only in
microfilm form. Includes patents, design patents, reissue de-
sign patents, reissue patents, plant patents, defensive publica-
tions and patents issued from 1790 to 1836. Updates to this
record will be announced periodically, as circumstances
warrant.
The Patent Number Sequence Classification Record com-
prises 16 reels of 16 mm. roll microfilm which are offered Tor
sale in three different ways. The complete record 1^ catalogued
as PB-188600 and sells for $70.00. The 7 reels comprising
patents Issued from numbers 2.225,518 (Issued in 1940) to
the end of the file are offered together for those who desire
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
only more recent patents. This set Is catalogued as PB-188617A
and sells for $35.00. Reels ordered Individually or In sets^
other than the two mentioned above, sell for $6.00 apiece
and should be ordered using the catalogue number for each
reel desired, as shovfn below : " •
Cat No. Patent Nos. Included
PB-188601 1- 276927
PB-188602 276,928- 539.569
PB-188603 539,570- 797,464
PB-188604 797.465-1,054,425
PB-188605 1.054,426-1,311,703
PB-188606 1,311,704-1,568,108
PB-188607 , 1,568,109-1,811,776 . -.
PB-188608 1.811.777-2,015,447 „ :,
PB-188609 2,015,448-2.225,517
, PB-188610 - 2,225,518-2 431,496
PB-188611 2,431,497-2,628,945
PB-188612 ~ 2.628,946-2,819,182
PB-188613 2,819,183-3,011,059
PB-188614 ' 3.011,060-3,196,127
PB-188615 3.196,128-3,377.086
PB-188616 3.377.087-3.441,959 ,
and Reissue Patents 1-26,557, Design
Patents 1-214,007, Plant Patents
1-2,881 and all other categories
mentioned In text above.
Orders may be addressed to : . '
CFSTI
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22151
Payment should be made in the form of a check or money
order payable to the National Bureau of Standards — CFSTI.
Inquiries, comments or suggestions concerning this record
may be directed to the U.S. Patent Office, Office of Organiza-
tion and Systems Analysis, Washington, D.C. 20231.
E. A. HURD,
Director, Office of Organization and Systems Analysis.
Jan. 15, 1970.
[871 O.G. 2]
(17)
H.AXD Delivery of P.\per.s
The notice of November 10, 1969 (869 O.G. 345), regarding
Hand Delivery of Papers is modified as indicated below.
The privilege of personal delivery of papers by applicants,
their attorneys or agents to the Examining Groups is hereby
extended to include any paper which relates to a pending
application file. Under this procedure the paper will be date
srfeped with tho Group stamp and made an official paper in
tlie file, thereby avoiding the necessity of processing and for-
warding to the E.xaminlng Group via the Mail Room. The
approval and initials of the examiner will no longer be neces-
sary for delivering papers directly to the Group. In those In-
st.inces where an additional fee is required, the paper will be
date stamped by the clerk, hand carried, together with the
check or letter of authorization to charge a Deposit Account,
to the Finance Branch for processing and then made an official
paper in the file.
This procedure will be re-evaluated after it has been in
effect for a period of six months.
(19) lDENTIFIC.\TION FOR APPLICATION CORRKSPONDENCE
The Office Is continuing to experience difficulty In match-
ing Incoming papers with the corresponding application files.
This applies especially to responses to Office Actions, powers
of attorney, changes of address, status letters, requests for
extensions of time, and petitions.
A very necessary part of a complete identification of a pend-
ing application Is the three-digit Group or Art Unit number,
e.g., 110 or 111. Frequently, the Group Art Unit number is
entirely omitted, or there are errors in this number. In the
latter situation the error often occurs as a result of the case
having been reassigned within the Office, and the communica-
tion is directed to an Examining Group other than that indi-
cated in the most recent Office Action.
Where the Group Art Unit number Is entirely omitted, the
routine operations of the Application Branch must be inter-
rupted solely for the purpose of determining the location of
the application so that the communication can be properly
routed. Under these "circumstances the efficiency of the Appli-
cation Branch Is impaired and the 'incoming paper is delayed
in reaching its proper destination. Where such papers are
not essential to compliance with a statutory period or time
limit for response, they may be returned for completion to
Identify the location of the files.
To assist the Office In expediting Its business, it is requested
that ALL papers relating to a pending application Include
the following information :
1. Serial number (checked for accuracy),
2. Group Art Unit number (copied from filing receipt or
most recent Office Action).
3. Filing date,
4.vName of the Examiner who prepared the most recent
Office Action.
5. Title of the Invention.
To further reduce the burden on the Application Branch and
the Examining Groups, It Is also requested that the submis-
sion of additional or supplemental papers on a newly filed ap-
plication be deferred until a filing receipt has been received.
In the same vein, it would be appreciated If the filing of addi-
tional papers relating to an allowed application were referred
until a notice of allowance (POL-85) was received.
If the above suggestions are adopted the processing of both
new and allowed applications could proceed more efficiently
and promptly through the Patent Office.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Mar. 5, 1971. Assistant Commissioner.
[885 O.G. 2]
(20)
New Declaration Form
Sept. 8, 1970.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
To facilitate electronic data Input and to expedite process-
ing of new patent applications, a new declaration forn^ has
been devised. . . .. ,
Single copies of the new form are available without charge
for direct use or for reproduction purposes and may be picked
up from the receptionist in Building No. 3 of the Patent Office
at Crystal Plaza. Written requests for the form will be filled
only If directed to the Commissioner of Patents, Office of
Information Services, Washington, D.C, 20231. A stamped,
self-addressed envelope must be enclosed.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
May 28, 1971. Assistant Commissioner.
[887 O.G. 1840]
[879 O.G. 667]
(18) Office Actions
Effective December 1, 1970, applicants or their attorney or
agent will be provided with one carbon copy of all Office
actions, and the provision of additional or other reproductions
of the ribbon copy will be discontinued.
Heretofore, the Office has provided one or two copies of the
examiner's action, depending upon the nature of the action.
ThM practice of furnishing more than one copy will be dis-
continued and, effective with the above change, the applicant
will be furnished oae copy of all examiner actions.
Oct. 21, 1970.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[880 O.G. 740]
(21) Patent Application Branch Service
In order to expedite the processing of newly filed applica-
tions, improve the efficiency of the Office, and assist In the
effort to normally dispose of patent applications within 18
months of their filing date, cooperation from the patent com-
munity Is solicited with respectlto recent procedural modlfl,-
*"'pruJ to examination concerning patentability, patent appli-
cations are now examined for compliance with formal require^
ments and actions are mailed requiring correction of stated
informalities. Many Inquiries have arisen concerning the effect
of such actions. Since the actions concerning correction of
Informalities Include the setting of a period for response,
failure to respond within the period set results In abandon-
ment of the application.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
7 .
Inquiries directed to the Application Branch, either In
person or by telephone, concerning patent applications should
~ not be made during the morning hours between 8 : 30 and
10 : 30.
The letter of transmittal accompanying the filing of con-
tinuing applications, particularly streamlined continuations
and Rule 147 divlslonals. should Include such additional In-
formation as the Identification by serial number of the parent
application. Its status, and location in the Patent Office. The
supplying of this Information will permit the processing of
these new applications more rapidly than at present.
When a new application Is filed with a request to transfer
drawings under Rule 88, the application papers should include
drawing prints to enable the Application Branch to process
the case before transfer of the formal drawings Is effected.
June 1, 1971.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[887 O.G. 1841]
(22) New Procedures for Proce.ssing Orders for Certi-
fied Copies When Material Is Not Available for
sPhotocopyino
The previous practice of the Document Services Division
In handling customer's requests for certified copies of material
not yet processed In the Application Division has been to
return tho order to the customer requesting him to reorder
30 days after receipt of his Official Filing Receipt.
In order to Improve this procedure, as of August 2, 1971,
all requests for certified copies of material that has not been
processed In the Application Division and has not been placed
on microfiche are processed in the following manner.
1. Each order Is given a control number.
2. The customer Is notified as follows :
o. He will receive an acknowledgment of the receipt of
his order.
b. He will be given the assigned control number for ease
of reference In case an Inquiry Is necessary.
c. He will be informed that his order will be held In the
Document Services Division until the copy can be re-
produced from microfiche. No definite time can be given.
3. An Advance Order File has been set up In the Service
Unit of the Document Services Division and the microfiche Is
checked dally.
For further service to Its customers, the Document Services
Division will furnish the Serial Number and Filing Date of
the latest application available on microfiche for publication
In the Official Gazette.
ROBERT J. RISH,
Aug. 2, 1971. Acting Assistant Commissioner
for Administration.
[890 O.G.301]
status Inquiry would be appropriate where a Notice of Al-
lowance is not received within three months from receipt of
either a Form POL-327 or an Examiner's Amendment.
Current examining procedures also aim to minimize the
spread In dates among the various examiner dockets of each
Art Unit and Group with respect to actions on new applica-
tions. Accordingly, the dates of the "oldest new applications"
appearing In the Official Gazette are fairly reliable guides
as to the expected time frames of when the Examiners reach
the cases for action.
Therefore. It should be rarely necessary to query the
status of a new application.
Amended Applications
Amended cases are expected to be taken np by the examiner
and an action completed within two months of the amendment
date. Accordingly, a status inquiry Is not In order after
response by the attorney until five or six months have elapsed
with no response from the Patent Office. A post card receipt
for responses to Office actions, adequately and specifically
identifying the papers filed, will be considered prima facie
proof of receipt of such papers. Where such proof Indicates
the timely filing of a response, the submission of a copy of
the post card with a copy of the response will ordinarily
obviate the need for a petition to revive. Proof of receipt
of a timely response to a final action will obviate the need
for a petition to revive only If the response was in compliance
with Rule 113.
In General
It Is expected that this new policy will result In sharply
reducing the number of status inquiries and permit the time
now spent on them to be used In Increasing Patent Office
efficiency In other more essential areas.
Such status Inquiries as may be still necessary may be
more expeditiously processed by the Patent Office if each
inquiry Includes the application Serial Number, filing date,
name of the applicant, name of the Examiner who prepared
the most recent Office action, and Group Art Unit (taken
from the most recent Office communication) In addition to
the last known status of the application, and is accompanied
by a stamped return-addressed envelope. Telephone inquiries
regarding the status of applications should be directed to
the group clerical personnel and not to the examiners. Inas-
much as the official records and applications are located In
the clerical section of the Examining Groups, the clerical
personnel can readily provide status information without
consulting the examiners.
Status replies will be made by the Patent Office clerical
support force and will only indicate whether the application
is awaiting action by the Examiner or the applicant's response
to an Office action. In the latter Instance the mailing date
of the Office action will also be given.
The Notices of Dec. 5, 1969 (869 O.G. 1031) and Sept. 22,
I960 (819 O.G. 444) are hereby superseded.
Status Inquiries
(23) .
In an effort to sharply reduce the volume and need for
status Inquiries, the past policy that diligence must be estab-
lished by making timely status requests in connection with
petitions to revive Is hereby discontinued.
When an application has been abandoned for an excessive
period before the filing of a petition to revive, an appropriate
terminal disclaimer may be required. It should also be recog-
nized that a petition to revive must be accompanied by the
proposed response unless it has been previously filed (Rule
137). Also, under Rule 113, "Response to a final rejection
or action must Include cancellation of, or appeal from the
rejection of, each claim so rejected and. If any claim stands
allowed, compliance with any requirement or objection as
to form."
Neu) Applications
Current examining procedures now provide for the routine
mailing from the Examining Groups of Form POL-327 In
every case of allowance of an application except where an
Examiner's Amendment Is promptly mailed. Thus, tlie sep-
arate mailing of a Form POL-327 or an Examiner's Amend-
ment in addition to a formal Notice of Allowance (POL-85)
In all allowed cases would seem to obviate the need for status
Inquiries even as a precautionary measure where the applicant
may believe his new application may have been passed to
Issue on the first examination. However, as an exception, a
Nov. 24. 1971.
(24)
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner of Patent$.
[893 O.G. 810]
New application Processing
Because of the delays In processing newly filed applications
and the various problems attendant with those delays, a tem-
porary Parallel Application Branch has been established.
This unit is processing all new applications filed after
Oct. 27, 1971, and will be mailing application filing receipts
within one month of the application filing date. The regular
Application Branch will continue to operate and process the
Inventory of new applications and papers received through
Oct. 27, 1971.
As a result of this arrangement, applicants may receive
filing receipts on applications filed after Oct. 27, 1971, prior
to receiving filing receipts on applications filed before that
date.
The temporary Application Branch will continue opera-
tions until the regular Application Branch has disposed of
Its Inventory of unprocessed applications. At that time, ap-
proximately Apr. 1, 1972, It Is planned to resume all process-
ing of newly filed applications In the regular branch by im-
proved methods designed to keep the fiow of applications
moving on a current basis.
\
8
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
A3 previously, all applications received by the Patent Office
will be microfilmed for record and reproduction purposes.
The temporary operation of two application branches will
effectively double the output of processed applications and
will place excessive demands on our "In-house" microfilming
capabilities. Accordingly, the applications being processed In
the regular Application Branch will be microfilmed using
facilities outside the Patent Office. As a result, these appli-
cations will be unavailable for approximately a two week
period while they are being microfilmed. Consequently, the
filling of requests for copies of these applications may be
somewhat delayed.
^ However, all application copy requests which are submitted
subsequent to two weeks after mailing of the filing receipt
will be promptly filled. Copies requested at the time of filing
the application will be mailed within two weeks after the
mailing of the filing receipt.
All mailed Inquiries concerning requests for application
copies should be addressed to the :
Commissioner of Patents
Washington, 'd.C. 20231
Attn : Customer Relations Branch ''
Telephone ajid In-person Inquiries concerning copy requests
should be directed to the Customer Relations Desk (703)
557-2003 which is located adjacent the Public Search Room,
Crystal Plaza, 2021 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, Va.
All other Inquiries about applications undergoing Appli-
cation Branch processing should be addressed or directed in
the usual manner.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Nov. 22, 1971. Acting Commisaioner of Patents.
• [893 O.G. 807]
(25) Patented Files Service
Delays have frequently been experienced In receiving fyes
and other papers ordered from the Federal Records Center at
Sultland, Md. To provide better service In this respect, the
Patent Office has Initiated Its own pick up and delivery serv-
ice to and from the storage facility. Customer orders are now
normally filled within two days.
Orders for files may be placed at the Attorneys and Record
Room Desk, Building 4, Room IDOl. There Is no charge for
this service.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting Cotnmiaaioner of Patents.
Patent Office officials, or interruptions and Irregular demands
on their time.
The telephone number for this service is (703) 557-2003.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Nov. 26, 1971. Acting Commiaaioner of Patents.
[893 O.G. 807]
(28)
Access to Patent Application and
Interference Files
In order to Insure that access to patent application and
Interference files is given only to persons who are entitled
thereto or who are specially authorized to have access under
Rule 14 of the Rules of Practice In Patent Cases, and to insure
also that the file record identifies any such specially author-
ized person who has been given access to a file, the following
practice will be observed by all personnel of the Patent Office :
• 1. Access, as provided for in the Rules of Practice, will
be given on oral request to any applicant, patentee, as-
signee, or attorney or agent of record in an application
or patent only upon proof of identity or upon recogni-
tion based on personal acquaintance.
2. Where a power of attorney or authorization of agent
was given to a registered firm prior to July 2, 1971.
access will be given upon oral request as In paragraph
1 above to any registered member or employee of the
firm who has signatory power for the firm.
3. Unregistered employees of attorneys or agents, public
stenographers, and all other persons not within the pro-
visions of paragraphs 1 and 2 above will be given
access only upon presentation of a xcritten authorization
for acceaa signed by a person specified in paragraph 1
above, which authorization will be entered as a part
of the official file.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Nov. 24, 1971. Acting Commiaaioner of Patenta.
[893 O.G. 810T
Patent Office Services
Nov. 26, 1971.
[893 O.G. 807]
(26)
Public Records Certification Desk
The certification desk, loc
Attorneys and Record Room
vides "on-the-spot" certifyl
walk-In requests for certified c
ted In Crystal Plaza In the
Building 4, Room IDOl, pro-
service. This desk handles
lies of file wrappers, patented
applications, patents, and selected papers from patented ap-
plication files. Th? usual fee for\this service ($1.00 per cer-
tification) may be applied at thlsXlocatlon in the form of a
paid cash order form, obtainable at- the Cashier's Office ad-
jacent the lobby of Building #2.
Nov. 26, 1971.
(27)
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK.
Acting Commiaaioner of Patenta.
[893 O.G. 810]
CrsTOMER Relations Center
A Customer Relations Center, located in Crystal Plaza
adjacent to the Public Search Room, Building 4, Rooms A102
and A103, has been established to provide a central customer
(29)
During recent months we have achieved significant progress
In improving various aspects of the operations of the Patent
Office, and we are hopeful that this progress will continue.
At the same time. It is essential that we consolidate and main-
tain gains which we have achieved. Unfortunately, it appears
that we have not done this in two areas of particular concern
to attorneys and others dealing with the Patent Office— (1)
filling mall orders for patent copies and (11) supplying certi-
fied copies of patent applications.
Within the past few weeks, criticism by examiners and
the public— which I very much appreciate— brought to light
these operating deficiencies and also the inadequacy of internal
operating Information concerning them.
Analysis of these situations in deptli was Immediately begun,
and an all out remedial program was initiated to eliminate
the causes of these difficulties and to improve our services
in both of these areas. The purpose of this notice is to con-
firm to you our awareness of these problems and their impor-
tance, to Inform you of our efforts to overcome them, and to
provide a current report of their status.
Patent Copies
I am pleased to be able to Inform you that, as of July 24,
1972, we were back on schedule with respect to the filling of
orders for patent copies. These are now being filled within 10
days following receipt of the order in the Patent Office.
Problems of accuracy and quality In the filling of such
orders remain, however, and our efforts in this connection
have been somewhat handicapped by the pressure to achieve
promptness. We fully appreciate the Importance of these mat
ters and have adopted quality control techniques which we
complaint and Inquiry service. The Center Is staffed with six
highly experienced employees who process inquiries concern- .^jii'jQp^gaslngly emphasize to provide necessary improvements.
Ing copies of U.S. patent documents previously
ordered but
not received. This Center handles not only walk-in but tele-
phonic, and written requests for assistance as well. In addi-
tion to improving customer relations, this service Is intended
to relieve the primary customer service areas (Patent Copy
Sales, Document Services, and Reference Order Branch), and
Certified Copiea
Those experiencing difficulty In promptly obtaining certified
copies should be aware of the availability in the Patent
Office of "on the-spot" service in this connection, so that this
may be utilized in appropriate circumstances.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
9
A notice concerning this service appeared in the Official
Gazette of December 21, 1971 (893 O.G. 810) as follows:
"The certification desk, located in Crystal Plaza In
the Attorneys and Record Room, Building 4, Room
IDOl, provides 'on-the-spot' certifying service. This desk
handles walk-in requests for certified copies of file wrap-
pers, patented applications, patents, and selected papers
from patented application files. The usual fee for this
service (i?1.00 per certification) may be applied at this
location in the form of a paid cash order form, obtain-
able at the Cashier's Office adjacent the lobby of Build-
ing #2."
This service continues to be available to provide Immediate
service on orders for certified copies of patented files.
However, as concerns orders for certified copies of pend-
ing applications, delays are still being experienced with
respect to both mail orders and walk-In requests, notwith-
standing Improvements resulting from our continuing ef-
forts. We anticipate that such delays may continue to be
experienced with respect to orders received during the next
30 days.
We are mindful of the Importance of your being able to
obtain certified copies promptly, especially where these are
essential to obtaining the benefit of original filing dates with
r»spect to patent applications filed abroad. We are determined
to make every effort to meet your needs in this respect and,
accordingly, are initiating for the duration of the present
emergency peritxl a special program as follows :
(1) Effective immediately, and continuing until further
notice, a special "Expedited Service" for certified copies will
be available through the Customer Relations Branch located
adjacent the Public Search Room in the Patent Office. On
request for such service, the Customer Relations Branch will
locate and withdraw critically needed orders from the normal
flow and fill them on a custom basis. This program will in-
clude special courier service between the production opera-
tions in the m.iin building of the Department of Commerce
in Washington and the Patent Office facilities at Crystal
Plaza. This special "Expedited Service" may be requested
in person, by mail, or by telephone (703-557-2003). No addi-
tional charge will be made for such service.
(2) Attorneys and others requesting certified copies are
requested
(I) to file their orders, whenever possible, at least two
(2) weeks in advance of the date when such copies
are required, and
(II) to specify, when filing such orders, the exact date
by which such copies are required.
Comjdiance will provide us with necessary lead time and al.so
enable us to establish necessary priorities among the orders
to be expedited.
(3) Requests for "Expedited Service" sliould be requested
only in cases of critical need. Special handling necessarily
detracts from our capability to service other orders within
a reasonable time, and Indiscriminate use of "Expedited
Service" would impair our ability to meet the needs of those
having critically urgent problems.
It is our hope and expectation that regular service will
soon be restored to an acceptable level. A notice terminating
this special program will be published when that has been
achieved. In the meantime, your cooperation and understand-
ing will be appreciated.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
July 25, 1972. Commiaaioner of Patents.
[90i O.G. 412]
self-addressed post card is submitj^d with a patent applica-
tion, that post card will be stamped with both the receipt
date and seriarrtumber prior to returning It to the addressee.
The identifying data on the post card should include: (1)
applicant's name(s) ; (2) title of Invention; (3) number of
pages of specification, claims, and sheets of drawing; (4)
whether oath or declaration used; and (5) amount and man-
ner of paying the fee.
A return post card should be attached to each patent ap-
plication for which a receipt Is desired.
This notice supersedes the notice of March 10, 1971 (884
O.G. 970).
WILLIAM I. MERKIN,
Assistant Commiasioner for Adminiatration.
.August 9, 1972.
[902 O.G. 2]
(."^D NOTICE TO APPLICANTS, ATTORNEYS AND AGENTS
RE PRELIMINARY CLASSIFICATION OF PATENT APPLICA-
TIONS
The Patent Office Is Initiating a pro^m for expediting
newly filed applications through pre-examination steps. This
program requires your cooperation to' attain the desired re-
sult— a reduction in processing time.
We are, therefore, asking you to Include a preliminary
classification on newly filed applications. The preliminary
classification, preferably class and subclass designations,
should be identified in the upper right-hand corner of the
letter of transmittal accompanying the application papers,
for example. "Proposed class 2, subclass 129."
This program is voluntary and the classification submitted
will be accepted as advisory in nature. The final class and
subclass assignment remains the responsibility of the Patent
Office.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Aug. 11, 1972. Acting Commiaaioner of Patents^
~~l902 O.G. 376]
(30)
Earlier Notification of Serial Numbers
(32) Patent Office Services
Addendum to Official Gazette Notice of
AUG. 8, 1972 (901 O.G. 412)
We wish to call attention to a situation discovered during
our study and analysis of the patent copy service. ^Ve found
that there has been a lack of effective controls affecting
orders for printed copies of patents placed by letter. Includ-
ing cash order, and deposit account order forms.
Effective controls for Patent Office coupon orders have
been established.
We are now implementing a similar procedure for orders
placed by letter, including cash order, and deposit account
order forms. It Is possible, however, that a few orders sub-
mitted in this way In the last few months have gone astray.
Accordingly, if you placed such requests for patent copies
prior to July 15, 1972, and have not yet received those
copies, we suggest that you submit, to the address given
below, a follow-up communication which should Identify the
original request by date and include the Patent Numbers
originally ordered.
Address inquiries to :
Director
Office of Public Services
U.S. Patent Office
Washington, D.C. 20231
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commiaaioner of Patenta.
Sept. 7, 1972.
[903 O.G. 368]
• Various procedures are being revised in an effort to reduce
pre-examination processing time for newly filed patent ap-
plications and to implement the new Patent Application Lo-
cator and Monitorinc System. The first change which has
been effected results In the assignment of serial numbers in
the Correspondence and Mail Division immediately after mall
has been opened.
With the Implementation of this new procedure, it is no
longer necessary to submit two self-addressed post cards
when early notification of the serial number is desired. If a
(33)
Distribution of New Declaration
Form PO-1147 (Revised)
In a recent Issue of the Official Gazette (898 O.G. 738)
we announced the availability of a new Sole-Joint Declara-
tion Form, PO-1147. The distribution was limited to single
copies of the form. We are pleased to report that use of the
10
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
form has resulted in Increased efficiency in processing newly
filed applications.
In order to encourage greater use of the form, we now can
furnish larger quantities without charge. Accordingly, dis-
tribution will be made in single copies or In multiples of 10
forms. Since our supply Is limited, only orders for reason-
able quantities can be filled.
The forms may be obtained from the receptionist In the
lobby of Building 3 at our Arlington, Va. location or by mall
request. The latter should be addressed to :
Commissioner of Patents
Washington, D.C. 20231.
Attn : Form Distribution
Sept. 11, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commiasioner of Patents.
■ [903 0.0. 368]
Assignments from original applications are applied without
charge ONLY to divisional, continuation, or substitute appli-
cations where the date of the assignment is prior to the filing
date of the later-filed application. (Continuation-in-part
applications require separate assignments if they are to be
issued to the assignee.)
Practitioners are reminded of the provisions of Rule 334.
Unless an assignment is filed at or prior to the date of pay-
ment of the Issue fee, the patent will normally be Issued In
the name of the Inventor.
Section 306 of the Manual of Patent Examining Procedure*
will be amended appropriately.
W. R. ARMSTRONG.
Director, Office of Patent Servicea.
Concurred :
(signed) R. A. WAHL,
Aaaiatant Commiaaioner.
[830 O.G. 442 (Sept. 12, 1966)]
(34) i Change in Copt Certification Procedures
Pursuant to 28 USC 1744 the Patent Office provides "copies
of letters patent or of any records, books, papers or drawings
belonging to the Patent Office and relating to patents, authen-
ticated under the seal of the Patent Office and certified by the
Commissioner of Patents, or by another officer of the Patent
Office authorized to do so by the Commissioner. . . ." In the
Interest of improved efficiency the Patent Office will, effective
Immediately, change Its method of certifying copies of the
recited materials. Thereafter, the certificate and the copy
win be secured together by a staple In lieu of the ribbon
currently employed. The new procedures will retain the use
of the Patent Office seal and the certification by the Com-
missioner of Patents or other authorized officer in keeping
with the requirements of the above statute.
Sept. 20, 1972.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Acting Commiaaioner.
[903 O.G. 368]
(37) Recording of Instrti.ments
Effective April 1, 1967, the Patent Office will accept and
record legible certified copies of original assignments or other
instruments.
The certified copy, if not in the English language, will not
be recorded unless accompanied by a translation signed by
the translator.
Certification shall be to the fact that the Instrument sub
mltted is a true oopy of the original and shall be made by a
notary public or, if In a foreign country, by a consular officer
of the United States or an officer authorized to administer
oaths and authenticated by a consular officer of the United
StfltBS ~~
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Mar. 3, 1967. Aaaiatant Commiaaioner.
[836 O.G. 1111]
RECORDS AND FILES
(35) Accessibility of Assignment Records
In view of a number of Inquires as to the manner in which
Rule 1.12 of the Patent Office Rules of Practice, as amended
August 23, 1965 (819 O.G. 443) Is to be applied, the pro-
cedure which It is planned to follow in certain types of cases
is set forth below.
1. Assignments relating to applications for registration of
trademarks will be open to public inspection as heretofore.
2. The Office will not open certain parts only of an assign-
ment document to public inspection. If such a document
contains two or more items, any one of which, if alone, would
be open to such Inspection, then the entire document will be
open. Thus, if an assignment covers either a trademark or a
patent in addition to one or more patent applications, it will
be available to the public ab Initio ; and if it covers a number
of patent applications, it will be so available as soon as any
one of them is patented. Assignments relating only to one
or more pending applications for patent will not be open to
public inspection.
3. If the application on which a patent was granted is a
division or continuation of an earlier case, the assignment
records of that case will be open to public Inspection ; similar
situations Involvlns continuation in part applications will be
considered on their individual merits.
4irfAsslgnment records relating to reissue applications' will
be open to public Inspection.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Dec. 15, 1965. Commiaaioner.
[822 O.G. 769]
,33) * PUBLIC Search RopM
Due to budget and personnel limitations which took effect
on July 1, 1908. it has become necessary to adopt measures
that are consistent with these limitations and that will per-
mit continuance of Patent Office activities and facilities
without curtailing their use to the public. Among these
measures is the service of returning to the files those patent
bundles used by the attorneys and the general public in the
Public Search Room.
Beginning August 19, 1968, in order that free access to
the stacks may be maintained, persons drawing patent bundles
from the search files will be expected to return them to the
file slots from which they were withdrawn.
This will enable the personnel In the Public Search Room
to concentrate their time and efforts on the necessary up-
dating and storage maintenance for Improvement of the in-
tegrity of the search files. .^.TTT
*• ' RICHARD A. WAHL,
Aug. 12. 1968. Aaaiatant Commiaaioner.
[854 O.G. 287]
(39)
Assignment Information for Issue Fee
Transmittal Form
(36) Notification Re : Conflict in .\ssign.ment in
Certain Applications
Effective September 12, 1966, Assignment Branch will dis-
continue mailing notification in cases where there is a conflict
in assignment between an original application and Its divi-
sional, continuation, substitute, or continuation-in-part appli-
cation.
Rule 334, revised November 4. 1969, requires . . . "At the
time of payment of the issue fee. a statement must be furnished
indicating whether or not an assignment has been filed with
the Patent Office. In the event an assignment has been filed
such statement must Include the name of the assignee and
indicate whether or not an acknowledgment of a recorded as-
signment has been received from the Patent Office.
The Issue Fee Transmittal Form POL-85b revised De^
cember 1969, provides space (Item 2) for Assignment Data
wmch Should be completed to comply ^l'^ ^^^^^'^''^fZ
an assignee's name and address are identified In Item 2 of the
Ls .e Fee Transmittal Form POL-851,, the patent will issu to
the applicant. Assignment data printed on the patent will be
based on information so supplied.
A request for correction of error arising from failure to
correctly provide this Assignment Data In Item 2 will be con-
JANUARY 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
11
Bldered only under the provisions of Rule 323 for a certificate
of correction of applicant's mistake.
The recording of Instruments In the Assignment Branch Is
not affected by this notice.
Sept. 28, 1970.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commiaaioner of Patenta.
[879 O.O. 988]
(40) Certified Copies of Applications as
Originally Filed
The Patent Office has discontinued placing the assignments
of record on the file wrapper of patent applications, except
when a title report Is requested or upon allowance of the case.
Accordingly, the copies of applications prepared in response
to requests for a certified copy of a patent application as filed,
will no longer Include an Indication of assignments. Applicants
desiring an Indication of assignments of record should request
separately certified copies of assignment documents.
ROBERT J. RISH,
Acting Aaaiatant Commiaaioner
for Adminiatration.
[887 O.G. 1042 (6-22-71)]
(41)
Patented Files Service
Delays have frequently been experienced in receiving files
and other papers ordered from the Federal Records Center at
Sultland, Md. To provide better service In this respect, the
Patent Office has Initiated its own pick up and delivery serv-
ice to and from the storage facility. Customer orders are now
normally filled within two days.
Orders for files may be placed at the Attorneys and Record
Room Desk, Building 4, Room IDOl. There is no charge for
this service.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK.
Nov. 26, 1971. .Acting Commiaaioner of Patents.
[893 O.G. 807]
(42)
Public Records Certification Desk
The certification desk, located in Crystal Plaza in the
Attorneys and Record Room, Building 4, Room IDOl, pro-
vides "on-the-spot" certifying service. This desk handles
walk-in requests for certified copies of file wrappers, patented
applications, patents, and selected papers from patented ap
plication files. The usual fee for this service ($1.00 per cer-
tification) may be applied at this location In the form of a
paid cash order form, obtainable at the Cashier's Office ad
jacent the lobby of Building »2.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting Commiaaioner of Patenta.
Nov. 26, 1971.
[893 O.G. 810]
FEES AND PAYMENT OF IVIONEY
(43) Revision or^"Disconti nuance of Deposit Ac-
count Service for Sale of Patent Copies"
In view of the difficulties experienced by many of Its cus-
tomers, the Patent Office is revising the Notice appearing in
the December 1, 19G4, Issue of the Official Gazette of the U.S.
Patent Office. This Notice — Discontinuance of Depo.slt Ac-
count Service for Sale of Patent Copies — is revised to except
certain types of patent copy orders.
The Patent Office will now accept lists of fifty (50) or more
numbers arranged In numerical sequence to be chargSTl to
Deposit Accounts. Service charges, such as Special Handling
and Air Mall postage for these orders, may also be charged
to Deposit Accounts.
C. A. KALK,
July 15, 1965. Director of .Adminiatration.
[818 O.G. 1207]
(44) Fbes in Connection With Amendments
to Patent Applications
This notice supplements the Notice of September 10, 1965.
818 O G 1207. September 28. 1965, relating to the adminis-
tration of the act of July 24. 1965. Public Law 89-83, increas-
ing certain fees payable to the United States Patent Office.
That act provides for the payment of additional fees on
presentation of certain claims during the prosecution of appli-
cations This provision applies In the case of applications
filed on or after October 25. 1965, the effective date of the
act In such cases, when any amendment is filed which pre-
sents additional claims over the total number covered by fees
previously paid. It should be accompanied by any additional
fppQ Hnp
Ab In 'the case of claims presented after an application Is
filed and before first action, described in the Notice of Septem-
ber 10 1965. when Independent claims are subsequently pre-
sented'so that the number of uncanceled Independent claims
in the application as amended exceeds the number of such
claims paid for. an additional fee of $10 is due 'o/ ^^^^ «";;;
additional claim. Similarly, an add'tlonal fee of $2 is due
for each claim added In excess of the number of uncanceled
claims. Independent or dependent, already paid for.
Treatment of .Amendmenta Unaccompanied bv Feea Due
Amendments filed during and after the prosecution of an
application and not accompanied by the entire fee due upon
such filing will be treated as follows :
If such an amendment is filed In reply to an Office action
It will be regarded as not being fully responsive thereto and
ho practice sot forth In section 714.03 of the Manual of
Patent Examining Procedure will be followed, care being
taken to avoid any abuse of this practice by -^"""^f J«' '^J
example, by habitual submission of such amendments without
fees or with Insufficient fees.
If an amendment which Is not filed in response to an Office
action is of such a nature as to require a fee and Is "ot ^ccom^
Janled by the full fee required. It will not be entered and the
applicant will be so advised.
Amendment During Interference
\u amendment filed in connection with a motion to add
counts to an interference (Rule 233) must be accompanied by
the claim or claims to be added and with the appropriate fees,
if any which would be due if the amendments were to be
entered It may be that the amendments will never be en-
tered Only upon the granting of the motion is It necessary
for the other party or parties to present the claims, but the
fees must be paid whenever presented.
Claims which have been submitted in response to a sug-
gestion by the Office for inclusion In an application must be
accompanied by the fee due. If any.
.Amendment .After Requirement for Reatriction
After a requirement for restriction or election of species,
nonelected claims will be Included in determining the fees due
in connection with a subsequent amendment unless such
claims a.tg canceled.
Refunda
Monev paid in excess or by mistake in connection with an
amendm'ent will be refunded In the usual manner.
Amendments affecting the claims cannot serve as the basis
for irrantlnp any refund.
Money paid In connection with the filing of a proposed
amon.im.MU will not be refunded b.v reason of the nonentry of
the amendment. ^^..-.^.^TT^n
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Jan. 13. 1966. Commiaaioner of Patenta.
[823 O.G. 814]
(45) DEPOSIT Accounts— STATUTORY Fee Charges
Beginning on May 1. 1966. a^d until further notice statu-
tory fees, including filing fees for patent, design, and trade-
mark applications, issue fees, appeal fees and oppos tion
cancellation and petition fees may be charged against the
deposit accounts provided for by Rule 25(a) of the Rules of
Practice in patent cases. During this period the prohibition
of Rule 25(b) against such charges will be suspended
in v!ew of the facts that these fees are Indispensable parts
of the actions to which they relate and that the charging
12
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
of a fee against an account which does not contain sufficient
funds to cover It cannot be regarded as a payment qf the fee,
It l8 evident that the overdrawing of a deposit account may
result in the loss of a vital date and may also Impose a sub-
stantial burden on the Patent Office In making appropriate
correction of Its records. It Is, therefore, necessary that^effec-
tlve steps be taken to avoid such overdrafts, as follows :
Checks of all accounts will be made periodically, and If any
account Is found to have been overdrawn, It will be Immedi-
ately removed from the active accounts and no further drafts
on it will be honored. Prompt payment of the outstanding
balance will be required and the depositor or his attorney
may be called on for an itemized statement identifying all
statutory fees charged against the account during the period
In question In order that it may be ascertained whether any
previously granted date should be withdrawn.
It Is emphasized that the success of the procedure outlined
above depends upon the maintenance of a sufficient balance
In deposit accounts at all times to meet any charges yade
against them. The Office must, therefore, strictly refuse to
permit any depositor who has once overdrawn his account to
maintain such an account In the future and In the event that
any substantial number of overdrafts occurs It may be neces-
sary to reestablish the prohibition of Rule 25(b) against
charging statutory fees against deposit accounts.
Accordingly, effective May 1, 1966, the requirement of
Rule 25(a) that an amount sufficient to cover all charges
made against an account must always be on deposit will b^
strictly enforced, regardless of whether any fee is Included
In such charges and where this requirement Is not complied
with the account Involved will be removed from the active
accounts.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Feb. 23, 1966. Commiasioner.
[824 O.G. 1200)
(46) Practice in the Use of Accodnts for Pay-
ment OF Statutory Fees
In the Official Gazettes of March 15, 22, and 29, there
appeared copies of an announcement by the Commissioner
providing for a trial use of accounts established under Rule
25 for the payment of statutory fees. A number of questions
have come up in connection with the use of accounts in the
payment of these fees prescribed by Public Law 89-83 and,
in the Interest of uniform practice, publication of a statement
is warranted.
A general direction by an applicant or attorney to charge
to an account these fees as they arise In any application
prosecuted by the applicant, the attorney, or the firm will not
be effective for such a purpose. Authority to make charges
will be limited to a particular application.
A separate direction to charge shall be filed for each fee.
Each such direction to charge a fee shall be transmitted on
a separate sheet of paper and. In the case of fees based on
modification of claims shall Include the best estimate of the
fee due. Failure to Include such an estimate provides the
basis for a refusal to enter any amendment transmitted there-
with, as an incomplete response. Where variable fees are
Involved Inclusion of a direction to charge or credit a de-
ficiency or overpayment would appear appropriate.
An issue fee will not be charged to an account until a notice
of allowance has been forwarded and a reply to that notice
received.
For the purposes of determining the fee due the Patent
OflBce, a claim will be treated as dependent if It contains
reference to one other claim In the application. A claim de-
termined to be dependent by this test will be entered If the
fee paid reflects this determination. This does not, however,
prevent the rejection of such a claim as Improper, if, in fact,
it Is not a dependent claim.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Apr. 12, 1966. Commiisioner of Patents.
[825 0.0. 1183)
which Incorporates by reference a single preceding claim,
whether independent or dependent, and includes all the limi-
tations of the claim so Incorporated, there appears to be still
some uncertainty on this matter and it is therefore thought
to be desirable to elaborate it.
Since the initial determination, for fee purposes, as to
whether a claim is dependent must be made by persons other
than examiners, it is necessary, at that time, to accept as
dependent virtually every claim which refers to another
claim, without determining whether there Is actually a true
dependent relationship. Such acceptance does not, however,
preclude a subsequent holding by the examiner that a claim
is not a proper dependent claim.
An essential characteristic of a proper dependent claim Is
that it shall Include every limitation of the claim from which
it depends (35 U.S.C. 112) or In other words that It shall
not conceivably be Infringed by anything which would not
also Infringe the basic claim. Thus, for example. If claim 1
recites the combination of elements a, b, c and d, a claim
reciting the structure of claim 1 in which d was omitted or
replaced by e would not be a proper dependent claim, even
though it placed further limitations on the remaining ele-
ments or added still other elements.
The fact that a dependent claim which is otherwise proper
might require a separate search or be separately classified
from the claim on which It depends would not render it an
improper dependent claim, although It might result in a
requirement for restriction.
The fact that the Independent and dependent claims are
in different statutory classes does not, in Itself, render the
latter improper. Thus, If claim 1 recites a specific product
a claim for the method of making the product of claim 1 In
a particular manner would be a proper dependent claim since It
could not be Infringed without Infringing claim 1. Similarly,
If claim 1 recites a method of making a product, a claim for
a product made^by the method of claim 1 could be a proper
dependent claim. On the other hand, if claim 1 recites a
method of making a specified product, a claim to the product
set forth in claim 1 would not be a proper dependent claim if
the product might be made In other ways.
Any claim which is in dependent form but which Is so
worded that it does not, in fact. Include every limitation of
the claim on which It depends, will be required to be cancelled
as not being a proper dependent claim ; and cancellation of
any further claim depending on such a dependent claim will
be similarly required. The applicant may thereupon amend
the claims to place them in proper dependent form, or may
redraft them as Independent claims upon payment of any
necessary additional fee.
The basis for the difference in fees between Independent
and dependent claims Is the fact that the examination of a
dependent claim Is normally a comparatively simple matter
after the claim on which it depends has been examined.
This relationship, however, obtains only when the Independ-
ent claim represents a bona fide attempt to define the Inven-
tion and to distinguish it from the known prior art. Accord- ^
ingly, the presentation of a claim which on its face is obvi-
ously unpate^able or indefinite, as basis on which other
claims are defbudent. Is not considered to be proper prac
tice. One example of such a practice Involves the use of a
claim drawn to "all the features of novelty herein disclosed,"
with other claims, which actually recite the features thought
to be novel, being dependent on the first. A similarly objec-
tionable arrangement would Involve the use, as a basic inde-
pendent claim, of a claim merely reciting "a wheeled vehicle,"
"an amino acid" or "an Internal combustion engine."
Such a practice as that just described Involves not only
an attempt to evade the free provisions of Public Law 89-83,
but also the presentation of a claim known by the attorney
or agent presenting it to be unpatentable. Any registered
patent attorney or agent who makes a practice of presenting
claims of this character may be called on to explain his
actions. '
(signed) EDWARD J. BRENNER,
June 8, 1966. Commiaaioner.
[828 O.G. 1)
(47) Dependent Claims '
(Aa\ Deposit Accounts
Although the notice published on October 5, 1965, in 819 ^ '
O.G. 3, explained that for the purposes of the present fee The practice instituted on May 1, 1966. pursuant to the
bill. Public Law 89-83, approved July 24, 1965, the Patent notice of February 23. 19G6 (824 O.G. 1200), whereby statu^
Office will consider a proper dependent claim as being one tory fees may be charged against deposit accounts, and such
•s
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
13
accounts are closed if overdrawn, has resulted In certain
difficulties for the Patent Office and deposit account holders.
It has been decided therefore to modify that practice as
Indicated below.
As was pointed out In that notice, the charging of a fee
against an overdrawn account cannot be considered as pa.v-
ment of the fee until a proper balance is restored or payment
Is made in some other way. Accordingly, deposit account
holders who charge such fees must assume the risk of losing
vital dates If they do not maintain a proper balance In their
accounts at all times.
Apart from this, however, the overdrawing of an account
places a^burden on the Patent Office, particularly where a
number of Items are charged after the overdraft occurs, and
It is appropriate that those who are responsible for causing
such a condition should bear the cost of correcting It. In
view of this fact, and of the hardship frequently caused If
an account Is permanently closed, the practice of closing de-
posit accounts merely because they are overdrawn will be
discontinued, effective August 1, 1966. In lieu thereof an
overdrawn account will be immediately suspended and no
charges will be accepted against It until a proper balance Is
restored, together with a payment of ten dollars to cover the
work done by the Patent Office Incident to suspending and
reinstating the account and dealing with charges which may
have been made In the meantime. It Is expected, however,
that reasonable precautions will be taken In all cases to avoid
overdrafts, and If an account Is suspended repeatedly It will
be necessary to close It. ,. „ . * nm^^
Similarly, because of the burden placed on the Patent Office
Incident to the operation of deposit accounts, a charge of ten
. dollars will be made for opening each new account.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commiaaioner.
[828 O.G. 377)
After the patent Is printed and the number of pages of
specification is found to exceed the one already paid for, a
Notice of Balance of Issue Fee Due will be attached to the
Grant. Failure to pay this balance within THREE MONTHS
FROM THE DATE OF THE PATENT will result in lapse of
the patent.
Practitioners are urged to use the special fee transmittal
forms provided with the Notice of Allowance and the Notice
of Balance of Issue Fee Due.
The above fees will not be accepted from anyone other than
the applicant, his assignee, attorney, or a party in interest
as shown by the records of the Patent Office.
ATTENTION is also directed to the space designated on the
Notice of Allowance Transmittal form P0-S5a wherein the
name of the assignee is required if it ia desired to have the
patent iaaued to an aaaignee or aaai^neea.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Jan. 31 1969. Aaaiatant Commiaaioner.
[860 O.G. 2)
(51)
Calculation of Issue Fees
June 23, 1966.
(49)
Practice Re : Filing Vkes
It is suggested that attorneys review the notices pertaining
to filing fees under the new Fee Act of 1905 appearing at
818 O.G. 1207, September 28, 1965, and 823 O.G. 814, Feb-
ruary 15, 196C.
The filing fee Includes the basic $G5 fee plus an additional
fee corresponding to the number and type of claims presented.
For filing fee purposes the Patent Office considers any claim
that specifically refers back to another claim to be a dependent
claim, regardless of statutory class.
It appears that some attorneys are submitting filing fees
In excess of their computations, apparently to Insure against
loss of a filing date should their computations be in error.
This is neither necessary nor desirable. The Application
Branch has been authorized to accept all applications, other-
wise acceptable, if the basic fee of ?G5 is submitted, and If
the deficiency Is no more than $25 of the required filing fee,
and to require payment of the deficiency within a stated
period upon notification of the deficiency. Practitioners are
urged to discontinue submitting excessive fees, since process-
ing such fees has proved costly to the Office, and since appli-
cants are believed to be adequately protected against loss of
filing date by the practice outlined above.
There appears to be an erroneous impression that a Rule
147 divisional case requires a filing fee based on the claims
in the parent case. The 818 O.G. 1207 notice specifically
states that an amendment filed with a Rule 147 ca.se will be
effective to reduce the number of claims upon which the fee
Is based. ^^^
RICHARD A. WAHL,
June 30, 1966. Aaaiatant Commiasioner.
[828 O.G. 1085)
This notice is to clalrfy the manner In which the balance
of issue fee due is calculated for the printed pages of specifi-
cation (including claims) in excess of the one page already
paid for by payment of the Minimum Issue Fee (see the notice
of Januarv 31, 19G9. S60 O.G. 2).
Under the authority of 35 U.S.C. 151. the charge is disre-
garded WHERE ONLY ONE ADDITIONAL PAGE OR LESS
is involved. Thus, if the patent consists of two pages or less.
no balance fee Is due. However, if the patent consists of three
pages, a Notice of Balance of Issue Fee Due for ?20 is mailed
together with the original patent grant. (A page consists of
one side of a printed sheet containing two columns or less.)
CLARENCE A. KALK.
Acting Aaaiatant Commiaaioner for Adminiatration.
Feb. 4, 1970. •
[872 O.G. 1)
(52)
Fees in Connection With Amendments to
Patent Applications
.\n Increasing number of amendments are being received
with improper fees. Because of the problems occasioned there-
by. It Is suggested that attorneys review the notices pertain-
ing to fees and the Office practice related thereto (823 O.G.
S14. Feb. 15. 196G: S28 O.G. 1. July 5, 1966; 828 O.G. 1085,
July 26, 19G6). Attention Is invited to the new form 3.52,
Amendment transmittal letter, for additional guidance in
computing fees (869 O.G. 1036, Dec. 23. 1969). This form
may be obtained from the Receptionist in Building 3 of Crystal
Plaza. The new loose-leaf rule book, which will soon be avail-
able. Includes a .sample form (No. 52) also. When submitting
the new amendment transmittal letter please Include the
Art Unit and Examiner's name.
The above notices and new form may also be found as
items 24. 25, 29 and 147 in the consolidated listing of notices
in the Official Gazette of Jan. 13. 1970.
Mar. 13, 1970.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Aaaiatant Commiasioner.
[873 O.G. 1)
(53)
Examiner Amend.ments — Charge Against
Deposit accounts
(50) Issue Fees
Effective March 31, 1969, the Patent Office will discontinue
the practice of estimating the number of printed pages of
specification In advance of printing.
Instead, a Minimum Issue Fee will be due three months
from the date of the Notice of Allowance. This minimum fee,
which consists of $100 plus $10 for the first page of printed
specification plus %2 for each sheet of drawing, will be shown
on the Notice of Allowance which has been revised to reflect
the new practice.
The Examiners Amendment practice is hereby extended to
include charges against deposit accounts under special condi-
tions. Charges under this practice shall not exceed $50.00 for
.^arh patent application.
In order to expedite the Issuance of a patent on an applica-
tion otherwise ready for allowance, an Examiner's Amendment
win be acceptable to make a charge against a deposit account
provided prior approval is obtained from the attorney or agent.
When such an E.xaminer's Amendment is prepared, the prior
approval will be Indicated by identification of the name of
the authorizing party, the date and type (personal or tele-
phone) of authorization, the purpose for which the charge Is
14
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
made (drawing correction, additional claims, etc.), and the
deposit account number. Further Identlfylnj: data. If deemed
necessary and requested by the attorney, should also be In-
cluded in the Examiner's Amendment.
Mar. 17, 1970.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Commissioner 0/ Patents.
[873 O.G. 667] "^
(54) Changes in Ch.\rges for Copies
The Patent OflBce Is announcing a change In the charges
for copies of materials produced on coin-operated copiers lo-
cated at Crystal Plaza. The charge will be 15^ per page.
This change will be effective within the next 30 to 43 days
due to the engineering changes necessary to accommodate the
difference In number and value of coins. .
The Patent Office will monitor this change for a period of
six months to: (1) Evaluate effects on other services, equip-
ment utilization, materials, and facilities: and, (2) Ensure
that the new charge of IW per page will enable the Patent
OflBce to fully recover the cost of operating the copiers.
At the end of the period, the data obtained will be evalu-
ated with a view to continuance or discontinuance of the
reduced rate.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
June 6, 1972. . Commissioner of Patents. _
[899 O.G. 1230]
POWERS OF ATTORNEY
(55) Withdrawal of Attorney
To expedite the handling of requests for permission to
withdraw as attorney, under Rule 36, the request should be
submitted In triplicate (original and two copies) and indicate
thereon the present mailing address of the attorney who Is
withdrawing.
JOSEPH SCHIMMEL,
Apr. 18. 1967. ^ Solicitor.
" [837 O.G. 667]
(56)
Rule 34 — Appearances Before Board
• or Appeals
Applicants and their attornevs are reminded that Rule 34
provides that before any attorney or apent will be allowed
to 'take action of any kind In any application or proceeding,
a written power of attorney or authorization . . . must be
filed in the particular application or proceeding." [Italics
added.]
Henceforth this rule will be strictly enforced. This applies
to attorneys app'-aring at oral hearings before the Board of
Ai'peals.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
July 26, 1967. First Assistant Commissioner.
[841 O.G. 669]
(57)
TITLE 37— PATENTS. TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
CHAPTER 1— Patent Office, Department of Commerce
part 1 — RULES OF PRACTICE IN PATENT ..CASES
PART 2 RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Reconnition of Attorneys and^'Agents, Standards of Conduct,
and Patent .ippUcation Petitions
These rule charges eliminate present provision for the
recognition and r.'L-istratlon of firms of attorneys and agents
for practice in patent and trademark cases, and permit reg-
istered attorneys and agents to file papers In patent appli-
cations without tlie need for filing powers of attorney or
authorizations. The changes further establish the Code of
Professional Responsibility of the American Bar Association
as the standard of conduct for those practicing before the
Patent Office insofar as the Code is not Inconsistent with
Patent Office rules. Other changes eliminate the present re-
quirement for a petition or other express request for a patent
and liberalize requirements as to inventor names.
The changes relating to the discontinuance of the recog-
nition and registration of firms are intended to obviate prob-
lems incident to such registration such as, for example, the
lack of certainty as to the responsibility of Individual attor-
neys and agents for actions taken by registered nonpartner-
ship business entitles, such as professional corporations, the
problems associated with the rights to firm names and regis-
tration numbers upon dissolution or reorganization of firms,
and the recognition as "firms" of groups of attorneys or agents,
such as parts of corporation organizations, when the attor-
neys and agents are not In fact associated as partners. Ac-
ceptance of papers filed in patent applications by registered
attorneys and agents upon a representation that the attor-
ney or agent is authorized to act In a representative capacity
is for the purpose of facilitating responses on behalf of appli-
cants In patent applications, and, further, to obviate the
need for filing powers of attorney or authorizations of agent
In Individual applications when there has been a change In
composition of law firms or corporate patent staffs. Inter-
views with a registered attorney or agent not of record will,
In view of 35 U.S.C. section 122, bo conducted only on the
basis of Information and files supplied by the attorney or agent.
Provision is made for an applicant to supply an address to
receive correspondence from the Patent Office concerning his
application, In addition to his residence address, so that the
Patent Office may direct mall to any address of applicant's
selection, such as a corporate patent department, a firm of
attorneys or agents, or an Individual attorney, agent, or
other person. In connection with patent applications pending
upon the effective date of the changes in which a firm Is the
only representative of record (and In connection with divi-
sions and continuations thereof not requiring executlolj by
the applicant), the address of the firm will be considered to
be the correspondence address for the application. Powers of
attorney and authorizations of agent in favor of registered
Individual attorneys and agents will, of course, continue to
be recognized and accepted.
The amendments to §§ 1.344 and 2.13 arc Intended to pro-
vide a more definite and uniform standard of conduct for
those engaged in practice before the Patent Office than do
present rules. The Code of Professional Responsibility^ of
the American Bar Association Is Incorporated by reference
In the rule with a statement as to where copies thereof may
be Inspected or obtained. The rule specifies that the standards
referred to are those set forth in the Code of Professional
Responsibility as amended February 24. 1970, and the rule
does not, therefore, refer to standards Imposed by later
amendments of the Code. Any standards In other Patent Office
rules which are inconsistent with standards Imposed by the
Code (as, for example, the limitations In J 1.345(b) on the
distribution of professional announcements and the duties
Imposed by § 1.205(b)) remain in force.
' The elimination of the requirement for a petition request-
ing the grant of a patent and the relaxation of requirements
as to the names of applicants are Intended to simplify patent
application procedures. Section 1.76 Is being revoked as re-
dundant In view of revisions In { l.r)7.
Notice of proposed rule making regarding revocation of
55 135 and 1.61 and revl.slon of 5S 114. 121, 1.33. 134.
136 151 1.52. 1.57, 1.76, 1.341, 1343, 1344, 1.346,
1 347 2.13 and 2.15 of Title 37, Code of Federal Regu-
lations was' published In the Federal Register of January
15 1971 (38 F.R. 611). Interested persons were given
an opportunity to participate in the rulemaking process
through submission of comments In writing and at an oral
hearing held on March 23, 1971. The rules are being adopted
after full and careful consideration of all the material sub-
mitted. The departures from the published text reflect cer-
tain of the views expressed In the submitted material.
Effective date. This revision shall become effective on the
date of Its publication In the Federal Register (7-2-71).
In consideration of the comments received and pursuant
to the authority contained In Section 6 of the Act of July 19,
1952 (66 Stat* 793: 35 U.S.C. 6). and Section 31 of that
Act (66 Stat. 795: 35 U.S.C. 31). Title 37 of the Code of
Federal Regulations is hereby amended as follows:
1. In S 1.14, paragraph (a) Is revised to read as follows:
§1.14 Patent applications preserved in secrecy.
(a) Except as provided la § 1.11(b) pending patent ap-
plications are preserved In secrecy. No Information will be
given by the Office respecting the filing by any particular
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
15
person of an application for a patent, the pendency of any
particular case before It. or the subject matter of any par-
ticular application, nor will access be given to or copies fur-
nl.shed of any pending application or papers relating thereto,
without written authority In that particular application
from the applicant or his assignee or attorney or agent of
record, unless It shall be necessary to the proper conduct of
business before the Office or as provided by this part.
• • • • •
2. In $ 1.21, paragraph (h) Is revised to read as follows:
§ 1.21 Patent and miscellaneous fees and charges.
• * • • •
(h) For registration of an attorney or agent :
For admission to examination for registration to prac-
tice, fee payable upon application $35.00
On registration to practice 25.00
• • • • •
3. Section 1.33 is revised to read as follows :
f 1.33 Correspondence respecting patent applications and
proceedings.
(a) The residence and post office address of the applicant
must appear In the oath or declaration If not stated elsewhere
In the application. The applicant may also specify and an
attorney or agent of record may specify a correspondence
address to which communications about the application are
to be directed. All notices, official letters, and other communi-
cations In the case will be directed to the correspondence
address or. If no such correspondence address Is specified, to
an attorney or agent of record (see { 1.34(b)), or, if no at-
torney or agent is of record, to the applicant, or to any as-
signee of record of the entire Interest If the applicant or such
assignee so requests, or to an assignee of an undivided part
If the applicant so requests, at the post office address of which
the Office has been notified in the case. Amendments and
other papers filed In the application must be signed: (1) By
the applicant, or (2) If there Is an assignee of record of an
undivided part Interest, by the applicant and such assignee,
or (3) If there Is an assignee of record of the entire Interest,
by such a.sslgnee, or (4) by an attorney or agent of record, or
(5) by a registered attorney or agent not of record who acts
in a representative capacity under the provisions of S 1.34(a).
Double correspondence with an applicant and his attorney
or agent, or with more than one attorney or agent, will not
be undertaken. If more than one attorney or agent be made of
record and a correspondence address has not been specified,
correspondence will be held with the one last made of record.
(b) An applicant who has not made of record a registered
attorney or agent may be required to state whether he re-
ceived assistance In the preparation or prosecution of his
application, for which any compensation or consideration was
given or charged, and If so, to disclose the name or names
of the person or persons providing such assistance. This
Includes the preparation for the applicant of the specification
and amendments or other papers to be filed In the Patent Office,
as well as other assistance In such matters, but does not In-
clude merely making drawings by draftsmen or stenographic
services in typing papers.
4. Section 1.34 is revised to read as follows :
S 1-34 Recognition for representation.
(a) When a registered attorney or agent acting In a rep-
resentative capacity appears In person or signs a paper In
I)ractice before the Patent Office In a jiatent case, his personal
appearance or signature shall constitute a representation to
the Patent Office that, under the provisions of this part and
the law, he Is authorized to represent the particular party
In whose behalf he acts. In filing such a paper, the attorney or
agent should specify his registration number with his signa-
ture. Further proof of authority to act In a representative
capacity may be required.
(b) When an attorney or agent shall have filed his power of
attorney, or authorization, duly executed by the person or
persons entitled to prosecute the application, he Is a principal
attorney of record in the case. A principal attorney or agent
so appointed, may appoint an associate attorney or agent who
shall also then be of record.
S 1.35 [Revoked]
5. Section 1.35 is revoked.
6. Section 1.36 is revised to read as follows :
f 1.36 Revocation of power of attorney or authorisation;
withdrawal of attorney or agent.
A power of attorney or authorization of agent may be re-
voked at any stage In the proceedings of a case, and an at-
torney or agent may withdraw, upon application to and ap-
proval by the Commissioner. An attorney or agent, except an
associate attorney or agent whose address Is the same as that
of the principal attorney or agent, will be notified of the
revocation of his power of attorney or authorization, and the
applicant will be notified of the withdrawal of the attorney
or agent. An assignment will not of Itself operate as a revoca-
tion of a power or authorization previously given,- but the
assignee of the entire Interest may revoke previous powers
and be represented by an attorney or agent of his own
selection.
7. Section 1.51 Is revised to read as follows :
f 1.51 General requisites of an application.
Applications for patents must be made to the Commissioner
of Patents. A complete application comprises :
(a) A specification, Including a claim or claims, see {{ 1.71
to 1.77.
(b) An oath or declaration, see !{ 1.65 and 1.68.
(c) Drawings, when necessary, see S! 1-81 to 1.88.
(d) The prescribed filing fee. (See 35 U.S.C. section 41 for
filing fees.)
S. In § 1.52, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows :
S 1.52 Language, paper, writing, margins.
(a) The specification and oath or declaration must be in
the English language. All papers which are to become a part
of the permanent records of the Patent Office must be legibly
written or printed In permanent Ink.
• • • • •
9. Section 1.57 la revised to read as follows :
{ 1.57 Signature.
The application must be signed by the applicant In person.
The signature to the oath or declaration will be accepted as *
the signature to the application provided the oath or declara-
tion is attached to and refers to the specification and claims
to which It applies. Otherwise the signature must appear at
the end of the specification after the claims. Full names must
be given. Including at least one given name without abbrevia-
tion together with any other given name or Initial.
§ 1.61 [Revoked]
10. Section 1.61 Is revoked.
S 1.76 [Revoked]
11. Section 1.7G Is revoked.
12. In § 1.77, paragraph (h) Is revised to read as follows:
S 1.77 Arrangement of application.
• • • * •
(h) Signature. (See { 1.57.)
I 1.341 [Amended]
13. Section 1.341 Is amended by revoking paragraph (d).
14. Section 1.343 is revised to read as follows :
J 1.343 Persons not registced or recognised.
Only persons who are registered or given limited recog-
nition as provided in { 1.342 will be permitted to prosecute
patent apnlications of others beftre the Patent Office.
IB. Section 1.344 Is revised to read as follows :
1 1.344 Professional conduct.
Attorneys and agents appearing before the Patent Office
must conform to the standards of ethical and professional
conduct set forth In the Code of Professional Responsibility
of the American Bar Association as amended February 24,
1970, Insofar as such code Is not Inconsistent with this part.
A copy of the said code Is available for Inspection in the
Office of the Solicitor, U.S. Patent Office, Room 11C04, Build-
ing 3, Crystal Plaza, 2021 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington,
Va. Copies of the code are available upon request to the Ameri-
can Bar Center, 1155 E. GOth Street, Chicago, 111. 60637.
16. Section 1.346 Is revised to read as follows :
I 1.346 Signature and certificate of attorney.
Every paper filed by an attorney or agent representing an
applicant or party to a proceeding In the Patent Office must
16
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
bear the signature 'of such attorney or agent, except papers
which are required to be signed by the applicant or party In
person (such as the application Itself and affidavits or dec-
larations required of applicants). The signature of an at-
torney or agent to a paper filed by him, or the filing or presen-
tation of any paper by him, constitutes a certificate that the
paper has been read ; that Its filing is authorized ; that to
the best of his knowledge, information, and belief, there Is
good ground to support It ; and that it is not Interposed for
delay.
17. Section 1.347 Is revised to read as follows :
{ 1.347 Removing names from registers.
Attorneys and agents, registered to practice before the
Patent Office, should notify the OflHee of any change of ad-
dress for entry on the register, by letter separate from any
notice of change of address filed in Individual applications.
The Office may address a letter to any person on the registers,
at the address of which separate notice for the register was
last received, for the purpose of ascertaining whether such
person desires to remain on the register. The name of any
person falling to reply and give the information requested
within a time limit specified will be removed from the reg-
ister, and the names so removed published in the Official
Gazette. Any name so removed may be reinstated, either on
the register of attorneys or the register of agents, as may be
appropriate.
18. Section 2.13 is revised to read as follows :
{ 2.13 Professional conduct.
Attorneys and other persons appearing before the Patent
Office In trademarli cases must conform to the standards of
ethical and professional conduct set forth In the Code of
Professional Responsibility of the American Bar Association
as amended February 24, 1970, insofar as such code is not
inconsistent with this part. A co'py of the said code Is avail-
able for inspection in the Office of the Solicitor, U.S. Patffit
Office, Room 11C04, Building 3, Crystal Plaza, 2021 Jeffer.«on
Davis Highway, Arlington, Va. Copies of the code are avail-
able upon request to the American Bar Center, 1155 East 60th
Street, Chicago, 111. 60637.
19. Section 2.15 is revised to rea.d as follows :
g 2.15 Signature and certificate of attorney or agent.
Every paper filed by an attorney at law or other person
representing an applicant or party to a proceeding in the
Patent Office must bear the signature of such attorney at law
or other person except those papers which are required to
be signed by the applicant or party. The signature of an at-
torney at law or such other person to a paper filed by him,
or the filing of any paper by him, constitutes a certificate
that the paper lias been read ; that its filinc is authorized ;
that to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief
there Is good ground to support It ; and that it is not Inter-
po ;ed for delay.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER. Jr.,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : * •
James H. Wakllin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 71-9387 : Filed 7-1-71 ; 8 : 49 am]
Puhlishei in 36 F.R. 12616, July 2, 1971
[890 O.G. 298 (Sept. 14, 1971)]
powers or authorizations filed prior to October 1. 1971, as a
direction to consider the address of the firm as the corre-
spondence address for the application.
The privilege afforded by revised Rule 34(a) of the Rules
of Practice in Patent Cases as to recopnltion of registered
attorneys and agents not of record will apply to all applica-
tions whether filed before or after the effective date. Attention
is called to the requirement of Rule 34(a) that a paper filed
by a registered patent attorney or agent In any application in
Which he is not of record should include both his signature
and registration number.
Powers of attorney and authorizations of agent under Rule
34(b) naming one or more registered individuals may con-
tinue to be made.
As prior to the effective date of the revised rules, where
a paper is hand delivered to the Office and that paper has been
properly signed by a registered attorney or agent whether
or not of record in the particular case involved, a duplicate
copy may be appropriately marked by the Patent Office em-
ployee receiving the original and returned to the person de-
livering the paper. As an example, a duplicate copy of a re-
quest for an extension of time to make a response may he
marked approved, initialed or signed, and returned to the
delivering person.
WILLIAM E. RCIHYLER, .Jr.,
.Vug. 5 1971. Commissioner of Patents.
[890 O.G. 2]
(59)
Recognition of Firms of Attornf,ys
AND Agents
The notice of August 5, 1971, appearing In the Official
Gazette September 7, 1971 (S90 O.G. 2) is revised as follows.
The originally announced period terminating October 1,
1971, relating to appointments of firms of attorneys or agents,
filed in the Patent Office after July 2, 1971, Is liereby extended.
Accordingly, until further notice, any power of attorney or
authorization of agent naming a firm, received In the Patent
Office after July 2, 1971, will be construed as a direction to
consider the firm name and address as the correspondence
address of the application.
Sept. 27, 1971.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[891 O.G. 886]
(60)
APPLICATION CONTENT
Declaration in Lieu of Oath— Ribboning
OF Papers Unnecessary
Recent legislation, 35 U.S.C. 25. and Rule 68 based thereon
permit applicants to make a written declaration In lieu of the
customary oa?h or affirmation which accompanies a patent
application.
Such a declaration, even ft signed in a country foreign to
the United States, need not be ribboned to the other papers.
The declaration, like the oath, Is an integral part of the
application and must be maintained together therewith.
When a declaration is used, It is unnecessary to appear before
any official in connection with the making of the declaration.
Further details are given In 29 F.R. 18502, Dec. 29. 1964,
811 O.G. 2. „,
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Mar. 2, 1965. Superintendent. Patent Examining Corps.
[813 O.G. 2]
(58)
Recognition op Attorneys and Agents
In connection with the revised rules concerning^recognltion
of attorneys and agents, published in the Federal Register
July 2, 1971 (36 F.R. 12616), the Patent Office will operate
under the following procedures.
The Patent Office will continue to give effect to powers of
attorney and authorizations of agent naming firms filed, with
respect to patent applications, before the effective date of the
rules, July 2, 1971.
As stated in the revised rules, powers of attorney or au-
thorizations of agent naming firms of attorneys or agents
filed in patent applications after July 2, 1971 will not be
recognized. However, the Patent Office will construe any such
^
(61) OriDCLiNEs for Drafting a Model P.vtent
Application Under the Revised Rcles
The following guidelines Illustrate the preferred layout and
content for patent applications. They have been prepared to
supplement the amendments to the rules which are effective
January 1. 1967. These guidelines are suggested for the ap-
plicant's use.
.Arrangement and Contents of the Specification
The following order of arrangement is preferable In fram-
ing the specification and. except for the title of the Invention,
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
17
each of the lettered items should be preceded by the headings
Indicated.
(a) Title of the Invention.
(b) Abstract of the Disclosure.
(c) Cross-References to Related Applications (If any).
(d) Background of the Invention.
1. Field of the Invention.
2. Description of the Prior Art.
(e) Summary of the Invention.
(f) Brief Description of the Drawing.
(g) EJescrlptlon of the Preferred Embodlment(8).
(h) Clalm(8).
(a) Title of the Invention: (See Rule 72(a).) Tlie title of
the Invention should be placed at the top of the first page of
the specification. It should be brief but technically accurate
and descriptive. ,,„«.!»
(b) .Abstract of the Disclosure: (See Rule 72(b), MPEP
008 01(a). and 831 O.G. 1328. October 25. 1960.)
(c) Cross-References to Related .Applications: (See Rule
78 and MPEP 201.11)
(d) Background of the Invention: The specification should
set forth the Background of the Invention in two parts :
(1) Field of the Invention: A statement of the field of
art to which the invention pertains. This statement
may Include a paraphrasing of the applicable U.S^
patent classification definltles. The statement should
be directed to the subject matter of the claimed In-
vention.
(2) Description of the Prior Art: A paragraph(s) de-
scribing to the extent practical the state of the prior
art known to the applicant, including references to
specific prior art where appropriate. Where applicable
the problems Involved in the prior art, which are solved
by the applicant's Invention, should be Indicated.
(e) Summary: A brief summary or general statement of
the Invention as set forth in Rule 73. The summary Is sep-
arate and distinct from the abstract and Is directed toward
the Invention rather than the disclosure as a whole. The sum-
mary may point out the advantages of the Invention or how-
it solves problems previously existent in the prior art (and
preferably indicated In the Background of the Invention) In
chemical cases It should point out In general terms the utility
of the Invention. If possible, the nature and gist of the In-
vention or the inventive concept should be set forth. Objects
of the invention should be treated brlefiy and only to the
extent that they contribute to an understanding of the
Invention.
(f) Brief Description of the Drawing: A reference to and
brief description of the drawing(s) as set forth in Rule .4
(g) Description of the Preferred Embodiments): A de
• scrlption of the preferred embodiment (s) of the Invention as
required In Rule 71. The description should be as short and
specific as is necessary to adequately and accurately describe
the Invention.
Where elements or groups of elements, compounds, and
processes, which are conventional and generally widely known
in the field to which the Invention pertains, form a part ot
the invention described and their exact nature or type Is not
necessary for an understanding and use of the Invention by
a person skilled In the art. they should not be described In
detail However, wlf^re particularly complicated subject mat-
ter Is Involved or where the elements, compounds, or processes
may not be commonly or widely known In the field, the speci-
fication should refer to another patent or readily available
publication which adequately describes the subject matter,
(h) Claim{»): (See Rule 75.) A claim may be typed with
the various elements subdivided In paragraph form. There
may be plural Indentations to further segregate subcombina-
tions or related steps.
Reference characters corresponding to elements recited in
the detailed description and the drawings may be used In
conjunction with the recitation of the same element or group
of Clements In the claims. The reference characters, however,
should be enclosed within parentheses so as to avoid con-
fusion with other numbers or characters which may appear
in the claims. The use of reference characters Is to be con-
sidered as having no effect on the scope of the claims.
CTalms should preferably be arranged in order of scope so
that the first claim presented Is the broadest. Where sep-
arate species are claimed, the claims of like species should
be grouped together where possible and physically separated
by drawing a line between claims or groups of claims. (Both
of these provisions may not be practical or possible where sev-
eral species claims depend from the same generic claim )
Similarly, product and process claims should be separately
grouped. Such arrangements are for the purpose of facilitat-
ing classification and examination.
The form of claim required In Rule 75(e) Is particularly
adapted for the description of Improvement type Indentions.
It is to be considered a combination claim and should be
drafted with this thought in mind.
In drafting claims in accordance with Rule 75(e). tlie pre-
amble is to be considered to positively and clearly Include all
the elements or steps recited therein as a part of the claimed
combination.
"Vath
(See Rule 65.) Where one or more previously filed foreign
applications are cited or mentioned In the oath, complete
Identifying data. Including the application or serial number
as well as the country and date of filing, should be provided.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Date : Oct. 12, 1966. Commissioner of Patents.
[832 O.G. 5]
(62) PLANT P.\TENT APPLICATIONS— FILING DaTE
Applicants and their attorneys are reminded that an ap-
plication for a patent for a plant must include two copies
of the specification. Rule 163(b). and two copies of the
drawing when in color. Rule 165(b).
Effective Immediately, applications for plant patents which
fall to include two copies of the specification and two copies
of the drawing when in color will be accepted for AHng only.
Th Ipplication Branch will notify the aPP"cant immediate y
of this deficiency and require the same to be r^^^J'fi^f J^^'''
one month. Failure to do so will result in loss of filing date.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Nov. 21. 1968. Assistant Commissioner.
[857 O.G. 668]
(63)
Reduction in Patent Application
Disclosure
Request for Comments
A joint committee comprising representatives of the Patent
Office the American Bar Association i-\'\'^^"''l''ZZ.
Law Association was established In September 19f ^ /°r pur
poses of investigating ways in which patent -PPftlon dU-
closures could be improved and in particular ways In whicb
he disclosures could be reduced. In the course of commit ee
deliberations a number of proposals were generated. Those
hTappeared to be most practical and to hold most promise
or early Implementation have been compiled In the orm of
proposed ••Guidelines for Preparation of Patent Application
Sosures." The guidelines are set forth "elow for review
and comment. All persons who desire to present the'r views
objections, recommendations, or suggestions in connect on
therewith 'are Invited to do so by/orwardlng the same o th
Commissioner of Patents. Washington. D.C 20231 on or
before March 31. 1969. No hearing will be scheduled.
GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF PATENT APPLICATION
DISCLOSURES
Applications for patents frequently contain descriptive and
Illustrative material in excess of that required by 35 D.S^.
112. If such material were to be excluded from the applica-
tion tri-fold benefits should accrue :
1. The time and costs Involved in the preparation of an
application should be reduced.
2 Examination time should be less.
3.' There should be a reduction in patent printing costs.
In an effort to reduce such excesses, at least In part, the
following guidelines, relating to preparation of patent appli-
cations, have been promulgated.
Drawing
The illustration on the drawing should be restricted to the
invention disclosed in the application. Old and known subject
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
18
matter should be omitted unless essential for "t^bllshment
^f Environment or for a clear understanding of the Invention.
dUclosuTe of the latter type Is essential It should be pre-
"ntdln skeleton or phantom form If possible. Reference nu-
merals for such material should be held to a ">>" -;°^-
Conventional sub-assemblies should be shown in block form
with appropriate legends or by means of standard drawing
Tymbo's in instances where detailed disclosure is no essen^
tuT for a proper understanding of the invention. If there U
doubt as to whether or not symbolical representation is ap-
nroSrlate reference should be made in the descriptive mate-
Malto I patent or publication which will support the position
hat ?be Uem so illustrated is conventional with the under^
standing that the supporting document or the appropriate
portion thereof will be made available upon demand.
Flow diagrams should be treated In a similar manner.
Shading should be provided on the drawing only if essen^
tlal for Illustrating contours or showing specific relationships
between structural parts. Test-can the Invention b« clearly
understood Ui the absence of shading?
Multiple Inientiona, Speciea, etc.
Disclosures In divisional and other types of dependent ap-
DllcatJons carved from\aslc or parent application as well as
Sose n the parent application should be restricted to the
respective claimed inventions, or as an alternative the de-
pendent application may be printed with the customary Iden-
mying information, an abstract, and the claims. The alter
native printing should Include proper reference to the parent
do ument. The abbreviated printing should be "^ed only if
the parent precedes the dependent application In ssue (A
copy of the parent or basic patent would be supplied along
with the abbreviated patent in response to orders for the
latter )
Cancellation of Detcriptive Material
Descriptive material deemed superfluous or inessential for
a clear understanding of the disclosed Invention foM\db^
Emitted, however. If such material is P^^^^"»ff„ '° ^^^^.r^f; ,
cation, the Examiner should require cancellation In the first
Office action. This will provide applicant with an opportunity
to traverse the requirement prior to final rejection Cancella-
tion may be deferred until the presence of allowable subject
matter is Indicated by the Examiner.
Laudatory language, exhaustive descriptions of prior art
unessential statements of objects and lengthy statements of
environment should be omitted from, or reduced to bare essen-
tials in the application descriptive material Lengthy deserlp^
tlons of items that are obvious and well i^nown to those
skilled m the art should be avoided. A mere statement that
such Items are known and conventional should be adequate
in most instances, however, if doubt exists reference may be
made no disclosures In specific documents for support. Llke-
wi-^e lengthy descriptions regarding use should be avoided.
Procedures for t.^stlng should not ordinarily be described.
Biological studies and case histories should ordinarily not be
• included In the ('.esicriptlve material since they can be pre-
sented in aCQdavit form.
Objects — Ahatracta — Summary
State the primary object of the Invention and If essential
a limited number of secondary objects— all should be brier.
The abstract an.l statement of object (s) appear to satisfy
the requirements iu Rules 73 and 77. a separate summary Is
deemed unnecessary.
. The abstract should be limited to the technical disclosure
that is new in the art to which the invention pertains.
Sectionalized Diacloaure
Headings should be provided in patent applications to set
off different portions, such as Abstract, Discussion of Prior
Art Background of Invention. Technical Disclosure of Inven-
tion Additional Species of Invention, and the like. Cancella-
tion'of subject matter not pertinent to the claimed invention
will be facilitated if the descriptive material is so organized.
In order to make the most of computer capabilities of the
future specifications should provide "Indicators" which can
be readily Identified by the processing equipment. N\hlle this
has general application it Is Illustrated below with regard to
chemical disclosures. • *
Context indicators :
Set out in the specification
Reserved word paragraph
Heading such as —
Utility
Starting material
Process
Final-Products ^ ^ . . . ,
Chemical-Compounds-Names (followed by a tabulated
Chemical-Compounds-Structures (followed by a tabu-
lation of structures)
Chemical-Compounds-Notatlons (the /^»>uUt«<J^ "«/.
could be Wiswesser. UPAC. or Patent Office . trans
formation could be made later)
Miacella'neoua
Words or phrases of high Information content (as dls^
tlnguTshed for example, from the word "means") appearing
L claims as well as In invention descriptions, should be given
indicator symbols or printed in bold face type, or Italicized
so that future manual searching by the Exam ner and the
public will be made easier A capability will exist for easier
keyboardlng for full text analysis for computer based Infor-
"u-here an elaborate expression appears In the descriptive
material or claims it should be designated for exampe as
"Definition 1" and later reference to the definition should be
made with the designator.
Vppllcatlons that include drawings should Include a list
of elements and the associated reference numerals for the
elements comprising the Invention.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Commiaaioner of Patenta.
Approved :
JOHN F. KINCAID.
Aaaistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
Publiahed in H F.R. 5H; Jan. 16, 1989
[859 O.G. 1 (Jan. 16, 1969)]
(B4)
GUIDELINES FOR INCORPORATIO.N HY REFERENCE
IN Patent Ai-plicxtions
An application for a patent may incorporate essential ma-
terial by reference to a United States patent, or an allowed
r S application, subject to the conditions set out below.
Essential material* is .lefinod as that which is necessary . )
to support the claims, or (2) for adequate d.sclosure of he
invention (.15 U.S.C. 112). Material which is essential to the
refprencing application may not b.- Incorporated by reference
o Intents issued by foreign conntrios or to non-patent puhl -
cat ons. Essential material may not be hu'on.ora tod by rofer-
once to a patent or application which Itself Incorporates
essential m.irerial by reference.
The referencing application must Include (1) an abstract
(2) a brief summary of the invention. (3) an Identification of
the referenced patent or application. (4) at least one view
m the drawing In those applications admitting of a 'Irawlng.
and (5) one or more claims. Where appropriate It would be
advisable to direct particular attention to specific portions of
the referenced patent or application.
If an application is filed with a complete disclosure essen^
tial material may be cancelled by amendment and the «ame
material substituted by referenl^e to a P^l^^^'^l^^' ^^^[11
and commonly owned allowed application In which the Issue
?ee has been paid. The amendment must be accon.panled by
In affidavit executed by the applicant or ^Is attorney o
Lent of record stating that the material cancelled from the
Application IS the aame material that has been Incorporated
""if'lrrppllcatlon incorporates essential material by refer-
fr, ^ r S natent or a pending and commonly owned
T . T, s aDDllcatlon for which the issue fee has been
together with an amaawv ^.„,.„. .^at the copy consists of
attorney or agent of record stating that tne cop>
•Non-essential subject maUer may be incorporated^^^^^^^
erence to patents Issued by tbfU°'*l?en applications^ filed In
tries, prior filed commonly owned parent wi. ^^^ purposes
^fin^Srtfnir^ark'groCd^Vf^tL^^oventlon or illustrating
the state of the art.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
19
the aame material Incorporated by reference in the referencing
application.
If an application incorporates es-entlal material by refer-
ence to a U.S. patent or a pending and c-mmonly owned
application other than one In issue with the fee paid, appl^
cant will be required prior to examination to amend the dis-
closure of the referencing application to Include the material
inrorporated by reference. The amendment must be accom-
panied by an affi.lavit executed by the applicant or his attor-
ney or agent of record stating that the amendatory material
consists of the aame material incorporated by reference in the
referencing application.
^ EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Commiaaioner.
.\pproved : Jan. 15. 1969.
JOHN V. KINCAID.
ssiatayit Secretary for Science and Technology.
I'ubliahed in Si F.R. 88S ; Jan. 18, 10S9
[859 O.G. 3461
qulrement. applicants are requested to include the appropriate
Patent Office classification on the papers submitted.
The appropriate classification for the divisional applica-^
tlon may be found in the office communication of the parent
case wherein the requirement was made. It is suggested that
this classification designation be placed In the upper right
hand corner of the letter of transmittal accompanying these
divisional applications. „ . „t^ . «.»tit
RICHARD A. WAHL.
June 5. 1970. Aaaiatant Commiaaioner of Patent$.
.[875 O.G. 702]
INCORPOR.XTION BY REFERENCE— Fl LI NG DATE
n clarification of the Notice of December 30. 1968. appear-
'g in the OiFiCAL GAzr.TTE of February 11. 1909. the follow-
ing amplification is made.
The filing date of any application wherein essential ma-
terial is incorporated by reference to a foreign patent or to a
publication will not be affected because of the Presence of
such reference. In such a case, as well as any other case wh ch
in.properlv incorporates es.sential material by reference, the
applicant "will be required to amend the disclosure to include
the material Incorporated by reference. The amendment must
be accompanied by an aflidavit executed by the ^PPLcant or
his attorney or agent of record stating that the amendatory
material consists of the aame material incorporated by refer-
ence in the referencing application.
ERRATIU
Attention Is directed to the error In the above-mentioned
notice appearing at 859 O.G. 346. Please delete the phrase
"a U.S. patent or", which was erroneously printed In the
second line of the last paragraph.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Mar. 7. 19G9. Aa.^istant Commisaioner.
[A Notice covering this same subject, in
form, has been published In 34 t.K. dood.
[861 O.G. 680]
(68) Reduction in P.atent application Discix)scre
Notice of proposed Guidelines for Preparation of Patent
Application Disclosure was published in the f'^"^'^'^!^
of January 14. 1969 (34 F.R^ 524). ^^W'^' ^^H''^'^
Gazette of the Patent Office of February 4. 1969 (859 O.G.
1) Comments from the general public were Invited.
After consideration of comments received, new guidelines
are deemed unnecessary, even though the average length of
specification seems to be increasing. Applicants and their
attorneys are reminded that 35 U.S.C. 112 requires Inven-
tions to be described "in such full, clear, concise and exact
terms as to enable any person skilled in the art to
mike and use the same- • • •." To satisfy the "concise
requirement, lengthy and unnecessary descriptive detail
should be avoided.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER. JR..
Commiaaioner of Patenta.
Approved : July 24. 1970.
MlBON TRIBUS,
Aaaiatant Secretary for Science and Technology.
[F.R. Doc.
70-9862: Filed. July 30, 1970; 8:45 a.m.]
35 F.R. 11296, July SI, 1970
[878 O.G. 1]
slightly different
Mar. 22. 19G9.]
(6(5) PHOTOCOPIES OF APPLICATIONS
Many of the patent application papers received by the
Patent Office are copies of the original, ribbon copy. These
are acceptable if. in the opinion of the Office, they are legible
and permanent. Legibility includes ability to be photocopied
and photomlcrographed so that suitable reprints can be made^
This requires a high contrast, with black lines and a white
background. Gray lines and /or a gray background sharply re-
duce photo reproduction quality.
Vpplicants should make every effort to file patent applica-
tions in a form that is clear and reproducible. The Office may
accept for filing date purposes papers of reduced quality but
will require that acceptable copies be supplied for further
procosslnp.
\ddltlonallv. legibility of some application papers becomes
impaired due" to abrasion or aging of the printed material
during examination and ordinary handling of the file. It tnay
be necessary to require that clear, legible copies be furnished
at later stages after filing, especially when preparing for issue.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Jan 2S. 1970. Assistant Commiaaioner.
[S72 O.G. 341]
(69) New Sole-Joint Declar.\tion Form
The sole declaration form. PO-1147. announced by the
notice of May 28. 1971 (887 O.G. 1840) ^as been revised to
permit Its use in either sole or Joint inventor applications.
The revised form comprises two pages to provide space for
the additional information. In most applications, only page 1
will be necessary, in which case only that page need be signeU
and submitted. Page 2 would be used only -bere Insufficient
space 18 available on page 1 to fully furnish tbe requlr^
information. If page 2 is used, page 1 need not be signed,
and a» signatures should appear on page 2. ^
Where appropriate, the present "sole" declaration form
may be used.
Specific instructions appear on the form.
Single copies of the new form are available without charge
for direct use or for reproduction purposes and may be pickeU
up fJom the receptionist in Building No. 3 of the Paten
Office at Crystal Pla^. %Vritten requests for tbe form will
be filled only If directed to the Commissioner of Patent^
Office of Information Services. Washington, D.C.. 20231. a
stamped, self-addressed envelope mifst be enclosed.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
17 1972 Aaaiatant Commissioner.
[898 O.G. 738]
(07)
Divisional Application P.\pers
In the interest of expediting the processing of newly filed .„ ...-- V"- wV deleting the word
divisional applications, filed as a result of a restriction re- use the form by deleting
(70) DECLAR.\TION AND POWER OF ATTORNEY FORM
PO-1147 (Revised) (3-72)
A revised Declaration and Power of Attorney Form, PO-
1147 (Revised) (3-72), was recently issued and is supplied
for use as a master copy for reproduction purposes Experience
with the revised form indicates that sorne confusion has been
caused by the reference to "effective" filing date in item 600
of the form. The form is. therefore, being reprinted to delete
the word "effective" from the descriptive language appearing
in Item eofpersons who have copies of the old form may
in infiu V . -effective" before the
20
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
form la reprodnced. In this connection It Is noted that the
word "eflfectlve" appears three times In Item 600, once on
page 1 and twice on page 2.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Ang. 28, 1972. A8»iatant Commiaaioner
for Patent Examining.
[902 O.G. 1172]
(71)
TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
CHAPTER I— Patent Office, Department of Commerce
PART 1 — RULES OF PRACTICE IN PATENT CASES
Formula and Table Format
On February 2, 1972, notice of proposed rule making regard-
ing the amendment of || 1.52 and 1.75 and the addition of a
new ! 1.58 of Title 37, Code of Federal Regulations, dealing
with Formula and Table Format, was published in the Federal
Register (37 F.R. 2520). Interested persons were given until
April 30, 1972, to submit written comments, suggestions, or
objections.*" Full and careful consideration was given to all
written comments received. In view of these comments the
pfoposed rule language has been revised. The revised rules do
not now require that the formulas and tables be presented on
separate brlstolboard sheets but simply require them to be
presented In the specification In a form suitable for photo-
graphic reproduction.
These rule changes are Intended to facilitate the microfilm-
ing of application papers and the printing of patents which
contain formulas and tables in the text.
Under the new rules the text of printed patents would con-
tinue to be typeset, with formulas and tables being photo-
graphically reproduced and appearing at their proper location
In the text. This procedure should result In a reduction of
printing errors and costs.
This rule change also makes more liberal the size of paper
permissible In patent applications.
In consideration of the comments received and pursuant to
the authority contained in section 6 of the Act of July 19,
1952 (66 Stat. 793 ; 35 D.S.C. 6), Part 1 of Title 37, Code of
Federal Regulations, Is hereby amended as follows :
1. Section 1.52 Is revised to read as follows:
I 1.52 Language, paper, writing, margins.
(a) The specification and oath or declaration must be in the
English language. All papers which are to become a part of
the permanent records of the Patent Office must be legibly
written or printed in permanent Ink or its equivalent in qual-
ity. All of the application papers must be presented in a form
having sufficient clarity and contrast between the paper and
the writing or printing thereon to permit the production of
readily legible co )ies In any number by use of photographic,
electrostatic, photo-offset, and microfilming processes. If the
papers are not of the required quality, substitute typewritten
or printed papers of suitable quality may be required.
(b) The appllc.itlon papeM (specification, including claims,
oath, or declaration, papers^s provided for In IS 1-42, 1.43,
1.47, etc.) and al.-o papers subsequently filed, must be plainly
written on but ono side of the pa^er. The size of all sheets of
paper should be 8 to 8».j by 10% to 13 Inches (20.3 to 21.6
cm. by 26.6 to 330 cm.). A margin of li{. Inches (3.8 cm.)
must be reserved on the left-hand side and on the top of each
page of the specification, including claims. The lines must not
be crowded too closely together ; typewritten lines should be
double spaced. The pages of the specification, including claims,
should be numbere 1 consecutively, starting with 1, the num-
bers being placed in the center of the bottom margins.
(c) Any Interlineation, erasure, or cancellation or other
alteration of the application papers as filed must have been
made before the application was signed and sworn to or decla-
ration made, and should be dated and initialed or signed by
the applicant in a marginal note or footnote on the same sheet
of paper to Indicate such fact. No such alterations are permis-
sible after execution of the application papers. (See S 1.5G.)
2. A new | 1.58 is added to read as follows :
I 1.58 Chemical and mathematical formulas and tables.
(a) The specification, including the claims, may contain
chemical and mathematical formulas, but shall not contain
drawings or flow diagrams. The description portion of the
specification may contain tables: claims may contain tables
only If necessary to conform to 35 U.S.C. 112. ^
(b) All tables and chemical and mathematical formulas in
the specification. Including claims, and amendments thereto,
must be on pure white durable paper, the surface of which Is
calendered and smooth, in order to permit use as camera copy
when printing any patent which may Issue. A good grade of
bond paper Is acceptable ; watermarks should not be promi-
nent. India ink or its equivalent, or solid black typewriter
ribbon must be used to secure perfectly black solid lines.
(c) To facilitate camera copying when printing, the width
of formulas and tables as presented should be limited normally
to 5 Inches (12.7 cm.) so that It may appear as a single
column in the printed patent. If it is not possible to limit the
width of a formula or table to 5 inches (12.7 cm.), it is per-
missible to present the formula or table with a maximum
width of 10% Inches (27.3 cm.) and to place It sideways on
the sheet. In which rase the formula or table will appear
printed across both columns of the page in the printed patent.
Typewritten characters u.«ed In such formulas and tables must
be from a block (nonscrlpt) type font or lettering style having
capital letters which are at least 0.085 inch (2.2 mm.) high
(elite type). Hand lettering must be neat, clean, and have a
minimum character height of 0.085 Inch (2.2 mm.). A space
at least V4 Inch (6.4 mm.) high should be provided between
the formulas and tables and the text. Tables should have the
lines and columns of data closely spaced to conserve space,
consistent with high degree of legibility.
! 1.75 [Amended]
3. Section 1.75 Is amended by adding at the end of para-
graph (d)(1) the ezpresalon "(See | 1.58(a).)."
Effective date. These amendments shall become effective on
January 1, 1973, and will apply to applications filed after that
date.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Commiaaioner of Patents.
Approved : Oct. 12, 1972.
Richard O. Simpson,
Acting Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-17727 Filed 10-17-72 ; 8 :48 am]
Published in 37 FR Z199i, Oct. 18, 1972
[975 O.G. 255]
(72)
PRIORITY APPLICATIONS
Reissue Applications — Foreign Priority
A "claim" for the benefit of an earlier filing date in a
foreign country under 35 U.S.C. 119 must be made in a re-
issue application even through such a claim was made in the
application on which the original patent was granted. How-
ever, no additional certified copy of the foreign application
is necessary. The procedure Is similar to that for "Continu-
ing Applications" iriCThe last paragraph of MPEP 201.14(b).
The heading on printed copies will not be carried forward
to the reissue from the original patent. Therefore, it Is
Important that the file wrapper be endorsed under "CTlalms
Foreign Priority."
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Superintendent Patent Examining Corps.
[807 O.G. 579 (Oct. 20, 1964)]
(73)
Filing of Priority Papers
In view of the shortened periods for prosecution leading to
allowances. It is recommended that priority papers be filed
as early as possible. Although Rule 55 permits the filing of
priority papers up to and including the date for payment of
the final fee, it is advisable that such papers be filed promptly
after filing the application. Frequently priority papers are
found to be deficient in material respects such as, for example,
the failure to include the correct certified copy and there is
not sufficient time to remedy the defl'iency. Occasionally a
new oath may be necessary where the original oath omits the
reference to the foreign filing date for which the benefit Is
claimed The early filing of priority papers would thus be
advantageous to applicants in that It would afford time to
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
21
explain any inconsistencies that exist or to supply any addi-
tional documents that may be necessary.
It Is also suggested that a pencil notation of the serial
number of the corresponding U.S. application be placed on
the priority papers.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Dec. 1, 1965. Aaaiatant Commissioner.
[821 O.G. 1261]
(74) Effective Date of Uniteh States Patent
In section 706.02, delete penultimate paragraph.
Rewrite section 715.01 to read :
The effective date of a United States Patent for use as
a prior art reference Is not affected by the foreign filing
date to which the patentee may be entitled under 35
U.S.C. 119. /n re Hilmer, 833 O.G. 13, 149 USPQ 480
(CCPA 1966) ; Lilly et al. v. Brenner. 153 USPQ 95
(C.A.D.C. 19G7). The reference patent Is effective as of
the date the application for It was filed In the United
States (35 U.S.C. 102(e) and 103). Hazeltine Research,
Inc. et al. v. Brenner, 824 O.G. 8 (U.S. Supreme Court
1965).
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Apr. 5. 1967. Assistant Commissioner.
[838 O.G. 11
(75) Patent Headings
As a service to the public, beginning with the Issue of
January 16. 1968. the heading of the printed patent will In-
clude all Identifying parent data of continuation In-part
applications as Is now the practice In continuation, divisional,
substitute, and reissue applications. It should be noted, how-
ever, that Inclusion of this Information In the heading does
not necessarily indicate that the claims are entitled to the
benefit of the earlier filing date.
The above practice will not change the procedure with
regard to assignments as set forth In the first sentence of
paragraph 2 of Section 306 of the M.P.E.P.
Dec. 18. 1967.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[846 O.G. 337]
(76) Chains of Continuing Applications
In view of the decision of the Court of Customs and Patent
Appeals In In re Ilenriksen (158 USPQ 224) the application
of 35 U.S.C. 120 will no longer be limited to a chain of three
successively filed continuing cases.
Accordingly, Change Notice 12-8 Is rescinded.
Aug. 9, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
[854 O.G. 559]
(77) foreign Priority of Continuing Application
If the Examiner Is aware of the fact that the parent of a
continuing application has fully compiled with the require-
ments of 35 U.S.C. 119 and Is therefore entitled to the benefit
of the filing date of an earlier filed foreign application, he
should direct It to the applicant's attention In an Office action,
as In the following exemplary language :
"Applicant Is reminded that in order to be entitled to
priority based on papers filed In parent application Serial
No. under 35 U.S.C. 119, a claim for such
priority must be made In this application. In making
such claim, applicant may simply call attention to the
fact that a certified copy of the foreign application Is In
the parent application (M.P.E.P. 201.14(b))."
Aug. 30, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
.Assistant Commissioner.
(78) Germany: New Reqoire.ment for Submission of
Copy of Original Application in Convention
Cases
Under Section 27 of the German Patent Law which came
Into effect October 1, 1968, all applicants submitting a claim
of priority in Germany under the Paris Union will be required
to submit a copy of the application upon which the claim for
priority Is based. The U.S. Patent Office has been advised by
the German Office that the copy need not be certified correct
by the Office in which the application was originally filed.
Accordingly, for U.S. applicants, one method of complying
with the new law would be to accompany the German filing
with a copy of the prior U.S. applications as filed. This copy
can be produced by the applicant himself.
If the applicant does not submit the copy at the time of
filing, the German Office will Issue, within two months after
the German filing, a request to submit the copy. Failure to
submit the required copy within two months after notification
results in loss of the priority claim.
With respect to application on file In Germany prior to
October 1, 1968, the following applies :
Copies of the original application will not be required for
those applications already on file if the serial number of the
application on which the priority claim is based had been
communicated to the German Patent Office prior to October 1,
with regard to applications on file prior to October 1, 1968.
for which the U.S. serial number is communicated after
October 1 1908, the request for the copy of the U.S. applica-
tion will 'be made together with the notice preceding the
laying open to public inspection of the file of the German
application. „^,
GERALD D. O'BRIEN.
Jan. 13 1968. Assistant Commissioner.
[859 O.G. 345]
(79) Proposed Implementation of Inventor's
Certificate Legislation
[37 CFR Part 1]
Serial Number and Filing Date
Notice Is hereby given that, pursuant to the authority con-
tained in section 6 of the Act of July 19. 1952 (66 Stat^ 793 ;
35 use. 6), as amended October 6, 1971, P.L. 92-132. 85
Stat 364 the Patent Office proposes to add a new paragraph
(c) to I 1 55 (37 CFR 1.55(c)) to read as set forth below.
All persons are invited to present their views, objections,
recommendations, or suggestions In connection with the pro-
posed changes to the Commissioner of Patents. Washington.
D C 20231 on or before February 12. 1973. No oral hearings
will be held Any written comments or suggestions may be
inspected by any person, upon written request, a reasonable
time after the closing date for submitting comments.
The proposed rule change 1» Intended to implement P.L.
92-358 dated July 28. 1972. reprinted below, which accords
rights of priority to applications where the claims for priority
are based on earlier filed applications for inventor s certifi-
cates under certain conditions. This legislation now enab es
the United States to complete its raUflcatlon of the Stockholm
Revision of the Paris Convention.
By the terms of the new legislation, inventor s certificates
filed In a foreign country In which applicants have a right
to apply at their discretion, either for a patent or for an
inventor's certificate may form the basis for rights of
^"^The'^new paragraph proposed below would insure that the
right of priority would be granted for Inventor's certificates
involving subject matter for which an applicant in the country
of earlier filing has an option to file for either a patent or
inventor's certificate, as required by the new legislation. It
should be noted that In certain countries which grant both
patents and Inventor's certificates to reward Inventors, ap-
plicants may only be able to apply for Inventor's certificates
as to certain subject matter, generally pharmaceuticals, food-
stuffs, and cosmetics. , ,i „„ .
The text of the proposed new paragraph Is as follows .
I 1.55 Serial number and filing date of application.
[855 O.G. 1]
22 •
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
(c) An applicant may under certain circumstances claim
priority on the basis of an application for an Inventor's cer-
"tlflcate In a country granting both Inventor's certificates and
patents. When an applicant wishes to claim the right of
priority as to a claim or claims of the application on the
basis of an application for an Inventor's certificate In such a
country under 35 U.S.C. 119, last paragraph (as amended
July 28, 1972), the applicant or his attorney or agent, when
submitting a claim for such right as specified In paragraph
■(b) of this section, shall Include an affidavit or declaration
Including a specific statement that, upon an Investigation, he
has satisfied himself that to the best of his knowledge the
applicant, when filing his application for the lnventor'3 cer-
tificate, had the option to file an application either for a
patent or an Inventor's certificate as to the subject matter
of the Identified claim or claims forming the basis for the
claim of priority.
KOBERT OOTTSCHALK,
Approved : Nov. 21, 1972. Commiasioner of Patents.
Richard O. Simpson,
Acting Aiiistant Secretary
for Science and Technologv-
Public Law »2-358, Jolt 28, 1972
To carry into effect a' provision of the Convention of Paris
for the Protection of Industrial Property, as revised at
Stockholm, Sweden, July 14, 1967.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of America In Congress assembled. That
section 119 of title 35 of the United States Code, entitled
"Patents," Is amended by adding at the end thereof the fol-
lowing paragraph :
"Applications for Inventors' certificates filed In a
foreign country In which applicants have a right to ap-
ply, at their discretion, either for a patent or for an In-
ventor's certificate shall be treated In this country In the
same manner and have the same eflFect for purpose of
the right of priority under this section as applications
for patents, subject to the same conditions and require-
ments of this section as apply to applications for patents,
provided such applicants are entitled to the benefits of
the Stockholm Revision of the Paris Convention at the
time of such filing."
SBC. 2. Subsection 102(d) of title 35 of the United States
Code Is amended to read as follows :
"(d) the invention was first patented or caused to be
patented, or was the subject of an Inventor's certificate,
by the applicant or his legal representatives or assigns In
a foreign country prior to the date of the application for
patent In this country on an application for patent or
inventor's certificate filed more than twelve months be-
fore the filing of the application In the Untied States, or."
Sic. 3. (a) Section 1 of this Act shall take effect on the
date when Articles 1-12 of the Paris Convention of March 20,
1883. for the Protection of Industrial Property, as revised
at Stockholm, July 14, 1967, come Into force with respect to
the United States and shall apply only to applications there-
after filed In the United States.
(b) Section 2 of this Act shall take effect six months from
the date when Articles 1-12 of the Paris Convention of March
20, 1883, for the Protection of Industrial Property, as re-
vised at Stockholm, July 14, 1967, come into force with re-
spect to the United States and shall apply to applications
thereafter filed in the United States.
Published in 37 FR tsnt, Nov. i8, I97t
[905 O.G. 684]
wlthld CO days, and pay the cost of comparing the photo-
prints with the formal drawJng.s.
A comparison charge of $10.00 per hour, with a minimum
charge of $10.00 per application Is hereby established. This
charj:c may be applied against deposit accounts and authoriza-
tion to cliarge such accounts .should be included when the
formal drawings are filed. For those who have no deposit
acc(y(int acceptance of the formal drawings will be contingent
upon payment of the comparison charge within the period set.
This notice supersedes the notice of April 24, 1964, pub-
lished May 26, 1964, in 802 O.G. 871.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
July 16, 1964. Commissioner.
^ [805 O.G. 3]
(81) New Drawings Prepared by Patent Office
In Section 608.02(x) the paragraphs headed "New Draw-
ings Prepared by Patent Office" are cancelled and the follow-
ing substituted therefor :
"~ When new drawings have been required in pending ap-
plications and have been prepared by the Office drafts-
man, they are not sent to the applicant for his signature
but a copy (print) is sent to him for his file. The name
0% the Inventor (s) will be printed on the drawings by the
Office draftsman.
In the event that the application is in condition for
allowance, the application will be sent to Issue immedi-
ately after the drawing is prepared.
Jan. 6, 1966.
(82)
RICHARD A. WAUL,
Assistant Commissioner.
1823 O.G. 1]
Transfer of Drawings
In view of the recent amendment of Rule 138 to permit the
express abandonment of patent applications by the attorney
there is no longer any sulhcient reason for delaying the formal
abandonment of an application after all the drawings thereof
hare been transferred to another case. Accordingly, effective
February 1 1907, no request to transfer all the drawings from
a pending application will be granted unless and until a formal
abandonment of the application has been filed. In order to
injured copondency. such an abandonment may be so worded
as to become elTectlve only after the transfer of the drawings
has taken place. „T,r-vvT-D
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
T^ ir ^nrr Commissioner.
Dec. 15, 1900.
[834 O.G. 4311 *
DRAWINGS
(80) Photoprints as Drawings — Filing Date Only
Effective September 1, 1964 the Application Branch Is
authorized and directed to accept all applications In which
photoprints have been submitted in lieu of formal drawings,
and to forward them to the Examiner, who will notify the
applicant immediately that the application has been accepted
for filing only, and that to be entitled to examination, the
applicant must file formal drawings complying with Rule 84
(83) TITLE 37-PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
CHAPTER I— Patent Office. Department of Commerce
PART 1 — RLLES OF PRACTICE IN PATENT CASES ^
Draicing Requirements
These rule changes are Intended to facilitate the handling
and filing of patent application drawings In the Patent Office
Changing the drawing size to 8li by 14 Inches will permit
fi ing'lf the original d'rawlngs in the nPPHcatlon file wrapper
in the Patent Office. The new size will also permit the use of
standard storage equipment, mailing envelopes, and copying
^"^Thrrevised rules will prohibit the use of names within the
••sight" of the drawing, thereby making additional space avail-
able for illustration and reducing the number of formal objec-
tions and corrections required. ^ . , * „„♦„„» „n
Permanently mounted color photographs In plant Patent ap-
plications will be accepted. This should result In substantial
savings to applicant. „„„„ufort
Since no names or other identification will be permitted
within the "sight" of the drawing, applicants are «P^^'^<; °
use the space above and between the hole locations to Identify
each sheet of drawings (note J 1-84(1) ). This •denjlflcatlon
may consist of the attorney's name and docket number or the
inventor's name and case number and may Include the sheet
JANUARY 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
23
number and the total number of sheets filed (for example,
"sheet 2 of 4").
Notice of proposed rule making resardlng revision of
f i 1.59, 1.84. 1.85. 1.123, and 1.165 and revocation of f f 1.82
and 1.87 of Title 37, Code of Federal Regulations, relating to
drawing requirements, was publlshesd In the Federal Register
of January 15, 1971 (36 F.R. 610). Interested persons were
given an opportunity to participate In the rule making process
through submission of comments in writing and at an oral
hearing held on March 23, 1971.
Effective date. This revision shall become effective on the
date of Its publication In the Federal Register. However, until
Jan. 1. 1972, drawings complying with the unrevised rules will
also be accepted.
In consideration of the comments received and pursuant to
the authority contained In section 6 of the Act of July 19,
1952 (66 Stat. 793; 35 U.S.C. 6). Title 37 of the Code of
Federal Regulations Is hereby amended as follows :
1. Section 1.59 Is revised to read as follows :
I 1.59 Paperi of complete application not to be returned.
Papers in a complete application, including the drawings,
will not be returned for any purpose whatever. If applicants
have not preserved copies of the papers, the Office will fur-
nish copies at the usual cost.
I 1.82 [Revoked]
2. Section 1.82 Is revoked.
3. In { 1.84 the Introductory text preceding paragraph (a)
and paragraph (h) are revoked and paragraphs (a), (b). (c),
(j), and (1) are revised to read ns follows :
I 1.84 Standards for drawings.
(a) Paper and ink. Drawings must be made upon pure
white paper of a tlilckness corresponding to two-ply or three-
ply brlstol board. The surface of the paper must be calendered
and smooth and of a quality which will permit erasure and
correction with India Ink. India Ink, or its equivalent In
quality, must be used for pen drawings to secure perfectly
black solid lines. The use of white pigment to cover lines Is
not acceptable.
(b) Size of sheet and margins. The size of a sheet on which
a drawing is made must be exactly 8'/. by 14 inches. One of
the shorter sides of the sheet Is regarded as its top. The draw-
ing must include a top margin of 2 Inches and bottom and side
margins of one-quarter Inch from the edges, thereby leaving
a "sight" precisely 8 by 11% Inches. Margin boarder lines
are not permitted. All work must be Included within the
"sight." The sheets may be provided with two 14-lnch-dlam-
eter holes having their centerllnes spaced eleven-sixteenths
Inch below the top edge and 2% Inches apart, said holes being
equally spaced from the respective side edges.
(c) Character of lines. All drawings must be made with
drafting instruments or by a process which will give then
satisfactory reproduction characteristics. Every line and lettei
must be absolutely black and permanent ; the weight of all
lines and letters must be heavy enough to permit adequate
reproduction. This direction applies to all lines however fine,
to shading, and to lines representing cut surfaces in sectional
views. All lines must be clean, sharp, and solid, and fine or
crowded lines should be avoided. Solid black should not be
used for sectional or surface shading. Freehand work should
be avoided wherever It Is possible to do so.
• • • • •
(h) [Revoked]
. • • • •
( j) Arrangement of views. All views on the same sheet must
stand In the same direction, and should. If possible, stand so
that they can be read with the sheet held In an upright posi-
tion. If views longer than the width of the sheet are necessary
for the clearest illustration of the Invention, the sheet may
be turned on Its side so that the two-Inch margin Is on the
right-hand side. One figure must not be placed upon another
or within the outline of another.
, • • • •
(1) Extraneous matter. An inventor's, agent's, or attor-
ney's name.-slgnature. stamp, or address, or other extraneous
matter, will not be permitted upon the face of a drawing,
within or without the margin, except that Identifying Indicia
(attorney's docket number, inventor's name, number of sheets.
etc.) should be placed within three-fourths inch of the top edge
and between the hole locations defined In paragraph (b) of
this section. Authorized security markings may be placed on
the drawings provided they be outside the Illustrations and
are removed when the material is declassified.
•
4. Section 1.85 Is revised to read as follows :
( l.«5 Informal drawings.
The requirements of S 1.84 relating to drawings will be
strictly enforced. A drawing not executed In conformity
thereto. If suitable for reproduction, may be admitted but In
such case the drawing must be corrected or a new one fur-
nished, as required. The necessary corrections or mounting will
be made by the Office upon applicant's request or permission
and at his expense. (See SS 1.21 and 1.165.)
§ 1.87 [Revoked]
5. Section 1.87 Is revoked.
6. In I 1.123, paragraph (a) Is revised to read as follows :
f 1.123 Amendments to the drawing.
(a) No change in the drawing may be made except by per-
mission of the Office. Permissible changes In the construction
shown In any drawing may be mada only by the Office. A
sketch in permanent ink showing proposed changes, to become
part of the record, must be filed. The paper requesting amend-
ratnts to the drawing should be separate from other papers.
7. In J 1.165, paragraph (b) Is revised to read as follows :
{ 1.165 Drawings. ~
. . • • •
(b) The drawing may be In color and when color Is a dis-
tinguishing characteristic of the new variety, the drawing
must be in color. Two copies of color drawings must be sub-
mitted Color drawings may be made either In permanent water
color or gil, or in lieu thereof may be photograplis made by
color photography or properly colored on sensitized paper. Per-
manentlv mounted color photographs are acceptable. The paper
in any case must correspond In size, weight and quality to
the paper required for other drawings. See § 1.84. Nonperma-
nently mounted copies will be correctly mounted at applicant's
expense, S 1.21(1).
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : May 25. 1971.
James H. Wakelin. Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 71-7504 Filed 5-27-71 ; 8 : 49 am]
Bubliahed in S6 F.R. 977 i; May t8, 1071
[887 O.G. 1840]
(84) Graphic Symbols for Patent Drawings
Rule 84(g) of the Rules of Practice In Patent Cases Indi-
cates that graphic drawing symbols and other labeled rep-
resentations may be used for conventional elements where
appropriate, subject to approval by the Office. Also, suitable
legends may be used, or may be required. In proper cases.
The Rules of Practice pamphlet has, since the turn of the
century. Included a section entitled "Symbols for Draftsman"
showing various symbols which may be used on patent appli-
cation drawings. Although these symbols still reflect current
practice they are somewhat limited In number and scope. A
more complete set of symbols might be beneficial to both the
Office and the public since it would foster uniformity of pres-
entation, and more Informative drawings. However, for the
Office to develop and maintain a substantially complete list-
ing of all graphic drawing symbols would be both difficult
and time-consuming. ^ ^ t ♦h..,*^
Therefore, since the American National Standyds Institute
Inc 1430 Broadv..y, New York, N.Y.. 10018, publishes a
series of publications relating to graphic symbols under irs
Y32 and Z32 headings, the Office Is calling the attention of
patent applicants to these symbols for their consideration and
use where appropriate in patent drawings. The below listed
24
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
publications have been reviewed by the Office and the symbols
therein are considered to be generally acceptable In patent
drawings. Although the Office will not "approve" all of the
listed symbols as a group because their use and clarity must
be decided on a case-by-case basis, these publications may be
used as guides when selecting graphic symbols. Overly spe-
cific symbols should be avoided. Symbols with unclear mean-
ings should be labeled for clarification. As noted In Rule
84(g), the Office will retain final authority to approve the use
of any particular symbol in any particular case.
The reviewed publications are the following :
Y32.2-1970. Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Elec-
tronics Diagram ?11.50
Y32. 10-1967. Graphic Symbols for Fluid Power Dia-
grams ^-^^
Y32.11-1961. Graphic Symbols for Process Flow Dia-
grams In the Petroleum and Chemical Industries -- 2.00
Y32.14-1962. Graphic Symbols for Logic Diagrams - 4.75
Z32. 2.3-1949 (R1953). Graphic Symbols for Pipe
Fittings. Valves and Piping 2.00
Z32. 2. 4-1949 (R1953). Graphic Symbols for Heat-
ing, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 2.00
Z32. 2.6-1950. Graphic Symbols for Heat-Power Appa-
ratus = 2.00
No change in the Rules of Practice is considered necessary
at this time.
The above list of publications will be included in the
Manual of Patent Examining Procedure.
Since the claims of pending applications are subject to
cancellation, amendment or remembering, a terminal disclaim-
er directed to a particular claim or claims will not be accept-
ed ; the disclaimer must be of a terminal portion of the term
of the entire patent to be granted. The statute does not
provide for conditional disclaimers and accordingly, a pro-
posed disclaimer which is made contingent on the allowance
of certain claims cannot be accepted. The disclaimer should
identify the dlsclaimant and his interest in the application
and should specify the date when the disclaimer is to be-
come effective. An acceptable form for such a disclaimer is as
follows :
To the Cominissloner of Patents :
Your petitioner, John Doe, residing at tn the
county of and State of represents that
he is (here state exact interest of the dlsclaimant and, if he
is an assignee, set out the liber and page or reel and frame
where the assignment Is recorded) of application No. ,
filed on the day of 19 -- for
Your petitioner hereby disclaims all that portion of the
term of any patent to be issued on the said application sub
sequent to 19 —
The disclaimer must be accompanied by the statutory fee.
Apr. 26, 1965.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commissioner.
[814 OvG. 359]
May 19, 1972.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Aaaiatant Commissioner.
(S7)
Practice Re : Technical Re.iections
[899 O.G. 12301
(85)
EXAMINATION OF APPLICATIONS
lNFORM.\L APPLIC.\TI0XS OF FOREIGN
Applications
This Notice Is of special Interest to attorneys and agents
prosecuting applications on inventions originating abroad.
Many applications filed in this Office correspond in form
and substance to the requirements (regulations) of countries
foreign to the United States. Since they were not originally
drafted to comply with our Rules of Practice, especially those
based on 35 U.S.C. 112, the first examination cannot be the
full and complete one contemplated under current examining
procedures. This first examination is necessarily limited, under
.MPEP 702.01, to pointing out the informalities and citing
the results of a search, the search being based upon tlie Inven-
tion so far as it can be understood from the foreign type of
claims, often coupled with a somewhat generalized disclosure.
Since U.S. Patent Office policy is to accord equal treatment
to all cases regardless of origin, current examining procedures
as explained in tl e address reprinted In 803 O.G. 893, subject
these applications to final determination on the second action.
It is obviously to applicant's advantage to file the applica-
tion with an adeq late disclosure and with claims which con-
form to the U.S. I'atent Office usages and requirements. This
should be done v henever possible. If, however, due to the
pressure of a Convention deadline or other reasons, this is
not possible, applicants are urged to submit promptly, pref-
erably within three months after filing, a preliminary amend-
ment which corrects the obvious informalities. The infor-
malities should be corrected to the extent that the disclosure
is readily understod and the claims to be initially examined
are in proper form, particularly as to dependency, and other-
wise clearly define the Invention. "New matter" must be
excluded from these amendments since preliminary amend-
ments do not enjoy original disclosure status, section
608.04(b), MPEP.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Mar. 4. 1965. Commissioner of Patents.
• ' [812 O.G. 1295]
In the interest of reducing the number of technical rejec-
tions and expediting the prosecution of applications the fol-
lowing changes will be instituted effective June 1. 1965:
1. The inclusion of a negative limitation shall not, in Itself,
be considered a sufficient basis for objection to or rejection
of a claim. However, If such a limitation renders the claim
unduly broad or indefinite or otherwise results in a failure
to point out the invention In the manner contemplated by
35 U.S.C. 112, an appropriate rejection should be made.
2. When materials recited in a claim are so related as to
constitute a proper Markush group, they may be recited either
In the conventional manner heretofore permitted, or alterna-
tively. For example, if ". . . wherein R is a material selected
from the group consisting of A. B, C and D" is a proper
limitation then ". . . wherein R is A. B. C or D" shall also
be considered proper.
3. The use of Markush claims of diminishing scope shall not,
in Itself, be considered a sufficient basis for objection to or re-
jection of claims. However, if such a practice renders the
claims Indefinite or if It results in undue mJiltlpllcity, an
appropriate rejection shall be made. This change does not In
any way affect the substantive law governing the treatment
of Markush claims. The foregoing practice with respect to
Markush claims of diminishing scope will be effective on an
experimental basis until December 1. 1965, and. if it proves
satisfactory, will then be adopted permanently.
Apr. 30, 1965.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commissioner.
[814 O.G. 715] .
(86) Terminal Disclalmers Filed in applications
In view of the increasing number of terminal disclaimers
being filed in pending applications under 35 U.S.C. 253, it is
considered advisable to point out the practice to be followed
in such cases.
(88) "Special" Examining PRocEncRE for Certain
New applications
The trial of "Special" Examining Procedure for Certain
New Applications as announced In 812 O.G. 953 and later
modified by 817 O.G. 423 indicates the desirability of making
such procedure available on a standard operating basis. Ac-
cordingly, an additional category Is being added to the list of
situations in which an application may be advanced out of
turn for examination. Rule 102 and M.P.E.P. 708.01 and
708.02. The M.P.E.P. will be rewritten to incorporate this
practice. ^ ^ ■ »„
Certain further modifications have been incorporated Into
the conditions and procedure ; most importantly, the new case
now may be a continuing or divisional application, the pro-
hibition against an application having an earlier effective
U S filing date has been removed. Original limits on filing
date and on number In any Group have previously been
deleted.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
25
The full text of conditions and procedures now applicable
appears below, and the notices In 812 O.G. 953 and 817 O.G.
423 are accordingly rendered obsolete.
require.ments and procedures to effect accelerated
examination of new applications
Requirements Precedent to Grant of Special Status for
Accelerated Examination
A new application (one which has not received any ex-
amination by the examiner) may be granted special status
provided that applicant (and this term includes applicant's
attorney or agent) concurrently :
(a) Submits a written petition to make special.
(b) Agrees that the application will not include more than
ten claims at any time. Should the pending application
contain more than ten claims when the request for spe-
cial status is filed, an amendment must be proposed at
that time to reduce the number to not more than ten,
which amendment will be entered only if the special
status is granted. All of the claims presented for this
special prosecution must obviously be directed to a single
Invention.
(c) Submits a statement that a pre-examination search
was made, and specifying whether by the inventor, attor-
ney, professional searchers, etc., and listing the field of
search by class and subclass, publication, chemical ab-
stracts, foreign patents, etc.
(d) Submits one copy each of the references deemed most
closely related to the subject matter encompassed by the
claims.
(e) Submits a detailed discussion of the references, which
discussion points out, with the particularity required by
Rule 111(b) and (c). how the claimed subject matter is
distinguishable over the references. Where applicant In-
dicates an intention of overcoming one of the references
by affidavit under Rule 131. the affidavit must be sub-
mitted before the application Is taken up for action, but
In no event later than one month after request for special
status.
In those Instances where the request for this special status
does not meet all the prerequisites set forth above, applicant
will be notified and the defects in the request will be stated.
The application will remain in the status of a new application
awaiting action in its regular turn. In those Instances where
a request is defective in one or more respects, applicant will
be given one opportunity to perfect the request. If perfected,
the request will then be granted.
Once a request has been granted, prosecution will proceed
according to the procedure set forth below ; there is no provi-
sion for "withdrawal" from this special status.
Special Examining Procedure
1. The new application, having been granted special status
as a result of compliance with the requirements set out In the
section titled "Requirements Precedent to Grant pf Special
Status for Accelerated Examination," supra, will be taken up
by the Examiner before all other categories of applications
except those clearly in condition for allowance and these with
set time limits, such as Examiner's Answers, Decisions on
Motions, etc., and will be given a complete first action which
will Include all essential matters of merit as to all claims.
The Examiner's search will be restricted to the subject matter
encompassed by the claims. This first action will terminate
with the setting of a three-month shortened period for re-
sponse.
2. During the three-month perioa for response, applicant
is encouraged to arrange for an Interview with the Examiner
in order to resolve, with finality, as many issues as possible.
In order to afford the Examiner time for reflective considera-
tion before the interview, applicant or his representative
should cause to be placed in the hands of the Examiner at
least one working da>- prior to the interview, a copy (clearly
denoted as such) of the amendment that he proposes to file
in response to the Examiner's action, .^uch a paper will not
become a part of the file, but will form a basis for discussion
at the interview.
3. Subsequent to the Interview, or responsive to the Ex-
aminer's first action if no interview was had, applicant will
file his "record" response. The response at this stage, to be
proper, must be restricted to the rejections, objections, and
requirements made. Any amendment which would require
broadening the search field will be treated as not a proper
response.
4. The examiner will within one month from the date of
receipt of applicant's formal response, take up the applica-
tion for final disposition. This disposition will constitute
either a final action which terminates with the setting of a
three-month period for response, or a notice of allowance.
No further response will be made by the Exam'lner after a
final action with the exceptions that (a) an Examiner's
Answer may be prepared in response to an appeal brief, or
(b) the application may be passed to Issue.
5. A personal Interview after final Office action will not be
permitted unless requested by the Examiner. However, tele-
phonic interviews will be permitted where appropriate for the
■purpose of correcting any minor matters which remain out-
standing.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Dec. 14, 19G5. Assistant Commissioner.
[822 O.G. 2]
(S9)
Prosecution of Patent Applications
After Final Action
Experience over the past several months indicates the need
to re-emphasize certain areas of examining procedure outlined
In Assistant Commissioner Wahl's address to the Patent
Examining Corps on September 24, 1965 (819 O.G. 893).
Certain paragraphs or parts thereof are quoted below, with
emphasis added.
"It Is planned, accordingly, that prosecution before
the examiner should be essentially concluded after appli-
cant's first response and the examiner's reply thereto.
A'o amendments to claims, nor new claims, should be
entered after final rejection, except in rare instances,
unless it is readily apparent that these place the case in
condition for allowance or materially reduce or simplify
the issues for appeal. Also, no amendments should be
entered which raise new issues or require further ^search.
However, If a response to a final rejection is received
and it would clearly place the case in condition for allow-
ance except for minor matters which could be cleared
up over the telephone, the examiner should telephone
applicant or his attorney or agent to try to promptly
clear up such matters."
•
"In general, a very complete and thoroughly considered
first response by applicant will be in order because it
n-ill determine the form and content of the claims, not
only for the final consideration by the examiner, but also
by the Board of Appeals if appeal be taken. In this
connection, attention is directed to suggestions set forth
In notices In the Official Gazette In recent years that
applicant should Include in his application at the time
of filing, or after the first complete action, the most
detailed claim that he would be willing to accept as well
as the broadest claim to which he considers himself
entitled."
"A third change in procedure Is that In all cases
wherein the examiner decides that a requirement for
restriction to one invention or for election of species
must be made, a telephone call will be made to applicant
or his representative advising him of the situation and
requesting a prompt election by return telephone call If
the decision cannot be made immediately. When the
election Is made by telephone, the examiner In his action
will make of record the complete requirement and will
state the date of the call, the name of the applicant or
his representative who made the election, and the result
of the election. Such restriction or election requirements
will, of course, be subject to written requests for recon-
sideration (traverse) In accordance with Rule 143. If
no reply Is received to the examiner's telephoned require-
ment within a reasonable period, about three working
days, he will proceed to make the requirement In a
written action as heretofore."
In further Implementation of these precedures, the follow-
ing paragraphs add further details to take effect on the date
26
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
of this notice and to apply to all Office actions taken or
written, and to all communications received from applicant,
*on or after the effective date.
FINAL ACTION AND PRE-ATPEAL
The pro$ecution of an application before the examiner
thould ordinarily he concluded icith the final action. Hoxc-
ever. one personal intervietc and one tcritten response by
appUcant may be entertained after such final action if cir-
cumstances icarrant. Thus, only one request by applicant
for a personal Interview after final should be granted, but
In exceptional circumstances, a second personal Interview may
be Initiated by the examiner If In his, judgment this would
materially assist In placing the application in condition for
alloxcance. Any amendment submitted under Rule llG(a) and
Rule 116(b) for purposes of appeal should be presented in
the first response after final action and will be considered as
heretofore ; If any amendments are submitted after the ex-
aminer's reply to such first response, they should be refused
entry as not warranted at this stage of prosecution, even
though such amendments allegedly present rejected claims in
better condition for appeal. Similarly, no affidavit should be
considered If presented later than with the first response after
final unless a showing Is made under Rule 116(b).
The practice will be continued of advising applicant by
means of the recently Introduced form letter (POL-303) as
to the disposition of proposed amendments to the claims and
as to the effect of any argument or affidavit submitted in the
first response after final action.
If a response subsequent to the first response after final
action is received before appeal and which on its face clearly
places the application In condition for allowance, it should
be entered and a notice of allowability (POL^255) promptly
sent to applicant ; If such subsequent response does not on
its face place the application in condition for allowance, It
should not be considered further (unless, in the examiner's
Judgment, there are only minor matters which could be readily
cleared up in a telephone Interview leading to a notice of
allowance) and should be refused entry. A form letter
(POL-309) will be used for notification that such subsequent
responses do hot place the application in condition for allow-
ance.
Requests for extension of the shortened statutory period for
reply after final action, under Rule 130(b), will be considered
* by the Primary JJxamlner and if granted will be for not more
than one montii ; petitions for further extensions will be
decided by the Commissioner or his designees in this matter.
It should be noted that, under Rule 181(f), the filing of a
Rule 181 petition will not stay the period for reply to an
Examiner's action which may be running against an appli-
cation.
Appeal and post-appeal
The record on appeal should be essentially the record before
the examiner at the time appeal is taken. Thus, no amend-
ments, except under Rule 193(b), presented after appeal has
been taken should be entered for purposes of appeal, and no
exception should be made to this, see Rule 116(c). Amend-
ments, arguments, or affidavits filed concurrently with or of
even date with appeal notice will be construed as filed after
appeal for the purpose of this procedure, even though they
may be the first response to the final action. In accordance
with Rule 195, affidavits or exhibits submitted after the case
has been appealed should be considered for entry only if
applicant makes the necessary showing why they were not
earlier presented ; Rule 195 should be strictly construed in
this regard. If after appeal has been taken, a paper is pre-
sented which on its face clearly places the application in
condition for allowance, such paper should be entered and'
a notice of allowability (POLr-255) promptly sent to applicant.
If such paper does not on its face place the application in
condition for allowance, it should not be considered further
(unless in the examiner's judgment there are only minor
matters which could be readily cleared up in a telephone inter-
view leading to a notice of allowance) and proposed amend-
ments therein should not be entered. Notification that such
papers do not place the application in condition for allowance
will be made by use of a form letter (POLr-309).
In accordance with the above, the Brief should be directed
to the claims and to the record of the case as they appeared
upon filing the appeal, but it may, of course, w;it^draw from
consideration on appeal any claims or Issues as desired by
appellant.
Upon timely filing of a Brief, it will be referred to the
examiner for his consideration of Its propriety as to the
appeal issues and for preparation of an Examiner's Answer
if the Brief Is proper and the application is not allowable.
The Examiner's Answer will normally be of the shortened
type referring to and relying on the final action ; it may with-
draw rejection of claims or any objection or requirement as
desired by the examiner. Xo new ground of rejection or ob-
jection should be incorporated in the Examiner's Answer
icithout express approval in each case by the Group Manager.
RESTRICTION AND ELECTION
A basic policy of the streamlined examining program Is
that the second action on the merits should be made final.
In those applications wherein a requirement for restriction
or election is accompanied by the rejection of linking or
generic claims, such action will be considered to be an action
on the merits and the next action by the examiner should be
made final. It may thus be to applicant's advantage to make
a telephone election in such cases prior to the first action.
Requirements for restriction or election will continue to be
governed by existing criteria. However, in stating a require-
ment for restriction hereafter there should be no citation of
patents to show separate status or classification or utility.
The separate inventions should as heretofore be identified by
a grouping of the claims with a short description of the total
extent of the Invention claimed in each group, specifying the
type or relationship of each group as by stating the group is
drawn to process, or to subcombination, or to product, etc.,
and should indicate the classification or separate status of
each group, as for example, by class and subclass.
The period for response to a requirement for restriction or
election, where there Is no rejection of claims, will hereafter
be set at 30 days.
MANVAL OF PATENT EXAMINING PROCEDDRB
Procedures currently set forth in the Manual of Patent
Kxamlnlng Procedure which may be in conflict with the above
are superseded by those anounced above. Change Notices
and replacement pages will be issued in due course.
MANUAL OF CLERICAL PROCEDCRE
This information will also be Incorporated In the Manual
of Clerical Procedure.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
[824 O.G. 4 (Mar. 1, 1966)]
(90)
Double Patenting
In view of the uncertain situation which has arisen as a
result of recent decisions dealing with "double patenting"
it is thought to be advisable to restate the practice which
should be followed in this area, particularly as regards the
effect of terminal disclaimers. The term "double patenting
is properlv applicable only to cases involving two or more
applications and/or patents of the same inventive entity and
should not be applied to situations involving commonly owned
cases of different inventive entities. Sole and Joint Inventors
cannot constitute a single entity, nor do two or more sets of
joint inventors constitute a single entity if any Individual Is
included in either set who is not also Included In the other.
If two or more cages are filed by a single inventive entity,
and if the expiration dates of the patents, granted or to be
granted, are the same, either because of a common issue date
or by reason of the filing of one or more terminal disclaimers,
two or more patents may properly be granted. If the claims
do not overlap, even though the subject matter to which the
claims of one case are directed may be obvious In view of the
subject matter claimed In the other case. In re Robeson, 1964
CD. 561, 141 USPQ 485; In re Kaye. 1964 CD. 630, 141
USPQ 829 Claims overlap within the meaning of this state-
ment if it is possible for them to be infringed by the same
process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter.
Cross reading is not necessary to constitute such an overlap.
Overlapping claims should not be allowed in cases filed by
the same inventive entity If they are directed to identical
inventive concepts, or If the concept to which one set of
claims Is directed would be obvious In view of that to which
the other set is directed. This Is true regardless of the rela-
tive filing dates of the cases or the relative scope of the claims.
In situations involving cases filed by different Inventive
entitles, regardless of ownership, Sections 102 and 103 of
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
35 U.S.C preclude the granting of two or more patents when
directed to identical inventive concepts or when one of the
concepts would be obvious In view of the other. A terminal
disclaimer can have no effect In this situation since the basis
for refusing more than one patent is not connected with any
extension of monopoly.
In view of 35 U.S.C. 135, it is necessary to determine pri-
ority of Invention wlienever two different Inventive entities
are claiming a single inventive concept, and this determination
should ordinarily be made before any patent is Issued. This
Is true regardless of ownership, and the provision of Rule
201(c) that interferences will not be declared or continued
between commonly owned cases unless good cause Is shown
therefor does not mean that two patents are to be allowed
In such cases, but that the common assignee should be called
on to state which of the entities involved is prior to the other
in date of invention.
Accordingly, the assignee of two or more- cases of different
inventive entitles, containing conflicting claims, should be
called on to maintain a line of demarcation betweeji them.
If such a line is not maintained then, when one of the cases
is in condition for allowance, claims covering the conflicting
subject matter should be suggested as provided In Rule 203,
care being taken to Insure that such claims cover all the
conflicting matter and the assignee should be called on to
state which entity is the prior Inventor of that subject matter
and to limit the claims of the other application accordingly.
If the assignee does not comply with this requirement and
presents the Interfering claims in both cases, an Interference
should be declared, attention being directed to Rule 208 If
there Is a common attorney. If suggested claims are not
presented within the time allowed, rejection should be made
on the ground of disclaimer as indicated In Rule 203(b).
In the event that a common assignee, after taking out a
patent on one of two or more applications, for the first time
presents claims in a pending application which are not patent-
ably distinct from claims of the patent, the claims of the
application should be rejected on the ground that the assignee,
by taking out the patent at a time when the application was
not claiming the patented Invention, Is estopped to contend
t^iat the patentee is not the prior Inventor.
If a patent is Inadvertently issued on one of two commonly
owned applications by different inventive entities which at
the time when the patent issued were claiming inventions
wlilch are not patentably distinct, the assignee should be called
on to make a determination of priority as In the case of pend-
ing applications and. If no election Is made, an interference
should be declared. An election of the applicant as the first
Inventor should not be accepted without a complete (not
terminal) disclaimer of the conflicting claims in the patent
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commissioner,
[834 O.G. 1615]
822 O.G. 2, Is modified to the extent Indicated below in the
case where' the Office determines that all of the claims pre-
sented are not obviously directed to a single invention.
Where the claims In a case are directed to more than
one Invention, an election without traverse will be a pre-
requisite to the grant of special status.
The election may be made by applicant at the time of filing
the petition for special status. Should applicant fail to in-
clude an election wirh the original papers or petition and the
Office determines tliat a requirement should be made, the
established telephone restriction practice will be followed.
If otherwise proper, examination on the merits will pro-
ceed on claims drawn to the elected invention.
If applicant refuses to make an election without traverse,
the application will not be further examined at that time.
The petition will be denied on the ground that the claims are
not directed to a single Invention, and the application will
await action in Its regular turn.
Divisional applications directed to the non-elected Inven-
tions will not automatically be given special status based on
papers filed with the petition In the parent case. Each such
application must meet on its own ail requirements for the new
special status.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Mar 21 1907. .Assistant Commissioner.
[837 O.G. 667]
Jan. 9, 1907.
(91) Nox-FiNAL Second Action Rejection 1'ractice
Experience since September 1, 1966, indicates that the
non-final second action rejection practice announced on a
trial basis at 829 O.G. 1755 (M.P.E.P. Change Notice 10—1)
has worked out satisfactorily for both the Office and the ap-
plicants. Effective Immediately, that practice as restated
below will be followed on a regular basis.
Second actions on the merits will not be made final where
the examiner introduces a new ground of rejection not neces-
sitated by amendment of the application by the applicant.
I'urther, in carrying out this policy, a second action on the
merits in any application will not be made final If it Includes
a rejection of any claim not amended by applicant where
that rejection relies on newly cited art. Also, amendments
complying with objections or requirements as to form are to
be permitted after final action in accordance with Rule
110(a).
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Jan. 30, 19C7. Assistant Commissioner.
[835 O.G. 715)
(92)
SPECIAL Examining Procedure for Certain
New Applications
(93)
New First Action Procedure
Effective January 2, 1968, a new practice Involving the
use of a revised form for the first page of the first Office
\ctIon will be Instituted. The use of this new form will intro-
duce some new pr.ictlces and procedures and will terminate
the "Interview Practice Preliminary to Notice Under 35
use 132" announced August 1, 1967, at 841 O.G. 1.
The heading of the revised form containing the address
and application identification will have a completely revised
format to facilitate future pre-action addressing by automatic
tvpewriter. . , ., .. .
■ Under the new procedure, the Examiner will signify on the
revised form certain information Including the period set for
response, any attachments, and. In a "summary of action,
the position taken on all claims.
The new procedure will also allow the Examiner, In the
exercise of his professional judgment, to indicate that a dis-
cussion with applicant's representative may result in agree-
ments whereby the application may be placed in condition for
allowance and that the Examiner will telephone the repre-
sentative within about two weeks. Under this practice the
applicant's representative can be adequately prepared to con-
duct such a discussion. Any resulting amendment may be made
either by the applicant's attorney or agent or by the Exam ner
in an Examiner's Amendment. It should be recognized that
when extensive amendments are necessary it would be prefer-
able If they were filed by the attorney o-- °8^°f °' ""7.^'
thereby reducing the professional and clerical workload in the
Patent Office and also providing the file ^"aPP^^^'^'^^f,,^,"""
record. Including applicant's arguments for allowability as
required by Rule 111.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Dec. 11, 1967. . Assistant Commissioner.
f [845 O.G. 1205]
The practice of granting special status to certain new
applications as set forth In the Notice of December 14, 1965,
(94) Modification of Notice of Janu.^ry 31, 1967
The practice set forth In the notice of January 31. 1967.
entitled "Double Patenting" (834 O.G. 1615), Is modified to
the extent that when a single inventive entity is 'evolved a
terminal disclaimer will be accepted to avoid a double patent-
ing rejection even If the claims overlap. If the claims which
would otherwise be subject to such rejection could not have
been allowed In the other application or patent, and if the
terminal disclaimer further provides that the patent shall .
expire immediately If It ceases to be commonly owned with
the other application or patent.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Feb. 14, 1968. Commissioner.
[848 O.G. 1]
28
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
(95) CoNTiNDATioNS— Res Judicata Rejections
Some confusion exists In the interpretation of the estab-
lished Office policy regarding the use of res judicata rejections.
To clarify the Manual on this point the following changes are
made —
The second paragraph of MPEP 201.07 Is rewritten
to read :
At any time before the patenting or abandonment of
or termination of proceedings on his earlier application,
an applicant may have recourse to filing a continuation
in ordtT to introdiice into the case a new set of claims
and to establish a right to further examination by the
primary Examiner.
The last two sentences of MPEP 201.11 are deleted.
MPEP 706.03 (w) is rewritten to read :
A prior adjudication against the Inventor on the same
or similar claims constitutes a proper ground of rejection
as re$ judicata. See Ex parte Budde, 150 USPQ 4G9 ;
828 O.G. 409. The rejection should be used only when
the earlier decision was a decision of the Board of Ap-
peals or any of the reviewing courts, and when the time
for further court review has expired and no such review
has been sought, or, if filed, the review action is termi-
nated. The timely filing of a second application copending
with an earlier application does not preclude the use of
res judicata as a ground of rejection for the second appli-
cation claims.
When making a rejection on res judicata, action should
ordinarily be made also on the basis of prior art.
Mar. 18, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[849 O.G. 277]
(96) Guidelines for Considering Disclosures ok
Utility in Drdo Cases
On December 5, 1967 the text of certain guidelines which
the Patent Office proposed to adopt in the examination of
applications for druKS, was pul^Jished in the Official (;azette
(845 O.G. 1). A hearing was had on January 16, 1968, and all
perscms, who desired to, were invited to attend and to submit
their views, objections, recommendations or suggestions. The
following guidelines are being published after consideration
of all the material and opinions, both written and oral, which
were submitted in response to that Invitation.
Mar. 19, 1968.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Commissioner of Patents.
General
These guidelines are set down to provide uniform handling
of applications dl-icloslng drug or pharmaceutical utility. They
are intended to guide patent examiners and patent applicants
as to criteria for utility statements. They deal with funda-
mental questions and are subject to revision and amendment
if future case law indicates this to be necessary.
The following two basic principles shall be followed In
considering matters relating to the adequacy of disclosure
of utility In drug cases :
(1) The same basic principles of patent law which apply in
the field of chemical arts shall be applicable to drugs, and
(2) The Patent Office shall confine its examination of dis-
closure of utility to the application of patent law principles,
recognizing that other agencies of the government have been
assigned the responsibility of assuring conformance to the
standards established by statute for the advertisement, use,
sale or distribution of drugs.^
A drug is defined by 21 U.S.C. 321(g)
The term "drug" means (A) articles recognized in the
official United States Pharmacopeia, official Homeopathic
Pharmacopeia of the United States, or official Rational
Formulary, or any supplement to any of them ; and (B)
articles intended for use in the diagnosis, cure, mitiga-
tion, treatment, or prevention of disease In man or other
animals; and (C) articles (other than food) intended to
affect the structure or any function of the body of man
or other animals ; and (D) articles Intended for use as a
component of any articles specified In clause (A), (B),
or (C) ; but does not include devices or their components,
parts or accessories.
In addition, compositions adapted to be applied to or used
by human beings, e.g.. cosmetics, dentifrices, mouthwashes.
etc., may be treated in the same manner as drugs subject to
the conditions stated.
Any proof of a stated utility or safety required pursuant to
these guidelines may be Incorporated In the application as
filed, or may be subsequently submitted by affidavit If and when
required. The Patent Office, In reaching its own Independent
decisions on questions of utility and how to use under 35
U.S.C. 101 and 112, will continue to avail itself of assistance
and information from the Secretary of Health. Education, and
Welfare as authorized by 21 U.S.C. 372(b). when necessary.
In accordance with the basic principles set forth above, the
following procedures shall be followed in examining patent
applications in the drug field with regard to disclosures relat-
ing to utility.
35 U.B.C. 101
Utility must be definite and In currently available form,*
not merely for further investigation or research but commer-
cial availability is not necessary. Mere assertions such as
"therapeutic agents." » "for pharmaceutical purposes," ♦ "bio-
logical activity,"" "Intermediates,"* and for making further
unspecified preparations are regarded as insufficient.
If the asserted utility of a compound is believable on Its
face to persons skilled In the art in view of the contemporary
knowledge in the art, then the burden Is upon the examiner
to give adequate support for rejections for lack of utility under
this section.^ On the other hand, incred'ble statements' or
statements deemed unlikely to be correct by ono skilled in the
art » in view of the contemporary knowledge in the art will
require adequate proof on the part of applicants for patents.
Proof of utility under this section may be established by
clinical or in livo or in vitro data, or combinations of these.
which would be convincing to those skilled In the art.'o More
particularly, If the utility relied on Is directed solely to the
treatments of humans, evidence of utility, if required, must
generally be clinical evidence." Although animal tests may be
adequate where the art would accept these as appropriately
correlated with human utility.'^ If there is no assertion of
human utility," or if there is an assertion of animal utility."
operatlveness for use on standard test animals is adequate
for patent purposes.
Exceptions exist with respect to the general rule relating
to the treatment of humans. For example, compositions whose
properties are generally predictable from a knowledge of their
components, such as laxatives, antacids and certain topical
preparations, require little or no clinic proof.'*
Although absolute safety is not necessary to meet the utility
requirement under this section, a drug which Is not sufficiently
safe under the conditions of use for which It Is said to be
effective will not satisfy the utility requirement.'* Proof of
i/n re Krimmel, 48 CCPA 1116, 292 F.2d 948. 130 USPQ
215 : In re Hartop et al., 50 CCPA 780, 311 F.2d 249. 135
USPQ 419.
^'hn re Kirk el ol , 54 CCPA 1119. 153 CSPQ 48; E. parte
'■'."iTJi Jofv^?'.'?, m'^CCPA 1159, 153 USPQ 45 : In re K,rK \
'»Hr;?H W^kwt'! ^.^r'^^-^'A* ^»^^}^u
mis. '123 USPQ 581.
;;f„%"e'irp";!- ."5"o^^|/|S8«.,3» F.2. «>. .S,
USPQ 419: E» P'^^^e Murphy 134 VSPQ 134
U^P?-47^2'" n 're ?rf;"e^'t8^c'?A\%.i9/F^ 948. 130
USP§ 215: In re Dodson. 48 CCPA 1 25 292 F 2d 943. 130
USPQ 224 In re Hitchings, 52 CCPA 1141, 342 F. 2d 8U. i**
^';rPn';V Berael et al., 48 CCPA 1102 292 F.2d 955. 130
^^r§/J«.>/^a«^on^raT: \^ glp§ m : E. parte Le.in.
''?» In ^r? Hartop et al. 50 CCPA 780. 311 F.2d 249. 135
USPQ 419.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
29
safety shall be required only in those cases were adequate
reasons can be advanced by the examiner for believing that
the drug is unsafe, and shall be accepted if it establishes a
reasonable probability of safety.
» 35 U.S.C. 112
A mere statement of utility for pharmacological or chemo-
therapeutic purposes may raise a question of compliance with
Section 112. particularly ". . . as to enable any person
skilled In the art to which it pertains ... to use the same."
If the statement of utility contains within It a connotation of
how to use. and/or the art recognizes that standard modes of
administration are contemplated, Section 112 Is satisfied. ".If
the use disclosed is of such nature that the art Is unaware of
successful treatments with chemically analogous compounds,
a more complete statement of how to use must be supplied
than if such analogy were not present. '* It is not necessary to
specify the dosage or method of use if It Is obvious to one
skilled in the art that such information could be obtained
without undue experimentation."
With respect to the adequacy of disclosure that a claimed
genus possesses an asserted utility representative examples
together with a statement applicable to the genus as a whole
, will ordinarily be sufficient If It would be deemed likely by
one skilled in the art. In view of contemporary knowledge In
the art. that the claimed genus would possess the asserted
utility. ■» Proof of utility will be required for other members of
the claimed genus only In those cases where adequate reasons
can be advanced by the examiner for believing that the genus
as a whole does not possess the asserted utility. Conversely,
a sufficient number of representative examples, if disclosed
In the prior art will constitute a disclosure of the genus to
which they belong.
In the case of mixtures Including a drug as an ingredient,
or mixtures which are drugs, or methods of treating a specific
condition with a drug, whether old or new, a specific example
should ordinarily be set forth, which should include the or-
. ganlsm treated. In appropriate cases, such an example may be
Inferred from the disclosure taken as a whole and/or the
knowledge In the art (e.g., gargle).
Where the claimed compounds are capable of several differ-
ent utilities and one use is adequately described In accordance
with these guidelines, additional utilities will be investigated
for compliance with Sections 101 and 112 only If not believ-
able on their face to those ordinary skill In the art in view
of the contemporary knowledge of the art. Failure to meet
these standjinls may result In a requirement to cancel such
additional utllltles.»
(98)
Special Examining Procedure
(97)
Applications To Be Taken Up Special
The Special Examining Procedure whereby a new applica-
tion may be granted special status and advanced for examina-
tion Is hereby revised to remove the condition limiting the
application to no more than ten claims. The petition for
special status will be granted regardless of the number of
claims pending in the application at any time provided all
other remaining conditions of this program are met (sec
MPEP 708.02).
RICHARD A. WAHL,
June 12. 1968. Assistant Commissioner.
[852 O.G. 509]
"Cf. In re Johnson. 48 CCPA 733, 282 F.2d 370. 127
USPQ 216 : In re Hitchings et al. 52 CCPA 1141, 342 F.2d 80,
144 l!SPQ 637.
'« In re Mourcu et al.. 52 C?CPA 1363. 345 F. 2d 595, 145
USPQ 452 ; In re Schmidt et al., 54 CCPA 1577, 153 USPQ
640.
•»/n re Oprenauer. 31 CCPA 1248. 143 F.2d 974. 62 USPQ
297: In re CavaUito et al. 48 CCPA 711. 282 F.2d 3^7. 127
rSPQ 202 : In re CavaUito et al. 48 CCPA 720 2S2 F.2d 363,
127 USPQ 206 : In re Schmidt, 48 CCP.V 1140, 29.'? F.2d 274,
1.10 I'SPO 404 : In re CnvnUito. 49 CCr.\ I.I.I.') "^Ofi F "d ."in.i,
134 USPQ 370 ; In re Surrev, 54 CCPA 855. 370 F.2d 349. 151
USPQ 724 ; In re Lund et al, 54 CCPA 1361, 153 USPQ 625.
-0 Ex parte Lanham, 121 USPQ 223 ; Ex parte Moore et al,
128 USPQ S: In re Cit'on. ;')! CCPA S52 .'?25 F.2d -.'48. 1.^9
USPQ .TIB : In re Gottlieb et al, 51 CCPA 1114. 328 F.2d 1016.
140 USPQ 665.
[849 O.G. 567]
Hereafter the existence of the following facts will place
the application concerned in the category of special cases, i.e.,
those to be advanced out of regular order for examination.
Once a case Is taken up for action by an Examiner accord-
ing to Its effective filing date. It should be treated as special
by any Examiner, Art Unit or Group to which It may subse-
([uently be transferred. Exemplary situations Includes: (1)
new cases transferred as the result of a telephone election,
and (2) cases transferred as the result of a timely response
to any official action.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Feb. 29, 1968. .Assistant Commissioner.
[850 O.G. 4]
(99) Rejections Not Based on Prior Art
The primary object of the examination of an application Is
to determine whether or not the claims define a patentable
advance over the prior art. This consideration should not be
relegated to a secondary positiofi while undue emphasis Is
given to non-prior art or "technical" rejections. Effort In
examining should be concentrated on truly essential matters,
minimizing or eliminating effort on matters which may have
played a part in the examination process In the past but
which are not really critical. Where a major technical rejec-
tion is proper (e.g.. lack of proper disclosure, undue breadth,
utility, etc.) such rejection should be stated with a full de-
velopment of the reasons rather than by a mere conclusion
coupled with some stereotyped expression. ■
Generally speaking, the Inclusion of (1) negative limita-
tions and (2) alternative expressions, provided that the al-
ternatively expressed elements are basically equivalents for
the purpose of the Invention, are permitted if no uncertainty
or ambiguity with respect to the question of scope or breadth
of the claim is presented.
The examiner has the responsibility to make sure the word-
ing of the claims is sufficiently definite to reasonably deter-
mine the scope. It Is applicant's responsibility to select proper
wording of the claim, except to the extent that the selection
of words makes the claims indefinite. Under no circumstances
should a claim be rejected merely because the Examiner pre-
fers a different choice of wording.
Rejections not based on prior art are explained In 706.03(a)
to 706.03(v). IF THE ITALICIZED LANGUAGE IN THESE
SECTIONS IS INCORPORATED IN THE REJECTION,
THERE WILL BE LESS CHANCE OF A MISUNDERSTAND-
ING AS TO THE GROUNDS OF REJECTION.
July 23, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[853 O.G. 603]
(100) Double Patenting and Terminal Disclaimer
The practice concerning double patenting and the effect of
a terminal disclaimer on such a rejection Is set out below.
The notices of January 9, 1967, and February 14, 1968, re-
lating to this subject are hereby superseded except with ref-
erence to the practice described involving different Inventive
entitles.
Claims should be rejected on double patenting only in cases
Involving two or more applications and/or patents of the
same Inventive entity and not in situations involving com-
monly owned cases of different inventive entitles. Commonly
owned cases of dllTerent Inventive entitles are to be treated
In the manner set out in MPEP 804.03.
If two or more cases are filed by a single Inventive entity,
and If the expiration dates of the patents, granted or to be
granted, are the same, either because of a common Issue date
or by reason of the filing of one or more terminal disclaimers,
two or more patents may properly be granted provided the
claims of the different cases are not drawn to the same In-
vention {In re Knohl, 155 USPQ 586; In re GrisKold, 150
USPQ 804).
Claims that differ from each other (aside from minor differ-
ences In language, punctuation, etc.), whether or not the
difference Is obvious, are not considered to be drawn to the
same invention. In cases where the difference Is obvious,
terminal disclaimers are effective to overcome rejections on
double patenting. However, such terminal disclaimers should
30
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
include a provision that the patent shall expire Immediately
if It ceases to be commonly owned with the other application
or patent.
Where there Is no such difference, the Inventions are the
same and a terminal disclaimer Is ineffective.
Feb. 18, 1969.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commissioner.
[860 O.G. 661]
(101)
Revised Design Patent Practice
• The following changes are being Instituted in order to
clarify the distinction between the ornamental design for an
article being claimed in a design patent and its environment.
These changes are to be followed in the examination of all
design applications as of the date of this notice. It is sug
gested that applicants initiate compliance with these changes
in all pending "design applications.
The ornamental design ■ which is being claimed must be
shown In solid lines in the drawing. Dotted lines for the pur-
pose of indicating unimportant or immaterial features of the
designed article are no longer permitted. There are no por-
tions of a design which are Immaterial or unimportant. In re
Blum, 852 O.G. 1045 ; 153 USPQ 177.
The title of the article being claimed in a design patent
must correspond to the name of the article .shown in solid
lines In the drawing.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Feb. 26, 1969. Assistant Commissioner.
■ [860 O.G. 999]
programs was published In the Federal Register of October 22,
1968 (33 F.R. 15600), and in the Official Gazette of the
Patent Office of October 22. 1968 (855 O.G. 829).
In view of the decision by the U.S. Court of Customs and
Patent Appeals In "In re Prater et al.." 162 USPQ 541, 866
O.G. 1034 (1969), the adopted guidelines are hereby rescinded,
effective Immediately. For the time being, adoption of new
guidelines for the examination of patent applications Is being
deferred pending further judicial Interpretation of the law on
a case-by-case basis.
Consideration of "In re Prater et al." has brought Into
question the advisability of Issuing guidelines for the exanil-
jiatlon of patent apiillcations on computer programs. Ifartles
who desire to present their views, recommendations, or sug-
gestions concerning such guidelines are Invited to do so, by
letter addressed to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington,
DC. 20231. Those parties who recommend the issuance of
such guidelines are Invited to submit comments concerning the
proposed language of the guidelines.
WILMAM E. RCHUYLKR, .Jr.,
Commissioner of Patents.
.\pproved : October 3, 1969.
Myron Tribcs,
.Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
[F.R. Doc. 6912194 ; Filed. Oct. 9, 1969. 8 : 48 a.m.]
Published Si F R. 15724, October 10. 1969
[868 O.G. 349]
(102) "Mere Function of Machine" — Rejection-
In view of the decision of the Court of Customs and Patent
Appeals in In re Tarczy-Homoch appearing at 158 USPQ 141,
process or method claims will no longer be subject to a rejec-
tion by Patent Office examiners solely on the ground that
they define the inherent function of a disclosed machine
or apparatus. Accordingly, the subject matter of MPEP
706.03 (r) 1^ inapplicable and hereby cancelled.
Feb. 10. 1969.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[861 O.G. 343]
(103) Final Rejection — Fir.st .\ction
The claims of a new application may be finally rejected
in the first Office action in those situations where (1) the
new application Is a continuing application of, or a substl-
tute for, an earlier application, and (2) all claims of the new
application (a) are drawn to the same invention claimed in
tho earlier application, and (b) would have been properly
finally rejected on the art of record in the next Office action
if they had been entered in the earlier application. A first
action final rejertlon In a continuation-in-part application
Is not proper whore any claim Includes subjpct matter not
present In the parant case.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Mar. 20, 1969. .Assistant Commissioner.
[861 O.G. 1011]
(104) Claim Interpretation
The notice of January 15, 1968, appearing in the Official
Gazette of February 13, 1968 (847 O.G. 331) and concerned
with statements relating to the scope of the Invention claimed
In patent applications, is hereby rescinded.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Sept. 12, 1969. Assistant Commissioner.
[867 O.G. 1]
(105) Examination of Patent Applications on
Computer Programs
Notice of Rescission of Guidelines
Notice regarding the adoption by the Patent Office of guide-
lines for the examination of patent applications on computer
(106)
Certain Cases
Reopening After Decision, Board of Appeals
Effective with the date of this notice the Commissioner of
Patents will, on a trial basis, enertain petitions under
§ 1.108 of Title 37, Code of Federal Regulations (Patent
Office Rule 19S), to reopen certain cases in which an appli-
cant has sought review under 35 U.S.C. 141 or 145. This pro-
cedure is restricted to cases which have been decided by the
ISoard of Appeals and which are amendable to settlement
without the need for going forward with the court proceeding.
Such petitions will ordinarily be granted only In the follow-
ing categories of cases :
1. When the decision of the Re^rd of Appeals asserts that
the rejection of the claims is proper because the claims do
not include a disclosed limitation or because tliey suffer from
some other curable defect, and the decision reasonably is
suggestive tliar claims including the limitation or devoid of
the defect will be allowable ;
2. When the decision of the Roard of .\ppeals asserts that
the rejection of the claims is proper because the record does
not include evidence of a specified character, and Is reason-
ably sug^stlve that If such evidence were presented, the
appealed claims would be allowable, and it is demonstrated
that such evidence presently exists and can be offered ; or
3. When the decision of the Board of -Appeals Is based on
a practice, rule, law, or judicial precedent which, since the
Board's decision, has been rescinded, repealed, or overruled.
Any such petition must be accompanied by the proposed
amendment, evidence, or argument said to justify allowance
of the claims. The petition further must point out how the
case falls within one of the preceding categories. Failure to
do' so or failure of the case to qualify as coming within one
of the categories will usually constitute l)ases for denying
the petition. In any event, no ca.se will be reopened unless
it is for the consideration of matters not already adjudicated,
and sufficient cause has been shown.
Such petitions will not be ordinarily entertained after the
filing of the. Commissioner's brief in cases In which review
has been sought under 35 U.S.C. 141, or after trial In a
35 U.S.C. 145 case.
In the case of an appeal under 35 U.S.p. 141, If the petl-
tien Is granted, steps will be taken to request the court to re-
mand the case to the Patent Office and if so remanded the
proposed amendments, evidence, and arguments will be en-
tered of record in the application file for consideration, and
further action will be taken by the Board of Appeals in the
first Instance or by the Examiner as may be appropriate. In
the case of civil action under 35 U.S.C. 145, steps will be
JANUARY 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
31
taken for obtaining dismissal of the action without prejudice
to consideration of the proposals.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : Oct. 16, 1969.
Myron Tribus,
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
[F.R. Doc. 69-12674 ; Filed Oct. 22, 1969 ; 8 :48 a.m.]
Published in S* F.R. 17210, Oct. 2S, 1969
[868 O.G. 1058]
under final rejection acceptance of a hand delivered amend-
ment will require the initials of a Primary Examiner.
The privilege of personal delivery of papers by attorneys"
to the Examining Groups Is extended to requests for exten-
sions of time in addition to amendments of the type referred
to above.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Nov. 10, 1969. Assistant Commissioner.
[869 O.G. 345]
(107) Prosecdtion and Delivery of .Vmendments
. General
Many of the difficulties encountered in the prosecution of
patent applications after final rejection may be alleviated If
each applicant Includes, at the time of filing or no later than
the first response, claims varying from the broadest to whlcli
he believes he Is entitled to the most detailed that he is will-
ing to accept.
Prosecution After Final Rejection
To expedite the resolution of cases under final rejection,
an amendment filed at any time after final rejection but before
an appeal brief Is filed, may be entered upon or after filing
of an appeal provided the total effect of the amendment is to
(1) remove Issues for appeal, and/or (2) adopt Examiner sug-
gestions. Of course, if the amendment necessitates a new
search, raises the Issue of new matter, presents additional
claims without cancelling a corresponding number of finally
rejected claims, or otherwise Introduces new issues, It will
not be entered. Examiners will continue to respond to all non-
entered amendments after final rejection, and will Indicate the
status of each claim of record or proposed, Including the
designation of claims that would be entered on the filing of an
appeal if filed In a separate paper. It should be noted that an
amendment placing a case In condition for allowance will be
enterable by the Examiner at any stage prior to forwarding
the answer on appeal. Except where an amendment merely
cancels claims and/or adopts Examiner suggestions, removes
issues for appeal, or In some other way requires only n cursory
review by the Examiner, compliance with the requirement of
a. showing under Rule 116(b) will be expected of all amend-
ments after final rejection.
In accordance with prior practice, In order to prevent aban-
donment, a timely filed amendment after final rejection that
reaches the Examiner near the end or after the expiration of
the period for response, may be entered In part if this can be
done to make the case allowable (e.g., a second amendment
after final rejection filed on the last day of the response period,
where no appeal has been filed and the amendment cancels
all rejected claims and proposes to add claims, at least one
of which Is unpatentable, entry would be approved to the ex-
tent of cancelling the rejected claims and entering only the
patentable claims).
Only one attorney-Initiated personal Interview will be per-
mitted after final rejection. However, the Examiner may Initi-
ate an interview anytime he believes it would expedite the
prosecution of the application.
Hand Delivery of Papers
For purposes of convenience In those cases where the attor-
ney and the Examiner agree that a proposed amendment dis-
cussed during a personal Interview would place the applica-
tion In condition for allowance, the amendment may be left
with the Examiner to become an official paper In the file with-
out routing through the mall room, provided no additional
fees are required. Where the case Is under final rejection, If
changes In the proposed amendment are necessary and these
changes are not practical to be .made by Examiner's Amend-
ment, the attorney or a local associate will be permitted to
hand deliver a corrected amendment to the Examiner, pro-
vided no additional fees are required and further that the
amendment Is submitted to the Examiner by the end of the
next working day following the Interview and within the
period for response.
The Examiner who accepts these amendments will write
"entry approved" In the left-hand margin of the first page of
the amendment, date and Initial the amendment, and then
have it date stamped with the Group Stamp. For applications
(108) Petition To Revive Practice
Effective Immediately, a decision on a petition to revive an
abandoned application will be based solely on whether a satis-
factory showing has been made that the delay was unavoidable
(35 U.S.C. 133). A petition to revive will not be considered
unless the petition fee and a proposed response to the last
Office action have been received (Rule 137).
The granting of a petition to revive does not serve In any
way as a determination that the proposed response to the
Office action is completely responsive. Revived applications
will be forwarded to the examiner to determine the complete-
ness of the proposed response. Such applications must be taken
up Special. If the examiner determines that the response Is
complete, he should promptly take the case up for action. If
the proposed response is not a complete response to the last
Office action, the examiner should write a letter to the appli-
cant informing him of the specific defects In his response and
set a one-month time limit for applicant to complete his re-
sponse. If the applicant does not complete his response within
the set one-month limit, the application is again abandoned.
Dec. 11, 1969.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
.Assistant Commissioner.
[869 O.G. 1362]
(109) Environ-mental Qoality
In signing the National Environmental Policy Act on the
first day of this decade. President Nixon declared, "The 1970*8
absolutely must be the years when America pays Its debt to
the past by reclaiming the purity of Its air, Its waters and
our living environment." This landmark legislation declares
that it is the continuing policy of the Federal Government to
use all practicable means and measures to foster and promote
the general welfare, create and maintain conditions under
which man and nature can exist In productive harmony, and
fulfill the social, economic, and other requirements of present
and future generations of Americans. The Act further directs
that, to the fullest extent possible, the policies, regulation^,
and public laws of the United States shall be Interpreted and
administered In accordance with the policies set forth In this
Act.
In accordance with the desires of the President and this
mandate of the Congress, the Patent -Office will accord
"special" status to all patent applications for Inventions which
materially enhance the quality of the environment of man-
kind by contributing to the restoration or maintenance of the
basic Ufe-sustalning natural elements — air, water, and soil.
In order that the Patent Office may implement this procedure,
we request that all applicants desiring to participate In this
program request that their applications be accorded "special"
status. Such requests should be written, should identify the
applications by serial number and filing date, and should be
accompanied by affidavits or declarations under Rule 102 ex-
plaining how their inventions contribute to the restoration or
maintenance of one of these life-sustaining elements.
Jan. 29, 1970.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, Jr.,
Commissioner of Patents.
[871 O.G. 673]
(110) Petition To Revive Practice — Clarification
In clarification of the notice of Dec. 11, 1969.(869 O.G.
1362), the practice set forth In the second paragraph thereof
Is limited to proposed "responses" before final rejection.
While a response to a non-final action may be either an argu-
ment or an amendment under Rule 111, a response to a final
1.,
32
action "must Include cancellation of. or appeal from the re-
jection of, each claim so rejected" under Rule 113.
Accordingly. In any case where a final rejectloo had been
made, the proposed response required for consideration of a
petition to revive must be either an appeal or an amendment
that cancels all the rejected claims or otherwise prima facie
places the application In condition for allowance.
In those situations where abandonment occurred because
of the failure to file an appeal brief, the proposed response,
required for consideration of a petition to revive, must Include
a brief accompanied by the proper fee.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
Feb. 20, 1970.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Asaiatant Commissioner.
Second actions on the merits will be final according to pre-
vafllng pra ice and any reference referred to In these or sub^
Lquent actions will be Identified by name or otherwise In
conventional manner, not by capital letters as used on Form
P(^ri42 For this reason, use of conventional reference Iden-
tification in response to all Office actions will be helpful
Only one carbon copy of the action will be furnished In
accordance with the Notice of October 21. 1970. entitled
"Office Actions" and appearing In 880 O.O. 740.
All other Office policies, practices, and procedures remain
*"''''"*• RICHARD A. WAHL.
Jan 5 1971. Assistant Commissioner.
[883 O.G. 2]
[873 O.G. 1]
(111) Timely Present.\tion of Affidavits of Dec-
laratio.ns under rcles 131 and 132
All affidavits or declarations under Rule 131 or 132 must
be timely presented In order to be admitted.
Affidavits and declarations submitted prior to a final rejec-
tion will be considered timely.
An affidavit or declaration presented with a first response
after final rejection for the purpose of overcoming a new
ground of rejection or requirement made In the final rejection
will be entered and considered without a showing under
Rule 116(b).
No other affidavit or declaration, under Rule 131 or 132, pre-
sented after a final rejection, will be considered unless a satis-
factory showing Is made under Rule 116(b) or 195.
All admitted affidavits or declarations will be acknowledged
and commented upon by the Examiner In his next succeeding
action.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
July 9, 1970. Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
[877 O.G. 243] ^
(112) Abbreviated First Actions of the Merits
Starting on or about February 1, 1971. and continuing for
a trial period of up to twelve months, a newly developed form
(PO-1142) win be used for first actions on the merits of
patent applications Involving claims subject to rejection and/
or objection on statutory or. other legal grounds.
The form is designed to furnish a clear, full, and complete
first action Including the reasons for rejection and/or objec-
tion together with such information and references as may be
useful In judging the propriety of continuing the prosecution,
all In accordance with the statute (35 U.S.C. 132) ; and It Is
Intended to abridge the action with condensed language using
essential words and phrases in abbreviated form, in order to
expedite the prosecution and reduce the pendency time of
applications awaiting examination. Where found necessary
in exceptional cases, a regular action without the form will
be/used.
For abbreviation purposes, references referred to on the
form will be designated by capital letters and Identified on
revised reference list PO-S92, and their correlation as applied
to the claims will be Indicated by symbols illustrated and
explained on the bottom of the form. Sections 100-103, and
112 of the patent statute are reproduced on the back of the
form.
Summary sheet POL-326 will continue In use with all first
actions, and has been revised to Identify different parts of
the sheet as "Part I" and "Part II." Form PO-1142 will be
distinguished as "Part III." and If a second copy of the form
Is necessary and Is used to complete the action It will be
marked for distinction as "Part IIIo" (a regular typed page
If anne.xed to an action with the form will be designated as
"Part IV"). All parts of the action after Part I (Parts II.
Ill, and IV) will each have numbered paragraphs starting
with the numeral 1, and communications relating thereto may
be properly Identified by the number on the particular part
(for example, paragraph 2 on Part III may be Identified as
paragraph III-2).
As noted. Form PO-1142 will be used only for first actions
on the merits concerned with claims subject to rejection and/
or objection on statutory or other legal grounds. It will not be
used for any subsequent action nor a first action made final
as In a continuing application.
(113) AFTEB Final Rejection Practice
[37 CFR Part 1]
}fotice of Proposed Rule Making
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the authority con-
tained in section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (66 Stat. 793 ;
35 U.S.C. 6), the Patent Office proposes to amend Title 37 or
the Code of Federal Regulations by revising §| 1.116, 1.191,
1 192 and 1.193, and by adding | 1.130.
All persons Interested in presenting their views and objec^
tlons and recommendations In connection with the proposed
changes are Invited to do so on or before March 23, 1971. on
which day a hearing will be held at 2 p.m.. e.s.t.. In Room
8C06 Building 2. 2011 Jefferson Davis Highway. Arlington,
Va AH persons wishing to be heard orally are requested to
notify the Commissioner of Patents of their intended appear-
ance Any written comments or suggestions may be inspected
by any person upon written request a reasonable time after
the closing date for submitting comments.
The proposed changes. If adopted, will provide a basis for
a revised procedure for treating amendments filed after a
final rejection. A proposed additional section is added to In-
corporate the existing practice relative to affidavits
The proposed procedure will provide that all timely filed
first amendments after final rejection be entered as a matter
of right subject to the limitation that additional clalrtis will
not be entered beyond the number that would result In the
total number of claims under prosecution equalling the number
of claims finally rejected. Only those second and subsequent
amendments which cancel claims will be entered as a matter
of right The entry and treatment of any other amendments
filed at this stage will be entirely within the discretion of
the examiner. „,«.„,
A distinction will be made between first amendments after
final rejection filed within 2 months from the date of the final
rejection and those filed after that period.
A first amendment after final rejection filed within 2 months
of the final rejection will receive a full and complete advisory
action as soon as possible after Its receipt in the Patent Office.
Under these circumstances, the revised procedure would per-
mit the filing of an appeal within the period for "sponse to
the final rejection or within 1 month from the date of the
advisory action, whichever Is later. However. If an appeal
had been filed before the mailing of the "^T'^^J/^^Vk h,.!
appeal brief would not be due until 2 months after the date
of the advisory action.
Amendments filed later than 2 months after the date of
the final rejection In nonappeared cases may be answered at
the examiner's discretion, but no additional time will be al-
owed for appeal. However, if an appeal Is filed In these cases
a full and complete advisory action will be rendered and the
time for filing the brief will be extended to expire 2 months
from the date of the advisory action
After jurisdiction of an application transfers to the Board
of Appeals, no amendments will be considered for entry ex^
cept those restricted to cancellation of claims or copying
claims for purposes of Interference. j ^ „,
If new Issues are presented In the claims as amended or
presented after final rejection, they will be rejected n the
advTsoy action on the ground of being drawn to new issues^
These rejections will be reviewable by the Board of Appeals
as "adverse decisions of examiners (35 U.b i-. o.
The current practice of normally making the second action
on the merits Snal and setting of a S-onth per od o^ re^
Bponse win continue. However, the practice of granting an
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
33
automatic 1-month extension of time if an amendment is filed
(notices of Aug. 7, 1967 ; 841 0.0. 1411 and of Sept. 26. 1968 :
855 O.G. 1109) will be terminated, and extensions of time at
this stage of the prosecution will not be encouraged. Further,
any extension of time granted after a final rejection will not
affect the 2-month period and the privilege of an advisory
action.
The present policy concerning consideration of affidavits,
declarations, and exhibits will remain unchanged.
Holding of Interviews after final rejection will be at the pri-
mary examiner's discretion.
This procedure will also allow the examiner to prepare
examiner's answers which simply refer to the final rejection
or the advisory action in most Instances.
The sections. If amended as proposed, would read as follows :
I 1.116 Amendments after final action.
(b) A first amendment presented after final rejection will
be entered and considered, but the total number of claims
under prosecution may not exceed the total number finally
rejected. Entry of second and subsequent amendments after
final rejection will normally be limited to only those which
cancel claims.
(c) A first amendment filed within 2 months after the
date of the final rejection, or after appeal, will receive a fuH
and complete advisory action. If not previously filed, an ap-
peal may be filed In such cases within the period for response
^ to the final rejection or within 1 month from the date of the
advisory action, whichever Is later. In those cases where an
appeal was filed before the date of the advisory action, the
appeal brief Is due 2 months after the date of the advisory
• action.
(d) After jurisdiction of an appealed case passes to the
Hoard of Appeals no amendments may normally be made (see
§ 1.191(d)). After decision on appeal, amendments can only
be made as provided In | 1.198, or to carry into effect a
recommendation under § 1.196.
(e) Amendments after final rejection shall not introduce
new Issues Into the prosecution.
§ 1.130 Affidavits, declarations, or exhibits after final re-
jection.
Affidavits, declarations, or exhibits submitted with a first
reply after final rejection for the purpose of overcoming a
new ground of rejection or requirement made in the final
rejection, shall be admitted and considered. No other affidavit,
declaration, or exhibit presented after final rejection will be
admitted and considered without a showing of good and
sufficient reasons why they were not earlier presented.
§ 1.191 Appeal to Board of .4.ppeals.
(a) Every applicant for a patent or for reissue of a patent,
any of the claims of which Imve been twice rejected, or who
has been given a final rejection (§ 1.113) may, upon the pay-
ment of the fee required by law. appeal from the decision
of the primary examiner to the Board of Appeals within the
time allowed for response. (See § 1.116(c).)
• • • • •
(d) The jurisdiction of an appealed case is retained by the
primary examiner until the time for filing a reply to the
examiner's answer (11.193(b)) has expired, at which time
the Board of Appeals will take jurisdiction of the same.
I 1.192 Appellant's brief.
(a) The appellant shall, within 2 months from the date
of the appeal, or within the time allowed for response to the
action appealed from, or within the time allowed in an ad-
visory action (§ 1.116(b)). whichever is later, file a brief,
accompanied by the requisite fee. Said brief shall Include all
of the authorities and arguments on which he will rely to
maintain his appeal, Including a concise explanation of the
Invention which should refer to the drawing by reference char
acters, and a copy of the claims Involved, at the same time
Indicating If he desires an oral hearing. Two extra copies of
the brief are required If an oral hearing Is requested. Upon
a showing of sufficient cause the time for filing the brief may
be extended to a date not later than 2 months after the
original expiration date. Any longer or further extensions
must be sought from the Commissioner. All requests for ex-
tensions must be filed prior to the expiration of the period
sought to be extended.
• • * • •
f 1.193 Examiner's answer.
• • • • •
(b) The appellant may file a reply brief directed only to
such new points of argument as may be raised in the examin-
er's answer, within 1 month from the date of such answer.
However, if the examiner's answer states a new ground of
rejection appellant may file a reply thereto within 2 months
from the date of such answer ; such reply may Include any
amendment or material appropriate to the new groubd.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, Jr.,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : January 22, 1971.
Richard O. Simpson,
Acting Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 71-1167 Filed 1-27-71 ; 8 : 47 a.m.)
Pub. in 36 F.R. 1S56-57, Jan. 88, 1971
[883 O.G. 880]
(114)
Deposit of .Microorganisms
Some inventions which are the subject of patent applica-
tions depend on the use of microorganisms which must be
described in the specification in accordance with 35 U.S.C.
112. No problem exists when the microorganisms used are
known and readily available to the public. When the inven-
tion depends on the use of a microorganism which is not so
known and readily available, applicants must take additional
steps to comply with the requirements of Section 112.
In re .Argoudclis et al. 168 USPQ 99 (CCPA. 1970). ac-
cepted a procedure for meeting the requirements of 35 U.S.C.
112. Accordingly, the Patent Office will accept the following
as complying with the requirements of Section 112 for an
adequate disclosure of the microorganism required to carry
out the Invention :
(1) The applicant, no later than the effective U.S. filing
date of the application, has made a deposit of a culture
of the microorganism In a depository affording per-
manence of the deposit and ready accessibility thereto
by the public If a patent is granted, under conditions
which assure (a) that access to the culture will be
available during pendency of the patent application
to one determined by the Commissioner to be entitled
thereto under Rule 14 of the Rules of Practice In
Patent Cases and 35 U.S.C. 122, and (5) that an re-
strictions <,on the availability to the public of the cul-
ture so deposited will be irrevocably removed upon
the granting of the patent ;
(2) Such deposit is referred to In the body of the specifica-
tion as filed and Is identified by deposit number, name
and address of the depository, and the taxonomic de-
scription to the extent available Is included in the
specification ; and
(3) The applicant or his assigns has provided assurance
of permanent availability of the culture to the pubUc
through a depository meeting the requirements of (1).
Such assurance may be In the form of an averment
under oath or by declaration by the applicant to this
effect.
A copy of the applicant's contract with the depository may
be required by the Examiner to be made of record as evidence
of making the culture available under the conditions stated
above.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Apr 29 1971. Assistant Commissioner.
[886 O.G. 638]
(115) Environmental Quality
The National Environmental Policy Act declares that It is
a continuing policy of the Federal Government to use all
906 O.G.— 2
34
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
practicable means and measures to foster and promote the
•general welfare, create and maintain conditions under which
man and nature can exist in productive harmony, and fulfill
the social, economic, and other requirements of present and
future generations of Americans. The Act further directs that,
to the fullest extent possible, the policies, regulations, and
public laws of the United States shall be interpreted and ad
ministered in accordance with the policy set forth in the Act.
Following the enactment of the National Environmental
Policy Act, the Patent Office Initiated an Environmental
Quality Program under which it accorded, upon request,
"special" status to all patent applications for inventions which
materially enliance the quality of the environment of manliiml
by contributing to the restoration or maintenance of the
basic life-sustaining natural elements — air, water, and soil.
It seems apparent that not all patent applicants are aware
of the availability of such special liandling under the pro-
gram. While over 381 patent applications have already been
approved' for accelerated processing by the Patent Office, a
substantial number of patent applicants whose inventions
would qualify have not requested special status for their
patent applications.
In order to participate in the program, hpplicants must
request that their applications be accorded "special" status
in writing, identifying the applications by serial number and
filing date, and should submit affidavits or declarations under
Rule 102 explaining how their inventions contribute to the
restoration or maintenance of one of the three lifesiistaining
elements mentioned.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
.Tune 7, 1971. Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[888 O.G. 2]
37 of the Code of Federal Regulations are hereby amended as
follows :
1. In i 1.41, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows:
§ 1.41 Applicant for patent.
(a) A patent must be applied for and the application pa-
pers must be signed and the necessary oath or declaration
executed by the actual inventor in all cases, except as pro-
vided by f§ 1.42, 1.43, and 1.47. (See S 1.60.)
. » ♦ • •
2. A new § 1.60 is added to read as follows :
§ 1.60 Continuing application for invention di»close<l and
claimed in a prior application.
A continuation or divisional application (filed under the
conditions specified in 35 U.S.C, 120 or 121), which discloses
and claims only subject matter disclosed in a prior application
may be filed as a separate application liefore the patenting or
abandonment of or termination of proceedings on the i>rior
application. If the application papers comprise a copy of the
prior application as filed, signing and execution by the appli-
cant may be omitted provided the copy either is prepared and
certified by tlie Patent Office or is prepared by the applicant
and verified by an affidavit or declaration by the applicant,
his attorney or agent, stating tliat It Is a true copy of the
prior application as filed. Certification may be omitted if the
copy is prepared by and does not leave the custody of the Pat-
ent Office. Only amendments reducing the number of claims or
adding a reference to the prior application (§ 1.7.'<(a)) will
be entered before calculating the filing fee and granting of the
filing date.
3.^n { 1.75. paragraph (d) (2) is revised to read as follows :
§ 1.75 r/aim(«).
(116) TITLE 37— PATENTS, TR.\DEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
CH.APTER I I'.ATENT OFFICE, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
P.\RT 1 — RILES OF PRACTICE IN PATENT CASES
PART 3 — FORMS FOR P.\TEXT CASES
Division-Continuation Program
The current Rule 147 divisional practice and the "stream-
lined continuation" program set forth in the' notices of Febru-
ary 11, 1966 (824 O.G. 1) ; May 13, 1966 (S27 O.G. 2) ; May
31, 1966 (828 O.G. 1085) and October 14, 1969 (869 O.G. 1)
are superseded by this change in the rules.
The practice under f 1 60 permits persons having authority
to prosecute the prior application to file a continuation or divi-
sional application without an oath or declaration, if the con-
tinuation or divisional application is a copy of the prior appli-
cation as filed. However, some of the claims in the prior ap-
plication as filed may be canceled by amendment in order to
reduce the filing fee. An amendment presenting additional
claims may accompany the request for filing an application un-
der § 1.60 but such amendment will not be entfered until after
the filing date has been granted.
Form 3.54 is designed as an aid for use by both applicant
and the Patent Office and should simplify fl^ng and process-
ing of applications under | 1.60.
Application copies may be prepared and submitted by the
applicant, his attorney or agent, provided they are verified as
true copies. No charges will be made for preparation of copies
0that are retained'by tlie Office.
Notice of proposed rule making regarding a revision of
Si 1.41 and 1.75, an addition of §! 1.60 and 3.54 and revoca-
tion of S 1 147 of Title 37, Code of Federal Regulations, Re-
lating tj a division continuation program, was published in
the Federal Register of January 28, 1971 (36 F.R. 13,")7).
Interested persons were given an opportunity to participate
In the rule making process through submission of comments
in writing and at an oral hearing lield on March 23, 1971.
Full consideration has been given to the comments received
and changes in the text of'the original proposal have been made
in view tliereof.
In consideration of the foregoing and pursuant to the au-
thority contained in section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (66
Stat. 793; 35 U.S.C. 6), Parts 1 and 3 of Chapter I of Title
(d) • • *
(2) See Si 1.141 to 1.146 as to claiming different Inventions
In one application.
S 1.47 [Revoked]
4. Section 1.147 is revoked.
5. Section 3.54 is added to rend as follows :
S 3.54 Division continuation program application transmittal
form.
In THE United States Patent Office
Docket No
The Commissioner of Patents,
Washington, D.C.i0231.
Sir : This Is a request for filing a
n Continuation
'-' application under 37 CFR 1.60.
rn Divisional
of pending prior application Serial No. filed
on of
(date) (Inventor)
for
(title of invention)
1. r- 1 Enclosed is a copy of the prior application as origlnal-
ly filed and an affidavit or declaration verifying It
as a true copy.
2. (~] Prepare a copy of the prior application.
3. rj The filing fee is calculated below :
Claims as Filed. Less Any Claims Canceled by Amendment
Rate
For
Number Number
filed extra
Basic
fee $65
Total claims... -10= >< m =
Independent claims —1- X ^^
Total filing fee.
4.
n The Commissioner Is hereby authorized to charge any
fees which may be required, or to credit any over-
payment to Account No. .-•
A duplicate copy of this sheet is enclosed.
5. □ A check in the amount of $ Is enclosed.
6. n Cancel claims
JANUARY 2, 1973 U. S. PATENT OFFICE 35
7 n Amend the specification by Inserting before the first As a result of this review the program will be continued and
line the sentence • —This Is a n continuation, the form modified to Incorporate some of the suggested Im-
ndlvlslon of application Serial No. provements. The space for the explanation of the rejection
LJ^^ • _ will be expanded. In addition, the Instructions to the exam-
8 n Transfer""th"e'drawings7rom the prior application to Iners will be supplemented to reinforce the original stress on
'-' this application and abandon said prior appllca- the Importance of legibility, clarity and comple eness In set-
tlon as of the filing date accorded this application, ting forth the examiner's position, and desirability of Includ-
A duplicate copy of this sheet Is enclosed for filing in ing suggestions that would render the case allowable,
the prior application file, RICHARD A. WAHL,
9. r-| The prior application Is assigned to yinT. 17, 1972. Assistant Commissioner.
10. n The power of attorney in the prior application Is to ' [§97 o.G. 762]
(name. reg. No., and address)
a. n The power appears In the original papers of (^g) Evidence of Patentability or Priority
the prior application. fi? rPR Part 11
b. n Since the powef does not appear In the original io< «.riv
papers, a copy of the power In the prior ap- Proposed Special Statement in Affidavit or Declaration When
plication Is enclosed. Reiving Tpon Facts, i)ata. Test Results or Other Evidence
c. □ Recognize as associate attorney and address all ^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ authority con-
future communications to ^^^^^^ .^ ^^^^^^^ ^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^ j^,y jg jg^j (66 Stat. 793:
35 U.S.C. 6) the Patent OflSce proposes to amend Title 37,
(name, reg. No., and address) ^^^^ ^f Federal Regulations, by adding a new 5 1-69.
All persons are invited to present their views, objections,
(Signature) recommendations, or suggestions In connection with the pro-
[-1 Inventor(s) posed new section, to the Commissioner of Patents, Washlng-
n Assignee of Complete Interest ton. B.C. 20221. on or before June 27. 1972, on which date a
n Attorney or agent of Record In prior hearing will be held at 9 a.m. In Room 8C06, Building 2, Crys-
application tal Plaza, 2011 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington. Va.
Effective date These amendments shall become effective on 22202. Ail persons wishing to be heard orally at the hearing
September 1 1971 and will apply to applications filed after are requested to notify the Commissioner of Patents of their
that date ' ' Intended appearance. Any written comments or suggestions
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER. Jr., may be Inspected by any person upon written request a rea-
Commitsioner of Patents. sonable time after the closing date for subrhlttlng comments.
ADoroved • June 29 1971 - N>w § 1-69 seeks to guard against the omission from facts,
^^ ' ' data, test results, or other evidence presented in connection
James H, Wakelin, Jr., * ^,^^ patentability or priority of Invention, of known evidence
Assistant Secretary for which Is Inconsistent with that presented or which would
Science and Technology. convey a different Impression. The purpose Is to insure presen-
IFR Doc 71-9484 Filed 7-2-71 ; 8 : 51 am] tatlon to the Patent Office of the evidence needed to make an
[FR Uoc. 9484 i<iiea informed decision on patentability or priority of invention.
Published in se F.R. It689 ; JulyS,19Tl j^^ section thus requires a verified statement that no such
[889 O.G 31 Inconsistent evidence Is known to the person making the state-
ment, if such Is the fact.
~^^^^~~ The text of the proposed new 5 1 69 is as follows :
(117) Abbreviated First Action Trial Program §169 Special statement in affidavit or declaration irhen
Requests for Comment, " reiying upon facts, data, test results, or other evidence.
The Abbreviated First Action Program, announced In the (a) An affidavit or ^^^\]'l''ZZVlZ'6 Z ZZTnTZ
OFFICIAL GAzrrTE of February 2, 1971 (883 O.G. 2), using of an l^f'^'''\^''';'''\''fj''^^^^^^^^
form PO-1142 has been In operation for over nine months, patentab.ll ty or priority "^J;;^^"".^";^^; ^a^Mt o/de^^^
considerable experience with the use of this form should now ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Z:nT^LZMc.
be available throughout the patent profession It Is recog- laration stares u. r e affidavit or declara-
nlzed that though the use of this form may not be an ideal ;;;---J-^-' /.'^/^V;" ,;", ""^C different from
form of communication, the Increased burdens on the examlna- tlon or wnicn v^ou (i '^^ *" declaration
tlon and processing of patent applications have neces.uated ^^f^^^^J^l^^^^^^^^^^ to establish
the development of more efficient methods of expediting the J^^^\^\;i„';;:'^VTH;ron representations as to facts, data, or
pro.^ecutlon. • .v *k test results "set forth In the specification, such representations
Comments, criticisms, and suggestions concerning the Ab- ^^^ '^ ,„„,idered for that purpose only if applicant files an
brevlated First Action Program are invited. It s requested -^ J^ declaration attesting as to the truth of the repre-
that the opinions expressed be made In the light of current ^^ ^„,, a^-erting that i.<. facts, data, or test results are
conditions under which the Office must operate and be based . • ^^^ ^^^^.^^ ^^^ inconsistent with those sot forth In
on actual experience with the program. In order to adequately specification or which would tend to give an Impression
determine the quality and value of this program all views, both . '. ^^'^^ ^{^^^ conveyed by the specification,
favorable and unfavorable, are earnestly solicited. Any critical
comments should be supported wherever practical by refer- Dated : April 28, 1972.
ence to specific cases. ROBERT GOTTSCH.^LK
Letters written In response to this request should be sent _ Commtsstoner of Patents.
as soon as possible to the Commissioner of Patents, Washing- Approved : May 1, 1972.
ton, D.C. 20231, Attn: Assistant Commissioner R. A. Wahl. James H. Wakelin. Jr ,
„^., .,,^T, .Assistant Secretary for
FRANK H. BRONAUGH, ,^^.^^^ „„^ Technology.
Nov 10 1971. Deputy Assistant Commissioner.
' [FR Doc. 72-6925 Filed 5-5-72: 8:49a.m.l
f RQ^ O (^ 1 1
Published in S7 F.R. 9225, May 6. 1972
-^■"^^"^ [899 O.G. 21
(118) .\bbreviated First Action Program
The Abbreviated First Action Program using Form PO-1142
announced In the Official Gazette of February 2, 1971 (883 (12O) Status of Rule 69 Proposal
O.G, 2) has been reviewed In the light of comments received ^-i^-h
from examiners, attorneys, and other members of the public. TMi notice Is In response to numerous Inquiries '^^'J^
pursuant to the notice of November 10. 1971 (893 O.G. 1). by the Pat.nt Office relaUve to the status of the proposal.
36
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
published at 37 F.R. 9225 on May 6. 1972 and at 899 O.G. 2
on June 6. 1972, to add a new section 1.69 to Title 37. Code
of Federal Regulations.
All of the many written and oral comments received have
been analyzed and are currently being studied. The analysis
Indicates that comments In favor of and against the principle
of the rule were about evenly divided. Many comments ex-
pressed reservations concerning the language used. The "In-
consistency" and "tend to give an Impression" clauses drew
the most criticism. The first clause was viewed -as being
too absolute, forcing the affiant or declarant to abdicate
reasonable judgment concerning validity of Seemingly Incon-
sistent or maverick test results. The second clause was viewed
as being too subjective or vague which would result In second
guessing later. The additional burden on both applicants and
examiners was also advanced as reason to change the pro-
posed language.
In summary, the proposal Is still under study with the view
of developing a satisfactory way to accomplish the Intent
of the proposed rule.
S. WM. COCHRAN.
Nov. 22. 1972. - Soltcitor.
[905 O.G. 4481
INTERVIEWS
Interview I'ractite
(121)
AMENDMENTS
AMENDMENTS— B.\SIS IN ORIGINAL DISCLOSURE
Manual of Patent Examining rROCEOiRE
When an amendment Is filed In response to an objection or
rejection based on incomplete disclosure, a study of the entire
application is often necessary to determine whether or not
"new matter" is involved. In the interest of expeditious
prosecution, Examiners are directed, whenever such an objec-
tion or rejection is made, to call attention to Rule 111(c).
Applicant should specifically point out the support for any
amendments made to the disclosure.
Aug. 13, 1965.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[818 CO. 4]
(124)
To a>^Mst In earlv and equitable conclusion of examination
of applications, the use of Interviews In person or by tele
phone is enrour.iged. subject to the following guidelines
Interviews with Ex.imlners. whether In person or by tele-
phone, shall be governed in general by the provisions of Ru e
n,-? \ request for iin interview, whether made orally or In
writing before the first Ofiiee action Is untimely and will not
be acknowledged If written, or granted If oral; Rule l^^(a)
If upon examination or re exi.n.ination. It Is found that
minor changes could be made to place the application in con-
.Ution for allowance, the attorney or pro se inventor should
1,0 «o notified l)v telephone. This practice should he followed
whether or not ther,c has been a specific request for Interview
or for such notification.
Where an Interview is arranged, both the Examiner and the
attorney should bo familiar with the is.sues In the application
before starting the conference. It Is the responsibility of
both parties to the interview to see that it Is not extended
beyond a reasonable time, usually not longer than thirty
minutes. The PrlmfTry Examiner personally responsible for
the final disposition of the application .should be notlfie<l of
the results of the Interview at Its t-oncluslon.
Interviews in person or by telephone are to he encouraged
after the first Office action on the merits. In addition to
interviews initiated by applicant, the Examiner may Initiate
Interviews where he believes It would bo productive. Tills
practice may result in the filing of a first response that will
so effectively advance the prosecution to permit disposing of
the case in a bare minimuni number of actions. The telephone
procedure .set forth In part 4 of Optimum Examining Proce-
dure Memorandum #3. .SOI O.G. 267. requiring a call by the
Examiner, if requested by applicant, before taking final action
has been found not satisfactory and will no lon-'or be followed.
An Interview may be granted after final rejection : however,
except In rare Instances, only one such Interview should be
granted.
An interview should not be requested or approved, except
In very unusual circumstances, after filing of a Brief on
appeal or after an application has been passed to Issue by the
Primary Examiner.
Interviews are permissible any working day of the week
except on overtime Saturdays.
( 122)
Examiner's Amendment Practice
(125)
♦ The present practice in making Examiner's Amendments g^pj j^j ^954
when passing an application to issue Is modified to permit
the amendment or cancellation of claims where these have
been authorized by applicant (or his representative) In a
telephone or personal interview. The Examiner's Amend-
ment should include a statement indicating that the changes
were authorized, the date and type (personal or telephone)
of Interview, and with whom It was had.
The current policy prohibiting changes in the drawing
and/or description of an application Is maintained with the
exceptions noted in MPEP Section 1302.04.
The new procedure resulted from an employee's suggestion.
RICH.\RD A. WAHL.
Acting Superintendent.
Patent Examining Corps.
[807 O.G. 307]
Telephone Interviews
.May 11, 1966.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[827 O.G. 2]
(123) Brackets and Rule 121 — Amendment of
Claims
In view of the number of Inquiries requesting an Interpre-
tation of the word "brackets" appearing In amended Rule 121
concerned with the amendment of claims, it Is thought that
clarification Is desirable.
The term brackets [ ] as set forth in the amendment to
Rule 121 and first announced in 843 O.G. 373 does not en-
compass and is to be distinguished from parentheses ( ).
Therefore, any amendment using parentheses to Indicate can-
celled matter In a claim rewritten undeii Rule 121(b) may be
held non-responsive in accordance with Rule 121(c).
Present Office policy places great emphasis on telephone
Interviews initiated by the Examiner. Eor this reason. It Is
no longer deemed necessary for an attorney to request a tele-
phone interview as specified In the old Optimum Examining
Procedure memos. Examiners are no longer required to note
or .acknowledge requests for telephone calls or state rea.^ons
why such proposed telephone Interviews would not be con-
sidered effective to advance prosecution. However. It Is still
desirable for an attorney to call the Examiner If the attorney
feels the call will be beneficial to advance prosecution of the
RICHARD .\. WAHL.
Oct 11 1967. Assistant Commissioner.
[846 O.G. 1022]
Jan. 15, 19G8.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
.Assistant Commissioner.
[847 O.G. 331]
JOINDER
(126) Telephone Practice in Restriction and
Election of Species Situations
If an examiner determines that a requirement for restric-
tion should be made In an application, he should formulate
a draft of such restriction requirement Including, If any, the
grounds of rejection of Unking or generic claims. Thereupon
he should telephone the attorney of record and ask if he will
make an oral election, with or" without traverse If desired^
after the attorney has had time to consider the restriction
requirement. The examiner should arrange for a ''f^""^ tele-
phone call within a reasonable time, generally within three
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
37
working days. If the attorney objects to making an oral elec-
tion or falls to respond, the usual restriction letter will be
mailed, and this letter should NOT contain any reference to
the unsuccessful tele|)hone call.
When an oral election is made, the examiner will then pro-
ceed to Incorporate Into his letter a formal restriction require
ment Including the date of the election, the attorneys name,
and a complete record of the telephone interview, followed
by a complete action on the elected claims Including Unking
or generic claims If present.
If on examination the examiner fin*; the elected claims to
be allowable and no traverse was made, the letter should be
written on POL 37 (Examiner's Amendment) and should
include cancellation of the non-elected claims, a statement
that the pro.^n-utlon is closed and that a notice of allowance
will he sent In due course. Correction of formal matters in
the above noted situation which cannot be handled by a tele-
phone eall and thus requires action by the applicant should
be handled under the /.J- parte ()»rti//c iiractice, using POL-
00; these would usually be drawing corrections or the like
re(|uirlng payment of charges.
Should the elex-ted claims he found allowable in the first
action, anil an or.-l traverse was noted, the examiner should
include In his action a statement under Section 821.01.
M.P.E.P.. making the restriction final and giving applicant
thirty (fays (Rule 136) to either cancel the non elected claims
or take other appropriate action. Failure to take action will
lie treated as an authorization to cancel the non-elected claims
by an Examiner's Amendment and pass the case to Issue.
Prosecution of this appll<atlon is otherwise closed.
In either situation (traverse or no traver.se). caution should
le exerclse<l to determine If any of the allowed claims are
linking or generic before cancelling the non-elected claims.
Where the respective inventions are located in different
groups the reciiiirenient for restriction should he made only
after consultation with and approval by all groups involved.
If an oral election would cause the application to be examined
in another group, the initiating gnmp should transfer the
application with ;i signed memorandum of the restriction
requirement and a recoil of the interview. The receiving
group will incoriiorato the substance of this memorandum in
its official letter as indicated above. Differences as to restric-
tion should be settled by the existing chain of command, e.g.
Supervisory Primary Examiner or .Manager.
This practice is limited to use by examiners who have at
least negotiation authority. <'>ther exanyners must have the
prior approval of their Supervisory Primary Examiner.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
[824 O.G. 408] 1
(128)
Election of Species
Effective June 1, 1907, the following practice will be insti-
tuted on a trial basis for 6 months.
In cases involving Markush claims or generic claims of the
formula tvpo including such a number and diversity of mem-
bers as to* require an unduly extensive and burdensome search
for the embodiments encompassed, the Examiner may require
election of species without a search on the merits (Rule 10a).
The election requirement may be made in the same manner
as that described in the Change Notice 12-6 of Feb. 28. 1967,
with a 30 dav shortened statutory period which will not be an
".action on the merits" for the purpose of second action final
program If a telephone requirement, made by the Examiner,
is complied with the first written action will be a complete
action on the merits and the usual 3 months shortened statu-
torv period will he set.
\s pointed out in Change^Notlce 12-6, the use of the tele-
phone to make an initial requirement will be continued and Is
"'""""""'• EDWARD J. BRENNER.
,, , in, — Commissioner.
Mav 4. I'Jtji.
[838 O.G. 12231
(120)
N0N-ELECTEI> Ct-MMS
In the Interest of expediting the prosecution of pending
applications, the following change in procedure is made. When
preparing a final action In an application where there has
been a traversal of a requirement for restriction or election
of species the Examiner should indicate in his action that a
complete response must include cancellation of the non-elected
claims or other appropriate action (Rule H4).
In the above situations where a response to the final action
Ins otherwise placed the application in condition for allow-
ance the failure to lake appropriate action with respect to
the non-elected claims will be construed as authorization to
cancel these claims by Examiner's Amendment and pass the
case to issue after the expiration of the statutory period.
Mav 24. 1008.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
A.'ssisfanf Commissioner.
[851 O.G. 893]
(127)
Restriction and Election Practice
i;ffectlve April 1. the practice and procedure In cases in-
volving a requirement for restriction or election Is changed
as indicated below.
Under the new practice, whenever a written or telephoned
requirement is made in a case which includes claims con-
sl.lered by the Examiner to be generic or linking, it will not
include any rejection of these claims. The Examiner should
specify which claims are considered to he generic or linking.
Aliiiough no art will be cited where linking claims are
present, a search should be made and art cited where generic
claims are involved. In the latter situation the generic claims
will not he rejected but merely indicated as not allowable In
view of the cited art (Rule IK!).
A 30 ilay shortened statutory period will be set for re-
sponse to a written requirement. Such action will not be an
"action on the merits" for the purpose of the second action
final program. In either situation, with linking or generic
claims, a response, to he complete, need only include a proper
election.
The only exception to the above' practice will be in the case
where the Examiner gives a complete action on the merits of
all the claims in addition to the requirement for restriction.
The use of the telephone to make an Initial requirement will
be continued and Is encouraged.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Feb.* 28, 1967. .issistant Commissioner.
[837 O.G. 668]
(130) CHANGE or Inventors
Where a person Is added or removed as an inventor during
the prosecution of an application before the I^f ^"^ Ofee'
problems may occur upon claiming U.S. priority in a oreign
filed case One such problem results from the apparent conflict
hetv-^n the inventor(s) named in the foreign »PP '-;^^r,"°J
the inventor(s) shown on the priority papers obtained from
he US Patent Office. Another problem may occur where
there is no conflict between the inventors in the foreign appll-
;,ion as filed and the priority papers but a change of ^"^
ventors has been made In the U.S. application and a similar
change Is to be made In the foreign application.
In order to overcome the possibility of these P'^^blem ans^
, in thP future Examiners should acknowledge any addition
Mi^ent-rd'e in accordance with the practice under Rule
4r. ".eluding the following statement in the next communica-
tion to the applicant or his attorney : ^^ ^^^ ^^^
made in the case where an inventor Is removed from those
included in the application as filed.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
,„ ,oPe Assistant Commissioner.
June 10, 19o8.
[852 O.G. 509]
(lU) restriction between inventions
38
longer automatically be permitted to serve as a basis for join-
ing claimed Inventions which otherwise would be properly the
subject of a restriction requirement. In other words, appli-
cant win be required to elect one of the claimed inventions
which are the subject of a proper restriction requirement.
Combination claims, formerly considered llnlclng claims
should be grouped as a separate invention. Rejoinder of the
divided inventions, should any combination claim be allowed,
however, also will no longer automatically be permitted. The
statutory criteria for distinctness will be satisfied if the sub-
combinations and/or combinations involved are shown to be
separately classified, or to have acquired a separate status in
the art, or to involve different fields of search.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
>
January 2, 1973
June 20, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
(132)
[852 O.G. 5091
Election of Species
The practice set forth In the Notice of May 4. 1967 (838
O G 1'"'3) is made permanent and modified to permit a re-
quirement for election of species in cases involving multiple
species whether or not generic claims are present or searched
prior to the election. Also, If no claims to species are pre-
sented but the generic claim is of the burdensome type re-
ferred to in the Notice, a requirement for election of species
prior to search of the generic claims should be made.
\s in the original Notice, if an election Is made pursuan
to a telephone requirement, the action should include a full
and complete action on the elected species as well as on any
generic claims that might be present. If generic claims are
found allowable, no change in the practice currently m effect
Is contemplated. „, . r^r
RICHARD A. WAHL,
\ug 19 1968. Assistant Commissioner.
[854 O.G. 2871
(133) TITLE 37— PATENT.^, TRADEMARKS. AND
COPYRIGHTS
CH.\PTER 1 — P.^TENT OFFICE, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
PAET 1— RDLES OF PRACTICE IN P.\TENT CASES
PART 3 FORMS FOR PATENT CASES
Conflicting Claims
These rule changes are Intended to provide: (1) a basis
for requiring a determination of priority without an Inter-
ference by the common owner of a plurality of applications, or
patent and applications, containing conflicting claims, and
(2) a basis for requiring Inclusion of a common ownership
clause in all terminal disclaimers filed to obviate a double
patenting rejection.
The proposal to amend Title 37, Code of Federal Regula-
tions by revising {| 1.78 and 1.321 and by adding a new
I 3.53 was published In the December 31, 1970. issue of the
Federal Register (35 F.R. 20011).
All interested persons were given an opportunity to parttcl- :
pate in the rule nialcing process by submission of comments in
writing and In person at an oral hearing held on February 19.
1971. Changes have been made In the text of the original pro-
posal as a result of these comments.
In consideration of the comments received and pursuant to
the authority contained in section 6 of the Act of July 10.
1952 (66 Stat. 793; 35 U.S.C. 6). Parts 1 and 3 of Title 37,
Code of Federal Regulations, are hereby amended as follows :
1. In i 1.78, paragraph (b) has been revised and paragraph
(c) has been added to read ai follows :
I 1.78 Crott-references to tjther applications.
• • • • •
(b) Where two or more applications filed by the same appli-
cant contain conflicting claims, elimination of such claims
from all but one application may be required in the absence of
good and sufficient reason for their retention .during pendency
In more than one application. >w
(c) Where two or more applications, or an application and
a patent naming different inventors and owned by the samo
party contain conflicting claims, the assignee may be called
upon to state which named Inventor Is the prior inventor. In
addition to making said statement, the assignee may also ex-
plain why an interference should be declared or that no con
fllct exists in fact.
2. Section 1.321 is revised to read as follows :
S 1.321 Statutory disclaimer.
(a) A disclaimer under 35 U.S.C. 253 must identify the
patent and the claim or claims which are disclaimed, and be
signed by the person making the disclaimer, who shall state
therein the extent of his interest in the patent. A disclaimer
which Is not a disclaimer of a complete claim or claims may
be refused recordation. A notice of the disclaimer is published
In the OFFICIAL Gazette and attached to the printed copies
of the specification. In lllte manner any patentee or applicant
may disclaim or dedicate to the public the entire term, or any
terminal part of the term, of the patent granted or to be
granted.
(b) A terminal disclaimer, when filed in an application to
obviate a double patenting rejection, must Include a provision
that any patent granted on that application shall be enforce-
able only for and during such period that said patent is com-
monly owned with the application or patent which formed tlie
basis for the rejection. See § 1.21 for fee.
3. .\ new f 3.53 Is added, which reads as follows :
i 3.53 Terminal disclaimers in applications.
To the Commissioner of Patents :
Your petitioner. '• residing at
in the county of
and'state' of represents, that he is (here
state exact Interest of the disclaimant and. If he is an as-
signee, set out the libir and page or reel and frame where the
assignment is recorded) of application Serial No.
filed on the day of 19--- for
Your petitioner hereby disclaims
jthe terminal part of any patent granted on the above-identified
"application, which would extend beyond the explcatlon date
•of Patent No. and hereby agrees that any patent
so granted on the above-Identified application shall be enforce
able only for and during such period that the legal title to sai<i
patent shall be the same as the legal title to I'nlted States
Patent No. this agreement to run with any patent
granted on the above identified apllcatlon and to be binding
upon the grantee. Its successors or assigns.
Effective date. This revision shall become effective on April
30. 1971.
, WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, Jr.,
^ Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : April 12, 1971.
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assi.itant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 71-5418; Filed 4-10-71; 8:51 a.m.]
Published in 36 F.R. lilt; Apr. 17, i97i
[886 O.G. 424)
(134)
Restriction Practice
[37 CFR Part 1]
Votice of Proposed Rule Making
N.tlce li hereby given that, pursuant to the authority con-
tained in section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (66 Stat. 793 ;
35 U.S.C. 6). as amended October 5, 1971. Public Law 92-
132 85 Stat. 364, the PatHit Office proposes to amend Title
37 of the Code of Federal Regulations by revising |i 1.141.
1 142. 1.144, 1.145, and 1.146.
AH persons are Invited to present their views objections,
recommendations or suggestion, in connection wUh the pro-
posed changes to the Commissioner of Patents. Washington^
DC 20231 on or before December 12, 1972. on which date a
hearing will be held at 9 :30 a.m. In Room 11 C 24, Building
3 2021 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington. Va. AH P^rsoas
wishing to be heard orally at the hearing are requested to no-
tify the Commissioner of Patents of their intended appearance.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
39
Any written comments or suggestions may be inspected by
any person, upon written request, a reasonable time after
the closing date for submitting comments.
The proposed changes have three main purposes, (1) to
clarify when a requirement for restriction may properly be
made by an examiner, (2) to remove the limitation of five
species If there Is an allowable generic claim in the case,
and (3) to provide a basis In the rules for requiring restric-
tion to a single invention when two or more patentably dif-
ferent Inventions are claimed In a single Markush-type claim.
See "Ex parte Markush." 1925 CD. 126 (Comm'r. Pat. 1924).
The expression "patentably different" emphasizes the im-
portance of requiring restriction between two or more Inven-
tions only where there are unobvious differences between
those inventions and separate patents can properly be granted
to each invention. Otherwise due to the double patenting
prohibition of 35 U.S.C. 121. multiple patents would be granted
on a single invention. The proposed changes make it clear
that a requirement for restriction is proper only when two
or more patentably different inventions are claimed in one
application. ^ _ , ,. ,.,
The practice under present f I 1.141 and 1.146 of Hmitlng
an application to five species, even though a generic claim
has been allowed, has caused some problems since 1953 when
the present language of section 121 of the patent statute
became effective. Section 121 prohibits the use of a patent
as a reference In a subsequent divisional application filed as
the result of a requirement for restriction In the application
on which such a patent Is based. Present !§ 1.141 and 1.146
indicate that nn application may be limited to five species
even though nn allowable generic claim appears therein. If
an application is so limited to five species, the other species
can be speclficallv protected only if refiled In a divisional ap-
plication. Such applications may be filed even though the
species are not patentably different from each other. Since
the flr'^t patent cannot be used as a reference against the
second application, limiting the number of species in the first
patent would result in a second patent Issuing on species which
are not patentably different from the species In the first patent.
The proposed changes would avoid this problem by removing
from the rules the language limiting the claims in one appU-
cation to five species.
The Markush-type claim practice which allows enumeration
In a claim of a plurality of alternatively usable substances
or members, has been sanctioned to permit the inclusion of
such members in a claim when a generic term covering them
is not avaHable. Over the years, this form of claim has been
used, for example, in claiming compounds having a large
variety of substituent groups, and as a result, Markush-type
claims are presented which are each directed to a plurality of
Independent and distinct inventions.
More than one invention is present In a Markush-type claim
If the alternatively usable members of the Markush group are
so unrelated and diverse that a prior art reference which shows
one of the members and otherwise anticipates the claim could
not ordinarily be used to reject under 35 U.S.C. 103 a claim
reciting another of the members. In such circumstances, the
claim is considered to be an improper Markush-type claim and
not a generic claim. Such a claim imposes an undue burden on
the Patent Ofl[ice. particularly with respect to the search
which would have to be made for proper examination.
The proposed changes expressly sanctioned the withdrawal
of Improper Markush-type claims. It should be noted that the
"withdrawal" of such improper Markush-type claims would
provide the applicant with the benefits of the double patenting
prohibition of 35 U S.C. 121. This benefit would not be avail-
able If such Improper Markush-type claims were rejected.
The proposed changes will permit examiners to expedite
prosecution and make more meaningful searches to determine
whether the disclosed and claimed Inventions are novel and
patentable.
The text of the proposed revised rules is as follows :
I 1.141 Different inventions in one application.
An application claiming two or more Independent and dis-
tinct, patentably different inventions may be required to be
restricted to one of the inventions. Inventions are patentably
different when one is not obvious in view of the other, and
they may properly appear in separate patents.
I 1.142 Requirement for restriction heticeen inventions.
(a) If two or more Independent and distinct^ patentably
different Inventions are claimed In a single application and the
examiner deems that restriction Is appropriate, he may re-
quire the applicant to elect for prosecution In the application
a single Invention, to which his claims shaU be restricted.
Such a requirement may be made at any time before final ac-
tion In the case, at the discretion of the examiner.
(b) In an application containing a claim which enumerates
alternatlvelv usable substances or members which are so un-
related that the claim Is. In fact, directed to Independent and
distinct, patentably different inventions, the examiner may
require the applicant to elect the Invention to which his
c\tAms shall be restricted. After election by applicant, such
nn improper claim by enumeration may be withdrawn by the
examiner from further examination because more than one
invention is being claimed (35 U.S.C. 121).
(c) Claims not restricted to the elected Invention, if not
canceled, are nevertheless withdrawn from further considera-
tion by the examiner by the election, subject, however, to re-
instatement In the event the requirement for restriction Is
"withdrawn or overruled pursuant to a petition under { 1144.
I 1.144 Petition from requirement for restriction.
Within 2 months after the examiner's adverse reply to a
request for reconsideration of a requirement for restriction,
the applicant mav petition the Commissioner to review the
requirement. A petition will not be considered If reconsidera-
tion of the requirement was not requested. (See | 1.181.)
I 1.145 Subsequent presentation of claims for different
invention.
If after an examiner's action on an application, the appli-
cant presents a claim or claims therein directed to a patent-
ably different Invention, distinct from and independent of the
Invention prevlouslv claimed, the examiner may require the
applicant to restrict the claims to the invention previously
claimed if the amendment is entered, subject to reconsidera-
tion and review as provided in J| 1.143 and 1.144.
I 1.146 Election of species.
In an application containing a generic claim and claims
directed to a plurality of Independent and distinct, patentably
different species embraced thereby, the examiner may re-
quire the applicant to elect that species of his invention to
which his claims shall be restricted if no generic claim is
finallv held allowable. If a generic claim is later found allow-
able "the application may also contain claims to species in
addition to the one elected, provided that such additional
species claims are either written to be dependent from a ge-
neric claim (§ 1.75 (c)) or to otherwise Include aU the limi-
tations of the generic claim.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : October 13. 1972.
Richard O. Simpson,
Acting Assistant Secretary
for Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-17925 FUed^l 0-19-72 ; 8 : 47 am]
Pub. in 37 F.R. 22625. Ocf. 20. 1972
[905 O.c;. 254]
(135) Proposed amendment of Rules on Restric-
tion Practice in I'.vtent Cases
On October 20 1972. the Patent Office published a notice
of proposed rule making on restriction practice 1° P^^°t
cases (37 F.R. 22625). The notice proposed to amend Title
37 of the Code of Federal Regulations by revising || 1141
1 142 1 144 1 145, and 1.146. In the notice, it was stated
that a hearing would be held at 9 : 30 a.m. on J^^^^^ct 12
1972. in Room 11 C 24, Building 3. 2021 Jefferson. Davis
Highwav, Arlington, Virginia.
The Patent Office has received requests from interested per-
sons that the hearing be postponed to a later date to allow
ample opportunity to consider the proposed amendments. The
hearing, accordingly, will not be held at the time orlglna ly
set but ha. been rescheduled for 2 : 30 p.m. on January 16,
40
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
Highway. ^ Arlington, Virginia W ten ^ ■ J ^^ ^^,^. .,„., ,„rin. this
Highway, Ariingiou, yiiBi"«" .
recommemlatlons or suggestions will be considered if M.b-
mitted on or before the date of the hearing.
The text of the notice as originally published is reproduced
^^^°^- ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
NOT. 14. 19T2. Commissioner of Patent,.
[905 0.(;. 254]
•^(■^rTJm;";;; additional .....nth no appl.-ant or attor-
ney-initiated Intorviow will b.« p.-rm.tted.
Aug. 7, 1907.
KDWAUn J. URKNNKR.
Commissioner.
[841 O.O. 1411]
TIME FOR RESPONSE
KxTF.NsioN OF Time
(136)
It 18 ordinarily desirable that notice of the action taken
by the Patent Office on requests for extension of time be
cLmunfcated to the persons making the -..uests as soon
as is reasonably possible. In order to Improve ^^^^^^^^f^'
service to patent and trademark applicants In this regard,
he following procedure Is being Instituted effective immedi-
I?ely If a request for extension of time is filed In duplicate
and accompanied by a stamped return-addressed envelope
the Office Will indicate the action taken on tlje dnphcate and
return it promptly In the envelope. Utilization of this pro-
cedure is optional on the part of applicant.
EDWARD J. EfRENNER,
Aug. 3. 1966. Commissioner of Patents
[829 O.G. 1307] ,
(130) FiNAi. UK..KCTIOX Time kor Uksponse
in clarification of the Notice of ^^^'•^;';,^!'^^'
in the Official Gazette of August 20. 19..7 (S41 « .«.. 1411).
thP fiMnr<f a timely rcspons.. aft.-r a In.al rej.-.-tlon is con^
:?rued a^ incUulin; a re.p.est for a one month extension of
l^ih sh"f be lestrlcted to those whi.l. ,>n»,. far. place
the application In condition for allowance.
UICHARD A. W.Mll-
Sept. 26, 19G8.
.Assistant Commissioner.
1855 O.G. 11091
(137)
Extension*!. OF Time
Effective Immediately, a new liberal policy for Interprets^
tion and application of Rule 13G(b) will apply with respe t
to first requests for a one-month extension of time for repb
to Office actions where a shortened statutory P">od for re-
sponse has been set. Any request under «">;^ f ''J^^Jj':
extension of time must state a reason In support thereof
under the above policy the application of the rule ^.U entail
onlv ft limited evaluation of the stated reason.
™s Xrallty will not apply to (1) any requests for more
thJn a one month extension, and (2) second and subsequent
requests for extension of time.
In order to provide prompt notification of the action aken
on extension requests, the request may be filed in duPUca*^'
accompanied by a stamped return-addressed envelope (includ-
ing a ZIP code), as announced In the Official Gazette of.
August 3, 1966. 829 O.G. 1307).
It is expected that requests for extension of time will -con
tmue to be made only when a need exists and will not be^
come a standard operating procedure. Routine use of this
practice may necessitate abandoning the new policy and a
return to a less liberal interpretation of Rule 136(b).
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
(140) Office A.tions Timei.v Kesponsk
The Patent Office has been receiving an excessively large
J^Lot petitions to revive based Pr;-"»J,Xacln?M ny
of amendments and other responses to official actions, .^uu,
of Tese petitions Indicate that the late filing was due to
unusual Tan delays; however, the records generally show
that the filing was only two or three days late^
In order to alleviate, for applicants and the omce, tne
problemsLd expenditures of time and effort occasioned by
abandonments and petitions to revive, »* !« -^^Jted tha
resnonses to official action be mailed to the Patent Office at
east one and preferably two, week(s) prior to the explra^
t on of he period within which a response Is -^l^^^rl- ™;
Suggestion is made In the Interest of Improving efficiency,
thereby providing better service to the public.
WILLIAM FELDMAN.
A,,., 2-5 1972 Deputy Assistant Commissioner
Apg. 25, lW7-i. . *- ^^^ Patent Examining.
(141)
[902 O.G. 1172]
APPEALS
Appeal Ukiefs
Jan. 26, 1967.
[835 O.G. 716]
(138) KiN.xL Rejection— T^ME fo^ Response
Effective Sept. 1, 1967, the filing of a timely response to a
final rejection having a shortened statutory period for re-
sponse will operate to extend the period for appeal or filing
of a containing case an additional month, but in no ease to
exceed six months from the date of the final action.
An object of this practice is to obviate the necessity for
appeal or filing a continuing case merely to gain time to con-
sider the Examiner's position in reply to an amendment timely
filed after final rejection. ^„„„fo
Present practice relating to the treatment of amendmen s
after final rejection will continue to apply and failure to file
a response during the three-month period will, as heretofore,
result in abandonment of the application. In any case where
this one-month extension applies and an amendment Is offi-
cially received during this additional month, the amendment
will not be entered or responded to unless It prima facxe places
the application In condition for allowance (e.g. cancels all
It appears that many appeal briefs are being filed which
''"''. '''^Vnciudlng a concise explanation of the Invention
Which 'siould refer to the drawing by reference char-
»ct"8 ■ • •" EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
pirat Assistant Commissioner.
Aug. d, iwoo.
[817 O.G. 1241]
Appeal Briefs
be double spaced. eDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
First Assistant Commissioner.
Jan. 24, 1966.
[823 O.G. 411]
JANUARY 2, 1973 U. S. PATENT OFFICE 41
(143) I-rscticeRe: Withdrawal of Final Re.tection rv The Item(s) checked below are appropriate :
THE Examiner Aftee Notice of Appeal to the i. q An extension of time to respond to the final re-
BOABD or APPEALS Jcction was granted on for
. . II », „ month(s).
Where Notice of Api)oal to the Board of Appeals has been 2 n A timely response to the Anal reJecUon has been
filed and the Examiner withdraws the final rejection for • U ^^^^ ^^ provided in 841 O.G. 1411.
allowance or further rejection, applicants are reminded that ^ ^^^ -^^^ ^^
this results In automatic removal of the appeal from the n Enclosed
records of the Board of Appeals in that application. U ^^^ required (Fee paid In prior appeal.)
Accordingly, a proper response to a subsequent final rejec- U "^^^^^^^^ ^^ Deposit Account No. •
tion requires the filing of a new Notice of Appeal [without U ^^^^ .additional copy of this Notice is enclosed
fee] and if this appoal is carried forward, the appropriate herewith.)
fee on filing a brief In support of the second appeal is required.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS. Signature (Rule 191(b) ).
•Mar. 29. 1967. First Assistant Commissioner.
[837 O.G. 667] I'"II'III"I
Post Office Address (to which
,„ correspondence is to be sent).
[849 O.G. 278 (Apr. 9. 1968)1
(144) Rule 192- FILING or Appeal Brief
Attention Is directed to the fact that the seasonable filing
of an appeal brief is determined by Rule 192, Irrespective of ^^^g^ q^^j^ Hearings Under Rule 194
whether the applicant or his attorney has received the appeal Effective September 1 1968, for a trial period of six
acknowledgment with its reminder of the briefs due date. months new procedures will be initiated which will permit
The above should be rcfiected In any docketing system for p^j^^^^^^ Examiners to present an oral argument before the
, filing appeal briefs. „^„.,,, , ot-^w-nr r.c Board of Appeals In appeals where the applicant has been
EDWIN L. RLYNOLDS. , , , ,. „
„ . . cranted an oral hearing.
Aug. 4, 1967. First Assistant Commissioner. «- ^^^^^ ^^^ attorney or agent representing the appellant has
[841 O G. 1412] made his presentation, the Examiner will be allowed fifteen
minutes to reply as well as to present a statement which
clearly sets forth his position with respect to the Issues and
■^^— ~~~ rejections of record. Appellant may utilize any allotted time
not used in the initial presentation for rebuttal.
(145) New Appeal Procedure RICHARD A. WAHL.
In the interest of facilitating and expediting the handling juiy 26, 1968. Assistant Commissioner.
of appeals to the Board of Appeals of the Patent Office It concur :
has been decided to institute a practice whereby the appllca- EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
tion file will ordinarily remain with the Examiner until the pirst Assistant Commissioner.
Examiner's answer to the appeal is filed. It is therefore neces- [355 qq 827]
sary to modify the appeal procedure, effective Immediately,
as Indicated below. — ^^^^— ^—
1. First Extension of Time To File Appeal Brief ^^^_^ abandonment of Applications Before
To avoid delay in receiving notification of the granting Board of Appeals
of a first extension under Rule 192. appellant should file ^stances of the Board of Appeals
his request in duplicate. Where granted, the Board will J/^ ' '^Y'^'^j^io^ ^^ ^n application which had already
stamp the action taken on both copies, promptly return- ;;;°^7^Jf^,\3'ntreamlined continuation,
ing one copy to the addressee. recurrence of this situation, applicants should
Further extensions must be sought from the Commla- ^^^^^^^^j^. ,^j^^^ ^^^ ^lerk of the Board in writing as soon
sloner, as heretofore. ^^ ^j^^^." ^^^,^ positively decided to reflle or to abandon an
■ 2 Notice of .Appeal application containing an appeal awaiting a decision. Failure
,„..„„„ to exercise appropriate diligence in this matter may result
• To expedite the processing of new appeals and to en- refusing an otherwise proper request to vacate
sure their prompt acknowledgment, additional Informa- '"^j"^.^?"'' ' " u g
tion will be necessary on the Notice of Appeal. Accord- i^eir uec . EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
ingly. Form 41 suggested in the Rules of U.S. Patent ^.^^^ Assistant Commissioner.
Office Practice in Patent Cases. Is revised as shown below.
Copies for duplication may be obtained from the re- [857 O.G. 1005 (Dec. 24, 1968)]
ceptionist in Crystal Plaza and from the Correspondence
and Mall Branch in the Main Commerce Building. The —
use of this revised form Is solicited.
All papers relating to appeals should Include the post (i48) Appeal Hearings
office address of the person to whom correspondence Is ^^^ practice of permitting oral arguments by Primary
to be directed. Examiners in appeals, announced for a trial period In the
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS, official Gazette of Oct. 22. 1968 (855 O.G. 827), Is hereby
First Assistant Commissioner. ^^^^ permanent.
^ ., RICHARD A. WAHL,
Revised Form 41 ^ . . _, ^„„„v..<----.
Mar 27, 1969. Assistant Commissioner.
notice or APPEAL FROM THE PRIMARY EXAMINER ConCUr : "^
TO THE BOARD OF APPEALS j; L REYNOLDS,
In re application of: ^<'-" Assistant Commissioner.
Serial No. : [861 O.G. 1011]
For:
Filed : ^^— ^— ^^ •
Group Art Unit :
To Commissioner of Patents • (149) Reply Briefs
^'Applicant hereby appeals to the Board of Appeals from the Applicants should clearly and '^^f^'^'^'^^f^f^^ '°,f ^i'
decision dated of the Primary Examiner reply briefs the new points of argument raised 1° "e »
Anally rejectrng Claims amlner's answer" to which said reply briefs are directed.
42
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
Rule 193(b) doei not permit general rebuttal of each state-
ment made In the examiner! aniwer ; Conaequently a reply
brief which is not restricted to answering "new points" may
be refused consideration In ^oto.
Apr. 15. 1»«».
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
Firtt Ai$i»tant Commi»$ioner.
[862 0.0. 348]
Appeals — Confidential Memoranda
(150)
The practice of presenting confidential memoranda to the
Board of Appeals Is hereby terminated. All correspondence
with the Board of Appeals, whether by the Examiner or the
applicant will be on the record. No unpublished decisions
which are unavailable to the general public by reason of 35
U.S.C. 122 will be cited by the E.xaminer or the applicant
except that either the Examiner or the applicant has the
right to cite an unpublished decision In an application having
common ownership with the application on appeal.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
July 28, 1970. CommisBioner of Patentt.
!
, [877 O.G. 733]
Commissioner to appropriate Patent Office officials. All re^
quests for extensions must be filed prior to the expiration of
the period sought to be extended.
(b) On failure to file the brief, accompanied by the requi-
site fee, within the time allowed, the appeal shall stand dis-
missed. ,
Effective date. This amendment shall be effective Marcti
30, 1971. ,
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commiationer of Patents. *
Approved : March 25, 1971.
Jaues H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FB Doc. 71-4414; Filed 3-29-71 : 8:50 a.m.]
Published in S6 F.R. 5850; Mar. SO, 1071
[885 O.G. 044]
(151) TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADE>L\RKS, AND
COPYRIGHTS
CHAPTER 1— Patent Office, Department of Commerce
PART 1 — RULES OF PRACTICES IN PATENT CASES
Extensions of Time To File Appeal Briefs
After the effective date of this rule change, the examining
group clerical staffs will perform all processing and record-
keeping relating to appeals to the Board of Appeals up to and
Including the time when an examiner's supplemental answer
to a reply brief Is mailed or the time for filing a reply brief
has expired. At this time jurisdiction of an appealed applica-
tion passes from the examiner to the Board of Appeals.
Therefore, all Inquiries and papers concerning an applica-
tion under appeal should be directed to the appropriate exam-
ining group until the application Is In condition for considera-
tion by the Board of Appeals.
Papers filed in an appealed application under the Jurisdic-
tion of the Board of Appeals, such as requests for reconsidera-
tion or confirmation of an oral hearing date, should Include an
expression In the heading such as "Before the Board of Ap-
peals" so that it may be properly routed by the mallroom.
The examining group appeal clerks are authorized to grant,
upon the first request therefor, 1-month extensions of time
to file the brief or reply brief. Any further extensions or any
initial request for an extension of more than 1 month may be
granted by the group directors.
After the effective date, there will be no Patent Office
acknowledgements of notices of appeals or briefs.
There was published in the December 31, 1970, issue of the
Federal Register (35 F.R. 20010) a proposal to revise { 1.192
of Title 37, Code of Federal Regulations, to broaden the au-
thority to grant extensions of time for filing appeal briefs.
Interested persons were given the opportunity to partlci-
pats in the rule making through submission of comments In
writing, and at an oral hearing held on February 19, 1971.
In consldtratloB of the foregoing and pursuant to the
authority contained In section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952
(6« Stat. 793; 35 U.S.C. 6), { 1.192 of Title 37 of the Code
of Federal Regulations Is hereby revised as follows :
{ 1.192 Appellant's brief.
(a) The appellant shall, within 2 months from the date of
the appeal, or within the time allowed for response to the
action appealed from. If such time is later, file a brief in trip-
licate, accompanied by the requisite fee, of the authorities and
arguments on which he will rely to maintain hl.s appeal, in-
cluding a concise explanation of the Invention which should
refer to the drawing by reference characters, and a copy of
the claims involved, at the same time indicating if he desires
an oral hearing. Upon a showing of sufficient cause, the Com-
missioner may grant extensions of time for filing the brief.
The determination of such requests may be delegated by the
(152) Appeal Briefs Under Rile.s 192 and 193(1))
Appellants are reminded that their briefs in appealed cases
must be responsive to every ground of rejection stated by the
examiner. Including new grounds stated In his answer.
Where an appellant falls to respond by way of brief or reply
brief to any ground of rejection, and It appears that the fail-
ure Is Inadvertent, appellant shall be notified that he Is al-
lowed one month to correct the defect by filing a supplemental
brief. Where this procedure has not been followed, the Board
of Appeals should remand the application to the examiner
for compliance. When the record clearly Indicates intentional
failure to respond by brief to any ground of rejection, for
example, by failure to file a supplemental brief within the
one-month period allowed for that purpose, the examiner
should Inform the Board of Appeals of this fact In his answer
and merely specify the claims affected.
Where the failure to respond by brief appears to be Inten
tional, the Board of Appeals may dlsnilss the appeal as to the
claims Involved. Oral argument at a hearing will not remedy
such deficiency of a brief.
This notice supersedes the notices of May 4, 1966, 826
O.G. 1060. and of Oct. 20, 1966. 833 O.G. 1.
Apr. 26. 1971.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, Jr..
Commisaioner of Patents.
[886 O.G. 4241
(153) Examiner Testimony
As stated in Section 1701 of the Manual of Patent Examin
ing Procedure, patent examiners are forbidden to testify as
patent experts or to express opinions, in testimony or other-
wise, as to the Invalidity of any issued patent. Patent ex-
aminers have. In connection with litigation Involving patent
validity, been called to testify on factual matters. In those
cases, the practice has been to permit the examiner to testify
only upon the Issuance of a subpoena.
Henceforth, patent examiners will be permitted to testify
on deposition In patent suits, without the need for a subpoena,
provided the following conditions are satisfied :
1 The party proposing to take the testimony will state in
writing that the questions to be asked of the examiner
will be phrased to comply with the permissible scope of
inquiry as outlined in the protective orders contained In
the Court opinions In In re Mayexcsky. 162 USPQ 86, 8J
and Shaffer Tool Works v. Joy Manufacturing Co.. 167
USPQ 170 171 : "... the scope of .the oral depositions
of the patent examiners Is hereby limited to matters of
fact and must not go into hypothetical or speculative
areas or the bases, reasons, mental processes, analyses,
or conclusions of the patent examiners in acting upon
the patent applications maturing Into the patent [In
suit]." 167 USPQ 171.
2 That m addition to complying with the requirements of
' Rule 30 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the
party taking the testimony will agree to give notice of
the taking of the deposition of the patent examiner to
the Solicitor, at least thirty days prior to the date on
which the taking of the deposition Is desired.
JANUARY 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
43
3. That the party taking the deposition arrange with the
Solicitor to notice the deposition at a place convenient
to the Patent Office.
If the party desiring ta take the testimony of the examiner
does not agree to the conditions enumerated, the Patent
Office will not permit the examiner to be deposed without a
subpoena and compliance with the procedure set forth In
Section 7.02, Department of Commerce Administrative Order
205-12, June 29, 1967 as amended April 10. 1970. That
section states :
In any case where it is sought by subpoena, order or
other compulsory process or other demand of a court
or other authority (hereinafter referred to as a "de-
mand") to require the production or disclosure of any
record In the flies of the Department of Commerce or other
Information acquired by an officer or employee of the
Department as a part of the performance of his official
duties or because of his official status, the matter shall
be immediately referred for determination to the appro-
priate official described in subsection 4.01 of this order.
If such official has discretion with respect to disclosure
and he determines that It would be improper to comply
with the demand, or if he has no discretion with respect
to disclosure, the matter shall be promptly referred to the
Secretary of Commerce for final determination. Unless
and until the Secretary determines that the records or
information should be produced, the offlcor or employee
who appears In answer to the demand shall Inform the
court or other authority (o) that the section 7 of this
order prohibits the officer or employee from producing or
disclosing the records or other Information demanded
without the prior approval of the Secretary of Commerce,
and (h) that the demand has been, or is being, as the case
may be, referred for the prompt consideration of the Secre-
tary. The officer or employee shall also provide the court
or other authority with a copy of the regulations pre-
scribed In this section 7 of this order, and shall respect-
fully request the court or other authority to stay the
demand pending the receipt of Instructions or directions
from the Secretary of Commerce concerning the demand.
Mar. 13, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
[897 0.<;. 762]
(154) TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
chapter I P.\TENT OFFICE, DEPARTMENT OK COMMERCE
PART 1 — RILES OF PRACTICE IN P.VTENT CASES
PART 2 — RTLKS OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Appeal to r.S. Court of Customs and Patent AppeaJs
The Commissioner of Patents is amending f $ 1.301 and
2.14.') of the rules of practice to set forth the time in which
an OKler for transmitting a transcript to the Court of Cus-
toms and Patent Appeals should be filed In the Patent Office.
Additionally, for the purpose of clarification, all references to
•'subsection" in § 2.145 have been amended to read "para-
graph." These amendments do not effect any change in prac-
tice, but merely notify parties filing appeals of the time neces
sary for the Patent Office to copy and certify a transcript.
Since these changes impose no burden on any person, notice
and public procedure thereon are deemed unnecessary.
Therefore, pursuant to the authority contained in section
41 of the Act of Julv 5, 1946 (60 Stat. 440 ; 15 U.S.C. 1123).
and section 0 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (66 Stat. 793; 35
U.S.C. 6), Parts 1 and 2 of Chapter I of Title 37 of the Code
of Federal Regulations are hereby amended as follows :
1. Section 1.301 is amended by adding a new sentence at
the end. As amended, J 1.301 reads as follows :
f 1.301 Appeal to U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals.
Any applicant dissatisfied with the decision of the Board of
Appeals, and any party to an interference dissatisfied with
the decision of the Bo:ird of Patent Interferences, may appeal
to the U.S. Court of Customs and I'atent Apiieals. The ap-
pellant must take the following steps In such an appeal : (a)
In the Patent Office give notice to the Commissioner and file
the reasons of appeal (see Si 1.302 and 1.304) ; (b) in the
court, file a petition of appeal and a certified transcript of the
record within a specified time after filing the reasons of ap-
peal, and pay the fee for appeal, as provided by the rules of
the court. The transcript will be transmitted to the Court by
the Patent Office on order of and at the expense of the appel-
lant. Such order should be filed with the notice of appeal, but
in no case should It be filed later than 15 days thereafter.
2 In I 2.145, paragraph (a) is amended by adding a sen-
tence at the end; paragraphs (b), (c). and (d) are amended
by substituting "paragraph" for "subsection." As amended,
S 2.145 reads as follows :
§ 2.145 Appeal to court and civil action.
(a) Appeal to U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals.
An applicant for registration, or any party to an Interference,
opposition, or cancellation proceeding or any party to an ap-
plication to register as a concurrent user, hereinafter referred
to as Inter partes proceedings, who Is dissatisfied with the
decision of the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board and any
registrant who has filed an affidavit or declaration under sec-
tion 8 of the act or who has filed an application for renewal
and is dissatisfied with the decision of the Commissioner
(IS 2 165, 2.184), may appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs
and Patent Appeals. The appellant must take the following
steps In such an appeal : (1) In the Patent Office give notice
to the Commissioner and file the reasons of appeal (see para-
graphs (b) and (d) of this section) ; (2) in the court, file
a petition of appeal and a certified transcript of the record
within a specified time after filing the reasons of appeal, and
pay the fee for appeal, as provided by the rules of the court.
The transcript will be transmitted to the Court by the Patent
Office on order of and at the expense of the appellant. Such
order should be filed with the noHce of appeal, but In no case
should it be filed later than 15 days thereafter.
(b) Notice and reasons of appeal. (1) when an appeal Is
taken to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals, the
appellant shall give notice thereof to the Commissioner, and
file In the Patent Office, within the time specified In paragraph
(d) of this section, his reasons of appeal specifically set forth
in writing.
(2) In Inter partes proceedings, the notice and reasons
must be served as provided in S 2.119.
(c) Civil action. (1) Any person who may appeal to the
U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals (paragraph (a) of
this section), may have remedy by civil action under section
21(b) of the act. Such civilization must be commenced within
the time specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) If an applicant or registrant in an ex parte case has
taken an appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Ap-
peals, he thereby waives his right to proceed under section
21(b) of the act.
(3) If a party to an Inter partes proceeding has taken an
appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals, and
any adverse party to the case shall, within 20 days after the
appellant shall have filed notice of the appeal to the court
(paragraph (b) of this section), file notice with the Com-
missioner that he elects to have all further proceedings con-
ducted as provided in section 21(b) of the act, certified
copies of such notices will be transmitted to the U.S. Court
of Customs and Patent Appeals for such action as may be
necessary. The notice of election must be served as provided
In S 2.119.
(d) Time for appeal or civil action. The time for filing the
notice and reasons of appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and
Patent Appeals (paragraph (b) of this section), or for com-
mencing a civil action (paragraph (c) of this section), is 60
davs from the date of the decision of the Trademark Trial and
\ppeal Board or the Commissioner, as the case may be. If a
petition for rehearing or reconsideration is filed within 30
days after the date of the decision, the time is extended to
30"davs after action on the petition. No petition for rehear-
ing or" reconsideration filed outside the time specified herein
after such decision, nor any procee<llng8 on such petition shall
operate to extend the period of 00 days hereinabove provided.
The times specified herein arc calendar days. If the last day
of time specified for appeal, or commencing a civil action falls
on a Saturdav. Sunday, or legal holiday, the time is extended
to the next day which Is neither a Saturday, Sunday, nor a
holiday. If a party to an inter partes proceeding has taken an
appeal to the US. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals and
^
44
an adverse party has filed notice under section 21(a)(1) of
the act that he elects to have all further proceedings con-
ducted under section 21(b) of the act, the time for ei'^g ^
civil action thereafter Is specified In section 21(a)(1) of the
act.
Effective date. This amendment will become effective upon
its publication in the Federal Register (5-11-72).
Dated : May 1. 1972.
ROBERT <JOTTSCHALK.
Commissioner of Patenta.
Approved : April 28. 1972.
Jambs H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-7159 ; Filed 5-10-72 ; 8 : 49 ami
Published in 37 F.R. 9175; May 11. 1972
'' • [899 O.G. 4091
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
(155) SERVICE OF COURT PAPERS ON COMMISSIONER
OP Patents
Those having occasion to serve on the Commissioner of
Patents papers having to do with court proceedings are hereby
reminded that proper service by mall may be effected only
by mailing the papers to the Solicitor of the Patent Office as
counsel for the Commissioner. Rule 5(b) of the Federal Rules
of Civil Procedure provides in pertinent part :
Whenever under these rules service Is required or per-
mitted to be made upon a party represented by an at-
torney the service shall be made upon the attorney unless
service upon the party himself Is ordered by the court.
Service upon the attorney • • • shall be made by deUver-
Ing a copy to him or by mailing it to him at his last
Isnown address • • *.
Rule 25(b) of the Federal Rules of Appellate Procedure
«lmilarlv provides, "Service on a party represented by counsel
shall be made on counsel." The clerk of the U.S. Court of
Customs and Patent Appeals has stated that, inasmuch as the
rules of the Court are not specific on the manner of service
In patent cases, the procedure outlined herein has the Court's
approval.
Accordingly, all service copies of papers filed In court pro-
ceedings in which the Commissioner of Patents Is a party
which are served by mall should be addressed :
"(Name of Solicitor). Solicitor
U.S. Patent Office
Washington, D.C. 20231."
of afBdavits to be filed under Rule 204(c) to secure inter^
feren^e conte ts with patentees whose filing dates antedate
fheir own by more than three months, and It Is hoped that
fhp following explanation will be helpful.
In preparing affidavits under this rule applicants should
have in mind the provisions of Rule 228, and especially the
'°"°Ct 'after these affidavits are forwarded by the Pri-
mary Examiner for the declaration of an Interference they
will be examined by a Board of Patent Interferences.
2 If the affidavits fall to establish with adequate cor
rob^ration acts and circumstances which would i;;'°>» '"[i;
entitle applicant to an award of priority ''^'-''^^j/^JJ^
effective filing date of the patentee, an order will be i.^sued
concurrently with the notice of Interference, requiring appll^
cant to show cause why summary judgment should not be
rendered against him.
3 Additional affidavits in response to such order will not
be considered unless justified by a showing under the pro-
visions of Rule 22S. and If the applicant responds the
patentee will receive from the applicant a copy of the re
sponse (Rule 247) and from the P.itont Office a copy of the
original showing (Rule 228), and will be entitled to present
his views with respect thereto.
4 It is the position of the Board of Patent Interferonres
that all affidavits submitted must describe acts which the
affiants performed or observed or circumstances observed,
such as structure used and results of use or test except on
a proper showing as provided In Rule 204(c). S atemen s
of conclusion, for example, that the Invention of the counts
viras reduced to practice, are peneraily considered to be not
acceptable It should also be kept in mind that documen
tary exhibits are not self-proving and require explanation
by an affiant having direct knowledge of the matters In-
volved However. It Is not necessary that the exact date
of conception or reduction to practice be revealed In the
affidavits or exhibits if the affidavits aver observation of
the necessary acts and facts, including documentation when
available, before the patentee's effective filing date. t)n
the other hand, where reliance Is placed upon diligence, the
affidavits and documentation should be precise as to dates
from a date just prior to patentee's effective filing date.
The showing should relate to the essential factors in the
determination of the question of priority of invention as
set out in 35 U.S.C. 102(g).
.-, The explanation required by Rule 204(c) should be
In the nature of a brief or explanatory remarks accompany-
ing an amendment, and should set forth the manner In
which the requirements of the counts ar« satisfied and how
the requirements for conception, reducflon to practice or
diligence are met. „^„c
GEORGE W. BOYS.
Apr. 21. 1966. Chairman, Board of Patent Interferences.
[826 O.G. 7121
Apr. 28, 1972.
S. WM. COCHRAN,
Solicitor.
[898 O.G. 1500]
(158)
DESIGNATION OF INTERFERENCE RECORD
RELIED UrON
INTERFERENCES
INTERFERENCE DECLARATION
(156r
Effective July 1, 1964. no Interference will be declared
between pending applications. If there is a difference of more
than three (3) months In the effective filing dates of the
applicationa in the case of Inventions of a simple character,
or a difference of more than six (6) months In other cases,
except in exceptional situations, as determined and approved
by the Commissioner.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
June 26, 1964. Commissioner.
[804 0.0. 297]
(157)
INTERFERENCE PRACTICE AFFIDAVITS
Under Rdle 204(c)
There has been difflcult> in a number of cases due to uncer-
tainty on the part of applicants concerning the requirements
During the taking of testimony In an Interference It Is
frequently not clear just what testimony Is necessary to a
party's case, since the contentions to be made by the opposing
Sa y are not known, and In the case of a jun or party It is
frequently not known whether or not the senior party wl 1
Ike test mony. Therefore counsel taking testimony will nor^
many cover all matters which might possibly have an effect
r ms case. Then. In preparing his briefs it may become ap-
parent that certain portions of his record have no real slgnlfi^
cance as to Issues Involved. A review of these portions by the
Board of Patent Interferences Is thus unnecessary.
Accordingly, In order to reduce the time required by the
Bot d of Pa nt Interferences to study the record and to more
effectively and efficiently decide the Issues Involved, counsel
relying on an evidentiary record in interference cases are
requested to file a statement as to the portions of their record
Sn which they rely. Such statement should be Included In
the briefs of the respective parties.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
First Assistant Commissiofier.
[846 O.G. 679 (Jan. 16, 1968)1
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
45
(159) TITLE .37— PATENTS. TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
CHAPTER 1— Patent Office, Departme.nt of Commerce
I'ART 1 — rules of PUAtTICE IN PATENT CASES
Discovery During Interference Proceedings
These rule changes are intt-nded to provide for: (1) Con-
sideration of action souglit by a party to a patent Intciler
ence proceeding outside tlie period prescribed tl(prefor wlierc
the delay in seeking such action Is justified; (2) the desig
nation of a specific period for discovery and the preparation
for the taking of testimony; (3) specified discovery upon
request (a) during the period for preparation for testimony
as to evidence and testimony to be offered l)y junior parties
and (b) after completion of testimony in cliief of the junior
parties, as to evidence and testimony to l>e offered by senior
parties; (4) the ordering of .idditional discovery upon mo
tion by a party wliere the interest of justlve so re(|Uires ;
and (5) sanctions by the Board. of Patent Interferences where
there Is noncompliance witli a rei|ulrement of a rule or an
order hv tlie l)oard.
Tlie proposal to amend Title :{7, Code of Kederal Uegula-
lions, l.y revising §§ 124.-. and 1.2.-.1 and l.y .-iddin^' a new
§ 1.2S7 was puldlshed in the December 31. 1070, issue of the
Federal Register (35 F.K. 20011).
Ail interested persons were given an opportunity to par-
ticipate in the rulemaking i.rocess by submission of com-
ments in writing and In person at an oral liearing held on
February 19, 1971. The rules are being adopte.l after full
and careful consideration of all the material submitt.-.l. Tlie
departures from tlie published text reflect <ertalu of the
views expressed In the suluiiitted material.
Fffcrtivv Ihitr. -Tlds amendment shall become effective :W
davs after publication in the Federal Itegister and shall
apply only to those Interferences In whlcli the times for
t ikliig testimonv are set on or after sudi effective date.
In consideration of the comments received and pursuant
to the authority contained in section 0 of the Act of July
19 1952 (Cfi Stat. 793; 35 U.S.C. 0). I'art 1 of Title 3(.
Code of Federal Kegulaticms Is liereby amen<UMl as follows :
1. Section 1.24.-) Is revised to read as follows:
§ 1.245 I'xtcnsion of time.
Extensions of time in any case not otherwise pr.nided for
mav he had by stipulation of the parties, subject to approval.
„r on n.otlon duly brought, sufficient cause being shown lor
such extension. A motion not timely made may b,- consi.Iered
npon a showing of sufficient cau.se as to why such n.otlon
was not timely presented. . ,,, ,.
2 Section 1.251. paragraphs (a), (b). (c), and (d» an
revised, and a new paragral-h (e) is added as follows:
S 1.251 .\ssir7nment of times for disconry and talinr, testi
iiiony.
(a) A period for preparation of testimony will be set In
which all parties sliouid complete discovery and .>tlier pre
paratory activities.
(b) Times will be assigned in which tlie junior party sliali
complete his testimony In clilef, and in which the otlier
party shall complete the testimony on liis side, and a further
time in which the junior party may take rebutting testimony,
but he shall take no other testimony. If there be more tlian
two parties to the Interference, the times for taking testi-
mony will be so arranged that each shall have an opportunity
to prove Ids case against prior parties and to rebut their
evidence, and also to meet the evidence of junior parties.
(c) Times for preparation of testimony, for compliance
with i 1.287(a) and for taking of testimony wHi ordinarily
be assigned In notices sent to the parties after motions under
§ 1.231 have been disposed of or. If no sucli motions have
been filed, after the close of the motion period (§ 1.231).
(d) Testimony shall be taken during the times ns.slgned
In accordance with §§ 1.271 to 1.286.
(e) The date for linal hearing will ordinarily be set in
separate notices.
3. A new § 1.287 is .added as follows :
S 1.287 Discovery.
(a)(1) Each party who expects to take testimony must
.serve on each opposing party who requests service tlie follow
'"»?■ . » 1
(1) A copy of each document in his possession, custody,
or control and upon which he intends to rely.
(ii) A list of and a proffer of reasonable access to things
In his possession, custody, or control and upon which he
intends to rely, and
(lii) A list giving the names and addresses of^all persons
whom lie inten<is to call as witnesses and indicating the rela-
tionship of each person to the Invention in issue.
(2) Dates for compliance with subparagraph (1) of this
paragraph will be set in accordance witli the following :
(I) The date bv which all parties may recpiest service shall
be not less tlian 10 days from the date of the order setting
testimony time* ; . . ,, ».„
(II) The date for service by all junior parties shall be
not less than 30 days from the date of the order setting
such times ; . , 1, 1 ♦
(iii) Tlie date for service by the senior party shall be not
less than 10 days from the date set for the close of testimony
In chief of all junior parties.
(3) Where more than two parties are Involved and one
of the junior parties Is not entitled to take testimony as to a
more senior party, the requirements of subparagraphs (1)
and (2) of this paragraph shall not he applicable as between
^"^(b)''The''''provislons of paragraph (a) of this section are
without prejudice to the right of a party, where appropriate,
to obtain production of documents or things during cross-
examination of an opponent's witness or during his own pe-
riod for rebuttal testimony.
(c) Upon motion ($1,243) brought l.y a party during the
period for preparation of testimony, or thereafter as auth..r^
ize<l under ? 1.245. and upon a showing that the interest of
Justice so requires, the Hoard of Patent Interferences ma.v
order additional discovery as to matters un.ler the control
of a party within the scope of the discovery rules of the
Feden.l Rules of Civil Procedure, specifying the terms and
conditions of such additional '1«^^"^-*''->- -^" ,7''"' *;•! 'J'
Board granting or denying a motion under this I'"=^Praph
shall not be subject to review prior to a decision .awarding
'"'(dT("V) V partv will not be permitted to ^ely on any docu-
ment or thing in his possession, custody, or control, or on
^nv witness, not listed and served by that Party as re-
.luired by paragraph .a) of this section, -^^ "P""^/,
promptly file.l motion accmpanled by the proposed addltlona
d.Znents or lists together with a showing o^ -ffich>nt
cause as to .vhy they were not served by the date set pur
suant to paragraph (a) of this section. »,.„ „ro
(2) Any failure to comply with an order under the pro
visions of paragraph (c) of this section may »>o considered
bv the Board of Patent Interferences as basis for appl.Mng
.pp oprlate restrictions against the party failing to comply
fir holding certain facts to have been established and in an
appropriate case for awarding priority against h m or for
talking such other action as may be deemed appr-.pr ate.
'(e) The parties may by agreement --'"»^ /';'"- .r*"^
modify any of the foregoing requirements <'-^^^:"^/ ^
the s;hedule of times for taking testimony and filing tl.e
record In the absence of such agreement, discovery will no
be permitted prior to the period set for the preparation of
testimony.
Dated: May 6. 1971.
WILLIAM E. SCHTTYLKR. JR..
Commissioner of Patents.
.\pp roved :
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology. t
[PR Doc. 71-6617; Filed 5-11-71 ; 8:49 a.m.]
Published in 56 F.R. 8732; Hay 12, 197 1
[887 0>G. 726]
Rule 283
,160) TESTIMONY TAKEN IN A.NOTHER INTERFERENCE
OR ACTION
A discovery proceeding under the control of a ^^^'^'l""'
Court, ancillary to an interference proceeding, is now con-
sidered to be an "action' within the meaning of Rule 283.
Acconilngly, "pretrial depositions" taken in a '^'---;- J"
ceeding in accordance with the Federal Rules o Civil Pro
cedur"'and under court control may be used In the Interference
4
T
as' to which the discovery proceeding Is ancillary, subject to
allother provisions of Rule 283.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
May 2, 1972.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Aasiatant Commissioner.
(161)
[898 O.Gj 1500]
Interference Pr.\ctice
[37 CFR Parts 1, 5]i
Notice of Proposed Rule Making
Notice is hereby given that; pursuant to the authority con-
tained In section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (66 Stat. 793 ;
36 U.S.C. 6) the Patent Office proposes to amend Title 37 of
the Code of Federal Regulations by revising §§1.225, 1231
(a)(5) and (d), 1.251(a), 1.253(f), 1.272(c), 1.277(a). and
1.281, and revoking paragraph (b) of § 5.3.
All persons are Invited to present their ylews, objections,
recommendations or suggestions in connection with the pro-
posed changes to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington,
D.C. 20231 on or before October 10, 1972. No oral hearing
will be held. Any written comments or suggestions may be
inspected by any person, upon written request, a reasonable
time after "the closing date for submitting comments.
The proposed rule changes are intended to clarify the cur-
rent practice before the Board of Interferences and to correct
several inconsistencies.
In { 1.225, It l9 proposed that the 20-day period be changed
to 30 days. It Is also proposed that this rule be amended to
make explicit the practice which has been in effect for a long
' time of treating oppositions to certain types of motions as
entitling a Junior party to a Anal hearing even though he
would otherwise be subject to judgment on the record.
In I 1.231(a) a reference to paragraph (d) Is proposed. It
Is proposed that a new sentence be added 4^ I 1.231(d) which
would defer to the final hearing consideration of motions for
the conversion of inventorship filed during the testimony
taking period.
It is proposed to amend { 1.251(a) to make it consistent
with f 1.2S7(a).
Paragraph (f) of { 1253 Is proposed to be amended to
specify that documentary exhibits should not be included In
the bound volume* of testimony.
It is proposed that a reference to { 1.253(c) be added In the
last sentence of { 1.272(c).
The proposed amendment of | 1.277(a) would not require
consecutive numbering of all questions if paper with num-
bered lines Is used.
The proposed amendment to ri.281 would clearly Indicate
that statenwnts may be either under oath or declaration.
The proposed revocation of paragraph (b) of { 5.3 would
remove an obsolete procedure from the regulations. Under
current practice, applications under secrecy order are not
placed into Interference until after the secrecy order Is re-
moved.
The text of the proposed amendment sections is as follows :
$ 1.225 Failure of junior parti/ to file statements or to over-
come flUng date of nenior party.
If a junior party to an interference fails to file a pre-
liminary statement, or if his statement falls to overcome the
prima facie case made by the filing date of the application of
another party, judgment on the record will be entered against
such junior party unless he has filed a motion under { 1.231,
within the time set for such motions, for some action in the
interference or he has opposed a motion under 11.231(a)
f2), (8). (4), or (5). If such a motion has been timely Hied
but does not result in action In the Interference which will
remove the basis for a judgment on the record, such judg-
ment on the record will he entered unless the motion related
to matters which may he reviewed at final hearing under
I 1.258, and within 30 days of the decision disposing of the
motion the junior party concerned requests that final hear-
ing be set to review such matters. Also, such a Junior party
may within such 30 day period request a final hearing to
review such a matter raised by his opposition to a motion
under | 1.231(a) (2). (3). or (4) which was granted over
his opposition.
{ 1.231 Motions before the primary ewaminer.
(a) • • •
(5) To amend an Involved application by adding or re-
moving the names of one or more inventors as provided in
I 1.45. (See paragraph (d) of this section.)
• • • •
(d) All proper motions as specified in paragraph (a) of
this section, or of a similar character, will be transmitted to
and considered by the primary examiner without oral argu-
ment, except that consideration of a motion to dissolve will
be deferred to final hearing before a Board of Patent Inter-
ferences where the motion urges unpatentability of a count
to one or more parties which would he reviewable at final
hearing under i 1.258(a) and such unpatentability is urged
against a patentee or has been ruled upon by the Board of
Appeals or by a court in ex parte proceedings. Also con-
sideration of a motion to add or remove the names of one or
more Inventors may be deferred to final hearing if such mo-
tion is filed after the times for taking testimony have been
^set. Requests for reconsideration will not he entertained.
$ 1.251. Assignment of times for discovery and taking
testimony.
(a)' A period for preparation for testimony will be set in
which all parties should complete discovery and other prepara-
tory activities, except for service by the senior party rcjuired
by § 1.287(a) (1) which is governed by i 1.287(a) (2) (ill).
• . • •
§ 1.253 Copies of the testimony.
. • . • •
(f ) When the copies of the record are In typewritten form,
they must be clearly legible on opaque unglazed. durable
paper approximately 8'(. by 11 Inches In size (letter size) and
one of the three copies must be a ribbon copy, but need not
he executed by the certifying officer. (The certified transcript
may he a properly executed carbon copy. See $1,277.) The
typing shall be on one side of the paper, in not smaller than
pica type; and double-spaced with a margin of 1'- Inches
on the left-hand side of the page. The sheets shall be bound
at their left edges. In such manner to He fiat when opened,
in a volume or volumes of convenient size (approximately 100
pages per volume is suggested) provided with covers. Docu-
mentary exhibits should not be Included in bound volumes
of testimony. Multigraphed or otherwise reproduced copies
conforming to the standards specified will be accepted.
§ 1.272 Manner of taking testimony of witnesses
. • • •
(c) By agreement of the parties, the testimony of any
witness or witnesses of any party, may be submitted In the
form of an affidavit by such witness or witnesses. The parties
mav stipulate what a particular witness would testify to If
called, or the facts in the case of any party may he stipulated.
When' evidence is submitted In one of these forms, four
copies of such aflldavit or stipulated testimony (| 1.253 (a),
(c). (f)) are required.
$ 1.277 Form of deposition.
(a) The testimony must he written on letter size paper,
with a wide margin on the left-hand side of the page, and
with the writing on one side only of the sheet. The pages
must be serially numbered throughout the entire record for
each party (|i.253(l>)) and the name of the witness must
be plainly and conspicuously written at the top of each page.
The questions propounded to each witness must he consecu-
tively numbered, unless paper with numbered lines Is used,
and each question must be followed by Its answer.
• • • •
! 1.281 Additional time for taking testimony.
If either party has proceeded with the taking of testimony
on his behalf hut is un.able to complete his case because of
inability to procure the testimony of a witness or witnesses
within the time limited and said time has expired, and he
desires additional time for such purpose, he must file a
motion, accompanied by a statement under oath or in the
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
47
form of a declaration setting forth specifically the cause of
such Inability, the name or names of the witness or witnesses,
the fact expected to be proved by such witness or witnesses,
the steps which have been taken to procure such testimony,
and the dates on which efforts have been made to procure
It. (See { 1.245 for extensions of time In other situations.)
I 5.3 [Amended]
In I 5.3, It Is proposed that paragraph (b) be revoked.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
A*pproved : June 16, 1972.
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary
for Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-9990 Filed 6-29-72 ; 8 : 54 am]
[901 0.0. 2]
CORRECTION OF ERRORS
(162) Cehtific.\tes of Correction Listing
Certificates of Correction are Issued every Tuesday. Begin-
ning on January 7, 1969, each issue of the Official Cazettk
win numerically list all U.S. patents having Certificates of
Correction Issuing that Tuesday. The list will appear under
the heading "Certificates of Correction Issued (date)."
Nov. 22, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
.Assistant Commissioner.
[857 O.G. 1005]
(163) TITLi: 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
(Chapter I — Patent Office, Department of Commerce-
part 1 — RILES of practice IN PATENT CASES
Issuance of Certificates of Correction
On October 11, 1968, notice of proposed rulemaking re-
garding the amendment of §i 1.322 and 1.323 of Title 37.
Code of Federal Regulations, dealing with the issuance of
certificates of correction, was published in the Federal Regis-
ter (33 F.R. 15218). Interested persons were given 40 days
In which to submit written comments, suggestions, or objec
tlons regarding the proposed amendments.
Full consideration having been given to all comments that
were received In response to the public notice, the amend-
ments originally proposed are hereby adopted without change
and are set forth below.
As a result of these rule changes It will no longer be neces-
sary for the patentee to forward his patent to the Patent
OflSce when requesting the Issuance of a certificate of correc-
tion. Upon receipt of an appropriate request, a certificate of
correction will be Issued and forwarded to the patentee, with
an authorization permitting the patentee to physically attach
same to the patent.
In connection with this change of procedure, arrangements
have been made with Shepard's Citations to Indicate under
its listing of patents in Its set entitled "Shepard's United
States Citations, Patents and Trademarks" those patents for
vyhlch certificates of correction have been issued. Beginning
in April of this year the Information will be published In that
set's quarterly cumulative supplement and will appear In
the bound volume thereof, when It is released.
Effective date. These amendments shall become effective
upon publication In the Federal Register.
Dated : Mar. 18, 1969.
^ EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
ALLEN V. ASTIN,
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
(164) New Procedure for Handling Certificates
of Correction
In compliance with amended Rules 322 and 323, and to
expedite the Issuance of certificates and reduce printing costs,
practitioners are urged to submit the text of the certificate
on a special form which could serve as the final copy for use
In direct process reproduction (offset printing) of the cer-
tificate of correction. The request for issuance of the certificate
(together with the fee where the error Is due to applicant's
mistake) should be in a separate letter accompanied by two
copies of the form and a self-addressed envelope.
Where the recommended format Is used and approved, one
copy of said form, duly certified, will be returned to the pat
entee for attachment to his copy of the patent. This will
eliminate the present necessity for returning the patent when
requesting a certificate. The other copy ^of the form will be
used for direct offset printing of copies of the certificate
which, as heretofore, will be attached to every printed copy
of the patent subsequently sold or distributed.
Copies of the form are obtainable for reproduction purposes
from Correspondence and Mail Branch and from the recep-
tionist in BIdg. 3, Crystal Plaza, helow is a sample form
Illustrating a variety of corrections and the suggested manner
of setting out the format. Particular attention is directed to :
a. Identification of the exact point of error by reference
to column and line number of the printed patent.
b. Conservation of space on the form by typing slngl«
space, beginning two lines down from the printed
message.
c. Starting the correction to each separate column as a
sentence, and using semi-colons to separate corrections
within said column, where possible.
d. Two Inch space left blank at bottom for signature of
attesting officer.
c. Use of quotation marks to enclose the exact subject
matter to be deleted or corrected ; use of double hy
phens (--) to enclose subject matter^to be added, ex-
cept for formulas.
/. Where a formula Is Involved, setting out only that"
portion thereof which is to be corrected.
Where the recommended format Is not used or where the
nature of the subject matter is such that It Is more expedient
to print by the direct Image offset technique, e.g., entire
sheet(s) of drawing or page(s) of specification omitted, mul-
tiple pages of corrections. Intricate chemical formulas, etc.,
Issue and Gazette Branch will prepare the certificate as here-
tofore. Patentee will receive a copy for attachment to his
copy of the patent.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Apr 1 1969. Assistant Commissioner.
UMTED STATES PATENT OFFICE
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
J.t.nt No.J^liZil!!
^r.i April 1. 1H9
JiMi W. Worth
.nd tiit ..U Utt.r. P.t.nt .r. h.r.by corr.ct.d .. .h<«n b.lov.
tn the drawings. Sheet J, Fig. 3, the reference numeril
225 should be applied to the ilate element attached to the
support member 207. Column 1. lines 45 to 49, the left-hand
formula should appear as follows:
Column t. formula XXXV, that portion of the formula reading
.1
should read
CN
I
-C-
Tormula XXXVII, that portion of the formula reading "-CH2CH-"
should read ,, -CHjCHj. -•. Column 2, line 68 and fol"""'.
lines 3 8 and 13, the claim reference numeral 2 . each
oc"Jr.Ace, shoild read .- 1 --. Column 10 line 16. cancel
lle»fnnini with "12, A sensor device" to and including tive
»??ip»:" In column U, line 8, and insert the following clai.
12, A control circuit of the character
s«t forth In claim 1 and for an automobile having
a convertible top, and including; means for moving
said top between raised and lowered retracted
positron and control means responsive to said
sensor relay for energizing the top moving means
for moving said top from retracted position to
raised position.
[861 O.G. 680]
[862 O.G. 2]
48
(1G5)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ABSTRACTS
Examination Requirements and Procedure in
RELATION TO ABSTRACTS OF THE DISCLOSURE .
The newly adopted amendment to Rule 72 which requires
the submission of an Abstract of the Disclosure is being ap-
plied to patent applications which receive a first Office action
.,£ any kind from the Examiner on or after November 1. 19bG ;
however on cases filed before January 1. 1967. abstracts will
not be required where the application is passed to issue on
the first action.
The Examiner in the first office action on and after .No-
vember 1 1966, should require the submission of a brief ab-
stract of' the technical disclosure In the specification, the
abstract to appear Immediately after the title of the invention
and preceding the disclosure In a separate paragraph under the
heading "Abstract of the Disclosure." The following form
paragraph may be used to make the requirement :
"An abstract is required, see new Rule 72(b)."
Responses to such acrions should be treated under Rule
111(b) practice like any other formal matter.
Upon passing the case to issue, the Examiner should see
that the abstract is an adequate and <clear statement of the
contents of the disclosure and generally in line with the guide-
lines in the followljig paragraphs; the abstract shall be
changed by E.xaminer's Amendment in those instances where
deemed necessary.
1 The purpose of tlie abstract is to provide a nog-legal
technical statement of the contents of the disclosure. The
ab><tract should be an oljjective condensation (rather than
a description) of the disclosure. In clear and concise language.
Statements as to the relative merits or value, or speculative
applications of the Invention shmild be omitted.
2 The abstract should be especially designed to serve as
a searching-scanning tool for the scientist, engineer or re
searcher in the particular art. and therefore should serve
to indicate whether there is a need for cnsulting the full
specilication for details.
3. The abstract should be as brief as the subject permits.-
\ single paragraph of 50-100 words should be sufficient.
4 Especially in tlie chemical field, the abstract should
include a statement of the utility of the subject matter of
the disclosure, particularly that which is related to the in-
vention.
5 The abstract should bo separate and independent of the
"Summary of the Invention." One of the purposes of the
abstract Is to determine quickly the nature and gist of the
technical disclosure.
RICIIARU A. WAHL,
Oct. 7 1966. Assistant Commissioner.
[831 O.G. 1328]
(166) Change in Content of the Patents
SECiyON OF THE OFFICIAL (;aZETTE
In keeping with the Patent Office program to encourage tlie
U.S.' of patents In the scientific, engineering and business com-
munities, as well as the patent profession, a change In th»'
content of the patents section of the Official (Jazette is
being made.
Beginning with the first issue of the Official <;azette in
.Tarjuary 1968, a copy of the abstract of each patent where
an abstract Is available will appear, in lieu of the claim. This
change In content is being made in order tliat patent informa-
tion may be better utilized by the patent public.
In addition to the regular issue of the Official Gazette an
extract of the patents section, i.e.. the descriptive matter re-
lating to patents only, will be made available. The subscription
rate for the patents section extract only for the first six
months period beginning with tlie first Issue In January 196S,
will be twenty-seven dollars ($27.00) and one dollar and
twenty-five cents ($1.25) for a single copy. The extract will be
mailed under the direction of the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., li0402,
to whom all subscriptions should be made payable and all
communications addressed. The title of the extract will be
"Official Gazette — Patent Abstracts Section."
It Is to be noted that tlie Government Printing Office has
determined that the subscription rate for the regular Issue
of the OFFICIAL Gazette will be Increased to sixty-seven dol-
lars ($67.00) for the subscription year beginning •»«""»'>;
196S. and the price of Individual copies will be nc^"";^;! /«
one and a half dollars ($1.50). The Increased rate Is not re-
lated to the new program. ...^ , „T>I.^VVVR
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Sept. 25, 1967. Commissiouer of Patents.
[843 O.G. 747]
(167) Paragraph Requirements FOR Abstracts
In view of some difficulties experienced In determining the
extent of the abstracts, the Patent Office Is supplementing the
Notice of October 7, 1966 (S31 O.G. 132S).
\n ibstract should usually be limited to a single paragraph,
under the heading, "Abstract of the Disclosure" as stated In
Rule 72(b) and MPEP60S.01(h).
In unusual circumstances where the application disclosure
does not lend Itself to a single paragraph abstract, a plurfll
par.igraph abstract may be acceptable. An example of these
rare situations would be an application having claims to
different statutorv classes. It being recognized that an abstract
of the disclosure should he written ^ in.lude the advancement
"T^fivold errors In printing where a plural paragraph ab-
stract is deemed necessary and appropriate, the complete ab-
•.tract mu^t be set off bv suitable headings to Indicate where
the abstract begins and ends. Appropriate headings useable
between the abstract and the subsequent description are to
be found In the "Guidelines for Drafting a Model Patent
Application Under the Revised Rules" ( S32 O.G. 5; MI EI
60S.01(a)). „, .„T
RICHARD A. WAIIE,
Feb 16 196S. Assistant Commissioner.
[854 O.G. 287]
(168)
Patent Abstracts
The provision In Rule 72(b) of the Rules of Practice In
Patent Cases, relating to inclusion of a "brief abstract of the
technical disclosure" in applications for patent, has now been
In effect for two and one-half years.
Instructions regarding abstract preparation were published
at 8?i\ 0.<;. 1328, October 25. 1966, and at about the same
time a pamphlet entitled "Guidelines for the Preparation of
Patent Abstracts" was published and made available to per-
sonnel concerned with the preparation and review of abstracts
of the tvpe noted.
Abstracts are becoming more and more significant in the
field of mechanized and computerized prior art retrieval. It
is therefore important that they reach the optimum quality
level at the earliest possible date.
During the past vear abstracts, in a random sample of
approximatelv 1000 allowed applications, were audited or re-
viewed for purposes of determining degree of compliance with
the aforenoted instructions and guidelines. Steady improve-
ment in the quality of the abstracts was noted In the course
of the review. The review clearly indicated, however, a need
for further Improvement as well as a need for certain modifi-
cations and revisions In the earlier published guidelines. There
also appeared to be a nee.l for reemphasis of portions of the
guidelines.
\ccordinglv, a revised set of guidelines consoiiant with the
needs suggested by the audit have been promulgated, and are
set forth below for use In the preparation and review of
patent abstracts.
GUIDELINES FOR THE PREfARATION OF PATENT ABSTRACTS
nnclfjrouml
The Rules of Practlc^ in Patent Cases require that each
application for patent Include an Abstract of the Disclosure,
'^"The'clmtent of a patent abstract should be such as to en^
ab'e the reader thereof, regardless of his degree of famll arity
"ith patint documents, to ascertain quickly the character of
he sui" ect matter covered by the technical <1 ^'^l-^; »"^
should include that which Is new In the art to which the
Invention pertains. infer-
The abstract is not Intended nor designed for use In Inter
pretmg the scope or meaning of the claims. Uule .2(b).
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
49
Content
A patent abstract Is a concise statement of the technical
disclosure of the patent and should include that which is new
In the art to which the invention pertains.
If the patent is of a basic nature, the entire technical dis-
closure may be new In the art. and the abstract should be
directed to the entire disclosure.
If the patent is in the nature of an Improvement In an Old
apparatus, process, product, or composition, the abstract
should include the technical disclosure of the improvement.
In certain patents, particularly those for compounds and
compositions, wherein the process for making and/or the use
thereof are not obvious, the abstract should set forth a proc-
ess for making and/or a vise thereof.
If the new technical disclosure Involves modifications or
alternatives, the abstract should mention by way of example
the preferred modificatirm or alternative.
The abstract should not refer to purported merits or specu-
lative applications of the Invention' and should not compare
the Invention with the prior Art.
Where applicable, the abstract should Include the follow-
ing: (1) If a machine or apparatus, its organization and oper-
ation; (2) if an article, its method of making; (3) if a
chemical compound, its identity and use; (4) if a mixture,
its ingredients; (5) If a process, the steps. Extensive mechan-
ical and design details of api>aratus should not be given.
With regard particularly to chemical patents, for com-
pounds or compositions, the general nature of the compound
or composition should be given as well as the use thereof,
e.g.. "The compounds arc of the class of alkyl benzene sul-
fonyl ureas, useful as oral anti-diabetics.^' Exemplification of
a species could be illustrative of members of tlie class. For
, processes, the type reaction, reagents and process conditions
should be stated, generally Illustrated by a single example
unless variations are necessary.
Language and Format
The abstract should be In narrative form and generally
limited to a single paragraph within the range of 50 to 250
words. The form and legal phraseology often used In patent
claims, such as "means" and "said," should be avoided. The
abstract sliould sufficiently describe the disclosure to assist
readers In deciding whether there Is a need for consulting the
full patent text for details.
The language should be clear and concise and should not
repeat Information given in the title. It should avoid using
phrases which can be Implied, such as, "This disclosure con-
cerns," "The disclosure defined by this Invention," "This dis-
closure describes," etc.
Responsibility
Preparation of the abstract is the responsibility of the ap-
plicant. Background knowledge of the art and an appreciation
of the applicant's contribution to the art are most important
In the preparation of the abstract. The review of the abstract,
for compliance witli these guidelines, with any necessary edit-
ing and revision on allowance of the application Is the re-
sponsibility of the examiner.
Sample Abstracts
A heart valve with an annular valve body defining an ori-
fice and having a plurality of struts forming a pair of cages
on opposite sides of the orifice. A spherical closure member Is
captlvely held within the cages and Is moved by blood flow-
between open and closed positions In check valve fashion. A
slight leak or backfiow Is provided in the closed position by
making the orifice slightly larger than the closure member.
Blood flow Is maximized in the open position of the valve by
providing an inwardly convex contour on the orifice-defining
surfaces of the body. An annular rib Is formed In a channel
around the periphery of the valve body to anchor a suture ring
used to secure the valve within a heart.
formed Immediately after heating within a period of time for
any one surface point less than the total time of exposure to
heated air of that point. Under such conditions the heat ap-
plied to soften the thermoplastic coating Is dissipated after
completion of the bond by absorption into the board acting
as a heat sink without the need for cooling devices.
Amides are produ
acid with an amine,
metal. The ester Is
pressure of no more
ture and acid gases
then converted to a
reaction.
Apr. 23, 1969.
ced by reacting an ester of a carhoxyllc
using as catalyst an alkoxlde of an alkali
first heated to at least 75* C. under R
than 500 mm. of mercury to remove mols-
which would prevent the reaction, and
n amide without heating to Initiate the
RICHARD A. WAUL.
Assistant Commissioner.
[862 O.G. 653]
(169) DISCONTINUATION OF THE PUBLICATION "PATENT
ABSTRACTS SECTION OF THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE"
Effective Mar. 31, 1970, the Patent Office will no longer
print the publication "Patent Abstracts Section of the Official
Gazette." Reasons for this decision are the desire to incur a
saving in printing costs, the same information now appears
in the Official Gazette, and the number of subscribers no
longer warrants a separate publication.
The Superintendent of Do.cuments, U.S. Government Print-
ing Office, will contact subscribers to the "Patent Abstracts"
for appropriate action regarding their subscriptions.
CLARENCE A. KALK,
Acting Assistant Commissioner for Admini.'<tration.
Feb. 9, 1970.
[872 O.G. 1]
(170)
Claims Versus Abstracts for Publication
IN the Patent Official Gazette
Abstracts have.been required for all patent applications
filed since January 1, 1967. Subsequent to the requlrenent
for abstracts, the Office began substituting abstracts for patent
claims In the Official Gazette. At the present time, ab-
stracts ars used exclusively In the Official Gazette to de-
scribe the inventions for which patents issue each week.
Over the last several months, the Office has become increas-
ingly aware of the disparity of views which exist regarding
the merits of the publication of claims or abstracts In the
Official Gazette. The utilization of abstracts In the Official
Gazette was initially base on a desire to make that publica-
tion more useful to the non-patent community. However, it
now appears that a significant portion of the patent commu-
nity, especially In the chemical area, would prefer the imbll-
cation of claims in the Official Gazette as more useful than
the publication of abstracts.
To assist the Office in resolving this issue, it is requeste<l
that Interested parties submit their comments in writing prior
to January 1. 1973. Such comments should be addressed to
the Commissioner of Patents, Washington, D.C., 20231.
ROBERT GOTTSCIIALK,
May 22. 1972. Commissioner of Patents.
[899 O.G. S20]
(171)
REFERENCES
Citation of Publications and Foreign
Patents
A method for sealing, by application of heat, overlapping
closure panels of a folding box made from paperboard hav-
ing an extremely thin coating of moisture-proofing thermo-
plastic material on opposite surfaces. Heated air Is directed
at the surfaces to be bonded, the temperature of the air at
the point of Impact on the surfaces being above the char
point of the board. The duration of application of heat Is made
so brief, by a corresponding high rate of advance of the boxes
through the air stream, that the coating on the reverse side
of the panels remains substantially non-tacky. The bond Is
Foreign Patents
In accordance with Rule 107. for each foreign patent cited,
there should be Indicated the number of sheets of drawing
and pages of specification and also the sheet number (s) and
page number(s) specifically relied upon if less than the entire
disclosure Is used. Because it is essential to conserve space
In the Examiner's file of applications and to minimize the cost
to applicant under the automatic supply of references cited,
whenever the total number of sheets and pages in any foreign
patent exceeds ten, the Examiner should keep the total relied
on as near to ten as possible. Applicants who desire a copy
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
50
of the complete foreign patent or of the portion not "relied
on" must order It. not through the automatic supply system,
but In the usual manner.
Publications
Publications such as German allowed applications and
Ne^heTnds printed specifications should ^e simi'ar >- ha-.^^^^^
With other publications such as ^ooks. Periodical and cata
loKues the speciflt pages relied upon should be cited If tne
copy ;elled upon is located only in the Group "taking the
action (there is no call number), the additional information.
"Copy in Group — " should be given.
January 2, 1973
Jan. 4, 1965.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Superintendent,
Patent Examining Corps.
[811 O.G. 293]
(172) AtJTOMATIC FCRNISHISG FREE COPIES OF
Cited References
Commencing November 1, 1965. one '^"'"P^^Jf f * °/ "^"'
ences cited by Examiners in Office Actions will be automat -
cally supplied without charge simultaneously with the mail-
ing of the actions. ^ ^ ,„
\dditlonal copies of references desired must be properly
Identified and purchased from the regular Patent Office copy
supply facilities. ,. ^ , t r-i*nri
This supersedes the notice. "Providing Copies of Cited
References to Applicants" which was published In 809 O.G.
317 on December 8. 1964. ,, . t tt
C. A. KALK.
Oct 1 1965. '. Director of Administration.
[819 O.G. 1335]
ra) Limits the number of references cited to not more
necessary, and submits one copy of each of the refer-
^"rbV submits a detailed discussion of t^e references
matter is distinguisTiable over the references.
References cited by applicants or ^"orneys under the
..special" examining procedure announced on Ma-hf. ^196^5.
riS oT re":: ce" c'e^d rthe^pLrnted^.e and P^-ed Patent.
Prior art cited by applicants ^"Vr'TfiVo g" 7^3 802 >l
tlce set forth in the notices published m 797 O.G. 733 80^
O G 601 ; 804 O.G. 1 and 805 O.G. 294 will no longer be listed
in the printed patent. ^^^^.^^^^ j. BRENNER.
,„ ,o«- Commissioner of Patents.
Apr. 13. 19d7.
[837 O.G. 1032]
(173)
Citation of References at Time of
Allowance
Commencing March 15. 1966. references cited by examiners
when passing an application to issue will no longer be sup-
plied under the automatic plan. Copies of these references.
If desired, must be purchased from the regular Patent Office
copy supply facilities.
Except as above indicated references cited by examiners in
Office actions will continue to be automatically supplied with-
out charge simultaneously with the mailing of the actions.
This modifies the notice. "Automatic Furnishing Free
Copies of Cited References," which was published in 820 O.G.
1 on November 2. 1965.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Feb 24, 1966. Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
[824 O.G. 805]
(176) REFERENCE CITATIONS IN CONTIXIIATION
Arri.KATioNs
Fffectlve December 1. 1967. the Office will discontinue the
prac^c of furnishing, automatically and without charge
oples of references cited in continuation "«;«'»<";;»"- ^' ^'->
had been previously cited in the parent application.
?n the rare instance where no art is cited in a continuation ..
„„nlication all the references cited during the FO/*'^"^ «" «'
X parent application will be listed at allowance for printing
'"ithercttlnulng applications. Including -ntl.uat.on-.n^
part and divisional applications, are not affected bj this
^^^'""^^ RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
Nov. 1, 1967.
[846 O.G.. 10221
(JY7) PATENT Classification
As a service to the public, effective with the Issue of Decem-
ber 10. 1968. all patents will contain a^he end of t e s^ec-
iication^ after the ^^List of ^^^:::-^^^^,:; i^;::"::^:^
and subc asses in the L.b. ciassincaxiun .,
the patent was cross-referenced at the time of Issue. This list-
ing will be headed "I'.S. Ci.— X.R." nntents
Beginning with the Issue of January 7. 1969. all patents
win also include International Patent Classifications ,n the
lieadlng and Identified as " Int. CI."
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
Nov. 29, 196S.
[858 0.0. 1029)
(174) Orders for References Cited in Shortened
St.\tutort Period Actions
Effective immediately, the Patent Office will no longer
supply copies of references cited on a "Special Handling"
basis without the usual additional charge. This service was
announced in the Official Gazette on June 2, 1064.
The Patent Office has. since November 1. 1965. been fur-
nishing one complete set of references cited by Examiners
in Office Actions automatically, without charge, simultane-
ously with the mailing of the actions.
[825 O.G. 811 (Apr. 19, 1966))
(175)
Policy Re : Vollntary Citation of Prior
Art by Applicants
,178) MACHINE Search Service
The Mechanized Search Service presently used by the Patent
Office in making examiner searches in the field of Data Process^
ing is Offered for public u.e under the conditions and procedures
^^^^C^Sr available as a punched card «fe^an^r.tlal
fp^ of S40 00 each The instruction manual Search Sjsttm
'Z:'J*oZl Fleia Of D..a -— '«'->'^;^^,^,''J.,t ?,
DP" Is Included as part of the "package. A rene«al Ke oi
(Loo P°r ,e.r entitle, tl.e .ubscrlber (o receive a „t „<
'"Tti:°«le":S"pre,e„,..v e,l.„ for n,ecl.a„l.ed search,.,
consists of :
Field
Class Subclass File content '
Effective Immediately, the following policy is being adopted
in the hope of encouraging more frequent and meaningful ^ata processing
citation of prior art by applicants and their attorneys on a
voluntary basis.
Prior art cited by applicants or their attorneys within
thirty days of the filing of a patent application, or prior to
the first Office action, whichever Is later, will be fully con-
sidered by the Examiner, will be part of the official record.
I
236
340
157 2.965 U.S. Patents.
172. 5 622 Literature articles.
7^^;i;;^;^^;^^r^;^^:^^^^t 6ocu^eni. m the aies as of June
^^- ^''^^ ". »!„„ nf thU file Is described In the
Ti,e scope and organization of this flle is a
publication "Search System Manual for the Field
Processing-ICIREPAT System DP.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
51
A .substantial portion of this publication is devoted to the
technique of preparing the code sheet which is the means pro-
vided for expressing the search query for ihachine handling.
Effective use of the mechanized search system and tlie achieve-
ment of competent results are dependent upon understanding
and care in applying the coding information offered in this
publication.
The Patent Office will accept requests for machine searches
submitted on code sheets prepared in accordance with instruc-
tions contained In the aforedescribed publication. Requests
received in any other form will not be accepted, as the Patent
Office will not assume the responsibility for the formulation
of a search query or the representation of a query in coded
form. The Patent Office will, however, provide assistance to
persons seeking aid in resolving specific questions which may
arise in completing the code sheet prior to submitting tlie
search request. The code sheet serves as the query form for
searches on this system.
One or more Examiners Imve been designated to provide such
assistance. A request for a conference on mechanized search
questions in the field of Data Processing may be directed to
the Supervisory Primary Examiner of Group Art Unit 237.
A search constitutes all of the machine and related opera-
tions required to retrieve from a data file, information con-
tained therein which fulfills the search instructions repre-
sented on a code sheet. When several code sheets are required
to cover the full search need, each code sheet will constitute
a search. A search will be considered to be complete and proper
even under circumstances in which proper operation of the
.system produces output representing documents which, while
fulfilling the coded requirements, are determined by the user
to lack pertinence or relevance in any or a sufficient degree ;
or. conversely, fails to produce an output.
The cost per search, which includes a list of the document
references retrieved, is $5.00. Copies of all U.S. patent and
non patent literature references will be supplied, if requested
as part of the search service, for additional cost at established
rates, chargeable to a deposit account maintained by the
.search purchaser with the Patent Office.
Code sheets for the machine search file may be obtained
from the Patent Office. A<idress request to the Patent Office,
Office of Search Systems and Documentation, Washington.
DC. 20231.
After any neces.sary consultation with the Examiner In
I)reparing the search query, address search requests together
with the completed code sheet and fee to the Commissioner
of Patents. Washington, D.C.. 20231. Attention should be di-
rected to the Office of Search Systems and Documentation,
Office of the Adminstrator.
['891 O.G. 886 (Oct. 19. 1971)]
(179) Concordance: United States Patent Classifica-
tion to Interna,tional Patent Classification
A revised and updated edition of the "Concordance : United
States Patent Classification to International Patent Classifi-
cation" has been published and is available from the Super-
intendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
for $1.50. This second edition is a revision ef the edition of
April 1969, and contains about 3,000 changes, corrections and
additions suggested by users of the book. It includes all new
U.S. classes published up to and Including November 1971.
Apr. 12, 1972.
W. W. BURNS. Jr.,
Administrator, Office of
Search Systems and Documentation.
[S98 O.G. 368]
(ISO)
Machine Search Service
The mechanized retrieval system formerly used by the
Patent Office in making examiner searches in the field of
steroids has been replaced by the ICIREPAT Shared System
for this field (System ST). This new .system is based upon
the original U.S. Patent Office system, with certain additions
and modifications. Following are the changes that have been
or are being effected :
1. Two .sub-systems have been created, one for steroid
structures and the other for processes which produce
steroid structures.
2. Patents relating to seco, nor, homo- and hetero steroids
are within the scope of the new ICIREPAT system and
are being added to the system.
3. The new system does not at this time include U.S. pat-
ents Issued prior to 1965. It Is anticipated that U.S.
patents from 1961-1964 will be added. To date, no plans
have been made for the Indexing of non-patent literature.
4. Foreign patents relating to structures and processes
within the scope of the sub-systems are being Indexed by
cooperating foreign patent offices.
5. The ICIREPAT structure sub-system Includes substan-
tially the same capabilities for searching compounds as
the old system ; the card format, however, has been
modified.
6. Both the manual and the code sheet have been revised
to reflect these additions and modifications as well as
a number of other minor changes. The manual Is still
under revision ; however, draft copies are available to
users of the system.
The ICIREPAT System ST Is offered for public use under
the conditions and procedures prescribed herein.
This system Is available as a punched card file for an initial
fee of $40.00. The Instruction manual Is still under revision ;
however, as noted above, draft copies are provided with the
card file. A renewal fee of $35.00 per year entitles the sub-
scriber to receive cards for newly Issuing patents as well as
for older documents (I.e., those indicated In Items 2, 3 and
4 above) as these cards become available. •
This flle which presently exists for mechanized searching
consists of:
Field
Class Subclass File content '
Steroid.
,«„ f 239.5+ 1,937 U.S. Patents.
-^ I 397+ 1,111 Foreign Patents.
' Approximate number of documents in the files as of October 1, 1972.
A substantial portion of the Instruction manual is devoted
to the technique of preparing the code sheet which Is the
means provided for expressing the search query for machine
handling. Effective use of the mechanized search system and
the achievement of competent results are dependent upon
understanding and care in applying the coding Information
offered In this publication.
The Patent Office will accept requests for machine searches
submitted on code sheets prepared In accordance with Instruc-
tions contained In the aforedescribed manual. Requests re-
ceived in any other form will not be accepted, as the Patent
Office will not assume the responsibility for the formulation
of a search query or the representation of a query In coded
form. The Patent Office will, however, provide assistance to
persons seeking aid in resolving specific questions which may
arise In completing the code sheet prior to submitting the
search request. The code sheet serves as the query form for
searches on this system.
One or more Examiners have been designated to provide
such assistance. A request for a conference on mechanized
search questions In the field of steroids may be directed to
the Supervisory Primary Examiner of Group Art Unit 124.
A search constitutes all of the machine and related opera-
tions required to retrieve from a data file, information con-
tained therein which fulfills the search instructions repre-
sented on a code sheet. When several code sheets are required
to cover the full search need, each code sheet will constitute
a search. A search will be considered to be complete and proper
even under circumstances In which proper operation of the
system produces output representing documents which, while
fulfilling the coded requirements, are determined by the user
to lack pertinence or relevance in any or a sufficient degree;
or, conversely, falls to produce an output.
The cost per search, which Includes a list of the document
references retrieved. Is $5.00. Copies of all U.S. and foreign
patent references will be supplied, if requested as part of the
search service, for additional cost at established rates, charge-
able to a deposit account maintained by the search purchaser
with the Patent Office.
Code sheets for the machine search file may be obtained
from the Patent Office. Address requests to the Patent Office.
Office of Patent Classification. Washington. D.C. 20231.
Requests for searches In the original Steroid system will
still be accepted, since the revised ICIREPAT system at pres-
ent Includes among the U.S. patents only those which Issued
1
s&
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
dating for which terminated with the Issues of January 1972. Notice of Mar. ^b. i.».u, »,
Is as follows :
5940 U.S. patents
111 Foreign patents
4179 Nonpatent literature Items
The Instruction manual Is entitled "Revised Steroid Search
System Coding Manual," R&D Report No. 19, Copies of this
manual and code sheets may also be obtained from the Office
of Patent Classification, and searches may be submitted ac-
cording to the same procedures and guidelines set forth above
for the new ICIREPAT Steroid system.
EDWIN R. MACKERT.
Acting Administrator,
Office of Patent Classification.
[905 O.G. 70]
effect.
Mar. 27, 1970.
POSTAL SERVICE EMERGENCY
(181)
EMERGENCY SlTU.\TION IN THE
U.S.. Postal Sbrvicb
In view of the present emergency situation In U.S. postal
service, the U.S. Patent Office is taking the following actions.
In regard to pending applications, the time for taKlng any
action or paying any fee expiring during the period beginning
March 16 and ending April 15, 1970, both dates inclusive. Is
hereby extended for ONE MONTH. However, no extension
shall exceed a maximum period for response provided for In
the Statutes.
U.S. Department of Commerce Field Offices have been des-
ignated, on an emergency basis, as receiving stations for the
U.S. Patent Office. All papers should be enclosed in a sealed
envelope and deposited In a Field Office. Such papers will be
considered as received In the U.S. Patent Office on the day of
deposit. The Field Office will date stamp each envelope so
deposited, and applicants or their representatives should as-
sure the legibility of the date stamp. Field Offices will place
a corresponding date stamp on receipt cards provided by the
depositor, which must completely Identify the papers de-
posited.
Field Office deposits should, if possible, be limited to such
papers wherein the Patent Statutes do not provide a remedy
for failure to obtain a particular date. Examples of these
types of papers are : checks in payment of issue fees, new
application papers wherein priority dates or statutory bars
may be involved, amendments where the six month statutory
period for response is about to expire, etc.
The Field Office in New York designated to receive papers
for the U.S. Patent Office Is located at :
41st Floor. Federal Office Bldg.
26 Federal Plaza, Foley Square
New York, N.Y.
The designated Field Office In Hartford, Connnectlcut Is
located at :
Room 610-B. Federal Office Bldg.
450 Main St.
Hartford. Conn.
The addresses of Field Offices in other cities are listed In
local directories and are available upon Inquiry to the Com-
missioner of Patents.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Mar. 19, 1970. Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[872 O.G. 1383]
WIEI-IAM E, S( IllYEER. JR.
Commis.-<ioncr of Patents.
[873 0.(J. 3191
(183) File History of Arri.u .xtions Akkected
in I'OST.M. ExtKK(;EN< V
As a result of the postal emergem-y. tlie time for taking
any action or paying any fee In the U.S. Patent Office expir-
ing between the dates of March 16, 1970 and April 15. 1970,
both dates inclusive, was automatically extende.l for one
month, provided It did not exceed a maximum period for re
sponse provided In the Statutes. (See (),G. of March 24. 1970
or March 31, 1970, 872 O.G. 1383 and April 7. 1970. HT.i O.G.
TM 2.)
Since this extension of time was automatic there will be
nothing In the individual files to Indicate that a paper filed
during that period was. In fact, timely though it was received
later than its apparent due date.
In order to provide a comi)lrte history In the afTe-te.l fll.-s
and to dispel any question as to abandonment In the record
of a patented file, applicants or their ntt-.rneys are requested
to file a paper explaining these circunistancs. A separate
paper should be filed in .-ach case so affected (identified by
Serial No., filing date, title and applicant's name) and may
be merelv a copy of the notice which authorized the one
month extension or should speclfl.-ally refer to and identify
that notice,
KKMIAUI) A. WAHE.
Apr. 27. 1970. Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
[874 O.G. fiSS]
(184) U.S. DEr.XRTMKNT OF CoMMERrE FIELD OFFICES TO
Sekve as Ue( eivim; Stations Only i.s Declared
Emerc.encies
During the recent postal emergency. Field Offices of the
U.S. Department of Commerce were designated as receiving
stations for the U.S. Patent Office (according to the Notices
of March 19, 1970, S72 O.G. i:?s:i and March 26, 1970, 873
O.G. TM 2). In view of the subsequent resumption of normal j
postal operations, that emergency arrangement was discon-
tinued In accordance with the notice of March 27. 1970. 873
O.G. 319. After April 15, 1970, the normal practice with re-
spect to the filing of all letters and other papers relating to
patent and trademark matters In the U.S. Patent Office was
resumed.
The Patent Office has received suggestions proposing that
the Field Offices continue to serve as receiving stations for
the U.S. Patent Office. These suggestions have received care-
ful and svmpathetlc consideration. However, it has been con-
cluded that anv activities of the Field Offices In this connec-
tion must be restricted. In the future, to any emergency
officially announced by the Patent Office as requiring such
action.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Apr. 27, 1970. Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[874 O.G. 6.S81
(185)
(182) Patent Office — Postal Service
In view of the return to normal operations of the United
States postal service, the Notice of Mar. 19, 1970 (published
In the Official Gazette of Mar. 24, 1970, vol. 872, No. 4) is
hereby revised.
After Apr. 15, 1970, the U.S. Department of Commerce Field
Offices will no longer be designated as receiving stations for
the U.S. Patent Office. Accordingly, after the abovenoted date,
all letters or other papers relating to patent and trademark
cases win be considered as .-ecelved In the U.S. Patent Office
only if they are filed In accordance with Rule 6 of the Rules
of Practice in Patent Cases as amended Nov. 26, 1969.
Patents and Trademarks
Relief in Cases Affected hfj the Po.«tal Emergency
of March t'.no
On June 30, 1971, President Nixon signed Into law Public
Law 92-34. , ^ «. , „„
Public Law 92-34 requires claims for the benefit of an
earlier filing date (Section 1.) and requests for such other
relief as may be appropriate (Sec. 2.) to be filed in the Patent
Office within 6 months after enactment, that Is by December
30 1971 Failure to file a statement within the noted period
will result In loss of right to take advantage of the benefits
of the law. Further explanation or evidence may be required
at a subsequent time. Public Law 92-34 provides relief only
for situations caused by the postal emergency which began
JANUARY 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
53
on March 18, 1970, and ended on or about March 30, 1970,
and for which there Is no remedy under existing law.
The following explanation Is designed to serve as a guide
for persons desiring relief under the law.
The verified statement required to be filed under sections
1 and 2 of the law may be by any of the following :
(a) Appllcant(s) for patent or trademark registration;
(b) Patentee(s) or trademark registrant;
(c) Owner(s) of record.
In cases involving plural Inventors, statements made under
(a) or (b) must be signed by all Inventors.
The verified statement must specify the particular earlier
date of receipt In the Patent Office to which the applicant,
patentee or trademark registrant, or owner of record believes
his application, fee or other paper would be entitled except
for the delay caused by the postal emergency of March, 1970.
The statement must be verified, that Is, In the form of an oath
or declaration. (37 CFR 1.68 (Patent Rule 68) and 2.20
(Trademark Rule 2.20).)
Evidence will not normally be required or considered by the
Patent Office regarding a claimed filing date of March 18,
1970, or later. In applications actually filed before June 1,
1970. Claims for earlier filing dates In cases actually filed after
June 1, 1970. or claiming a date prior to March 18, 1970, will
be considered prima facie unreasonable unless an acceptable
explanation of the basis for the claim Is filed In the Patent
Office with the claim or within 1 month or such longer time as
may be prescribed by the Commissioner. Any claim not ac-
cepted by the Patent Office because it Is obviously defective
on Its face or unreasonable may be subjected to further review
by petition to the Commissioner.
The statement should adequately Identify the Involved
application, patent, or trademark registration by Including the
name of the applicant, patentee or registrant, title of the
invention or an identification of the mark, serial number, filing
date, group art unit number and any other Identifying data
such as status of the case (e.g., awaiting first action, amend-
ment, brief, etc.). Acceptable statements will be acknowledged,
made of record and retained In the Patent Office files.
When practical, earlier filing dates accorded under this law.
as well as the originally granted filing dates, will be Identified
on ensuing patents and trademark registrations. These dates
will also be included In the Official Gazette In connection
with patents, trademark registrations and trademarks pub-
lished for opposition. In other cases, such as applications In
Issue prior to filing of a claim, the patent or trademark regis-
tration number and claimsd filing dates will be published in
the Official Gazette after December 30, 1971.
Patents Issued with earlier filing dates afforded by this law
win not be effective as prior art as of such earlier filing dates
under subsection 102(e) of title 35 of the United States Code.
In a pending patent application In which a claim for an ear-
lier filing date has been acknowledged under this law. appli-
cants need not file a Rule 131 affidavit to overcome a reference
having an effective filing date between the 'earlier " and the ac-
tual filing date of the application. Intervening references of this
type will be cited but not applied by the examiner. Although
a statement claiming an earlier date is accepted by the Patent
Office, the claimed earlier date may be called into question in
subsequent inter partes proceeding in the Patent Office or
in the courts. In these proceedings, the applicant or owner
may be required to present further evidence establishing the
filing date to which the application Is entitled. In such cases
a definite determination shall be made as to whether the ap-
plicant is entitled to the earlier date under the law.
In cases where a patent application or an application for
registration or late renewal of a trademark Is determined to
have become abandoned for failure to meet a statutory time
limit because of the postal emergency, the application will
automatically be restored to pending status by the acceptance
of the request, and prosecution or other processing of the
application will be resumed. Similarly, if a trademark regis-
tration is determined to have been cancelled for failure to
meet the statuory time limit within which to file the affidavit
required under section 8 of the Trademark Act (15 U.S.C.
1058a) because of the said emergency, the order for cancel-
lation will be rescinded.
As explained In the notice of January 26, 1971 (882 O.G.
1342), applicants who may be entitled to earlier filing dates
should note that a change in their U.S. filing date might. In
turn, alter the date of expiration of the 6- and 12-moDth
periods for filing applications abroad under provisions of the
Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, Jr.,
Commitaioner of Patentt.
Dated : July 14, 1971.
James H. Wakelin, Jr., '^
Assistant Secretary for Science
and Technology.
[FR Doc. 71-10469 ; Filed 7-22-71 ; 8 : 52 a.m.]
J6 F.R. lS69k; July iS. 1971
(186)
[889 O.G. 1064]
MISCELLANEOUS
Joi.NT United States Republic of the
Philippines Program
I am pleased to announce the availability of an exchange
program on examination results between the United States'
and the Republic of the Philippines. The program Involves
patent applications filed In the United States which are sub-
sequently followed by corresponding applications filed In the
Republic of the Philippines and patent applications filed in
the Philippines subsequently followed by corresponding appli-
cations filed in the United States.
The program would operate as follows :
The applicant would file his application In the U.S. Patent
Office which would process the application in the normal man-
ner and examine the application In the usual time sequence.
If the applicant should later file a corresponding appli-
cation In the Philippines Patent Office, he may elect to use
the special filing procedure. Under this special filing pro-
cedure, applicant files his application In the Philippines ac-
companied by a notice of election to participate in the special
procedure; which notice of election contains a certification
that the description (excluding references to related appli-
cations), claims and drawings are Identical to those of the
corresponding application originally filed In the United States.
The earlier filed application must be fully Identified : and. In
applications without a claim of priority, a certified copy of
the earlier filed U.S. application must be submitted to the
Philippines Patent Office. In addition, applicant must also
agree that all amendments to his U.S. application will also
be made with respect to his application filed in the Philippines.
In the U.S. Patent Office, applicant will regularly file two
copies of each amendment, one copy must be marked "Copy
for Philippines Patent Office." Upon termination of prosecu-
tion the U.S. Patent Office shall remove all copies so marked
from the U.S. file and promptly forward the same to the
Philippines Patent Office.
Election forms for participation in this special program
must be signed in duplicate and simultaneously accompany
the application to be filed in the Philippines.
Upon receipt of properly filed notice of election, the Philip-
pines Patent Office would notify the U.S. Patent Office of the
election bv forwarding one copy of the election forms to the
U.S. Patent Office. The Philippines Office would defer action
on the Philippines application pending receipt of information
as to the disposition of the application by the U.S. Patent
Office. If no such information is received by the Philippines
Office within a reasonable amount of time from the date of
filing In the Philippines, the Philippines Office may, either on
its own initiative, or applicant's request, inquire as to the
status of the U.S. application and. if desired, proceed with its
own Independent examination.
Upon disposal of the application by the U.S. Patent Office,
appropriate information will be sent to the Philippines Patent
Office which will include all necessary identifying data,
whether allowed or abandoned, notice of allowance, copies of
documents cited during examination, a copy of the last office
action and. when necessary, any earlier actions which may
be included bv reference in the last action. The Philippines
Office would then make their own complete office action based
upon the claims as amended with the U.S. Patent Office, per-
forming whatever checks desired and search for copending
interfering applications. Alternatively, the Philippines may
request applicant to show cause why the results of the US
examination should not be accepted In the Philippines. All
avenues of appeal would remain open to the applicant.
54
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
Where copending applications are cited and applied during ceedlngs In his favor would render the express abandonment
ineffective "but would not result in the issuance of an en
forceable patent. Instead, a normal Notice of Allowance would
be Issued except that the applicant would be notififd that when
examination in the U.S. Patent Office, full examination would
not be forwarded to the Philippines Patent Office, and the
fact that a U.S. copending application was cited would be
noted as a matter of information, since such references would
be inapplicable in the Philippines.
Where the application originates in the Philippines Patent
Office and is subsequently filed in the U.S. Patent Office, a
similar procedure as outlined above consonant with U.S. Law
will be followed.
It is believed that this program will facilitate the handling
of U.S. origin applications filed in the Republic of the Philip-
pines resulting in a savings in time and expense of prosecu-
tion to U.S. applicants.
Election forms for participation in this special program are
now available from The Foreign Exchange Section. Office of
Patent Services.
GERALD D. O'BRIEN.
Assistant Commissioner.
[847 O.G. 331 (Feb. 13, 1968)]
(187)
TITLE 37 — PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
Chapter 1 — P.\tent Office, Department of Commerce
part 1 rules of practice in patent casks
part a forms for patent cases
Amendment of Rules re yew Defensive Publication
Program; Additional Form
Section 1.11, 1.14, 1.101, 1.103 and 1.108 of Title 37 CFR
(Patent Rules 11, 14, 101, 103 and 108) are amended or
revised and a new { 1.139 (Patent Rule 139) is added to take
effect May 1, 19G8, for the purpose of instituting a new de-
fensive publication program. A new section 3.50 is added for
the purpose of implementing the new program.
The general substance of the proposed revisions and addi-
tions was published in the Federal Register of February 20,
1968 (38 F.R. 3189). A hearing was held on March 27, 1968,
and all persons, who desired to, were invited to attend and
to submit their views, objections, recommendations or sug-
gestions. Both oral and written comments were carefully con-
sidered. The sections are being revised substantially as pub-
lished with a few additional changes.
This program is Intended to provide better service to the
public by making available the technical disclosure of certain
applications in which the owner may prefer to publish an
abstract in lieu of obtaining an examination by the Patent
Office. The defensive publication would be in the form of an
abstract of the technical disclosure, printed In the Official
Gazette and made a part of the Patent Office search files.
This program will be open to any applicant having an ap-
plication awaiting action by the Patent Office and who files a
written request no later than eight (8) months after the
earliest U.S. effective filing date of the designated application
and agrees to the conditions of the program, including waiv-
ing his patent rights based on the designated application,
opening the complete application to Inspection by the general
public upon publication of the abstract, expressly abandoning
his application, the abandonment to take effect five (5) years
after the earliest U.S. effective filing date of the application
unless within that period interference proceedings have been
Initiated, and waiving his rights to a patent on a continuing
application filed after the expiration of thirty (30) months
from the earliest U.S. effective filing date of the designated ap-
plication. Until November 1, 1968, this program icill be open
to any pending application awaiting first action by the Patent
Office at the time of the request without regard to the filing
date of that application.
In accordance with existing rules and procedures inter-
ferences may be declared with applications and patents. Dur-
ing the period beginning with the suggestion of claims by
the Patent Office or the filing of claims by the applicant
copied from a patent and ending with the termination of
proceedings if an interference is declared or the mailing of a
decision refusing to declare the interference, abandonment by
reason of the expiration of the five year period will be stayed.
Since the applicant has waived his patent rights and agreed
to a defensive publication, termination of interference pro-
the issue fee is remitted a disclaimer of the entire term of
the patent to be granted in accordance with the second para
graph of 35 U.S.C. 253 should be included.
No special fees will be required for entrance into this pro
gram. The applicant will be permitted to Include with his
request a replacement or expanded abstract of the technical
disclosure of up to two hundred (200) words. Acceptance of
a request to enter this program will bo contingent upon screen
Ing by the Patent Office to exclude such material that may be
considered advertising, frivolous, scandalous, against pul)lic
policy, subject to national security controls, etc. Acceptance
of a designated application in this program is not Intended to
preclude the examination of any continuing application filed
under 35 U.S.C. 120 within thirty (30) months after the
earliest effective U.S. filing date of the designated application.
Upon receipt and approval of the request the application
abstract will be published in the Official CJazette. Publi-
cation of the abstract in the Official Gazette would be in
a separate section identifying the application as l)eing open
for Inspection by the general public and indicating that it is
subject to the New Defensive Publication Program.
Following publication the application would he filed in
the Record Section of the Patent Reference Branch where it
will be available for inspection upon written request. Copies
of the application will be furnished by the Patent Office upon
request and payment of fee. The application abstract and
suitable drawing copies would then be made a part of the
official search files.
After the defensive publication has appeared in tlie Official
Gazette the abstract and suitable drawing copies will he
available as prior art from the date of publication under
35 U.S.C. 102(a) or 102(b) as a printed publication. Also,
at this time the application will lie available ;is prior art under
35 U.S.C. 102(a) as evidence of prior knowledge from the
actual date of filing the application in the Vatent Office.
EDWARD J. BREN"NER,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : Apr. 9. .1908.
JOHN F. KINCAID,
Assigtant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
Published in 33 F.R. 5625; .Ipr. 11, 1968
[849 O.G. 1221]
(188) Stidy of Computer Program Protection
Request for Comments
The President's Commission on the Patent System, estab-
lished by Executive Order No. 11215 on April 8, 1905, sub-
mitted Its final report to the President on November 17. 1900.
Included among the recommendations of the Commission Is
the following regarding computer programs :
A series of Instructions which control or condition the
operation of a data processing machine, generally re
ferred to as "program," shall not be considered patent-
able regardless of whether the program Is claimed as:
(o) an article, (5) a process described In terms of the
operations performed by a machine pursuant to a pro
gram, or (c) one or more machine configurations estab-
lished by a program.
The Patent Reform Act of 1967. S. 1042 and II.R. 5924
included the Commission's recommendation and excluded
computer programs from patentable subject matter. After
r review of the comments submitted, the Department of
Commerce withdrew Its support of this Provision of he
Patent Reform Act for further study and evaluation of the
subject. ,_„
Because of the significance of the computer programing
industry to the economy and the interest evidenced hy he
public and private sectors in commenting on this Provision
of the r.itent Reform Act. the Patent Office has initiated a
comprehensive study of the need for the protection of com-
puter programs. The study is intended to <^"^«";^P"-^ "" ""
pects of the question. Including that as to whether there is.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
55
or is not, a need for some kind of protection for programs.
The study will Investigate which of various types of protec-
tion would best satisfy any need for protection, including
systems based either on originality or novelty. Problems re-
lating to the question of the protection of computer programs
wUl be considered ; for example, the nature of the disclosure
and other requirements relating to applications for protection,
the merits of examination and registration systems, the dura-
tion of protection, and the administration and enforcement
of the various plans of protection.
The views of interested persons are solicited on the various
aspects of the Patent Office study, the recommendation of
the President's Commission and any related matters. These
views should be submitted In writing to the Commissioner
of Patents. Washington, D.C. 20231 by December 15. 1968.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Sept. 16. 1968. Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
John F. Kincaid,
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
[855 O.G. 555]
the Notice of Allowance to be mailed that further processing
of this application will be "special."
In cases falling In category No. 6. the request must be
filed after the Notice of Allowance has been received and
no later than the date the issue fee Is paid. The request must
be directed to the Head of the Issue and Gazette Branch.
(189)
Defensive Public.\tion Program
The open season of the New Defensive Publication Pro-
gram, originally announced In the Official Gazette of May
7. 1968 (850 O.G. 1) as terminating November 1, 1968, is
hereby extended. Accordingly, until January 1, 1969, this
program will be open for any pending application awaiting
first action by the Patent Office at the time of the request
without regard to the filing date of that application.
As originally announced this program will continue to be
open until further notice to any applicant having an applica-
tion awaiting action by the Patent Office and who files a
written request no later than eight (8) months after the
earliest U.S. effective filing date of the designated application.
Oct. 1, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[855 O.G. 1109]
Nov. 29, 1968.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Assistant Commissioner.
[857 O.G. 1327]
(191)
Defensive Publication Program
The notice of October 1, 1968 (855 O.G. 1109) which ex-
tended the open season of the New Defensive Publication
Program until January 1, 1969, is lierby modified to further
extend the open season indefinitely. Accordingly, until further
notice any patent application which has not been given a first
action may be entered In the Defensive Publication Program.
Dec. 20, 1968
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Assistant Commissioner.
[858 O.G. 687]
(192) Supplemental Notice Regarding the Patent Office
Stddt of Computer Program Protection
Extension of Time for Submitting Comments
The deadline set in the Federal Register notice of October
19, 1968 (33 F.R. 15562) for submitting comments In con-
nection with the Patent Office Study on Computer Program
Protection Is extended from December 15, 1968, to March 15.
1969.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
John F. Kincaid,
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
Published in Si F.R. ISSS; Jan. t8, 1969
[859 O.G. 345 (Jan. 28, 1969)]
(190) Patent Printing Priority
In view of the backlog of allowed cases waiting to be
printed, the applications placed In the weekly formulation
of an Issue set aside for printing will be selected according
to the following priorities :
1. Allowed caises which were made special by the Com-
missioner (Including those under the New Special
Examining Procedure).
2. Allowed cases that are more than five years old.
3. Allowed reissue applications.
4. Allowed applications having an effective filing date
earlier than that required for declaring an Interference
with a copending application claiming the same subject
matter.
5. Allowed application of a party Involved In a termi-
nated Interference.
6. Allowed applications In which the applicant has filed
a request In the nature of a petition setting forth his
reasonn for advancing the printing date.
7. Allowed applications ready for printing and not
covered by any of the six preceding categories. The
selection of cases in the involved category will be by
chronological sequence based on the date the Issue
fee was paid.
To ensure that any application falling within the
scope of the categories outlined above and Identified by num-
bers 1 to 5 receives special treatment the Examiners should
staple on the file wrapper a tag entitled "Special In Issue
and Gazette Branch." The special tag, PO-364, may be ob-
tained from the Group Clerk. The Examiner shall print di-
rectly on the tag the recitation "In Issue and Gazette
Branch" and the appropriate printing category outlined
above. The application Is then forwarded to Issue and
Gazette Branch In accordance with existing procedures.
The personnel In Issue and Gazette Branch will then set
the tagged cases aside and make a notation on all copies of
(193) JOINT U.S.-Swedish Search Exchange
A program for the exchange of search results between the
patent offices of Sweden and the United States was Initiated
In February 19G9. The program which Is now in full opera-
tion Involves patent applications filed In one country which
are subsequently followed by corresponding applications filed
in the other.
The program operates as follows :
The applicant files an application In the U.S. Patent OfBce
which then processes the application In the customary man-
ner and In the usual time sequence.
If the applicant later files an application In Sweden claim-
ing the priority of the U.S. application, the Patent Office of
Sweden notifies the U.S. Patent Office of this filing by for-
warding a request for a list of the references cited by the
U.S. examiner in the first office action on the merits.
Where the application originates In Sweden and Is subse-
quently filed In the U.S. Patent Office, a similar procedure Is
followed whereby the U.S. office requests and the Swedish
office supplies a list of references cited by the Swedish
examiner.
This program, which involves only the furnishing of list-
ings of references cited, could Improve the quality of the
patents granted by each office.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Aug. 26, 1969. Commissioner of Patents.
[866 O.G. 1031]
(194)
Defensive Publication Program
1 To resolve certain inherent publication and reference
problems, and to establish and treat Defensive Publication.
Applications (notices published In 33 F.R. 5623, April 11.
56
1968. and O.G. 1221. April 30, 1968) In the same manner as
patents, the following changes are being made :
a. Publication Is to be weekly beginning with 869 O.Q.
No. 3, December 16, 1969, and
b. Distinct numbers are to be assigned per example :
T 869 001
L Number series, 001-999 available monthly,
O.G. volume number,
Document category, T for Technical dis-
closure.
2 Defensive Publications will continue to be Included in
sub-class lists and subscription orders. The new number will
be used for all official reference and document copy require-
ments. . „,
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Nov. 21, 1969. Aaaistant Commisaioner.
[869 O.G. 687)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
chapter B-Government Inventions Jurisdiction. Former
Parts 300. 301. and 302 are redesignated Parts 100, 101. and
102 respectively.
Published in H F.R. 20S8S. Dec. St. 1960
[870 O.G. 10391
(197) DELAY I.V I.SSU.\N< K OK I'ATKNTS
On June 9 and June 16, 1970. only reissue patents, design
patents, and trademark registrations will be Issued due to
circumstances Involving the printing of patent speclflca Ions
Delays may occur In filling orders for newly Issued patents.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR..
May 21. 1970. Commissioner of Patents.
(875 O.G. 3271
(198)
IVVTKNT KRONT 1'A<;E FORMAT
(195)
Change in Leoal IIompay.s
Tho«e dolnp business before the Patent office are hereby
reminded that by Public Law 90-363. 82 Stat. 250. elTectlve
January 1, 1971. Section 6103(a) of Title 5, United States
Code, was amended to read as follows :
S 6103. Holidays
(a) The following are legal public holidays :
New Year's Day, January 1.
Washington's Birthday, the third Monday In Feb
ruary.
Memorial Day. the last Monday In May.
Independence Day, July 4.
Labor Day, the first Monday In September.
Columbus Day, the second Monday In October.
Veterans Day. the fourth Monday In October.
Thanksgiving Day, the fourth Thursday In No
vember.
Christmas Day, December 25.
Each of the holidays enumerated will constitute "a holiday
within the District of Columbia," as referred to In Section 21.
Title 35. United States Code.
Dec. 2, 1970.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER. JR..
Commissioner of Patents.
[881 O.G. 1707]
(196) TITLE 37— PATENTS. TRADEMARKS.
AND COPYRIGHTS
s, CHAPTER I— Patent Office. Depabt.mext of Commerce
SUBCHAPTER .\ — GENERAL
SUBCHAPTER B — GOVERNMENT INVENTIONS JURISDICTION
Editorial Note : Chapter I of Title 37 of the Code of Fed-
eral Regulations is changed by designating the existing text
as Subchapter A— General, and Inserting a new Subchapter
B — Government Inventions Jurisdiction, containing former
Parts 300, 301, and 302 which are transferred from Chapter
III of this title and redesignated as follows :
100 Administration of a uniform patent policy with respect
to the domestic rights In Inventions made by Govern-
ment employees. . ^\ , ,
101 Acquisition and protection of foreign rights In Inven-
102 Licensing of foreign patents acquired by the Government.
Accordingly, all references to sections In former Parts 300,
301. or 302 shall be deemed to be to sections In Parts 100,
101, and 102. Thus, a reference to former § 300.1 shall be
considered a reference to § 100.1.
Chapter III — Government Inventions Jurisdiction,
Patent C^fice, Department of Commerce
transfer of regulations
The text of Chapter III of Title 37 of the Code of Federal
Regulations Is transferred to Chapter I of this title as Sub-
Aiwust 4 1970 marks the Inauguration of certain changes
and innovations In the form and method of producing printed
copies of patents. Nearly 100 patents in this issue were elec-
trophotographlcally composed for printing as P"t of » "J"
prehensive system for developing and utilizing a patent full^
text library in computer processable form. Numbers of patents
produced m this manner are scheduled to Increase until o«
patents enter the machlneable data base. . v,.k.«
Patents produced by this new system are distinguishable
in appearance from all others in the following respects :
(a) Front pape
The first sheet of each patent presents an arrangement of
the applicable bibliographic type of data elements which are
itemized and discussed elsewhere: an abstract of the dis-
closure (or a claim when no abstract Is available) ; and a
reduced reproduction of a representative drawing figure when
the patent contains any drawings.
(b) Other changes
With Identification of the patent appearing on the front
page, the title of the Invention and the name of the >°ventor
will no longer be printed In the heading of drawings The
patent number, date of Issuance, and sheet-of-sheets infor-
mation will continue to be printed on the drawings.
All of the bibliographic type of data and the abstract which
previously appeared on sheets containing text matter are
* removed from such pages and consolidated on the front page.
Data elements presented on the front page are accompanied
by a number which appears in brackets.
The numbers are data element identifiers which have been
^ adopted internationally for use on patents and published ap-
plications to facilitate the worldwide use of such documents
as set forth below :
[11] Patent number
[21] Application number
[22] Filing date
[31] Application number (of a Convention priority applica-
tion) ,. ». \
[32] Filing date (of Convention priority application)
[33] Country In which the Convention priority application
was filed j, , ■
[45] Date of Patent Issue : followed by terminal disclaimer,
If any , .* »■ _
[51] International Patent Classification : basic classification
In bold face type ; other In light face
[52] U.S. Classification : Original class and subclass In bold
face type ; cross-references in light face
[54] Title of the Invention: Followed by the number of
claims and drawing figures
[56] References cited : List of prior art documents cited by
the examiner, arranged In the following categories :
United States Patents
Foreign Patents or Applications
Other Publications
[60] Related U.S. Applications:
[62] Due to Dlvlslon(8)
[63] Due to Continuation (s)
[64] Due to relssue(8)
[72] Name(s) of the Inventor(8)
[73] A88lgnee(s)
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
57
[ • ] Field of Search : Subclasses recorded on the file wrap-
per as searched by the examiner
[ • ] Primary Examiner : The person responsible for review
of the patent allowance or who. In addition, ex-
amined and allowed the patent application
[ • ] Assistant Examiner : the person who examined and al-
lowed the patent application, other than a primary
examiner
[ • ] Attorney : the principal attorney of record at the time
the allowed application was prepared for patent
printing
[ • 1 Abstract
Element numbers have not been assigned to the Items de-
noted by the sign [•]
For earlier Information respecting the front page format
and date entries, reference Is made to the notice published
In the Official Gazittb of March 11, 1969 (860 O.G. 336-7).
July 16. 1970.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commiationer of Patent:
[877 O.G. 1]
Disclosure Document Program
(199)
This notice consolidates and supersedes the notices of Mar.
26, 1969 (862 O.G. 1) and Aug. 11, 1970 (878 O.G. 1) relat-
ing to the Patent Office Disclosure Document Program.
Under this program the Patent Office accepts and preserves,
for a period of two years, papers referred to as "Disclosure
Documents." These papers may be used as evidence of the
dates of conception of Inventions.
The Program ^
A paper disclosing an Invention and signed by the Inventor
or Inventors may be forwarded to the Patent Office by the
Inventor (or by any one of the Inventors when there are joint
Inventors), by the owner of the Invention, or by the attorney
or agent of the lnventor(8) or owner. It will be retained for
two years and then be destroyed unless It Is referred to In a
separate letter In a related patent application within said
two years.
A Disclosure Document Is not a patent application and the
date of Its receipt In the Patent Office will not become the
effective filing date of any patent application subsequently
filed. However, like patent applications, these documents will
be kept in confidence by the Patent Office. If patent protection
Is desired, a patent application should be filed as soon as
possible.
This program does not diminish the value of conventional
witnessed and notarized records as evidence of conception
of an Invention, but It should provide a more credible form
of evidence than that provided by the popular practice of
mailing a disclosure to oneself or another person by registered
mall. The program Is made available as a service to those
persons desiring to use It.
Content of Disclosure Document
Although there are no restrictions as to content and claims
are not necessary, the benefits afforded by a Disclosure Docu-
ment will depend directly' upon the adequacy of the disclosure.
Therefore, It Is strongly urged' that the document contain a
clear and complete explanation of the manner and process
of making and using the Invention In sufficient detail to enable
a person having ordinary knowledge In the field of the In-
vention to make and use the Invention. When the nature of
the Invention permits, a drawing or sketch should be Included.
The use or utility of the Invention should be described, es-
pecially In chemical Inventions.
The Disclosure Document must be limited to written matter
or drawings on paper or other thin, fiexlble material, such
as linen or plastic drafting material, having dimensions or
being folded to dimensions not to exceed 8Vj by 13 inches,
Photographs also are acceptable. Each page should be num-
bered. Text and drawings should be sufficiently dark to permit
reproduction with commonly used office copying machines.
A $10 fee Is charged for filing a Disclosure Document. Pay-
ment must accompany the Disclosure Document when It Is
submitted to the Patent Office.
In addition to the $10 fee, the Disclosure Document must
be accompanied by a stamped, self-addressed envelope and a
separate paper In duplicate, signed by the Inventor, stating
that he Is the Inventor and requesting that the material be
received for processing under the Disclosure Document Pro-
gram^The papers will be stamped by the Patent Office with
an Identifying number and date of receipt, and the duplicate
request will be returned In the self-addressed envelope to-
gether with a warning notice Indicating that the Disclosure
Document may be relied upon only as evidence and that a
patent application should be diligently filed If patent protec-
tion Is desired. The Inventor's request may take the following
form : .
"The undersigned, being the inventor of the disclosed xnven-
tion, requests that the enclosed papers be accepted under the
Disclosure Document Program, and that they be preserved
for a period of two years."
Retention
The Disclosure Document will be preserved In the Patent
Office for two years after Its receipt and will then be destroyed
unless It Is referred to In a separate letter In a related patent
application filed within the two-year period. The Disclosure
Document must be referred to In the separate letter by title,
number, and date of receipt. Acknowledgment of receipt of
such letters will be made In the next official communication
or In separate letter from the Patent Office. Unless It Is de-
sired to have the Patent Office retain the Disclosure Docu-
ment beyond the two-year period, It Is not required that It
be referred to In a patent application. . ^
Warning as to Limitations
The two-year retention period should not be considered to
be a "grace period" during which the Inventor can wait to
file his patent application without possible loss of benefits.
It should be recognized that In establishing priority of Inven-
tion an affidavit or testimony referring to a Disclosure Docu-
ment must usually also establish diligence In completing the
Invention or In filing the patent application since the filing
o< the Disclosure Document.
Inventors are also reminded that any public use or sale
In the United States, or publication of the Invention anywhere
In the world more than one year prior to the filing of a patent
application on that Invention will prohibit the granting of
a patent on that Invention.
If the Inventor Is not familiar with what Is considered to
be "diligence In completing the Invention" or "reduction to
practice" under the patent law, or If he has other questions
about patent matters, the Patent Office advises him to consult
an attorney or agent registered to practice before the Patent
Office. Patent attorneys and agents may be found in the tele-
phone directories of most major cities. Also, many large cities
have associations of patent attorneys which may be consulted.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Jan. 4, 1971. Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
[883 O.G. 3]
(200)
Office of the Secretary
[Dept. Organization Order 30-3B]
Patent Office
Organization and Functions
This material supersedes the material appearing at 35 F.R.
18553 of December 5, 1970.
SECTION 1. Purpose. This order prescribes the organiza-
tion and assignment of functions within the Patent Office.
SBC 2 Organization Structure. The principal organization
structure and line of authority of the Patent Office shall be
as depicted In the attached organization chart. (A copy of
the Organization Chart Is on file with the original of this doc-
ument with the Office of the Federal Register.)
Sec 3 Office of the Commissioner. The Commissioner de-
termines the policies and directs the programs of the Patent
Office and Is responsible for the conduct of all activities of the
Patent Office. He Is prlnclally assisted by five Assistant Com-
missioners who shall have the main duties as specified below :
a The Deputy Commissioner (First Assistant Commissioner
under 35 U S.C. 3) shall assist the Commissioner In the direc-
tion of tho Patent Office and shall perform the duties and func-
tion o^ the Commissioner In the latter's .absence.
b The Assistant Commissioner for Patent Examining (an
assistant commissioner under 35 U.S.C. 3) shall provide admln--
Istratlve and pollcv direction to the patent examining opera-
tions which consist of the organizational elements enumerated
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
58
in section 5. This Assistant Commissioner shali be assisted by a .04 The omce of Data Systems sijal, be--Po-J»',^^^^
Deputy Assistant Commissioner who. amon. other .iutie. sha.i vi^^. data ^;^;-^]l::^Z::'Z:^^ ILy.^ and
equipment evaluation studies directly related to the des.pn
ind development of systems and programs for applications of
techniques, except systems for printinj; patents:
perform the functions of this Assistant Commissioner during
the latter's absence.
c. The Assistant Commissioner for Appeals, Legislation, and a
Trademarks (an assistant commissioner under 35 U.S.C. 3) ^"'"•*'^**'^^
shall provide admi
of Appeals, the Offl
the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board, and the Trademark ^;-.-'/;-^;; ^,V„.„ ,„„,,„ organization unit as an Integrnl
inTstratiU and ;: c d r^^^^^^^^^ th Board preparation or procurement and testing of «o-P"t- ''-^-^^
L Of Legislation and international Affairs, and supplen.ontal data I-'^f »;;;--;; ^l^^^v ^ np
_=-. ._. »„„„„, n.o,H „nH th» Trndemark general purpose ADP equipment, except that which m.ij neap
Examining Operation.
d. The Assistant Commissioner for Search Systems Devel-
opment shall provide technical, administrative, and Policy
Direction to the Office of Research and Development and the
Office of Search Systems and Documentation. This Assistant
Commissioner shall be assisted by a Deputy Assistant Commls
sioner who, among other duties, shall perform the functions
of this Assistant Commissioner during the latter's absence.
e. The Assistant Commissioner for Administration shall
part of its operations : and maintenance of a comprehensive
library of programs, including these developed or procured by
other organizational units.
.05 The Office of Government Inventions and Patents shall
administer Executive Order 10090. as amended by Executive
Order 10930 and related regulations, including the rendering
of final decisions on the ownership of patents and the rights
to Inventions made by Government employees, and advise the
Commissioner on matters involving the Committee on (Jovern-
provlde administrative and policy direction to certain admlnls^ ,„ont'pUent Policv (of the Federal Council for Science and
trative, public and internal support .services which consist of ment latent loiu.^ (oi r ^ ^^
the organizational elements enumerated in section 8. This
Assistant Commissioner shall be assisted by a Deputy Assist-
ant Commissioner who, among other duties, shall perform the
functions of this Assistant Commissioner during the latter's
absence.
Sec. 4. O/ficesi reporting , to the Commissioner. .01 The
Director of Planning. Budget. Evaluation, and Forecast shall
be the principal assistant and advisor to the Commissioner In Paten
Planning and Developing the major Programs of the Patent
Office, in formulating and executing budgetary and fiscal
policies, appraising the effectiveness of operations in attain-
ing program objectives, and in assessing and forecasting tech-
nological activities and Invention developments in the United
States and other nations. He shall direct the activities of the
following offices :
o. The Office of Planning shall develop and recommend major
plans and programs for accomplishing the objectives of the
Patent Office; direct and coordinate the development and main-
tenance of internal program planning for support of officewide
objectives ; and analyze proposed programs for consistency and
effective integration with organization responsibility, for perti-
nence to goals and objectives, for measurabillty of accomplish-
ment, and validity and usefulness of workload parameters as
indicators of expected accomplishment.
h. The Office of Budget shall formulate, interpret, and exe-
cute budgetary and fiscal policies ; establish and maintain a
comprehensive Plannlng-Programming-Budgetlng System col-
laborating with operating officials in developing budget
and fiscal plans ; develop and present budget requests : allocate
and maintain budgetary control of av.TlIable funds ; and main-
tain external liaison in budgetary matters.
c. The Office of Evaluation shall review and evaluate the
performance of operating units to determine their effectiveness
in accomplishing previously established goals and objectives ;
review and evaluate cost/benefit and cost/elTectlveness analy-
ses of alternatives for program accomplishment : and conduct
or initiate the submission of such studies as needed for evalu-
ation purposes.
Technology). It shall also conduct research, liaison, and co
ordinative functions needed to <arry out Executive Order
1009(5 and to advise the Comniis.sioner on Committee matters :
provide executive secretariat support to the Committee; and
assist in the development and formulation, to the extent ap
proprlate, of a uniform Government wide patent policy.
SEC 5 OfPces reporting to the Assistant Commissioner for
.,..,..? Examining. 01 The Board of Patent Interferences
shall conduct patent interference pro.-eedlngs and make final
determination in the Patent Office as to priority of Invention.
The Board shall also decide questions concerning property
rights in inventions in the atomic energy and space fields
brought before it under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 2182 and
2457 (d) and (e).
.02 The Office of Examining and Documentation Control
shall develop procedures, quality and quantity standards re-
lating to the conduct of the examination and documentation
functions; evaluate compliance with examination and docu-
mentation standards ; and train new examiners In patent prac-
tice and procedure.
.03 The Office of Support Services shall provide direct ad
mlnistrative and clerical support to the Examining Groui.s
in the examination of patent applications and attend to the
processing of applications boMi in advance of examination and
after allowance by the examiners for patent issuance Its du-
ties include the review of in -omlng apidlcations for compliance
in matters of form ; the origination and maintenance of appli-
cation inventorv docuinent;i tion and status; preparation, rout-
ing movement, and maintenance of flies; liaison with other
organization units in obtaining and processing documents ; an<l
the provision of other logistical and administrative support.
04 The Examining Groups, specified below, shall examine
applications for patent to ascertain if the applicants are en-
titled to patents under the law and grant patents to those so
entitled. Each examining group shall i.erform this function
for patent applications falling within the generic category in-
dicated by the title of the group. The Examining Groups are :
General Chemistry and Petroleum Chemistry ;
General Organic Chemistry:
d. The Office of Technology Assessment and Forecast shall High Polymer Chemistry, i'lastics and ^^o'<J'"£ =,,-.-„.„,,,,..
continually assess the status of technological activity In all Coatlng^amiJ^ammaU^
countries, compare inventive activity in the United States 'j^,j„^trj,^i Electronics and Related Elements :
relative to other nations, and forecast technological develop
Security and Designs : . „^ , «„»rio,.ni •
Information Transmission. Storage and Retrieval.
Electronic Component Systems and Devices ;
Physics: .^, ,.
Handling and Transportation Media . t, . .
Material Shaping. Article Manufacturing. Tools:
Vmusemenr Hu^^ Personal Treatment, Information ;
ileat Power and Fluid Engineering : and
Constructions, Supports, Textiles, and Cleaning.
SEC 6 OfPces reporting to the Assistant Commissioner for
Appeals. Legislation and Trademarks. .01 The Board of Ap-
peals shall conduct hearings and render decisions on appeals
from adverse decisions of examiners rejecting claims In patent
applications. , aw i Jnir
03 The Office of Information Services shall advise and rep- » .02 The Office of Legislation and International AITairs snaii
resent the Commissioner on information matters; conduct ,„ake studies and advise the Commissioner on policy «n*i^c-
programs fostering public understanding of the American tion concerning matters which may require legislation ana
patent system and the functions, services and administrative international patent and trademark matters ; develop an
publicationsof the Patent Office; develop publication policies; direct the implementation of related programs; '"'i'»|''' "
provide direction and assistance in developing new and revised liaison with the Office of the Secretary, the Department
publications; and assure conformity with policies, regulations, state, and appropriate congressional committees ; and con-
and standards 'concerning publications and publication prac- ,i„n negotations in technical patent and trademark matters
tices. in establishing or implementing international agreements.
ments on a worldwide basis.
.02 The Office of the Solicitor shall comprise the Solicitor,
who is the chief legal officer for the Patent Office, and his
professional associates. This Office shall handle all litigation
to which the Commissioner is a party and provide other legal
services, including drafting of legislation and advice and as-
sistance on legislative matters. Other than in connection with
the Issuance of patents or the registration of trademarks, the
Office shall be subject to the overall authority of the Depart-
ment's General Counsel, as provided in Department Organiza-
tion Order 10-6.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
59
.03 The Trademark Trial and Appeal Board shall be re-
sponsible for hearing and deciding adversary proceedings In-
volving interfering applications, oppositions to registration,
cancellation petitions, and concurrent use proceedings ; and
for hearing and deciding appeals from final refusals of the
trademark examiners to allow the registration of trademarks.
.04 The Trademark Examining Operation shall be respon-
sible for the classification and examination of applications for
the registration of trademarks and service marks and the
maintenance of the principal and supplemental registers of
trademarks.
Sec. "7. Offices reporting to the Assistant Commissioner for
F!earch Systems Development. .01 The Office of Research and
Development shall identify areas of needed research, formulate
approaches to research problems, and conduct research (or
monitor research carried out under contract) ; and design and
Install experimental systems, new equipment, or other prod-
ucts of research, and evaluate their effectiveness after instal-
lation. Major research and development efforts are aimed at
development of automated search and retrieval systems and
more efTectlve dissemination of stored Information to Patent
Office examiners, the patent profession, and the scientific com-
munity.
.02 The Office of Search Systems and Documentation shall
develop. Improve, and maintain subject matter classification
systems ; lmi)roTe and maintain the examiner's search file :
develop. Improve, and maintain operational search systems
both manual and electronic, for the storage and identification
of patents and patent related literature so that examiners
and the public may readily retrieve particular technical In-
formation.
Sec. 8. Offices reporting to the Assistant Commissioner for
Administration. .01 The Office of Finance shall develop and
maintain the financial accounting system of the Patent Office ;
perform accounting operations for the revenue, trust funds,
and appropriation of the Patent Office, including maintenance
of general accounts and related fiscal records, preparation of
financial statements and reports, audit and certification of
vouchers for payment. Issuance of deposit account statements.
Initiation of action to collect amounts due the Patent Office,
andtadmlnistration of the payroll system and related employee
accounts ; and provide financial advice and opinions.
.02 The Office of Personnel shall administer activities relat-
ing to recruitment, placement, employee relations, training
and career development. Incentive awards, performance rat-
ing, position classification and wage administration, group-
management relations and various employee benefit programs.
.03 The Office of Administrative Services shall provide office-
wide services including the procurement and supply of equip-
ment, furnishings, and con.sumable Items ; space and facilities
management ; communications ; travel and transportation
services ; mall, messenger, and general correspondence services ;
and procurement and supply of graphic services and admin-
istrative printing. Including office forms and publications.
This Office shall also be responsible for carrying out a com-
Iirehenslve paperwork management program In the Patent
Office, embracing forms, reports, directives and records,
.04 The Office of Public Services shall provide the materials
and services offered directly to the public many of which are
Iirovided on a fee basis. These shall include recording instru-
ments that transfer property rights to patents and trade-
marks ; furnishing copies of patents and office records ; pro-
viding drafting services : and maintaining collections of perti-
nent technical and scientific information such as United States
and foreign patents, periodicals, books, and other publications
for use by patent and trademark examiners and the public.
.05 The Office of Patent Publications shall schedule and
manage the processing and movement of allowed patent ap-
I)llcatlon files In procuring the creation of full patent text
machine language data base and the composition and printing
of weekly patent Issues and related announcements in the
Official Gazette : monitor the quality of jierformance by con-
tributing sources ; provide technical direction and advice In
contract administration : and maintain close liaison with the
U.S. Government Printing Office; and prepare and Issue pat-
ent grants.
.06 The Office of Organization and Systems Analysis shall
plan and conduct studies designed to Improve organization,
methods, procedures, workflow, managerial techniques, re-
source utilization, or otherwise Increase efficiency, effective-
ness and economy of operations ; participate In implementing
approved recommendations ; counsel and assist program man-
agers In developing and instituting systems changes to en-
hance effectiveness In meeting operational objectives, but not
including computer systems ; having responsibility for design
and development of systems for printing patents, whether
computerized or not, including reproduction subsystems ; have
responsibility for design and development of micrographlc
systems ; provide data research and statistical analytical serv-
ices, Including mathematical modeling ; develop and manage a
system for the Issuance of Internal administrative orders and
Instructions ; promote development of the Patent Office man-
agement improvement program and coordinate the collection,
review, and submission of reportable plans and accomplish-
ments thereon ; maintain a program for the management and
control of reports ; and make special studies as required.
Effective date : May 4, 1971.
LARRY A. JOBE,
Assistant Secretary
' for Administration.
[FR Doc. 71-6957; Filed 5-18-71; ^: 45 a.m.)
Published in 36 F.R. 9078, May 10, 1971
[887 O.G. 727]
(201)
Supplemental to the M.vmal of
Classification
Over a span of years. Patent Examiners have created "un-
official" subclasses and digests to facilitate searches within
the arts under their jurisdiction. A recent Inventory of the
unofficial U.S. patents In the Examiner search file (exclusive
of designs) has enabled the Issuance of a listing of unofficial
subclasses and digests as a supplement to the Manual of
Classification.
Current subscribers to the Manual of Classification shall
receive the Supplement as soon as It becomes available (Sept.-
Oct. '71), at a cost to be Included In a forthcoming renewal
fee. New subscriptions shall Include the Supplement at a
slightly higher cost.
It should be noted that the Supplement Is Intended only
as an Interim publication until such time as the Manual of
Clas.slficatlon can be completely reprinted with the unofficial
subclasses and digests shown in their proper relationship to
respective official classes and subclasses. The reprinted Manual,
In the described Integrated format, shall be derived from com-
puter stored data now In the process of being complied and
should be available by mid-1972.
July 27, 1971.
WILLIAM R. NUGENT,
Assistant Commissioner.
[889 O.G. 1064]
(202) PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, TITLE 3—
THE PRESIDENT
Memorandum of August 23, 1971
government patent policy
Hemorandum for Heads of Executive Departments
and Agencies
The White House,
Washington, August SS, 1971.
On October 10, 1963, President Kennedy forwarded to the
Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies a Memorandum
and Statement of Government Patent Policy for their guidance
60
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
in determining the disposition of rights to inventions mado
under Government-sponsored grants and contracts. On the
basis of the knowledge and experience then available, this
Statement first established Government-wide objectives and
criteria within existing legislative constraints, for the allo-
cation of rights to inventions between the Government and
Its contractors. ^ ^, r. ii«,.
It was recognized that actual experience under the 1 olicj
could Indicate the need for revision or modification. Accord-
ingly a Patent Advisory Panel was established under the
Federal Council for Science and Technology for the purpose
of assisting the agencies in Implementing the Policy, acqulr^
Ing data on the agencies' operations under the Policy, and
making recommendations regarding the utilization of Govern-
ment-owned patents. In December 1965, the Federal Council
established the Committee on Government Patent Policy
to a'^sess how this Policy was working In practice, and to
acquire and analyze additional information that could con-
tribute to the reaflfirmation or modification of the Policy.
The efforts of both the Committee and the Panel have pro-
vided increased knowledge of the effects of Government patent
policy on the public interest. More specifically, the .-studies and
experience over the past 7 years have indicated that :
(a) A single presumption of ownership of patent rights to
Government-sponsored inventions either In the Government
or in Its contractors Is not a satisfactory basis for Government
patent policy, and that a flexible. Government-wide policy
best serves the public Interest ;
(b) The commercial utilization of Government-sponsored
inventions, the participation of industry In Government re-
search and development programs, and commercial competi-
tion can be Influenced by the following faotors : the mission
of the contracting agency; the purpose and nature of the
contract; the commercial applicability and market potential
of the Invention ; the extent to which the Invention Is devel-
oped by the contracting agency; the promotional activities
of the contracting agency ; the commercial orientation of tho
contractor and the extent of his privately financed.research
In the related technology ; and the size, nature and research
orientation of the pertinent Industry ;
(c) In general, the above factors are reflected in the basic
principles of the 1963 Presidential Policy Statement.
Based on the results of the studies and experience gained
under the 1963 Policy Statement certain Improvements in the
Policy have been recommended which would provide (1)
agency heads with additional authority to permit contractors
to obtain greater rights to inventions where necessary to
achieve utilization or where equitable circumstances would
justify such allocation of rights. (2) additional guidance to
the agencies in promoting the utilization of Government-
sponsored Inventions. (3) clarification of the rights of States
and municipal governments in inventions In wiilch the Federal
Government acquires a license, and (4) a more definitive
data base for evaluating the administration and effectiveness
of the Policy and the feasibility and desirability of further
refinement or modification of the Policy.
I have approved the above recommendations and have at-
tached a revised Statement of Government Patent Policy for
your guidance. As with the 1963 Policy Statement, the Federal
Council shall make a continuing efTort to record, monitor and
evaluate the effects of this Policy Statement. A Committee on
Government Patent Policy, operating under the aegis of the
Federal Council for Science and Technology, shall assist 4he
Federal Council In these matters.
This memorandum and statement of policy shall be pub
llshed In the Federal Register.
RICHARD NIXON.
C The use and practice of these inventions and discoveries
should stimulate Inventors, meet the needs of the Govern-
ment, recognize the equities of the contractor, and serve the
^"d* ThTpubllc Interest in a dynamic and efficient economy
requires that efforts be made to encourage the "P^<»«'«"«
deve lopm nt and civilian use of these Inventions. Both the
neld for incentives to draw forth private Initiatives to this
end and the need to promote healthy competition In Industry
must be weighed In the disposition of patent rights under
Government contracts. Where exclusive rights are acquired
by the contractor, he remains subject to the provisions of
the antitrust laws.
E The public interest is also served by sharing of benefits
of Government financed research and devclopn.ent with foreign
countries to a degree consistent with our International pro-
grams and with the objectives of U.S. Foreign policy.
F There is growing Importance attaching to the acquisi-
tion of foreign patent rights In furtherance of the Interests of
U S Industry and fhe Government.
O The prudent administration of Government research and
development calls for a Government-wide policy on the dls
position of inventions made under Government contracts re-
flecting common principles and objectives, to the extent con-
sistent with the missions of the respective agencies. The policy
must recognize the need for flexibility to accommodate special
situations.
Policy
STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT PATENT POLICY
Basic Consider.\tions
A. The Government expends large sums for the conduct
of research and development which results In a considerable
number of inventions and discoveries.
B. The Inventions In scientific and technological fields re-
sulting from work performed under Government contracts
constitute a valuable national resource.
SECTION 1. The following basic policy Is established for
all Government agencies with respect to Inventions or dls
coverles made In the course of or under any contract of any
Government agency, subject to specific statutes governing
the disposition of patent rights of certain Government agencies.
(a) Where
(1) a principal purpose of the contract Is to create, de
velop or Improve products, processes, or methods which are
intended for commercial use (or which are otherwise Intended
to be made available for use) by the general public at home
or abroad, or which will be required for such use by govern-
mental regulations ; or
(2) a principal purpose of the contract Is for exploration
into fields which directly concern the public health, public
safetv. or public welfare ; or ^ , ,
(3) the contract Is In a field of science or technology iD
which there has been little significant experience outside of
work funded by the Government, or where the Government
has been the principal developer of the field, and the acquisi-
tion of exclusive rights at the time of contracting might con-
fer on the contractor a preferred or dominant position ; or
(4) the services of the contractor are
(I) for the operation of a Government-owned research or
production facility ; or
(II) for coordinating and directing the work of others,
the Government shall normally acquire or reserve the right
to acquire the principal or exclusive rights throughout the
world m and to any Inventions made In the course of or under
the contract.
In exceptional circumstances the contractor may acquire
greater rights than a nonexclusive license at the time of con-
tracting where the head of the department or agency certifies
that such action will best serve the public Interest. Greater
rights may also be acquired by the contractor after the Inven-
tion has been Identified where the head of the department
or agency determines that the acquisition of such greater
rights is consistent with the Intent of this Section 1(a) and
Is either a necessary Incentive to call forth private risk capital
and expense to bring the Invention to the point of practical
application or that the Government's contribution to the
invention Is small compared to that of the contractor. Where
an Identified Invention made In the course of or under the
contract Is not a primary object of the contract, greater rights
may also be acquired by the contractor under the criteria of
Section 1(c).
(b) In other situations, where the purpose of the contract
Is to build upon existing knowledge or technology, to develop
Information, products, processes, or methods for use by the
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
61
Government, and the work called for by the contract is In a
field of Tecluiology in which the contractor has a^qnired
technical competence (dem.instrated by factors such as know-
liow. experience, and patent position) directly related to an
area In which the contractor has an established nongovern-
mental c-ommer.lal position, the contractor shall normally
acquire the principal or exclusive rights throughout the world
in and to any resulting inventions.
(c) Where the commercial interests of the contractor are
not sufficiently established to be covered by the criteria speci-
fied In Section Kb) above, the determination of rights shall
be made by the agency after the invention has been identified.
In a manner deemed most likely to servo the luihlie Interest
as expressed in this policy statement, taking p.irti.ularly into
account the intentions of the contractor to bring the Inven
tton to the point of commercial application and the guidelines
fff Section 1 (n) hereof, provided that the agency may proscribe
by regulation spedal situations where the public Interest In
lite availability of the Inv.-ntlons wouM best be served by per
mitting the contractor to acquire at the time of contracting
greater rights than a nonexclusive license.
(d) In the situations specified In Sections Kb) and Kc).
when two or more potential contractors are judged to have
presented proposals of equivalent merit, willingness to grant
the Government principal or exclusive rights In resulting
Inventions will be an additional factor In the evaluation of
the proposals.
(e) Where the principal or exclusive rights In an Invention
remain in the contractor, he should agree to provide written
reports at reasonable Intervals, when requested by the Govern-
ment, on the commercial use that Is being made or Is intended
to be made of Inventions made under Governmental contracts.
(f) Where the principal or exclusive rights In an Invention
remain In the contractor, unless the contractor, his licensee,
or Ills assignee has taken elTcctive steps within three years
after a patent Issues on the Invention to bring the Invention
to the point of practical application or has made the Inven-
tion available for licensing royalty-free or on terms that are
reasonable in the circumstances, or can show cause why he
should retain the principal or exclusive rights for a further
period of time, the Government shall have the right to re-
quire the granting of a nonexclusive or exclusive license to
a responsible ai>plicant(s) on terms that are reasonable under
the circumstances.
(g) Where the principal or exclusive rights to an Inven
tlon are acquired by the contractor, the Government shall
have the right to require the granting of a nonexclusive
or exclusive license to a responsible applicant (s) on terms
that are reasonable In the circumstances (I) to the extent
that the'Inventlon is required for public use by governmental
regulations, or (II) as may be necessary to fulfill health or
safety needs, or (Hi) for other public purposes stipulated in
the contract.
(h) Whenever the principal or exclusive rights In an In-
vention remain In the contractor, the Government shall nor-
mally acquire, In addition to the rights set forth in Sections
1(e), 1(f), and Kg).
(1) at least a nonexclusive, nontransferable, pald-tip li-
cense to make, use, and sell the invention throughout the
world by or on behalf of the Government of the United States
(Including any Government agency) and States and domestic
municipal governments, unless the agency head determines
that It would not be in the public Interest to acquire the
license for the States and domestic munlcli)al governments :
and
(2) the right to sublicense any foreign government pursuant
to any existing or future treaty or agreement if the agency
head determines It would be in the national interest to acquire
this right ; and
(3) the principal or exclusive rights to the Invention in
any country In which the contractor does not elect to secure
a patent.
(I) Whenever the principal or exclusive rights In an Inven-
tion are acquired by the Government, tliere may be reserved
to the contractor a revocable or Irrevocable nonexclusive
royalty-free license for the practice of the invention through-
out the world ; an agency may reserve the right to revoke
such lioense so that It might grant an exclusive license when
it iletermines that some degree of exclusivity may be necessary
to encourage further development and commercialization of
the Invention. Where the Government has a right to acquire
the principal or exclusive rights to an Invention and does not
elect to secure a patent in a foreign country, the Government
may permit the contractor to acquire such rights In any
foreign country in which he elects to secure a patent, subject
to ihe Government's rights set forth in Section 1(h).
Skc. 2. Under regulations prescribed by the Administrator
of General Services, Government-owned patents shall be made
available and the technological advances covered thereby
brought into being In the shortest time possible through dedi-
cation or licensing, either exclusive or non-exclusive, and
shall be listed In ofticial Government publications or otherwise.
Skc. :J. The Federal Council for Science and Technology In
consultation with the Department of .Tustico shall prepare
.It least annually a report concerning the effectiveness of
this policy. Including recommendations for revision or modi-
fication as necessary in light of the practices and determina-
tions of the agencies In the disposition of patent rights under
their contracts. The Federal Council for Science and Tech-
nology shall continue to
(a) develop by mutual consultation and coordination with
the agencies common guidelines for the Implementation of
this policy, consistent with existing statutes, and to provide
overall guidance as to disposition of inventions and patents
in which the Government has any right or Interest; and
(b) acquire data from the Government agencies on the dis-
position of patent rights to inventions resulting from federally
financed research and development and on the use and prac-
tice of such inventions to serve as bases for policy review and
development ; and
(c) nuike recommendations for advancing the use and ex-
ploitation of Government-owned domestic and foreign patents.
Each agency shall record the basis for its actions with
respect to Inventions and appropriate contracts under this
siatement.
SEC. 4. Definitions : As \ised In this policy statement, the
stated terms in singular and plural are defined as follows for
the purposes hereof :
(a) aovernment agency — Includes any executive depart-
ment. Independent commission, board, ofl^ce. agency, admin-
istration, authority. Government corporation, or other Gov-
ernment establishment of the executive branch of the Govern-
ment of the United States of America.
(b) Stateg^meansi the States of the United States, the
District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Ameri-
can Sanuia, Guam and the Trust Territory of the Pacific
Islands.
(c) Invention, or Iniention or rftscoi-fry— Includes any art,
machine, manufacture, design, or composition of matter, or
any new and useful improvement thereof, or any variety of
plant, which Is or may be patentable under the Patent Laws
of the United States of America or any foreign country.
(d) Contractor — means any individual, partnership, public
or private corporation, association, institution, or other en-
tity which is a party to the contract.
(e) Contract— meana any actual or proposed contract,
agreement, grant, or other arrangement, or subcontract en-
tered into with or for the benefit of the Government where a
purpose of the contract is the conduct of experimental, de-
velopmental, or research work.
(f) .Vnffc — when used in relation to any Invention or dis-
covery means the conception or first actual reduction to prac-
tice of such Invention In the course of or under the contract.
(g) To the point of practical application — means to manu-
facture In the case of a composition or product, to practice
In the case of a process, or to operate in the case of a machine
and under such conditions as to establish that the invention
is being worked and that its benefits are reasonably accessible
lo the public.
[FR Doc. 71-12023 : Filed S-25-71 ; 10 : 41 a.m.]
36 F.R. 16SS7-16892; Aug. 26, 1071
[890 O.G. 1.302]
62
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
. » (203) Public Law 92 — 132
. [92nd Congress, S. 1253]
October 5, 1971
AN ACT
85 Stat. 364
To amend section 6 of title 35. United States Code. "Patents." to authorize domestic and International
studies and programs relating to patents and trademarks.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of
America in Congress assembled, That section 6 of title 35, United States Code, is amended
to read as follows:
"5 6. Duties of Commissioner
"(a) The Commissioner, under the direction of the Secretary of Commerce, shall super-
intend or perform all duties required by law respecting the granting and issuing of patents and
the registration of trademarks; shall have the authority to carry on studies and programs
regarding domestic and international patent and trademark law; and shall have charge of property
belonging to the Patent Office. He may, subject to the approval of the Secretary of Commerce,
establish regulations, not inconsistent with law, for the conduct of proceedings in the Patent
Office.
"(b) The Commissioner, under the direction of the Secretary of Commerce, may, m
coordination with the Department of State, carry on programs and studies cooperatively with
foreign patent offices and international intergovernmental organizations, or may authorize
such programs and studies to be carried on, in connection with the performance of duties stated
in subsection (a) of this section. _
"(c) The Commissioner, under the direction of the Secretary of Commerce, may, with
the concurrence of the Secretary of State, transfer funds appropriated to the Patent Office, not
to exceed $100,000 in any year, to the Department of State for the purpose of making special
payments to international intergovernmental organizations for studies and programs for advanc-
ing international cooperation concerning patents, trademarks, and related matters. These special
payments may be in addition to any other payments or contributions to the international organi-
zation and shall not be subject to any limitations imposed by law on the amounts of such other
payments or contributions by the Government of the United States."
Approved October 5, 1971.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY :
HOUSE REPORT No. 92-475 (Comm. on the Judiciary)
SENATE REPORT No. 92-71 (Comm. on the Judiciary)
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 117 (1971) :
Apr. 22, considered and passed Senate.
Sept. 28, considered and passed House.
Patents,
trademarks.
International
programs, U.S.
participation.
66 Stat. 793.
Transfer of funds.
[892 O.G. 1600]
(204) Numbers fob Which No P.\tents
H.WE ISSfEI)
The Calendar Tear 1970 Index of Patents will be available
from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Print-
ing Office In the very near future. Beginning with this year's
Index, Part II "Subjects of Inventions" will list each patent
number for which no patent was Issued during the year. The
1970 Index will also Include ali the patent numbers for the
years 1920 through 1969 for which no patents Issued.
ROBERT J. RISH,
Dec. 13, 1971. Acting Aniatant Commissioner
for Administration.
[894 O.G. 4641
(205)
Changes in Patent Front Pace
Changes In the front page format of patents Inaugurated
August 4, 1970 will become effective with the Issue of patents
on January 18, 1972. They relate mainly to the sequence and
grouping of data Items and to various features of typography.
The revised format is Illustrated In a specimen which appears
below.
Data elements presented on the front page are accompanied
by a number which appears In brackets. They are the
"ICIREPAT Numbers for Identification of Data" (INID)
which have been adopted Internationally for use on patents
and published applications to facilitate the use of such docu-
ments. .
The definitions of INID numbers for data elements whlcn
appear In U.S. patents are set forth below :
[15] "Number of an examined patent. Inventor's certificate
or like granted or approved document."
[21] "Number as assigned to the application. . . ."
[22] "Date(s) of filing of appllcatlon(s)."
[30] "Convention priority data."
The separate elements comprising such data — I.e.,
application number, filing date, and country— are not
Individually coded on U.C. patents. Only the generic
.^ INID number Is used.
[45] "Date of publication by printing or similar process of a
patent or like approved document."
[51] "International Patent Classification (preferably pre-
ceded by "Int. CI.")."
[52] "Domestic or national classification."
[54] "Title of the Invention."
[56] "List of prior art documents. If separate from the text
of the document."
[57] "Abstract or claim."
[58] "Field of search."
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
63
[60] "Reference to other applications filed or documents is-
sued in the same country, to which the document is
legally related."
This generic INID number is used when the relation-
ship of the patent to other applications Is due both
to [62] division and [63] continuation.
[62] "Reference to other applications filed or documents Is-
.sued in the same country, to which the document Is
legally related : Relation due to division (s)."
[63] "Reference to other applications filed or documents is-
sued in the same country, to which the document is
legally related: Relation due to continuation (s)."
[72] "Name(s) of Inventor(s) if known to be such."
[73] "Name of grantee(s) if other than applicant or inven-
tor."
R. J. RISH,
Dec. 21. 1971. Acting Assistant Commissioner
for Administration.
United States Patent
Clark et al.
SPFX'IMEN
(54] PREPARATION OF PYRIDINE
172) Inventors. Dunun Clark, Norton-on-Tccs; Percy
Haydcn, Norlon-on-Tces; Alan Bell, Run-
corn; John Edward Colchester, Runcorn,
all of England
[73] Assignee: Imperial Chemical Industries Limited,
London England
(22] Filed: Apr. 7, 1969
(21] AppI.No.: 817,251
Related U.S. Application DaU
[60] Continuation-in-part of Scr. No. 669,733, Sept. 22,
1967, abandoned, which is a division of Scr. No.
493,231, Oct. 5. 1965. abandoned.
[30] Foreign Application Priority Data
Apr. 7, 1965 Great Britain 14,778/65
[52] VS. CL 260/83.7 R, 252/43 1 . 260/94.2 M
[511 Int. CI C08dl/32,C08f 1/56, C08f 15/04
[58] Field of Search 260/94.2 M. 83.7,665;
252/431.431 F
156]
Referraccs Cited
UNITED STATES PATENTS
3,372,128 3/1968 Maedaetal 260/604
3,177,257 4/1965 Detling et al 260/604
[i5i 3,624,090
(45J Nov. 30, 1971
FOREIGN PATENTS OR APPLICATIONS
878.802 10/1961 Great Britain 260/530 U
999,836 7/1965 Great Britain 260/530 U
903,034 8/1962 Great Britain 260/533
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
Dandcgaonker et al. MonaUh. Chcm. Vol. 96, No. 2, pages
614-624(1965)0 I.M73
Jerchel et al. Liebig' s Ann. Chem. Vol. 575, pages 162- 173
(1952).0D1.L7
Rao et al. Chem Abst. Vol. 53, columns 18012- 3 (1959)
QDI.A51.
Primary Examiner— Henry R. Jiles
Assistant Examiner— CecWia M. Shurko
/<ftomo'— Cushman, Darby & Cushman
[57]
ABSTRACT
There is provided a process for preparing pyridine wherein
substituted or unsubstitutcd glutaraldehydcs or precursors
thereof are reacted in the liquid phase with ammonium ions in
the presence of molecular oxygen and cupric ions and in a
medium comprising an alkanoic acid. The alkanoic acid
preterably has up to 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, such as
acetic acid. The cupnc ions may be supplied in the form of a
salt such as cupric acetate. Conveniently, the reaction tem-
perature is up to 1 50° C. and the partial pressure of oxygen is
at least 0.5 atmospheres.
10 Claims, No Drawings
[894 O.O. 464]
(206)
Notice to Official Gazette Subscribers
It has come to the attention of the Patent Office that some
subcribers to the Official G.vzette have not been receiving
all of their copies of the patent and/or trademark sections
of the Official Gazette. Several of the Incidents brought
to our attention involved situations where subscriber.* had
recently renewed their subscriptions.
This matter was brought to the attention of the Superln
tendent of Documents who advised us that subscribers to the
Official Gazette are notified approximately 3 months in
advance that their subscriptions are about to expire. It was
indicated that if these notices are promptly utilized to renew
subscriptions, no difficulties will arise.
However, in order to facilitate the resolution of any prob-
lems which may arise concerning subscriptions to the Official
Gazette, an official liaison has been established between the
Patent Office and the Superintendent of Documents. Under
this arrangement, any person experiencing difficulties In ob-
taining copies of the Official Gazette should contact Robert
Rlsh, Director. Office of Public Services, U.S. Patent Office,
Washington, D.C., 20231. All such inquiries will be given
prompt attention.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK.
Apr. IS. 1972. Commissioner of Patents.
[898 O.G. 738]
(207) Legal Joirnals
[37 CFR Parts 1. 2]
Proposed Placing of .i.nnounccments
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the authority con-
tained in section 31 of the Act of July 19. 1952 (66 Stat. 705 ;
3.". U.S.C. section 31), the Patent Office proposes to amend
Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations by revising
a 1.345(b) and 2.14(b).
All persons are lnvlte<l to present their written views, ob-
jections, recommendations, or suggestions in connection with
the proposed changes on or before July 18. 1972. Such views,
objections, recommendations, and suggestions should be ad-
dressed to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington. D.C.
20232. No oral hearing will be held.
The proposed changes, if adopted, will permit agents and
attorneys who practice before the Patent Office in patent or
trademark matters to place dignified announcements In legal
journals, intended essentially for lawyers only, to the effect
that they are available to act as consultants to or as associates
of other lawyers in the practice of patent or trademark law
before the Patent Office.
These changes would bring Patent Office regulations into
conformance with that portion of disciplinary rule,- DR 2-
105(A)(3) of the Code of Professional ResponsiblHty of the
American Bar Association, which provides that "(a) lawyer
M
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
shall not hold himself out publicly as a specialist or as limit-
ing his practice except (that) • • • (a) lawyer available to
act as a consultant to or as an associate of other lawyers
In a particular branch of law or legal service may • • •
publish In legal journals a dignified announcement of such
announcement, but the announcement shall not contain a
representation of special competence or experience."
The proposed changes, however, would not be construed to
permit a registered attorney or agent to "distribute (such
announcements) to other lawyers," as now permitted by
DR 2-105.
The sections, If amended as proposed, would read as fol-
lows:
§ 1.345 Advertising.
(b) The use of simple professional letterheads, calling cards,
or office signs, simple announcements necessitated by open-
ing an office, change of association, or change of address, dis-
tributed to clients and friends, and insertion of listings in
common form (not display) In a classified telephoi\e or city
directory, dignified announcements addressed to lawyers. In
legal journals Intended essentially for lawyers only, of avail-
ability to act as a consultant to or as an associate of other
lawyers in the practice of patent law before the Patent Office
where such announcements are permitted by local custom, and
listings and professional cards with biographical data In
standard professional directories shall not be considered a
violation of the rule.
§ 2.14 Advertising.
« • • • •
(b) The use of simple professional letterheads, calling cards,
or office signs ; simple announcements necessitated by open
Ing an office, change of association, or change of address, dis
trlbuted to clients and friends; listings In common form (not
display) In a classified telephone or city directory ; dignified
announcements addressed to lawyers, In legal journals In-
tended essentially for lawyers only, of availability to act as
a consultant to or as an associate of other lawyers In the
practice of trademark law before the Patent Office where such
announcements are permitted by local custom ; and listings
and professional cards with biographical data in standard
professional directories are not prohibited.
• • • • •
Dated : May 2, 1972. -
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : May 3, 1972.
James H. \V.\kehn, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for Science
and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-7160; Filed 5-10-72; 8:49 am]
Published in 37 FR 9^88J May 11, 1972
[898 O.G. 408]
which have substantial Impact on Individuals dealing with the
Patent Office Our first such effort Involves the question of
whether claims or abstracts are more appropriate for publi-
cation In the OFFICIAL Gazette, and this is the subject of a
separate notice In this Issue.
Whether this practice of public participation Is continued
will depend in large part upon the public response to notices
of this nature. In the past, public response to the solicitation
of views has been rather limited and has principally been
from those who were opposed to proposed changes In rules
and practices. Accordingly, It is requested that interested par-
ties submit their views Irrespective of whether they agree or
disagree wl«^h the proposal under consideration.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
May 22, 1972. Commissioner of Patents.
1899 O.G. 8201
(209)
Printing of Firm Namks o.\ Patk.nts
ukkjue.st for comme.nts
(208)
Solicitation op Public Views Concerning
Chances in Patent Office Practices an
Procedcres
The Patent Office discontinued the recognition of firms of
attorneys and agents by rule change, effective July 2, 1971
(890 O.G. 298). Since that time there has been much interest
concerning the propriety of printing firm names on the "front
page" of patents.
It has been argued that when one is seeking information
concerning a patent, it is logical to communicate with the
attorney if the Inventor cannot be located. The argument
continues that it would be more likely for a firm to have
continuity of existence and to have retained the file on the
case as compared to an individual attorney. While there have
been some suggestions that the listing of either a firm or
individual attorney on a patent may be unethical and be
considered advertising, the general consensus of the patent
bar appears to be that such a listing Is merely informative
and Is not objectionable.
The Board of Managers of the American Patent Law Asso-
ciation has urged the Patent Office to revise the transmittal
form of the Notice of Allowance and to print on the front
page of the patent the name of the firm and/or Individual
designated on the form returned with the base issue fee.
It is proposed that form POL,-85(b) be redesigned to pro-
vide for the person submitting the base issue fee to indicate
the names and registration numbers of not more than three
registered attorneys or agents or the name of a firm which
includes registered attorneys or agents. An Indication would
also be required as to whether the name supplied was that
of an attorney, agent, or firm. This Information would then
be used to print the name on the front page of the patent.
If no information is supplied, the patent would not Include
the name of a practitioner or firm, regardless of whether a
registered attorney or agent is of record.
Views and comments of the patent community are solicited
for consideration in the final determination of the decision
and procedure, if appropriate, for printing names of practi-
tioners and firms on the front page of patents. Interested
parties should submit their comments in writing prior to
Jan. 1, 1973, addressed to the Commissioner of Patents,
Washington, D.C. 20231.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Sept. 8, 1972. Commissioner of Patents.
In the effort to continually Improve operations and to re-
spond to changing circumstances, the procedures and practices
of the Patent Office are revised from time to time. While com-
ments are requested and public hearings held on proposed
changes In the Rules of Practice, changes In other practices
and procedures of the Office have generally been implemented
on the basis of Informal and more limited liaison with our
constituents. This has, on occasion, given rise to inquiries as
to the reasons for and wlfdom of certain of these changes,
as well as to criticisms and proposals for further changes.
While all changes in procedure must take Into consideration
the efficient operation of the Patent Office, we have determined
that on a trial basis, we will, where appropriate, solicit views
and comments of the patent community so that they might
be taken Into account In shaping the procedures of the Patent
Office. The solicitation of such views will focus primarily on
proposed changes in practices and procedures of the Office
(210)
[903 O.G. 369]
REDI'CTION IN PATENTS GRANTED
The backlog of patent applications awaiting printing has
been virtually eliminated. Effective with patents issuing on
October 31, 1972, the weekly number of General and Mechani-
cal, Electrical, and Chemical patents granted will be deter-
mined by the availability of applications in which the Base
Issue Fee has been paid. Applicants who desire to o^t'tl'. ear y
patent grant dates are encouraged to remit payment of Base
Issue Fees promptly. ^il^iam I. MERKIN,
r.-.* in 1072 Assistant Commissioner
Oct. 10, 1872. ^^^ Administration.
[903 0.0. 1512]
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
65
(211) ICIREPAT Numbers fob Identification of Biblio-
graphic Data on the First Paq« or Patent and Like
Documents
The Paris Union Committee for International Cooperation
in Information Retrieval Among Patent Offices (ICIREPAT)
has recently approved revisions in INID Codes (ICIREPAT
Number« for Identification of DaU) which become effective
for use by the countries which apply such codes to their docu-
ments on January 1, 1973. A complete Uat of the Codes, as
revised, appears below.
Changes in INID Codes which particularly affect their ap-
plication to U.S. patents consist of the provision of the new
codes [75] and [76] that are Intended primarily for use by
countries in which the national laws require that the Inventor
and applicant are normally the same. Use of the code [72]
which was heretofore applied to U.S. patents will be discon-
tinued and, in lieu thereof, codes [75] and [76], as appro-
priate, will be used effective with the patent issue of Janu-
ary 2, 1973.
The purpose of INID Codes is to provide a means whereby
the various data appearing on the first page of patent and
like docnments can be identlfled without knowledge of the
language used and the laws applied. They are now used by
a number of Patent Offices and have been applied to U.S.
patents since Aug. 4, 1970. Some of the codes are not perti-
nent to the documents of a particular country and some which
are may, in fact, not be used. Those codes which are not
applicable to U.S. patents or not used are identlfled In the
list below.
[ 10] Document identification
[11] Number of the document
[19] ICIREPAT country code, or other Identification,
of the country publishing the document
[20] Domestic filing data
[21] Number(s) assigned to the appllcation(8), e.g.
"Numero d'enreglstrement national," "Akten-
zeichen"
[22] Date(s) of filing application (s)
[2S] Other date(s) of filing. Including exhibition filing
date and date of filing complete specification
following provisional specification ^
[301 Convention prioritv data *
[81] Namber(B) assigned to priority application (s)^
[32] Date(s) of filing of priority application (b)»
[33] Country (countries) in which priority applica-
tion (s) was (were) filed*
[40] Datels) of making available to the public
[41] Date of making available to the public by view-
ing, or copying on request, an unexamined docu-
ment, on which no grant has taken place on or
before the said date *
[42] Date of making available to the public by view-
ing, or copying on request, an examined docu-
ment, on which no grant has taken place on or
before the said date *
[48] Date of publication by printing or similar process
of an unexamined document, on which no grant
has taken place on or before the said date*
[44] Date of publication by printing or similar process
of an examined document, on which no grant
has taken place on or before the said date *
[45] Date of publication by printing or similar process
of a document, on which grant has taken place
on or before the said date
[46] Date of publication by printing or similar process
of the clalm(8) only of a document*
[47] Date of making available to the public by viewing,
or copying on request, a document on which
grant has taken place on or before the said
date^
[60] Technical information
[51] International Patent Classification
[52] Domestic or national classification
[53] Universal Decimal Classification*
[54] Title of the invention
[55] Keywords*
[56] List of prior art documents, if separate from de-
scriptive text
[57] Abstract or claim
[58] Field of search
[60] Reference (s) to other legally related domestic docit-
ment(s)*
[61] Related by addltlon(8)*
[62] Related by division (s)
[63] Related by continuation (s)
[64] Related by rei8Bue(s)
[70] Identification of parties concerned with the document
[71] Name(s) of appllcant(B)^
[72] Name(s) of Inventor(s) if known to be such*
[78] Name( 8) of grantee (s)
[74] Name(8) of attorney(8) or agent (s)*
[75] Name(8) of inventor(s) who Is(are) also ap-
pllcant(8)
[76] NBme(8) of inventor(s) who Is(are) also appli-
cant (s) and grantee (s)
Codes [75] and [76] are intended primarily for use by
countries in which the national laws require that the In-
ventor and applicant are normally the same. In other cases
[71] and [72] or [71], [72] and [73] should generally be
used.
Approved :
WILLIAM I. MERKIN,
Assistant Commissioner for Administration.
Nov. 21, 1972.
Notes concerning the application of INID Codes to U.S.
patents : ,,„..•*
* This item is either not applicable to U.S. patents or, ir
applicable. Is eltner not coded or not assigned this code.
» The respective specific data elements within this category
are not Individually coded. They are printed In a particular
format under the caption "Foreign Application Priority Data
which is Identlfled by the INID (:ode (30]. ...
• The specific data applicable to a particular patent Is
printed under the caption "Related U.S. Application Data.
Where the relationship Is due solely to division or to continu-
ation and/or continuation-in-part, the data Is Identlfled by
the appropriate specific INID Code. i.e.. [62] or [63]. re-
spectively. Where the relationship is due to any combination
of these two speclflc sub-categories, the data Is Identlfled by
use of the generic INID Code [60].
[905 O.G. 684] -
906 O.G.— 3
66
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
(212)
Orgaxizatiox of the Patent Office
The accompanying block type organization chart printed herein shows
the present organization of the Patent Office. It is based upon Department of
Commerce Organization Order 30-3B, which explains the functions of the
several units comprising the organization set forth in the chart, ihe Order
is published following the chart.
^ William E. Schuyler, Jr.,
December 18, 1969. - Commissioner of Patents.
U.S. OEPAHTMENT OF COMMERCE
Potent OHie»
COMMISSIONil OF rATINTt
Wxt oi It*
S«licilw
Data Sr«t«««
0)l.ct •(
ASSlSTAi<T COHrtSSlOHCT
FOR PATENT EXAMIWMG
Dc^rr Aifti- C*«MM»*iM*f
ASSISTANT CO* MJSSrOHeR
FOR APPEALS. LECISLATIOM
i TRADEMARKS
ASySTANT CO«MrSSlONER
FOR SEARCH SYSTEMS
DEVELOPMENT
Ottwry A»it C*«Nniiti«fi«r
ASSISTANT COHMISSIOCR
FOR AOMtMSTRATlON
DMwtr Aui. CaMMM>*M*
Oowd of P»«««l
&«^«JA«pm)s
0((.c« oJ
Cont'ol
0((ic« •<
CKAMININC OOupS
CK«»<»try
G«Mvai 0>ff«iie CKvaitiry
H.f*i P»iv«M C>«««>i>nr. Pt«t>K'»
CMt"««i l«>>a«i:a«. BU«ck«M«,
i C>t««»>c«l Efit'taafiMt
l<^«*<>«l EI«C»f«n.c» t ftal#«4
tMlAMMt'M Tr«N|«i||iwi, Sfrf
C)ac •'•»•( Cavt^Mwrf SyttMNt
Hwrfl -^ I T>a«i»«n«ii««
u«^.«i Sfc«»;-«. Artkk *4*M»-
'•cu."^ TmIi
T'a«iiH«<M, !«>«•*>••••«
A CU— ■*«
OHiCt •' L«9^>i«liMI i
iMtrnOtitASl Alfoirl
0<1>c» of RcHOrdi
R
I Apw..! Boon)
Oll.ca •!
FlAMC*
OII.M •( PKianx**
WMCTOIOf PLAKHlHft
•UXfT.f¥»LU*T10M
t FOKECAIT
—
OH.ci •!
Pl«M.Af
CMI.ca •!
E.«lw«tt«i
—
Oi(.ca •!
TicKmImt *imi»«»"«
t Fa.icatl
0(r.c«»i
>tiWfOli«« S«l*ict«
Ptiblx S«r<nc«>
OH.cf W P«t«ii
0((<c* •(
0(fan>i«i>4'* &
M«f 4. 1171
[870 O.G. 334]
INDEX OF PATENT NOTICES
Abandonment : Items
Application at Board of Appeals 147
Transfer of Drawings 82
Abstracts, Patent :
Format 1^8
Printed In Official Gazette 166, 169, 170
Requirements 165, 167
Acce.'^s to Files 25,28
Actions, OflSce :
Abbreviated First Action 112,117
Attachments to 7
Carbon Copy 18
First Page Form 10,93
Affidavits 111, 113, 119, 120, 157
Amendments :
After Final Rejection 89, 107
Hasis in Original Disclosure 121
Claims — Brackets 123
E.xaminers' Amendment Practice 53, 122
Fees •t4,52
Hand Delivery of 6, 17, 107
Appeals :
Abandonment of Application on Appeal 147
Attorney Appearances Before Board 56
Briefs 113,141,142,144,149,151,152
Confidential Memoranda 150
Dismissal ^^^
Kxamlner Appearance Before Board 146, 148
Declaration
101
12
Items
Form 20, 33, 69, 70
In Lieu of Oath ^0
Defense Inspection ^®8
Defensive Publication Program 187, 189, 191, 194
Delay in Issuance ^^'
Dependent Claims ^"^
Deposit Accounts 43,45,46,48,53
Design Patent Practice
Directory of Registered Attorneys/Agents
Disclaimers :
Statutory ^^3
Terminal 86.94,100,133
Disclosure, Application 63, 64, 68, 114
Disclosure Document Program 1^9
Divisional Application 21,67,116
Double Patenting 90,94,100
Drawings 21,80-84
Drug Guidelines ^^
E
Effective Date of U.S. Patent ^4
Election of Species 126,128,133
Environmental Quality 109,115
Examiners' Amendment Practice 53, 122
Extensions of Time 136,137,145,151,181,183
\
145
3
After Decision by
Format of Notice
Group Number on Papers -
Reopening of Prosecution
Board
To C.C.P.A.
.\pplication Branch :
Service
Temporary Parallel Branch .
Assignee. Issue of Patent to
Assignments :
Accessibility of Records
Omitted in Certified Copies .
Notification re Conflict
Recording of Certified Copies
Statement at Time of Issue
Attorneys, Agents and Firms :
Recognition 57,58,59
Standard of Conduct 57,207
106
154
21
24
39
35
40
36
37
39
185
65
80
62
103
91
Certificates of Correction 162-164
Certified Copies 22,26,29,34,40,42
Claim Interpretation
Claims :
Confiictlng _
Dependent
Markush Group ^^
Method
104
133
47
128
102
Pe^s 44,48-52.57,80.143,210
Filing Date :
Affected by Postal Emergency
Incorporation by Reference -
Photoprints as Drawing
Plant Patent Applications _-
Final Rejection :
First Action
Non-Final Second Action
Prosecution After Final Rejection 89, 107, 113
Time for Response 138, 139
First Action Procedure 93,112,117,118
Foreign Exchange Programs :
Philippines-U.S.
Swedlsh-U.S.
Foreign, Miscellaneous Matters :
Citation for Foreign Patents
Informal Application
Orders for Copies of Foreign Patents
Priority In Reissue Applications
Priority in Continuing Application _.
Formats :
Certificate of Correction
Continuation
Declaration
Formula and Table
Front Page of Patent
Notice of Appeal
Negative Limitation 87, 99
Non-Elected 1^9
Versus Abstracts ^^^
Classification :
Patent 16,177
Preliminary by Applicant 31
Supplemental to Manual 201
Computer Programs 105, 188, 192
Concordance, U.S. to I.P.C. 1^9
Continuing Applications :
Chains of "^^
Continuations 21, 116
77
186
193
171
85
13
72
77
164
116
20
71
198
145
Patent Headhigs 75,198,205,209
Terminal. Disclaimer 86,133
Function of Machine — Rejection
G
102
78
202
84
Foreign Priority
Reference Citation in
Res Judicata
Streamline Continuations
Copiers, Coin-Operated
Correspondence :
Application and Proceeding
Necessary Information on Papers 3, 14, 19, 21, 67, 73
Telephone Numbers 2, 4
ZIP Code ^
Transmittal Forms 15,39
Customer Relation Center
176
95
116
54
57
27
German Requirements in Convention Cases
Government Patent Policy
Graphic Symbols
Guidelines :
Computer Program Applications — Rescission of
Guidelines 105,188,192
Disclosures of Utility in Drug Cases «*
Incorporation by Reference In Patent Applica-
tions ^*'^?
Model Patent Application
Preparation of Patent Abstracts
Preparation of Patent Application Disclosures _-
61
168
63.68
H
Headings, Patent
Hearings :
Appeal
Trademark _
Holidays
75
146, 148
195
67
68
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
Items
ICIREPAT Identifiers - 211
Incorporation by Reference 64. 65
Informal Applications of Foreign Applications. 85
Inquiries, Status 1,23,27
Interference Practice 156-161
Interviews ^24, 125
Inventor's Certificate
Inventors, Change of
M
Machine Search Service
Mailing Address, Patent OflBce
Microorganisms, Deposit
N
Xon-Elected Claims
Non-Final Second Action Rejection Practice
O
79
130
180
11
114
129
90
206
Rejections — Continued
Items
Mere Function of Machine 102
Non-Final Second Action 91
Not Based on Prior Art 87,99
Prosecution After Final Rejection 89,107,113
Res Judicata ^^
Reopening Prosecution After Board of Appeals
Decision 1^6
Res Judicata ^^
Restriction and Election 92,126,127,131,134,135
Revival 108, 110
Rule Changes :
Affidavit as to Test Results 119,120
Official Gazette
Orders :
Certified Copies 22,25
192
After Final Rejection Practice
Appeal to C.C.P.A.
Certificates of Correction (Rules 323, 332)
Conflicting Claims
Defensive Publication Program — Extension
187, 189, 191
113
154
163
133
Published Applica-
13
178
16
174
212
209
41
Defensive Publication
Foreign Patents and/or
tlon
Machine Search Service
Microfilm Classification Record _
Reference Cited In SSP Actions
Organization Chart
P
I'atent Copies 29,32,204,
Patent Files
Patent Office, Organization and Function 200,208,212
Petitions :
Patent Application 57
To Revive 108,110
Photocopies of Application 66
Photoprints as Drawings 80
Plant Patent Application 62
Post Card Receipt 0
Post Final Rejection Practice 89, 107, 113
Postal Emergency :
Earlier Filing Date 185
Extension of Time _■ 181, 183
Field Offices 181,183,184
190
Division — Continuation Program
Drawing Requirements
Extension of Time to File Appeal Brief
Formula and Table Format
Interference Practice
Inventor's Certificate
Legal Journals
Patent Application Petitions
Recognition of Attorneys and Agents, Standard
of Conduct
Restriction Practice 134
Transfer of Regulation (Title 37)
116
83
151
71
161
79
207
57
57
135
196
186
193
38
30
155
208
Printing Priorities
Prior Art :
Voluntary Citation by Applicants 175
Rejection Not Based on Prior Art 86
Priority :
Filing of Foreign Priority Papers 73
Foreign Priority of Continuing Application 77
German Applications 78
Reissue Applications 72
Public Information 8,16,166,169,200
Public Law 92-132,203
Public Service - 21, 22, 25-27, 178
Publications. Citation of 171
R
Recording of Instruments 37
References ;
Automatic Furnishing 172-174, 176
Citation at Allowance 173
Classification Listed In Patent 177
Machine Search Service 178
Reissue Application — Foreign Priority 72
Rejections :
Final Rejection — Time for Response 138, 139
First Action Final 103
Search Exchange Program :
Phillppines-U.S.
Swedlsh-U.S.
Search Room
Serial Number, Early Notification
Service of Court Papers
Solicitation of "Views
Special Treatment of Applications :
Special Examining Procedure 88, 92. 98
Applications To Be Taken Up Special 97, 108, 115
Species, Election of 126, 128, 132
Status :
Inquiries
Of Application Referred to in Patent
Streamline Continuation Practice
23
1
116
Technical Rejections o^^ioa
Telephone Practice ^^5, 126
Testimony. Examiner
Time for Response: ,,« ^o.
Extensions oq
Final Rejection ^^^' wn
Timely Response
Trademarks (See Index Before Item 300) 300-334
Transmittal Forms ^^' ^®
U
U.S. Patent, Effective Date of
W
Withdrawal of Attorney ^•'' *"
Withdrawal of Final Rejection After Notice of
Appeal
Z
143
ZIP Codes
^
TRADEMARK SECTION
The following is a compilation of the more important
notices and rule changes concerning trademarks which have
been published in the Official Gazette from July 1, 196i
through December SI, 1972. Notices which have been rescinded
are not included. Some notices issued prior to July 1, 196i,
which have not been specifically rescinded and are still in
effect, are not reproduced here.
Items
323
314
321
309
322
INDEX
Trademark Notices :
Actions, Number of Copies
Amended Applications, Examining and Report-
ing Dates
Applications, Initial Processing
Deposit Accounts, Charges Under Special Condi
tlons
Identification of Goods and Services
International ClasElfication 306,307,308,322,331
Interviews 300
"Johnny Horizon" Symbol 325
Manual, Trademark Examining Procedure 315, 327
Official Gazette, Trademark Section __ 304, 309. 310, 311
Oppositions 301,302,312
Powers of Attorney in Registered Files 305
Recording of Documents Affecting Title 313
Special, Petition 328
Specimens, Bulky 332
Status Inquiries 316.318
Trademark Registration Treaty 334
Trademark Rule Changes :
Access to Pending Applications 319
303
A memorandum summarizing the conclusions reached at
the interview should be prepared by the Examiner and placed
in the application file. The memorandum will be retained
in the application file until the prosecution Is completed.
Such procedure will not, however, relieve the applicant of
the responsibility of complying with the requirements of
Trademark Rule 2.62.
HORACE B. FAY, Jr..
July 6, 1964. Assistant Commissioner.
This supersedes the notice of February 10, 1958, 728 O.G.
(TM 1).
[804 O.G. TM 147]
Allowance
Appeal 330,333
Application 320,326
Attorneys, Recognition 317
Certificate of Registration 326
Drawing 320,326
Filing Date ^20
Interferences ^24
Inter Partes Procedure 329,330,333
Specimens ^20
Suspension ^26
Patent Notices Also Pertinent to Trademarks (re-
printed here for convenience) :
Zip Code Reminder
Mailing Address, Patent Office
Certified Copies, When Material Not Available _-
Certification Desk '■ —
Customer Relations Center
Accessibility of Assignment Records
Deposit Accounts 43,45,46.48
Emergency Situation in the U.S. Postal Serv-
-__ 181-185
195
212
5
11
22
26
27
35
Ice
Change In Legal Holidays
Dept. of Commerce, Organization Chart
(300)
Interviews Involving Trademark
Application
(301)
Oppositions Under Section 13 of the
Trademark Act of 1946
Section 13 of the Trademark Act of 1946 provides that
any person who believes that he would be damaged by the
registration of a mark upon the Principal Register may,
upon payment of the required fee, file a verified opposition
In the Patent Office, stating the grounds therefor, within
thirty days after publication under Section 12(a) of the
mark sought to be registered.
An unverified opposition may be filed by a duly authorized
attorney, but the opposition will be null and void unless veri-
fied by the opposer within a reasonable time after such filing
to be fixed by the Commissioner.
An opposition will not be accepted unless it complies with
the statutory requirements, namely, it must be filed in the
Patent Office within thirty days after publication under
Section 12(a) of the mark opposed, be accompanied by a fee
in the proper amount, must state the grounds therefor and.
If filed by the opposer, must be verified.
A request to extend the time for filing an opposition under
Rule 2.102 must be received in the Patent Office before the
expiration of thirty days from date of publication under
Section 12(a) of the mark sought to be registered. The re-
quest should specify the period of extension desired and be
accompanied by a showing of good cause for the extension
requested, but in the event circumstances do not permit sub-
mission of the showing of good cause with the request, it
must be furnished within ten days after filing the request for
extension.
Two or more parties may be joined In opposition to the
registration of a mark, but separate fees for each party so
joined must be paid. Likewise, a mark may be opposed in
each of a plurality of classes, but a separate fee of $25.00 for
each class In which opposition is sought, must accompany the
opposition. To be complete, oppositions accompanied by fees
insufficient to cover each class named in the application, must
specify the particular classes In which opposition is sought.
HORACE B. FAY, JR,
July 15, 1964. Assistant Commissioner.
[805 O.G. TM 39]
(302)
Change in Format for Publishing
Trademarks for Opposition
Interviews frequently result In a better understanding of
the Issues Involved, shorten the prosecution and facilitate
disposal of applications.
Interviews for discussion of registrability of the mark of
a pending application will not be had before the first official
Office action thereon and ordinarily not before filing the first
response. Arrangements for an interview should be made in
advance so that the Examiner may review the case and be
familiar with the details Involved.
Interviews on Friday will no longer be prohibited as a
matter of policy but all interviews should be set at a t:me
satisfactory to all parties concerned.
Section 30 of the Trademark Act of 1946 as amended by
Public Law 772, 87th Congress, approved October 9. 1962,
76 Stat. 769. provides for the filing of a combined application
for the registration of a trademark In more than one class.
The present practice of publishing the mark with pertinent
data under each class In which registration is sought results
In needless duplication.
Beginning with the issue of November 3, 1964, "Marks
Published for Opposition" will be divided Into two sections.
In Section 1, all marks presented in combined applications
for registration In more than one class will be published with
only one reproduction of each mark.
69
70
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
The reproduction of the mark will be followed by the class
numbers and titles, and under each class will appear the
description of the goods in connection with which the trade- j^^^^ 3^^ ^gg-
mark is used. If the date of first use applies to all classes,
it will appear following the last class ; otherwise, the dates
of use will appear after each class.
Trademarks presented in applications for registration in a
single class will be published, as in the past, in class order,
in Section 2.
The same procedure will be followed In the notice of the
issuance of registrations on the Supplemental Register.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
Sept. 18, 1964. First Assistant Commissioner.
these powers of attorney do not directly concern the Patent
Office, acknowledgments are not believed to be necessary.
C. M. WENDT,
Director.
(306)
[835 O.G. TM 95]
Publication of International
t Classification
(303)
[807 O.G. TM 51]
TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADE>L4JRKS,
A'SD COPYRIGHTS
Chaptee I — Patent Office, Department of Commerce
part 2 — RULES of practice IN TRADEMARK CASES
Allotcance of Application
The following amendment is made, to take effect on publi-
cation in the Federal Register. Notice and public procedure
and deferment of the time of taking effect are deemed unneces-
sary in view of the nature of the amendment, which is pro-
cedural only.
The purpose of the change is to eliminate the procedural
step of signing a trademark application file prior to allow-
ance, which has been found to be burdensome and which is
unnecessary since the allowance of the application, subject
to possible inter partes proceedings, has already been ap-
proved by an E.xamlner having full signatury authority.
Section 2.82 is amended by striking out the clause "the
Examiner will sign the application file to Indicate allowance
and," so that the section as amended will read as follows :
I 2.82 Alloicance of application.
If no opposition is filed within the time permitted (i§ 2.101
and 2.102), or if filed and dismissed, and if no interference is
declared, or concurrent use proceeding instituted, the appli-
cation will be prepared for issuance of the certificate of regis-
tration as provided in § 2.151.
(Sec. 1, 66 Stat. 793, 35 U.S.C. 6 ; 60 Stat. 427,
15 U.S.C. 1057)
Dated : Mar. 23. 1966.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
J. Herbert Holloman,
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
[F.R. Doc. 66-3785 ; Filed, Apr. 7, 1966 ; 8 -.45 a.m.]
Published in 31 F.R. 555i; Apr. 8, 1966
[826 O.G. -TM 61]
Beginning with the Official Gazette of March 5, 1968, the
publication of trademarks for opposition under the provisions
of section 12(a) of the Trademark Act of 1946, registrations
issued on the Supplemental Register and renewals, with the
exception of certification and collective membership marks,
will include, in addition to the U.S. clas.sification, the Inter-
national Classification, as follows: (Int. CI. ).
Such published marks, upon issuance as registrations, will
also include the International Classification.
In the International Classification of services. Classes 35
to 42, are identical to Classes 100 to 107, respectively, of the
U.S. Schedule.
Applicants are requested to include in applications for the
registration of trademarks In addition to the U.S. Schedule
of classes of goods and services, the International Classifi
cation.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
Jan. 5, 1968. First Assistant Commissioner.
4.
(304) Publication of M.aterial in "Notices" Sections
op Patents and Trademarks Official Gazette
Effective Jan. 3, 1967, publlcatioh of material in the Patent
and Trademark "Notices" sections of the Official Gazette
will occur only once.
Dec. 1, 1966.
[833 O.G. TM 108]
(305) Powers of Attorney in Registered
Tradem.ark Files
On and after February 1, 1967, communications advising
of changes in the powers of attorney for registered trade-
marks will be placed in the registration files, but will not
be acknowledged by the Patent Office. The information will
thus be available to those who inspect the files, but since
The International Classification of Goods and Services
Is as Follows
Goods
1 Chemical products used in industry, science : photography,
agriculture, horticulture, forestry : artificial and syn-
thetic resins ; plastics in the form of powders, llQuids
or pastes, for Industrial use; manures (natural and
artificial); fire extinguishing compositions: tempt-ring
substances and chemical preparations for soldering ;
chemical substances for preserving foodstuffs: tanning
substances ; adhesive substances uesd in Industry.
2. Paints, varnishes, lacquers; preservatives against rust
and against deterioration of wood ; colouring matters,
dyestuffs ; mordants ; natural resins metals in foil and
powder form for painters and decorators.
3. Bleaching preparations and other substances for laundry
use; cleaning, polishing, scouring and abrasive prepa-
rations; soaps; perfumery, essential oils, cosmetics,
hair lotions dentifrices.
Industrial oils and greases (other than edible oils and
fats and es.sential oils) lubricants; dust laying and
absorbing compositions fuel? (Including motor spirit)
and jlluminants candles, tapers, night lights and wicks.
Pharmaceutical veterinary and sanitary substances: in-
fants' and invalids' foods; plasters, material for ban-
daging material for stopping teeth, dental wax disin-
fectants ; preparations for killing weeds and destroying
vermin.
Unwrought and partly wrought common metals and their
alloys; anchors, anvils, bells, rolle<l and cast building
materials; rails and other metallic materials for rail-
wav tracks ; chains (except driving chains for vehi-
cles) • cables and wires (non-electric) ; locksmiths-
work : metallic pipes and tubes ; safes and cash boxes ;
steel balls ; horseshoes ; nails and screws ; other goods
in non-precious metal not included in other classes;
ores. ,
Machines and machine tools; motors (except for land
vehicles) ; machine couplings and belting (except for
land vehicles) ; large size agricultural implements ; Incu-
bators.
Hand tools and instruments : cutlery, forks and spoons ;
side arms.
Scientific, nautical, surveying and electrical apparatus
and Instruments (Including wireless), photographic,
cinematographic, optical, weighing, measuring, signal-
ling checking (supervision), life-saving and teaching
6
7.
8.
9.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
71
apparatus and instruments ; coin or counter-freed appa-
ratus ; talking machines ; cash registers ; calculating ma-
chines ; fire-oxtlngulshing apparatus.
10. Surgical, medical, dental and veterinary Instruments and
apparatus (including artificial limbs, eyes and teeth).
11. Installations for lighting, heating, steam generating, cook-
ing, refrigerating, drying, ventilating, water supply and
sanitary purposes.
12. Vehicles ; apparatus for locomotion by land, air or water.
13. Firearms : ammunition and projectiles ; explosive sub-
stances ; fireworks.
14. Precious metals and their alloys and poods in precious
metals or coated therewith (except cutlery, forks and
spoons) ; jewellery, precious stones, horologlcal and
other chronometrlc instruments.
15. Musical Instruments (other than talking machines and
wireless apparatus).
16. Paper and paper articles, cardboard and cardboard arti
cles ; printed matter, newspapers and periodicals, books ;
bookbinding material ; photographs ; stationery, adhe
sive materials (stationery) ; artists' materials ; paint
brushes; typewriters and office requisites (other than
furniture) ; Instructional and teaching material (other
than apparatus); playing cards; printers' type and
cliches (stereotype).
17. Gutta percha, indiarubber, balata and substitutes, articles
made from these substances and not included in other
classes ; plastics in the form of sheets, blocks and rods,
being for use In manufacture ; materials for packing,
stopping or Insulating ; asbestos, mica and their prod-
ucts ; hose pipes (non-metallic).
18. Leather and imitations of leather, and articles made from
these materials and not included in other classes ; skins,
hides ; trunks and travelling bags ; umbrellas, parasols
and walking sticks ; whips, harness and saddlery.
19. Building materials, natural and artificial stone, cement,
lime, mortar, plaster and gravel : pipes of earthenware
or cement : roadmaking materials ; asphalt, pitch and
bltumln ; portable buildings ; stone monuments ; chimney
pots.
20. Furniture, mirrors, picture frames ; articles (not Included
in other classes) of wood. cork, reeds, cane, wicker,
horn bone. Ivory, whalebone, shell, amber, mother-of-
pearl, meerschaum, celluloid, substitutes for all these
materials, or of plastics.
21. Small domestic utensils and containere (not of precious
metal or coated therewith) ; combs and sponges ; brushes
(other than paint brushes) ; brush-making materials:
instruments and material for cleaning purposes ; steel-
wool ; glassware, porcelain and earthenware, not In-
cluded in other classes.
22. Ropes, string, nets, tents, awnings, tarpaulins, -sails,
sacks; padding and stuffing materials (hair, capoc,
feathers, seaweed, etc.) ; raw fibrous textile materials.
23. Yarns, threads,
24. Tissues (piece goods) ; bed and table covers; textile arti-
cles not Included in other classes.
25. Clothing, Including boots, shoes and slippers.
26. Lace and embroidery, ribands and braid ; buttons, press
buttons, hooks and eyes, pins and needles ; artificial
flowers.
27. Carpets, rugs, mats and matting; linoleums and other
materials for covering floors ; wall hangings (non-
textile), t
28. Games and playthings ; gymnastic and sporting articles
(except clothing) : ornaments and decorations for
Christmas trees.
29. Meat, fish, poultry and game ; meat extracts ; preserved,
dried and cooked fruits and vegetables ; jellies, jams ;
eggs, milk and other dairy products ; edible oils and
fats ; preserves, pickles.
30. Coffee, tea, cocoa, sugar, rice, tapioca, sago, coffee substi-
tutes ; flour, and preparations made from cereals ; bread,
biscuits, cakes, pastry and confectionery, ices ; honey,
treacle ; yeast, baking-powder ; salt, mustard ; pepper,
vinegar, sauces, spices ; Ice.
31. Agricultural, horicultural and "forestry products and
grains not Included In other classes ; living animals :
fresh fruits and vegetables ; seeds ; live plants and
flowers ; foodstuffs for animals, malt.
32. Beer, ale and porter; mineral and aerated waters and
other non-alcoholic drinks; syrups and other prepara-
tions for making beverages.
33. Wines, spirits and liqueurs.
34. Tobacco, raw or manufactured ; smokers' articles ;
matches.
Services
35. Advertising and business.
36. Insurance and financial.
37. Construction and repair.
38. Communication.
."^9. Transportation and storage.
40. Material treatment.
41. Education and entertainment.
42. Miscellaneous.
The English Edition of the alphabetical list of the Interna-
tional Classification of Goods and Services to which trade-
marks are applied may be obtained from the British Office at
10 shillings ($1.20) per copy which Includes postage by sea-
mall.
Orders may be sent to :
Sale Branch, The Patent Office
Block C, Station Square House
St. Mary Cray. Orpington, Kent. England
Payment for the publication may be made by money order
or check payable to the Comptroller-General, Patent Office.
[846 O.G. TM 183-184]
(307)
Purchase of Copies of International Clas-
sification OF Trademarks and Supplement
In the notice entitled "Publication of International Classifi-
cation'' appearing in the Official Gazette of January 30.
1968 (846 O.G. T.M. 184) announcing the availability of the
English edition of the "International Classification of Goods
and Services to Which Trademarks Are Applied," at the
British Patent Office at 10 shillings ($1.20) per copy. It was
stated that payment may be made by money order or check
payable to the Comptroller-General Patent Office.
Certain modifications and additions to the Classification
were made at the Geneva meeting In April 1967 of the Com-
mittee of Experts set up under the Nice Agreement. The
English version of these amendments was published as a
Supplement to the British Trade Mark Journal of November
15, 1907 and is available from the British Office at one shilling
(12C) per copy which includes postage by surface mall.
We are advised by the British Patent Office that most
orders for the first mentioned publication have been accom-
panied by checks for $1.20 but such checks, upon conversion
to Sterling (after deduction of bank charges) leaves a balance
of only eight shillings and five pence. Accordingly, the British
Patent Office has had to write for the balance.
The British Patent Office advises that the best methods
of pavment are (a) by International Money Order or (b)
by Bankers' draft payable In Sterilng and drawn on a British
bank.
In either of these cases the British Patent Office would re-
ceive 10 shillings and there would be no delay in filling orders.
If a check Is sent for the International Classification It
should be for $1.45. Persons desiring the Supplement should
send one shilling by method (a) or (b). or alternatively,
15 cents.
Orders, as Indicated In the original Notice, may be sent to .
Sale Branch, The Patent Office
Block C. Station Square House
St. Mary Cray, Orpington, Kent. England
Apr. 18, 1968.
EDWIN L. REYNOLDS,
First .Assistant Commissioner.
[850 O.G. TM 111]
(308) Trademark Rules of Practice
[37 CFR Part 6]
Classification of Goods and Services
On Februarv 12. 1969, notice of proposed rule making re-
garding the revision of f 6.1 of Title 37, Code of Federal Reg-
72
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ulatlons relating to the classification of goods and services
under the Trademark Act (15 U.S.C. 1112), was published in
the Federal Register (34 F.R. 2052) (860 O.G. TM 1).
The proposed change would have established the "Interna-
tional Classification of Goods and Services to which Trade-
marks are Applied" (the subject of the "Agreement of Nice
concerning the International classification of goods and serv-
ices to which trademarks are applied. Done at Nice, on June
15, 1957" (550 U.N.T.S. 45), as revised at Stockholm, on
July 14, 1967) as the primary and sole classification of goods
and services for registration of trademarks and service marks
beginning on July 1, 1969.
Notice Is hereby given that, pending the completion of fur-
ther studies, the proposed change will not take effect on
July 1, 1969, as was previously announced.
The'patent Office will continue to mark all published appli-
cations and registrations with the appropriate International
class as a subsidiary classification under the program which
was started on March 5, 1968.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Dated : June 6, 1969. Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
Myron Tribus,
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology.
[P.R. Doc. 69-6830 ; Filed, June 9, 1969 ; 8 :49 a.m.]
Published in H F.R. 912i. June 10. 1969
[864 O.G. TM 53]
Finally, the "Decisions Leaflet" of the Official Gazette
will no longer be supplied as a separate subscription item after
January 26 1971. According to present plans, however, both
the Patent Official Gazette and the Trademark Official
Gazette will have Identical "Patent Office Notices" sections
containing notices of the various types heretofore published
In the Gazette decision leaflet and Trademark Section. Those
notices of particular Interest to Patent Office employees will
be accumulated and published approximately every fourth
week, and distributed separately to employees.
Dec. 29. 1970.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, Jr..
Commissioner of Patents.
[882 O.G. TM 33)
(309) Charges Against Deposit Accounts Under
Special Conditions
The practice as to deposit accounts is hereby extended to
include charges against deposit accounts under special con-
ditions. Charges under this practice shall not exceed $50 for
each trademark application, registration or notice of opposl-
°The Director and the Assistant to the Director of the Trade-
mark Examining Operation are authorized to make a charge
against a deposit account provided prior approval, as by
telephone is obtained from the applicant, registrant, attorney
or agent This practice is limited to ex parte appeals to the
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board, notices of opposition,
affidavits under the provisions of Section 8, and applications
for renewal and may be exercised only In emergency situations,
such as where a party Is unable to file the fee within the stat-
utory period.
When such a charge is made, prior approval will be Indi-
cated In the file by identification of the name of the authoriz-
ing party, the date and the type of authorization, the purpose
for which the charge Is made, and the deposit account number.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commissioner of Patents.
[879 O.G. TM 151 (Oct. 27, 1970)] •*
(311) PREFACE to the TRADEMARK O.G. NOTICES
In September 1970. a Public Advisory Committee for Trade-
mark Affairs was established by the Secretary of Commerce.
The Purpose of this Committee was to advise the Patent Of-
fice on ways to Increase the efficiency and effectiveness of the
administration of the Trademark Act. A report of this Advl^
sory Committee has been received by the Commissioner of
Patents. After reviewing the recommendations, although the
review Is not complete. It has been decided to make certain
changes In trademark practice and procedure, and to propose
changes in the rules of practice. Beginning with this issue of
the Official Gazette and In subsequent Issues as needed,
announcements will be published concerning changes in pro-
cedures and proposed amendments to the Trademark Rules
of Practice.
• . • • •
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR..
June 16. 1971. Commissioner of Patents.
Published in 36 F.R. 1S2S2; July 16. 1971
[889 O.G. TM 2]
(312)
REQUEST FOR EXTENSION OF TIME IN
WHICH TO OPPOSE
(310)
Separation of the Patent and Trademark
SECTIONS OF THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Effective February 2. 1971, the Official Gazette will be
separated Into two parts to be known as the Patent Offlctal
Gazette and the Trademark Official Gazette. The subscription
prices for these publications are as follows :
Palfent Official Gazette :
$89.00 per year
22.25 additional for foreign mailing
2.00 per single copy
Trademark Official Gazette :
$17.00 per year
4.25 additional for foreign mailing
.40 per single copy
Also effective February 2, 1971, the Official Gazette will
no longer contain "Decisions in Patent and Trademark Cases."
Decisions of the type heretofore found In the "Decisions In
Patent and Trademark Cases" are published by non Federal
organizations such as, for example, the Bureau of National
Affairs, Inc., 1231 25th St. NW., Washington. D.C. 20037,
and West Publishing Co.. 50 Kellogg Blvd., St. Paul, Minn.
55102.
The Patent Office Is adopting a new procedure to be used
when filing a request for an extension of time In which to
oppose under Section 13 of the Trademark Act and Rule 2.102
Trademark Rules of Practice. All requests for extension of
time should be submitted In triplicate. The Patent Office will
stamp each copy of the request with the action taken and send
a copy to the requester and the applicant. The third copy will
be entered in the file.
The purpose of this new procedure Is to expedite the han-
dling of extensions of time by eliminating the preparation of
a formal notice of the disposition of the request. Further,
this procedure will provide the applicant with additional In-
formation concerning the potential opposition.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER. JR..
June 16. 1971. Commissioner of Patents.
Published in S6 F.R. ISiSt; July 16. 1971
[889 O.G. TM 3]
(313) Recording of Documents Affecting Title
The Patent Office is liberalizing Its policy concerning the
recording of documents, other than assignments, which affect
title to trademark registrations and applications. Under
Rule 2.185 of the Trademark Rules of Practice. Ins ruments
affecting title to a trademark registration or application, and
fl'enses of trademarks which are the subject of trademark
registrations or applications, will be '"-^"'^^d^f ^^" * '""^.Vd/r
recording thereof may not serve as constructive notice under
Section 10 of the Trademark Act of 1946. as amended (15
U.S.C. 1060). ^^^^^^^ ^ SCHUYLER. JR..
June 16. 1971. Commissioner of Patents.
Published in 36 F.R. 13tSl: July 16. 1971
[889 O.G. TM 2]
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
73
(314) Trademark Examining Procedure for Amended Ap-
plications ; Reporting Oldest Dates of Amended
Trademark Applications
Effective Immediately, the order In which amendments to
trademark applications are examined is changed. Previously,
Examiners have usually acted on amended cases in order of
filing date of the application which the amendment concerned.
I.e., amended cases with the oldest filing date were "xamlned
first. Under the new procedure, amended cases will normally
be examined in the order In which the amendment or other
response is received, i.e., amendments that are received first
will normally be examfted first.
Effective with this issue of the Official Gazette (Trade-
mark Section) in order to reflect more accurately the condi-
tion of division dockets, the column reporting the date of
the oldest amended application in each division has been
changed to Indicate the date of receipt of the oldest filed
amendment. Under this new method of reporting the oldest
date of receipt of a filed amendment upon which no action
lias been taken by an Examiner will be indicated for each
division of the Trademark Examining Operation.
o. Eighteen months after filing a response to the examiner's
last received action, or
b. A reasonable period after the Official Gazette (Trade-
marks) indicates that the date of the oldest amendment filed
that is awaiting action in the Division to which the applica-
tion is assigned is more recent than the date of filing the last
amendment to the application.
It sho.ild be noted as an exception to the above that status
inquiries are totally unnecessary during period (s) of time
when an application is suspended pursuant to 37 CFR 2.67.
Applicants are urged not to file status inquires within the
first year after filing due to the current backlog of new ap-
plications.
Dated : July 28, 1971.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
.Acting Commissioner of Patents.
July 15, 1971.
RENE D. TEGTMEYER,
.Assistant Commissioner.
[889 O.G. TM 6]
Approved : July 30, 1971.
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
.Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[PR Doc. 71-11532 ; Filed 8-10-71 ; 8 :48 am]
Published in 36 F.R. H771. Aug. 11, 1971
[890 O.G. TM 5]
(315) Establishment of Manual of Trademark
Examining Procedure
(317)
TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADE>L\RKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
Preliminary work has begun on the preparation of a Manual
of Trademark Examining Procedure.
Directives on trademark exanilnl- ; procedure will be Issued
by the Patent Office from time to tli.-e and, when appropriate,
will be Included In the Manual at a 1 ter date. The directives
will be numbered sequentially and those issued prior to pub
licatlon of the Manual will be designated as Series 1. These
directives will constitute the guidelines for the examination^
of trademark applications.
Trademark Examining Directives are available through the
Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C, 20013 at
an annual subscription of $1.50 plus 50^ for foreign mailing.
July 27, 1971.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[889 O.G. TM 22G]
(316)
Trademarks — Status Inquiries
In order to expedite the handling of inquiries regarding the
status of both new and amended applications, the Patent
Office has adopted a new procedure. Henceforth, status in-
quiries should be filed in duplicate and should identify by
title and date the last paper known by the applicant to have
been filed to the case. Each inquiry should be accompanied by
a self-addressed, stamped envelope. The original Inquiry will^
be entered In the file and the duplicate will be marked with
it response and returned to the applicant. The date when the
next office action can be expected will not be given unless
.specifically requested.
Status letters have been u.sed by applicants to establish
diligence in support of a later petition to revive should the
application become abandoned. Under current practice, at-
torneys have frequently submitted status letters as a matter
of course for such purposes. This has proved burdensome both
to attorneys and the Patent Office. Until further notice, in
new applications, the applicant will be considered to have
exercised diligence in connection with a petition to revive
an application abandoned for failure to respond to the Initial
office action If inquiry as to the status of the application is
received by the Patent Office within either one of the two fol-
lowing periods, whichever expires later :
a. Eighteen months from the filing date of the application,
or
b. A reasonable period after the Official Gazette (Trade-
marks) indicates that the filing date of the oldest new case
awaiting action in the Division to which the api)lication is
assigned is more recent than the filing date of the application.
For amended cases, the applicant w 111 be considered to have
exercised diligence if inquiries as to the status of the appli-
cation are received by the Patent Office within either one of
the two following periods, whichever expires later :
Chapter 1 — 1'atext Office, Dei'artmext of Commerce
part 1 — RULES of PRACTICE IX PATENT CASES
PART 2 — RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Recognition of Attorneys and Agents, Standards of Conduct,
and Patent .\pitlication Petitions
These rules changes eliminate present provision for the
recognition and registration of firms of attorneys and agents
for practice In patent and trademark cases, ami permit reg-
istered attorneys and agents to file papers in patent appli-
cations without the need for filing powers of attorney or
authorizations. The changes further establish the Code of
Professional Responsibility of the American Bar Association
as the standard of conduct for those practicing before the
Patent Office Insofar as the Code is not inconsistent with
Patent Office riiles. Other changes eliminate the present re-
quireineut for a petition or other express request for a patent
and liberalize requirements as to inventor names.
The changes relating to the discontinuance of the recog-
nition and registration of firms are Intended to obviate prob-
lems incident to such registration such as. for example, the
lack of certainty as to the responsibility of individual attor-
neys and agents for actions taken by registered nonpartner-
shlp biisiness entitles, such as professional corporations, the
I>roblems associated with the rights to firm names and regis-
tration numbers upon dissolution or reorganization of firms,
and the recognition as "firms" of groups of attorneys or agents,
such as parts of corporation organizations, when the attor-
neys and agents are not in fact associated as partners. Ac-
ceptance of papers filed in patent api»lications by registered
attornevs and agents upon a representation that the attor-
ney or agent is authorized to act In a representative capacity
is for the purpose of facilitating responses on behalf of appli-
cants m patent applications, and, further, to obviate the
need for filing powers of attorney or authorizations of agent
in individual applications when there has been a change in
composition of law firms or corporate patent staffs. Inter-
views with a registered attorney or agent not of record will,
in view of 35 U.S.C. section 122. be conducted only on the
basis of information and files supplied by the attorney or
Provision is made for an applicant to supply an address to
receive correspondence from the Patent Office concerning his
application. In addition to his residence address, so that the
I'atent Office mav direct mall to any address of applicant s
selection, such as a corporate i>atent department, a firm of
attorneys or agents, or an individual attorney, agent^ or
other person. In connection with patent applications pending
upon the effective date of the changes in which a A™ »« "f
onlv representative of record (and in connection with divi-
sions and continuations thereof not requiring execution by
74
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
the applicant), the address of the firm will be considered to (318)
be the correspondence address for the application. Powers of
attorney and authorizations of agent In favor of registered
individual attorneys and agents will, of course, continue to
be recognized and accepted.
The amendments to |i 1.344 and 2.13 are intended to pro-
vide a more definite and uniform standard of conduct for
those engaged in practice before the Patent Office than do
present rules. The Code of Professional Responsibility of
the American Bar Association is Incorporated by reference
in the rule with a statement as to where copies thereof may
be inspected or obtained. The rule specifies that the standards
referred to are those set forth in the Code of Professional
Responsibility as amended February 24, 1970, and the rule
does not, therefore, refer to standards imposed by later amend-
ments of the Code. Any standards in other Patent Office
rules which are Inconsistent with standards Imposed by the
Code (as. for example, the limitations in | 1.345(b) on the
distribution of professional announcements and the duties
Imposed by § 1.205(b) ) remain in force.
The elimination of the requirement for a petition request-
ing the grant of a patent and the relaxation of requirements
as to the names of applicants are Intended to simplify patent
application procedures. Section 1.76 is being revoked as re-
dundant In view of revisions In | 1.57.
Notice of proposed rule making regarding revocation of
IS 135 and l.Gl and revision of §§1.14, 1.21, 1.33, 1.34,
1 36' 1.51, 1.52, 1.57. 1.76, 1.341, 1.343, 1.344. 1.346. 1.347,
2 13 and 2.15 of Title 37. Code of Federal Regulations was
published in the Federal Register of January 15. 1971 (36
FR 611). Interested persons were given an opportunity to
participate In the rulemaking process through submission of
comments in writing and at an oral hearing held on March
23 1971 The rules are being adopted after full and careful
consideration of all the material submitted. The departures
from the published text reflect certain of the views expressed
■ in the submitted material.
Elective date. This revision shall become effective on the
(late of its publication In the Federal Register (7-2-71).
In consideration of the comments received and pursuant
to the authority contained in Section 6 of the Act of July 19.
1952 (66 Stat. 793: 35 U.S.C. G). and Section 31 of that
Act (66 Stat. 795: 35 U.S.C. 31). Title 37 of the Code of
Federal Regulations Is hereby amended as follows :
18. Section 2.13 Is revised to read as follows :
i 2.13 Professional cotnluct.
\ttorneys and other persons appearing before the Patent
Office m trademark cases must conform to the standards of
ethical and professional conduct set forth in the Code of
Professional Responsibility of the American Bar Association
as amended February 24, 1970, Insofar as such code Is not
inconsistent with this part. A copy of the said code is avail-
able for Inspection in the Office of the Solicitor. U.S. Patent
Office Room 11C04. Building 3, Crystal Plaza. 2021 Jefferson
Davis Highway. Arlington. Va. Copies of the code are avail-
able upon request to the American Bar Center. 1155 East 60th
Street, Chicago. 111. 60637.
19. Section 2.15 is revised to read as follows :
§ 2.15 Signature and certificate of attorney or agent.
Every paper filed by an attorney at law or other person
representing an applicant or party to a proceeding in the
Patent Office must bear the signature of such attorney at law
or other person except those papers which are required to
be signed by the applicant or party. The signature of an at-
torney at law or such other person to a paper filed by him.
or the filing of any paper by him. constitutes a certificate
that the paper has been read : that its filing is authorized ;
that to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief
there is good ground to support It : and that It is not Inter-
posed for delay.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER. JR..
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
JAME3 H. WAKEtUN. JR..
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. Tl-9387 : Filed 7-1-71 : 8 : 49 am]
Published in 36 F.R. Ii616; July 2, 1971
[890 O.G. TM 60 (Sept. 14, 1971)]
Status Inquires; Amendment
The notice entitled Status Inquiries wlilch appeared In the
Federal Register of August 11, 1971 (36 F.R. 14771-14772).
Indicated that all status inquiries regarding trademark ap-
plications will be entered In the application files. That pro-
cedure win not, however, be followed In all cases, and the
first paragraph of the notice has, accordingly, been amended
to read as follows :
"In order to expedite the handling of Inquiries regarding
the status of both new and amended applications, the Patent
Office has adopted a new procedure. Henceforth, status in-
quiries should be filed In duplicate and should identify by
title and date the last paper known by the applicant to have
been filed in the case. Each inquiry should be accompanied by
a self-addressed, stamped envelope. Both the original inquiry
and the duplicate will be marked with a response and the
duplicate will be returned to the applicant. The original In-
quiry will be entered In the file only if the applicant has re-
quested an estimated date for the next Office action : otherwise,
the original inquiry will be placed in a separate file."
Dated: Sept. 14, 1971.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK.
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[FR Doc. 71-14129 ; Filed 9-23-71 ; 8 : 50 a.m.]
Pub. in 36 F.R. 18961, Sept. 2^. H'.Tl
[891 O.G. T^I 142]
(319) TITLE 37 — PATENTS. TRADEMARKS, AND
COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I— Patent Office, Dep.^rtment of Commerce
PART 2— RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Access to Pending Applications
\ proposal was published at 36 F.R. 16194 to amend § 2.27
by deleting the requirement to show good cause In order to
obtain access to a pending application file.
\fter consideration of all comments and suggestions sub-
mitted by interested persons, the amendment as proposed Is
hereby adopted, subject to the following changes :
1. The title of § 2.27 is changed by inserting the word
"trademark" after the word "pending."
2. In paragraph (b) of S 2.27 the word "trademark after
the word "pending" Is deleted.
Access to a pending application will be granted upon oral
request at the office of the Director of the Trademark Examin-
ing Operation. The files will be ordered at 2 p.m. each day
and will usually be available for inspection by 3 p.m. the
same dav. Files must be inspected in the presence of office
personne'l and papers may not be removed without authoriza-
tion Copies of the contents of files may be made only In the
Trademark Search Room or by the Document Service Branch
Written requests for copies of the contents of application file*
may be addressed to the Document Service Branch : the cost
is 30 cents per page.
The procedure for access to published and registered files
and terminated Inter partes proceedings will remain un-
changed. Access to a published application Is granted by re-
quest in the Trademark Docket Section. In order to obtain
access to a registered file or terminated inter partes proceed-
ing an order must be placed In the Trademark Docket Section^
These files are available either the same day or the morning
of the following day. ,
Effective date. This amendment Is effective on the date of
its publication in the Federal Register (12-31-. 1).
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
December 21, 1971.
James H. Wakehn, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
December 22, 1971.
The text of the revised section Is as follows :
S 2.27 Pending trademark application index; access to ap-
plications.
(a) An index of pending applications including the name
and address of the applicant, a reproduction or description
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
75
of the mark, the goods or services with which the mark is
used, the class number, the dates of use and the serial number
and filing date of the application will be available for public
Inspection as soon as practicable after filing.
(b) Access to the file of a particular pending application
will be permitted prior to publication under § 2.81 upon
written request.
(c) Decisions of the Commissioner and the Trademark Trial
and Appeal Board In applications and proceedings relating
thereto are published or available for inspection or publication.
(d) After a mark has been registered, or published for
oppcsltlori, the file of the application and all proceedings re-
lating thereto are available for public Inspection and copies
of the papers may be furnished upon paying the fee therefor.
[F.R. Doc. 71-19801; Filed 12-30-71: 8:45 a.m.J
Published in F.R. 2^506, Dec. 31, 1971
[895 O.G. TM 2]
(320) TITLE 37— PATENTS. TRADENLVRKS.
AND COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I — Patent Office, Depahtment of Commerce
PART 2 RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Trademark Application and Drawing Requirements
A proposal was published at 36 F.R. 18002 to amend and
revise $| 2.21-2.23, 2.52, and 2.56. Pursuant to this notice, a
number of comments have been received from interested per-
sons. In light of the comments submitted, some changes have
been made in tlie rules as proposed.
An additional subparagraph has been added to S 2.21 re-
quiring that the application state tlie name of the applicant.
In the same section, a paragraph (c) has been added. This
paragraph incorporates the substances of proposed { 2.22.
Section 2.52 has been revised to state that drawings must be
8 to 8',j Inches wide and 11 inches long. In view of the change
In S 2.52. § 2.31 has also been revised to make It clear that
applications submitted on either letter or legal-size paper
are acceptable.
Effective date. This revision shall become eflfectlve on Feb-
ruary 1, 1972. However, as to § 2.52. drawings which comply
only with the existing rule will be accepted until March 1.
1972.
1. Section 2.21 is revised to read as follows :
S 2.21 Requirements for receiving a filing date.
(a) Materials submitted as an application for registration
of a mark will not be accorded a filing date as an application
until all of the following elements are received :
(1) Name of the applicant :
(2) A name and address to which communications can be
directed ;
(3) A drawing or other identification of the mark sought
to be registered ;
(4) An Identification of goods or services ;
(5) At least one specimen or facsimile of the mark as ac-
tually used ;
(6) A date^of first use of the mark in commerce, or a cer-
tification or certified copy of a foreign registration If the ap-
plication is based on such foreign registration pursuant to
section 44(e) of the act. or a claim of the benefit of a prior
foreign application in accordance with section 44(d) of the
act :
(7) The required filing fee for at least one class of goods
or services.
Compliance with one or more of the rules relating to the ele-
ments specified above may be required before the application is
further processed.
(b) The filing date of the application is the date on which
all of the elements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section
are received In the Patent Office.
(c) If the papers are so defective that they cannot be ac-
cepted, the applicant will be notified and the papers and fee
held 6 months. If the requirements for receiving a filing date
have not been satisfied within such time, the papers and fee
will be returned to the applicant or otherwise disposed of ;
the drawing or fee of an unaccepted application may be trans-
ferred to a later application.
i 2.22 [Revoked]
2. Section 2.22 Is revoked.
3. Section 2.23 Is revised .to read as follows :
V
§ 2.23 Serial number.
Applications will be given a serial number as received, and
the applicant will be informed of the serial number and the
filing date of the application.
4. Section 2.31 Is revised to read as follows :
i 2.31 Application must be in English.
The application must be in the English language and plainly
written on but one side of the paper. It Is deemed preferable
that the application be on legal or letter-size paper, type-
written double spaced, with at least a one and one-half inch
margin on the left-hand side and top of the page.
5. Section 2.52 Is amended by revising paragraph (c) to
read as follows :
S 2.52 Requirements for drawings. ^
» • • • •
(c) Size of paper and margins. The size of the sheet on
which a drawing Is made must be 8 to 81-2 Inches wide and
11 Inches long. One of the shorter sides of the sheet should
be regarded as Its top. When the figure Is longer than the
width of the sheet, the sheet should be turned on Its side with
the top at the right. The size of the mark must be such as
to leave a margin of at least 1 Inch on the sides and bottom
of the paper and at least 1 inch between it and the heading.
. . • • •
6. Section 2.56 Is revised to read as follows :
§ 2.56 Specimens.
The application must include five specimens of the trade-
mark as actually used on or In connection with the goods In
commerce. The specimens shall be duplicates of the actual
used labels, tags, or containers, or the displays associated
therewith or portions thereof, when made of suitable flat
material and of a size not to exceed 8Vj Inches wide and 13
Inches long.
Dated: January 11, 1972.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary
for Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-924; Filed 1-20-72; 8:48 am]
Published in 37 FR 931; Jan. 21, 1972
[895 O.G. TM 193]
(321)
Initial Processing of Applications
On February 1, 1972, the operations of the Trademark Ap-
plication Section of the Patent Office will be reorganized. The
purpose of the reorganization is to provide the public and
applicants with more current information concerning newly
filed applications.
The prompt Initial processing of trademark applications Is
necessary In order to fulfill one of the main Patent Office
functions, that of producing a record, accessible to the public,
of new trademark activity to facilitate the clearance of new
marks for use, determine the registrability of proposed marks,
and avoid conflicts with the rights of others. In order to main-
tain a record of marks applied for which reflects the most
current information available to the Office concerning them,
the eariy processing of drawings in order to have them placed
in the search room is considered as a first priority. The proc-
essing of these drawings includes the assignment of serial
numbers, initial classification, duplication of the drawing
and the forwarding of copies of the drawing to the search
room. Other functions which are necessary In the processing
of applications, such as the processing and mailing of filing
receipts, are secondary to the processing of drawings.
In part vears, there have been delays in processing applica-
tions and for^/ardlng application drawings to the search room.
7g OFFICIAL GAZETTE January 2, 1973
These delays bave varied from several weeks to several mouths, more specific term is used ^I'^^'Z/ZTtTvo.ZZyZ
?n view o7L importance, both to applicants and the public, of ^^e application may be shoen^ ^
of recording essential information concerning newly filed ap- a T^'^^^^^'^^^^^J.^^^tf;" P"' '3" ""/or H^^^^ erms in the
plications as quickly as possible, a reorganization of the work- greater partlculan^^^^ forth b, t
flow in the Application Section is being effected. International f '^^^'A;;"^" "f '"^j.^.^^^eed therefor. Typical '
There Is no change In the processing of applications through the Examiner in the absence of a c ea r "^^"^ J";; ; j^^.
the man room and finance branch to the Application Section, illustrations of clear need can be found in the following
However under the new plan, upon receipt In the Trademark tlons :
Application Section, all applications will be stamped with ^^^ ,j,^^ ^^^^^ ^^^m includes items which are classified In
a serial number, and the drawing of the mark will be repro- ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^j^gg (^or example, "artists' materials.")
duced immediately and placed in the search file. This process- ^g) The broad term is too Indefinite for proper examination,
ing will occur as soon as the application files reach the Appli- ^^^^ example, 'metallic parts.")
cation Section. Such procedures as determining whether or (3)(o) The Identification Is Inconsistent with the goods
not an application will receive a filing date, preparation of ^^ services disclosed by the specimens.
the file jackets, and mailing of the filing receipt will take ^^^ ^j^^ ordinary meaning of the Identification Is at varl-
place at a later time. ance with the goods or services dl.sclosed by the specimens or
Applicants who wish to be notified promptly of the date their ^^^^ record. (For example, •'deoalcomanlas" are not aile-
papers were received In the office and their serial number, may ^^^^^^ly Identified by the term "publications." See also Ex
send two self-addressed postcards with their application pa- p^^^^ Consulting Publishing Co., 115 USPQ 240.)
pers. The mall room will stamp both postcards with the date ^^^ Wording Included In the mark requires limitation of
of receipt and return one to the applicant; the second post- ^^^ identification. (For example, "beer" may not be included
card will be stamped with the serial number and forwarded to ^^ ^^^ identification where the mark is "Newark 'Olde Town
the applicant from the Application Section. The postcards ^j^., ^Ex parte Consumers Brewing Co., 5o Vi>VQ -126). )
should contain the applicant's name and the trademark which situations do not constitute clear
is the subject of the application. When more than one set of On the other hand, some si tua ions
appllcatloTpapers are'f'orwarded under one cover, postcards need, as illustrated by the following :
should be attached to each set of papers for which a receipt (^ tij^ existence of a decision holding that a likelihood
Is desired. of confusion exists in relation to items which are narrowly
rnder the new system of processing application papers, your identified does not In Itself constitute a clear need to require
particular attention Is directed to the following changes as amendment of a broad Identification to the more specific Items
compared ro the present procedure. mentioned in the decision.
1 Application drawings will be placed in the public search ^g) If the identification is understood when read in asso-
: file prior to the mailing of the filing receipt. elation with the title of the class in which It is placed and is
2 By using the postcard system described above, applicants otherwise satisfactory, further qualifying amendment should
will be notified sooner of the date of receipt of their papers ^^^^ ^^ required. (For example, "mufflers" in the clothing class
and the serial number of their application. Applicants are en- ^^.Q^^]^ not require further modification to indicate that articles
couraged to use the postcard system. of clothing are Intended ; similarly the term "house organ ' In
3. Additional papers sent In by the applicant or attorney ^j^^ ^jj^gg f^^ printed publications would not need further
should be Identified by serial number, thereby enabling the qualification.)
otfice to process these papers quickly. m « f.^w Instances the terminology In the International Clas-
4. When an application is accompanied by a petition to the In a J^w Instances "^^^^ ^\ ^^^^^n usage In
commissioner under i 2.146. the petition will not be considered f^«-^ ° ;^,,^,°;;^Vh^ term more commonly
until processing by the Application Section is complete. ^''^ , ',^., ;r,ntrv should be selected
Effective ^ate. The procedure outlined In this notice will "^J^^V^ngllsh edUlon of tl': •'International Classification of
become effective February 1, 1972. ^^^^^ ^^^ Services to Which Trade Marks Are Applied" can
RICHARD A. WAHL, ' .^e ordered from : ~ ~
. Acting Commissioner of Patents. » r>m„-
,, ,Q,o Sales Branch, The Patent Office
January 11. 1972. ^^^^^ ^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ „^^,^^
Approved : St. Mary Cray, Orpington, Kent, England
J.AMES H. Wakelin, Jr., Certain modifications and additions to the Classification have
Assistant Secretary for been published as supplements and are also available from the
Science and Technology. British Office.
„„ ,„ o ^„ ., We have been advised by the British Patent Office that the
[FR DOC. 72-925; Filed 1-20-72; 8:48 ami only acceptable methods of payment are by International
Published in 37 FR 9*2 ,' Jan. 21. 1072 Money Order or bankers draft, payable In sterling and drawn
on a bank In the United Kingdom. Orders for the Interna-
[895 O.G. TM 193] ju,nai Classification and for the supplements can be made
by remittance in the following amount (s) :
'^^~^^~ International Classification 50 pence
rr. Nov 15 1967, supplement 5 pence
(322) Identification OF Goods AND Services IN TR.ADEMARK ^,^- ,0' ,070 supplement - Free
APPLic.TiONS-.REPRiNT OK NOTICE A.ND AMENDMENT) ^ar- ^'^'.g,, ' g^Jp^i^^^nt " 10 pence
Effective Immediately, the Alphabetical List of Goods and Total cost (Including postage by
Services which appears In the volume entitled "International surf ace mail i 65 pence ^^
Classification of Goods and Services to Which Trade Marks Additional charge for postage by air 1 pound oo pence
Are Applied" (published by the World Intellectual Property j^all
Organization (WIPO)) Is adopted as a general guideline for Total cost by airmail 2 pounds 20 pence
determining the degree of particularity of Identification of (^^.^^^.g g^Quld be sent directly to :
goods and services required In trademark applications.
Terms which appear in the International Classification g^^j^g Branch, The Patent Office, Block C.
listing will generally be accepted as proper identifications of station Square House, St. Mary Cray,
goods and services. The use In the listing of more specific Orpington. Kent. England
identifications Indented below the heading term does not " t.pptmfyfR
necessarily preclude acceptability of that heading. For ex- RENE ^ .^''''')'^\ '
ample the International Classification lists, as Item A407, Assistant Commissioner for Appeals
Ammunitiort, followed by specific types of ammunition, as Legislation and TrademarKs.
Items A408 and A409 rnd A410. "Ammunition" will be ac- jj^^jg . j^^ i3_ 1972.
cepted as an Identification in accordance with In re Dynamit ^^^ ^^^
yobel AG, 169 USPQ 499 (TTAB, 1971). However, If the i»^^ ' ''
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
77
(323)
Trademark Office Actions
Z. Section 2.91 is revised to read as follows :
Effective Apr. 1, 1972, trademark applicants or their
attorneys will be provided with only one carbon copy of any
office action, and the mailing of an additional carbon copy
will be discontinued.
This change is consistent with the current practice In the
patent examining operations and should result in greater
efficiency In the preparation and mailing of office actions.
Feb. 7, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commistioner of Patents.
[895 O.G. TM 238]
(324) TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, AND
COPYRIGHTS
CHAPTER I— Patent Office, Department of Commerce
PART 2 — RULES of PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Interferences
A proposal was published at 36 F.R. 18002 to amend, revise,
or redesignate §! 2.27, 2.61, 2.80-2.82, 2.91, 2.92, 2.08, 2.101,
and 2.103. Pursuant to this notice, a number of comments have
been received from Interested persons, and due consideration
has been given to all matter presented. Only editorial changes
have been made In the rules as proposed.
Effective date. This revision shall become effective on March
1. 1972, and will apply to all applications except those In
which a notice of publication was mailed prior to March 1,
1972.
§ 2.27 [Amended]
1. Section 2.27 is amended by changing "2.81" In paragraph
(b) to read "2.80."
§ 2.61 [Amended]
2. Section 2.92(c) is redesignated as S 2.61(c).
3. Section 2.81 Is redesignated as § 2.80 and revised to read
as follows : _
$ 2.80 Publication for opposition.
If, on examination or reexamination of an application for
registration on the Principal Register, It appears that the
applicant Is entitled to have his mark registered, the mark
will be published In the Official Gazette for opposition. The
mark will also be published In the case of an application to
be placed In concurrent use proceedings, if otherwise regis-
trable.
§§ 2.81, 2.82 [Redesignated]
4. Sections 2.82 and 2.83 are redesignated as 5 S 2.81 and
2.82, respectively.
5. A new § 2.83 Is added and reads as follows :
i 2.83 Conflicting marks.
(a) Whenever an application Is made for registration of a
mark which so resembles another mark or marks pending
registration as to be likely to cause confusion or mistake or
to deceive, the mark with the earliest effective filing date will
be published In the Official Gazette for opposition If eligible
for the Principal Register, or issued a certificate of registra-
tion If eligible for the Supplemental Register. A notice will be
sent, If practicable, to the applicants Involved Informing them
of the publication or issuance of the earliest filed mark.
(b) In situations In which conflicting applications have
the same effective filing date, the application with the earliest
date of execution will be published in the Official G.\/.ette
for opposition or Issued on the Supplemental Register. A no-
tice will be sent, if practicable, to the applicants Involved In-
forming them of the publication or Issuance of the application
with the earliest date of execution.
(c) Action on the confilcting application which Is not pub-
lished in the Official Gazette for opposition or not issued
on the Supplemental Register will be suspended by the Exam-
iner of Trademarks until the published or Issued application Is
registered or abandoned.
6. The heading for §§2.91-2.99 entitled "Interferences"
Is revised to read "Interferences and Concurrent Use Proceed-
ings."
§ 2.91 Interferences.
(a) An Interference will not be declared between two appli-
cations or between an application and a registration except
upon petition to the Commissioner. Interferences will be de-
clared by the Commissioner only upon a showing of extraordi-
nary circumstances which would result In a party being un-
duly prejudiced without an Interference. In ordinary circum-
stances, the availability of an opposition or cancellation pro-
ceeding to the party will be deemed to remove any undue
prejudice.
(b) Registrations and applications to register on the Sup-
plemental Register, registrations under the Act of 1920, and
registrations of marks the right to use of which has become
incontestable are not subject to interference.
8. Section 2,92 is revised to read as follows :
I 2.92 Preliminary to interference.
Before the declaration of an Interference, the marks which
are to form the subject matter of the controversy must have
been decided to be registrable by each party except for the
interfering mark.
9. Section 2.98 Is revised to read as follows :
§ 2.98 Adding party to interference.
If, during the pendency of an interference, another case
appears involving substantially the same registrable subject
matter, the Examiner of Trademarks may request the sus-
pension of the Interference for the purpose of adding said
case Such suspension will be granted as a matter of course
If no testimony has been taken. If any testimony has been
taken or Is about to be taken, the case will not be added
except upon approval of a member of the Trademark Trial
and Appeal Board. If the case is not added, the Examiner of
Trademarks may suspend action on such case pending termi-
nation of the interference proceeding.
§ 2.101 [.irnended]
10. Section 2.101 Is amended by changing "2.81," to read
"2.S0."
f 2.103 [Amended]
11. Section 2.103 Is amended by changing "2.81" In the sec-
ond sentence to read "2.80."
I
Dated : February 2, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-1863; Filed 2-8-72; 8:46 am]
Pub. 37 F.R. 2880, Feb. 9, 1972
[89G O.G. TM 2]
(325) TITLE 43— PUBLIC LANDS : INTERIOR
SUBTITLE A— Office of the Secretary of the Interior
[Circular 2320]
Part 25— Use of the "Johnny Horizon" Symbol
On page 21207 of the Federal Regis^ter of November 4,
1971 there was published a notice and text of a proposed
nmeiidment to Subtitle A of Title 43, Code of Federal Regula-
tions. The purpose of the umendment is to provide rules for
the commercial manufacture, Importation, reproduction, and
use of the character "Johnny Horizon"— the official symbol
for a public service antUltter and environmental cleanup pro-
gram to maintain the beauty and utility of the Nation's public
lands carried on by the Department of the Interior. It ;lso
provides guidelines for noncommercial use and for contribu-
tions of money and personal property to the "Johnny Hori-
zon" program. These regulations are promulgated In accord-
ance with the Act of September 25, 1970 (84 Stat. 870).
Interested persons were given until December 16, 1971,
within which to submit comments, suggestions, or objections
78
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
to the proposed amendment. Only one comment was received "Johnny Horizon" name and symbol licenses will be subject,
which suggested that the word "importation" be Included
In certain sections to prevent the Importation of unauthorized
"Johnny Horizon ' items manufactured or reproduced outside
of the United States. This suggested change has been made.
A reference to State agencies as possible cooperators has
also been added.
The proposed amendment is hereby adopted as changed, and
is set forth below. This amendment shall become effective
February 15, 1972.
HARRISON LOESCH,
Assistant Secretary of the Interior.
but not limited, to the following terras and conditions
(1) Payment of fair return to the United States for its
Property through negotiation of use or royalty fees.
(2) Licenses are nontransferable.
(3) All proposed products must be approved by the Director
prior to manufacture. Importation, or reproduction by the
licensee. Substances Inherently dangerous to users shall not
be used.
(4) All licenses shall contain Equal Employment Oppor-
tunity provisions in compliance with Executive Order 11246,
as amended (30 F.R. 12319 (1965)), and regulations issued
pursuant thereto (41 CFR Chapter 60 and Part 17 of this
chapter).
(5) Alteration of artwork must first be approved by the
Director.
(6) Licenses shall be subject to revocation by the Director
at any time he finds that (1) the use Involved is Injurious
to the characterization of "Johnny Horizon," or (11) there
has been a violation of the terms and conditions of the license.
§ 25.2 Xoncommercial use.
(a) Permitted uses. Products^ bearing ihe name or symbol
of "Johnny Horizon," provided by the Government or ac-
quired from licensed sources, may be used without a license
A new Part 25 is added to Subtitle A, Title 43 of the Code or advance permission by any person or organization for the
purpose of furthering antllitter and environmental cleanup
campaigns, provided that no charge Is made by the unlicensed
user for service or products.
(b) Technical advice. To the extent possible, technical ad
vice will be given to Interested parties upon request to the
Director.
(c) Cooperation. The Director may enter into cooperative
Feb. 4,
1972. Ass
Sec.
25.0-1
Purpose.
25.0-2
Objectives.
25.0-3
Authority.
25.0-5
Definitions.
25.1
Commercial use.
25.2
Noncommercial use
25.3
Contributions.
25.4
Unauthorised use.
ACTHORITT : The provision of this Part 25 Issued under
the Act of September 25. 1970 (84 Stat. 870).
of Federal Regulations to read as follows
§ 25.0-1 Purpose.
This subpart establishes rules for the commercial and non
commercial use of the
I 25.0-2 Objectives.
'Johnny Horizon" symbol and name.
The objectives of these regulations are (a) to maintain the . * #
integrity of the name and characterization of "Johnny Hori- agreements with other Federal and State agencies for use of
the name or symbol of "Johnny Horizon. Agreements shall
zon" — the official symbol for a public service antllitter and
environmental cleanup program to maintain the beauty and
utility of the Nation's public lands, (b) to authorize the non-
commercial use of the symbol, and (c) to provide for use or
royalty fees for the manufacture, reproduction, or use of the
symbol for commercial purposes.
§ 25.0-3 Authority.
The Act of September 25, 1970 (84 Stat. 870) authorizes
the Secretary of the Interior to establish and collect use or
royalty fees for the manufacture, reproduction, or use of the
"Johnny Horizon" name and symbol. The Act makes un-
authorized manufacture, reproduction, and use a crime (IS
U.S.C. 714). The Act also provides that royalty and use fees
will be deposited In a special account and used for the purpose
of furthering nationwide antllitter campaigns.
i 25.0—5 Definitions.
As used in this part :
(a) The term "Johnny Horizon" means the name or char-
acterization "Johnny Horizon" originated by the Bureau of
Land Management, Department of the Interior, as the official
symbol for a public .service antllitter and environmental clean-
up program, and as described in 18 U.S.C. 714, the representa-
tion of a tall, lean man, with strong facial features, who
wears slacks and sport shirt buttoned to the collar (both
green, when colored), no tie, a field jacket (red, when colored),
boot-type shoes (brown, when colored) and who carries a back-
pack.
(b) "Director" means the Director of the Bureau of Land
Management, or the person he delegates to act for him on
matters pertaining to the "Johnny Horizon" program.
(c) "Johnny Horizon program" means those activities and
supporting services conducted in furtherance of a public serv
state the responsibilities of each agency pertaining to (1)
maintaining the integrity of the program, (2) supplying ma-
terials, (3) assisting other groups or organizations, (4) re-
strictions of uses of materials, (5) altering artwork, and (6)
making arrangements with public personalities engaged in
the program.
I 25.3 Contributions.
The Director may accept contributions of money and per-
sonal property by any person or organization for use in the
■Johnny Horizon" program.
§ 25.4 Unauthorized use.
Manufacture, importation, reproduction, or use of the
"Johnny Horizon" name or symbol, except as provided for
under these regulations, in this part Is prohibited (18 U.S.C.
714).
[FR Doc. 72-2144 ; Filed 2-11-72 ; 8
37 F.R. .il>i3; Feb. 12. 191 i
[896 O.G. TM 681
51 a.m.]
(320)
TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS.
AND COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I-
PART 2-
-Patent Office, Department of Commerce
-RULES OF practice IX TRADEMARK CASES
Miscellaneous Amendments
A proposal was published at 36 F.R. 19315 to revise || 2.54.
2.67, 2.87, 2.88, and 2.187. Pursuant to this notice, comments
ice antllitter and environmental cleanup campaign which uses have been received from interested persons. Full consideration
has been given to all matter presented and changes in the
text of the original proposal have been made in view thereof.
Section 2.54 Is being revised to permit the Patent Office to
accept substitute drawings in appropriate situations.
The revision of § 2.67 clarifies the situations in which an
examiner may suspend action on an application.
Sections 2.87 and 2.88 are being revised to state that both
Director determines that the proposed commercial use will pro- goods and services may be the subject of a single application
mote the purposes of the "Johnny Horizon" program and will or certificate of registration in accordance with section 30 of
not Impair the integrity of the name or symbol. the Trademark Act of 1946. Additionally, I 2.87 requires five
(b) Terms and conditions. In order to maintain the integ- specimens be submitted for each class,
rlty of the "Johnny Horizon" program ind to regulate the The revision to { 2.187 insures that the certificate of regls-
raanufacture. Importation, reproduction, and use of the tration issues to the current owner of the mark.
J
the "Johnny Horizon" name or symbol.
I 25.1 Commercial use.
(a) Licenses. The "Johnny Horizon" name or symbol may
be used for commercial purposes only under a license issued
pursuant to the regulations in this part. Licenses will be
granted to any individual, business, or corporation if the
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
79
Effective date. This revision shall become effective March
17, 1972.
In consideration of the foregoing and pursuant to the au-
thority contained in section 41 of the Act of July 5, 1946 (60
Stat. 440; 15 U.S.C. 1123) and section 6 of the Act of July
19, 1952 (66 Stat. 793; 35 U.S.C. 6), Part 2 of Chapter I
of Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations is hereby
amended as follows :
1. Section 2.54 is revised to read as follows :
i 2.54 Informal drawings.
A drawing not in conformity with §S 2.51 to 2.53 may be
accepted for purpose of examination, but the drawing must
be corrected or a new one furnished, as required, before the
mark can be published or the application allowed. The neces-
sary corrections will be made by the Patent Office upon appli-
cant's request and at his expense.
2. Section 2.67 Is revised to read as follows :
I 2.67 Suspension of action by the Patent Office.
Action by the Patent Office may be suspended for a rea-
sonable time for good and sufficient cause. The fact that a pro-
ceeding Is pending before the Patent Office or a court which
Is relevant to the issue of registrability of the applicant's
mark, or the fact that the basis for registration is. under the
provisions of Section 44(e) of the Act, registration of the
mark in a foreign country and the foreign application Is still
pending, will be considered prima facie good and sufficient
cause. An applicant's request for a suspension of action under
this section filed within the 6-month response period (see
i 2.62) may be considered responsive to the previous office
action. The first suspension is within the discretion of the
Examiner of Trademarks and any subsequent suspension
must be approved by the Commissioner.
3. Section 2.87 is revised to jread as follows :
{ 2.87 Combined applications.
An application also may be filed to register the same mark
for any or all of the goods and/or services upon or in con-
nection with which the mark is actually used and which fall
within a plurality of classes. However, dates of use for each
class, five specimens for each class, and a fee equaling the
sum of the fees for filing an application In each class are re-
quired. A single certificate of registration for the mark may
be issued.
4. Section 2.88 Is revised to read as follows :
S 2.88 Applications may be combined.
(a) When several applications have been filed by the same
applicant for registration on the same register of a mark
shown in Identical form on the drawings for goods and/or
services in different classes and each of the applications has
been allowed, a single certificate based on .such applications
may be issued. A request for the issuance of a consolidated
certificate must be made of record In each of the applications
involved prior to the allowance of any of the applications.
(b) The issuance of any original certificate may be sus-
pended upon request of the applicant, for a period not ex-
ceeding 6 mouths, to permit such consolidation.
5. Section 2.187 is revised to read as follows:
{ 2.187 Certificate of registration may issue to assignee.
The certificate of registration may be issued to the assignee
of the applicant provided the assignment is recorded in the
Patent Office at least 10 days before the application is allowed,
and written notice of the recording of the assignment and
the address of the assignee Is made of record in the application
file by the applicant or assignee.
Dated : February 14, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
James H. Wakelin. Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for Science
and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-2684 ; Filed 2-23-72 ; 8 : 46 a.m.]
Published in 37 F.R. 3897, Feb. 2i, 1972
[890 O.G. TM 130]
(327) Trademark Manual of Examining Procedure
Work is In progress on a Manual of Trademark Examining
Procedure which is being designated in brief as "TMEP."
Tlie preliminary material for the Manual consists of directives
which are being prepared and, issued at Intervals. Each di-
rective is devoted to a particular procedure in the trade-
mark examining process, and the directives constitute official
guidelines for the examination of trademark applications.
Ten directives have been issued to date.
Trademark Examining Directives can be ordered from the
Superintendent of Documents, United States Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, at an annual sub-
scription of $1.50, plus 50< for foreign mailing.
(See original announcement dated July 27, 1971 in the
Official Gazette of August 31, 1971, vol. 889, No. 5.)
Feb. 29, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
(328)
[897 O.G. TM 2]
PETITION TO Make Trademark
Applications Special
The practice of expediting the prosecution of new trade-
mark applications on request of the applicant (accelerated
prosecution) was rescinded, effective Aug. 1, 1971 (S6 F.R.
13231, July 16, 1971 ; 825 O.G. 2). This action was taken after
a careful study of the practice, including a recommendation
of the Public Advisory Committee for Trademark Affairs that
the Patent Office terminate accelerated prosecution of trade-
mark applications. The study considered both the effect of
the procedure on the workload of the Trademark Operations
and the broader interest of examining trademark applications
in an order which is equitable to all applicants.
Since the termination of this practice, the Office has experi-
enced some increase in the number of petitions requesting the
Commissioner to invoke his supervisory authority pursuant
to Rule 2.146 in order to advance the examination of applica-
tions out of their regular order. This was to be expected since
applicants who might have been able to show special circum-
stances entitling them to advanced examination could pre-
viously achieve this special treatment without resorting to
a petition. However, some of the petitions now being received
are not considered sufficient to justify the extraordinary
relief of invoking the supervisory authority of the Commis-
sioner for the purpose of advancing the applications out of
their regular order.
In particular, a number of such petitions have been based on
the ground that the applicant Is about to embark on ah adver
tislng campaign or to commit advertising or promotional ex-
penditures in which the mark applied for Is material. Such
a ground is not considered to constitute appropriate circum-
stances justifying the advancement of the application out of
its regular turn and the petitions based on such ground have
been and will continue to be denied. The principal reason for
the denial is that these circumstances are applicable to a
substantial portion of the trademark applications filed In
the Patent Office. The supervisory authority of the Commis-
sioner should be exercised only where an extraordinary reason
for such action has been disclosed. See Anderson d Dyer v.
Loury. 89 O.G. 1861, 1899 CD. 230, and Wilputte v. Van
Ackeren, 103 USPQ 235. Thus, the extraordinary remedy of
invoking the supervisory authority of the Commissioner is
not considered appropriate under these circumstances.
In the interest of equitable treatment of all applicants,
the policy of the Office in granting such petitions will be re-
stricted to those cases in which particular and very special
circumstances exist, such as a demonstrable possibility of loss
of substantial rights, rather than circumstances which would
be equally applicable to a large number of other applicants
for trademark registration.
Date : Mar.
13, lOTJ
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
[897 O.G. TM 2]
80
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
(329) TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I— Patent Office, Department of Commerce
PART 2 RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Trademark Inter Partes Procedure
A proposal was published at 36 F.R. 18002 to revise, amend,
rc<losignate, or revoke II 2.99, 2.104, 2.112, 2.117, 2.119.
2 120, 2.122-2.125, and 2.127-2.129 of the Rules of Practice
in Trademark Cases. Pursuant to the notice, written comments
linve been received and a public hearing was held October 22,
1!»71 Full consideration has been given to all matter pre-
sented and changes in the text of the original proposal have
been made In view thereof.
Amendments to the present text of the rules are described
below. In cases where the amendment differs from that set
lorlh In the notice of proposed rule making, that change Is
also described below.
St^ctlons 2.104 and 2.112 are being revised by adopting
langage from the Federal rules requiring a short and plain
statement showing how the party would be damaged. The pro-
posnl required a statement "tending to show why" the party
would be damaged.
Section 2.117 Is being redesignated as I 2.11G and Is being
revised to clarify the applicability of the Federal Rules of
Civil Procedure to Patent Office proceedings.
A new I 2.117 authorizing suspension of proceedings by the
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board when the parties are en-
gngod In civil litigation which may be dispositive of the case,
hn^ been added. The new rule gives the Board discretion in
matters of suspension whereas the proposed rule required a
m.'indatory suspension.
Section 2.119 Is being amended by incorporating the sub-
stance of I 1.248 in a new paragraph.
' Section 2.120 is being revised to adopt the Federal Rules
of Civil Procedure insofar as they are applicable to Patent
Olllce proceedings. The numbers of the applicable Federal
rules are not listed since they are Incorporated by reference
in 12.120. For example, i 2.120(a) (3) as adopted does not
refer to Federal Rule 32 which governs use of discovery depo-
sitions.
Section 2.120(a) sets forth restrictions on deposition pro
cedures, discovery of a foreign party and use of discovery
depositions.
Existing I 2.120(b) is being deleted and the proposed para-
graph is not being adopted. Rule 36 of the Federal Rules of
Civil Procedure will govern requests for admissions. A new
paragraph (b) governing use of admissions and answers to
interrogatories is being adopted.
Kxlstlng i 2.120 paragraphs (c) through (e) are being de-
leted.
Section 2.120(f) Is also deleted and proposed | 2.120(c) is
not being adopted. Rule 33 of the Federal Rules of Civil Pro-
cedure will govern the interrogatory practice. It is believed
that t]ie Federal rule will provide uniformity in practice and
a body of law which will serve as a guideline to both attorneys
nnd the Board. Some comments were received, however, which
expressed a preference for limited interrogatories. In view of
such comments, the Office plans to evaluate on a continuing
basis the effectiveness and utilization of Federal Rule 33. If
ii stances arise In which Rule 33 does not appear to be fully
satisfactory. It may be that consideration will be given to a
)nore limited practice.
A new 12.120(c) entitled "Failure to Make Discovery:
Sanctions" has been added.
Section 2,122 (b) is being revised to state that before a
jileaded registration will be received in evidence, two copies
of the registration showing its status and title or an order
for such copies must accompany the opposition or petition to
cancel.
Section 2.123(c) relating to printed publications and official
records, is being redesignated as | 2.122(c) and revised to
Incorporate | 1.282 (Patent Rule 282).
A new I 2.122(d) Is being added and Incorporates the sub-
stance of I 1.283 (Patent Rule 283).
Section 2.123 has been completely revised to incorporate tlie
provisions of li 1.273-1.281, 1.285, and 1.286 (Patent Rules
27;t-281, 285. and 286). Portions of the Patent Rules which
are not applicable to trademark practice have been omitted and
In some Instances the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure apply.
A few changes have been made In this section as originally
propsed ; they are as follows :
The title of I 2.123 is being amended by inserting the word
"trial" before "testimony."
Proposed | 2.123(e) (5) is being revised to permit a witness
to sign a deposition before any officer authorized to admin-
ister oaths, m n ■,n'Hf\ ia\
Proposed | 2.123(f) (5) is being deleted and |2.12d(f)(e)
is being redesignated as | 2.123(f) (5).
Section 2 124(b) is being amended to require testimony by
written questions to be prepared with each answer preceded
by its corresponding question.
Section 2.124a is being revoked. Testimony in foreign
countries will be covered In | 2.124(d) which provides that
such testimony will be taken by depositions upon written
questions. . ^ j i.v
Reference numbers In | 2.125 have been changed and the
reference to "the original transcript" In the second sentence
of paragraph (a) is being changed to read "the certified
transcript." , „, , , a
Section 2.127(a) provides that the Trademark Trial and
Appeal Board may treat a motion as conceded when a party
falls to file a brief In opposition to the motion. Sections 2.127
(b) and 2.129(c) are amended by adding a sentence requir-
ing briefs in opposition to petitions for reconsideration to be
filed within 15 days.
Section 2.128(b) Includes certain changes with respect to
the form required for briefs.
In consideration of the comments and pursuant to the au-
thority contained in section 41 of the Act of July 5. 1946 (60
Stat 440- 15 U.S.C. 1123) and section 6 of the Act of July
19 1952 (66 Stat. 793, 35 U.S.C. 6), Part 2 of Chapter I of
Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations Is hereby amended
as follows :
1. In I 2.99. a new paragraph (d) is added and reads as
follows :
I 2 99 AppUc<ition to register as concurrent user.
.
(d) When concurrent registration Is sought on the basis
of a court determination of the rights of the parties to use
the marks in commerce, the application shall be examined by
the Examiner of Trademarks. If the applicant Is entitled to
registration subject only to the concurrent lawful use of a
party to the court proceeding, the Examiner of Trademarks
may publish or allow the application, provided the court de-
cree specifies the rights of the parties.
2. Section 2.104 Is revised to read as follows:
I 2.104 Contents of opposition.
The opposition must set forth a short and plain statement
showing how the opposer would be damaged by the registration
of the opposed mark and state the grounds for opposition.
A duplicate copy of the opposition including exhibits shall
be filed.
3. Section 2.112 is revised to read as follows :
I 2.112 Petition for cancellation.
The petition to cancel, which must be verified, or Include a
declaration In accordance with | 2.20, must set forth a short
nnd plain statement showing how the petitioner Is or will be
damaged bv the registration, state the grounds for panella-
tion, and indicate the respondent party to whom notice shall
be sent. A duplicate copy of the petition, including exhibits
shall be filed with the petition. Applications to cancel different
registrations owned by the same party may be Joined in one
petition when appropriate, but the fee for each application to
cancel a registration must accompany the petition.
4 Section 2.117 Is redesignated as I 2.116 and paragraph
(a) is revised as amended, I 2.116 reads as follows :
I 2.116 Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
(a) Except as otherwise provided, and wherever applicable
and appropriate, procedure and Practice in inter partes pro-
ceedings shall be governed by the Federal Rules of Civil Pro-
cedure.
5. A new | 2.117 is added and reads as follows :
I 2 117 Suspension of proceedings.
Whenever it shall come to the attention of the Trademark
Trial and Appeal Board that parties to a pending case are
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
81
engaged In a civil action which may be dispositive of the case,
proceedings before the Board may be suspended until termina-
tion of the civil action.
6. Section 2.119 is amended as follows: Paragraph (a) Is
revised, paragraph (b) Is redesignated as paragraph (c), and
a new paragraph (b) Is added. As amended, i 2.119 reads as
follows :
i 2.119 Service of papers.
(a) Every paper filed In the Patent Office In inter partes
cases, Including notice of appeal, must be served upon the
other parties except the notice of interference (12.93), the
notice of opposition (| 2.105), the petition for cancellation
(12.113), and the notice of a concurrent use proceeding
(I 2.99), which are mailed by the Patent Office. Proof of such
service must be made before the paper will be considered by
the Office. A statement signed by the attorney or agent, at-
tached to or appearing on the original paper when filed, clearly
stating the date and manner In which service was made will
be accepted as prima facie proof of service.
(b) Service of papers must be on the attorney or agent of
the party if there be such or on the party If there Is no at-
torney or agent, and may be made In either of the following
ways: (1) by delivering a copy of the paper to the person
served; (2) by leaving a copy at the usual place of business
of the person served, with someone In his employment; (3)
when the person served has no usual place of business, by
leaving a copy at his residence, with a member of his family
over 14 years of age and of discretion; (4) transmission by
first-class mall, which may also be certified or registered.
Whenever It shall be satisfactorily shown to the Commissioner
that none of the above modes of obtaining service or serving
the paper Is practicable, service may be by notice published In
the Official Gazette.
(c) When service is made by mall, the date of mailing will
be considered the date of service. Whenever a party Is re-
quired to take some action within a prescribed period after
the service of a paper upon him by another party and the
paper is served by mall, 5 days shall be added to the prescribed
period.
7. Section 2.120 is revised to read as follows :
I 2.120 Discovery procedure.
The provisions of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure re-
lating to discovery shall apply In Inter partes trademark cases
except as otherwise provided In this section. The Trademark
Trial and Appeal Board will specify the closing date for the
taking of discovery.
(a) Depositions for discovert/ — (1) Procedure. The deposi-
tion of a person shall be taken In the Federal Judicial district
where he resides or Is regularly employed. The responsibility
for securing the attendance of a propose deponent, other than
a party or anyone who at the time set for the taking of the
deposition was an officer, director, or managing agent of a
party, or a person designated under Rule 30(b) (G) or 31(a) of
the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure to testify on behalf of
a party, rests wholly with the Interested party. See 35
U.S.C. 24.
(2) Discovery of foreign party. The discovery deposition
of a party or an officer, director, or managing agent of a
party, or a person designated under Rule 30(b)(6) or 31(a)
of the Federal Rules of Procedure to testify on behalf of a
party, domiciled In a foreign country may be taken In the
manner prescribed by | 2.124.
(3) Use of discovery depositions. A discovery deposition
shall not be considered as part of the record In the case unless
the party offering the deposition, or any part thereof, files the
same before the close of his testimony period (testlmony-ln-
chlef or rebuttal as appropriate) and also files a notice of
reliance thereon. A discovery deposition should not be filed
In the Patent Office In the absence of a notice of reliance. Ob-
jections, Including any made during the examination, will
be considered only If made or renewed at the hearing.
(b) Use of admission or answer to interrogatory. No ad-
mission or answer to an interrogatory shall be considered as
part of the record In the case unless the party propounding
the request for admission or Interrogatory files, before the
close of his testimony period (testlmony-ln-chlef or rebuttal,
as appropriate), a copy of the admission and the request
therefor and/or a copy of the interrogatory and Its answer
and also flies a notice of reliance thereon.
(c) Failure to make discovery: Sanctions. If any party
falls or refuses to answer any proper question in taking dis-
covery depositions or falls or refuses to answer any proper
question propounded by Interrogatories or falls or refuses to
comply with a request to produce and permit the inspection
and copying of designated things, the party seeking discovery
may apply to the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board for an
order compelling discovery. If a party or an officer, director, or
managing agent of a party, or a person designated under Rule
30(b) (6) or 31(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure to
testify on behalf of a party, falls to obey an order to provide
or permit discovery, the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board
may strike out all or any part of any pleading of that party,
dismiss the action or proceeding, or deny any part thereof,
enter Judgment as by default against that party or take any
such other action as may be deemed appropriate.
8. In I 2.122, paragraph (b) Is revised and new paragraphs
(c) and (d) are added. As amended, those paragraphs of
I 2.122 read as follows :
I 2.122 Matters in evidence.
• • • • •
(b) A registration of the opposer or petitioner pleaded In
an opposition or petition to cancel will be received In evidence
and made part of the record If two copies showing status and
title of the printed registration or an order for such copies
accompany the opposition or petition.
(c) Printed publications, such as books and periodicals,
available to the general public In libraries or of general cir-
culation, and official records. If competent evidence and perti-
nent to the issue, may be Introduced In evidence by filing In the
Patent Office a notice to that effect during the period for the
taking of the testimony of the party (during the period for
taking of testlmony-ln-chlef if such matters are not In rebut-
tal), specifying the record or the printed publication, the page
or pages to be used, Indicating generally its relevance, and
accompanied by the record or authenticated copy or the prlnte<l
publication or a copy. When a copy of an official record of the
Patent Office Is filed. It need not be a certified copy. The notice
and copy of the record or publication must be served on each
of the other parties.
(d) Upon motion duly made and granted, testimony taken
in another proceeding, or testimony taken In a suit between
the same parties or those in Interest, may be used In a proceetl-
Ing, so far as relevant and material, subject, however, to tlic
right of any contesting party to recall or demand the recall
of witnesses whose testimony has been taken, and to take
other testimony In rebuttal of the testimony.
I 2.123 Trial testimony in inter partes cases.
(a) Manner of taking testimony: Testimony of witnesses
in Inter partes cases may be taken (1) by depositions upon
oral examination as provided by this section, or (2) by deposi-
tions upon written questions in accordance with the require-
ments of this section and | 2.124.
(b) Stipulations; If the parties so stipulate In writing,
depositions may be taken before any person authQrlze<l to ad-
minister oaths, at any place, upon any notice, and In any
manner and when so taken may be used like other depositions.
By agreement of the parties, the testimony of any witness or
witnesses of any party, may be submitted In the form of nn
affidavit by such witness or witnesses. The parties may stipu-
late what a particular witness would testify to If called, or
the facts In the case of any party may be stipulated.
(c) Notice of examination of witnesses : Before the deposi-
tions of witnesses shall be taken by a party, due notice in
writing shall be given to the opposing party or parties, as
provided In | 2.119(b), of the time when and place where the
depositions will be taken, of the cause or matter In which
they are to be used, and the name and address of each witness
to be examined ; if the name of a witness is not known, a gen-
eral description sufficient to Identify him or the particular
class or group to which he belongs, together with a satisfac-
tory explanation, may be given Instead. Neither party shall
take depositions In more than one place at the same time, nor
so nearly at the same time that reasonable opportunity for
travel from one place of examination to the other is not avail-
able.
(d) Persons before whom depositions may be taken : Depo-
sitions may be taken before persons designated by Rule 28 of
the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
82
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
(e) Examination of witnesses :
(1) Each witness before testifying shall be duly sworn ac-
cording to law by the officer before whom his deposition is
to be taken.
(2) The deposition shall be taken In answer to questions,
with the questions and answers recorded In their regular order
by the officer, or by some other person (who shall be subject
to the provisions of Rule 28 of the Federal Rules of Civil Pro-
cedure) In the presence of the officer except when his presence
Is waived on the record by agreement of the parties. The Tes-
timony shall be taken stenographically and transcribed, unless
the parties present agree otherwise. In the absence of all op-
posing parties and their attorneys or agents, depositions may
be taken In longhand, typewriting, or stenographically.
(3) The opposing party shall have full opportunity to
cross-examine the witnesses. If the opposing party shall attend
the examination of witnesses not named In the notice, and
shall either cross-examine such witnesses or fall to object to
their examination, he shall be deemed to have waived his
right to object to such examination for want of notice.
(4) All objections made at the time of the examination to
the qualifications of the officer taking the deposition, or to
the manner of taking It, or to the evidence presented, or to
the conduct of any party, and any other objection to the pro-
ceedings, shall be noted by the officer upon the deposition. Evi-
dence objected to shall be taken subject to the objections.
(5) When the deposition has been transcribed, the deposition
shall be carefully read over by the witness or by the officer
to him and shall then be signed by the witness In the pres-
ence of any officer authorized to administer oaths unless the
reading and the signature be waived on the record by agree-
ment of all parties.
(f) Certification and filing by officer. The officer shall an-
nex to the deposition his certificate showing :
(1) Due administration of the oath by the officer to the
witness before the commencement of his deposition ;
(2) The name of the person by whom the deposition was
taken down, and whether. If not taken down by the officer, It
was taken down In his presence ;
(3) The presence or absence of the adverse party ;
(4) The place, day, and hour of commencing and taking
the deposition ;
(5) The fact that the officer was not disqualified as specified
In Rule 28 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
If any of the foregoing requirements are waived, the certificate
shall so state. The officer shall sign the certificate and affix
thereto his seal of office, If he has such a seal. Unless waived
on the record by agreement, he shall then, without delay, se-
curely seal In an envelope all the evidence, notices, and paper
exhibits, inscribed upon the envelope a certificate giving the
number and title of the case, the name of each witness, and
the date of sealing, address the package, and forward the
same to the Commissioner of Patents. If the weight or bulk
of an exhibit shall exclude It from the envelope, it shall, un-
less waived on the record by agreement of all parties, be au-
thenticated by the officer and transmitted in a separate pack-
age marked and addressed as provided In this section.
(g) Form of deposition :
(1) The pages of each deposition must be numbered con-
secutively, and the name of the witness plainly and conspicu-
ously written at the top of each page. The deposition may be
written on legal-size or letter-size paper, with a wide margin
on the left hand side of the page, and with the writing on
one side only of the sheet. The questions propoynded to eaoh
witness must be consecutively numbered and each question
must be followed by Its answer.
(2) Exhibits must be numbered or lettered consecutively and
each must be marked with the number and title of the case
and the name of the party offering the exhibit. Entry and con-
sideration may be refused to improperly marked exhibits.
(h) Depositions must be filed. All depositions which are
taken must be duly filed in the Patent Office. On refusal to
file, the Office at Its discretion will not further hear or con-
sider the contestant with whom the refusal lies; and the
Office may, at its discretion, receive and consider a copy of the
withheld deposition, attested by such evidence as Is procur-
able.
(1) Inspection of depositions : After the depositions are filed
in the Office, they may be inspected by any party to the case,
but they cannot be withdrawn for the purpose of printing.
They may be printed by someone specially designated by the
Office for that purpose, under proper '■eft'''^"°°'- .^„„„ . ^^
(j) Effect of errors and Irregularities in depostlons. No-
tice will not be taken of merely formal or technical object ons
which shall not appear to have wrought a substantial Injury
to the party raising them; and In the case of ""^^ ^^^^^ "
must be made to appear that, as soon as the party became
aware of the ground of objection, he gave notice thereof Rule
32(d)(1). (2), and (3) (a) and (b) of the Federa Rules of
Civil Procedure shall apply to errors and Irregularities In
'^^'Ikt^Obj'ectlons to admissibility : Subject to the provisions
of paragraph (j) of this section, objection may be made to
receiving In evidence any deposition or part thereof, or any
other evidence, for any reason which would require the ex^
elusion of the evidence according to the established rulea of
evidence, which will be applied strictly by the Office.
(1) Evidence not considered : Evidence not obtained and
filed In compliance with these sections will not be considered.
10 In S 2.124, paragraphs (a) and (b) are revised and a
new paragraph (d) Is added. As amended, | 2.124 reads as
follows :
I 2.124 Testimony by depoaitiont upon written quettions.
(a) A party may take the testimony of a witness by writ-
ten questions to be propounded by an officer before whom
depositions may be taken. See Rule 28 of the Federal Rules
of Civil Procedure. The questions shall be served upon the
other partv within 10 days after the opening date set for
taking the" testimony of the party submitting the questions,
together with a notice stating the name and address of the per-
son who is to answer them and the name or descriptive title
and address of the officer before whom the deposition Is to be
taken. Within 10 days thereafter, a party so served may serve
cros.s questions upon the party proposing to take the deposi-
tion. Within 5 days thereafter, the latter may serve redirect
questions upon a party who has served cross questions. Within
3 davs after being served with redirect questions a party may
serve recross questions upon the party proposing to take the
depositions. Written objections to questions may be served on
the party propounding the questions, and in response thereto
substitute questions may be served, within 3 days.
(b) \ copy of the notice and copies of all questions served
shall be dellVered by the party taking the testimony to the
officer designated In the notice, who shall proceed to take
the testimony of the witness In response ^o the qu^tlons
and to prepare each answer immediately preceded by ts cor-
responding question, then certify, and file the deposition, at-
taching thereto the copy of the notice and the questions re-
ceived bv him. Such depositions are subject to the same rul-
ings for "filing and serving copies as other depositions.
(d) Testimony In foreign countries shall be taken only by
depositions upon written questions unless the parties stlpu^
late otherwise In writing. Rule 28(b) of the Federal Rules of
Civil Procedure shall apply to the taking of testimony in
foreign countries.
§ 2.124a [Revoked]
11. Section 2.124a is revoked.
12. Section 2.125 Is revised to read as follows :
S 2 125 Copiea of testimony.
(a) One copy of the transcript of testimony (taken In ac-
cordance with S 2.123(e) through (h) or 12.124) together
with copies of documentary exhibits, shall be -rved on each
adverse party within 30 days after completion of he taking
of such testimony. The certified transcript and exhlMts and
one copy of the transcript shall be filed in the Patent Office as
''Tl:^ ^-s'crlpt and the copies thereof shall comply
with 12.123(g) as to arrangement, indexing and form.
13. In S 2.127. paragraphs (a) and (b) are revised. Aa
amended, { 2.127 reads as follows :
{ 2 127 Motions.
(a) Motions shall be made In writing and shall contain a
full statement of the grounds therefor. Any brief or memoran^
dum m support of a motion shall accompany or be e^bod ed
In the motion. Briefs in opposition to a motion shall be filed
within Ts days from the date of service of the motion unless
Tnotlier time is specified by the Trademark Trial and Appeal
)
January 2, 1973
Ij. S. PATENT OFFICE
83
Board or the time Is extended on request. Where a party fails
to file a brief In opposition to a motion, the Trademark Trial
and Appeal Board may treat the motion as conceded. Oral
hearings will not be held on motions except on order of the
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board.
(b) Any petition for reconsideration or modification of a
decision, if it Is not appealable, must be filed within 10 days
after the decision or. If the decision Is appealable, within the
time specified In { 2.129(c). Any brief In opposition shall be
filed within 15 days after service of the petition.
14. In I 2.128, paragraph (b) Is revised. As amended,
i 2.128 reads as follows :
I 2.128 Final hearings and briefs.
(b) Briefs shall be submitted In typewritten or printed form,
double spaced on letter or legal size paper. Without leave of
the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board, no brief shall contain
more than 50 pages of argument and, in case of the reply
brief, the entire brief shall not exceed 25 pages. Each brief
shall contain an alphabetical index of cases therein.
• • • • •
15. In i 2.129, paragraph (c) Is revised. As amended, S 2.129
reads as follows :
i 2.129 Oral argument.
• • * • *
(c) Any petition for rehearing, reconsideration, or modifi-
cation of a decision must be filed within 30 days from the date
thereof. Any brief In opposition shall be filed within 15 days
after service of the petition.
Effective date. This revision shall be applicable to all pro
ceedings Instituted on or after July 1, 1972.
Date: April 5, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : April 11, 1972.
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-5830 ; Filed 4-17-72 ; 8 : 52 am]
Published in 37 F.R. 7605; Apr. 18. 197 i
[898 O.G. TM 170]
(.330)
TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS,
AND COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I — Patent Office, Depabtment of Commerce
PART 1 RULES OK PRACTICE IX PATENT CASES
PART 2— RCLES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
.Appeal to U.S. Court of Customs and Patent .Appeals
The Commissioner of Patents is amending $| 1.301 and
2.145 of the rules of practice to set forth the time in which
an order for transmitting a transcript to the Court of Cus-
toms and Patent Appeals should be filed in the Patent Office.
Additionally, for the purpose of clarification, all references to
"•subsection" in § 2.145 have been amended to read "para-
graph." These amendments do not effect any change in prac-
tice, but merely uotlty parties filing appeals of the time neces-
sary for the Patent Office to copy and certify a transcript.
Since these changes impose no burden on any person, notice
and public procedure thereon are deemed unnecessary.
Therefore, pursuant to the authority contained In section
41 of the Act of July 5, 194(? (00 Stat. 440; 15 U.S.C. 1123),
and section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (60 Stat. 793 : 35
U.S.C. G), Parts 1 and 2 of Chapter I of Title 37 of the Code
of Federal Regulations are hereby amended as follows :
» • • • •
2. In § 2.145, paragraph (a) is amended by adding a sen-
tence at the end; paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) are amended
by substituting "paragraph" for "subsection." As amended,
i 2.145 reads as follows :
I 2.145 .Appeal to court and civil action.
(a) Appeal to U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals.
An applicant for registration, or any party to an interference,
opposition, or cancellation proceeding or any party to an ap-
plication to register as a concurrent user, hereinafter referred
to as inter partes proceedings, who is dissatisfied with the
decision of the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board and any
registrant who has filed an affidavit or declaration under sec-
tion 8 of the act or who has filed an application for renewal
and Is dissatisfied with the decision of the Commissioner
(iJ2.1C5, 2.184), may appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs
and Patent Appeals. The appellant must take the following
steps in such an appeal: (1) In the Patent Office give notice
to the Commissioner and file the reasons of appeal (see para-
graphs (b) and (d) of this section) ; (2) In the court, file
a petition of appeal and a certified transcript of the record
within a specified time after filing the reasons of appeal, and
pay the fee for appeal, as provided by the rules of the court.
The transcript will be transmitted to the Court by the Patent
Office on order of and at the expense of the appellant. Such
order should be filed with the notice of appeal, but In no case
should It be filed later than 15 days thereafter.
(b) .Voftce and reasons of appeal. (1) when an appeal is
taken to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals, the
appellant shall give notice thereof to the Commissioner, and
file in the Patent Office, within the time specified in paragraph
(d) of this section, his reasons of appeal specifically set forth
in writing.
(2) In inter partes proceedings, the notice and reasons
must be served as provided in | 2.119.
(c) Civil action. (1) Any person who may appeal to the
U S Court of Customs and Patent Appeals (paragraph (a) of
this section), may have remedy by civil action under section
21(b) of the act. Such civilization must be commenced within
the time si>eclfied in paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) If an applicant or registrant In an ex parte case has
taken an appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Ap-
I>eals. he thereby waives his right to proceed under section
21(b) of the act.
(3) If a partv to an Inter partes proceeding has taken an
appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals, and
anv adverse party to the case shall, within 20 days after the
appellant shall have filed notice of the appeal to the court
(paragraph (b) of this section), file notice with the Com-
missioner that he elects to have all further proceedings con-
ducted as provided in section 21(b) of the act, certified copies
of such notices will be transmitted to the U.S. Court of
Customs and Patent Appeals for such action as may be
necessary. The notice of election must be served as provided
id) Time for appeal or civil action. The time for filing the
notice and reasons of appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and
Patent Appeals (paragraph (b) of this section), or for com-
mencing a civil action (paragraph (c) of this section), is 60
days from the date of the decision of the Trademark Trial and
Appeal Board or the Commissioner, as the case may be If a
petition for rehearing or reconsideration Is filed within 60
davs after the date of the decision, the time is extended to
30" davs after action on the petition. Xo petition for rehear-
ing or reconsideration filed out^de the time specified herein
after such decision, nor any proc^lngs on such petition shall
operate to extend the period of 00 days hereinabove provided.
The time specified herein are calendar days. If the last day
of time specified for appeal, or commencing a civil action falls
on a Saturday. Sunday, or legal holiday, the time Is extended
to the next day which is neither a Saturday. Sunday nor a
holiday. If a party to an inter partes proceeding has taken an
appeal to the U.S. Court of Customs and Patent APPea s and
.-in adverse party has filed notice under section 21(a)(1) of
the act that he elects to have all further proceedings con-
ducted under section 21(b) of the act. the time for filing a
civil action thereafter is specified In section 21(a)(1) of the
HCt"
Effective date. This amendment will become effective upon
Its publication In the Federal Register (5-11-72).
Dated : May 1. 1972. ^^^^^^ OOTTSCH-.LK.
Coffi»ni8«io«c»- of Patents:
Approved : April 28, 1972.
James H. Wakelix, Jr.,
.4««i«fa»if Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-7159 ; Filed 5-10-72 ; 8 :49 am]
Published in 37 F.R. 9175; May 11. 197i
[899 O.G. TM 77]
84
(331)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Januaky 2, 1973
Trademarks — Proposed Adoption of
International Classification
On March 29. 1972, the Patent Office published a notice of
proposed rule making in the Federal Register at 37 F.R. 6404.
That notice proposed to amend Rule 6.1 of the Trademark
Rules of Practice. A public hearing on the proposed amend-
ment was held on June 14. 1972 in Arlington. Virginia, and
Interested persons were given the opportunity to submit com-
ments regarding the proposed amendment until that date. It
has come to our attention that the Federal Register notice
never appeared in the Official Gazette.
In order to insure that all interested persons have had an
opportunity to comment, the date for written comments la
hereby extended to August 18, 1972.
The notice as It appeared in the Federal Register is repro-
duced below.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Date : June 9, 1972. . Commissioner of Patents.
Proposed Rule Making
Classification of Goods and Services
[37 CFR Part 6]
International Schedule
The Patent Office proposes to establish the "International
Classification of Goods and Services to Which Trademarks
Are Applied" (the subject of the "Nice Agreement Concern-
ing the International Classification of Goods and Services for
the Purposes of the Registration of Marks" of 1957 as revised
at Stockholm, on July 14, 1967) as the primary classification
of goods and services for registration of trademarks and serv-
ice marks.
The Patent Office has studied the International Classifica-
tion and, since March 5, 1968, has Indicated the appropriate
international class in all publications and on all Issued regis-
trations and renewals, as a subsidiary classification. Based on
this experience, it is now believed that adoption of the inter-
national schedule as the primary classification is desirable.
The International schedule Is in use In more than 60 countries
and is the subject of the aforementioned Nice Agreement to
which the United States has recentiy become a party. The
Nice Agreement provides for an International Committee of
Experts whose task is to keep the classification current. The
classification of specific goods and services is set forth in an
alphabetical list entitled "International Classification of Goods
and Services to Which Trademarks Are Applied" (published
by the World Intellectual Property Organization). This list-
ing is currently used by the office as a guldelinp for determin-
ing the degree of particularity of identification of goods. See
"Identification of Goods and Services in Trademark Applica-
tions." 895 O.G. 390. TM 54.
Specifically It Is proposed that all applications for regis-
tration of marks and renewals of registrations having a filing
date later than September 30, 1972, be classified according
to the International Classification for all administrative pur-
poses set forth in the Trademark Act. Accordingly, the inter-
national classification would be the sole criteria for deter-
mining fees and classification of goods and services. Applica-
tions and renewals which are pending at the close of busi-
ness on September 30, 1972, would continue to be processed
under the present classification system. However, the Office
would continue to mark all such published applications and
registrations with the appropriate international class as a
subsidiary classification as It has been doing for several years.
It is not proposed that the existing documents in tlie Trade-
mark Search Room be reclassified. The U.S. classification sys-
tem would continue to be used for purposes of searching regis-
tered and pending marks until such time as a complete con-
version of the Trademark Search Room file to the interna-
tional classification system is effected. Until such conversion
Is made, the U.S. class number would continue to be printed
on all registrations In addition to the international class
number so that searches can be made on the basis of the
existing U.S. system. It should be noted that approximately
53 percent of these documents are indexed alphabetically,
without regard to class. The remaining 47 percent of the
files are organized under approximately 50 headings (e.g.,
common prefixes such as SAN, GOLD. etc. and numerals,
letters, design features, etc.) and under each, the documents
are filed by class. This portion of the search file would be
maintained as at present, i.e. classified according to the pres-
ent schedule of classes. Until such time as all documents In
the search room Include the International classification, the
documents organized by class would continue to be filed ac-
cording to the present U.S. classification.
For an Interim period (I.e.. until all marks pending as of
September 30, 1972, have been disposed of) the trademark
sections of the Official Gazette which are organized by
class would include two parts, one part for applications pub-
lished or marks Issued on the basis of applications filed prior
to October 1 1972, organized by class according to the exist-
ing schedule of classes ; the other for applications published
or marks issued on the basis of applications filed after Sep-
tember 30. 1972, organized by class according to the new
International schedule. All publications of applications will
show both the U.S. and the International class. number.
None of the above changes apply to certification marks and
collective membership marks which would continue to be
classified as set forth in !i 6.2 and 6.3.
All persons are Invited to present their views, objections,
recommendations, or suggestions in connection with the pro-
posed change to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington,
DC 20231, on or before June 14, 1972. on which date a
hearing will be held at 2 p.m. e.d.s.t.. In Room 8C06, Building
2 2011 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington. Va. All per-
sons wishing to be heard at the hearing are requested to
notify the Commissioner of Patents of their Intended appear-
ance. Any written comments or suggestions may be inspected
by any person upon written request a reasonable time after
the closing date for submitting comments.
Notice Is hereby given, therefore, that, pursuant to the
authority contained in section 6 of the Act of July 19. 1952
(66 Stat. 792: 35 U.S.C. 6) and Ih section 30 of the Trade-
mark Act of 1946, as amended (October 9. 1962. 76 Stat.
773: 16 U.S.C. 1112), the Patent Office proposes to amend
Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations by revising | 6.1.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Dated : March 21, 1972. Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary
for Science and Technology.
! 6.1. Schedule of Classes op Goods and Servicbs
t Goods
1. Chemical products used In Industry, science, photography,
agriculture, horticulture, forestry: artificial and synthetic
resins : plastics In the form of powders, liquids or pastes, for
industrial use; manures (natural and artificial); fire extin-
guishing compositions; tempering substances and chemical
preparations for soldering; chemical substances for preserv-
ing foodstuffs ; tanning substances ; adhesive substances used
In industry.
2. Paints, varnishes, lacquers; preservatives against rust
and against deterioration of wood ; coloring matters, dyestuff ;
mordants : natural resins ; metals. In foil and powder form for
painters and decorators.
3. Bleaching preparations and other substances for laun-
dry use; cleaning, polishing, scouring, and abrasive prepa-
rations; soaps; perfumery, essential oils, cosmetics, hair
lotions ; dentifrices.
4 Industrial oils and greases (other than edible oils and
fats and essential oils) ; lubricants; dust laying and absorb-
ing compositions; fuels (Including motor spirit) and 11-
luminants ; candles, tapers, night lights and wicks.
5. Pharmaceutical, veterinary, and sanitary substances:
Infants' and invalids' foods; Plasters, material for bandag-
ing; material for stopping teeth, dental wax; disinfectants;
preparations for killing weeds and destroying vermin.
6 Unwrought and partly wrought common metals and their
alloys ; anchors, anvils, bells, rolled and cast building ma-
terials • rails and other metallic materials for railway tracks ;
chains '(except driving chains for vehicles) ; cables and wires
(nonelectric) ; locksmiths' work ; metallic pipes and tubes ;
safes and cash boxes; steel balls; horseshoes; °all8 'ind
screws; other goods In nonpreclous metal not Included In
other classes ; ores.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
85
7. Machines and machine tools ; motors (except for land
vehicles) ; machine couplings and belting (except for land
vehicles); large size agricultural implements; Incubators.
8. Hand tools and Instruments ; cutlery, forks, and spoons ;
side arms.
9. Scientific, nautical, surveying and electrical apparatus
and instruments (including wireless), photographic, cinemato-
graphic, optical, weighing, measuring, signalling, checking
(supervision), lifesaving and teaching apparatus and instru-
ments ; coin or counterfreed apparatus ; talking machines ;
cash registers calculating machines ; fire extinguishing ap-
paratus.
10. Surgical, medical, dental, and veterinary Instruments
and apparatus (Including artificial limbs, eyes, and teeth).
11. Installations for lighting, heating, steam generating,
cooking, refrigerating, drying, ventilating, water supply and
sanitary purposes.
12. Vehicles ; apparatus for locomotion by land, air, or
water.
13. Firearms ; ammunition and projectiles ; explosive sub-
stances ; fireworks.
14. Precious metals and their alloys and goods in precious
metals or coated therewith (except cutlery, forks, aud
spoons) ; Jewellery, precious stones, horological, and other
chronometrlc instruments.
15. Musical Instruments (other than talking machines and
wireless apparatus).
16. Paper and paper articles, cardboard and cardboard
articles : printed matter, newspaper and periodicals, books ;
bookbinding material ; photographs ; stationery, adhesive ma-
terials (stationery) ; artists' materials: paint brushes; type-
writers and office requisites (other than furniture) : Instruc-
tional and teaching material (other than apparatus) ; playing
cards; printers' type and cliches (stereotype).
17. Gutta percha, indiarubber, balata, and substitutes, arti
cles made from these substances and not Included In other
classes ; plastics in the form of sheets, blocks, and rods, being
for use in manufacture: materials for packing, stopping, or
Insulating: asbestos, mica and their products; hose pipes
(nonmetalllc).
18. Leather and imitations of leather, and articles made
from these materials and not Included In other classes : skins,
hides : trunks and traveling bags ; umbrellas, parasols, and
walking sticks ; whips, harness, and saddlery.
19. Building materials, natural and artificial stone, cement,
lime, mortar, plaster, and gravel : pipes of earthernware or
cement ; roadmaking materials ; asphalt, pitch, and bitumen ;
portable buildings ; stone monuments ; chimney pots.
20. Furniture, mirrors, picture frames; articles (not In-
cluded In other classes) of wood, cork, reeds, cane, wicker,
horn bone, Ivory, whalebone, shell, amber, mother-of-pearl,
meerschaum, celluloid, substitutes for all these materials,
or of plastics.
21. Small domestic utensils and containers (not of precious
metals, or coated therewith); combs and sponges: brushes
(other than paint brushes) ; brushmaklng materials; instru-
ments and material for cleaning purposes, steel wool ; un-
worked or semlworked glass (excluding glass used In build-
ing) ; glassware, porcelain, and earthernware, not included
In other classes.
22 Ropes, string, nets, tents, awnings, tarpaulins, sails,
sacks; padding and stuffing materials (hair, kapok, feathers,
seaweed, etc.) ; raw fibrous textile materials.
23. Yarns, threads.
24. Tissues (piece goods) ; bed and table covers ; textile
articles not Included In other classes.
25: Clothing, including boots, shoes, and slippers.
26. Lace and embroidery, ribands and braid ; buttons, press
buttons, hooks and eyes, pins and needles ; artificial flowers.
27. Carpets, rugs, mats, and matting; linoleums and other
materials for covering existing floors; wall hangings (non-
textile).
28. Games and playthings ; gymnastic and sporting articles
(except clothing) ; ornaments and decorations for Christmas
trees.
29. Meat, fish, poultry, and game; meat extracts; pre-
served, dried and cooked fruits and vegetables : jellies, jams ;
eggs, milk, and other dairy products: edible oils and fats;
preserves, plokles.
30. Coffee, tea, cocoa, sugar, rice, tapioca, sago, coffee
substitutes; flour, and preparations made from cereals;
bread, biscuits, cakes, pastry and confectionery, Ices ; honey,
treacle ; yeast, baking powder ; salt, mustard, pepper, vinegar,
sauces, spices ; ice.
31. Agricultural, horticultural, and forestry products and
grains not included in other classes; living animals; fresh
fruits and vegetables; seeds; live plants and flowers; food-
stuffs for animals, malt.
32. Beer, ale, and porter ; mineral and aerated waters and
other nonalcoholic drinks ; syrups and other preparations for
making beverages.
33. Wines, spirits, and liqueurs.
34. Tobacco, raw or manufactured ; smokers' articles ;
matches.
Services
35. Advertising and business.
36. Insurance and financial.
37. Construction and repair. t
38. Communication.
39. Transportation and storage.
40. Material treatment.
41. Education and entertainment.
42. Miscellaneous.
[FR Doc. 72-4744 Filed 3-28-72; 8:47 am]
[900 O.G. TM 2]
(332)
BtTLKY Specimens in Trademark and
Service Mark applications
Many of the applications which are being received In the
Trademark Application Section contain specimens which are
too bulky to be placed inside the application file. The handling
and storing of these bulky specimens Is taking more time
and space than can be justified. The trademark rules do not
provide for filing bulky specimens, and applicants and at-
torneys are requested to adhere to the precise provisions of
the rules.
Trademark Rule 2.56 requires that specimens be of a ma-
terial suitable for being placed In a file, be capable of being
arranged flat (preferably not more than one inch in thickness),
and not be larger than 8Vi x 13 Inches. If specimens of this
character cannot be furnished. Trademark Rule 2.57 provides
that facsimiles in the nature of photographs or similar repro-
ductions be filed. Facsimiles must not be larger than 8Vi x 13
inches and should clearly and legibly show the mark and all
matter used in connection therewith.
In order to reduce the quantity of bulky specimens and to
avoid the possibility of delay In examination due to bulky
specimens, the following procedure has been adopted :
When specimens cannot be fitted into the file, the Trade-
mark Application Section forwards the specimens to the Ex-
aminer separate from the file and attaches to the file two
copies of a form which Is a pre-examlnation memorandum
pointing out that the bulky specimens are not acceptable and
that proper specimens should be filed promptly. Upon receipt
of the file and the forms, the Examiner mails one copy of the
form to the applicant, or applicant's attorney If there be
one, and places the other copy in the file. The Examiner will
then destroy four of the bulky specimens, retaining one until
proper specimens or facsimiles are received. Failure to fur-
nish proper specimens as requested In the memorandum may
delay the process of examination of the application.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
June 16, 1972. Commissioner of Patents.
[900 O.G. TM 176]
(333) TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS.
AND COPYRIGHTS
chapter I— Patent Office. Department of Commerce
PART 2 RfLES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES
Petition for Reviexc of Interlocutory Decision
The Commissioner of Patents is amending | 2.127(b) of
the rules of practice to extend the time for filing a petition
for reconsideration or modification of an interlocutory de-
cision. The existing rule requires that such petition be filed
86
within 10 days from the date of the decision. Recent experi-
ence has demonstrated that this time period is insufficient
in view of tlie possibility of delays in communicating the de-
cision to the concerned parties. Accordingly, the rule is
amended to permit filing of a petition within 30 days from
the date 6f the decision. Since this change imposes no burden
on any person, notice and public procedures thereon are
deemed unnecessary.
Therefore pursuant to the authority contained In section
41 of the Act of July 5. 1946 (GO Stat. 440; 15 U.S.C. 1123^
and section 6 of the Act of July 19. 1952 (66 Stat. .93 ; 3o
U.S.C. 6), Part 2 'of Chapter I of Title 37 of the Code ot
Federal Regulations is hereby amended as follows : •
§ 2.127 notions.
(b) \ny petition for reconsideration or modification of a
decision must be filed within 30 days from the date thereof.
Any brief in opposition shall be filed within 15 days after
service of the petition.
t- *
Effective date. This amendment shall be applicable to all
decision dated on or after September 1, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
July IS 1972. Commiasioner of Patents.
Approved : July 21, 1972.
J.VMES H. W.\KELIN. Jr..
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-11883; Filed 7-28-72 ; 8:54 am]
Published in 37 F.R. loSOi; July 29, 1972
[902 O.G. TM 2]
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
^334)
Trademark Keuistration Treaty
Vienna Diplomatio Conference
This is further to the notice published in Volume 902 of
the OFFICIAL GAZETTE of September 19. 1972 (Trademark
section, p. 105 and Patent Section, p. 751) including the
Conference draft of the Trademark Registration Trea y
(TRT), the current draft of the Regulations and related
documents. „ ^ v, nn iqt'.>
\s a result of the decision taken on September 29, 197A
by' the Executive Committee of the Paris Union, a Diplomatic
Conference for the negotiation of the proposed Trademark
Registration Treaty will convene in Vienna, Austria, from
Mav 17 to June 12, 1973. ... , „
In order to assist in the development of a position for a
final preparatory meeting of a Committee of Experts sched-
uled in Geneva from December 5 to 12, 1972. to review the
draft Regulations for the Treaty, Interested parties were
requested in the notice published on September 19 to submit
their views or suggestions, particularly in regard to the draft
regulations, to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington
D C 20231 by November 20, 1972. We have been advised that
the Conference draft of the Regulations to be produced from
the December meeting is planned to be released by the A\ oria
Intellectual Property Organization in January 1973. When
released it will be published in the Official Gazette.
Final comments on the Conference drafts of the Treaty and
the Regulations should be submitted to the Commissioner of
Patents by April 0, 1973. in order to be considered in prepa-
ration of the U.S. position at the Diplomatic Conference of
Vienna.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK.
Oct 24 1972. Commissioner of Patentt.
[903 O.G. TM 244]
REPEATED PATENT NOTICES ALSO
PERTINENT TO TRADEMARKS
(5)
ZIP Code Reminder
By Executive Memorandum of June 18, 1905. President
Johnson directed all Federal Agencies to take the lead in
adopting the ZII' Code system and Instructed the Post-
master General to issue regulations governing the use of
ZIP Codes by such agencies.
Pursuant to this directive. Section 137.26 has been added to
tffe Postal Manual requiring compliance by Federal Agencies
as follows :
1. Effective January 1. 1900, official mailings containing
typed or handwritten addresses must include the ZIP
Code.
2. Effective January 1. 1907, all Federal Agencies must
use the ZIP Code in the addresses on all official mall
and are required to presort quantity mailings by ZIP
code.
TO THIS END, ALL FUTURE LETTERS, COUPONS, AND
OTHER PAPERS BEARING THE SENDER'S ADDRESS
WHICH \RE MAILED TO THE PATENT OFFICE MUST
SHOW THE ZIP CODE DESIGNATION OF BOTH THE
SENDER AND THE PATENT OFFICE.
The Patent Office ZIP Code is 20231. This designation
should be used when writing to the Patent Office for any
matter. In addition, the sender's own ZIP Code designation
should be given. The benefits to be gained by the Immediate
use of ZIP Code are many : positive identification of areas ;
faster delivery of mail by reducing the number of handlings
from point of origin to destination ; and easier identification
of post office address.
C. A. KALK,
Mar. 22, 1966. Director of Administration.
Any telegrams sent to the Patent Office must also bear the
above identical address.
The i.hvsical location of the Patent Office is 2021 Jefferson
Davis Highway, Arlington, Virginia. This address must not
be used when addressing mail to the Patent Office.
No reference to Crystal Plaza. Virginia, should be made
in the address of any communication intended for delivery
to the Patent Office by the Post Office Deimrtment or Western
^"compliance with this Instruction will help prevent any un-
necessary delay in the delivery of mail, telegrams, etc.
Feb. 20, 1909.
C. A. KALK,
Director of .idministration.
[860 O.G. 662]
[825 O.G. 428]
(11) Official Patent Office Mailing Address
Remains Washington, D.C.
The official mailing address for all communications sent to
the Patent Office remains : *
Commissioner of Patents
Washington, D.C. 20231
(■->2) NEW PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING ORDERS FOR CBRTI-
* FIED COPIES WHEN MATERIAL Is NOT AVAILABLE FOR
PHOTOCOPYING
The previous practice of the Document Services Division
in handling customer's requests for certlfle.1 copies of mate^
Hal not yet processed in the Application Division has been o
return the order to the customer requesting him to reorder
30 days after receipt of his Official Filing Receipt^
In order to improve this procedure, as of August 2. mi.
all requests for certified copies of material that has not been
process^ in the Application Division and has not been placed
on microfiche are processe<l in the following manner.
1. Each order is given a control number.
2. The customer is notified as follows :
a. He will receive an acknowledgment of the receipt of
b He ^n be given the assigned control number for ease
of reference in case an inquiry is necessary.
c He will be Informed that his order will be held in the
■ Document Services Division until the copy ^an be re-
produced from microfiche. No definite time can be given.
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
87
3. An Advance Order File has been set up in the Service
Unit of the Document Services Division and the microfiche is
checked dally.
For further service to its customers, the Dociynent Services
Division will furnish the Serial Number and Filing Date of
the latest api)licatlon available on microfiche for publication
in the Official Gazette.
ROBERT J. RISH.
Aug. 2, 1971. Acting Assistant Cotnmissioner
for .Administration.
'~ [890 O.G. 301]
(26)
Public Records Certification Desk
The certification desk, located in Crystal Plaza In the
Attorneys and Record Room, Building 4, Room IDOl, pro-
vides "on-the-spot" certifying service. This desk handles
walk-in requests for certified copies of file wrappers, patented
applications, patents, and selected papers from patented ap-
plication files. The usual fee for this service (1.00 per cer-
tification) may be apidled at this location in the form of a
paid cash order form, obtainable at the Cashier's Office ad-
jacent the lobby of building #2.
(43) Revision of "Discontinuance of Deposit Ac-
count Service for Sale of Patent Copies"
In view of the difficulties experienced by many of its cus-
tomers, the Patent Office is revising the Notice appearing In
the December 1, 1904, issue of the Official Gazette of the U.S.
Patent Office. This Notice — Discontinuance of Deposit Ac-
count Service for Sale of Patent Copies — is revised to except
certain types of patent copy orders.
The Patent Office will now accept lists of fifty (50) or more
numbers arranged in numerical sequence to be charged to
Deposit Accounts. Service charges, such as Special Handling
and Air Mail postage for these orders, may also be charged
to Deposit Accounts.
C. A. KALK,
July 15, 1905. Director of Administration.
[818 O.G. 1207]
Nov. 26, 1971.
(27)
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
.Acting Commissioner of Patents.
[893 O.G. 810)
Customer Relations Center
A Customer Relations Center, located In Crystal Plaza
adjacent to the Public Search Room. Building 4. Rooms A102
and A103, has i)een established to provide a central customer
complaint and inquiry service. The Center is staff'ed with six
highly exi)erienced employees who process inquiries concern-
ing copies of U.S. patent documents previously ordered but
not received. This Center handles not only walk-in but tele-
phonic, and written requests for assistance as well. In addi-
tion to improving customer relations, this service Is Intended
to relieve the i)rlmary customer service areas (Patent Copy
Sales, Document Services, and Reference Order Branch), and
Patent Office officials, or interruptions and Irregular demands
on their time.
The telephone number for this service is (703) 557-2003.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
.Acting Commissioner of Patents.
Nov. 20. 1971.
[893 O.G. 807]
(35)
Accessibility of Assignment Records
In view of a number of inquiries as to the manner in which
Rule 1.12 of the Patent Office Rules of Practice, as amended
August 23, 1965 (819 0.(;. 443) is to be applied, the pro-
cedure which it is i)lanned to follow in certain tyiies of cases
is set forth below.
1. Assignments relating to applications for registration of
trademarks will be open to public inspection as heretofore.
2. The Office will not oi>en certain parts only at an assign-
ment document to public insi)ection. If sucli a document
contains two or more items, any one of which, if alone, would
be open to such inspection, then the entire document will be
open. Thus, If an assignment covers either a trademark or a
patent In addition to one or more patent applications, it will
be available to the i)ublic ab initio ; and if it covers a number
of patent applications. It will be so available as soon as any
one of them is patented. Assignments relating only to one
or more pending applications for patent will not be open to
public insitectlon.
3. If the application on which a patent was granted is a
division or continuation of an earlier case, the assignment
records of that case will be open to i)ublic inspection ; similar
situations involving continuation in part ai)pllcatlons wlll^e
considered on their individual merits.
4. Assignment records relating to reissue applications will
be open to public Inspection.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Dee. 15, 1905. Commissioner.
[822 O.G. 709]
(45) Deposit Accounts — Statutory Fee Charges
Beginning on May 1, 1960, and until further notice, statu-
tory fees, including filing fees for patent, design, and trade-
mark applications, issue fees, appeal fees and opposition,
cancellation and petition fees may be charged against the
deposit accounts provided for by Rule 25(a) of the Rules of
Practice in patent cases. During this period the prohibition
of Rule 25(b) against such charges will be suspended.
In view of the facts that these fees are indispensable parts
of the actions to which they relate and that the charging
of a fee against an account which does not contain sufficient
funds to cover It cannot be regarded as a payment of the fee,
It Is evident that the overdrawing of a deposit account may
result In the loss of a vital date and may also impose a sub-
stantial burden on the Patent Office in making appropriate
correction of its records. It Is, therefore, necessary that effec-
tive steps be taken to avoid such overdrafts, as follows :
Checks of all accounts will be made periodically, and If any
account is found to have been overdrawn, it will be immedi-
ately removed from the active accounts and no further drafts
on it will be honored. Prompt iiayment of the outstanding
balance will be required and the depositor or his; attorney
may be called on for an Itemized statement identifying all
statutory fees charged against the account during the period
in question in order that it may be ascertained whether any
previously granted date should be withdrawn.
It is emi)haslzed that the success of the procedure outlined
above depends ui)on the maintenance of a sufficient balance
in deposit accounts at all times to meet any charges made
against them. The Office must, therefore, strictly refuse to
permit any dejwsitor who has once overdrawn his account to
maintain such an account in the future and In the event that
any substantial number of overdrafts occurs it may be neces-
sary to reestablish the prohibition of Rule 25(b) against
charging statutory fees against deiJosit accounts.
Accordingly, effective May 1. I960, the requirement of
Rule 25(a) that an amount sufficient to cover all charges
made against an account must always be on deposit will be
strictly enforced, regardless of whether any fee is included
in such charges and where this requirement is not complied
with the account involved will be removed from the active
accounts.
EDWARD J. BRENNER.
Feb. 23, 1960. Commiasioner.
[824 O.G. 1200]
(40)
Practice in the Use of Accounts for Pay-
ment OF Statutory Fees
In the Official Gazettes of March 15, 22, and 29, there
appeared copies of an announcement by the Commissioner
providing for a trial use of accounts established under Rule
25 for the payment of statutory fees. A number of questions
have come up in connection with the use of accounts in the
Iiayment of these fees prescribed by Public Law 89-83 and,
in the Interest of uniform practice, publication of a statement
^rranted.
A general direction by an api)licant or attorney to charge
to an account these fees as they arise in any ai)plicatlon
prosecuted by the applicant, the attorney, or the firm will not
be effective for such a purpose. Authority to make charges
win be limited to a particular application.
88
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
basis for a refusal to enter any amendment transmltt^ there- POsUedl. , ^ j^ ,f possible, be limited to such
With, as an Incomplete response. Where variable fees are ^'f^^^^^;. ^ ^Itentlftatu^ n^t provide a remedy
involved inclusion of a direction to charge or credit a de- P^^^^^^^^;^ ;\*,Yal„ ^ ^artlcula^ date. Examples of these
flciency or overpayment would appear appropriate. ^oes of papers are ■ checks In payment of Issue fees, new
An issue fee will be charged to an account until a no ce tjpes f P'^^"" "•; . ^^^j^ jo^y ^ates or statutory bars
of allowance has been forwarded and a reply to that notice ^j;'-;;-^^ amendments wher'e the six month statutory
"?i;1he purposes of determining the fee due the Patent P"^«^ ^TelTSZ: TnT; Yo^^Sgnated to receive papers
Office, a claim will be treated as dependent If It contains The Field Utnce
reference to one other claim In the application. A claim de-
termined to be dependent by this test will be entered If the
fee paid reflects this determination. This does not, however,
prevent the rejection of such a claim as Improper, If, In fact,
it Is not a dependent claim.
EDWARD J. BRENNER,
Comtni88ioner of Patents.
Apr. 12, 196G.
(48)
[825 O.G. 1183]
Deposit Accounts
for the U.S. Patent Office Is located at :
41st Floor. Federal Office Bldg.
26 Federal Plaza, Foley Square
New York, N.Y.
The designated Field Office In Hartford. Connecticut Is
located at :
Room GIO-B Federal Office Bldg.
450 Main St.
Hartford, Conn.
The addresses of Field Offices In other cities are listed in
. * *, „ local directories and are available upon inquiry to the Com-
The practice instituted on May 1, 1966. pursuant to the ' .^^^^ ^f patents,
notice of February 23, 19G6 (824 O.G. 1200), whereby statu- ""'»>" RICHARD A. WAHL,
tory fees may be charged against deposit accounts, and such ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ Acting Commigsioner of Patentg.
tory fees may be charged against aepoMi nnuu...... o..^ "— ^^^^
accounts are closed if overdrawn, has resulted in certain -
difficulties for the Patent Office and deposit account holders.
It has been decided therefore to modify that practice as
indicated below.
As was pointed out In that notice, the charging of a fee ^^^^
against an overdrawn account cannot be considered as pay-
ment of the fee until a proper balance is restored or payment
[872 O.G. 1383J
I'ATENT Office— Postal Service
ment of the fee until a proper balance is restorea or pay„.e... j, view of the -^urn to normal oP-atlons of the UnUed
is made in some other way. Accordingly, deposit account States ,.ostal service, the Notice of Mar^ 19. J7P ^ ^^
holders who charge such fees must assume the risk of losing ,n the Official Gazette of Mar. 24, 197U, ^o.. »< .
vital dates If they do not maintain a proper balance in their hereby revised. ^^^^ ^^^ ^ ^ Department of Commerce Field
"T;;" f"m Ih^however. the overdrawing of an account olL will no longer' be <^-'j--<^XrThTabo'v:"oi^"da?e:
places a burden on the Patent Office, particularly where a the U.S. Patent Office, ^^^^^ut /o .a^e^t ani
number of Items are charged after the overdraft occurs, and «„ letters or other papers relating to latent a ^^^^
it is appropriate that those who are responsible for causing ,ases will be considered «« ^ecen^;' iui. Rule 6 of the Rules
such a condition should bear the cost of correcting it. In „niy if they are filed in accordance ^"" ""*''
view of this fact. and>»f^the hardship frequently caused if of Practice in Patent Cases ^^.^^^^f ;^',; \q^o and the
an account is permanently closed, the practice of closing de- aU other Provisions of the ^°""''. «' -/"^^^.k, remain in
posit accounts merely because they are overdrawn will be Notice of Mar. 20. 1970. relating to Trademark. ,
discontinued, effective August 1, 1966. In lieu thereof an effect. „„tt4M V SCHUYLER Jn.
overdrawn account will be immediately suspended and no WILLIAM *- ' J" ^, Patents.
charges will be accepted, against it until a proper balance Is y^^j. 27, 1970. commi
restored, together with a payment of ten dollars to cover the
work done by the Patent Office incident to suspending and
reinstating the account and dealing with charges which may
have been made In the meantime. It is expected, however,
that reasonable precautions will be taken In all cases to avoid
overdrafts, and If an account is suspended repeatedly It will
be necessary to close it.
Similarly, because of the burden placed on the Patent Office
(183)
[873 O.G. 319]
FILE History of Applications Affected
BY Postal Emergency
SlmilarLv. because of the burden placed on the Patent Office As a result of the P««tj'^™^'",^;"^^' 'p^teliT OfflcVexp"r^
incident to the operation of depo.^it accounts, a charge of ten "">■ «<;»'°'\°'; ^"^'"^^^7 j^j/rth 10. 1970 and April 15, 1970,
dollars will be made for opening each new account.
June 23, 19G6.
(181)
EDWARD J. PRENNER.
Commisaioner.
[828 O.G. 377]
Emergency Situation in the
U.S. Postal Service
month, provided it did not excet-u u Mnroh 24 1970
sponse provided In the Statutes^ (See O.C.. of March 24^ i»T
or March 31, 1970, 872 O.G. 1383 and April 7, 1970. 87d U.u.
"^'since this extension of time was automatic there will be
In view of the present emergency situation in U.S. postal ^^ ^^^^j. to proviue u. y.^...y.^^^ "i"V „„„. ,„ the record
service, the U.S. Patent Office is taking the following actions. ^„j ^^ dispel any question as ^o abandonment "> J « ^^^^^^
In regard to i>endinK applications, the time fo: taking any ^, „ patented file, applicants or their «»oj''^>« ""V separate
action or paying any fee expiring during the period beginning ^^ ^j^ „ p^per explaining these '''■•«^»"^J^";, (identified by
March 16, and ending April 15. 1970. both dates inclusive, is .^ould be filed in each case ;;» ""^^ff ^J ;'"^„d may
hereby extended for ONE MONTH. However, no extension ^^^,^, ^.,., fiHng date, title and ''PP '^""^^..^J^^J "^i "Z one-
shall exceed a maximum period for response provided for In ^^ ^^^^ly a copy of the not'"/*^ f J""7_ „nd identify
.,,- t,»„»..»„.. »K ovtpnsion or should specifically reter to uim
the Statutes.
U.S. Department of Commerce Field Offices have been des-
ignated, on an emergency basis, as receiving stations for the
U.S. Patent Office. All i)apers sliould be enclosed in a seale<l ^^j. 27, 197a
envelope and deposltetl in a Field Office. Such papers will be
considered as received in the U.S. Patent Office on the day of
n^onth extension or shoul.l specifically refer to and identify
that notice. RICHARD A. WAHL,
.Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
[874 O.G. G88]
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
89
(184) U.S. Department of Commerce Field Offices to
Serve as Receiving Stations Only in Declared
Emergencies
During the recent postal emergency, Field Offices of the
U.S. Department of Commerce were designated as receiving
stations for the U.S. Patent Office (according to the Notices
of March 19, 1970, 872 O.G. 1383 and March 26, 1970, 873
O.G. TM 2). In view of the subsequent resumption of normal
postal operations, that emergency arrangement was discon-
tinued in accordance with the notice of March 27, 1970, 873
O.G. 319. After April 15, 1970, the normal practice with re-
spect to the filing of all letters and other papers relating to
patent and trademark matters in the U.S. Patent Office was
resumed.
The Patent Office has received suggestions proposing that
the Field Offices continue to serve as receiving stations for
the U.S. Patent Office. These suggestions have received care-
ful and sympathetic consideration. However, it has been con-
cluded that any activities of the Field Offices in this connec-
tion mast be restricted, in the future, to any emergency
officially announced by the Patent Office as requiring such
action.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Apr. 27. 1970. .4ctinj7 Commissioner of Patents.
[874 O.G. 688]
(185) Patents and Trademarks
Relief in Cases .Affected by the Postal Emergency
of March 1970
On June 30. 1971. President Nixon signed into law Public
Law 92-34.
Public Law 92-34 requires claims for the benefit of an
earlier filing date (Section 1.) and requests for such other
relief as may be appropriate (Sec. 2.) to be filed in the Patent
Office within G months after enactment, that is by December
30, 1971. Failure to file a statement within the noted period
will result In loss of right to take advantage of the benefits
of the law. Further explanation or evidence may be required
at a subsequent time. Public Law 92-34 provides relief only
for situations caused by the postal emergency which began
on March 18. 1970, and ended on or about March 30. 1970.
and for which there is no remedy under existing law.
The following explanation Is designed to serve as a guide
for persons desiring relief under the law.
The verified statement required to be filed under sections
1 and 2 of the law may be by any of the following:
(a) Applicant(s) for patent or trademark registration;
(b) Patentee(s) or trademark registrant ;
(c) Owner (s) of record.
In cases involving plural inventors, statements made under
(a) or (b) must be signed by all Inventors.
The verified statement must specify the particular earlier
date of receipt in the Patent Office to which the applicant,
patentee or trademark registrant, or owner of record believes
his application, fee or other paper would be entitled except
for the delay caused by the postal emergency of March, 1970.
The statement must be verified, that is, in the form of an oath
or declaration. (37 CFR 1.68 (Patent Rule 68) and 2.20
(Trademark Rule 2.20).)
Evidence will not normally be required or considered by the
Patent Office regarding a claimed filing date of March 18,
1970, or later. In applications actually filed before June 1,
1970. Claims for earlier filing dates In cases actually filed after
June 1, 1970, or claiming a date prior to March 18, 1970, will
be considered prima facie unreasonable unless an acceptable
explanation of the basis for the claim is filed in the Patent
Office with the claim or within 1 month or such longer time as
may be prescribed by the Commissioner. Any claim not ac-
cepted by the Patent Office because It Is obviously defective
on its face or unreasonable may be subjected to further review
by petition to the Commissioner.
The statement should adequately identify the involved
application, patent, or trademark registration by Including the
name of the applicant, patentee or registrant, title of the
invention or an Identification of the mark, serial number, filing
date, group art unit number and any other Identifying data
such as status of the case (e.g.. awaiting first action, amend-
ment, brief, etc.). Acceptable statements will be acknowledged,
made of record and retained in the Patent Office files.
When practical, earlier filing dates accorded under this law,
as well as the originally granted filing dates, will be Identified
on ensuing patents and trademark registrations. These dates
win also be Included in the Official Gazette in connection
with patents, trademark registrations and trademarks pub-
lished for opposition. In other cases, such as applications in
issue prior to filing of a claim, the patent or trademark regis-
tration number and claimed filing dates will be published in
the Official Gazette after December 30, 1971.
Patents issued with earlier filing dates afforded by this law
will not be effective as prior art as of such earlier filing dates
under subsection 102(e) of title 35 of the United States Code.
In a pending patent application In which a claim for an ear-
lier filing date has been acknowledged under this law, appli-
cants need not file a Rule 131 affidavit to overcome a reference
having an effective filing date between the "earlier" and the
actual filing date of the application. Intervening references of
this type win be cited but not applied by the examiner. Al-
though a statement claiming an earlier date is accepted by the
Patent Office, the claimed earlier date may be called into ques-
tion In subsequent inter partes proceeding In the Patent Office
or in the courts. In these proceedings, the applicant or owner
may be required to present further evidence establishing the
filing date to which the application Is entitled. In such cases
a definite determination shan be made as to whether the ap-
plicant Is entitled to the earlier date under the law.
In cases where a patent application or an application for
registration or late renewal of a trademark Is determined to
have become abandoned for failure to meet a statutory tUne
limit because of the postal emergency, the application wlU
automatically be restored to pending status by the acceptance
of the request, and prosecution or other processing of the
application will be resumed. SimUarly, If a trademark regis-
tration is determined to have been cancened for failure to
meet the statutory time limit within which to file the affidavit
required uhder section 8 of the Trademark Act (15 U.S.C.
1058a) because of the said emergency, the order for cancel-
lation will be rescinded.
As explained in the notice of January 26. 1971 (882 O.G.
1342) appUcants who may be entitled to earlier filing dates
should note that a change in their U.S. filing date might, in
turn, alter the date of expiration of the 6- and 12-month
periods for filing applications abroad under provisions of the
Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property.
WILLIAM E. SCHUTLER, JR.,
Commissioner of Patents.
Dated: July 14. 1971.
James H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for Science •
and Technology.
[FR Doc. 71-10469; Filed 7-22-71; 8:52 a.m.]
S6 F.R. 1369i; July 23, 1971
[889 O.G. 1064]
(195) Change in Legal Holidays
Those doing business before the Patent Office are hereby
reminded that by Public Law 90-363, 82 Stat. 250. effective
January 1. 1971, Section 6103(a) of Title 5, United States
Code, was amended to read^s follows :
S 6103. Holidays
(a) The fonowing are legal public holidays :
New Year's Day. January 1.
Washington's Birthday, the third Monday in Feb-
ruary.
Memorial Day, the last Monday in May.
Independence Day. July 4.
Labor Day. the first Monday In September.
Columbus Day. the second Monday In October. «
Veterans Day, the fourth Monday In October.
Thanksgiving Day, the fourth Thursday In No-
vember.
Christmas Day, December 25.
Each of the holidays enumerated will constitute "a holiday
within the District of Columbia." as referred to In Section 21,
Title 35, United States Code.
Dec. 2, 1970.
WILLIAM E. SCHUYLER, JR.,
Commissioner of Patents.
[881 O.G. 1707]
90
(212)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Organization of the Patent Oftice
January 2, 1973
in the chart. The Order is publislied following the chart. ^^^^^^^^ ^ s,„,.,,^,., J„.,
December 18. 1969. Commmioner of PatenU.
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Patent Ofiica
COMMIJSIONH or PATINt*
0*pwly C*ii>ilii>*A*r •( faKnii
OHict al liil»>M>iW
ASSlSTAWT COMKiSSiO**
FOR P»TEnT EX*»1mihC
^r,ti Alt' C.~iiii.«w
I
Ollctal
Otiict •(
& Patanlt
*SMST*MT CO»MISSlQHE»
FOR APPEALS. LEOIStATIOM
i TRAOeiARKS
AiMSTANT COMMISSIONER
FOR SEARCH SYSTEMS
DEVELOPMENT
DapwiT Attt CaawNiitiaMaf
ASSISTANT COl<»lSSIOI«R
FOR ADMINISTRATION
OaMlf Am C«~"»a'a~'
R
E«
Oll'ca cl
0(1. ca •!
Svaao'' S^'icta .
B«>*J J Anwatt
tiAM'NiNC GROUPS
H,fk ?*.(»•••• CK««.»tfY, Pl«»l.<'»
lnl«,«.«t.*M Tr«n»M<tl>««, Sl*r«t*
PK,w.
A^wMM*"*. Hwibon^y. P»>t«>«(
H««<. P»«
Cm ltif4 •••■*.
0*Ut J R«»M«K
4 D«^loi
.Officttff
F>nonc«
Offset •(PfMTM*!
DIRECTOR Of fUl»«lHft
tUOCET. EVALUATION
t FORECAST
—
Oll'Ca af
Piann.Af
OH'Ca al
».4f'
Ofkcaal
Evalxai-aA
Oil.ca al
Tacl>A»l.9» A.wiaiw*
& Faiacaat
4
kTtMl
Office •!
OH.ct aJ P0f«nt
Pwkl'CM'tnt
1
Otf'Ct •«
O'ffanilM'O" &
w<f 4. nd
[870 O.G. 334]
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Board of Appeals Decisions Rendered in the Month of
November 1972
Examiner afflrmed ^^,
Examiner afflrmed In part ^^
Examiner reversed
Total 220
Patent Suits
Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 ; Patent Act of 1952
3.080.264, Zlmmle and Bloecher. METHOD OF REMOVING
SILT FROM TANKS ; 3.085.916, same. METHOD OF REMOV-
ING \ND PREVENTING ACCUMULATION IN COOLING
SYSTEMS, filed July 18, 1972, D.C.. S.D. Ohio (Clnclnnatn,
Doc 7819, W. E. Zimmie. Inc. v. Ohio Valley Chemical Corp.
and Charles J. Kennedy. Consent judgment. Plaintiff owner
of patents, defendants permanently enjoined. July 20, 1972.
3.085.916. (Sep 3,080.264.)
3,216.609. C. Bogert, CAN CLOSURE, filed July 24, 1972.
D.C. Conn. (Bridgeport), Doc. B-555-C, Farley Investments,
Ltd. V. American Can Company.
3 367.126. J. D. Howell, FLOATING AGITATOR ; 3.381.302,
Relmus and Saporlto, FREEZE CONCENTRATION OF COF-
FEE EXTRACT; 3,404,007, J. G. Muller. FREEZE DRIED
COFFEE PROCESS AND PRODUCT : 3,449,129, Relmus and
Saporlto, CONCENTRATION PROCESS ; 3,474,723. same,
BEVERAGE APPARATUS; 3,495,522, J. G. Muller. same;
3,531,295, N. Ganlarls. FREEZE CONCENTRATION OF COF-
FEE EXTRACT ; 3,620.034. same, MULTI-STAGE FREEZE
CONCENTRATION OF COFFEE ; 3.632,353, Relmus and Sapo
rlto. REMOVAL OF TARS AND WAXES IN FREEZE CON-
CENTRATION OF COFFEE ; 3,636.722, N. Ganlarls. CONCEN-
TRATION OF COFFEE, filed Apr. 13, 1972, D.C. N.J. (New-
ark), Doc. 66.3-72, Struthers Patent Corporation v. Nestle
Company, Inc.; filed Apr. 13, 1972, D.C, N.D. Ga. (Atlanta).
Doc. 16467, Struthers Patent Corporation v. The Coca-Cola
Company.
3,381,302. (See 3,367,126.)
3.404,007. (See 3,367,126.)
3,404.494, H. D. Wolfe, THEATRE AND STATE CON-
STRUCTION, filed June 23, 1972. D.C, W.D. Va. (Roanoke),
Doc. 72-C-86-R, H. D. Wolfe v. S'. Belkin.
3,410.330, J. Matyas, FOLDING DOOR CONSTRUCTION.
filed Feb. 4, 1969, D.C, E.D. Mich. (Detroit). Doc. 32306,
J. .Matyas, doing business as Alliance Metal Products v. Great
Lakes Hardware. Stipulated order of dismissal signed by
Hon. Charles Joiner, July 20, 1972.
3 447.351, C. W. Werntz, ROLL FORMING MACHINE IN-
CLUDING DIVIDED ROLL PARTS AND SPACERS THERE
FOR, filed May 18, 1971, D.C, E.D. Mo. (St. Louis), Doc.
71-C-314 (2), Engel Industries, Inc. v. The Lockformer
Company. Order entered Feb. 18, 1972 hereby set aside and
(Merk Is ordered to enter a new judgment In favor of defend-
ant and against plaintiff, May 22, 1972.
3,449,129. (See 3,367,126.)
3,458.783. M. A. Rosenberg, HERMETICALLY SEALED CA-
PACITOR, filed Sept. 10, 1971, D.C, W.D. Pa. (Erie), Doc.
108-71 Erie, San Fernando Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc.
V. Erie Technological Products, Inc. Order entered, approving
consent judgment, July 13, 1972.
3.472,309, A. Calderon, METHOD OF AND APPARATUS
FOR CONTINUOUSLY CASTING STEEL, filed July 20, 1972,
D.C, E.D. Mich. (Detroit), Doc. 38618, Calderon Automa-
tion, Inc. V. General Motors Corp.
3,474,723. (See 3,367,126.)
3 481,228, Dlckmann, Flick and Palmer, POWER TONG AS-
SEMBLY AND CONTROL MEANS THEREFOR; 3.481.229,
Dlckmann and Palmer, POWER TONG ASSEMBLY AND
TRANSMISSION MEANS THEREFOR, filed June 20, 1972,
D.C, S.D. Tex. (Houston), Doc. 72-H-811, Byron Jackson,
Inc. V. Peck Sales d Service, Inc.
3,481.229. (See 3.481,228.)
3,495.522. (See 3,367,126.)
3,511.208. O. C. Woodruff, FISHING RIG. filed Feb. 17,
1972 D.C, W.D. Okla. (Oklahoma City). Doc. 72-104-C,
Jamajo Industries, Inc. v. Speegle-Horaney, Inc. Parties
settled. Case dismissed with prejudice. Judge Chandler, June
26, 1972.
3.531,295. (See 3,367.126.)
3,552,051, E. B. Rltchey, EAR TAG, filed Nov. 11, 1971.
D.C. Minn. (St. Paul), Doc. 3-71-C-277, E. B. Ritchey v.
Fearing Manufacturing Co., Inc.
3.561.093, B. GuUstan, METHOD OF ATTACHING A
SLEEVE TO A WORKPIECE, filed July 17, 1972, D.C, CD.
Calif. (Los Angeles), Doc. 72-1632-IH, Southco, Inc. v.
Deutsch Fastner Corp.
3.588.095. Ward. Ward and Bachmann, SUCTION TABLE
SYSTEM FOR FEEDING OF WARPED SHEETS, filed July
14, 1972, D.C.N.J. (Newark), Doc. C-1195-72. The Ward
Machinery Company (formerly The Ward-Turner Machinery
Company) v. W. C. Haicthome and Associates.
3.594.255, W. D. Budlnger, HICKEY ROLLER AND METH-
OD ; 3.635.158, same, ROLLER FOR PRINTING PRESS, filed
June 1, 1972. D.C, N.D. IlL (Chicago), Doc. 72cl372, Rodel,
Inc. and W. D. Budinger v. American Roller Co.
3,598.064, E. H. Stempel, SHELVING, filed Oct. 1, 1971,
DC, S.D. Fla. (Miami), Doc. 71-1527-C-EC, Belaco, Inc.
V. .Advance Metal Products, Inc. and Air-Flor Shelving Sys-
tems, Inc. Cause dismissed on stipulation, claim of Belaco,
Inc. dismissed pursuant to stipulation without prejudice,
counterclaim of Advance Metal Products, Inc. and Alr-Flor
Shelving Systems. Inc. dismissed without prejudice, June 2,
1972.
3.620.034. (See 3,367,126.)
3,635.158. (See 3,594,255.)
3.636.722. (See 3,367,126.)
Re. 25.536, D. T. Thompson, APPARATUS FOR MAKING
AN ANNULUS, filed July 7, 1972, D.C, N.D. 111. (Chicago),
Doc. 72C1669, Thompson Bagel Machine Mfg. Corp. v. At-
u'ood Corp.
Re. 26,168, B. F. W. Heyer, ENGINE PARAMETER ANA-
LYZER, filed Jan. 14, 1972, D.C, N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc.
72cl24, Applied Poxcer Industries, Inc. v. Sun Electric Cor-
poration. Cause removed from active calendar with leave to
reinstate on or before Aug. 18, 1972. Further ordered that
cause be continued to Aug. 18, 1972 for report on status,
June 13, 1972.
.D. 210,842. R. Genin, TOY CEMENT MIXER, filed Sept.
26, 1968, D.C, S.D.N.Y., Doc. 68-C-3831, Child Guidance Toys,
Inc. v. R. H. Macy d Co., Inc. Order of dismissal for lack of
prosecution with prejudice. Judge Canella, July 19, 1972.
D. 211.156. J. H. Wilson, JAR, filed May 10, 1972, D.C.
S.D.N.Y., Doc. 72-C-2009, The Nestle Company v. General
Foods Corp.
D. 212,872, Trimble and Rottman, GOAL POST, filed Dec.
28, 1971, D.C, M.D. Fla. (Tampa), Doc. 71-574-C-T, Triman
Tele-Goal, Inc. v. Pinellas County School Board et al.
D. 212,722, R. D. Kahn, FLASHING SIGNAL UNIT, filed
July 30, 1969, D.C, E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn), Doc. 69C938, Fedtro,
Inc. v. Osrow Products Co., Inc. et al. Consent judgment.
May 24, 1972.
D. 213,«09. C C GlannouUs, COAT, filed Apr. 22, 1969,
D.C, S.D.N.Y., Doc. 69-1683, Sidney Ellis Associates, Inc. v.
Lilli Ann Corporation. Stipulation and order, dismissed with
prejudice, June 22, 1972.
91
TM 92
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
O. .3.... K. G. Logan, VEHICLE SAFETY LIGHT AND «^ fi:;JZl''fr\\lTaerZT^^^^^^^^
BRACKET THEREFOR, filed June 19. 1972 D.C.. N.D^ Iowa - ^ Remington. LIGHTING FIXTURE FOR
(Fort Dodge). Doc. 72-C-2017-C, Saflite Corp. v. Eugene j^^^jf^'^'^^/^^^^L VEHICLES. BOATS OR THE LIKE, filed
Ryeraon, Rycol Corp. and Manco. Inc. j^^^ ^^ jg^2, DC, N.D. 111. (Chicago). Doc. 72cl514,
D 224.106, F. Baranowskl, Jr., PRESSURE REGULATOR. Progressive Dynamics v. Triangle Products.
JANUARY 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Jan. 2, 1973
Re. 27,356
D. 221,639
3,455,731
3,496,139
3,530,074
3,553,000
3,576,464
3,579,484
3,583,423
3,600,098
3,603,954
3,608.745
3,609,411
3,611,973
3,612,783
3,615,663
3,616,850
3,618,046
3,618.652
3,620,673
3,620.749
3,622,295
3,627,927
3,629,336
3,631.151
3,«32,652
3,637.287
3.637.794
3.641,242
3.641,279
3.641.831
3.642.482
3.642.504
3.643.818
3,645.859
3.646,300
3,646,573
3.646.574
3.647.737
3.649.729
3.651.481
3,653,743
3,653.876
3,655,628
3,656,064
3,656,931
3,657,391
3,658,496
3,658,646
3,658,732
3.659,315
3,659,652
3,660,223
3,660,482
3.660.5©6
3.661.423
3,661,473
3,©61,776
3,661.965
3,662.368
3,663.074
3,663,637
3,663.955
3,664,287
3,664,640
3,664,642
3,664.730
3,665,021
3.665.524
3.665.544
3.666,436
3.666.649
3.666.664
3.666,667
3.666,693
3.667.058
3,667.199
3.667.244
3,667,249
3.667,357
3,667,403
3.667.618
3.667,913
3.668.270
3.668,662
3.668,849
3.669,758
3,669.931
3.670,006
3.670.042
3.670,283
3.670.171
8.670,371
3,670,446
3,670.958
3,671.293
3.671,501
3.671,528
3,671,725
3,671,740
3,672,172
3,672.210
3.672,748
3^672.778
3,672,869
3,673,009
3,673,205
3,673,254
3,673,262
3,673,263
3,673,285
3.673,325
3,673.575
3,673,840
3,673,843
3,673,912
3,674,115
3,674,394
3,674.501
3.674,502
3,674,683
3,674,791
3,674,963
3,675,037
3,675,085
3.675,158
3,675.317
3.675,325
3,675,480
3,675,911
3,675,935
3,676,021
3,676.025
3,676,028
3,676.080
3,676,123
3,676,168
3,676,267
3,676.391
3,676,421
3,676,621
3,676,829
3,676,970
3.677,206
3,677,444
3,677,461
3.677,533
3.677.643
3.677.701
3.677.724
3.677.778
3.677,795
3.677.804
3.677.838
3.677.895
3,677,942
3,677,948
3,678,029
3,678,049
3,678,091
3,678,098
3,678,134
Disclaimers
3.678,418
3,678,435
3,678,445
3,678,502
3,678,726
3,678,805
3,678,922
3,678,939
3,679,065
3.679,321
3,679,383
3,679,458
3,679,519
3,679,575
3,679,662
3,679,665
3,679,678
3,679,707
3,679,738
3,679,772
3,680,040
3.680,416
3,680,605
3,680,609
3,680,612
3.680,675
3,680,803
3,680,980
3,681,140
3,681,213
3.681,349
3.681.422
3.681.428
3.681.471
3,681.488
3.681.561
3,681,709
3,681,939
3,682,318
3,682,775
3,683,494
3,683,693
3,684,119
3,689.446
3,690.229
3,690,429
3,690,454
3,690.539
3,692,230
3,692.357
3,692,515
3,693,256
3,693,455
3,698,219
3,347,365. — Chirland B. Funkhouser. Waynesboro, Va. PACK-
AGE CONSTRUCTION AND METHOD OF MAKING
THE SAME OR THE LIKE. Patent dated Oct. 17, 1967.
Disclaimer filed Apr. 24, 1972, by the assignee, Reynolds
Metals Company.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 10, 11,
12, 14, 15, 16, 18 and 20 of said patent.
3,368,039.— Ocnunff L. Clapper. Vestal, N.Y. SPEECH ANA-
LYZER FOR SPEECH RECOGNITION SYSTEM. Patent
dated Feb. 6, 1968. Disclaimer filed Oct. 30, 1972. by the
assignee. International Business Machines Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 and 8 of said
patent.
3,438,147.— gfanlcy C. Lander, Aurora. 111. DISCONNECT
FOR DOORS. Patent dated Apr. 15, 1968. Disclaimer filed
Apr. 28, 1972, by the assignee, White Consolidated Indus-
tries, Inc.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1, 2, 3, 11, 12 and
13 of said patent.
3.511,793. — James Burnett Ezell, Richmond, Va. MODIFIED
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE COPOLYMER COATING
COMPOSITION. Patent dated May 12, 1970. Disclaimer
filed May 31, 1972, by the assignee, E. I. du Pont -de
Nemours and Company. '
Hereby enters this disclaimer to all claims of said patent.
3,591,274.— PWHp Joseph Donald, Woodbury, N.Y. PROJEC-
TION OF COLOR-CODED B AND W TRANSPARENCIES.
Patent dated July 6, 1971. Disclaimer filed May 12, 1972,
by the assignee. RCA Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to all claims of said patent.
3,601,812. — Joseph A. Weiebecker, Cherry Hill, N.J. MEM-
ORY SYSTEM. Patent dated Aug. 24. 1971. Disclaimer
filed May 4, 1972, by the assignee, RCA Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 through 7 and 19
through 21 of said patent.
3,603,588. John W. Ebstein, Roslyn Heights. N.Y. BASKET-
BALL GOAL. Patent dated Sept. 7, 1971. Disclaimer filed
Apr. 24, 1972, by the assignee Gabriel Industries, Inc.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 5 of said patent.
3,012,303.— RaZpfc Whitaker, Philadelphia, Pa., Ralph Whit-
aker, Jr., Raleigh, and Frank E. Whiting, Garner, N.C.
PRODUCTION OF MULTICOLORED PILE FABRIC, patent
Patent dated Dec. 12, 1961. Disclaimer filed May 5, 1972,
by the assignee, Fred Whitaker Company.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 5 of said patent.
3,644,180. — Russell Burock, Allentown, David M. 8u:irsky,
Mlnersvllle, and Robert A. Whitner, Allentown, Pa.
METHODS OF USING INORGANIC RESISTS. Patent
dated Feb. 22, 1972. Disclaimer filed May 8, 1972, by
the assignee, Western Electric Company, Incorporated.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims L^2 and 8 of said
Dedications
s
3,172.289. — Seymour N. Blackman, Englewood. N.J. GLASS
THERMOMETER. Patent dated Mar. 9. 1965. Disclaimer
filed May 17. 1972. by the inventor.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 2, 4 and 6 of said
patent.
3 345 589.— OeroW C. Di Piazza, Lake Hiawatha. N.J. TRANS-
MISSION LINE TYPE MICROWAVE FILTER. Patent
dated Oct. 3. 1967, Disclaimer filed June 5, 1972, by the
assignee, Bell Telephone Laboratories Incorporated.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1, 4 and 7 of
said patent.
3,084,064. — Lewis M. Cotcden, Indianapolis, and Joseph R.
Clark. Brownsburg, Ind. ABRADABLE METAL COAT-
INGS AND PROCESS THEREFOR. Patent dated Apr.
2, 1963. Dedication filed May 25, 1972, by the assignee,
Union Carbide Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
3,156,834.— Albert L. Stillxcell, Green Brook, N.J. AUTO-
MATIC LEVEL CONTROL. Patent dated Nov. 10, 1964.
Dedication filed June 5, 1972, by the assignee. Bell Tele-
phone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire remaining term
of said patent.
3 1^7 814 —Herbert 0. Corbett, Canandalgua, NY. APPARA-
' TUS FOR FORMING BLOWN TUBULAR FILMS. Patent
dated Feb 2 1965. Dedication filed. May 19, 1972, by
the assignee. National Distillers and Chemical Corpo-
ration.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire term of said
patent.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,196,359.— Adolph J. Oiger, Murray Hill, N.J. WIDE BAND
CURRENT LIMITER. Patent dated July 20, 1965. Dedl
cation filed June 5, 1972, by the assignee. Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire remaining term
of said patent.
3 278,808.— Murray D. Bonfeld, FuUcrton, Pa. SUPERCON-
DUCTING DEVICE. Patent dated Oct. 11, 19«6. Dedi-
cation filed June 5, 1972. by the assignee. Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire remaining term
of said patent.
3 657 200 —William Ross Moore and Ralph Rolland Langner,
' Lake Jackson. Tex. COPOLYMERS OF SULFUR DIOX-
IDE WITH ALLYL EPOXYALKANE ETHERS. Patent
dated Apr. 18. 1972. Dedication filed May 17. 1972. by
ttoe assignee. The Dote Chemical Company.
Hereby dedicates the remaining term of said patent to the
free use of the People of the United States.
3,201.721. — Rudolph W. Voelcker. Greensboro. N.C. COAXIAL
LINE TO STRIP LINE CONNECTOR. Patent dated Aug.
17. 1965. Dedication filed June 5, 1972, by the assignee,
Western Electric Company, Incorporated.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire remaining term
of said patent.
3,248,659.— Adolph J. Oiger, Murray Hill, and Arthur F.
Perks, Warren Township. Somerset County, N.J. HIGH
EFFICIENCY DISCRIMINATOR. Patent dated Apr. 26,
1966. Dedication filed June 5. 1972, by the assignee.
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire remaining term
of said patent.
Errata
All reference to Patent Number 3,681,800 to Hermann
Thoma. Swimming Aids, appearing in the Official GAztTtB
of Aug. 8. 1972. should be deleted as the application inad-
vertently issued.
All reference to Patent Number 3,702.074 to John S. Mullen,
Pipe Line Leak Detection and Location System, appearlnjr
In the Official Gazette of Nov. 7, 1972, should be deleted
as the application Inadvertently Issued.
All reference to Patent Number 3.702.400 to Ronald I.
Morley et al.. Addressing Apparatus, appearing in the Offi-
cial Gazette of Nov. 7, 1972. should be deleted as the afore-
mentioned patent is a duplication of Patent Number 3,688,112.
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
- WILLIAM FELDMAN, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 12. 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
FUlng Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
(JFNERAL CHEMI.=iTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY. GROUP llO-M. STERMAN, Director .-... 10-18-71
InoSanlc Sompounds; Inorganic Compositions; OrKano-Metal and Organo-Metj Hold Chemistry; Metallurgy; Meta Stock; E lectto
Chemistry; l^^ttertes". Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions; Fuel and
Ignltlngr Devices. « /v» n
(JFNFRAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. GROUP 120— I. MARCUS, DlrfCtor -- 8-W-71
Heterocyclic Amides- Alkaloids; Azo; Sulfur; MLso. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicide.; Poisons: Medicines; Cosmetics; Steroids;
0x0 and Oxy;Qulnones; Acids; Carboxyllc Acid Esters; Acid Anhydrides; Acid Halldes.
HIGH POLYMER CHEMISTRY. PLASTICS AND MOLDING, GROUP HO-L. J. BERCOVITZ Director. 8-(»-71
Synthetic Resins; Rubber; Proteins; Macromolecular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic ResUi Com^pastlons;Synthelc Resins
With Natural Polymers and Resins; Natural Resins; Reclaiming; Pore-Fomilng; Compositions (Part^ e.g.: Coating; Molding,
Ink: Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding. Shaping, and Treating Processes.
COATING AND LAMINATING, BLEACHING, DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY. GROUP 160-A. P. KENT. Director. 8-30-71
Coating- Processes and Misc. Products; Laminating Methods and Apparatus: Stock Materials; Adhesive Bonding; Special Chemical
Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.
SPECIALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, GROUP 170-R. FRIEDMAN. Director 8-03-71
Fe Ull/ers; Fwds; Fermentation; Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper Making; Glass Manufacture ;^^^^^^^
Heatlneand Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purification; Distillation; Preservlng;Llquid,Gas and Solid Reparation,
ols and Liquid Contact Apparatus Refrigeration; Concentrative Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus: Misc. Physical Processes.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
1N1:>USTR1AL ELECTRONICS, PHYSICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, GROUP 210-N. ANSHER Director - 4-19-72
Generation and Utilization; General Applications; Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Conductors; Switches;
Photography; Motion Pictures; Illumination; Horology; Acoustics; Recorders; Weighing Scales.
m>FriAI LAWS ADMINISTRATION GROUP 220— R. L. CAMPBELL, Director -^ ■-,■--. i^-V/" 12-18-71
Ordnance Firearms and Ammunition;' Radar. Underwater Signalling, Directional Radio Torpedoes, Seismic Exploring, Radio-
Active Batteries. Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy. Rocket Fuels; Radio-Active Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL. GROUP 230-J. F COUCH. Director... --"---:- l'^*"
Communications; MulUplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processing, Computation and Conversion; Storage Devices and
R'*latpd Arts
RECEPTACLES SANITATION AND CLEANING, WINDING. AND MEASURING, GROUP 240-L^FORMAN, Director.. 8-09-71
Receptncles; Joint Packfng:Condu^^ Plumbing Fiitures; Textile Spinning; Food; Agitating; Cleaning; Pressing; Geometrical
Instruments; Sound Recording; Winding and Reeling; Measuring and Testing; Indicating.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES. GROUP 250-W. L. CARLSON, Director .— -..----- ll-2»-<l
Seml-Conductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Lines and Net-
works; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring.
DESIGNS. GROUP 290-R. L. CAMPBELL, Director 4-^-7i
Industrial Arts: Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
11 ANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310-A. BERLIN. Director— -. -^, v— i-,-iyc;;w;VY.;,V.' ^^"^'"^'
Convevo^; Hoists; Elevators; Article Handline Implements; Store Service; Sheet and ?eb Feeding; Dispensing: Fluld^^^^^^^^
Fire Extinguishers: Coin Handling: Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Sohds, Boats, Ships, Aeronautics.
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Brakes; Railways and Railway Equipment. „ -, -,
MATERIAL SHAPING, ARTICLE MANUFACTURING. TOOLS. GROUP 320-D J. pT;OCK:iNG. Director .... 9-07-71
Manufacturing Proces,se.s, Assembhne. Combined Machines. Special Article Makng; Metel Defornimg: Sheet Meta
Working; Metal Fusion-Bonding. ^letal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus; Plastics ^"J[king Apparatus PastlcB^^^^
Earthenware Apparatus: Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; Work and Too! Holders Woodworking, Tools, Cutlery. Jaclcs.
AMUSEMENT HUSBANDRY PERSONAL TREATMENT. INFORMATION. GROUP 330-A. RUEGO, Director 11-18-71
ASment and ExetcTslnfDWices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering; Earth ^^^^'^'■^^"d E»«v«"^;
Fishing, etc.: Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry Jeweh-y; Surgery; Toiletry; Printing; Typevmters, Sutionery,
Information Dissemination. t_na_w
IIFAT, POWER. AND FLUID ENGINEERING. GROUP 340-M M. N^^'^^AN. Director. .............--.--------- l-"*-^-*
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Reaction Motors; Pumps; Rotary Engines and P"J?^f»' ^^t Oeneratlon an^^
Exchange; Refrigeration: Ventilation; Drj-ing; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements, Couplings, Uear
Ing; Bearings; Clutches; Power Transmission; Fluid Handling and Control: Lubrication.
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS, TEXTILES AND MINING, GROUP «"-T^ /■ HICKEY Dirw-tor.^^^. -^-^^ 10-04-71
Joints; Fasteners: Rod. Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Bmldlng Structures, ClMiu-e(^^
Bridges; Closures: Earth Engineering; Drilling: Mining: Furniture; Supports; Cabinet Structures, Centrifugal Separations
Coating; Textll«B; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines.
Fxplratlon of patents: The patents within the range of numbers indicated below expire during January 19"3.?icept those which "J^y have
expired earlier due to shortened terms under the provisions of Public Law 6% 79th Congress. aPP-^o^d August 8 1946 (60 Stat. *^^^^^^
I..1W 61Q, 83rd Congress, approved August 23. 1954 (6S Stat. 764). or which may have had their terms curtailed 6y ^Isclalmw under the provlsion^^^^
3.'i IT S.C. 253. Other patent, issued after the dates of the range of numbers Indicated below, may have expired before the fuU term of 17 years lor
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 151. ^^ ^ ^ ^^^ ^ ^ _^^^ ^^^^^^^^
95
PLANT PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 2, 1973
„,„.,„U... for P..nt pate-t. ... a.u.,,. .. Co, ..d ..e,efo„ ,. .. ..t pr.e..c.b,. to reproduc. «e draw,.,.
3,281
ALSTROEMERIA HYBRID (YELLOW TIGER)
Maurits C. van Staaveren, 30 Hornweg,
Aalsmeer, Netherlands
FUed Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,921
Int. CI. AOlh 5100
U.S. CI. Pit— 68 . , u ♦ ^"Z
A new variety of alstroemeria plant characterized by
its novel color, the abundance of its annual crop of flower
stalks, the profuse production of blossoms on each flower
stalk, and the very long lasting quality of the blooming
plant as a cut flower.
3,282
ROSE PLANT
Herbert C. Swim and O. L. Weeks, Ontario, Calif., as-
signors to The Conard-Pyle Company, West Grove, Pa.
FUed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,412
Int CI. AOlh 5100
U5. CI. Pit 19 1 Claim
1.' A "new and distinct variety of rose plant of the
hybrid tea class, substantially as herein shown and de-
scribed, characterized particularly as to novelty by the
unique combination of excellence of its hybrid tea habit,
particularly good foliage having above average disease
resistance, a habit of bearing most of the flowers siiigly
and on long and strong stems, an' ability to retain a high-
centered flower bud conformation through substantially
the entire flower life, a distinctive, attractive and out-
standing pink flower color which is maintained through-
out the blooming stages from bud to open flower, an
unusually strong, pleasant and true rose flower fragrance,
and good lasting flower qualities and remontance of
bloom which give the overall effect of almost continuous
blooms on an attractive plant which is well covered with
excellent foliage.
3,283
ALSTROEMERIA PLANT (CANARIA)
Maurits C. van Staaveren, 30 Hornweg,
Aalsmeer, Netherlands
nied Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,918
Int CL AOlh 5100
U.S. CI. Pit.— 68 1 Claim
A new variety of hybrid alstroemeria plant character-
ized by the novel overall yellow coloring of its flowers, the
96
abundance of its annual crop of flower stalks, the serial
blooming of the buds on each branch of the flower stalk,
and the very long-lasting quality of the blooming plant as
a cut flower.
3,284
HYBRID ALSTROEMERIA PLANT
Maurits C. van Staaveren, 30 Hornweg,
Aalsmeer, Netherlands
FUed Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,917
Int CI. AOlh 5100
U.S. CI. Pit— 68 1 Claim
A new variety of hybrid alstroemeria plant character-
ized by the unusual pink color of its blooms, its vigorous
growth and branching of the flower stalk, its tendency
to flower the year around with an abundant flower crop
on each stalk, and the long lasting quality of the blooms
as a cut flower.
3,285
KALANCHOE PLANT
James T. Irwta, Canyon, Tex., assignor to Irwin
Greenhouses, Inc., Canyon, Tex.
Filed Apr. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,769
Int CI. AOlh 5100
U.S. CI. Pit— 68 1 Claim
1. A new and distinct variety of kalanchoe plant, sub-
stantially as herein shown and described, characterized
particularly as to novelty by the unique combination of a
highly branched and upright habit of growth, medium
sized and flexible foliage of moss green to fern green
color, a uniform and consistent plant height and bloom
date, an ability to initiate and develop flower buds under
high night temperatures of summer when other varieties
fail, a profuse blooming habit, with the ability to respond
to short day treatment and with consequent capability
of year-around flowering, a distinctive, attractive and uni-
form apricot flower color, superior resistance to root rot
as compared with most other varieties, and long-lasting
qualities as a potted plant.
t.
PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,707,729 3,707,731
GARMENT CONSTRUCTION ARTIFICIAL LEG k, ^u u ■
Lydla Scarsella, Astoria, N.Y., assignor to ZIm-Stra Originals Robert D. Morgan, 3130 CoWwater Canyon, North Hoi-
Inc., Ne^ York, N.Y. ly wood, Calif. k« ««n 7Vi Nov 28 1969
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,055 ConUnuaUon-ln-part of Ser. No. »80f,^' ^o^- 28. 1969
Int CI A41d 3m abandoned. This appUcation June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,220
ii«ri2 R« 3 Claims lnt.Cl. A61f 7/05
U.S.CI.2_88 U.S.CI.3-21 9 Claims
A garment constructed in the form of a cape having a pair of
spaced arm openings permitting the wearer to pass her arms to
the front of the garment A flap member is provided on the
inner side of the garment adjacent each arm opening, said flap
member overlapping the opening to conceal the dress worn
beneath the garment.
3,707,730
BASKETBALL PRACTICE GLOVE
Gordon R. Slider, 229 East Walnut St., AUentown, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 761,716. Sept. 23, 1968,
abandoned. This applicaUon Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,022
Int CI. A lid/ 9/00
U.S.CI. 2— 161A 6 Claims
An artificial leg consuucted to be particularly adapted for
use by amputees engaged in activities requiring particular
degrees of freedom of movement, such as golf. The leg com-
prises a lightweight socket adapted to receive a stump and a
leg part with a joint between the socket and leg part allowing
360° of relative rotation therebetween. The socket and leg
part are rigidly aligned. At the lower end of the leg part is a
foot with a joint between the foot and leg part allowing lateral
tilting of the leg relative to the foot and to provide a cushion-
ing shock absorber effect. The foot member is round and sym-
metrical about its center, thus, avoiding any problem of foot
alignment with the socket and leg stump.
3,707,732
STEAM BATH CABINET
Dale L. Cosper, 1603 E. Hoover Ave., South Bend, Ind.
Filed Sept. 14. 1970, Ser. No. 71,977
IntCI.A61hii/06
U.S. CI. 4-164 10 Claims
A glove, to be worn while practicing basketball, having
palm, back, and wrist portions, and open thumb and fmger
portions. The palm portion includes a pad, which spaces the
wearer's palm from the ball, and the back portion includes a
longitudinally extending stay, which limits bending movement
of the wearer's wrist. An adjustable strap extends between the
thumb and index finger portions of the glove to limit the ex-
tent to which these members can be separated. The restraining
action of the strap between the index finger and thumb por-
tions and the pad in the palm portion of the glove form the
wearer's hand into a cup-like shape so that a basketball held m
the gloved hand is controlled by the tips of the thumb and fin-
gers.
908 O.G. — 4
A steam bath cabinet including a closet part having an
opening thereinto defined by coplanar edge portions. A door
hinged to the closet part and including edges adapted to make
97
98
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
sealing contact with the coplanar end portions of the closet
part of the cabinet. The door of the cabinet is of a generally
concavo-convex configuration which protrudes forwardly
from the closet part of the cabinet when the door spans the
opening of the closet part. The upper edge of the door is inter-
rupted to form a slot into which the neck of the cabinet user is
positioned when the door is closed.
3,707.735
SAFETY DEVICE FOR FLUID FILLED MATTRESSES
Robert N. Carson. Jr., San Rafael, Calif., assignor to Carson
Manufacturing Co., San Rafael, Calif.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122.699
Int. CI. A47c 27/05
U.S. CI. 5-348 6 Claims
3,707,733
FLAPPER FLLSH VALVE
William C. Gore, and Eugene B. Shapiro, both of Skokie, III..
assignors to Beatrice Foods Company , Skokie. III.
Filed April 19. 1971, Ser. No. 135,252
Int.CI. E03d//i4
U.S.CI.4-57P 6 Claims
A flapper flush valve comprising an integral unitary flexible
resilient valve unit provided with means whereby it may be
anchored to fit around the overflow tube of a toilet tank, or
may be connected to the projections or trunions on an over-
flow tube, or may be anchored to a support member other
than the overflow tube.
3,707,734
UNIVERSAL SPINE AND SPLINTING BOARD
Max Matthews, 1502 East Eleven Mile Road, Royal Oak,
Mich.
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,065
Int.CI. A61g//00.A47c/7/64
. U.S. CI. 5-82 20 Claims
In order to prevent flooding in the event of a leakage or
break in a fluid filled mattress, the mattress is surrounded by a
lining in the bed frame or the like, and the lining has a
drainage outlet connected to a safety bag under the bed,
whereby the water escaping from the mattress into the lining is
drained into the safety bag below the bed, means being pro-
vided for draining the water out of the safety bag at will; there
may be provided also a cover over the top of the fluid filled
mattress to completely enclose the mattress in the bed.
3,707,736
FISHERMAN'S LANTERN FLOAT
Robert C. Bass, Pelham, Ga., assignor to Bimbo Inc., Pelham,
Ga.
Filed Nov. 20, 1 970, Ser. No. 9 1 ,320
Int. CLB63b 2 //52
U.S. CL 9—8.3 R 5 Claims
A board structure is constituted by a pair of separate rigid,
generally rectangular panels, each of which may be used in
various ways to the exclusion of the other, or which may be
used in combination as a full flat splint length, as coupled
rigidly by a stretcher's poles of the like. Each panel has a pair
of elongated parallel and laterally spaced slots extending lon-
gitudinally within side and end margins thereof, the slots being
of a width sufficient to receive torso, forehead and/or chin im-
mobilizing strap-like devices by which the patient is restrained
prior to, during and after transportation from the scene of an
■ injury. Each panel or board member is also provided, laterally
outwardly of the said slots thereof with a series of openings,
generally oblong in the direction of the panel's length, which
may serve as hand holes and are also adapted to receive pa-
tient restraining and supporting strap means of one sort or
another Clusters of small belt-receiving slots adjacent cor-
responding lower corners of the boards complete the pattern
of aperturing of the latter. The use, in association with the
boards, of cushioned forehead and chin restraining strap
devices having hook and loop-type pressure fasteners and sup-
plemental adjustable buckle or snap fastener means is contem-
plated.
A float having a well in the top surface thereof for receiving
the base of a lantern, and having a ballast filled cup projecting
from the lower surface thereof beneath said well. A lantern
placed in said well is anchored by a pafr of closely spaced,
parallel elastic cords secured at their opposite ends to the top
wall of said float to extend across the well.
3,707,737
APPARATUS FOR CLEANING SUBMERGED SURFACES
David F. Brower, San Diego, Calif., assignor to Peltec Corpora-
tion, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Aug. 30. 1971, Ser. No. 175,820
Int. CI. E04h 3120
U.S. CI. 15—1.7 *0 Claims
A liquid under pressure flows through a conduit to an inlet
of a jet pump means from which issues a high velocity stream
of liquid. An area of pressure lower than ambient pressure is
established in the high velocity stream and this is commu-
nicated through a passageway to an inner face of a compressi-
ble resilient pad which is to be disposed against the submerged
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
99
surface. A pressure differential exists between the ambient
liquid on the outer side of the pad and the liquid flowing
between the inner surface of the pad and the submerged sur-
face and this pressure differential urges the compressible pad
toward the submerged surface to conform to the contour
thereof and results in a thin high velocity film of liquid flow
across the submerged surface to clean the same. Rubbing con-
parts are fashioned to provide a zero draft or taper angle
between the mold parts and the threads formed thereby so
tacts between the submerged surface and asperities on the sur-
face of the pad serves to augment the cleaning action of the
liquid flow The resilient pad may also be somewhat porous
thus allowing the flow of some liquid directly from the
peripheral areas of the pad to the inlet of the jet pump thus
lending to increase the surface flow velocity in these
peripheral areas.
3,707,738
BASKET BALL WASHING DEVICE
Milan Samuel Morris. P.O. Box 214, Towner, Colo.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,286
Int. CL A63b47/04
IJ.S.CL15— 21 A
that linear parting of the mold parts is then possible. A pair of
angularly disposed threaded openings can be formed by the
mold.
3,707,740
CLEANER FOR PAINT ROLLERS
Romeo J. N. Demers, 10 Trudel Ave., Dracut, Mass.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,418
Int. CI. B44d 3100
U.S. CI. 15—236 R
8 Claims
1 Claim
An apparatus for cleaning paint rollers comprises a relative-
ly thick, solid body having an aperture therethrough,
preferably of truncated, conical configuration, for admitting a
paint roller for scraping paint therefrom by contact with the
bottom, beveled cleaning edge of the aperture. The lop por-
tion of the body includes an integral, annular peripheral
flange, or bearing surface, serving as a hand grip. In one deep
dished, embodiment of the invention, the material is con-
structed of a sufficiently low modulus material that some pres-
sure exerted on the bearing surface causes the edges of the
aperture to be deflected inwardly to aid the cleaning action.
A washing machine for basket balls. This device includes a
multiple number of electric motor-driven brushes which scrub
the basket ball with a solution carried from the tube portion of
the device onto the ball.
3,707,739
MOLDED BRUSH HEAD
Benito J. Hermann, Jr., St. Charles, III., assignor to NaUonal
Brush Company, Aurora, III.
Filed Dec. 9. 1970, Ser. No. 96,552
Int.CLA46b//00
U.S.CL 15-176 ^^^Tl
A brush head of pushbrooms, or the like, with molded
threads so that threaded handles can be screwed therein. The
threads formed in such brush head have thread deformations
that are formed by protuberances located on a pair of mold
parts of such configurations so that the contoured portions
formed by the mold parts closely approximate a complete
thread within the respective openings to receive a threaded
end of a broom handle. The contoured portions of the mold
3,707.741
WINDSHIELD W IPER
Harry W . Roberts, Merrick, N.Y., assignor to Pylon Manufac-
turing Corporation
FUed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,091
Int. CLB60s/ /02
U.S. CI. 15-250.42 1 Claims
59 H^
^2V^^ 53
A universal windshield wiper having a supporting su-
perstructure delachably supporting a subassembly comprised
of a blade, a backing strip and a latching clip detachably
100
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
retaining the blade and backing strip The latching clip >s pro-
vided with two legs, each having a contoured exterior with a
single shoulder and the shoulders are offset one from the other
so as to engage opposite sides of opposed parts of the support-
ing superstructure.
3,707,742
DEVICE FOR HOLDING OBJECTS IN A HANDBAG OR
THE LIKE
Marjorie T. Justice, and Jack JusUce, both of 70 Linden Drive,
Ventura, Calif.
Filed Jan. 29, 1 97 1 . S«r. No. 11 1 ,049
Int. CI. A44b 2 / 100 i A45c 11132
L.S. CI. 24-86 8 2 Claims
3 707 744
ADJUSTABLE END CONNECTOR FOR WATCHBANDS
Joseph F. Manzo, Cranston, R.I.; James P. Harris, Attleboro,
Mass.; Robert T. Harris, Providence, and Er>*in W. Mauch,
Warwick, both of R.I.. assignors to Brite Industries, Inc.,
Providence, R.L
FUed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,975
Int. CI. A44c 5/8
U.S. CI. 24-265 B * C'"'""*
ae 'S3'
An adjustable end connector for watchbands and the like,
said connector having means movable between and open and
a closed position permitting the connector to be clipped onto
a conventional mounting pin bridging the lugs extending from
the watch case, said connector further having oppositely
disposed end pieces protruding outwardly from opposite sides
of the connector and surrounding the mounting pin, and
resilient means urging said end pieces outwardly into engage-
ment with the mounting lugs whereby the connector automati-
cally adjusts itself to differently spaced lugs.
A device for holding a key ring or the like in which a hook
projects from the lower edge of a plate from one side of the
plate member, the upper end of the plate being inclined from
the hook, while one or more prongs extend downwardly from
the upper end to a position of engagement with the opposite
side of the plate, terminating in pointed ends bent outwardly
away from the plate. A pressure-sensitive adhesive element
may be included on the opposite side of the plate.
3,707,745
YARN TEXTURING
Ronnie D. Nikkei, Greenville, S.C, assignor to Phillips Petrole-
um Company
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,668
Int.CLD02g//20, ///2,///6
U.S.CL28-1.3 8 Claims
V-'.-
4
3,707,743
TREATMENT OF CONTINUOUS SHEET MATERIAL
Paul Henri Marchal, Neuilly, France, assignor to Midland-Ross
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio ,
Division of Ser. No. 886,835, Dec. 22, 1969, Pat. No.
3,643,343. This application Oct. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 191,165
Int. CL F26b 13/06; \44b 2 1/00
U.S.CL 24-252 R 1 Claim
SP.^ri.
93,99
-Ss 37
This disclosure pertains to a multi-pass web-treating ap-
paratus particularly adapted for drying a paper web. The web
is transferred between passes or zones by turning rolls. A
threading device associated with the dryer utilizes turning
sheaves which are associated with each turning roll over which
at least one threading rope or tape travels. An attachment
device is fixed to the tape to hook or unhook the end of a
paper web to be threaded through the dryer.
Yarn is textured by passage at an elevated temperature into
a zone of turbulence. The resulting textured yarn is passed
through a chamber which contains a plurality of layers of rods.
The individual rods of alternate layers are curved and straight,
respectively. These rods exert a force on the yarn to produce a
confined wad. Fluid employed to produce the turbulence zone
is separated from the textured yam in the chamber.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
101
3,707,746
PROCESS OF PREPARING A TUFTED PRODUCT
Ronald J. Summers, W ilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Division of Ser. No. 853,633, Aug. 28, 1969, abandoned. This
application June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149,846
Int. CI. D04h 1 8/00; B32b 5/00
U.S.CL 28-72.2 F II Claims
3,707,748
CUTTING TOOL FOR HOLDING A PLURALITY OF
DISPOSABLE CUTTING INSERTS
Warren R. Price, Utica, Mich., and John H. Brownlee, St. Clair
Shores, Mich., assignor to General Electric Company
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,445
Int.CI.B26d;/04. //OO, 7/72
U.S. CI. 29-95.1 4 Claims
Zi/J- ^^
A process for forming pile structures comprising the form-
ing filamentary pile loops and securing the base of the loops to
a ronwoven backing material by impinging the material with
liqjid streams to entangle the fibers. The resultant unitary
stricture is formed without requiring the use of adhesive
bonding, has excellent strip tensile strength and tuft pull out
strength, and is useful in conventional pile-fabric end-uses,
e.g., carpets.
^ S 14
A cutting tool of the broach type for holding a plurality of
disposable and indexable cutting inserts. The broach tool
comprises a holder body having a plurality of transverse
grooves on its peripheral surface, each of the grooves contain-
ing a plurality of spaced cutting inserts. The cutting inserts,
generally U-shaped, straddle projections in the base of the
groove for lateral location of the insert. A wedge member ad-
jacent the inserts cooperates with the projections to hold each
of the inserts in spaced location in the grooves of the holder
body.
3,707,747
INSERT FOR CUTTING TOOL
Willi Falk, Tonisvorst, Germany, assignor to Deutschne Edel-
stahlwerke A.G., Krefeld, Germany
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,168
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 31, 1970, P 20
04 387.2
Int. CI. B26d7 /OO
U.S. CI. 29-95 ^ ^'■''"*
3,707,749
VARIABLE PRESSURE BED ROLLER
Virgil E. Henley. Akron, Ohio, assignor to the General Tire &
Rubber Company
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,846
Int. CI. B21b 37/32
U.S.CL 29-113 R 5 Claims
ZCb.
The disclosure is directed to an insert of hard metal material
which when mechanically clamped to a recessed toolholder
can serve as a cutting tool. The upper and lower faces of the
insert have a substantially rhomboidal form and thus the insert
is substantially in the form of a rhombohedron. The insert is
provided with two single-point cutting edges which are
disposed adjacent to opposite corners of the insert, each of
which is in the form of an acute angle By providing each of
the cutting edges on a different opposite side of the msert as
well as diagonally opposite one another, the insert when
mounted in a toolholder can alternately present either of the
cutting edges in an operative position. As a result the useful
life of the insert between sharpening operations can be ap-
preciably extended. As determined by the positioning of the
recess in the toolholder, the insert can be mounted therein
with a predetermined back rake angle extending from a sub-
stantially zero value to a positive back rake angle. Adjacent to
each of the side cutting edges of the insert there is provided a
groove which can serve as a chip breaker for a chip cut from a
work surface. The surface of the groove extending toward and
terminating in the side cutting edge can be provided with a
positive side rake angle even though the face of the insert is
disposed in the toolholder with a negative side rake angle. In
this way both the back rake angle and the side rake angle can
be established to be positive.
In applying pressure to sheets of pliable material, solid rol-
lers do not provide for variation in pressure dwell time. Varia-
ble pressure rollers that do provide variation in pressure dwell
time tend to crown or distort except where complicated anti-
distortion mechanisms are utilized. This invention is a variable
pressure bed roller for application of pressure to sheets of plia-
ble material that is crown and distortion resistant and of ex-
tremely simple design.
3,707,750
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A TURBINE BLADE
Georg Klass, Tuerkenfeld, Germany, assignor to Motoren^und
Turblnen-Union .Munchen GmbH, Munich, Germany
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,256
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 14, 1968, P 18
08 852.3
Int. CI. B21k 3/04; B23p 75/02. 15/04
U.S. CI. 29-156.8 B ^"'^'T*
A method for manufacturing a turbine blade in which a
sheet metal strip, corresponding in its dimensions to the
developed blade, is provided with cooling passages, thereafter
102
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
blade wall, and thereafter the blade wall is placed about a tool
core and is deformed into the shape of the blade whereupon
the ends of the strips are connected with each other by brazing
or welding to form the trailing edge of the blade.
3,707.751
DAMPENING ROLLER HAVING HYDROPHILIC
SURFACE COATING
Robert D. Misch, and Donald A. Daus. both of Chicago, III., as-
sianors to MBT Corporation, Chicago. III. „ , . ^
Division of Ser. No. 8,530. Feb. 4, 1970, Pat. No. 3,637 416,
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 636,258. May 5, 1967,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
473 2 1 2 July 19, 1965, abandoned, and a conUnuation-in-part
of Ser No. 524,454, Feb. 2, 1966. abandoned, which is a
continuaUon-in-part of Ser. No. 231.299, Oct. 17. 1962
abandoned. This applicaUon June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,416
Int. CLB21bi//0«.B60b 5/00, 27/00
t.S.CI.29-132 ^Claims
simultaneously unwinding the strip from a strip holding means
under brake tension to permit winding so as to decrease the
width of the strip by at least three percent.
3,707,753
METHOD OF MAKING CAGES
Joseph K. Bailey. Jr., Lakewood, N.Y., assignor to TRW Inc.,
Cleveland. Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 83,768. Oct. 26, 1970,
abandoned. This appUcatwn Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,717
Int. CI. B21d 53112; B23p 13/04
IJ.S.CK 29- 148.4 C 10 Claims
ftONOINS LAVXR
on FlCM
An anti-friction rolling element cage having a plurality of
circumferentially spaced ball receiving radially directed
openings having integral tabs projecting radially inwardly at
one end of the openings to prevent ball dropout in a radia
direction, the tabs being formed solely by removal of metal
from the cage ring blank.
A method of improving the surface characteristics of
plastics and elastomers which in its preferred aspects includes
the steps of forming a bonding or coupling film on the surface
of a plastic or elastomeric material and thereafter contacting
the film with a compound or a mixture of compounds, or a
solution thereof, capable of forming a deposit or coating of sil-
ica or silica gel thereon, and articles produced in accordance
with the method.
3,707,754
METAL WORKING
Abdou Hanna Meleka, and W illiam Alfred Proops, both of Fil-
ton, England, assignors to SecreUry of SUte for Defence
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,873
Claims priority, applicaUon Great BriUin, Aug. 11, 1969,
34,943/69
Int. CLB23p/ 5/02
U.S.a. 29-156.8 H ^ Claims
3,707,752
ROLL COVERING
Donald A. Brafford, and Richard J. Adams, both of Beioit,
W is., assignors to Beioit Corporation, Bek)it, W is.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,782
Int.CI.B21bi//05
U.S.CL 29-132 4 Claims
A roll capable of operating at high speeds and high nip pres-
sures having an outer shell of a composite material formed by
bonding a needled nonwoven mat of either acrylic fibers,
polyester fibers or mixtures of these fibers with an epoxy resm
so that ten to forty percent by weight of the composite is fiber.
The covering above described may be manufactured by wind-
ing a continuous strip of the mat. said mat having been satu-
A method of die-less drawing of metal under tensile load by
applying localized heating to a transition zone at which elon-
gation occurs. The temperature applied lies between defined
limits and the strain rate obtained also lies between defined
limits.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
103
3,707,755
APPARATUS FOR MOUNTING FILM TRANSPARENCIES
Sven Goran Pettersson, Weldstrasse 20, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 168,690
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 17, 1970,
11175/70
Int. CLB23p/ 9/00
U.S.CL 29-200 B 9 Claims
3,707,757
IN-LINE REPLACEMENT TOOL
George J. Roebelen, Jr., Suffield, and Thomas E. Fitzslmmons,
Granby, both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Cor-
poration, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,832
Int. CLB23p 79/04
U.S.CL 29—213 7 Claims
.\\\Vxx\\\\N»^
This invention relates to a tool and a method for replacing
component parts used in a fluid system whose parts are made
in a cartridge fashion readily adaptable to receive the tool so
as to keep fluid loss and atmosphere inclusion at a minimum.
An apparatus for mounting film transparencies onto flat,
frame-like carrier members comprises a reciprocatable suc-
tion head, to the concave forward end of which the trans-
parencies are supplied in a pre-curved condition to be picked
up by suction and delivered to each one of a series of can-ier
members fed stepwise through the apparatus. Curving of the
transparencies is accomplished by feeding them along a track
having converging side rails and a wedge-like member
between said rails. The transparencies may be severed by
cutting from a long film strip just before being picked up by
the suction head. A retractable ejector member projecting
through the concave end of the suction head provides for posi-
tive release of the transparencies from the suction head and
their attachment to the carrier members.
3,707,758
INSTALLATION FOR MOUNTING SEALING RINGS AND
THE LIKE, ESPECIALLY FOR RADIOACTIVE
ENCLOSURES
Eric J. Townsend, Vitry sur Seine, France, assignor to Com-
missariat A L'Energie Atomique. Paris, France
Filed AprU 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,044
Int. CI. B23p 79/04, G21c /9/24
U.S. CI. 29-235 8 Claims
1}
3,707,756
WIRE POSITIONER FOR TERMINAL ATTACHING
MACHINE
Joseph Wolyn, Gurnee, III., assignor to Thomas & Betts Cor-
poration, Elizabeth, N J.
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,858
Int. CL HOlr 43104; H05k 7i/00
U.S.CL 29-203 D 5 Claims
A wire positioner for controlling both the transverse and
vertical movement of the free end of a stripped wire prepara-
tory to being crimped to the ferrule portion of an electrical
connector includes a retractable vertical guide which
cooperates with a stationary guide to limit transverse move-
ment of the wire, and a horizontally disposed member which is
downwardly movable to force the conductor downwardly
between said vertical guides to a position in close proximity to
the electrical connector.
\
An installation for mounting extensible rings and compris-
ing a tool for inserting a ring up to the collar of an enclosure at
the extremity of a passageway which provides access to said
enclosure and for producing the movement of extension of the
ring against the collar. The tool comprises a tubular frame
which can be temporarily fixed in a predetermined position
within the passageway and two concentric tubular elements
placed within the frame, said elereents being displaceable by
Two actuating devices. One device produces the simultaneous
and axial displacement of both tubular elements within the tu-
bular frame. The other device produces the axial displacement
of one tubular element with respect to the other in combina-
tion with gripping members which are carried by one of the tu-
bular elements, said gripping members being moved in a sub-
stantially radial direction as a result of the relative axial dis-
placements of the two tubular elements. \ '
104
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,759
PUMP MAINTENANCE CRADLE
Edward C. Ray. Auburn, and William P. Kahabka, Seneca
FalU. both of N.Y., assignors to Goulds Pump Incorporated,
Seneca Falls. N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1971. Ser. No. 158,420
Int. CI. B23p 7100
IJ.S. CI. 29-401 10 Claims
block is attached to the vehicle frame at its center, so the op-
posite ends wherein the axles are held free to deflect up-
JS^JS"
^v.
>^
A cradle facilitating maintenance of an in-line pump selec-
tively at the pump site or at a remote maintenance shop.
3,707.760
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ARTICLE WORKING SLCH
AS FRACTURING OF SEMICONDUCTOR SLICES AND
SEPARATING SEMICONDUCTOR CHIPS
Paul Stuart CItrin. New Milford, Conn., assignor to Sleburg In-
dustries Incorporated. Danbury. Conn.
Filed May 19. 1971, Ser. No. 144,917
Int. CI. B23p/ 7/00. /9/00
U.S. CI. 29-413 i6 Claims
wardly. thereby permitting greater wheel deflection by a child
pressing down on the vehicle without causing deflection of the
axles past their elastic limit.
3,707,762
METHODS OF USING FLUXES IN JOINING METAL
SURFACES
Julius H. Bochinski, La Habra; Karl O. Christe, Calabasas;
Frank C. Gunderloy. Jr.. Santa Susana; Donald Pilipovich,
Agoura. and Richard D. Wilson, Canoga Park, all of Calif.,
assignors to North American Rockwell Corporation
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,308
Int. CI. B23ki//02. i5/i5
U.S. CI. 29— 494 16 Claims
A method for joining metal surfaces such as by soft solder-
ing, brazing or solder reflowing is provided wherein a gaseous
hydrazine flux is used to remove tarnish films from the metal
surfaces to permit the metal surfaces to form a good metallur-
gical bond.
3,707,763
BONDING TUNGSTEN W ITH A FUGITIVE ALLOY
BINDER
Norman C. Binkley, Oak Ridge, and Joseph P. Hammond,
Knoxville, both of Tenn., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the United SUtes Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed July 1,1971, Ser. No. 158,837 ^
int. CI. B23k J y/02.i5/24
U.S. CI. 29-498 » Claim
A method and device for separating semiconductor chips
are described A heat-actuated self-expandable substrate
material is provided with an expanded memorized shape.
Semiconductor chips in their compact array position are sup-
ported by the self-expandable substrate which upon heating
thereof expands to its memorized shape to separate the chips
from one another Several self-expandable substrate configu-
rations are shown and an apparatus for scribing and fracturing
of a semiconductor slice and separating the chips from their
compact position in the fractured array is described. The self-
expandable substrate material is characterized by its accurate-
ly predictable expansion to provide uniform chip separations
suitable for subsequent handling.
3,707,761
METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING A TOY VEHICLE
Harvey W. LaBranche, Olympla, Wash., assignor to Mattel,
Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
DivUion of Ser. No. 816,196. April 15, 1969, Pat. No.
3,621,609. This application June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 154,931
Int. CI. B23p7/ /02
U.S. CI. 29—446 3 Claims
A toy vehicle in which axle wires are molded into a thin
block of resilient plastic to keep the axles well aligned. The
A method of forming a tungsten-to-tungsten joint which
comprises depositing on at least one of the faying surfaces a
thin film, foil or coating of an alloy consisting essentially of, in
weight percent, 55-75 percent nickel, balance iron, pressing
the faying surfaces together, heating the joint area to just
above the melting point of the alloy in an inert atmosphere to
produce a joint which has a remelt temperature approximating
the melting point of the tungsten-base metal.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
105
January 2, 1973
1 nm -if^ 3,707,766
WHOLLY INTEGR^Jo^^^ METHOD OF MA^NU^.C^TUI.^^^^^^^^
George J. FrankovlTsa^ndy^luhJ^^gnor to Kennecott Alois L.VeUH, Freiburg, Genn.ny, assignor to ITT Industries,
Copper Corporation, New YorKN.Y^ Inc., New Yor^N^Y ^^ ^^ ^^^^^
Filed Apnl 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,71 1 ^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ,3 ,^,^ p ^o
5 Claims 23 288.6
Int. CLBOlj 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 29-588 11 Claims
Int. CI. B23k/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 29-527.6
lib ,„ lib
Metallic copper or other metal, such as nickel, to be sub-
jected to electrolytic refining is formed into a continuous slab
strip of anode width and thickness The strip is cut transverse-
ly of its width to form successive, rectangularly shaped, anode
slab blanks, each having a pair of elongate members extending
longitudinally of the strip at one set of corners of the blank.
The so-formed blanks are passed individually through a bend-
ing operation, by which the elongate members of each blank
are bent outwardly laterally of the blank and preferably within
the plane thereof and intermediate the lengths of such mem-
bers to form suspension lugs wholly integral with the
remainder, i.e. slab body, of the blank, while being held
preferably at the notched other set of corners of the blank
from which the elongate members of the immediately
preceeding blank were cut. The individual anodes, as articles
of manufacture, have respective slab bodies, with wholly in-
tegral and upwardly and laterally outwardly projecting lugs at
the upper corners thereof to serve as suspension hangers.
These anodes are characterized by elongate notches at the
lower corners of the respective slab bodies, such notches ex-
tending upwardly along the lateral margins of the slab bodies.
-10
A plurality of rectifier bridges are made simultaneously by
placing rectifier components on both sides at the end of comb
leads. A T-shaped part is placed in contact with each pair of
rectifiers on each side of the comb leads to complete the
bridge. Each bridge is encapsulated and the comb leads are
severed from the comb support.
3,707,767
MATRIX WITH INTEGRATED SEMICONDUCTORS FOR
DEAD MEMORY
Janic Quevrin, Ollainville, France, assignor to Compagnie
Generate D'Electricite, Paris, France
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,285
Claims priority, application France, June 26, 1969,
6921528
Int.CI.H01l//y6
U.S. CI. 29-593 * Claims
3,707,765
METHOD OF MAKING ISOLATED SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICES
Michael G. Coleman. Tempe, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, III.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 90,960
Int. CI. BOIj/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 29-578 3 Claims
^'t.^, , ,-r^J^^>. ■ ■ .^^^.
iiirntiufrtiiiiiriTiii
hS
/.,
La
r22
k^
D
►M^
2)
-D
Process of manufacturing a matrix with integrated semicon-
ductors for a dead memory, comprising semiconductor com-
ponents included in the intersections of lines-columns of a net-
work, which are adapted to being subjected to an electric test
between line and column.
The process consists in making on the one hand each of the
After a semiconductor device is completed and tested, it is columns, or lines, and on the other hand at least one of the re-
elec ^ally i^ la°ed^^^^^^ «-- °f ^^^ components in the form ^^ ^ P- °^/j- "
a t^al or dish of insulating material in the substrate and sur- columns, or half-columns, and demi-components. or half-
rounding the semiconductor device. components.
106
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.707,768
SAW FOR MACHINING A WORKPIECE HAVING A
CURVED SURFACE
Ernst Maximilian Spengkr, HuessensUmm, Germany, as-
signor to Roeder & Spengler OHG, Bergen- Enkheim, Hes-
sen, Germany
Division of Ser. No. 776,516, Nov. 18, 1968, Pat. No.
3,570,351. This application Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,974
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1967, R 47
443 138; Nov. 25, 1967. R 36 448 38
Int.CI.B23d49//6
U.S. CI. 30-166 3 Claims
3,707,770
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF CHEESE SOLIDS
Robert S. Timmins, Concord; Bernard S. Horton, Cambridge,
and Robert L. Goldsmith, Watertown, aU of Mass., assignor^
to Abcor, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
FUed Aug. 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 70,844 '
Int. CI. AOlj 25/7/
U.S. CI. 99— 116 11 Claims
to PCKMCATC
cT-^^:
«MCT MLUTE
SOLUTIOK WHtT
SOUITiON
ULtll»rn.T«*TlOII(
SECTOR ^
05M05I5
LACTOSC
ftCvCOSf
-- — ' 05l*0$i5
L4CT051
COWCCWTW*TE
,-.-1.
I LACTOSE
H SC»«lt«riON
'OR RCCCNCttT
The present saw has a curved workpiece support which is
rotatably attached to the saw by a bearing through which the
saw blade extends whereby a curved surface workpiece may
be cut so that the saw blade extends perpendicularly relative
to the curved surface at all times during the cutting operation.
3,707,769
DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING CHEESE OF CHEDDAR
TYPE
Eero Syrjanen, Tampere, and Olavi Reijonen, Helsinki, both of
Finland, assignors to MKT-tehUat Oy, Helsinki, Finland
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,957
Int. CI. AOlj 25/05,25/75
U.S. CI. 99-460 3 Claims
22
«iM<WJtJ<<><Mtl^/liJ(>IV.«»j»4ilM^»MW»;»'*^A»/^^
In a process for the preparation of a cheese solid and a treat-
ment of the whey solution by a semipermeable membrane, the
improvement which comprises: employing, to wash the curd
product of the cheese solid, a low BOD effluent fraction
derived from a reverse osmosis high-pressure membrane stage
used to treat the whey solution; and recycling the wash ef-
fluent to the whey solution to be treated, thereby improving
the total management of water in the cheese manufacturing
process and avoiding water-pollution problems.
21 18 19 W
The invention relates to an improvement in a device for
manufacturmg Cheddar-type cheese, consisting of a ched-
darising or ripening tank, a mincing device for the ripened
cheese, a saltmg device for the minced cheese, a cheese press
and conveyors for transporting the cheese from one phase to
another The invention is characterized in that the ripening
tank consists of a tank known in itself in the manufacturing of
other types of cheese, which has been provided with a per-
forated bottom moving from the initicil to the ultimate end of
the tank, with a press plate placed above and with a cutter for
cutting the cheese mattress which rests upon the bottom, and
that the device comprises a conveyor extending from the ulti-
mate to the initial end of the tank for feeding the minced and
salted cheese once more into the same tank and for ultimate
pressing of the cheese in said tank.
3,707,771
MEANS FOR DETECTING DENTAL OCCLUSIONS AND
METHOD OF USE
Humberta R. Guerra, 4800 Marque Drive, New Orleans, La.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,512
Int.CI. A61c9/00
U.S. CI. 32— 19 1 Claim
An aerosol spray-on composition of matter comprising es-
sentially of powdered calcium carbonate in a compatible
aerosol propellant such as freon. Additional compatible
agents such as an adhesive (benzoin), food-dye, and flavoring
(peppermint ) may also be added to the powder before suspen-
sion in the freon. In use, the powder in suspension is deposited
in a thin film on the occluding surfaces of the teeth, the
propellant evaporating in the air during propulsion. The
broken film indicates the areas of occlusion after the mouth is
naturally closed until the teeth meet, and high points in the
fittingof dental work. ""
3,707,772
INCLINATION INDICATOR
Ashby M. Cotter, Manchester, Tenn., assignor to Roy Harper,
Manchester, Tenn., a part interest
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,410
Int. CI. GO Ic 9/76
U S CI 33—373 ^ Claims
An inclinometer for simultaneously measuring inclination in
two perpendicularly related planes having a first ring member
rotatably mounted to a base member for rotation about an axis
January 2, 1973
normal to the longitudinal axis of the base and a second ring
member, with a pendulum pivolally mounted for movement in
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 107
by a first treatment in a continuous dehydration press, which
may be a screw, followed by mechanical breakup and then im-
mediate drying in a pneumatic conveying drier.
the plane thereof, pivolally mounted concentrically of the first
ring member for movement about an axis perpendicular to the
normal axis.
3,707,773
MULTI-LINE GLUING OF SUPERIMPOSED LEAVES
Larry B. Wolfberg, and John Harper, both of Wichita, Kans.,
assignors to Service Business Forms, Inc., WichiU, Kans.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 882,256, Dec. 4, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,584,199. This application Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No.
110,186
Int. CLBOlk 5/00
U.S.CL34-+ 15 Claims
3,707,775
METHOD OF DRYING GOODS SUSPENDED IN A GAS
STREAM
Berndt Kaltin, Tomvagen, Sweden, assignor to Aktiebolaget
Svenska Flaktfabriken, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,210
Int.CLF26bi/70
U.S.CL34— 10 3 Claims
A series of spaced, transverse glue lines and/or one or more
longitudinal glue lines, used to join certain of the face-to-face
sheets of a continuous web along either or both of its marginal
edges, are dried simultaneously, regardless of the width of the
web or the spacing between its glue lines, by evaporation of
the moisture content of the glue as the web is advanced. Heat
energy is applied to the glue lines through use of wave guides
that conduct electrical energy in the microwave region, and
the amount of heat energy so applied is controlled in ac-
cordance with the number of glue lines being dried.
3,707,774
METHOD FOR THE DRYING OF HIGH-MOISTURE
W ASTE PRODUCTS OF LIVING ORGANISMS
Edwin E. Eise, Negger, Bronschhofen. and Hans-Peter Hefer-
mehl, Vevey, both of Switzeriand, assignors to Gebrueder
Buehler AG, Urwil and H. P. Hefermehl SA, Vevey, Switzer-
land
FUed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,529
Claims priority, appUcatlon Switzerland, March 3, 1970,
3058/70
Int. CLF26b 5/74
U.S.CK34— 14 7 Claims
High moisture waste products of living organisms are dried
A method of drying material in which the drying material is
suspended in a stream of gaseous drying medium in successive
drying stages, the drying medium used being common to all of
the stages and being circulated from the final stage into the
preceding stage, and from the preceding stage into the initial
stage and being heated between stages to an extent to elevate
the temperature of the drying medium above its previous tem-
perature whereby the drying medium in the first stage is at the
highest temperature and highest moisture content and the
temperature and moisture content decreases successively
toward the final drying stage.
3,707,776
CONTROL MEANS FOR AN INDUCTANCE MEANS
Phillip L. Schmidgall, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to P. R. Mal-
lory & Co. Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
FUed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,140
Int. CI. F26b 75/70
U.S. CI. 34-45 8 Claims
A resonant control means causes the voltage and current of
108 ' OFFICIAL GAZETTE
an inductance drive means to be out of phase with each other
January 2, 1973
3,707,778
TEACHING MACHINE
Thomas K. McGourty, Aptos, Calif., assignor to EDP Limited.
Nassau, Bahamas
Filed Oct. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 190,773
Int. CI. G09b 7102
U.S. CI. 35—9 B
7 Claims
so as to prevent operation of the inductance drive means.
3,707,777
FILM DRYING APPARATUS
Erwin Geyken, Munich; Siegfried Krauss, Gnienwald near
Munich; Franz Kocourek, Munich; Horst Koninger, Mu-
nich, and Gerhard Schwarzmaier. Munich, all of Germany,
assignors to Agfa-Gevaert AkUengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
Filed Aug. 3, 1971. Ser. No. 168,554
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 6, 1970, P 20 39
206.7
Int. CLF26b/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 34-48 10 Claims
V
^C"
A teaching machine is provided for use with question and
answer sheets wherein the correct answers appear to be ran-
domly spaced on the sheet. A cursor moves over a ruler and a
student presses the button when he beheves he has the right
answer. An indicator such as green or red hghts indicate
whether a right or wrong answer has been obtained and means
are provided on both the cursor and the ruler so that the con-
nections are reversed from column to column and from line to
line so that the student does not learn any set pattern as to
where the correct response will be on the machine. A relay
may be provided so that after the button is depressed the light
will remain lit until the cursor or ruler is moved. A novel rack
and pinion arrangement maintains the ruler in a parallel rela-
tionship with the answer sheet.
3,707,779
DUAL-USE OPTICAL PROJECTION APPARATUS
Kozo Yamamoto, HirakaU, Japan, assignor to MaUushiU
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,227
Int.CLG09bJ/06
U.S.CI.35-9E 10 Claims
\
A drier for strips of developed film has a housing wherein
the film IS transported downwardly and is dried by ascending
streams of hot air furnished by several discrete blowers each
of which is equipped with a composite air heating device.
Each heating device has a first electric resistance heater which
is started in response to closing of a master switch to furnish a
basic heating action, a second resistance heater which is ad-
justable by a regulator having a manually adjustable poten-
tiometer, and a third resistance heater which can be started by
a temperature gauge. The latter monitors the temperature of
air which circulates in or leaves the housing and starts the
third resistance heater when the thus determined temperature
is below a preselected value. Some of the spent air which
leaves the housing is recirculated to the blowers.
A dual-use optical projection apparatus having movable
dousers or light-intercepting plates inserted between a screen
on which an image on the film in an optical system is projected
and the film itself, and a control system for moving the light-
intercepting plates between a position where part of the image
on the film is prevented from being projected on the screen
and another position where the whole image is projected on
the screen, whereby the projector is usable both as educa-
tional equipment combined with a film having question and
answer sections and an ordinary projector.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
109
3,707,780
TEACHING MACHINE
Vladimir AlejAndrovich VadjushIn, uUtsa Knorina, 19, kv. 28,
Minsk, U.S.S.R.
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,450
Int. CLG09bi /OO
U.S.CL35-9F 2 Claims
simulated roadway by the intervening light-transmissive mir-
ror, the apparatus operator being able to remotely control the
free- vehicle's seeming transverse position and longitudinal
velocity with respect to the simulated roadway, and automatic
transverse motivation means for abruptly translating the free-
vehicle transversely with respect to the simulated roadway
when a seeming collision occurs between it and a road-vehi-
cle. Preferred optical characteristics for imparting realism to
the apparatus include: a hollow housing that is substantially
opaque (with the exception of the operator's viewing open-
ing); novel lumination and fluorescent coloring for the road-
way and the several miniature vehicles; and special techniques
for imparting seeming relative longitudinal velocity to the
several miniature vehicles.
3,707,782
NECK FOR TEST DUMMY
Samuel W. Alderson, New York, N.Y., assignor to Alderson
Research Laboratories, Inc., Stamford, Conn.
FUed June23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,842
Int. CI. G09b 23132
U.S.CL 35-17 8 Claims
A teaching machine has a body which is divided into two
sections by means of a partition wall, one of the sections of the
body accommodates a draw-out cassette containing a control
program which consists of columns of questions and correct
answers to them. The other section accommodates sheets with
answers to be evaluated, and the body wall adjoining the latter
section features a transparent window. Mounted in the body is
a locking mechanism adapted to prevent the drawing-out of
the cassette up to the column of correct answers when the sec-
tion accommodating the answers to be evaluated is opened
and to provide for the opening of the latter section after cover-
ing the correct answers.
3,707,781
APPARATUS FOR SIMULATING ROADWAY DRIVING
CONDITIONS
Richard L. Brown, Bellevue, Nebr., assignor to Bally Manufac-
turing Corp., Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 201,030
Int. CI. G09b 9/02
U.S.CI.35-11 11 Claims
An anthropomorphic test dummy wherein the simulated
flesh section forming the neck defines a body of revolution at
each end. The thoracic and head sections each defines a mat-
ing socket. In this manner, reasonable human contours are
retained throughout the limits of normal motion of the head
and neck.
3,707,783
TEACHING MACHINE
Marian S. Hajduk, 150-48 29th Avenue, Flushing, N.Y.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,302
Int. CI. G09b/ 9/02
U.S.CL 35-31 R 22 Claims
79 ^ V"
T9C 99C
There is provided apparatus enabling an externally posi-
tioned operator to peer forwardly into an upright hollow hous-
ing containing therewithin and forwardly of a light-transmis-
sive mirror a simulated roadway including a plurality of minia-
ture intra-lanes road-vehicles arranged columnarly and
seemingly traveling along transversely distinct respective
roadway lanes, a transversely movably controllable miniature
free-vehicle realistically optically superimposed upon the
A teaching machine, on a given number of depressions of a
first button, which makes a distinct sound with each depres-
110
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
sion, lights that number of lamps in a first 3 by 3 matrix in a
given order to show the groups of I's, 2's, and/or 3's which
make up that given number. A second button, on each depres-
sion, unlights a single lamp to show subtraction. A second 3 by
3 matrix of lamps has one lamp light after all lamps are lit in
the first matrix on depression of the first button which then
turns off the bulbs of the first matrix. This second matrix
shows the decimal concept of number from ten up. Numerical
indicators show the numbers represented. Arrows pointing
between the matrixes show the addition of nine plus one mov-
ing from the first units matrix to the second tens matrix or the
subtraction of ten minus one moving from the second tens
matrix to the first units matrix. A square overlay divided into
three zones is placed over at least the first units matrix with
the zones in a horizontal or a vertical position to selectively in-
dicate different groupings of lamps making up a given in-
dicated number.
Specific circuitry is used so that each additional lamp in a
matrix which is lit lights all the other required bulbs to indicate
a given number.
locating one or more lesson cards on which the information is
presented in adjacent horizontal lines. The apparatus includes
a carriage movable across the base for line selection, with the
line selection carriage carrying two laterally movable car-
riages. One laterally movable read carriage carries a pick-up
head, for detecting the line of magnetically recorded informa-
tion, and an indicator for indicating the corresponding visible
or tactile information. The other laterally movable control
carriage coacts with cam means on the baSe for effecting line-
by-line advance of the line selection carriage, and coacts with
control means for controlling the operation of the apparatus.
3,707,784
CUSHION INSOLE FOR SHOES
Cleo SUfford, 411 North 7th St., Corning, Ark.
Filed Oct. 19, 1971,S€r. No. 190,497
Int.CI. A43bi/y2
U.S.Cl.36-11.5
10 Claims
A composite insole for shoes is disclosed including a
generally rigid upper layer and a resilient and compressible
lower layer which underlies the upper layer throughout and is
laminated thereto Spaced upper elements of a shoe are im-
pressed through a binding element, attached to the insole, into
the resilient and compressible lower layer in order to provide a
substantially uninterrupted bottom binding surface to which a
shoe outsole is attached Heel attachment, without openings,
and with a smooth, sculptured appearance for the shoe upper
is also disclosed.
3,707,785
TEACHING APPARATUS
Bruce D. Reed, 2112 Cloverdak, Arlington, Tex., and Herbert
Franklin O Dell, 807 J Place, Piano, Tex.
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 97,230
Int. CI. G09b 5/06, Gl lb 5/00
U.S. CI. 35— 35 C 16 Claims
3,707,786
METHOD AND MEANS OF PRESENTING A
PLANETARIUM DISPLAY
WUIiam T. Clark, P. O. Box 885, Jackson, Miss.
Filed Feb. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 703,009
Int. CI. G09b 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 35—42.5
3 Claims
Apparatus for presenting information in both audible and
either visible or tactile form includes a base for supporting and
The provision of a planetarium projector provided with a
near-point light source for the projection of the star images
and including means for mounting, and maintaining, a star
projection sphere concentric with the underside of a hemi-
spherical dome within which the projector means is operative-
ly positioned, to provide a highly realistic, accurate reproduc-
tion of the heavens as they appear from a given observation
point upon the surface of the earth. The planetarium projector
means also includes optical projection means for the sun,
moon and planets which includes means for eliminating paral-
lax from these projectors due to their somewhat non-concen-
tric placement relative to the projection dome. Still further,
the utilization of a point light source provided with means for
decreasing the intensity of the lamp toward that portion
thereof responsible for the projection of the fixed star images
in the equatorial regions of the projection dome provides a
unique method of presenting a planetarium display charac-
terized by a high degree of realism in the projected night sky.
3,707,787
FLAT SPRING FOR BOOTS AND SHOES
Kathryn Hughes, 1204 Leet Rd., Niles, Mich.
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,267
Int. CLA43b 00/00
11 S CI 36 2 5 R ^ Claim
A footwear constructed with a generally flat coil spring
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
111
part, of .h. footwea, which are subject ,o excessive amoum of »;;-;'^»-J;f^ ^^^^'^ ,",„ /„^,^,, „, ,„„,o, surface of ,he
side wall of the tire, and the inner ring includes several lugs
bending and flexing; the present spring preventing the forma-
tion of objectionable wrinkles in the footwear appearance.
ERRATUM
For Class 36 — 11.5 see:
Patent No. 3,707,784
that engage the inner periphery of the wall. The mating sur-
faces of the rings are provided with recesses and projections
that engage each other to hold the inner and outer rings
together.
3,707,790
ILLUMINATED DISPLAY DEVICE
Morris D. Jaffe, Jr., 300 Alameda Circle, San Antonio, Tex.
Filed March 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,284
Int. CLG09f/ i/JO
U.S. CI. 40-34
7 Claims
3,707,788
LOCKING MEANS FOR CAP-TYPE TOOTH
Walter L. Sturgeon, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Pengo Cor-
poration, Sunnyvale, Calif.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,859
Int. CL E02f 9128
U.S.a.37-142A 11 Claims
as ^zi
26
r ■
Improved retaining means for a tooth having a blade formed
at its proximal end with a pocket which receives a shank at-
tached by welding, bolting, etc.. to earth excavating equip-
ment A resilient insert is positioned in the distal end of the
pocket Holes in the pocket walls and shank are initially
slightly offset. The resilient insert is deformed by the distal end
of the shank when a hard pin is driven through the holes
thereby bringing the holes up to alignment, forcmg the tooth
rearwardly and causing the margins of the holes in the pocket
walls to tightly engage the pin and prevent umntentional
dislodgement of the pin. When it is necessary to replace the
tooth, the pin may be forcibly driven out of the holes.
A display device comprising a rotatably driven member and
discs rotatably mounted thereon with illuminating means of
different colors secured in desired patterns on said discs
whereby selective energization of said member and said illu-
minating means results in varying displays.
3,707,789
TIRE CENTER DISPLAY APPARATUS
William S. Hart, Commack, N.Y., assignor to Dinaco, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,206
Int.CL G09f/ /OO
U.S.CL 40-125 M 7 Claims
A sheet of plastic film having a message printed thereon is
stretched across the center opening of two concentric rings.
3,707,791
EASEL BACK HAVING INTEGRAL SUPPORTING
STRUCTURE
Leon M. Levy. Chicago, III., assignor to Condecor, Inc., Mun-
delein. III. ,,.,..
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,714
Int.CI.G09f //OO
U.S. CI. 40-124.1 ^i^I'T
An easel back for supporting a photo frame in which the
structure includes a backing member, a triangular supporting
member and a triangular bracing member all hinged integrally
together and with the triangular members folded at the hinges
and locked to form a rigid supporting leg of tetrahedron
shape The triangular members are foldable as a unit against
the backing member for transport m compact, non-set-up con
dition. The same supporting tetrahedron serves as a leg to
112
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
stand the frame for either horizontal or vertical viewing. The
parts are preferably molded as a single, or integral, unit em-
ing tear gas cartridges. The gun includes an elongate stock
portion of a size adapted for gripping in the palm of the hand
of a user and thumb operative plunger means for selectively
?s la
ploymg a plastic having a high degree of flexibility and with
sc'^r-lines being molded in reduced thickness for facilitating
relative bending.
and
3,707,792
GRAPHIC DISPLAY SYSTEM
Lindell E. Mabrey, 729 Old Trail, Highland Park, III.
Richard C. Fogelson, 431 Oakdak, Chicago, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 734,414, June 4, 1968, abandoned.
This application July 19. 1971,Ser.No. 164,069
Int.CI.G09f /i/y2
L.S. CI. 40-219 2 Claims
discharging a cartridge chambered in the breech section of the
gun, and includes a sliding shield member translationally ad-
justable between positions covering and uncovering
breech chamber.
the
»r
A display system for graphic indicia includes a source of il-
lumination mounted in a cabinet having an open viewing side.
A light-diffusion plate is mounted in the opening of the
cabinet; and a glass plate having a low light transmissivity is
mounted in front of the diffusion plate, and it forms part of the
cabinet structure for the light source. A plastic plate bearing a
negative reproduction of the indicia to be displayed is
removably interposed between the diffusion plate and the
glass plate; and there is provision for overlapping of opaque
areas of superposed indicia-bearing plates to form a complete
light seal except of the transparent indicia itself A transparent
color film of plate may, if desired, be interposed between the
diffusion plate and the indicia plate or film.
3,707,794
CONCEALED SINGLE SHOT FIRING MECHANISM
John G. Rocha, Westfield, and Richard W. Livingston, Spring-
field, both of Mass., assignors to The United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed AprU 16, 1963, S«r. No. 273,533
Int. CL F41c 9100, 9104, 19100
L.S.CI.42-1J 10 Claims
3,707,793
TEAR GAS FIRE ARM MEANS
Samuel Pearce Holton, II, 4510 S. W. 74th Street, South
.Miami, Fla.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,534
Int. CI. F41ci/00, 9/00
L.S.CI. 42— IG 10 Claims
A hand gun and cartridges therefor, each cartridge being
provided with a charge of tear gas or other toxic substance.
The gun is generally of elongate compact configuration and is
provided with a breech section defining a chamber for receiv-
I . A single shot firing mechanism adapted to be concealed
in an elongated rod normally utilized for an entirely different
purpose comprising, a tubular housing forming a section of the
rod, a barrel portion removably secured to the forward end of
said housing for holding a cartridge in position to be fired, a
forwardly biased striker longitudinally disposed in said hous-
ing for firing contact with the cartridge, a cylindrical sear
secured to the rear end of said striker, a cocking rod disposed
in said housing in simultaneous contact with the breech face of
said barrel portion and the front face of said sear for retaining
said striker in a cocked position, a firing ring surrounding the
junction of said housing and said rod for rotatable and slidable
movement thereon, and means for transferring the rotation of
said firing ring to said sear to release said striker for movement
into firing contact with the cartridge.
3,707,795
CYLINDER BREECH FOR SMALL FIREARMS
Heinz Bielfeldt, 233 Eckemforde, Germany, assignor to J. P.
Sauer & Sohn GmbH, Eckernforde, Germany
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,462
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 19, 1970, P 20
56 929.3
Int. CL F41c 11106; F41d 1100
U.S. CL42— 16 7 Claims
A breech mechanism wherein a bolt actuated locking sleeve
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
113
sealingly closed at its forward end. A sprmg is mounted
X «
»i5tMi7'^a1J a,i«>22 n
"^^^^^ ^13^
y22 MO te <''■
gB
cam breech bolt locking lugs outwardly into abutting coopera-
tion with forwardly facing, breech chamber recess wall means
between the forward end and the piston. The piston rod pro-
jects rearwardly through a relatively long bore hole in the rear
wall of the cylinder and the rod side of said piston and cylinder
is vented to the atmosphere through a hole in the rear wall.
3,707,796
SAFETY APPARATUS FOR A GUN TRIGGERING
MECHANISM
Heinz Bielfeldt, 233 Eckemforde, Germany, assignor to J. P.
Sauer & Sohn GmbH, Eckernforde, Germany
Filed March 22,1971, Ser. No. 1 26,438
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 2, 1970, P 20 59
396.8
lnt.CI.F41c 7 7/00, 7 7/05
U.S. CI. 42-70 C 9 Claims
3,707,798
DECOY
Ned A. Tryon, Kent Island, Chester, Md.
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,147
Int. CLAOlmi 7/06
U.S. CI. 43-3
3 Claims
A safety device for preventing unintentional firing of a gun
comprising an easily-rotatable mass part mounted on the gun
and having a stop which is in alignment with a recess in the
triggering mechanism when the mass part is at rest, thus per-
mitting movement of the triggering mechanism to fire the gun.
When the gun is subjected to a force great enough to cause an
unintentional firing, the mass part will be rotated by the force
to a non-rest position wherein the stop is unaligned with the
recess and prevents movement of the trigger mechanism for
firing the gun When the force diminishes, the mass part
returns to its rest position to permit the gun to be fired.
A goose decoy comprising a form upon which is mounted a
color photoreproduction of an actual goose
3,707,799
FISH NET RETRIEVAL APPARATUS
Lowell J. Hatley, 5452 40th Avenue West, Seattle, W ash.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,516
Int. CLAOlk 69/02
U.S. CL 43-8 13 Claims
3,707,797
RECOIL ABSORBER
Kenneth Ruth, P.O. Box 7039, Corpus Christi, Tex.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,690
Int.CLF41c2i/00
U.S. CI. 42-74 10 Claims
A recoil absorber for a firearm having a shoulder stock. A
sleeve member is telescopically mounted at the rear end of the
stock and attached to the end of at least one piston rod which
Mechanically, this apparatus comprises two spaced-apart
spools or drums and an endless belt running around these
drums. There is a means to power the drums and the endless
belt for reeling in the fishing net.
114
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,800
nSH MOUTH SPREADER AND HOLDER
Charles S. Wolfe, 2316 Norman, Pasadena, Tex.
Filed Sept. 2. 197 1 , Ser. No. 177,250
Int. CI. AOlk 97/00
U.S. CI. 43-53.5
6 Claims
3,707,802
DELAYED STARTING INDICATOR APPARATUS AND
TOY STARTING SYSTEM
James I. Tucker, Jr., Manhattan Beach; Joseph H. Bales,
Huntington Beach; Denis V. Bosley, Palos Verdes Peninsula;
Brian S. Prodger, Torrance; Kurt Ruppel, Redondo Beach,
and WilUam F. Summerfield, Huntington Beach, all of Calif.,
assignors to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Jan. 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 08,496
Int. CI. A63h 33100
3 Claims
U.S. CI. 46— IK
A fish mouth spreader and holder which can be held and ac-
tuated with one hand, easily operated to open the mouth of a
fish, hold the fish while removing a hook, and carry the fish, all
without touching the fish thereby avoiding being bitten, finned
lor soiled. The device comprises an L-shaped body the short
side forming a portion of a pistol grip and with a piercing point
extending generally perpendicularly from the long side of the
body. An arm is pivotally secured to the body having a second
piercing point extending therefrom and is actuated by a pistol
grip handle pivotably secured to the end of the body's short
side and connected to the arm by an actuating shaft. A ratchet
mechanism is provided on the handle coacting with the free
end of the handle for extending and holding the points in a set
position with a ratchet releasing means on the handle for deac-
tuating the apparatus with a single hand The arm includes a
plurality of pivot connections for selectively changing the
stroke of the points. The handle has first and second spaced
portions on opposite sides of the body for providing a sturdy
yet light weight device with plastic guide members between
the handle and the body for preventing rust and corrosion.
3,707.801
FISHING ROD HOLDER WITH BEEPER
Louis Gednalske, Second Street, Dell Rapids, S. Dak.
Filed Dec. 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 2 10,407
Int. CI. AOlk 97/72
U.S. CI. 43- 17
8 Claims
-.nrri
A starting system having a delayed starting indicator ap-
paratus comprised of a housing, a movable indicating element,
a resetting element and a premature start indicator
mechanism. The indicator apparatus simulates a "Christmas
Tree" starting device commonly used for drag races As the
movable indicating element drops within the housing in a re-
tarded fashion, spaced, paired openings in the housing make
visible a sequential showing of color including a different
color to indicate the beginning of the race. The premature
start indicator mechanism causes a still different color to ap-
pear by offsetting the indicating element. The apparatus is
easy to manipulate, simply constructed, rugged, inexpensive
to manufacture and exciting to use.
3,707,803
SIMPLIFIED MARIONETTE
Richard F. Palmer, 3840 A Ivanhoe, Shiller Park, III.
FiledMarch29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,011
Int. CI. A63h 7100
U.S.CL 46-126 3 Claims
A tubular fishing rod holder is fixedly superimposed axially
on the front face of an inherently flexible but sturdy vertical
supporting standard, that is adapted to be staked in the ground
or attached to a boat or similar support, and an alarm casing is
fixed to such face of the standard immediately below the lower
open end of the holder. Such casing provides a bottom for the
holder, in which the butt end of a fishing rod is snugly
socketed, and encloses a self-contained alarm unit that has a
switch contact button slidably disposed through the front face
of the casing The button is activated by an overlying finger
that integrally depends from the front portion of the edge of
the lower end of the holder upon a predetermined amount of
flexure of the supporting standard in response to the tug of a
hooked fish on the fishing line of a reel which is mounted on
the fishing rod
A marionette is manipulated by only three cords. One of
these cords, which may be elastic, is secured to the top of the
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
115
head. The other two cords go down through the body com-
mencing at the shoulders and are secured to the bottom of the
legs.
3,707,804
GROOVED TRACK FOR TOY VEHICLES
John S. Cook, Sunnyvale, Calif., assignor to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Aug. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 66,757
Int.CLA63h/9/iO
U.S.CL 46-202 6 Claims
which includes a section of toy vehicle track whereon the
vehicle travels, and, gate and twist restraining arrangement
may be mounted on the base to stabilize the toy when the
torque is introduced. The toy vehicle may preferably include a
negator type mechanical motor in which spring-wound drums
are horizontally mounted to provide a compact and low
profile.
A track for self-powered or coasting type toy vehicles which
allows passing of slower vehicles by faster ones by encourgag-
ing lane changing when vehicles bump one another prior to
passing, while thereafter reducing the tendency of vehicles to
wander from one side of the track to the other. The track has
several low ridges extending along its length for urging vehi-
cles to run straight along the track, the ridges being low
enough and being rounded to enable a vehicle to easily climb
over them to another section of the track. The ridged track
section is used along banked curves to reduce the tendency for
vehicles to climb the curve and is used along straight-away
sections to enable passing while reducing wandering ten-
dencies.
3,707,805
TOY VEHICLE REMOTE W INDING APPARATUS
Gordon H. Buck, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,012
Int.Cl!A63h7//yO
U.S. CI. 46-202 • 10 Claims
'sr
39 >"
if
3,707,806
CONTAINER AND HANDLE ARRANGEMENT
Vern J. Toews, Ruthven, OnUrio, and Harold E. Wigle,
Leamington, OnUrio, both of Canada, assignors to W illiam
P. Bryan, Jr., Tifton, Ga. and Vern J. Toews, Ruthven, On-
tario, Canada ^
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,806
lnt.CI. B65d 25128; AOlg 9/02
U.S.CL 47-34.13 II Claims
A container set formed from a thermoplastic material in-
cluding at least two containers which are joined together by an
integral fiexible strip or web. The containers have side walls
which diverge in a direction toward the upper open end of the
container. A handle extends upwardly from a location
between the containers to facilitate lifting the container set. A
wedge adjacent the lower end of the handle engages the facing
side walls of opposed containers to prevent the containers
from tipping toward each other when the container set is lifted
by the handle. Several of the disclosed handles can be con-
nected to the container by a stab-in movement from above the
container without lifting or otherwise disturbing the container.
3,707,807
SEED COATING COMPOSITION
Thomas M. Graves, Richmond, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco. Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 748,617, July 30, 1968, Pat. No.
3,598,565. This applicaUon Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,559
Int. CI. AOlc 1/06; AOln 5/00
U.S. CL 47-57.6 ' ^ Claims
Composition for treating seeds comprising an aqueous
emulsion of a substantially water-soluble neutralized
copolymer of an a,/3-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and a
lower alkyl acrylate and a crosslinked copolymer of vinyl
acetate and a lower alkyl acrylate. These compositions
enhance the germination of the seeds.
A winding device for providing a torque input to a mechani-
cally powered toy vehicle situated remotely from the winding
device, the torque being produced by the winding device and
coupled to the toy vehicle through flexible coupling means
such as a Bowden cable, for example. The winding device may
be disposed in a housing simulating an automobile service sta-
tion pump, and the Bowden cable may represent a fuel
delivery hose. The housing may also be mounted on a base
3,707,808
RAIL GRINDER
Raymond A. Danko. Minneapolis, Minn., and Donald L.
Minge, New Hope, Minn., assignors to Mannix Construc-
tion Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
FUed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,124
Int. CI. B24b 2i/00
U.S. CI. 51-178 4 Claims
Grinding stones of a mobile railroad rail grinder are ar-
ranged in pairs in grinding units that are themselves mounted
in pairs in grinding modules pivotally mounted at both ends
and on both sides of a central cab unit of the vehicle The
116
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
modules are pivotable between raised and operative positions
in which the stones contact the upper rail head surfaces. The
vehicle is self-propelled and an underspeed detector raises the
modules part way. enough to move the stones out of contact
with the rails, if the vehicle speed diminishes below a
dence upon the resistive torque detected by a d'etector. A
pneumatic device including a nozzle connected in a circuit
serves to detect when one of the honing members contacts the
minimum. The grinding stones move up and down in pairs, the
downward movement being restricted by dash pots to a very
slow travel These features enable the stones to span a trough
in the rail head surface and to grind metal only from the higher
points thus helping to eliminate rail depressions.
3,707,809
ALTOM ATIC PROFILE GRINDING MACHINE WITH AN
INDEXING MECHANISM
Oscar Schnellman. Zurkh, Switzerland, and Henry Willy Stkr,
Dearborn HeighU, Mkh., assignors to Carmet Company,
PitUburgh, Pa.
Division of S«r. No. 751,879, Aug. 12, 1968, Pat. No.
3.598,192. This application April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,182
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 16, 1967,
11623/67
Int. CI. B24b 4 7/20
t.S. CI. 51-215 H 9 Claims
corresponding bore to be honed. This contact serves to in-
crease by a predetermined value, depending on the particular
honing member at which contact was detected, the value of
the resistive torque.
3,707,811
SELFPACKAGING PORTABLE HOUSING STRUCTURE
Jack E. Hampson, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, assignor to Atco
Industries Ltd., Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,092
Claims priority , application Canada, July 3 1 , 1 970, 089,726
lnt.CI. E04h;//2
U.S.CL 52-23 8 Claims
An automatic profile grinding machine with indexing
mechanism especially for contour grinding of relatively small
parts such as tool inserts, comprised of a grinding wheel, work
stations arranged around said grinding wheel, universal work
feeding mechanism associated with each work station, in-
dividual cam mechanisms for each work station to index the
grinding steps, electric and fluid pressure control mechanisms
to control operation of the machine, work measuring
mechanism and adjusting mechanism associated with the mea-
suring mechanism to compensate for wear or out of balance
condition of the grinding wheel
3,707,810
EXPANDIBLE HONING HEADS
Albert Grosseau, ChavUle, France, assignor to S.A. Automo-
biles Citroen, Paris, France
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,204
Int. CLB24b 9/02, 49/00
U.S. CI. 51—346
A honing head is constructed with at least two honing mem-
bers so that lAvo co-axial bores, not necessarily of the same
diameter can be honed simultaneously. A mechanism serves
to expand the honing members simultaneously and in depen-
7 Claims
A portable, prefabricated, self-packaging housing structure
having a box beam roof component, wall panels and a flat
floor component. In an erected condition, the wall panels ex-
tend vertically between the roof component and the floor
component and tie-down means connect the roof and floor
components, the tie-down means bemg tensioned to maintain
a bottom edge surface of the roof component against the top
edge surfaces of the wall panels and the bottom edge surfaces
of the wall panels against the upper peripheral edge surface of
the floor component. The engaged surfaces of the roof com-
ponent, wall panels and floor component are provided with
mating keystnps and keyslots to increase the rigidity of the
structure and to seal the joints against the weather. In a
shipping condition, the wall panels are enclosed under the
roof component which is secured by the tie-down, means
directly on the floor component, whereby a package is formed
which may be stacked with a number of like structures, one
directly upon the other.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
117
3,707,812 3,707,814
DWELLING PRE-FABRICATED STAIRWAY
Julius RoessI, 40 Larkin Street, P.O. Box 433 Port Richmond, Gkn A. Se«gers, Lombard, lU., assignor to Amerkan SUir
Staten Island, N.Y. ^''^"'^V:!!!f'^\'^\-,, ^ n« i^^#i^7
Filedjan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,134 Fikd June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,637
U.S.CL52— 27
lnt.CLF03d/y/04
Int. CLE04fy 7/02
1 Claim U.S.CL 52—185
8 Claims
A dwelling comprises a cylindrical outer wall and an inner
partition wall coaxial with a central pier in the form of a hol-
low column. Radially extending from the central pier to the
inner partition wall are further walls to define several closed
rooms. Between the outer and inner partition walls are parti-
tions to provide separate living areas. A domed roof is sup-
ported by the central pier and extends to the outer wall. On
the domed roof is a cupola including a wind-driven rotor'
which drives a generator supported by the central pier.
3,707,813
MODULAR STRUCTURE
Morris M. Cymbrowltz, 63-61 Yellowstone Blvd., Forest HUls,
N.Y., and John C. Mudgett, 201 Clinton Street, Brooklyn,
N Y
Filed June 30, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 58,379
Int. CLE04hy /00,//04
U.S.CL 52-79 8 Claims
A stairway including a plurality of components including
stair supporting masts and stair units. The stair support masts
and stair units are stored and shipped as components and as-
sembled into a stairway at the building site.
3,707,815
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ELEMENTS FOR USE
THEREIN
George Molyneux, Gisbum, England, assignor to Econa (G. &
B.) Plastics Limited, Shirky, Solihull, England
Fikd Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,579
Claims priority, application England, March 11, 1969,
12,688/69; July 7, 1969,34,191/69
Int. CI. E06b 1/58, 1132; E05b 1102
U.S. CI. 52-213
7 Claims
A 'uuilding formed by an array of identical modules held
together in a space frame, each module being constituted by
four quadrants, having a wedge-like formation. Each quadrant
is provided with a rectangular wall section, a triangular head
section, and a triangular base section, the head section being
sloped upwardly relative to the wall section, and the base sec-
tion being sloped downwardly relative thereto, such that when
the quadrants are joined together, the head sections thereof
define a four-sided pyramidical dome and the base sections
define an inverted pyramidical base of the same geometry
Channels are formed at the junctions of the quadrants to
establish a four-branched channel network whose terminals
are the vertexes of the head and base pyramids, such that
when the modules are arrayed in side-by-side and stacked
relation to create a multi-unit building they are locked
together into a unitary structure by filling the channels with a
moldable material that bridges the modules at their coincident
channel positions to develop a space frame.
An upstanding channel member, serving as a mounting for a
door or window frame, has a rectangular or trapezoidal cen-
tral portion received with all-around clearance in a space
between two adjoining wall elements and bears with one or
two transverse base flanges upon an end face of one or both
wall elements. Two flat anchor members, secured to opposite
sides of the central channel portion by a dovetail fit, are inde-
pendently shiftable along these surfaces to fit between courses
of building blocks or bricks constituting the wall elements.
The mortar bonding these courses together flows into the
clearance around the central channel portion and holds it,
together with the anchor members, in position between the
wall elements.
118
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,816
PROTRUDING PANEL FRAME MEMBER EMBEDDED
IN St RROLNDING CONCRETE FOR THE ATTACHMENT
OF A WINDOW CONSTRUCTION
Hendrik Johan Van W uyckuyse, Fwyldrecht, Netherlands, as-
signor to Schokbeton Products
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,598
Int.CI. E06b///6
U.S. CI. 52-213 5 Claims
penetrate into the wall and thereafter diverge without closing
upon themselves or each other, the ends of the flanges bemg
An elongated boss is formed with opposed recesses which
are engaged by mold elements and held in place during the
hardenmg of concrete m the mold The boss becomes em-
bedded in the hardened concrete and includes a projecting
portion which can receive a flexible gasket of a glazing con-
struction.
3,707,817 I
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Robert F. Schmitt, 399 Crossbrook Rd., and Edward A.
Schmitt, 690 Wyleswood Dr., both of Berea, Ohio
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,140
Int. CI. E04b5/45
U.S. CI. 52-221 21 Claims
used to anchor the facing layer of the wall Resiliency can be
introduced into the flanges to reduce sound transmission.
3,707,819
DECKING SYSTEM
William D. Calhoun, Route 8, Box 328; William T. Hemsley,
501 S. Fourth Street, both of Chambersburg, Pa., and
Charles M. Sioberg, 37 Hartzell Drive. Fayetteville, Pa.
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,085
Int. CI. E04b 5\26; E04c lli&
U.S. CI. 52— 319 4 Claims
This disclosure relates to a decking construction for
buildings. A precast concrete deck formmg member, which
may be utilized either as a roof or floor forming member, is
constructed to receive, without modification, ceiling panels
which are merely slipped into place and held in place by gravi-
ty. Each decking member includes a horizontal slab portion
and at least one depending beam portion, the beam portion
being particularly configurated to receive the ceiling panels
and the decking member being of a configuration to provide
space above the ceiling panels for building utilities.
A building construction suitable for employment in low cost
modular housing including a major structural element adapted
to serve as a grade beam with provision for heating, cooling,
and ventilating means as well as a raceway for electrical wir-
, ing. Such grade beam is designed to engage and support wall
' and floor members or panels to form a cooperative assembly
therewith m a manner facilitating expeditious erection with a
minimum use of skilled labor.
3,707,820
CONSTRUCTION BLOCK ASSEMBLY
Raymond Leandri, 72 Boulevard de Reuilly, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,70*7
Int. CI. E04b2/;(S. E04c HIO
U.S. CI. 52-436 4 Claims
m
X-^
'J^
3,707,818
SHAFT CAVITY W ALL AND STUD
Nek Nelsson, Des Plaines, 111., assignor to United SUtes Gyp-
sum Company, Chicago, 111.
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 91,338
InL CI. E04b 2/25,2/75
U.S. CI. 52-220 9 Claims
A cavity wall and stud wherein the stud is characterized by a
base exposed to the corridor, and two side flanges which
.^
I ;
jr
I
la.
i=^
"li
I
m>
I
The present invention concerns improvements in hollow
building blocks, such as cement or cinder blocks and a method
for assembling same. The hollow blocks of the present inven-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
119
tion have a male tongue at one end. a groove for receiving the
tongue at the opposite end, and an intermediate offset trans-
verse web of a thickness slightly exceeding the depth of a
groove. In assembly, the blocks of each course are arranged
with tongues reversed from those of lower course and with
each joint situated over the web of a lower block
3,707,823
PRESERVING PRODUCTS IN SEALED CONTAINERS
Gerhart A. Guckel, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to James Dole
Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 74 1,393, July 1, 1968, Pat. No. 3,606,997.
This application \pril 2, 1971. Ser. No. 130.668
Int.CI. B65b 55/06
U.S.CL53-I12R 5 Claims
3,707,821
METHOD FOR INSTALLING ALUMINUM SIDING
Robert Leddy. 389 Mayer Court, Ridgefield, N.J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 67,929, Aug. 28, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,662,510, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
875,031, Nov. 10, 1969, abandoned. This appUcation Aug. 13,
1971,Ser. No. 171,615
Int.CI. E04f/i//2
U.S. CI. 52-748 4 Claims
SeciionA
This disclosure relates to a new improved method for in-
stalling aluminum siding wherein a true level line is first
established around the structure. A starter strip having a body
portion greater than three inches and up to about six inches in
width with a flange at the lower end thereof is installed at the
true level line. A series of vertical stringer strips are attached
to the structure with the squared off lower edges in substan-
tially abutting relationship with the flange in the starter strip to
thereby ensure true level alignment of clips located at
predetermined distances (usually eight inches) along such
stringers.
3,707,822
ROTATING BOTTLE CLOSING MACHINE
Leonardus Petrus van der Meer, Roelofsarendsveen, Nether-
lands, assignor to N.V. Leidsche Apparatenfabriek, Leiden,
Netherlands
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,996
Claims priority, applicaUon Netherlands, Dec. 8, 1970,
7018308
Int. CI. B65b 1128
U S. CI. 53— 331-5 7 Claims
A rotating bottle closing machine provided with elevation
adjustment for capsulation of bottles of different heights com-
prising a frame, a vertical shaft held against rotation carried by
said frame, a driven main hub rotatably supported m the
frame rotatable about the axis of said vertical shaft and pro-
vided with a screw thread, an auxiliary means held against
rotation relative to the vertical shaft and provided with a guid-
ing track, an auxiliary hub also rotatable about the vertical
shaft supported by said auxiliary means and provided with a
screw thread cooperating with the screw thread of said mam
hub whereby the elevation adjustment is carried by turning
the auxiliary hub relative to the mam hub, closing spindles for
the bottles to be capsulated supported from said guide track,
and lock means to fix the auxiliary hub relative to the main
hub.
A horizontally positioned rotor in an aseptic canning
system, particularly adapted for glass jar containers, is rotata-
ble about an upright axis in an enclosed container sterilizer
housing having an entrance and an exit for the containers. A
plurality of peripheral pockets open toward the periphery of
the rotor continuously convey the containers. Vacuum is ap-
plied to the pockets beyond the entrance to withdraw air, and
saturated steam under superatmospheric pressure is applied
between the vacuum and the exit to sterilize the containers.
Pressure is relieved by a blaed connection between the steam
application and the exit, which leads to a location adjacent but
ahead of the entrance to thus provide a pressure seal against
entrance of outside air into the sterile portion of such con-
tainer sterilizer.
The rotor has a floating support on a bearing ring on the
bottom of the housing, which also serves as a seal. The rotor
spokes which form the pockets have spring pressed seals en-
gageable with the side wall of the housing; and the rear wall of
the respective pockets is provided with a cushioning bar and
insulating shield adapted for glass jars, and allowing steam to
flow around the back of the containers. The top of the rotor
spokes are notched to expand the steam, and thus reduce its
velocity, thereby minimizing bouncing of the containers in the
pockets. ALSO, the respective cushioning bars have retaining
lips engageable over upper portions of the jars for the same
purpose.
To effect discharge of the respective containers through the
housing exit, a well allows them to drop by gravity and expose
their bottom portions below the rotor; and a stripper member
engages such exposed bottom portions to direct the containers
to the exit.
3,707,824
BAG SUPPLYING DEVICE
Hiroshi Ishida; Isamu Isoiaki, and Minoru Mukai, all of
Kanagawa, Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.,
Minami Ashigara-shi, Kanagawa, Japan
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,527
Claims priority, application Japan, June 30, 1970, 45/57052
Int.CI. B65b4i/2<S
U S CI 53—188 11 Claims
A bag supplying device comprising a first hopper, a second
hopper, and a first bag supplying unit including a suction pipe
for picking up bags in the first hopper one-by-one and feeding
them to the second hopper. A second bag supplying unit in-
120
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
dudes a suction pipe for picking up the bags in the second
hopper and supplying them to bag receiving brackets mounted
ing mechanism is adapted to locate an open bag m the bag
opening recess. The counter also includes a cash register sup-
port which is mounted for movement between two positions
relative to one of the counters so that the check-out counter
itself may be operated by one or two operators. Bag storage
means is formed in one of the counters on one side of the
on a conveyor. The bag receiving brackets are provided with
guide plates for opening the mouth of each bag to facilitate the
insertion of articles therein
3,707,825
HOSIERY PACKAGING MACHINE
Cecil R. Bell, Pinnacle; Jessie E. Swaim, VVinston-Salem;
Horace Paul Gilgo, Walkertown; Robert C. Rogers,
Bethania; Walter Ray Siiemore, and Samuel M. Orr, Jr.,
both of Winston-Salem, aU of N.C., assignors to Hanes Cor-
poration, W inston-Salem, N.C.
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,900
Int. CI. B65b 5/04
U.S. CI. 53-282 4 Claims
recess and the bag opening means includes a clamping
mechanism which is movably mounted in the counter in the
opposite side of the recess for movement across the recess to
grip the edge of a bag located in the bag storage means and
back across the recess to locate the bag in a vertically disposed
open configuration.
3,707,827
SADDLE HORN WRAP
Donald E. Strang, 1411 Bohart Lane, Bozeman, Mont.
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,683
Int. CI. B68c0; /20
L.S. CI. 54-46
5 Claims
A packaging machine having a frame and an endless con-
veyor carrying a plurality of package receiving devices. A
package feeding mechanism deposits at least portions of
packages in the receiving devices, and articles to be packaged
are subsequently positioned within the deposited package por-
tions by an article feeding apparatus. A package closing
device then provides a closure which is positively positioned
to form a finished, and sealed package.
3,707,826
CHECK-OUT COUNTER
Edmund A. Cole, Cooksville, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Er-
nest C. Peters, Bramalea, OnUrio, Canada, a part interest
Filed March 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 23,294
Int. CI. B65b 67/04. 6 7//2
U.S. CI. 53-384 5 Claims
A check-out counter for use in retail stores and including an
automatic bag opening mechanism. The check-out counter
consists of two counters arranged in a generally T-shaped con-
figuration A bag loading recess is formed in one of the coun-
ters at the intersection of the two counters and the bag open-
A strip of rubber having strap extensions at each end is
wrapped around the horn of a western saddle to increase the
friction thereof, and the strap ends are secured together by the
Conway buckle, and the excess strap ends are cut after the
wrap is completed. The rubber thereby increases the friction
and a lariat rope is wound around the wrap in roping cattle in
the usual way, but requires a less number of turns of the rope
around the rubber-wrapped saddle horn.
3,707,828
• PRECIPITATOR CELL
Ivan T. Burney, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,443
Int. CI. B03c i/40
lJ.S.CI.55-138 3 Claims
A precipitator cell is provided with a plurality of spaced al-
ternately oppositely charged collecting plate electrodes with
certain spaced ones of the electrodes with the same one
polarity of charge being projected to extend beyond the
remainder of the plates in the direction against the direction of
the gas now to thereby form ionizing zones. Cantilever spring
support means of electrically conductive sheet material are
connected at their bases from respective ones of the elec-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
121
trodes of the other polarity so as to have their free-ends cantil-
evered out over the ionizing zones. Ionizing wires are con-
nected under tension between the spring support means to
span the ionizing zones between the extension of the plate
electrodes of the one polarity.
3,707,830
CYCLONE SEPARATOR
Karl-Axel G. Gustavsson, Enkoping, Sweden, assignor to
Aktiebolaget Bahco Ventilation. Enkoping, Sweden
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,574
Int.CI.B01d45//6
U.S. CI. 55— 410 1 Claim
A cyclone separator having a cyhndrical shell with a conical
converging inlet portion. A ring of guide vanes is positioned
within the outlet to impart a rotational flow to the entering gas
and are axially moveable. At the opposite end of the shell a
central tube extends through the end wall more than halfway
into the shell, the tube having longitudinal slots tapered
towards their free ends, the width being 20 to 40 percent of
the diameter of the tube.
3,707,829
APPARATUS FOR INJECTING DRY SOLID PARTICLES
INTO A LIQUID INCLUDING NOISE MUFFLING MEANS
Harris T. Siegel, Rochester, N.Y.. assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 21,1 970, Ser. No. 82,650
Int. CLBOld/ 7/02
U.S. CI. 55-239 2 Claims
3,707,831
CORRUGATED GAUZE REACTOR
Frits M. Dautzenberg; Jaap E. Naber, and Cornells W . J. Ver-
wey, all of Amsterdam, Netherlands, assignors to Shell Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,460
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 23, 1969,
6909550
Int. CI. BOld 29/08; BOlj 9/04
U.S. CI. 55—483 3 Claims
A process and apparatus for accelerating dry solid particles
entrained in a fluid stream to a high velocity, and decreasing
the velocity of the fluid stream without appreciably decreasing
the velocity of the particles. The particles which are directed
toward a liquid strike and enter the liquid where they are dis-
solved. The apparatus comprises a nozzle having a flared out-
let for greatly decreasing the velocity of the exiting fluid
stk'eam so that upon striking the liquid, the fluid stream itself
does not materially disturb the liquid, but without appreciably
decreasing the velocity of the heavier dry particles which
therefore continue to travel at high velocity, striking and
penetrating the surface of the liquid. A muffler attached to the
nozzle and partially immersed in the liquid muffles the noise
generated by the apparatus
Apparatus for contacting a gas with a solid material com-
prising an assembly of tubular containers for the solid material
which are mounted in a housing provided with a gas inlet and a
gas outlet. The containers have gas-permeable walls and are
positioned so that gas channels are formed along the con-
tainers by the walls of adjacent containers and/or the walls of
adjacent containers and the walls of the housing To construct
the apparatus, a number of corrugated parallel gauze plates
may be tack-welded together such that each plate forms a mir-
ror image of an adjacent plate. When in use some of the chan-
nels thus formed contain solid material, and others are used as
gas channels.
122
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,834
3,707,832 HFIGHT CONTROL DEVICE FOR A HARVESTER
FILTER AND FILTER SUPPORT APPARATUS HEIGHJ CON KUU ^^^^^
Charles B. Multer, Houston. Tex., and Fred C. Jones Addison, Schumaker, II, and Gunter Schumaker, borh of Haus
NY., assignors to SclenUfk Glass Blowing Company, ^ ^^ 5,523, Ej^helhardt, Germany
Houston, Tex. Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,639 „ „ ,„
Filed Aug. 12. 1970, Ser. No. 63,086 application Germany, Oct. 24. 1969, P 19
Int. CI. BOld JO/00 53 644.8
U.S. CI. 55-486 llCtoims Int. CL AO Id 67/00
U.S. a. 56-208 6 Claims
A filter and filter support apparatus according to the
present invention comprises conduit sections having external
nanges. A filter assembly is interposed between the flanges
and includes a porous structural element having a resilient
sealing periphery bonded to the outer periphery thereof and
disposed in sealed engagement with both of the flanges. The
resilient sealing periphery is provided with an inner peripheral
recess disposed in co-planar relation with the upper surface of
the porous structural element to define a <"'»ter membrane
recess in which is retained a filter membrane or the like held
into assembly by one of the fianges. The porous structural por-
tion of the porous structural element is so related to the
resilient sealing periphery that the filter support assembly is
oriented in centered relationship with the internal periphery
of the conduit sections.
A height adjustment device for a harvester cutter has a con-
trol valve controlling a piston and cylinder for raising and
lowering the cutter, a height control member which is adjusta-
ble for preselecting the ground clearance of the cutter and
means responsive to the adjustment of the height control
member and the position of the cutter for discontinuing the
supply of pressure fiuid to the piston and cylinder when the
cutter has been lowered to a preselected position determined
by the adjustment of the height control member.
In one arrangement, these means comprise a check valve
between the control valve and the piston and cylinder, and in
another arrangement a linkage for actuating the control valve.
3,707,833
CORN HARVESTER ROLLS
Ralph L. Sutton, Rock Island, III., assignor to International
Harvester Company, Chicago, III.
Filed April 8, 1968, Ser. No. 719,587
Int. CI. AO Id 45/02
U.S. CI. 56-104 6 Claims
3,707,835
RAKE
George P. McNaUy, Jackson Heights, N.Y., and Edward A.
Jonasch, Syracuse, Ind., assignors to Glastool Corporation,
Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,697
Int. CLAOld 7/00
U.S. CI. 56-400.0 1 3 Claims
An apparatus for separating ears of sweet corn from the
stalk for minimizing damage to the ears. The apparatus has
blades with cutting edges that cut through a substantial por-
tion of the stalk and then pull the stalk away from the ear to
rupture the uncut portion of the stalk. The ears are held by
stripper plates during the rupture of the stalks. The blades are
arranged with respect to the stalk such that the pulling force is
applied to the stalk over a large fiat surface normal to the lon-
gitudinal axis of the stalk.
A garden rake in which the tines are formed of the heat and
pressure molded product of a plurality of stacked layers of col-
limated glass filaments extending substantially in the longitu-
dinal direction of the tines. Each layer of glass filaments is sup-
ported by a substrate and is coated with resinous means.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
123
3.707,836
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ATTACHING FAIRING
STRIPS TO CABLES
Stanley L. Lovett, Jr., Culpeper, Va., assignor to The
Rochester Corporation, Culpeper, Va.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,532
Int. CI. D07b 3100, 1/14, 7/18
U.S. CI. 57— 1 UN 42 Claims
A method of attaching flexible fairing strips to a conven-
tional cable having a core portion surrounded by a layer of
armor wires includes unlaying all of the armor wires, inserting
the fairing strips under the unlayed armor wires and re-laying
the armor wires around the core portion, so that the fairing
strips are fixedly secured. An apparatus for performing this
method includes a swivel frame supporting the let-off reel,
three bearing disk units for guiding and rotating the grouped
armor wires, a support for a driven take-up reel and a manual
control for operating the apparatus. ■
• 3,707,837
FIBRILLATION PROCESS
John D. Gibbon. 7000 Thermal Rd.. Charlotte, N.C.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 59.383, July 30, 1970. This
appUcation Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,713
Int.CI.D02g//y6
U.S. CI. 57—157 F 5 Claims
There is provided a commercial process for fibriltating a
fibrillatable tape at windup speeds in excess of 500 feel per
minute. In this process the tape is subjected to the action of at
least four fluid twisting means wherein the direction of twist
imparted to the tape is completely and sharply reversed
between adjacent twisting means and the tape is advanced
from one fluid twisting means to another while being main-
tained under a tension of from about 0.05 to about 0.2 grams
per denier.
3,707,838
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF STAPLE FIBERS
Oskar Dorschner, Bad Homburg; Franz Josef Carduck,
Bergen Enkheim. and Norbert Kuhne. Dornigheim, all of
Germany, assignors to Metallgesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
FUed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 3,259
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 13, 1969. P 19
07 205.0; Aug. 24. 1968. P 17 85 203.8
Int. CI. D02g 1/16; D04h 3/00
U.S. CI. 57— 157 R 17 Claims
Staple fibers are produced continuously and rapidly from a
thermoplastic material by spinning and drawing filaments
from the thermoplastic material, projecting the spun filaments
at high speeds onto a lay-down receiver partly disposed over a
vacuum zone so that ropy fiber aggregates are Iqid down on
the receiver outside the vacuum zone and a randonf web is
formed on the receiver above the vacuum zone, consolidating
the resulting non-uniform web, twisting it into a strand and
cutting the strand into staple fibers.
3,707,839
METHOD OF MAKING A CLOSED LAYER OF SHAPED
WIRE IN WIRE ROPES. ETC.
Mikhail Fedorovich Glushko; Viktor Klimentievich Skalatsky,
both of Odessa, and Ivan Timofeevich Skripnik. Moscow, all
of U.S.S.R.. assignors to Odessky Politekhnichesky Institut,
bdessa, U.S.S.R.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,395
Int.Cl. D07b5//0
U.S.CL57— 161 5 Claims
The making of a closed layer from shaped wires on ropes,
cables and similar products in which shaped wires are wound
on a rope core and in concurrent plastic squeezing of these
wires for redistributing their material and changing their
profile so that they become reliably interlocked throughout
the entire layer.
124
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,840
STEM CONSTRLCTION IN A CALENDAR W ATCH
Mamoru Vliyasaka, Nagano-ken, Japan, assignor to Kabrishiki
Kaisha Suwa Seikasha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 27, 1972, Ser. No. 166.373
Claims priority, application Japan. July 30, 1970. 45/75485
Int.CI.G04b/9/24.i7/06
U.S. CI. 58-58 ^C*^*
3.707,842
SANDGLASS
David Splvak. One Washington Square Village, New York.
Filed Sept. 30. 1971, Ser. No. 185,315
lnt.CI.G04f //06, //0«
U.S.Cl.58-144 ^C'-'-"*
A watch stem in a calendar watch has a number of grooves
ihereon One end of a sprmg. fastened at the other end to a
base plate, .s seated resil.ently .n one of the grooves. Move
ment of the watch stem in an axial direction requires that the
seated end of the spring ride up on the walls of the grooves
which are tapered. The resistance which must be overcome in
moving the watch stem from one position to another can be
vaned by changing the angle of the groove walls and by chang-
ing the height of the walls between adjacent grooves.
A sandglass is combined with an electrical signal actuator to
give a signal when the sand has passed through the appropriate
chamber.
3,707,841
ECCENTRIC CAM STRUCTURE FOR AN
AUTOMATICALLY WOUND WATCH
Mamoru Miyasaka. Nagano-ken. Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Suwa Seikasa, Tokyo. Japan
Filed Dec. 27. 1971. Ser. No. 212,245
Claims priority. appUcation Japan. Dec. 28, 1970,
45/132712
Int. CI. G04b 5102
U.S. CI. 58-82 R l/^^'""
3.707.843
PRIME MOVER SYSTEM UTILIZING BIS
(TRIFLUOROMETHYL) BENZENE AS WORKING FLUID
Rex C Conner. Englewood. and Louis L. FersUndig.
Ridgewood, both of N J., assignors to Halocarbon Products
Corporation. Hackensack. N J.
Filed Jan. 4. 1972. Ser. No. 215,438
Int. CKFO Ik 25/00
U.S. CL 60-36 U Claims
An anti-poUulion heat engine including a prime mover
system wherein the working fluid comprises bis
(trifluoromethyl) benzene.
3,707,844
HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR
Robert E. Brooks, Worthington, and Robert T. Marks, Colum-
bus, both of Ohio, assignors to Ranco Incorporated. Colum-
bus, Ohio
Filed Aug. 3, 197 1, Ser. No. 168,596
lnt.CLF15b/5/y«
U.S. CI. 60-52 B 3 Claims
A cam for mounting m an oscillating weight in an autoriiati-
cally wound watch has a central axis and a lateral surface
which is a surface of revolution about said central axis. 1 he
fact that the lateral surface is a surface of revolution simplifies
the forming of the cam. The cam is then mounted eccentri-
cally in the oscillating weight responsible for winding the
watch.
lo^ ly
A hermetically sealed hydraulic actuator comprises a spring
loaded piston and cylinder, the position of the piston in the
cylinder being controlled by the output of a constantly
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
125
running fluid pump which withdraws oil from a sump in com-
munication with the cylinder and discharges into the cylinder.
The pump discharge may be more or less diverted from the
cylinder to the sump by a diverter valve regulated by the
movement of an electrically heated thermal element in the
sump. The thermal element temperature is controlled by a
suitable power supply circuit, which may respond to dif-
ferences in a condition to be regulated by the actuator, and
the effect of the element on the diverter valve for a given cir-
cuit response is adjustable by shifting the port of the diverter
valve relative to the element. A screw accessible from the ex-
terior of the sump shifts the diverter valve port.
3,707,845
DUAL MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
Robert E. Mitton, San Diego, Calif., assignor to Hal C. John-
son, Chula Vista; Shirley M. Jones. San Diego; Marie Jones
and Eric D. Ross. National City. Calif., part interest to each
Filedjan. 27, 1971.Ser. No. 110,022
Int. CI. F15b 7/00; B60t 1/00
U.S. CI. 60—54.6 R 6 Claims
A dual master cylinder assembly for separately operating
two hydraulic brake systems for a wheeled vehicle, employs
two oppositely moving pistons in coaxial bores. An actuator
extending transversely between the pistons carries toggle
mechanism comprising a pair of links, one connected to each
of the pistons, respectively. A roller at the pivotal connection
between each link and its respective piston rolls on the bore
surface to eliminate side loading and insure that only axial
forces are applied to the pistons. As the toggle links straighten
out the axial force on the pistons is multiplied.
which is outwardly divergent and extends beyond the frame
and defines a socket rabbet for assembly with a panel od an
adjacent casing ring; the panel comprises, on one of the trans-
3,707,846
LININGS OR CASINGS FOR TUNNELS, GALLERIES,
MINE PITS AND THE LIKE
Christian Georges Leblond, Atton. and Jacques Francois Marie
Oger. Pont-A-Mousson. both of France, assignors to Centre
De Recherches De Pont-A-Mousson Maidieres, Pont-A-
Mousson, France
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,602
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 27, 1968,
68164222
Int.Cl. E21d/7//4
U.S. CI. 6 1 —45 R 1 3 Claims
Casings acting as circular-section revetments or coverings
of cavities formed in the ground to resist the thrust of the
ground; in said casing, a panel which adapts itself to the
ground it must cover and which has an arcuate web bordered
by inner flanges constituting a roughly rectangular frame, the
web havong a meridian sectional shape having an outer bulge,
the web being extended laterally by a frustoconical portion
verse flanges of its frame, at least one rib for assembly with an
adjacent panel of the same casing panel and, in the transverse-
ly opposed flange, a support recess correspondint to and
cooperating with said rib. ^
3,707,847
INSTALLATION OF SAND DRAINS
Augustus P. Godley. Hohokus; Francis M. Fuller, Washington
Township, Bergen County; Charles R. Houk. Scotch Plains;
Henry A. Nelson Holland. Ridgewood. and George J. Gen-
dron. Oradell. all of NJ.. assignors to Raymond Interna-
tional Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 703,440
Int. CI. E02b 7 7/00. 5/i4
U.S. CL 61 — 11 12 Claims
T ',^.
Formation of sand drains in the earth by drilling and forcing
a fluid at high velocity to wash out a hole and thereafter filling
the hole by forcing filler material down through a pipe; the
pipe being outfitted with special valve control means to con-
trol the flow of fluid and filler therethrough in generally in-
verse manner.
3.707,848
PROCESS AND SYSTEM FOR INCREASING LOAD-
BEARING CAPACITY OF SOIL
Stephen V. Chelminski. West Redding, Conn., assignor to Bolt
Associates, Inc., Norwalk, Conn.
Filed April 7. 1971. Ser. No. 131,919
Int. CI. E02d 5/42, 5/44, 3/ JO
U.S. CL 61 — 11 10 Claims
Process and system for increasing the load bearing capacity
of soil by producing load-bearing columns formed of densely
compacted granular material, such as sand or gravel or of
concrete. For producing each column, the granular material
or concrete is fed down through a hollow member, and an air
gun supported at the lower end of a pipe assembly extending
down coaxially through the hollow member is actuated to
produce powerful impulses to impel the soil outwardly away
from the lower end of the hollow member to compact the soil
126
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
and then to impel the granular material or concrete outwardly
to distribute It into the resulting cavity formed m the com-
pacted soil When sufficient material has been distributed and
compaced by the powerful impulses from the air gun, the hol-
low member and pipe assembly are withdrawn an increment of
distance, and then the steps are repeated to distribute and
compact more of the desired material at a level above the first
deposit and so forth, to create a column of such material. It
desired to create an encased concrete column, the pipe as-
sembly IS withdrawn from the interior of the hollow member.
cation column and passed in indirect heal exchange relation-
ship with a vaporizing external refrigerant such as methane or
natural gas. The resultant liquified nitrogen is recycled to the
column and acts as reflux liquid therein. To provide make-up
refrigeration for liquid products that are removed from the
system without passing through the main heat exchanger, a
portion of the withdrawn nitrogen is heated in the main heat
exchanger, thereby cooling the incoming air. The warmed
nitrogen is then pre-cooled and subsequently liquefied by the
external refrigerant. The nitrogen recycle steps are conducted
at approximately the same pressure of nitrogen thereby
eliminating the need for compressor and expansion valves on
said recycle line.
3,707,850
CRYOGENIC STORAGE TANK IMPROVEMENTS
Joseph A. Connell, Harbor City; Anthony J. Baranyi, CosU
Mesa, and Paul V. Laylander, Irvine, all of Calif., assignors
to Systems Capitol Corporation, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,1 17
Int.CI.F17c//00
U.S. CI. 62-45 7 Claims
y^T^^
which is then filled with concrete. To facilitate the initial in-
sertion of the hollow member into the soil, water is jetted
down through it while the air gun is actuated producing
powerful impulses to impel the soil away from the lower end,
and to compact the soil cylindncally about the descendmg
member to enhance lateral support. A novel air gun energy
source is adapted to be operated while embedded in soil,
poured concrete, sand, gnt, and similar hostile environments.
Columns of more coarsely granular material can be produced
in the soil to enable ground water to percolate up, the ground
water being released by intense, repeated air gun impulses.
3,707,849
FRACTIONATION OF AIR BY USING REFRIGERATION
FROM OPEN CYCLE EVAPORATION OF EXTERNAL
CRYOGENIC LIQUID
Rudolf Becker. Munich, Germany, assignor to Linde Aktien-
gesellschaft Zentrale PatenUbteUung, Hollriegelskreuth.
Germany
Filed March 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,077
Claims priority, application Germany, March 7, 1969, P 19
11765.8
Int.CI.F25j//02,i/04
U.S.a.62-40 2 Claims
Liquified gas is stored underground in a large double walled
container seated in an openmg in the earth's surface. Between
the walls of the liner, thermal insulation is distributed in a con-
tinuous layer along the floor and wall of the opening. A
diaphragm is supported across the top of the opening with a
seal being provided between the diaphragm and the double
walled liner to form a container for the liquified gas. Sur-
rounding the lip of the opening is a concrete ring across which
a net of cables is stretched to support a thermally insulating
ceiling A cooling system is provided for freezing the earth to
aid in the excavation of the opening and this system is sub-
sequently used to maintain the wall and floor of the opening
frozen to a controlled thickness by cooling th^ in response to
a rise in the temperature of the surrounding earth above a
predetermined temperature level.
Also disclosed are various techniques for constructing a
storage tank of the type described.
3,707,851
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM EFFICIENCY MONITOR
Robert B. McAshan, Jr., Houston, Tex., assignor to Machine
Ice Co., Houston, Tex. „ . „ „
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,837
Int. CI. F25b 49\00
US CI 62-125 23 Claims
*A monitor for monitoring and comparing the efficiency of
operating conditions in a refrigeration system is disclosed. The
monitor includes a flrst and second sensing means, such as
thermistors, for sensing and comparing the values of two con-
— dilions in the system, such as an ambient temperature condi-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
127
alarm signal or indication is provided when the difference have portions devoid of loops. This is achieved by providing
between these temperatures exceeds a predetermined the rear and/or the front loop holders at the locations of the
amount, and a second alarm signal or indication is provided
when the differences between these temperatures is less than a
1:
predetermined amount. The monitor also includes a delay cir-
cuit for delaying the application of voltage to the mechanism
until a preset period after start up of said refrigeration system,
and an alarm is also given in the event electric power is lost to
the refrigeration system.
3,707,852
SEALING SLEEVE OF ELASTIC MATERIAL
Manfred H. Burckhardt, Waiblingen, and Lutz Schafer, Stutt-
gart-Bad Cannstatt, both of Germany, assignors to Daimler-
Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkheim, Germany
FUed Sept. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 763,274
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 28, 1967, P 16
25 974,8
Int.CI. F16di/<S4
U.S. CI. 64—32 F 1 1 Claims
A sealing sleeve made from elastic material, particularly for
sealing the gap between a joint part and a shaft in rapidly
rotating, so-called homo-kinetic joints, in which the inner ring
of the sealing sleeve abuts sealingty against the shaft and the
outer ring against a joint part, whereby the outer ring and the
inner ring are connected with each other by a conically con-
structed ring diaphragm which is deformable into a roller bel-
lows in the installed position.
3,707,853
DEVICE FOR PRODUCING DOUBLE-SIDED LOOPED
CLOTH UPON CROCHET GALLOON MACHINES
Heinz Lindner, Strasse de Freunschaft 331, and Georg
Roscher, Thumer Strasse 21 Od, both of Geyer/Sa, Germany
Filed Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 664,388
Int. CI. D04b 23m
U.S. CI. 66—84 4 Claims
Crochet galloon machines are improved for the purpose of
making thereon double-sided looped cloth which does not
weft yarn pressure sinkers with slots, recesses or milled por-
tions. The sinkers are vertically shifted and guided in these
recesses.
3,707,854
YARN CATCHER
George J. Matzel, Rego Park, N.Y., assignor to Stop-Motion
Devices Corporation, Plainview, N.Y.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,757
Int. CI. D04b/J/45.J5/y4
U.S.CK66— 125R 12 Claims
A yarn catcher for a stop motion device used with knitting
machines and the like, the stop motion device including a fly
wire which carries the yarn into the yarn catcher when the
yarn breaks. The yarn catcher comprises a bracket with a
flange member attached to the stop motion device and an ex-
tending plate portion which is provided with an aperture
through which the yarn passes and further is provided with a
pair of leaf spring members being maintained in flexion
against one another with the yarn being carried by the fly wire
between the leaf spring members to be held thereby, and a
cover plate member of a generally U-shape having leg mem-
bers which sandwich the extending plate portion between
respective opposite surfaces and selectively mask a portion of
the aperture and guide the yam between the leaf spring mem-
bers when the yarn breaks.
3,707,855
GARMENT FINISHING COMBINATION
Norman A. Buckely, Wauwatosa, Wis., assignor to McGraw-
Edison Company, Elgin, III.
Int.CI. D06C//00
U.S. CL 68— 6 10 Claims
A garment finishing system comprised of a finisher having a
heat exchanger and a steam discharge nozzle, and a low pres-
sure steam boiler coupled to the finisher in a manner so that
the finisher heat exchanger outlet is located vertically higher
than the boiler water level thereby allowing gravity conden-
sate return and infeed to the boiler, and makeup water infeed
to the boiler generally from line pressure and without a pump.
128
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
129
Most professional cleaning plants have available high pres-
sure steam systems generally between 55 and 125 psi, and
consequently most garment fmishers are designed to be used
with these available high steam pressures The cost of having
steam boilers of this high pressure is substantial, but even
more important, many safety codes preclude the operation of
such systems under certain conditions. For example, under
some codes the accepted use of high pressure steam systems
requires special room enclosures for or locations of the boiler
3,707.857
MULTI-PURPOSE SENSOR ASSEMBLY FOR
AUTOMATIC WASHER
Robert T. WIgfall, St. Joseph. Mich., assignor to Whirlpool
Corporation. Benton Harbor, Mich.
Filed Sept. 20, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 8 1 ,89 1
Int. CI. D06f ii/02
U.S.CI.68-12R 8 Claims
and/or possibly the continued presence of a certified operator.
The code distinction between low and high pressure steam
systems frequently is made at 1 5 psig, based on ASME ( Amer-
ican Society of Mechanical Engineers) and BOLA (Building
GfTicials Conference of America ).
Based "in part on the above code restrictions, in coin-ops or
self-service installations where non-technical customers would
operate unattended finishing equipment, certain types of
finishing equipment have heretofore not been used.
3.707.856
TOTAL SENSING COMBINATION W ASHER-DRYER
Anthony Niewyk. St. Joseph, and Donald E. Janke. Benton
Harbor, both of Mich., assignors to W hirlpool Corporation.
Benton Harbor. Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 730,358. May 20. 1968. Pat. No.
3 575.193. This application Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 136,276
Int.CI.DO6fii/02
U.S. CI. 68-12 R 9 Claims
A sensing system for a laundry appliance includes a pair of
temperature responsive devices, heating means, and a ther-
mally conductive disk which places one of the temperature
responsive devices in good heat-flow relationship with the
healing means and the washing fluid. The sensing system in-
cludes associated switching and biasing circuitry which ena-
bles the system to be used to sense a variety-of machine func-
tions.
3,707,858
W ASHING MACHINES FOR CLOTHES AND OTHER
ARTICLES
Fritz Guliow. and Egon Hartmann. both of Hlldesheim. Ger-
man>^ assignors to Senkingwerk GmbH Kommandit-
gesellschaft, Hlldesheim, Germany
Filed Dec. 3. 1970. Ser. No. 94,724
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 3, 1969, P 19 60
677.2
Int. CI. D06f i7/0S.i9/0S
U.S.CI.68-I43 3 Claims
A semielectronic control system for a combination washing
and drying machine utilizing a solenoid-actuated stepping
switch, each successive position of the switch controlling such
functions as water fill, agitate, drain, extract, and dry making
up the washer-dryer's cycle of operation. Energization of the
solenoid is controlled either by RC timer circuitry having a
number of selective delays or by circuitry responsive to sensed
conditions. The stepping switch selects the appropriate delay
in the RC timing circuitry or the proper condition responsive
circuit which causes energization of the solenoid to advance
the stepping switch to the next position.
A washing machine comprises a drum rotatable about a
horizontal axis and divided axially into a plurality of washing
compartments and rinsing compartments. Hot water or other
washing medium is fed into a final wash compartment from a
housing surrounding the final wash compartment, the adjacent
surface portion of the drum being perforated. The washing
medium flows from the final wash compartment successively
through the other washing compartments to be discharged
from the drum at the charging end thereof
i
3,707,859
APPARATUS FOR TREATING TEXTILE MATERIAL
Robert D. Carr; Harry T. Collier, and Clarence E. Jones, all of
Hopewell, Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporation,
Petersburg. Va.
Filed April 11, 1969, Ser. No. 815,440
Int. CI. D06j 35100
member. A second member is telescoped in respect to the first
member and it includes a locking cylinder which is key
operated to engage a latch into a receiving groove of the first
member to lock the two members together and prevent access
to the screw head.
U.S. CI. 68—202
3 Claims
An apparatus for applying, controlling and monitoring the
amount of liquid to moving filamentary material per unit
length of the material by moving said material in wiping en-
gagement with part of the surface of a driven roller, another
part of which dips into a reservoir normally containing a
prescribed amount of liquid, maintaining a specified level of
liquid within the reservoir by means of a sensing element that
activates a fill pump upon separation of the sensing element
from the liquid level of the reservoir, and monitoring the
amount of liquid pickup by the filamentary material by count-
ing the pump impulses upon each activation thereof and said
counter means being operatively in communication with a
continuous digital tape readout for liquid pickup surveillance.
3.707.860
DEVIC: FOR LOCKING ARTICLES TO A MOUNTING
BASE
M. Leonard Singer. 1500 Cardinal Drive. Little Falls. N.J.. and
Robert M. Woletz. 294 Buttonwood Drive. Paramus, N.J.
Filedjuly7, 1971.Ser. No. 160,314
Int. CI. E05b 69/00
U.S. CI. 70—58 . 4 Claims
3,707.861
PERMUTATION LOCK. FOR EXAMPLE. FOR
SUITCASES. BRIEFCASES OR THE LIKE
Gustav Lindner, Iserlohn, Germany, assignor to Firma Hein-
rich Hulter Jr.. Iserlohn. Germany
Filedjan. 8. 1971.Ser. No. 104.983
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 9, 1970, P 20 00
769.6
Int. CI. E05bi7/;2. 65/50
U.S.CI. 70— 74 7 Claims
10 24 14
A device particularly for locking a calculator to a mounting
base comprises a U-shape stirrup which is secured to the bot-
tom of the device such as by epoxy glue and which includes a
reinforcing rod therethrough so that it cannot be easily
severed. The complete locking device includes a bar member
having a hook shaped end which engages over the stirrup in an
unreleasable manner and a securement end which extends
beyond the end of the device being secured so that it cannot
be pivoted out of this stirrup. The securement end is secured
by a securing screw which extends through a locking device
comprising a first member which engages through the securing
plate to the mounting base and a threaded screw which ex-
tends through the first member and engages into the mounting
base and has a head portion which is covered within the first
906 O.G.— 5
A permutation lock for suitcases, briefcases or the like,
which comprises a housing having a cover and a bottom. Per-
mutation discs and locking discs are provided, which permuta-
tion discs are capable of being locked with thejocking discs
for variation of the opening permutaling in different angular
positions. The locking discs have a first opening. A displacea-
ble bolt slide includes locking projections and are cooperative
with a hasp. The locking tongues enter the first opening and
the cover has a second opening. The permutation discs in-
clude an upper part and a lower annular collar. The permuta-
tion discs project through the second opening with their upper
part and support themselves with their lower annular collar on
the inner face of the cover and have a central third opening,
receiving a shaft of the locking disc resiliently against the bot-
tom. Recesses are disposed on the under side of the lower an-
nular collar concentrically about the third central opening,
and projections are provided on the end face of the locking
discs, which projections enter the recesses.
3.707.862
KEY-CONTROLLED DOOR LOCK
John V. Pastva, Jr., Parma Heights. Ohio, assignor to The
Eastman Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 19, 1971. Ser. No. 116,969
Int. CI. E05b 5/00
U.S. CI. 70— 150 2 Claims
A paddle-type, key-controlled flush-mounted, spring-biased
bolt lock for swinging doors made primarily of metal
stampings and having the key control in the shallower part of a
130
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
iwo level recess and the handle in the deeper part of the recess
with the non-p.voted end of the handle adjacent to the key
between the two vessels. Liquid .s pressurized in the inter-
space to support the inner vessel. The inner vessel '""PP^^ed
without constraint from the outer vessel and the ends of the in-
terspace are closed by joints which allow freedom.of radial ex-
control The key control includes a cam selectively movable
into and out of the path of a member engageable with the bolt.
3,707,863
CYLINDER LOCK
Dittmar Schwab, and Heinz Schwab, both of Hausen, Ger-
many, assignors to Ymos-Metallwerke Wolf & Becker
GmbH & Co., Offenbach/Main, Germany
Filed Nov. 10, 1970. Ser. No. 88,374
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 17, 1969, P 19
57 642.2
Int. C\.EOSh 15/14.29/00
L.S. a. 70-364 R 7 Claims
pansion of the ends of the inner vessel without giving rise to
stressing of the adjacent ends of the outer vessel. In a particu-
lar arrangement the ends of the interspace are closed by
sealed joints which make sliding contact with the end faces of
the inner vessel.
3,707,865
METHOD FOR RESTORING THE INITIAL WORK-
HARDENED CONDITION IN A CONDUCTOR PORTION
ANNEALED BY WELDING AND APPARATUS FOR
CARRYING OUT SAID METHOD
Agostino Oriani, Sesto San Giovanni, luly, assignor to Indus-
trie Pirelli S.p.A., Milan, lUly
Filed Oct. 20. 1970, Set. No. 82,439
Claims priority, application lUly, Feb. 3, 1970. 20134 A/70
int. CLB2 If /5yOS
U.S.CL 72-340 1 1 Claims
A cylinder lock has tumblers mounted in two rows, the tum-
blers being arranged symmetrically in pairs, each pair having
one tumbler from each row in a plane, and the tumblers in
each pair being mutually offset and displaceable parallel to
one another in opposite directions against b.assing springs
when a key is inserted, whereby protrudmg parts of the tum-
blers are withdrawn from recesses in the outer cylinder ot the
lock to allow the barrel to be turned The key may be reversi-
ble 1 e the profile on one edge may be a mirror image of that
of the other edge about the longitudinal center line of the key.
To shorten the length of the lock for a given number of tum^
biers the rows are staggered longitudinally of the lock. Each
tumbler may have two key engaging edges, stepped relative to
the diametral direction to engage correspondingly stepped key
nrofiles The invention increases the number of tumblers, and
hence the number of alternative key profiles, in a given length
of lock compared with conventional locks.
3.707.864
PRESSURE VESSELS
Albert Edward Pigott. Clifton; Brian Tomkins. Bolton, both of
England, and Lionel Edward Raraty. deceased, late of
■ Lvthan St. Annes, England, by Hermanna Raraty, admin-
istratrix. assignors to United Kingdom Atomic Energy
Authority, London, England
FUed March 9, 1970. Ser. No. 17,628
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 17, 1969.
13,991/69
Int. CI. B2 Id 27/00
U.S. CI. 72-60 6 Claims
A pressure vessel of double ring construction comprising
mner and outer concentric vessels with an annular interspace
The annealed region of electrical cable conductors which
have been butt welded together are restored to their initial
work-hardened condition by clamping them on opposite sides
of the annealed region and applying forces in either or both
the axial and transverse directions to the cables via the clamps
so as to swage and work-harden the annealed region. The
clamps include means for applying hammer-type forces, in-
cluding inclined planes for obtaining axially directed forces;
and they further include screw thread means for applying
gradual swaging forces, as well as screw thread and pneumatic
piston means for applying clamping forces.
3,707,866
MACHINES FOR FORMING A WORKPIECE BETWEEN
TWO RAM HEADS
Willi Brauer, Coburg. Germany, assignor to Langenstein &
Schemann Aktiengesellschaft, Coburg, Germany
Continuation of Set. No. 764,901, Oct. 3, 1968, abandoned.
This application Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,528
Claims priority. applicaUon Austria, Oct. 9, 1967, 9134
Int.CLB21j7/i4
US. a. 72-407 7CIauns
Improved hydraulic forming and forging presses for com-
bined operation, in which \here are valving facilities and
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
131
piston and cylinder arrangements enabling various combina-
tions of relative movement and rates of movement of the rams
to be adjusted, in accordance with the kind of metal-forming
operations which are to be effected.
3,707,867
CARTRIDGE-TYPE CRIMPING TOOL
Arne H. Mayala, Stillwater, Minn., assignor to Minnesota Min-
ing and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed March 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,929
Int. CI. B2 Id 9/05
U.S.CL72— 410 8 Claims
source and a null reading reflected beam detector. The Bour-
don tube itself is mounted on a mounting member which is
selectively movable with respect to a frame member on which
is mounted the null reading detector. This permits linearizing
the response of the instrument. Initially, the range of the in-
A hand tool which rigidly holds a connector in position to
accept a plurality of wires to be joined, assures permanent
electrical connection by retaining the connector until a proper
crimp has been made, forces the properly crimped connector
from the tool, and automatically presents a new connector in
the proper position from a supply cartridge. The connectors
are of the type having a wire receiving base portion and a
telescoping cover portion movable into the base portion.
ERRATUM
For Class 72—379 see:
Patent No. 3.708,060
A'
i
•■isnj
strument is adjusted by moving the mirror parallel to the
source light beam to produce a read-out corresponding to the
upper limit of the pressure range desired to be measured.
Then the mirror is moved perpendicular to the source light
beam to produce a linear response at a point at approximately
the mid-point of such range.
3,707,869
AIRBORNE ISOKINETIC SAMPLER
Gilbert S. Raynor, Manorville, N.Y.. assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,402
Int. CL coin 1/24, BOld 46/00
U.S.CL 73— 28 3 Claims
3,707,868
PRECISION PRESSURE MANOMETER
Jerry L. Fruit, Houston, Tex., assignor to Mensor Corporation,
Houston, Tex.
Filed AprU 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,607
Int. CI. GOlr 27/00
U.S. CL 73-4 9 Claims
A design Bourdon tube manometer, wherein tube deflection
is detected by sensing the arc subtended by a light beam
reflected from a mirror on the Bourdon tube, has a fixed light
A lightweight airborne isokinetic sampler employing a sam-
pling head mounted on a track and connected by flexible hosc-
to the air-moving and controlling equipment located within
the aircraft. Flow of air is controlled by a coaxial valve and a
bleed-in valve. A pitol tube is used to measure air flow.
1
132
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,870
APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC AND CONTINUOUS
PLOTTING OF ABSORPTION-DESORPTION ISOTHERMS
EMPLOYED FOR DETERMINING THE
MICROSTRUCTURE OF POROUS BODIES
Michel Herve, Bures sur Yvette. and Bernard Rasneur,
Chevreuse, both of France, assignors to Commissariat A
L'Energie Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Feb. 22, 1971.Ser. No. 117,462
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 26, 1970, 7006933
Int. CI. GOln 75/05
U.S. CL 73—38 7 Claims
3,707,872
COMPOUND FLUID METER
Nariiider Masson, Jersey City; William John Korenicki, Lin-
den, and Walter Ludwig Lechner, New Providence, all of
N J., assignors to Gamon-Calmet Industries, Inc., Newark,
N.J.
Division of Ser. No. 23,355, March 27, 1970. This application
May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 142,035
Int.CI.GOlf ///O
U.S. CL 73—231 R ^0 Claims
The apparatus essentially comprises a variable-volume en-
closure, a pressure transducer in communication with said en-
closure, a vacuum Ime, at least one pipe for the admission of
adsorbabie gases or vapors, a pipe for the admission of non-
adsorbable gases and a sample-holder. Said pipes and said
sample-holder are also in communication with said enclosure
but can be cut-off by means of cocks. An analog computer is
connected electrically to the transducer and to the enclosure
and a cartesian-coordinate plotter is connected to the com-
puter to provide absorption-desorption isotherms. The enclo-
sure, the transducer, the analog computer and the sample-
holder are maintained at constant temperature
3,707,871
SENSOR FOR A VARIABLE-PRESSURE ROLLING BALL
VISCOMETER
Robert T. Emmet, Glen Burnie, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the SecreUry of the
Navy
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,561
Int. CLGOIn/ 7/72
U.S. CI. 73-57 8 Claims
A compound fluid meter including a turbine type high flow
metering device disposed in a main metering conduit, a low
flow positive displacement metering device disposed m a
bypass conduit connected to the main conduit, changeover
valve means in said main conduit for preventing fluid flow
therethrough when the fluid pressure is less than a predeter-
mined pressure, the bypass conduit being adapted to receive
fluid upstream from the valve means and reintroduce it
downstream of the valve means, the turbine type high flow
metering device comprising a fixed rod-like support member
upon which an impeller is rotatably mounted, the rod-like sup-
port member having a free end extending towards the up-
stream end of the main conduit, a recess in said free end of the
rod-like support member, a first thrust member loosely
disposed in the recess and extending therefrom toward the up-
stream end of the main conduit, a ball-shaped thrust member,
and a recess in the hub of the impeller shaped to receive at
least the free end of the rod-like support member with the first
thrust member extending therefrom and the ball-shaped thrust
member disposed between the upstream end of the hub recess
and the first thrust member. Holes may be provided in the im-
peller for introducing the fluid being metered into the hub
recess to lubricate and cool the relatively rotating elements
therein. Further, face polarized annular permanent magnets
are provided for coupling the impeller to an intermediate gear
train and the intermediate gear train to the gearing of a re-
gister box to permit the intermediate gear train to be disposed
in a fluid tight casing. Still further, the changeover valve
means may comprise a toggle link mounted valve member
having a cam follower adapted to cooperate with a cam for
.guiding the valve member through its opening and closing
movements.
The present invention relates to a variable-pressure rolling
ball viscometer which is essentially invarient to pressure, and
has improved mechanical stability. The pressure insensitivity
of the new viscometer is obtained by including in the manufac-
turing of the sensor circuits a step wherein the thermosetting
resin used is cured under high pressure.
3,707,873
TEMPERATURE MEASURMENT
Robert Eric Young, 12 Whitnash Rd., Leamington Spa, En-
gland
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,688
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 3, 1969,
48,632/69
int. CI. GOlk 5/7*. 5/iO
U.S. CI. 73-362 R ^ Claim
A device for measuring temperature in which an inductance
coil surrounds each arm of a glass manometer containing a
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
133
liquid such as mercury acted on by a temperature expansive
liquid such as ethyl alcohol. Each inductance coil forms part
lO 12 8 Cy -4
lOSClLUATOB
15 17
y^'
J\ 13
. f ^
I OSC'L.ATOS It) -
::^'f^
of an oscillatory circuit and the outputs of the two oscillatory
circuits are compared in a beat frequency mixer to give a
digital representation of the temperature.
against the actuating arm of a switch to move the arm from a
first position to a second position. When the solenoid is not
energized or energized with reverse polarity, the switch arm
returns from its second position to its first position under the
bias of a spring. In one of these positions the switch closes a
circuit to a motor which in turn controls the length of time
that a dip tube is in a receptacle of wash liquid. In the other
position the switch closes a circuit to the motor which in turn
controls the length of time that a dip tube is in a sample recep-
tacle. Accordingly, adjusting the times that the solenoid is
energized and de-energized by means of the electronic pulsing
circuit, one can establish any desired ratio of sample to wash
liquid or vice versa. Adjusting the cycle time of the energizing
and de-energizing pulses, one can adjust the rate at which
samples with intervening wash liquid are aspirated by the dip
tube.
A timing circuit is adjustable to achieve the desired ratios
and cycle lime, putting out solenoid energizing pulses.
3,707,874
SOLID STATE POSITION SENSING APPARATUS
Wainwright Tuttle, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Spati Indus-
tries, Inc., Covington, Ky.
FiledMarch24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,515
Int. CI. GO II 9/02
U.S. CI. 73—398 R 7 Claims
Device including a temperature sensitive, self-heated im-
pedance means and a spaced apart solid means. Any condition
between the impedance means and the solid object which af-
fects the heat transfer therebetween may be sensed by measur-
ing the electrical resistance of the impedance means.
3,707,875
TIMING DEVICE FOR AUTOMATIC SAMPLING
APPARATUS
Gary Michael Freeman, Elyria, Ohio, assignor to Gilford In-
strument Laboratories Inc., Oberlin, Ohio
Filed April 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 30,2 1 1
Int. CI. GOln 7//4. HOlh -^7/75
U.S. CL 73—423 A
12 Claims
The mechanical timing cam of an automatic sampling
device is replaced by a solenoid actuated lever controlled by
an electronic pulsing circuit. The lever is adapted to be moved
3,707,876
TIME SWITCHING APPARATUS WITH CONTROLLABLE
STEP-BY-STEP TIME DURATIONS
Walter K. Holzer, Meersburg, Germany, assignor to Holzer
Patent AG, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,337
Claims priority, application SwiUerland, Feb. 16, 1970,
2172/70
Int.CI. G05g2 7/00
U.S.CI. 74— 3.52 8 Claims
A tensioned cam surface operates a conveying device and is
mounted concentrically with respect to a cammed program
disk which carries timing gear teeth scanned by a time lever
with which the conveying device can be locked or unlocked.
Time metering apparatus is operated by at least one of the tim-
ing gear teeth on the continuously revolving cammed program
disk and at the end operating position of the conveying device
is reversed in direction. The time metering apparatus com-
prises a counter wheel rotatably mounted on a counter wheel
lever and supported in a counting position by a front surface
of the cammed program disk The release of a cocking lever is
simultaneous with a time when one of a number of special tim-
ing gear teeth engages with the counter wheel. The cocking
lever is actuated by a time metering lever in the time metering
apparatus and a locking latch locks the cocking lever in
response to a timing cam mounted on the cammed program
disk The tension cam surface is shaped so that the unlocking
of the cocking lever by the time metering lever is delayed and
that delayed release is variable for any desired length of time
either by a magnetically operated locking device or by a varia-
tion of the RPM of the main drive of the cammed program
disk.
134
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2. 1973
. 3,707,879
.,, THaJnfLTL'NER fluid pressure PIJLSATION absorbers
Electric Co., Kaw«saki-shi, Japan Filed June 22. 1970, Set. No. 48,338
Filedjuly30. 1971, Ser. No. 167,575 Int CI FOlbyWOO
Int. CI. F16h 35/75 „ c r^. o-> 4« " ' 6 Claims
U.S.CI.74_10.52 7 Claims U.S. CI. 92-48
An all-channel tuner using varactors in the tuner circuit
comprises a selector shaft which is disposed axially movably
and rotatablv. and which has the first gear at the rear end, the
second and third gears which selectively mesh with the first
gear upon axial movements of said shaft; a planetary motion
mechanism section which couples both the gears at predeter-
mined reduction gear ratios by the planetary motion; and a
variable resistor which is coupled to the planetary mechanism,
and which adjusts an applied voltage to the varactors. The
tuner circuit is tuned by the change in the applied voltage of
the varactors.
In a nuid pressure pulsation absorber, a disc spring shaped
diaphragm is disposed in a casing to receive pressurized fluid
on one side and the pheriphery of the diaphragm is clamped
between annular resilient members. The annular resilient
members are made of a resilient material having smaller spring
constant than the diaphragm so that pulsations of lower
frequencies are absorbed by the resilent members and pulsa-
tions of higher frequencies are absorbed by the diaphragm.
3,707,878
PRESSURE BALANCED TUBE ASSEMBLY
Ernest Treichler, SanU Ana, Calif., assignor to Parker-Han-
nifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,734
lnt.CI. F01bi//00
U.S. CI. 92-164 15 Claims
3,707,880
HYDRAULIC BRAKE BOOSTER WITH PISTON RETURN
DEVICE
Lloyd'c. Bach, South Bend, Ind., assignor to The Bendix Cor-
poration, South Bend, Ind.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,413
Int.CI.F15b/i/;0, /i//6
U.S. CI. 91-391 10 Claims
lo ,< «? S' *f ^^ ••?» ','
\ (» \ U \ 1?- :! \ lO \'f irr^ " 1 '* ' »*
_ - |'-;r.- ^•-^■'■■t'' -tirWi^'ii^'ir-i-^r!.'".'"' f' .■'■^.^^-'Why^'-^
M
A pressure balanced tube assembly characterized in that the
tube thereof has end portions in telescoped sealed relation
with spaced apart coupling members, the assembly being such
that fluid pressure therein does not impose an axial separating
force on the coupling members. The tube assembly is further
characterized in that the tube end portions remain sealed in
the coupling members despite departure of the spaced loca-
tion of the coupling members, due to tolerance variations,
from predetermined relation with respect to each other both
axially and laterally.
A brake applying mechanism having a chamber with inlet
and outlet ports, a piston slidably arranged in the chamber and
a valve to be controlled by an operator for admitting fluid
under pressure from the inlet to thereby act on the piston in
such a manner as to cause it to advance in the chamber. The
piston is returned from the position to which it advanced
under fluid pressure by a return mechanism normally oppos-
ing advance of the piston. Upon failure of inlet fluid pressure
the piston can be advanced manually by the operator unop-
posed by the return mechanism which is now rendered inef-
fective.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
135
3,707,881
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HYDRAULIC FLUID-FEED
MECHANISM
Heinz Neuhaus, Am Hoing 21, and Henning Peters, Am Kamp
24, both of Germany, assignors to Friedrich Uhde GmbH,
Dortmund, Germany
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,713
Claims priority, application Germany, March 12, 1970, P 20
1 1 570.2
Int. CI. FO 1 1 25/06
U.S. CI. 91—306
3 Claims
3,707,883
POWER TRANSMISSION PULLEY AND MEANS FOR
CHANGING THE DIAMETER OF SAME
Rudolph J. Kamenick, Terre Haute, Ind., assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 187,328
Int. CI. F16h 55/52
U.S. CI. 74-230.16 13 Claims
14a.
In a control for a hydraulic cylinder, incorporating a
hydraulically actuated reversing valve, the reversing time at
each end of the stroke is minimized by the use of pilot valves
each of which is spring urged to its retracted position and is
hydraulically urged to its extended position by hydraulic pres-
sure applied to its piston and to the reversing valve by way of
the other pilot valve. In operation, the retracting motion of a
first pilot valve is initiated mechanically and completed by
spring force as a second pilot valve releases the extending
pressure as it is moved to extended position by hydraulic fluid
flowing through the first pilot valve.
3,707,882
BELT SHIFTER WITH CURVED FINGERS FOR
MULTIPLE SPEED DRYER
Alvln E. Burkall, St. Joseph, Mich., assignor to W hirlpool Cor-
poration, Benton Harbor, Mich.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,244
Int. CI. F16h 7108; D06f 2 / 100, 23100
U.S. CI. 74-242.3 9 Claims
A power transmission pulley having a metal hub and
grooved rim for receiving a belt with a plurality of adaptor
rings of plastic material for incrementally changing the diame-
ter of the pulley. Each ring has a circumferential rib on the
inner periphery and a belt groove on the outer periphery. The
adaptors are nested concentrically over the rim of the pulley.
Each adaptor ring is axially assembled by circumferential
stretching over the rim or previously assembled adaptor ring
with the rib received in the belt groove.
3,707,884
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POWER TRANSMISSION
TRANSFER
Junichi Go, 18 Nakasu-machi, Gifu, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 859,665, Sept. 22, 1969,
abandoned. This application Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,558
Int. CI. F16h i//0, F16d 47/07
U.S. CI. 74-372 17 Claims
A belt shifter for shifting a drive belt on a drive pulley of a
belt driving system for a clothes dryer in which the drive pul-
ley has a tapered surface to provide a gradual increase in
diameter which surface is provided with circular grooves
which engage and receive circumferential grooves formed in a
surface of the drive belt.
A change speed device for power transmission, including, in
one form, parallel input drive and output driven shafts, each
having preferably a plurality of axially spaced, different
diameter interengageable members preferably in the form of
gears and forming part of the drive train, and for providing
various drive speeds thereof The input or drive gears are fixed
to rotate with the input shaft at all times when it rotates, while
the driven gears are mounted for idle rotation on the output
shaft, responsive to intermeshed drive by the drive gears, and
the driven gears are only selected normally one at a time to be
interconnected or frictionally coupled to the output shaft to
impart output rotation to the driven output shaft from the
input drive shaft. A novel shifter device utilizing circum-
136
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ferentially spaced, axially directed, laterally notched, slide
members to control roller or ball members which are earned
in transverse grooves on the output shaft and mterposed
between the shaft and driven gears thereon, is embodied
therewith to selectively align preselected notch portions of the
laterally notched slide members with a predetermined one or
set of the transverse grooves, to permit the rollers to move into
said lateral notches where there the radial distance between
the 1 D of the selected driven gear and the depth of the groove
is lessened or less than the diameter or effective radial dimen-
sion of the roller or ball member, to thereby form a servo-type
camming frictional interengaging or coupling action between
the selected change-speed gear and the output shaft, respon-
sive to continuing relative rotation of the drive and driven
gears When the notches and transverse grooves are non-
aligned, a neutral condition exists for the power transmission.
The shifter comprises separate circumferentially spaced
notched slides which seat in or between complementally
formed splines on the output shaft, which slides are collective-
ly attached to and actuated by a common actuator collar and
suitable linkage mechanism.
3,707,885
HOIST HANDLE
Anthony G. Profet, Charlolte. N.C., assignor to Duff-Norton
Company, Inc., Charlotte, N.C.
Filed Oct. 1 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 88, 1 09
Int.CI.G05g//04
U.S. CI. 74-524 15 Claims
3,707,887
STEERING CONTROL MEANS AND GRAB BAR
COMBINATION
Ralph R. Day, Aurora, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor Co.,
Peoria, III.
Filedjunel4, 1971,Ser.No. 152,514
Int.CI. B62d//04
L.S.CI. 74— 552 8 Claims
,'10
A steering handle attached to a steering shaft is utilized both
as a control means to steer the vehicle and as a grab bar with
which the operator can brace himself when the vehicle is
negotiating rough terrain. The steering handle is shaped and
placed so as to provide several convenient and comfortable
grasping areas for the operator's hands.
3,707,888
VARIABLE SPEED TRANSMISSION
Henry Schottler, North Riverside, III., assignor to Roller Gear
Ltd., Zug, Zug, Switzerland
Filed July 3 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 60,073
Int.CI.FI6h/5/50. yi//4
U.S. CL 74-796 4 Claims
...r^v,>^
A bending element and hoist handle, the latter preferably
having a hollow tubular plastic lever portion. A bending ele-
ment body fitted within one end of the lever. The diameter at a
connecting portion designed to a given overload. An adapter
fits to the bending element and is fitted to the hoist. The result
IS a hoist handle in which the bending element will fail before
the hoist is overloaded by the operator.
3,707,886
ARRANGEMENT AT HYDRAULIC LIFTING JACKS
Karl Borje Yngve Flodin. Eskilstuna, Sweden, assignor to
Domkraft A B Nike. Eskilstuna, Sweden
Continuation of Ser. No. 9,921, Feb. 9, 1970, abandoned. This
application Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,562
Int.CI.G05g//04
U.S. CI. 74-547 5 Claims
A manually operable hydraulic jack having a horizontally
extending jack body including a pump which is disposed near
one end of the jack, a manually operable pumping lever for ac-
tuating said pump, said lever being adjustable in length, one
end of said lever being connected to said pump by being
mounted on an arm which is pivotable about a horizontal axis,
said lever being adapted to permit movement between an
operating position and an out-of-the-way position, so that in
an out-of-the-way position, said second end of said lever ex-
tends substantially parallel to said jack body.
A variable speed transmission for transmitting torque to an
output shaft at a substantially constant selected speed. Driving
balls arranged in constant rolling frictional contact with pairs
of inner and outer concentric and axially separable ball races.
One pair of races is associated with an input shaft, and the
other pair of races is associated with an output shaft. The driv-
ing balls and races engage along contact tracks defined on the
races and balls to thereby transmit torque between the shatts
at a speed ratio determined by (he contact tracks. Control
means adjusts the axial positioning of one pair of races within
a selected range to infinitely vary the contact tracks and
thereby vary the speed ratio. Pressure regulator irjeans
responds to differential twist torque between the shafts to
maintain the balls and races in frictional rolling contact
throughout said selected range of adjustment and vary the
contact pressure between races and balls in proportion to the
output torque.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
137
3,707,889
POWER CONTROL APPARATUS
Susumu Kitajima, Higashi-Osaka, Japan, assignor to Kurita
Machinery Manufacturing Company Limited, Osaka, Japan
Filed March 18, 1971. Ser. No. 125,638
Claims priority, application Japan, March 27, 1970,
45/26084; March 27, 1970, 45/26086; April 4, 1970,
45/29153
Int. CI. F16h 5/66
U.S. CL 74— 845 10 Claims
K) 15 ?^ 31 12 30 K
22 19 24 17 13 20 16
A control element comprising a suitable gear mechanism
and adapted to perform a power transmitting function under a
given overload or braking force is provided as a constituent
clement of the power transmitting system between an input
shaft and an output shaft When the output shaft is subjected
to a load exceeding the braking force, the control element so
functions as to permit a relative rotation between the input
shaft and the output shaft against the braking force. This
operation of the control element further actuates a control
switch for drive means and automatically controls the drive
means. Due to the automatic control thus effected, the drive
means is brought to a halt and the direction of rotation of the
same is switched from the normal to the reverse and vice ver-
sa.
valve is connected to the source of regulated pressure and to
exhaust, and directly controls supply and exhaust fluid relative
to the first servo. The shift valve is connected through a
passage having a flow restricting orifice therein to the second
servo, and is also connected to the orifice control valve, which
latter is in communication with the second servo. The orifice
control valve has a first position blocking direct communica-
tion between the shift valve and the second servo and a second
position by-passing the flow restricting orifice and establishing
direct communication helween the shift valve and the second
servo. The orifice control valve is subjected to the throttle
pressure and the pressure in the first hydraulic servo, acting in
opposition. When shifting from low speed to high speed, the
orifice control valve has its second position so that the pres-
sure in the second servo is slowly decreased while the pressure
in the first servo is rapidly increased. The increased pressure
in the first servo moves the orifice control valve to its second
position so that pressure is rapidly exhausted from the second
servo after the pressure in the first servo has attained a
predetermined value. In shifting from high speed to low speed,
oil is rapidly discharged from the first servo to rapidly
decrease the pressure therein, with the orifice control valve in-
itially occupying its second position so that the pressure in the
second servo is rapidly increased. As the pressure in the first
servo decreases, the orifice control valve is moved, by the
throttle pressure, back to its first position to decrease the rate
of increase of the pressure in the second servo.
3,707,890
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TRANSMISSIONS
Shin Ito, Toyota, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo
kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota-shi, Japan
Filed Feb. io, 1971, Ser. No. 114,142
Claims priority , application Japan, Feb. 12, 1970, 45/1 1480
Int.CI. B60k2y/00
U.S. CI. 74—868 6 Claims
101 130
3,707,891
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TRANSMISSION
OF VEHICLE
Tadao Asano, and Noboru Murakami, both of Kariya-shi,
Japan, assignors to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-
shi, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,301
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 16, 1970, 45/13326
" Int. CI. B60k2//02, 29/00
U.S. CI. 74—869 6 Claims
■yi 'jil^^
100
A hydraulic control system, for transmissions in which the
high speed range is obtained by supplying oil under pressure
into a first hydraulic servo while discharging the oil from a
second hydraulic servo, and the low speed range is obtained
by supplying oil under pressure to the second hydraulic servo
while discharging oil from the first hydraulic servo, includes a
source of hydraulic fiuid under pressure, a pressure regulator
valve, a governor valve, a throttle valve, a shift valve an ori-
fice, an orifice control valve and an accumulator. The shift
Disclosed herein is a hydraulic control system for a trans-
mission of a vehicle having a driving engine. The control
system comprises a drive shaft driven by the engine, a driven
shaft, means for providing muJti-ratio power trains between
the drive shaft and driven shaft and having friction engaging
device for completing the power trains when engaged, the
device including servo-means for engagement thereof, a
source of fiuid pressure, a line pressure conduit for connecting
the pressure source to the servo-means, pressure regulating
means for controlling line pressure within the conduit to and
from a high value and a low value, manual selector means for
selectively connecting the line pressure to the servo-means,
now regulating means for regulating fluid pressure supplied
into the servo-means, sensing means for controlling operation
of the pressure regulating means in response to a fluid pres-
sure into the servo-means through the flow regulating means
and the line pressure, for thereby eliminating possible and
positive shocks in shifting down the power trains through the
transmission.
138
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,892
TRANSMISSION CONTROLLED THROTTLE FOR
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Takashi Kuroda, and Yasuo Tatsutomi, both of Hiroshima,
Japan, assignors to Toyo Kogyo Co., Ltd., Hiroshim*, Japan
Filed Aug. 11. 1970, Ser. No. 63,197
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 1 1, 1969, 44/76467
Int.Cl. B60k2//00
U.S. CI. 74-873 2 Claims
the fastener adjacent the head of the fastener by a second per-
manent magnet which surrounds both the driving tool and the
first permanent magnet. The driving tool may be in the form of
a bit for receiving a fastener having a recessed head or may be
in the form of a socket for receiving a fastener having a
polygonal shaped head.
A fuel supply system for an internal combustion engine
utilizing an automatic transmission including a torque con-
verter and a gear train has a carburetor with an inlet passage
and a throttle valve therein. A sensing member is in a first
position when the gear train is in a neutral position and a
second position when the gear train is in a drive position. A
throttle valve control slightly opens or closes the throttle valve
in response to the sensing member. The throttle valve control
operates to slightly open the throttle valve to hold the idling
speed of the engine to a predetermined value when the gear
train is in the drive position, thereby preventing the engine
speed from decreasing due to the load. ^
3,707,895
DEVICE FOR SHEARING A FELLED TREE
Charles E. McEWerry, 9206 Grand Avenue Place, Duluth,
Minn.
Division of Ser. No. 781,148, Dec. 4, 1968, Pat. No. 3,572,410.
This application Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,584
Int.CI. B26d3/72
L.S. CI. 83-623 2 Claims
Xift^.
3,707,893
MECHANICAL SPEED RATCHET
Bernard L. Hofman, Bonanza Trailer Court, Leommon Valley,
Nev.
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,410
Int.CI. B25b/i/00, /7/00
L'.S. CI. 81-58.1 6Ctalms
An elongated lever bar having a head on one end mounted
for rotation about a first axis transverse to the centerline of the
bar and a handle sleeve rolatably mounted on the other end of
the bar for rotation relative thereto about the center axis of
the bar The deactivatable driving structure is provided and
drivingly couples the handle sleeve to the head and the head
and corresponding bar end include coacting reversible ratchet
structure for allowing rotation of the head in either direction
and preventing rotation of the head in the other direction rela-
tive to the bar.
■J '-'Ilstl
A support means, a tree delimber unit having articulated ar-
cuate limb cutting blades for placement about a felled tree, a
pair of tree cutting blades in alignment with the articulated
blades together with gripping rollers positioned on the support
means intermediate of and in alignment with the articulated
limb cutting blades and the tree cutting blades for gripping
and moving a felled tree through said limb cutting blades and
to the tree cutting blades. ^
3,707,896
MACHINE FOR WORKING METALS BY IMPULSES
Vadim Grigorievich Kononenko; VasiUevich Yatsenko Igor
Pavtovich Komnatny; Serafim Vasilievich Schekochikhm;
Viktor Alexecvich Stelmakh; Stanislav Anismovich
Mazichenko, all of Kharkov, and Valentin Semenovich Kud-
rvavtsev. Krasnoyarsk, all of L.S.S.R.. assignors to
Kharkovsky Aviatsionny Institut, Kharkov, L.S.S.R.
FUedMay 19, I97I, Ser. No. 144,91 1
Claims priority, application U.S.S.R., May 26, 1970,
1442016
Int. CI. B26d 5/72
U.S. CI. 83-639 3 Claims
3,707,894
MAGNETIC FASTENER DRIVING TOOL
George B. SUUwagon, Jr., Dayton, Ohio, assignor to Gardner-
Denver Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,136
Int. CI. B25b/i/06, 2i//2
U.S.CL 81-125 8 Claims
A magnetically attractable threaded fastener is retained in
driving engagement with a driving tool by a first permanent
magnet, and a magnetically attractable washer is retained on
a ^'W
A machine incorporating two tools, one of which is fastened
on the plunger of an impulse chamber and the other fastened
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
139
on an anvil connected through a rigid coupling with the im-
pulse chamber forming a common power block. The impulse
chamber encloses a guide sleeve to accommodate the movable
plunger and a cavity to be charged with an energy carrier. The
impulse chamber is fitted with side channels in communica-
tion with the space in the guide sleeve beneath the plunger to
form a common closed conduit, running along the perimeter
of the impulse chamber and being filled with fluid.
3,707,897
KEYBOARD TEACHING DEVICE
Sanford HerU, Belleville, N J., assignor to GTR Products, Inc.,
Kenilworth, N J.
Filed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,329
Int. CI. G09by 5/05
U.S. CI. 84—479 9 Claims
"v
STMr
"C
,
\
2
2
J
.
4
3
s
«
T
■
iT*r ■*■
>
♦
2
2
S
4
4 4
s
♦
S
•
•
7
•
*
•
•
10
♦
i
u
5
14
19
"P
•
I
2 S « « »
'1-
•
r •
•
•
f
,0
12
12
..
IS
14
■a
+ ♦
IS i« [•]
IT 1*
w
«
toioizi
22
■^
1 •! :.?;
! K :»'• : •!
: !•! :•!
/:
^f* , '■»-' ^i-- '•fJ i *»•' ^t' ' "-H H-* ■V ' 't-' -t- ! -r' <r^ V^ ;
: c ; o : t
i i ' ..
• ! c !
-i...i..
A teaching device for keyboard instruments for permitting
an individual employing a numbers, alphabetical or other non-
conventional musical system to freely and, at will, play keys in
different octaves or registries on the keyboard. The device in-
cludes a body having a plurality of strips thereon, each strip
containing markings consecutively disposed thereon for refer-
ring to the keys on the keyboard. Each strip is so arranged on
the body that any one particular number common to each
strip, will permit the player to play the key corresponding
thereto in any desired octave or registry.
3,707,898
FASTENER
James A. Holly, Richton Park, III., assignor to Hollymatic Cor-
poration
Filed Sept. 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 78,646
Int. CL Fl 6b i 7/04
U.S.CI. 85— 3R 16 Claims
tion laterally of the second part preparatory to subsequent en-
gagement with the first area, and means such as a threaded
screw engaging a threaded opening in the first part for moving
the projecting first part and the second part relatively toward
each other to press the grasping portions against the first and
second areas of the article and fix the fastener in position in
the fastener receiving opening.
3,707,899
FIREARM MUZZLE DEFLECTOR
Walter E. Perrine, 4428 W . Osbom, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,046
Int.CI. F41c2///5
U.S.CL89— 14C
A fastener attachable to an article having a fastener receiv-
ing opening with spaced first and second areas such as inner
and outer surface areas in which the fastener has a first part
with a laterally movable grasping portion adapted to be ar-
ranged against the first area, a second part carrying the first
part with the grasping portion retracted for insertion of the
fastener into the receiving opening in which the second part
has a grasping portion adapted to be arranged against the
second area, means for moving the first part grasping portion
laterally relative to the second part after insertion of the
fastener into the opening to project the first part grasping por-
4 Claims
^3-
A deflector for firearms threaded to the end of a gun barrel
and employing one or more discrete holes on the lop of the
deflector for allowing gasses escaping outward of the gun bar-
rel to impinge on gases baffle surface and deflected by the baf-
fle surface rearwardly where they are further deflected up-
wardly and forwardly out of the holes for controlling deflec-
tion of the firearm.
* 3,707,900
PLASTIC MUSHROOM HEAD PACKING
Josef Hornfeck, and Klausheinz Rauch, both of Dusseldorf,
Germany, assignors to Rheinmetall GmbH, Dusseldorf, Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 369,063
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 8, 1968, P 18 07
778.6
lnt.CI. F41f///02
U.S. CI. 89— 26 1 Claim
^ii'
' '
rfTi:
u
w
i
<-
41;^
'////'
//'■
^/' '
L^
L^
A plastic mushroom head packing for gun breechblocks
movable crosswise to the core of the gun barrel, which com-
prises a carrier which receives the mushroom head packing.
The carrier is axially displaceable on an axle disposed parallel
to an axis of the barrel and is secured on a branch member of
the gun barrel and swingably mounted cross-wise to the axis of
the barrel.
ERRATA
For Classes 91—391 and 91—316 see:
Patents Nos. 3,707,880 and 3,707,881
140
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ERRATA
For Classes 92—164 and 92—48 see:
Patents Nos. 3.707,878 and 3,707,879
' 3,707,901
PAVEMENT AND COMPOSITION THEREFOR
Douglas Bynum, Jr., CoUege Station, and Bob M. Gaila>*ay,
Brvan, both of Tex., assignors to U. S. Rubber Reclaiming
Co., Inc., Vicksburg, Mich.
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,661
Int.CI. E01c7//5
U.S. CI. 94—9 4 Claims
3,707,903
FLASH INDICATOR FOR PHOTOFLASH LAMPS
Kurt H. Weber, Pepper Pike, Ohio, assignor to General Elec-
tric Company ^
Filed Dec. 4. 1970, Ser. No. 95,102
Int.CI.G03b/5/0i
U.S. CI. 95— 11.5 R
Pavement having an inner layer between a surface course
and a base, and a composition therefor The inner layer may
comprise ground tire slock or other particulate vulcanized
rubber together with sand or other fine material aggregate,
and, as a binder, asphalt from an oil-in-water asphalt emulsion
which may be about 65 percent asphalt. A typical composition
may contain equal parts by volume of mineral aggregate and
particulate vulcanized rubber, and asphalt emulsion in an
amount of 20 to 40 percent of the total volume. The layer,
which may be from about one-eighth to one-half inch in
thickness, will serve to relieve strain in the surface course and
to arrest cracking thereof, by virtue of its reduced elastic
modulus In addition, it will desirably fill cracks in the base,
and protect the base
15 Claims
3,707,902
PHOTOTYPESETTING EQUIPMENT
Haydn V. Purdy, and Ronald C. Mcintosh, both c o Harris,
Purdy, Mcintosh, 269 Abbeydale Rd., Wembley, Middlesex,
England
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,532
Int. CI. B4 lb /i/00
U.S. CI. 95-4.5 5 Claims
In an arrangement of photoflash lamps, one or more of the
lamps is provided with a fiash indicator pin adhered thereto by
means of lacquer or other material which softens due to heat
generated when the lamp is fiashed, thus permitting the in-
dicator pin to be movable upon the lamp flashing. The flash in-
dicator pin extends from the lamp and coacts with an indicator
mechanism in a camera for indicating in the viewfinder
whether or not an unflashed lamp is available in position to be
flashed, and/or for locking the camera mechanism to prevent
operating the shutter if a previously flashed lamp is placed in
operating position.
3,707,904
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS WITH BRAKING MEANS
FOR ROLL FILM
Dieter Engelsmann; Fritz Kessler, both of 8025 Unterhaching;
Dieter Mass, and Kurt Zattler, both of 8 Munich 90, all of
Germany, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
Filedjuly 26, 1971,Ser. No. 165,911
Claims priority, application Germany, July 30, 1970, G 70
28 784.2
Int. CI. G03b//4«.y 7/25
U.S. CI. 95-31 R 10 Claims
-»HC0WlTE»f7* >.«
i p-|RI6ISTE»y ^ —
lEIEEir
6S^'i
C^T^'
T«Kk
TKAIBPOWT
H
STAJif JsSTFF
CODE
HECIEVER
4.
switch]—*. PHIHT OUT
Characters on a movable chara<4er vehicle are identified by
a plurality of character readers (fllsh lamps and TV camera
tubes) spaced around the vehicle, and character signals are
stored in short term storage registers for each reader. A
character imput, such as a tape or the like, is read in advance
and compared wiin the characters m the short term storate re-
gisters for coincidence. When coincidence occurs, a compara-
tor cancels the stored signal in the coinciding register and
transfers the character to an address store register capable of
storing one or more characters, where it is retained until
called for by the phototypesetter The apparatus speeds-up
"read-off time by reading the imput sequence in advance of
the output by one or more characters, and by identifying a
chosen character and predicting its arrival time.
-V ~*
rS^^^^J^
*'f";^-"^--f' v--"-r~
__J
" «9 «■ ro 9
A still camera wherein a spring-biased pressure plate is
mounted on a movable wall of the housing and is provided
with apertures adjacent to the marginal portions of roll film
which is guided in a channel in front of the pressure plate. The
movable wall further supports a spring-biased plate-like carri-
er which is located behind the pressure plate and is provided
with braking members extending through the apertures of the
pressure plate and into the channel to engage the respective
marginal portions of roll film in the channel and to prevent un-
controlled lengthwise movements of the film. The braking
members have convex film-engaging surfaces and bias the
respective marginal portions of the film against guide surfaces
provided on the main body portion of the camera housing.
When the channel is empty, the carrier abuts against the rear
side of the pressure plate.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
141
3,707,905 3,707,907
INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATIC CLEANING DEVICE FOR DEEP FAT COOKER
COFFEE BREWER Robert G. Wilson, 165 Faris Circle, and Raymond W. Rogers,
Owen J Schwertfeger, Hartville, Mo., assignor to The Seeburg 414 Potomac Ave., both of Greenville, S.C.
CorporaUon of Delaware, Chicago, III. Filed April 26, 1971, Ser No. 137,225
Filed Oct. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 191,212 »nt. CL A47j 37/72
Int.CI.A23f//00 U.S. CI. 99-408
2 Claims
U.S. CI. 99— 289
6 Claims
A hollow vertically aligned manifold is provided in commu-
nication with the intake orifice of a brew chamber of an auto-
matic coffee brewing machine. A partition divides the
manifold into an intake chute and exhaust channel. The intake
end of the exhaust channel is positioned immediately above
the intake orifice of the brew chamber, and the opposite end
of the exhaust channel is connected to an exhaust fan. Coffee
and hot water when introduced into the intake chute flow into
the intake orifice of the brew chamber, and steam and moist
air emitted from the intake orifice of the brew chamber are ex-
hausted through the exhaust channel.
^^yriwrnn Vi I 'i ,1 u I i,i ii ii.i 1.1.; »j,^
^ '^23 ^.
" 10 '-
M
^IZ
Means for filtering the liquid cooking medium and for
cleaning the pot of a deep fat pressure cooker include means
for pumping filtered cooking medium from the filter means
and returning the filtered cooking medium under pressure to
the pot with spray means within the pot directing the filtered
cooking medium under pressure in a stream across the inner
surface of the pot. washing cooked food particles impinging
thereon away for further filtering.
-3,707.908
PRESS EQUIPPED WITH A TRANSFER DEVICE
Lothar Merk, Eislingen/Fils; Wolfgang Michael, and Werner
Munch, both of Goppingen, all of Germany, assignors to L.
Schuler GmbH, Goppingen, Germany
Filed Dec. 8. 1970. Ser. No. 96,174
Int. CI. B30b/ 5/iO
U.S. CI. 100-207 20 Claims
3,707,906
TWO-PLATE GRIDDLE
Paul Marrie, Dijon, France, assignor to Societe a Response-
bilite Limitee dite ETUD. Quetigny (Cote dOr), France
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 80,838
Int.CI. A47ji7/06
U.S. CI. 99—372 9 Claims
H n t5 e 13
A transfer press having a series of rams each provided with a
transfer mechanism which are independently driven, the
transfer mechanism being supported on means such as a table
or base plate moveable from an operative position within the
press frame to a withdrawn position to enable the transfer
mechanism and the tool parts of any selected ram or rams to
be withdrawn as when changing or replacing tools.
A cooking griddle has a pair of heat-storing plates with in-
terfitting faces. The two plates are brought into engagement
and one of them is heated directly so that the other is heated
by conduction. Once a predetermined temperature is reached
the heat is arrested and a piece of food, preferably meat, is
clamped between the two faces and cooked with the heat
stored in the two plates. An indicator is provided to show
when the plates are sufficiently hot for cooking, and a thermo-
stat can be provided to shut down the heat, if the unit is heated
electrically, when a predetermined temperature is reached.
3,707,909
PRESSURE ROLL LOADING
Hank Volkers, Aalsmeer, Netherlands, assignor to S & S Cor-
rugated Paper Machinery Co., Inc., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,619
Int. CI. B30b] 5/1 4, 3104
U.S. CI. 100— 47 6CUims
In a single facer, the roll for applying pressure to the liner
web forcing it against the glue containing flute tips of the cor-
rugated web is moved between operating and retracted posi-
142
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
lions by double acting power cylinder means operated by rela-
tively high pressure fluid. When the pressure roll reaches its
operating position, it operates a control valve to automatically
control application of an opposing pressure, at lower than said
3,707,911
DOCUMENT POSITIONING MEANS FOR USE WITH AN
IMPRINTER^
James M. Patterson, Jr., Fairfax County, Va.. assignor to Far-
rington Business Machines Corporation, Springfield, Va.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,704
Int. CI. B41fi/20, J/50
U.S. CI. 101-269 7 Claims
high pressure, to the double acting cylinder means so that the
net force maintaining the pressure roll in its operating position
is derived from the net value of the high and opposing pres-
sures.
3,707,910
OPTICAL BAR CODE SERIAL PRINTER
Oliah Combs, Morrow, Ohio, assignor to The National Cash
Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,071
Int. CI. B41f ]/44, B41j 5/44, 33/00
U.S. CI. 101— 93 C 2 Claims
Document positioning means for use with an imprinter
whereby a document such as a sales invoice may be fixedly
located at two different positions on the print bed thereof. The
first position may be removed from the second position in two
directions— that is, along the length and width of the print
bed.
3.707,912
MECHANICAL FUZE WITH SELF-DESTRUCT
MECHANISM
Cecil L. Duncan; John F. McNelia, both of Silver Spring, and
William C. Pickler, Fulton, all of Md., assignors to The
United SUtes of America as represented by the SecreUry of
the Navy
Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,446
Int.CLF42c///4
U.S. CL 102-7.4 8 Claims
-..>?•
A printing apparatus for recording data according to a
predetermined code on a record medium. The apparatus in-
cludes first and second recording stations and a feed
mechanism for successively feeding the record medium
thereto in equal increments so as to provide equally-spaced
recording locations on the medium. First and second indicia
(like stripes printed in first and second colors) are recorded
on the record medium at the appropriate recording locations
in conformity with the code. One surface of the medium is
used for a third indicium, and the first and second indicia are
recorded thereon in the form of parallel stripes. Data to be
recorded on the medium are entered on a keyboard whose
output is fed to logic circuitry which controls printing ap-
paratus at the first and second recording stations, and the feed
mechanism The code used is of the transition type, which uses
three different indicia. Each succeeding indicium on the
record medium is always different from the next preceding
one. so as to eliminate the need for a separate clocking pulse
on the medium.
A mechanical fuze for aerial ordnance devices having an ex-
tendable probe, and impact sensor mounted on the probe, an
impact responsive inertia weight operable with an auxiliary fir-
ing pin as a backup for the probe sensor, and a self-destruct as-
sembly. The self-destruct assembly includes a percussion
primer actuated during extension of the probe and coupled to
a thin column of deflagrating material sheathed in a flexible
metal and having an explosive charge at its terminal portion
for driving a piston against the inertia weight if both the probe
sensor and inertia weight remain unactivated when the
column burn front reaches the explosive charge, thereby
detonating the device through the auxiliary firing pin.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
143
3,707,913
PULSED-ENERGY DETONATION SYSTEM FOR
ELECTRO EXPLOSIVE DEVICES
Willis L. Lee, 1879 Marlowe Street, Thousand Oaks, Calif.
FUed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 849,256
Int. CI. F42b 22/30
U.S.CL102— 18
3,707,915
W AD ASSEMBLY FOR SHOTGUN SHELL
Jack A. Kerzman, 18606 Elast Leadora Avenue, Glendora,
Calif.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,690
Int. CI. F42b 7/06, 7/08
1 Claim U.S. CI. 102—42 C
18 Claims
A
POWC" SUPPLT
>
RCftSONANT
CIRCUIT
I MO
ANTEIMA
The invention comprises a technique and apparatus for
destroying electro-explosive devices such as underwater mines
by subjecting them to intense electromagnetic radiated fields.
A unique arrangement of a capacitor which discharges into a
resonant circuit including an antenna is used to generate the
high energy field by pulse techniques. t
3,707,914
EXPLOSIVE STIMULATION WELL COMPLETIONS
Karl M. Land, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Cities Service Com-
pany, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 97,202
Int.CLF42d//00
U.S. CI. 102—20 8 Claims
A wad assembly for a shotgun shell, including two separate-
ly formed parts, one of which has a portion at one end for
receiving the force of a powder charge, and has a split sleeve
portion projecting toward its opposite end for receiving at
least some of the shot. The second part is receivable within the
shot sleeve of the first part, at a location to transmit axial
forces to the shot charge, and includes a transverse wall for
acting against the shot, and one or more posts which are
bendable to changed conditions to allow for reception of dif-
ferent amounts of shot, and to also cushion the axial forces
produced on firing.
3,707,916
IGNITER ASSEMBLY
Daniel Meraz, Jr.; Anthony J. Simhauser, both of China Lake;
Jack A. Yeakey, Ridgecrest, and David W. Carpenter, China
Lake, all of Calif., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 64,919
Int. CI. F42c/ 9//2
U.S. CI. 102—49.7 6 Claims
~x-
Disclosed is a method and apparatus for preventing damage
to the tubular goods and cement sheath of wells during an ex-
plosive stimulation treatment. The invention includes the use
of periodic intervals of a shock absorbing medium in the ce-
ment sheath of a well bore to absorb the damaging shock ener-
gy emanating from explosions, used to stimulate producing
zones, by the placement of the shock absorbing medium in the
cement sheath above and below the wellbore zone to be stimu-
lated.
An igniter assembly for a rocket motor is positioned within
a hollow boss of a heat barrier composed of phenolic asbestos
and provided with two gussets for proper orientation and
which prevent rotation of four equally spaced igniter ports
with the rocket motor propellant grain perforation The igniter
assembly comprises a pair of electrical squibs located within
sockets in the hollow boss, a booster charger assembly con-
taining booster F>owder compressed against the electrical
squibs, a cross-shaped igniter propellant grain having one end
inserted in the booster charge assembly, an igniter cushion to
absorb shock, and a closure plug to receive the other end of
the propellant grain and to retain the igniter assembly within
the hollow boss of the heat barrier.
144
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707.917
PRECISION INITIATION COUPLER
Louis Zerno^. Glendora. and Arthur Louis Mottet. Pacific
Palisades, both of Calif , assignors to W hittaker Corporation
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,664
Int. CI. F42b/ 9/6*5
L.S. a. 102-70 R 10 Claims
3,707,919
RAILROAD HOPPER CAR WITH FLEXIBLE HATCH
COVER
Franklin P. Adier, Michigan City, Ind., assignor to Pullman
Transport Leasing Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,518
Int.CI.B61d-?9/00
„, ,-_ 4 Claims
L.S.CL 105— 377
A device for funnellng a detonation wave from a detonator
to a mam explosive charge to substantially eliminate the detri-
mental effects of axial misalignment of the detonator and main
explosive charge, comprising a detonation-confining body car-
rying therein a generally 1-shaped explosive extending axially
through It The device is placed between a detonator and main
charge and in axial alignment with the latter A detonation
wave from the detonator may be eccentrically received by one
end of the I-shaped explosive, but it is funnelled down the
column of the I, which is m axial alignment with the main
charge so that the latter "sees" an axially-aligned detonation
wave emanating from the other end of the I. The explosiv-e. the
material forming the detonation-confining body and the
dimensions of the i-shaped charge are selected to insure that
there is substantially no interference with the detonation of
the I-shaped explosive, to preferably maximize the detonation
velocity through the explosive, and to ensure that detonation
of the mam explosive is initiated from the I-shaped explosive
and not from the confining body.
A railway hopper car includes a roof structure having an
elongated hatch opening through which the car is loaded A
cover for the opening includes a pair of elongated flexible
sheets having outer edges connected to the roof around he
peripheral edges of the hatch opening and inner edges of the
flexible sheets in adjacent relation are provided with slide
fastener means permitting the cover to be opened »« expose
the entire length of the hatch and operable to close the hatch
opening with the cover in sealed relation. The fastener means
includes a pair ofsl.de members which may be moved longitu-
dinally along the cover to provide a limited access to the in-
terior of the car in spaced locations along the length of the
cover.
3,707,918
AEROSOL DISSEMINATOR
Dann% D. Dunfee. Fairfax; Robert W. Evans. Herndon. and
Richard C. Grimm, Triangle, all of Va., assignors to The
Susquehanna Corporation, Fairfax County, Va.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,280
Int.CI. F42byJ/46
U.S.CL 102-90 11 Claims
3,707,920
LATERAL RAILW AY SPRING SUSPENSION SYSTEM
John A. Germer. Doylestov^n. Pa., assignor to The Budd Com-
pany, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,682
Int. CI. B61fi/00. 5/02. 5/iO
U.S. a. 105-210 ^Claims
An embodiment of the invention disclosed herein shows a
two-compartment disseminator for generating aerosols of
smoke, poisons, gases, and other lethal and non-lethal agents.
One disseminator compartment houses the propellant and the
other compartment houses the agent These two compart-
ments are coaxially disposed, and a tubular bulkhead
separates these two compartments Sonic nozzles are formed
in this bulkhead The gases generated by propellant com-
bustion are vented through these nozzles at sonic velocity into
passageways formed in the solid agent. The agent is eroded,
finely atomized and vaporized by the gases and expelled
through exit orifices. The vaporized agent now condenses into
minute particles to form with the gas an aerosol having long-
term effectiveness. Close control of agent concentrations and
dissemination time is also achieved. The coaxial arrangement
enables higher loading ratios of agent to propellant as com-
pared to a tandem arrangement.
A lateral spring suspension system for attenuating lateral
truck movements relative to a carbody and a track for ac-
ceptable ride comfort. A pair of tow bars pivotally connected
to the truck frame with spring loaded guide means
therebetween serve to cushion lateral movements of the truck
relative to the carbody and the track. Torques generated by
accelerating and braking are transmitted into the carbody
through the upper and lower tow bars.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
145
3,707,921
CROSS-TRACK SWITCH
George E. Fort, New Castle, Ind., assignor to American Stan-
dard Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,629
Int. CI. EO lb 25/26
U.S.CL 104—99 ' 2 Claims
3,707,923
VARIABLE SPEED CONVEYOR ^
Gerald L. Woodling, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Goodyear
Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,090
Int. CI. B65g / 7/24
U.S. CI. 104—137 16 Claims
-^ •CCei.e««TCIip—
-wOCCCLCAMiO*lt<
rm
An automatic cross-track switch includes trolley-actuated
triggers in each track leg whioh operate to rotate a turntable to
permit a trolley to be operated on either one of two intersect-
ing tracks The turntable mechanism includes an overcenter
spring mechanism which assures full movement of the turnta-
ble when an appropriate one of the fingers is contacted. If the
turntable is already in the correct position, the triggers are
deflected out of the way.
A conveying system for accelerating or decelerating pas-
senger and load carrying platforms in which the platforms en-
gage cylindrical surfaces of a series of rollers linked together
and pulled along inclined rails. The rollers also have substan-
tially conical faces which engage the rails at areas of different
diameters causing the speed of revolution of the rollers to vary
and thereby changing the speed of the platforms.
3,707,924
ELECTROMAGNETIC MOTION IMPARTING MEANS
AND TRANSPORTOR SYSTEM EMBODYING THE SAME
Maurice Barthalon. 78 Avenue Henri Martin, Paris; Auguste
Moiroux. Ecole Centrale Lyonnaise. Ecully, Rhone, both of
France, and Patrick W atson. Park Farm House, Farm Lane,
Ashtead, England
Division of Ser. No. 697,089, Jan. 1 1, 1968, abandoned. This
application April 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,774
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 25, 1967,6792411
Int. CI. B60I 13/00, H02k41/02
U.S. CI. 104— 148 LM 40 Claims
3,707,922
SELF-PROPELLED VEHICLE SYSTEM FOR USE IN
TRANSFER OF MATERIALS
Richard H. F. Dillon, Apt. 1001 257 Lisgar St., Ottawa, On-
tario, Canada
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 727,906, May 9, 1968,
abandoned. This application Dec. 4, 1970,Ser. No. 95,019
Claims priority , application Canada, May 29, 1967, 991714
Int. CI. B6 lb 7/06
U.S. CI. 104— 1 14 14 Claims
A ship-to-ship or ship-to-shore material conveying system
comprises a load line extending between a supply station and a
receiving station and means for keeping the load line under
substantially constant tension. A self-propelled load carrying
vehicle is arranged to travel along the load line and has means
for reducing impact between the vehicle and one of the sta-
tions which may move with respect to the other.
An electromagnetic device producing a mechanical action,
as in a transporter syaem comprising a suspended car, or in an
electric motor, includes a magnetizing assembly and a mag-
netized assembly adapted to move one with respect to the
other. The magnetizing assembly comprises at least one mag-
netic circuit defining an air gap and provided with at least one
inductor winding, the magnetized assembly, subjected to the
action of the magnetizing assembly comprising at least one
magnetic portion associated with at least one non-magnetic
portion and being in part housed in the air gap of said mag-
netizing assembly. This latter comprises at least two elec-
tromagnetic units each comprising an air gap and disposed in
line whereas said magnetized assembly comprises a number of
separate magnetic sections at least equal to two, the pitch of
which is different from that of the electromagnetic units of
said magnetizing assembly, said magnetic sections being cou-
pled together mechanically, separated by non-magnetic sec-
tions and constituting a series in line. The windings of said
electromagnetic units are connected to a switch adapted to
ensure their energization following a predetermined sequence,
guiding means being provided so as to permit the displace-
ment of the magnetic sections of said magnetized assembly in
the air gaps of said electromagnetic units in a transverse
direction relative to the lines of force in said air gap.
146
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,925
REVERSIBLE INCLINED CONVEYOR FOR MEAT
CARRYING TROLLEYS
Robert M. Byrnes, Sr., Box 1121 Ames Avenue SuUon,
Omaha, Nebr.
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,112
Int. CI. B61b 13112, B6Sg33l04
L.S.CL 104-167 11 Claims
3,707,927
RESILIENT TRUCK SIDE BEARINGS
Robert P. Geyer, Palatine, and Robert W. Gierlach, Do>*ners
Grove, both of III., assignors to SUndard Car Truck Com-
pany, Chicago, III.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,015
int. CI. B61f 5H4; F16c / 7/04, 1 7/08
U.S. CMOS- 199 CB 4 Claims
« J?
An inclined screw conveyor assembly for moving meat trol-
leys is provided which mciudes an elongated screw shaft
rotatably mounted within a support frame having an inchned
trolley rail attached thereto for support of the trolley wheel of
a meat carrying trolley, a shaft support bearmg at each end of
the screw shaft, an adjustable intermediate sleeve bearing
which engages the outermost surfaces of the screw shaft to
prevent flexing or buckling thereof, and a side guide rail ex-
tending along the length of the support frame for maintaining
the trolley in proper alignment with the trolley rail. Each end
of the screw shaft extends beyond the ends of the inclined trol-
ley rail to deliver and receive the meat trolleys to and from
relatively horizontal upper and lower sections of trolley rail.
\ 3,707,926
RAILW AY VEHICLE HEIGHT CONTROLLING SYSTEM
Floyd P. Ellzey, 2301 Marshallfield Lane, Redondo Beach,
Calif.
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 769
Int. CL B61b5/02. 9/00; B61f / 1/00
U.S. CI. 104— IR
A side bearing for railroad car trucks having elements in
constant contact and compressible at variable rates as the rail-
road car and truck side move relatively toward each other.
3,707,928
VERTICAL RAILW AY SPRING SUSPENSION SYSTEM
John A. Germer, Doylestown, Pa., assignor to The Budd Com-
pany, Philadelphia, Pa.
. Filed Oct. 28, 1 970, Ser. No. 84,692
Int. CI. B6lt 3/00.5/02.5/30
U.S.CL 105-210 • 5 Claims
10 Claims
"^Z^
A vertical spring suspension system for transmitting loads
from a carbody to a wheel-axle truck. The suspension system
includes opposed leaf springs secured to opposite sides of the
carbody which extend diagonally beneath the center portion
of the carbody to rest on journals which support the wheel-
axle unit for rotation. Roller means are provided between the
lower ends of the leaf springs and the journals to enable rela-
tive movement between the ends of the springs and the truck.
A roadbed height controlling system for the carriages of
track supported trucks, especially for example of trains and/or
monorails, and characterized by a precisely positioned height
controlling element disposed protectively between and inde-
pendently of the tracks and transversely spaced wheels of the
truck, the height control being of the type wherein the said
controlling element is supported independently of the roadbed
and not subjected to deflective loading. T+iis protectively posi-
tioned controlling element concept is applicable to column
supported roadbeds, and suspended roadbeds as well.
3,707,929
PALLET
Fred E. Lauffer, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to O^ens- Illinois, Inc.
FUed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,025
Int. CLB65d 79/00
U.S. a. 108-51 ^ ^^^^
A pallet for use in a flow rack loading system, wherein the
pallet is mounted on guide tracks, said pallet having a platform
comprising a crenelated reinforcing deck and a pair of sup-
porting pads, integrally attached to the deck and positioned
beneath the platform, offset from the corresponding platform
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
147
edges, the pads having a sloping wall for contact with the
guide track, and a plate positioned on the lower surfaces of the
3,707,932
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR, METHOD AND
APPARATUS
Robert Maclay Murray, Elizabethtown, Pa., assignor to AMP
Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 864,787, Oct. 8, 1969, Pat. No. 3,587,502.
This application Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 68,033
Int.CLB21dJi/J6
U.S.CL 113-119
^
platform in each of the area between the bases and the cor-
responding platform edge for positioning the pallet on the
guide tracks of the loading rack.
3,707,930
POW ER OPERATED PEDESTAL TABLE AND SAFETY
CLUTCH THEREFOR
Leonard J. Yindra, and Joseph R. Klug, both of Manitowoc,
\Nis.. assignors to American Hospital Supply Corporation,
Evanston, 111.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 165,963
Int. CI. A47b 9/00
U.S.CL 108— 147 14 Claims
A power-operated pedestal table having an extendable
column for selectively varying the elevation of the table top.
The column includes a pair of telescoping sections which are
expanded and contracted by a power driven screw shaft. A
one-way safety clutch automatically disengages the upper sec-
tion from further downward movement under power when
such downward movement is restrained by an obstruction
such as, for example, an item of furniture or the operator him-
self.
3,707,931
FURNACE FOR THE COMBUSTION OF SOLIDS
Walter Ruegsegger, Tobelhofstrasse 348, 8044 Zurich, Swit-
zerland
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,475
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 18, 1969,
12526/69
Int. CI. F23g 7/00
U.S. CI. 1 10—8 C 19 Claims
f
ri^^
» fi
M'i
6 Claims
J l-»/ tt n $*
A shaft furnace equipped with grates, air supply ducts, flues
wherein at least one grate forms a fireplace with an air supply
duct and the flues.
n
>-*•
An electrical connector formed by a die blanking operation
having an improved smooth edge contact surface formed by a
flne scraping of said edge to remove the rough fractured sur-
face remaining after the blanking operation; also, the method
and apparatus for forming said improved smooth contact sur-
face.
/
3,707,933
APPARATUS FOR TERMINAL MANUFACTURE
Quentin Berg, c/o Berg Electronics, Inc., Exit *16, York Ex-
pressway, New Cumberland, Pa. •
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,252
Int. CLB2 Id 5i/i6
U.S.CL 113—1 R . 4 Claims
An end mill is used to form a reduced thickness step in an
indefinite length of strip material. If, due to tolerances and
other factors the reduced thickness material is slightly too
thick, it is swaged to a reduced thickness following which ter-
minals are formed of both the thinned and original thickness
material.
to Interstate
3,707,934
FLOATING STABLE TERMINAL
Ernst G. Frankel, Cambridge. Mass.. assignor
Oil Transport Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,446
Int. CLB63bi5/00, 27/00
U.S. CI. 1 14-0.5 R - 25 Claims
A horizontal bank of structurally tied, horizontally extend-
ing, usually submerged storage cylinders. An above water,
horizontal wing structure fitted for berthing ships alongside. A
148
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
plural.ty of rows of vertical struts joining the cyl.nder bank substant.ally horizontal pos.tion i*'^.;'"'' "^f^^ ""^^"^^^^^^^^^
and w.ng structure, and providing therebetween slips for water thereby mcreasmg the speed of the boat. A pair of water
■^3—^
—5
deflectors are disposed on the hull forward of the pivotal
planes to prevent bow waves generated during movement of
the hull from passing over the planes
3.707,937
docking barges Means for cargo storage and transfer. Provi- ANTI-POLLUTION BALLAST CONTAINER
sion for ballasting of the struts and storage cylinders. Support ^^^^y y^^^^^ Rou,^ 2. Box 82, Brunswick, Ga.
facilities for the berthed ships. Filed April 23, 1971, Set. No. 136,916
Int. CI. B63b 25/08
U.S.CLJ14-74R 10 Claims
3,707,935
SURFING SAILBOAT
John B. Rachie. Route No. 3. Box 126, Forest Lake, Minn.
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,762
int. CI. B63h 9/06
U.S. CI. 1 14-39 14 Claims
An anti-pollution ballast container to be installed in an oil
tanker as a receptacle for clean ballast water, to be located in
a compartment of the tanker which is adapted to be filled with
oil. The container is formed of elastic material such as rubber
and is constructed for collapsing within the compartment as
the latter is filled with oil, with support rings between the folds
of the compartment wall slidable within the compartment as
the container expands or contracts. The container is adapted
to be filled with clean ballast which may be taken from the sea
and pumped into the container for ballast when the compart-
ment is empty of oil. A similar container may be provided in
several or all of the compartments of the tanker.
The disclosure is directed to a sailboat which is constructed
for riding in surfboard fashion. The boat includes a sail which
is symmetrically mounted for rotation about a vertical mast.
The mast is disposed toward the rear of the boat in order that
wind striking the sail may serve to both steer and power the
boat, and to give the rider unobstructed forward vision.
Direction of boat movement is determined by angular devia-
tion or side tipping of the boat hull from its normal floating
position. Tipping is affected by weight shifting on the part of
the rider, and is sensed by apparatus which governs attitude of
the sail with respect to the wind.
3,707,938
SELF-PROPELLED WATER VEHICLE
John R. Olson, P.O. Box 689, Price, UUh
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,361
Int. CI. B60f 3100
U.S. CI. 115— IR
8 Claims
3,707,936
BOAT HULL CONSTRUCTION
Henry B. Harris, Box 303, San Bruno, Calif.
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,002
Int. CI. B63b; /22
U.S. CL 1 14-66.5 P 9 Claims
A boat hull of the double end displacement type having a
pair of pivotal planes mounted on the lower portion of the
after end of the hull such thai when the planes are pivoted to a
A self-propelled water vehicle has a structural assembly
which includes an elongate, water-tight hull adapted to pro-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
149
vide seating for one or more persons along the top thereof and
means, such as propellor or jet unit, for propelling the vehicle
along the surface of a body of water. A control housing
disposed at the forward end of the hull contains drive means
operationally connected to the propelling means, and also en-
closes a steering control mechanism connected to a pair of
pontoons disposed at opposite lateral sides, respectively, of
the forward end of the hull. The pontoons are pivotally con-
nected to the vehicle by support means. The vehicle is
preferably constructed for conversion to a snowmobile by
replacement of the pontoons and the water-tight hull, respec-
tively, with pairs of skiis and an elongate snowmobile hull hav-
ing endless track propelling means attached to the bottom
thereof for propelling the vehicle over snow. In fact, existing
snowmobiles may also be readily converted to the vehicle of
the invention by use of the disclosed structural assembly.
pivotally mounted shaft-like member with a seat at its upper
end is operable when in its at rest position to support the
trigger mechanism to counteract the influence of gravity. A
float is connected to tilt the support away from its at rest posi-
tion as a function of pool disturbance so that the trigger
mechanism slips from the support seat and actuates the alarm
to indicate pool disturbance.
3,707,939
STEERING ASSEMBLY
John A. Berg, Miami, Fla., assignor to Schottel of America, Inc.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,551
Int. CL B63h 25/42
U.S. CL 115— 35 19 Claims
A combined power propulsion and steering mechanism as-
sembly for use especially in ocean-going vessels wherein the
assembly comprises a flexible drive transmission for connect-
ing the power unit to the propeller drive shaft, the drive trans-
mission and its associated gearing being housed within a
power-operated, rotating steering cylinder capable of laterally
rotating the propeller about a vertical axis a complete 360°.
3,707,941
CHANNEL INDICATING MEANS FOR TELEVISION
RECEIVERS
Hidenori Kunishige, Moriguchi, and Kosaku Uchida,
Neyagaua, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 189,529
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 20, 1970,
45/104865
Int.CLH03j//0'/
U.S.CLII6— 124.4 6 Claims
3,707,940
SAFETY ALARM ASSEMBLY FOR SWIMMING POOLS .
AND THE LIKE
George T. Sherrick, 7542 Bloomington Avenue, Burbank, and
William E. Seelinger, 5826 Murietta Avenue, Van Nuys,
both of Calif.
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,858
Int.CLG08bi/02
U.S.CL 116-67
10 Claims
^^^
/?'-^\
26
fvj
^jAM
s
\ . 1
14
A channel indicating means for television receivers, which
comprises a movable, for instance rotatable, channel indicat-
ing body interlocked to the channel selector and carrying
channel indicating members such as cards bearing numeral
prints removably attached to it. It is possible to change the
channel indication very easily.
3,707,942
LINE MARKING APPARATUS
Mario Leri, 77 Seventh Avenue, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,451
Int.CLB05c//05, y//6
U.S.CLI18— I
1 1 Claims
se 80
9«9e
■ 5fl
An alarm has a trigger mechanism actuatable by the in-
fluence of gravity. A tillable support which is preferably a
An apparatus for line marking a sheet. Means are provided
for marking lines on a sheet which includes a rotaiably
mounted line inscribing means having a line printer and an
inker. Additional means are provided for driving the sheet to
be marked past the line marking means. The line printer is
provided with one marking surface per line and is roiatably
mounted in cooperative relation with the inker and the driving
means so as to be inked by the former and substantially driven
by the latter. The sheet is ink-marked with lines by the printer
as it is driven past the printer. The location of a marked line on
the sheet as well as the spacing between marked lines if more
than one is inscribed, can be varied by changing the lateral
position of the printer marker surfaces with respect to the
sheet to be marked and/or each other. The marking means is
provided with a variable means for adjusting the contact pres-
sure between the line printer, the sheet to be marked, and the
driving means.
150
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
151
3,707,943
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC DEVICE
Seiji Matsumoto, and Yasuo Tamai, both of SaiUma, Japan,
assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Ashigara-Kamigun,
Kanagawa, Japan
Filed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,978
Claims priority, applicaUon Japan, Jan. 9, 1970, 45/2820
Int.CI.B05c;y/00
U.S.CL 118-7 10 Claims
3,707,945
MEANS TO SELECTIVELY WET WEB MATERIAL
Philip Boone, 15 Fenwick Road, Winchester, Mass.
Continuation of Ser. No. 678,600, Oct. 27, 1967, abandoned.
This application June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 48,916
Int.CI. B05C//06
L.S. CI. 118-234 17 Claims
T^8
An electrophotographic device which connprises a detector
which detects the entry of a sheet-shaped material provided in
the path of the sheet-shaped insulating material to a develop-
ment station including a developing electrode divided into
smaller portions in the direction perpendicular to the
direction in which the sheet is advanced, closing and opening
circuits for application of electric potential to the portions of
the developing electrode, and a delay circuit which receives
the signal from the detector and makes the circuits close so as
to apply electric potential only to the portions of the electrode
confronting the sheet-shaped insulating material.
3,707,944
AUTOMATIC PHOTORESIST APPLY AND DRY
APPARATUS
Forrest Robert Grundon, Wappingers Falls; Frank Harrison
Masterson; Robert John Wagler, both of Poughkeepsie. and
Fred Ernest W ustrau. Accord, all of N.Y., assignors to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,401
Int.CI.C23cyi/70
U.S. CI. 118-50 6 Claims
840
Means to selectively wet a web include a continuous sup-
port carrying a plurality of frangible pods which each contain
wetting agent, means to incrementally feed such pod whereby
to locate such pod at a transverse edge of a web section to be
wetted, means to fracture the pod at such location and means
to effect relative motion of the web across the fractured pod
and in the longitudinal direction of the web.
3,707,946
ADHESIVE APPLYING DEVICE
Anton Muhlbach, Frankfurt/Main-Sossenheim, Germany, as-
signor to USM Corporation, Flemington, N J.
Filed AprU 28. 1971, Ser. No. 138,158
Claims priority, application Germany, May 6, 1970, P 20 22
274.6
Int.CI. B05c/y//0
U.S.C1. 118— 410 4 Claims
Apparatus for applying a thermoplastic adhesive to a shoe
insole prior to lasting over the upper margin improved by an
articulating applicator having nozzle plates for extruding the
adhesive on the insole, a reservoir of a one-shot capacity, a
compressed air ejection means, wherein the applicator articu-
lates between an application position with the nozzle plate in
contact with the insole and a retracted position where the one-
shot reservoir is refilled for the subsequent application.
Apparatus for automatically positioning articles, as silicon
semiconductor wafers, on rotary spin assembly mechanisms
and indexing transporting means and a means for holding said
wafer thereon combined with a means for dispensing a
predetermined amount of photoresist solution on said wafers
and spinning a uniform film of solution on the wafers and spin
air drying through a sequence of rotating indexing steps fol-
lowed by automatic transfer to and through drying means and
a means for unloading therefrom and transporting the wafers
to a receiver holder for further processing and transportation.
3,707,947
CROSS-CHANNEL MIXER
Louis W . Reichart, Jr., Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Stamford, Conn.
FUed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,474
Int.CLG03g7J/00
U.S. CI. 118-637 5 Claims
A developer circulating system, part of an electrostatic
printing device, includes apparatus for mixing, agitating and
distributing developer cyclically by diverting the normal
gravitational flow of the developer in its circulating cycle. The
mixing, agitating and distributing device includes at least two
banks of channels, with the channels common to one bank
slanted in one direction and the channels common to the other
bank slanted in the opposite direction. The channels of one
3,707,949
ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING BRACKET FOR FOW L CAGE
MOUNTED W ATERING CUPS
Dominic M. Lippi, c/o A. R. Wood Manufacturing Co., Box
218, Luverne, Minn.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,469
Int. CI. AOtk 39/02
U.S.CLn9— 18 8 Claims
bank are so slanted or offset so as to efficiently walk the circu-
lating developer, in cyclic steps, along the bank, channel by
channel to the last channel in the bank and the last channel
causes the circulating developer to switch banks thereby cycli-
cally walking the developer back and forth along the banks ef-
fectively mixing, agitating and distributing the developer.
3,707,948
OYSTER SPAW NING FACILITY
Jay P. Dunathan, Tequesta, Fla., assignor to Oceanography
Mariculture Industries, Inc., Riviera Beach, Fla.
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 93,963
Int.CI. AOlk 67/00
U.S. CI. 1 19—4
12 Claims
A water supply tube is fixedly mounted to a cage. A flexible
delivery tube is connected at one end thereof to the supply
tube and is connected at the other end thereof to a watering
cup that is adjustable as to its vertical height with respect to
the cage floor.
3,707,950
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Ewald Schlimme. Hildesheim, Germany, assignor to Robert
Bosch GMBH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 867,025
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 25, 1968. P 18
05 050.5
Int. CI. F02b 3/00; F02m 39/00
U.S. CL 123-32 EA 50 Claims
3i
A single closed system facility is provided for both precon-
ditioning and inducing oysters to spawn. The facility com-
prises an insulated cabinet having vertically arranged, slidably
disposed trays or drawers which are supplied with water from
a plurality of pipes, each conducting water of a different tem-
perature, so that the temperature of the water in each tray
may be selectively controlled by valving the proportion of the
water being received therein from the respective pipes. Drain
pipes from the trays feed into a vertical pipe disposed outside
the cabinet which feeds into a filtering and collecting basin,
from which the filtered water is pumped and returned to its
source. Operatively, the upper trays may be used for condi-
tioning oysters placed therein by providing water thereto and
feeding the same with artificially grown food according to a
prescribed program for a predetermined period of time. After
this time, the oysters may be placed in the lower trays, wherein
the water is maintained at a predetermined temperature most
desirable for inducing the oysters to spawn. After spawning
and fertilization of the eggs, removal from the spawning trays
may be accomplished by siphoning the same into a nearby
aquarium tank.
i3 i
3d 35 « -j;"-:s-+:h- f^^
An injector injects fuel in each operating cycle, the quantity
varying in dependence upon fuel control signal A desired
speed signal is furnished by circuitry associated with the gas
pedal. An actual speed signal is also furnished High gain
direct amplifier means having an input circuit and a feedback
circuit are adapted to furnish the fuel control signal as a func-
tion of both the desired speed signal and the actual speed
signal. Various configurations of input circuits and feedback
circuits, as well as amplifier output circuits, are illustrated for
shaping the characteristic fuel-speed lines which determine
motor operation.
152
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,951
STORAGE CONTROL FOR GASOLINE INJECTION
INSTALLATIONS OF COMBUSTION ENGINES
Erhard Bigalke, Wolfsburg; Dieter H. W. Pundt,
Braunschweig, and Jurgen W olf. Wolfsburg. all of Germany,
assignors lo Volkswagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft
Filed Sept. 30, 1970. Ser. No. 76,901
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 2. 1969, P 19 49
725.7
Int. CI. F02b 3110; F02d 5/00
U.S.CL 123-32 EA 4 Claims
and an enclosed cable control means adaptable to be secured
at one end for pivotal actuation at a hand control location of a
vehicle after its opposite end has been quickly and removably
secured to the compression release mechanism by the con-
venient placement of its large abutment cable end in a lower
restraining space, chamber, or recess in the compression
release housing and immediately passing the cable, per se,
respectively through aligned slots in this housing of the com-
pression release mechanism, through the valve ball retainer
and beyond through the combined valve stem retainer and
valve spring retainer where the flexible control cable cover is
secured, so upon control lever pivotal action, as the cable
cover is caused to increase its curvature, the braking release
valve is opened against the force of its return biasing spring
and braking occurs.
A storage control for gasoline injection installations of in-
ternal combustion engines to control the opening times of m-
jection valves in dependence on operating conditions of the
engine.
3,707,953
IGNITION TIMING CONTROLLER FOR AN ENGINE
Warren A. Rhoades, Jr., Danville, and Alfred R. Fleischer,
Concord, both of Calif., assignors to De Laval Turbine
California, Inc.
Filed Feb. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,981
Int.CI. F02p5//0
U.S.CL 123-117 R 4 Claims
3,707,952
COMPRESSION RELEASE MECHANISM FOR TWO
STROKE ENGINES USED TO BRAKE A VEHICLE
Andrew W . Knebel, 15444 S.E. 144th St., Renton, Wash.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,515
Int. CI. FOll 13108; F02n / 7/08
U.S. CI. 123-97 B 3 Claims
A compression release mechanism is adapted for incorpora-
tion into the cylinder head combustion chamber structure of a
two stroke, or two cycle, internal combustion engine to
produce, when desired, a braking action to slow down a vehi-^
cle, such as a motorcycle. The compression release
mechanism includes: a housing adapted to be threaded into
the combustion chamber structure at a braking exhaust port
provided lo receive this mechanism; a braking valve posi-
tioned through the compression release housing and spring
biased using a spring and its retainer to keep the braking valve
in its normally closed position; an exhaust passageway net-
work within the housing commencing at the braking exhaust
port and terminating in multiple passageways, each with ori-
fices able lo discharge fluids into the atmosphere as the fluids
come from the combustion chamber, valve balls used with
each orifice to move clear of their seats and against their
retaining structure as engine fiuids flow out into the at-
mosphere, and to move in the opposite direction, under at-
mospheric and differential pressures, against their seats as out-
side air, generally laden with dust and dirt, attempts to enter
the combustion chamber during such engine braking periods.
An internal combustion engine with variable spark ignition
timing is provided with an air intake passage, an oil pressure
system and a speed responsive device. To vary the ignition
spark timing there is provided a housing enclosing primary
and secondary levers connected to each other at one end by a
link pivoted at opposite ends thereto. The primary lever has a
fulcrum moved by the expansion of a chamber connected to
the air intake passage and is in turn connected to a servo
mechanism actuated by oil pressure and in turn varying the
spark ignition timing. The secondary lever has a fixed fulcrum
and at the other end from the link is connected to an expansi-
ble chamber responsive to the speed responsive device. In an
alternate version the fixed fulcrum of the secondary lever is
replaced by an expansible chamber connected to an engine
temperature responsive device. In another version, the servo
mechanism is overridden by a plunger responsive to the en-
gine starting cycle. In a fuel injection engine, the servo
mechanism output is connected to the fuel injection timer.
3,707,954
EXHAUST GAS PURIFYING DEVICE
Masahiko Nakada, and Hirofumi Matsumoto, both of Toyota,
Japan, assignors to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo KabushikI Kaisha,
Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed June 17, 1971, Ser. No. 153,993
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 24, 1971, 46/9189
Int. CI. F02p 5 HO; F02m 7/00
U.S.CL123-1I7A. 3 Claims
An exhaust gas purifying device for internal combustion en-
gines comprising a thermo-valve mounted in an air passage
through which secondary air is supplied to the intake manifold
and adapted to operate by responding to the degree to which
the engine is warmed up. a flow rate regulating valve also
mounted in said air passage through which secondary air is
supplied to the intake manifold and adapted to regulate the
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
153
flow Tate of secondary air supplied to the intake manifold in
accordance with the operating condition of the engine, a first
orifice and a second orifice provided in a branch passage
branching from an air passage between said two valves, a first
connecting line mounted between the portion of the branch
passage which is disposed posterior to the first orifice and a
diaphragm chamber of a vacuum advancer provided in the ig-
3,707,956
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FORMING RELIEF
PORTIONS IN THE PERIPHERY OF A GRINDING WHEEL
Henry F. Swenson, 28 Holmehill Lane, Roseland, N J.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,806
Int. CI. B24b 53/08
U.S. CL 125—11 TP 10 Claims
nition distributor for maintaining communication
therebetween, and a second connecting line mounted between
the portion of the branch passage which is disposed posterior
to the second orifice and a vacuum port of the carburetor for
maintaining communication therebetween. The secondary air
flow rate can be regulated and the degree of vacuum advance
can be reduced in accordance with the operating condition of
the engine.
3,707,955
ENGINE APPARATUS
Otmar M. Ulbing, Lisle, N.Y., assignor to Borg-Warner Cor-
poration, Chicago, HI.
ConUnuation of Ser. No. 786,233, Dec. 23, 1968. This
application June 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 148,867
Int. CI. F02h iJ/C4
U.S. CI. 123-73 AD 16 Claims
This invention pertains to the dressing of face-formed grind-
ing wheels and in particular diamond-faced grinding wheels
wherein certain face portions may be at an acute angle to a
plane normal to the axis of the grinding wheel. To drastically
reduce the probability of burning the workpiece while contour
grinding a selected portion of this workpiece, apparatus is pro-
vided to alter the periphery of the grinding wheel so that
determined portions of said periphery of the grinding wheel
are relieved. The grinding wheel face so contoured presents a
series of face-forming segments by which the workpiece is
ground. The dressing apparatus is selectively movable to and
from a dressing condition of the periphery of the grinding
wheel.
3,707,957
VAS VALVE
Louis Buci'lo. Holbrook, N.V., assignor to Investors In Ven-
tures, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,606
Int. CI. A61b/ 9/00
U.S.CL128— IR
1 1 Claims
Improved system for supplying fuel and oil to two-cycle in-
ternal combustion engines including a simple and reliable fuel-
oil injector pump which mixes the fluids in a desired ratio from
separate tanks. Means for automatically shutting off fuel flow
upon loss of oil are provided. Crankcase scavenging pressure
assists oil pumping. The injector pump continuously circulates
fuel through the fuel tank to avoid vapor lock. Several ar-
rangements for properly correlating the injector pumping rate
with engine air flow are disclosed. An improved injection noz-
zle utilizing an elastomeric band is disclosed. A system for sup-
plying dual cylinders from the same injector pump is dis-
closed.
A vas valve adapted to be situated in a human vas deferens
for closing and opening the latter. The valve includes an inner
component having at one end a bored valve body and having a
stem fixed to and extending from the valve body An outer
component houses the valve body of the inner component and
part of the stem adjacent thereto, this outer component con-
sisting of integrated molecular layers one of which forms an
inner surface of the outer component and fluid-tightly engages
and is complementary to an outer surface area of the inner
component. The outer component has open-ended tubular ex-
tensions extending in opposite directions from the valve body
and communicating with the bore thereof when the inner
154
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
component is turned with respect to the outer component to
an open position. These tubular extensions are adapted to be
situated along the tubular interior of a human vas while the
stem extends laterally through and beyond the vas wall and
terminates in an outer operating end portion enabling the
inner component to be turned between closed and opened
positions The size of the valve is small enough for location
within a vas without substantially distending the vas while at
the same lime the hollow interiors of the tubular extensions
and bore of the valve body have a diameter large enough to
provide for substantially unrestricted flow through the vas
when the valve is in its open position.
ing detecting electrocardiac signals comprising cycles of suc-
cessive functional periods including an RS waveform, compar-
ing said waveform with standard reference voltages to detect
R waves by detecting positive peaks in said waveform above a
preset level and to detect S waves by detecting negative peaks
below a preset level producing from the detected R and S
waves a signal proportional to the R-S interval and indicating
the RS interval.
3,707,958 *
METHOD OF GROW ING A GRAFT MEMBER IN A
LIVING BODY
Charles H. Sparks, 3725 S. E. Martins St.. Portland, Oreg.
Division of Ser. No. 823,287, May 9, 1969. Pat. No. 3,625,198,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 655,838, July 25,
1967, Pal. No. 3,514,791. This appUcation Aug. 30, 1971. Ser.
No. 175,915
int. CI. A61b 19100- A61f U24
L.S. CI. 128-1 R 6 Claims
PECTORALS
MAJOR
MUSCLE
3,707,960
BALLOON CARDIAC ASSISTING PUMP HAVING
INTRAAORTIC ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHIC
ELECTRODES
Paul S. Freed, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to The United SUtes of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Department
of Health
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,191
Int. CLA6 lb 5/04
U.S. CI. 128—2.06 E 4 Claims
A cluster of tubular tissue dies in a die holder is inserted
lengthwise in a slab wound Each die lube is perforated and
contains a cloth tube spaced outward from a central mandrel
in the tube Ingrowth of tissue encapsulates the cloth lube and
fills the space between the cloth lube and mandrel forming a
graft lube containing the cloth lube as a reinforcing member
adjacent its outer surface and remote from the lumen formed
by the mandrel The die cluster containing the graft lubes is
removed lengthwise from a second stab wound adjacent one
end of the cluster.
3,707,959
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING
ELECTROCARDIAC SIGNALS
Colin C. W ilton-Davies, Alverstoke. England, assignor to Na-
tional Research Development Corporation. London, England
Filed July 13, 1970. Ser. No. 54,550
Int. CI. A61biV04
U.S. CI. 128-2.06 A 14Claims
- ) IITMUIW 1-
^
H cmnmiiiT"
l/HF
I
-1 MMMMIOIB
The method and apparatus for monitoring electrocardiac
signals to detect the onset of decompression sickness compris-
An intra-arterial cardiac assisting pump is provided with in-
traaortic electrocardiographic electrodes to improve the
signal-to-noise ratio of the electrocardiogram and the reliabili-
ty of trigger signal for phase-shift pumping.
3,707,961
FOOT MASSAGING APPARATUS
Gerard Duplessis, 10, 806 St. Denis Street, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,631
Claims priority, application Canada, June 22, 1970,
086,202
Int.CLA61h//00
U.S.CL 128-33 8 Claims
20 21 ,"^^
A foot massaging apparatus adapted to receive and massage
both feel simultaneously while the user is comfortably seated
with his legs extending in a natural inclined position and with
his feet spread apart in a natural manner. The apparatus com-
prises a platform made of rigid material and adapted to rest on
the floor, said platform having a top surface and arranged in a
plane substantially parallel to the floor and defining a pair of
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
155
elongated recesses which are deeper at one end than at their
other end and have a bottom surface inclined with respect to
the floor, each recess adapted to receive the underside of the
user's foot, and a vibrator unit comprising an electric motor
secured to the platform and having a rotor with an excentric
mass to set up low amplitude and high frequency vibrations in
the platform.
3,707,962
BELT MASSAGE MACHINE
Dale C. Cosper, South Bend, Ind., assignor to Research Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,872
Int. CI. A61h7/00
U.S. CI. 128—63 7 Claims
forearm and the support permits relative motions between the
two along a path approximating the radial and ulnar paths of
the patient's hand. A second joint permits relative motions of
the hand support in up and down directions in combination
with or instead of motions in the radial and ulnar directions.
Thumb and finger guides for the patient are movably mounted
to the hand support, engage the thumb and fingers of the pa-
tient and permit movement of the thumb and fingers towards
and away from each other for the grasping and releasing of ob-
jects. Means responsive to up and down motions of the hand
support move the finger guides.
11 >ii- *
A belt massage machine having a base and an integral
upright monocoque constructed support. A bell drive is jour-
naled in the support at the upper end portion thereof. A drive
motor is mounted in the support and is positioned below the
belt drive. Power transmitting means interconnect the motor
and belt drive
3,707,964
SURGICAL DRAPE WITH HAND RECEIVING CUFF
HAVING INTERNAL STOP GUIDES
Donald Patience, and Robert F. Collins, both of Harrington.
III., assignors to The Kendall Company. Boston. Mass.
Continuation of Ser. No. 804,596, March 5, 1969, abandoned.
This application June 20. 1970, Ser. No. 56,679
Int.CLA61f /i/00
U.S. CL 1 28— 1 32 D 9 Claims
3,707,963
ARTICULATED HAND BRACE
Michael Keropian, 3870 California Street, San Francisco,
Calif.
Filed Jan. 2 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 4,646
Int.CL A6If5/yO
U.S.CL 128—77 9 Claims
/» v.?»
A hand brace secured to a patient's forearm including a sup-
port maintaining the patient's hand in an extended position. A
connection between the portion of the brace fastened to the
A surgical legging drape having a generally trapezoidal con-
figuration, and provided with an enlarged cuff surrounding the
open end thereof, to function as a receiving pocket for the
nurse's hands. The drape is folded in a unique manner such
that a portion of the cuff covers a substantial area of the top
panel. Seal lines provided at specified internal points along the
cuff function as internal stop guides for the nurse's hands to
permit the drape to bow and droop forward when unfolded
and opened.
3,707,965
CARBON DIOXIDE ABSORBER APPARATUS
Casimer M. Guzay, 7705 Peterson Avenue. Chicago. III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 843.947, July 23, 1969. This
application Oct. 22. 1970. Ser. No. 82,975
Int.CI.A62b7//0
U.S.CI. 128— 19IR 12Claims
A carbon dioxide absorber apparatus for use in the adminis-
tration of anesthesia, said apparatus being demountable in its
entirety to a plurality of components all sterilizable in
demounted condition by use of conventional autoclave equip-
156
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ment, said absorber apparatus having solely inte
passageways to define a unidirec
us navmg .o.c.y .....rnal method making use of permanent percutaneous tubes extend-
tiona" pa"h for the passage of ing into the abdominal cavity and means for circulating a d.-
REGENERATION ,,
alysate through the abdominal cavity and reconstituting the
dialysate.
3,707,968
ARMING CAP FOR BREECH LOADED SYRINGE
Elmer A. Koenig. Kirkwood, Mo., assignor to Sherwood Medi-
cal Industries Inc.
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,767
gases therethrough, with all portions of the path being Int.CI. A61m 5/00
demountable and accessible for said sterilization. U.S. CI. 128-218 FA
6 Claims
3,707.966
PERSONAL BREATHING MASKS
Joseph A. Nebel. 15630 Dobson Ave., Dolton, III.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,912
Int.CI. A61m 15100
U.S.CL 128-212
3 Claims
An arming cap for loading a resilient piston within a cylin-
drical part of a hypodermic syringe including a generally cylin-
drical member open at one end and having a diameter suffi-
cient to loosely receive both the resilient piston and the cylin-
drical syringe part into which it is to be inserted, there being
provided an annular projection at the closed end of the cap to
arrest movement of the resilient piston so that the cylindrical
syringe part may slide within the arming cap over the resilient
piston to compress and encapsulate the same. •
An appliance for warming or treating air for personal
breathing. It has an upper face mask and a lower chest pad;
and these units are connected by a flexible conduit. The chest
pad is of cellular construction opening in the direction of the
wearer's body to receive heat from the same; and the face
mask has inlet and outlet valves activated by inhalation and
exhalation to draw warmed air from the chest pad and expel it
from the face mask. The chest pad may be filled with a porous
substance which filters atmospheric air or lends it a medicated
content beneficial for respiratory ailments.
3,707,969
INCONTINENCE DEVICE
Mable M. Sanford, 473 Noe Street, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,558
Int.CI.A61f5/44
U.S.CL 128-287 5 Claims
3,707,967
STEADY FLOW REGENERATIVE PERITONEAL
DIALYSIS SYSTEM AND METHOD
Sotiris Kitrilakis, Berkeley, and Thomas Charles Robinson, El
Cerrito, both of CaUf., assignors to Tecna Corporation,
Berkeley, Calif. ,^^^
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77^40
Int. CI. A61m 5/00
U.S.CL 128-213 9 Claims
, ^. ,,« ,,, ycuiims An incontinence device formed from an elongated sheet of
S. CI. 128— 2IJ . „u„», u/atpmroof material having a front panel, an
A steady-flow regenerative peritoneal dialysis system and flexible, planar, waterprool materi g
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
157
intermediate panel, and a rear panel. The front panel is
formed to extend over the pubic area between the furrows of
the groin, and the rear panel is formed to extend partially over
the buttocks, while the intermediate panel is formed to extend
from the front panel, between the legs, to the rear panel and to
form a receptacle for moisture absorbent material and to
receive the genital organs. The sheet is gathered to an elastic
strip along its edges that extend between the front panel and
rear panel to provide yieldable expansion.
The intermediate panel is folded along lines extending
generally longitudinally of the sheet in a direction away from
the front panel to provide pleat-like walls that are expandable
tranversely of the sheet for the genital organs and moisture ab-
sorbent material, and a relatively wide transversely extending
pleat extending between the side edges of the intermediate
panel provides a pair of opposed walls defining opposite sides
of a forwardly opening recess to receive and restrict rearward
flow of moisture within the forward portion of the receptacle
toward the rear panel.
The front panel is held in position by elastic bands
releasably secured thereto and to the rear panel, to releasably
hold the device in position, and to permit forward dropping of
the panel to remove moisture laden material and to enable
replacement without removal of the device.
3,707,970
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR HYSTERECTOMY
Boris Andreevich Smirnov, Moscow; Emilia Ivanovna Ax-
enova, Kaliningrad Moskovskoi oblasti; Vladimir
Leonidovich Rychkov, Moscow, and Nikolai Dmitrlevich Lu-
kichev, Reutov, all of U.S.S.R., assignors to Vseojuzny
Nauchno-Issiedovatelsky Institut Khirurgicheskoi Appratu-
ry i Instrumentov, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,204
Claims priority, application U.S.S.R., May 4, 1970,
1431407
Int. CI. A61b /7/J2; B25f i/00; B26b 13/00
U.S. CI. 128— 305 2 Claims
3,707,971
FACE STEAMER
Hiroshi Yamamoto, Suita, Japan, assignor to Matsushita Elec-
tric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190,396
Int.CLA61hii/00
U.S. CI. 128— 368 3 Claims
A face steamer which applies sieam to the skin to open
pores of the skin, so as thereby to remove foreign matters and
simultaneously encourage metabolism and further to enhance
the effect of a skin treatment or make-up. A hood to be ap-
plied to the hand, face or other portion of the body for confin-
ing steam therein and a main body having a stream generator
disposed therein are fabricated in similar shapes, so that the
former may be put over the latter to render the face steamer
compact in shape when said face steamer is not in use.
3,707,972
IRRIGATION CONNECTOR WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE
Frank K. Villari, Oak Park, and Bhupendra C. Patel, Elgin,
both of III., assignors to The Kendall Company, Boston,
Mass.
Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,877
Int.CI. A6 In 25700
U.S. CL 128—349 R 10 Claims
A surgical instrument for hysterectomy, which includes a C-
shaped body, the cantilevered sections thereof forming a gap
open on one side to accommodate the uterine portion being
excised, a locking bar adapted to interact with the ends of the
cantilevered body sections, and a knife. The knife is free to
move along the guide slots of the body and the locking bar in
the direction from one of the cantilevered body sections to the
other, one of said cantilevered body sections serving as a sup-
port for the knife during cutting. The knife has the shape of a
hollow right truncated trihedral prism, wherein the edges of
the faces that overlook the knife-supporting body section are
cutting edges adapted to interact with the correspondingly-
shaped faces of said supporting section. One of the knife faces
is lanceolate in shape when viewed from above, its pointed
end being advanced with respect to the cutting edges of other
two knife faces.
An irrigation connector for a liquid drainage-system includ-
ing, a flexible body member having a longitudinal main chan-
nel which communicates with a drainage tube through one
end of the body member and with a catheter through the other
end. The body member includes a side arm having a channel
which opens into the main channel, a flexible bellows inter-
mediate the body member ends, and a valve seat intermediate
the side arm opening and the one body member end. A stem is
received in the main channel and has a passageway extending
from one end of the stem to an opening in the stem inter-
mediate the one stem end and a plug adjacent the other end of
the stem. The one body member end is movable between an
outer position with the bellows extended and the plug spaced
from the seat to permit liquid drainage from the catheter to
the drainage tube, and an inner position with the bellows
flexed and the plug sealingly engaged against the seat to
prevent drainage of liquid.
158
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.707,973
HIGHW AISTED GIRDLE
David Peter Welsch, Livingston, N J., and Harry Yannes, Al-
lentown. Pa., assignors to Cupid Foundations, Inc., New
York,N.Y.
Filed March 9, 1972, Ser. No. 233,205
Int.CI. A41C//00
L.S.a. 128-533 8 Claims
3,707,975
FILTER CIGARETTE HAVING APERTURED BAND
Alfred Charles Davis, Bristol, England, assignor to Imperial
Tobacco Group Limited, Bristol, England
Division of Ser. No. 686,482, Nov. 29, 1969, Pat. No.
3,590,825, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 435,004,
Feb. 24, 1965, Pat. No. 3,410,274. This application March 22,
1971, Ser. No. 126,721
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Dec. 9, 1966,
553,688/66. The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to
Nov. 12, 1985, has been disclaimed.
Int.CI. A24d0//02.0//04
U.S. CI. 131-9 2Ctaims
A high-waisied girdle is disclosed which includes a body en-
circling region lerminating at an upper end thereof in a high-
waist portion which extends above the waistline location; a
first band of material having a predetermined modulus of
elasticity, with said band being secured to said body encircling
region at the waistline location, and a second band of material
having a predetermined modulus of elasticity, with said
second band being secured to said high-waist portion and
spaced slightly from said first band of material.
A cigarette is disclosed having a wrapped tobacco portion
and a two section stub secured to it by a band of impermeable
material. Beneath the impermeable band, a band of highly
permeable material is disposed. The impermeable band is pro-
vided with at least one opening adjustably located over the
butt joint between the two sections of the stub whereby the
amount of air passing into the butt may be controlled.
3,707.976
CIGAR MAKING MACHINE
Anton VanVeen, Morgan Road, RED, Canton Center. Conn.
Filed Dec. 16. 1970. Ser. No. 98.548
Int.CI.A24c//i0.5/0S
L.S. CI. 131-36 4 Claims
3,707.974
BODY ORGAN STIMULATOR WITH VOLTAGE
CONVERTER
WiUiam J. Raddi. P.O. Box 8109. Philadelphia. Pa.
Filed Dec. 1 1. 1970. Ser. No. 97.255
Int.CLA61n//i6
U.S. CI. 128-419 P 6 Claims
The invention comprises a cigar making machine including
two belts with means for driving same at different speeds; the
slower, to feed the wrapper to the filler or bunch, and the
other to roll the filler, or bunch and wrapper, plus means for
stretching the wrapper and for sizing the cigar.
3.707,977
AUTOMOTIVE TENT FRAMEWORK AND COVERING
THEREFOR
Clarence A. Grady. Route 1. Box 192. Rockaway, Oreg.
FiledMay6, 1971,Ser. No. 140,877
Int.CLA45f //OO. //y6
U.S.CI. 135-lA 7 Claims
An organ stimulator is provided having a power supply, a
pulse generating circuit, a voltage converter and output ter-
minals. The voltage converter includes at least one capacitor
which is arranged such that, during the interpulse interval
between pulses from the pulse generator, the capacitor
charges to approximately the voltage of the power supply and
upon application of a pulse to the voltage converter, the com-
bined voltages of the power supply and the charged capacitor
are supplied to the output terminals.
A novel current limiting circuit is also provided which regu-
lates the output pulse current of the pacer.
^^-•^?^-W^
-J L >.1'
•^
A tent framework for use in conjunction with a vehicle and
including a pair of frame assemblies mounted lengthwise on
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
159
opposite sides of the vehicle roof structure. Said assemblies
being rearwardly extensible to permit pivotally attached leg
and crossmembers to be swung out vardly into perpendicular
disposed relationship to the main longitudinal member of each
frame assembly. Plates affixed to the rearward ends of the
main members hingedly attach the leg and crossmembers to
the main member with the adjacent ends of the leg and cross-
members in abutting, interlocking relationship. A covering for
the framework may be compactly stowed in place on the
framework.
3,707,978
AUTOMATIC CONTROL AND ANTIBACKLASH SYSTEM
Joseph A. Volk, Jr.. Florissant, Mo., assignor to Beta Corpora-
tion of St. Louis. Mo.
Filed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,429
Int.CI. F16ki///2
U.S. CI. 137-2 19 Claims
3,707,980
DUAL REGULATOR PNEUMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM
HAVING AUTOMATIC ALIGNMENT MEANS FOR
CASCADE AND MANUAL OPERATION
Giorgio Bergamini, Bari, luly, assignor to Pignone Sud S.p.A,
Bari, Italy
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,498
Claims priority, application Italy. Nov. 8, 1969, 62099 A/69
Int. CI. G05d 76/00
U.S.CL 137-84 12 Claims
This invention relates to a system for controlling the rate of
fluid flow within close tolerances while providing correction
for backlash and includes mechanical means for controlling
the rate of Huid flow, means for indicating the rate of fluid
flow relative to prescribed limits, means for increasing the rate
of fluid flow when the rate drops below the lower limit, and
means for decreasing the rate of fluid flow when the rate goes
above the upper limit. An antibacklash network is provided
for removing slack or backlash in the mechanical control
means whenever it, in making a correction, is made to operate
in a reverse direction. The system further includes means for
signalling malfunctions in the fluid system and for measuring
the quantity of fluid flowing through the system.
3,707,979
COOLED TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE OSCILLATOR
Edward G. Zoerb, Rosevllle, Minn., assignor to Honeywell Inc.,
Minneapolis. Minn.
Filed Feb. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 803,482
Int.CLF15cy/0S
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 7 Claims
A system is described for connecting two force equilibrium
pneumatic balance regulators, adapted to be actuated by a
pair of variables, so that those regulators can be operated in
cascade or manually and the operation can be readily changed
at will from cascade to manual, and vice versa, without caus-
ing jumps in the output pressure of the system; whereby, dur-
ing manual operation, the output of an amplifier-relay of the
primary regulation is utilized as a set value for the secondary
regulator whereas, during manual operation, a secondary vari-
able is used as set value for the secondary regulator, and the
manual outlet of the two cascade regulators is connected
directly to the positive reaction of the secondary regulator.
3,707,981
COMPENSATING UNLOADER VALVE
Harry J. Sadler, St. Paul; Ramon Pareja. and John Leschisin,
both of Minneapolis, all of Minn., assignors to Lear Siegler,
Inc., Maple Heights, Ohio
FiledSept.8, 1971,Ser. No. 178,625
Int. CI. F16k/ 7/04
U.S.CL 137—115 11 Claims
A temperature sensor of the fluidic oscillator type wherein
the oscillator housing is cooled to permit the measurement of
temperature exceeding the melting temperature of the hous-
ing.
An unloader valve apparatus arranged for compensating for
variations in pressure and capacity, and comprising, in com-
bination, a valve housing having an inlet, a first outlet defining
a normal discharge, and a second outlet arranged between the
inlet and the normal discharge and defining an unloading
discharge outlet. The housing is provided with a bore for
receiving a valve plunger or an intermediate sealing liner or
sleeve which itself receives the plunger, with the valve plunger
having a bore extending therethrough to permit fluid commu-
nication between the inlet and the normal discharge Circum-
ferential sealing means including an outer seal along the
160
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
periphery of the plunger and mating sealing means along the
inner periphery of the housing are provided, with the plunger
being adapted for reciprocatory sliding movement within the
housing The plunger is provided with a working area dif-
ferential for plunger motion, including a certain first annular
area disposed in opposed relationship to the inlet port and a
certain second and larger annular area disposed in opposed
relationship to the outlet port, with the plunger being normally
resiliently biased toward the outlet port to establish communi-
cation between the inlet and the normal outlet discharge, and
with the circumferential sealing means normally blocking
communication between the inlet and the unloading discharge
outlet An annular chamber is arranged between the outer
diameter of the plunger and the inner diameter of the housing
or housing sleeve, with the plunger having means establishing
communication between the inlet and the annular chamber.
Check valve means are interposed in the bore of the valve
plunger and are arranged to move or function axially within
the bore to block fluid passage through the bore in response to
an increase in pressure in the normal discharge outlet, and
thereby permit the increased pressure which is exposed to the
larger area of the area differential to establish a force to move
the valve plunger against the bias to establish fluid communi-
cation between the inlet and the unloading discharge outlet.
Upon reaching this condition, the force working against the
inlet side or area of the plungei falls substantially, the check
valve closes, and the entire area of the outlet side of the
plunger is exposed to the outlet pressure This combination of
conditions acts to snap the plunger into the unloading posi-
tion.
The circumferential sealing means includes an axially elon-
gated peripheral seal surface extending between the outer sur-
face of the plunger and the inner surface of the valve housing,
with the sealing means being disposed between the annular
reservoir chamber and the unloading discharge port while the
plunger is in its normal disposition. The circumferential seal
means is arranged to provide a continuation of sealing along
the axially elongated peripheral seal surface while the plunger
moves or floats axially for a substantial distance to an inter-
mediate or floating sealing position away from the normal
position and toward the unloading position against the
resilient bias and in response to normal variations in fluid pres-
sure existing in the discharge outlet, due to normal manufac-
turing tolerances in the pump, and in the resilient valve spring
force.
3,707,983
LIQUID FLOW MONITORING
Wilbur T. Butler, P.O. Box 535, Pond Creek, Okla.
Filed Jan. 11, 1971,S€r. No. 105,533
Int. CI. F 16k 45/00
U.S.CI. 137— 173
7 Claims
3,707,982
SNAP ACTION PNEUMATIC RELAY
Joseph E. Hogel, River Grove, III., assignor to Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
FUed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 182,995
Int. CI. FlSb 5100; G05d 16106; F15c 3104
U.S.CI. 137— 119 lOCIaims
Apparatus for regulating and monitoring the flow of a
liquid/gas fluid mixture such as the type encountered in crude
petroleum recovery. The apparatus includes a first expansion
enclosure receiving liquid and/or gas input with the first out-
put from said expansion enclosure being applied through a
biased valve which allows output flow at greater than
predetermined pressures. A second valve member disposed in
a second output of the expansion enclosure is operated via a
float to close at a predetermined liquid level within said ex-
pansion enclosure and to open below such level thereby to
allow by-pass flow of gas substance from said second output
for later addition to the first output. Flow monitor means
responsive to the position of said first valve means provides a
flow time indication and/or output record.
3,707,984
HYDRAULIC VALVE WITH LEAKAGE CONTROL
Clarence W . BanU, Aurora, III., assignor to Caterpillar Trac-
tor Co., Peoria, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 873,172, Nov. 3, 1969, abandoned.
This application Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,496
Int. CI. F16k/ //07
U.S.C1. 137— 312 7 Claims
18 JO
A miniature pneumatic snap action relay having a bistable
snap disc arranged to interconnect first and second sets of two
ports when in one stable position and to interconnect third
and fourth sets of two ports when in the other stable position.
A hydraulic valve of the spool type with means to trap
hydraulic fluid which tends to leak between the spool and the
bore of the valve in which it slides and to bypass said fluid to
atmosphere or a tank in order to prevent it from flowing past
the spool to actuate a hydraulic motor causing it to move or
creep when it should be at rest.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
161
3,707,985
DIAPHRAGM TYPE FLUID SEAL
Elmer A. Haase, and James M. Kirwin, both of South Bend.
Ind., assignors to The Bendix Corp., South Bend. Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 828,178, May 27, 1969, Pat. No.
3,587,408. This application Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 109,047
Int.CI. F16kJ///2.J//i6
U.S.CI. 137—495
4 Claims
A diaphragm-type fluid seal adapted for use with a push rod
exposed to pressurized air and liquid fluids. A flexible
diaphragm fixedly mounted at its radially outermost portion is
provided with a central opening through which the push rod
extends providing frictional engagement and thus a fluid seal
between contacting surfaces of the diaphragm and rod thereby
isolating the pressurized air and liquid The diaphragm is flexi-
ble to the extent of axial movement of the rod to avoid relative
movement between the diaphragm and rod in response to rod
movement An adjustable member threadedly carried by the
rod and engageable with the centermost portion of the
diaphragm provides a way of easily and accurately positioning
the diaphragm relative to the rod to eliminate undesirable
spring rate effect of the diaphragm on the rod.
3,707,987
ADJUSTABLE VALVE ASSEMBLY
Robert E. Gordon, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Mueller Steam
Specialty Division SOS Consolidated, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,679
Int. CI. F16ky5//<S
U.S.CI. 137— 543 3 Claims
A valve capable of being adjusted so that it can function as a
check valve, a throttle valve, or a shut-off valve. A valve hous-
ing has an upstream tubular inlet and a downstream tubular
outlet coaxial with the inlet to provide a straight-line flow for
fluid. Between the inlet and outlet the housing carries a valve
seat having an annular seating surface, and a valve member
extends across the valve seat and has a closure surface which
engages the seating surface when the valve member is in a
closed position. A spring continuously urges the valve member
toward its closed position so that the function of a check valve
is achieved A shut-off member can be placed'^^in a position
maintaining the valve in its closed position, to achieve the ef-
fect of a shut-off valve, while an adjusting structure coacts
with the shut-off member to adjust the extent to which the
valve member can move before engaging the shut-off member
so as to achieve in this way the operation of a throttle valve.
t.
i 3,707,986
ONE-W AY DIAPHRAGM SEAL FOR DRAINS
William J. Breen, 427 Willis Avenue, Williston Park, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,854
Int. CI. F 16k; 5/00
U.S. CI. 1 37- 525.1 2 Claims
3,707,988 -
CONTROL VALVES
Robert F. Hodgson. Youngstown, Ohio, assignor to Com-
mercial Shearing and Stamping Co., Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,535
Int. CI. F16k;y//0
U.S. CI. 137— 596.12 SCIaims
A one-way diaphragm for use in combination with the drain
of a sink, for example, is provided with a plurality of axially ex-
tending, radially oriented, double thickness flanges which are
corrugated throughout substantially their entire length. The
lower end of each of the flanges is split whereby water drain-
ing from the sink can flow therethrough. The diaphragm is
made of resilient material so that the flanges are normally
closed and provide a seal at their lower end to prevent
backflow of any gases, fluids and foams into the sink.
[\ sN \ X XWX
lOO •«
A pressure compensated directional control valve capable
of supplying a constant volume of fluid is provided having a
directional control valve with inlet and outlet ports and first
906 O.G.— 6
162
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
and second motor ports for connection to opposite sides of a
fluid motor, a longitudinal bore in said control valve, a valve
member movable in said bore, said valve member being hol-
low at each end forming spaced chambers selectively,commu-
nicating with one another and through the valve member walls
with the inlet ports, outlet ports and work ports and with a pair
of spaced grooves surrounding the valve member, three
spaced annular grooves in the valve walls communicating with
the grooves in the valve member, a pressure sensing port com-
municating with the intermediate groove in the valve walls, a
pressure compensating valve having an axial bore, an inlet
port connected to the inlet port of the control valve, an outlet
port connected to the outlet port of the control valve, a pres-
sure sensing port, a valve member movable in the bore and
biased to a position normally blocking the inlet from the outlet
port, said valve member having opposite surfaces thereon ex-
posed respectively to the fluid pressure at said inlet port and to
fluid pressure at said pressure sensing port acting with the
biasing means and being movable in response to a fluid pres-
sure differential between its inlet port and pressure sensing
port through the directional control valve to connect said inlet
port to said outlet port for bypassing fluid from said
directional control valve to thereby regulate the input flow
through said directional control valve to a work port.
3,707,990
CONCRETE PLACEMENT APPARATUS
Aaron M. Schaible. deceased, late of Rochester, Wis.; James F.
Bremer, special administrator, Waterford, Wis.; Bernard G.
Braun, Waterford, Wis.; Wilbur G. Bennett, Terre Haute,
and Richard L. Brown. Terre Haute, both of Ind., assignors
to J. I. Case Company, Racine, W is.
Filed Jan. 11, 1971. Ser. No. 105,266
Int. CI. B67d 5136, 5160, 5/64
U.S. CI. 137—615 22 Claims
3,707,989
MODULAR SYSTEM FOR PNEUMATIC CONTROL
Jean Jullien-Davin, Valence. France, assignor to Crouzet,
Paris, France
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,720
Claims priority, application France. Dec. 22. I%9, 6944770
lnt.CI.F16k///02
U.S. CI. 137-608 8 Claims
/ir[^
5/ I 86
87
A concrete placer including a boom supported for pivotal
movement on a horizontal pivot axis of a base with powered
linkage means for pivoting the boom on the base. The
powered linkage means includes a link having one end pivoted
on the horizontal axis through a fluid motor interposed
between the base and the link. A second fluid ram is pivotally
connected to the link and the boom and the powered linkage
means is arranged so that the boom can be pivoted about 1 80°
about the horizontal pivot axis.
The boom is of the articulated type having a plurality of sec-
tions with each adjacent pairs of sections being pivotally inter-
connected and having cooperating powered linkage means for
pivoting adjacent pairs of sections from an overlapping rela-
tion to a substantially end-to-end relation.
The boom sections support concrete transmission means
which includes a conduit for each of the boom sections with
the adjacent ends of the respective conduits interconnected by
end pieces having a portion located on the pivot axis for the
respective sections which accommodates pivotal movement of
the sections.
A modular system for pneumatic control of the type which
is constituted by a support pane! arranged in the form of a
frame fitted with a series of transverse cylindrical rods in
uniformly spaced relation so as to receive in a coplanar
orthogonal arrangement, a plurality of interengageable base
plates each having the shape of a standardued right-angled
parallelepiped and is adapted to receive on the front face
which forms a unitary mounting surface at least one stan-
dardized pneumatic component of the system and on the rear
face thereof at least one series of connectors which commu-
nicate respectively with the openings of the corresponding
component, each base plate having a rear face provided on
each of two opposite edges, in symmetrical relation to the axis
located at right angles to the mounting surface at the point of
intersection of its diagonal lines, with at least two members for
simultaneous bearing on one of the rods of the support panel
and with a member for attachment on the rod, with all of said
members being spaced along the edge face in order that the
bearing members of two juxtaposed base plates can be
similarly mounted astride the same rod.
3,707,991
REMOTE CONTROLLED VALVE FOR IRRIGATION
SYSTEMS
Jonas M. Shapiro, 177 Saw Mill Road, Stamford, Conn.
FUed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,028
Int.CI. F16k/;/02
U.S. CK 137— 625.1 1 5 Claims
A rotatable valve member of Delrin plastic material is coax-
lally positioned in the main housing portion of a housing of
Delrin plastic material and is adapted to be rotated about its
axis to connect an inlet port to each of a plurality of outlet
ports in a selected sequence.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
163
3,707,992 3,707,994
ELECTROMAGNETIC VALVE ASSEMBLY REGULATABLE TRIGGERS FOR PNEUMATIC DEVICES
John E. Ellison, Newington, and Herbert M. Flink, East Hart- James L. Brown, 106 Carriage Square Drive, St. Louis County,
ford, both of Conn., assignors to Skinner Precision Indus- Mo.
tries. Inc., New Britain, Conn. Filed Dec. 7, 1 970, Ser . No. 95,6 1 1
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,679 Int. CI. F16k J 100
Int.Cl.F06k U.S. CI. 137— 637.4 2 Claims
U.S. CI. 137-625.65 16 Claims
Mir »t
An all ports in body valve assembly wherein a reciprocable
solenoid armature is received within a guide sleeve mounted
on a body and a spring is drivingly connected between the ar-
mature and a rod carrying a valve member for sealing engage-
ment with a valve seat in an arrangement wherein both the
guide sleeve and valve member are isolated from armature im-
pact forces upon energization. The valve seat is formed in an
insert fitted in the body, and the insert provides fluid passages
for communicating with ports formed in the body. An illustra-
tive embodiment of the rod includes a terminal portion radi-
ally offset relative to the axis of movement of the armature
and to the valve seat providing a valve assembly particularly
suited for a three-way valve featuring an all ports in body con-
struction.
3,707,993
HEIGHT CONTROL VALVE
David R. Hardwick, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to >Vagner Elec-
tric Corporation
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,286
Int. CI. F16k n/07; B60t 13/16
L.S. CI. 1 37 —636 7 Claims
^-i
A height control valve for use in a vehicle air suspension
system is provided with an oscillatable member for actuating
valve means to control the ingress and egress of fluid pressure
in said system and also with a damping mechanism for provid-
ing a time delay in the operation of said valve means by said
oscillatable member.
This invention relates to a regulatable air supply device for
use with pneumatic tools and provides a trigger slidably
mounted in a sleeve which is rotatably mounted within a shell,
the sleeve being provided with at least one bore which may be
overlapped in varying degrees with a complementary bore in
the shell by manual rotation of the sleeve within the shell,
whereby to vary selectively the size of the orifice formed by
the overlapping bores.
3,707,995
WEAVING MACHINE
Erwin Pfarrwaller, Winterthur, Switzerland, assignor to Sulzer
Brothers Ltd., W interthur, Switzerland
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,119
Claims priority, application Switzerland, April 9, 1970,
5239/70
Int. CI. D03d 49/00, 49/02, 49/20
U.S. CK 139—1 15 Claims
The weaving machine is provided with a supporting struc-
ture above the machine base on which the cloth beam is
mounted. A mechanism is also provided to allow an empty
cloth beam to be rolled up onto the supporting structure or a
full cloth beam to be rolled off the supporting structure. The
cloth is drawn off the cloth end of the machine base and
guided about an access passageway upwardly to the support-
ing structure for winding onto the cloth beam.
164
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,707,996
TAKE-t P DEVICE HAVING A TENSION-DERIVED
COMPACTING MEANS
Donald Dane Zebiey, Gre«nville, S.C., and Joseph Wayne
Cashion, Statesville, N.C., assignors to United Merchants
and Manufacturers, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed April 22, 1971,Ser. No. 136.474
Int. CI. D03d 49120
U.S. CI. 1 39—304 20 Claims
A take-up device for winding continuously woven cloth
upon a take-up roll to form hard, straight-ended rolls without
pick line distortion A pivotably supported S-wrap assembly
rests tiltably upon the take-up roll. Its swing axis is parallel to
an input roll, around which the incoming cloth travels at the
same speed as the loom let-off, and to the take-up roll. A ten-
sional pressure plane passes through the swing axis and in-
wardly of the center line of the S-wrap assembly The cloth
moves reversibly through the S-wrap assembly and onto the
take-up roll. When a selected tension torque, in addition to
the winding torque, is applied to the take-up roll shaft, the
cloth is tautened, the S-wrap assembly is pulled toward planar
relationship with the cloth and the tensional pressure plane,
and a tension-derived pressure is created. This pressure acts
inwardly upon the take-up roll to compact the cloth wound
thereupon and increases with the increasing diameter of the
wound cloth upon the take-up roll.
ERRATUM
For Class 141—93 see:
Patent No. 3,707,998
3,707,997
SAW CARRIAGE APPARATUS
Jewell S. Baldwin, and Hazel Baldwin, both of P.O. Box 183,
Lexington, Mo.
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,248
Int. CI. B27b5//<S
U.S. CI. 83-483 2 Claims
mounted on the rails, and motors mounted to the carriage for
moving the carriage relative to the rails and for actuating a
saw blade above the carriage.
3,707,998
DUST COLLECTOR SHROUD
Jerry C. Dalrymple, 5192 Princeton, Westminister, Calif.
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,188
Int. CI. B65g69//*
U.S. CI. 141-93 7 Claims
A collapsible shroud prevents the escape of cement dust or
other dust into the atmosphere when filling a transit mix
concrete truck from a batch plant loading station The shroud
is raised to provide clearance for positioning the truck and its
filler member relative to the discharge chute of the batch
plant The shroud is made of accordion-pleated material, and
is movable about a pivot to encompass and loosely enclose the
exposed portion of the truck filler member A suction tube ex-
tends into the interior of the shroud for removing dust
generated during gravity discharge of materials from the
discharge chute into the filler member. The shroud may con-
tain small apertures for air entry to prevent buildup of dust on
the inner walls of the shroud.
3,707,999
MOVING SHADOW LIGHT INDEXING MEANS
Jesse C. Coats, P.O. Box 167, Horse Shoe Bend, Idaho
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,407
Int. CI. B27b27/yO
U.S. CI. 83—438 6 Claims
A raised platform with longitudinal rails, a wheeled carriage
The present invention comprises a rotating drum assembly
mounted on a framework above a conveyor assembly disposed
transversely to the drum, a cross conveyor in the conveyor as-
sembly operable to drivingly feed lumber into a saw assembly.
The rotating drum assembly is provided with a multiplicity of
groups of wires suitably fastened to the opposite terminal end
plates of the drum and a light projecting source suitably
mounted in the drum being operable to project light through
unit groups of wires passing under the light projecting source
in response to rotation of the drum and to project shadow imp-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
165
ages of the wires upon lumber traveling on the conveyor
thercbeneath. The drum assembly also includes a parallax
guide suitably fixed inside the rotating drum assembly opera-
ble to planarly orient unit groups of wires on the drum as they
are caused to pass over the guide in response to rotation of the
drum. The wires of each of the unit groups are parallelly
spaced apart on the drum a distance geometrically coincident
w ith the spacing of parallel mounted saw blades in the saw as-
sembly. Each unit group of wires on the drum are spaced apart
a distance geometrically coincident with the spacing of lumber
guide bars on the conveyor assembly. Adjusting means is pro-
vided on the drum assembly to interrupt the synchronous
drive of the drum operable to selectively align shadow imp-
ages on a selected piece of lumber being carried by a respec-
tive guide bar on the conveyor The adjusting means is electri-
cally interconnected to the saw assembly to selectively align
saw blades coincident with the shadow line images on the
lumber.
The conveyor assembly comprises an endless conveyor
disposed about a table framework and including a multiplicity
of equally spaced guide bars disposed transversely to the
direction of travel of the conveyor. Means are provided on the
table to urge lumber on the table against respective guide bars.
A cross conveyor is distally disposed near one of the terminal
ends of the conveyor being operable to drivingly feed lumber
into the saw assembly. Driving rollers in the cross conveyor
are disposed at an angle between a pair of opposing side frame
members. In this manner lumber tends to be drivingly fed into
the saw assembly and urged against one of the side frame
members. Lumber is drivingly fed into the saw assembly from
a preselected fixed datum reference guide formed by the side
frame member. Hence, the relationship between the datum
reference guide and the preselected position of saws in the saw
assembly is the same as the relationship of projected shadow
images on the lumber and its position against the respective
guide bar on the conveyor assembly. Means are provided on
the conveyor table to selectively support lumber above the
cross conveyor and to planarly drop the lumber flatly onto the
cross conveyor. Electrically interconnecting control means
are also provided to selectively lower individual saw blades
into engagement with respective pieces of lumber.
3,708,000
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HARVESTING TREES
Br>an Dufl'ty: Theodore B. (ioloh; Stanley C. Jasinski. and
.jack /wart, all of Woodstock, Ontario, Canada, assignors
to Eaton Vale & Towne Canada Ltd., London, Ontario,
Canada
Filed Dec. 7. 1970, Ser. No. 95,592
Claims priority, application Canada, Oct. 14, 1970, 95528
Int. CI. AOlg 2i/02
U.S. CI. 1 44— 3 D 46 Claims
length. The processing apparatus includes a delimbing
mechanism, a cutting mechanism, and a clamping mechanism
The delimbing mechanism is operable to delimb the tree upon
relative movement between the tree and the delimbing
mechanism. The clamping mechanism is operable to engage
the tree and pull the tree through the delimbing mechanism to
thereby effect delimbing of the tree. The cutting mechanism is
located between the clamping mechanism and the delimbing
mechanism and is operable to cut the tree into bolts of a
predetermined length after the tree has been delimbed and the
bolts are then deposited in a bunk mechanism for storage The
delimbing mechanism is fixedly supported on a tree-
processing boom which is pivotable relative to the vehicle
about a substantially horizontal axis when a tree is placed in
the delimbing mechanism so that the boom assumes a position
which is parallel to the tree when the tree is placed in the de-
limbing mechanism. The cutting and clamping mechanisms
are also supported on the boom and are movable along the
boom relative to the delimbing mechanism to enable a tree to
be sequentially clamped, delimbed and cut into bolts. Means is
provided for sensing the diameter of the tree as the tree passes
through the processing apparatus and which is operable to ef-
fect ejectment of the top of the tree from the apparatus when
the diameter of the tree in the apparatus is below a predeter-
mined diameter. . °
3,708.001
BARKING DRUM
Rauno Veikko Koskinen, Hallituskatu 6, Pori, Finland
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,332
Claims priority, application Finland, Nov. 12, 1969,
3260/69
Int. CI. B271 1104
VjS. C\. 144—208 B 10 Claims
i;
0 ft
/ 12
II • «
/C
//-^
Bill ii P |8 ^-P-'
MMi^JffliPMMBffl^^
I '.in
M
A tree harvester includes a tree-processing apparatus for
delimbing and cutting a tree into bolts of a predetermined
A drum barker including an elongated drum arranged to
rest in a horizontal position and supported for rotation by
several systems of motor driven wheels placed in a row on
both sides of the drum and for axial movement by a set of
wheels engaging a pair of guiding rings situated on the drum.
The drum is adapted to receive through one end the timber to
be debarked. The inner surface of the drum is provided with
projections for removing the bark, while the outer surface is
provided with slots through which the detached bark is
, discharged. Alternatively, the outer surface is provided with a
plurality of reinforcing hoops with a set of wheels symmetri-
cally disposed on either side thereof. A spray system is in-
cluded for spraying a liquid on the timber either as it enters
the drum to soak the bark or as it leaves the drum to facilitate
the removal of loose bark from the timber, or both. The spray
system may also spray the rotating and axially movable drum
and the system of wheels to reduce the friction between the
outer surface of the drum and its points of contact with the
system of wheels. Alternatively to, or in conjunction with, the
spray system a parallel switching system may be utilized for
equalizing the operation of the motor driven wheels.
166
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,002
MALTING OF DEHUSKED GRAIN
John Anthony Collier, and William Aidan Buckley, both of Ip-
swich, Suffolk, England, assignors to Pauls and Sandars
Limited, London, England
Filed May 1 1, 1970. Ser. No. 36,468
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 13, 1969,
24,305/69
Int. CI. B02b 3100
U.S. CI. 99-50 9 Claims
The invention relates to improvements in the malting of
gram m which a proportion of the outer layers i.e., the husk
when present and the pericarp testa is removed by mechanical
treatment whereby the speed of malting is increased.
Preferably the mechanical treatment penetrates the per-
icarp of essentially all of the grains. The amount of the outer
layer removed may be for example up to 3 percent and can be
as high as 10 percent of the dry weight of the grain. The
removal of larger amounts of the outer layers produces m ad-
dition to a faster malting a higher extract and a high protein
content in the spent grains.
rigid bag portion supports a pair of wheels at the bottom
center or at the forward edge when a foot at the rearward edge
is provided to form a ihree-point support. A bail is pivoted at
the top of the bag portion which is movable downwardly
thereagamst to form a compact unit. The bag portion, bail,
wheels and axle are boxed as a kit and require no assembly by
the manufacturer.
3,708,003 3,708.005
METHOD FOR PREPARING CITRUS HALVES ^ . ,,.„ ^^"V^^^^ ot^ . . ^
« r^ . ij c K in» „„^n«„« R-van P o R«* Rta M. Grain, 5419 S. 4th Avcnue, Phocnix, Afk.
Hans W . Grotewold, Sebr.ng, Ha., and Don S. Bryan, P.O. Box ^.^^ ^^ 1971, Ser. No. 181,103
154, Bartow, Fla. , p, LAtfiinn
Division of Ser. No. 5,6 11, Jan. 26, 1970, Pat. No. 3.638.695. ,,__,,„ ^ lnt.ci.A^>CJ/w jociaims
This application Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188.962 ^S- <='• 150-30
Int. CI. A23n /5/00
U.S.CL 99— 233.11 2 Claims
An apparatus and method are provided for preparing citrus
halves such as grapefruit for the table, comprising a Vee
trough conveyor means receiving and transferring a generally
spherical fruit with its axis transverse to its path of travel, a
cutter in the path of said conveyor bisecting the angle of the
Vee trough and cuttloj^the fruit carried thereby, a moving
table receiving the cut portions of fruit from the Vee conveyor
and moving such portions away from the cutter, a cutter table
adjacent said moving table, a first driven shaft moving verti-
cally axially beneath said table, said shaft having a radial arm
on the upper end thereof, a vertical cutter adjustable on said
arm. an annular opening in the table through which said cutter
projects when said first shaft is raised, means acting on said
first shaft selectively to raise and lower the same, a second
driven shaft spaced from the first, movable vertically axially
beneath the table, a hole cutter on said shaft, an opening in the
table through which said hole cutter extends when said second
shaft is raised, means acting on said second shaft selectively to
raise and lower the same, stop means on the table top adjacent
each of the annular opening and the hole cutter opening
whereby halves of fruit are positioned and drive means acting
on each of the first and second shafts.
3,708,004
GOLF CLUB CARRIER
Paul F. Seibold, 26665 York Road, Huntington Woods, Mich.
Filed Aug. 31,1 970, Ser. No. 68,073
Int. CLA63b 55/05
U.S. CI. 1 50— 1 .5 B 3 Claims
A very light compact golf club carrier is provided with a bag
portion of rigid construction preferably of molded plastic. The
A device which provides a means for carrying large bulky
skirts without unduly wrinkling or compressing them. The
device in its simplest form comprises a frusto-conical bag hav-
ing the larger end open and the smaller end closed. The
smaller end forms the bottom of the bag and carrying straps
extend from the open end. An open-ended cylindrical or
frusto-conical shaped section of material is attached to the in-
side bottom of the bag. The point of attachment may be
somewhat inwardly from the outside edge of the bottom
whereby the section of material in conjunction with the side of
the bag forms an annular cavity. The bottom of the bag in-
cludes an open slit. In operation, the skirt, such as a crinoline
petticoat, is rolled or folded such that the waistband comprises
one end of the roll while the bottom of the petticoat comprises
the other end. The petticoat is then inserted in the bag by the
operator extending her hand through the slit and into the bag.
She then grasps the petticoat at the waistband and pulls the
petticoat into the bag through the open end. The height of the
bag should be approximately equal to the length of the pet-
ticoat such that the lower portion of the petticoat is essentially
even with the top of the bag. The annular pocket formed by
the section of material and the side of the bag may contain
such items as dancing shoes and other paraphernalia. There
may be additional pockets attached to the outside of the bag
for carrying smaller items, such as badges, lipstick, etc. Thus,
the invention teaches a means whereby bulky costumes, such
as crinoline petticoats, may be easily and conveniently carried
to the social occasions demanding the use of such costumes.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
167
3,708,006 3,708,008
TIRE COOLING DEVICE AND METHOD OF COOLING TIRE LOADING AND TRUEING APPARATUS
Calvin J. King. Muskego, W is., assignor to Perfex CorporaUon. John Henry Schildmeier, 6038 Crows Nest Drive. Indianapolis,
Milwaukee. Wis. l""*- ^ ^, „, ^„,
Filed Dec. 14, 1970. Ser. No. 97,873 Filed Dec. 14. 1970. Ser. No. 97,903
Int. CI. B60c / 9106 »nt. CI. B29h 2 / 108
US CI 152-153 6Clalms U.S.CL 157-13 4 Claims
A cooling device and method for cooling a rotating wheel
that has an outer periphery generating heat as it contacts
another surface. The cooling device is a sealed tubular
member partially filled with a volatile liquid that vaporizes as
it contacts heat from the outer periphery of the wheel. The
vapor rises to an opposite end of the tubular member where it
condenses as it is cooled and returns to the first end of the tu-
bular member due to centrifugal force of the rotating wheel.
This cycle repeats and is a continuous cooling process. The tu-
bular member may be a conventional capillary heat pipe ex-
tending through the rim of a vehicle wheel so the first end ab-
sorbs tire heat and the other end rejects heat to the air.
3,708.007
PNEUMATIC TIRE INCLUDING BELT CABLES
Donald L. Roberts, Silver Lake, Ohio, assignor to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,709
Int.CI. B60c9/y<S
U.S. CI. 1 52— 36 1 7 Claims
An apparatus for loading and trueing tires. A threaded rod
supported by a pair of upstanding arms receives the tire and is
rotatably driven. A floating roadbed having parallel rollers for
contacting and loading the tire is forced against the tire by an
expandable bag. The upstanding arms and tire are movable
toward a cutting blade. A disc mounted to one end of the
threaded rod receives graph paper on its outer surface, and a
marking stylus is positioned over the graph paper being driven
by a rod clamped to the floating roadbed.
3.708,009
FOLDING DOOR ARRANGEMENT
Gunter Viol, 276 Bloherfelder Str., 29 Oldenburg, and Werner
Kohfeld, Breite Strasse 104, Brake Unterweser, both of Ger-
many
Division of Ser. No. 657,970, Aug. 2, 1967, Pat. No. 3.476.630.
and a continuation of Ser. No. 773,610, Nov. 5, 1968,
abandoned. This application May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 33,173
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 4, 1966, L
54250; Jan. 1 7, 1967, L 55509
Int. CI. E06b 3194
U.S. CI. 160—84 V 6 Claims
L-.
A radial ply pneumatic tire having a pair of folded belt plies
which includes an inextensible cable extending circum-
ferentially about the tire in the fold of each belt ply which is
located adjacent the lateral edges of the tread.
A folding door arrangement of the accordian door type in
which the cover is made up of relatively wide and relatively
narrow wooden panels so that each fold of the cover is defined
by a pair of relatively wide panels spaced apart by a relatively
narrow panel, with the panels of each fold being connected
together by articulating tapes applied to the outwardly facing
surfaces of same, with such outwardly facing surfaces being
168
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
covered by wood grained bearing veneer arranged so that in
both the opened and closed positions of the door, an attrac-
tive, substantially continuous wood grained aesthetic effect is
presented b\ the door side surfaces. The edges of the respec-
tive relatively wide panels at the inside of each fold are articu-
lated to adjacent corresponding edges of adjacent relatively
wide panels by similar tapes that are secured to carrier bars in
turn supported by a lazy tong type extensible frame that is
connected between the fixed immovable posts of the door.
ing the air to be conditioned through one or two of said cham-
bers, said fan being rotatable sti that its outlet can be adjusted
3.708,010
APPARATtS FOR THE CONTINUOUS CASTING OF
TUBES
Willi Simons, Duesseldorf, Germany, assignor to Schloemann
Aktiengesellschaft, Dusseldorf, Germany
Division of Ser. No. 14,298, Feb. 26, 1970, Pat. No. 3.638,715.
This application Sept. 17,1971, Ser. No. 1 8 1 ,526
Int. CI. B22d 11 100
U.S. CI. 164-273 R ^ 10 Claims
Apparatus for the continuous casting of tubes includes a
mandrel which extends into the mold. The diameter of the
mandrel is expandable and contractable. suitably by having
the mandrel composed of radially movable segments. During
casting the diameter of the mandrel is expanded when there is
no relative movement between the tube being formed and the
mandrel, and is contracted when the tube moves relatively off
the mandrel. In oscillating molds, in which the mandrel also
oscillates, there would be no relative movement between the
mandrel and the tube during the downward movement of the
mandrel, during which the mandrel is expanded. On the up-
ward movement the mandrel would be expanded.
7 /J
22-
22
in a stepiess way to correspond with the inlet of one of the
chambers or bridging the inlet of two adjacent chambers.
3,708,012
HEAT EXCHANGER
John W. Zimprich, Knoxville, Tenn., assignor to Modine
Manufacturing Company
Filed May 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 142,206
Int.CI. F28d//06
U.S. CI. 165-152 7 Claims
i^'^
J J J J J J ''"''^f , r I 1 I I I I r
A heat exchanger such as a radiator including heat
exchange tubes for a fluid and a heat exchange wall such as a
header with an opening into which each tube extends and an
exterior flange on each tube extending generally longitu-
dinally of the tube and substantially spanning the space
between the tube and the opening. Joining metal is provided in
the opening uniting the tube, the flange and the wall at the
opening with the joining metal when in the molten state
wetting the tube, flange and wall in the region of the opening.
The flange comprises a relatively soft metal such as aluminum
for easy removal of the outer edge of the flange as by peeling it
back when the opening is smaller than the space spanned by
the tube plus the flange.
3,708,011
LOCAL AIR CONDITIONING APPARATUS
.Angelo Serratto. Piazza Novelli 10, Milan, Italy
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,784
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 24, 1969, 263021
A/69
Int. CLF24f J/00
U.S. CI. 165— 22 7 Claims
A local air conditioning apparatus for installations with dis-
tribution of secondary water through four pipes, comprising
two heat-exchangers housed in two different chambers with an
interposed neutral or by-pass chamber, and a fan for convey-
3,708,013
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING AN
IMPROVED GRAVEL PACK
Newton B. Dismukes, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Mobil Oil Cor-
poration
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,525
Int.CLE2Ib4J/04.4i/7/9
U.S. CI. 166—276 6 Claims
This specification discloses a process for providing a gravel
pack adjacent a subsurface formation in a well having a string
of casing therein In carrying out this process, first perfora-
tions are formed through the casing adjacent the subsurface
formation and materials are flowed therethrough to provide a
consolidated gravel pack. Second perforations are thereafter
L.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
169
formed through the casing to extend into and terminate within
the consolidated gravel pack. Also disclosed is a well tool
which may be employed in carrying out this process. This well
tool is comprised in combination of an elongated body hous-
3,708,016
LEAF LIFTERS FOR PHOTOELECTRIC PLANT
THINNERS
Benjamin A. Shader, Golden, Colo., assignor to The Evermans
Mfg. Company, Denver, Colo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 12,288, Feb. 18, 1970, Pat.
No. 2,654,998. This application Aug. 1 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No.
173,011
int. CL AOlb 6i// / 2, ii/00
U.S.CL 172-6 8 Claims
ing a means for forming perforations in casing in a well, which
body has a recess in the lower end thereof. A plug is provided
which is adapted to be set in the casing, which plug has fixed
to the upper side thereof a protrusion that is adapted to be
positively engaged by the recess.
3,708,014
HYDROCHLORIC ACID/HYDROFLUORIC ACID
TREATMENT TO REMOVE ASBESTOS FIBERS FROM A
WELL BORE
Robert F. Wally. Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 156,091
Int. CI. E21b 4J/27, 43128- C03b i 7/00
U.S. CI. 166-307 4 Claims
An aqueous mixture of hydrochloric acid and hydrofluoric
acid is employed to accomplish the 98 percent disintegration
of chrysotile asbestos. In a specific embodiment an aqueous
mixture of hydrochloric acid and hydrofluoric acid is injected
into a well to remove chrysotile ash>estos injected into the well
in a well-working fluid.
3,708,015
SYSTEM FOR FIRE PROTECTION USING
RECIRCULATION OF COMBUSTION PRODUCTS
Cheng Yao, Weston, Mass., assignor to Factory Mutual
Research Corporation, Norwood, Mass.
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,386
int. CI. A62c 35IS2
U.S.CL 169-12 19 Claims
A mechanism for lifting obstructing leaves from the path of
a photo-electric light beam which is being propelled along and
above a plant row for photo-electric thinning purposes. The
mechanism includes a gauge wheel rolling along each side of
the row and leaf-gathering discs positioned between the gauge
wheels and over the row and having first transmission means
applying torque from said gauge wheels to the leaf-gathering
discs to cause the latter to engage and lift plant leaves above
the path of the beam and having a second transmission means
for frictionally applying torque from either gauge wheel to the
other gauge wheel for driving the two gauge wheels simultane-
ously in unison.
3,708,017
ARRANGEMENT FOR MOUNTING AGRICULTURAL
IMPLEMENTS ON A TRACTOR W ITH ROCKING SIDE
TRANSMISSIONS
Nikolai Ivanovich Alexandrovsky, ulitsa Olega Koshevogo, 1,
kv. 58; Vadim Fomich Pronko, ulitsa SUkhanovskaya. 37,
kv. 25; Mikhail Ivanovich Perepechkin, ulitsa Promyshlen-
naya, 13/5, kv. 23, and Petr Adamovich Amelchenko, ulitsa
Gritsevtsa, 1 , kv. 59, all of Minsk, U.S.S.R.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 2,989
int. CI. AOlb 6i// / / , 63128, B60g 79/00
U.S.CL 172—239 1 Claim
20 S
h '" 7 Ij
r-yyy"f\r"/^^--,'-
2 7 --« ■ -^,
A system for fire protection wherein a nozzle discharges an
extinguishant in response to a predetermined fire condition in
a manner to create an aspiration effect which circulates the
combustion products from the fire in a path including the fire
The circulation of the combustion products is terminated and
the rate and manner of discharge of extinguishant from the
nozzles can be changed in response to an additipnal predeter-
mined fire condition.
An arrangement for mounting agricultural implements on a
tractor with rocking side transmissions comprising draw-bar
links for mounting the agricultural implements thereon, lifting
levers, and a system of links connecting said draw-bar links
with the rocking side transmissions and serving to transmit the
rocking motion of the transmissions to the draw-bar links.
170
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708.018
TWIN-OFFSET DISC IMPLEMENT WITH RELEASABLE
FASTENING MEANS CONNECTING DUAL FRAMES
Rob€rt A. Wilbeck. Reno, Kans.. assignor to Wilbeck Machine
and Manufacturing, Inc., South Hutchinson, Kans.
FiledFeb. 22. 1971,Ser. No. 117,343
Int. CI. AO lb 2i/04
L.S. CI. 172-313 8 Claims
are pivoted upwardly, they engage the upper links and raise
the cultivator rigs independently of any movement of the tool-
bar. Coil springs are tensioned between the upper links and
the lift bars so that when the lift bars are pivoted downwardly,
the springs are tensioned to provide a downward bias on the
rigs.
A twin-offset disc implement particularly effective for earth
working operations on uneven ground, is disclosed which in-
cludes a pair of mobile frames each having an adjustable ton-
gue structure on a forward end thereof for connecting the
frames to a prime mover and a fastening member extends
between the frames for positioning the frames in side-by-side
relation and has opposite ends thereof mounted on the frames
to permit independent raising and lowering of the frames dur-
ing working terraces and uneven ground.
3,708,020
CONTINUOUS FEED HEAD DRILL ASSEMBLY
James Sidney Adamson. 539-47 Avenue S.W., Calgary. Al-
berta, Canada
Filed Jan. 15. 197I,Ser. No. 106.691
Int. CL E2 lb 5/00, / 9/05
U.S.CLI73— 7 19 Claims
3,708,019
SPLIT-LIFT CULTIVATOR
Edward Clyde Ryan, Ankeny, Iowa, assignor to Deere & Com-
pany, Moiine, III.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 85.997
Int.CI. AO lb 6i//0
U.S. CL 172—470 7 Claims
Opposed pairs of piston and cylinder assemblies each have a
drill stem chuck which can be engaged or disengaged from the
drill stem. When drilling, the lower chuck engages the drill
stem and the lower pair of pistons moves downwardly while
the upper pair moves upwardly together with the upper chuck.
When the pistons are fully extended, the lower chuck releases
and the upper chuck engages the drill stem whereupon the
piston movement is reversed. The chuck engaging the drill
stem rotates so that continuous rotation and feed is accom-
plished. The reverse action withdraws the drill stem from the
drill hole The upper part of the tower is pivoted so that the
lengths of drill pipe can be moved from the horizontal to the
vertical and vice versa. Hold means are provided engageable
with a length of drill stem to prevent same from dropping into
the drill hole while raising and lowering the drill stem. Hydrau-
lic means are provided to jar the string loose if it jams in the
hole and a modulating valve assembly is provided to prevent
excess pressure being applied to the rotating drill bit.
A row crop cultivator including an elongated toolbar
adapted for attachment to a tractor three-point hitch and a
plurality of cultivator rigs pivotally connected to the toolbar in
spaced locations by upper and lower links. A pair of lift bars
are pivotally mounted on the toolbar and extend beneath the
upper links for the cultivator rigs and a pair of hydraulic cylin-
ders are operatively connected between the toolbar and lift
bars to individually or simultaneously move the lift bars about
the pivotal connections with the toolbar. When the lift bars
3,708,021 '
DEVICE FOR TUNNELING
Albert G. Bodine. 7877 Woodley Avenue, Van Nuys, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 749,686. Aug. 2, 1968. This application
Jan. 11, 1971. Set. No. 105.482
Int.CI.E01g5//'>
U.S. CL 173— 49 4 Claims
A device for tunneling comprising driving a plurality of in-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
171
terlocking staves into the earth about a chosen circumference,
by resonantly sonically vibrating the staves as they are being
, /^
driven. After a circumference of the staves are formed the
core of earth therebetween is removed to form the tunnel.
3,708.022
LOW VOLTAGE SPARK DRILL
George N. Woodruff, Merritt Island, Fla., assignor to TRW
Inc.. Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed June 7, 1971. Ser. No. 150.371
Int. CLE2 lb 7/00
U.S. CL 175— 16 14 Claims
A spark drill for subterranean drilling is disclosed which
may be attached to a standard or continuous drill string. The
drill is characterized by multiple electrodes having a layer of
semiconductor material between them which provides an
electrical shunt path and further includes a trigger circuit for
initiating the spark.
3.708.023
SELF-PROPELLED AIR-PUNCHING MECHANISM
Nikolai Grigorievich Nazarov; Nikolai Andreevich Chinakal;
Boris Vasilievich Sudnishnikov; Alexandr Dmitrievich
Kostylev; Konstantin Stepanovich Gurkov. and Konstantin
Konstantinovich Tupitsyn. all of Novosibirsk. U.S.S.R.. as-
signors to Institut Gomogo Dela Sibirskogo Otdelenia
Akademii Nauk SSSR. Krasny Prospekt. Novosibirsk,
U.S.S.R.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970. Ser. No. 102,672
Int.CI. E21b/ //02
U.S.CL 175—19 1 Claim
with a pointed head section with a striker being located within
the body and forming therewith front and rear pressure cham-
bers, and the front chamber communicating with an additional
space within the pointed head section of the body, thus raising
the impact power of the mechanism.
3.708.024
DRILLING MACHINE
Carl F. Back. Orrville. Ohio, assignor to The Sanderson
Cyclone Drill Company, Orrville, Ohio
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,957
Int.CI. E2 lb/ 9/00
U.S.CL 175—52 7CUims
f5^i^^
Drilling machine with tower operable in various inclined
positions. The tower has operator controlled mechanisms for
selective drill pipe pickup or storage and subtr^tion or addi-
tion in whatever working condition the drill tower is erected
for rotary-type drilling.
3,708,025
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING OBJECTS
TO BE FORMED INTO GROUPS
Federico Martinez Soler, and Jacinto Salvado Gomez, both of
Barcelona, Spain, assignors to Mateo Grau Hijos, S.A., Bar-
celona, Spain
Filed Sept. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 182,460
Claims priority, application Spain, Sept. 21, 1970, 384,171
Int. CI. GO Igy 9/22
U.S.CL 177—1 21 Claims
A self-propelled air-punching mechanism for making holes
in soil by its compaction, in which a hollow body is provided
Method and apparatus for classifying a supply of objects
having a common characteristic, such as size or weight, which
is randomly distributed throughout the individual objects into
groups in which the total value of all of the objects in each
group will be the same, in which the random supply is divided
into types having narrow ranges of said values, and the final
groups are selected from the subdivided groups according to
prearranged programs which are designed to utilize more of
the objects which predominate in the random supply at the
time the groups are selected.
172
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.708.026
DIGITAL BATCHING
Donald A. Senour. Carlisle, Mass., assignor to BLH Elec-
tronics, Inc., W altham, Mass.
Filed July 1, 1971,S«r. No. 158.688
Int. CI. GOlg 13104, 13112,231365
U.S. CI. 177-60 22 Claims
the raw gross weight of a batching hopper. Both analog signals
are applied to the non-inverting input of an operational ampli-
fier having a gain of "two." When the values of the two
analogs are equal, the amplifier output is zero. The pulse
generator is controlled by a comparator that monitors the zero
output condition to stop the further production or forwarding
of pulses. The counter registers the total weight and the
processed analog signal at the amplifier output represents the
net weight added to the hopper for each material admission.
"<>«-' t^^r^
3»TCH
s
I. r, '• '•
Automatic precision control of high-speed filling and emp-
tying operations, such as those in which a liquid is admitted
into or discharged from a batch, is provided by a combination
of a weighing system and associated electronic digital circuitry
which regulates these operations in accordance with changes
in instantaneous batch weight relative to stored information
concerning initial weight and which further both reduces or "-
dribbles" the rate at which these operations proceed just prior
to their completions and anticipates and accounts for so-
called "in-flight" amounts of material remaining temporarily
in transit.
3,708,027
BATCHING SYSTEM UTILIZING DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG
SUBTRACTION TO DENOTE THE AMOUNT OF
BATCHED MATERIAL
John L. Hill, North St. Paul, Mich., assignor to Ramsey En-
gineering Company, St. Paul, Mich.
Filed Jan. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 222,185
Int.CI.G01gi//4
U.S. CI. 177—210 1 1 Claims
3,708,028
ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN VEHICLES
Paul R. Hafer, Boyertown, Pa., assignor to Boyertown Auto
Body Works, Boyertown, Pa.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,750
Int.CI. B60k//00
U.S. CI. 180—65 R 5 Claims
This invention relates to improvements in electrically
powered vehicles and more particularly to structure for effect-
ing the quick changes of batteries in such vehicles together
with improved features in the electric motor drive.
3,708,029
SYSTEM FOR GUIDING VEHICLES
Hugh B. Sedgfield, late of Esher, England; Norman Kenneth
Brown, Binfield, and Eric James Birchnall, Bracknell, both
of England, assignors to Sperry Rand Limited, London, En-
gland
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,637
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 15, 1969,
8,344/69
Int. CI. B62d 3/00
U.S.CL 180—79 15 Claims
A series of pulses from a controlled pulse generator are
counted by a counter and the count is converted to a negative
analog voltage signal having a value denoting the count. A
positive analog voltage signal is provided in accordance with
An automatic steering mechanism for mounting on a steera-
ble vehicle to guide it along a slot in a track has a feeler
mounted forwardly of the front wheels of the vehicle to en-
gage in and sense the position of the slot. Movements of the
feeler laterally with respect to the vehicle are transmitted
' through a system of incompressible links to control an hydrau-
lic ram. The ram movement is damped and applied to the
track rod of the vehicle.
, January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
173
3,708,030
HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM
Atumi Ueda, Kariya, Japan, assignor to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki
Kaisha, Kariva, Japan
Fiied Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,063
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 24, 1969,
44/75965; Sept. 24, 1969, 44/75966; Sept. 24. 1969,
44/75967
Int. CI. B62d 5/06
U.S. CL 180— 79.2 R 3Claims
pivotal connection at one end of each of the links. The other
end of one of the links is coupled to the throttle pedal, and the
other end of the link is pivotally anchored in the automotive
vehicle. Means in the form of additional linkage is coupled to
the throttle pedal and to a position intermediate the ends of
the first mentioned link. When the speed of the automotive
vehicle is below a predetermined limit, an electromagnet
holds the pivotal connection between the two links in a given
position. When this speed is exceeded, the electromagnet is
de-energized and the pivotal connection moves into a second
position which acts on the linkage connected to the carburetor
throttle plate to move this throttle plate towards a closed posi-
tion, thereby limiting the maximum speed of the automotive
vehicle.
A vehicle having a hydraulic power brake system and a
hydraulic power steering system, each having its own pump
may utilize the power steering system pump as an emergency
back up pump for the power brake system should the pump
for the power brake system fail. The fluid under pressure in
the accumulator for the power brake system will act upon
failure of the power brake pump to initiate the switch over to
the power steering pump.
3,708,031
MAXIMUM VEHICLE SPEED LIMITER
Zbigniew J. Jania, Northville, and Lawrence J. Vanderberg,
Ann Arbor, both of Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Com-
pany, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,213
Int.CI.B60ki//00
U.S. CI. 180- 1 10 10 Claims
l-'
r/twsMiSi/OM
3.708,032
ACCIDENTAL LOCK PREVENTING DEVICE
Masaru Suzuki, Hekikai-gun, Aichi-ken, Japan, assignor to
Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho, Aichi-ken,
Japan
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,109
Claims priority, application Japan. Nov. 24, 1969, 44/94061
lAt. CI. B60r 25/02- E05b 65/12
U.S.CI. 180— 114 11 Claims
A device is provided for preventing accidental locking of
the steering shaft of a motor vehicle of the type having an igni-
tion lock, operable by rotation of an ignition key. A locking
bolt, which is engageable with the steering shaft only upon the
rotation of the ignition lock to ignition-ofT position, and
withdrawal of the key from the ignition lock, is prevented
from engaging the steering shaft during the running of the
vehicle by means which is electrically actuated and which will
permit withdrawal of the key from the ignition lock only upon
the halting of the vehicle.
A maximum vehicle speed limiter for use in an automotive
vehicle that has a throttle pedal connected to a carburetor
throttle valve through a linkage means. This linkage means in-
cludes two links which are pivotally connected through a
3,708,033
STIMULATOR
Caperton B. Horsley, East Walpole, Mass., assignor to Braxton
Corporation, Medfield, Mass.
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,373
Iiit.CLG01vy/y4
U.S.CL181-.5MW nClaims
Apparatus for generating a sound field comprising a sup-
port, an elongated elastic column constructed to maintain its
structural integrity when subjected to vibrational stresses,
constraint structure constraining the column against trans-
verse motion relative to the support while permitting longitu-
dinal motion of portions of the column, an electromagnetic
motor arranged to provide periodic longitudinal forces acting
on an end of the column, the period of these forces being
174
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
equal to the period of the longitudinal resonant vibrational
mode of the column, a control system for controlling the am-
3,708,035
DIAPHRAGM FOR LOUDSPEAKERS
Hiromi Sotome, Hamamatsu-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippon
GaJtki Seize Kabushiki Kaisha, Hamamatsu-shi, Shizuoka-
ken, Japan
ConUnuation-inpart of S«r. No. 803,822, March 3, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,586, 121. This application Feb. 4, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2.784
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 30, 1967,
42/100056
Int. CI. G 10k 13/00; H04r 7/00
U.S. CI. 181-32 R 2 Claims
A diaphragm for a loudspeaker made of foamed plastic or
like material, in which the diaphragm has a decreased
thickness at its central portion to which a voice coil is at-
tached.
plitude of longitudinal motion of the column, and a piston af-
fixed to an end of the column and having an extended gas-in-
teracting surface transverse to the column.
3,708,034
STETHOSCOPE
Carrell G. Ziegler, Flourtown, and Albert H. Hoffman, Roslyn,
both of Pa., assignors to Dittmar and Penn Corporation,
Philadelphia, Pa.
FUedJune24, 1971,Ser. No. 156,449
Int. CI. A6 lb 7/02
U.S. CI. 181-24 2 Claims
3,708,036
APPARATUS FOR ATTENUATING THE NOISE MADE BY
FLUID JETS EJECTED FROM A CONDUIT
Louis Duthion, Paris; Andre Emile Roger Cabassut, Versailles,
and Andre Julien Labussiere, Fontenay-le-Fleury, all of
France, assignors to BERTIN & Cie, Plaiser, Yvelines and
Avions Marcel Dassault. Vaucresson, Hants de Seine, France
Filed May 1 1. 1971, Ser. No. 142,155
Claims priority, application France, May 11, 1970, 7016980
Int. CL FOln 1/08, 1/16; B64dii/06
U.S. CL 181—33 H 9 CUims
A stethoscope is provided having ear tubes connected by a
resilient band which permits swinging movement of the free
ends of the ear tubes toward and away from each other in a
plane for insertion for use and removal but resists displace-
ment of the ear tubes from that plane, the ends of the resilient
band being formed into spring collars and having struck out
projections engaged in slots in the tubes to prevent longitu-
dinal separation and turning of the tubes.
An openwork screen is placed in the discharge plane of a
conduit discharging a jet of fluid at sonic speeds, to reduce the
noise. The screen can be in the form of parallel slats, radial
slats or a network of slats. In the case of aircraft jets the screen
is preferably removable form the discharge plane of the jet
outlet conduit. To do this the screen can be constructed so
that it disintegrates after a predetermined length of time or
can be destroyed by explosives or other such means when
required. Alternatively, the screen can be pivotally mounted
on the wing so that it can be swung by hydraulic means into
the discharge plane of the jet or out of the way, it can be ar-
ranged as a blind which can be drawn over the jet outlet, or it
can be in the form of elements pivotally attached at one end to
the conduit around its circumference and releasably con-
nected near the center of the conduit so that the elements nor-
mally form a screen of radial slats, but when their center con-
nection is released they splay out behind the jet.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
175
3,708,037
THREE HYDRAULIC LIFTING STAGES SELF-
PROPELLED CRANE W HICH MAY BE MOUNTED
Jacques Tranchero, Via VillanonetU 2, Piasco, luly
Filed Aprils, 1971, Ser. No. 132,377
Claims priority, application Italy, April «, 1970, 68170 A/70
Int.CI. B66f ///04
U.S.CL 182-2 10 Claims
ERRATUM
For Class 182— 214 see:
Patent No. 3,708,080
3,708,039
BRAKE SPRING APPARATUS
John A. Germer. c/o The Budd Company, 2450 Hunting Park
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.
^ Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,715
Int. CLB6 Ik 7/02
U.S. a. 188-62 2 Claims
A self propelled crane is provided having three separate but
cooperating lifting stages. The three stages are independently
actuatable. At maximum height the components of the crane
do not extend beyond the perimeter of the bearing points of
the base. Two nacelles are included in the crane for support-
ing operators.
3,708,038
CANTILEVER SUPPORT
Joseph B. Ewing, Jr., P.O. Box 978, Innis, La.
Filed Sept. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 179,303
Int.CLE04gi/70
U.S,CL182— 150
9 Claims
— ^
This invention pertains to a compression spring supported
plate assembly which carries a friction lining for coaction with
an arrestment surface and which is supported a predetermined
distance away from a movable base structure. The precqm-
pression of the springs can be altered to change the brake
force acceleration, independently and without affecting the
distance of the brake lining from the base structure. Cor-
respondingly the distance of the brake lining from the base
structure to compensate for brake wear can be altered without
affecting the precompression of the springs.
A platform to safely support a plurality of workmen
together with tools, equipment and supplies, for use in main-
tenance work beneath and in close proximity to a portion ot
the underside of a bridge on which work is to be peribrmed.
An upright frame structure rises from an inner end of the plat-
form and defines a vertical passageway by which the workmen
and supplies may move between the platform and the upper
side of the bridge. Suspending means secured to said end ot
the platform extends to above said passageway for attachment
to a transit crane, by means of which the platform is moved to
and from a position beneath the bridge. The passageway ex-
tends upwardly along a side of the bridge and to above said
bridge side to be accessible from the upper side of the bridge
when the platform is disposed therebeneath. Adjustable can-
tilever means forms an extension of said inner end of the plat-
form for causing the platform to swing upwardly against the
underside of the bridge, while suspended by the crane, to
facilitate securing hanger means, carried by the platform, to
the frame structure of the bridge, after which the cantilever
means is adjusted for reducing the counter balancing affect
thereof, so that said hanger means will partially support the
platform, and thereafter provide the sole support for the plat-
form when the crane is disconnected from said suspending
means.
3,708,040
DISK BRAKE W ITH SERVO ACTION
Harold S. Hollnagel, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Kelsey-
Hayes Company
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,080
Int. CLF16d 55/46
U.S.CL 188-72.2 11 Claims
Two embodiments of disk brake assemblies embodying sim-
plified actuators that include tilting pins The pins are tilted to
cause axial movement of the brake pads into frictional engage-
ment with the associated brake rotor. The direction of tilting
of the pins is such that a self-energizing force is exerted upon
the brake.
176
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,041 3,708,043
BRAKE DISC BRAKES
Emil H. Hahn, St. Joseph, Mich., assignor to Lambert Brake Heinrich Bernhard Rath, Koblenz-Luetzel, and Wolfgang
Corporation, St. Joseph, Mich.
Filed Feb. II, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,414
Int. CI. F16d 55/224
U.S. CI. 188-72.9
Hess, Rubenach, both of Germany, assignors to Girling
Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,328
8 Claims Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 25, 1969,
47,135/69
Int. CI. F16d 55/22«
U.S. CI. 188—73.3 10 Claims
A brake comprises a ring-shaped housing formed of sheet
metal halves secured together and forming openings for
receiving pins. The pins slidably support braking plates that
are normally biased apart and are movable for engagement
with the opposite surfaces of a brake disc. The housing halves
also provide an opening for receiving an actuating lever that is
engageable with one of the braking plates The housing may
be shiftably mounted on a fixed mounting plate for use with an
axially fixed rotating disc, or the housing may be fixedly
mounted for use with an axially shiftable brake disc.
3,708,042
CARBON CORE SEGMENTED FRICTION DISC
Walter J. Krause, and Gilbert T. Stout, both of South Bend,
Ind., assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,054
Int.CI.F16d 65/72
U.S. CI. 188—73.2 8 Claims
A friction disc for a disc brake having a plurality of inter-
leaved brake rotor and stator discs which are forced together
to provide a friction effect. The rotor is provided with a plu-
rality of segments each of which includes a carbon block hav-
ing friction material pads fixedly secured to opposite faces
thereof The segments are attached to a ring or strap which
holds the segments in fixed spaced-aparl relationship to define
an annular rotor disc.
A spot-type disc brake has a fixed caliper straddling the disc
and containing hydraulic actuator pistons acting on the back
plates of opposed brake pads disposed at opposite sides of the
disc. The back plates have "T" shaped side edge portions
whose circumferentially inwardly facing surfaces cooperate
with circumferentially outwardly facing abutment surfaces on
the caliper This enables the brake drag forces to be taken
from the brake pads at their leading edges.
3,708,044
VEHICLE EXPANDING BRAKE ASSEMBLY
Tatsumi Torn; Asao Kozakai; Takekazu Yamamoto, and
Mizuo Nyunoya, all of Kariya, Japan, assignors to Aisin Seiki
Company Limited, Aichi-ken, Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 797,062, Feb. 6, 1969, abandoned.
This application May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,677
Int. CI. F16d 57/22, 5//24
U.S. CI. 1 88—326 6 Claims
An automotive vehicle brake assembly, comprising a rotata-
ble brake drum, a hydraulic service brake section and an
emergency or parking brake section, both of said brake sec-
tions when actuated either separately or jointly are arranged
to cooperate with a common pair of brake shoes adapted for
frictional cooperation with said drum, said assembly being
characterized by the provision of at least one mechanical link-
age connected between both of said brake sections so as to
modify the brake actuating mode of at least one of said brake
sections under certain operating conditions.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
177
3,708,045
LUGGAGE BAGS
Ira R. Katz, Nashville, Tenn., assignor to Hartmann Luggage
Company, Lebanon, Tenn.
Filed July 1 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 63,923
Int. CI. A45c 5100
U.S. CL 190-41 Z { 8 Claims
of the link, the plunger, and the brake shoe assure good brak-
ing action, especially in view of the efficient angle of the
downward substantially tangential travel of the shoe relative
to the wheel to braking position. The compactness of the
mechanism usually permits installation on the free side of a
belt-driven pulley wheel.
A soft, flexible bag for carrying clothing and personal acces-
sories or the like includes a top, a bottom, first and second end
walls, a pair of side walls, and a novel continuous zipper-type
slide fastener which is arranged in an unusual manner whereby
it follows a curved path down substantially the length of said
first end wall, diagonally upwardly across one of said side
walls, and in a curved path down said second end wall, the
opening of said uniquely-arranged zipper permitting said flexi-
ble bag walls to hang downwardly and outwardly in a
widespread condition facilitating the packing and unpacking
of the bag.
3,708,046
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED BRAKE
Howard W . Brown, 2657 Shiras Avenue, Dubuque, Iowa
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,738
Int. CI. F16d 2i/00
L.S.CL 192-2 16 Claims
3,708,047
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC SELECTOR FOR THE CONTROL
OF MULTIPLE LOADS
Willi Kuhnle, and Walter Frei, both of Fried richshaf en, Ger-
many, assignors to Zahnradfabrik Friedrichshafen Aktien-
gesellschaft, Friedrichshafen, Germany
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,287
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 20, 1970, P 20
02 315.8
Int. CI. F16d 67/04, G06d 7/02, F16h 57/70
U.S. CI. 1 92 — 1 2 C 7 Claims
\
G.fMK
jr. ^n, J.V
CEAe C£AV WAK
36 X 3i
U 31 31 30
'-1
-' 1 r-^S «~ I '
A multiplicity of loads, such as the clutches and brakes
designed to establish different speed ratios in an automotive
gear-shift transmission, are individually actuatable by an array
of hydraulic valves forming several cascaded stages, the
number of valves per stage increasing as a geometric progres-
sion of base 2. Several solenoid relays, selectively energizable
with the aid of a coding matrix under the control of a manually
operated shift lever, are assigned to the valves of respective
stages for jointly displacing them between two alternate posi-
tions, thereby completing any one of 2" distinct fluid paths
where n is the number of stages.
3,708,048
FLUID PRESSURE CLUTCH W ITH EMERGENCY SCREW
OPERATOR
Peter Szynka, Witten, (Ruhr), Germany, assignor to Lohmann
& Stollerfoht Aktiengesellschaft,W ittenburg/Ruhr. Germany
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,927
Claims priority, application Germany, March 25, 1970, P 20
15 501.5
Int. CLE 16d 79/00
L.S. CL 192—83 6 Claims
In this electrically controlled brake mechanism, a brake
shoe, which normally gravitates to a braking position in en-
gagement with a pulley wheel, so as to hold the wheel against
turning when electrical power is turned off, or in the event of
electrical power failure, is pivotally connected at its mid-point
to one end of a link guided to move endwise tangentially rela-
tive to the circumference of the pulley wheel so that the brake
shoe is retracted and allows free turning of the pulley wheel
when the power is turned on, the link being operatively con-
nected at its other end with the plunger of an electrical sole-
noid that is energized only when the main control switch is
turned on for either forward or reverse operation of the drive
motor. The motor circuit is not completed, however, until a
servo-switch, that is normally in open circuit position, is
thrown to closed circuit position by plunger operation of the
aforesaid link. Thus, the motor does not start until a split
second after the brake is released, which saves wear and tear
on both the motor and the brake shoe. The combined weight
All emergency device for a pressure fluid operated double
cone friction clutch, particularly as used in a ship drive
system, is provided in that the pressure fluid 6perated parts
can be mechanically moved through physical engagement in
case of failure of the fluid system.
178
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,049
SPLIT-RATE METER CONSTRUCTION
Leonard J. Weber. Broadview, III., assignor to Qonaar Cor-
poration, Elk Grove V illage. III.
Filed July 7, 1971,Ser. No. 160^15
Int.CI. G07f5/00
L.S. CI. 194-84 7 Claims
3,708.051
CONTROL MECHANISM FOR ADVANCING AND
LOCATING PALLETS
Anthony L. Dato, River Vale, and Zoltan E. Zilahy, Nutley.
both of NJ., assignors to SUndard Tool & Manufacturing
Co.
Filed March 26, 1971. Ser. No. 128,305
Int. CI. B23q 5/22
U.S. CI. 198-19 . 14 Claims
A meter construction wherein purchased time is obtained
through engagement of pawl means with a winding means at- ^
tached to a timing mechanism, the pawl means being moved
into engaging position by a coin employed for purchasing
time The improvement involves the use of a pair of rotatable
memh>ers operatively connected to the winding means. A first
rotatable member is directly tied to the winding means
whereby driving engagement of the pawl with the first rotata-
ble member will result in the purchase of time. The second
rotatable member is maintained in spaced relationship with
respect to the first rotatable member, and the subsequent in-
sertion of a coin results in engagement of the second rotatable
member, and movement of this member relative to the first
rotatable member. Driving engagement with the first rotatable
member follows this initial movement and the purchase of
time only begins at this point. This results in a lower ratio of
purchased time to coin value. Additional delay of movement
of the first rotatable member and operation of the associated
time mechanism is accomplished through the use of a blocking
member which holds the pawl out of an engaging position
when a coin is inserted after a certain amount of purchased
time is already on the meter.
Carriers are mounted on vertical rails having a wear plate
on the bottom which rests upon wear plates.on a continuous
chain which drives the carriers from one machine station to
another where one or a group of carriers may be retained sta-
tionary as the chain continues to advance. A reciprocal con-
trol mechanism engages the wear plate of a carrier and ad-
vances it to a station where the pallet carried thereby is accu-
rately oriented and clamped during a machining operation.
The clamped pallet prevents the carrier advancement and per-
mits the reciprocal control mechanism to be released
therefrom. An escapement mechanism permits one carrier at
a time to be advanced to the reciprocal control mechanism
which advances the carrier or carriers to the next adjacent sta-
tion or stations.
3,708,050
PRINTER CONTROL WITH MONODIRECTIONAL AND
BIDIRECTIONAL PRINTING COMPATIBILITY
Justin H. McCarthy, Jr., Boca Raton, Fla., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,026
Int.CI. B41ji//2
U.S.CI. 197— IR 5 Claims
3,708,052
UNSTABLE W ARE PUSH PLATE
Alphonse W. Faure, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to C.S.S.
Machine & Tool Company, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed April 28, 1971. Ser. No. 138,123
Int.CI. B65g 4 7/«2
U.S. CL 198-24 5 Claims
CW)
POINTER
CONTROLS
r
BI-OIRECT-
lONtL
CONTROLS
®
o o o o
^^vl-
J®
o o s s
b.
n^^^ r^^,,^^"
Logic is conditioned to respond as a function of whether or
not a serial printer is capable of printing bidirectionally or
monodirectionally. When a bidirectional printer is available,
the logic modifies computer originated control signals so that
bidirectional printing will be effected even though the com-
puter controlled signals are formatted and sequenced for
monodirectional printing control.
In glassware forming machinery, a reciprocating type of 90°
push-out assembly is modified to adapt it to the handling of
unstable glassware. One or more stabilizing fingers are added
which become positioned on the outer side of the glassware.
These fingers cooperate with the normal push fingers to en-
gage the unstable glassware on three sides and thereby to sta-
bilize the ware as it is swept forwardly through an arc of 90°
from the dead plate to the conveyor. At the end of the 90° for-
ward sweep, the stabilizing fingers are automatically raised so
that they clear the glassware during the retraction stroke of
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
179
the 90° push-out assembly. The stabilizing fingers are main-
tained in their raised positions not only during the entire
retraction stroke, but also during the 90° return swing of the
push-out assembly to a position facing the dead plate, and also
during the entire forward extension stroke of the push-out
mechanism. It is not until the push plate has reached its full
forward position facing the dead plate that the stabilizing fin-
gers are lowered from their raised position. In their lowered
position, the stabilizing fingers are adapted to engage the far
sides of the glassware just deposited on the dead plate and to
sweep the new glassware from the dead plate to the conveyor.
stacking marks and slots for fastening the stacks, and a
mechanism for orienting the stator laminations, made of two
vertical rotatable shafts whose upper portions are of the taper-
ing shape.. The auger screws are positioned parallel to the
shafts and installed together with the latter along an imaginary
circumference, forming a cylindrical space for the movement
in it of the stator laminations.
3,708,053
SHUFFLE FEED MECHANISM
Earl R. Anderson, Los Gatos, Calif., assignor to Brex Corp.,
Los Gatos, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 776,682, Nov. 18, 1968,
abandoned. This application May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 140,865
Int.CI. B65g 25/04. 47/26
U.S. CI. 198—30 10 Claims
This mechanism comprises a shuffle feed mechanism having
two sets of longitudinally extending serrated members forming
a grid or bed, at least one of the sets of being movable longitu-
dinally with respect to the other so as to progress articles from
pocket-to-pocket or valley-to-valley along the length of the
mechanism by pushing of the articles upwardly along an
inclined wall of a V-shaped notch and over the apex so as to
slide or roll down into the next notch. The sets of shuffle mem-
bers are elevated at their discharge ends with the outer shuffle
members being at a quarter elevation so as to provide a trans-
verse trough-like configuration to cause single filing of articles
progressed therethrough. Also the shuffle feed mechanism in-
cludes barrier means extending longitudinally so as to confine
the articles to a narrow path along which only a single article
can be fed.
3,708,054
DEVICE FOR STACKING STATOR LAMINATIONS
Vitaly Konstantinovich Gilev, 118, 811 proezd, 65, kv. 16;
Jury Vagarshevich Ovanesov, ulitsa Mayakovskogo, 17, kv.
8; Rafael Tevosovich Sarkisov, ulitsa Aga-Neimatully, 20a,
kv. 28. and Ernst Arakelovich Stepanyan, ulitsa Druzhby
Molodezhi, 2, kv. 36, all of Baku, U.S.S.R.
Filed July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162.348
Int.CI. B65g 47/24
U.S. CI. 198—33 AC 4 Claims
3,708.055
DISPENSING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Roland E. Miller, Orangeville, and David M. Neill, Chicago,
both of III., assignors to Kraftco Corporation. Chicago, III.
Filed June 28. 1971, Ser. No. 157,347
Int.CI. B65g 47/26.47/75
U.S. CL 198—34 6 Claims
Method and apparatus for depositing articles at uniformly
spaced positions on a conveyor in such a manner as to main-
tain a predetermined flow of the articles on the conveyor from
at least two dispensers arranged in tandem adjacent the con-
veyor.
3.708.056
DEVICE FOR REMOVING BULK MATERIAL FROM
STORAGE
Gunter Strocker, Holzwickede, Germany, assignor to Gustav
Schade Maschinenfabrik, Dortmund, Germany
Filed Feb. 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 .845
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 5, 1970, P 20 05
147.2
int. CLB65g 65/25
U.S. CL 198—36 17 Claims
A device for removing bulk material from storage in a dump
pile includes at least one scraper arranged to be raised and
lowered on a gantry spanning the dump.
The device comprises auger screws for rotating the stator
laminations whose outer edges are provided with inward
3,708,057
SYSTEM FOR SORTING MAIL BAGS
Ernest B. Hardwig, P.O. Box 2685, Jacksonville, Fla.
Division ofSer. No. 47,8 12, June 19, 1970, Pat. No. 3,655,030.
This application July 2. 1971, Ser. No. 159,390
Int. CI. B65g 4i/C>0
U.S. CI. 198—38 6 Claims
A sorting apparatus comprising a train of carriers each hav-
ing a tiltable support provided with a gripper device for
180
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
releasably retaining an empty mail sack on the carrier. The
carriers follow a loop track and are advanced therealong to
and past a loading station and a plurality of unloading stations.
Each carrier includes a coding device which may be set by an
operator at the loading station at the time an empty sack is
positioned in the gripper device. A cyclic drive is provided
which includes an endless chain carrying a pawl in a path
which approaches the track to engage the pawl with a carrier
and move the train a predetermined distance, which is an even
multiple or submultiple of the distances between loading and
unloading stations, and then departs therefrom to disengage
the pawl. As a carrier reaches the loading station, it trips an in-
dexing device which stops that carrier and, accordingly, the
3,708.059
CONVEY SYSTEM AND ATTACHMENTS THEREFOR
Herman Ackermann, Richton Park, III., assignor to Velten &
Pulver, Inc., Chicago Ridge, III.
Filed Oct. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 189,203
Int. CI. B65g 1 7106
U.S. CI. 198-189 ISCIaims
"^".Hii
train, in proper position. The pawl in departing from the carri-
er contacts the indexing device and returns it to retracted
cocked condition removing the stop element from the path of
the carrier, whereby the train may again be moved upon en-
gagement of the pawl with the next carrier. Code sensing ar-
rangements are located at the unloading stations operative to
actuate mechanism to tilt the support of a correspondingly
coded carrier. In tilting, the support moves the gripped sack
laterally, and releases the gripper device. Mechanism at the
station is also actuated to restrain the lower portion of the
sack against lateral movement whereby the sacks are
deposited m horizontal position on a table at the station one
on top of the other to form a stack.
3.708,058
VACLLM BELT CONVEYOR
Alex E. Kalven, Somerville, N.J.. assignor to G AF Corporation.
New York. N.Y.
ConUnuation-ln-part of Ser. No. 863.138. Oct. 2, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,608,895. This application Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,971
Int. CI. B65g 75/00
L.S. CI. 198— 184 1 Claim
156
An endless conveyor system comprises upper and lower
pairs of laterally spaced-apart guide rails respectively support-
ing therebetween the support and return reaches of an articu-
lated roller chain conveyor including lengths joined by con-
necting pins, a plurality of longitudinally spaced-apart at-
tachments carried by the conveyor, each attachment including
a bracket having a base and a pair of depending legs each pro-
vided with a laterally outwardly extending support flange, the
tops of the legs extending longitudinally beyond the base ends
and cooperating therewith to define a pair of support seats, a
retainer plate disposed beneath the base and between the legs,
and a support rod bent to form an elongated loop having the
elongated sides thereof respectively disposed in the support
seat and attached to the retaining plate, thereby holding the
attachment parts together and substantially immovable with
respect to each other, the rods cooperating to define a con-
veyor apron and to support the conveyor along its support
reach and the support flanges cooperating to support the con-
veyor along its return reach.
3,708,060
RIGID CURVED SHEET ELEMENTS, SUCH AS SCREW
CONVEYOR BLADES. AND METHODS OF MAKING
SAME
Daniel Ben-Natan, 27 Hanarkisim Street, Kiryat Bialik, Israel
Claims priority, application Israel, July 3, 1%9, 32511/69
Int.CI.B21d///06
U.S.CL 72-379 - 4 Claims
Flat objects are conveyed by the under surface of a springy
layer on a continuous belt which moves in contact with the
smooth bottom surface of a vacuum plenum chamber having
an elongated slot opening to the center of the belt which has a
series of perforations each corresponding to an enlarged hole
in the springy layer that grips each flat object under the
vacuum influence of the plenum chamber.
A rigid curved sheet element, such as a helicoidal screw
conveyor blade, is curved by being formed with a series of tri-
angular segments bounded along their sides and alternately
disposed so that their apexes alternate from one edge (the
longer side) of the sheet element to the opposite edge (the
shorter side); in addition the plane of each triangular segment
forms an obtuse angle with respect to that of the next succeed-
ing one. and alternates in direction with respect to successive
ones. In a preferred method of making same, a flat sheet
blank, preferably in the shape of a circle, is bent along a plu-
rality of lines in alternate directions to form the triangular seg-
ments. In another method, a plurality of separate triangular
segments are flxed together, as by welding, to form the curved
sheet element.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
181
3 708 061 sand may fall through the screen. The sinking chips and other
ALBUM FOR FILMSTRIP STORAGE foreign substances are brought into a selection tube in which
Marshall VVeingarden, 60 East 8th Street, New York, N.Y., and
Harold H. Levitt, 313 Rutland Avenue, Teaneck, N J.
FUed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,527
Int. CLB65d 23/54. //i6
U.S. CL 206—45.34 4 Claims
A book-like album which, in practice, stores filmstrip cans
such that the identification thereon is visible through a trans-
parent flap, or so-called spine, of the album and thus also
serves as identification of the album.
3,708,062
EYEHOOK FASTENER AUTOMATIC INSTALLING
MACHINE
Gabor Z. Feldheim, and Andrew Feldheim, both of 690 George
Street, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,799
Claims priority, application Australia, May 26, 1969,
55552/69
Int. CI. B65d 73100, 85162
U.S. CI. 206—56 DF 2 Claims
an upward stream is provided. By the upward stream, the
wood chips are moved up for recovery and only the foreign
substances sink through the stream.
3,708,064
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INSPECTING
DIELECTRIC MEMBERS
Kent L. Schepler, and Larry J. Schmersal, both of Toledo,
Ohio, assignors to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,680
Int. CI. B07c 5108
U.S.CL 209-73 16 Claims
"t^
A U-shaped garment fastener adapted to be readily self-
loaded into a clenching press. The components of a complete
fastener are secured to a backing material so that two chains
of them can be placed in a magazine and fed into the press.
Both halves of the fastener are similar to eliminate duplicate
parts.
3,708,063
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR W ASHING WOOD
CHIPS
Hanaya Morimasa, Kure-shi, Hiroshima Pref., Japan, assignor
to Toyo Pulp Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 71,622
Int. CI. B03b 7100
U.S. CI. 209—3 9 Claims
Wood chips including foreign substances are made to natu-
rally sink in a washing tank. While the floating chips are taken
out from the tank, the sinking chips and the foreign substances
are separated by a submerged screen so that only the small
In a preferred embodiment of the invention a method and
apparatus for inspecting glass containers is described. A high
frequency signal is transmitted at an inspection station. The
transmitted high frequency signal is received and a detection
output IS provided which is related in amplitude to the am-
plitude of the received signal. The steady state detection out-
put is sensed when no container is at the inspection station. A
wall of a container is moved past an inspection position to vary
the amplitude of the received signal and thus the detection
output in accordance with the thickness of the wall at the in-
spection position. The varying detection output is compared
with the steady state detection output to derive a thickness
signal proportional to the thickness of the moving wall. The
thickness signal is compared with a reject reference signal to
detect a non-acceptable container. The magnitude of the re-
ject reference signal is controlled by the steady state detection
output to automatically compensate for long term component
and ambient variations.
182
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708.065
MEASLRING AND SORTING APPARATUS
Louis J. Aull, AtlanU, Ga., and William E. Gritt, Indianapolis,
Ind., assignors to Amsted Industries Incorporated, Chicago,
III.
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,434
Int. CI. B07c 51342
U.S. CI. 209—73 7 Claims
cyclones, each mounted for rotation about an axis spaced
therefrom and oriented transversely of said axis, and each hav-
ing an inlet adapted to communicate with a source of said
56) /-SB
'■12
-^T"
QH]
A method of and an apparatus for measuring and sorting ar-
ticles IS provided having a plurality of sensors that are respon-
sive to the presence and absence of light. Non-diverging
coherent light is projected against the sensors The articles to
be measured and/or sorted are guided through the light inter-
mediate the source of the light and the sensors. In response to
the sequence m which the sensors are shaded, a given dimen-
sion of the article may be readily determined. Based upon the
determined dimension, each article may be deflected into one
of a number of containers.
3,708,066
INDEX CARD MEANS
Roy Lee Elliott, 2101 Woodland, Wichita, Kans.
Filed Feb. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,432
Int. CI. B07c
U.S. CI. 209—80.5
6 Claims
suspension, a first outlet for discharging the lighter of said two
fractions and a second outlet for discharging the heavier of
said two fractions and which is more distant from said axis
than the first outlet.
3,708,068
TIMER
Edward J. Tischler, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Ecodyne Cor-
poration
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,241
Int. CI. BOld 2i/24
U.S. CI. 210— 140 15 Claims
An index card has a portion with a plurality of apertures and
slots therethrough with corresponding portions to receive in-
dicia corresponding to the plurality of apertures and slots.
Another portion has indicia identifying indicia of the first por-
tion with an associated second^ plurality of groups of apertures
corresponding to indicia of the second portion. The index card
is used in a system of similar index cards and indicia codes to
identify, by collecting similar items, groups of information that
are different yet have similarly classifiable characteristics.
3,708,067
SEPARATING APPARATUS
Alain Ferdinand Javet, Geneva, Switzerland, assignor to The
Battelle Development Corporation, Columbus, Ohio
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,509
- Int. CI. B04c 5128
U.S.CI. 209— 211 8 Claims
Apparatus tor separating a suspension into at least two frac-
tions of different densities, which comprises one or more
A timing device for operating a valve assembly at a
predetermined time on a given day or days. The device in-
cludes a timer dial and a pinion driven by separate gear trains
from the same motor and constantly in operation. A valve as-
sembly drive gear is connected to the pinion and rotated by it
at said time through an actuator arm manipulated by the timer
dial. The timer dial in addition includes means associated
therewith to independently manipulate a selected portion of
the valve assembly at a predetermined time on a given day or
days.
3,708,069
REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE MODULE AND
APPARATUS USING THE SAME
George B. Clark, Waukesha, Wis., assignor to Aqua-Chem,
Inc.
FUed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,561
Int. CI. BOId 37/00
U.S. CI. 210—181 12 Claims
A reverse osmosis membrane module and a self-contained
unit for separating the components of a liquid mixture by
reverse osmosis utilizing the same The module includes an
elongated tubular casing having substantial hoop strength
which receives a plurality of elongated tubular membrane
structures. Within the casing are a plurality of thin-walled
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
183
tubes each surrounding and receiving an associated one of the
tubular membranes. According to one embodiment, the outer
surface of each thin-walled tube is configured as a hexagon
and the tubes are interfitted within the casing with each other
so that each is in contact with another tube or the casing about
its entire peripheral extant. Thus, the pressure within adjacent
tubes tends to balance out thereby obviating any requirement
for support tubes for the membranes of substantial strength.
The self-contained unit employs such a membrane module
and within the casing there is further included a motor driven
pump which receives a liquid mixture and elevates the pres-
3,708,071
HOLLOW FIBER MEMBRANE DEVICE AND METHOD
OF FABRICATING SAME
Richard P. Crowley, Wellesley Hills, Mass., assignor to Abcor,
Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Aug. 5. 1970, Ser. No. 61^07
Int.CI. B01di//00
U.S. CI. 210—32 1 26 Claims
UREA RICH D4ALYZATE
34 ^2
UREA RICH
BLOOD
3CK
.36
UREA
• LEAN
BLOOD
18-^ \ 20
16^ DIALYZATE
SWEEP STREAM
c
sure of the same to reverse osmosis operating pressures. Each
of the membrane cells defined by the tubular membranes has
one open end adjacent a high pressure area which receives the
liquid mixture under high pressure and another open end ad-
jacent a second high pressure area to permit recirculation of
the liquid mixture. Within the first high pressure area there is
provided an impeller which is driven by the pump motor
together with baffles which operate to recirculate the liquid
mixture through the membrane cells. The structure also in-
cludes an accumulator for dampening pressure pulses within
the casing caused by operation of the pump.
Edwin A.
Oil Co.
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,596
Int. CI. C02b 9102
U.S. CI. 210—242
A method for preparing one or more terminal headers con-
taining capillary fibers encased therein for use in a membrane
device. The ends or a loop portion of a plurality of capillary
fibers are immersed in a foam material. The foam m.-ilerial
sets, encasing the capillaries therein forming a header. The
header is then severed, exposing the open ends of the capilla-
ries.
3,708,070
OIL SKIMMER
Bell, Lake Charles, La., assignor to Cities Service
3,708,072
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING
FILTER CAKE THICKNESS AND FOR COMPRESSING A
FILTER CAKE
Henry Schmidt, Jr., Hinsdale, III., assignor to Industrial FUter
& Pump Mfg. Co., Cicero, III.
Filed Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 80,270
Int.CI. B01di5/20, 25/i<S
U.S. CI. 210-332 19 Claims
6 Claims
,10
T3
P% •"
t^^^^/feg
^^.
-n
^ J1 ^ 'l6 67 a « '^
In order to recover surface oil from a body of water a float-
ing oil skimmer barge is provided with a series of compart-
ments, beginning at the prow of the barge, inflow to each com-
partment being effected over a respective floating baffle
pivotally mounted at its bottom edge to swing into its compart-
ment to a depth determined by the pressure differential across
the baffle. Position of the baffle is controlled by pumping
water at controlled rates from the bottom of the downstream
end of each compartment to thereby cause an effective sur-
face flow between compartments. Surface oil builds up in
depth at the downstream end of the last compartment and is
collected, substantially free of water, in a recovery chamber
which is also provided with a floating baffle and from which oil
is pumped at controllable rates.
S3 .?*
A filter cake deposited on a porous surface is compressed
thereagainst by a flexible sheet mounted adjacent the porous
surface on the upstream side thereof so that when the filter
cake builds up against the sheet it is forced by the hydraulic
pressure of the liquid being filtered toward the cake to thereby
automatically compress the cake when it becomes sufficiently
thick to reach the sheet.
184
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3 708 073 3,708,075
ROTARY DISPLAY STAND WEDGE LOCK DEVICE
Edward L. Davis, 814 North Bragg Avenue, Lookout Moun- Laurence Treffk LaBelk, Downers Grove, lU., assignor to
Uin, Tenn. '^'"*'' Enterprises, Inc.
FiledFeb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,104 Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,420
Int. CI. A47f 7/76 Int. CI. B61g 9//0
US. a. 211—47 6 Claims L.S.CL 213—22 3 Claims
A rotary display stand including a standard, a rotary support
member, and depending article holders mounted in a circum-
ferential path on said support member and adapted to freely
swing relative to said support member.
3,708,074
STEEL RACKING APPARATUS
Thomas D. Fahey, and Samuel Schlagel, both of Denver, Colo.,
assignors to Steel Storage Systems, Inc., Commerce City,
Colo.
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,941
Int. CLA47f J/96.5/00
U.S.CL 211 — 151 19 Claims
1^
/'
.^
V
■»_-.J
In a draft gear having a housing which has an open top, a
solid bottom and a tapered bore which defines a shoulder ex-
tending around the inside circumference of the draft gear
housing, a lockmg piece which has a hub portion, and out-
wardly extending fingers therefrom which are positioned
beneath and engage the shoulder of the draft gear housing.
The draft gear is maintained in assembled operation by a
securing means which has a shank portion which extends up-
wardly from beneath the hub portion of the locking piece
through a hole provided in the base of the wedge and which
has a nut secured on the threaded end thereof.
,^'TE TJ'J^..^
This invention relates to an apparatus for racking structural
steel stock characterized by at least two upstanding partition-
forming wall sections interconnected in longitudinally-spaced
parallel relation. Each of these wall sections carries one or
more upwardly-opening saddles which, along with the carriage
atop which It IS mounted, defines a cradle movable relative
thereto in load-supporting relation between a retracted and an
extended position. A common longitudinally-extending
crankshaft interconnects two or more of the longitudinally-
aligned cradles together for simultaneous movement so as to
produce therewith an open-ended top-loading drawer adapted
to support structural steel members and the like at spaced
points therealong. In the preferred embodiment, the cradle
carriages rest atop the crankshaft in frictional engagement
therewith while in two alternative embodiments, the
crankshaft is operatively connected to the cradle by a meshed
rack and pinion. In one of the latter embodiments, a separate
crankshaft is provided for each drawer while in the other an
axially-movable shaft is selectively connectable to a pair
thereof.
3,708,076
RAILWAY COUPLER YOKE
Robert P. Radwill, Oak Lawn, III., assignor to Amsted Indus-
tries Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 2. 1971, Ser. No. 168,179
Int. CI. 861 g 9/04, 9/20
L.S. CI. 213— 67R 10 Claims
A new fillet for the intersection of the strap and the rear fol-
lower bearing of a yoke is provided having a compound radial
surface and an undercut portion. The curve is designed to
reduce stress concentration and manufacturing difficulties in
this area. The undercut portion removes metal from the draft
gear pocket and thereby eliminates notching of the strap.
3,708,077
DEVICE MEANS FOR A VEHICLE IN A WAREHOUSING
APPARATUS
Kenneth A. Richens, Salt Lake City; Scott C. Grover, Bounti-
ful; James K. Allred, Salt Lake City, all of Utah, and James
H. Shook, Lakewood, Colo., assignors to Eaton Yale &
Towne Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 832,036, May 5, 1969, Pat. No. 3,632,001.
This applicaUon June 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 152,302
Int. CLB65g 7/06
U.S.CL214— 16.4A 10 Claims
Warehousing system apparatus has a storage rack with
several vertically and horizontally related storage elements. A
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
185
mast is moved horizontally on rails parallel to the face of a
storage rack, and a platform moves vertically along the mast in
response to signals from a three-brush signal wire pickup on a
control wire strung along the rack. Vertical and horizontal
hydraulic drives and controls are independent so that the plat-
form may fly or move diagonally in the shortest line between
locations in the storage rack. Electric motors constantly
3,708,079
SUPPORT FOR ROTATING AND ADVANCING
CYLINDRICAL MEMBERS
Joseph T. Wloszek, Seven Hills, Ohio, assignor to Custom
Machine, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 1 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 4,998
Int. CI. B6Sh5 7 /OO
U.S. CI. 214— 338 8 Claims
2K --^ 2M
?*0 -. . f'
COyNTtH
S BIGHT
CARRIED
DRWC
i VERTICAL \
249 Ca*TtB I
1 CIRCUIT r
PiAHLl
U'PUT I
i---^
LiLr .
lC
1- "'^ \-
6R*«( P
MOBiIOMTA*.
WJTABY
TRAMS DOCER
VtRTlCAL
W0T4RT 1
TRANSDUCER r
Operate hydraulic pumps; pump output is controlled by
stepping motors having telemetering switches to indicate
pumping direction. A positive neutral band is provided in the
hydraulic system for better drive control. A carrier which is
driven from the platform into the rack has a cam means to
change the position of load driving lugs each time the carrier is
driven to a maximum displacement from the platform.
3,708,078
BATCH RAM FEEDING APPARATUS
Richard F. Clements, Chark>tte, N.C., assignor to Environmen-
tal Control Products, Inc., Charlotte, N.C.
Filed Aug. 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 75,275
Int. CI. F23k 3100
U.S.CL 214— 23 7 Claims
Apparatus for simultaneously rotating and longitudinally
advancing cylindrical members through a test stand. The
member is supported in a trough formed by a plurality of axi-
ally spaced idler rollers mounted on a first common shaft and
a plurality of spaced belts each rotating over a pair of spaced
pulleys, with one pulley of each pair being mounted on the
first common shaft and the other pulley of each pair being
mounted on a second common shaft parallel to the first shaft.
The pulleys have a self aligning mounting on their respective
shafts such that the plane of rotation of the pulleys may be at
an angle other than perpendicular to the axis of their support-
ing shafts. One of the shafts is axially adjustable relative to the
other so as to change the angle of the line of movement of all
the belts relative to the axis of the shafts. One of the shafts is
driven and has a driving connection with at least some of the
pulleys mounted thereon. By relatively moving the two shafts
and thus changing the angle of the belts relative to the axes of
the shafts, a cylindrical member supported in the trough may
be made to move axially forward backward, or remain sta-
tionary while being rotated at a constant speed.
3,708.080
LADDER BRACKET
Alvin O. Schlei, 3328 S. Indiana Avenue, Milwaukee, W is.
Substitute for Ser. No. 641,321, May 25, 1967. This
appUcaUon Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,962
Int. CI. E06c 7148
U.S.CL 182— 214 I Claim
A batch ram feeding apparatus for feeding of material to an
incinerator or other mechanism and characterized by being
constructed to feed batches of comparatively equal weight re-
gardless of variations in sizes or compositions of the material.
The apparatus comprises a housing having a material receiv-
ing opening in the top and a material dispensing opening in the
front and horizontally-extending upper and lower internal
compartments with a communicating passageway
therebetween The apparatus further includes reciprocating
rams positioned in each of the compartments and drive means
for individually driving the rams to receive a batch of material
in the upper compartment, compact the batch and allow it to
drop into the lower compartment where it is pushed out of the
dispensing opening.
Separate brackets are adjustably clamped to the cor-
responding side rails of a ladder to interlock with a selected
rung of the ladder, and a leg is pivotally carried by each
bracket and adjustably secured thereto at a selected angle to
extend toward and engage the side of a building or other sup-
port with the ladder spaced from the building by said legs.
186
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,081
BOAT LOADING APPARATUS
Paul C. Schladenhauffen, 212 Dustman Road, Bluffton, Ind.
Filed March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,763
Int. CI. B60r 9100
IJ.S. CI. 214—450 8 Claims
of
F.
3,708,083
CLOSURE FITMENT
Erich W. Gronemeyer, 2100 South Ocean Lane, Point
Americas - Apt. 206, Fort Lauderdale, Fla., and Louis
Kutik, 8720 S.W . 23rd Place, Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970. Ser. No. 92,601
Int.CLB65d5//0*
U.S. CI. 215-41 43 Claims
62 64
Wx /*> It S6
Apparatus for loading a boat on a vehicular or fixed support
structure, such as a camper or a dock An elongated carrier
frame is provided having forward and rear ends. An upstand-
ing supporting frame is provided having upper and lower ends,
the lower end being rigidly mounted on the support structure.
The rear end of the carrier frame is pivotally connected to the
supporting frame adjacent the upper end thereof with the car-
rier frame extending for*ardly therefrom and being pivotally
movable between a horizontal, boat-carrying position and a
forwardly and upwardly inclined, boat-loading position. A pair
of elongated, boat-loading rails is provided having forward
and rear ends. The rails have a loading position with their for-
ward ends removably and pivotally connected to the support-
ing frame adjacent its upper end and being inclined rearwardly
and downwardly therefrom, with their rear ends being sup-
ported by the ground. A winching system is provided for haul-
ing the tKDat up the rails in their loading position and onto the
carrier frame in its loading position. The rails have a stowed
position in which they are carried by and secured to the carri-
er frame.
A two-piece closure cap for a container having an
unthreaded neck with an outwardly projecting rim portion ad-
jacent Its open end. The cap includes inner and outer fitments
each having an end panel with a downwardly depending
peripheral skirt. The outer fitment is telescoped onto the inner
fitment, with the inner surface of the skirt of the outer fitment
engaging and camming the inner fitment skirt inwardly
beneath the outwardly projecting rim of the neck to releasably
retain the cap on the container. Vent openings formed and the
inner fitment panel are closed by seal means on the outer fit-
ment when the closure cap is installed on the container.
3,708,084
PACKING FOR FRAGILE ARTICLES
Kenneth D. Bixler, Huntintiton, N.Y.: Charles J. Chaplin,
Stamford, N.Y.; Richard F. Reifers, New Canaan, Conn, and
William S. Peppier, Chappaqua, N.Y., assignors to Diamond
International Corp., New York, N.Y.
Flledjan. 29, 1971,Ser.No. 110,981
Int. CI. B65d 25// 2. 55/42
U.S. CL 217—26.5 8 Claims
3,708,082
PLASTIC CONTAINER
Richard L. Platte, .Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Hoover Ball
and Bearing Company
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,021
Int. CLB65d 23/70
U.S.C1. 215— IC 13 Claims
A unitary molded packing element used in packing cases for
fragile articles such as fluorescent light tubes in which the
packing element comprises a plurality of mutually parajlel.
elongated arcuate sockets defined by apertured coplanar ribs;
in which outer side margins and end margins are defined by
hollow, triangular elements which are relatively strong in com-
pression and permit both longitudinal and transverse flexure
of the packing elements; and in which the separator elements
include notched tabs which are interlockable when in inverted
pairs.
A relatively thin walled plastic bottle or jug having a high
strength to weight ratio which has its walls shaped to minimize
or eliminate harmful deformation during filling or pouring of
liquids, and which has an attractive appearance when filled
with liquid.
3,708,085
ORGANIC GARBAGE TREATMENT RECEPTACLE
OrviUe C. Bumpas, P. O. Box 6802, North AugusU, S.C.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,633
Int.CI.B65d4i//6
U.S.CL 220-18 6 Claims
An underground receptacle for bacterial dissolution of or-
ganic food wastes comprised of a below-grade treatment
chamber fed by a conical entrance conduit extending above
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
187
the ground surface. A garbage receiving portal at the upper newspapers are biased away from the dispensing outlet by
end of the conduit is covered by a Ud and has a substantially holddown members, an inclined support and side grippers.
airtight portal-to-lid seal. The lid is raised and lowered by a The publication contacting assembly is driven by forces
foot actuator which cooperates with it to minimize seal wear
and provide positive seating and sealing action. The entrance
conduit is detachably mounted upon the underground
chamber and provision is aiso made to facilitate shipment and
assembly of the treatment chamber.
3,708,086
DIVIDED PLATE COVER AND PLATE
Albert E. Colato, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Plastics, Inc., St.
Paul, Minn.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,958
lnt.Cl. B65d//24
U.S. CI. 220—20 8 Claims
36
A two part plate and cover is made up of a divided or com-
partmented cover, and a serving plate. Food is prepared into
the divided cover, and the serving plate is attached thereto as
a cover. The food is normally quick frozen or can be packed
either chilled or heated and stored until delivered to the user.
The serving plate is raised into a heating position in which
steam may vent, and the assembly is heated. The serving plate
is again sealed relative to the divided cover, inverted, and the
divided cover is removed to leave the food nicely distributed
on the serving plate. The structure is sealed adequately for
storage, and when partially opened, the plate provides
adequate venting for food reconstitution.
3,708,087
NEWSPAPER DISPENSER
David Schonthal, 1572 Orchard Drive, Apt. 21-H, Santa Ana,
Calif.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,184
Int. CLG07f// /22
U.S. CI. 221 — 110 31 Claims
A machine for dispensing publications one at a time. The
machine is coin operated and is capable of dispensing
newspapers from a stack which can be loaded in bulk. The
directed along parallel lines inclined upwardly from the
horizontal. The pusher plate follows the newspaper contour. It
is preferably entirely mechanical but could include an electri-
cal drive system.
3,708,088
APPARATUS FOR METERING LIQUID FLOW
DISCHARGE
Elroy W. I^esher. Reading. Pa., assignor to Albany Inter-
national Corp.. Albany, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,480
Int. CI. B22d i 7/00
U.S. CI. 222—70 3 Claims
B ^ 30 1— J ! COMTi
Apparatus for repetitively dispensing predetermined equal
amounts of liquid metal from a container under uniform pres-
sure in which the time of actual discharge from the container
is maintained constant by detecting the initiation of discharge
and terminating pressure application at a fixed time interval
after initiation of discharge.
3,708,089
GAS GENERATOR FOR LIQUID SPRAYERS
Ronald W. Holder, Bryan, and Virgil D. Ferguson, McGregor,
both of Tex., assignors to North American Rockwell Cor-
poration
FUedJan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,196
Int. CI. B65d 83100
U.S. CI. 222—396 9 Claims
A source of regulated gas pressure is directed within a liquid
L;
188
sprayer lank provided by a small gas generator package ad-
jacent the tank which, upon ignition, dissipates its energy into
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
disc and valve seat to a radial port at the base of the valve
stem, through which the pressurized contents of the container
are released through the dip tube, valve housing, valve stem
and nozzle; and resilient means— either the resilient valve seat
on the side of the fulcrum support opposite said cut-away por-
tion if said support is spaced inwardly from the limit of
peripheral contact of the disc and valve seat (such that lilting
of the disc about the fulcrum support toward the cut-away
portion of the valve housing compresses the valve seat on the
opposite side of said support), and/or a resiliently flexible leg
extending downward from one side of the valve disc with its
outer end bearing upon the cut-away portion of the base of the
valve housing counterbore (especially when the said cut-away
portion has a plane surface inclined to the axis of the valve
stem axis)— such resilient means urging the valve disc when
displaced by tilting of the valve stem and disc around the ful-
crum support to contents-releasing position to return the same
to sealing contact with the valve seat. When such a resiliently
flexible leg is provided, the fulcrum support can be located at
the peripheral limit of contact of the valve disc with the valve
seat.
a hog gas plenum and thence into the tank, thereby providing
sufficient pressure, upon demand, to expel liquid therefrom.
3,708,090
VALVE FOR PRESSURIZED LIQUID DISPENSER
Arthur M. Harris, 135 Southwood Road, Fairfield. Conn.
Filed May 21, 1970, Scr. No. 39,399
Int.Cl. B65d«i//4
U.S. CI. 222-402.22 « C'«'">*
3,708,091
CAN END WITH BONDED SEAL SLIDE
Donald L. Douty, Franklin Township, Westmoreland County,
Pa., assignor to United States Steel Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 61,384, Aug. 5, 1970, Pat. No. 3,622,055.
This application May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 146,945
Int.CI. B65d47//0
U..S. CI. 222-541 54 Claims
A valve assembly for aerosol dispensers having, in an aper-
tured valve socket of a pressurized aerosol container, a valve
seat of resilient material such as rubber with an aperture in re-
gistry with that of the valve socket; a substantially rigid valve
disc of which the the upper surface forms a seal when in con-
tact with the valve seat, having a tubular stem integral with the
disc and extending through its aperture, adapted to receive a
conventional spray nozzle on its outer end— the bore of the
stem terminating at the valve disc and communicating with
one or more radial ports normally closed by contact with the
inner surface of the bore through the valve seat; and a valve
housing of substantially rigid material, clamped by ap-
propriate crimping or the like of the side walls of the valve
socket against the edges of the valve seat to form a seal
therewith, said housing having an inner chamber of somewhat
smaller cross section than the valve disc with a connection at
its lower end for a dip tube extending to the base of the con-
tainer, and a counterbore adjacent the valve disc and large
enough to receive the latter, the base of the counterbore hav-
ing a fulcrum support normally holding the valve disc against
the valve seat and located within the limit of peripheral con-
tact of the disc with the valve seat, and a cut-away portion-
— such as a plane surface inclined to and intersecting the axis
of the valve stem and extending from said fulcrum support to
the opposite side of the valve housing, into which the valve
disc may tilt by rotation about the fulcrum support to open a
passage from the interior of the valve housing between the
Another can end is provided with a pour opening and has a
pour width. The pour opening is provided with an entry aper-
ture at one end of the pour opening. The entry aperture has a
slide width greater than the pour width. The can end has a can
end lapping portion and a can end sealing portion adjacent the
pour opening and a plane of bulge strength adjacent the entry
aperture. A slide is adapted to pass through an entry aperture
and has a slide lapping portion, a slide sealing portion and a
protruding portion extending from the entry aperture The
slide lapping portion is adapted to register with the can end
lapping portion, and the slide sealing portion is adapted to re-
gister with the plane of bulge strength. A pull tab has a con-
nection to the side on the protruding portion. Engaging means
engage the can end lapping portion to press the can end
lapping portion into intimate contact with the slide lapping
portion and the slide sealing portion into intimate contact with
the plane of bulge strength. A pressure barrier material for
sealing the intimately contacting can end sealing portion and
the slide lapping portion and also for sealing the intimately
contacting plane of bulge strength and the slide sealing por-
tion is provided. The pressure barrier material is bonded to the
can end sealing portion with a first predetermined shear
strength and to the slide lapping portion and to the plane ot
bulge strength with a second predetermined shear strength
less than the first predetermined shear strength. The pull tab
has a plane of weakness on one side of the connection to the
slide The connection is disposed outwardly from the plane of
weakness. The pull tab is movable away from the plane of
bulge strength to break the bond between the slide and the
pressure barrier material adjacent the plane of bulge strength
so that the pressure barrier material functions as a guide. The
pull tab is then movable away from the entry aperture to break
the bond between the pressure barrier material adjacent the
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
189
can end sealing portion and the slide lapping portion so that
pressure barrier material adjacent the can end sealing portion
functions as a guide for the slide.
IV. Yet another can end is provided with a pour opening
having a pour width. The pour opening is provided with an
entry aperture at one end of the pour opening. The entry aper-
ture has a slide width greater than the pour width. The can end
has a can end lapping portion and a can end sealing portion
adjacent the pour opening and a plane of bulge strength ad-
jacent the entry aperture. A slide has a pivot on the can end, is
adapted to pass through the entry aperture and has a slide
lapping portion and a slide sealing portion. The slide lapping
portion is adapted to register with the can end lapping portion,
and the slide sealing portion is adapted to register with the
plane of bulge strength. A pull tab has a connection to the
slide. Engaging means engage the can end lapping portion to
press the can end lapping portion into intimate contact with
the slide lapping portion and the slide sealing portion into inti-
mate contact with the plane of bulge strength. A pressure bar-
rier material is used for sealing the intimately contacting can
end sealing portion and the slide lapping portion and also for
sealing the intimately contacting plane of bulge strength and
the slide sealing portion. The pressure barrier material is
bonded to the can end sealing portion with a first predeter-
mined shear strength and to the slide lapping portion and to
the plane of bulge strength with a second predetermined shear
strength less than the first predetermined shear strength. The
pull tab is rotatable about the pivot to break the bond between
the slide lapping portion and the pressure barrier material ad-
jacent the can end sealing portion so that the pressure barrier
material adjacent the can end sealing surface now functions as
an exit and reclosure slide guide. The pull tab causes breakage
of the bond between the pressure barrier material adjacent the
plane of bulge strength and the slide sealing portion and
causes the slide to move through the entry aperture on the
pressure barrier material adjacent the plane of bulge strength.
3,708,093
AUTOMOBILE HANGER BRACKET
Nathaniel C. Toms, II, P.O. Box 7631, Courthouse Station,
Asheville, N.C.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,904
Int. CI. B60r 7/00
U.S. CI. 224—42.45 A 8 Claims
i
«
3,708,092
REMOVABLE FUNNEL FOR CONTAINERS
John S. Frazer, Pequannock, NJ., assignor to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filedjan. 20, 1971,Ser. No. 107,892
Int. CI. B65d 5174
U.S. CI. 222—567 2 Claims
The bracket includes a frame adapted to be suspended from
the hook conventionally provided within an automobile above
each side window, and further includes a stabilizing rod carry-
ing an abutment member and readily adjustable relative to the
frame and the automobile window to securely position the
abutment member against the window irrespective of the lat-
ter's inclination or spacing from the hook. The abutment
member preferably comprises either a cylindrical rubber
bumper or a suction cup. The bracket is so constructed as to
possess desirable safety features.
3,708,094
APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING BOUND BOOKS
Karl H. Koether, Suffern, and Arthur J. Dillin, West Nyack,
both of N.Y., assignors to H. W. Wilson Company, Bronx,
N.Y.
Filed March 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,226
Int.CI.B26f J/00
U.S. CI. 225— 103 8 Claims
The combination of a container for a liquid or a particulate
solid, having a handle and a pouring spout, and a funnel which
is adapted to be removably secured to the spout when pouring
from the container and to be fitted over and become part of
the handle when not in use.
Method and apparatus for separating books from an inter-
connected book pad in which the books have been joined
together along one edge by interconnecting threads which
have been severed but left engaged either in the loops of the
terminal stitches of the adjacent book or in the needle
punched holes of the first signature of the adjacent book The
method comprises moving the book to be separated transver-
sely relative to the pad until the interconnecting threads are
extracted and the book is separated from the pad. The ap-
paratus for accomplishing the method includes a device for
190
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
detecting the position of the book at the leading edge of the
pad and a reciprocating plunger which drives the book trans-
versely relative to the pad whenever its leading edge is moved
to a predetermined location. The apparatus also includes a
kicker arm for moving separated books away from the pad to
facilitate their further processing.
chamber return system, the movement of the mail valve into a
position to effect the return stroke being dependent upon and
3,708.095
FASTENER DRIVING DEVICE HAVING IMPROVED
STRLCTLRE FOR DRIVING NAILS
Peleg B. Briggs, Jr., Mystic, Conn., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
Filed April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 38. 1 48
Int.CI. B25C//04
U^. CI. 227— 1 26 11 Claims
effected by the establishment of a pressure within the plenum
chamber sufficient to insure a full return stroke.
3,708,097
NAIL FEED MECHANISM
Edward I. Fisher, Westerly, R.I., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,726
Int.CI. B25C//04
U.S. CI. 227-136 3 Claims
A fastener driving device having improved structure for
driving successive leading nails from a package of nails
detachably secured together in a formation consisting of a
leading nail, a trailing nail and a row of nails therebetween,
each nail of the row having a shank disposed in generally
abutting relation to the shanks of the nails adjacent thereto
and a head on one end of the shank which extends laterally
outwardly thereof on opposite sides of the row and forwardly
in overlapping relation to the head and shank of the forwardly
adjacent nail, the improved structure including a fastener driv-
ing element formed with forwardly extending laterally spaced
ribs which insure adequate strength and drive track defining
surfaces including guide surfaces for the fastener driving ele-
ment and cooperating cam and stop surfaces for positively ef-
fecting a forward movement of the head of the nail within the
drive track to align the shank thereof with the fastener driving
element during the initial portion of the drive stroke thereof
and positive aligned guiding of the head during the completion
of the drive stroke.
3,708,096
PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED FASTENER DRIVING
DEVICE WITH IMPROVED PISTON RETURN AIR
SYSTEM
George E. Burke, Jr., Warwick, R.I., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
Filed April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,149
Int. CLB25C 7/04
U.S. CI. 227— 130 9 Claims
A single fire, pneumatically actuated fastener driving device
having a pilot pressure actuated main valve and a plenum
A mechanism for feeding successive fasteners from a
fastener package into a position to be driven by a fastener
driving element during the drive stroke thereof, the fastener
package being in the form of a coil of circular headed nails
flexibly interconnected in series with their shanks in spaced
parallel relation, the mechanism including a nosepiece as-
sembly defining an elongated drive track receiving the
fastener driving element therein during the operating cycle
thereof and a nail feeding track communicating laterally with
the drive track, and a ratchet type feeding mechanism for
feeding successive fasteners within the nail feeding track into
the drive track, including a spring pressed feeding pawl car-
ried by a reciprocating actuating member and a pivoted spring
pressed holding pawl provided with surfaces fpr laterally sub-
stantially closing the drive track at the position of communica-
tion with the nail feeding track, the feeding pawl having a first
feeding surface for engaging the trailing surface of the shank
of the second nail to move the second nail forward in the nail
feeding track during the drive stroke of the feeding pawl and
hence the leading nail into the drive track due to its intercon-
nection with the second nail, the feeding pawl also having a
second feeding surface for engaging the last nail and moving it
partially into the drive track, the juncture between the drive
track and the nail feeding track having a cam surface for
camming the partially positioned last nail fully into the drive
track during the initial movement of the fastener driving ele-
ment through its drive stroke.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
191
3,708,098
ASSEMBLY FOR PLUGGING HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES
Walter Roznovsky, Vienna, Austria, assignor to Waagner-Biro
AG, Vienna, Austria
Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,297
Claims priority, application Austria, July 1, 1968, A
6294/68
int. CI. B23k/ /20
U.S.CL 228—15 10 Claims
cylindrical vessel, the nozzle welder body being mounted for
rotation on the nozzle and being provided with welding head
support means arranged to be horizontally and vertically ad-
justable for orienting and maintaining the welding head in the
circumferential weld groove between the nozzle and cylindri-
cal vessel as the nozzle welder rotates.
An assembly for plugging defective heat exchanger tubes. A
plug which has a closed end and a deformable tubular wall ex-
tending therefrom surrounds with its tubular wall a deforming
member which spreads the wall of the plug against an inner
surface of a defective heat exchanger tube during withdrawal
of the deforming member from the interior of the plug. A
holding element holds the plug in position during withdrawal
of the deforming member, and the latter is withdrawn by a
pulling structure actuated through a transmission which is
remotely operable from the exterior of the heat exchanger so
that by guiding the assembly into the heat exchanger and posi-
tioning the plug in a defective tube it is possible to carry out
the exterior of the heat exchanger operations which will fix the
plug to the defective tube.
3,708,099
NOZZLE WELDER
Albert W. Nuccel, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to Teledyne, inc.,
York, Pa.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,040
Int.CI. B23k//00
U.S.CL 228-29 9 Claims
3.708,100
SYSTEM AND MACHINERY FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
SHIP SECTIONS
Gerhard Buchfuhrer; Alfred Dudszus; Wilhelm Milles; Franz
Lerche; Gunter Feyer; Manfred Krause; Josef Grunwald;
Ulrich Hensel; Ingo Aust; Gunter Ewald; Walter Langer;
Gunther Ludke; Karl-Georg Mohle; Joachim Oberlander;
Horst Kowalski; Eckard Gatzke; Gerd Pernaux; Otto
Schwank; Konrad Leschnewski; Reinhard Brose; Gunter
Hartwig, and Ulrich Ploetz, all of Rostock, Germany, as-
signors to Veb Ingenieurburo Schiffbau, Rostock-Osthafen,
Germany
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,221
Int. CLB23ki 7/04
U.S. CI. 228-47 17 Claims
CO fS 26
,,. vH;f.„:{^S3toU^
9 f f IS 19a IS B^ *^
103 102 K»
vA.
A system for construction of ship sections. Mechanized
devices are provided for assembling two-dimensional and
three-dimensional sections from individual parts, under con-
trol of automatic and easily computerized mechanisms for
forming, positioning and welding the sections. Sequences or
systems of such devices and control mechanisms, for making
flat or three-dimensional sections, are largely disposed in
parallel, and the materials are conveyed in uniform directions
along the parallel lines. Intermediate storage facilities are pro-
vided for compensation of slack in any of the parallel systems.
Also provided is an ultimate receiving and finishing section,
for work on elements from the preceding sections. Ship plates
move along the several lines on trolleys equipped with suitable
holders, and are processed by multiplicities of steel plate
processing machines, basically known by themselves but spe-
cially arranged to suit the new system.
3,708,101
PACKAGING PAD
John S. McDanield, White Bear Lake, Minn., assignor to
W hirlpool Corporation
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,612
Int. CI. B65d 5/60
U.S. CL 229—14 C 5 Claims
A nozzle welder self supported on a nozzle that is arranged
to be circumferentially welded in an opening in the wall of a
A clearance shock absorbing packaging pad comprising a
paperboard blank foldable into a hollow elongated four sided
structure having interlocked overiapped top parts that do not
require gluing or other fastening means other than the inter-
locked portions and sloping sides to control compression of
the pad under load conditions. ,
192
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,102
ONE-PIECE CARTON AND BLANK
Karl Engel, Pierrefonds, Quebec. Canada, assignor to Telesco
Brophey Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, S«r. No. 108,439
Int. CI. B65d 5124
U.S. CI. 229-3 1 FS ** Claims
3,708,104
TEAR STRIP FOR A CARTON
Kenneth T. Buttery, Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor
Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,748
Int. CI. B65d 5154
U.S. CL 229— SITS
to Brown
8 Claims
>t!\
08' /^
18 /■
-to
^ 7a tip ?o.
-/o2
<
S6 3^
sS" ■
^^S? ,
V
-et6
atk
1o
,4-
UO , ^ ,_l nti
/<?
A one-piece hinged lid carton and blank for producing the
same; the assembled and erected carton comprising double-
thickness front, top. bottom and end, all symmetrical about a
single thickness back wall; erection of the blank and carton
being minimal; the carton including novel locking means hav-
ing lock tabs and cutouts which are oriented into coplanar
relationship when the carton is erected and including gusset
panel assemblies orienting parts into assembled and locked
relation; the carton being particularly adapted for packaging
umbrellas wherein a carrying strap projects through aperlured
end walls.
3,708,103
CORNER CONSTRUCTION FOR A CORRUGATED BOX
Howard L. Evans, 606 Beacon Building, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Aug. 3 1 . 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 76,467
Int. CI. B65d 5126
U.S.CL 229-35 4 Claims
/'V
A 33
l(>
rf°
38^
)
43
37
_
42
A carton including bottom, front, rear and end wall panels,
at least one of said panels comprising a pair of overlapping
flaps, a detachable tear strip defined by a severance line which
comprises at least two rows of linearly positioned, substan-
tially uniformly spaced cuts, cut score line in the outer of said
two overlapping flaps coextensive with the severance line, and
a cut scored portion provided on the inner of said overlapping
flaps having substantially the same configuration as the tear
strip. The tear strip is adhesively affixed to the cut scored por-
tion, and the rows of cuts in the severance line are arranged so
that the cuts of one row fully overlap the spaces of the ad-
jacent row.
3,708,105
ENVELOPES
Steve Kovac, Route 2, P.O. Box 199, Mundelein, III.
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,522
Int.CLB65d27/00
U.S. CI. 229-75 2 Claims
An improved corner construction for a corrugated paper
box in which each of the corner flaps of the corrugated box
comprise three score lines therein and a foldable interlocking
tab attached thereto for insertion through slots in each of two
end panels, the corner flaps with the foldable interlocking tabs
being attached to each of two side panels; the corner flaps
with foldable interlocking tabs being so constructed as to slide
through the slots in end panels into a recess located in the
mam panel of the corrugated box thus enabling one section of
the paper box to telescope easily into the other section of the
paper box.
An envelope formed from a blank of paperr which can be
easily opened by an automatic letter opener without damaging
the contents of the envelope.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
193
3,708,106
BAG STRUCTURE AND METHOD OF PRODUCING
Cassias E. Sargent, Chicago, III., assignor to PPC Industries,
Inc., Wheeling, III.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,895
Int.CI.B65dJi/y6
U.S. CI. 229—62 3 Claims
coinciding weakened hinge lines^ whereby the hinged flip-top
structure is formed. The tear lines of the side panels are arcu-
ate in configuration. The glue flap is of only a narrow width as
compared with the inner back panel to which it is secured.
The upper portions of the front panel of the inner box struc-
ture are provided with protruding locking tabs which fric-
A bag structure of the flap type wherein the flap is tack
heat-sealed for ready opening by virtue of heat-sealing webs
together, wherein the heat-seal overlies a coating substantially
resistant to union with thermoplastic material when the latter
is in a molten state.
3,708,107
SEPARABLE MULTIPLE ENVELOPES OPENABLE
WITHOUT TOOLS
Wilhelm A. Williams, 340 West 71st Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 1 5, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 06,730
lnt.CLB65d27//0
U.S. CI. 229—69 4 Claims
4S
10
p'prM^T "^^"
: w : ,10
y r
xi ' " I — ' -J.^ ' 1— — '
T^ «
tionally interlock with Deboss scores formed on the inner sur-
faces of the sidewalls of the flip-top structure. The surface of
the inner front panel is provided with a series of transverse
Deboss scorings for structural reinforcement. The fold lines
between the panels of the inner box structure are slit-per-
forated while the fold lines of the outer box structure are
merely creased or scored. —
3,708,109
EASY OPEN CARTON W ITH RECLOSURE FEATURE
Charles W. Rosenburgh, Jr., North Tonawanda, N. Y., assignor
to F. N. Burt Company, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 87,097
Int. CI. B65d 5172
U.S. CI. 229-5 1 TC 6 Claims
Envelopes attached to each other along their edges by per-
forated strips to facilitate multiple addressing of the envelopes
in a typewriter. The envelopes can be separated by tearing
along the perforations of the connecting strips. The envelopes
have tear perforations along one side margin and a viewing
aperture at the opposite side margin to facilitate opening and
removal of the contents.
3,708,108
FLIP TOP CARTON
Charles W . Rosenburg, Jr., North Tonawanda, N.Y., assignor
to F. N. Burt Company, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 182,764
Int. CI. B65d 5166
U.S. CI. 229— 44 CB 5 Claims
The flip-lop carton is double-walled throughout its four
sides and made from a one-piece blank having eight wall
panels and a terminal glue flap. The first four walls and the ad-
jacent glue flap form an inner box structure and the other four
panels provide a wrap-around outer box structure. All of the
eight panels being of approximately the same height, making a
slight allowance for proper fitting of the inner structure within
the outer one. The outer front panel and the outer side panels
are provided with transverse tear lines spaced from the upper
edges and both the inner and outer back panels provided with
The upper closure and reclosure structure of the carton
comprises a closure panel comprising the upper portion of the
back panel of the carton hinged to the remaining fixed portion
of that panel and secured along its side edges to the side panels
of the carton by means of a break-away tear line. Hinged to
the upper edge of the closure panel is a closure flap in the
form of a truncated tongue. The opposite or front panel has a
hinged top flap and the side panels have hinged dust flaps.
Upon initial closure of the carton, the tongue is at the bottom,
then the side flaps, and then the outer or top flap. The side
flaps are glued to the underside of the top flap along a portion
nearer the hinge of the top flap, and the portions of the side
flaps nearer the closure panel are partially slit in a direction
parallel to the hinge of the closure panel and creased in the
direction at right angles to the slits to provide bendable ears or
tabs between which the tongue of the closure panel may be
frictionally held upon reclosure of the carton. The front panel
flap extends only part way toward the rear, and the sidewall
flaps are bevelled off adjacent the rear center of the top of the
carton to expose the closure panel flap for finger pressure to
open it.
194
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,110
CONTAINER FOR BLOOD
Hans Peter Olaf Lnger, Stockholm; Johan Eric Hayden West-
berg, Lidingo; Gunnar Ingemar Berndtsson, Stockholm, and
Stephan Lars Schwartz, Lidingo, all of Sweden, assignors to
AG A Aktiebolag, Lidingo, Sweden
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,574
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 11, 1969,
11122,69
Int. CI. B04b09//2
U.S. CL 233— 26 4 Claims
3,708,112
COUNTING RESET APPARATUS FOR USE IN
MEASURING METHOD
Charles H. Davis, Shrewsbury, N.J., assignor to Anaconda
W ire and Cable Company
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,812
int. CL G06c 11104, 15142 _
U.S. Ci. 235-58 P 4 Claims
A container for blood is provided in which blood received
from a patient can be stored and processed without the neces-
sity of being transferred to another container. For example,
the blood can be centrifuged. frozen or transfused without the
necessity of being transferred to another container. The con-
tainer comprises a closed annular flexible container of a flexi-
ble material which is inert to blood and which is provided with
at least one opening for the passage of blood into and out of
the annular container. The flexible material may be enclosed
in an inflexible material.
3,708,111
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GRADIENT ZONAL
CENTRIFUGATION
Phillip Sheeler. 19034 Killock Way, Northridge, Calif., and
John R. Wells, 12035 Herbert Street, Los Angeles, CaUf.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 886,720, Dec. 19, 1969,
abandoned. This application Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,882
U.S.CL 233-32 28 Claims
n
H^hWhW-
IV.
In measuring the magnitude of runs take(i.from a continu-
ous production process where the size of the run is determined
by the difference between two numbers, the present measur-
ing method does not reset the count to zero at the beginning of
each run, or permit the counting machine to recycle through
zero during a run. Only the highest placed digit is reset. Ap-
paratus wherein only the end wheel of a counting or number
printing machine can be reset, is described.
3,708,113
PRICE INDICATION APPARATUS IN W HICH UNIT
PRICE SETTING IS CHANGEABLE FROM OUTSIDE
Shiro Katakura, and Yutaka Nishida, both of Yokohama,
Japan, assignors to Tokico Ltd., Kawasaki, Kanagawaken.
Japan
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,831
Int. CI. B67d 5108; G06c 29100
U.S. CI. 235—6 1 M 8 Claims
n
(<XXa^°).
n
A reorienting gradient zonal rotor for separation of cell
components and the like, said rotor comprising a cylindrical
chamber divided into a plurality of sector-shaped compart-
ments by vertical septa radiating from a central core. Either
the annular floor or ceiling of said chamber is formed with
sloping converging walls intermediate the spaced outer and
inner walls of said chamber to converge either to an annular
V-shaped groove or to a plurality of funnel-shaped recesses
terminating, respectively, in an annular apex or a plurality of
apices at which a plurality of spaced apart gradient removal
ports are located, and toward each of which said converging
sloping walls cause the gradient zones to be constricted and
concentrated for improved definition and separation for sub-
sequent fraction collection and analysis.
A price indication apparatus comprises a computer part for
making computation with respect to a measured flow quantity
of fluid and a unit price per unit flow quantity, a price indica-
tion part for indicating the result of the operation in the com-
puter part and a unit price setting changing operation part for
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
195
changing a unit price set in the computer part from outside of
the apparatus. The operation part for changing the unit price
setting is capable of changing the unit price setting by operat-
ing a single operating rod for a horizontal sliding movement
and a rotational movement about its axis by means of a single
knob.
3,708,114
TV CHANNEL INDICATOR COUNTER
Arnold C. Johnson, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to Veeder
Industries Inc., Hartford, Conn.
Filed March 17, 1972, Ser. No. 235,681
Int. CI. G06m ///4, G06c 27/00, G06m 1122
U.S. CI. 235 — 1 03 7 Claims
A TV channel indicator counter comprising a pair of coaxi-
al molded plastic counter wheels mounted on a counter wheel
shaft and a multi-purpose molded plastic part mounted on the
shaft Hitermediate the counter wheels having an H-shaped
partially cylindrical mask overlying the numeral bearing rims
of the counter wheels and defining a pair of axially spaced
windows for reading the counter wheels and for masking the
adjacent surfaces of the wheel rims and the space between the
wheels.
3,708,116
CURVE ACCESSORY USABLE W ITH TRACK SYSTEM
FOR TOY W HEELED VEHICLES
Arthur S. Woodward, Sylmar, Calif., assignor to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,597
Int. CLA63h/«/02, /9/JO
U.S. CI. 238- 10 E 9 Claims
This is a curve accessory for a track system usable with toy
wheeled vehicles which serves to produce a curve in the track
system and thereby change the direction of travel of vehicles
traversing the track. According to one embodiment, the curve
accessory utilizes a length of flexible track and includes a
track retaining fixture defining a banked curve and having
track supports which serve to secure the flexible length of
track to the track retaining fixture
3,708,117
VEHICLE TRACTION TRACK
Sidney C. Coale, 3144 Middlebelt Road, Orchard Lake, .Mich.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,542
Int. CI. B62d 55108; EOlb 2J/00
U.S. CI. 238— 14 1 Claim
3,708,115
DIAPHRAGM LOGIC DAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Louis J. Bentsen, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to Honeywell,
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,140
Int.CLG05d2i/y<S5
U.S.CL 236-47 10 Claims
A diaphragm logic circuit for use in a day-night, pneumatic,
temperature control system, the circuit providing a pressure
output signal corresponding to day operation and a pressure
output signal for controlling a fan P-E switch or the like, and
having means for temporarily establishing day cycle operation
when the system is normally in night operation.
A portable vehicle traction track for freeing vehicles from
ice and/or snow without having to raise the vehicle wheel An
extending smooth-bottom tongue contiguous to one end of the
track permits easy insertion at the juncture of the tire and the
snow. Rotating action of the tire against the upper abrasive
surface of the tongue then pulls it completely under the tire.
Further movement of the track is prevented by a plurality of
grippers on the bottom surface of the track coming to the
point where the vehicle weight is pressing them into the snow.
The tire then moves along the surface of the track, out of the
depression in which it previously rested.
3,708,118
FILTERING APPARATUS FOR A DROP W RITING
SYSTEM
Robert I. Keur, Niles, III., assignor to A. B. Dick Company,
Chicago, III.
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,312
Int. CI. A26c 1106; B05b / 7 100; B44d 1108
U.S. CL239— 1 4 Claims
A filter for a drop writing apparatus positioned adjacent to
an entrance end of a nozzle fluid resonant cavity which has at
its opposite end a fluid ejection orifice of the order of 0.001
inch to 0.0025 inches in diameter The filter has a microscopic
porosity capable of preventing passage through of particles of
196
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
the order of one-half the diameter of the ejection orifice, yet is
mounted in an entrance chamber having a predetermined
tionary spray nozzle groupings arranged in the washing cavity,
and a washing fluid supply system to the nozzle groupmgs. m-
32^38-, 370^
31 ^6 i'*i
/" r
^**a ^**
diameter relationship to the cavity diameter so as to have sub-
stantially no effect on the fluid resonance of the cavity.
eluding at least one fluid logic element arranged to sequen-
tially supply washing fluid to the different nozzle groupings.
3,708.119
SPRAYING NOZZLES
Pierre Georges V icard, 15 Cours Eugenie. Lyon. France
Filed July 26. 1971, Ser. No. 165.890
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 16, 1970,
703453 1 ; May 17.1971,711 8730
Int. CI. B05b/ 7/04
3,708,121
AFPARATIS FOR FORMING PI LSE JETS OF LIQIID
James M. Hall, Gaithersburg, Md., and Louis L. Chpp,
McLean, Va., assignors to Exotech Incorporated. Gaither-
sburg. Md.
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,120
Int.CLB05bJ/y4
U.S.CL239-102 7 Claims
t.S. CI. 239— 11
9 Claims
1
r
?®^^:^.
P — ^^
'-■< < — \y-f /■
v.v.'.'y. )i^.,
I^-V^
A sprayinfe nozzle comprises a body formed with an inlet
conduit to receive a fluid under pressure, a first circular
chamber co-axial to the axis of the body, an outwardly open-
ing cup-shaped second chamber also co-axial to the body and
separated from the first chamber by a transverse wall having a
central or flrsl orifice, the open outer end of the second
chamber forming the second orifice of the nozzle The con-
nection between the inlet conduit and the first chamber is so
arranged that the fluid whirls within the latter and overflows
through the first orifice into the second chamber wherein its
angular velocity component decreases progressively while its
axial velocity component increases. The frustro-conical spray
issuing from the second orifice is thus of reduced conicity . The
connecting means between the inlet conduit and the first
chamber may be formed of a spiral helicoidal or tangential
passage. The nozzle may comprise an inner member extending
through both chambers and having a peripheral shoulder situ-
ated within the second chamber to form a screen above the
first orifice. This inner member may terminate in a tip project-
ing from the nozzle, or it may be provided hollow so as to
receive the body of another nozzle.
Apparatus for forming pulsed jets of liquid. A pressure
cylinder cooperates with a barrel inlet end to define a charge
chamber. With the pressure cylinder in its normal position, the
barrel inlet opening is blocked. Upon actuation of the device,
the pressure cylinder is forced toward the barrel inlet end, ap-
plying pressure to charge material within the charge chamber,
until the barrel outlet opening is unblocked and the pres-
surized charge material is expelled through the barrel as a
pulsed jet.
3,708,122
FLLID-DISTRIBLTION DEVICE
Harry Stuy, 3377 Landen Street, Camarillo, Calif.
FiledFeb. 22, 1971,Ser. No. 117,653
Int. CI. BOSb 7126
U.S.CL239— 317
13 Claims
3,708,120
FLLIDIC DISHW ASHER SPRAY SYSTEM
Bartholomew Camprubi. Ickenham. and Grahame Gerald
Capron-Tee. Marlow. both of England, assignors to The
Hoover Company, North Canton, Ohio
Filed April 6, 1971, Ser. No. 131,723
Int. CI. B05b/ J/02
U.S. CI. 239-66 4 Claims
In the preferred form this invention teaches a dishwasher in-
cluding a cavity in which dishes are washed, a plurality of sta-
A fluid-distribution device that includes a body defining a
cylindrical chamber complementarily receiving a rotatable
spool the interior of which is divided into two passageways,
the first having an inlet adapted to receive fluid and a
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
197
restricted outlet, the second having an outlet which along with
the outlet of the first passageway is directed to the discharge
opening for the body. The body also is provided with sets of
pairs of openings leading to containers adapted to receive
material to be introduced into the fluid. An opening in the
spool for each of the passageways provides a set of openings
selectively alignable with the pairs of openings leading to the
containers for thereby diverting water from the first
passageway through the selected container and back into the
second passageway for discharge.
3,708,123
PLURAL FLUID MIXING AND SPRAY APPARATUS
Wallace F. Krueger. 4401 Merriweather Avenue, Toledo, Ohio
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,814
Int. CI. F23d 13138
U.S. CL 239— 415 4 Claims
"^
"^
connected with the aligned holes, respectively, of the Tee sec-
tion, a plug of smaller diameter threadedly received in a cen-
tral bore in the larger plug, an elongated tube threadedly con-
nected to the interior of the smaller plug and extending axially
through the Tee and through the larger pipe section, a nozzle
connecting to the end of the tube by means of a female
adapter, a threaded cap connected on the outer end of the
pipe section adjacent the nozzle, aligned holes in the nozzle
and the cap, a tapered recess on the inside of the threaded cap
and a complementary tapered tip on the nozzle, a cement
supply pipe connected to the third opening in the Tee section,
means supplying cement under pressure to the cement supply
pipe and a conduit with associated control valve supplying air
under controllable pressure to the small plug.
3,708.125
FLUID AGITATOR
James T. Patterson, 54 South Main, Farmington. Utah
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,629
Int.CLE03cy/05
U.S. CI. 239—428.5
1 1 Claims
An improved airless spray apparatus incorporating and im-
proving on the mixing valve of U.S. Pat. No. 3,490.493 (C. A.
Eversman, Volume and Mixture Controllable Valve As-
sembly, Filed Nov. 30, 1966) Resulting in a light weight ver-
satile spray gun for mixing and spraying plural fluid com-
ponents such as polyesters, foam or the like, which has as the
mixing valve ensemble, a valve cylinder having one pair of cir-
cumferentially spaced inlet ports communicating with a first
and second source of fluid and a second pair of circum-
ferentially spaced inlet ports communicating with a third
source fluid, and a cylindrical valve piston disposed within the
valve cylinder for rotational movement therein. The
peripheral inner wall of the valve cylinder and the peripheral
wall of the outer wall of the valve piston being in fluid tight
relation and the valve piston having a control handle for con-
trolled limited rotation to selectively permit and direct the
flow, mixing and dispensing of the first and second, or third,
fluid through the valve piston.
A fluid agitator that utilizes a small liquid flow to develop a
large volume of air entrained liquid flow at an easily directed
and adjustable flow controlling nozzle. The agitator is radially
used with conventional. home bath arrangements or with spe-
cial pump systems for use in therapeutic treatment of in-
dividuals or in the cleansing of objects.
-^ 3,708,126
FLARING SPRAY NOZZLE
Petrus Johannes Alloysius De Kinkelder, 42 Zuiderlaan,
Zevenaar, Netherlands
FUedFeb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,851
Int. CI. AOlb; 7/0^
U.S. CI. 239—590.5
A spray gun for cement or the like material which has coun-
ternal moving parts, which is composed essentially of elements
which are threadedly connected together and which may be
readily threadedly disassembled for cleaning purposes. The
gun comprises a Tee section with a plug and a pipe section
8 Claims
3,708,124 \
CEMENT SPRAY GUN
Paul H. Kellert. Rural Route No. 1, Mannford, Okla.
Filed June 7, 1968, Ser. No. 735,455 f-
Int. CL BOSb 7/05 7 >»
U.S. CL 239-426 / 1 Ctaim ^
A spray head having three flaring discharging nozzles is pro-
vided to ensure total spray coverage on the front and sides of a
spray apparatus. The nozzles are adjustable to alter the spray
pattern and can be maintained by fasteners at any position
desirable. Gas baffle guides are attached to the nozzles and ex-
tend into discharge stubs to assist the flow pattern.
198
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,127
CLTTER AND SHEARING MECHANISM
John C. Brewer. Salt Lake City, Utah, assignor to Garbalizer
Corporation of America, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,338
Int.CLB02c2i/04
U.S.CK241— 32 6 Claims
the thus clamped suspending device, and by thereupon com-
minuting the separated anode block in a crushing chamber
which is surrounded by toothed walls at least one of which is
movable into the chamber to thus comminute the anode
block. An overhead conveyor is employed to transport used or
defective anode units into the range of the clamping faces on
the piston rods. The crushing chamber is located below the
separating station so that a separated anode block can enter
the crushing chamber by gravity.
Cutting and shearing structure incorporating cutter blade
structure which, upon pin release or failure, can be freed from
shaft revolvement even though the shaft upon which it is
mounted is still turnmg This is preferably accomplished
through a split blade construction mounted upon a hub which
is keyed to a revolving shaft. The blade construction itself is
connected by pin means, such as shear pins, to the hub These
shear pins are designed to break along their respective shear
planes upon overloadmg the blade structure. Both cutter
blade and cutter-bar structure includes replaceable and
reversable, mter-cooperating cutting means. A multiple
member, cutter bar — or stationary support structure — af-
fords necessary rigidity as well as supplying direction of in-
coming materials to appropriate operative areas of the struc-
ture.
3,708,128^
APPARATUS FOR SALVAGING CARBON FROM ANODES
Gunter Limpinsel, Forsbach, German>, and Karl Fricker, Mel-
len, Switzerland, assignors to Lindemann Maschinenfabrik
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Dusseldorf, Ger-
many and Schweizerische Aluminium AG, Zurich, Switzer-
land '
Division of Ser. No. 826,476, May 21, 1969, Pat. No.
3,658,261. This application April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,975
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 19, 1968, P 17
83018.1
Int. CI. B02c 1106,23100
U.S. CL 241 — 101 R 36 Claims
30>
-i
3,708,129
CUTTER MACHINE
Leon J. Nowak, Clinton, N.Y., assignor
Machinery Co., Utica, N.Y.
Filedjan. 7, 1971,Ser. No. 104,557
Int. CI. B02c /i/00
U.S. CI. 241-189
to Munson Mill
4 Claims
Carbon anode blocks are separated from metallic suspend-
ing devices of used or defective anode units for the production
of aluminum by clamping the suspending device between one
or more pairs of piston rods, by stripping the anode block off
A machine for cutting and crushing wood, nylon and other
plastics and glass fibers, etc. has a rotor shaft carrying a plu-
rality of non-rectangular parallelogram shaped plates centrally
apertured for the shaft and each having two pairs of diametri-
cally opposite keying holes equally radially spaced from the
shaft, the fJairs being angularly spaced. Pins through one pair
of holes in each plate and a pair of holes in the contiguous
plate key the plates together, the second plate being keyed to
the next plate by pins through the other pair of holes, the first
plate being similarly keyed to an annular flange integral with
the shaft near its driven end. A spacer tube secured to the
other end of the shaft clamps all the plates against the flange.
A housing is closed at two ends and two sides, the shaft being
journalled in the end plates. Fixed blades are adjustably
secured in the housing sidewalls, the plates being fixed on the
shaft so their acute angle corner edges form teeth presented to
the fixed blade edges. A trough-shaped screen is secured in
the housing below the rotor and a third fixed blade may be
securedi* above the rotor. One end plate is arranged so the
rotor may be withdrawn therethrough and the fixed blades are
adjustable from outside the housing and means for readily ad-
justing the fixed blade are provided.
3,708,130
PULP REFINERS
James H. Perry, Worcester, Mass., assignor to Norton Com-
pany, Worcester, Mass.
Filed March 9,1971, Ser. No. 1 22,33 1
Int.CI. B02c7//2
U.S. CI. 241-260 16 Claims
Disc and Conical or Jordan type refiners having a counter
rotating or a stationary opposed refining member, of either
disc or hollow frustoconical shape, on which are mounted a
plurality of spaced freely rotatable pressure rollers. The rollers
are preloaded and forced under pressure toward an opposing
refining element, so they beat against, compress, and force the
raw material against the opposing refining element. There are
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
199
differential surface speeds between the rollers and the oppos- bular body of reinforced synthetic resin. The method employs
ing refining element and the raw material. Hence wood chips, a thread guide comb. The width of the layer of threads is
saw mill residues, screen rejects, and/or coarse fibers are
quickly reduced to acceptable pulp for making paper.
3,708,131
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR W RAPPING
LAYERED COMPOSITE THERMAL INSULATION
Alfred Barthel, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 338,526, Jan. 4, 1964,
abandoned. This application April 1, 1966, Ser. No. 545,517
Int. CI. B65h<Sy/6'0
U.S.CL 242-3 6 Claims
1
C-
'T*¥
ji
Method and apparatus for applying thermal insulation to a
vessel having a cylindrical side wall and rounded end walls by
rotating the vessel about its end-to-end axis and orbiting a
shuttle to apply strips of composite material, formed of a layer
of thermally conductive material and a layer of radiation-
reflective material, to the vessel to cover the rounded end
walls, while the rotation of the vessel applies a wide second
bond of similar composite material to the cylindrical wall of
the vessel.
varied by modifying the angle of orientation of the comb rela-
tive to the axis of the mandrel.
3,708,133
APPARATUS FOR W INDING YARN
James Edward McErlane, Wilmington, Del., and Russell Neal
Palmer. Kinston, N.C., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Co., W ilmington. Del. •
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,348
Int. CI. B65h 54102
U.S.CI. 242— 18A 6 Claims
3,708,132
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR WINDING REINFORCING
THREADS FOR PRODUCING TUBULAR BODIES OF
REINFORCED SYNTHETIC RESIN
Georges F. Lang, Nancy, France, assignor to Centre de
Recherches de Pont-A-Mousson, Maidieres, Pont-A-Mous-
son, France \
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,282
Claims priority, application France, July 29, 1968, 160934
Int.CI. B65h«y/06
U.S.CL 242-7.23 5 Claims
Method and device for winding parallel layers of threads or
filaments on a mandrel driven in rotation for producing a tu-
A winding appar.Uus of the type that includes a plurality of
arms rotatably mounted m a frame for moving rotatable
chucks mounted to the arms successively through winding and
doffing positions includes a yarn transfer mechanism for trans-
ferring yam from a full package to an empty package support
carried by the chucks. The transfer mechanism is carried by a
linkage mechanism which is actuated by a motive means that
is operated by a cam and follower arrangement coupled
between the windup frame and the rotatable arms. The cam
includes a separable portion carried by the linkage which
when engaged by a follower carried by the rotatable arms trig-
gers operation of the linkage. The cam and follower arrange-
ment serves both as a guide for the movement of the arms and
as a means for initiating operation oPthe transfer mechanism.
3,708,134
STRAND HANDLING APPARATUS AND METHOD
William E. Stoppard, Warwick, R.I., assignor to Leesona Cor-
poration, W arwick. R.I.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,1 13
Int. CI. B65h 54102
U.S. CI. 242-18 R 23 Claims
A method and apparatus for readying filled supply bobbins
for receipt by a winding machine. As each bobbin is processed
its unwinding end is trimmed and a jet delivers the end
200
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
through a mouth of a bunch maker and into a chamber which
diverges from proximate the mouth. A vortex tht.i carri.^s the
unwinding end into the chamber and deposits the unwinding
end in a circuitous pattern substantially within an annular con-
cavity in a perforate member forming an end face of the wide
portion of the chamber. The amount of yarn deposited in the
chamber may be varied to vary the size of a resultant bunch. In
order to more readily and uniformly discharge the unwinding
end from the perforate member and carry it outwardly
through the chamber to provide a compact bunch, air for
discharging the bunch is substantially simultaneously passed
through all of the perforations with substantially equal force.
The resultant bunch is compressed as the flow of air carries it
through the chamber and into a neck between the chamber
and the mouth. This air passes through vents in the chamber
wall upstream of the neck to keep from driving the bunch
through the mouth. A ram then moves the compressed bunch
recorder/reproducer to lock the tape and pressure roller
against movement. A one-way clutch clutches the platen for
66 68
85 84 90^2
drive by the pressure roller and permits free movement of the
platen for temporary withdrawal of tape from the cartridge
when the platen is overdriven.
through the mouth and deposits the bunch at a desired loca-
tion in a hollow core of the bobbin which has been positioned
at the mouth.
In order to provide the previously mentioned discharging air
flow throifgh the perforations, a second chamber is provided
in communication through the perforate member with the first
mentioned chamber A piston is received in the second
chamber The vortex air stream which deposits the unwinding
end on the perforate member passes through the perforations
and in conjunction with vacuum applied to both ends of the
second chamber, the piston is positioned at the end of the
second chamber opposite the perforate member. The vortex
air and the vacuum is then stopped and air pressure is in-
troduced into the second cylinder to drive the piston toward
the perforate member, whereupon the piston compresses the
discharging air which passes with substantially equal force
through the perforations of the perforate member.
3,708,136
MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT HAVING A PNELMATIC REEL
HUB
James R. Cope, and Paul F. Smith, both of Boulder, Colo., as-
signors to International Business Machines Corporation, Ar-
monk, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 08,486
Int. CI. B65h 7 9/02
U.S. CI. 242—68.3
15 Claims
3,708,135
POWER DRIVEN PLATEN FOR TAPE CARTRIDGES
Melvin A. Lace. Prospect Heights, III., assignor to Motorola,
Inc.. Frankhn Park, 111.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 881 ,690, Dec. 3, 1969.
abandoned. This application Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,718
Int. CI. B65h 17148
U.S. CI. 242-55.19 A 12 Claims,
The platen of a continuous loop tape cartridge is driven by"'
A magnetic tape unit includes a source of air pressure to
pressurize components of the tape unit, such as air bearings,
and to actuate a tape reel drive hub, automatically coupling a
reel of tape onto the hub.
The pneumatically actuated drive hub includes first and
second disk-shaped walls which are axially fixed at spaced
positions along a motor drive shaft. One of these walls covers
the end of the shaft and is of a small diameter, to allow a reel
to be placed on the drive hub. The other wall encircles the
shaft, is of a large diameter, and includes an annular position-
ing shoulder against which the reel is axially seated. A third
axially movable wall is positioned intermediate the two fixed
walls. This wall is spring biased toward the first wall. A closed
chamber between the movable wall and the first wall is con-
nected to the source of air pressure, so that when the chamber
is pressurized, the movable wall moves toward the second
wall. This movement expands a resilient ring which engages
the mounting opening in the reel, to thereby couple the reel to
the drive hub.
3,708,137
CHANGING HAND FISHING REEL
means of a drive belt from the pressure roller of the tape car-HCyril VV. Jones, 3100 Warm Springs Ave., Boise, Idaho
tridge and is caused to rotate at a hub speed which is approxi-
mately 0.9 to 0.98 times the speed of the tape being pulled
from the inner loop of the continuous tape loop. The pressure
roller is pivotally mounted in a slat and spring-biased to en-
gage an edge of the capstan receiving opening in the cartridge
when the cartridge is removed from the tape
Filed May 1 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 142,988
Int. CLAO Ik 59/00
U.S. CI. 242—219 3 Claims
The fishing reel of the invention includes a line crank wind-
ing assembly having an axle in operative communication with
the spool of the reel. The spool and the axle are provided with
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
201
a disc-type, slip clutch having manual adjustment means to
limit the tension placed on the line. A housing is disposed
between the crank winding assembly and the reel. The wall of
the crank winding assembly is provided with an eliptical arcu-
ate-shaped ledge adjacent the housing and a hand control
means distally disposed above the ledge and threadably car-
ried in the wall of the crank winding assembly. The wall of the
housing adjacent the crank winding assembly is provided with
an annular ring so that the wall of the housing is recessed. A
disc is carried on the ledge between the walls of the crank as-
sembly and the housing. The control means threadably carried
Y
■^
> f T-
■aH
■as
uj
by the wall of the crank assembly is normally in the path of the
disc. When the disc is adjacent the control means the disc may
rotate between the ledge and the annular ring of the housing in
response to rotation of the crank winding assembly in one
direction. When the crank winding assembly is rotated in a
direction opposite, the disc tends to wedge between the ledge
and the annular ring thus being operable as a brake. By remov-
ing the control means from the path of the disc, the disc may
be moved to the side opposite with respect to the control
means, thus providing means by which the reel may be selec-
tively operated by persons having right and left hand dominant
dexterity without disassembly of the reel of this invention.
3,708,138
AIRCRAFT SHAPED TOW TARGET
William R. Griffiths, Costa Mesa; Donald E. Johnston, Garden
Grove; John S. Yates, Placentia, and Gerard E. Layer,
Corona Del Mar, all of Calif., assignors to The Susquehanna
Corporation, Fairfax County, Va.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,684
Int. CLB64C J ;/00
U.S. CI. 244— 16 10 Claims
3,708,139
MISSILE CONTROL SYSTEM
Phillip R. Wheeler, Alexandria, Va., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Jan. 19, 1959, Ser. No. 787,782
Int. CI. B64gy /20
U.S. CL 244—3.13 13 Claims
COMTIKX srsTc» M
|1: *
V Mm
"TT-:
^"!'
ft
I I
Pl«J
g;..„r|--fnv
^^ TJ
'~ " n
I '— •«. 1
»o',«>i,— t,. ^ ^
>n< Ski 1
±z\^
=hi^
y
E^-
r
1 . A control system for steering a zero velocity launched
guidable tandem coupled booster missile airborne vehicle dur-
ing the boost phase of flight; comprising means for sensing the
deviation of the vehicle in flight to provide steering signals,
means for actuating the vehicle aerodynamic surfaces, means
for supplying power to said actuating means, said power
supply means being precharged before launching of the vehi-
cle whereby power is available immeaiately upon the
launching of the vehicle to operate said actuating means dur-
ing the beginning portion of the boost phase of flight, said
power being coupled to said actuating means, said sensing
means comprising means for measuring the magnitude and
direction of vehicle roll for providing roll stabilization steering
signals, means for determining the altitude of the vehicle from
the launching vector during boost phase and establishing
boost phase steering signals, means for mixing the roll sta-
bilization steering signals with the boost phase steering signals,
said steering signals from said mixing means being applied to
said actuating means to operate the vehicle aerodynamic sur-
faces thereby changing the attitude of the vehicle and the
direction of vehicle flight by movement of said vehicle
aerodynamic surfaces, whereby vehicle roll stabilization and
vehicle attitude stability is provided throughout the boost
phase of flight enabling capture of the missile in a narrow
radar beam at the end of boost phase of flight.
3,708,140
TRIPHIBIAN MOBILITY PROPULSION DEVICE
Bernard Rashis, Springfield, Va., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,386
Int. CI. B64c 25150
U.S. CI. 244—50 9 Claims
An aircraft shaped tow target capable of being towed by jet
aircraft at high speeds is disclosed. The airframe of the target
includes two wings and a vertical fin and is fabricated from a
lightweight structural material such as foamed plastic. A sup-
port tube is installed at the leading edge of each wing and the
vertical fin. The wing structure includes a wing channel which
extends the length of the wing and which is foamed into the
wing panel during fabrication. A hinged member allows the
two wing channels to be joined to form a third channel into
which the vertical fin is installed. Towing and control of the
target is effected by a lightweight tow bridle connecting the
target and tow aircraft. The landing assembly includes a skid
configuration which allows target takeoff and landing to be ac-
complished en a normal paved runway.
A flying platform or aircraft with power driven wheels is
provided but without conventional drive shafts, gear trains
and so on.
•202
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
^708 141 3.708,143
.TWHixrBOn HOLDER COLLAPSIBLE SELF-STORING STAND
FISHING ROD HOLDER Howard D. SchleU. 165 W. Logan, West St. P«ul, Minn
Arthur H. Friedgen, Omaha, Nebr., and Warren R. »"^"'' "" ^^j,^ ^ 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101.256
Nohrenberg, Omaha, Nebr. , p, pi^n, ///J2
ContinuaUon-in-partofS€r.No.851,793,Aug.21.1969.Th«i „ c n 248 165 ^"'•^^^''"^ " ""
application May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,653 ^S- C"- 248-165
Int. CI. AOlk 97/yO
L.S. CI. 248-42 8 Claims ^
-H3 ^,3 -^
8 Claims
15—
*i.
A stand or rack constructed with supporting legs which are
removably attached to the sides of the stand and. when
detached, are conveniently and compactly stored between the
two side members.
A fishing pole or rod holder with an elongated body defining
a receptacle or housing that is pivotally mounted at one end
upon a vertical support. A lever pivotally mou :ed on the ver-
tical support is designed to engage a projection on the body
for adjustably positioning the body with respect to said sup-
port The receptacle or housing is provided witl a clamp for
securing the fishing pole or rod therein.
3,706,144
SUPPORTING DEVICE
Donald C. Nasmith, 20 Marchwood Drive. Downsview 473,
Ontario, Canada
FUed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,393
Int.CLF16m///22
L.S.CL248-167 5 Claims
3,708,142
TL BE SUPPORTS
William M. Small, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to PhiUips
Petroleum Co., Bartlesville. Okla.
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,499
lnt.C\.Fl6l3l00.3l08
U.S. CI. 248-49 8 Claims
A supporting device, which 1 term a "Litter-Gard." being a
tripod type structure suitable for removably suspending cen-
trally within the legs, one or more polyvinyl garbage bags or
comparable articles, that will prove stable on uneven ground
and capable of supporting a maximum load by equalizing the
burden on the three legs. Each leg is formed with the upper
end bent inwardly, turned downwardly and terminally
rounded up outwardly in a holding hook. The downward
reaches of the legs, between the top inward extension and the
hook being hingedly connected by a clamping bracket to
allow of the tripod being folded flat for compact and con-
venient storage when not in use.
A method and apparatus for supporting tubes of a tube bun-
dle First and second rod sets are inserted through the tube
bundles with only one rod of the first rod set positioned
between each row of tubes and only one rod of the second rod
set positioned between each column of tubes. Each successive
rod of each rod set is laterally spaced a common distance
along the length of the tube relative to the succeeding rod of
that rod set with a rod of each set being positioned on opposed
sides of each tube of the bundle. A securing means is attached
to the ends of each rod for urging each set of rods and the
tubes together to form a unitary bundle. ,
3,708,145
END CONNECTOR GROMMET ASSEMBLY
John A. Pestka. Park Ridge. III., assignor to Illinois Tool Works
Inc.. Chicago. III.
Filed Nov. 9, 197 1, Ser. No. 197,021
Int. CI. HOlj 29/02
U.S.a. 248-361 10 Claims
A mounting assembly in yoke form for securing a television
picture tube to a chassis or base and which includes a pair of
wires or straps anchored to the chassis and passed partially
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
203
over the tube; each wire having a substantially right angled
looped end with one end engaging behind the head of an elon-
gated screw and with the other end engaged with a ratchet
type nut permitting ratcheting of the nut over the screw
threads upon relative movement of the screw head and the nut
member toward one another until the wires or straps are ini-
tially tensioned at which time the nut becomes non-ratcheting
and turning of the screw therein will effect the desired ulti-
mate tensioning of the wires or straps to secure the tube to the
chassis or other support member.
3,708,146
MEANS FOR ENCASING RIGID MEMBERS WITH
CONCRETE
Bruce A. Lamberton, c/o Construction Techniques, Inc., 1111
Superior Building, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,761
Int. CI. E02d 5/38; B22d / 9/08
U.S. CL249— 1 6 Claims
ing member and which is linked to a stationary member so
that, after casting, the mould edge member can be swung away
from the casting position without the cavity forming member
disturbing the casting.
3,708,148
MOLD FOR CASTING CELLULAR CONCRETE BODIES
Rolf Erik Goransson, Alvsjo, Sweden, assignor to Interna-
tionella Siporex Aktiebolaget, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,282
Claims priority, application Sweden, July 31, 1970,
10531/70
Int. CI. B28b 7/34
U.S.CI. 249— 111
5 Claims
33,
25,
A flexible sleeve of a larger circumference than the member
to be encased is fastened at its lower end tightly around the
member. The upper end of the sleeve has a rigid hoop of a cir-
cumference larger than the member and means are provided
for placing the sleeve under longitudinal tension. A cementi-
tious grout of a high water cement ratio is then poured into the
open upper end of the sleeve. If the sleeve is porous, the water
of the grout will bleed through the pores and the water-cement
ratio will be lowered. The now thickened grout is then allowed
to harden. The sleeve may then be removed by opening a lon-
gitudinal extending seam which is usually a zipper and reused.
3,708,147
CASTING MOLD
Keith Ross. Sheffield, England, assignor to Davy and United
Engineering Company Limited, Sheffield, England
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,605
Int. CL B28b 7/20 ,
U.S. CI. 249—99 '^ 5 Claims
To cast an element with a cavity in its edge, the casting
mould has a mould edge element which carries a cavity form-
36 S 11. 10,15 9^ W, ■'-■, ^ 10, 11 15. 9^ Uj
^^
A heat, insulated mold for casting cellular concrete bodies
and having a non-warping bottom member comprising a
number of table-like structures, each including a sheet metal
top welded to a stiffening metal framework having a few,
widely spaced legs of low heat-conductivity, a common sup-
port for said table-like structures permitting certain horizontal
movements of their legs to compensate for expansive varia-
tions in the planar size of said structures and a heat-insulaling
covering on the lower side of all said table-like structures for
maintaining their stiffening frameworks at substantially the
same temperature as the concrete mass received in the mold.
The legs of said table-like structures contacting the support in
a manner to prevent distortion of the latter by heat transferred
through said legs, and the longitudinal side wall members of
the mold being also of a non-warping design.
3,708,149
CLOSURE DEVICE FOR CLOSING FLEXIBLE TUBES
Leon Joel Dinger, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP Domestic
Inc.
Division of Ser. No. 812,811, April 2, 1969, Pat. No.
3,612,475. This application Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,057
Int. CI. F 16k 7/04
U.S.CI. 251— 9 1 Claim
Tube closure devices comprising bendabie members,^ each
having a pair of arms connected together by integral hinges
are disclosed. Coacting latch arrangements are disposed on
the extending ends of the arms to latch the arms over sections
of flexible tubes which are placed under compression via the
closure devices. Raised floor sections on at least one of the
204
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
arms serve lo compress and sealingly close the lube such that urged toward each other by fluid operable means which is
rl'dual prelres are prov.ded in a closure. Alternate curved energized by a pump which has a piston that is actuated to
38 46
floor sections also assure a sealed closure and provide strain
relief means in a closure where the flexible tubes join closure
devices.
3,708,150
FAST CLOSING VALVE
Carl Heinz Hafele. Bergstrasse 83, Monchegladbach. Germany
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 167,961
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 6, 1970, P 20 39
086.7
Int.CLF16ki///4J
L.S.CL 251-31 8 Claims
^^fhj/
draw fluid from a reservoir by movement of the mass and is ac-
tuated to supply fluid to the fluid operable means by a spring.
3,708,152
DRAGLINE FAIRLEAD
Kenneth D. Bulin, Hales Corners, Wis., assignor to Bucyrus-
Erie, So. Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,226
Int. CI. B66d 1/36
U.S. CI. 254— 1 90 R 1 Claim
The specification discloses a valve having a valve member
to which is connected a double acting piston. A magnetic ar-
mature connected to the piston is disposed close to an end
wall of the cylinder in which the piston moves when the valve
member is in open position and a holding magnet on the outer
side of the end wall cooperates with the armature.
The drag rope of a dragline excavator passes over a lower
sheave and then under an upper sheave as it is payed out from
a drum in the excavator housing. The two sheaves are oriented
to deflect the drag rope downward a predetermined angle as it
passes between them. This orientation insures that the rota-
tion of both sheaves is controlled by frictional engagement
with the drag rope during operation. Such continuous control
of the sheaves prevents relative movement between the drag
rope and sheaves that may result in increased wear and fatigue
of the rope.
3,708,151
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLAMPING PLANKS,
BOARDS. POLES, PIPES, AND THE LIKE, TO PILE
DRIVERS AND PULLING DEVICES
Gotthilf Schulin, Fellbach, Germany, assignor to Wacker
V\ erke KG, Munich. Germany
Filed Dec. 10. 1970, Ser. No. 96,867
Claims priority, application Germany. Dec. 12. 1969. P 19
62 318.8
Int. CL B66t i/22
U.S.CL 254-133 19 Claims
A clamping arrangement, and a method of operation
thereof, for clamping a work member to a reciprocable driving
mass. The clamp arrangement has a pair of jaws which are
3,708,153
ENCLOSURE FOR LANDFILL DISPOSAL SITE
Leonard C. Triem, c/o Triem Steel and Processing, Inc., P. O.
Box 215, Chicago Heights, III.
Filed Oct. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 186,955
lnt.CLE04h/7//6
U.S.CL 256-25 13 Claims
A mobile screen enclosure for a landfill disposal site trench,
to prevent paper and other light refuse from blowing about.
The trench is bounded by parallel walls or mounds of dirt. A
generally rectangular framework spans the trench and is sup-
ported on wheels which move on a track extending along the
mounds, for the length of the trench. A screen covers the
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
205
framework forming an enclosure of sufficient size to accom-
modate a truck delivering refuse and machine for compacting
damage to the blades as well as the fan cylinder in case the
latter is displaced by unexpectedly strong wind to an extent to
'43
45 21
and covering the refuse. One end of the screen enclosure ex-
tends down into the trench and is provided with a door for
passage of vehicles along the trench floor.
3,708,154
PRODUCTION OF FOUNDRY CORES
Terence H. Middleton, Shirley. England, assignor to British
V Leyland (Austin-Morris) Limited. Birmingham and The Bor-
den Chemical Company (U.K.) Limited, Southampton, En-
gland
Filed July 3, 1970, Ser. No. 53,124
Int. CLBOlf 7/04,7/76
U.S. CI. 259—2 4 Claims
J
\
.^-^
u
A machine for producing resin-bonded cold-setting foundry
cores on a flow-production basis comprising means for
delivering two segregated mixes, of sand and resin and of sand
and hardener respectively, into a mixing device to produce a
homogeneous final mix of all the materials, together with
means for blowing the final mix into a delivery manifold, and
for blowing inert backing material to impel the whole of the
cold-setting mix from the delivery manifold into a core-box.
permit engagement of the inri^ surface of the fan cylinder
with the blade tips.
3,708,156
HEAT TREAT FURNACE
Claude H. Leiand, Grosse Pointe, Mich., assignor to Super
Steel Treating Co., Warren, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 852,393, Aug. 22. 1969.
Pat. No. 3i;84.852.
Filed March 31, 1971, Ser. No. 129,838
Int. CI. F27b 7 7/00. 5/00
U.S. CI. 263—4 1 1 5 Claims
3,708,155
COOLING TOW ER FAN BLADE ASSEMBLY HAVING
YIELDABLE, EXPENDABLE TIP
Joyce D. Holmberg, Overland Park, Kans., and Earl R. All-
geyer, Raytown, Mo., assignors to The Marley Company,
Kansas City, Mo.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,020
Int. CI. FOld 5/20; B0U3/02, 3/04
U.S.CL 261— 24 16 Claims
A yieldable and expendable blade tip for use on the outer
end of each of the blades of a cooling tower fan mounted
within a fan cylinder. The tips each comprise a deformable
body, preferably constructed of a synthetic resin material or
the like, adapted to be mounted over the end of the blade, and
releasably secured thereto by means of a binding strap and a
series of fasteners extending into a respective blade. Fastener
clearing slots are provided in the tip body to permit the latter
to be shifted in or out longitudinally of the blade as required so
that the tip may be positioned in close proximity to the inner
surface of the fan cylinder. The blade tips prevent significant
acii
\
^ttCa
??
A heat treat furnace having at least one radiator channel
along a wall having heat radiators therein with a blower ex-
hausting air into the channel horizontally at one end of the
channel and with the channel exhausting air horizontally into
the furnace interior at the othe- end of the channel. The
blower suction side draws air horizontally from the furnace in-
terior so that heated air is recirculated in the furnace interior
horizontally to effect homogeneous heating of metal items in
the furnace from top to bottom, side to side and end to end by
air recirculation in horizontal travel to oppose and reduce
gravitational and density influences toward stratification.
3,708,157
CONTINUOUS SINTERING FURNACE
Bernard Aubry. 94 L'Hay-les-Roses; Jacques Gillot, 93 Gagny;
Yves Masseiot. Manosque, and Albert Teboul, 84 Lapalud,
all of France, assignors to Commissariat .A LEnergie
Atomique. Paris, France
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,458
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 8, 1969, 6927464
Int. CI. F27b 9/74
U.S. CI. 263—6 R 1 Claims
A furnace for continuous sintering of pellets of ceramic
nuclear-fuel material containing binder in a neutral or reduc-
206
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ing atmosphere comprises a horizontal-axis tubular enclosure
havmg heatmg means distributed along said enclosure and a
support plate for the longitudinal displacement of pellet con-
tainers A circulation system for maintaining a neutral or
reducing atmosphere and for extracting the binder comprises
inlets for injecting neutral or reducing gas at the two ends of
the furnace and an outlet for withdrawing gas in an inter-
3,708,159
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING THE
SURFACE OF A LIQUID METAL BATH
Harold VV. De Bray, Monroeville Borough, Pa., assignor to
United States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,496
Int. CI. C21c 7/(^0
U.S. CI. 266-34 LM lOCtaims
c «• «
mediate zone between the presintering and sintering zones.
Means associated with a container-introduction lock-chamber
placed at one end of the furnace and with an extraction lock-
chamber for withdrawing containers at the other end of the
furnace cause the containers to travel along the support plate
from the introduction lock-chamber to the extraction lock-
chamber
3,708,158
APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING MOLTEN METAL
Thomas E. Perry, Chagrin Falls, Ohio, assignor to Republic
Steel Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 841,026, July 11, 1969, Pat. No.
3 632 096. This application June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156.959
Int.Cl. A01g2J/05
L.S. CI. 266-34 PT 7 Claims
A method and apparatus for locating the surface of a liquid
metal bath, particularly intended for use with a basic oxygen
steelmaking furnace or an open hearth in which oxygen is
used. Oxygen is introduced to such furnaces with a lance
which is lowered by a cable and drum to start a blowing opera-
tion. The invention measures the apparent weight of the lance
as it is lowered. When the lance first contacts the bath, the
bath exerts a momentary buoyant effect thereon. The result-
ing change in the apparent weight of the lance is detected. A
memory device remembers the position of the lance when it
makes contact, and this position is displayed on a recorder.
3,708,160
SHEET COLLATING MACHINE
Edward T. Kantarian, Royal Oak; John N. Bearde, Berkley,
and Donald F. Staub, Bloomfield Hills, all of Mich., assignors
to Edon Industrial Products Co., by said Bearde
Filed Dec. 1 9. 1 969. Ser . No. 886.7 1 8
Int. CI. B42b/ /02
U.S. CI. 270-53 10 Claims
Apparatus for transferring molten metal such as steel from
one location to another, including a paper tube through which
the molten metal passes.
^o^
Collating apparatus having an automatic loading cycle for
placing sheets of various sets in bins to organize a group of
various sheets in each bin and for jogging the sheets of the
group in each bin into edge alignment during the loading cy-
cle the apparatus having an automatic unloading cycle for
stapling the group of sheets in each bin together in a book
sequentially from bin to bin. unloading the book from each bin
after it is stapled to a bottom conveyor below the bins, and
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
207
conveying the books to a collection point. Each said collating
apparatus constituting a basic machine unit of designed book
making capacity to suit the needs of users in the minimal to
average range. Each basic machine unit being integratable
with like units in end-to-end and/or superposed relationship to
suit user's needs above the minimal to average range to pro-
vide machines of larger capacity at near the same cost per
book thereby obviating greatly increased costs for larger
capacity machines.
3,708,161
PHOTOELECTROSTATIC COPYING MACHINE
George K. Lux, San Jose, Calif.; James B. Ellis, Chicago, and
John J. Schulze. Prospect Heights, both of III., assignors to
Addressograph-Multigraph Corporation, Mount Prospect,
111.
Division of Ser. No. 699,507, Jan. 22, 1968, Pat. No.
3,556,655. This application Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 14,886
Int. CI. B65h i/26
U.S. CI. 271-9 5 Claims
each individually suspended above and along the direction of
travel of a conveyor in spaced relation with respect to each
other across the conveyor. First and second shafts extend
across the conveyor and are spaced from each other along the
direction of travel of the conveyor. A first link freely pivotally
supports the upstream end of each elongated member from
the first shaft a distance above the conveyor which permits the
travel of sheets therebeneath. A second link freely pivotally
supports the downstream end of each elongated member to
enable contact with a sheet traveling on a conveyor. A pick-up
arm for each link is fixedly secured on a shaft adjacent the link
and has a link contacting surface extending beneath a surface
of the adjacent link. A crank is connected to the shaft and is
driven by a piston-cylinder assembly to rotate the crank means
to raise and lower the elongated members.
ERRATUM
For Class 271—62 R see:
Patent No. 3,708,165
Udcr
f-30
rs'' *■ SI J,
3?(
s=-
nw
3,708,163
PARALLEL SKI TRAINER AND LEG CONDITIONER
Fred B. Hynes, 3045 South HoUy Place. Denver, Colo.
Filed March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,830
Int. CI. A63b 69/75
U.S. CI. 272-57 B '2 Claims
This invention concerns an automatic copying machine
operable between a reduced copying mode and a full size
copying mode. It has a turret lens assembly movable between
different positions for projecting a full size or a reduced size
image of an original onto a copy sheet, and a drive system for
moving the original and copy sheet respectively past illuminat-
ing and exposure stations at equal or unequal speeds. A
resilient overtravel operating assembly moves the lens as-
sembly between positions and firmly holds it in place. In the
full size copying mode the copy sheet and original move at the
same speed, in the reduced copying mode the original moves
faster than the copy sheet and in proportion to the size of the
reduced light image. A single switch controls the copying
mode. During the reduced copying mode, it turns on edge ex-
posure lamps which discharge unexposed marginal areas
which would otherwise form dirty copy sheet edges.
' 3,708,162
STREAM FLOW INTERRUPTER
W alter R. Skudlarek. Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Illinois,
Inc., Toledo, Ohio
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,557
Int. CI. B65h 7102
U.S. CI. 271-47 20 Claims
A device is shown for interrupting the flow of a stream of
sheets of boxboard, corrugated fiberboard, and the like, on a
conveyor. A plurality of elongated structural members are
A ski trainer for teaching parallel skiing including a pair of
horizontally spaced apart supports including first support
structure for releasably clampingly engaging and supporting
the front ends of a pair of snow skis for g'lided limited oscilla-
tion about upstanding axes extending therethrough and also
oscillation about axes extending longitudinally of the sup-
ported skis and second support structure in the form of a
horizontal transverse elastic strap for supporting the rear ends
of the same skis for generally horizontal swinging about the
aforementioned upstanding axes, limited vertical oscillation
and oscillation of the rear ends of the supported skis about
their longitudinal axes.
3,708,164
MANUAL TORSIONAL EXERCISER
Benjamin John Griffin. P. O. Box 183. La Porte. Ind.
Filed Sept. 24. 1970. Ser. No. 75,21 1
Int. CI. A63b 2 //22
U.S. CI. 272-67 1 » Claims
An exerciser which includes first and second interlocked tu-
bular members each having outer and inner end parts The
second tubular member has its inner end part fitting within the
inner end part of the first such member with one tubular
member being rotative relative to the other. An elongated tor-
sional member for resisting rotation of the tubular members is
positioned within the members and extends from the outer
end part of one member to the outer end part of the other
208
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
member. Each outer end part of the tubular members carries a
retainer device for releasably engaging one end of the tor-
sional member Each torsional member retainer device is
adapted to accommodate several torsional members of vari-
ous sizes.
3,708,165
CHARGING DEVICE FOR ALTOMATIC PUNCH-
PRESSES
Vital> Konstantinovich Gilev, 811 proezd 65, kv. 16;
V >acheslav Dmitrievich Opov, ulitsa Papanina 99, kv. 24;
Rafael Tevosovich SarkLsov, ulitsa Aga-Neimatull\ 20a, kv.
28, and Ernst Arakelovich Stephanian, ulitsa Druzhb>
Molodezhi 2, kv. 36, all of Baku, L.S.S.R.
Filed July 1, 1971,Ser. No. 158,948
Int. CI. B65h 1100
die is transmitted by a cable and pulleys to a lever arm the free
end of which is hinged to the bottom of a weight displacing
shaft. A set of weights, adapted to slide along guide rods de-
pending from a pivotable support member, are pinned to' the
shaft. Arcuate motion of either or both crank handles moves
the lever arm, shaft and weights up and down, providing a
selectable weight resist to the person using the exerciser.
3,708,167
EXERCISING APPARATUS
Jacobus Daniel Potnieter. 948 Crots Street, Rietfontein, Repub-
lic of South Africa
Filed Dec. 17, 1970. Ser. No. 99,101
Int. CI. A63b2//0«,2-?/02
U.S. CI. 272— 58 10 Claims
U.S. CI. 271-62 R
3 Claims
A charging device for automatic punch presses comprises
an immovable platform, a lifting table accommodating
thereon a cassette with sheet material, said cassette being
lifted while the sheets are fed to the zone of stamping, and a
bracket-shaped frame displaceable along an arc in a vertical
plane and serving to displace the emptied cassette downwards
onto the immovable platform Arranged from the inside on the
sides of the frame are retainers intended for holding the lifted
cassette after lowering the lifting table
3,708,166
BUTTERFLY EXERCISE MACHINE
Robert F. Annas, Arcadia, Calif., assignor to Paramount
Health Equipment Corp., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,928
Int. CI. A63b2//i2, 23/00
U.S. CI. 272—58 1 1 Claimsv
A butterfly exercising apparatus includes a pair of cranks
pivotally mounted to a table supporting frame assembly for
butterfly-like arcuate motion. Movement of either crank han-
This invention relates to a body exercising apparatus for ex-
ecution of a very large number of different exercises. The ap-
paratus comprises a single upright post with a platform ex-
tending from one side of the bottom end and having pulley
means on the top engaged by a cable of variable effective
length. The cable is connected with one end in movement ad-
justable fashion to a weight carrying lever attached to the post
on a side opposite to the platform side whereas the opposite
end of the cable is connectable to any one of a plurality of
separate devices for engagement by a person on the platform
for exercising purposes. Additional pulleys for optional en-
gagement by the cable, rigid bar members and means for
locking of the lever are also associated with the post.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
209
3,708,168
GAME APPARATUS
George C. Strader, San Dimas, and Adolph E. Goldfarb, North
Hollywood, both of Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed March 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,986
Int.CL A63fi/00
most cards or tricks and still lose, if his cards either have a
lower value than those of another player or have a negative
value. Accompanying marked and unmarked pegs and a peg
board having two sets of holes marked with the numbers on
the cards, show the cards of the suit led played during each
trick and also all of the cards previously played at any time
during the game.
U.S.CL273— 1 R
1 Claim
A game apparatus is provided which comprises a foam
backed, vinyl sheet clad game board having the drawing of a
hand thereon having various ones of the fingers bandaged. A
first elongated member which simulates a thumb and a plurali-
ty of elongated members which simulate a hammer are pro-
vided for playing a game with a plurality of chips. The chips
are placed on the bandaged fingers with the object of the game
being for the player holding the thumb simulated member to
slide a chip from a bandaged finger to the wrist of the hand on
the game board before one of the players with a hammer simu-
lating member can knock the chip away from underneath the
thumb.
3,708,169
MATHEMATICAL CARD GAME
Alton P. Hoy, P.O. Box 464, W innsboro, S.C.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,475
Int.CLA63f //OO, 7/02
U.S. CL 273— I R
3,708,170
FOOTBALL
William R. Presnell, Dellwood, Mo., assignor to A-T-O Inc.,
Willoughby, Ohio
Filed Jan. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 220,175
Int.CLA63b47/0*
U.S. CI. 273—65 A 8 Claims
J**-
I Claim
A football including an inflatable bladder insertion opening
and in which an extended lacing length and corresponding
cross loops are provided to accommodate football players
with small hands and to improve the ball handling and passing
manipulation. The lacing loops re extended out to a length of
about 55-60 percent of the total length of a seam line.
• 3,708,171
BOARD GAME APPARATUS
I. Jordan Kunik, and Alvin L. Sitomer, both of New York,
N.Y., assignors to I. Jordan Kunik and Alvin L. Sitomer,
both of New Y ork, N.Y., part interest to each
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,558
Int. CI. A63f i/00
U.S. CL 273— 130 R 6 Claims
1
T
3
A mathematical card game playable by two or more persons
with a deck of numbered cards of two suits each containing
cards numbered in an arithmetical progression extending from
a plus number through zero to the corresponding minus
number. The game is played for tricks, each player following
suit if possible. Each trick is taken by the card having the
highest mathematical value and the game is won by the player
having the highest positive score or total value of cards won or
if played with a "pot" or if played with a "pot" or "kitty," by
all players having positive scores. A player thus can win the
A board game with a plurality of pivotless rotatable game
pieces mounted captive in the board and having integral index
means on each game piece for the combined purpose of
manipulating the game piece and indicating directionally
whether the game piece is either "in play" or "out of play."
Pivotless rotation of each game piece is provided by cooperat-
ing complementary curvatures of the peripheral surface of
each game piece and the wall of the respective recess within
which each game piece is located.
210
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,172 3,708,174
GOLF PUTTER GOLF STANCE DEVICE
Joseph Frederick Rango. 708 West 32nd Street, San Pedro. Walter M. Kamarauskas, Warren Drive, Mokena, III.
Q^Hf Filed Jan. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 221,922
FiledMarchlS, 197 l.Ser. No. 124,009 Int. CI. A63b 69/J6
Int.CI.A63b5J/00 U.S. CI. 273-187 R , 8 Claims
U.S.CI. 273— 164 3 Claims ^
A golf putter has a generally vertically extending hole of cir-
cular cross section extending entirely through the head
between the top wall and bottom wall The hole splits a
sighting mark on the top surface of the putter head into for-
ward and rearward segments and divides the head into sub-
stantially equal masses in order to counterbalance tendencies
of the head to twist out of position upon misaligned contact
between a golf ball and the putter striking face. The hole may
be used as a visual alignment aid and has a diameter sized for
use as a quick check ball gauge and roundness detector.
3,708,173
GOLF GAME
Garfield J. Hewson. Jr., Four Puritan Road, Wenham, Mass.
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,390
Int. CI. A63b 6 7/02
U.S. CI. 273—176 A 5 Claims
«'^^^lU4:
■22
A golf game adapted to accommodate a great number of
players and in which a player is automatically scored both with
respect to the value of the hole into which a ball is played and
the value of the ball selected.
A plurality of playing greens are arranged about a central
building each green having a group of playing positions and a
number of cups into which balls are played. The golf balls as-
sociated with each playing position are coded to designate the
respective position as well as being coded to represent dif-
ferent designated ball values. Each cup also has an assigned
scoring value and includes apparatus for sensing the entry of a
ball therein A scoreboard is associated with each green and is
operative to display a score representing both the value of the
cup into which a ball is played and the value of the played ball.
The playing greens are separated from the central building by
a moat. Golf balls may be retrieved from the cups and moved
to a storage box by a system including negative pressure to
draw balls along a pipe communicating with the cups.
A golf stance guide comprising an elongate member to
which indicator dials are attached. Cords normally stored
within the elongate member are attached at either end respec-
tively to a golfer's shoe and a dial so that the left-right dial
readings indicating previously successful stances may be con-
sistently repeated.
3,708,175
GOLF SW ING PRACTICE DEVICE
Trentis E. Barney, 1719 Madrone Avenue, and Alexander Jay
Clark, 1725 Madrone Avenue, both of West Sacramento,
Calif.
Filed Nov. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 197,652
Int. CI. A63b 69/J6
U.S.CL273— 196 1 Claim
'^-^v/r^vy//^^^
A golf swing practice device having a ball simulating portion
formed in a generally flat member to provide an aiming point
as the golfer practices his golf swings. The flat member may be
made of transparent plastic material and may be seated in a
recess in the groXind. The ball simulating member has a con-
trasting color, a diameter equal to the diameter of a golf ball
and may take the form of a disc fitted into an upper surface of
the flat member, an embedded sphere viewable through the
transparent plastic material, or the upper flat end surface of a
cone-shaped member whose lower pointed end passes through
the flat member and anchors same to the ground.
3,708,176
CASSETTE TRAY CONTROL MECHANISM
Robert Haake, Pasadena, Calif., and Joseph J. Ponzi, Alham-
bra. Calif., assignors to Bell and Howell Company, Chicago,
III.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,406
Int. CLGl lb 2i/;2
U.S. CI. 274—4 F 5 Claims
A cassette tray control mechanism operable to automati-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
211
cally and sequentially place cassettes in a position for loading socket and chamber having a pair of spaced tapered coopera-
a tape recorder-reproducer for playing a plurality of cassettes tive bearing surfaces, and a rotalable control ring encom-
and operable to automatically return the tray for replaying the
cassette thereby providing continuous reproduction.
passing the tapered body and being rotatably and axialiy
manipulatable relative thereto for effecting quick-release and
3 708 177
MAGNETIC SEAL FOR A ROTARY SHAFT AND MAGNET change of the socket positioned in the chuck body chamber
THEREFOR
Max Baermann, 506 Bensburg, Cologne, Germany
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,024
Int.CI. F16jy5/i4
U.S.CI. 277-80 16 Claims
f ' ' ' / /
Jl
.13
^-^r-^
^\
M' 26' •«? -44
7^^
3,708,179
DOOR ASSEMBLY
Richard E. Hulten, Durham, N.H., assignor to McCord Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,930
Int.CI. B60r2//00
U.S. CI. 280—150 AB 6 Claims
A fnagnetic seal for a rotary shaft includes a cylindrical
magnetic member surrounding the shaft. The magnetic
member includes an outer circumferential seal cooperating
with a housing through which the shaft projects. A cylindrical
magnetically attractive member also surrounds the shaft and
includes an inner circumferential seal cooperating with the
shaft. The magnetically attractive member rotates with the
shaft and the magnet is stationary with the housing. A sealing
member is interposed between the magnet and the magneti-
cally attractive member. Magnetic attraction between the
magnet and the magnetically attractive member draws the two
members together to form a seal with the interposed sealing
member. The magnet is molded of anisotropic ferrite per-
manent magnet material which is oriented in a radial direction
during molding and is also radially magnetized.
A door assembly for an opening through which an inflatable
safety device expands. The assembly includes a frame sur-
rounding the opening, and at least one door element pivotally
mounted on the frame. The door element is held in the closed
position by a plurality of ears which extend laterally between
the door element and the frame, and which are adapted to
distort when an opening force is exerted against the door ele-
ment by the inflatable safety device when the latter is ex-
panded. *
3,708,178
PROGRESSIVE-TIGHTENING SPINDLE CHUCK FOR
MILLING MACHINES OR OTHER MACHINE TOOLS
Robert Lauricella, 16 Rue de la Vivaraise, Saint-Etienne,
France
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 57,974
Int. CI. B23b 37/70. i//22
U.S. CL 279—81 7 Claims
A tool-holding chuck having a tapered body in which a
generally tapered socket-receiving chamber is formed, the .
3,708,180
POW ER OPERATED CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Jack L. Bird, Lowell, Ind.
FUed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,499
Int. CI. B60ni//2.J/74
U.S. CI. 280— 150 R 3 Claims
A cigarette lighter for an automotive vehicle, and wherein
when the cigarette lighter is pushed in, the ashtray automali-
212
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
cally slides outward into operational use, the device compris-
ing an auxiliary electric circuit closed by the cigarette lighter
shaped frame which is attached to the front legs of a wheel
chair. The walker has adjustable arm rests. Thus a person
sitting in the wheel chair can rise to his feet, support himself
on the walker and walk. When he tires of walking, he can sit
to activate a solonoid that pushes out the ashtray, and a switch down in the wheel chair.
that opens the auxiliary circuit when the ash tray is again
pushed inward 3,708,183
TRAILER HITCH
2 ^Qg jgj Morris Jones, Gainesville, Tex., assignor to David Dale Lloyd.
CONSTRUCTION FOR S^FeVy AIR CUSHION SYSTEM Gainesville, Tex., a part "^^^^J^^
Bernard MazeUky. West Covina. Calif., assignor to ARA, Inc., F'"ed ^-^^^ »970, Ser. No. 97,103
West Covina, Calif.
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,019
Int.CI. B60r2y/0<S
U.S. CI. 280- 150 AB 15 Claims
Int. CI. B62d 59/00
U.S. CI. 280—483
18 Claims
The invention is an improvement in inflatable air cushion
systems for use as devices to protect passengers in vehicles.
Pressure is transferred from an elongated gas container
through a nozzle to an inflatable bag or envelope for inflating
it. Openings are formed for transferring gas from the container
through the nozzle by means of an explosive charge. The im-
provements of the herein invention reside in that the gas con-
tainer and transfer means or nozzle are fabricated as separate
parts. Spaced openings are provided in the nozzle along its
length with solid portions or ribs between the openings. These
openings are in the nozzle rather than in part of the elongated
tank The elongated tank and the nozzle are formed as extru-
sions. These parts are joined together by way of tongue and
groove joints that form a strong joint preventing failure of the
tank resulting from pressure.
An improved hitch for connecting a trailer, such as a large
mobile home, to a towing vehicle is provided which includes a
connector joint attached to a resiliently mounted drawbar
adapted to move only in a substantial vertical plane. The
resiliently mounted drawbar is carried by a frame which is
adapted for immovable attachment to the rear of a towing
vehicle.
3,708,184
BOOK COVER-EASEL COMBINATION
Bertram Slanhoff, 1243 Post Road, Scarsdale, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,561
lnt.CI.B42di/06
U.S.CL 281—33 1 Claim
3,708,182
COMBINATION W HEEL CHAIR AND WALKER
Henry Markiel, 3 Idlewood Drive W .E., Jamestown, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,528
Int. CI. A61hi/04
U.S. CI. 280—289 1 Claim
A walker and wheel chair combination is disclosed herein.
The walker is made up of a single wheel supported by a U-
Preferrably made of a one-piece blank of relatively stiff
paper material, a book cover when unfolded, forms a horizon-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
213
tal tube structure comprising rear and bottom walls and a
front upwardly, rearwardly slanted panel to support a book.
This front panel has two full-height slits, spaced equally from
each side edge respectively, and two side flaps swung to lie on
its undersurface and extending beyond the slits respectively;
the marginal lanes of the distal edge of each flap being pasted
to the underside of the front panel, only between the slits,
thereby forming pockets, the slits being the entrances thereto
respectively for the "book's cover panels.
gated conduits terminate on a bias. When two sections of
spirally corrugated conduit are abutted, the conduits are
rotated to obtain registration between the corrugations of one
conduit with the corrugations of the abutted conduit, present-
ing a seemingly endless plurality of spirally wound corruga-
tions. A plurality of sealing members, each having an undulat-
ing lower surface, are keyed to one another with the resulting
3,708,185
FLASHING
Stanley A. Bilicki, 1150 Lenox, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., and
Rans J. Blondo, 21637 Briarcliff Drive, St. Clair Shores,
Mich.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,252
Int.CI. E04d/i// 4
U.S. CI. 285—42 1 Claim
^o
A flashing for scaling about the area of a structural member
passing through a partition. A plurality of flashing elements,
each having a base portion and an upstanding portion, are
used in forming the flashing. The edges of both portions of the
flashing elements have sealing flanges formed thereon. These
sealing flanges cooperate when the elements are assembled to
seal the area about the structural member.
3,708,186
PIPE JOINT
Tatsuya Takagi, 6-10 Araebisumachi, and Teruya Takagi, 6-4
Araebisumachi, both of Nishinomiya, Japan
Filed March 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 22,424
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 5, 1970, 45/107740
Int. CLF 161 79/05
U.S. CI. 285—341 4 Claims
6,6' 3 4 8 ^11
Pipe joint comprising a main body, a ring fitted in an annu-
lar groove of a pipe, a sleeve fitted over the pipe and a clamp-
ing member arranged to force the sleeve to move axially of the
pipe into intimate engagement with the main body and the
pipe.
3,708,187
CONDUIT SEAL
George L. Campbell, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Garland
Steel Company
Filed Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 223,957
Int. CLF 161 27/06
U.S. CI. 285—373 8 Claims
A device is disclosed for sealing abutted spirally corrugated
conduits. The corrugations of each section of spirally corru-
plurality of attached members wound about the abutting con-
duits. A tensionable band is secured about the outer surfaces
of the members and aligned with the abutted conduits. The
band is tensioned to compress the members, thereby sealing
the members against the abutting conduits and against each
other. The undulations on the inner surfaces of the members
conform to the undulating surface of the conduit and thereby
effect a seal between the abutting conduits.
3,708,188
PISTON AND ROD ASSEMBLY FOR PISTON AND
CYLINDER DEVICES
Francis S. Flick, Oak Park, III., assignor to Miller Fluid Power
Corporation, Bensenville, III.
Filed March 5, 1971, Set. No. 121,271
Int.CI. F16d/ /06
U.S.CI. 287— 20P 2 Claims
60ti,J.
't^Jw
35
36
•^14
36
In the field of precision hydraulic and pneumatic power
systems, a piston to piston rod mounting utilizing the cylindri-
cal smooth rod surface and the smooth piston bore to hold
concentricity and squareness of the piston to the rod and
utilizing a helical retainer wire disposed in a vertical groove
between the piston and rod and partially in both, and means to
prevent rotation of the wire when disposed in the portion of
the groove in either the piston or the rod while the ether is
being threaded to intended position.
3,708,189
CHAIR BACK REST JOINT
Wayne W. Good, Sturgis, Mich., assignor to Harter Corpora-
tion, Sturgis, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 67,068, Aug. 26, 1970,
abandoned. This application July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,322
Int.CI. F 16c 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 287— 100 6 Claims
Chair back rest is joined to the supporting upright thereof
by two mating clevises pivotally held together by a pin. The
pin is retained in place by an inverted, substantially U-shaped
214
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
bumper which fhctionally engages the top portion of the
upright and the forked ends of the outer mating clevis. In a
nange has a flat engaging the flat on the frame and has lugs ex-
tending axially toward, or in substantially axial alignment with.
preferred embodiment, the downwardly-depending legs of *he
bumper are provided with latching means at the terminal por-
tion thereof.
3,708,190
DUAL TENSION STRING HOLDER
Robert G. Beedy, Hometown, III., assignor to B. H. Bunn Com-
pany, Alsip, III.
Filed March 1 5, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 23,974
Int. CI. B65h 69/04
U.S. CI. 289-13 5 Claims
the pockets. Springs curved within the cup bear simultane-
ously against the pocket walls and against the lugs to act as
yieldable positioning devices.
3,708,192
SLIDING DOOR ARRANGEMENT FOR MOTOR
VEHICLES
Horst Klebba, Weyhausen, and Ernst Maneck, Tappenbeck,
both of Germany, assignors to Volkswagenwerk Aktien-
gesellschaft, W olfsburg, Germany
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,634
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 7, 1970, P 20 39
237.4
Int. CLEOSc 7 9/00
U.^. CI. 292-261 6 Claims
An automatically operated device for alternately increasing
and decreasing the tension on the retained end of the twine m
a knotting mechanism used in a twine tying machine. The
standard knotting mechanism is used in connection with a
standard string holder, the latter normally having a compres-
sion spring to exert pressure on the retained end of the twine
to hold said end while the twine is being wrapped around a
bundle or the like and thereafter while a knot is being tied in
the ends of the wrapped twine. Means are provided for in-
creasing the compression of the spring while the twine is being
wrapped around a bundle, and for reducing the said spring
compression while the knot is being tied.
3,708,191
' AUXILIARY SPRING UNIT FOR LOCKS
Denes Hegedus, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Schlage Lock
Company
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,720
Int. CLEOSc 27/00
L.S.CL292— 1 TOaims
An auxiliary spring unit is for use with locks having a frame
with a flat thereon and having a hand hold adapted to be
mounted on a spindle rotatable on the frame. The unit has a
capsule including a cylindrical cup with an inturned flange. A
ring is rotatably disposed within the cup and has walls defining
axially extending pockets. A closure plate interlocked with the
In a motor vehicle, a sliding door compartment and latching
mechanism therefor comprising a pivot arm coupled by a
hinge in a rotatable fashion to the sliding door arrangement
about a vertical axis, the pivot arm having a free end on which
a roller carriage is mounted for running in a horizontally
placed guiding rail when such siding door is opened or closed,
a guiding arch member on the guiding rail means facing the
inner space of the vehicle, said guiding arch means being pro-
vided at an end portion of the guiding rail means which is away
from the door opening, boss-like projection provided on the
pivot arm in the region of the hinge, a latching member
mounted behind the boss for preventing an unintended closing
of the sliding door arrangement, a spring means biasing the
latching member, whereby an unintended closing of the slid-
ing door is prevented when the pivot arm has been brought
into an angular position by means of the roller carriage being
rolled into the guide arch, which angular position of the pivot
arm corresponds to an open position of the sliding door.
3,708,193
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKING MECHANISM
Antonio G. Caporicci, 608 Richmond Ave., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,816
Int. CLE05C/ 9/00
U.S.CL 292-280 15 Claims
An automatic locking mechanism for a car door which is
operatively associated with a door jamb having a keeper and
which includes a longitudinal outer panel, a transverse jamb
panel and a longitudinal interior flange, such mechanism in-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
2L5
eluding a latch mounted on the jamb panel and operatively as-
sociated with the keeper, a detent mounted on tfie jamb panel
and operatively associated with the latch, a detent actuating
member mounted on the jamb panel and operatively as-
sociated with the detent, an externally key-actuated and auto-
matically deactuated detent locking mechanism mounted on
the outer panel, jamb panel and interior flange and operatively
associated with the detent actuating member, and an exter-
nally manually actuated and deactuated detent unlocking
mechanism mounted on the outer panel and operatively as-
sociated with the detent locking mechanism, whereby only
upon key-actuation of the detent locking mechanism will ac-
tuation of the detent unlocking mechanism unlock the door
from the outside whether opened or closed, and upon sub-
sequent deactuation of such detent unlocking mechanism the
door automatically will be locked from the outside whether
opened or closed and will remain locked form the outside
upon closing without actuation of either the detent locking
mechanism or unlocking mechanism.
3,708,194
VEHICLE SAFETY APPARATUS
Aster Ma. Amit, 339-B Pasadena Avenue, South Pasadena,
Calif.
Filed May 24. 1971, Ser. No. 146,361
Int.CLB60r/9//0,2;/02
U.S. CI. 293-1 17 Claims
3,708,195
IMPACT SOFTENING DEVICE FOR AUTOMOBILES
Edward Kottsieper, Dresden, Maine
Filed Jan. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 221,353
Int.CI. B60r /9//0
U.S. CI. 293—72
7 Claims
46.
t
^?
56
/
52 50 5«
—t v^rt
•^
'3
-^ 55^-7-
-S
*°>
1 37 j-
22
jL
1 4^*^
•
24
\
■ -
• 1
41,
Ml
An impact softening device or bumper for use on automo-
tive vehicles consisting of resilient wheels rotatably mounted
with adjustable braking means in horizontal position on verti-
cal axles which are rigidly attached to extensions of the vehi-
cle frame at the front and/or rear corners thereof. The
resilient wheels are substantially in alignment with the front
and rear wheels of the vehicle The resilient surfaces of the
horizontal wheels extend longitudinally and laterally several
inches beyond the most protruding part of the vehicle body to
give substantial protection when an obstacle is encountered.
3,708,196
PIPE HOOKS
James H. Snell, Route 4, Kalispell, Mont.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,566
Int. CLB65g 7/72
U.S. CI. 294—26 1 Claim
$ •
}f-.
A safety apparatus is disclosed in which an inflatable is pro-
vided for the front of an automobile to provide a cushion for
the vehicle and its passengers during a collision. The inflatable
is connected to a supply of compressed fluid and is enclosed
by a cover during non-use, which is adapted to be detachably
opened upon inflation of the Inflatable. The supply of com-
pressed fluid can also be utilized for fire extinguishing pur-
poses.
A hand-tool for carrying a section of irrigation pipe which
includes a pair of hooks held at spaced points along the pipe
section for supporting the pipe. Each hook has a portion in
which the pipe is loosely received. When the hooks are canted
with respect to the pipe, the receiving portion of each hook
grips the pipe and holds it against rotation about its longitu-
dinal axis.
A method of carrying a length of pipe, including the steps of
placing a pair of hooks about a pipe section, holding the pipe
against rotation about its longitudinal axis and lifting the pipe
while continuously holding the same.
3,708,197
TRUCK HOIST CRADLE
Donald James Rowan; Kenneth Lome Rowan, both of P.O.
Box 91, and Larry James Rowan, P.O. Box 54, all of Elk-
horn Manitoba, Canada
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 172,155
Int.CI. B66C///2
U.S. CI. 294—67 E 10 Claims
A pair of end members are hinged to wheel well and plates
and hinged ramps extend across the ends of the wheel well
216
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
members. Chains or cables extend between said members and
the ramps to raise the end members vertically and the ramps
The upstanding end wall extensions have side wings hinged to
their outer side edges, and these wings swing out to form end
walls for said bedding support shelves. The sides and ends lock
together to form a relatively rigid enclosure covered by a
fabric top. The fabric top is attached along its side edges to the
upwardly at an angle to the floor when the hoist is raised. The
chains permit the end members and the" ramp to lie flat on the
floor when the hoist is in the lowermost position.
3,708,198
CONVERTIBLE TRAILER, PORCH AND CAMPER
Glen T. Coons, Mansker Creek Trail Park, 2440 North GalUtin
Road, Nashville, Tenn.
Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 11 1,001
Int. CI. B60g i/J2
U.S. CI. 296-23 R 10 Claims
side panels, and its end edges overhang the top edges of the
end panels and are drawn down to a snug fit by means of purse
strings in the fabric. A door is hinged to one of the end walls to
permit entry. The unit can be collapsed and folded in on itself
to form a compact, fully enclosed, weather-tight box.
A wheeled platform having vertically adjustable leveling
standards at each corner for supporting the platform in sta-
tionary, level position, spaced columns projecting upward
from the edges of the platform; top rails removably supported
upon the top ends of the columns; and a detachable step as-
sembly to permit the platform to function as a portable porch
for a mobile home or trailer. Side rails removably and ad-
justably supported upon the columns beneath the top rails in
vertically spaced relationship also provide containing walls, to
permit the platform to function as a utility trailer with the
leveling standards raised and the step assembly removed
Some of the columns on both sides of the platform are pro-
vided with upper tubular sockets to receive the depending legs
of a canopy frame for supporting a canopy above the platform
to function as a cairip in a vehicle.
3,708,200
COMBINATION HOUSE TRAILER AND AIRPLANE
HANGAR
Daniel E. Richards, 3059 Austin Street, Santa Susana, Calif.
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,056
Int. CI. B60p 3142
U.S. CL 296—23 R 14 Claims
3,708,199
COLLAPSIBLE SHELTER UNIT
Norman J. Throssell, 32 Mill Street, Mira Loma, Calif.
Filed April 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,277
Int. CI. B60p 3134
U.S. CI. 296—23 MC 4 Claims
A collapsible shelter unit which can be unfolded and
erected in a few minutes to form a relatively roomy structure
which can be used alone as a form of tent, or in combination
with a pickup truck to make up into a camper. The unit com-
prises a box-like structure having side and end walls to which
other panels are hinged so that they can be swung out to form
horizontal bedding support shelves projecting laterally from
said side walls, and upstanding extensions to said end walls.
An elongated trailer capable of being towed by a vehicle
stores disassembled portions of a sectional and collapsible
framework.
When the trailer arrives at a location to rendevous with a
small aircraft the framework portions may be assembled
together and with the front portion of the trailer so the trailer
and assembled framework may jointly constitute an aircraft
hangar to completely enclose' the aircraft. The collapsible
framework may be rearranged and partially inverted from one
position to another to selectively accommodate high wing air-
craft and low wing aircraft.
3,708,201 ~-
BICYCLE SADDLE
Klaus Lamkemeyer, Guetersloh, Germany, assignor to Mer-
tens & Co. Kommanditgesellschaft, Guetersloh-Westfalen,
Germany
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,783
Claims priority, application Germany, March 2, 1970, G 70
07 538.6 .'
Int.CLB62j///S, //04
U.S. CI. 297-214 6 Claims
A bicycle saddle has a metal plate body and a foam rubber
covering for the plate body surrounding it and extending
between it and an envelope. The plate body is supported at its
rear end by coil springs fastened to longitudinal bridge mem-
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
217
bers, the front ends of which have heads engaging in slots in
the front c neck part of the plate body to form bayonet joints.
mounted on the end of a horizontal beam, the other end of the
beam being fixed to a rotatable sleeve carried by a vertical
The envelope is turned under at the rear and neck ends of the
saddle, and secured to the foam covering together with the
plate during the foaming operation
3,708,202
INDEPENDENT SEAT RISE STACKING AND ROW CHAIR
Chester J. Barecki, and William S. Lindberg, both of Grand
Rapids, Mich., assignors to American Seating Company,
Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,885
Int.CI. A47c///24.J/04
U.S. CI. 297 — 239 6 Claims
A stacking and row-forming chair is equipped with arch
sides connected by forwardly turned portions of an inverted
U-shaped back frame, and spaced parallel tubes extend
between said back frame portions, on the rearmost of which
tubes is rotatably mounted the cushion-bearing seat of the
chair. The chairs may be anchored in rows by detachable arm
rest members.
3,708J03
VEHICLE ATTENDANT'S CHAIR
Chester J. Barecki and Walter E. Nordmark, both of (Jrand
Rapids, Mich., assi};nor$ to American Seating Company,
(irand Rapids, Mich.
Filed October 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81316
Int. CI. B60n//02
U.S. CI. 297 - 346 5 Claims
A chair or seat is spring-supported on a cylindrical support
support fixed to a base and with releasabie means for locking
the sleeve in selected stored and operating positions.
3,708,204
COLLAPSIBLE FURNITURE FROM TUBULAR FRAME
SECTIONS OF PREDETERMINED SHAPE
Judith M. Wachsmann, 2221 Ferndell Place, Hollywood, Calif.
FUedFeb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,253
Int. CI. A47c 7102
U.S. CI. 297—440 8 Claims
f^^^
A limited number of tubular frame sections of similar
predetermined shape are provided. Frame sections can be
secured together by way of inserts. The frame sections are
shaped so that they can be manually assembled into various
articles of furniture as for example a chair, an ottoman, or a
table, the articles having suitable strength and rigidity and
being foldable or collapsible into a compact condition. Vari-
ous types of flexible material is attachable to the assembled
frames to form seating material.
3,708,205
ADJUSTABLE BACK REST SUPPORT FOR CHAIRS
Heinz Rothermel, 604 Bloor Street West, Apt. B, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,026
Int. CI. A47c 7140
U.S. CI. 297—355 4 Claims
This specification disclosed an adjustment device for a back
rest cushion or chair back which may readily be fastened in
218
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
position against the underside of the seat cushion of the chair,
and which incorporates means for adjusting the height of the
back rest cushion, and separate means for adjusting the angu-
lar location of the back rest cushion, both such means being
operated by simple spring loaded locking means, so that an ad-
justment may be made while actually sitting in the chair, with
the locking device snapping into place as soon as the most
desirable position is reached.
sealed pressurized housing surrounding the sleeve portion of
the tube. Pressurized gas introduced into the housing escapes
past the rubber sleeve when the tube pressure drops below the
housing pressure by a predetermined amount and enters the
tube in substantially the same direction in which material in
the tube is moving. Annular lips on the conveyor tubes sup-
ports the rubber sleeve against pressures in the tube.
3,708,206
PROCESS FOR LEACHING BASE ELEMENTS, SUCH AS
LRANILM ORE, IN SITL
Robert A. Hard, Lewiston, and Robert L. Ripley, Niagara
Fails, both of N.Y., assignors to Lnion Carbide Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed July 20. 1970, Ser. No. 56,373
Int.CLE21b4i/2<S
U.S. CL 299— 5 21 Claims
3,708,208
SYSTEM FOR SELECTIVE DISTRIBUTION OF LIGHT
W EIGHT MATERIALS
Gunter G. Fuss, Daly City, Calif., assignor to Free-Flo>*
Packaging Corporation. Redwood City, Calif.
FUed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,1 12
Int. CI. B65g 53104
U.S.CK 302-28 16 Claims
This invention relates to a process for leaching base ele-
ments, such as uranium values, from an underground water
saturated ore deposit containing oxidizable materials such as
sulfides, carbon and the like. An oxygen bearing gas is in-
troduced into the ore deposit prior to or simultaneously with a
leach solution to oxidize the base elements within the ore
deposit to a soluble state where they can then be dissolved in
the leach solution. Thereafter the pregnant solution is
withdrawn and treated by conventional techniques to remove
the base elements.
3,708.207
HIGH PRESSURE BOOSTER VALVE
James R. Steele, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Dynamic Air Inc.,
Saint Paul. Minn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 886,091, Dec. 18, 1969,
abandoned. This application April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,764
Int. CI. B65g5i/2S, 5i/5«
U.S.CL 302-24 7 Claims
A system (method and apparatus) for rapidly and selective-
ly conveying and distributing light weight materials in subdi-
vided free flowing form. The system operates in conjunction
with blower and air dissipating means to selectively deliver
predetermined amounts of light weight materials to various
remote distribution outlets associated with a generally closed
air conveyance system. The system makes use of volumetric
air dissipating means at each such outlet which operate both
to discharge predetermined amounts of the subdivided light
weight materials at such outlets and to replace from a central
source only the amounts of material discharged. The system
has utility in the distribution of predetermined amounts of
subdivided materials (e.g., cushioning and packaging materi-
als, dry cereals, chemicals and similar light weight materials)
to local^^ed filling and packaging operations.
3,708.209
PNEUMATIC HOPPER OUTLET FOR RAILW AY CARS
Richard H. Dugge, St. Louis County, Mo., assignor to ACF In-
dustries, Incorporated. New York, N.Y.
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,129
Int. CI. B65g 53140
U.S. CK 302-52 <> Claims
/'
- -" . ■> r ^ , «, J, \
A pneumatic conveyor tube booster valve constructed from
an annular tapered rubber sleeve in line with the tube and a
A railway car hopper outlet structure for discharging par-
ticulate material pneumatically includes a unitary discharge
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
219
assembly mounted under the discharge opening of the outlet.
A discharge tube extends from the housing longitudinally of
the car. and an air inlet conduit adapted to be connected to an
air pressure hose has one branch supplying air to the interior
of the outlet for fluidizing the lading therein and pressurizing
the car and another branch connected to the discharge tube
for moving the lading therethrough. Manually actuated valves
are adapted to close the discharge tube and the air inlet
branch connected thereto, and check valves are provided in
said branch and in the main portion of the air inlet conduit for
preventing the back flow of air and lading.
3,708,210
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING OPENED
FIBER FLOCKS FROM AN AIR STREAM
Paul Stahel. VVilen near Wil, and Paul Staheli, Winterthur,
both of Switzerland, assignors to Rieter Machine Works,
Ltd., Winterthur. Switzerland
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,098
Int. CI. B65g 53140, BO Id 49100
U.S. CL 302— 59 25 Claims
3,708,212
BRAKE APPLICATION SYSTEM
Joseph L. Cannella, Melrose Park, III., assignor to Berg Mfg.
& Sales Co.. Des Plaines, 111.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,851
Int. CLA46d 7/04
U.S. CL 303—7 6 Claims
II-
C
^=t^
»
A
'^' 9 t..
10- "
' IV
•i:
\!.
16
■4120
■: .-E'
P2
'^ cOD-
19' -,
The air stream which conveys the fiber flocks into the feed
chubes is passed out of the chutes to permit depositation of
the fiber flocks and thereafter is passed through the column of
flock in the chutes or the flock layer pulled out of the chutes
to filter out dust and other particles in the air.
3,708.211
CONTROL VALVE SYSTEM
Richard C. Bueler, Glendale, Mo., assignor lo Wagner Electric
Corporation, Newark, N J.
Division of Ser. No. 626,5 15, March 28, 1967, Pat. No.
3,448.230. This application Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768,289
Inl. CI. B60t«/26,; 7/22
U.S. CL 303—6 C 9 Claims
A system having a dual master cylinder for normally trans-
mitting actuating fluid pressure directly to front vehicle brakes
and also transmitting another actuating fluid pressure through
a proportioning valve to predeterminately reduce the mag-
nitude thereof to rear vehicle brakes, and a control valve
responsive to failure of said first named actuating fluid pres-
sure to by-pass said other actuating fluid pressure directly to
said rear vehicle brakes and obviate the predetermined reduc-
tion in the magnitude thereof.
A vehicle brake application system including means effec-
tive to backfill a main service line in response to actuation of a
brake application valve.
3,708,213
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMS
Derek Robert Skoyles, East Grinstead, England, assignor to
U.S. Philips Corporation
Filed June 3. 1970, Ser. No. 43,157
Claims priority, application Great Britain. June 27, 1969.
32,612/69; Aug. 6, 1969, 39,41 769
Int. CI. B60t 8104
U.S.CI.303— 21 AF 6 Claims
An anti-lock vehicle brake system having a fluid pressure
source fci producing brake fluid under pressure at the wheel
brake so as to apply braking pressure to the wheel in response
to manual braking action by the operator. Also provided is a
wheel movement sensing means for producing an output func-
tion in response to a related wheel rotational movement, and
an anti-lock control valve actuatable in response to said out-
put function and effective to divert brake fluid from the wheel"
brake so as to relieve braking pressure and thereby avoid
wheel locking. A fail-safe arrangement is connected in the
system for by-passing the anti-lock system in the event of mal-
function of said anti-lock control valve so as to reapply full
brake pressure to the wheel brake. The fail-safe arrangement
includes a differential pressure member displaceable between
a normal position and an operative position in response to a
difference in fluid pressure acting on opposite ends thereof.
220
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
Two different reference pressures act on different surface
areas of the pressure member so that when the brake pressure
falls to a critical low value the pressure member will be dis-
placed from its normal position to its operative position in
which a by-pass connection is established and fluid pressure is
permitted to increase at the brake to restore braking pressure
as a result of fluid being passed through the actuated control
valve.
tion which maintains the pressure being fed to the wheels at
the time the hold position is achieved. This latter position is
actually a range of positions for the armature, the position
being selected as a function of the position of the armature
when the hold mode is entered.
3,708,214
SKID CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
Hugh E. Riordan. Ann Arbor; Peter Every, Livonia, and Frank
E. Hill, Westland. all of Mich., assignors to Kelsey-Hayes
Company, Romulus, Mich.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,620
Int. CI. B60t 8108
U.S. CI. 303—21 F 20 Claims
3,708,215
HYBRID BOOST BEARING ASSEMBLY
Donald F. Wilcock, and Leo W. Winn, both of Schenectady,
N.Y., assignors to Mechanical Technology Incorporated,
Latham, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 775,672
Int. CLE 1 6c i2/00 •
US. CI. 308—35
13 Claims
n
■"A^
V
A skid control valve assembly including a force motor as-
sembly for controlling the skidding of a vehicle under braked
conditions, the force motor assembly being provided with
variable duty cycle pulses from a control system which pro-
vides a signal wave foim to control the position of the fluid
pressure controlling device in one of three conditions; the first
being "dump" mode of operation wherein the force motor is
controlled to preclude braking pressure from being supplied
to the wheels of the vehicle, the "hold" mode of operation
wherein the braking force present at the time the system goes
into the hold mode of operation is maintained, and the
"return" mode of operation wherein braking pressure is
returned to the vehicle wheels.
The control system is effectively responsive, during the
deceleration portion of the wheel cycle, to a critical slip signal,
the signal being generated in response to a sensed difference
between a hypothetical vehicle deceleration, as approximated
by a decreasing ramp signal, and the vehicle wheel speed. The
system is also responsive during the acceleration portion of
the wheel cycle, to the sensing of certain conditions of a wheel
acceleration signal and a change in sign of the rate of change
of wheel acceleration. The signal from the circuit described
above is fed to a logic circuit which controls the operation of a
variable duty cycle pulse generator, the duty cycle of the pulse
generator being modulated in accordance with the sensed
condition at the wheel, the initial, increasmg portion of the
duty cycle range creating the dump mode of operation, the in-
termediate, constant range duty cycle creating the hold mode
of operation and the final, decreasing duty cycle range provid-
ing the return mode of operation.
The force motor includes a movable element in the form of
a nonferrous cup and coil which may be operated in two fixed
positions and a third variable position, the coil being energized
with the variable duty cycle pulses to cause the pressure con-
trolling plunger to be either in the return or deactuated posi-
tion where no signal is provided from the control circuit or a
decreasing-to-a-minimum duty cycle signal, a skid signal. or
dump mode of operation which disconnects the manually ac-
tuated brake cylinder hydraulically to the wheel cylinders to
provide substantially zero braking pressure, and the hold posi-
A hybrid boost bearing assembly is described for a rotating
shaft member which is rotatably supported on a base member.
The hybrid boost bearing assembly comprises a rolling ele-
ment bearing for rotatably supporting the shaft member on the
base member during starts, stops, reverse thrust loadings and
under emergency operating conditions, and a fluid film bear-
ing acting singly or coacting with the rolling element bearing
for absorbing the loads imposed on the shaft member during
all other conditions of operation. A fluid lubricant supply is
provided for supplying fluid lubricant to the bearings and
means are provided for shifting the loading of the rotating
shaft member from the rolling element bearing to the fluid
film bearing as the rotating shaft member is brought up to its
normal operating speed. The means for shifting the loading
from the rolling element bearing to the fluid film bearing com-
prises the generation of pressure in the fluid film space
between the opposed fluid film bearing surfaces, by
hydrodynamic action, from an external source of pressure, or
by some other means, thereby causing the fluid film bearing to
assume a greater share of the load of the rotating shaft as it is
brought up to normal operating speed. As a result, the rolling
element bearing will assume substantially the full load of the
rotating shaft only during starting, stopping, reverse loading
periods, and in the event of the failure of the fluid lubricant
supply, while the fluid film bearing will absorb the shaft loads
under all other conditions of operation. The fluid film bearing
may comprise a hydrodynamic bearing for producing a self-
acting fluid film, a hydrostatic bearing, or a hybrid
hydrodynamic-hydrostatic bearing, and the rolling element
bearing may comprise a ball bearing, roller bearing, needle
bearing, or the like. In certain arrangements a preloading
spring is provided for preloading the rolling element bearing a
predetermined amount so that the rolling element bearing as-
sumes a predetermined proportionate share of the loading on
the rotating shaft under certain operating conditions. In other
arrangements, a retractable bearing piston portion which
moves towards and retracts from an opposed, load-sustaining
bearing surface is employed to cause the fluid film bearing to
assume the load from the rolling element bearing. In other ar-
rangements, a spherically-shaped self-aligning seat is provided
which coacts with a co'mplementary-shaped seating surface to
accommodate misalignment in the rotating shaft supported by
the bearing assembly.
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
221
3,708,216
ADJUSTABLE BEARING
Paul Gerling, Essen, Germany, assignor to Glyco-Metall-
Werke Daelen &. Lovs GmbH, Wiesbaben-Schierstein, Ger-
many
Filed July 27, 1971, Ser. No. 166,497
Claims priority, application Germany, July 28, 1970, P 20
37 440.7
Int. CLF16C/ 7/06
U.S.CL 308-73 8 Claims
perature of the glass panel and prevent condensation of
moisture on the reflecting surface thereof The side and bot-
? •
tom end walls of the shell are provided with drain openings for
the gravity drainage of spent water from the interior of the
chamber.
An adjustable bearing with at least three radial segments ar-
ranged within and bearing against the housing of the bearing
and adjustable relative to the housing by positioning ring
means, the segments being pivotally supported by said posi-
tioning ring means.
3,708,217
HOLOGRAPHIC NON-ISOTROPIC DIFFUSING SCREEN
Donald H. McMahon, Carlisle, Mass., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation
Filed April 28, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 38,228
Int. CI. G02b 2 7/22
U.S. CL 350-3.5 « Claims
3,708,219
LIGHT VALVE WITH FLOW ING FLUID SUSPENSION
Matthew Foriini, Ozone Park; Francis C. Lowell, Roslyn, and
Robert L. Saxe, New York City, all of N.Y., assignors to
Research Frontiers, Inc., Plainview, N.Y.
Continuationof Ser. No. 25,541, April 1, 1970, abandoned.
This application Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,494
Int. CI. G02fy /26
U.S. CI. 350—150 25 Claims
A method and apparatus for constructing a holographic
non-isotropic diffusing screen to produce a diffuse light beam
of predetermined directionality having use in micro-holo-
graphic recording and reading apparatus.
3,708,218
W ATER HEATED MIRROR FOR CONDENSATION
CONTROL
Charles M. Smillie, III, 4220 Iverness, Orchard Lake, Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 812,155, April 1, 1969, Pat. No.
3,594,063. This application Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,780
Int. CI. G02b
U.S. CL 350— 61 6 Claims
The water heated mirror includes a shell and a glass mirror
panel which define a conduit type chamber on the reverse sur-
face of the mirror panel in heat exchange relationship
therewith through which hot water flows to elevate the tem-
A light valve having a cell containing a fluid suspension of
minute particles dispersed therein capable of orientation by an
electric or magnetic field to change the transmission of light
through the suspension, and means for applying such a field
thereto, includes circulating means for producing a flow of the
fluid suspension through the cell during operation thereof to
reduce or avoid agglomeration of the particles. Various means
are described for producing a smooth generally laminar flow
of the fluid suspension in the active region of the cell. The cir-
culating means may include means for dispensing ag-
glomerated particles which may be produced during cell
operation. A sheet for polarizing material in the path of light
from the valve, with its direction of polarization perpendicular
to fluid flow in the cell, markedly increases the closfng speed.
Two valves with fluid flow at right angles increases the closing
speed without seriously decreasing the density ratio between
closed and open states.
222
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708.220
HIGH CONDUCTIVITY ELECTROLYTE GEL
MATERIALS
Marion Douglas Meyers, Stamford, and Thomas Anthony Au-
gurt, Bridgeport, both of Conn., assignors to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 41,155
Int.CI.G02f y/2*
U.S. CI. 350— 160 R 7 Claims
mirror comprises a multiplicity of concentric annular prisms
formed on one surface of a plastics sheet, there being
generally from 50 to 200 prisms per inch. The mirror can be
made easily by conventional moulding techniques and can
40a
40b ^2
45
40^
AO
'^ia...v^u.J.^r-^T^^^V^^*-^-^»-^-*--^^^^^
Ml
An electro-optical device is provided which is useful in con-
trol of visible and infrared absorption by windows, data dis-
play devices and the like typically comprising in sandwich ar-
rangement a pair of electrodes, and disposed therebetween,
two identical layers of transition metal electrochromic com-
pounds separated by a semi-solid highly conductive sulfuric
acid gel electrolyte. The gel exhibits good conductivity, sta-
bility and compatibility with the electrochromic layers.
3,708,221
ASPHERIC LENS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE
Howard A. Schaefer, Lancaster, Ohio, assignor to Anchor
Hocking Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio
Filed April 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,179
Int. CI.G02bi/04,i/05
U.S. CI. 350— 1 89 II Claims
OpUcal
Axii
have a wider field of view and better optical properties
generally than rear-view mirrors currently used in vehicles.
The mirror either has no optical center or has one or more op-
tical centers which are not at the geometrical center of the
mirror.
An aspheric lens is made with an aspheric curvature on its
frontal surface wherein the curvature is defined in the X-Y
coordinate system by a particular relationship in accordance
with the index of refraction, heighth, focal distance and radius
of back surface parameters.
3,708,222
REAR-VIEVV MIRROR WITH REFLECTIVE INCLINED
PRISM SURFACES
David Stern, Slough, England, assignor to Combined Optical
Industries Limited
FUed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,977
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 2, 1970,
26,530/70
Int.CI.G02bi/0<S.5/0<S
U.S. CI. 350—303 5 Claims
A rear-view mirror for a vehicle, such as an automobile,
which is made of plastics material and is a Fresnel mirror. The
3,708,223
COOLED MIRRORS
Ronald L. Sorensen, Thousand Oaks, and Charlton Dunn, HI,
Chatsworth, both of Calif., assignors to North American
Rockwell Corporation
Filed April 2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,744
Int.CI.G02b7//«
U.S. CI. 350— 310 14 Claims
Optical mirrors are provided, particularly for use as laser-
cavity mirrors, including a face plate having an optically
reflective surface in heat-exchanging relationship with coolant
passages in which the flow of coolant in adjacent coolant
passages is preferably counter-current in order to cool the op-
tically reflective surface in a thermally balanced manner. Coo-
lant is distributed to and collected from the coolant passages
in the face plate by a first manifold plate. The first manifold
plate has coolant distribution and collection passages for dis-
tributing coolant to and collecting coolant from the coolant
passages in the face plate and manifold means for receiving
and distributing coolant to each of the coolant distribution
passages in the first manifold plate. The coolant collected by
the coolant collection passages in the first manifold plate is
distributed to coolant collection passages formed in a second
manifold plate. Manifold means in the second manifold plate
are provided for receiving coolant from each of the coolant
collection passages in the second manifold plate and for con-
ducting the coolant exteriorly of the mirror.
3,708,224
VENTILATED GOGGLES
Frank W. Lindblom, W arwick, R.I., assignor to Textron Inc.
Filed May 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 46,303
Int.CLG02c/y/05
U.S. CL 351—62 4 Claims
A ventilated goggle having a face piece with a front wall, a
top wall, a bottom wall, and side walls. The front wall is
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
223
defined by a pair of laterally spaced wall sections that are sub-
stantially parallel to each other with each having an aligned
aperture therein to allow the wearer to see therethrough The
open space between the laterally spaced wall sections form a
channel that extends around the inner surface of the front wall
and a plurality of spaced locking lugs are formed integrally
with the outer walls of said face piece such that they project
inwardly into said channel The goggles have a single lens
which IS detachably positioned in said channel and the lens
comprises a substantially planar central body shaped like the
letter B laying on its side and has a plurality of spacers posi-
tioned at intervals around its periphery. The spacers are of a
thickness greater than the thickness of the central body with
that thickness extending laterally outwardly from both sides of
the central body. The peripheral edge of the central body
between the spacers is recessed inwardly from the peripheral
edge of the spacers to form ventilation paths between the
spacers when the lens is mounted in the channel.
- 3,708,225
COATED SYNTHETIC PLASTIC LENS
Robert D. Misch, and Donald A. Daus, both of Chicago, III., as-
signors to MBT Corporation, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 8,530, Feb. 4, 1970, Pat. No. 3,637,416,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 636,258, May 5,
1967, abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos.
473,2 12, July 19, 1965, abandoned, and Ser. No. 524,454,
Feb. 2, 1966, abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of
Ser. No. 231,299, Oct. 17, 1962, abandoned. This application
June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,415
Int. CI. B44d 1114; G02c 7104
U.S.CI. 351 — 160 4 Claims
OR FILM
PLASTIC
OH
ilLICA OH
SILICA aCL
3,708,226
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTOR APPARATUS
Lee T. Askren, Rochester, N.Y., and Charles S. Fitzgerald,
W'estford, Mass., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,901
Int.CI.G03b4//;0
U.S. CI. 352— 109 7 Claims
Motion picture projection apparatus, for use with filmstrips
having aligned images areas and spaced discontinuities such as
sprocket perforations or frame lines having fixed spacial rela-
tionships to the locations of the image areas on the film, in-
cludes a drive mechanism for continuously moving film
through an illuminated film gate aperture. The resulting pro-
jected images are reflected by a rotatable mirror. An elec-
tromagnet clutch is actuable by a free-running multivibrator
to interconnect the mirror and the film drive mechanism for
rotating the mirror in timed relation to the film movement,
thereby maintaining the projected image stationary. A shutter
is responsive to the multivibrator output to permit illumina-
tion of the film in the gate during mirror movement in one
direction and to prevent such illumination of the gate during
the return stroke of the mirror. While the free-running time of
the multivibrator is a few milliseconds longer than the film
frame rate, it is synchronized with the frame rate by a trigger
circuit controlled by a film discontinuity sensing device.
3,708,227
SPECTRAL ANALYSIS INSTRUMENT W ITH
PROGRAMMED SPECTRAL SLIT V\ IDTH
Burton Krakow, Brooklyn; Stanley A. Dolin, Rosyin Heights,
and Herman A. Kruegle, Little Neck, all of N.Y., assignors to
Optical Coating Laboratory, Inc., Santa Rosa. Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 779.947, Nov. 29, 1968, abandoned.
This application April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,499
Int. CI.G01j-?/42,3//2
U.S. CL 356—83 7 Claims
A method of improving the surface characteristics of
plastics and elastomers which in its preferred aspects includes
the steps of forming a bonding or coupling film of an organic
silicon compound on the surface of a plastic or elastomeric
material and thereafter contacting the film with a compound
or a mixture of compounds, or a solution thereof, capable of
forming a deposit or coating of silica or silica gel thereon, and
articles produced in accordance with the method.
A monochromator having a corner mirror scanning wheel
and a fixed baffle adjacent the scanning wheel to vary the ef-
fective height of an exit slit. The height profile of the baffle is
adapted to selectively vary the radiant energy passed through
this exit slit at different wavelengths so as to provide the
desired balance among resolution, signal-to-noise ratio and
the dynamic range of the background signal over the scanned
portion of the spectrum.
224
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,228
SAMPLING TECHNIQUE FOR ATOMIC ABSORPTION
SPECTROSCOPY
H. Trevor Delves, St. Albans, England, assignor to The Perkin-
Elmer Corporation, Nor\»alk, Conn.
Filed April 30, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 38,943
Int. CI. GOIj 3130; GOln 33116, 1 1 10
L.S. CI. 356-87 12 Claims
trical detector to which they are alternately supplied by an op-
tical chopper arrangement. The data produced by said detec-
tor, undergoes synchronous detection for controlling a phase-
shift optical element inserted in one of the two optical paths
reflected from the above mentioned faces.
By way of example such systems can be employed to mea-
sure either the thickness or the refractive index of the thin
films used in integrated circuitry.
i!
, L
<^f
i^, ' 'is*
'.i-k
Otrtcram
r
m0/ifO€M»OMf»ioir
A sampling technique for atomic absorption spectroscopy
uses a very small quantity (e.g., 10 /xD of, for example, an or-
ganic fluid (e.g., blood) for determining small relative quanti-
ties of a reasonably volatile metal (eg, lead). The sample is
placed in a small cup-shaped holder and dried by heating; the
organic components are then at least partially oxidized as by
adding 20 ^l\ of 100-volume (30 percent) hydrogen peroxide
solution and heating until completion of reaction and redry-
ing, both heating steps being at about 1 40° C by means of a hot
plate The sample holder is then placed under a central aper-
ture in a relatively long absorption tube located in the conven-
tional flame so as to surround the conventional radiation beam
of an atomic absorption spectrometer. The relative diameter
of the sample holder and of the absorption tube aperture and
their relative position are such that a small proportion of the
flame enters the aperture so that the sample material is caused
to enter the absorption tube but is not flushed out of the open
ends thereof for at least a few seconds. Both improved
reproducibility and a sensitivity gain factor of about 5 is ob-
tained relative to the use of somewhat larger non-symmetrical
(e.g., boat-shaped) sample holders without an absorption
tube Blood lead levels of less than O.I Mg pc Ti' ('^ , less
than 0.00 1 /;xg in a 1 0 /ul sample ) can readily be determined at
an analysis rate of up to 50 samples per hour.
3,708,230
APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A VARIABLE OPTICAL
FOCAL POINT
Warren W . Terranova, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Bausch &
Lomb Incorporated, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 6,506
int. CL GOIb 9/00, A6Ib J//0
U.S. CI. 356—125 9 Claims
3,708,229
SYSTEM FOR MEASURING OPTICAL PATH LENGTH
ACROSS LAYERS OF SMALL THICKNESS
Georges Pircher, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSF
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,434
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 7, 1970, 70386
Int. CI. GO lb 9/02
U.S. CI. 356—108 9 Claims
LS
5YNCH0ON0US
DntCTOR
fiel
The invention relates to systems for the measurement of op-
tical path length utilizing coherent light interferometry.
The system according to the invention comprises a dif-
ferential interferometer wherein the two systems of fringes as-
sociated with each of the two faces of the layer whose optical
path length is measured, are detected by a single optical-elec-
'-r-— -U
/"
I*--* ■
An apparatus employing a servo system locates the focal
point of a scanned beam of light where the scanning beam has
a conical locus as in an electronic retinoscope. A pair of
photodetectors are spaced apart in the direction of scan and
are disposed upon a movable trolley. When the beam is swept
across the photodetectors, generally sinusoidal signals are
generated which have a phase relationship indicative of the
direction of scan of the beam across the photodetectors and,
therefore, to the position of the trolley relative to the focal
point of the beam The generated signals are amplified and
their peaks or zero crossings are detected to trigger two flip-
fiop circuit output signals which are phase compared to pro-
vide a drive signal to a servo system whicji through mechanical
means drives the trolley toward the focal point. When the trol-
ley is disposed at the focal point, >me photodetectors are
scanned simultaneously thereby gw^ng no phase difference
and, accordingly, no drive signal is generated.
/
3,708,231
PRECISION ANGLE MEASURING DEVICE
Glenn A. Walters, 12900 Camino Del Valle, Poway, Cahf.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 870,376
lnt.CLG01b///26
U.S.CI.356-152 4 Claims
A device for the precision measuring of angular movements.
The device incorporates an optical lever utilizing a predeter-
mined number of reflections to increase the displacement of a
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
225
light beam to be read out by discrete sensors. Ambiguities aperture set m the base plate, and a housing member which
resulting from the amplification of displacement are resolved encloses a panel holder which is capable of free angular rota-
by determining displacement at a plurality of points of reflec-
tion and by using periodic logic on the sensor outputs.
3,708,232
OPTICAL READ-OUT MEANS FOR LOCATING AND
POSITIONING OBJECTS W ITH RESPECT TO A LASER
BEAM REFERENCE
Robert R. Walsh, 2215 Baynard Blvd., Wilmington, Del.
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,703
^ Int.CLGOlbyy/26
U.S. CI. 356- 1 72 3 Claims
A passive optical read-out device is provided for locating
and positioning objects with respect to a fixed laser beam
established in space as a parametric guideline. A plurality of
fiber optic bundles extend from an input array to an output or
read-out array with the ends of the individual bundles having
the same relative position in each of the input and read-out ar-
rays. A laser beam impinged on anyone of the ends of the fiber
optic bundles in the input array will cause the corresponding
output or read-out end of that same fiber optic bundle to glow
brightly in the read-out array. This notifies the observer of the
read-out array that a laser beam has impinged upon the input
array and also advises the viewer as to the relative position of
the beam on the input array.
3,708,233
MULTI-ANGLE PANEL HOLDING DEVICE
John W. Van Dyk, Wilmington, Del.; Roy H. Vining, Haver-
ford, and David WIttman, Wallingford, both of Pa., as-
signors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, W ilming-
ton, Del.
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,827
Int. CL GOln 27/76, 2;/4<S
U .S. CI. 356—244 8 Claims
A multi-angle panel holding device for use on colorimeters
comprising a base plate, a rotary turret plate which defines an
tion in a vertical and/or horizontal plane relative to the
direction of incident light from the colorimeter.
3,708,234
BALL HOLDER OF BALL^-POINT PEN
Tomomitsu Fukuda, Tok>o, Japan, assignor to Pentel Kabu-
shiki Kaisha. Tokvo, Japan
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,929
Claims priority, application Japan, March 10, 1970,
45/23060; Sept. 30, 1970, 45/97123; Sept. 30, 1970,
45/97124
Int. CI. B43k 7/70
U.S. CL401— 216 9 Claims
A ball holder for a ball point pen is disclosed together with a
die for making it, having a ball holder body with an outer cir-
cumferential tip and with a hollow ink reservoir, a ball socket
integrally formed on the outer tip, a writing ball mounted rota-
tionally within the socket having a crimped nm for retaining
said ball mounted within it, its upper portion protruding
therethrough, a ball seat in the socket underneath the ball,
having a concave polyhedral surface with ball contacts with
intermediate orifices; the ball mounted within the socket sup-
ported by the contacts; ink collecting, ink holding and ink sup-
plying concavities between the ball and the ball seat; and a
pentagonally shaped ink-feed port between the ball and the
reservoir, ink supplyingly, free flowingly and contiguously
connected with said ball seat.
3,708,235
MARKING INSTRUMENT
Frank Nathan Kolomeir, 6622 Parkview Road, Montreal,
Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,729
Int. CLB43k 27/76
U.S. CI. 401— 57 8 Claims
A marking instrument having a casing with a plurality of
marking units within the casing. Means are provided for posi-
tioning and maintaining the leading marking unit in the casing
in a position where it partially extends from the casing per-
mitting normal use of the unit. The leading unit, when used up.
906 O.G.— 8
226
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
can be removed from the casing and replaced with a fresh
maricing unit. Improved means are provided for detachably
predetermined distances measured from the opposite sides of
said work pieces which are in contact with said jaws, without
D4 D?
47b
connecting the units together so that they move in unison
toward one end of the casing as a leading marking unit is
withdrawn.
3.708,236
COSMETIC STICK HOLDER
James Greenwood, 7 Woodshore East, CTiffwood B«ach, N J.
Fil«dMay6, 1971,S«r. No. 140.791
Int. CI. A45d 39104
U.S. CI. 40 1 -60 5 Claims
removing the doweling jig from the work pieces, by simpl>
reversing the position of the drill guide upon said clamping
device.
3,708,238
ALIGNMENT JIG FOR ELECTRIC SCREW DRIV ER OR
THE LIKE
Richard W. Kissane, St. Louis County, Mo., assignor to
Speed Fastener Inc., St. Louis. Mo.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970. Ser. No. 94,921
Int.CI. B23b45//4
IJ.S. CI. 408— 112 2 Claims
^^ I
An alignment jib having a mounting portion secured to an
electrically powered rotary tool and an abutment portion car-
ried thereby for relative rectilinear axial movement to main-
tain the tool perpendicular to a work surface during the opera-
tion thereof.
A lipstick holder is provided which comprises means for
positioning the stick of lipstick at a predetermined height
above the receptacle for the lipstick whenever the cover is
fully removed. The disclosed positioning means includes a
support assembly which supports the stick of lipstick at one
end, a pair of spring arms attached to the support assembly,
slots in the lipstick receptacle through which the spring arms
protrude into contact with the cover when the cover is
disposed over the lipstick receptacle, and a positioning
member disposed in the cover and positioned to be engaged
by the top of the slick of lipstick when it has reached its
desired position relative to the receptacle. The engagement of
the top of the stick of lipstick with the positioning member
results in release of the spring arms from the cover.
3,708,237
DOWELING JIG
Stanley L. Knise, R.F.D. No. 1. Box 248. Chaplin, Conn.
Filed July 26. 1971. Ser. No. 165,486
Int. CI. B23b 49/00
U.S. CI. 408—108 6 Claims
^ A-Doweling Jig including a work piece clamping device hav-
1 ing a pair of work engaging clamping jaws for clamping work
pieces to be doweled together, and a drill guide mounted upon
said clamping device for locating matched dowel holes to be
drilled in said work pieces. The said drill guide being reversi-
ble upon said clamping device to locate said holes at identical
3,708,239
MEANS AND METHQD OF REGULATING FLOW FROM
CENTOIFUGAL PUMPS
Martin Stable, P.O. Box 12. Neunkirch, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,138
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 16, 1970,
15413/70
Int.CI.FOld 7 7/00
U.S.CL415— 1 7 Claims
k
"*" ^tf^'a
¥
.7^
^ «
■
'X^^J
L?
* ■*
-^^
■ 3
Jf-sV-'
'i "
.<^
^
The flow regulating means includes a regulator shell having
a tangentally placed inlet tube at its lower closed end, the
upper end being open. The shell is submerged at a level below
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
227
the normal level of the liquid to be pumped. The shell receives
a concentrically disposed suction pipe connected with the in-
take of a centrifugal pump. In the exercise of the method,
when the level of the liquid body is above the shell a predeter-
mined distance, the liquid is drawn downwardly in the shell
around the suction pipe, then upwardly through the suction
pipe with minimal turbulance so that the pump operates at
maximum capacity. When the liquid approaches the top of the
shell, an increased volume of liquid enters the tangent inlet
tube to produce a vortex which increases in force as the liquid
level subsides to cause proportionately decreasing pump
capacity, tending to produce an equilibrium between liquid
input and pump output.
rotation, and an annular self-centering seal whose central
passage is in communication with the rotor. A pressurized
fluid engine having a rotor subjected to internal fluid pressure
with a conduit portion to the rotor in which is positioned an
annular seal that is self-centering and held in position by the
pressure of the fluid and which is substantially free of rota-
tional friction wear.
3,708,240
SPEED GOVERNOR
James V. Theis, Jr., Park Forest, III., and Lynn M. Davis,
Taylor, Mich., assignors to Hollymatic Corporation
Filed July 30. 1971. Ser. No. 167,644
Int. CI. FO lb 25/06
U.S. CL 415-36 14 Claims
A speed governor for a fluid driven rotor having an inlet
means for pressurized fluid to the rotor including a valve seat,
a valve movable toward and away from the seat to regulate
flow of fluid therethrough into the rotor, a chamber on the
side of the valve opposite the seat, a supply of pressurized
valve control fluid to the chamber so that increasing control
fluid pressure in the chamber urges the valve toward the valve
seat, and a centrifugally controlled device for increasing the
pressure of valve control fluid in the chamber as a function of
increasing rotational speed.
3,708,241
FLUID ENGINE
James V. Theis, Jr., Park Forest; John B. McCord, Evanston,
and Harry H. Holly, Olympia Fields, all of III., assignors to
Hollymatic Corporation
ConUnuaUon-in-part of Ser. No. 93,288, Nov. 27, 1970. This
appUcation Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,234
Int. CI. FOld 15106, F04d 7/00
U.S. CL 415— 80 14 Claims
3,708,242
SUPPORTING STRUCTURE FOR THE BLADES OF
TURBOMACHINES
Henri Bruneau, L'Hay-les-Roses; Gerhard Langner. Dam-
marie-les-Lys, and Marcel Joseph Tournere. Paris, all of
France, assignors to Soclete Nationale D Etude et de Con-
struction de Moteurs D' Aviation, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,655
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 1, 1969, 6941393
Int. CLF04d 29/40, / 9/02
U.S.CL415— 217 16 Claims
A pressurized fluid engine operable at high efficiency and in
which pressure fluid flows therethrough with low pressure and
fluid losses, having a pressure fluid passage to a rotor which
has a hollow confined interior bounded on substantially its en-
tire inner periphery by inclined surfaces facing the axis of
pR*=^^^=*^
u
/'
"hSv
p
In and for a fluid handling turbomachine having a relatively
rotatable bladed stator and rotor, a blade supporting structure
comprising at least one corrugated annular element coaxial
with the axis of the machine and perforated with openings in
each of which a blade is fitted or embedded at one of its ends
in order that the blade body is disposed obliquely in relation to
the general direction of the corrugations in said corrugated
element.
3,708,243
PLASTIC FAN HUB
John A. Wooden, Oaklandon, Ind.. assignor to Brookside Cor-
poration, McCordsville, Inc.
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,379
Int. CI. F04d 29/20
U.S. CL 416— 134 5 Claims
Disclosed is a hub formed of plastic which carries a fan
spider or a blower wheel and has a central bore to accom-
modate a motor shaft. A cavity is formed in the hub and ac-
commodates a resilient leaf which is threaded on a shaft-en-
gaging set screw extending radially into the central bore.
Tightening the set screw on the shaft distorts the resilient
member and the internal restoring force thereby exerted by
the resilient member holds the hub locked on the shaft despite
the normal cold-flow or creep of the hub material.
228
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
ERRATUM
For Class 415 — 51 see:
Patent No. 3,708,247
3,708,244
BLADED ROTOR FOR A GAS TLRBINE ENGINE
Lindsa> Grahame Dawson, Castle Donington; James Alex-
ander Petrie, Littieover, and Kenneth Edward George
Bracev, Findern, ail of England, assignors to Rolls-Royce
Limited, Derby, England
Filed Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,675
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 13, 1970,
17,546/70
Int. CI. F01d5//0.5/24
t.S.CI. 416— 196 ' 3 Claims
A bladed rotor for a gas turbine engine comprising a row of
blades in which each blade is tied to the next adjacent blade by
a Z-shaped metal tie having a center section which is inwardly
curved such that centrifugal forces acting on itself are
evidenced as compressive stresses within the tie and end limbs
or lugs extending from the center section in opposite
directions generally chordally of the blades and each being at-
tached to the blades by bolts spaced apart transversely of the
blade, the bolts extending through the blade to also attach a
similar limb or lug to the opposite blade face.
3,708,245
HOT OIL LEAK DETECTION
Samuel F. King, Oklahoma City, Okla., assignor to Mobil Oil
Corporation
Filed July 3 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 59,958
int. CI. f 04b 49/1 0
U.S.CL 417-13 13 Claims
This specification discloses a method and apparatus for
pumpmg hot fluids and for detecting leaks of the hot fluids. An
application of this invention is in hot oil pumps of gasoline ab-
sorption plants. Detection of leaks of hot oil due to pump seal
failure is sensed and a signal is produced. This signal may be
used for such things as shutting down the pump and giving an
alarm.
3,708,246
ELECTROMAGNETI PUMPS FOR LIQUID METALS
Ruslan Vasilievich Radchenko, and Stanislav Alexandrovich
Mokrushin, both of Sverdlovsk, U.S.S.R., assignors to Otdel
Fiziko-Tekhnicheskilch Problem Energetiki Uralskogo Fili-
ala An SSR Filiala Am SSSR, Sverdlovsk, U.S.S.R.
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,487
Int. CI. H^2k 45/00
U.S.CL 417— 50 "~^ 2 Claims
ff,-
lllljlW
HV MP ^
mmsi
I I
iOi czii i
J'
?!-
A gapless and an air-gap magnetic circuit are separated by a
clearance which accommodates a straight conduit conveying a
liquid metal. The air-gap magnetic circuit is the multipole core
of an A.C. electromagnet and serves to establish a magnetic
field in the liquid metal. The gapless magnetic circuit is a
polyphase transformer with single-turn secondary windings
formed by the liquid metal and a conductor enveloping the
transformer core. The gapless magnetic circuit induces an
electric current in the liquid metal. The magnetic field and the
electric current interact to produce an electromagnetic head.
3,708,247
FLUID STEPPING MOTOR
Raymond W. Warren, McLean, Va., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed Feb. 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 9,24 1
Int. CLFO lb 25/00
U.S.CL 415—51 7 Claims
A fluid stepping motor for providing a rotary mechanical
output for a fluidic digital logic system. A rotor having a plu-
rality of blades radially disposed about a pivotable shaft is
driven in a stepping fashion by fluid impulses issuing from the
output channels of a bistable fluid amplifier. A pair of fluid
streams issuing from the output channels of a second bistable
fluid amplifier each act in conjunction with one of the
aforesaid drive channels to bring the rotor to a position of sta-
ble equilibrium prior to the application of the next step com-
mand. The equilibrium position established for the rotor by
January 2, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
229
the action of one drive channel and one hold channel will
bring another blade of the rotor into the proper position for
receiving the next command from the other drive channel
when the corresponding amplifiers are switched. Each time a
pulse is applied to the input of the system, the rotor will ad-
vance one step and provide an output indication at the central
shaft. The input to the system may be provided by any conven-
tional pulsed device such as a fluid pulse converter.
3,708,250
REGULATED RADIAL PISTON PUMP
Fritz Thumm, Urach, Germany, assignor to VVepuko Werk-
zeugpumpen-und Kompressorenfabrik Von Neudeck and
Co., Metzingen, Germany
Filed Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 80,382
Int.CLF04by/06
U.S.CL 417-221 2 Claims
to
3,708,248
MAGNETIC TRAVELINGWAVE VACUUM PUMP
Charles \V. Haldeman, III, Lexington, Mass., assignor
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,173
Int. CLF04f;/ /OO
U.S.CL417-48 15 Claims
1 ^:^i:^ir^M.: .1
veSSEL
EVACOATEC
A vacuum pump wherein a a traveling magnetic wave cou-
pled to ionized gas particles propels the particles from the
inlet of the pump to the outlet thereof. Gas within the couplmg
region of the traveling wave is kept ionized by a high tempera-
ture electron emitting structure which directs electrons
through said region. A roughing and backing pump is provided
to bring the pressure in the system down to about 20 mm of
mercury at which time the traveling-wave pump takes over.
A radial piston pump has a rotor with working chambers
and pistons or vanes in the same whose outer ends have shoes
sliding on a circular guide ring mounted eccentrically to the
rotor axis on a tiltable support whose angular position, and
thereby the eccentricity of the guide ring, is varied by a setting
device including a hydraulic motor angularly displacing the
tiltable support under the control of a valve which is operated
by a control circuit.
3,708,249
PUMP HAVING ROTOR W ITH TRANSVERSE FEED AND
DISCHARGE
Oscar Luthi, Nashua, N.H., assignor to Improved Machinery
Inc., Nashua, N.H.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,866
Int.CI. F04b2J//4
U.S.CL 417-203 35 Claims
3,708,251
GEARLESS DRIVE METHOD AND MEANS
John J. Pierro, Inglewood, Calif., assignor to North American
Rockwell Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 741,676, July 1, 1968, Pat. No. 3,548,965.
This application May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 29,326
Int. CI. F04b / 7/00, 35/04; B63h 2 7/26, H02k 1/22
U.S.CL 417-356 2 Claims
C3-
A pump comprising a rotor rotatably driven about a longitu-
dinal axis and including peripheral rotor pockets which each
longitudinally extend generally spirally around only a portion
of the periphery of the rotor and have their ends inwardly of
the ends of the rotor. A disc, rotatably driven in timed rela-
tionship with the driven rotation of the rotor about an axis
transverse to said rotor axis, is provided with peripheral lobes
sealingly in the rotor pockets for discharging material from the
pockets in a direction transverse to said rotor axis as the
material is rotated in the rotor pockets towards the disc.
Material to be pumped is supplied to the rotor pockets on one
side of the disc in a direction transverse to the rotor axis,
whereupon the driven rotation of the rotor moves the material
to the other side of the disc where it is discharged from the
rotor pockets by the disc.
A synchronous motor has a circular rotating pair of cylindri-
cal pole pieces of claw tooth form connected with propulsion
means such as a propeller, and is driven by interaction of mag-
netic fields produced by segmented modular stator and field
windings peripherally situated at spaced locations about the
pole pieces energized by polyphase alternating current at a
frequency determined by the speed of rotation of the pole
pieces relative to the stationary stator and field coils. An addi-
tional DC signal is applied to the field windings. For higher
power requirements, the number of segmented stator and field
coil units can be increased.
230
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.708,252
ROTARY MECHANISM
Hideki Nishioka, 1745 Isshiki, Hayama-cho, Miura-gun,
Kanagana-ken, Japan
Filed July 1. I971,S€r. No. 158,966
Claims priority, application Japan, July 1, 1970,45/57117
Int. CI. FOlc 1108; FOic 3/00; F04c 1/14
U.S. CI. 418— 195 1 Claim
u °n
A rotary mechanism adapted for use with a rotary compres-
sor or rotary engine which comprises a housing constituting a
spherical chamber and a pair of rotary members mcluding a
pair of conical members coupled together by coupling spheri-
cal member so as to be rotatabiy received in said spherical
chamber.
3,708,253
EXTRLSION APPARATUS
Jerome H. Lemelson, 85 Rector Street, Metuchen, N J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 736,081, June 11, 1968, Pat.
No. 3.526,020, which is a division of Ser. No. 142,405, Oct. 2,
1961,Pat. No. 3,422,648. This application Sept. 1, 1970, Ser.
No. 68.724
Int. CI. B29j 5/06
U.S. CI. 425- 155 10 Claims
An apparatus and method are provided for forming tubular
extrusions which vary in shape along their length. In one form,
an extrusion is belled outwardly along selected portions of its
length to provide, when severed along the belled portions,
means for joming sections of the extrusion together as in a pip-
ing system, without the need for separately formed fittings.
The variation in diameter of the extrusion may be effected in a
number of manners employing tooling associated either with
the mandrel over which the tubing is formed to shape or
mounted against or adjacent to the external face of the extru-
sion die. Modified forms of the apparatus may also be pro-
vided to machine or outwardly deform portions of preformed
tubing.
mold plates secured to heating platens are relatively horizon-
tally movable into and out of mating engagement, the press,
when open, being unloaded by gravity upon movement of a
stripper downwardly between said mold plates, and being
loaded by lateral movement of a vertical loading device to
position uncured stock between said mold plates so that when
the press is closed the stock is squeezed into the cavities in the
mating faces of said mold plates
The press herein is further characterized in that when said
mold plates are in mating engagement to cure the articles
3,708,254
VERTICAL MOLD PRESS FOR MOLDING ARTICLES OF
RUBBER-LIKE MATERIAL
Harry J. McCullough; John M. Shahid, both of Lexington, and
Aland Boyd, Clay City, all of Ky., assignors to Parker Han-
nifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 10. 1971, Ser. No. 141,620
Int. CI. B29f 5/00
U.S. CI. 425— 235 14 Claims
A press for molding articles such as O-rings of rubber-like
material characterized in that a pair of vertically disposed
therein by heat and pressure the loading device may be
withdrawn and moved to a horizontal position for loading of
uncured stock thereon, the stock preferably being in the form
of slit strips stretched over pins on the loading device.
Yet another characterizing feature of this invention is that
novel lock means are provided to releasably lock one mold
plate (or both) to the respective heating platen, said lock
means including wedge blocks which are adapted to be struck
by hammer blows to lock or unlock the mold plate to or from
the respective heating platen.
3,708,255
DOUGHNUT AND SHELL MAKING
Eugene P. Schertz, Wakefield, and George A. Triosi, Andover,
both of Mass., assignors to Dunkin' Donuts Incorporated,
Quincy, Mass.
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,854
Int.CI. A2Ici/04,7///6
U.S. CI. 425—287 14 Claims
In a continuous doughnut and shell-forming apparatus, in-
cluding a dough developer, a ring-forming and shell-forming
Jantary 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
231
depositor, and a pump for pumping dough through the
developer and depositor, the depositor is provided with a first
chamber having a pair of ring-forming openings, the first
chamber receiving dough from the developer and a second
chamber receiving dough from the first chamber, the first
chamber having dies of varied cross-section to cut-off uniform
rings from non-uniform flowing dough and the second
chamber having cut-off valves reciprocable oast the openings
to cut off shells, the valves also having an extreme position
closing the openings from the first chamber, the ring-forming
and shell-forming portions of the machine being opeiable
separately or simultaneously.
pressing table mounting an extrusion die and at least two pres-
sure or extrusion pots jointly swingable about a common verti-
cal axis for alternately moving the pots into a filling position
3,708,256
EXTRUSION PRESS
Eugen Kopp, Stuttgart, Germany, assignor to Werner &
Pfleiderer, Stuttgart-Feuerbach, Germany
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,71 1
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 16, 1969, P 19
41 872.5
Int.CI. B29f.?/0/4
U.S. CI. 425-376 1 7 Claims
An upright extrusion press for extruding an extrudable mass
such as a plasticized and/or pulverized mass includes a
and an extrusion position, respectively. Each of the pots com-
prises an extrusion bottom including an opening which is so
disposed that it is in registry with the extrusion opening in the
die when the pot is in its extrusion position.
CHEMICAL
3,708.257
PROCESS FOR THE DYEING OF TJ^THE MATE-
RIAL MADE FROM MIXTURES OF POLYESTER
AND CELIXIOSIC FIBERS ^ , ««
Rudolf Lowenfeld, Buchsclilag, and Lwe Kosubek. Offen-
bach, Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hocchsf
Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brumng,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany „. ^^.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,544
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 29, 1969,
P 19 54 294.0
Int. CL D06p 3/82
U.S. CI. 8—21 C 6 Claims
Process for the dyeing of textile material consisting
of mixtures of polyester and cellulosic fibers, wherein
said te.xtilc material is impregnated with an alkaline solu-
tion containing a substantive coupling component, as well
as a wetting or dispersing agent, dried, subsequently
treated with an acid aqueous solution containing a diazo-
tized aromatic amine and a compound having an acidic
reaction, dried, impregnated with at least one disperse
dyestuff and then subjected to a heat-treatment.
wherein F represents the radical of an organic dyestuff
water-insoluble per se, X represents an — O— , a — S—
or — NR— bridge member (R=a hydrogen atom or an
alkyl, aryl, acyl or alkyl or arylsulfonyl group) and Me
is an alkali metal or ammonium ion.
3,708.259
METHOD FOR DYEING POLYANflDE FIBERS
WITH HALOTRIAZINYLMONOAZO DYESTLTFS
Nagib A. Doss, Albany, N.Y., assignor to GAF
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 18, 1967. Ser. No.
691,134, now Patent No. 3,565,882. Divided and this
application Feb. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 112,822
Int. CI. D06p 3/10
U S_ CI. 8 41 R 3 Claims
Method of dyeing nitrogenous fibers with a water solu-
ble monoazo dyestuff containing a single acidic water
solubilizing group and having the formula
(1)
3,708,258
DYEING AND PRINTING HYDROPHOBIC FIBER
IN AQIEOUS SULFONYL CARBAMIC ACID-
TYPE DYESTUFF SOLUTIONS
Hans-Ulrich von der Eltz, Frankfuii am Mam, Dieter
Gunther, Kelkheim, Taunus, Karl-Heinz Krell, Kron-
berg, and Kari Matferstock, Hofhelm. Taunus, Ger-
many, and Hansjorg Vollmann, Coventry, R.I., as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vor-
mals Meister Lucius & Bnining, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany .^, ---^.r^
No Drawing. Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,666
Claims priority, application Germany, June 30, 1970,
P 20 32 238.7
Int. CI. D06p 3/82
U.S. CI. 8—21 ^u^'^JI"*
Process for the dyeing and printing of hydrophobic fiber
materials by treating the goods in the presence of an acid
donor at temperatures above 50° C. with aqueous solu-
tions of dyestuffs having the general formula
F— X— C— N— SOi— Me
II I
O Me
N— C-Hal
A-N=N-B-NH-C N
\=C-Y
wherein A is a phenyl or naphthvl moiety containing a
single acidic water-solubilizing group; B is
(1)
R»
R»
or
(2)
Ri is H, methyl, methoxy or acylamido; R^ is H. methyl
or methoxy; Hal is CI or Br; Y is NHR3 SR^ or OR ;
and R3, K* and Rs are individually H, alkyl or phenyl.
232
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,260
TEXTILE TREATMENT PROCESS
Clifford Marshall, Davenham, and Stanislaw Kalinowski.
Manchester, both of England, assignors to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries, Limited, London, England
FUed April 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,485
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 9, 1969,
23,782/69
Int. CI. D06li/02,J/06
U.S. CI. 8— 1 11 11 Claims
A process for the treatment of textile materials which com-
prises applying to the textile material an emulsion or suspen-
sion of one or more bleaching agents in a hydrocarbon or
halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, substantially removing the
solvent from the textile material, and subsequently washing
the textile material, and an emulsion or suspension of a
bleaching agent for use therein.
scouring liquid under substantially no pressure from a
scouring liquid feeding device which is positioned above
said path and drawing the scouring liquid by an uptake
suction means positioned below the said path, whereby
3,708,261
COMPOL^DS HAVING METHYLOL GROUPS AND
UNSATLRATED GROUPS ARE USED WITH
SELECTED CATALYSTS TO PRODUCE A DURA-
BLE PRESS PRODUCT
Andrew A. Kasper, Watertown, and Leonard Lifland,
Wellesley, Mass., assignors to The Kendall Company,
Walpole, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,371
Int. CI. D06m 75/56. 15/36, 13/40
U.S. CI. 8—116.3 19 Claims
A process and the product thereof wherein easy care
or permanent press characteristics are imparted to sub-
strates including at least ten percent polymeric cellulosic
fibers by the application thereto of one or more suitable
unsaturated compounds either alone or together with other
aminoplast resins and in the presence of one or more
suitable catalysts comprising a metal salt in which the
metal ion is aluminum, zinc, zirconyl and titanyl and the
anion is of an acid selected from hydrochloric acid, nitric
acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acids and organic car-
boxylic and sulfonic acids having a pK up to 6, said
metal salt being soluble in water to the extent of at least
0.1 percent by weight, the unsaturated compound, having
at least one group capable of interacting with the hydroxy
groups of the polymeric cellulosic fibers, curing and inter-
acting in the presence of the said suitable catalyst upon
application of suitable thermal energy.
3.708,262
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCOURING
RAW LOOSE WOOL
Masao Watanabe, Nishinomiya, and Hidekazu Mizoguchi
and Makio Hoshikawa, Kyoto, Japan, assignors to
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabusliikl Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,043
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 20, 1969,
44/83,693
Int. CI. DOlc 3/00
U.S. CI. 8—139 8 Claims
A method for washing and scouring loose wool which
has been subjected to a preliminary washing carried out
in a floating down type washing bath to separate at least
a part of soil and dirt from the loose wool, which method
comprises conveying loose wool in a layer placed be-
tween two net conveyors mounted in parallel and movable
along a given path through a liquor scouring bath, said
steady and gentle diffusion flow passes downwardly en-
tirely through the fiber layer. An apparatus suitable for
performing the above mentioned method has been also
proposed.
3,708,263
METHOD FOR CONTINUOUS STERILIZATION AT LOW
TEMPERATURE
Raymond M. (1. Boucher, New York, N.V., assignor to Wave
Energy Systems Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,739
Int.CL A61I 13100, 1/00,3/00
U.S. CL 21—54 A 19 Claims
'::A \j'C 'S^ V "V. -S-
■'5=>
An automatic method and apparatus to continuously sur-
face sterilize at temperatures below "^5 C any objects, parts
or components made of metal or heat sensitive materials. Said
method consists of treatint: materials first in a synergistically
active chemical solution in an ultrasonic tank, then of rinsiny
in a second ultrasonic tank. The fmal step consists of drying
the processed material in a sterile atmosphere. The three dif-
ferent processing steps take place in a matter of minutes inside
a laminar flow positive pressure clean or white room. The ap-
paratus continuously deliver* sterile parts or instruments
ready for packaging and sealing. Sterilized parts or instru-
ments are not physically or chemically affected by the process
and do not contain dissolved corrosive or toxic compounds.
path being preferably at a level of about 40-60 mm. _,„. ^ .
beneath the liquid surface, supplying said bath with be selected and corresponding to the maximum number
3,708,264
AUTOMATIC SAMPLE ANALYZER
Christian Francis Jottier, Herfelingen, Belgium, assignor
to I'Automation Chimique et Nucleaire, Brussels, Del-
gium, and Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique, Paris,
France
Filed Aug. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 170,871
Claims priority, application Belgium, Aug. 14, 1970,
92,877
Int. CI. GOln 1/14
U.S. CI. 23—230 R 1<> Claims
The analyzer comprises at least n-fl parallel paths to
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
I
233
of analyses to be performed on a sample for which one
path is reserved, a series of test-tubes including a sample
test-tube and a number ^n of analytical test-tubes being
displaced simultaneously along said paths and placed verti-
cally on a support in transverse rows. Means controlled
/4
" 40 45
27 10
V -v, -,o -- ■ ■>»-'.f" — --
;■/ 49 43' 5 J 36
4^ 33 ' ' "^J „
* ' V7 /a \
42 44
45
20
^ IS
/
form of wave fronts to provide complete contact be-
tween the air sample and the liquid absorbent with mini-
mum agitation, and the photocell assembly includes a pair
of spaced photoresistors and a light source spaced there-
between, with the light source having a lamp housing
enclosing the light source and defining a pair of spaced
openings whereby the light source projects optical spots
to the photoresistors to illuminate the photoresistors with
light, the relative intensity of which is dependent upon the
color developed in solutions passed in front of the photo-
resistors as an indication of the pollutant gas concentra-
tion in the air sample.
3,708,266
APPARATUS FOR CLEANING SULPHUR DIOXIDE-
CONTAINING FLUE GASES
Karl Axel (loran (iustaysson, Enkoping, Sweden, assignor to
Akiiebolaget Bahco Ventilation, Enkoping, Sweden
Filed July 24. 1970. Ser. No. 57,983
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 29. 1969, 12030/69
IntI CI. BOlj 1/22
U.S. CI. 23-283 6 Claims
by a pre-established program are provided at the point of
injection of reagents into the analytical test-tubes for de-
tecting the presence of one test-tube on each path in order
to permit injection of reagents into the test-tubes which
are present and to prevent such injections opposite to
paths on which no analytical test-tubes are present.
3,708,265
COLORIMETER FOR DETERMINING THE CON-
CENTRATION OF A POLLUTANT GAS IN AN
AIR SAMPLE
Norman A. Lysbkow, Chicago, III., assignor to Pollution
Monitors, Inc., Chicago, III.
Original application June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,308.
Divided and this application Apr. 8, 1971, Ser.
No. 132,614
Int. CL coin 27/25
V&. CI. 23—254 20 Claims
This invention is addressed to a new and improved
colorimeter for determining the concentration of gaseous
pollutants in air and to improved scrubber and photocell
assembJies for use with such colorimeters, wherein the
scrubber includes a helical coil into which an air sample
is drawn and admixed with a liquid absorbent whereby
the liquid flows gravitationally through the coil in the
In an apparatus for cleansing flue gases containing sulphur
dioxide, an absorbent material slurry is circulated through or
adjacent the bottom of an upstanding absorption column
through which the flue gas passes. A grinding mill is provided
in the circulation system for the slurry so as to remove the sul-
phite and/or sulphate compounds which coat and inactivate
the particles of absorbent material and to expose additional
active surface.
3,708,267
METHOD OF PROCESSING NUCLEAR FUELS
Alessandro Avogadro, Varese, Italy, and Joseph Wurm, Mol,
Belgium, assignors to European Atomic Energy Community
(Euratom), Kirchberg, Luxembourg
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,171
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Oct. 25, 1968,
68 I 530 I
Int. CLG21C 19/48
U.S. CI. 423-5 1 Claim
In the processing of irradiated nuclear fuels containing
uranium and plutonium, the fuel is first converted to a plutoni-
um-containing alkali-metal uranate, and the uranate is
suspended in a molten salt or salt mixture and treated with
gaseous hydrogen chloride and oxygen, whereupon the urani-
um dissolved in the melt is separated from the undissolved plu-
tonium compounds.
234
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.708,268
ISOTOPIC THERMAL POWER SOURCE
Kenneth E. Mavo. Nashua. N.H.. and Joseph J. Fitzgerald.
Winchester. Mass., assignors to Sanders Nuclear Corpora-
tion. Nashua. N.H.
Continuation of Ser. No. 624,587, March 20, 1967,
abandoned. This application Sept. 5. 1968, Ser. No. 781.646
Int.CI. B22f //OO
L.S. CI. 29- 182.5 10 Claims
An isotopic thermal power source is formed having good
heat conductivity and desired ductility by utilizing a mixture
of molecules of a metal refractory or ceramic compound and
metal with the metal of said refractory compound and the
metal atoms being capable of being activated to radioactive
forms or being in radioactivated forms. Preferably the metal
refractory is thulium oxide and the metal is thulium. Thulium
169 is capable of being activated to thulium 1 70 and/or thuli-
um 171 to produce heat sources comprising the mixture hav-
ing power ratings of at least 0.5 thermal watts per cubic cen-
timeter.
3,708.269
FOSSIL FIEL HYDROGASIFICATION PROCESS
FOR PRODUCTION OF SYNTHETIC PIPELINE
GAS
Henry R. Linden. La Grange Park, III., assignor to
Institute of Gas Technology
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,651
Int. CI. COlb 2/74, 2/22
U.S. CI. 48—215 26 Claims
either directly, by a carbon monoxide shift reaction (when
steam and oxygen are used in the gasifie'-) or indirectly,
by the steam-iron process (when steam and air are used in
the gasifier). In the steam-iron process, the gaseous mix-
^ture is the reducing agent for iron oxides formed when
added steam is converted to hydrogen over the reduced
iron oxides. The hydrogen rich gas is purified and pri-
marily includes hydrogen alone, in the case of the steam-
iron process, or a combination of hydrogen and methane,
in the case of the carbon monoxide shift process. This
hydrogen rich gas is then introduced into the hydrogasifier
to form the high methane content gas. All or a portion
of the solids leaving the gasifier are recirculated back to
the hydrogasifier.
3,708,270
PYROLYSIS METHOD
James R. Cirk, Thousand Oaks, and Donald A. Huber,
Canoga Park. Calif., assignors to North Araencaa
Rockwell Corporation ^
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,225
Int. CI. CO lb 1/00, 49/00; ClOj 3/06 ^
L.S. CI. 48—202 7 Claims
cffuoe
irMTMtSIS
AttOtMT.Ci
•
1
"/
/ —
CO
AMirr
!
dJt
s 1
L
CiJreviMTimk
rUD
OIL
rr£o
'(iKcuiArina^
sot 1 OS
3r£-4M
SOLIDS !
1
1
t OMra
^»
3T£AA
\
PUfflf
c^r/O/ff,
i/MO
' coo
1
~~~ie
C02
A process for producing a high methane content, syn-
thetic pipeline gas from fluid fossil fuels including low
grade petroleum oils alone and from a combination of
fluid fossil fuels and solid fossil fuels, including bitumi-
nous coal, char, lignite, and oil shale. The process in-
cludes introducing the fluid fossil fuel and hydrogen rich
gas to a hydrogasifier chamber which is maintained at
about 500-2000 p.s.i.g. and about 1100-1600° F. The
fluid fossil fuel is converted to a high methane content
gas, normally liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, and a car-
bonaceous solid residue in the hydrogasifier. Pulverized
solids are passed through the hydrogasifier and into a
gasifier chamber, maintained at a pressure of about 500-
2000 p.s.i.g. and at a temperature of about 1500-2100°
p., to remove the carbonaceous residue or coke formed
in the hydrogasifier by reaction of the fluid fossil fuel.
A gaseous mixture is formed in the gasifier by reaction
with steam and oxygen or with steam and air. The car-
bonaceous residue or coke formed in the hydrogasifier
may be supplemented by introducing fossil fuels including
bituminous coal, char, lignite, or oil shale into the gasi-
fier, to produce more of the gaseous mixture. The gas-
eous mixture is then converted to a hydrogen rich gas
A method of pyrolyzing carbonaceous materials in-
cluding industrial, municipal and agricultural wastes is
disclosed. The carbonaceous material is pyrolyzed by con-
tact with a molten alkali metal salt which contains sulfide
and/or sulfate ions. The products of the reaction are a
pyrolysis gas and char. Char is consumed in converting
the sulfate to sulfide. A reactive source of oxygen is intro-
duced into the melt converting sulfide back to sulfate and
liberating heat to the melt to sustain the operation.
3,708,271
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING GLASS FIBERS
Klaus L. Loewenstein, Earnold J. Eisenbern. both of Ea.st
Setauket. N.Y., and Saul Warshaw. New York. N.Y., assign-
ors to Oliver (.lass Fiber Corporation. Farmingdale, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,757
Int. CLC03bi 7/02
U.S.CL65-12 5 Claims
An improved fin cooler structure for use in apparatus for
the production of continuous glass filaments attenuated from
streams of glass flowing through orifices in a stream feeder
comprising elongated members or fins of a non-ferrous metal
disposed in heat-transferring relation with the streams of glass
fibers thereby to absorb and convey away heal from cones of
glass formed by the glass flowing through the orifices to
rapidly cool the glass of the streams as well as to stabilize the
environment by isolating the cones of glass from atmospheric
air currents. The fin cooler structure is formed of a single
sheet of material by cutting the fin members in a portion of a
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
235
flat sheet of material and rolling the uncut portion of the sheet
to form a tubular member through which heat conducting
-/^
be supported and rotated while being sequentially heat-
ed at alternate stations by movable, continuously-operating
heating means. A method of firepolishing sets forth the
transferring, rotating, heating and cooling steps required
in sequentially firepolishing pluralities of alternating, axial-
ly-spaced first and second portions of the tube.
3,708,274
METHOD OF LIFTING A TV FUNNEL MOLD
RING OFF A MOLD, ORIENTING IT INTO
POSITION, AND SETTING ON FUNNEL MOLD
John F. Fleck, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to
Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Filed Aug. 18, 1967, Ser. No. 661,665
Int. CI. C03b U/OO, 9/40, 9/00
U.S. CI. 65—307 13 Claims
fluid, such as water, may be passed to increase the heat ab-
sorbing efficiency of the fin cooler structure.
3,708,272
METHOD OF PROVIDING A LEAD W IRE SEAL
Richard Eugene Hamon, Syracuse, N.V., assignor to (ieneral
Electric Compan\. Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed jan! 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,755
Int. CI. C03c 29/00
U.S. CI. 65—59 6 Claims
A method for creating an improved seal between oxide-
coated lead wires and the glass envelope of an evacuated elec-
tron discharge tube. A group of lead wires are disposed in a
suitable array and then surrounded by a glass blank. As the
lead wires and glass are heated to soften the glass preparatory
to the formation of a seal, the heat causes an increased buil-
dup of oxide upon the side of the lead wires remote from the
surface of the glass. A reducing flame is then applied to the
inner surfaces of the lead wires to diminish the thickness of the
undesired oxide buildup. The softened glass is then forced
about the lead wires, dissolving a portion of the remaining
oxide to produce a hermetic seal
3,708,273
AUTOMATIC TUBE TRANSFER FIREPOLISHING
APPARATUS AND METHOD
Angelo Michael Mitchell, Danville, Va., assignor to
Corning Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,597
Int. CI. C03b 29/04
VS. CI. 65—120 6 Claims
3^'"
An automatic transfer firepolishing apparatus and meth-
od for firepolishing glass tubes; the transfer mechanism
including multiple spaced sets of tandem discs rotatable
on spaced axes with each disc having at least one peripheral
notch for transferring the tube. The overlapping disc pe-
ripheries provide several stations upon which the tube may
An apparatus for orienting part of a glass forming
mold. An apparatus employing a pick-up mechanism that
disengages the top ring of a mold and orients it by rota-
tion in a horizontal direction before engaging the ring
once again with the main portion of the mold. A method
of orienting the top ring section of a glass forming mold
by grasping the mold by a flanged portion thereof, lifting
the ring so that it is disengaged from the mold, arcuately
displacing the ring section until it achieves a predeter-
mined orientation, positioning the oriented ring upon the
mold, and releasing the ring so that it may rotate with the
mold.
3,708,275
MANUFACTURE OF ALKALI METAL PHOSPHATES
Ernest C. Camp, Jr., Barrington, N J., assignor to Cities Ser-
vice Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 725,139, AprU 29, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,563,703. This appUcaUon Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,907
Int. CI. COSb 7100
U.S. CI. 71 — 1 14 Claims
Alkali metal phosphates can be prepared by adding an alkali
metal halide to a solution of phosphoric and nitric acids The
resulting gases can be recovered. After removal of halogen, as
by boiling, the solution can be adjusted in nitric acid content
and neutralized to yield a fertilizer. Alternatively, the solution
can be substantially denitrated, yielding an alkali metal
phosphate. Additionally, after denitration the resulting
residue can be calcined to yield a water soluble fertilizer.
Micronutrients incorporated in the phosphoric acid-nitric acid
solution also can be rendered water soluble by this process.
236
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,276
FERTILIZER COATED WITH DISCONTINUOUS
I WER
Horstmar Hecht, Castrop-Rauxel, and Horst Schwandt
Henrichenburg, Germany, assignors to Gewerkschaft
Victor Chemische Werke. Castrop-Rauxel, Gf^J'any
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 659,573,
July 11, 1967. This application June 27, 1969, ^er.
No. 837,371 , , 1^ iQ£.£.
Claims priority, application Germany, July 13, 196f»,
G 47,415
Int. CI. C05f 11/00
U.S. CI. 71—27 7 Claims
wherein Rj stands for methyl radical and Rj methyl or
ethyl radical, or which contain in addition to above said
essential active ingredient other weed killer selected from
the group consisting of
2,4-dichlorophenyl-4-nitrophenyl ether
2,4,6-trichlorophenyl-4-nitrophenyl ether
2,4-dichloro-6-fluorophenyl-4-nitrophenyl ether
4i6-bis(ethylamino)-2-methylthio-l,3,5-triazine
4,6-bis(isopropylamino)-2-methylthio-l,3,5-triazine
4,5 ,7-trichlorobenzthiadiazole-2 , 1,3.
3 708 279
PROCESS OF REFINING METAL IN A VACUUM
WITH COAXIALLY MOUNTED NON-CONSUM-
ABLE ELECTRODES
Serafino M. De Corse, Media, Pa., assignor to Westing-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Original application Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 717,560, now
Patent No. 3,546,348, dated Dec. 8, 1970. Divided
and this application Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 870,761
Int. CI. C22d 7/00
U.S. CI. 75—10 V 3 Claims
Granular fertilizer having controlled nutrient release is
provided by coating a fertilizer with a pervious, discon-
tinuous layer exposed to the atmosphere. The layer is
formed of a water-insoluble synthetic resin and particles
foreign to the resin.
3,708,277
HERBICIDAL METHOD
Adolf Zeidler, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Adolf Fisher,
Mutterstadt, Pfalz, and Guenther Weiss, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
No Drawing. Original application .Aug. 17, 1967, Ser. No.
661,232. Divided and this application Jan. 27, 1970,
Ser. No. 10,102 ,^ ,„^^
Claims priority, appplication Germany, Aug. 30, 1966,
P 15 42 836.1
Int. CI. AOln 9/22
U.S. CI. 71 91 ^ Claims-
iJiazinone dioxides and a method of controlling un-
wanted plants.
3,708.278
METHOD FOR PREVENTING AND KILLING
WEEDS IN RICE
Hiromu Okamoto, Kanagawa-ken, Takuo Ohi, Tokyo,
Jyotaro Tamura, Hiratsuka-shi, Saburo Takahashi,
Kamakura-shi, Hiroshi Oyama, Atsugi-shi, Hideo Leda,
Fujisawa-shI, Kunihiko Sasaki, Chigasaki-shi, and
Hiromichi Ashikawa, Atsugi-shi, Japan, assignors to
Hokko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,599
Claims priority, application Japan, July 31, 1968,
43 '53.592; Aug. 15, 1968, 43 57,617, 43/59,616;
July 14, 1969, 44/55,073
Int. CI. AOln 9/12
U.S. CI. 71—100 . 2 Claims
Herbicidal compositions which may be used in the form
of dust, emulsion, wettable powder, granule, aerosol and
which contain, as an essential active ingredient, aryloxy-
monothioacetic ester respresented by the general formula
\
Processes for metal heating and treating provide for
degassing and/or ingot forming, and utilize at least one
nonconsumable electrode having a fluid cooled arcing sur-
face and a magnetic field coil which sets up a field to sub-
stantially continuously move the arc around the arcing
surface.
3,708,280
HIGH TEMPERATURE LOW ALLOY STEEL
Tohru Mimino; Kazuhisa Kinoshita, and Keisuke Hattori,
Kauasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignors to Nippon
Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,835
Claims priority, application Japan. Nov. 19, 1969, 44/92413
Int.CI.C22ci9/04.i9/50
U.S. CI. 75-124 8 Claims
A high temperature low alloy steel having a chemical com-
position consisting essentially of oelween about (i) 0 05 -
0 25% C. (li) 0.05 - 0.80% Si. (iii) 0.40 - 1 30% Mn, (iv ) 0.30
-0 20% Mo (V) 0 002- 0.015% N in solid solution, (vi) less
than 0.010%' Sol. Al, (vii) 0 - 0.70% Cr, (vi.i) 0 - 0.10% V,
and (ix) the balance being Fe + incidental impurities. The
steel is preferably subjected to a normalizing heat treatment to
obtain a high strength steel useful for extended service at tem-
peratures between 400° and 500''C.
Ri
OCH2COSR1
3,708,281
STRUCTURAL ALLOY ST^EL CONTALNING
COPPER AND OTHER ALLOY ELEMENTS
Eugene R. Andreotti, Geneva, and Sherwood W. McGee,
Lisle, III., assignors to Amsted Industries Incorporated
Original application June 28, 1967, Ser. No. 650,570, now
Patent No. 3,459,547. Divided and this application
Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 828,021
Int. CL C22c 37/10
U^ CI 75 124 3 Claims
This 'invention comprises an alloy system fabrication
for producing useful steel articles exhibiting tensile
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
237
strengths on the order of 150,000 p.s.i. with useful ductil- vacuum into a continuously formed jacketing tube. The
ity on the order of 1% to 2'/2% tensile elongation. The jacketed core is then hot rolled to form the sinter corn-
alloy system entails suitable metallurgical combinations
of iron, carbon, copper, manganese, nickel, tin and minor
elements combined through a process of copper liquefica- ,4~1
«r/ziwv rf»siic
Ml Oil
tion and high temperature capillary infiltration. Ferrous
constituents in the alloy group are fabricated using metal
powders and powder metallurgy techniques entirely. Cu-
prous members of this alloy system can be either as pow-
dered components or as cast or wrought components.
3 708 282
PRODUCTION OF SINTERED METAL PRODUCTS
Derek James Burr, Solihull, and Walter Betteridge,
Beckenham, England, assignors to The International
Nickel Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,753
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 3, 1969,
43.596 69
Int. CI. B22f 1/00
U.S. CI. 75—200 7 Claims
Process for production of sintered metal products con-
taining nickel and carbon comprises compacting and sin-
tering special powder mixture containing nickel-coated
graphite particles.
3,708,283
PROCESS FOR PREPARING CEMENTED
FERROCHROME
Franklin J. Hill, Janeswille, Wis., as.signur to The Parker Pen
Compan> , .lanesville. Wis.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 14,527, Feb. 26, 1970,
abandoned. This application Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,804
Int. CI. B22f i/72
U.S. CI. 75—200 4 Claims
There is describ»ed a cemented ferrochrome material includ-
ing from 1 5 to 99 percent of ferrochrome and from 1 to 85
percent of a metallic binder. The material is made by mixing
or milling together particles of ferrochrome and the binder
metal until the particle size of the mixture is substantially less
than 325 mesh, compacting and heating to a temperature
within the range of 1 850° - 2400°F. The product has excellent
corrosion resistance, high hardness, good strength and is
highly impermeable to liquids. It may be used in any applica-
tions in which such properties are desirable, such as a ball pen
balls, wear pads and mounts adapted to be adhered to materi-
als having compatible coefficients of thermal expansion.
3,708,284
METHOD OF CONVERTING METAL POWDER
INTO BAR STOCK
Hung-Chl Chao, Monroeville Borough, Pa., assignor to
United States Steel Corporation
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,463
Int. CLB22f i/00
U.S. CI. 75—208 CS 8 Claims
A method and apparatus for producing rod-shaped
metal compacts in which the powder charge is fed under
pact; the axial pull of the rolling operation preventing
the bulging of tube jacket. The jacket is then removed
chemically or by machining.
3 708 285
APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF DEW AXING,
PRESINTERING AND SINTERING POWDERED
METAL COMPACTS
Gerard Scheyer, Morris Plains, NJ., assignor to Adamas
Carbide Corporation, Kenilworth, NJ.
Original application July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,972.
Divided and this application Jan. 14, 1971, Ser.
No. 106,383
Int. CI. B22f 9/00; C22c 29/00
U.S. CI. 75—221 11 Claims
In this apparatus a de-waxing operation is performed in
hydrogen, and the same vessel is used for vacuum sinter-
ing without moving of the part to be heat treated, and in
one continuous operation.
3,708,286
PHOTOELECTROPHORETIC IMAGING WITH
ULTRASONIC VIBRATION DURING IMAGING
Terence J. Davies, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 764,719
Int. CI. G03g 75/22
U.S. CI. 96—1 5 Claims
Method and apparatus for improving image density,
contrast and quality and photographic speed in an elec-
trophoretic imaging system utilizing a particulate suspen-
sion for forming the image. The method and apparatus
238
stress a layer of the electrophoretic suspension of parti-
cles in a carrier on an electrode during imaging by apply-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
medium to an image receiving medium. Manifold images
are transferred to an image receiving medium by con-
tacting the image with the receiving, medium and applying
external pressure to the image bearing medium and the
image receiving medium.
ing a high frequency oscillation, preferably ultrasonic,
across the imaging suspension.
3,708,287
OIL FILM IMAGING
William L. GofFe, W ebster, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 571,343,
Aug. 9, 1966. This application Apr. 19, 1971, Ser.
No. 134,937
Int CI. G03g 13/22
U.S. CI. 96—1.3 12 Claims
/« -«>
■1>/\d
3 708 289
ELECTROCONDUCnVE LAYERS
Daniel Maurice Timmerinan, Mortsel, August Jean Van
Paesschen, Antwerp, and Karel Eugeen Verhille. Mort-
sel, Belgium, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa N.V., Mortsel,
Belgium „ «, , «,«
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 29. 1970, Ser. No. 6*930
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 29, 1969,
4,946/69
Int. CI. G03c 1/76; G03g 5/00
U.S. CI. 96 67 8 Claims
Sheet' material coated on at least one side with an elec-
troconductive layer formed essentially of an initially
water-soluble addition polymer of plural at,/j-ethylenically
unsaturated monomers which is convertible by heating to
water-insoluble form by an internal cross-linking reac-
tion. 20-95 mol percent of the units of the copolymer are
derived from at least one cationic or anionic monomer
carrying electroconductive "roups, 5-80 mol percent of
such units are derived from a monomer carrying reactive
halogen atoms and 0-44 mol percent of such units are
derived from a monomer carrying an acidic group in free
acid or salt form which is reactive with the halogen atoms
of units of the second mentioned monomer, at least about
5 mol percent of the last mentioned monomeric units being
present where the first mentioned monomeric units are
unreactive with the halogen atoms of the second men-
tioned monomeric units.
J. =- —^"
A method of forming an image wherein a photocon-
ductive insulating layer having a thin oil or interference
film thereon and separated from an electrode by a small
gap is selectively illuminated by a pattern of light while
an electric field is established between the photoconduc-
tive layer and the electrode causing liquid transfer in
imagewise configuration onto the electrode. During this
process an image is also formed on the photoconductive
insulating layer. Alternately, a thin oil film may be applied
solely to the electrode or to both the photoconductive
insulating layer and the electrode.
. 3,708,288
IMAGE TRANSFER PROCESS
Luke C. Lin, Rochester. N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation. Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,328
Int. CI. G03g 13/14, 13/22
U.S. CI. 96—1.4 15 Claims
A method of transferring an image produced by means
of the manifold imaging system from an image bearing
3,708,290
INORGANIC PHOTOCONDUCTIVE PIGMENTS IN
AN ALKALI SOLI BI E BINDER CONTAINING A
POLYMERIC DISPERSING AGENT
Karel Eugeen Verhille, Pansgatelaan 42, Mortsel, Bel-
gium, and Luciaan Frans Voet, Lierse Steenweg 20,
St. Katelijne-Waver, Belgium
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
665,219, Sept. 5, 1967. Tys application Mar. 23, 1971,
Ser. No. 127,393 , ,ox^
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 5, 1966,
39,636/66
Int. CI. G03g 5/08
U.S. CI. 96 1.5 ^ Claims
A* recording material including an electrically conduc-
tive support carrying a coating comprising:
(1) 60-95% by dry weight of a finely divided inor-
ganic pigmentary material having photoconductive
properties and selected from basic or amphoteric ox-
ides and metal sulphides derived from metals form-
ing basic or amphoteric oxides,
(2) a normally electrically insulating alkali-soluble
binder in an effective binding amount, and
(3) a water-soluble polymeric dispersing agent differ-
ing in chemical structure from the binder present in
said coating in a ratio by weight of about 0.1 to 1.5%
by weightof pigmentary material. The dispersing
agent is either (a) a copolymer with some recurring
units thereof derived from a polymerzable unsatu-
rated monocarboxylic acid, its anhydride or a salt
thereof, and other recurring units derived from a
polymerizable unsaturated compound containing an
amino group, a carbalkoxy group, a carbamyl group,
an N-pyrrolidone group or an ether group, or (b)
copolymer having some recurring units thereof de-
rived from a polymerizable unsaturated dicarboxylic
acid, its anhydride or salt thereof, and other recur-
ring units derived from a polymerizable unsaturated
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
239
compound containing an ester group, an amino
group, a carbalkoxy group, a carbamyl group, an
N-pyrrolidone group or an ether group.
3,708,291
PHOTOSENSITIVE ELEMENTS FOR I SE IN ELEC-
TROPHOTOGRAPHY AND METHOD OF MANU-
FACTURING SAME
Koichi Kinoshita, Narashino-shi, and Takao Kawamura,
Sakai-shi, Japan, assiHUors to Katsuragawa Denki Kabu-
shiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836.628
Claims priority, application Japan, June 27, 1968,
43/44,441
Int. CI. G03g 5/04
U.S. CI. 96—1.5 8 Claims
A photosensitive element of the multi-layer type is pre-
pared by first depositing a layer of a Se-Te alloy con-
taining more than 20% of Te to form a first layer, co-
deposhing the Se-Te alloy and Se to form a second layer
and finally depositing Se on the second layer to form a
third layer.
3,708,292
TT-FORM METAL PHTHALOCYANINE
Paul J. Brach, Rochester, and Hugh A. Six. Webster,
N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Mav 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,678
int. CI. G03g 5/04
U.S. CI. 96—1.5 22 Claims
3 708 294
PROCESS FOR PREPARING A PHOTOCONDUC-
TIVE HBER SHEET
Ichiro Endo, Tokyo, and Ken Soeda, Naka-gun, Japan,
assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,899
Claims priority, application Japan, July 2, 1969,
44 52,266
Int. CI. G03g 5/04
U.S. CI. 96—1.6 7 Claims
A photoconductive fiber sheet is produced by dyeing
with a sensitizing coloring matter a fiber sheet made of
organic high polymer fibers capable of acting as a Lewis
base against a Lewis acid and forming a charge transfer
complex with the Lewis acid and then treating the fiber
sheet with the Lewis acid.
INTENSITY
(RELATIVE)
oo
„
I 1 1 1
CuPc
1
80
^ •
-
-
-
60
-
-
-
-
40
-
'
-
I
-
8)
-
^ I
A 1 "
-
,. J\ jJ^
Jll:
0
rJ>s-.-<VV,/T A
V>VJ|V,^
20 15
DEGREE Ze
The novel form of phthalocyanine (Pc), namely rr-form
metal-phthalocyanine, is disclosed. Methods for the prepa-
ration and use of said form are also disclosed.
3,708,293
ir-FORM METAL-FREE PHTHALOCYANINE
Paul J. Brach, Rochester, and Marcel \. Lardon. Webster,
N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,677
Int. CI. G03g 5/04
U.S. CI. 96—1.5 19 Claims
3,708,295
PROCESS FOR THE MANTJFACTLTIE OF
METALLIC, ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE
PATTERNS
Ernst Schumacher, Fribourg, Switzerland, assignor to
Ciba-Gcigv AG, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 123,059
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 13, 1970,
3,823/70
Int. CI. G03c 5/00
U.S. CI. 96—36.2 8 Claims
Process for the manufacture of a metallic, electrically
conductive pattern by treating a vesicular record material
containing a metallic layer with a first lipophilic, organic
solvent for opening the image bubbles, hydrophilizing the
image area, etching away the metal in the image area and
removing the residual vesicular material with a second,
lipophilic, organic solvent.
3,708,296
PHOTOPOLYMERIZ \TION OF EPOXY MONOMERS
Sheldon Irwin Schlesinger, Hightstown, N.J., assignor to
American Can Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 753,869
Int. CI. G03c 1/70
U.S. CI. 96—33 27 Claims
A process for polymerizing epoxy monomers which
comprises mixing with epoxy monomers photosensitive
aryldiazonium compounds and thereafter subjecting the
resulting mixture to aclinic radiation. The aryldiazonium
compounds decompose to produce a polymerization initia-
tor in the form of a Lewis acid, thereby catalyzing the
polymerization of the monomer to the polymer. Examples
of photosensitive compounds useful in the process are p-
nitrobenzenediazonium hexafluorophosphate, p-N-mor-
pholinobenzenediazonium hexafluoroarsenate, and 2,4-di-
chlorobenzenediazonium hexachloroantimonate.
NTENSITY
(RELATIVE;
A novel form of phthalocyanine (Pc), namely 7r-form
metal-free phthalocyanine, is disclosed. Methods for the
preparation and use of said phthalocyanine are also dis-
closed.
3 708 297
STABILIZING WITH ' IODIDE AN IMAGEWISE
EXPOSED PHOTOSENSITn E COMPOSITION
CONTAINING A HALOGENATED PHOTO-
ACTIVATOR AND AN ORGANIC AMINE
COLOR FORMER
Albert Lucien Poot, Kontich, and Edwin Hendrik Hazen-
bosch, Mechelen. Belgium, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert.
Mortsel, Belgium
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,283
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 9, 1969,
49,685/69
Int. CI. G03c 5/24
U.S. CI. 96—48 11 Claims
A photographic print-out image obtained by exposing
to activating electromagnetic radiation a recording ele-
ment comprising a photosensitive organic polyhalogen
compound releasing on such exposure a halogen-contain-
ing free radical into working relationship with an amine
240
having an aromatic character and reactive with the photo*
lytically produced free radical to form a dye is stabihzed
against discoloration by treating the remaining unexposed
polyhalogen compound with a compound containmg lon-
ically bound iodine.
3,708,298
METHOD OF PRODUCING DIRECT POSITIVE
liviAGES WITH PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER
HALIDE MATERIAL CONTAINING COM-
POUND RELEASING IODIDE IONS
Gerard Laurens Vanreusel, Hove, Paul Desire Van Pee,
Edegera, and Jules Maria De Laet, Mortsel, Belgium,
assignors to Agfa-Gevaert, Mortsel, Belgium
Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No. 677,519, Oct.
24, 1967, now abandoned, and Ser. No. 110,635, Jan.
28, 1971, said application Ser. No. 110.635, being a
continuation of application Ser. No. 546,640, May 2,
1966, now abandoned, and said application Ser. No.
677,519 being a continuation-in-part of said application
Ser. No. 546,640. This application Feb. 1, 1971, Ser.
No. 111,705
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 30, 1965,
18,335/65
Int. CI. G03c 5/24
U.S. CI. 96—64 33 Claims
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,300
SILVER-DYE-BLEACH PHOTOGRAPHIC
MATERIALS
George W. Luckey, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.V.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 90,928
Int. CI. G03c 1/76
U.S. CI. 96—73 10 Claims
STAGE/
"p.. ^^y.^ff,. . ..* . I. JSURftCt IHiSC SILVCR lOOOHALlOe
13' » a ? A, f\ jy ■ [EmULSION
■ ' ^' ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ * — E— ~yius oretsi
STAGE.
AfTER BLEACH 3 E/X
'f^r—^
x^
-ore IS I
In a known method of photographically producing di-
rect positive images by exposing a light-sensitive material
carrying a silver halide emulsion layer of the type form-
ing a latent image predominantly in the inner part of the
silver halide grains, i.e. a so-called internal image emul-
sion, treating the exposed material with a ^rface devel-
oper and overall exposing the material during this
treatment to actinic light of low intensity, an image hav-
ing improved density and contrast is obtained by incor-
porating within the emulsion layer a compound releasing
iodide ions in an aqueous medium. The concept can be
applied to the formation of black-and-white images as
well as colored images.
Silver-dye-bleach photographic elements are prepared
by incorporating the image-forming dyes in a fogged
internal image silver halide emulsion and coating over
this emulsion a layer of unfogged surface-sensitive silver
iodohalide emulsion. The dye layer is thus separated from
the sensitive layer with consequent improvement in speed
and contrast: Upon development of the exposed element,
iodide ion released from the silver iodohalide emulsion
migrates to the adjacent fogged internal image emulsion
and uncovers the internal fog centers, thus permitting
their development. Then, upon silver-dye-bleach process-
ing, a positive dye image is obtained which has ample
density and contrast.
3 708 299
PHOTOGRAPHIC DEV ELOPING METHOD
Isao Shimamura, Yoo lijima, and Haruhiko Iwano, Kana-
gawa, Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.,
Kanagawa, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,335
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 8, 1969,
44/80,538
Int. CI. G03c 1/06, 5/26, 5/30
U.S. CI. 96—66.3 8 Claims
A method and composition for processing a silver
halide black and white photographic material wherein
the silver halide grains are less than 0.3 micron which
comnri<;es deve'ooing the nhotoeraphic material with a
developing solution comprising hydroquinone (substituted
or unsubstituted) as the main developing agent and imid-
azole in a minor amount.
3,708.301
AZO COUPLERS OF THE CYANOACETYLATED
POLYAMINE CLASS
Peter MuUer, Port Washington, N.Y., assignor to Andrews
Paper & Chemical Co., Inc., Port Washington, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 805.003, Mar. 6, 1969. This application
Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,553
Int. CI. G03c 1/58
U.S. CI. 96 91 R 2 Claims
Cyanoacetylated polyamines as a new class of azo
couplers, useful in the diazotype reproduction process as
coupling components for diazotype reproduction mate-
rials. The cyanoacetylated polyamines are substantially
non-volatile, non-migratory and exhibit excellent stability.
3,708.302
SILVER HALIDE EMULSION SENSITIZED WITH
THIO\MINF-GLUTARALDEHYDE OR ACRYLIC
ALDEHYDE ADDUCT „ . .
James Plakunov and James Edward Roller, Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company. Roches-
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,768
Int. CI. G03c 1/28
U s CI, 95 107 8 Claims
Coating compositions comprising a hydrophilic colloid
^nd an adduct of a first compound which is a thioamine
with a second compound which is glutaraldehyde or
acrylic aldehyde. The compositions when coated upon
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
241
photographic materials effect a significant speed increase
without detrimentally affecting the other sensitometric
properties of said materials.
3,708,303
PHOTOGRAPHIC ELEMENTS AND PROCESSES
LITHOGRAPHIC SILVER HALIDE ELEMENT
CONTAINING A l-(AMIDOPHENYL)-5-
MERCAPTOTETRAZOLE SENSITIZING AGENT AND
DEVELOPMENT PROCESS OF USING SAME
Eugene D. Salesin, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 754,967, Aug. 23, 1968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,993
Int. CI. G03c 5124, 1/28. 5/30
U.S. CI. 96— 107 11 Claims
High contrast photographic elements comprising a support
coated with a silver hahde emulsion wherein the halide com-
prises at least about 50 mole percent chloride and containing a
I -(amidophenyl)-5-mercaptotetrazole, provide improved
speed control without undesired change in sensitometric
characteristics. Methods for processing such elements in a
continuous transport processing machine are also described.
3,708,304
USE OF DIVALENT METAL SALT IMAGE AMPLIFIERS
IN PHOTOSENSITIVE AND THERMOSENSITIVE
ELEMENTS
(iary l.>nn Hiller, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Co.. R(Khestcr, N.Y.
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 43,173
Int. CI. G03c/ /02
U.S. CI. 96-114.1 27 Claims
A divalent metal salt, such as zinc acetate, cadmium acetate
or cupric acetate, in combination with an oxidation-reduction
image-forming combination containing a heavy metal salt ox-
idizing agent, such as silver behenate, and a reducing agent,
such as a bis-naphthol reducing agent, in a photosensitive and
thermosensitive element suitable for dry processing with heat,
provides increased image density with no adverse increase in
background density. A combination of a bis-/3-naphthol
reducing agent and zinc acetate, cadmium acetate or cupric
acetate in conjunction with a stable source of silver for physi-
cal development is useful in photosensitive elements for dr>
processing with heat. The element can contain a sensitizing
dye, an activator-toning agent and other addenda employed in
elements for dry processing with heat. A stable, developed
image can be provided by heating the element after exposure.
The photosensitive component can be photographic silver ha-
lide or other suitable photosensitive metal salts.
3,708,305
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS COM-
PRISING CELLULOSE DERIVATIVE
Shunichi Koyanagi and Kinya Ogawa, Naoetsu, Fujio
Sekigawa, Okata-machi, Hiroshi Suzuki, Naoetsu, and
Shigeru Ono, Kamakura, Japan, assignors to Shinetsu
Chemical Company, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 8, 1971, Ser. No. 151,140
Claims priority, application Japan, June 17, 1970,
45 52,638
Int. CI. G03c 1/68. 1/70
U.S. CI. 96—115 P 7 Claims
A photopolymerizable composition consisting of a
photopolymerizable unsaturated compound, a photosensi-
tizer and a cellulose derivative, said cellulose derivative
being an ester of a polybasic acid of a cellulose ether
represented by the general formula R^mR^nA wherein R^
is a hydroxyalkyl radical having 3 or 4 carbon atoms, R^
is hydrogen or an alkyl radical having 1 or 2 carbon
atoms, m and n are positive integers and A is a cellulose
residue. Said composition is suitable for making printing
plates, etc.
3,708,306
COMPOSITION USING PSYLLIUM BY-PRODUCTS
FOR PET FOODS
Milo Don Appleman, 4315 San Rafael Ave.,
Los Angeles. Calif. 90042
No Drawing. Continuation of appplication Ser. No.
665,252, Sept. 5, 1967. This application Aug. 12,
1970, Ser. No. 63,317
Int. CL A23k 1/14
U.S. CI. 99—2 R 3 Claims
The applicant has found a way to convert "psyllium
flours" or other psyllium or plantago residues, a pro-
teinaceous material known in the trade as "lard gelatin"
or "Dri Pro" and. other feed materials and beneficial chem-
icals into soft moist, canned or dry pet foods. The two
ingredients named are important ingredients and, although
preferably used together, said foodstuffs may be made by
including only one and substituting other materials for
the other. Examples of these processes are included in
this application. All of these foodstuffs have been tested
in animal feeding and found to be extremely palatable
and nourishing to the animals concerned. A method of
inactivating certain enzymes in the psyllium that other-
wise cause darkening or blackening of colors in pet foods,
such as semi-moist burgers and biscuits, has also been
found and claim is made for the exclusive use •f this
process.
3,708,307
METHOD OF DRYING ACID WHEY AND SWEET
SKIM MILK SOLIDS IN COMBINATION
Erik Lundstedt, South Chatham, Mass., assignqp^to
H. P. Hood Sons, Inc., Boston. Mass.
Filed Mav 15, 1969, Ser. No. 882,954
Int. CI. A23c 27/00, 1/04
VS. CI. 99—57 7 Claims
Converting acid whey to a useful product by heat de-
naturing unneutralized acid whey, separately heat dena-
turing the serum proteins of a liquid milk product con-
taining sweet skim milk and separately atomizing the
whey and the milk product simultaneously through sep-
arate nozzles in a single dryer. TTie acid whey solids do
not substantially exceed about 43% by weight of the com-
bined acid whey and skim milk solids. The process is
characterized by the avoidance of neutralizing the acid
whey prior to treatment thus making the dried product
suitable for human consumption.
3,708,308
PRODUCTION OF PUFFED READY-TO-EAT CEREAL
PRODUCTS
William T. Bedenk. and John W. Mitchell, both of Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to The Proctor & Gamble Co., Cincinnati.
Ohio
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,990
Int.CI. A23iy/y<s
U.S. CI. 99-81 10 Claims
Production of a ready-to-eat breakfast cereal containing
corn is improved by subjecting the com to intensive milling to
increase its free starch content to at least 1 2 percent prior to
processing it into the breakfast cereal. The milling of the com
results primarily in increased puffability and thereby ten-
derness.
3,708,309
CAKE >nx
George E. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minn., and Penelope C.
Rohleder, Aspen. Colo., assignors to General Mills, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 7. 1971, Ser. No. 132,223
. Int. CI, A23I 1/10
U.S. CI. 99—94 5 Claims
Hand mixable ^k^ mixes made with agglomerated all
purpose wheat flour. These mixes have outstanding shelf
stability and produce cakes having home made style tex-
tures.
242
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,310
PROCESSING OF SOYBEANS
Sam Kasakoflf. New York, N.Y., assignor of a fractional
part interest to Michael Ebert, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,249
Int. CI. A23I 1/20
VS. CI. 99—98 7 Claims
A process for rendering soy beans more palatable, the
process involving treatment of the beans in a water solu-
tion containing papain, pectin and ascorbic acid. The soy
beans are immersed for a period sufficient to permit ab-
sorption of the solution to a point close to saturation,
after which the residual solution is drained and the satu-
rated- beans permitted to dry in air for a period sufficient
to effect swelling thereof. The resultant soy beans may
thereafter be roasted to provide a nut-like product.
then reduced to yield a relatively coarse noble metal pre-
ciptiate powder. Metalization compositions containing the
noble metal powders are printed and fired to form various
electrical circuit components.
3,708,311
METHOD OF FRYING
Andrew Bolton, Peter John Philpott, and Horace William
Scoats, Bedford, England, assignors to I^ver Brothers
*• Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 639,138, May 17,
1967. This application Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,980
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 18, 1966,
22,201 66
Int. CI. A23I 1/12
U.S. CI. 99—100 P 4 Claims
Process for frying in which pieces of a foodstuff Uc
potatoes) are passed into a stream of hot frying oil mov-
ing fast enough to carry them away and to keep them
separate from each other, wherein they are sufficiently
fried that they will not adhere to one another, finishing
the frying in the second stage of, the fryer and then re-)
moving them.
3,708,314
AGENT FOR ADDING TO A MOILD IN W HIGH MOLTEN
FERRITIC STAINLESS STEEL IS CAST BY A
CONTINUOUS CASTING PROCESS
Tohru Kishida, Wakayama-shi, Wakayama-ken; Tadashi
Arikawa, Fuchu-shi, Tokjo; Shigeru Matsuyama, L'tsu-
nomiya-shi, Tochigi-ken, and Shinobu Fukushige, Imaichi-
shi, Tochigi-ken, all of Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Metal
Industries, Ltd., Osaka-shi, Osaka-fu and Aikoh Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 5. 1971, Ser. No. 169,366
Claim*: priority, application Japan, Aug. 12, 1970, 45/70043
Int. CI. B28b 7136
U.S^CI. 106—38.27
r Claim
3,708,312
POULTRY PRODUCT AND METHOD
Sidney Malinow, 7830 W. 97th Place, Hickory Hills, III.
60457, and Joseph B. Craine, 7734 Palatine Ave.,
Chicago, III. 60614
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,347
Int. CI. A22c 21/00; A23b 1/06
U.S. CI. 99—194 12 Claims
^^
The posterior opening of an eviscerated fowl is held
open by a tubular device comprising a pair of telescoped
members, through which stuffing may be introduced, and
in which giblets or other items may be carried.
An agent for adding to a mould in which molten ferritic
stainless steel is cast by continuous casting process charac-
terized by containing 20 to 35 percent by weight of fly ash, 30
to 40 percent by weight of Portland cement and/or blast fur-
nace slag, 20 to 27 percent by weight of fluorspar, 2 to 15 per-
cent by weight of one or more of a carbonate, silicate and the
like, 5 to 10 percent by weight of one or more of a fluoride, sil-
icofluoride and the like and 5 to 10 percent by weight of one
or more of such carbonaceous substances as coke, graphite
and charcoal, and having a melting point of 1 ,000° to 1 , 1 00° C
and a viscosity of 0. 1 to 5.0 poise at 1 ,500°C and an average
particle size less than 100 meshes.
3,708.313
METALIZING COMPOSITIONS
Oliver A. Short, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 14,631,
Feb. 26. 1970, now Patent No. 3,620,713, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 756,358,
Aug. 30. 1968, now abandoned, which in turn is a con-
tinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 469.858. June
29. 1967, now abandoned. This application May 21,
1971, Ser. No. 145.904
Int. CI. C09d 5/24
U.S. CI. 106—1 4 Claims
Acid chloride solutions of noble metals are prepared:
the metal is precipitated as a metal-ammonia complex and
3,708,315
CERAMIC NIOBATE DIELECTRIC MATERIALS
Yoshihiro Matsuo, Hiromu Sasaki, and Shigeru Haya-
kawa, Osaka, Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,871
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 13, 1969,
44/81,982, 44/81,985
Int. CI. C04b 33/00
U.S. CI. 106—39 R 3 Claims
A ceramic material in a perovskite structure having a
high dielectric permittivity, a low power factor and a low
temperature coefficient of permittivity, the composition of
which is in a chemical formula of
(BaxNai_x) (Nao 25xNbi_o,25x)03
wherein x ranges from 0.20 to 0.95 in accordance with
the inventions. The ceramic dielectric composition of
(BaxNai_x) (Nao.25xNbi_o.25x)03
can be modified by substitution of Sr for Ba or Li for
Na in accordance with the inventions.
January 2, 1973 CHEMICAL 243
3.708.316 movement caused by wind and/or water by applying to
GLASS the surface a drying oil which may optionally contain
Gleb Alexandrovich Stepanov, ulitsa 1 Mashinostroeniya
2/7, korpus 1, kv. 158; Semen Semenovich Chemyakov,
Valovaya ulitsa 8/18, kv. 146; and Tsetsiliya Aronovna
Karcbmar, 1 Kirpichny pereulok 14, kv. 62, all of ,2 ^ ,/
Moscow, U.S.S.R. '-■- r
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,666 f \i ,^
Int. CL C03c 3/10, 3/04, 3/30 Mf
\5S. CI. 106—53 1 Claim '-^
A glass for conical portions of kinescope bulbs con- Vr~i
taining (percent by weight) : ^^
SiOa 58.8-60.8 ^,3
AI2O3 3.0-4.0 ^^.„
MgO 2.0-3.0 i9-^\
CaO 4.9-6.1
BaO 2.0-2.6 | ■
K2O 7.6-9.6 ,7 y^\ '*^
F, 0.5-1.1 _^^_
SboOs 0.15-0.35
PbO - 10.0-11.0
1 uw -- - an accelerator to the drying process and/or a water-swcll-
into the composition of which there is added Li20 in ^j^ig polymer.
the amount of 0.3 to 0.7 percent by weight. ^^— ^— ^^— /
^^"~""^^~~ 3.708.320
3.708.317 TRANSFERS
METALLURGICAL FURNACE LINING AND METHOD OF Gerald Covington Hurst, Coulsdon, and Alan Belasco.
PRODUCTION Kenley, England, assignors to George M. Whiley Lim-
» .,1. 1 u r» ., vi„^i,..->„ fr^ut Rrit^in- Rpipr \ i<i<i«r 'ted. South Ruislip. Middlesex. England
Arthur John Owen. Worksop. Great Britain, Keier > isser. Filed Oct 2 1969 Ser No 863 143
Driehuis, Netherlands, and Jacobus Nan Laar Santpoort, ^^^.^^ .^ application Great Britain. Oct. 14, 1968.
Netherlands, assignors to Koninklyke Nederlandschc 48.648/68
Havgovens En Staalfabrieken N.\ .. Ijmuiden. Netherlands j^j q^ ^^i^ j/j2; B44d 1/14
Continuation-in-partofSer. No. 766.644. Oct. 9, 1968, U.S. CI. 117— 3.3 3 Claims
abandoned. This application Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,986
Int.CLB44d//02 /
U.S.CL 106—56 13 Claims {
This invention relates to bricks and other refractory bodies / 2
for lining metallurgical equipment such as blast furnaces , / / ^^ ^
which are made resistant to alkali attack by impregnation with ^'<' '"'/[' .^.^^-^^^ [^^..^j:^
phosphorus compounds. ^^~'"^t ^ ' ' ' " — '
_^ — Ti ij
3,708,318
METALLIC PAINT
Donald R. Reinhart, Cockeysville, and Russell A. Fritts, yhjs invention relates to transfers which include a car-
Phoenix, Md., assignors to Conchemco, Incorporated, j.jg^ jj^^gj having disposed thereon a release layer, a lac-
Kansas City, Mo. quer layer, an ink or dve layer covering an area less than
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 64,801 ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ carrier sheet and adapted to be protected by
U.S CI 106-193 M 19 Claims ^aid lacquer layer, and a layer formed from a metal and
An improved coating composition adapted to yield a superposed on the ink or dye layer,
finish having an appearance and texture similar to that of _^_^^^_^__
a mechanically finished metal surface is provided which
includes a suitable film-forming vehicle and an improved ^^xunn irrrt> AVpi^vivr x MFTAI I IC
pigment. The pigment comprises finely divided non-leav- METHOD FO^^IkE FINISH ^^^"^^"^
ing flake aluminum particles in a size distribution rang- p^„,^,i„ ^ § 1^,^,, Delphos, Ohio, assignor to Hagan
ing from approximately 30 microns to approximately 2UU Manufacturing Companv. Delphos, Ohio
microns; a natural or synthetic pearl simulating agent; pugj s^pt. ig^ 1970, s'er. No. 73,423
and large, inert particles of silica gel, all of which are dis- int. CI. B05b 5/02; B44d 1/092. 1/094
tributed through the coating. A trace amount of yellow U.S. CI. 117 — 17 . 2 Claims
toning pigmerit such as burnt sienna may also be in- A method for applying a decorative, metallic flake fin-
eluded, ish to an article. The method comprises the steps of: (1)
—^—^^"^-^ heating the article to above the melting temperature of
3 708 319 ^ preselected transparent thermoplastic resin; (2) while
STABILIZING SOILS AND ACCUMULATIONS OF the article is hot, coating the article with a mixture of
FINE PARTICULATE MATERIAL aluminum foil flakes and the thermoplastic resin in pow-
Kenneth Hugh Nimerick, Tulsa, and Louis Hugh Filers, der form; (3) reheating the article until the powdered
Inola, Okla., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, resin is fused; (4) while the article is hot, electrostatically
Midland, Mich. coating the article with a second layer of a powdered.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 786,464, transparent thermoplastic resin; and (5) reheating the
N**'*2S^363'^^' '^^'^ ^PP"<^^*'0° AP""- 3' l'^<^' Ser. ^^^-^^^ ^^ ^^^^ 1^^ second powdered resin coating into a
°* 'int. CI. C08h 77/02,- C09d 3/26 ^"^ooth layer. A primer coating may be applied to the
U.S. CI. 106—253 11 Claims article to increase adhesion between the article and the
Surfaces of finely divided material, e.g. soils, mine tail- decorative finish. Cellulose acetate butyrate is a preferred
ings, coal dust, lime, or the like, are stabilized against thermoplastic resin. The prime-coating may be applied
244
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
either in liquid form by spraying, or in powdered form earner for solvent and the "ndersheet is a transparent
by rieans Of either a fluidized bed or an electrostatic polymer.c material read.ly dissolved by the solvent of the car-
APPiy UQOtO PaiMER COATING .
MtEHEATTO DftV PBlMCR COATtNE .
tLECTROSTATICALLY AfPlY P0W9tlt
C0AT)N6 OF * UIXTaftt Of CLfA*
THftMOPLASTlC MATCRIAL ANP
METAL FLAKES
HEAT TO FVit THCRMOPLASTIC POWDER
ELfCTROST»TlC*UV APPLY POWDEA
COATINC or CLfAR THERMOPLASTIC
MATERIAL
HEAT TO Fuse THCRMOPL/tSTIC POWPtft
TO A SMOOTH COATING.
sprayer. The powder coating may be applied by a fluid-
ized bed.
3,708,322
METHOD OF PRODLCING A COATED FERROUS
SUBSTRATE
.Albert Edward Jackson, (iwernameid Mold, and Richard
Fred Williams, Deeside, both of En^^land, assignors to British
Steel Corp.. London, England
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,585
Claims priorit>, application Great Britain, Oct. 9, 1969,
49,614/69
Int.CI.B44dy/094,y/J4
U.S.C1. 117— 31 11 Claims
I _ !
^^
The invention concerns a method of producing a coated fer-
rous substrate having improved spot welding characteristics
comprising introducing a ferrous substrate into a bath of mol-
ten metallic coatant so as to coat the substrate therewith,
withdrawing the coated substrate from the bath, and
thereafter directing particles of metallic iron or iron-based
alloy onto the coated substrate, before the molten coatant
thereon solidifies, so that the particles are retained adjacent
the surface of the coatant during solidification of the latter.
3,708,323
COUPLET TRANSPARENCY MANUFACTURING
PROCESS
Howard G. Stroble. Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The National
Cash Register Co., Dayton, Ohio
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,664
'int.Cl. B41m5//6
U.S. CI. 1 17—36.7 4 Claims
A couplet transparency data display manufacturing system
is disclosed wherein, of two sheets, an oversheet is a flexible
rier. Preferred for the oversheet is paper or a paper substitute
capable of accepting printed information.
3,708,324
METHOD OF GROWING SILICONE ELASTOMER
Leo F. Stebleton, Midland, .Mich., assignor to Dow Corning
Corp., .Midland, Mich.
Filed June 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 42,589
Int.CT. B44d//W2
U.S. CI. 1 17— 47 R 47 Claims
Silicone rubber is grown on a substrate by placing a sub-
strate having a curing catalyst on the surface in contact with
an uncatalyzed silicone elastomer composition for a time suffi-
cient to grow silicone elastomer and then removing the sub-
strate from the uncatalyzed silicone elastomer composition.
This method is useful in coating substrates with silicone
elastomer and in making silicone elastomer devices.
3,708.325
PROCESS FOR METAL COATING BORON
NITRIDE OBJECTS
Robert G. Kurtz, Arvada, and Theodore Van Vorous,
Boulder, Colo., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28,519
Int. CI. C23c 11/00, 13/00, 13/02
U.S. CI. 117—61 a Claims
Disclosed is a process for metal coating boron nitride
objects containing less than 0.1 percent boric oxide. The
process involves vacuum degassing at a temperature of
from 200° to 250° C. at a pressure no greater than about
4.0x10-6 torr and heating the boron nitride object to a
temperature of at least about 200° C. under an inert gas
pressure no greater than about 2.5x10-2 torr. While
maintaining the reduced pressure and elevated tempera-
ture, beryllium is ion plated upon the object to form a
boron nitride-beryllium composite. The metal coating is
then deposited upon the boron nitride-beryllium compo-
site by conventional means to form a boron nitride/beryl-
lium/metal matrix.
3,708,326
STABILIZATION OF ACRYLIC FIBERS AND HLMS
Edward Clarence Chenevey, North Plainfieid, and Robert
Michael Kimmel, Springfield, N.J., assignors to Celanese
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan, 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,672
Int. CL B44d 1/48; B32b 27/30
U.S. CI. 117 62 18 Claims
An improved process for the thermal stabilization of
an acrylic fibrous material or film is provided. The fibrous
precursor or film is impregnated with a stabilization pro-
moting agent by contact with a solution of the same
provided at a moderate temperature, dried to remove
the solvent, and heated in an oxygen-containing atmos-
phere at a more highly elevated temperature until a
stabilized fibrous material or film is formed. The stabiliza-
tion promoting agents employed in the present process
are mineral acids, sulfonic acids, and certain carboxylic
acids. The resulting stabilized fibrous material or film
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
245
is non-burning, and may be utilized as a fire resistant formed by fqaming an integument from settable plastic,
fiber, fabric, or film, or optionally carbonized or car- e.g. polyurethane, over open-cell skinless cellular foam
bonized and graphitized to form a carbonaceous fibrous
material or film.
3,708,327
DURABLE PRESS RAINWEAR
Charles Tomasino and Steve Clifton James, Greensboro,
N.C., assignors to Burlington Industries, Inc., Greens-
boro, N.C.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,921
Int. CI. D06n 3/00
U.S. CI. 117—76 T 4 Claims
Water-repellent, soil release rainwear fabric having
durable press properties is prepared by applying thereto a
cured durable press textile resin, a soil release polymer,
and a film-forming water-repellent selected from the
group consisting of fluorochemical and fatty water repel-
lents.
3,708,328
FIRE-PROOFING OF POLYESTER FIBERS
W'ilhelm Loffler Kelkheim, Taunus, and Martin Rieber,
Scbonberg, Taunus, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 115,066
Claims priority application Germany, Feb. 14, 1970,
P 20 06 899.9
Int. CI. B44d 1/50
U.S. CI. 117—93.31 13 Claims
Linear polyesters are rendered flame-proof by contact-
ing them with phosphoric acid-allyl-2,3-dibromopropyl
esters and polymerizing said esters on the substrate by a
heat treatment, optionally with the aid of a free radical
generator.
3,708,329
ELECTROLESS COPPER PLATING
Leonard Norman Schonenberg, Livingston, N.J., assignor
to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray
Hill and Berkeley Heights, N.J.
Filed Sept. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 179,421
Int. CI. B44d 7/092,- C23c 3/02
U.S. CI. 117—47 R 12 Claims
Certain heterocyclic aromatic nitrogen compounds,
when added to conventional electroless copper plating
baths in small amounts, stabilize these baths against
spontaneous decomposition into metallic copper. A par-
ticular advantage of these stabilizing agents is that they
do not adversely aff'ect the plating rate. Indeed, with some
compounds the plating rate is significantly increased by the
addition of the stabilizing agent. /
/
/
with only the branched surface terminations o^ the foam
embedded in the integument.
3,708,331
COMPOSITION FOR SEALING CONTAINED
STERILIZED FOODS
.Arthur J. Leydon. Waltham. .Mass.; Mannie Brenner. Cam-
bridge, Mass., and Fred L. Chase, .Arlington, .Mass.,
assignors to W. R. Chase & Co., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,494
Int.CI. B44d J /08
U.S. CI. 117— 95 / 2 Claims
A thermoplastic composition for high temperature short-
time process in can sealing which comprises an elastometer
dispersed in a volatile organic solvent system and includes a
fossil resin to improve the sealing performance of the com-
position when exposed to temperatures of the order in excess
of about 200°C.
3,708,332
SHOE STIFFENER
Addison W. Closson, Jr., Cambridge, Mass. (% Proctor
Laminar Corp., 32 Calvin Road, Watertown, Mass.
02172)
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,838
Int. CI. C08j 1/40; B32b 27/04, 27/08
U.S. CI. 117—122 H 2 Claims
A process for making a novel stiffening element of the
type comprising a resilient polymer and a porous substrate
combined into an integral structure, said process com-
prising the steps of coating a fabric with an aqueous
dispersion of the resilient polymer to achieve a superior
bond of the polymer thereto and drying the dispersion
to form an elastomeric coating. In the most advantageous
embodiment of the invention, a pressure-sensitive adhesive
is applied over the surface of the elastomer.
3,708,330
PRODUCING CONTAINER WITH FOAM INTERIOR
George B. Harr, Pasadena, Calif., assignor to The Fire-
stone Tire and Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Continuation of application Ser. No. 836,190, Apr. 30,
1969, and a division of application Ser. No. 840,580,
May 22, 1969, which are divisions of application Ser.
No. 601,818, Nov. 28, 1966, which is a continuation
of application Ser. No. 563,774, July 19, 1966, which is
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 480,634,
Aug. 18. 1965, which in turn is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 413,790, Nov. 25, 1964, all now
abandoned. This application Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No.
110,595
Int. CI. B44d 7/09; B65d 25/14. 25/34
U.S. CI. 117—94 4 Claims
A container, and more particularly a fuel cell is
3,708,333
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ON IMPREGNATED
WATERLAID SHEET AND RESULTANT PRODUCT
Robert C. Carlson, Saint Paul, .Minn., assignor to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Co., St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,318
Int. CI. B32b 2 7/72. B44d 1132
U.S. CI. 117— 140 A 3 Claims
A leatherlike sheet material having a low apparent density
(high void volume), good internal bond strength, and a slow
rate of water pickup is provided by forming a waterlaid sheet
containing leather fiber, impregnating the waterlaid sheet with
an uncured polyurethane, polyurethane-urea, or polyurea
elastomeric resin system, and permitting the uncured resin
system to cure in situ. The uncured resin system should be
mixed together and quickly brought into contact with the
waterlaid sheet, so that little, if any, curing occurs prior to the
impregnation step.
246
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.708.334
METHOD OF MARKING THE SKIN OR FUR OF ANIMALS
Ja> A. Firth. Overland Park, Kans., and John A. Frump.
Terre Haute, Ind.. assignors to Commercial Solvents Corp.
Division of Ser. No. 845.559, July 28. 1969. abandoned. This
application March 22, 1971. Ser. No. 126,872
Int. CI. D06m 3102
L.S. CI. 117-141 3 Claims
A durable marking composition especially suitable for
marking the skm of animals, consisting essentially of 4,4-
bis( hydroxy methyl )-2-alkyl or alkenyl-2-oxa2oline and a color
body.
3,708,335
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE FILAMENT
Shigeru Fujiwara, Kenji Nagae, and Tomomi Okuhashi,
Tokyo. Japan, assignors to Teijin Limited, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,170
Claims priority, application Japail, Mar. 10, 1970,
45/20.327
Int. CI. C09c 1/44
U.S. CI. 117—226 13 Claims
An electrically conductive filament having durable anti-
static properties under various processing and service con-
ditions, which comprises a synthetic organic filament of
5-50 denier and an electrically conductive coating layer
therearound, which coating comprises a polymeric binder
matrix of acrylonitrile/butadiene copolymer, a phenolic
resin and a finely divided electrically conductive carbon
black or silver dispersed in said matrix, characterized in
that said coating layer has been after-treated by applying
thereto a polyisocyanate compound of low molecular
weight, such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, in an
amount of 0.3 to 20'^c by weight based on the weight of
the electrically conductive filament after the treatment,
and curing it by heating.
plate; the temporary dots are treated with a contracting
agent in damped condition; the contracted dots arc hard-
ened; a block material is coated on the inner surface of
the faceplate having formed thereon the hardened tem-
porary dots; the temporary dots and the black material
are removed to form void areas; and predetermined color
phosphors are deposited on the void areas.
3.708,337
CONTLNTJOUS PROCESS FOR RECOLOURIZING
LIQUORS
Peter Smith and Herve Suzor, East Roseville, New South
Wales, Australia, assignors to The Colonial Sugar Re-
fining Company Limited, Sydney, New South Wales,
Australia
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,428
Int. CI. C13d 3/12
U.S. CI. 127—46 R 6 Claims
F^r-*:-
DffOLjuWW*
aeof •«■«••«:>
3,708,336
METHOD OF MAKING COLOR PHOSPHOR
SCREEN OF COLOR PICTURE TUBE
Masabiro Nishizawa. Masashi Wakabayashi, and Kosuke
Nishino, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Nippon Columbia
Kabushikikaisha (Nippon Columbia Co., Ltd.), Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Oct. 13. 1970, Ser. No. 80,293
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 29, 1969,
44/86,064; Nov. 1. 1969, 44/87,745
Int. CI. B44d 1/50
VS. CI. 117—33.5 CM 8 Claims
A continuous column process for decolourizing an
aqueous sugar liquor, in which the sugar liquor is fed
downwardly through a floating bed of a flocculent poly-
amide. The polyamide is assisted initially to float in the
liquor by being conditioned in an aqueous liquid, such as
water. It has been found that a rate of liquor flow can be
regulated such that (i) at least a portion of the bed is
maintained generally in suspension, but (ii) particles of
spent polyamide are carried away in the colour-reduced
effluent (product). The particles of spent polyamide are
separated from the effluent outside the column, and the
polyamide is then regenerated and returned as required
to the top of the floating bed. The polyamides used are
water-insoluble, water-swellable and pulverulent (typi-
cally, nylon-66 and poly-N-vinyl polypyrrolidones), and
cannot be used conventionally in a packed column fitted
with a basal retaining plate. The invention is particularly
applicable to decolourizing the high density sugar liquors,
such as raw washings.
A method of making a color phosphor screen of a color
picture tube in which a photosensitive material is coated
on an inner surface of a faceplate of a color picture tube;
the photosensitive material is exposed through a shadow
mask; the exposed photosensitive material is developed
to form temporary dots on the inner surface of the face-
3,708,338
THE NEGATIVE ELECTRODES FOR A DRY-CHARGED
LEAD ACID STORAGE BATTERY
Otto Jache, Thiergarten, Budings/Hessen, Germany
Division of Ser. No. 70.245, Sept. 9, 1970, Pat. No. 3,658,594.
This appUcation Dec. 27,1971, Ser. No. 2 1 2,259
Int. CI. HOlm i5/00
U.S.CI. 136— 27 5 Claims
A lead-acid storage battery of the dry-charged type is dis-
closed in which the dry-charged negative electrodes are pro-
vided with a coating of a silicone containing anion-active
emulsifying agent.
L-
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
247
3,708.339
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE WAFERS AND
PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION
Edward K. Fujimoto, Seabrook, N.J.. and Walter R.
Buckman and Edmund J. Grezlikowski, Wilmington,
Del., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,296
Int. CL COld 1/00; HOlm 29/02
VS. C\. 136—153 27 Claims
Potassium hydroxide wafers having a thickness of from
Vie inch to about % inch in which the weight percent of
potassium hydroxide is from about 80-87.5, the balance
being essentially water, may be prepared by pouring
molten potassium hydroxide, having the indicated weight
percentage, into a mold defining a cavity the thickness
of which is from about Vie inch to about Vs inch, allowing
the potassium hydroxide to solidify in the mold, and re-
moving the potassium hydroxide wafers thus formed from
the mold. The potassium hydroxide wafers have utility
as the electrolyte in zinc-air battery systems.
passageways and returning said electrolyte to said electro-
lyte surface of said electrode, said fluid collecting means
being weir-shaped semi-conduits on said electrode pas-
sageway to form a static head of accumulated fluid.
3.708,340
GALVANIC BATTERY WHEREIN EACH CELL IS
ENCLOSED IN A COVER COMPRISING ELEC-
TRICALLY INSULATING AND ELECTRICALLY
CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC FOILS
Pentti Juusc Tamminen. Otsolahdentie 6, Tapiola, Finland
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,350
Claims priority, application Finland, June 29, 1970,
1,819/70
Int. CL HO Im 27/00
U.S. CI. 136—111 5 Claims
3,708,342
HYDROGEN ELECTRODES FOR FUTL CELLS
Horsi Binder, Petterweil, Taunus, Wolfgang H. Kuhn,
Frankfurt am Main-Griesheim, Werner Lindner,
Niederhochstadt. Taunus, and Gerd Sandstede. Frank-
furt am Main, Germany, assignors to Batelle-Institute
e.v., Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 791.618
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 18, 1968,
P 16 71 722.9
Int. CI. HOlm 13/02
VS. CL 136—121 3 Claims
^^r^^g^*-i r
A galvanic battery is described wherein the cell or each
cell is enclosed in a cover comprising two plastic foils
tightly jointed to each other, one of said foils consisting
of an electrically insulating plastic material and the other
consisting of an electrically conductive plastic material,
and only the electrically insulating plastic foil being pro-
vided with at least one opening for establishing contact to
one electrode of the cell.
3,708,341
ELECTRODE WITH PASSAGEWAYS AND WEIR-
SHAPED ELECTROLYTE COLLECTING MEANS
Royce E. Biddick, Edina, Minn., assignor to Union Oil
Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
Original application Nov. 4, 1964, Ser. No. 408,909, now
Patent No. 3,475,222, dated Oct. 28. 1969. Divided
and this application July 26, 1968, Ser. No. 840,540
Int. CI. HOlm 7i/00, 27/04
U.S. CI. 136—120 FC 2 Claims
1. A porous fuel cell electrode having a gas surface
and an electrolyte surface, a plurality of passageways
therethrough in fluid communication between said gas
surface and said electrolyte surface, a coating of hydro-
phobic material on said gas surface, a plurality of fluid
collecting means corresponding with said passageways for
collecting droplets of electrolyte formed on said gas sur-
face, for channeling the accimiulated electrolyte into said
Porous electrodes for fuel cells which comprise tungsten
carbide, electrically conductive activated carbon and ther-
moplastic polymer. A process for preparing such elec-
trodes is also disclosed. The electrodes are particularly
suitable as porous anodes in low-temperature fuel cells
containing acidic electrolytes and utilizing hydrogen fuel.
3,708,343
PRIMARY CELL CASE
Gerrard V\ alsh, Durham County, N.C., assignor to Timex Cor-
poration, VNaterbury, Conn.
Filed Jan" 18, 1971. Ser. No. 107,388
Int. CI. HOlm 1102
L.S. CI. 136—133 5 Claims
A primary cell of the button type having a case comprising a
bottom can including a top open end. a top cap having a
descending flange and a skirt at the end thereof and an annu-
lar grommet. The skirl portion of the top cap is adhered to the
248
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
grommet with an adhesiv^such as an epoxy resin, and the
open end of the bottom cafvis swaged against the grommet to
complete the seal. An auxihary cap having downwarcUy ex-
tending end portions is mounted over the top cap.
zinc oxide reaction products from the zinc anodes, by pro-
viding a jet pump in association with each electrochemical
cell unit. The individual jet pumps transform a relatively
low flow rate of high pressure liquid electrolyte from a
high pressure pump into a substantially higher circula-
tion flow of low pressure electrolyte within each of the
individual electrochemical cells.
3,708,346
STORAGE BATTERY HEATER AND COMBINED
STORAGE BATTERY AND HEATER
David E. Nash, Sturbridge, Mass.
(P.O. Box 219, South Berwick, Maine 03908)
Filed June 17, 1971, Ser. No. 154,128
Int. CI. H05b 1/02, 3/06
U.S. CI. 136—161 9 Claims
3,708,344
ORGANIC DEPOLARIZER
Philip Bernstein, Yardley, Pa., assignor to ESB Incorporated
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,856
Int. CI. HOI m 15106
L.S. CI. 136—137 14 Claims
.v»-.vi.4.i.*.S
»4^<4.'4^
Heterocychc thiones are provided as depolarizers in secon-
dary voltaic cells. The cells utilizing the organic depolarizer
offer good stability in the uncharged condition nd good
recharge characteristics after full discharge. A typical cell is
the Leclanche system wherein the manganese dioxide is
replaced by 2-imidazolidinethione.
3,708.345
ELECTROCHEMICAL ENERGY CONVERSION
SYSTEM
John F. Loos, San Diego, and Truman F. Unkle, Jr.,
Poway, Calif., assignors to Gulf Oil Corporation
Filed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1,348
Int. CI. HOlm 31/02
U.S. CI. 136—160 10 Claims
A heater for a storage battery is disclosed which may
be an integral part of a storage battery but which is
shown as a casing dimensioned to receive the battery with
the battery supported therein in spaced relation thereto
to provide a chamber jacketing the major portion of the
battery including the bottom thereof. The casing is sealed
to the battery and has a filler port that may be opened
to fill the chamber with antifreeze liquid. Immersion
heating means within the chamber have a circuit con-
nectable to an outside circuit and, desirably, the heater
circuit includes a thermostat.
3,708.347
DEVICE FOR REPLENISHING THE LIQUID
IN A STORAGE BATTERY
Emil Blaich, Barienrode, Oskar Maier, Hildesheim, and
Bodo Ziegler, Stuttgart-Botnang, Germany, assignors
to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,553
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 14, 1969,
G 69 32 118.2
Int. CI. HOlm 7/00
U.S. CI. 136—162 9 Claims
11 I r
^^
An energy conversion system utilizing a plurality of
electrochemical cells employing the zinc-oxygen electro-
chemical couple and a circulating alkaline electrolyte
which is pumped through the cells to remove the zinc
oxide reaction products therefrom. A high electrolyte flow
16 >5 Ik ♦
-2$
A device for replenishing the liquid in a storage battery
includes the detachable cover of the container of the
rate is achieved through each of the cells, which scours the battery, and a closed vessel above the cover containing
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
249
the liquid. Inlet means including a porous liquid-permea-
ble body, and a gas outlet tube closed to the liquid, con-
nect the vessel with the container.
3,708,348
TOPPING-LP ARRANGEMENTS FOR MULTI-CELL
ELECTRIC BATTERIES
Roy Painter, Smallshaw, Ashton-under-Lyne, and Graham
John Vaughan, Swinton. near .Manchester, both of England,
assignors to Electric Power Storage Limited, Manchester,
England
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,970
Int. CL HOlm y/02
U.S. CI. 136-170 13 Claims
> .-v
K
p
^
-^i ^ - ^
c
A topping-up arrangement for multi-cell electric storage
battery comprises a vent extending down into each cell to a
point below the desired liquid level, and a small filling opening
into each cell from a commonrfilling trough, of such size that a
meniscus will form. A removable -common cover for the
trough carries a number of probes, one projecting down
through each filling opening the probe being so shaped as to
permit air to escape while liquid drains into the cell.
3,708,349
METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING MULTICELL BATTERIES
William R. Macaulay, Madison; John M. Bilhorn, Edgerton,
and Kent V. Anderson, Madison, all of Wis., assignors to
ESB Incorporated
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,686
Int. CI. HOlm 2i/04
U.S. CI. 136—175 25 Claims
COiTiMiXXA »Tatl> Of
— ei.ECT«tCAU.Y UMOUCTtVE
the electrodes deposited thereon are collated so that at least
one Zone No. 3 is between a Zone No. 1 and a Zone No. 2. so
that the electrically conductive plastics in Zone No. I and No.
2 are facing the inside of the collation, and so that a deposit of
positive electrode on one Zone is opposite a deposit of nega-
tive electrode on an adjacent Zone. A separator and elec-
trolyte is placed between each adjacent pair of electrodes in
the collation, after which the Zones are sealed together
around and between the electrode deposits.
Zones No. I , No. 2 and No. 3 may be structurally connected
portions of a continuous web while the electrodes are being
applied, in which case the web is cut to structurally disconnect
the Zones after electrode application. Alternatively, Zones
No. 1 , No. 2 and No. 3 may be structurally unconnected dur-
ing electrode application.
The second continuous strips of electrically conductive
material which are members of the composites in Zones No. 1
and No. 2 may be; foils of metals such as steel, aluminum, lead
or zinc; metalized deposits such as flame strays, vapor
deposits, sputtering, and others; or films impregnated with
metallic or other conductive particles. One of these second
continuous strips may be wider than and extend beyond the
edge of the conductive plastic strip to which it is joined: the
extension is wrapped around the edge of the collation and
overlaid above the other composite Zone on the other side of
the collation to produce a battery having both terminals on
one face.
3 708 350
COATED METAL AND METHOD
Alexander W. Kennedy, Chardon, and Irving Malkin,
University Heights, Ohio, assignors to Diamond Sham-
rock Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 788,334, Dec. 31, 1968. This application
Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,968
Int. CI. C23f 7/26
U.S. CI. 148—6.2 9 Claims
A composite coating provides enhanced corrosion pro-
tection for metal substrates and can maintain substrate
electroconductivity, e.g., for weldability. The undercoat-
ing on the surface of the substrate is a residue obtained
from curing an applied corrosion-resistant, hexavalent-
chromium-containing liquid composition containing chro-
mic acid. The coating over such residue results from cur-
ing an applied topcoat composition comprising an electri-
cally conductive pigment in a vehicle.
,oJ ^zD^i: —
3,708.351
BLACKENING PROCESS
Nick S. Dallas, Oak Park, and Richard W. Uzuraecki,
Bensenville, III., assignors to Tubal Industries, Inc.,
Elk Grove Village, HI.
Filed Feb. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 7,505
Int. CI. C23c 17/00
U.S. CI. 148—6.35 6 Claims
A method of constructing multicell batteries includes plac-
ing intermittent deposits of electrodes along Zones No. I , No.
2 and No. 3. Zone No. 1 is defined as a composite of a first
continuous strip of electrically conductive plastic and a
second continuous strip of electrically conductive material; in-
termittent deposits of positive electrodes are placed on the
plastic side of Zone No. 1 . Zone No. 2 is defined as a com-
posite of a first continuous strip of electrically conductive
plastic and a second continuous strip of electrically conduc-
tive material; intermittent deposits of negative electrodes are
placed on the plastic side of Zone No. 2. Zone No. 3 is defined
as a continuous strip of electrically conductive plastic; inter-
mittent deposits of positive and negative electrodes are placed
along Zone No. 3, each deposit of positive electrode being on
the other side of a Zone No. 3 from and substantially opposite
a deposit of negative electrodes. The continuous Zones with
Television tube aperture masks and shadow masks
made of steel are blackened with an adherent oxide coat-
ing by heating the masks in an oxidizing atmosphere made
250
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
principally of combustion gases. The composition of the
oxidizing atmosphere is controlled to provide a minor
amount of free oxygen and a minor amount of live steam.
3,708,352
STRAIN HARDENED ALUMINUM-MAGNESIUM
ALLOYS
Robert H. Brown, Natrona Heights, Melvin H. Brown,
Leechburg, and Murray Byron Shumaker, Lower Bur-
rell. Pa., assignors to Aluminum Company of America,
Pittsburgh. Pa. -c- ,,c
Continuation-in-part of apphcation Ser. iNo. 755, J13,
Aug. 26, 1968. This application June 14, 1971, Ser.
No. 152,688
Int. CI. C22f 7/04
U.S. CI. 148—11.5 A 14 Claims
0
••IB* « J^
apply predetermined force urging the rolls toward each
other to change the wall shape as a whole as distinguished
from a localized indentation or deformation. The extent
of non-localized change in shape of the tubing wall in-
creases with the degree of anneal, thereby providing a
measurement of the anneal and producing an indicaiion
for use in controlling the annealer heat. The change of
the tubing shape from generally circular to oval is made
substantially proportional to the degree of anneal through-
out the range of operation by providing measuring rolls
including secondary support for the tubing by partially
embracing opposite sides of the tubing with shoulders
sloping tangentially away from contact. In the preferred
Aluminum alloy plate containing 4.4 to 10% mag-
nesium and strain hardened to improve its strength to a
level of at least 40% greater than the strength in the an-
nealed state is imparted with substantial freedom from
susceptibility of exfoliation corrosion. The process in-
cludes rolling at minimum temperatures of about 420°
to 650° F. depending on the amount of magnesium pres-
ent, to produce the strain hardened product and cooling
at specially controlled rates.
V e^
arrangement for providing uniform anneal along a length
of copper tubing, a lever system which applies the force
also serves to multiply the roll axis displacement as in-
dicated by the multipled movement occurring at the outer
end of the lever, and the heat energy is fed at a high rate
such that the dwell time of each increment of tubing in
the annealer is a brief period, the hot tube is quickly
cooled, the sensing of tlie anneal occurs soon after com-
pletion of anneal for providing accurate control of the
annealing at a fast production rate, and the maximum
change in tubing diameter at the sensing roll faces in the
direction of the applied force is less than 25% for cop-
per tubing in which the wall thickness is less than one-
tenth of the O.D.
3,708,353
PROCESSING FOR IRON-BASE ALLOY
Roy L. Athey, North Palm Beach, Fla., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,534
Int.CI.C22ci9/20.4//02.C2ld7//4
U.S. CI. 148—12.3 3 Claims
An iron-base alloy of the nominal composition, by weight,
of 15 percent chromium, 26 percent nickel, .1.3 percent
molybdenum, 2 1 percent titanium, 0.3 percent vanadium,
balance iron, is provided to provide a grain size of ASTM 5 or
finer when measured at 1 ,000X magnification (normal ASTM
grain size readings are at I COX magnification) with an ulti-
mate tensile strength at room temperature of about 175,000
p.s.i.
3,708,355
CASTABLE CaRBONITRIDE ALLOYS
Erwin Rudy, Beaverton, Oreg., assignor to Teledync
Industries, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,622
Int. CI. C22c 15/00, 31/04
U.S. CI. 148—32 9 Claims
A refractory metal bonded carbonitride alloy is dis-
closed for use as cutting tools and in other applications
where hardness and abrasion resistance are required. The
microstructure of the alloys consist of fine-grained, me-
chanical mixtures of carbonitride and refractory metal
alloys, the fine-grained structure being obtained through
solidification of eutectic or near-eutectic melts. In the
preferred embodiment the hard carbonitride phase has ti-
tanium as its base metal, while the binder phase is a
tungsten-rich metal alloy.
3,708,354
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING
AND CONTROLLING THE CONTINUOUS AN-
NEALING OF A LONG LENGTH OF METAL
TUBING
Douglas Whitman Rowell, Woodbury, Conn., assignor to
Anaconda American Brass Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed June 9. 1971, Ser. No. 151,257
Int. CI. C21d 9/08; GOlb 5/30
U.S. CI. 148—128 19 Claims
Method and apparatus for measuring and controlling
the continuous annealing of a long length of metal tubing
by passing the annealed tubing between sensing rolls to
3,708,356
UREA-MODIFIED AMMONIUM NITRATE-FUEL OIL
EXPLOSIVES
Charles M. Mason, and David R. Forshey, both of Bethel Park,
Pa., assignors to The United States of America as represented
by the Secretary of the Interior
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 97,026
Int.CI. C06b//04
U.S. CI. 149— 2 , 1 Claim
An ANFO explosive wHich is modified by the presence of
small amounts of urea so that the explosive will not adversely
react with pyrite in pyrite-bearing mines.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
251
3,708,357
OXIDIZERS WITH IMPROVED THERMAL STABILITY
AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Scott I. Morrow, Morris Plains, NJ., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,977
Int. CI.C06b IIU4
U.3. CI. 149-2 8 Claims
Oxidizing compounds are provided which have improved
thermal stability and which are particularly useful in explosive
and propellant compositions. Such oxidizers are produced by
making solid solutions of the oxidizer with at least one other
compound. The solid solutions of particular interest for the
purpose of this invention are ammonium perchlorate
(NH4CI04) and potassium perchlorate (KCIG^). or ammoni-
um perchlorate and ammonium nitrate (NHjNOa).
3,708,358
PROPELLANT BINDER AND SYNTHESIS
Concetto T. Camilli, Morristown, and Lawrence J. Engel,
Dunellen. N.J., assignors to Esso Research and Engi-
neering Company
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 28, 1963, Ser. No. 262,295
Int. CI. C06b 19/02; C06d 5/06
VS. CI. 149—7 7 Claims
1. A compatible mixture of NR2-containing acrylate
polymer coating on nitronium perchlorate, and NF2-con-
taining acrylate being crosslinked so that it is insoluble
in acetonitrile.
3,708,359
HYDRAZINIUM NITROFORMATE PROPELLANT WITH
SATURATED POLYMERIC HYDROCARBON BINDER
George M. Low, Deputy Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an in-
vention of, and \ ernon E. I^aury, Santa Susana, Calif.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,862
Int. CI. C06d 5106
U.S.Ci. 149— 19 8 Claims
A solid propellant composition containing hydrazinium
nitroformate as an oxidizer, utilizing a saturated polymeric
hydrocarbon bmder and a polyisocyanate as a curing agent to
prevent deterioration of the propellant.
3,708,360
SELF-ALIGNED GATE FIELD EFFECT TRANSIS-
TOR WITH SCHOTTKY BARRIER DRAIN AND
SOURCE
Robert Henry Wakefield, Jr., and James Alan Cunning-
ham, Houston, Tex., and Myint Hswe, Shrewsbur>,
Mass., assignors to Texas Instruments Incorporated,
Dallas Tex.
Filed June 9, 1970, S&r. No. 44,834
Int. CI. B23bi;/74
VJS. CI. 156—3 5 Claims
3,708,361
METHOD OF MAKING ELASTIC HIGH-LOFT NON-
WOVEN FABRIC WITH IMPROVED CROSS DI-
RECTIONAL STRENGTH
Robert J. Stumpf, Appleton, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,860
Int. CI. B32b 5/00
VS. CI. 156—72 14 Claims
A low parasitic capacitance field effect transistor is
fabricated by the utilization of a self-aligning gate tech-
nique. A metal gate is formed and then, employing the
gate as a mask, low temperature Schottky barrier source
and drain junctions are formed. The technique is particu-
larly useful in ihe fabrication of the field effect transistor
as an element of a large integrated circuit where many
such alignments must be made simultaneously.
An elastic, high-loft, nonwoven fabric having improved
cross-directional strength, such fabric including a dis-
continuous backing layer of adhesive and a multiplicity of
heat-settable elements as well as filaments looped out-
wardly from the backing, and a method of making the
fabric by embedding at least two webs in an open pattern
of adhesive, with one web being comprised of a plurality
of flexible elements extending longitudinally of the web
and a second web being comprised of a plurality of un-
bonded randomly oriented continuous filaments. The ad-
hesive is then partially consolidated in a backing layer
while the elements and filaments are looped outwardly
from the backing and the elements are heat-set while
minimizing bonding in the partially consolidated adhesive
backing.
3,708,362
TREATMENT OF PLASTICS MATERIALS
John J. Winchcombe; John P. G. Windsor, and Ian Biggs, all of
Erdington, Birmingham 24, England, assignors to Dunlop
Holding Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed June 28, 1 968, Ser. No. 74 1 ,05 1
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 6, 1967,
31,241/67
Int.CI.B32bjy/20.iy/26
U.S. CI. 156-82 " 13 Claims
The mvention provides an improved method and apparatus
for the reticulation of cellular material such as polyurelhane
foam, by means of which a continuous sheet of foam can be
reticulated in a continuous fashion. The sheet is held between
platens, the air in the cells of the sheet is replaced by a com-
bustible gaseous medium which is then ignited resulting in
reticulation of the foam. The sheet can then be advanced
through the platens and an adjacent unreticulated portion
then subjected to a repetition of the method.
The method and apparatus can also be used in a similar way
for bonding together into a coherent fibrous body a mass of
strands of thermoplastic material such as polypropylene
fibers.
3,708,363
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING SYNTHETIC FIBER
TEXTILE MATERIALS IN PIECES OR IN STRIPS
Michele Bettoni, Isso-Montecolino, Brescia, Italy
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,813
Int. CI. B32b 31/12
U.S. CI. 156—148 4 Claims
Process for making woven, non-woven and skeins arti-
cles of synthetic fibers in pieces or in strips, which are both
wear- and tear-resistant, temperature-resistant and re-
sistant to printing by fusion. These characteristics are ob-
tained by temporarily introducing into the textile mate-
rial, during manufacture or immediately thereafter, a plu-
rality of hot needles to cause melting and welding of the
fibers at the points of contact. A number of needles may
252
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
be removed and sections of the textile material may be
replaced by others, so as to obtain multi-colored patterns
for tiles and similar decorative articles.
3,708.364
NON-IONIC SURFACE-ACTIVE AGENTS DERIVED
FROM FATTY CHAIN DIOLS AND METHOD OF
PREPARING SAME
Gregoire Kalopissis, Paris, and Guy Vanlerberghe, Mltry-
Mor>', France, assignors to Societe Anonyme dite:
I'Oreal, Paris, France
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
652,005, July 10, 1967. This application Julv 6, 1970,
Ser. No. 52,740
Int. CI. did 1/66, 3/075. 7/06
U.S. CI. 252—156 9 Claims
A composition containing high temperature, stable,
water soluble, non-ionic surface active compounds having
the formula:
R— CH— CH— O— [CiHsO— X]p— H
0-[C..H30— X]q— H
in which R represents a lij5ophilic group having 8 to 22
carbon atoms, which may include hydroxyl groups and
intermediate groups comprising hetero atoms, such as O,
S and N, X represents a CH2OH or
CHoO— CH2— CHOH— CH2OH
group, p and q are numbers equal to or less than 10, the
sum (p+q) being equal to or greater than 1 but no
greater than 10.
3,708,365
PRODUCTION OF CONTINUOUS FILAMENT,
NON-WOVEN WEBS
George Edward Barlow, Harrogate, England, assignor to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 704,543
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 17, 1967,
7,743/67
Int. CI. D04b 3/03
VS. CI. 156—181 1 Claim
A method for the production of continuous filament,
non-woven webs, comprising directing downwardly to-
wards a moving receiving surface at least two curtains
of continuous diverging filaments, in which the filaments
are separated and substantially uniformly distributed
across each curtain, influencing the direction of move-
ment of the filaments of each curtain so that they cease
to diverge and become substantially parallel in the vicinity
of the receiving surface, the filamentary curtains being
arranged in such a manner that neighbouring edges of
the filamentary curtains are in contact at the receiving
surface, overfeeding the filamentary curtains onto the
receiving surface to form a unitary non-woven web hav-
ing a width dimension which is substantially equal to the
sum of the widths of the webs which would be formed
by the individual filamentary curtains and subjecting the
unitary non-woven web to a heat bonding process to bond
together the filaments.
3,708.366
METHOD OF PRODUCING ABSORBENT
PAPER TOWELING MATERIAL
Harold F. Donnelly, Appleton, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Original application Nov. 9, 1967, Ser. No. 681,858.
Divided and this application Nov. 25, 1970, Ser.
No. 92,569
Int. CI. B31f 1/00; B32b 3/30
U.S. CI. 156—209 2 Claims
A multi-ply and two-sided paper toweling in which one
ply is more severely embossed than other, the plies being
preferably adhesively attached to facilitate cutting, as-
sembling and the like without ply separation. The towel-
ing has one relatively rough and one relatively smooth
outer side. A first toweling ply having the smooth outer
side is embossed in successive rolling pressure nips and
adhesive may be applied to embossment peaks between
pressure nips; the second toweling ply having the more
roughened outer side is preferably embossed and simul-
EMBOSSER
.TWO PLY WEB
/ TO FINISHING
/ 0«'E«AriONS
CREPED
DRAWN
PAPER WEB
taneously adhesively united with the first ply in the sec-
ond of the embossing nips. The latter of the embossing
nips is preferably, although not necessarily, a lower pres-
sure nip than is the first, usually just sufficient to secure
adhesion. Such nip may be formed by the cooperation of
a steel configurated roil with a backing roll of resilient
material such as rubber or a fine bristle brush.
3,708,367
REPLACABLE SEAT INSERT AND PROCESS OF MAKING
Bernard Carrington Grant, Sylvania, and John F. Reilly, ,
Toledo, both of Ohio, assignors to The General Tire and
Rubber Company
Division of Ser. No. 63,371, Aug. 13, 1970, Pat. No. 3,647,260.
This application May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,860
Int. CI. B32bi//00. B29c 17100
U.S. CI. 1 56— 267 4 Claims
This invention concerns a replaceable insert for flare-edged,
fully supported type chairs that combines the features of a
rigid yet flexible base, a cushion, a nonwrinkling, nontearable
cover, and resilient edge clamping means in one integral unit
and to a novel method of making the insert. This seat insert is
characterized by low manufacture and material costs as well
as the absence of metal fasteners and other adjustable imple-
ments thus eliminating special installation skills and tools.
3,708,368
ARTICLE PROCESSING PROCESS WITH FEEDER
SHUTTLE DISCONNECT
Donald W. Watson, Arlington Heights, HI., assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Original application Nov. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 774,957, now
Patent No. 3,614,088. Divided and this application Jan.
18, 1971, Ser. No. 107.532
Int. CI. B65c 1/02
U.S. CI. 156—300 2 Claims
A driving apparatus for shuttle type article feeders,
the apparatus including a latch mechanism adapted to
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
253
couple the shuttle with a reciprocating driving element,
abutment means selectively interposed in the path of
movement of the latch mechanism and contactable with
an operating arm of the latch mechanism to cause release
W^
(") '^^ ^
of the latch mechanism and uncoupling of the shuttle,
means to restrain the shuttle against movement when un-
coupled, and control means limiting uncoupling of the
shuttle to a predetermined shuttle operating position.
3,708,370
PROCESS FOR BONDING SURFACES WITH POLYIMIDE
PREPOLYMERS
Hyman R. Lulrawitz, Redondo Beach; Eugene A. Bums, Palos
Verdes Estates, and John F. Jones, Torrance, all of Calif., as-
signors to TRW Inc., Redondo Beach, Calif.
ConUnuation of Ser. No. 703,905, Feb. 8. 1968, abandoned.
This application Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,868
Int. CI. C09j 5106; C08g 20100
U.S. CI. 1 56— 33 1 5 Claims
This invention relates to a high-temperature adhesive com-
position and to a method usmg same which comprises low-
molecular weight polyimide prepolymers obtained by cpreact-
ing a polyfunctional amine, a polyanhydride and a monoan-
hydride characterized by the formula:
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and lower alkyl radicals.
3,708,369
METHOD OF PROVIDING AN ANTI-IMPLOSION
CLAMPING BAND AROUND THE ENVELOPE OF
A PICTURE TUBE
Hendrik Bongenaar and Theodorus Comelis Gerardus
Doreleijers, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, as-
signors to U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,579
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Apr. 13, 1968,
6805299
Int. CI. C09j 5/00
U.S. CI. 156—322 5 Claims
A method for providing an anti-implosion clamping
band around the envelope of a television picture tube.
The band comprising a frame having an aperture shaped
in accordance with but smaller than the cross-sectional
area of the envelope is heated without simultaneously
heating the envelope to a temperature elongating the frame
and enlarging the aperture of the frame to a value greater
than the cross-sectional area of the envelope. In order
to prevent cracking when the heated frame is positioned
on the cold envelope, the surface of the tube to be clamped
is covered with a heat insulating layer for example, of
polyvinyl acetate or an epwxy resin. After the heated
frame is positioned on the tube over the heat insulating
layer and allowed to cool in this position to stress the
material of the frame beyond its yield f>oint, the si>ace
existing between the band and the envelope is filled with
an adhesive.
3,708,371
MEDALLION APPLYING MACHINE
Gerald Alie, Laval des Rapides, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
R. H. McConnell & Co. Ltd., Rose de Laval, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,380
Int. CI. B65c 9140; B65g 15100
U.S. CI. 156—363 7 Claims
A device for applying medallions to articles by selectively
feeding medallions to a gripping mechanism which holds the
medallion against the surface of a rotating wheel and carries
the medallion through an adhesive applying station and into
an applying station wherein the medallion is applied to the sur-
face of the article.
3,708.372
APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING INTERMITTENT
OPERATIONS ON A WEB
Manuel H. Contreras, Dallas, Tex., assignor io
Land Bros. Inc.. Dallas, Tex.
Filed Aug. 25, 1970. Ser. No. 66,735
Int. CI. B65c 5/04
U.S. CI. 156—351 13 Claims
A web, in the form of a stringer of slide fasteners, is
made up of side-by-side web portions having spaced
groups of slide fastener elements fixed to one edge, with
the slide fastener elements being interlocked to form
spaced slide fasteners separated by intervening spaces of
uniform length where the slide fastener elements have
been removed. The stringer then defines alternating por-
tions of greater thickness, represented by the slide fastener
254
elements, and portions of lesser thickness represented by
the spaces where the elements are removed. Electrically
operated drive rollers pull the stringer along a supporting
guide track, which guides the stringer past an operauon
station including an electrically operated device for per-
forming the operation of placing a label on the stringer^
A detector mechanism, responsive to the thickness of the
stringer as it moves along the track, responds to the area
of lesser thickness to stop the drive and start an operating
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,374
DRIVE CLUTCH FOR ARTICLE
ADDRESSING MACHINE
Neil A. Polit, Cary, I"-, assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118.794
Int.CI. F16di/6S, 7//00 , ^, . ,
U.S. CI; 156-521 3 Claims
cycle of the label applying device. An interference finger
is normally urged into engagement with the stringer to
project between the web portions in the stringer spaces
and engage the fastener elements to accurately position
the stringer. The interference finger is removed and the
drive of the stringer is restarted when the label applyng
operation is completed.
3,708,373
NON-METALLIC STRAP JOINTING APPARATLS,
ESPECIALLY FOR HEAT SEALING STRAPS
Camille Roquier-Vicat, Paris, 14 Siene, France, assignor to Im-
handa AG
Filed March 17. 1970, Ser. No. 29,372
Ctaims priority, application France, March 20, 1969,
6908096
Int. CI. B29c/ 9/02
U.S. CI. 156-380 • 7 Claims
A clutch for use with an article addressing machine to
permit certain of the addressing machine components to
be coupled and uncoupled from the machine power
source. The clutch includes a clutch collar rotatably cou-
pled to a driven member and having a clutch face with
at least one shoulder abutment, the collar being axially
movable to bring the clutch face thereof >nto and out of
clutching engagement with an opposing clutch face of a
drive member to couple and uncouple the members to-
gether. The drive member has a drive pin projecting from
the clutch face thereof for contact with the clutch shoul-
der abutment on the clutch collar on movemem of th.
clutch collar forward into clutching position. The drive
pin itself is carried on a clutch ring arranged for con-
trolled displacement relative to the drive member through
a resilient coupling means.
ADHESIVE BANDAGE AND APPARATUS FOR
MANUFACTURE OF SAME
George E. Kistner, 31 Grafton St.,
Greenlawn, N.Y. 11740 ,
Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,522
Int. CL B32b 31/20. 31/10
U.S. CI. 156-552 2 Claims
Jointing apparatus for securing together by heat sealing an
initial strap portion and an end strap portion of a tensioned
strap forming a loop, said apparatus comprising means for
drawing the end strap portion in a direction tending to tension
the strap, heat sealing means for sealing together said strap
portions in a region where they are in overlapping condition,
and locking means for locking said end strap portion near said
region and before said region with respect to said direction.
An apparatus for applying adhesive bandages to a
continuous adhesive substrate from either a hoPP^r °; f
ontinuous roll of bandages consisting of, in one embodi-
ment a first platen for applymg bandages to the adhesive
^rface of the substrate and a second platen simultane-
ously actuated with the first platen for applyng heat to
°he subs rate to activate its adhesive surface so that the
bandage will be adhered thereto. In another embodiment,
a movTng knife slices individual bandages -ma con
tinuous roll so that a suction cup can press the bandages
onto the adhesive surface of the substrate.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
255
3,708,376
PEDFi>TAL ASSEMBLY
Robert J. Mistarz, Northbrook, and Albert B. Mojonnier,
Sr., Chicago, III., assignors to Koehring Company, Mil-
waukee, Wis.
Filed June 17, 1971, Ser. No. 154,060
Int. CI. B30b 3/04
U.3. CI. 156—580 7 Claims
A pedestal assembly for accurately receiving and posi-
tively capturing a lower thermoplastic container half wlien
it is being transferred into and rotated by a spin welding
apparatus. The spin welding apparatus frictionally joins
the lower container half to an upper container half to
form a unitary container. The lower container half is re-
ceived by the pedestal assembly from a rotating star wheel
transfer device which slides the lower container half onto
a stage portion of the assembly. The pedestal assembly
having the container half thereon is then rotated in an
opposite direction from that of the star wheel transfer
device. The pedestal assembly including the stage portion
has a dome-shaped upper surface which cooperates with
a complementary recessed bottom of the lower container
half. Vacuum means is applied through a central opening
in the pedestal assembly for aiding in the positive capture
of the lower container half.
3,708,377
MACHINE FOR MANUFACTURING HEAT-SEALED BAGS
Aino Finke, deceased, late of 454 Lengerich, German> (by
Adele Finke, executrix), and Frank Bosse, 453 Ibbeciburen-
Dorenlhe, Germany, assignors to Maschinenfabrik Wind-
moeller & Holscher, Lengerich in Westfalen, Germany
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,002
Claims priority, application Germany, May 17, 1969, P 19
25 2<9.4
Int. CI. B32hi//20
U.S. CI. 1 56— 582 11 Claims
weld seams transverse to the length of such panels, the
cylinder carrying a plurality of fjisteners for permitting the
ledges to be mounted at different points along the circum-
ference of the cylinder so that the spacing between adjacent
ledges can be varied for the production of bags having dif-
ferent widths.
3,708.378
HEAT-SENSITIVE RETRO-REFLECTIVE
IMAGING SHEET
Chi Fang Tung, Lincoln Township, Washington County,
Minn., assignor to Minnesota Mining and Manufactur-
ing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,175
Int. CI. B44f 1/00
U.S. CI. 161—6 13 Claims
A heat-sensitive imaging sheet on which images that
are retro-reflective may be rapidly defined. The sheet in-
cludes an imaging layer that is either normally trans-
parent and converted to opaque in selected areas or nor-
mally opaque and converted to transparent in selected
areas when heated in those areas. The imaging sheet also
includes a retro-reflective layer disposed underneath the
imaging layer so that light beamed against the sheet will
be retro-reflected by the portions of the retro-reflective
layer exposed through transparent areas of the imaging
layer.
3,708.379
ELASTOMERIC TAPE
Theodore R. Flint, Jug Hollow Road,
Valley Forge, Pa. 19481
Filed Mav 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,664
int. CL B32b 3/10
U.S. CI. 161—36
15 Claims
An elastomeric tape useful as an adhesive and/or a
sealant comprised of a first band of uncured elastomer and
a second band comprised of a curing agent for the elas-
tomer of the first band dispersed in a carrier. Kneading
together of substantially equal lengths of opposed por-
tions of the first and second bands results in an elastomeric
composition whi^h is self-curing.
3,708,380
COMPOSITE SANDW ICH PANEL TYPE
CONSTRUCTION
Leonard M. Niebylski, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to
Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,103
Int. CI. B32b 3/02, 3/26, 15/00
VS. CI. 161—43 19 Claims
A composite sandwich panel type construction com-
prising two independent outer layers attached to opposite
In a machine for mass-producing heat-sealed bags from con- sides of foamed metal core, said core having Z-shaped
tinuous panels of heat-sealable material, a welding cylinder reinforcing elements therein. A preferred panel construc-
carrying a plurality of transverse welding ledges for forming tion has one outer layer extending around said foamed
256
metal core so as to substantially encase said core. Meth-
ods of fabricating such a panel construction ( 1 ) by cast-
ing said foamed aluminum around said reinforcing ele-
ments and subsequently attaching said outer layers to
this integral metal foam/reinforcing element core struc-
ture, and (2) by first preparing said core from individual
metal foam pieces which are then attached to performed
Z-shaped reinforcing elements, said assembled core struc-
ture then having the outer layers attached thereto.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
form of energy to a flexible solid, applying heat or other
suitable form of energy to the underside of the starting
material to set the lower portion of the threads into a
relatively permanent and stiffened shape and then sub-
jecting the other side of said starting material simul-
taneously to a pressure and heat or other suitable form
of energy to bend and set the upper portions of the
threads into the form of hooking elements.
Compared to the composite sandwich panel construc-
tion having no Z-shaped reinforcing elements in said core,
the present construction has substantially improved
strength.
3,708,381
INTERCONNECTING MEANS FOR MODULAR CLOSED
LOLVER PANEL SYSTEM
Robert A. D. Schwartz. 513 Independent St.. Oakland. Calif.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,656
Int.CI.E04c//54
U.S.CL 161-44 4 Claims
3,708,383
NON-WOVEN ROLL TOWEL MATERIAL
Gordon D. Thomas, Neenah, and James T. Gresham,
Appleton, Wis., assignors to Kimberly-Clark Corpo-
ration, Neenah, Wis. . . o «.t -^o^ tnn.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 786,270,
Dec 23, 1968. This application June 4, 1971, !»er.
No. 150,152 _ ,^,,
Int. CI. B32b 5/12
U.S. CI. 161—57 <» Claims
Mj
.24
-r ■ I 1 1 1.
-26
32
[
tea
— ^
30
y
14
20
18
/J^
^a;
A translucent or transparent lighting panel incorporating
adjacent cell members and a planar backing sheet covering
one end of each of the cells. The backing sheet extends
laterally beyond the cells along at least one edge of the panel,
and preferably along two adjacent edges, and is provided with
a plurality of short circular flanges extending from the sheet m
the same direction as the cells and in the same pattern. The
outer diameter of such flanges is substantially equal to the
inner diameters of the cells. At the opposite edge or edges of
the panel the sheet is omitted, leaving a row of open cells. A
plurality of panels may then be interconnected by positioning
a row of open cells on one panel over the sheet flanges on an
adjacent panel.
3.708.382
HOOKED SURFACE OF A HOOK AND LOOP
TYPE FASTENER
George H. Erb, Rutland, Vt., assignor to American
Velcro, Inc., Manchester, N.H.
Original application July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,944.
Divided and this application June 24, 1971, Ser.
No. 156,455
Int. a. A44b 19/00
VS. CI. 161—48 1 Claim
A method is disclosed for producing the hooked surface
of a hook and loop type fastener by treating a starting
fabric material having a pile of upstanding threads. The
treatment comprises impregnating the threads and pile
with a liquid plastic monomer having the capability of
being converted by the application thereto of a suitable
A non-woven roll towel material including a central
layer of an open mesh crossed thread fabric compnsing
resilient warp threads extending in the machine direction,
and substantially non-resilient fill threads extending in
the transverse direction. The thread count is m the range
of from about 1.5 to about 5 threads per inch in both
directions. A multi-ply layer of cellulosic tissue is bonded
to each of the opposite faces of the central layer, and the
resulting composite material is heavily embossed, ine
preferred embossing technique comprises passing a web
of the composite material through two or more embossing
stations on the surface of a single embossing roll, and
drawing the web away from the surface of the embossing
roll between successive stations. This techniqiie produces
two or more embossments repeated continuously along the
length of the composite material and out of register with
each other.
3,708,384
PILE FABRIC
Charles W. Carpenter, Wilmington, Del., a^ignor to
Hercules Incorporated, Wilmmgton, Dei.
Application Nov. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 780,038 now Patent
No 3,640,786, which is a continuation-in-part of ap-
plkadon Ser. No. 731,221, May 22 1968 now aban-
doned. Divided and this application Oct. 16, 1970, Ser.
^%J!: CL B32b 31/16: B29c 27/08; D04h 11^04 .
IT I f^\ nil 65 v^iaims
This 'invention relates to pile fabrics having the pile
r^
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
257
and backing fusion bonded at the points of contact with-
out loss of orientation in either the pile yarn or the back-
3,708,387
METALLIC MODIFIED PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS
AND METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION
THEREOF
Derek T. Turner, Bryn Mawr, and John E. Schcer, Phila-
delphia, Pa., assignors to Drexel University, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,570
Int. CI. B32b 5/16
U.S. CI. 161—168 4 Claims
ing, if an oriented backing is used, between the bond
points.
3,708,385
SANDWICH PANEL CONSTRUCTION
Peter A. Immethun, Ferndale, Mich., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,101
Int. CI. B32b 3/02. 3/26, 15/00
V.S. CI. 161—69 20 Claims
A .sandwich panel construction comprising two inde-
pendent outer layers attached to opposite sides of a
foamed metal core, said core having reinforcing elements
therein. Compared to sandwich panel construction having
no reinforcing elements, the present construction has
substantially improved resistance to deformation.
3,708,386
LAMINATED SAFETY FLOAT GLASS
WINDSHIELDS
Harold M. Alexander, Paul T. Mattimoe, and John J.
Hofmann. Toledo, Ohio, assignors io Libbey-Owens-
Ford Company, Toledo, Ohio
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,488
Int. CI. B32b 17/10; C03c 27/12
U.S. CI. 161—165 8 Claims
Metallic modified plastic compositions are provided
which are comprised of a plastic matrix consisting of ad-
hered plastic particles having an average size from 20-
1000 microns and at least 5% by volume of a conductive
metal. The metal is dispersed throughout the plastic ma-
trix in conductive paths in the interstices between the ad-
hered plastic particles of the matrix. The metal particles
have an average particle size which is at least about Mo
that of the plastic particles utilized to form the plastic
matrix. The metallic modified plastics of this invention
are especially useful as electrical conductors and are also
useful in applications requiring plastics having high heat
conductivity and mechanical strength.
3J08.388
PROCESS OF LAMINATING USING VINYL ACETATE-
ETHYLENE COPOLYMER LATEX ADHESIVE
COMPOSITION
Martin K. Lindemann, and John G. lacoviello, both of Somer-
ville, N J., assignors to Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., Ai-
lentown. Pa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 622,412, March 13, 1967,
abandoned. This application May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 37,363
Int. CI. C08f/ J/02, ///J, B32b 2 7/iO
U.S. CI. 161— 247 11 Claims
Aqueous latices comprising vinyl acetate-ethylene
copolymers are effective to laminate a film, web or other sub-
strate to a second surface whereby the dried polymer film
deposited by the latex unites the substrate to the second sur-
face.
3,708,389
WEB PICKUP ARRANGEMENT FOR
PAPERMAKING MACHINES
Kumar N. Maitra, Beloit, Wis., assignor to Beloit
Corporation, Beloit, W^.
Filed Dec. 2, 1968. Ser. No. 780,487
Int. CI. D21f 2/00
U.S. CI. 162—306 4 CTaims
Web pickup arrangement for Fourdrinier type paper-
making machine in which the forming wire changes its
An automotive windshield made up of two sheets of direction about a couch roll from the forming run there-
float glass approximately .100 of an inch thick, laminated of to a pickup run and travels angularly downwardly
together with an interlayer of at least .030 of an inch and rearwardly from the off-running side of the couch
thick polyvinyl butyral, and with the "bath" or weak side roll about a downwardly and rearwardly spaced contact
of the float glass sheets exposed. roll, maintaining a tensioned downward^y facing pickup
906 O.G.— 9
258
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
run of the wire. The downwardly facing pickup run of
the wire extends tangentially of a pickup roll picking
interaction of the magnetic field generated by a cylindrical
E-Iayer of relativistic charged particles rotating in an
axisymmetric poloidal magnetic field. Molten lithium is
pumped along an elongated annular region of the poloidal
field surrounding the reaction plasma exterior of the E-
layer to serve as a blanket for absorbing the neutron flux
the web from the wire for transfer along a press felt
through the press rolls of the machine.
3,708,390
SUCTION BOX FOR A PAPERMAKING MACHINE
HAVING NtULTIPLE COMPARTMENTS FORMED
BY J-SHAPED ELEMENTS
Kenneth V. Krake, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No, 71,999
Int. CI. D21f 1/52
U.S. CI. 162—374 8 Claims
TO VACUUM
»^^
from the reaction plasma to generate heat and to breed
tritium therein. The heated lithium is circulated into heat
exchangers to produce steam for power generation and
is treated to recover tritrium for recycle or other use.
Power densities several fold greater than with conven-
tional blanket configurations may be utilized.
A suction box for the dewatering of felt carrying paper
webs, the suction box being located above a traveling
felt which carries a paper web on its underside, the box
including multiple internal compartments formed by
longitudinally spaced elements formed in a J-shape to
create water-receiving compartments which conduct the
accumulated water to lateral drain troughs which depend
below the water-receiving compartments and below the
traveling felt and web. Shoes which are attached to the
bottoms of the J-shaped elements form a base for the
suction box and allow for transverse passageways there-
between for liquid to be drawn upwardly by suction drawn
through a suction port attached to the top wall of the
suction box.
3,708,391
fflGH POWER DENSITY CONTROLLED
FUSION REACTOR
Nicholas C. Christofilos, Livermore, Calif., assignor to
the United States of .America as represented by the
United States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 181,914
Int. CI. G21b 1/00
VS. CI. 176—4 9 Claims
An Astron fusion reactor wherein a reaction plasma is
contained in a magnetic potential well created by the
3.708,392
ISOTOPE ENRICHMENT PROCESS FOR LANTHANIDE
AND ACTINIDE ELEMENTS
David O. Campbell, Oak Ridge, Tenn., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Lnited States Atomic
Energy Commission
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,773
lnt.CI.G21g//00
U.S.CI. 176— 16 4 Claims
This invention relates to a method of enriching ianthanide
and actinide isotopes which comprises loading at least one tar-
get Ianthanide or actinide cation onto a finely divided particle
of synthetic faujasite, heating said located faujasite at a tem-
perature in the range of 350° to 750° C. to fix said cation, ir-
radiating said previously heated faujasite with a neutron
source to induce a (n, >) transmutation reaction, and then
selectively eluting a transmutation product having an atomic
number greater than the irradiated target cation.
3,708,393
RADIAL RESTRAINT MECHANISM FOR REACTOR
CORE
Gary R. Waymire, Richland, and John F. Lubeck, Kennewick,
both of Wash., assignors to The Lnited States of America as
represented by the Lnited SUtes Atomic Energy Commission
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 93,993
Int. CLG21c/ 9/20
U.S. CI. 176— 40 3 Claims
A system of laterally supporting fuel assemblies for a fast
reactor in a tight-packed array during operation of the reactor
includes mechanical linkages operated through concentric
operating shafts by motors located at the top of the reactor en-
closure to force pressure bars against the sides of the array of
fuel and reflector assemblies in the reactor at several vertical
locations and at six locations around the reactor. Provision is
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
259
made within the mechanical linkage to allow for expansion of genus Brevibacterium flavum or Corynebacterium, gluta-
the reactor core due to thermal transients and to compensate
for variations in applied load due to radiation induced creep
and stainless steel swelling.
micum, the microorganism having a nutritional require-
ment for homoserine, threonine, threonine plus methio-
nine, leucine, isoleucine or mixtures thereof and a resist-
ance to a feedback inhibition and/or repression of lysine,
threonine, isoleucine or analogues thereof, under aerobic
conditions in an aqueous nutrient medium. An increase
in yield over conventional processes is obtained thereby.
3,708396
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING MALTITOL
Masakazu Mitsuhashi, Okayama-shi, Okayama; Mamoru
Hirao. Akaiwa-gun, Okayama, and Kaname Sugimoto,
Okayama-shi, Okayama, all of Japan, assignors to
Hayashibara Company, Okayama, Japan
Filed Jan. 8, 1969. Ser. No. 789,912
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 23, 1968, 43/3862;
July II, 1968, 43/48921; July 11, 1968,43/48922
Int.Cl. C13d 1100
U.S.CI. 195—31 R 24 Claims
A process for producing maltitol from a starch slurry which
comprises hydrolyzing the starch slurry with beta-amylase and
alpha-1 .6-glucosidase to produce a high maltose containing
product and catalytically hydrogenating the maltose with
Raney nickel after adjusting the pH of the maltose product
with calcium carbonate.
3.708,394
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING NICOTINAMIDE
ADENINE DINUCLEOTIDE
Kiyoshi Nakayama, Sagamihara-shi, Japan, assignor to
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
657,057, July 31, 1967. This application June 17, '-
1968, Ser. No. 737,290
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 8, 1966,
41/51,663
Int. CI. C12d 13/06
VS. a. 195—28 N 10 Claims
A process for producing nicotinamide adenine dinucleo-
tide which comprises culturing under aerobic conditions a
microorganism capable of producing adenosine triphos-
phate from adenine in an aqueous nutrient medium com-
taining from about 5% to about 20% by weight of at
. least one sugar as the main carbon source and from about
1.3% to about 3.0% by weight, as the concentration of
PO4, of a phosphoric acid compound, said culturing being
carried out in the presence of (A) a compound selected
from the group consisting of nicotinic acid, nicotinamide,
nicotinic acid mononucleotide, nicotinic acid riboside,
nicotinamide riboside, nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide
and mixtures thereof and (B) a compound selected from
the group consisting of adenine, adenosine, adenosine
monophosphate, adenosine diphosphate, adenosine tri-
phosphate and mixtures thereof, and accumulating and
recovering nicptinamide adenine dinucleotide from the
resultant cultui-e liquor. Preferred microorganisms em-
ployed in the process include bacteria belonging to the
genera Brevibacterium, Corynebacterium, Arthrobacter
and Micrococcus.
3.708.395
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING L-LYSINE
Kiyoshi Nakayama, Sagamibara, and Kaznmi ArakI,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Com-
pany, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,639
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23, 1969,
44/57,652
Int. CI. C12d 13/06
VS. CI. 195-29 7 Claims
A process for producing L-Iysine by fermentation which
comprises culturing a microorganism belonging to the
3.708,397
SYRUP CONVERSION WITH IMMOBILIZED
GLUCOSE ISOMERASE
Tibor Sipos, Murray Hill, N.J., assignor to Baxtc r
Laboratories, Inc., .Morton Grove, III.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,245
Int. CI. C07g 7/02
VS. C\. 195—31 R 2 Claims
An immobilized glucose isomerase enzyme composi-
tion having improved stability to heat and capable of
producing increased conversion of glucose to fnictose
is prepared by thoroughly admixing glucose isomerase,
such as obtained from the fermented growth product
of Streptomyces phaechromogenes and Lactobacillus
hrevis, with basic anionic exchange cellulose in aqueous
buffer solution at pH 7-10 and recovering the enzyme
complex from the reaction mixture.
3 708 398
FERMENTATION PROCESS FOR THE
PRODUCTION OF CITRIC ACID
Joseph L. Sardinas, Gales Ferry, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,115
Int. CI. CI 2d 1/04
U.S. CL 195—37 9 Claims
A process for producing citric acid by aerobically fer-
menting an aqueous carbohydrate-containing nutrient
medium with selected yeast strains.
3 708 399
FERMENTATION PROCESS FOR THE
PRODUCTION OF CITRIC ACID
Joseph L. Sardinas. Gales Ferr>, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 27, 1971, Ser. No. 147,637
Int. CI. C12d 1/04
U.S. CI. 195—47 3 Claims
A process for producing citric acid by aerobically fer-
menting an aqueous carbohydrate-containing nutrient me-
dium with a citric acid-accumulating strain of Bacillus
licheniformis.
260
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,400 _„^
SAMPI ER-CULTURE APPARATUS FOR THE
DETECTI0\ O^^^ BACTERIA LN
POTABLE WATERS ^ ^^^ ^ . „,
Abraham Adler Hirsch, 141 Norwood St.,
Shreveport, La. 71105
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,648
Int. CI Cnk 1/04. 1/10
VS. CI. 195-127 11 Claims
^i=^
136
47
48
'^18
tuations are produced by a mechanically powered oscil-
lating diaphragm. In a second disclosed embodiment, the
acoustic pressure fluctuations are produced by an acous-
tical vapor engine.
3,708,402
MEASUREMENTS OF PARTICLES AND
MOLECULES
Charles P. Bean, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company. Schenectady, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,824
Int. CI. BOlk 5/00
U.S. CI. 204—299 ^ Claims
Y\ \^UZ
i;\\
2^
f
^Ij
4a
W--
19 1
A go-no-go gage to determine directly whether bacterial
quality of a drinking water sample meets the U.S. Public
Health Service Standards in which all laboratory manipu-
lations are eliminated from sampling to gas observation.
The apparatus is creep-proof; it avoids exposures and the
operations are precise. Gas from fermentation shows m
a Durham vial held diagonally in a screw cap bottle either
by being clamped in a cage or by a tailrod, both methods
eliminating all axial and lateral motion. A confirmatory
Brilliant Green Bile broth tube is seeded by pressmg into
the screw cap and inverting, thus obviating all extraneous
utensils throughout the procedure.
Mfjura
-t—'
Particles to be measured and analyzed are placed in
solution in a light transmissive cell. A shaped, flat beam is
passed into the cell. Particles are urged through the beam
and their passage causes time variations in the intensity of
light scattered thereby. The scattered light is collected and
transformed into an electrical signal. Signal is correlated
with itself as a time varying function and the electro-
phoretic mobility of the particles is determined.
3,708,401
ACOUSTICAL DISTILLATION APPARATUS
Philip S. Wessels, Diamond Bar. Calif., assignor of a
fractional part interest to Boniard I. Brown, West
Covina, Calif. __ __,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 57»,7»^,
Sept. 12, 1966. This application Oct. 13, 1969,
Ser. No. 865,561
Int. CI. BOld 3/02
VS. CI. 202—173 7 Claims
3,708,403
SELFALIGNING ELECTROPLATING MASK
Terrell B. Roger, 381 1 East McKellips Road. Mesa, Ariz., and
Lewis E. Terry. 4812 East Mitchell. Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Sept. I, 1971, Ser. No. 176,831
lnt.Cl.C23b 5150,5130,5/24
U.S.CI.204-15 5 Claims
An acoustic distillation method and apparatus are pro-
vided wherein the free surface of the liquid to be dis-
tilled is subjected to cyclic pressure fluctuations occurring
at an acoustic frequency to cause the pressure at the liq-
uid surface to proceed through alternate rarefaction and
compression modes. During the rarefaction modes, the
vapor pressure at the free surface of the liquid is low-
ered to induce vaporization of liquid from the surface
and conversion of liquid enthalpy into kinetic energy of
the liquid vapor. The vapor is super heated during the
compression modes and is thereafter passed in heat trans-
fer relation to the incoming liquid to preheat the latter.
In one disclosed embodiment, the acoustic pressure fluc-
A self-aligning electroplating mask and a method of elec-
troplating using a self-aligning mask is disclosed. A layer of
metal for example, titanium, is deposited on a substrate. On
top of the titanium film is deposited a film of a second metal
such as platinum. The platinum metal is etched to expose the
titanium The exposed titanium is oxidized to provide a self-
aligning mask. The titanium oxide mask enables a subsequent
electroplating step to deposit a metal such as gold on top of
the remaining platinum film. Then the titanium oxide mask is
removed.
3,708,404
METHOD OF MAKING AN ELECTRODE FOR
ELECTROCHEMICAL MILLING
Richard H. Shaw, Hampden. Mass., assignor to United Aircraft
Corporation. East Hartford, Conn.
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,321
Int CI. C23b 7/00; BOlk 3/04; HOlj 9/16
U.S. CI. 204-16 , JC'-»7
A method of forming an electrode for electrochemically
milling a slot or other noncircular holes in a work piece in-
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
261
eluding the steps of securing a plurality of conductive tubes
together, enclosing the tubes in a metallic covering to form an
assemblage, closing the ends of the tube at least at one end of
ferent adjusted values of positive and negative currents.
These values are sensed and used to maintain automati-
cally such valves. The ratio of negative current to positive
current is preferably greater than 3% for the produttion
of relatively thick, dyeable, hard anodized coatings and
conventional (normal) anodic coatings of light shades of
integral colors using a simple sulfuric acid bath which
may be maintained at relatively high temperatures. Cur-
rent may be applied at nearly full current density initially
the assemblage, attaching a mounting ring if necessary,
removing the closed ends of the tubes and forming one end to
function as an electrode tip.
3,708,405
PROCESS FOR CONTINUOUSLY PRODUCING
NICKEL OR NICKEL-GOLD COATED WIRES
Yoshihiro Kamata, Nikko-sbi, Japan, assignor to The
Furukawa Electric Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,500
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 22, 1969,
44/4,642; Dec. 17, 1969, 44/101,423
Int. CI. C23b 5/50, 5/58, 5/52
V.S. CI. 204—37 R 2 Claims
The present invention provides novel and useful proc-
esses, that is, a process for continuously producing nickel-
coated metal wires by using a nickel sulfate bath to
which sulfate of cobalt or an alkali metal is added, a
process for continuously producing wires coated with
double layers of nickel and gold by coating the above
nickel-plated wires further with gold, and a process for
repeatedly drawing and heat-treating those nickel-plated
or nickel-gold-plated wires after the plating operation.
Further, this invention is characterized by producing with
high efficiency coatings of nickel or gold of a uniform
thickness which possess excellent heat resistant adhesive
property.
3,708,406
TINNING HIGH CARBON FERROUS METALS
COATED WITH IRON USING ALKALINE
PLATING BATHS WITH CHELATING AGENTS
Richard Parson. Berkeley Heights, N.J.. assignor to
Oakite Products. Inc., Berkeley Heights, N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 172,118, Feb. 9, 1962, and a division of
application Ser. No. 627.309, Mar. 31, 1967. now
Patent No. 3,547,787, dated Dec. 15, 1970. This ap-
plication Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,562
Int. CL C23h 5/04, 17/00
U.S. CI. 204—38 S 20 Claims
Hot dip tinning a high carbon ferrous metal such as
cast, grey, malleable, mottled, white, or wrought iron by
first cleaning from the metal any soil which might prevent
electroplating on it, then electroplating on it an electro-
deposit of iron from an alkaline iron-plating bath con-
taining an organic sequestering agent and an iron com-
pound.
3,708,407
PROCESS FOR ANODIZING ALUMINUM
AND ITS ALLOYS
Frederick S. Newman, Canoga Park, John R. Thorne,
Hidden Hills, and John T. Hartman, Reseda, Calif.,
assignors to The Scionics Corporation, Nortbridge,
Calif.
Original application Sept. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 758.258, now
Patent No. 3,597,339. Divided and this application Dec.
23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,926
Int. CL BOlk 3/00; C23b 9/02, 11/02
U.S. CI. 204—56 7 Claims
'^ An anodizing system uses both positive and negative
current pulses. Such pulses are adjustable to achieve dif-
'•^ n,-
■j'O ' tf J 0OU£C7Oef*lM*^
without burning. In some cases, additional means may be
provided to increase the throwing power by eliminating
the negative current and using means such as capacitors or
inductors to prolong the decay of the positive pulses,
preferably such that the then composite positive pulses
are maintained above a zero value. These composite
positive pulses are maintained in a ratio and wave shape
which yields both good "throwing" power and high qual-
ity, even coatings, and produces the anodic coatings at
relatively high current densities.
3,708,408
CELL USING MANGANESE DIOXIDE AS A
CATHODE DEPOLARIZER AND A METHOD
FOR PRODUCING SAID MANGANESE DI-
OXIDE
Atsushi Nisbino, Neyagawa. Hiroshi Kumano. Daito,
Yoshinori Nogucbi and Kazunori Sonetaka, Kadoma,
and Yasuji Amano, Hirakata, Japan, assignors to Matsu-
shita Electric Industries Co., Ltd.. Osaka, Japan
Filed Dec. 28. 1970. Ser. No. 101.714
Claims prioritv, application Japan. Dec. 29, 1969,
45 766, 45/767
Int. CL BOlk 1/00; COlb 75/00
U.S. CI. 204—96 2 Claims
o^y
75 BO as 30 SS
Bath teukrature (f)
Manganese dioxide is obtained at the cathode by elec-
trolyzing a hydrochloric acid-acidified aqueous manganese
chloride solution with a specific current efficiency. The
manganese dioxide has orientation is high in oxygen con-
tent and extremely active as a depolarizer for cells.
262
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,409
CHEMICAL PROCESS IN HIGH ENTHALPY
THERMAL ENVIRONMENT AND APPARATUS
THE RF FOR
Robert Bainbridge, West Vancouver, British CoUimbia,
Canada, assignor to lonarc Smelters Ltd., British
Columbia. Canada
Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No. 708,853 and
Ser. No. 708,921, both Feb. 28, 1968. This application
May 22. 1969, Ser. No. 826,991
Int. CI. BOlk 7/00; C22b
VS. CI. 204—164 30 Claims
Ou MGH
S!8 •'I^^
concentric and approximately equal volumes, one internal
of the stirrer drum and one external of the stirrer drum,
with the material being stirred and inter-mixed between
the two chambers through the paddle apertures by rota-
tion of the stirrer drum.
so
<X«CINA
auENT
PRESSURE/RELD STOENGTH (tDRR-CVISMXJ)
A process of the continuous type for treating a flowable
non-gaseoul material includes the steps of establishing
an electric arc condition and maintaining that arc condition
at a current density sufficient to give the arc a positive
resistance characteristic to establish a high enthalpy zone,
introducing the flowable material for passage through the
maintained arc and the high enthalpy zone and then
through a cooling atmosphere to a collection zone. The
apparatus for performing this process includes a chamber
in which are disposed a pair of spaced carbon containing
electrodes between which a high intensity arc discharge
is established with a tail flame so that an elongated high
enthalpy zone is defined.
3,708,411
CONSTRUCTION OF ION ELECTRODE
Robert A. Vanslette, Medfield, Mass., assignor to The Foxboro
Company, Foxboro, Mass.
Filed April 2, 1969, Ser. No. 817,238
Int. CI. GOln 27/46
U.S. CI. 204— 1 95 M 5 Claims
3,708,410
STIRRER AND RADIOACTIVE SOURCE FOR
POLYMERIZATION REACTOR
Gerald M. Platz and William H. Palmer, Champaign,
and James W. Mauck, Atwood, III., assignors to Na-
tional Distillers and Chemical Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,248
Int. CI. BOlj 1/00, I/IO
US. CI. 204—193 5 Claims
530 51
5 3 60
A compact construction for ion selective electrodes and
reference electrodes, and a combination of both, is proposed
wherein a plastic shrink tubing is employed for enclosing an
integral assembly incorporating an attachment to an electrical
cable; the shrink tubing also confines and supports the specific
active membrane; the combination of specific ion and
reference electrode is formed in a unitary compact assembly
convenient for process applications.
3,708,412
ELECTROCHEMICAL CELL W ITH COMPOSITE
ELECTRODE-ME.MBRANE
Harold C. Lofgren, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Honeywell
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Oct. 13, 1071, Ser. No. 188,923
Int. CI. GOln 27/46
U.S. CI. 204-195 P
10 Claims
A polymerization reactor having a hollow stirrer drum
which is an elongated drum having apertures therethrough
with paddles extending across the apertures. The stirrer
drum is concentrically disposed about an elongated source
of gamma radiation which serves as the energy source for
a polymerization reaction of material introduced into the
reactor. The stirrer drum divides the reactor into two
A composite laminated electrode diffusion medium for use
with electrochemical cells, particularly of the type used to de-
tect the proportionate amount of a gas in a fluid medium, in-
cludes an intermediate barrier membrane member of a gas
permeable, non-conducting material flanked in sandwich
fashion by gas permeable, non-conducting carrier membrane
layers, wherein the outer layer carries a metal screen blocking
member which reduces the amount of sample gas diffusing
through the membrane and the inner layer carries the sensing
electrode.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
263
3,708,413
HIGH ENERGY CURABLE LIQUID POLYENE-
POLYTHIOL POLYMER COMPOSITION
Clifton L. Kehr, Silver Spring, and Walter R. Wsoiek,
Sykesville, both of Md., assignors to W. R. Grace & Co., New
York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 617,801, Feb. 23, 1967,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
567,841, July 26, 1966, abandoned. This application June 23,
1970, Ser. No. 49,191
Int. CI. C08d HOC; C08f 1116; C08c 11154
U.S. CI. 204- 1 59.4 29 Claims
The invention disclosed is for a new high energy curable
liquid polymer competition which includes a liquid polyene
component having a molecule containing at least two unsatu-
rated carbon-to-carbon bonds disptised at terminal positions
on a main chain backbone of the molecule, and a polythiol
component having a molecule containing a multiplicity of
pendant or terminally positioned -SH functional groups per
average molecule. The high energy curable liquid polymer
composition upon curing in the presence of high energy ir-
radiation forms odorless, solid, elastomeric products which
may serve as sealants, coating, adhesives, and molded articles.
that anodic slimes settle out of the electrolyte through
screens forming the bottoms of the anodic frames. The
3,708,414
METHOD OF AND MEANS FOR REMOVING
EXHAUST GASES FROM AN OPEN FURNACE
VESSEL
Max Laube, Zurich-Hongg, Switzerland, assignor to Swiss
Aluminium Ltd., Neuhausen am Rheinfall, Switzerland
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,480
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 30, 1968,
11,439/68
Inf. a. C22d 3/02; F24f 9/00
U.S. CI. 204—247 6 Claims
For the removal of exhaust gases from an electrolytic
melt vessel open on top, an air curtain is set up surround-
ing the top of the vessel and directed towards a source of
suction. -"
..^^^^
slimes are removed periodically from the static zone by
dragging or by flushing the zone with a flow of electrolyte.
3,708,416
MULTIPOROSITY ELECTRODE FOR ELECTRO-
CHEMICAL CONVERSION
Forrest N. Ruehlen and Homer M. Fox, Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company,
Bartlesville, Okla.
Original application June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,505.
Divided and this application Aug. 28, 1970, Ser.
No. 67,883
Int. CI. BOlk 3/04
U.S. CI. 204—284 12 Claims
34
10^
32
m
■if
■i l/-V:
-12
In an electrochemical process, the reaction takes place
within the confines of a porous electrode element having
a core section which is relatively impervious to the elec-
trolyte and an outer section in contact with the electrolyte
which has relatively large pores.
3,708,417
METHOD OF MAKING A CAST
ANODE WITH HOOK
Carl G. Kama, W'heaton, 111., assignor to
R. Lavin & Son.s, Inc.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,609
Int CI. BOlr 3/04
U.S. CL 204—286
2 Claims
3,708,415
RAPID ACTION ELECTROLYTIC CELL
Walter A. Hubbard, deceased, by Ruby C. Hubbard, legal
representative, P.O. Drawer 399, Carrizozo, N. Mex.
88301
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 725,383,
Apr. 30, 1968. This application May 24, 1971,
Ser. No. 146.280
Int. CI. C22d 7/02; C23b 5/70; BOlk 3/04
U.S. CI. 204—257 16 Claims
An electro-refining cell having a series succession of
alternating anodic and cathodic frames through which an
electrolyte is circulated at a relatively rapid rate, the an-
odic frames containing current-distributing electrode rods
of impure metal and fragmented impure metal. Insulating
and sealing means space the frames apart and create a
static zone beneath the frames and the main flow path so
.<?^
i
There is disclosed a method for making a cast anode
having integrally formed therewith an extension which
is subsequently bent into a hook.
264
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,418
APPARATLS FOR ETCHING OF THIN LAYERS OF
MATERIAL BY ION BOMBARDMENT
Richard Edward Quinn, W illingboro, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 6 1 2,908, Jan. 3 1 , 1967,
abandoned. This application March 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,720
Int. CI. C23c/ 5/00
IJ.S. CL 204—298 1 Claim
the preheated fluid stream to ultra high reaction temperatures
and discharges said stream into an electric resistance tubular
heat exchanger having variations in wall thickness at mea-
sured intervals along its length to precisely control the tem-
perature of the fluid passing through such heat exchanger for
desired time intervals to provide the specified chemical reac-
tions desired.
A method of etching thin layers of material by bombarding
a target with accelerated ions in the presence of a magnetic
field parallel to the path of the accelerated ions and including
apparatus to carry out the method. A voltage is applied to
glow discharge electrodes in a vacuum environment causing
plasma formation between the electrodes and accelerating the
resultant ions toward a target to be etched. A magnetic field
parallel to the accelerating electric field is provided to con-
dense the ionic stream and cause more ions to strike the tar-
get Some form of masking is utilized to define the desired pat-
tern of holes in the surface layer of the target.
3,708.419
SELF-CYCLING FLLID HEATER
George M. Low, Deputy Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an in-
vention of, and W alter K. Moen, Newport Beach, Calif.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,551
int. CI. C22d 7108
U.S. CI. 204—328 15 Claims
3.708,420
CATALYST TRANSFER IN A PLURAL BED
HYDROGENATiON PROCESS
Robert Leard Irvine, Rob, Nes, Pyle Hill, Woking, Surrey, En-
gland
Filed Feb. 25, 1 97 1 , Set. No. 1 1 8,697
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Feb. 27, 1970,
9519/70
Int. CI. CI Og 2 J/06
U.S. CL 208— 156 2 Claims
The invention relates to a process for the hydrogenation of
hydrocarbon feedstocks in a reactor comprising a number of
catalyst beds through which fluidized catalyst descends in
countercurrent to feed and hydrogen The invention provides
a catalyst transfer system whereby the catalyst is moved in
batches from an upper to the next lower bed by an external
catalyst transfer pipe provided with an inlet for hydrogen.
3,708,421
PROCESS TO REMOVE MERCAPTAN SULFUR
FROM SOUR OILS
Charles W. Rippie, 1731 S. Cheyenne,
Tulsa, Okla. 74019
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 181,946
Int. CI. ClOg 29/22
\5S. CI. 208—244 R 9 Claims
The specification discloses a self-cycling fluid heater includ-
ing a high temperature upstream preheater for elevating the
stream temperature, a high intensity jet arc heater which heats
A process for the removal of mercaptan sulfur in the
manufacture of petroleum products by treating sour gaso-
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
265
lines and other petroleum distillates in the boiling range
of 100 to 400 degrees Fahrenheit with a reagent formed
by reacting a water soluble metal salt with a mixture
of a glycinate derivative in an alkaline solution in which
the said metal salt in an alkaline solution combines with
mercaptan sulfur compounds in a sour gasoline and distil-
late stream; by prewashing the sour gasoline and distil-
lates with a caustic-hydrogen sulfide solution: a first step
of extracting the mercaptan sulfur compounds from the
sour gasoline and distillates in the presence of the said
alkaline reagent; a second step of oxidizing the mercaptan
sulfur compounds in the spent alkaline reagent with a gas
containing oxygen so as to regenerate the spent alkaline
reagent for recycling for use in the said first step; and,
a third step of extracting the disulfide sulfur from the
regenerated reagent. ""
3,708,424
lOMC CONDUCTIVE SOLID ELECTROLYTE
Susumu Yoshimura and Reiji Sane, both of 1006 Oaza
Kadoma. Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,988
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 4, 1970,
45/18,895
Int. CI. HOlg 9/02
U.S. CI. 252—62.2 8 Claims
An ionically conductive organic solid material is pro-
vided, which is useful for an electrolyte for use in elec-
tric devices. The material is a crystalline electron donor-
acceptor complex comprising an acceptor of 7,7,8,8-tetra-
cyanoquinodimethane, and donors of monovalent cation
interstitial and including multivalent cation impurities
so as to possess the excellent ionic conductivity suitable
for an electrolyte.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—156 see:
Patent No. 3,708,364
3,708,422
ELECTRIC DISCHARGE MACHINING FLUID
John VN. Swanson. Vardley, Pa., as.si};nur to Cities Service
Oil Co.
Filed Jan. 29, I97I,Ser. No. 111,115
Int. CI. C 10m 1 132 J 150
U.S. CL 252-49.6 7 Claims
An improved electric discharge machming fluid permitting
rapid removal of metal, particularly in the case of difficulty
machined cast iron The electric discharge machining fluid
comprises a major proportion of an oil and a minor proportion
of an oil-soluble aliphatic amine containing about 10 to 50
carbons. The preferred electric discharge machining fluid
comprises a hydrocarbon oil and an oil-soluble aliphatic pri-
mary monoamine containing about I 2 to 25 carbons.
3,708,423
ANNLILAR CORE CONSISTING OF A FERROMAG-
NETIC FERRITE AND TO BE USED AS A MAG-
NETIC MEMORY ELEMENT AND METHOD OF
MANUFACTURING SUCH A MAGNETIC CORE
Cornells Jacobus Esveldt and Nicolaas Petrus Slijkerman,
Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,157
Claims priorif^, application Netherlands, Feb. 4, 1970,
7001539
Int. CI. C04b 35/26
U.S. CI. 252—62.61 5 Claims
The invention relates to magnet cores consisting of a
ferromagnetic ferrite and having extremely small dimen-
sions (so-called "I4-mil-cores") and to the manufacture
of such cores. On the one hand, memory elements con-
sisting of copper manganese ferrite, and on the other
hand memory elements consisting of lithium nickel fer-
rite were already known. However, 14-mil-cores having
fully satisfying properties cannot be manufactured from
either of the two ferrite types. The invention provides a
way out from this difficulty by proposing to construct a
memory core from a combination of the two above-men-
tioned types of ferrite. The memory elements according
to the invention consisting of mixed ferrites of copper,
manganese, lithium and nickel unite in themselves the
favourable properties, but do not show the less favour-
able properties of the manganese ferrite and lithium
nickel ferrite. respectively, as components for memory
cores of the 14-mil-type.
3,708,425
DETERGENT BARS
Russell Edward Compa, West Orange, Charles Frederick
Fischer, Jersey City, and Robert Tweedy Hunter, Jr.,
and Raymond Camillus Odioso, Piscataway, N.J., as-
signors to Colgate-Palmolive Companv, New York,
N.Y.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 682,411,
Nov. 13, 1967. This application Nov. 2, 1970, Ser.
No. 86,372
Int. CI. CI Id 3/02
U.S. CI. 252—89 14 Claims
Detergent bar made by working a detergent such as
soap or alkylbenzenesulfonate with puffed borax. Other
ingredients such as tripolyphosphates may also be present.
3,708,426
HAIR COSMETIC PREPARATION
Karlheinz Schrader, Bevern, Germany, assignor to Dragoco
Spezialfabrik Kanz Riech-und .Aroma-staffe Gerberding
& Co. (iMBH, Hulzminden, West Germany
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,830
Claims priority, application Germany, March 10, 1970, P 20
11 156.2
Int. CL CI Id 17104
U.S. CI. 252-90 2 Claims
A preparation for cleaning and removing fatty material
from the hair comprises a water insoluble organic polymer in
an organic solution.
3,708,427
WASHING AND CLEANSING COMPOSITIONS
Gunter Jakobi. Hilden Rhineland, and Peter Bertn,
Leichlingen, Germany, assignors to Henkel & Cie.
GmbH, Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,267
Claims prioritv, application Germanv, Dec. 20, 1969,
P 19 64 024.5
Int. CL Clld 7/75, 7/56
U.S. CI. 252—99 6 Claims
Builder salt-containing washing and cleansing composi-
tions comprising (a) one part by weight of a capillary-
active compound selected from the group consisting of
anionic surface-active compounds, non-ionic surface-ac-
tive compounds and amphoteric surface-active compounds
and (b) 0.5 to 20 parts by weight of a mixture of builder
salts consisting of (1) from 20% to 75% by weight of
said mixture of pentasodium triphosphate (2) from 10%
to 60% by weight of said mixture of sodium citrate, and
(3) from 3% to 50% by weight of said mixture of sodi-
um metasilicate having a ratio Na20:Si02 of 1:1.
266
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,428 _,^
DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
SILICA COLLOIDS
Louis McDonald, Altadena, Calif. (P.O. Box 2917,
Terminal Annex, Los Angeles, Calif. 90054)
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 700,004
Int CI. Clld 9110
U S O 252 109 *" Claims
This invention is concerned with detergent composi-
tions containing colloidal silica to enhance their cleaning
and soil removal ability. The colloidal silica is formed
in situ as a sol by the reaction of water-soluble or dis-
persible alkali silicates with a variety of anionic, deter-
gent-forming organic acids, exemplified by fatty acids
of from eight to twelve carbon atoms or alkyl aryl sul-
fonic acids. The colloidal silica is characterized by an
alkaline oxide to SiOa ratio of from 1:4 to 1:2000 or
more.
3,708,429
CLEANING COMPOSITIONS
Philip George Hall, Poulton, England, assignor to Lever
Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,057
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 6, 1970,
10,870/70
Int. CI. Clld 7106
U.S. CI. 252—156 9 Claims
A substantially anhydrous cleaning composition incor-
porates a surface active agent, an alkaline catalyst and
an acid release agent in a lower aliphatic alcohol. The
undiluted composition is strongly alkaline and is effective
for removing fatty soils from pans and the like, but when
the composition is added to water the acid release agent
tends to lower the alkalinity to an acceptable level for
dishwashing purposes.
3,708,431
DISPENSING PACKAGE
Samuel B. Pru.ssin, 2 1 26 Banyon Dr., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,606
Int. CI. C09k ilOO
U.S. CI. 252-188.3 »<» Claims
Packages are described which comprise surfactant-forming
acid and surfaclant-forming base compositions maintained
isolated from each other within a container with valve means
communicating with each composition. Actuation of the valve
means results in dispensing a surfactant. Through use of
chemical heat generating means within the package, the sur-
factant can be dispensed in a warmed stale.
3,708,432
NUCLEAR FUEL
Leonard V. Triggiani, Rockville, Norton Haberman,
Bethesda, and Moises G. Sanchez, Severna Park, Md.,
assignors to W. R. Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
647,606, June 21, 1967. This appUcation Aug. 28, 1969,
Ser. No. 853,980
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Mar. 17, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C09k 3100
U.S. CI. 252—301.1 S 8 Claims
A process for preparing a nuclear fuel containing small
amounts of inorganic ions by impregnating formed par-
ticles with inorganic salts.
3.708,430
CHRO\nC ACID CONDITIONER FOR TREATMENT
OF POLYMERIC RESIN SURFACES FOR ELEC-
TROLESS PLATING
Leon .\. Kadison and Eileen Maguire, San Gabriel, Calif.,
assignors to Crown City Plating Co., El Monte, Calif.
Original application Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,880.
Divided and this application Nov. 18, 1971, Ser.
No. 200,254
Int. CI. C09j 5102
U.S. CI. 252—188 8 Claims
3,708.433
STABILIZED LRANILM OR LRANILM-PLLTONILM
NITRIDE FUEL
James M. I.eitnaker, Kingston, Tenn., and Karl E. Spear, II,
State College, Pa., assignors to the L nited States of America
as represealed by the I nited States Atomic Energy Com-
mission
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,452
Int.CI.G21c2//00
U.S. CI. 252-301.1 R 7 Claims
Aqueous chromic acid solutions containing from 1.1 to
1.3 kilograms of chromium trioxide per liter of solution
as provided by the presence of trivalent chromium are
used to condition polymeric resin surfaces for electroless
plating.
A nuclear fuel composition which exhibits minimal reacUon
with stainless steel cladding at reactor service conditions is
provided comprising a metal-containing uranium or uranium-
plutonium nitride composition which forms, under reactor
service conditions, a UXN., or (U, Pu)XN., compound as a
separate stable phase where X is a metal selected from the
group consisting of vanadium, chromium and niobium. These
compounds are formed by reaction of fuel with excess
nitrogen as the nitrogen is produced from fuel burnup in the
reactor Thus, the nitrogen equilibrium pressure is stabilized
to a value below that which will react with the stainless steel
cladding.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
267
3,708,434
CHROMIUM MOLYBDATE, TELLURIUM OXIDE,
PHOSPHORUS OXIDE CATALYST
Jamal S. Eden, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application May 2, 1968, Ser. No.
726,218. Divided and this application Nov. 2. 1970.
Ser. No. 86,385
Int. CI. BOlj 11/82
U.S. CI. 252—435 3 Claims
Unsaturated acids and aldehydes as acrylic acid and
acrolein or methacrylic acid and methacrolein are pre-
pared in excellent yields and at improved rates by the
oxidation of an olefin as propylene or isobutylene in the
presence of a catalyst containing chromium molybdate,
tellurium oxide and phosphorus oxide.
3,708,435
METHOD OF CLEANING HUMAN SKIN
Jesse H. Starkman, 100 Wilmot Road,
Deerfield, III. 60015
No Drawing. Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,702
Int. CI. Clld 3/26, 3/32, 9/30
U.S. CI. 252—544 4 Claims
A method for enhancing the texture of skin along with
the characteristics of various cosmetics comprising apply-
ing to the skin a composition comprising a minor amount,
preferably about 0.5 to 20.0%, water-soluble polyure-
thane. Where the water-soluble polyurethane is intended
to remain on the skin for any significant time period, the
composition should also include a plasticizer which is a
co-solvent for water-soluble polyurethane and for the oils
in the skin.
3,708,436
DETERGENT BUILDERS
Ralph B. Thompson, Oak Brook, Peter G. Pappas,
Downers Grove, and Joseph M. Sandri, Flossmoor, III.,
assignors to NaIco Chemical Company, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,739
Int. CI. Clld
U.S. CI. 252—527 6 Chums
A synergistic mixture of polymeric maleic anhydride
(PMA) with sodium nitrilotriacetate (NTA) or sodium
tripolyphosphate (STP) is employed as a detergent
builder with or without purification of the PMA. Maleic
anhydride also has a synergistic effect with purified PMA.
NTA has a synergistic effect with maleic anhydride-meth-
acrylate copolymers, vinyl acetate-maleic anhydride co-
polymers, and with styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers.
3,708,438
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF LEAD
CONTAINING PIEZOELECTRIC POWDERS
Newton Levy, Jr., Ellicott City, Md., assignor to W. R.
(irace & Co.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 699,782, Jan. 23. 1 968.
abandoned. This application Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,290
InL CI. C04b 35146, 35/48
L.S. CI. 252-62.9 6 Claims
A process for preparing lead oxide containing piezoelectric
ceramic bodies capable of being sintered to greater than 90
percent of theoretical density at temperatures of 800 to 1 . 1 00°
C by subjecting an intimate mixture of lead compounds with
other materials to thermal dehydration or decomposition in a
high temperature fluid energy mill.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—364 see:
Patent No. 3,708,508
3,708,439
POLYBENZIMIDAZOLES
Adnan A. R. Sayigh, North Haven, Benjamin W. Tucker,
Bethany, and Henri Ulrich, Northford, Conn., assignors
to The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 184,621
Int. CL C08g 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—2 R 4 Claims
Polybenzimidazoles are described which are charac-
terized by the recurring unit:
(Ri),
(Ri).
3,708,437
2.0LEFIN SULFONATE FOR UQUID
DETERGENTS
William A. Sweeney, Larkspur, Calif., assignor to
Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
N I \ ^
—n—t N Rj N C—
wherein R=arylene (Cg.ia), alkylene (Ci_ia), cyclo-
alkylene (Cj.g),
o
Ri = lower-alkyl, lower-alkoxy, halogen; x=0-3 and
Ra=arylene (Cs-u),
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,313
Int. CI. Clld 1/12
U.S. CI. 252 — 555 5 Claims
Detergent active materials having low cloud points in
aqueous solutions of inorganic salts, the active materials
comprising olefin sulfonates of substantially linear mono-
olefin of 10 to 24 carbon atoms and in which at least 40 ^ ^ . ./ / «. y sy
percent by weight of the sulfonates are 2-olefin sul- <^ X_o-C-o-/' '/•OS VcHr-/ S ^
<IX
A
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
268
The polybenzimidazoles possess markedly high thermal
stability as compared with previously known compounds
of this class which have H atoms attached to rmg nitro-
gen They also possess lower glass transition and melt
temperatures than previously known polybenzimidazoles
and, accordingly, possess the advantage that they can be
fabricated using conventional molding techniques.
January 2, 1973
3,708,440 ,^
RECLALVnNG SCRAP POLYISOCYANX^ATE
FOAM WITH AN ALIPHATIC DIOL AND A
DIALKANOL AMINE ^,. . ^. „
Floro F. Frulla, VVaningford, Alec Odmak, New Haven,
and Adnan A. R. Sayigh. North Haven, Conn as-
signors to The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Set. No. 226,275
Int. CI. C08g 53/22
U.S. CI. 260—2.3 3 Claims
A process is disclosed for converting scrap polyiso-
cyanurate foam into a polyol which can be used, without
the need for any further treatment, as the polyol compo-
ncn. i;i ilu ricr^ruiion of poiyuiethane and related
foams. The process comprises heating the scrap at about
175° C. to about 250° C. in the presence of a mixture
of (a) an aliphatic diol having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms,
inclusive, and a boiling point above about 180° C. and
(b) a dialkanolamine having from 4 to 8 carbon atoms,
inclusive, the dialkanolamine constituting from about 2
percent to about 20 percent by weight of the mixture. ,
3 708 442
PROCESS FOR PREPARING FOAM MATERIALS
RESISTANT TO PRESSURE AND HEAT FROM
MIXTURES OF BITUMINOUS MASSES AND
He^"z^Ge?hard Franck and Walter Metzendorf, P"|^^urg-
Meiderich, and Johannes Turowski, deceased, late of
Castrop-Rauxel, Germany, by Else Paula IV^na Turow-
ski nee Hinz, heir, and Jaafar Omran, Nijssen, and
H. G. Jozef, Castrop-Rauxel, Germany, assignors to
Rutgerswerke Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main,
NoTrawing. Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,879
Int.Cl.C08ji/74
U S CI 260 2.5 F ' Claims
Voam' material's resistant to pressure and heat are pre-
pared from mixtures of bituminous masses and phenolic
resins by condensation of a mixture of bituminous masses,
phenols and hexamethylenetetramine in the presence of
an alkaline catalyst at a reaction temperature m the range
of 140 to 200° C. for about 4 hours and foaming and hard-
ening the resulting mixture consisting of bituminous masses
and phenol-formaldehyde resins by incorporating therein
hexamethylene-tetramine.
3,708,441
PROCESS FOR MAKING PVC FOAMS
Wallace (.. Josl%n, and Joseph W. Keil, both of Midland,
Mich., assignors to Dow Corning Corporation, Midland,
Mich.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 82,031
Int.Cl. C08jy//6
U.S. CI. 260-2.5 P >6 Claims
3,708,443
POLYLTIETHANE FOAMS AND ELASTOMERS
BASED ON HALOGEN-CONTAINING POLY-
fsters
Ulrich Toggweiler and Frank F. Roselli, Redwood City,
Calif., assignors to Diamond Shamrock Corporation
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 25, 1967, Ser. No.
611,574, now Patent No. 3,536,782. Divided and this
applicatioH July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 62,777
Int. CK C08g 22/70. 22/44
U S CI. 260 2.5 AV 13 Claims
Halogen-containing urethane products are prepared
by coreacting an organic isocyanate compound and a
halogenated polyester that has been produced by halo-
genating a particular type of unsaturated polyester. The
unsaturated polyester is derived from the condensation
of reactants that include a non-alpha,beta-ethylenically
unsaturated dicarboxylic acid or anhydride to provide the
principal loci for halogenation.
I PLASTSOL COHPOSITIOH PLUS
1 COMPATIBLE MATERIAL WMCH CURES |
AT ABOUT ROOM TEMPERATURE |
COMPOSITION IS FOAMED
[vacuum applied
i to set low
density foam
I COMPATieLE MATERIAL IN
COMPOSITION CURED AT
I dflOUT ROOM TEMPERATURE
SHAPED ;
PLASTSOL FOAM FUSED
i SmaroUt oipKt of inMntan
> Ool<onol
3,708,444
FOAMED AND FOAMABLE COPOLYMERS
Wolfgang Ganzler, Darmstadt, Gunter Schroder, Ober-
Ramstadt-Eiche, and Peter Huch, Buchschlag Uber
Sprendlingen, Germany, assignors to Rohm & Haas
G.m.b.H., Darmstadt, Germany .. .. c
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 682,496, Nov. 13, 1967. This appUcation May 19,
1971, Ser. No. 145,038
Int. CI. C08f 29/34. 47/10
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 N ^10 C'^""*
Improvement in the stability to water of foamed co-
polymers of (A) acrylic or methacrylic acid and (B)
acrylonitrile, acrylamide, methacrylonitrile or methacryl-
amide and, if desired, (C) additional comonomer in the
presence of 3 to 20 percent urea or dimetbylurea by ad-
dition of 0.01 to 10% by weight of a cross-linkmg agent
to the monomer mix before copolymerization.
An improved process for making plastisol foams is dis-
closed, the improvement comprising adding to the plastisol
composition, prior to foaming, a material which is compatible
with the plastisol and which cures at about room temperature,
then foaming the resulting mixture, then curing the material
added at about room temperature, and finally fusing the
plastisol foam. Optionally, the foam can be shaped before or
after the material is cured, but prior to fusing the plastisol
composition. A separable aspect of the invention is the appli-
cation of a vacuum after the composition has been foamed
and prior to curing of the material, and optionally releasing
the vacuum after the material has cured but prior to fusing the
plastisol foam whereby a low density foam is obtained.
3,708,445
POLYMERIC THICKENERS AND METHOD OF
PREPARING AND USING THE SAME
Thomas B. Junas, Arlington, and Augustin La lorre,
Burlington, Mass., assignors to General Latex and
Chemical CorporaHon, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Original application Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No.
30,285, now Patent No. 3,652,497. divided ^nd this
application Nov. 26, 1971, Sen No. 202 629
Int. CI. C08d 13/06: C08f 45/24
US CI 260 4R 11 Claims
A po'lymeric surfactant thickener comprising a copoly-
mer of an ester of an alkylarylpolyether alcohol, such as
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
269
an alkylphenoxypolyethyleneoxyethanol, with an unsat-
urated carboxylic acid compound, such as acrylic or meth-
acrylic acid, and an unsaturated acid compound, which
copolymer comprises from about 70 to 95% of the ester
and from about 5 to 30% of the unsaturated carboxylic
acid, and which copolymer contains from about 20 to
100 oxyethylene groups. The polymeric surfactant thick-
ener is particularly useful in thickening polymeric latex
compositions, such as carboxylated styrene-buiadiene latex
containing filler material.
fore the protective coating does not have to be removed
prior to soldering.
3,708,446
GRAFT COPOLYMERS OF XANTHOMONAS
HYDROPHILIC COLLOID AND ACRYLIC
MONOMER
David J. Pettitt, San Diego, Calif., assignor to Keico
Company, San Diego, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,796
Int. CI. C08f 29/50
U.S. CI. 260—17.4 GC 37 Claims
Graft copolymers of a Xanthomonas hydrophilic col-
loid with an acrylic monomer. Method of making graft
copolymers by treating a Xanthomonas hydrophilic col-
loid and an acrylic monomer in an aqueous medium in
the presence of a eerie salt which is soluble in the acid
corresponding to the acid anion in the eerie salt. The
eerie salt is added in the form of a solution in the acid
corresponding to the acid anion of the salt and the co-
polymerization is carried out under a protective atmos-
phere to exclude oxygen. The copolymerization may be
carried out in a fermentation beer containing a Xantho-
monas hydrophilic colloid as produced by the growth of
Xanthomonas bacteria in the fermentation medium.
3,708.449
FLUX COMPOSITION
Anthony D. Ippolito, Trenton, and Howard Van Arsdale.
Robbjnsville, NJ., assignors to NL Industries, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1971, Ser. No. 162,314
Int. CI. C09j 3/26
U.S. CI. 260—24 11 Claims
A solder reflux coating composition, suitable for use as
a solder flux and in addition as a protective coating for
the surface of solder preforms and the like, has been pre-
pared, said compyosition consisting essentially of a mix-
ture of rosin and polyurethane dissolved in an organic
solvent, the amount of rosin present in said composition
being from above 50 to 150 parts for each part of polyure-
thane and the amount of solvent bein^ from above 40 to
70 parts for each 30-60 parts of rosin.
3,708,447
GRAFT COPOLYMERS CONTAINING N-3-OXO-
HYDROCARBON-SUBSTITUTED ACRYLAMIDE
UNITS
Donald Irvin Hoke, Chagrin Falls, Ohio, assignor to The
Lubrizol Corporation, Wickliffe, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127,012
Int. CI. D06m 15/38; C08f 25/00, 43/08
U.S. CI. 260—17.4 GC 3 Claims
Graft copolymers are formed by reacting a naturally
occurring p>olyhydroxy base polymer, such as cellulose,
with an N-3-oxohydrocarbon-substituted acrylamide such
as diacetone acrylamide in the presence of a free radical
catalyst, preferably a salt of periodic acid or a eerie salt.
The grafting operation modifies the properties of the base
polymer.
3,708,448
COATING COMPOSITION
Anthony D. Ippolito, Trenton, and Howard Van Arsdale,
Robbinsville, N.J., assignors to NL Industries, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1971, Ser. No. 162,278
Int. CI. C09j 3/26
U.S. CI. 260—24 11 Claims
A protective coating composition for metal surfaces,
such as printed circuit boards and the like, which are sub-
jected to soldering operations, has been prepared, said
composition consisting essentially of a mixture of rosin
and polyurethane dissolved in an organic solvent, the
amount of rosin present in said composition being from
10 to 50 parts for each part of polyurethane and the
amount of solvent being from 70 to 95 parts for each
5 to 30 parts of rosin.
The protective coating composition of this invention
is also compatible with a rosin fluxing system and there-
3,708,450
ELASTOMERIC POLYESTER-DERIVED
_POLYlJRETHANES CONTAINING 12-
HYDROXYMETHYL-TETRAHYDROABIETANOL
John B. Lewis, and (Men W. Hedrick, both of Lake City,
Fla., assignors to the Inited States of .America as repre-
sented b> the Secretary of Agriculture
Division of Ser. No. 36,673, May 12, 1970, Pat. No. 3,673,240.
This appUcation Dec. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 208,935
Int.CI.C08g/7//6
U.S. CI. 260—26 1 Claim
Ethylene glycol adipic acid polyester was modified by incor-
porating the naval stored derived 1 2-hydroxymethyltetTa-
hydroabietanol in the polyester chain. The modified polyester
was blended with a poly (ethylene adipate) glycol (mol. wt.
2000) and 1,4-butanedio, Bu(OH).j, giving glycol mixtures
which were reacted with toluene diisocyanate TDl. Clear
strong polyurethane films (26.6 percent TDl) from glycol
mixtures (average hydroxyl equivalents, GHE, of 252) con-
taining 5, 10. 15 and 20 percent resinyl moiety were prepared
and their polymer properties examined. Incorporation of the
moiety gave strength, toughness, and stiffness to films which
otherwise would have been soft and tacky. Glycol mixtures
having higher hydroxyl equivalents values required less iso-
cyanate and addition of the resinyl glycol gave strong elastic
cilms from a composition containing 16.6 percent TDl
Experimental data suggests that use of the bulky 1 2-hydrox-
ymethyltetrahydroabietanol may be an important contribution
to polyurethane technology.
3,708,451
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR PREPARING
GRAPHITE PRODUCTS
William C. McWhorter, and Norman L. Dykes, both of Oak
Ridge, Tenn.. assignors to the United States of America as
represented by the I nitcd States Atomic Energ> Commission
Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,798
Int. CI. C08g 5//i4, C01bi//07
U.S. CI. 260—29.8 3 Claims
Dense graphite products having an open porosity of less
than one per cent are prepared by employing an improved gra-
phitizable mixture consisting essentially of a carbonaceous
filler, a carbonizable resin binder, and a small quantity of dis-
solved camphor. This mixture can be readily formed into
products of the desired configuration by extrusion, molding,
slip casting, or spraying.
270
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,452 ^^„
HYDROGEL OF UNSATLTIATED POLYESTER
RESIN AND UNSATURATED CARBOXYLIC
ACID POLYMER SALT, AND HARDENED
COMPOSITES THEREOF
Tsuneo Tsubakimoto and Masao Nikki, Toyonaka-shi,
and Norio Mizuta, Kobe-shi, Japan, assignors to Nippon
Shokubai Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,295
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 25, 1969,
44/75,784; Dec. 9, 1969, 44/98,302
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260 29.6 NTl 10 Claims
Hardened compound resin compositions comprising a
finely divided, rubbery hydrogel of a polymer of a water-
soluble salt of at least one carboxylic acid of the general
formula,
CH2=C(R)COOH ; -
(in which R is hydrogen atom or methyl group)
in uniformly dispersed form and a hardened, unsaturated
polyester resin is prepared by providing a water-in-oil
emulsion composed of an aqueous solution of water-solu-
ble salt of at least one carboxylic acid of the general
formula,
CH2=C(R)COOH
(in which R is hydrogen atom or methyl group)
as the aqueous phase and unsaturated polyester resin as
the oil phase, and polymerizing and hardening the above
emulsion in the presence of polymerization initiator for
the water-soluble salt and a polymerization initiator for
the unsaturated polyester resin.
prepared by blending from 10 to 50 percent by weight of glass
fiber and from 90 to 50 percent by weight of a basic resin com-
position, said basic resin composition consisting of from 95 to
50 percent by weight based on the basic composition of
polyphenylene ether and from 5 to 50 percent by weight of
based on the basic composition of amorphous polymer, eg
styrene-acrylonitrile polymer. A 1 : 1 mixture of polyphen-
ylene ether with polystyrene, for example, may be used in
place of the polyphenylene ether.
3.708.456
POLYCONDENSATE REINFORCEMENT PROCESS
USING AN INTERFACLVL-FORMING TECH-
NIQUE
John Louis Kardos, University City, Mo., assignor to
Monsanto Companv, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,680
Int CI. C08g57/iO
U.S. CI. 260—37 N 10 Claims
The application provides the process of preparing fiber-
reinforced condensation polymers which comprises con-
ducting an interfacial polycondensation, without siib-
stantial stirring, in the presence of discontinuous, in-
organic reinforcing fiber dispersed in the phase through
which the interfacial film of polycondensate is withdrawn
from the reaaion zone.
3,708,453
UNEAR SEGMENTED POLYURETH ANES
Wilhelm Thoma, Berg. Neukirchen, Harald Oertel, Oden-
thal-Globusch, and Heinrich Rinke, Leverkuscn, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
schaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,714
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 17, 1969,
P 19 52 394.5
Int. CI. C08g 22/04
U.S. CI. 260—30.2 . . 7 Claims
Linear segmented polyurethanes containing chain ex-
tending segments derived from monoureadihydrazides
and a process for their production. The polyurethanes are
useful in the production of elastomeric filaments.
3,708,457
PIGMENTED POLYOLEFIN COMPOSITIONS CON-
TAINING PHTHALOCYANINE COMPOUNDS
Donald G. Needham, Ramona. and George R. Hill. Bart-
lesville, Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,894
Int. CI. C08f 45/14, 45/62
U.S. CI. 260—41 C 8 Claims
Resistance to deterioration on exposure to weather of
pigmented polyolefin compositions is improved by the in-
corporation into such compositions of certain phthalo-
cyanine compounds.
3,708,454
THERMAL STABILIZATION OF POLYSULFONE
POLYMERS
Joel William Barlow, Piscataway, Raymond George
Azrak, Whitehouse, and Lloyd Mahlon Robeson,
Lebanon, NJ., assignors to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 141,041
Int. CI. C08g 45/56
U.S. a. 260—37 R 15 Claims
Polyarylene polyether polysulfone thermoplastic poly-
mers are stabilized by the addition of non-hydrolyzable
divalent metallic oxides and sulfides.
3,708,455
REINFORCED POLYPHENYLENE ETHER
COMPOSITIONS
Atsuo Nakanishi. Kanagawa; Shinichi Irawa, Tokyo, and
Kunio Toyama. Kanagawa, all of Japan, assignors to Asahi-
Dow Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Fikdjun*29, 1971,Ser. No. 157,856
Int. CI.C08g5;//0
L.S.CI. 260— 37R 15 Claims
Polyphenylene ether compositions reinforced with glass
fiber, are excellent in shaping processability. They are
3,708,458
COPOLYIMIDES OF BENZOPHENONE
TETRACARBOXYLIC ACID DIANHYDRIDE AND
MIXTURE OF DIISOC Y AN ATES
Louis M. Alberino. Cheshire, Conn.; William J. Farrissey, Jr.,
Northford, Conn., and James S. Rose, (iuilford. Conn.,
assiunors to The I pjohn Company, Kalamazoo. Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 75,667, Sept. 25, 1970,
abandoned. This application March 16, 1971, Ser. No.
124,958
int. CI. C08g 20132
U.S. CI. 260—65 5 Claims
Copolyimides are prepared from benzophenone-3,3',4.4'-
tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a mixture of 4,4'-
methylenebis( phenyl isocyanate) and toluene diisocyanate
(2,4- or 2.6-isomer or mixtures thereof). The mixture of iso-
cyanates is used in a molar percent ratio from about 10/90 to
90/10, respectively. The copolyimides so obtained show mar-
kedly improved mold fiow properties and higher glass transi-
tion temperature as compared with polyimides made from
4.4'-methylenebis( phenyl isocyanate) alone. The improve-
ment in mold flow properties in the copolyimides is achieved
without any significant loss in structural strength properties;
this is contrary to expectation based on the known properties
of the corresponding polyimide made from toluene diiso-
cyanate alone The copolyimides which are obtained from the
isocyanate mixtures in which the toluene diisocyanate is the
major component have the additional advantage of being solu-
ble in polar solvents and, accordingly, find use in coating com-
positions and the like. All the copolyimides prepared as
described above can be used in the preparation of high tem-
perature resistant polymer articles and in the various applica-
tions for which polyimides are known to be especially
adapted.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
271
3,708,459
MOLDING POWER PREPOLYMERS
Hyman R. Lubowit/.. Hawthorne. Calif., assignors to TRW
Inc., Radondo Beach. Calif.
Continuation-iii-part of Set. No. 3 1 ,979, April 27,1 970, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 650,625, July 3, 1967, Pat.
No. 3,528,950. This applicaUon June 24, 1970, Ser. No.
49,382
int. CI. C08g 20132
U.S. CI. 260—65 1 Claim
This invention relates to the preparation of molding pow-
ders having surface areas ranging from about 100 to 800
square meters per gram. The molding powders are obtained
from a polymerizate comprising 10 to 90 percent by weight of
a polyamide-acid prepolymer and 10 to 90 percent by weight
of a polyimide prepolymer having average molecular weights
ranging from about 500 to 6,000. The |X)lymerizate of
prepolymers are prepared by reacting approximately
stoichiometric amounts of at least one polyfunctional amine,
one or more polyfunctional anhydrides, and a monoanhydride
characterized by the formula;
substituted with alkyl radicals of 1-4 carbon atoms leav-
ing at least one hydrogen atom unsubstituted, and 0.2-
10.0 parts by weight of at least one organic polysulfide.
R ()
/Vsl
v^i
-C
\
()
. II
R (J
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and lower alkyl radicals having one to five carbon atoms per
molecule and combinations thereof.
3,708,460
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
POLY-^-AMIDES
Walter Rupp, Nicderhofbeim, Taunus, and Claus Beer-
mann, Neu Isenburg. Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,219
Claims priority, application Germany, July 24, 1969,
P 19 37 663.7
Int. CK C08g 20/10
U.S. CI. 260—78 L 4 Claims
To obtain /3-lactams of high molecular weight by
anionic polymerization the catalyst solution or suspension
and simultaneously a solution of the /S-lactam or mixture
of /3-lactams are metered into the polymerization vessel
containing a solvent at a temperature of from 10 to
100° C.
3,708,461
PROCESS FOR THE VULCANIZATION OF
EPIHALOHYDRIN POLYMERS
Tefsuo Karastu, Yokohama, Hiroshi Sasaki, Kawasaki,
and Hideo Fukuda, Yokohama, Japan, assignors to
The Japanese Geon Company Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,855
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 15, 1969,
44/100,105
Int. CI. C08g 23/00
U.S. CI. 260—79 11 Claims
A process for the vulcanization of epihalohydrin poly-
mers, which comprises heating an epihalohydrin homo-
polymer or a copolymer of an epihalohydrin with at least
one other epoxide, in the presence of, per 100 parts by
weight of the polymer, 0.2-10.0 parts by weight of at least
one compound selected from the group consisting of 2-
mercaptoimidazolines and thioureas which are optionally
3,708,462
CROSS-LINKED STYRYLPHOSPHINE RESINS
Suzanne V. McKlnley. Wellesley, and Joseph W. Rakshys,
Jr., Framingham, Mass., assignors to The Dow Chemi-
cal Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,605
Int. CI. C08f 15/40
VS. CI. 260—80.71 14 Claims
Novel resins having a carbon-to-carbon backbone,
cross-linked with carbon-to-carbon linkages and a plurali-
ty of pendant groups of the structure
cross-linked polymer backbone
Q-R
(CH,).
P
wherein n is an integer from 0 to 3, R and Rj are hydro-
carbon groups of from 1 to 12 C atoms each, Rj is H
or up to 4 alkyl groups of 1 to 4 C atoms each, are pre-
pared by copolymerizing a dihydrocarbyl vinyl aromatic
phosphine with a polyolefinically unsaturated monomer
or by copolymerizing said monomers with one or more
monoolefinically unsaturated monomer which is co-
poiymerizable with dihydrocarbyl vinyl aromatic phos-
phine and/or a vinyl aromatic compound. The novel
cross-linked polymers can also be prepared by convert-
ing a cross-linked vinyl brominated or iodinated aromatic
hydrocarbon polymer to a lithium derivative and then re-
acting the latter with a dihydrocarbyl halo phosphine, or
reacting the lithium derivative with trimethyiene oxide,
then halogen, followed by lithium dihydrocarbyl phos-
phine.
The novel polymers have a utility for catalyzing reac-
tions in which monomeric trihydrocarbyl phosphines act
as catalysts, namely, the dimerization of alpha-beta un-
saturated nitriles, carboxylic acid esters or ketones and
the oligomerization or polymerization thereof under cer-
tain circumstances.
3,708,463
PROCESS FOR PREPARING VINYLIDENE
FLUORIDE POLYMERS FOR COATING
APPLICATIONS
John P. Stallings, Mentor, Ohio, assignor to Diamond
Shamrock Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,851
Int. CI. C08f 3/22
U.S. CI. 260—92.1 8 Claims
Vinylidene fluoride polymers having particular utility
for dispersion coating application are prepared in an
aqueous medium in the presence of a fluorinated surfac-
tant, a lower alkylene oxide, and, as the free-radical ini-
tiator, /3-hydroxyethyl tertiary butyl peroxide, while a
pressure of at least 1500 p.s.i.g. is maintained on the re-
action by continuously applying hydrostatic pressure. Sub-
stantial yields, i.e., at least 85% conversion, of polymer
product are produced in polymerization run times of 0.5
hour to about 6 hours with minimum reactor fouling.
272
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,464
ANTISTATIC OLEn.N POLYMER
COMPOSITIONS
Konrad Rombusch and Karl-Heinz Magosch, Marl, Ger-
many, assignors to Chemische Werke Huls Aktien-
gesellschaft. Marl, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Scr. No. 95,373
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 16, 1969,
P 19 62 921.1
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct. 31, 1989, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08f 29/02, 29/04
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 11 Claims
Antistatic olefin polymer compositions and molded
articles of normally solid olefin polymers having uniform-
ly and intimately distributed therein from 0.01 to 1.0
percent by weight of a tetrahydropyrimidine having the
formula —
N— CH:
R^C ^ ' CH,
\ /
N— CHj
hydrogen, hydrogen halide or water, relative to the allkyl
group and/or hydride group bonded to the aluminum of
the aluminum-organic compound.
k
wherein Rj is a straight chain or branched alkyl or alkenyl
group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, and R2 is hydrogen
or an alkyl or alkenyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The tetrahydropyrimidines may be mixed with up to molar
equivalent amounts of organic or inorganic acids.
3,708,465
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERRUPTING
THE POLYMERIZATION OF OLEFINS
Johannes Dietrich, Oswald Wolff, Hermann Amrehn, and
Gunter Beckmann, Marl, Germany, assignors to Chemi-
sche Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft, Marl, Germany
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,871
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 13, 1970,
P 20 01 183.0
Int. CI. C08f 1/82, 3/00
U.S. CL 260—93.7 10 Claims
i=^
3,708,466
LAUNDRY SIZE FOR POLYESTER-COTTON
BLENDS OF FABRIC
Frank R. Kappler and John J. Cramer, Wyandotte, Mich.,
assignors to B.ASF Wyandotte Corporation, Wyandotte,
Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,341
Int. CI. C08f 45/18; ClOm 3/48
U.S. CI. 260—17.4 ST 6 Claims
An improved laundry size for fabrics composed of poly-
ester and cotton fibers is described. The aqueous size con-
tains unmodified starch, thermoplastic polymeric emul-
sion, a surfactant and a laundry sour. The size imparts a
finish and a stiffness to fabrics containing blends of cotton
and polyester which hereto was not pertainable by con-
ventional laundry sizes.
An apparatus and method for interrupting the polym-
erization of ethylene, propylene, or 1-butene having a
polymerization catalyst comprising a mixture of an alu-
minum-organic compound with a salt, freshly precipitated
oxide or hydroxide of metals of Groups IV-B, V-B or
VI-B of the Periodic System, including thorium and
uranium which comprises adding to a suspension of the
olefin and catalyst about 15 to 100 mole percent of a
deactivator comprising an organic compound which con-
tains oxygen, an organic compound which contains oxy-
gen and hydrogen, an organic compound which contains
3,708,467
CURABLE COMPOSITIONS
Alfred H. Smith, Jr., Jones>ille, and Melvin D. Beers.
Ballston Lake, N.Y., assignors to General Electric
Company
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,811
Int. CI. C08h 9/00
U.S. CI. 260—185 3 Claims
Fluid organopolysiloxanes which are vulcanizable at
room temperature to silicone elastomers are prepared by
mixing a novel co-catalyst such as a mixture of dibutyl
tin dimethoxide and propanedioxy bis(ethylacetoacetate)
complex of titanium, a cross-linking agent such as methyl-
trimethoxysilane and a silanol chain-stopped polydior-
ganoiiloxane fluid in the absence of moisture. Viscosity
depressants such as low molecular weight polysiloxane
diols and adhesion promoters such as 1.3,5-tris(trime-
thoxysilylpropyDisocyanurate may optionally be present.
These compositions are stable, free-flowing fluids in
the absence of moisture but cure to the rubbery solid
elastic state upon exposure to moisture. TTie composi-
tions are particularly useful as adhesives and sealants in
the construction of electronic equipment in that they do
not give off' corrosive by-products when curing. They are
also useful in the formation of orthopedic devices cast
on the human foot.
3,708,468
DISPERSE PHENYL-AZO-PHENYL DYES
Rasso Hahn, Basel, and Curt Mueller, Binningen, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Sandoz Ltd., Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 816,011
Int. CI. C07c 707/06; C09b 29/08
U.S. CI. 260—207 6 Claims
2-halogeno-4-nitro-2'-acylamino - 4' - (dialkyl)-amino-
l,r-azobenzene dyes are suitable for dyeing fibres con-
sisting of hydrophobic organic substances of high molec-
ular weight and materials made of these fibres. Resulting
dyeings are of red shade, have good fastness properties,
good wool reserve and dischargeability and stability to
action of soil release finishes and permanent press finish-
ing processes.
3,708,469
2.THIOPYRIMIDINE NUCLEOSIDES
Helmut Vorbruggen and Peter Strehike, Berlin, Germany,
assignors to Schering AG, Berlin, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,163
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 18, 1969,
P 17 95 357.0
Int. CI. C07d 51/52
U.S. CL 260—211.5 R 25 Claims
2-thiopyrimidine nucleosides exhibiting cytotoxic, anti-
viral, enzyme-inhibiting as well as antihyperthyroid effects
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
273
are obtained by a novel process comprising reacting a
silyl compound of the formula
Ai
\
A2— Si— S—
/
At
with a masked halogen sugar and then splitting off the
blocking groups, the final compounds being of the formula
H-N
II
where R denotes an aliphatic radical which may bear one
or more halogen atoms or hydroxyl groups as substituents
or an araliphatic radical, these compounds being of value
for controlling the growth of unwanted plants among use-
ful crop plants.
3,708,472
PROCESS FOR CLEAVING 2-NITROCYCLO-
HEXANONE USING 6-AMINOCAPROIC
ACID AS A CATALYST
Philip M. Pivawer, Hamden, Conn., assignor to The
Techni-Chem Company, Wallingford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,814
Int. CI. C07d 41/06
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 A 8 Claims
2-nitrocyclohexanone is cleaved in the presence of 6-
aminocaproic acid as a catalyst. 6-nitrocaproic acid is
produced which can be reduced with hydrogen to 6-
aminocaproic acid and the latter cyclized to caprolactam
by heating in fairly dilute aqueous solution, less than
25%. The caprolactam formation is an equilibrium re-
action and some aminocaproic acid remains, which can
be separated and used as a catalyst in the cleavage of
the 2-nitrocyclohexanone.
wherein
X is O or NH,
Y is N or CH,
R is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, halogen, nitro, nitrile,
lower alkylamino lower alkoxy, or the group
— (CH2)n— CO— A
wherein « is O, 1 or 2 is 0-alkyl of 1-5 carbon atoms,
NH2 or lower alkylamino, and
Z is a sugar residue,
and wherein in Formula I Ai, A2 and A3 represent lower
alkyl.
3,708,470
SEALANTS
Colin I>avid Hall, Portsmouth, England, assignor to
Ralli Bondite Limited, Portsmouth, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,858
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 23, 1970,
30,539/70
Int. CI. C08c 11/22. 11/72; C08d 9/00, 13/00
U.S. CI. 260—23.7 M 9 Claims
A sealant is made by compounding a gelled drying or
semi-drying oil with an elastomer and vulcanizing the mix-
ture. The gelling of the oil may be accomplished during the
compounding step by selecting a gelling agent effective at
the compounding temperature.
3,708,471
S-ALKYL-(METHYLHEXAHYDRO-lH-AZEPINE)-
1-CARBOTHIOLATES
Wolfgang Rohr, Mannheim, Karl-Heinz Koenig, Franken-
thal, and .\dolf Fischer, Mutterstadt, Germany, as-
signors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesell-
schaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 8,038
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 7, 1969,
P 19 06 050.5
Int. CI. AOln 9/12; C07d 41/04
U.S. CI. 260—239 BF 4 Claims
S-alkyl-(methyIhexahydro - IH - azepine)-l-carbothi-
olates having the formula
■\
H N-C-S-R
H|C
3,708.473
3,3-DICHLORO-2-OXOPOLYMETHYLENIMlNES
Joseph C. Collins, East Greenbush, N.Y., assignor to
Sterling Drug Inc., New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
862,084, Sept. 29, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 673,926. Oct. 9, 1967. This
aplication Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,669
Int. CI. C07d 47/06
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 R 21 Claims
The invention relates to 3,3-dichloro-2-oxopolymeth-
ylenimines and bis (3,3 - dichloro - 2 - oxopolymethylen-
imines) having useful anti-inflammatory properties as de-
termined by their inhibition of carrageenan induced
edema in rats.
3,708.474
NOVEL 2,2.DIMETHYL STEROIDS
Lucien Nedelec, Clichy-sous-Bois, and Jean-Claude Gasc,
Bondy, France, assignors to Roussel-UCLAF, Paris,
France
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
96,254, Dec. 8, 1970, which is a continuation of appli-
cation Ser. No. 737,813, June 18, 1968. This applica-
tion Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,406
Claims prioritv, application France, June 20, 1967,
111,158; Sept. 20, 1967, 121,655
Int. CI. C07c 169/22, 173/00
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 R 12 Claims
2a,2^,17a-trimethyl - 13/3 - alkyl- A«-9."-gonatnene- 17/9-
ol-3-ones of the formula
R oz
CHi
CHi
CHi
R>
wherein Z is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or
tetrahydropyranyl, R is alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Ri
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hy-
droxy, lower alkanoyloxy of 1 to 7 carbon atoms and halo-
gen, and R2 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
having anti-androgenic activity and their preparation.
274
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3.708.475
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF CHLORINE-
CONTALMNG v.TRIAZOLE COMPOUNDS
Rudolf Kirchmayr. Binningen. Basel-Land. Switzerland,
assignor to Ciba-Geig> Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 43,209
Int. CI. C07d 55/02
Uf CI. 260-240 C 2 Claims
2,4-disubstituted -5-chloro-v-triazoIes are produced by
reacting a 2,4-disubstituted-v-triazoIe-l -oxide with sul-
phury! chloride and reducing the 2,4-disubstituted-5-
chloro-v-triazoIe-1 -oxide obtained with nascent hydrogen.
The v-triazoles are brighteners for high-molecular organic
materials.
3.708,476
AZETIDLNO-THIAZOLIDINEMETHANE CARBOX-
^JC ACIDS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR MANU-
Robert Bums Woodward, 12 Oxford St.,
Cambridge, Mass. 02138
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
bon ^r-^o. 573,866, Aug. 22, 1966. This application
Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No, 882,301
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Dec. 9. 1965
16,928/65, 16,979/65; Jan. 13, 1966, 451/66
'"*-<^'-C07d 99/24
VS. CI. 260—243 C i6 Claims
Process which comprises reacting an Nj-unsubstituted
4,4-disubstituted 3-acyl-azetidino[3,2-d]thiazolidin-2-one
compound with a diformylmethylene-methane carboxylic
acid ester and splitting in a resulting 4,4-disubstituted 3-
acyl-a-diformylmethyl-2-oxo-l - azetidino[3,2 - djthiazo-
hdmemethane carboxylic acid ester the 5-membered and
formmg a new 6-membered sulfur-nitrogen ring upon
treatment with an acidic reagent. The compounds of the
process are intermediates in the synthesis of 7-amino-
cephalosporanic acid compounds.
3,708,477
?p?S?,v ^/oJP^^"^ SYNTHESIS OF CEPHALO-
SPORIN DERIVATIVES AND INTERMEDIATES
Jacques Martel, Bondy, and Rene Heymes, Romainville,
France, assignors to Roussel-UCLAF, Paris, France
fii^^o?^''?' Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
836,975. June 26. 1969. This application Oct. 16, 1970,
oCr. iNo. 81,539
^'?!rToJ?o'®^*^' aPP''ca«on^rance, June 27, 1968,
6936248 *^' ^'^'' ^35596; Oct. 22, 1969!
iTc ^. .. Int. CI. C07d 99/2^
^1; ^';260_243 C 20 Claims
Process for the preparation of racemic or optically-
active cephalosporine derivatives of the formula
H:N
dioxo-4-carboxy-pyrrolidine into the corresponding acid,
subjecting said acid to aminomethylation, thus yielding a
compound of the formula
CHj-N
R'
0^ "«
N— R,
wherein R, is a member selected from the group consist-
mg of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl and sub-
stituted aryl,
which comprises the steps of reacting an amino acid of
the formula
Ri— NH-^Hj— CH2-<:OOH
with benzyl alcohol, condensing the benzyl ester thus ob-
tained with an oxalate, converting the benzyl ester of 2,3-
o=i
-N— Ri
converting said compound into the corresponding 4-acyl-
thiomethyl derivative, converting said derivative into the
corresponding 4-thiomethyl derivative, condensing said
derivative with an enamine of the formula
Y-C
CH-NHj
COOR
to obtain a thiazine derivative of the formula
ROOC
\
{
/
CH
N
HN
0=! N-Ri
converting said thiazine derivative into a compound of the
formula
HjN
HOOC
CH
'\
HN
\/\
0=! N-Kj
subjecting said compound to the action of a tritylation
agent, recovering the threo isomer of the tritylated deriva-
tive, lactamizing said threo isomer to obtain the 7-lactam
of DL - 6H,7H - cis - 7 - tritylamino-3-aminomethyl-ceph-
3-eme-4-carboxylic acid, detritylating said 7-lactam and
recovering said racemic or optically active cephalosporin
derivatives.
These compounds are useful as intermediates in the
preparation of the corresponding 7acylamino derivatives
of the formula
RjHN ¥ ? q
/
-N
O^
-N— Ri
wherein Ri has the above definition and R2 is the acyl of
an organic carboxylic acid which compounds are also part
of the invention and are useful as antibiotics.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
275
3,708,478
CRYSTALLINE COMPLEX OF CEPHALORIDINE WITH
AN ALKANE DIOL
John H. Chapman, Middlesex, and Susan E. Staniforth,
London, both of England, assignors to Glaxo Laboratories
Limited, Middlesex, England
FUed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 53,020
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 24, 1967,
37,298/69
Int. CI. C07d 99124
U.S. CI. 260-243 C 10 Claims
A crystalline solvate of cephaloridine with certain alkane
diols, e.g., propane - 1 .3-diol, butane - 1 ,3-diol and butane -2,3-
diol, a process for the preparation of such solvates and phar-
maceutical compositions containing the solvates.
useful anti-inflammatories, antipyretic agents, analgesics,
and local anaesthetics.
o
R
— (CHj)
S
.-CH-C-NH-CH-CH CH,
I. I
o=r — N
NH
NH:
\
C— CHjX
3,708,482
4-MORPHOLINOETHOXY.BENZOPHENONES
Francesco Lauria, Milan, Vittorio Vecchietti. Pavia, and
Willy Logemann, Milan, Italy, assignors to Carlo Erba
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27,432
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 15, 1969,
15,572/69
Int. CI. C07d 87/34
U.S. CI. 260—247.7 C ^ 6 Claims
Basic ethers are disclosed, for instance of the formula:
3,708,479
ACYLOXYMETHYL ESTERS OF ALPHA-
UREIiX)CYCLO-HEXADIE NYLALKYLENE-
CEPHALOSPORINS
Arnold D. Welch, Princeton, N.J.; Joseph Edward Dolfini,
North Brunswick. N.J., and Frederick F. Giarrusso, Belle
Mead, N.J., assignors to E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,170
Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260-243 C 7 Claims
New acyloxymethyl esters of a-ureidocyclohexadienylal-
kylene-cephalosporms of the general formula
C" O
o=c-o-cn-o-c-R'
are effective as antibacterial agents and show prolonged ac-
tion as well as other improved results.
OCHi
0-CH:— CH2— N
y
CHi
methods of preparation for these ethers are also disclosed;
ror example by the reaction of the sodium salt of di-
methylformamide with 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxybenzo-
phenone in the reaction solvent dimethylformamide. These
basic ethers have been found to exhibit anti-tussive activity.
3,708,483
SYNTHESIS OF POLYMERS FROM S-TRIAZINES
AND PERFLUORO-MNYL ETHERS
Richard W. Anderson, Midland, and Hughie R. Frick,
Williams Township, Bay County, Mich., assignors to
The Dow Chemical Company, Midland. Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 772,426
Int. CI. C07d 55/50
U.S. a. 260— 248 CS 5 Claims
Novel polymers of the following type are provided:
r Ri
3,708,480
3-CYANOMETHYL-DELTA-3-CEPHALOSPORIN
ANTIBIOTICS AND INTERMEDIATES
J. Alan Webber and Earie M. Van Heyningen. Indian-
apolis, Ind., assignors to Eli Lilly and Company,
Indianapolis, Ind. ■ • c i\j
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
790,842, Jan. 13, 1969, and Ser. No. 802,643, Feb. 26,
1969, both being continuations-in-part of application
r Ser. No. 703,523, Feb. 7, 1968. This application Nov.
i 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90.085
( Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260 243 C 7 Claims
Certain 3-cyanomethyl, 3-oxymethyl. and 3-thiomethyl
ether A3-cephem-4-carboxylic acids, zwitterions, salts, and
esters, e.g., p-methoxybenzyl 7-amino-3-cyanomethyl-A3-
cephem-4-carboxylate, a nucleus ester, and 7-[D-a-amino-
a-phenylacetamidol-3 - methoxymethyl-A3-cephem-4-car-
boxylic acid, and 7 - [D-a-amino-a-phenylacetamido]-3-
methylthiomethyl-A3-cephem-4-carboxylic acid, new ceph-
alosporin antibiotics.
N^-vN
p
' !— CFOR«(CF-
6Fi CFj.
•^N'
where Rf is selected from the group consisting of normal
and branched chain perhaloalkyl and perhaloalkyl ether
groups; where R^ is selected from the group consisting
of perhalomethylene, perhalopolymethylene, perhalopoly-
methylene ethers, normal and branched chain perhalo-
alkyl substituted perhalomethylene, normal and branched
chain perhaloalkyl substituted perhalopolymethylene, and
normal and branched chain perhaloalkyl substituted per-
halopolymethylene ethers, and where n represents the de-
gree of polymerization. Also provided is a process for
the preparation of these polymers which comprises the
reaction of
(A)
3,708,481
2-ANTLINO-NlCOTINIC ACID ESTERS
Charles Hofifmann, Enghien-les-Bains, France, assignor to
Societe Anonyme dite: Hexachimie Gennevilliers,
Hauts-de-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 768,903
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 23, 1967,
48,138/67
Int. CI. C07d 87/40
U.S. CI. 260—247.2 B 4 Claims
The invention provides novel aminoalkyi esters of 2-
anilino-nicotinic acids and their non-toxic salts which are
R
,N-
N
where Rf is as defined above and X is independently
selected from ihe group consisting of F or R{, with (B)
CF2=CFOR^fOCF=CF2, where R^f is as defined above,
in the presence of an alkyl metal fluoride. When X is Rj,
the diadduct will be formed.
276
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,484
AMINO AND SUBSTITLTED AMINO-s-TRIAZOLO-
[4,3-b]-PYRIDAZINES
Paul L. Anderson, Dover, and William J. Houlihan and
Robert E. Manning. Mountain Lakes, NJ., assignors
to Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Hanover, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Set. No. 81,522
Intel. C07d 51/04
U.S. CI. 260—250 A 3 Claims
Amino and substituted amino-s-triazolo-[4,3-b]-pynda-
zines, e.g., 8-alIylaniino-3-amino-6-chloro-s-triazolo-[4,3-
b]-pyridazine, exhibit anti-depressant and anti-inflam-
matory activity and are prepared by treating 4-amino and
substituted amino-3 -hydrazine pyridazines or 4-amino and
substituted amino-6-hydrazino pyridazines with cyanogen
halide.
wherein
Ri is hydrogen, chlorine, bromine or alkoxy of 1 to 4
carbon atoms, and
Rj is cyclohexyl or adamantyl-( 1 ),
and alkali metal salts thereof, useful as hypoglycemics in
warm-blooded animals.
3,708,485
2-(N-ALLYL-PHENYLAMINO)-IMIDAZOLINES-(2)
AND SALTS THEREOF
Helmut Stable, Herbert Koppe, Werner Kummer, and
Helmut Wick, Ingeiheim am Rhein, Germany, assignors
to Boehringer Ingeiheim GmbH, Ingeiheim am Rhein,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,982
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 19, 1969,
P 19 58 201.5
Int. CI. C07d 49/34
U.S. CI. 260—254 21 Claims
Compounds of the formula
Ri CHi Jr R«
wherein
Ri is hydrogen, chlorine, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or tri-
fluoromethyl,
Rj is hydrogen, chlorine, bromine, fluorine, methyl, me-
thoxy or cyano,
R3 is hydrogen, chlorine, methyl or ethyl, and
R4 and R5 are each hydrogen, methyl or chlorine,
provided, however, that Ri, Rj and R3 are other than
all hydrogen at the same time and that R4 and R5 are
other than both chlorine at the same time, and their non-
f toxic, pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts;
the compounds as well as their salts are useful as anal-
gesics and hypotensives.
3,708,486
2 - [p - (N'-CYCLOALKYL-CARBAMIDO-N-SUL-
FONYD-PHENETHYL] - l,2,3,4.TETRAHYDRO-
1,3 - DIOXO - 4,4.DIMETHYL-ISOQUINOLINES
AND ALKALI METAL SALTS THEREOF
Eberhard Kutter, Gerhart Griss, Wolfgang Grell, and
Manfred Kleemann, Biberach an der Riss, Germany,
assignors to Boehringer Ingeiheim GmbH, Ingeiheim
am Rhein, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,072
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 17, 1969,
P 19 19 570.1; Jan. 5, 1970, P 20 00 339.8
Int. CI. C07d 35/30
U.S. a. 260—281 7 Claims
2-[p-(N'-cycloalkyl - carbamide - N - sulfonyl) - phen-
ethyl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro - 1,3 - dioxo - 4,4 - dimethyl-iso-
quinolines of the formula
HjC
CHj
i
3,708,487
CERTAIN 2[lH]PYRIDON.4-YL PHOSPHATES
AND PHOSPHOROTHIONATES
Norman C. Brown and Gerald S. Poll, Berkhamsted,
England, assignors to Cooper, McDougall & Robertson
Limited, Berkhamsted, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 18, 1967, Ser. No. 676,046
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 25, 1966,
47,933/66
Int. CI. C07di;/50
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 K 10 Claims
This invention relates to novel compounds which are
toxic to a variety of arthropod pests.
In particular this invention relates to compounds of
the following formula which exhibit the above mentioned
activity
RtO
\
P
R»0 X
O
-oV Sj-r
wherein
Ri and R^ are selected from the class consisting of alkyl
hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
R is selected from the class consisting of hydrogen, and
saturated and unsaturated acyclic aliphatic hydrocar-
bon radicals having 1 to 6 carbon atoms;
Z' is an alkyl hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4
carbon atoms; and
X is selected from the class consisting of oxygen and
sulphur.
3,708,488
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
N.N'-DISLLFIDE COMPOUNDS
Keisuke Murayama, Syoji Morimura, Susumu Higashida,
Katsuaki Matsui, Tomoyukl Kurumada, and Noriyuki
Onta, Tokyo, Japaa, assignors to Sankyo Company
Limited
No Drawing. FUed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,527
Claims priority, application Japan, May 26, 1970,
45/45,067
Int. CI. C07d 29/36
U.S. CI. 260—293.63 7 Claims
Improved and commercially advantageous process for
the preparation of an N,N'-disulfide compound having the
formula
Ri Ri Ri Ri
X X
X N— 8— S— N X
X X
Ri Rt Ri R< (I)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 may be the same or different
and each represents an alkyl group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms
or Ri and R2 or R3 and R4, together with the carbon atom
to which they are attached, may form a 5- or 6-membered
saturated alicyclic group; and X represents the group
Ri
=0
N— CH2— CH
O O : O
SO^HN-ii-NH-R, -CH,-4-CH^ . -(CH.), . -NH-i- . -CHx-0-
or
CHi
-CH,-CH-0-
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
277
which comprises reacting a compound having the formula
Ri
Ri
R>^N>^R.
H
(ID
wherein Rj, R2, R3. R4 and X are as defined above with
sulfur monochloride in the presence of a metal salt of an
organic carboxylic acid as an acid-binding agent in an
acid amide or nitrile solvent and, optionally, in the fur-
ther presence of an acidic dehydrating agent, e.g., phos-
phoric anhydride. The N,N'-disulfide compounds having
the above Formula I are useful, for instance, as a stabilizer
of various synthetic polymers, especially polyurethane
elastomers against their deteriorations by light, heat and
chlorine.
3,708,489
AZIDO-ARYL l,4.DIHYDROPYRIDINES AND
THEIR PRODUCTION
Dietrich Rucker, Bietigheim, Frederich Bossert and Horst
Meyer, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, and Wulf Vater, Opiaden,
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,427
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 20, 1970,
P 20 13 431.0
Int. CI. C07d 31/36
VS. CI. 260—295.5 R 35 Claims
Azido-aryl 1 ,4-dihydropyridines of the formula:
R"
R"OOC
-CO OR"
"-A^^"'
i
wherem
3,708,490
IMIDAZOTHIAZOLIUM COMPOUNDS. PREPARA-
TION AND METHOD OF USE
Larry Dean Spicer, R.D. 1, P.O. Box 381, Princeton. NJ.
08540, and John James Hand, 18 Lawnside Drive,
Trenton, NJ. 08638
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 3,220, Jan, 15, 1970. This application
Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90,141
Int. CI. C07d 99/10
U.S. CI. 260—306.8 F 7 Claims
The preparation of acyl substituted phenylimidazo-
[2,l-b]thiazoles is described. They are prepared by acyla-
tion of phenylimidazo[2,l-b]thiazoles with an acyl halide
or anhydride. They can also be prepared by cyclization
of the appropriate substituted thiazole to produce the
desired phenylimidazo[2,l-b]thiazoles. The latter com-
pounds are useful for the control of helminths in warm-
blooded animals.
R is hydrogen, straight, branched or cyclic lower alkyl,
lower alkenyl or lower alkinyl, unsubstituted or sub-
stituted by hydroxyl or alkoxy of 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
or benzyl, or phenethyl, unsubstituted or substituted in
the aryl portion by 1 to 3 members selected from the
group consisting of 1 to 3 alkoxy moieties of 1 to 3 car-
bon atoms, 1 or 2 alkyl moieties of 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
and 1 or 2 halogen atoms;
R' is straight or branched chain alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon
atoms;
R" is straight, branched or cyclic lower alkyl, lower
alkenyl or lower alkinyl, straight, branched or cyclic
lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkinyl, the carbon
atom chain or ring of which is interrupted by 1 or 2
oxygen atoms or straight, branched or cyclic lower
alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkinyl substituted by
hydroxyl or substituted by hydroxyl and the carbon
atom chain or ring of which is interrupted by 1 or 2
oxygen atoms; and
R'" is aryl substituted by an azido moiety and further
unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 members selected
from the group consisting of 1 or 2 alkyl moieties of
1 to 4 carbon atoms, 1 or 2 fluoroalkyl moieties of 1
to 4 carbon atoms, I or 2 alkoxy moieties of 1 to 4
carbon atoms and 1 or 2 halogen atoms,
are useful for their coronary dilating effect, their nitrite-
like effect on the heart, their anti-fibrillation effect, their
vascular-spasmolytic effect and muscular-spasmolytic
effect, and as anti-hyptensives.
3,708,491
2-AMINO(PERFLUOROALKYLSLTFONAMIDO-
PHENYDTHIAZOLES
Joseph K. Harrington, Edina, Donald C. Kvam, North
Oaks, Arthur Mendel, Vadnais Heights, and Jerrv E.
Robertson, North Oaks, Minn., assignors to Rikcr
Laboratories, Inc., Northridge, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
837,900, June 30, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 588,338, Oct. 21, 1966. This
appUcation May 11, 1971, Ser. No. 142,380
Int. CI. C07d 91/34
U.S. CI. 260—306.8 R 4 Oaims
N-substituted perfluoroalkanesulfonamides in which the
sulfonamide nitrogen substituent is (2-aminothiazolyl)
phenyl. Also included are processes for the preparation
and use of said compounds. The compounds are active as
antimicrobial agents and polymerization catalysts.
3,708,492
IMIDAZOLYL PROSTAGLANDIN COMPOUNDS
Alejandro Zaffaroni, Atherion, Calif., assignor to
Alza Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,875
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309 15 Claims
Compounds of the formulae:
CH,-Z -(CH,)„-C00H.KH,CH,CH-
Z^-TH-CCH^J^-Zg-^H^Hj
u
CH^-Z,-(CH^) -COOH.NH^CH^CH-
2 1 2 n 222
U
--Z.-CH-CCH,) -Z.-CH-CH
H-(CH,) -Z.-CH-CH,
2 in 3 I i
7 R„
wherein Rj and Rg are hydrogen when Zj is a single bond
and R2 and Re are absent when Z2 is a double bond:
R3 is keto,
H H
OH 0R(
278
R4 is hydrogen or
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
R5 is hydrogen,
H OH ORi
H H H
R7 is hydroxyl or ORg; Re is hydrogen or hydroxyl;
R9 is an acyl or an alkoxyalkyl; Zj is — CH2CH2 — or
cis — CH=CH — ; Z2 is a single bond or a double bond;
Z3 is a single bond when R4 is
3,708,495
l.CYCLOALKENYLMETHYL-4,5-DIHYDROXY.3.
HYDROXYMETHYL-2-IMIDAZOLIDINONES
George W. Borden, Charleston, and David J. Trecker,
South Charleston, W. Va., assignors to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,144
Int. CI. C07d 49/30
U.S. CI. 260—309.7 3 Claims
Compounds represented by the formula:
I
R-CHi-N N-CHiOH
<
and Rs is
H OH OR.
H H H
and Z3 is a double bond when R4 and R5 are hydrogen;
Z4 is — CH2CH2— or trans — CH=CH— ; Z5 is
— CH2CH2 — or cis — CH=CH— ; and wherein n is 2
to 5 and m is 1 to 3. The new imidazolyl prostaglandin
compounds have improved biological stability and they
can serve as a reservoir for the prostaglandins per se that
have biological activities such as stimulating or inhibit-
ing smooth muscles, inhibiting gastric secretion, lowering
or raising blood pressure, inhibiting lipolysis and inhibit-
ing platelet aggregation.
3,708,493
p-(ACETOACETAMIDOALKYL) BENZENESULFON-
AMIDE DERIVATIVES
Henri Dietrich, Arlesheim, Basel-Land, and Claude Leh-
mann, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geig> Cor-
poration
No Drawing. Filed Sept 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,797
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 4, 1969,
13,396/69
Int. CI. C07d 49/30
U.S. CI. 260—309.7 3 Claims
Compounds of the class of l-[p-(acetoacetamidoalkyl)-
phenylsulfonyl]-2-imino-imidazolidines and the pharma-
ceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, have
hypoglycemic activity; the compounds are active in-
gredients of pharmaceutical compositions and can be
used for the treatment of diabetes mellitus; a typical em-
bodiment is l-[p-(2-acetoacetamidoethyl) - phenylsul-
fonylJ-2-imino-3-methylimidazolidine.
3,708,494
DERIVATTVES OF p-AMTNOALKYLPHEN^YL-
SLXFONYL.2-IMINO.IMIDAZOLIDINES
Henri Dietrich, Ariesheim, Basel-Land, and Claude Leh-
mann, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
poration
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,798
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 4, 1969,
13,401/69
Int. CI. C07d 49/30
U.S. CI. 260—309.7 3 aaims
Compounds of the class of substituted p-aminoalkyl-
phenylsulfonyl-2-imino-imidazolidines and the pharma-
ceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof have
hypoglycemic activity; these compounds are active ingre-
dients of pharmaceutical compositions and are useful for
the treatment of diabetes mellitus; a typical embodiment
is 1 - [p - [2 - (ethoxycarbonylamino) -ethyl ]-phenylsul-
fonyl]-2-imino-3-cyclohexyl-imidazolidine.
HO-
-OH
wherein R is cyclo-alkenyl or bicyclo-alkenyl containing
5 to 8 carbon atoms. The compounds have utility as dura-
ble press additives for textile fabrics.
3,708.496
PROCESS FOR PREPARING 1.3-DISUBSTITUTED
SYMMETRICAL THIOUREAS
Hilde Kersten, Hellrain 1, Trennfurt, Germany: Gunter
Heinrichs, Bechtoldstr. 20, Aschaffenburg, Germany;
Gerhard Meyer, Blumenstr. 26, Obemburg. Germany;
and Dieter Laudien, Menzelstr. 52, Wuppertal, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 25. 1971, Ser. No. 128.120
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 28, 1970,
P 20 15 010.1
Int. CI. C07c 157/06
U.S. CI. 260—309.7 14 Claims
Process for the preparation of aliphatically and cyclo-
aliphatically 1,3-disubstituted symmetrical thioureas by
reacting a primary amine with carbon disulfide in the pres-
ence of active carbon.
t
3 708 497
l.SUBSTITUTED-2-NiTROMETHYLENE.
PYRROLIDINES
Takashi Kamiya, Suita, and Masashi Hashimoto, Toyo-
naka, Japan, assignors to Societe d'Etudes Scientifiques
et Industrielles de I'lle-de-France. Paris, France
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 850,234, Aug. 14, 1969. This application
July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162,647
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 19, 1968,
43/59,377; May 20, 1969, 44/38,886; June 9,
1969, 44/45,174
Int. CI. C07d 27/04
UJS. CI. 260—326.8 8 Claims
l-alkyl-2-aminomethylpyrroIidines and l-benzyl-2-ami-
nomethyl-pyrrolidines are utilized for the production of
pharmaceuticals. The presently used process for producing
such compounds involves significant contamination by un-
desired by-products. The process of this invention avoids
such contamination by the utilization of novel inter-
mediates.
3 708 498
RECOVERY OF PURE CIS ll.(3-DIMETHYLAMINO-
PROPYLIDENES) - 6,11 - DIHYDROBENZ (b,e)
OXEPINT FROM ADMIXTURE WITH ITS TRANS
ISOMER
Susumu Nakanishi, East Lyme, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 87,019
Int. CI. C07d 9/00
VS. CI. 260—333 2 Claims
Recovery of pure cis ll-(3-dimethylaminopropyl-
idene)-6,ll-dihydrodibenz (b,e) oxepine from admixture
with its trans isomer is described.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
279
3 708 499
RHODAMINE DYES' WHICH ARE SPARINGLY
SOLUBLE OR INSOLUBLE IN WATER
Franz Andree, Ludwigshafen, Hans Burkhardt, Limburg-
erhof, and Guenther Riedel, Mannheim, Germany, as-
signors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesell-
schaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No.
752,505. Divided and this application Nov. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 91,533
Int. CI. C07d 7/42
U.S. CI. 260—336 1 Claim
Rhodamine dyes having anions which render them in-
soluble in water and which make them especially useful
in printing inks, ball point pen inks or, for example,
transparent surface coatings.
cyclic aryl lower alkyl, monocyclic heterocyclic or mono-
cyclic heterocyclic lower alkyl or together with the carbon
atoms to which they are joined P and Q are cycloalkyl or
monocyclic heterocyclic. The compounds of this invention
have been found to be useful as progestational agents.
3,708,500
ARYL KETALS OF POLYCYCLIC OXO
COMPOl NDS AND PROCESSES
Michael Rosenberger, Bloomfield, and Gabriel Saucy,
Essex Fells, N.J., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.,
Nutley, N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser.
No. 824,319, May 13, 1969, now Patent No. 3,544,600,
and Ser. No. 825,389, May 16, 1969, now abandoned.
This application Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 11,023
Int. CI. C07d 13/10
U.S. CI. 260—340.5 11 Claims
The intermediates and processes of this disclosure pro-
vide a new stereo-specific total synthesis of steroidal ma-
terials having known valuable pharmacological proper-
ties. A fundamental feature of this disclosure is the utili-
zation of aryl ketals, preferably phenylenedioxy ketals
derived from catechol as protective groups for 0x0
moieties in the polycyclic intermediates used in the afore-
said total synthesis.
3,708,501
2,1 1,12,20-TETROLA-A-NORPREGNANES AND
DKRI\ ATIVES THKRKOF
Patrick A. Diassi, Westfield, N J., assignor to E. R. Squibb &
Sons, inc.. New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 706,793, Feb. 20, 1968,
abandoned, which is a division of Ser. No. 520,631, Jan. 14,
1 966. Pat. No. 3,492,359. This application June 29, 1 970, Ser.
No. 50,926
Int. CI. C07d 13/00
U.S. Ci. 260—340.5 5 Claims
This invention discloses A-norpregesterone acelonide hav-
ing the formula:
P Q
\ /
I^-O
nA
Ri
R.
/V
CHj
I
Y
I
3,708,502
TEREPHTHALDEHYDE ACETALS
Andrew P. Dunlop, Riverside, and Joseph P. Wuskell,
Arlington Heights, III., assignors to The Quaker Oats
Company, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,591
Int. CI. C07d 17/00
U.S. CI. 260—340.7 1 Claim
This invention provides terephthaldehyde acetals which
are useful in the preparation of novel alkyd resins. The
present invention is directed to terephthaldehyde acetals
of the general formula:
wher
oxo
H
\
OH
R CH
-O
\
HC
!)n (CHj)m-O
O — CHj R'
O— (CH:)n.'(CHj)„'OH
HO(CH ~
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydro-
gen, meihylol, and alkyl radicals; wherein m is an integer
from 0 to 1 inclusive; and wherein n is an integer from 1
to 4 inclusive when m is 0 and wherein n is an integer
from 0 to 1 inclusive when m is 1; and wherein R' is se-
lected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methylol,
and alkyl radicals; wherein m' is an integer from 0 to 1
inclusive; and wherein n' is an integer from 1 to 4 inclu-
sive when m' is 0 and wherein n' is an integer from 0 to
I inclusive when m' is 1.
3,708,503
A-HOMO-A'(io>2.*a(5).3.sUBSTITUTED.
ESTRATRIEN-4-ONES
Georg Anner, Basel, and Peter Wieland, Oberwil Basel-
Land, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corpora-
tion, Summit, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,898
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 30, 1969,
1,459/69; Dec. 22, 1969, 19,169 69
Int. CI. C07d 13/04
U.S. CI. 260—340.9 15 Claims
Compounds of the formula
^Ri
where Ri is a free or ketalized oxo group or a ^-positioned
free, esterified or etherified hydroxy group together with a^
lower aliphatic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon resi-'
due, R2 stands for an amino group or a free, esterified or
etherified hydroxyl group, and the salts of the amino com-
pounds.
Use as agents for fertility control.
rein R ' is hydroxy; R* is hydrogen, R* and R^ together is
(0=); Y represents C=0 or
is hydrogen, lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl,
monocyclic cycloalkyl, monocyclic aryl, monocyclic aryl
lower alkyl, monocyclic heterocyclic or monocyclic hetero-
cyclic lower alkyl, O is lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, carboxy
lower alkyl, monocyclic cycloalkyl, monocyclic aryl, mono-
3,708,504
MANUFACTURE OF NAPHTHALENE-l,8-DIOIC
ANHYDRIDE
Otto Kratzer, Hubert Sufer, and Friedrich Wirth, Lud-
wigshafen, Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktien'gesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 25, 1971, Ser. No. 146,790
Int. CI. C07d 7/24
V£. CI. 260—345.2 5 Claims
Manufacture of naphthalene- 1,8-dioic anhydride by
oxidizing acenaphthene with air in the presence of spheri-
280
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
cal supported catalysts of which the active composition
contains from 1 to 15% by weight of vanadium pentoxide
and at least 85% by weight of anatase.
3,708,505
PROCESS FOR PREPARATION OF
d,l.ALPHA TOCOPHEROL
Sheldon B. Greenbaum, Livingston, N.J., and Walter
Hacke, New York, and Herman Horn, Staten Island,
N.Y., assignors to Diamond Shamrock Corporation,
Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,048
Int. CI. C07d 7/22
U.S. CI. 260—345.5 8 Claims
D,l-aIpha-tocopherol is prepared by reacting trimethyl-
hydroquinone (TMHQ) and isophytol in the presence of
a combined acid condensation agent which comprises a
Lewis acid and at least one strong acid, which combined
acids act in a synergistic manner. A typical example of a
useful Lewis acid is zinc chloride. Typical examples of
strong acids are p-toluene sulfonic acid and sodium bi-
sulfate.
whereby the chemical and radiolytic degradation products
and fission products present in the used solution are adsorbed
on the resin. The tributyl phosphate used as cxtractant may be
mixed with a diluent, e.g., C,o — Cun-paraffins. Utilization of a
macroreticular resin bed may eliminate the need to wash the
tributyl phosphate extractant with large volumes of dilute
Na2C03 solution and thus avoids generation and disposal of a
large volume of radioactive waste.
3,708,506
MANUFACTLTIE OF EPOXY COMPOUNDS BY
REACTION OF OLEnNS WITH HYDROPEROX-
IDES AND BORATE ESTERS IN SITU
Jean-Claude Brunie and Noel Crenne, Lyon, France, as-
signors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed May 27, 1966, Ser. No. 553,305
Claims priority, application France, June 1, 1965,
19,140
Int. CI. C07d 1/08 ^
U.S. CI. 260—348.5 L 14 Claims
Expoxidized compounds are prepared by heating ole-
finic compounds with organic hydroperoxides to not above
125° C. in the presence of a borate ester.
3,708,507
PROCESS FOR THE EPOXIDATION OF UNSATURATED
CO.MPOUNDS
Axel Kleemann, Oberursel; Manfred Kniger, Offenbach; Gerd
Schreyer, Grossauheim; Otto Weiberg, Neu-Isenburg 2, and
Wolfgang Weigert, Offenbach, all of Germany, assignors to
Deutsche Gold und Silber-Scheideanstah vormals Roessler,
Frankfurt (Main), Germany
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 60,872
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21, 1969, P 19
42 557.1
int. CI. C07d 1106. 1108, 1116, 1118
U.S. CI. 260—348.5 L 6 Claims
Oiefmically unsaturated organic compounds are epoxidized
with solutions of organic percarboxylic acid. An aqueous solu-
tion of the percarboxylic acid having at least 2 carbon atoms is
dehydrated by extraction and/or distillation with the com-
pound to be epoxidized. The dehydrated product is held at 30°
- lOCC. and subjected to a subsequent reaction.
3,708,509
PROCESS FOR PREPARING BENZOQUINONE
Samuel N. Holter, Peon Hills, Pa., assignor to
Koppers Company, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 198,978
Int. CI. C07c 49/64
U.S. CI. 260—396 R 4 Claims
A process for preparing benzoquinone by oxidizing
p-aminophenol with vanadium pentoxide in an acidic
aqueous solution, and following recovery of the benzo-
quinone by steam distillation, regenerating the vanadium
pentoxide.
3,708,510
AMIDES OF CHOLANIC ACID, CHOLENIC ACID,
AND CHOLADIENIC ACID
John Hannah, Matawan, N.J., assignor to
Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,453
Int. CI. C07c 769/60
U.S. CI. 260—397.1 11 Claims
N-carboxyalkyl amides of 5^-cholanic acid, 5^-cholenic
acid and 5/3-choIadienic acid wherein the unsaturation is
within the ring and/or in the 22-position of the aliphatic
chain; and various salt, ester and amide derivatives there-
of. The products have utility as hypocholesterolemics and
hypolipemics.
The products are obtained via the reaction of the ap-
propriate 5/3-cho!anic acid, 5i9-cholenic acid and 5i9-chola-
dienic acid with an alkyl haloformate in the presence of
a base followed by the reaction of the anhydride thus ob-
tained with a carboxyalkylamine to afford the desired
product.
3,708,511
NOVEL ASTEROIDS OF THE OESTRANE SERIES
Nicolaas Pieter Van Vliet, Rhenen, and Jacobus Aibertus
Maria Peters, Oss, both of Netherlands, assignors to Or-
ganon Inc., West Orange, N J.
Filed Jan. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 218,837
Int. CI. C07c/ 69/05
U.S. CI. 260-397.5 5 Claims
The present invention relates to the preparation of novel A*-
oestrene compounds, havigg in 5a-position a hydroxy or
hydroperoxy group, which groups may t>e acylated or alky-
lated, and which compounds may have an alkyl substituent in
1 8 -position.
These compounds have very strong progestational, ovula-
tion-inhibiting, oestrogenic and pregnancy-maintaining pro-
perties.
3,708,508
METHOD FOR THE PURIFICATION AND RECOVERY OF
TRIBUTYL PHOSPHATE USED IN REPROCESSING
NUCLEAR FUEL
Wallace W. Schuiz, Richland, Wash., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energ> Commission
Filed April 9. 1971, Ser. No. 132,830
Int. CI. BO If 1100; C07t9/08
U.S. CL 252— 364 12 Claims
Tributyl phosphate solutions used in reprocessing nuclear
fuel are purified and removed by passing them through a bed
of particles of a rnacrorelicular anion or cation exchange resin
3,708,512
SEPARATION OF WAX AND OIL BY FRACTIONAL
CRYSTALLIZATION
David George Alexander, Westella, Kirkella; Anthony Michael
Lloyd, Walkington, near Beverley, East Yorkshire; Geoffrey
Charles Greensides, North Ferriby, Yorkshire, and David
Harry Thompson, Thorngumbald, near Hedon, Yorkshire,
all of England, assignors to Rose, Down & Thompson
Limited, Kingston-upon-HuU, Yorkshire, England
Filed Sept. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,073
Int. CI. CI lb ///O
U.S. CI. 260—4 1 2.8 12 Claims
A selective crystallization process in which a mixture of
components is dissolved in a solvent and the solution is cooled
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
281
uniformly by passing through it a coolant with which the sol-
vent is immiscible or only partially miscible. The coolant tem-
perature is such that the desired higher melting point fraction
of the mixture crystallizes out and is removed from the solu-
tion.
3,708,513
METHOD OF SYNTHESIZING FATTY ACIDS
Joseph R. Wechsler, Chicago, III., assignor to Stepan
Chemical Company, Northfield, III.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
655,590, July 24, 1967. This application Nov. 13, 1970,
Ser. No. 89,490
Int. CI. C08h 17/36; C09f 5/10
U.S. CI. 260—413 25 Claims
g
aesegyKueV^
treAT
excMKMOee
\CAT*LrST
Me
.SUPPLY
P^^OMlf/CA T/OM
1
sePMSnToa
"t
ll
s^AiJB/fToe
1
which are odorless solid having a pharmacological effect
of reducing the level of cholesterol and triglyceride in the
blood.
3,708,515
PROCESS OF PREPARING 7-CYANO.
BUTYRALDIMINES
Jozef A. Thoma, Sittard, Joseph F. M. Klein, Bunde, and
Leonardus H. Geurts, Geleen, Netherlands, assignors
to Stamicarbon N.V. Heerlen, Netherlands
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,703
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 8, 1969,
6902028
Int. CL C07c 121/46, 121/42
U.S. CI. 260—464 8 Claims
A process is disclosed for the conversion of an acetal-
dimine and acrylonitrile in a molar ratio of at least 0.8
to 1, respectively, and at a temperature of 70° C. to
130° C. to the corresponding 7-cyanobutyraldimine, the
unconverted reactants being recovered from the reaction
mixture and re-cycled. The resulting 7-cyanobutyraldimine
product can then be hydrolized to the corresponding
7-cyanobutyraldehyde.
PuinriCAroa
A process of manufacturing synthetic fatty acids from
straight-chain hydrocarbons by catalytic oxidation where-
in a reaction cycle is employed that reduces over-oxida-
tion and molecular degradation so as to provide higher
yields. The catalyst employed requires no mechanical re-
moval from the reaction system. Relatively pure fatty
acids are removed from the crude oxidation products by
a plurality of alternative purification methods utilizing
combined saponification and hydrogenation processes as
well as extraction processes to reduce the contaminants
in the ultimate product so as to yield substantially pure
products.
3,708,514
a.(p-CHLOROPHENOXY)ISOBUTYRIC ACID
DERIVATIVES
Masuro Murakami, 19-1-502 Sengoku 2-chomc; Ichfa-o
Isaka, 1-4 Shimohoya 3-chome; Norio Kawahara and
Teniyo Kashiwagi, both of 16-1 Hasune 3-chome;
Tadao Shibanuma, 2-29 Shimo, Kita-ku; and Tetsuya
Shiozaki, 198 Kashiwagi 2-chome, all of Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,742
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 14, 1969,
44/63,871
Int. CI. C07c /5i/07
260—455 R
3 Claims
U.S. CI.
Novel (a-chlorophenoxy)isobutyric acid derivatives of
the formula
C(CH,)i
OH
3,708,516
3-BUTENE.3-CYANO-l,2.DICARBOXYLIC
ACID ESTERS
Ken-Ichi Morita and Tsuneo Kohayashi. Kamakura,
Japan, assignors to Toray Industries, Inc., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No.
627.289. now Patent No. 3,538,147, dated Nov. 3,
1970. Divided and this application June 24, 1970, Ser.
No. 49,529
Int. CI. C07c 121/48, 121/60, 121/40
U.S. CI. 260 — 464 7 Claims
Compounds having the following formula:
CHj=C-CN
CH— COOR'
CHr-COOR"
wherein R' and R" are the same or different and repre-
sent an alkyl group having up to 18 carbon atoms, an
alkenyl group having up to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl
group having up to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group
having up to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group hav-
ing 10 carbon atoms.
3,708,517
4,4'-DIISOCYANO-THIO-DIPHENYLETHER
Ivar Karl Ugi, 1846 Preuss Road,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90035
No Drawing. Application Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 17,999,
which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 588,656,"=^
Sept. 26, 196fe. which in turn is a continuation of ap-
plication Ser. No. 264,707, Mar. 12, 1963. Divided
and this application Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. lio. 110,307
Int. CL C07c 119/02
U.S. CI. 260 — 465 H . 1 Claim
4,4'-diisocyano-thio-diphenylether having the formula
(CHi)i
^^x y^x y^^
wherein X stands for sulfur, oxygen or the imino group This new compound is useful as an intermediate for the
and M is 0 or 1, manufacture of plant protection agents.
282
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708.518
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ESTERS OF THE PARA-
DIPHENYL ACETIC ^CID
Luigi Cassar; Gian Paolo ChiusoU; Marco Foa, all of Novara;
Giuseppe Losco, Milan, and Franco Smai, Limbiate, all of
Italy, assignors to Montecatini Edison S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed July 21. 1970, Ser. No. 56,981
Claims priority, application luly, July 23, 1969, 19997
A/69
Int. CI. C07c 69176
U.S. CI. 260-469 3 Claims
A process is disclosed for preparing esters of p-diphenyl-
acetic acid of the formula;
y ^\-^ \-CHjCOOR
(wherein R is an alkyl or a fluoroalkyl group having from one
to five carbon atoms) starting from diphenyl. and charac-
terized in that m a first step the diphenyl is chloromethylated
with CH,0 and HCl, in acetic acid as a solvent, and in the
presence of sulphuric or phosphoric acid as catalyst, at tem-
peratures between 70° and 120°C and under pressures
between 1 and 3 aim., and that in a second step the p-
chloromeihyl-diphenyl thus obtained is made to react with
carbon oxide and an alkanol or a fluoro-alkanoi. ROH,
wherein R has the above indicated meaning, in the presence of
a metal-carbonyl as catalyst and of a neutralizing agent at tem-
peratures between 30° and 90°C and under pressures of CO
between 0.5 and 2 aim., in order to obtain the desired ester In
the second step, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a
solvent selected from the group consisting of the N-dialkyI
amides and the alkano-nitriles. and the catalyst is a salt of
cobalt hydrocarbonyl HCo(CO)^ or the Ni(CO)4 ^ 1" system
(and with 2-fluoro-ethanol and a co-solvent in the case of the
latter). ^
3,708,519
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF AN ANTTV-
DROLS ALKALI METAL SALT OR A p-HY-
DROXYBENZOIC ACID ESTER
Saburo Senoo, Tokyo, Toshio Kato, Ohmiya, and Hiroshi
Kimura, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Asahi Kasei Kogy o
Kabushiki Kaisba, Kita-ku, Osaka, Osaka Perfecture,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,553
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 18, 1968,
43/25,506
Int. CI. C07c 69178
U.S. CL 260—473 S 5 Claims
A process for the preparation of an anhydrous alkab
metal salt of a p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester which com-
prises contacting a p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester with a
corresponding alkali metal hydroxide solution to effect
neutralization thereof to obtain a crystalline alakali metal
salt hydrate of a p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester by cooling
or concentrating the solution and subsequently drying the
resulting crystalUne hydrate at a temperature below the
melting point thereof. Thus it has become possible to
prepare an anhydrous alkali metal salt of a p-hydroxy-
benzoic acid ester at a low cost which allows its practical
use in an industrial scale. \
isopropenyl acetate. These monomers can be polymerized
with a free radical initiator yielding polymeric materials
which will protect organic materials in general and par-
ticularly, synthetic- polymers such as polyolefins against
oxidative and thermal degradation.
3,708,521
CINNAMATE ESTERS OF THUJOLS
Vladimir Hacb, Delta, British Columbia, Canada, and
Harold G. Higson, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignors to
MacMillan Bloedel Limited, Vancouver, British Colum-
bia, Canada _ .„_
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,385
Int. CI. C07c 69176
U.S. CI. 260—476 C 5 Claims
Novel cinnamate esters of thujanols are described hav-
ing the structural formula:
R^.
J^
wherein R^ and R^ are diflferent and represent hydrogen
or methyl and R' and R* are diflferent and represent
hydrogen or
— OCOCH=CH-^ %
These esters are powerful odoriferous compounds which
are excellent substitutes for natural styrax.
3,708,522
REACTION PRODUCTS OF HIGH MOLECl LAR WEIGHT
CARBOXYLIC ACID ESTERS AND CERTAIN
CARBOXYLIC ACID ACYLATING REACTANTS
William Monroe LeSuer, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to The
Lubrizol Corporation, Wickliffe, Ohio
Continuation-in-partof Ser. No. 717,429. March 29, 1968,
abandoned. This application Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,823
Int. CI. C07c 69132,69140, ClOm 3I2U
L.S.Cl. 260— 485G 13 Claims
High molecular weight, oil-soluble, mono- and poly- car-
boxylic acid esters are post-treated with mono- or polycar-
boxylic acid acylating reactants to provide compositions use-
ful as dispersants in lubricants and fuels. Esters of polyisobute-
nyl-substituled succinic anhydride and pentaerythritol post-
treated with maleic anhydnde exemplify the process and com-
positions of this invention.
3,708,520
VINYL ESTERS OF DIALKYLHYDROXYPHENYL
ALKANOATES
Martin Dexter, BriarclifT Manor, John D. Spivack, Spring
Valley, and David H, Steinberg, Bronx, N.Y., assignors
to Ciba-Geigy Corporation, Greenburgh, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 149,049
Int. CI. C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260—473 S 7 Claims
Vinyl esters of dialkylhydroxyphenyl alkanoate mono-
mers are prepared by a direct reaction of acetylene with
an appropriate acid or the acidolysis of vinyl acetate or
3,708,523
PROCESS OF MANUFACTURING ACRYLIC
DERIVATIVES
Jean Berthoux, 69 Decines; Gerard Schneider, 69 Clauire, and
Renaud de Surville, 92 Bouk>gne-Billancourt, all of France,
assignors to PROGIL, Paris, France
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159.535
Claims priority, application France, July 8, 1970, 7026295
Int. CI. C07c 69/54. 5 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—486 D « Claims
A process for making acrylic derivatives from acrylic acid
and lower esters thereof by dehydrochlorination of the cor-
responding a-chloropropionic acid or ester in the vapor phase
with a catalyst in the presence of added gaseous hydrogen
chloride.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
283
3,708,524
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING HYDROXY-
ALKYLACRYLATES OR HYDROXYALKYL-
METHACRYLATES
Masayuki Murayama, Niigata, and Koichi Abe, Niitsu,
Japan, assignors to Japan Gas-Chemical Company,
Inc., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,930
Int. CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. CI. 260—486 B 7 Claims
Process for the preparation of hydroxyalkylacrylates or
hydroxyalkylmethacrylates, the improvement which is the
use of trivalent iron compounds as catalysts.
in which A is an organic residue, X is a — CO — , — SO2 —
or — SO3 — group, Ri is an aliphatic residue, Rj is a
benzene residue, R3 and R4 each is a divalent aliphatic
residue and n is I or 2. These compounds are used for
combatting harmful micro-organisms, such as bacteria
and fungi. They are especially used for the antimicrobial
finishing and/or protection of organic material more
particularly of textiles, against micro-organisms.
3,708,525
CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND PROCESSES
FOR PREPARING SAME
Marcia E. Christy, Perkasie, Pa., assignor to
Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 21, 1967, Ser. No.
624,705. Divided and this application Nov. 20, 1969,
Ser. No. 877,547
Int. CL C07c 69/02
U.S. CL 260—488 CD 10 Claims
The 1 - (10,ll-dihydro-5,10-methano-5H-dibenzo[a,dJ
cyclohepien-5-yl)-3-dimethylamino-l-propanol as well as
the corresponding dimethy!amino-l-propene dehydration
product and the dimethylaminopropane hydrogcnation
product (compounds active as antidepressants) are all
produced from 9-alkanoyl-anthracene by first reacting the
anthracene with an acrylic ester to produce the 9.10-
ethano - 11 - carbalkoxy - 9,10 - dihydroanthracene, con-
version to the corresponding carboxylic acid hydrazide,
followed by degradation to the corresponding 11-amino
compound and acidic rearrangement to produce 5-
alkanoyl - 5,10 - methano - 11 - hydroxy-10,1 1-dihydrodi-
benzocycloheptene, followed by conversion of the 5-posi-
tion side chain to a dialkylamino-1-propanol substituent.
3.708,526
ALKYL A>nDO.SULFlNIC ACID (BIS-ALKYI^
AMLNE) SALTS AND METHOD FOR THEIR
PREPARATION
Ludo K. Freve!, Midland, and Leonard J. Krcsslcy,
Saginaw, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.
No "Drawing. Filed Oct. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 764.949
Int. CI. C07c 745/00
U.S. CI. 260—501.12 10 Claims
New aliphatic imidodisulfinic acid (aliphatic amine)
salts are prepared by reacting a primary aliphatic amine
or an alkanolamine having a primary amino group with
SOj under anhydrous conditions and in ,the absence of
oxygen. The compounds react with Cu, Pb, Kg and other
inorganic cations to form colored solutions or precipi-
tates. They are useful as analytical reagents for metal ions.
3 708,527
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM ARYL CARBOXYLIC
ACID SALTS
Max Duennenberger, Frenkendorf, Max Schellenbaum,
Muttenz, and Fulvio Casagrande, Binningen, Switzer-
land, assignors to Ciba-Geigy AG. Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing, Filed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 10,308
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 26, 1969,
2.897/69
Int CI. C07c 87/30
U.S. CI. 260—501.15 5 Oaims
Quaternary ammonium compounds are provided which
correspond to the formula
Ri— OH"
Ri-CH2-n2_R,
Ri— OH.
[eo-x-]|
3,708.528
2,2-DIMETHYL.3-SUBSTITLTED-CYCLOPROPANE-
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS AND A PROCESS FOR
THEIR PRODUCTION
Barid B. Mukherjee, Dale G. Brown, and Ira D. Hill,
Middlesex County, NJ., assignors to Tenneco Chemi-
cals, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,410
Int. CLC07c6;/i6
U.S. CI. 260—514 P 2 Claims
Acetyl-, hydroxy-, hydroxymethyl-, and acetoxymethyl-
carenes are ozonized to form ketoaldehydes and dialde-
hydes that are further oxidized to 2,2-dimethyl-3-substi-
tuted-cyclopropanecarboxylic acids, such as 2,2-dimethyl-
3-(j3,/a-diacetylethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid and 2,2-
dimethyl - 3 - (/i-acetyl-7-acetylpropanoyl)cyclopropane-
carboxylic acid. These acids may be funher reacted to
form other acids, such as 2,2-dimethyl-3-(;3-hydroxy-
methyl-^-carboxyethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, as
well as esters and salts of the acids.
3,708,529
PROCESS FOR PREPARING PHENYLACETIC ACID
Luigi Cassar, Marco Foa, and Gian Paolo Chiusoli,
Novara. Italy, assignors to Montecatini Edison S.p.A.,
Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,356
Claims priority, application Italy, July 23, 1969,
19,996/69
Int. CI. C07c 63/54
U.S. CI. 260—515 R 3 Claims
Process for the synthesis of phenylacetic acid by car-
bonylation of benzyl chloride. The process comprises re-
acting benzyl chloride and carbon monoxide under at-
mospheric pressure, at temperatures from 20° to 80° C
in a water-methanol medium containing up to 35% water,
using a catalyst mixture consisting of a cobalt salt, an
iron-manganese alloy and a sulphurated promoting agent.
Calcium oxide is used as a neutralizing agent. The cal-
cium salt obtained is treated with a strong mineral acid to
free the phenylacetic acid.
3.708,530
BENZYLHALIDE CARBON^XATION PROCESS
Bernard S. Friedman. Chicago. 111., assignor to Atlantic
Richfield Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 820
Int. CI. C07c 63/52. 63/56
U.S. CI. 260—515 P 19 Claims
A process for the manufacture of aromatic carboxylic
acids comprising reacting a benzylic halide which con-
tains substituents in such positions that self-alkylation
(polymerization) of the halide is blocked, with carbon
monoxide at a temperature of about 20 to 150° C.
3,708,531
PROMOTION OF THE OXIDATION OF MONONUCLEAR
AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
Louis J. Corce, Seabrook. Tex., and Bruno J. Barone. Hous-
ton. Tex., assignors to Petro-Tex Chemical. Houston, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 755,775, Aug. 28, 1968. This application
June 2, 1971, Ser. No. 149382
Int. CI. C07c 57/26, 6i/02
U.S. CI. 260—523 A 7 Claims
A process for the oxidation of mononuclear aromatic com-
pounds having at least one oxidizable group selected from
284
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
methyl, hydroxymethyl, and aldehyde, at'moderate tempera-
tures, and in the presence of oxygen, coballous or cobaltic
ions, and an effective amount of a specified substituted acid
function.
3,708,532
PROCESS FOR THE CONTINUOUS PURIFICATION
OF CRUDE TEREPHTHALIC ACID
Yataro Ichlkawa and MichiyukI Tokashiki, Iwakuni-shi,
Japan, assignors to Teijin Limited, Osaka, Japan
FUed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773,193
Int. CI. COlc 51/42
U.S. CI. 260—525 9 Claims
A process for the continuous purification of crude
terephthalic acid by recrystallization comprising feeding
a heated solution of crude terephthalic acid in a solvent
comprising acetic acid, propionic acid or butyric acid, or
an aqueous solution thereof into a first crystallization
vessel maintained at a pressure below the vapor pressure
of the heated solution, such pressure and temperature
causing adiabatic evaporation of 10 to 60% by weight of
the solvent in the solution whereby solid terephthalic acid
is precipitated, and thereafter passing the slurry formed
in the first crystallization vessel to a second and subse-
quent crystallization vessels maintained at a temperature
and pressure lower than the preceding crystallization
vessel so as to cause further precipitation of the tereph-
thalic acid and adiabatic evaporation of 10 to 60% by
weight of the slurry in the crystallization vessel, the
terephthalic acid concentration in each of the first and
subsequent crystallization vessels to be controlled to be
no more than 60 parts by weight of terephthalic acid per
100 parts by weight of solvent. A terephthalic acid slurry
is withdrawn from the last crystallization vessel and the
terephthalic acid in a purified form is recovered there-
from.
phatic glycol of the same carbon numbers as of the dicar-
boxylic acid, with hydrogen, in the presence of a cobalt
catalyst which has been sintered at the temperatures rang-
ing from 1000-1750° C. and thereafter reduced, at a
temperature within the range of 180-300° C under a pres-
sure as will provide a partial pressure of hydrogen within
the range of 10-80 kg./cm.2.
3,708,535
[2.(DIHALOPHOSPHINYL).l-METHYLVINYI]
ONIUM HALIDES
Raymond A. Firestone, Fanwood, N.J., assignor to Merck
& Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,173
Int. CI. C07f 9/42, 9/54
US. CI. 260—543 P 4 Clainas
A method for the preparation of (cis-l,2-epoxy propyl)
phosphonic acid and its ester, amide and salt derivatives
via the reaction of a {2-[disubstituted oxy (or tetra-
substituted amino or dihalo)phosphinyl]-l-methylvinyl}
onium halide with a base. The term "onium" includes radi-
cals selected from sulfonium, sulfoxonium, ammonium,
phsphonic acid and its salts are useful as antimicrobial
phosphonium and the like. The (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl)
phosphoric acid and its salts are useful as antimicrobial
agents and inhibit the growth of gram-negative and gram-
positive pathogenic bacteria.
3,708,533
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINO-
CARBOXYLIC ACID SALTS
Ibrahim S. Bechara, New Castle, George B. De La Mater.
Media, and Barton Milligan, .Ardmore, Pa., assignors
to Air Products and Chemicals Inc., Philadelphia. Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 25. 1971, Ser. No. 109,642
Int. CI. COlc 51/30, 10/04
U.S. CI. 260—531 C 6 Claims
Production of the salts of aminocarboxylic acids from
amino alkanols and alkali metal hydroxides in the pres-
ence of catalyst is substantially improved in obtaining high
yields at shortened reaction times when tue reaction is
effected in the presence of higher water concentrations
and substantially lower hydrogen partial pressure condi-
tions. Particularly advantageous results are obtained with
the trisodium salt of nitrilo triacetic acid prepared from
nitrilotriethanol and aqueous caustic.
3,708,536
RECYCLING MELAMINE SYNTHESIS OFFGAS
TO UREA SYNTHESIS
Engelbert Hillenbrand, Ludwigshafen, Germany, assignor
to Badiscbe Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
Filed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,089
Claims priority, application Germany, July 25, 1968,
P 17 70 969.2
Int. CI. C07c 127/00
U.S. CI. 260—555 A 4 Halms
Offgas consisting essentially of ammonia and carbon
dioxide is formed in the synthesis of melamine from urea.
This is absorbed in two stages in water or an aqueous
solution of ammonium carbamate or urea for return to
urea synthesis. In the first stage the gas is treated with
an amount of absorbent solution which is not sufficient to
absorb the whole of the gas. The remaining offgas and
the solution formed are then compressed separately from
one another to the pressure which is sufficient for the
absorption of the remaining offgas into the solution and
the offgas is then absorbed. The solution thus formed is
returned to the high pressure section of the synthesis
plant.
3,708,534
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
w-HYDROXY SATURATED ALIPHATIC
MONOCARBOXYLIC ACIDS OF 4 TO 12
CARBON ATOMS
Sachio Ishimoto, Tokyo, and Hanio Togawa, Yuitsu
Honda, and Noritsugu Saikl, Iwakuni, Japan, assignors
to Teijin Limited, Umeda, Kita-ku, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,173
Int. CI. C07c 59/04
U.S. CI. 260—535 R 8 Claims
Omega-hydroxy saturated aliphatic monocarboxylic
acids of 4-12 carbons are prepared with high conversion
and high selectivity by single stage reaction by contacting
a saturated aliphatic dicarboxylic acid of 4-12 carbons,
together with 0.3-20 times its weight of a saturated ali-
3,708,537
CERTAIN PERFLUOROALKYL SULFONAMIDES
James D. Groves, Hudson Township, St. Croix, Wis.,
assignor to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany, St. Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
555,979, June 8, 1966. This application July 2,
1969, Ser. No. 845,617
Int. CI. C07c 143/72. 143/84
U.S. CI. 260—556 F 3 Claims
A fluorocarbon amide having a hydrogen atom bonded
to the amide nitrogen (a primary or secondary amide)
is added across the vinyl group of a vinyl sulfone so
that the hydrogen becomes bonded to one vinyl carbon
atom, the remainder of the fluorocarbon amide becomes
bonded to the other vinyl carbon atom and the resulting
adduct is recovered. The adducts formed by this reaction
vary from liquids to solids to polymers and find varied
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
285
uses, e.g. as dielectric fluids, heat transfer media, lubri-
cant's, release coatings, barrier laminants and oil- and
water-repellent coatings.
3,708,538
N-FLl'OROALKYL-SULFONAMIDES AND
PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM
Helmut Hahn, Burghausen, Salzach, Ottto Scherer, Bad
Soden, Taunus, and Siegifried Rebsdat, Altotting, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schah vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,363
Int. CI. C07c 143/74. 143/78
VS. CI. 260—556 A 4 Claims
New stable sulfonamides containing a CF2 group ad-
jacent to nitrogen are obtained by reacting N-mono-sub-
stituted sulfonamides with fluoro-olefins or the alkali
metal salts of said sulfonamides with fluoro-haloalkanes.
The products are useful as reactive intermediates for a
variety of organic syntheses and— owing to their polarity
and high boiling points— as valuable solvents for sparing-
ly soluble organic or inorganic compounds.
3,708,541
HOMOGONANE DERIVATIVES
Eugene E. Galantav, Morristown, N J., assignor to
Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Hanover, NJ.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 630,496,
Apr. 13, 1967, now Patent No. 3,505,393, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 6()3,160,
Dec. 20, 1966. now Patent No. 3,513,204, which in hirn
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 566,730,
July 21, 1966, now abandoned. This application Dec.
29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,979
Int. CI. C07c 171/02
VS. CI. 260—590 9 Claims
13/3-(lower alky!)-B-(6)-homogonenes have been
found to possess properties useful for fertility control and
in the therapy of menopausal problems. They are also
useful for growth stimulation, postoperative recovery and
healing of wounds and burns.
3,708,539
CONDENSATION OF AMMONIA OR A PRIMARY
OR SECONDARY AMINE WITH AN ALCOHOL
Donald M. Fenton, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Union
Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,404
Int. CI. C07c 85/02
VS. CI. 260—585 B 9 Claims
Ammonia or a primary or secondary amine is con-
densed with an alcohol in a liquid reaction medium con-
taining a ruthenium, osmium, rhenium or technetium cat-
alyst which is preferably in complex association with a
biphyllic ligand. A typical process comprises contacting
dibutylamine with butanol in the presence of ruthenium
trichloride and triphenylphosphine to produce tributyl-
amine.
3,708,540
PENTANEDIONE DERIVATIVES
Hajime Yokotani, Osaka; Masuo Miyamoto, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto,
and Tadakazu Murata, Suita, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors
to Takeda Chemical industries, Ltd., Higashi-ku, Japan
Filed July 21, 1970, Ser. No. 56,971
Claims priority, application Japan, July 21, 1969, 44/57562
int. CI. C07c 49182
U.S. CI. 260—590 1 Claim
Compounds of the formula
^7)-CH.-C^
(OR),
COCHj
COCHj
wherein R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having one to five
carbon atoms and n is an integer of 1 to 3, are produced by
subjecting a compound of the formula
^~^-CH^
/
COCHj
(OR)r
COCHi
wherein R an n have the same meaning as above, to
hydrogenation. The compounds are cholagogue agents.
3,708,542
MAP^UFACTURE OF DIALKYL SULPHOXIDES
Charies Douchet, 1 Avenue de I'Hcrmitage, 64 Morenx,
France; Pierre Grancher, 11 Rue Ch. Peguy, 64 Pau,
France; and Robert Vecchiutti, 11 Avenue Bagnell, 64
Jurancon, France
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,014
Claims priority, application France. Dec. 3, 1969,
41,635
Int. CI. C07c 147/14
U.S. CI. 260—607 A 7 Claims
Process for the manufacture of dialkyl sulphoxides by
the reaction of the corresponding dialkyl sulphide with
nitrogen peroxide, in which each mole of the dialkyl sul-
fide reactant is diluted with from 0.15 to 3 moles of the
dialkyl sulphoxide and each mole of the nitrogen peroxide
reactant is diluted with from 4 to 10 moles of oxygen. In
this manner increased reactant stability and improved con-
trol of the reaction is made possible.
3,708,543
ALLYL ACETAL DERIVATIVE OF l-HALO-S-
MERCAPTO-2-PROPANOL
Richard A. HIckner and Corwin J. Bredeweg, Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Original application Oct 3, 1968, Ser. No.
764,956. Divided and this application Aug. 9, 1971,
Ser. No. 170,300
Int. CI. C07c 149/18
U.S. CI. 260—609 R 9 Claims
Compounds of the structure R(SCHjCHOHCH2X)n
when n=l to 4 and R is a hydrocarbon, ether, ester,
acetal, hydroxy aliphatic, hydroxy aromatic, imide or
amide group or halogenated derivatives thereof are pre-
pared by reacting l-halo-3-mercapto-2-propanol with an
aliphatically unsaturated compound using free radical
initiators as catalysts. The compounds in which R is an
unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 car-
bon atoms, or an unsaturated cycloaliphatic group, and
those in which the aliphatic or cycloaliphatic group is
connected to two or more — S--CH2CHOHCHCI groups,
and compounds where R is an alkylene substituted aro-
matic group and hydroxy, thioalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,
ester, carbamidoalkyl and sulfamidoalkyl, halogenated
derivatives of said groups are new compounds. The thio-
ether halohydrins can be converted to epoxides. The
process utilizing a radioactive energy source as a catalyst
is new.
286
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3 708 544
CHOLERETIC AND ANTICONVULSANT MEDICAMENT
AND A PROCESS FOR ITS PREPARATION
Joseph Nordmann, Paris; Ckorges Dominique Mattioda
Plaunes, and Gerard Paul Marie Henri Loiseau, Sceaux, all
of France, assignors to Lgine Kuhlmann, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,509
Int.CKC07ciy//4
U.S.CL 260-618 R , 1 Claim
3 '-trifluoromelhyl-l-phenyl-2-methyl-l-propanol. composi-
tions containing it, its use in the treatment of hepatic disorders
and processes for its preparation.
3,708,545
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATON OF p.NlTW>
PHENOL AND METAL SALTS THEREOF LSING
AlJcviONlA TO CONTROL THE ISOMER DIS-
TRIBLTION
Edward Noonan Squire, Glen Mills, Pa., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798,435
Int. CL C07c 79/24
US. CI. 260—622 R ^ C'"*™*
A process for the preparation of p-nitrophenol and metal
salts thereof which comprises agitating nitrobenzene, metal
hydroxide, ammonia and optionally oxygen for prepara-
tion of the metal salt and acidification of the metal salt for
the preparation of the p-nitrophenol.
3,708,548
METHOD FOR PRODUCING DICHLOROBUTENE
Takeshi Yamahara, Higashinada-ku, Kobe-shi; Hiroshi
Kishimolo, Takatsuki-shi, Osaka-fu; Shinji Nakamura,
Ibaraki-shi, Osaka-fu; Takashi Deguchi, Takatsuki-shi,
Osaka-fu, and Shichiro Takamatsu, Kamikuo-ku, Kyoto-shi,
all of Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,355
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 10. 1968, 43/90823
Int.CI.C07c2//00
U.S. CL 260-654 H 4 Claims
The method comprises the steps of reacting a gaseous mix-
ture comprising butadiene and chlorine in at least a 2; 1 molar
ratio at a temperature from 150° to 280°C. in a first reaction
zone wherein the gaseous reaction mixture is wholly agitated,
and then in a second reaction zone wherein the gaseous reac-
tion mixture is not significantly agitated.
3,708,549
STANNANE AS A REDUCING AGENT
Gerald H. Reifenberg, Hightstown, and William J. Considine,
Somerset, both of N J., assignors to M&T Chemicals Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 742,164, July 3. 1968. This application
June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 59,839
Int. CI. C07c 75/06
U.S. CI. 260-668 R ^ Claims
The method of this invention for reducing organic sub-
strates comprises reacting as rcactants stannane, SnH,. and an
organic substrate, maintaining said reactants together in a
reaction mixture, and separating said reduced substrate from
said reaction mixture.
3,708,546
PREPARATION OF DINITROTOLUENE
CUfford L. Coon, Fremont; Gerald J. McDonald, Menk) Park,
and Marion E. Hill, Palo Alto, all of Calif., assignors to Sun-
ford Research Institute, Menk) Park, Calif.
Filed Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,505
Int.CLC07c79//0
U.S.CL 260-645 3 Claims
Mixtures of dinitrotoluene isomers containing extremely
small amounts of meta isomers are rapidly prepared in quan-
titative yield by temperatures in the presence of a small
amount of water. Total meta isomer content can readily be
kept at a level below about 2 percent by weight.
3,708,550
DEHYDROGENATION PROCESS
Harold Beuther, and HaroW E. Swift, both of Gibsonia, Pa., as-
signors to Ameripol, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 784,194, Dec. 16, 1968
abandoned. This application June 16, 197 1, Ser. No. 153,822
lnt.CLC07c5//5
U.S. CI. 260-680 R « f ^^^
Process for reducing the formation and effects of carbon
mounds in dehydrogenation reactions employing calcium
nickel phosphate-containing catalysts by adding vaporized sul-
fur-containing matenals to the catalyst bed. Such additives
preferably are added dunng the hydrocarbon feed phase ot
the reaction cycle.
3,708,547
SYNTHESIS OF [lOJ-ANNULENES
Peter H. Nelson and Karl G. Untch. Los Altos. Calif.,
assignors to Syntex Corporation, Panama, Panama
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,741
Int. CL C07c 17/32, 23/18
U.S. CI. 260—648 R 12 Claims
New process for preparing [10]-annulene compounds
which are useful as estrogenic, anti-inflammatory, and
anti-fertility agents. The process utilizes the steps of add-
ing a methano, dichloromethano, or difluoromethano
group across the C-9,10 double bond of a 1,4,5,8-tetra-
hydronaphthalene to the corresponding 9.10-bridged-l,4-
5,8,9,10 - hexahydronaphthalene and treating the latter
with a benzoquinone to the corresponding 1,6 - bridged-
[101-annulene product. The preparations of 1.6-methano-
[10]-annulene, l,6-dichloromethano-[10]-annulene, and
l,6-difluoromethane-[10]-annulene are illustrated as rep-
resentative of the process.
3,708,551
OLEFIN CONVERSION USING RARE EARTH
METAL HALIDES WITH ORGANOALUMINUMS
Edmund T. Kittleman and Ernest A. Zuech, Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Application Jan. 2, 1968, Ser No. 694,874
now Patent No 3,554,924, dated Jan. 26, 1971, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 635,676,
May 3, 1967. Divided and this apphcation Sept. 1,
1970, Ser. No. 68,756
Int. CI. C07c 3/62. 11/02. 13/02
VS. CL 260-683 D 1® C'«>"'
A process for the conversion of olefinic hydrocarbons
according to the olefin reaction (e.g., the olefin dispropor-
tionation reaction) by contacting the olefinic hydrocarbon
with a catalyst comprising a rare earth metal halide (e.g.
SmCls) combined with an organoaluminum compound
(e.g., ethylaluminum dichloride).
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
281
3,708,552
PROCESS AND APPARATL S FOR THERMAL CRACKING
OF HYDROCARBONS
Daizo Kunii, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo, and Taisekl Kunugi, MInato-
ku, Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Toyo Soda Manufac-
turing Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 669,736, Sept. 22, 1967,
abandoned. This application Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,574
Claims priority, application Japan, March 3, 1967,
42/13501; Nov. 10, 1966,41/73957; Nov. 10, 1966,41/73958
Int. CI. C07c 3/30; BOlj 9/18
U.S. CI. 260—683 R 5 Claims
olefins at alkylation conditions in the presence of a cata-
lyst comprising (a) a Lewis acid of the formula MX«
where M is selected from the Group IV-B, V or VI-B
HVOnOCARSOM
FEED
ALKYLATION
ZONE
1 I \\-\
f -I SfTTUl* t
] zone
•rm.M
ZOK
uaoatmyfJ
OOTHLMIM
zom
I.-S
€^
elements of the Periodic Table, X is a halogen, and n
varies from 3-6, and (b) a strong Bronsted acid selected
from the group comprising fluorosulfuric acid and tri-
fluoromethanesulfonic acid and mixtures thereof.
Apparatus is provided for thermal cracking of hydrocar-
bons, which comprises a reaction column A having a reactor
attached thereto, and a regenerator B having a combustion
and heating chamber attached thereto (see FIG 1). wherein
the reaction column has a large diameter in the upward por-
tion thereof and smaller diameter in the downward portion
thereof, the reactor, using a dilute fluidized layer, being con-
nected with the top of the reaction column, and on the other
hand the regenerator has a large diameter in the upward por-
tion thereof and a smaller diameter in the downward portion
thereof, the combustion and heating chamber, using a dilute
fluidized layer, being connected with the top of the regenera-
tor. Means are provided for connecting the upper part of the
reaction column to the lowermost portion of the regenerator,
and similar means are provided for connecting the upper part
of the regenerator to the lowermost portion of the reaction
column. A refractory material maintained under concen-
trated, floatable, fluidized conditions is caused to circulate
between the regenerator and reaction column as heat carrier,
and to come in contact with hydrocarbons introduced into the
reaction column, wherein thermal cracking results in the
production of lower hydrocarbons. Means are provided for
the thermal isolation of the reactor and reaction column, and
similarly for the combustion and heating chamber and the
regenerator. Also provided are means for the introduction of
raw material hydrocarbons, steam, air and heat carrier into
the apparatus.
The apparatus is utilized in the thermal cracking of heavy
hydrocarbons, resulting in the production of hydrocarbons of
C,. C„ C3 and C4 types, especially ethylene.
3,708,553
ALKYLATION PROCESS UTILIZING A LEWIS ACID
HALIDE WITH FLUOROSULFURIC OR TRIFLU-
OROMETHANESULFOMC ACID
George A. Olah, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to Esse
Research and Engineering Company
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,884
Int. CI. C07c 3/54
U.S. CL 260—683.47 14 Claims
High octane alkylates are prepared by contacting paraf-
finic and/or alkyl substituted aromatic hydrocarbons with
3,708,554
RUBBER COMPOSITION
Hiroki Oguri, Toyonaka, and Hideo Nagasaki, Minoo, both of
Japan, assignors to Taoka Dyestuffs Manufacturing Co.,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,455
Claims priority, application Japan, March 8, 1969,
44/17768
Int. CI. C08gi7/y6, C08d 9/08, 9/10
U.S. CI. 260—848 8 Claims
The tackinessof a terpolymer rubber of ethylene, propylene
and a nonconjugated diene is remarkably improved by incor-
porating therein ( I ) an alkylphenol-formaldehyde resin, al-
kylphenol-acetaldehyde resin, or alkylphenol-acetylene resin
and (2) a thermoplastic resin produced by the polymerization
of olefmic unsaturated hydrocarbons derived from the
cracking of petroleum hydrocarbons, and containing substan-
tially no aromatic hydrocarbons. This effect of the specific
combination of two kinds of resin is synergetic. In addition to
the improved tackiness, said rubber composition retains an ex-
cellent age resistance and a high capacity for loading fillers,
both characteristics being inherent in said terpolymer rubber.
3,708.555
GRAFTING OF A MIXTURE OF STYRENE AND MALEIC
ANHYDRIDE ONTO BACKBONE POLYMERS
CONTAINING ACTIYEOR LABILE HYDROGEN ATOMS
Norman G. Gaylord, New Providence, NJ., assignor to
Gaylord Associates, Newark, N J.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,768
Int.CI.C08f ,'/02./ 9/02
U.S. CI. 260— 878 R 15 Claims
A process for preparation of carboxyl containing polymer
products which comprises reacting polymers having active or
labile hydrogen atoms with a mixture of styrene and maleic
anhydride and carboxyl containing polymer products
prepared thereby.
288
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,556
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
POLYPENTENAMERS
Karl Nutzel, Opiaden, Karl Dinges, Odenthal, and Fried-
rich Haas, Cologne, Germany, assignors to Bayer Ak-
tiengesellscbaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,155
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 15, 1969,
P 19 19 046.6
Int. CI. C08f i/02. 1/28
U.S. CI. 260—931 6 Claims
Polymerisation and copolymerisation of cyclopentene
with a catalyst of
(a) tungsten hexachloride
(b) an alkyl or aryl tin hydride
(c) a cocatalyst.
3,708,557
PHOSPHORUS ACID ESTERS AND METHOD FOR
COMBATTING INSECTS THEREWITH
Kazuhiko Ando and Teiji Omino, Yasu-machi, Yasu-gun,
and Kennosuke Imamura, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to
Sankyo Company Limited and Nippon Chemical In-
dustrial Company Limited, both of Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,790
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; C07f 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—940 1 Claim
Dialkyl phosphates having the formula
RO O X
\11 . _ _/
3,708,559
METHOD OF MAKING NUCLEAR FUEL-CONTAINING
BODIES
Eric Handley Voice; Leslie Wilfred Graham, and Derek Wil-
liams James Sturge, all of Winfrith, Dorset, England, as-
signors to United Kindom Atomic Energy Authority, Lon-
don, England
FUed March 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,480
Int. CLG21C 27/00
U.S. CI. 264-0.5 14 Claims
In the forming of bodies, containing fission product retain-
ing nuclear fuel particles, dispersed in a filler material, it is
desirable to produce a compact and coherent body without
any fractured fuel particles. Fractured particles occur during
pressing and the risk of fracture may be reduced by overcoat-
ing the fuel particles with two layers of material which exhibit
during pressing different rheological characteristics. The
characteristics differ in that the inner layer is less readily
deformable under the pressure than the outer layer which
tends to flow into the spaces between the overcoated particles.
On such deformation of the outer overcoating, the inner over-
coating layer acts as a buffer between adjacent particles.
^il_o-c=c
/ I \
RO ^v
CI
-CN
V
3,708,560
HYDRAULIC FRACTURING PROPPANT COMPOSI-
TION AND METHOD FOR FORMING SUCR
PROPPANTS
James F. Mayer, Hinsdale, and Robert G. Weisz, Oswego,
111., assignors to Standard Oil Company, Chicago, III.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 857,880,
Sept. 15, 1969. This application July 12, 1971, Ser.
No. 161,981 _ ,,,^^
Int. CI. C08f 21/02. 47/02; B29c 23/00
U.S. CI. 264—13 10 Claims
wherein R is a lower alkyl group, preferably of 1 or 2
carbon atoms and X is hydrogen atom or chlorine atom.
These phosphates are useful as an insecticide against
various harmful insects such as mosquitos, flies, aphids,
rice borers, cutworms, spider mites and the like and
applied in the form of agricultural insecticidal prepara-
tion such as dusts, granules, liquids, wettable powders,
emulsions and the like.
. omjp^ime fuMtitL
3,708,558
MONOCHLORINE ESTER OF 3-OCTADECYLOXY-
PROPANOL-dl-PHOSPHORIC ACID
Gunter Kny, Nassau (Lahn), and Otto Westphal, Freiburg
im Breisgau, Germany, assignors to Boehringer Ingel-
heim G.m.b.H., Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118.083
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1970,
P 20 09 341.8
Int. CI. C07f 9/08; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—945 1 Claim
Tlie monocholine ester of 3-octadecyloxy-propanol-(l)-
phosphoric acid of the formula
CH2— O— CiiHi:
CHj
CH:-0— POi— CHj— CHj— N(CH.)i
A
(♦)
(-)
which is useful as an immunologic adjuvant.
ERRATA
For Classes 260—174 and 260—240 R see:
Patents Nos. 3,708,596 and 3,708,597
TMtimomt Tt» ' — J
-SCmil BMSKtT
A two-component catalyst system for curing unsatu-
rated polyester resin prills useful as proppants in hydrau-
lic fracturing, the prills being the reaction product of (1)
the condensation reaction product of (a) an unsaturated
dicarboxylic acid containing from 4 to 8 carbon atoms
of the group consisting of alkenedioic acids and anhy-
drides thereof, (b) ^benzene dicarboxylic acid of the
group consisting of isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid,
alkyl substituted isophthalic acid, alkyl substituted tereph-
thalic acid and mixtures thereof, where each of said alkyl
substituted acids contains from 1 to 3 alkyl groups and
each alkyl group contains from 1 to 4 carbon atoms and
(c) an oxyalkanediol containing from 4 to 12 carbon
atoms and (2) a monomer selected from the group con-
sisting of ethylenic and allylic monomers; and a process
for forming such prills. In the preferred embodiment, the
reactants forming the condensation reaction product (I )
also include a minor proportion of an alkanediol contain-
ing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
289
3,708,561
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING NON-WOVEN
FILAMENTARY STRUCTURE"
Kohei Horimoto, Masaharu Kawamura, Susumu Norota,
and Mltsuhiko Okui, Iharakl, Japan, assignors to Teijin
Limited, Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,527
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 5, 1969,
44/88,625
Int. CI. B29d 7/14
U.S. CI. 264—22 7 Claims
exceeds the critical spalling or cracking temperature of the
block.
3,708,563
MAGAZINE FOR AERIAL DISPENSER AND METHOD OF
MAKING SAME
Peter A. Sells, San Diego, Calif., assignor to Sells Incorporated,
San Diego, Calif.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,797
Int. CI. B29d 2 7/0-*
U.S.CI. 264— 45 5 Claims
iP^h
r
p:)Ti
A non-woven filamentary structure having superior
bulkiness and bulk-durability is produced by feeding a
continuous or non-continuous multifilament, such as a
polyester tow, into an electric potential field formed be-
tween a pair of endless belts moving at an equal speed in
the same direction, at a speed not lower than the speed
at which the endless belts are moving thereby expanding
the multifilament in a configuration of a non-woven fila-
mentary structure to fill the electric potential field like
cotton candy, and then withdrawing the structure from the
electric potential field. Preferably, the starting multifila-
ment is treated with an antistatic agent such as anionic and
nonionic surfactants prior to being fed into the electrical
potential field.
3,708.562
COATING FUSED CAST BLOCKS ^ITH REFRAC-
TORY PAPER TO PREVENT SPALUNG IN HOT
REPAIRS
Alton C. Sleggs, Lewiston, and William A. Miller, James-
town, N.Y., assignors to The Carborundum Company,
Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 866,556,
Oct. 16, 1969. This application Oct. 1, 1971, Ser.
No. 185,622
Int. CI. F27d7 /06, 1/16
\5S. a. 264—30 3 Claims
A method of repairing a furnace, for example, a glass
tank, while it is at operating temperature, with a fused
cast refractory block comprising coating or otherwise
applying a refractory insulating material on at least the
faces of the block which will be exposed to the furnace
interior and which will be adjacent to the existing hot
refractory lining, and positioning the thusly insulated
block at the repair site. The insulating material must be
compatible with the process being performed in the fur-
nace and must remain substantially intact and in place
on the block until the temperature of the fused cast block
< ASSewSLC OUTCR SHELL
Z HOUMT DISPENSING TUSCS ON
L0CAT<H6 PLUGS Of BASE TOOL
S ATTACH WELL TO ftASC TOOt
4 PftE-HEAT ASSEMBLY
5 INJECT NUBBER WATENIAL
e TILT ASSEMBLY IN ALL
DIRECTIONS TO SPREAD
RUBBCR EVENLY
7 CURE RUBBER
B REMOVE BASE TOOL
9 SECURE SHElL AND TUBE ASSEMBLY
IN INCLINED HOLDING FIXTURE WITH
FILLING PORTS UPPERMOST
10 PREHEAT ASSEMBLY
H INJECT FOAM-IN-PLACE MATERIAL
INTO LOKEST PORT
12 CLOSE PORT
IS REPEAT STEPS II AND 12
AT EACH SUCCESSIVELY
HIGHER PORT
14 CURE FOAM MATERIAL
19 REMOVE COMPLETED
UNIT FROM FIXTURE
A magazine for holding a number of cartridges containing
flares, metallic chaff and the like for aerial dispensation. The
magazine has a simple open frame or shell in which an>
required number of cartridge holding tubes are positioned in a
specific pattern on a prepared tool, the tubes being initially
held by a layer of rubbery material which forms one finished
face of the magazine. The interior of the shell between the
tubes is then filled with foam material, applied progressively
with the assembly in a special holding fixture to ensure
complete filling.
3,708,564
WITHDRAWN
3,708,565
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF FIBERS
FROM THERMOPLASTIC SYNTHETIC MATERIAL
Karlheinz Seiflfert, Apartado 64, Carretera de Pego,
Benidorm, Spain
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 684.778,
Nov. 21, 1967. This application Aug. 7, 1970,
Ser. No. 62,076
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 21, 1966,
S 107,049
Int CI. B29c 17/02, 24/00; B29d 7/14
VS. CI. 264—88 9 Claims
A process for the production of fur-like fibers on a
flexible surface in which a continuous film or layer of
thermoplastic synthetic material, of the type which be-
comes viscid when sufficiently heated, is heated to the vis-
cid temperature, is thereafter adhered to a flexible surface
and pulled away from the surface to pull a plurality of
fiber-like projections outwardly from the layer at sub-
stantially right angles to the traveling direction of the
flexible surface to form a multiplicity of fibrils, resembling
fur, on the flexible surface. The process of the invention ex-
hibits surprisingly good results when an inert gaseous me-
dium is fed under pressure to the fibrils of the thermo-
plastic material during the formation of the fiber-like pro-
906 O.G.— 10
290
jections to simultaneously cflfect cooling and tensioning
of the fibrils to impart further lengthening of the inner ends
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
C
of the fibrils and separation of the fibrils from the heated
roll.
3,708,567
MAKING EPOXY SPECTACLE FR^^^S USING
EXCESS 1 - CYCLOHEXYLAMINO - 3-AMINO-
PROPANE CLRING AGENT
Gerald Hampel, Vienna, Austria, assignor to
Optipatent AG, Zug, Switzerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
688,972, Dec. 8, 1967, and Ser. No. 885,471, Dec. 16,
1969. This application Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,443
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1966,
54,422
Int CI. B29d 12102; G02c 5100
U.S. CI. 264 331 ^ Claims
A method for the manufacture of spectacle frames and
components thereof having excellent flexural strength and
impact strength. Polyepoxides are mixed with a greater
than stoichiometric amount of 1 - cyclohexylamino-3-
aminopropane to form a molding composition. An amount
between 1.1 and 1.5 times the stoichiometric amount >s
used. Molds filled with the composition are treated at a
temperature of at least about 70° C. to produce cured,
hardened molded components. ^
3,708,566
METHOD FOR POLYMER CASTLNG FROM
LNLET RESERVOIR
Bernhard T. Junker, Foster City, Calif., and Terry G.
Breeding, University, and Michael T. Hoyt and Ross
M. Hedrick, St. Louis, .Mo., assignors to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 495,284, uct.
12, 1965. This application Aug. 27, 1968, Ser. No.
755,664
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Jan. 14, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CL B29d 7114
U.S. CI. 264—171 -> 4 Claims
ERRATUM
For Class 423 — 5 see:
Patent No. 3,708,267
3,708,568
REMOVAL OF PLLTONIt M FROM PLUTONIUM
HEXAFLUORIDE-URANIUMHEXAFLUORIDE
MIXTURES
Waldo R. Golliher; Robert L. Harris, and Reynold A. LeDoux,
Jr., all of Paducah, Ky.. assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the United SUtes Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,508
InLCI.C01g56/00
U.S. CI. 423—6 3 Claims
This invention relates to a method of selectively removing
Plutonium values from a fluid mixture containing plutonium
hexafluoride and uranium hexafluoride by passing the mixture
through a bed of pelletized cobaltous fluoride at a tempera-
ture in the range 1 34° to 1 ,000° F. to effect removal of plutoni-
um by the cobaltous fluoride.
An inlet reservoir for use in conjunction with a con-
tinuous polymer casting machine which forms an endless
sheet or film of a polymeric material within a cavity de-
veloped between a pair of mold forming surfaces; said
reservoir including a pair of side plates that are designed
to conform to the shape of the proximate mold forming
surfaces, and including movable sealing gaskets that dis-
pose intermediate the edges of said plates and the mold
forming surfaces to preclude seepage of the retained mono-
mer or polymer. This reservoir is of adjustable width, and
support means upon the plates includes expandable brac-
ing that regulates the reservoir width, and also casters
that ride upon the mold forming surfaces stabilize the
reservoir in relation to said surfaces. Since the sealing
gaskets further extend between the mold forming surfaces,
and are pressed firmly therein, movement of these sur-
faces during the casting operation also sustains move-
ment of the gaskets, while the gaskets simultaneously act
as edge-sealing means for the mold cavity thereby prevent-
ing leakage of the polymer while being cast.
3,708,569
BURNING UNCONVERTED H-OIL RESIDUAL
W illiam R. Mounce, Cranbury, N J., assignor to Cities Service
Research & Development Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,202
int. CI. cold 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 423-574 ^ Claims
A method of treating a vacuum or atmospheric residuum oil
containing sulfur is disclosed in which the residuum is sub-
jected to a high pressure, high temperature hydrocracking and
desulfurization evolving hydrogen sulfide (H,S) as a result.
Afterward the unconverted residuum is used as fuel in a fur-
nace, evolving sulfur dioxide (SO,) as one of the stack gases.
The SO, in the stack gas is removed and reacted with the H,S
evolved during the residuum hydrocracking step to yield ele-
mental sulfur.
3,708,570
PERFLUORO AMMONIUM CATION-CONTAINING
IONIC SALTS AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM
Wesley E. Tolberg, Atherton; Roger S. Stringham, Woodside,
and Robert T. Rewick, Mountain View, all of Calif., as-
signors to Stanford Research Institute, Menio Park, Calif.
Filed Jan. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 614,524
Int. CI. CO lb 9/05
U.S. CI. 423—30 1 * Claims
Solid ionic salts exemplified by perfluoro ammonium hex-
afluoro antimonate having the highly energetic perfluoro am-
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
291
monium cation (NF**), are produced by interreacting gaseous
nitrogen trifluoride, gaseous fluorine, and liquid antimony
pentafluoride (in the presence or absence of hydrogen
fluoride), this reaction being preferably effected at a tempera-
ture of between about 100° C. and about 200° C, and at a su-
peratmospheric pressure in the range of from about 50 at-
mospheres to about 200 atmospheres. The use of arsenic per-
fluoride. phosphorus perfluoride, or bismuth perfluoride. in-
stead of the antimony perfluoride. results in the formation of
the corresponding arsenate, phosphate or bismuthate salt, all
of which are very stable, are powerful fluorination agents, and
useful as oxidants.
3,708,571
PREPARATION OF FLUORAMINE
Vytautas Grakauskas, Arcadia, Calif., assignor to the
United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of the Navy
No Drawing. Filed Sept 30, 1966, Ser. No. 584,060
Int CL COl 21/52
U.S. CI. 423—413 ^ Claims
There is disclosed a process of preparing f!uoramine.
A solution of ethyl N-fluorocarbamate in concentrated sul-
furic acid is heated to 90-95° C. carbon dioxide being
thereby evolved. Upon dilution with water fluoramine is
generated in situ.
3,708,572
INFECTIOUS MONONUCLEOSIS DIAGNOSTIC
REAGENT AND METHOD
Frans Peetoom, Westwood, and Sandra Jean Kiddy, Pasa-
dena, Calif., assignors to Baxter Laboratories, Inc.,
Morton Grove, ni. ^, „.„„--
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,827
IntCLG01ni7/0(?, ii/76
\iS. Cl. 424 12 3 Claims
a' reagent and method for the diagnosis of infectious
mononucleosis employing horse erythrocytes which have
been subjected to aldehyde fixation, specific sensitization
with antiserum to Forssman-like antigens and then an-
other fixation with said aldehyde.
water or an aqueous medium compositions comprising a mix-
ture of a solid, water-soluble hydrochloride of a physiologi-
cally innocuous nitrogen-containing organic compound eg
betaine hydrochloride, which dissociates an addition to water
to yield an acid solution containing hydrochloric acid and the
organic base, and at least one of potassium bicarbonate and
potassium carbonate.
3,708,575
METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF ATHERO-
SCLEROSIS EMPLOYING GLUCLHONOGLYCOS-
AMINOGLYCAN-HYALURONATE-LY.\SE
Siegfried Gottfried, Ilford, England, assignor to Biorex
Laboratories Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
756,314, Aug. 29, 1968. This application May 13, 1970,
Ser. No. 37,016
Int a. A61k 79/00
U.S. CI. 424—94 4 Claims
The present invention is concerned with a method for
the treatment of cardiac, arrythmias, thrombi, athero-
sclerosis, cerebraf infarcts, cerebral thromboses, coronary
thromboses and cardiac infarcts, by the intravenous, intra-
arterial or intrathecal injection of glucuronoglycosamino-
glycan-hyaluronate-lyase.
3,708,573
AGRICULTURAL AND HORTICULTURAL GRAN-
ULE FORMULATION AND METHODS FOR PRE-
PARING THE SAME AND FOR USING THEREOF
Eiichi Yoshinaga, Fujieda, Yoshio Takahashi, Shimizu,
and Masaru Kado, Yokohama, Japan, assignors to
Kumiai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,252
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 15, 1969,
44/19,228
Int CLAOln 77/00
U.S. Cl. 424—23 2. Claims
An effective and practical agricultural and horticultural
granule formulation prepared by uniformly adsorbing an
active ingredient of agricultural chemicals, organophos-
phoric acid ester, which may generally be used, and said
active ingredient or auxiliary agent into granular zeolite
and the practical and useful method of using thereof for
controlling plant diseases, injurious insects and weeds.
3,708,576
NOVEL ANTI-INFLAMMATORY SUBSTANCES AND
PRODUCTION THEREOF
Mamoru Sugiura, Konan; Kunio Kano, Ibaraki; Kazuaki
Kimura, Yao, and Hiroyuki Oono, Nishinomiya, all of Japan,
assignors to ONO Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,756
Claims priority, application Japan, May 9, 1969, 44/35877
Int. Cl.A61k 2 //OO
U.S. Cl. 424-1 15 5 Claims
Novel anti-inflammatory substances are provided by cultur-
ing a microorganism such as Aerobacter cloacae. Aerobacier
aerogenes. Bacillus subtilis, Micrococus lysodeikticus or Pseu-
domonas aeruginosa in a nutrient medium and recovering the
novel substance from the fermentation broth.
3,708,577
ANTIBIOTIC X-5108 AND METHODS FOR THE
PRODUCTION THEREOF
Julius Berger, Passaic, N J., assignor to Hoflmann-La
Roche Inc., Nutley, N J.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 64,389
Intel. A6 Ik 27/00
U.S. Cl. 424 121 ° Claims
a' new antibiotic, designated as antibiotic X-5108, is
produced by a new species of Streptomyces. The new anti-
biotic is active against gram-positive and gram-negative
bacteria and produces growth stimulation and increased
feed efficiency in poultry.
3,708,574
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS PROVIDING
POTASSIUM CHLORIDE IN AQUEOUS SOLUTION
Alfred Eric Corker, Brighton, England, assignor to Arthur
H. Cox & Co., Limited, Brighton, England
Continuation of Ser. No. 722,544, April 19, 1968, abandoned.
This application Oct. 13, 1970. Ser. No. 80,469
Claims priority, applkation Great Britain, April 28, 1967,
19,796/67
Int C1.A6 Ik 9/00
U.S. Cl. 424—44 ^ 1 C*"""
Aqueous solutions containing potassium chloride, useful for
the treatment of hypokalaemia, are obtained by dissolving in
3,708,578
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR INHIBITING THE
GROWTH OF ANIMAL PATHOGENS
Naba K. Das, Columbia, Md., assignor to W . R. Grace & Co.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 21. 1971, Ser. No. 108,639
Int Cl. A6 Ik 2 //OO
U.S.CI.424-141 9 Claims
Isobutyrates in combination with water soluble copper salts
are effective in inhibiting the growth of animal and poultry
pathogens.
292
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,579
ANTI-ARTHRITIC COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING
A TRIALKYLPHOSFHINEGOLD COMPLEX OF A
1-/3-D-GLUCOPYRANOSIDE AND METHODS OF
PRODUCING ANTI-ARTHRITIC ACTIVITY
Elizabeth R. McGusty, Philadelphia, and Blaine M.
Sutton, Hatboro, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
871,956, Oct. 28, 1969, now Patent No. 3,635,945,
dated Jan. 18, 1972. This application Oct. 1, 1971,
Ser. No. 185,845
Int. CI. A61k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—180 14 Claims
Pharmaceutical compositions having anti-arthritic ac-
tivity comprising a trialkylphosphinegold complex of a 1-
^-D-glucopyranoside and methods of producing anti-arth-
ritic activity by administering internally, preferably orally,
said compositions.
insecticidal properties and which may be produced by
conventional methods.
3.708.580
METHOD OF CONTROLLING INSECTS USING
QLINOXALINYL N -OXIDE PHOSPHATES
Bernard Miller. Plainsboro, and Jackson Pollard English,
Princeton, both of N.J., assignors to American Cyanaraid
Company, Stamford, Conn.
Division of Ser. No. 658,598, Aug. 7. 1967, Pat. No. 3,621.021.
This application July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 62,737
Int. CI. AO In 9/00. 9/i6
U.S. CI. 424-200 12 Claims
Novel quinoxalinyl N, -oxide phosphates together with their
preparation and use for controlling insects and arachnids are
disclosed. They have the formula:
X\/^\
V^N
X R
11/
-0-P
\
Ri
wherein R and R, each are selected from the group consisting
of lower alky), lower alkoxy, lower alkyithio, phenyl, halo-sub-
stituted phenyl, lower alkyl-substituted phenyl, and NRj
groups wherein R.^ is hydrogen or lower alkyi; X is sulfur or ox-
ygen, and Y is hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy
3,708,581
ANTI-INFLAMMATORIES
William Rodney Roderick, Libertyville, III., assignor to
Abbott Laboratories, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,482
Int. a. A61v 27100
VS. CI. 424—263 4 Claims
3-amino-2-pyridinethiol has been found to have excel-
lent anti-edema, anti-pyretic and analgesic effects when
administered orally to warm-blooded animals at a dosage
of between 0.5 and 50 mg./kg.
3,708,583
STABILIZED VITAMIN A ADDITIVE
Willis L. Winstrom; John T. Engei; Alan D. Sigler, and George
David Thomas, all of Omaha, Nebr., assignors to Vitamin
Premixers of Omaha, Inc., Omaha, Nebr.
Filed April 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,586
Int. CI. A6 Ik 15102
U.S. CI. 424—312 4 Claims
A stabilized vitamin additive is disclosed herein which com-
prises, in solution, fat-soluble vitamins, an alkyl alcohol
wherein the alkyl moiety contains from one to three carbon
atoms, and an emulsifier system. By utilizing these com-
ponents in combination, biological deterioration and degrada-
tion of the vitamins during storage is substantially alleviated,
the vitamin additive is pourable at low temperatures, and the
vitamin additive does not separate, segregate or cream at high
or low temperatures.
3,708,582
METHODS OF COMBATTING FUNGI, NEMATODES
AND INSECTS WITH SULFINYL THIOL- AND
DITHIO-PHOSPHATES
Paul C. Aichenegg, Prairie Village, Kans., and Richard
A. Thornhill, Kansas City, Mo., assignors to Baychem
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 4, 1969, Ser. No.
804,272, now Patent .No. 3,629,375. Divided and this
application .Mar. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,853
Int. CI. AOln 9136
VS. CI. 424—208 12 Claims
Sulfinyl thio- and dithio-phosphates, i.e., 0,0-dialkyl-
S-(trichloroethyl and dichlorovinyl sulfinyl) -thiol- and di-
thio-phosphates, or 0,0-dialkyl-S-(trichloroethyl thionyl
and dichlorovinyl thionyl) thiol- and thionothiol-phos-
phates, which possess strong fungicidal, nematocidal and
3,708,584
3-(HYDROXY-PHENYL) SUBSTITUTED AMIDINES
AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS ANTHEL-
MINTIC AGENTS
James W. McFarland, Lyme, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No.
664,258, now Patent No. 3,579,510, dated May 18,
1971. Divided and this application Mar. 10, 1970, Ser.
No. 23,114
Int. a. A61k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—251 4 Claims
The preparation and anthelmintic properties of certain
w-(3-R-0-phenyl) substituted cyclic and acyclic amidines;
namely, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydro - 2 - [2-(3-R-phenyl)ethyl]py-
rimidines, 1,4,5,6 - tetrahydro-2-[2-(3-R-0-phenyl)viDyl]
pyrimidines and the corresponding 2-imidazolines: and
N-methyl - N - substituted 3-(3-R-C>-phenyl)propionami-
dines and the corresponding acrylamidines where R-0-
is hydroxy or a group convertible to hydroxy, is described.
3,708,585
METHOD OF ENHANCING LEARNING
Nicholas Peter Plotnikoff, Lake Bluff, III., assignor to
Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned appli-
cation Ser. No. 85,311, Oct. 29, 1970. This applica-
tion Feb. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 226,240
Int. CI. A61k 27100
VS. C\. 424—251 8 Oaims
Covers a pharmaceutical composition containing uracil,
thymine, or cytosine which has an enhancing effect in
learning rate and retention level of animals. Also covers
a method of their use.
3,708,586
METHOD OF ADMINISTERING CENTRAL NERVOUS
SYSTEM ACTIVE COMPOUNDS
Pierre Simon, Sevres, France; Jack Bernstein, New Bruns-
wick, and John Krapcho, Somerset, both of N.J., assignors
to E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,569
Int. CI. A6 Ik 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—309 7 Claims
A method of stimulating the central nervous system and of
enhancing behavior by administering an effective amount of a
compound of the formula
/ \ II / (CH2)n
"-^-< o >^-^-\ >
CH:
R
N
January 2, 1973
CHEMICAL
293
and pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof
wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, R is hydrogen or lower alkyl of.up to
four carbons, R. is lower alkyl of up to four carbon atoms.and
R and R, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are
bonded are piperidino, morpholino or pyrrolidino.
3,708,587 ^^
HYPOCHOLESTEROLEMIC PHENOXY-ALIPHATIC
ACID COMPOSITIONS
William LaszIo Bencze, New Providence, N J., assignor to
Ciha-Geig> Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of apphcation Ser. >o.
32,765, Apr. 28, 1970, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 795,029, Jan. 29, 1969, now
Patent No. 3.641,110, which is a contmuation-m-part
of application Ser. No. 728,871, May 14, 1968, now
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cation Ser. No. 558,251, June 17, 1966, now^ aban-
doned, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cation Ser. No. 323,868, Nov. 15, 1963, now abandoned.
This application June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,552
Int. CI. A61k 27100
US. CI. 424—317 ° Claims
'p'henoxy-aliphatic acids, e.g. those of the formula
HOOC— .\i
Phi Ai-Ph:-0
Phi=a 1,2-phenylene
Ph2=a 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-phenylene
Ai = alkenylene forming 5-7 membered ring
A2== aliphatic hydrocarbon radical
and functional derivatives thereof are hypocholesterolemic
agents. — — — ^ —
3,708,588
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
^ FOR PREVENTING PREG^fCi^CY IN WARM-
BLOODED ANIMALS USING ^-PHENYL-
BICYCLO[2.2.2.]OCTANE, AND OCT-2-ENE,
-l-CARBOXYLATES „ ^ cu i
Paul Edward Aldrich, 306 Spalding Road, Sharpley,
Wilmington, Del. 19803, and Edward Charles Her-
mann, 8 Calgary Road, Newark, DeL 19"11_, ,.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 688,973, Dec. 8, 1967. This apphcation
Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90,008
Int. CL A61k 9104, 27/12
U S CI 424 317 ° Claims
This disclosure teaches the method of using 4-phenyl-
bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and oct-2-ene, -1-carboxylates as
antifertility agents. The disclosure further teaches of
pharmaceutical compositions employing said compounds.
and functional derivatives thereof are hypocholesterolemic
agents.
3,708.590
METHOD OF CONTROLLING AC ARIDS W ITH CERTAIN
OXIME ESTERS
Arnold D. (iutman, San Rafael. Calif., and Don R. Baker,
Pinole. Calif., assignors to Stauffer Chemical Company,
New York. N.Y.
DivUlon of Ser. No. 746,309, July 22, 1968, Pat. No.
3,592,920. This application July 2. 1970, Ser. No. 60,959
Int. CI. AOln 9/24
U.S. CL 424-327 13 Claims
Acaricidal, fungicidal and bacterial compounds having the
formula
hal-CH2 O
C=X— O— C— R-
/
Ri
in which hal is chlorine, bromine or iodine, R' is ( 1 ) hydrogen,
(2) lower alkyl, (3) aryl, (4) nuclear substituted derivatives
thereof in which the su'bstituents are halogen, nitro, lower al-
koxy, lower alkyl. or cyano and (5) haloalkyi, and R^ is ( 1 )
aryl, (2) nuclear substituted derivatives thereof in which the
substituents are halogen, cyano, nitro, lower alkoxy, or lower
alkyl (3) styryl, (4) nuclear substituted styryl, in which the
substituents are halogen, cyano, nitro, lower alkoxy or lower
alkyl (5) benzyl, (6) nuclear substituted benzyl in which said
substituents are haW". cyano, nitro, lower alkoxy or lower
alkyl, (7) phenethyl, (8) nuclear substituted phenethyl in
which the substituents are halogen, cyano, nitro, lower alkoxy,
or lower alkyl, (9) cycloalkyl having three to six carbon
atoms, and ( 10 ) fury 1.
3,708,591
CERTAIN FORMYLHYDRAZONES USED
AS APHICIDES ^ .
Horst O. Bayer, Levittown, and William S. Hurt, Noms-
town. Pa., assignors to Rohm and Haas Company,
Philadelphia, Pa. ^, ^^ . ..
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,863
Int. CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424 327 3 Claims
Compositions and methods for controlling aphids and
mites, which comprises a compound of the formula:
3 708 589
HYPOCHOLESTEROLEMIC PHENOXY-ALIPHATIC
ACID COMPOSITIONS
William LaszIo Bencze, New Providence, NJ., assignor
to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
795,029, Jan. 29, 1969, now Patent No. 3,641,110,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
728 871, May 14, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 558,251, June 17, 1966, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 323,868, Nov. 15, 1963, now abandoned. This
application Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 873,107
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424 317 3 Claims
Oxygenated benzcycloalkyl - phenoxy-aliphatic acids,
e.g. those of the formula
HOOC— Ai
(I)
wherein X, Y, and Z are individually selected from one
of hydrogen, alkyl of one to three carbons; halogen, such
as fluoro. chloro, iodo, and bromo; but they are not all
hydrogen concurrently. Rj and R2 are selected from one of
hydrogen and alkyl of one to three carbons.
Phi A
>hi Ai-Ph:
Phi=a 1,2-phenylene
Phj=a 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-phenylene
Ai=mono- or dihydroxy-alkylene or alkanoylene forming
5-7 membered ring
A2=aliphatic hydrocarbon radical
3,708,592
2 4.DIHYDRO - 6 - PHENYL-lH-s-TRIAZOLO[4.3-a]
' [1 41BENZODIAZEPIN - 1 - ONE COMPOSITIONS
AND METHOD OF TREATMENT
Jackson B. Hester, Jr., Galesburg, Mich., assipor to the
Upjohn Company. Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
852,112, Aug. 21, 1969, now Patent No. 3,646,055,
dated Feb. 29, 1972. This apphcation Nov. 18, 1971,
Ser. No. 200,202
Int CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—269 ^ 17 Claims
Therapeutic compositions for treating humans and ani-
mals comprising, in dosage unit form a 2,4-dihydro-6-
294
phenyl-lH-s-triazolo[4,3-al[l,4]benzodiazepin - 1 - one
compound of the formula:
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,595
a-NITRO-i.;-OXIMINO CVCLOALKANONES
AS FUNGICIDES
Robert Fuhnnaiin, Morris Plains, John Pisanchyn, Mor-
ristown, and St>lianos Sifniades, Parsippany, NJ., as-
signors to Allied Chemical Corporation, New York,
N Y
No 'Drawing. FUed Oct 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,759
Int CI. AOln 9120
U.S. CI. 424 327 " Claims
a-Nitro-cj-oximino cycloalkanones are effective fungi-
cides and fungistats. In particular, they are effective
against rust type fungi. The preferred compound is 2-
nitro-6-oximino cyclohexanone.
Formula I
wherein Rj. R2, and R3 are selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, inclu-
sive halogen, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, and alkoxy,
alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoylammo and
dialkylamino, in which the carbon chain moieties are of
1 to 3 carbon atoms, inclusive, and wherein R4 and R5
are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
alkyl of from 1 to 3 carbon atoms including the pharma-
cologically acceptable acid addition salts thereof in com-
bination with a pharmaceutical carrier. The compositions
have CNS depressant activity and are useful as tranquil-
izers, e.g., to reduce anxiety. The compositions are also
useful as sedatives, hypnotics, muscle relaxants and anti-
convulsants. The compositions can be administered to
human or animal subjects.
3,708,596
DISAZO DYESTUFFS
Wilhelm Happe, Schwalbach, Taunus, and Hans Jakob
Schladetsch, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignors
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vomials
Melster Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
in&Dv
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,901
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 19, 1969,
P 19 63 674.9
Int. CI. C09bi//02
U.S. CI. 260—174 4 Oaims
Disazo dyestuffs of the general formula
A-OH
wherein A is an alkylene group, which dyestuffs give
orange shades and are used for dyeing and printing tex-
tile fibrous materials, especially polyethylene glycol ter-
ephthalates.
3,708,593
USE OF L-PROLYL L-LEUCYL GLYCLNE ANHDE
AS AN ANTI-DEPRESSANT
Nicholas Peter Plotnikoff, Lake Bluff, III., assignor to
Abbott Laboratories, Chicago, 111.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,548
Int. CI. A61k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—274 ^.^. .4 Claims
Covers a method of treating patients exhibiting symp-
toms of depression by administering to said patient L-
prolyl L-leucyl glycine amide.
3,708.594
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTLRING A PREPARA-
TION CONTAINING FINELY DIVIDED CHLOR-
AMPHENICOL PALMITATE , „ . .
Euchiro Akito, Yono, Toshitsugu Takagi and Yakio
Soda, Tokyo, and Masataka Ishibashi, Souka, Japan,
assignors to Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,946
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 31, 1969,
44/23,845
Int. CI. A61k 27100
U.S. a. 424—324 10 Claims
When chloramphenicol palmitate compounded with
casein, gum arable, or their mixture, and, if necessary, a
preservative such as dihydro acetic acid, and a saccharide
such as sugar, etc. was added to distilled water, heated to
about 100° C. to melt, strongly stirred to emulsify, and
cooled under stirring, a suspension of finely divided chlor-
amphenicol palmitate particles can be obtained. Further,
the suspension can be lyophilized or spray-dried to obtain
powder medicines. These preparations are excellent in
hydrolysis percentage by digestive enzyme (pancreatin)
and blood serum level in comparison with the conventional
product.
3,708,597
N-CINNAMYL-4-(3-HYDROXYPHENYL)-4-PRO-
PIONYL-PIPERIDINE AND SALTS
Herbert Merz, Rheinstrasse 168. Ingelheim am Rhein,
Germany; Kurt Freter, 196 Kenton Ave., Bcaconsfield,
Quebec, Canada; and Karl Zeile, Taunusstrasse 11,
Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
869,955, Oct. 27, 1969, which is a continuation of
applicadon Ser. No. 744,325, July 12, 1968, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
350,128, Mar. 6, 1964, which in turn is a continu-
ation-in-part of application Ser. No. 177,121, Mar.
5, 1962, all now abandoned. This application Feb.
19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,121
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 6, 1961,
P 12 94 381.6-44
Int. CI. C07d 29116
U.S. CI. 260—240 K
N-cinnamyl-4-(3'-hydroxy-phenyl) - 4
idine and non-toxic, pharmacologically
3 Claims
propionyl-piper-
acceptable acid
addition salts thereof,
blooded animals.
useful as analgesics in warm-
3,708,598
SITRSTITUTED 2,4 - (u;-AMINOALKOXY) PHENYL
IMIDAZOLES AS CHOLESTEROL REDUCING
AGENTS „ . ,.T w ^.™ - ♦«
Rudolf G. Griot, Florham Park, N J., assignor to
Sandoz, Inc., Hanover, NJ.
No Drawing. Original application Apr. 29, 1968, Ser. INo.
725 179. Divided and this apphcation July 10, 1V7U,
^'•'^■'- *'•'",.,. a. A61k 2^/00
U S CI 424 273 ^ Claims
This invention relates to 4,5-dicyclosubstituted-2-[4-(a^
aminoalkoxy) phenyl] imidazoles useful as hypolipidemics,
and to preparation of said compounds.
ELECTRICAL
3,708,599
HIGH TEMPERATURE APPARATUS
Wilhelm Krause, Essen, Germany, assignor to Thermal
Transfer Corporation
Filed April 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,506
Claims priorit>, application Germany, July 2, 1971, P 19 55
339.0; June 23, 1971, P 19 51 824.2
Int.CI. H05b7//<S
U.S.C1. 13-1 10 Claims
preventing metal break-out during use. This problem is over-
come according to the invention by the provision of a crucible
comprising three layers, namely progressing inwardly a heat-
insulating ceramic layer, a rammed oxide layer and the said
linmg layer, the thickness of the said layers being selected so
that in use the rammed oxide layer sinters in a zone adjacent
the lining layer, the unsintered zone thus taking up movement
due to contraction and expansion effects of the crucible in
use.
3,708,601
ELECTRODE JOINT HAVING UNDERCUT ELECTRODE
SOCKETS
Philip E. Kozak, Humacao, P.R., assignor to Union Carbide
Corporation, Nen York, N.Y.
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,773
Int. CI. H05b 7114
U.S. CI. 13-18 2 Claims
A high temperature furnace unit is provided for melting
metals which comprises a furnace container having at least
one tuyere adjacent the bottom, at least one electrode in each
such tuyere, a source of high voltage electrical current con-
nected to said electrode capable of arc within said container, a
source of combustible gas connected to each said tuyere feed-
ing gas around the electrode at a pressure sufTicient to form a
pocket of gas around the electrode at the end of the tuyere.
3,708,600
VACUUM INDUCTION MELTING FURNACES
Ernst Gunler Nickel, Hagen-Bohlerheide; Hans Peter Severin,
Sprockhovel, and Helmut Frye, Essen, all of Germany, as-
signors to Deutsche Edelstahlwerke Aktiengesellschaft, Kre-
feld, Germany
Filed July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162,567
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. I, 1970, P 20 38
442.3
Int. CI. A43d 4H00
U.S. CI. 13-27 8 Claims
i 5
An electrode joint comprising two end-face electrode sec-
tions having female threaded sockets designed for mating with
a male threaded nipple so that when joined by the nipple, all
the threads at the base of the electrode socket will be engaged
with mating threads on the nipple.
3,708,602
ELECTRONIC ORGAN WITH AUTOMATIC CHORD
AND BASS SYSTEMS
Ryu Hiyama. Hamamatsu, Japan, assignor to Nippon Gakki
Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha, Hamamatsu-shi, Japan
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 84,979
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 29, 1969,
44/86713; Oct. 29, 1969, 44/86714; Oct. 29, 1969, 44/86715;
Oct. 29, 1969,44/86716
Int.CI.GlOf y/00
U.S.CL84-1.03 2 Claims
Vacuum induction furnaces comprising a crucible having a
lining layer of bricks of sintered fusible lime, and surrounded
by an insulated inductive heating coil present a problem of
In an electronic musical instrument having an upper
keyboard for melody performance, a lower keyboard for
295
296
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
chord performance and a pedal keyboard for bass per-
formance, there is interposed a first gate circuit in the channel
of the lower keyboard tone signals and a second gate circuit in
the channel of the bass tone signals, and there is also provided
a generator of rhythm pattern pulses which open the gate cir-
cuits in accordance with the rhythm pattern On this instru-
ment, chord and bass performance is carried out in desired
rhythm pattern by merely depressing keys continuously in-
stead of intermittently.
3,708.603
ELECTRONIC SOUND SYNTHESIZER
Charles Keagk. 312 East 9th Street, Apt. 6, New York, N.Y.;
Alan Waggoner. 1512 East McGraw Street, Seattle, Wash.,
and Peter Phillips. 61 Grove Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 1, 1971,Ser. No. 119,714
Int.CI.GlOhi/00
IJ.S. CI. 84—1.11 31 Claims
VOLTMC
CMTMLCO
in which each key of the lower keyboard and the pedals of the
pedal keyboard play single notes, or for rhythmic playing in
which selected ones of the keys of the lower keyboard play
chords while also alternately playing notes pertaining to the
pedal keyboard related to the respective chord. During
^^zT,f:^r^'
^=^
LhjT^SS'
An electronic sound synthesizer which includes a touch
controlled voltage generator for selectively controlling the
generation of a plurality of electrical signals and means for
convertmg the signals into audible sounds. The generator in-
cludes a plurality of electronic switches in series with variable
resistors, a direct current current summing amplifier and a
plurality of conductive paths for selectively connecting the
switches to the d.c. current summing amplifier. Each of the
conductive paths has a pair of flat conductor members spaced
from each other by a dielectric member. These conductor
members are designed so that when a finger touches the mem-
bers of a pair a conducting path is formed to energize the cor-
responding switch The synthesizer may also include means
for modulating and filtering the output signals of voltage sensi-
tive wave generators controlled in turn by other wave genera-
tors or by the touch controlled voltage generator, or both. It
also includes means for modifying the attack and decay am-
plitude characteristics of the filtered output signals before
they are converted into sounds. The converting means may in-
clude a mixer, a reverberator, a tone control circuit, a power
amplifier, and a speaker, all of which are interconnected and
may combine the output signals of the various touch con-
trolled generators Alternatively, the synthesizer may have
means including a plurality of ringing circuits, instead of the
electronic switches and variable resistors which may be selec-
tively actuated to generate audible sounds of various predeter-
mined characteristics by touching corresponding conductive
paths
rhythmic playing, electronic gates in the tone signal paths are
controlled rhythmically by control pulses so as to pass tone
signals according to rhythmic patterns. Gates for the pedal
tones pass single related base notes while gates for the lower
keyboard pass notes corresponding to chords related to the
base notes.
3,708,604
ELECTRONIC ORGAN W ITH RHYTHMIC
ACCOMPANIMENT AND BASS
Richard Hebeisen, Jasper, and William Tevault, Huntingburg,
both of Ind., assignors to The Jasper Electronics Manufac-
turing Corporation, Jasper, Ind.
Filed Nov. 15, 1971,S€r. No. 198,801
Int.CI.GlOh 1/00
U.S. CI. 84- 1 .03 21 Claims
An electronic organ having upper and lower and pedal
keyboards and selectively adjustable for conventional playing
3,708,605
MAGNETICALLY OPERATED KEYING DEVICE FOR AN
ELECTRONIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENT WITH TOUCH
RESPONSIVE CONTROL
Junji Ohno, Hamamatsu, Japan, assignor to Nippon Gakki
Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha, Hamamatsu-shi, Shizuoka, Japan
Filed June 23, 1970. Ser. No. 48,959
Claims priority, application Japan, June
44/61426; June 28, 1969, 44/61427;
44/61428; June 28, 1969, 44/61429;
44/78648; Aug. 19, 1969, 44/78649
Int.CLG10hi/0«
U.S. CL 84—1.1
17 12
June
Aug.
28, 1969,
28, 1969,
19, 1969,
12 Claims
In electronic musical instruments, by arranging a magneti-
cally-conducting member secured to each key in spaced rela-
tionship relative to a fixed common magnetized member so
that when the displaceable magnetism-conducting members
shift their positions relative to a fixed common magnetized
member in accordance with the degree of depression of keys,
the variance in the intensity of the magnetic flux generated
between said movable and fixed members is markedly reduced
as compared with the arrangement where a magnetized
member is secured to each. Further the manufacture of the in-
strument can be performed at a much lower cost and with
much greater ease using this arrangement.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
297
3 708 606 3,708,608
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM INcLuDING VARIATIONS OF ELECTRIC POWER CORD AND METHOD OF MAKING
HOLLOW SUPERCONDUCTING WIRE Dennis G. Wyman, 4 CrestUne Court, Owings Mills, Md.
Walter J. Shattes, Bloomneld; William G. Marancik, Basking Filed J- ^O. 197 1 Ser_ No. 108,092
Ridge, and Bradley S. Kirk. Warren, all of N J., assignors to Int. CI. HOlb 7108 ^ ^^.^^
Air Reduction Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y. U.S. CL 174-7U K
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,741
Int. CL HOlb 7/i4, HOlv / //OO
U.S.CLI74-I5C 24 Claims
/SI;" 29s ,25 21
mm
^^%m*
A core element comprising superconducting strands in a
normally conducting matrix is initially extruded in a desired
cross-sectional shape or configuration; and is then interposed
in a prefabricated or postfabricated tube, and coreduced to a
final product of desired dimensions, thus providing a matrix
having a plurality of longitudinal internal channels. The core
elements may assume a variety of cross-sectional shapes, such
as ribbon, square, cross, triangle, star, annulus, etc., or a com-
posite of these In an alternative process, a cable is formed by
twisting or braiding together a plurality of superconducting
matrix wires, prior to coreduction in a prefabricated or post-
fabricated tube. In another form, a superconducting matrix
strip is welded to form a tube. In a variation of this, supercon-
ductor wires are interposed in longitudinal slots in a billet of
normally conducting material which is rolled into a ribbon, al-
ternatively formed into a tube. The product of any of these
techniques is finally coreduced to a wire which is formed into
a coil which may be cooled internally by a forced cooling
system including fiuid or superfluid helium.
3,708,607
PREFABRICATED W ALL SYSTEM
Eugene G. Brode, 161 1 Rio Vista Drive, and Jay H. Kleinneiur,
1441 Zangs Boukvard, Apt. 1 19, both of Dallas, Tex.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,625
Int. CLH02g J/04
U.S.CL 174-48 12 Claims
An electric power cord comprising conductors made up of
elongated conductive filaments encased by an insulating
jacket. The filaments of each conductor are arranged and the
jacket constructed to allow easy penetration thereof by con-
ductive prongs of an electrical load member (e.g. a light). In
addition, two cords can be placed side by side and electrically
spliced by conductive prongs penetrated through the jackets
and conductors of the adjacent cords. In the method of manu-
facture, continuous conductive filaments are juxtaposed and
arranged to form apertured conductors and encased (in sets of
two or three) with an easily penetrable, insulating material.
3,708,609
LAMINATED BUS BAR ASSEMBLY
Michael F. losue, and Andre A. Lernould, both of Danielson,
Conn., assignors to Rogers Corporation, Rogers, Conn.
Filed Aug. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 172,415
Int. CI. H02g 5/00: HOlb 7/08, 13/00
U.S.CL 174-72 8 14 Claims
c > c « ,. 5
o / c <• e
o
/
■ ■rrrrrrrrrr
.!. .ijjri_:.,.l J.' J
' 1 . ; i ' '
:'::::::':[ I,:::
1
c
C '
o
A prefabricated wall system employing laminar wall panels
formed from an expanded high density polystyrene core
bonded to two outer skins, the panels being mounted on tracks
provided by a longitudinally extending base rail which has hol-
low electrical ducts therein. Removable cover plates carrying
ekctrical service outlets conceal the base rail ducts, and a hol-
low trim member is removably secured to a panel to carry wir-
ing vertically from the base rail.
A multilayer conductor intermediate of "ladder" construc-
tion wherein conductor subassemblies which are to be em-
ployed as bus bars define transverse members interconnecting
parallel supporting members. The conductor subassemblies
may be severed from the supporting members and/or subdi-
vided by making cuts in regions where the individual conduc-
tors of the multilayer structure are of reduced width and both
vertically and laterally displaced.
298
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,610
NON-DELAMINATING BUS ASSEMBLY FOR
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS AND METHOD OF FORMING
SAME
Charies A. Kozel, McHenr>; Nathan A. Baraglia, Stone Park,
and George C. Wright, Barrington. ail of III., assignors to
Methode Manufacturing Corp., Rolling Meadows, III.
Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,562
Int. CI. HOlb 7/05, 13100; H02gf /OO
U.S. CI. 174-72 B 5 Claims
mination caused by external bending forces applied to the
conductor wire. The radial shrinkage of the outer sleeve pro-
vides compression forces sufficiently high to displace the inner
sleeve to a slightly protruding position from the end of the
outer sleeve. The inner sleeve thus provides a seal for the end
of the outer sleeve and radially compresses into encircling
sealing engagement over the conductor wire insulation,
thereby forming a strain relief and mechanical support for the
conductor wire.
JCj^ ^ X,
I
3,708,612
ELECTRICAL BUSHING ASSEMBLY
James B. Saxon, and Jackie J. Dunn, Sr.. both of Birmingham,
Ala., assignors to Anderson Electric Corporation, Leeds,
Ala.
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,131
Int. CI. HOlb 7 7/26
U.S. CL 174—142 5 Claims
JQ^ X
A multilayer, multiconductor or single conductor insulated
bus assembly with jacket envelope that will not delaminate or
lose capacitance when subjected to high temperatures such as
encountered in wave soldering on printed circuit boards or
conventional temperature/time soldering cycles. The jacket
envelope is formed from an irradiated expanded lube that fits
over the conductor bus subassembly and upon application of
heat shrinks to a predetermined lesser diameter forming an
outer layer about the body of the bus bar subassembly with all
connecting terminals extending through openings punched in
the jacket.
3,708.611
HEAT SHRINKABLE PREINSULATED ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR AND METHOD OF FABRICATION
THEREOF
Leon Joel Dinger, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
FUed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 226,140 -
Int.CLH02g/5/0S
U.S.CL174-84C 3 Claims
The assembly is designed to be received in a circular open-
ing in a wall of a casing for electrical apparatus, and comprises
an elongated generally cylindrical bushing of insulating
material molded about a cylindrical central portion of an elon-
gated conductor with internal sealing and locking means
therebetween. The bushing assembly seats in an annular
recess formed by a stepped boss surrounding the opening, and
the assembly is removably held in position by a snap-ring
which also maintains sealing pressure on an O-ring positioned
between the bushing and the inner wall of the boss.
Peripherally-spaced projections on the bushing are received in
respective complementary recesses formed in the inner wall of
the boss to prevent rotary motion of the assembly with respect
to the casing.
A wire barrel and a heat pliable inner sleeve of polymeric
material are maintained in fixed tandem relationship by an
outer heat shnnkable polymeric sleeve which is initially only
partially shrunk, radially into gripping relationship over the
wire barrel and inner sleeve. An exposed conductor wire end
portion IS received through the inner sleeve for crimped ter-
mination to the wire barrel, the application of crimping forces
being selectively transmitted through said outer sleeve to said
wire barrel without damaging said inner sleeve. Heat is applied
to cause the outer sleeve to shnnk radially in tightly encircling
relationship over the crimped connection to result in a low
profile termination The inner sleeve is heat pliable for radial
relaxation upon the application of radial compression forces
supplied by the shrinking of said outer sleeve. The inner sleeve
is thereby radially collapsed into gripping compression on the
insulation of said conductor wire to provide a seal at the end
of the outer sleeve and to provide a mechanical support for
the conductor wire adjacent to the crimped termination,
which support limits and distributes strain on the crimped ter-
ERRATUM
For Class 174 — 60 see:
Patent No. 3,708,628
3,708,613
COLOR TELEVISION RECEIVER
Ryuhei Nakabe. Hirakata; Seiji Fujisawa, Abeno-ku. Osaka;
Yasuhiro Sugihara. KiUkawachi-gun, Osaka, and Norio
Meki. Neyagawa, all of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Elec-
tric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
FUed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,484
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 15, 1969. 44/82835
Int.CI. H04n9//2
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 HE ^ Claims
A color television receiver which receives color signals in-
cluding a carrier chrom.nance signal; wherein a portion with a
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
299
specified phase angle and phase width is picked up from said
carrier chrominance signal and the amplitude of said portion
pedestal accompanying a carrier frequency representative of a
particular color. The gain as controlled is used to compensate
for gamma coefficient distortion provided by an image pickup
device utilized in said camera.
of the carrier chrominance signal is utilized to automatically
control the color saturation level, thereby producing a more
natural color image.
3,708,614
COLOR TELEVISION RECEIVER
Ryuhei Nakabe. Hirakata-shi, and Fujisawa Hirakata,
Osaka, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co.. Ltd., Kodoma-shi, Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,485
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 15, 1969, 44/82830
Int.CLH04n9//2
U.S.CL 178-5.4 HE 8 Claims
/
0-1
.J
o'-
i
1
1
l5
o'-e'
/
atNonss
AMPL/ftR
-^
/MPLTWOe
UMTER
GATE
,^
1 . b
y
f"
PHASE
SUTTER
\s 58UHZ
PHASe
SnfTER
,8
r
7
COLOR
SATlfiATION
(X/NTROL
AnnfR
9
aoR
3,708,616
COLOR TV REPRODUCTION UNIT USING LASER
BEAMS
Richard Von Felgel, Farnholz, Germany, assignor to Femseh
GmbH, Darmstadt am Alten Bahnhof, Germany
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86.067
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 7, 1969, P 19 56
080.6
Int. CI. H04n9/y4
U.S. CL 1 78—5.4 R 3 Claims
In a television receiver which receives color television
signals including carrier chrominance signals, the passage of
the carrier chrominance signals is controlled by means of a
continuous subcarrier phase-shifted in a specified phase angle,
the resulting signal is added to the subcarrier to partially
phase-shift the subcarrier, and the signal thus obtained is used
to demodulate the carrier chrominance signal, thereby to en-
sure the reproduction of a color signal corresponding to a
specified hue.
6 Claims
3,708,615
GAMMA CORRECTION BANDPASS AMPLIFIER
CIRCUITS
James Hugh Wharton, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed Feb. 8, 1 97 1 , S«r. No. 1 1 3,560
Int. CI. H04n 9106
L.S.CL 178-5.4 ST
-, — ~ SIGNAL OUT
SIGNAL IN >
FROM VIDEO
AMPLIFIER 41
An amplifier circuit for use in a one tube color camera has a
gain which is determined by the magnitude of an illumination
^J=3
\
A color television system using modulation and mechanical
deflection to project several different monochromatic light
beams onto a screen to form picture dots in a raster Delay line
systems is used to control modulation to correct for color er-
rors and geometric distortion.
3,708,617
BEAM CURRENT CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A VIDEO
CAMERA SYSTEM
Jerome R. Caraba. and Jude P. Schmidt, both of Chicago, IIL,
assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park. III.
FUed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,272
Int.CLH04n3/i'*
U.S.CL178— 7.2
7 Claims
Y^TfiA
I I
A control circuit for a video camera system is used in con-
junction with a vidicon tube to maintain constant intensity of
the electron beam within such tube. The vidicon utilizes a re-
sistor connected in series with the cathode thereof, and a volt-
age is developed across this cathode resistor which has a value
indicative of beam intensity. This voltage is delivered to the
input of a regulator circuit which has an adjustable reference
potential selectively adjustable to set the level of electron
emission from the cathode of the vidicon Control of electron
beam intensity is accomplished by connecting an output of the
regulator circuit to the control grid of the vidicon. The ad-
justable reference potential is then compared with the voltage
across the cathode resistor to regulate the intensity of the elec-
tron beam within the vidicon at the preset constant value.
300
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,618
MODULAR TELEVISION RECEIVER
Richard J. Hofmeister, Ariington Heights; Thomas R. Steek,
Lombard, and Frederick J. GoeU, Arlington Heights, aU of
III., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, III.
ContinuaUon of Ser. No. 730,51 1. May 20, 1968, abandoned.
This application Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 109,023
Int. CJ. H04n 5164
U.S.CL 178-7.9 5 Claims
is shown. The double tuned circuit has a parallel resonant cir-
cuit connected in series with a series resonant circuit which
The electrical components of a television receiver are as-
sembled in a plurality of modules. Each module is coupled
into the set by means of connectors so that it may be easily
removed and replaced if required. Substantially all of the
modules are assembled in a single chassis in the form of a
drawer which can be moved to a forward position extending
outside of the front of the television cabinet for easy access to
each module.
2* I —
25
41
1^ ^34
r-v.43
provides at least one additional resonant frequency utilized to
provide additional selectivity.
3,708,621
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING SYSTEM
Keisuke Yamamoto, Hirakata, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma-shi, Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,290
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 13, 1970,
45/12713; Feb. 13. 1970,45/12714; Feb. 13, 1970,45/12715
Int. CI. H04n 5106
U.S. CI. 1 78—69.5 TV 6 Claims
3,708,619
AUTOMATIC FOCUSING OF OPTICAL SYSTEMS
Gregory L. Martin, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Goodyear
Aerospace Corporation, Akron, Ohio
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 80,869
Int. CI. G03b ilOO
U.S. CL 178— 7.92 . 7 Claims
A vertical synchronizing system, in which a trigger signal
produced by frequency doubling the horizontal sync signal
and frequency dividing the resultant signal by 525 is compared
with the vertical sync signal to bring the trigger signal into
sync with the vertical sync signal.
3,708,622
CATHODE-RAY TUBE W ITH LAMINATED SAFETY
PANEL AND SEPARATE LIGHT-ATTENUATING LAYER
Malcolm George Brown, Jr., Lancaster; Gilbert James Guille,
Jr., Dalton, and George Ernest Long, III, Lititz, all of Pa., as-
signors to RCA Corporation
Filed Sept. 27, I97I, Ser. No. 184,094
Int. CI. G02b 5122; HOlj 29106, 29122
U.S.CK 178-7.82 10 Claims
\ .39
Disclosed is a means to automatically focus an optical
system. An error signal derived by sensing the image parallax
with respect to an output focal plane is employed to focus the
optical system by shifting an appropriate optical element so
that the image parallax error is minimized.
3,708,620
BANDPASS AMPLIFIER
Karol Siwko. Batavia, N.Y., assignor to (iTE Sylvania In-
corporated
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,484
Int.CLH04n5//4
U.S.CL 178— 7.3R 5 Claims
A bandpass amplifier having a doable tuned resonant circuit
A cathode-ray tube comprising an evacuated envelope in-
cluding a viewing window, and a transparent glass safety panel
laminated to the window with an adhesive material The tube
includes a separate nonreflective light-attenuating layer
between the adhesive material and at least one of the window
and the panel.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
301
3,708,623
COMPATIBLE FOUR CHANNEL FM SYSTEM
Louis Dorren, Millbrae, Calif., assignor to Quadracast
Systems, Inc.
ConUnuaUon of Ser. No. 13,902, Feb. 25, 1970, abandoned.
This application AprU 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,989
Int. CI. H04h 5/OP
monitor at each terminal determines the number of idle in-
coming and outgoing lines, respectively, and controls an as-
sociated logical selector to allocate one or more disengaged
channels to data transmission, according to the number of idle
lines, with the aid of a switching circuit connecting such chan-
nel directly to the data-transmitter output and the data-
L.S.CL 179— 15BT
5 Claims
! /9 Ml
/IMP
«^~
'ea«
%%
SO
OOUBLU
76 Ml
9Z
AUDIO
GATL5
•90
n
uu
Lift ««r
fm mr
A four channel FM system is described. In one embodiment
the usual 19 kHz pilot signal is employed to switch between
front and rear information, while in another, a 76 kHz
switching signal is employed for this purpose.
3,708,624
PULSE CODE MODULATION COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
Frank S. Boxall, Menio Park, Calif., assignor to Vicom Cor-
poration, Mountain View, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 503,395, Oct. 23, 1965, abandoned.
This application April 24, 1969, Ser. No. 853,990
Int. CI. H04j 3/04
U.S.CL 179-15 A 10 Claims
.—88 Thz
-^ — f-^^
fROM CHAN1
GATES
^
A multi-channel pulse code modulation system in which the
amplitude of a waveform is sampled, compressed and allowed
to settle and thereafter the compressed sample is sampled and
held and thereafter encoded.
receiver input. The n channels are divided into m groups, not
more than one disengaged channel per group being allocable
at any given time to the transmission of data; such allocation is
promptly canceled by the selector whenever additional
requests from calling subscriber lines reduce the number of
available channels below a predetermined minimum.
3,708,626
SWITCHING CENTER FOR PCM- TIME MULTIPLEX
TELEPHONE NETWORK
Karl Anton LuU, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,337
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 27, 1969, P 19
54 043.3
Int.CI. H04fi/00
U.S.CL 179-18J 6 Claims
»hir ^
^ t^. f^ I
k^."u
3,708,625
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR UTILIZING IDLE
CHANNELS OF MULTIPLEX TELECOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM FOR DATA TRANSMISSION
Emanuele Angeleri; Mario Bonatti, both of Milan; (Jianmario
Costa, Cornaredo, and Isidoro Poretti, Castiglione-Olona, all
of Italy, assignors to Societa Italiana Telecom municazioni
Siemens S.p. A., Milan, Italy
Filed Feb. I, 1971, Ser. No. 111,441
Claims priority, applicaUon Italy, Feb. 3, 1970, 20149 A/70
Int. CI. H04j 5/00
U.S. CI. 1 79- 1 5 B Y 9 Claims
A multiplex telephone system with n signal channels inter-
connecting two terminals has a data transmitter at one ter-
minal and a data receiver at the other terminal, these two
data-processing units being connectable to each other by way
of any channel not engaged in voice communication. A line
A time division communication system which provides
means for connecting the information in a pulse frame on an
incoming telephone line to the next free time channel m a
pulse frame on an outgoing line. A quasi-isosynchronous
operation within the switching network provides the necessary
storage capacity and delay means to effect the information
transfer.
302
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,627
PLUG-IN LINE CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT
Otto Altenburger, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Stromberg-
Carlson Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 15, 1971,Ser. No. 153^33
Int. CI. H04m 3122
U.S. CI. 179-18 F 6 Claims
second leads. The box is provided with contact devices
disposed in an arc of a circle, one or more guide bodies
disposed adjacent the center of the circle, and bridges inter-
posed between the guide bodies and the contact devices. The
first leads can be directly connected to the contact devices,
and the second leads can be passed over the guide bodies and
the bridges to the contact devices to be connected thereto, so
that the second leads may be of equal length, may directly
constitute part of the cables to be introduced, and may be ar-
ranged in an accessible and convenient manner.
3,708,629
INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR APARTMENT,
OFHCE BUILDING AND THE LIKE
Philip E. First, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Scovill Manu-
facturing Company, V\ aterbury. Conn.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,524
Int. CI. H04m 9100
U.S. CL 179—37 4 Claims
TO LMC I
XMmtM
■NME*
' caairMMb
A plurality of telephone line circuits comprising a single
group are mounted on a printed circuit board. The line cir-
cuits mclude common terminals and individual terminals for
connecting individual telephone lines to a telephone switching
network and for connecting the line circuits to a line scanner-
marker circuit for identifying originating and terminating
calls, first within a particular group (corresponding to a single
circuit board) and second, the specific line circuit within the
group associated with the call. The marking process for
establishing a circuit path through the switching network is
made on an individual line circuit basis, each telephone call
being processed sequentially wherein the mark contacts for all
line circuits on a given circuit board are actuated simultane-
ously by a common mark relay associated with the board
3,708.628
CONNECTION SYSTEMS
Hendrik Adrianus Hendriks, Haugue, Netherlands, assignor to
De Staat Der Nederlanden, Ten Dere V ertegenwoordigd
Door De Directeur-General Der Posterijen, Telegrafie En
Telefonie, The Hague, Netherlands
Continuation of Ser. No. 94,239, Dec. 1, 1970, abandoned.
This application Aug. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 168,604
Int. CI. HOlr /i/46
U.S. CI. 174-60 9 Claims
A two-way intercommunication system for selectively inter-
connecting a central station, such as an apartment or office
lobby, with any one of a multiplicity of remote units, such as
individual apartments or offices of a multi-unit building.
3,708,630
TELEPHONE CIRCUITS UTILIZING ACTIVE ELEMENTS
Ryoichi Matsuda; Masaaki Terai, both of Tokyo, and Yasuo
Hojyo, Sayama, all of Japan, assignors to Nippon Telegraph
and Telephone Public Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,663
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 7, 1970, 45/10509
Int.CI. H04m//5«
U.S. CI. 179—81 A 12 Claims
'^
LM5M^
J The telephone circuit comprises transmitting means, receiv-
ing means, a balancing network, a transistor circuit connected
A connection box. wherein any one of a large number of between the ^^^^"^^^^ Jo" ap^Zng^a'cons^nl
first leads can be connected with any one of a large number of telephone lines, a D.C. supply circuit for applying
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
303
voltage to the transmitting means fromthe telephone circuit
and variable impedance elements respectively connected
across the transmitting means and the receiving means, the
variable impedance elements varying their impedance accord-
ing to the DC. condition at line terminals.
human voice through the loudspeaker and being synchronized
with the actual local standard time so as to repeat itself with
appropriate time announcements throughout the desired
operating cycle. Displacement of the tape itself through the
tape-player is used to stop the tape-player at the end of each
3,708,631
QUADRAPHONIC REPRODUCING SYSTEM WITH GAIN
CONTROL
Benjamin B. Bauer, Stamford, and Daniel W. Gravereaux,
Wilton, both of Conn., assignors to Columbia Broadcasting
System, Inc.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,196
Int. CI. Gl lb J/ 74 H04h 5/00; H03g 3/24
U.S. CI. 179— 100.1 TD 17 Claims
59 ^ V^ ~r»d/liSOvCf^'''''p-T
xiT^
-£ZF
H^im^TorC'Torc
w3-
^^M
V.
-%:
V
\
Method and apparatus for reproducing information
recorded or transmitted as four separate channels on a medi-
um having only two independent tracks and presenting it on
four loudspeakers so as to give the listener the illusion of
sound coming from a corresponding number of separate
sources of sound The two tracks may be provided by any one
of several available two-track systems, such as two-track tape,
the stereomultiplex system of broadcasting, or a stereophonic
disc record, on which two of the four channels are applied as
usual, with the third and fourth channels superimposed
thereon by respecthvely applying equal portions of them in-
phase and out-of-phase to the two tracks in accordance with
known practice. The reproducing apparatus includes trans-
ducer means for recovering the composite signals from the
two tracks, circuit means for deriving the four channels by ap-
propriately adding and subtracting components of the com-
posite signals, four separate loudspeakers, and control cir-
cuitry which recognizes the channel or channels having the
dominant signal and which controls the instantaneous am-
plitudes of signals delivered to the four loudspeakers in a
manner to give a substantially perfect illusion of four separate
independent sources of sound.
3,708,632
ELECTRONIC SOUND EFFECTS APPARATUS W ITH
TAPE CARTRIDGE AND RESILIENTLY MOUNTED
SWITCHING PLATE
Arthur R. Parilla, Mountain Lakes, N J.
Division of Ser. No. 750,030, Aug. 5, 1968, Pat. No. 3,644,682.
This application Feb. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 227,247
Int. CI. G 1 \\i 23104, 23132. 15/18
U.S. CI. 179— 100. 1 C 2Claims
An electronic sound effects, or talking clock, apparatus for
indicating the passage of the hour and for also announcing the
hour by reproduction of the human voice, the apparatus hav-
ing a clock, a timer and a tape-player including a loudspeaker,
which timer produces periodic signals at selected time inter-
vals to start the tape-player, the tape being pre-programmed
to announce the time sequentially by reproduction of the
announcement and before the next announcement is due to
start, so that the time announcement will always remain in
phase with the local standard time indefinitely. If desired, the
tape-player may be concurrently used for entertainment, or
other purposes, instead of as a talking clock, at the choice of
the owner.
3,708,633
UNIDIRECTIONAL TAPE MOTION DETECTION
APPARATUS AND AUTOMATIC TAPE RETURN
William M. Nye, Bellevue, and Stanley W . Jones, Seattle, both
of Wash., assignors to Lanier Electronic Laboratory, Inc..
Atlanta, Ga.
Filed Sept. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,242
Int. CI. G I lb 15/10, 15/20,27/20
U.S. CI. 1 79— 1 00.2 R 9 Claims
J^
r~- — -^it*
ia$ lie
In dictation systems in which magnetic tape is stored in bins,
unidirectional tape motion switches and related control and
monitor circuits are provided to automatically return previ-
ously reversed but unlistened tape to the place where the dic-
tation was terminated. Also provided are unidirectional
switches and circuitry to determine the accumulative length of
tape transcribed and/or dictated and awaiting transcription.
3,708,634
TELEPHONE HAND TEST SET
Martinus Pieter Richard Vantill; Graham Stirling Laing, and
Donald Mack Lounsbury, all of Ontario, Canada, assignors
to Northern Electric Company Limited. Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,993
Int.CI. H04m 1/24
U.S. CI. 179— 175 14Clalms
A telephone test set or hand test set which automatical!)
returns to a relatively high impedance monitor mode when
disconnected from a telephone line. After finding an idle
telephone line with the hand test set in the monitor mode, a
304
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
relatively low impedance talking circuit is shunted across the
telephone line by manually gating and firing a controlled recti-
MOMCNTAffV
SWITCH
T i^
^ WIWG I
brt.
!!^.
L-^. A^»i^—
t-
n--»J
5?
voce TRAN9MVTCR
UNIT
sal pivoting movement, with the movement being guided by a
guide plate, to operate any one of a plurality of switches
selected in correspondence with the pivot direction. An axi-
ally movable detent carried by the rod is spring biased for en-
gagement with either a central opening or recess in the guide
fier When the hand test set is disconnected, on completion of
the call, the controlled rectifier ceases conducting and effec-
tively disconnects the talking circuit.
3,708,635
MULTIPLE SVMTCH ASSEMBLY WITH IMPROVED
RECIPROCATING LEAF SPRING CONTACT CAM
ACTUATOR
Colman Cosley, Streamwood, and Wilhelm A. Streuer, Mount
Prospect, both of III., assignors to Oak Ekctro/Netics Corp.,
Crystal Lake, III.
Filed June 17, 1971,Ser. No. 154,031
Int. CI. HOlh i/02,/i/52
U.S. CI. 200-5 R 17 Claims
plate when \he rod is in the home position to hold the rod in
that position, or with another guide plate opening or recess
when the rod is operated to hold the rod and selected switch in
an operated position until a positive force is applied to return
the rod.
3,708,637
FLOAT ACTUATED SEQUENCE SWITCH WITH
PUSHBUTTON ACTUATOR
Harvey R. Krueger, 133 Mora Road. Carpentersvllle, III.;
Donald S. Reynolds, deceased, late of Glencoe. III., and by
John T. Durkin, executor, c/o The First National Bank of
Chicago, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 801,896, Dec. 23, 1968, which is a division
of Ser. No. 668,4 1 9, Sept. 1 8, 1 967, Pat. No. 3,44 1 , 1 76. This
_ application Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,192
Int. a. HOlh 5/08,35/18
U.S. CI. 200—67 B 4 Claims
A pushbutton switch of the type in which a moving plunger
is effective to open and close terminal contact springs. The
terminal contact springs within the switch housing are biased
in such a way that when in the closed position, the contacts are
firmly held together preventing momentary separation. The
switches may be mounted in a group by spring clips or the like,
either integral with a mounting plate or as a separate part used
therewith.
3,708,636
MICROSW ITCH UNIVERSALLY PIVOTED HANDLE
ASSEMBLY WITH IMPROV ED X-Y DIRECTIONAL
PROGRAMMING PLATE
Frank L. Sobchak, Chicago, III., assignor to Stewart-Warner
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filedjune28, 1971,Ser. No. 157,491
Int. CL HOlh 25/04
U.S.CL200-6A 1 Claim
The following specification describes a multi-position
switch control assembly in which a rod is mounted for univer-
A switch has first and second fixed contacts and first and
second movable contacts for respectively engaging the fixed
contacts. A first actuator moves the movable contact between
a first position engaging the associated fixed contact and a
second position disengaging that contact. A second actuator
moves the second movable contact between a first position en-
gaging the associated fixed contact and a second position dis-
engaging that contact. The second actuator is normally spaced
from the first actuator so as to be unaffected during movement
of the first actuator between the first and second positions
thereof The first actuator is movable to a third position to en-
gage the second actuator for movement thereof from one of its
positions to the other of its positions.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
305
,.„„,,» 3,708,640
VACUUM TYPE ELEC?R1C CIRCUIT BREAKER ™«^^-'^«T™;:^|^;^r,TS;"?^^^^^^
Graham R. Mitchell, Willingboro, N J., assignor to General CARTRIDGE WITH S^^NGjA^SIDE, PUSH-TO-TEST CAP
Electric Company ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^_^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^, ^^^„^, ,, Korry
i_. <^i un Ik 7 7 //<.A ManufacturingCompany, Seattle. Wash.
tJSalOO .«4B «CUin» . rd«. Jul, 26. .97,.S.r. No. .«„216
U.S.CI.200-i*4i» Int. CI. HOlh 9/ 7 «
U.S. CI. 200— 167 A 41 Claims
Discloses a high voltage circuit breaker that comprises a
main circuit interrupter of the vacuum-type, a voltage-con-
trolling resistor shunting the main interrupter, and an auxiliary
interrupter connected in series with parallel combination of
the main interrupter and the resistor. During fault-current in-
terruptions the main interrupter is opened first and the auxilia-
ry interrupter thereafter During capacitance-current inter-
ruptions the auxiliary interrupter is opened first and the mam
interrupter thereafter The latter sequence enables the auxilia-
ry interrupter to assume the capacitance-current interrupting
duty and to relieve the main vacuum-type interrupter
therefrom.
The cartridge is outwardly flanged to abut the rim of an
opening in a panel when it is front-loaded in the opening, and
has a pair of spring-loaded clamping thumbs contained
therein, which are released through a side opening in the car-
tridge to engage the inverse side of the panel for purposes of
clamping the cartridge to the rim. In addition, the cartridge
has a cap at the open end thereof, which is shuttle mounted to
be reciprocated in relation to the cartridge, for push-to-test
operation of an electrical device therebehind, but which is
also rotatable about a fixed axis of the shuttle, transverse the
longitudinal axis of the cartridge, to be swung aside for access
to the clamping thumbs, and/or for other purposes, such as re-
lamping an illuminated legend thereon.
3,708,639
PRESSURE FLUID EXTINGUISHING DEVICE FOR A
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Jacques Vigreux, Lyon, and Bernard Trolliet, Villeurbanne,
both of France, assignors to Delle-Alsthom, Villeurbanne,
France •
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,422
Claims priority, applicaUon France, Jan. 6, 1970, 7001607
Int. CI. HOlh ii/54
U.S.CL200-148R 10 Claims
An extinction device for a pressurized gas cut-off appliance
has holes, in its side walls, through which a lateral auxiliary
flow of sulphur hexafluoride is made to pass.
3,708,641
ELECTRICAL SW ITCH FOR PREFABRICATED W IRING
HARNESSES
Solomon Rubinstein, 80 Shady Lane, Fanwood, N J.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,254
Int. CL HOlh 9/02
U.S. CL 200—168 E
14 Claims
An electric switch adapted particularly for factory built
housing that use harnesses for the electrical wiring. The switch
fits directly into the wall of a building without requinng a box.
Switch terminals are removable from the switch housing
through the back of the housing and ran be permanently con-
nected with conductors of power cables before being inserted
306
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
into the switch. A rearward portion of the switch housing is
connected to a forward portion by detachable fastening means
to hold the terminals in the housing and to clamp the cable to
the housing. The preferred construction has terminals with
barrels into which the conductors of a power cable extend,
and the cable enters the switch housing and terminates in the
barrels with only 90° bends of the conductors of the cable.
3,708,642
RELAY BASE APPARATLS HAVING A RETAINING CLIP
MOUNTED THEREON
Robert Allen Hollingsead, Yorba Linda, and Clyde Robert
Pryor, Anaheim, both of Calif., assignors to Hollingsead-
Pryor Enterprises, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 209,513
Int. CI. H01h9/0<S
U^.CI. 200— 168C 7 Claims
opened under overload or closed under fault conditions; the
inward extensions of the inner blades carry arcing contacts
aligned with fixed arcing contacts on the second fixed ter-
minal. A single arc chute may be mounted on the outer walls
of the second fixed terminal, encompassing the paths of the
free ends of all of the contact blades in the region just above
the second fixed terminal.
A relay base apparatus having means for receiving out-
wardly flexible legs of a retaining clip The retaining clip com-
prises a top wall adapted to extend over the relay and a pair of
legs extending downwardly from opposite sides of the wall to
retain the relay therebetween. The lower extremities of the
legs are outwardly flexible and are adapted to engage clip
receiving means located on the base to form an integral unit
therewith.
'Lnf<>
:^ * '^ H
> At.
Ir-P
Q.. ?:^y:^
r^
^^^^^^^
1^^
3,708,644
METHOD OF INCREASING STRENGTH OF VESSELS,
PARTICULARLY HIGH-PRESSURE VESSELS
Evgeny Mikhailovich, ulitsa Akademika Kurchatova, 5a, kv.
27; Marat Moiseevich Shel, ulitsa Gorkogo, 27, kv. 28, and
Vladimir Grigorievich Likuchev, ulitsa Akademika
Kurchatova, 9, kv. 25, all of Irkutsk, U.S.S.R.
FUed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,488
Int. CI. H05b 5100
U.S. CI. 2 19— 7.5 4 Claims
The present invention relates to the method of increasing
the strength of high-pressure vessels.
According to the invention, the method is characterized in
that the electric current is passed through the wall of the ves-
sel, the current intensity being selected to suit the internal
fluid pressure in the vessel, so that the compression forces act-'
ing on the vessel wall in the direction perpendicular to that of
the current flowing through the wall counterbalance the inter-
nal fluid pressure in the vessel.
3,708,643
HIGH-CURRENT SWITCH WITH CONTACT PRESSURE
BOOSTER
John W . Erickson, Crystal Lake, 111., assignor to Erickson Elec-
trical Equipment Co., Chicago, III.
FikjdNov. 22. 1971, Ser. No. 200,713
Int.CLH01h//50
U .S. CI. 200— 1 70 A 4 Claims
3,708,645
METHOD OF HEATING A WORKPIECE OF
PARTICULATE MATERIAL
Harry B. Osbom, Jr., Pepper Pike, Ohio, assignor to Park-
Ohio Industries, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,018
Int. CI. H05b 9100
U.S. CL 219—10.41 2 Claims
^\^\ — \r-\ V — V
40
A workpiece formed from compacted, electrically conduc-
tive particles is heated by first passing a high-frequency cur-
rent through the workpiece and then by inductively heating
the workpiece.
A high-current switch comprising two fixed terminals of
rectangular tubular construction each having its top wall cut
away to afford a pair of fixed contacts at each terminal, and
two dual-blade movable contact members, each pivotally
mounted on one fixed contact of the first terminal and con-
jointly pivotally movable into pressure contact with the op-
posed sides of a fixed contact of the second terminal. The free
ends of the two inner contact blades project inwardly into
close proximity with each other to function as a unitary struc-
ture and to preclude distortion of the blades when the switch is
3,708,646
ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELDING MACHINE
Klaus Ritter; Hans Gott; Josef Ritter, and Gerhard Ritter, all
of Graz, Austria, assignors to EVG Entwicklungs- und Ver-
wertungsgesellschaft m.b.H.. Graz, Austria
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,561
Claims priority, application Austria, March 25, 1970, 2799/70
Int.CI.B23k///00
U.S. CI. 219-56 8 Claims
A machine for the intermittent electric resistance welding
of a workpiece which advances continuously during the weld-
ing process between one or more pairs of welding electrodes.
Of the two electrodes forming each pair at least one is
mounted on a drive shaft extending parallel to the surface of
an advancing workpiece perpendicular to its direction of ad-
vance. This electrode has two or more electric contact sur-
faces for application to the workpiece spaced apart equiangu-
larly around the periphery of the electrode. The drive shaft is
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
307
driven through a gear system which gives the drive shaft a
complex rotational movement whereby each working contact
surface of the electrode follows the trochoidal path including
the indicators in both analog and digital form to provide readi-
ly usable data for weld quality determinations. Further, the
a substantially straight part alongside the path of advancement
of the workpiece Welding takes place at each contact surface
while the contact surface is moving along this part of its
trochoidal path in contact with the workpiece.
3,708,647
W ELDING HEAD DRIVE UNIT
Richard C. Acker, Chagrin Falls, Ohio, assignor to The
Weatherhead Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,612
Int. CLB23k 9/02
U.S. CL 219-60 A 5 Claims
//a
'57
An in-place inert gas tube welder is disclosed which in-
cludes a head portion and a handle portion. The head portion
includes a clamping means having an overcenter toggle for
clamping the tubes to be welded. A sectored ring carries a
nonconsumable tungsten electrode along a path adjacent the
junction of the tubes to be welded. Inert gas is supplied to the
welding chamber around the full 360° of the joint. A one-way
clutch permits manual rotation of the sectored ring. The han-
dle portion includes a drive motor for rotating the sectored
ring, a means for supplying inert gas to the welding chamber,
and a means for supplying electrical power to the electrode
An attachment means releasably secures the handle portion to
the head portion. A supply cable is releasably connected to
the handle portion for releasably connecting an inert gas
source to the means for supplying inert gas to the welding
chamber and for releasably connecting an electrical power
source to the means for supplying electrical power to the elec-
trode. »
1 »T> HTTt I
1 M lani na I •-.
• — tMrtpt»
multi-mode monitor need not be adjusted to compensate for
variations in the thickness of different workpieces and/or for
variations in electrode lengths due to wear.
3,708,649
AUTOMATIC BLANKET INTEGRAL CONTROL
George C. Crowley, Winnetka, and Allen V. Berenson,
Chicago, both of III., assignors to Northern Electric Com-
pany, Chicago, III.
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126.464
lnt.CLH05b//00
U.S. CI. 219-212 4CUims
A control for an electrical appliance such as an electric
blanket which is integrally formed with the blanket such that
the temperature of the blanket may be controlled by the user
without using conventional controls requiring electrical leads
extending from the blanket to a control placed on a night
stand. The control of the present invention is small and of light
weight and does not interfere with the comfort of the user and
is always handy for adjustment by the user The control has
waterproof seals so that the blanket may be washed or dry-
cleaned without damaging the control and in a modified form
the control is detachable connected to the blanket so that it
may be removed for washing or dry-cleaning of the blanket.
3.708,650
ELECTRICAL HEATING APPARATUS
George Horn Smillie, and Frank Johnstone, both of Glasgow,
Scotland, assignors to Tronicair International Limited. Lon-
don, England
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 106,957
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 21, 1970,
3,001/70
Int. CI. H0Sb;/02. i/02
U.S. CI. 2 19—364 18 Claims
3,708,648
MULTI-MODE STRUCTURAL SPOTWELD MONITOR
William C. Croucher, Englewood. and Russell A. Chihoski,
Littleton, both of Goto., assignors to Martin Marietta Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 18, 1971, Ser. No. 154,379
Int. CI. B23k 9110
U.S.CL 219-109 7 Claims
Disclosed herein is a multi-mode spotweld monitor which
selectively monitors one or more of a plurality of different
weld quality indicators. Provision is made for the recording of
eiTouT IS
n /gllOTM
,^COITIOL IIEtIS
Electrical heating apparatus comprises first and second
electric heater means First means are provided m a control
tr
308
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
means for deriving from a source of electric power a first
derived voltage consisting of first pulses all of the same polari-
ty and for applying the first derived voltage pulse only to the
first heater means. Second means are provided in the control
means for deriving from the source of electric power a second
derived voltage consisting of second pulses all being of op-
posite polarity to the first derived pulses and for applying the
second derived voltage pulses to only the second heater unit.
The first and second pulses occur alternately in time and do
54 18 55
7»_> I
A heating element encircles the inner shell in contact
therewith. A partition extends across the inner shell, and the
area above the partition forms a receptacle for rocks or other
heat retaining elements. An open bottomed air chamber is
formed within the inner shell below the partition. A frusto-
conical baffle within the lower end of the outer shell directs air
toward the lower end of the air chamber in inner sleeve A
ring-shaped baffle extends outwardly from the inner shell
above the outer shell in spaced relation thereto to defiect
heated air radially outwardly.
StlTCIII«C<5^ *"' t *— W 1
ClICUIT Tg ^ ,
se
12^^22 \ 57
CMiioion
lEAlS^
not overlap. The heater units each comprise at least one heat-
ing element comprising elongated resistive conductors
adapted to dissipate heat and which have a maximum cross-
sectional area equal to that of a circular conductor of a diame-
ter not greater than 0.015 inches. The heating apparatus may
comprise a forced circulation air heater with the conductors
of the first and second heater units exposed to direct contact
by the air stream. Alternatively, the apparatus can be used to
heat a liquid, in which case the conductors may be embedded
in refractory material and immersed in the liquid.
.^B
3,708,652
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Malcolm Salway-Walkr, Leicester, England, assignor to LSM
Corporation, Boston, Mass.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,907
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 8, 1969,
54,802/69
lnt.CI.H05b //02
U.S.CL 219-505 3 Claims
3,708,651
ELECTRIC SAUNA HEATER
John Leo Neville, Cannon Falls, Minn., assignor to Micro
Metals. Inc., Red W ing, Minn.
Filed .March 1 2, 1 969, Ser. No. 806,362
Int.CI.A61hii/06
U.S.CL 219— 365 4 Claims
32, . W 33/ [SO/ 32 \
'-43
An electric sauna heater includes an outer tubular shell and
a concentric inner tubular shell supported in spaced relation.
A temperature control for an electrically heated device hav-
ing an electric heating element themally contacting the device
for heating the device. The heating element has a temperature
variable electrical property and is connected in one arm of a
bridge circuit. The bridge circuit is connected across a source
of electric energy to power the heating element. The bridge
cross-over current operates means for digitally controlling the
electric power supplied to the bridge circuit. A pulsing circuit
periodically resets the power supplied to the bridge circuit to a
predetermined one of the digital magnitude.
3,708,653
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR THE DESIGN OF TWO
PARAMETER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
John Cappon, 1 Cathcart Street, Willowdale, Ontario, Canada
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,288
int. CI. G06c 3100
U.S. CI. 235—61 B 26 Claims
A device and method especially suited for use in the design
of a cable television signal distribution system includes a chart
having mutually perpendicular axes representing the signal in-
tensities at the Channels 2 and 13 picture carrier frequencies
respectively. Modules representing individual components of
the distribution system are each dimensioned to correspond to
the loss of signal strength at each of the two reference
frequencies on passage of a signal through the corresponding
component. Each module is positioned on the chart with one
of its corners at a point on the chart corresponding to the
input signal strengths for the particular component. The signal
strengths at the output of that component can then be read
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
309
from the chart by reference to the position of a second corner
of the module on the chart. By the use of L-shaped modules to
represent a signal-dividing component and by positioning an
outer corner between the legs of the module at a point on the
chart corresponding to the input signal strengths for the par-
ticular component, an inner corner between the legs of the
3,708,655
ARTICLE IDENTIFICATION APPARATUS
Joseph Francis Schanne, Cheltenham, Pa., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,103
Int. CI. G06k 7//0; H03k 3100
U.S.CL 235-61.1 IE 7 Claims
module is then positioned on the chart at a point correspond-
ing to the signal strengths at the through-line output of the
component while the legs of the module have such lengths that
the signal strengths at a branch or tap output of the com-
ponent can be read from the chart scales for the point of inter-
section of projections of the end edges of the legs of the
module.
Binary coded designator labels fixed to articles which they
identify are scanned and the signals thereby obtained are em-
ployed to produce clock pulses. Various circuits are included
for checking the accuracy of signals read from a label and for
distinguishing them from marks or other data on the article.
3,708,656
TABULATING TYPE BALLOT
James C. Fielder, San Bruno, Calif., assignor to Diamond Na-
tional Corp., San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Dec. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 783,068
Int. CI. B42d 15100; G06k 19100,21100
U.S. CL 235—61.12 R 1 Claim
3,708,654
READER SYSTEM FOR CONVENTIONAL CREDIT
CARDS
William M. Booth. Grand Haven, Mich., and Robert E.
Westrick, Muskegon, Mich., assignors to Bennett Pump
Incorporated, Muskegon, Mich.
Filed May 26. 1971, Ser. No. 147,098
Int. CI. G06k 7/06
U.S. CI. 235-61.1 1 A 5 Claims
ri B » s »
' >
"v^sL' ^ci^"/-» f \
33 » J3
c y / Zrf277-7^
A system for electrically reading the customer account
number or other embossed information on a conventional
plastic credit card includes a reader means having a plurality
of electrical contact matrices, each of which is designed to
read any of the figures zero through nine. A metal foil tape is
positioned between the reader means and the embossed
figures on the credit card, whereby an electrical charge passed
through the tape actuates the probes of the various contact
matrices, and provides intelligence information to various
electrical relay trees (or electric equivalent) for obtaining a
complete read-out of the customer's account number. This in-
telligence information may then be provided to an invoice
printer or, alternatively, to an imprinter where the electrical
read-out from the imprinter could be fed directly into tape
punching apparatus, dataphone, magnetic tape, teletype, or
other data processing equipment.
""7
!i_J^
r»-.
.'IZ
7^
^-r , fry
16'- /» ^16
J.
-.^^
/
~x
^-^34
at
-«
;--*
^-'^
^
25
-^^
X
A tabulating card type ballot is disclosed which has a tear-
off section joined to a tabulating card section with perfora-
tions. Areas indicating items to be voted upon are indicated on
the tear-off section and in a voting column located in the
center region of the card section. Tabulating columns contain-
ing voting areas surrounded by perforations are located, on
each side of the voting column on the card section. These vot-
ing areas are positioned opposite areas indicating items to be
voted upon on the tear-off section and in the voting column.
3,708,657
NUMERICAL CONVERSION APPARATUS FOR
INTERFEROMETER POSITION TRANSDUCER
Leroy U. C. Kelling, Waynesboro, Va., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Feb. 29, 1 968, Ser. No. 709,433
Int. CI. G06f 7152
U.S.CL 235-156 22 Claims
A digitally operable, numerically controlled machine is
described which employs an interferometer for position feed-
310
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
311
back together with a fringe count conversion apparatus capa-
ble of operating in a scale of 1 , scale of 10. or scale of 100 to
accommodate a wide range of machining speeds. The fringe
count conversion apparatus converts an input series of electric
signal pulses indicative of a quantity being measured (such as
distance) into a digital count of standard measurement units
The apparatus is comprised by a digital integrator having an
integrand register, a minor sum remainder register and a
major sum remainder register with all of the registers being
substantially equal in length. A known conversion factor is
stored in digital form in the integrand register, and arithmetic
processing means are provided for selectively entering values
equal to the conversion factor stored in the integrand register
value. Pressure and temperature sensors are used to generate
signals proportionate to the pressure and temperature within
the vessel containing the liquid mass. The pressure signal is
combined with a conversion factor to generate a calculated
temperature signal. The calculated temperature signal is com-
pared to the temperature sensor signal and the conversion fac-
tor is automatically corrected. The calculated temperature
signal and a set temperature signal are compared to produce
an error signal adapted to feed a temperature controller which
controls heat transfer equipment regulating temperature of
the liquid mass.
MTD*tNLa€ILR
l^^rgh{^^^ \f
into one of the remainder registers in response to the input se-
ries of electric signal pulses. The arithmetic processing means
also serves to transfer overflow values from the minor sum
remainder register into the major sum remainder register
whereby the value accumulated in the major and minor sum
remainder registers is indicative of the quantity being mea-
sured in standard measurement units such as inches or cen-
timeters The conversion apparatus operates with binary
cod^ decimal digit values and the binary digits of cor-
responding decimal digit significance are time sequentially
grouped in interlaced serially adjoining time relationship
whereby processing operations of the arithmetic processing
means on binary coded digits of corresponding decimal digit
significance is facilitated.
3,708,658
PRESSURE MONITORED TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLED SYSTEM FOR A LIQUID-VAPOR
PROCESS
Byrd Hopkins, Longmeadow, Mass., assignor to Monsanto
Company, Saint Louis, Mo.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 872,777, Oct. 30, 1969,
abandoned. This application April 29, 1971, S«r. No. 138,729
Int. CI. C08f 1/98; G06f 15/46; G06g 7/58
U.S.Cl. 235— 151.12 4 Claims
ItWOUTBft
IT niiT
nunuTm
ehm
cMTMiat mcfs
SENCRATOff
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
HEAT
TRANSFER
EQUIPMENT
rfL^
PROCESS
QUID
wattm
Ti
una. larcuiHi-
■ ULTirLIEfl
I I
M If
PRESSURE ■/tTE»P€R»TURt
>-
m
3,708,659
FUNCTION GENERATOR
Gunter Schirmer, Leinfelden, and Edwin Fauser, Sersheim,
both of Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stutt-
gart, Germany
Filed Sept. 23, 1971. Ser. No. 182,982
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 24, 1970, P 20
47 087.5
Int. CI. G06q 7/26
U.S.Cl. 235— 197 22 Claims
Approximation of a function relating an independent to a
dependent variable. A first resistance furnishes signals cor-
responding to the independent variable values at a plurality of
first taps, a second resistance furnishes dependent variable
signals at a corresponding plurality of second taps. A first and
second contact arm respectively scan the first and second re-
sistors simultaneously. A feedback circuit has an input ter-
minal connected to the input furnishing the value of indepen-
dent variable for which the value of dependent variable is to
be found. It has a feedback input connected to receive the
signals scanned by the first contact arm. Movement of contact
arms is stopped when signal at first contact arm is equal to
input signal. Signal at second contact arm then equal to
desired value of dependent variable.
3,708,660
PNEUMATICALLY-OPERATED TOGGLE YARD SWITCH
Wesley Y. Speight. Bellaire, Tex., assignor to Southern
Pacific Transportation Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 45,265
lnt.CLB61l5/06
U.S. CI. 246—393 1 Claim
.-«/»
EffiF#^
^S2±^
-c^
A system for dynamically controlling the temperature of the A simple, direct, lost-motion linkage connection is provided
liquid mass in a liquid-vapor phase process at a predetermined between the switch operating crank of a conventional toggle-
type yard switch and a double-acting pneumatic cylinder
whereby the switch can be thrown manually or by a trailing
wheel flange, in the customary manner, and, also, automati-
cally by means of a pneumatic cylinder. The lost-motion con-
nection permits operation of the switch in the usual manner
through the switch stand or by means of the pneumatic
cylinder w ithout either affecting or interfering with the other.
3,708,661
CORONA DISCHARGE FOR ELECTRO-STATIC
CHARGING
Norbert Ernst Fritz Hansen, Roetgen, and Dieter Wadow,
Aachen, both of Germany, assignors to U.S. Philips Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,120
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 21, 1970,
7002477
Int. CI. G03g 15/02
U.S. CI. 250-49.5 ZC 10 Claims
Apparatus for charging an insulating layer comprising an
ion source for simultaneously producing a corona discharge of
positive and negative ions and an acceleration electrode for
extracting negative ions to uniformly charge the insulating
layer. The ion source comprises at least one main electrode,
an auxiliary electrode and a counter electrode coaxial to the
main and auxiliary electrodes, and the accelerating electrode
is arranged at the remote side of the layer to be charged. The
apparatus further comprises deflecting electrodes and a plate
electrode further acting upon the distribution of charge across
the insulating layer.
3,708,662
X-RAY PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS
Toshio Kurokawa, Minato-ku, Tokyo; Shoji Nishiyama,
Hachinohe-shi, Aomori-ken; Toshio Okubo, Atsugi-shi,
Kanagawa-ken, and Katsumi N'agai, Suginami-ku, Tokyo, all
of Japan, assignors to Toshio Kurokawa, Tokyo; Shoji
Nishiyama, Hachinohe-shi, Aomori-ken and Tokyo Shibaura
Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,194
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 11, 1969,
45/71627; Sept. 29, 1969, 45/77080
Int.CLG03b4///6
U.S. CL 250— 55 2 Claims
An X-ray photographing apparatus capable of adjustably
moving or rotating separately or in combination the following
three means: means for rotating a bed board about a shaft
fitted thereto; means for rotating the bed board in a vertical
plane so as to displace an examinee lying on the bed board
from a horizontal to an upright position or vice versa; and
means for jointly shifting in the lengthwise direction of the ex-
aminee an X-ray tube and X-ray image detecting and
photographing device which are so disposed as to have the ex-
aminee therebetween
3,708,663
OPTICAL CEPHALOST AT
William Biederman, 352 Hempstead Avenue, Rockville Centre,
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 170,913
Int.CI.G03b4///6
II.S. CI. 250-59 9 Claims
Methods and apparatus are provided for the three-dimen-
sional positioning by optical means of a head including simul-
taneous vertical and horizontal orientation for the taking
sequentially of X-rays and/or photographs over a period of
time in which the head is aligned exactly the same for each X-
ray and/or photograph session in the sequence. In addition,
preliminary substitution means are provided for aligning the
apparatus prior to insertion of the head, thus eliminating pro-
longed exposure of a patient to positioning procedures requir-
ing no motion and uncomfortable mechanical contact.
3,708,664
DIAGNOSTIC X-RAY SYSTEM
John W. Bock; Orrin G. Feiertag, and Raymond J. Sullivan, all
of Milwaukee, W is., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Nov. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 88,89 1
Int.CLG01n2i/00
U.S. CI. 250— 61.5 12 Claims
A tilting diagnostic x-ray table is provided with a longitu-
dinally extending beam at its rear. A tube carriage is movable
lengthwise of the beam. A column extending upwardly from
the tube carriage supports a horizontal tube arm for
bidirectional translation laterally of the x-ray table top. At the
end of the arm, which is over the table, there is an x-ray tube
which is on a rotational axis that extends longitudinally of the
table Means are provided for laterally angulating the x-ray
tube on its longitudinal axis synchronously with translational
312
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
movements of the tube arm so that the central beam from the scan direction, by spacing the detectors by substantially one-
x-ray tube is always pointed essentially at the center of the x- half detector width in the direction at right angles to the scan
ray image sensing device which is under the table top. Means
<s^.
^^^
■ '%.'
i . *''
I
; r./^ ^
- . A
^-^k^^- ■ ^^H
^
^^^__ J
'^-^
^.
are also provided for angulating the tube longitudinally as the
tube carriage is shifted on the beam in conjunction with
tomography.
3.708,665
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE
ANALYSIS USING RED LASER BEAMS
David W. Prine, Maywood, III., assignor to Magnaflux Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed May 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 39,766
Int. CI. coin 27/76
U.S. CI. 250-71 T 10 Claims
if
/
/J
\
1
r« rem M7 £re/"f __
Method and compositions for non-destructive analysis em-
ploying a flaw -detecting composition having a dye therein
which is excitable by red light, using a source of substantially
monochromatic red light as the incident radiation to detect
the presence of any such composition which has become
lodged in or around flaws in the surface of the test piece.
direction, rather than reducing the size of the detector. This
array arrangement is particularly useful with infrared detector
elements.
3,708,667
INSTRUMENT FOR MEASURING THE SOLAR ENERGY
ABSORBED BY THE EARTH AND THE PLANTS
Pierre M. Denis, Grenoble, and Roger Guicherd, Saint-Egreve,
both of France, assignors to Commissariat A I'Energie
Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Sept. 7, 1971. Ser. No. 177,965
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 9, 1970, 7032461
Int.CI.G0It//y6
U.S. CI. 250— 83.3 H 7 Claims
An instrument for measuring the solar energy absorbed by
the earth includes a flat conductive element defining opposed
faces each provided with a layer capable of absorbing solar
radiation. The conductive element includes a central layer
capable of being maintained at a constant temperature close
to ambient temperature. In use the instrument is positioned
with one absorbent layer receiving solar radiation and the
other radiation reflected from the surface, the difference in
thermal fluxes from the two layers being measured using a
thermocouple circuit.
3,708,668
VEHICLE OPTICAL GUIDANCE SYSTEM
James V\. Tilley, Lewis House, 2412 Pierce Avenue, Apt. 603E,
Nashville, Tenn.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,584
Int.CLG05b//00
U.S. CL 250— 202 10 Claims
3,708,666
MULTIPLE DETECTOR SCANNER WITH DETECTORS
SPACED ACROSS SCAN DIRECTION '
Hamilton Barhydt, Playa Del Rey, Calif., assignor to Hughes
Aircraft Company, Culver City. Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 746,555, July 22, 1 968. This
application April 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,415
Int. CI. GOlt lilt- H04n 3100, 7100
U.S. CL 250— 83.3 H 19 Claims
The multiple element detector array scanner achieves im-
proved angular resolution in a direction at right angles to the
I
A guidance system for a motor vehicle having a steering
system including a plurality of photoelectric elements viewing
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
313
an elongated strip transversely of the broken center line of a
road, electronic circuitry including position-registers for
receiving the input signal generated by the photoelectric ele-
ments and for producing output position signals correspond-
ing to the new and old positions of the vehicle relative to the
line; a comparator circuit for comparing the position signals to
produce a control signal; and a control mechanism responsive
to the control signal to restore the direction of the motor vehi-
cle to a true course relative to the center line.
3,7«8,671
SYSTEM FOR INDICATING DIRECTION OF INTRUDER
AIRCRAFT
Anne W. Story, Cambridge, Mass., assignor to the I nited
States of America as represented by the National Aero-
nautics & Space Administration
Continuation of Ser. No. 808,822. March 20, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 16, 1971, Ser. No.
124,909
Int. CI. G08g 5100; H0Sh37;02,39l04
U.S. CL 250— 209 3 Claims
3,708,669
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING A
SOLAR ARRAY
(;eorge A. Work, Malibu, Calif., assignor to TRW Inc.,
Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,362
Int.CI.G0Ij//i2
U.S. CL 250-205 12 Claims
Sfrtti^-
I5b ISc I5«
A pilot warning indicator system is disclosed including a
flashing beacon, a detector, and an indicating panel on each
aircraft. The detector responds to radiant energy from another
aircraft's beacon by energizing particular signal lamps posi-
tioned in the periphery of the pilot's normal field of view.
Since the positions of the energized lamps are related to the
direction from which radiant energy is received by the detec-
tor, the pilot is apprised of the relative position of an intruder
aircraft without any shift in visual fixation.
A method and apparatus for calibrating a solar array to pre-
dict its characteristic volt-ampere or l-V curve in outer space
by periodically illuminating the array in rapid succession with
a flashlamp whose radiation closely simulates natural solar
radiation in outer space, and measuring the array current at
short circuit, open circuit, and selected array voltage levels.
The output of a standard cell which is illuminated concur-
rently with the solar array by each flash is recorded to permit
correction for any variation from flash-to-flash.
3,708,670
PROTECTING STRUCTURE FOR TELEVISION
CAMERAS EMPLOYING ZOOM LENSES
Frank G. Back, 55 Sea Cliff Avenue, Glen Cove, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,846
Int.CLH01ji9//2
U.S. CL 250— 206 4 Claims
The photosensitive elements of television cameras equipped
with zoom lenses are protected by a combined beam splitter
and photocell arrangement which activates a shutter in the
event of excessive light entering the lens. The apparatus will
operate in all zoom positions of the lens.
3,708,672
SOLID STATE RELAY USING PHOTO-COUPLED
ISOLATORS
Zoran Marinkovic, Framingham, Mass.. assignor to Honeywell
Information Systems Inc., W altham, Mass.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,837
Int.CLH01ji9//2
U.S. CI. 250—209 1 2 Claims
12 10
n>-'
A solid state relay coupled to provide current flow to a load
from a high voltage source provides high isolation between the
relay's output terminals and an input control gate by means of
a photo transistor coupled pair and a photo silicon controlled
rectifier coupled pair connected in series circuit for response
to the input control gate and by means of an output transistor
responsive to the series circuit for providing a current path
from the high voltage source through one output terminal, the
collector-emitter path of the output transistor and to a load via
the other output terminal.
3,708,673
IMAGE INTENSIFIER TUBE
Allen Palmer Blacker, Jr., New Milford, Conn., assignor to The
Machlett Laboratories, Incorporated, Springdale, Conn.
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 154,243
Int.CLH01ji//50
U.S. CI. 250-213 VT 10 Claims
An image intensifier tube comprising a generally tubular en-
velope having disposed therein, in axially spaced relationship
314
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
with one another, a spherically curved photocathode located
adjacent an input faceplate at one end of the envelope, a
frustoconical anode, an electron image decelerating elec-
trode, a microchannel plate, and an imaging screen which is
located adjacent an output faceplate at the other end of the
^
3,708,675
SMOKE DETECTOR IN WHICH AIR ENTRANCE AND
EGRESS ARE LOCATED IN OPPOSITELY DISPOSED
SURFACES W HICH ARE SHAPED TO CAUSE AN AIR
VELOCITY DIFFERENTIAL
Kenichi Tashiro, Tokyo; Yoshio Furuto, Kanagawa; Takeji
Shigihara, Tokyo; Kazuo Ikawa, Tokyo, and Yukimitsu
Okano, Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to The Furukawa Elec-
tric Co. Ltd and Stanley Electric Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 15,1 970, Ser. No. 72,36 1
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 19, 1969,
44/75100; Sept. 26, 1969, 44/77092; Sept. 26, 1969,
44/77093
Int. CI. coin 21100,21126; GOSh 2 1 100
U.S.CL 250-218 6 Claims
envelope. The microchannel plate is provided with means for
ensuring substantially uniform amplification of an electron
image emitted by the photocathode and, preferably, also is
provided with means for preventing the passage of visible light
through the apertures thereof.
3,708,674
COMBUSTION DETECTOR
Robert L. Trimpi; John E. Nealy, both of Newport News, and
William L. Grose. W illiamsburg, all of Va., assignors to The
United States of America as represented by the Administra-
tor of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed April 16, 1971. Ser. No. 134,567
Int. CI. G08b / 7/00
U.S. CL 250—217 F 6 Claims
15 19 » 12 I' 10
_ 6"
I I
In the smoke detector which comprises a casing having a
smoke introducing inlet, and provided with a light source
member and a light receiving member wherein the beam of
light from the light source member is projected against smoke
within the casing and the scattered light generated thereby is
caught by the light receiving member, said detector is afforded
the improvements ( 1 ) that the casing is provided with an inlet
and an outlet for smoke flow and two air flow passages so ar-
ranged as to cause the air to flow at different velocities, when
under the influence of smoke flow, such difference in velocity
creating a difference in static pressure that helps introduce
smoke into the casing; (2) that a light sheltering plate sur-
rounding the light receiving member is provided within the
casing said plate having apertures through which a desired
portion of said scattered light is led into the light receiving
member; and (3) that a reflector having a desired number of
surfaces is provided, on which light beams from the light
source member make multiple reflections and pass concentri-
cally through the determined space of the smoke passages.
i:::!):
23
PMOTOtKJt-TEPLIERI
17 ,e
:^
SUBTRACTOn
A device for generating a rapid response signal upon the
radiation-emitting combustion reaction of certain gases (or
other materials) in order to provide a means for the detection
and identification of such reaction and concurrently dis-
criminate against spurious signals. This combustion might be
the first stage of a coal mine explosion process, and thereby
this device could provide a warning of the impending explo-
sion in time to initiate quenching action This device has the
capability of distinguishing between the light emitted from a
combustion reaction and the light emitted by miners' lamps,
electric lamps, welding sparks or other spurious events so that
the quenching mechanism is triggered only when an explo-
sion-initiating combustion occurs.
3,708,676
APPARATUS AND METHOD OF SENSING RADIATION
DERIVED FROM DIFFERENT PORTIONS OF
INFORMATION BEARING MEDIA
Robert W. Huboi; Osmond F. Palmer, and Bradley D. Rising,
all of Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany, Rochester. N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 800,351, Feb. 10, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 640,136, May
22, 1967, abandoned. This application June 5, 1970, Ser. No.
43,879
Int.CI.G01n2//iO
U.S.CL 250-219 Q 19 Claims
Apparatus is disclosed for classifying originals (or informa-
tion bearing media) to be printed or reproduced. The ap-
paratus includes an assembly having a first radiation sensitive
device for sensing the background or peripheral portion of the
original, and a second radiation sensitive device responsive to
the discrete sub-portions of the central or subject portion of
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
315
the original to provide a plurality of corresponding signals, input connection constant for a predetermined interval during
and a circuit for selecting one of the plurality of signals having a polarity reversal of the signal from the signal source. The cir-
=^
oo 'yi]
oo o oo o oo '
o oo o oo o oo o
Oo o oo o CO o oo
o (yo o oo o oo o
oo O QO OOO O oo
Q oo O Oo O oo CI
oo o oo o oo o oo
C oo O oo r. oo O
oo o OO n oo o oo
o oo o oo O OO o
o c o oo o oo o oo
CO o cc o o_o _c_
1':^U^,^
AuCT10M£EI»l»»Gn
CIWCUIT j
R2 I
:::::ri:^'«
K>-' 16^ J.
"W
/
y
cuil threshold is maintained at one diode voltage drop relative
to the signal from the signal source.
-\
a predetermined relationship to the other of the signals
derived from the second radiation sensitive device.
3,708,677
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RETRIEVING CODED
INFORMATION ON FILM
Joseph A. Volk, and Joseph A. Volk, Jr., both of St. Louis, Mo.,
assignors to Beta Corporation, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,277
Int. CI. G08c 9/06
L.S.CL250— 2I9DR 20 Claims
This invention comprises a method and apparatus for
retrieving coded information recorded on film and includes a
film transport means for driving the film at a relatively high
velocity, means for programming a selected code variation for
comparison with the code variations on the film, and means
for stopping the film on the information relating to the pro-
grammed code variations.
3,708,678
VARIABLE THRESHOLD CIRCUIT
Eugene J. Kreda, Natick, .Mass., assignor to Servo Corporation
of America, Hicksville, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,624
Int. CI. G08c 9/06
U.S. CL 250— 219 D 8 Claims
A threshold circuit employs a high gain differential amplifi-
er having a signal source connected to the inverting input con-
nection the%3f. Connected between the signal source and the
noninverting connection of the differential amplifier is a pair
of diodes connected in an opposite polarity arrangement and
in parallel. Also connected to the noninverting input connec-
tion is a capacitor to hold the signal level at the noninverting
3,708,679
HIGH-SPEED INVERTED OBJECT DETECTOR
Michael J. Stock. Oak Lawn, and John R. Kotal. Chicago, both
of III., assignors to Continental Can Company. Inc., New
York, N.Y. ^_
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,31 1
Int. CI. HOlj i9/;2
U.S. CL 250— 223 R 5 Claims
AMPUPlfR AMPLIFIER
This inverted object detector and reject mechanism
operates by detecting the difference in reflected light from a
correctly oriented can body and an inverted can body A lens
system conducts reflected light from a can onto a photocell.
An electrical system takes the photocell output and may con-
vert it into a reject movement, depending upon the reflected
light.
3,708,680
CONTAINER INSPECTION APPARATUS W ITH PLURAL
DETECTORS AND ROTATING PROJECTION SYSTEM
Fredrick L. Calhoun, Torrance. Calif., assignor to .Automatic
Sprinkler Corporation of America, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed June 4, 1968. Ser. No. 734,394
Int. CI. HOlj 39/72
U.S. CL 250— 223 B 12 Claims
fcsixsxsztj tzssi
An apparatus for inspecting containers is disclosed in which
a rotating and nutating projection of an inspection field is
sensed by a photocell arrangement, each cell being provided
with one or several light stops. The output signals of adjacent
cells are a-c processed in different channels. ,
-V
316
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,681
POSITION AND VELOCITY SENSOR
Richard J. Ivers. Arlington, Mass., assignor to Dynamics
Research Corporation. Wilmington, Mass.
Filed April 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 30.073
Int. CI. GOld 5134, HOlj J/y4.i/;6
U.S. CI. 250-231 R 9 Claims
3,708,683
DIESEL ENGINE STARTING SWITCH AND CIRCUIT
Leiand L. Howland, Rosemont, Minn., assignor to Thermo
King Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,582
Int.CI. F02n///00 ^
U.S. CI. 290-37 6 Claims
An electro-optical transducer capable of producing output
signals representative of both speed and position of a movable
element A scale has formed thereon a first track having a
ruled pattern from v^hich is produced an interference pattern
having sensible light variations from which are derived a first
output signal representative of relative scale position. A
second track on the scale has a linearly varying optical
response from which a second output signal is derived
representing the velocity of scale movement. Additional
signals can also be derived from the scale indicative of ex-
treme scale positions
3,708,682
DUAL PURPOSE COIL FOR AUTOMOBILE STARTER
MOTORS
Henry P. Erwin, Jr., Pasadena, Calif., assignor to Precision
Field Coil Company, Venice, Calif.
Filed March 25, 1 97 1 . Ser. No. 1 27,928
Int. CI. F02n 1 1 100
U.S. CL 290-37 2 Claims
^-^
A diesel engine pre-heating, starting and running switch and
circuit is comprised of a three pole, three position switch con-
necting the battery source to the engine starter, the electric
fuel actuator and auxiliary equipment, the pre-heating glow
plugs and a safety circuit that can be energized only when the
engine is running, the fuel actuator can be energized only in
the run and start positions of the switch, the starter can be
energized only in the start position of the switch, and the glow
plugs can be energized only in the preheat and starting posi-
tions of the switch.
3,708,684
METHOD AND MEANS FOR CONTINUOUS
DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Max Breitmeier, Oetwilerstrasse 89, Thalwil, Switzerland
Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,143
Claims priority, application SwiUerland, May 14, 1970,
7208/70
Int.CI. H02ji/74
U.S.CL 307-35 13 Claims
cueeenT rrMsrje-i/r^
LI tecuLAToe
P-
HI
A dual purpose coil is disclosed for use as both a solenoid
and as one of the field coils of an automobile starter motor,
the coils being disposed in a housing about an armature. The
dual purpose coil has a movable motor pole associated with it
which is normally spring biased apart from the coil. When ini-
tial current flows through the coil, the pole is pulled into posi-
tion in the center of the coil, and such motion causes a starter
drive gear assembly, which is clutched to the armature for
rotation thereby, to engage the flywheel of the automobile en-
gine. As soon as the pole is pulled-in, a switch is opened to
direct current through all of the field coils, including the dual
purpose coil, thereby causing rotation of the motor armature
and gear assembly to crank the automobile engine. The dual
purpose coil is defined by only a single conductive winding of
predetermined turns and dimensions which operates not only
to pull-in the pole during initial current flow therethrough, but
additionally to hold-in the pole during current flow through all
of the coils.
^co*ir»ot. pev
In the power distribution system disclosed, a main line feeds
many secondary lines. Each secondary line is split into two
branch lines. A maximum regulator in the first of each pair of
branch lines limits the output in the first of each pair of branch
lines. An output regulator in the second of each of the branch
lines controls the current in the second in each of the branch
lines in response to the output of the corresponding first
branch line. Control means responsive to the total output of
all the secondary lines further regulates the output regulators
in each of the second branch lines.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
317
3.708,685
HIGH INDUCTIVE LOAD ENERGIZING CIRCUIT
Joseph G. Miller, Madison; John H. Stichman, Verona, and
Theodore Bernstein, Madison, all of Wis., assignors to
Joseph G. Miller; Marvin Evans and David H. Miller, part
interest to each
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,491
Int.CLH02j//00
U.S.CL 307— 104 19 Claims
frequency. Frequencies of the two clocks are compared and
the faster of the two is selected to provide the desired timing.
To select a point of precise, unambiguous and repeatable rela-
tive phasing between the two clock signals there is generated
from one of the clocks a series of pairs of reference interval
pulses with the pulses of each pair separated by a reference in-
terval substantially equal to the width of one of the pulses.
There is generated from the second clock a train of sighting
pulses each having a width substantially equal to the interval
between pulses of each pair. A specific relative phasing of the
two clocks is then identified by searching for and signalling oc-
currence of a sighting pulse precisely within the reference in-
terval of pulses of a pair. Relative frequency is then deter-
mined and end of a measurement interval signalled by occur-
rence of pulses produced from one clock out of consecutive
alternation with pulses produced by the other clock. Structure
and circuitry are also provided to indicate when one of the
clock generators is too slow to use or is entirely bad.
3,708,687
CONTROL CIRCUITRY FOR DIRECT CURRENT
James P. Tatham, Wheaton, III., assignor to Continental Can
Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 726,440, May 3, 1968, Pat. No. 3,590,202.
This application Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,394
Int. CI. H03k ; 7100
U.S. CI. 307—202 15 Claims
A lifting magnet is connected to a DC. supply by a pair of
silicon-controlled load rectifiers. A manual double-pole, three
position, center-off start switch connects the anode to the gate
of the respective controlled rectifiers. Commutating networks
are connected in parallel with the magnet and rectifiers, each
network consisting of a commutating capacitor in series with a
resistance element and controlled rectifiers connected across
the load rectifiers and associated commutating capacitor. The
switch similarly connects the respective commutating
rectifiers for actuation to discharge the commutating capaci-
tor in a reverse direction through the controlled rectifiers to
positively drive the main load rectifier off. The magnet is con-
nected back to the source through a pair of oppositely
polarized discharging diodes or to a parallel span branch in-
cluding a normally back-biased diode and variable resistor.
The inductive energy in the magnet is discharged through the
span branch or back into the source upon turn-off of the load
rectifiers. A discharge current detection and reversing control
circuit controls a similar reverse current circuit having load
rectifiers and commutating rectifiers connected in circuit with
the magnet and commutating capacitors. The control circuit
provides for automatic sequential firing of forward commuta-
tion and reverse current circuits.
CURRENT SwrrCHMG
^CfRCUIT ,
3,708,686
FREQUENCY COMPARATOR
Luther C. Butler, Jr., Garden Grove, Calif., and Robert S. Ja-
mieson. No permanent address, assignors to Lorain Products
Corp., Lorain, Ohio
Filed April 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,208
Int. CI. H02j
U.S. CL 307 — 149 30 Claims
JO,
-4 a.OCAr'
^
n
^Jl
ClOCA:-
loi/r/t/r
S/9
~W
A high precision timer employs a pair of redundant crystal
clock generators of a type that will either fail dead or at lower
FROM CURRENT
GAIN CIRCUIT 31
Control circuitry is disclosed herein for controlling the flow
of direct current through a load. The control circuitry includes
a switching circuit for selectively switching the current flowing
through the load to ON and OFF conditions at a high repeti-
tion rate.
One embodiment of the control circuitry is particularly
adapted for use with, and forms an integral part of, a direct
current electrical resistance welding system for welding metal-
lic blanks which are serially passed between cooperating weld-
ing electrodes.
3.708,688
CIRCUIT FOR ELIMINATING SPURIOUS OUTPUTS DUE
TO INTERELECTRODE CAPACITANCE IN DRIVER
IGFET CIRCUITS
Ying Luh Yao. Mahopac, N.Y., assignor to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 15. 1971. Ser. No. 153,323
Int. CLH03k/9/0<S
U.S. CL 307— 205 14 Claims
A number of field effect transistor circuits for driving loads
having large capacitances is disclosed. Where insulated gate
field effect transistors having relatively large driving current
requirements are utilized, the interelectrode capacitances
present are of such magnitude that, when the output circuit is
energized from clocked sources normally OFF devices are
turned ON providing spurious outputs. Circuit arrangements
are provided for maintaining normally OFF devices in that
condition during a portion of a given clock cycle by clamping
an electrode (the gate of an FET) to a desired value while
318
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
simultaneously isolating the clamped device or devices from
changing potentials which may result from premature changes
.oMITPVI
at the input of the circuit or elsewhere in the circuit. An in-
verter driver and an interface circuit for dynamic to static
logic are shown.
sequentially to their succeeding stages, until the first stage of
the column is reached, whereupon the first stage is emptied of
data and free to receive new input data. The advance
sequence of the parallel columns is synchronized with the ap-
plication of the input data, and this sequence is constantly re-
peated, so that successive input bits of data are directed to dif-
ferent respective columns of the shift register, and then along
these columns to their common output terminal, where the
pulses are recombined to form the original input pulse series.
In one embodiment the advance sequence is delayed one
clock pulse in each successive column, so that each column
delivers an output pulse, and is ready to receive new input
data, one clock pulse behind the preceding column In another
3,708,689
VOLTAGE LEVEL TRANSLATING CIRCUIT
William W. Lattin, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Motorola. Inc.,
Franklin Park, III.
Filed Oct. 27, 1971, S«r. No. 192,806
Int. CI. H03k/ 7/60
U.S. CI. 307 — 205 8 Claims
l5V_rr52
n^
embodiment, successive n bits of data are delayed relative to
one another and applied simultaneously to different first
stages of n parallel columns, and then are advanced along the
column simultaneously with the same advance sequence. At
the output of the columns, the bits of data are again delayed
and recombined to form the original time sequence series.
Several of these multi-phase shift registers are generally con-
nected in cascade, and the advance sequences of the cascaded
registers synchronized, so that a large number of data bits may
be stored and shifted along the respective columns of the re-
gister.
The buffer circuit, which can convert TTL logic levels to
MOS logic levels, includes four low threshold MOS
transistors. Two of these devices are connected between posi-
tive and negative supplies in the configuration of a MOS in-
verter circuit, and the third device forms an output switch
connected to the buffer mpui, the inverter output, and the
buffer output terminals. The fourth device is connected in a
MOS load configuration between the drain of the third device
and the negative supply The output switch device amplifies a
small change in voltage at the drain of the inverter switch
device occurring in response to a TTL "one." to enable its
load to apply a MOS "one" to the output. Because of the con-
figuration of the circuit, the inverter load device can have a
high resistance and the "body-effect" of the output switch
device tends to increase its threshold voltage in the noncon-
ductive state, thus making it less responsive to noise signals.
3,708,691
LARGE SCALE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT OF REDUCED
AREA INCLUDING COUNTER
Barrie Gilbert, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Tektronix, Inc.,
Beaverton, Oreg.
Division of Ser. No. 845,286, July 28, 1969. This application
Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 219,727
Int. CI. H03k 23108
U.S.CL 307-225 B 8 Claims
3,708,690
SHIFT REGISTER
John O. Paivinen, Newtown Square, Pa., assignor to Mos
Technology, Inc., Valley Forge, Pa.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 1 08,1 24, Jan. 20, 1 97 1 ,
abandoned. This application Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,437
Int. CLG lie/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 307-221 R 32 Claims
A multi-phase shift register having a plurality of parallel
columns each comprising n stages, where n is preferably
greater than 3. and where the data is advanced along each
such column by first shifting the data from its n'* stage to the
column output terminal, then from the preceding stage to the
n'" stage, and then from each of the next preceding stages
An integrated circuit including four digital decade ring
counters, four buffer storage circuits and four digital to analog
converters is described in which each counter and associated
storage circuit is provided within one epitaxial region sur-
rounded by a single isolation region to greatly reduce the
required semiconductor area. The counter includes a plurality
of NPN transistors having common collectors provided by
portions of the epitaxial region and a plurality of PNP
transistors having common bases provided by other portions
of such epitaxial region. Interconnections between NPN and
PNP transistors are made through the epitaxial region includ-
ing collector to base interconnections under which a plurality
of buried layer regions are selectively diffused to lower their
resistances In addition, the PNP counter transistors are each
provided with three separate collectors to simplify the
counter.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
319
3,708,692
RAMP VOLTAGE WAVE GENERATING CIRCUITS
Hideo Matuoka, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Iwatsu Electric
Company, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
FiledMay4, I971,Ser. No. 140,130
Claims priority, application Japan, May 7, 1970,45/38428
Int. CI. H03k 4J08
3,708,694
VOLTAGE LIMITER
Arthur D. Evans, Saratoga, Calif., assignor to Siliconix Incor-
porated, Santa Clara, Calif.
Filed May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,429
Int. CI. H03k 5/08
U.S. CI. 307-237 6 Claims
U.S. CI. 307-228
3 Claims
rim
— ftf—
I — "■^ — '— S^ /) I ^w _^ — <
i -7- rlM
K-li
mtO
"'K'r (Baef'J
•"■ji::^
4^
»-■
oei^**>
^^^J±^
B/ ^
\?L
^
ytf vH
"evOtCr-tMt)
T
3?-
In a ramp voltage wave generating circuit, there are pro-
vided a Miller's integrator including an amplifier, a capacitor
connected in parallel with the amplifier and a resistor with one
terminal connected to the input side of the amplifier; a source
of constant current current connected to the other terminal of
the resistor; first means for maintaining at a constant value the
reference potential at the output terminal of the integrator in
the absence of an input signal; second means for maintaining
at the constant value the reference potential in the presence of
the input signal, and a three terminal active element with two
terminals connected to the second means and to the source of
the input signal and the remaining terminal connected to a
source of reference potential
3,708,693
GAMMA CORRECTOR
Hermann A. Ferrier, San Jose, and Gordon F. MacGinitie,
Menio Park, both of Calif., assignors to Ferrex Corporation,
San Carlos, Calif.
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,782
Int. CI. G06g 7112
U.S.CL 307— 229 4 Claims
r-^'j
") .^
A circuit for introducing a controlled nonlinearity in the
video voltage applied to the cathode ray tube of a color film
printing system for making the tube display picture the analog
of the photographic paper. The characteristic curve of a
cathode ray tube is matched to the reflectance curve of photo-
graphic paper by operating upon a video signal with a number
of parallel amplifier stages with each stage comprising a pair
of transistors having the emitters connected together and to a
power supply by resistors of predetermined values. Each stage
has a different characteristic and the outputs are summed to
establish a predetermined nonlinear amplification.
A voltage limiter circuit and semiconductor structure em-
ploying field effect transistors and diodes adapted to be con-
nected between a source of signal and the input of associated
apparatus to provide over-voltage protection to the apparatus.
3,708,695
HIGH SPEED SWITCH WITH COMPLEMENTARY
OUTPUTS
William M. Davis, Jr., Vestal, and Richard A. Windya,
Binghamton, both of N.Y., assignors to The Singer Com-
pany, Binghamton, N.V.
Filed Oct. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 190,598
Int. CI. H03k 1114, 5108, 1 7/74
U.S.CL 307— 237 10 Claims
A high speed switching circuit is shown which provides
highly accurate complementary outputs in which a first stage
develops two voltages, one a junction drop above and one a
junction drop below an internal reference and selectively ap-
plies them to two output lines as a function of the logic level of
an input signal, a bipolar current source uses the two voltages
to select the direction of the current to be supplied on two
lines to an output stage and the output stage comprising four
pairs of matched catching diodes connected on one side to
positive and negative output references and on the other
through a resistor to ground causes the current to split through
the diodes in the properly biased pairs in turn causing equal
drops across the diodes resulting in output voltages equal to
the output references.
320
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,696
ZERO VOLTAGE SWITCH MEANS FOR CONTROL OF
ELECTRIC LOAD CIRCL IT
Jerome L. Lorenr, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to Ranco Incor-
porated, Columbus, Ohio
Filed Jan. 28, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 0,5 1 8
Int. CI. H03k / 7/.';6
U.S. CI. 307-252 B 6 Claims
3,708,698
BISTABLE COUNTING CIRCUIT BASED ON A
TRANSISTOR
Feodosy Borisovich Grinevich, and Vladimir Andreevich
Tsyganok, both of Kiev, L.S.S.R., assignors to Institut Elek-
trodi-Namiki Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR, Kiev,
U.S.S.R.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 120,846
lnt.CLH03ki/29
U.S. CI. 307-289 » C'«''"
'^
^S-^
i Hl^i^^'^'
li-L-J_^
Four forms of the invention are shown and each comprises a
zero voltage sv^itching means for an AC electric load circuit
having gate controlled semiconductors which are triggered in
response to voltages in a condition sensitive bridge network
connected in the AC power source for the load circuit. The
network is shunted out of the power source circuit upon
changes in power source voltage from zero in power source
half cycles applied to the network whereby the components of
the network are subjected only to relatively low voltages and
during a brief portion of the half cycle. In one form of the in-
vention, a resistance in the bridge network is heated in
response to energization of the load circuit and tends to cause
cycling of the switching means for accurate control of the
load.
3,708,697
PHASE SHIFTER DRIVER AMPLIFIER
Christos J. Georgopoulo^ Lowell, Mass., assignor to Raytheon
Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,395
Int. CLH03k 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-270 2 Claims
*\
tf^
I
i'T*
U,
U,~
^
t
\gr^
r
zr
A pulse technique formed by a device which includes a
bistable circuit based on a single transistor which is opened
when the circuit is in one state, and closed when it is in the
other. In order to provide for the switching of the transistor
from one stable state to the other by pulses of one polarity ar-
riving from a common busbar, the present device includes a
count input. The present circuit is non-critical to changes in
the supply voltages ai.d nominal ratings of the components
within a wide range
3,708,699
HIGH-SPEED ANALOG SWITCHING W ITH FET
Armin Heinz Frei, Rueschlikon, and Peter Vettiger, Thalwil,
both ot Switzerland, assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 54,932
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 9, 1970,
10475/70
Int. CI. H03k 79/05
U.S.CL:J07-304 5 Claims
r
^^^
— ■ ^
J
">
convex, jw
-^
1 ■
; <
/<Wv
Tim— iiLW
— • in
SYWC
/_
-
-r — -i-
,1
-
1
"1
-
.._!__
-
J
^
A driver amplifier for p-i-n diode phase shifters in a matrix
of phase shifters in an antenna array is disclosed. The output
stage of the driver amplifier is arranged so that, during each
period in which the p-i-n diodes in any one of the phase shif-
ters are forward-biased, an inductor is charged. Thus, when it
is desired to back-bias any one of the p-i-n diodes, the energy
in the inductor may be discharged through the p-i-n diode to
decrease the time required to switch such diode to its back-
biased condition
A field-effect transistor is inserted in the series feedback
path of a bipolar transistor at whose base terminal the analog
input signal to be sampled is applied. The bipolar transistor is
continuously maintained in its conductive state by drawing a
current I„ from the emitter. The field-effect transistor is
switched back and forth between its high and low impedance
states by a sampling signal applied to its gate. The analog input
signal is amplified, and therefore sampled, only when the field-
effect transistor is in its low impedance state.
An N-channel sampler-multiplexer is obtained by series-
connecting a number of the above-described switches in a
chain, with the gate electrodes of the field-effect transistors of
all of the stages being connected to a common sampling line,
and with the collector electrodes of all of the bipolar
transistors of all of the stages delivering their sampled output
signals into a common output line. To clearly separate the in-
dividual output signals, delay sections are inserted in the out-
put line between neighboring stages.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
321
3,708,700
AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
Helmut Moser, Heilbronn-Neckargartach, Germany, assignor
to Licentia, Patent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H., Frankfurt am
Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 28, 1971,S€r.No. 110,550
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 31, 1970, P 20
04 462.6
Int. CI. HOI V 5/00
U.S. CI. 307— 309 9 Claims
Msor
resonance peak in the free section of the diaphragm The
diaphragm is supported at its periphery by elastic bodies so
that the fundamental frequency of oscillation of the
diaphragm will have a node line in the region where the
An amplifier circuit comprises a common-emitter con-
nected transistor into the collector path of which is connected
a first resistance also connected to a voltage source and a volt-
age divider for adjusting the base emitter direct voltage and in-
cluding a series connection of a second resistance and a diode,
the second resistance being connected to the voltage source
and the diode being connected in parallel with the base-to-
emitter path of the transistor.
3,708,701
APPARATUS FOR DRIVING PIEZOELECTRIC
TRANSFORMERS
Takehiko Kawada, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Denki
Onkyo Company, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed March 1 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 25,702
Claims priority, application Japan, March 20, 1970,
45/23735
Int. CI. H04r 7 7100
U.S. CL 310—8.1 6 Claims
In apparatus for driving a transducer including a pair of
electrodes there are provided a resonance circuit comprised
by an inductance and a capacitance connected in parallel and
connected across the input electrodes of the transducer, and
means for supplying a periodic pulse current of narrow width
to the resonance circuit thereby driving the piezoelectric
transducer by the energy delivered by the resonance circuit.
diaphragm is supported. The support arrangement according
to the invention sets up at least a second node line having a
smaller diameter than the fundamental node line and in the
free section of the diaphragm.
3,708,703
ELECTROSTATIC PRINCIPLE ROTATING ATOMIC
MOTOR
Jack E. Dove, Rt. 4 P.O. Box 96 BW 23, Meridian. Miss.
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,368
Int.CI. H02n 7/00
U.S. CI. 310— 10 6 Claims
3,708,702
ELECTROACOUSTIC TRANSDUCER
Otto Brunnert, Munich, and Hans Schierl, Ebersberg, both of
Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin
and Munich, Germany
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,409
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1969, P 19
612 217.0
Int.CI. HOI V 7/00
U.S. CL 310— 8.2 8 Claims
An electroacoustic transducer is described which is espe-
cially useful in telephones. An essentially flat frequency
response curve in the voice range is realized by setting up a
l
1
n
n
A motor shaft rotates from energy derived from charged
particles emitted from atomic waste materials The particles
are stored in the shaft and exit radially by influence of a sur-
rounding electric field to be received in a collector material.
Vanes radially disposed about the shaft exchange energy elec-
trostatically with the moving particles. A magnetic field causes
the particles to move toward the vanes as they radially
proceed from the shaft.
3,708,704
THERMIONIC CATHODES FOR MHD GENERATORS
Bart Zauderer, Bala Cynwyd, Pa., assignor to General Electric
Company
FiledSept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 178,881
Int.CI. H02n 4/02
U.S. CL 3 JO- 11 7 Claims
Efficiency of non-equilibrium magnetohydrodynamic
generators is markedly increased by provision of thermioni-
cally emitting cathodes. Cesium in concentrations 0.1 to 0.3
percent improves plasma conductivity, and when deposited on
hot tungsten vastly improves thermionic emission but only in
absolute concentrations which, near atmospheric pressure,
greatly exceed 0.1 to 0.3 percent Cesium is applied topically
in sufficient concentrations to tungsten surface either from
906 O.G.— 11
322
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
dispenser arrangement in which cesium passes through tung-
sten cathode face, or through apertures in channel wall ad-
jacent to tungsten cathode face; amounts used are such that,
after passage into main gas stream and mixture therewith,
cesium concentration is still within permissible limits for im-
proving plasma conductivity. Alternatively, generator is
PUM^ ~M
times while applying a sufficient pressure permanently to
deform it into a flattened state so as to obtain a smooth surface
on both sides of the resultant coil, spot welding the individual
PKCiiUX£
H£Ar
source
—r-
10
H,i' ■■,-.■■,;■.■.■.■■■■,■■.-■ I ~-.vv.'-.-.-.^^
C0M^^£330^
M
operated at high gas pressure (e.g., 5 atmospheres) so that the
requisite absolute cesium concentration for thermionic emis-
sion is only the permissible 0.1 to 0.3 percent of the concen-
tration of the pressurized plasma. The Invention herein
described was made in the course of or under a contract or
subcontract thereunder, (or grant) with the Department of the
Navy.
3,708,705
LOW TEMPERATURE APPARATUS
Frank Tinlin, Newcastle upon Tyne, England, assignor to Inter-
national Research & Development Company Limited, New-
castle upon Tyne, England
DivisionofSer. No. 851,004, Aug. 18, 1969, abandoned. This
application March 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 11 9,627
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 27, 1968,
40,897/68
Int. CI. H02k 9100
U.S. CI. 310— 52 5 Claims
COUPRESSOK
8'
X
v-^
4'
5
_L
0 pi
10 ir-is
flU
ft
-12
LIQUID
ILIUM
ANX
m
-40d
6b
^
90
60
9b
turns at least near the forward and rear ends of the coiled strip
rigidly to form them into an integral body and punching a plu-
rality of slots through which to insert the winding of a rotating
electrical machine in a prescribed periphery of the coil.
3,708,707
FRAME AND CORETYPE DYNAMO-ELECTRIC
MACHINE
Rolf-Dieter Kranz, Mannheim. Germany, assignor to Aktien-
gesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie, Baden, SwiUerland
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,030
Claims priority, application SwiUerland, May 21, 1970,
7513/70
Int.CI. H02k//y«
U.S. CL 310-258 5 Claims
A cryostat for cooling superconducting windings in a
homopolar dynamo-electric machine, which has two spaced
inner members containing the windings and cooled by
cryogenic fluid and an outer member enclosing a vacuum
space around the inner members, wherein the refrigeration
plant for the cryogenic fluid with the exception of the com-
pressor, IS disposed in the vacuum space between the inner
members to eliminate the need for thermally insulated transfer
lines.
3,708,706
MAGNETIC CORE ELEMENTS FOR ROTATING
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Yuji Akiyama; Yasuyoshi Ishii; Shigeo Ozawa, and Saburo
Takeshima, all of Mie-ken, Japan, assignors to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,263
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 13, 1970, 45/90221
Int.CI. H02k//06
U.S. CI. 310— 216 1 Claim
Magnetic core elements for rotating electrical machines
which are prepared by winding a magnetic steel strip several
A turbo-generator structure in which the stator, composed
of a stack of laminations, is provided with a plurality of
uniformly circumferentially spaced longitudinally extending
dove-tailed grooves in which are received complementarily
configured longitudinally extending wedges. These wedges are
stressed into engagement with the sides of the grooves by
means of an arrangement of longitudinally spaced screw bolts
mounted in longitudinally extending wedge supports which
have a rounded section that bear against an arcuate longitu-
dinally extending recess in the surface of the lamination stack
as the bolts are tightened by screwing them into the wedges.
Thereafter, the stator assembly is inserted into a surrounding
corset and secured in place by welding the wedge supports to
the corset.
ERRATUM
For Class 312—209 see:
Patent No. 3,708,709
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
323
3,708,708
TREATMENT OF LIGHT EMITTING FILMS TO EXTEND
THEIR USEFUL LIFE
Edwin J. Soxman, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to The Pru-
dential Insurance Company of America, Los Angeles, CaliL
FiledJan.22, 1971,Ser. No. 109,004
Int.CLHOlJ l/62;HOSh33/IO
U.S. CI. 313— 108 A 5 Claims
The method of driving, or of preconditioning, a vacuum-
deposited light-emitting film of the type which comprises a bi-
nary compound of zinc and sulphur or selenium together with
a manganese activator, so as to extend the useful life of the
film The voltage of the driving alternating current is raised so
as substantially to maintain the initial luminescence of the
film, and preferably is continuously raised, so as to accomplish
the same. Also, this treatment may initially be given to the film
and then discontinued, the film's useful life thereby having
been extended beyond that life to which, without the treat-
ment and at a constant voltage, its luminescence would have
decayed to only one half of its initial value at that voltage.
tungstate, BajCaWOg, as emission material At temperatures
over 1000°C, the material has good electron emission coupled
with an evaporation rate appreciably lower than that of other
3,708,709
MEDICINE TRAY FOR CABINET DRAW ER
Robert B. Morrison, North Muskegon, Mich., and Lewis C.
Wyman, Norwalk, Conn., assignors to E. H. Sheldon and
Company, Muskegon, Mich.
Filed Jan. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 109,823
Int. CI. \41h8IIOO; A61b 19/02; A47f i//4
U.S.CL 312-209 2 Claims
barium-containing emission materials. Lamps show negligible
voltage rise, maintenance of 89 percent at 14,000 hours, and
life in excess of 1 4,000 hours.
3.708,711
EXPLOSION PROOF HIGH VOLTAGE RESISTANCE
ARRESTER
Robert Deville, Villeurbanne, France, assignor to Delle-
Alsthom, Villeurbanne, France
Filed Feb. 22, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 7.6 1 2
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 24, 1970, 7006630
Int.CI.H01j/7/(?0
U.S.CL 313— 325 5 Claims
A plastic liner tray is removably carried in a nurse's cabinet
cart and is provided with integral raised and spaced ribs sup-
porting individual patient medicine trays and a hypodermic
needle tray.
3,708,710
DISCHARGE LAMPTHERMOIONIC CATHODE
CONTAINING EMISSION MATERIAL
William E. Smyser, Chagrin Falls, and Dimitrios M. Speros,
Painesville, both of Ohio, assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,907
Int. CI. HOlj 7 7/04
U.S.CL313— 213 8 Claims
3 Wd'iW Of
sa''i5foc7oey
ZWSSlOS
Maree/ffis
Thermionic electrodes for high intensity discharge lamps,
particularly sodium vapor lamps, contain dibarium calcium
Lightning arresters of the type where yield resistors sur-
rounding the spark gaps have resistors of toroidal or annular
form divided into sectors; the various resistors being arranged
in such a way that the said divisions are placed one under
another or in helical configuration, so as to form a vertical or
spiral duct.
3,708,712
INTELLIGENCE-HANDLING DEVICE HAVING MEANS
FOR LIMITING INDUCED ELECTROSTATIC
POTENTIAL
John A. van Raalte, Princeton, and Victor Christiano, Trenton.
both of N.J.. assignors to RCA Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,592
Int. CI. HOlj J //26
U.S. CI. 315— 10 6 Claims
An intelligence-handling device comprising an insulating
substrate; and electron gun for scanning and depositing elec-
324
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
trical charges on the surface of the substrate, the gun being
regulated by electrical signals embodying the intelligence; and
elemental conductors on the electron-bombarded surface, the
elemental conductors being spaced apart by a distance ad-
justed to limit the electrical charges, and, therefore, the elec-
trostatic potential, at the substrate to a desired maximum
level. In one embodiment the device is further comprised of a
light-reflective, deformable film fixedly disposed on the ele-
mental conductors and deformed by the electrostatic potential
3,708,714
ELECTROSTATIC DEFLECTION TYPE CATHODE-RAY
TUBE W ITH A PLURALITY OF ELECTRON GUNS
Masamichi Kimura, Takatsuki, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electronics Corporation, Osaka, Japan
Filed July 17. 1970, Ser. No. 55,678
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23, 1969, 44/59562
Int. CI. HOlj 29150
L.S. CI. 315-13 C 4 Claims
M
pi
! (
f
1
<^
Smoi
4
\
\.
1
— »-x
at the substrate, the deformations corresponding in intensity
and distribution to the intelligence. In another embodiment,
the device is further comprised of an electrode disposed at the
surface of the substrate directly opposite the bombarded sur-
face, being comprised of an electro-optic crystal exhibiting lo-
calized polarization retardation in response to the electro-
static potential between the bombarded surface and the elec-
trode. The distribution of the areas where polarization retar-
dation occurs, as well as the degree of retardation, cor-
responds to the intelligence.
_f»KOIJLATD«r|
-j_NOJ_J
MOOULATQR
N03
An electrostatic deflection type cathtxle-ray tube wherein a
mesh electrode is disposed between a phosphor screen and at
least two electron guns juxtaposed with their axes inclined
with respect to the axis of the tube, and wherein a post-ac-
celerating electrode system for the formation of a divergent
electron lens is provided by means of an internal conductive
film deposited on the inner wall surface of the funnel portion
of the bulb of the tube and the mesh electrode, whereby there
is eliminated the inconvenience of any occurrence of
geometry distortion of raster due to the inclined disposition of
the electron guns with respect to the axis of said tube.
3.708,713
PLURAL BEAM ELECTRON BEAM SCANNER
UTILIZING A MODULATION GRID
Farrell A. McCann, Hawthorne, Calif., assignor to Northrup
Corporation. Beverly HiUs, Calif.
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,837
Int.CI. HOlj 29/4/
L.S.CI. 315— 12 8 Claims
3,708.715
CONVERGENCE APPARATUS UTILIZING
INDEPENDENTLY ADJUSTABLE HALF-PERIOD
TRIANGULAR WAVEFORMS
Dong W oo Rhee. W illiamsvllle, N.Y., assignor to GTE Sylvania
Incorporated. Seneca Falls, N.Y.
Filed April 21. 1971. Ser. No. 135,991
Int. CI. HOlj 29/54
U.S.CL3I5-I3C 18 Claims
v^ "^ y,
5o
.^:^
>1 >1
4? ?0
A plurality of flat coded dynode members are sandwiched
between an electron emitting cathode in the form of a flat
plate and a flat target plate. Each dynode member has a plu-
rality of apertures formed therein which are aligned with cor-
responding apertures on all the other dynodes to form an elec-
tron beam channel. The dynodes further each have a pair of
separate conductive portions thereon arranged in a predeter-
mined finger pattern, the finest of such finger patterns defin-
ing an elemental scanning area of the target plate. Each of
such basic resolution elements is formed by means of a chan-
nel for each of a plurality of scanning beams. A modulation
grid having apertures therein corresponding to the apertures
on the dynodes and aligned therewith is placed between the
cathode and target and is used to control the energization of
the beams A dynode having one of the finest finger patterns
thereon has such finger patterns arranged so that each basic
scanning element has a single aperture for each of the separate
scanning beams, thereby enabling simultaneous scanning over
the entire target area for the separate beams.
A convergence system with minimized control interaction is
disclosed. A signal with a parabolic waveform is generated and
summed with a signal with a triangular waveform to provide a
convergence signal. The triangular waveform has indepen-
dently adjustable half-periods so that independent top and
bottom or right and left adjustment is obtained.
3,708,716
CATHODE RAY BEAM CURRENT CONTROL SYSTEM
UTILIZING VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE AND AMPLITUDE
MODULATION
Ted W. Berwin, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Hughes Air-
craft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 868,665
Int. CI. HOlj 29/52
U.S. CL 315-30 10 Claims
The cathode ray beam current in a storage tube, for exam-
ple, is made accurately controllable over at least a 10,000 to I
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
325
range, despite sweep speed variations and/or different modes
of operation, by generating two out of phase pulse trains
wherein the pulse duty cycles are made responsive to the
modes of operation and/or sweep speed variations. One of the
pulse trains is then amplitude modulated by the video. This
pulse train is applied to the cathode. The unmodulated pulse
^*'0 3yJS '
Stutt/'
4
JITLTL
a, ■
iruu"
J.
Xr
JTJl
Moot
J.
J SVM
I 1)
lo
p
u
while the other electroluminescent circuits of the array, if not
selected, remain deenergized. The method and circuit ar-
rangements together with the electroluminescent circuits used
in the array provide means for applying uniform voltage to
each and every electroluminescent element therein regardless
of differences of threshold voltage value or inherent time
delay of the threshold switch devices thus providing uniform
lumination of the discrete electroluminescent elements. An
energized electroluminescent circuit continues to be ener-
gized until a stop pulse is applied to selected row and column
circuit lines and then only the electroluminescent circuit at
the juncture thereof is de-energized, and other previously
energized electroluminescent circuits remain in the energized
state. —
SOi/*C£
Of
'^
train is applied to the control grid of the storage tube. Thereby
compensation is provided in the cathode ray beam current for
mode and/or sweep speed variations which may otherwise ad-
versely effect the information being displayed and also for
enabling an accurate display of the information contained ii
the video signals.
3,708,717
ELECTROLUMINESCENT ARRAY AND METHOD AND
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DISCRETE POINTS
ON THE ARRAY
Gordon R. Fleming, Pontiac, Mich., assignor to Energy Con-
version Devices, Inc., Troy, Mich.
Filed May 16. 1969, Ser. No. 825,153
Int. CI. H05b 33100- G09f 13122
U.S.CL315-169TV 24 Claims
3.708,718
ELECTRICAL SWITCHING DEVICE
Manfred Hoffmann, Eriangen; Kurt Fork, Mulheim-Ruhr, and
Peter Schulze. Eriangen, all of Germany, assignors to
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 80,329
Claims priority, application Germany, May 15, 1970. P 20
23 872.6
Int.CI. HOI h9/J0.i J/04
U.S.CI. 317— 11 B 6 Claims
tnUStiBE TIME
DEUV MEMBER
U
12
4r:
AC
iupvr
43,
a
'») 'a? 'as
0
jiS
-^ COLVMN
An electronic switch is connected in series circuit arrange-
ment with a capacitor. The series circuit arrangement is con-
nected in parallel with a vacuum switch. A control circuit cou-
pled between the vacuum switch and the electronic switch
controls the electronic switch in conductive condition in a
manner whereby the electronic switch is switched to its con-
ductive condition immediately after the contacts of the
vacuum switch are opened thereby providing a current path
from the capacitor to the vacuum switch via the electronic
switch.
An electroluminescent array and a method and circuit ar-
rangements for energizing discrete elemental points on the
electroluminescent array. The electroluminescent array may
include a predetermined number of row circuit lines and a
predetermined number of column circuit lines arranged in a
cross-grid X-Y pattern to form a circuit juncture at each
crossing of the column and row circuit lines, and a threshold
operated electroluminescent circuit is connected at each of
the junctures. Each threshold operated electroluminescent
circuit most advantageously comprises a bidirectional
threshold switch having a time delay characteristic, an elec-
troluminescent element, and a resistor which may be a dis-
crete element or formed by the circuit resistance. A power
supply and selector control circuit means are connected to the
electroluminescent array such that operating potential is con-
tinuously applied to the array but no electroluminescent cir-
cuit is energized until a start pulse of predetermined configu-
rations is applied to a selected row circuit line and/or to a
selected column circuit line and only then is the electrolu-
minescent circuit at the juncture of the selected row and
selected column circuit lines energized and remains energized
3.708,719
SAFETY DEVICE IN MOTOR WINCH
Shogo Ishikawa. Kawasaki. Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Kito. Kanagawa-ken. Japan
Filed June 21. 1971. Ser. No. 154.836
Claims priority . application Japan, June 23, 1970, 45/54038
Int. CI. H02h 7/09
U.S.CL3I7-13R 3 Claims
A safety device includes a resistance, a condenser and a
relay winding which are star-connected across a three-phase
326
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
source of AC potential providing the supply potential for a
three-phase motor which is controlled, as to operation in the
normal and reverse directions, by a three-phase magnetic con-
tactor connected to the motor by forward or normal and
reverse end limit switches. The safety device further includes a
normally closed contact which is opened upon energization of
the relay winding, and this contact is connected in series in the
control circuit of the electromagnetic contactor. This control
circuit is connected to the same single phase as is the series
connection of the condenser and the relay winding. If the
three-phase source of AC potential does not have the proper
phase sequence, or if a single phase is inoperative, the relay
winding is sufTiciently energized to open the normally closed
contact and thus interrupt energization of the magnetic con-
tactor with resultant de -energization of the three-phase motor
driving the winch.
electrical connection and ground monitor may include an
electrical component means for developing a predetermined
voltage in response to a potential of one polarity thereacross
and substantially no voltage in response to a voltage of op-
posite polarity thereacross. The signal may be developed
across the voltage responsive electrical component for con-
trolling the operation of the device. The appliance control
may comprise an integrated circuit means and the voltage
responsive electrical component may comprise a Zener diode
for providing the desired logic input signal to the integrated
circuit control.
3,708.720
SEMICONDUCTOR THERMAL PROTECTION
John A. Whitney. Allen, and Richard E. Woods, Markle, both
of Ind., assignors to Franklin Electric Co., Inc., Bluffton,
Ind.
Filed Jan. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 152,622
Int.Cl. H02h5/04
U.S. CI. 317—13 C 17 Claims
3,708,722
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE W ITH SOLDERED
TERMINALS AND PLASTIC HOUSING AND METHOD OF
MAKING THE SAME
Philip Wiles, Erie, Pa., assignor to Erie Technological
Products, Inc.. Erie, Pa.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,541
Int. a. HOll 3 100. 5 100
U.S. CI. 317-234 R 5 Claims
To prevent excessive semiconductor junction temperatures,
thermally responsive impedances are mounted in heat transfer
contact with the semiconductor device. Various combinations
of impedances including positive and negative temperature
coefficient thermistors, semiconductor diodes, transistors and
thyristors are located in electrical series or shunt circuits
which disable current flow through an adjacent semiconduc-
tor junction when the temperature thereof exceeds predeter-
mined values. Load circuits in series with a thermally pro-
tected semiconductor device are protected from excessive
load currents which might damage the load and/or the
semiconductor device.
3,708,721
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AND GROUND MONITOR
Roque D. Marcade. Slevensville, and Donald E. Janke, Benton
Harbor, both of Mich., assignors to W hirlpool Corporation,
Benton Harbor, Mich.
Filed Feb. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 230,348
Int.Cl. H02hi//4
U.S.CL317 — 18B 14 Claims
A semiconductor device encapsulated in insulating material
which is interlocked to a flange of dovetail shape in axial cross
section and of non circular shape in diametral cross section,
and having ohmic contacts to leads made by solder fillets
between convex surfaces on the leads and planar surfaces on
the semiconductor device.
23
JC
3,708,723
LOW POW ER MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER
John R. Shand, and WiUiam H. Reid, both of Easton, Md., as-
signors to Airpax Electronics Incorporated, Cambridge, Md.
FiledMarchS, 1971,Ser. No. 121,409
Int. CI. HOlj 9146- HOIh 9i00; HO If 7/00
U.S.CL 317-31 5 Claims
l^f/^^-W^/
f3
i2
An electrical connection and ground monitor for ensuring
proper electrical connection of an appliance to a grounded
power supply The appliance may have a control responsive to
the selective provision of a logic 0 or a logic 1 input signal
thereto for causing the appliance to be selectively cor-
respondingly in "On" or "Off' operational conditions. The
Disclosed is a circuit breaker which may be operated on
relatively low power. It comprises a polarized relay having a
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
327
spring-biased armature rotatable to trip a conventional circuit
breaker toggle. The armature is released by the flux from a
low power coil bucking out the polarizing flux from a per-
manent magnet. The breaker is disclosed in overvoltage pro-
tection and/or undervoltage protections circuits, as well as in a
ground fault interruption circuit, and may be used with a con-
ventional breaker overcurrent coil and toggle trip assembly.
fixing the cabinet in position. Each cabinet hjis a recess along
its tewer right side for the full depth of the cabinet which is ad-
jacent to the vertical wiring trough of the associated bay, so
3,708,724
SIGNALLING SYSTEM RESPONSIVE TO FAULT ON
ELECTRIC POW ER LINE
Edmund O. Schweitzer, Jr., Northbrook, III., assignor to
E. O. Schweitzer Manufacturing Co., Inc., Mundelein. III.
Filed March 31, 1972, Ser. No. 239,930
Int.CLGOlr/i/OO
U.S.CL 317— 22 16 Claims
One or more reed switches have contacts that are held
closed on normal energization or current flow in an alternat-
ing current conductor and are opened on flow of alternating
current in the conductor above a predetermined value. The
switch or switches may be potted in a cavity in an insulator
supporting the conductor. A rectifier energized from the con-
ductor charges a capacitor the discharge from which through
winding means effects closure of the contacts.
3,708,725
CONTROL CENTER WITH SHELF SUPPORTED
REMOVABLE CABINETS
Lawrence A. Burton, Oconomowoc, and George W . Hennings,
Milwaukee, both of Wis., assignors to Allen-Bradley Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,376
Int. CLH02b 7/06
U.S.CL 317— 120 6 Claims
An electrical control center is shown made up of a set of
three vertical byas that each house a number of individual
electrical control assembly cabinets that are tiered one above
the other. There is a separate door for each assembly cabinet,
and each bay also has a wiring trough along its front for feed-
ing wires to the assemblies which is enclosed by a separate wir-
ing trough door. A wall-like insulating partition in each bay
extends vertically and sidewardly across the interior of the bay
in a plane spaced behind, but paralleling the front of the con-
trol center, and each such partition supports main power dis-
tributing buses on its rear face and a set of three vertically
disposed feeder buses at its front face. To the front of each in-
sulating partition there are a number of shelves which may be
arranged at desired levels, and each shelf supports a control
assembly cabinet which includes lower and upper latches for
that as the cabinet is slid into and out of its position the recess
may slide past wires and terminals extending out from the wir-
ing trough.
3,708,726
INDUCTOR DRIVE MEANS
John M. Puvogel, West Alexandria, Ohio, assignor to The Na-
tional Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,052
Int. CI. HOlh 47/22
U.S.CL 317-148.5 B 10 Claims
^5
.K'
7*'^
♦"i^'S
-Y'*
_rw^
A circuit providing a means of transferring and storing the
energy from the collapsing field of a deenergized inductive
328
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
load to a capacitor, and subsequently delivering this energy
back to the inductive load to aid in its re-energization. A first
circuit path is provided for transferring the energy from the in-
ductive load to the capacitor, and a second circuit path is pro-
vided for transferring the energy from the capacitor to the in-
ductive load, said second circuit path including a signal trans-
lating device, the conductivity of which is controlled by the
charge on the capacitor at the time re-energization of the in-
ductive load is initiated.
3,708,727
METHOD FOR ADJUSTING THE STRENGTH OF HIGH
ENERGY MAGNETS
Wayne H. Wielebski, Milwaukee, and Gkn Rav. Big Bend,
both of Wis., assignors to AUen-Bradley Company, Milwau-
L A^ Y\ is
Filed JuK 22. 1971, Set. No. 165,254
Int.CI. HOlf/i/00
L'.S. CI. 317-157.5 U Claims
3,708,729
SOLID ELECTROLYTE FILMS AND DEVICES
CONTAINING SAME
Carl Berger, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to Unican Security
Systems, Ltd., Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Continuation-in-part of Scr. No. 823,478, May 9, 1969,
abandoned. This application Dec. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 206,891
Int. CI. HO Ig 9/02
U.S. CL 3 17—230 14 Claims
Solid electrolyte films comprising a major portion of a stilid
electrolyte such as Ag.iS' i»nd -^ minor portion of a film forming
constituent such as polyphenylene oxide, which are employed
in electrolytic devices such as battery cells or colulometric
devices such as counters or timers. The flexible films of this in-
vention represent a substantial advance in applicability, size
and cost compared to presently available solid electrolytes.
3,708,730
CONTACT STRLCTLRE FOR MLLTIPLE WAFER
SEMICONDtCTOR RECTIFIER ARRANGEMENT
Winfried .Schierz, Roth, and Liboslav Vladik, Nurnberg, both
of Germany, assignors to Semikron Gesellschaft fur
(ileichrichtei-bau und Elektronik m.b.H., Numbers, (ier-
many
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,997
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 13, 1969, P 19
07 075.8
Int. CT. HO II 5/02
L.S.CL 317-234 R 10 Claims
A high capability, oriented, ceramic permanent magnet is
assembled into the magnetic circuit in which is intended to
function, and its strength is reduced by demagnetization until
It provides the desired flux density for the circuit This demag-
netization is accomplished by encircling the magnet with a
demagnetizing coil and applying current pulses to the coil.
Control over the degree of demagnetization is achieved by
orienting the demagnetization field perpendicular to the
direction of polarization of the magnet.
3,708,728
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR ELECTRODE
COMPRISING SEMICONDtCTOR CORE W ITH FILM-
FORMING METAL COATING
Henley Frank Sterling, Ware, and Eric Langley Bush,
Matching Green, nr. Harlow, both of England, assignors to
International Standard Electric Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,903
Int. CI. HOlg 9/04
U.S.CL 3 17-230 3 Claims
A semiconductor rectifier device, for use particularly with
miniature devices, wherein two or more semiconductor diode
wafers are initially connected to the conductor portions of the
planar circuit by means of clamp-type mountings and are then
simultaneously permanently connected to the conductors.
The devices are then embedded in an insulating material with
the conductor portions extending out of the housing formed
by the insulating material in a predetermined direction and
orientation. The portions of the circuit constituting the clamp-
type mountings and the conductor portions are formed by
dividing a strip of conductive sheet material into a plurality of
sections having a certain areal expanse which form a geomet-
ric structure. Each of the structures includes, in interlocked
fashion, the portions of the circuit comprising the clamp-type
mountings and the current conductors. The current conductor
portions of the circuit extend from the center of the structure
parallel to one another and/or at a desired angle with respect
to one another toward the edge of the structure and function
as supporting bars between the central portion of the structure
and the strip of conductive sheet material.
This invention relates to an electrode for an electrolytic
capacitor comprising a compacted porous semiconductor
body of valve metal coated particles.
3,708,731
GALLIUM ARSENIDE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Bruce A. McDonald, Stamford, Conn., assignor to Unisem Cor-
poration, Trevose, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 657,703. Aug. 1. 1967, Pat. No. 3.541.678.
This application Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 17,001
Int.CLH01l////4
U.S. CI. 317-235 R ** Claims
A gallium arsenide integrated circuit and method of making
the same in which a.heat-resistant protective mask is formed
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
329
over a gallium arsenide layer extending through a thin dielec- electrodes. The carrier strip which forms one electrode is cc,n-
tric film diffusion opening into contact with a doped silicon ducted over and in direct contact with a roller electrode which
substrate This structure is heated to diffuse material upwardly forms the other electrode and the surface of which comprises
3a zz
1 3
3 2
from the substrate into the gallium arsenide layer. Following
the diffusion, openings are formed in the mask and suitable
contacts are applifed to the resultant structure.
a solid dielectric material. The difficulties which occur when
an air gap is present between the strip and the electrode are
thereby avoided.
3,708,732
COMPOUND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT UNIT COMPRISING
A MAIN POW ER TYPE TH YRISTOR AND AUXILIARY
CONTROL SEMICONDUCTOR ELEMENTS
STRUCTURALLY AND ELECTRICALLY UNITED TO
FORM A COMPACT ASSEMBLY
Werner Faust, Wettingen, Switzerland, assignor to Aktien-
gesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie, Baden, Switzerland
Continuation of Ser. No. 72 1 ,298, April 1 5, 1 968, abandoned.
This application Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,468
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 3, 1967,
10980/67
Int.CI.HOll /5/00
U.S.CL 317-235 R 4 Claims
*=rr
^^
M=.-_3
3,708,734
ELECTRIC MOTOR BRAKING APPARATUS
Jean Max Rowe, W ilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, W ilmington, Del.
Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 225,901
Int. CI. H02p i/20
U.S.CL 318-212 7 Claims
A compound electrical circuit unit comprises a main, high
power type thyristor and auxiliary low power control semicon-
ductor elements structurally and electrically united to form a
compact assembly which is enclosed within a housing. At least
some of the auxiliary semiconductor elements such as low
power thyristors are established directly on the disc of
semiconductor material which forms the main power
thyristor, and light responsive elements, such as light sensitive
thyristors, are connected to, and control the auxiliary
thyristors, the light-sensitive thyristors being exposed to light
through a window in the housing.
3,708,733
METHOD OF IMPROVING THE SURFACE ACTIVITY OF
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE CARRIER STRIPS
Holger Steen Bille, Hamfelde, Germany, assignor to Softal
Elektronik G.m.b.H., Hamburg, Germany
FiledFeb. 25, 1971,Ser. No. 118,832
Claims priority, application Germany, March 26, 1970, P 20
14 646.7
Int. CI. HOlt/ 9/00
U.S. CL 317 — 262 A 5 Claims
A method of improving the surface activity of electrically
conductive carrier strips, to enhance their bonding properties.
The surface of the strip is subjected to a high frequency and
high gradient alternating electrical field formed between two
Orrmndrfi ^P/ui^rSifSi^ni
I Phasf f^Hvfr . Supplif
In due i - Aioior
bttiuci^oior
Apparatus for braking an alternating current motor of the
induction or synchronous three-phase or single-phase type
wherein two power leads are tapped to provide unidirectional
braking electric current to a preselected motor winding.
3,708,735
AIRCRAFT FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS
Richard Kenneth Baritrop, Lewisham, London, England, as-
signor to Elliott Brothers (London) Limited, London, En-
gland
Filed Sept. 3, 1970. Ser. No. 69.207
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Sept. 3, 1969.
43,587/69
Int. CI. G05b 9102
U.S.CL 318-564 9 Claims
i-
270- ■"*■
.%
M 3-
PUff-
^
In a signal transmission system for use, for example, in an
automatic flight control system for an aircraft, signals from air
330
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
data sensors and other sensing devices are fed over individual
transmission lanes to signal consolidation devices such as
voters, each of which develops an output signal which is de-
pendent upon the signals on all of the lanes. To avoid feeding
to all of the other lanes any spurious signals which may appear
on any lane, each voter is connected directly only to its cor-
responding lane, and is coupled to each of the other lanes
through a unidirectional radiation transmission system.
3,708,736
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CORRECTING ERRORS IN THE
POSITION OF A WORK ARTICLE MAKING A LINEAR
MOTION BY MEANS OF A DRIVE SCREW
Naomi Hoshina, Yokohama, and Etsuji Suzuki, Ka%*asaki. both
of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.,
Ka>vasaki-shi, Japan
Filed July 9, 1971, Sen. No. 161,128
Claims priority, application Japan, July 10, 1970,45/59848
Int.CI.G05d2i/27i
U.S.CL 318-632 5 Claims
b input control means to alternate the generator input
between a first signal level during first time intervals in
which the motor is engergized by the generator to drive a
load, and a second signal level during second time inter-
vals in which the motor coasts, and
c. sensing means operable to sample values of the motor
back EMF during said second intervals. For servo opera-
tion, the input means may include a summing junction
having a reference signal input and an input for a feed-
back signal derived in response to operation of the
sensing means.
3.708,738
BATTERY CHARGING AND DISCHARGING APPARATLS
James J. Crawford, and James Frezzolini, both of Ring^vood,
NJ., assignors to Frezzolini Electronics Inc., Hawthorne,
NJ.
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,593
Int.CLH02j7//0
U.S. CL 320-9 II Claims
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
REFERENCE
, SIGNAL
^ '^.SOURCE
ERROR
REGISTER
hi
CONVERTER
^- DIFFERENTIAL
AMPLIFIER
Ec-Ed
gATT^ APPOIUTUS 10
A control system wherein a work article or load, such as a
work table, is made to travel linearly by a drive screw ; and the
position of said work article is determined by a servo system^
including comparing an amount of control corresponding to
the rotation angle of the drive screw with a predetermined
value of input supplied to the system. There are detected er-
rors in the position of the work article resulting from the drive
screw by a reference screw disposed parallel with the
travelling direction of the work article so as to operate inter-
lockingly with the drive screw in combination with a displace-
ment detector mounted on the work article so as to operate in-
terlockingly with the reference screw. There are supplied out-
put signals from the displacement detector to the servo system
to correct errors in the position of the work article.
3,708,737
ELECTRIC MOTOR SPEED SENSING
Harold Johnson, Sherman Oaks, Calif., assignor to California
Data Corporation, Van Nuys, Calif.
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,901
Int. CLG05b 2/ /02
U.S. CI. 318— 636 14 Claims
The apparatus includes a battery charger having a pair of '
input terminals adapted to be connected to an AC source of
potential and a pair of output terminals adapted to be con-
nected to the respective terminals of a battery. A rectifier con-
verts the AC energy to DC. A series connected SCR is opera-
ble to connect the source with the battery when the battery
potential is below a predetermined value. A reactance is pro-
vided to lower the source potential and to obtain substantially
constant current for charging purposes. A shunt connected
SCR is provided to limit the potential applied to the series
SCR when the battery is charged to protect the battery and the
series connected SCR.
The apparatus further includes a discharger which is opera-
ble to disconnect a load from the battery when the battery
potential drops to a preselected value, thereby to protect the
battery from completely discharging.
Electrical motor speed sensing circuitry comprises;
a. a current generator remaining electrically connected in
current supplying relation with the motor, the generator
having a control input.
3,708,739
REGULATED ELECTRICAL INVERTER SYSTEM
Thomas P. Kohler, Baldwinsville; Marvin W. Smith, and
Charles W. Van Marter, both of Syracuse, all of N.Y., as-
signors to General Electric Company, Syracuse, N.Y.
FUed Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201,757
Int. CI. H02m 7148
U.S. CL 321— 21 10 Claims
A regulated electrical inverter system particularly adapted
for power supply to pulsed loads and other sharply varying
loads requiring close regulation of input voltage. The system
comprises dual constant frequency inverters having their out-
puts summed and their relative phases oppositely adjusted so
as to hold the summed output to the load at the regulated
value. These phase controlled inverters receive their power
input through a D-C transformation circuit including a pair of
D-C choppers operating under fixed timed ratio control at the
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
331
same frequency as the inverters, and the inverters have their
outputs connected through a diode bridge back to the input of
the D-C transformation circuit for purposes of clamping the
inverter output voltage and maintaining inverter loading when
the actual load becomes reactive. Automatic regulation of in-
3,708,741
D.C. TO D.C. CONVERTER FOR CONNECTION ACROSS
TELEPHONE LINES
Norris C. Hekimian, RockviUe, Md., assignor to Hekimian
Laboratories, Inc., Rockville, Md.
Filed June 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 54,726
Int: CI. H02m , H04m 1/00; H03d 1/16
U.S.CL 321-15 9 Claims
A,
»i^
I 1h — If— —
,,^m^^a,t^
TIP '■
-*^^f Tlrii!
mLJ p"
verter power output is provided by a closed loop control
system which maintains the output within close limits and ena-
bles vary fast response to load switching, while also providing
a time averaging capability which compensates for long term
load variations.
3,708,740
DEVICE FOR PRODUCING A LARGE DIRECT-CURRENT
POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE
Alexandre Pierson, Biviers, France, assignor to Commissariat
A lEnergie Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 215,381
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 15, 1971,
7101356; Dec. 3, 1971, 7143497
Int. CI. H02m 7/00
U.S.CL321-8R 23 Claims
DC. supervisory signals control tones and audio signals ap-
pearing across a pair of balanced fioating telephone lines are
converted to permit processing by a single-ended grounded
system. The converter circuit includes a high-impedance
diode bridge full wave rectifier connected across the floating
telephone lines and feeding a self-excited oscillator with an
output signal amplitude substantially proportional to the DC
voltage across the floating lines. The output signals from the
rectifier and oscillator are passed through an isolation trans-
former to a single-ended detector which restores the super-
visory signal D.C. level. The relatively high DC. level of the
supervisory signal acts to forward bias the rectifier and detec-
tor to pass the relatively low level audio signal and touch tones
without distortion.
3,708,742
HIGH DC TO LOW DC VOLTAGE CONVERTER
John B. Gunn, Mount Kisco, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
FUed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,173
Int. CI. H02m 7/00
U.S.CL 321-15 21 Claims
t .
The device comprises at least one conductive rod forming a
transfer winding supplied from an alternating-current source
and cells arranged in tiers along each rod and each consisting
of a closet magnetic-circuit body surrounding each rod, a
secondary winding inductively coupled to the transfer winding
and a rectifier. Each cell constitutes a module comprising a
support plate having a set of aligned holes through which the
conductive rod or rods are passed.
Transformerless high DC to low DC voltage conversion is
achieved by alternately charging a plurality of capacitors in se-
ries from the input voltage source, and discharging them in
parallel into the load. The charging and discharging are ef-
fected by transistor switches, which are in turn controlled by
the voltage across one of the plurality of capacitors. Charging
stops, and discharging begins, when this voltage rises above a
first predetermined value; discharging stops, and charging
begins, when this voltage falls below a second, lower,
predetermined value. During charging, voltage across the load
332
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
is maintained by a permanently connected reservoir capacitor.
The difference between the predetermined voltage values, and
hence the ripple on the output voltage, is preselected by cer-
tain circuit constants, whereas the mean of the two values is
controlled by comparing the DC component of the output
voltage with a reference value, so as to maintain the DC load
voltage constant despite variations in load current.
saturate during normal operation and includes air gaps in the
legs thereof. An output winding is positioned around the non-
saturating core and connected in parallel with a capacitor to
form an output tank circuit resonant at the operating frequen-
cy of the transformer.
3,708,743
CIRCLITRV FOR CONTROLLING A.C. POWER
Orrin H. (.ranyaard. and Ernest R. Peake. both of St. Paul,
.Minn., assignors to SUge-Brite Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Aug. 4, 1971,S€r. No. 168,941
Inl.CLGOSf //44
L.S. CI. 323- 22SC 6 Claims
3,708,745
SYSTEM FOR MEASURING OUTPUT POW ER OF A
RESONANT PIEZOELECTRIC ELECTROMECHANICAL
TRANSDUCER
Robert C. McMaster, and Charles C. Libby. both of Columbus,
Ohio, assignors to The Board of Trustees of the Ohio State
University, Columbus, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 852,980, Aug. 19, 1969, abandoned, which
is a continuation of Ser. No. 508,804, Nov. 19, 1965. This
application Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 89,059
Int.CI.G01r2V/22
U.S.CL 324-56 6 Claims
rnrF
'li-
—1 T —"
56 ->
A switching circuit sensitive to the 180° separated zero
crossing points in a pulsating DC. signal from an unfiltered
full wave rectifier, which switching circuit resets a reference
generator at each zero crossing point. The reference generator
produces a three-part signal, each part of which can be varied
to provide linear light, square-law light or linear voltage rela-
tive to a dimmer control. The three-part signal is compared to
a variable DC voltage supplied by the dimmer control and
the comparison signal is utilized to trigger a ihynstor drive cir-
cuit Two power thyristors operate alternately and are trig-
gered by means of a third thyristor connected in a diode
bridge circuit so that current therethrough will always flow
into the gate of one of the power thyristors.
A measuring system utilizing a resonant piezoelectric elec-
tromechanical transducer of the horn type having connected
to the tip of the horn a transmission line whose length is in
multiples of one-half wavelength. A transducer whose output
capabilitie^re to be measured is connected to the other end
of the transmission line and therefore excited mechanically.
The electrical signal derived therefrom is indicative of its out-
put parameters.
3,708,744
REGULATING AND FILTERING TRANSFORMER
Donald S. Stephens, Sharpsville, and James M. Banic, Jr.,
Greenville, both of Pa., assignors to Uestinghouse Electric
Corporation. Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,683
Int.CLG05f y/J«
U.S.CL 323-60 7 Claims
3,708,746
SYSTEM FOR SPECTRUM ANALYSIS INCLUDING
DIGITAL FILTER WITH VARIABLE SAMPLING RATE
Richard M. Willett, Boone, Iowa, assignor to Iowa State
University Research Foundation, Inc., Ames, Iowa
Filed Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,675
Int.CLG01r2i/y6
U.S. CI. 324-77 D 5 Claims
Iransformer for providing a regulated and filtered output
voltage. Input voltage is applied to an input winding which is
wound around two magnetic cores. One magnetic core satu-
rates for part of each half-cycle of the induced alternating flux
during normal operation. The other magnetic core does not
NARROW
ID
F(«)
BANC
DIGITAL
FHTER_
15
DIGITAL-
TO-ANALOG
CONVERTER
— TR-
_L
SQUARING
CIRCUIT
±
JlNTEGRATINGl |.
*| CIRCUIT '^
CLOCK
PULSE
GENERATOR
COUNTER
CIRCUIT
RESET
GENERATOR
1
/
20
A system for analyzing the frequency spectrum of an input
signal includes a digital filter, the center frequency of which is
varied by changing the sampling rate. The output signal of the
digital filter is squared in a detector circuit; and the output
signal of the detector circuit is fed to an integrator circuit. The
integration time is varied inversely proportional to the center
frequency of the digital filter to obtain a signal representative
of the power spectrum of the input signal.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
333
3,708,747
OPTICAL CURRENT TRANSFORMER
Gilbert Lesueur, Aix-Les-Bains, France, assignor to Alsthom-
Savoisienne, Saint-Owen, France
FiledOct. 22, 1971,Ser.No. 191,664
<:iaims priority, application France, Oct. 23, 1970, 7038389
Int.Cl.G02f //yj
L.S.CL324— 96 4 Claims
» 5«
^«»»»{]>'
1/2, 22 J3 yl^
modulation lies in demodulation. Large variations in the spac-
ing and relatively larger variations in the scanning speed are
accommodated readily. Magnetic tape and like records can
nol only be addressed at conventional high speeds in searching
and at conventional lov, speeds later used in reproducing but.
also can be searched continuously as the change is made
between those speeds. Adaptive rate communications are par-
ticularly enhanced by the principle. Optical scanning of bar
codes IS improved by differing the spacing of uniform width
bars or with bars of differing widths and differing spacing.
These arrangements are applicable to railroad car and like ob-
ject identifying, label data processing, human identification,
card data processing, graphical display data probing systems
and many other uses. Synchronous and asynchronous capa-
bility permits input to almost any digital data processing
system.
3,708,749
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
Glenn Bateman, Portland, and John A. Roberts. Hillsboro,
both of Oreg.. assignors to Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed March 18, 1971. Ser. No. 125,494
Int. CI. GOlr 1122. G05f 7/10
U.S.CL37'i-I27 14 Claims
An optical current transformer in which two light beams
coming from the same source successively pass through: ( 1 ) a
first polarizer, a first material having a magnetic rotational
power influenced by the electrical current to be measured and
a first analyzer, to end up on a photoelectric detector; and (2)
a second polarizer, a second material having a magnetic rota-
tional power influenced by a measuring electrical current and
a second analyzer, to end up on the same photoelectric detec-
tor. The measuring current is dependent on the detector for
maintaining a constant flux on the latter. The angle between
the polarization planes of the polarizers and the analyzers of
each pair is 45°.
3,708,748
RETROSPECTIVE PULSE MODULATION AND
APPARATUS THEREFOR
Ernie George Nassimbene, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 31,959
Int.CLH04b//00
U.S.CL 325-38 23 Claims
10?' I Sir
USSENBltK
cmcuiTi"
"lis
.'9'
»«Tf
DfTEimiHIlK
A current transformer in the form of a probe includes a
removable bucking winding for canceling core flux attributa-
ble to the DC. component of current in an input conductor.
The bucking winding is AC. coupled to the transformer's out-
put circuit and contributes a portion of the output signal.
3,708,750
ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR
Robert M. Bucks, Norristown, and Frederick M. .4>ars, Lan-
sdale, both of Pa., assignors to Autonumerics Corporation.
Lake Park, Fla.
ConUnuaUon-in-part of Ser. No. 872,226, Oct. 29, 1969,
abandoned. This applicaUon Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65.589
Int. CLGOlp i/42
U.S.CL324— 178 6 Claims
tt'
•j!^
4
V
^
*4? .(?»
//vr^G^^rc^
-"'"j
.**
-?*J
Digital data in self-timing reference is free from error due to
irregular data spacing because of variations in speed and/or
direction of scan in manual or machine applications with a
pulse modulation of retrospective nature. Initially reference
data manifestations are established and thereafter digital data
are established partly on the basis of preceding manifestations
of the data. In a binary data translating system, for example, a
pair of reference pulses are spaced apart by a given interval. A
binary unit is thereafter manifested by a pulse following at the
same or similar interval and a binary zero is manifested by a
pulse following at a differing interval. Each manifestation of a
binary number thereafter depends on the interval between
preceding pulses. A principle advantage of retrospective pulse
^ ^ i
An electronic apparatus for measuring the time required for
a vehicle to travel a predetermined distance such as a quarter
mile. The exemplary embtxiiment described comprises pulse
generating means for producing a pulse for each increment of
distance traveled in combination with an integrating means for
334
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
accumulating such pulses and producing a stop count signal
when the output of the integrating means reaches a predeter-
mined level. By adjusting a duty cycle of the individual pulses
input to the integrating means, the predetermined point at
which the stop count output is produced may be made to cor-
respond to a desired predetermined value of traveled distance.
Clock pulses are counted by a digital counter from a time
determined by either manual or automatic start means until
said stop count signal is produced at which time the counter is
adapted to hold its contents until being reset. An indicator is
also associated with the counter for visually displaying the
contents of the counter indicating the elapsed time required
for the vehicle to travel the predetermined distance as deter-
mined by the pulse width adjustment.
signal comprised of a series of pulses wherein the pulse repeti-
■
bOG*RirMU
ccNcmToe
LINEAH
RAr[
MODULATOR
tion rate is proportional to a preselected non-linear function
of the instantaneous magnitude of the modulating signal.
ERRATUM
For Class 325—38 see:
Patent No. 3,708,748
3,708.753
PRODUCING VERTICAL APERTl RE CORRECTION
SIGNALS FOR TELEVISION IMAGE TRANSMITTERS
Helmut Radecke. Darmstadt, Germany, assignor to Fernseh
GmbH, Darmstadt, Germany
Hied April 6, l971,Ser. No. 131,719
Claims priority, application Germany. April 29, 1970, P 20
20 861.1
lnl.CI.H03b//00
U.S. CI. 328- 162 8 Claims
3,708,751
DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Arthur T. Starr, New Barnet; Brian C. Sewell, Teddington, and
Roy F. Lewis, Isleworth, all of England, assignors to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed No>. 6, 1970. Ser. No. 87.545
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 21, 1970,
19,038/70
Int.Cl.H04b//;00
U.S. CL 325-38 B 12 Claims
r^
AMPLIFIER'
CHANNEL
SHAPING
FILTER
'^
OEMOO-
ULATOR
in
LOO-
PASS
FILTER
SIGNAL
STREAM
iCARRIER 8 ''IlOT
t EXTRACTION
i TIMING WAVE
PHASE Of TIMING WAVE
t;
-RECONSTITUTED
BINARY DATA STREAM
O'fferertttal
Amplifier ^ „
Oelaj/ niter
1
Oifferfnfiat
/Implifier
Production of a vertical aperture correction signal for stu-
dio-type television-image transmitters. A fist video signal A„ is
delayed one video line period to produce a signal A,. These
signals are compared to produce a signal A,-Ao. which is
passed through a low-pass filter and delayed another line
period to produce a signal .A.J-A,. Signals A -Aq and A^-A,
are compared to produce the correction signal.
ERRATUM
For Class 329—144 see:
Patent No. 3.708,763
A transmitter for a data transmission system, the transmitter
including modulating apparatus intended to receive an input
signal in the form of a binary data stream of pulse form signals
at a predetermined repetition rate to transmit in response
thereto a corresponding modulated carrier wave output which
represents the binary data, the modulating apparatus being so
arranged that the said output comprises, for each said pulse
form signal and according to a prearranged code, either a nor-
mal sinusoid or an inverted sinusoid, in each case of the said
carrier wave which has a frequency equal to the said repetition
rate, or a signalless interval of duration equal to the period of
that carrier wave.
3,708,752
ASYNCHRONOtS DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS
AND METHOD
Harry Fein, 832 Quarter Mile Road. Orange. Conn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 568,008, July 26, 1966, abandoned.
This application Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,802
Int. CI. H04b//64
U.S. CI. 325-38 9 Claims
3,708,754
PROCESS CONTROLLER W ITH GAIN-CHANGING
CIRCUITRY
Elmer Paul DichI, Wakefield, Mass., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company, Lynn, Mass.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,462
Int.CLH03gi/iO
U.S.CL330-1A 9 Claims
SP-
PV-
The
^jg A process controller having gain-changing circuitry in a
generation of an asynchronous information bearing negative feedback loop for a controller amplifier for changing
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
335
the controller gain as a function of controller output. A pair of
resistors form a voltage divided connected between the output
and a variable voltage source. The variable voltage source is
adjusted to the desired value of the output at which the con-
troller is to change gain. The voltage at the junction of the re-
sistors is introduced to the amplifier input through a feedback
impedance. A switching circuit is connected between the vari-
able voltage source and the voltage divider. When the output
voltage is less than the adjustable variable voltage, the switch
is open and a first proportion of the output voltage is in-
troduced to the feedback impedance. When the output volt-
age is greater than the adjusted variable voltage, the switch is
closed causing the voltage divider to be conductive, thereby
introducing a second proportion of the output voltage to the
feedback impedance.
value below turn on giving class B operation at low power in-
puts, to a lower valve giving class C operation at higher power
levels, and finally, to a point where the DC dynamic im-
pedance between the base and the emitter of the amplifier is
extremely low. promoting maximum transistor gain and effi-
ciency. Linear amplification at RF frequencies over the full
range of power inputs is achieved.
3,708,755
SELF ADJUSTING BRIDGE CIRCUIT WITH NEGATIVE
FEEDBACK
Robert A. Ruehle, 5594 East Jefferson, Denver, Colo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 878,982, , which is a
continuation of Ser. No. 577,294,. This application
Ser. No. 111,371
Int.CLH03f y/OS
U.S. CI. 330—28 4 Claims
A self adjusting bridge circuit having a source of DC electri-
cal power connected across two opposing comers of the
bridge and having a first amplifier whose input circuit is inter-
connected across the other two opposing comers of the bndge
wherein the output of the said first amplifier is connected to
the input of a feedback amplifier, the output of which is con-
nected back to one of said points of connection between the
bridge and the input of the first amplifier, and wherein the cur-
rent feedback from the feedback amplifier introduces nega-
tive feedback into the bridge.
RF V TUNING 1/
INPUT <~ CIRCUIT nt
BIAS NETWORK
30 X
3,708,757
OSCILLATOR LOOP INCLUDING TW O DOUBLE
VALUED MOSFET DELAY NETWORKS
Giuseppe Savarese; Giuseppe Campellone; Bruno DeLuccia,
and Giovanni Russo, all of Naples. Italy, assignors to General
Instrument Corporation, Newark, N J.
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,307
Int. CI. H03k 3128
U.S.CL 331-57 19 Claims
3,708,756
BIASING NETWORK FOR TRANSISTORS
Lyie A. Fajen, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, III.
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,699
Int.CLH03gi/iO
U.S.CL 330— 29 9 Claims
/'
onmu - VALUiC
x""
x:
An MOS oscillator is disclosed in which a pair of delay net-
works are provided, each having two inputs and two outputs,
each network having the operating characteristic that a
change in one of its inputs in a given sense produces a change
in its outputs in a relatively short time and a change in the
other of its inputs in that given sense produces a change in its
outputs in a relatively long time, the two networks having their
inputs and outputs cross-connected. The networks may be
formed of MOS devices, all of them on a single substrate.
From such a network two sets of outputs are obtained, one set
being in the form of complementary pulses and the other set
being in the form of complementary square waves. The
frequency of operation of the oscillator can be controlled by
varying the voltage applied to MOS devices in the circuit
which function as resistors, thereby modifying the time con-'
stant of capacitor-charging circuits in which those resistors are
present.
3,708,758
LASER PUMPING APPARATUS
Kenneth A. Snow, and Richard E. Vandewarker, both of
Greece, N.Y., assignors to Bausch &. Lomb Incorporated.
Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 748,289, June 29, 1968. This
appUcation Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,459
Int. CL HO Is J/09
U.S. CI. 33 1 —94.5 / 9 Claims
A biasing network for an RF transistor amplifier is provided
wherein the bias varies smoothly and continuously from a
A circuit is disclosed for generating high voltage, low
frequency alternating pulses having a high harmonic content
of high frequencies sufficient to energize a gas laser. Two
separate conductive electrodes are attached to the exterior of
a gas laser tube and are connected to receive the high voltage
for exciting and sustaining the operation of the laser.
/
336
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,759
LIQLID LASER
Franck Collier, Longjumeau; Jean-Daniel Dauchy, Paris;
Christian Le Sergent, Sainte-Genevieve-des-Bois, and Mau-
rice Michon, Draveil. all of France, assignors to Compagnie
Generale d Electricite, Paris, France
Filed Aug. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 176,457
Claims prioritv , application France, Sept. 4, 1970, 7032264
lnt.Cl. HOlsi/20
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 5 Claims
3,708,761
CONCENTRIC LINE NEGATIVE RESISTANCE
OSCILLATOR
Richard Calvin Havens, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Mo-
torola, Inc., Franklin Park, III.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,578
Int.CLH03b7//2
IJ.S.CL331-I07R 7 Claims
R R RlTLi
TTh
' y :'■:'■: 'yy :'■■'/. '':^i^:'' ''''/yy^j ""/,'.' ^.■.
J
A laser using a liquid laser medium which comprises a dop-
ing medium in solution in a solvent wherein the solvent in-
cludes thionyl chloride (SOClJ. The thionyl chloride permits
an operating temperature range far greater than that found in
the prior art.
A pulsed high frequency, high power negative resistance
oscillator is provided which docs not change its instantaneous
frequency due to pulsing to any perceptible amount and thus
achieves a near perfect sin v/.v frequency spectrum. The oscil-
lator can prcxluce up to 10 watts peak power with state of the
art Gunn diodes and has a very high frequency stability with
change in temperature.
3,708,760
AVALANCHE BREAKDOW N SINUSOIDAL OSCILLATOR
Zoltan D. Farkas, 854 Coleman Avenue, Menio Park, Calif.
Filed Dec. 24. 1970, Ser. No. 101,355
Int.CI. H03b///y0
U.S.Cl. 331 — 107R 5 Claims
3,708,762
ELECTRONIC OSCILLATOR tSING R-C FILTER IN
W HICH FREQUENCY IS CONTROLLED BY ONE
RESISTOR
Lars Konrad Nikson, Hagersten, Sweden, assignor to
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,455
Claims priority , application Sweden, June 2, 1970, 7627/70
Int.CI. H03b 5/2"*
U.S.CL 331-108 B 3 Claims
A sinusoidal oscillator having a resonant path, a direct cur-
rent voltage source, and two or more two-terminal, active
devices, such as pnpn diodes, that break down and conduct
when a characteristic voltage is reached. Such devices, when
oscillating is established, conduct on alternate half-cycles.
When a device breaks down, it becomes a low resistance and
an oscillation will be established for a half a period. During
this lime, the voltage across the other device is less than its
breakdown voltage. At the end of the half-period, the first
device becomes back-biased and conduction through it
ceases. Then, the second device breaks down and conducts for
a half-cycle The two devices continue thereafter to conduct
on alternate half-periods so that substantially continuous,
sinusoidal oscillations are established, and are sustained by the
direct current source.
"3
c
» tW-T — '^ — ■ '
»,/ ;;-»/
1:
I
'J
^
0,C 2J0j :'
An electric oscillator includes a source of electrical energy
coupled to a frequency determining network. The network in-
cludes first and second branches connected in parallel
wherein the first branch comprises a capacitor and the second
branch comprises a variable resistor connected to one end of
each of two fixed resistors whose other ends are intercon-
nected by a further capacitor. /
/
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
337
/
3,708,763
DEVICE FOR TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION WITH
AN INFRARED RADIATION SOURCE
Bemt Paul, Eriangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 123,949
Claims priority, application Germany, March 18, 1970, P 20
12 746.2
Int.CI.G02f2/00
U.S.CL329-I44 13 Claims
3,708,765
FUNCTION GENERATOR FOR PROVIDING PULSE
WIDTH MODULATION
Wolfgang Salamon, and Rolf Lother, both of Bremen, Ger-
many, assignors to Vereinigte Flugtechnische Werke Fokker
GmbH, Bremen, Germany
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,019
Claims priority, applicaUon Germany, Jan. 28, 1970, P 20
03 587.4
Int. CI. H03k 7/0«
U.S.CL 332-9 R 13 Claims
A receiver for an infrared transmission system, particularly
for a system in which polarization-modulated radiation is pro-
vided with a laser as the radiation source, comprises a mag-
netic system having at least one pole around which are ar-
ranged two pairs of GEN or Ettinghausen-Nernst detectors or
PEM or homogenous crystal body detectors including radia-
tion sensitive crystals and respective analyzers. The detectors
are arranged with their polarization directions being mutually
perpendicular, and the crystals of each pair have a common
polarization direction.
3,708,764
TRAVELLING W AVE TUBES
Pierre Guenard, and Bernard Epsztein, both of Paris, France,
assignors to Thomson-CSF
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,778
Claims prioritv, application France, Jan. 26, 1970, 7002643
Int.CI. H03c//2<S
U.S. CI. 332-5 7 Claims
r~^'^'
ULTRAHIGH e.|0
fREOUENtl ^
POWER sumy
11Jt-
A feedback control system with transfer function control by
means of a control apparatus providing switching pulses for
such control and using these pulses additionally in an internal
feedback configuration for function processing a control
signal which ultimately is to control the transfer function of
the control system. Control system and control apparatus are
linked by a line providing switching pulses from the latter to
the former.
3,708,766
AUTOMATIC EQUALIZER AND METHOD OF
OPERATION THEREFOR
Richard T. Sha, Mohegan Lake, and Donald T. Tang. York-
town Heights, both of N.Y., assignors to IntemaUonal Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,235
Int. CI. H04b i/04
U.S.CL333-18 ^ 26 Claims
\
T TTT 1
An improvement in piloted amplifier or locked-oscillator
travelling wave tubes of the "M" type, said improvement con-
sisting in a high frequency device for directly modulating the
beam in density at the cathode by a grid, this device, in a
preferred embodiment of the invention, being constituted by
coaxial waveguide of T - form, one of the branches of the T
being terminated on the one hand by the cathode supported
by the internal conductor of the coaxial section, and on the
other hand by a grid supported by the external conductor, and
the high frequency signal for modulating the beam being in-
jected into said coaxial waveguide, and having a maximum
amplitude in the neighborhood of the cathode.
An automatic equalizer with extremely fast convergence is
disclosed The weight setting procedure or algorithm is basi-
cally an iterative operation which can be conveniently ex-
pressed by cascaded equalizers. One form of the apparatus
utilized consists of a plurality of equalizer stages which have
their tap settings changed after successive iterations (the first
iteration adjusts the first equalizer stage, the second iteration
adjusts the second equalizer stage and so on ) such that after n
iterations a given initial distortion D is reduced to at most D^
The algorithm involved and the method of operating the
equalizer is also disclosed.
338
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3 708 767 3.708,769
W A VEGLIDECOLPLING DEVICE ELECTROMAGNETIC CONTACTOR
William Stanle> Moore, Chilxvell, England, assignor to Na- Alfio Caltabiano, Turin, Italy, assignor to Ghisalba S.p.A., Tu-
tional Research De>elopment Corporation, London, England rin, Italy wn^aa
FUed May 20. 1971, Ser. No. 145.393 F.led J"'^ 7' l^^ ;^^- ^o- •60,438
Claims priority, application Gr.at BriUin. May 27, 1970. Claims pnonty, appl.cat.on Italy, Oc. 22, 1970,70514
tcciinn Int. CI. HOin:)C///o
• Int.a.H01p5/;2 U.S.CL335-132 SCIalms
U.S.CL 333-24 R 10 Claims ^
^.J
A waveguide coupling device has first and second
waveguides coupled to opposite ends of a resonant cavity by
respective irises. One waveguide has two relatively broad and
two relatively narrow faces, the corresponding iris being in
one of the broad faces and displaced from the axis thereof in
such a manner that displacement of standing waves along the
axis of this waveguide causes rotation of the plane of polariza-
tion of a field fed into the cavity through the iris. A tuning ele-
ment, having a non-circular cross-section, passes into the cavi-
ty through one of the irises Rotation of the tuning element
about its axis thus varies the geometry of the cavity.
-— ^r- ■
40
22
26
38
^ J
An electromagnetic contactor with a magnetic core subdi-
vided into two portions, wherein the first of said portions is
mounted fixedly with respect to the operative closure strolce
of the contactor, but with no positive connection to the con-
tactor structure so as to move back under impact of the
second core portion at the time of contactor closure. Said first
core portion may be manually lifted for disengaging and
removing the driving coil of the contactor.
3,708,770
REED SW ITCH
Mario Martelli, Via Porta Rossa 6, Firenze, Italy
Filed Jan. 5, l97l,Ser. No. 103,976
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 9, 1970, 9310 A/70
Int.CI. H0lh//54,5;/2«
CS. CI. 335- 1 54 7 Claims
3,708,768
MINIATURE RELAY
George B. Pratt, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Datron Systems,
Inc., Fairfield. N J.
Filed June 18. 1971, Ser. No. 154.272
Int. CI. HOlh 5 7/06
IJ.S.CL335-128 9 Claims
37.
35A
/J> ! ■ y' ' ' ^ ''/
l2
39 33
35
I1
A reed switch includes two ferromagnetic strips supported
in a sealed housing. At least one of the strips is supported from
the housing by a resilient member. When a magnetic field
links the strips the resilient member allows its associated strip
to move towards the other strip until the two strips make elec-
trical contact.
A compact electromagnetic relay includes an operating coil
disposed upon a core which is positioned above a magnetic
header by magnetic and non-magnetic end supports A
balanced armature is located between the core and header,
and pivots about an axis perpendicular to the axis of the core
and parallel to the surface of the header when magnetically at-
tracted by the said header and a pole end portion.
3,708,771
OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR ELECTRIC MOTORS
Kari Schreckenbcrg, Alberton; LouU Klein, Johannesburg,
and Lorenzo Antonio Read, Boksburg, all of Republic of
South Africa, assignors to Fuchs Electrical Industries
(Proprietary) Limited, Transvaal, Republic of South Africa
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,304
Claims priority, application South Africa, Dec. 12, 1969,
69/8654
Int. CI. HOlh 77/74
II.S.CL 335-176 2 Claims
Electric overload protection apparatus comprising current
sensitive means, connectable in an electric circuit and opera-
tive to perform an actuating function, such as to cause inter-
ruption of the electric circuit or to set off an alarm, when cur-
rent flow through the current sensitive means exceeds a
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
339
predetermined rated magnitude. The current sensitive means 3,708,773
has a delayed response dependent on the magnitude of the ex- CASH STORAGE DRAW ER W ITH ELECTRICALLY
cess current. Setting means is provided for changing the rating ACTUATED LATCH MEANS
of the current sensitive means in a single step from a predeter- Shiro Ishii, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to C R Parts Ltd., Tokyo,
mined normal value to a predetermined higher value. The cur- Japan
Filed Sept. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 184,535
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 5, 1970, 45/98134
Int.CI. HOlf 7/0«
A U.S.CL335— 254
1 Claim
rent sensitive means preferably includes at least one thermal
sensitive bimetallic current conductor element which is ar-
ranged to flex and release a normally inoperative trigger when
current flow through the bimetallic element exceeds the rated
magnitude. The trigger is biased towards an operative position
in which it can perform an actuating function.
3,708,772
MAGNETIC LENS ARRANGEMENT
Guy J. Le Franc, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengesetlschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Nov. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 203,283
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 4, 1970, P 20 59
781.3
Int. CL HO If 7/00
L.S.CL335— 210 5 Claims
3b
Electromagnetically actuated latch means for releasing a
cash storage drawer from a housing on operation of a switch to
control electric power to electromagnetic means.
3,708,774
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER HAVING A BAR-SHAPED
MAGNETIC CORE
Shinichi Menju, and Hirokuni Aoyagi, both of Kanagawa-ken,
Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Company Ltd.,
Kanagawa-ken, Japan
FUed Oct. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 192,921
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 31, 1970, 45/95648
Int. CL HO If 75/04
U,S. CI. 336—84 6 Claims
^\^^^'
^^^^^^-^^
A highly compact magnetic lens arrangement which
economically provides the highest field strength on the axis
with the minimum beam half width and a minimum outer field
strength of the coil winding comprises two tubular shielding
cylinder means of superconductive material coaxially aligned
with the lens axis, said cylinder means each having a first end
and a second end, said first ends being spaced from each other
to define a unshielded lens gap therebetween, said lens gap
having a coil means positioned about the cylinder means to
create a magnetic field, a cooling agent adapted to be present
about the cylinder which cause a concentration of the mag-
netic field adjacent the particle beam, and a ferromagnetic
ring-shaped pole shoe on each of said first ends of said cylin-
ders for regulating and guiding the magnetic field.
A potential transformer having a bar-shaped magnetic core
is provided. A winding assembly includes a primary winding
which is wound on the core and a secondary winding which is
wound on the primary winding. A cone-shaped coil supporting
insulator is provided and is fixed at a flange portion thereof to
a tank, which houses the components of the transformer. The
core is supported at a center portion of the insulator, and the
winding assembly is supported on the inside wall of the insula-
tor. A magnetic shield is provided so as to cover the assembly
and is attached to the inside wall of the tank. An insulation gas
is filled in the tank.
340
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,777
.OJtSTABLE .mVScE REG.LAT.NC SL.D.NC -TENT.OMETER W.TH^A SL.DER MOVABLE
Int. CI. HO If 2 7/05
Int. CI. HO Ic 9/02
L.S.Cl.336-155
3 Claims U.S. CI. 338-183
'8 X
10
JO
V / I — , \ 1 j\i
\y~i> 28 IS ^ ^ 19 13 1 \)
30
8 Claims
An adjustable impedance regulating transformer of the type
havmg four wmdings mcluding a primary winding, a secondary
winding and two control windings wound on four legs of a
transformer core. The core comprises in sequence a first leg of
a first cross section, two legs of twice the first cross section
and a fourth leg of the first cross section. TTie two contro
windings are located on the two legs of first cross section and
the primary and secondary windings are located, respectively,
on the two legs of twice the first cross section. The core can
utilize standard transformer laminations.
A sliding potentiometer including a slider movable by a
roller gear which slider electrically connects a resistance strip
and a contact strip with each other, the roller gear being
drivingly connected to a rack arranged in parallel to the re-
sistance strip by means of a pinion coupled to the roller gear.
The potentiometer is provided with means for uncoupling the
drive connection of the roller gear in the thermal areas of the
roller gear's path of motion and means for limiting the transla-
tional movement of the roller gear in the terminal areas of the
roller gear's path of movement.
3.708,776
PL SH-BLTTON ACTUATED EXCESS CURRENT SW ITCH
Jakob EUenberger. Ernhofer Weg 2, Altdorf. Germany
FiledOct. 22, 1971. Ser. No. 191,769
Claims priority. applicaUon Germany, Oct. 26, 1970, P 20
52 433.8
lnt.CI.H01h7///6. 73/JO
U.S. CI. 337-66 11 Claims
3,708.778
W ALL CLAMP FOR ELECTRICAL CORDS
Earl J. McKeever, 443 East 46th Avenue, Vancouver. 15
British Columbia. Canada
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 26,280, April 7, 1970,
abandoned. This applicaUon Dec. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 208,721
Claims priority , application Canada, April 1. 1970. 078.789
Int.CI. HOlr yi/5<S
L.S. CI. 339-75 P 10 Claims
A wall clamp assembly secured to a wall to retain a plug of
an electrical appliance cord in a socket of a wall outlet. Cord
is retained in a v-shaped opening of a clamping means at an
outer end of a hinged arm of the assembly, the v-shaped open-
ing having side walls with serrations or ridges. Load on the
cord is sustained by the clamping means, the arm rotating to
follow limited movement of the cord.
This invention relates to a push-button actuated excess cur-
rent switch which includes a thermal trip, a trip-free release, a
switching member connected to the pushbutton and a contact
bridge pivotally mounted on the switching member. The con-
tact bridge is in the form of a thin metal plate and is pivoted on
the switching member by means of a tubular rivet. The tubular
rivet is arranged so that it engages a right-angled portion of
one leg of a torsion spring for effecting tnp-free release, the
^ other leg of the torsion spring being supported in the housing.
The tubular rivet is arranged so that it is displaceably and
rotatably guided in a groove in the switching member, which
groove extends in the switching direction of the switch.
3,708,779
U IRE-SPLICING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Dennis J. Enright, St. Paul; Richard D. Kahabka, Burnsville,
and Donald F. Milkr, St. Paul, all of Minn., assignors to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 823,598, May 12, 1969. This
appUcaUon Nov. 23. 1 970, Ser. No. 9 1 ,78 1
Int. CI. HOlr ///20
L' S CI. 339 99 R ^^ Claims
Apparatus and method are described for splicing together
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
341
the corresponding wire-ends of opposing sections of commu-
member separated by an inner insulating member and addi-
tionally including an outer insulating member covering the
^^ jfi S2 JS
«7 Al
nications cables using solderless U-connectors in multiple-
layer modules.
3,708,780
MULTIPLE W IRE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
Robert G. Pierce, Do\%ney, Calif., assignor to Microdot Inc.,
South Pasadena, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 663,894, Aug. 28, 1967, abandoned.
This applicaUon Feb. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 9,125
Int.CI. HOI v/i/50
U.S. CI. 339—176 2>2> Claims
jti
^'%fe:
outes metallic shield and with a first hollow truncated cone
member having the smaller end thereof for insertion at a loca-
tion between the inner insulating member and the outer insu-
lating member and with the outer insulating member fiared
outwardly by the first cone member and with a second hollow
truncated cone member having a plurality of openings placed
over the outer insulating member and additionally including a
locking assembly for engaging the first and second cone mem-
bers to provide pressure between the cone members to have
portions of the outer insulating member flow into the openings
of the second cone member to lock the outer insulating
member between the first and second cone members.
A connector assembly incorporating a plurality of contact
elements on the ends of a corresponding plurality of wires for
nating with a similar complementary connector assembly in-
cludes insulating means forming a plurality of longitudinal
passages to confine and retain the plurality of contact ele-
ments, the insulating means being divided into a rear section
and a separate front section. The rear section has rear en-
t ances to the longitudinal passages that are large enough to
clear the contact elements and means cooperates with the
front section to lock the contact elements in the longitudinal
passages in resjxjnse to assembling of the front section to the
rear section. This arrangement permits the plurality of contact
elements with the wires attached thereto to be inserted into
the longitudinal passages of the insulating means from the rear
thereby to avoid the necessity of threading the wires through
the rear section of the insulating means before attaching the
contact elements to the wires.
_ 3,708,781
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
Emanuel Trompeter, Tarzana, Calif., assignor to Trompeter
Electronics, Inc., Chatsworth, Calif. •
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,185
Int.CI. HOlr 7 7/04
U.S.CI. 339— I77R 8 Claims
A connector for use with a coaxial cable of the type includ-
ing a central wire member and an outer metallic shielding
3,708,782
ABRUPT BRAKE APPLICATION INDICATOR FOR A
MOTOR VEHICLE
Takakazu Mori, Toyota, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha
Kogy o Kabushiki kaisha, Toyota, Japan
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 43,1 12
Claims priority. applicaUon Japan. June 5, 1969. 44/44138
Int.Cl. B60q//44
U.S. CI. 340—66 1 2 Claims
A first switch, mounted in a brake pedal pad, turns on in
response to slight pressure and remains on during continuance
of the pressure. A second switch turns on \*hen the brake
pedal is moved or when the brake hydraulic pressure reaches a
predetermined level. Closing of the first switch starts charging
of a capacitor through a resistor. Closing of the second switch
completes a circuit that turns on a brake lamp. The second
switch also energizes a relay coil in the emitter-collector path
of a transistor. If the decaying charging current through the re-
sistor is still sufficiently high by the time the second switch is
closed, the before-mentioned resistor biases on the transistor
and operates the relay The latter brightens the illumination of
the lamp or fiashes the lamp on and off. If, by the time the
second switch is closed, the capacitor is already charged, no
further charging current fiows through the resistor The
transistor remains non-conductive and there is no change in
the brake lamp. Thus, abrupt application of the brakes
produces bright illumination or flashing illumination of the
brake lamp. Normal slower application of the brake pedal
produces a normal illumination of the lamp.
342
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1975
3,708,783
INTERCHANNEL TIME DISPLACEMENT CORRECTION
METHOD AND APPARATUS
Jan S. Hedin, Mountain View, Calif., assignor to Ampex Cor-
poration, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed June 18, 1971,Ser.No. 154,420
Int. CI. G08c 25100
U.S.CI.340— 146.1 D 1 1 Claims
CLOM
^
;!— e3 ■
3,708,785
DATA SCANNER FOR REAL TIME INTERFACING OF A
COMPUTER AND PLURAL REMOTE UNITS
Edward B. Rawson, Lincoln, and Joseph B. Ferguson, Har-
vard, both of Mass., assignors to Searle Medidate Inc.,
W altham, Mass.
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 59,996
Int.CI.G06f5/04
U.S. CI. 340- 1 72.5 »0 Claims
STATION 2
~l
Associated digital data in a plurality of parallel data chan-
nels and a unique digital sync word successively repeated in
one more parallel channel are exchanged without a change in
data clock so that the digital data and repeated digital sync
word are sequentially distributed in each of the data and sync
channels. The parallel channels of distributed digital data and
sync words are transmitted to a receiving station wherein the
unique sync words are detected and any interchannel time dis-
placement errors introduced by the transmission system
eliminated by electronically correlating the time between the
sync words in the parallel channels. Following correlation, the
digital data and sync words in each channel are separated and
redistributed in the data channels and sync channel as they
were originally.
3,708,784
SW ITCH INDICATOR MODULE W ITH SINGLE-WIRE
CONTROL
William Meyer Spencer, West End, NJ., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation
Filed Jan. 6, 197 1, Ser. No. 104,338
Int.CLG08b2//00
U.S. CL340— 147R
'-
ji
'-i
t
— .1
iNOfCATOR
RESET
iv.
CONTROL
SWITCH
■RIP
23
^'
rRiP ANO
-RESET U)0*C
SIGNAL
I . f
DATA TRANSMISSION LINE
SCANNER
^ i t
16.; COMPUTER
OUTPUT
DEVICE
A data scanner for providing real time communication
between a computer and a plurality of remote stations and for
providing control of each of the stations. The data scanner
channels two-way communication between the computer and
remote stations through a single register-storage system which
effects parallel/serial data conversions and provides a tapable
source for data monitoring. An interrupt system responds to
both computer and station signals to provide conditional and
uncondition interrupts for servicing stations depending on
computer status.
3,708,786
STORED PROGRAM FORMAT GENERATOR
Robert H. Hardin, and Keith H. Hill, both of Littleton, Colo.,
assignors to Martin Marietta Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUcd Oct. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 190,863
Int. CI. G06f 5106; H04j 3106
U.S.CL 340—172.5
7 Claims
13 Claims
^»«-4 ^rr«> -^Ml-"^^
A control circuit has control means for issuing commands to
a logic circuit to provide logic signals corresponding to the
commands for controlling a device An indicator circuit con-
trolled by a signal when the device has not responded to a
logic signal operates an indicator to indicate that the device
has not responded to a command.
Disclosed is a unique stored program format generator for
sequentially sampling a plurality of data channels at various
sampling rates The format generator accomplishes addressing
of subcommuiated data channels with the use of a single
counter whose contents are combined with stored masking
functions corresponding to different subcommutation factors.
The combined word acts as an address word to access the
generator memory at the location storing the address of the
desired subcommutated data channel.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
343
3,708.787
READ-ONLY MEMORY EMPLOYING METAL-
INSULATOR-SEMICONDUCTOR TYPE FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTORS
Katsuhiro Onoda; Ryo Igarashi; Toshio Wada; Sho Nakanu-
ma, and Tohru Tsujide, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to
Nippon Electric Company, Ltd, Minato-Ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed March 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,435
Claims priority, application Japan, March 15, 1969,
44/20675
Int.CLGllc///40
U.S. CL 340— 1 73 R 4 Claims
respective bit lines. In response to the receipt of "don't care"
signals, field effect transistors in the driver electrically con-
nect the two nodes causing the same selected signal level (00
or I I ) to be applied to the data bit lines. A pair of field effect
transistors are selectively operated during read cycles to cou-
ple the data bit lines to respective sense amplifiers. In a
preferred form, the driver is comprised of complementary
field effect transistors operated in the enhancement mode.
-A
62
Til^L.^L.
n
A matrix-type read-only memory employing MIS field effect
transistors is disclosed in which each transistor has a gate insu-
lator film having the capability of permanently retaining in-
jected charge carriers upon the application of a voltage ex-
ceeding a critical value. In a write-in operation, a pair of pul-
ses are respectively applied across the gate electrode and one
of the drain and source electrodes. The difference in the volt-
age levels of the two pulses exceeds the critical value.
3,708,788
ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY CELL DRIVER AND SENSE
AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
Jack R. Dailey, Apalachin, and John G. Surgent, Endwell, both
of N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 197,907
Int.CI.Gllc///40, /5/00
U.S. CL 340—173 R 10 Claims
-7
1 H
t
'^ < .nrc— I — • • ^
SCNSCl 't
AM* I— »« «n
B 0 'SFfitwr
%
1 am ,-.« TS
n WHS" cii^i
or m cum
H
u _
^ffl..
H-, .n «««r cms
xmoLim
An improved driver permits the driving of a functional array
of four-stale cells having only two bit lines per cell while
providing for the writing of any one of four possible logical
states (0, 1, X, Y) into the array during one write cycle. In a
preferred form, the improved driver includes a first pair of
field effect transistors which are selectively operated during
write and search/select cycles to couple a pair of junctions (or
nodes) in the driver to the pair of data bit lines of a cell. In the
absence of "don't care" signals, additional field effect
transistors respond to input data to the driver to apply comple-
mentary signals (01 or 10) to the nodes for application to the
3,708,789
THIN FILM BINARY DATA INFORMATION STORES
Robert J. Spain, Ville D'Avray, France, assignor to Compagnie
Internationale Pour L'Informatique. Les Clayes-sous-Bois,
France
Continuation of Ser. No. 808,763, March 20, 1969,
abandoned. This appUcation Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,860
Int. CLGllc; 7/74, 5/02
U.S. CL 340—174 BC 10 Claims
In a magnetic memory store in which the material of theN
memory points consists of anisotropic magnetic material and
which is controlled from at least two arrays of conductors of
distinct relative orientations, magnetostatic shielding means
provide a control of the apparent coercive field of the mag-
netic material from a higher value between the time intervals
of the selection controls to a lower vcilue during such time in-
tervals.
3,708,790
DEVICE FOR W RITING AND READING MAGNETIC
TICKETS
cGerard Nourigat, Sainte-Genevieve-Des-Bois, France, assignor
to Compagnie Generate D'Automatisme, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,744
Claims priority , application France, Jan. 22, 1970, 7002312
Int. CI. G 1 lb 3138, 5156, 15/08
U.S. CL 340—174.1 G 15 Claims
n 10
Device for recording data on or reading data from a mag-
netic ticket wherein a movable ticket carrier having a data de-
tector mounted thereon is positioned for guided movement
relative to a magnetic head and a member carrying coded data
so that as the ticket on the carrier is moved past the magnetic
head, the data detector moves past corresponding portions of
the coded data member. With the magnetic head used as a
recording means, the data detector is connected thereto
through an amplifier. With the magnetic head used as a
reader, the data detector and the magnetic head are con-
nected to a comparator to detect correspondence between the
data recorded on the ticket and the data on the data member.
344
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
3,708,791
SEQUENTIAL MONITOR
Peter F. Curran, Westchester County; David A. Tawfik.
Queens County, both of N.Y., and Robert L. James, Bloom-
field, N J., assignors to The Bendix Conation
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,646
Int. CI. G08b 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 340—248 A
10 Claims
3,708,793
VIDEO SIGN AL GENERATING SYSTEM
Tohru Murai, Odawara, Japan, assignor to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 6, 197 1, Ser. No. 169,679
Int.CI.G06f-?//4
L.S. CI. 340-324 A 2 Claims
A sequential monitor for comparing redundant signals ap-
pearmg at various points m a control system and for providing
an indication when the difference between the redundant
signals exceeds a predetermined limit. The monitor is mul-
tiplexed in the system so that a single monitor suffices for
comparing signals at all of the points and is fail safe in that it
provides an indication for internal monitor malfunctions as
well as for signal failures.
3,708,792
METER CIRCUIT FOR MEASURING THE MAKE-TO-
BREAK RATIO OF PULSES
Marvin Forest Malm, and Joseph Charles McKinney, both of
Milan, Tenn., assignors to International Telephone and Tele-
graph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,533
Int. CI. G08b 27/00
U.S. CL 340-253 R 2 Claims
I"
x^ — ^
"iL
,'«
XtLiuni 1 Ui."*
""x
A video signal generating system using a single cathode-ray
tube for simultaneously scanning a plurality of character
matrices to produce a plurality of video signal representing
respective characters and selectively displaying only one of
said video signals. It is provided with a gain compensating cir-
cuit for varying the gain of beam deflecting means for the
cathode-ray tube to a value corresponding to a character
matrix according to a select code representing the cor-
responding one of said plurality of character matrices.
3,708,794
MONOPULSE RADAR APPARATUS
YfUnus Frederik van Popta, Hengek) (O). Netherlands, as-
signor to N. V. HoUandse Signaalapparaten, Hengelo,
Netherlands
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,250
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 3, 1969,
6900059
Int. CK GO Is 9/02
U.S. CI. 343-7.4 3 Claims
sensitive
'detectoss
^90' PHASE
SMtf TER
f'MASE-SENSlTlVI
OtTtCTCWS
A meter is calibrated to provide a direct reading of the ratio
between the make portion and break portion of pulses in a
telephone switching system as determined by measurement of
the voltage appearing on a capacitor charged during the make
pulses. The charge on the capacitor is provided directly from a
fixed voltage source via relay contacts, resistors and a zener
diode. These components together are selected to establish
and maintain a voltage level on the capacitor which is propor-
tional to the make-break ratio.
A monopulse radar apparatus for automatically tracking a
moving target by deriving error signals for operating the
tracking circuits from composite signals formed from dif-
ference signals combined with the sum signal obtained from
echo signals received within predetermined receiving patterns
by means of a tracking antenna. The sum signal has a phase
difference of 90° relative to the difference signals introduced
into it. Each of the composite signals is fed to separate phase
detecting sets, each comprising two phase detectors; the sum
signal serving as a reference signal for the first phase detectors
in each set and after compensation of the 90° phase dif-
ference, as a reference signal for the second phase detector in
each set. The error signals are produced from the quotient of
the output signals of the two phase detectors for each set.
January 2, 1973
ELECTRICAL
345
3,708,795 record medium by an actuated channel without spurious expo-
CASSEGRAIN ANTENNA MOUNTED IN AIRCRAFT NOSE sure by non-actuated channels. A cascaded electro-optical
CONE
James W ilfred Lyons, Yorkshire, England, assignor to Hawker
Siddeley Aviation Limited, Surrey, England
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,320
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 10, 1970,
6,413/70
Int.CLHOlq 79/74
U.S. CI. 343—708 9 Claims
^a^
-Ih— G«il
modulator assembly is provided in each system channel and is
adaptively biased to maintain an optimum extinction ratio.
A forward-facing aircraft antenna of modified Cassegrain
configuration, having a Hat plate main dish and a sub-dish
which has a reflecting surface chosen from among surfaces of
revolution that require two or more reflections to bring a wave
parallel to the axis of revolution to a substantial point focus.
3,708,796
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED DIELECTRIC PANEL
LENS
Bony Gilbert, 67, Boulevard Gallieni, Issy, France
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,062
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 15, 1969, 6935239
Int. CI. HO lq7 9/06
U.S.CI. 343— 754 3 Claims
The apparatus and process for phase shifting a radiated
microwave includes passing the microwave beam through a
dielectric panel in which is imbedded at least one plane net-
work of conductive leads running parallel with the electric
field of the incident wave. Switches mounted on each lead are
spaced from each other at distances less than two wavelengths
in the dielectric material, of the incident energy. By these
switches, the leads may be divided in little sections.
3,708,797
MULTI-CHANNEL LASER RECORDING SYSTEM
Kenneth R. Solomon; Alfred E. MIetzko, and Donald J.
VNalker, all of Trumbull, Conn., assignors to Columbia
Broadcasting System Inc.
Filed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,402
Int.CI.GOld
U.S. CI. 346-108 18 Claims
A multi-chanpel laser recording system having an extremely
high extinction ratio for achieving selected exposure of a
3,708,798
INK DISTRIBUTION FOR NON-IMPACT PRINTING
RECORDER
Walter W. Hildenbrand, Brewster; Wilbur J. Levine,
Poughkeepsie; Stanley A. Manning, Yorktown Heights, and
Karl F. Stroms, Wappinger Falls, all of N.Y ., assignors to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 2 1 1 ,232
Int. CI. GOld 75/76
U.S. CI. 346— 1 40 4 Claims
A collapsible ink bag supplies ink at constant pressure
through a manifold containing an air bubble trap, capable of
venting, which mani*"Md is connected in common to plural
lines to a multiple i ice — multiple transducer fluid wave
printing head of a recorder. Constant static pressure in the ink
supply is provided to avoid inadvertent ejection of ink through
orifices of the nozzles. The manifold contains an air bubble
and the manifold inlet line has a sufficiently low resistance to
flow . Its source of ink supply is free to expand and contract,
and the hydraulic resistance to fluid flow in the lines to the
head is sufficiently high to eliminate cross talk of waves
between separate orifices. Alternatively, a built in reservoir in
the head has a single low resistance connection to the source
of inl^ supply and high resistance lines connect it to the ori-
fices.
DESIGNS
JANUARY 2, 1973
225,695
APRON
Gerald L. Geiger, 2025 I St. NW.,
Washington, D.C. 20006
Filed Mar. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 125,008
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— 02
U.S. CI. D2— 227
225,698
STUFFED PILLOW OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Linda Ellen Levine, 7530 Stonecrest 75240, and Deborah
Ann Zippel, 4407 Mill Run 75210, both of Dallas.
Tex
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser, No. 125,459
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 09
U.S. CI. D3— 9
225,696
APRON
Gerald L. Geiger, 2025 I St. NW.,
Washington, D.C. 20006
Filed Mar. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 125,009
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— 02
U.S. CI. D2— 227
225,699
PILLOW OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Linda Ellen Levine, 7530 Stonecrest 75240, and Deborah
Ann Zippel, 4407 Mill Run 75210, both of Dallas,
Tex
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,466
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 09
U.S. CI. D3— 9
225,697
HAT
Engelbert J. Peham, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Peham
Plastics, Inc., St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 112,094
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— 03
US. CI. D2— 258
225,700
SEAM RIPPER
Herman Ament, 60 Marbledale Road,
Tuckahoe, N.Y. 10707
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 25,652
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 99
VS. CI. D3— 19
346
January 2, 1973
U. S.
225,701
SEAM RIPPER
Herman Ament, 60 Marbledale Road,
Tuckahoe, N.Y. 10707
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 26,052
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— Oi
U.S. CI. D3— 19
PATENT OFFICE
225,704
ADJUSTABLE LOUNGE
Arthur J. Geddings, 205 W. Broadway,
Myrtle Beach, S.C. 29577
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,299
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6—02
VS. CI. D6— 37
347
■♦Jl
%# _£'
^j-V/Z-i.^
225,702
COMBINED TABLE AND LAMP
James C. Welker, 10802 W. 71st St.,
Shawnee, Kans. 66203
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 26,188
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 03
VS. CI. D6— 4
225,705
CHAIR
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971. Ser. No. 117,207
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 56
^^^^tnnnu^
225,703
RACK FOR DISPLAYING MERCHANDISE
Anthony S. Miller, Jr., Happy Acres, R.D. 2, Atsion-
Medford Road, Vincentown, NJ. 08088
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 25,534
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 99
U.S. CI. D6— 28
U.S.
225,706
FISHING ROD BRACKET
Robert H. McCollum, 201 S. Lake Ave.,
Fullerton, Calif. 91101
Filed Nov. 27, 1970. Ser. No. 26.192
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
CI. D6— 125
fe-^
348
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225,707
WALL MOUNTED BOOK AND MAGAZINE
SHELF COMBINATION
Kenneth B. Brozen, 144 E. 36th St.,
New York, N.Y. 10016
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 25,222
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 99
US. CI. D6— 136
225,710
TABLE
Lawrie G. Mcintosh, Islington, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Carolina Enterprises, Inc., Tarboro, N.C.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 24,262
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D6 — 03
U.S. CI. D6— 146
225 708
COSMETIC DISPLAY SELF-SERVICE COUNTER
Douglas J. Alippe, Tuxedo, and Frank A. De Sisto,
Yonkers, N.Y., assignors to J. C. Penney Company,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 25,564
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
.S. CI. D6— 146
225,711
COFFEE TABLE
Gordon L. Duern and Donald S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited,
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127,066
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 03
U.S. CI. D6— 146
225,709
CHECK STAND DIVIDER
Don Pace, West Covina, Calif., assignor to Pacific Handy
Cutter Incorporated, El Monte, Calif.
Filed Feb. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 113,117
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 06
U.S. CI. D6— 191
225,712
TABLE OR THE LIK£
Ronald J. McDonald, New Rochelle, N.Y.
(76—59 264th St., Floral Park, N.Y. 11004)
Continuation of design applications Ser. No. 18,143,
June 18, 1969, and Ser. No. 20,724 and Ser. No. 20,725,
both Dec. 31, 1969. This application Apr. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 22,538
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 03
U.S. CI. D6— 177
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
349
225 713
TOOL FOR APPLYING ANIMAL IDENTIFICATION
TAG
Harley E. Nichols, Jr., Hardwick, Vt., assignor to
C. H. Dana Company, Inc.
Filed Mar. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,238
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 14
225,716
JIG BLOCK FOR HAND-HELD SHEARS
John R. Mason, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Dracon
Industries, Chatsworth, Calif.
Filed Apr. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,878
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 99
U.S. CI. D8— 71
225,714
LETTER OPENER
William Macowski, Caldwell, N.J., assignor to Ketcham
& McDougall, Inc., Roseland, N.J.
Filed May 14, 1971, Sen No. 143,742
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS—03
U.S. CI. D8— 61
225,717
FURNITURE PULL
William Doyle Watt, Jr., Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor
to Keeler Brass Company. Grand Rapids. Mich.
Filed Apr. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 137,103
u Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS—06
U.S. CI. D8— 158
225.715
VACUUM CUP LIFTER FOR SHELL EGGS
Robert C. McCord, Romulus, Mich., assignor to Diamond
International Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,689
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. US— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 71
225 718
LIQUID SPRAY DISPENSER
John F. Gorman, 3207 Fr>man Road,
Studio Cit), Calif. 91604
Continuation of abandoned design applications Ser. No.
18,062. and Ser. No. 18,063, both July 7, 1969. This
application Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 21,456
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 01
U.S. CI. D9— 8
/4-^,
350
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225,719
BOTTLE
Darlene V. Bradrick and Janice P. Lehne, both of
6145 Bennington Drive, Newark, Calif. 94560
Filed Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,427
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9—01
U.S. CI. D9— 35
225,722
ENTRY HANDLE
Raymond U. H. Tegner, Rockford, HI., assignor to
Amerock Corporation, Rockford, III.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser, No. 149,132
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS— 06
U.S. CI. D8— 162 /
<^1
225,723
WIRE REEL
Clifford A. Hallowell, Fairfield, Idaho 83327
Filed Apr. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,562
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS—05
U.S. CI. D8— 222
225.720
FLAT HOLLOW RLE
James A. Coon, 929 Drever St., West Sacramento, Calif.
95691, and Elwin Theobald, Fair Oaks, Calif.; said
Theobald assignor to said Coon
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 20,525
Term of patent 14 years
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Apr. 21, 1984, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 90
\
225,721
DRAWER PULL
William Doyle Watt, Jr., Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor to
Keeler Brass Company, Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed June 28, 1971. Ser. No. 157,816
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. JyS—06
U.S. CI. D8— 159
225,724
BOTTLE
Gordon A. Strand, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-
Illinois, Inc., Toledo, Ohio
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,642
Term of patent 7 years
^ Int. CI. D9— 0/
U.S. CI. D9— 39
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
351
225,725
BOTTLE OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Floyd E. Pettengill, Lancaster, Ohio, assignor to Anchor
Hocking Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 25,719
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CI. D9— 100
225,728
BOTTLE
Edward J. Kretz, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-
Illinois, Inc., Toledo, Ohio
Filed Aug. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 168,789
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 136
T
225,726
BOTTLE
Norman L. Auslander, Pomona, N.Y., assignor to Lander
Co., Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 136,280
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 115
225,729
BOTTLE
Ira W. Schwartz, Great Neck, N.Y., assignor to
Sbulton, Inc., Clifton, NJ.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 25,073
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 147
225,727
BOTTLE OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Floyd E. Pettengill, Lancaster, Ohio, assignor to Anchor
Hocking Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 25,717
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. EW— 118
225 730
COMBINED JAR AND CAP
Ronald A. Peterson, New York, N.Y., assignor to The
Gillette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,625
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 153
L-
352
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225 731 "
DISPENSER COVER FOR A PRESSURIZED
CONTAINER
John C. Louise, Englewood, N J., assignor to Clairol
Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,854
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 258
225,733
DISPENSING COVER FOR A PRESSURIZED
CONTAINER
John C. Louise, Englewood, N J., assignor to Clairol
Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,855
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9—07
U.S. CI. D9— 258
^
225,732
INCANDESCENT MANTLE PACKAGE
Wilhelm Waldmann, Berlin, Germany, assignor to Auer-
gesellschaft GmbH., Friedrich-Krause-Ufer, Germany
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 21,334
Claims priority, application Germany Aug. 8, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 03
U.S. CI. D9— 177
225,734
DOOR
William J. Horgan, Jr., Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to
Blumcraft of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Original design application June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 23,254.
Divided and this application June 17, 1971, Ser. No.
154,244
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 02
U.S. CI. D13— 1
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
353
225,735
VEHICLE FLOORBOARD COVER OR THE LIKE
Hyman D. Bowman, 801 W. Morgan St.,
Raleigh, N.C. 27603
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 20,679
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D14— 5
225,738
AIR CLEANER COVER
Edwin L. Schwartz, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Rite
Autotronics Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 23,538
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— 04
U.S. CI. D23— 149
225,736
HOSE NOZZLE
Joseph R. Mango, Midlothian, and Robert M. Goodman,
Morton Grove, 111., assignors to Sears, Roebuck and
Co., Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 112,105
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— 0/
U.S. CI. D23— 37
225 739
COMBINATION BATHTUB AND SHOWER STALL
Merritt W. Seymour, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-
Coming Fiberglas Corporation
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,791
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— 02
U.S. CI. D23— 49
225 737
portable'commode
Paul T. Winters, Arvada, Colo., assignor to Development
Industries, Inc., Lakewood, Colo.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 22,842
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— 02
U.S. CI. D23— 48
225,740
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR HOUSING
Alan Thompson, 3 Butler Ave., Harrow, England
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 26,732
Claims priority, application Great Britain July 27, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 1
906 O.G. — 12
354
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225 741
ELEC^OMC DATA PROCESSING
CONSOLE LNTT
Loring C. Bixler, Donald F. Lahey, and Edward R.
Wiener, Binghampton, and Arnold M. Davis and Wal-
ter S. McCormick, Jr., Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignors to
International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N Y
Filed June 23, 1970, Ser. No. 23,906
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
225 743
REMOTE VISUAL READOUT DEVICE
Daniel A. Seltzer, Hamilton, Ohio, assignor to Gamon-
Calmet Industries, Inc., Florence, Ky.
Filed Mar. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 125,003
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CL D26— 5
225,742
DATA KEYBOARD CONSOLE
John Davis Sims, Cary, N.C., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,811
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5 *
225,744
DATA PRINTER
Bemhard Cramer, Pforzheim, and Louis Lucien Lepoix,
Baden-Baden, Germany, assignors to International
Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,361
Claims priority, application Germany Apr. 16, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5 ^'
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
355
225,745
COMBINED PUSH BUTTON TELEPHONE AND
INTERCOMMUNICATION UNIT
Lars H. Haaheim and Tore Schiefloe, both of 2500 81st
SE., Mercer Island, Wash. 98040
Filed Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 175,027
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 14
225,747
COMBINED DIAL TELEPHONE AND
INTERCOMMUNICATION UNIT
Lars H. Haaheim and Tore Schiefloe, both of 2500 81st
SE., Mercer Island, Wash. 98040
Filed Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 175,026
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
U^. CI. D26— 14
sasaas
aciiassED
[iiasgaB
B'mmm&mk
(T|Q0QE)Q *^^
eJ
225,746
HOUSING FOR TELEPHONE ANSWERING DEVICE
Joseph B. Federico, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to
Ford Industries, Inc., Portland, Oreg.
Filed Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 19,022
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14 — 03
U.S. CI. D26— 14
225,748
RECTANGULAR LOUDSPEAKER UNIT
Melvin H. Boldt, Glenview, David P. Chuboff. North
Barrington, and Margaret McCauley, Arlington Heights,
III., assignors to Zenith Radio Corporation, Chicago,
III.
Filed Oct. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 191,311
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D14 — 01 ~
UA CI. D26— 14
^V
<-,.
356
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
*■ 225,749
TELEPHONE ANSWERING DEVICE HOUSING
Kenneth A. Catto, 4640 NW. Malhuer, Portland, Oreg.
97229, and Harold R. Burt, 5550 SW. Cherry Ave.,
Beaverton. Oreg. 97005 ,,,o,o
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,839
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 14
225 751
ALTERNATING To' DIRECT CURRENT
CONVERTER
Thomas N. Urquhart, Troy, Michael A. Koltuniak, War-
ren, and Robert G. Plantholt, Rochester, Mich., as-
signors to Controlled Power Corporation, Farmington,
Original design application July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 18,274,
now Patent No. 222,146, dated Oct. 5, 1971. Divided
and this application Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 25,454
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 15
225,750
ACOUSTIC COUPLER
Joseph P. Marsalka, 4211 Woodbridge 43221, and
Richard D. Fretwell, 1891 Willoway Circle N. 43220,
both of Columbus, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No.
22.893, May 8, 1970. This application June 17,
1971, Ser. No. 154,268
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 14
...— i.
225,752
DISPLAY STAND FOR WIG BLOCKS
Myron E. Mencimer, Rte. 5, P.O. Box 778,
Golden, Colo. 80401
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,446
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 06
VS. CI. D6— 28
fe^^c)
-P''
V^-^<j
¥
c^'^n'Ns
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
357
225,753
CHRISTMAS ORNAMENT
Dario Moranduzzo, Strada Tosco Romagnola 463,
Florence, Italy
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,288
Claims priority, application Italy Dec. 1, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. Dll— 05
U.S. CI. D29— 1
225 755
TWIRLING BATON
John F. Hale, 3729 Greenbay Drive 45415. and
Frederick J. Miller, 2150 E. Rahn Road 45440, both
of Dayton, Ohio
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,984
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 5
225,756
GOLF TOOL
James H. Stephens, 432 Blackstone Drive. Erie. Pa.
16505, and Richard D. Grunert, 150 Buckland Ave.,
Rochester, N.Y. 14618
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 149,131
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5
225,754
PASSENGER CAB FOR AMUSEMENT RIDE
Samuel P. Goforth and Joseph A. Goforth, Shelby, N.C.,
assignors to Goforth Brothers, Inc., Shelby, N.C.
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,462
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 05
U.S. CI. D34— 5
N Si
225,757
TOY BANK
Donald M. Levine, Providence, R.I., assignor to Hasbro
Industries, Inc., Pawtucket, R.I.
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,407
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 11
358
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
U.S
225 758
TOY SPINNING WHEEL
Clarence W. Proper, 3120 Garfield Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55408
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,928
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D15— 06
CI. D34— 15
225,761
VEHICLE TOY
David E. Munn, Framingham, Thomas M. Mello, West
Roxbury, and Robert Maddestra, Hyde Park, Mass.,
assignors to Damon Corporation, Needham, Mass.
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,325
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
225 759
ROCKING HORSE PLAYTHING
Clarence C. Holman, River Road, R.D.
Lower Bank, N.J. 08215
Filed Feb. 18, 1971. Ser. No. 116,733
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 01
U.S. CI. D34— 15
225,762
TUMBLER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
James William Hale, Lancaster, Ohio, assignor to Anchor
Hocking Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 25,336
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 07
U.S. CI. D36— 8
2,
225,760
TRACK CLEANING CAR
Jerry J. Broz, 1202 Vine St., Scranton, Pa. 18510
Filed Mar. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,796
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
225,763
COMBINED BRACELET AND RIDER FOR A
WATCH CASE
Francois de BaschmakofiF, Fontainebleau, France, assignor
to Lip Societe Anonyme d'Horlogerie, Besancon-
Palente, France
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 25,939
Claims priority, application France May 13, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. DIO— 07
U.S. CI. D42— 1
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
359
225,764
MEAT CARVING BOARD
Willard John Duecker, Stockton, Calif., assignor of a
fractional part interest to Don F. Drieschman
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,314
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dl—04
U.S. CI. D44— 1
225,767
PLATE
Carl J. Uhrmann, % Imperial Glass Corporation,
Bellaire, Ohio
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,856 / _
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 07
U.S. CI. D44— 15
225,765
UPPER HOUSING FOR AN ELECTRIC
HAND MIXER
Richard B. Hall, Glen Ellyn, 111., assignor to Sunbeam
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,585
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dl—04
U.S. CI. D44— 1
225,768
LIGHT nXTURE
Jose A. Hernandez and Glen H. McReynoIds, Jr.. Hous-
ton, Tex., assignors to Esquire, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,597
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D26— Oi
U.S. CI. D48— 20
225,766
UPPER HOUSING FOR AN ELECTRIC
HAND MIXER
Richard B. Hall, Glen Ellyn, III., assignor to Sunbeam
Corporation, Chicago, ill.
Filed July 27, 1971, Ser. No. 156,586
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7—04
U.S. CI. D44— 1
225,769
BASE FOR OUTDOOR LIGHTING FIXTURE
William F. Harris, Jr., 6256 Deveron Drive,
Charlotte, N.C. 28211
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,874
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D26— 03
U.S. CI. D48— 31
<?
360
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225,770
BELL JAR CLEANER
Francis Kelso, Los Angeles, and Arnold J. Gustin, Glen-
dale, Calif., assignors to Integrated Air Systems, Inc.,
Burbank, Calif.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,8"
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D 15— 99. D24— 0/
U.S. CI. D49— 11
225,772
COMBINED TRASH CONTAINER AND
SUPPORT THEREFOR
Larry L. Stillinger, 2603 W ashington St.,
Columbus, Ind.
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser, No. 145,095
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— ^5
U.S. CI. D49— 34
225,773
DIETARY CALORIE TOTALIZER
Lester L. Westling, 37 Hillwood Place,
Oakland, Calif. 94610
Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,743
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. DIS— 01
U.S. CI. D52— 6
225,771
TRASH RECEPTACLE
Philip M. Baldwin, 2514 Maple Spring Blvd.
Tex. 75235. and William E. Harlan, 204 N.
Road, Webster Groves, Mo.
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 22,552
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 05
U.S. CI. D49— 30
, Dallas,
Rockhlll
U.S.
225,774
CONVEYOR
Charles N. Hannon, Olathe, Kans., assignor to
Warren W. Hannon, Olathe, Kans.
Filed Apr. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,455
Term of pater* 14 ye?^rs
Int. CI. D15— 03
CI. D55— 1
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
361
225,775
COMBINED PAPER TOWEL HOLDER AND RADIO
Josephine R. Louis, Los Angeles, Calif.
(P.O. Box 534, New Town, N. Dak. 58763)
Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,732
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14 — 03
U.S. CI. D56— 4
225,777
ELECTRO-STATIC COPYING MACHINE
Shunichiro Kakii, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Iwatsu
Electric Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 25,345
Claims priority, application Japan Apr. 11, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D16— Oi
U.S. CI. D61— 1
225,776
ILLUMINATED MAGNIFIER UNIT
William Jordan Siegel, 9337 Eraser St.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,984
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D16— 06
U.S. CI. D57— 1
225.778
OPAQUE PROJECTOR
Curtiss M. Peasley, 25 Boulder Drive,
Burlington. Mass. 01803
Filed July 30, 1971, Ser. No. 167,890
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D16— 02
U.S. CI. D61— 1
362
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225,779
DISPLAY RACK
Thomas R. Viviano and John C. Troy, Tampa, and
Rrn Ginn, Treasure Island, Fla., assignor to Tampa
Stereo Center, Inc., Tampa, Fla. - . --,
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 24,723
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 06
U.S. CI. D80— 9
225,782
MASK STRAP ,..«.«; ^
William R. King, Denver, Colo., and Stuart J. Safft, West
Orange, N.J., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Han-
Co^ntinuation-in-part of design application Ser. No.
144,383, May 17, 1971. This apphcation Nov. 16,
1971, Ser. No. 199,398
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
225 780
PORT\BLE MICROW AVE OVEN OR
SIMILAR ARTICLE
Thomas J. Binzer, Charles H. Schmitt, and Peter H.
Wooding. Jefferson County, Ky., assignors to General
Electric Company ,<aqi
Filed Aug. 26. 1970, Ser. No. 24,693
Term of Patent 14 years
Int. CI. 01—02
U.S. CI. D81— 4
225,783
HYDROTHERAPY UNIT
Samuel L. McNair, Overland Park, Kans., assignor to
The Songrand Corporation
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,486
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D24— 07, 99
U.S. CI. D83— 1
225 781
COMPACT BARBECUE GRILL
Merlin W. Ehrlichmann, Minnetonka, Minn assignor to
West Creek Co., Inc., Minnetonka, Minn.
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,845
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 02
U.S. CL D81— 10
225 784
ILLUMINATING TONGUE DEPRESSOR
WITH REPLACEABLE BLADE
Ladislav L. Edinger, 1084 Allerton Ave.,
Bronx, N.Y. 10469
Filed Oct. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 187,590
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02; D26— 04
U.S. CL D83— 12
January 2, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
363
225 785
MEDICATION TRAY
David B. Geddis, Somervflle, N.J., assignor to
Johnson & Johnson
Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,344
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24 — 02, 99
U.S. CI. D83— 1
225 787
KITCHEN BLENDER BASE
Monte L. Levin, New York, N.Y., assignor to Scovill
Manufacturing Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Apr. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,313
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 04
VS. CI. D89— 1
^5=
225,788
ELECTRIC RAZOR
Bernd Rohrbach, Kettenhofweg 80,
Frankfurt am Main. Germany
Filed Jan. 20. 1971, Ser. No. 10«,239
Claims priority, application Germany July 24, 1970
Term of patent 14 vears.
Int. CL D28— Oi
U.S. CI. D95— 3
225,786
HAIR DRYING AND STYLING COMB
Monte L. Levin, New York, N.Y., assignor to Scovill
Manufacturing Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Oct. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 191,144
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— OJ
U.S. CI. D86— 8
\
364
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 2, 1973
225,789
ELECTRIC RAZOR
Bernd Rohrbach, Kettenhofweg 80,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,240
Claims priority, application Germany July 24,
term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— ^i
L.S. CI. D95— 3
1970
225,791
TRANSPARENT PHOTOGRAPH ALBUM PAGE
Robert Nast, 942 Glenridge Ave.,
North Woodmere, N.Y. 11598
Filed Feb. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 230,200
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 04
U.S. CI. D97— 1
* 225,790
ELECTRIC RAZOR
Bernd Rohrbach, Kettenhofweg 80,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108.241
Claims priority, application Germany July 24, 1970
term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— Oi
U.S. CI. D95— 3
225,792
CUP
Richard K. Fritsche, Fort Thomas, Ky., and Bernard J.
Niemann, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignors to The Miami
Margarine Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Apr. 10, 1972. Ser. No. 242,881
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. HI— 01
U.S. CI. D44— 9
O
o
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 2d DAY OF JANUARY, 1 973
NoTK - Arranged in accordance with the first significant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice).
: See-
Hildenbrand. Walter W , l.evine, Wilbur J . Manning. Stanley A
and Stroms, Karl F, 3.708.798
ATOIni. .Sef-
Presnell. William R . 3.708.170.
Abbott Laboratories See—
Plotnikoff. Nicholas Peter. 3.708.585.
Plotnikoff. Nicholas Peter. 3.708.593.
Roderick . William Rodney. 3.708.58 1
Abcor. Inc.. See—
Crowley. Richard P. 3.708.07 I. . ^ „ ,.
Timmins. Robert S.; Horton. Bernard S ; and Goldsmith. Robert
I. .3,707.770.
Abe. Koichi See—
Murayama. Masayuki; and Abe. Koichi. 3.708,524.
ACF Industries. Incorporated; See—
Dugge. Richard H. 3.708.209.
Acker. Richard C , to Weatherhead Company. The Welding head
drive unit 3.708.647. CI. 2l9-f>0.00a.
Ackermann. Herman, to Velten & Pulver. Inc Convey system and at
tachments therefor 3.708.059. CI. 198-189.000.
Adamas Carbide Corp<»ration See—
Schcyer. Gerard. 3.708.285.
Adams. Richard J See—
Brafford. Donald A . and Adams. Richard J . 3.707,752.
Adamson. James Sidney Continuous feed head dnll assembly
3.708^)20. CI 173-7()(K)
Addressograph Multigraph Corporation: See—
l.ux. George K . F.llis, James B ; and Schul/e. John J . 3.708.161
Adier Franklin P . to Pullman Transport leasing Company Railroad
hopper car with nexible hatch cover. 3.707.9 19. CI 105-377.000.
A(»A Aktiebolag; .Sff —
Unger. Hans Peter Olof. Westberg. Johan Eric Hayden.
Berndtsson. Gunnar Ingemar. and Schwartz. Stephan Lars.
3.708.110. \
Agfa-Gevaert; See— , . , -, ^r^o in-i
Pool Albert Lucien, and Hazenbosch. F.dwin Hendrik. 3.7UK.29 /.
Vanreusel. Gerard Laurens; Van Pee. Paul Desire, and De Laet.
Jules Maria. 3.708.298
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Fngelsmann. Dieter. Kessler. Fritz. Mass. Dieter; and Zattler.
Kurt. 3.707 ,904 .
Geyken. Frwin. Krauss. Siegfried; Kocourek. Franz; Koninger.
Horst. and Schwarzmaier. Gerhard. 3.707.777
Aichenegg Paul C . and Thomhill. Richard A . to Raychem Corpora-
tion, mesne Methods of combatting fungi, "eniatodes and insects
with sulfinyl thiol- and dithiophosphates 3.708.582. CI. 4i4-
208.000
AikohCo..Ltd.:.Sff-
Kishida. Tohru, Arikawa, Tadashi; Matsuyama. Shigeru; and Fu-
kushige. Shinobu. 3.708,3 14
Air Products and Chemicals. Inc -Sff— ,..,, a
Bechara. Ibrahim S . De La Mater. George B ; and Milligan. Bar-
Lindemann, Martin K . and lacoviello. John G . 3.708.388.
Air Reduction Company. lncorpt>rated iff- , ^ , „ ., c
Shattes. WaUer J . Marancik. William G . and Kirk. Bradley S .
3.708.606.
Airpax Electronics Incorporated: See—
Shand. John R . and Reid. William H . 3.708.723.
Aisin Seiki Company. Limited: Sff—
Torri Tatsumi. Kozakai. Asao; Yamamoto. Takekazu; and Nyu
noya. Mizuo. 3,708,044
Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Asano Tadao; and Murakami. Noboru. 3,707,89 1.\
Ueda. Atumi, 3.708,030 a , wv. w
Akito Fiichiro; Takagi, Toshitsugu, Soda, Yakio; and Ishibashi.
Masataka, to Nippon Kayaku Co , Ltd Process for manufacturing a
preparation containing finely divided chloramphenicol palmitate.
3,708.594. CI 424-324 000.
Akiyama. Yuji. Ishii. Yasuyoshi; Ozawa. Shigeo. and Takeshima. Sabu-
ro to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co . Ltd Magnetic core elements for
rotating electrical machines. 3.708.706. CI. 310-216.000.
Aktiebolaget Bahco Ventilation: See—
Gustavsson. Karl Axel Goran. 3,708,266.
Gustavsson. Karl-Axel. 3,707.830.
Aktiebolaget Svenska Flaktfabriken: Sec—
Kaltin,Berndt, 3,707,775.
Aktiengesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie: See—
Faust. Werner, 3.708.732.
Kranz. Rolf-Dieter. 3.708.707
Albany International Corporation, mesne: See—
Allred, James K.; and
Lesher.ElroyW. 3.708.088
Alberino Louis M . Farrissey. William J . Jr . and Rose. James S . to
Upjohn Company. The Copolyimides of benzophenone tetracarbox-
ylic acid dianhydride and mixture of diisocyanates. 3,708.458, CI.
260-65 000
Alderst)n Research Laboratories, Inc : See—
Alderson. Samuel W. 3.707.782.
Alderson Samuel W . to Alderson Research Laboratories. Inc Neck
fortest'dummy. 3.707.782. CI. 35-17.000.
Aldrich. Paul Edward; and Hermann. Edward Charles Compositions
and methods of use for preventing pregnancy in warm-bUxxled
animals using 4-phenyl-bicyclo 2 2.2 octane, and oct-2-ene.-l-car-
boxylates. 3.708.588. CI. 424-3 1 7.000.
Alexander. David George; Lloyd. Anthony Michael; Greensides.
Geoffrey Charles; and Thompson, David Harry, to Rose. Down &
Thompson Limited Separation of wax and oil by fractional crystal-
lization 3.708,5 12. CI. 260-41 2.800.
Alexander. Harold M ; Mattimoe. Paul T ; and Hofmann. John J. to
Libbey-Owens-Ford Company Laminated safety float glass
windshields. 3.708.386. CI. 161-165.000. ' -^ „
Alexandrovsky, Nikolai Ivanovich; Pronko. Vadim Fomich; Pere-
pechkin Mikhail Ivanovich, and Amelchenko. Petr Adamovich. Ar_
rangement for mounting agricultural implements on a tractoi ith
rocking side transmissions. 3.708.0 1 7. CI. 172-239.000.
Alie Gerald, to McConnell. R H . & Co., Ltd. Medallion applying
machine. 3,708.37 1 . CI. 1 56-363.000.
Allen-Bradley Company See—
Burton. Lawrence A ; and Hennings. George W . j,/U8,/-J3.
Wielebski, Wayne H; and Ray. Glen. 3.708.727.
Allgeyer, Earl R: .Sff—
Holmbcrg. Joyce D ; and Allgeyer. Earl R . 3.708.1 55.
Allied Chemical Corporation: See—
Carr. Robert D ; Collier. Harry T; and Jones. Clarence E .
3.707.859. ^ ,.
Fuhrmann. Robert; Pisanchyn. John, and Sifniades, Stylianos,
3.708.595. ^^ ,., .. _.
Fujimoto. Edward K ; Buckman. Walter R . and Grezlikowsii, Ed-
mund J. 3.708.339.
Allred, James K.: See—
Richens. Kenneth A ; Grover. Scott C
ShiH>k. James H.. 3.708.077.
Alsthom-Savoisienne: See—
Lesueur. Gilbert. 3.708.747 .
Altenburger. Otto, to Stromberg-Carlson Corporation. Plug-in line cir-
cuit arrangement. 3.708.627. CI. I79-18.00f
AluminumCompanyof America: See— , ^, , ..
Brown, Robert H . Brown. Melvin H ; and Shumaker. Murray
Byron. 3.708.352.
Alza Corporation: See—
Zaffaroni. Alejandro. 3.708.492.
Amano. Yasuji: Sff- ..... . ^ u
Nishino. Atsushi. Kumano. Hiroshi. Noguchi. Yoshinori,
Sonetaka. Kazunori. and Amano. Ya.suji. 3,708.408.
Amelchenko. Petr Adamovich: .See—
Alexandrovsky. Nikolai Ivanovich. Pronko. \adim Fomich; Pere-
pechkin. Mikhail Ivanovich, and Amelchenko, Petr Adamovich,
3,708,017
American Can Company: See—
Schlesinger. Sheldon Irwin. 3.708.296.
American Cyanamid Company: See—
Meyers. Marion Douglas, and Augurt. Thomas Anthony.
3 708 220
Miller. Bernard; and English. Jackstin Pollard. 3.708,580.
American Hospital Supply Corporation: See-
Yindra. Leonard J . and Klug. Joseph R.. 3.707,930.
American Seating Company: See- , 7nfi -^m
Barecki. Chester J.; and Lindberg. William S.. 3.708.202.
Barecki. Chester J.; and Nordmark. Walter E., 3,708,203.
American Stair Corporation: See—
Seegers. Glen A. 3.707,814.
American Standard Inc.: See-
Fort, George E .3.707.921.
American Velcro. Inc.: See—
Erb. George H. 3.708,382.
Ameripol, Inc.: See —
Beuther. Harold; and Swift, Harold E.. 3.708.550.
Amit. Aster Ma Vehicle safety apparatus. 3,708,194, CI. 293-1.000
AMP Domestic, Inc : See—
Dinger, Leon Joel, 3.708,149
AMP Incorporated: See—
Dinger, Leon Joe. 3.708,61 1 .
Murray, Robert Maclay, 3,707.932
PI 1
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Amrehn, Hermann; and
Shuffle feed mechanism.
, Bilhorn, John M.; and Anderson, Kent V.
Ampex Corporation. See—
Hedin, Jan 5.3.708.7/63
Amrehn, Hermann See—
Dietrich, Johannes, Wolff. Oswald
Beckmann. Gunter. 3.708.465
Amsted Industries, Incorporated: See- , ,„o to,
Andreotli, Eugene R.. and McGee, Sherwood W.. 3,708,281
Aull. Louis J , and Gritt, William E , 3,708.065.
Radwill, Robert P ,3,708,076. (
Anaconda American Brass Company: See—
Rowell. Douglas Whitman, 3,708,354
Anaconda Wire and Cable Company: See—
Davis,CharlesH ,3,708,112
Anchor Hocking Corporation: See—
Schaefer, Howard A , 3,708,221
Anderson, Earl R , to Brex Corporation.
3,708,053, CI. 198-30.000.
Anderson Electric Corporation: See—
Saxon, James B , and Dunn, Jackei J.Sr., 3,708,612
Anderson, Kent V See—
Macaulay, William R
3,708,349
Anderson, Paul L , Houhhan. William J.; and Manning, Robert E., to
Sandoz-Wander. Inc Amino and substituted amino-s-triazolo-(4,3-
b)-pyridazines. 3,708,484, CI. 260-250.00a
Anderson, Richard W , and Frick. Hughie R , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany The Synthesis of polymers from s-tnazines and perfluoro-vinyl
ethers. 3,708,483, CI. 260-248.0cs.
Ando, Kazuhiko; Omino, Teiji; and Imamura, Kennosuke, to Sankyo
Company Limited and Nippon Chemical Industrial Company,
Limited Phosphorus acid esters and method for combatting insects
therewith 3,708,557, CI. 260-940.000
Andree, Franz; Burkhardt, Hans; and Riedel, Guenther, to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Rhodamine dyes which
are sparingly soluble or insoluble in water. 3.708.499, CI. 260-
336.000.
Andreotti. Eugene R ; and McGee, Sherwood W., to Amsted Indus-
tries Incorporated Structural alloy steel containing copper and
other alloy elements. 3.708.28 1 . CI. 75- 1 24.000.
Andrews Paper & Chemical Co., Inc.; See—
Muller, Peter, 3,708,301.
Angelen, Emanuele; Bonatti, Mario; Costa. Gianmario; and Boretti,
Isidore, to Societa Italiana Telecomunicazioni Siemens S p A. Cir-
cuit arrangement for utilizing idle channels of multiplex telecommu-
nication system for data 3.708.625, CI. 179-I5.0by.
Annas Robert F , to Paramount Health Equipment Corporation. But-
terfly exercise machine. 3,708,166, CI. 272-58,000.
Anner, Georg; and Wieland, Peter, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation A-
Homo-A'( lO),2,4a(5)-3-substituted-estratrien-4-ones. 3.708.503.
CI 260-340.900
Aoyagi, Hirokuni: See—
Menju. Shinichi. and Aoyagi. Hirokuni, 3.708.774.
Appleman, Milo Don Composition using psyllium by-products for pet
foods 3,708,306, CI 99-2.00r.
Aqua-Chem, Inc.; See—
Clark. George B , 3.708,069.
ARAInc See—
Mazelsky. Bernard. 3,708,1 81 .
Araki, Kazumi: See—
Nakayama, Kiyoshi; and Araki, Kazumi, 3,708,395.
Arikawa, Tadashi: S«—
Kishida, Tohru; Arikawa, Tadashi; Matsuyama, Shigeru; and Fu-
kushigcShinobu, 3,708,3 14.
Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Senoo, Saburo, Kato, Toshio; and Kimura, Hiroshi, 3,708,519.
Asahi-Dow Limited: Se^— -, ^no acc
Nakanishi, Atsuo, Izawa, Shinich; and Toyama, Kunio, 3,708,455.
Asano, Tadao; and Murakami, Noboru, to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki
Kaisha Hydraulic control system for transmission of vehicle
3,707,891. CI. 74-869.000.
Askren. Lee T.. and Fitzgerald. Charles S.. to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Motion picture projector apparatus. 3.708,226, CI. 352-
109000
Atco Industries Ltd.: See—
Hampson, Jack E. 3.707.81 I. .
Athey Roy L., to United Aircraft Corporation. Processing for iron-
base alloy 3,708,353, CI. 148-12.300.
Atlantic Richfield Company: See—
Friedman. Bernard S.. 3,708.530.
Aubry. Bernard; Gillot, Jacques; Masselot, Yves
and Teboul, Albert
to Commissariat a lEnergie Atomique. Continuous smtenng fur-
nace. 3.708. 157. CI. 263-6.00r.
Augurt. Thomas Anthony: See-
Meyers, Marion Douglas, and Augurt, Thomas Anthony.
3,708.220.
Aull. Louis J.; and Gritt, William E., to Amsted Industnes Incor-
porated. Measuring and sorting apparatus. 3,708,065, CI. 209-
73.000.
Aust, Ingo: See—
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard; Dudszus, Alfred; Milles, Wilhelm; Lerche,
Franz, Feyer, Gunter; Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel, Ulrich; Aust, Ingo. Ewald, Gunter, Langer. Walter; Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg. Oberlander. Joachim; Kowalski,
Horst, Gatzk, Eckard; Pemaux, Gerd, Schwank, Otto,
Leschnewski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard. Hartwig. Gunter; and
Ploetz. Ulrich. 3,708,100
Automatic Sprinkler Corporation of America: See—
Calhoun, Fredrick L., 3,708.680.
Autonumerics Corporation: See-
Bucks. Robert M . and Ayars, Frederick M . 3,708,750.
Avions Marcel Dassault: See—
Duthion, Louis. Cabassut, Andre Emile Roger; and Labussiere.
Andre Julien. 3,708,036
Avogadro, Alessandro; and Wurm, Joseph, to European Atomic Ener-
gy Community (Euratom) Method of processing nuclear fuels.
3,708,267, CI. 423-5.000.
Axenova, Emilia Ivanovna: See—
Smimov, Boris Andreevich; Axenova, Emilia Ivanovna; Rychkov,
Vladimir Leonidovich; and Lukichev, Nikolai Dmitrievich,
3,707.970.
Aj^rs, Frederick M.: See-
Bucks, Robert M.; and Ayars, Frederick M.. 3,708,750.
Azrak, Raymond George: See— ^ „ .
Barlow. Joel William; Azrak. Raymond George, and Robeson,
Lloyd Mahlon, 3.708,454.
Bach Lloyd G, to Bendix Corporation, The. Hydraulic brake booster
with piston return device 3,707,880, CI. 91-391.000.
Back Carl F.. to Sanderson Cyclone DnII Company. The. Drilling
machine. 3,708,024, CI. 1 75-52.000
Back Frank G Protecting structure for television cameras employing
zoom lenses. 3,708.670. CI. 250-206.000.
Badische Anilin- & Soda Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Rohr, Wolfgang; Koenig, Karl-Heinz; and Fischer, Adolf,
3,708,471
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Andree, Franz; Burkhardt, Hans; and Riedel, Guenther,
3,708,499.
Hillenbrand, Engelbert, 3,708,536
Kratzer, Otto; Suter, Hubert; and Wirth, Friedrich, 3,708,504.
Zeidler, Adolf, Fisher, Adolf; and Weiss, Guenther, 3,708.277.
Baermann. Max Magnetic seal for a rotary shaft and magnet therefor.
3,708,1 77. CI. 277-80.000.
Bailey Joseph K . Jr . to TRW Inc. Mehtod of making cages.
3,707.753. CI. 29-148.40C.
Bainbndge, Robert, to lonarc Smelters Ltd. Chemical process in high
enthalpy thermal environment and apparatus therefor. 3.708.409.
CI 204-164 000.
Baker, Don R. See—
Gutman, Arnold D ; and Baker, Don R , 3,708,590.
Baldwin, Haizel: See —
Baldwin, Jewell S.; and Baldwin, Hazel, 3,707,997.
Baldwin, Jewell S ; and Baldwin, Hazel. Saw carriage apparatus.
3,707 ,997, CI. 83-483.000.
Bales, Joseph H: &^— ^ ., r» j
Tucker, James I., Jr.; Bales, Joseph H ; Bosley, Denis V.. Prodger,
Brian S.; Ruppel, Kurt; and Summerfield. William F., 3,707,802.
Bally Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Brown. Richard L., 3,707,78 1
Banic, James M, Jr.: S*e— ,,,^o^..
Stephens, Donald S ; and Banic, James M., Jr., 3,708,744.
Bantz Clarence W , to Caterpillar Company Co. Hydraulic valve with
leakage control. 3,707,984, CI. 137-312.000.
Baraglia. Nathan A.: See—
Kozel. Charles A.; Baraglia. Nathan A.; and Wnght, George C,
3.708.610.
Baranyi. Anthony J: S«— « , .,
Connell. Joseph A.. Baranyi. Anthony J.; and Laylander, Paul V.,
3,707,850.
Barecki, Chester J.; and Lindberg, William S.. to Amencan Seating
Companv. Independent seat rise stacking and row chair. 3,708,202,
CI. 297-239.000
Barecki Chester J ; and Nordmark, Walter E., to American Seating
Company Vehicle attendant's chair. 3,708,203, CI. 297-346.000
Barhydt, Hamilton, to Hughes Aircraft Company. Multiple detector
scanner with detectors spaced across scan direction. 3,708,666, CI.
250-83. 30h , . ^ , . ^
Barlow, George Edward, to Imperial Chemical Industnes Limited.
Production of continuous filament, non-woven webs. 3,708,365, CI.
156-181.000 ^ „ ^ , , .
Barlow, Joel William; Azrak, Raymond George; and Robeson. Lloyd
Mahlon to Union Carbide Corporation. Thermal stabilization of
polysulfone polymers 3,708.454.0 26O-37.00r
Barltrop Richard Kenneth, to Elliott Brothers (London) Limited. Air-
craft flight control systems. 3,708.735, CI. 318-564.000.
Barney Trentis E., and Clark. Alexander Jay. Golf swing practice
device. 3.708.175, CI. 273-196.000.
Barone. Bruno J.: See—
Croce Louis J; and Barone, Bruno J.. 3.708.531
Barthalon Maurice; Moiroux, Auguste; and Watson, Patnck. Elec-
tromagnetic motion imparting means and transporter system em-
bodying the same 3.707.924.CI I04-I48.0lm.
Barthel Alfred, to Union Carbide Corporation Method of and ap-
paratiis for wrappine layered composite thermal insulation.
3.708. 1 3 1, CI. 242-3.000.
BASF Wyandotte Corporation: See—
Kappler. Frank R.; and Cramer. John J 3.708 466.
Bass. Robert C . to Bimbo Inc. Fishenmans lantern float. 3.707,736, CI.
9-8 30r.
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Batelle-lnstitute E V : S^e- .. . _. „, ac a
Binder Horst, Kuhn, Wolfgang H.; Lindner, Werner; and Sand-
stede, Gerd, 3,708,342. , ^
Bateman Glenn, and Roberts. John A., to TekUonix Inc. Current
transformer 3,708,749, CI 324-127.000.
Battelle Development Corporation, The: See—
Javet. Alain Ferdinand. 3.708,067. ,_ „ .
Bauer Banjamin B ; and Gravereaux, Daniel W, to Columbia Broad-
cast'ing System. Inc. Quadraphonic reproducing system with gam
control 3.708,631, CI. 179-100. ltd.
Bausch&Lomb Incorporated: S^^- „. ^ , ^ , tao i<o
Snow Kenneth A , and Vandewarker, Richard E., 3,708.758.
Terranova, Warren W . 3.708.230
Baxter Laboratories. Inc.: See—
Peetoom. Frans; and Kiddy. Sandra Jean. 3,708,572.
Sipos.Tibor, 3,708.397
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: Sfe— ^ ■ , ^ ■, nr^o cc^
Nutzel Karl; Dinges. Karl; and Haas. Friednch. 3,708,556.
Bayer, Horst O., and Hurl, William S , to Rohm & Haas Company Cer-
tain formylhydrazones used as aphicides. 3,708,591, CI. 424-
327000
Bean Charles P., to General Electric Company Measurements of par-
ticles and molecules. 3,708,402, CI. 204-299.000.
Bearde assor to: See—
Kantarian, Edward T., Bearde, John N.; and Suub. Donald h ,
3,708,160.
Bearde, John N: Sef— ^ c ^ r^ u c
Kantarian, Edward T ; Bearde, John N.; and Staub. Donald F ,
3,708,160.
Beatrice Foods Company: See—
Gore, William C, and Shapiro, Eugene B., 3,707,733.
Bechara, Ibrahim S , De La Mater, George B. and Milligan, Barton, to
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc Method for the preparation of
aminocarboxylic acid salts. 3,708,533, CI. 260-53 1. 00c.
Becker Rudolf, to Linde Aktiengesellschaft Zentrale Patentabteilung
Fractionation of air by using refrigeration fro open cycle evaporation
of external cryogenic liquid. 3,707,849, CI. 62-40.000.
Beckmann, Gunter: S^e—
Dietnch, Johannes, Wolff, Oswald; Amrehn, Hermann; and
Beckmann. Gunter. 3.708,465
Bedenk William T.; and Mitchell, John W., to Procter & Gamble Com-
pany." The Production of puffed ready-to-eat cereal products.
3.708.308. CI. 99-81.000.
Beedy. Robert G , to Bunn, B. H , Company. Dual tension string
holder 3,708. 190,CI. 289-13.000.
Beermann.Claus: 5ee—
Rupp. Walter, and Beermann, Claus, 3,708,460.
Beers, Melvin D: S^f— , ^^„ ^^_
Smith, Afred H.. Jr.; and Beers. Melvin D.. 3,708,467.
Belasco, Alan: S^f— , -,rto -nn
Hurst, Gerald Covington; and Belasco, Alan, 3,708,320.
Bell & Howell Company: See—
Haake. Robert; and Ponzi, Joseph J , 3.708,1 76.
Bell Cecil R.; Swaim. Jessie E.; Gilgo. Horace Paul; Rogers. Robert C;
Sizemore, Walter Ray; and Orr, Samuel M., Jr., to HanesCorpora-
tion. Hosiery packaging machine. 3,707,825, CI. 53-282.000
Bell Edwin A., to Cities Service Oil Company. Oil skimmer
3.'708,070, CI. 210-242.000.
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated: See—
Schoenberg, Leonard Norman, 3,708,329.
Beloit Corporation: Se<-- „. . j ■ ■, nnm^-i
Brafford Donald A , and Adams, Richard J., 3,707,752.
Maitra, Kumar N, 3,708,389.
Ben-Natan. Daniel Rigid curved sheet elements, s"ch as screw con-
veyor blades, and methods of making same. 3.708.060. CI. U-
379 000
Bencze. William Laszio, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
Hypocholesterolemic phenoxy-aliphatic acid compositions.
3,708.587, CI 424-317.000.
Bencze, William Laszio, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Hypoc-
toleslerolemic phenoxy-aliphatic acid compositions. 3,708.58^, ci.
424-317.000.
Bendix Corporation, The: See—
Bach. Lloyd G, 3,707,880. o w^^ ,
Curran, Peter F; Taw^ik, David A., and James, Robert L.,
3,708,791
Haase, Elmer A ; and Kirwin, James M., 3,707,985.
Krause. Walter J ; and Stout, Gilbert T, 3,708,042.
Spencer, William Meyer. 3.708,784.
Bennett Pump Incorporated: See- r- , inc a<^
Booth, William M.; and Westrick, Robert E., 3,708,654.
Bennett, Wilbur G: &e— r- ..„a
Schaible Aaron M.; Braun, Bernard G.; Bennett, Wilbur G., and
Brown, Richard L, 3,707,990 .
Bentsen Louis J,, to Honeywell, Inc. Diaphragm logic day signal cir-
cuit. 3.708.1 15, CI. 236-47.000.
Berenson, Allen V: S^e— ., nno t.Aa
Crowley, George C; and Berenson, Allen V., 3,708,64y.
Berg John A., to Schottel of America, Inc. Steenng assembly.
3.707,939, CI. I 15-35.000.
Berg Mfg. & Sales Co.: See—
Cannella, Joseph L. 3.708,2 12. -,707011 c\
Berg, Ouentin. Apparatus for terminal manufacture. 3,707,yjJ, ci.
ir3-1.00r.
Bergamini, Giorgio, to Pignone Sud S.p.A Dual regulator pneumatic
control system having automatic alignment means for cascade and
manual operation 3,707,980, CI 137-84.000
Berger, Carl, to Unican Security Systems, Ltd. Solid electrolyte films
and devices containing same 3,708,729, CI. 317-230.000.
Berger, Julius, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Antibiotic X-5108 and
methods for the production thereof. 3.708,577, CI. 424-1 2 1 .000.
Bemdtsson.Gunnar Ingemar: S^f— \
Unger. Hans Peter Olof, Westberg, Johan Eric Haydeifi
Bemdtsson, Gunnar Ingemar, and Schwartz, Stephan Lars,
3,708,110. \
Bernstein. Jack: See—
Simon, Pierre; Bernstein, Jack; and Krapcho, John, 3,708,586.
Bernstein, Philip, to ESB Incorporated. Organic depolarizer.
3.708,344, CI. 136-137.000.
Bernstein, Theodore: Se^—
Miller, Joseph G ; Stichman, John H.; and Bernstein, Theodore,
3,708,685
Berth. Peter: See— I
Jakobi. Gunter; and Berth, Peter, 3,708,427.
Berthoux. Jean; Schneider, Gerard; and Surville, Renaud de, to Propl.
Process of manufacturing acrylic derivatives. 3,708,523, CI. 260-
486.00d. '
Bertin & Cie: See— ^ j , u
Duthion, Louis; Cabassut, Andre Emile Roger; and Labussiere,
Andre Julien, 3,708.036.
Berwin Ted W , to Hughes Aircraft Company. Cathode ray beam cur-
rent control system utilizing variable duty cycle and amplititude
modulation. 3,708,716. CI. 315-30.000.
Beta Corporation: 5ee— , ,«<, ^^^
Volk, Joseph A.; and Volk. Joseph A., Jr., 3,708,677. «
Beta Corporation of St. Louis: See—
Volk, Joseph A, 3,707,978.
Bettendge. Walter: See—
Burr. Derek James; and Betteridge. Walter. 3.708,282.
Bettoni Michele Process for producing synthetic fiber textile maten-
als in'pieces or in strips 3,708.363, CI. 156-148 000.
Beuther Harold; and Swift, Harold E., to Ameripol, Inc. Dehydrogena-
tion process. 3,708.550, CI. 260-680.00r.
Biddick Royce E.. to Union Oil Company of California. Electrode with
passageways and weir-shaped electrolyte collecting means
Biederman. William. Optical cephalostat. 3.708,663, CI. 250-59.000^
Bielfeldt Heinz, to Sauer, J P., & Sohn GmbH. Cylinder breech for
small firearms. 3,707,795,0.42-16.000.
Bielfeldt Heinz, to Sauer, J P., & Sohn GmbH. Safety apparatus for a
eun tnggering mechanism. 3,707.796,0. 42-70.00C.
Bigaike Erhard; Pundt. Dieter H W ; and Wolf, Jurgen. to Volk-
swagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft. Storage control for gasoline iryec-
tion installations of combustion engines 3,707,951,0. l23-32.0ea.
Biggs, Ian: See— ^ ^ _ ,
Winchcombe, John J.; Windsor, John P. G.; and Biggs, Ian,
3,708.362.
Bilhom.JohnM: See— ^ . . 1/ . »/
Macaulay. William R,; Bilhorn. John M.; and Anderson, Kent Y-.
3 708 349
Bilicki, Stanley A.; and Blondo, Rans J. Hashing. 3,708,185, CI. 285-
Bille Holger Steen, to Softal Elektronik GmbH Method of improving
the surface activity of electrically conductive carrier strips.
3,708,733,0. 31 7-262.00a.
Bimbo Inc : See-
Bass, Robert C, 3,707.736 AC A, A
Binder, Horst; Kuhn, Wolfgang H., Lindner, Werner; and Sandstede.
Gerd to Batelle-lnstitute E.V. Hydrogen electrodes for fuel cells.
3.708.342,0.136-121000. , , ^ c. . f
Binkley Norman C; and Hammond, Joseph P., to United States of
Ametica, Atomic Energy Commission. Bonding tungsten with a fugi-
tive alloy binder. 3,707,763, CI. 29-498.000
Biorex Laboratories Limited; See—
■ Gottfried, Siegfried, 3,708,575.
Birchnall.Eric James: See— j „ u n c
Sedgfield Hugh B.; Brown, Norman Kenneth; and Birchnall. bric
James, 3. 708. 029 ,7nBi«nri7R0
Bird. Jack L. Power operated cigarette lighter. 3.708.180. O. 28U-
150 00r. ^ , o 1, 11
Birk James R.; and Huber. Donald A., to North Amencan Rockwell
Corporation Pyrolysis method 3.708.270. CI. 48-202.000.
Bixler Kenneth D ; Chaplin, Charles J.; Reifers, Richard F., and Pep-
pier William S . to Diamond International Corporation Packing for
fragile articles. 3.708.084, 0. 2 1 7-26.500.
Blacker Allen Palmer, Jr , to Machlett Laboratones, Incorporated,
The Image intensifier tube. 3,708,673,0 250-213.0vt.
Blaich Emil; Maier, Oskar; and Ziegler, Bodo, to Bosch, Robert,
G m'bH Device for replenishing the liquid in a storage battery.-
3,708,347,0.136-162.000.
BLH Electronics, Inc : See—
Senour, Donald A , 3,708,026.
Blondo, Rans J: See— , , Tr>o 10c
Bilicki, Stanley A; and Blondo, Rans J, 3,708,185.
Bochinski, Julius H., Christe, Kari O.; Gunderloy, Frank C, Jr.;
Pilipovich, Donald; and Wilson. Richard D . to North Amencan
Rockwell Corporation Methods of using fluxes in joining meUl sur-
faces. 3,707,762, CI. 29-494.000.
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2. 1973
Bock, John W . Feiertag, Orrin G.; and Sullivan, Raymond J , to
General Electric Company Diagnostic X-ray system. 3,708,664. CI
250-61 600.
B*xlme. Albert G Device for tunneling 3.708,021 , CI. 173-49.000
Boehringer Ingelheim G m b.H.. See—
Kny, Gunter, and Westphal, Otto, 3,708,558.
Kutter, Eberhard, Griss, Gerhart; Grell, Wolfgang; and Kleemann.
Manfred. 3.708.486.
Stable. Helmut; Koppe. Herbert; Kummer. Werner; and Wick.
Helmut, 3,708,485
Bolt AsstKiates, Inc See—
Chelmmski, Stephen V.. 3,707.848.
Bolton. Andrew. Philpott. Peter John; and Scoats. Horace William, to
Lever Brothers Company Method of frying 3.708.311, CI 99
100 OOp.
Bonatti, Mario; S*e —
Angeleri, Emanuele; Bonatti, Mario; Costa, Gianmario; and
Boretti.lsidoro. 3.708.625.
Btmgenaar, Hendrik; and Doreleijers. Thetxlorus Cornells Gerardus. to
US Philips Corporation Method of providing an anti-implosion
clamping band around the envelope of a picture tube. 3,708,369, CI
156-322.000.
B<H)ne. Philip Means to selectively wet web material. 3.707,945, CI
I 18-234 000.
B<K)th. William M ; and Westrick. Robert E , to Bennett Pump Incor
porated Reader system for conventional credit cards. 3,708,654, CI.
235-61 11a.
Borden Chemical Company (U.K. ) Limited: See —
Middleton. Terence H . 3.708.1 54
Borden. George W.. and Trecker, David J . to Union Carbide Corptira-
tion 1 -Cycloalkenylmethyl-4,5-dihydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-2-
imidazolidinones. 3,708,495, CI 260-309.700.
Boretti. Isidore; See—
Angeleri, Emanuele; Bonatti, Mario; Costa, Gianmario; and
Boretti. Isidore. 3.708.625.
Borg- Warner Corporation, mesne; See —
Ulbing, Otmar M , 3,707.955
Bosch, Robert, GmbH See—
Blaich. Emil, Maier. Oskar; and Ziegler. Bodo, 3.708.347.
Schirmer. Gunter; and Fauser, Edwin. 3.708,659.
Schlimme. Ewald. 3.707.950.
Bosley, Denis V.; See —
Tucker. James ! . Jr , Bales. Joseph H.; Bosley, Denis V.. Prodger.
Brian S , Ruppel, Kurt; and Summerfield. William F.. 3.707,802
Bosse. Frank; See —
Finke. Amo; and Bosse. Frank, 3,708,377.
Bossert, Friedrich; See —
Rucker. Dietrich; Bossert. Friedrich. Meyer. Horst; and V'ater.
Wulf. 3.708.489.
Boucher, Raymond M. G , to Wave Energy Systems, Inc Method for
continuous sterilization at low temperature. 3,708,263. CI. 21-
5400a.
B<ixall. Frank S.. to Vicom Corporation. Pulse code modulation com-
munication system. 3,708,624. CI. 179-15.00a.
Boyd. Aland; See —
McCullough, Harry J ; Shahid, John M.; and Boyd. Aland,
3,708,254.
Btiyertown Auto Body Works; See —
Hafer. Paul R. 3,708,028.
Bracey. Kenneth Edward George; See—
Dawson, Lindsay Grahame; Petrie, James Alexander; and Bracey,
Kenneth Edward George, 3,708.244.
Brach, Paul J , and Six. Hugh A . to Xerox Corporation. Pi-form metal
phihalocyanine. 3,708.292, CI. 96-1 500.
Brach, Paul J , and Lardon, Marcel A., to Xerox Corporation. Pi-form
metal-free phthalocyanine. 3.708,293. CI. 96-1 .500.
Brafford. Donald A ; and Adams, Richard J., to Beloit Corporation.
Roll covering. 3,707,752, CI. 29- 1 32.000.
Brauer. Willi, to Langenstein & Schemann Aktiengesellschaft.
Machines for forming a workpiece between two ram heads.
3,707.866, CI. 72-407.000.
Braun, Bernard G. ; See —
Schaible. Aaron M., Braun, Bernard G.; Bennett, Wilbur G.; and
Brown, Richard L , 3,707.990
Braxton Corporation: See —
Horsley, Caperton B , 3.708,033.
Bredeweg, Corwin J.; See —
Hickner, Richard A., and Bredeweg, Corwin J., 3,708,543.
Breeding, Terry G.: See-
junker. Bernhard T.; Breeding, Terry G ; Hoyt, Michael T.; and
Hedrick. Ross M. 3,708,566
Breen, William J One-way diaphragm seal for drains. 3,707,986. CI
137-525 100.
Breitmeier. Max. Method and means for continuous distribution of
electrical energy. 3.708.684, CI. 307-J5.000.
Bremer, James F.: See—
Schaible. Aaron M . Braun. Bernard G., Bennett. Wilbur G.; and
Brown. Richard L.. 3.707.990.
Brenner. Mannie: See —
Leydon. Arthur J.; Brenner. Mannie, and Chase, Fred L.,
3,708,331.
Brewer. John C, to Garbalizer Corporation of America. Cutter and
shearing mechanism 3.708. 1 27. CI. 24 1 -32 .000.
Brex Corporation: See —
Anderson, Earl R , 3,708,053.
Briggs, Peleg B , Jr, to Textron, Inc Fastener driving device having im-
proved structure for driving nails. 3,708.095. CI. 227-126.000.
Brite Industries. Inc.: See—
Manzo. Joseph F . Harris. James P.; Harris, Robert T; and Mauch,
Erwin W.. 3.707.744.
Bntish Leyland (Austin-Morris) Limited: See—
Middleton. Terence H . 3.708. 1 54
British Steel Corporation: See—
Jackson. Albert Edward; and Williams. Richard Fred. 3,708,322
Brode, Eugene G . and Klemneiur. Jay H Prefabricated wall system.
3,708,607, CI. 174-48 000
Brovikk, Robert E , and Marks, Robert T , to Ranco Incorporated.
Hydraulic actuator 3.707,844. CI 60-52 00b.
Brookside Ct)rporation: See —
Woixlen. John A.. 3,708,243.
Brose, Reinhard; See—
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard. Dudszus. Alfred; Milles. Wilhclm. Lerche,
Franz, Feyer, Gunter, Krause, Manfred, Grunwald, Josef, Hen-
sel, Ulrich, Aust, Ingo, Ewald, Gunter. I, anger. Walter. Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg, Oberlander. Joachim. Kowalski,
Horst, Gal/k. Eckard. Pemaux. Cierd. Schwank. Otto.
Leschnewski. Konrad. Brose. Reinhard, Hartwig, (junter, and
Ploet2,Ulnch, 3,708. 100
Brower. David F.. to Peltec Corporation. Apparatus for cleaning sub-
merged surfaces 3.707,737, CI. 15-1.700
Brown, Boniard I.: See —
Wessels, Philip S . 3.708.401 .
Brown C\)mpany See —
Buttery. Kenneth T. 3.708,104
Brown, Dale G.; See —
Mikherjec, Band B , Brown. Dale C. . and Hill, Ira D . 3.708.528
Brown. Howard W Electrically controlled brake 3.708.046. CI. 192-
2()(X).
Brown. James L Regulatable triggers for pneumatic devices.
3.707.994. CI 137-637 400.
Brown. Malcolm George. Jr . Guille. Ciilbert James. Jr ; and Long^
George Ernest. 111. to RCA Corptiration Cathode ray tube with
laminated safety panel and separate light-attenualing layer.
3.708,622, CI 178-7 820.
Brown, Melvin H See-
Brown. Robert H ; Brown, Melvm H . and Shumaker. Murray
Byron. 3,708.352
Brown, Norman C ; and Poll. Gerald S . to Ctxiper. McDougall &
Robertst)n Limited. Certain 211H| pyridon-4 vl phosphates and
phosphorothionates 3.708.487. CI. 260-294 8()k
Brown, Norman Kenneth .S>«' —
Sedgfield, Hugh B ; Brown. Norman Kenneth, and Birchnall. Eric
James, 3,708.029
Brown. Richard L.; See —
Schaible. Aaron M . Braun. Bernard G . Bennett. Wilbur G; and
Brown. Richard L.. 3.707.990
Brown, Richard L . to Bally Manufacturing Corporatu)n Apparatus for
simulating roadway driving conditions 3, 707. 78 I. CI 35-1 I (KX)
Brown. Robert H . Brown. Melvin H.; and Shumaker. Murray Byron, to
Aluminum Company of America. Strain hardened aluminum-mag-
nesium alloys. 3.708.352. CI. 148-11 50a.
Brownlee. John H.: See—
Pnce. Warren R ; and Brownlee. John H . 3.707.748.
Bruneau. Henri. Langner. Gerhard, and Tournere, Marcel Joseph, to
Stxriete Nationale d Etude et de Construction de Motcurs d'Avia-
tion. Supporting structure for the blades of turlx)machines.
3.708.242.0.415-217.000.
Brunie. Jean-Claude; and Crenne, Noel, to Rhone-Poulenc S A Manu-
facture of epoxy compounds by reaction of olefins with hydroperox-
ides and borate esters in situ. 3,708,506, CI 260-348 501
Brunnert. Otto, and Schierl. Hans, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Elec-
troacoustic transducer 3,708,702. CI. 3 10-8.200.
Bryan, Don S.: See—
Grotewold, Hans W.; and Bryan, Don S., 3,708,003.
Bryan, William P , Jr.; See—
Toews, Vem J.; and Wigle, Harold E., 3,707,806.
Bucalo, Louis, to Investors Inventures. Inc. Vas valve. 3.707,957. CI.
128-I.OOr.
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard; Dudszus, Alfred; Milles. Wilhelm, Lerche,
Franz; Feyer, Gunter, Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hensel,
Ulrich; Aust. Ingo; Ewald, Gunter; Langer, Walter, Ludke, Gunther;
Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberlander, Joachim, Kowalski, Horst; Gatzk,
Eckard; Pemaux. Gerd; Schwank, Otto; Leschnewski, Konrad;
Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, Gunter, and Ploetz, Ulrich. to Veb In-
genieurburo Schiffbau System and machinery for construction of
ship sections. 3,708,100, CI. 228-47.000.
Buck. Gordon H , to Mattel. Inc. Toy vehicle remote winding ap-
paratus 3,707.805. CI 46-202.000.
Buckley. Norman A., to McGraw-Edison Company. Garment finishing
combination 3.707.855. CI. 68-6.000.
Buckley. William Aidan: See—
Collier. John Anthony; and Buckley. William Aidan. 3,708,002.
Buckman, Walter R.: See—
Fujimoto, Edward K , Buckman, Walter R.; and Grezlikowsii, Ed-
mund J. 3,708,33<4
Bucks, Robert M , and Ayars. Frederick M.to Autonumerics Corpora-
tion Elapsed time indicator. 3.708.750. CI. 324-178.000.
Bucyrus-Erie Company; See—
Bulin. Kenneth D.. 3.708,152.
Budd Company, The; See—
January 2. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Germer. John A .3.707,920.
Germer.John A., 3,707,928.
Bueler Richard C, to Wagner Electric Corporation. Control valve
system 3,708,21 l.Cl. 303-6.00c.
Bulin Kenneth D . to Bucyrus-Erie Company Dragline fairlead
3.708,152.0 254- 190.()0r
Bumpas. Orville C Organic garbage treatment receptacle. 3,708,085.
CI. 220-18 000
Bunn. B H . Company; See—
Beedy. Robert G ,3.708.190
Burckhardt. Manfred H ; and Schafer, Lutz, to Daimler-Benz Aktien-
gesellschaft Sealing sleeve of elastic material. 3,707,852, CI. 64-
32()Of
Burkall Alvin E . to Whirlpt)ol Corporation Belt shifter with curved
fingers for multiple speed dryer. 3,707,882. CI. 74-242.300.
Burke. George E . Jr . to Textron, Inc Pneumatically actuated fastener
driving device with improved piston return air system 3,708,096, CI
227-l3()()00.
Burkhardt, Hans; See—
Andree, Franz, Burkhardt, Hans, and Riedel, Guenther,
3,708,499
Burlington Industries, Inc.; See—
Tomasino, Charles; and James, Steve Clifton. 3.708.327.
Burney Ivan T.. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Precipitator
cell. 3.707.828. CI. 55-138.000.
Burns. Eugene A : See—
Lubowitz. Hyman R.; Burns. Eugene A.; and Jones. John F..
3.708,370.
Burr, Derek James, and Betteridge, Walter, to International Nickel
Company. Inc.. The Production of sintered metal prixiucts
3.708,282. CI. 7 5-2(X).000.
Burt, F. N., Company. Inc.; See—
Rosenburg, Charles W. Jr.. 3.708.108.
Rosenburgh.CharlesW .Jr. 3.708.109.
Burton. Lawrence A . and Hennings, George W.. to Allen Bradley
Company Control center with shelf suppt)rted removable cabinets.
3.708.725. CI 317-120.000.
Bush. Eric Langley; See—
Sterling. Henley Frank; and Bush. Eric Langley. 3,708,728
Butler, Luther C , Jr ; and Jamieson, Robert S., to Lorain ProducLs
Corporatii>n Frequency comparator 3,708,686, CI. 307-149000
Butler, Wilbur T. Liquid flow monitoring. 3.707,983, CI. 137-173.000.
Buttery. Kenneth T . to Brown Company Tear strip for a carton.
3.708.104. CI. 229-5 I. OLs.
Bynum. Douglas. Jr . and Gailaway, Bob M . to US. Rubber Reclaim-
ing Co . Inc Pavement and composition therefor 3.707.901 . CI. 94-
9(KK)
Byrnes. Robert M Reversible inclined conveyor for meat carrying trol-
'leys. 3.707.925. CI. 104-167.000 o
CRParts. Ltd.;.S><'—
lshll.Shlro, 3,708,773.
Cabassut, Andre Emile Roger See—
Duthion, Louis; Cabassut, Andre Emile Roger; and Labussiere,
Andre Julien, 3,708,036.
Calhoun, Fredrick L , to Automatic Sprinkler Corporation of America.
Container inspection apparatus with plural detectors and rotating
projection system. 3,708,680, CI. 250-223.00b.
Calhoun William D , Hemsley, William T.; and Sioberg, Charles M.
Decking system. 3,707,819, CI. 52-319.000.
California DataCorptiration: See—
Johnson, Harold, 3,708,737.
Caltabiano, Alfio, to Ghisalba S p A Turin Electromagnetic contac-
tor. 3.708,769, CI. 335-132.000.
Camilli, Concetto T ; and Engel. Lawrence J . to Esso Research and
Engineering Company. Pro;^«llant binder and synthesis 3,708.358,
CI 149-7.000 ^ „ ,.
Camp ErnestC,Jr, to Cities Service Company. Manufacture of alkali
metal phosphates. 3,708,275, CI. 71-1 .000.
Campbell. David O . to United States of America. Atomic Energy
Commission Isotope enrichment process for lanthanide and actmide
elements. 3.708,392, CI. 176-16.000.
Campbell, George L.. to Garland Steel Company. Conduit seal.
3.708.1 87, CI. 285-373.000.
Campellone, Giuseppe: See —
Savarese, Giuseppe; Campellone, Giuseppe; De Luccia, Bruno;
and Russo, Giovanni, 3,708,757.
Camprubi, Bartholomew; and Capron-Tee, Grahame Gerald, to
Hoover Company, The Fluidic dishwasher spray system 3,708,1 20,
CI. 239-66.000. ,. .
Cannella, Joseph L , to Berg Mfg & Sales Co. Brake application
system. 3,708,2 1 2, CI. 303-7.000.
Canon Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Endo, Ichiro, and Soeda, Ken, 3,708,294
Caporicci, Antonio G. Automatic door locking mechanism. 3,708,193,
CI. 292-280.000.
Cappon, John. Method and device for the design of two parameter dis-
tribution system. 3.708,653, CI. 23 5-6 1.00b.
Capron-Tee, Grahame Gerald; See—
Camprubi, Bartholomew; and Capron-Tee. Grahame Gerald,
3.708.120.
Caraba. Jerome R , and Schmidt. Jude P.. to Motorola. Inc. Beam cur-
rent control circuit for a video camera system. 3,708,617, CI. 178-
7.200.
Carborundum Company, The; See—
Sleggs, Alton C; and Miller, William A.. 3,708,562.
Carduck, Franz Josef; See—
Dorschner, Oskar; Carduck. Franz Josef; and Kuhne. Norbert,
3,707.838.
Carlo Erba S.p.A.; See—
Lauria. Francesco; Vecchietti. Vittorio; and Logemann, Willy,
3,708.482.
Carlson. Robert C. to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany PriKess for prtxlucing an impregnated waterlaid sheet and
resultant product. 3.708,333, CI. 117-140.00a
Carmet Company; See—
Schnellman, Oscar; and Stier, Henry Willy, 3,707,809
Carpenter, Charies W , to Hercules Incorporated. Pile fabnc.
3.708.384. CI. 161-65.000.
Carpenter. David W ; See—
Meraz. Daniel. Jr . Simshauser. Anthony J.. Yeakey. Jack A., and
Carpenter. David W . 3.707.916.
Carr. Robert D.. Collier. Harry T.. and Jones, Clarence E.. to Allied
Chemical Corporation Apparatus for treating textile material.
3.707.859. CI. 68-202.000.
Carson ManufactunngCo.; -See-
Carson. Robert N. Jr.. 3.707.735
Carson Robert N, Jr.. to Carson Manufacturing Co Safety device for
fiuid filled mattresses. 3.707.735. CI. 5-348.000.
Ca.sagrande. Fulvio; See—
Duennenberger. Max; Schellenbaum. Max. and Casagrande. Ful-
vio. 3.708.527.
Ca.se. J. 1. Company: See—
Schaible. Aaron M.. Braun. Bernard G.; Bennett, Wilbur G.; and
Brown. Richard L.. 3.707.990.
Cashion. Joseph Wayne: .See—
Zebley. Donald Dane, and Cashion. Joseph Wayne. 3.707.996.
Cassar. Luigi; Chiusoli. Gian Paolo; Foa. Marco; Losco. Giuseppe, and
Fmai. Franco, to Montecatini Edison S p.A Process for preparing
esters of the para-diphenyl acetic acid. 3.708.5 18, CI. 260-469.000.
Cassar, Luigi; Foa, Marco; and Chiusoli. Gian Paolo, to Montecatini
Edistm S p.A Process for preparing phenylacetic acid. 3,708,529,
CI. 260-5 15.00r.
Caterpillar Company Co.: See—
Bantz. Clarence W., 3.707.984.
Caterpillar Tractor Company; See— '
Day. Ralph R. 3.707.887.
Celanese Corporation; .See—
Chenevey. Edward Clarence; and Kimmel. Robert Michael.
3.708.326.
Centre de Recherchesde Pont-a-Mousson; See-
Lang. Georges F .3.708.132.
Centre de Recherches de Pont-a-Mousson Maidieres; See— »
Leblond. Christian Georges; and Oger. Jacques Francois Marie.
3,707.846.
Chao. Hung-Chi. to United Slates Steel Corporation. Method of con-
verting metal powder into bar stcKk 3.708.284, CI. 75-208.0cs.
Chaplin. Charles J.; .See—
Bixler. Kenneth D ; Chaplin. Charles J.; Reifers. Richard F.; and
Peppier. William S.. 3,708.084
Chapman. John H.; and Staniforth. Susan E.. to Glaxo Laboratories
Limited. Crystalline complex of cephaloridine with an alkane diol.
3.708.478. CI. 122/080/3/9/.
Chase. Fred L; See—
Leydon, Arthur J ; Brenner. Mannie; and Chase, Fred L.,
3.708.331.
Chase.W R .&Co;See-
Leydon, Arthur J ; Brenner. Mannie. and Chase. Fred L.,
3,708,331.
Chelminski, Stephen V., to Bolt Asstx;iates, Inc Prcx:ess and system for
increasingload-beanngcapacity of soil. 3,707,848, CI 61-1 1.000.
Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Dietrich, Johannes, Wolff, Oswald; Amrehn, Hermann; and
Beckmann, Gunter, 3.708,465
Rombusch. Konrad; and Magosch. KaH-Heinz. 3,708,464
Chenevey, Edward Clarence, and Kimmel. Robert Michael, to
Celanese Corporation Stabilization of acrylic fibers and films
3.708.326. CI. 117-62.000.
Chemyakov. Semen Semenovich; See—
Stepanov, Gleb Alexandrovich; Chemyakov, Semen Semenovich;
and Karchmar. Tsetsiliya Aronovna. 3.708.3 16.
Chevron Research Company; See-
Graves. Thomas M.. 3.707,807.
Sweeney, William A, 3,708.437.
Chihoski. Russell A : See—
Croucher. William C; and Chihoski. Russell A., 3.708.648.
Chinakal, Nikolai Andreevich: See—
Nazarov. Nikolai Grigorievich; Chinakal, Nikolai Andreevich,
Sudnishnikov, Boris Vasilievich; Kostylev. Alexandr
Dmitrievich; Gurkov. Konstantin Stepanovich; and Tupitsyn.
Konstantin Konstantinovich. 3.708.023.
Chiusoli. Gian Paolo: See—
Cassar. Luigi; Chiusoli. Gian Paolo; Foa, Marco; Losco, Giuseppe;
and Fmai, Franco, 3,708,5 1 8.
Caspar. Luigi; Foa. Marco; and Chiusoh. Gian Paolo, 3,708.529.
Christe.KarlO.;Sef- _ ^ , ^ .
Bochinski. Julius H.; Christe. Karl O.; Gunderioy, Frank C, Jr.,
Pilipovich, Donald; and Wilson, Richard D., 3,707,762.
Christiano, Victor; See-
Van Raalte, John A.; and Christiano, Victor, 3,708,712.
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
and Steinberg, David H.
processes for prepanng same. 3,708,525. CI. 260-488.Uca.
"^^ Duen'L^nSerger7Max. Schellenbaum, Max. and Casagrande, Ful-
vio, 3.708.527.
Schumacher. Ernst, 3,708,295.
Ciba-Geigy Corporation: See—
Anner. Georg, and W.eland, Peter, 3,708,503.
Bencze, William Laszlo, 3,708,587.
Bencze, WiUiam Laszlo, 3.708.589.
Dexter. Martm, Spivack, John D
Dieinch". Henn. and Lehmann, Claude, 3.708,493.
Dietrich. Henn. and Lehmann, Calude, 3,708,494.
Kirchmayr, Rudolf. 3.708,475.
Cities Service Company See—
Camp. Ernest C. Jr., 3,708,275.
Cities Service Oil Company. See-
Bell. Edwin A .3.708,070.
Land. Karl M. 3,707,914.
Sv^anson. John W. 3.708.422.
Cities Service Research & Development Company, iee—
Mounce. William R. 3.708,569. ^ ». u j a
Citrin, Paul Stuart, to Sieburg Industries Incorporated Method and
device for article v^orking such as ^actunng of sem.conductoT slices
and separating semiconductor chips. 3,707,760, CI. 29-4 1 3.000.
Clark. Alexander Jay See— , 7nfi i7«;
Barney. Trentis E.; and Clark, Alexander Jay, 3,708,175.
Clark. George B . to Aqua-Chem, '"^ Rever^ osmos's memb^ne
module and apparatus using the same. 3,708,069, CI. 2 10- 81 -000.
Clark William T. Method and means of presenting a planeunum dis-
play. 3,707.786, CI. 35-42.500. ,„ ^ . , n„.h
Clements Richard F., to Environmental Control Products, Inc. Batch
ram feedmg apparatus. 3,708,078, CI. 214-23.000.
Clipp. Louis L.: See-
Hall, James M; and Clipp, Louis L., 3,708,121 _ ,,- ,,, f^.
Closson. Addison W Jr Shoe st.ffener^ V?nVn7 CI 238 14 Sj
Coale. Sidney C. Vehicle traction track. 3 708, 117. CI. 238-14.000.
Coats. Jesse C. Moving shadow light indexing means. 3,707,999, Ci.
Q-1 A'lQ 000
Colato Albert E , to Plastics. Inc. Divided plate cover and plate.
3 708 086, CI. 220-20.000.
Cole Edmund A., 1/2 to Peters. Ernest C. Check^jut counter.
3 707 ,826, CI. 53-384.000. ^ ^ ,. ....
Coleman, Michael G.. to Motorola, Inc. Method of making isolated
semiconductor devices. 3,707,765,0. 29-578.00.
Colgate-Palmolive Company; See- ^ ^^ , ^ ^„„^i, WnntPr
Compa. Russell Edward; Fischer. Charles Fredenck, Hunter.
Robert Tweedy. Jr ; and Odioso. Raymond Camillus, 3.708,425
Collier Franck. Dauchy. Jean-Daniel; Sargent, Christian, and Michon,
Maurice, to Compagnie Generale d'Electricite Liquid laser
3,708.759. CI. 331-945.000.
'^""car^.'Robert^'DT Collier, Harry T.; and Jones, Clarence E ,
3 707 859
Collier. John Anthony; and Buckley . WilUam A.dan to Pauls & San -
dars. Limited Malting of dehusked gram. 3.708,002 CI 99-50. uua
Collins. Joseph C. to Sterling Drug, Inc^ 3.3-Dicbloro-2-ox-
opolymethylenimines. 3,708,473, CI. 260-239.30r.
Collins. Robert F See— ^ -,n-i at^A
Patience, Donald; and Collins, Robert F., 3,707,964.
Colonial Sugar Refining Company Limited, The: See-
Smith. Peter; and Suzor, Herve, 3,708,337.
Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc.: 5ee— -nne aii
Bauer. Banjamin B . and Gravereaux, Daniel W- 3,708,631
Salomon. Kenneth R . MleUko. Alfred E.. and Walker. Donald J.,
3.708,797
Combined Optical Industries, Limited: See-
Stem David, 3.708,222. .^ /^ i v
Combs O'llah. to National Cash Register Company, The. Optical bar
code'serial printer. 3.707 ,9I0,C1. 101-93.00c.
Commercial Shearing & Sumping Company: See-
Hodgson. Robert F , 3.707.988.
Commercial Solvents Corporation: ^ee-
Firth. Jay A , and Frump, John A.. 3,708,334.
Commissariat a I'EnergieAtomique: See- ... ,„h Tehnul Al
Aubry Bernard; Gillot, Jacques; Masselot, Yves; and Teboul, Al-
bert. 3.708.157 .nr^o^^n
Denis. Pierre M ; and Guicherd. Roger 3 708 667.
Herve. Michel; and Rasneur. Bernard, 3,707.8 /U.
Jottier, Christian Francis, 3,708,264.
Pierson. Alexandre, 3,708,740.
Townsend, Eric J, 3,707,758. ^ ^ ,, u . , B^h^n
Compa Russell Edward; Fischer, Charles Fredenck; Hunter. Robert
Tweedy Jr and Odioso, Raymond Camillus, to Colgate-Palmolive
Company Detergent bars. 3,708.425,0. 252-89.000.
Compagnie Generale d'Automatisne: See—
Noungat. Gerard. 3,708,790.
Compaenie Generale d'Electricite: See— «. . ,„h
CoUier. Franck. Dauchy. Jean-Daniel; Sargent. Christian, and
Michon. Maunce. 3,708,759.
Ouevrin, Janic, 3,707,767.
Compagnie Internationale Pour Tlnformatique: See-
Spam, Robert J, 3,708,789
Conchemco. Incorporated, mesne: See— , ,no , , o
Remhart, Donald R., and Fritts, Russell A., 3,708,3 \ 8.
Condecor, Inc.: See—
^^SS^cSXn^-a^eff^^'^-
Con^er'-Re'x^'^d^^tandig, Louis L., to Halocarbon Products
Co^ration. Pnme mover system utilizing bjs (tnfluoromethyl)
benzene as working fluid. 3,707.843. 0 60-36.000
Considine. William J: See— .., „ „ i nn« S40
Reifenberg, Gerald H.; and Considine. William J.. 3.708.549.
Continenul Can Company. Inc.: See-
Stock. Michael J.; and Kotal. John R.. 3,708.679
Tatham, James P. 3,708,687
Contreras, Manuel H.. and Land Bros. Inc. Apparatus for Reforming
Crk^Trrr=.7nf iS^^u^ck'^^t'oyTehicles.
Ccircir-rJu Mc^lSd. Gerald J.; and Hill. Manon E to Stan-
ford Research Institute. Preparation of dinitrotoluene. 3.708.546.
CI 260-645 000. ^ nna iqk r\
Coons. Glen T. Convertible trailer, porch and camper. 3.708.198. ci.
296-23.00r. . . c
Cooper. McDougall & Robertson Limited_See-
Brown. Norman C. and Poll. Geralds. 3.708.487. ^..^
Cope James R.; and Smith. Paul F. to International Business Machines
Coloration Magnetic upe unit having a pneumatic reel hub.
Corke? Alfred E?K^'toVox° Arthur H.. & Co , Limited. Pharmaceuti-
cal compositions providing potassium chlonde in aqueous solution.
3.708.574,0.424-44.000.
Coming Glass Works: See-
Mitchell Aneelo Michael, 3,708,273. .
Cosley, Colman; Ind Streuer, Wilhelm A , to Oak E'ectro/Netics Cor^
pora ion. Multiple switch assembly with improved reciprocating leaf
Spring conuct c'^m actuator^3.708 635 CI 200-5^00r
Cosper Dale L. Steam bath cabinet. 3.707.732. C 4-164.000.
Cosper Dale L.. to Research Corporation. Belt massage machine.
3,707.962.0. 128-63.000.
Costa. Gianmario: See— .
Angeleri. Emanuele; Bonatti. Mario; Costa. Gianmano. and
Boretti.lsidoro. 3.708,625 , , . „^.^otr>r
Cotter Ashby M.. 50* to Harper, Roy. Inclination indicator.
3,707,772,0.33-373.000.
Cox, Arthur H , & Co.. Limited: See-
Corker, Alfred Eric, 3,708.574^ ,<n->nfw^
Grain, Rita M Garmet bag. 3,708,005, CI. 1 50-30.000.
Craine, Joseph B: See— ud nna^n
Malinow, Sidney; and Craine, Joseph B., 3,7U8,J U.
Cramer.John J : -See- . . , t -rno aaa
Kanoler Frank R ; and Cramer, John J, 3,708,466.
CraSVamL: J . and Frezzc.ini, James, to Fre^olin.^egn^^
Inc. Battery charging and dischargmg. 3,708,738,0. 32U-9.UUO.
Crenne, Noel: See— i ino <n<;
Brunie. Jean-Claude; and Crenne, Noel, 3,708,506. ,„ ,^^^
Croce Louis J.; and Barone. Bruno J . to Petro-Tex Chemical Corpora-
tion Promotion of the oxidation of mononuclear aromatic com-
C,=t;:VS"<;"L'?t'.SS? R.-„ A.. ,o Ma„,;.Man^...
Corporation. Multi-mode structural spotweld monitor. 3.708.648.
O 219-109.000.
Crouzet: See—
Company Automatic blanket integral control 3.708.649. O. 219
CrowlerR'chard P.. to Abcor. Inc. Hollow fi^r membrane device and
methodof fabricating same 3.708.071. CI. 210-321.UUU.
CrownCity Plating Co. See— i ino Atn
Kadison, Leon A., and Maguire. Eileen. 3,708.430.
CSS Machine & Tool Company. Inc.: See—
Faure. Alphonse W. 3.708.052.
Cunningham. James Alan: See— i„„..,
Wakefield. Robert Henry. Jr.; Cunningham. James
Hswe.Myint. 3,708.360.
Cupic Foundations. Inc.: See--
Welsch. David Peter; and Yannes. Harry, 3.707,973.
Curran, Peter F , Tawfik, David A; and James RogrtL^^^
Corporation. The Sequential monitor. 3,708.791.0. 340 24».uua.
Custom Machine. Inc.: See—
Wlr«:7pk Joseph T .3.708.079 . .
Cym^rowS Moms M.; and Mudgett. John C. Modular structure.
nV^'-Lck Si "and Urgent John G.. to International Business
•" M7chines''cori,or"a?ion As^iative memory cell dnver and sense
^mplifierc3.3.708.788.CI.340-l73.W^^
Dall£"NS^?;'i^d Uzumecki. Richard W. to Tub^ Industries, Inc..
D^-m^le^J^r^r? c!>Ko^e i^ sh^^^^^^^^^^^^
Alan; and
to Bendix
January 2. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Danko, Raymond A.; and Minge. Donald L., to Mannix Construction
Inc Rail grinder 3.707.808. CI. 51-178.000.
Das. Naba K . lo Grace. W. R . & Co Composition and method for in-
hibiting the growth of animal pathogens. 3,708.578, CI. 424-
141 000
Dato. Anthony L ; and Zilahy. Zoltan E . to Standard Tool & Manufac-
turing Co Control mechanism for advancing and locating pallets
3,708,051.0 198-19.000.
Datron Systems. Inc.: -See—
Pratt.GeorgeB .3.708,768.
Dauchy. Jean-Daniel: .See —
Collier. Franck; Dauchy, Jean-Daniel. Sargent. Christian; and
Michon. Maurice. 3.708.759.
Daus. Donald A : .See—
, and Daus. Donald A., 3.707.75 1
. and Daus. Donald A.. 3.708,225.
; Naber. Jaap E . and Verwey. Cornelis W . J
. Corrugated gauze reactor. 3.707.831, CI.
. to
55-
Misch. Robert D
Misch, Robert D
Dautzenherg. Frits M.
Shell Oil Company
483.000.
Davies. Terence J , to Xerox Corporation. Photoelectrophoretic imag-
ing with ultrasonic vibration during imaging 3,708,286. O 96-
1.000.
Davis Alfred Charles, to Imperial Tobacco Group Limited Filter
cigarette having apertured band. 3.707,975.0. 131-9.000.
Davis. Charles H . to Anaconda Wire and Cable Company Counting
reset apparatus for use in measuring method. 3.708,112, CI. 235-
58 OOp
Davis. Edward L Rotary display stand 3.708.073. O 2 1 1-47.000.
Davis. Lynn M.: .See—
Theis. James V . Jr and Davis, Lynn M . 3,708.240.
Davis. William M . Jr . and Windya. Richard A., to Singer Company,
The High speed switch with complementary outputs. 3,708,695, O
307-237.000
Da\ y and L nited Engineering Company, Limited: See-
Ross. Keith. 3.708.147
Dawson. Lindsay Grahame. Petrie, James Alexander, and Bracey. Ken-
neth Edward George, to Rolls-Royce Limited Bladed rotor for a gas
turbine engine. 3.708.244. CI. 416-196.000.
Day Ralph R . to Caterpillar Tractor Company. Steering control
means and grab bar combmation. 3.707.887. O. 74-552.000.
De Corso. Serafino M . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Process
T of refining metal in a vacuum with coaxially mounted non-consuma-
ble electrodes. 3.708.279. CI. 75-lO.OOv.
De Kinkelder. Petrus Johannes Alloysius Flaring spray nozzle
3.708. 126. CI. 239-590.500.
De La Mater. George B : See—
Bechara. Ibrahim S , De La Mater. George B.; and Milligan. Bar-
ton, 3.708.533.
De Laet. Jules Maria: .See—
Vanreusel. Gerard Laurens; Van Pee. Paul Desire; and De Laet.
Jules Maria, 3.708.298
De Laval Turbine California. Inc.: iee—
Rhoades. Warren A . Jr. and Fleischer. Danville Alfred R .
3.707.953.
De Luccia. Bruno: .See—
Savarese. Giuseppe; Campellone. Giuseppe; De Luccia
and Russo. Giovanni. 3.708.757.
De Staat der Nederlanden. ten Deze Vertegenwoordig Door de
Direcieur-Generaal der Posterijen. Telegrafie en Telefonie: See—
Hendriks. Hendrik Adrianus. 3.708.628
DeBra). Harold W , to United States Steel Corporation. Method and
apparatus for locating the surface of a liquid metal bath. 3.708.159.
CI 266-34 Olm
Deere & Company: .See-
Ryan. Edward Clyde. 3.708.019.
Deguchi. Takashi: See—
Yamahara. Takeshi; Kishimoto. Hiroshi; Nakamura. Shinji;
Deguchi. Takashi; and Takamatsu. Shichiro. 3.708.548.
Dellc-Alsthom .See—
Deville. Robert. 3.708.71 1.
Vigreux. Jacques, and Trolliet. Bernard. 3.708.639
Delta Vladimir Hach. and Higson. Harold G . to MacMillan Bloedel
Limited Cinnamate esters of thujols. 3.708.52 1 . O. 260-476.00c
Delves. H Trevor, to Perkin-Elmer Corporation. The Sampling
technique for atomic absorption spectroscopy. 3.708.228. CI 356-
87.000.
Demers. Romeo J N Cleaner for paint rollers. 3.707.740. CI 15-
236.000
Denis. Pierre M . and Guicherd. Roger, to Commissariat a 1 Energie
Atomique. Instrument for measuring the solar energy absorbed by
the earth and the plants 3.708.667. 0. 250-83. 30h.
DenkiOnkvo Companv. Ltd : .See—
Kawad'a.Takehiko. 3.708.701. «
Deutsche Edelstahlwerke Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Nickel. Ernst Gunter; Severin, Hans Peter; and Frye, Helmut.
3.708.600
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler: See—
Kleemann, Axel. Kruger. Manfred. Schreyer. Gerd; Weiberg,
Otto, and Weigert. Wolfgang. 3.708.507.
Deutschne Edelstahlwerke AG.: See—
Falk. Willi. 3.707.747.
Deville Robert, to Delle-Alsthom Explosion proof high voltage re-
sistance arrester 3.708.7 I I . O. 3 1 3-325.000.
Bruno;
Dexter, Martin; Spivack, John D.; and Steinberg, David H . to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation. Vinyl esters of dialkylhydroxyphenyl alkanoates.
3,708.520.0. 260-473. 00s.
Diamond International Corporation: See— ^'^
Bixler. Kenneth D.; Chaplin, Charles J.; Reifers. Richard F ; and
Peppier. William S. 3.708,084
Diamond National Corporation: See-
Fielder. James C. 3.708.656.
Diamond Shamrock Corporation: See—
Greenbaum, Sheldon B ; Hacke. Walter; and Horn. Herman,
3.708,505.
Kennedy. Alexander W.. and Malkin, Irving, 3,708,350.
Stallings. John P . 3.708.463.
Toggweiler. Llrich; and Roselli. Frank F . 3.708.443
Diassi, Patrick A., to Squibb. E. R.. & Sons. Inc. 2.1 1 .12.20-tetrola-a-
norpregnanes and derivatives thereof. 3.708.50 l.Cl. 260-340.500.
Dick, A B. Company: See—
Keur. Robert 1. 3.708.1 18.
Diehl. Elmer Paul, to General Electric Company Process controller
with gain-changing circuitry. 3.708.754. 0. 330- 1.00a.
Dietrich. Henri; and Lehmann. Claude, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation p-
(Acetoacetamidoalkyl)benzenesulfonamide derivatives. 3.708.493.
O 260-309.700.
Dietrich, Henri; and Lehmann. Calude, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
Derivatives of p-aminoalkylphenylsulfonyl-2-imino-imidazolidines
3,708.494.0. 260-309.700.
Dietrich. Johannes. Wolff. Oswald; Amrehn. Hermann, and
Beckmann. Gunter. to Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft
Method and apparatus for interrupting the polymerization of olefins.
3.708.465. CI. 260-93.700.
Dillin. Arthur J : See—
Koether. Karl H; and Dillin^Arthur J, 3,708,094.
Dillon Richard H F Self-propelled vehicle system for use in transfer
of materials. 3.707,922.0. 104-1 14.000.
Dinaco, Inc.: See-
Hart, William S. 3,707.789
Dinger, Leon Joe. to AMP Incorporated Heat shrinkable preinsulated
electrical connector and method of fabrication thereof 3.708,61 1.
CI. 174-84.00C.
Dinger, Leon Joel, to AMP Domestic, Inc. Closure device for closing
flexible tubes. 3.708. 149.C1. 25 1-9.000.
Dinges. Karl: See—
Nutzel. Karl; Dinges, Karl; and Haas, Friedrich. 3,708.556
Dismukes. Newton B . to Mobil Oil Corporation Method and ap-
paratus for obtaining an improved gravel pack. 3.708.013. CI. 166-
276.000.
Dittmar and Penn Corporation: See—
Ziegler. Carrell G ; and Hoffman. Albert H . 3.708.034
Dole. James. Corporation: See—
Guckel.Gerhart A.. 3.707,823.
Dolflni. Joseph Edward: See—
Welch. Arnold D ; Dolfini. Joseph Edward; and Giarrusso.
Frederick F. 3.708.479.
Dolin. Stanley A: See-
Krakow, Burton, Dolin, Stanley A.; and Kruegle, Herman A..
3.708.227.
Domkraft AB Nike: See—
Flodin. Karl Borje Yngve. 3.707.886.
Donnelly. Harold F . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation Method
producing absorbent paper toweling material. 3.708,366.
209.000.
Doreleijers. Theodorus Cornells Gerardus; See—
Bongenaar. Hendrik; and Doreleijers. Theodorus Cornells Gerar-
dus. 3.708.369.
Dorren Louis, to Ouadracasi Systems. Inc. Compatible four channel
FM system. 3,708.623.0. 179-15.0bt.
Dorschner. Oskar. Carduck. Franz Josef; and Kuhne. Norbert, to
Metallgesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft Process for the production of
staple fibers. 3.707.838,0. 57-157.00r
Doss. Nagib A . to GAF Corporation Method for dyeing polyamide
fibers with halotriazinylmonoazo dyestuffs. 3.708.259. O 8-4 1 OOr
Douchet Charles; Grancher. Pierre; and Vecchiutti. Robert. Manufac-
ture ofdialkyl sulphoxides 3.708.542. O 260-607.00a.
Douty Donald L . to United States Steel Corporation
bonded seal slide. 3.708.09t. O 222-54 1 .000
Dove. Jack E Electrostatic principle rotating atomic
3,708.703.0. 310-10.000.
Dow Chemical Company. The: See-
Anderson. Richard W . and Frick.HughieR .3.708.483
Frevel. LudoK ,and Kressley. Leonard J . 3.708,526.
Hickner. Richard A., and Bredeweg. Corwin J . 3,708.543.
Kurtz. Robert G. and Van Vorous. Theodore. 3.708,325.
McKinley. Suzanne V . and Rakshys. Joseph W . Jr . 3,708,462.
Nimerick, Kenneth Hugh, and Eilers, Louis Hugh, 3.708,319.
Dow Corning Corporation: See—
Joslyn. Wallace G., and Keil. Joseph W . 3.708,44 1
Slebleton, Leo F. 3.708.324.
Dragoco Spezialfabrik Konz Riech- und Aroma-stoffe Gerberdmg &
Co .GmbH : See—
Schrader. Karlheinz. 3.708,426
Drexel University; See-
Turner. Derek T . and Scheer. John E , 3,708,387.
Du Pont de Nemours. E I . and Company: See—
McErlane, James Edward; and Palmer. Russell Neal. 3.708, 1 33.
of
156-
Can end with
motor.
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Rowe. Jean Max. 3,708.734.
Short. Oliver A. 3.708.3 13.
Squire. Edvkard Noonan. 3.708.545.
Summers. Ronald J . 3.707.746
Van D>k. John W.; Vining, Roy H., and Wittman. David,
3.708.233.
Duds7us. Alfred See—
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard. Dudszus, Alfred, Milles, Wilhelm, Lerche,
Franz, Fever, Gunter; Krause, Manfred. Grunwald. Josef. Hen
sel. L'irich, Ausl, Ingo, F.wald. Gunler. Langer, Walter. Ludke.
Gunther. Mohle. Karl-Georg. Oberlander. Joachim. Kowalski.
Horst. Gatzk. Eckard; Pernaux. Gerd, Schwank, Otto,
Leschnewski, Konrad, Brose, Reinhard, Harlwig, Gunter; and
Ploet7,Ulnch, 3,708,100
Duennenberger, Max: Schellenbaum, Max, and Casagrande. Fuivio. to
Ciba Geigv AG Quaternary ammonium aryl carb<ixylic acid salts.
3.708.527X1 260-501.159.
Duff-Morton Company. Inc.: See—
Profet. Anthony G.. 3,707,885.
Duffty. Bryan, Golob. Thecxlore B , Jasinski, Stanley C. and Zwart,
Jack, to Eaton Yale & Tovvne Canada Limited Method and ap
paralus for harvesting trees 3.708,000. CI 144 3.00d
Dugge Richard H . to ACF Industries, Incorporated Pneumatic
hopper outlet for railway cars 3.708.209. CI 302-52.0(X)
Dunathan, Jay P . to Oceanography Mariculture Industries. Inc Oyster
spawning facilaity 3.707.948. CI. 1 19-4.0(K)
Duncan. Cecil 1. . McNelia, John F . and Pickler. William C . to United
States of America. Navv Mechanical fuze with self-destruct
mechanism 3.707.91 2. CI. 'l02-7.40O.
Dunfee. Danny D.. Evans. Robert W.; and Grimm. Richard C . to
Susquehanna Corporation, The Aerosol disseminator 3,707,918.
CI 102-90.000
Dunkin' Di)nuLs Incorporated; See —
Schertz. Eugene P, and Troisi, George A , 3,708,255.
Dunlop. Andrew P . and Wuskell. Joseph P. to Quaker OaLs Company.
The Terephthaldehyde acetals. 3.708.502. CI 260-340 700.
Dunlop Holdings Limited: See—
Winchcombe, John J.; Windsor, John P G ; and Biggs, Ian,
3,708.362.
Dunn. Charlton, III See—
Sorensen. Ronald L ; and Dunn, Charlton, III. 3.708,223.
Dunn. Jackei J . Sr. .See-
Saxon. James B . and Dunn, Jackei J , Sr., 3,708,61 2
Duplessis. Gerard Fixit massaging apparatus. 3,707,961, CI. 128-
33 000
Durkin. John T ; .See —
Krueger. Harvey R ; and Reynolds. Donald S.. 3,708.637.
Duthion, Louis, Cabassut, Andre Emile Roger; and Labussiere, Andre
Julien, to Berlin & Cie and Avitins Marcel Dassault Apparatus for
attenuating the noise made by fluid jets ejected from a conduit
3.708.036, CI 181-33. OOh.
Dykes, Norman: .See—
McWhorter, William C; and Dykes, Norman, 3.708.45 L
Dynamic Air Inc . .See—
Steele. James R, 3,708.207.
Dynamics Research Corporation: .See—
Ivers, Richard J .3.708.681
Eastern Company. The. iiee —
Pastva. John V . Jr. 3.707.862.
Eastman Ktxiak Company: .See—
Askren, Lee T , and Fitzgerald, Charles S , 3,708,226
Hiller, Gary Lynn, 3,708,304.
Hub<ii, Robert W , Palmer, Osmond F ; and Rising, Bradley D ,
3,708,676
Luckey, George W , 3,708,300
Plakunov, James, and Koller, James Edward, 3,708,302.
Salesm, Eugene D, 3,708,303
Siegel, Harris T, 3,707,829.
Eaton Yale & Towne Canada Limited 5ee—
Duffty. Bryan. Golob. Theodore B. Jasinski. Stanley C; and
Zwart. Jack. 3.708,000.
Eaton Yale & Towne. Inc : See—
Richens, Kenneth A , Grover. Scott C ; Allred. James K ; and
Shook. James H .3,708.077
Ebert. Michael: See— >
Kasakoff. Sam, 3.708,310.
Ecodyne Corporation; See—
Tischler, Edward J , 3,708,068
Econa (G &B ) Plastics Limited: .See—
Molyneux, George, 3,707,8 1 5.
Eden, Jamal S , to Go<xlrich, B. F . Company, The. Chromium molyb-
date, tellurium oxide, phosphorus oxide catalyst. 3,708,434. CI. 252-
435.000.
FDP Limited, mesne: See—
McGourty. Thomas K.. 3.707.778
Filers. Louis Hugh: See —
Nimerick. Kenneth Hugh; and Filers, Louis Hugh, 3,708.319.
Eisenberg, Earnold J : .See—
Loewenstein, Klaus L.; Eisenberg, Earnold J., and Warshaw, Saul.
3.708,271.
Eisenegger, Edwin E , and Hefermehl, Hans Peter, to Gebrueder Bu-
hler AG and Hefermehl, H P , S A Method for the drying of high-
moisture waste products of living organismus 3,707.774. CI. 34-
14.000.
Electric Power Storage Limited: See —
Painter. Rt)y, and Vaughan, Graham John, 3,708,348
EUenberger, Jakob Push-button actuated excess current switch.
3,708,776, CI. 337-66.000.
Elliott Brothers ( London) Limited: .See —
Barltrop, Richard Kenneth, 3,708,735
Elliott, Roy Lee Index card means. 3,708.066, CI 209-80.500.
Ellis, James B.: .See-
Lux. George K . Ellis. James B ; and Schulze. John J . 3.708. 161
Ellist>n. John E ; and Flink, Herbert M , to Skinner Precision Industries,
Inc Electromagnetic valve assembly. 3,707,992, CI. 137-625.650
Ellzey. Flovd P Railway vehicle height controlling system 3.707,926,
CI 104 f OOr.
Emmet, Robert T , to United States of America, Navy. Sensor for a
variable-pressure rolling ball viscometer 3, 707, 871, CI 73-57. (UK).
Endo, Ichiro, and Soeda, Ken. to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Prix;ess for
preparing a photoconductive fiber sheet 3.708,294, CI. 96- 1 .600.
Energy Conversion Devices, Inc.: .See —
Fleming, Gordon R , 3,708,7 17.
Engel, John T : .See—
Winstrom, Willis L.; Engel, John T ; Sigler, Alan D ; and Thomas.
George David. 3,708,583
Fngel, Karl, to Telesco Brophey Limited One-piece carton and blank
3,708. 1 02, CI. 229-3 l.Ofs.
Engel, Lawrence J.: See—
Camilli,ConcettoT , and Engel, Lawrence J , 3,708,358
Engelsmann, Dieter; Kessler. Fntz; Mass. Dieter, and Zattler, Kurt, to
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Photographic apparatus with brak-
ing means for roll film 3.707.904. CI. 95-3 1 (M)r
English. Jackson Pollard: .See-
Miller. Bernard, and English, Jackst)n Pollard, 3.708,580.
Enright. Dennis J , Kahabka, Richard D ; and Miller, Donald F , to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Wire-splicing ap-
paratus and method 3,708,779, CI. 339-99.0()r.
Environmental Control Products, Inc.; .See-
Clements, Richard F, 3,708,078.
Epsztein, Bernard: .See —
Guenard. Pierre; and Epsztein. Bernard. 3.708.764
Erb, George H , to American Velcro, Inc Hix>ked surface of a hook
and l(x>p type fastener 3,708,382, CI 16I-48.0(X)
Erickstin Electrical Equipment Co.: .See—
Erickson. John W.. 3.708.643
Erickson. John W . to Erickstin Electrical Equipment Co High-current
switch with contact pressure btwster 3,708,643. CI 200- 1 70 OOa
Erie. Technological Prt)ducts. Inc.: .See-
Wiles, Philip, 3,708,722.
Erwin, Henry P , Jr , to Precision Field Coil Company Dual purpme
coil for automobile starter motors. 3,708,682, CI. 290-37.000.
ESB Incorptirated: .See-
Bernstein. Philip, 3.708.344
Macaulay, William R ; Bilhom, John M ; and Anderstin. Kent V..
3,708,349.
Raddi, William J ,3,707,974.
Es.so Research and Engineering Company: See— •■
Camilli, Concetto T; and Engel, Lawrence J.. 3.708.358.
Olah, George A., 3,708,553
Esveldt, Cornells Jacobus; and Slijkerman, Petrus Nicolaas, to US
Phihps Corporation. Annular core consisting of a ferromagnetic fer-
rite and to be used as a magnetic memory element and of manufac-
turing such a magnetic core. 3,708,423, CI. 252-62.610.
Ethvl Corporation: See—
' Immethun, Feter A., 3,708,385.
Niebylski, Leonard M., 3.708,380.
European Atomic Energy Community ( Euratom): .See—
Avogadro, Alessandro, and Wurm, Joseph, 3,708,267.
Evans, Arthur D., to Siliconix Incorporated Voltage limiter.
3,708,694, CI. 307-237.0{K).
Evans, Howard L. Comer construction for a corrugated box
3,708,103, CI. 229-35.000.
Evans, Marvin: .See-
Miller. Josfeph G.. Stichman. John H.; and Bernstein. Theodore.
3,708,685.
Evans, Robert W.: See—
Dunfee, Danny D.; Evans, Robert W.; and Grimm. Richard C.
3.707.918.
Eversman Mfg. Company, The; See—
Shader, Benjamin A ,3.708,016. ^
Every, Peter; .See—
Riordan, Hugh E; Every, Peter; and Hill, Frank E., 3,708,214.
EVG Entwicklungs- und Verwertungsgesellschaft m b H : .See—
Ritter, Klaus, Gott, Hans, Ritter, Josef, and Ritter, Gerhard,
3,708.646.
Ewald, Gunter: See—
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard; Dudszus, Alfred; Milles, Wilhelm. Lerche,
Franz; Feyer, Gunter; Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel, uirich; Aust, Ingo; Ewald, Gunter, Langer, Walter; Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberlander, Joachim; Kowalski.
Horst; Gatyk, Eckard; Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto;
Leschnewski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, Gunter, and
Ploetz,Ulrich, 3,708,100
Ewing, Joseph B . Jr. Cantilever support. 3,708.038. CI. 1 82- 1 50.000.
Exotech Incorporated: See-
Hall, James M , and Clipp, Louis L., 3.708. 1 2 1
Factory Mutual Research Corporation: See—
Yao, Cheng. 3.708.015.
January 2. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Fahev Thomas D , and Schlagel. Samuel, to Steel Storage Systems,
Inc' Steel racking apparatus. 3,708,074, CI 2 1 1 - 1 5 1 .000
Fajcn I yle A, to Motorola, Inc Biasing network for transistors.
3,708,756, CI 330-29.000
Falk Willi to Deutschne Edelstahlwerke AG. Insert for cutting tool
3,707.747, CI 29-95.000.
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Rucker. Dietrich, Bossert, Friedrich, Meyer, Horst, and Vater,
Wulf, 3,708,489
Thoma, Wilhelm, Oertel, Harald; and Rinke, Heinnch, 3.708.453
Farbwerkc Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning: .See—
Hahn. Helmut. Scherer. Otto, and Rebsdat. Siegfried, 3,708,538.
Happe, Wilhelm. and Schladelsch. Hans Jakob, 3,708.596.
I ofner. Wilhelm. and Riebcr. Martin. 3.708,328.
Lowenfeld. Rudolf, and Kosubek.Uwe, 3.708,257.
Rupp. Walter, and Bcermann. Claus. 3,708.460
Von Der Eltz. Hans-Ulrich; Gunther Dieter; Krell, Karl-Heinz;
Matterstock, Karl, and Vollmann, Hansjorg, 3.708.258.
Farkas. /oltan D Avalanche breakdown sinusoidal oscillator.
3.708.760. CI 331-107 OOr.
Farrington Business Machines Corporation: .See-
Patterson. James M. Jr. 3.707.91 1
Farrisscy. William J .Jr.: .See—
Alberimi. Louis M . Farrissey. William J , Jr , and Rose. James S .
3.708.458
Faure Alphonse W . to CSS. Machine & Tool Company. Inc. Unsta-
ble ware push plate 3,708.052, CI 198-24 000
Fauser, F.dwin: .See —
Schirmer, Gunter; and Fauser, Edwin, 3.708.659
Faust, Werner, to Aktiengesellschaft Brown. Boveri & Cie Compound
electrical circuit unit comprising a main power type thyristor and
auxiliary control semiconductor elements structurally and electri-
cally united to form a compact assembly 3,708,732, CI. 37-235.00r.
Fe ie rtag , Orr i n G : .See —
Bock. John W ; Feiertag, Orrin G.; and Sullivan, Raymond J.,
3,708,664
Fein. Harry Asynchronous data transmission apparatus and method.
3.708,752, CI 325-38.000.
Feldheim, Andrew: .See—
Feldheim, Gabor Z ; and Feldheim, Andrew, 3,708,062
Feidhcim Ciabor Z ; and Feldheim, Andrew Eyehook fastener auto-
matic installing machine 3,708.062, CI 2()6-56.0df
Fclgel Famholz, Richard Von, to Fernseh GmbH. Color TV
reproduction unit using laser beams. 3,708,616, CI. 178-5.40r.
Fenton, Donald M , to Union Oil Company of California Condensa-
tion of ammonia or a primary or secondary amine with an alcohol
3,708,539, CI. 26()-585.00b.
Fergusin, Joseph B -See —
Rawson. Edward B , and Fergusin, Joseph B, 3.708.785.
Fergust>n. Virgil D.: .See-
Holder. Ronald W , and Ferguson, Virgil D.. 3,708.089.
Fernseh Ci m b H .See—
Felgel Farnholz, Richard Von, 3,708.616.
Radecke. Helmut. 3,708,753.
Ferrex Ct)rporation .See—
Ferrier, Hermann A . and MacGinitie, Gordon F , 3,708,693.
Ferrier Hermann A ; and MacGinitie, Gordon F , to Ferrex Corpora-
tion Gamma corrector. 3,708,693, CI. 307-229.000.
Ferstandig, Louis l..: .See-
Conner. Rex C, and Ferstandig, Louis L , 3,707.843
Feyer, Gunler: -See-
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard, Dudszus, Alfred; Milles, Wilhelm, Lerche,
Franz, Feyer, Gunter, Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel uirich, Ausl, Ingo, Ewald. Gunler. Langer, Waller, Ludke,
Gunther Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberlander, Joachim, Kowalski,
Horst, Gatzk, Eckard; Pernaux, Gerd, Schwank, Otto,
Leschnewski, Konrad, Brose. Reinhard; Harlwig. Gunter, and
Ploelz, Uirich. 3,708,100.
Fielder, James C , to Diamond National Corporation Tabulating type
ballot 3,708,656, CI. 235-61. 12r.
Finke, Adele: .See—
Finke, Arno, and Bosse, Frank, 3,708.377.
Finke Arno, decea.sed (by Finke. Adele; sole heiress); and Bosse.
Frank to Maschinenfabrik Windmoller & Holscher. Machine for
manufacturing heat-sealed bags. 3,708,377, CI. 156-582.000
Firestone Raymond A , to Merck & Co , Inc |2-(Dihalophosphinyl)-
1-melhylvinylloniumhalides 3,708,535, CI. 260-543.00p.
Firestone Tire and Rubber Company, The .See—
Harr, George B, 3,708.330.
First National Bank of Chicago. The: See—
Krueger, Harvey R ; and Reynolds, Donald S , 3,708.637
First, Philip E , to Scovill Manufacturing Company Intercommunica-
tion system for apartment, office building and the like. 3,708,6^29,
CI 179-37 000 ,^ .
Firth, Jay A.; and Frump, John A , to Commercial Solvents Corpora
lion Method of marking the skin or fur of animals 3,708,334, CI.
117-141.000.
Fischer, Adolf .See— . ^ . » j ir
Rohr, Wolfgang; Koenig, Karl-Heinz; and Fischer, Adolt,
3,708,471.
Fischer, Charles Frederick: See—
Compa, Russell Edward; Fischer, Charles Frederick; Hunter,
Robert Tweedy, Jr , and Odioso, Raymond Camillus, 3,708,425.
Fisher, Adolf: .See—
Zeidler, Adolf; Fisher, Adolf, and Weiss, Guenlher, 3,708,277.
Fisher, Edward L, to Textron, Inc. Nail feed mechanism. 3.708.097. CI.
227-136.000.
Fitzgearld, Joseph J.: See-
Mayo, Kenneth E.; and Fitzgearld, Joseph J , 3,708,268.
Fitzgerald, Charles S.: .See—
Askren, Lee T.; and Fitzgerald, Charles S., 3,708,226
Fitzsimmons, Thomas E.: .See—
Roebelen, George J , Jr ; and Filz.simmons. Thomas E , 3,707,757
Fleck, John F . to Owens-lllinois. Inc Method of lifting a TV. funnel
mold ring off a mold, orienting it into ptisition, and setting on funnel
mold. 3,708,274, CI. 65-307.000
Fleischer, Danville Alfred R.: See—
Rhoades, Warren A., Jr ; and Fleischer, Danville Alfred R..
3,707,953.
Reming, Gordon R , to Energy Conversion Devices, Inc Electrolu-
minescent array and methcxi and apparatus for controlling discrete
points on the array 3.708.7 17. CI. 3 15-1 69.0tv.
nick. Francis S., to Miller Fluid Power Corporation, mesne Piston and
rod as,sembly for piston and cylinder devices. 3,708,188, CI. 287-
20.00p.
Flink, Herbert M : .See-
Ellison, John E.; and Rink, Herbert M., 3,707.992.
Flint, Theodore REIa-stomeric tape 3,708,379, CI 161-36.000
Rixiin, Karl Borje Yngve, to Domkraft AB Nike Arrangement at
"hydraulic lifting jacks. 3,707,886. CI. 74-547.000.
Fmai. Franco: .See—
Cassar, Luigi; Chiusoli, Gian Paolo; Foa, Marco; Losco, Giuseppe;
andi^mai. Franco, 3,708.518.
Foa, Marco: .See — o-^^
Cassar, Luigi; Chiust>li, Gian Paolo; Foa. Marco; Losco, Giuseppe;
and Fmai, Franco, 3,708,5 1 8.
Cassar. Luigi; Foa. Marco; and Chiusoli, Gian Paolo, 3.708,529. _
Fogelson, Richard C : See—
Mabrey, Lindell E., and Fogelson, Richard C, 3,707,792
Ford Motor Company: See—
Jania, Zbigniew J ; and Vanderberg. Lawrence J.. 3,708,03 1 .
Fork. Kurt: .See—
Hoffmann, Manfred, Fork, Kurt; and Schulze. Peter. 3.708.71 8.
Forlini, Matthew, Lowell, Francis C ; and Saxe, Robert L.. to Research
Frontiers, Inc Light valve with flowing fluid suspension. 3.708.219,
CI. 350-150.000
Forshey, David R : See—
Ma.stm, Charles M., and Forshey, David R., 3,708,356.
Fort George E , to American Standard Inc Cross-track switch.
3, 707 ,921, CI. 104-99.000.
Fox. Homer M.: .See—
Ruehlen, Forrest N ; and Fox, Homer M.. 3.708.416.
Foxboro Company, The: See—
Vanslette, Robert A , 3,708,41 1
Franck, Heinz-Gerhard, Metzendord, Walter; Turowski, Johannes;
decea.sed (by Turowski, Eles, Paula Mane. heir). Omran, Jaafar. and
Nijssen, Jozef H G . to Rutgerswerke Aktiengesellschaft Process for
preparing foam materials resistant to pressure and heatfrom mixtures
of bituminous masses and phenolic resins 3.708.442. CI. 260-2 50f.
Frankel Ernst G., to Interstate Oil Transptm Co Floating stable ter-
minal 3,707,934, CI. 114 .50t.
Franklin Electric Co , Inc : .See-
Whitney, John A ; and Wotxls, Richard E , 3.708,720
Frankovich, George J , to Kennecott Copper Corpiration Methtxl of
producing a wholly integral ancxle for electrolytic refining of metals.
3,707.764,C1. 29-527 600.
Frazer John S , to Union Carbide Corporation Removable funnel for
containers. 3,708,092,0. 222-5A7 000.
Free-Flow Packaging Corporation: See-
Fuss, Gunter G ,3,708,208
Freed, Paul S , to United Slates of Health, Education and Welfare. Bal-
Uwn cardiac assisting pump having inlraaortic electrtKaVdiographic
electrtKles 3,707,960. CI. 128-206.00e.
Freeman, Gary Michael, to Gilford Instrument Laboratories, Inc Tim-
ing device for automatic sampling apparatus 3,707,875, CI. 73-
423.00a . „ .
Frei, Armin Heinz; and Vettiger. Peter, to International Business
Machines Corporation High-speed analog switching with PET.
3,708,699, CI. 307-304.000.
Frei. Walter: See—
Kuhnle, Willi; and Frei, Walter, 3,708,047
Kreter, Kurt: .See—
Merz, Herbert; Freter, Kurt; and Zeile, Kari, 3,708.597
Frevel, Ludo K ; and Kressley, Leonard J , to Dow Chemical Company,
The Alkyl amidosulfinic acid (bis-alkylamine) salts and method for
their preparation 3,708.526, CI. 260-501.120.
Frezzoiini. James: See-
Crawford, James J.; and Frezzoiini, James, 3,708.738.
Frezzoiini Electronics, Inc.: .See-
Crawford, James J , and Frezzoiini, James, 3,708.738. j
Frick, Hughie R.: .See-
Anderson, Richard W.; and Frick, Hughie R , 3,708,483
Fricker, Karl: .See—
Limpinsel, Gunter; and Fricker, Karl, 3,708,128
Friedgen Arthur H ; and Nohrenberg, Warren R Fishing rixl holder
3,708, i41, CI. 248-42.000.
Friedman Bernard S , to Atlantic Richfield Company r.vn/ylhalide
carbonylation process. 3,708,530, CI. 260-515 'lOp.
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2. 1973
FriednchUhde GmbH See- ,-,m«Hi
Neuhaus, Heinz; and Peters. Henmng, 3,707,88 1
Fritls, Russell A. See- , nno -na
Reinhart. Donald R.; and Fntts, Russell A., 3,708,3 18.
Fruit Jerry L to Menson Corporation. Precision pressure manometer.
3,707,868, CI. 73-4.000.
Frulla Floro F , Odinak, Alec, and Sayigh. Adnan A R., to Upjohn
Company, The Reclaiming scrap polyisocyanurate foarn with an
aliphatic diol and a dialkandlamine 3,708,440, CI 260-2.300.
Frump, John A. See— -, -.no ^ia
Firth, Jay A., and Frump, John A., 3,708,334.
Frye, Helmut See— u , .
Nickel. Ernst Gunter; Severin. Hans Peter; and Frye, Helmut,
3,708,600
Fuchs Electncal Industries ( Proprietary) Limited; See—
Schreckenberg, Karl. Klein, Louis; and Read, Lorenzo Antonio,
3,708.771.
Fuhrmann. Robert; Pisanchyn. John; and Sifniades. Stylianos. to Allied
Chemical Corporation. a-Nitro-a>-oximino cycloalkanones as fungi-
cides 3.708.595. CI 424-327.000
Fuji Photo Film Co . Ltd : See—
Ishida. Hiroshi; Isozaki. Isamu. and Mukai. Minoru, 3,707.824.
Matsumoto. Seiji, and Tamai, Yasuo, 3,707,943.
Shimamura. Isao; lijima. Yoo; and Iwano. Haruhiko. 3.708.299.
Fujimoto. Edward K . Buckman, Walter R., and Grezlikowsii, Edmund
J , to Allied Chemical Corporation Potassuim hydroxide wafers and^
process for their preparation. 3,708,339, CI 1 36- 1 53 000.
Fujisawa. Seiji: See— . i. ,.
Nakabe, Ryuhei; Fujisawa, Seiji; Sugihara. Yasuhiro, and Meki.
Norio. 3,708,613.
Nakabe, Ryuhei; and Fujisawa, Seiji, 3,708,614.
Fujiwara, Shigeru, Nagae, Kenji; and Okuhashi, Tomomi, to Teijin
Limited. Electrically conductive filament. 3.708,335, CI. 117-
226000.
Fukatsu Kazuyoshi, to Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha. Ruid pressure
pulsation absorbers. 3,707.879. CI. 92-48.000.
Fukuda. Hideo: See—
Karastu. Tetsuo. Sasaki. Hiroshi. and Fukuda. Hideo. 3.708.461
Fukuda Tomomitsu, to Pentel Kabushiki Kaisha Ball holder of ball-
point pen. 3,708.234, CI. 401-216.000.
Fukushige, Shinobu; See—
Kishida, Tohru, Arikawa. Tadashi, Matsuyama, Shigeru; and Fu-
kushige, Shinobu, 3,708.314.
Fuller. Francis M: See—
Godley. Augustus P ; Fuller. Francis M ; Houk. Charles R.; Hol-
land. Henry A Nelson; and Gendron. George J . 3,707,847
Fuller. Maunce D , to Korry Manufacturing Company Front-mounted,
clamp-to-hold electncal cartndge with swing-aside, push-to-test cap
thereon 3,708,640, CI. 20O-167.0Oa.
Furukawa Electric Co. Ltd.; See— >
Tashiro, Kenichi, Furuto. Yoshio; Shigihara. Takeji; Ikawa.
Kazuo. and Okano. Yukimitsu. 3.708.675
Furukawa Electric Company Limited. The: See—
Kamata, Yoshihiro. 3,708.405.
Furuto. Yoshio: See —
Tashiro. Kenichi; Furuto, Yoshio; Shigihara, Takeji; Ikawa,
Kazuo; and Okano, Yukimitsu, 3,708,675
Fuss, Gunter G , to Free-Flow Packaging Corporation System for
selective distribution of light weight materials. 3,708,208, CI. 302-
28.000
GAF Corporation: See-
Doss, Nagib A , 3,708,259.
Kalven, Alex E ,3.708,058.
Gailaway, Bob M See—
Bynum, Douglas, Jr ; and Gailaway, Bob M., 3,707,901
Galantay Eugene E., to Sandoz-Wander, Inc Homogonane deriva-
tives 3,708,541. CI. 260-590.000.
Gamon-Camet Industnes. Inc : See—
Masson. Narinder. Korenicki. William John; and Lechner. Walter
Ludwig. 3.707.872.
Ganzler, Wolfgang; Schroder. Gunter; and Huch. Peter, to Rohm &
Haas GmbH Foamed and foamable copolymers. 3.708,444, CI.
260-2 50n
Garbalizer Corporation of Amenca: See-
Brewer, John C, 3,708,127
Gardner-Denver Company: See—
Stillwagon, George B., Jr., 3,707,894.
Garland Steel Company; See—
CampbdI. George L. 3.708,187.
Gasc. Jean-Claude: See—
Nedelec. Lucien; and Gasc. Jean-Claude, 3,708,474.
Gatzke, Eckard: See—
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard; Dudszus, Alfred; Milles, Wilhelm; Lerche,
Franz; Feyer, Gunter; Krause, Manfred, Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel, Ulrich; Aust, Ingo, Ewald, Gunter, Langer, Walter; Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberlander. Joachim; Kowalski.
Horst; Gauk. Eckard; Pernaux. Gerd; Schwank. Otto;
Leschnewski, Konrad, Brose, Reinhard; Hartwig. Gunter; and
Ploetz. Ulrich, 3,708,100.
Gaylord Associates: See—
Gaylord, Norman G, 3,708,555
Gaylord, Norman G , to Gaylord Associates. Grafting of a mixture of
styrene and maleic anhydride onto backbone polymers containing
active or labile hydrogen atoms. 3,708,555, CI. 260-878. OOr.
Gebrueder Buhler AG: See—
Eisenegger, Edwin E . and Hefermehl, Hans-Peter, 3,707,774
Gednalske, Louis. Fishing rod holder with beeper 3,707,801, CI. 43-
17.000
Gendron, George J: See— . ^^ , „ u i
Godley, Augustus P ; Fuller, Francis M.; Houk, Charles R_; Hol-
land, Henry A. Nelson, and Gendron, George J., 3,707.847.
General Electric Company: See-
Bean, Charles P, 3,708,402.
Bock, John W., FeierUg. Orrin G.; and Sullivan, Raymond J.,
3,708,664
Diehl, Elmer Paul, 3.708,754.
Hamon, Richard Eugene, 3.708,272.
Kelling,LeroyU.C., 3,708,657.
Kohler, Thomas P ; Smith, Marvin W , and Van Marter, Charles
W, 3,708,739.
Mitchell,GrahamR . 3,708,638.
Price. Warren R , and Brownlee. John H.. 3.707.748.
Smith. Afred H . Jr . and Beers, Melvin D . 3.708.467
Smyser. William E . and Speros. Dimitrios M., 3,708,7 10.
Weber. Kurt H. 3.707.903.
■ Zauderer. Bert. 3.708.704.
General Instrument Corporation: .See—
Savarese, Giuseppe; Campellone. Giuseppe. De Luccia, Bruno;
and Russo. Giovanni. 3.708.757
General Latex and Chemical Corporation: See—
Junas. Thomas B ; and La Torre. Augustin. 3.708.445.
General Mills. Inc : See—
Johnson. George E ; and Rohleder. Penelope C . 3.708.309.
General Tire & Rubber Company. The .See-
Grant Bernard Carnngton; and Reilly. John F.. 3.708.367.
Henley. Virgil E. 3.707 ,749
Georgopoulos, Chnstos J. to Raytheon Company Phase shifter driver
amplifier. 3.708.697. CI. 307-270.000
Gerling Paul, to Glyco-Metall-Werke Daelen & Loos GmbH Adjusta-
ble bean ng 3.708,216, CI 308-73.000.
Germer John A, to Budd Company, The Lateral railway spring
suspension system. 3,707,920, CI. 105-210.000
Germer John A , to Budd Company. The Vertical railway spring
suspension system 3.707.928. CI. 105-210.000. „ ^, „^
Germer. John A. Brake spring apparatus 3,708.039. CI. 1 88-62.000.
Geurts. Leonardus H: See—
Thomas, Jozef A.; Klein, Joseph F. M ; and Geurts, Leonardus H.,
3,708,515.
Gevaert-Agfa N V : See—
Timmerman, Daniel Maurice; Van Paesschen, August Jean; and
Verhille. Karel Eugeen, 3,708,289.
Gewerkschaft Victor Chemische Werke; See—
Hecht, Horstmar, and Schwandt. Horst. 3.708.276
Gever Robert P . and Gieriach. Robert W . to Standard Car Truck
Cor^pany. Resilient truck side beanng. 3.707.927. CI I05-I99.0cb.
Geyken. Erwin; Krauss. Siegfried; KcKourek. Franz; Koninger. Horst;
and Schwarzmaier. Gerhard, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft.
Film drying apparatus 3.707.777. CI. 34-48.000.
Ghisalba S.p A. Turin: See—
Caltabiano. Alfio. 3.708.769
Giarrusso. Fredenck F: .See—
Welch. Arnold D.; Dolfini. Joseph Edward; and Giarrusso.
Frederick F , 3.708.479.
Gibbon. John D Fibrillation process. 3,707.837, CI. 57-1 57.00f.
Gieriach, Robert W: See— ,„,„,,
Geyer, Robert P., and Gieriach, Robert W ,3.707,927.
Gilbert Barne, to Tektronix, Inc. Large scale integrated circuit of
reduced area including counter. 3,708,691, CI 307-225.00b_
Gilbert Bony Electncally controlled dielectric panel lens. 3,708,796,
CI. 343-754 000. ,, u i. c i,
Gilev Vitaly Konsuntinovich; Ovanesov, Jury Vagarshevich; Sarkisov,
Rafael Tevosovich, and Stepanyan. Ernst Arakelovich. Device for
stackingstatorlaminations. 3,708,054, CI 1 98-33.0ac
Gilev Vitaly Konstantinovich; Popov, Vyacheslav Dmitnevich; Sar-
kisov, Rafael Tevosovich; and Stephanian, Ernst Arake ovich.
Charging device for automatic punch-presses. 3,708,165, CI. 271-
62.00r.
Gilford Instrument Laboratories, Inc : See-
Freeman, Gary Michael, 3,707,875.
Gilgo, Horace Paul: See— „ , o
Bell Cecil R., Swaim, Jessie E.; Gilgo, Horace Paul; Rogers.
Robert C; Sizemore, Walter Ray; and On-. Samuel M.. Jr..
3.707.825.
Gillot. Jacques: See— j t u„ i ai
Aubry. Bernard; Gillot. Jacques; Masselot. Yves; and Teboul. Al-
bert. 3.708.157.
Giriing Limited: See— ^ ^^o n^i
Rath. Heinrich Bernhard; and Hess. Wolfgang, 3,708.043.
Glastool Corporation, mesne: See— ^ -,nn eif.
McNally, George P ; and Jonasch, Edward A., 3.707,833.
Glaxo Laboratories Limited: See- ^ nna aih
Chapman, John H; and Staniforth, Susan £., 3,708,478.
Glushko Mikhail Fedorovich; Skalatsky, Viktor Klimentievich; and
Skripnik Ivan Timofeevich. to Odessky Politekhnichesky Institut.
Method of making a closed layer of shaped wire in wire ropes, etc.
3,707,839, CI. 57-161.000.
Glyco-Metall-Werke Daelen & Loos GmbH: See—
Geriing. Paul. 3.708,216.
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 11
Go Junichi Method and device for power transmission transfer.
3 707 .884. CI. 74-372.000.
Godley. Augustus P.; Fuller. Francis M ; Houk. Charles R.; Holland.
Henry A Nelson; and Gendron. George J., to Raymond Interna-
tional Inc Installation of sand drains. 3,707,847, CI. 61-11 .000.
Goetz, Fredenck J : See— ,- j ,
Hofmeister, Richard J.; Steele, Thomas R ; and Goetz, Frederick
J, 3,708,618.
Goffe, William L., to Xerox Corporation. Oil film imaging. 3.708,287.
CI 96-1.300.
Goldfarb. Adolph E.; See—
Strader. George C ; and Goldfarb, Adolph E.. 3,708,168.
Goldsmith, Robert L: See—
Timmins, Robert S.; Horton, Bernard S.; and Goldsmith, Robert
L, 3,707.770.
Golliher. Waldo R . Harris, Robert L.; and Le Doux. Reynold A. Jr , to
United Slates of America, Atomic Energy Commission. Removal of
Plutonium from plutonium hexafiuoride-uranium hexafluoride mix-
tures. 3,708,568, CI 423-6.000
Colob, Theodore B.: See—
Duffty, Bryan; Golob, Theodore B.; Jasinski. Stanley C; and
Zwart, Jack, 3,708.000.
Gomez, Jacinto Salvado: See—
Soler, Federico Martinez; and Gomez, Jacinto Salvado. 3.708.025.
Good. Wayne W . to Harter Corporation. Chair back rest joint.
3.708.1 89. CI. 287-100.000
Goodrich. B. F. Company. The: See-
Eden. Jamal S. 3.708,434.
Kamenick. Rudolph J. 3.707,883.
Goodyear Aerospace Corporation: See-
Martin, Gregory L, 3,708,619
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The: See-
Roberts, Donald L, 3,708,007.
Goodyear Tire & Rubber, The: See—
Woodling. Gerald L.. 3.707.923.
Goransson. Rolf Erik, to Internationella Siporex Aktiebolaget Mold
for casting cellular concrete bodies 3.708. 1 48. CI 249- 1 1 1 .000.
Gordon. Robert E . to Mueller Steam Specialty Division SOS Con-'
solidated. Adjustable valve assembly 3.707.987. CI. 137-543.000.
Gore. William C; and Shapiro. Eugene B.. to Beatrice Foods Com-
pany. Flapper fiush valve. 3,707,733. CI. 4-57.00p.
Gott. Hans: See— ^ . .
Ritter, Klaus; Gott, Hans; Ritter, Josef; and Ritter, Gerhard,
3,708,646.
Gottfried, Siegfried, to Biorex Laboratories Limited. Method for the
treatment of atherosclerosis employing glucuronoglycosaminoglycan
hyaluronate lyase. 3,708,575, CI. 424-94.000.
Goulds Pump Incorporated: See-
Ray, Edward C ; and Kahabka, William P., 3,707,759.
Grace, W R, & Co See-
Das, NabaK. 3.708.578.
Kehr, Clifton L.; and Wszolek. Walter R.. 3,708,41 3.
Levy. Newton. Jr.. 3.708.438
Triggiani. Leonard V ; Haberman. Norton; and Sanchez. Moises
G. 3,708,432.
Grady Clarence A. Automotive tent framework and covering therefor.
3.707.977. CI. 135-1. 00a.
Graham.Leslie Wilfred: See—
Voice. Eric Handley; Graham, Leslie Wilfred; and Sturge. Derek
William James, 3.708.559
Grakauskas Vyuutas. to United States of Amenca, Navy, mesne.
Preparationoffiuoramine. 3.708,571. CI. 423-413.000.
Grancher. Pierre: See— .
Douchet. Charles; Grancher. Pierre; and Vecchiutti. Robert.
3.708.542.
Grangaard, Orrin H.. and Peake. Ernest R . to Stage-Brite Inc. Cir-
cuitry for controlling AC power. 3.708.743. CI. 323-22.0sc.
Grant. Bernard Carrington; and Reilly. John F . to General Tire &
Rubber Company. The. Replaceable seat insert and process of mak-
ing. 3.708,367. CI. 156-267.000.
Gravereaux. Daniel W; See— , ,r>o i^n
Bauer, Banjamin B ; and Gravereaux, Daniel W., 3,708,631 .
Graves Thomas M., to Chevron Research Company. Seed coating
composition. 3,707,807, CI. 47-57.600.
Greenbaum, Sheldon B.; Hacke, Walter; and Horn, Herman to
Diamond Shamrock Corporation Process for preparation of D,L-
alpha tocopherol. 3,708,505, CI. 260-345.500.
Greensides, Geoffrey Charles: See—
Alexander, David George; Lloyd, Anthony Michael; Greensides,
Geoffrey Charles; and Thompson, David Harry, 3,708,5 12.
Greenwood, James Cosmetic stick holder. 3,708,236, CI. 401-60.000
Grell, Wolfgang: See-
Kutter, Eberhard; Griss, Gerhart; Grell, Wolfgang; and Kleemann,
Manfred, 3,708,486.
Gresham, James T: See-
Thomas, Gordon D.; and Gresham, James T., 3,708,383.
Grezlikowsii.Edmund J; See— .
Fujimoto, Edward K.; Buckman, Walter R.; and Grezhkowsii, Ed-
mund J, 3,708,339.
Griffin, Benjamin John. Manual torsional exerciser. 3,708,164, ci.
272-68.00. ^ ^
Griffiths, William R.; Johnston. Donald E.; Yates, John S.; and Layer.
Gerard E . to Susquehanna Corporation, The. Aircraft shaped tow
target. 3,708,138,0. 244-16.000.
Grimm. Richard C; See —
Dunfee. Danny D.; Evans, Robert W.; and Grimm, Richard C,
3,707,918.
Gnnevich, Feodosy Borisovich; and Tsyganok, Vladimir Andreevich,
to Institut Elektrodinamiki Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR BisUble
counting circuit based on a transistor. 3,708,698, CI 307-289.000.
Griot, Rudolf G., to Sandoz, Inc. Substituted- 2-4-(<i>-aminoalkoxy)
phenyl imidazoles as cholesterol reducing agents. 3,708,598, O.
4?4-273.000.
Griss, Gerhart: See —
Kutter, Eberhard; Griss, Gerhart; Grell, Wolfgang; and Kleemann,
Manfred. 3.708.486.
Gritt. William E.: See—
Aull, Louis J.; and Gntt. William E., 3.708,065.
Gronemeyer. Erich W , and Kutik. Louis F. Closure fitment
3.708.083. CI. 215-41.000.
Grose. William L : See—
Trimpi. Robert L.; Nealy. John E.; and Grose. William L..
3.708.674.
Grosseau. Albert, to S.A. Automobiles Citroen. Expandible honing
heads. 3.707,8 10. CI 51-346.000.
Grotewold. Hans W.; and Bryan. Don S. Method for prepanng citrus
halves. 3.708.003. CI. 99-233.1 10.
G rove r . Scott C . : See —
Richens. Kenneth A.; Grover, Scott C; Allred, James K , and
Shook, James H , 3,708,077.
Groves, James D., to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
Certain perfluoroalkylsulfonamides 3,708,537. CI 260-556 OOf
Grundon. Forrest Robert. Masterson, Frank Harnson; Wagler. Robert
John, and \Vustrau. Fred Ernest, to International Business Machines
Corporatio'n. Automatic photoresist apply and dry apparatus
3.707.944. CI. 118-50.000.
Grunwald. Josef: See—
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard; Dudszus. Alfred; Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz. Feyer. Gunter; Krause. Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel. Ulrich; Aust. Ingo; Ewald. Gunter; Langer. Walter; Ludke.
Gunther; Mohle. Karl-Georg. Oberiander, Joachim; Kowalski.
Horst; Gatzk. Eckard. Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto,
Leschnewski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, Gunter; and
Ploetz, Ulrich. 3.708.100.
GTE Sylvania Incorporated: See—
Rhee. Dong Woo. 3.708,7 1 5.
Siwko,Karol, 3,708.620.
GTR Products. Inc.: See-
Hertz. Sanford, 3.707.897.
Guckel Gerhart A . to Dole. James. Corporation. Preserving products
in sealed containers. 3.707.823. CI. 53-1 1 2 OOr.
Guenard. Pierre; and Epsztein. Bernard, to Thomson-CSF. Travelling
wave tubes. 3.708.764. CI. 332-5.000.
Guerra Humberta R. Means for detecting dental occlusions and
method of use. 3.707,771 , CI. 32-19.000.
Guicherd. Roger: See-
Denis. Pierre M.; and Guicherd. Roger. 3.708.667.
Guille. Gilbert James, Jr.: See-
Brown, Malcolm George, Jr.; Guille, Gilbert James, Jr.; and Long,
George Ernest, 111, 3,708,622
Gulf Oil Corporation: See-
Loos, John F., and Unkle, Truman F., Jr., 3,708,345
Gulzow, Fritz; and Hartmann, Egon, to Senkingwerk GmbH Komman-
ditgesellschaft. Washing machines for clothes and other articles.
3,707,858,0.68-143.000.
Gunderloy,FrankC ,Jr.: See—
Bochinski, Julius H.; Christe, KaH O., Gunderioy, Frank C, Jr.;
Pilipovich, Donald; and Wilson. Richard D . 3.707.762.
Gunn John B.. to International Business Machines Corporation. High
DC to low DC voltage converter. 3.708,742,0. 321-15.000.
Gunther. Dieter: See— .,.,„.., /
Von Der Eltz, Hans-Ulrich; Gunther. Dieter; Krell. Karl-Heinz;
Matterstock. Karl; and Vollmann. Hansjorg. 3.708.258.
Gurkov. Konstantin Stepanovich: See—
Nazarov, Nikolai Grigorievich; Chinakal. Nikolai Andreevich;
Sudnishnikov. Boris Vasilievich; Kostylev. Alexandr
Dmitrievich; Gurkov, Konstantin Stepanovich; and Tupitsyn,
KonsUntin Konstantinovich, 3,708,023.
Gustavsson. Karl Axel Goran, to Aktiebolaget Bahco Ventilation Ap-
paratus for cleaning sulphur dioxide-containing flue gases
3.708.266,0.23-283.000.
Gustavsson Karl-Axel, to Aktiebolaget Bahco Ventilation. Cyclone
separator. 3.707.830. CI. 55-410.000
Gutman. Arnold D.; and Baker. Don R.. to Stauffer Chemical Com-
pany Method of controlling acarids with certain oxime esters
3.708.590. CI. 424-327.000.
Guzay, Casimer M. Carbon dioxide absorber apparatus. 3.707,965. CI.
128-191. OOr.
Haake. Robert; and Ponzi. Joseph J . to Bell & Howell Company Cas-
sette tray control mechanism 3.708.176,0. 274-4.00f.
Haas, Friedrich: See—
Nutzel, KaH; Dinges, Karl; and Haas, Fnedrich, 3,708,556.
Haase Elmer A ; and Kirwin, James M., to Bendix Corporation, The.
Diaphragm type fiuid seal. 3,707,985,0. 137-495.000
Haberman, Norton: See— ^ ^ ».
Triggiani, Leonard V.; Haberman, Norton; and Sanchez, Moises
G, 3,708,432.
Hacke, Walter; See—
PI 12
LIST 9F PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Greenbaum, Sheldon B., Hacke. Walter, and Horn, Herman.
3.708.505
Haddock Asa H . Jr ; and Howard. Jay W Adjustable impedance regu
- Uime transformer -^.708.775. CI. 336-1 55.000.
nifeleTarl 1 lemz Fast closmg'valve. 3.708.1 50 CI. 25 1 -3 1 .000^
Hafer Paul R . to Boyertown Auto Body Works. Electrically driven
vehicles 3.708.028. CI. 180-65 OOr
Hasan Manufacturing Company; See—
Spieles.FranklmE. 3.708.321.
Hahn Emil H. to Lambert Brake Corporation, mesne Brake
3.708.041. CI 188-72.900 ^ ^^ . u l
Hahn Helmut. Scherer. Otto, and Rebsdat. Siegfried, to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning^ N-
fluoroalkyl-sulfonamldesand process for preparing them 3.708.5 JK.
CI 260-556.(K)a ^ ^ ^ ,
Hahn Rasso. and Mueller. Curt, to Sandoz Ltd Disperse phenyl-azo-
Dhenvldyes 3.708.468. CI. 260-207 .(XK)
Hajduk. Marians. Teaching machine 3.707.783. CI. 35-3 LOOr.
Haldeman. Charles W . 111. to Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Magnetic traveling-wave vacuum pump. 3.708.248. CI. 41 /-4» Axnj.
Hall. Colin David, to Ralli Bondite Limited Sealants. 3,708,470. CI
260-23 70m. , ^
Hall James M . and Clipp. Louis L.. to Exotech Incorporated Ap
paratus for forming pulse jets of liquid. 3.708. 1 2 1 . CI. 239-102.000.
Hall Philip George, to Lever Brothers Company. Cleaning composi
tions. 3.708.429. CI. 252- 1 56.000.
Haiocarbon Products Corpt)ration; See-
Conner. Rex C . and Ferstandig, Louis L., 3,707,843.
Hammond. Joseph P : See—
Binkley. Norman C ; and Hammond. Joseph P.. 3,707,763
Hamon Richard Eugene, to General Electric Company Method o^
providing a lead wire seal 3.708.272. CI. 65-59.000.
Hampel. Gerald, to Optipatent AG Making epoxy spectacle frames
using excess 1 -cyclohexylamino-3 aminopropane curing agent
3.708.567.CI. 264-331 000.
Hampson Jack E , to Alco Industries Ltd Self-packaging portable
hou.smg structure 3,707.8 1 1 . CI. 52-23.000.
Hanava Morimasa. to Toyo Pulp Co.. Ltd. Method and apparatus for
washing wood chips. 3.708.063. CI. 209-3.000.
Hand. John James; See—
Spicer. Larry Dean, and Hand. John James, 3,708,490.
Hanes Corporation. .SVe—
Bell. Cecil R.. Swaim. Jessie E.; Gilgo, Horace Paul, Rogers,
Robert C ; Sizemore, Walter Ray; and Orr, Samuel M., Jr .
3.707,825.
Hannah. John, to Merck & Co . Inc Amides of cholanic acid, cholenic
acid and choladienic acid. 3,708.5 10. CI. 260-397.100.
Hansen. Norbert Ernst; and Wadow. Dieter, to US Philips Corptna-
tion. Conrona discharge for electrostatic charging. 3.708,661. CI.
250-49. 5zc , .,
Happe, Wilhelm; and Schladeisch. Hans Jakob, to Farbwerke Hoechst
Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brumng Disazo
dyestuffs 3.708.596. CI. 260-174.000.
Hard. Robert A . and Ripley. Robert L . to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion Process for leaching base elements, such as uranium ore. in situ
3.708.206. CI 299-5.000
Hardin. Robert H . and Hill. Keith H . to Martin-Marietta Corporation
Stored program format generator. 3.708.786. CI. 340- 1 72.500.
Hardwick David R . to Wagner Electric Corporation. Height control
valv^ 3.707.993. CI. 137-636.000
Hardwig, Ernest B System for sorting mail bags 3,708,057, CI. 198-
38000
Harper. John; See—
Wolfberg. Larry B,; and Harper, John, 3,707,773.
Harper. Roy; See—
Cotter. AshbyM, 3,707,772. .^^ „ ^
Harr George B , to Firestone Tire and Rubber Company, The. Produc-
ing container with foam interior 3.708.330. CI. 1 17-94.000.
Harrington, Joseph K . Kvam. Donald C ; Mendel. Arthur, and Robert
son. Jerry E , to Riker Laboratories, Inc., mesne. 2-Amino(per-
fluoroalkylsulfonamidophenyDthiazoles. 3,708,491, CI 260-
Harris, Arthur M. Valve for pressurized liquid dispenser 3.708.090,
^-^1 ^ '^ 1 jir\^ "^ c\
Harris, Henry B Boat hull construction. 3,707,936, CI. 1 14-665.00p
Harris, James P .See—
Manzx), Joseph F ; Harris, James P ; Harris, Robert T., and Mauch,
ErwinW, 3.707.744.
Harns. Robert L; -See—
Golliher. Waldo R ; Harris. Robert L.; and Le Doux, Reynold A .
Jr.. 3.708.568.
Harris. Robert T See—
Manzo. Joseph F ; Harris, James P.; Hams, Robert T.; and Mauch,
ErwinW. ,3,707,744
Hart William S.. to Dinaco, Inc Tire center display apparatus
3.707,789. CI. 40-125.00m. /"^
Harter Corporation; See— /
Goi>d.WayneW. 3.708.189.
Hartman. John T; See— , u -r-
Newman. Frederick S ; Thome, John R.; and Hartman, John I.,
3,708,407.
Hartmann, Egon; See—
Gulzow, Fnt2, and Hartmann, Egon, 3,707,858.
Hartmann Luggage Company; See—
Katz. Ira R, 3.708,045.
Hartwig. Gunter See— , . . j
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard. Dudszus. Alfred. Milles. Wilhelm. Lerche.
Franz, Feyer. Gunter; Krause. Manfred. Grunwald. Josef. Hen-
sel uirich; Aust. Ingo; Ewald, Gunter. Langer. Walter; Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg, Oberlander, Joachim. Kowalski.
Horst Gatzk. Eckard. Pernaux. Gerd. Schwank. Otto.
I eschnewski, Konrad; Brose. Reinhard. Hartwig, Gunter. and
Ploet/.UInch. 3.708.100
Hashimoto. Ma.sashi See—
Kamiya. Takashi; and Hashimoto. Masashi. 3.708.497
Hatley. Lowell J Fish net retrieval apparatus. 3,707.799. CI. 43 8.000,
Hattori. Keisuke; See— ., ■.
Mimino. Tohru. Kinoshita. Kazuhisa; and Hattori. KeisMke.
3.708.280
Haury. Vernon E See—
United States of America. National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration. 3.708.359
Havens Richard Calvin . to Motorola, Inc. Concentnc line negative re-
sistance oscillator 3.708.76 1 , CI 33 I 1 07.(K)r.
Hawker Siddeley Aviation Limited; .Vee—
Lyons. James Wilfred. 3,708.795.
Hayakawa. Shigeru .See— .... oi.
Matsuo. Yoshihiro; Sasaki. Hiromu. and Hayakawa. Shigeru.
3.708.315
Hayashibara Company; See—
Mitsuhashi. Masakazu; Hirao. Mamoru, and Sugimoto, Kaname.
3,708.396
Haz.enbosch. Edwin Hcndrik; .See— ,-,,.„ iut
P(H)t Albert l.ucien. and Ha/enbtisch. Edwin Hendrik. 3.708.297
Hebeisen. Richard, and Tevaull, William, to Jasper Electronics Manu-
facturing Corporation. The Electronic organ with rhythmic accom-
paniment and ba-ss 3.708.604. CI 84- 1 .030
Hecht. Horstmar. and Schwandt. Horst. to Ciewerkschaft Victor
Chemische Werke Fertilizer coated with discontinuous layer
3.708,276. CI 71-27 (KX)
Hedin Jan S to Ampex Corporation. Interchannel time displacement
correction methixl and apparatus. 3.708.783. CI 340-146 Old.
Hedrick.RiwsM See— . , r i
Junker. Bernhard T . Breeding. Terry G . Hoyt. Michael 1 . and
Hedrick. Ross M , 3.708,566.
Hefermehl. H P . S A ; .See-
Eisenegger. Edwin E.and Hefermehl. Hans-Peter. 3.707.774.
Hefermehl. Hans Peter; .See— .
Eisenegger. Edwin E . and Hefermehl. Hans-Peter. 3.707.774
Hegedus Denes, to Schlage Lock Company Auxiliary spring unit for
locks. 3. 708. 1 91. CI. 292-1 (KK)
Heinrichs. Gunter; .See— ^ . . . , .
Kersten. Hilde; Heinnchs. Gunter; Meyer, Gerhard; and l^udien.
Dieter, 3.708.496.
Hekimian Laboratories, Inc .See—
Hekimian. NorrisC. 3.708.741
Hekimian. Norris C . to Hekimian Laboratories. Inc DC to D t con-
verter for connection acros^ telephone lines. 3.708.741. CI. 321-
15 000.
Hemsley. William T; See— . <. ._ i-,. ,
Calhoun. William D . Hemsley, William T ; and Sioberg, Charles
M. 3.707.819.
Hendick. Glen W See- , ,,.o .<:«
Lewis John B. and Hendick. Glen W . 3.708,450.
Hendriks Hendrik Adrianus. to De Staat der Nederlanden. ten Deze
Vertegenwcwrdig Dixir de Directeur-Generaal ^^^f /*';i''^"J^"-
Telegrafie en Telefonie Connection systems. 3.708,628, CI 174
60.000.
Henkel & Cie G m.b.H ; .See-
Jakobi.Gunter.andBerth. Peter. 3.708.427 ^^ „, .,
Henlev Vireil E.. to General Tire & Rubber Company. The Variable
preiiure bed roller 3.707.749. CI. 29-1 1 3.0()r
Hennings.George W See— ,-,,,« tic
Burton. Lawrence A.; and Hennings.George W.. 3.7U8./Z.")
^" Buchfu'hrer.^clrhard. Dudszus. Alfred; Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz Feyer. Gunter; Krause. Manfred; Grunwald. Josef; Flen-
sel Ulrich; Aust. Ingo; Ewald. Gunter. Langer. Walter, l-udke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg. Oberlander. Joachim. Kowalski.
Horst Gauk. Eckard; Pernaux. Gerd. Schwank. Otto,
Lesch'newski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, Gunter; and
PloeU,Ulnch,3,708,IOO
Hercules Incorporated; See-
Carpenter. Charles W, 3,708.384.
Hermann Benito J , Jr . to National Brush Company, mesne. Molded
brush head 3.707.739. CI 15-176.000.
Hermann. Edward Charles; .See— . ^. , t ^nB <8h
Aldrich Paul Edward; and Hermann. Edward Charles. 3.708,588
Heru Sanford, to GTR Prcxlucts. Inc. Keyboard teaching device.
3 707 897. CI. 84-479.000. ..r-
Her've. Michel; and Rasneur. Bernard, to Commissanat f ' Energie
Atomique Apparatus for automatic and continuous plotting of ab-
sorption-'desorption isotherms employed for determining the micros-
UuTture of porous bodies. 3.707.870. CI. 73-38.000.
"'"R^thSriSiernhard; and Hess. Wolfgang 3 708.043^
Hester. Jackson B . Jr , to Upjohn Company. The. 2.4-Dihydro-6-phen^
vl-lH-s-tnazolal4.3-al (1.4) benzodiazepm- 1 -one comp<«itions and
Lthodoftreatment. 3,708,592. CI. 424-269.000.
January 2. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 13
Hewson.GarfieldJ.Jr Golf game 3.708,173. Cl. 273- 176 00a.
Heymes. Rene; .See—
Martel. Jacques, and Heymes. Rene. 3.708.477.
Hickner. Richard A . and Bredeweg. Corwin J., to Dow Chemical
Company The. Allyl acetal derivative of one-halo-3-mercapto-2-
propanol 3.708.543. CI 260-609.00r.
Higashida. Susumu; .See—
Murayama. Keisuke; Morimura. Syoji; Higashida. Susumu; Mat-
sui. Katsuaki; Kurumada. Tomoyuki; and Onta. Noriyuki.
3.708.488. \
Higson. Harold G; See— \
Delta. Vladimir Hach; and Higson. Harold G . 3.708.521 .
Hildenbrand. Walter W.. Levine, Wilbur J.. Manning. Stanley A.;«nd
Stroms. KaH F.. recorder. $4. 3.708.798. Cl. \
Hill. Frank E; .See- ,^„,.,
Riordan. Hugh E. Every. Peter; and Hill. Frank E . 3.708.214
Hill Franklin J . to Parker Pen Company. The. Process for preparing
cemented ferrochrome. 3.708,283, Cl. 75-200.000
Hill.GeorgeR ; .See—
Needham. Donald G.; and Hill. George R., 3.708.457.
Hill. Ira D. .See—
Mikhcrjee. Band B . Brown. Dale G ; and Hill. Ira D.. 3.708.528
Hill. John L . to Ramsey Engineering Company. Batching system utiliz-
ing digital-to-analog subtraction to denote the amount of batched
material. 3.708.027. Cl. 177-210.000.
Hill. Keith H.See-
Hardin. Robert H.. and Hill. Keith H., 3,708,786
Hill, Marion E ; See-
Coon, Clifford L.; McDonald. Gerald J.; and Hill. Marion E .
3.708.546.
Hillenbrand. Engelbert. to Badische Anilin- & Stxla-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft Recycling melamine synthesis of gas to urea synthesis
3.708.536. Cl. 260-555.00a.
Hiller. Gary Lynn, to Eastman Kodak Company. Use of divalent metal
salt image amplifiers in photosensitive and thermosensitive elements.
3.708.304.CI 96 114.100.
Hirao. Mamoru; See—
Mitsuhashi. Masakaz.u; Hirao. Mamoru; and Sugimoto. Kaname.
3.708.396.
Hirsch. Abraham Adier. Sampler-culture apparatus for the detection of
coliform bacteria m potable waters. 3.708.400. Cl. 195-127.000.
Hitachi. Ltd. .See—
Murai. Tohru. 3.708.793
Hiyama. Ryu. to Nipp^m Gakki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha. Electronic
organ with automatic chord and bass systems. 3.708.602. Cl. 83-
1 030
Hodgson. Robert F . to Commercial Shearing & Stamping Company
Control valves. 3.707.988. Cl. 137-596.120.
Hoffman. Albert H.; See—
Ziegler. Carrell G.; and Hoffman. Albert H.. 3.708.034.
Hoffmann. Manfred. Fork. Kurt; and Schulze. Peter, to Siemens Ak-
tieng sellschaft. Electrical switching device. 3,708,718, Cl. 317-
II. 00b.
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc ; See—
Berger, Julius, 3,708,577.
Rosenberger. Michael; and Saucy. Gabnel. 3.708.500.
Hofman. Bernard L Mechanical speed ratchet. 3.707.893. Cl. 81-
58.100
Hofmann, John J; See— , . ,
Alexander. Harold M.; Mattimoe. Paul T ; and Hofmann, John J.,
3,708,386. ^ . , ,
Hofmeister, Richard J , Steele, Thomas R., and Goetz, Frederick J., to
Motorola, Inc. Mcxiular television receiver. 3,708,618. Cl. 178-
7.900.
Hogel Joseph E., to Honeywell. Inc. Snap action pneumatic relay.
3,707,982, Cl. 137-119.000.
Hojyo, Yasuo; See— ■, -,no ^in
Matsuda, Ryoichi, Terai, Masaaki; and Hojyo. Yasuo. 3,708,630.
Hoke, Donald Irvin, to Lubrizol Corporation. The. Graft coptilymers
containing N-3-oxohydrocarbon-substituted acrylamide units.
3,708.447. Cl. 260-1 7.4gc.
Hokko Chemical Industry Co. Ltd See— ^. ^ .
Okamoto Hiromu; Ohi. Takuo; Tamura. Jyotaro; Takahashi.
Saburo; Oyama. Hiroshi. Ueda, Hideo. Sasaki. Kunihiko, and
Ishikawa, Hiromichi. 3.708.278.
Holder. Ronald W.. and Ferguson. Virgil D.. to North American
Rockwell Corporation. Gas generator for liquid sprayers. 3.708,089.
Cl. 222-396.000.
Holland. Henry A Nelson; See— , ^._ , „ u ■
Godley. Augustus P . Fuller. Francis M.; Houk. Charles R.; Hol-
land Henry A Nelson, and Gendron. George J.. 3.707.847.
Hollingsead. Robert Allen, and Pryor. Clyde Robert, to Hollingsead-
Pryor Enterprises. Inc. Relay base apparatus having a retaining clip
mounted thereon. 3.708.642. Cl. 200- 168.00c.
Hollingsead-Pryor Enterprises. Inc.; See—
Hollingsead. Robert Allen; and Pryor. Clyde Robert. 3.708.642.
Hollnagel Harold S.. to Kelsey-Hayes Company Disk brake with servo
action. 3.708,040. Cl. 188-72.200.
Holly. Harry H; See- ^ .. „ u u
Theis. James V., Jr.; McCord. John B.; and Holly, Harry H..
3 708 241
Holly, James A., to Hollymatic Corporation. Fastener. 3.707,898, Cl.
85-3.00r,
Hollymatic Corporation; See—
Holly, James A, 3.707,898.
Theis, James V, Jr.; and Davis, Lynn M.. 3.708.240.
Theis. James V . Jr.; McCord. John B.; and Holly. Harry H..
3.708.241.
Holmberg. Joyce D . and Allgeyer. Eari R.. to Marley Company. The.
Cooling tower fan blade assembly having yieldable. expendable tip.
3.708. 155. Cl. 261-24.000
Holter. Samuel N.. to Koppers Company. Inc. Process for preparing
benzoquinone. 3.708.509. Cl. 260-396 OOr.
Holton. Samuel Pearce. II. Tear gas fire arm means. 3.707.793, Cl. 42-
I OOg
Holzer Patent AG; See—
Holzer, Walter K.. 3.707.876
Holzer. Walter K.. to Holzer Patent AG Time switching apparatus with
controllable step-by-step lime durations. 3.707.876. Cl. 74-3.520.
Honda. Yuitsu; See—
Ishimoto. Sachio; Togawa. Haruo; Honda. Yuitsu; '^nd Saiki.
Noritsugu. 3.708.534.
Honeywell. Inc.; See —
Bentsen.LouisJ. 3.708.1 15. l
Hogel. Joseph E.. 3.707.982.
Lofgren. Harold C. 3.708.41 2.
Zoerb. Edward G.. 3.707.979
Honeywell Information Systems Inc.; See—
Marinkovic. Zt)ran. 3.708,672. _
Hood, H P . Sons. Inc ; See—
Lundstedt. Erik. 3.708.307
Hoover Ball and Bearing Company; See—
Platte. Richard L . 3.708.082.
Hoover Company. The; See—
Camprubi. Bartholomew; and Capron-Tee. Grahame Gerald.
3.708.120.
Hopkins. Byrd. to Monsanto Company Pressure monitored tempera-
ture controlled system for a liquid-vapor process. 3,708,658. Cl.
235-151.120.
Hopt Electronic GmbH. Firma; See—
Volkheimer. Lolhar. 3.708.777.
Horimoto. Kohei; Kawamura. Masaharu; Norota. Susumu; and Okui.
Mitsuhiko. to Teijin Limited Process for producing non-woven fila-
mentary structure. 3.708.561 . Cl. 264-22.000.
Horn. Herman; See—
Greenbaum. Sheldon B ; Hacke. Walter; and Horn. Herman.
3.708.505. , „, ,
Hornfeck Josef; and Rauch. Klausheinz. to Rheinmetall GmbH. Plastic
mushroom head packing. 3.707.900. Cl. 89-26.000.
Horsley. Caperton B.. to Braxton Corporation. Stimulator. 3.708,033,
Cl. 181- 5mw
Horton. Bernard S; See—
Timmins, Robert S.; Horton, Bernard S.; and Goldsmith, Robert
L, 3,707.770.
Hoshikawa. Makio; See—
Watanabe. Masao; Mizoguchi. Hidekazu; and Hoshikawa. Makio.
3.708.262.
Hoshina. Naomi; and Suzuki. Etsuji. to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co..
Ltd. Control system for correcting errors in the position of work arti-
cle making a linear motion by means of a drive screw. 3.708,736, Cl.
318-632.000.
Houk. Charles R See- , „ ui
Godley. Augustus P . Fuller, Francis M.; Houk, Charles R.. Hol-
land. Henry A. Nelson; and Gendron. George J.. 3.707,847.
Houlihan. William J.; See-
Anderson. Paul L.; Houlihan. William J.; and Manning. Robert E..
3.708.484.
Howard. Jay W ; See-
Haddock. A a H . Jr ; and Howard. Jay W . 3.708.775.
Howland Leland L . to Thermo King Corporation Diesel engine start-
ing switch and circuit. 3.708.683. Cl. 290-37.000.
Hoy. Alton P Mathematical card game. 3.708. 169. Cl. 273-I.OOr.
Hoyt. Michael T; See— , t- j
Junker. Bernhard T.. Breeding. Terry G.; Hoyt. Michael T.; and
Hedrick. Ross M., 3.708.566.
Hswe. Myint; See—
Wakefield. Robert Henry, Jr.; Cunningham, James Alan; and
Hswe. Myint. 3.708.360.
Hubbard. Ruby C; See—
Hubbard. Walter A. 3.708.4 15.
Hubbard Walter A ; deceased (by Hubbard. Ruby C; legal representa-
tive). Rapid action electrolytic cell. 3.708.415. Cl. 204-257 000.
Huber. Donald A.; See—
Birk JamesR;andHuber. Donald A. 3.708.270.
Huboi. Robert W ; Palmei. Osmond F ; and Rising. Bradley D. to East-
man Kodak Company Apparatus and method of sensing radiation
derived from different portions of information beanng media
3.708.676. Cl.250-219.00q.
Huch. Peter; See—
Ganzler. Wolfgang; Schroder. Gunter. and Huch. Peter.
3.708.444.
Hughes Aircraft Company: See—
Barhydt. Hamilton. 3.708.666.
Berwin. Ted W. 3.708.716. , ,«, ,o-, o. ,^
Hughes. Kathryn. Flat spring for boots and shoes. 3,707,787, Cl. 36-
250r ^ .,
Hulten Richard E.. to McCord Corporation, mesne. Door assembly.
3.708.179. C1.280-I50.0ab.
Hulter. Heinrich. Jr. Firma; See-
Lindner, Gustav, 3.707,861.
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2. 1973
Robert Tweedy Jr . and Odioso. Raymond Camillus, 3.708.425.
Hurst SaS CovlSon; and Belasco. Alajv to Whiley. George M..
Um.tedTransfers^.708.320. CI. 117-3.300.
Hurt. William S; S«— -. 7n8 <;qi
Bayer. HorstO. and Hurt. William S. 3.708 591.
Hynes Fred B Parallel ski trainer and leg conditioner. 3.708,163, CI
272-57.006.
Hyowa Hakko Kogyo Company. Ltd^ See-
Nakayama. Kiyoshi; and Araki. Kazumi. 3.708,395.
lacoviello. JohnC: S«f— , u- <- -» ina TRR
Lindemann Martin K.; and lacoviello, John G, 3, 708,388.
ich.kawa Yata"o. and Tokashiki. Michiyuki. to Teijin Limited. Process
for the continuous purification of crude terephthalic acid.
3,708.532.Cl. 260-525 000.
''"^ Onda%'at'"hTro. Igarashi. Ryo; and Nakanuma. Sho, 3.708,787.
"^""lhym°rmu7a7lsao. lij.ma. Yoo; and Iwano. Haruhiko, 3.708,299..
"'""jaSo!' KnTchi; Furuto, Yoshio; Shigihara. Takeji; Ikawa.
Kazuo; and Okano. Yukimitsu, 3.708.675,
Illinois Tool Works. Inc.. See—
Pestka.John A. 3.708.145.
Imamura. Kennosuke; See— . , _ „ if »„„r>c,.w..
Ando. Kazuhiko; Omino. Teiji; and Imamura. Kennosuke.
3.708.557.
Imhanda A/G See—
Roquier-Vicat. Camille. 3.708.373.
Immethun. Peter A . to Ethyl Corporation. Sandwich panel construc-
tion. 3.708.385. CI. 161-69.000.
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited See-
Barlow. George Edward, 3,708.365
Marshall. Clifford, and Kalinowski. Stanislaw. 3.708,260.
Impenal Tobacco Group Limited. See-
Davis. Alfred Charles. 3.707,975.
Improved Machinery Inc See—
Luthi. Oscar. 3.708.249. 4
Industnal Filter & Pump Mfg.. Co.; See—
Schmidt. Henry, Jr.. 3.708.072.
Industrie Pirelli S p. A See—
Onani.Agostoni. 3.707,865.
Institut Elektrodinamiki Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR: See-
Gnnevich. Feodosy Bonsovich. and Tsyganok. Vladimir An
dreevich. 3.708.698. .
Institut Gomogo dela Sibirskogo Otdelenia Akademii Nauk SSSR. See
Nazarov. Nikolai Grigonevich; Chinakal. Niko ai Andreevich.
Sudnishnikov. Bons Vasilievich. Kostylev. Alexandr
Dmitrievich, Gurkov. Konstantin Stepanovich, and Tupitsyn.
Konstantin Konstantinovich. 3.708,023.
Institute of Gas Technology See— _
Linden. Henry R. 3.708.269. »
International Business Machines Corporation See-
Cope, James R. and Smith. Paul F.. 3.708.1 36.
Dailey Jack R; and Surgent, John G. 3.708.788.
Frei. Armm Heinz; and Vettiger. Peter. 3 708 699.
Grundon Forrest Robert; Masterson. Frank Harnson; Wagler.
Robert John; and Wustrau. Fred Ernest. 3.707.944.
Gunn. John B. 3.708.742.
McCarthy. Justin H.. Jr . 3.708.050.
Nassimbene, Ernie George. 3.708.748.
Sha Richard T . and Tang. Donald T., 3.708,766.
Yao.YingLuh. 3.708.688.
International Harvester Company: See—
Sutton. Ralph L. 3.707.833.
International Nickel Company. Inc.. The. See-
Burr Derek James, and Betteridge, Walter. 3.708.282.
International Research & Development Company, Limited: See-
Tinlin. Frank. 3.708.705.
International Standard Electnc Corporation: See-
Sterling Henley Frank; and Bush. Enc Ungley. 3.708.728.
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation^ See-
Malm. Marvin Forest, and McKinney. Joseph Charles. 3,708.792.
Intemationella Siporex Aktiebolaget: See—
Goransson. Rolf Erik, 3,708.148.
Interstate Oil Transport Co.: See—
Frankel. Ernst G, 3.707.934.
Investors Inventures. Inc.: See—
Bucalo, Louis, 3,707 ,957
lonarc Smelters Ltd : See—
Bainbridge, Robert, 3,708,409.
losue. Michael F . and Lemould. Andre A Jo R^nnK "^
Laminated bus bar assembly. 3.708.609. CI. l74-72.00b.
Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc.: See—
Willett. Richard M. 3.708.746 • ^, , , . . -^ ,„^
Ippolito. Anthony D . and Van Arsdale. Howard^to N L Industnes, Inc.
rnatinc comoosition 3 708.448. CI. 260-24.000.
IpSfto intho'^^D and' Van Arsdale. Howard, to N L Industnes. loc.
Rux composition. 3.708.449. CI. 260- 24.000_
Irvine Robert Leard. Catalyst transfer in a plural bed hydrogent.on
process. 3.708.420, CI. 208-156.000.
Isaka, Ichiro: See-
Murakami. Masuo; Isaka. Ichiro; Kawahara. Norio, K^hiw^gi.
Teruya, Shibanuma, Tadao; and Shiozaki, Tetsuya, 3,708,5 14
''"''AkUo'l'S'ro; TaiTagi. Tosh.tsugu; Soda, Yakio; and Ishibashi.
Masataka. 3.708.594. r- du . c i™
Ishida. H.roshi; Isozaki. Isamu; and Mul^ai. Mmoru. to Fuji Photo Film
Co Ltd Bag supplying device. 3.707.824. CI 53-1 88.UUU.
Ishii Shiro. to C R Parts. Ltd. Cash storage drawer with electrically ac-
tuated latch means 3,708,773,0. 335-254.000.
''*"''AS^a!"YujUshii, Yasuyoshi; Ozawa, Shigeo; and Takeshima.
Saburo. 3,708.706
Ishikawa, Hiromichi: See— -r i,„u.,ok;
Oka^oto, Hiromu; Ohi, Takuo; Tamura Jyotaro, Takahashu
Saburo, Oyama, Hiroshi; Ueda, Hideo; Sasaki, Kunihiko; and
Ishikawa, Hiromichi. 3.708,278. .
Ishikawa, Shogo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Kito. Safely device in motor
winch 3.708,719, CI. 3l7-13.00r j c- ■ v, .
Ishimoto. Sachio; Togawa. Haruo. Honda. Yuitsu; and Sa-k.. NorUsu-
eu to Teijin Limited. Process for the preparation of a>-hydroxy satu
rated aliphatic monocarboxylic acids of 4 to 12 carbon atoms.
3.708,5 34. CI. 260-535.00r.
Isozaki. Isamu: See— ... , »j i -im fi7A
Ishida Hiroshi; Isozaki. Isamu; and Mukai. Minoru. 3707.824
ito. shini .^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^r.'i.^i^.nc^^^ir.ti^
trol system for transmissions. 3.707.890. CI 74-868.000.
ITT Industries, Inc.: See—
Veith. Alois L. 3.707.766
Ivers Richard J . to Dynamics Research Corporation. Position and
velocity sensor 3.708.68 1 . CI. 250-23 1 OOr
Iwano. Haruhiko: See— t ^oa ->oo
Shimamura. Isao; Iijima. Yoo. and Iwano. Haruhiko. 3,708,299.
Iwatsu Electric Company, Ltd : See—
Matuoka, Hideo, 3.708.692
IzBwa. Shinich: .See — ir ■ i -ino /i<«
Nakanishi. Atsuo; Izawa. Shinich; and Toyama. Kunio, 3,708.455
Jache. Otto. Process for preparing \h^ negative electrodesfor a dry-
charged lead acid storage battery. 3,708,338, CI 1 36-27.000.
Jackson. Albert Edward; and Williams, Richard Fred, to British Steel
Corporation Method of producing a coated ferrous substrate.
3,708,322.0 117-31.000. , -rm -ran ri An
Jaffe, Morris D., Jr Illuminated display device, 3.707,790, CI. 4U-
Jakob^unter; and Berth, Peter, to Henkel & Cie G^b.H. Washing
and cleansing compositions. 3.708,427, CI. 252-99.000.
James, Robert L: See — „ , ,
Curran, Peter F ; Tawfik. David A ; and James. Robert L.,
3,708,791.
James, Steve Clifton: See— , ^nom
Tomasino. Charles; and James. Steve Clifton. 3.708,32 /.
Jamieson, Roberts.: -See- „ . ^c nna aha
Butler. Luther C. Jr. and Jamieson. Robert S.. 3.708.686.
Jama. Zbigniew J ; and Vanderberg. Lawrence J to Ford Mo or Com-
pany Maximum vehicle speed limiter. 3,708,03 1 . 0. 1 80- 1 lO.OOU.
Janke. Donald E: See— i^c nn«79l
Marcade. Rtxjue D ; and Janke. Donald E 3 708 72 1
Niewyk, Anthony; and Janke. Donald E.. 3.70 /.830
Japan Gas-Chemical Company Inc : See-
Murayama. Masayuki; and Abe, Koichi, 3,708,524
Japanese Geon Company, Ltd., The: See- , 7n8 aai
Karastu, Tetsuo; Sasaki, Hiroshi; and Fukuda, Hideo, 3,708,461 .
'^'"DuffrB-^S,; c'oTob, Theodore B.. Jas.nski. Stanley C; and
Zwart. Jack. 3.708,000. ^ c
Jasper Electronics Manufacturing Corporation The: See-
Hebeisen, Richard; andTevault. William. 3.708^04k
Javet Alain Ferdinand, to Banelle Development Corporauon, The.
Seoaratineapparatus. 3.708.067. 0 209-21 1.00.
JoSnson Kd C. to Veeder Industries, Inc. TV channel indicator
counter. 3,708.114.0.235-103.000. , w lu inr
Johnson. George E.; and Rohleder. Penelope C. to General Mills. Inc.
Cake mix. 3,708.309, 0. 99-94.000.
Johnson. Hal C: See—
Johns'^orn^'^o^ToCalk-a'Data Electnc motor speed
sensing. 3.708.737,0. 318-636.000.
Johnston. Donald E: See— v™.-o ir.Kn « and
Griffiths. William R.; Johnston, Donald E.; Yates, John S., and
Layer. Gerard E, 3,708,1 38.
'°'trnie'Ge"org?Hon,; and Johnstone. Frank. 3.708.650.
'""^cNaSrOeorge'^Prand Jonasch. Edward A., 3.707.835.
'°"cart"Robert D^'collier, Harry T.; and Jones. Clarence E..
Jones, 'cyril'w" Changing hand fishing reel. 3,708,137. O. 242-
219.000.
'"""^^uller. CharlelB.. and Jones. Fred C. 3.707.832.
'°"" JSwitz! H'yman R.; Bums. Eugene A.; and Jones. John F..
3.708.370.
Jones. Marie: See—
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Mitton. Robert E.. 3.707.845.
Jones. Morris. 50* to Lloyd. David Dale. Trailer hitch. 3.708.183. CI.
280-483.000.
Jones. Shirley M: See— %
Mitton. Robert E . 3.707.845.
Jones. Stanley W.: See—
Nye. William M . and Jones. Stanley W.. 3.708.633.
Joslyn Wallace G . and Keil. Joseph W . to Dow Corning Corporation.
Process for making PVC foams 3.708.441. CI. 260-2. 50p.
Jottier. Christian Francis, to L'Automation Chimique et Nucleaire and
Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique. Automatic sample analyzer
3.708.264. C1.23-230.OOr
Jullien-Davin. Jean, lo Crouzet Modular system for pneumatic con-
trol. 3.707.989. CI. 137-608.000.
Junas. Thomas B ; and La Torre. Augustin. to General Latex and
Chemical Corporation. Polymeric thickeners and method of prepar-
ing and using the same. 3.708.445. 0. 260-4 OOr.
Junker. Bernhard T.; Breeding. Terry G ; Hoyt. Michael T.; and
Hedrick. Ross M . to Monsanto Company. Method for polymer cast-
ing from inlet reservoir. 3.708.566. CI 264- 1 7 1 .000.
Justice. Jack: See—
Justice. Marjorie T.; and Justice. Jack. 3.707,742.
Justice, Marjorie T.; and Justice, Jack Device for holding objects in a
handbag or the like. 3,707,742, CI. 24-86.00b.
Kabushiki Kaisha Kito: See— _
Ishikawa. Shogo. 3.708.719.
Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha: See—
Miyasaka. Mamoru. 3.707.840.
Miyasaka. Mamoru. 3.707.841 .
Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho: See-
Suzuki. Masaru. 3.708.032.
Kadison. Leon A ; anck Maguire. Eileen, to Crown City Plating Co
Chromic acid conditioner for treatment of polymeric resin surfaces
for electroless plating. 3.708.430. 0. 252-1 88.000.
Kado. Masaru: See —
Yoshinaga. Eiichi; Takahashi. Yoshio; and Kado, Masaru,
3.708.573.
Kahabka. Richard D.: See —
Enright. Dennis J.; Kahabka. Richard D.; and Miller. Donald F..
3.708.779.
Kahabka. William P.: See-
Ray. Edward C; and Kahabka. William P.. 3.707.759.
Kalinowski. Stanislaw: See-
Marshall. Clifford; and Kalinowski. Stanislaw. 3.708.260.
Kalopissis. Gregoire; and Vanlerberghe. Guy. to Societe Anonyme
dite: rOreal Non-ionic surface-active agents derived from fatty
chain diols and method of preparing same 3.708.364. CI. 252-
156.000.
Kaltin. Berndt. to Aktiebolaget Svenska Flaktfabnken. Method of dry-
ing goods suspended in a gas stream. 3.707.775. 0. 34-10.000.
Kalven. Alex E . to GAF Corporation Vacuum belt conveyor.
3.708.058.0. 198-184.000.
Kamarauskas. Walter M. Golf stance device. 3.708.174. CI 273-
187. OOr.
KamaU. Yoshihiro. to Furukawa Electric Company Limited. The.
Process for continuously producing nickel or nickel-gold coated
wires. 3.708.405. 0. 204-37.00r.
Kamenick. Rudolph J . to Goodrich. B F . Company. The. Power
transmission pulley and means for changing the diameter of same
3.707.883.0.74-230.160.
Kamiya. Takashi; and Hashimoto. Masashi. to Societe d'Etudes Scien-
tifiques et Industrielles de I'lle-de-France. 1 -Substituted-2-
nitromethylenepyrrolidines. 3.708.497. CI. 260-326.800.
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Watanabe. Masao; Mizoguchi. Hidekazu; and Hoshikawa. Makio,
3.708.262.
Kano. Kunio: See—
Sugiura. Mamoru. Kano. Kunio; Kimura. Kazuaki; and Oono.
Hiroyuki. 3.708.576.
Kantanan. Edward T.; Bearde. John N.; and Staub. Donald F.. said
Bearde assor;f.to. Sheet collating machine. 3,708,160, CI. 270-
53.000
Kappler. Frank R.; and Cramer. John J., to BASF Wyandotte Corpora-
tion. Laundry size for polyester-cotton blends of fabric 3.708.466.
C1.260-I7.45t.
Karastu. Tetsuo; Sasaki. Hiroshi; and Fukuda. Hideo, lo Japanese
Geon Company, Ltd., The. Process for the vulcanization of
epihalohydrin. 3,708.461.0. 260-79.000.
Karchmar, Tselsiliya Aronovna: See—
Stepanov. Gleb Alexandrovich; Chernyakov. Semen Semenovich;
and Karchmar. Tsetsiliya Aronovna. 3.708.3 1 6.
Kardos. John Louis, to Monsanto Company, mesne. Polycondensate
reinforcement process using an interfacial-forming technique.
3.708.456. CI. 260-37.00n.
Kama Carl G.. to Lavin. R.. & Sons. Inc. Method of making a cast
anode with hook. 3.708.4 1 7. CI. 204-286.000
Kasakoff. Sam. 18% to Ebert. Michael. Processing of soybeans.
3.708.3 10. CI. 99-98.000.
Kashiwagi. Teruya: See-
Murakami. Masuo; Isaka. Ichiro; Kawahara. Norio; Kashiwagi.
Teruya; Shibanuma. Tadao; and Shiozaki. Tetsuya. 3.708.5 14
Kasper. Andrew A.; and Lifland. Leonard, to Kendall Company. The
Compounds having methylol groups and unsaturated groups are used
with selected catalysts to produce a durable press product.
3.708.261. 0. 8-116.300.
Katakura. Shiro; and Nishida. Yulaka. to Tokico. Ltd. Price indication
apparatus in which unit price setting is changeable from outside.
3.708.1 1 3. 0. 235-61. 00m.
Kato. Toshio: See —
Senoo. Saburo; Kato. Toshio; and Kimura. Hiroshi. 3.708.5 19.
Katsuragawa Denki Kabushiki Kaisha: See —
Kinoshita. Koichi. and Kawamura. Takao. 3.708.291.
Katz. Ira R.. lo Hartmann Luggage Company Luggage bags.
3.708.045.0. 190-41. OOz.
Kawada. Takehiko. lo Denki Onkyo Company. Ltd. Apparatus for
driving piezoelectric transformers. 3.708.701 .0. 310-8.100.
Kawahara. Norio: See-
Murakami. Masuo; Isaka. Ichiro; Kawahara. Norio; Kashiwagi.
Teruya. Shibanuma. Tadao; and Shiozaki. Tetsuya. 3.708.5 14.
Kawamura. Masaharu See—
Horimolo. Kohei; Kawamura. Masaharu; Norota. Susumu; and
Okui. Milsuhiko, 3.708.561 .
Kawamura. Takao: See—
Kinoshita. Koichi; and Kawamura. Takao. 3.708.291.
Keagle Charles. Waggoner. Alan; and Phillips. Peter. Electronic sound
synthesizer. 3.708.603.0. 84-1.1 10.
Kehr. Clifton L.; and Wszolek. Waller R.. to Grace. W. R . & Co. High
energy curable liquid polyene-polylhiol polymer composition
3,708.413.0.204-159.140.
ICcil Joseph W.; S€€ —
Joslyn. Wallace G.; and Keil. Joseph W. 3.708.441 .
Kelco Company: See—
Pettitt. David J.. 3.708.446.
Kellert. Paul H. Cement spray gun. 3.708.1 24. 0. 239-426.000.
Kelling. Leroy U.C. lo General Electric Company. Numencal conver-
sion apparatus for interferometer position transducer. 3.708,657, CI.
235-156.000.
Kelsey-Hayes Company: See—
Hollnagel. Harold S.. 3.708.040.
Riordan. Hugh E.. Every. Peter; and Hill. Frank E.. 3.708.214.
Kendall Company. The: See—
Kasper. Andrew A , and Lifland. Leonard. 3.708.261.
Patience. Donald, and Collins. Robert F.. 3.707.964.
Villan. Frank K.. and Paiel. BhupendraC. 3,707.972.
Kennecotl Copper Corporation: See—
Frankovich. George J.. 3.707.764.
Kennedy, Alexander W ; and Malkin. Irving, to Diamond Shamro<^
Corporation. Coated metal and method. 3.708.350. 0. 148-6.200.
Keropian. Michael. Articulated hand brace. 3.707.963. CI 128-
77.000.
Kersten. Hilde; Heinrichs. Gunler; Meyer. Gerhard; and Laudien,
Dieter. Process for preparing 1 .3-disubstiluted symmetrical thiou-
reas. 3.708.496.0. 260-309.700.
Kerzman. Jack A. Wad assembly for shotgun shell. 3,707.915,0. 102-
42.00c.
Kessler, Fritz: See—
Engelsmann. Dieter; Kessler. FriU; Mass, Dieter; and Zattler,
Kurt. 3.707.904.
Keur. Robert I . to Dick. A B.. Company. Filtering apparatus for a
dropwntingsyslem 3.708.1 18. CI. 239-1.000.
Kharkovsky Aviatsionny Institut: See—
Kononenko. Vadim Grigonevich. Yatsenko. Vasilievich; Komnal-
ny. Igor Pavlovich; Schenkochikhin. Serafim Vasilievich. Stel-
makh. Viktor Alexeevich; Mazichenko. Slanislav Anisimovich;
and Kudryavtsev. Valentin Semenovich, 3,707,896.
Kiddy, Sandra Jean: See—
Peeloom. Frans; and Kiddy. Sandra Jean, 3,708,572.
Kimberly-Clark Corporation: See-
Donnelly, Harold F.. 3.708.366.
Krake. Kenneth V.. 3.708.390
Stumpf. Robert J .3.708.361
Thomas. Gordon D; and Gresham. James T.. 3.708.383.
Kimmel. Robert Michael: See—
Chenevey. Edward Clarence; and Kimmel, Robert Michael,
3.708.326.
Kimura. Hiroshi: See—
Senoo. Saburo; Kato. Toshio; and Kimura. Hiroshi. 3.708.519.
Kimura. Kazuaki: See—
Sugiura. Mamoru; Kano. Kunio; Ktmura. Kazuaki; and Oono,
Hiroyuki. 3.708.576.
Kimura. Masamichi. lo Matsushita Electronics Corporation Electro-
static deflection type cathode-ray tube with a plurality of electron
guns. 3.708.714.O 315-13.00C.
King Calvin J., lo Perfex Corporation. Tire cooling device and method
of cooling. 3.708.006.0. 152-153.000.
King. Samuel F.. to Mobil Oil Corporation. Hot oil leak detection.
3.708.245. CI. 417-13.000.
Kinoshita. Kazuhisa: See—
Mimino. Tohru. Kinoshita. Kazuhisa; and Haltori. Keisuke,
3.708.280.
Kinoshita. Koichi; and Kawamura, Takao, to Katsuragawa Denki
Kabushiki Kaisha. Photosensitive elements for use in electrophotog-
raphy and method of manufacturing same. 3 .708.29 1 . 0 . 96- 1 .500.
Kirchmayr. Rudolf, lo Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Process for the
production of chlorine-containing V-iriazole compounds 3.708.475.
O. 260-240.00C.
Kirk. Bradley S: See—
Shanes. Walter J.; Marancik, William G.; and Kirk. Bradley S.,
3.708.606.
Kirwin, James M.: See—
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2. 1973
Haase. Elmer A; and Kirwin. James M .3.707.985
K.shida Tohru. Ankawa. Tadashi. Matsuyama. Sh.geru. and Fu_
kushiKe Shmohu. lo Sumitomo Metal Industries Ltd^ and Aikoh
Co . Ltd Agent for adding to a mould in which '""''^"ferr.t.c stain-
less steel is cast by a continuous casting process 3,708.314, LI 1U^-
38 270
Kishimoto. Hiroshi: S^e— _..
Yamahara. Takeshi, Kish.moto, Hiroshi; Nakamura. Shinji.
Deguchi Takashi; and Takamatsu.Shichiro, 3,708.548
Kissane Richard W . to Speed Fastener. Inc Alignment jig for electric
^tewdriverorthelike 3.708.238.0 408-112 000
Kistner George E Adhesive bandage and apparatus for manufacture
ofsame 3.708,375, CI 156-552 000
Kitaiima Susumu, to Kurtta Machinery Manufacturing Company.
LiCted Power control apparatus 3.707.889, CI. 74-845 000
Kitrilakis, Sotiris, and Robinson, Thomas Charles, to Tecna Corpt>ra-
tion Steady flow regenerative peritoneal dialysis system and method.
3.707.967. CI. 128-213 000
Kittleman. Edmund T. and Zuech. Ernest A . to Phillips Petroleum
Company Olefin conversion using rare earth metal halides with or-
ganoaluminums. 3.708.55 1. CI 260-683.00d
Klass. Geor^. to Motoren und Turbinen-Union Munchen GmbH
Method for- manufacturing a turbine blade 3.707. /5U. C 1 ^v-
Klebba Horsi. and Maneck, Ernst, to Volkswagenwerk Aktien-
geselischaft Sliding dixir arrangement for motor vehicles
3,708,192.C1 292-261 000 , ,., . r^.. a
Kleemann, Axel, Kruger, Manfred; Schreyer, Gerd, Weiberg, Otto, and
Weigert Wolfgang, to Deutsche Gold- und Silber Scheideanstalt
vormals Roessler PrtKess for the ep<ixidation of unsaturated com-
pounds. 3,708,507, CI. 260-348.501.
Kleemann, Manfred; See—
Kutter, Eberhard; Griss, Gerhart; Grell, Wolfgang; and Kleemann,
Manfred, 3,708,486.
Klein, Joseph F M; See— . u
Thomas, Jozef A ; Klein, Joseph F M ; and Geurts, Leonardos H..
3,708,515.
Klein, Louis; See— _ . . .
Schreckenberg, Karl; Klein, Louis; and Read, Lorenzo Antonio.
3,708.771. ^
Kleinneiur. Jay H See—
Brode, Eugene G; and Kleinneiur, Jay H, 3.708,607
Klug, Joseph R See— , „,,x
Yindra. Leonard J ; and Klug, Joseph R . 3.707,930.
Knebel Andrew W Compression release mechanism for two stroke
engines used to brake a vehicle. 3,707.952, CI 1 23-97.00b.
Kny, Gunter. and Westphal. Otto, to Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH
Monix:holine ester of 3-octadecyloxy-propanol-( I )-phosphoric acid
3.708,558, CI 260-945.000.
Kobayashi.Tsuneo; See— ,,,><, c , ^ ^
Morita, Ken Ichi; and Kobayashi. Tsuneo. 3,708,5 1 6
Kocourek, Franz; See—
Geyken, Erwin, Krauss, Siegfried; KiKourek, Franz, Koninger,
Horst, and Schwarzmaier, Gerhard, 3,707.777
Koehring Company See— , -,rvo -n^
Mistarz Robert J, and Mojonnier, Albert B. Sr, 3,708.376
Koenig Elmer A . to Sherwcxjd Medical Industries Inc Arming cap for
breech loaded syringe 3,707,968, CI l28-2l8.0pa
Koenig, Karl-Heinz See— j r- u ^a tr
Rohr, Wolfgang; Ki^nig, Karl-Hemz; and Fischer, Adolt,
'3,708,471
Koether, Karl H , and Dillm, Arthur J , to Wilson, H W.- Company
Apparatus for separating bound btioks. 3.708,094. CI. 225-103.000
Koger Terrell B , and Terry, Lewis E Self-aligning electroplating
mask 3,708,403, CI 204-15.000.
Kohfeld. Werner; See—
Viol, Gunter, and Kohfeld, Werner. 3,708,009
Kohler Thomas P , Smrth, Marvin W ; and Van Marter, Charles W. to
General Electric Company Regulated electrical inverter system.
3,708,739, CI 321-21.000.
Koller. James Edward See— ^ , -,no nn-)
Plakunov, James, and Koller, James Edward, 3,708.30.2
Kolomeir, Frank Nathan. Marking instrument. 3,708,235, CI. 401-
57.000.
Komnatny, Igor Pavlovich: See— ., , . vr
Kononenko, Vadim Grigorievich, Yatsenko, Vasilievich, Komnat-
ny, Igor Pavlovich, Schenkochikhin, Serafim Vasilievich, Stel-
makh, Viktor Alexeevich; Mazichenko, Stanislav Anisimovich;
and Kudryavtsev. Valentin Semenovich, 3,707,896.
Kondo Motoya. to Tokyo Shibaura Electric, Co. All-channel tuner.
3.707.877. CI. 74-10.520.
Koninger. Horst; See—
Geyken. Erwin; Krauss. Siegfried. Kocourek, Franz; Koninger,
Horst. and Schwarzmaier. Gerhard, 3.707.777.
Koninklijke Nederlandsche Hoogovensen Staalfabrieken. N.V.: See-
Owen. Arthur John. Visser, Reier, and Van Laar, Jacobus,
3,708,317. . ^ ^
Kononenko, Vadim Grigorievich; Yatsenko, Vasilievich; Komnatny,
Igor Pavlovich; Schenkochikhin, Serafim Vasilievich; Stelmakh, Vik-
tor Alexeevich; Mazichenko, Stanislav Anisimovich; and Kudryavt-
sev. Valentin Semenovich, to Kharkovsky Aviatsionny Institut
, Mchine for working metals by impulses. 3,707,896, CI 83-639.00a
Kopp. Eugen, to Werner & Pfleiderer Extrusion press. 3,708,256, CI.
425-376.000
Koppe, Herbert; See—
Suhle, Helmut; Koppe, Herbert; Kummer. Werner; and Wick.
Helmut. 3.708.485.
Koppers Company. Inc ; See—
Holter. Samuel N. 3.708,509.
Korenicki. William John; See—
Masson. Narinder; Korenicki. William John, and Lechner, Walter
Ludwig, 3.707,872. . , ,, u
Korolev Evgeny Mikhailovich; Shel. Marat Moiseevich; and Likuchev,
Vladimir Grigorievich Methixl of increasing strength of vessels, par-
ticularly high-pressure vessels 3,708,644, CI. 219-7.500.
Korry Manufacturing Company See-
Fuller Maurice D , 3.708,640.
Koskinen,Rauno Veikko Barking drum 3,708,00 1, CI 144-208 00b.
Kostylev. Alexandr Dmitrievich; See— , . . , u
Naz.arov. Nikolai Grigonevich; Chinakal. Nikolai Andreevich.
Sudnishnikov, Boris Vasilievich; Kostylev. Alexandr
Dmitrievich. Gurkov. Konstantin Stepanovich, and Tupitsyn.
Konstantin Konslantinovich, 3.708.023
Kosubek, Uwe; See—
Lowenfeld. Rudolf; and Kosubek, Uwe, 3.708.257.
Kotal. John R ; .See-
Stock. Michael J ; and Kotal. John R . 3.708.679
Kottsieper Edward Impact softening device for automobiles
3 708,195.CI 293 72()00
Kovac. Steve Envekipes 3.708.105. CI. 229-75.000
Kowalski. Horst See-
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard, Dudszus, Alfred. Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche,
Franz; Feyer. Gunter. Krause. Manfred. Grunwald. Josef. Hen-
sel uirich. Aust. Ingo, Ewald, Gunter, Langer, Walter, Ludke,
Gunther. Mohle. Kari-Georg; Oberlander. Joachim, Kowalski,
Horst Galzk. Eckard. Pernaux. Gerd. Schwank. Otto.
Leschnewski. Konrad, Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, Gunter; and
Ploet7,Ulnch, 3,708. 100
Koyanagi. Shumchi; Ogawa. Kinya. Sekigawa. Fujio. Suzuki. Hiroshi.
and Ono. Shigeru, to Shinetsu Chemical Company.
Photop<ilymerizable comptisitions comprising cellulose derivative
3,708,305.Cl.96-ll5.(X)p . u
Kozak Philip E, to Union Carbide Corporation Electnxle joint having
undercut electrixle sockets. 3.708,601 , CI 1 3-18.(K)0
Kozakai, Asao; .See— ^ , , . vi
Tom. Tatsumi. Kozakai, Asao, Yamamoto, Takekazu; and Nyu-
noya.Mizuo, 3,708.044.
Kozel. Charles A . Baraglia. Nathan A . and Wright. George C. to
Methode Manufacturing Corporation Non-delaminating bus as-
sembly for electronic systems and methixl of forming same.
3.708,6 10. CI 174-72 00b.
Kraftco Corporation .See—
Miller, Roland E ; and Neill. David M., 3.708,055
Krake Kenneth V . to KimbeHy-Clark Corptiration Suction box for a
papermaking machine having multiple compartments formed by J-
shapedelemenLs 3,708,390, CI 1 62-374 (XH).
Krakow Burton. Dolin. Stanley A . and Kruegle. Herman A . to Opti-
cal Coating Laboratory. Inc . mesne Spectral analysis instrnment
with programmed spectral sht width 3.708.227. CI 356-83.000.
Kranz. Rolf Dieter, to Aktiengesellschaft Brown. Boven & Cie Frame
and core-type dynamo-electric machine 3.708,707. CI. 310-
258.000
Krapcho. John See— . , u i •7r\u <:ba
Simon Pierre. Bernstein. Jack, and Krapcho. John, 3.708,586
Kratzer. Otto; Suter. Hubert; and Wirth. Friedrich. to Badische Anilin-
& Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Manufacture of naphthalene! .
8-dioic anhydride. 3.708,504. CI 260-345 200
Krause, Manfred; See— .. „,.,^ , , ,
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard; Dudszus. Alfred; Milles. Wilhelm, I erche.
Franz Feyer. Gunter. Krause. Manfred, Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel uirich. Aust. Ingo. Ewald, Gunter, Langer, Walter; Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg, Oberlander, Joachim; Kowalski,
Horst Gatzk, Eckard; Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto;
Leschnewski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, Gunter. and
PloeU, Uirich. 3.708,100.
Krause Walter J ; and Stout, Gilbert T.. to Bendix Corporation The.
Carbon core segmented friction disc 3.708.042. CI 1 88-73 200
Krause Wilhelm, to Thermal Transfer Corp<iration. High temperature
apparatus. 3.708,599, CI 13-1.000
Krauss. Siegfried; .See— ,, •
Geyken. Erwin; Krauss, Siegfried; K(x:ourek. Franz; Koninger,
Horst; and Schwarzmaier, Gerhard, 3,707,777.
Kreda Eugene J , to Servo Corptuation of America, mesne Variable
threshold circuit. 3,708.678.Cl. 250-219.00d.
Krell. Kari-Heinz; -See- v^,i u»i„.
Von Der Eltz. Hans-Ulrich; Gunther. Dieter; Krell. Karl-Hemz,
Matterstock. Karl; and Vollmann, Hansjorg. 3,708,258
Kressley. Leonard J See- nna <->a
Frevel.LudoK ; and Kressley, Leonard J, 3,708,526^
Krueger Harvey R ; and Reynolds. Donald S ; deceased (by Durkm,
John T executor, and First National Bank of Chicago, The; execu-
tor) Float actuated sequence switch with pushbutton actuator.
3 708 637 CI. 200-67.00b.
Kru'eeer' Wallace F Plural fluid mixing and spray apparatus.
3,708,'l23. CI. 239-415.000
Krueele, Herman A; See— , ,, »
Krakow. Burton; Dolin, Stanley A., and Kruegle, Herman A..
3,708,227.
Kruger, Manfred: See—
January 2. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Kleemann, Axel; Kruger, Manfred; Schreyer, Gerd, Weiberg,
Otto; and Weigert, Wolfgang, 3.708,507
Kruse. Stanley L Doweling jig 3,708,237, CI. 408- 1 08.000.
Kudryavtsev, Valentin Semenovich; See—
Kononenko, Vadim Grigorievich, Yatsenko. Vasilievich; Komnat-
ny, Igor Pavlovich; SchenktKhikhin, Serafim Vasilievich; Stel-
makh, Viktor Alexeevich, Mazichenko, Stanislav Anisimovich;
and Kudryavtsev, Valentin Semenovich, 3,707,896
Kuhn, Wolfgang H See- -c ^
Binder, Horst. Kuhn. Wolfgang H.. Lindner. Werner; and Sand-
stede. Gerd. 3.708.342
Kuhne. Norbert; .See—
Dorschner. Oskar; Carduck. Franz Josef; and Kuhne. Norbert,
3.707.838
Kuhnle. Willi, and Frei. Walter, to Zahnradfabrik Friedrichshafen Ak-
tiengesellschaft Electro-hydraulic selector for the control of multi
pie loads 3.708.047. CI 192 12 00c
Kumano. Hiroshi; .Vee— w .
Nishino. Atsushi; Kumano. Hiroshi, Noguchi. Yoshinori;
Sonetaka, Kazunori, and Amano, Yasuji, 3,708,408.
Kumiai Chemical Industry Co , Ltd .See—
Yoshinaga, Eiichi, Takahashi, Yoshio; and Kado, Masaru,
3,708,573.
Kummer, Werner See —
Stable, Helmut; Koppe, Herbert; Kummer. Werner; and Wick,
Helmut, 3,708,485.
Kunii. Daizo. and Kunugi. Taiseki. to Toyo Soda Manufacturing Co..
Ltd Process and apparatus for thermal cracking of hydrocarb<ins.
3 708.552. CI 260-683.00r
Kunik. 1 Jordan; and Sitomer. Alvin L . 50*;^ to said Kunik and 50*^ to
said Sitomer. Alvin L Board game apparatus. 3.708.171. CI. 273-
l 30()0r
Kunishige. Hidenori. and Uchida. Kosaku. to Matsushita Electric In
dustrial Co . Ltd Channel indicating means for television receivers
3.707.941. CI I 16-124.400.
Kunugi. Taiseki; See— '"
Kunii. Daizo; and Kunugi, Taiseki. 3.708.552.
Kurita Machinery Manufacturing Company. Limited; .See—
Kitajima. Susumu. 3.707.889
Kuroda, Takashi. and Tatsutomi. Yasuo. to Toyo Kogyo Co.. Ltd
Transmission controlled throttle for internal combustion engine
3.707.892. CI. 74-873.(K)0
Kurokawa. Toshio. Nishiyama. Shoji, Okubo. Toshio; and Naga. Katsu-
mi, to Tur»>kawa. Toshio. Nishiyama. Shoji and Tokyo Shibaura
Electric Co . Ltd. X-ray photographing apparatus 3,708.662, CI.
250-55 000
Kurtz. Robert G ; and Van Vorous. TheixJore. to Dow Chemical Com-
pany The PriKess for metal coating boron nitride objects
3,708.325. CI I 17-61.000
Kurumada.Tomoyuki; See—
Murayama, Keisuke; Morimura, Syoji; Higashida, Susumu; Mat
- sui. Katsuaki, Kurumada, Tomoyuki; and Onta, Noriyuki,
3,708,488
Kutik, Louis F ; .See—
Gronemeyer. Erich W.; and Kutik. Louis F.. 3.708.083
Kutter Eberhard. Griss. Gerhart. Grell, Wolfgang, and Kleemann,
Manfred, to Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH 2-lp-(N -cycloalkyl-
carbamido-N-sulfonyl) -phenethyll-1.2,3,4.tetrahydro^l 3-dioxo-
4.4 -dimethyl-isoquinolines and alkali metal salts 3,708,486, LI. ,2bt)-
281.000
Kvam, Donald C; See— . , , » . j
Harrington, Joseph K., Kvam, Donald C ; Mendel, Arthur; and
Robertson, Jerry E , 3,708,49 1
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co , Ltd ; See—
Nakayama, Kiyoshi, 3,708,394.
La Branche Harvey W , to Mattel, Inc Method of constructing a toy
vehicle 3!707,761.CI 29-446.000.
LaTorre,Augustin:See— ,-no4^c
Junas, Thomas B; and La Torre, Augustin, 3,708,445.
UBelle Laurence TrefRe, to Miner Enterprises, Inc. Wedge lock
device. 3,708,075, CI. 213-22.000.
Labussiere, Andre Julien; .See— ...
Dulhion Louis, Cabassut. Andre Emile Roger; and Labussiere,
Andre Julien, 3,708.036.
lace Melvin A . to Motorola, Inc. Power driven platen for tape car-
tridges 3,708. 135. CI. 242-55. 19a
Laing, Graham Stirling; -See—
Vantill, Martinus Pieter Richard; Laing. Graham Stiriing; and
Lounsbury. Donald Mack, 3,708,634.
Lambert Brake Corporation, mesne; See—
Hahn,EmilH ,3,708,041.
Lamberton Bruce A Means for encasing rigid members with concrete.
3.708, 146. CI 249-1.000. ..urn
Lamkemeyer Klaus, to Mertens & Co. Kommanditgesellschatt. Bicy-
cle saddle 3. 708 .201. CI. 297-214.000.
Land Bros Inc ; .See—
Contreras. Manuel H; and Land Bros Inc.. 3.708.372.
I and Karl M . to Cities Service Oil Company. Explosive stimulation
weilcompletions 3,707,9 14, CI 102-20.000
Lang Georges F , to Centre de Recherches de Pont-a-Mous.son
Method and device for winding reinforcing threads for producing tu-
bular bodies of reinforced synthetic resin 3.708.1 32. LI. 242- l.ZiV.
Langenstein & Schemann Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Brauer, Willi, 3,707,866.
Langer. Walter; See—
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard; Dudszus. Alfred; Milles. Wilhelm. Lerche,
Franz. Feyer. Gunter; Krause. Manfred; Grunwald, Josef, Hen-
sel, uirich; Aust, Ingo, Ewald, Gunter, Langer, Walter. Ludke.
Gunther. Mohle, Kari-Georg; Oberiander, Joachim; Kowalski,
Horst, Gatzk. Eckard. Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto;
Leschnewski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard; Hartwig. Gunter. and
Ploetz.Ulnch, 3,708,100.
Langner, Gerhard; See—
Bruneau, Henri, Langner, Gerhard; and Toumere, Marcel Joseph.
3.708.242.
Lanier Electronic Laboratory. Inc., mesne; See—
Nye, William M , and Jones. Stanley W.. 3.708.633.
Lardon, Marcel A ; See—
Brach. Paul J ; and Lardon. Marcel A . 3.708.293.
I attin William W . to Motorola. Inc Voltage level translating circuit.
3.708.689.0.307-205.000.
Laube. Max. to Swiss Aluminium Ltd Method of and means for remov-
ing exhaust gases from an open furnace vessel. 3.708.414, CI. 204-
247.000.
Laudien. Dieter; See—
Kersten. Hilde; Heinnchs. Gunter. Meyer. Gerhard; and Laudien.
Dieter. 3.708.496 ^' ^^
Lauffer, Fred E., to Owens-Illinois. Inc. Pallet. 3.707.929. CI 108-
51.0()0 _ ,
Lauria, Francesco; Vecchietti. Vittorio; and Logemann. Willy, to Carlo
Erba S.p A 4-Morpholinoethoxy-benzophenones 3,708,482, CI.
260-247. 70c.
Lauricella Robert Progressive-tightening spindle chuck for milling
machines or other machine tools. 3.708.1 78, CI. 279-8 1 .000.
L'Automation Chimique et Nucleaire; See—
Jottier. Christian Francis. 3.708.264
Lavin.R .& Sons. Inc ; See-
Kama. CaH G. 3.708.417 ^
Layer, Gerard E; .See— ^ », . ^ o j
Griffiths, William R . Johnston, Donald E.; Yates, John b.; and
Layer, Gerard E., 3,708,138.
Laylander, Paul V; See— „ , .,
Connell, Joseph A.; Baranyi, Anthony J.; and Laylander, Paul V.,
3,707,850.
Le Doux, Reynold A, Jr; .See—
Golliher, Waldo R ; Harris, Robert L.; and Le Doux, Reynold A.,
Jr, 3,708,568.
Le Franc Guy J , to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Magnetic lens ar-
rangemem 3,708,772, CI. 335-210.000.
Le Suer, William Monroe, to Lubrizol Corporation, The. Reaction
products of high molecular weight carboxylic acid esters and certain
carbtixyhc acid acvlatingreactants 3,708,522, CI 260-485 OOg.
Leandri, Raymond Construction block assembly. 3,707,820, CI. 52-
436000
LearSiegler, Inc.; See—
Sadler, Harry J.; Pareja, Ramon; and Leschisin, John, 3,707,981 .
Leblond. Christian Georges; and Oger. Jacques Francois Marie, to
Centre de Recherches de Pont-a-Mousson Maidieres Linings or cas-
ings for tunnels, galleries, mine pits and the like. 3,707,846. CI. 61-
45 00r
Lechner. Walter Ludwig; See—
Masson. Nannder; Korenicki. William John; and Lechner. Walter
Ludwig. 3,707,872. .
Lee Willis L. Pulsed-energy detonation system for electro explosive
devices. 3,707,913, CI 102-18.000.
Leedy, Robert Method for installing aluminum siding. 3,707,821, CI.
52-748.000.
Leesona Corporation; See—
Stoppard. William E, 3.708.134.
Lehmann, Calude; See-
Dietrich. Henri; and Lehmann. Calude, 3.708,494.
Lehmann, Claude; See-
Dietrich, Henri; and Lehmann. Claude, 3.708,493
Leitnaker, James M ; and Spear, KaH E , II, to United States of Amer-
ica Atomic Energy Commission Stabilized uranium or uranium-plu-
tonium nitride fuel. 3,708,433. CI. 252-301. lOr
Leland Claude H , to Super Steel Treating Co Heat treat furnace.
3.708. 156. CI 263-41.000 , ,„„ ^c, ^. ^->«
Lemelstm. Jerome H. Extrusion apparatus. 3.708.253. LI. 425-
155.000
Lerche. Franz; .See—
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard. Dudszus. Alfred, Milles, Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz Feyer, Gunter, Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef, Hen-
sel uirich; Aust, Ingo, Ewald. Gunter. Langer, Walter; Ludke.
Gunther; Mohle, Kari-Georg, Oberiander, Joachim, Kowalski,
Horst Gatzk, Eckard, Pernaux. Gerd, Schwank, Otto.
Leschnewski. Konrad; Brose. Reinhard, Hartwig. Gunter; and
Ploetz. Uirich, 3,708,100.
Leri, Mario Line marking apparatus. 3.707.942. CI 118-1 .000.
Lernould, Andre A ; See—
losue, Michael F ; and Lernould, Andre A.. 3.708.609.
Leschisin. John; .See— i-rmooi
Sadler. Harry J . Pareja. Ramon; and Leschisin. John. 3,707.981 .
Leschnewski. Konrad; .See—
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard. Dudszus. Alfred. Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz. Feyer, Gunter. Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel uirich. Aust. Ingo; Ewald. Gunter. Langer. Walter; Ludke.
Gunther, Mohle. Karl-Georg. Oberlander, Joachim, Kowalski.
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2. 1973
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Horsl Gauk, Eckard; Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto,
Leschnewski, Konrad; Brose, Reinhard; Hartwig, Gunter, and
Ploetz.Ulrich. 3,708, 100
Lcsher, Elroy W , to Albany International Con>orat.on mesne Ap-
paratus for metenng liquid flow discharge 3,708,088. CI. 222-
70 000
Lesueur Gilbert, to Alsthom-Savoisienne Optical current transformer
3,708."747.<:i. 324-96 000.
Lever Brothers Company Sef—
Bolton, Andrew, Philpott. Peter John; and Scoats, Horace W.l-
ham, 3,708,311
Hall, Philip George, 3,708,429.
^"'Hiidenbr^and. Walter W ; Levine, Wilbur J , Manning, Stanley A.;
and Stroms, Karl F., 3,708,798
Levitt. Harold H See— .ju -.inonAi
Wemgarden, Marshall; and Levitt, Harold H., 3.708,061
Levy Leon M to Condecor, Inc Easel back having integral support-
,nestructure.3.707,791,Cl 40-124 100.
Levy' Newton, Jr . to Grace, W R , & Co P^-^-.^- j!]^ P/f.^J^;;,"
of lead conummg piezoelectric powders. 3.708,438. CI 252^62.900.
Lewis John B and Hendick. Glen W . to United States of America.
Agriculture Elastomeric polyester-derived polyurethanesconuining
12-hydroxymethyl-tetrahydroabietanol 3.708.450. CI 260-26.000.
Lewis. Roy F See— n c i-insTix
Surr. Arthur T . Sewell. Brian C . and Lewis. Roy F.. 3.708.75 1 .
Leydon. Arthur J . Brenner. Mannie. and Chase. Fred L . to Chase. W
R & Co Composition for sealing contained stenlized foods.
3.708,331. CI. 117-95.000.
Libbey-Owens-Ford Company See-
Alexander, Harold M ; Mattimoe. Paul T.; and Hofmann. John J .
3.708.386.
Libby. Charles C See- , -.no ix<
McMaster. Robert C . and Libby . Charles C, 3,708,743.
Licentia. Patent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H.: See—
Moser. Helmut. 3.708,700.
Lifland. Leonard; See—
Kasper. Andrew A ; and Lifland. Leonard. 3.708.261 .
Likuchev, Vladimir Grigonevich; See—
Korolev. Evgeny Mikhailovich; Shel. Marat Moiseevich; and
Likuchev. Vladimir Grigonevich. 3.708.644
Liles. Harry Anti-pollution ballait conUiner. 3.707,937. CI. 114-
741 OOr.
Lilly. Eh. and Company See- ^ , ^, ^ nna A«n
Webber, J Alan; and Van Heyningen, Earle M.. 3.708.48U.
Limpinsel Gunter, and Fncker. Karl, to Lindemann Maschinenfabrik
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haflung and Schweizerische Alumini-
um AG Apparatus for salvaging carbon from anodes 3.708.128,1-1.
241-lOl.OOr.
Lin Luke C. to Xerox Corporation. Image transfer process.
3'.708.288.CI 96-1 400
Lindberg, William S : See—
Barecki. Chester J , and Lindberg. William S . 3, 708 202.
Lindblom. Frank W . to Textron. Inc Ventilated goggles. 3,708.224.
CI. 351-62.000.
Linde Aktiengesellschaft Zentrale Patenubteilung: See-
Becker, Rudolf. 3.707.849 » o ^ . A
Lindemann. Martin K . and lacoviello. John G.. to Air Products and
Chemicals. Inc Process of laminating using ^myl acetate-ethykne
copolymer latex adhesive composition 3.708.388. CI. 161-247 000
Lindemann Maschinenfabrik Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung:
Limpinsel. Gunter; and Fncker. Karl. 3.708.1 28 ^ , , ,
Linden Henry R . to Institute of Gas Technology. Fossil fuel
hydrogasification process for production of synthetic pipeline gas
3,708.269. CI. 48-215.000. , ^ r
Lindner. GusUv. to Hulter. Heinnch. Jr.. Fintia. Pernjutat'on lock, for
example, for suitcases, briefcases or the like. 3.707.861. CI. 70-
74.000 , J J ui
Lindner. Heinz; and Roscher. Georg. Device for producing double-
sided looped cloth upon crochet galloon machines. 3.707.85J. Cl.
66-84.000
Lindner. Werner: See— .. . . ^ ,,, „^ c,„^
Binder. Horst; Kuhn. Wolfgang H.; Lindner. Werner; and Sand-
stede. Gerd. 3.708,342 , ^ ,
Liopi Dominic M Adjustable mounting bracket for fowl cage
mounted watenng cups 3.707.949. CI 1 19-18.000.
Livingston. Richard W; See- ■, nm ioa
Rocha. John G . and Livingston. Richard W., 3.707,794.
Lloyd. Anthony Michael: See—
Alexander. David George; Lloyd. Anthony Michael; Greensides.
Geoffrey Charles, and Thompson. David Harry, 3,708,5 1 2.
Lloyd. David Dale: See-
Jones. Moms. 3.708.183 ,„, u c 1.
Loewenstein. Klaus L . Eisenberg. Eamold J.; and Warshaw. Saul to
Oliver Glass Fiber Corporation Apparatus for producing glass
fibers. 3.708.271. CI. 65-12.000.
Lofner Wilhelm; and Rieber. Martin, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien_
eesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Fire-proofing of
Solyesterfibers.3.708.328.CI. 117-93.310. ^ , „ ... „
Loferen Harold C , to Honeywell Inc. Electrochemical cell with com-
posite electrode-membranes. 3.708,412.0. 204-195.00p.
Logemann. Willy: See—
Lauria. Francesco; Vecchietti. Vittorio; and Logemann, Willy.
3,708.482.
Lohmann & Stollerfoht Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Szynka. Peter. 3.708.048.,
Loiseau. Gerard Paul Marie Henn: See—
Nordmann. Joseph; Mattioda. Georges Dominique; and Loiseau.
Gerard Paul Marie Henri. 3.708.544.
Lone. George Ernest. Ill: See— j i „„„
Brown Malcolm George. Jr ; Guille. Gilbert James. Jr.; and Long.
George Ernest. III. 3.708.622. ^ „ ^ , ^
Loos. John F.; and Unkle. Truman F . Jr . to G"lf Oil Corporation.
Electrochemical energy conversion system. 3,708.345, Ci. iJo-
160.000
Lorain Prtxlucts Corporation: See- „ . ^ „ -nno <ifl#.
Butler. Luther C, Jr.. and Jamiestin. Robert S . 3.708.686.
Lorenz. Jerome L . to Ranco «nc»T'«/^|f''i-r« ;'"'Iff,^^'S,'"^'^'
for control of electric load circuit 3.708.696. CI. 307-252.00b.
Losco. Giuseppe: See—
Cassar. Luigi. Chiusoli. Gian Paolo; Foa. Marco; Losco. Giuseppe,
and Fmai. Franco. 3.708.5 1 8
Lother. Rolf: See— „ ., , ,„o -7^t
Salamon, Wolfgang, and Lother. Rolf. 3.708.765.
Lounsbury. Donald Mack: .See—
Vantill. iClartinus Pieter Richard; Lamg. Graham Stirling, and
Lounsbury. Donald Mack. 3.708.634 ^^ ,^ ^ . . „
Lovett. Stanley L . Jr . to Rochester C"T?"»'""- I,»'|,^^*^°f/?*^Oun'
paratus for attaching fainng strips to cables. 3.707.836. CI 57- 1 Oun.
Lowell, Francis C See—
Forlini, Matthew; Lowell, Francis C; and Saxe, Robert L..
3.708.219 , ,, . ...
Lowenfeld. Rudolf; and Kosubek. Uwe. to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft vonnals Meister Lucius & Bruning Process for the dye-
ing of textile matenal made from mixtures of polyester and cellulosic
fibers. 3.708.257. CI. 8-2 1. 00c.
Lubeck. John F See— . . ,_ r- ■, nr,o lat
Waymire. Gary R. and Lubeck. John F. 3.708.393
Lubowilz. Hyman R ; Bums. Eugene A . and Jones. John F . to IKW
Inc Process for bonding surfaces with polyimide prepolymers.
3.708.370. CI 156-331 000
Lubowitz. Hyman R . to TRW Inc. Molding powder prepolymers.
3.708.459. CI 260-65.000
Lubrizol Corporation. The: See—
Hoke. Donald Irvin. 3.708.447.
LeSuer. William Monroe. 3.708.522.
Luckey George W . to Eastman Kodak Company. Silver-dye-bleach
photographic materials. 3.708.300. CI 96-73 000
^"'^^BuSuhrer Gerard; Dudszus. Alfred; Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz Feyer. Gunter; Krause. Manfred. Grunwald. Josef; Hen-
sel Ulrich, Aust. Ingo; Ewald. Gunter; Langer. Walter; Ludke.
Gunther. Mohle. Karl-Georg; Oberlander. Joachim; KowaJski.
Horst Gatzk. Eckard. Pemaux. Gerd; Schwank. Otto;
Leschnewski. Konrad. Brose. Reinhard; Hartwig. Gunter; and
Ploetz.Ulnch. 3.708. 100
Lukichev. Nikolai Dmitrievich: See— „ uu
Smirnov Boris Andreevich; Axenova. Emilia Ivanovna. Rychkov,
Vladimir Leonidovich; and Lukichev, Nikolai Dmitnevich.
Lundstedt!^Erik!^to Hood, H. P . Sons. Inc Method f dn^'"8 ^<='^,*^y
and sweet skim milk solids in combination. 3.708.307, LI. w-
57 000
Luthi, Oscar, to Improved Machinery Inc Punrip having rotor with
transverse feed and discharge 3,708.249. CI. 41 7-203X)00.
Luu. Karl Anton, to Siemens Aktiengesell«:haft Switching centerfor
PCM-time multiplex telephone network 3.708.626. CI 1 /v- 1 » uoj.
Lux George K.; Ellis. James B . and Schulze. John J. to Addresso-
gr'aph-Multigraph Corporation Photoelectrostatic copying machine.
3. 708. 1 6 1. CI 271-9.000 , . a r..
Lyons. J^mes Wilfred, to Hawker Siddeley Aviation Limited. C^-
segrain antenna mounted in aircraft nose cone. 3,708,795. Cl. J4J-
708 000
Lvshkow Norman A., to Pollution Monitors. Inc Colorimeter for
determining the concentration of a pollutant gas in an air sample.
3.708.265. CI. 23-254.000.
M&TChemicals.lnc.See- . v, „ „ , i nnn ^iQ
Reifenbere Gerald H; and Considine. William J.. 3,708,54V.
■ Mabrey Lindeli E.; and Fogelson, Richard C. Graphic display system.
3 707 792. CI. 40-219.000. , „ w .
Macaulay. William R.; Bilhom, John M.; and Anderson, Kent V to
ESB Incorporated Method of constructing multicell batteries.
3.708.349.CI. 136-175000.
MacGinitie. Gordon F: See— ^. ^ . c Tina f.Qi
Femer. Hermann A.; and MacGinitie. Gordon F., 3,708.693.
Machine Ice Co : See— .,„, or.
McAshan. Robert B. Jr. 3.707.85 1
Machlett Laboratories. Incorporated. The: See-
Blacker. Allen Palmer. Jr.. 3.708.673.
MacMillan Bloedel Limited; See- ,.n i in« s? i
Delta. Vladimir Hach; and Higson. Harold G. 3.708.321.
Magnaflux Corporation: See—
Prine. David W.. 3,708.665.
Magosch. Karl-Heinz: See— ^ „ , u • nno a(^
Rombusch. Konrad; and Magosch. Karl-Heinz. 3,708.464.
Maguire. Eileen; See —
\
Kadison, Leon A.; and Maguire, Eileen, 3,708,430.
Maier.Oskar: See—
Blaich. Emil; Maier. Oskar; and Ziegler. Bodo. 3.708.347.
Maitra Kumar N, to Beloit Corporation. Web pickup arrangement for
pape'r making machines. 3.708.389. CI 162-306.000.
Malinow Sidney, and Craine. Joseph B. Poultry product and method.
3.708.312. CI. 99-194.000.
Malkin. Irving: See-
Kennedy. Alexander W; and Malkin. Irving. 3.708,350.
Mallory. P R . & Co . Inc.: .See—
Schmidgall. Phillip L.. 3.707.776.
Malm. Marvin Forest; and McKinney. Joseph Charles, to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation. Meter circuit for measuring
the rnake-to-break ratio of pulses 3.708.792, CI. 340-253.00r.
Maneck, Ernst: See—
Klebba. Horst; and Maneck. Ernst, 3,708,192.
Manning. Robert E : See-
Anderson. Paul L.; Houlihan. William J.; and Manning, Robert E.,
3,708,484
Manning. Stanley A.: See—
Hildenbrand. Walter W.; Levine. Wilbur J.; Manning, Stanley A.;
and Stroms. Karl F., 3,708,798.
Mannix Construction Inc.: See —
Danko. Raymond A.; and Minge. Donald L.. 3.707.808.
Manzo, Joseph F.; Harris. James P.; Hams. Robert T.; and Mauch.
Erwin W . to Bnle Industries. Inc Adjustable end connector for
watchbands. 3,707.744. CI. 24-265.00b.
Marancik. William G.: See—
Shattes. Walter J ; Marancik. William G.. and Kirk. Bradley S..
3.708.606.
Marcade. Roque D.; and Janke. Donald E.. to Whirlpool Corporation.
Electrical connection and ground monitor. 3,708,721, CI. 317-
I8.00b
Marchal. Paul Henri. Treatment of continuous sheet material.
3.707.743, CI. 24-252.00r.
Marinkovic. Zoran. to Honeywell Information Systems Inc. Solid state
relay using photo-coupled isolators. 3.708,672. CI. 250-209.000.
Markiel. Henry. Combination wheel chair and walker. 3,708,182, CI.
280-289 000
Marks, Robert T.: See-
Brooks. Robert E; and Marks, Robert T, 3,707.844. ,
Marley Company, The: See—
Holmberg, Joyce D.;and Allgeyer. Earl R., 3.708,155.
Marrie. Paul, to Societe a Responsabilite Limitee dite: Etud. Two-plate
gnddle. 3.707.906. CI 99-372.000
Marshall. Clifford, and Kalinowski, Stanislaw, to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries. Limited. Textile treatment process. 3.708,260, CI. 8-
1 1 1 .000
Martel, Jacques; and Heymes, Rene, to Roussel-UCLAF. Process of
total synthesis of cephalosporin derivatives and intermediates.
3.708.477, CI. 260-243.00C.
Martelli. Mario. Reed switch. 3.708,770, CI. 335-154.000.
Martin Gregory L.. to Goodyear Aerospace Corporation. Automatic
focusing of optical systems. 3.708.6 19, CI. 178-7.920.
Martin-Marietta Corporation: See—
Croucher, William C ; and Chihoski. Russell A.. 3.708.648.
Hardin. Robert H ; and Hill. Keith H., 3.708.786.
Maschinenfabrik WindmollerA Holscher: See—
Finke. Amo; and Bosse. Frank. 3.708,377. --
Mason. Charles M.; and Forshey. David R.. to United States of Amer-
ica Interior. Urea-modified ammonium nitrate-fuel oil explosives.
3.708.356. CI. 149-2.000.
Mass. Dieter: See—
Engelsmann. Dieter; Kessler. FriU; Mass. Dieter; and Zattler.
Kurt. 3.707.904.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology: See— *
Haldeman. Charles W.. III. 3.708.248.
Masselot. Yves: See—
Aubry. Bernard, Gillot, Jacques; Masselot, Yves; and Teboul. Al-
bert. 3.708.157.
Masson. Narinder; Korenicki. William John; and Lechner, Walter Lud-
wig. to Gamon-Camet Industries. Inc. Compound fluid meter.
3.707,872.0. 73-231. OOr.
Masterson, Frank Harrison: See—
Grundon. Forrest Robert; Masterson. Frank Harrison; Wagler,
Robert John; and Wustrau, Fred Ernest, 3,707,944.
Mateo Grau e Hijos. SA: See—
Soler. Federico Martinez; and Gomez. Jacinto Salvado. 3.708.025.
Matsuda. Ryoichi; Terai. Masaaki; and Hojyo. Yasuo. to Nippon Tele-
graph and Telephone Public Corporation. Telephone circuits utiliz-
ing active elements. 3.708,630, CI. 179-8 1.00a.
Matsui. Katsuaki: See—
Murayama. Keisuke; Morimura, Syoji; Higashida, Susumu; Mat-
sui, Katsuaki; Kurumada. Tomoyuki; and Onta, Noriyuki.
3.708.488.
Matsumoto. Hirofumi: See—
Nakada. Masshiko; and Matsumoto. Hirofumi, 3.707.954.
Matsumoto. Seiji; and Tamai. Yasuo. to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Elec-
trophotographic device. 3,707.943. CI. 1 18-7.000.
Matsuo. Yoshihiro; Sasaki. Hiromu; and Hayakawa. Shigeru. to Mat-
sushiu Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Ceramic niobate dielectnc
materials. 3.708,315. CI. 106-39.00r.
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.: See—
Kunishige, Hidenori; and Uchida, Kosaku. 3,707,941 .
Matsuo, Yoshihiro; Sasaki, Hiromu, and Hayakawa. Shigeru.
3.708.315.
Nakabe. Ryuhei; Fujisawa, Seiji; Sugihara. Yasuhiro; and Meki.
Norio. 3.708.613
Nakabe. Ryuhei; and Fujisawa. Seiji. 3.708.614.
Nishino. Atsushi; Kumano. Hiroshi; Noguchi. Yoshinori;
Soneuka. Kazunori; and Amano. Yasuji. 3.708.408.
Yamamoto. Hiroshi. 3.707.971
Yamamoto. Keisuke. 3.708.621.
Yamamoto. Kozo. 3.707.779
Matsushita Electronics Corporation: See —
Kimura. Masamichi. 3.708.714.
Matsuyama. Shigeru: See—
Kishida. Tohru; Arikawa. Tadashi; Matsuyama. Shigeru, and Fu-
kushige.Shinobu. 3.708.314.
Mattel. Inc.: See —
Buck. Gordon H. 3.707.805. *
Cook. Johns, 3.707.804.
U Branche. Harvey W. 3.707,761 .
Strader. George C ; and Goldfarb. Adolph E . 3.708.168.
Tucker. James I . Jr ; Bales. Joseph H.; Bosley. Denis V.; Prodger.
Brian S ; Ruppel. Kurt; and Summerfield. William F . 3.707.802.
Woodward. Arthur S.. 3,708.1 16
Matterstock. Karl: See—
Von Der Eltz. Hans-Ulrich; Gunther. Dieter; Krell. Kari-Heinz;
Matterstock. Karl; and Vollmann. Hansjorg. 3.708.258.
Matthews. Max. Universal spine and splinting board. 3.707.734, CI. 5-
82.000.
Mattimoe. Paul T: See-
Alexander. Harold M.; Mattimoe. Paul T.; and Hofmann. John J..
3.708.386.
Mattioda. Georges Dominique: See—
Nordmann. Joseph; Mattioda. Georges Dominique; and Loiseau,
Gerard Paul Marie Henri, 3.708.544.
Matuoka. Hideo, to Iwatsu Electric Company. Ltd Ramp voltage wave
generating circuits. 3.708.692. CI, 307-228.000.
Matzel. George J., to Stop-Motion Devices Corporation. Yam catcher.
3.707.854, CI. 66- 1 25.00r.
Mauch. Erwin W.: See—
Manzo. Joseph F.; Harris. James P.; Harris. Robert T.; and Mauch.
Erwin W. 3.707,744.
Mauck, James W.: See—
Platz. Gerald M.; Palmer. William H.; and Mauck. James W..
3.708.410.
Mayala Arne H.. to MinnesoU Mining and Manufacturing Company.
Cartridge-type crimpingtool. 3.707.867. CI. 72-410.000.
Mayer. James F ; and Weisz. Robert G.. to Standard Oil Company
Hydraulic fracturing proppant composition and method for forming
such proppants. 3 .708 .560. CI. 264- 1 3 .000.
Mayo, Kenneth E.; and Fitzgearid. Joseph J., to Sanders Nuclear Cor-
poration Isolopic thermal power source 3.708.268. CI 29-182.500.
Mazelsky. Bemard. to ARA Inc Construction for safety air cushion
system. 3.708. 1 8 1 . CI. 280- 1 50.0ab
Mazichenko. Stanislav Anisimovich: See—
Kononenko. Vadim Grigorievich; Yalsenko. Vasilievich. Komnat-
ny. Igor Pavlovich; Schenkochikhin. Serafim Vasilievich; Stel-
makh. Viktor Alexeevich. Mazichenko. Stanislav Anisimovich.
and Kudryavtsev. Valentin Semenovich. 3.707,896.
MBT Corporation: See—
Misch, Robert D.; and Daus. Donald A . 3.707,75 1
Misch. Robert D.; and Daus. Donald A.. 3.708.225.
Mc Cann, Farrell A., to Northrop Corporation. Plural beam electron
beam scanner utilizing a modulation grid. 3.708.713, CI. 315-
12.000.
Mc Donald. Louis. Detergent compositions containing silica colloids.
3.708.428, CI. 252-109.000.
Mc Elderry. Charles E. Device for shearing a felled tree. 3.707.895. CI.
83-623.000.
Mc Farland. James W.. to Pfizer Inc. 3-( Hydroxy-phenyl) substituted
amidines and derivatives thereof as anthelmintic agents. 3.708.584,
CI. 424-251.000.
McAshan, Robert B.. Jr . to Machine Ice Co Refngeration system effi-
ciency monitor. 3,707,85 1 , CI. 62- 1 25 .000.
McCarthy, Justin H., Jr., to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion Printer control with monodirectional and bidirectional printing
compatibility. 3.708.050. CI. 1 97-1. OOr.
McConnell. R. H. & Co., Ltd.: See—
Alie. Gerald. 3.708,371.
McCord Corporation, mesne: See—
Hulten. Richard E., 3.708.179.
McCord. John B: See—
Theis. James V . Jr ; McCord. John B.; and Holly. Harry H ,
3,708,241
McCullough. Harry J.; Shahid. John M.; and Boyd, Aland, to Parker
Hannifin Corporation. Vertical mold press for molding articles of
rubber-like material. 3.708,254, CI. 425-235.000.
McDanield, John S.. to Whirlpool Corporation. Packaging pad.
3.708. 101. CI. 229-14.00C.
McDonald Bruce A., to Unisem Corporation Gallium arsenide inter-
grated circuit. 3.708.73 1 . CI. 3 1 7-235.00t.
McDonald. Gerald J.: See-
Coon, Clifford L.; McDonald, Gerald J., and Hill, Manon E..
3,708,546.
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
McErlane. James Edward; and Palmer. Russell Neal, to Du Pont de
Nemours E » . and Company Apparatus for wmdmg yarn.
3,708,133X1. 242-18.00a
McGee, Sherwood W See- , ^ ^^ .^ i 708 7K1
Andreotti, Eugene R . and McGee, Sherwood W . 3,708,281
McGourty, Thomas K , to EDP Limited, mesne Teaching machine.
3,707,778.0.35-9.006.
McGraw-Edison Company; See-
Buckley, Norman A. 3,707,855. ^ . „, a
McGusty. Elizabeth R ; and Sutton. Blame M.. to Smith Kline &
French Laboratories Anti-arthrilic compositions compnsmg a trial-
kylphosphme gold complex of a ' ^'^^-Dg'^^^Py^.^'^^^^
methods of producing anti-arthritic activity. 3,708.579, CI 424
10 000
Mcintosh, Ronald C; See- -.^nnan-y
Purdy.HaydnV .and Mcintosh Ronald C. 3.707 902_
McKeever, Earl J. Wall clamp for electrical cords. 3,708,778. CI ii^-
McKiS. Suzanne V , and Rakshys, Joseph W, Jr , to Dow Chemical
Company, The Cross-linked styrylphosphine resins. 3,708,462, CI
260-80.780
McKinney, Joseph Charles; See- . ^u 1 nns 70t
Malm Marvin Forest, and McKinney. Joseph Charles, 3,708,79-
McMahon. Donald H , to Sperry Rand Corporation Holographic non-
isotropicdiffusingscreen. 3.708,2 1 7, CI. 350- 3^500.
McMaster, Robert C ; and Libby. Charles C . to Ohio State University
The Board of trustees of the System for measuring output power ot
a resonant piezoelectric electromechanical transducer 3,708. /4.^,
CI 324-56000 ^
McNally George P , and Jonasch, Edward A., to Glastool Corporation,
mesne! Rake 3,707,835,0. 56-400.010.
McNelia, John F. See— j „ , , .., ,• n
Duncan, Cecil L., McNelia, John F., and Pickler, William C .
3 707 91 2
McWhorter," William C; and Dykes, Norman, to United States of
America Atomic Energy Commission. Methixi and composition tor
preparing graphite products 3.708.45 1 . CI. 260-29.800.
Mechanical Technology Incorporated; See—
Wilcock. Donald F.. and Winn, Leo W , 3.708,21 5.
Meki. Norio; See— ,, ^ . ., .
Nakabe. Ryuhei. Fujisawa. Seiji. Sugihara. Yasuhiro. and Meki,
Norio, 3.708.61 3. ., . ^ . r
Meleka. Abdou Hanna. and Proops. William Alfred to Secretary of
State for Defence, mesne Metal working 3,707,754, CI iV-
156.80h.
Mendel, Arthur; See— .... 1
Harrington. Joseph K . Kvam, Donald C; Mendel, Arthur, and
Robertson, Jerry E ,3.708,491
Meniu, Shinichi; and Aoyagi. Hirokuni, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric
Company Ltd Potential transformer having a bar-shaped magnetic
core. 3,708.774,0. 336-84.000.
Menson Corporation; See-
Fruit, Jerry L. 3.707,868.
Meraz Daniel, Jr , Simshauser. Anthony J.. Yeakey. Jack A.; and Car-
penter David W . to United States of America. Navy. Igniter as-
sembly 3.707.916. 0. 102-49.700.
Merck & Co.. Inc.: See—
Chnsty, Marcia E., 3,708.525.
Firestone. Raymond A.. 3.708,535.
Hannah. John, 3,708,5 10.
Merk, Lothar; Michael, Wolfgang; and Munch, ^em^r to Schu er L^,
GmbH Press equipped with a transfer device. 3,707,908, Cl. luu-
207.000.
Mertens & Co Kommanditgesellschaft; See—
Lamkemeyer. Klaus. 3,708.201.
Merz. Herbert; Freter. Kurt; and Zeile. ^^arl. N-Cinnamy|_4-( 3 -
hydroxyphenyl)-4-propionyl-piperidine and salts. 3.708,5V/. ci.
26O-240.00k.
.Meullgesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft; See- v,„,k„„
Dorschner. Oskar; Carduck. Franz Josef; and Kuhne. Norbert,
3.707.838.
Methode Manufacturing Corporation; See— , .., ^ ^ r-
Koze'. Charles A , Baraglia. Nathan A., and Wnght. George C.
3.708.610.
Metzendord, Walter; See— . .., , t 1,
Franck. Hemz-Gerhard; Metzendord. Salter; Turowski,
Johannes, Omran, Jaafar; and Nijssen, Jozef H G, 3.708.44Z.
Meyer. Gerhard; See— ^ . . ji j
Kersten. Hilde. Heinrichs, Gunter; Meyer. Gerhard; and Laudien.
Dieter, 3,708,496.
Meyer, Horst See— j \/ .„,
Rucker Dietrich; Bossert, Friednch; Meyer, Horst; and Vater,
Wulf, 3,708,489
Meyers Marion Douglas; and Augurt, Thomas Anthony, to American
Cyanamid Company High conductivity electrolyte gel matenals
3,708.220.0. 350-160.00r
Michael. Wolfgang; See— j .. u \i/»^»r
Merk. Lothar, Michael, Wolfgang; and Munch. Werner,
3,707,908.
Michon. Maurice; See— . , o /-u . - ^^m
Collier. Franck; Dauchy. Jean-Daniel; Sargent, Christian, and
Michon, Maunce, 3,708,759.
Micro Metals, Inc ; See-
Neville. John Leo, 3,708.651.
Microdot. Inc.; See—
Pierce, Robert G .3.708,780 >, .j
Middleton, Terence H., to British Leyland (Austin-Morns) Limited
and Btnden Chemical Company (UK) Limited. Production of
foundrycores 3,708,154,0 259- 2()00
Mikher.ee, Band B . Brown. Dale G . and Hill. Ira D , to Tenneco
Chemicals, Inc 2,2-Dimethyl-3-substituted-cyclopropanecarb<.xylic
acids and a process for their production 3.708.528. CI itM-
Miu'erT^rnard, and English. Jackson Pollard, to American Cyanamid
Company Methods of controlling insects using quinoxalinyl N4
oxide phosphate 3.708.580. CI 424-200.000.
Miller. David H See— ^ -n. a
Miller. Joseph G . Stichman. John H , and Bernstein. Thetxlore.
3.708,685
Miller. Donald F; See— . .. „ rv.ui.-
Enright. Dennis J , Kahabka, Richard D ; and Miller, Donald F..
3.708.779.
Miller Fluid Power Corporation, mesne; .See—
Flick, Francis S, 3,708, 1 88.
Miller, Joseph G See— tu > .
Miller, Joseph G , Stichman, John H , and Bernstein. TheiHiorc,
3,7()8.685 ^ , ,,, .
Miller. Joseph G ; Stichman, John H , and Bernstein Theodore. 1/3 o
said Miller. Joseph G , 1/3 to Evans, Marvin and l/-^ »^' ^J'"«/• ^^^'^
H High inductive load energizing circuit 3,708.68^, CI. .wi-
l()4r000 • „ r ,^ . „
Miller Roland E . and Neill. David M.. to Kraftco Corpt>ration
Dfs^nsmgmethcHl and apparatus. 3.708.055.O. 198-3^ 000,
Miller. William A; .See- -, ■,i^a is.-,
Sleggs, Alton C , and Miiler, William A . 3.708.562
^'"'BuSi'Srhard, Dudszus, Alfred. Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz Feyer. Gunter. Krause. Manfred. Grunwald. Jt)sef. Hen
sel Uirich. Aust, Ingo, Ewald. Gunter, Langer, Walter; Ludke,
Gunther, Mohle, Karl-Georg, Obcrlander, Joachim, Ktiw^ski,
Horst Gauk, Eckard. Pemaux. Gcrd, Schwank, Otto.
I eschnewski, Konrad. Brose, Reinhard, Hartwig, (.untcr, and
PliHit/.UInch, 3,708,100.
Milligan, Barton; .See— .. n „„„ n,,
Bechara. Ibrahim S , De La Mater, George B ; and Milligan. Bar-
ton, 3.708.533. ., ,
Mimino. Tohru; Kmoshita, Kazuhisa. and Hatton, Keisuke. to Nippon
Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha. High temperature low alloy steel.
3,708,280,0 75 124.000.
Miner Enterprises, Inc ; .See-
LaBelte, Laurence Treffle, 3,708.075.
Minge, Donald L; .See— , m^-, arm
Danko, Raymond A , and Minge, Donald L., 3.707.808
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company; See—
Carlstm, Robert C, 3,708. 333
Ennght, Dennis J , Kahabka, Richard D , and Miller, Donald F .
3,708,779
Groves. James D . 3,708,537.
Mayala.AmeH, 3,707,867.
Tunc Chi Fang. 3.708.378 ^
Misch. Robert D ; and Daus, Donald A., to MBT Corp< ralion^pam-
penng roller having hydrophilic surface coating. 3.70/, 751. CI. 2V-
Misch Robert D , and Daus, Donald A , ti) MBT Corporation. Coated
synthetic plastic lens. 3,708,225, Cl 35 1 - 1 60000
Mistarz Robert J , and Mojonnier, Albert B . Sr., to K.Hihnng Com-
pany. Pedestal assembly. 3,708,376,0 I 56-580.(XK)^
Mitchell, Angelo Michael, to horning Glass Works^ Automatic tul^
transfer firepolishing apparatus and method 3,708.2 /.<. Cl ft5-
Mi'tche^raham R.. to General Electric Company. Vacuum type elec-
tric circuit breaker 3.708.638. Cl 200- 1 44 00b.
Mitchell. John W See— , „ . u »i, -nou ine
Bedenk. William T ; and Mitchell. John W , 3,708,308.
Mitsuhashi, Masakazu; Hirao, Mamoni, ^"^1 S"g''""/"- '^fl^'J Vf,"
Hayashibara Company Process for pnxlucing maltitol. 3,708,3Vt>.
MUton'^Robert^E.. 30% to Johnson. Hal C. 30** to Jones. Shirley M..
3C^ to Jones, Mane and 10% to Ross, Eric D. Dual master cylinder
assembly 3,707,845,0. 60-54.60r.
■^'To^koiilrHa/meT Miyamoto, Masuo; and Murata, Tadakazu.
Miyasalf Mamoru. to Kabushik. Kaisha Suwa Se^kosha. Stem con-
struction in a ca endar watch 3,707.840. Cl. 58-58.0UU^
M y^aka Mamoru. to kabushiki Kaisha SuwaSe.kc^ha^Eccentru:
cam structure for an automatically wound watch. 3,707.841 . Cl. 58-
82.00r.
""Tauna"'' M^ao' M7zoguchi. Hidekazu. and Hoshikawa. Makio.
3.708.262.
""""i^ubrk^moto^Tsuneo; Nikki. Masao; and Mizuta, Norio,
3.708.452.
MKT-tehtaatOySee- , iniiM
Syrjanen. Eero; and Reipnen. Olavi. 3.707.769.
""'loi^imon'iennerh'R.. Mletzko. Alfred £., and Walker, Donald J..
3.708,797.
January 2. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Mobil Oil Corporation; .See—
Dismukes, Newton B., 3.708.01 3.
King.SamuelF. 3,708,245.
Modine Manufacturing Company; See—
Zimpnch, John W, 3,708,01 2.
Moen, Walter K; See-
United States of America, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration, 3.708,419.
Mohle, Karl-Georg; .See—
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard; Dudszus, Alfred, Milles, Wilhelm; Lerche.
Franz, Feyer, Gunter; Krause. Manfred. Grunwald. Josef; Hen-
sel, uirich; Aust, Ingo. Ewald. Gunter; Langer. Walter. Ludke.
Gunther; Mohle. Karl-Georg, Oberlander, Joachim, Kowalski,
Horst, Gatzk, Eckard, Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto;
Leschnewski. Korirad, Brose, Reinhard. Hartwig, Gunter, and
PU>etz,Ulnch, 3,708,100.
Moiroux, Auguste; .See—
Barthalon. Maurice; Moiroux, Auguste; and Watson, Patrick,
3,707,924.
Mojonnier, Albert B , Sr .See—
Mistarz. Robert J . and Mojonnier, Albert B , Sr., 3,708.376.
Mokrushin.Stanislav Ale/androvich; See—
Radchenko, Ruslan Vasilievich; and Mokrushin. Stanislav Alexan-
drovich, 3,708,246
Molyneux, Cieorge, to Econa (G &B ) Pla.stics Limited Building con-
struction and elements for use therein. 3,707,815,0 52-213.000.
Monsanto Company; See—
Hopkins, Byrd, 3,708,658.
Junker, Bernhard T ; Breeding, Terry G.; Hoyt. Michael T.; and
Hednck, Ross M., 3.708,566.
Mt>nsanto Company, mesne; .See— •
Kardos, John Louis. 3.708,456.
Montecatini Edison S.p.A.; .See—
Cassar, Luigi; Chiusoli, Gian Paolo; Foa, Marco; Losco, Giuseppe;
and Fmai, Franco, 3,708,5 1 8
Cassar. Luigi; Foa, Marco; and Chiusoli, Gian Paolo. 3.708.529
MtHtre, William Stanley, to National Research Development Corpora-
tion Waveguide coupling device. 3,708.767.0. 333-24.00r.
Morgan, Robert D Artificial leg. 3,707,73 1 , Cl. 3-21 .000.
Mon, Takaazu. to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Abrupt
brake application indicator for a motor vehicle. 3,708.782, Cl. 340-
66(X)0
Mt)nmura. Syoji; .See—
Murayama, Keisuke; Monmura. Syoji; Higashida. Susumu; Mat-
sui. Katsuaki; Kurumada, Tomoyuki. and Onla. Nonyuki,
3.708.488.
Monta. Ken-lchi; and Kobayashi. Tsuneo. to Toray Industries. Inc. 3-
bulene-3-cyano-l. 2.-dicarboxylic acid esters. 3.708.516, Cl 260-
464 000
Morns. Milan Samuel Basket ball wa.shing device. 3.707.738. Cl. 15-
21.00a
Morrist)n, Robert B . and Wyman, Lewis C. to Sheldon. E. H . and
Company. Medicine tray for cabinet drawer. 3.708.709, O. 312-
209.000.
Morrow, Scott I., to United States of America, Army. Oxidizers with
improved thermal stability and method of making same. 3.708.357.
0. 149-2.000.
Mos Technology. Inc.; See— .,
Paivinen. John O, 3.708.690.
Moser Helmut, to Licentia. Patent-Verwahungs-G.m.b.H Amplifier
circuit. 3.708.700. Cl. 307-30«.000.
Motoren- und Turbinen-Union Munchen GmbH; See—
Klas.s.Georg. 3.707.750.
Motorola. Inc See—
Caraba, Jerome R; and Schmidt. JudeP. 3.708.617
Coleman, Michael G.. 3,707.765.
Fajen.Lyle A .3,708,756.
Havens, Richard Calvm, 3.708.761. .
Hofmeister. Richard J.; Steele. Thomas R.; ahd Goetz. Fredenck
J. 3.708,618.
Lace, Melvin A, 3,708,1 35
Lattin, William W , 3,708,689.
Mottet, Arthur Louis; See—
Zernow, Louis, and Mottet, Arthur Louis. 3.707,917.
Mounce, William R , to Cities Service Research & Development Com-
pany Burning unconverted H-oil residual. 3,708,569. Cl. 423-
574.000.
Mudgett. John C; See—
Cymbrowitz. Morris M; and Mudgett. John C
Mueller, Curt; See—
Hahn, Rasso, and Mueller, Curt, 3,708,468.
Mueller Steam Specialty Division SOS Consolidated; See-
Gordon, Robert E., 3.707,987.
Muhlbach, Anton, to USM Corporation Adhesive applying device.
3,707,946,0. 118-410.000.
Mukai, Minoru; See—
Ishida, Hiroshi, Isozaki, Isamu; and Mukai, Minoru, 3,707,824.
Muller, Charles B , and Jones, Fred C, to Scientific Glass Blowing
Company. Filter and filter support apparatus. 3,707,832, Cl. 55-
486.000. , ,
Muller, Peter, to Andrews Paper & Chemical Co., Inc. Azo couplers ot
the cyanoacetylated polyamine class. 3,708,301,0. 96-9 1. OOr.
3,707.813.
Munch. Werner; See—
Merk. Lothar; Michael, Wolfgang, and Munch, Werner,
3,707,908,
Munson Mill Machinery Co.: See—
Nowak, Leon J. ,3.708,129.
Murai. Tohru, to Hitachi. Ltd. Video signal generating system.
3.708.793.0. 340-324,00a.
Murakami. Masuo; Isaka. Ichiro. Kawahara. Norio; Kashiwagi. Teruya;
Shibanuma. Tadao; and Shiozaki. Tetsuya. a-(p-Chlorophenox-
y)isobutyric acid denvatives. 3,708.514,0. 260-455,00r.
Murakami. Noboru; See—
Asano. Tadao; and Murakami, Noboru, 3,707.891 .
Murata, Tadakazu: See —
Yokotani. Hajime; Miyamoto. Masuo; and Murata, Tadakazu,
3.708,540.
Murayama. Keisuke; Monmura. Syoji; Higashida. Susumu; Matsui.
Katsuaki. Kurumada. Tomoyuki; and Onta, Nonyuki, to Sankyo
Company. Limited Process for the preparation of N.N" disulfide
compounds. 3.708.488, Cl. 260-293,630. *
Murayama, Masayuki; and Abe, Koichi, to Japan Gas-Chemical Com-
pany, Inc. PrtKess for producing hydroxylalkyla^rylates or hydrox-
yalkylmethacrylates. 3,708,524.0. 260-486.00b.
Murray Robert Maclay. to AMP Incorporated Electrical connector.
meth^ and apparatus. 3,707.932. Cl. 1 1 3- 1 1 9,000
N L Industries. Inc.; See —
Ippolito. Anthony D,; and Van Arsdale. Howard. 3,708,448.
Ippolito, Anthony D.; and Van Arsdale, Howard, 3,708,449.
Naber. Jaap E.; See —
Dautzenberg, Frits M.; Naber, Jaap E.; and Verwey, Cornells W,
J., 3,707.831.
Naga. Katsumi: See—
Kurokawa. Ttwhio; Nishiyama. Shoji; Okubo. Toshio; and Naga.
Katsumi, 3,708.662,
Nagae. Kenji; See —
Fujiwara. Shigeru; Nagae, Kenji; and Okuhashi, Tomomi,
3.708.335,
Naga.saki, Hideo; See—
Oguri, Hiroki; and Nagasaki, Hideo, 3,708,554
Nakabe, Ryuhei; Fujisawa, Seiji; Sugihara. Yasuhiro; and Meki. Norio,
to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co . Ltd. Color television receiver.
3,708,613,0. 178-5.4he.
Nakabe, Ryuhei; and Fujisawa, Seiji, to Matsushita Electric Industnal
Co., Ltd. Color television receiver. 3,708.614.0. 178-5. 4he
Nakada. Masshiko. and Malsumoto, Hirofumi. to Toyota Jidosha
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Exhaust gas purifying device. 3.707.954.
0. 123-1 17.00a.
Nakamura, Shinji; .See—
Yamahara. Takeshi, Kishimoto, Hiroshi; Nakamura, Shinji;
Deguchi, Takashi; and Takamatsu, Shichiro, 3,708,548.
Nakanishi. Atsuo; Izawa. Shinich; and Toyama. Kunio. to Asahi-Dow
Limited. Reinforced polyphenylene ether compositions. 3,708.455,
0. 260-37.00r.
Nakanishi, Susumu, to Pfizer Inc Recovery of pure cis 11(3-
dimethylaminopropylidene)-6, I l-dihydro-dibenz(b,e)oxepine from
admixture with its transisomer, 3.708,498,0. 260-333.000.
Nakanuma, Sho: See—
Onda, Katsuhiro, Igarashi, Ryo, and Nakanuma, Sho, 3,708.787.
Nakayama, Kiyoshi, to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co,, Ltd process for
producing nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide^ 3,708.394. Cl. 195-
28.00n.
Nakayama. Kiyoshi; and Araki. Kazumi, to Hyowa Hakko Kogyo Com-
pany, Ltd, Process for producing L-lysine. 3.708,395, Cl. 195-
29.000.
Nalco Chemical Company; .See-
Thompson, Ralph B.; Pappas. Peter G.; and Sandn, Joseph M.,
3.708.436.
Nash David E. Storage battery heater and combined storage battery
and heater. 3.708,346, Cl. 1 36- 1 61 .000.
Nasmith. Donald C Supporting device. 3,708,144,0 248-167.000.
Nassimbene, Ernie George, to International Business Machines Cor-
poration Retrospective pulse modulation and apparatus therefor
3.708,748,0,325-38,000.
National Brush Company, mesne; See-
Hermann, Benito J, Jr.. 3.707,739
National Cash Register Company. The: See-
Combs. Ollah. 3.707.9 10.
Puvogel. John M, 3,708,726.
Stroble, Howard G , 3.708,323.
National Distillers and Chemical Corporation: See—
Plau. Gerald M ; Palmer. William H.; and Mauck. James W..
3,708,410.
National Research Development Corporation: See-
Moore, William Stanley, 3,708,767.
Wilton-Davies, Colin C, 3,707.959.
Nazarov. Nikolai Gngorievich; Chinakal. Nikolai Andreevich; Sud-
nishniicov, Boris Vasilievich; Kostylev. Alexandr Dmitrievich; Gur-
kov. Konstantin Stepanovich; and Tupitsyn. KonsUntin Konstan-
tinovich. to Institut Gomogo dela Sibirskogo Otdelenia Akademii
Nuk SSSR. Self-propelled air-punching mechanism, 3.708.023. Cl.
175-19,000,
Nealy, John E: See—
Trimpi, Robert L.; Nealy, John E.; and Grose, William L,.
3,708,674, ^
Nebel, Joseph A, Personal breathing masks. 3,707,966, Cl, 128-
212.000,
906 O.G.— 13
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 22
Nedelec, Luc.en; and Case, Jean-Claude, to Roussel-UCLAF. Novel
2 2 dimethyl steroids. 3.708.474. Ci.239-260.55r.
Needham. Donald G . and H.ll. George R . to Ph.ll.ps Petroleum Com^
oanv pigmented polyolefin compos.t.ons contammg phthaloayanme
compounds. 3.708,457, CI. 260-41 .50c.
Neill, David M. See— , ino r>«<;
Miller Roland E; and Ne.ll. David M. 3.708.055
Nelson Peier H . and Untch, Karl G , to Syntex Corporation, synthesis
nm 01 annulenes 3 708.547. CI. 260-648.00r
Ne°s<LnNeTs to United States Gypsum Company Shaft cavity wall
andstud. 3.707.81 8. CI 52-220 000. K,,uH.rmhH Con
Neuhaus. Heinz, and Peters. Henning to Fr.ednch ^hdeGmbH^ Con-
trol system for hydraulic Ouid-feed mechanism. 3.707,881, CI. "^l-
NeVilk^^John Leo. to Micro Metals. Inc. Electric sauna heater.
3.708.651. CI 219-365 000 i .Un T tn
Newman. Frederick S . Thorne. John R . and Hartman. John T to
Scionics Corporation. The Process for anodizing aluminum and iLs
alloys 3,708.407, CI. 204-56.000 u i . ,„
Nickel Ernst Gunter, Severin. Hans Peter, and Frye. Helrnut. to
Deutsche Edelstahlwerke Aktiengesellschaft. Vacuum induction
meltingfurnaces. 3,708.600. CI. 13-27 000
Niebylski Leonard M.. to Ethyl Corporation Composite sandwich
paneltypeconstruction. 3,708,380, CI. 161-43.000
Niewyk, Anthony, and Janke, Donald E.. »« ^l^rlpoo Corporation.
Total sensing combination washer-dryer 3.707,856. CI. 68-12 Wr.
^•^^Irancr'^HJin'-Ge-^hard. Metzendord. Waiter. Turowski.
Johannes. Omran. Jaafar, and Nijssen, Jozef H G. 3, 708,44-
Nikkei Ronnie D.. to Phillips Petroleum Company. Yam texturing.
3.707.745.C1. 28-1 300.
Nikki.Masao: See— vi„,; ,
Tsubakimoto. Tsuneo; Nikki. Masao; and Mizuta. Norio,
3,708,452. ^ . ,-, .
Nilsson, Lars Konrad. to Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson^ Electronic
oscillator using R-C filter in which frequency is controlled by one re-
sistor. 3,708,762, CI. 331-108.00b r^K„v.,
Nimerick, Kenneth Hugh, and Filers. Louis Hugh, to Dow Chemical
Company The. Stabilizing soils and accumulations of fine particu-
late rnateinal. 3,708,319, CI. 106-253 000.
Nippon Chemical Industrial Company. Limited; See—
Ando. Kazuhiko; Omino. Teiji; and Imamura, Kennosuke.
3.708.557. , J V c
Nippon Columbia Kabushikikaisha ( Nipptm Columbia Co.. Ltd. ): iee-
JanuaRy2. 1973
Nishtzawa. Masahiro; Wakabayashi, Masashi; and Nishmo,
kosuke. 3.708.336.
Nippon Electnc Company. Ltd. See- cu , nna 787
Onda, Katsuhiro. Igarashi. Ryo; and Nakanuma. Sho. 3,708, /8 /.
Nippon Gakki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Hiyama. Ryu. 3.708.602.
Ohno.Junji, 3.708.605.
Sotome. Hiromi. 3.708.035.
Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.: See— j i uw u
Akito Eiichiro; Takagi. ToshiUugu, Soda, Yakio; and Ishibashi,
Masataka, 3.708.594.
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha See— ^, u
Mimino. Tohru. Kmoshita, Kazuhisa; and Hattori, Keisuke,
3,708,280.
Nippon ShokubaiKagakuKogyo, Co., Ltd.; See-
Tsubakimoto, Tsuneo, Nikki, Masao. and Mizuta. Nono,
3,708.452.
Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Public Corporation; See-
Matsuda, Ryoichi; Terai. Masaaki, and Hojyo. Yasuo, 3.708.630.
Nishida, Yutaka; See— , ^«o , , ->
Kaiakura, Shiro, and Nishida,Yutaka, 3,708,113
Nishino Atsushi, Kumano. Hiroshi. Noguchi, Yoshinori. Sonetaka,
Kazunori, and Amano, Yasuji, to Matsushita Electnc Industrial Co ,
Ltd Cell using manganese dioxide as a"thode depolarizer and a
method for producing said manganese dioxide. 3.708.408, ei zw-
96.000
Nishino, Kosuke See— ... . j ki;«k;„,,
Nishizawa, Masahiro. Wakabayashi, Masashi. and Nishino,
Nishiok*;°Hid'el^i:Rou^^^m^^
Nishivama. Shoii; See — ^ ,. . vi
Kurokawa, Toshio; Nishiyama. Shoji. Okubo. Toshio; and Naga,
Katsumi. 3,708,662. . .,^ „ ,, .
Nishizawa. Masahiro; Wakabayashi. Masashi. and Nishino. Kosuke to
Nippon Columbia Kabushikikaisha (Nippon Columbia Co.. Ltd^).
Method of making color phosphor screen of color picture tube.
3.708.336. CI. I 17-33. 5cm
Noeuchi, Yoshinori: See— , ^ v u
Nishino. Atsushi; Kumano. Hiroshi; Noguchi Yoshinori.
Sonetaka. Kazunori; and Amano. Yasuji, 3,708.408.
Nohrenberg, Warren R See— ^■,na\A\
Friedgen. Arthur H; and Nohrenberg. Warren R. 3.708.141
Nordmann. Joseph. Mattioda. Georges Dominique; and Loiseau.
Gerard Paul Mane Henn. to Lgine Kuhlmann Choleretic and anti-
convulsant medicament and a process for its preparation. 3.708,544,
CI. 260-6 1 8. OOr.
Nordmark. Walter E: See— , inoioi
Barecki. Chester J.; and Nordmark, Walter E.. 3,708.203.
Norota, Susumu; See —
Honmoto. Kohei; Kawamura. Masaharu. NoroU. Susumu; and
Okui.Mitsuhiko, 3,708.561
North Amencan Rockwell Corporation; See-
Birk.JamesR , and Huber. Donald A ,3,708.270. .^ . .
Bochinski. Julius H ; Christe. Karl O . G^l^^rloy-^r^!}^ C Jr..
Pilipovich, Dtinald; and Wilson. Richard D ^.70^ J62.
Holder. Ronald W ; and Ferguson, Virgil D , 3,708,08^.
Pierro, John J, 3,708.251. .., , inn ^71
Sorensen. Ronald L . and Dunn, Charlton, IH, 3.708.223.
Northern Electnc Company; See-
Crowley. George C ; and Berenson, Allen V., 3,708,649.
Northem Electnc Company Limited: See- „ . _ c,i,imo and
Vantill. Martinus Pieter Richard. Laing, Graham Stirling, and
Lounsbury, Donald Mack, 3,708,634
Northrop Corporation; .See—
McCann.Farrell A. 3.708.7 13. >v
Norton Company; .See-
Perry, James H. 3.708.1 30.
Nourigat, Gerard to Compagnie Gener^ale d Au^omat.sn^- Device for
wnting and reading magnetic tickets 3,708.790. CI J40-i /4 lug
Nowak Leon J . to Munson Mill Machinery Co Cutter machine.
3.708,1 29, CI 241 -189 0(X) -■ 7n8 nQQ C\
Nuccel, Albert W , to Teledyne, Inc Nozzle welder 3.708.099. CI
228 29 000
Nutz.el Karl, Dinges. Karl; and Haas. Fnedrich. to Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft PrcKess for the preparation of polypentenamers.
3.708.556.C1. 260-931 000
N V. Hollandse Signaalapparaten; See-
Van Popta. Yftinus Fredenk. 3.708.794.
N V Leidsche Apparatenfabriek .See-
Van der Meer.Leonardus Petrus, 3.707.82- .1^
Nve William M . and Jones. Stanley W, to Lanier Electronic l-abora-
torv Inc mesne Undirectional tape motion detection apparatus
and automatic upe return. 3,708,633. CI 179-100 20r.
Nyunoya, Mizuo: .See— ^ . , j m.,..
Torri, Tatsumi; Kozakai. Asao; Yamamoto. Takekazu. and Nyu-
noya. Mizuo. 3.708.044.
Oak Electro/Netics Corporation: See-- , ,,,„ ^,c
Cosley. Colman. and Streuer. Wilhclm A. 3,708.635.
Oakite Products, Inc ; See—
PaPions, Richard, 3,708,406
°'"'Sfuh;^^ GTrh?rd7Dudszus, Alfred, Milles, Wilhe.m; Lerche.
Franz Feyer. Gunter, Krause, Manfred. Cirunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel Uirich; Aust, Ingo, Ewald, Gunter. Langer. Walter. Ludke,
Gunther; Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberlander. Joachim. Kowalski.
Horst Gaizk. Eckard; Pemaux. Gerd; Schwank. Otto,
Lesch'newski, Konrad, Brose. Reinhard. Hartwig. Gunter; and
Ploetz.Ulnch. 3.708,100
Oceanography Maricuhure Industries, Inc : See—
Dunathan.JayP..3,707.948
O'Dell. Herbert Franklin; See- ,-,«-, iq«
Reed, Bruce D., and ODell, Herbert Franklin, 3,707,785.
Odessky Politekhnichesky Institut; See—
Glushko. Mikhail Fedorovich; SkalaLsky, Viktor Klimentievich.
and Sknpnik, Ivan Timofeevich, 3.707,839.
Odinak, Alec; See— ^ o u aj a u
Frulla, Roro F.; Odinak. Alec; and Sayigh. Adnan A K..
3.708.440.
Odioso. Raymond Camillus: See— ^ . , u .
Compa. Russell Edward. Fischer. Charles Fredenck; Hunter.
Robert Tweedy. Jr . and Odioso. Raymond Camillus. 3,708.425.
Oertel, Harald: .See— .„ , ,, u ^ -ina A^-i
Thoma, Wilhelm; Oertel, Harald; and Rinke, Heinnch, 3.^08 453.
Offmann, Charles, to Societe \"»"y'"%'*'»^ ""^p^,"^'"o 247"2Qf '
Seine) 2-Anilino-nicotinic acid esters. 3,708.48 1, CI. 260-247 2qb.
Ogawa, Kinya; See— c.^.i,,
Koyan4i. Shumchi; Ogawa, Kinya; Sekigawa, Fujio. Suzuki.
Hiroshi; and Ono. Shigeru. 3.708.305.
Ocer. Jacques Francois Marie; .See— , . .
Leblond. Chnstian Georges, and Oger. Jacques Francois Mane.
Ogun. Hi' oki; ISd Nagasaki, .H'^eo to Taoka Dye^uff^ Ma^^
Co.. Ltd. Rubber composition. 3,708.554. CI. 260-848.OOU
°*" Okamoto^Hiromu; Ohi. Takuo; Tamura Jyotaro; Takahashi^
Saburo; Oyama, Hiroshi; Ueda, Hideo, Sasaki. Kunihiko; and
Ishikawa.Hiromichi. 3,708.278. ^. ^
Ohio State University. The, Board of trustees of the; See-
McMaster. Robert C; and Libby. Charles C. 3.708.745.
Ohno Jun^. to Nippon Gakki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha. Magne ical y
oi^Vated keying device for an electronic mus^al instmment with
touch responsivlcontrol. 3.708.605.0.84-1.100^
Okamoto Hiromu; Ohi. Takuo; Tamura. JyoUro; Takahashi Saburo.
O^ama Hiroshi Ueda. Hideo. Sasaki. Kunihiko; and Ishikawa.
SSch"' to^Hokko Chemical md-stry Co Lt<l., ^e^od for
preventing and killing weeds in rice 3.708.278. CI 7 1 - 100 000
Okano. Yukimitsu; See— T,w«.ii ikawa
Tashiro. Kenichi; Funito, Yoshio. Shigihara. Takeji. Ikawa.
Kazuo; and Okano. Yukimitsu. 3,708.675.
"'"Srlkawa. TosTio. Nishiyama. Shoji; Okubo. Toshio; and Naga.
Kateumi. 3.708.662.
Okuhashi. Tomomi: See—
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Fujiwara. Shigeru; Nagae. Kenji; and Okuhashi. Tomomi,
3,708,335.
Okui. Mitsuhiko; See— *
Honmoto. Kohei; Kawamura, Masaharu; Norota, Susumu; and
Okui. Mitsuhiko, 3.708,561 .
Olah George A, to Esso Research and Engineering Company Alkyla-
tion process utilizing a Lewis acid halide with fluorosulfunc or
trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 3.708.553, CI. 260-683.470.
Oliver Glass Fiber Corporation; See—
Loewenstein, Klaus L.; Eisenberg, Eamold J.; and Warshaw, Saul,
3,708,271 , ^
Olson, John R Self-propelled water vehicle. 3,707,938, CI. 115-1 OOr.
Omino, Teiji: .See—
Ando, Kazuhiko, Omino, Teijr, and Imamura. Kennosuke.
3,708,557.
Omran, Jaafar; See—
Franck, Heinz-Gerhard; Metzendord, Walter; Turowski.
Johannes; Omran, Jaafar, and Nijssen. Jozef H G.. 3.708,442.
Onda. Katsuhiro; Igarashi. Ryo; and Nakanuma. Sho. to Nippon Elec-
tric Company. Ltd Read-only memory employing melal-insulator-
semiconductor type field effect transistors. 3,708,787, CI 340-
17 3. OOr
Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.; .See—
Sugiura. Mamoru; Kano, Kunio; Kimura, Kazuaki; and Oono.
Hiroyuki. 3,708.576.
Ono. Shigeru: .See—
Koyanagi, Shunichi; Ogawa, Kinya; Sekigawa, Fujio; Suzuki,
Hiroshi; and Ono. Shigeru, 3,708.305
Onta, Noriyuki; .See—
Murayama. Keisuke; Morimura. Syoji; Higashida. Susumu; Mat-
sui. Katsuaki; Kurumada. Tomoyuki; and Onta. Nonyuki.
3.708.488.
Oono. Hiroyukr. See—
Sugiura, Mamoru; Kano, Kunio; Kimura, Kazuaki; and Oono,
Hiroyuki. 3, 708,576
Optical Coating Laboratory, Inc . mesne: See-
Krakow, Burton, Dolin, Stanley A.; and Kruegle, Herman A.,
3,708,227.
Optipatent AG: See—
Hampel, Gerald, 3,708,567.
Organon Inc.: See —
Van Vliet, Nicolaas Pieter; and Peters, Jacobus Albertus Mana,
3,708.511. ^ .
Oriani, Agostoni, to Industrie Pirelli S p. A Method for restonng the in-
itial work-hardened condition in a conductor portion annealed by
welding and apparatus for carrying out said method. 3,707,865, CI
72-340.000
Orr. Samuel M, Jr.; See—
Bell, Cecil R , Swaim, Jessie E.; Gilgo, Horace Paul; Rogers,
Robert C ; Sizemore, Walter Ray; and Orr, Samuel M., Jr.,
3.707.825.
Osbom Harry B . Jr. to Park -Ohio Industries. Inc Method of heating a
workpiece of particulate material 3,708,645, CI. 219-10.410.
Otdel Fiziko-Tekhnicheskikh Problem Energetiki Uralskogo Filiala An
SSSR See- ^ . ,,
Radchenko, Ruslan Vasilievich; and Mokrushin. Stanislav Alexan-
drovich. 3.708.246.
Ovanesov, Jury Vagarshevich See—
Gilev. Vitaly Konstantinovich; Ovanesov. Jury Vagarshevich; Sar-
kisov, Rafael Tevosovich; and Stepanyan, Ernst Arakelovich,
3,708,054
Owen, Arthur John, Vis.ser. Reier; and Van Laar, Jacobus, to Konin-
klijke Nederlandsche Hoogovens en Staalfabneken, N.V. Metallur-
gical furnace lining and method of production. 3,708.317, CI. 106-
56.000.
Owens-Illinois, Inc.: See-
Fleck, John F, 3.708.274.
Lauffer. Fred E.. 3.707,929.
Schepler, Kent L.; and Schmersal, Larry J.. 3.708.064.
Skudlarek. Waiter R.. 3.708.162
Oyama, Hiroshi .See— t- ■ u u
Okamoto. Hiromu; Ohi, Takuo; Tamura, Jyotaro; Takahashi.
Saburo; Oyama, Hiroshi, Ueda, Hideo; Sasaki. Kunihiko, and
Ishikawa, Hiromichi, 3,708,278
Ozawa, Shigeo: See— . -r , u
Akiyama, Yuji; Ishii. Yasuyoshi; Oz^wa, Shigeo; and Takeshima,
Saburo, 3,708,706
Painter, Roy, and Vaughan, Graham John, to Electric Power Storage
Limited Topping-up arrangements for multi-cell electnc battenes.
3,708,348. CI. 1 36- 1 70 000
Paivinen, John O . to Mos Technology. Inc. Shift register. 3.708.690.
CI. 307-221. OOr.
Palmer, Osmond F: See— .„ „ ., n
Huboi, Robert W.; Palmer. Osmond F.; and Rising, Bradley D.,
Palmer, Richard F Simplified manonette. 3,707,803. CI. 46-126.000.
Palmer, Russell Neal: See— ,,-,no,ii
McErlane, James Edward; and Palmer, Russell Neal, 3,708, 1 J J.
Palmer. William H; See— . .. , , ax,
Plau, Gerald M ; Palmer. William H.; and Mauck. James W..
3,708,410.
Pappas, Peter G: See—
Thompson, Ralph B.; Pappas. Peter G.; and Sandn, Joseph M..
3,708.436.
Paramount Health Equipment Corporation; See-
Annas. Robert F.. 3.708.166.
Pareja. Ramon; See —
Sadler. Harry J.. Pareja. Ramon, and Leschisin. John, 3.707.981
Parilla. Arthur R Electronic sound effects apparatus with tape car-
tridge and resilienlly mounted switching plate 3.708.632. CI 179-
100.10c.
Park-Ohio Industries, Inc.; See—
Osborn. Harry B . Jr.. 3.708.645.
Parker Hannifin Corporation: See—
McCullough. Harry J . Shahid, John M . and Boyd. Aland.
3.708.254
Parker Pen Company, The: See-
Hill. Franklin J, 3.708,283
Parker-Hannifin Corporation: See—
Treichler, Ernest, 3,707.878.
Parsons, Richard, to Oakite Products. Inc Tinning high carbon ferrous
metals coated with iron using alkaline plating baths with chelating
agents 3,708.406. CI. 204-38.00s.
Pastva John V . Jr.. to Eastern Company, The. Key-controlled door
lock 3.707,862, CI 70-150.000.
Patel. BhupendraC; See—
Villan, Frank K ; and Patel. Bhupendra C. 3.707.972
Patience. Donald; and Collins. Robert F . to Kendall Company. The
Surgical drape with hand receiving cuff having internal stop guides
3.707.964. CI. 128-132.00d
Patterson. James M . Jr . to Farnngton Business Machines CorpK)ra
tion Document positioning means for use with an impnnter
3,707.91 I, CI 101-269.000
Patterson. James T. Ruid agitator 3.708. 125. CI. 239-428 500
Paul. Bernt. to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Device for transmission of
information with an infrared radiation source. 3,708.^63. CI. 329-
144 000.
Pauls & Sandars. Limited: .See—
Collier. John Anthony, and Buckley. William Aidan. 3.708.002
Peake. Ernest R.; See—
Grangaard. Orrin H ; and Peake. Ernest R , 3.708.743.
Peetixjm, Frans; and Kiddy. Sandra Jean, to Baxter Laboratories. Inc
Infectious mononucleosis diagnostic reagent and method 3.708.572.
CI 424-12.000
Peltec Corporation; .See —
Brower. David F . 3,707.737.
Pengo Corporation: See-
Sturgeon. Walter L.. 3.707,788.
Pentel Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Fukuda. Tomomitsu. 3,708,234. •
Peppier, William S: -See- ^ j^ .
Bixler. Kenneth D ; Chaplin. Charles J ; Reifers. Richard F.; and
Peppier. William S., 3,708.084.
Perepechkin. Mikhail Ivanovich; .Vee—
Alexandrovskv. Nikolai Ivanovich; Pronko. Vadim Fomich. Pere-
pechkin. Mikhail Ivanovich; and Amelchenko. Petr Adamovich,
3.708,017.
Perfex Corporation; See— ■«
King. Calvin J ,3,708,006.
Perkin-Elmer Corporation. The; See— . "'
Delves. H. 1 revor. 3.708,228.
Pernaux, Gerd: See—
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard; Dudszus. Alfred, Milles, Wilhelm. Lerche,
Franz; Feyer, Gunter; Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen-
sel, Uirich; Aust, Ingo; Ewald, Gunter; Langer. Walter; Ludke.
Gunther; Mohle. Karl-Georg; Oberlander. Joachim; Kowalski.
Horst; Gatzk. Eckard; Pernaux. Gerd. Schwank. Otto; ^
Leschnewski. Konrad. Brose. Reinhard. Hartwig. Gunter; and
Ploetz. Ulrich.3,708.100
Pernne. Walter E. Firearm muzzle defiector. 3.707.899. CI 89-14.00c
Perry, James H., to Norton Company. Pulp refiners 3.708,130, CI.
24 1'-260 (XX).
Perry Thomas E , to Republic Steel Corporation Apparatus for trans-
femng molten metal. 3,708.1 58, CI. 266-34 Opt.
Pestka John A , to Illinois Tool Works, Inc. End connector grommet
assembly. 3,708, 145, CI. 248-361.000.
Peters, Ernest C: See-
Cole. Edmund A., 3,707.826.
Peters, Henning: See—
Neuhaus, Heinz; and Peters, Henning, 3,707,881.
Peters, Jacobus Albertus Mana: .See-
Van Vliet, Nicolaas Pieter; and Peters. Jacobus Albertus Mana.
3.708,511.
Petrie, James Alexander; See—
Dawson, Lindsay Grahame, Petne, James Alexander, and Bracey.
Kenneth Edward George. 3,708,244.
Petro-Tex Chemical Corptiration: See—
Croce, Louis J ; and Barone, Bruno/. 3.708.531
Pettersson. Sven Goran Apparatus for mounting film transparencies.
3 707,755, CI. 29-200.00b.
Pettitt, David J, to Kelco Company Graft copolymers of xanthomonas
hydrophilic colloid and acrylic monomer. 3,708,446, CI. 260- 1 7.4gc.
Pfarrwaller. Erwin. to Sulzer Brothers, Ltd. Weaving machine.
3.707.995, CI. 139-1.000.
Pfizer Inc.; See—
Mc Farland, James W, 3,708,584
Nakanishi, Susumu, 3,708,498.
Sardinas, Joseph L, 3.708.398.
Sardinas. Joseph L.. 3,708.399.
Phillips. Peter: See—
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
Janijaky2. 1973
Keagle. Charles; Waggoner, Alan; and Phillips, Peter, 3,708,603
Phillips Petroleum Company See- . -, ^,^o cc,
Kittleman, Edmund T ; and Zuech, Ernest A., 3,708,55 1
Needham. Donald G , and Hill, George R , 3,708,457.
Nikkei. Ronnie D., 3,7D7,745
Ruehlen, Forrest N , and Fox, Homer M . 3,768,41 6.
Small. William M. 3,708. 142
Wally, Robert F, 3,708,014.
Philpott, Peter John; .See— -
Bolton, Andrew, Philp<itt. Peter John; and Scoats, Horace Wil
ham, 3,708,311
Pickler. William C See- . „ , , ,., „ /-
Duncan, Cecil L., McNelia, John F, and Pickler, William C .
3,707,912
Pierce Robert G., to Microdot, Inc Multiple wire electncal connector
3.708.780, CI. 339-276.000.
Pierro John J to North American Rockwell Corporation. Gearless
drive method and means 3,708,25 1 , CI. 41 7-356.000.
Pierson. Alexandre, to Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique Device for
production a large direct-current potential difference 3,708.740, CI
32l-800r.
Pignone Sud S p A.: See—
Bergamini, Giorgio, 3,707,980.
Pigotl, Albert Edward, Tomkins, Brian Bolton; Raraty, Lionel Edward;
decea-sed (by Raraty, Hermanna, ). to United Kingdom Atomic
Energy Authority Pressure vessels. 3,707,864, CI. 72-20 000
Pilipovich. Donald; See—
Bochmski, Julius H , Christe. Karl O . Gunderloy, Frank C . Jr .
Pilipovich, Donald, and Wilstin. Richard D . 3.707,762
Pircher Georges, to Thomson-CSF. System for measuring optical path
length across layers of small thickness. 3,708.229, CI. 356-108.tX)0
Pisanchyn, John; See —
Fuhrmann. Robert; Pisanchyn. John, and Sifniades. Stylianos.
3,708,595.
Pivawer. Philip M , to Techni-Chem Company, The Process for cleav-
ing 2-nitrocyclohexanone using 6-aminocaproic acid as a catalyst
3,708,472, CI. 260-239. 30a
Plakunov. James, and KoUer, James Edward, to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Silver halide emulsion sensitized with thioamine-glutaral-
dehyde or acrylic aldehyde adduct 3.708.302, CI 96 107.000
Pla-ftics. Inc.: See—
Colato. Albert E , 3,708,086
Platte Richard L , to Hoover Ball and Bearing Company. Plastic con-
tainer 3,708,082, CI. 2151 OOc
Platz. Gerald M ; Palmer, William H ; and Mauck, James W , to Na-
tional Distillers and Chemical Corporation Stirrer and radioactive
source for polymerization reactor 3.708.410. CI 204-193.000.
Ploetz, Ulrich See—
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard, Dudszus. Alfred, Milles. Wilhelm; Lerche,
Franz, Feyer. Gunter; Krause, Manfred; Grunwald, Josef; Hen
sel. Ulrich; Aust, Ingo; Ewald, Gunter. Langer, Walter, Ludke.
Gunther. Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberiander, Joachim. Kowalski.
Horst, Gatzk, Eckard; Pernaux, Gerd, Schwank, Otto;
Leschnewski. Konrad. Brose, Reinhard; Hartwig, Gunter, and
Ploetz, Ulrich, 3,708. 100
Plotnikoff Nicholas Peter, to Abbott Laboratories. Method of enhanc
mg leammg. 3,708.585. CI. 424-25 1 .000.
Plotnikoff. Nicholas Peter, to Abbott Laboratories Use of L-prolyl L-
leucyl glycine amide as an anti-depressant. 3,708,593, CI 424-
274.000.
Polit Neil A , to Xerox Corptiration Drive clutch for article addressing
machine. 3,708,374, CI. 156-521.000.
Poll. Geralds See-
Brown, Norman C ; and Poll. Gerald S , 3,708,487.
Pollution Monitors. Inc See—
Lyshkow. Norman A.. 3.708.265.
Ponzi, Joseph J ; See—
Haake. Robert, and Ponzi. Joseph J , 3,708,176.
Pool. Albert Lucien, and Hazenbosch, Edwin Hendrik, to Agfa-
Gevaert Stabilizing with iodide an imagewise exposed photosensi-
tive composition containing a halogenated photoactivator and an or-
ganic amine color former. 3.708.297. CI. 96-48.000.
Popov. Vyacheslav Dmitrievich: .See—
Gilev. Vitaly Konstantinovich; Popov, Vyacheslav Dmitrievich;
Sarkisov, Rafael Tevosovich; and Stephanian. Ernst
ArakeloCich, 3.708,165.
Potgieter, Jacobus Daniel. Exercising apparatus. 3,708,167, CI. 272-
58.000
PPC Industries, Inc See-
Sargent, Cassius E, 3,708,106.
Pratt. George B , to^atron Systems. Inc. Miniature relay. 3,708,768,
CI. 335-128 000
Precision Field Coil Company; See—
Erwin, Henry P , Jr , 3,708,682
Presnell, William R., to A-T-O Inc Football 3,708.170, CI 273-
65 00a.
Price, Warren R . and Brownlee, John H , to General Electric Com-
pariy Cutting tool for holding a plurality of disposable cutting in-
serts. 3.707.748, CI. 29-95.100.
Prine, David W . to Magnaflux Corporation Method and composition
for non-destructive analysis using red laser beams. 3,708,665. CI.
250-7 I. OOt.
Procter & Gamble Company, The: See—
Bedenk. William T , and Mitchell, John W., 3,708,308.
Prodger, Brian S; See-
Tucker, James I , Jr ; Bales. Joseph H ; Bosley. Denis V ; Prodger,
Brian S , Ruppel. Kurt, and Summerfield, William F . 3,707,802.
Profet Anthony G , to Duff-Morton Company. Inc Hoist handle.
3.707.885, CI. 74-524 000
Pri»gil See— ,, r, j j
Berthoux, Jean, Schneider, Gerard; and Surville, Renaud de.
3,708.523.
Pronko. Vadim Fomich: .See— . o
Alexandrovsky. Nikolai Ivanovich, Pronko. Vadim Fomich; Pere-
pechkin, Mikhail Ivanovich; and Amelchenko, Petr Adamovich,
3.708,017.
Proops, William Alfred; .See—
Meleka, Abdou Hanna, and Pnxtps, William Alfred, 3.707.754
Prudential Insurance Company of America. The; See—
Soxman. Edwin J ,3,708.708 ,„„ ->nn
Prussin, Samuel B Dispensing package 3.708,431 , CI. 252- 188.3(H).
Pryor. Clyde Robert See—
Hollingsead, Robert Allen; and Pryor, Clyde Robert, 3,708,642.
Pullman Transport Leasing Company See—
Adler,FranklmP, 3,707,919
Pundt, Dieter H W ; .See—
Bigalke, Erhard, Pundt. Dieter H W. and Wolf. Jurgen.
3.707.951.
Purdy Haydn V . and Mcintosh. Ronald C Phototypesetting equip
ment 3.707.902. CI 95-4.500
Puvogel John M . to National Cash Register Company. The Inductor
drive means 3.708.726. CI 317 148.50b.
Pylon Manufacturing Corptiration See-
Roberts. Harry W, 3,707,741 .
Ouadracast Systems, Inc : .See—
Dorren. Louis. 3,708,623
Quaker Oats Company, The .See—
Dunlop. Andrew P . and Wuskell. Joseph P . 3.70».502.
Ouevrin. Janic, to Compagnie Generale d'Electricite. Matrix with in-
tergrated semiconductors for dead memory 3,707,767, CI. 29-
593.000.
Ouinn, Richard Edward, to RCA Corporation Apparatus for etching
of thin layers of material by ion bombardment 3,708,418, CI 204-
298 (X)0
Rachie. John B. Surfing sailbt>at 3,707,935. CI I 14 39 0(H)
Radchenko. Ruslan Va.silievich. and Mokrushin, Stanislav Alexan-
drovich, to Otdel Fiziko-Tekhnicheskikh Problem Energetiki Ural-
skogo Filiala An SSSR. Electromagnetic pumps for liquid metals
3,708,246. CI. 417-50.000.
Raddi William J , to ESB lncorp<irated Btxly organ stimulator with
voltage converter 3,707.974, CI 128-419.(K)p
Radecke, Helmut, to Femseh GmbH Producing vertical aperture
correction signals for television image transmitters ()84(X)II0.
3.708,753, CI. 328-162.000
Radwill, Robert P , to Amsted Industries. lncorpt)rated Railway cou-
pler yoke 3,708,076. CI 2l3-67.00r.
Rakshys. Joseph W. Jr.: See—
McKinley. Suzanne V ; and Rakshys, Joseph W , Jr . 3,708,462
Ralli Bondite Limited: .See-
Hall, Colin David, 3,708.470.
Ramsey Engineering Company: See-
Hill. John L, 3.708,027.
Ranco Incorporated: .See—
Brcxjks, Robert E.; and Marks. Robert T., 3.707,844.
Lorenz, Jerome L., 3,708.696.
Rango.JosephFrederick Golf putter. 3,708, 1 72, CI 273-164.000.
Raraty, Hermanna: See—
Pigott, Albert Edward; Tomkins, Brian Bolton; Raraty, Lionel Ed-
ward, 3,707.864.
Raraty, Lionel Edward: .See—
Pigott, Albert Edward; Tomkins. Brian Bolton; Raraty, Lionel hd
ward, 3,707,864.
Rashis Bernard, to United States of America, Army Tnphibian mo-
bility propulsion device. 3 ,708. 1 40, CI 244-50.000.
Rasneur, Bernard: .See—
Herve. Michel, and Ra.sneur, Bernard. 3.707.870.
Rath Heinrich Bemhard; and Hess. Wolfgang, to Girling Limited Disc
brakes 3.708.043, CI. 188-73 300.
Rauch, Klausheinz: .See—
Homfeck. Josef, and Rauch, Klausheinz, 3,707,900
Rawson. Edward B ; and Fergusin. Joseph B.. to Searie Medidate Inc.
Data scanner for real time interfacing of a computer and plural
remote units. 3.708,785, CI. 340-1 72.500.
Rav Edward C ; and Kahabka. William P , to Goulds Pump Incor-
porated Pump maintenance cradle. 3,707,759. CI. 29-401 .000.
Ray. Glen: See— .,„„,-,-,
Wielebski, Wayne H . and Ray. Glen, 3.708.727.
RaychemCorporation. mesne: See— , ,„„ ro-.
Aichenegg. Paul C; and Thomhill. Richard A., 3,708,582.
Raymond International Inc : See— , ^^ . r. .. •
Godley, Augustus P.; Fuller, Francis M ; Houk, Charles R.; Hol-
land Henry A. Nelson; and Gendron, George J., 3,707,847.
Raynor, Gilbert S . to United Sutes of America. Atomic Energy Com-
mission. Airborne isokinetic sampler. 3.707,869, CI. 73-28.000.
Raytheon Company: See—
Georgopoulos, Christos J , 3,708,697.
RCA Corporation: See— „ . , . ,
Brown Malcolm George. Jr.; Guille. Gilbert James, Jr.; and Long,
George Ernest. III. 3.708,622.
Ouinn, Richard Edward, 3,708,4 1 8.
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Schanne, Joseph Francis, 3,708,655 , ^^ko -,.-.
Van Raalte, John A ; and Christiano, Victor, 3,708.7 1 2.
Wharton, James Hugh, 3,708,615.
Read, Lorenzo Antonio: See— .
Schreckenberg, Kari. Klein, Louis, and Read. Lorenzo Antonio.
3,708.771.
Rebsdat, Siegfried: See— ,„,._. <, .^ j i -ino <:ifi
Hahn Helmut, Scherer, Otto; and Rebsdat, Siegfried, 3,708,538
Reed Bruce D , and ODell, Herbert Franklin Teaching apparatus
3,707.785. CI. 35-35.00C. .
Reichart I ouis W.. Jr . to Xerox Corporation. Cross-channel mixer
3.707,947, CI 118-637 000.
Reid. William H.: .See—
Shand, John R, and Reid. William H, 3.708.723
Reifenberg Gerald H . and Considine. William J., to M & T Chemicals.
Inc Stannane as a reducing agent 3,708,549, CI. 260-668.00r.
Reifers. Richard F: See— ^ , . r- a
Bixler Kenneth D , Chaplin, Charles J ; Reifers, Richard F ; and
Peppier, William S , 3.708,084.
Reijonen, Olavi: .See—
Syrjanen. Eero; and Reijonen, Olavi. 3,707,769.
Reilly, John F .See- Tina 7A7
Grant, Bernard Carnngton, and Reilly, John F., 3,708,36 /.
Reinhart Donald R ; and Fritts, Russell A , to Conchemco, Incor
porated, mesne Metallic paint. 3,708,3 1 8. CI. 106-193.00m.
Republic Steel Corporation .See-
Perry, Thomas E, 3,708,158.
Research Corporation: .See—
Cosper, Dale L .3.707,962.
Research Frontiers, Inc : .See—
Foriini, Matthew; Lowell, Francis C ; and Saxe, Robert L .
3.708.219.
Rewick. Robert T See— , „ w _ t
Tolberg. Wesley E.; Stringham. Roger S.; and Rewick. Robert T ..
3.708.570.
Reynolds. Donald S : .See—
Krueger Harvey R .and Reynolds. Donald S , 3,708,637.
Rhee Dong Woo, to GTE Sylvania Incorptuated Convergence ap
paratus utilizing independently adjustable half-period triangular
waveforms. 3.708.7 1 5 . CI. 3 1 5- 1 3.00c.
Rheinmetall GmbH .See—
Homfeck. Josef, and Rauch. Klausheinz. 3,707.900.
Rhoades Warren A , Jr , and Fleischer, Danville Alfred R , to De Laval
Turbine California, Inc Ignition timing controller for an engine
3,707,953. CI 123- 11 7.00r.
Rhone-Poulenc S A : -See-
Brunie. Jean-Claude, and Crenne. Noel, 3,708.506
Richards. Daniel E Combination house trailer and airplane hangar.
3,708,200, CI. 296-23.00r. .. ci. i,
Richens. Kenneth A ; Grover. Scott C; Allred, James K.; and Shook.
James H to Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc Drive means for a vehicle in
a warehousmg apparatus. 3,708,077. CI 2I4-I6.40a.
Rieber. Martin: -See—
Loffler, Wilhelm; and Rieber, Martin, 3,708,328
Riedel.Guenther See— jr.., <- .u.>,
Andree, Franz. Burkhardt. Hans; and Riedel, Guenther,
3,708,499.
Rieter Machine Works. Ltd : .See—
Suhcli, Paul, and Wildbolz, Rudolf, 3.708,210.
Riker Laboratories, Inc , mesne: See— k- ji » u a
Harrington, Joseph K.; Kvam. Donald C , Mendel, Arthur, and
Robertson, Jerry E.. 3,708.491
Rinke. Heinrich: See— u u i -ii\<i a<^\
Thoma. Wilhelm, Oertel, Harald. and Rinke, Heinrich 3 708 453
Riordan. Hugh E ; Every, Peter, and Hill Fra"k E. to Kelsey-Hayes
Company Skid control valve assembly. 3.708.2 14. CI. 303-21. OOt.
Ripley.Robert L : See— -, ^f^o in<.
Hard.Robert A; and Ripley. Robert L. 3.708.206
Rippie Charles W Process to remove mercaplan sulfur from sour oils.
3.708.42 1, CI. 208-244.00r.
Risine, Bradley D: See— . „. ■ r. ji r>
Huboi. Robert W., Palmer, Osmond F ; and Rising, Bradley D..
3,708,676.
Ritter, Gerhard: .See— , , „ r- \. a
Ritter, Klaus; Gott. Hans, Ritter, Josef, and Ritter, Gerhard.
3.708.646.
Ritter Josef' ^€€ —
Ritter. Klaus; Gott. Hans; Ritter. Josef; and Ritter, Gerhard,
3,708,646 ^ u J . c\in
Ritter Klaus; Gott, Hans. Ritter. Josef; and Ritter. Gerhard, to EVG
Entwicklunes- und Verwertungsgesellschaft mbH Electric re-
sistance welding machine 3.708,646 Q 219-56 000.
Roberts. Donald L , to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Compajiy. TTie. Pneu-
matic tire including belt cables 3.708.007,0 152-361.000
Roberts Harry W , to Pylon Manufacturing Corporation. Windshield
wiper 3, 707,741, CI. 15-250.420
Roberts, John A: See— , ,„o ^.m
Bateman. Glenn; and Roberts. John A., 3,708,749.
Robertson, Jerry E: See— ,
Harrington, Joseph K ; Kvam, Donald C ; Mendel, Arthur, and
Robertson, Jerry E., 3,708,49 1
Robeson, Lloyd Mahlon: See— ^ u ,K»c-,n
Barlow Joel William, Azrak. Raymond George; and Robeson.
Lloyd Mahlon, 3.708.454.
Robinson. Thomas Charles: See—
Kitrilakis, Sotiris; and Robinson. Thomas Charles. 3.707.967.
Rocha. John G ; and Livingston. Richard W, to United States of Amer-
ica. Army. Concealed single shot firing mechanism. 3.707,794. CI.
42-1 OOj.
Rochester Corporation. The: See—
Lovett. Stanley L. Jr.. 3.707.836. , ..„
Roderick William Rodney, to Abbott Laboratories. Antiinflammato-
ries. 3,708,581,0. 424-203.000.
Roebelen, George J.. Jr ; and Fitzsimmons. Thomas E to United Air-
craft Corporation. In-line replacement tool. 3.707,757, CI. zv-
213.000.
Roeder & Spengler OHG: See—
Spengler, Ernst Maximilian, 3.707,768.
Roessl. JuUus Dwelling 3,707,812,0. 52-27.000.
Rogers Corporation: See—
losue, Michael F.; and Lernould, Andre A., 3,708,609.
Rogers, Raymond W.: See—
Wilson, Robert G , and Rogers, Raymond W.. 3.707.907.
Rogers, Robert C: See— „ , n
Bell Cecil R; Swaim, Jessie E; Gilgo, Horace Paul; Rogers,
Robert C, Sizemore. Walter Ray, and Orr, Samuel M., Jr..
3,707,825.
Rohleder, Penelope C: See— , -,no ,«q
Johnson, George E ; and Rohleder, Penelope C , 3,708,309.
Rohm & Haas Company: .See— .,„„ cm
Bayer. Horst O.; and Hurt. William S.. 3.708.591 .
Rohm &HaasG.mbH.; See- . u u d^,„,
Ganzler, Wolfgang; Schrixler, Gunter; and Huch. Peter.
3.708.444. , „ J u
Rohr Wolfgang; Koenig, Karl-Heinz. and Fischer. Adolf, to Badische
Anilin- & Soda Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft S-alkyl-(rnethylhex-
ahydro-l H-a7.epine)-l -carbothiolates 3.708.471 , CI. 260-239.0br
Roller Gear Ltd.: See—
Schottler. Henry, 3,707,888.
Rolls-Royce Limited: See— *"
Dawson. Lindsay Grahame; Petrie, James Alexander; and Bracey.
Kenneth Edward George. 3.708.244. ^ ,., i.
Rombusch. Konrad. and Magosch. Karl-Heinz. to Chemische Werke
Huls Aktiengesellschaft. Antistatic olefin polymer compositions.
3,708,464,0.260-93 700. ...
Rixiuier-Vicat, Camille, to Imhanda A/G. Non-metallic strap jointing
apparatus, especially for heat sealing straps 3,708.373. CI 156-
380.000.
Roscher. Georg: See—
Lindner. Heinz; and Roscher. Georg. 3.707.853.
Rose. Down & Thomps<in Limited: See— , . ^ j
Alexander. David George; Lloyd. Anthony Michael; Greensides.
Geoffrey Charles; and Thompson. David Harry . 3.708.5 1 2
Rose. James S: See—
Alberino. Louis M.; Farrissey, William J., Jr.; and Rose. James b..
3.708.458.
Roselli, Frank F.: See—
Toggweiler. Ulrich; and Roselli, Frank F.. 3.708.443
Roscnberger. Michael; and Saucy, Gabnel. to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.
Aryl ketals of polycyclic oxo compounds and proces-ses. 3,708,5UU.
O. 260-340.500. _ , „ .
Rosenburg. Charles W., Jr . to Burt, F. N., Company, Inc Rip top car-
ton. 3.708,108, CI. 229-44.0cb.
Rosenburgh, Charles W . Jr., to Burt. F. N . Company. Inc. Easy open
carton with reclosure feature 3,708,109, CI. 229-5 1 .Olc.
Ross, Eric D : See—
Mitton. Robert E, 3,707,845. , a r^ .
Ross Keith to Davy and United Engineering Company. Limited. Cast-
ing mold 3.708.147, O. 249-99 000 , 7^8 7ns
Rothermel. Heinz Adjustable back rest support for chairs. 3.708.205.
CI. 297-355.000.
Rous.sel-UCLAF: See—
Martel, Jacques; and Heymes, Rene, 3,708.477.
Nedelec, Lucien, and Gasc. Jean-Claude, 3,708,474.
Rowan Donald James; Rowan, Kenneth Lome; and Rowan, Larry
James. Truck hoist cradle 3,708,197,0. 294-67 OOe.
Rowan. Kenneth Lome; See—
Rowan Donald James, Rowan, Kenneth Lome, and Rowan, Larry
James, 3.708.197.
Rowan.Larry James: See—
Rowan. Donald James, Rowan, Kenneth Lome; and Rowan, Larry
James. 3.708.197. ^^ _ .
Rowe Jean Max, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company. Electric
motorbrakingapparatus. 3,708,734,0. 318-212.000.
Rowell Douglas Whitman, to Anaconda American Brass Company
Method and apparatus for measuring and controlling the continuous
annealing of a long length of metal tubing 3,708.354, O. 148-
128.000. ^, , , . .
Roznovsky Walter, to Waagner-Biro AG Assembly for plugging heat
exchangertubes 3,708,098,0. 228-15.000. , . ^
Rubinstein, Solomon. Electrical switch for prefabncated winng har-
nesses 3,708,641,0 200-168 OOe u, ,r .„
Rucker Dietrich; Bossert, Friedrich; Meyer. Horst; and Vater. Wulf. to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Az.do^aryl 1.4-
dihydropyridines and their production. 3.708.489, CL260-295.50r
Rudy Erwin to Teledyne Industries, inc. Castable carbonitnde alloys
3.708.355.0.148-32.000 ,107011
Ruegsegger, Walter Furnace for the combustion of solids. 3,707,931,
CI. 110-8.00C
PI 26
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Ruehle Robert A Self adjusting bridge circuit with negative feedback
3.708.755. CI. 330-28.000.
Ruehlen. Forrest N , and Fox. Homer M . to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Multiporosity electrode for electrochemical conversion
3,708.416, CI. 204-284 000
Rupp, Walter; and Beermann. Claus, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
eesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Process for the
manufacture of poly-^-amides. 3.708,460,CI. 260-78.001.
Ruppel, Kurt: See —
Tucker. James I . Jr.; Bales. Joseph H ; Bosley. Denis V , Prodger,
Brian S, Ruppel, Kurt; and Summerfield. William F , 3,707,802
Russo, Giovanni See—
Savarese. Giuseppe; Campellone, Giuseppe, De Luccia. Bruno,
and Russti, Giovanni, 3,708,757.
Rutgerswerke Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Franck. Heinz-Gerhard; Metzendord, Walter; Turowski,
Johannes. Omran. Jaafar; and Nijssen, Jozef H G , 3,708,442
Ruth. Kenneth Recoil absorber. 3,707,797, CI. 42-74 000.
Ryan Edward Clyde, to Deere & Company. Split-lift cultivator
3,708,019, CI. 172-470 000.
Rychkov. Vladimir Leonidovich See—
^ Smirnov, Boris Andreevich. Axenova. Emilia Ivanovna, Rychkov.
Vladimir Leonidovich, and Lukichev, Nikolai Dmitrievich,
3,707,970.
S&S Corrugated Paper Machinery Co., Inc.: See—
Volkers, Hank, 3,707,909.
S A Automobiles Citroen: See—
Grosseau, Albert, 3,707.810.
Sadler Harry J , Pareja. Ramon; and Leschisin. John, to Lear Siegler,
Inc Compensating unloader valve 3.707,98 1 , CI 1 37- 1 1 5 000.
Saiki, Nonlsugu: See —
Ishimoto, Sachio, Togawa, Haruo; Honda, Yuitsu; and Saiki,
Noritsugu. 3.708.534 -^
Salamon. Wolfgang, and Lother, Rolf, to Vereinigte Flugtedinische
Werke Fokker GmbH Function generator for providing pulse width
modulation 3.708,765, CI 332-9 OOr
Salesin, Eugene D . to Eastman Kodak Company Photographic ele-
ments and processes lithographic silver halide element containing a
1 -( amidophenyl )-5-mercaptotetrazole sensitizing agent and develop
ment process of using same 3.708,303, CI. 96- 1 07 000.
Salway-Waller, Malcolm, to USM Corporation. Temperature controls
3,708,652, CI. 219-505.000
Sanchez, Moises G.: See—
Triggiani, Leonard V., Haberman, Norton, and Sanchez, Moises
G ,3,708,432.
Sanders Nuclear Corporation: See—
Mayo, Kenneth E , and Fitzgearld, Joseph J , 3,708,268.
Sanderson Cyclone Drill Company, The: See—
Back. Carl F. 3,708.024.
Sandoz. Inc.: See —
Griot. Rudolf G.. 3,708,598.
Sandoz Ltd See— f
Hahn, Rasso. and Mueller. Curt, 3,708,468.
Sandoz-Wander. Inc : See—
Anderstin. Paul L., Houlihan, William J , and Manning, Robert E ,
3,708,484.
Galantay.EugeneE, 3.708,541. »
Sandri. Joseph M : See —
Thompson. Ralph B., Pappas, Peter G., and Sandri, Joseph M ,
3,708,436.
Sandstede, Gerd: See—
Binder, Horst, Kuhn, Wolfgang H., Lindner, Werner; and Sand-
stede, Gerd. 3.708.342.
Sanford. Mable M Incontinence device. 3,707,969, CI. 128-287.000.
Sankyo Company Limited: See—
Ando. Kazuhiko. Omino, Teiji; and Imamura, Kennosuke,
3,708,557
Murayama, Keisuke; Morimura, Syoji; Higashida. Susumu; Mat-
sui. Katsuaki, Kurumada, Tomoyuki; and Onta, Noriyuki.
3,708,488
Sano, Reiji: See —
Yoshimura, Susumu; and Sano, Reiji, 3,708,424.
Sardinas, Joseph L , to Pfizer Inc Fermentation process for the
production of citrus acid 3,708,398, CI. 195-37.000
Sardinas, Joseph L., to Pfizer Inc Fermentation process for the
production of citric acid. 3,708.399, CI 195-47 000
Sargent, Cassius E . to PPC Industnes, Inc Bag structure and method
of producing 3,708,106, CI. 229-62.000.
Sargent. Christian: See—
Collier. Franck; Dauchy, Jean-Daniel; Sargent, Christian, and
Michon, Maunce, 3,708,759
Sarkisov, Rafael Tevosovich: See—
Gilev, Vitaly Konstantinovich; Ovanesov, Jury Vagarshevich; Sar-
kisov, Rafael Tevosovich; and Stepanyan, Ernst Arakelovich,
3,708,054.
Gilev, Vitaly Konstantinovich; Popov, Vyacheslav Dmitrievich;
Sarkisov, Rafael Tevosovich; and Stephanian, Ernst
Arakelovich, 3.708,165.
Sasaki, Hiromu See—
Mauuo, Yoshihiro; Sasaki, Hiromu; and Hayakawa, Shigeru,
3.708,315
Sasaki, Hiroshi: See —
Karastu, Tetsuo. Sasaki, Hiroshi, and Fukuda, Hideo, 3,708,461 .
Sasaki, Kunihiko: See —
Okamoto, Hiromu; Ohi, Takuo; Tamura, Jyotaro; Takahashi,
Saburo, Oyama, Hiroshi; Ueda, Hideo; Sasaki, Kunihiko, and
Ishikawa, Hiromichi, 3,708.278.
Saucy, Gabriel: See—
Rosenberger, Michael, and Saucy, Gabriel, 3,708.500.
Sauer.J P . & Sohn GmbH: S^c—
Bielfeldt. Heinz. 3,707,795.
Bielfeldt, Heinz, 3,707,796.
Savarese, Giuseppe, Campellone, Giuseppe; De Luccia, Bruno; and
Russo. Giovanni, to General Instrument Corptiration Oscillator loop
including two double valved MOSFET delay networks. 3.708,757,
CI. 331-57.000
Saxe, Robert L.: See—
Forhni, Matthew; Lowell, Francis C; and Saxe, Robert L.,
3,708,219
Saxon, James B., and Dunn, Jackei J , Sr , to Anderson Electric Cor-
poration. Electrical bushing a.ssembly 3,708,6 12, CI 174-142 000.
Sayigh, Adnan A R.: See—
Frulla, Floro F, Odinak, Alec; and Sayigh, Adnan A R ,
3,708.440
Sayigh, Adnan A R.; Tucker, Benjamin W ; and Ulrich, Henri, to Up-
john Company. The Polybenzimidazoles 3.708.439. CI 260-2.00r.
Scarsella. Lydia, to Zim-Stra Onginals, Inc. Garment construction.
3.707,729, CI. 2-88 000.
Schade,Gustav, Maschinenfabnk: See—
Strocker. Gunter. 3,708,056
Schaefer. Howard A, to Anchor Hcxrking Corporation. Aspheric lens
and method of manufacture. 3,708,22 1, CI. 350-189.000.
Schafer, Lut7 See—
Burckhardt, Manfred H , and Schafer, Lut7, 3,707,852
Schaible, Aaron M , deceased (by Bremer. James F . special adminis-
trator), Braun, Bernard G , Bennett. Wilbur G . and Brown. Richard
L , to Case, J. I., Company Concrete placement apparatus.
3,707,990, CI. 137-615 000
Schanne, Joseph Francis, to RCA Corporation. Article identification
apparatus. 3,708,655, CI. 235-61 1 le
Scheer. John E : See—
Turner. Derek T . and Scheer, John E.. 3,708,387.
Schellenbaum, Max See—
Duennenberger, Max, Schellenbaum, Max; and Casagrande, Ful-
vio, 3,708,527
Schenkochikhin, Serafim Vasilievich: See—
Kononenko, Vadim Grigonevich; Yatsenko. Vasilievich. Komnat
ny, Igor Pavlovich; SchenkiKhikhin. Serafim Vasilievich, Stel
makh, Viktor Alexeevich; Mazichenko. Stanislav Anisimovich;
and Kudryavtsev. Valentin Semenovich. 3.707.896
Schepler, Kent L , and Schmersal, Larry J , to Owens-Illinois, Inc
Method and apparatus for inspecting dielectric members. 3,708,064,
CI. 209-73 000.
Scherer, Otto: See—
Hahn, Helmut; Scherer, Otto; and Rebsdat, Siegfned, 3,708,538.
Schering AG: See —
Vorbruggen. Helmut, and Strehlke. Peter. 3.708,469
Schertz Eugene P ; and Troisi. George A . to Dunkin' Donuts Incor-
porated. Doughnut and shell making 3.708,255, CI 425-287 000
Scheyer, Gerard, to Adamas Carbide Corporation. Apparatus for and
methtxl of de-waxing, presintenng and sintenng powdered metal
compacts. 3,708,285, CI. 75-221.000.
Schierl, Hans: See —
Brunnert, Otto; and Schierl, Hans, 3,708,702.
Schierz, Winfried; and Vladik, Liboslav, to Semikron Gesellschaft fur
Gleichnchterbau und Elektronik m.b.H Contact structure for multi-
ple wafer semiconductor rectifier arrangement 3,708,730, CI. 317-
234.00r.
Schildmeier, John Henry. Tire loading and trueing apparatus.
3,708,008, CI 157-13.000.
Schirmer, Gunter; and Fauser, Edwin, to Bosch. Robert, GmbH.
Function generator 3,708.659. CI 235-197.000.
Schladenhauffen. Paul C Boat loading apparatus. 3.708,081, CI. 214-
450.000.
SchladeLsch. Hans Jakob: See—
Happe. Wilhelm; and Schladetsch, Hans Jakob, 3,708,596.
Schlage Lock Company: See—
Hegedus, Denes, 3,708,191.
Schlage I, Samuel: See—
Fahey. Thomas D.; and Schlagel, Samuel, 3,708,074.
Schlei, AlvmO Ladder bracket. 3,708.080, CI 182-214.000.
Schlesinger, Sheldon Irwin, to American Can Company.
Photopolymeriz.ationofopoxy monomers. 3,708,296, CI. 96-33 000.
Schletz. Howard D. Collapsible self-storing stand. 3,708,143, CI. 248-
165.000.
Schlimme, Ewald, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH. Electronic control
system for internal combustion engine. 3,707,950, CI. l23-32.0ea.
Schloemann Aktiengesellschaft: See— ^
Simons, Willi, 3,708,010.
Schmersal, Larry J.: See—
Schepler, Kent L; and Schmersal, Larry J,, 3,708,064.
Schmidgall, Phillip L., to Mallory, P R., & Co., Inc. Control means for
an inductance means. 3,707,776, CI. 34-45.000.
Schmidt, Henry, Jr., to Industrial Filter & Pump Mfe., Co. Method and
apparatus for controlling filter cake thickness and for compressing a
filter cake 3,708,072, CI. 210-332.000.
Schmidt, Jude P.: See—
Caraba, Jerome R; and Schmidt, Jude P , 3,708,617.
Schmitt, Edward A.: See—
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
;
Schmitt. Robert F , and Schmitt. Edward A . 3.707,817.
Schmitt Robert F., and Schmitt, Edward A. Building construction.
3,707'.8 17, CI. 52-221.000.
Schneider, Gerard :.Sff— . o .. « j j
Berthoux, Jean; Schneider, Gerard; and Surville, Renaud de,
3,708,523.
Schnellman, Oscar; and Stier, Henry Willy, to Carmet Company. Auto-
matic profile grinding machine with an indexing mechanism.
3,707,809, CI 5l-215.00h
Schoenberg, Leonard Norman, to Bell Telephone Laboratones, Incor-
porated Electroless copper plating 3,708,329, CI. 1 17-47 OOr.
Schokbeton Products Corporation: See—
Van Wuyckuyse, Hendnk Johan. 3.707,816.
Schonthal, David Newspaper dispenser 3,708.087. CI. 221-1 10.000.
Schollel of America. Inc : See—
Berg.John A .3.707.939
Schottler Henry, to Roller Gear Ltd. Vanable speed transmission
3,707,888, CI 74-796.000
Schrader, Karlheinz. to Dragoco SpeziaJfabrik Konz Riech- und
Aroma-stoffe Gerberding & Co., GmbH. Hair cosmetic prepara-
tion. 3,708.426. CI 252-90.000.
Schreckenberg, Karl; Klein, Louis; and Read. Lorenzo Antonio, to
Fuchs Electrical Industnes (Proprietary) Limited. Overload protec-
tion for electric motors. 3,708,77 1, CI. 335-176.000.
Schreyer.Gerd: .SVe— .
Kleemann. Axel. Kruger. Manfred; Schreyer, Gerd; Weiberg,
Otto, and Weigert, Wolfgang, 3,708.507.
Schrixler, Gunter: iVf—
Ganzler, Wolfgang; Schroder, Gunter; and Huch, Peter,
3,708,444.
Schuler, L.,GmbH See-
Merk, Lothar, Michael, Wolfgang, and Munch. Werner,
3,707,908
Schulin, Gotthilf, to Wacker Werke KG. Method and apparatus for
clamping planks, boards, poles, pipes, and the like, to pile dnvers
and pulling devices 3,708,1 5 1 , CI. 254-1 33.000.
Schuiz, Wallace W , to United States of America, Atomic Energy Com-
mission Method for the purification and recovery of tnbutyl
phosphate used in reprocessing nuclear. 3,708.508, CI. 252-364.000
Schulzc, John J : Sef— ,^o , ^l .
Lux, George K.; Ellis, James B.; and Schuize, John J., 3,708,161 .
Schuize, Peter: See—
Hoffmann, Manfred; Fork, Kurt; and Schuize, Peter, 3,708,7 18.
Schumacher. Ernst, to Ciba-Geigy AG Process for the manufacture of
metallic, electrically conductive patterns. 3,708,295, CI. 96-36.200.
Schumacher, Gunter: .See-
Schumacher. Gustav, 11; and Schumacher, Gunter, 3,707,834.
Schumacher, Gustav, II; and Schumacher. Gunter Height control
device for a harvester cutter 3,707 .834, CI 56-208.000
Schwab Dittmar; and Schwab, Heinz, to Ymos-MeUUwerke Wolf &
Becker GmbH & Co. Cylinder lock. 3,707,863, CI. 70-364.00r.
Schwab. Heinz: See-
Schwab. Dittmar, and Schwab, Heinz, 3,707,863.
Schwandt, Horst: -See—
Hecht, Horstmar; and Schwandt, Horst, 3,708,276.
Schwank. Otto: See— .. „ .
Buchfuhrer. Gerhard; Dudszus, Alfred, Milles, Wilhelm, Lerche,
Franz; Feyer, Gunter; Krause, Manfred; Grunwald. Josef; Hen-
sel Ulrich Aust, Ingo; Ewald, Gunter; Langer, Walter; Ludke,
Gu'nther; Mohle, Karl-Georg; Oberiander, Joachim; Kowalski,
Horst; Gauk, Eckard; Pernaux, Gerd; Schwank, Otto;
Leschnewski, Konrad, Brose, Reinhard; Harlwig, Gunter; and
Ploetz, Ulrich, 3,708,100.
Schwaru Robert AD Interconnecting means for modular closed
louver panel system. 3,708,38 1 , CI. 1 6 1 -44.000.
Schwartz, Stephan Lars: See— ,- u ^
Unger, Hans Peter Olof; Westberg, Johan Erie Hayden,
Berndtsson, Gunnar Ingemar; and Schwartz, Stephan Lars,
3,708,110.
Schwarzmaier, Gerhard: See—
Geyken, Erwin. Krauss, Siegfried; Kocourek, Franz; Koninger,
Horst, and Schwarzmaier, Gerhard, 3,707,777.
Schweiuer, E D., Manufacturing Co., Inc.: See-
Schweitzer, Edmund O, Jr., 3,708,724
Schweitzer Edmund O., Jr., to Schweitzer, E. D., Manufactunng Co.,
Inc Signalling system responsive to fault on electric power line.
3,708,724, CI. 317-22.000.
Schweiz^rische Aluminium AG; See—
Limpinsel, Gunter, and Fricker, KarH 3,708,128
Schwertfeger, Owen J., to Seeburg Corporation, The^ Intake and ex-
haust system for automatic coffee brewer. 3,707,905, CI. 99-
289.000.
Scientific Glass Blowing Company: See—
Muller, Charles B , and Jones. Fred C, 3,707,832.
Scionics Corporation, The: See— , u t
Newman, Frederick S ; Thorne, John R ; and Hartman. John I .,
3,708,407
Scoats, Horace William: See—
Bolton, Andrew; Philpott, Peter John; and Scoats, Horace Wil-
liam, 3,708,31 1.
Scovill Manufacturing Company: See-
First, Philip E, 3,708,629.
Searle Medidate Inc.: See—
Rawson, Edward B , and Fergusin, Joseph B., 3,708,785.
Secretary of State for Defence, mesne: See—
Meleka, Abdou Hanna; and Proops, William Alfred. 3.707,754.
Sedgfield, Hugh B., Brown, Norman Kenneth, and Birchnall, Eric
James, to Sperry Rand Limited System for" guiding vehicles.
3.708,029, CI. 180-79 000
Seeburg Corporation, The: See — ^
Schwertfeger, Owen J. 3,707,905.
Seegers. Glen A., to American Stair Corporation. Pre-fabncated stair-
way. 3.707.814, CI. 52-185.000.
Seelinger. William E.: See—
Sherrick, George T., and Seelinger, William E., 3,707,940.
Seibold.PaulF Golf club carrier 3,708,004.0 150- 1.50b.
Seiffert, Karlheinz. Process for the production of fibers from ther-
moplastic synthetic material. 3,708,565, CI. 264-88.000.
Sekigawa, Fujio: See—
Koyanagi, Shumchi, Ogawa, Kinya; Sekigawa, Fujio; Suzuki.
Hiroshi; and Ono. Shigeru, 3,708,305.
Sells Incorporated: See-
Sells, Peter A, 3,708,563.
Sells Peter A., to Sells Incorporated Magazine for aenal dispenser and
method of making same. 3,708,563, CI 264-45 000.
Semikron Gesellschaft fur Gleichrichterbau und Elektronik m.b.H.:
See —
Schierz, Winfried; and Vladik, Liboslav, 3,708,730.
Senkingwerk GmbH Kommanditgesellschaft: See—
Gulzow, Fritz; and Hartmann, Egon. 3.707.858.
Senoo. Saburo; Kato. Toshio; and Kimura. Hiroshi. to Asahi Kasei
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Process for the preparation of an an-
hydrous alkali metal salt of a p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester
3.708.519.C1. 260-473 00s.
Senour Donald A., to BLH Electronics, Inc. Digital batching.
3.708,026, CI. 177-60.000. ^, ,.c
Serratto, Angelo. Local air conditioning apparatus 3,708.01 1,C1. 165-
22,000
Service Business Forms, Inc.: See—
Wolfberg, Larry B , and Harper, John, 3,707,773.
Servo Corporation of America, mesne: See—
Kreda. Eugene J.. 3,708,678.
Severin. Hans Peter: See-
Nickel. Ernst Gunter; Severin, Hans Peter; and Frye, Helmut.
3,708,600
Sewell, Bnan C: See-
Starr. Arthur T; Sewell, Brian C; and Lewis, Roy F., 3,708,75 1
Sha. Richard T.; and Tang, Donald T, to International Business
Machines Corporation Automatic equalizer and method of opera-
tion therefor 3,708,766, CI 333-18.000.
Shader, Benjamin A , to Eversman Mfg. Company, The. Leaf lifters for
photoelectnc plant thinners. 3,708,016, CI. 172-6.000.
Shahid, John M: See—
McCullough, Harry J.; Shahid, John M.; and Boyd, Aland,
3,708,254.
Shand, John R ; and Reid, William H., to Airpax Electronics Incor-
porated. Low power magnetic circuit breaker. 3,708,723, CI. 317-
31.000.
Shapiro, Eugene B.: See-
Gore. William C; and Shapiro. Eugene B,. 3,707,733
Shapiro Jonas M. Remote controlled valve for irrigation systems.
3,707 ,991, CI. 137-625.110.
Shattes, Walter J ; Marancik, William G.; and Kirk, Bradley S., to Air
Reduction Company, Incorporated Cryogenic system including
variations of hollow superconducting wire. 3,708.606, CI 174-
1 5 00c.
Shaw Richard H., to United Aircraft Corporation Method of making
an electrode for electrochemical milling. 3.708,404. CI 204- 1 6 000
Sheeler Phillip; and Wells, John R. Apparatus and method for gradient
zonal centrifugation. 3.708,1 1 1 , CI. 233-32.000.
Shel, Marat Moiseevich: See—
Korolev, Evgeny Mikhailovich; Shel, Marat Moiseevich; and
Likuchev, Vladimir Grigorievich, 3,708,644.
Sheldon, E H , and Company: See—
Morrison, Robert B.; and Wyman, Lewis C, 3,708,709.
Shell Oil Company: See—
Dautzenberg, Frits M.; Naber, Jaap E.; and Verwey, Cornells W.
J, 3,707.831.
Shernck George T ; and Seelinger, William E. Safety alarm assembly
for swimming pools and the like. 3,707,940, CI 1 16-67.000.
Sherwood Medical Industries Inc.; See—
Koenig, Elmer A., 3,707,968.
Shibanuma, Tadao: See— „, .^ ,.
Murakami, Masuo; Isaka, Ichiro. Kawahara, Norio, Kashiwagi,
Teruya; Shibanuma, Tadao; and Shiozaki, Tetsuya, 3,708,5 14.
Shigihara.Takeji: See— „. . ,^ t- , ii.
Tashiro, Kenichi; Furuto, Yoshio; Shigihara, Takeji; Ikawa,
Kazuo; and Okano, Yukimitsu, 3,708,675.
Shimamura, Isao; lijima, Yoo; and Iwano, Haruhiko, to Fuji Photo Film
Co., Ltd. Photographic developing method. 3,708,299. CI. 96-
66.300.
Shinetsu Chemical Company: See— r ■ c i.-
Koyanagi, Shunichi; Ogawa, Kinya; Sekigawa, Fujio; Suzuki,
Hiroshi; and Ono, Shigeru, 3.708,305
Shiozaki, Tetsuya: See— ., ^ v l' u
Murakami, Masuo; Isaka. Ichiro; Kawahara, Norio; Kashiwagi,
Teruya; Shibanuma, Tadao; and Shiozaki, Tetsuya, 3,708,5 14
Shook, James H: See— ^ .„ . , „ a
Richens, Kenneth A.; Grover, Scott C; Allred, James K.; and
Shook, James H., 3,708,077.
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
Metaliz-
Short Oliver A., to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I , and Company
,ng compositions 3,708,313.0. 106-1.000.
Shumaker. Murray Byron; S^e—
Brown, Robert H , Brown, Melvin H.; and Shumaker, Murray
Byron, 3,708.352
Sieburg Industries Incorporated; See—
Citrin, Paul Stuart, 3,707.760
Siege!, Harris T , to Eastman Kodak Company Apparatus for mjectmg
dry solid particles into a liquid including noise muffling means
3,707,829, CI. 55-239.000.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Brunnert, Otto, and Schierl, Hans, 3,708,702.
Hoffmann, Manfred, Fork, Kurt, and Schulze, Peter. 3.708,7 18
Le Franc. Guy J .3,708,772.
Lutz, Karl Anton. 3.708.626
Paul. Bemt. 3.708,763.
Sifniades, Stylianos; See—
Fuhrmann, Robert, Pisanchyn, John; and Sifniades, Stylianos,
3,708,595.
Sigler, Alan D ; See—
Winstrom, Willis L , Engel, i^ihn T , Sigler, Alan D., and Thomas,
George David, 3.708.583.
Siliconix Incorptirated; See —
Evans, Arthur D. 3.708.694.
Simon, Pierre, Bernstein, Jack; and Krapcho, John, to Squibb, E. R., &
Sons Inc. Method of administering central nervous system active
compounds. 3,708,586, CI. 424-309 000.
Simons, Willi, to Schloemann Aktiengesellschaft Apparatus for the
continuous casting of tubes. 3,708.010. CI. 164-273 OOr
Simshauser, Anthony J.; See —
Mera?. Daniel. Jr ; Simshauser. Anthony J., Yeakey, Jack A.; and
Carpenter, David W, 3,707,9 16
Singer Company, The; See-
Davis, William M . Jr , and Wind^a, Richard A , 3,708,695
Singer M Leonard, and Woletz, Robert M Device for locking articles
to a mounting base 3,707,860, CI. 70-58.000.
Sioberg, Charles M.; .See—
Calhoun, William D , Hemsley. WiUiam T.; and Sioberg, Charles
M. 3.707,819.
Sipos, Tibor. to Baxter Laboratories. Inc Syrup conversion with immo-
bilized glucose isomerase. 3.708.397, CI. 195-3 1 OOr.
Sitomer. Alvin L.; .See —
Kunik. I Jordan, and Sitomer. Alvin L , 3,708, 1 7 1
Siwko, Karol, to GTE Sylvania Incorporated Bandpass amplifier
3.708,620, CI. l78-7.30r.
Six, Hugh A ; See-
Brach, Paul J ; and Six. Hi^gh A., 3,708,292.
Sizemore, Walter Ray; See-
Bell, Cecil R ; Swaim, Jessie E ; Gilgo, Horace Paul, Rogers,
Robert C ; Sizemore, Walter Ray; and Orr, Samuel M , Jr .
3,707,825.
Skalatsky, Viktor Klimentievich; See—
Glushko. Mikhail Fedorovich, Skalatsky, Viktor Klimentievich,
and Skripnik, Ivan Timofeevich, 3,707,839.
Skinner Precision Industries, Inc See—
Ellison, John E , and Rink, Herbert M., 3.707,992.
Skoyles, Derek Robert, to US Philips Corporation. Anti-lock brake
systems. 3,708,2 1 3, CI. 303-2 1 Oaf
Skripnik, Ivan Timofeevich; See—
Glushko, Mikhail Fedorovich, Skalatsky, Viktor Klimentievich,
and Skripnik, Ivan Timofeevich, 3,707,839.
Skudlarek. Walter R , to Owens-IUinois, Inc. Stream flow interrupter
3.708.1 62, CI. 271-47.000.
Slanhoff. Bertram Book cover-easel combination 3.708,184, CI 281-
33000
Sleggs, Alton C . and Miller, William A , to Carborundum Company,
The Coating fused cast bkxks with refactory paper to prevent
spalling in hot repairs. 3.708,562. CI. 264-30.000.
Slider. Gordon R Basketball practice glove. 3,707.730. CI. 2-161 . 00a
Slijkerman. Petrus Nicolaas; See—
Esveldt, Cornells Jacobus, and Slijkerman. Petrus Nicolaas.
3.708.423
Small William M . to Phillips Petroleum Company. Tube supports.
3.708.1 42. CI. 248-49.000.
Smillie Charles M . III. Water healed mirror for condensation control.
3.708,218, CI. 350-61.000
Smillie, George Horn; and Johnstone, Frank, to Tronicair International
Limited Electrical heating apparatus. 3,708,650. CI. 219-364.000.
Smimov, Boris Andreevich, Axenova, Emilia Ivanovna, Rychkov,
Vladimir Leonidovich, and Lukichev, Nikolai Dmitrievich, to
Vsesojuzny Nauchno-lssledovatelsky Institut Khirurgvcheskoi Ap-
paratury i Instrumentov Surgical instrument for hysterectomy.
3,707.970 CI 128-305 000
Smith. Afred H . Jr . and Beers, Melvin D , to General Electric Com-
pany Curable compositions 3,708,467, CI. 260-185.000.
Smith Kline & French Laboratories; See—
McGusty, Elizabeth R . and Sutton, Blaine M., 3,708.579.
Smith. Marvin W ; See—
Kohler. Thomas P.. Smith. Marvin W.; and Van Marter, Charles
W. 3.708,739.
Smith, Paul F.; See-
Cope, James R; and Smith, Paul F., 3,708,1 36
Smith, Peter, and Suzor, Herve, to Colonial Sugar Refining Company
Limited, The Continuous process for decolourizing liquors.
3.708,337. CL l27-46.00r.
January 2, 1973
General Electric
Smyser, William E.; and Speros, Dimitrios M., to
Company Discharge lamp thermoionic cathtnle containing emission
material. 3,708,710. CI. 313-213.000
Snell. James H Pipe hooks. 3.708.196. CI 294-26.000
Snow. Kenneth A . and Vandewarker. Richard E . to Bausch & Lomb
Incorporated. Laser pumping apparatus 3.708,758, CI 331-94 500
Sobchak, Frank L., to Stewart Warner Corporation Microswitch
universally pivoted handle assembly with improved X-Y directional
programming plate 3,708,636, CI 200-6.()0a.
Societa Italiana Telecomunicazioni Siemens S.p. A.; .See—
Angeleri, Emanuele, Bonatti, Mario; Costa, Gianmario; and
Boretti, Isidoro, 3,708,625
Societe a Responsabilite Limitee dite; Etud; See—
Marrie, Paul. 3.707.906
St^ciete Anonyme dite Hexachimie (Hauts-dc -Seine): .See—
Offmann, Charles. 3.708.481
St>ciete Anonyme dite; I'Oreal .See—
Kalopis.sis. Gregoire. and Vanlerberghe. Guy. 3.708.364.
Societe d'Etudes Scientifiques et Industrielles de I'lle-de-France; See—
Kamiya. Takashi. and Ha.shimoto. Masa.shi, 3.708.497
SiKiete Nationale d'Etude et de Construction de Moteurs d'Aviation;
.See—
Bruneau. Henn; Langner. Gerhard; and Toumere. Marcel Joseph.
3.708.242.
Stxia. Yakio: .See—
Akito, Eiichiro; Takagi. Toshitsugu, Stnla. Yakio; and Ishibashi.
Ma-sataka. 3,708,594
Soeda. Ken; .See—
Endo. Ichiro, and Soeda, Ken, 3,708,294
Softal Elektronik GmbH See—
Bille. Holger Sleen, 3,708,733.
Soler. Federico Martinez, and Gomez, Jacinto Salvado, to Mateo Grau
c Hijos, SA Methixi and apparatus for selecting objects to be formed
into groups. 3,708,025. CI 177-1000.
Stilomon. Kenneth R , MIel/ko. Alfred E , and Walker, Donald J , ti>
Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc Multi channel laser recording
system 3.708,797, CI 346-108 (HH)
Sonetaka, Kazunon; .See—
Nishmo. Alsushi; Kumano, Hiroshi, Noguchi, Yoshinori,
Sonetaka, Kazunon, and Amano, Ya.suji. 3,708,408.
Sorensen, Ronald L , and Dunn, Charlton. III. to North American
Rockwell Corporation CiH>led mirrors 3.708.223, CI 350-310 (MK)
Sotome, Hiromi, to Nipp<in Gakki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha. Diaphragm
for loudspeakers. 3.708,035, CI 181 32()Or
Stiuthem Pacific Transportation Company .See—
Speight. Wesley Y , 3,708,660
Soxman, Edwin J , to Prudential Insurance Company of America, The
Treatment of light emitting films to extend their useful life.
3,708,708, CI. 3 I 3- 108.00a
Spain, Robert J., to Compagnie Internationale Pour I'lnforrnatiquc
Thin film binary data information stores 3,708,789, CI 340-
174.0bc.
Sparks. Charles H. Method of growing a graft member in a living body.
3.707.958. CI. 1281 (K)r
Spati Industries. Inc ; See—
Tuttle. Wainwright. 3,707.874.
Spear.KarlE.il .See—
Leitnakcr. Jaries M ; and Spear, Karl E., II, 3.708,433.
Speed Fastener, Inc ; .See—
Kissane, Richard W , 3,708,238.
Speight, Wesley Y , to Stiuthem Pacific Transportation Company.
Pneumatically-operated toggle yarn switch. 3,708,660, CI 246-
393.000
Spencer William Meyer, to Bendix Corporation, The. Switch indicator
module with single-wire control 3,708,784, CI 340-1 47.0(K)
Spengler, Ernst Maximilian, to Roeder &. Spengler OHG Saw
machining a workpiece having a curved surface. 3.707.768. CI
166.000
Speros, Dimitrios M ; .See —
Smyser, William F , and Speros. Dimitrios M., 3,708.7 10.
Sperrv Rand Corporation; See—
McMahon. Donald H , 3.708.217.
Sperrv Rand Limited .See—
Sedgfield, Hugh B , Brown, Norman Kenneth; and Birchnall, Eric
James, 3,708,029
Spicer, Larry Dean; and Hand, John James Imidazothiazolium com-
pounds, preparation and method of use. 3,708,490, CI 260-306. 8{X).
Spieles Franklin E , to Hagan Manufacturing Company. Method for
applying a metallic flake finish. 3.708,321 , CI. 117-17000.
Spivack, John D; See— .
Dexter, MSrtin, Spivack, John D , and Steinberg, David H..
3,708,520.
Spivak, David. Sandglass 3,707,842. CI. 58-144,000.
Squibb, E R , & Sons, Inc.; See—
Diassi, Patrick A., 3,708,501
Simon, Pierre; Bernstein, Jack, and Krapcho, John, 3,708,586
Welch Arnold D , Dolfini, Joseph Edward; and Giarrussti,
Frederick F, 3,708,479.
Squire, Edward Noonan, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company
Process for the preparation of p-nitrophenol an metal salts thereof
using ammonia to control the isomer distribution 3,708,545, '"'
260-62200r
Stafford, Cleo. Cushion insole for shoes. 3,707,784. CI. 36- 11 .500.
Stage-Brite Inc.; See—
Grangaard. Orrin H., and Peake. Ernest R.. 3,708,743.
for
30-
Cl.
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
Staheli, Paul, and Wildbolz, Rudolf, to Rieter Machine Works, Ltd.
Method and apparatus for separating opened fiber flocks from an air
stream 3,708,210, CI. 302-59.000
Stable Helmut, Koppe, Herbert; Kummer, Werner, and Wick, Helmut,
to Boehrineer Ingelheim GmbH 2-(N-allyl-phenylamino)-
,midazolines-( 2 ) and salts thereof. 3,708,485, CI. 260-254.000
Stable Martin Means and method of regulating flow from centrifugal
pumps. 3,708,239, CI. 4 15- 1. 000.
Stallings, John P., to Diamond Sfiamrcxrk Corporation Process for
preparing vinylidene fiuoride polymers for coating applications
3,708,463,CI. 260-92 100.
Stamicarbon N.V ; .See—
Thomas, Jozef A . Klein, Joseph F M., and Geurts, Leonardus H ,
3,708,515.
Standard Car Truck Company; See—
Geyer. Robert P ; andGierlach, Robert W , 3,707,927.
Standard Oil Company; See-
Mayer. James F . and Weisz. Robert G., 3.708.560
Standard RhiI & Manufacturing Co. .See—
Dato. Anthony l. . and /.liahy, Zoltan E., 3,708,051.
Stanford Research Institute; .See-
Coon, Clifford L , McDonald, Gerald J ; and Hill, Marion E.,
3,708,546.
lolbcrg, Wesley E.; Stringham, Roger S . and Rewick, Robert T.,
3,708,570.
Staniforth, Susan E ; .See-
Chapman. John H.. and Staniforth. Susan E.. 3,708,478
Stanley Electric Co., Ltd ; .See—
Tashiro, Kenichi; Furuto, Yoshio, Shigihara, Takeji; Ikawa,
Ka/uo, and Okano. Yukimitsu, 3,708,675
Starkkian, Jesse H Method of cleaning human skin 3,708,435. CI.
252-544.000.
Starr, Arthur T , Sewell. Brian C , and Lewis, Roy F., to Xerox Cor-
poration Data transmission systems 3.708.751 , CI. 325-38. 00b.
Staub. Donald F; See—
Kantarian. Edward T . Bearde. John N.; and Staub. Donald F .
3.708.160.
Stauffer Chemical Company; See—
Gutman. Arnold D and Baker. Don R . 3.708.590
Stebleton. Leo F . to Dow Corning Corporation Method of growing sil-
icone elastomer. 3.708.324. CI 1 17-47.00r.
Steel Storage Systems. Inc ; .See—
Fahev. Thomas D. and Schlagel. Samuel. 3.708.074
Steele. James R . to Dynamic Air Inc. High pressure booster valve.
3.708.207, CI 302-24.000.
Steele, Thomas R See— ,- . ■ ,
Hofmeister, Richard J ; Steele, Thomas R., and Goetz, Frederick
J. 3,708,618.
Steinberg, David H; See— ,> ^ u
Dexter. Martin; Spivack, John D , and Steinberg, David H.,
3,708,520
Stelmakh. Viktor Alexeevich; See—
Kononenko, Vadim Grigorievich, Yatsenko, Vasilievich, Komnat-
ny, Igor Pavlovich; SchenkiKhikhin, Serafim Vasilievich; Stel-
makh, Viktor Alexeevich, Mazichenko, Slanislav Anisimovich.
and Kudryavtsev, Valentin Semenovich, 3,707,896 ^
Stepan Chemical Company; .See—
Wechsler. Joseph R. 3.708,5 13. u ^
Stepanov, Gleb Alexandrovich; Chemyakov, Semen Semenovich; and
Karchmar,TsetsiliyaAronovna. Glass. 3,708,3 1 6, CI. 106-53.000
Stepanyan, Ernst Arakelovich; .See— . c
Gilev Vitaly Konstantinovich; Ovanesov, Jury Vagarshevich; Sar-
kisov, Rafael Tevosovich, and Stepanyan, Ernst Arakelovich.
3,708,054.
Stephanian, Ernst Arakelovich; .See— ,^ i.
Gilev, Vitaly Konstantinovich; Popov, Vyacheslav Dmitrievich;
Sarkisov, Rafael Tevosovich; and Stephanian, Ernst
Arakelovich, 3,708,165.
Stephens, Donald S ; and Banic, James M., Jr , to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation Regulating and filtering transformer. 3.708,744,
CI. 323-60.000.
Sterling Drug, Inc .See-
Collins, Joseph C, 3,708,473.
Sterling Henley Frank; and Bush, Eric Langley, to International Stan-
dard Electric Corporation Electrolytic capacitor electrode compris-
ing semiconductor with film-forming meul coating. 3,708,728, CI.
317-230 000
Stern, David, to Combmed Optical Industries. Limited ^ear-view mir-
ror with reflective inclined prism surfaces. 3.708.222. CI. 350-
303 000.
Stewart-Warner Corporation; . See—
Sobchak. Frank L, 3.708.636.
Stichman, John H; See—
Miller, Joseph G.; Stichman. John H.; and Bernstein, Theodore,
3,708,685.
Stier, Henry Willy; See—
Schnellman, Oscar; and Stier, Henry Willy, 3,707,809.
Stillwagon. George B., Jr., to Gardner-Denver Company Magnetic
fastenerdrivingtool 3.707,894, CI. 81-125 000.
St(Kk, Michael J.; and Kotal, John R , to Continental Can Company,
Inc High-speed inverted object detector 3.708.679. CI. 25U-
223.00r.
Stop-Motion Devices Corporation; See—
Maael, George J , 3,707,854.
Stoppard William E , to Leesona Corporation Strand handling ap-
paratus and method 3,708,1 34, CI. 242-1 S.OOr.
Story. Anne W . to United States of America. National Aeronautics
and Space Administration. System for indicating direction of in-
truder aircraft. 3.708,67 1 , CI. 250-209.000.
Stout, Gilbert T.; See—
Krause, Walter J.; and Stout, Gilbert T , 3,708.042
Strader. George C; and Goldfarb. Adolph E., to Mattel. Inc Game ap-
paratus. 3.708,168, CI. 273-1 OOr.
Strang, Donald E Saddle horn wrap. 3,707,827, CI. 54-46 000.
Strehlke, Peter; See—
Vorbruggen, Helmut, and Strehlke. Peter, 3,708,469.
Streuer, Wilhelm A.; See—
Cosley,Colman; and Streuer, Wilhelm A , 3,708,635
Stringham, Roger S.; See—
Tolberg, Wesley E.; Stringham, Roger S.; and Rewick, Robert T..
3,708,570.
Stroble, Howard G , to National Cash Register Company, The. Couplet
transparency manufacturing prcKess. 3,708,323, CI. 117-36.700
StriKker, Gunter, to Schade, Gustav, Maschinenfabnk Device for
removing bulk matenal from storage. 3,708,056. CI. 198-36.000.
Stromberg-Carlson Corporation; See—
Altenburger,Otto, 3,708,627.
Stroms, Karl F; .See—
Hildenbrand. Walter W.. Levine. Wilbur J , Manning, Stanley A.;
and Stroms, Karl F. 3,708,798.
Stumpf, Robert J , to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Method of making
elastic high-loft nonwoven fabric with improved cross directional
strength. 3,708,361 , CI. 156-72.000.
Sturge, Derek William James; See—
Voice, Eric Handley, Graham, Leslie Wilfred; and Sturge, Derek
William James, 3,708,559.
Sturgeon Walter L , to Pengo Corporation. Locking means for cap
typetooth. 3,707,788, CI 37- 1 42.00a. ,,„ ,..,,w^
Stuy. Harry Fluid-distnbution device. 3,708,122, CI. 239-317.000.
Sudnishnikov, Boris Vasilievich; See—
Nazarov, Nikolai Gngonevich; Chinakal, Nikolai Andreevich;
Sudnishnikov, Boris Vasilievich; Kostylev, Alexandr
Dmitrievich; Gurkov, Konstantin Stepanovich; and Tupitsyn,
Konstantin Konstantinovich, 3,708,023.
Sugihara, Yasuhiro; See— . ». ,
Nakabe, Ryuhei; Fujisawa, Seiji; Sugihara. Yasuhiro; and Meki.
Norio, 3,708,613.
Sugimoto, Kaname; See—
Mitsuhashi, Masakazu; Hirao. Mamoru; and Sugimoto, Kaname,
3,708,396.
Sugiura, Mamoru; Kano, Kunio; Kimura, Kazuaki, and Oono. Hiroyu-
ki to Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel anti-infiammatory sub-
st^ces and production thereof. 3,708,576, CI. 424- 1 1 5.000.
Sullivan, Raymond J; See—
Bock, John W , Feiertag, Ornn G ; and Sullivan, Raymond J.,
3.708.664.
Sulzer Brothers, Ltd.: See—
Pfarrwaller. Erwin, 3.707,995.
Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd ; See— ..
Yamahara, Takeshi; Kishimoto, Hiroshi; Nakamura, Shinji;
Deguchi, Takashi; and Takamatsu, Shichiro, 3,708,548.
Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd ; See—
Kishida, Tohru, Arikawa, Tadashi, Matsuyama, Shigeru; and Fu-
kushige, Shinobu, 3,708,3 14. »
Summerfield. William F; See— ., „ ^
Tucker. James 1 . Jr.; Bales. Joseph H ; Bosley. Denis V ; Prodger.
Brian S ; Ruppel. Kurt; and Summerfield. William F . 3,707,802.
Summers, Ronald J , to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I , and Company.
Process of prepanng a tufted product. 3,707.746, CI. 28-72. 20f.
Super Steel Treating Co ; See—
Leland, Claude H, 3,708.1 56.
Surgent, John G ; See—
Dailey, Jack R., and Surgent, John G., 3,708,788.
Surville.Renaudde; See— ,, „ j j
Berthoux, Jean, Schneider, Gerard; and Surville, Renaud de,
3,708,523.
Susquehanna Corporation, The; See— „ v. j ^
Dunfee, Danny D.; Evans, Robert W.; and Gnmm, Richard C.
3.707.918. . ^ e
Griffiths, William R.; Johnston. Donald E.; Yales, John S , and
Layer,'GerardE., 3,708.138.
Suter, Hubert; See— j ^ , ^r.o cnA
Kratzer, Otto; Suter, Hubert; and Wirth, Fnedrich, 3.708,504.
Sutton, Blaine M; See— , ,r.o c->r,
McGusty, Elizabeth R., and Sutton, Blame M , 3,708,579
Sutton Ralph L , to International Harvester Company. Com harvester
rolls. 3,707,833. CI. 56-104.000.
Suzor, Herve; See-
Smith, Peter, and Suzor, Herve, 3,708,337.
Suzuki, Etsuji; See—
Hoshina, Naomi; and Suzuki, EUuji. 3.708.736.
Suzuki, Hiroshi; See—
Koyanagi, Shunichi, Ogawa, Kinya, Sekigawa, Fujio; Suzuki,
Hiroshi; and Ono, Shigeru, 3,708, 305
Suzuki, Masaru, to Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho
Accidental lock preventing device 3,708,032, CI. 180-1 14 000.
Swaim, Jessie E.; See—
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Bell. Cecil R
Robert C .
3.707,825.
Swanson, John W
machining fluid.
Sweeney. William
; Swaim. Jessie E., Gilgo. Horace Paul; Rogers,
Sizemore, Waller Ray; and Orr, Samuel M., Jr .
Fluid
192-
Cl. 285-
, to Cities Service Oil Companj^Electric discharge
3.708.422, CI. 252-49.600.
A., to Chevron Research Company. 2-Olefin sul-
fonate for liquid detergents. 3,708,437. CI. 252-555 000.
Swenson. Henry F Apparatus and method for forming relief portion in
the periphery of agnnding wheel. 3,707.956, CI. 125-1 1 000.
Swift. Harold E See—
Beuther. Harold; and Swift, Harold E.. 3,708,550.
Swiss Aluminium Ltd.: See —
Laube. Max. 3.708.414.
Syntex Corporation: See-
Nelson. Peter H ; and Untch. Karl C, 3.708.547
Syrianen Eero; and Reijonen. Olavi. toWKT-tehtaat Oy. Device for
manufacturing cheese of cheddar type. 3.707,769, CI. 99-460.000
Systems Capital Corporation: See—
Connell, Joseph A.; Baranyi, Anthony J.; and Laylander, Paul V.,
3.707.850.
Szynka, Peter, to Lohmann & Stollerfoht Aktiengesellschaft
pressure clutch with emergency screw operator. 3,708,048, CI
83.000.
Takagi. Talsuya; and Takagi. Teruya. Pipe joint. 3,708.186
341.000.
Takagi, Teruya: See —
Takagi, Tatsuya, and Takagi, Teruya, 3.708,1 86.
Takagi. Toshitsugu: See —
Akito, Eiichiro; Takagi. Toshitsugu; Soda. Yakio; and Ishibashi.
Masataka. 3,708.594.
Takahashi. Saburo: See—
Okamoto. Hiromu; Ohi. Takuo; Tamura. Jyotaro; Takahashi.
Saburo; Oyama. Hiroshi; Ueda. Hideo; Sasaki, Kunihiko, and
Ishikawa, Hiromichi, 3,708,278.
Takahashi, Yoshio: See —
Yoshinaga, Eiichi; Takahashi, Yoshio; and Kado. Masaru.
3.708.573.
Takamatsu. Shichiro: See—
Yamahara. Takeshi; Kishimoto. Hiroshi; Nakamura. Shinji;
Deguchi. Takashi; and Takamatsu. Shichiro, 3.708.548.
Takeda Chemical Industries. Ltd.: See—
Yokotani. Hajime; Miyamoto. Masuo; and Murata. Tadakazu.
3.708.540.
Takeshima* Saburo: See —
Akiyama. Yuji; Ishii. Yasuyoshi; Ozawa. Shigeo; and Takeshima.
Saburo. 3.708.706
Tamai. Yasuo: See —
Matsumoto. Seiji; and Tamai. Yasuo. 3,707.943
Tamminen, Pentti Juuse Galvanic battery wherein each cell as en-
closed in a cover comprising electrically insulating and electrically
conductive plastic foils. 3.708,340. CI. 1 36- 1 1 1 .000.
Tamura. Jyotaro: See—
Okamoto, Hiromu; Ohi. Takuo; Tamura. Jyotaro; Takahashi.
Saburo; Oyama. Hiroshi; Ueda. Hideo. Sasaki. Kunihiko. and
Ishikawa. Hiromichi. 3,708.278.
Tang. Donald T.: See —
Sha. Richard T ; and Tang, Donald T . 3.708.766
Taoka Dyestuffs Manufacturing Co., Ltd.: See—
Ogu'ri, Hiroki, and Nagasaki, Hideo, 3,708.554.
Tashiro. Kenichi. Furuto. Yoshio; Shigihara.Takeji; Ikawa. Kazuo; and
Okano. Yukimitsu. to Furukawa Electric Co. Ltd and Stanley Elec-
tric Co.. Ltd Smoke detector in which air entrance and egress are
located in oppositely disposed surfaces which are shapd to cause an
airvelocity differential. 3,708.675. CI. 250-218.000.
Tatham. James P . to Continental Can Company. Inc. Control circuitry
for direct current. 3.708.687. CI. 307-202.000.
Tatsutomi. Yasuo: See —
Kuroda. Takashi; and Tatsutomi. Yasuo. 3.707,892.
Tawfik, David A.: See—
Curran, Peter F.; Tawfik, David A.; and James, Robert L.,
3,708.791.
Teboul. Albert: See—
Aubry, Bernard; Gillot. Jacques; Masselol, Yves; and Teboul, Al-
bert. 3.708,157.
Techni-Chem Company, The: See—
Pivawer, Philip M., 3,708,472.
Tecna Corporation: See —
Kitrilakis, Sotiris; and Robinson, Thomas Charles^ 3,707,967.
Teijin Limited: See—
Fujiwara, Shigeru; Nagae. Kenji; and Okuhashi, Tomomi,
3,708.335.
Horimoto. Kohei; Kawamura. Masaharu; Norou, Susumu; and
Okui.Mitsuhiko. 3.708.561.
Ichikawa, Yataro;andTokashiki. Michiyuki. 3.708.532.
Ishimoto. Sachio; Togawa. Haruo; Honda. Yuitsu; and Saiki.
Noritsugu. 3,708,534.
Tektronix Inc.: See—
Bateman, Glenn; and Roberts, John A.. 3,708,749.
Gilbert. Barrie. 3,708,691.
Teledyne, Inc.: See —
Nuccel, Albert W., 3,708.099.
Teledyne Industries, Inc.: See-
Rudy, Erwin, 3,708,355.
Telefonaktiebolagct L M Ericsson; See—
Nilsson, Lars Konrad. 3,708.762.
Telesco Brophey Limited: See — .
Engel, Karl. 3.708. 102
Tenneco Chemicals. Inc.: See—
Mikherjee. Band B.; Brown. Dale G.; and Hill, Ira D.. 3.708.528.
Terai. Masaaki: See—
Matsuda. Ryoichi. Terai. Masaaki; and Hojyo. Yasuo. 3.708.630.
Terranova. Warren W . to Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Apparatus
for locating a variable optical fixral point. 3.708.230. CI. 356-
125.000.
Terry. Lewis E.: See —
Koger, Terrell B ; and Terry, Lewis E.. 3,708.403.
Tevault. William: .See —
Hebeisen, Richard; and Tevault. William. 3.708.604
Texas Instruments. Incorporated: See—
Wakefield. Robert Henry, Jr., Cunningham, James Alan; and
Hswe,Myint. 3.708.360.
Textron. Inc.: See—
Briggs. Peleg B . Jr . 3.708.095
Burke. George E. Jr.. 3.708.096
Fisher. Edward I.. 3.708,097
Lindblom, Frank W , 3,708,224
Theis, James V , Jr ; and Davis, Lynn M . to Hollymatic Corporation
Speed governor. 3.708,240. CI. 415-36 000
Theis, James V . Jr ; McCord. John B , and Holly. Harry H . to Holly-
matu; Corporation Fluid engine 3.708.241 , CI. 41 5-80.000.
Thermal Transfer Corporation: .See—
Krause. Wilhelm. 3.708.599
Thermo King Corporation: See—
Howland. Leland L . 3.708.683
Thoma. Wilhelm. Oertel. Harald. and Rinke. Heinrich. to Far-
benfabriken Baver Aktiengesellschaft Linear segmented polyu-
rethanes. 3.708.453. CI 260-30 200
Thomas & Belts Corporation: .See—
Wolyn. Joseph. 3.707.756.
Thomas. George David: -See—
Winstrom. Willis L ; Engel. John T ; Sigler. Alan D ; and Thomas.
George David. 3.708.583
Thomas. Gordon D ; and Gresham. James T . to Kimberly-Clark Cor-
poration. Non-woven roll towel material 3.708.383. CI 161-57 000.
Thomas. Jozef A ; Klein. Joseph F M . and Geurts. Leonardus H . to
Stamicarbon N V Prix:ess of preparing a-cyanobutyraldimines.
3,708,5 15. CI. 260-464.000.
Thompson, David Harry: See-
Alexander, David George, Lloyd. Anthony Michael. Greensides,
Geoffrey Charles, and Thompson. David Harry. 3.708,512
Thompson. Ralph B.; Pappas. Peter G.; and Sandri. Joseph M., to
Naico Chemical Company Detergent builders 3.708.436. CI 252-
527.000.
Thomson-CSF: See —
Guenard. Pierre, and Epsztein. Bernard. 3.708,764.
Pircher, Georges. 3.708.229
Thome. John R.: See —
Newman. Frederick S.; Thome. John R . and Hartman. John T.,
3,708,407
Thomhill, Richard A.: See—
Aichenegg. Paul C ; and Thomhill. Richard A . 3.708,582.
Throssell. Norman J Collapsible shelter unit 3.708,199, CI 296-
23.0mc.
Thumm, Fritz, to Wepuko, Werkzeug-Pumpen- und Kompres-
sorenfabrik Von Neudeck & Co Regulated radial piston pump.
3.708.250. CI. 417-221.000.
Tilley. James W. Vehicle optical guidance system. 3,708,668. CI. 250-
202.000
Timex Corporation: See-
Wash. Gerrard. 3,708.343.
Timmerman. Daniel Maunce; Van Paesschen. August Jean, and Ver-
hille, Karel Eugeen, to Gevaert-Agfa N.V. ElectrtKonductive layers.
3,708,289, CI. 96-67.000
Timmins, Robert S ; Horton, Bernard S ; and Goldsmith, Robert L.. to
Abcor, Inc. Method for the production of cheese solids. 3,707,770,
CI 99-116.000.
Tinlin, Frank, to International Research & Development Company,
Limited. Low temperature apparatus. 3,708,705. CI. 310-52.000.
Tischler, Edward J , to Ecodyne Corporation Timer 3,708,068, CI.
210-140.000
Toews, Vem J , and Wigle, Harold E., to Bryan, William P.. Jr. and
Toews Vem J.; d/b/a B&T Gardens. Container and handle arrange-
ment. 3,707,806, CI 47-34. 1 30.
Toews, Vern J ; d/b/a B&T Gardens: See—
Toews, Vem J ; and Wigle, Harold E.. 3,707,806.
Togawa, Haruo: See — .
Ishimoto, Sachio; Togawa, Haruo; Honda, Yuitsu, and Saiki,
Noritsugu, 3,708,534.
Toggweiler, Ulrich; and Roselli, Frank F.. to Diamond Shamrock Cor-
poration. Poly urethane foams and elastomers based on halogen-con-
Uining polyesters. 3.708,443, CI. 260-2.5av.
Tokashiki, Michiyuki; See—
Ichikawa, Yataro, and Tokashiki, Michiyuki, 3,708,532.
Tokico, Ltd.;See—
Katakura, Shiro; and Nishida, Yutaka, 3,708, 113.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric, Co.; See—
Kondo, Motoya, 3,707,877.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.; See—
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 31
Akiyama. Yuji; Ishii. Yasuyoshi; Ozawa. Shigeo; and Takeshima.
Saburo. 3,708.706.
Hoshina, Naomi; and Suzuki, Etsuji, 3,708,736.
Kurokawa. Toshio; Nishiyama. Shoji; Okubo, Toshio; and Naga,
Katsumi, 3,708,662
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Company. Ltd.; See—
Menju. Shinichi. and Aoyagi. Hirokuni. 3.708.774
Tolberg. Wesley E.; Stringham. Roger S ; and Rewick. Robert T. to
Stanford Research Institute. Perfluoro ammonium cation-conuining
ionic salts and process for preparing them. 3,708,570, CI. 423-
301.000
Tomasino Charles, and James. Steve Clifton, to Burlington Industries,
Inc Durable press rainwear. 3,708,327, CI 1 1 7-76 OOt
Tomkins, Brian Bolton: .See—
Pigott, Albert Edward, Tomkins, Brian Bolton; Raraty, Lionel Ed-
ward, 3.707.864
Toms. Nathaniel C . II Automobile hanger bracket. 3,708.093, CI.
224-42.45a.
Toray Industries, Inc.: See —
Morita. Ken-lchi;and Kobayashi. Tsuneo. 3.708,516.
Torn. Tatsumi; Kozakai. Asao; Yamamoto. Takekazu; and Nyunoya.
Mizuo. to Aisin Seiki Company. Limited Vehicle expanding brake
assembly 3.708.044, CI 188-326.000
Toumere, Marcel Joseph: See—
Bruneau, Henri; Langner, Gerhard; and Toumere, Marcel Joseph,
3.708.242.
Townsend, Eric J . to Commissanat a I'Energie Atomique. Installation
for mounting sealing nngs and the like, especially for radioactive en-
closures. 3.707.758. CI. 29-235.000.
Toyama. Kunio; See —
Nakanishi. Atsuo; Izawa. Shinich; and Toyama, Kunio, 3,708,455.
Toyo Kogyo Co., Ltd.: See—
KurtKla, Takashi; and Tatsutomi, Yasuo, 3,707,892.
Toyo Pulp Co , Ltd : See—
Hanaya. Morimasa. 3.708.063.
Toyo Soda Manufacturing Co.. Ltd.: See —
Kunii. Daizxi; and Kunugi.Taiseki. 3.708.552.
Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Fukatsu. Kazuyoshi, 3,707,879.
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Ito. Shin, 3,707,890.
Mon,Takaazu. 3.708.782.
Nakada. Masshiko. and Matsumoto. Hirofumi, 3.707,954
Tranchero, Jacques. Three hydraulic lifting stages self propelled crane
which may be mounted 3,708,037, CI. 182-2.000
Trecker, David J.: .See—
Borden, George W ; and Trecker. David J., 3,708,495.
Treichler, Ernest, to Parker-Hannifin Corporation. Pressure balanced
tube assembly. 3,707,878. CI. 92-1 64 000.
Triem. Leonard C. Enclosure for landfill disposal site. 3,708,153, CI.
256-25.000.
Triggiani Leonard V ; Haberman, Norton; and Sanchez. Moises G.. to
Grace, W. R, & Co. Nuclear fuel. 3,708,432, CI. 252-301 . lOs.
Trimpi. Robert L ; Nealy. John E ; and Grose. William L.. to United
States of America. National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Combustion detector 3.708.674. CI. 250-2 1 7.00f
Troisi. George A.; See —
Schertz, Eugene P.; and Troisi. George A., 3,708,255.
Trolliet. Bernard: See—
Vigreux. Jacques; and Trolliet. Bemard. 3,708.639.
Trompeter Electronics Inc.; See—
Trompeter. Emanuel. 3.708.78 1 .
Trompeter, Emanuel, to Trompeter Electronics Inc. Electrical connec-
tor 3.708.78 1. CI 339-177 OOr.
Tronicair International Limited: See—
Smillie. George Horn; and Johnstone, Frank, 3,708,650.
TRW Inc ; .See- -
Bailey, Joseph K, Jr., 3,707,753.
Lubowitz. Hyman R.; Bums, Eugene A.; and Jones, John F.,
3,708,370.
Lubowitz, Hyman R, 3,708,459.
Woodruff, George N., 3,708,022.
Work, George A., 3.708,669
Tryon. Ned A Decoy. 3,707.798. CI. 43-3.000.
Tsubakimoto. Tsuneo; Nikki. Masao. and Mizuta. Nono, to Nippon
Shokubai Kagaku Kogyo. Co.. Ltd. Hydrogel of unsaturated
polyester resin and unsaturated carboxylic acid polymer salt, and
hardened composites thereof 3,708,452, CI. 260-29.6nr.
Tsyganok, Vladimir Andreevich; See—
Grinevich, Feodosy Borisovich; and Tsyganok, Vladimir An-
dreevich, 3.708.698.
Tubal Industries. Inc., mesne: See-
Dallas, Nick S.; and Uzumecki, Richard W , 3,708.351.
Tucker. Benjamin W: See—
Sayigh. Adnan A. R.; Tucker, Benjamin W.; and Ulrich, Henri,
3,708,439.
Tucker. James I . Jr ; Bales. Joseph H . Bosley. Denis V . Prodger.
Brian S ; Ruppel. Kurt; and Summerfield. William F.. to Mattel. Inc.
Delayed sUrting indicator apparatus and toy starting system
3.707,802, CI. 46- 1.00k.
Tung, Chi Fang, to Minnesou Mining and Manufactunng Company.
Heat-sensitive retro-reflective imaging sheet 3,708,378, CI. 161-
6.000
Tupitsyn, Konsuntin Konstantinovich: See—
Nazarov, Nikolai Grigorievich; Chinakal. Nikolai Andreevich;
Sudnishnikov. Boris Vasilievich; Kostylev. Alexandr
Dmitrievich; Gurkov. Konstantin Stepanovich; and Tupitsyn.
Konstantin Konstantinovich. 3. "08.023
Turner, Derek T ; and Scheer. John E . to Drexel University. Metallic
modified plastic compositions and method for the preparation
thereof 3.708,387, CI 161-168 000
Turokawa, Toshio: See —
Kurokawa, Toshio; Nishiyama. Shoji; Okubo. Toshio; and Naga.
Katsumi. 3.708.662.
Turowski, Eles. Paula Marie: See—
Franck, Heinz-Gerhard. Metzendord. Walter; Turowski.
Johannes; Omran. Jaafar; and Nijssen. Jozef H. G.. 3.708.442
Turowski. Johannes: See —
Franck, Heinz-Gerhard; Metzendord. Walter; Turowski.
Johannes; Omran. Jaafar; and Nijssen. Jozef H G,. 3.708.442
Tuttle. Wainwnght. to Spati Industries. Inc. Solid state position sensing
apparatus. 3.707.874. CI. 73-398.00r.
Uchida, Kosaku: See —
Kunishige. Hidenori; and Uchida. Kosaku, 3,707,941
Ueda. Atumi. to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha. Hydraulic brake system.
3.708.030. CI. 1 80-79. 20r.
Ueda. Hideo; See—
Okamoto. Hiromu; Ohi. Takuo; Tamura. Jyotaro; Takahashi.
Saburo; Oyama. Hiroshi; Ueda. Hideo; Sasaki. Kunihiko; and
Ishikawa. Hiromichi. 3.708.278.
Ugi. Ivar Karl 4.4 -Diisocyano-thio-diphenylether. 3,708,5 17, CI. 260-
465.00h.
Ugine Kuhlmann: See—
Nordmann, Joseph; Mattioda. Georges Dominique; and Loiseau,
Gerard Paul Mane Henri, 3,708,544.
Ulbing, Otmar M , to Borg-Wamer Corporation, mesne Engine ap-
paratus. 3,707,955, CI. 123-73.0as.
Ulrich, Henri; See —
Sayigh, Adnan A R ; Tucker. Benjamin W.; and Ulrich. Henn,
3.708.439.
Unger. Hans Peter Olof Westberg. Johan Eric Hayden; Bemdtsson.
Gunnar Ingemar; and Schwartz. Stephan Lars, to AGA Aktiebolag
Container for blood. 3.708.1 10. CI. 233-26.000.
Unican Security Systems. Ltd : See—
Berger. Carl. 3.708.729.
Union Carbide Corporation: See-
Barlow. Joel William. Azrak. Raymond George; and Robeson.
Lloyd Mahlon. 3.708.454.
Barthel. Alfred. 3,708.131.
Borden . George W . ; and Trecker. David J . , 3 ,708 ,495 .
Frazer, John 5.3.708.0927
Hard. Robert A., and Ripley. Robert L.. 3,708.206.
Kozak.PhihpE, 3.708.601.
Union Oil Company of California: See—
Biddick. Royce E.. 3.708.34 1 .
Fenton. Donald M.. 3,708,539.
Unisem Corporation: See-
McDonald. Bruce A.. 3.708.73 I
United Aircraft Corporation; See—
Athey. Roy L. 3.708.353.
Roebelen, George J.. Jr.; and Fitzsimmons. Thomas E., 3,707,757.
Shaw. Richard H.. 3.708.404
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority; See—
Pigott. Albert Edward; Tomkins. Brian Bolton; Raraty. Lionel Ed-
ward. 3.707,864.
Voice. Eric Handley; Graham. Leslie Wilfred; and Sturge, Derek
William James. 3.708,559
United Merchants and Manufactures, Inc.; See—
Zebley, Donald Dane, and Cashion. Joseph Wayne, 3,707,996.
United States Gypsum Company; See—
Nelsson.Nels. 3.707,818.
United States of America
Agriculture; See —
Lewis, John B ; and Hendick, Glen W., 3.708,450
Army; See-
Morrow, Scott I., 3,708,357.
Rashis. Bemard. 3.708.140.
Rocha. John G.; and Livingston. Richard W.. 3.707,794.
Warren, Raymond W., 3,708,247
Atomic Energy Commission; See—
Binkley, Norman C, and Hammond, Joseph P.. 3,707,763.
Campbell, David O., 3,708,392.
Christofilos.NicholasC. 3.708.391
Golliher. Waldo R . Harris. Robert L., and Le Doux, Reynold
A, Jr., 3,708.568.
Leitnaker. James M.; and Spear, Kari E., 11, 3,708,433.
McWhorter. William C, and Dykes, Norman, 3,708,451 .
Raynor. Gilbert S.. 3.707.869.
Schulz. Wallace W., 3.708.508.
Waymire. Gary R.. and Lubeck, John F., 3,708,393.
Interior; See-
Mason. Charles M ; and Forshey. David R.. 3.708,356.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration; See-
Story. Anne W. 3,708,671.
Trimpi, Robert L.; Nealy, John E.; and Grose, William L..
3,708,674.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Deputy Adminis-
trator; with respect to an invention of;
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Haur\ Vernon E Hvdrazmium nilroformate propellant with
saturated polymeric hydrocarbon binder 3.708,359. CI 149-
Moen, Walter K Self-cycling Huid heater 3.708,419, CI 204-
328000
Nsvv S^f~~ r^
Duncan, Cecil L , McNelia, John F , and Pickler, William C,
3.707.912
Emmet. Robert T, 3,707,871
Meraz, Daniel. Jr ; Simshauser. Anthony J , Yeakey. Jack A .
and Carpenter, David W,3r707,916
Wheeler. Phillip R .3.708.139
Navy, mesne See —
Grakauska.s, Vytautas. 3.708,571 .
Inited States of Health, Education and Welfare: See-
Freed, Paul S. 3,707,960.
L'nited States Steel Corporation: See—
Chao, Hung Chi, 3,708,284.
DeBray,HaroldW. 3,708,159
Douty, Donald L, 3, 708.091
Lnkle. Truman F, Jr.: .9ee—
Loos, John F , and Unkle, Truman F , Jr , 3,708,345.
L'ntch, Karl G See— ^^„r.-,
Nelstm, Peter H ; and Untch, Karl G , 3,708,547
L'piohn Company, The See—
Albenno, Louis M . Farrissey, William J . Jr.. and Rose, James ^.,
3,708,458. J A D
Frulla, Floro F, Odinak, Alec, and Sayigh, Adnan A K .
3.708,440.
Hester. Jackson B.,Jr, 3,708,592. . „ .. u
Sayigh, Adnan A R , Tucker. Benjamin W.; and Ulrich. Henri.
3,708,439
L S Philips Corporation See—
Btmgenaar, Hendrik, and Doreleijers, Theodorus Cornells Gerar-
dus, 3,708,369. ^,. ,
Esveldt, Cornells Jacobus, and Slijkerman. Petrus Nicolaas.
3.708.423
Hansen. Norbert Ernst, and Wadow, Dieter, 3,708,661
Skoyles, Derek Robert, 3,708,213
U.S. Rubber Reclaiming Co., Inc.: See—
Bynum, Douglas, Jr.; and Gailaway, Bob M , 3,707.901.
USM Corporation: See—
Muhlbach. Anton. 3.707,946.
Salway-W aller, Malcolm. 3.708.652
Uzumecki. Richard W .See-
Dallas. Nick S . and Uzumecki, Richard W. 3,708,35 1_
V adjushin, Vladimir Atexandrovich Teaching machine. 3.707,780. 1 1.
35-900f.
Van Arsdale. Howard .See— -, -.^.o ^^o
Ippolito. Anthony D . and Van Arsdale. Howard. 3.708.448
Ippolito. Anthony D . and Van Arsdale. Howard. 3.708.449
Van der Meer. Leonardus Petrus, to N.V Leidsche Apparatenfabriek
Rotating bottle closing machine. 3, 707 .822. CI 53-331.500.
Van Dyk John W , Vining, Roy H ; and Wittman. David, to Du Pontde
Nemours E I . and Company Multi-angle panel holding device
3.708.233. CI 356-244 000.
Van Heyningen. Earle M : See- ^ , .. nns Asn
Webber, J Alan, and Van Heyningen. Earle M., 3,708.48U
Van Laar, Jacobus See—
Owen. Arthur John; Visser. Reier; and Van Laar. Jacobus.
3.708.317
Van Marter. Charles W: See—
Kohler. Thoma.s P . Smith, Marvin W . and Van Marter, Charles
W, 3,708,739. ^
Van Paesschen, August Jean: .See—
Timmerman, Daniel Maurice, Van Paesschen, August Jean; and
Verhille, Karel Eugeen, 3,708.289.
Van Pec, Paul Desire .See— ^ r^ , .
Vanreusel, Gerard Laurens; Van Pee, Paul Desire, and De Laet,
Jules Maria, 3,708,298
Van Popla, Yftinus Fredenk, to N V Hollandse Signaalapparaten
Monopulse radar apparatus. 3,708,794. CI. 343-7.400.
Van Raalte. John A , and Chnstiano, Victor, to RCA Corporation In-
telligence-handling device having means for limiting induced elec
trosUticp«nential. 3.708,712,0 315-10.000. .,,,^^„
Van Veen, Anton Cigar making machine 3,707,976. CI. 131-36.00a
Van Vliet, Nicolaas Pieter, and Peters, Jacobus Alberlus Maria, to Or-
ganon Inc Novel A'-steroids of the oestrane series. 3,708,511, CI.
260-397.500
Van Vorous, Theodore: See—
Kurtz Robert G, and Van Vorous. The adore. 3.708.325
Van Wuyckuyse, Hendrik Johan, to Schokbeton Products Corpora
tion Protruding panel frame member embedded in surrounding
concrete for the attachment of a window construction 3,707,816.
CI 52-213 000.
Vanderberg, Lawrence J See— _
Jama, Zbigniew J , and Vanderberg, Lawrence J., 3,708,UJ1 .
Vandewarker, Richard E See- „ ^ . r- , -,no t^a
Snow, Kenneth A ; and Vandewarker, Richard E , 3,708.758
Vanlerberghe.Guy: See— ■, nno ->i.A
Kalopissis, Gregoire, and Vanlerberghe, Guy, 3,708,364
Vanreusel Gerard Laurens, Van Pee. Paul Desire, and De Laet. Jules
Maria to Agfa-Gevaert Method of producing direct positive images
with photographic silver halide material containing compound
releasingiodideions 3.708.298. CI 96-64 000
Vanslette Robert A . to Foxboro Company. The Construction of ion
electrode 3.708.41 1 . CI 204-195 00m
VantiU Martinus Pieter Richard. Laing. Graham Stirhng. and Louri-
sbur\ Donald Mack, to Northern Electric Company Limited.
Telephone hand test set 3.708.634.CI 179-175 000
Valer Wulf See —
Rucker. Dietrich; B<issert. Friedrich; Meyer. Horst; and Vater.
Wulf. 3.708.489
Vaughan. Graham John .See- , nnc ias
Painter. Roy. and Vaughan. Graham John. 3.708, .^4K
VeblngenieurburoSchiffbau See— ..,,,., , k
Buchfuhrer, Gerhard, Dudszus, Alfred, Milles, Wilhelm, l^erche,
Franz Feyer, Gunter, Krause. Manfred, Grnnwald, Josef, Hen
sel Uirich, Aust, Ingo; Ewald, Gunter, Langcr, Walter, Ludkc,
Gunther Mohle, Karl-Georg, Oberlander, Joachim; Kowalski,
Horst Gai7k. Eckard, Pemaux, Gerd, Schwank. Otto
Leschnewski. Konrad. Brosc. Rcinhard. Hartwig. Gunter, and
PU>etz,Ulnch, 3,708, KM)
Vecchietti. Vittorio: -See—
Lauria, Francesco; Vecchietti, Vittorio, and Logcmann, Willy,
3,708,482.
Vecchiutti, Robert: .See—
Douchet. Charles. Grancher, Pierre; and Vecchiutti. Robert.
3.708,542
Veeder Industries, Inc : .See-
Johnson. Arnold C. 3.708.1 14
Veith Alois I to ITT Industnes, Inc MethiMl of manufacturing a plu-
, rahty of bridge rectifiers. 3.707.766. CI 29-588 000.
Velten & Pulver. Inc : .See—
Ackermann, Herman, 3,708,059
Vereinigte Flugtedinische Werke FokkerGmbH .See—
Salamon, Wolfgang, and lx>ther. Rolf. 3.708.765
Verhille. Karcl Eugeen See—
Timmerman. Daniel Maurice; Van Paesschen. August Jean, and
Verhille. Karel Eugeen. 3.708.289
Verhille Karel Eugeen. and Voet. Luciaan Frans Inorganic photocon-
ductive pigments in an alkali soluble binder containing a polymeric
dispersing agem 3.708.290. CI 96 1 500
Verwey.CornelisW J .See- r- v \xi
Dautzenberg. Frits M ; Naber. Jaap E.. and Verwey. Cornells W
J. 3.707.831
Vettiger. Peter .See—
Frei Armin Heinz; and Vettiger. Peter. 3.708.699
Vicard.PierreGeorges Spraying nozzles 3.708. 1 19. CI 239-11000.
Vicom Corptiration: .See —
Boxall, Franks. 3.708.624.
Vigreux. Jacques, and Trolliet, Bernard, to Oelle^Alsthonv Pressure
fluid extinguishing device for a circuit breaker 3,708,639, CI. 20tJ-
148 00r , „,, _
Villari Frank K , and Patel, Bhupendra C , to Kendall C ompany, I he
Irngation connector with shut-off valve. 3,707,972, CI l28-.349.OOr
Vining, Roy H: See— ,
Van Dyk, John W; Vining, Roy H , and Wittman, David,
3,708,233
Viol Gunter, and Kohfeld. Werner Folding door arrangement
3.708,009, CI 160 84 00v.
Visser, Reier: .See— ... , .
Owen, Arthur John; Visser, Reier, and Van Laar, Jacobus,
3,708,317.
Vitamin Premixers of Omaha, Inc : .See—
Winstrom. Willis L , Engel, John T.; Sigler, Alan D.; and Thomas,
George David, 3.708,583
Vladik.Liboslav: See— , .,^,, -,-,«
Schierz. Winfried. and Vladik. Libt>slav. 3.708,730
Voet, Luciaan Frans: See—
Verhille, Karel Eugeen, and Voet, Luciaan Frans, 3,708,290_
Voice, Enc Handley, Graham, Leslie Wilfred, and Sturge, Derek WiL
liam James, to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority^ MethtKl
of making nuclear fuel containing bodies 3.708.559. CI 264- 3Uii.
Volk Joseph A . to Beta Corporation of St Louis. Automatic control
and antibacklash svstem 3.707,978, CI 1 37-2.00(1
Volk, Joseph A , and Volk, Joseph A , Jr , to Beta Corporation
Method and apparatus for retrieving coded information ot turn.
3,708,677, CI. 250-219.0dr.
Volk.Joseph A ,Jr See— , ^«o ^-,-,
Volk Joseph A ; and Volk, Joseph A , Jr , 3,708,677.
Volkers Hank, to S&S Corrugated Paper Machinery Co , Inc Pressure
roll loading 3,707,909, CI. 100-47 000
Volkheimer. Lothar, to Hopt Electronic GmbH, F*r!)f,.SI.d.ng poten-
tiometer with a slider movable by a roller gear 3,708,777. CI. iiS-
183.000.
Volkswagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft; .See—
Bigalke. Erhard. Pundt, Dieter H W.; and Wolf, Jurgen,
3,707,951.
Klebba, Horst; and Maneck, Ernst, 3,708.192
Vollmann, Hansjorg: See— _ ._ _. . ^ ,, v,,i u»in.
Von Der Ellz Hans-Ulrich; Gunther, Dieter; Krell, Kari-Heinz.
Matterstock, Karl, and Vollmann, Hansjorg, 3,708258.
Von Der Eltz, Hans-Ulrich; Gunther, Dieter, Krell, Karl-Heinz; Mat-
terstock Karl; and Vollmann. Hansjorg, to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengeseilschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Dyeing and
January 2, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
printing hydrophobic fiber in aqueous sulfonyl carbamic acid
typedyesluff solutions. 3,708.258, CI. 8-21.000.
Vorbrueeen. Helmut, and Strehlke. Peter, to Schering AG 2-
Thiopvrimidine nucleosides 3,708,469, CI. 260-21 1. 50r.
Vsesojuzny Nauchno-lssledovatelsky Institut Khirurgicheskoi Ap-
paratury i Instrumentov: .See—
Smirnov, Boris Andreevich; Axenova, Emilia Ivanovna; Rychkov.
Vladimir l.eonidovich; and Lukichev. Nikolai Dmilrievich,
3,707,970.
Waagncr-Biro AG .See—
Roznovsky, Walter. 3,708,098.
Wachsmann Judith M Collapsible furniture from tubular frame sec-
tions of predetermined shape 3,708,204, CI. 297-440.000.
Wacker Werkc KG .See—
Schulin.Gotthilf. 3.708,151.
Wado\^. Dieter: .See—
Hansen. Norbert Ernst; and Wadow, Dieter. 3.708,661
Waggoner, Alan: .See—
Keagle, Charies. Waggoner. Alan, and Phillips. Peter. 3.708,603
Wagler, Robert John .See—
Grundon. Forrest Robert. Masterson. Frank Harrison; Wagler.
Robert John, and Wustrau. Fred Ernest. 3.707.944.
Wagner Electric Corporation: .See—
Bueler,RichardC, 3,708,211.
Hardwick, David R , 3,707,993.
Wakabayashi, Masashi: .See —
Nishizawa. Masahiro; Wakabayashi. Masashi; and Nishino,
Kosuke. 3,708,336.
Wakefield, Robert Henry, Jr ; Cunningham, James Alan, and Hswe,
Myint, to 1 exas Instruments, Incorporated Self-aligned gate field ef
feet transistor with Schottky barrier drain and source. 3.708,360, CI
156-3 000
Walker, Diinald J : .See-
Solomon. Kenneth R . Mlelzko. Alfred E.; and Walker, Donald J ,
3,708,797.
Wally, Robert F , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Hydrochloric
acid/hydrofiuoric acid treatment to remove asbestor fibers from a
well bore 3,708,014, CI 166-307 (K)()
Walsh, Robert R Optical read out means for UKating and positioning
objects with respect to a laser beam reference. 3,708,232. CI 356-
172 000
Walters. Glenn A Precision angle measuring device 3.708.231. CI
356- 152 000
Warren. Raymond W . to United Stales of America, Army Fluid
stepping motor 3,708,247, CI. 415-51 .000.
Warshaw , Saul: .See—
Loewenstein. Klaus L.; Eisenberg, Eamold J., and Warshaw, Saul,
3,708,271.
Wash, Gerrard, to Timex Corporation Primary cell case. 3,708,343,
CI 136 133.000.
Watanabe, Masao, Mizoguchi, Hidekazu; and Hoshikawa, Makio, to
Kancgafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Method and apparatus for
scouring raw loose wool 3,708,262, CI. 8- 1 39.000.
Watson Donald W , to Xerox Corp<iration Article processing prcKess
with feeder shuttle disconne t. 3.708,368,0. 156-300.000.
Watson, Patrick See—
Barthalon, Maurice; Moiroux, Auguste; and Watson. Patrick.
3.707,924.
Wave Energy Systems, Inc : See-
Boucher, Raymond M G , 3,708,263.
Waymire, Gary R , and Lubeck, John F , to United States of America,
Atomic Energy Commission Radial restraint mechanism for reactor
core 3,708,393,0. 176-40.000.
Weathcrhcad Company, The: .See-
Acker, Richard C, 3,708,647
Webber, J Alan, and Van Heyningen, Earle M , to Lilly, Eli, and Com-
pany 3-Cyanomethyl-delta-3-cephalosporin antibiotics and inter-
mediates. 3,708,480,0. 260-243.00C
Weber Kurt H , to General Electric Company Flash indicator for
photofiash lamps 3,707,903,0. 95-1 1. 50r
Weber, Leonard J Split-rate meter construction 3,708,049, O 194
84.0()0 ., u J f
Wechsler Joseph R , to Stepan Chemical Company Methixl of
synthesizing fatty acids 3,708,5 1 3, 0 260-41 3.000.
Weiberg. Otto: .See —
Kleemann. Axel, Kruger, Manfred; Schreyer. Gerd; Weiberg,
Otto, and Weigert, Wolfgang, 3,708,507.
Weigert, Wolfgang See—
Kleemann, Axel, Kruger, Manfred; Schreyer, Gerd; Weiberg,
Otto, and Weigert, Wolfgang, 3,708,507
Weingarden, Marshall, and Levitt, Harold H Album for filmstrip
storage 3,708,061,0.206-45.340
Weiss, Guenther See—
Zeidler, Adolf; Fisher, Adolf, and Weiss, Guenther, 3,708,277.
Weisz, Robert G.: .See-
Mayer. James F ; and Weisz. Robert G . 3.708,560
Welch Arnold D , Dolfini, Joseph Edward, and Giarrusso. Frederick
F . to Squibb, E R , & Sons, Inc Acyloxymethyl esters of alpha-
ureidiKVclo-hexadie nylalkylene-cephalosporins 3,708,479, CI.
260-243.00C.
Wells, John R: See—
Sheeler, Phillip, and Wells, John R , 3,708, 1 II
Welsch David Peter, and Yannes, Harry, to Cupic Foundations, Inc
High-waisted girdle 3,707,973,0 128-533.000.
Wepuko, Werkz.eugPumpen- und Kompressorenfabrik Von Neudeck
& Co.: See —
Thumm, Fritz, 3,708,250.
Werner & Pfleiderer: See—
Kopp,Eugen, 3,708,256.
Wessels, Philip S , 1 5*!^ to Brown, Btmiard I. Acoustical distillation ap-
paratus. 3. 708. 401. 0. 202-173.000.
Westberg. Johan Eric Hayden: See—
Unger. Hans Peter Olof, Westberg, Johan Eric Hayden;
Bemdtsson, Gunnar Ingemar, and Schwartz, Stephan Lars,
3,708,110.
Westinghouse Electric Corporation: See—
Bumey, Ivan T, 3,707,828.
De Corso, Serafino M , 3,708,279
Stephens, Donald S ; and Banio^, James M., Jr., 3,708,744.
Westphal,Otto: See—
Kny, Gunter; and Westphal, Otto, 3,708,558.
Westrick. Robert F: .See— jr
Booth. William M , and Westrick, Robert E.. 3.708.654.
Wharton, James Hugh, to RCA Corptiration Gamma correction band-
pa-ss amplifier circuits. 3.708,615.0. 178-5.4st.
Wheeler, Phillip R , to United States of America, Navy. Missile control
system 3,708.139,0.244-3.130.
Whiley, George M., Limited: See-
Hurst, Gerald Covington, and Belasco, Alan, 3.708.320.
WhirlptK)! Corporation: .See—
Burkall.AlvinE, 3.707,882.
Marcade, Rcxiue D.; and Janke, Donald E., 3,708.721.
McDanield. Johns, 3.708.101.
Niewyk, Anthony, and Janke. Donald E,. 3.707,856.
Wigfall, Robert T, 3,707,857.
Whitney, John A., and WckkJs, Richard E., to Franklin Electric Co.,
Inc Semiconductor thermal protection. 3,708,720,0. 3 1 7- 1 3.00c.
Whittaker Corporation: See—
Zemow. Louis; and Mottet. Arthur Louis, 3,707,91 7.
Wick. Helmut: .See—
Stable, Helmut; Koppe. Herbert; Kummer, Werner, and Wick,
Helmut, 3,708.485.
Wieland. Peter: .See—
Anner. Georg. and Wieland.'Peter. 3.708,503
Wielebski, Wayne M , and Ray, Glen, to Allen-Bradley Company
MethiKl for adjusting the strength of high energy magnets.
3,708,727,0. 317-157. 5(X).
Wigfall, Robert T , to Whirlpool Corporation, Multi-purpose sensor as-
sembly for automatic wa.sher. 3,707,857,0. 68-l2.00r.
Wigle, Harold E: See—
Toews, Vem J ; and Wigle, Harold E , 3,707,806.
Wilbeck Machine and Manufacturing. Inc : .See—
Wilbeck. Robert A., 3.708,018
Wilbeck, Robert A., to Wilbeck Machine and Manufacturing, Inc.
Twin-offset disc implement with releasable fastening means connect-
ing dual frames. 3,708,01 8, 0. 1 72-3 1 3.000.
Wilccx;k, Donald F , and Winn, Leo W . to Mechanical Technology In-
corporated Hybrid boost bearing assembly 3.708,215. O. 308-
35.000.
Wildbolz. Rudolf: See—
Staheli. Paul, and Wildb<Mz. Rudolf. 3.708.210.
Wiles, Philip, to Ene, Technological Prtxlucts, Inc Semiconductor
device with soldered terminals and plastic housing and method of
making the same. 3.708,722, CI. 3 1 7-234.00r.
Willett, Richard M., to Iowa State University Research Foundation,
Inc System for spectrum analysis including digital filter wifh variable
sampling rate. 3,708,746,0. 324-77.0()d.
Williams, Richard Fred: See—
Jackson, Albert Edward; and Williams, Richard Fred, 3,708,322.
Williams Wilhelm A Separable multiple envelopes openable without
tools. 3,708,107,0. 229-69.000
Wilson, H W., Company: See—
Koether, Karl H ; and Dillin, Arthur J., 3,708,094.
Wilson, Richard D See—
Bochinski, Julius H ; Christe, Karl O., Gunderloy, Frank C, Jr.;
Pilip<ivich, Donald, and Wilstm, Richard D , 3,707,762.
Wilson Robert G ; and Rogers. Raymond W. Cleaning device for deep
fat ciKiker. 3,707,907.0. 99-408.000.
Wilton-Davies. Colin C . to National Research Development Corpora-
tion Method and apparatus for monitoring electrocardiac signals.
3,707,959,0. I 28-2.06a
Winchcombe, John J ; Windsor, John P G ; and Biggs, Ian, to Dunlop
Holdings Limited Treatment of pla.stics materials. 3,708,362, CI
156-82 000.
Windsor, John P. G: See—
Winchcombe, John J ; Windsor, John PC, and Biggs, Ian,
3,708,362.
Windya, Richard A .See-
Davis, William M , Jr , and Windya, Richard A , 3,708.695.
Winn, Leo W :See-
Wilcock, Donald F, and Winn, Leo W, 3,708,215
Winstrom, Willis L . Engel, John T ; Sigler, Alan D , and Thomas,
George David to Vitamin Premixers of Omaha, Inc Subilized
vitamin A additive 3.708,583,0.424-312.000
Wirth, Friedrich See— . ^ , ,„<, ^a
Kratzer. Otto. Suter. Hubert, and Wirth. Friedrich. 3.708,504.
Wittman. David: See— _ ..
Van Dyk. John W.; Vining. Roy H.. and Wittman, David,
3.708.233.
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2, 1973
Wlo.;7ek Joseph T.. to Custom Machine, Inc Support for rotating and
advancing c?lindncal members. 3.708.079.C1. 214-338 000.
Woletz. Robert M See- „ ^ ». , -,r^^ o<:n
Smger. M Leonard; and Woletz, Robert M.. 3.707,860.
^°' B^ke" Erh'^rd; Pundt, D.eter H. W.. and Wolf, Jurgen,
3,707.951 „ . IT I
Wolfberg, Larry B . and Harper, John, to Service Bu«"J?f-\^«[^- '"^
Multi-hne glu.ng of superimposed '"ves_^3 707,773, Cl_ 34J .000^
Wolfe, Charles S. Fish mouth spreader and holder 3,707.8tX). ti 4J-
53 500
Wolff. Oswald Sef- . . u l. a
Dietrich. Johannes. Wolff. Oswald; Amrehn. Hermann; and
Beckmann.Gunter. 3.708.465.
Wolvn Joseph, to Thomas & Betts Corporation. Wire positioner for
terminal attaching machine 3.707.756. CI. 29-203.00d.
Wooden John A . to Brookside Corporation. Plastic fan hub.
3.708.243. CI 416-134.000 ^ ,, w. a
Woodling Gerald L., to Goodyear Tire & Rubber. The. Vanable speed
conveyor 3.707.923.C1 104-137.000. ., ^ „ , -.na n99
W(xxlruff. George N.. to TRW Inc Low voltage spark drill. 3.708.022.
CI 17516000.
Wcxxls. Richard E; See-
Whitney. John A. and Woods. Richard E . 3.708.720
Woodward. Arthur S . to Mattel. Inc. Curve accessory usable with
track system for toy wheeled vehicles. 3.708.1 16. CI. 238-lO.OOe.
Woodward Robert Burns. Azetidino-thiazolidinemethane carboxylic
acid and process for their manufacture. 3.708.476. CI. 260-243.00c.
Work George A . to TRW Inc Method and apparatus for calibrating a
solar array. 3.708.669. CI 250-205.000.
Wnght, George C; .See— ^ ^ r-
Kozel. Charles A ; Baraglia, Nathan A.; and Wright, George C .
3.708.610.
Wszolek. Walter R.: See—
Kehr. Clifton L . and Wszolek. Walter R.. 3.708,41 3.
Wurm, Joseph; See —
Avogadro, Alessandro; and Wurm, Joseph, 3.708.267.
Wuskell. Joseph P See—
Dunlop. Andrew P; and Wuskell. Joseph P., 3,708,502
Wustrau. Fred Ernest: See—
Grundon. Forrest Robert; Masterson. Frank Harnson; Wagler.
Robert John; and Wustrau. Fred Ernest. 3.707.944.
Wyman. Dennis G Electric power cord and method of making.
3.708.608. CI 174-70.00r.
Wyman. Lewis C See—
Mornson. Robert B.. and Wyman. Lewis C. 3,708,709.
Xerox Corporation. See—
Brach. Paul J. and Six, Hugh A , 3.708.292.
Brach. Paul J . and Lardon. Marcel A., 3,708,293.
Davies. Terence J., 3.708.286.
Goffe. William L.. 3.708.287.
Lm. Luke C. 3.708.288.
Polit. Neil A. 3.708.374. '
Reichart. Louis W. Jr. 3.707,947.
Starr Arthur T ; Sewell. Bnan C . and Lewis. Roy F.. 3,708,75 1
Watson. Donald W. 3.708.368.
Yamahara. Takeshi, Kishimoto. Hiroshi; Nakamura. Shinji; Deguchi.
Takashi and Takamatsu. Shichiro. to Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd
Method for producing dichlorobutene. 3,708.548. CI. 260-654.00h.
Yamamoto. Hiroshi. to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Face
steamer. 3.707.971. CI. 128-368.000. .
Yamamoto. Keisuke. to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Verti-
cal synchronizing system 3.708,621 .CI. 1 78-69. 5tv.
Yamamoto. Kozo. to Matsushita Electnc Industrial Co.. Ltd. Dual-use
optical projection apparatus. 3,707,779, CI. 35-9.00e.
Yamamoto. Takekazu See— ^, , . vi
Torti. Tatsumi; Kozakai, Asao; Yamamoto. Takekazu; and Nyu-
noya.Mizuo. 3.708.044.
Yannes. Harry: See—
Welsch.DavidPeter;andYannes. Harry. 3.707.973^
Yao. Cheng, to Factory Mutual Research Corporation. System for f^ire
protection using recirculation of combustion products. 3.708,0 15,
CI. 169-12000. ^ r-
Yao Ying Luh. to International Business Machines Corporation. Lir-
cu'it for eliminating spurious outputs due to, '"terelectrode
capacitance in dnver IGFET circuits. 3.708,688, CI. 307-205.000.
Yates. John S: See— ,, , u c j
Griffiths. William R . Johnston. Donald E.; Yates, John S.; and
Layer.GerardE. 3.708.138
Yatsenko. Vasilievich: See— . , , . i/
Kononenko. Vadim Grigonevich; Yatsenko. Va.silievich; Komnat-
ny Igor Pavlovich. Schenkochikhin. Serafim Vasilievich; Stel-
makh. Viktor Alexeevich. Mazichenko. Stanislav Anisimovich;
and Kudryavtsev. Valentin Semenovich, 3,707,896.
Yeakey.Jack A: See— . ^, , i u a ^a
Meraz Daniel. Jr . Simshauser. Anthony J ; Yeakey. Jack A . and
Carpenter. David W .3.707.916
Yindra. Leonard J.; and Klug. Joseph R.. to American Hospital Supply
Corporation. Power-operated pedestal table and safety clutch
therefor. 3.707,930, CI. 108-147 000
Ymos-Metallwerke Wolf & Becker GmbH & Co.: See-
Schwab. Dittmar. and Schwab. Heinz, 3,707,863
Yokotani Haiime; Miyamoto. Masuo. and Murata. Tadakazu. to
Takeda Chemical Industries. Ltd Pentanedione derivatives.
3,708.540, CI. 260-590 000
Yoshimura, Susumu; and Sano, Reiji. Ionic conductive solid elec-
trolyte 3,708.424. Ct. 252-62.200.
Yoshiniga. Eiichi; Takahashi. Yoshio; and Kado. Masaru. to Kumiai
Chemical Industry Co . Ltd Agricultural and horticultural granule
formulation and methixls for preparing the same and for using
thereof 3.708.573. CI 424-23 000 , 7m «71 Ci 71
Young. Robert Eric Temperature measurement. 3,707,873, CI. /J-
362.bOr. . , , ...
Zaffaroni Alejandro, to Alza Corporation Imidazolyl prostaglandin
compounds 3.708.492. CI 260 309 000
Zahnradfabrik Friednchshafen Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kuhnle. Willi; and Frei. Walter. 3.708.047.
Zattler. Kurt: See— ^ ^. j -, ..■ ,
Fngelsmann. Dieter. Kessler. Fritz; Mass. Dieter; and Zattler,
Kurt. 3.707.904 _
Zauderer Bert, to General Electric Company Thermionic cathodes
for MH'd generators 3.708.704. CI. 3 10- 1 1 .(KX)
Zebley Donald Dane; and Cashion. Joseph Wayne, to United
Merchants and Manufactures. Inc. Take-up device having a tension-
derived compacting means. 3. 707,996. CI 1.39-304 000
Zeidler. Adolf; Fisher. Adolf; and Weiss, Guenther. to Badische Anilin-
& Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Herbicidal methtxl 3.708,277,
CI. 71-91.00. *
Zeile Karl: See
Merz, Herbert; Freter, Kurt, and Zeile. Karl, 3,708,597.
Zemow, Louis; and Mottet. Arthur Louis, to Whittaker Corporation.
Precision initiation coupler. 3,707,917, CI 102-70.000.
Ziegler, Bodo: See —
Blaich, Emil; Maier, Oskar; and Ziegler, Bodo, 3,708,347
Ziegler Caaell G.; and Hoffman, Albert H , to Dittmar and Penn Cor-
poration Stethoscope. 3,708,034, CI 181-24.000.
Zilahy, Zollan E.: See—
Dato, Anthony L , and Zilahy, Zoltan E., 3,708,051 .
Zim-Stra Originals, Inc : .See—
Scarsella.Lydia, 3.707,729
Zimprich John W , to Modine Manufacturing Company. Heat
exchanger. 3.708,01 2, CI 165-152.000.
Zoerb Edward G , to Honeywell. Inc Cixiled temperature sensitive
psciilator. 3,707,979. CI. 137-81.500.
Zuech, Ernest A: See— - ,_„„--,
Kittleman. Edmund T.; and Zuech, Ernest A , 3,708.551 .
Zwart, Jack: See— . , c- ■ /- a
Duffty Bryan, Golob. Theodore B.; Jasinski. Stanley C; and
Zwart. Jack, 3,708,000.
I
LIST OF PLANT PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 2nd DAY OF JANUARY, 1973
NOTE.— Arranged in acconlance with the tirst sipniticant character or word of the name (In accordance with city and
telephone directory practice).
Conard-Pyle Co., The : Sec —
Swim. Herbert C, and Weeks. 3.282.
Irwin (Jreenhouses. Inc. : See —
Irwin. James T. .'?,285. ^ , ^
Irwin James T.. to Irwin Greenhouses. Inc. Kalancho plant.
.-^,285. 1-2-73. CI. 08. _ ^ . „ , ^
Swim, Herbert C, and O. L. Weeks, to The Conard-Pyle Co.
Rose plant. 3,282, 1-2-73, 01. 19.
hybrid (yellow
(canaria).
Van Staaverem, Maurits C. Alstroemeria
Tiger). 3,281, 1-2-73. CI. 68.
Van Staaveren. Maurits C. Alstroemeria plant
3,283, 1-2-73. CI. 08. , „„^^
Van Staaveren, Maurits C. Hybrid alstroemeria plant. 3,284
1-2-73 CI. 08.
Weeks, O. L. : .Sec —
Swim, Herbert C, and Weeks. 3,282.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
Allppe, Douglas J., and F. A. Deslsto, to J. C. Penney Co.,
Inc. Cosmetic display self-service counter. 225,708, 1-2-73,
CI. DO — 14<). ^, ^„ ,«
Anient. Herman. Seam ripper. 225.700, 1-2- < 3. CI. p3--19.
Ament. Herman .1. Seam ripper. 225,701, 1-2-73, CI. D3— 19.
Anierock Corp. : See —
Tegner. Raymond U. H. 225,722.
Anchor Hocking Corp. : See —
Hale, James W. 225.702.
IVttenglll Floyd B. 225.725.
Pettongill. Floyd E. 225,727.
.\uprgpsellschaft «;mbH : See —
Waldmann. Wilhelm. 225.732. _ , ^ „^
Auslandor, Xorman I... to Lander Co., Inc. Bottle. 22o,(20,
1-2-73, CI. 09-115. ^ ^ ,
Baldwin Phillip M . and W. E. Harlan. Trash receptacle.
225.771. 1 2-73. CI. n49— 30.
Blnzer Thomas .T.. C. H. Schmitt. and I*. H. Wooding, to (.en-
eral Electric Co Portable microwave oven or similar arti-
cle. 225.780, 1-2-73, CI. D81— 4.
Blxler. Loring C. D. F. Laley. E. R. Wiener. A. M. Davis, and
W. S. McCnrmick, .Jr.. to International Business Machines
Corp. Electronic data processing console unit. 225.741. 1-2-
73, CI. n20— 5.
Bliimcraft of Pittsburgh : See —
Horgan. William .T.. Jr. 225.734.
Boldt. Melvin H.. D. P. Chuboflf. and M. McCauley. to Zenith
Radio Corp. Rectangular loudspeaker unit. 225.748. 1-2-
73. CI. D20— 14. , ,., „„_
Bowman Hvman D. Vehicle floorboard cover or the like. 225,-
735 1-2-73. CI. D14 -5.
Bradrlck, Darlene V., and J. P. Lehne. Bottle. 225,719, 1-2-
73 CI D9 35
Broz.' Jerrv J. Track cleaning car. 225.760. 1-2-73. CI.
D.34— 15.
Brozen. Kenneth B. Wall mounted book and magazine shelf
combination. 225.707. 1-2-73. CI. DO— 136.
Burt. Harold R. : See —
Catto. Kenneth A., and Burt. 225.749.
Carolina Enterprises. Inc. : See —
Mcintosh. Lawrle G. 225.710.
Catto. Kenneth .\.. and H. R. Burt. Telephone answering de-
vice housing. 225.749. 1-2-73. CI. D20— 14.
Chuboff. David P. : See--
Boldt. Melvin IT.. Chuboff. and McCauley. 225,748.
Clairol Inc. : See —
Louise. John C. 225.731.
Louise. .John C. 225.733.
Controlled Power Corp. : See —
Urquhart. Thomas N.. Koltuniak. and Plantholt. 225,751.
Coon James A., and E. Theobald: said Theobald assignor to
said Coon. Flat hollow file. 225.720, 1-2-73. CI. D8— 90.
Cramer. Bernhard. and L. L. LejKiix. to International Stand-
ard Electric Corp. Data printer. 225.744. 1-2-73, CI.
D20— 5.
Damon Corp. : See —
Miinn. David E,. Mello, and Maddestra. 225,701.
Dana. C. H.. Co.. Inc. : See —
NMchols. Harlev E.. Jr. 225.713.
De Baschmakoff. Francois, to Lip Societe Anonyme d'Hor-
logerie Combinerl bracelet and rider for a watch case. 225.-
703. 1-2-73. CI. D42 — 1.
Desisto. Frank A. : See —
-Mippe. Douglas J., and Deslsto. 225,708.
Development Industries. Inc. : See —
Winters. Paul T. 225.737.
Diamond International Corp. : See —
McCord. Robert C. 225.715.
Dracon Industries : See —
Mason. John R. 225.710.
Drieschman. Don F. : See —
Duecker. Willard J. 225.704.
Duecker. Willard J., assignor of a fractional iiart interest to
Don F. Drieschman. Meat carving board. 225.764. 1-2-73.
CI. D44— 1.
Duern Cordon L.. and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd. CoflFee
table. 225.711. 1-2-73. C\. DO— 140.
Edinger. Ladisl.iv L. IlInmin.Ttinc tongue depressor with re-
placeable blade. 225,784. 1-2-73. CI. D83— 12.
Ehrlichmann, Merlin W., to West Creek Co.. Inc. Compact
barhpcue grill. 225.781. 1-2-73. CI. D81— 10.
Electrohome Ltd. : See —
Duern. Gordon L.. and Griffin. 225,711.
I^squlre. Inc. : See —
Hernandez. Jose A., and McReynolds. Jr. 22o.<68.
Federico Joseph B. to Ford Industries. Inc. Housing for tele-
phone answering device. 225.740. 1-2-73. CI. D20— 14.
Ford Industries. Inc. : See —
Federico. Joseph B. 225,740.
Frefwell. Richard D. : See —
Marsalka. Joseph P.. and Fretwell. 225.750.
Fritsche Richard K,. and B. J. Niemann, to The Miami Mar-
garine Co. Cup. 225.792. 1-2-73. O. D44— 9.
Gamon-Calmet Industries. Inc. : See —
Seltzer. Daniel A. 225.743.
Geddlngs Arthur J. Adjustable lounge. 225.704. 1-2-73. CI.
DO— 37.
Geddis David B.. to Johnson & Johnson. Medication tray.
225.785. 1-2-73. Cl. D83— 1.
Geiger, Gerald L. Apron. 225.095. 1-2-73. Cl. D2— 227.
Geiger. Gerald L. Apron. 225.090. 1-2-73. Cl. D2— 227.
(ieneral Electric Co. : See —
Binzer. Thomas J.. Schmitt, and Wooding. 225,780.
(;illptte Co.. The: See —
Peterson. Ronald A. 225.730.
(Joforth Brothers. Inc. : See —
Goforth. Samuel P.. and J. A. 225.754.
Goforth. Joseph .\. : See —
Goforth. Samuel P.. and J. A. 225.754.
Goforth. Samuel P.. and J. A., to Goforth Brothers. Inc. Pas-
senger cab for amusement ride. 225,754. 1-2-73. Cl. D34 — 5.
Goodman. Robert M. : See —
Mango. Joseph R.. and Goodman. 225.730.
Gorman. John F. Liquid spray dispenser. 225,718, 1-2-73. Cl.
D9— 8.
Griffin. Donald S. : See —
Duern. Gordon L.. and Griffin. 225.711.
Grunert. Richard D. : See —
Stephens. James H.. and Grunert. 225.750.
Gustin. .\rnnld J. : See —
Kelso. Francis, and G<istln. 225.770.
Haaheim. Lars H.. and T. Schlefloe. Combined niish button
telephone and Intercommunication unit. 225.745. 1-2-73.
n. D2fi— 14.
Haaheim. Lars H.. and T. Schlefloe. Combination system of a
dial telephone and an intercommunication system. 225.747.
Hale John F.. nnd F. J. Miller. Twirling baton. 225.755. 1-2-
1-2-73. Cl. D20— 14.
Hale James W. to .\nchor Hocking Corp. Tumbler or similar
article. 225.702 1-2-73. Cl. D36— 8.
73. Cl. D34— 5.
Hall. Richard B.. to Sunbeam Corp. I'pper housing for an
electric hand mixer. 225.70.5-0. 1-2-73. Cl. D44— 1.
Hallowell. CliflFord A. Wire reel. 225.723. 1-2-73. Cl. D8— 222.
Hannon. Charles X.. to Warren W. Hannon. Conveyor. 225.-
774. 1-2-73. Cl. D55— 1.
Hannon. Warren W. : See—
Hannon. Charles X. 225.774.
Harlan. William E. : See—
Baldwin. Philip M.. and Harlan. 225.771.
Harris William F.. Jr. Base for outdoor lighting fixture. 225.-
709. 1-2-73. Cl. D48— 31.
Hasbro Industries. Inc. : See —
Levlne. Donald M. 225.757.
Hernandez Jose A . and G. H. McReynolds. Jr.. to Esquire.
Inc. Light fixture. 225.708. 1-2-73. Cl. D48— 20.
Ilolman Clarence C. Rocking horse plaything. 225.759. 1-2-
73. Cl. D.34— 15.
Horiran William J. Jr.. to Blumcraft of Pittsburgh. Door.
225.734. 1-2-73. Cl. D13— 1.
Integrated Air Systems. Inc. : •'?f <■—_„„
Kelso. Francis, and Gustin. 22.i.<70.
International Business Machines Corp.: See — ^ ,, „ , ,
Bixler Loring C, Laley. Wiener. Davis, and McCormlck.
Jr. 225.741.
Sims. John D. 225.742.
PI 35
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
PI 36
International Standar.l K'f t""*^ ^orp • S^
Cramer, Bernhard, and Lepoix. J Jo, ^4*.
Iwatsu Electric Co.. Ltd. : See—
Kakil Shunicluro. 22o,7(7.
Johnson & Johnson : ^f^— .
copviHK machine. 22o,777, l-J-<-i. ^i- ^^"^
Keeled Brass Co. : Sf/— ^0=: 717
Watt, William D., Jr. 2-o,7i<.
Watt. William D Jr. '■-^''-^- i„teKrated Air Systems
Kelso. Francis, .and A J- ♦''U^„^'"iJ°73 ci- p^^—ll-
Inc Hell jar cleaner. iJ.>.( I", 1 - •-!.'-'■
Ketcham ami M. Doupall. Inc_: SVe-
Macowski. Willlani. —0.-14. sandoz-Wander. Inc.
Koltiinlak. Michael A. : Q/^:^ ....-i.^ and riantholt. 225.751.
Kret^rSi r:°,ro.in.'^in'S^-!V„o^ Po,,,,. ==...7=8. ,-=-
73. CI. D9— 130.
''^''•bS' Loring C ."Laley. Wiener. Davis, and McCormick.
Jr. 225.741.
^^"'^t^iii^nder No;m;^ L. 225.720.
'"'"Sradr" ck. Darlfntv.. and Lehne. 225.719.
Le^rNSe 'L:.'7o--S?o^';u Mf'g. Co. Kitchen blender base.
ji^^^:"^ f^S^Industrles. Inc. Toy bank. 225.-
^^l^I^'^^g S-^ i ^n^^ Stuffed ninow or similar
Le?[^^'LiS'l'aiJ^V-.VZ^^el' Pillow or similar article
" Juls^^jSlne^r-cSn^^^a-pe^'fowel holder and radio.
225.775. 1-2-73 CI Dot--4^ Dispenser cover for a pres-
Louise. John C.. to ^'?»I0' ,' o_7'? CI D9— 258.
^,^;S.^^li\la^: t^^Ke^ ^nd McOou.all. Inc. Letter
M^aKrJo^eplf-^^a^IVD.'F-well. Acoustic coupler.
MSu^^^^t^n •^^Sn^^^'b--"22^-^«^- 1-2-73. C.
Mc^c';7d^^^obert C.. to Diamond International Corp.^Vacuum
Mc^^Sn'ilT^^Lir'i.^ae -or^Ve We. '225.712, 1-2-73.. CI.
Mc^n^^S^Lawrie C. to Carolina Enterprises. Inc. Table. 225.-
' ^,J^■a'ir'i;mue?•L''.Vo'The Son.rand Corp. Hydrotherapy
unit 225.783. 1-2-73. CI. DS3-1.
'''■^S\'ndez:"jo"eirand McReynolds. Jr. 225.768.
^'^"^S"^^v\!l e'^Io. ?n<\,Ma^^^i;ioS'--5-752. 1-2-
Mencimer. Mvrone. Display stand for wig blocks. _-o..o^,
7:.;. CI. DO— 28.
Miami Marcarine Co.. The : •'"ff— „ oo'-. 709
Frltsche Richard K.. and Niemann. 22o.79J.
Miller AnthonvS.. Jr. Rack for displaying merchandise. 22o,-
' 703! 1-2-73. CI. DO— 28.
Miller Frederick J. : ^f^ — „„_ __.
Hale John F.. and Miller 22o.7oo^ ^
Moranduzzo. Darlo. Christmas ornament. 22o.7o3. 1 - f.i. ^i
M.m"n%avid E.. T. M. Mell.o K. ^j^ff^^^i;-'- »« ^»°>«" ^"'•^■
Vehicle tov 225.701. 1-2-73. CI. D34—l.<. 00-701
Nast Robert. Transparent photograph album page. 22o.791.
1_o_Y '^ CI 097 1
Nlch^rs.'Harley E.. Jr.. to C H. Dana Co Inc. Tool_ for ap-
plying animal Identification tag. 22o,.l.i. 1 - <«^-
D8— 14.
NMemann. Bernard J. : ^ee—
Frltsche. Richard K.. and Niemann. 22o.792.
Owens-Corning FiberRlas Corp. : .S'ce —
Sevmour. Merritt W. 225,(39.
Owens-Illinois. Inc. : Sce^—
Kretz. Edward J. 22i).728.
Strand. Gordon A. 225.724.
Pace Don to Pacific Handy Cutter. Inc. Check stand divider
225 709' 1-2-73. CI. D6— 191.
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
1-2-73. ci.
Pacific Handy Cutter. Inc.
Pace, Don. 225.709.
Sce-
P^sley, Curtlss M. Opaque projector. 225,778. 1-2-73, Cl.
PeErEngelbert J., to Peham Plastics. Inc. Hat. 225,097.
1-2-73. Cl. D2— 258.
Peham Plastics. Inc. : S^*^— . ,._.
Peham. Engelbert J. 22o^.9(.
,.,l?;e;."l-;:rS'l': 'sfr;,?,-,,? S-e.."='=...Tr.». .-=-7... C.
D34-~15.
Rite Autotronics Corp^: /^-''f^.
Schwartz. Eowln L. 22o.(.«!^. 7as_oo
Rohrbach. Bernd. Electric razor. 22.).788 .U).
D95— 3.
Safft. Stuart J. : ■'^<'f— ^^
Kintr William R.. and SafTt. 22.».7t<-.
''"""iirn"' wmi.,!rK;. ^ml salt,, ==5.78=.
Sci;SrfrI''^v'.1o ■.',■„'„',„',;:''■„,."?>«,..... ==r,.7=.. .-=-7..
n. D9— 147.
ScoviU Mfg. Co. : .S'ce— _
Levin. Monte L. 225. < SO.
Levin. Monte L. 225.78 (.
Sears. Roebuck an<l Co. : Sf-r -
Combination bathtub and shower stall. 22...73.t. i _ t.^. v^i.
D23 — 49.
Shulton. Inc. : '^<^f--^ „„. .^n
Siegn'' wS/^ HuTi^^nVJed magnifier unit. 225.770. 1-2-
Sli"; Toh'.J'DTto International Business Machines Corp. Data
kevboard console. 225.742. 1-2-73. ( 1. D20 D.
Sonprand Corp.. The : '^^f,^, _^„
...y^^^'^^^-n"^- '^runert. Golf tool. 225.750.
Stimnglr' S!aPrv%..^Comblned trnsh container and support
s,H"ir.s".c.. •rrAi.^.'.-iifcf w. no,,,. ==..7=.
1-2-73. Cl. D9— 39.
Sunbeam Corii. : See—-
Hall. Richard B. 22;),iO;).
Hall. Richard R. 225.700
Tami>a Stereo Center. Inc. : Sec —
\Mviano. Thomas R.. Troy. ^^'YVITftU^v handle -25-
Teener Ravmond V. H.. to Amerock Corp. Entr.v handle, —n.
722 1-2-73. Cl. D8— 102.
Theobald. Elwin : Sff— „. .., ^^. -on
foon James A. and Theobald. 220.1 -.v». oot; 7dn 1-2-
Thompson. .vVan. Electrical connector housing. 225.740. 1 2
Torre^'"FVIn^R.• Chair. 225.705. 1-2-73. Cl. DO-SO.
^'•''^S^c!: Tl^a. K-JriV.J^'Vl^^'- (225779^
Uhrmann. Carl J. I'l-'^**: 22^<r- • l-2-'3 C • D44 l^-^^^^j^
^•■^'^^^tS^-^^er^oVp^ ^CSi;?. to direct current
y^^r^^'t'r^Tr^r^-^^ J-',--, to Tampa
Stereo Center. Inc. Display rack. 225.779. 1-- 7.S. t i.
W.^dmTnn, Wilhelni.^to^Auer.esellschaf t CmhTL Incandescent
Wair%ll£"^D. y^''^- I^-ee^lVr^Briss^'c-o.^Kirniture pull.
Wa"'wmiam'~"frV\'o Keeler Brass Co. Drawer pull. 225.-
701 1-2-73 Cl. D8 — 159. , , „„_ ,»„ , ^ 7-1
Welker James C. Combined table and lamp. 22d.702. 1-2-73.
Cl. DO— 4.
West Creek Co.. Inc : Scf—
Fhrlichmann. Merlin >N . <i-o. (SI. ___.,_„ , »
Westling lTs?erL. Dietary calorie totalizer. 22o,(73. 1-2-
•73. Cl. D52— 0.
''''^""BUler "Lorln^'g ^ T^iney. Wiener. Davis, and McCormick.
Wlnterl'pl'ul'T^. to Development indin^trles. Inc. Portable
commode. 225.737. 1-2-73. Cl. D23— 48.
^••"^Mf MeSvIIJ-H.^^ClTubofT. and McCauley. 225.748.
^'PP^l!ere"^ln;^a E.'^aml Zippel 225.098.
Levlne, Linda E.. and Zippel. 225.699.
ISSUED JANUARY 2, 1973
fsloTE. — First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
I —
1
CLASS 2
3 1R 3.707.7X3
3,707,848
CLASS 89
CLASS 108
"l21 3.708.34 2
KS
1,707,724
35C 3.707.7X5
45R 3,707,846
14C 3.707,899
51 3.707.929
133 3.708.34 3
IMA
1.707.750
CLASS 3
42 5 3.707.7X6
CLASS 36
CLASS 62
4(1 3,707,X49
26 3.707,900
CLASS 91
147 3.707.930
CLASS no
137 3,708.344
f51 3.708.339
160 3.708.345
161 3.708.346
21
1.707,731
2 5R 3.707,7X7
45 3.707.850
306 3.707.X8 1
8C" 3.707.931
CLASS 4
115 3.707.784
125 3.707.851
39 1 3.707,880
CLASS 113
162 3.708,347
1 S7P
3.707.71.1
CLASS 37
CLASS 64
CLASS 92^
IR 3.707.933
170 3.708.348
164
.1.707.712
142 A 3.707.788
32h 3.707.852
48 3,707,X79
119 3.707,932
175 3.708.349
CLASS 5
CLASS 40
CLASS 65
164 3.707.878
CLASS 114
CLASS 137
x:
1.707,714
34 3.707.7VO
12 3,708.27 1
CLASS 94
IR 3.707.934
2 3.707.978
1 34X
1.707.715
124 1 3.707.791
59 3.70X.272
9 3.707.901
39 3.707,935
81 5 3.707.979
1
t
21C
CLASS 8
.1.70X,257
125M 3.707.78'*
2 14 3.707,792
120 3.708.273
307 3.708.274
CLASS 95
4 5 3.707,902
74R 3,707.937
665P 3.707.936
84 3,707.980
115 3.707.981
21
1.70X.25K
CLASS 42
CLASS 66
1 1 5R 3,707.90 3
CLASS lis
119 3.707.982
41K
.1.70X,;sij
Ki 3.707.793
84 3.707.X53
3IR 3.707.904
IR 3,707.938
173 3.707.983
1 1 1
1 1 1 6 >
.1.70X,26(f
1.7()X,261
IJ 3.707,794
16 .3.707.795
125R 3,707.854
CLASS 68
, CLASS 96
1 3.708.2X6
35 3.707.939
CLASS 116
312 3.707.984
495 3.707.985
525 1 3.707,986
543 3.70T.987
596 12 3.707.988
1 l^>'
1,70X,262
CLASS 9
70C 3,707,796
74 3.707,797
6 3.707.855
12R 3.707,856
13 3.70X.2X7
14 3.708.288
67 3,707.940
124 4 3.707.941
K .1R 3.707,716 1
CLASS 43
3,707,857
15 3.708.290
CLASS 117
608 3.707.989
CLASS 13
3 3.707.798
143 3,707,X5X
3,708,291
3 3 3.708.320
615 3.707.990
1
1,70X,5V»J
8 3.707.799
202 3,707,X59
3,7()X,292
17 3.708.321
625 1 1 3,707.991
IK
1.70X.601
17 3.707,80 1
CLASS 70
3,708,293
31 3.708,322
625 65 3.707.992
27
1,70X,60O
53 5 3,707.800
5X 3,7O7.X60
16 3.708.294
33 5CM 3.708.336
636 3.707.993
CLASS If
1,707.717
1.707.7.1X
1.707. 7 14
1.707.740
CLASS 46
74 3.707. 861
33 3.708.296
36 7 3.708.323
637 4 3.707.994
1 7
176
:>6
IK 1,707,802
126 3.707.803
202 3,707.804
3.707.X05
150 3,707.862
364R 3.707,863
CLASS 71
1 3.708.275
36 2 3.70X.295
48 3.708,297
64 3,708.298
66 3 3.708.299
67 3.708.289
47R 3.708.324
3.708,329
61 3.708.325
62 3.708.326
761 3.708,327
CLASS 139
1 3.707.995
304 3.707.996
CLASS 141
250 4
: 1.707.741
CLASS 47
27 3.708.276
73 3.708.300
93 31 3.708.328
9 3 3.707.998
'•4A
CLASS 21
.1,70X.26l
14 1 1 3.707.X06
57 6 3.707.807
91 3.708,277
100 3.708.278
91R 3.708.301
107 3.708.302
94 3.708.330
95 3.708.331
CLASS 144
3D 3.708.000
CLASS 23
CLASS 48
CLASS 72
3.708.303
122H 3,708.332
208B 3.708,001
2M)R
2?i4
28'
.1.70X.264
1.70X.265
1.708.266
202 3.708.270
215 3,708.269
CLASS 51
60 3.707.864
340 3.707.X6.5
379 3.708,060
407 3.707,'866
4 10 3.707.867
114.1 3.708,304
115P 3.708.305
CLASS 99
I40A 3.708.333
141 3,708.334
226 3.708.335
CLASS 148
6 2 3.708.350
6 35 3.708,351
CLASS 24
178 3,707,808
2R 1.708,106
CLASS 118
115A 3.708.352
K6B
3.707,742
215H 3,707,809
50 3,708,002
7 3.707.94 3
12 3 3,708.353
252R
26'iH
1,70 7,74 1
346 3,707,8 10
CLASS 73
57 3,708,307
50 3.707.944
32 3.708.355
1.7(I7!744
CLASS 52
4 3.707.X6X
81 3.708,308
234 3.707.945
128 3,708.354
1 1
72 2
CLASS 28
1.707,745
K 1.707.746
CLASS 29
2 3 3.707,8 11
27 3,707.X12
79 3,707,XI3
1X5 3,707,8 14
211 3.707,8 15
2X 3.707.X69
38 3.707.870
57 3.707,871
23 IR 3.707.872
362R 3.707,873
398R 1.707,874
94 3.70X,309
9X 3,70X,310
loop 3,70X.311
116 3,707.770
194 3,70X,312
410 3.707.946
637 3,707.947
CLASS 119
4 3.707.948
18 3.707,949
CLASS 149
2 3,708.356
3,708.357
7 3. 708. 358
19 3.708.359
9S
1.707,747
3.707,X16
233 11 3,708,003
CLASS 123
32LA 1,707,950
3,707.951
7 IAD 3 707 955
•J.S 1
II. IK
1.12
1,707.74X
1.707.749
1.707.751
220 3.707.x 18
22 1 3.707.8 17
319 3.707,819
421A 1,707,875
CLASS 74
3 52 3,707,876
289 3.707,905
372 3,707.906
408 3.707,907
CLASS 150
1 5B 3. 708.004
30 3.70X.O()5
1.707.752
436 3.707.820
10 52 3,707.877
460 3,707.769
97H 1 707 9^2
CLASS 152
I4K4C- .;,7()7.7s;
ISf, KB 1,707,7511
IS6XH 1,707,754
1X2 5 .1,70K,26X
2o(IH 1,707,755
748 3.707,X21
CLASS 53
1I2R 1,707,823
IXX 3,707,824
2X2 3,707,X25
2 30 16 3.707.XX3
242 3 3.707.XX2
372 3.707.884
524 3.707,885
547 3.707,886
CLASS 100
47 3.707,909
207 3,707,908
CLASS 101
117A 3.707,954
117R 3,707,953
CLASS 125
1 1 IP 3.707.956
153 3.70X.006
361 3.708.007
CLASS 156
3 3,708.360
72 3,708.361
2011)
1.707.756
33 1 1 3,707,X2 2
1X4 1 707 X "'6
552 3.707,887
930 3,707,9 10
CLASS 127
82 3.708,362
21.1
1.707,757
796 3.707,888
269 3,707,9 11
46R 3,708,337
148 3,708,363
2.15
1,707,75X
CLASS 54
46 1,707,X27
845 3.707.889
CLASS 102
CLASS 128
181 3.708.365
401
1,707,7 5**
86X 3,707.890
7 4 3.707,9 1 2
IR 3.707.957
209 3.708.366
41.1
1,707,760
X69 3.707. 891
18 3.707,913
3,707,958
267 3.708.367
446
1.707,761
CLASS 55
X73 3.707,X92
20 3,707,9 14
2 06A 3,707,959
3(K) 3.708.368
494
1,707.762
11X 3,707,X2X
CLASS 75
42C' 3.707,9 15
2 (t6F 3.707.960
322 3.708.369
4VX
.1.707,7h1
219 1,707,829
10\ 3.708,279
49 7 3,707.916
3 3 3.707,961
331 3.708.370
527 6
1,707,764
4 10 3,7o7,X30
fi4_ 3.708,2X0
70 3.707,9 17
63 3.707.962
351 -3.708.372
.S7K
.1,707,765
4X1 3.707.x 31
3.70X.28 1
90 3.707,9 18
77 3.707.963
363 ■ 3.708,371
$RK
1,707,766
4X6 3.707.832
200 3.708.2X2
CLASS 104
IR 3,707,926
1321) 3.707,964
380 3.708.37 3
5«».1
.1,707,767
CLASS 56
3.70X.2X3
191R 3,707,965
521 3.708.374
CLASS 30
104 3.707.x 11
20XCS 3.708.284
99 3.707,921
212 3,707.966
552 3.708.375
166
1,707,7^X
20X 3.707.X34
22 1 3.708,2X5
1 14 3.707,922
213 3.707.967
580 3,708.376
CLASS 32
400 01 3.707.X35
CLA.SS 81
137 3,707,923
2 18PA 3,707.968
5X2 3.708.377
1 W
.1,707,77!
CLASS 57
58 1 3,707,893
1481.M 3.707,924
287 3.707,969
CLASS 157
1 1 N 3. 707, X 16
125 3,707,894
167 3.707,92^
305 3,707,970
13 3.70X.(IOX
.17 1
CLASS ii
.1.707.772
1S7P 3.707.837
CLASS 83
CLASS 105
349R 3,707.972
368 3.707,97 1
CLASS 160
CLASS 34
3 707.7 7 1
157R 3.707.81X
16 1 3.707.X39
1 (13 3,708,602
438 3.707.999
199CB 3.707.927
210 3.707,920
4 19P 3,707.974
533 1,707,973
X4\ 3,7(18,009
CLASS 161
10
14
45
3!707!775
3.707.774
3,707.776
CLASS 58
5K 3.707,840
X2R 3,707,X41
483 3.707.997
623 3.707.895
639 .^707.896
3.707.92X
377 3.7(17.9 19
CLASS 106
CLASS 131
9 3,707,97S
36 3,707.976
6 3,70X,37X
36 3,708,379
43 3.708,380
4X
3,707.777
144 3,707,X42
CLASS 84
1 3.70X.3 13
44 3.708.38 1
CLASS 60
1 (13 3.70X.604
3X 27 3.70X.314
CLASS 135
48 3.708.382
VB
VI-
1 1
CLASS 35
3.707,77X
3.707,77V
3,707.7X0
3,707,7X 1
36 3,707,X4 3
52B 3. 707. 844
1 1 3,70X.605
1 1 1 3.708.603
39R 3.70X,3I5
53 3,70X,316
lA 3.707.977
CLASS 136
57 3.708.3X3
65 3.708.384
54 6R 3.707,X4 5
CLASS 61
479 3.707.897
CLASS 85
56 3.708,317
193M 3.708.3 18
27 3.708.33X
1 1 1 3.708.340
69 3.708.38 5
165 3.7(18.3X6
16X 3.708.387
1'
3!707[7X2
1 1 3.707,847
3R 3.707,X9X
25 3 3.708.119
1201-C 3.708.34 1
PI 37
PI 38
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
247
306
374
273R
22
152
276
307
CLASS
575
6
239
313
470
7
49
15C
48
60
70R
72B
84C
142
16
19
52
4
16
40
1
60
210
3,708,388
CLASS 162
3,708,389
3.708.390
CLASS 164
3.708.010
CLASS 165
3,708.01 I
3.708.012
CLASS 166
3,708,013
3,708,014
CLASS 169
3.708.015
171
3.708.727
CLASS 172
3,708,016
3,708,017
3,708,018
3,708,019
CLASS 173
3,708,020
3.708.021
CLASS 174
3.708.606
3.708.607
3.708.628
3.708.608
3.708,609
3.708,610
3,708,61 1
3.708,612
CLASS 175
3,708,02 2
3,708,023
3,708,024
CLASS 176
3,708,391
3,708,392
3,708,393
CLASS 177
3,708,025
3,708,026
3,708.027
CLASS
28N
29
31R
37
47
127
195
3,708,394
3,708,395
3,708,396
3,708,397
3,708.398
3,708.399
3.708.400
CLASS 197
IR 3.708.050
CLASS 198
19 3.708.051
24 3,708,05 2
30 3,708,053
33AC 3.708.054
34 ,3.708.055
36 3.708,056
38 3,708,057
184 3,708,058
189 3,708.059
CLASS 222
70 3.708,088
39(1 3,708,089
402 22 3,708,090
S4I 3,708,091
567 3,708,092
CLASS 224
42 45 A 3.708.09 3
CLASS 225
103 3.708.094
CLASS 227*
126 3.708,095
130 3.708,096
116 3.708.097
CLASS 200
5R
6A
67B
144B
148R
167A
168C
168E
I70A
173
CLASS
3.708.63 5
3,708,636
3,708,637
3,708,638
3,708.639
3,708,640
3.708.642
3.708.64 1
3.708.643
202
3.708.401
CLASS
15
29
47
CLASS
14C
3 IKS
35
44CB
5 1 rc
5 1 IS
62
69
75
26
32
CLASS 178
5 4HE
5 4ST
S.4R
7 2
7 3R
7.82
7 9
7.92
69 5TV
3,708,613
3,708,614
3,708,615
3.708.616
3.708.617
3.708.620
3.708.622
3.708.618
3.708.619
3.708.62 1
CLASS 179
i5Br
15BY .
ISA
18F
I8J
37
81A
100 ITD
100 IC
100 2R
175
3,708
3.708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3.708
,623
.625
.624
,627
,626
.629
.630
.631
,632
633
,634
CLASS
15
16
37R
38S
56
96
159 14
164
193
195M
195P
247
257
284
286
298
299
328
CLASS
45 34
56UF
CLASS
156
244R
204
3.708
3.708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
3,708
.708
.708
.708
,708
.708
.403
,404
,405
,406
,407
,408
.413
,409
,410
.4 1 I
.412
,414
,415
,416
417
,418
.402
.419
58P
61B
6IM
61 llA
1 IF
I2R
61
61
103
151
156
197
47
228
3,708
3.708
3.708,
229
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708.
3,708,
3,708.
3.708,
233
3,708,
3,708
CLASS 235
3.708
3.708
3.708.
3.708,
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708.
236
3.708
,098
.099
.100
.101
.102
,103
,108
109
104
106
107
.105
218
219DR
219D
2190
223B
22 3R
23 IR
CLASS
9
31
CLASS
49 0
62 2
62 61
62 9
89
90
99
109
156
CLASS
188
188
301
301
364
435
527
544
555
3
IR
IS
CLASS
CLASS
lOE
14
3,708
206
3,708,061
3.708.062
208
3.708.420
3.708,421
CLASS
CLASS 209
3 3,708.063
7 3 3.708.064
3,708,065
■ 80 5 3,708,066
211 3,708,067
CLASS 210
3.708.068
3.708.069
3,108,070
3.708,07 1
3,708,072
CLASS 180
(,5R 3,708.028
79 3.708,029
79 2R 3.708.030
110 3.708.031
114 3.708.032
CLASS 181
5MW
1
24
32R
33H
3.708.033
3.707.942
3.708.034
3.708.035
3.708.036
140
181
242
321
332
47
15 1
1
1 1
66
102
260 55R
317
4|5
426
428 5
590 5
238
3.708
3.708.
239
3.708,
3.708,
3.708,
3.708
3.708
3.708
3,708
3.708
3.708
3.708
I 10
I 1 I
.1 12
.65 3
,1 13
.654
.655
.656
,1 14
,658
.657
.659
1 15
1 16
117
CLASS
133
190R
25
CLASS
CLASS
3,708,675
3,708,677
3,708,678
3,708,676
3,708,680
3,708.679
3.708.681
251
3,708.149
3,708.150
252
3.708.4 22
3.708,424
3,708.4 2 3
3.708.438
3.708.4 25
3.708.426
3.708.4 27
3.708.4 28
3.708.364
3.708.4 29
3,708,430
3.708,4 31
3.708.4 3 3
3.708.4 32
3.708.508
3.708.4 34
3.708.436
3,708,435
3,708,437
254
3,708.151
3.708.152
256
3,708.153
259
3.708.154
1 18
1 19
120
.121
.474
.122
.123
.124
,125
.126
CLASS 241
l-> 3,708.127
101 R 3,708,128
189 3,708.129
2 56 3.708,130
CLASS 242
CLASS 182
2 3.708.037
150 3.708,038
214 3.708.080
CLASS 188
62 3.708.039
72 2 3.708.040
72 9 3,708.041
73 2 3.708.04 2
73 3 3.708.04 3
326 3.708,044
CLASS 211
3,708,07 3
3.708.074
CLASS 213
2 2 3.708.07 5
67R 3,708,076
CLASS 214
16 4A 3,708.077
23 3.708.078
338 3.708.079
450 3,708,081
CLASS 215
IC 3,708,08 2
4 1 3.708.08 3
CLASS 217
26 5 3.708.084
3
7 23
I8A
18R
55 19A
68 3
219
3.708.131
3.708.132
3.708.133
3.708,134
3,708.135
3,708.136
3.708.137
CLASS 219
CLASS
41Z
2
I2C
83
84
CLASS
190
3.708,045
192
3.708.046
3.708,047
3.708,048
CLASS 194
3,708,049
7 5
10 41
56
60A
109
212
364
365
505
3,708,644
3.708.645
3.708,646
3.708.647
3,708.648
3,708,649
3,708.650
3,708,651
3.708.65 2
CLASS 220
18 3,708.08 5
20 3.708.086
CLASS 221
110 3.708.087
CLASS 244
3 13 3.708.139
16 3.708.138
50 3.708.140
CLASS 246
.19 3 3.708.660
CLASS 248
42 3.708.141
49 3.708.142
165 3.708.143
167 3.708.144
361 3.708.145
CLASS 249
1 3.708.146
99 3.708.147
111 3.708.148
CLASS 250
49 5ZC 3.708.661
55
59
615
7rr
83 3H
202
2(15
206
209
213V r
2t7K
3.708.662
3.708.663
3.708.664
3.708.665
3.708.667
3.708.668
?Sy)8.669
3.7^8.670
3.708.671
3.708.672
3.708.673
3.%)8,674
CLASS
2R
2 3
2 5AV
2 5K
2 5N
2 5P
4R
1 7 4CK"
17 451
23 7M
24
26
29 6NR
29 8
30 2
37N
37R
41C
65
78L
79
80 7 1
83 3H
92 I
93 I
93 7
174
185
207
211 5R
2 39BF
2 39 3 A
239 3R
240C
240K
243C
247 2B
247 7C
248CS
250A
254
281
293 63
294 8K
295 5R
306 8F
306 8R
309
309 7
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
326 8
333
336
340 5
260
3.708.439
3.708.440
3.708.443
3.708.442
3.708.444
3.708.441
3.708.445
3.708.446
3.708.447
3.708.466
3,708.470
3.708.448
3,708,449
3,708.450
3.708.452
3.708.4 51
3,708.45 3
3,708,456
3,708,454
3,708.455
3,708.4 57
3,708.458
3.708.459
3.708.460
.708.461
,708.462
.708.666
,708.463
,708,556
.708.464
,708.465
,708.596
.708.467
,708,468
3,708,469
3,708.47 1
3,708.47 2
3.708,473
3,708,475
3,708,597
3.708.476
3.708.477
3.708.478
3.708.479
3.708.480
3.708.481
3.708.482
3.708,483
3,708,484
3.708.485
3. '08,486
3,708,488
3,708,487
3.708,489
3.708.490
3.708.49 1
3.708,492
3,708,49 3
3.708,494
3.708,495
3,708,496
3,708,497
3.708.498
3,708,499
3,708,500
3,708.501
24
6R
41
3.708.502
3.708.503
3.708,504
3,708,505
3,708,507
3,708.506
3.708.509
3.708.510
3.708.51 1
3.708.512
3.708.51 3
3.708.514
3.708.515
3.708.516
3.708.517
3.708.518
3.708.519
3.708.52(1
3.708.521
3.708.522
3.708.524
3.708.523
3.708.525
3.708.526
3.708.527
3.708.528
3.708.530
3.708.529
3.708.531
3.708.532
3.708,533
3,708,534
3.708,535
3,708.5 36
3,708,5 38
3,708,537
3,708,539
3,708,540
3,708,541
3,708,542
3,708,543
3.708.544
3,708,545
3,708,546
3,708.547
3,708.548
3.708.549
3,708,550
3.708,551
3.708.552
7 3.708.553
3.708.5 54
3.708.55 5
3.708.557
3.708.558
CLASS 261
3.708.155
CLA.SS 263
3.708.157
3.708.156
150R
289
48 3
CLASS
3.708.180
3.708.182
3.708.183
281
.13 3.708.184
CLASS 285
42 3.708.185
\4\ 3.708.186
373 3,7(18,187
CLASS 287
20P 3,708,188
100 3,708,189
CLASS 289
13 3.708.190
CLASS
37
1
261
280
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
26
67H
CLASS
2 3MC
2 3R
CLASS
214
2 39
346
355
440
290
3.708.682
3.708.683
292
3.708.191
3.708.192
3.708.193
293
3.708.194
3.708.195
294
3,708,196
3,708,197
296
3.708.199
3,708,198
3,708,200
297
3,708,201
3.708.202
3.708,203
3,708,205
3,708.204
CLASS
CLASS
13
-) 2
30
45
86
88
171
3«1
CLASS 264
S 3.708,559
3.708.560
3.708,561
3.708.562
3.708,563
3.708,564
3,708,565
3,708,566
3,708,567
CLASS 266
34LM 3.708.159
34PT 3.708.158
CLASS 270
53 3,708,160
CLASS 271
9 3,708.161
47 3.708.162
62R 3.708.165
CLASS 272
57B 3.708.163
58 3.708,167
67 3.708.164
69 3,708,166
CLASS 273
IR 3.708,168
3.708,169
65A 3,708,170
13()R 3,708,17 1
164 3,708.172
176A 3.708.173
187R 3.708.174
196 3.708,175
CLASS 274
4F 3,708,176
CLASS 277
80 3,708.177
CLASS 279
81 3.708.178
CLASS 280
I50AB 3.708.179
3.708,181
24
28
52
59
CLASS
6C
7
21AK
21F
CLASS
35
104
149
202
205
221R
225B
228
229
237
252B
270
289
304
309
299
3.708.206
302
3.708.207
3.708.208
3.708,209
3,708,210
303
/.708,21 1
3,708.212
3,708,213
3.708.214
307
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3,708
3,708
3.708
708
,708
,708
,708
.708
.708
.708
,708
3,708
3.708
.684
.685
,686
,687
,688
.689
.690
.69 1
.692
,69 3
,694
,695
,696
,697
,698
.699
.700
CLASS 308
3S 3.708.215
73 3.708.216
CLASS 310
8 1 3,708,701
8 2 3,708,702
10 3,708,703
1 1 3,708,704
52 3,708,705
216 3,708,706
258 3,708.707
CLA.SS 312
209 3.708.709
CLASS 313
108A 3.708.708
213 3.708.7 10
325 3.708.711
CLASS 315
10 3.708.712
12 3.708.713
13C 3.708.714
3.708.715
30 3,708,716
I69rv 3,708,717
CLASS 317
1 IB
13C
13R
1KB
22
31
120
148 5B
3.708.718
3.708,720
3,708.719
3.708.721
3.708.724
3.708.723
3.708.725
3.708.726
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
PI 39
^^
'
230 3.708,728
3.708.729
234R 3.708.722
3.708.730
235R 3.708.731
3.708.732
262A 3.708.733
CLASS 318
212 3.708.734
S64 3,708,735
632 3,708,736
636 3,708,737
CLASS 320
9 3 708,738
38B ' 3.708.751
210 3,708,772
7.4
3,708,794
244
3.708.233
301
413
3,708.570
3,708,571
38 3.708.748
3,708.7 52
CLASS 328
162 3.708,753
CLASS 329
144 3,708,763
CLASS 330
254 3,708,773
CLASS 336
84 3,708,774
155 3,708,775
CLASS 337
66 3,708,776
CLASS 338
708
754
108
140
3 5
3,708,795
3,708.796
CLASS 346
3,708,797
3,708,798
CLASS 350
3,708.217
57
60
216
108
112
CLASS 401
3.708.235
3.708,236
3.70«:.234
CLASS 408
3.708,237
3,708,238
CLASS 415
574
12
23
44
94
115
121
141
3.708.569
CLASS 424
3.708,572
3,708,573
3,708,574
3,708,575
3.708,576
3,708,577
3,708,578
lA 3,708,754
28 3,708,755
29 3,708.756
CLASS 331
5 7 3.708.7 57
94 5 3.708.758
183 3,708,777
CLASS 339
75P 3,708,778
99R 3,708,779
177R 3,708,781
61
150
I60R
189
303
3.708.218
3.708,219
3.708,220
3^708,221
3,708,222
1
36
51
80
217
3,708,239
3,708,240
3,708,247
3,708.24 1
3.708,242
180
2(H)
203
208
251
3,708,579
3,708,580
3,708,581
3,708,582
3,708.584
3,708,585
->76 3,708.780
CLASS 416
269
3,708,592
CLASS 321
3.708.759
310
3,708.223
1 34
3,708,243
273
3,71)8,598
8R 3,708.740
107R 3.708.760
CLASS 340
CLASS 351
196
3,708,244
274
3,708,593
15 3.708.74 1
3.708.761
66 3,708,782
309
3 708.586
3.708.742
I08B 3,708,762
146()1D 3,708,783
62
3.708.224
CLASS 417
312
3.708.583
21 3.708.739
CLASS 323
CLASS 332
5 3,708,764
147 3,708,784
172 5 3,708,785
160
3,708,225
CLASS 352
13
48
50
3,708,245
3.708.248
3,708,246
317
3.708.587
3.708.588
3,708,589
22SC 3.708.743
60 3.708.744
CLASS 324
9R 3,708,765
CLASS 333
18 , 3,708.766
24 3.708,767
CLASS 335
3,708,786
17 3R 3,708,787
3,708,788
174BC 3,708,789
109
83
3,708,226
CLASS 356
3,708.227
203
221
356
3,708,249
3,708,250
3,708,251
324
327
3.708,594
3,708,590
3,708,59 1
3,708,595
56 3.708.74 5
77D 3.708.746
174 IG 3,708,790
248A 3,708.791
87
108
3,708.228
3.708.229
195
CLASS 418
3.708,252
1 55
CLASS 425
3,708,253
96 3.708.747
128 3,708.768
253R 3.708.792
125
3.708.230
CLASS 423
235
3.708,254
127 3.708.749
132 3.708,769
324A 3,708,793
152
3.708.231
5
3,708,267
287
3.708,255
178 3.708.750
CLASS 325
154 3.708.770
176 3.708,771
CLASS 343
172
3.708.232
6
3,708.568
376
3,708,256
Classification of Designs
D 2-
227
2 2 5,695
22 5 696
177
191
225,7 12
225,709
258
2 2 5,697
D 8- 14
225,713
D 3
9
2 2 5.698
61
225,714
225 699.
71
225.715
19
225.700
225.716
2 2 5.7(H
90
225.720
D 6 —
4
225,702
158
225,717
28
225,703
159
225,721
225.752
162
225,722
3 7
2 2 5.704
222
225,723
56
225.705
D 9- 8
225,718
125
225.706
35
225,719
136
225.707
39
225,724
146
22 5,708
100
225,725
225,710
115
225,726
225,71 1
118
225,727
D13-
D14-
D23-
136
147
153
177
258
1
5
D26 —
225.728
225.729
225.730
225.732
225.731
225.733
225.734
225,735
- 37
225,736
D29 —
48
225,737
D34-
49
225,739
149
1
225,738
225,740
5
225.741
225.742
225,743
14
15
1
5
225,744
225,745
225,746
225,747
225,748
225,749
225,750
225,751
225,753
225,754
225,755
225,756
225,757
225,758
225,759
225.760
D36-
D42-
D44-
D48-
D49-
D52-
D55-
D56-
9
15
20
31
1 1
30
34
6
1
4
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
,761
,762
,763
,764
,765
,766
,792
.767
.768
.769
,770
,771
,772
773
774
,775
D57-
D6I-
D SO-
DS 1-
D83-
D86-
D89-
D95-
D97 —
9
4
10
1
12
8
1
3
225,776
225,777
225,778
225,779
225,780
225,781
225,782
225.783
225.785
225.784
225.786
225.787
225,788
225,789
225,790
225,791
Classification of Plants
19
3,282
68
3,281
3,283
3,284
3,285
_L
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
(U.S. States. Territories and Armed Forces, the ( ommo
n\.^ealth ot Puerto Rico, and the C anal Zone)
2
3
4
5
6
7
Alabama
Alaska
American Samoa
Arizona
Arkansas
California
(anal Zone
Colorado ^
C onnect icut ^
Delaware '*'
District of Columbia I I
Florida I -
Cieorgia ' -^
Ciuam 1'*
H awaii ' -'^
Idaho 1^
Illinois..
Indiana.
Iowa...
Kansas.
17
18
ly
20
Kentucky -•
Louisiana ~~
Maine ' --^
Maryland 24
Massachusetts 25
Michigan 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi 28
M issouri 29
Montana 30
Nebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersey 34
New Mexico 3.*^
New York 36
North C arolina 37
North Dakota -■-,• 38
Ohio 3y
Oklahoma 40
( )regon 41
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Rico ^ 43
Rhode Island 44
South C arolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee ■^^
Texas 48
Utah 49
Vermont 50
Virginia 51
Virgin Islands 52
Washington 53
West Virginia 54
Wisconsin 55
Wyoming 56
U.S. AirForce 57
U.S. Army -• ^^
li.S. Navy : 59
(First number in listing demMes liKation according to aK>\e key
name, location, etc.)
Refer to patent number in hody of the OfncaU.a/ette to oht.iin details as to inNcntor
Patknts
-: i •
3 708 612
3.708.1X1
3.708.708
4
3.707.765
3.708.191
1,708.7 13
3.707.899
3.708.194
3.708.7 16
3.708.005
3.708.199
3.708,729
3 708.187
3.708.200
3.708,7 37
3.708.403
3.708.204
3.708.748
3.708.619
3 708.6X9
3.708,208
3,708.223
3.708.760
3.708.7X0
12
3 708.756
3,708.231
3.708.781
3 70X.761
3.708.25 1
3.708.7X3
s
3 707 784
3.70X.270
H 3.707. 73X
6
3 707.731
3.708.286
3.70X.016
3 707.735
3.708.306
3.70X.074
3.707.737
3. 708. 330
3.70X.136
3,707.742
3.708.345
3.708.163
3,707,762
3.708.359
3.708.325
3 707 778
3 708.370
3.708.648
3 707 788
3.708.381
3.708.7 55
13
3 707 802
3.708.39 1
3.708.786
3 707 804
3.708.401
9 3.707.757
3 707.805
3.708,407
3.707.760
16
3 707 807
3.708.419
3.707.848
3 707,823
3.708.428
3.707.8X9
17
3 707, X45
3.708.430
3,707.X90
3 707 850
3 708.431
3.707. X9 1
3 707, X78
3.708.437
3.707.976
3 707 9 1 3
1 70X44 3
3.707.99 1
3 707.915
3.708.446
3.707.992
3.707^916
3.707,917
3.708.459
3.708.492
3.708.090
3.708.095
3 707 926
3.708.517
3.708.1 14
3.707,936
3.707.940
3.708.539
3.708.546
3.708.220
3.708.2 37
3.707.953
3.708.547
3. 708. 3 54
3.707.963
3.708.563
3.7(IX.398
3 707 967
. 3.708.566
3,708.399
3 707.969
3.708.570
3.708.439
3 707 998
3.708.571
3.708.440
3,708,021
3 708.05 3
3.708,572
3.708.590
3.708.458
3,708,472
3 708.087
3.708.623
3,708,498
3 708 1 1 1
3.708.624
3.708.584
3 708 1 16
3.708.642
3.708,609
3 708 122
3 708.656
3,708.631
3 708.138
3.708.666
3.708.673
3 708 161
3.708.669
3.708.709
3 708.166
3.708.68(1
3,708,7 31
3.708.168
3 708 172
3.708.682
3.708.686
3. 708. 752
3.708.797
3 708 175
3.708.69 3
10 3.707.746
3,708,176
3.708.694
3.708.133
3.708.232
3.708.2 33
3.708,313
3,708,384
3,708,5 3 3
3,708,588
3.708.7 34
3,707,793
3,707,9 39
3,707,948
3. 708 .003
3.70X.()22
3.708.050
3.708.057
3.708.08 3
3.?OX,353
3.708.450
3.707.7 36
3.707.9 37
3.708.065
3.707.999
3.708.137
3,707.7 33
3.707.7 39
3.707.7 51
3.707.756
3.707.791
3.707.792
3.707.803
, 3.707.814
3.707.818
3.707.8 3 3
3.707.887
3,707.888
3,707.898
3.707.927
3.707.964
3.707.965
3.707.966
3.707.972
3.707.982
3,707.984
. 3.708.049
3.708.055
3.708.059
3.708,072
3.708,075
3,708.076
3.708.105
3.708.106
3.708.1 15
18
3.708.1 18
3.708,135
3. 708. 145
3.708,153
3,708,174
3,708.1X8
3.708.190
3.708,212
3.70X.225
3.708.240
3.708.241
3.708.265
3,708,269
3,708,2X1
3.708.312
3.708,351
3,708,368
3,708.374
3.708.376
3.708.4 10
3.708.417
3.708.4 35
3.708.436
3.70X.502
3.70X.513
3.708.53(1
3.708.560
3.708.5X1
3.708.585
3,708,593
3,708,610
3,708.617
3,708,618
3,708,635
3,708,636
3,708,637
3.708.64 3
3.708.649
3.708.665
3,708,679
3,708.6X7
3.70X.724
3.707.732
3.707.776
3.707, XXd
3,707,X8 3
3,707,919
3,707,921
3.707,962
3,707,985
3:708,008
19
20
21
2 3
24
25
3.708.042
3.708.08 1
3.708.1 31
3.708.180
3,708.243
3,708.48(1
3.708.6 15
3,708,720
3,708,019
3.708,046
3,708,164
3,708,604
"3,708.746
3.707.77 3
3.708.018
3.708.066
3.708.155
3.708.3 34
3.708.254
3.708.568
3.707.77 1
3.70X.(13X
3.708.070
3.708.400
3,708,195
3.707.79X
3.707.87 1
3.707.912
3.708.121
3.70X.3 1X
3,70X.4 1 3
3.708.4 3 2
3.708.438
3.708.578
3.708.608
3.708.723
3.707.740
3.707.744
3.707.770
3.707.794
3,707,945
3,708,015
3.708.026
3.708.033
3.708.07 1
3.708.130
3.708,173
3,708,217
3.708,248
3,708,2 55
3,708,261
PI 40
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 41
3.708.307
3.708.74 3
3.708,54 1
3.708..303
3.708.522
43 3,707,799
3,708,331
3.708,779
3.708.549
3.708.304
3. 708. .5 .5 3
3.708.601
■
3.708.33 2
28 3.707,786
3.708.555
3.708.310
3,708,629
44 3.7(18.096
3.708.097
3,708.134
3.708.346
3.708.703
■ 3.708.569
3,708,375
3.708.645
3.70X.4O4
29 3.707.905
■ 3.708.577
3.708,4(12
3.708.647
3,708.224
3.70X.4 1 1
3.707.968
3.708,580
3.708.467
3.708.696 '*'
45 3.707.907
3.708.445
3.708.462
3.707,978
3,707,99 3
3,708.587
3,708,589
3.708.473
3.708.52(1
3.708.710
3.708.726
3.707.996
3.708.085
3 708 169
3.708.476
3,707,994
3,708,595
3 708 56''
3.708,745
46 3.707.801
3,708,658
3 707 997
-*3. 708, 598
3 708 S64
40 3.707.914
47 3.707.763
3,708,67 1
3 708 606
3 7(17.772
3,708,672
3,708,170
3,7(18 632
3.708.603
3.707.983
3.708.012
3,708,678
3,708,209
3 708 638
3.708.620
3.708.014
3.708.045
3,708,6X1
3.708,21 1
3 7()X 641
3. 708.627
3,708.103
3.708.073
3,70X,69 7
3.708.238
3,708.7 12
3.708.663
3.708.124
3.708.198
3 708 392
3,708,754
3. 708. 456
3.708.738
3.708.67(1
3.708.142
3.708.4 33
3.708,785
3,70X,5X2
3.708,784
3.708.676
3.708.245
3.708.451
26
- 3,707,734
3,708.677
35 3.707,745
3,708,688
3.708.319
3.708.668
3,70-7,74 8
3.707,787
30 3. 707. 827
3.708.196
3,708,415
36 3,707,729
3,708,695
3,708.715
3.708.416
3.708.421
3.708.792
48 3,707.785
3 707.790
3.707,856
3 1 3.707.78 1
3.707.74 1
3.708,739
3.708.457
3.707.797
3,707,857
3.707.925
.3,707,753
3,708,742
3.708.551
.3.707.800
3,707,8X2
3.708.14 1
3,707,759
3 708 7SX
41 3.707.958
3.707.851
3.707.868
3.708.03 1
3.708.04 1
3.708.0X2
3,708,5X3
3.707.782
3.708.766
3.707.977
3.707.901
3 2 3,707,89 3
3.707.783
3.708.788
3.708.3.55
3.708.013
3 3 3,708,179
3.707.789
3 708.791
3.708.691
3.708.089
3,708,249
3.707.812
^ 708 798
3.708.749
3.708.183
3.708.104
3.708,1 17
3,708,268
3.707.8 13
37 3,707,825
3.708.768
3.708.360
3.70H.372
3,708,156
34 3,707,82 1
3.707.829
3,707.837
42 3.707.730
3.708.5 31
\ 708 16(1
3,707,84 3
3.707,832
3.707.K85
3.707.819
3.708.607
'
3 708 1 8S
3,707,847
3.707.8 35
3,708.07X
3.707.828
3.708.660
.
3,708.1 89
3,708,202
3 70X 203
3,707,860
3,707,872
3,707,897
3.707.842
3,707.854
3.707.869
3.708.093
3.708.327
3 708 34 3
3,707,920
3,707.928
3.707,932
49 3.707.764
3.707,938
3,708.077
3.708.125
3,708,214
3,707,956
3.707,942
3,707.944
3.708.741
3.707.933
3.708.127
SO 3 708.382
3.708.218
3,707,97 3
3,707,947
3.708.775
3.707,974
5 1 3. 707. 836
3.708.324
3,708,051
3.707.955
3.707,957
3.707,960
3.707.986
39 3.707.749
3,708.028
3.707,859
3,708,380
• 3 708 058
3.707.817
3.708.034
3,707,9 1 1
3,708,385
3,708.44 1
3,708.466
3,708,061
3,708,092
3,707,844
3,707,862
3.708.039
3.708.052
3.707.918
3.708.139
3.708.140
3,708,1 12
3.707.987
3.707.874
3.708,088
3.708.247
3.708.236
3.708.084
3.707,875
3.708.09 1
3.708.273
3.7(18,543
( 70X 592
3.708.25 3
3.708.275
3,708,094
3,708,107
3.707.894
3.707.903
3.708.099
3.708,149
,3.708.674
5 3 '3.707.761
3.707.952
■ 3.70X.654
3.708.717
3.708.2X5
3,708,108
3.707.910
3.708,159
3.708.393
3.708.296
3,708.109
3.707.923
3,708,279
3,7(18,508
3. 708. 721
3.707.X08
3.708.326
3.708.129
3.707,929
3,708,284
3.7(18,633
27
3.708.339
3.708.171
3,707,988
3,708.344
3.708,640
54 3,708.495
3 707.867
3.708.357
3.708.182
3,708,007
3,708.352
3.708.657
3.707,895
3.70X,35X
3.708.184
3,7()X,(I24
3.708.356
55 3.707,752
,
3 707 934
3,70X,388
3.708,193
3,708,(164
3.708.379
3,707,855
3.707.935
3.707.949
3.707.979
3,708,397
3,708.4(16
3.70X.4 1X
3.708.206
3.7(18.215
3.708.219
3,708,079
3,70}(,123
3.708.146
3.708.387
3.7(18,422
3,708,509
3,707,930
3,707,99(1
3,7(18;006
3,708,040
3.707.98 1
3 70X 42S
3.708.226
3.708.158
3.708,525
3,708,(169
3.708.027
3.708.068
3.708,0X6
3,708,10 1
3,708.143
3 708 207
3,70X,44X
3,70X,449
3 70«,454
. 3,708,479
3,708.4X4
3.708.227
3.708.2.30
3.708.259
3.708.263
3,708.271
3,708,272
3,708,162
3,708,221
3,708,274
3,708,308
3,708.321
3.708..545
3.708,550
3,708,579
3,708.591
3.708.611
3,708,080
3,708,152
3,708,283
3,708.333
3.708.349
3.708.361
3.708.366
3 708.309
3.7()X.490
3,708,287
3.708.323
3.708,622
3,708,3 ■(3
3.708.34 1
3.708,500
3, 708. 288
3,708,350
3.708.655
3,708,389
3 708 378
3,7()X,5(11
3,708,292
3,708,367
3.708.690
3,708,390
3.708.412
3,7()X,5()5
3,708.293
3,7(18,386
3.708.704
3.708,5 37
3,708,664
3.708.49 1
3.70X,51()
3.708.300
3.708.4 34
3.708.722
3,708,685
3.708.65 1
3,708,528
3.708.301
3,708.447
3.708.744
3,708.725
3.708,683
3.708,535
3.708.302
3.708.463
3.708.750
3.708.727
PI 42
Design Patents
225.706
225,709
225.716
225.718
225.719
225.720
225.73K
225.764
225.770
225.773
225.775
8
225.737
21
225.752
24
225.782
II
225.695
25
12
16
17
18
20
225.696
225.779
225.723
225.722
225.736
225.748
225.765
225.766
225.772
225.702
225.783
225.780
225.705
225.776
225.761
27
29
34
225,778
225.715
225.717
225.721
225.75 1
225,697
225.758
225.781
225.771
225.703
225,714
225,7 3 1
225,733
225,759
225,785
36
225,7(K)
225.701
225,707
225,708
225.712
225.726
225.729
225. 7 30
225,746
225,784
225,786
225,787
225,791
225,735
39
225,741
225,792
225,742
40
225,774
225 754
41
225,749
225 769
42
225,734
225,724
225,756
225 725
225,76(1
225 727
44
225,75:-
225,728
45
225,704
225 739
48
225, 69^
22"^ 743
22*^,699
225 7«.()
225,768
225 l-^S
50
225,713
225 762
53
225,745
225,767
225,747
Plant Patents
3,282
3,285
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
January 9, 1973
Volume 906
Number 2
CONTENTS -
page
Patent Notices
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale 366
Service by Publication 367
Annual Index of Patents 367
Condition of Patent Applications .' ' ' ' ^^^
Reissue Patents Granted 369
Plant Patents Granted ^^.^
Patents Granted
General and Mechanical 372
Chemical ^^^
Electrical ^^^
Design Patents Granted ^^^
Index of Patentees ^^ ^
Indices of Reissues, Plants, and Designs PI 49
Classification of
_ Patents (Including Reissues) PI 53
Designs and Plants PI 56
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 57
Designs and Plants PI 59
The following are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Documents. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, to whom all subscriptions should be made payable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing J22.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional: single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each. ^^^^^^^^^
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cents each;
PLANT PATENTS in color. $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington. D.C.. 20231.
Printing authorized by Section 11(a) 3 of Title 35, U.S. Code P.O.
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale
3 015 481. TUYERE ASSEMBLY. Archie H. Clingensmlth,
Box 502, Sharon, Pa., 16146.
3 165 853 FISH NET. Lacy C. Ansell. Box 1311, Chesa-
peake, Va.. 23320.
3 570 507. ICE FISHING NET. Morris Kashuba. 1563
Main St., Peckville. Pa., 18452.
Ifi04<)83 I\ST\NTANEOUS AND INVERSE TIME-
0\¥rCURREn4 sWsOR. Automation Electric. 11204 Peach
Grove St.. North Hollywood, Calif., 91601.
^ fi27 '>q9 SUCTION CLAMPING PLATE FOR THE
GRIPPiNG OF T H I N - W A L L E D WORK PIECES. B.
Schmledeskamp. Germany. Correspondence to: Michael S.
Striker. 360 Lexington Ave., New York, N.Y., 10017.
3 628,801. TOY ANIMAL TRICYCLE. Anne Lambrecht.
Box 88. Ceylon, Saskatchewan. Canada.
3 685.825. BALLOON BURSTING GAME APP-^R.\TUS.
Michael P. Dorazic, 48 George Drive, Vernon, Conn.. 06068.
3 695,727. TRACTION ATTACHMENT FOR VEHICLES.
J. Sesky. Chltlna, Alaska. 99566.
3.697,127. PORTABLE SHAMPOO CHAIR Aura M.
Robertson. 1715 Park Ave., Red Bluff. Calif.. 96080.
3.700,240. MISSILE THROWING APPARATUS HAVING
CONNECTORS HOLDING TARGETS IN A «IVEN SPACED
RELATIONSHIP. Juan San Emeterlo, 23-31 ^7th St. as
torla. N.Y.. 11105.
•? 702 047 GL\SS WALL CONSTRUCTION CONSISTING
OF A PLURALfTY OF GLASS ELEMENTS OF SUBST.XN-
TIALLY U-SHAPED^.CROSS-SECTION. sifpfl'^d,"?,;^"^^!
Correspondence to: ^Verner W Kleeman. S"'t^.fl2. Crjstal
PJaza 1. 2001 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, >a.,
22202. ^___^_____
The following 2 patents are offered by : Ralph L. Vierregger.
11664 Pierce St.. Omaha, Nebr.. 68144.
3 467 886 BALLAST APPARATUS FOR STARTING AND
OPERATING ARC LAMPS.
3 676 739 MINE POWER SYSTEM GROUND CONTINUITY
CHECK CIRCUIT.
Applications for license under the following 6 patents may
be addressed to: General Electric Company Patent Counsel.
Re-entry and Environmental Systems Div.. 3198 Chestnut bt.,
Philadelphia, Pa., 19101.
3.321,828. ALUMINUM BRAZING.
3.322.517. ALUMINUM BRAZED ARTICLE. i
3.373.482. FLUXLESS ALUMINUM BRAZING.
3.373.483. FLUXLESS ALUMINUM BRAZING.
3.378.914. FLUXLESS ALUMINUM BRAZING.
3J60,816. FLUXLESS ALUMINUM BRAZING FURNACE.
Applications for license under the following 8 patents may
he addressed to" Patent Counsel. Ordnance Systems Depart-
ment General Electric Company. 100 Plastics Ave.. Pittsheld.
Mass.. 01201.
3.277.714. SENSING DEVICE AND ARRANGEMENT.
3 303 811 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRAG RE-
DUCTION.
3,368.425. STEERING AND DRIVING POWER SYSTEM.
3,456.502. REENTRY SIMULATION.
3!489,036. HYDROMECHANICAL TRANSMISSION.
3,558,925. LOW RIPPLE DOUBLE DEMODULATOR.
3,646.399. PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CONSTRUCTION.
3!650.159. COMPOUND HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION.
Applications for license under the following 9 patents may
be addressed to: Patent Counsel Major AppHance Business
Group. General Electric Co.. Appliance Park. Louisville, K>..
40225.
3,334,914.
3,572.223.
ANCHORING DEVICE FOR LADING STRAPS
AND OTHER CARGO BINDING ELEMENTS.
LATERALLY DISENGAGEABLE H I G H W A Y
MARKET ASSEMBLY.
General Motors Corporation is prepared to grant "0""^
clusfve license under the following 4 patents upon reasonable
terms.
Application for license may be addressed to : The Director
Patent Section. General Motors Building. 3044 \\ . l.ranu
Blvd.. Detroit. Mich., 48202.
3.527,544. COOLED BLADE SHROUD.
3 529 905. CELLULAR METAL AND SEAL.
SIO*N AND STEERING.
3.534,635. POWER TRAIN. ^
3,280.581.
3,280,583.
3,531.824.
3.674.983.
3,680,258.
3.685,427.
3.686,477.
3,690.120.
3.691.937.
EVAPORATOR INCLUDING RADIANT HEATER
DEFROST MEANS.
COMBINATION REFRIGERATOR.
COMBINATION DOOR HINGE AND STOP.
SMOOTH SURFACE ELECTRIC COOKTOP.
AIR CONDITIONER MOUNTING MEANS.
AIR-CONDITIONING AIR-DIRECTING MECHA-
NISM.
MOUNTING SYSTEM FOR SOLID PL.\TE SUR-
FACE HEATING UNITS.
STATIONARY MOLD ICE MAKER WITH THE
BOTTOM EJECTOR.
COMBINED BROILER PAN AND BROIL RACK.
The RCA Corporation offers to grant nonexclusive licenses
on reasonkble terms and conditions under the following 55
patents.
General Electric Company is prepared to grant non-e.'cclu-
sive license under the following 22 patents upon reasonable
terms to domestic manufacturers. , ,, _, * » ^o.. ho
Applications for license under the following patent may be
addressed to: General Electric Company. ?«"«tructlon Mate-
rials Div.. 1701 College St.. Fort ^Vayne, Ind.. 46804. Atten
tion : Division Patent Counsel.
3.331,309. FRYING APPARATUS.
Applications for license under the following patent may J^e
addressed to : Division Patent Counsel. Switchgear Equipment
Business Div.. General Electric Co.. 6901 Elmwood Ave.,
Philadelphia. Pa.. 19142.
3,441.698. VACUUM-TYPE CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER.
Applications for license under the following patent may be
addressed to : General Electric Co.. Division Patent ^ oun^el,
Houseware Business Div.. 1285 Boston Ave.. Bridgeport.
Conn.. 06602.
3.691.348. HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY.
Applications for license under the following 4 Patents may
he addressed to : General Electric Co.. Construction Materials
Div.. 1701 College St.. Fort Wayne. Ind.. 46804. Attn : Di-
vision Patent Counsel.
3 160 841. ADJUSTABLE SLIDING BRUSH TRANS
FORMER.
3 160 842. ADJUSTABLE SLIDING BRUSH TRANS
FORMER.
Inauirles respecting licenses should be addressed to :
Corporation. Staff Vice President. Dornestic Licensing.
Avenue of The Americas. New York. N.Y.. 10036.
RCA
1133
3.695.554.
3.695.744.
3,695.956.
3,695,960.
3,696,250.
3,696,272.
3,697.178.
3,697.319.
3.697.336.
3,697.686.
3.697.777.
NUTATION DAMPING IN DUAL SPIN SPACE-
HOLOGR^APHIC MULTICOLOR TECHNIQUE.
METHOD FOR FORMING ISOLATED SEMI
CONDUCTOR DEVICES
FABRICATING RELATIVELY THICK CERAM-
IC ARTICLES.
SIGNAL TRANSFER SYSTEM FOR PANEL
TYPE IMAGE SENSOR.
AVALANCHE DIODE.
METHOD OF PROJECTION PRINTING PHO'^^^^
RESIST M.ASKING LAYERS. INCLl^DING
ELIMINATION OF SPURIOUS DIFFRAC-
TION-ASSOCIATED PATTERNS FROM THE
PRINT.
METHOD OF METALLIZING AN ELECTRI-
" CALLY INSULATING SURFACE.
METHOD OF MAKING SEMICONDUCTOR DE-
VICES.
CATHODE RAY TUBE IMPLOSION PROTEC-
TION SYSTEM AND METHOD.
sjTPViT flFNFRATING CIRCUIT INCLUDING
^^? P.^R OF CA SCADE CONNECTED FIELD
EFFECT TRANSISTORS.
yes
January 9, 1973
3.697,794.
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
367
3.697,800.
3,697,817.
3.697,885.
3,697.909.
3.698,000.
3,698,057.
3,698,449.
3,698,786.
3,698,794.
3.698,903.
3.699.257.
3.699.268.
3.899,335.
3.699.355.
3,699.395.
3.699.400.
3.699.401.
3,699.403.
3.699.404.
3.699.476.
3.699.529.
3.699,533.
3.699,562.
3.700,152.
'3.700.497.
3.700.507.
3.700.791.
3,700,804.
3,700,958.
3,700.979.
3.701.022.
3.701.032.
3.701.047.
3.701.065.
8.701,107.
PHOTOCATHODE COMPRISING LAYERS OF 3,701.185.
TIN OXIDE ANTIMONY OXIDE. AND ANTI-
MONY.
HIGH VOLTAGE HOLD DOWN CIRCUIT.
MOUNTING ATTACHMENT FOR A MODULAR
SUBSTRATE.
AUTOMATIC
CUITS.
FREQUENCY CONTROL CIR-
OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DE
A GRADED PHOTO-
DEFLECTION YOKE MOUNT. I
FIFXIBLE AND SLIDABLE WAVEGUIDE
F^EED SYSTEM FOR A RADIATING HORN
ANTENNA.
REVERSIBLE FIXTURE FOR POSITIONING
.MAGNETIC MEMORY CORES
FABRICATION
VICES.
HIGH VOLTAGE PROCESSING OF CATHODE
RAY TUBES.
SONIC PAGE COMPOSER FOR HOLOGRAPHIC
MEMORY.
METHOD OF MAKING
PRINTING MASTER.
AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS.
PHONOGRAPH PICKUP WITH SELF FORMED
FEMALE RECEPTACLES.
^7l1AfF^>^l ^^•?TS"\K=^^'Px-^c"T'?S.^S^T^AVif'
CHARGE OF A DESIRED AMPLITUDE.
GATE CIRCUIT.
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING FUS
IBLE ELEMENTS.
AUTOMATIC DEGAUSSING APPARATUS FOR
^^aTiNMMIZING RESIDUAL CURRENT DURIN(;
STEADY STATE OPERATION.
PHOTOEMISSIVE electron;^ TUBE COM^^
iiRT'^TN'n A THIN FILM TK.A.^^.'il^f^i * •'
SEMICONDUCTOR PHOTOCATHODE STRUC-
TURE.
FUSIBLE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUD-
ING MEANS FOR REDUCING THE RK-
QUIRED FUSING CURRENT.
VFr. ATIVE EFFECTIVE ELECTRON AFFINITY
eVmTTERS WITH DRIFT FIELDS USING
DEEP ACCEPTOR DOPING.
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED
GATE OSCILLATOR.
COMMUNICATION AMONG COMPUTERS.
MEMORY SYSTEM INCLUDING BUFFER
MEMORIES.
SAFETY APPARATUS FOR HOT-CHASSIS
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS.
WEB TRANSPORT APPARATUS.
METHOD OF MAKING A SF-MICONDUCTO^
DEVICE INCLUDING A POLYIMIDE RESIST
FILM.
MFTHOD OF MAKING COMPLEMENTARY IN-
SULATED GATE FIELD EFFECT TRAN
SISTORS.
CHARACTER GENERATOR UTILIZING A DIS
PLAY WITH PHOTOCHROMIC LAYER.
METHOD OF IMPROVING CATHODOCHROMIC
SENSITIVITY.
DEFLECTION AND
TION CIRCUIT.
SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE AND METHOD
OF MAKING THE SAME.
PEAK-TO PEAK DETECTOR.
ELECTRONIC SIGNAL AMPLIFIER.
SEMICONDUCTOR LASER DEVICES UTILIZ-
ING LIGHT REFLECTIVE METALLIC LAY-
ERS.
COLOR PICTURE TUBE BEAM CONVERGENCE
APPARATUS.
rOMPUTER WITH PROBABILITY MEANS TO
TRANSFER PAGES FROM LARGE MEMOR\
TO FAST MEMORY. _
3.701,193.
3,701.368.
,3,701,674.
3,701,842.
3.701,844.
3,701,845.
3,701,984.
METHOD OF ASSEMBLING A MASK WITH A
''^FRAME ASSEMBLY FOR MOUNTING I W
CATHODE-RAY TUBE USING A REMOlt.
ASSEMBLY POSITION.
^^i^NP??ES^u1lf ^M A^S^^^i- '^<'' M.^^S^'^^Te?.
ASSEmIlY OF -A CATHODE-RAY TUBE US-
KS-G A FULL SURFACE SPACER.
FABRICATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DE
VICES.
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR APPLYING
A RFAD OF SEALING MATERIAL TO A
SEALfN% SURFACE OF A CATHODE-RAY
TUBE.
COLOR COMPENSATING NETWORK WITH
RANGE LIMITATION.
rnTX^n COMPENSATING NETWORK FOR AN
•^S^EGRATED CIRCUIT TELEVISION RE
CEIVER.
HUE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A COLOR TELE-
VISION RECEIVER.
MEMORY SUBSYSTEM ARRAY. „
Patents Withdrawn from the Register
or Sale The patents were listed as being available in the
Official Gazette as Indicated below :
3.118.795.
3.132.022.
3.140.373.
3,188,182.
3,243,284.
DIGITAL LOGIC
PINCUSHION CORREC-
METHOD OF FORMING FERROUS ALLOYS.
Aug. 10, 1965.
METAL WHISKERS HAVING AN ESSEN-
TTAILY CONSTANT DIAMETER OF NOT
MORE THAN 1000 ANGSTROMS. July 21.
1970.
ARC lONIZABLE BERYLLIUM ELECTRODES
FOR VACUUM ARC DEVICES. July 21. 1970.
USE OF THE WORKING MATERIAL AS PART
OF THE CRYSTAL MAKING APPARATL S.
July 21. 1970.
PROCESS FOR COLLECTING METAL WHISK
ERS. July 21. 1970.
Service by Publication
Jean Schlevlng
In accordance with Rule 47(b) of the Rules of Practice of
the United States Patent Office in Patent Cases, notice is
hereby given of the filing on September 3, 1969 of an applica-
tion for patent entitled "Device for Determining the Trans-
parencv of the Atmosphere." on behalf of Jean Seh.eUng
X^e last known address is 5, Rue du Pape Carpentler, Paris
6eme. France. The application was made in compliance^ wHh
Rule 47(b) and 35 U.S.C. 118 by Compagnie Des C^n^Pt^^^^
wUhout execution by the said Jean Schlevlng. Nof; "J ^^J
filing directed to the above noted address has been returned
""InilcMon to be taken by the said Jean Schlevlng In con-
nection with the said application must be taken within thirtj
days of the publication of this notice.
RICHARD A. WAHL.
Dec 18 1972. Assistant Commissioner of Patents.
Annual Index of Patents
The 1971 edition of the Annual Index of Patents has been
published. Copies may be obtained from tbe Superinteodent
of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
20402.
Price : Buckram bound, Part I, $24.75.
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
WILLIAM FELDMAN, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 12, 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
Filinc Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
Igniting Devices. 9-07-71
"'''s?nrh'^t^c''Refins;'^R"uS"fp^olins;X^^^^^^^
With Natural Polymers and Resins: Natural Resins; Reclaiming; Pore-Forming, Compositions (J-art) e.g.. ooaung. • i"iu. k,
Ink; Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding. Shaping, and Treating Proce^es.
Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography. .^„»,.vt r., .«, a_n.i 7i
HeatinVand Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purincation ; DistiUa Uon; P7S«;j;"R;,L'q"'d.^^s ^^d ^ohd ^ eparat.oji._
Oas and Liquid Contact Apparatus; Refrigeration; Concentrative Evaporators. Mineral Oils Apparatus, misc. riiysn-ai uv.
esses.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
Photography; Motion Pictures; Illumination; Horology; Acoustics; Recorders. W eighing bcales. ^^ ^^ ^^
Active Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy. Rocket Fuels; Rad.o-Active MatenaK
Instruments; Sound Recording; Winding and Reeling; Measuring and Testing; Indicating. ii_2u-7i
imrPTRnvTr roMPONFVT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES. GROUP 25(>-W. L. CARLSON. Director -.--.------- *'^'
^^i^iJi^Coniuctor and^S^pi^DTschl^Is^^^^^ Electronic Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Lines and Net-
works; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring. 4-27-71
DESIGNS. GROUP 290— R. L. CAMPBELL, Director
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
12-15-71
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA GROUP 310-A^ ^^^^i^' ,°Jnrt''wph FpedinV'DlSDenM^^^^
Conveyors; Hoists; Elevators; Article Hand!in^Imp!ements; Store bervice; Sheet and ^^,^ Feeding Ulspens^^^^^ Aeronautics;
Fire Extinguishers; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solids. Boats, snips, ac
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Brakes; RaUways and Railway Equipment. ft-07-7l
MATERIAL SHAPING. ARTICLE MANUFACTURING. TOOLS. GROUP 320-D J. STOCK NG.^D^^^^^^
Manufacturing Processes. Assembling. Combined Machines Special Article Making Metal Deforming
Working; Metal Fusion-Bonding, Metal Founding; MetaUurgical Apparatus. PUstics^^^ j^cks.
Earthenware Apparatus: Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing: W ork and Tool Holders. Wo<>^*°[''"f ' l.""'*' ^.^^^.' 11-1^71
AMUSEMENT. HUSBANDRY. PERSONAL TREATMEN^.pFORMATION. GROUP ^-^^^^^''-^^''ill^^^^^^
Amusement and Exercising Devices: Projectors; Animal and Plant Husban^/y' .^u^fh^^^^^^ Stationery;
Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; .Jewelry; Surgery, Toiletrj, Printing, lypewrRc
Information Dissemination. _ 1-03-72
and
» <» .....^ ^. . ^ - Gear-
ing; Bearings; Clutches; Power Transmission; Fluid Handling and Control; Lubrication. ,„^^„-, r.v.„.„r 10-04-71
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS. TEXTILES AND MINING, GRO^TiiVBuiJdi^K StSres a^^^
Joints; Fasteners; Rod. Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware Locks, BuUdmgfetm^^^ Separations;
Bridges; Closures; Earth Engineering; DrUling: Mining; Furniture; Supports; Cabinet Structures, i^eniriiugm f
Coating; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines.
ExplmUon of patents: The patents within the range of numbers indicated ^ttrrn^^r^J^'I^'^JvfXKSs "^wU^'stat^^ofand Pubhc
expired earlier durto shortened terms under the provisions of Public Law 690 <9th C^gje^s "ipp-oved A^^ ^^^^ provisions of
Law 619, 83rd Congress, approved August 23. 1954 (68 Stat. 764). or which may have h^»l their ^^["^.^^"J^^'^tfir^^ Se the full term of 17 years for
35 U.S.C. 253. Other patents, Issued after the dates of the range of numbers indicated below, may have expirea oeiore
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 151. mhers 2 728 913 to 2 733 438 Inclusive
Patents Numbers 1,442 to i;455. inclusive
Plant Patents
368
! 1
REISSUES
JANUARY 9, 1973
M..«r «,o,o^ U. he.v. bracket. l^i^'Z^-\i^^^,'^,-S^R\X,'l'^,T.rr&°' ™' "'""' '^''°""°° ^ "'""
27,540
PANEL CONNECTOR WTTH FLAG-TYPE
TERMINALS
Robert John Kinkaid, New Cumberland, Pa., assignor to
AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Original No. 3,075,167, dated Jan. 22, 1963, Ser. No.
38,022, June 22, 1960. Application for reissue May
7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,320
Int. CL H05k 7/07
UA a. 339—176 MP
so wide as to engage during each revolution of the type-
wheel any type to effect a flying printing in a constant
point of the paper, despite a continuous mutual letter
spacing movement. The typewheel comprises a sector de-
void of types, whereas the other sector is provided with
8 Claims
Multi-contact electrical connector comprises an insulat-
ing housing having a trough extending along one of its
sides for reception of a PC board. A plurality of slots ex-
tend inwardly on the one side and a side adjacent to the
one side. Flag-type contact terminals are removably posi
the types arranged at a variable mutual distance. The
hammer is cushioned by a stack of plates. The typewheel
Ton^din the slots the conductors secured to the terminals may cooperate with more than one hammer or may be
exlnd^^ngnormXo^^ the plane of the PC board when the caused to print both during the advancmg and the return
edge of the board is positioned in the slot. stroke of a carriage.
27,543
ANNEALING FURNACE SEAL
Fred L. Kitchel, Portage Township, County of Port»,
Ind., assignor to United States Steel Corporation
Original No. 3,471,137, dated Oct. 7, 1969, Ser. No.
680,056, Nov. 2, 1967. Application for reissue Sept
23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,220
Int. CI. F27b 5/00
U.S. CI. 263 — 40 8 Claims
27,541
SILOXANE-OXYALKYLENE COPOLYMER
FOAM STABILIZERS
Edward L. Morehouse, New City, N.Y., assignor to
Union Carbide Corporation
No Drawing. Original No. 3,505,377, dated Apr. 7, 1970,
Ser. No. 573,133, Aug. 12, 1966. Application for reissue
No. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 200,242
Int. CI. C07f 7/08
U.S. CI. 260—448.2 B 6 Claims
Compounds of the formula
R(0C2H4)»(0C,He)m0R'
MeiSlO(Me2S10).(MeSlO),SlMei
useful as foam stabilizers for flexible polyurethane foams
are disclosed. In the above formula R^ is monovalent
hydrocarbon, R is alkylene of at least 2 carbon atoms,
the sum of m-(-n is such that the oxyalkylene block has
a molecular weight of at least 1500, x is at least 40, and
y is at least 3.
27,542
fflGH SPEED SERIAL PRINTING DEVICE FOR
TELEPRINTERS, ACCOUNTING MACHINES
AND DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
Vincenzo Perucca, Ivrea, Italy, assignor to Ing. C.
Olivetti & C, S.p.A., Ivrea, Italy
Original No. 3,415,184, dated Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. No.
627,443, Mar. 31, 1967. Application for reissue Apr.
29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,790
Int. CI. B41j 9/02, 1/34
^'a SiaT p7nting device comprises a horizontlll^Tn' A seal for eliminating or reducing air infiltration into
tinuously rotating typewheel cooperating with a hammer an inner cover of a steel annealing furnace includmg a
369
im
370
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tube of woven metal reinforced ceramic strand filled with
ceramic fibers in bulk form on which the bottom of the
iimer cover rests.
switches of which one controls the motor and another the
circuit to the oven heating elements for elevating the tem-
27,544
PRODUCTION OF NETTING
Anthony Bramley, Gosford House, Gosford, Kidlington,
Oxford, England, and John Francis Gilbtrt, Chalford,
Stroud, England; said Gilbert assignor to said Bramley
Original No. 3,501,366, dated Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No.
458,591, May 25, 1965. Application for reissue Dec.
28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,276
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 29, 1964,
22,379/64; Nov. 11, 1964, 45,987/64
Int. CI. B32b 5112, 3/10
U.S. CI. 161—57 5 Claims
perature in the range oven to effect a self cleaning there-
of by the principle of pyrolysis.
27,546
CONCEALED HINGES
Robert R. Hocq, Boulogne-Billancourt, France, assignor
to Societe Franco-Hispano-Araericainc Francispam,
Paris, France
Original No. 3,548.446, dated Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No.
706,824, Feb. 20, 1968. Application for reissue July
15, 1971, Ser. No. 163,114 ^ ^ ,^ ,o^.
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 24, 1V67,
96,374; Jan. 30, 1968, 137,917
Int. CI. E05d 3/06
U.S. CI. 16—164 6 C:'aims
A netting construction and a method of producing
same wherein a first plurality of flexible threads of plastic
material are positioned in spaced parallel relationship. A
second plurality of spaced, parallel and flexible threads
extend transversely across the first threads. A plurality
of small masses of plastic material are individually
molded about the intersections of the two pluralities of
threads and welded to the plastic material of each thread.
Portions of some of the longitudinal threads are prefer-
ably electrically conductive and have exposed conductive
surfaces to permit the netting to be used for electrified
fencing.
27,545
RANGE OPEN DOOR LATCHING DEVICE
William R. Guy, Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor to
Kelvinator, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Original No. 3,462,584, dated Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No.
659,348, Aug. 9, 1967. Application for reissue Aug.
13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,481
Int. CI. F27d 11/02 ^
U.S. CI. 219—412 10 Claims
A latching device for a range oven door operated by
an electric motor which also actuates circuit control
<vvVy>>x<<T
A concealed hinge for a container such as a box or case,
particularly for a small case such as that of a cigarette
lighter, the hinge having two main component parts, one
provided with arcuate grooves which each cooperate with
rollers in the other component part. A spring coupling
may be provided to hold the hinge stable in the fully
open and fully closed positions.
PLANT PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 9, 1973
Illustratloni for plant patents are usually in color and therefore It Is not practicable to reproduce the drawing.
3,286
STRAWBERRY PLANT
Harold A. Johnson, Jr., Watson\iIle, Calif., assignor
to DriscoH Strawberry Associates, Inc., Watsonville,
Calif.
Filed Apr. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,620
Int. CI. AOlh 5/03
U.S. CI. Pit.— 49 1 Claim
1. The new and distinct variety of strawberry plant
herein described and illustrated, and identified by the
characteristics enumerated above.
3 287
ROSE PLANT
Robert G. Jelly, Richmond, Ind., assignor to E. G. Hill
Co., Inc., Richmond, Ind.
Filed Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,919
Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. Ph.— 20 1 Claim
A brilliant red greenhouse rose developed for improved
year-around cut flower production by crossing "Forever
Yours" (P.P. #2443) with an undisseminated and un-
patented red seedling, the new variety being distinguished
by its improved flower color and superior flower form, its
abundant and continuous production of large many petaled
blooms, and its excellent winter performance with a
reduced number of blind shoots.
larger, approximately eight to ten inches more vigor and
three to four fewer flowers per stem, its more vegetative
or less reproductive selection which produces a more ter-
minal, less compound spray formation, and its approxi-
mately 2-3 later response in spring and 2-3 days earlier
response in fall.
3 289
CHRYSANTHEMUM PLANT
Eugene T. Gentile, Reading, Mass., and Walter H. Je^l,
Jr., Doylestown, and William E. Duffett, Akron. Ohio,
assignors to Yoder Brothers, Inc., Barberton, Ohio
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 98,217
Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. Pit. 80 1 Claim
1.* A new and distinct cultivar of chrysanthemum char-
acterized particularly as to its uniqueness when compared
to the cultivar Mefo by its Vi" smaller flower with better
form retention, much darker pink color when flowered
under the lower light, lower temperature conditions of
late fall through early spring when night temperatures
do not exceed 60° F. and/or day temperatures seldom go
above 68-70° F., 3" less vigor, slightly smaller foliage,
and 3-5 days later response.
3 288
CHRYSANTHEMUM PLANT
Bob G. Coward, Fort Myers, Fla., assignor to Yoder
Brothers, Inc., Barberton, Ohio
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,422
Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. Pit.— 74 1 Claim
1. A new and distinct cultivar of chrysanthemum char-
acterized particularly as to its uniqueness when compared
to the parent cultivar Yellow Marble by its approximately
one-quarter inch larger flowers, darker yellow flower color
with less oxidation of color as flowers mature, fewer green
bracts in center of flower in high temperature periods,
and approximately two inch more vigor, and character-
ized as to uniqueness when compared to the cultivar Gold
Marble by its flowers which are lighter yellow in color
and approximately one-half to three-quarters of an inch
3,290
KALANCHOE PLANT
James T. Irwin, Canyon, Tex., assignor to Irwin
Greenhouses, Inc., Canyon, Tex.
Filed Apr. 13, 1971. Ser. No. 133,768
Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
UJS. CI. Pit. 68 1 Claim
1. A new and distinct variety of kalanchoe plant, sub-
stantially as herein shown and described, characterized
particularly as to novelty by the unique combination of a
compact but upright and medium tall habit of growth,
attractive glossy dark green foliage of medium to small
size which accentuates the attractiveness of the flower
heads and contributes to good shipping qualities, a com-
pact and clean-cut flower form, with the flower petals
being decidedly notched at their tips and having an ob-
tuse form, a distinctive and attractive rose pink flower
color which is uniquely different from other kalanchoe
varieties, and an ability to be brought into bloom all year
around by appropriately adjusting the photoperiod.
371
PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,708,799
SEAT PROTECTTVT GARMENT
Charles D. SmhlKleal, c/o Ponce de Leon Eye, etc.. Infirmary,
144 Ponce de Leon Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Ga.
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,604
Int.CLA41d27//2
U.S. CL 2—46
stock sizes for stores, rental establishments and so forth. The
present design comprises a gown which is vertically adjustable
as to skirt length by means of inclusion of adjustable shoulder
straps. The gown includes an empire waist so that material
may flow loosely over the hipline, and is provided with a top
the back of which is adjustable in a transverse dimension. By
1 Claim such design, a minimum number of tops and gowns may be
provided to accommodate a wide range of sizes, such as ladies
with odd, even, and even half-sizes.
3,708301
GUN BUTT LOCATOR
Marvin A. Davis, 66 Ocean View, Apt. 33, Santa Barbara,
Calif.
Filed Maix:h 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,057
Int. CLA41d 7/00
U.S.a.2— 94 8 Claims
A seat protective garment made from sheet plastic film,
rubber coated nylon fabric and like material in a general con-
figuration to fit on the waist of the wearer and extend below
the seat around a portion of the back of each leg. A simple tie
string at the top and tie strings for each bottom leg portion
hold the garment in place over the seat of the wearer. The pro-
tective garment may be left in place on the waist and rolled up
at the back when not in use or incorporated as part of the
inner flap of the lining of a coat or parka, and may be used to
protect the seat from moisture when sitting and ascending on a
ski lift.
et>-
A gun butt locator comprises
a. a relatively thin pad adapted to be attached to a shooting
jacket with the pad oriented generally upright and
b. an upright generally U-shaped holder integrally carried
by the pad so as to project at the front thereof to
dovmwardly and rearwardly seat a generally vertical gun
butt with the butt rear face engaging the pad and the butt
lower portion seated in the holder.
3,708,802
3,708,800 NECKWEAR SUPPORT STRUCTURE
GOWN CONSTRUCTION Franklin J. Selbert, Westroont, Dl., assignor to Ja-Dor Inc.
Geraldine E. Burton, 1530 Hubbard Avenue, Salt Lake City, Filed Sept 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,737
Utah Int. a. A41d 25/76
Fikd Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,342 U.S.CL2— 155 7 Claims
Int. CLA4 Id i/22
U.S. CI. 2-74 12 Claims
y&i
A gown design or construction intended to minimize, if not
eliminate, alterations of individual items and reduce ranges of
A neckwear support structure comprising a resilient band
defining an arc of more then 180° having an upper edge
located in a plane. The outer waU of the neckwear support
structure is substantially perpendicular to the upper edge
plane adjacent the free ends of the band, and defines a
progressively decreasing angle with the upper edge plane at lo-
cations spaced from the free ends. The support structure
further includes hook means connected to the upper edge m-
termediate the ends of the structure, and neckwear support
means on the band located equidistant from said ends and
defining a flat surface spaced from the outer wall.
372
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
373
3 708303 lowing hinging movement of the one relative to the other, the
COLLAPSIBLE COIFFURE COVERING connecting piece and one of said members being formed to
^uA - VI T^tt ^1 ^^ Volk Street. Lonfl Beach CaBf. permit attachment of the connectmg piece and said member
^^ ^ J^ Ifl9?r^t^^ ^181 ^a working relationship allowing hinging movement between
Filed July ", 1970, &.r No. 57,181 ^^^ ^^ ^^ connecting piece and the other of said members
U S CI 2-198 5 Claims being formed to permit attachment of the connecting piece
A hairdo covering structure to fit over and protect a
woman's coiffure without disturbing same, the structure hav-
ing a plurality of lightweight and elastic curved frame mem-
bers rotatively attached at their respective ends to allow the
frame members to be collapsed or expanded to provide spac-
ing between the respective central portions thereof. A thin
sheet of covering material is attached to the outer surface of
the frame members to provide the desired wind and moisture
protection when the structure is supported and held for the
user's head by at least the elasticity of the structure between
the rotatively mounted ends of the frame members.
3,708,804
DECORATrVE GARMENT ACCESSORY
Manuel V. Santos, 115 Ferry Street, Newark, N J.'
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,675
Int. Cl. A4 Id 2 7/OS
U.S. CI. 2-244
9 Claims
2
r
1
and said other member in a substantially rigid fashion, thereby
allowing assembly of the hinge joint of the device prior to in-
sertion of the device into the patient, and location of the
device on insertion so that the axis of the hinge joint lies
through the epicondyles in a position conforming substantially
with that in the natural elbow joint.
3,708,806
FILTER AND PUMP FOR A RECIRCULATING SANITARY
SYSTEM
James M. Kemper, Hollywood, CaUf., assignor to Monogram
Industries, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 829,486, June 2, 1969, Pat. No. 3,567,032,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 737,232, June 14,
1968, abandoned. This application Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No.
89385
InL a. BOld 29/38
U.S.CI.4— 10 22 Claims
2
A decorative garment accessory which may take any
number of different forms such as a belt, an accessory at-
tachment for a belt, a shirt or blouse dickey, a sleeve, hem or
other border finishing accessory or the like compnsmg an
elongated, relatively narrow mounting strip having a plurality
of spaced apart, generally parallel slots oriented generally
transverse to the longitudinal axis of the strip, and decorauve
elements detachably attached to the strip by means of a staple
formed on the back of each decorative element projectmg
through the slots in the mounting strip and an elongated
retainer passing through the staples on the side of the strip op-
posite the decorative elements.
urn
^
y
Storog*
Tonk
3,708,805
PROSTHETIC ELBOW JOINT
John Tracey Scales, Stanmore, and David Goddar, King's
Langley, both of England, assignors to Natkmal Research
Devek>pment Corp., London, England
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,1 18
CUlms priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 24, 1969,
62,905/69
Int,CLA61f7/24
U.S.Cl.3-1 13 Claims
A prosthetic elbow joint device comprises a humeral
member, an ulnar member and a connecting piece to connect
the humeral and ulnar members in a working relationship al-
In a recirculating sanitary system, an improved filter and
pump assembly provides a source of flushing liquid. A
diaphragm pump is provided with a coupling to a plurality of
needle members that reciprocate through an apertured plate.
The needle members extend beyond the plate into the storage
tank at all times, and the reciprocating motion imparted to the
needle members tends to clean the needle-aperture combina-
tion, which acts as the filter. The pump also supplies a limited
back flow through the filter for cleaning purposes during a
portion of the operating cycle
3,708307
SLIDE-IN, SLIDE-OUT PLAY POOL
Ascber Chase, Norfolk, Va., assignor to General Foam Plastics
Corp., Norfolk, Va.
FUed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159^96
Int.CLE04hi//6.i/7«
U3. CI. 4-172 7 Claims
A molded tub or play pool structure having a pa^ of m-
tegrally molded recreational structures including slidmg sur-
374
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
faces and steps leading up to the sliding surfaces is disclosed
herein. The recreational structures in cooperation with two U-
shaped end walls define a water-retaining pool. More specifi-
spring unit and are each comprised of a pair of wire members
that have a supporting position and a non-supporting position.
The wire members are initially disengaged in the non-support-
ing position to allow the spring unit to be baled. The wire
cally, the sliding surfaces are oppositely oriented, one of the
sliding surfaces permitting sliding entry into the pool, the
other sliding surface permitting sliding egress from the pool.
3,708,808
INFANT RESTRAESER
James E. Irby, Route 3, Box 145, Spartanburg, S.C.
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,525
Int. CI. A47d 7104
U.S. CI. 5-95 l** C^aims
members can be readily interlocked to establish a supporting
position where each of the wire members operates as a lever
bending about a fulcrum and thus reinforces and stiffens the
edges of the spring unit.
3,708.810
PROTECTIVE BLANKET
PauH Assar Antero Merikallio, Iso-Robertinkatu 29-31 A7,
Helsinki, Finland
Flkd Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78^87
InL CI. A61j 7/70,9/00
U.S. CI. 5-343 3 Claims
A portable, collapsible device is disclosed that may be
placed on a surface such as a bed, erected and an infant placed
therein whereby the infant is precluded from rolling out of the
confined area provided by the device. The instant mianX
restrainer thus obviates the necessity for a crib or the like for
the very small infant and generally comprises a base which
may or may not be padded, side walls associated with the base
which when erected at opposite sides of the base provide bar-
riers against movement by the infant. CoUapsibility of the
device requires means for holding the walls in the erected
position when desired. As such, certain means are disclosed
for use in erecting the side walls, holding the side^walls in the
erected position and optionally being attachable to a surface
such as a bed so as to immobilize the entire device. The device
may also be adapted for use in an automobile where a seat belt
may be used to secure the device to an automobile seat.
3,708,809
EDGE SUPPORT FOR A SPRING UNIT
Ernest L. Basncr, Littleton, Colo., assignor to Scaly, Inc.,
Chicago, m.
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,115
Int. a. A47c 23104
MS. C\. 5—260 14 Clafans
An improve4 edge support for a spring unit wherein a plu-
rality of edge supports are situated along the edges of the
A protective blanket is made from a fabric of thin and flexi-
ble material impermeable to wind and moisture, one of the
surfaces of the fabric being metallically glossy and thus reflec-
tive for thermal radiation, the outer surface of the fabric car-
rying transverse supporting straps fixed at a distance from
each other and having loops at their ends. Thus, two rows of
loops are formed through which supporting rods can be ex-
tended.
3,708311
SINGLE ANCHOR LEG SINGLfe POINT MOORING
SYSTEM
John F. Flory, Morristown, N J., assignor to Esso Research and
Engineering Company
Continuation-hi-part of Ser. No. 856,261, Sept. 9, 1969. This
application Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,208
Int. CI. D06pi /OO
U.S. CL 9—8 P . 23 Clafans
A single anchor leg single point mooring and cargo handling
system for seagoing ships is provided which comprises a moor-
ing buoy anchored to a mooring foundation by anchor means
such as a chain having little or no slack or an articulated rigid
member (e.g. pipe, solid bar, etc.), cargo handling facUities
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
375
extending between the mooring foundation and the mooring
buoy, or alternatively directly between the mooring founda-
tion and the ship to be loaded or unloaded, means for per-
tinuous conveyor onto which is placed a linear array of book
cover board structures. Each structure includes two leaf
boards which are hinged together, and the board structure is
disposed in a horizontal open position to enable the applica-
tion of adhesive material to the upper surface of the board
structure. The structure is then pre-bent about the hinged per-
mitting the buoy to freely rotate, and restraint means for
preventing entanglement of the cargo handling facilities and
the anchor chain.
tion. after which additional adhesive is applied to the hinged
portion of the board structure. At the next stage in the opera-
tion, a book block is placed on one leaf portion of the board
structure, after which the other leaf portion is folded so as to
cover the book block. The final step in the process is the bond-
ing of the board structure to the book block.
3,708,812
EQUIPMENT HOUSING FOR SUBMARINE SUSPENSION
Claude Yapoudjlan, ChiUy-Mazarin, and Max Henelle,
Cachan, both of France, assignors to Compagnie Industriclle
des Telecommunications Cit-Alcatel, Paris, France
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 157,832
Clafans priority, application France, June 29, 1970,
7024008
Int.CLB63b2//i2
U.S.CI.9-8R 10 Churns
3,708314
HEEL SEAT MOLDING AND LASTING MACHINES
George C. Barton, 126 Spence6eid Lane, Leicester, England
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,358
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 29, 1969,
58,451
Int. CI. A43d 27/00
U.S.CL12-U,5 4 Clafans
r\
m
\
An equipment housing for submarine suspension from a
buoy designed to be dropped vertically into water with the
housing mounted therein so that the impact with the water
frees the housing to hang below the buoy on a cable at a
predetermined depth selected by one of a plurality of cords
coruiecting the housing to respective spaced points on the ca-
ble, a selector being provided for initially cutting all but one
cord to select said predetermined depth.
3,708313
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING BOOKS
INCLUDING A BOOK BLOCK BONDED TO A BOOK
COVER BOARD STRUCTURE
Lcewood C. Carter, Warren Twsp.; Edward K. Mullen, West-
field, and Anthony J. Davanzo, Essex FeOs, all of N J., as-
signors to Book Covers, Inc., Newark, N J.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,578
Int. a. B42c 7 7/00, 5/02
U3.a. 11-3 13Cbdms
A method and apparatus for making books including a book
block bonded to a book cover board structure includes a con-
A shoe upper conforming machine having at last support in-
cluding a jack post slidable in a direction substantially normal
to the operating plane of a pair of heel seat wipers and fluid
pressure means in the jack post for positioning the bottom of a
last on the support at a predetermined level relative to said
operating plane regardless of the height of the last prior to the
lasting operation.
3,708315
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING WATERPROOF SHOES
Jaromfa Jurasek; Mojmfa Mikac, and Kard Podzfanek, all ol
Gottwaldov, Czechoslovakia, assignors to Svit, Narodni Pod-
nlk, Gottwaldov, Czechoslovakia
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,828
Int. CI. A43d 9100
U.S.CL12-142E 4Clatais
A method of manufacturing waterproof shoes wherein an
exterior upper body including sides and sole is molded in one
376
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
piece. The sole is removed leaving a marginal strip. A lining osciUation by a pair of leaf springs, has work fed to it by an
made in a unitary body having sides and sole is inserted in the -. ^ .
exterior body A bottom is thereafter applied to the marginal
strip.
endless conveyor located beneath the brush. The bearing unit
is axially oscillated by a power driven eccentric.
3,708316
VEHICLE WASHING APPARATUS
Angelo Napoli, 1609 Wills Place, VineUmd, N J.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,851
Int.CI.B60sJ/06
U.S.C1. 15— 21E
3,708,818
APPARATUS FOR CLEANING TUBES AND THE LIKE
Karl Hotz, ErUngen, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktlen-
geseUschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
4 Claims F»l«* Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,671
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 26, 1969, P 69
45 822.6
Int. O. G2 If 9/34
U.S. CL 15-97 3 Claims
Vehicle washing apparatus including a frame upon which is
mounted a pair of opposing side brush assemblies each having
a vertically oriented side brush hung from the free end of a
parallelogram linkage assembly which is pivotally suspended
from an overhead shaft so as to permit controlled pivotal
Jnovement transversely of the frame as well as damped, spring-
cushioned pivotal movement longitudinally of the frame
whereby the front, rear and side areas of a vehicle may be effi-
ciently washed.
An apparatus for cleaning a tube used to accommodate
reactor fuels has a housing, a feed spool rotatably mounted in
the housing and a wiping band for cleaning the tube. Also pro-
vided are a take-up spool rotatably mounted in the housing for
receiving the band after the same passes over and in contact
with the tube. Also provided is an idler pulley rotatably
mounted in the housing away from the feed spool to direct the
vsriping band parallel to a side of the housing and to reverse the
direction of travel of the band before the latter is received by
th&'fkke-up spool. A drive mechanism connected to the take-
up spool rotates the latter to take up the wiping band. The
housing has an opening through which the tube is insertable
into the housing. The housing also has a breakout to provide
an opening through which a sensor is insertable for measuring
the contamination on the wiping band after the latter passes
over the tube.
3,708,817
BUFFING AND DEBURRING MACHINE
Wallace R. Rhine, Stillwater, and Fred W. Kiser, Hopkins,
both of Minn., assignors to Tlmesavers, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,669
Inta.A46b/3/04
U.S. a. 15—77 9 Claims
A rotary brush mounted on a power driven spindle which m
turn is joumaled in a bearing unit that is supported for axial
3,708,819
APPARATUS FOR DRYING PIPELINES
Michael P. Breston, 3643 Tartan, Houston, Tex.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,675
Int. CI. B08b 9/04
U.S. CL 15- 104.06 R "> Claims
An apparatus capable of being propelled by a gas through a
pipeline for drying the pipeline. The apparatus comprises a
pipeline pig combined with a liquid pumping device. A portion
of the propelling gas enters the pumping device which in-
cludes means to increase the velocity and decrease the pres-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
377
sure of the admitted gas. This pressure decrease is used to
dynamically lift any liquid which may enter the pumping
eluding a frame plate having a front surface and a rear surface.
a handle extending outwardly from the rear surface and in-
cluding a key selectively insertable into the handle for per-
mitting it to pivot relative to the frame plate or for locking it
relative to the frame plate, a spring connecting the handle and
the frame plate for biasing the handle to a central position
when it is mounted for pivotal movement, a backing plate
selectively mountable on the front surface of the frame plate
by means of a sliding fit which includes channel flanges on end
device. The motive gas mixes with the lifted liquid to form a
fine spray which is ejected in front of the moving pig into the
downstream section of the pipeline.
3,708,820
GUN CLEANING AND PROTECTING DEVICE
Wesley J. Schultea, 67 Burress St., Houston, Tex.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,298
Int. CI. B08b 9102
U.S. CI. 15-104.16 2Claims
The device in itself is an elongated cord, sleeve or hollow
rope of absorbent fibers woven or otherwise joined together to
form a generally cylindrical shaped member in a length about
as long as the gun barrel to be cleaned and oiled. One end of
the member protrudes from the bore into the chamber and the
other end protrudes from the muzzle end of the barrel. In
cross section the member is slightly larger than the bore of the
barrel so that it will be somewhat compressed as it is pulled
through the barrel. It may be as solid as a rope or cord, or may
be somewhat hollow, as in a sleeve knitted with string.
One end of this cord or sleeve member is secured to a con-
necting member such as a string or small diameter cable which
is at least as long as the barrel, and, where necessary, a small
diameter weight is attached to the free end of the connecting
member.
For cleaning purposes, the weight is dropped through the
barrel or the connecting member is pushed through from one
end to the other, preferably from chamber to muzzle, and is
then used lo pull the cleaning device through the barrel. When
the user of the device is satisfied that his barrel is clean, he
uses the identical device or a duplicate for continuous lubrica-
tion by running it into the barrel and leaving it there with a
portion protruding from at least the chamber end. Oil may be
added as needed, and the portion of the sleeve in the chamber
serves as a safety device in the event any attempt is made to
fire the weapon without withdrawing the sleeve.
of the backing plate for engaging inclined side edges of the
rear surface of the frame plate, which when engaged with an
interference fit by the channel flanges cause the central por-
tion of the backing plate to fit snugly against the front surface
of the frame plate, an absorbent pad adhesively secured to the
backing plate and a plurality of rollers at the upper edge of the
frame plate for engaging one of the two adjacent surfaces
which form the inside angle for guiding the paint edger along
the other surface.
3,708,822
HEADLAMP CLEANER
Robert M. Buchwakl, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,734
Int.a.B60s//02
U.S. CI. 15—250.03 4 Claims
A vehicle headlamp washer is provided for concealed
headlamps wherein the cover for the lamps provides a con-
tainer for a sponge or similar material and as the cover is
moved to expose the headlamp, the sponge wipes across the
lamp to clean it.
3,708,821
PAINT EDGER
David O. Chase; Martin V. Maloney, both of Skaneateles;
Frederick J. Wood, Jr., Lancaster, and Barry B. Wood, WU-
liamsviDe, all of N.Y., assignors to Shur-Line Manufacturing
Co., Inc., I^ancaster, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 109,905
Int.a.A46b7 7/00
U.S. a. 15— 210 R 16 Claims
A paint edger for edging paint applied to one of two sur-
faces such as a wall and ceiling which form an inside angle in-
3,708,823
STREET AND PARKING LOT CLEANER ATTACHMENT
FOR VEHICLES
Berl L. BeU, 1 196 N. Neff Street, Canby, Oreg.
Filed March 3, 1969, Ser. No. 803,625
Int. CI. A471 9100
U.S.CL 15-340 3 Claims
The bed of a pickup truck supports a refuse container hav-
ing an inlet conduit from the outlet of a suction fan mounted
rearward of the container. The screened air outlet of the con-
tainer includes a scrubbing chamber adapted to contain water
378
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
for removing dust from the exhaust air. The fan inlet commu- ^njsTABLE HYDRAULIC DOOR CLOSURE
n.cates w.th a suction head which is vertically adjustable rela- ^^^^^^^^"1^,, y,^, ^gnor to H.rtzeU M«.u.
facturing. Inc., St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93^25
lnUCl.EO5fi/70
U.S. CI. 16-52 2 Claims
tive to a street or parking lot to be cleaned, by conuols opera-
ble from the driver's compartment of the truck.
3,708,824
SUCTION-CLEANING IMPLEMENT
Slesmund B. Hohibinka, 1022 North Main St., Naperville, 01.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971. Ser. No. 108,895
Int. CI. A471 9102
U.S. CI. 15-397 7 Claims
UTTTTTTTTTTTZ'^Z^'^^'^TTTTTT^^
In a door closure of the type having hydraulic fluid withm a
cylinder slowing or dampening the rate of retraction of a
spring powered piston-piston rod assembly, a final closing kick
action wherein a series of enlargements in the cylinder wall
disposed near the fuUy retracted position of the piston allow
the hydraulic fluid suddenly to by-pass the piston as it nears
such fully retracted position. The closing kick action is disen-
gagable Where the normal closing rate of the closure is ad--
justable by rotation of the hydraulic cylinder a lock
mechanism prevents the cylinder from inadvertent rotation
except when the lock is manuaUy released.
3,708,827
PANEL^UPPORTING CARIUAGE
Robert E. Foltz, Sterling, m., assignor to Lawrence Brothers,
Inc., Sterling, 111.
Filed April 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,061
Int CI. A47h 75/00; B65d 25128
U.S. CI. 16-98 5 Claims
A pneumatic suction-cleaning implement for use with a
vacuum cleaner on rugs, and the like, compnsmg a suction
nozzle structure having wall means movable over a surface to
be cleaned. Means is provided defining first and second nozzle
openings on spaced-apart levels in said waU means, and valve
means is provided for selectively directing suction flow
between said first and second openings in order to clean at a
lower level deep-down at the base of the nap of a high-pile rug
or at an upper level on the top of the rug.
3,708325
DOOR CHECK AND DOOR STOP COMBINATION
Robert J. Wood, 3938 Saasafras Street, Erie, Pa.
Filed Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201^66
Int.a.E05fi/00
U.S.a. 16-49 2 Claims
The present invention relates generally to improvements m
the structure of door panel supporting carnages, and more
particulariy to the roller securing section of such carnages.
The embodiment of the invention disclosed herein mclud^ a
carriage frame having oppositely disposed pinUes extending
therefrom and rollers carried by said pintles, the outer ex-
tremities of each pintle being slightly enlarged. The roller as-
sociated with each pintle has a central aperture the diameter
of which is slightly less than the outer diameter of the pmUe
enlargement, said rollers being sufficienUy yieldable to permit
telescopic assembly thereof with a complementary pmUe.
A door check and door stop combination. The door check is
made up of a pneumatic cylinder and piston which control the
rate at which the door closes to prevent the door from
slamming. A stop is attached to the distal end of the piston rod
and lies along the side of the cylinder. The stop is made of a
sheet material and has a hole through it which receives the
cylinder The stop has a handle which may be engaged by the
user's hand to move the stop from position in engagement with
the cylinder. Gravity will cause the stop to fall uito engage-
ment with the end of the cylinder.
3,708,828
BONE HOLDING MECHANISM
Wayne R. Cain, Grand Rapids; Konrad H. Marcus Konrad
H and Edgar D. Prince, both of Holland, aU of Mich., as-
signors to Prince Corporation, Holland, Mich.
Filed Martrh 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,246
Int. CI. A22c/ 7/04
US CI 17-1 G 23 Claims
'T^iis "disclosure relates to a bone holding mechariism for
supporting a bone by one end thereof while meat stnppmg
operation! are perfonned. In one of its embodirnents^ the in-
^e'^tion relates m an apparatus which holds ^he tibia bonewjh
the meat thereon while removing the l.bula bone pnor to the
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
379
meat stripping operation. In another embodiment of the in-
vention, the mechanism holds the tibia bone while the entire
meat is being stripped. In each embodiment, the bone holding
mechanism comprises a pair of cam-controlled, resiliency
biased, movable jaws. In response to insertion of a bone, a trig-
gering mechanism allows the jaws to move toward each other
3,708330
ABACA CHIPPER MACHINE
Francisco M. Gomez, Rm 401 Vicente Madrigal, Ayala
Avenue, Rizal, Philippines
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,962
Int.a.D01b//00
U.S. CI. 19—5 R
2 Claims
to hold the bone from rotational and longitudinal movement.
In a more specific aspect of the latter embodiment, a sliding
gate, in response to the triggering mechanism, is moved into a
position adjacent to the ends of and surrounding the jaws to
hold the bone from movement while deboning operations are
performed. At the completion of the deboning operation, the
jaws are released, and the bone is released from the holder.
The machine accepts cut lengths of fibrous plant stem, and
slices and cuts them into chips, and then crushes and squeezes
them to partially defibered and de-watered condition. In the
crushing and squeezing, the chips are fed by a pair of convey-
ing endless chains to a squeeze-pass between circumferentially
and chevron grooved rollers.
3,708331
METHOD AND APPARATUS CROSS-DRAFTING
FIBROUS NONWOVEN WEBS
3,708,829
ARTICLE-RELEASE SHACKLE FOR TROLLEY-
SUPPORTED HANDLING SYSTEMS TO FACILITATE
PROCESSING William H. Burger, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-Clar*
Glenn A. Klevgard, FaribauH, Minn., assignor to Domain In- Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
A.,^*,r\^ M.» DLrhmnnil Wis. Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,148
dustries. New Richmond, Wis,
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 1,720, Jan. 9, 1970, Pat. No.
3,656,206. This application Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,755 y g ci. 19—236
lnl.Cl. A22c2;/00
U.S. CI. 17-11 3 Claims
Int. CI. DOlh 5100; D06c 3\00
12 Claims
V
A shiftable and article-releasable shackle for use with a trol-
ley-supported handling system to facilitate processing, such as
the evisceration of poultry, which utilizes a multiplicity of ver-
tically suspended shackle elements, suspended at upper ends
from the trolley system and having adjacent the lower extremi-
ties thereof retaining elements for interconnection of the
suspended articles. In operation and functional structure, an
abutment cable and/or deflection elements are fixedly
mounted at a point or points in the course of uavel of the
shackles for striking against and preferably camming the
shackles angularly and particularly the retaining elements in
such a way as to release the articles which then drop with the
aid of gravity.
Apparatus and method are described for cross-drafting
fibrous nonwoven webs. A web is grasped by a plurality of
endless belts which diverge laterally to stretch the web in a
cross-machine direction. Two or more sets of belts are em-
ployed to initially grasp the web across a transverse line nor-
mal to the length of the web, to suetch each increment of the
web by an approximately equal amount, and to release the
web simultaneously across a second transverse line normal to
the web. The resulting web is of increased width and
decreased thickness in comparison to the initial web, and each
increment of the web is stretched or cross-drafted by an ap-
proximately equal amount.
3,708332
METHOD FOR LEVELING TOW
James L. Lohrke, Birmingham Township, Chester County, Pa.,
assignor to Turbo Machine Company, Lansdale, Pa.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,393
Int. CI. DOld 7 7/02
U.S. CI. 19-65 T ICtoim
>V device is provided acting upon a multifilament continu-
ous filament tow band to improve the levelness of the tow
380
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
band prior to further processing by intermittently transversely 3,708,834
displacing some, but not all of the filaments of said tow at dif- STRETCH CLAMP
Charles B. Anderson, Spring Lake, and William H. Tuggle, Jr.,
Nunka, both of Mich., assignors to Atco Rubber Products,
Inc., Grand Haven, Mich.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 1,569
Int. CI. B65d 63106
U.S. CI. 24—279 2 Claims
ferent locations across the tow band and allowing a sufficient
tow path line of travel to allow the filaments to achieve new
equihbrium locations with respect to each other.
A stretchable cljimp as for hoses and the like, of an integral
band of polymeric material with bosses protruding from one
face and having aligned orifices to receive a threaded fastener.
3,708,833
SEPARABLE FASTENING DEVICE
William A. Ribkh, Lexington; Charles Kojabashian, Sudbury,
both of Mass., and Lauret H. Girard, Bedford, N.H., as-
signors to American Vekro, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,066
Int. CI. A44b 1 7/00
U.S.CL 24-204 21 Claims
3,708,835
SECURJTV SEAL
Hans Bienz, 9326 Horn, Switzerland, assignor to Stoba AG,
Horn, Switzerland
Filed March 13, 1972, Ser. No. 234,108
Claims priority, application Switzerland, March 24, 1971,
4327/71
Int. CL B65d 63/00, 55/06
U.S.CL24— 16PB 16 Claims
A separable fastening device having first and second separa-
ble members wherein the first member has a surface of up-
standing spear-like protuberances extending from one broad
surface of its base and the second member has a surface of
complementary engaging elements. The spear-like protube-
rances are characterized by the property that when the first
and second separable fastener members are pressed into face-
to-face relationship the spear-like protuberances on the first
separable member penetrate the surface of the second separa-
ble member and engage the complementary engaging ele-
ments of the second separable member and resist separation
parallel to the interfacial plane of engagement but are readily
separable by peeling forces applied substantially normal to
this interfacial plane The first separable member having a sur-
face of spear-Uke protuberances has particular utility as part
of a separable fastener having reticulated urethane foam as
the second complementary member, however it also provides
a superior fastening device when used with a second separable
member having a surface of complementary engaging ele-
ments in loop form.
X
■t^
-7
-4
a
^
-H-
A 2
-II-
II
-ir
-i-i^
K
i 9
A security seal having a flexible strip intended to be
piercingly inserted through at least one opening of an article
which is to be sealed, both ends of the strip after having been
flexed over upon themselves being non-releasably connected
with one another. To that end the flexible strip is provided at
one end with at least a portion of a closure and at its other end
either with the other portion of the closure or carries an ele-
ment which can be engaged with the closure. The one closure
portion of the aforesaid closure forms a container or receiver,
at the base of which there protrudes a head constructed as a
catch element and the other closure portion is formed by a
plate which fits in the form of a cover in such container and
has a locking element in the form of a recess into which ex-
tends shoulder means which, during closing of the seal and
pressing of the head into such recess engages behind such
head and in its inserted position non-releasably fixes same.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
381
3,708,836
WARP-KNIT SLIDE-FASTENER STRINGER
Alfons FroUch; Marie-Luise Cappel, both of Essen, and Ernst
Stubiger, Giessen, all of Germany, assignors to Opti-Hokling
A.G., Glarus, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,327
Claims priority, applkation Germany, April 4, 1970, P 20
16 141.5
Int. CLA44b 79/40
U.S. CI. 24—205.1 C 8 Claims
only a small force is required to release the buckle from the
mating connector even when the restraint system is in tension
through the application of a load. The buckle comprises the
conventional base, pivotally mounted latch lever, spring for
biasing the latch lever to the locking position, and with the im-
provement comprising a first push button lever pivotally
mounted adjacent one end and in contact with the latch
member at its opposite end and a second push button lever
also pivotally mounted at one end at a spaced apart location
A slide-fastener stringer comprises a pair of warp-knit tapes
having confronting edges carrying respective coupling ele-
ments. Each tape consists of a knit foundation formed by a
plurality of transversely offset longitudinally extending warp
chains joined together transversely by a plurality of laid-m
weft filaments. The guide bars for the warp chains can move m
a 0-1/1-0 or 2-0/0-2 pattern, or a pair of warp chains with
these patterns can be knit. The guide bars for the weft fila-
ments move in a 4-4/0-0 pattern, laying these filaments mto
each course. The knit is thermofixed and formed with holes
along the edges for accommodating the stitching securing the
coupling elements. Heavy crimped or textured bulk yam is
used as weft filament.
^yMfi
es 4i ^3J
from the pivotal mounting of the first push button lever and
overlying the first push button lever, whereby the application
of force on the second push button lever which is exposed
through a cover of the buckle engages and pivots the first push
button lever which moves the latch member to a release posi-
tion and in which the first and second push button levers are
so arranged and proportioned so as to provide a mechanical
advantage to reduce the force required to release the buckle
from the mating connector.
3,708,837
IMPROVED FABRIC FASTENER
Yoshio Chiba, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Kanebo, Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,750
Int. CKA44b 77/00
U.S. CI. 24-204 1 Clafan
The fabric fastener comprising two cloths adapted to en-
gage with each other, wherein one of them is provided with
the numerous mushroom engaging sections on its surface,
while the other one is a two-ply cloth composed of two pieces
of cloth combined by connecting strings and one of these two
pieces is made to have numerous meshes in its surface.
3,708,839
LOOM
Joyce Dfckev Prince, Box 1751 , Erie, Pa.
FUed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,540
InL a. D03d 29/00
U.S. CI. 28—15
6 Claims
.jn n %{!
n
''U
/tf/2 ,/(
i3
li
ti>
A loom for weaving designs is disclosed. The loom is made
up of a round platelike disk body having an opening in its
center and a single row of pins projecting axially from the first
side of the disk adjacent the hole. A similar row of pms pro-
jects from the second side. The second side also has a second
row of pins projecting from it adjacent the outer periphery.
When the yam is formed on both sides of the loom, the center
can be sewed together to hold the loops of threads firmly in
position. The flower can then be set into an afghan or blanket
by crocheting the periphery in place on a cloth or it can be
crocheted to other similar flowers.
3,708,838
PUSH BUTTON BUCKLE
Teodoro J. Gonzalez, Panorama City, Calif., assignor to Amer-
ican Safety Equipment Corporation, Encino, Calif.
Filed Nov. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 199,294
Int.a.A44b7 7/26
U.S.a.24-230A 10 Claims
A push button buckle for use in a safety restraint system m
combination with a mating tongue plate connector whereby
3,708,840
TRIMMING APPARATUS
John W. Oberloier, Beaverton, Mkh., assignor to Oberkjler
Enterprises, Inc.. Beaverton, Mkh.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79^06
Int. CI. B23p 23/00
U S CI 29 38 C 6 Claims
Apparatus for trimming hollow plastic articles including a
tumtable for supporting and moving articles positioned
thereon in a circumferential path, at least one saw member at
382
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
a peripherally disposed saw station, mounted on a support arm
for swinging movement between radially spaced inoperative
and operative cutting positions for removing at least one end
portion of the article, a plunge milling member for cutting an
3,708,842
CUTTING TOOL WITH REPLACEABLE TEETH
Martin Norman Hamilton, R.D. No. 4, MeadviUe, Pa.
Filed March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,615
Int.a.B26dy/y2
U.S. CI. 29— 105 A 3 Claims
aperture in the wall of the part, and a cutting member movable
in a generally tangentially path of travel along a plane inter-
secting said aperture to remove an end portion of the article
outwardly of the aperture to provide a cutout in the article.
The specification discloses a cutting tool having at least one
tooth. The tooth is supported in a cutter support in a notch
and has a threaded stud passing through a wedge key clamping
the tooth in place. The tooth bottoms on a rib having a curved
top.
3,708,843
HOLDER FOR INDEXABLE CUTTING INSERT
Donald A. Erkfritz, Rockford, HI., assignor to The IngersoU
Milling Machine Company, Rockford, 111.
Division of Ser. No. 17,605, March 9, 1970, Pat. No.
3,662,444. This application Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,149
Int.a. B26d///2
U.S. CI. 29—105 A 5 Claims
3,708,841
METHOD OF MAKING HREARMS HAVING
INTERCHANGEABLE BARRELS
James L. Quinney, Jaclison, Wyo., assignor to Idaho Bank of
Commerce, Rexburg, Idaho
Divisk>n of Ser. No. 885^82, Dec. 15, 1969, Pat. No.
3,61 1,611. This applkation July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,215
Int. CI. B23p 13/00
U.S.CI. 29— 1.1 1 Claim
A flat and centrally apertured wafer-like insert of cutting
material provides a plurality of angularly spaced available
cutting tips and is located edgewise against angularly related
abutments upstaiiding from the inner edge of a supporting sur-
face or platform against which the insert is clamped in the
final seating in a conical end of the insert aperture of the mat-
ing conical head of a screw extending through the insert aper-
ture and threading into a hole in the platform. In one embodi-
ment, one of the locating abutments is defined by the inclined
surface of a wedge which may be threaded into and out of the
body to adjust the edgev«se position of the insert. In another
embodiment, one of the locating abutments is on a plate
formed separately of and spot welded to the body and capable
of being removed and replaced if damaged during service use
of the cutter.
A firearm having interchangeable bjurels wherein each bar-
rel is attached to the receiver portion of the firearm and is
prevented from relative rotation with respect thereto by a
locking sleeve which fits over the barrel. The barrel is screwed
into a threaded bore in the receiver of the firearm until its end
face abuts a seating surface therein. The sleeve is then fitted
over the barrel and screwed into the same bore in the receiver
as the barrel until its end abuts the threaded portion of the
barrel. Any tendency of the barrel to rotate out of the receiver
is effectively prevented by the locking action of the sleeve.
3,708.844
REPLACEABLE ROLL ASSEMBLY
Harry H. Rawson, 2540 S. Garfield Road, Spokane, Wash.
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,577
Int. CI. B65g 13100; B2lb 31/08, B60b 7/04
U.S.CL 29-123 2 Claims
A roll assembly for heavy conveyor use, such as in the feed
assembly for a wood planer. The cylindrical shell or roll is
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
383
replaceable on a mounting shaft assembly and can be reversed
between adjacent roll assemblies to increase its useful life. The
21
2S
'Z4
-25
27-
soldering or brazing material and bent into the shape of rings
are placed on the blades at their places of abutment at the
shell housing; after the assembly of the parts as described, the
rotor unit is heated above the melting point of the soldering or
brazing material and thereafter cooled whereby the soldering
or brazing material flows by gravity into the gaps between the
blades and the shell.
^^^ii:^^^^^^^^^V,^^u^uMj
shell is rigidly supported by complementary hubs permanently
mounted to a central shaft so as to be capable of withstanding
heavy loading forces in use.
3,708,847
METHOD OF MOUNTING PNEUMATIC TIRE ON
VEHICLE WHEELS
William E. MitcheU, Coventry, England, assignor to Dunlop
Holdings Limited
FUed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,513
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 21, 1970,
13,746/70
Int. CI. B21h 7/02, B21k 7/32
U.S. CI. 29— 159.01 4 Claims
3,708,845
FORGE ROLL FOR WELDING OF THIN-WALL TUBING
Anton A. Aschberger, Oak Lawn, III., assignor to ContinenUl
Can Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,641
Int.CI.B21bi7/OS
U.S.CI.29-132 , 2 Claims
?6
.-^
\b
This invention relates to a pressure roll which may be util-
ized either solely for the application of pressure in the forma-
tion of a forge welded seam, or may be utilized both for the ap-
plication of pressure and the introduction of electrical energy
in the forming of a welded seam in tubing. The roll is con-
structed so as to have a full flow of coolant therethrough and is
of a two-piece construction including a hub and a tire. Prin-
cipal features are the securement of the tire on the hub by a
shrink fit and the forming of the tire of a material which is
least affected by temperature changes.
3,708,846
METHOD FOR FASTENING THE BLADES OF A ROTOR
FOR HYDRODYNAMIC UNITS
Otto Worner, Reutlingen, Germany, assignor to Daimler-Benz
Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkhelm, Germany
FUed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,512
Claims priority, application Germany, May 10, 1969, P 19
23 953.3
Int. CI. B21k 3/04; B23p 75/02, 75/04
U.S.CI.29-156.8CF 4 Claims
A method of mounting a pneumatic tire on a wheel rim hav-
ing side flanges and a radially inwardly depressed well portion
comprises fitting the tire to the rim by a method employing the
said well portion, and subjecting the well portion of the rim to
axial compression so as to reduce the axial width of the well
portion.
3,708,848
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING FILTER ELEMENTS
Paul Andre Guinard, 7 rue Pozzo di Borgo, Saint Ctoud 92,
France
Filed Nov. 25. 1970, Ser. No. 92,690
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 27, 1969, 6940925
Int. CI. B23p 75/76
U.S. CI. 29-163.5 F 3 Claims
A method of manufacturing a slotted filter element com-
prising the steps of forming opposite sides of the filter ele-
ments by respective electrolysis operations carried out to dif-
ferent degrees so that the slots in cross-section are more flared
towards one side than the other, and swaging the filter element
to give the slot cross-section the form of a single funnel.
A method for fixing the blades of a rotor for a hydrodynam-
ic unit in which the blades are assembled and preliminarily
held in position within the shell of the rotor and wires made of
3,708,849
AUTOMATED ROLLER CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
Howard M. Meyer, Ypsilanti, and Mayo M. Relchardt, Mil-
ford, both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corpora-
tion, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,100
Int. CI. B23p 79/04, B23q 7/70
U.S. CI. 29— 201 6 Claims
An apparatus for automatically assembling compressed
springs and rollers into an overrunning roller clutch assembly
comprises a pair of intermittently rotated plates pivoted on
spaced parallel axes. One plate has a plurality of loading
chambers with reciprocating slides which receives the rollers.
384
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
combines them with springs, compresses the springs and
delivers sets of compressed springs and rollers to a transfer
hub carried by the second intermittently rotated plate. Upon
one complete rotation of the plates, the transfer hub is loaded
m
-^/
3,708,851
HOLDING DEVICE FOR SEMICONDUCTOR WAFERS
Liboslav Vladik, Numben;, Germany, assignor to Semlkron
Gesellschaft fur Glekhnchterbau und Kkktronkk mbH,
Numberg, Germany
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,821
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 29, 1969, F 19
60 121.9
Int.Cl.H01g
U^. CI. 29— 203 12 Claims
with a full complement of rollers and springs. The comple-
ment of springs and compressed roller sets are then trans-
ferred to a clutch race to provide the overrunning roller clutch
assembly.
3,708,850
MEANS FOR SECURING A BODY TO A PANEL
Rex Martin, Blackburn, England, assignor to Joseph Lucas In-
dustries Limited, Birmingham, England
FUed April 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,871
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 7, 1969,
34,131/69
Int.CI. HOlr /9/04
U.S. CI. 29-203 F 1 Claim
The semiconductor wafers for a rectifier circuit of the type
wherein the conductors are formed from a single sheet of con-
ductive material and shaped so that wafers may be inserted
therebetween, are all simultaneously inserted and held in
place by means of a holding device or jig which then remains
in the finished device. The holding device is a sheet or plate of
synthetic material having perforations or openings cor-
responding to the desired locations of the wafers in circuit ar-
rangement and having a thickness substantially equal to that
of the wafers. The wafers are held or mounted in the perfora-
tions by static friction as a result of an elastic layer provided
between the walls of the perforation and the edges of the
wafer.
Means for securing a body to a panel including a pair of tor-
sion bars on the body on opposite sides thereof. The torsion
bars are spaced from the body and each torsion bar includes
an outwardly projecting lug the lugs being positioned inter-
mediate the ends of the torsion bars. The distance between the
outer edges of the lugs is greater than the distance between
opposite sides of a hole in a panel into which the body is to be
inserted, and there is provided a retaining member engageable
wixh the body. The retaining member is capable of engaging
the panel around the hole in the panel, and includes a pair of
fingers which extends between the lugs and the body when the
member is engaged with the body. The fingers each include
portions which engage the lugs on the torsion bars so as to
prevent disengagement of the body from the member. When
the body and the member are interengaged and the body is in-
serted through the hole in the panel the lugs engage in the op-
p>osite sides of the hole and the torsion bars are twisted to per-
mit the lugs to pass through the hole. The torsion bars then
restore the lugs to their original position so that the lugs en-
gage with the under surface of the panel while the retaining
member engages the upper surface of the panel so that the
lugs and the retaining member secure the body to the panel.
3,708,852
TERMINATION TOOL
John R. Mason, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Dracon Indus-
tries, Chatsworth, Calif.
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,749
Int. CL HOlr 43/00; HOSk 13/04
U.S. a. 29-203 H 10 Claims
Termination tool for making terminations of unskinned
wires on 66-type telephone wire connecting blocks. The tool
has an insertion stroke during which manual load on the tool
compresses a spring and releases a hammer stroke, which
completes termination and cuts wire end beyond termination.
3,708,853
WIRE TERMINATING MACHINE
Nicholas Humen, Bayonne, and William J. Brorein, Whippany,
both of N J., assignors to General Cable Corporation, New
York.N.Y.
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,288
Int. CL HOlr 4i/04
U.S.CL29— 203D 12 Claims
This machine applies insulation piercing terminals to a plu-
rality of conductors simultaneously and cuts off the conduc-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
385
tors where they extend beyond the barrels of the terminals. A
cut-off blade attached to the upper crimping die cuts against
an anvil that extends across the tops of the terminals beyond
the barrels but under the end portions of the conductors that
3,708,855
APPARATUS FOR REMOVING COUPLINGS FROM
TUBLTLAR GOODS
Grady O. Whiteside, 2908 Dawn, and Thomas Y. De Priest,
3736 Oakridge, both of Odessa, Tex.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,000
Int.a.B23pi9/04
U.S. CI. 29—237 5 Claims
are to be cut off. The blade cuts against the anvil which is
preferably made of brass so that the blade can dent the anvil,
and accurate alignment of the blade is therefore unnecessary
and the blade can cut even though dull.
3,708,854
APPARATUS FOR ASSEMBI ING CLOSURE CAPS TO
RECEPTACLES
John C. Nalbach, La Grange Park, Dl., assignor to John R. Nal-
bach Engineering Company, Chicago, Dl.
Filedjan.4, 1971,Ser. No. 103,504
Int. CLB23p 79/04
U.S.CL29— 208B 20 Claims
An apparatus for assembling a closure cap fitted with a
valve device and an elongated, flexible dip tube within the
filling opeiung formed in the neck of an aerosol dispenser type
container body and for simultaneously guiding the dip tube
into the interior of the container body through the filling
opening during such assembly operation. The apparatus in-
cludes engaging means for frictionally engaging a closure cap
at a closure cap-feeding work station, means for transporting
the engaged closure cap to a container body at a closure cap-
placement work station, means for simultaneously guiding the
flexible dip tube into the container body and disengaging the
closure cap from the engaging means, and means for
thereafter returning the engaging means to the closure cap-
feeding work station to frictionally engage another closure
cap.
l«-7
H-Sm-6
■se'
A tool for removing couplings from tubular goods, espe-
cially for removing or installing a coupling onto a suCker rod.
The tool can be manually or motor powered in operation,
and includes a barrel within which there is threadedly received
a mandrel, with the mandrel having a shaft attached thereto
and depending from within the barrel so as to impart rota-
tional movement into the mandrel. Diametrically opposed to
the shaft is a threaded pin portion of the mandrel which is
adapted to engage the threaded box portion of the coupling of
the sucker rod, so as to enable one threaded surface of the
mandrel to threadedly engage a coupling while the remaining
threaded surface of the mandrel threadedly engages the bar-
rel, with a part of the coupling jmd the barrel being brought
into abutting relationship with respect to each other in a
manner to develope tremendous torsional forces.
3,708,856
PROCESS FOR REPAIRING WORN AND DEFORMED
RAILWAY FROGS
John N. Keifer, Indianapolis. Ind.. assignor to Indiana .Metal
Treating Inc. Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Sept 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,708
Int. a. B23p 7/00
VS. CL 29—401 1 1 Claims
68 10
■]erJt:2:._-JtlL-:dL
Worn and deformed railway crossing frogs are repaired
thus: (a) arc -gouge away cracks and battered and work-
hardened metal, (b) weld-in gouged cavities while cooling the
frog in a water bath, (c) build up new wear surfaces with rod
or wire-fed welding while the frog is cooled in the water bath,
(d) notch the base walls and flanges (or cut completely apart)
to permit straightening, (e) clamp in straightened position, (f)
weld in the notches (or reweld the cuts) and (g) machine or
grind to shape and size.
3,708,857
METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING A DIFFERENTIAL
Richard D. PfeiHer, 410 102nd S.E. No. 24, BeUevue, Wash.
FUed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,138
Int. CI. B23q 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 29—407 22 Claims
This disclosure is for a jig measuring block and the method
of using the jig measuring block. The jig measuring block if of
use in aligning gears in a differential, a transmission and final
drives in small and large machinery such as small trucks,
386
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
makes U possible to save time, save matenal and to align the ^ r- «
C2> »
gears with greater accuracy in repairing such machinery.
Further, it makes .t possible for ^^^ ^^^'^^l^" ^^^^^^ ^° ,-,, ,^ ,3,h other. The method permits the assembly of the
economically and accurately repa.r such machmery . Uve W ea ^^ ^^^^^ ^ p^edetermmed path.
3,708,858
METHOD FOR PFEPARATION OF A nLTER MEDIUM
Jlro Sasaki, 2-4067, 2-chome, Ninyo-cho, Nara, Japan
FUed Jan. 15, 197 1, S«r. No. 106,785
Int. CI. B23p / 7100
3,708,860
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHOPPING A
PLURALITY OF ARTICLES AND DEPOSITING THE
ARTICLES IN COMPLEMENTARY ARTICLE
RECEPTORS
U.S. CI. 29-419
8 Claims Gene A. Bolster, Rush, and Alva F. Mathes, Rochester, both of
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N Y
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 120,950
Int. CI. B23p 1 9100, 23100; B23q 7/10
U^. CI. 29-430 15 Claims
A method for preparation ota filter medium for employmg
,n a prec.se or super-precise filtering machine with a" '"dustn-
al scale wherein a predetermined amount of fibrous or
powder-like raw matenal is compressed into a Predetermined
space in dry condition and the thus formed body of said raw
matenal is immersed in a liquid so that a filter medium having
intended characteristics is obtained by utilizing the high pres-
sure of swelling caused in said predetennined or defined space
aYid the plasticity of the matenal. The treated medium body is
always kept in wet condition.
3,708,859
METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING SPRING-BIASED HINGE
PIN UNIT
Robert H. Bitney, 10649 Morengo Drive, Cupertino, Calif.
FUed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,517
Int. CLB23p 79/00
U S CI 29-430 "^ ^*"*'"*
a" method for assembling a hinge pin unit of the type having
a coil spring mounted on and surrounding one end margm of a
hinge pin with one end of the spring being coupled to spnng
tension adjustment means at the end of the hinge pin and the
opposite end of the spnng bemg coupled to a first rotatable
extension on the hinge pin near a second extension fixed to the
A method and apparatus for simultaneously chopping a plu-
rality of articles such as film chips from a web m ;j'h>ch the
film chips are contiguous or spaced a predetennmed distance
apart, transporting the film chips under the inn"«"^« "^ 8""»^
ty to a loading station and spreading the articles apart dunng
such transport and precisely orienting and depositing the film
chips in complementary film chip [«".P;°^\"^";^ "'^, ^^^ '
tioned at the loading station in side-by-s.de relation. A plural.^
y of guide tracks with the assistance of air jets transport Uie
f?im chips from the chopping mechanism to the film chip
receptors. Each of the guide tracks cooperates with
mechanism at the loading station for precisely onent.ng and
depositing each film chip in its complementary receptor.
3,708,861
METHOD OF SECURING A CONTAINER TO A PALLET
Gordon P. Hickey, White Bear Lake, Minn., assignor to
Hoerner Waldorf Corporation, Ramsey County, Minn.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,054
Int. CI. B23pi/ /OO
US CI 29-432 2 Claims
'a palletized container includes rectangularly arranged side
walls and bottom closure Haps. One bottom closure fiap is
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
387
nailed or stapled to a wooden pallet. This is done Vy position-
ing one bottom closure flap on the pallet while the container is
resting upon its side, the wall to which the one bottom closure
flap being lowermost. After nailing or stapling the flap, the
remaining closure flaps are folded inwardly and the container
erected upon the pallet.
3,708,862
METHOD OF STRINGING BEADS
Edgar S. PoweU, Jr., 7834 E. Northland Drive, Scottsdak,
Ariz.
Division of Ser. No. 831,565, June 9, 1969, Pat. No. 3,650,010.
This application June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,983
Int. CI. B23p 79/04
U.S. CI. 29-433 3 Claims
S 4-JI 5
Method for stringing beads wherein a plurality of cords, not
less than six, are paired and the cords of each pair are criss-
crossed in a horizontally run through a bead, resulting in a re-
pairing, which pair is then vertically run through a bead
together with a stand having a central opening for practicing
the method and the resultant three dimensional string of
beads.
3,708,863
METHOD OF MAKING A TEMPERATURE SENSING
ELEMENT
Paul E. Thoma, Burlington, and Frederick A. Hoffmann, Mil-
waukee, both of Wis., assignors to Johnson Service Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,510
IntCLB32b 75/00
U.S. CI. 29—454 5 Claims
fabricate the element, a portion of one layer is masked, while a
second portion of the layer is exposed and is removed by
chemical or electrolytic action to provide an element in which
one layer has a substantially greater surface area than the
other layer. The element is shaped to the desired size and con-
figuration and in use the element is mounted so that the
peripheral edge is rigidly attached and sealed to a mounting
support.
3,708,864 ■
METHOD OF FORMING A WELD FITTING
Hiralal V. Patel, Cleveland. Ohio, assignor to The Weather-
bead Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 885,018, Dec. 15, 1 969, Pat. No.
3,635,498. This appbcation June 22, 1971', Ser. No. 155,585
Int. CI. B23ki 7/02 :
U.S. CI. 29—479 » 7 Claims
/S-,
^^ .
^^^^^^^
^o
^.^
Kj^"''
"^ " "r ■■'
M I ^'""'^
^=q
^ft
*
T=*=^
yy ^^^^^^^^r^rf^.^4--2
je
JS
■S^
/4?
A coupling for use in forming a welded tube joint is dis-
closed along with a method for forming such joint. A thin
coupling sleeve is tightly swage-fitted onto the end of a tube to
form a male or female tube end assembly suitable for engage-
ment with a tubular mating part assembly which may be a
fitting or another coupling sleeve and tube assembly. The
male-female interlocking arrangement provides radial and
axial alignment of the joined assemblies. The structure is ar-
ranged to provide a space between the tube end face and the
interior end face of the tubular mating part assembly. During
the welding operation, external fusion heat is applied to form a
single weld bead extending from the interior of the tube to the
exterior surfaces of the assemblies. The width of the weld at its
inner radizil extremities is longer than the axial width of the
space between the interior end faces and its width at its outer
radial extremities is at least equal to twice the axial length of
the male-female telescoped portion so that all the members
are fused into a single unitary structure.
3,708,865
METHOD FOR MAGNETIC EXPLODING COIL WELDING
IN SPECIAL ATMOSPHERES
Michel Grin, Varese, and Dietrich Pruess, Ispra, both of Italy,
assignors to European Atomic Energy Community
(Euratom)
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 885,188, Dec. 15, 1969. This
application Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,885
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Dec. 16, 1968,
57,553
Int.CI.B23k27/00
U.S.CL 29—470.1 10 Claims
A_l
^
(^" (■)-' .^
A method of making a temperature sensing element from a
composite sheet composed of two or more layers of materials
having different coefficients of thermal expansion. To
A hollow body such as a nuclear fuel pencil is exhausted of
air and filled with a desired gaseous atmosphere through an
388
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1978
opening in the body whUe within a gas-tight enclosure, is
sealed together with a closure member for the opening within
a gas-tight nexible bag. The bag containing the body and clo-
sure member is removed from the enclosure and the closure
member welded to the body by magnetic exploding coil weld-
ing while in the bag.
3,708,866
THIN FILM DIFFUSION BRAZING OF NICKEL AND
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
Robert R. Wells, La Mirada, Calif., assignor to Northrop Cor-
poration, Beveriy Hills, CaUf .
Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,802
Int. C\.B23k 3 1102, 35 124
U.S. CI. 29-498 8 Claims
A method for joining nickel and nickel base alloys compris-
ing disposuig a thin film of a metal selected from a class con-
sisting of titanium and niobium (or columbium) between the
surfaces to be joined, pressing the surfaces together whereby
the film forms an intermediate layer, heating to a eutectic tem-
perature and holding the surfaces at such temperature for a
period of time to allow sufficient diffusion of the nickel into
the intermediate layer, the formation of a liquid in the inter-
mediate layer and a return to a solid state diffusion between
intermediate layer and nickel.
when the upper mold punch meets the base of the lower mold,
the excess material of the shank barrel displaced by the
inclined ribs may escape into respective clearances.
There has been already taken a method of making nonskid
studs for tires of automobiles wherein a tip is inserted into a
shank and is brazed or wherein a tapered tip is struck into a
shank However, there are defects that troubles and a large
quantity of the material are required for the brazing and that
3,708,867
METHOD OF CONNECTING DUCT OR CONDUIT
SECTIONS
Robert H. Meserole, Somerville, N J., aisignor to Johns-Man-
ville Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,816
Int. CI. B23p 19102
U^.CL 29-525 3 Claims
troubles are required for the operations of copper or nichel-
plating the tips and derusting and washing the shanks. Further,
in tapering the tip, an error is likely to occur between the hole
of the shank and the Uper of the tip, the pressing is on one side
and therefore there is a defect that the fastening can not be
made well. When a punch having no rib is calked, there is a
defect that the force pressing the tip and shank hole together
is weak.
3,708,869
METHOD OF PREPARING STEREOTYPE PLATES
Daniel C. Anderson, 2054 Montecito Ave., Apt. No. 18, Moun-
tain View, Calif.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,888
Int. CI. B23p / 7100
U.S. CI. 29-527.6 4 Claims
A lubricating process for treating machines and tools com-
prising lubricating parts of the machine or tools with a film of
lecithin containing material.
A method of reforming ends of tubular sheet metal duct or
conduit sections having helically grooved walls so as to enable
such sections to be connected in end-to-end relationship.
3,708,870
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMI-CONDUCTOR
DEVICES
Dennis George Goodman, Birmingham, England, assignor to
Joseph Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,661
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, May 21, 1970,
24,550/70
Int. CI. BOlj/ 7/00
U^. CI. 29-580 4 Claims
3,708,868
METHOD OF MAKING NONSKTO STUDS FOR TIRES AND
SHOES
Ikuzou Amamlya, Yokohamashi, Japan, assignor to Kabushlkl
Kaisha Kaiiagawaselsakusho-Nlshlterao, Kanagawaku,
Yokohamashi, Kanagawa-ken. Japan
Filed April 27, 1971, Ser. No. 137,774
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 19, 1971, 46/7561
Int. CL B21d i9/00. B23p / 7/00
U.S.CL 29-520 1 Claim
A method of making nonskid studs for tires and shoes
characterized by making a vertical hole in an upper mold
punch so that the lower hole part of said vertical hole may
conform to a shank barrel, providing inclined nbs to project
inward in the upper part of the lower hole part, makmg a cir-
cular hole in the upper part of the shank barrel of a columnar
shank, inserting a superhard tip into said circular hole, f^tung
the shank in the lower mold and fixing the upper mold and
lower mold to respective presses so that when the punch is
lowered the shank barrel may be compressed and fastened to
be in th^ form of petals by the inclined ribs from above and.
A method of manufacturing semi-conductor devices in-
cludes the steps of forming a wafer with at least one P-N zone
and at least one N-N zone and with the wafer posiuoned on a
support, dividing the wafer into a plurality of parts each of
which is to constitute a device. Channels are defined between
the devices and P-N junctions are exposed m the channels. A
curable compound capable of protecting the P-N juncUons is
then poured into the channels, and the compound is cured so
as to form a membrane adhering to the devices aiid intercon-
necting the devices to facilitate handling thereof. The adhe-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
389
sion of the membrane to the devices is arranged to be substan-
tially greater than the cohesive properties of the membrane so
that, in use, the devices can be separated from the membrane
by peeling the membrane from the devices. Then after the
devices have been separated from the membrane, a portion of
the membrane adheres to the exposed parts of the P-N junc-
tions of the devices to provide protection of the P-N junctions.
mutator bar dividing grooves and commutator riser dividing
grooves are formed in the flanged cylindrical body rectilinarly
by a suitable stamping operation, without resorting to
mechanical cutting at all. while taking the flow balance of the
material into consideration, thereby to form a shrink ring for
the commutator. Thereafter, a molding material is charged
into the thus formed shrink ring for the commutator and the
material connecting the commutator bars and commutator
rises is removed, whereby a molded commutator is produced.
3,708371
SHIELDING AND SEALING GASKET MATERIAL AND
METHODS OF FABRICATING IT
Ezra Mintz, Los Angeles, Calif., assigiior to Technical Whre
Products, Inc., Cranford, N J.
Division of Ser. No. 771,142, Oct. 28, 1968, Pat. No.
3,542,939. This appUcation Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,743
Int. a. HO Is 4/00
U.S. a. 29—592 9 Clahns
3,708,872
METHOD OF PRODUCING A MOLDED COMMUTATOR
Yasushi Ohuchi; Hisanobu Kanamaru, and Teruhisa
Honshima, all of Hitachi, Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,788
Claims priority, application Japan, June 13, 1969, 44/47175
Int. a. HOlr 43/00
VS. CI. 29—597 3 Claims
3,708,873
CIRCULAR WAVEGUIDE JOINT
Edwin Floyd, Jr., Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 865,229, Sept. 22, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,560,029, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
631,841, April 18, 1967, Pat. No. 3,365,681, which Is a
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 468,793, July 1, 1965,
abandoned. This application June 1 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 45,459
Int. CI. HOlp 1 1100; HOlq 13100
U.S. CI. 29—600 1 Claim
A new shielding and sealing gasket material which com-
prises parallel, spaced apart continuously corrugated, electri-
cally conductive wires which are supported in a homogeneous
resilient body of material. Each wire defines a longitudinal
axis extending between its opposite ends, with successive cor-
rugations extending on opposite sides of the axis. The number
of corrugations per inch and the corrugations' peak to peak
spacing being easily variable. The method for producing the
material includes the steps of forming a stack of sheets of
plastic resilient material, with a separate plurality of parallel,
spaced apart continuously corrugating wires between adjacent
sheets, followed by a step of bonding the sheets together to
form a homogeneous resilient body of material.
A circular waveguide connection with two grooved
waveguide ends receiving thereover internally grooved rings
of mating halves, a central alignment sleeve, each end of
which sleeve is sealed by an elastomeric annulus, and a pres-
sure ring associated with each annulus. the assembly covered
with two mating flanged coupling members.
3,708,874
METHOD OF MAKING A BATCH FABRICATED
MAGNETIC MEMORY
Howard L. Parks, Woodland Hills, Calif., assignor to The
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Oak Brook, III.
Division of Ser. No. 864,616, Oct. 8, 1969, Pat. No. 3,623,037.
This application Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 176,411
Int. CI. HO If 7106
U.S. CI. 29-604 9 Claims
20a
A flanged cylindrical body formed by suitable means is
disposed in a cavity die assembly and then a plurality of com-
A magnetic wire memory construction comprising a plurali-
ty of stacked memory planes, each memory plane being
formed from two like-formed self-supporting and rigid metal
sheets in opposed relation. The sheets have channels formed
390
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
therein using precision batch fabricated metal sculpturing
techniques, with certain of the channels being filled with insu-
lative material. The dimensions and locations of the channels
are chosen so that precisely located memory wire receiving
tunnels and corresponding insulated drive line strips perpen-
dicular thereto are formed when the sheets are placed
together in opposed relation. Memory wire elements are in-
serted into the tunnels which protect and shield the elements
and maintain them accurately positioned with respect to one
another and to the drive line strips so as to permit achieving a
memory of increased density and speed of operation.
3,708,875
METHODS OF CONSTRUCTING ELECTRICAL
INDUCTIVE APPARATUS
Paul W. Martinck, Sharpsvillc, and James R. MiUer, Sharon,
both of Pa., assignors to Wesdngbouse Electric Corporation,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 12,704, Feb. 19, 1970, abandoned, which
is a division of Ser. No. 815,035, April 10, 1969, Pat No.
3448355. This applicatioo Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,480
Int. CI. HO If 7/06
VS. a. 29—605 7 Claims
plated-through-holes and particularly occurring in the use of
solder for improving the electrical interconnections. Research
disclosed that the cause of these discontinuities lay in the
material of the boards surrounding the holes which either in-
cluded entrapped gas or matter vaporizable under the high
temperatures of the liquid solder applied to fill the holes to as-
sure reliable plated-through-hole connections. A vacuum
evaporation operation was incorporated in the fabrication
process and found highly useful and efficient in the production
of reliable hole connections substantially reducing if not
completely eliminating any need to apply solder touch-ups to
the boards thereafter. Specifically, the boards were treated
prior to the soldering of the plated-through holes to a tem-
perature of approximately 250° F while concurrently being ex-
posed to a vacuum of approximately 10"* mm Hg for a suffi-
cient time to drive out of the boairds all matter vaporizable
under such conditions.
JJU-T
"V^"
Methods of constructing electrical inductive apparatus of
the type having a plurality of electrical windings encapsulated
in cast solid electrical insulation. At least one of the windings
has a plurality of spaced electrically connected coil sections
each formed of electrically conductive foil or strip, with the
coil sections being fixed to metallic coil back plate members,
which are supported on spaced insulating support members.
3,708376
VACUUM-HEAT TREATMENT OF PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARDS
William G. Klehm, Jr., Farmington, Mich., assignor to Bur-
roughs Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Jan. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 794,686 •
Int. CI. B41m J/05, H05k i/00
U.S. d. 29—625 , 9 Claims
3,708,877
METHOD OF ANCHORING AND CONNECTING LEAD
WIRES TO AN ELECTRICAL COMPONENT
Joseph Digirolamo, Ellihart, and SUnley O. Bender, Berne,
both of Ind., assignors to CTS Corporation, Elkhart, Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 698,824, Jan. 18, 1968, Pat. No.
3,492,536. This appUcation Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,278
Int.CI.H01r4i/00.H05k
U.S. CI. 29-628 3 Claims
A method for anchoring a lead wire in an electrical com-
ponent having a ceramic dielectric substrate is provided
wherein a portion of the lead wire is placed over an opening of
a notch in the substrate and forced into the notch. The notch
is provided with a constricted section and an enlarged section.
Application of the force deforms the lead wire and wedges a
portion of the lead wire into the notch to conform at least par-
tially to the sections of the notch.
3,708,878
WIRE CONNECTION, METHOD, AND CONNECTING
APPARATUS
Richard Charles Mann, Sr., Hershey, and Glcndon Henry
Schwalm, Camp Hill, both of Pa., assignors to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,522
Int. CI. HO 1 r 4i/00, H05k
U.S. CI. 29-628 3 Claims
Relates to the avoidance of electrical discontinuities arising Electrical connection is formed between one or more film-
in the production of two-sided printed circuit boards having insulated wires and a terminal by crimping the terminal onto
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
391
the end of the insulated wire(s), facing the end of the wire(s) slider indexable between a retracted position and plurality of
and terminal so that they are co-planar, and ultrasonically extended cutting positions, with an extreme protruding posi-
welding commoning plate of conductive metal to the wire and tion for loading or changing blades at the cutting end of the
terminal ends so that conducting path is formed through the
conducting plate.
29^ 59,
3,708,879
RAZOR HEAD
Charles F. Stephenson, Rowayton; Kenneth A. Van Dyck,
Weston, and James B. Wyatt, Stamford, all of Conn., as-
signors to The Gillette Company, Boston, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 26,588, April 8, 1970, Pat. No. 3,650,027.
This appUcation July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,729
Int. CI. B26b 2 7 /J2
U.S. CI. 30—61 4 Claims
"ffnr
snr
A razor head having a cap portion mounted thereon and
adapted to pivot upon one end of the razor head, the cap being
held and released by a hook latch means disposed in the razor
head. The exposure of the blade is varied by a rotatable adjust-
ing spindle connected to a blade guard.
3,708,880
SCARIFIER FOR WALL COVERINGS
John H. Norfleet, 15006 Naples Street, CleveUnd, Ohio
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,490
Int.Cl.B26bi/00
U.S.C1.30— 172 18 Claims
A tool for scoring a wall covering, such as one or more
thicknesses of wallpaper. The tool has circular saw blades
which are clamped to the tool body. The clamping arrange-
ment is releasable to permit each saw blade to be adjusted for
the desired depth of cut or to permit each saw blade to be
turned to present a different portion of its saw-toothed
periphery for cutting engagement with the wall covering.
3,708,881
MULTI POSITION ADJUSTABLE ROOHNG KNIFE
Robert A. Bennett, 38 Falmouth Drive, Shelton, Conn.
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,583
Int.Cl.B26b;/0S
U.S. CI. 30—320 5 Claims
A craftsman's utility knife or "roofmg" knife with an elon-
gated hollow casing slidingly accommodating a bladeholder
/
LO«D^
slider and a reverse extreme access position for inserting and
removing extra blades from a blade storage chamber at the op-
posite end of the slider.
3,708,882
DENTAL ARTICULATOR ACCESSORY
Niles F. Gulchet, 320 Olympia Place, Anaheim, Calif.
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,906
lnt,CI.A61c///00
U.S. CI. 32—32
13 Claims
Dental supports for clutches in an articulator are described
which are used to facilitate the mounting of the clutches and
their dependent dental instruments in an articulator. The sup-
ports comprise a base member which is removably attached to
the dental cast support screw of each articulator frame
member with a telescoping member that bears a clutch sup-
port plate and that can be locked to the base member at any
desired extension therein. The supports are used when the ad-
justable fossa and incisal guides of the articulator are to be set
to duplicate a paitent's border mandibular movements. In this
method, a pantograph with attached clutches is positioned in
the articulator in the proper anatomical relationship to the ar-
ticulator control surfaces. The clutch support plates of the ac-
cessory of this invention are then extended from their base
members into proximate positions to their respective clutches,
a curable plastic is placed between the clutches and the sup-
port plates, and the articulator is maintained in its centric
position until the plastic cements the clutches to their support
plates.
3,708383
DENTAL IMPLANT AND METHOD FOR USING THE
SAME
Stanley Flander, 77-10 34th Avenue, Jackson Heights, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,605
Inta.A61c7i/00
U.S. CI. 32—10 A 8 Claims
A dental implant which has an elongated tubular body pro-
vided with an outer anchoring portion and an inner portion
adapted to be situated within a bone bore. The body has a pair
of extensions projecting from its inner portion inwardly along
the interior of the bone bore and provided with exterior pro-
jections, these extensions being spreadable for pressing the
projections into the bone at the bore thereof. An elongated
spreader screw extends through the tubular body and has a
wedge-shaped spreader end situated between the extensions.
392
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
front view drawing. Apparatus for performing the foregoing
method includes a drawing support for the master drawings,
an open framework support for the tracing sheet mounted for
lateral movement relative to the master front view drawing, a
straight edge mounted for movement longitudinally relative to
the master plan view drawing and adjustable cam means inter-
connecting the framework support and straight edge for simul-
taneous proportional movement. A stereoscope also is
mounted above the drawing support for use in viewing both
master front view drawing and tracing drawing when said
drawings are displaced laterally relative to each other.
each other to press the exterior projections into the bone. The
part of the screw and an artificial tooth is anchored to the nut
as well as the outer portion of the tubular body which projects
beyond the gum line.
3,708,885
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING SHAFT SEALING RINGS
HAVING AN ANNULAR SEALING LIP
Karl Christ, D-5673 Burscheld, Germany, assignor to Goet-
zewerke Friedrkh Goetw A.G., Burscheld, Germany
FUed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,377
Claims priority, application Germany, AprU 7, 1970, P 20
16 436.7; Aug. 29, 1970, P 20 43 01 1.9
Int. CI. GOlb 5/00
U.S.CL33-174L 11 Claims
3,708,884
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING
STEREOSCOPIC DRAWINGS
Luis A. Turner, 8406 S.W. 58th Avenue, Portland, Oreg.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,268
Int. CI. 843175/75
U.S. CI. 33-20 R 15 Claims
Stereoscopic drawings are made by arranging master plan
and front view drawing in spaced, longitudinal alignment,
mounting a tracing sheet over the master front view drawing
for lateral movement relative thereto, tracing on the tracing
sheet each point on the master front view drawing that lies on
a selected reference line extending longitudinally between
corresponding points on both master drawings, moving the
tracing sheet laterally from the reference line a distance pro-
portional to the distance from a point on the master plan view
drawing lying on the reference line to another point on the
master plan view drawing displaced longitudinally from the
reference hne point, tracing on the tracing sheet each point on
the master front view drawing that lies on the longitudinal line
extending through said other point on the master plan view
drawing, and repeating the moving and subsequent tracing
steps for other longitudinally displaced points on the master
plan view drawing. Related spaced points thus traced then are
interconnected by free-hand or instrumented drawing. The
Apparatus for determining axial and radial dimensions of
annular lip seals usable on shaft members, includmg a support
structure for rotatably supporting a spindle over which a seal
can be slipped, the prong having a circumferential groove
shaped to conform to the contour of the sealing lip of the seal
and the diameter of the bottom of this groove being equal to
the diameter of the shaft for which the seal is designed. When
the seal is slipped over the spindle the sealing lip snaps into the
groove to assume a position as if mounted on a shaft for ex-
pected use. In this position calibrated gauges mounted on the
support structure and having sensor portions adapted to con-
tact face portions on the seal can be used to make the desired
measurements.
3,708,886
LYOFLO-STOPPER
Robert W. Ogle, Newport Beach, Calil., assignor to Lyoflo-
Stopper Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 791,727, Jan. 16, 1969, Pat. No.
3 578,195. This application Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,185
Int. CI. F26b 5106
U.S. CI. 34—5 1 Claim
This patent describes a novel resUient lyophilizing stopper
for use in a vial or other medicament container having an open
end said stopper comprising an upper portion having one or
more sealing rings adapted to form a seal on the inside walls of
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
393
said vial and act as a piston therein, and a lower portion com- achieved. The combustion gases, which are given off from the
prising a series of interruptions around the periphery of the fuel used to heat the activator, are utilized as the activating
lower portion, said interruptions forming a force compression
V,'.'///
fit with the walls of the vial and the spaces between the inter-
ruptions being adapted to provide a gas passage from the in- *'
terior of the vial to the exterior when said sealing rings are gases and a venturi is used to supply the activating gases to the
held beyond the end of the vial by said interruptions. activating chamber of the apparatus.
3,708,887
NOZZLES FOR FLUIDIZED BED VESSEL
CONSTRUCTION PLATE
Maurice J. Erisman, Oak Park, III., assignor to FMC Corpora-
tion, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,278
Int. CI. F26bi/76. 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 34—57 A
3 Claims
^.
^
3,708,889
APPARATUS FOR BLEACHING FURNITURE
John W. BaymiUer, Lancaster, Pa., assignor to Armstrong
Cork Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,487
Int. CI. B27k 5102; F26b 79/00
U.S. CI. 34—83 1 Claim
4; ^10
l>
'-k\
D
■+7f-->
□
C
Si
D
E
H4t>
V
"n A
T
An improved nozzle is provided for the constriction plate in
a fluidized bed type of heat transfer apparatus.
3,708,888
APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING COMMINUTED
MATERIAL
Maurice A. Trepanier, Marquette. Mich., assignor to Royal
Oak Charcoal Company, Memphis, Tenn.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,417
Int. CLF26b 77/72
U.S. CI. 34—169 10 Claims
An apparatus for activating carbon or other comminuted
material is described. The apparatus includes a plurality of
baffles upon which the material to be activated impinges as it
falls through the activating apparatus. The bottom surfaces of
the baffles are spaced and configured to define passages for
the activating gas. Accordingly, the flow of activating gas
through the material is in the form of a plurality of congruent
paths which appear as branches of the main gas flow. All the
material is therefore exposed to gsises having substantially
equal activating capabilities and a uniform activation is
A method and apparatus is utilized for bleaching furniture
through the use of hydrogen peroxide and ammonia. The fur-
niture to be bleached is placed on a conveyer which passes
through an air lock structure into an ammonia chamber. Am-
monia is delivered to the ammonia chamber and causes the
bleaching of the furniture. The bleached furniture component
is removed from the ammonia chamber through an air lock
structure.
3,708,890
ROTARY AIR LOCK APPARATUS
Edward B. Weisselberg, Old Tappan, N J., assignor to Wyas-
mont Company, Inc., Fort Lee, N J.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,827
Int. a. B65g 53140
U.S. CI. TA—'iAl 5 Claims
Rotary air lock apparatus suitable for high temperature
operation includes a generally cylindrical housing having op-
posed inlet and outlet openings, an elongated shaft joumaled
centrally within the housing and a plurality of flexible, seg-
mented blades carried by the shaft for rotation within the
housing. The blades are f6ns.tructed to make sealing engage-
ment with the inner cylindrical walls and end walls of the
394
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1978
housing and to allow thermal expansion and contracuon of
the blades both axially and radially of the housing without im-
pairment of the seal between the blades and the housmg. Radi-
is detachable and has measuring indicia to allow the child to
measure the blocks and the blocks are of varying colors some
*A
22
« VL ',« /%
ant cooling of the shaft allows high temperature operation
without requiring elaborate cooling systems for the shaft
bearings.
3,708,891
SPOKEN QUESTIONNAIRE METHOD AND APPARATUS
Robert J. Rosov, Springfield, Oreg., assignor to Oregon
Research Institute, Eugene, Oreg.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,219
Int.a.G09b7/00
U.S.a.35-9A 3 Claims
of which are arranged in sets to equal the base member so as
to provide an understanding of fractional amounts.
:
-IC
/«
t*
1 U^Tll
2O-0
aa-o
Jt-o
*-^ a
>
.
~z$
3,708,893
EDUCATIONAL GAME
John Murphy, 4591 Round Top Drive, Los Angeles, Calif.
FUed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,262
Int. CI. G09b im
U,S.CI.35-9D 21 Claims
§ socs sad-
The method and apparatus for the automatic questionnaire
presentation and statement compilation involves the use of a
magnetic tape playback unit carrying a multi-track magnetic
tape pre-recorded to provide spoken questions for an m-
dividual, teletype statement printout signals, binary question
identification code signals, binary next question search code
signals for yes. no. and undecided individual responses, and
operating control signals for tape speed and timing and for
start and stop of audio and teletype signals. The electrical out-
puts of the playback unit are connected to a digital logic con-
trol unit to which also is connected the electrical outputs of a
patient response unit. The logic control unit is programmed to
control the playback unit to select from a questionnaire on the
tape questions corresponding to individual responses to previ-
ous questions, and to select from a plurality of modulaung
codes on the tape, each representing a statement, appropriate
codes for modulating a teletype unit to provide printout of
statements pertinent to the individual responses.
An educational game includes a housing having slots for in-
sertion of coded cards and having a receptacle for a master
coded key card. When a correctly sequenced subset of cards
all coded like the master code are inserted, a circuit condi-
tioned by the key card releases a shuttered window on the
housing to expose a picture formed by the cards.
On each card, the position of a hole indicates the value of
each coding parameter. The location of another hole indicates
the card's sequence in the coded subset. The housing contains
a set of electrical contact bars displaced laterally by the key
card to set the contacts into positions indicative of the master
coding Only if the inserted cards match the master codes, m
the correct sequence, will the holes be aligned with the con-
tacts so as to complete an electrical circuit opening the
shutter.
3,708,892
EDUCATIONAL DEVICE
Mary C. Graf, 506 Smith Avenue, Apt 9A, Lake Bhiff, Dl.
FUed Jan. 27, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 10,031
Int CI. G09b 7 9/02
U^. CL 35-31 D 10 Claims
An educational device which teaches a child mathematical
procedures, measurements and proportions including frac-
tions as well as colors by permitting the chUd to visualize block
members of varying dimensions and colors in relation to each
other. A post element is secured to a base member and block
members are constructed to be inserted on the post so as to
permit the child to store the blocks and measure his ov»m
height in relation to the base aud the block members. The post
3 708 894
PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE GUIDE
Dana C. Savage, Jr., 333 E. 4th Street, Dover, Ohio
Filed Dec. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 97,1 17
Int. a. G09b 7 9/00
U.S. CI. 35-21 ' ^**'"»
An electrical parliamentary procedure guide device for aid-
ing in the conducting of a meeting in accordance with
established rules of parliamentary procedure. The face panel
of the device includes a series of switches each represenUng
parliamentary moUons and a series of indicator lights which
are selectively energized upon actuation of a "motion" switch
to indicate the applicabUity of various considerations concern-
ing the regulation of the disposition of the particular mouon
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
395
associated with the actuated switch. For example, whether tube extends along the top of the apron and is linked to both of
one or another of a pair of lights is energized upon actuation the arms by struts to avoid the undesirable effects of unequal
of a particular motion switch may indicate whether or not a
second is required for that motion, whether the motion is
sol
c
23*
24A
lip"" ' to •**
1 -t^.jitintMBii-
2S*f
26A
28A
29>
-■ tOj
50a *viB sa^5C 5;/Jmb yy^x: S«* »«-, MB
53*'^53ef 53C^ S4»'
C»± FOR 1* I'^'B
SBois f'AC'
(S^»rio KwV onfir* *S.% t goBtoi'^
%
^ TC POSfiWE *b"
wr- IJ*1IIIS1€0 ■! ,
Wat Of I r •
THE l«ltTtS_J
tthmd
officaB
.. -tr wsvojs tfsrm kE-j
jT- ' TO L»0«1
^ ■ -^JJ TXE T»8l£ _
n run mm
THE T»ea
3o» - ''tD n iw;oiis««_
5l«- HE' H)HESaiP_ .
debatable and so on. A second series of lights and switches loading at the sides of the structure and to unitize the arms
provides an indication of the part of meeting in progress as without requiring cross-bracing or other obstructions across
well as ensures that the meeting progresses in the prescribed the top of the bowl,
order.
3,708,897
3,708,895 CLOSED-DAMPER INDICATOR FOR FIREPLACE
REPLACEABLE TOOTH ASSEMBLY William J. Adams, and Eugene A. Ferrari, both of P.O. Box
Norman N. Griffith, and John D. HoUingsworth, both of 806, Aptos, Calif.
Jacksonville, Fla., assignors to Florida Machine & Foundry Filed April 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,987
Co., Jacksonville, Fla. Int. CI. G09f 7 9J00
Filed April 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,969 U.S.CI,40— 1 3 Claims
InL CI. E02f 9/28
U.S.CL37— 142A 7 Claims ^ V
A replacable tooth assembly including a tooth formed with
a conical interior opening and flanges extending from the base
of the opening. The conical opening is applied to a conical
adaptor nose and the flanges hold the tooth against rotation on
the nose by coaction with the base of the adaptor. A key in the
nose extends into slots in the flanges to lock the tooth on the
nose. Limit surfaces of the key coact with surfaces of the tooth
adjacent the tooth slots to prevent inadvertent removal of the
key except through forcible movement of the key laterally and
axially of the nose.
3,708,896
HOEING APRON MECHANISM WITH LOAD
COMPENSATING TORSION BAR
Larry G. Eftefield, Joliet, Dl., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor
Co., Peoria, III.
Filed March 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,369
Int. CI. B60p 7/50
U.S. CI. 37—4 8 Claims
A scraper is provided with a manipulatable apron for draw-
ing material into the bowl to assist loading as the scraper
moves forward. The apron is pivoted to a pair of arms which
are, in turn, pivoted to the bowl sidewalls and fluid cylinders
provide for controlled flexing at each pivot joint. A torque
A closed-damper indicator for a fireplace having an anchor-
ing member provided with a permanent magnet that may be
removably secured to a metallic surface in the fire chamber of
the fireplace, with a flexible connector having its upper end at-
tached to the anchoring member so as to hang therefrom, and
a telltale fixed to the lower end of the connector for visually
indicating the fact that the damper of the fireplace has been
closed.
3,708,898
INDICATING DEVICE
Victor Wayland ComeUus, Eastland, Tex.
Filed Sept 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,916
Int.a.G09f 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 40—70 6 Claims
A resettable character indicating device is of the type, for
example, usable in an automobile for recording mileage at a
given time. A disclosed embodiment contains three windows
or apertures for indicating the unit, tens and hundreds digits of
mileage. The device is made from a single sheet of cardboard
or the like which is punched at predetermined locations with
apertures or holes for receiving an axle bearing member and
character bearing discs. Certain of the apertures are located to
396
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
.u -^;»^e rvr.«itinn the fact that the two portions are not in the same ver-
provide windows for display of the characters on the discs P°""°";^*^f^^ dSemible trthe ordinary observer. Thus, a
while other apertures are located to allow extension of an edge t.cal plane is not discemioie lo y
1
continuous figure can be displayed on the upper and lower
portions without any horizontal gaps in it.
of the disc therethrough when the sheet is carefully folded
along prepositioned fold lines.
3,708,899
MOBILE PRICE-RAIL MARKER
Thomas L. Berry, Jr., Deerfield, Dl.. assignor to Litho-Paint
Poster Company, Chicago, lU.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Set. No. 71,153
Int. a. G09f 7122
U^. CI. 40— 128 8 Claims
3,708,901
FIREARM SEALING DEVICE
Donald R. Woh«r, 7216 W. Grantosa Drive, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,317
Int. CI. F41c 27/05
U.S.CI.42-1N ; 7 Claims
An animated, self-osciUating price-rail marker, havmg a
base tab on the end of a flexible strip for attachment to the
price rail of a commodity shelf, including adverlismg display
and direction indicating tags, and having means on the other
end of the strip for hanging the display from a staUonary sup-
port in special attention-getting spatial relationship before the
commodity, the marker device having wiggle-waggle mobility
for getting the attention of the passer-by. and having
stretching motion for pointing-out the direction and locaUon
of a particular commodity of special sale, both of which are
animated by air movements occurring in the environment.
A firearm is protected against unauthorized use and con-
tamination with a kit xhat comprises an element which is
resUienUy biased into tiie chamber end of a gun barrel and
which may engage v«th and retain a sealing element at the
muzzle end of the barrel. A special key and particular
knowledge are required for removal of the device from the
firearm.
3,708,902
SURVIVAL WEAPON SYSTEM
Norman B. Foster, Robert P. Yeomans, both of Lancaster,
Calif., and Robert A. Daniels, Bonneville, OT«g., assignors to
Space- Age Control, Inc., Pahndale, CaBf.
Filed Aug. 1 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 62,9 1 1
Int. CI. F41c 2 7100, 3102 . / 9100
U.S.CI.42-1R 14 Claims
3,708,900
AERIAL SIGN
James G. Robinson, 2213 Oakwyn Road, Lafayette Hills, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 76,897, Sept. 30. 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 763,358, Sept. 30, 1968,
abandoned. This appUcation April 6, 1971, Ser. No. 131,619
Int. CI. G09f 2 //06
U.S. CI. 40-212 5 Claims
A sign for use with aircraft. The sign comprises an upper
portion and a lower portion. The upper portion is mounted on
the side of the aircraft and is disposed generally above the
landing gear. The lower portion is pivotally supported beneath
the aircraft on the opposite side of Uie landing gear and in
close proximity to Uie upper portion. The lower portion can be
-raised to a horizontal position where it is positioned ui a
generally horizontal plane between tiie landmg gear so that
the aircraft can land. When the lower portion is m its display
A compact, convertible weapon for use in survival environ-
ments includes a handle for selectively mounting a mechanism
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
,, .. ^. 397
January 9, 1973
for finng cartridges or flares thereon as well as having storage -'P-^^f *:":- ^^^^^^
capability. The firing mechanism utilizes a baU and detent ar- ^es'de panels ^e^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^
rangement for cocking an associated bolt and mcludes a finng lobster entrance means mere v
pin arrangement selectable for either rim- or center-fire car-
tridges An associated barrel is partially rified and partially ^^^^ ^
smootii-bored for improved accuracy when finng certam ^J^^
types of loads. Alternatively, the handle may be used is con- ^-^r u _
junction with a knife attachment.
3,708,903
SELF-ILLUMINATING CHEMILUMINESCENT FISHING
LURE
Christa V. Berci, Oaklyn; Jolan S. Rozmanlth, Cherry HIU,
and Jeno P. Bercz, Oaklyn, all of N J., assignors to Lurex,
Inc., Cherry HiU,N J.
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,979
Int. a. AOlk 55/00
U.S. CI. 43-17.6 18 Claims
boxes are secured to the undersurface of the container, each
having downwardly and outwardly pointing feet on the op-
posite ends thereof.
A self-iUuminating fishing lure contamer having a cavity
receiving chemiluminescent material and comprising a gas
permeable member impervious to the .^hemduminescent
material for reducing pressure build-up withm the cavity by
gas diffusion. The gas permeable member may comprise a
material softer than tiie adjacent members of the lure and may
be held m place by a snap-action mechanism or clamped m
place The member which communicates with the exterior of
the lure permits the escape of gases common to that of norma^
atmosphere while preventing pollution of environmental
waters by the chemiluminescent material(s). At least a portion
of the contamer may comprise a transparent material with
preferred embodimentsjncluding an opucal bnghtener.
3,708,906
FISH ATTRACTING MEANS
Julian Stein, 338 Fairway Drive, Franklin Square, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,473
Int. a. AOlk 69/00
U.S.CL 43-100 12 Claims
3,708,904
FISHING LINE DIVING DEVICE
Edmond P. Zaharis, 5735 N.E. 33rd Avenue, PorUand, Oreg.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,176
Int. CL AOlk 55/00
U.S. CI. 43-43.13 l^Clauns
A recirculating cable on which is mounted a plurality of
lurtsTs mounted'on a plurality of driven puUeys. The fish ^e
attracted by the traveling lures into the area m front of the
mlSi of a fish trap or directiy mto a fish trap. The return pa^
of the recirculating cable is covered with a shield to
discourage fish from swimming away from the trap area. Vari-
ous types of lures may be used
A fishing line diving device wherein tiie points of action (or
force transmission) of a connected fishing line end and of a
weight included in the device, are infinitely adjustable.
3,708,905
PLASTIC LOBSTER TRAP
Donald A. JaJbert, 137 N.E. Washington, Bartlesville, Okla.
Filed Jan. 26, 197 1, Ser. No. 109,768
Int. CI. AOlk 69/05
U.S.Cl.43-100 _ .^^'-^^
A lobster trap including a container formed by six planar
panels, each comprising a plastic frame having spaced plasUc
3,708,907
SHOCKING DEVICE
JaroW B. Cole, San Juan Capistrano, Calif., assignor to Harry
Lime Industries, Anaheim, Calif. . , ^ ^ ,„
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,450
Int.Cl.A01m//22
43—112 13 Claims
^ Cun^nt iTperiodically supplied to a step-up transformer by
means of a senes of clock-actuated relay switches. A fi^t con-
ductor wire is connected at one end through a neon tube to
one terminal of the secondary coil of the transformer and is in-
sulated from ground at tiie other end. Four grounded conduc^
o itesTe'secured parallel to and in spaced relation with
t^e first conductor. The voltage between the f^t conductor
Zid the grounded conductor wires is slighUy below the break-
^wTvottage for the air gap spacmg between the first conduc-
torTd the grounded wires. Insects flymg between the first
906 O.G. — 15
898
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
conductor and any one of the ground wires will shorten the air within a bubble producing solution. The apertured disc is pro-
gap and, when power is being supplied to the transformer, pro- vided with vanes which cause the disc to rotate in response to
vide a short between ground and the first conductor. Such in-
sects will be shocked.
pneumatic pressure being applied. The same pneumatic pres-
sure is utilized to form the bubbles.
3,708.908
INSECT TRAP
John S. L«vey, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Days-Ease Home
Products Corporatiofl, Hollywood, Calif.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,153
InLCl. A01m0///4
U.S. CI. 43—114 23 Claims
The insect trap has a tubular, perforated housing which
serves as a receptacle for an inner tubular structure which is
an insect attractor and catcher. In the preferred embodiment,
the inner tubular structure is also perforated zmd carries a
sticky surface on the exterior thereof for capturing insects £md
an odor-emitting attractant on the interior for emitting an at-
tractive odor through the perforations. In another embodi-
ment, the odor-emitting attractant may be incorporated into
the sticky insect-capturing material smd coated on the outside
of the inner tubular insert.
3,708,909
BUBBLE PRODUCING TOY
Emanuel A. Winston, 2925 W. Touhy, Chicago, 111.
Filed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877,682
Int CI. A63h 33128
U.S. CI. 46— 7 6 Claims
A bubble producing toy which ha& a rotatably mounted
apertured disc in which some of the apertures are submerged
3,708,910
METHOD OF STACKING NESTING ARTICLES OF
DIMINISHING SIZE
Jack J. Skillman, 727 E. 60th Street, ApL 1616, Chicago, 01.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,180
Int. a. A63h 33106
U,S.a.46— 17 1 Claim
A method of stacking a toy or educational device compris-
ing a plurality of members capable of being nested together to
form a compact stack or of being positioned on top of one
another to form an extended stack. The members are of
progressively diminishing sizes. Each consists of a central por-
tion having a plurality of triangularly shaped interconnected
sections and a plurality of triangularly shaped interconnected
outer segments connected to the triangularly shaped sections
of the central portion. The outer segments cooperate with the
central portion upper surface to form pockets and with the
central portion undersurface to form projections. Each pocket
is adapted to receive a projection of an overlying adjacent
member when the members are in compact stacked relation.
In extended stacked relation the projections of the overlying
member rest at the junctions of adjacent pockets of member
beneath.
3,708,911
RECREATIONAL DEVICE
Leo Haschek, 140 Close Avenue, Toronto, 146 Ontario,
Canada
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,764
Int CI. A63h 33102
U.S. CI. 46—47 6 Claims
A recreational device includes an outer hoop to which a
generally axially disposed hub is secured by radial spokes. The
hub includes a discoid portion and a generally cylindrical wall
defining a recess so that the device can be spun on the tip of a
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
399
-.--^•^r:r::-rr;r^::;:rsrs ^^^r^-^^^^^i^X^^^
mounted on a shaft to provide a pair of wheels whUe, by
detaching the hub and the spokes from the hoop, the device is
converted into a conventional trundling hoop. By the use of
r
4
speed control, both of which can be controlled by a user dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.
generally uapezoidal vanes having airfoil configurations as the
spokes the device can be caused to fly through the air when
spun from the tip of a stick or, by inverting the device, it tends
to remain on the tip of such a stick when it is spun thereon.
3,708,912
BOUNCING PASSENGER VEHICLE TOY
Walter P. Doe, East Aurora, N.Y., assignor to The Quaker Oats
Company
Filed March 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 19,624
Int. CI. A63h 5/00
U.S. CI. 46-204 3 Claims
3,708,914
HATCH COVER DRIVE MEANS
Bo Kent Ansund, Goteborg, Sweden, assignor to MacGregor
International S.A., Basel, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,285
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 16, 1970,
13993/70
Int. a. B63b 19118; E05f 15114
U.S. a. 49-209 5 Claims
Simulated passengers in a toy vehicle are made to bounce as
the vehicle rolls along. A chassis supported by wheeled axles
with through openings for receiving the passengers which rest
on a loose plate beneath the platform. The plate is dnven ver-
tically by multi-lobed cams on the vehicle axles as the vehicle
roUs along, and this bounces the passengers.
3,708,913
TOY MOTORCYCLE
Reuben Terzian, Chicago; Robert S. McKay, Morton Grove,
and Marvin I. Glass, Chicago, aU of 111., assignors to Marvin
Glass & Associates
Filed Feb. 8, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 13300
Int. CI. A63h 33126
U.S. CI. 46-243 LV 15 Claims
A two-wheeled toy vehicle including a wheel drive motor
and capable of maintaining an upright position during opera-
tion without the assistance of a third wheel or the like. The ex-
emplary embodiment is configured in the form of a motorcy-
cle and includes an electric drive motor and batteries therefor
located below the axis of rotation of the wheels to provide the
vehicle with an exuemely low center of gravity thereby
enhancing its stabUity during operation. The vehicle can be
In a drive means for hatch covers of the type in which hatch
cover sections are movable laterally or longitudinally by
means of a rack arranged beneath the hatch cover section
said rack co-operating v«th a drive motor located externally of
the hatch coaming, the improvement that the drive means in-
cludes two pinions, one of which in the closed position of the
hatch cover engages a rack element on the outside of the
hatch cover section, whUe the other pinion is arranged to co-
act with the rack subsequent to a limited movement of said
hatch cover section, and which rack extends at most to a hatch
packing inserted in the lower surface of the hatch cover sec-
tion.
3,708.915
APPARATUS FOR OPERATING SWING DOORS
Anthony Walter Davey, Hathem, England, assignor to Herbert
Morris Limited, Loughborough, Leicester County. England
Filed Jan. 25, 197 1 . Ser. No. 109,166
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Feb. 6, 1970,
5,785/70
lnt.a.E05f 75/00
U.S. CI. 49—340 * Claims
Apparatus for operating swing doors or other members
through a predetermined angle in which one member of a
linear motor is mounted on a stationary frame extending
horizontally above the door, a pin or roUer on the door cngag-
400
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
ing a slot in the moving member of the motor to pivot the door garage door so that the first movement of the operator swings
from an open to a closed position and visa versa with limit the bell-crank lever to retract a spring pressed locking device
B
\////^/\r>
-r
7 S9
\
/s
switches and limit actuators at each end of the stroke of the
moving member to cut off and reverse the motor.
3,708,916
MOVABLE WALL PANEL SYSTEMS
Joseph G. Karp, Jr.. and Robert F. McCurdy, both of New
Castle, Ind., assignors to American Standard Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed Aprfl 23, 1971, Ser. No. 136,81 1
lnt,a.E05d/J/02 —
UJS. CL 49—409 4 Claims
for locking the door in closed position. Further movement of
the operator lifts the door in a conventional manner.
3,708,918
AGITATOR FOR MOVING FLUID SUSPENDED OBJECTS
THROUGH ABRASIVE MOTIONS
Clarence Pool, 8321 Possons Boulevard, Pico Rivers, Calif.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,686
Int. CI. B24b 7/00
II.S.CL51— 3 5 Claims
Trolleys for movable wall panels are particularly adapted to
negotiate track intersections, turns, and parallel track stacking
intersections. The trolley body is formed with a support sur-
face positioned slightly above the rolling contact surface of
the trolley wheels. The support surface permits sliding move-
ment of the trolley through the intersection gap while prevent-
ing the trolley wheels from falling into the track slot. In one
embodiment, four trolley wheels are positioned mutually at
right angles with the support surface in the arcuate spaces
between the wheels. In another embodiment, two trolley
wheels in combination with centering and guide rollers are
combined with a support plate, which plate carries a layer of
low-friction material.
3,708,917
LOCKING DEVICE FOR OVERHEAD GARAGE DOOR
Paul W . Strceter, 1 1 1 Los Gatos, Vallejo, Calif.
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 1 11,822
Int. CLEOSf 75/00
U.S.CL49— 280 1 Claim
In a motor operated overhead garage door the operator is
connected to a bell-crank lever pivotally mounted on the
^^T-
A self-contained agitating apparatus, primarily useful for
batch processing a multiplicity of objects suspended in a fluid
and contained in a vessel that is oscillated by a remote and sta-
tionary prime mover, to cause said objects to progressively
move through a toroidal path and thereby roll into and out of
interengagement and into and out of engagement with the ves-
sel walls, and which action is enhanced by the presence of
abrasives added to the fluid and/or batch for the purpose of
deburring, polishing and the like. Secondarily, the apparatus is
useful for lapping objects upon a plate and by means of the
above said oscillatory action, said secondary utility being con-
current with said primary utility and operative simultaneously
in the one apparatus.
3,708,919
DEVICE FOR LAPPING TAPERED MATING SURFACES
OF PARTS
Alexei Ilich Isaev, Moscow; Semen Albertovich Pevzner, Kra-
matorsk Donetskoi oblasti, and Jury Semenovich Zcmtsov,
Orsk Orenburgskoi oblasti, all of U.S.S.R., assignors to Kra-
matorsky Nauchno-Issledovatelsky I Proektno-tekh-
nologichesky institut mashinostroenia, Kramatorsk, Donet-
skoi oblasti, U.S.S.R.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,518
Int. a. B24b/ 5/OS
U.S. CI. 51—26 6 Claims
Apparatus for lapping the tapered mating surfaces of parts,
mainly bells and cups of blast furnace charging devices, and
T
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
401
for ensuring accurate orientation in space of the parts dunng
lapping and conUol of the load in the lapping contact zone. A
cTp is held rigidly on a stand whUe a bell in inserted into the
cup with a thin layer of abrasive compound between the mat-
3,708,921
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR POLISHING
SEMICONDUCTOR OR SIMILAR MATEIUALS
Paul W. Cronkhlte, St. Charles; Robert D. Voege, OTallon,
both of Mo., and Joseph W. Poktti, Belleville, HI., assignors
to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,165
Int. CI. B24b 1104
U.S.CL51-131 ISClalms
ing parts. The bell is then given a reciprocating-rotary lapping
motion and occasionally, momentarily raised to slightly
separate mating contact so as to ensure reorientation of abra-
sive grams, improve lapping efficiency and reduce lapped sur-
face roughness.
3,708,920
GRINDING MACHINE
Robert J. Kaszuba, Chkago, lU., assignor to Pettibone Cor-
poration, Chicago, 111.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,749
Int. CLB24b 7/02,27/04
U.S.a.51-32 'Claims
In an apparatus for polishing semiconductor material, such
as that in wafer form, a turntable is rotatably supported upon a
framework, and said turntable is disposed for receiving in a
poUshing relationship a plurality of hubs, each of which hub is
associated with a spindle, with all of said spindles bemg con-
nected to a relatively free-floating, force distnbuung plate
member; the rotation of said turntable effectively pohshmg
the hub retained wafers, and causing each of said hubs to
rotate itself about its own central axis incident to the revolvmg
of said turntable. A height adjusting means supports a force
exerting means against the plate member holding the spmdles.
so that a precise quantity of controlled force is directed upon
said hubs during a poUshing operation, and tensK,n straps in-
terconnect between said adjustment means and the spmdles to
retard the simultaneous turning of said spmdles and hubs
about the center of said turntable, and also eliminate any
distorting or tUting forces that are detrimental to uniform and
even polishing. Various locating means and guide means are
provided in the apparatus to assist in the precise locatmg of
the hubs upon the turntable as during set up. so that said hubs
will be m proper alignment with their respective spmdles.
A grinding machine for conditioning the surfaces of steel
slabs billets, or the like to remove scale, exposed or hidden
cracks and other surface irregularities. The entire gnndmg
machine including the grinding wheel head and its supportmg
carriage Uavels on rails so that the grindmg wheel may
traverse the work. A rotary turret pivottally supports the
boom housing for fore and aft rocking movements, and the
grinding head is carried at the outer end of a relaUvely short
Lom which is fixed to and projects outwardly from the hous-
inc so that controlled angular movements of the turret wUl
swing the grinding head and its associated grinding wheel over
the surface of the work in order that the rotating grinding
wheel may be shifted to an angular position wherein the grind-
ing direction at the periphery of the wheel matches or nearly
matches the longitudinal direction of any surface cracks which
are undergoing spot eradication. The operator s control cab is
positioned on the movable grinding machine carnage at a lo-
cation where the grinding head is cleariy and closely visible at
all times.
3,708,922
DEVICE IN GRINDING MACHINES
Gerszon Ghichowkz, Djurshohn, Sweden, assignor to ABUVA,
Stockhohn-Bromma, Sweden ,„.„.,o
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,828
Int. a. B24b 49102
U.S. a. 51-165.92 ^ ,^ Claims
A grinding machine includes means for controlling the
grinding member so as to allow a grinding operation with a
considerable pressure between the gnnding ^^^^' ^^^^^
work piece up to a predetennined movement of the gnnding
member conesponding to a predetennined removal of maten-
al to obtain greatest possible removal o/ matenal withm a
minimum interval of time. The conUol means is arranged to
take mto account the deflection of the spindle canymg the
402
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
grinding member and to interrupt the feeding movement of
the grinding member when the total movement corresponds to
has a rigid operating head of abrasive-lined surface V-shape
that is adapted to be moved along the wiping edge portion of a
blade to remove adherent road grime, alkali metal scum, etc.
The construction is such that highly adherent soaplike materi-
als are removed with an abrasive-scraping relative movement
of the operating head along the feather wiping edge and ad-
jacent side portions or faces of the wiping edge portion of the
blade; the sides of the head have an angular relation such as to
support the blade in a relatively straight or unbent or folded-
over shape during the cleaning movement of the tool longitu-
dinally therealong. The tool has a gripping handle that is an-
gled from the operating head to enable the operator to easily
condition or clean a wiper blade that is in position in a sub-
stantially planar operating position with respect to the
windshield of a vehicle by merely raising the blade slightly
away from the windshield.
the predetermined movement plus an additional movement,
which depends on the said deflection.
3,708,923
MACfflNE TOOL
David H. Youden, Worcester, Mass., assignor to The Heald
Maciiine Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,620
InLa.B24b 47/02
U^. CI. 51—165.93 7 Claims
This invention relates to a machine tool and, more particu-
larly, to apparatus making use of hydrostatic bearings in the
guide ways.
3,708,924
WINDSHIELD BLADE RECONDITIONER
John PniDchak, 1013 Wymore Street, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Marxrb 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,849
Int. CL B24d 5100, 7100, 15/00
U.S. CI. 51—205 R
10 Claims
3,708,925
SCREW-SHAFED GEAR HONE AND METHOD OF
FORMING AND USING THE SAME
Masato Ainoura, Kitashigeyasu-machi, Japan, assignor to Tsu-
kihoshi Gomu Kabushiki Kaisha, Kurume-shi and
Kabushiki Kaisha Kashifuji Tekkosho, Kyoto-shi, Japan
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 74,973
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept 30, 1969,
44/78361
Int. CI. B24d 5/02; B24b 19/00
U.S.CL 51-206 F 3 Claims
A hand tool of pocket size is provided for cleaning and
reconditioning the wiping edge portion of a resin or rubberlike
wiping blade for windows, such as of a motor vehicle. The tool
A worm-shape or screw-shape hone, for honing gear teeth,
has the tooth profile of the basic rack at its normal plane. The
hone is formed by molding synthetic polymers in which there
are dispersed abrasive particles, to provide a Shore hardness
of ly - 75° and a Young's modulus 0.5 - 70X1 0^ kg/cm*. The
hone is engaged with the gear to be finished and is rotated by a
motor with the hone driving the gear. During honing of the
gear, the hone is fed parallel to the axis or tooth trace of the
gear over the whole face width of the gear. The polymer
material may comprise a co-cured blend of polyurethjuie
rubber and epoxy resin having a suitable flexibility, good
resiliency and high abrasion resistance, and the abrasive pani-
cles may comprise Alundum or Carborundum, the abrasive
particles being exposed at the working surface of the hone.
3,708,926
DUST COLLECTOR FOR USE WITH VERTICALLY
MOVABLE DUST GENERATORS
James W. Fogle, Walkerton, Ind., assignor to The Wheelabra-
tor Corporation, Mishawaiui, Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 703,397, Feb. 6, 1968, Pat. No. 3,566,543.
This application Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,241
Int CI. B24b 55/06
U.S.CL 51-273 3 Claims
A machine and method for treatment of vertically disposed
surfaces of large dimension with dry particulate material com-
prising means for throwing the dry particulate material at high
velocity in the direction toward said surface, a housing enclos-
ing said throwing means having an opening through which the
particulate material is thrown against said surface, means for
establishing a sealing relationship about said opening between
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
403
the housing and said surface to confine the particulate materi-
al dirt and dusts within the sealed space, means for coUecUng
the spent particulate material at the bottom portion of the
housing and for introducing air into the housmg for air wash-
ing the spent particulate material to remove dirt and dusts,
recycling the washed particulate material for feed to the
throwing means, a dust coUector for receiving the dirt and
dust from within the housing for separation thereof and means
for maintaining subatmospheric conditions within the housmg
to Ruide the air flow through the housing and about said seal-
ing means to minimize the exhaust of dirt and dust mlo the at-
mosphere and in which the support means for said housmg m-
other longitudinally of the extrusion and communicatmg with
the interior of the channel. These grooves are adapted to
receive opposed side edges of a carrier structure situated m
the channel for carrying units such as window curtams. Vene-
tian blinds, or the like. This carrier structure is supported ex-
clusively by the location of its opposed side edges m the
grooves, so that there is no necessity of fastening the earner
structure to the extrusion.
et*
3,708,928
SUPPORTING STRUCTURE
Gunter Gaspers, ObwaWen, Switzerland, assignor to Connnl
Kern A.G., Zurich, Switzerland
Filed April 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,013
Int. CI. E04b 7/76, 7/06
U.S.a.52-90 ^^'^
eludes means for movement of the housmg m the vertical
direction, means for movement of the housing m the honzon-
lal direcuon and means for movement of the housmg in the
direction toward and away from the surface and means for
mounting the housing for rocking movement about its pitch
and yaw axes to adjust the housing with change m contour ot
the surface, and sensing means about the openmg automati-
cally to adjust the housing for change in contour about the
pitch axis and/or the yaw axis and for movement of the hous-
ing in the direcuon towards and away from the surface and for
abutting off the feed of paniculate material in the absence of a
sealing relationship between the housing and surface.
ERRATUM
For Class 51— 3 10 see:
Patent No. 3,708.936
3 708 927
EXTRUSIONS FOR CARRYING CEILING TILES AND
WINDOW CURTAINS, SHADES, AND THE LIKE
Seymour Cohen, 21 Newport Drive, Plainview, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 57,066, July 22, 1970. This
application Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,002
Int. CLG09I 7/75
US CL 52-39 11 Claims
A stnicture to be used in buildings or the like for supporting
ceiling tiles as well as for supporting window curtams. shades,
or the like. An elongated extnision has at its upper surface
suucture for supporting the extnision in a honzonul attitude
from a suitable beam or the like with the extrusion having an
inner side edge region adapted to support ceiling tiles and an
outer side edge region adapted to be located next to an upper
frame member situated over a window. Between its side edge
regions the extnision is provided with a downwardly directed
hollow channel defined by vertical wall portions of the extni-
sion and an upper horizontal wall portion extending between
the vertical wall portions. These vertical wall portions are
respectively fonned with grooves extending paraUel to each
A supporting stnicture is made up of a plurality of different
stnictural elements or tnisses each of which includes flanges
which, for example, may be oriented in a vertical plane or m
an oblique plane so that the individual elements may be mter-
connected to fomi a supporting stnicture for example for
buUdings, halls, sheds or the like. The individual supporting
elements include a tniss adapted for use as a beam element
which may be ananged m a completed stnicture as a cross
member or beam, or as a vertical member or end support. The
beam element includes two spaced apart chords >»'h>ch may be
ananged for example, in parallel relationship and which in-
clude flanges at each end which are advantageously arranged
so that the flange connecting face of the two spaced apart
members are oriented at the respective ends m a common
plane The stnictural elements also include a tniss adapted for
use as a column, eave or edge element which compnses
spaced chord members which are interconnected by suitable
bracing stmts which hold them in a defined onentation for ex-
ample, in spaced parallel relationship. The upper end of this
member advantageously includes an obliquely extending or
horizontally extending cross beam element which together
with a lower cross beam stmt member tennmate m flanges m a
vertical plane to facUitate the juncture of the eave member to
a connecting cross beam member having flanges at the con-
404
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
necting end which are oriented in the same vertical plane. In
addition to the eave elements imd the beam elements there is
also provided a base element having a lower portion which
defines either a horizontal flat supporting base or a wheeled
supporting structure. The base element also includes flanges
oriented in a plane for connection to one or more of the beam
elements placed thereabove in a completed structure. A sup-
porting structure for a whole building or hall advantageously
includes a plurality of open frames of U-shaped form con-
structed with the beam elements, eave elements, and base ele-
ments and which are interconnected by a bar or brace element
which extends either generally in a longitudinal direction or in
an oblique longitudinal orientation between adjacent open
frames. The basic elements are formed so that they may be in-
terconnected in a large variety of manners to form any desired
building supporting structure.
ing has been constructed. In the method of molding concrete
coping, the side walls of the pool are first covered with tile or
other water-impervious finish, and a disposable mold form
having a surface portion thereof configurated in the finished
shape to be imposed thereby upon the coping and having also
an attachment portion equipped with a double-faced pressure-
sensitive tape is secured by means of such tape to the finished
surface of the pool walls with the configurated surface por-
3,708,929
CAST IN SmJ DECK CONSTRUCTION AND CORE UNTT
FOR USE THEREIN
Timothy K. Estes; Frank G. V. De Winter, Imth of Grand
RapMs, Mkh.; John L. Doss, Lake Bhiff, lU., and James J.
Higgins, East Grand Rapids, Mich., assignors to Pacliaging
Corporation of America, Evanslon, Dl.
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,183
Int. CLE04b 7/76. 5/i6
VS. CL 52-98 19 Claims
A core unit for use in constructing a cast in situ deck or the
like is provided which is formed from sheet material, such as
laminated paperboard. The core unit includes an elongated
top panel reinforced at one end, side panels depending out-
wardly from opposite sides of said top panels, and reinforced
base panels extending laterally outwardly from the lower
edges of the side panels. An elongated transversely extending
reinforcing member spans the distance between the base
panels and has the ends thereof projecting beyond the side
panels. The projecting ends of the reinforcing member are
adapted to interlock with an end of a second core unit of like
construction arranged in overlapping end-to-end relation
therewith.
tions of the mold form projecting thereabove. The seal struc-
ture is inserted between a part of the attachment portion of
the mold form and pool wall, and is secured to each prior to a
moldable mass of concrete being spread against the mold
form. Upon curing of the concrete mass, the tear strip com-
ponent of the seal structure is separated from the seal com-
ponent thereof along such line of weakness, and such separa-
tion of the tear strip component is effective to strip the mold
form from the pool walls and coping.
3,708,931
MOBILE HOME PAD CONSTRUCTION
Aaron RusseO Button, 44109 Grand Rhver, Novi, Mkh.
Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,047
Int. a. E02d 2 7/i2
U.S. a. 52— 169 2_Claims
3,708,930
SWIMMING POOL SEAL STRUCTURE
WiUiam J. Stegmeier, 1919 Ygnack> Valley Road, Apt. 66,
Walnut Creek, CaUf.
Division of Ser. No. 819,173, April 25, 1969, PaL No.
3,605,357, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 761,726,
Sept. 23, 1968. This application June 21, 1971, Ser. No.
154,865
Int. CI. F04b 114]; E04f 73/74
U.S. CI. 52-98 9 Claims
A seal or water stop structure for use along a concrete cop-
ing at the upper edge of a swimming pool and a method of
molding such coping utilizing the seal structure. The seal
structure includes an elongated seal component forming a per-
manent part of such swimming pool, and which component
has a barrier element interposed between the upper edges of
the pool and concrete coping overlying the same. The seal
structure further includes a tear strip component frangibly at-
tached to the seal component along a line of weakness for
separation therefrom with a mold form after the concrete cop-
A mobile home pad includes poured concrete forward and
£ifl spaced pad sections each of which includes ribbon-like
lane portions permitting the mobile home to be driven over
such lanes in the process of properly locating the mobile home
with respect to the pad; a downwardly extending well
separates the pad sections and permits the wheels and as-
sociated suspension system of the mobile home to be lowered
into the well at which time suitable supporting and shimming
blocks are placed along the \anes and beneath the mobile
home undercarriage in order to level and support the mobile
home on the pad.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
405
3,708,932
CEILING SYSTEM
Malcolm Bailey, Alresford, and John Colin Downer, Chan-
dler's Ford, both of England, assignors to Conder Interna-
tional Limited, Winchester, Hampshire, England
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 43,130
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 4, 1969,
28,207/69
InL a. E04c 2100
U.S. CL 52-232 17 Claims
3,708,934
AIRCRAFT HANGAR STRUCTURE
Jack Jones, Wichita, Kans., assignor to Cessna Aircraft Com-
pany, Wichita, Kans.
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,873
Int. CI. E04h 6/44
U.S.CL 52-237 6 Claims
In order to prevent buckling or excessive displacement or
deflection of ceiling support members in a fire, a gap is left
between ceiling support members but the ceiling support
members are secured together and positively spaced apart by
a spacing and supporting arrangement which includes fusible
material so that in a fire, the fusible material will melt and
allow the width of the gap to alter while at least one of the sup-
port members remains supported on the other. This prevents
collapse of the ceiling and improves the fire resistance of the
building.
3,708,933
DEMOUNTABLE GARAGE BLTLDING
Yue-Chyou Yang, 15 Vandewater Street, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,280
InL CI. E04h 7/04. 6/00
U.S.CL 52-236 9 Claims
A six-sided aircraft hangar structure of regular hexagonal
cross section having three flat, planar, overhead canopy doors
disposed in alternate walls thereof is disclosed herein. The
roof of the new structure is centrally supported by a six-sided
central module of regular hexagonal cross section, the apices
of which module are disposed opposite the midpoints of the
hexagonal hangar walls The roof is laterally supported by six
columns and the hangar walls themselves. This unique ar-
rangement provides a large, unobstructed, accessible space
for the accommodation of a large number of aircraft, each of
which may be independently moved into and out of the hangar
through one of the three canopy doors. The central module it-
self is multi-tiered, providing office and service space for per-
sonnel. The design of the structure is such that it may be
fabricated efficiently and inexpensively with conventional,
simple techniques from readily available flat construction
materials.
3,708,935
SIMULATED MONOLITHIC PREDECORATED WALL
CONSTRUCTION
Donald A. Kossuth, and John D. ShuU, both of Tonawanda,
N.Y., assignors to National Gypsum Company, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 7, 1966, Ser. No. 592,358
Int. CL E04b 2/70. B32b 7/02
U.S.a.52— 416 6 Claims
A demountable building usable as a garage with a large
number of parking stalls. Precast reinforced concrete vertical
frame units each have a width equal to that of a parking stall,
and a height equal to the full height of the building at its loca-
tion. Each frame unit comprises a pair of parallel columns and
a series of horizontal beams interconnecting them, and each
floor level has a projecting supporting ledge on each column.
Each line of frame units has the columns all co-planar, and the
frame units are spaced from each other by approximately their
own width. Each end of a series of presuessed concrete chan-
nels rests side by side on the ledges. The slabs are each the
width of a stall and have a pair of depending flanges along
each side, these flanges resting on the ledge, and the channel
spanning between two series of frame units. The slabs are
bolted together and to the frame units to provide the necessa-
ry rigidity and to enable demounting.
A predecorated wallboard for forming simulated monolithic
predecorated wall construction is composed of an elongated
rectangular core panel including a set gypsum core enclosed
on its two opposite sides and two longitudinal edges with a
paper facing layer and having on its front side a flat cenUal
surface arranged between recessed marginal surfaces extend-
ing from the flat surface to the opposite longitudinal edges of
the panel and tapering edgewise toward the rear side of the
panel, and a decorative sheet including a cloth backing layer
laminated only to the flat surface of the paper facing layer on
the front side of the panel throughout the length of such front
side and an outer polyvinyl chloride layer forming a decora-
tive front wall surface, such sheet also including a narrower
flap extending over one of the marginal surfaces but terminat-
ing flush with the adjacent longitudinal edge of the panel and a
406
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
wider flap extending over the opposite marginal surface
beyond the opposite longitudinal edge of the panel. Each wall-
board is adapted to form a joint with an adjacent wallboard,
such as a flat joint wherein the adjacent longitudinal edges of
the panels are arranged in abutting relationship and the front
sides thereof are flush, with the adjacent marginal surfaces
thereof forming beneath adjacent narrower and wider flaps a
shallow V-shaped recess or space to be fUled to the level of the
flat surfaces of the panels with a hardened joint cement layer
to which the narrower and wider flaps are adhered as well as
to each other in overlapping relationship over the marginal
surface underlying the narrower flap, the joint being
completed by cutting through the overlapping portions of both
flaps, by removing the overlapping and overlapped marginal
edge portions of the overlying and underlying flaps respective-
ly to cause the narrow flap to terminate short of the adjacent
longitudinal edge of the underlying panel, and by readhering
the remainder of the overlying flap to cause the wider flap to
extend into edge abutting and flush relationship with the nar-
rower flap to form a practically invisible seam.
efficient placement of wear pads between boom sections and
web stiffeners on the sides and bottoms of the sections.
Adequate internal space is provided for boom extending and
retracting means whether hydraulic or mechanical.
3,708,936
METHOD OF TRIMMING CRYSTALLINE
PHOTOSENSOR ARRAYS TO CLOSE TOLERANCES
Cedrk G. Rogers, Marlborough, Mass., assignor to Avco Cor-
poratfcm, Cincinnati, Ohk>
Flkd April 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,456 '
Int.a.B24c7/04
U.S.CL51— 310 3 Claims
3,708,938
STAINLESS STEEL CLAD ALUMINUM STRAKES AND
PANELS
KeHh W. Tantlinger, Rancbo Santa Fe, CaW ., asrignor to Rohr
Industries, Inc., Chula VisU, CaUf .
Filed July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162,446
Int.CLE04c7//0.2/0«
U^.CL 52-471 7 Claims
The method of effecting exact trimming of the ends of de-
tector sub-arrays which consist of a base upon which a series
of tiny infrared mesa-type photodiode elements are arranged
in a longitudinally oriented fashion. The method comprises
spraying a tiny jet of abrasive particles in a direction perpen-
dicular to the supporting base of the detector sub-array while
masking the sensitive detector elements with a thin elastomer
strip in order not only to protect the elements themselves from
damage, but to define a precise line of cut in the base and pro-
vide a true square end edge which will permit a plurality of
similar sub-arrays to be accurately aligned longitudinally end
to end. Exactness within very close tolerances is required in
order to maintain the specified spacing between the individual
elements.
Aluminum extrusions for use as stralces and panels in malt-
ing vehicle bodies and other structures are clad with thin,
stainless steel sheet or foil bonded to their exterior surfaces.
The edge portions of each stainless steel cladding sheet extend
beyond edge portions of its respective extrusion, and are
wrapped over such edges and tucked into grooves provided in
the sides of the extrusions. The extrusions are mounted with
the grooves of adjacent strakes in slightly spaced apart rela-
tion, and hat section or other suitable filler strips of stainless
steel are mounted to extend across and bridge the gaps
between adjacent grooves, the edges of each filler strip being
inserted in the grooves along side the edge portions of the
cladding material tucked therein.
3,708,939
OFFSET DECORATIVE WINDOW GRILL CONNECTION
Robert L. Herr, Manheim, Fa., assignor to Rimar Manufactur-
ing, Inc., Manheim, Fa.
Filed April 7, 1971, Ser. No. 135,506
Int. CLE04b 7/45, 7/55
U.S. a. 52—456 . 8 Claims
3,708,937
TRAPEZOIDAL TELESCOPING CRANE BOOM
RusscU L. Sterner, Greencastk, Pa., assignor to Walter Kidde
& Company, Inc., Clifton, N J.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,886
Int. Ci. B66t 7 7 100; E04h 12/34
U.S.CL52-118 9 Claims
A crane boom comprises plural extensible and reUactable
telescoping sections each of which is trapezoidal in cross sec-
tion. The trapezoidal cross sectional shape imparts to a boom
of given weight greater lifting capacity or longitudinal rigidity
and greater lateral stability than any other cross sectional
shape. The trapezoidal cross section allows for a much more
An offset connector for removably affixing decorative win-
dow griUs over a single light window sash employmg a plurality
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
407
of peripherally spaced sash affixed sockets and a plurality of
offset connectors removably affixing within the sockets at one
end thereof and connecting at the other end to the ends of
decorative window grill bars for positioning and retaining the
decorative window grill bars within the sash construction.
3,708,942
ROOF TRUSSES.
Frank W. Leonard, Route 2, Boise, Idaho
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No! 105,957
Int.CLE04ci/72
U.S. CI. 52—694 «
3,708,940
CEILING TILE
James D. Harman, R.D. No. 1, Hegins, Pa.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,41 1
Int. CI. E04b 7/54, E04( 13108
U.S. a. 52-588
36 28 ^i2
1 Claim
A thin sheet plastic tile for covering ceilings, walls and other
structural surfaces is molded vrith edge portions, at least one
of which has an anchoring flap adapted to be stapled to the
covered surface underlying the interlocked, abutting edge
portion of an adjacent tile. The tUe is molded in a vacuum
forming device having a loop forming member which is
removable with the molded tile from the mold body.
16 Claims
3,708,941
ADJUSTABLE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN CEILINGS
Eric Engel Cuckson, Penrith, New South Wales, Australia, as-
signor to Rondo BuUdlng Services Pty. Limited, St. Marys,
New South Wales, Australia
Filed Feb. 4, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,593
Int. CLE04b 5/52
U.S. CI. 52-484 <» Claims
A truss structure having wooden chord members with a
metallic web or strut member therebetween, attachment por-
tions on said web member contacting two facing surfaces on
said chord members, a plurality of pointed fastenmg elements
struck and projecting from each of said attachment portions
and embedded in said chord members to attach said web
member to said chord members, truss connector members for
bracing the attachment of said web members to said chord
members, said truss connector members fitting over the at-
tachment portions of said web member and around the edges
of said chord members so that a plurality of pointed fastening
elements struck out of and projecting from each of said truss
connectors are embedded in the sides of said chord member.
3,708,943
ALUMINUM FACING AND ROOFING SHEET SYSTEM
George E. Thomas, Hamden, and John J. Krebel, Jr., Strat-
ford, both of Conn., assignors to Ohn Corporation
Filed April 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,815
Int.Cl.E04c7/70, 7/iO
U.S. CI. 52—588 30 Claims
A ceiling suspension system for edge-grooved lining panels
or tiles, comprising a plurality of parallel spline assemblies
between adjacent pairs of which the panels or tiles are sup-
ported by one pair of their opposite sides, means being pro-
vided for suspending the spline assemblies at a desired height.
Each spline assembly extends substantially the entire length of
one dimension of the ceiling and comprises a stationary sup-
porting element of strip material, a ceiling panel-secunng
spline formed on one longitudinal edge, a longitudmal fold on
the opposite edge portion of the element, a plurality of slida-
ble elements, a ceiling panel-securing spline formed on one
longitudinal edge portion of each slidable element, and a sup-
porting flange extending along the other longitudinal edge
portion of the slidable element slidably engaged within the
fold of the stationary element with its spline oppositely
directed to the spline of the sutionary element.
Aluminum facing and roofmg sheet, joint configuration or
building structures are provided which employ metal panels of
channel configuration joined together by means of a separate
closure cap. The closure cap is formed around channel-like
grooves extending along the free edges of the panel sidewalls.
These grooves have S-shaped shoulders and convex free ends
which coact with similar shoulders of the closure cap and the
anchoring clips to resist heavy loads such as those to be ex-
pected from humcane winds. The panels are normally made
of aluminum or aluminum alloys and may be backed by a cel-
lular polymeric material such as polyurethane foam. The
anchoring clips are designed to snap into the grooves of ad-
jacent panels so as to hold firm the panels even before the clo-
sure cap is formed around the grooves. The anchoring clips
may also be designed to include inserts to affect the thermal
conductivity or electrical conductivity between the panels and
the building frame.
408
3,708,944
METHOD OF MAKING AN ARCH
Minobu Miyake, 194 of 1 Shimoshakuji, Tokyo, Japan
FOed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,003
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Oct. 31. 1%9, 44/87390
Int.Cl.E04b//J2
U.S. a. 52-745 7 Claims
OFFICIAL GAZETTE January 9, 1973
are held in position within the tube by foam discs. The ends of
A stressed arch fabricated from a plurality of prefabricated
structural frame members assembled over a flexible strand
which is tensioned for causing the frame members to coact
and assume an arch configuration and a method of making
same are disclosed. Joint members may be added between
each of the frame members. A plurality of connected or inter-
secting arch configurations may be covered by siding and
roofing materials and erected simultaneously to provide a
complete building suitable for permanent use or for easily dis-
assembled portable use
/s
/5-
/2-
.-V..>'i',^'.-."v:.'.>
■^iU-d
-3
/o
■3
■10
the tube are closed by fiber discs which are held in position by
adhesive coated tape.
3,708,947
AUTOMATIC TRAY LOADER
George D. Green, Watchung. and Jerold S. Welner, Spol-
swood, both of N J., assignors to Cozzoli Machine Company,
Plainfieki, N J.
Filed April 9. 1971, Ser. No. 132,677
InL a. B65b 5 7/OS
U.S. a. 53-55 19 Claims
3.708,945
SYRINGE ASSEMBLING METHOD AND MACHINE
I Walter G. Klettke, Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor to The Upjohn
Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Jan. 6. 1971, Ser. No. 104,257. The portion of the term of
this patent subsequent to Feb. 23, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. B65b 5/70. i//00
U.S.Cl. 53— 22R 8 Claims
A method and apparatus for automatically assembling the
various components of a syringe having a barrel, a stopper and
a hub. Automatic means are provided at various points along
the assembly line of the apparatus to effect the assembly of
each syringe in a series of steps. The syringe is filled with a
liquid during the assembly operation.
3,708,946
PACKAGING FOR CYLINDRICAL AND SIMILAR
OBJECTS
Robert Francis Cahill, Westport, Conn., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
N Y
Filed Dec. 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 94,1 17
Int. CI. B65b / 104, B65d 11 100
MS. CI. 53—37 4 Claims
Packaging is provided using an outer tube selected to be one
size larger than the objects to be packaged. Individual objects
A tray loader for containers in which containers are moved
by a continually travelling flat top conveyor belt along a
straight line path of travel in turn past a sensor of stationary
receptacles, an isolation finger, a first gate, a second gate and
a third gate. The isolation finger, the first gate and the second
gate can be moved into and out of the path of travel of con-
tainers on the belt. The third gate is permanently in said path.
Two shallow transport trays, each having an open front
mouth, are located with their mouths adjacent the belt, one
between the first and second gates and the other between the
second and third gates. In operation, at the beginning of a
cycle the first gate is in container-blocking position to detain
travel of containers with the belt until a single file of abutting
stationary containers backs up to the sensor which, upon ac-
tuation, moves the isolation finger across the conveyor so as to
define a single file string of contacting containers, the length
of which is equal to the width of the trays. Thereafter the first
gate retracts from container-blocking position permitting the
string of grouped containers to move along with the belt,
either to the second gate if it happens to be in container
blocking position, or to the third gate if the second gate is out
of container-blocking position. After the string reaches either
the second or third gate a pusher transfers the string of con-
tainers transversely off the belt and into the open mouth of the
associated tray. After the last container in the string passes the
first gate, the first gate moves back to blocking position and
the isolation finger moves out of blocking position permitting
fresh containers to move vrith the conveyor to the first gate.
This cycle of operations is repeated until one of the trays is
fiUed. Thereupon the same cycle of operations is performed
with respect to the other tray by moving the second gate either
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
409
to blocking or unblocking position, as the case may be. While
the string of containers is being blocked by the second or third
gate as the conveyor moves beneath them the linear integrity
of the string is maintained by parallel members on opposite
sides of the string, one of these members being the pusher.
The other member moves with the pusher as the string of con-
tainers is transferred from the conveyor belt to a tray but is
lifted after the containers clear the conveyor belt so as to den-
sely mass the containers on the tray. Optionally, alternate
rowrs of containers transferred into a tray fluctuate in length by
one container so as to mass the containers in the Uay in a hex-
agonal, rather than an orthogonal, pattern.
3,708,948
AUTOMATIC FRACTION COLLECTOR
Joseph G. Carleton; Cassius R. McEwen, and Frederick G.
Williams, Jr., aU of Palo Aho, Calif., assignors to Beckman
Instruments, Inc. by said Carleton and McEwen
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,417
Int. CLB65b 5/70. 57/72
U,S. CI. 53-74 6 Claims
An apparatus and method for collecting fractions from a
gas-segmented fluid sueam including introducing a series of
fluid segments into a tubular conduit and sealing the tubular
conduit at either end of each injected fluid segment to form a
series of individual tubular compartments with each compart-
ment containing a single fluid segment.
scalable thereto to package the product. After partial sealing,
each of the serially connected train of packages is connected
in fluid communication with means for evacuating the am-
bient atmosphere therefrom and replacing the ambient at-
mosphere with a preservative atmosphere. The package is
then sealed to prevent escape of the preservative atmosphere
and transported along the machine, still in the package train,
to automatic inspection apparatus.
The inspection apparatus provides a first section for detect-
ing leaks in the individual packages and a second section for
marking defective packages. The sensing section includes a
pressure chamber for each individual package and means for
sensing gas of the preservative atmosphere or a tracer gas por-
tion of the preservative atmosphere should the inspected
package be leaking such gas and to develop a control signal
when gas leakage is detected. The marking section includes
apparatus for marking a defective package received from the
sensing section. An electrical control circuit extends between
the sensing and the marking section to provide operative con-
trol of the marking apparatus at a delayed time which permits
the travel of a package from the sensing section of the packag-
ing machine to the marking section of the machine.
After inspection, the packages are separated and the un-
marked packages are then prepared for shipment while the
marked packages are diverted so that their products may be
repackaged. Inasmuch as the packages may be scuffed or in
other ways have the integrity of their seals weakened or
broken, for example the package material may be burned by
labeUing techniques, the packages are placed in an overwrap
carton and the carton is subjected to another pressure test
prior to sealing whereupon detection of the preservative at-
mosphere will signal that the carton contains a leaky package
or packages. Cartons containing only sealed packages may
then be further packaged for shipment and cartons containing
leaky packages may be diverted for testing of the individual
packages.
3,708,949
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTION OF LEAKS
IN SEALS OF PACKAGES
Burdsal G. Wilcox, Oakland, CaUf., assignor to Safeway
Stores, Incorporated, Oakland, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 803,798, March 3, 1969, PaL
No. 3,591,944, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
796,460, Feb. 4, 1969, abandoned. This application Oct. 9,
1970 Ser. No. 79,552. The portion of the term of this patent
subsequent to July 13, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. B65b 57/00, 37/02
U.S. CI. 53-53 10 Claims
3,708,950
MECHANICAL MEANS TO APPLY A PLASTIC
TEMPLATE TO THE NECKS OF CONTAINERS
Eugene F. Doucette, Burlington, Mass., assignor to Owens-Il-
linois Inc.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,803
InL CI. B65b 2 7/04
U.S. CI. 53-48 9 Claims
A machine for forming and testing sealed packages from
heat-sealable packaging materials employs an apparatus for
forming individual packaging trays for receiving the product
to be packaged from a first continuously fed web of heat-
sealable flexible packaging material. A second continuously
fed web of heat-sealable packaging material is directed along a
path parallel to the path of the first web and is partially heat-
Containers having a body portion and a relatively smaller
neck portion are segregated into groups or clusters and a car-
rier having openings therein is telescoped over the neck por-
tion to complete the package.
410
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,708,951
SEALER FOR RAMX)M SIZE SHAPING CASES
Dennis L. Folk, Lincoln Parli, and Cyril A. Pavnica, West
Reading, both of Pa., assignors to Bemis Company, Inc..
Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,536
Int. CI. B65b 57/02. 7/20
U.S.C1.53— 75 4 Claims
3,708,953
WASTE COMPACTOR AND BAGGER
Dominick M. Ahiotto, Brooklyn, N.Y., assigDor to
AluoCto d.bjL National Baling Press and Equipment Co.,
Brooklyn, N.Y.
Fikd Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102^29
Int.a.B65b7/24
U.S.a.53— 124B 4 Claims
J s^
Apparatus for sealing shipping cases including a sealing sec-
tion adjustable upon the receipt of a signal from a case sensing
means to accommodate successive cases of different dimen-
sions and a compression section also adjustable to accom-
modate such cases, the adjustment of the compression section
being controlled by the adjustment of the sealing section and
being timed to occur following the entry of a case into the
sealing section and the discharge of the previously sealed case
from the compression section.
Waste material such as food waste, garbage and refuse or
rubbish, paper scrap etc., is compacted and placed in a plastic
bag. This is done by a plunger reciprocating within a body
structure which has a compacting chamber projecting freely
from one end, the plastic bag being placed over this portion of
the apparatus. A rigid door is secured against the bottom of
the bat and over the otherwise open end of the compacting
chamber. The waste material is fed into a lateral opening and
after repeated insertions and repeated operations of the
plunger the compacting chamber is filled and then the bag is
pushed off from the chamber in filled condition and tied.
3,708,952
PACKAGING MACHINE WITH SPLITTER BAR FILL
James R. Schulze, and Joe F. Soroka, both of Rockford, 111., as-
signors to Rexham Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 172,034
Int. CI. B65bi 7/04
U.S.CI.53-112B 11 Claims
3,708,954
PACKAGING MACHINE WITH CUTTING MECHANISM
Howard C. Wilke, Belvidere, and Romaine A. Williams,
Rockford, both of 111., assignors to Anderson Bros. Mfg. Co.,
Rockford, lU.
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,206
Int. CI. B65b 7128; B23d 25104, 25/06
VS. CI. 53—329 10 Cbdms
Pouches are filled with a particulate product through a noz-
zle in a splitter bar. A non-oxidizing gas propels the product
through the nozzle while also serving to purge the product and
the pouches of oxygen.
The machine has a conveyor which continuously advances
containers past a sealing head and a cutting station. The seal-
ing head seals a continuous strip of cover material to the con-
tainers. A pair of cutters are mounted for orbital movement at
the cutting station. A cam is mounted on the machine to be
engaged by a cam follower which is carried with the cutters to
move the cutters crosswise of the conveyor and sever the
cover material between adjacent containers.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
411
■» 70* 955 3,708,957
METHOD FOR DRYING GASES EXHAUST FILTER UNIT AND METHOD OF FILTERING
"r-Jfu-rll^r r ; Zli L^ ^M^r^-^^-r^l^-i - - ......^ Redon J^d.^. ., assignor to F.rr Corn-
Germany, assignor, to Electro-Quimica de Flix S.A., B«- P->' ^'^;^'»;;^^"*;j,,j,ser. No. 116,913
"'""''nied Sept. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 758,520 ^^ ^ Int. CI. BOld 79/00
Claims prioHty . application Spain, Sept. 9, 1967, 344914 U.S. CI. 55-36 ^1 ^»^»
Int. CI. BO Id 47/06
U.S. CI. 55-31 6 Claims
A method for drying wet industrial gases by contacting them
with a refrigerated inorganic brine is shown. The wet gas is
contacted with cold brine and water vapor is condensed from
the gas into the brine. In a preferred method, two stages of
gas-liquid contact are employed to produce a particulariy dry
gas product. Brine used in the first contacting zone is heat
exchanged with colder brine used in the second contacting
zone; and, if desired, it may be heat exchanged with dry cold
gas product from the second zone before recycle to the first
zone. Brine from the second zone is subjected to refrigeration
before recycle to the second zone. Drying is carried out m
conventional packed towers, at low pressure, and does not
require system regeneration or replacement of expensive ad-
sorbents.
3,708,956
REGENERATIVE DRIER FOR AIR TO BE CONDITIONED
Per Gunnar Norbacli. Lidingo, Sweden, assignor to Carl Georg
Muntcrs, Stocksund, Sweden
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 92,991
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 1, 1969, 16493/69
lnt.CI.B01d5i/06
U.S. CI. 55-20 8 Claims
Exhaust from the crankcase of a combustion engine is com-
municated to a filter to separate undesireable particulate
matter, including oil droplets, from the exhaust. During the fil-
tering of the exhaust the filter -is adapted to remove the
separated matter from the filter media to avoid clogging. The
separated oil is returned to the crankcase and the filtered ex-
haust is re-cycled back into the engine.
3,708,958
DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REMOVING POLLUTANTS
FROM STACK GASES
CermUlus H. Duty, 3233 Lexington Drive, Saginaw, Mich.;
Steven J. Stuit, and Jack B. StuK, both of 5558 Michael
Drive, Bay City, Mich.
FUed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,932
Int.CI.B01dii//4
U.S. CI. 55-89 15 Claims
A regenerative drier primarily intended for air to be condi-
tioned compressed to superatmospheric pressure and com-
prising a drying rotor containing a moisture absorbing mass
and mounted for rotation between two air passageways thru
which one is passed by the air to be conditioned and the
second by regenerating air for the moisture absorbing mass,
said second air housing a heater the supply of heat to which is
controlled by a hygrostat disposed in said second passage at
the ouUet side as it passes from the rotor. When the regenerat-
ing air is circulated in a closed circuit, a portion of said circuit
is constituted by said first passage so that the dehumidification
of the regenerating air is partially effected within said rotor.
Apparatus for removing smoke particles and water soluble
combustion gases from stack gases, e.g., of roofing tar heaters
and supermarket incinerators, having a body shell in which the
stack gas is directed upwardly around at least three vertically
aUgned and centrally disposed baffle elements, each defining
an annular space between the periphery thereof and the body
shell, an associated peripheral deflector skirt for each baffle
element positioned slightly thereabove and baffling the annu-
lar space thereabout and being contiguous to the body shell, a
horizontally disposed array of downwardly directed steam
nozzles positioned between the associated baffle element and
deflector skirt combination above the lowest most baffle ele-
ment and deflector skirt, and a similar array of water nozzles
between the uppermost baffle element and deflector skirt
412
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
combination, the stack gas exiting from the body shell to a
chimney pipe. Each of the peripheral deflector skirts, and
each of the baffle elements except the lowest one, are formed
of foraminous metal shells such as perforated metal and filled
with an activated adsorbent material such as activated
anthracite, the lowest most baffle being imperforate. Drains
are provided in the floor of the body shell and preferably lead
the steam condensate and collected water spray to a filter unit
from which water is recycled to the water nozzles. Additional
scrubbing capacity is provided by either or both of placing op-
posed water sprays in the chimney pipe or by utilizing a fourth
baffle element and peripheral skirt combination between the
water sprayed and steam sprayed combinations, such fourth
combination being either steam sprayed or water sprayed as
may be required.
The method of removing smoke particles and soluble com-
bustion gases from stack gases comprises leading the stack gas
through the apparatus described while utilizing little more
than sufficient steam in combination with the activated adsor-
bent to absorb and remove visible smoke particles and enough
water to take up the steam but insufficient to interfere seri-
ously with the draft, and collecting the scrubbed materials in
the condensed steam and the water and draining them out of
the apparatus, preferably to a filter unit from which recycle
water is obtained
3,708.959
METHOD FOR SEPARATING OIL FROM COMPRESSED
GAS
Henri Soumerai. West Hartford; Harold W. Moody. Jr.,
Farmington: Clark B. Hamilton, Wethersfield, and James R.
Blatt. Coventry, all of Conn., assignors to Dunham-Bush.
Inc.. West Hartford, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of Scr. No. 612,222, Jan.
27, 1967, Pat. No. 3,408,826, which is a division of Ser. No.
666,372, Sept. 8, 1967, Pat. No. 3,408,828, and a continuation
of Ser. No. 810,410, Oct. 25, 1968, abandoned. This
application July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,275
Int. CI. BOld 50/00
U.S. CI. 55— 97 10 Claims
into a receiving zone and an enclosed heating chamber. A pair
of downcomers convey emulsion from the top of the receiving
zone to the bottom of the heating chamber, and a portion of
the emulsion flowing from the downcomers is directed across
a discharge passageway to flush sediment and free water from
A refrigeration system is disclosed having a compressor of
the screw type, and a stream of compressed gas and oil mist is
used to cool the compressor and the motor. The oil is
separated by peissing the sueam of refrigerant gas and oil
through a unit which subjects the oil-laden gas to a thorough
oil-separating treatment without restricting the flow of the oil-
free gas.
3,708,960
HEATER-TREATER
WiUiam H. Christopher, Jr.; Charles O. Meyers, both of Tulsa,
and Jack C. Whipple, Jr., Sapulpa, all of Okla., assignors to
Process Technologists Internation Divbion of Trinity, Inc.,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,244
Int. CI. BOld 79/00
U.S.CI.55-169 15 Claims
In a heater-treater, a lank is divided into separate heating
and treating sections, and the heating section is in turn divided
the chamber. The emulsion flows diagonally upwardly in the
heating chamber past a pair of firetubes and is conveyed from
the top of the chamber to the bottom of the treating section by
a conduit. The operation of the firetubes is controlled by ther-
mostats located in the upper portion of the heating chamber
adjacent the inlet of the conduit.
3,708,961
DIRECT FLUID ENERGY TRANSFER
George T. Kimmel, III, 142 HiUcrest Drive, Berrien Springs,
Mich.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,134
Int. CI. BOld 50/00
U.S.CL 55-261 5 Claims
l^TTvA. Nb A , . , , , 1 , , , I • , I i~.
Fluid energy is transferred by first generating pulses of a
first fluid in compression waves with alternate high and low
pressures. A tubular chamber directs the path of propagation
of first fluid pulses. A second fluid is drawn into the chamber
by the low pressures between the first fluid compression
waves. Subsequent pulses of the first fluid entrap, drive and
compress the second fluid. The second fluid is accelerated to
the velocity of the first fluid pulses, thereby increasing kinetic
energy of the second fluid. When the second fluid is a gas, it is
compressed, increasing its potential energy. Subsequently, the
fluids are separated. The second fluid with increased energy is
used, and the first fluid with spent energy is discarded.
3,708,962
VACUUM CLEANER
YuUka Deguchi; Hideo Kashihara; Rikuzo Koozuki;
Kazuyoshi Takahashi, and Mitsuyuki Ikeda, all of Hyogo,
Japan, assignors to Sanyo Electric Co. Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,696
Claims priority, application Japan, March 20, 1970,
45/23781; March 20, 1970, 45/44642; March 20, 1970,
45/44643
Int. CL BOld 46/04
U.S.C1.55— 300 6 Claims
The vacuum cleaner includes a vibration generator for
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
413
removing the dust attached to the filter cloth, said vibration
3,708.964
DEVICE FOR THE SEPARATION OF GASEOUS OR
VAPOROUS SUBSTANCES, ESPECIALLY ISOTOPES,
WITH DIFFERENT MOLECULAR WEIGHTS AND/OR
DIFFERENT GAS KINETIC CROSS SECTIONS
Erwin Becker, Karbruhe-Durlach, and Rolf Schutte, Karl-
srube-WaldsUdt, both of Germany, assignors to Gesellschaft
Fur Kemforschung m.b.H, Karlsruhe, Germany
FUed Sept. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,406
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 30, 1968. P 17
94 274.4
Int CI. BOld 59/00
U.S. CI. 55-392 , 9 Claims
*8? .;*'
generator producing vibration through the utilization of the
suction force of the vacuum cleaner itself.
3,708,963
ASSEMBLY FOR SEPARATING A SUBSTANTIALLY
DUST-FREE PART FROM A SPACE
Willem Frederik Boonstra. Mozartlaan 6, Castricum; Tabe
Ernst Meindersma, Merelhoven 110, Capelle aan de Yssel,
and Piet Van Galen, Vlietlaan 81, Assendelft, all of Nether-
lands
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,454
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Sept. 10, 1969,
6913810
Int. CL BOld 50/00
U.S.CL 55-373 11 Claims
A device for the separation of gaseous isotopes includes a
tube divided by partition walls into feed lines and discharge
lines, the partition walls extending radially outwards into the
wall of the tube substantially to the outer surface of the wall.
Gas conducting elements conduct a mixture of isotopes
around the ends of the partition walls where the mixture is
separated into a light fraction and a heavy fraction.
3,708,965
GAS FILTERS
Keith Raphael Domnick, East Boldon, County Durham, En-
gland
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,246
Int. CI. BOld 27/00
U.S. CI. 55—488 2 Claims
A tent like assembly, preferably in the form of a tubular
duct of transparent, flexible plastic material, is suspended
from a framework to define a dust-free patient isolation
chamber which is large enough to accommodate attending
personnel. Air, introduced into one end of the chamber via a
dust filtering means, flows horizontally through the chamber
and exits therefrom through the discharge opening in the
other end of the chamber. This air flow, which is substantially
non-turbulent and is directed generally throughout the entire
height and width of the chamber, maintains the chamber sub-
stantially dust free. Attending personnel enter the chambers
through a door, which normally closes a major portion of the
discharge chamber and defines the discharge opening. The air
flow is controlled to prevent dust in the surrounding at-
mosphere from entering the chamber while the door is open
and tends to purge away any dust which might otherwise be in-
troduced by entering personnel. Treatment apparatus and the
like can be introduced into the chamber through closeable
transfer openings in the side of the tent.
A gas filter is provided for the removal of extremely fthely
divided aerosols and water including particles in the range of
0.01 to 0.8 microns in size and especially oil in compressed
air; the liquid is coalesced in a filter medium of non-absorbent
fiber and collected from a sleeve carried downstream of the
filter medium which is held compressed between inner and
outer fluid permeable support members the ends of which are
sealed to the juxtaposed edge regions of the filter medium.
ERRATUM
For Class 55—73 see:
Patent No. 3,708.981
414
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,708,966
AGRICULTURAL MACHINE ROTOR-TYPE CUTTING
MECHANISM
Walter Reber Saverne, France, assignor to Societe Kuhn
flUlc^, Societe En Commandite Simple, Saverne, Bas-
Rhin, f^*^'^ 0 s^r No. 10,140
Claims prioHt ' ap'pUcaUon France Feb. 25, 1969. 6905002
,„t.C..A01d 73/50 ^^^^^^^
U.S.Ci.56-6
portions of the line become shortened through >«'"'^ T!"*
^S Hnes are preferably nonmetaUic so as to reduce he
Sous conditl which would otherwise be present forjhe
operator and still provide an apparatus wh.ch will cut w.th
great efficiency and safety.
3,708,968
COMBINED LAWN MOWER, LAWN VACUUM AND
DEBRIS COLLECTOR
Fdward W Enters, Fredonla; Edgar W. Detjen, KleU and
^o^rt M. Rubin, Sheboygan. aU of Wis., assignors to Glbon
Bros. Co., Plymouth, Wis. ,oa ^Q^
Filed Nov. 1, 1971, S«r. No. 194,197
lnt.CI.A01dJ5/22
6 Claims
U.S.Cl.56-16.5
A rotary-scythe mower or other agricultural machme rotor-
type cutting mechanism havmg a dnve below the rotors m-
cludmg one or more non-rotating spindles at least substan-
tially concentric with one or more of the rotors.
3,708,967
ROTARY CUTTING ASSEMBLY
Thomas N. Geist, and George C. Ballas. both of Houston,
Tex assignors to said Ballas, by said Geist
FUed Dec. 31 , 197 1, Ser. No. 207,198
Int. CI. AOld 55//S
U.S. CI. 56-12.7 ^0^'^''
A combined lawn mower, lawn vacuum and debris collector
includes a housing for a rotary lawn mower blade, a discharge
chute for air entrained debris leading from the lower housing
to a separator which separates debris from the a.r. a colecto
for receipt of separated debns and a return chute for
separated air, said return chute having an outlet in said hous-
ing for recirculating said separated air back to the mower
housing.
3,708,969
THREAD GUIDE ROLLER
Peter KlemenU, Hertenweg 77, Erienback; Heini Massat,
Bergerheide 125, WupperUl-Elberfeld; Chrostoph Ni^hke
Schksierstr 9, and Herbert Haubold, Schleslerstr 5, both of
Obernburg, aU of Germany „, ,,^
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,312
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 24, 1969, P 19
53 527.4
Int. CI. D02j 7/22
^. ,, cec 10 Claims
U.S. CL 57—55.5
THKfAO
FEED
HE*N9
u
-4
t x'
20^1
^
^2
— 6
r
lll
1 .
^1
'A
;|
1 ij
PI
5
^T
— «
THKUO
TWISTIMt
MMNS
An improved cutting assembly for rotary lawn mowers
edgers or the like, including a body member arranged for
routing about an axis normal with the cutting plane. At least
ontcutting line is attached to the body member for rotaUon
^here^r- the cuUing plane. The line ^^ characten«d by
having a working length to diameter ratio and a "^^tena com-
position to render the line substantially lunp and nonsetf-sup- .^^^ ^.^^ ^ ^^^ially projecting cu-
norting in the static condition. Certam embodiments of them- J^ J^;"'^ f ^^^ intermediate the ends of its cylindrical
ZZl may include me^ for de-hab^secunng the line - ---J^^^^^^^^ p.^i^ularly in combination with a
to the body member and for '^-"^^^P'^^^/^"^,^';::", ''g godet in draw-twist apparatus,
body member so that the Ime may be paid out as the woriiing g
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
415
3,708,970
YARN PROCESS
Iain Mackay MacFarlane, Shelby, N.C., assignor to Fiber In-
dustries, Inc.
FUed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,985
Int.CI.I>02g//02
U.S.CI.57— 140R 15 Claims
a date corrector and a day corrector, both of which are
pivoted on a common shaft, and a date star wheel and a day
star wheel, both of which are pivoted on another common
shaft. When the operating lever is manually rotated clockwise
by the operating shaft, its left end engages the right end of the
date corrector and compresses the letter against the date cor-
rector spring which has imparted a clockwise bias to the date
corrector. Thereby a left end pawl of the date corrector en-
gages with the teeth of the date star wheel and causes this star
Textile denier, multifilament, false twist crimped, heat set
stabilized polyester yarn characterized by liveliness and fila-
mentation values and a simultaneous draw-texturing process
for the production thereof.
3,708,971
TIDE INDICATING TIMEPIECE
Edwin W. Wlodyka, Ashland, Mass., assignor to Highland
Laboratories, Ashland, Mass.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,460
Int. CI. G04b 45100; G07c 1 100
U.S.CI.58-3 19 Claims
1-r-a
wheel to rotate, resulting in turning over the date indicating
leaf-plate, that is. correcting of the date-indication. Similarly,
when the operating lever is manually rotated counter-
clockwise, its right end engages the right end of the day cor-
rector and compresses the latter against the day corrector
spring which has imparted a clockwise bias to the day cor-
rector. Thereby a left end pawl of the day corrector engages
with the teeth of the day star wheel and causes this star wheel
to rotate, resulting in turning over the day indicating leaf-
plate, that is. correcting the day-indication.
4—a
Disclosed is a timepiece that indicates both current solar
time and the periods of time that will elapse before the next
high and low tides. Relative rotational movement between tide
indicators and a tide scale is produced by a coupling assembly
driven by the hour shaft of a conventional clockworks. The
coupling assembly converts the hour shaft's velocity into a
0.0805 revolutions per hour velocity that corresponds to the
average time cycle between high and low tides.
3,708,972
CORRECTING MECHANISM OF DATE- AND DAY-
INDICATIONS IN LEAF-TYPE CLOCK
Hideo Koide, Urawa, Japan, assignor to Rhythm Watch Com-
pany, Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 16, 1972, S«r. No. 226,876
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 23, 1971, 46/9688
Int. CI. G04b 79/02. 79/00
U.S. CI. 58—6 R 9 Claims
The correcting mechanism of date- and day-indications in a
leaf-type clock includes an operating lever, an operating shaft,
3,708,973
DIRECTLY READABLE DIGITAL CLOCK
Takashi Funaki, Shimosuwa-machi, Japan, assignor to
Kabushiki Kaisha Sankyo Seiki Seisakusho, Nagano-ken,
Japan
FUed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,797
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, July 11, 1969,
44/65206; July 17, 1969, 44/56049; July 19, 1969,44/68942;
July 19,1969,44/57141
Int. CI. G04c 27/76 ""
U.S. CI. 58—19 8 Claims
440
in the directly readable digital clock disclosed a sector-
shaped cam is keyed to an operating shaft. The operating shaft
can be turned to one of four discreet positions. In each of the
positions, a lever arm rests on the peripheral surface of the
cam. At the end of a time period set into the clock, a timer
knocks the lever off the cam periphery and onto a pin extend-
ing eccentrically from the cam In the first cam position, the
cam surface initially pushes the lever on to a position that
closes a radio switch and opens an alarm switch. In the other
three shaft positions the cam causes the lever arm initially to
open both the radio switch and the alarm switch. In the first
position, at the end of the timing cycle, the pin catches the
lever arm in virtually its original position so that the radio
switch remains on and the alarm switch off. In the second posi-
416
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tion the pin also catches the lever in the original posiUon so
that" both switches remain off. In the third position, the pin
catches the lever so as to allow closing of the radio switch
only In the fourth posiUon, the pin catches the lever so as to
allow closing of both positions. A setlable crown gear is en-
gageable with a shaft-driven spur gear so that the crown gear
can be turned from its set position to a final position by the
clock In its set position, a control cam, keyed to the crown
gear causes a lever member to prevent movement of the lever
arm m a direction m which it would open the radio switch or
close the alarm switch. A notch in the control cam withdraws
the lever member and renders it ineffective when the control
cam reaches its final position. The radio switch may also be
used to turn on other electrical appliances.
3,708,976
GENERATION OF HOT VAPOR
Martin John Berlyn, Beacon Lodge, Texas Street, Leeds, En-
gland
Filed May 25, 1970, S*r. No. 40,056
Int.Cl.F02g7/02
U.S.Ci. 60-39.25 19 Claims
3,708,974
PALLET ATTRACTING CONSTRUCTION
Motoyuki Fujimori, Suwa, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Suwa Seikosha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,360
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1970.
45/132716
Int. CI. G04c J/04
U.S. CI. 58-28 R 4 Claims
A method of and apparatus for generating a hot vapor at
high pressure, wherein primary water is sprayed into air dunng
compression thereof and the compressed air with the en-
trained water as superheated steam is delivered into a com-
bustion chamber where fuel is injected and burned continu-
ously a secondary water supply being sprayed simultaneously
into the combustion chamber and at a rate which determines
the temperature of the efflux from said chamber.
A pallet attracting construction wherein a C-shaped recess
is routably mounted in the region of a balance bearing. A pal-
let having a member formed of a magnetic material secured
thereto is positioned so that said member oscillates between
the facing ends of said permanent magnet in an elongated hole
in a support plate, the ends of said hole limiting the displace-
ment of said pallet.
3,708,977
HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT
Robert E. Raymond, ZanesviUe, Ohio, assignor to International
Basic Economy Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,174
lnt.Cl.F15b75/7S
U.S. CI. 60-52 US 9 Claims
7
3,708,975
FLAT PIN PALLET
Georges Davoine, Le Lock, Switzerland, assignor to Les
Fabriques d'Assortiments Reunies, Le Lock, Switzerland
Filed March 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122^54
Claims priority, applkation Switzerland, March 12, 1970,
3670/70
Int. CI. G04b/ 5/OS
U.S. CI. 58-121 R 7 Claims
A pin pallet for a timepiece escapement comprises a pallet
plate stamped from thin sheet material and having a pair of
laterally spaced openings, a pin member composing a U-
shaped wire being bonded to said plate with its arms extending
through said openings to constitute the pins.
130-'
A hydraulic power system for supplying fluid power to
hydraulically operated machines such as machine tools or the
like which comprises a frame means, the upper portion of
which includes a reservoir that serves the multiple function of
enclosing certain components of the system, an upper panel
that forms a mounting means for modulized system valving
and read-out devices, and a lower reservoir wall that includes
couplings between said certain components enclosed by said
reservoir and external components of the system.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
417
3,708,978
REGULATING APPARATl S FOR AXIAL PISTON
MACHINES OR THE LIKE
Karl Reiff, Sersheim, and Peter Muhikh, Elsslinger-Sulzgries,
both of Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch, GmbH, Stutt-
gart, Germany
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,289
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 13, 1970, P 20
40 205.5
Int.CI.F16hi9/46
U .S. CI. 60- 53 R 16 Claims
'"'■'} ^ Ti ti n%" fjt t
by altering valve timing. Alternately, power output may be
A regulating apparatus for changing the position of an ad-
justing member for a variable-output reversible axial piston
machine has a housing wherein a plenum chamber is flanked
by two coaxial plungers which are movable axially to thereby
move the adjusting member by way of a hydraulic power am-
plifier and a valve member which regulates the flow of fluid
into and from the cylinder chambers of the power amplifier.
The positions of the plungers can be changed by a pivotable
input lever as well as by a torque limiting device which em-
ploys an auxiliary pump driven by the motor for the axial
piston machine and serving to pressurize the fluid in the
plenum chamber. The pressure of fluid which is delivered by
the auxiliary pump is influenced by a fixed flow restrictor and
by a second flow restrictor which is adjustable as a function of
system pressure.
MTEROitWZR
controlled by the use of auxiliary chambers and altering the
mass of working gas in the circuit.
3,708.980
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE AND METHOD OF
OPERATION
Robert W. Truxell, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mkh.
FUed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,035
Int. CI. F02b 75/70, 75/00
U.S. CI. 60—274 6 Claims
^^^
Alternate combustion chambers in the engine operating
sequence are supplied rich and lean mixtures, respectively.
The exhaust gases from the combustion chambers receiving a
rich mixture are conducted to an exhaust gas treating unit
which reduces oxides of nitrogen formed during combustion,
and the exhaust gases from all combustion chambers are con-
ducted to an exhaust gas treating unit which oxidizes
hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide remaining after com-
bustion.
3,708,979
CIRCUITAL FLOW HOT GAS ENGINES
Vannevar Bush. Belmont, and Joseph L. Smith, Jr., Concord,
both of Mass.. assignors to Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,105
lnt.a.F01b7/00
U.S. a. 60—59 R 34 Claims
A compressor, heater, expander and cooler are connected
to form a closed circuit. Valves control the pulsating flow of a
working gas about this circuit. An interchanger may be in-
cluded in the circuit to allow use of a low expansion ratio with
a high ratio of extreme temperatures. Relatively large volumes
of healer and cooler may be used. Power output is controlled
3,708,981
ADSORPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
TREATING POLLUTED GAS STREAMS
Friedrich Johswkh, Essen-Sud, and Werner Schindelbeck,
Lovenkh, both of Germany, as^gnors to Chemkbau Dr. A.
Zieren GmbH & Co. KG, Koln-Braunsfeld, Germany
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,511
Claims priority, applkation Germany. Sept. 13, 1969. P 19
46 457.4
Int.Cl.B01d5i/06
U.S. CI. 55-73 10 Claims
Gas-solid contact method and apparatus, especially ap-
paratus for the adsorption of sulfur oxides from flue gas on a
418
downwardly moving bed of graiiular carbon-containing adsor-
bent, said apparatus being provided with an adsorbent con-
taining vessel having opposed perforate vertical waUs for gas
flow each of said walls comprising
a. a vertical row of louvers disposed in a jalousie-type rela-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
provided with means for releasing the air so that they wUl sub-
merge to any desired depth and means for resupplying air so
that they can be again raised when needed.
tionship, each of said louvers being inclined upwardly,
and outwardly from the axis of the vessel, said louvers
bemg substantially parallel to one another, and
. a vertical row of baffles arranged at the inner side of said
wall adjacent to and behind said louvers, said baffles
being substantially parallel to said louvers.
3,708,984
TUNNEL LINER JACKING SYSTEM AND METHOD
Fred K. Coleman, Los Alamitos, CaUI., assignor to Ameron,
Inc., Monterey Park, CaW .
Filed Sept. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 180,604
lnt-a.E01g5/;4
U.S. CI. 61-43 10 Claims
3,708,982
SYSTEM AND BARRIER FOR CONTAINING AN OIL
SPILL
Thomas Nicholas Blockwick, McLean, Va., assignor to Ocean
Systems, Inc.. New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 79,997
Int. C«.E02b/ 5/04
U.S.CI.61— IF
23 Claims
A system for containing an oil spUl comprising a plurality of
bamer modules each composed of a composite structure hav-
ing a buoyant upper section and a water absorbing lower sec-
tion which represents concurrently the sole ballast for said
upper section and the subsurface barrier for the module.
A subterranean tunnel is formed by advancing a string of
pipe sections behind a rotary boring head. Jacking stations
between the respective pipe sections are remote-controlled
from the tunnel portal to push the pipe sections forward. The
pipe sections are advanced in an incremental jacking program
operated by automatic controls. In the preferred jackmg
sequence, a first group of longitudinally spaced apart pipe sec-
tions is simultaneously advanced during the first phase of the
sequence. whUe at least two adjacent jacking stations remam
stationary between each adjacent pair of advanced pipe sec-
tions. After the first jacking phase, a second group of longitu-
dinaUy spaced apart pipe sections is simultaneously moved
forward against the previously advanced pipe secuons of the
first group. In a third jacking phase, a third group of longitu-
dinally spaced apart pipe sections is simultaneously moved
forward against the previously advanced pipe secUons of the
second group. The system preferably returns to the first
jacking phase. foUowed by the second phase, the third phase,
and so forth, although a fourth phase, or more, can be in-
cluded in the jacking sequence before the system returns to
the first phase. Thus, at least two adjacent pipe sections
remain stationary behind each pipe section being advanced to
act as a back-up for resisting the tendency of the pipe sections
to back out of the tunnel instead of progressing forward.
3,708,983
APPARATUS FOR CONFINING OIL SPILLS
WDliani E. Brwira, 132 MflUken Drive, Napa, CaBf., and Ed-
mond E. Gilbert, 4990 Alhambra Avenue, Martinex, Calil.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,603
Int. CLE02b 7^/04
U.S.a.61-lF 8 Claims
Apparatus comprising a series of air-retaining structural
units connected together in a complete loop so that it will float
while surrounding a vessel that may be leaking or spiUing oU or
some other lighter-than-water fluid. All units are hollow and
3,708,985
ARTICULATED MARINE PLATFORM
Ivo C. PogonowsU, and Paul D. Carmichael, both o( Houston,
Tex., assignors to Texaco, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,663
Int. CI. E02b 1 7100; E02d 27104; B63b 35144
US CI 61 46 5 1 Claim
The invention relates to a monopad articulated marine
structure for offshore waters, which unit comprises an anchor-
ing base, a work platform which is normally posiuoned above
the water's surface, and an intermediate support column. The
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
419
latter is operably connected at opposed ends to the respective
in the sea so that it rests freely on the bottom thereof, said
reservoir comprising a series of cylindrical walls into which
radiating partitions fit so that they bear on a central pillar
formed by two circular slabs fitting into the walls and the par-
titions. The bottom of the reservoir has a reinforcement
designed to receive a supporting pad or cushion, and the top
of the reservoir carries at least one columnar support having a
working platform at its upper end. This platform remains
above the surface of the sea after the reservoir has been sub-
merged. Each support is in the form of a hollow shaft and
serves to carry means connecting the tank with safety ele-
ments on the work platform. Further, each shaft is provided
U •* W 51 L
base and deck or platform whereby the entire unit can be
readily floated to and from working sites.
3,708,986
IMMERSIBLE RESERVOIR
Jean Roulet, La Celie Saint Cloud, and Armand Cimadevilla,
Neuiily (Hauls de Seine), both of France, assignors to Sea
Tank Co., Paris, France
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 59,91 1
Int. CI. E02d 29/06
U.S. CI. 61-46 4 Claims
A reservoir, for example, for liquids capable of being im-
mersed under water and being formed of prestressed concrete.
The reservoir has a cylindrical body closed at its ends and
lying with its axis horizontal. The reservoir is provided with
two partitions which extend from the interior of the body out-
wards and each of which presents a support foot such that the
reservoir can be supported on an emplacement under water at
only two points along its length, the partitions inside the body
are provided with access openings to permit liquid flow past
the partitions and the body may also include other partitions
which do not extend out of the cylindrical body and which are
also provided with openings for liquid flow.
with first means which allow the tank to be submerged in the
sea so that it can rest freely on the bottom thereof and second
means which allow the tank to "breath" by enabling the safety
elements to be brought into communication with the free at-
mosphere.
Preferably each shaft has a number of cells therein which
can be successively flooded with sea water to lower the reser-
voir to the sea bottom in stages and desirably the reservoir is
made from prestressed reinforced concrete.
3,708,988
FENDER ASSEMBLY
Misao Miura, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Siebu Gomu
Kagaku Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,392
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 18, 1969,
44/74459
Int. CI. E02b 3122
U.S. CI. 61-48 1 Claim
u
3,708,987
CONCRETE RESERVOIR FOR UNDERWATER USE
Jean Roulet, 6, Hameau Les Pinsons, 78 La Celle Sain-Cloud,
and Armand Cimadevilla, 10 rue Edouard Mortier, NeuiUy,
both of France
Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 884,584, Dec. 12, 1969,
abandoned, and Ser. No. 887,626, Dec. 23, 1969, abandoned.
This appUcation July 23, 1971, Ser. No. 165,060
Int.CI.E02d27/i5
U.S.CI.61— 46 10 Claims
A reservoir of prestressed reinforced concrete preferably
for storing hydrocarbons, adapted so that it can be submerged
A fender assembly to be mounted on the surface of a quay-
wall as found in harbors or dockyards comprises two pairs of
rubber elements each having a plate like trapezoid shape and a
rigid impact receiving plate. The pairs of rubber elements are
adapted to be secured on to the surface of the quay-wall so
that they form together a frustum of a quadrilateral pyramid
widening towards the quay-wall surface. The impact receiving
plate is rigidly secured on to the top of the pairs of rubber ele-
ments.
420
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,708,989
BRACKETS FOR SUPPORTING PARTITIONS IN DOCKS
Hisashi Kodama, Tokyo; Tsuneo Sekigawa, Tsu; Kazumi HaU,
Tsu, and Akimkhi Nakaya, Tsu, aU of Japan, assignors to
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Fikd D«c. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,754
Claims priority , application Japan, Dec. 4, 1969, 44/1 14632
Int. CI. B63c/ /OO
U.S. CI. 61-64 6 Claims
3,708,991
SUBMARINE HOME
WiUiam Barkley, 3847 Underwood, No. 3, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,937
Int. CI. B63c 7 1/00; B63b 35/44
U.S. CI. 61-69 15 Claims
Partitions in the shipbuilding docks are supported by
minimum weight brackets specially designed for arbitrary
provision of the same in the docks.
3,708,990
DEEP WATER DRILL PIPE CONTROLLED
MANIPULATOR
Robert Curtis Crooke, Corona Del Mar, Calif., assignor to
Global Marine Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,479
Int. CI. B63c// /OO
U.S. CI. 61-69 R
12 Claims
A submarine home adapted to be disposed within a body of
water providing a buoyant, watertight main dwelling section
having a weighted stabilizing member dependently mounted
thereon to moor the main section at a predetermined sub-
merged depth beneath the surface of the water which also
serves as an artificial reef for the growth of biological plant life
thereon such as seaweed, kelp and the like and including deck
means elevationally spaced from said main section above the
surface of the water with support means rigidly interconnect-
ing the deck means and said main section affording a passage
for supplying fresh air and human access to the main section
of the submerged home.
3,708,992
METHOD OF MAKING ICE IN A COMBINED AUGER
AND PRESS
Jack F. Clearman, Stevensville, Mich.; Leonard W. Ohisson,
Saint Paul, Minn., and Michael H. Mackin, Kankakee, III.,
assignors to Whirlpool Corporation, Benton Harbor, Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 867,222, Oct. 17, 1969. This application
March 3, 1972, Ser. No. 231,498
Int. CLF25C 7/74
U.S.CL 62-71 2Ctalms
A manipulator for working on underwater oil drilling and
production equipment and the like is supported on the lower
end of a pendulous drill pipe suspended from a floating vessel.
The drill pipe conducts hydraulic motive power to operate the
manipulating arms of the manipulator. Hydraulic fluid is dis-
tributed by electrically controlled valves in a distribution
manifold at the manipulator. Electric conuol signals are con-
ducted to the control valves by a multi-conductor electric
cable which is either secured to the exterior of the drill pipe or
disposed within the interior of the pipe ConUol signals al-
ternately may be remotely transmitted by a sonar system for
producing coded acoustical signals which are decoded at the
manipulator and converted to electric control signals for
operating appropriate control valves. Some motive power for
operating the manipulator may be supplied by an elecUic
cable led down the inside of the drill pipe, with control signals
being carried by a low-voltage line either inside the drill pipe
or secured to its exterior The electric control signals may be
multiplexed and decoded at the manipulator.
A method of making ice with a combined auger and press
wherein a continuous augering step harvests thin films of ice
product whereupon the ice product is collected and mechani-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
421
cally transferred from a second sUge collection zone to a third
stage compression zone. The collected ice product is then
compression-augered to remove excess water and to extrude
the product in the form of a compacted dehydrated hard ice
column, whereupon an obstruction is interposed in the path of
movement of the emerging hard ice column to shatter the
column into separate pieces of selected utilitarian size and
configuration.
3,708,993
SOLIDIFIED GAS PELLETS AND APPARATUS FOR
MANUFACTURING
Robert C. Hardt, Chicago Heights, and Edward Kozlow,
Homewood, both of III., assignors to Chemetron Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 660,790, Aug. 15, 1967, abandoned. This
application Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 871,277
Int. CLF25J 7/00. i/00
U.S.CL 62-35 10 Claims
Carbon dioxide pellets of a high density formed in a manner
to break easily into minute pieces yet not agglomerate during
shipment, together with a head member for a pellet machine
to form pellets of this kind.
3,708,994
GAS GENERATOR AND CARTRIDGE THEREFOR
Michael Crane, West Orange, N J., assignor to General Pneu-
matics Corporation, Orange, N J.
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,989
Int. CLF 17c 7/02
U.S.CL62— 50 21 Claims
the reservoir in order to pressurize and to flush out the
liquified gas from the reservoir as well as a pressure responsive
means which communicates the reaction chamber with the
aspirating chamber in order to mix the reactive gases of the
reaction chamber with the vaporized gas. The cartridge is in-
sertable as a unit into the gas generator housing so as to be
readily assembled and replaced.
3,708,995
CARBON DIOXIDE FOOD FREEZING METHOD AND
APPARATUS
dennis R. Berg, 10216 Vuhee No. 102, Downey, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 882.662, Dec. 5, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,987
InLCLF25d 7 i/06
U.S.CL 62-63 . 20 Claims
^^^^mEk^
for quick freezing foodstuff consisting of placing the food-
stuff on a conveyor for being conveyed through a freezing tun-
nel; delivering liquid COj to the tunnel and spraying it into
such tunnel in gaseous form and circulating the gas in heat
exchange relationship with the foodstuff; sensing the tempera-
ture in the tunnel and controlling the rate of CO, delivered to
the nozzle to maintain the temperature in the tunnel in a range
slightly above the boiling temperature of COj to thereby effect
relatively rapid freezing of the foodstuff moving along the con-
veyor while preventing solidification of the CO, within the
tunnel.
3,708,996
PRESSURE TRANSLATING APPARATUS AND PROCESS
Jaroslav Wurm, 2240 S. 59th Avenue, Cicero, III.
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,456
Int. CLF25b 7/00
U^.CL62-116 8 Claims
The gas generator includes a heat responsive means which
communicates the reaction chamber with the liquified gas in
An apparatus and process for conversion of thermal energy
into mechanical energy wherein the working fluid of a heat en-
gine is in contact with one side of a pressure sensitive means
such as a piston or diaphragm, the other side of the pressure
sensitive means being in contact with an incompressible fluid
which in turn is in contact with the first ends of a pair of op-
posing pistons, the pistons being linked by mechanical linkage,
the second end of one piston being in contact with a fluid to be
pumped and the second end of the second piston being in con-
tact with a cushion chamber, providing a quiet running ther-
mal engine without dynamically unbalanced forces, with sub-
stantially reduced influence on the performance and smooth
running of the dynamic instability inherent to free-piston
systems generally, and with a positive control of the piston
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
422
travel. The apparatus is particularly advantageously used in
connect,on >^t'h a refr,gerat.on systen, where.n the backs^e
of the second end of each piston is in contact with the
refrigeration fluid at evaporator pressure and the face of the
second end of each piston is in contact with the refngerauon
fluid at condenser pressure.
3,708,997
REFRIGERATOR STRUCTURE
Thomas M. McLaughUn, Mishawaka, Ind., assignor to Amer-
ican Formed Plastics Corp., Elkhart, Ind
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,632
lnt.Cl.F25di9/00
,, ^^« 9 Claims
U.S. CI. 62-449
January 9, 1973
to the evaporator. A diaphragm within the <=o"^'°» P°^°"
which has one side exposed to refrigerant pressure from the
Tvaporator and the other side exposed to a reference or con-
trol^essure within a sealed chamber moves the valve to an
open position in response to decreasing refrigerant pressure in
the evaporator. This increases evaporator pressure above a
predetermined level to prevent frost accumulation on the
evaporator.
3,708,999
VIBRATION DAMPING HUB PROPELLER TYPE FANS
Richard F. Beehler. Beach Grove, Ind., assignor to Lau Incor-
Derated, Dayton, Ohio ^ - , ,
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,711
lnt,Cl.F16di/2S.J/52
U.S. CI. 64-11 R 5 Claims
A refrigerator structure in which the housing has a rear and
front openmg, a removable rear panel closing the rear open-
ing and a pivoted hinged door closing the front opening. A
refrigerating unit is mounted on the rear panel and is remova^
ble from the housing along with the rear panel, «> J^^^^^e
housing may be mverted for installing the housing as either a
right or left door unit while maintaining the refngerating unit
in its upright position.
3,708,998
AUTOMATIC EXPANSION VALVE, IN LINE, NON-
PILOTED
Cari A. Scherer, Clarence Center, and Paul K. f«"l°^'
Medina, both of N.Y., assignors to General Motors Corpora-
tion, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 16930
lnt.a.F25b4 7/00
U^.a. 62-210 3 Claims
A vibration damping hub is designed especially for use with
relatively large diameter propeller-type fans to reduce the
transmiiion of noise from the fan blades, particularly where
an electric drive motor is speed regulated through semi-con-
ductor devices which impart impulses to the motor and cause
undesired noise-producing harmonics. A pair of annular
elastomeric blocks are formed with arcuate cut-outs which
receive corresponding drive lugs formed on a radial extension
of a drive hub. The blade spider is similarly formed with in-
wardly extending lugs, as is a cap member, which respectively
encircle and engage the pair of elastomenc b ocks^ Tl^e ^_
rangement is one in which the drive is accomplished through
rotational compression of the blocks without the necessity of
axially compressing the blocks.
3,709,000
COUPLING
ErUnd K. Persson, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Electro-
Craft Corporation, Hopkins, Minn.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,572
lnt.CLF16di/78
^. .. ,^ lOClaims
IJ^.CL64— 13
Refrigerating apparatus for an automobile air conditioning
system Including an expansion valve with a tubular housing
^parated into a metering and a control portion by a wall
wparating member and having an inlet between the metenng
portion and the condenser and an outlet between the metenng
portion and the evaporator. A valve member and a passage
between the inlet and ouUet regulates the supply of refrigerant
A coupling for substantially reducing the effects of torsional
re^nance litween a motor and a Uansducer. The couphng
ut^es the shear properties of a resUient material over a
Urn ted range to reJuce the amplitude of torsional resonance
Td to increase the frequency band in which it may anse.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
423
3,709,001
HYDRAULIC-TYPE FUEL-INJECTION AUTOMATIC
TIMER
Shoichi Suzuki, Higashl-Matsuyama-shi, Japan, assignor to
Diesel Kiki Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52^48
Int.Cl.F16dJ/70
U^. CI. 64-25 2 Claims
A hydraulic, automatically adjustable timing device for
regulating fuel injection. A pair of springs control outward
movement of a flyweight responsive to driving shaft speed and
hence permit different control characteristics at low and high
speeds The relative angular positions of the driving and
driven shafts depend on the relative positions of a casing form-
ing working chambers and a rotor having vanes located in the
working chambers, the torque being transmitted through the
casing, the rotor and the fluid in the working chambers, a
valve member having valve elements with a solid jjeriphery
and inclined parallel faces is rotated with the outward move-
ment of the flyweights to control the flow of pressurized fluid
to the various portions of the working chamber.
3,709,002
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING PATTERNED DEEP PILE
CIRCULAR KNTTTED FABRICS
Robert E. Brandt, Delavan, Wis.; Tony G. Fegeat, Houilles,
France, and Patrick J. Forde, Cliftonville, England, as-
signors to The Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Oak Brook, DL
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,413
InL CL D04b 9/74
U^. CI. 66—9 B 10 Claims
<j>-| sm»~|-|-[
auioi m
sEUcion
Each head of a multiple feed sliver knitting machine in-
cludes a plurality of fiber feeding zones and the knitting nee-
dles are selectively raised to take fibers from one or more of
such zones. Clutching devices control the quantities of fibers
of different colors delivered to each of the zones. Tape con-
trolled patterning means coordinate needle selection and fiber
feed to assure the presence in each knitted stitch of the cor-
rect amount of pile fibers of the desired color.
3,709,003
PATTERN CONTROL MECHANISMS FOR KNITTING
MACHINES
Albert Henry Widdowson, and Sidney Clifford Savage, both of
Leicester, England, assignors to WUdt Mellor Bromley
Limited, Leicester, England
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,866
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 22, 1969,
51,824/69
Inta.D04b75/7«
U.S. CI. 66—50 R 4 Claims
i
This invention relates to the pattern control mechanisms of
knitting machines, particularly circular knitting machines. Ac-
cording to the invention a rocking selector for engagement
with pattern butts is mounted for rocking action about an axis
parallel with but spaced from the plane of the path of the pat-
tern butts, to move an operating part of the selector between
butt-engaging and butt-missing positions, the spacing being
such that rocking motion of the selector imparts an essentiaUy
short rectilinear motion to an operative part of the selector,
which motion is essentially in the plane of the path of the
butts. The rocking axis may be inclined to or parallel with the
instantaneous path of the butts at the instant of engagement
with the operative part when the latter is in butt-engaging
position.
3,709,004
CAM BOX FOR KNITTING MACHINE
Horst Paepke, Rottenburg am Neckar, Germany, assignor to
The Warner & Swasey Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,059
Int. CI. D04b 9100 .
V>&. CI. 66—57 4 Claims
A knitting machine cam box construction defines a cam
track having upper and lower surfaces and through which the
butts of knitting needle-actuating jacks pass. Said construction
comprises a first cam means defining an upper surface of the
cam track and a second cam means defining the lower surface
of the cam track. Said second cam means includes a tuck cam
and an up-throw cam located adjacent each other. The second
cam means also includes a follower cam and means mounting
424
the follower cam for adjusting movement with and in respons^
to adjusting movement of the tuck cam. Moreover, means is
provlKfor simultaneously adjusting the posiuon of the up-
Uirow cam and the stitch cam relative to the tuck cam.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,005 ^^^^^
VAPOR-PHASE REACTION APPARA^S F^OR TREATD^G
CELLULOSIC TEXTILE MATERIALS AND GARMENTS
Esmond J. Keating, New Orleans; Chester H- H.ydel, MHaW^
.nd Nestor B. Knoepfler. New Orie^is, aU oil^-^^
to Tbe United SUtes of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of Agriculture ,ftOO,Q
Filed Jan. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 109,819
Int. CI. D06c 7/00
„ ^ 3Claims
U.S. CI. 68—6
around a portion of the core so that the latter « rotatable
between the locked and unlocked positions with the side bar
in the projecting position and the keeper lever has a cam «ir-
iace therion which is engageable by the side bar when the
core is rotated toward the locked position with the side bar m
the projecting position, the side bar then momentarily p.voUng
the keeper lever to permit the core to achieve the locked posw
tion wherein the side bar is captured in the keeper notch and
rotation of the core in the opposite direction prevented.
3,709,007
HYDRAULICALLY LOADED ROLLING MILLS
Masuhiko Hirai; Toshiharu Takatsu; Kaxuyoshl Hashimoto,
and Akira Hozoji, aU of Hiroshima, Japan, assignors to Mit-
subishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,699
Claims priority, appBcatioo Jap«., Nov. 18, 1969. 44/91818
Int. a. B21b J 7/0«
l3.S.a.72-8 «^^»
Hvdraulically loaded rolling mUls wherein the improvement
comprises measuring means stretched over a distance between
the measuring positions representing the roll gap of a roUing
mill for measuring indirectly a change of the roll gup by de-
tecting and signalling the tensUe sUess originated from elasUc
deformauon of said measuring means.
A vapor-phase reaction system (apparatus and method) for
UeatinrceUulosic textile materials and garments with
va^^r^ble reagents is disclosed. The ceUulosic matenal^r
ga^ent to be treated « placed withm a skeleton frame ad-
jacent to a matnx which has an extensive surface area on
which the reagent is dispersed, and the assembly is confined in
L expalidablf contamer which has pleated walls to allow for
expansion of the gases generated.
- 3,709,008
GAUGE CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
METAL ROLLING MILLS
Andrew W. Smith, Jr., Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Flkd Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80.682
Int. CI. B21b 57/00
U.S.Cl.72-8 ^^»-^
3,709,006
CYLINDER LOCK
Edward H. Seidewand, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167^31
Int. CI. E05b 75/74. 29/02. 63/00
U.S. a. 70-364 R 3 Claims
An improved cylinder lock of the side bar type adapted for
keyless locking including a stationary sleeve, a core supported
on the sleeve for rotation between a locked POf^^J"^"^^;"
unlocked position, a side bar on the core "^o^^^'^ ^f'^"'^^
projecting position and a withdrawn position, and a sprmg
biased notched keeper lever pivotally supported m a recess m
the sleeve adjacent the core. The recess in the sleeve extends
A programmed computer control system P^o^'^^^^^^ °";
line roll force gauge control for a multiple stand tandem hot
Tt^llnp rolfing'mill A gauge control P-g-; <;^-'^-
the workpiece strip delivery gauge error from «» »«^ °"^
stand of the rolling mill and from this gauge error detemimes a
required roll opening correction to remove this gauge erro.
The eauRe contVol program then determines in relation to the
lagnftu'de o^Uie de'livfry gauge error and related roll opemng
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
425
correction for the same one stand that this delivery gauge
error is to be corrected by adjustment of the roll opening of
that same one stand or is to be fed forward in the direction of
the workpiece strip movement for correction in a succeeding
stand of the rolling mill by adjustment of the roll opening of
the succeeding stand. The roll opening correction is effective
to adjust the latter stand operation for a time interval related
to the movement of the workpiece strip increment from the
stand where the gauge error is measured to the following cor-
rection stand of the roUing mill, assuming the latter stands are
adjacent stands of the rolling mill.
fixed relation between the bending pressure and a constant
and still another electrical signal is generated representative of
the total force applied on the backup rolls. The signals
representative of said fixed relation and of said total force are
^To control
Rolling L0M
3,709,009
METHOD FOR DETECTING ECCENTRICITY AND
PHASE ANGLE OF WORKING OR BACKING ROLL IN
ROLLING MILL
Hiroyuki Shknaki, Asahi-ku, Yokohama-siii, Kanagawa-ken,
and Norio Takahashi, Konan-ku. Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa-
ken, both of Japan, assignors to Isliikawojima-Harima Juko-
gyo Kabushiki Kaislia, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,050
Claims priority, application Japan, March 20, 1970,
45/23105
Int a. B21b i7/0«
U.S.a.72-8 4 Claims
LJ^ L_h
J COW»CTTtl* "•*
HOUMMa CMtCufT
A method for detecting an eccentricity and phase angle (an
angle formed between a predetermined point of a roll and a
point at which the maximum eccentricity occurs) of a working
or backing roll in a rolling mill without use of detectors
directly attached to the peripheral surface of the roll is pro-
vided. The rolling pressure is sampled, quantized and fed into
an arithmetic unit for calculating the eccentricity and phase
angle of the roll based upon the following relations:
AP =
AS
and
^S=Acos(m-fi)
where AP = variation in rolling pressure; A5 = eccentricity; K
= mill constant; M = plastic deformation coefficient; A = ec-
centricity of a backing roll of for example a four-high rolling-
mill stand; uf= angular velocity of the roll; t = time and /3 =
phase angle. The calculated eccentricity and phase angles may
be converted into analog quantities which may be used as
signals for correcting the variation in thickness of rolled stock.
3,709.010
METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLING
THICKNESS OF A WORKPIECE IN A ROLLING MILL
Setsuo Tatsumi. Fukuyama-shi, Hiroshima-ken, Japan, as-
signor to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 687,956, Nov. 27, 1967.
abandoned. This appUcatk>n Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,086
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 26, 1966, 41/77256
Int. a. B21bi 7/05
U.S. a. 72—8 7 Claims
A method of controlling the shape and thickness of a strip
workpiece in a rolling mill wherein an electrical signal is
generated representative of a bending pressure applied to the
rolls, another electrical signal is generated as a function of a
tT Converttr
glPowtf Sourc*
combined to provide a control signal to vary the rolling load to
control the shape and thickness of the workpiece to eliminate
the effect of the reaction forces on control of the rolls which
otherwise tends to cause production of workpieces which do
not meet the desired specifications. '^
3,709.011
RING ROLLING APPARATUS WITH FOUR ROLLS
Eugen Wieting, Hamm. and Hans Siepmann, Rhynem-Osttun-
nen, both of Germany, assignors to J. Banning Aktien-
gesellschaft, Hamm Westfalen, Germany
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,726
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1969, P 19 61
260.3
InLCl. B2 lb 5/00
U.S.CI.72-10 8 Claims
■46 '■46 50
The specification describes a ring rolling apparatus with a
pair of rollers for rolling the cylindrical faces of a ring and with
a pair of conical upsetting rolls for rolling the radial ring faces.
The pair of upsetting rolls is arranged to be displaced auto-
matically in accordance with the increase in size of the outer
ring diameter owing to the displacement of a feeler roller
sensing this diameter. The sensing roll and the upsetting stand
are respectively connected with an actual value indicating
means which determines the position of the ring in relation to
the upsetting stand and the position of the upsetting stand in
relation to the roll stand. The output signals of the actual value
indicating means are arranged to be supplied to a switching
means, which is connected with a target value indicating
means and. when the actual and target value correspond, is ar-
ranged to actuate a relay for taking off the roll pressure.
3,709,012
HOT ROLLING MILL LUBRICATION APPARATUS AND
PROCESS
Louis C. Larsonneor, Palos Heights, Dl., assignor to Nako
Chemical Company, Chicago, Dl.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 817.377, April 18, 1969,
abandoned. This application Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,641
Int CI. B21bJ7/00, 27/70, 45/02
U.S. CI. 72-21 9 Claims
A method and apparatus for applying hot rolling mill lubri-
cants composed of water and difficulty dispersible oil to the
rolls of roUing stands used to reduce hot steel whereby the
426
lubricant is applied only during the period when the work-
^te^tLSe rolls Jf the roUmg stands. T^e oil . -ntmu-
ously circulated m a loop system to mamtain .t at a desued
OFFICIAL GAZETTE J-^^^' '' ''''
by a valve arrangement or by seating of the billet against the
555757fi U 3
n»-
temperature range, and then ^"^««f ^% "*!." ;:;i!" "
ToUing stand calls for lubrication. Water .s preferably contmu-
ously fed to the rolls for cooling.
3,709,013
EXTRUSION PRESS FOR ROD OR TUBE
Ernst Petech, Mettnumn, Germany, assignor to Maschlnen-
fabrik Sack GmbH, Dusseldorf-Rath, Germany
FUed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,826
Claims priority, application Germany, May 29, 1969, r ly
Vl Vitt 1
Int. CI. B21j 7126; B21c 23120
MS. CI. 72—22
20 19 30 18 2113 ^ _J
die. The punch is then advanced mto the pressure cylinder to
produce extrusion.
3,709,015
TOOL FOR THE CHIPLESS WORKING AND DEBURRDSG
OF GEARS
Herbert Loos, Munich, Germany, assignor to Carl Hurth
Maschlnen-und Zahnradfabrik, Munich Germany
FUed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,454
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 8, 1969, G 69 39
109.9; Feb. 5, 1970, G 70 04 013.0
Int. CLB21h 5/02
-^ ,. 8 Claims
U.S. CI. 72-71
6 Claims
14 25 »
A hydraulic rod and tube extrusion press havmg a mam ex-
tr^xon ram and a p.ercer connected to a piston ^hich works
^ ^imder within the extrusion ram. In order to extrude tube
^ound the piercer with the tip of the piercer stationary in r^
mouth of the die means are provided for supplymg A^'^J^o ^^e
Temm suoke chamber of the piercer piston cy mder so that
^^cxc^r is retracted at an appropriate rate relauvely to the
extrusion ram as the extrusion ram advances.
A tool for chiplessly roll forming teeth on a workpiece
.her^the edge's between the tooth -^-^ -^^^^^f.
lands are sharp so that burrs otherwise created on the work
piece dedendum are removed.
3,709,016
SHEET METAL FORMING MACHINE
George M. Breidert, Granada Hills, CaUf., "«» '^^^ .^j,' '^
CoTkeU, Sun City, Ariz., assignors to said Breidert by said
'^■^"^^'Viled Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,677
Int.CI.B21d/9/04
9Clamas
U.S.CL 72-123
3,709,014
PRESS FOR HYDROSTATIC EXTRUSION
Torstein L«ida; Pertti Syvakari, and Erik W^"' *" "J
^ras, Sweden, assignors to ADmanna Svenska Elektriska
Aktiebolaget,Vasteras, Sweden ,,„ ,ft,
FUed April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,201
Claims priority, application Sweden, April 30, 1970.
6010/70
Int.a.B21c23/0S
6 Claims
U.S.CL72— 60 ^ A
A Dress for hydsostatic extrusion includes a press stand and
a high pressure cylinder displaceable, in the stand. A punch ^
mounted for movement into the high pressure cylmder to
prTuce the extrusion pressure therem. The biUet and die axe
Lsitioned by a manipulating arrangement between the open
^ of t^e high pressure cyhnder and a die ^^V>Von,^<^^l
cylinder is moved over the billet and die. Pressure Juid isthen nK>tor^riven rotary uble carrymg a
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
427
the table by a fluid ram, together with a work support adjacent
the table and means for holding an apertured worksheet in
place on the support to receive a tool mounted in the tool-
holder.
the drawing rolls is provided for the support of the ring or strip
being rolled.
3,709,017
METHOD OF ROLLING METAL SHEET ARTICLES
BETWEEN THE DRIVEN ROLLS OF THE ROLL MILL
Vladimir NUiolaevich Vydrin, ulitsa Svobody, 139, kv. 7, and
Leonid Matveevich Ageev, ploschad MOPRa, 2, kv. 33, both
of Chelyabinsk, U.S.S.R.
FUed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,851
Int. CL B21b J9/0«, //OO
U.S. a. 72-205 2 Claims
3,709,019
BEAM BACKED CLUSTER MILL
Tadeusz Scndzimir, P.O. Box 1350, Waterburv, Conn.
FUed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8^80
Int. CLB21b 29/00
U.S. CL 72—242
7 Claims
3,709,018
METHOD OF AN ANNULAR-STRIP ROLLING MILL FOR
ROLLING OUT AN ENDLESS STRIP FROM A CAST RING
Hans Werner Hox, Weyerstr. 2, and Werner Bechem,
WeveUnghovener Str. 7, both of Cologne, Germany
FUed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,372
Int.a.B21dy9y/4
U.S.CL72-in 7 Claims
0-, «
9a 2 ,3
A strip rolling mill apparatus as well as a method is provided
for rolling out an endless strip from a cast ring which may be
produced by casting an end, continuous casting or centrifugal
casting. In this method of rolling an endless strip from a cast
ring, the cast ring in one embodiment of the invention is verti-
cally on end while being rolled out to the strip.
The annular-strip rolling mill consists basically of at least
one pair of live rolls and one pair of drawing rolls which are
displaceable by a drawing carriage. The live rolls and the
drawing rolls, with pertaining brackets therefor, are disposed
vertically on end and supported. A roll table, spherical table
or the like which extends over the range of displacement of
■Ij\fi>a_i_a^i^_ja/tDi
The present invention relates to a method of rolling metal
sheet articles between driven rolls of rolling mills, the driven
rolls being rotated in opposite directions at different
peripheral speeds. A stretching strain is applied to the delivery
section of the article, and the process is effected with the ratio
between the peripheral speeds of the rolls being not less than
the reduction of the article being rolled, and with the rate of
travel of the delivery end of the article being equal to the
peripheral speed of the driving roll that is rotated at a greater
speed. The invention also discloses mills for effecting the
present method, which are provided with means for insuring
the required ratios between the peripheral speeds of the rolls.
A beam backed cluster mill, wherein deflections of the
beams are substantially eliminated by ( 1 ) eliminating the
horizontal components of the roll separating forces by the
provision of multiple saddle blocks, wherein such horizontal
components cancel each other, and (2) by prestressing the
backing beams by means of moments which oppose the mo-
ments generated by the roll separating forces.
3,709,020
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A
STRAIGHT BORE COLD DRAWN TUBE
Sidley O. Evans, Beaver Falls. Pa., assignor to The Babcock &
Wilcox Company. New \ork, N.^'.
FUed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,243
Int. CI. B21c 1124; B21b 1 7102
U.S. CI. 72-283 2 Claims
An arrangement of apparatus for producing a straight bore
cold drawn tube, where the internal surface of the finished
tube has a minimum of surface wave. This is accomplished by
extending the mandrel to a selected pxjsition downstream of
the die, and limiting the stiffness ratio between tube and man-
drel.
3,709,021
STRAND PROCESSING APPARATUS
Arthur E. Jackman, Simsbury, Conn., aasigDor to Jackman-
Conlin Associates, Inc., Simsbury, Conn.
FUed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,842
Int. CI. B21c 1102; B21b i7/00
U.S. a. 72-289 13 Claims
A wire drawing machine for continuously drawing a strand
of wire received from a {jay-off apparatus and advancing it
along a generally predetermined path toward a take-up ap-
paratus. The machine includes a draw box, a capstan for draw-
ing the strand through the draw box, a drive unit for rotating
the capstan, and a compensating mechanism including an
endless cogged belt supported on cogged sheaves to run in
positive timed relation therewith and in contact with a con-
tinuous arcuate portion of the strand on the capstan to main-
tain the strand in driving engagement with the capstan. The
compensating mechanism also includes a control device
428
responsive to deviation of the
OFFICIAL GAZETTE «
strand from its predetermined provided co-axially
January 9, 1973
with the work place and means is provided
path for conuollmg the dnve unh to -^If^^" ^^^'"^^"^"^ "
timed operative relation with the take-up apparatus.
3,709,022
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING
IMAGING MEANS
Robert P. Forsyth, Cariisk, M««., assignor to PoUro.d Cor-
'**'"^' 'FCS?;2tr970, Ser. No. 83,028
lnt.Cl.B21dyi/04.B21i9/i5 20 CUims
U^. CI. 72—311
for connecting the tools to the sliding carriages in a form
locking manner.
3,709,024
FORMING PRESS nXTURE
R.„o.do H. Grimoldi, N.P.. CM., ^signer to Kafaer Steel
Corporation, Oakland, Calif. ,a« ha
Filed April 28, 1971,Ser.No. 138 126
l„t.Cl.B21jyi/i0.B21d9/0i ^^^
IJ.S. CI. 72-420
^>
A method and apparatus is provded for fabricating novel
'"?HEirn=ra":i';:'^rr?s
iCe^ ;ad£n^dr:rer„SU' ^p^dt^
base from said pomt source.
■% •^AQ 023
AUTOMATIC BENDING AND/OR PUNCHING N^LACMNES
^^O^P^DUCING SHAPED PARTS FROM WIRE OR
STRIP ^
Hor« Thode, Wrilbach, Gernuuiy, assignor to Heinz Ftazer.
KG., WaUbach, Germany .« n^.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,032
Claims priority, application Germany, June 16. 1969, F iv
Int.Cl.B21d.;/00 ^^
" In'aJto^at'bendmg and/or P-f^^ -ty^^f^L^,
and connected to driven sl.dmg '^^";^8^/°^ j i^g
relation to the central work place, wherem * 'f^' J^^^j^ J
plate with guide channels for accommodauon of the tools is
An improved forming press fixture for -'-j^J^^ ^f^^^
r r.rp?rrrg^i- ^"^^^^^ -
o^der to effect selected folding or creasmg^a workpiece.
3 709 025
MFTHOD AND APPARATOS ioR FEEDING HIGH SPEED
PRESSES
CUtas priorit,. .pplla-k« Er««e, Oct. 16. 1»*». *»354»3
^ "l.u'-in"-;:;" i. addte^u, a - -^ -Tpti'^,
re ri^; -^e^- ~rreniet:ro'f
-,er=sr;r;repjr;-^. o-
Wow U.e press in U,e direction *'°"f^ J^^t^d ,o ad^Lce
vanced. whereby the movable grips are ^^P'"'^^'" f„.<,
the strip and the strip " ^^X'^Se p'^ Se ^mova.
rgn>"XTa^e^» ^'etr'^TgU-n in wh.h the
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
429
fixed grips below the press open before the movable grips
close while the fixed grip above the press opens as the mova-
3,709,027
PROXIMITY SENSING DEVICE
Basil B. Beeken, New Haven, Conn., assignor to Automatic
SwIUh Co., Florham Park, N J.
FUed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,875
Int.CI.G01b/J//2
U.S. CI. 73-37.5 6 Claims
ble grips have closed to permit recovery of the elongation of
the strip.
3,709,026
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIMULATING
SPACECRAFT EROSION
Barry V. Rhodes, Canoga Park, and Daniel E. Bloxsom, Los
Angeles, both of Calif., assignors to KMS Industries, Inc.,
Ann Arbor, Mich.
Filed Nov. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 774,754
Int-CLGOlni/05
U.S. CI. 73-12 41 Claims
A proximity sensing device employing a fluid sensing jet
which follows a helical path and which generates an above-
ambient pressure signal when interrupted.
/5<^,
3,709,028
CIGARETTE INSPECTION SYSTEMS
Eryk Stefan Doerman, London, England, assignor to MoUns
Limited, London, England
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,072
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 27, 1970,
9,669/70
Int.CI.GOlmi/00
U.S. CI. 73-38 .. 18 CUims
J?N Jf
Lij^i/
<u
An apparatus and method for simulating erosion on a
spacecraft surface by impact with particulate in a preselected
environment. The apparatus and method are ground-based
and have the capabilities of simulating all significant environ-
ment conditions for a complete trajectory on different test ob-
jects including pressure, temperature, heat transfer attitude,
altitude, wind and skin friction loads, relative velocity dunng
impact with particulate including successive and cumulative
effects of collision with a variety of particulate including dust,
micrometeorites, vapor, ice, rain, snow and others. Cumula-
tive test effects can be produced in rapid succession and in-
dividually observed and recorded under desired appropriate
space environmental conditions selected as desired and, if
preferred, under arbitrarily chosen severe conditions. If so
elected, a given test may be continued to the point of total
destruction of the test object. The equipment includes unique
means for generating desired temperatures on the test object,
a unique system for simulating particulate in space and for ac-
celerating different kinds thereof in succession to desired
velocities to and including hypersonic and for colliding the
same with the test object while recording the produced effects
of collision.
A cigarette testing system includes a wrapper tester for de-
tecting leaks in the wrappers of the cigarettes, means operated
by the wrapper tester for ejecting faulty cigarettes, and means
for testing the porosity of the web of wrapper material before
it is formed into cigarette wrappers, the porosity tester com-
prising means for passing air through the wrapper web to
generate a pressure signal dependent upon the degree of
porosity of the wrapper material, and a pipe for conveying the
pressure signal via a reservoir to the wrapper leak detector to
provide compensation for the varying porosity of the wrapper
material.
3,709,029
ULTRASONIC INSPKCTION APPARATUS
Michael J. Hurwltz, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,813
Int. CI. GO In 29/04
U.S. CI. 73—67.8 R * Claims
A multiple transducer probe for pulse-echo ultrasonic test-
ing, and especially for image-forming at depth within objects,
comprising a transducer system focused along a line and hav-
ing its component transducers situated along an arc of a circle.
906 O.G.— 16
430
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
Separate transmitting and receiving transducers are preferably
mounted covering end-to-end quadrants of a conical depres-
sion machined in a metallic transducer block. The transducer
of a bore hole; torque is applied to the probe, and resistance to
rotation of the probe in the soil relative the reaction anchored
to the soil is sensed and transmitted electrically to the surface
as useful data. The apparatus is installed very remote from an
operator's station by cooperatively employing drilling casing
or drilling equipment by which the bore hole is maintained or
formed.
block is. in turn, mounted for movement on a coupling block 3,709,032
having one surface shaped to fit a surface of the object to be TEMPERATURE PULSED INJECTIVITY PROFILING
tested. , Roy d Coles, Jr.; Johannes H. M. Thomeer, both of Houston,
and Curtis A. Chase, Jr., Pearland, all of Tex., assignors to
^^non^n SheU Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
VIBRATION DETECTION APPARATUS ^Ued ^^J^*' ^^^ ^J' ^^^ »«»'^^«
Edward C.Aselman, Jr., High Ridge, Mo., assignor to TNE In- ,,„_,_. ,.. !«• ^'- "^-f*"
corporated. High Ridge, Mo. U.S.CI. /J is'»
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 684,768, Nov. 21, 1967,
abandoned. This application May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,789
Int.Cl.G01h//00
U^.CL 73—71.1 22CUiins
5 Claims
>X KK'S
iA '^ -0 ,IJ/,J
Vibration responsive apparatus including novel vibration
sensing means. The vibration sensing means includes a light
source, a light-sensitive element positioned for receiving light
from the light source and producing changes in electron flow
in response to changes in the incidence of light thereon, and a
movable member supported for oscillatory movement in
response to vibration to cause changes in the incidence of light
on the element to an extent dependent upon the magnitude of
the vibration. Circuit means produces a first signal in response
to said changes in electron flow, the signal amplitude varying
with the magnitude of vibration. Voltage comparing means al-
gebraically compares the magnitude of the pulsating signal
with a preselected reference potential and delivers an output
signal when the algebraic sum of the magnitude of the pulsat-
ing signal and the reference potential crosses a predetermined
threshold voltage. Control means is operative in response to
an output signal from the voltage comparing means to perform
a control function at a preselected magnitude of vibration.
r„ii»il » I V"
A well logging process for measuring temperature to deter-
mine the injectivity profile of a reservoir interval is improved
by injecting a temperature pulsing fluid of known amount and
distinctive temperature within a short time, measuring a rate
with depth of the temperature recovery within the well, and
determining the corresponding rate with depth of the inflow of
fluid into the reservoir interval.
3,709,033
VELOCITY MONITOR FOR AIRCRAFT
James Pollitt, Bristol, England, assignor to Rolls-Royce
Limited, Derby, England
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 82,052
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 21, 1969,
51,510/69
InUCLGOlc 27/70 ^
U.S. CI. 73— 1 78 T * Claims
3,709,031
MEANS FOR DETERMINING THE SHEAR STRENGTH OF
EARTH IN SITU
SUnlcy D. Wilson, 3668 Albion Place North, Seattle, Wash.,
and Richard K. Harris, 7321 48th Ave. N.E., Seattle, Wash.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,997
lnt.CLGOlni/24
U.S.CL73— 101 3 Claims
Apparatus and a technique for the in situ measurement of
the torsional shear strength of remotely located soil is pro-
vided. A probe and a reaction in close proximity to each other
are embedded in soil in place at a remote point, e.g., the end
This invention pertains to a velocity monitor for an aircraft
wherein a signal is given if, during the ground-roll of a take-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
431
off, the actual velocity falls below that necessary for successful
take-off. To this end there is provided in series connection an
accelerometer, a first and a second integrator, a function
generator and a comparator for the first integral being a signal
of actual velocity and the output of the function generator
being a signal of desired velocity. The output of the compara-
tor shows whether actual velocity is above or below the
desired velocity.
electrically beatable resistance wire which is incorporated
directly into the thermoplastic flow channel wall, the re-
3,709,034
SIGNAL CONDITIONER FOR RECOVERING DOMINANT
SIGNALS FROM SWIRL-TYPE METERS
Peter J. Herxl, MorrisviUe, Pa., assignor to Fischer & Porter
Company, Warminster, Pa.
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 1 11,913
Int. CL GO Is 7/00
U.S.CL 73-194 B 8 CUims
<S«>Mt
1/ <
^T,
u
-c
m
" a
Orm/^
"-'-■^ '-'''■
A-A
sistance wire has areas of small and large diameters with the
small diameter portion in the flow channel and the large
diameter imbedded in the wall of the flow channel.
A signal conditioner adapted to extract the dominant
frequency from the composite output signal of a swirl or vor-
tex type flowmeter and to exclude low and high frequency
noise components whereby by measuring only the dominant
frequency, one obtains an accurate reading of fluid flow quan-
tity. The signal conditioner includes a square-wave-generating
trigger to generate the measuring frequency, which trigger un-
dergoes a change in output state only when the amplitude of
the signal applied thereto rises above a predetermined high
level and reverts to its original output state when the am-
plitude of the applied signal falls below a predetermined lower
level, no change in state occurring with respect to amplitude
fluctuations lying within the window defined by the two levels.
The composite signal is applied to the trigger through an auto-
matic gain control circuit whose attenuation is automatically
changed as a function of frequency whereby the amplitude of
the composite signal applied to the trigger is greatest when the
dominant frequency thereof is at the high end of the operating
range, thereby effectively broadening the window for low
operating frequencies and narrowing the window for high
operating frequencies to effect low-frequency noise rejection
at high operating frequencies and high-frequency noise rejec-
tion at low operating frequencies.
3,709,036
FLUID TURBULENCE STUDY APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Richard G. Schwind, LaHonda, Calif., assignor to Nielsen En-
gineering and Research Corporation
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68^10
InL CI. GOlm 9100
U.S. CI. 73— 147 1 5 Claims
A rotating arm carrying vortex generators generates out-
wardly spiralling vortices in a fluid-medium. Measurements
are made in the fluid disturbances caused by the vortices.
3,709,037
FLOWMETERS
William Edward Abbotts, Foxton, near Royston, England, as-
signor to B. Rhodes & Son Limited
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,304
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 23, 1969,
52,025/69; April 28, 1970, 20^47/70
InLa.G01l7/70
U.S. CL 73—231 8 Claims
3,709,035
FLOW LEVEL SENSING SYSTEM WITH FLOW
ELECTRICAL TRANSDUCER, AND ITS APPLICATION
Jan Richard Peter De Fries, Hirschwiesenstrasse 9, 8000 Zu-
rich, and Erwin Josef Tresch, Industriestrasse 20, 81 17 Fal-
landcn, both of Switzerland
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,331
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 24, 1969,
19233/69
Int. CLGOlf 7/00
U,S.CL 73-204 7 Claims
A flow rate sensing system with a flow-electrical transducer
for the monitoring of the flow of a medium by at least one
A flovmieter is composed of a housing with a cavity through
which fluid may flow. A rotor is disposed in the cavity, is
wholly supported by fluid when it flows through the cavity and
is rotated by interaction with the fluid flowmg through the
cavity.
432
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
^7(W038 3,709,040
1 lOIITD LEVEL ^DICATOR NANCES FOR TAKING SAMPLES OF MOLTEN METAL
GeraM L. Wer^^^ W^^SI^Zll^, West Slot Ch.H« D.vU, C«, Dr<«fie.d, SbeffieW, En^, -signer U.
' , ... Land Pyrometers Limited
P.ul,Mmn. FiledNov. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 90^91
^t. ClJii?^i/^2* Claims priority, .ppUction Great Britain, Nov. 28, 1969.
iicf-iT^ ^1^ 6 Claims 58,274/69
U.S.CL 73-31:? Int CI. GOln 25/04. GOlk 7/74
U.S. CI. 73-354 2 Claims
A fuel gauge utilizing magnetic coupling to rotate a follower
magnet having a wiper arm attached thereto for sequentially
engagmg a plurality of circularly spaced electrical contacts.
The contacts are connected to fuel level indicator lights posi-
tioned, for example, on a snowmobile instrument panel. The
drive magnet is attached to a helical element rotatable by the
vertical movement of a float assembly in engagement
therewith.
3,709,039
COMFORT HUMroiTY INDICATOR
Ralph H. Preiser; Clarence J. Goodwin, both of Peru, and
Robert D. Cofoid. Tonica. HI., assignors to General Time
Corporation, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,072
Int. CL GOln 19110; GOlw 1104
VS. CI. 73-336 7 Claims
A lance for taking a sample of molten metal comprising an
outer-housing or elongated holder tube, a metal mould set at
one end of the housing or holder tube, there being at least one
opening in the housing or holder tube adjacent an opening in
the mould to allow molten metal to flow into the mould when
the lance is immersed in molten metal, a refractory lining to
the mould, and temperature-sensing means within the mould
adapted to record the liquidus arrest temperature of the sam-
ple vsrithin the mould.
3,709,041
FLUERIC ACCELEROMETER
Lawrence S. Galowin, Upper Saddle River; Michael J. De San-
tis, Lyndhurst, and Cary Miller, Rockaway, all of N J., as-
signors to Singer-General Precision, Inc., Little Falls, N J.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34.212
Int. a. GOlp 75/02
liJS. a. 73—5 15 * Claims
A weather instrument including a hygrometer and an out-
door thermometer, an indoor thermometer, and means opera-
tjvely associated therewith for providing an indication of the
relative humidity required to maintain a predetermined tem-
perature-humidity relationship. In one embodiment, a cam-
filament arrangement responds to a manual positioning, in ac-
cordance with information derived from integral measuring
devices, to automatically provide an indication of the relative
humidity required to maintain a predetermined temperature
humidity relationship. The deviation between ambient and op-
timum humidity is ascertained by comparison of the coaxially
mounted instruments indicating these two conditions.
A flueric accelerometer wherein a a FLOW path for pres-
surized fluid is established through a porous housing, which
flow is resisted by a deformable porous matrix comprised of
solid material in proportion to acceleration. The housing is
adapted to permit measurement of the resistance and there-
fore the acceleration.
3,709,042
CAPACTTANCE ACCELEROMETER
Shih-Ying Lee, and Yao Tzu Li, both of Huckleberry HiU,
South Lincoln, Mass.
FOed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,566
Int. CI. GO Ip 75/02
U.S. CI. 73 516 R 12 Claims
The mass of a seismic suspension serves as the center plate
of a balanced differential capacitor suitable for use in an open
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
433
loop accelerometer system. The flexures consuain the seismic
mass to motion in one direction. The trapped gas between the
plates of the differential capacitor provides squeezed film
displacing engagement with the lever and then rotating the
pull-cable actuated triggering cam into engagement with the
damping. The differential capacitor modulates circuitry such
as a differential pulse width modulation system to provide a
high-level output.
3,709,043
MEANS FOR DETERMINING LT^BALANCE IN ROTARY
WORKPIECES
WiUiam G. Schmidt, 4733 Shaffer Ave., Madison, Wis.
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,353
Int.CLG01m//0«
U.S. CI. 73—466 2 Claims
A disc shaped indicia bearing reference target with a coni-
cally shaped permanent magnet adapted to be received in a
centering hole of a ferromagnetic rotary workpiece to be
balanced on a balancing machine wherein the target may be
quick'y affixed and removed and be repeatedly used.
lever to lock the poppet in the off position. Tension applied to
the pull-cable releases the lever and allows the poppet to
open.
3,709,045
UNFVERSAL JOINT FLEXURE ASSEMBLY
Walter J. Kniplck, Succasana, and Rkhard F. Clmera, Fair-
field, both of N J., assignors to The Singer Company, UttJe
Falls, N J.
Filed Oct. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 189,1 10
Int.a.G01c/9/;5
U.S. a. 74—5 F 5 Claims
■ I I ''I ) -^
A universal joint gyroscope flexure hinge assembly is pro-
vided for a free rotor gyroscope, and which interconnects the
rotor, or inertial flywheel, of the gyroscope to the motor-
driven spin shaft thereof. The flexure hinge assembly of the in-
vention is constructed so that it may be readily adjusted to
compensate for spring restraint and unbalances which^^ause
rectified drift errors in the gyroscope.
3,709,046
POWER TAKEOFF INTERLOCK
Norman W. Mueller, Plainfield. Dl., assignor to MUwaukee
Boiler Manufacturing Co., MUwaukee, Wis.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,085
Int. CLF16hi 7/00
U.S. CL 74-15.86 9 Claims
3,709,044
TRIGGER MECHANISM FOR GAS VALVBSG
APPARATUS
Joseph Chacko, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Sargent In-
dustries, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 801,640, Feb. 24, 1969, abandoned.
This application Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,512
Int. CI. F 16k 37/524
U.S.CL74-2 22CUims
A triggering mechanism for a gas valving apparatus includ-
ing a lever for displacing the valve poppet into its off position,
an arming cam for applying force to the lever and a triggering
cam for locking the lever in the poppet off position. The
mechanism is armed by rotating the arming cam into poppet
\'»
L^.."]
b^"
i>^ '•
A power takeoff interlock prevents engagement of a trans-
mission driven power takeoff except when the vehicle trans-
434
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
mission drive gear is stationary, thereby preventing damage to
both the power takeoff and the transmission. A pair of series
connected control valves are interposed between the vehicu-
lar air tank and the air cylinder which engages and disengages
the power takeoff. One of the valves is responsive to the posi-
tion of the vehicle transmission control lever to deenergize the
interlock except when the vehicle transmission is in a power
takeoff engaging condition. A second valve is manually
operated to energize the air cylinder and engage the power
takeoff. A lockup circuit is included so that once engagement
of the power takeoff is secured, the transmission lever may be
moved to any position without affecting the power takeoff.
The interlock also coordinates the operation of the vehicle
brake with the operation of the power takeoff.
holder being mounted so as to be reciprocally movable on said
frame along a path radial to the axis of the form cylinder and
an ink distributing roller to which it engages. The holder and
frame are provided with engaging bearing means. A rod
slideably extends through the holder parallel to the radial path
of movement and has stop means limiting the relative upward
3,709,047
LINEAR ACTUATOR SYSTEM WITH REVERSING
MEANS
Wenzel Zaniba, East Paterson, and Jan Sehnal, Upper Saddk
River, both of N J., assignors to Textol Systems, Inc., Carl-
stadt, NJ.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 50,620, June 29, 1970. This
application Jan. 21, 1971,S«r.No. 108,490
Int.CI.F16h2;/;6
U^. CI. 74— 25 10 Claims
^\V*M'
and downward movement of the rod through said holder
Means are provided for reciprocating the rod in response to
the selected operation of the machine whereby said holder can
be listed and swung to cause the ink roller to engage and dis-
engage selectively with the form cylinder and the ink distribu-
tor.
3,709,049
NON-SLIP LINEAR TO ROTARY MOTION CONVERSION
APPARATUS
Ernst A. Gerauer, Nonwalk, Conn., assignor to Metron Cor-
poration, Providence, R.l.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,152
Int.CI.F16h 27/02
U.S. CI. 74-89.2 4 Claims
A linear actuator system with reversing means including a
housing with a lateral opening to receive a rotating shaft that
passes through the opening. A plurality of wheels are disposed
against the shaft for initiating and controlling linear movement
of the housing with respect to the rotating shaft, with the
wheels being resiliently urged against the shaft. When the
housing approaches either end of the shaft, it is caused to
reverse and move in the opposite direction by means of con-
tact with one or more studs located on wires that pass through
the housing with stud contact causing a control member to be
pivoted and thereby reverse the direction of the wheels. This
in turn causes a reversal of movement of the housing. Friction
balls are also provided on another wire that passes through the
housing with the friction balls assuring a satisfactory reversal
of the control member.
^^a--**
3,709,048
APPARATUS FOR MOUNTING ROLLERS IN OFFSET
PRESSES
Karel Stepanek, and Josef Jurny, both of Hlavni,
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Adamovske Strojirny, narodni
Podnik. Adamov. Czechoslovakia
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,852
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Jan. l6, 1970,
547/70
Int. CI. F16h 25/05
U.S. CI.74— 53 5 Claims
Apparatus for mounting an ink roller so that it may be
shifted into engagement or disengagement with a form
cylinder roller in an offset press. The apparatus comprises a
holder for joumalling the ink roller on a supporting frame, the
A non-slip linear to rotary motion conversion apparatus is
provided for use with an angular measuring device. A cylinder
having a very accurate constant diameter is mechanically cou-
pled to an angular measuring device capable of accurately
measuring the rotary motion of the windings or coils arranged
in non-overlapping single turns around the surface of the
cylinder and having free wire portions extending tangentially
therefrom in opposite directions from the cylinder. The free
wire portions are anchored at their free end to maintain the
wire means in tension and the coils are offset to prevent over-
lapping of the coils on the cylinder. Means is provided for
mechanically coupling at least one coil of the wire means to
the cyHnder whereby a non-slip highly reliable, linear to rotary
motion conversion apparatus is provided that is mechanically
absolute relative to the angular measuring device.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
435
3 709 050 3,709,052
HNE ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM FOR STOCK FEEDING VARIABLE SPEED POWER TRANSMISSION WITH SNAP-
DEVICE INCLDICtl
Richard J. Granger, Sutton Coldfleld, EngUnd, assignor to George G^ Lassanske, 0?'>°«"«-«^^^'jj' "^^""^ *° '^'^
Cincinnati MUacron Inc., CincinnaU, Ohio board '^'^Z^ZTTl9^r^^So fl9 320
Filed Aug. 20, 1970. Ser. No. 65,463 f^ Sept. JO' 'J J' ^er. No. 179,320
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 21, 1969, 1-t- CI. F16h 55152 ^^ ^^^
41,762/69 ^•*- ^'- '*-''^"*
Int CI. F16h 29/20
U.S. CI. 74-121 4 Claims
A device for effecting small adjustments in the stroke of a
stock feeding mechanism while the latter is operating. The ele-
ment which controls the stroke does not move during the
stock feeding operation and therefore may readily be adjusted
by the operator to vary the length of feed as required. The
device is applicable to a reciprocable type of feeding
mechanism in which the angular relation between an oscillat-
ing connecting rod and a rectiUneariy movable member linked
thereto may be adjusted so as to alter the excursions of the
latter member and of the stock engaging elements connected
thereto.
3,709,051
VARIABLE DIAMETER PULLEY
Jean Boissin, Parly, France, assignor to Pneumatiques,
Caoutchouc Manufacture et Plastiques Kleber-Colombes,
Colombes, France
FUed April 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,796
Int. CI. F16h 55/52
U.S. CI. 74-230.17 M 10 Claims
Disclosed herein is a variable speed V-belt power transmis-
sion including an arrangement for automatically and rapidly
initially engaging an axially movable sheave member with a V-
belt in response to the attainment by the sheave member of an
increased rotary speed above a minimum rotary speed at
which subsequent continuing V-belt driving engagement can
be maintained. Also disclosed herein are means for adjusting
the power transmission so that initial engagement of the mova-
ble sheave member with the V-belt will occur at varying rotary
speeds depending upon the adjustment.
3,709,053
MULTI-SPEED TRANSMISSION FRONT GEAR
MECHANISM FOR A BICYCLE
Masakazu Ohshita, c/o Shimano Industrial Co. Ltd. 77, 3-cho
Olmatsu-cho, Sakai City, Japan
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,594
Claims prioritv, appUcation Japan, May 26, 1970, 45/52068
" Int. CI. F16h55/i0, 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 74—243 R ^ Claims
A variable diameter pulley for transmitting variable speed
drive by a trapezoidal belt has a first cheek rigid with the pul-
ley boss and a second cheek rotatable with and axially slidable
along the boss, a first friction washer abutting against the side
of the slidable cheek remote from the fixed cheek, and a
second friction washer housing in a cup mounted rigidly on
the end of the boss remote from the slidable cheek, and a heli-
cal spring arranged around the boss and abutting at one end
against the first washer and at the other end against the second
washer.
A multi-speed transmission front gear mechanism for a
bicycle secured to a crank shaft and rotatable along therewith,
wherein every second gear tooth of a high speed gear is previ-
ously cut so that the driving chain is engageable with the al-
ternately cut gear teeth. This arrangement proves to be useful
especially when the driving chain is to be shifted from a low
speed gear into a high speed gear since the shifting operation
can be effected and reliably how great the differential is in
number of the gear teeth between the high speed and low
speed gears.
436
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709.054
CHAW CONNECTING LINK
Joseph V. MonUno, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to Litton
Industrial Systems, Inc.
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82^49
\ Int. CLF16g 7 i/02
in addition to a thrust control element, a thrust direction con-
trol element or operating member for controlling the thrust
components and for uncouphng control axles. This is achieved
U.S.a.74— 258
10 Claims
A connecting link for power transmission chain is disclosed
having two identical half link sub-assemblies. Each sub-as-
sembly comprises a hnk plate having a laterally-extending pin
at one end thereof and an aperture formed at the other end
thereof. Two of these sub-assemblies are designed to be as-
sembled into a connecting link by having the pin on one sub-
assembly extend through the aperture in the link plate of the
other sub-assembly. The sub-assemblies are held in assembled
position by two spring clips which are attached to both pins at
either side of the connecting link
3,709,055
GEAR TOOTH PROFILE
Leslie H. Grove, 707 East Hoyt Ave., Saint Paul, Minn.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,617
Int. CI. F16h 55/06, FOlc 7/7S
U.S. CI. 74-462 6 Claims
Gear tooth profiles having circular tip arcs and circular de-
dendum arcs with straight line flanks and a method for desig-
ning gears having such teeth which method involves laying out
an isosceles triangle and drawing circular tip and dedendum
arcs relative to the base side and base comers of the triangle,
the arcs having radii no greater than one-fourth the length of
the base.
3,709,056
COORDINATE TRANSFORMER FOR TRANSFORMING
CONTROL SIGNALS IN AIRPLANES
Siegfried SUuber, Weingarten, and Klaus Suttner, Stetten,
both of Germany, assignors to Domicr A. G.,
Fricdrickafen/Bodcnsec, Germany
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Set. No. 107,100
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1970, P 20
09 145.6
Int.CI. G05g//04
U.S. CI. 74-469 2 Claims
The disclosure is of a cooramate transformer for transform-
ing control signals for airplanes, particularly for transforming
Cartesian input signals into polar output signals, which have,
by the use of two multi-sectional coupling gears or linkages,
one linkage determining therein the distance r, while the other
linkage determines the respectively coordinated angle a
toward the polar axis from the two Cartesian x-y input signals.
3,709,057
ENERGY ABSORBING STEERING COLUMN ASSEMBLY
Ernest W. Kitzncr, Allen Park, and Alex Rhodes, Detroit, both
of Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company, Dearborn,
Mich.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,395
Int.CLB62d7/7S
U.S. CL 74—492 1 1 Claims
An energy absorbing steering column having an outer tube
secured to vehicle support structure. The tube rotatably sup-
ports a telescopic steering shaft. Spaced apart deforming and
guiding assemblies connect the column tube to the support
structure. The deforming assembly has projections which en-
gage an enlarged forward end portion of the tube. The projec-
tions are constructed to plastically deform the tube upon axial
displacement and, thereby, absorb the energy of an impact
load. The forward end of the tube is enlarged to provide in-
creased torsional rigidity between the tube and the deforming
assembly during normal usage of the steering system. The
guiding assembly includes a bushing that permits axial sliding
displacement of the outer tube under the impact load.
3,709,058
CYCLE PEDAL WITH ANCHORED REFLECTOR
Carlton P. Pawsat, Maysville, Ky., assignor to Wald Manufac-
turing Company, Inc., Maysville, Ky.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,574
Int. CLB62m J/72
U.S. CL 74-594.4 16 Claims
The pedal comprises a rigid frame having a pair of spaced
parallel legs, each of which includes upper and lower out-
turned protective flanges flanking a web portion of the leg; the
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
437
web portion carries a permanently anchored reflector element
protected by the out-turned flanges. Over each leg and reflec-
3,709,060
NARROW RANGE HYDROMECHANICAL
TRANSMISSION
EUas Orsbansky, Jr., San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Urs
Systems Corporation, San Mateo, Calif.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,259
Int. CI. F16h 47/04
U.S. CL 74—687 1 3 Claims
tor element is telescoped an internally channeled extruded
tread member or block to be engaged by the foot of a cyclist.
3,709,059
TRANSMISSION FOR THE FEEDING MOVEMENT OF
MECHANICAL CARRIAGE UNITS OF MACHINE TOOLS
Karl Heinz Elsel, Aldingen, Germany, assignor to Karl HuUer
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Ludwigsburg, Ger-
many
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,012
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 13, 1969, G 69
36 058.3
Int. CL F16h 35100,37/06; F16d 67106
U.S. CL 74— 661 18 Claims
A narrow range power transmission A planetary gear train
has first and second sets of planet gears with a common carrier
and intermeshed with each other. An input gear driven by
driving means is meshed with the planet gears of the first set
One of two output gears is supported by the carrier, while the
other is in mesh with the planet gears of the second set. A
reaction gear is in mesh with the first set of planet gears and is
connected to the driving means through a pair of hydraulic
units, one serving as a pump while the other serves as a motor,
and vice versa, for regulating the torque applied to the planet
gears. During the time each output gear is engaged, one
hydraulic unit serves as a motor at the lowest output speed
within the speed range of that output gear and decreases its
stroke as the output speed increases until its stroke reaches
zero, and then its stroke increases in the opposite direction, as
that hydraulic unit automatically becomes a pump.
Meanwhile, the other hydraulic unit, serving as a pump at the
lowest output speed within the speed range of that output,
decreases its speed, and at zero speed becomes a motor with
its speed thereafter increasing in the opposite direction as the
output speed increases further.
3,709,061
NON-REGENERATIVE HYDROMECHANICAL
TRANSMISSION
EUas Orshansky, Jr., San Francisco, Calif., assignor to URS
Systems Corporation, San Mateo, Calif.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,596
Int. CLF16h 47/04
U.S. CL 74—687
20 Claims
A transmission for connecting a variable speed feed shaft
and a constant speed fast traverse shaft to an output shaft
which, in turn.can be connected to a machine tool carriage.
The transmission includes an internal gear driven via a friction
clutch by the fast traverse shaft and adapted to be held by a
friction brake. A sleeve-like flexible internal gear having a dif-
ferent number of teeth than said internal gear and smaller than
said internal gear is connected to the output shaft and is
disposed inside the internal gear. A cam rotor driven by the
feed shaft is disposed inside the flexible gear and forces at
least one circumferential portion thereof into meshing engage-
ment with said internal gear.
An input means and an output means are connected
together by a plurality of gear trains which a^e intermediately
438
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1978
connected to each other by a first planet gear set of a planeta-
ry gear arrangement. The planetary gear arrangement also has
a second planetary gear set intermeshed with the first set. The
gear trains are of overlapping speed ratios and are successively
connected to dnve the output means through a pre-selected
speed range, with means being provided for disconnecting
each driving train from the output means after the following
train has been connected to it. In a preferred form, the plane-
tary gear set has a pair of alternately used output gears, both
meshing with the first set of planet gears, one output gear
being a sun gear, the other being a ring gear. A novel system
employs each output gear, at times, in a reaction system incor-
porating a reaction gear meshed with the second planetary
gear set. A first hydraulic unit is in driving engagement with
that reaction gear and a second hydraulic unit is hydraulically
connected to the first hydraulic unit, with one of the hydraulic
units serving as a pump while the other one serves as a motor
and vice versa. Means are provided for alternately connecting
and disconnecting the output gears to the second hydraulic
unit, for use in the reaction system.
rics a shifting member which is movable between one position
for engagement with the direct drive friction gear member and
3,709,062
BELT DRIVE FOR PLURALITY OF SINGLE GROOVE
SHEAVES
George E. Draege, Oregon, III., assignor to Hesston Corp..
Hesston, Kans.
Filed Oct. 1. 1971,Ser.No. 185,747
InUCI. F16hi7/00
U.S. CI. 74— 722 8 Claims
a second position for engaging the epicyclic gear unit to pro-
vide a speed change between the drive assemblies.
3,709,064
MULTI-RATIO TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL WITH
DOWNSHIFT INHIBITORS
Robert H. Schaefer, Westfkld, and Richard H. WiUiams, Indi-
anapolis, both of Ind., assignors to General Motors Corpora-
tion, Detroit, Mich.
FUed Feb. 10, 1971. Ser. No. 1 14,268
Int. CI. F16h 5/42
U.S. CL 74-752 A 2 Claims
A power transmission in which a plurality of single groove
sheaves are driven unidirectionally by a single, continuous belt
having but one arc of contact with each sheave respectively.
Each of the driven sheaves and an adjacent idler pulley are es-
sentially coplanar thereby presenting a compact transmission
requiring minimal operating space. The configuration of the
belt is such that there is no more than one-quarter turn in any
one stretch of the belt. Structure is provided to preclude con-
tact of those stretches of the belt which cross one another.
3.709,063
CHANGE SPEED TRANSMISSION
Walter H. Moorhead, 4939 Donald Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,686
Int. CI. F16h 75/56
U.S. CI. 74— 750 4 Claims
A change speed transmission comprises roUtable input and
output drive assemblies which are selectively connected by
friction gearing to transmit power between an engine shaft and
a driven device at different speed ratios. A body of one of the
assemblies defines one direct drive friction gear member and
part of an epicyclic friction gear unit. The other assembly car-
7?)#iW
A transmission and control having a plurality of forward
drive ratios and solenoid controlled shift valves for controlling
ratio interchange Inhibitor valves are included to prevent
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
439
downshifting of the shift valves when the transmission speed is sure valve and a coasUng boost valve that are effective to
above a predetermined value. modify the regulating charactensucs of the regulator valve
3,709,065
COMPACT FLUID SYSTEM FOR SHIFTING A
TRANSMISSION
James G. Starting. Pekin, III., assignor to CaterpiUar Tractor
Co., Peoria, III.
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,810
Int.CLF16lii/44
U.S. CI. 74-753 6 Claims
^
Cur a^inr
gear vm ve^^
9f
^Mveirrne fcs
/'/rciiute "*
r^i/if ¥i^cvr
-rrtferrte
eg sc^
when the driven speed and engine vacuum under any given
operating condition are within predetermined operating
zones.
3,709,067
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TRANSMISSIONS'
Shin Ito, ToyoU, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha Kogvo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan
FUed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,179
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 12, 1970, 45/1 1479
Int. CI. B60k 27/00, F16h i/22,i/0S
U.S. CL 74-869 9 Claims
Means for applying fluid pressure to selected pairs of the
drive conditioning devices of a vehicle transmission in
response to control lever movement includes a pressure
modulating valve for establishing a gradual pressure rise at the
selected drive devices and a safety differential spool valve pro-
vides for a delayed lesser pressure rise at the one of the
devices which re-establishes drive through the transmission.
The safety differential spool valve performs the further func-
tion of blocking fluid pressure from one of the selected
devices if the vehicle engine should be started up with the con-
trol levers at a position other than neutral. Two valves thus
provide transmission control functions which have heretofore
required more complex valving assemblies.
3,709,066
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT
WITH ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VALVES
Lawrence D. Burcx, Livonia, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,492
Int. CI. B60k 27/00
U.S. CI. 74—866 8 Claims
A control system for a multiple-ratio power transmission
mechanism comprising fluid pressure operated clutch and
brake servos adapted to control the relative motion of torque
delivery gear elements, a valve circuit including electrically
actuated pilot valve operators for controlling pressure dis-
tribution to the servos, a pressure regulator valve system com-
municating with the valve circuit for any given operating con-
dition, said regulator valve system comprising a cutback pres-
100
The hydraulic control system is applied to transmissions in
which the high speed range is obtained by supplying oil to a
first one of at least two hydraulic servos and discharging oil
from a second hydraulic servo. The low speed range is ob-
tained by discharging oil from the first hydraulic servo and
supplying oil to the second hydraulic servo. This hydraulic
control system comprises a hydraulic pressure source, a pres-
sure regulator valve, a governor valve, a throttle valve and first
and second shift valves. The hydraulic control pressure sup-
plied from the hydraulic pressure source and regulated by the
pressure regulator valve is directed through the first shift valve
to the first hydraulic servo and is also directed through the
second shift valve to the second hydraulic servo The governor
pressure developed by the governor valve, which conforms to
the vehicle velocity, and the throttle pressure developed by
the throttle valve, which conforms to the engine output, are
applied to the first shift valve The throttle pressure,
moreover, actuates the second shift valve. In addition, the
hydraulic pressure of the first hydraulic servo is applied to the
second shift valve to oppose the throttle pressure Thus, the oil
discharge starting time of the second hydraulic servo at the
time of upshift is delayed in accordance with the hydraulic
440
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
pressure that is supplied to the first hydraulic servo. The
degree of the time delay also is changed in accordance with
the magnitude of the throttle pressure The second shift valve
forms a variable capacity accumulator chamber at the point at
which the hydraulic pressure is applied from the first hydraulic
servo An orifice for reducing the rate of hydraulic pressure
increase at the time oil is supplied to the first hydraulic servo
as well as a check valve for enhancing the rate of hydraulic
pressure decrease at the time oil is discharged from the first
hydraulic servo are provided in an oil passage between the ac-
cumulator chamber and the first shift valve. By virtue of the
orifice and the check valve, the gradient of the pressure
change due to the oil supplied to the first hydraulic servo at
the time of upshift is reduced. The degree of this gradient
reduction changes to conform to the magnitude of the throttle
pressure. Furthermore, at the time of downshift, the second
shift valve is operated in response to the oil discharge from the
first hydraulic servo so supply oil to the second hydraulic ser-
vo, and therefore the downshift oil supply starting time is
reduced in accordance with the oil discharged from the first
hydraulic servo as well as the magnitude of the throttle pres-
sure
bine and the gear shift transmission is replaced by means for
automatically controlling the turbine speed during gear shift-
ing.
3,709,068
POWER TRANSMISSION
Yohichi Mohri, 402 Baba-cho, Tsurumi-ku, Yokohama, Japan
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,996
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 29. 1%9, 44/857;
Feb. 6, 1970, 45/10279
Int.Cl.B60k27/00
U.S. CI. 74-866 5 Claims
3,709,070
GOVERNOR UNIT FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Claude Lombard, and Jean PIret, both of Billancourt, France,
assignors to Regie Nationale des Usines Renault, Hauts de
Seine and Automobiles Peugeot, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,386
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 26, 1970, 7002585
InL CI. B60k 27/00
U.S. CI. 74—866 1 1 Claims
A multiple speed power transmission for a motor vehicle in
which a free wheeling device is provided for effecting a shift
from low to high speed drive ratio without disconnecting
clutch means from a lower speed The the power transmission
includes control means which comprises a manually operated
shifting device and a fluid pressure operated servo motor. The
fluid pressure operated servo motor is associated with the
manually operated shifting device thereby to effect the shift
between a plurality of gear ratios either automatically or
manually.
This governor designed for controlling automatic change-
speed transmissions of automotive vehicles is characterized by
the disposal of all electrical and electronic devices and ele-
ments in a common casing comprising at least two hollow
bodies forming a plurality of fluid-tight chambers, one body
being insulated and disposed on the transmission side and the
other conducting and disposed on the opposite side of said
transmission, the resulting grouping of the various functions
providing obvious technical and economical advantages.
3,709,069
DRIVE SYSTEM FOR POWERED VEHICLES
Hans Hagen, Heinrich-Buz We« 10, Munich, Germany
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,580
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 24, 1969, P 19
64 977.5
Int.Cl.B60k27/00
U.S. CI. 74-865 3 Claims
In a turbine driven vehicle the usual clutch between the tur-
3,709,071
CABLE-TIGHTENING DEVICE
Charles Moransals, La Boisse, France, assignor to Zafira
France, La Boisse, France
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,805
Claims priority, application France, June 2, 1969, 6917990;
Oct. 28, 1969, 6936951
Int.CI.F16g7 7/70
U.S. CI. 81— 3J 5 Claims
A cable-tightening device of the kind in which the cable is
wedged between two parts which are clamped against each
other when a tractive pull is applied in one direction on the ca-
ble, while the latter is free to slide through the device when the
direction of the pull is reversed, comprising a tubular casing
having a wall traversed by an oblique channel located m a
radial plane and intended for the passage of the cable, and a
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
441
cylindrical rotatable plug with longitudinal nipples mounted
inside the tubular casing and elastically urged towards the
cable-channel outlet, the longitudinal chamber formed inside
handle. The hollow handle and a portion of each head are
formed by two outer laminations. Each head is further defined
by two additional inner laminations. The outer laminations are
bent to impart strength to the handle and head portions of the
wrench.
the casing having a quadrilateral section and the diameter of
the plug being slightly less than the dimension of the quadri-
lateral section in said radial plane.
3,709,072
MOTOR DRIVEN PIPE WRENCH
William L. Rogers, Box 313, Moriarty, N. Mex.
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,213
Int. CI. B25b 7 7/00. 27/00
U.S. CI. 81-57.13
18 Claims
A pair of pivotally connected jaws accommodate a rotatable
ring gear of two parts which are locked together when the jaws
are closed, but are separated and disposed in the respective
jaws when the jaws are opened for application or removjil of
the wrench to or from a pipe. The ring gear carries adjustable
grippers for engaging the pipe, and a motor drive for the ring
gear may be a portable electric drill mounted on one of the
jaws.
3,709,073
LAMINATED WRENCH
Robcri L. Kurtz, 15 Apple Tree Lane, Windsor, Conn.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,195
Int. CI. B25b 73/02
U.S.CI.81-119
10 Claims
3,709,074
TOOL HOLDER FOR AUTOMATIC SCREW MACHINE
Gerard H. Santerre, 9 Dorset Road, New Britain, Coon.
ContinuatioD-in-part of Ser. No. 845,416, July 28, 1969,
abandoned. This application Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,700
Int. CLB23b 29/26
U.S. CI. 82-36 R 1 2 Claims
A tool holder for an automatic screw machine includes and
L-shaped base portion with one leg secured to the machine's
axially reciprocable tool Support fixture, and includes an up-
standing leg or web which carries an elongated cutting tool
oriented parallel to the axis of the machine. A second tool is
also provided on the upstanding web, and in one version is
oriented perpendicularly with respect to the first tool for
cutting cup-shaped workpieces, and in another version is
oriented parallel to said first tool, both versions being particu-
larly suited to machining cup-shaped workpieces.
3,709,075
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CUTTING A
WORKPIECE
Willy J. Goellner, Rockford, III., assignor to Paramount Textile
Machinery Co., Chicago, 111.
FiledMarch4, 1971,Ser. No. 121,066
Int. CL B26d 7106, 7102
U.S. CI. 83—27 21 Claims
L-L
A lightweight wrench formed from a plurality of laminations
welded together in assembly and having a body including a A method and apparatus for severing a workpiece with a
hollow elongated handle and heads at opposite ends of the cutting tool returnable through the kerf or cut made thereby
442
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and wherein at least one translatable slide is employed to
move the uncut major portion of the workpiece in a generally
linearly direction away from the kerf prior to return of the
cutting tool. For enhancing measuring accuracy and life,
provision is made for applying a slide moving force so as to
minimize the moment exerted on the slide about the ways on
which the slide is slidably moved during the translation. With
the slide clamped to upper and lower slide surfaces of
generally parallel ways, such minimization may be accom-
plished through the application of the slide moving force
generally centrally of those way slide surfaces. For this pur-
pose, a lever having a generally arcuate force transmitting sur-
face may be employed to engage with a driven surface of the
slide at a contact zone which remains substantially constant
within the range of linear movement of the slide
In order to accomodate for the feeding of workpiece por-
tions having a bent or crooked end to a generally L-shaped
supporting surface, the orientation of the workpiece relative
to that surface may be adjusted prior to feeding the work-
piece Generally oppositely facing clamps movable between
retracted and extended positions alter that orientation
through the adjustment of the extended position of one clamp.
the device being capable of operating at high speeds without
difficulties, and wherein all four edges of the knife, such as the
anvil knife, can be used, and wherein chamfered edges are
utilized on the anvil knife and fly knife.
3,709,078
STRIP MEASURING APPARATUS
WiUiam D. Mills, 460 West Mkhaels Rd., Tipp City, Ohio
FUed April 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,487
Int. CI. B26d 5/20
U.S. CI. 83-226 12 Claims
3.709,076
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUBDIVIDING A BODY
OF FIBERS INTO SECTIONS
Ronald E. KIssell, Newark, and Ulysses T. Gambill, Granville,
both of Ohio, assignors to Owens-Coming Fiberglas Cor-
poration
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,038
Int.CI. B26d7/i6
U.S. CI. 83-42 37 culms
«>»Mi=!l.dW-
a—
-.g '" (TT .-7f -72 I'M ,tt
W'i&
'^^'^^^^'^^■^J*' -^-^^
'fS*f^ ^ ffo'
The disclosure embraces a method of and apparatus for ad-
vancing a severable body or web of material, such as a body of
mineral fibers or glass fibers, to a severing station, and sub-
dividing the web or body at the severing station into discrete
sections by progressively severing the body or web in a
manner requiring a minimum of pressure on the severing in-
strumentalities.
Apparatus for precisely measuring the length of feed of con-
tinuous strip material as the strip material progressively and
intermittently moves into a press or the like for operation
thereupon. Rotor mechanism engages the strip material or en-
gages a strip feed roll and rotates with movement thereof The
rotative position of the rotor mechanism is automatically
noted at the termination of a feed operation of the strip
material. The apparatus thus is capable of indicating and/or
correcting and/or controlling the length of travel or length of
feed of the strip material.
3,709,077
CUT-OFF DEVICE
John F. Trogan, Ashland, and James H. Beebe, Bayfield, both
of Wis., assignors to C. G. Bretting Manufacturing Co., Inc.,
Ashland, Wis.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,614
Int. CI. B26d 1140, B65h 35108
U.S.CI.83-152 9 Claims
A rotary shear or cut-off device for web fed materials such
as paper napkin stock that includes a novel adjusting means.
3,709,079
FILM SPLICER
Carl H. Wurker, 17239 Aistaiu/Blackforest. (iermany
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,621
Claims priority, application Germany, June 18, 1970, P 20
30015.6
Int. CI. B26d i/42, B65h 69106; G03d 15104
U.S. CI. 83 375 18 Claims
A film splicer in which two film sections with their ends
overlapping each other are clamped upon a swivel plate at
both sides of a U-shaped cutting lever by means of two clamp
slides each having a clamping arm which is first pivoted up-
wardly by one finger and released after being shifted m this
lifted position over one film section so as to clamp the latter
upon the swivel plate without scraping the film surface. The
cutting lever is then pivoted downwardly, but shortly before its
cutting blade engages with the film, a resilient depressor lever
which is located between the lateral arms of the cutting lever
presses tightly upon the overlapping film ends closely adjacent
to both lateral sides of the blade. After the cut-off ends of the
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
443
two film sections are removed, a part of an adhesive tape is ap- passage through which the material is fed to the cutter. An ex-
plied upon one side of the abutting end portions of the film tension is mounted on the guide with a sleeve-mounted,
sections, whereupon the swivel plate with the film sections
m _c'2
clamped thereon is pivoted over and the other part of the tape
is folded 1 80° to the other, now upper side of the film end por-
tions and is pressed thereon.
3,709,080
SHEET REDUCTION APPARATUS
Jesse L. Lindquist, Albany, Oreg., assignor to Oregon Metal-
lurgical Corporation, Albany, Oreg.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,051
Int. CI. B23d 25100
U^. CI. 83-355 1 Claim
pointed projection slidably movable on the extension to hold a
piece of material for cutting into a spiral or circular strip.
3,709,082
SIMULTANEOUS MULTIPLE SIDE PUNCHING
APPARATUS
Joseph P. Leska, West Sandgate Road, Sandgate, Vt.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,650
InL CI. B26d 5108; B26f 1114
U.S.C1.83— 618 25 Claims
c. 5^ „ » 22 19 20 26, . 6« ^4
"- 26 , 20 a 22 54 ^ -^
2g 52 46 27 33 24 16
Apparatus for subdividing sheets of material, such as thin
sheets of titanium, into small coupons or pellets. Feed rollers
are provided for selectively advancing the sheet material over
the surface of an anvil having a front edge that extends in
notched outline defining spaced-apart teeth. A unique ar-
rangement of flying tools are radially mounted on discs
stacked upon a rotatable arbor in front of the anvil, with the
tools being adapted to intermesh with the anvil teeth and cut
coupons from the sheet. The top of the anvil is located above
the axis of rotation of the arbor so that the coupons are
removed from the sheet by shearing action.
i
3,709.081
PORTABLE STRIP CUTTER
Jerome Rush, 4965 South Broadway, Englewood, Colo.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,800
lnt.Cl. B26d7/;6
U.S. CI. 83—411 11 Claims
A portable strip cutter is formed by support structure in-
cluding an upright guide for guiding the edge of a material
through the cutter, a plurality of blaide holding members
which also define a common bearing surface for the material
to be drawn through cutter blades mounted in selected ones of
the blade holding members, and a guide bar is rotatably
mounted above the bearing surface to define a restricted
In this apparatus a plurality of angularly spaced punch as-
semblies are disposed about a tubular blank-holding means,
each punch assembly including: a ram, a ram guide and at
least one punch means interconnected with the radially inner
end of each ram. An annular member is disposed about all the
assemblies and adapted to oscillate in a plane at right angles to
the plane of motion of the rams and punch means. Individual
cam means are connected to the annular member and each
cam has a cam-face disposed angularly with respect to the
plane of oscillation of the annular member Each cam-face is
in sliding, interlocked engagement with a ram-face which is
disposed at an angle complementary to the angle of said cam-
faces. By this arrangement, force from the plane of oscillation
of the annular member is converted to force in the plane of
movement of the rams and punch means.
3,709,083
ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED PUNCH PRESS
Norman R. Doherty, 870 Main Street, Farmingdale, N.Y.
FUed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,484
InL a. B26d 5108
U^. CI. 83— 575 12 Claims
A solenoid having an axially movable armature is coupled to
and arranged to displace the movable member of a punch
press. A plurality of different tools may be clamped to an anvil
444
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and tool holder of the punch press for either assembly line or noid controUed means. The control shee or card may utilize
work bench type of production. The apparatus is small and raised, indented, or apertured sheets c cards detected
relatively light in weight. The solenoid may have resin encap-
sulated, coiled aluminum foil strips instead of the more con-
ventional wire wound coil.
through various type contact or photocell means which feed
the signal through an electronic relay to the indicating means.
3,709.Ui»4
TRANSDUCER VOLUME CONTROL FOR STRINGED
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS
Graham E. Stobaagh. Route 3. Box 436. Rocky Mount, N.C. 3,709,086
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 171,910 HIGH STRENGTH ADJUSTABLE QUARTER TURN
Int. CI. G lOh 3100 FASTENER
U.S. CI. 84—1.15 8 Claims Norman S. Johnson, MlMord, NJ., assignor to Rex Chainbelt
Inc., Mihvaukec, Wis.
Division of Ser. No. 774.079, Nov. 7, 1968, PaL No. 3,554,075.
This application Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 1,934
Int. CI. F16b 19100,21102
U.S. CI. 85—7 3 Claims
**~Q '
The amplified output of a stringed musical instrument is
momenUrily reduced by a variable amount during intervals of
engagement. Magnetic sensing means detecting such engage-
ment provides a trigger pulse of short duration which is opera-
tive through a volume reducing control circuit to vary the out-
put of an amplifier through which sound is fully amplified only
during periods when the stnngs undergo free vibration.
3,709,085
TEACHING DEVICE FOR ATTACHMENT TO A
KEYBOARD INSTRUMENT
Joan M. Del Castillo, Risco No. 1 19, Mexico, Mexico
FOed April 20, 1971, Ser. No. 135,601
Claims priority, application Mexico, Aug. 3, 1970, 121258;
June 26, 1970, 120372; June 26, 1970, 120373; June 26,
1970, 120374; July 10, 1970, 120687
Int.CLG 1015/04
U.S.CL84— 166 17 Claims
A device non-integral with the keyboard instrument with
which it is used is activated through sheet, card or substitute
keyboard means to activate in turn indicating heads mounted
over the keyboard of an organ, piano or similar instrun>ent
and which designate the keys to be played by lighting or sole-
5o __
ro2
A quarter turn fastener assembly for joining two members in
assembled relationship in which one of the members rotatably
supports a hollow shaft having a head on one side thereof and
having diametrically oppositely located, axially extended wall
slots which receive a cross pin at the other side of the member
for sliding movement in the direction of the axis of the shaft.
Adjustable means limits movement of the cross pin in a
direction away from the head to adjust the force with which
the two members are drawn together when the fastener is
operated. The side of the other member remote from the first
member carries a receptacle having a central opening and
diametrically oppositely extending slots and having generally
circularly arranged cam tracks leading to level portions onto
which the cross pin rides behind resilient locking detents in
response to rotation of the shaft.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
445
3,709,087
TORQUE LIMITING THREADED FASTENER
Wayne B. Stone, Jr., 7307 Nevts Road, Bethesda, Md.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,994
Int. a. F 1 6b i 7/02
U.S.a.85— 61 7 Claims
collar to be expanded by the wedging action of the tapered
end. Preferably the one piece collar incorporates one or more
A torque limiting threaded fastener defined by a conven-
tional nut or bolthead and a surrounding, geometrically
similar driver resiliently interconnected with the normal
torque applying faces of the conventional nut or bolthead.
struck out tongues adapted to engage the insides of the walls
of the hole drilled in the concrete bed and hold the same in
position.
3,709,088
QUICK ACTING, HIGH TENSILE, BLIND FASTENER
Kenneth H. Pitzer, Los Angeles, Calil., assignor to AdjusUMe
Bushing Corporation, Hollywood, Calif.
Continuationin-part of Ser. No. 808,779, March 20, 1969,
abandoned. This application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 98,054
Int.Cl.F16b7i/06
U.S. CL 85—74 4 Claims
Rotation of a cam brings a first cam surface to bear on the
driving side of a sheet and forces the head of a drawbolt to ex-
pand the fingers of an expansible sleeve radially outward for
subsequent engagement of the blind side of another sheet.
Continued rotation of the cam brings a second cam surface
into engagement with the driving side of the sheet to draw the
expanded sleeve against the blind side, clamp the sheets
together, and form a joint.
3,709,089
CAPTIVE FASTENING ELEMENT
Roy SeeUram, 123 Thistledown Boulevard, Ontario, Canada
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96^81
Claims priority, application Canada, Oct. 5, 1970, 094976
lnt.Cl.F16byi/06
U.S. CL 85—77 10 Claims
This specification discloses a captive fastening element of
the type which is designed to fit into a hole drilled in concrete
of the same sii>e as the element itself, and having a blind end
having a reduced diameter neck and tapering outwardly again
from that neck, and being provided with a single one piece
wedging collar around the reduced neck having a single split
down one side thereof permitting the internal diameter of the
3,709,090
METHOD OF PRODUCING A FABRIC AND FABRIC
Selma Gruenberg, 63 Concord St., Clifton, N J.
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,759
InLCLD04c7/y2
U.S. a. 87—4 6 Claims
A manual process is described for producing a fabric
wherein a plurality of parallel warp threads are arrayed on a
cardboard thread frame. Multicolored surface yams are as-
sociated with respective ones of said warp threads. The fabric
is produced by pulling one of the end surface yams across the
warp threads and successively knotting each of the remaining
surface yams with the end yam where the end yam intercepts
the warp threads. The knots are formed by bringing the sur-
face yam over the end yam, undemeath the end yam and
warp thread, and back over the end yam toward where the
next row will be formed. After each row is formed, either of
the end surface yams may be used as the common yam for the
next row. The pattern of the fabric is determined by this selec-
tion of end surface yams.
446
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,091
ADJUSTABLE HESITATION BLOW BACK OPERATED
GUN TOGGLE MECHANISM
Walter E. Peirine, 4228 W . Osborn, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,078
Int.a.F41di/02
U.S. CI. 89—189
terized in that the angle formed between the axes of rotation
of the workpiece and of the tool is modified as well as the
distance between the cutters and the workpiece. according to
a law linking the momentary values of said angle and distance
so that at any time the straight lines of intersection of the
6 Claims
A toggle action pistol in which an under-center toggle
providing a given hesitation is tripped to recede into its handle
by the effects of gas pressure generated at the time of firing.
3,709,092
GAS-OPERATED CARTRIDGE FEEDING SYSTEM FOR
TUBULAR MAGAZINE FIREARMS
Masaru Tazome, Tomobemachi. Japan, assignor to SKB Arms
Compan\
Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178^97
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 22, 1971, 46/1912
Int. CI. F41c 5/02
U.S.C1.89— 191 2 Claims
■ 3
V
y
plane generated by the cutting edge during the reciprocating
movement of one of the cutters of the tool with a plane paral-
lel to the axis of rotation of the workpiece, which is fixed in
relation to said workpiece, be tangent to a given curve of said
plane parallel to the axis of rotation of said workpiece.
3,709,094
METHOD OF CUTTING LOW DENSITY MATEIUALS
AND IMPROVED CUTTER EMPLOYED THEREWITH
Leon E. Laux, Baltimore, Md., assignor to Martin Marietta
Corporation, New Yorii, N.Y.
Filed SepL 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,293
Inta.B23ci/00
U.S. CI. 90— lie 3 Claims
A gas-operated cartridge feeding system for tubular
magazine firearms which is capable of providing an effective
utilization of a space in the magazine and a reliable manner of
cartridge feeding operation through use of an annular gas
chamber formed on the outer circumference of the tubular
magazine and a considerably simplified construction realized
in a gas-operated portion.
3,709,093
METHOD OF CUTTING GEAR TEETH OF
HOMOKINETIC JOINTS OF HYDRAULIC PUMPS AND
MOTORS
Francois C. Pruvot, and Henri Poletti, both of 8/10 Avenue
Emile Zola, Billancourt Hauts de Seine, France
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,745
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 21, 1969, 6940149
Int. CI. B23f 9104
L.S.CI.90— 8 4 Claims
Method of cutting gear teeth having a convex working sur-
face of a homokinetic joint, consisting in imparting to a multi-
cutter tool a rectilinear reciprocating motion combined with a
movement of rotation while the workpiece to be cut. mounted
in a mandrel, rotates about its axis at a speed determined as a
function of the movement of rotation of said tool, charac-
A high speed, continuously rotating cup-shaped cutter is
moved generally parallel to its axis of rotation and against a
foamed plastic or honeycomb core billet to sever the
honeycomb core cells at generally right angles to their axis,
with the plane of the circular cutting edge at some angle to
each of the side walls forming the individual core cells.
3,709,095
CORE SLOTTING DEVICE
Edward P. Laumer. Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-Clark
Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,203
Int. CI. B23c 3130
U.S.CL 90-11 C 6 Claims
A device for slotting or miUing an end of a hoUow core to
provide keyway means on the core extremity. Structure is in-
cluded for presenting a hoUow core endwise to a rotary cutter
of a dimension and position such that the center Ime or axis of
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
447
the cutter may lie within the hoUow of the core v^rith the core pivotally arranged above the jib; a rock-perforator power-tool
axis extending transverse to the axis of the cutter. The cutter slidably arranged on the drilling carriage; a first power dnve
connected to the boring support earner for lifting and lower-
ing the drilling carriage and an additional power drive
may be of a diameter to slot out two keyways sirriultaneously
and without penetrating the core periphery.
3,709,096
METAL-CUTTING APPARATUS
Jost Stender-RoberU, Herzberg/Harz, Germany, assignor to
Universal Maschinen-u. Apparatebau GmbH u. Co. KG,
Herzberg/Harz, Germany
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,107
Claims priority, application Germany, July 2, 1969, P 69 26
120.7
Int.CI.B23c///2,i//4
U.S.CL90— 15 9 Claims
A metal-cutting apparatus, e.g., for the trimming of cast
bodies of iron, steel, light metals and heavy metals, wherein a
workpiece-support table is shiftable generally horizontally
beneath a blade-carrying arm which is swingable in a vertical
plane about a pivot axis. The pivot is mounted upon a carriage
shiftable horizontally but perpendicular to the direction of
movement of the table. Both the table and the carriage are
provided with fluid-responsive stressing means for fixing the
carriage and the table against play during the cutting opera-
tion.
3,709,097
DRILLING SUPPORT FOR A ROCK PERFORATOR
Josef Huszar, and Konrad Schon, both of Kapfenberg, Austria,
assignors to Gebr. Bohler & Co. Aktiengesellschalt, Kapfen-
berg, Austria
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157^88
Int.CLE21c5/y/
U.S. CI. 173—44 8 Claims
A drilling support for a rock perforator, of the type compris-
ing: a jib on a boring support carrier; a drilling carriage
, ^ ^*
pivotally connected with the drilling carriage for positioning
the drilling carriage. The provision of the additional power
drive enables a simple non-telescopic construction to be
adapted for the jib, at the same time providing the required
maneuverability of the drilling carriage.
3,709,098
MOTION TRANSMITTING APPARATUS
Wayne B. Uovd, 214 Brookside Drive, Baltimore, Md,
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,229
InLa.F01m//04
U.S.CL91— 46
1 Claim
Apparatus of the rack and pinion type of hydraulic actuator
having low back-lash and friction for converting hydraulic
power by a linear to a rotary motion mechanism employing
valved hydrostatic lubrication means responsive to the
hydraulic pressure to hydraulically support and lubricate the
rack with respect to a rack supporting bearing and employing
as the lubricant the hydraulic fluid used for Uansmitting the
power.
L 3,709,099
CONVERTIBLE RACK AND PINION STEERING GEAR
Peter J. Dumeah, Royal Oak, Mich., assignor to TRW Inc.,
Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Aug. 1 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 62,924
Int. CI. FOlb 29104, F15b 9/70
U.S.a.91— 54 10 Claims
A rack and pinion gear steering assembly constructed and
arranged so as to readily accommodate either manual or
power steering within the same basic design configuration.
448
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
The assembly comprises a steering shaft, a pinion gear, a rack
tube which is extended longitudinally to provide a fluid power
cylinder, a rack within the tube, a piston rod connected to the
rack, a piston mounted on the rod and located within the
power cylinder, fluid connections formed on the extended
A garment pressing machine employing a valve controlled
conduct system with the safety controls included, and without
Of
portion of the tube for openly communicating with the power
cylinder on the opposite sides of the piston and a fluid ser-
vovalve connected between the steering shaft and the pinion
gear to control the flow of pressurized fluid between a fluid
pump and the opposite sides of the piston. .
3,709,100
HYDRAULIC IMPLEMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT
Wayne A. Peterson, and Edward A. Wirtz, both of JoUet, 111.,
assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, 111.
Division of S«r. No. 5,577, Jan. 26, 1970, Pat. No. 3,606,051.
This application June 11, 1971, Ser. No. 152,443
Int.Cl.F15b/;//6, 73/06
U.S. CI. 91-189 3 Claims
detracting from the numerous operating capabilities required
of a garment pressing machine, is employed to illustrate the in-
vention.
3,709,102
VALVE FOR FLUID OPERATED ROTARY ENGINES
Raydon Ayers Lines, 2 Rasp Avenue, Medindie, Australia
Filed Jan. 27, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 10,097
Claims priority, application Australia, Jan. 29, 1970, PA
0190/70
InLCl. FOlbi/OO, /i/04
U^. CI. 91— 503 9 Claims
« 5*
^':$^
« ^io
A hydraulic circuit for a machine having implements ar-
ranged on two portions of the machine, a fluid tank and imple-
ment control valve assembly being arranged on each portion
of the machine, a pump for drawing fluid from one of the
tanks and delivering it to the control valve assemblies with
conduits for returning exhaust fluid to either of the tanks, a
fluid equalizing line and an air equalizing line interconnecting
the two tanks to assure an adequate supply of hydraulic fluid
in each tank.
3,709,101
FLUID OPERATED MACHINE AND SAFETY CONTROL
SYSTEM THEREFOR
Frank H. Richterkessing, 1200 Park Hills Drive, Louisville,
Ky.
Division of Ser. No. 823,722, May 12, 1969, Pat. No.
3,640,007. This application Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,682
lnt.CLF15b7i/042
U.S. CI. 91—424 1 Claim
A fluid operated machine having members for applying
pressure to a work piece placed therebetween by an operator,
which machine is equipped with safety controls to prevent
trapping of the hands of the machine operator, or of another
person, between the members during closing of the same upon
the work piece.
A rotary control valve for a fluid operated motor the valve
having a rotary valve rotor driven at motor speed and a rota-
tionally adjustable valve sleeve in the valve rotor to vary the
cut off of admission through the valve. The valves are so
dimensioned that fluid pressure maintains contact between
the valves at the area of their ports and the valve rotor is ad-
justable axially for long period admission. Provision is made
for the control valve to operate a two stage motor and either
series or parallel operation.
3,709,103
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES FOR THE POWER
CYLINDERS OF OPERATING ELEMENTS OF MACHINES
Rafael Gershonovich Ehikhovny; Boris Lvovich Magarillo;
Alexandr Ivanovich Naidenov; Vladimir VasiBevich
Ovcharov, and Nikolai Nikolaevich PoUpjuk, aU of Che-
lyabinsk, U.S.S.R., assignors to Chelyabinsky Traktomy
Zavod, Chelyabinsk, U.S.S.R.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,1 18
lnt.Cl.F15by//0«,7i/043
U.S.a.91— 437 2 Claims
A directional control valve for the power cylinders of
operating elements of machines, particularly, road-building
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
449
machines and tractors, wherein the bi-directional floating taneously in opposite directions by fluid pressure acting on at
position of the power cylinder is obtained by the introduction least one of them, and a chain extendmg from one piston to a
rod fixed to the other piston and passing through the first
s 4^- r
into the hydraulic system of differential valves communicating
with non-return valves.
3,709,104
RADIAL PISTON HYDRAULIC PUMP OR MOTOR WITH
LOW LOSS REACTION LINKAGE
Donald L. Culberson, Teaneck, NJ., assignor to Jaromir
Tobias, Rhinebeck, Dutchess County, N.Y.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,558
Int. CI. FO lb 7/06, ;i/06
U.S. CI. 91-495 . 13 Claims
r \ \ y . \ \ '■X \ \ \ \ \ \ \ V \ \ V
piston, the chain being wrapped around a cylindrical surface
on the output shaft so that its longitudinal movement by the
pistons rotates the output shaft.
3,709,106
PISTON OPERATOR FOR IMPARTING ROTARY
MOTION
Homer J. Shafer, 2300 W. Park Avenue, Mansfield, Ohio
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,018
Int. CI. FOlb 9100; F16k i7/76
U.S. a. 92—138 4 Claims
tl7 as KB ''^ IIS j„_2
A radial piston hydraulic pump or motor characterized by a
new linkage assembly interposed between the pistons and the
reaction assembly. The linkage assembly, in addition to trans-
mitting forces between the pistons and the reaction assembly,
also subilizes the pistons relative to the cylinders. The linkage
assembly is characterized particularly by the incorporation of
a parallel pair of Scott-Russell linkages, some portion of the
parallel pair being guided for linear reciprocal movement by
reason of the parallel nature of the links.
— 3
A linear piston operator having a housing made from
preformed tubes enclosing two pistons connected in spaced
relation, and a crank operatively connected to the piston con-
nector for rotating an element as fluid pressure is applied
selectively to the outer faces of the pistons. The cavity
between the pistons in which the crank operates commu-
nicates with the rotary element and is completely enclosed for
storing pressure fluid.
3,709,107
STEEL CYLINDER BARREL HAVING BONDED BRONZE-
IRON VALVE PLATE
Martin J. Alger, Jr., and Nelson H. Dunn, both of Watertown,
N.Y., assignors to General Signal Corporation
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,297
Int. CI. FOlb 7 7/02
U.S.CI.92— 169 7 Claims
i.<^.^-
3,709,105
FLUID PRESSURE OPERATED ROTARY ACTUATORS
John Cecil Ridley, Newcourt House, New Street, Lymington,
England
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 95,572, Dec. 7, 1970. This
application July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,771
Int. CI. FOlb 9/00
U.S.CI.92- 137 7 Claims
A fluid pressure rotary actuator comprises a rotatable out-
put shaft, a cylinder in which two pistons are movable simul-
i3o.
So-'
The disclosure concerns steel cylinder barrels for piston
pumps and motors having bonded non-steel valve plates. The
valve plate comprises a sintered iron powder matrix which is
impregnated with bronze and is metallurgically and mechani-
cally bonded to one end of the steel cylinder barrel. The valve
plate is made from a porous sintered iron blank which is
450
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
mounted in contact with one end of a steel barrel blank in an
assembly which includes a mass of bronze in the soUd state.
The assembly is heated in a non-oxidizing atmosphere to a
temperature between 1900°? and 2000°? to melt the bronze
and cause it to infiltrate the sintered valve plate blank and
bond to the steel. Thereafter, the assembly is cooled in the
non-oxidizing atmosphere to solidify the bronze, followed by
air cooling to room temperature. Finally, the finished valve
plate IS machined from the bronze-impregnated sintered
preform .
jection nozzle which selectively directs cooling lubricant
against the piston head or another part of the piston, and
means for indicating whether or not the lubricant is being
directed against the piston head.
3,709,108
STEEL CYLINDER BARREL HAVING BONDED BRONZE-
IRON LINERS
Martin J. Alger, Jr., and Nelson H. Dunn, both of Watertown,
N.Y., assignors to General Signal Corporation
FUed Nov. 27, 1970, S«r. No. 93,298
Int.Cl.F01b///02
U.S.CI.92-169 7 Claims
ta i
tn
■MGETC..:
3,709,110
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR APPLYING COLLARS
TO CONTAINER BLANKS
Albert R. Lubersky, Tiburon, Calif., assignor to Fibreboard
Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 96,143
Int. a. B31by 7/00
U.S. CI. 93—36.6 1 7 Claims
'■=i_>^
^
The disclosure concerns cylinder barrels for piston pumps
and motors which have lined cylinder bores. Each liner com-
prises a matrix of sintered, powdered iron which is im-
pregnated with bronze, and which is melallurgically and
mechanically bonded to the steel barrel. The liners are formed
from porous, smtered iron sleeves which are placed in the
bores in contact with bronze slugs. The assembly is heated in a
non-oxidizing atmosphere to a temperature between 1 ,900°F
and 2,000°F to melt the bronze and cause it to infiltrate the
sintered preform and bond to the steel. Thereafter, the as-
sembly is cooled in the non-oxidizing atmosphere to solidify
the bronze, followed by air cooling to room temperature.
Finally, the finished cylinder bores are machined in the
bonded bronze-iron sleeves.
An apparatus comprises a first feeding station for transfer-
ring a container blank to a main conveyer for movement along
a linear path. The blank is conveyed to an adhesive applica-
tion station wherein glue applicators are pivoted into contact
with selected portions thereof. A second feeding station trans-
fers a collar blank to a secondary conveyer for movement
toward the container blank. A combining station then func-
tions to accelerate and precisely position the collar blank on
the container blank. The combined blanks then pass through a
compression station to secure them together.
3,709,109
PISTON COOLING ARRANGEMENT FOR A
RECIPROCATING PISTON INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINE WITH AN INJECTION NOZZLE
Hans-Ulrich Howe, Bensberg-Frankenforst, Germany, as-
signor to Ktoeckner-HumboWt-Deutz Aktiengesellschaft,
Colonne-Deutz. (.erman>
FUed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,207
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 7, 1969, P 19 56
121.8
Int. CI. FOlp i//0
U,S.CL92-186 4 Claims
3,709,111
PAPERBOARD CONVERTIBLE PRINTER SCORER
SLOTTER
William Grobman, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Harris Inter-
type Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,146
InLCLB31b//74
U.S. CI. 93—58.2 ^ Claims
\ A piston cooHng device for a reciprocating piston internal
^ combustion engine, which includes a selectively lotatable in-
The paperboard printer scorer slotter has a rotatable scor-
ing member between a rotatable slotting member and a rotata-
ble print cylinder. The scoring member has a diameter 50 per-
cent larger than the diameter of the slotting member. Each of
the sconng member and slotting member may be used selec-
tively for either scoring or slotting paperboard blanks.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
451
3,709,112
GUIDE PICKET
Georg Ebinger, Eduardgasse 8, Vienna 18, Austria
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 768,374, Oct. 17, 1968. This
application Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,191
Int. CI. EOlf 9/00
U.S. CI. 94-1.5 9 Claims
scene light is above the preselected intensity level, the detent
is inoperative and the shutter mechanism opens and close* the
exposure aperture at a preselected shutter spee^.^^il the third
mode of operation the electronic circuit actuates the ■detent
mechanism for a fixed period of time to effect a shutter speed
longer than that of the second mode.
I —
■d^
- 1
A hollow guide post made of elastic polyethylene and of tri-
angular cross section so that it will right itself after being run
over by a vehicle. The post has reflective side surfaces and
also has rounded comers which facilitate its ability to right it-
self. The post is filled, preferably to about ground level, when
placed in the ground.
3,709,114
CONTAINER FORMING MACHINE
Harry Joseph Johnson, West Paterson; Robert O. WoMel-
sperger, Fairfield, and Robert Edgar Davis. Nutley, all of
N.J., assignors to Federal Paper Board Company, Inc.,
Montvale, N J.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,154
Int. CI. B31b//i0, 7/06,7/62
U.S. CL 93— 44 14 Claims
3,709,113
SHUTTER CONTROL MECHANISM
Lawrence M. Wood, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,709
Int. CI. G03b 9162
U.S. CI. 95— 10 CT 12 Claims
w^
M
^7
p^j:
, I rmeeeH
^' IZI '
A camera having shutter apparatus operable in two modes
for opening and closing an exposure aperture and a third
mode for flash photography. The shutter apparatus includes
an electronic circuit having photosensitive means for con-
trolling the operating of the electronic circuit as a function of
scene light intensity. In the first mode of operation the elec-
tronic circuit actuates a detent mechanism when scene light is
below a preselected level, for controlling the opening and
closing of shutter means in a time interval dependent upon the
scene light intensity. In the second mode of operation, when
An apparatus for fabricating cup-like containers from
blanks of paperboard or other foldable sheet material, which
containers are characterized by a bottom wall panel of
polygonal shape and a side wall formed by two panels which
are integrally hinged to oppositely disposed edges of the bot-
tom wall panel so that they may be folded upwardly and the
end portions connected by heat seals, the apparatus compris-
ing a series of forming mandrels carried on an endless con-
veyor which is supported for movement in a horizontal plane
with a run thereof advancing past a series of successive work
stations at which folding and sealing operations are per-
formed. At the first work station container forming Jilanks are
fed, one by one, from a stack, and positioned on the successive
mandrels, with the side wall panels of each blank being folded
down about the side walls of the mandrel for engagement by
clamp members which are associated with each mandrel. At
subsequent stations ends of the side wall panels are heated to
activate a seam forming adhesive thereon and seams are
formed by folding shoes carried on swinging arms which fold
the side wall panels against the mandrels to bring the ends
thereof into seam forming relation. Thereafter bottom sealing
tabs which are hinged to the bottom forming edges of the side
walls are sealed onto the bottom wall panel by folding rollers,
the clamps are withdrawn and each formed container is lifted
from the mandrel and transferred to an edge wetting and
rolling apparatus disposed at the end of the mandrel conveyor,
which completes the container and discharges it from the
machine.
ERRATUM
For Class 94 — 1.5 see:
Patent No. 3,709,112
452
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,115
PAVEMENT JOINT SEAL
Dcbnoot D. Brown, North Baltimore, Ohio, assignor to The D.
S. Brown Company, Baltimore, Ohio
Continuation of Ser. No. 787,108, Dec. 26, 1968, abandoned.
This application Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,378
Int.Cl. E01cy//70
U.S.CI.94-18 2 Claims
ERRATUM
For Class 95—10 CT sec:
Patent No. 3,709,113
J.
3,709,117
INFORMATION RECORDING METHOD AND SYSTEM
Ronald P. Sansone, Floral Park, N.Y., assignor to Watson
Leavenworth Kelton & Taggart, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,953
InL CI. B41b/ 7/00. 27/22
U.S. CI. 95-4.5 R 1^ Claims
/H
DATA
S)GNAL
SOuKCE
COUPARATON
/•«)
/«
/M
Elongated, hollow elastomer seals particularly useful for
sealing concrete pavement contraction joints or longitudinal
joints and embodymg an elongated, concave top wall, a sub-
stantially flat or V-shaped, elongated bottom wall, substan-
tially flat, elongated side walls and an internal web structure
consisting essentially of a longitudinally elongated, vertical
web joined at its longitudinal edges with and extending
between said to and bottom walls substantially midway
between said side walls and a pair of longitudinally elongated,
diagonal webs extending transversely diagonally downwardly
from the upper portion of the vertical web to respective lower
portions of said side walls.
3,709,116
SLIP-FORM PAVING MACHINES
John Edgar Whitbread, London, and Ronald Leslie Attwell,
Dorchester-on-Thames, both of England, assignors to British
Railways Board, London, England
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,089
Claims prioritv. application (ireat Britain. Mar. 2, 1970,
9814/70
Int. CI. EOlc 79/45
U.S.CL 94-46 AC 17 Ctaims
COINCIDENCE
' GATE
J P«TTCI»»»
''iLLUmNATOB
4i'\
PATTCffN
exHiSiTOH
:-}: i?-
X~\ MIVC*! EW
T74^
A photographic record of information contained in a
sequence of data signals is provided by successive enabling of
a generator providing visual images in a common optical path
during time periods according with predetermined projecting
relations between a cyclically movable reflector in such light
path and a film member and operating such enabled generator
upon coincidence of data signal information content and
generator image-providing capability.
3,709,118
INTEGRAL MECHANICALLY ACTUATED ELECTRICAL
POWER SOURCE FOR A PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA OR
A FLASHGUN ACCESSORY
William E. Shoupp, Pittsburgh, and Walter V. Bratkowski,
McKeesport, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,139
Int. CI. G03b 7 5/OJ
U.S.CI.95-11.5R ISCUims
A surface forming machine has a conforming member for
conforming a surface of a roadway which is adjustable
laterally of the machine. A sensing device is mounted for
lateral movement with the conforming member for sensing a
datum controlling the lateral position of the conforming
member. Actuating means cause lateral adjustment of the
conforming member to maintain the sensing device centered
with respect to the datum. Programmed control means driven
in synchronism with the movement of the machine along the
roadway cause movement of the sensing device laterally rela-
tively to the conforming member, whereby the consequent
lateral adjustment of the conforming member by the actuating
means to restore the sensing device to its centered position
with respect to the datum varies the relationship between the
lateral position of the conforming member and the datum.
Similar sensing devices and programmed control means can
be provided for conUolling the vertical height and transverse
and longitudinal attitudes of the conforming member.
The energy required to operate an electrical device, such as
a photoflash lamp, associated with a camera is produced by a
mechanically actuated electrical generator which constitutes
an integral part of the camera and thus eliminates the need for
batteries The generator is spring-driven and comprises a sta-
tionary permanent magnet and a flat coil of insulated copper
wire that is rapidly propelled a short distance along a path
such that the coU cuts the magnetic lines of flux in the gap
between the pole pieces of the magnet and produces a voltage
pulse of sufficient magnitude to energize the photoflash lamp
or other device. The generator is automatically pnmed for use
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
453
when the shutter is cocked (or the film is advanced) and is
then automatically actuated when the shutter-release
mechanism is tripped. In the case of a photoflash lamp, the
generated voltage pulse is so synchronized relative to the
movement of the shutter that the fired lamp reaches peak light
output while the shutter is in its aperture-open position. The
wire coil is fastened to the camera shutter or a separate
swingable member. Alternatively, the coil is wound in tubular
form and is stationary and the magnet is moved relative to the
coil. A flashgun having an integral manually operated electri-
cal generator which charges a condenser that is discharged
through a circuit controlled by the shutter-release mechanism
and ignites a flashlamp in synchronism with the operation of
the shutter is also disclosed.
ton through its initial and unactuated position, the button is
locked in place by the slider. After the fllm feed mechanism
has been actuated, the slider is returned to its first or initial
3,709,119
CLOSE-UP PHOTOGRAPHIC SYSTEM
Jan Van Der Meer, Vohhebrink 30, Enschedc, Netherlands
- Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,679
Int. CI. G03b 79/02
U.S.CI.95-11R 23 Claims
312213411 re 0«79ni5
position and thereby unlocks the release button. Once the
slider has again reached its first position, the film feed
becomes locked in place.
3,709,121
PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEILLANCE APPARATUS
Harris Simonson. New York. N.V.; Ronald Ln^ieman. Elm-
hurst. N.Y., and Sheldon Levine. Brooklyn. N.Y., assignors
to Comsec Corporation, New ^ork. N.^ .
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,627
Int. CLG03b 29/00
U.S. a. 95— 1 1 R 9 Claims
A simple relatively inexpensive "close-up" device or system
for easily and accurately photographing, at short range, such
subjects as book illustrations, drawings, letters, flowers, vari-
ous small objects, etc. The system is primarily intended to per-
mit the employment therein, optionally, of either of two wide-
ly used, low-priced, self-processing cameras, of types manu-
factured by Polaroid Corporation, in conjunction with novel
mounting-stand means. The latter cooperates with recessed
channeled portions of the camera back to enable firm and cor-
rect mounting of the camera. A combined supplemental close-
up lens and photocell aperture-reducing element, a flash unit,
a color-correction filter, and light-polarizing means for reduc-
ing reflected glare are included in the system.
3,709,120
PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA HAVING A MUTUAL FILM-
TRANSPORT AND EXPOSURE LOCK
Wilhelm Langewiesche, Regensburg, and Karl Heinz Lange,
Bunde-Ennigk>h, both of Germany, assignors to Bakla
Werke Photographische Gerate und Kunststoff R. Gniter
Kommanditgesellschaft, Bunde/Westphalia, Germany
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,334
Claims priority, application Germany, June 2, 1969, P 19 28
034.3
Int. CI. G03b 79/04, 7/62
U.S. CI. 95-11 R 17 Claims
A film feed and lock arrangement for photographic cameras
equipped vsdth flash cube provisions. A locking slider locks the
film feed when in a first or initial position. Upon actuation of
the release button of the camera and transfer of the slider to a
second position, the film feed is released, with the slider con-
tacting a surface on the release button in front of a locking
edge on the button. Upon return of the release button to its in-
itial or unactuated position, the locking slider contacts the sur-
face behind the locking edge. After return of the release but-
A photographic surveillance apparatus for carrying out sur-
veillance of cash register operations. A cash register with
goods in the vicinity thereof is photographed by a camera situ-
ated at a distance from the cash register sufficiently great to
prevent individuals in the vicinity of the cash register from
being distracted by the camera. The camera is a motion pic-
ture camera which is operated in a single-frame mode at least
when the totalizing key of the cash register is operated. In this
way the total cost of the items as introduced into the cash re-
gister and the items themselves are photographed so that a
correlation can be made between the goods and the total cost
thereof. The motion picture camera is triggered to expose a
single frame by a solenoid actuated through a trigger circuit
which in turn is actuated from the cash register, with a delay
being incorporated into tlie operation of the trigger circuit to
provide a sufficient interval for the numerals to appear at the
cash register before these numerals are photographed.
454
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1978
3,709,122
FILM ADVANCING APPARATUS
Igor Bltacw, MflBs, and Robert D. Leduc, Mariboro, both of
Mass., assigDors to Polaroid Corporation, Cambridge, Miiss.
Filed May 10, 1971,Ser.No. 141^53
Int. CI. G03b/ 9/02
U.S.CI.95-11R WCIaims
produced during the main flash in order to achieve a proper
film exposure The amount of light produced during the
preparatory flash illumination is electrically stored as a first
electrical quantity, and the flash source is controlled during
main flash illumination to produce a second electrical quantity
corresponding to the amount of light produced during the
mam flash Ulumination. with the second quantity being com-
pared to the first quantity. As a result of this comparison the
main flash conUol structure automatically terminates the main
flash when the amount of light produced thereby has the
required relationship with respect to the amount of light
produced during the preparatory flash illumination.
3,709,124
GAME RIFLE CAMERA
R. Brian Hunt, 17515 W. Nine Mile Road, Rochester, Mkh
Filed Sept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 179,095
Int. O. G03b 29/00
U.S.CL 95—12
1 Claim
Photographic apparatus including a motor mounted near
one end of a film positioning structure, a pair of rolls mounted
adjacent an opposite end of the positioning structure and an
elongated gear train extending between the motor and the
rolls and along a side of the film positioning structure. FUm-
advancing apparatus is actuated by a component of the gear
train to move an exposed film unit from its exposure posiuon
within the positioning structure into the bite of the rolls for
subsequent movement of the film unit toward the exterior of
the apparatus. A latch is provided for disenabling the film-ad-
vancing apparatus from moving another fUm unit from its ex-
posure position until the preceding film unit has moved out of
engagement with the rolls.
A simulated rifle has a small camera mounted in its receiver
portion, and an image-splitting mirror mounted above the
receiver splits the image received from a telescopic sight so
that the photographer can sight through the mirror and tele-
scopic sight while the image is simultaneously reflected by the
mirror to the camera lens. The picture may be taken by pulling
the trigger of the rifle, which is connected to the camera
shutter.
3,709,123
FLASH ILLUMINATION OF PHOTOGRAPHED OBJECT
Seijlro TokutomI, Fujisawa, Japan, assignor to Asahi Kogaku
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 191,984
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 5, 1970, 45/107754
Int. CI. G03b 9/70
U^. CL 95-1 1.5 R 11 Claims
3,709,125
PHOTOGRAPHIC LINE TRACING APPARATUS
John P. Wiley, Vestal, N.Y., assignor to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,430
Int. CI. G03b
U.S.CL95— 12 12 Claims
• ,A/re.c,gAr^0^ 2^
A structure for providing a controlled flash illumination of
an object which is to be photographed. A source of flash Ulu-
mination first illuminates the object with a preparatory flash
and then, during film-exposure, with a main flash. A prepara-
tory control structure is electrically connected with the flash
source for terminating the preparatory flash when the latter
produces an amount of light which has a given relation with
respect to the amount of light required to be subsequently
An optical system having a light source, condensmg lens
and projection lens for tracing lines on a moving photosensi-
tive plate which is provided with a rectangular apertured reU-
cle positioned between the condensing lens and projecuon
lens for defining the line to be traced and a pair of field shut-
ters independenUy movable adjacent said reUcle. One shutter
normally completely covers the aperture and the other shutter
normally completely uncovers the aperture. Said one shutter
is moved in synchronism with the moving plate to uncover the
aperture and start tracing a line and said other shutter is
moved in synchronism with the moving plate to cover the
aperture to terminate a line being traced whereby uniform ex-
posure is provided throughout the entire length of the Ime
being traced.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
455
3,709,126
CAMERA WITH STRIPPING MECHANISM
Donald M. Harvey, Webster, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1 , 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,472
Int. CI. G03b 7 1152
U.S.CL95— 13 4 Claims
3,709,128
FILM METERING MECHANISM
David E. Beach, Penfield, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Mafx:h 16, 1972, Ser. No. 235,143
Int. CI. G03b; /62
V>&. CL 95—3 1 FM 5 Claims
A camera having a stripping mechanism for separating an
image-recording portion of a self-processing film unit from
waste material after processing has been initiated. The
mechanism has particular utility with film units wherein the
recording portion is strippably coupled to a rigid frame and
also to a cooperating pod and trap. Stripping of the recording
portion from the frame, pod and trap is effected by one or
more stripping fingers of the mechanism that are adapted to
be inserted between the recording portion and the frame to
separate the recording portion from the frame, pod and trap.
The finished print is constructed in the recording unit and,
after the above-mentioned stripping, is substantially unencum-
bered by other elements of the film unit necessary only for
processing.
3,709,127
CAMERA SHUTTER
Vincenzo Milanese, and Angelo Bianchi, both of Ceva, Italy, as-
signors t(i Ferrania S.p.A., Milan, Ital>
Division of Ser. No. 736,203, June 11. 1%8. abandoned. This
application July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 62,759
Claims priority, application Italy, June 14, 1967, 37470
A/67
Int. CI. G03b 9/ 70, 2 //26
U^.CI.95— 31FL 2 Claims
A camera for roll film perforated at predetermined meter-
ing intervals includes a transport mechanism for advancing the
film along an exposure plane and metering system for stopping
film transport when the film is correcUy positioned for expo-
sure. The metering system includes a metering lever movable
between an active position disabling the transport mechanism
and an inactive position, a film sensing pawl spaced from the
metering lever and mounted for movement between a
retracted position resting on the film surface and extended
positions while in a film perforation and a latch member which
is mounted for blocking or releasing the metering lever and
which is coupled to the sensing pawl. The latch member is
spring biased so as to urge the sensing pawl into pressure en-
gagement with the trailing edge of a film perforation and is
movable by the sensing pawl to a position in which the meter-
ing level can disable film transport. The spring bias on the
latch member is applied in a manner so as to reduce the fric-
tional restrain on the metering system so that a serge of force
is not released to the pawl by the spring force on the latch
member during film exposure.
3,709,129
CAMERA WITH RETRACTABLE OBJECTIVE
Karl-Heinz Lange, Bunde, Germany, assignor to Balda-Werkc,
Bunde (Westf.), Germany
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,674
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 19, 1970, P 20
41 187.4
Int. CI. G03b 1 7104
U.S. CI. 95—39 21 Claims
A camera shutter having electrical contact means for ener-
gizing flashbulbs and double exposure prevention means is
shov^n.
A camera having an objective which is retractable from an
outer operating position to an inner inoperative position. A
manually operable structure coacts with the objective for giv-
ing the operator the capability of controlling the movement of
the objective both inwardly to its inoperative position and out-
wardly to its operative position.
456
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
■*7(W1'M> 3,709,132 •
FRECTING LINKAGE PHOTOGRAPHIC FOCUS ADJUSTMENT APPARATUS
Lawrence M Dougte, E^rtoodale, Mass., assignor to PoUrtrfd George J. FarreU, Bedford; Walter R. Lyon, West Roxbury
Lawrence M. uougiM,Ej«ona««:, ,««»-' ^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^ ^^^ Hampton, N.H., and
Corporation^ambridge, M«»^^ No. 186.025 Reginald O. Shaw. Westluunpton, Ma«., a«ignors to PoU.-
i«* n rn-Xh ; 7in4 ">W Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
II S CL 95 39 8 Claims Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,340
U.S.a.95— 45 3 Claims
« 40 »
Photographic apparatus of the collapsible type including a
plurality of sections movable between a compact, collapsed
position and an extended, operative position. An erecting link
is pivoted at one end to one of the sections and is adapted to
be detachably secured to another of the sections for maintain-
ing and supporting the sections in the erected, operative posi-
tion. One of the sections includes a recess for receiving a
hand-engageable portion of a film-advancing apparatus when
not in use. When the photographic apparatus is collapsed, the
erecting link is pivoted into the recess in overlying relation to
the hand-engageable portion of the film -advancing apparatus
to prevent actuation of the latter.
3,709,131
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALIGNING A VIEWING
SYSTEM
William T. Phimmer, Concord, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 213,020
Int, CI. G03b /J/70, 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 95—39 29 Claims
"2
V
Photographic focus adjustment apparatus for varying the
axial position of a camera objective lens or lens element is dis-
closed in each embodiment as comprising lens carriage means
having external threads, lens carriage support means having
internal threads mating with the threads on the lens carriage
means, sliding key means for preventing rotation of the car-
riage means with the carriage support means while providing
freedom of axial movement of the carriage means, and
manually operable actuating means for effecting selective
rotation of the carriage support means to cause the carriage
means and thus the lens (or lens element) to move along its
axis. In one embodiment depicted the carriage support means,
as well as the carriage means, moves axially upon rotation
thereof in such a way as to obviate exposure of any threads to
atmospheric dust and other foreign matter In another em-
bodiment disclosed, contamination of the threads is avoided
by the provision of an expansible bellows between the lens
carriage means and the camera housing.
3,709,133
ADAPTER FOR TELEVISION CAMERA
Karl Gunter Hess, Waldlaubersheim, and Kurt Werner,
Munster-Sarmsheim, both of Germany, assignors to Jos.
Schneider & Co., Bad/Kreuznach Khineland, liermany
Filed May 25, 1971, Ser. No. 146,660
Claims priority, application Germany, April 21, 1971, P 20
25 960.3
Int.a.G03bi/70
U.S. CL 95—45 3 Claims
f
A photographic apparatus having a variable geometry hous-
ing, an optical system, operative in a viewing mode for provid-
ing an image, mounted on the housing such that the per-
formance of the optical system in terms of image brightness
depends upon the geometry of the housing, and an assembly
for adjusting the geometry of the housing for optimum image
brightness. A method is also presented for observing the align-
ment of the optical system and adjusting the same.
An objective housing, containing zooming mechanism in-
cluding a motor for adjusting its varifocal lens assembly, has
its rear wall fitted with a socket for engagement by an electri-
cal connector or an adapter plate which is similariy connecla-
ble to an electric outlet for a TV camera to be coupled with
the objective by means of this plate. A central aperture in the
adapter plate for gives passage to light rays entering the
camera through the lens assembly.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
457
3,709,134 3,709,136
LENS SHUTTER FOR A SINGLE LENS REFLEX CAMERA PHOTOGRAPHIC SHUTTER
Kivoshi Kilai. Tokyo. Japan, assijinor to Kabushiki Kaisha Helmut Straub, Hofen/Enz., Germany, assignor to Prontor-
Hattori Tokeiten, Tokyo. Japan Werk Alfred Gauthier, G.m.b.H., Cabnbach/Schwanwaid,
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,259 Germany
Int. CI. G03b 9/76 Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 110,944
U.S. CI. 95—60 6 Claims Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 7, 1970, P 20 05
"^18.5
Int. CI. G03b 9/74, 9/70
U.S. CI. 95—62 9 Claims
A lens shutter for a single lens reflex camera having two
pivotally mounted superposed sectors operable, in timed rela-
tionship with a camera mirror, from one side of a shutter or
exposure aperture sequentially in a similar sequence each first
closing the exposure aperture and then opening it during
travel, in a common direction, to an opposite side of the expo-
sure aperture for taking an exposure. A delay or timing circuit
is provided for controlling the exposure time by one of the sec-
tors. The timing with the mirror is such that in effect one sec-
tor opens the shutter and the other closes it.
3,709,135
SHUTTER CONTROL APPARATUS
Horst Simon, and Wilbebn Birkenmaier, both of Stuttgart,
Germany, assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 14, 1971, Ser. No. 152,920
Claims priority, application Germany, June 16, 1970, G 70
22 584.2
Int CI. G03b 7/08, 9/58
VS. CI. 95—60 2 Claims
An improved photographic shutter mechanism has a driving
force which operates exposure aperture defining segments amd
also operates a first and second mechanical part. The second
part, operatively connected to the aperture defining segments,
is spring biased to follow the movement of the first part.
A setter mechanism is provided with respective control cam
surfaces which coact with the first and second parts to deter-
mine the time of shutter operation and the extent of the aper-
ture defined by the segments.
3,709,137
AUTOMATIC SHUTTER CONTROLLING DEVICE
PARTICLXARLY FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC AND MOVING
PICTURE APPARATUS
Franz W. R. Starp, Cahnbach/Black Forest, Germany, as-
signor to Prtmtor-Werk Alfred Gauthier Gjn.b.H., Cabn-
bach/Schwarzwald, Germany
Filed April 9, 1970, Ser. No. 26,961
Int. CLG03b 9/06, 7/70
U.S. CL 95-64 D 14 Claims
Switch actuating apparatus for use in a camera of the type
including switch means that are to be actuated in a predeter-
mined relationship to operation of camera shutter means. The
apparatus includes a spring biased, switch actuating member
which is movable between first and second switch actuating
positions, and a releasable latching lever having a first arm
that retains the switch actuating member in the first switch ac-
tuating position prior to operation of the shutter means. A
second arm of the latching lever is positioned to be contacted
by the operated shutter means The contact of the second arm
by the shutter means moves the first arm out of the retaining
position of the switch actuating member, and the switch ac-
tuating member moves, under the spring bias, to the second
switch actuating position.
An automatic diaphragm aperture conUol device designed
especially for photographic and moving picture apparatus is
provided with a control device for manual or light-dependent
selection of the diaphragm aperture value. The control device
has a step-by-step electromagnetic mechanism for the control
of the diaphragm aperture value and a pulse generator
operably connected to the step-by-step electromagnetic
switch mechanism for actuation thereof to control the
diaphragm aperture value. An electrical gate circuit is placed
before the pulse frequency generator to allow the generator to
execute a predetermined number of switching steps.
458
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,138
PHOTOGRAPHIC PRINT PROCESSING APPARATUS
Leonard E. Brasher, 3936 Harris Drive, Corpus Christi, Tex.
Filed May 21. 1971, Ser. No. 145,606
Int. CI. G03d 3108
L.S. CI. 95-93 17 Claims
3,709,140
BARBECUE PIT
Leo J. Rickhoff, Jr., St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Tennessee Jed's
Franchise Corp., St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,746
Int.CLA23b//04
U.S. CL 99-331 8 Claims
Photographic print processing apparatus according to the
present invention may comprise a rotatable drum into which
may be introduced a quantity of photographic print processing
fluid. A device is provided for controllably introducing the
processing fluid into the drum and for controllably introduc-
ing water or other appropriate fluid for the washing of photo-
graphic printing papers at appropriate stages during the
development process. The apparatus may be powered
manually or may be provided with a motor drive mechanism
to achieve selective rotation of the drum during processing.
The drum may be rotated in one direction for processing and
may be rotated in the opposite direction for expelling the
processing fluid from the drum into a reservoir provided to
contain the expeUed fluid. Selective directional roution of the
drum may be achieved by the reversible electric motor that
may be actuated by mercury switches positioned on an actuat-
ing lever which switches are selectively actuated to energize
the motor depending upon relative positioning of the lever as
the lever is actuated for control purposes.
3,709,139
DEVICE FOR SUPPLYING AIR INTO THE INTERIOR OF
MOTOR VEHICLES
Franz G. Behles, Ingolstadt, Germany, assignor to Audi Nsu
Auto Union Aktiengesellschaft, Ingolstadt, Germany
Filed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,400
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 27, 1968, P 18
11286.2
Int.a.B60liy/24
U.S.CL 98-2.16 ■ 1 Claim
■ss
This barbecue pit includes a firebox having a pit portion
housing gas burner units; log grates; and a flame quenching
system The gas burner units, which include drip protecting
guards, provide the primary cooking heat source and are
located below the log grates and sufficiently close to the logs
to ensure that they will smolder and impart smoke flavoring to
the cooking products. The quenching system which allows
smoldering of the logs without excessive flame-up may be
operated semi-automatically by a push button or fully auto-
matically by a flame sensitive element.
3,709,141
COOKING INSTRUMENT
Frederick Schwartzstein, Trenton, N J., assignor to Blackstone
Industries, Inc., Trenton, N J.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,497
Int.Cl.A47jJ7/04
U.S. CL 99-343 2 Claims
16
26 24
A device for supplying air into the interior of motor vehicles
has an air tank located below the air flow and a substantially
horizontal dashboard cover having an edge extending beyond
the dashboard toward the interior of the vehicle. The dash-
board is provided with air outlets. The device is particularly
characterized by two air flow conduits connecting the air tank
with the interior of the vehicle. These conduits open into the
interior with nozzles located below the edge of the switch
board cover.
A heat transmitting device for conducting heat into the in-
terior of a roast or other body of food to aid in the rapid and
more uniform cooking thereof, is provided with a probe for m-
sertion into the food and has heat absorbing fins or elements
connected thereto for transmitting heat to the probe to raise
its temperature up to or approaching the temperature of an
oven or other space in which food being cooked is located. A
temperature responsive device located within the heat trans-
mitting probe is connected to a thermometer or other indicat-
ing device to indicate the temperature of the food adjacent to
the probe whereby it is possible to determine whether the food
is being uniformly and satisfactorily cooked.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
459
« 3,709,142
MULTI-PURPOSE COOKER
Ernest W. Peterson, Los Alamitos, Calif., assignor to Ralston
Purina Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 689,556, Dec. 1 1, 1967, Pat.
No. 3,594,196. This application Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No.
73,448
Int. CI. A23b i/06
U.S. CI. 99-357
7 Claims
3,709,144
DATA BOARD AND DATA RECORDING MACHINE
Art T. Sims, Gates Mills, Ohio, assignor to Addressograph-
Multigraph Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Nov. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 197,547
Int. CI. B41f 3120; B41j 5106
MS. CL 101—45 13 Claims
y -^
A method of preparing fish for canning and apparatus for
use in the method which prevents dehydration and retards en-
zymatic and oxidative deterioration of the fish from the time
of evisceration through precooking and cooling. The ap-
paratus comprises a chamber having suitable means for
refrigerated holding, precooking and cooling of fish. After the
fish are eviscerated, they are placed in the chamber under
refrigerated conditions to retard deterioration and to attain a
substantially uniform temperature throughout the fish. The
fish are then subjected to the precooking operation which due
to the initial uniform temperature of the fish are precooked,
they are cooled either by recirculating water saturated
refrigerated air through the chamber or by initially utilizing
evaporative cooling and thereafter recirculating water satu-
rated refrigerated air through the chamber to cool the fish to a
desired temperature.
3,709,143
WIRE AND CABLE PRINTER
James R. Rundell, Rome, N.Y., assignor to Cyprus Mines Cor-
poration, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,078
Int. CL B41f 77//0. 9/70. F16j 15140
U.S. CL 101 — 37 3 Claims
A data board and data recording machine. The data board is
insertable into the data recording machine. The data board
has operator positionable stop means and the data recording
machine has printing wheels connected to sensing rods; the
sensing rods sense the position of the stop means and set the
printing wheels in response thereto. A printing member plate
and print receiving form are carried by the board and the in-
formation on the printing wheels and plate are printed on the
form.
3,709,145
TICKET ISSUING AND LIKE MACHINES
Frank Miles Williamson, Marple, England, assignor to Alfred
WiUiamson Limited, North Hill, England
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,546
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 6, 1969,
39,376/69; April 7, 1970, 16,293/70
Int. CI. 64117/72.5/74
U.S. CI. 101—66 8 Claims
«b
A wire and cable printing machine having a printing roller
adapted to print on a wire or cable passed over an upper por-
tion of the wheel's periphery, including a pair of outer guide
rollers on each side of the printing roller for guiding the wire
or cable in printing contact with the printing roller and an
upper back-up roller between the outer guide rollers for guid-
ing the wire or cable therebetween and for positioning the
wire or cable in printing contact with the printing roller.
A ticket and receipt issuing machine in which coins of any
denomination to give the required total are inserted into a
hopper in the machine casing and passed through means for
reproducing an image of the coins on a ticket paper and means
for delivering the ticket from the machine.
480
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,146
SHEET CONVEYOR AND PRINTER WHICH OUTSTACKS
AND PRINTS SELECTED SHEETS
Colin Gray, London, England, assignor to Crosfield Business
Machines Limited, London, England
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,106
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 10, 1969,
29,298/69
Int. CI. B41f 7/06. B65h 5/24
U.S. CI. 101-317 7 Claims
3,709,148
' DRILL MINE
Vivian G. Costley, Kensington HeiRhts, Md., and Sylvan
Wolf, Silver Sprinn, Md., assignors to the United States
of America as represented bv the Secretary of the Navy
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,141
Int. a. F42b 22100
VS. C\. 102— 10 5 Claims
/!eod head
solenoid valve
The invention relates to sheet feeding apparatus in which
documents are fed one by one past a read head by a vented
rotating vacuum drum. A selected document is separated from
the arrival stack of documents without loosing the original
sequence by applying a braking force to the document before
it reaches its final position in the second stack. The document
is therefore brought to rest in its allotted position within the
original sequence but with its trailing edge protruding from
the second stack.
A drill mine, having the same operational and physical
characteristics as a service mine is provided with apparatus for
indicating mine actuation and for providing retrieval thereof.
A buoyant float assembly is provided which shortly after water
entry separates from the drill mine body but remains tethered
thereto. Upon mine actuation a smoke generating signal float
is released from the float assembly and rises to the surface
thereby giving an indication of mine actuation. After a preset
time, the float assembly is released from its tethered mode and
floats to the surface carrying a recovery line therewith. Upon
surfacing, recovery personnel may use the recovery line to
remove a heavy retrieval line stored and fixed within the mine
case. The retrieval line is employed to pull the mine from the
bottom onto a recovery vessel.
3,709,147
INK TRANSFER CYLINDER MOUNTING WITH
ADJUSTABLE DRIVE CLUTCH
Wallace H. Granger, P.O. Box 157, Kentfidd, Calil.
Continuation-in-part o« Ser. Nos. 735388, June 7, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,585,932, and Ser. No. 650,453, June 30, 1967,
abandoned, and continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 38.163,
May 18. 1970, Pat. No. 3,587,463. This appUcation Dec. 3. 1970,
Ser. No. 94,781
Int. CLB41fi 7/06
U.S. a. 101-351 8Cbdms
3,709,149
DETONATOR ASSEMBLY, AND BOOSTER AND
BLASTING SYSTEM CONTAINING SAME
Hiram E. DriscoU, Hurley, N.Y., assignor to Hercules Incor-
porated, Wilmington, Del.
Filed March 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21^05
Int. CI. F42b 3110; F42d 7/04
U.S. CL 102—22 » 1 Claims
In a rotary newspaper printing press having only a single mk
uansfer cyUnder or form roller, such cylinder is gear driven
through a clutch disposed outside of the press frame m an oil
bath and external adjustment means conuols clutch pressure.
The ink transfer cylinder is mounted for conuolled translation
in a single plane normal to a common plane of the axes of the
inking cylinder and plate cylinder and the clutch mechanism
accommodates such movement while maintaining gear dnve
connection of the ink transfer cylinder.
A non-electrically initiated detonator assembly comprising
a shell containing an impact-sensitive ignition composition,
and a detonator cord disposed outside the shell for detonation
to provide, and direct, resulting explosive energy into the shell
for percussion initiation of the ignition composition. In
preferred practice, the shell is closed by an empty primed rifle
cartridge casing and the detonator cord is supported in opera-
ive relationship with the primer end of the casing.
Also provided is an non-electrically initiatable detonator as-
sembly containing the impact-sensiUve charge and including
means for support of the detonator cord in the requisite
detonating relationship.
Further provided is a booster unit containing a detonator as-
sembly above described; and a pattern shooting system con-
taining a plurality of the booster assemblies and providmg for
reduced above-the-ground trunk line noise, eliminating need
heretofore for delay means in the down line(s) and providmg
for assembly of a plurality of boosters in each bore hole on a
single down line.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
461
January 9, 1973
3,709,152
3,709,150 iinPPFR CAR GATE LATCHING MECHANISM
VARIABLE SPEED ENDLESS CONVEYOR " G^^ I^^ Ind , assignor to Pullman Incor-
Plerre Colombot, 32, avenue de Bretigny, Samt-M^hel-sur. -"^^^^^^ ^^^ *"
Orge, France Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,727
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No^94 425 ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^
Claims priority, -^^^^^^i^' "' ''''' ^^'^' VS. CI. 105-253 5 Claims
U.S.CL 104-25 2»C»-»™*
54 9 »
The conveyor is constituted by an endless chain m the fonn
of a horizontal closed loop. It is fonned by at least one set of
bars comprising a first series of bars and a second senes of
bars elastically defonnable in the horizontal plane but ngid m
the vertical plane, the bar^ of the first senes being articulated
on the bars of the second series, on one hand in the vicinity of
the ends and on the other hand in the vicinity of the middle,
thereby fonning an unintemipted sequence of curvilmear
diamonds so that the four sides of a given diamond are ob-
tained by means of four different bars. Means are provided for
driving the Cham, at low speed in at least two zones of a first
type in which the diamonds are flattened perpendicularly to
their forward direction, and at high speed in at least two other
zones of a second type in which the diamonds are flattened in
the forward direction. The speed of the chain vanes m con-
tinuous manner m the portions of the cham situated between
the two types of zones, the said bars bearing plate elements
which partly overiap to fonn a horizontal receiving surface of
continuous general configuration.
^^^S^T^^^^^ss^
2*'
26 ,e 46 "" - 36
4c
e 290 26
A transverse rotatable locking bar member earned on a
hopper gate and having notched semicircular end portions
mating in a similarly contoured locking block fixedly posi-
tioned alongside the sliding gate. Rotation of a centrally
disposed locking bar handle moves the semicircular notched
end portion of the locking bar from the locked position withm
the semicircular cutout in the locking block to pennit slidmg
and opening movement of the hopper door.
3,709,151
RAILWAY CAR CENTER BEARING
Robert M. Cook, St. Charies, and Charies B. Goldman, BaU-
win, both of Mo., assignors to ACF Industries, Incorporated,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,638
Int. CI. B61f 5/74. 5/76,5/75
U.S.a.l05-199C 10 Claims
3,709,153
CONVERTIBLE RAH^-HIGHWAY TRACTION VEHICLE
WiUiam Howard Herscovitch, Bredenbekstrasse 12, Hamburg-
Ohlstedt, Germany ,, ,,«
Filed May 6, 1970. Ser. No. 35,220
Claims priority, application United Kingdom, May 7, 1969,
23,397/ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^
U.S.a. 105-26 R 6^*-^
A center plate stnicture for a railway car having a bowl on
the tnick bolster to receive a center plate on the car body^A
beanng insert for the body center plate is posiuoned withm
the bowl in a freely floating relation to the bowl and is mova-
ble v^thin the bowl in a generally horizontal relation. The
bearing insert has an upper convex surface which mates with a
concave lower surface on the body center plate to pennit a
relative tilting movement between the body center plate and
the bearing insert on the truck bolster.
The invention relates to railway tractor engines and m par-
ticular to means for transfemng part of the weight of a towed
car onto the wheels of the Uaclor engine so as to prevent over-
turning or derailing and to increase the fnction between the
wheels and the rails. The invention relates m particular to
traction engines with knuckle type couplers.
906 O.Q.— 17
462
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,154
PROTECTIVE SroE PANEL INSTALLATION FOR RAIL
CARS
Israel D. Peisner, Huntington Woods; I>ouis K. Deshetler. Allen
Park, and Paul C. Augustine, Taylor, all of Mkh., assignors
to Whitehead & Kales Company, River Rouge, Mich.
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,023
Int. CI. B60p 3106; B61d 3102
U.S. CL 105—368 R 13 Claims
A railroad flat car having siding in the form of panels or
sheets at least partially closing the sides of the car. Upright
spacer bars are mounted on the flat car, and clamps fastened
to the spacer bars secure the panels thereto.
3,709,155
AUTOMOBILE HOLD-DOWN DEVICE
William L. Pringle, Grosse Pointe Shores, Mich., assignor to
Pullman Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Mart:h 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,820
InL CI. B60p 7108; B61d 45100
said hook members movable in a transverse direction to
locking engagement with the automobile frame in response to
operation of a rotating cam means connected with the hook
members to securely fastened the automobile during trans-
port. A series of such hold-down devices are locked and un-
locked by longitudinally extending cables which are driven by
manually actuated drive means.
3,709,156
CARGO SECURING DEVICE
Thomas S. Bowers, Lake Forest, HI., assignor to A. L. Hansen
Manufacturing Co., Gumee, 111.
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,198
Int. CI. B60p 7108
U.S. CI. 105—369 A |0 Claims
The cargo securing device is welded in an opening in the
deck of a vessel with the top thereof flush with the deck and is
composed of a pair of members having openings therein
cooperating to form a socket in which a spherical shaped
member is mounted. The spherical member has a belt at-
taching eye projecting outwardly from its surface and adapted
to move through aligned slots in the members in registry with
the socket so that the eye may be moved either above or below
the deck. The spherical member is retained within the socket
and is universally pivolable with respect thereto so that the
eye may be moved to a plurality of positions either above the
deck or below the deck.
3,709,157
RAILWAY CAR INTERIOR WALL STRUCTURE
Richard C. Snyder, Michigan City, Ind.; Robert R. Parmenter,
Chicago, 111., and Steve L. Suvada, Michigan City, Ind., as-
signors to Pullman Incorporated, Chicago, III.
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,672
Int. CI. B6 Id/ 7/05
U.S. CL 105—368 R
19 Claims U.S. CL 105—409
3 Claims
An automobile hold-down device for use on a railway vehi-
cle and having hook members operatively attached to rotating
arm members and movable automatically in a vertical
direction from a below deck inoperative position upon
horizontal movement of an interconnected yoke member and
Vertically spaced rail members that extend longitudinally of
the railway vehicle across and between the car vertical wall
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
463
posts to prevent transported lading such as boxes, or other
types of cartons from contacting the vertical wall posts during
vehicle impact resulting in damage to the lading. The rail
members provide a smooth car interior and include transver-
sely extending flange portions which strengthen the rail mem-
bers and the railway car side wall structure by formmg a chan-
nel shaped section between adjacent wall posts.
3,709,158
SERVING TRAY CONSTRUCTION WITH ADJUSTABLE
CLAMP MEANS
Mathcw KIdd, 21261 Rolling Hills Road, Cupertino, Calif.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,971
Int. CI. A47b 23100
U.S.CL 108-43 8 Claims
^
3,709,160
PALLETS
John Arthur Howard, 2 Audley Close Weston, Somerset, and
Gwendolen Alice Sergant, Longacre Walberton Arundel,
Sussex, both of England
Filed March 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,180
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 18, 1970,
13,079/70
Int. a. B65d 79/00
U,S.CL 108-51 8 Claims
^^
:t:
,36
A-'
,'< ^ :
.-.-[ • h.
-M
'rj-J"
M *^
1
9 i-
,. >. .- ,
—I ».
1^
A paUet moulded from plastics material comprises a plat-
form with incut recesses at its edges. The platform may also
have box-like dished recesses in spaced positions in its surface.
The dished recesses are all of the same height to serve as sup-
porting legs, and are tapered to allow a plurality of pallets to
nest on top of one another.
Presented is a serving tray incorporating novel clamp means
enabling clamping of the serving tray to a suitable support
such as a person's lap or to the arm of a chair.
3,709,161
HONEYCOMB PALLET
Robert J. Kauflman, Plymouth, Mich., assignor to Narad, Inc.,
Wayne, Mich.
Filed April 6, 1971, Ser. No. 131,604
Int. CLB65d 79/00
U.S.CL 108-51 5 Claims
3,709,159
FOLDING SERVING TABLE
Ini D. Oglesby, Jr., Fort Smith, Ark., assignor to Fort Smith
Table and Furniture Co., Fort Smith, Ark.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,919
Int. a. A47b 25/00
U.S.CL 108-44 6 Claims
\
A load carrying pallet made from a honeycomb slab of sheet
material and provided with slits m walls of some cells to defuie
weakened regions that can be readily displaced to form chan-
nels for the fingers of a fork lift truck.
This folding table is for use in conjunction with an automo-
bUe trunk and includes a folding leg frame at one end and an
adaptor at the other end. The adaptor includes a downwardly
projecting lug receivable by the automobUe trunk lock socket
and the lug is rotatable to a storage posiuon when not in use. A
second folding leg frame at the adaptor end of the table allows
the table to be used conventionally and the adaptor lug is at-
tached to the leg frame so that when the frame is unfolded for
conventional use, the adaptor lug is rotated to a non-use posi-
tion. The lug is pivotally attached to the crossbar of the leg
frame to further facilitate storage.
3,709,162
SINGLE SHEET PALLET
Ralph E. Roper, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Wallace Ex-
panding Machines, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
FUed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888.569
Int. CI. B65d 79/00
U.S.CL 108-51 ,, 3 Claims
A pallet including an annular leg concentrically formed m
the pallet and a coiled edge extending around the entire
periphery thereof. The paUet is formed out of sheet metal by
repeated draw operations whereby the cenual portion of the
pallet is first formed and then the central configuration is held
by tightly gripping dies while the outer portions of the pallet
are formed progressively. The outer edge portion of the pallet
is coiled around the complete periphery thereof by a die ar^
rangement which captures the coU in a closed contamer and
464
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
retains it as it is being formed. The outer edge portion of the
pallet is first formed in the shape of a flange extending perpen-
dicularly of the central portion of the pallet. Recessed dies are
then closed about the flange and a set of centrally located
ments and projecting from the apex of one top member which,
when inserted into aligned apertures in the apex of the other
holding dies, which grip the pallet, are moved relative to the
recessed dies causing one of the recessed dies to wipe one of
the holding dies and causing the outer edge portion of the pal-
let to be coiled in the closed space between the recessed dies.
3,709,163
STACKING CONNECTION AND LOCKING DEVICE
THEREFOR
Richard W. Smedley, JoUeC, and Earl J. Mack, Coal City, both
of m., assignors to Cerco Corporation, Jolict, 01.
Ft|ed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,1 14
Int.O.B65d79/i«
L^. CL 108—53 19 Claims
top member and turned substantially 90° about its axis,
secures the frame sections together on the pallet.
3,709,165
PALLET TIERING FRAME INTERLOCK
Peter P. Blozis, Michigan City, Ind., assignor to The PaMcr
Corporation, Michigan City, Ind.
Filed Dec. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 205,930
lnt.a.B65d79/JS
U.S. a. 108—53 6 Claims
^^
A releasable interlock for a pallet tiering frame comprising
two non-identical sections each with a pair of upright posts
connected at their upper ends by V-shaped top members and
having pallet engaging feet at their lower ends. The interlock
structure involves a pin having diametrical abutments and pro-
jecting from the apex of one top member which engages an
apertured locking bracket on the apex of the other top
member and aligned apertures in the latter. Rotation of one
frame section substantially 90° relative to the other about the
axis of the pin secures the frame sections together on the pal-
let.
A stacking connection for pallets including a target and plug
arrangement. The target is formed to center the plug, and in-
cludes a hole through which a portion of the plug may extend
to enhance the stacking connection and inhibit separation of
the connection when the pallets are subject to forces ac-
cidentally encountered. A locking device is provided for the
stacking connection to further inhibit vertical separation.
3,709,164
PALLET TIERING FRAME STRUCnJRE
Leroy F. Sliubic, LaPorte, Ind., assignor to The Paltier Cor-
poration, Michigan City, Ind.
Filed Dec. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 205,929
Int. CI. B65d 7 9/JS
U.S. CI. 108—53 7 Claims
A releasable interlock for a pallet tiering frame structure
comprising two non-identical sections each with a pair of
upright posts connected at their upper ends by V-shaped top
members and having pallet engaging feet at their lower ends.
The interlock structure involves a pin having diametrical abut-
3,709,166
SHELF POSITION-HOLDING MEANS
Paul S. Bush, Salamanca Road, Little Valley, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,115
Int. CI. A47b 9/00
U.S.CI. 108— 106
2 Claims
!y
J!X-
TLOOR,
A shelf positioning and holding means is disclosed wherein
the shelves are slidably mounted on vertical poles. The
V
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
465
January 9, 1973
openings thru the shelves for receiving the poles are provided
with downwardly extending^tines adjacent the poles, which
tines are compressed tightly against the poles by specially
designed complementary collars.
- 3,709,167
FOLDING STOOL
Arthur Sprigman, Queens VUlage, N.Y., assignor to A. L.
Doering Mfg. Corp., Bayside, N.Y.
FUedFeb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,769
Int.Cl.A47bi/00
U^. CI. 108-128 ^^"-"^
3,709,169
FIREPROOF CONTAINER
Edward A. Ganger, Jr., Chicago: Wallace H. Brown, Downers
Grove, and William J. Gartner. Schaumberg, all of IlL, as-
signors to The Babcock & W ilcox Company, New York. N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 702307, Feb. 1, 1968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 16, 1970. Ser. No. 3,426
lnt.CI.E05g7/02
L^. CI. 109-29 13 Claims
^ f '"
A folding stool with legs and separate seat braces that ex-
tend from Ld are pivotaUy attached to a ^ub. When U.e ^1
is unfolded, the legs are retained m their norma^. load support-
ing posiuons by angularly disposed edges on then- mmor por-
tionsXid the seat braces are also retained in their normal
oad supporting positions. The legs can be folded to over ap
the seat braces so that the stool can be folded the length of the
legs or seat braces, whichever are longer.
3,709,168
PROTECTIVE SHELTER INSTALLATION
Gusuv Ludwig, Saganer strasse 1 , Numberg, G«rm«ny
Filed Feb. 10. 1970, Ser. No. 10 145
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 15, 1969, r iv
07 733.9 ^,.,
Int.a.E04h9/72
^ , e 7 Claims
U.S.CI. 109-lS
A container for protecting valuable items such as papers
from exposure to fire or intense heat compnsmg an outer
frame, an inner container, and a closure means or a id.
Between the outer frame and inner container, and within the
lid there are heat protection means, each compnsmg an outer
portion of a heat resistant material such as ceramic fiber and
an inner portion of an absorbent material such as glass paper
which is soaked m water and encased m a water-mipermeab e
jacket made of, for example, polyethylene which is rupturable
upon exposure to elevated temperatures. TypicaUy, vents per-
mU steamwhich is generated in the presence of mtense heat m
the inner portions of the heat protection means to pass mto
the intenoVof the contamer to further slow any nse m tem-
perature therein by absorbing heat, and the vents also penn,
?eam to slowly pass out of the container through the chamiel
defined between the closure means and the container it^lf.
thereby inhibitmg the inward flow of heat through this chan-
"^In a preferred embodiment, a water-soaked, elongated,
fibrous, absorbent material, encased in an elongated water-im-
penneable jacket, is disposed between the outer frame a^d
LTr container at a location subject to high heat transfer
rates, such as along the jamb between the outer frame and the
inner container.
3,709,170
SLUDGE FEED SYSTEM FOR INCINERATOR
Louis Ralph Van Gelder, Western Springs, HI., assignor to
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company, Oak Bnwk, HI.
FUed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,710
Int.Cl.F23g5/00
« ' „ «. 14 Claims
13 .S. CI. 110-8 R
A protective shelter such as a bomb shelter can be entered
into or left through an elongate tunnel connected >*"th^" en-
closed shelter area and including at least two spaced apart
angle sections fonned by correspondingly curved side wa Is of
the tunnel. The curved tunnel sections serve to prevent the
buUd-up of a destructive pressure head in the tunnel. The
waUs of the tunnels are constructed of prefabricated concrete
blocks joined in situ by suitable screw connections.
Sludge feed system for a reactor having a nozzle, and a con-
duit communicating with the outside of the reactor and the
466
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
nozzle for feeding sludge to the nozzle under pressure, said
nozzle having a mouth in communication with the interior of
the reactor for forming the sludge into a thin layer which
breaks up in the reactor.
Method of feeding sludge of limited fluidity into a reactor
by shaping the sludge into a soft layer which is much wider
than thick, and feeding the layer directly into the reactor.
3,709,171
SMOKE CONTROL DEVICE
John J. Barba, North Anderson, Calif., assignor to Larry F.
Olesen and Virginia A. Olesen, Alhambra, Calif.
Filed July 6, 1971,Ser. No. 159,913
Int. CI. F23g 5100
U^.CLllO— 8R 23 Claims
After burner for burning combustible particles in smoke
and exhaust gases from stationary installations. A heater is
disposed adjacent an intake opening of a water cooled com-
bustion chamber and brings the smoke to its combustion tem-
perature. Particulate matter is removed from the smoke by fil-
ters before the clean, non-polluting gas is discharged to the at-
mosphere. Surfaces of the combustion chamber contacted by
smoke or cooling water are coated with Teflon to inhibit sub-
stantially all accumulation of particulate matter on such sur-
faces and prevent clogging of the device. The chamber can be
mounted on top of a smoke discharging stack or device or it
can be placed on the ground and provided with suitable con-
duits and blowers for passing the smoke to and through the
combustion chamber. Openings are provided to supply the
necessary additional combustion air to the combustion
chamber.
3,709,172
ALTOMATIC EMBROIDERY MACHINE
Ercole Coroerio, Busto Arsizio, Italy, assignor to Metabnec-
canica S.p.A., Busto Arsizio, Italy
Filed Dec. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 97,287
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 13, 1969, 25751
A/69; Nov. 27, 1970, 32339 A/70
Int. a. D05c 5100
\5S. C\, 1 12—84 20 Claims
Device for the automatic change of the color and/or ratio in
embroidery machines, wherein the needles, each carrying a
given thread, are mounted on the frame of needles by means
of slides sliding parallelly to the axis of the needles and mova-
ble selectively from a backward idle position to a forward ac-
tive position; the device comprises a selection bar arranged
transversely to the slides of the needles and movable accord-
ing to two substantially orthogonal directions, on one side per-
pendicularly to the slides of the needles, to select the slides or
rather the needles through engagement of selected hook
means of the bar with corresponding hook means of the slides,
and on the other side parallelly to the slides of the needles, to
shift the selected slides in a forward position of work.
3,709,173
MODULAR TUFTING UNIT
Mervin D. Greene, La Fayette, Ga., assignor to Jorges Carpet
MiUs, Inc., Rossville, Ga.
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,903
Int. CL D05c 75/20
\iJ&. C\. 1 12— 79 R 9 Claims
,0
olc
10
A modular tufting unit has a needle bar formed of a plurality
of sections or modules with each section being capable of
being rendered ineffective. The modular tufting unit has its
yam feed rollers divided into sections or modules. Each of the
sections of each of the yam feed rollers is the same length as
the section of the needle bar with which it is aligned in the
direction of movement of the yam. When one of the needle
bar sections is rendered inactive, the aligned sections of the
yam feed rollers also are rendered inactive.
3,709,174
OPEN TOP THREAD CASES
Thomas Emmett Garry, deceased, late of 908 Roxbury Rd.,
San Marino, Calif, (by Annie W. Garry, administratrix)
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,g69
InL CI. D05b 57/74
U.S. CI. 112-231 6 Claims
^ .'4 ^/^
A sewing machine thread case acts as a container for the
bobbin which holds the bottom thread on a lock-stitch sewing
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
_ 467
January 9, 1973
machine The .h.ad ca» is ... wUh.n a ,oop ta.e, wh,ch •■'^-^^^^l^^-^^l'X:^T^:Sl':Zt^:,
case navmg a iimucu k- dosing of a scissor type thread cutter
pose of making a lock-stitch. *"'" » '"^
,700 175 3,709,177
FABRICATING EQUIPMENT FOR TISSUE TYPE HEART DRY DOCK «>NTOON^«;ROVIDING IMPROVED
WlUUm Sterling Edwards, XqLque, N. Mex.; Paul Kahn, Paul S. Cnmdall, Concord, Mj«s., ass^nor to Cr.nd.ll Dry
WiUUm swr mg e^ * ' ** Coodenouah Oakland, both Dock Engineers, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
San Francuico, and Samuel » /^*"«"«f ' "rX^keJey Filed Oct. 28, 1970. Ser. No. 84^82
of CaUf., assignors to Cutter Laboratones, Inc., Berkeley, int.CLB63c 1102
^'"' Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,214 U^- CI. 114-46
Int. CI. D05b 7/00, A61f 7/00
U.S. CI. 112-262
4 Claims
, 27 16
/
mm^^^
- 36b
t-
3-1—
A device for making a replacement heart valve having a plu-
rality of cusps. The combination includes a mold means for
forming a tissue, suitably an animal tissue and particularly a
homologous tissue, into cusp form. A clamping means causes
the mold means to form the tissue into a cusp shape, and a tis-
sue-engaging means, such as a trim guide, holds such Ussue m
place advantageously in unstretched condition, to facilitate
suturing and trimming to desired, predetermined size. Such
tissue-engaging means may be a plurality of pms adapted to
pierce the tissue and hold it in place. The mold means, clamp-
ing means, and tissue-engaging means are all rotatable and are
movable arcuately with respect to the long axis of the com-
bination or assembly to enable easy access to the workpiece or
valve. A valve stent is brought into engagement with the mold
means clamp means, and tissue-engaging means, so that the
tissue can easily be sutured to the stent with ready access
thereto and in a rapid operation which can be carried out by
one operator.
In the multi-section dry dock construction disclosed herein,
the pontoon portion of each section is subdivided by water-
tight bulkheads in a pattem which improves lateral stability
and provides flexibility in longitudinal loading capability while
retaining a basically easily pumped and drained arrangement.
In one embodiment, each side of the pontoon is divided into
three watertight compartments, two of which are L-shaped
and are arranged in complementary fashion with the third
compartment enclosed therebetween. The bases of the L-
shaped compartments are adjacent the center line of the pon-
toon so that all three compartments extend under a respective
one of the dry dock wings and may therefore be easily
pumped.
3,709,178
BOAT AND TRAILER
Herbert M. Piker, and Otis C. Borum, both of Jacksonville,
Fla., assignors to FarenwaW Enterprises, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 51,855, July 2, 1970. This application
April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,151
Int. CLB63b 7/75
U.S. CM 14-56 4 Claims
3,709,176
UNDERBED THREAD TRIMMING MECHANISM FOR
SEWING MACHINES
Reinhold Papajewski, 7501 Buchig, and Erich GUIessen, 75
Karlsruhe-Durlach, both of Germany, assignors to The
Singer Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 187,710
Int CI. D05b 65/00
U.S. a. 112-252 5 Claims
0=€^
An underbed thread trimmer for both the needle and bob-
bin threads of a lockstitch sewing machine is disclosed in
The boat as herein disclosed is primarily intended to be util-
ized with a trailer designed, particulariy, to receive cooperat-
ing means on the boat hull whereby the trailer and boat, par-
ticulariy the boat hull, become a unit in using same as a mova-
ble house or home, and as a houseboat when separated from
the trailer and on the water, such as a lake, river, or other
body of water. Specifically, the cooperation of the trailer and
house or home is accomplished by cooperaUng means on the
468
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
trailer, that is, the longitudinal members or rails on which the
boat is carried and grooves or slots formed in the hull of the
boat in which the said longitudinal trailer members or rails
project for thereby stabilizing both the boat when in the water
and the mobile house or home when on land. The said
houseboat or home is provided with a set of retractable steps
for use in the water and on the land for boarding or dismount-
ing from the same.
3,709,179
HIGH SPEED BOAT
Peter R. Payne, SOver Spring, Md., assignor to Wyle Laborato-
ries, El Segundo, Calif.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52^3
Int.CI. B63b7/20
U^.Cl. 114— 66.5 P 12Claiins
3,709,181
CARGO VESSELS
John Paul Papanicolaou, Athens, Greece, and Telemachus
Nicolas Galati, London, England, assignors to Marine and
Industrial Developments Limited, Piraeus, Greece
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 97,042
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 10, 1969,
60,295/69
InL CL B63b 23J00
U^.C1. 114— 72 _ 4 Claims
A boat for operating at high speeds even in water having
waves of moderate to large height, comprising a pair of
laterally spaced hull sections connected by a body. The rear
portion of each hull section has a planing surface, all of the
planing surfaces normally being submerged even during high
speed travel. The front portion of each hull section has a nar-
row width and sharp entry angle for cutting into waves instead
of riding over them. The body that connects the hull sections
normally extends at a large height above the water surface,
and it includes a front body portion at the bow to assure that
the boat will ride over very large waves.
3,709,180
HYDROFOIL CRAFT
Lech Kobylinski, Chlopska 34D/28, Gdansk-Oliwa; Miec-
zyslaw Krezelewski, Stolarska 4A/4, Gdansk; Edmund Br-
zoska, Lumumby 32E/13, Gdansfc-OUwa, and WitoM
KrenkkL, Dzierzynskiego 3/15, Gdynia, all of Poland
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,453
Clahns priority, application Poland, Sept, 9, 1969, P 135792
Int.a.B63b;/20
U.S.CI. 114— 66.5 H
4C1afans
A hydrofoil craft having a pair of laterally spaced bow sup-
porting planes carried by downwardly extending supports has
a trzmsverse roll stabilizer extending between the supports and
structurally connected to them, the stabilizer being above the
in-flight calm water line and above the space between the bow
supporting planes.
The specification discloses a multi-purpose cargo ship
which has cargo-carrying holds with between decks which are
fully collapsable. The between decks are composed of panels
which are hinged for folding into vertical planes against the
boundary walls of the hatchways. When the between declcs are
in use they separate the holds into upper and lower compart-
ments for carrying different types of cargo. When the between
decks are collapsed the vessel can be used as a full bulk cargo
carrier and is self-trimming. The upper hold compartments lie
abreast of a longitudinal strength member which is preferably
a hollow structure providing a tunnel or passageway for per-
sonnel.
3,709,182
ANCHOR MEANS AND METHOD OF INSTALLING THE
SAME
Edward E. Horton, Portuguese Bend, Calif., assignor to Deep
Oil Technology, Inc., Long Beach, Calif.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,536
Int. CI. B63b 2 //24, 27/50
U.S.CI. 114— 206R .5 Claims
*i-i
A drilled-in anchor means and method of installing such an
anchor means in a subsea formation, the anchor means includ-
ing prestressed cable and casing means imbedded in cement
which fills an anchor hole in the subsea formation. A subsur-
face buoy at a selected distance above the surface of the sub-
January 9, 1973
sea formation provides a connection to a mooring line which
may extend from a platform means or other floatable struc-
ture In the method of installing such an anchor means after a
drill hole has been made by using a drill casmg. the casing is
raised a selected distance and then is subjected to stress by a
tension cable cooperable therewith, and then the casing and
fable means is lowered into the hole. The casing means and
hole are then filled with a cement slurry whereby the drill cas-
ing and cable are protected against corrosive action of the
water.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
469
ments are osciUated in contact with the huU. In another em-
bodiment a plurality of rotating float elements with penpheral
cleaning brisUes are arranged in series along a path adjacent
the hull surface. In another embodiment flexible, inflatable
3,709,183
COMBINATION CLEAT AND BUMPER
Irving Mace, 1221 KUby Terrace, Annlston, Ala.
FUed Jan. 27, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 10,026
Int.CI.B63b27/04
U.S.C1. 114— 220
22^:>.
4Claims
tm^
containers are provided with cleaning means on their mwardly
confronting working sides and support means holding the con-
tainers so that the working sides yieldably conform to the hull
surface of a vessel moved between the contamers.
3,709,185
AMPHIBIOUS MOTOR BIKE
Anthony Hennel, 645 Eldorado, Apt. 109, Oakland, Calif.
Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,179
Int CI. B63h//04. 79/00
U.S. CI. 115-0.5 5 Claims
A combination bumper and tie-up cleat for use on boats and
other water vehicles including a bracket means adapted to be
secured to a surface portion of a boat in a predetennined loca-
tion The bracket means includes a first opening for slidably
mounting a bumper element, with the bumper element includ-
ing a caster roller bumper means located on an outwardly ex-
tending end thereof. A pair of adjustable locking screw means
is provided for adjustment within complementary openmgs on
the bracket means for securing the bumper means in a selec-
tively set position to space the caster roUer at a selected
distance outward from the side of the boat. The bracket means
is detailed in design to readily receive a tie-up line for securing
a boat in a docked position when the bumper means is
removed The locking screw means is detaUed m design for
maintaining the tie-up line in position on the bracket means.
3 709 184
METHOD AND APPARATUSFOR CLEANING VESSELS
AFLOAT
Henry J. Laney, 5950 LaSaUe Avenue, Oakland, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 748,532, July 29, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,541,988. This application Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No.
75,961
Int. CI. B60s 3/00
U S CI 114 222 8 Claims
Method and apparatus for cleaning the underwater hull sur-
face of a floating vessel. Hull cleaning means is arranged in a
path along the hull and yieldable carrier means is disposed in
supportmg relationship with the cleaning means. Means are
provided to create relative movement between the vessel and
cleaning means In one embodiment a pincer unit is provided
to deflect the tensioned return reach of an endless conveyor
and utilize the resulting reaction force for urgmg the working
reach into conformity with the hull surface. In another em-
bodiment verticaUy spaced actuator arms yieldably urge ro-
tary or belt-type cleaning means into conformity with the hiiU.
In another embodiment flexible, buoyant belts of cleaning ele-
An amphibious motor bike in which collapsible pontoons
may be inflated and removably secured to the sides of the
motor bike for supporting it on a body of water and at a posi-
tion where the water level will be not higher than the lower
one-third portion of the rear wheel. The pontoons are sec-
tionalized and can be removed from the motor bike sides and
deflated and collapsed like an accordion and then mounted in
carriers arranged at the sides of the motor bike. A hnear and
flexible water paddle has articulated sections which permit it
to be removably mounted on the rear tire of the motor bike so
as to be rotated thereby and thus propel the motor bike over
the body of water. A rudder can be moved from moperative
into operative position and it wUl be actuated by the operator
manipulating the handle bars for steering the vehicle over the
water.
3,709,186
PROPELLING MEANS FOR MOTOR BOATS AND
AUXILLVRY SAILING YACHTS
Tord Christer Gotmalm, Platmyntsgaten 19, Goteborg V.
Sweden ^„ ,,.
Filed Jan. 2 1 , 197 1 , Ser. No. 108,331
Int. CI. B63h 23126
USC1115-34A nClafans
'The present invention relates to propeUing means for motor
boats and especially auxiliary sailing yachts. More specifically.
470
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
the invention relates to .mproved propeUing means compris- the dev.ce agamst withdrawal from the ^»« ^ suUabb^
,ng a combustion engine driving a hydraulic oU pump, the colored plug may be fitted into the upper end of the casmg to
pressurized oil from the said hydraulic pump being fed over a be visible above the surface. A number of such devices placed
valve mechanism to a hydraulic motor, the shaft of which is
beahna a conventional boat propeller. The thrust of the , . c .«^— .„»x.«tu,
p^3er\^en up by beanngs a^anged mherenUy in the in a row at suitably spaced mtervals define a PennanenUy
hyd^uhc L^r umt tlLst and torque Le transferred to the marked line appearing either at or near the level of the ground
S hu 1 rSe hyd;aulic motor housing or a positively leak- surface or projectmg thereabove. The de^e is readdy con-
proof propeUer shaft casing which is fixedly attached thereto, verted for use as an anchoring means for a post or the like.
3.709.187
PROPULSION AND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
MOTORBOAT
Alex A. Marco. 2556 N. Strathmore Avenue, Rosemead, Calif.,
and Dennis L. Wlrth, 624 North Reese PI., Burbank, Calif.,
assignors to said Marco and Wirth, part Interest to each
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57^96
Int. C\.B63h 3 104
U.S.a. 115— 35 5 Claims
3,709,189
MAIL DELIVERY SIGNAL DEVICE
Ernest G. Widham, 145 Great Neck Road, Waterford, Conn.
Filed Dec. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 209,587
Int. CI. G08c 5100
U.S. CI. 116-132 3 Claims
A combination motor boat propulsion and steering control
system is shown which is particularly adapted to planing hull,
high speed boats The invented combination will eliminate the
need for a rudder in such craft by providing dual variable pitch
propellers, differentially pitch controlled for steering, and pro-
vides for water contact only up to the hubs of counter-rotating
propellers, thereby minimizing drag. Forward-reverse control
and optimized speed conUol (while maintaining high power
transfer efficiency) are effected by superimposed separate
control of propeller pitches together in the same sense.
Mail delivery signal device having on a bottom-hinged lid on
a mailbox a casing with a bottom slot and a ledge near the top,
and a signal plate having at the top a rearward flange and op-
posite side ears, and being slidable in the casing and projecting
through the bottom slot, with the plate being in non-signalling
position resting with its top flange on the ledge in closed verti-
cal lid position and, on opening the lid, sliding off the ledge
and gravitating to signalling position, and there being in the
casing at the top a cam formation which on manual inward
shove of the plate from signalling position cooperates with the
top of the plate in camming the same with its flange into over-
lap with the ledge so as to come to rest on the latter on releas-
ing the plate.
3,709,188
GROLT«4D MARKER DEVICE
Robert B. Coupar, 4447 Narvaez Crescent, Victoria, British
Columbia, Canada
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,522
Int. a. GO Id 27/00
U.S.C1. 116-114R 5 Claims
A marker device having a casing which is inserted into a
hole drilled into the surface of the ground. Hinged arms are
unfolded and extended through slots in the casing to secure
3,709,190
COATING APPARATUS
Horst Von Gottberg; Gerd Schaefer, and Guenter Joems, aU of
Heusenstamm near, Frankfurt, Germany, assignors to Rans-
burg GmbH. Heasenstamm near Frankfurt. (.erman.\
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,444
CUims priority, acplication Germany, Feb. 14, 1970, P 20
06 878.4
Int. CI. B05c 7 //OO
US CI. 118 2 6Claims
A coating apparatus including a programmed, movable
member carrying coating means dispensing particles of a pro-
tective or decorative coating material toward the irregular sur-
face contours of the front and the rear of automobile bodies.
The programmed member displaces the coating member in a
vertical direction across the irregular surface contours of the
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
471
automobile bodies, maintains a substantially uniform distance
between the coating means and the plane of the irregular sur-
face contours of the automobile body to be coated and aligns
the axis of the coating means with respect to the plane of the
irregular surface contours of the automobile bodies so as to be
nant from the coating for providing an output signal which is a
function of the resistivity. This signal is applied to a compara-
tor network and compared to predetermined reference levels
for correcting long term resistivity drifts as well as short term.
tv/ef '^££0
substantially perpendicular with such plane of the automobile
bodies when dispensing the protective or decorative coating
material toward the automobile bodies.
A method of coating a series of articles with a protective or
decorative coating material.
3,709,191
MARKING APPARATUS
Eugen Will, Coon Rapids, Minn., assignor to MinnesoU Min-
ing and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,478
lnt.Cl.B05c//76, ////6
U.S. CI. 1 18—8 8 Claims
or transient, changes in resistivity. The output of the compara-
tor network is connected to the electron beam gun to control
the evaporation rale thereof and to thus.control resistivity of
the coating.
3,709.193
BREADING MACHINE
George A. Moore. 843 N. Dellrose, WichiU. Kans.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,464
Int. CI. A23g i/26
U.S. CI. 118-19
20 Claims
Apparatus comprising a marking apparatus including an ex-
tendable-retractable marking means for placing a mark on a
moving web and a movable shutter means for sealing the
retracted marking means from atmospheric air about the
marking apparatus. The frame is rotatable to permit variance
in the width of the mark placed on the web.
A machine for breading pieces of food wherein the latter is
disposed in a closable, perforate cylindrical body that is
rotated about its horizontal axis in a housing containing bread-
ing. The body has an internal vane for tumbling the food and
external ribs for agitating and elevating breading about the
body. The machine includes an accessory perforate basket
mountable within the body for removal of lumps from bread-
ing. A housing cover is provided that serves as a worktable
when the cover is opened.
3,709,192
COATING CONTROL SYSTEM
Quinn S. Anderson, Chatsworth; Berton P. Levin, Santa
Monica, and Jackie D. Thomson, Los Angeles, all of CaUf.,
assignors to The Sierracin Corporation. Sylmar. Calif.
Filed June 1. 1970. Ser. No. 41,792
Int. CI. B05b 75/00, C23c 73/05
U.S. CI. 118-8 11 Claims
There is disclosed herein a system for controlling the re-
sistivity of a metal which is deposited on a moving film sub-
strate. An electron beam gun is positioned adjacent the mov-
ing film substrate for providmg the metal coating on the sub-
strate. The resistivity of the coating is continuously monitored
by detecting electromagnetic radiation, such as infrared, ema-
3.709.194
APPARATUS FOR TREATING CONTINUOUS SURFACES
Paul Hammelmann, Zum Sundem 17. OeWe/Westfalen, Ger-
" many
Division of Ser. No. 828,428, May 19. 1969, Pat. No.
3,627.562. This application Nov. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 86,051
Claims priority, application Germany, May 20, 1968, P 17
56 431.7
Int. CI. B05c 5100, 9108
U.S.CI. 118— 50.1 19 Claims
A continuous surface is treated by advancing over it an ap-
paratus provided at its leading end with a cleaning device and
472
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
downstream of the cleaning device with one or more con-
tainers which are evacuated and each have an open side facing
the just cleaned surface portion in sealing engagement
therewith and carrying in its interior a drying and/or applica-
tor device for applying a protective layer to the just cleaned
surface portion.
3,709,195
METHOD FOR HATCHING AND GROWING MARINE
ORGANISMS
Durbin C. Tabb, Miami, Fla., assigiior to Research Corpora-
tion, New Yorii, N.Y.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,508
InLa.A0U6//00
U.S.C1. 119— 2 4Claiiiis
to be accessible to an operator outside the platform. In the
preferred construction and application of the invention as
miUiing apparatus, each stall is provided with a milking claw
and cup assembly connecting with milk collection pipe lines
and air or vacuum pipe lines fixed relative to the platform and
rotatable with such platform. The milk collection and air or
vacuum pipe lines can pass to milking apparatus located cen-
trally of the platform and rotatable therewith, or the arrange-
ment can provide for the rotatable milk collection and air or
vacuum supply lines to connect either directly or by way of a
milk receiving can with a cenUal revolving gland unit which is
in turn cormected by fixed pipe lines to the remainder of the
milking machinery and apparatus. The speed of rotation of the
platform is preferably such that the milking of each animal will
be completed by the time one revolution of the platform is
completed so that an animal may pass forwardly through an
entrance into a stall on the platform and when the revolution
is completed and milking finished the animal may back out of
the stall off the platform and through an exit adjacent the en-
trance.
A method and apparatus for hatching and growing marine
organisms wherein a floatable translucent enclosure, having
input devices for inuoducing marine organisms, growth sup-
porting water and oxygen and food therein, is transported to
the open sea, partially filled with water from the open sea and
towed to a berthing point. Eggs of marine organisms and food
are then introduced into the growth supporting water in the
enclosure and a source of continuous oxygen supply is com-
municated thereto.
3,709,196
ANIMAL MILKING AND/OR TREATMENT APPARATUS
Mervyn Lance Hiclu, Taranaki, New Zealand, assignor to
Turn-Styles Limited, Stratford, New Zealand
Filed Jan. 29, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 10,822
Int. a. AOlj 05/00
U.S.CL 119—14.04 14 Claims
Apparatus particularly intended for use in milking animals
and including a horizontal circular platform which is mounted
for rotation about a central vertical axis smd is arranged to be
driven either intermittently or at a slow rate by any suitable
prime mover means. The platform has its peripheral part di-
vided into a plurality of animal receiving stalls disposed
generally radially, or at a slight angle to the radial line, open-
ing to the periphery of the platform and directed inwardly
thereof so that the animals hind quarters are at said periphery
3,709,197
EXERCISING APPARATL'S FOR HORSES
Corliss Champion Moseley, 1636 Summit Ridge Drive, Beverly
Hills, Calif.
Filed Jan. 7, 197 1 , Ser. No. 104,679
Int. CL AO Ik 7 i/00
l).S. CI. 119-29 11 Claims
^>o
91
75
:j
?8
.<^
1.
1
-?7-
1
1
f 1:
^r~
y^-y-^-^'
y--^m
,?6 W 4!
.37
-67
* *■»
■-a^
4? .
47'
a?
3tl
A mobile self -ope rating apparatus for exercising horses in-
cludes sidewalls defining a stall, a platform and guidewalls
leading up to the stall, and an exercising surface on the floor of
the stall. The stall is adapted to confine a horse within a
limited area during an exercising period, the platform and
guidewalls are collapsible to avoid interference with the travel
of the apparatus, and the exercising surface is adapted to walk
a horse within the stall at a predetermined u.niform rate. The
exercising surface is also adjustable to vary the walking rate of
a horse and means are provided to prevent movement of the
exercising surface when a horse is entering or leaving the stall
and to initiate movement of the exercising surface at the
beginning of an exercising period.
3,709,198
LIQUID HEATER AND STORAGE MEANS
Garold H. Williams, 43 West 100 South, Smithfield, Utah
Filed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,015
Int. CI. F22b 9/02
U.S. CI. 122— 14 5 Claims
A portable liquid container and heater unit that will con-
veniently aiKl quickly provide heated liquid. The unit com-
bines a heater housing assembly in which liquid is heated and a
detachable liquid storage reservoir A gas burner assembly
uses fuel supplied from a pressurized gas cylinder to generate
heat that is passed through tubes extending through a reser-
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
„ ^ „„_ /-<T7|-VTT7IT» AT A TVTT-X IV/1 li'f ' 1-1 a [V I I ' A I . 47u
January 9, 1973
lecting lines by way of channels accommodated m the crank-
^^ ', -«;i<^ V^^ y" ^ case of the engine.
- JS 26
Me
^H
3,709,201
LOW EMISSION INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE AND
METHOD OF IMPROVING COMBUSTION
Harvey A. Cook, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to TRW Inc.,
Cleveland. Ohio
FUed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,532
Int. CI. F02b 75\02
U.S.CL 123-64 4 Claims
that it can be carried without damage in the storage compart-
ment of a snowmobile or the like.
foivee
3,709,199
ROTARY INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
John William Molyneaux, 2010 Erskine Avenue, Silver Spring,
Md.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108393
InL CLF02b5i /OO
U.S. a. 123-8.47 6 Claims
ex/v^c/sr
\
I coM/xee.sstO'i
I EXPAAIS/O/i I
coMPeessjoM
A method for improving the combustion of an internal com-
bustion engine and an internal combustion engme havmg a
low exhaust emission characterized by subjecung the com-
pressed air-fuel mixture to an expansion and second compres-
sion step pnor to ignition to produce the power suoke. An ex-
ample of an embodiment of an engme mcorporalmg these fea-
tu*res is a six stroke engine having a power suoke, exhaust
stroke intake stroke, a fuel preparation compression stroke a
fuel preparation expansion stroke, and a compression stroke
ending in ignition.
A rotary internal combustion engine is provided employing
external rotors with inter-meshing gears, the rotors being
opened to the atmosphere for coolmg and to expel the explod-
ing gases which drive the gears by internal combustion so that
combustion is completed outside the engine in the presence of
air to consume unbumed hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide
in the manner of ordinary external combustion.
3,709,202
CRANKCASE DRAININGS RECYCLING SYSTEM
Peter W. Brown, Zion, lU., assignor to Outboard Manne Cor-
poration, Waukegan, III.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,513
Int. CI. F02b 33104; F02m 37/00
U.S. CI. 123-73 R 14 Claims
3,709,200
COOLING WATER CONDUIT SYSTEM IN INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Josef Relsachcr, FeUbach (Wurtt.), Germany, assignor to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkhemi,
Germany ^ ^.^
Filed April 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,262
Claims priority, application Germany, April 27, 1968, P 17
51 261.7
Int. CI. F02f 7 7/35. F02b 75120
U.S.CK 123-41.82 9 Claims
:r "_ 4
A cooling water conduit system for an internal combustion
engine especially for V-type engines in which several cylinder
Disclosed herein is a fuel supply system for a two-stroke en-
gine including a crankcase and a fuel feeding means, said
system comprising a fuel tank communicating with the fuel
feeding means and including a filler cap having means for seal-
ing the interior of the fuel tank from the atmosphere, and
means including a drainage tank commumcatmg through one-
way check valves with the fuel tank and the crankcase for con-
474
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
ducting drainings from the crankcase to the fuel tank, for
preventing escape of fuel vapor from the fuel tank when the
engine is not operating, and for venting of excessive vapor
pressure in the fuel tank to the fuel feeding means when the
engine is operating.
flow of crankcase vapors under cold engine starting and war-
mup conditions. When the thermostatic disc is heated to a
predetermined point by engine operation, it snaps open to a
position which permits a sufficient flow of crankcase vapors to
avoid any significant effect on the calibration of the flow con-
trol valve with which it is used.
3,709^03
ANTI-POLLUnON SYSTEM FOR INTERNAL
COMBLSTION ENGINES
Edward J. Cettin, Ventura; Jimmy P. Pappas, Camarilk), and
Sam E. Lager, Somis, all of Calif., assignors to Thermo-
Chem Systems, Inc., Wilming:ton, Del.
Filed July 16, 1971,Ser.No. 163^5
Int. CI. F02m 25106
U.S.C1. 123— I19A ' 15 Claims
J lEUff
I '.:,:.?^.
KjO • CO;
<Q)
i ,^«
I a>i<ii«
w 3:*':^'
4Z' A« ' ' r.Bsuicina
•ZZ} tiwur
ISISIL'IIE I
3,709^05
SHUTTLE TYPE LIQUID FUEL METERING DEVICE
Eric William Downing, SoUhuU, England, assignor to Joseph
Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
FUed July 20, 1971, Ser. No. 164^1 1
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 22, 1970,
35,415/70
Int. CI. F02m 39/00, F02b 3/00
U.S.C1. 123-139AM 4 Claims
10' L^V'^l^V''^
A system is presented for use with any internal combustion
engine to eliminate carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons and
nitrogen oxides from the engine exhaust. The system is sub-
stantially closed, eliminating the use of ambient air for com-
bustion of the fuel, and in place thereof utilizes oxygen
generated by the thermal decomposition of an alkali metal
perchlorate salt in the presence of a catalyst. Heat for the
generation of oxygen is provided by the exhaust from the en-
gine manifold. The exhaust and oxygen are then mixed in pro-
portions of 4; 1 , and the mixture blended with the fuel in the
carburetor for combustion in the engine.
A shuttle-type metering device for controlling a liquid fuel
supply to an internal combustion engine has a pair of shuttles
slidable within a rotor and defining three chambers in the ro-
tor, three ports in the rotor open into the respective chambers.
A stationary sleeve surrounds the rotor and has three rows of
ports with which the rotor ports respectively and successively
communicate as the rotor rotates. Each row of sleeve ports
has an even number of ports which are alternately arranged as
inlet and ouUet ports. The porting arrangement is arranged to
supply fuel to an engine having an odd number of cylinders.
3,709,204
CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Harold W. Noponen, Flint, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
FUed April 9, 197 1, Ser. No. 132,673
Int. a. F16k 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 123— 1 19 B 4 Claims
3,709,206
REGULATED IGNITION SYSTEM
Richard Stanley Myers, Branchburg, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,808
Int. CI. F02p 3/02
U.S.CI. 123-148E II Claims
112
110^ ,' J''
140
An internal combustion engine crankcase ventilation
system includes a flow control valve in a line connecting the
crankcase with the engine induction system so as to control
the flow of crankcase vapors to maintain a proper mixture in
the inlet charge. In preferred form, a thermostatic disc valve is
provided at one end of the flow control vzilve to shut off the
Disclosed is an ignition system for an internal combustion
engine wherein a regulating transistor regulates the energy
stored in the primary winding of an ignition coU. A spark con-
trol transistor is responsive to the operation of the engine to
cause the energy stored in the primary winding to induce a
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
475
high voltage in the secondary winding of the coil which in turn the group constituted by sodium fluoride and/or magnesium
is used to provide a high energy spark to the spark plugs via fluoride. The mixture may additionally comprise potassium
the distributor.
3,709,207
DL\MOND DRESSING TOOL
Arthur T. Kohlstrunk, Livonia, Mich., assignor to Abrasive
Diamond Tool Company, Madison Heights, Mich.
FUed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,419
Int. CI. B24b 53/72
U.S.CL 125—11 N 4 Claims
A diamond dressing tool comprising a body having a shank,
an insert holder mounted on said body and a diamond insert
press fitted into said insert holder. The insert holder and body
have radially extending surfaces which are engaged with one
another and a drive screw holds the body and insert holder in
assembled relation.
3,709,208
StrRFACE HEATING DEVICE
WiUiam M. SchmldgaU, Mapleton, 111., assignor to Technologi-
cal Products, Inc., Peoria, Dl.
FUed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,41 1
Int.CI. EOlhJ/70
U.S. CI. 126—271.2 A 9 Claims
A surface heating device comprising a housing supported on
a mobile vehicle and having a blower at one end thereof and
panel means dividing the housing into an upper inlet duct and
a lower outlet duct that opens downwardly onto a surface to
be treated. A blower is supported at one end of the housing
and a furnace is supported within the inlet duct so that air will
move through, in and around the firebrick of the furnace and
move first to the blower and then through the outlet duct and
onto the surface.
fluoride and/or calcium fluoride. TAc heat accumulator is
suitable for supplying thermal energy tb a hot-gas engine and
for use in heat accumulating ovens.
3,709,210
BED PATIENT ISOLATION SYSTEM
Frank E. Matthews, Reston, Va., assignor to Environmental
General Corporation, Alexandria, Va.
FUed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,045
Int CI. A61b7 9/00
U.S.CI. 128— IR 12 Claims
A bed patient isolation unit for isolating infection-suscepti-
ble patients from their environment or vice versa has a rigid
frame of specially-formed beams supporting an enclosure in-
cluding flexible side walls of transparent plastic sheeting
equipped with pseudopodal sleeve-glove arms by means of
which sterile manual access to the interior isolation area of the
unit is provided. A filter-pump device at one end of the unit
has air inlet and air outlet areas in the end wall providing a
laminar flow of filtered air from the outlet area at a slight posi-
tive pressure with respect to the ambient, so that external con-
taminated air cannot enter the isolation area.
3,709,209
HEAT ACCLTVILTLATOR
Johann Schroder, Aachen, Germany, assignor to U.S. Philips
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174357
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Aug. 29, 1970,
7012830; June 23, 1971, 7108625
Int. CI. F24b 7100
U.S. CI. 1 26—400 6 Claims
A heat accumulator which comprises a eutectic mixture of
LiF and fluoride having a melting point of less than 850° C of
3,709^11
DL\GNOSTlC MYELOGRAPHY NEEDLE
Frvd B. Hawkins, 51 10 Courvflle, Toledo, Ohio
FUed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,959
Int. a. A6 lb 70/00
U.S.a. 128— 2A 3Cbiiiiis
A surgical needle for injecting and removing fluid material
from channels of the human body such as the spinal canal. The
needle is provided with a lumen closed by a stylus during in-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
■ 29
476
.nion. ^ stilus is ren^ved for pen.«n,g the .n jc^ <;f ^^^ ^ :^:^:^^:^:^^^^^^^
fluxd and a second stylus smaUer than the lumen and project- sUeam. f^;,';^ ff^^;"^/,,^,,,^,^ power source to produce a
radial air pattern in the tube Mounted on the outer circum-
ference of the tube is a collector port adapted to capture the
diverging jet stream, the collector being coupled to a f^uw
transducer for converting the jet flow rate into corresponding
electrical values. When the subject stream is blown into the
tube the radial air pattern is deflected away from the collector
to an extent depending on the flow rate of the subject stream,
thereby producing a proportional change in the electrical out-
put which may be indicated or recorded, or fed mto a com-
puter for comparison with established norms.
ing beyond the end of the needle is inserted to prevent the
body tissues from closing the lumen during aspiration of the
injected fluids.
3,709^12
MULTICHANNEL ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH HAVING
ONE LESS INPLT AMPLIFIERS THAN THE NUMBER OF
SIGNALS TO BE MEASURED U.S.Cl. iz»
William E. Koeblhz, LyiKttiurst, Ohio, assignor to Gould Inc.,
Chicago, ni.
Filed Aug. 5. 1970, Ser. No. 61,165
Int-a.A61b5/04
U.S. CI. 128—2.06 B
3,709,214
GAS OBTURATING METHOD
Jack R. Robertson. 1430 E. Main Street, Santa Ynez. Calif.
Division o( Ser. No. 885,248. Dec. 15, 1969. abandoned. This
applicationOct.27. 1971. Ser. No. 193,217
Int.CI.A61b //OO
5 CUims
8 Claims
J6
An electrocardiograph is described wherein one less input
amplifier than the number of signals to be measured is coupled
to circuitry for combining the signals with various scale factors
to provide several different signals at different measunng ter-
minals, s
3,709.213
FLUTD-POWERED FLOWTVIETER FOR MEASURING LOW
FLOW RATES
John S. Yard. Warminster. Pa., assignor to Fischer & Porter
Co., Warminster, Pa.
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,747
Int.a.A61b5/0S
U.S. a. 128-2.08 4 Claims
/S
^i^iii£.^af^^2^^^
^2
^^
A fluid-powered flowmeter for measuring the flow rate of
human breath or other relatively low jevels of flow. The meter
A method of diagnosis and/or therapy of an internal part of
the body accessible from an adjacent body opening, charac-
terized by the use of an endoscope having a passageway
therein which terminates in a tubular distal end insertable mto
the opening and into close proximity to the desired body part,
and including the steps of; placing the tubular distal end of the
endoscope at the proximal end of the body opening. While
simultaneously introducmg a gas under pressure into the
passageway in the endoscope at a rate such that the gas enter-
' ing the body opening ahead of the tubular distal end of the en-
doscope acts as an obturator facilitating insertion so that the
endoscope may be moved longitudinally of the body openmg.
and performing an indicated diagnostic and/or therapeutic
operation on the desired body part through the passageway in
the endoscope during and/or after movement of the tubular
distal end of the instrument Tongitudinally of the body open-
ing The method includes the additional step of visually ex-
amining the walls of the body opening through the passageway
in the endoscope as the tubular distal end of the instrument is
moved longitudinally of the body opening so that the walls of
the body opening are examined before the instrument can
have any traumatic effect thereon. The tubular dista end of
the endoscope comprises a removable barrel suitable for a
particular diagnostic and/or therapeutic operation and
replaceable bv a different barrel suitable for a different diag-
nostic and/or therapeutic operation. Thus, the endoscope may
be used as an anoscope, a proctoscope, a sigmoidoscope, a
coloposcope, a hysteroscope. a culdoscope. a" «'""'°.f ^P^; ^
urethroscope, a cystoscope. a laparoscope, and the like. The
barrel may carry an inflatable cuff where appropriate to pro-
vide a substantially gas tight seal between the barrel and the
periphery of the proximal end of the body opening
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
477
3 709 215 3,709^17
ANTERIOR V AGIN ALRETRACTOR FOR VAGINAL INTERMITTENT TRACTION DEVICE
ANTERIOR ^^^*'^^^jj*^f^*£^Y Samuel P. Powers, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Pulsar Corpora-
Stanley M. Richmond, 331 Eugene Medical Center, Eugene, tion, Dallas Tex.
Oreg.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,91 1
Int. CI. A61b 17102, A61m 29100
U.S.CI. 128-20
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111^51
Int. CLA61h 7/02
U.S.CL 128-75 10 Claims
2 Claims
A triangular base member fits between the flexed thighs and
bears downward against the suprapubic area of the lowest part
of the abdomen. An adjustable angular extension on the base
member has a downturned end portion adjustably connected
with an upturned end portion of an L-shaped retractor blade.
The blade has a horizontal insertable portion which presses
upwardly against the vaginal wall giving the surgeon exposure
and operating space and at the same time protecting the
urethra and urinary bladder. The inserted portion of the blade
underlies the base member and operates in the manner of a
clamp wherein the downward pressure exerted exteriorly
against the abdomen by the base member applies an upward
pressure to the retractor blade The anterior retractor is used
in conjunction with a conventional weighted lower or posteri-
or retractor.
A device is provided for applying intermittent traction to a
patient wherein a cable and weight assembly are mounted on a
frame and a motor having a linkage mounted on the output
shaft engages the cable to lift the weight and relieve the ten-
sion in the cable during one half a revolution of the motor and
during the the other half revolution of the motor the weight is
released to apply traction to the patient.
3,709,218
COMBINATION INTRAMEDULLARY FIXATION AND
EXTERNAL BONE COMPRESSION APPARATUS
William X. Halloran, 440 Fair Drive, Costa Mesa, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 737,637, June 17, 1968. This
application April 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,697
Int.CI.A61f5/04
U.S.CI. 128-92A 13 Claims
3,709,216
SPINE-ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM
Byron L. Hilyard, 3837 English Avenue, Indianapolis, Ind.,
and Mario C. Santarossa, 5957 Wycombe Lane, Indi-
anapolis. Ind.
Filed Aug. 2. 1971, Ser. No. 168,024
Int. CI. A6 If 5/.? 7
U.S. CI. 128-69 7 Claims
.*4 ,. j.-^
A rigid body-support and a rigid retainer provide rigid sup-
port of a person's hips and pelvic bones, achieving, when the
person causes his upper torso to swing, a spinal "adjustment"
of the spinal vertebrae.
A combination intramedullary fixation and external bone
compression apparatus for applying fixation and compression
to a bone which has been fractured transversely to form two
longitudinal fragments Such fixation device includes an elon-
gated intrameduUary rod for extending substantially the full
length of the intramedullary canal of the fractured bone The
intramedullary rod includes a plurality of longitudinally
spaced through transverse screw-receiving slots. A compres
sion device is provided which includes a plate for being
disposed exteriorally of the bone and spanning the fracture
Such plate uicludes screw-receiving bores disposed on op-
posite sides of the fracture whereby an incision may be made
in the injured limb adjacent the fracture and the rod inserted
478
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
through such incision and into the intramedullary canal off
one of the bone fragments. The rod may then be driven into
the intramedullary canal to drive the leading end of the rod
out of one end of the bone fragment sufficiently far to cause
the trailing end of such rod to be totally received within such
one fragment. Thereafter, the bone fragments may be set and
the projecting end of the rod driven back into the intramedul-
lary canal to drive the opposite end of the rod into the second
bone fragment to thereby cause such rod to span the fracture
and provide support against transverse shifting of the two
bone fragments Thereafter, the compression plate may be
placed on the exterior of the bone spanning the fracture and
the fracture put in compression. Holes may then be drilled in
the bone wall on opposite sides of the fracture and in align-
ment with the screw-receiving bores in the compression plate
and certain of the slots m the rod and screws inserted to main-
tain the fracture in compression.
posite end of the tube The tube receives a substantial portion
of an impervious bag including the closed end thereof and car-
ries the remainder of the bag on the exterior thereof, the tube
having sufficient rigidity to insert the bag in position in a
urethra.
3,709,221
MICROPOROUS NONADHERENT SURGICAL DRESSING
Phyllis RIely, Massapequa, N.Y., assignor to Pall Corporation,
GknCove,N.Y.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, S«r. No. 878,716
Int. CI. A6 11/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 128-156 11 Claims
3,709,219
BONE COMPRESSION DEVICE
William X. Halloran, 440 Fair Drive, CosU Mesa, CaUf .
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 804,729. March 5, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
737,688, June 17, 1968, abandoned. This application Nov. 27,
1970, Ser. No. 93,173
Int. CI. A6 If 5/04
U.S. CI. 128-92 A 10 Claims
A composite surgical dressing that is highly absorbent,
capable of preventing leakage or exudation from open wounds
and capable of preventing contamination from entering or
escaping from the wound, comprising an outer microporous,
liquid-repellent fibrous layer having a maximum pore size of
0.5 micron, and a voids volume of at least 50 percent; an inner
macroporous, fibrous layer, the body-contacting face of which
is non-wetted by body fluids; and a highly absorbent inter-
mediate layer between the outer and inner layers.
- 6
A bone compression device including first and second arms
having respective first and second pins mounted thereon and
projecting from one end thereof. First and second pairs of first
and second couplings are rotatably mounted in spaced apart
relationship on the respective arms. Externally threaded
tightening rods screw through the respective first couplings
and are rotatably connected with the second couplings
whereby the pms may be engaged with bores formed in a frac-
tured bone on opposite sides of a fracture and the rods rotated
to draw the arms together and compress the fracture.
3,709,222
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC
PERITONEAL DIALYSIS
James H. DeVries, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Sams, Inc.,
Ann Arbor, Mich.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,636
Int. CI. A61m 5100
U.S. CI. 128-213 . 21 Claims
22«
3,709,220
APPLICATOR FOR AN INTERNAL PROPHYLACTIC
APPLIANCE
Albert C. Boyden, 4306 Procter Place, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,452
Int. CI. A61f 73/00,5/46
U.S.CL 128-132 R ' 4Claims
CMAMBC*
The applicator comprises a tube having an opening at one
end and a handle for manipulating the applicator at the op-
A method and apparatus for automatic peritoneal dialysis
which includes a series of steps for the exchange of dialysate
which proportions the inflow to the out-flow and provides for
the elimination of any distressing in-flow or out-flow pressures
on the patient and any abnormal buUd-up of fluid quantity in
the patient. The apparatus includes a portable bed-side unit
which carries the necessary pumps and valves for the auto-
matic cycle and includes a disposable plastic sheet unit sup-
ported on the apparatus which is positioned such that pumps
and valves in the apparatus can operate on this unit when in
place.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
479
3,709^23 3,709,225
CONTAMINATION-PREVENTING SHEATH AND HGURE CONTOURING MASK
RETAINING SLEEVT FOR INTRAVENOUS CATHETER Jack Sobel, 25 Potter Street, Patcbogue, N.Y.
. - . _ . « .. .r . !?:■ 1 rv ^1 IOTA C»_ KIo itU
Fidel Villaluna Macalalad, Lake Forest, and Dean R. Katem-
dahl, Whcaton, both of 111., assignors to Abbott Laboratories,
N. Chicago, 01.
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,519
Int. a. A61m 5100
U.S. CI. 128—214.4 8 Claims
Disclosed herein is a contamination-preventing sheath
fitting over the portion of a catheter tube extending from the
hub of a cannula needle in an inUavenous catheter assembly.
The catheter assembly for which the device of the present in-
vention is particularly designed includes a protective sheath
formed of at least two like portions, the sheath extending over
the cannula needle and swingably connected to the hub
thereof. An annular sleeve is provided over the sheath to
clamp the two halves together and protect the patient against
injury once the catheter tube has been inserted and the needle
removed. The sheath for protection against contamination of
the catheter tube extends beneath the sleeve and can be readi-
ly removed from beneath the sleeve once the assembly is posi-
tioned for connection to an administration set.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,125
Int.Cl.A6 If 7/00
U.S. CI. 128-254
8 Claims
A figure contouring mask having an absorbent surface to
retain a figure contouring lotion in contact with the chin and
the upper portion of the neck and held tightly in place by
elastic head bands and elastic neck bands.
3,709^26
SURGICAL NEEDLE HOLDER
Manuel V. Santos, 1 15 Ferry Street, Newark, N J.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,597
Int. CI. A61b 7 7/06
U.S. CI. 128— 340
29 28
4 Claims
3,709,224
SHEATH ASSEMBLY FOR DOUCHE NOZZLE
Sol B. Fielding, 1 1930 Kearsarge Street, Los Angeles, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 35,682, May 8, 1970,
abandoned. This application Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,205
Int. a. A61m 3/00
U.S. a. 128-239 27 Claims
A surgical needle holder having a pair of grasping jaws
movable in opposition to each other in response to elongated
scissor arms which are pivotally mounted to each other, at the
jaws being offset from the plane of movement of the scissor
arms, at least one of the jaws comprising a hemispherical
member rotatably mounted to one of the offsets and engagea-
ble to the opposing jaw upon movement of the arms toward
each other.
3,709,227
ENDOTRACHEAL TUBE WITH POSITTV E CHECK
VALVE AIR SEAL
Ronald HamUton Hayv*ard, Temple, Tex., assignor to Scott
and White Memorial Hospital and Scott, Sherwood and
Brindley Foundation, Temple, Tex.
Filed April 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,627
Int. a. A61m 25/00
U.S.a. 128— 351 3 Claims
A sheath structure to be received about a douche nozzle lip
including a deformable liquid permeable sheath or cushion
body containing a passage into which the douche nozzle may
project, with a tubular liner stiffer than the sheath body
received within that body and about the nozzle and preferably
having an inner end wall engageable by the nozzle to prevent
its projection through the end of the sheath body. The tubular
element may have a shoulder or shoulders engageable with the
nozzle in a fluid sealing relation, to prevent liquid from passing
outwardly along the outside of the nozzle.
An endotracheal tube for ventilation of the lungs wherein a
valve member is provided to seal against the walls of the
trachea and wherein said valve has a flexible lip mounted on a
hollow flexible body and wherein said body is inflated by forc-
ing gas into the patient's lungs.
480
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
' 3,709^28
APPARATUS FOR FACIAL STIMULATION
Donald E. Barker, 15225 Vanowen Street, Van Nuys, Calif.
Filed Jan. 7, 1971,Ser. No. 104,609
Int.a.A61n7/75
U.S. CI. 128—410 16 Claims
3,709,230
BRASSIERE
Alberta Penny Rich, 9814 Kilarney Drive, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Jan. 27, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 10^10
Int.CI.A41ci/00
U.S.C1. 128— 486
A device for electrically stimulating the facial nerves and
thereby the facial muscles of a user, and preferably mcluding a
frame which rests on and is supported by the nose and ears of
a user, and has deformable arms projecting from opposite side
portions of the frame and carrying electrodes for contacting
the user's skin.
3,709,229
FREE-RUNNING ATRIAL AND DEMAND VENTRICULAR
PACER
Barough V. Berkovits, Newton Highlands, Mass.. assi^inur lo
American Optical Corporation, Southbridge, Mass.
ContinuatioD-in-part of Ser. No. 810,519, March 26, 1969,
Pat. No. 3,595,242. This application Feb. 9, 197 1, Ser. No.
113,877
Int.CLA61n7/J4
U.S. a. 128- 419 P 6 Claims
■» »•
An atrial and ventricular (bifocal) demand pacer. A device
is disclosed for providing electrical stimulation to the atrium
after a first pre -determined time, and to the ventncle after a
second pre-determined time, where both pre-determined
times are measured from the last natural heart-beat. The pacer
monitors the ventricular endocardial electrogram and pro-
grams both the atrial and the ventricular stimulation ac-
cordingly. In patients with atrial bradycardia but normal AV
conduction, only the atria are stimulated. When the condition
is complicated with AV block, both the atria and the ventri-
cles are pacer-controlled. The interval between the atrial and
ventricular stimulation is selected to facilitate the proper
atrio-ventricular timing sequence. The pacer does not com-
pete with spontaneous ventricular contractions. A free-
running atrial and ventricular demand pacer is disclosed for
treating patients suffering from sinus arrest (no spontaneous
atrial activity) concurrent with intermittent AV block.
9 Claims
A brassiere including a pair of breast uplifting support
bands suspended by an elastic panel structure connected with
chest encircling structure. The elastic panel structure is
secured along the lower edges and the outward ends of the
support bands and engage the chest of the wearer. Each of the
support bands includes integral end portions forming truss tri-
angles which aid in distributing the forces involved in breast
support and contour. The shape, manner of suspension, a
grain of the material forming the breast support bands pro-
vides optimum supporting and shaping of each of the breasts
of the wearer. A suspension band extends along the upper
sides and across the top of each breast and is connected with
the support band for the encircled breast. A breast covering
cup is secured with each elastic panel over each support band
encircling panel providing a non-supporting covering for the
breast encircled by the band. Each breast support band is
drawn substantially taut along a generally straight line below
the breast supported by the band while the arcuate shape of
the upper edge of the band permits the band to form a proper
breast supp>orting shape which retains its shape and does not
turn down at its apex. Adjustable fasteners are provided at the
back of the chest encircling structure, and adjustable shoulder
straps are removably secured from the apex of each of the
breast encircling suspension bands extending rearwardly to a
back portion of the chest encircling band providing a shoulder
strap for each shoulder of the wearer for symmetrical support
of the brassiere along both the back and chest of the wearer.
3,709,231
MULTI-BEATER THRESHER
Olin L. Looker, Mflford; Frederick A. Zemke, Hoopcston;
David R. Knicdy, Rossville; Russell V. Rouse, and l.arry L.
Slates, both of Hoopeston, all of III., assignors to FMC Cor-
poration, San Jose, Calif.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,900
Int. CI. AO Id
U.S. a. 130—30 H 19 Claims
A legume harvester has a large rotating screen and a central
beater and four satellite beaters. An upfeed stripper beater
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
481
receives material from the upfeed side of the screen and a con-
trol beater beneath receives material from the upfeed stripper.
The control beater flings the material to the central beater
which in turn flings it to the screen for sieving. A downfeed
stripper beater strips material from the screen and flings it
back to the central beater. In one embodiment a sieving beater
receives the material from the cenual beater and flings it to a
lower portion of the screen for sieving. In another embodi-
ment the central beater flings the material against the screen
for sieving. Then, a second downfeed stripper beater strips the
material from the screen and returns it to the central beater
which flings it to a lower portion of the screen for sieving. A
smaller diameter screen version employs only three satellite
beaters.
3,709,232
METHOD FOR MAKING TOBACCO WEBS AND STRINGS
Lars Edvln Lilja, 124 43 Farsta, and Erik Ame WaUberg, 552
66 Jonkoping. both of Sweden, assignors to Arenco Ak-
tiebolag, Vallingby, Sweden
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,722
lnt.Cl.A24bi//4
U.S.CI. 131 — 140C 15 Claims
Lengthy tobacco webs or strings are formed of a pasty mass
which contains finely disintegrated tobacco by introducing
said mass in a gap between at least two rolls or the like of a
pair of rolls, those surfaces of which, which are in engagement
with the tobacco mass, travel in closed trajectories. The tobac-
co webs or strings are made to follow a predetermined one of
said surfaces and to come loose from the other surface by in-
tentionally selecting as said predetermined surface a surface
having a greater adhesiveness in respect of said tobacco mass
than the other surface in the respective pair of rolls.
3,709,233
TOBACCO PIPE CONSTRUCTION
Saivatore Stelitano, 324 13th Street, Pittsburgh. Pa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 13,354, Feb. 24, 1970, abandoned.
This application Oct. 27, 1971, Ser. No, 193,223
Int. CI. A24t01/28, 05110
U.S.CI. 131— 176 2Claims
A tobacco pipe comprising a bowl closed at one end and
open at its other end to receive tobacco to be smoked. A pipe
stem assembly is inserted into and closes the open end of the
bowl after it is loaded with tobacco; while the tobacco is ig-
nited by a match or lighter through a small opening in the side
of the bowl adjacent its closed end. The side opening is
preferably provided with a sliding cover. In this manner, the
burning tobacco is enclosed by the bowl, preventing spillage
of ignited embers and possible damage to clothes, rugs, furni-
ture and the like. The bowl of the pipe is preferably lined with
an aluminum or the like liner. This enables the bowl to be con-
structed from a wood other than the more expensive briar
wood ordinarily used.
3,709,234
HAIR STYLING TEMPLATE
Robert Seerahn, 1 103 Navarino Street, Algoma, Wis,
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157^24
Int. CI. A45d 24136
U.S.CI. 132— 45 R
4 Claims
A frame, shaped somewhat like a spectacle frame, fits over
the nose and ears. Templates may be slipped on to the temples
or the nose piece of the frame to assist in shaping sideburns or
mustache. A calibrated scale locates the template position.
3,709,235
TRAVEL CASES
Oliver K. Washburn, White Bear Lake. .Minn., and Robert M.
Washburn, Mahtomedi, Minn., assignors to W. (). Wash-
burn & Sons, Inc.. St. Paul. Minn.
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,063
Int. CI. \ASd 27122,34100; B65d 251 iO
U.S. CI. 1 32— 80 R 4 Claims
20 22
21 -V
A compact travel case and storage case having individual-
ized bottle compartments that partially conform to the shape
of the bottles to thereby hold the bottles in a position where
they can readily be viewed and removed by the user.
3,709,236
DISHWASHER
Thomas R. Fiekl, Indianapolis, and Clinton H. Beckwith,
Knightstown, both of Ind., assignors to Jenn-Air Corpora-
tion, Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 882^55
InL CI. B08b 3102
U.S. CI. 134-104 6 Claims
A side-by-side top loading dishwasher in combination with a
sink wherein the wall therebetween Ln conjunction with a
482
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
specific closure for the dishwasher is adapted to direct ac-
cidental water overflow into the sink. A disk-shaped spray
when retracted for storage, and from which the cover and
Slays are propelled axially to open in an outwardly expanding
head overlies the heating element to protect dishes from direct
radiation. Its spmning action directs waste particles centrifu-
gally to the outer periphery of the machine.
3,709^3''
SPORTSMAN'S BI.IM)
Donald K. Smtth, 727 West Outer Drive, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,628
Int. CI. E04h ; 7100
U.S.CI. 135— 5R 4 Claims
^ *•
■'\'
direction to provide a top cover adapted to be carried by
means of the central tubular handle.
3,709,239
SAFETY BLOWOUT
Charies W. Morck, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Selas
Corporation of America
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,579
Int. CI. F16k 7 7/40
U.S. CI. 137-68 4 Claims
The invention is a safety blowout for use in combustion
systems that is provided with a rupture disc which will break at
a predetermined pressure. The disc is so made that when it
ruptures, portions thereof will tear and bend outwardly
without any flying particles.
There is disclosed a portable, collapsible sportsman's blind
comprising a lower course of side-by -side rigid hinged sections
and an upper course of similar side-by-side rigid hinged sec-
tions. The upper and lower courses are hinged together. When
installed, a partial enclosure may be provided by folding the
sections with respect to each other. When collapsed for trans-
port, the courses as well as the sections may be folded into jux-
taposition.
3,709,238
UMBRELLA
Norbert Leopoldi, 4180 Marine Drive, Chkrago, 111., and Ken-
neth C. Rolin, Sr., 28 Hillside Avenue, Grayslake, HI.
Filed March 26, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 28,307
Int. CI. A45b 79/00
U.S. CI. 135-20 R 4 Claims
A retractable umbrella having a central tubular storage han-
dle into which a top cover and multiple stays slide or telescope
3,709,240
FROST HEAVE-PROTECTED SHUT-OFF VALVE WITH
LOCKABLE NIPPLE
August Mik), Hillside, N J., assignor to Universal Valve Com-
pany, Inc., Elizabeth, N J.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,442
Int. CI. F16I 27/72, F16k / 7136
U.S. CL 137—68 1 Claim
A frost heave-protectmg shut-off valve consists of a lower
body portion having a lever-connected valve flap connectable
to a fusible link mounting designed to hold the flap normally
open. A bonnet portion is attached to the upper part of the
body and it has a shear groove connecting with the link, and a
circumferential groove and a retaining ring in the circum-
ferential groove. A sealing sleeve having a threaded sealing
union member at its lower end is connected in slidable and
sealing engagement with the bonnet portion. The union
member has a flange designed to stop further upward move-
ment of the sleeve when the flange engages the ring. A nipple,
having its lower end slidably tng ..-;ed m the upper portion of
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
483
the sleeve, and serving as the valve outlet, also has a circum- 3,709^2
ferential groove on its portion within the sleeve. The sleeve PRESSURE REGULATOR
also has a threaded sealing union member at its upper end in Charies P. Chase, La Habra, Calif., assignor to Beckman In-
slidable and sealing engagement with the nipple end, and the stniment. Inc.
union member also has a flange. A spring retaining ring is Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,202
Int. CI. F16k 37/745
U.S.CL 137-81 1 Claim
.52
40
disposed around the nipple and is retained by the latter flange
in a manner such that, in the event the nipple is pulled out of
the sleeve until the nipple groove reaches the spring ring, the
latter ring will snap into the nipple groove and lock the nipple
against any further upward movement.
3,709,241
FILL LIMITER. CHECK AND SAFETY VALVE
Robert W. Mcjones, 529 Via Del Monte, Pak>s Verdes Estates,
Calif.
Filed Dec. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 97,061
Int. a. F16k 7 7/40
L.S.CL 137—71 3 Claims
A pressure regulator employing a hollow bellows containing
a precise amount of gas which provides the reference pressure
source for the regulator. The bellows is mounted in one
chamber of the regulator housing while a valve element is
mounted in a second chamber. One end of the element ex-
tends through a port interconnecting the two chambers and is
connected to the bellows. An inlet port in the housing commu-
nicates with the chamber containing the valve element while
an outlet port provides communication between the bellows
chamber and the exterior of the housing. As pressure in-
creases at the outlet port, the bellows compresses causing the
valve element to close the port interconnectmg the two cham-
bers within the housing.
3,709,243
SWITCH DEVICE FOR FLLTDIC LOGICAL CIRCLTT
Andre Wieme, Zwevegem, Belgium, assignor to N. V. Bekaert
S. A., Zwevegero, Belgium
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,017
Claims priority, application Netherlands, July I, 1969,
6910039
Int. CLF15C 7/05, 5/00
U.S. a. 137—81.5 7 Claims
A fill limiter, check and safety valve has a body with an inlet
passage for receiving gas from a source, an outlet passage for
passing gas to tanks to be charged and a check valve between
the two passages which prevents flow from the outlet passage
to the inlet passage and, in addition, prevents inlet pressure
from exceeding a predetermined level. A safety passage opens
into the inlet passage and is capped by a burst disc assembly. A
plug or fitting caps the bore in which the valving element is
disposed and is adapted to lead to a gauge. The fitting has an
orifice to prevent pressure surges from affecting gauge
readings.
A switch device or element for a fluidic logical circuit, and
more particularly to the construction of two airtight combined
bodies, e.g., plates, between which a perforated foil is present.
484
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
The two combined bodies have recesses cooperating with 3,709»246
openings through the foU to form a plurality of chambers and WATER INLET CONTROL MEANS FOR TOILET TANKS
channels Fluids passed through the chambers and channels Henry J. Kachergis, 89 Larchmont Avenue, Waterbury, Conn.
then function as fluid logical circuit elements in the form of. Elkd July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,103
forexample.gates, amplifiers, etc. Int. Ci. F16k 45/00
VS. a. 137-216
3,709,244
FREE FOIL FLOW CONTROL DEVICE
Hanni Zadow, and Herbert Zadow, both of 17 Rosedaie Road,
Stockport, England
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,659
Int-CLF16k5///2
U.SO. 137— 106 22 Claims
ti-r
The invention provides a fluid flow control valve having a
chamber with one inlet and at least one outlet and a movable
plate or foil movable within the chamber to open and close the
outlet or outlets. Control means communicate with the
chamber to actuate the plate or foil and said control means
may be pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical or mechanical Two
or more of the control valves can be coupled together to form
a valve assembly.
3,709,245
CONTROL VALVE AND PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
Joseph O'Connor, Jr., Goshen, N.Y., assignor to Kicley &
Mueller, Inc., Mkidletown, N.Y.
FUedFeb. 5, 1971,Ser. No. 112^90
Int. CLF 16k 47/00 »
U.S.CL251 — 127 9Clafans
'1Bi 'tl
The control valve has a stator which imparts a swirl to the
flow of fluid and a rotor which is rotated under the swirl of
fluid. Energy is absorbed from the rotor in various ways. In
one instance, the rotation of the rotor is subjected to a drag
force which is induced in opposition to the force of rotation in
order to control the pressure drop in the flow. In another in-
stance, the rotation of the rotor is used to store electrical ener-
gy which can be used for other purposes throughout the
process system.
7 Claims
u
An improved water inlet control for toilet tanks of light
weight simple construction, has an inverted U-shaped deflec-
tor channel for conducting water from an upwardly discharg-
ing cutoff valve to a down spout leading into the tank. The
water is not forced to change direction abruptly at any point.
The open channel itself serves as a true vacuum breaker,
without pulling in air during normal operation, and the float
controlled valve may function as a check valve when the float
is down, thus giving complete assurance against the possibility
of back flow if a vacuum should occur in the supply pipe.
3,709,247
MULTI-PURPOSE PISTON VALVE
Verion C. Roth, and Arden J. Roth, both of 2279 Trinway
Avenue, Simi Valley, CaUf .
FilcdJune7, 1971,Ser. No. 150,454
Int.a.F16kJ//5<S
U.S. a. 137—271 7 Claims
tU ^/ff, .MC ./«/
^av
A pneumatically controllable, two-way fluid shut-off valve
convertible to either of three normal operating states. A hous-
ing includes a tubular sidewall defining a chamber elongated
between first and second chamber ends, a ring-shaped spring
stop is affixed in sealing relation around the inside of the
sidewall spaced away from and sudjacent to the flrst chamber
end. The housing also includes an end cap connected to the
sidewall at the first end of the chamber and comprises a first
inputVoutput port, a separating wall in between the first port
and the chamber and at least one passage between the
chamber and the first port and a second end cap removably af-
fixed to the sidewall at the second end of the chamber. The
second end cap has a second ring-shaped spring stop extend-
ing into the chamber and a second input/output port extend-
ing from the exterior to the chamber. A removable tubular-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
485
shaped shut-off piston is mounted in the chamber having a
ring-shaped third stop affixed in sealing arrangement around
the piston intermediate the ends thereof. The piston has a
second end slidably mounted in the second port and the first
end is adapted for sealing engagement with the separating
wall. The piston is slidable between a shut-off position against
the separating wall and an open position spaced away from the
separating wall. The first, second and third spring stops are
positioned and constructed to leave space for a compressed
bias spring on either side of the third stop, regardless of the
position of the piston. Separate sliding seals are provided in
between the third stop and the sidewall, in between the first
stop and the piston and in between the second port and the
piston. First and second pneumatic control ports, respectively,
pass through the housing to the chamber at a position which is
on opposite sides of the third stop regardless of the position of
the piston.
3,709048
MULTIPLE VALVE MODULE
Christoph W. Aurich, Clemson; John C. Bryant, Fort Mill,
both of S.C., and James R. Riley, Sunley, N.C., assignors to
Gaston County Dyeing Machine Company, Stanley, N.C.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,172
Int. a. F16k/ 9/00
U.S. CL 137—271 2 Claims
K3^
WATER
IMC
A multiple valve module is provided by which a given
supply fluid may be selectively distributed to any of a group of
stations to be suppUed, or any of a group of supply fluids may
be selectively fed to a given station. The module includes a
manifold having an exterior valve mounting surface through
which a series of spaced flow ports open, valve means
separately mounted at each of a selected plurality of the flow
ports, a blocking element separately mounted at any flow port
not occupied by valve means and means for connecting the
manifold in a flow line or optionally in tandem with another
module.
3,709,249
PROTECTION DEVICE FOR THE OPERATING MEMBER
OF A FIRE HYDRANT
Raul Ralph Diaz, 123 Clinton Place, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,915
Int.CLF16ki5/06
U,S. CL 137-296 5 Claims
The polygonal operating member of a fire hydrant is encir-
cled and concealed by a washer and collar. The collar has a
shoulder encircled and concesded by an outer member which
rotates on the collar but is axially fixed to the latter. The collar
is rotationally and axially fixed to the operating member for
the application of torque to the latter. The collar is moreover
provided with a flat chordal face exposed.^)etween the washer
and outer member for engagement by a special wrench. The
wrench has two legs cooperatively defining a cylindrical sur-
face with a flat chordal face thereon.
3,709,250
APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING SERVICE LINES
TO MAINS
Marcus L. Bates, Odessa, Tex., assignor to T. D. Williamson,
Inc., Tulsa, Okla.
Division of Ser. No. 000,930, Jan. 6, 1970, Pat. No. 3,612,082,
which b a continuation of Ser. No. 774,802, July 15, 1968,
which is a division of Ser. No. 620,738, , Pat. No. 3,396,745.
This application Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 176^12
Int. CLB23b 47/05, F16e 47/04
U.S.CL137— 318 9 Claims
A device for facilitating the act of connecting a service line
to a flowing main line. A gate type valve is rigidly attached to
the main line and a barrel is removably afifixed to the valve and
is adapted to cooperate with a mandrel which includes a
shaped charge at one extremity thereof. The mandrel
cooperates with the barrel to enable the shaped charge to be
positioned adjacent the main line, whereupon the explosive
shaped charge perforates the main line when a detonator is ac-
tivated. The mandrel is retrieved along with the barrel to ena-
ble further use of the device. The invention also comprehends
a mandrel that can be affixed between the gate valve and the
flowing main line by including a recoil device in conjunction
therewith. The invention fvirther includes a shaped charge that
is adapted to be fabricated into the ball member of a ball type
valve.
3,709,251
MOBILE COLLAPSIBLE SCAFFOLD
Warren H. Manor, 431 Raminda, La Puente, Calif.
Filed Sept 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,306
Int. CL F16I 5100
U.S. a. 137-343
1 Claim
A mobile collapsible scaffold having a base frame mounting
a supporting framework which is swingable between erect and
collapsed positions, and ground wheels which move vertically
with the framework relative to the base frame in such a way
that the wheels lower to support the frame for travel when the
framework is collapsed and raise to permit the frame to rest on
the ground when the framework is elevated to erect position.
In its primary application, the scaffold is a portable water
tower mounting a water tank which is supported by and raises
and lowers with the scaffold frame for supplying water to
water tank trucks at an earth working site.
486
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,252
DUAL HOSE REEL
Arlo G. Bishop, Battle Creek, Mkh., assignor to Clark Equip-
ment Company
Filed June 1. 1970, Ser. No. 42,267
Int. CI. B65h 75136
U^. CI. 137-355.17 10 Claims
cal element to overcome static friction and hysteresis. In the
preferred construction, the dither signal passes from an mvert-
ing amplified to a biasing driver network, and then to a push-
pull amplifier that has feedback for producing the oscUlations_
The preferred construction augments the oscillation by use of
a voltage sensitive resistor in the feedback circuit. The dither
frequency becomes lower as the valve approaches closed posi-
tion This produces greater magnitude of the dither and a
degree of impact that seals the valve with less pressure
required to hold the valve closed.
3,709,254
VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR WATER FOUNTAINS AND THE
LIKE
AUcn C. Wright, Moraga, Calif., assignor to Haws Drinking
Faucet Company, Berkeley, Calif.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,873
Int. CI. E03b 9/00, F16k5y/00.3//00
U.S. CI. 137-609 5 Claims
A reel for maintaining in a taut condition two parallel hose
operating under different and variable fUiid conditions such as
encountered m the operation of the upright of industrial lift
trucks having a carriage with an attachment thereon. The reel
has a pair of reel sections rotatably mounted on a hub having
longitudinal fluid passages therein. Each reel section is driven
in the direction to wind the hose by a coil spring connected at
one end to the reel section and at the other end to the hub. and
includes a coupling and passages connecting the hose of each
section with one of the fluid passages in the hub. A bracket
secured to one end of the hub mounts the reel on a supporting
structure, and s plate mounted on the other end of the hub
closes the passages in the hub, the plate and bracket being in-
terchangeable to permit the reel to be mounted on either side
of a lift truck upright without reversing the reel.
3,709,253
VALVE CONTROL WITH DITHER
Gerhard Spangenberg, SulUvan s Island, S.C., assignor to
MarotU Scientific Controls, Inc., Boonton, N J.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,595
Int. CLF16ki 7/06
U.S. CL 137—595 * Claims
This invention is an electric controller which superimposes
an oscillating signal on a load signal with feedback for con-
trolling the resultant output signal. More specifically the in-
vention has a mechanical element, particularly a poppet valve,
that is operated by a signal applied to an actuator coil; and the
superimposed oscillating signal causes dither of the mechani-
^^ f
Jo ^l —
^pp^i?^^^
t., T'H'
3f=^F=?y
-^H il^.Jl.
A valve assembly for controlling the flow of water to the
discharge nozzle of water fountains and the like. The valve as-
sembly is characterized by providing a complete change from
ftiUy closed to ftiUy open position with a very small displace-
ment of the movable control component of the valve as-
sembly and such conuol component is isolated from un-
balanced pressure forces and, therefore, can be displaced with
subslantiaUy the same mechanical force irrespective of the
pressure of the supply water delivered to the fountain.
Further delay or lag can be introduced into the valve as-
sembly so thatopening. or closing, thereof wUl not be m mated
until the movable component of the assembly has been dis-
placed through some predetermined distance. The valve as-
sembly includes a casing defining a pressurizable chamber
having an inlet passage in continuous communication
therewith and an outlet port selectively opened and closed by
a generally spherical valve in accordance with whether the
movable control component of the assembly is in its open or
closed position. The valve tends to be carried into closing en-
gagement with the outlet port by the discharge of water
Sierethrough, and it also tends to be sealingly related to such
port because of the pressure differential developed across the
valve when it is once in engagement with the port.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
487
3,709,255 stage hydraulic regulator. The regulator defines a closed-loop
HIGH PRESSURE VALVES control where dehvery of pressurized fluid to a load is
Antonio Pasquak Clotti, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Auto Anti-Pollution Devices of Canada Limited, Toronto,
Ontario, Canada
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,863
Int. CI. F 16k 2 7/04
U.S. CL 137—614.19 4 Claims
V >8
The present safety valve is installable in the mouth of a pres-
surized fluid container from which the fluid exits through an
inlet, outlet and connecting passageway in the valve casing. A
plug is provided in the passageway to close and completely
seal it when a significant imbalance occurs between the fluid
pressures in the valve inlet and the valve outlet respectively.
The plug is then restorable to open position only by first clos-
ing and then reopening the safety valve, after which the plug
will continue to remain in its open position suhyect to the
precedent correction and subsequent absence of the pressure
imbalance.
3,709,256
MEANS FOR CONTROLLING THE DIRECTION OF THE
FLOW OF A LIQUID OR FLUID THROUGH A SELECTED
OUTLET AND FOR SEALING SAID OUTLETS
William C. Gore, Elgin, and Eugene B. Shapiro, Highland
Park, both of 111., assignors to Beatric Foods Company,
operating through its division Chicago Specialty Manufac-
turing Co., Skokie, 111.
Filed Feb. 8, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 13,140
Int. CI. F 16k 7 7/00*
U.S. CI. 137—625.47 5 Claims
17 ISpfK 15 25
managed and the regulator and actuator are isolated from one
another except for a single fluid tight mechanical linkage.
3,709,258
Pl««SllRE RESPONSIVE VALVE
Irvin B. Weise, Bellarie, Tex., assignor to Anderson, Green-
wood & Co., Bellaire, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 750349, Aug. 5, 1968, Pat. No. 3,572359.
This application Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,418
InLa.F16kJ7/72
U.S. a. 137—627.5 4 Claims
The device includes a housing having an inlet and two or
more outlets, with a manually rotatable member positioned
within said housing for selectively controlling the flow through
said outlets. The rotatable member has a pair of curvilinear
arms, with one of said arms supporting a pad formed of a semi-
resilient material which serves to seal the outlets.
3,709,257
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC SERVOMECHANISM
Jacques Faisandier, Chatillon-Sous-Bagneux, France, assignor
to Societe D 'Applications Des Machines Motrices, Issy Les
Moulineau, France
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,776
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 15, 1969, 6939403
lnt.CI.F16k 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 137-625.64 10 Claims
A control valve including an electrical actuator and a two-
An improved pilot valve having a discharge valve seat, a
movable inlet valve seat which is connected to pressure
responsive members, and a valve member adapted to engage
both seats, wherein movement of the inlet valve seat affects
the unseating of the valve member from only one of said valve
seats at a time so that fluid flows through the pilot valve only
when the controlled pressure between the valve seats is being
changed. This abstract is neither intended to define the inven-
tion of the application, which of course, is measured by the
claims, nor is it intended to be limiting as to the scope of the
invention in any way.
3,709,259
HAND OPERATED LOW PRESSITIE VALVE
Valentine Hechler, IV, 26 Meadow View Road, NorthfieM, III.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,540
Int. CI. F 16k 7/00
U.S. CL 137—630.15 13 Claims
A valve within a valve is described wherein the opening of
the former reduces the opening pressure of the latter. A lost
motion reciprocating linkage is provided between the valve
actuating rod and the main valve to open a small inner port
prior to the opening of the main valve. The linkage allows the
valve to be self-closing. In one embodiment the main valve is
axially supported on a cage and opens in the direction of the
inlet flow to the valve. The valve operating rod carries a small
irmer valve that seats in a passageway through the main valve
488
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and the rod engages the cage at spaced points whereby^actua-
lion of the rod opens the smaU valve first against the flow of
fluid thus relieving a substantial amount of the pressure hold-
ing the main valve closed. Further movement of the rod en-
gages the cage to open the main valve with less effort. Both
valves are held open by the rod until its release whereby the
within the recess by engaging the threads of the pipe end
about only a portion of the circumference of the pipe. The
tooth means are biased relative to the socket mlo the recess.
Means are defined in the socket for enabling the disengage-
ment of the tooth means, against the bias thereof, froni the
threads The protector is slid axially over the pipe end with the
44 43 « MM
M?-
flow of fluid around the cage and the small valve and around
the large valve causes sufficient fluid friction to close both
valves automaticaUy. The opening force on the actuatmg rod
can be applied from either end and the valves can be vanously
oriented in a valve housing according to the embodiments dis-
closed.
tooth means riding along the threads unul the latter is withm
the socket recess. The protector is then restrained from
slipping off the pipe by the biased engagement of the tooth
means with the threads. To remove the protector, the tooth
means are moved against their bias to disengage the tooth
means from the threads so the protector can be removed axi-
ally from the end of the pipe
3,709^60
APPARATLS FOR TESTING CONDUIT
Tom J. Windle, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Co.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,166
Int. CI. F16155/i0, 47/00
U^. CI. 138—90
3Clainis
3,709,262
CIRCULAR WEAVING MACHINE
Hans Georg Braunschweiler, Wlnterthur, Switzerland, as-
signor to Georg Fischer AG. Brugg, Bnigg, Switzerland
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,743
Claims priority, appUcatioo Switzeriand, March 10, 1970,
3510/70
Int,CLD03d 3 7/00
U^. CI. 139-14 9 Claims
An apparatus for passing fluid into a conduit for pressure
testing said conduit. In one embodiment, a portion of a man-
drel is maintained in scalable engagement within the conduit
by a clamp that has pivotal portions for attachment and
release of the clamp and, in another embodiment, a seal
between the mandrel and the conduit is provided by com-
pressing a resilient member of the mandrel.
3,709,261
THREAD PROTECTOR FOR THREADED PIPE SECTION
ENDS OR THE LIKE
Lynn G. Jones, Downey, Calif., assignor to Global Marine Inc.,
Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,998
Int. CI. F161 57/00, B65d 59106
U,S. CI. 138-96 T 9 Claims
A thread protector for the male threaded end of a length of
oil weU drill pipe includes a socket having a recess adapted to
receive the male threaded end of a drill pipe. Tooth means are
carried by the socket within the recess for locking the pipe end
The present invention is devoted to devising a circular
weaving loom in which the conventional shedding mechanism
and shutUe circulating within the shed are unnecessary.
3,709,263
WOVEN FABRIC FOR NURSERY PLANT ROOT BALLS
Charles A. Jackson, Stirling. N J., and Martin B. Katz, La Due,
Mo., assignors to Thiokol Chemical Corporation
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,262
Int. CI. D03d ISm, AOlq 9/70
U.S. a. 139-420 <^ Claims
A fabric woven of polyolefin ribbons is used for "balling" or
wrapping the roots of plants and Uees and the like. The fabric
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
489
of the invention comprises a woven material having a set, or direction of the tree stem conveyor to discharge logs cut by
series of deteriorable strips or yams woven in at pre-selected the first rotary saw selectively on either side of the table. A
second rotary saw is mounted laterally of the tree stem con-
intervals, to provide spaces or "windows" for passage of the
roots to the fabric and into the surrounding soil.
3,709,264
ELECTRICIAN'S WIRE BENDING TOOL
Roy E. Amman, 13627 187th Place S.E., Renton, Wash.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,459
Int. CI. 82117/00. 7/00
U.S. CI. 140- 106 19 Claims
This tool is suitable for bending and shaping wires which ex-
tend through the walls of meter bases and like electrical recep-
tacles into the same in attaching the wires to terminals. The
tool comprises a shaft rotatable within a frame tube, lever
arms to relatively rotate the shaft and tube, a cross member
rigid with the inner end of the shaft, two diametrically spaced
apart wire bending pins protruding from the cross member, a
radial arm rigid with and extending sidewise from the inner
end of the frame tube, and a third pin rigid with the outer end
of the arm and movable in a circular path around the other
two pins. Short sharp bends can be made with the two spaced
apart pins. The third pin helps in holding the wire and making
longer bends.
3,709,265
SAWING AND DISCHARGING STATION FOR A TREE
SLASHER
Jean Paul Tanguay, St. Prime, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Placements Jean Paul Tanguay Limited, Quebec, Canada
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,850
Int. CI. B27b 5100
U.S. Cl. 83 - 404.2 7 Claims
A sawing and discharging station for a tree slasher provided
with a conveyor adapted to drive tree stems in a predeter-
mined direction. The station comprises a transfer tables
disposed to receive tree stems from the said conveyor and an
arresting plate at the end of the table opposite the receiving
end whereby tree stems may be driven by the conveyor until
one end abuts the arresting plate. The station has a first rotary
saw to cut the tree stems to produce logs of predetermined full
length and a transfer conveyor movable perpendicularly to the
xk_y
veyor and the arresting plate to cut logs obtained by the first
saw into half length logs. The station Anally comprises log col-
lectors on either side of the table to receive the full and half
length logs, respectively.
3,709,266
AUTOMATIC MTTERING TOOL
PhUip P. Fusco, 123-1 1 149th Avenue, South Ozone Park, N.Y.
Filed June 22, 1971, Ser. No. 155,587
InL Cl. B27g 5102; %21\i27i06
U.S.CI.83— 761 7 Claims
■ -^ ff S'
A mitering tool with an L-shaped box attachment, the tool
automatically adjusting itself so that a mitering cut is made
percisely along a plane that bisects the included angle formed
by the two sides of a comer being constructed for a frame, the
tool basically consisting of a riding block clamped stationaril>
to a work table, a horizontal threaded rod that is screwed
through the riding block along a forward-rearward axis, the
rod having a crank handle at a rear end and the forward end
being attached to a vertical pivot pin to which a forward end
of a pair of expansion track channels are pivoted, and which
extend diagonally rearward so to define the angle of the
comer therebetween, each channel having a longitudinal slot
in which a fulcrum pin is fitted, each fulcrum pin being
mounted on one forward comer of the riding block; and a sup-
port block that is attached to the pivot pin being slidable along
a track that is formed along a forward-rearward axis of the rid-
ing block, the support block carrying a saw guide slot along
the forward-rearward axis in which a saw is fitted so that the
mitering saw cut is made on the bisected plane of the comer
angle.
490
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709^67
LOG HANDLING MECHANISM FOR TREE HARVESTERS
John Kureiek, Bnuitlord, OnUrio. Canada, assignor to
Koehring-Waterous, Ltd.. Brantford, Ontario, Canada
Filed Aug. 27. 1969, Ser. No. 853,455
Int.O.A01g2i/05
u^. a. 144-2 z -"^"^^
3,709,269
LOG BARKER RING POSITION CONTROLLER
Peter J. Cervenak, Seattle, Wash., assignor to Nicholson Manu-
facturing Company, Seattle, Wash.
Fikd March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123^99
• Int. CI. 82717/00
U.S.CL 144-208 E 'Claims
A pair of conical log impellers are mounted upnght on the
chassis of a tree harvesting machine at a fixed transverse spac-
ing from each other and driven synchronously m opposite
directions. A log dropped sidewise into the V-shaped gap
betvveen the impellers and bearing thereon at its opposite sides
not only tends to advance lengthwise in a generally horizontal
direction but also tends to adjust itself into ahnement with a
vertical plane bisecting the V-shaped gap.
3,709,268
DRUM BARKER
Rolf Erik Tuuha, Lansipuisto 20 C, Pori, Finland
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,049
Claims priority, application Finland, Nov. 6, 1969, 3207/69
Int. CI. B27W /OO
U.S.CI.144-208B 2 Claims
27
f
A rotary log barker ring and a log hold^own are suspended
from a lever beam swingable to raise or lower the hold-down
twice as far as the barker ring, for centering the barker nng
relative to a log to be barked when the hold-down engages the
upper surface of the log. The position of the barker rmg is
maintained briefly after the log has moved out of engagement
with the hold-down to enable the trailing end of the log to
clear the barker ring before the ring is shifted into a predeter-
mined position of rest or a position centered with respect to
the next log.
3,709,270
DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING TUBULAR PRODUCTS
Viktor Petrovich Abramov; Yan Petrovich Junga; Gunard Val-
demarovich Berxin; Voldemar Petrovich Skrupsky, aU of
Riga- Petr Nlkoleavich Frolov, Moscow; Andrei Lu-
kyani)vich Lugovskoi; Felix. Alexandrovich ShUgorin, both
of Odessa, Yan Yanovich Dalbinsh, Riga; Karl Arturovich
Rotsen, Riga; Andris Eduardovich Ziemelis, Riga; Artur
Elksnis', Riga, and Bruno et al. Priede, Jurmala, aU of
U.S.S.R., assignors to Institut Khimli Drevesiny Akademii
Nauk Latviiskoi SSR, Riga, U.S.S.R.
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,497
Int. CI. B27h 5/00
U.S.CL 144-268 » ^"^
A drum barker including an elongated drum arranged to
rest in a horizontal position and supported for rotation by
several systems of motor driven wheels placed m a row on
both sides of the drum and for axial movement by a set of
wheels engaging a pair of guiding rings situated on the drum.
The drum is adapted to receive through one end the timber to
be debarked. The inner surface of the drum is provided with
projections for removing the bark, while the outer surface is
provided with slots through which the detached bark is
discharged A spray system is included for spraying a liquid on
the timber either as it enters the drum to soak the bark or as it
leaves the drum to facilitate the removal of loose bark from
the timber, or both. The spray system may also spray the rotat-
mg and axially movable drum and the system of wheels to
reduce the friction between the outer suri^ace of the drum and
its points of contact with the system of wheels.
A device for manufactunng tubular products from wooden
battens by winding the battens on a rotating core with the aid
of an endless driving band which presses the batten against the
core, and a system of circular elements for ensuring continu-
ous feed and compaction of the battens.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
491
3,709,271
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEEP INCISING POLES
Lester W. Flory. Eugene. Oreg., assignor to L. D. McFarland
Company, Sandpoint, Idaho
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,798
Int. CI. B27
DJS. CL 144—309 15 Claims
3,709,273
FOOD SLICING APPARATUS
Andre Robert Jaccard, Buffalo, N.Y., and Bemhard Hinkers.
Werther, Germany, assignors to Jaccard Corporation, Erie,
Filed July 21, 1970, Ser. No. 56344
Inc a. B26d 4/06. 4/74
U.S. a. 83—75 1 17 Claims
'"^^^n^
*iii\».' h'
SFH'
^l_jJ
Apparatus for deep incising longitudinal portions of the
periphery of wood poles prior to impregnation with a preser-
vative. The apparatus includes an elongate frame including
clamps adapted to hold a wood pole between a pair of incising
wheels mounted on said frame and adapted to run longitu-
dinally on laterally opposed surface sections of the pole. In-
dexing means is provided to partially rotate the pole after the
incising wheels have completed a run along the pole in one
direction and prior to an incising run in the opposite direction.
In one embodiment, electronic timing and control means are
provided to automatically complete the incising of the entire
surface of the pole once it is properly clamped in the machine.
The method of deep incising the periphery of a longitudinal
portion of a wood pole including clamping the pole; holding
the pole between a pair of laterally opposed incising wheels,
running said pair of opposed incising wheels along the pole in
a first direction; partially rotating the pole; running the incis-
ing wheels along the pole in a direction opposite the direction
of the first pass; and, repeatedly partially rotating the pole and
incising laterally opposed longitudinal sections thereof until
the entire periphery of said pole is deep incised.
3,709,272
LOG DEBARKING APPARATUS
Richard W. Bowers, P.O. Box 13, Waldo, Ark.
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,788
Int. CI. B27I7 /OO
U.S. CI. 144—208 E
A method of and apparatus for slicing a cut of meat or other
food product into a plurality of slices of desired thicknesses
simultaneously. A cut of meat is placed on a cutting block hav-
ing a pusher element mounted thereon. The cutting block is
mounted on a carriage that is reciprocable relative to an elon-
gated cutting head having a plurality of transversely spacing
cutting blades which is mounted on a frame in overlying rela-
tion to the carriage. Means are provided for advancing the
cauriage and thereby the cut of meat through the cutting
blades to slice the meat intq a plurality of slices of predeter-
mined thickness.
10 Claims
3,709,274
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REGULATING OUTPUT
IN TOBACCO CUTTING MACHINES
Josef Marek, and Gunther Hayn, both of Vienna, Austria, as-
signors to Austria Tabak Werke Aktiengeselischaft, Vienna,
Austria
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54^57
Claims priority, application Austria, July 14, 1969, A
6769/69
Int. CI. AOld 55/75
U.S.CI.83— 13 25 Claims
IS
«\
n
A curving arm member and mounting assembly for use with
a ring type log debarker. The mounting assembly comprises a
shaft and cantilevered mounting plate to which the arm
member is attached in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the
shaft. The arm member has front and rear faces reducing in
width from base to tip and leading and trailing edges at op-
posite sides thereof. A bark cutting edge is provided at the tip.
The front face and leading edge converge in a spiral-like log
engaging climbing edge from the base to the top. The cutting
edge and a substantial portion of the climbing edge are carried
on a removable insert member.
The cut output of a tobacco cutting machine is regulated by
measuring the density of the tobacco flowing in the feed chan-
nel adjacent the cutting knives. The measurements are taken
either directly in the feed channel or proximately upstream
thereof, and applied to a control system to regulate the tobac-
co input to the machine. Apparatus for effecting the density
measurement may include radiation absorption measuring in-
struments.
492
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
■« 7(W-275 from one another by an elastomer of a second grade Adjacent
WFB LINK FOR TIRE CHAINS to the tire beads, the cords are calendered in and spaced apart
ABton MuUer, ^k^l^nX;^ -^ to IW-Ke«e by the same elastomer T^e calendering and spaong elastomer
GmbH, Wuppertal-Crooenberg, Germany
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,926
Claims priority, appUcatk>n Germany, Sept. 26, 1969, P 19
48 717.3
VJS. CI. 152-243
Int.Cl.B60c27/04
14 Claims
A web link for antiskid Ure chains which has a web on the
lire s.de and a web on the road side. The web on the road side
has lateral extensions which increase the running surface of
the link and stabilize the link in operation The extensions are
preferablv midway along the link and recesses may be pro-
vided on each side of the extensions to improve the Uaction ot
the link.
3,709,276
BEAD AREA CARCASS CORD ARRANGEMENT FOR
RADIAL TIRES
Jean Bernard MonUgue, Cebazat, France, assignor to Com-
pagnie Generale des Eublissements Michelin, raison Sodale
Michelin & Cie, Clermont-Ferrand, France
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,370
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 23, 1969, 6944775
Int. CI. B60c 9104
U.S. CI. 152-362 6 Claims
employed for the cords adjacent to the beads is the same as
the calendenng elastomer employed for the cords adjacent to
theuead.
3,709,278
RETAINER FOR MOUNTING TRUCK TIRES
George W. Comer, P.O. Box 72, White Pine, Calif.
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,713
Int. CI. B60c 25100
U.S.CL 157-1 7 Claims
A retainer bar for securing the lock ring used on U-uck
wheels having tube type tires includes a notch for removably
attaching the retainer bar to the truck wheel and an elongated
portion for overiying the lock ring to hold it in place during in-
flation of the tire.
A radial pneumatic tire comprises one or more carcass plies
the cords of which are folded back around steel bead wires
and terminate at some distance from the bead wires. At least
m the case of the ply the ends of which are farthest from the
bead wires, the cords in each folded-back portion are curved
so that their length is substantially greater than the minimum
distance between the ends of the cords and the closest bead
wire. This extends the life of the tire by preventing separation
of the cords from the tire elastomer.
3,709,277
ELASTOMERS ASSOCIATED WTTH CORDS OF RADLVL
TIRES AT POINTS CLOSE TO AND REMOVED FROM
BEADS
Jean Bernard Montague, Cebazat, France, assignor to Com-
pagnie Generale Des EubUssements Michelin, raison Sodale
Michelin & Cle, Clermont-Ferrand (Puy-de-Dome), France
FOcd Dec 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99^71
Claims priority, appttcatkm France, Dec 23, 1969, 6944776
Int. CL B60c 9102
U.S.CL 152-374 4 Claims
A radial pneumatic tire comprises at least one carcass ply
formed of cords. Adjacent to the lire tread, the cords are
calendered in an elastomer of a first grade and spaced apart
3,709,279 *
TIRE CHANGING MACHINE ADAPTER
Clayton E. Beaman, P.O. Box 371, Wilson, N.C.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,361
Int. a. B60c 25106
U.S.CL 157-1.24
7 Claims
A hand wheel shaped body including a central tubular hub
Donion projecting endwise outwardly from one side thereof
and provided with internal threads for threaded engagement
with the abbreviated threads on the hold-down post of a Ure
changing machine.
J,\NUARY 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
493
3,709,280
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A CONDUCTION
HEATER
Kenneth T. MacMillan, Macon, Ga., assignor to MacMlUan
Mold Company, Inc., Macon, Ga.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,509
Int. CI. B22dy 9/00
U.S.CL 164-112 19 Claims
traps are secured between the mold halves of the lower cater-
pillar chain in order to prevent damages caused by molten
metal flowing out accidentally between opposite mold halves.
15 44 *
A conduction heater preferably formed as an annular
matrix or heater plate for tire recapping and vulcanizing
equipment. The heater or matrix is formed by positioning a
generally circular hollow tube within an annular cavity, sup-
poriing the circular element for sliding movement relative to
the cavity, fllling the cavity with molten metal, and solidifying
the molten metJil whereby the relative sliding movement
prevents the circular element from rupturing during manufac-
ture and use due to different coefficients of expansion of the
material from which the circular element is constructed and
the molten metal forming the matrix body upon the solidifica-
tion thereof. In further accordance with the present method,
ends of the circular element are closed by plugs disposed tan-
gentially of the annular cavity whereby upon the solidification
of the molten metal and the removal of the plugs thereafter,
the ends of the circular element are accessible through tan-
gential voids in a peripheral surface portion of the matrix
wl ereby steam and/or electrical fitments may be secured to
th.; exposed ends of the circular element.
3,709,281
MACHINE WITH HORIZONTALLY OR INCLINED
DISPOSED CATERPILLAR MOLD FOR THE
DOWNWARD CASTING OF NON-FERROUS METALS
Martin BoUiger, Muraz, Switzerland, assignor to Prolizenz AG,
Chur, Switzerland
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,845
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 3, 1970,
10077/70
Int. CI. B22d 7 7/06
U.S. CI. 164— 153 4 Claims
3,709,282
MOLDING MACHINE
Russell W. Taccone, Erie, Pa., assignor to Banger Punta
Operations, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Continuation of Ser. No. 687,750, Dec. 4, 1967, abandoned.
This application Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,161
Int.CI.B22c75/OS
U.S. CI. 164—187 19 Claims
A molding machine for making sand molds includes means
for vertically filling and squeezing a sand mold between pat-
tern plates which enclose the ends of a molding flask. After
mold formation the flask is tilted from the vertical to the
horizontal for pushing the mold horizontally out of the flask
onto a receiving conveyor for the metal pouring operation.
jr
In a machine with horizontally or inclined disposed caterpil-
lar mold for the downward casting of non-ferrous metals drain
3,709,283
MULTIPLE ELECTRODE ELECTROSLAG CASTING
APPARATUS HAVING CURRENT EQUALIZER
Boris Evgenievich Paton, ul. Kotsjubinskogo, 9, kv. 21, Kiev;
Vladimir Konstantinovich Lebedev, ul. Engelsa, 25, kv. 12,
Kiev; Boris Izrallevich Medovar, Bulvar Lesi Ukralnki, 2,
kv. 8, Kiev; Jury Vadimovich Latash, Vozdukhoflotsky
prospekt, 87, kv. 14, Kiev; Oleg Petrovich Bondarenko, ul.
Kreschatik, 15, kv. 34, Kiev; Vttaly Mlkhallovicb Baglal, ul.
Semashko, 10, kv. 54/3, Kiev; Mikhail Nlkolaevich
Sidorenko, ul. Vladlmlrskays, 98, kv. 54, Kiev; Semen
Abramovicb Leibenzon, Prospekt Lenina, 185, k v. 36; Gary
Petrovich Kaganovsky, ul. Patrioticheskaya, 48, kv. 71, both
of Zaporozhic; Andrei Pavlovich Altgauzen, Novye Kuzmin-
kl, Zhigulevskaya, 4, kv. 27, Moscow; Leonid Evgenievich
Nlkolsky, Golianovo, korpus 18v, kv. 65, Moscow; Zoya
Alexandrovna Gorynina, Donskaya ul., 21, kv. 49, Moscow;
LJudmila Andreevna Safronova, 2 Slnkhkina ul., 3a/3, kv.
18, Moscow; Leonid Sawlch Katsevich, Slrenevy bulvar, 47,
kv. 69, Moscow; Lev Avramovich Volokbonsky, Mytnaya
ul., 50-a, kv. 7, Moscow; Alexandr Alexandrovich NlkuUn,
Znamenskaya ul., 37, kv. 2, Moscow; Vladimir Dmitrievich
Artemiev, Lenlngradsky prospekt, 14, k\. 254, Moscow;
Vladimir Mlkhallovich Edensky, Cherkizovo.2, B. Tarasov-
skaya, 108, kv, 69, Moskovskava obi., and Georgy Alexan-
drovich Voronln, ul. Kazakova, 29, kv. 66, Moscow, all of
U.S.S.R.
Continuation of Ser. No. 676,873, Oct. 20, 1967, abandoned.
Thb appUcation Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,205
Int. CI. B22d 27/02
U.S. CI. 164—252 31 Claims
In an electroslag remelting installation, a pair of consuma-
ble electrodes are immersed into molten slag bath in a mold
for forming an ingot. AC power is applied between the elec-
trodes to cause AC current to flow through the molten slag
bath, thus causing the electrodes to melt. As the elecuodes
906 O.G.— 18
494
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
melt, they feed simultaneously together into the slag bath. A mold such that the influence of gravity i^,^°""»;"^^^^,^"f. *^
conductor is connected between the bottom plate of the mold casting contacts the walls of the mold w.th substantially
and either a center tap on the secondary winding of the trans-
uniform pressure on all surfaces. Thus, a casting of substan-
tially uniform thickness is discharged from the chill.
v//////}////////>}//'V>}///^^^y'^^^'^''''^^^^''''/^
former supplying AC power to the electrodes or to a center
tap on a choke coil connected in parallel with the secondary
winding.
3,709,286
CONTINUOUS-CASTING MOLD WITH THIN-WALLED
COPPER LINER
John E. Bower, Jr., Monroevilk Borough, Pa., assignor to
United States Steel Corporation
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Set. No. 85,848
InLCLB22d ///02
U.S. CI. 164-283 5 Claims
3,709,284
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS CASTING
Charles d'A. Hunt, Moraga, Calif., assignor to Airco, Inc.
Division of Ser. No. 44,130, June 8, 1970, Pat. No. 3,658,116.
This appUcation Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,625
Int.Cl.B22d/y//0
U.S. CI. 164-281 5 Claims
Apparatus is described for continuously casting an ingot
wherein a cooled plug is repeatedly brought into contact with
the top of the ingot during the continuous casting process to
remove heat from the central region of the ingot.
A continuous-casting mold in which the steel backing plates
are fastened to the copper liner with studs welded to the liner.
The welded construction enables a thinner-walled liner to be
used and affords better resistance against heat distortion and
thermal stresses. The studs may be welded directly to the liner
or to stainless steel strips which in turn are welded to the liner.
3,709,287
CENTRIFUGAL CASTING MACHINE
Ivan Klobas, 70 Pitt Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 115,997
Int. CI. B22d 7 i/iO
U.S. CI. 164-292 9 Claims
26
' '•''« A'-'-^^j
3,709,285
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GUIDING A
CONTINUOUS CASTING STRAND
Franz Ruckstuhl, Schwerzenbach, Switzerland, assignor to
Erik Oteon A.G., Zurich, Switzerland
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 841,833, July 15, 1969,
abandoned. This application Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,782
Int.a.B22d/7/02
U.S. CL 164—282 13 Claims
A method and apparatus for continuous casting is disclosed
wherein steps and means are provided for overcoming the ten-
dency of a casting formed on an inclined or horizontal plane to
have a thicker lower side because of the force of gravity acting
on the casting. The casting formed by virtue of the invention is
caused to be urged away from the lower surface of the chill or
The present disclosure relates to a casting machine, more
particularly a centrifugal casting machine. The machine util-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
495
izes a casting head which clamps a mold in place. The mold is
maintained in position by virtue of air pressure which acts
upon the pressure plate of the casting head. The casting cycle
may be automatically set as desired and the air pressure may
also be set so as to maintain a constant and uniform value dur-
ing the casting cycle.
3,709,288
BULLET CASTING MACHINE
William L. Lemieux, Route 2, Box 3013, Apache Junction,
Ariz.
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,358
Int. CI. B22d 29/00, 39/00, 33/02
U.S. CI. 164—325 2 Claims
A bullet casting machine wherein a rotary mold carrying
means supports a plurality of normally closed separable
molds; cam operated means for automatically opening said
molds, said molds being provided with cam operated gate
means intermittently adapted to receive molten metal from a
metal container and dispenser; valve means disposed to
dispense metal from said container; and intermittent means
for rotating said mold carrying means successively to align
said molds with an outlet for said valve means and concur-
rently to operate said valve means.
3,709,289
HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL SYSTEM
Richard N. Weatherston, Saint Paul, Minn., assignor to
Weather-Rite, Inc., St. Paul, Minn.
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,506
Int. CI. F25b 29/00
U.S. Ci. 165—12 7 Claims
3,709,290
COOLING EQUIPMENT FOR TUBULAR PLASTICS FILM
MADE BY A BLOW HEAD
Hartmut Upmeier, Tecklenburg, Germany, assignor to Wind-
moUer & Holscher, Lengerich of Westphalia, Germany
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,025
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 4, 1969, P 19 60
962.2; Feb. 24, 1970, P 20 08 597.6
Int. CI. F24h 3/60
U.S.CL161— 47 6 Claims
r
k«
12-'t-i.
■^^
Cooling equipment for tubular plastic film made by a
blowhead, comprising an external air cooling ring for mount-
ing between the blowhead and a position where the film has
solidified, the air outlet from said external ring being directed
onto the outside of the tubular film, a supply conduit and a
withdrawal conduit, both extending axially through the
blowhead, for the passage of internal cooling air, and an annu-
lar nozzle at the outlet of the supply conduit, the outlet of said
nozzle being directed onto the interior surface of the film in
such a way that the interior and exterior streams of cooling air
impinge on the film at substantially the same level.
3,709,291
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REESTABLISHING
UNDERW ATER GUIDE LINES
James W. E. Hanes, 2924 Sailor Avenue, Ventura, Calif.;
Michael J. Rimmer, 62, Stubbs End Close,
Amersham/Bucks, England; Ronald A. Weber, 2068 Los
Encinos Road, Ojai, Calif., and Walter J. Hintzen, 911 Vio-
cente Way, Santa Barbara, Calif.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,062
Int. CI. E2 lb 7/72
U.S. CI. 166— .5 47 Claims
A control system for a heating and cooling system in which
the amount of heating and the amount of cooling are changed
in incremental stages in response to a signal received at timed
intervals from an electronic clock. A proportional thermostat
calls for either heating or cooling and also controls the rate of
the electronic clock.
To replace a broken underwater guide line or cable extend-
ing from a guide post, at a well bore location, to a floating
drilling vessel, a remotely operable apparatus is lowered along
one or more intact gui^le lines and accurately positioned to cut
off the disrupted line at the top of the guide post, whereupon a
replacement intact guide line is attached to a connector car-
496
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
ried by a remotely operable apparatus, and lowered through
the water to position the connector over the guide post and
firmly secure it thereto, the apparatus being released from the
underwater connector and withdrawn. If the line secured to
the connector breaks, such line can be severed at the top of
the connector and the connector withdrawn to the drilling ves-
sel, a replacement intact line being secured to the connector,
or a substitute therefor, which are lowered to the guide post
and secured thereto At any time, the connector with an intact
line attached thereto can be released from the guide post and
withdrawn to the drilling vessel.
having concave arcuate grooves longitudinally formed in the
outer surface thereof and either through slots or perforations
intersecting the grooves at the point of deepest penetration
thereof to produce a funnel effect. In addition to the more
conventional keystone wire, there is further disclosed two sub-
species of wire having a cross-section including a concave ar-
cuate, preferably semicircular, segment to increase the trans-
verse flow area between windings and enhance the circum-
ferential flow.
3,709,292
POW ER FLLID CONDITIONING UNIT
Harold H. Palmour, Humble, Tex., assignor to Armco Steel
Corporation, Middletown, Ohio
FUed April 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,361
lnLCl.E21b43/00
U.S. CI. 166-68 9 Claims
•r
3,709,294
DOWNHOLE POWER DISSIPATOR
Marion D. Kilgore, Houston, Tex., assignor to Cameo, Incor-
porated, Houston, Tex.
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,676
Int CI. E21b 43/00
U.S. CI. 166-243 8 Claims
t
A one well, self contained, wide producing range, hydraulic
pumping system comprising a power fluid conditioning unit to
condition produced water, oil. or a mixture of oil and water,
from the produced well fluids and exhausted power fluid so
that it wUl be suitable for use as power fluid to economically
pump a well which produces medium to large volumes from
average to greater depths of lift.
A downhole power dissipalor for protecting a packer in a
casing in a well bore from a sudden increase in pressure by
providing a closed collapsible chamber positioned adjacent
the packer and preferably between the packer and the point of
pressure increase Said chamber includes a compressible gas
and means allowing the gas in the chamber to become com-
pressed when the chamber is subjected to a predetermined ex-
ternal increase in pressure. The chamber is attached to the
packer whereby the chamber is retrievable from the well bore
and said chamber including a passageway for passage of well
equipment.
3,709,293
WIRE WRAPPED WELL SCREEN
Leslie A. Layne, O, Houston, Tex., and Fred W. Gerwick,
Lafayette, La., assignors to The Layne & Bowler Company,
Houston, Tex.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117^55
Int.a.E21b4J/0S
U.S. CI. 166-232 6 Claims
3,709,295
FRACTURING OF SUBTERRANEAN FORMATIONS
Frank H. BraunUch, Jr., Tuba, and MUton L. Bishop, Ed-
mond, both of Okla., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,402
Int.CLE21b4i///9
U.S. CL 166-245 "^ C\aims
k well screen in which vrire having accurately formed spac-
ing lugs therein is helically wrapped around a tubular pipe
A method is provided for controlling the direction of frac-
tures produced in a subterranean formation. In this method
three wells drilled in a substantially straight line are simultane-
ously subjected to hydraulic fracturing. First, a fracturing fluid
is continuously injected into the two outside wells and whUe
continuing said introduction, fracturing fluid is then injected
into the center well until fractures while lie in a plane which is
crosswise to the line of the three wells are produced.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
497
3,709,296
WELL BORE ZONE PLUGGING METHOD AND
APPARATUS
James J. Glenn, Jr., Long Beach, Calif., assignor to Triangle
Service Inc., Long Beach, Calif.
FUed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,481
Int. CI. E21b 33/132,331138
U.S. CI. 166—253 25 Claims
in and permeated with the resin solution. The resin is allowed
to precipitate and cure in the casing and reservoir and at 1 east
,>
-r
A gamma ray logging tool and a bailer containing a catalyst
or curing agent are lowered in a bore hole to a zone therein
having a permeability which is to be decreased. A liquid
plastic is pumped into the bore hole to the zone, the plastic
containing a radioactive tracer detected by the logging tool
when the plastic arrives at the zone, whereupon the catalyst is
discharged from the bailer and mixed with the liquid plastic,
the mixture then being displaced into the zone where it
hardens.
3,709^97
PETROLEUM RECOVERY PROCESS
Charles A. Christopher, Jr.; Henry J. Grimm, and Alton J.
Nute, all of Houston, Tex., assignors to Texaco Inc., New
York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,134
Int. CLE2 lb 43/22
U.S. CL 166—273 21 Claims
An improved oil recovery method is disclosed in which a
slug of a dilute aqueous polymer solution is injected into a sub-
terranean oil-containing formation through one or more injec-
tion wells followed by a slug of dilute aqueous solution of an
alkali metal hypochlorite. Optionally, either or both of the in-
jected solutions may contain a surfactant. In a final step, water
is injected to drive the polymer and hypochlorite solutions
through the formation and oil is recovered from the formation
through at least one spaced production well.
3,709,298
SAND PACK-AIDED FORMATION SAND
CONSOLIDATION
James A. Pramann, Metairie, La., assignor to Shell OH Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
FUed May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,149
Int. CI. E21b 43/02,33/138
U.S. CI. 166—276 5 Claims
In treating a cased and perforated well to prevent sand in-
flow, a resin solution from which self-curing epoxy resin is
subsequently precipitated is injected into the reservoir and the
perforated interval of the casing is filled with grains suspended
a portion of the consolidated mass of grains that is formed
within the casing is drilled-out.
3,709,299
PLATING EXPANDED BOREHOLES
George O. Suman, Jr.; Carey Epps Murphey. Jr.; Edwin .4llen
Richardson, and Robert Steven Torrest. all of Houston. Tex.,
assignors to Shell Oil Compan>. New York. N.Y.
FUed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,695
Int. CI. E21b 33/138, 43/02
U.S. CI. 166—278 6 Claims
A well treatment method for consolidating an incompetent
material in and/or around a borehole which includes the steps
of hydraulically expanding a selected interval of the borehole
opposite an unconsolidated formation by injecting a fluid into
the interval at a fluid injection pressure less than, but ap-
proaching, the formation fracturing pressure and then inject-
ing into the formation at substantially the same injection pres-
sure a fluid containing electroless metal plating components
the reaction products of which form a metal plating on the in-
competent material.
3,709,300
HYDRAULIC FRACTURING PROCESS
David S. Pye, Brea, CaUf., assignor to Unk>n OU Company of
California, Los Angeles, Calif.
FUed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,643
Int. CI. E21b 43/26. 43/27
U.S. CL 166—280 24 Claims
A process for hydraulically fracturing a permeable subter-
ranean formation in which the fracture faces are treated to
reduce their permeability to the fracturing fluid and propping
agent is placed in the fracture in a conventional manner
whereby the bulk of the propping agent is deposited in the
fracture at a location remote from the well, and thereafter the
498
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
fracture faces are treated to restore their permeabUity to sub- ' „^'2S^i^lv
sequently injected fluids and propping agent IS again injected o^^^lv c. .r^ „. r^
^ ^ ^ Hugh W. Richards, 850 Cedar Street, CarroUton, Ga.
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 176,857
Int.Cl.AOld/5/02
D.S.C1. 171— 86 11 Claims
into the fracture whereby the bulk of the propping agent is
deposited in the fracture adjacent to the well. In this manner,
fluid conductively through the fracture is assured.
3,709301
ADJUSTABLE TOE WEIGHT FOR HORSES
Richard L. Hall, 2888 E. Pleasant Avenue, Eden, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,650
Int. CI. AOll 07/00
U.S. CI. 168-25 7 Claims
This disclosure relates to a plow rake for landscaping pur-
poses which is capable of movement to three different posi-
tions wherein, in a first position, it can pick up rocks, sticks,
and trash while permitting dirt to filter through and back into
the ground, a second position in which a long, Uansverse blade
is caused to scrape the ground smooth, and a third position in
which plow points are caused to turn the ground being land-
scaped.
3,709304
SWAY ARRESTOR FOR A THREE POINT HITCH
Robert C. Haupt, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Allis-Chalmers
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,814
Int. CI. AO lb 3 9/04i
U.S. CI. 172-450 10 Claims
In an adjustable toe weigi.i tor a horse's hoof, a band which
extends laterally across the hoof is attached thereto at each
end and a weight having a guide slot for receiving the band is
provided with means for fastening the weight to the band to
permit positioning the weight across the hoof.
3,709302
SELF-CONTAINED FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM
Howard C. Stults, 7630 South Bright, Whittier, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 782343, Dec. 9, 1960, Pat.
No. 3392,269. This application July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,810
Int. CI. A62c 3108
VS. CI. 169—9 15 CUims
A three point hitch sway arrestor for limiting the lateral
sway of the lower draft arms when they are disconnected from
an implement and raised to the transport position on the uac-
tor.
ERRATUM
For Class 173 — 44 see:
Patent No. 3,709,097
A self-contained high expansion foam fire extinguishing
system providing an independent source of pressurization to a
container holding a mixture of water and foam concentrate for
delivery to a foam generator having a plurality of nozzle mem-
bers and a stratified screen to produce high expansion foam
upon activation of the system by a fire detecting sensor.
3,709,305
CONTROLLED REACTION UNDERWATER POWER
TOOL
Harmon F. Morress, 7412 Kellogg Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio
FUed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,477
Int. CLFOld 75/06
U.S.CL 173-30 22 Claims
Hydraulic media, under pressure is utilized to dnve m a
torque-free manner, a turbine-type underwater power tool.
Torque reaction nozzles are provided on the tool housing to
exhaust pressurized liquid in a direction counterclockwise to
the torque generated by the tool driving rotor. Means under
control of the operator are provided to regulate the amount of
pressurized liquid exhausted through the nozzles. A sling is
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
499
also provided on the tool housing related to a hand grip means
at such location as to permit an operator to grip the hand grip
tially vertical position spaced preselected distances from the
top and bottom surfaces of a body of water and has a conduit
/ra
while the sling engages vn*. forearm of the operator for suspen-
sion of the tool in proper working position.
*:^
1
ji^
m^
-
"^ 44T
/
^tTX
■/r__
J
1' "
^ \
3,709.306
THREADED CONNECTOR FOR IMPACT DEVICES
Alfred R. Curington, Houston, Tex., assignor to Baker Oil
Tools, Inc., City of Commerce, Calif.
FUed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,571
Int.CLE21b;/06
U.S. CL 173— 132 2 1 Claims
An impacting apparatus in which a threaded connection is
provided between an anvil and a drill bit connected thereto, a
malleable member located between the anvil and bit threads
insuring a more uniform load distribution over the thread sur-
faces, the blows on the anvil being transmitted directly to the
bit without passing through the malleable member.
3,709,307
UNDERWATER DRILLING AND PRODUCTION VESSEL
Ernest E. Clark, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
FUed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,1 18
Int. CKE21b 75/02
U.S.CL 175—8 12 Claims
An elongated housing having a fluid tank extending about
its axis is divided into a plurality of housing chamber portions
by decks extending therethrough, is maintained in a substan-
extending from the chamber of the vessel upwardly to a posi-
tion above the top surface of the water.
3,709308
DIAMOND DRILL BITS
David S. Rowley, and Charles E. Ward, both of Salt Lake City,
Utah, assignors to Christensen Diamond Products Company,
Salt Lake City, Utah
FUed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94399
Int.CLE21b9/i6
U.S. CI. 1 75—329 22 Claims
<?:?, ^'''
es^
XSa
Diamond drill bits for drilling oil, gas, water, mining, and
similar, bore holes in formations, in which cube diamonds are
set in the drilling face of a bit with the diamonds arranged in
generally radial rows and with the leading or cutting faces of
the diamonds also arranged generally radially to enhance
cutting of certain formations, such as relatively soft or
evaporite formations. The leading faces of the rows of
diamonds form the trailing sides of fluid waterways or chan-
nels through which drilling fluid flows. In some forms of bits,
conventional generally round rows of diamonds are used in
conjunction with the cube diamonds to limit the depth of
penetration of the cube diamonds into the formation.
3,709,309
ELECTRONIC WEIGHING SYSTEM W ITH DIGITAL
READOUT
Roger B. WiUiams, Jr., Sylvania; Richard C. Loshbough,
Toledo, and Stanley A. Deltemeyer, Sylvania, aU of Ohio, as-
signors to Reliance Electric Company, Toledo, Ohio
FUed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,045
Int. CLGOlg 73/74,3/74
U.S.Cl. 177— 165 11 Claims
An improved electronic weighing system with a digital
readout. A transducer establishes an analog signal cor-
500
responding to an unknown weight. The analog signal is am-
plified, digitized with an analog-to-digital converter and ap-
plied to the digital readout. Circuitry is provided for automati-
cally zeroing the analog portion of the system while the trans-
ducer output IS momentarily interrupted and for filling gaps in
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
IS
dimensions of each band in the two hinges on the ends of the
guide member parallel to the balance beam are located in one
of two intersecting planes in a certain angular position of the
guide member and the connected other linkage member. Only
LO<D
1
--ci»ci;iT
AUTO
- ZiRO
C.BCUll
. «
AHALOft
OVCk RANAC
DET8CT01
MOTitN
•FTfCTO
Vc
AUTO
- Zt»0
CONrxiua
1 —
MCMvnrOlLFR
_Ca»l^<«*TffR
iTOQA&E t-
PiG'STtft I ^
Mi'
I>i»lTAL
Of T£cro«
READOUT
-■zs
'2f
the analog signal resulting from the interruption of the trans- y^^ major dimensions of one band are located in one of the
ducer output. The digital portion of the system also includes pjangs, thereby reducing the torsional stiffness of the paral-
tare weight provisions for modifying the indicated weight, and idogram linkage and minimizing the effect of the linkage on
circuitry for changing the range and the resolution or incre- the weight response of the balance,
ment of the weighing system.
3,709310
LOAD INDICATING APPARATUS WITH HYSTERESIS
CORRECTION
Geoffrey Cyril Cooke, Stourbridge, and John Anthony Gam-
Ne, Handsworth. both of England, assignors to W & T Avery
Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,503
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 21, 1969,
41,758/69
lnt.a.G01g2i/74
U,S.C1. 177— 168 15 Claims
3,709312
SNOWMOBILE WITH HYDRAULIC DEVICE
Gregory J. McGough, Saint Paul, Minn., assignor to Richard
H. Fox, RoseviUe; Charles Grui; Peter J. McGough, both of
St. Paul; Vincent Nonnemacher, Newport; Gary R.
Schwartz; Frederick H. Valencour, both of St. Paul and John
M. Vieman, RoseviUe, all of, Minn., part interest to each
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,466
Int. CI. B62m 2 7/02
U.S. CI. 180-5 R 5 Claims
Load indicating apparatus for weighing or testing in which
errors otherwise inherent due to mechanical hysteresis are
compensated by applying a hysteresis characteristic of a
secondary resistant A difference in hysteresis characteristic
of like sign, e.g. positive, of two resistants may be taken in
which case the resistants used may be springs or pendulums;
or a sum of hysteresis characteristics of unlike sign, i.e. posi-
tive and negative, may be taken in which case one resistant
may be a flexure strip and the secondary resistant with nega-
tive characteristics may be a strain gauge bonded thereto.
L.»/3
3,709311
TOP-LOADING BALANCE
Max K. Applus, Berneck, Switzerland, assignor to Mettler
Instrumente AC, (.reifensee-Zurich. Switzerland
FUedMay 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,803 —
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 1, 1970,
8185/70
Int. CI. GO Ig 7 /i4
U.S. CI. 177-203 7 Claims
The parallelogram linkage of a top-loading balance which
maintains the positions of the weighing pan parallel during
pivoting movement of the balance beam includes the beam, a
portion of the stationary support structure, and two guide
members, which are connected by band hinges. The major
A snowmobile includes an internal combustion engine
drivingly connected to the variable displacement rotary pump.
The pump is disposed in controlling relation with respect to a
variable displacement reversible rotary motor whose output
shaft drives the chain and sprocket drive to the bogey wheel
assembly. A control valve is provided and permits the rotary
motor to be driven selectively in a reverse or forward
direction, and also permits the fiow of hydraulic fiuid to
bypass the motor when the valve is in a neutral position. The
bogey wheel assembly includes a frame supporting the bogey
wheels which assembly may be readily removed and replaced
as a unit from the snowmobile body thereby facilitating main-
tenance of the bogey wheel assembly.
3,709313
ARTICULATED VEHICLE
Jack C. James, Long Beach, CaUf., assignor to Walt Disney
Productions, Burbank, Calif.
FUed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,481
Int. CI. B62d 39100
U S CI. 180—21 ^ Claims
An articulated vehicle including a frame having front and
rear frame portions connected together on their adjacent sides
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
501
by transversely extending pivot means. A pair of main wheels rear, the driver straddling the body. Two axles carrying the
carry the pivot means and front and rear castor wheels carry wheels are mounted about steering axes that lie in the same
the front and rear extremities of the respective front and rear vertical plane and are inclined toward one another, the axles
frame portions. Control means is provided for driving the being pivoted simultaneously in opposite directions for steer-
main wheels independently for steering the vehicle whereby ing. Each axle has a respective drive shaft movable therewith
such vehicle may be maneuvered in relatively restricted areas and the drive shaft is connected to the motor via a respective
and articulation of such frame will enable the castor wheels to driver member, the driver member being connected to the
shift vertically with respect to the main wheels to accomodate drive shaft via a universal joint located on the respective steer-
uneven and irregular terrain. ing axis.
3,709314
ALL TERRAIN VEHICLE
Victor F. Hickey, Ventura, CaUf., assignor to FMC Corpora-
tion, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,236
InL a. B60k ; 7134
U.S. a. 180—44 R 1 Claim
3,709316
CAM ACTION SAFETY HOOD
Patrick M. Glance, Plymouth, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,454
*Int. CI. B62d 25/70
U.S. CI. 180—69 C 10 Claims
A high speed all terrain vehicle of the type having four
wheel drive through a limited slip inter-axle differential that is
effective to transfer driving torque between a front differential
and a rear limited slip differential upon loss of traction of
some of the wheels. Improved rough tertain mobility is
achieved through an independent torsion bar suspension em-
ploying a power augmented roll steer characteristic to reduce
the turning radius of the vehicle.
3,709315
VEHICLE FOUR WHEEL DRIVING AND STEERING
ARRANGEMENT
Alfred G. Fisher, 1152 Linbrook Road, Oakville, Ontario,
Canada
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,494
InL CI. B60k 7 7/34
U.S. CL 180—50 10 Claims
A four wheeled "motor-cycle" type vehicle comprises an
elongated body with the motor at the front and a seat at the
Vehicle hood construction in which the hood in hinged at its
front end to the front wall of the vehicle engine compartment
and is latched at its rear end to the vehicle cowl structure
forming the rear wall of the engine compartment The side
walls of the engine compartment and the longitudinal edges of
the hood are provided with cam means comprising comple-
mentary coacting ramp or cam surfaces. If the hood is shoved
rearwardly under vehicle collision conditions, an upward
buckling of the hood is induced by the cam means which has
the effect of foreshortening the hood. This acts as an energy
absorption device and prevents unlatching of the hood rear
edge and subsequent movement of the rear edge toward Ine
vehicle passenger compartment.
3,709317
RESERVE FLUID VALVE POSITION INDICATOR
John W. Ingham, Jr., Wauwatosa, Wis., assignor to AMF In-
corporated
FiledOct. 1,1970, Ser. No. 77,134 »
Int. CI. B60q 9/00, 7/00
U.S. CI. 180-103 1 Claim
An indicator light which is operated by the reserve fuel
502
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
valve indicates when the motorcycle is operating on its reserve boxes wherein adjacent opposite sidewalls defining the gas
passageways have a plurality of openings therein through
fuel supply.
3,709318
AIR CUSfflON VEHICLE
Hugo S. Ferguson, Averill Pk., N.Y., assignor to Air Cushion
Vehicles, Inc., PoestenkiU, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 2.810. Jan. 14, 1970. Pat.
No. 3,608,662. This application June 30, 1971,
Ser. No. 158. 284
Int.Cl. B60v 1100
U.S. CI. 180— 116 14 Claims
which sound waves may pass to be reflected off interior walls
of the resonator to cancel incoming sound waves.
3,709,320
EXHAUST MEANS FOR MULTIPLE CYLINDER
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Alois Hollerl, and Karl Landgraf, both of Schoensee, Germany,
assignors to Firma Otto Meinel-Georgadel Metall-
warenfabrik, Schoensee/Oberpfalz, Germany
FUedOct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,413
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 15, 1970, G 70
38 137.2
Int. CI. FOln 7/06. 7/70. 7//«
U.S.CL 181-40 8 Claims
An air-cushion vehicle has a body structure including a rigid
platform, and a shock absorber section of semi-rigid self-sup-
porting resilient material fixedly attached around the
periphery of the rigid platform with the lower surface of the
shock absorber section extending outwardly and downwardly
below the rigid platform. A thin skirt of tough flexible material
is united with the shock absorber section and extends
downwardly from the peripheral region thereof The skirt has
integral mounting skirt members which are united with the
outer peripheral surface and lower surface of the shock ab-
sorber section, and the shock absorber section extends
beneath the rigid platform in overlapping relationship with the
overlapping surfaces inclined outwardly and upwardly from
the horizontal. At the front, the lower portion of the shock ab-
sorber section slopes upwardly and forwardly. The rigid plat-
form, shock absorber section and skirt comprise a plenum
chamber to which air pressure is supplied.
J !l
The exhaust device for multiple cylinder internal com-
bustion engines of the type where the waste gas pipes lead
separately from cylinder to the exhaust sound muffler, the
lengths of which is of different magnitude between motor and
sound muffler, while individual waste gas pipes inside the
sound muffler are prolonged by a certain amount, is charac-
terized in that the waste gas pipes which are prolonged inside
the sound muffler have at least one enlargement in their cross-
section.
3,709,319
RESONATOR CHAMBER SILENCER FOR GAS TURBINE
John F. Lawyer, Albany, and David K. Prugger, Rexford, both
of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Oct. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 187,090
Int. CI. B64f U26; E04b //S2, FOln 7//0
U.S. CI. 181—33 HB 7 Claims
A gas turbine exhaust silencer for attenuating both high-
frequency and low-frequency noises. In the low-frequency
silencing section there is a row of acoustically absorbent boxes
which are spaced apart to form gas passageways between ad-
jacent opposite sidewalls. Some low-frequency noise is ab-
sorbed into the acoustic boxes through perforations in the
sidewalls. Aligned with the acoustic boxes, there is a row of
hollow, spaced apart, resonator boxes contiguous with the
acoustic boxes to continue the gas passageways. Additional
low-frequency sound attenuation is provided by the resonator
3,709,321
MUFFLER WITH LONGITUDINAL CHAMBER
Wladyslaw F. Malklewicz, Casa Grande, Ariz., assignor to
Tenneco Inc., Racine, Wis.
FUed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 172,978
Int. CI. FOln 7/70, 7/76
U.S. CI. 181-50 5 Claims
/^'^ ;Vrr 7^^ .,j j.,,^ '^7
V'
=^
w^. r--^^y.
as-
'// <•///
I// ///
A straight through muffler for removing medium and high
frequency sounds in the exhaust system of an internal com-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
503
bustion engine includes a straight through gas passage that is
formed by a length of wire cloth or the equivalent which is
pleated so that the inner diameter of the pleats define the gas
passage and the outer diameter fits the housing of the muffler.
3,709322
OVERHEAD SERVICE APPARATUS WFFH SWIVEL
PLATFORM
Maurice E. Mitchell, 9 Hickory Road, Muncie, Ind.
FUed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 1,269
Int.a.E04g7/22
U.S. CI. 182—62.5 15 Claims
3,709324
PROCESS FOR THE PREVENTION OF UNINTENTIONAL
ESCAPEMENT OF AN APPLIED OIL LAYER
Hiroshi Iwasawa, Kawasaki, Japan, assignor to Citizen Watch
Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,101
Claims priority, application Japan, March 23, 1970,
45/24227
Int. CI. F16c 33/72
U.S.CL184— IE 2 Claims
11a ^^^ ^J^' ^2 iia
Overhead service apparatus having a telescopically extensi-
ble inclined mast, mounted on a mobile base which is operable
to swivel the mast about a mast-swivel axis, combined with a
platform support on the mast and on which a platform is
mounted for both traversing movement and swivel movement.
The combined swivel and traverse platform movement at the
top of an inclined telescopic mast provides unique versatility
for positioning a work platform in elevated positions, parallel
to the work surface or zones anywhere in an extensive reach
space. Mast swivel movement is provided either by driving the
mobile base itself about a central mast-swivel axis, or by
mounting the mast on a turntable which swivels on the base.
u
A process wherein an elongated area selected in proximity
to the bearing surface of a bearing member is roughened in
comparison with other area encircling partially or wholly the
bearing surface, an oil-repulsing polymer is applied to the
overall surface of said member, said polymer is substantially
or wholly removed from other surface area than said
roughened surface, and then the member is subjected to ther-
mal influence at an elevated temperature selected lower than
the decomposition temperature of said agent thereby the
latter being caused to creep around from said roughened area,
especially towards the bearing surface.
3,709325
CASE FOR SHIPPING ARTICLES IN AN UPRIGHT
POSITION AND IN SPACED LATERAL SEPARATION
Robert Louis Gordon, Monroe, and John Charles Siegele,
Spring Valley, both of N.Y., assignors to International Paper
Company, New York, N.Y.
" Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,774
Int. CI. B65d 77/00
U.S. CI. 206-65 Y 20 Claims
3,709323
SELF-LEVELING STRIPS
Graydon E. Trible, Box 97, Augusta, Kans.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,072
Int.Cl.E06c7/75
U.S. CI. 182—115 10 Claims
-V ^»
^«
An adjustable height self-leveling set of steps and landing,
including a pair of trapezoidal shaped side frames having legs
at each comer thereof The four members making up the side
frames are pivotally connected with the exception of one rigid
joint between two of the members to prevent the side frame
from collapsing. Each comer will self-level by shifting the
shape of the side frame while the steps and landing remain
substantially horizontal.
sgm^
•o'ni**
1 , «*Mt ^
The case comprises wall panels, one or more bottom flaps, a
bottom indexing panel containing one or more downwardly
projecting female recesses into which the bottom of the
packaged article is inserted, an internal bottom panel disposed
beneath said bottom indexing panel containing apertures
which flt over the periphery of said downwardly projecting
female recesses, and means for spacing apart the internal bot-
tom panel and bottom of the case so as to allow the
downwardly projecting female recesses to pass through, and
be locked in place by, the aperture of the intemal bottom
panel.
504
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
The case further comprises a top indexing panel containing
one or more upwardly projecting female recesses into which
the top of the packaged article is inserted, an internal top
panel disposed above the top indexing panel containing aper-
tures which fit over the periphery of the upwardly projecting
female recesses, one or more top flaps, and means for spacing
apart the internal top panel and top of the case so as to allow
the upwardly projecting female recesses to pass through, and
be locked in place by, the apertures of the internal top panel.
The shipping case can be provided with an article separator
layer assembly when the case is used to package a plurality of
layers of articles.
length are restricted and the spherical articles are passed to a
metering orifice having as a lower margin a flexible rough sur-
faced belt driven to transport the passed material to a grading
bar. The grading bar is positioned above the belt a distance
slightly less than the diameter of the spherical auticles to allow
under sized and non-rolling material to pass thereunder as the
belt travels beneath the grading bar while spherical articles are
advanced by engagement with the grading bar in a single file
to a collection point.
3,709^26
PALLETIZABLE ARTICLES
Robert "P. Habgood. Jr., Bradford. Pa., assignor to Plexowood
Inc., Bradford, Pa.
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,077
InL CI. B65d 85162
U.S. CI. 206—65 R 3 Claims
A palletizable article comprised of a molded article having a
plurality of seating members molded integral with it for main-
taining like molded articles substantially aligned when sucked
on said molded article.
3,709327
METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SORTING SPHERICAL
ARTICLES
Edward Lee Hite, Toledo; Dennis Lee Ramge, WatervilJe, and
Andre Roelf De Muinck, Defiance, all of Ohio, assignors to
Johns- Manville Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,450
Int.Cl.B07b/i/04
U.S. CI. 209—73 27 Claims
3,709,328
FASTENER SORTING APPARATUS
Johannes Mohr, Oberboihingen, and Adolf Cast, Oberlennin-
gen, both of Germany, assignors to Karl M. Reich Maschin-
enfabrik, Nuertingen, Germany
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,252
Int. CI. B07c 5/70
U.S. CI. 209-73 19 Claims
A sorting apparatus for detecting improperly-shaped
fasteners, for example, nails, screws or the like, within a row of
properly shaped fasteners and segregating and then expelling
these improper fasteners from the proper fasteners.
3,709,329
TABLET CLASSIFICATION MACHINE
John J. MIodzinskl. Willow Grove, Pa., assignor to Smith KUne
& French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,141
Int. CI. B07c 5104
U.S. CI. 209-75 1 Claims
I '
A system and method for sorting spherical articles from a
bulk supply of articles is disclosed in a preferred embodiment
wherein spheres of a generally uniform size are fed from a
bulk supply source to a separator hopper which separates out
non-spherical and foreign materials by use of a series of
curved equally spaced guides nested in an enclosure whereby
over sized foreign materials particularly those of substantial
A tablet classification machine has a drum having an inlet
end and an outlet end, mounted for rotation and having circu-
lar openings having a predetermined diameter to pass tablets
having a diameter less than a predetermined diameter and
pieces of broken tablets. A tablet supply chute supplies tablets
to the inlet end of the drum. A helical blade secured to the in-
terior of the drum advances tablets from the inlet end to the
ouUet end of the drum. A first classification slide has its upper
end below the ouUet end of the drum to receive tablets
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
506
discharged at the outlet end of the drum. The slide has parallel
bars spaced apart a predetermined distance to provide for the
passage therethrough of tablets having not more than a
predetermined maximum thickness. A second classification
slide below the first classification slide has parallel bars spaced
apart a predetermined distance which is less than the distance
between the bars of the first slide in order to retain tablets hav-
ing more than a predetermined minimum thickness. A chute
below the first slide and above the second slide collects tablets
passing through the first slide and dischzu-ges them adjacent
the upper end of the second slide.
passing the chain under a fixed lower pulley and then over a
fixed upper pulley and connecting the chain to the support. In
lift trucks, the support is usually a piston with an idler sprocket
over which a chain passes to move the carriage at twice the
speed of the piston. The safety chain is passed beneath an idler
connected to the piston and is fixed near the upper pulley so
that the piston is permitted to move only half the distance of
the carriage.
3,709,330
LIFTER FOR VEHICLES
Victor S. Wells, P.O. Box 542, and Hal J. Clark, 342 North
Glenwood, both of Jackson, Wyo.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,786
Int. CI. B66I 7110
U.S. CI. 187—8.72 1 Claim
3,709,332
DISC -TYPE BRAKE FOR THREAD
Karl Isac Joel Rosen, Villa Haga, Ulricehamn, Sweden
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,706
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 5, 1970, P 20 00
268.0
Int. CL F16d 55100
U.S. CI. 188—71.1 9 Claims
A base supports a lifting frame by means of four parallel
arms so the lifting frame may be raised and lowered. A
hydraulic jack is connected between the base and the lifting
frame to raise the frame. Cross rails on the frame support two
lifting pads for movement toward and away from each other.
Each pad has wheels rolling on the rails. Guides on the frame
and the pads cooperate to keep the pads substantially parallel.
Hydraulic jacks on the frame move the pads to and fro. At the
end of each pad there is a stop extending above the pad to en-
gage the side of a vehicle and twist the pad horizontally to in-
terlock the guides and stop inward movement of the pad. The
hydraulic jacks are combined with a pump and a pressure
regulating valve to first cause the pads to move toward each
other until stopped, then to lift the lifting frame.
3,709,331
CARRIAGE SAFETY SYSTEM
Raymond L. Smith, Jr., Southbury, Conn., assignor to C & M
Manufacturing Company, Inc., Betbesda, Md.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 57,931
Int. CI. B66b 9120
U.S. CI. 187—9 2 CUlms
F
A disc-type brake for thread, with two discs mounted with
freedom to rotate, these discs being pressed together by an
energy store fitted on a mounting. The energy store acts on the
discs eccentrically in relation to their spindle. An inclined
bearing surface is provided between the discs so that the
planes of roution of the discs are at an angle to each other.
3,709,333 *
DISK BRAKE ACTUATOR AND ADJUSTMENT MEANS
Edwin K. Buyze. St. Clair Shores. Mich., assignor to The
Budd Company. Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 127,916
Int. CI. F16d 65/56
U.S.CI. 188— 71.9 4Clafais
A disk brake system having an axially adjustable externally
supported disk, a fixed caliper supporting brake pads for en-
gaging the disk, a ball ramp actuating means for moving the
brake pads into contact with the disk, and automatic adjust-
ment means for compensating for pad wear and manual ad-
Carriage free fall in catching up with a lowered supporting justment means for initial pad spacing and spacing adjustment
means is prevented by connecting a chain to a carriage, after pad replacement.
506
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
3,709^34
WHEEL BRAKE ASSEMBLY nTTED WITH AUTOMATIC
BRAKE CAP ADJUSTING MEANS
Toshiyuki Kondo, and Asao Kozakai, both of Kariya, Japan,
assignors to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya, Aichi
pref., Japan
Filed Dec. 23, 1970. Ser. No. 100,941
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 23, 1969,
44/104011; Dec. 23, 1969, 44/104013; Dec. 23, 1969,
44/104014; Dec. 23, 1969, 44/104015
Int.Cl.F16d5//50
U.S. CI. 188—79.5 P 10 Claims
January 9, 1973
^>
that equal pressure flow compensates for the reduction in
pressure of the vortex flow at the rotor inlet.
3,709,336
RELEASE DEVICE FOR DRUM BRAKES
Herbert Guthmann, J.-F. Kennedy-AUee 15, 318 Wolfsburg,
Germany
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,684
Int. CI. F16d 65/74
U.S. CI. 188-351 4 Claims
iq4JO0J03 12
«»'20a 20b '«"■
This invention relates to an automotive wheel brake as-
sembly fitted with automatic brake gap adjusting means.
The improvement resides in the provision of a three lever —
two link type force transmitting linkage mechanism connect-
ing mechanically a parking brake actuator and an automatic
brake adjuster per se which is mounted in proximity to a
hvdraulic brake actuator.
3,709,335
ENERGY ABSORBER AND METHOD OF OPERATING
SAME
Sixten Einar Carlsson; Lars Halvar Myhr, and Lars-Ake
Erling Svensson, all of Norrkoping, Sweden, assignors to
Borgs Fabricks Aktiebolag, Norrkoping, Sweden
Filed Jan. 8, 197 1 , Ser. No. 104,963
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 26, 1970, 2518/70
Int. CI. B64f/ /02
U.S. CI. 188-296 3 Claims
^ KjTT-— IP^^.
if 20 irii h
1 6
B 7 17
An adjusting device for a pressure operated drum brake
having an auxiliary cylinder provided in a pipe leading to a
wheel cylinder and a piston adjustable between limiting stops.
3,709,337
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION AND CURRENT
COLLECTING ASSEMBLY FOR HIGH SPEED DRIVE
ARRANGEMENTS
Jean-Pol Payen, Grenoble, France, assignor to Merlin Gerin,
Societe Anonyme, Grenoble, France
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,413
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 18, 1970,
7034059
Int.CI. B60m 1/00,1/34
U.S. CI. 191-22 R 10 Claims
Multi-phase current collecting assembly for high speed
drive arrangements comprising a rail type conductor of high
rigidity composed of a pair of tied profile strips defining a
dihedral contact surface for engagement with mating dihedral
contact surfaces of contact shoes.
An energy absorber primarily intended for the arresting of
aircraft, and a method of operating the same, said absorber
having a chamber in which a liquid is pumped around a rotor
and stator lattice structure having oppositely curved vanes and
blades, with a portion of the liquid in a return chamber given a
progressively increased tangential velocity in a potential vor-
tex, and a remaining small portion of the liquid being passed to
equal pressure channels to be combined at the rotor inlet, and
the remaining portion of the liquid proceeding in a flow
direction opposite to the direction of rotation of the rotor so
3,709,338
SINGLE PEDAL BRAKE- ACCELERATOR MECHANISM
WITH CRUISE CONTROL
Edward C. Glen, 39643 Royal Palm Drive, Fremont, Calif.
FUed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,174
Int. a. F16d 67/00
U.S. CI. 192-3 S 4 Claims
A single pedal, throttle and brake actuator for a self-
powered vehicle including automatic throttle setting or cruise
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
507
control. A single, pivoted foot pedal operates throttle and
portioned to engine R. P. M. so as to supply a decreasing volt-
age to the solenoid as engine speed increases above idling to
brake mechanisms with holding means maintaining any ad-
justed throttle position until readjustment by foot pressure.
3,709,339
BAND CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
Max M. Austin, Mishawaka, and Norman B. Boulton, South
Bend, both of Ind., assignors to National-Standard Com-
pany, Niles, Mich.
FUed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,327
Int. CI. F16d 47/20
U.S. CI. 192—41 S 9 Claims
^IV
cause the valve to slowly open and the motor to gradually en-
gage the clutch.
3,709,341
ONE WAY CLUTCH DRIVEN BY OSCILLATING DRUM
Horst Schuiz, Schweinfurt am Main, (iermany, assignor to
Fichtel & Sachs Ati. Schweinfurt am Main, (iermany
FUed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,941
Claims priority, application Germany, May 22, 1970, P 20
25 022.0
Int.CI.F16d4//i6
U.S. CI. 192—64 8 Claims
An overrunning clutch comprising drive and driven clutch
members, one of which has a V-groove into which the narrow
tapered ends of a plurality of interfitting and overlapping
clutch bands are disposed. An anchor is provided on the wide
ends of the clutch bands which are disposed in slots formed in
the other of such clutch members, where the slots are substan-
tially longer than the anchors in a circumferential direction.
The slots and anchor are conformably shaped so that as the
load is applied the anchor is moving from one end of the slot
to the other causes the bands to tighten into a snug pack just as
the driving face of the anchor strikes the driving surface of the
slot to thereby minimize deflections in the bands as well as
radial forces in the drive member.
3,709,340
FLUID RELEASED CLUTCH CONTROLLED BY ENGINE
SPEED AND GEAR SHIFTER ^
Noboru Murakami; Tatsuo Naruto, and Nobuyuki Hashimoto,
all of Kariya, Japan, assignors to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki
Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan
FUed AprU 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,256
Claims priority, application Japan, April 27, 1970,
45/36065; April 27, 1970, 45/36067
Int.CI.F16d4i/2«4
U.S. CL 192—3.58 14 Claims
A spring engaged friction clutch is released by a fluid pres-
sure operated motor controlled by a pressure modulating ex-
haust valve. At idling speed and during gear shifting, the valve
is closed by a solenoid to cause release of the clutch. An elec-
tronic device 52 produces and output voltage inversely pro-
A freewheeling hub for a vehicle wheel has a normally sta-
tionary shaft assembly and a driver and hub shell coaxially
rotatable on the assembly. A coupling engaged in response to
forward rotation of the driver connects the driver to the sheU.
One end of a flexible cable is wound on a cable drum fixed to
the driver, and the cable, when pulled, turns the driver for-
ward. A helical torsion spring in the shell is tensioned by such
turning and returns the driver when tension in the cable is
relaxed. A vehicle equipped with the hub is propelled when
the cable is altematingly pulled and released.
3,709,342
TIME DELAY ELECTROMAGNETIC CLUTCH
Glenn S. Spencer, Horseheads, N.Y., assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
FUedSept. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 182,337 -
Int. a. F16d 27/06
U.S. CI. 192—52 6 Claims
An elecuomagnetic clutch or brake including means for au-
tomatically retarding or slowing the engagement and release
of the armature is shown herein. An additional coil comprising
one or more shorted turns of high current capacity wire is in-
cluded within the magnet body forming an electromagnetic
coupling with the main coil to impede the generation and col-
lapse of the main coil-induced electromagnetic field.
508
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
Switching means connected .n series circuit relationship with clutch and engage a brake while simultaneously operating a
uTe 2r.o"rcoU and located externally of the clutch may starter safety switch and havmg means to a substanUally m-
10 21
13
24^
14v
i.\'r^:
i
Q:
IB
It
P"
43-l'F^
also be included so that application of the magnetically re-
tarded coil can be selective.
3,709^3
crease pedal force when said pedal moves into the brake en-
gagement phase of rotation.
CLUTCH WITH TEETH ALIGNMENT CAM
Hans Sigg, Widen, Switzerland, assignor to Maag Gear Wheel
& Machine Company Limited, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 201,293
3,709345
ru^i.«,.*^, ...^,^ ,- - DOUBLE PASSAGE SILO CHUTE
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1970, P 20 Rgymond R. Price, Rochester, Minn., assignor to Rochester
' "^° " Silo Co., Rochester, Minn.
Int. CI. F16d 11104 Filed juiy 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,679
Int. CI. B65g///02. 65/36
U.S. CI. 193-34 11 Claims
58 008.9
U.S. CI. 192—67 R
7 Claims
^
:^
^
A gear clutch or coupling has one part with a pair of axially
spaced gear rings and another part with a further gear ring en-
gageable alternatively with either of said pair of gear rings.
One of the pair of gear rings is relatively narrow and serves
simply to align the further gear ring with the other of the pair
of gear rings where necessary to allow them to be brought into
mesh. For this purpose the teeth of the pair of gear rings are
circumferenlially offset relative to each other by a distance
different from a half tooth pitch.
3,709,344
CLUTCH AND BRAKE PEDAL WITH NEUTRAL SAFETY
SWITCH
Gerald E. Sleren, Greendale, Wis., assignor to Allis-Chahners
Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Dec. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 207,204
Int. CI. B60k 29/00
U.S. CI. 192-.094 10 Claims
A vehicle clutch and brake control having a single depen-
dent pedal pivotally supported to sequentially disengage a
A silo chute having a vertical dividing wall extending over
substantially its entire length and separating the interior of the
chute into a service and access passage through which access
may be obtained to the interior of the sUo through vertically
spaced door openings therein and an ensilage passage through
which ensUage is discharged from the sUo. A plurality of verti-
caUy spaced discharge openings in one wall of the ensilage
discharge passage are normally closed by doors which may be
selectively opened to place the discharge passage in flow com-
munication with the interior of the sUo at a level correspond-
ing to the level of ensilage therein.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
509
3 709346 3,709348
ROLLER GUIDE GLUEING PRESS FOR GLUEING FLAT SHAPED
Edwrrd C. Peterson, DouglassvUle, and Ernest E. Davis, TEXTILE ARTICLES , „. ^ _j
wyomlssing, both of Pa., assignors to Rolling MUl Engineers, Herbert Kannegiesser, HoUwiesen-Vlotho, Weser, and RKhard
Inc., DouglassvUle, Pa.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,258
Int. a. B65g 13/00
U.S. O. 193—35 C
23 Claims
A guide for feeding stock to the rolls of a rolling mill in
proper orientation is disclosed. A pair of guide roller carriers
and a pair of entry bells with rollers are pivotally mounted to a
base and are joined for interrelated movement by a common
adjusting mechanism. Guide bars are semifloatingly mounted
intermediate the entry bells and guide rollers and are urged by
appropriate camming structure toward and away from the
center line of the guide by movement of the guide roller car-
riers and entry bells. Transverse movement of the center line
of the guide is accomplished by mounting a captive threaded
member to the adjusting mechanism.
3.709347
BAG VENDING MACHINE HAVING FEELER
CONTROLLED LOCK
Henry Verbeke, Chester, NJ., assignor to APL Corporation,
Great Neck, N.Y.
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,117
Int.CI.G07f5//6
U.S. CI. 194—94 17 Claims
Juraschek, Vlotho, Weser am Kinderheim, both of Germany,
assignors to Kannegiesser Maschinenfabrik Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung, HoUwiesen-Vlotho/Weser, Germany
FUed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,400
Claims priority, application Germany, July 24, 1969, G 69
29 202.0
Int. Cl. B65g 15/14; B23g 5/22
U.S. CI. 198-19 10 Claims
?; 19 21
21 21 ■" . .15 t f^ ,7 ^ 13 f'
T~r
I.D
b^^=^n fr^MMBJ
xi — X a: X T '''
i.
,7 31,
16
21
A glueing press, with operating and treatment stations ar-
ranged one above the other, includes a transportation system
for transporting textile articles, which are to be glued
together, from the operating stations to the treatment stations
and back to the operating stations in such a manner as to pro-
vide shift free transportation of the textile articles.
The transportation system includes a pair of circulating con-
veyor belts, which coincide, one directly over the other, out-
side the area of the operating stations such that the textile arti-
cles can be located and retained between the belts.
3 709349
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVING OBJECTS
FROM CONTINUOUSLY MOVING MANDRELS
Eric S. Buhayar; James E. Hazard, both of Swarthmore; John
J. Jaagus, Broomall; Fred W. Werner, Media; Robert W.
Wheeler, Mllmont Park, all of Pa., and Robert C. Crowe,
Cherry HUl, NJ., assignors to Scott Paper Company,
Delaware, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 644,955, June 9, 1967, Pat. No. 3,507,682.
This application March 4, 1970, Ser. No. 19,135
Int.Cl.B65g47/00
U.S. CI. 198-25 11 Claims
A vending machine adapted to dispense bags having bail
handles. The bags are stored by placing the bails over a verti-
cally extending shaft, and by providing a metering device at
the top of the shaft whereby only one bag can be dispensed at
a time. The metering device is coin controlled, and a
mechanism is provided for varying the price at which the bags
will be vended. A totalizer is provided whereby coins of vary-
ing denominations can be deposited until the predetermined
price set for each bag has been reached.
A method and apparatus for removing hollow containers
such as cups having a generally circular cross-section and a
cylindrical or frusto-conical shape from an orbiting mandrel
continuously moving the containers through a process where
their side walls are printed The removal apparatus of the in-
510
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
vention utilizes a suction cup movable through an orbital path
and adapted to engage the closed end of the container and to
move it rapidly to a conveyor means for transfer to a remote
position without conUcting the printed side wall of the con-
tainer.
means and control means. The apparatus is especially useful in
the processing of agricultural commodities.
3,709^50
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONSTITUTING A
CONTINUOUS STREAM OF A PLURALITY OF
SUPERPOSED LAYERS OF ROD-SHAPED OBJECTS
SUCH AS CIGARETTES
Jacques Flesselles, and Raymond Poupin, both of Fleury-les-
Aubrais, France, assignors to Service D Exploitation Indus-
trielle Des Tabacs Et Des AHumettes, Paris, France
FUed Jan. 13, 1971,S€r.No. 106.098
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 16, 1970, 7001540
Int. CI. B65g 57/32
U.S. CI. 198-35 2 Claims
3,709,352
MULTIPLE PITCH PROCESSING CONVEYOR
James L. Reimers, and Adil A. Mughannam, both of San Jose,
Calif., assignors to FMC Corporation, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,183
Int. CI. B65g 1 7100
U.S.Cl. 198— 131 13 Claims
n
1
h'
"1 • M ;
— '
-i
:- - ■.
^2
1 '
u.ri
; 'a
Lj
i
Method of constituting a continuous stream of a plurality of
superposed layers of rod-shaped objects, such as cigarettes
comprising the steps of introducing successively objects in at
least one point of a first continuous stream of said objects and
introducing further objects from below under the lower layer
of said first stream and device for carrying out the method.
A multiple pitch conveyor for supporting elongated articu-
lating carrier bars which are spaced different distances apart.
Each carrier bar cooperates with the next adjacent carrier bar
so as to confine a row of containers of one size range on one
side thereof and to confine a row of containers of another size
range on the other side thereof when passing through the heat
treatment chamber of a cooker. The carrier bars are specifi-
cally designed to maintain positive container control and max-
imum container density per running foot of conveyor while
permitting the cooker to handle at least two different size
ranges of containers with the same or different commodities
hermetically sealed therein.
3,709,353
3,709,351 CONVEYOR DIVERTER MECHANISM
AUTOMATIC BULK FEEDING AND DISTRIBUTING Charles E. Sheetz, Woodstock, Va., assignor to FMC Corpora-
APPARATUS tlon, San Jose, Calif.
C. G. Peter Oldershaw, Avon, and Don De Kramer, Lima, both py^ jy,y 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,728
of N.Y., assignors to General Foods Corporation, White Int. CI. B65g 47/76
PUines,N.Y. U.S. CI. 198— 28 14 Claims
FUed Feb. 4, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 12,532
Int.CLB65g43/0S
U.S. CI. 198—37 8 Claims
^2a
340
'H
is,7'i
Apparatus for automatic bulk feeding and distribution of
products The apparatus provides for an even, uninterrupted
flow of product from a bulk infeed station to a group of in-
dividual work stations so that a group of individujil processing
lines or machines are assured a continuous supply of product.
The apparatus comprises product supply means, conveyor
means upon which product for feeding and distribution is car-
ried and may build up, means associated with the conveyor
means allowing for transfer of product therefrom, segmented
gate means through which product passes as it is carried upon
and along the conveyor means, means for detecting the level
of product as it is carried along the conveyor means. Control
means which are connected to the gate means and detecting
means and the product supply means and product receiving
and discharging means which are associated with the conveyor
A smooth surfaced diverting blade extends transversely
across an endless belt conveyor arranged to carry fruit. The
blade is pivotally mounted at one edge thereof with the other
edge being connected to a solenoid actuated lift assembly
whereby the blade can be selectively maintained in either a
first position wherein it lies flat upon the conveyor permitting
the fruit to pass thereover or a second position wherein it is
pivoted upwardly to block the path of the fruit on the con-
veyor thereby causing the fruit to be diverted therefrom.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
511
3,709,354
POSITIONING DEVICE FOR CONICAL SUBJECTS
Jakobus Petiet, Leiden, Netherlands, assignor to N. V. Leidsche
Apparatenfabriek, Leiden, Netherlands
FUed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,164
Claims priority, appUcation Netherlands, Sept. 17, 1969,
6914108
Int. CI. B65g 47 124; B65h 9100
U.S. CL 198—33 AA 6 Claims
feed stack reach the selected low number. Stack bounce and
disarranged closures are eliminated by this device.
3,709,356
VERTICAL BALE ELEVATOR
Harry Donald Crawlev, Winnipeg, Canada, assignor to .\llied
Farm Equipment (Manitoba) Ltd.. Winnipeg. Manitoba,
Canada
FUed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 122,571
Int. CI. B65g 75/74
U.S. CI. 198- 162 8 Claims
Apparatus for transferring substantially conical subjects of
an elastic material, such as truncated caps for bottles of a
plastic material from a supply container into a store holder in
a predetermined position comprising a horizontal shaft
mounted to said apparatus, a plurality of parallel rotatable
discs mounted on said shaft and positioned at a distance from
;ach other greater than the larger diameter of the conical sub-
jects. The inner walls of the discs are provided with means to
temporarily hold the conical subjects near their larger diame-
ter. The rotatable discs are able to rotate simultaneously with
such a velocity that the conical subjects held thereby are posi-
tioned by centrifugal forces with their smaller diameter
directed outward. Means are also provided for continuously
removing the positioned conical subjects and for moving the
conical subjects to the store holder.
3,709355
STACK HEIGHT CONTROL USING CUTOFF KNIVES
WUliam B. Harrison, 8 Ridley Road, Dedham, Mass.
FUed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,924
Int. CLB65g 47/06
U.S.CL 198-59 4 Claims
^"O^
An inner vertical elevator is secured between the feed-in
section and the upper horizontal mow conveyor. An outer
elevator is supported by parallel linkage in front of the inner
elevator with the bales engaged by the conveyor chains of the
two elevators. Tension springs govern the engagement of the
conveyors with the bale and a conveyor thrower takes the
bales from the vertical elevator and transfers them to the mow
conveyor.
3,709,357
FLEXIBLE HELICAL CONVEYOR FOR LIQUIDS
Kenard D. Brown, 1227 South WUlow Street, Casper, Wyo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 808,054, March 18, 1969,
abandoned. This application May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,628
Int.a.B65gii/00
U.S. CL 198—213 7 Claims
In the usual machine which applies sealing compound to a
container closure, a special attachment prevents the feeding
of the last few container covers remaining in a feed stack, and
permits the feed of closures as soon as the stack of closures to
be fed is rebuilt to its proper height. The present machine
eliminates this entire mechanism, and supports the few
remaining closures in the feed stack on the cutoff knives
which themselves become disabled when the closures in the
A system for removing light fluid such as oil from heavy
fluids such as water comprises an extended length of open
screw conveyor constructed of material such that it will float
on water. The conveyor may comprise a helical fin having a
central bead or core about which stranded cables are wound,
the stranded cables may be of steel wire or plastic and when
the conveyor is required to float on water plastic materials are
employed for all parts of the conveyor. The conveyor is con-
nected to two spaced motor vessels one end being pivotally
connected to one of the vessels for free rotation and the other
end passing up into the other vessel through a surrounding
conduit and being rotated by a motor mounted on the other
vessel. A reservoir is provided in the other vessel to collect the
liquid. During operation the cable is rotated in a direction to
draw the liquid toward the reservoir vessel and the two vessels
are moved forward to sweep an area covered with oil or other
512
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
lighter fluid In another embodiment the flexible helical drive
member is housed in a flexible tubing having a longitudinal
opening for admitting the lighter liquid from the surface of the
body of heavy liquid, the entire assembly thus formed floats on
the body of liquid.
3,709358
PACKAGES OF GLASS IN SHEET FORM
Brian Andrews, Orrell. near Wigan; James Christopher
Pilkington, Rainhill, near Liverpool, and Brian William
Riley, Tarleton, near Preston, all of England, assignors to
Pilkington Brothers Limited, Liverpool, England
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 57,929
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 28, 1969,
37,861/69
Int. CI. B65d 85/48
U.S. CI. 206-62 R 16 Claims
under blower pressure in a vertical plane in a somewhat circu-
lar chamber wherein the inlet for the commingled mass and
the outlet for the gangue are tangential to the chamber and
cross each other at the bottom through a plenum to scrub the
gangue of any concentrate electrostatically held thereon. A
classifier stack is disposed vertically at the top of the chamber
for levitation of fines in relation to their size and weight for
classification purposes and the classification means may be a
plurality of spaced openings or an extendable member selec-
tively adjustable for regulating the withdrawal of classified
concentrates into a collection tank. A baffle system defining in
part the primary path of flow of the incoming commingled
mass operates to recirculate any uncollected concentrates still
mixed in with outgoing gangue and return same to the stack.
3,709360
MECHANIZED COLLECTION OF SOLID WASTE
MATERIAL
Raymond N. Baker, 2233 Wisconsin Avenue, N. W., Washing-
ton, D.C.
FUed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,733
Int. CLClOg 23/02
U.S. CI. 209-215 12 Claims
A package of glass sheets comprises a stack of glass sheets
arranged vertically. An L-shaped bracket is disposed partially
around the stack with one of its arms underlying the bottom
edge of each sheet of the stack and with its other arm extend-
ing up one of the vertical faces of the stack, and the stack is
strapped to the bracket.
,y
,AT HO* ON
20, (fLAT SHOXDER
/ /
ERRATA
For Classes 206—65 Y thru 209—75 see:
Patents Nos. 3,709,325 thru 3.709,329
Provision is made for mechanized collection of solid waste
materials along highways and the like by use of endless-belt
type magnetic conveyors, operable in conjunction with trucks,
tractors, grass cutters and other roadside maintenance vehi-
cles. Enchanced retrieval results from articulation of the con-
veyor arm and use of cyclically operative electromagnets.
Methods are provided for making glass, paper laminates, and
the like magnetizable by inclusion of magnetic material during
manufacture or fabrication.
3,709359
ORE CLASSIFIER
Carl L. Johnson, 1404 Hudson Street, Denver, Coto.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 630360, April 13, 1967, Pat.
No. 3,51 1,446. This application Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,544
Int. CI. B07b 7/70
U^.CL 209-138 11 Claims
3,709361
DEVICE FOR SEPARATING LIVING CELLS
Richard G. Miller, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, assignor to On-
tario Cancer Institute, Toronto, Canada
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,542
Int a. BOld 27/02
U.S.CL 210-83 16 Claims
An ore classifier in which a mass of reduced ore having a
commingled gangue and mineral particles in it is circulated
The present invention relates to an apparatus for use in the
separation of living cells by velocity sedimentation under unit
gravity which apparatus comprises a frame, a closed vessel
mounted in said frame about a horizontal axis for rotation
between a sedimentation position and a loading and unloadmg
position, said vessel having opening means adjacent the bot-
tom wall thereof and opening means adjacent the top wall
thereof for the inUoduction and removal of liquids to and
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
513
from said vessel, said vessel being shaped and dimensioned
such that contours of equal density in a liquid medium sub-
stantially filling said vessel extend between the side walls of
said vessel when said vessel is in the sedimentation position
and between the side walls and the top wall of said vessel when
said vessel is in the loading and unloading position. The
present invention also relates to a method of separating living
cells in a sample using said apparatus.
ture from the clarifier back to the aerator. The skimmer is
equipped with cleaning, defoaming and flow circulation
to
3,709362
SELF-BACKW ASHING HLTER APPARATUS
Anders Lindstol, Oakville, Ontario, Canada, assignor
Ecodyne Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,553
Int.CLB01d2i/26
U.S.CL210— 108 8 Claims
// ,i!
1^' ^^A/U
devices. The improved activated sludge process includes
recycling at a daily rate of 2,000 to 5,000 percent based on the
volume of the aerator.
3,709364
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DENITRDTCATION OF
TREATED SEWAGE
Elton Stuart Savage, Wexford. F'a.. assignor to Dravo Corpora-
tion. Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,917
Int.a.C02c7/06
U^.CL 210—195 8 Claims
An improved self-backwashing filter of the type having a
lower filter chamber and an upper backwash storage chamber.
In one embodiment, the service outlet pipe means comprise an
inverted U-shaped siphon pipe, the top of which is at least as
high as the upper level of the filter means. Air vent means
communicate with the siphon, and liquid level sensing means
are positioned in the filter chamber above the filter means.
The liquid level sensing means are operatively connected to
the air vent means to open the air vent means, breaking the
siphon when the liquid level falls past the liquid level sensing
means. In another embodiment, a head box is provided, and
the liquid inlet means comprise an inlet pipe, a head box, and
a downtake pipe. Liquid from the inlet pipe flows over the first
weir to the downtake pipe. If the downtake pipe does not ac-
cept all of this liquid, the overflow flows over the second weir,
and is diverted to another filter or to the drain.
wiutsr£ s^M«e
3,709363
EXTENDED AERATION, ACTIVATED SLUDGE PLANT
David O. Smart, IV, Overland Park; Grover B. Pennington,
Kansas City, both of Kans.; Richard M. Plettner, Des
Moines, Iowa, and Robert F. Maughan, Kansas City, Mo.,
assignors to BIO. Systems. Inc., Kansas City, Mo.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,780
Int. CL BO Id 27/24, C02c 7 /OS
U.S.CL 210— 195 5 Claims
Sewage plant apparatus and an improved, activated sludge
process. The sewage plant generally comprises an aerator into
which sewage is fed and is vigorously circulated and aerated
by compressed air and, a clarifier from which treated liquid is
discharged through an effluent line fitted with a collar and
scum baffle. Tubular conduits permit mixture flow from the
aerator to the clarifier. Both a skimmer and a sludge return,
through which flov is induced by compressed air, recycle mix-
Method and apparatus for oenitrification of aqueous
nitrate-containing solutions. Specifically the invention pro-
vides for denitrification of the effluent from an activated
sludge sewage ueatment process. Effluent from the settling
zone of an activated sludge sewage treatment process contain-
ing nitrogen compounds such as nitrates and nitrites, is passed
through a deep bed filter, the filter media of which has been
innoculated with bacteria that converts the nitrogen com-
pounds to nitrogen gas. The filter, in addition to removing the
nitrogen compounds, removes any suspended solids from the
settling zone effluent, so that the final effluent from the filter is
concurrently clarified and denitrified. By controlling the
backwash of the filter, bacteria is retained thereon so as to
enable continuous use of the filter for denitrification.
3,709365
DISPOSABLE PHARMACEUTICAL STERILE CLOSURES
Thomas V. Czaplinski, North Brunswick, and Thomas A.
Haney. East Brunswick, both of N.J.. assignors to E. R.
Squibb & Sons. Inc.. New York. N.V.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42354
Int. CL BO Id 35/00
U.S.CL210— 233 4 Claims
Disclosed herein is a disposable sealed sterile closure for use
primarily in radiopharmaceutical preparations. The stopper is
514
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
of the type that can be pierced by a hypodermic needle to
fss^^^^XT^ys^
1
iO^
the plane of the screen upon which is supported substantially
by line contact a semipermeable dialyzing membrane.
Between each ridge is a groove into which extend channels
defmed in the membrane by the ridges.
aseptically remove sterile, pyrogen-free material from a vial or
generator.
3,709368
CENTRIFUGAL EXTRACTOR MOUNTING
Edward O. McCartney, Newton, Iowa, assignor to The Maytag
Company, Newton, Iowa
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 886,184, Dec. 18, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,766
Int.CI. B07b//42
U.S. CI. 210-365 20 Claims
3,709366
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SKIMMING A LIGHT
LIQUID FROM THE SURFACE OF A BODY OF HEAVIER
LIQUID
William H. Pruitt, Havertown, Pa., assignor to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,420
Int. CLE02b/ 5/04
U.S.CL 210-242 1 Claim
fe 26
A method or apparatus which acts to create plural vortices
at the surface of a body of liquid floating on top. The vortices
are created by locating plural conduits with the open ends a
short distance beneath the surface, and then applying a suc-
tion that is greater than the hydraulic head between the open
end of the conduit and the surface of the liquid. The light sur-
face that is drawn off may be pumped into a storage tank for
permitting separation.
3,709367
SUPPORT STRUCTURE FOR MEMBRANE DIFFUSION
DEVICES
Felix Jesus Martinez, Palatine, Dl., assignor to Baxter Labora-
tories, Inc., Morton Grove, III.
Filed April 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,546
Int. CI. BOld 57/00
U.S.CL 210-321 19 Claims
A mounting of a centrifugal extractor spinner on a base
member includes an intermediate panel removably attached
to the base member with the spinner adjustably mounted on
the intermediate panel for centering the spinner on a substan-
tially vertical axis. The spinner and panel may be removed
from the base member without disturbing the centering of the
spinner to the intermediate panel. A resilient member is inter-
posed between the spinner and the base member to permit nu-
tational movement of the spinner.
3,709369
POWER DRIVEN TRANSFER ROLL FOR FLEXIBLE OIL
COLLECTOR TUBE
Eugene L. Brill, and Beatrice M. Brill, both of 1803 West
Royalton Road, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,227
Int. CLE02b 75/04
U.S.CL210— 400 16 Claims
A support structure in the form of a foraminous screen
netting having an upper plurality of strands arranged in paral-
lel fashion and intersecting at an angle with a lower plurality of
strands, also arranged in parallel fashion. Each strand provides
a ridge whose apex extends in a direction generally normal to
A flexible, hose-like elongated collector adapted for collect-
ing hydrophobic materials floating in a layer on the liquid in a
reservoir of water or the like is formed into an endless loop
which passes into or upon the liquid in the reservoir, then up-
wardly and out through or away from the layer of hydrophobic
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
515
material which collects on the surface of the collector, after
which a doctor blade means scrapes the coated material
therefrom. The present improvement provides a transfer roll
over which the collector passes during its travel away from the
reservoir and toward the drive wheel which pulls it over the
transfer roll or wheel and drives the collector again
downwardly toward the reservoir. This transfer roll furnishes a
large radius fair lead for the tube so that sharp bends in the
tube are avoided. It also prevents twisting and tangling of the
up-coming loaded tube with the downwardly traveling scraped
or clean tube. The apparatus also confines the collector tube
so that various scrapers can be utilized to give a cleaner tube
and to give a longer scraper life.
Front and rear vertical panels have openings formed therein,
each opening having vertically extending and wavy side edges,
the bags extending through the openings and resting upon
lands of the wavy side edges.
3,709370
SCRAPER ASSEMBLY FOR WASTE TREATMENT TANKS
Leonhard Fechter, Michelbach, Germany, assignor to Passa-
vant-Werke, Mkhelbacher Hutte, Germany
Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,467
L Int. CLBOld 27/75
U.S.CL 210— 527 10 Claims
In waste treatment tanks having overflow weirs on the sides
thereof, a scraper assembly in which scraper blades are each
pivoted to a lowered position on the tank floor with the blade
ends extending beneath the weirs, and a raised position in
which the blades are positioned above the weirs, without addi-
tional movement of the scraper blades along the pivot axes.
The pivot axes are angled rearwardly and/or downwardly from
the tank edge to achieve this operation.
3,709,371
DISPLAY CONTAINER
Raymond T. Luck, Chicago, 111., assignor to Kraftco Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,153
Int.CI.A47f 7/25,7/00
U.S.CI. 211-49D 5 Claims
3,709372
INTRAVENOUS SUPPLY CONTAINER SUPPORT
Larry T. .|klexander, 750 N.E. Bumside, Gresham, Oreg.
Filed Jan. 6, 197 1, Ser. No. 104,402
Int. CI. A61g 72/00. A47b 73100
U.S.CL 211—74 " 8 Claims
Apparatus for supporting intravenous supply bottles includ-
ing an upright standard and a cross bar extending substantially
horizontally across the top of the standard. An elongated can-
tilever spring secured to the standard extends to opposite sides
of the standard beneath the cross bar. Reaches of the spring
are adapted to press into tight frictional contact with upwardly
facing ends of supply bottles depending from catches in the
cross bar. A mounting for the standard permits vertical adjust-
ment of the standard relative to a bed or other body support.
3,709373
SUSPENDABLE SUPPORT FOR ARTICLES AND METHOD
Henry Aguilar, 1309 27th Avenue, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133312
Int. CLA47f 5/05
U.S.CL211— 113 5 Claims
An elongated main supporting element having a plurality of
In a display stand for containing and exhibiting flexible bags elongated, flexible loops secured at one of their ends to said
filled with flowable material so that the bags can be shaped, element at spaced points along said element. The opposite
516
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
ends of said loops are closed and each has a finger graspable
tab or extension projecting from the closed end. The elon-
gated loops" are flexible and each comprises a pair of strands of
strong, flexible material in side-by-side relation for forming a
conventional lark's head hitch to provide a bight or slip noose
within which an article may be gripped and releasably held for
suspension from the elongated main element. The bight
adapted to be formed by the lark's head hitch will securely
hold the article within the bight, and the extension or tab on
the closed end of the loop enables a quick release of the bight
for removing the article. A loop at one or both ends of the
main supporting element enables suspending it and the loops
will be suspended substantially vertically from the main ele-
ment before and after an article is held in the hitch that may
be formed in the respective loops, and the influence of gravity
on such articles will function to tighten the bight about each
article.
3,709375
CRANES
Robert Morrison, Greenock, and James Taylor MacNelll, KU-
birnie, both of Scotland, assignors to Speedcranes Limited,
Gourock, Renfrewshire, Scotland
Filed Jan. 12, 1970,Ser.No. 1,998
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 10, 1969,
1,628/69
Int. CI. B66c 23106
U.S. CI. 212-58 3 Claims
3,709,374
DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR BANDED MERCHANDISE
Melvin J. David, 16221 Quemada Road, Encino, Calif.
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,735
Int. CI. A47f 5/02
U.S.CI. 211 — 163 1 Claim
A derrick crane having a single mast adapted for operation
both fore and aft of the mast.'
3,709376 !
CONNECTION FOR ARTICULATED CAR
Russell G. Altherr, Munster, Ind., assignor to AMSTED Indus-
tries Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,928
Int. a. B61g 5/00
U.S. CI. 213-62 R 5 Claims
An apparatus for displaying banded merchandise, such as
fan belts, providing good customer visibility, ease of removal
and replacement, lack of damage to the merchandise and effi-
cient utilization of available display space. The present inven-
tion is* comprised of (i) one or more horizontally disposed
main members, each having disposed along its periphery a plu-
rality of paired vertical members adapted for holding the
bands of banded merchandise, and (ii) a support structure
adapted to support the main members in their horizontal at-
titudes In use, the band of an article of banded merchandise
which is to be display is slipped over one of the vertical mem-
bers. The band holds the article of merchandise while the ver-
tical member and the main member of which it is a part sup-
port the band, thereby holding the merchandise in place for
display and removal. One preferred embodiment of this inven-
tion comprises (i) a pair of concentric circumferential main
members, vertically displaced from one another, each having
disposed around its periphery a plurality of vertically paired
members, and (ii) a floor-standing vertical support structure
disposed through the centers of the spaces enclosed by the
main members and to which the main members are rotatably
coupled.
S ^ *K> ,jZ H8 13 m 58 Ht!
70 ^yz
The connection is of the rotary type and is nonresilient. A
draw bar has a rounded head at each end received in respec-
tive sockets in adjacent ends of railway cars. A removable
shim is provided in each socket to minimize excessive longitu-
dinal slack.
3,709,377
TOOL CHANGER
Walter V. Sturm, and Claude S. Doll, both of Sidney, Ohio, as-
signors to The Monarch Machine Tool Company
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 60,021
Int.Cl.B23q3//55
U.S. CL 214— 1 BD 20 Claims
A tool changer as shown which moves in first, second and
third different paths in moving a tool adapter from an operat-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
517
ing spindle to a position adjacent a tool storage magazine. The
tool adapter grip is moved by grip means in the third path, is
moved by power means in the second path and is moved by
with substantially no play simultaneously with transmission of
motive means in the first path. The power means is also con-
trolled so as to move the tool adapter grip in a fourth path dif-
ferent from the first, second and third paths.
3,709378
ALIGNING AND ORIENTING APPARATUS
Zvi Segal, Wappingers Falls, N.Y.. assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,096
Int. CI. B65g 7/00
U.S.CI.214— IQ 5 Claims
Aligning and orienting apparatus for semiconductor chip
handling apparatus. The aligner and orienter are positioned at
one of the handling apparatus stations coacting with an index-
able vacuum pencil spider assembly. The pencils under pneu-
matic control pick up semiconductor chips from bowls and
transport them to the aligning and orienting station and then
for subsequent handling such as testing and sorting based on
the test results. Aligning and orienting is performed by ac-
tivatable arms carrying aligners at corresponding coacting
ends acting on the surfaces of the chip.
a signal for initiating displacement of other robot arms during
the damping.
3,709380
WEAPON LOADER
Clyde C. Cole, 5298 Harvard Street, Ventura, Calif.
Filed Sept. 30, 197 1, Ser. No. 188,702
Int. CI. B65g7/00
U.S. CI. 214-1 D
7 Claims
A flexible, rapid-lift rate, rapidly positioned missile loader
with sufficient pitch-roll-yaw freedoms to accelerate weapon
loading and the like. The missile loader poses the missile on a
long spring column of air leaving it free to be "float" posi-
tioned to fmal indexing. Air is induced into bellows type lifting
elements by a low pressure powered blower. Transverse posi-
tioning of the loader carriage is easily accomplished through
the provision of air-actuated lift outrigger wheels.
3,709381
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM AND METHOD
Norman M. Sullivan, and Francis J. Fitzgerald, Jr., both of
Grand Rapids, Mich., assignors to Rapistan Incorporated,
Grand Rapids, Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 703314, Jan. 23, 1968, Pat. No.
3,592333. This application July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 60,208
Int. CI. B65g 43100
U.S. CI. 214-11 R 7 Claims
3,709379
ROBOT SYSTEM
Roland T. A. Kaufeldt, Stambanewagen 81-83, Huddinge,
Sweden
FUedFeb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,124
Ctalms priority, appUcation Sweden, Feb. 22, 1970, 2225/70
Int. CI. B25j 9100
U.S.CI. 214— IBB 8 Claims
A system for accurately damping and thereafter stopping
high-speed displacement of robot arms in individual directions
An article transporting system made up of a large number of
individual modules, each of which is a complete and indepen-
dent conveyor within itself. Each module provides a low-fric-
tion article supporting bed and powered means for forcibly
518
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
moving the articles over this bed Articles are moved from
module to module in "start-stop" fashion. The functionmg of
the entire system is integrated by a control system which selec-
tively regulates the operation of the individual modules to
function in cooperation with one module at one time and
other modules at other times. The modules have a minimum
operating capability of two opposite directions and in many
cases have a four directional operating capability. The entire
system is capable of reorganization and expansion by the addi-
tion, deletion, or relocation of modules.
3,709^84
LOADING UNITS FOR MACHINE TOOLS
David T. N. Williamson; James Moffat, both of Hutchinson;
William Wood, and Peter Holland, both of London, all of En-
gland, assignors to Molins Machine Company, Limited, Lon-
don, England
Continuation of Set. No. 721,034, April 12, 1968, abandoned.
This application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 98,092
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 5, 1967,
21,104/67
Int.a.B65g//06
U^. a. 214—16.4 R 18 Claims
3,709,382
SORTING APPARATUS
WOliam W. Morris, Sr., 5320 F Great Oak Way, Cohimbus,
Ohio
Filed June 4, 1971, S«r. No. 149,900
lnt.Cl.B65g4i/00
U.S. CI. 214-11 R 23 Claims
^
12\
A'n
\T^7^
\
OBI PUJ5^, •
3(7 ^fflooiTi^'^X /iiV^ JfeVxzn
Sfi^ ^e
A mail sorting apparatus having an operator's console
equipped with key-operated switches has a selector section
positioned intermediate a mail or parcel propelling device and
a diverter section which includes sorted mail receiving trays.
Operation of any of the key switches selects a particular re-
lated channel or chute in the selector section and a particular
related diverter door to be opened in the diverter section so as
to present one path which that iemt of mail or parcel post must
follow to the desired receiving tray. Operation of an other of
the key switches causes the establishment of another particu-
lar related path for the article to follow to another receiving
tray.
3,709,383
RACKS FOR STORAGE AND TRANSFER PURPOSES
Kingsley Jeffrey Jennings, and Frederick Gifford Ward, both
of Loughborough, England, assignors to Herbert Morris
Limited, Loughborough, Leicester County, England
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,262
Claims priority, application Great BriUln, March 23, 1970,
14,020/70
Int. CI. E04h 6\06
U.S.CL 214-16 B 6 Claims
/3- llb^ „„
■t70-
Workpiece-holding pallets and tool magazines are trans-
ferred between loaders and a numerically controlled machine
tool by pushers on a horizontal beam movable lengthwise to
effect such transfer, and movable transversely of its length
between three positions at one of which the pushers can en-
gage a pallet, and possibly also a tool magazine, at another of
which the pushers can engage only a tool magazine, and at the
third of which the pushers are clear of both pallets and tool
magazines. The loaders are paddle members which can be
rotatable to locate a selected paddle at a loading position.
3,709,385
PARTS CONVEYOR
Michael C. KUpes, Lynnfield, and Herbert N. MacRae,
Beverly, both of Mass., assignors to Delta Engineering Cor-
poration, Winchester, Mass.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,354
Int. CI. B66c 23184
U.S. CI. 214—17 C 11 Claims
46 )0
A live storage system in which pallets stored on racks are
moved from a feed to a discharge station by a transfer trolley
travelling on tracks below the racks and having a platform for
raising and lowering pallets from and onto the rack, the
transfer trolley carrying an auxiliary trolley for raising the
platform both the transfer trolley and the platform being
operated by a first linear induction motor with a second linear
motor operating in opposition to the first motor to position the
transfer trolley at each station and subsequently to return the
transfer trolley along the track.
The invenuon is a conveyor for picking up parts from a
supply station and transferring them to a parts delivering sta-
tion or point of use. The conveyor composes a pivotally
mounted arm with pulleys supporting a cable from which de-
pends a permanent magnet parts holder. Winch means com-
prising a motor and a reel connected to the cable are used to
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
519
raise and lower the parts holder, and the cable and arm are so
connected that winding and unwinding of the cable effects
pivotal movement of the arm between the parts supply station
and the parts delivering station.
actuated cylinders actuate the pivoting cooperative lifting
arms that grasp and raise a lid so that coal, moving by means
of a screw feeder, flows through a closed conduit into the cok-
ing chamber. The apparatus is actuated then to replace and
seat the lid.
3,709.386
CONTAINER FEED MECHANISM FOR REFUSE
INCINERATOR
Robert D. Jones, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow Chemi-
cal Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,543
Int. CI. B65g 47/52, 47/56
U.S. CI. 214-23 2 Claims
In one form of the apparatus a refuse-filled container is
transported on a conveyor up to a pickup point adjacent to the
kiln chute of the incinerator. A rotatable grid with a floor sec-
tion raises upwardly through the conveyor, so that the floor
section engages the container and lifts it free of the conveyor.
Pivotal arm members clamp onto the filled container and hold
it in place on the grid while the grid is rotated into the kiln
chute to a point at which the refuse will empty out of the con-
tainer and into the kiln chute. The grid is then rotated back to
its starting position below the conveyor to deposit the empty
container on the conveyor so that the container can be reused.
3,709,387
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING LIDS AND CHARGING
COAL INTO COKE OVENS
Raymond C. Klnzler, and Albert G. Jonnet, both of Koppers
Company, Inc., Koppers Building, Pittsburgh, Pa.
> Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,445
Int. CI. B66c /J/00
U.S. CI. 214-35 R i'
3,709,388
SELF-LOADING REFUSE VEHICLE
Jacob J. Neufeldt. P.O. Box 33, Coaldale, Alberta. Canada
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,982
Claims priority, application Canada, April 8, 1971, 1 10002
InL CI. B60p l\04, B6Sf3/00
U.S.C1.214— 80 10 Claims
A vehicle having a side-loading bucket assembly. The
bucket is mounted on arms attached to a shaft which pivots to
move the bucket from a lower material-receiving position to
an upper material-discharging position. The bucket is capable
of limited rotation with respect to its mounting arms when it
reaches the discharging pxjsition in order to compress the
material in the vehicle. A locking mechanism normally holds
the bucket in a fixed position with respect to its mounting
arms and this mechanism is automatically released when the
bucket reaches the discharging position. A hold down bar is
normally positioned to retain material in the vehicle and is
retracted out of the path of the bucket as it reaches its materi-
al-discharging position.
3,709389
REFUSE CONTAINER
Douglas C. Steltz, Brookfield, Wis., assignor to Portec, Inc.,
Waukesha, Wis.
FUed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,546
InLCl.B65f;/72
U.S. CL 214-82 5 Claims
7 Claims
Z^. fJ.
A larry car carrying a vertically movable lid lifting device is
positionable over a row of charging lids on a coke oven. Fluid
A refuse container for collecting refuse and adapted to be
periodically upended to discharge the refuse into the body of a
truck or other carrier for removjd from the site. The refuse
container is a closed bin having a charging opening in one end
to receive the refuse and having a discharge opening in the op-
posite end. Both openings are enclosed by doors. The refuse is
compacted within the container by a compactor mounted to
sweep past the charging opening and move the refuse toward
the discharge end of the container. The operating mechanism
520
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 197.'-
for the compactor is tied in with a switch at the charging open-
ing and arranged so that the compactor cannot be operated
unless the charging door is closed. The container is unloaded
by a truck which acts to upend the container and discharge the
refuse through the discharge opening into the body of the
truck. A remote control unit is incorporated with the operat-
ing mechanism for the compactor enabling the compactor to
be operated when the container is in the upended position to
aid in discharging the refuse from the container into the truck
body.
sertion of the rack in the stand and with a stripping gate means
for stripping tobacco from tines on the rack as the rack is
removed from the stand.
3,709^90
HEEL BOOM CONSTRUCTION
Jean Paul Tanguay, Saint Prime, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Placements Jean Paul Tanguay Ltee, St. Prime, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190,345
Int.CI. B66C//65
3,709,392
LIFTING APPARATUS
John Kinross, Aylesbury, England, assignor to Lancer Boss
Limited, Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire, England
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,246
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 2, 1969,
43,432/69
lnt.CLB66(9//4
U.S.CL 214-620 7 Claims
U.S.CL214-147 AS
11 Claims
.■^':-
A heel boom construction for a log-handling apparatus, the
construction comprising a hollow boom section and an arm
telescopically mounted in the boom section and having a grap-
ple at the outer end for the handling of logs. A heel bar pro-
vided at one end with a heel member applicable against the
logs to be handled is mounted at the other end to the outer end
of the arm for pivotal movement about an axis transverse to
the longitudinal axis of the arm. A bracket fixed at the outer
end of the boom section has a bearing and guiding block
mounted thereon for pivotal movement about an axis trans-
verse to the axis of the boom section The heel slidably ex-
tends through the bearing and guiding block.
^
"— i-
!!
A container load lifting fork lift truck attachment having
spaced hollow elements to receive said forks and through
which passes a substantially horizontal frame element having
double cantilever transverse arms at each end thereof with
lockable container engaging devices at their end portions,
power operable means being provided to cause relative move-
ment between frame element and forks and between the fork
receiving elements and the forks and for locking and un-
locking the container engaging devices.
3,709,391
TOBACCO STRIPPING STAND ASSEMBLY
Allen McMillan, Enigma, Ga., assignor to Bomac Manufactur-
ing Corporation, Enigma, Ga.
Filed March 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,160
Int.Cl. A24b7/06
U.S. CI. 214-300 5 Claims
3,709,393
LIFT TRUCK MAST
Archie L. McGehee, Topeka, Kans., assignor to AUis-Chalmers
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,683
Int CI. B66f 9/06
U.S. CL 214—674 10 Claims
5L.
w A lift truck mast having four pairs of channels nestled within
A stand IS provided havmg a guide slot on each end for each other with two hydraulic ^^''"f"^^"^ '^^^^^
receivmg flanges on each end of a U-shaped tobacco curing operate as expansion units for extendmg the mast to .ts max
rack for releasing a tobacco retaining bar on the rack upon in- imum height.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
521
3,709,394
LOADING TOOL HAVING A LOADING FORK
Bengt Sigurd Lennart Strandberg, and Maj Strandberg, both
of Hudiksvall, Sweden, assignors to Hiab-Foco Aktiebolag,
Hudiksvall, Sweden
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,558
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 29, 1969,
14772/69
Int. CLB65g 67/00
U.S.CL 214— 750 3 Claims
t.-j""^^^^^^^
recess to facilitate penetration by a hypodermic needle or syr-
inge.
3,709396
COLLAPSIBLE CARGO CONTAINER
Hayward C. Cole, deceased, late of 23225 Carlow Road, Tor-
rance, Calif, (by L'Vina Cole, executrix)
Continuation of Ser. No. 56,167, July 8, 1970, abandoned.
This appUcation April 23, 1971, Ser. No. 137,009
Int. CI. B65d 7/12; B65j 7/02
U.S. CI. 220—1.5 17 Claims
>--
■IV
-4t
/■- J
^
A device, particularly for use in loading forks having two
fork legs which are adapted for movement into and out of a
stand frame and which consist of hingedly interconnected
chain links with the pivot shafts thereof situated at a level
above the abutting sides of the links such that from a horizon-
tal position the links are foldable only upwards. The charac-
teristic features of the device are that each chain link com-
prises two side pieces between which extend the link pivot
shafts and between which each pivot shaft supports a roller,
and that one arcuate guide is provided in the stand frame for
each link chain for supporting the rollers of the chain links
positioned closest to the stand frame and for guiding the link
chain in lateral direction, when the link chain is being
retracted into the stand frame .
3,709,395
CLOSURE FOR CONTAINERS
Timothy K. Brennan, .Xndover, Mass.. and Elmer R. (Jreen,
lx>well, Mass., assignors to Hospital Service Technology
Corporation. North Andover. Mass
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,861
Int. CLB65b 47/02
U.S.CL 215-38 R 3 Claims
i,l
A collapsible container is provided with two side walls, each
formed in two hinged sections, with the lower of the sections
being hinged to a base. These walls are capable of collapsing
from an erect position inwardly to overlie the base. With the
side walls erect, a pair of flexible end walls of slat construction
is removably disposable in tracks bounding the periphery of
the side walls. The slats are hinged together and have over-
lapping adjacent edges to present a weather barrier. The
tracks and end wsills are provided with mating flanges and
grooves to effect a structural interlock in the erected con-
tainer. Alternately, rollers disposed in a grooved track may be
used to effect a structural interconnection of the end walls
through the side walls. A removable ridge beam is disposed in-
termediate the tracks to provide a guide which tracks or un-
tracks the end walls in their installation and removal as well as
in the opening and closing of the container.
3,709,397
BUTTER CONTAINER OR THE LIKE
Robert Daenen. Erenbodegem. 22. Belgium, assignor to Dart
Industries Inc., Los Angeles. Calif.
Filed March 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,182
Int. CI. B65d 7 7/70, 43/05
U.S. CI. 220—42 A 2 Claims
The invention relates to a cap assembly for a biological cul-
ture container, preferably a container for the cultivation of
microorganisms from blood samples, where the cap assembly
includes a cap with a central aperture. A rubber grommet is
situated in the aperture. The grommet is symmetrical, is
dimensioned to perform reliably under high vacuum or high
pressure within the container. It may also be provided with a
This invention is primarily directed to a supporting con-
tainer or base for butter or the like that includes a recessed
surface portion surrounded by a peripheral outwardly extend-
ing ledge and outside sealing surface adapted to mate with a
cover having peripheral dimensions suitable to produce
tapered fit between the two mating surfaces.
522
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709^98 cutting strap forming portions from the upper corners of the
CONTAINER side wall which are integrally hinged to the longitudinal parti-
Gustav Fuhrmann, Kempten, AUgau, Germany, assignor to tion member and which have attached thereto the upper por-
L«ver Brothers Company, New York, N.Y. tions of full depth separating panels which are derived from
Flkd Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,911
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 2, 1969, P 19
44 554.6
Int. CI. B65d 7142
U.S. CI. 220-67 . 4 Claims
A can which is of lightweight construction and suitable for
heat sterilization, the can being formed from plastics coated
aluminum and all seams sealed by heat sealing.
3,709,399 .. ^j. ^^^ longitudinal partition member, thereby enabling
FOOD STORAGE CONTAINERS J^^ ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^ p^^^^^^^ ^.^^ ^^^^^-^^^ ,^,,3 f^, g bottles
Giovanni Nughes. Via Giacomo Uopardi 22, Monza. Milan. ^^^ ^.^^^ partition panels providing substantially full depth
^**'y . .^_. ^ ^, .,,,.^ :,"iarationof the bottles in adjoining cells.
FUed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 165,246
Claims prioritv, application Italy, Aug. 11, 1970, 69772 A/70
Int. CI. B65d 7/42
U.S. CI. 220-67 6 Claims
3,709,401
TAMPER RESISTANT FASTENING APPARATUS
Leslie R. Walstrom, Excelsior, Minn., assignor to Ideavelop-
ment, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85^91
Int.Cl.A47ji6//0
U.S. CI. 220—55 C 5 Claims
A food container having an injection moulded
polypropylene body with an open end around which extends a
circumferential flange to which a metal lid having a frusto-
conical annular wall is attachable. The walls of the container
are tapered in thickness near the open end to accommodate
the outwardly flaring frusto-conical wall so that the wall can
provide suitable support for the container wall during a seam-
ing operation where the lid is seamed to the flange by means of
a conventional tin can seaming machine.
JS-
3,709,400
ARTICLE CARRIER
Edwin L. Ameson, Hillsdale, NJ., assignor to Federal Paper
Board Company, Inc., Montvale, N J.
FUed June 23, 197 1 , Ser. No. 155,755
InL a. B65d 75100
U.S.C1.220— 113 10 Claims
A cellular bottle carrier formed from a single sheet of cut
and scored paperboard or similar sheet material which is
characterized by a multi-ply rigid, suspending and longitudinal
partition member subdividing its interior into two halves and
by sets of cross partition members for each half with the
center cross partition member being excised from a panel
forming a ply of the longitudinal partition member and being
hinged at its free end to a side wall and the remaining cross
partition elements of each set thereof being derived in part by
A fastening apparatus including a rachet-type tool adapted
to transmit torque to a nut-type fastener. The tool includes a
handle mounted to one or a plurality of tubular-type roller
clutches which have the property of providing torque in only
one direction. Openings in the handle are provided to enable a
roller clutch to transmit unidirectional torque to the nut-type
fastener and to allow the user to select the direction of this
torque by selection of the appropriate opening. The particular
conflguration and material of the nut-type fastener is such that
contact made by any device other than said tool for purposes
of applying torque thereto would be reasonably detectable
from subsequent examination of said fastener. A recessed por-
tion of a fastened member is provided in which the nut-type
fastener is attached to a complementary fastening member,
said recessed portion being of special configuration adapted to
receive the said tool for purposes of engaging the nut-type
fastener while preventing access of commonly available tools.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
523
3,709,402
LABEL PACKAGE ASSEMBLY
John Glenn Templeton, and Calvin W. Seitz, both of Grand
Rapids, Mich., assignors to Rospatch Corporation, Grand
Rapids, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 718,770, April 4, 1968. This
appUcation April 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,219
Int.CI. B65h7/06
U.S. CI. 221-33 4 Claims
7^'
one at a time by a stripping mechanism which is actuated by
the customer. In one embodiment the merchandise is on a car-
3,709,403
WEB CARRIED TOOTHPICK DISPENSER
Allen C. Harriman, Lewiston, Maine, assignor to Forster Mfg.
Co., Inc., Wilton, Maine
FUed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,341
Int. CI. B65h 5128
U.S.CI.221— 70 8 Claims
A device for dispensing wrapped toothpicics from a supply
that is in the form of a continuous web of protective material
within which the toothpicks are sealed, either singly or in
pairs, in parallel spaced relation transversely of the web.
When a sealed toothpick package is taken from the dispenser,
the next toothpick package is brought to delivery position be-
fore the first toothpick or toothpick pair still sealed in its en-
velope, is detached from the web.
3,709,404
VENDING MACHINE
Eugene K. Dana, 2884 Colorado Avenue, Santa Monica, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 766,088, Oct. 9, 1968,
abandoned. This application Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,957
Int. CI. B65g 55100
U.S.CI. 221— 120 18CUims
A vending machine having a rotatably mounted central
column with a plurality of supports which carry merchandise
to be vended. The merchandise is stripped from the supports
«
<>4 ■'
^
M
ei ■'*'*
,*•
1:
»-
s
>
m'
m
rier in the form of an elongated card having rearwardly ex-
tending ears which serve as spacers to separate the carriers on
the supports.
Retention and dispersing apparatus for relatively small
sheet-like items such as clothing labels, involving an elongated
container retaining a stack of the items for individual con-
trolled dispensing out one end.
3,709,405
VENDING MACHINE FOR PERIODICALS HAVING
ARCUATE PATH EJECTION
Charles G. Harris, 1301 Orange Road, Culpeper, Va.
FUed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,161
Int. CI. B65h 3124
U.S. CI. 221-209 21 Claims
A newspaper/magazine (periodical) vending machine
which includes a feeder mechanism that rotates the item to be
vended through an arc is disclosed. The feeder mechanism in-
cludes a carriage arm that is rotatably attached at one end to a
fixed vertical shaft. The other end of the carriage arm supports
a feeder shaft in vertical alignment. A paralleling arm paraUels
the carriage arm and moves therewith to prevent movement of
the feeder shaft. A mechanical linkage, that includes a
horizontal shaft having cranks at either end, a tension wire and
a link, connects the carriage arm to an operating handle.
When the operating handle is moved, the horizontal shaft
rotates and causes the tension wire to move which in turn
causes movement of the feeder shaft in an arcuate manner. A
return spring is attached to the carriage arm to return the car-
riage arm to its normal position when the operating handle is
released. In one embodiment of the invention, suitable for use
with relatively thin magazines and newspapers, the feeder
shaft has a weight attached to its upper end and a feeder foot
attached to its lower end. The feeder foot has pins that project
into the top newspaper/magazine of a stack of horizontally
disposed newspapers/magazines. When the feeder shzift is
moved by the operation of the operating handle, the top
newspaper/magazine is moved and vended through a vending
slot. In an alternate embodiment, a hook replaces the feeder
foot and hooks the rear of the top newspaper/magazine. The
alternate embodiment is suitable for use with relatively thick
524
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
newspapers/magazines and includes an elevator to raise the
stack each time an item is vended.
3,709,406
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING AN EVEN
CONTINUOUS LAYER OF HBERS
RoH Binder, Raterschen; Christof Grundler, and Rudolf WUd-
boltz, both of Winterthur, aU of Switzerland, assignors to
Rieter Machine Works, Ltd., Winterthur, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,656
Int.CI.D01g;j/40
U.S. CI. 222-55 22 Claims
head enlarging attachments for the back of the housing. The
housing can be adjusted and fitted with a selected one of the
crown pieces and enlarging attachments to accomodate any
wig size. The wig form is constructed of a multi-layer wire
screen fabric formed of a single sheet of fine mesh screen.
3,709,408
BEVERAGE DISPENSING MACHINE
MarteDe J. Syverson, Albert Lea, Minn., assignor to Fountain
Industries, Inc., Albert Lea, Minn.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,722
Int.Cl. B67d5/56
U.S. CI. 222- 1 29.4 8 Claims
'
T<<
»-
1^-
*
?i
., -J
J5 I
^r%^ />. 3? p.
» -I
7
The fiber arrangement removed from the feed chute is
monitored down stream of the chute to detect deviations in
thickness or mass of the fiber arrangement from a preset value
so that the deviations are used to cause an increase or
decrease of the pneumatic pressure acting on the top of the
fiber flock column The change in pressure results in a charge
in the amount of pressure drop to which the column is sub-
jected so that the degree of condensation of the column is
likewise changed to eliminate or reduce further deviations.
3,709,407
ADJUSTABLE WIG FORM
Jack C. Sanford, 125 West Aeroplane Boulevard, Big Bear
Chy, Calif.
Filed Dec. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 205,899
Int a. D06c 75/00
U.S. a. 223—66 7 Claims
1
1
,■^
^
1^-
iV"
^
\j\ \ J
ntc^^
^^
J^'"*''^3
- *i
^^^-]
~ff
A machine for dispensing hot beverages including a dry
product dispenser having a metering scoop reciprocal for
feeding into a mixing chamber also receiving hot water. An ex-
haust system is in communication with the mixing chamber
and draws air through an opening in the scoop when it is in its
open position and draws vapor from the hot water conduit and
mixing chamber thereby maintaining the dry product in the
product dispenser in a dry condition. \ pair of mixing cham-
bers are provided having outlet openings registering with a
common opening in a lower support housing and different dry
product dispensers are provided to feed into the separate mix-
ing chambers. The side walls of each mixing chamber con-
verge at the outlet opening. A passageway is provided under
the mixing chamber and extends upward over the forward end
thereof to provide communication between the mixing
chamber and the exhaust system.
3,709,409
SEAL MEANS FOR A COMPRESSED GAS SPRAYING
DEVICE
Dean E. Collins, Lowell, Mich., assignor to Root-LoweU Manu-
facturing Co., Lowell, Mich.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,421
lni.Cl.B6Sd 83 1 14
U.S. CI. 222-402 "^ Claims
This disclosure relates to an adjustable wig form approxi-
mately simulating a human head for use in styling and drying
wigs. The structure for the wig form comprises a hollow hous-
ing provided with an expandable brow portion, a set of crown
pieces for fitting on the upper end of said housing, and a set of
A means of seaUng a removable pump element to the air
tank of a spraying device. An annular flexible seal is posi-
tioned around the opening into the tank. The pump element is
inserted through the tank opening and includes an annular cap
part which engages the seal. The tank includes a lip which
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
525
overlies the marginal edge of the cap of the pump element.
When the tank is placed under pressure by actuation of the
pump element, the cap of the pump element is forced up-
wardly against the lip of the tank with the seal remaining in
sealing engagement with the cap.
3,709,410
AEROSOL VALVE WITH DIFFERENTIAL FLOW
CONTROL RATE
Ernest R. Cunningham, LIbertyvlUe, lU., assignor to Barr-Stal-
fort Company, DivUion Pittway Corporation, Niks, III.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,464
Int.CI.B65d5i/74
U.S. CI. 222-402.16 7 Claims
This invention relates generally to a new and improved
valve associated with aerosol type containers, for example,
and more particularly to a valve which permits more rapid
filling of a smaU-orificed valve through the use of a uni-
directional, pressure-actuated, expanding slot valve body.
ERRATUM
For Class 223 — 66 see.
Patent No. 3,709,407
3,709,412
BRACELET-WATCH
Jacques Broido, 18, Cbemin Challendin, Geneva, Swltzeriand
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,786
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, March 17, 1970^
3956/70
Int.CLA44c5//4
U.S. CI. 224-4 E 5 Claims
1?l 14.
The bracelet is formed of two parts hinged on the watch,
these two parts being hinged along the same axis Pivots for
the hinged parts are situated on both sides of the watch and
can be rigidly fixed to the watch or be integral with the latter
and one of the pivots can be combined with the rewinding
stem of the watch. The two parts of the bracelet can each have
one end in the form of a fork, whose branches encompass the
watch. Each pivot can be rigidly fixed to one of the parts of the
bracelet and have one end engaged in a recess of the watch.
3,709,413
CAR TRUNK RACK
Ralph R. Nelson. 436 Lingle Avenue, Lafayette, Ind.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 120,939
Int. CL B60r 9108
VS. CL 224—42.1 H
16 Claims
3,709,411
SLIDING GATE CLOSURE ASSEMBLY FOR BOTTOM-
POUR TEEMING VESSELS
James Thomas Shapland, Wilkins Twsp., Allegheny County,
Pa., assignor to United SUtes Steel Corporation, Pittsburg,
Pa.
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,541
Int. CLB22d 57/00
UJS.CL 222-512 5 Claims
£4 c-nt-:at,:3
(OTOr
^^^s\-'<r^^t-',^-.i' h
^
■T
;3 —
pvmp
FftOm MY-
OttMVLIC
Apparatus for carrying long articles, such as a boat or
ladder, on an automobile. An A-frame Uestle is mounted on
the rear deck with its feet in the rain gutter grooves at the sides
of the trunk opening in the deck, to form a rear support, and a
crossbar is mounted by suction cups or other conventional
means on the car roof to provide a front support. The two sup-
ports may be connected by a lengthwise bar.
A reciprocable slidable gate closure assembly for bottom-
pour teeming vessels. The gate is of two-piece construction,
each piece being independenUy supported by spring-loaded
levers. The purpose is to assure that the outlet of the vessel
may be closed effectively even though a fin forms between the
gate and the vessel bottom.
3,709,414
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL FOR THERMAL SEVERING
OF GLASS
John R. Dahlberg, Jeannette; James L. Oravitz, Jr., Cheswick,
and Edmund R. MichaUk, West Mifflin, aU of Pa., assignors
to PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed SepL 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,353
Int. CLB26f 3/74
U.S. CL225— 2 12 Claims
This invention relates to non-contact thermal severing of
glass and includes methods and apparatus for altering at least
906 0.0. — 19
526
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
some of the radiation from a thermal source so that a tempera-
ture profile that would ordinarily otherwise tend to be asym-
metrical becomes symmetrical about an intended path of cut.
The problem of asymmetrical temperature profiles occurs, for
I6A' *«■ ZA' ^ '■^ '
example, in non-bisecting cuts. The cut is completed either by
continuing with the application of radiant heat until a tensile
stress of about 1,000 pounds per square inch is generated
within the glass, or by applying a bending moment about the
thermal score.
3,709,415
AUTOMATIC STRIPPING MACHINE
Alex Nagy, Aurora, Ohio, assignor to Betty M. Nagy, Aurora,
Ohio
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,539
Int.CI.B26f J/00
U.S. CI. 225-97 7 Claims
SCflAP MAT L
78,73
tA
through receiving station and web-carrying film driven at sub-
stantially constant speed related to belt speed with guide
means to deposit film on belt at receiving station. First sensor
at first locus in receiving station can sense laclc of film contact
with web and has servo system to control speed adjuster to in-
crease relative speed of film drive. Second sensor at second
locus in receiving station upstream of first locus can sense un-
XX^iQ
desired film contact and has servo system to control speed ad-
juster to decrease relative speed of film drive. In preferred
form, belt has series of apertures along at least one margin to
be covered by film at first locus but not at second locus. Sen-
sors are vacuum type and produce differential pressure signals
at two loci indicating contact or no contact. Signals actuate
servo motors to control speed adjuster.
-ts
3,709,417
PICTURE PROJECTOR
Henry L. Brill, Flushing, N.Y., assignor to E. R. E. Laboratory,
Inc., West Orange, N J.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,403
Int.Cl.G03b7/24
U.S. CI. 226—76 14 Claims
An automatic stripper for removal of die scored parts from
a material web is disclosed in a process line, such automatic
stripper including a substantially enclosed chamber through
which the material web is transversed, and a rotatable beater
element in said chamber having a plurality of peripherally
spaced radially outwardly extending blades adapted to engage
such die scored parts to separate the same from the web. The
material web feed path past the beater element may variably
be controlled by a tension device having a plurality of horizon-
tally and vertically offset tension bars around one of which the
web is directed.
3,709,416
SPEED REGULATING SYSTEM
Bernard P. Kunz, 4981 S. Clarkson Street, Englewood, Colo.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,745
Int. CI. B65h 25/75
U.S. CI. 226-2 13Ctaims
Method is applied to apparatus for depositing a web-carry-
ing film on a forming belt in which the film must be in contact
with the belt at a first locus and must be out of contact at a
second, upsUeam locus. Method comprises sensing lack of
contact at first locus and increasing relative speed of film in
response to signal, and sensing undesired contact at second
locus and decreasing relative speed in response to signal.
Apparatus includes forming belt driven at constant speed
t^.:c^.cc;csss..x-o.;.^^>^...^>>..:.v.■0^
A motion picture projector for use especially in teaching
machines in continuous engagement with the film, which is
stepped ahead selectively in different projector modes — i. e.,
motion picture, slow motion, still picture, single frame-to-
frame and is driven continuously at fast speed in different scan
modes. The step movement of the sprocket wheel is produced
by a high speed cam-actuated pawl and ratchet mechanism
through a one revolution spring clutch, and scanning move-
ment is produced by a separate drive motor in continuous
coupling engagement with the sprocket wheel. By special
design great indexing accuracy and quiet operation are
achieved.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
527
3,709,418
WEB ALIGNMENT DEVICE
Willard G. Sylvester, Concord; Ira D. Boynton, Lexington, and
Robert H. Bode, Wenham, all of Mass., assignors to The H.
D. Lee Company, Inc., Shawnee Mission, Kans.
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128^337
Int. CI. B65h 25i2t
U^. CI. 226- 17 10 Claims
engaging parts carried by the first member advance the
material. A power unit is provided to shift the material engag-
ing parts carried by the second member into and out of their
material engaging position without interrupting the advance of
the material.
3,709,420
EASY-ACCESS PINNING MACHINE
Harold N. Grushon, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to Monarch Mark-
ing System, Inc., Dayton, Ohio
FUed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,686
Int. CI. B27f 7102
U.S. CI. 227—7 27 Claims
A device for maintaining alignment of an edge of a web in
substantially parallelism with a predetermined path along
which the web is moved. The device includes a pair of guide
wheels which are positioned and biased so as to engage the
web in a nip between the peripheries of the wheels. A fluid
stream is provided adjacent the nip, and means are provided
for generating a signal accordingly as the stream is obstructed
or not by stream. A motor is provided, responsive to the signal
for effecting pivotal movement of the axle of one of the wheels
relative to the other of the wheels, so as to lend to maintain
the desired parallelism.
3,709,419
ADJUSTABLE FEED APPARATUS FOR STRIP MATERUL
John F. Varga, Harbert, Mich., assignor to Weldon Tool and
Engineering Co., Bridgman, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 38,251, May 18, 1970,
abandoned. This application March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,747
Int. CI. B65h 7 7/40
U.S. CL 226-67 1^ Claims
^^
There is disclosed an easy-access pinning machine for
pinning tickets to merchandise. The machine is sufficiently
open to enable merchandise to be inserted into the machine to
the desired depth. The machine has a die and an anvil or
plunger between which one ticket at a time is fed by a ticket
feeder mechanism. The ticket feeder mechanism, disposed in
cantilevered relationship over a side access opening of a
machine, is adjustable to feed different size tickets. A pin
magazine and a mechanism for feeding a pin strip to the pin
magazine are disposed on the side of the machine which is op-
posite the side opening. The anvil is adjustable relative to the
die without adversely affecting the drive connection between
a driver and the anvil.
3,709,421
CARTRIDGE-ACTUATED FASTENER-DRIVING TOOLS
Herbert Kolmar, Burgoberbach near 165, Germany, assignor
to Impex-Essen Vertrieb Von Werkzeugen GmbH, Ansbach,
Germany
FUed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,823
Claims priority, application Germany, May 30, 1970, P 20
26 570.7
Int.CI.B25c7/74
U.S. CI. 227-10 3 Claims
Apparatus for advancing material along a course including
first and second reciprocable members which are each shifta-
ble between first and second positions and which carry materi-
al engaging parts for advancing the material along the course
as each member shifts from its first into its second position.
The material engaging parts carried by the second member are
shiftable relative to the second member into and out of a
material engaging position. The members reciprocate simul-
taneously with the second member traveling further between
its first and second positions than the first member travels
between its first and second positions so as to cause the
material engaging parts carried by the second member when
positioned in their material engaging position to advance the
material a greater distance along the course than the material
A cartridge-actuated tool adapted to explosively drive
fasteners is provided which ejects the actuating cartridge into
a propulsion chamber while conUolling cartridge rupture so as
to avoid tool damage. •
528
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,422
WIRE BONDPJG MEANS
John C. Diep«veen, 1737 Kimbcrly Drive, Sunnyvale, CaUf.
Filed AprU 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,932
Int.CI. B23ky/20
3,709,424
INTEGRATED CIRCL'IT BONDER
Joseph M. Drees, Saratoga, Calif., assignor to Signetics Cor-
poration, Sunnyvale, Calif.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,896
U.S. CI. 228-13
22 Claims
U^. CI. 228—44
Apparatus of improved construction for bonding a wire to
several locations on one or more workpieces wherein a slide
member having a tool mounted thereon is movable along a
generally vertical path into and out of a number of operative
positions under the influence of rotatable cam means whose
movement is transferred by a number of levers to the slide
member. One of the levers is constructed to provide a "knee-
action" effect to assure that the lever will remain in engage-
ment with an adjustable abutment surface associated with a
particular cam to eliminate vibration of the slide member as it
moves between certain of the operative positions thereof. A
wire cutting and pulling unit operates to cut the wire after the
last bond and to separate the excess wire projecting from such
bond.
3,709,423
AUTOMATIC WELDING APPARATUS
Masaaki Hano; Takeshi Kiyotake, and Minoru Oike, all of
Yokohama, Japan, assignors to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki
Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,100
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Aug. 14, 1969, 44/64031
lnLCl.B23ky9/00
V3. CL 228—44 12 Claims
:"■ jt Jf ^'JT'^^^-^-y
InL a. B23k 79/00
17 Claims
ir^
^.i^
A bonder for sequentially bonding a plurality of semicon-
ductor bodies carrying integrated circuits and having contact
pads thereon to a respective plurality of lead structures
formed in a sheet of material. The sheet of material is retained
in a frame which is sequentially indexed to position each of the
lead structures in a bonding position. Semiconductor bodies
are picked up from storage by a pick up arm and placed on a
transport arm. The transport arm is adapted to then shift to a
bonding position whereby the semiconductor body on the
transport arm is approximately coaxially aligned with the lead
structure in the bonding position. Optical viewing apparatus is
provided for viewing the lead structure in the bonding position
and the semiconductor body retained on the transport arm in
the bonding position. The transport arm is mounted on a
micromanipulator apparatus by means of which the transport
arm and hence the semiconductor body carried thereon may
be rotated or translated in order to align the contact pads on
the semiconductor body with the lead structure. A clamp is
provided for clamping the lead structure to the semiconductor
body after alignment and a bonding energy source such as a
torch is moved into position to bond the semiconductor body
to the lead structure.
3.709,425
SHIPPING CARTON AND END PANEL CONSTRUCTION
THEREFOR
William C. Stapp, Fresno, Calif., assignor to American Forest
Products Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,248
Int. CI. B65d/ i/00
U.S. CI. 229-23 C 10 Claims
An automatic welding apparatus for applying a weld to the
intersection between a pair of plates. A guide is situated at the
intersection to guide a welding unit which will deposit the
weld at the intersection. This guide is carried by a supporting
structure to which a force is applied by a force-applying as-
sembly in such a way that the guide is pressed inwardly toward
the intersection with a pressing force extending along a
pressing line which bisects the angle defined between the
plates which are welded to each other. The force-applying as-
sembly applies to the supporting structure a pair of mutually
perpendicular component forces, and the pressing force with
which the guide is pressed into the intersection is the resultant
of these component forces.
A shipping carton and end panels therefor and the method
of manufacturing same have been disclosed in which extra re-
sisunce to crushing is provided by forming the end panels of
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
529
paper-faced wood veneer which are routed to permit two seg-
ments at each end to be folded over and fastened together to
form comer posts of triangular cross-section. The bottom
sides and top may be of corrugated paper and arc formed with
flaps which are glued to the outside faces of the end panels.
Alternatively, the bottom, sides and top may be formed of the
same material as the end panels. A modification uses a similar
technique to form end panels having both vertical and
horizontal posts or rails for stiffening in both planes.
3,709.428
CENTRIFUGE VENT
Jack W. Abbott, Huntington Beach, Calif., assignor to The
Garrett Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,926
Inta.B04b/7/00
U.S.a.233-19A 5 Claims
3,709,426
METHOD AND CONSTRUCTION FOR PACKAGE
Robert D. Farkas, 772 Prospect Street, WestfieW, N J.
Filed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,066
lnt.a.B65d37//4
U.S.CL 229-62^ ^ Claim.
/^ -',J^
A container and a closure means are formed as a unitary
structure constructed of pliable or bindable sheet material.
The closure means comprises a pair of flaps lightly biased to
closed position, and disposed so that an attempt to remove the
container contents before opening the closure means will
resuh in generating forces which assist the biasmg means m
maintaining the flaps closed. These flaps are also POSiUoned so
that upon manual manipulation, without the aid of a tool, the
flaps are deformed and become separated to open the closure
means and permit the contents of the container to be poured
or squeezed out.
A continuous flow, annulus type centrifuge which includes a
vent to provide an escape path for air or gas accumulaUon.
3,709,429
CENTRIFUGES
Donald J. McKenrie, and Ernest F. Friedly, both of 979 Miller
Street, Denver, Colo.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,717
Int. CLB04b 9/72
U.S.CL 233-26 4 Claims
3,709,427
SELF-CLEANING ASHTRAY WITH COLLECTING
HOPPER
Eugene R. McGregor, Morris, Conn., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed Nov. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 199,160
Int. CI. B65d 97/00
U.S. CI. 232-43.1 «C»-^''
A centrifuge having a circular head horizontally mounted
on a vertical rotable shaft with a resilient test tube holder
mounted adjacent the head having radially disposed openmgs
in alignment with openings in the head for fnctionally engag-
ing test tubes inserted through the openings.
3,709,430
BIORYTHMIC INDICATOR
Bernard John Matthews, Pak) Aho, Calif., assignor to The
Raymond Lee Organization, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,428
Int. CI. G06c 2 7/00
U.S.CL235-109 *^^^^
A tilting bin-type ashtray or receiver section is provided
with a self-opening bottom member such that each time the
section is closed there is an opening and dumpmg of waste
material into a lower -one-day capacity" collectmg hopper
The bottom member for the ashtray is separated from the wall
portions thereof and is spring biased in a manner to be
deflectable downward from an attachment pomt at the rear ol
the ashuay housing, whereby the movable tray wUl have a
closed bottom when tilted open and an open bottom porUon
as the tray is tilted in and closed.
Three theoretical biorythmic body cycles of different length
are normally plotted on charts m graph form. In the invenuon
each cycle is represented by a separate dial with pomtcr, the
530
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
pointers being coupled by drive gears of different ratios to the
pointer on a master dial.
3,709,431
ZONE co^^^ROL valves
Andrew Willis Channell; Satoru Sliikasho, both of Chicago,
and Gilbert Robert Sornmer, Freeport, aO of Dl., assignors to
International Teleptiooe and Telegraph Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,875
Int. a. ¥16k 3 1/00
U.S. CI. 236—68 R 6 Claims
The invention is concerned with zone control valves of the
type employed in hydronic temperature control systems. The
valve incorporates a molded elastomeric bellows and sealing
means for controlling temperature determining fluid flow. The
valve can be constructed by simplified manufacturing
techniques and can be maintained more readily in the field,
thus providing substantial cost advantages.
3,709,432
METHOD AND APPARATL'S FOR AERODYNAMIC
SWITCHING
John A. Robertson, Chillicothe, Ohio, assignor to The Mead
Corporation, Dayton, Oliio
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,841
Int. CI. B05b 73/02
U.S. Ci. 239—4 12 Claims
Filaments of fluid are stimulated with transducers to cause
them to brealt up into uniformly spaced drops. The lengths of
the filaments before they break up into drops are regulated by
controlling the stimulation energy supplied by the transducers,
with high amplitude stimulation resulting in short filaments
and low amplitude stimulation resulting in long filaments. A
flow of air is generated across the paths of the fluid at a point
intermediate the ends of the long and short filaments. The air
flow aiffects the trajectories of the filaments before they brealc
up into drops more than it affects the trajectories of the drops
themselves. Therefore, by controlling the lengths of the fila-
ments the trajectories of the drops can be controlled, or
switched, from one path to another. In a non-contacting coat-
ing system this provides means for directing some drops into a
catcher while allowing other drops to be applied to a receiving
member.
3,709,433
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING MIST
Ronald F. Obergefell, Riclunond Heights, and Edward E. Kish,
Cleveland Heights, both of Ohio, assignors to Handaille In*
dustries. Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed March 25. 1971, Ser. No. 128,012
Int. CI. B05b 1130
U.S. CI. 239—8 10 Claims
i- f!
^
a33=-S?
A method of producing a fine mist or aerosol by means of a
pressurized-gas operated mist generating head in which a
foam or bubbles of liquid are supplied to the mist generating
head. Apparatus for producing a mist or aerosol by means of
said method.
3,709,434
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR COATING OBJECTS
WITH POWDERY SUBSTANCES
Otto Gebhardt, Fellbach; Fred Luderer, and Karl-Heinz
Stahlschmidt, both of Wiler Zum Stein, all of Germany, as-
signors to Firma Ernst Mueller K.G., Hofen near Winnen-
den, Germany
Filed AprU 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,868
Claims priority, application Germany, April 24, 1970, P 20
20 055.9
Int. CI. AOln / H02; A62c 1112
U.S. CI. 239-8 23 Claims
£i
^^ D)ot3
A powder spraying apparatus comprises a finishing con-
tainer and a spraying system attached thereto. The spraying
system comprises a nozzle portion and a connector portion
which communicates the nozzle with the finishing container.
The finishing container and the connector portion each have
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 9, 1973
an independently conUoUed supply of compressed air for
keeping powder particles in a fluidized. or suspended, state to
prevent the particles from lumping together. The nozzle is
operated by an additional supply of compressed air which
creates a suction force in a manner allowing the nozzle to
aspirate powder from the finishing container. By switchmg off
the supply of compressed air to the connector portion just
prior to switching off the nozzle air, the powder within the
connector portion will lump, thus preventing an undesirable
discharge through the nozzle under the influence of residual
pressure in the finishing container. An attachment is provided
for the nozzle which serves to change the shape of fluid flow
therefrom and which has air flow means for preventing the
particles from lumping up therein.
531
angle to the axis of the manifold, and quick disconnect means
on opposite ends of the manifold for alternately coupling a
high pressure liquid supplying conduit to opposite sides of the
manifold depending on the direction in which the fork lift is to
travel along the runway.
3,709,435
PROJECT ABLE LAWN SPRINKLER
Kemcy T. Sheets, P.O. Box 637, Duplessis, La.
FUed AprU 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,253
Int. CI. B05b 3104
U.S. CI. 239—206
3,709,437
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PRODUCING FOAM
Hershel Earl Wright, Decatur, lU.
Continuation of Ser. No. 761,688, Sept. 23, 1968, abandoned.
This appUcation Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,130
Int.Cl.B05b///00
U.S. CI. 239-343 ^^ Claims
•t? 6t J)g ]t>^ X S)]f -^ •»*
20 Claims
A projectable lawn sprinkler which rises automatically from
the ground when water pressure is applied to the sprinkler.
The sprinkler includes a circular casing sunken in the ground,
a hollow cylinder which floats upward within the circular cas-
ing when water pressure is supplied to the sprmkler, and a
rotating nozzle attached to the top of the hollow cylmder.
A device for producing and dispensing foam including a
deformable reservoir adapted to contain a quantity of foama-
ble liquid and air, a discharge cap releasably secured to the
reservoir and defining a discharge orifice in communicating
relation with the interior of the reservoir, foam producing
means supported within the reservoir in communicating rela-
tion with the foamable liquid, and a foam homogenizing over-
lay disposed for controlling the foam discharged. Selective air
passage means are provided in a wall portion of the foam
producing means defining a mixing chamber such that com-
pression of the reservoir effects the introduction of foamable
liquid and air into the mixing chamber wherein they are mter-
mixed to produce foam which is thereafter discharged through
the discharge orifice. Selected embodiments employ a ball
check valve between the reservoir and the discharge onfice to
maintain the liquid upwardly within the foam producmg
means, and air valve means to assist air return into the reser-
voir.
3,709,436
HIGH PRESSURE JET CLEANING DEVICE
Willard F. Foster, Alden, N.Y., assignor to C. H. Heist Cor-
poration, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,277
Int. CI. B05b 9\02
U.S. a. 239-287 %Q.^»lms
3,709,438
HAIR SPRAYING APPARATUS
Donald G. Johnson, 2015 Riverside Drive, ChatUnooga, Tenn.
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,406
lnt.CI.B05b7/72
U.S. CI. 239-417.5 5 Claims
4S «e
A machine for cleaning rtibber tire marks from the surface
of an airport rtinway by means of high pressure jets of water
including a frame adapted to be mounted on the front of a fork
lift a manifold on the ftame, a plurality of nozzles on the
manifold for supplying fan-shaped jets of liquid, said nozzles
being spacedly mounted lengthwise of the manifold and each
being oriented so that the fan-shaped jets extend at an acute
A spraying apparatus for use of operators in beauty shops is
improved. The apparatus is the type havmg a spray matena
container in one part of the shop, and air and spray matenal
lines leading from the container to guns at operators stations.
The problem of gun clogging is overcome by elimmaung
pinched off tubes within the gun.
532
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,439
PRODUCTION OF REFLECTIVE METAL FLAKE
PIGMENTS
John Hayes Tundermann, Goshen, and John Herbert Harring-
ton, Warwick, both of N.Y., assignors to The International
Nickel Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,333
lnt,C\.B02cl5/00
U.S.a. 241 — 15 9 Claims
Directed to a metal flake powder of a stain-resistant metal
or alloy and a process for producing the same wherein a metal
powder of —100 mesh size is ball milled in a mobile liquid
medium wherein the ratio of mobile liquid to powder being
milled is at least about 10 to 1, e.g., about 25:1 to about 50:1.
3,709,440
HYDRAULIC POW ERED BOTTLE CRUSHER
Robert F. Kontz, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-IUinois, Inc.,
Toledo, Ohio
Filed Jan. 26, 1971, Scr. No. 109,778
Int. CI. B02c/ /04. 25/00
U.S. CI. 241-36 5 Claims
3,709,441
MACHINE FOR DISINTEGRATION OF CELLULOSE
PULP SHEETS
Hans Hessner, Djursholm, and Per Olof Nilsson, Hallsberg,
both of Sweden, assignors to Aktiebolaget Stille-Wemcr,
Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,460
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 24, 1970, 2362/70
Int.CI.B02c//72
U.S. CI. 241-94 8 Claims
A machine for disintegration of cellulose pulp sheet which
comprises an essentially vertical magazine to receive pulp
sheet bales with the sheets preferably lying horizontally, said
magazine having a bottom consisting of a bed of slightly
spaced, mutually parallel tearing tooth rods which are longitu-
dinally relatively movable to one another and may include two
groups which are alternately movable in opposite directions.
3,709,442
MILL FOR THE REFINING OF COCOA, CHOCOLATE,
PAINTS, LACQUERS, ENAMELS AND THE LIKE
Claudio Consoli, Milan, Italy, assignor to Carle & Montanari
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,072
Claims priority, appUcation Italy, Oct. 18, 1969, 23544
A/69
Int. CI. B02c 15/08
U.S. CI. 241-65 6 Claims
This invention provides a hydraulic powered bottle crusher
which is adapted to crush bottles into small pieces for
recycling. This device utilizes hydraulic pressure from a stan-
dard municipal or household water supply system to actuate a
double-action piston which is controlled by means of a four-
way valve The double-action piston is connected to a plurality
of movable crusher bars which cooperate with a plurality of
fixed crusher bars to squeeze and crush a bottle therebetween.
This device features a unique trigger and valve spool which
are responsive to the presence of a bottle between the fixed
and movable crusher bars to actuate the four-way valve and
double-action piston to advance the movable crusher bars into
compressing engagement with the bottle and to actuate the
four-way valve and double-action piston to retract the mova-
ble crusher bars after the bottle has been crushed.
A mill for the refining of cocoa, chocolate, paints, lacquers,
enamels and the like, which consists of a vertically extending
stationary outer cylindrical casing, and a cylindrical rotor sup-
ported for revolvable movement concentrically within said
casing. Partitions are provided on the outer wall of the rotor to
form means supporting balls for rotation. The balls are thus
positively guided whereby to exert a comminuting action by
rolling alone. The balls as thus supported are arranged in a
spiral path, defined by the partition means, extending along
the outer wall of the rotor.
January 9,^973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
533
3,709,443
REFINER INSTALLATION
Donald P. Michel, Lake Oswego, Oreg.; Herman Steinige,
Springfield, Ohio; Franklin F. Landis, Springfield, Ohio, and
Lawrence Skeen, Springfield, Ohio, assignors to The Bauer
Bros. Co., Springfield, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 580,114. Sept. 16, 1966, Pat.
No. 3,589,629. This application Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,504
Int. CI. B02c 7/7 /
U.S. CI. 241—285 R 10 Claims
comprises a support and a spool fixed to the support. The
spool includes a pair of relatively movable sides joined
together both by the support and by a hub which has a pair of
separable hub sections capable of being locked together to
carry the material roll between the sides. Either or both of the
sides may be alternatively coupled to the support by an in-
tegral flexible plastic hinge or a wedge key and slot. The
dispenser is loaded by disengaging the hub sections and
separating the sides relative to one another without necessari-
ly removing the dispenser from the holder. An optional
dispensing control spring carrying a friction pad gently
restrains the unwinding of the coiled material.
A simplified refiner base characterized by side walls formed
by generally flat plates the upper and lower edges of which are
bent inwardly to form upper and lower supports and the end
walls of which include means for controlled air flow to and
from said base.
3,709,444
POSITIVE THREAD FEEDER FOR CIRCULAR KNITTING
MACHINES WITH A PLURALITY OF KNITTING POINTS
Karl Tannert, Birkenstrasse 1, Eggenfelden, Germany
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,189
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 19, 1969, P 19
42 062.3
InL CI. B65h 57/02. 57/20
U.S. CL 242—47.04 9 Claims
A thread feeder for circular knitting machines having
several knitting points, each comprising a rotary winding
body. A storage coil is formed on each winding body by an
axial feeding device, the storage coil embracing the winding
body with several turns in a slip-free manner.
3,709,445
COILED MATERIAL DISPENSER
Jerry Adams, 1443 Homestead Road, La Grange, 111. '
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,613
Int. CI. B65h 79/00, 75/7S
U.S. CI. 242-55.2 12 CUdms
,^NC"
Box
3,709,446
SONIC BOOM REDUCTION
Melvin P. Espy, Sunbeh Nursing Home, Route 1, P. O.
237, Sequim, Wash.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 743,705, July 10, 1968,
abandoned. This application May 9, 1969, Ser. No. 823,465
Int. CI. B64c 23104
U.S.CI.244— IN 17 Claims
A method of reducing the overpressure imposed on a sur-
face over which a vehicle travels at supersonic speeds by
generating an expansion wave of an intensity and at a position
whereby the surface contacting portion of the vehicle's shock
wave is blended with and reduced by portions of the expansion
wave. Apparatus for practicing this method include expanda-
ble material filled projectiles which arc propelled away from
said vehicle and an expansion wave generator in the form of a
funnel which is positioned remote from the vehicle body of the
wider mouth of the funnel facing in the direction of vehicle
travel. The funnel may be structurally attached to the vehicle,
towed by the vehicle or self-powered to some extent. Remote
controlled and homing type expansion wave generators are
also disclosed.
3,709,447
MODULAR SATELLITE
William A. Devlin, 1720 Canal Court, Merritt Island, Brevard
County, Fla.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,089
Int.Cl.F16d6J/00
VS. CI. 244— 1 SS 6 Claims
A dispenser for coiled material stored in a roU and in which A satellite apparatus is provided whereby a plurality of ex-
the dispenser is adapted for support by a holder. The dispenser periments may be monitored in a single satellite for a plurality
534
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
of different organizations. The satellite has modular casings
for placement on a frame and adapted to place experimental
components therein with instrumentation facing a centrally
located scanner which transmits data on the experiments to a
receiving station.
3,709,448
nSHING ROD HOLDER
Manuel Valverde, 419 East 10th Street, Seymour, Ind.
Filed April 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,024
Int.CI.A01k97/;0
VS. CI. 248-46
3,709,450
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM FOR AIRCRAFT
John F. Watts; John M. Lang; Alden D. Simonson, all of Bel-
levue, and Raymond S. Nomura, Seattle, all of Wash., as-
signors to The Boeing Company, Seattle, Wash.
Filed Dec. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 97,201
Int. CI. B64c 7/20. B64d 9/00
U.S.CL244-118 4 Claims
1 Claim
A device for supporting and holding a fishing pole. The fish-
ing rod holder is composed of a pair of parallel legs which are
separated by an overlapping bar. A supporting bar is rotatably
mounted between the pair of parallel legs. Rotatably mounted
to the supporting bar are angular legs. The fishing rod is sup-
ported on the bottom by the supporting bar and held on the
top by the overlapping bar Spikes are formed in the ends of
the legs to allow insertion of the legs into the ground.
The invention relates to an aircraft onboard, semiauto-
matic, baggage container and cargo pallet handling system
utilizing a powered wheel drive system in combination with a
cargo guide and restraint system for handling the weight of
loaded full or half width sized contoured baggage containers
and cargo pallets in loading and unloading operations for
reducing aircraft turn around time.
3,709,449
BAG HOLDING APPARATUS
William F. Martin, 8932 - 48th Avenue North, Minneapolis,
Minn., and Esko E. RanU, 4341 Browndale Avenue, Saint
Louis Park, Minn.
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,225
Int. CI. B65b 67/04
U.S.CL248— 101 7 Claims
3,709,451
WHEEL MOUNTED TOOL SUPPORT MECHANISM
Edward P. Graham, Lansing, Mich., assignor to FMC Cor-
poratioa, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,672
Int. CLGOlb/ 7/275
U.S.CL248— 205R 4(;iaims
A generally U-shaped frame mounting a pair of opposed
elongated stationary bag-engaging jaws positioned to receive
the open upper end of a bag therebetween and a pair of mova-
ble jaws mounted for movements toward and away from the
stationary jaws and arranged to engage inner surface portions
of the bag adjacent its open end and hold the same against the
stationary jaws. A plurality of the frames, each having inde-
pendently operating holding jaws, is supported on a standard
for rotation about a vertical axis, to position bags at different
circumferentially spaced areas.
Wheel mounted mechanism for supporting alignment
equipment a substantial distance outwardly from the rim of a
wheel on a radial support arm that is rigidly connected with a
first pair of spaced rim engaging teeth and is pivotally con-
nected to a crossbar that supports a second pair of rim engag-
ing teeth which pivotally supported teeth compensate for
wheel rims that are slightly out-of-round. The teeth in each
pair engage the inner surface of the wheel rim and are widely
spaced for precluding torsional twisting of the radial support
arm due to the weight of the aligning tool when the arm is
disposed horizontally.
A method of more firmly mounting the mechanism to the
rim is also disclosed and includes the step of locking the pivot
point of the pivot bar to the radial arm with three of said teeth
in engagement with the inner surface of said rim and with the
fourth tooth being disposed outwardly of the rim, and the step
of forcing the fourth tooth inwardly to .engage and clamp
against the inner surface of the rim and to place the mounting
mechanism under stress.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
535
3,709,452
APERTURE BOARD HANGER BRACKET
Clement J. Feeny, 228 East Meade Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,870
Int, CLE 16* 73/00
3,709,454
BRACE ASSEMBLY
Richard E. Hyde, Palos Verdes Estates, Calif., assignor to
Strolee of California
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,H3
U.S. CL 248—223
2 Claims Int. CI. F 1 6m 7 7 /J2
U.S.CL248— 351 9 Claims
»—
A aperture board hanger for bracket including a continuous
bent wire attachment having a loop portion which includes a
plurality of first open loops, all of which open in the direction
facing the pegboard. The loop portion also includes a plurality
of second open loops which alternate with the first loops and
open in the direction facing away from the aperture board
The loop portion terminates laterally in a pair of spaced spring
arms which bend upwardly from the plane of the first and
second loops and insert into respective spaced holes in the
aperture board to detachably mount the hanger bracket on the
aperture board. When the bracket is mounted on the aperture
board, the terminal portions of the spring arms lock into other
holes in the aperture board in a manner to secure the loop por-
tion upon the front for implement hanging or removing pur-
poses.
3,709,453
VERTICALLY AND CIRCULARLY DISPLACEABLE
SUPPORT
Achille CastigUoni, Pizza CasteUo 27, MUan, Italy
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,832
Claims priority, application Itoly, Aug. 28, 1970, 5201 A/70
Int.CI.F21v27/J^
U.S. CL 248—328
4 Claims
The support of the invention, suitable for illuminating
devices, consists of a Uut, vertical cable and of a slidable sup-
port which may be positioned at any point along the vertical
axis of the cable and may be rotated thereabout. The force of
gravity is overcome by frictional forces exerted by the support
through the axial displacement of its central section.
Described herein are collapsible brace assemblies which
require a plurality of motions to revert from a bracing to a col-
lapsed configuration. By reason of their construction, the
brace assemblies of the invention can be safely and ad-
vantageously employed to support rails about collapsible en-
closures, such as play pens. The brace assemblies comprise, in
the most general sense, first and second brace bar members
joined together by a linking member pivotally mounted in
recesses formed in the joined ends of the brace bars. A sleeve,
preferably of non-metallic material such as plastic, is coaxially
and slidably positioned about one of the joined bars and can
be slid into locking position about the joint at the joined ends
of the brace bars to prevent pivotal motion of the connecting
link therebetween. The sleeve is prevented from sliding past
the joint by a stop, preferably constituted by an integral exten-
sion from the lower end of the linking member. Sidewise buck-
ling of the brace is prevented by the sleeve and preferably also
by the projection from and a lateral edge of the linking
member.
3,709,455
TIE DOWN DEVICE
Walter A. Last, Islip, N.Y., assignor to Peck & Hale, Inc.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,493
Int. CLB6 Id 45/00
U.S.CL248— 361 A
5 Claims
A tie down device adapted to be secured selectively to an
anchorage member having a web provided with either a circu-
lar opening or an anchorage member having a web provided
with an elongated opening. The tie down device has an open-
ing of its own for receiving the end fitting of lashing means and
is retained within the openings of the anchorage members by
-n integral elongated flange. Depending upon the thickness of
ihe web of the anchorage member, a notch in the shank ele-
ment of the tie down device may operate as an integral lock
engaging the web thereby functioning as an integral lock
further to prevent the tie down device from disengaging under
load.
536
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,456
MOUNTING STRUCTURE FOR MIRRORS AND THE LIKE
Raymond L. Pktsch, Flint, Mkh., assignor to The Engineered
Products Company, Flint, Mich.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,771
lnt.Cl. A47g;//6
U^. CI. 248-475 ISCtaims
height by placing the laminations in a mold cavity, closmg a
mold with a sufficient force to contain unhardened msulating
material to be later admitted to the cavity and urging the
laminations against an abutment in the cavit ywith a force less
than the force used to close the mold. The apparatus mcludes
mold parts that can accommodate laminations stacked to van-
ous heights and includes stack height accommodalmg means
which may be spring biased pressure pins. The overall dimen-
sion of the insulated structure is preselected and fixed for a
given nominal lamination stack height and variations in
dimensions that would otherwise occur due to variations m
stack height is taken up or compensated for by the formation
of a layer of insulating material having a correspondmgly in-
creased or decreased thickness.
A structure for mounting a panel such as a mirror to a wall
having a peripheral frame which receives the panel to be
mounted from the rear or wall side thereof. The frame with
the panel loosely retained therein is positioned to overlie a
wall-mounted hanger structure and is pushed toward the wall
to bring the frame into locking engagement with the hanger
structure. Resilient bumpers on the hanger structure engage
the rear panel surface to force the panel against the frame
The action of the bumpers with the panel also maintains a
spring clip on the frame in locking engagement with a lockmg
tab on the hanger structure to rigidly maintain the frame on
the wall. Peripheral flanges on the frame extend rearwardly to
the wall surface so as to conceal the attaching structure. A
tool may be inserted through a small access hole in one of the
flanges opposite the spring clip to bodily deflect the spring clip
out of locking engagement with the locking tab so that the
frame may be removed from the wall.
3,709,458
MOLD FOR CASTING A WEIGHTED TREBLE FISHING
HOOK
Herbert L. Mattson, 341 1 Gateshead, Rockford, Mich.
Filed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,972
Int.a.B22d/9/00
U.S. CI. 249-95 4 Claims
15a.
3,709,457
APPARATUS FOR FORMING AN INSULATING MEMBER
IN SITU ON A LAMINATED MAGNETIC CORE
Ralph E. Church, Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to General Elec
trie Company, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,049
Int.CI.B29f 7/70
U.S. CI. 249—91
A casting mold having separable segments defining a cavity,
the segments normally being held together by a slip-on holding
member.
3,709,459
MOULD FOR CASTING ELECTRODE GRIDS FOR
ELECTRIC STORAGE BATTERIES
7 Claims Charles James Bushrod, Bramhall, England, assignor to Elec-
tric Power Storage Limited, Clifton Junction, Lancashire,
England
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 90,889
Claims priority, applicaUon Great Britain, Nov. 21, 1969,
57,066/69
Int.CI.B22c///2
U.S.CL 249-134 8 Claims
^3==
Winding accommodating laminated structures havmg msu-
lating member formed in situ thereon and method and ap-
paratus for making same. Insulating member may include
winding retaining elements that are useful while arranging one
or more windings on the structure and for maintaining the
winding in a desired position on the structure. Insulating
member may be used to secure individual laminations
together and may include winding termination holding and
protecting means
)3 '9
A mould for casting lead or lead alloy electrode grids for
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
53
i
3,709,460
VALVE CONTROL SYSTEM
Harold A. Mclntoch, South Pasadena, CaUf., assignor to
Robertshaw Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Division of Ser. No. 805,138, March 7, 1969, Pat. No.
3,577,066. This application March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,733
Int. CL F03g 7l06i F16k 37/02
U.S.CL 251-11 11 Claims
secured to a rotary operative lever on the plug valve. Thus as-
sembled, the actuator operates the valve through three posi-
tions.
3,709,462
SLIT REGULATOR FOR GAS LIGHTER
Rodney S. Piffath, Northridge, and John J. Cole, Beverly Hills,
both of Calif., assignors to BuUna Match A.G., Zurich, Swit-
zerland
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, S«r. No. 101,824
lnt-a.F23d75/02
U.S.a.251— 118 aCtalms
A valve control system including a valve body defining a
flow control port having flow therethrough controlled by a
poppet coupled with a pressure responsive member which
forms one wall of a control chamber. Fluid flow through a
bleed passage leading from the conUol chamber is controlled
by a pilot valve which is itself controlled by an electric drive
means. Current to the electric drive means is controlled by
electrical resistance means which is formed with transverse
portions disposed in heat exchange relationship with one
another and flexible for movement toward and away from one
another to adjust the rate of heat exchange between such por-
tions to thereby adjust the mutual heating hereof and vary the
overall resistance of such resisUnce means to control current
to the electric drive means.
3,709,461
PLUG VALVE HAVING A DUAL DIAPHRAGM THREE
POSITION ACTUATOR
Jesse R. Johnson, Gowanda, N.Y., assignor to AVM Corpora-
tion, Jamestown, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 723,862. April 24. 1%8. Pat. No. 3,613,513.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 132,958
Int. CI. F16k 37/765, FOlb 79/00
U.S. CI. 251-58 10 Claims
A gas lighter has a cartridge containing fuel under pressure,
and containing a pressure reducing regulator comprising a
disc of plastic material having a slit extending from the
periphery to the center. The slit is formed by a sharp thin
blade and no material is removed. The disc is accurately sized
on diameter and is contained within an accurately sized bore
provided in the cartridge. A separate metallic head assembly is
provided with a screw having a tapered end. Turning move-
ment of the head assembly relative to the cartridge drives the
end of the screw into the cartridge to puncture a wall thereof.
Fuel under pressure passes through the slit disc regulator and
through the punctured opening and through passages to reach
a flame port in the head assembly.
3,709,463
DRAIN VALVE
Andrew Geo. CIriparis. Joliet, III., assignor to The Diversej
Corporation, Chicago. III.
Division of Ser. No. 763,823, Sept. 30, 1968, abandoned. This
application June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 59,827
Int. CLF16k 37/70
U.S.CL 251-129 2 Claims
A combined plug valve and dual diaphragm three position
actuator assembly wherein the actuator comprises a two part
housing having two diaphragms clamped therebetween, the
diaphragms being separated by a spacer ring and a fluid com-
munication passage therethrough to a chamber formed by the
diaphram. Two more chambers are deflned by the outer sur-
faces of the diaphragm and the housing, and each chamber has
a fluid communication passage thereinto. Springs in two of the
chambers bias the diaphragms apart; one spring is located
between the two diaphragms and includes a collapsible link
unit to limit separation of the diaphragms. An operator rod ex-
tends through the housing from one of the diaphragms and is
Apparatus for spray cleaning the soUed interior surfaces of a
tank by alternately. ( 1 ) applying a burst of cleansing liquid
through a sprayer which directs a heavy spray mist to saturate
538
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
the interior tank surfaces; and (2) enabling the applied
cleansing liquid to soak for a timed interval on the Unk sur-
faces. Portions of the apparatus can be used for cleaning
pipelines associated with the tank. A tank sprayer which in-
cludes an equalization chamber for equalizing the flow of
liquid around the spray head and a restricted outlet at one end
of the equalization chamber to form a heavy spray mist in
cleaning tank interiors. A quick drain valve for rapidly drain-
ing large amounts of liquid from a conduit including a solenoid
actuated seal for Selectively sealing or opening a series of
drain openings around the perimeter of the valve. A liquid
level indicating apparatus for indicating the drop in level
below a preset level of liquid in any one of a number of closed
containers each having a narrow neck for filling the container,
including a detector inserted through each container neck for
detecting the level changes, and a single air pressure sensor
responsive to the detected changes in any of the containers for
indicating a low level condition.
spring interconnecting the pawls, and a manually-actuated
selector lever for engaging or freeing the spring, the combina-
3,709,464
DEVICE FOR IMBEDDING AND REMOVING
ELONGATED MEMBERS
Charles D. Johnson, Fairmont, Minn., and James T. Droene
mueller. Welcome, Minn., assignors to Fairmont Railway
Motors, Inc.. Fairmont, Minn.
FUedJan. 26, 1971,S«r. No. 109,838
Int. CI. E21b 79/00
U.S.Cl. 254— 29R 2 Claims
This device for driving or forcing elongated members such
as electrical ground rods into a penetrable solid such as the
subsoil comprises a supporting frame which is releasably
anchored in relation to the penetrable solid, the frame having
mounted thereon a reciprocating driving means such as a dou-
ble-acting hydraulic cylinder. The driving means reciprocates
gripping jaws linked thereto. The linkage is such that the
gripping jaws engage and grip the elongated member upon
movement in one direction and release it in the opposite
direction. Means are provided for readily adapting the device
for reversal of the direction of the gripping and release move-
ments.
tion responding to the actuation of the handle to raise and
lower an automobile in a highly efficient manner.
3,709,466
ANCHOR HOIST
Antone Dowrelio, Foot of Port Street, Crockett, Calif.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, S«r. No. 113,187
Int. CI. B66d/ /OO
U.S.C1.254— 187
2 Claims
A power hoist for anchor chains and the like in which the
rotation of the chain sprocket can be independently con-
trolled of a drive motor. A sleeve is secured to a free shaft end
disposed exteriorly of the gear housing and mounts the
sprocket, a friction plate on each side of the sprocket and face
cams for biasing the friction plates against the sprocket. The
friction plates rotate with the sleeve and the shaft and the face
cams are normally biased into a releasing position to prevent
accidental rotation of the sprocket.
3,709,465
LIFTING JACK
Victor D. Valade, Eraser, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
FUed July 27, 1971, Set. No. 166,546
Int.CLB66fi/02
U.S. CI. 254—95 1 Claims
The lifting jack described herein incorporates a handle, a
rack bar, a holding pawl for engaging the rack bar, coor-
dinated linkage members, a wheel pawl and a toothed wheel
functioning between the handle and the rack bar, a contoured
3,709,467
SELF CONTAINED ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT
ASSEMBLIES TO SUPPORT, RAISE, AND LOWER A
MOBILE LIVING FACILITY WITH RESPECT TO BOTH A
VEHICLE AND THE GROUND
James F. Mann, 10507 East Harrison, Tacoma, Wash.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,295
Int. CI. B66f 7126
U.S. CI. 254—45 4 CUims
Mobile living facilities and other covered space structures
are equipped with self contained adjustable support assem-
blies to support them above and lower them to ground, and to
raise them above and lower them down on the receiving struc-
ture of a vehicle. Three self contained adjustable support as-
semblies are capable of supporting the mobile living facUities
when secured to these facihties and resting on the ground.
C
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
539
Each support assembly has a supporting leg, an immediate
leg surrounding guide sleeve secured to the mobile living
facilities, and adjustable interlocks to secure supporting legs
to the respective leg surrounding sleeves at selective variable
effective leg lengths between the surrounding guide sleeve and
the ground. Adjustments of the effective leg lengths are made
by utilizing a self contained hydraulic jack that is removably
positioned between each respective supporting leg and its cor-
responding surrounding guide sleeve. The jacking device is
secured below to selective multiple receiving structures on the
supporting leg and secured above to a receiving structure on
the leg surrounding sleeve.
liquid fuel when a slide fuel tube is closed against a gasket on a
needle. The needle is of uniform round material with a flat
taper portion from the end thereof in the liquid fuel tube to
near the gasket. The liquid fuel flows into the throttled air
passage of the carberetor and increases as the tube is gradually
withdrawn from the gasket to expose greater portions of the
flat taper portion on the needle. The liquid fuel tube is
mounted in a throttle slide valve plate to move therewith.
4)
Before jacking, and with the jacking device in place, the
respective adjustable interiock is withdrawn for the duration
of the jacking movement. Subsequently, it is reset to
thereafter transmit the lifting load independently of the
jacking device. The travel of each raising or lowering motion
corresponds to the travel of the removable jacking device.
One jacking device is moved about, during each overall
height changing operation, to be used with the respective
several support assemblies. Generally, four support assemblies
are used and at least three are at all times secured by inter-
locks and are capable of fully supporting the mobile living
facilities while the jacking unit is being used to adjust the
height of the fourth support assembly.
3,709,468
STATIC MIXING DISPENSER AND MIXING METHOD
Frank E. Ives, 1862 Ives Avenue, Kent, Wash.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 696,190, Jan. 8, 1968. This
appUcation Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,205
Int. CI. BOH / 5/02
U.S.CL 259-4 7 Claims
The needle flat taper portion is adjusted by being turned
against the flow of throttled air for decreasing the supply of
liquid; and adjusted by being turned with the flow of air to in-
crease the flow of liquid at any instant sliding position.
A threaded knob bushing is provided for the needle to be
turned therein and further adjust the flow of liquid fuel by lon-
gitudinal relative movement of the needle in the end portion
of the tube.
3,709,470
FLOATING SURFACE AERATOR
Herbert Auler, Michelbacher Hutte, and Josef Muskat, Michel-
bach, both of Germany, assignors to Passavant Werke,
Hutte, Germany
FUed Oct. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,747
Claims priority, application Austria, Nov. 7, 1968, A
10814/68
Int.CLBOlfi/04
U.S.CL 261-91 9 Claims
In the course of flowing between a supply passage or
passages, liquids are mixed by the bulk of the liquid following
a helical path defined by a hehcal feather interrupted at inter-
vals by notches or ports through which crosscurrents flow to
intersect the main flow of liquid.
■^//^•/'J'.-'.".- ,- V.V.' ,^
■'/ 'AV-' ',' •■• '////> '.- ■■ ;''• •■'.'/,', f''~
3,709,469
CARBURETOR
WiUiam H. Edmonston, P.O. Box 926, and Elton T. Carter,
P.O. Box 78, both of Isabella, CaUI.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,880
Int. a. F02m 9106
U.S.a.261— 44R 2 Claims
A carburetor improvement that can function in any
mounted or turned position and have a positive shutoff o)
A floating surface aerating apparatus having most of its
weight supported by a buoyant body, preferably annular in
shape, immersed in liquid below the level of the surface flow
created by the aerating apparatus, and including smaller sta-
bilizing floats located on the surface radially outwardly of the
aerating means. The buoyant body and the floats may be
designed to facilitate liquid flow and a baffle arrangement may
be provided in the vicinity of the buoyant body to influence
upward flow of liquid to the aerating apparatus.
540
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,471
GAS WASHING BOTTLE
Robert Trelzer, Basel, Switzerland, assignor to Clba-Geig>
AG, Basel, Switzerland
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,357
CUims priority, application Switzerland, July 25, 1968,
11215/68
lnt.CI.B01f J/04
U.S. CI. 261-124 13 Claims
path in the device. The device includes a heated rotaUble
drum about which the film is tensioned and which affords con-
duction of a uniform predetermined quantity of heat to all
areas of the film to effect even development thereof The
device includes means to thoroughly clean the surface of the
film and of the drum prior to contact therebetween, and pro-
vides a cooling means to termtnate development of the film
jifter the film is separated from the drum.
3,709,473
HEATING APPARATUS
Toshio Ito; Tamotsu Nomaguchi, and Norikazu TabaU, all of
Amagasaki, Japan, assignors to MUsubishi Electric Corpora-
tion, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,855
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 26, 1969,
44/67454; Sept. 4, 1969, 44/70164; Nov. 10, 1969, 44/89894
Int. CI. F23n /OO
U.S. CI. 263- 19 R 11 Claims
14 a 17 1» 13/ » 22 n I 1
A gas washing bottle. The bottle has a lower vessel and an
upper vessel having first and second portions, the first portion
extending into the lower vessel to provide an enclosed first
space between the first portion of the upper vessel and the
lower vessel. A first pipe extends from the first portion of the
upper vessel and terminates adjacent the base of the lower
vessel. A first barrier vessel surrounds at least part of the lowei
vessel to provide an enclosed second space between the firs'
barrier vessel and the part of said lower vessel. A first commu-
nication means provides communication between the lower
vessel and the enclosed second space, this communication
means being positioned on the lower vessel remote from the
termination of the first pipe. The first barrier vessel has a firsi
gas connection remote from the termination of the first pipe in
said lower vessel. A second barrier vessel is provided and com-
munication is provided between the second barrier vessel and
the interior of the upper vessel. A second gas connection com-
municates with the second barrier vessel at a position remote
from the first communication means.
3,709,472
DEVELOPMENT DEVICE
Richard W. Kreitz, Eagan Township, Dakota County, and
John A. Svendsen, Saint Paul, both of Minn., assignors to
MinnesoU Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,527
Int. CI. G03g 13/20, 15/20
U.S. CI. 263-6 E 19 Claims
Heating apparatus is provided for producing hot water or
warm air which comprises an air blowing device, a compact
combustion apparatus having a high load factor in which a
combustion catalyst is employed, and a compact heat
exchanger which is well-matched to the combustion ap-
paratus, whereby high efficiency and high performance in the
combustion and heat exchange processes are achieved.
3,709,474
ROTARY KILN FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A
GRANULAR, BLOATED PRODUCT
Harry Kamstrup-Larsen, Copenhagen Valby, Denmark, as-
signor to A/S Dansk Leca, Gk>strup, Denmark
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 106,994
Claims priority, application Denmark. Jan. 27, 1970,
373/70; May 5, 1970, 2279/70
Int. CI. F27b 7/02
U.S. CI. 263-32 R 16 Claims
\ ^ ft ■'
• F , • r >), , , r , , i , I I ,i }K 'UUlHiiA' 'l[ ' " 1 ' ' '
1 K I r^ I I > I r , t , , , ,h 1 F
This invention relates to a rotary kiln for the production of a
granular bloated clay product, the kiln comprising a drying-
kiln section and a burning-kiln section. In the heating zone in
which the temperature of the clay granules increases from
300°-400°C to 800°-900°C the kiln is provided with a cen-
trally located gas-flow tube which serves to protect the
granules from the oxygen in the flue gas in the heating zone so
that the bloating will be very effective. When passing the heat-
ing zone the granules pass the annular cavity between the
_ outer surface of the gas-flow tube and the inner surface of the
kiln Uning. The outer surface of the gas-flow tube is provided
A device for high speed development of a latent image on a with blades extending along the tube so that improved heat
strip of heat developable film moved by a drive means along a transfer from tube to granules is obtamed.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
541
3,709,475
PREFOAMER
Daniel R. Gaul, Fort Worth, Tex., assignor to Crown Mokling
Co., Dallas, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 856,914, Sept 8, 1969, abandoned, which
is a continuation of Ser. No. 509,973, Nov. 26, 1965,
abandoned. This application Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,247
Int. CI. F27b 3/22
U.S. CI. 263-21 B 11 Claims
acting hydraulic ram is provided having a piston rod which
acts on the pivoted boom at a point situated eccentrically with
respect to the pivot axis of the boom and the ram has a
hydraulic control device which reverses the direction of action
of the ram during the swinging of the boom between a working
position of the gun at one end of the arc of swing and a
withdrawn position at the other end of the arc of swing when
the ram passes through a dead-center position. The hydraulic
control device preferably comprises a four-path three-position
control valve and a switching device which, as the ram reaches
its dead-center position, switches the control valve over into a
position in which a forward and a return thrust cylinder
chamber, one on each side of the piston of the ram , are both
connected to a return line for the hydraulic fluid so that as the
ram passes through its dead-center position, the piston of the
ram is able to move freely in its cylinder so that the movement
of the boom as the ram passes through its dead-center position
is not impeded.
3,709,476
MEANS FOR INDUCTIVE STIRRING
Per Erik G. Hammarlund, Hasselvagen 6, and Yngve S. Sund-
bcrg, Berghanravagen 10, both of Vasteras, Sweden
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 795,086, Jan. 29, 1969,
abandoned. This application July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 54,899
Int.Cl.C21c7/00
U.S. CL 266—34 A 2 Claims
Means for inductive stirring of melt of metal or metal alloy
in a ladle or furnace, comprising at least two electro-magnetic
multiphase stirrers being oppositely positioned at the sides of
said ladle.
3,709,478
MECHANICAL JAR
James W. Kisling, UI, 13719 Tosca, Houston, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 82,284, Oct. 20, 1970. This application
Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 21 1^82
Int.Cl.F16f //02
U.S.C1.267— 137 3 Claims
This invention is concerned with an apparatus for prefoam-
ing foam able plastic material by relating and controlling the
volume and weight of the material so that a specific accurate
density material will be produced.
3,709,477
MECHANISM FOR SWINGING A TAPHOLE GUN
Albrccht Baumcr, Kreuztal-Eicben, and Kari-Heinz Schuasler,
Sicgen, both of Germany, assignors to Dango & Diencnthal
KommandltgescUschaft, Dieger, Germany
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,275
Int-CLC21b7//2
U.S. a. 266—42 13 Claims
An illustrative embodiment in accordance with the present
invention in jars includes a mandrel and housing which are
telescopically disposed and adapted for connection in a pipe
string, said mandrel and housing having spaced impact sur-
faces which can be brought together to deUver a jarring blow,
an expansible sleeve member having threads meshed with
threads on said mandrel, cam surfaces on said threads for ex-
panding said sleeve member and releasing said threads from
mesh with one another, means released by longitudinal rela-
tive movement between said housing and said sleeve member
for locking said sleeve member in threaded engagement with
said mandrel; and a resilient column structure coacting
between said housing and said sleeve member for yieldably re-
sisting longitudinal relative movement so that a force of a
predetermined magnitude can be applied to said housing be-
fore said threads are permitted to release.
A taphole gun is mounted on a pivoted boom which is
swung by means of a hydrauhc ram arranged in such a way
that the arc of swing is at least 1 80°. For this purpose a double-
3,709,479
SETUP SUPPORT
James M. Dolphin, Route 3, Beloit, W is. "
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,215
Int. CI. B23qi/00
U.S. CI. 269-309 9 Claims
A longitudinally rapidly adjustable setup support has a tubu-
lar member open at one end and an elongated member freely
longitudinally adjustably telescopically assembled through
and projecting from such end with at least one and desirably a
542
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
substantial series of axially inwardly facing peripheral shoul-
ders thereon movable into and out of the tubular member in
reciprocations of the members, with an axially outwardly fac
ing shoulder device on such end of the tubular member
adapted to be engaged selectively with the peripheral shoul-
ders by a relative rotary movement of the device and the elon-
gated member when the selected shoulder is located out-
wardly from such end. The tubular member may be of inter-
nally rectangular cross section and the elongated member of
complementary rectangular perimeter with the shoulders
^^it;^^
thereon formed by peripheral grooves, and the shoulder
device is desirably a ring rotatably seated on the end of the tu-
bular member and having a rectangular opening passing the
elongated member when registered therewith and rotatable to
engage the selected shoulder. The ring is constructed to be
reversed for half stage adjustments. Great versatility in the
head and base elements or structures of the device permit nu-
merous and varied uses. Cooperation with supplemental
devices, such as a ball head pivot block to obtain wide range
angle support adjustment, is afforded.
3,709,480
PAPER COLLATOR AND DISTRIBUTOR
Emrin F. C. Schulze, Novelty, and Robert G. Baker, Mentor,
both of Ohio, assignors to Addressograph Multigraph Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12^25
Int. a. B65hi 9/02
VS. a. 270—58 24 Claims
Sheet distributing mechanism in which sheets may be dis-
tributed under the control of punched tape to any selected
catch tray in any one of a plurality of racks of catch trays with
the mechemism being such that, after the selection of a tray, a
counter may operate to direct a predetermined number of
sheets to the tray without requiring the storing of additional
sheet addresses on the tape. The operator may set a number in
any one of a plursility of registers which can be selected by the
tape to control the number of sheets to be delivered to a catch
tray. When a sheet enters the sheet distributing mechanism, it
causes the reading of an address from the tape and as it ap-
proaches the first rack of trays, it calls the address forward to a
rack register. A decoder on the first rack directs the sheet into
the rack if the address is for the rack by opening a rack gate if
it is not already open and sets a tray gate within the rack to
divert the sheet to the proper catch tray. If the address is not
for the first rack, the sheet proceeds to the second rack and ef-
fects a transfer of its address to the second rack register. The
operation of decoding the address is again performed at the
second rack and if the address is for the second rack, a rack
gate is opened if it is not already open and a tray gate in the
rack is set. If the address is not for the second rack, the sheet
proceeds to the third rack and the operation is repeated.
3,709,481
DOCUMENT FEEDER
Ahon H. Meyer, Austin, and William C. Monday, Garland,
both of Tex., assignors to Recognition Equipment Incor-
porated, Irving, Tex.
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,141
Int. CI. B65h 3/08
U.S.CL271— 30A 24 Claims
In a document feeder, documents are urged upwardly in a
tray under the control of a photoelectric servo system. A shut-
tleplate having vacuum ports formed in it is mounted at the
upper end of the tray, and a vacuum is maintained in the
vacuum ports so that the uppermost document from the tray is
engaged with the shutUeplate by vacuum attraction. Upon de-
mand, the shuttleplate is reciprocated initially upwardly to
clear the uppermost document from the tray over an upstand-
ing lip. Then the shuttleplate is reciprocating downwardly to
transport the document into engagement with sets of pinch
rollers. As the document engages the pinch rollers, a docu-
ment release member that normally overlies the shuttleplate is
rocked outwardly to disengage the document from the shut-
tleplate.
3,709.482
HIGH SPEED DOCUMENT FEEDER
Carl R. Nelson, Kettering; Joseph F. Cattorini, Xenia, and
Joseph J. Terbay, Dayton, all of Ohio, assignors to The Na-
tional Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,295
Int. CL B65h 3/06
U.S. CL 271-37 15 Claims
A document feed mechanism of the friction type for deliver-
ing single sheets in spaced relationship by means of
synchronous operation wherein the sheets are spaced at a con-
stant nose-to-nose distance regardless of the length of the
document. The mechanism includes a feed belt and a retard or
restraining belt, the feed belt being mounted on a feed wheel
carrier which is adapted to be radially movable in relation to
the axis of the feed wheel so that the periphery of the feed belt
continuously coincides with the periphery of the feed wheel.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
543
The feed belt is also continuously indexed by means of an ec-
centric and one-way clutch arrangement for the purpose of
distributing feed belt wear over a larger surface. The feed
mechanism includes means for stopping the flow of docu-
ments without stopping rotation of the feed wheel, wherein an
guides for a sheet. The lateral parts are adjustable indepen-
dently from one another relative to the stationary middle part
of the table for accommodating non-symmetric sheets. The
adjustable table parts comprise spring bands arranged on edge
interposer, mounted concentric with the feed wheel and
rotatable independent thereof, is placed in the path between
the feed belt and the retard belt to prevent the feed belt from
contacting the documents.
3,709,483
FEED SYSTEM FOR APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING
OPERATIONS ON SHEET MATERIAL
Edward V. Henc, Promisedale Farm, Boot Road, R.D. No. 2,
Malvern, Pa.
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158^01
Int. a. B65h 3124
UACL27I— 44R 6 Claims
and interconnected at spaced points with one another, with
the middle table part and with lateral guides. Means for adjust-
ing the drive of an inclined conveyor belt to the various posi-
tions of one of the lateral guides.
3,709,485
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SORTING SYSTEM
Thomas J. Acquaviva, Jr., PenfieW, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
FUed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,329
Int. CI. B65h 7/00
U.S.CL271— 57 7 Claims
A feed bar assembly for apparatus for performing opera-
tions on sheet material including a feed station wherein a plu-
rality of sheets are supported in a stack and means for
reciprocating the feed bar to advance single sheets to a pair of
feed rolls comprising an elongated bar and a plurality of feed
fingers mounted along the length of said bar, each of said fin-
gers including a plate member and a feed clip mounted on said
plate member having a pickup portion adapted to engage an
edge of one sheet at the bottom of the stack to advance the
same to the feed rolls and actuator means adapted to pivot
said feed fingers upwardly to insure positive engagement of
each of said feed fingers with the edge of said one sheet, said
actuator means including a leaf spring secured at one end to
said feed bar and at its opposite free end engaging said plate
member and a hydraulic actuator assembly engaging said leaf
spring.
taecoocM ' M»
3,709,484
SHEET FEEDING AND ALIGNING TABLE
Hermann Kistner, Panoramaweg 4, Neckarweihingen, Ger-
many
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,049
lnt.CI.B65h9//6
U.S.CL 271—49 6 Claims
A table for feeding and aligning sheets of paper, cardboard
or the like comprising a middle part and two lateral parts, the
lateral parts being movable toward or away from the middle
part. All three table parts are provided with upper and lower
A control circuit for a high speeo copier sorting system hav-
ing a plurality of sheet conveyors each having an associated
motor drive for driving a predetermined one of the sheet con-
veyors for transporting sheets along a predetermined path past
trays into which the sheets are distributed in accordance with
a predetermined control logic. A jam detection circuit times
signals received and is coupled to the motor drive to de-ener-
gize same in the event of a jam condition. A first circuit for
supplying signals to the jam detection circuit indicative of the
transit of sheets along the conveyor path. A second circuit for
supplying signals to the jam detection circuit indicative of the
transit of sheets leaving the conveyor path and entering a
predetermined tray. A third circuit for counting reference
signals representative of the number of copies produced by a
copier. A fourth circuit for counting signals of the second cir-
cuit. A fifth circuit for comparing counts of the third circuit
544
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and fourth circuit and supply a reset signal to the fourth circuit
during normal sorting. In addition, the fourth circuit is cou-
pled to the jam detection circuit to indicate a jam in the
absence of a reset signal.
ERRATUM
For Class 271 — 64 see:
Patent No. 3,709,492
3,709,486
OFFSET SEESAW
Anthony A. Haroski, 134 Longellow Street, Carteret, N J.
Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,490
Int.CI. A63g/ 7/00, 7 /i2
U.S. CI. 272-30 15 Claims
board may be folded and supported by the arm pieces and
uprights to yield the chair-like structure. With the board dis-
engaged from the stand, the latter may be adjusted in height
and utilized in chinning and lift-off exercises. A pair of tubular
springs and hand pieces are stored in the hollow arm pieces
and are attachable to points on the stand member for use in
various parts of an exercise program.
3,709,488
COLLAPSIBLE PORTABLE EXERCISING MACHINE
Jimmy D. Garner, Route 2, Deatsvillc, Ala.
FiledNov. 17, 1971,Ser.No. 199,597
int. CI. A63b 2J/02
U.S. CI. 272-58 9 Claims
An offset seesaw comprising a pair of tortuous arms such as
an elongated tube or bar and either unitary or separate, each
lying in a flat plane rigidly connected together at a joining seg-
ment, the arms being mutually and dependently pivotable
about an axis passing through the joining segment and
preferably each of the arms having a 90° offset intermediate its
ends, a seat is located on each of the arms, preferably posi-
tionally adjustably on the arms, the seats lying in a plane dis-
placed from the said axis, the seats also lying on opposite sides
of a plane perpendicular to the said axis generally at the center
of the joining segment.
3,709,487
COMPACT AND STORABLE EXERCISING APPARATUS
WendeU R. Walker, 2026 E. SUver, Tucson, Ariz.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 65,193, Aug. 24, 1970,
abandoned. This application SepL 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,748
Int. CI. A63b7/OO.i/00,27/02. 27/70
VS. CI. 272-58 8 Claims
A compact and readily storable exercising apparatus. The
apparatxis in its folded form resembles a chair and may be so
utilized. It comprises an upright stand member including a
support base, a pair of tubular uprights, a U-frame adjustably
telescoped on the uprights and a pair of arm pieces projecting
from the legs of the U, and a three piece foldable board, one
end of which may be engaged with pairs of supporting hooks
on the stand with the remainder of the board arranged in ac-
cordance with the exercise program being undertaken. The
An exercising machine of the type to permit exercising
while the body is extending horizontally with arms stretched
vertically and with the feet disposed in the foot support that
can swivel comprising a vertical support frame, an adjustable
brace support frame and a hammock support frame, all of the
frames being formed of U-shaped member and collapsible one
upon the other to extend the frames vertically for the purpose
of storage. Wheels are provided upon the brace support frame
at the lower end thereof onto which the collapsed frames of
the machine can be pivoted for the purpose of being trans-
ported. All of the frames are formed of U-shaped members
with the brace frame comprising two U-shaped members with
the legs of one U-shaped member telescoping with the legs of
the other U-shaped member and held extended by latch pin
devices but releasable to permit the collapse of the machine.
The hammock frame assembly comprises a U-shaped member
at the outer end having legs collapsible into sleeves which are
pivotally connected to the legs of the vertical support and
from which the hammock is supported. Handle bars are ad-
justably provided upon the vertical support frame and a winch
can be used for vertically adjusting the hammock frame sup-
port to a vertically extended position when the machine is
being adapted for storage. Either a T-shaved swivel foot sup-
port is provided upon the hammock frame assembly or a bicy-
cle like pedal crank can be used for supporting the feet.
3,709,489
HOCKEY SKILL-TESTING, PRACTICE AND GAME
APPARATUS
Thomas M. Holkran, 16932 School Street, South HoUand, III.,
and Frederick T. Green, 1804 Camellia, Munster, Ind.
Filed July 6, 197 1, Ser. No. 159,872
Int. CI. A63b 69/00
U.S.CI. 273— IB 15 Claims
This easily-assembled, low cost, versatile apparatus for
evaluating the hockey skills of individual players, particularly
their shooting, passing and stick handling abilities, comprises a
self-supporting, multi-sectioned upstanding wall structure
defining, on a substantially flat surface, at least first, second
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
545
and third adjacent substantially-rectilinear compartments.
Two of the compartments have puck target means at one end
and are open at the other end so as to provide a shooting posi-
tion for the contestant, the puck target means comprising a
vertically-disposed wall having a plurality of puck receiving
apertures therethrough, the size and location of the apertures
differing in the respective compartments. The third, substan-
passed through holes within the straps smd is provided with a
knot or other enlarged portion at one end of the tethering cord
for cooperation with a perforated washer whereby the ball is
tightly held by the harness. In one embodiment, each strap is
endless and includes an interlocking strip which, in conjunc-
tially-larger compartment has a plurality of upstanding separa-
tor devices positionable on the flat surface therein and in
spaced relation from each other and from the wall structure so
as to define a continuous serpentine path for the contestant to
follow. In addition to testing ice, roller and field hockey skills,
the apparatus may be used for hockey practice and as a com-
petitive game.
3,709,490
PLAY, SPORTS AND TRAINING APPARATUS
Gunther Manfred Wolfgang Pruss, Hcrzogstandweg 37, SII.**
Kochel am See, Germany
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,753
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, June 16, 1969, G 69
23 992.5
InL a. A63b 69138
U.S. a. 273—29 A 4 Claims
A highly elastic elongated connecting element is connected
between two members, one of which is designed or provided
with means adapted to accelerate the other member away
from said one member. At least one of said members is
resilient and capable of developing restoring forces and
preferably capable of elastically yielding at least adjacent to a
surface which is adapted to contact the other member. The
connecting element is connected to the accelerating member
by a swivel bearing.
^a
tion with the strap, defines an opening through which the
other strap slidably extends. Other embodiments involve the
use of straps including holes and loops at the ends thereof and
a ring plate having an apertured tethering portion which is
adapted to be inserted through aligned holes in the straps.
3,709,491
TETHER BALL HOLDER
Kenneth R. Minchin, 1 1 18 W. Coronado Road, Phoenix, Ariz.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 144,984, May 19, 1971. This
application Dec. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 205,504
Int. a. A63b 43102
VJS. CI. 273—58 C 4 Claims
A tether ball holder or harness for anchoring a tether to a
ball. Straps are provided which are lightly fitted around sur-
face portions of the ball, and an elongated tethering cord is
3,709,492
SORTING APPARATUS
Arthur R. Baker, Pittsford; William Brant, Rochester, and
Clarence J. Danlelson, Falrport, all of N.Y., assignors to
Xerox Corporation, SUmford, Conn.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146330
Int.CI.B65h29/5S »
U.S.CI.271— 64 8 Claims
Apparatus for receiving and distributing sheets in substan-
tially vertically extending uays including first and second
modular assemblies positioned in overlying relationship. Each
modular assembly includes a frame supporting a wire
framework forming vertically extending Uays and a horizontal
sheet conveyor in the form of endless belts extending in a path
along the inlet side of the trays. At the inlet side of each of the
trays is a movable sheet deflection gate which is pivotally sup-
ported and solenoid actuated in response to a control signal to
route sheet material carried by the horizontal conveyor
downwardly into a selected one of the trays. A separate drive
is associated with each of the horizontal conveyors and a dou-
ble acting clutch mechanism is associated with conveyors so
that each of the modular assemblies may be operative to drive
pinch rolls at the inlet of the sorting apparatus in the event
that a drive becomes inoperative. The horizontal conveyors
are supported in a pivotable cover to facilitate the clearance
of paper jams along the sheet path.
546
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,493
RACE GAME AND CHANCE PROGRAMMING
APPARATUS THEREFOR
Joseph Edward LaUy. McHenry, lU., assignor to BaUy Manu-
facturing Corporation, Chicago, 111.
Flkd Jan. 28. 1971, Ser. No. 110,563
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 29, 1970,
46,322/70
Int. CI. A63f 9100
U.S. CI. 273-86 F 7 Claims
The curved outfield wall terminates in transverse wall surfaces
comprising a continuation of the simulated foul lines of the
simulated baseball field. If the ball is struck by the bat, it may
be launched by the curved wall into a path of flight, and if not
caught by the pitcher, will constitute a successful play for the
batter, the type of advance to be determined from the spinner
device.
®-0Z
STKirr
3,709,495
MOVABLE TARGETS AND VARIABLE ANGLE
PROJECTOR
Norman A. Krombeln, 14618 No. 37th Drive, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,734
Int. CI. A63b 65/72. F41b 75/00, A63h27//2
U.S.C1. 273— 101 3 Claims
Chance operating permutation and combination switch ap-
paratus of general use and as applied to a miniature, coin-con-
trolled racing game. Motor-driven rotary probability and
search switches are set in motion at the beginning of each
operating cycle. A multiple-choice selection switch when
operated stops the probability switch in some chance position
to set up a partially-completed search circuit to some particu-
lar group of search contacts, while the search switch continues
operation until it finds the partially completed circuit and
stops, thus connecting an appertaining set of search contacts
with some particular program combination of pulsing
switches, which, in the illustrative horse-racing game applica-
tion, determine the rate of advance of the several racing ob-
jects or horses.
3,709,494
BASEBALL GAME
Gordon A. Barlow, Evanston, lU., assignor to Marvin Glass &
Associates
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,698
Int. CI. A63f 7/06, 7/74
U.S. CL 273—89 2 CUlms
A game is disclosed which utilizes a projector device, pro-
jectiles and a variably configured target area containing a plu-
rality of individual targets. The projector device is capable of
enabling the player to control the trajectory of projectiles by
controlling their angle of ejection. The targets may be of vari-
ous sizes and shapes and are individually movable so that the
target area may be changed in accordance with a lesson to be
learned or as the players advance in skill.
3,709,496
SURFACE GAME DISC ELEMENT
Carmen DeCepoli, 1 1 1 Heckel Street, BellevUle, N J., and Ed-
ward C. DeCepoli, 1 1 Aldon Terrace, Bloomfield, N J.
Filed June 23, 1970, Ser. No. 49,1 15
Int. CI. A63b 77/00
U.S.CK273-128CS 4 Claims
A game device simulating the game of baseball incorporat-
ing a playing surface simulating a baseball field, a swingable
bat mounted at a homeplate position and a spinner type
chance device. The game is characterized by the provision of
an upwardly and outwardly curved outfield wall including a
pitching guide down which a ball is rolled toward the batter.
A surface game disc element, for use as a piece in the play
of a disc game on a relatively smooth surface, having novel
structural features to facilitate the self-returning of the disc
element to an upright, play position and reducing the ten-
dency thereof to flip onto an obverse side, to bounce, or to
otherwise move in a skew manner, and to further facilitate the
interchange of parts thereof after use and wear to enable con-
tinued used of the element.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
547
3,709,497
MARBLE TYPE BOARD GAME APPARATUS
Gordon A. Barlow, Skokie, III., assignor to Marvin Glass & As-
sociates, Chicago, Ul.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 127,871
int. CI. A63f i/00
U.S. CI. 273- 1 30 R 2 Claims
A marble game including a playing board having a plurality
of parallel rows of openings through the board, and including
a plurality of sets of different colored marbles. Underlying the
playing board are two sets of elongated strips, each strip hav-
ing a plurality of variably spaced-apart openings therethrough
and being movable along the path of one of the rows of
openings in the playing board. The two sets of strips are
disposed at right angles with respect to each other. The
players' marbles are placed at random in the openings in the
playing board surface, and the players take turns manipulating
the movable strips in an effort to align openings in the strips
with openings in the playing board, so as to cause an op-
ponent's marble to drop through the aligned openings.
3,709,498
BOARD GAME APPARATUS COMPRISING PLAY
PROGRAMMING MEANS
Paul Liston, 36 Inverness Road, Norwood, Mass.
FUed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,769
Int. CI. A63f 3/00
U.S.CI.273— 131 AB
5Claun<
-;--
■V-
\M-^ \
.„ .._ _j
«
a*
I
0 —
~.+0
(!>-,,
(J}-"
,
(»-.
=
—
1
■■
'-
*
—
^-
©-
(3>,„
€i^
-te
^-*
"x -N -^ ». ,"
x^« 1
'-—■-—--j
^WJ IT"
-i
XJ
-H
1
'
1
Game apparatus comprising a game board divided into a
plurality of stations with some stations coded for playing
pieces and equivalent coded stations on each side for opposed
players, a plurality of different playing pieces on each side cor-
responding to coded stations, a planner on each side including
a plurality of cubes having each side coded to indicate a par-
ticular action for a particular playing piece and a housing for
holding a plurality of cubes for displaying one face of one cube
at a time and arranged so that a player may produce an ad-
vancement of the plurality of cubes in the planner following
one previously displayed to sequentially indicate moves of
corresponding playing pieces on the game board.
3,709,499
ELECTRONIC AMUSEMENT DEVICE
Samuel C. Lukens, Jr., Needham, Mass., assignor to Electronic
Data Controls Corporation, Forsvth County, N.C.
FUed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,265
Int. CI. A63f 5100
U.S.CI.273— 138 A * 1 Claim
:jh^.- ._,.v^. ..:h)^
"O-Tsr:
ivt-j
IJDFW;
Electronic apparatus for simulating the throwing of a pair of
dice including two counters each of which is operable to count
continuously in sequence through six operating states. The
counters are each caused to count by high frequency trigger-
ing pulses from respective pulse generators. The particular
operating state of each counter is indicated on a suitable dis-
play. A single push-button switch is depressed momentarily to
actuate the two pulse generators thus causing the counters to
switch continuously through the six operating states. When
the push-button switch is released, the counters stop and the
operating states at which they remain can be determined from
their respective displays.
3,709,500
CHANCE OPERATED PEG ELEMENT PROJECTING
DEVICE
Arnold Coby, Bronx, N.Y., assignor to The Raymond Lee Or-
ganization, Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 165,956
Int. CI. A63b 77/00
U.S. CI. 273—138 R 5 Claims
S3 61
S4
S^^^V.
This invention is a game apparatus comprising a first rotata-
ble horizontal disc, a second rotatable horizontal disc with
both discs rotating about the same axis and means to rotate
both discs either at the same rate or at different rates of angu-
lar velocity. A peg, the upper portions of which is shaped in
the caricature of a head, is inserted into the vertical hole at the
pivot of the rotatable discs, against a coiled compression
spring and this peg is restrained by a hidden catch mechanism
fibm being vertically ejected by the compression spring. A se-
ries of holes are located about the periphery of the top of the
apparatus, and the several players, in turn, insert pegs into
these holes after the discs have come to rest seeking to hit the
hidden catch member. When the hidden catch member is
touched by the peg of the successful player, the headed peg at
the axis of the discs is ejected up into the air by the coUed
compression spring.
548
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709301
METHOD OF DEALING PREDETERMINED HANDS
John B. Tmylor, 3285 South Newport, Denver, Colo.
FUed Oct- 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79^40
Int.CLA63f ///4
U.S. a. 273- 149 P 9 Claims
OeSIGNATION LISTS
SZOi 3fSS3SWHOIMSS»ax
isn NOiiTNOissa
isaa
HO
0^ 59
^ 1
$ 3
3,709,503
SPEED CHANGING DEVICE OF AUTOMATIC RECORD
PLAYERS
Kenzo Kamio, Shijonawate-shI, and Selzo Miyoshi, Hlrakata-
shi, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Industri-
cal Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Fiied Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,864
CUims priority, application Japan, Nov. 21, 1969, 44/93758
Int. CI. Glib J/00, 25/04
U.S. CI. 274—9 A 2 Claims
28
2. S.
100 KC
EAST OCAUK
ARRANGEMENT COOC NESV
NEITHER SIDE VULNERABLE
0C5IGNATION LIST
4 9l & 7 e a n II 12
9CIOS8C 90«SJD0O5MOC
" 8
- 8
a.
IS
A methcxi of dealing predetermined bridge hands is
described in which the predetermined hands are obtained by
performing an operational sequence of card rearrangements
(S"', the inverse of S, defined below) on certain designation
hand lists. These lists are obtained by performing a chosen set
of operational sequences (S) on the predetermined hand by a
non-player. The lists in no way give a clue to the players of the
content of the predetermined hands to be dealt. Provisions are
made for comparing the resulting score achieved, after play of
the hand, with that which other partnerships were able to ob-
tain. The overall method is a desirable aberration of duplicate
bridge.
A speed changing device for use In an automatic record
players wherein a plurality of disc records staclted on a spindle
are dropped on a turntable and played one after another auto-
matically and successively. An adapter for use with 45 r.p.m.
records is mounted on the spindle, whereby the position of an
idler pivotally connected to one end of the spindle is shifted
and the speed of the turntable is changed from 33 1/3 r.p.m. to
45 r.p.m.
3,709,504
PHONOGRAPH APPARATUS
Henry A. Sherwood, Short Hills, N J., assignor to Lorraine In-
dustries, Inc., Bridgeport, Conn.
FUed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,799
Int. CI. Glib 7 7/70
U.S.CI. 274-lOS 1 Claim
3,709,502
MESSAGE DEVICE
Dennis G. Wyman, Owings Mills, and William J. Bichell,
Phoenix, both of Md., assignors to GranU Corporation, Bal-
timore, Md.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 122,619
lnt.CI.A63f9/75
U.S. CI. 273— 161 10 CUims
A message device for two or more participants comprising a
base having a reflective member swiveled thereon. A domed
cover overlays the base and reflective member and carries an
electric light which shines on the reflective member. At least
part of the domed cover is translucent and has indicia, e.g.,
letters, numbers, words, etc., printed thereon. The reflective
member is moved in response to resultant forces applied by
the participants and casts a reflected finger of light on selected
ones of the indicia, thereby speUing out a "message."
The invention is directed to a semi-automatic record player.
The record feed is instituted when the tone arm is moved
manually to position its stylus element on the edge of the
record which is to be reproduced. One form of the invention
provides for the drop of a lowermost record of a staclc by ac-
tuating the tone arm. A second form of the invention initiates
the record drop following a manual movement of the guiding
and supporting spindle in a direction axially of the spindle
toward the record supporting turntable prior to a positioning
of the tone arm. Each form of the invention provides for hold-
ing a stack of records prior to reproduction in a position sub-
stantially parallel to the record turntable Further, the com-
ponents are so arranged that all may be carried within a
completely portable carrying case in which they are adapted
to be enclosed The complete unit is self-contained and m-
cludes within the casing suitable sound reproducing ap-
paratus, as well as all necessary amplifier components for
energizing the sound reproducer in accordance with the
record immediately being traced by the tone arm stylus.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
549
3,709,505
SOUND REPRODUCING APPARATUS
Anton Ashmele, Trossingen, Germany, assignor to Trossinger
Metallstimmenfabrik Hans Eisen, Trosringcn, Germany
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,589
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 7, 1969, P 19 06
031.2
Int.CI.G61bi/;0
U.S. CI. 274— 23 R 10 Claims
somewhat greater than the diameter of the electrode, whereas
the opening through the second seal ring is of a diameter ap-
proximating that of the electrode. A frusto-conical packing
retaining hat extends upwardly from the second seal ring and
provides for packing the upper end of the slight clearance
space between this seal ring and the electrode. By virtue of
this arrangement where the second seal ring "floats" on the
support ring, a good seal is maintained which prevents the
escape of hot gases at the opening yet allows transverse move-
ment of the electrode during lifting and lowering.
3,709,506
FURNACE ELECTRODE SEAL
Ludovicus Johannes Beerman, Tracy, Quebec, Canada, as-
signor to Quebec Iron and Titanium Corporation, Sorel,
Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,550
Int.a.F16j75/56
U.S. CI. 277-12 18 CUims
An electric furnace seal including a first water cooled seal
ring mounted on the furnace adjacent the electrode opening.
A support ring is on the seal ring and the support ring is sup-
ported independently of the seal ring, yet engages a seal sur-
face of the ring. A second seal ring is seated on the support
ring and is constrained for transverse movement only and
against upward movement relative to the support ring. The
opening through the lower seal ring and the support ring is
A toy phonograph wherein mechanical vibrations of the
tone arm in response to tracking by its stylus of a sound groove
in a rotating record are transmitted to the loudspeaker
diaphragm by means of a two-armed follower which is
pivotably mounted on the tone arm and has a shorter arm en-
gaging a contact plate on the central portion of the diaphragm
and a longer arm which is biased by a spring to maintain the
shorter arm in engagement with the contact plate. The ratio of
the pressure with which the stylus engages the record to the
pressure between the shorter arm and the contact plate is
about three to one and the ratio of the lengths of the two fol-
lower arms approximates the ratio of the force with which the
stylus bears against the record to the average force with which
the spring acts on the longer arm. The point of engagement
between the shorter arm and the contact plate of the
diaphragm is in line with the axis of the stylus.
\ 3,709,507
FLUID SEALING DEVICES
Cyril James Underwood, Coberley, EngUnd, assignor to Dowty
Seals Limited, Tewkesbury, Gloucestershire, EngUnd
FUed Dec. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 94,792
CUims priority, appUcation Great Britain, Dec. 18, 1969,
61,852/69
Int.Cl. F16kJ/24
U.S. CI. 277— 1 88 3 CUims
34" !?> ^39
A sealing device suitable for use in a control valve which has
a slidable valve member with a greater diameter portion en-
gageable within the sealing device to close a valve passage,
wherein the sealing device includes a resilient sealing ring and
a supporting ring which interlock. The sealing ring has a radi-
ally-extending portion providing an inner sealing face which is
engageable by the valve member, and an axially-extending
portion which is engageable within the body of the control
valve. The supporting ring is disposed radially within the axi-
ally-extending portion and on one side of the radially-extend-
ing portion.
3,709,508
CHUCK ASSEMBLY WITH CENTRIFUGAL COLLET
Francis Dudley, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Excellon Indus-
tries, Torrance, Calif.
FUed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,610
Int.CI.B23bi7/74
U.S. CI. 279- 1 C 26 Claims
rfOe
/ic.
fM-
fOc
A cylindrical chuck has an axial bore for reception of a too)
shank. A radially extending transverse chamber intersects the
bore and contains a pair of collets. Each coUet has a massive
outer end and an inner wedge portion. The two wedge por-
tions are oppositely disposed and each bears tangentially upon
an oppositely disposed side of the tool shank. The collet pieces
grip the tool shank and lock it to the chuck in response to a
combination of centrifugal force, tool torsion and acceleration
of the chuck. An arrangement of O-rings holds the several
parts in assembled condition within the chuck and also retains
the tool when the device is at rest.
550
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709^09
RELEASABLE SKI BINDING
Kurt HUdebrand, KoetschachUl 33, Badgastein, Austria
FUed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,348
Int. CI. A63c 9100
U.S. CI. 280-11.35 T
11 Claims
\m
lOb 12 no ,13
the retaining force. At least one adjusting member is provided
for effecting a standard adjustment and a differentiating ad-
justment. A locking member is provided, which is adjustab e
or releasable only by means of a tool and normally permits
only of the differentiating adjustment.
3,709,512
SNOWMOBILE STABILIZING DEVICE
Robert V. Albertson, 2100 Shady Wood Road, Minneapolis,
Minn. , „_ _,,
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Set. No. 83,716
Int. CLB62m 27/00
U.S. CI. 280-28 5^^^^
I 9 a 3 < ISK rOb W (5 < 5 J « 9
A safety ski binding for the toe and/or heel of the boot with
a housing mounted on the ski and a movable unit consisting of
a generally horizontal holding jaw with a generally vertical
portion that reacts against an elastic element within the hous-
inE The binding has means for adjustably compressing the
elastic element, whereby to vary the releasing characteristics
of the binding. The elastic element is preferably composed of
a pnsm-shaped block of elastic material such as rubber or soft
plastic, such element extending across the width of the ski.
3,709,510
SAFETY SKI BINDING
Hans Gotz, Oberer Grasweg 8, IngobUdt, Germany
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,222
Int. CI. .\63c 9100
U.S.CL 280-11.35 T
39 Claims
A stabilizer device adapted to be removably mounted on the
skis of a snowmobile type vehicle for providing stability on ice
or hard packed snow is described. The stabilizer comprises a
steel wheel mounted for rotation on one end of an axle the
other end of the axle adapted to be inserted mto a tubu ar
b racket mounted at the ski. A cotter pin or other similar
device holds the axle in the bracket in normal use. but permits
the wheel assembly to be removed completely or replaced on
the other edge of the ski.
3,709,513
TROLLEY CASE
KhalU Ahmad Ibrahim Cassimally, Climax, Saskatchewan,
Canada
FUed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,033
Claims priority, appUcaUon Great Britain Dec. 24, 969,
2,764/69; Feb. 24, 1970, 8,784/70; June 12. 1970,
2 i,541/70; June 22, 1970, 30,072/70
Int. CLB62b 7 7/00
U.i. a. 280-37 •'^»-'™''
A safety ski binding primarily for holding the toe Port.on of
the sole of a ski boot. It is the principal feature of this binding
thatTts sole holder is adapted to be shifted laterally by the lx>o
from its normal control position for a ^on-f"^^*^ ^^^J"
distance before it is released and thereby releases the boot
than the sole holders of ski bindings of this general type which
were designed prior to the invention.
3,709,511
DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING THE RETAINING FORCE
WHICH IS TO BE OVERCOME FOR A SAFETY RELEASE
OF A TOE OR HEEL HOLDER OF A SAFETY SKI
BINDING
Hannes Mariner. Hauptstrasse 51-53, Garmisch-Parten-
kirchen, Germany „, „ ^ ,
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 93,943
Claims priority. appUcation Germany, Dec. 9, 1969, P 19 63
796.8
Int. CI. A63c 9/00
U^.a. 280-11.35 T 5 Claims
21 ' 'l5 '56
A collapsible trolley which in its collapsed condition can be
used as avertable case and more particularly to a trolley of
th^ type in which the wheels and a handle framework can be
folded^nto a position in which they are compacUy conU.ned
adjacent the sides of the case or into a position in which the
, f nJ^ and the wheeled handle framework form a trolley
The safet, .elease is effected by the d'^^^Jg^^lf"^ °[ XteJ to receive and support additional cases or luggage.
coupling means having a member which is under the acUon of adapted to
L-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
551
" 3,709,514
FOLDABLE GOLF CART
Thomas S. Kaczmarek, 203 Bemice Street, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,208
Int. CI. B62b 7/72.7/?'^
U.S. CI. 280-41 C 8 Claims
adapted to serve as a back rest and the portion of the base ex-
tending beyond the seat is adapted to serve as a foot rest for a
child seated backwards on the coaster. A semi-enclosed
storage space between the base and seat is also provided.
A golf cart of the collapsible or foldable type embodying a
handle for pulling the cart when in use; and which handle is
operable as a lever in conjunction with a pair of inverted U-
shaped frames having top transverse members and vertical
side portions to which the transverse members spaced por-
tions of the handle are pivotally mounted, so that in the
upright or use position of the handle the wheels on which the
cart are mounted are in a lowermost position. In the lowered
or non-use position of the handle, the wheels are raised by one
of the frame members to a collapsed or non-use position of the
cart; there being a fabric bag having transversely spaced verti-
cal pocket means for receiving golf clubs depending from the
upper end of the bag and extending between the wheels; there
being a foldable seat member adapted for use on the side of
the frame opposite that of the wheels which seat member is
likewise foldable into a collapsed position against the frame,
and there being manually operated latch means associated
with the handle and the transverse members for retaining the
handle in the upright position.
3,709,515
OCCUPANT PROPELLED COASTER
Robert Kiicullen. 75 Osborne Lane, New Canaan, Conn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 839,405, July 7, 1969, abandoned.
This appUcation Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,246
Int.CI.B62b7 7/00
U.S. CL 280—87.02 W 6 Claims
Occupant propelled coaster having a wheeled base and a
seat and handle rigidly attached thereto. The rear portion of
the seat is set in from the rear of the base and the handle is
3,709,516
MOTOR VEHICLE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
Bruno Ewert, Russelsheim, Germany, assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,184
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 13, 1970, P 20
40 236.2
Int. CI. B62d 7/06
U.S. CI. 280-96.2 R 6 Claims
A suspension system for a motor vehicle includes a cranked
axle which has at its central region a universal connection to a
sprung portion of the vehicle. A pair of pivotal control arms
prevent movement of the cranked axle about a vertical axis. A
pair of wheel carriers are articulated to respective offset end
portions of the cranked axle about hinge axes which converge
forwardly to a point rearwardly of the universal connection for
the cranked axle. A pair of telescopic shock absorbers, or
other pivotal guide members, possibly associated with suspen-
sion springs, extend between the respective wheel carriers and
the sprung portion of the vehicle. Wheel spindles forming ro-
tary mountings for the road wheels are fixedly, or in the case
of a front suspension pivotally, mounted on the wheel carriers.
The cranked axle comprises a pair of offset arm portions
which may be interconnected either rigidly or, especially for a
front suspension, hingedly about a substantially vertical hinge
axis.
3,709,517
APPARATUS FOR LEVELLING A VEHICLE CHASSIS
FeUx Wossner, 872 Schweinfurt am Main, Germany, assignor
to Fichrel & Sachs AG. Schweinfurt am Main, Germany
FUed May 17, 1971. Ser. No. 143,929
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, May 21, 1970, P 20
24 750.1
Int.a.B60g27/0-4
U.S. CI. 280— 104 12 Claims
A sensing element in a chassis levelling arrangement for an
automotive vehicle is connected to an axle of the vehicle and
to the vehicle chassis directly or indirectly by respective ten-
sion springs which bias the sensing element in opposite
I
552
directions. As the axle moves relative to the chassis the
sensing element makes a correspondmg movement greatly
reduced m magn.tude. Movement of the sensmg elemem .s
transmitted to a control mechanism for adjustmg the spacmg
between the axle and the chassis in a direcUon to counteract
the initial axle movement.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709^20
VEHICLE WEIGHT MOUNTING MEANS
Wayne E. Johnson, MUwaukee, and Eugene V. Korb, West AI-
Us, both of Wis., assignors to AUis-Chalmers Manufacturing
Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, S«r. No. 91,079
lnt.Cl.B60r27/00
U.S. CI. 280-150 E IOC'-*'"''
3,709,518
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANEUVERING THE
STABILIZING STAYS OF A MECHANICAL EARTH-
WORKING VEHICLE
Yves M. Gauchet, SenBs, France, assignor to Societe Anonyme
Poclain Le Plessis- Belleville, Oise, France
Filed April 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27,384
Claims priority, application France. April 11, 1969,
6911249
Int. CI. B60s 9102
U.S. CI. 280- 150.5 3 culms
A vehicle front end weight mounting means for stabilizing
the front end of a vehicle and to provide positive traction for
steering.
This invention relates to a method for extending the stabiliz-
ing stays of a mechanical earth-working vehicle, compnsmg at
least two groups of stays capable of abutting on the ground,
according to which method the stays of the first group are ex-
tended untU they abut on fixed stops, wherein the stays of the
second group are simultaneously extended mto an inter-
mediate position between the positions stays extended and
stays retracted, determined as a function of the shape of the
vehicle The invention also relates to a stabilizing device ap-
plying the method as described above, wherein the stays are
attached to hydraulic rams distributed in at least two groups
capable of being supplied by a source of pressurized fluid,
wherein an output divider is connected to the source of pres-
surized fluid by a conduit and to each of the two groups of
stays by a conduit separated by a group of stays.
3,709,521
TUG VEHICLE WITH REAR CORNER WINDOW
Walter L. Davis, Sandy. UUh, assignor to Ibex, a Division of
Jeko, Salt Lake City, Utah ,,«,«,
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170.201
Int. CI. B62d 53100; B6M 27100
U.S.C1. 280— 421
5 Claims
3,709,519
PROTECTIVE WHEEL ENCLOSURE
Edwin H. Burrows, 5700 Rock Creek Ro«l, Agoura, Calif.
Filed April 8, 197 1 , Ser. No. 132^39
Int. CLB60r 2 7/00
U^. CI. 280-150 R 4 Claims
A comer window for use in tug type truck vehicles through
which a driver can engage and disengage air lines and electri-
cal hookups to a truck trailer. A number of individual wmdow
panes are hinged together, and rollers at the tops and bottoms
of the couplings travel within tracks forming the bottom and
top window casings. At least one sheet of flexible insulaUon
material is arranged adjacent to the exterior of each window at
the upper and lower tracks. The insulation material deforms to
remain in continuous sealing contact with the window as the
panes project beyond the Uacks as the window negotiates the
curves in the tracks. i
A protective wheel enclosure is disclosed herein for use
with a stored vehicle to prevent or restrict damage to a
selected wheel set thereof. The enclosure provides a bag-like
container having an open mouth for insertably receiving a
selected wheel set of the vehicle so that the wheels are
completely enclosed and separated from its surrounding en-
vironment. A closure device detachably couples the mouth of
the container about the axle of the vehicle to seal the interior
of the container. A pouch of desiccator is incorporated mto
the interior of the enclosure to effect removal of moisture
therefrom.
3,709,522
TOWBAR APPARATUS
David C. Olson, Burbank, Calif., assignor to Lockheed Aircraft
Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,666
Int. a. B60di /OO
US CI 280-453 1 Claims
■ An apparatus for towing large vehicles, such as aircraft, and
comprising an elongated braking drum, braking means offer-
ine fricuonal resistance to translation of and mounted about
such drum and a recirculating ball bearing assembly disposed
within and secured to the drum providing for the additional
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL^
553
bearing surfaces required under an overioad condition for or
on the towed device. The assembly is mounted on a screw
member fixed to the towing end of the apparatus. The drum is
connected at its towed end to a radial-and-thrust bearing
coupling while the braking means is supported and fixed at a
given position by a tube connecting the apparatus at its towing
end to a latching mechanism. An axial load applied through
the apparatus is absorbed by the frictional resistance provided
between the braking means and drum. When a predetermined
frictional value is exceeded, the apparatus begins to telescope,
by reason of the drum rotating upon the screw member. This
may provide for a signal to the operator that an overload on
the towed device has occurred. The overload energy of the ap-
paratus, nevertheless, is absorbed by heat generated between
the braking means and the drum as the latter rotates, without
making inoperative or damaging the apparatus, or disconnect-
ing it from the towed device. The towbar may then be reset for
continued operation.
3,709,523
HITCH BAR STABILIZER
James W. Ryden, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Advanced
Management Engineering & Research Co., Phoenbt, Ariz.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,429
Int.CI. B60d7//4
U.S. CI. 280—502 5 Claims
including a fingerprint receiving area, pressure sensitive copy-
ing means for transferring data from the sales slip to the docu-
ment card, and a removable finger print medium wafer.
3,709,525
CHARACTER RECOGNITION
Alan I. Frank, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Scan-Data Cor-
poration, Philadelphia, Pa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 544,202, April 21, 1966, abandoned.
This application Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 871,550
Int. CI. G06k 7 9/00
U.S. CI. 283-1 1 Claim
I r« K. F.. t- C h E .
-1 T..> T "b^T 1 "E
.--J -T +.,-F -ij: -b -E
=1 T =f =F =L T =b ^
>J _h I 1-1 1 1
: J > J. 1^'J 1 I
d J 1 f..± 1 i"±
3 J 3- ? 1 I i f
This invention relates to character recognition and more
particularly to a method of editing a document prior to optical
scanning thereof in a character recognition system.
3,709,524
DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECTION
STEM
James B. McKee, Woodson Terrace, and Jon L. Canaday, Ed-
munson Terrace, both of Mo., assignors to Aid For Business,
Incorporated, Woodson Terrace, Mo.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,674
Int.Cl.B41i;/2'^
U.S. CI. 282-22 R 15 Claims
'P
19-/
v:
A sales slip packet includes a sales slip, a document card
adapted for use in high-speed data processing apparatus and
3,709,526
MULTIPLE PIECE CLAMP FOR CONNECTING TUBING
Harry W. Cromie, Pittsburgh, Pa., aasigDor to Baxter Labora-
tories, Inc., Morton Grove, HI.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 120,014
Int.a. B60dy/OS
U.S. a. 285-73 1 2 Claims
A stabilizer for hitch bar assemblies of the type supporting a
ball socket for towing a trailer wherein the hitch bar assembly
is mounted on a towing vehicle rear bumper by means of such
as compressions clamps encircling the hitch bar and engagea-
ble with the bumper.
A clamp for securely holding ends of tubing together in end-
to-end relationship is disclosed, in which the tubing so held
carries a flange about its end. The clamp comprises four
separable sections of identical shape, in which each section
has means for locking together with another section to form
two identical clamp halves. Each clamp half defines a bore to
receive and hold tubing. The bore has an enlarged portion to
receive and hold the tuning flange. Each clamp half also
defines arms and slots positioned so that the arms of each
clamp half are capable of engaging the slots of the other clamp
half to secure the two halves together with the tuning ends
mounted in each clamp half being secured together in end-to-
end relationship.
554
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3 709 527 3,709,529
SEPTIC TANK INLET AND OUTLET FITTINGS Euclid Ohio «si£nor to P.rker-Hannifln
Robert L. Nations, Beaverton. Oreg.. assignor to Rich Manu- Robert T. ^-ins. EuclW Ohto, assignor to
Cacturing Cojnpan, oJO^on, Portland Oreg. ^-^"n^'C 1 ?9To, S.r. No. 60.589
'^^V'^TdifjoO^r^''' ^^^,^^^ ^^^ Int.Cl.FI6U3/0.
U.S.Cl.285-110 3 Claims U.S. CI. 285-286
12 II
The inlet and outlet fittings are of simUar but not identical
cast-iron construction to enable certain parts of the patterns
and cores to be used interchangeably with other parts for cast-
ing the two types of fittings. Each fitting is a tee having a
honzontal bell mouth portion adapted to receive the end of an
exterior pipe and upwardly and downwardly extending verti-
cal portions Each downwardly extending portion has a brace
leg bearing against the tank wall and an open lower end. The
upper end of the inlet fitting is closed to prevent back flow of
gas from the septic tank into the house while the upper end of
the outlet fitting is open to prevent syphoning.
ERRATUM
For Class 285—73 see:
Patent No. 3.709,526
3,709,528
HOSE COUPLING
Lee H. Cruse, Springfield, Mo., assignor to Foster Manufactur-
ing Co., Inc., Springfield, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 877,073, Nov. 17, 1969,
abandoned. This application April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,701
Int.CLF16157//S
U.S.CI. 285-316 12 Claims
A weld joint for a fuel injection nozzle assembly and the like
characterized in that axially interfitting tubular parts define
therebetween an annular groove or gap of which one side has
an axial step radially spaced outwardly from the bottom of the
groove and radially spaced inwardly from the radially outer
edge of the side of the groove. A metallic filler ring axially
spans said groove and is coaxially located by said step to radi-
ally outwardly space its inside and outside surfaces respective-
ly from the bottom of said groove and from the radially outer
edges of the sides of said groove. The outside surface of the
filler ring extends radially outward beyond the outer portions
of the sides of the groove. The protruding portion of the weld
ring permits fusion welding of the parts without addition of
weld fiUer material. After the parts are welded together, the
weld ring is integrally bonded to the adjacent portions of the
sides of the groove to form a strong leakprrof joint between
said nozzle parts. Another characterizing feature of the weld
joint herein is that a flow divider valve or the like conUined
within the nozzle assembly can be repeatedly serviced or
replaced by simply cutting through the filler ring with the
point or tip of the tool entering the space between the bottom
of the groove and the inside surface of the filler nng thus to
permit separation of the nozzle parts where they are axially in-
terfitted without bum up of the Up of the tool and to permit
subsequent reassembly and welding of said parts with the fUler
ring being the only new part required.
3,709,530
AUXILIARY RETENTION FOR A C-WASHER
Wilford A. Redding. Route 1, Bailey. Mich.
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,675
Int.CLF16d//0S
U.S. CI. 287—52.07
1 Claim
A hope coupling is adapted for receptive engagement with a
male coupler element having an external annular groove. The
hose coupling includes a tubular body having a longitudinally
extending bore adapted to receive the male coupler element.
At least one slot in the tubular body provides communication
from outside the tubular body to the interior of the longitu-
dinal bore. The slot extends axially along the tubular body and
radially inwardly with respect to the longitudinal axis of the
bore. A pin is mounted in the slot for movement therein from
an inner position wherein it protrudes within the bore to an
outer position wherein it is positioned outside the bore A
biasing guide collar for the pin includes oppositely disposed
side wall members at the opposite ends of the pin and which
collar is slidably mounted on the outside of the tubular body.
A spring provided on the tubular body biases the collar to urge
the pin into its inner position.
A C-washer normally retained behind a shoulder on a shaft
by an end recess on a member carried by the shaft, the C-
washer having means adapted to narrow the gap adjacent the
opening of the C-washer after assembly to the shaft, m order
to close the gap of the washer to a distance less than the shaft
diameter and prevent disengagement of the washer on axial
displacement on the member carried by the shaft.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
555
^
3,709,531
SHAFT AND HUB ASSEMBLY AND IMPROVED CLIP
FASTENER THEREFOR
Richard F. Beehler, Beach Grove, Ind., assignor to Lau Incor-
pornted, Dayton, Ohio
Filed April 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,347
Int.Cl. F16d7/06
U.S. CI. 287-53 H ^ Claims
from the junction of the horizontal and depending legs The
adjoined frame members angularly connect in a mitered junc-
tion which is interiorly reinforced by the legs. Each frame
member forming the comer is pre-punched to receive the
short projections to securely lock the frame members upon
the combination corner lock and hanger.
The fan hub is attached to a drive shaft by means of a
generally C-shaped clip member which has an arched or
curved leg positioned in a slot on the hub between the hub and
a flat formed on the drive shaft. The clip member is first posi-
tioned on the shaft and then the hub is slid into place flatten-
ing the curvature of the leg of the clip member and driving a
pair of barbs into frictional engagement with the shaft provid-
ing a torque and thrust transmitting connection. An upper
portion of the clip member drops into a detent opening
formed on the hub for retaining the clip member, hub, and
shaft in assembled relation.
3,709,534
ADAPTOR DEVICE FOR TRAILER DOLLY WHEELS AND
PADS
William A. Coe, 20 Westfield Road, West Hartford, Conn.
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 141,065
InL a. F16b 7/00
U.S. a. 287-119 1 Claim
3,709,532
SPLIT TEE DEVICE
Joseph Caligiuri, 240 East 144th Street, Bronx, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 19^40
Int. CI. F16b 7/00
U.S. CI. 287-54 C
2 Claims
An adaptor for motorizing the crank operation of dolly
wheels and pads. This device consists of a sleeve member
which is secured by a bolt to the square end of the crank shaft
so as to enable the shaft to be rotated by power means.
This invention relates to a two-piece removable split-tee
device adapted to removably hold a rod disposed transversely
to a pair of parallel rods as in a jungle gym or a store display
fixture. The device comprises two substantially mirror image
half pieces slidably disposed along a fixed rod and adapted to
secure a second rod at a right angle thereto. Hook means are
provided in the two half pieces to produce a co-acting locking
engagement therebetween.
3,709,535
HINGE IRON FOR POSTURE CHAIR
Heinz Rothermel, 604 Bloor Street West, Apt. B, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada
FUed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,025
Int. CI. A47c 7/44
U.S. CI. 297-306 8 Claims
3,709,533
COMBINATION CORNER LOCK AND HANGER
Herbert J. Walters, 213 FItzwater Street, PhiUdelphia, Pa.
FUed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,535
Int. CI. F16b 7/22
U.S. CI. 287- 189.36 H 1 Claim
A combination corner lock and hanger for use with ex-
truded frame members including a horizontal leg angularly
disposed from a depending leg, both of the legs terminating in
short projections extending at right angles thereto. The said
corner lock terminates upwardly in a hanger which extends
Spring-biassed hinge iron for a posture chair which hinge
iron is readily adjustable by the user even while such a person
is seated on the chair.
556
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
METHOD FOR MAKING A HAND KNOTTED PILE
FABRIC
Angela Huber, Augustinergasse 17, S«Jbu,j Austria
Filed July 13, 1971, Ser. No. 162,039
Int. CI. B65h 69104
7 Claims
U.S.CI.289-1.5 i^tMMMn
The latch is mounted on a projection extending outwardly
from said closure. The projection has mounted thcreon^^a
member having generally an L-shaped configuration. The
Precut open pile loops consisting of a thick yam, are tied to
one side of a base fabric net by a thin tie yam passmg through
the eye of a needle having an upturned point.
member is pivotally mounted at the juncture of the two le^^
S^e leg has a means which is held by a keeper mounted on the
receptacle when the closure is latched.
3,709339
SLIDING DOOR AND WINDOW LOCK
Conrad Fred Sodenkamp, Jr.. 23423 If ^th S^*^'°»' ^'^•
FUed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 163.009
Int. CI. E05c //04. B2 Ik 7 i/00
U.S. CI. 292-145 'C*^"''
3,709,537
DOOR LOCKING DEVICE
Kenkhl Kazaoka, and Nozomu Toru, both of Kariya, Japan.
Mslgnors to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Japan
FUed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,614
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 8, 1969, 44/9474;
Feb. 9, 1969,44/12379
Int. CI. E05ci /24
L.S. CI. 292-216 <^C»-*"»
>.
A striker of ring shape fixed to a doorway engages and
rotates a disk latch rotatably supported on a correspondmg
door .nto a striker lockmg position when the door is closed
and the latch is thus held by a semicylindncal end of a detent
having a cylindrical body, the semicylindrical end and cylm-
dr.cal body being snugly but rotatably supported against trans-
verse force respectively by semicylindncal and cy^>ndncal
concavities formed in a part supported on the door. When the
latch is in the striker locking position, the striker is in a posi_
t.on substantially intermediate between the axes of the latch
and the detent.
A sliding door and/or sliding window locking device at-
taches to a door frame or window sill or other casing portions
on the inside using wood or sheet metal screws. Locking of the
sliding member or members occurs as a bolt of the lock ng
device IS moved to protrude into the path of each ^'d-g
member to abut its edge or is moved mto a hole dnlled mto
each sliding member structure.
The locking device consists of: a small cast housmg for con-
tainment and alignment of the bolt and having two base lugs
drilled and countersunk to receive attachment screws; a bolt
emending in each opposite direction beyond the housing and
slidable in the housing having at least two portions of respec-
tive constant diameters and in line, the portion of larger
diameter having a generous chamfer over about one third of
rtTkngtfi terminating in a radial plane end surface having a
pointed tip in the center useful for punching a location marker
Lent before drilling a locking boU receiving hole in he shd-
ing member suucture. a bushmg of Teflon. Nyion or
equivalent plastic for the boh sized to provide a coinfortable
fu between the smaller diameter portion of the lockmg bolt
and aTes^ctive counterbore portion of the interior of the
housing; ^d a knob for finger manipulation bUnd bored un-
dersized and press fitted to the smaller diameter of the bo t ex^
fending beyond the housing, the knob being knurled for a
better grip.
3,709,538
LATCH FOR RECEPTACLE
Lamont J. Seitz, Huntington Beach, and Stephen G. Hauser.
Tarzana, both of CaUf., assignors to Baxter Laboratories,
Inc., Morton Grove, III.
FUed July 28, 197 1, Ser. No. 166,797
lnt.CI.E05c/9/70
U.S. CI. 292-128 ^Cl-""^
A latch IS disclosed for a closure on a receptacle so that the
closure may be easily retamed m a latched condition and may
easily be unlatched by manual operation employmg one hand.
196 WaUabout
3,709.540
TURN LOCK
Herbert J. BeUis. c/o BeUls Industries, Inc.
Street, Brooklyn, N.Y.
FUed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,869
Int.CLE05ci/04
-«« 7 Claims
II 5 CI 292 204
A turn lock having a locking element with a square post de^
pendi^TthTrefrom. \ locking element support has a base with
an owning extending therethrough and fianges extendmg per-
Januarv 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
557
pendicularly away from the base edges in the same direction
to form a rectangular cup. The post extends through the base
opening and is fianked by the cup. An hour-glass shaped
resilient strip locking means is held in the cup and has the op-
unit. The two positions are respectively one in which the
bumper projects below a horizontal plane including the point
posite sides of its neck configured to opposed V-shaped for-
mations that resiliently engage all four sides of the post in both
open and closed positions of the locking element. This
prevents the post from swaying and enables it to be detained in
both said positions.
3,709,541
CASINGS FOR A ROLLER OR BOLT IN A SLIDING DOOR
FITTING
Heinrich Lauterbach, Nurnberg, Germany, assignor to Trola
Kunststofferzeugnisse Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haf-
tung & Co., Nurnberg, Germany
Filed Feb. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 112,866
Claims priority, application Germany, March 17, 1970, P 70
09 771.6
Int. CI. E05c 9100
U.S. CI. 292—337 4 Claims
[
V' _ T
* h 49 * 44
This invention relates to casing for rollers or bolts for use in
sliding door fittings. Such casings may be in the form of a
major segment of a circle with the bounding chord located
along the edge of the sliding door. In order to fit these casings
without screws the outer sidewall has previously been made
with elastically deformable toothing, but this itself has led to
difficulties in removing the casing. In order to make the casing
capable of revolution through 90° and still have a clearance
between the bounding chord and the edge of the aperture in
the door edge, the bounding chord is made shorter than the
side of the inscribed square to the circle, i.e., the height of the
arc of the segmental casing is not more than 86 percent of the
diameter of the circle.
of attachment of the bracket to trailer unit and one in which
the bumper projects above the horizontal plane.
3,709,543
LOADING CRANE FOR SHIPPING CONTAINERS OF
DIFFERENT SIZE
Hans Tax, and Rudiger Franke, both of Munich, Germany, as-
signors to said Tax, by said Franke
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 82,106
Int.CI.B66c//00 j
U.S. CI. 294—81 SF 15 Claims -
ir 7B' ^29 -17'
A crane for loading and unloading container ships and for
otherwise handling large containers is equipped with two elon-
gated lifting frames suspended from the cables or ropes of two
hoists in such a manner that the frames may be longitudinally
aligned in end-to-end relationship. Each frame is equipped to
be lengthened in a direction away from the other frame by 5 ft.
to 20 ft. of effective length, and the frames may be rigidly cou-
pled so that the frame, singly or jointly, may carry any con-
tainer having a length of 1 5, 20, 30, 35, or 40 feet.
3,709,544
CONTAINER CARRIER
(George F. Oltmanns. 2528 Rensacola Avenue. Chicago, III.
FUed Feb. 24, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 1 8,407
Int. CI. A47j 45100
U.S. CI. 294—31.2 3 Claims
3,709,542
TRAILER BUMPER
Bert H. Fehlau, Mississauga, OnUrio, and Garrit A.
Domerchie, Toronto, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to
Highway Trailers of Canada Limited, CooksvUle, OnUrio,
Canada
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,631
Int.CI. B60r ;9/04
U.S. CI. 293— 73 8 Claims
A bumper for a trailer unit may be locked in alternative A carrier for one or more substantially cylindrical con-
positions relative to a retaining bracket attached to the trailer tainers of the type having a lip or peripheral engagement com-
906 O.G.— 20
558
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
prises a sheet-form blank composed of transversely rigid,
somewhat elastic and flexible material having container-
gripping strap portions disposed in circular arrangements cor-
responding in diameter to a circumference of the container to
be gripped or earned and also having handle strap portions
formed to provide convenient, manually engageable handles
for the container.
paratus includes a rigid frame which is somewhat C-shaped as
viewed from one of its sides, with the frame including a
generally upright cradle having an open laterally facing side
for receiving a stack of sheets with the latter on edge in the
3,709,545
CONTAINER CARRIER
George F. Oltmanns, 2528 Pensacola A>enue. Chicago, III.
Div ision of Ser. No. 859.353, Sept. 19, 1969, abandoned. This
application Jan. 6, 1971. Ser. No. 104,506
Int. CI. B65d7//00
U.S. CI. 294-31.2 2 Claims
22
22
A carrier for one or more substantially cylindrical con-
tainers having a peripheral enlargement comprises strip-form
means composed of transversely rigid material disposed in cir-
cular arrangements corresponding in diameter to a circum-
ference of the container and about axes extending transversely
of the strip. The strip-form means have apertured overlapping
portions receiving fastening means for retaining the strip form
means in the circular relationship, and handle portions are at-
tached to the strips, thereby providing a convenient container
handle capable of supporting substantial axial loads and
enablmg adjoining several containers into a unitary package.
cradle. Power-operated lift forks pivoted to the base of the
frame are swingable between a lowered position for picking up
and depositing a stack and a raised position for placing a stack
within the cradle. In the raised position, the forks substantially
close off the open side of the cradle
3.709,546
CONDUIT PULLER
Donald R. V aughan, P. O. Box 297, W oodland, Calif.
Filed Jul> 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,601
Int. CI. B66c //54, B23bi//40
U.S. CI. 294-96
4_J ^5 18 24
3,709,548
LEVELING SLING
Fred G. Hogshead, Rockford, III., assignor to The Caldwell
Compan>, Inc., Rockford, III.
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,736
Int.CI. B66cy//4
U.S. CI. 294-74 7 Claims
2 Claims
^4_^-'" ^5 12
A device adapted to be inserted into one end of a conduit
and for releasably engaging the inner surface of the conduit to
allow the latter to be pulled by the device in one direction.
The device has a cam member, a number of toothed elements
slidable along the cam member and frictionally engageable
with the inner surface of the conduit, and means for forcing
the elements along the member to move the elements radially
outwardly thereof effectively increase the diameter of the ele-
ments.
3,709,547
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING BUILDING MATERIAL
SHEETS ANDTHE LIKE
Ralph E. Nutter, Boring. Oreg., assignor to Cascade Corpora-
tion, Portland. Oreg.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,635
Int.CI. B66c \m
U.S.Ci. 294-67 AA 2 Claims
Apparatus suspendible from a boom and the like for han-
dling a stack of generally rigid sheet-like articles. The ap-
A sling for carrying a load includes a frame with a gripper
mounted thereon and a cable extends across the gripper and is
held thereby against movement when the load is lifted The
ends of the cable are doubled back toward the frame and con-
nected with each other by a chain to form two elongated loop
portions which are disposed on opposite sides of the frame and
function as the two legs of the sling. The chain is trained
across a drive sprocket which is mounted on the frame verti-
cally of the gripper and is driven by a motor to draw the cham
across the frame from one side to the other and thereby selec-
tively shorten one loop portion while lengthening the other
loop portion to adjust the load to a precise attitude after the
load has been lifted.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
559
3,709,549 either supported from a supporting pin and linkage in which
LUBRICATING TONGS position the tongs are in closed or adjacent position or sup-
John W. Severs, Buena Park, Calif., assignor to Aluminum ported from a pin interconnecting the crossed tongs which
Company of America, Pittsburgh, Pa. pivots the tongs to an open position with the supporting func-
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,223 tion being sequential in response to movement of the grapple
Int. CI. B25b 7j22 in a predetermined manner.
U.S. CL 294— 118
3 Claims
3,709,551
TRAVEL TRAILER CONSTRUCTION
James F. McCarthy, Broadview, 111., assignor to Free Winds,
Inc., Geneva, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 767,343, Oct. 14, 1968, Pat. No.
3,560,042. This application Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,562
Int. CI. B60p 3134
U.S. CI. 296—23 R * 3 Claims
A hand tongs device providing a single workman with the
capability of handling a workpiece, such as a forging, while
simultaneously lubricating the dies of a press. The device com-
prises a pivotal set of hand tongs, at least one handle of which
is a hollow tube, the hollow tube handle having nozzle
openings in the wall thereof adjacent finger portions of the
tongs employed to grasp a workpiece At the other end of the
hollow handle, and connected in fluid communication
therewith, is a hand operable valve device, for permitting the
flow of lubricant through the valve handle and openings from
a pressurized source thereof, when the valve is opened.
3,709,550
AUTOMATIC ONE LINE GRAPPLE
John H. Mitchell, 512 Westerly Drive, Aberdeen, Wash.
Filed May 10, 1967, Ser. No. 637,565
Int.CI. B66C//00
U.S. CL 294-111
7 Claims
A trailer construction adapted to be attached to and drawn
rearwardly of a motor vehicle when in a relatively compact
condition and which is capable, when unhitched or detached
from the draft vehicle, of being quickly and easily expanded
vertically as well as fore and aft by the interaction of a plurali-
ty of foldable and slidable solid or rigid panels to provide a
weathertight and waterproof enclosure of relatively large in-
terior dimensions suitable for living quarters.
A grapple employed in the logging industry which includes a
pair of tongs which are automatically opened and closed while
being hung or supported from a single line or support and
which is especially useful in highlead grapple yarding. The
tongs are opened and closed in a single cycle of operation or a
multiple cycle of operation which renders the grapple quite
useful in turning or rotating a log. The tongs of the grapple are
3,709,552
VAN BODIES
Edward Gerald Broadbent, Sandbach, England, assignor to
Shellag Estates Limited, Douglas, Isle of Man, Great Britain
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,098
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Oct. 10, 1969,
49,786/69
Int. CLB60J 5/06
U.S.CL296— 28M 16 Claims
A van body with an open side closable by a sliding curtain
suspended from the roof of the body. One vertical edge of the
curtain is detachably secured to an end of the open side and
the other vertical curtain edge is detachably connected with a
rotary spool element at the opposite end of the open side onto
which curtain is wound for horizontal tensioning. Spool
locking means is provided to prevent slackening of the ten-
sioned curtain. The curtain is also tensioned vertically by
straps which connect between travelling elements by which
the curtain is suspended and anchorages on the body.
560
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
^ 709 553 3,709,555
GOLF CAR RAIN COAT BIAS RELIEVED AUTOMATIC SEAT RETURN
Charles W. Churchill, and Herbert E.Bixby, both of P.O. Box Hubert L. Ostertag HoUand. Mich., a^ignor to Herman
1 7 A^ ^ 1 ake Park Fla MUler, Inc., Zeeland, Mkh.
12653. Lake Park, na^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ Filed March 3, 1971,Ser No. 120,400
Int.Cl.B60j9/00 Int. CI. A47ci/;S .^ri-im,
U.S. CI. 296-28 C 2 Claims U.S. CI. 297-142 »4Cla.ms
A roofed golf car has its passenger compartment weather-
proofed by a pair of flexible transparent plastic curtains. Each
curtain is supported by a channel-shaped guide member, one
at each side of the car, and each curtain is slidable on its guide
member Each guide member has a plurality of supports con-
nected to the car roof Each curtain may be compressed into a
bundle at one side of the car when not in use. A special curtain
is provided to cover the conventional club compartment of the
car during rain storms.
3,709,554
ADJUSTABLE CHAIR
Tibor Feher. 5130 Bourret Avenue, Apt. 9, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,302
Int. CI. A47c 4124
U.S. CI. 297-26 4 Claims
This disclosure relates to an improved support for a seat
having a stationary standard, an arm pivotally mounted at one
of its ends on the standard, and a seat member mounted on the
other end of the arm. The improved structure disclosed has a
biasing element shiftable between operative and inoperative
positions. When in an operative position, the biasing element
urges the arm to pivot in one direction about the standard to
assume a storage position. In response to the weight of a per-
son on the seat member, the biasing element is rendered in-
operative, and the arm becomes freely movable about the sup-
port.
3,709,556
TELESCOPING I V POLE ATTACHMENT AND WHEEL
CHAIRS
Eugene R. Allard, 1809 A Pearl, Alameda, Calif., and Charles
D. Allard, 1620 Hickory Avenue, San Leandro, Calif.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,329
Int. CI. A47c 7162
U.S. CI. 297— 188 2 Claims
An article of furniture more particularly a chair of the non-
folding or folding type, in which both the seat and back-rest
can be adjustably inclined in a separate and independen*
manner to provide a great number of postures. The arm-rests,
which are pivoted to the back-rest and are used to incline the
same, are arranged to remain level despite change in the back-
rest inclination. The article of furniture may constitute a leg
holder with an adjustably inclinable leg support panel
equivalent to the chair seat.
A holder for conUiners of liquids for intravenous feedings
for attachment to portable patient conveyances such as wheel
chairs and gumeys consisting of an elongated tubular base,
brackets for attachment to the frame of the conveyance, a plu-
rality of elongated tubular extension members arranged for
telescoping registration within the base and a hook shaped
member mounted on the distal end of the uppermost telescop-
ing member for holding the intravenous feeding container.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
561
3,709,557
PORTABLE VERTEBRAL COLUMN SUPPORT
Richard U. Light, Delton, Mich., assignor to Flat-Back Cor-
poration, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 852,693. Aur. 25. 1969,
abandoned.
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,253
Int. CI. A47c 7142
3,709,559
FURNITURE FOR SEATING PEOPLE
David L. Rowland, 49 West 55th Street. New York, N.Y,
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,576
Int. CI. A47c 4/00, 7100
U.S. CI. 297—445 41 Claims
U.S. CI. 297-230
4 Claims
A portable vertebral column support for use in chairs and
the like to support the vertebral column of the user. The sup-
port comprises an elongated flexible envelope having at least a
pair of spaced apart elongated pockets therein extending
parallel to one another and parallel to the user's vertebral
column when in a position of use. Each of the pockets has a
closable end adjacent one end thereof for receiving removable
rigidifying means therein to rigidify the flexible envelope to
provide the necessary support for the vertebral column.
3,709,558
CHILD SAFETY SEAT
Hans Jakob, Sherman Oaks, Calif., assignor
Safety Equipment Corporation, Encino, Calif.
FiledOct. 13, 1971,Ser.No. 188,855
Int.CI. A47dy//0
U.S. CI. 297-250
to American
8 Claims
Chairs and other seating units are made with seats and,
where present, backs, each comprising a plurality of sinuous
spring wires secured to rigid frame members of the seating
units, these rigid frame members being themselves held apart
by one or more other rigid frame members. The sinuous spring
wires are in their natural state shaped in circular or cylindrical
arcs which are partially but not completely flattened in the
completed seats and backs, to place the springs in tension and
to aid in their retention by the frame. The spring wires touch
or come quite close to each other at least once per cycle, and a
thin sleevelike plastic coating surrounds the wires and follows
their sinuous shape. It also surrounds the rigid frame members
to which they are secured and links the wires and frame
together and links the wires to each other wherever they
touch, to provide a unitary seat or back assembly. The springs
are, however, secured firmly to the frame, and the plastic is
not relied on for rigid attachment. In preferred forms of the in-
vention, the plastic coating has a Shore A durometer between
45 and 90, so that the assembly is held together by the plastic
coating without substantially restraining the flexing of the
spring wires, and the coating itself provides a spring action
between adjacent wires by stretching and contracting, thereby
giving a two-way stretch action.
A safety restraint device for a child for use with a vehicle
seat and the conventionally installed safety belt including a
body having bottom, rear and sidewalls, a plurality of straps
connected to the body and adapted to be releasably secured
about a child, and at least two spaced apart connecting
devices for releasably securing the body to the vehicle seat
through the safety belt, the connecting devices including a
pair of D-shaped rings which are pivotally mounted in a sleeve
that is fixedly mounted to the body and a strap end securing
device mounted on the body for supporting the free end of the
lap strap after it is engaged with the D-rings to aid in prevent-
ing disengagement between the rings and straps.
3,709.560
SEATING FURNITURE AND METHOD OF
MANUFACTURING SUCH FURNITURE
Heinz Binek, Freckenhorst, Germany, assignor to Consolidated
Burris International, Ltd., Lincolnton, N.C.
Divisionof Ser. No. 736,831, June 13, 1968, Pat. No.
3,564,700. This appUcation Aug. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 64,733
Int. CI. A47c 4/02, 7/00
U.S. CI. 297—445 1 Claim
Multiple person seating furniture pieces, such as couches
and the like, are disclosed as being produced in accordance
562
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
with a method wherein synthetic foam material is formed into
a chair body having a seat, a backrest, and right and left
sidearm portions. The chair body thereafter is severed to
produce a pair of end sections which are then joined with an
intermediate section to complete the assembly of a couch
body having a seat and backrest terminating at respective ends
of the couch body m right and left sidearm portions.
3,709,563
METERING VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR COMBINATION
VALVE
Ronald L. Shcllhause, Vandalia, Ohio, assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,987
int. CI. B60t 8126, 1 1/34,1 7/22
U.S. CI. 303—6 C 5 Claims
3,709,561
BRAKE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY FOR MOTORCYCLES
AND THE LIKE
Richard L. De Biasse, 3 Oak Street, Madison, and Warren L.
Harvey, P.O. Box 622, West Route 24, Mendham, both of
N.J., assignors to said De Biasse, by said Harvey
Filed Dec. 14. 1970, Ser. No. 97,595
Int. CI. B60b 19100
U.S.CL 301-6 E 8 Claims
A lightweight rigid wheel assembly for motorcycles and the
like The wheel is formed in one piece and includes a relatively
small number of spokes, each spoke acting to support the
wheel during full rotation and being 'T"-shaped in cross sec-
tion. The connecting web portion of each spoke tapers from
the rim toward the hub and the connected flange portions
taper from the hub toward the rim. A brake disk is attached to
the rim for use with a suitable brake caliber attached to the
motorcycle frame.
3,709,562
PNEUMATIC CONVEYANCE SYSTEM
Friedhelm R. Feder, Memphis, Tenn., assignor to Wedco, Inc.,
Bloomsburv, N.J.
Filed JuK 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,554
Int.CI. B65g5J/04
U.S. CI. 302-13 20 Claims
A metering valve assembly for the front disc brakes of a
dual circuit brake system which has rear drum brakes. The
metering valve assembly is disclosed as a part of a combina-
tion valve assembly for a dual circuit brake system in which
the metering valve is in one circuit, a proportioning valve is in
the other circuit, and a hydraulically reset pressure loss warn-
ing indicator unit is sensitive to both circuits. The metering
valve assembly has a metering valve pin provided with a
grooved or knurled land and a smooth surfaced land in the
valving section of the pin, and a rubber-like, resilient metering
valve member mounted about the pin and having an outer sec-
tion cooperating with a shoulder on the metering valve hous-
ing to form a first valve and an inner section extending axially
over the valving section area of the pin and cooperating with
that valving section to form a second valve.
3,709,564
COMBINED ELECTRONIC AND FLUID PRESSURE
BRAKE APPARATUS
William B. Jeffrey, Irwin, and Richard K. Frill. Pittsburgh,
both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Air Brake Company,
Wilmerding, Pa.
Filed July 22, 197 1 , Ser. No. 165,288
Int.Cl. B60t7//2
U.S. CI. 303— 16 9 Claims
"7 V"
cr^
A pneumatic conveyance system for unloading a dry flow
railroad hopper car. A centrifugal blower draws suction on a
cyclone separator disposed adjacent the unloading point.
Solids separated in the separator are entrained in an air stream
provided by a positive displacement pump such as a Root's
pump and are pneumatically conveyed to the delivery point.
The centrifugal blower and positive displacement pump are
driven by the same motor so that the air rate-power charac-
teristics of the centrifugal blower and positive displacement
pump counteract each other.
"^^^^^""^5^5^
A rapid transit type railway brake control system in which
an electronic operating unit is employed to normally regulate
electro-pneumatic control of the friction brakes in a manner
to continuously supplement the effective dynamic brake suffi-
cient to satisfy the brake demand input. Flow of electric cur-
Januarv 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
563
rent in a control wire (P-wire) monitored by the electronic
control unit is selectively varied to provide the brake demand
input to the electronic unit in accordance with operation of a
controller device which is adapted to concurrently vary brake
pipe pressure in parallel with control wire current. The im-
provement resides in means for rendering a service brake con-
trol valve automatically responsive to variation of brake pipe
pressure to provide automatic-pneumatic control of the fric-
tion brake consequent to a malfunction rendering the normal
electro-pneumatic brake control inoperative.
after braking has been released and by keeping constant the
braking torque on the wheel at the value it reaches after a
3,709,565
METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR ELECTRONIC
CONTROL OF THE BRAKING MEANS OF WHEELED
VEHICLES
Arne Holger Jonason, Angered, and Gosta Holger Granlund,
Goteborg, both of Sweden, assignors to Saab-Scania Ak-
tiebolag, Linkoping, Sweden
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,747
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 27, 1969,
14652/69
Int. CI. B60t 8/08
U.S. CI. 303-21 BE 2 Claims
10 , 3 tv J
\iJi " ' CLOCK PULSE
'% 36 ^K ■
31-1^1 J^i-i-^^-y'
AMP
CONST.
PULSE
ACCEL GEN
In a motor car or other wheeled vehicle provided with elec-
tronically controlled wheel brakes, the lag or slip of the in-
dividual wheels is determined to render possible a control
such that locking and skidding of the wheels is prevented.
During braking, the brake of one wheel of the vehicle is inter-
mittently released so that the wheel is intermittently free-
running without slip. The speed of the vehicle is continuously
measured by an accelerometer of simple type and an integra-
tor integrating the accelerometer output. The true speed of
the vehicle is intermittently measured by a speed transducer
associated with said wheel and having an output representa-
tive of true speed during the free-running interval of the
wheel. The approximate continuous speed value is recurrently
updated by the intermittent true speed signal so that the in-
tegrator output is proportional to the ratio of the speed of the
vehicle to that of the wheel and is a quantity to control the
brake of the wheel in dependence of the slip of the wheel by
comparison with a permissible or tolerable slip limit value.
3,709,566
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE ANTI-SKID
BRAKING OF VEHICLES
Giancarlo Michellone, Cambiano; Mario Palazzetti, and
Giovanni Tabasso, both of Turin, all of luly, assignors to
Fiat Societa per Azioni, Turin, Italy
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,259
Claims priority, application Italy, March 9, 1970, 67781
A/70
Int.CLB60tS//2
U.S. CI. 303—21 BE 4 Claims
A vehicle anti-skid braking system which shortens the time
required to reduce an excessive slip of the wheel by ascertain-
ing the instant when the wheel acceleration becomes zero
predetermined time has elapsed from such instant, braking
being resumed when the acceleration of the wheel again
begins to decrease.
3,709,567
ADAPTIVE CONTROL ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
David L. Van Ostrom; Douglas W. Sweet, and David G. Beyer-
lein, all of Flint, Mich., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Continuation of Ser. No. 806,807, March 13, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 26, 1971, Ser. No.
128,484
Int.Cl. B60t 5/72
U.S. CI. 303—21 BE 20 Claims
— • ■" ~3 _ i _ -'•^ ^^^A. i. t
' -STtii. 1 *.i...-<~> ^« M.."! T/S. v'^.-i ..;
A system for preventing the locking of vehicle wheels dur-
ing braking includes an electronic control responsive to the
velocity of the braked wheel for generating a signal which
roughly simulates the vehicle deceleration and compares that
signal with one representing wheel deceleration and derives an
integrated control signal as a function of the difference
between simulated vehicle and wheel velocities. The control
signal operates a solenoid valve in a pneumatic circuit which
controls a brake pressure modulator for releasing and apply-
ing the wheel brakes. A failure sensing circuit monitors critical
points in the electronic control and the modulator to disable
the control and light a warning lamp upon detecting a failure.
3,709,568
HYDRAULIC BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND METHOD FOR VEHICLES
Hirotaka Miyake, and Shinji Kawai, both of Kariya. Japan, as-
signors to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi. Japan
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,632
Claims priority, application Japan, May 11, 1969,
44/35701; May 11, 1969,44/42737
Int. CI. B60t 8/20
U.S.CI. 303— 22R 11 Claims
In a hydraulic brake pressure control system for vehicles
having a brake regulator comprising a cylinder, a differential
564
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
piston provided with small and large effective surfaces and en-
gaged in the cylinder, which subdivides the cylinder inside into
two chambers, a control valve to open or shut off intercommu-
nication between the two chambers by means of hydraulic
pressure differences produced by the differential piston, a
valve spring biasing the piston to hold the control valve nor-
mally open, predetermining the piston operation start, and
also a wheel load sensing apparatus to vary the effect of the
land by a radially extending land at the other end thereof, the
center land having a plurality of radial slots therethrough to
valve spring m response to changes of the distance between
the two masses separated by the vehicle suspension system,
improvements, wherein, are to make the wheel load sensing
apparatus have little effect toward the piston in the inter-
mediate point of the largest relative changing amount between
the two masses, the valve starting its operation only by the
predetermined load of the valve spring and also to increase
and decrease the biasing force of the valve spring onto the
piston with a switchover point of said intermediate one.
3,709,569
DRILL PIPE PROTECTOR
Mason Wayne Napper. Lafayette. La., assignor to Galaxie
Manufacturing & Sales, Inc., Lafayette, La.
Filed Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 198,629
Int.CI.F 16c/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 308-4 A 5 Claims
iO
X 2S
3Ja
provide bending bars. In a second embodiment, the resilient
land comprises a U-shaped cross section circumferentially
around the bearing race assembly which is radially flexible.
3.709,571
BEARING HOLDER
John A. Croisant, Midland, and Harold D. Folts, Rhodes, both
of Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company.
Midland, Mich.
Filed March 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,283 /
lnt.CLF16cJ5/;0
U.S. CL 308-27 8 Claims
A novel latching mechanism is provided for a drill pipe pro-
tector of the split ring type. The latch mechanism includes
hook members located on the either side of the "split," which
are secured in place around a drill string by a C-clip which
slides longitudinally Tabs on each end of the split permit
ready longitudinal alignment of hook members for sliding of
the C-clip into place.
A support for bearings is described which comprises a sup-
port member with an inner wall portion of a closed end having
a configuration adapted to engage a bearing wall portion; a
releasable bearing restraining member slidably received
within the support member with an outer wall portion at a first
end thereof adapted to engage the bearing wall portion sub-
stantially simultaneously with the engaging of the bearing by
the support member; and a clamping means in operative com-
bination with a second end of the restraining member to exert
a sufficient force on the restraining member to restrain the
bearing within the inner and outer wall portions.
3,709,570
ANTIFRICTION BEARING HOUSING
Anthony T. Galbato, Jamestown, N.Y., assignor to TRW Inc..
Cleveland. Ohio
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,936
Int.Cl.F16ci5/06
U.S. CL 308-26 - 13 Claims
A resilient damper assembly for connecting an anti-friction
bearing assembly to a housing, the resilient damper assembly
consisting of three parallel radially spaced-apart lands, the
outer land connected to the center land by a radially extend-
ing land at one end and the inner land connected to the center
3,709,572
REVERSIBLE SHIELD-SEAL FOR A BEARING
James J. Pethis, Farmington, Conn., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.L
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,616
Int.CLF16c3J/7«,JJ/50
U.S.CL 308- 187.2 10 Claims
The invention contemplates a single annular disc element
with elastomeric formations so sized and proportioned that,
when installed in a suitable retaining groove of one of the rings
of an antifriction bearing or the like, the difec element will
close the gap between bearing rings and will {provide selective
availability of a seal function or of a shield function, depend-
Janvary 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
565
ing upon the axial orientation of the disc element in its as-
sembly to the retaining groove. Specifically, in cooperation
with a tapering surface of the other bearing ring (i.e. the ring
which rotates with respect tc the grooved ring), the disc ele-
ment will position an elastomeric seal lip in light resiliently
stalled condition of the ring. An axial tongue of the clip is held
in an eccentric arcuate relief in the cylindrical ring surface to
deflected interference with the tapered surface, for one as-
sembled orientation, on the other hand, for the axially-
reversed assembled orientation, the disc element positions the
seal lip in close-clearance relation with the tapered surface, to
provide a shield function. Various further features are also
provided.
3,709,573
SPI 1T-R\( F BEARINC; CONSTRICTION
Stanley S. Orkin. Rockville, and Richard W. Hartwick, Gran-
by, both of Conn., assignors to Kacarb Products Corpora-
tion, Bloomfield. Conn.
Division of Ser. No. 800,143. Feb. 18. 1969, Pat. No.
3.578,828. This application Sept. 10, 1970. Ser. No. 71,223
Int. CLF16C/ 7/00
U.S.CL308— 161 2 Claims
A dry, self-lubricating bearing comprises an outer and an
inner race with coengaging bearing surfaces with the bearing
surfaces on one race being made of a solid lubricant material
and the bearing surfaces on the other race being made of a
hardened material such as a thin ceramic coating on a metal
substrate. In one embodiment, the outer race comprises a sin-
gle member while the inner race comprises two separate mem-
bers slidably carried within jopposed seats of the outer race
with the bearing being capable of absorbing radial, axial and
moment loading individually or in combination. In other em-
bodiments, the outer race is split comprising two members
and/or the outer race is carried within concave seals of the
inner race.
3,709,574
LOCKING DEVICE FOR A BEARING OR THE LIKE
Howell L. Potter. New Britain. Conn., assignor to Textron,
Inc., Providence. R.I.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 134,649, April 16. 1971,
abandoned. This application Sept. 9. 1971, Ser. No. 179,008
Int.CLF16ci5/06
U.S.CL 308-236 23 Claims
The invention contemplates clip means having relatively
free but unit-handling assembled relation to the bearing ring
or the like which it is to secure, in the ultimately fitted, in-
be mounted. The assembled and installed position of the ring
is secured by angularly displacing the clip, and therefore the
tongue, toward one of the circumferential limits of the relief.
3,709,575
SHAFT LOCKING DEVICE
Ralph S. Howe, Jr.. New BriUin, Colo., assignor to Textron
Inc., Providence, R.L
Filed April 19. 1971, Ser. No. 135,314
lnt.CLF16ci5/06
U.S. CI. 308—236 19 Claims
The invention provides means for concentrically mounting
a ring on a shaft and for automatically locking the same. Only
one sleeve part is required, in addition to the ring. Reliance is
placed on first coacting mated tapering surfaces on the sleeve
and ring bore, to establish the concentric relation, and upon
second coacting cam formations integral with the sleeve and
ring, to establish axially cammed displacement of the ring and
sleeve into locked concentric relation. In the forms disclosed,
the sleeve is split and may have frictional interference with the
mounting-shaft size, and the sleeve is held captive, in unit-han-
dling assembled relation within the ring bore. Also, in the
forms disclosed, the ring is the inner race ring of an antifric-
tion bearing, and the concentric tapering surfaces are posi-
tioned to directly radially and concentrically support the
raceway region.
3,709,576 i*
REFRIGERATOR DOOR LINERS
Marcel Lemoine. Montlignon, France, assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation. Detroit, Mich.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,272
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 26, 1970,
9.261/70
Int.CLA47fi/04
U.S.CL 312- 138 A 1 Claim
A refrigerator door liner has a mounting for a removable
shelf in which the door liner has a projecting horizontal shelf
support, a pair of opposite vertical flanges and a pair of ledges
566
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
respectively formed on said vertical flanges. A detachable stir- element or elements forming an upwardly closed storage cell,
rup interfits with said ledges and is adapted to embrace a shelf A thin brace extending from the support channel, which .s
resting on the horizontal support, the detachable stirrup en-
gaging formations on the door liner when interfitting with the
ledges.
3,709^77
DESKS
Frank Rutherford; Ivor Gerald Arenson; Alan George
Cracknel!; William Henry Foulds, and Albert T. Derrick, all
C- of St. Albans, England, assignors to A. Arenson Limited, St.
Albans, England
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 814,738, April 9, 1969. This
appUcation Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,622
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, April 23, 1968,
19,245/68
Int. CI. A47b 47/00, / 7100, 19/00
U.S. CI. 312-263 2 Claims
formed by a pair of bars, can be attached by a hand screw to
the support above the bracket and to the end of the shelf
remote from the support if an upwardly open shelf is wanted.
3,709,579
OPTICAL SYSTEM FOR FOCUSING SPACED OBJECT
PLANES IN A COMMON IMAGE PLANE
Gunter Makosch, 7034 Maichingen, Germany, assignor to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,570
Claims priority, application Germany, March 19, 1970, P 20
13 101.5
lnt.CLG02b2;//S
U.S. CL 350— 30 24 Claims
/A
(i-
An optical system for focusing spaced object planes into a
common image plane by means of a compensating optical ele-
ment alternately placed and removed from between an objec-
tive and the object planes which equalizes the optical paths
thereof.
A desk adapted to be transported and stored in "knocked
down" form, such desk comprising a top member providing a
3,709,580
EXTENDED RANGE POLARIZATION TARGET
down" form, such desk comprising a top member providmg a ^^,^^1^, g pugitt, San Diego, and Paul J. Heckman, Jr., Rancho
working surface, front and rear frames for supporting the top ^^^^^ p^ ^^^^ ^^ Calif., assignors to The United States of
member, and at least one pedestal providing storage space, the ^^erica as represented by the SecreUry of the Navy
pedestal being attached to the frames but not to the top
member
America as represented by the SecreUry of the Navy
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,665
Int.CLG02b5/iO
U.S. CI. 350- 157
2 Claims
3,709,578
MODULAR STORAGE AND DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
Vittorio Introini, Via Ivrea 1, Gallarate, Varese, luly
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,797
Claims priorit\, application Ital\, Mar. 23, 1970. 83622 A/70
Int. CLA47b 47/00
U.S. CL 312— 245 9 Claims
A modular storage and display assembly comprises an
upright support channel defining a gap and formed with a suc-
cession of equispaced transversely throughgoing" bores. A
right-angle bracket is receivable in the gap and clampable in
place by hand screws. One or two W-shaped shelf elements
can be secured to the bracket, with another bracket and shelf
ffCP \
ffCf>
■Pt^rm SP
TAKser C
A reflector, particularly useful for underwater use, compris-
ing a base material having angled surfaces for retro-reflecting
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
567
an incident beam of light back substantially parallel to the in-
cident beam, and means for polarizing the reflected beam into
the same circular polarization handedness as the incident
beam.
3,709,581
WIDE ANGLE INFINITY IMAGE VISUAL DISPLAY
Frank W. McGlasson, Windsor, N.Y., assignor to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 5. \*il\. Ser. No. 1 12.'*24. The |)orlion of the term of
this patent subsequent to May 2, 1989, has been disclaimed.
Int. CLG02b/ 7/06. 27/74
U.S. CI. 350-174 9 Claims
the back focal region. The fluoroscopic apparatus, of which
the lens is a part, achieves compactness measured along the
axis of the X-ray beam by folding the optical axis. In a
preferred application, this feature permits location of the
fluoroscopic apparatus in the limited vertical dimensions
available beneath an examination table without reduction in
the efficiency of optical coupling to the conventional multiple
output devices.
An improved wide angle visual display made up of a plurali-
ty of narrow angle reflective mirror-beamsplitter displays
shaped as spherical segments. By using a second reflective
mirror-beamsplitter combination with each narrow angle dis-
play to provide an aerial image input, the field of view of each
narrow angle display is increased and thus fewer narror angle
displays are required to make a wide angle display of a given
size.
3,709,582
HIGH PERFORMANCE FOLDED OBJECTIVE LENS
Bruce H. Walker, Carlisle, Mass., assignor to General Electric
Company
Division of Ser. No. 878,137, Nov. 19, 1969, Pat. No.
3,622,786. ThU application May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,614
Int. CI. G02b 9/64, 27/74
U.S. CL 350-202 2 Claims
-EXIT PUPIL llO UNITS
3,709,583
COVERING DEVICE FOR SKYLIGHTS
Heinrich Pfannkuch, Berrschestrasse 16; Adolf Saxberger,
Nasslstrasse 21, both of Munich, and Fritz Schnebel, 8201
Greimelberg 75a, Greimelberg, all of Germany
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,853
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1970, P 20
09 372.5
Int. CLG02b 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 350-260 13 Claims
60
Jl^
10
■i
11
2
A covering device for a skylight in a flat roof including a
frame mounted in the skylight opening and having horizon-
tally disposed reflector panels that are inclined relative to the
roof The frame is rotatable and can be tilted or the panels can
be tilted to follow the relative movementof the sun.
3,709,584
LIGHT BLOCKING ARRANGEMENT
Frank Frungel, Hamburg, Germany, assignor to Impulsphysik
GmbH, Hamburg, Germany
Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,177
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 18, 1968, P 18
15 249.3
Int. CLG02f 7 /iO
U.S. CI. 350-266 14 Claims
A chamber with two normally transp^pent walls is arranged
in the path of light. Injectors mounted on the wall of the
chamber inject carbon to cover the transparent walls upon
receipt of electromagnetic and light signals signifying a
nuclear detonation.
A high performance folded objective lens and a compact
fluoroscopic apparatus incorporating the lens are disclosed.
The objective lens has a relative aperture of //1 .0 and its per-
formance has been optimized for use with an X-ray image in-
tensifier tube. The lens consists of two spaced groups with a
fold of 90° introduced between the two groups. The first
group, which consists of four elements, is of relatively low
power. The second group which consists of six elements is of
relatively high power, designed particularly to have a short
physical length. Provision has been made for make-up glass in
3,709,585
COMB AND PIN MIRROR
Chern H. Tsai, 41-46 Case Street, Elmhurst, N.Y.
FiledFeb. 23, 1971,Ser.No. 118,143
Int.Cl.G02bi/0«
U.S. CL 350-305
4 Claims
A beauty aid mirror assembly which frees a person's hands
from holding individual mirrors to view all sides of a head
while combing or pinning the hair, the assembly consisting of a
set of two individual mirrors each of which is rotatable 360°
568
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and tillable 90° by means of a pair of swivel joints supported
by a slide slidable along a channelled extension arm which at
its one end is attached pivotally to a bracket mountable either
to a vertical supporting surface such as a wall or chest drawer,
or which can be supported from a base placed upon a horizon-
tal surface such as a desk, make up table, or the like.
3,709,586
METHOD OF MAKING AN ELECTRO-OPTIC SWITCH
James Lipp, Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,209
Int. CI. G02f/ /26
U.S. CI. 350—320 8 Claims
A method of fabricating electro-optic switches for use in
high speed applications. Transparent conductive electrodes
are affixed to a substrate and then directly applied to the sur-
faces of an electro-optic crystal using an optical cement. Af-
fixing of the electrodes to the crystal is performed while pres-
sure, having a predetermined relationship to the crystal size, is
exerted on the entire package. An optical cement is also
described having very low electrical resistance and very high
optical transmissivity. The cement is unbalanced by an ionic
carrier to enhance the ionic conductivity between the elec-
trodes.
3,709,587
EYEGLASSES HAVING READILY REMOVABLE LENSES
Mary Irene W ick, 7533 Parkdale Drive, Clayton, Mo.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,839
Int. CI. G02C//02
U.S. CL 351 -106 14 Claims
provided with engaging means of complementary configura-
tion to permit interchangeability of lenses of varying sizes and
shapes with lens carriers of diverse style and ornamentation.
3,709.588
MOTION PICTURE SYSTEM WITH UNIQUE PROJECTOR
AND METHOD
Edwin H. Land, Cambridge, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 755,901, Aug. 28, 1968, Pat. No.
3,615,127. This application May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,025
Int. CI. G03b 2i/02
U.S. CL352 — 78R 1 1 Claims
A motion picture system and method including a unique
compact multipurpose film handling cassette-projector ar-
rangement. The cassette is initially furnished with unexposed
film and includes an arrangement for exposing, processing,
drying and projecting that film in cooperation with externally
mounted features of a camera and projector After the film
has been exposed with the cassette mounted in the camera, it
is mounted in the projector which has cooperating features for
effecting the processing, drying and projection of the film
strip
3,709.589
HEAD-UP DISPLAY APPARATUS
Edward Lawrence Lamb, Ashford; Kenneth Gordon McAinsh,
Camberley, and Ralph David Smith, Walton, all o? England,
assignors to Smiths Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,774
Int. CLG03b2//00
U.S. CI. 353- 13 11 Claims
Eyeglasses having a lens carrier and lens means detachably
secured to the lens carrier. The lens means and lens carrier are
Head-up display apparatus that includes a collimator for
projecting a display on to a partially-transparent reflector, also
includes first and second display-producing means for provid-
ing respectively main and auxiliary displays of information,
and means for selecting which of the displays is projected on
to the reflector. Selection of which of the two display-produc-
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
569
ing means acts as the source of the projected display is ef-
fected by a handle that is movable between first and second
positions to control rotation of a sleeve that is coupled to both
display-producing means. Movement of the handle in one
direction moves the first display-producing means longitu-
dinally away from the collimator means so as to provide a
space between this display-producing means and the collima-
tor means, and also pivots the second display-producing
means into the said space along an arcuate path substantially
normal to the direction of movement of the first display-
producing means. The first display-producing means is a
cathode-ray tube, and the second display-producing means,
for use in the event that the cathode-ray-tube display fails, is
an illuminated graticule or a device in which an incandescent
filament is strung into a desired display-pattern.
3,709,590
FOLDER FOR OVERHEAD PROJECTOR
Aaron M. Bisberg, P.O. Box 14 North Station, White Plains,
N.Y.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,064
Int.CLG03b27/00
U.S. CL 353-120 5 Claims
sheath which guides a slide through two opposite open ends of
the sheath. A substantially rectangular aperture passes
through the sheath and slide. Two diagonally opposite comers
of the aperture are located on coincident centerlines of the
sheath and slide and two aperture sides forming one of the
corners are of a different proportion then the opposing two
aperture sides forming the other corner The slide aperture so
formed is rotated 180° within the sheath to locate identically
proportioned sides of the sheath and slide opposite each other
on the coincident centerlines. In operation, the aperture is
placed over the selected portion of a photograph and the par-
ticular proportion of the selected area is chosen by adjusting
the area of the aperture by adjusting the position of the slide.
The desired size is marked on the photograph by outlining the
aperture. If the other proportion is desired instead, then the
slide is adjusted in the opposite direction to adjust the area of
the aperture.
1—
A three leaf folder for use on an overhead projector, with
each leaf consecutively hinged. Two leaves of the folder are
constructed with an indexing system for positioning the folder
on a coupling member that predetermines the proper relation-
ship between the projector and transparencies to be viewed
and one transparency to another. While projection and
manipulation occur, the third leaf provides an exposed surface
upon which instructional material is provided.
3,709,591
VARIABLE PHOTOGRAPHIC MASK FOR MAINTAINING
MULTIPLE CONSTANT PROPORTIONS OF A VISIBLE
AREA
Walter Alzmann, 7850 Rudnick Avenue, Canoga Park, Calif.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 165,898
Int. CI. G03b 27/25
U.S.CL 355-126 2 Claims
V,,,,M.,p.M..M'^'|m|miM.|^iit<ji|jiMMip.ijj j_ 1^ _^_^
r 4 ■>t: / r 24' »
>■ ^-.y"
fl2 I
— :
I
n r
.. .J
3
3,709,592
COPYING MACHINE
Kazuo Kawakubo, Kawasaki, and Akira Kurahashi. Tokyo,
both of Japan, assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed March 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,443
Claims priority, application Japan, April 12, 1969,
44/28558; April 12, 1969,44/33414
Int. CI. G03b 2 7/70
U.S.CL 355-8 12 Claims
8 74
J62'^50r A
f
too
A copying machine of a through-slit-exposure type using a
movable scanning mirror, a fixed table for placing an original
to be copied and a fixed objective lens. The light source is
movable and first and second mirrors are moved in orthogonal
relationship and the velocities of the movements of these ele-
ments are predetermined. The mirrors are moved with the aid
of belt means which is simple structure and ready to manufac-
ture.
A mask for demarcating a selected portion of a photograph
according to constant proportions of an aperture of the mask
for use in making reproductions or projections, usually en-
largements, of the selected portion. The mask includes a
3,709,593
ELECTROSTATIC COPYING APPARATUS FOR
POLYCHROMATIC PICTURE
Yushi Matsumoto, Ohta-ku, Tokyo; Tunahiro Ozawa,
Kamakura-shi, Kanagawa; Tadashi Ochiai, Totsuka-ku,
Yokohama, and Masaomi Sakai, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama, all
of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.,
Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filedjuly6, 1971,Ser. No. 160,029
Claims priority, applicaUon Japan, July 7, 1970, 45/58964
Int.CI.G03gyi/00
U.S.CL 355-4 8 Claims
Apparatus wherein a polychromatic original picture to be
copied, an exposure mask for holding a piece of sensitive
paper, and an optical system for projecting monochromatic
optical images of the polychromatic original picture over the
charged sensitive paper are made integral to construct a pro-
jection system, the projection system is rotated intermittently
570
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and relatively with respect at least to a developing device for
an electrostatic image and a fixing device for a developed visi-
ble picture, a plurality of sectional positions are formed
around the central line of the relative rotation, and monochro-
3,709,595
PRINTER SYSTEM
Lyman H. Turner, Pittsford; William P. Kukucka, Henrietta,
and James E. Summers, Fairport, all of N.Y., assignors to
Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,863
Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 355-14 5 Claims
matic pictures of colors different from one another are formed
on the light-sensitive member at the respectively selected ones
among the plurality of sectional positions, whereby a
polychromatic picture is copied.
3,709,594
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ELECTROSTATIC
COLOR PRINTING
Peter J. Hastwell, Elizabeth Grove, Australia, assignor to Savin
Business Machines Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,273
Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00
U.S.CL 355-4 29 Claims
A copier/duplicating system producing finished sets of co-
pies from documents fed and copied in repeated cycles includ-
ing a stapling assembly for collecting and stapling copy sheets
into booklets and a side stacking assembly for grouping sheets
into separately identifiable stacks. A control logic enables
either stapling the sheets or side stacking the sheets at the op-
tion of a machine operator.
3,709,596
AUTOMATIC DIAZO COPIER
Arnold G. Ulmer, Endicott, N.Y., assignor to GAF Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed April 27, 1971, Ser. No. 137,874
Int.CI.G03b27//2
U.S. CI. 355-109 3 Claims
A process of and apparatus for rapidly producing a mul-
ticolor print from a multicolor original such as a transparency
in which there are carried out successive cycles of operations
each of which cycles comprises electrostatically charging a
photoconductive surface, exposing the surface to a particular
color radiation pattern denved from the original, wetting the
surface with clear resistive liquid, and thereafter applying a
developing agent to the surface for the particular color being
developed during that cycle. The apparatus produces the mul-
ticolored copy automatically, and. with but minor changes in
the apparatus, the sequence of colors to be developed can be
readily changed for successive sequences.
A recirculating arrangement for conveying an original sheet
after initial registration with a copy sheet and duplication
thereof back to an exposure position for registration with
another copy sheet and duplication thereof The recirculating
arrangement comprises a stationary vacuum drum having a
curved surface with an edge guide thereon. A plurality of
spaced belts surround the drum and slide over the drum sur-
face at an acute angle with respect to the edge guide. A plu-
rality of rollers are mounted beneath the drum for driving the
belts at the angle to the edge guide so that the original sheet
will be urged against the edge guide when it is conveyed to the
exposure position for positive registration of the original sheet
with the copy sheet.
3,709,597
CAMERA ACCESSORY FOR PHOTOGRAPHING PRINT
Salvatore La Rocca, Framingham, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,151
Int. CLG03b 2 7/62
U.S.CL 355-61 29 Claims
An accessory device for releasable attachment to the
camera unit of an established identification system to permit
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
571
the use of a photograph of a person instead of the actual per-
son as the photographic subject for reproduction on an
identification card. The device basically comprises lens means
supplementary to the camera lens; target means cooperating
with an aiming light of the camera, and structure associated
3,709,599
LASER DOPPLER FLOW PROBE WITH HIGH SPATL\L
RESOLUTION
Paul D. Iten, Luzern, Switzerland, assignor to Aktien-
gesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie, Baden, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,399
Claims priority, application Switzerland. Nov. 21, 1969,
17346/69
Int. CL GO Ip 5/00
U.S.CL 356— 28
with an elongated support member for positioning the photo-
graph in front of the camera. The device is adapted to rapid in-
stallation or removal so that either the aforementioned photo-
graph or an actual person in the conventional system may con-
stitute the photographic subject, the changeover involving but
a few seconds.
3,709,598
OPTICAL SYSTEM FOR CAPSULE INSPECTION
Willard J. Vandenberg; Hi Chul Chae, both of Indianapolis;
Elmer R. Stewart, Camby; Wayne R. Palmer, Moortsville,
all of Ind., and Howard R. Padgitt, Park Ridge, III., assignors
to Eli Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,199
Int. CI. G01n2//22, 27/45
U.S. CL 356— 198 51 Claims
3 Claims
OlSCRIMiNftTO"
An arrangement for microscopic measurement of velocities
in a flow field comprises a laser beam of a predetermined
frequency which is focussed on a selected volume of the fluid
flowing in a field to produce an unscattered as well as a scat-
tered component beam. The two component beams are
directed onto a photodetector which mixes them^ and
produces a corresponding electrical heterodyne signal which,
after amplification and passage through a band-pass filte^, is
applied to an amplitude discriminator to delete all signals
below a preselected amplitude level and thereby cor-
respondingly improve the spatial resolution of the volume of
fluid desired to be measured. The output of the discriminator
is then applied to a frequency measuring instrument.
3,709,600
DEVICE FOR GAS ANALYSIS WITH A ROTATABLE
CYLINDRICALLY SHAPED CHOPPER
Peter Ganshorn, Wuerzburg, Germany, assignor to Erich
Jaeger, W urzburg, Germany
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 134,103
Claims priority, application Germany, April 17, 1970, P 20
18 539.1 _
Int. CI. GO In 21/34,21124; G02b / 7/00
U.S.CL 356-51 4 Claims
» 3! V
Medicinal-capsule inspection apparatus. Successive cap-
sules spun on their axis in an inspection position are illu-
minated by intense light originating at a single lamp filament
and reflected onto the capsule from a mirror in the form of a
narrow band cut from an ellipsoid and positioned so that the
filament is adjacent to one focus and the capsule adjacent to
the other focus. The mirror wraps around the capsule endwise
and produces on the capsule, as seen by a side-viewing lens
and two end-viewing lenses, a narrow well-defined and con-
tinuous glare line area which is unique in that it curves over
the ends substantially to the axis. The lenses project images of
the capsule in side and end elevation. Masks at the image
planes block the glare light from acceptable capsules, but con-
tain apertures in selected relation to the image glare light
areas, which pass light specularly reflected from defects in
selected observation areas on the spinning capsules. Such light
acts on light sensors behind the apertures to generate electri-
cal control signals which provide inspection output informa-
tion.
A device for gas analysis by measurement of absorption of
electromagnetic, especially optic, radiation comprises a radia-
tion source emitting a beam of electromagnetic radiation
which is splitted by a beam splitter into a sensing beam and a
reference beam passing through a sensing chamber and a
reference chamber, respectively to radiation sensitive means
responding to the difference in intensity of the sensing and
reference rays and providing a corresponding electric output
signal. A rotary shutter is arranged between the radiation
source and the beam splitter to chop up the emitted beam be-
fore it enters- into the beam splitter. The rotary shutter or
chopper comprises preferably strip-shaped elements which
form parts of a cylinder, the elements having edges parallel to
572
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
the axis of the cylinder and rotating around the axis of the
cyhnder in a circular path which includes or encompasses the
radiation source.
3,709,601
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
COLOR PRINTS
Wolfuani; Zahn. Munich; (.unter Findeis. I nterhachinj-. and
Dieter Muller. Uverkasen, all of (.ermany. assiunors to
\i.¥\ (ioaert Aktienuesellschaft. I,e\erkusen. (iermany
Filed March 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,670
Claims priority, application Germany. March 21, 1969. P 19
14 360.3
Int. CI. G03b 27/75
U.S. CI. 355-38 ^ ^'"''"*
-Q-*'
3,709,603
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC COPYING MACHINE
Masayoshi Furuichi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Katsuragawa
Denki Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,773
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 7, 1969, 44/105957
Int. CI. G03b 27/70
U.S.CL 355-60 3 Claims
" i^
^ ' _
Images of color transparencies on strips of exposed photo-
graphic film which are joined end-to-end to form an elongated
web are reproduced onto successive portions of a roll of
photosensitive material by exposure to prmting light wherein
the ratio of primary colors corresponds to the average ratio of
primary colors in all transparencies of an entire strip. Such
ratio IS determined at a scanning station which is located
ahead of the printing station, and successive transparencies of
each stnp are caused to enter a magazine between the two sta-
tions prior to exposure of transparencies in the respective strip
to printing light.
In an electrophotographic copying machine wherein the
light image of an original is projected upon a photosensitive
element carried by a rotary drum through a pair of confront-
ing relative mirrors and a focusing lens located between these
two reflective mirrors, the mirrors are moved m the horizontal
direction toward and away each other, and the lens is moved
in the vertical direction over the same distance as the reflec-
tive mirrors concurrently therewith. Further, the lens is moved
in the horizontal direction whereby to vary the magnifying
power.
3,709,602
OPTICAL PATH LENGTH COMPENSATION IN A COPIER
Toyokaru Satomi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Ricoh Co. Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,014
Int. CLG03b 27/70
U.S. a. 355-49 . 10 Claims
ARC 2
ARC I
6
3,709,604
ROLL END DETECTOR
George P. Niesen, 8131 Ebnore Street, Niles, 111.,
Yoon, 1004 Rolling Ross, Glenview, III.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,585
Int. CI. G03I 27/52
U.S.CL 355-64
and Moo S.
3 Claims
w^m^^
© lO ^yt^
An original placed on a transparent flat base is scanned by a
rotary reflection mirror which directs light via a focusing lens
and a second reflection mirror onto a photosensitive material.
The difference in light path length caused by rotational
scanning of the flat original is compensated for by moving the
second reflection mirror and, in some embodiments, by move-
ment also of the focusing lens or a zoom lens.
In order to determine when a roll of web material, such as
paper, wound on a core has reached its end, a photoelectric
detecting circuit is provided. The photoelectric apparatus is
shown in combination with an electrostatic copying machine
and includes a pair of photocells in a bridge circuit. One
photocell receives light directly from a source while the other
receives light reflected from the surface of a roll of web
material. When the web material has been unwound to expose
a core of a different color, the intensity of the reflected light
changes causing the bridge circuit to become unbalanced,
which unbalance is amplified and utilized to operate control
means.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
573
3,709,605
HOLOGRAPHIC INTERFEROMETRY FOR ROTATING
OBJECTS
Tadao Tsuruta, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku
K.K., Tokyo, Japan
FUed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,613
Claims priority, application Japan, March 28, 1970,
45/26228
Int. CI. GO lb 9m, G02h 27100
U.S. CI. 356—109 4 Claims
3,709,607
AERIAL SURVEY
Frederick C. McConnell, 2003 Briar Crescent; George Jason,
108 Brown Crescent, and Neil J. Armstrong, 5428 Banner-
man Drive, all of Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Continuation of Ser. No. 817,448, April 18, 1969. abandoned.
This application Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,259
Int.CLG01b///26
U.S.CL 356— 152 10 Claims
A holography device incorporating an optical system in-
cluding a semireflecting mirror disposed Vertically with
respect to the axis of the rotary shaft of a rotating object for
producing a double-exposure hologram of the rotating object
at different speeds of rotation, thereby enabling the inter-
ference measurement of a variation occurring in the configu-
ration of the rotating object with the variation in its speed of
rotation.
3 709,606
DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING ANGLE OF INCLINATION OF
REFERENCE MIRROR FOR INTERFEROMETER
Jinichi Kato, and Toshiharu Shimizu, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Nippon Kogaku K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 67,070
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 30, 1969, 44/81897
Int. CI. GO lb 9/02
U.S.CL356— 109 ' 5 Claims
^SfmtT t,Hi-r
The invention provides a target positioning apparatus
adapted to aid in the survey location of a predetermined point
therebeneath. The apparatus includes a helicopter plus means
on the helicopter enabling the pilot to view the terrain beneath
it, and a laser alignment and device capable of indicating when
the helicopter is positioned vertically over the point whose lo-
cation it is desired to fix by survey. The laser alignment device
includes a laser capable of projecting a laser beam directed
vertically between the helicopter and the survey point. An
image of the laser beam superimposed on an image of the ter-
rain is displayed in the cockpit of the helicopter.
3,709,608
ANGULAR ALIGNMENT ERROR MEASURING SYSTEM
William J. Deynan. and Richard \N. Samsel. both of Pittsfield.
Mass., assijjnors to the United States of America as repre-
sented b> the Secretar\ of the Na\y
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,214
Int. CI. GOlb/y /26
U.S.CL 356— 152 . 6 Claims
STAKIfiAS
14 13'
A device for adjusting the angle of inclination of an inter-
ferometer reference mirror having a mirror holding member
connected to a support member which is adapted to be
slideably connected to an objective lens tube. The angle of
inclination of the mirror holding member with relation to the
support member and the objective lens is adjusted by adjusting
members connecting the mirror holding and support mem-
bers. The device is made slidable relative to the objective lens,
so that the adjustment of the spacing and the direction of the
interference fringes is carried out without damaging the
specimen and the reference mirror. The replacement of the
reference mirror and the objective lens may be made easily.
The adjustment of the holding member for obtaining the inter-
ference fringes by multi-beam interference may be accom-
plished easily. Further, the device may be applied not only to
multi-beam interferometers but also to the objective lens part
of a microscopes.
% %■ %
(5' (S" (5 (^
Collimated light is directed to a mirror mounted on a missile
gimbal system and to a mirror mounted on a navigation optical
reference. Any angular deviation from the ideal missile align-
ment results in light reflected from the mirrors non-parallel to
the directed light. The angular variation is detected by a sen-
sor in the collimator and the light beam is deviated by a wedge
drive unit until the light is normal to the reflector. An electri-
cal signal is generated proportional to the light beam angular
compensation, to realign the missile. This invention is an im-
provement to the previously used angular alignment system,
the improvement comprising fixed azimuth error indicator sta-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tion assemblies, one station assembly mounted between each
pair of missiles in a longitudinal or series array of missiles
within the submarine. Each station assembly has a pair of
reflectors assembled as a pentamirror, directing the coUi-
mated light to either the port or starboard missiles, or the pen-
tamirror can be arranged to pass the light through to the next
successive station, and each station assembly has a pair of
wedge drive assemblies to deviate the light and measure the
missile bearing misalignment angle of the port and starboard
missiles.
3,709,609
METHOD AND APPARATLS FOR OPTOELECTRONIC
AXLE MEASLREMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES
Erich Spengler; Horst Boning, both of Wolfsburg, and Heiko
Requardt, Gifhorn, all of Germany, assignors to Volk-
swagenwerk AKT, Wolfsburg, Germany
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 66,913
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 27, 1969, P 19
43 465.2
Int.CLG0lb;//27
L.S.CL356-152 5 Claims
produce a diffraction pattern. The spacing between the light
and dark portions of the diffraction pattern is measured to
provide an indication of the diameter of the filament. Several
means for measuring the diffraction pattern spacing are dis-
closed. Also disclosed is a method of utilizing an interference
pattern produced by irradiating a sharp edge with a light
beam, thereby to evaluate the edge sharpness.
3,709,611
APPARATUS FOR DERIVING ELECTRICAL SIGNALS
Jean Taisne. Fonttna> sous Bois, France, assiunor to Societe
D'Optique IViiision. Elettnmique Ft Mecaniqiie
(SOPEI.FMi. Paris. France
Filed March 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,554
Int.CI.G01b///00
U.S. CL 356- 170 , 6 Claims
/r.^^30— ^1 /--^
A method and apparatus for the measurement of camber
and toe-in of motor vehicles by reflecting a cross-hair pattern
from a screen mounted to the vehicle wheel onto a viewing
screen so that the cross-hair pattern intersects an orthogonal
set of sensors mounted to the viewing screen. A digital read-
out of the displacement of the cross-hair pattern from a
reference position designates camber and toe-in on a respec-
tive axis of the sensors. A continuity of the read-out is assured
by ensuring that the width of the cross-hair pattern on the
viewing screen overlaps two adjacent sensors and logic cir-
cuitry establishes a nonambiguous read-out by selecting the
signal from the more remote sensor
An apparatus for providing electrical signals representative
of relative movement between two members includes a source
of radiant energy conveniently light A movement sensor fixed
to one of the movable members comprises at least one detec-
tor responsive to energy from the source A graduated track
fixed to the other movable member is composed of a regular
alternating series of marks and spaces capable of varying dif-
ferently the energy from the source which is received by the
detector by way of the track. Thus each detector provides a
periodic undulating signal as the two members move relatively
to one another. The or each signal is transformed by a reshap-
ing device in which it is compared with a reference signal
derived from at least one other detector exposed to energy
from the source to derive a rectangular signal varying between
one and the other of two logic levels. The reference signal may
be derived by combining signals from two or more detectors
exposed to energy from the source after modification by the
track.
3,709,610
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING AND
CONTROLLING THE THICKNESS OF A HLAMENT OR
THE LIKE
Herman A. Kruegle. River Vale, N J., assignor to Holobeam,
Inc., Paramus, N J.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 38,968
Int. CI. GOlb 1 1104, 9102, 11124
U.S. CI. 356— 160 2CIaims
3,709,612
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING REFLECTED LIGHT
UNDER STABILIZED LIGHT SOURCE CONDITIONS
Anton Hubert Clemens, Elkhart, Ind„ assignor to Miles
Laboratories, Inc., Elkhart, Ind.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,747
Int.CLGOljJ/50
U.S.CL356-178 1 Claim
,7i-f>EAD0lJT MCANS
PHOTOSENSITIVE MEANS
PMOTOSENSITIVE-
MEANS
fe-AMPLlFIER
A light beam, such as that obtained from a laser, is ir- Apparatus is described for simultaneously detecting light
radiated onto a fine filament of wire, yam or the like to reflected from a color reflectance surface at two different
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
Ol.T
wavelength ranges wherein the reflected light detected at one
wavelength range is employed to stabilize the light output of
the light source directed at such reflectance surface and the
reflected light detected at another wavelength range is em-
ployed to measure specific characteristics of the reflectance
surface.
3,709,615
INTEGRATING LIGHT METER WITH MOVABLE METER
MECHANISM
Thomas R. Blakeslee, Sherman Oaks, Calif., and Erwin BryU.
Deerfield, 111., assignors to Calumet Photographic, Inc.
Filed Feb. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 803,169
Int.CI.G0Ij//42,//46
U.S. CI. 356-224 8 Claims
3,709,613
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING
PRINTING TIME OF NEGATIVES
Wolfgang Zahn; (iunther Friedrich, and Volker Weinert,
all of Munich. (Jermany, assign«»rs to AtiFA-lievaert
Aktiengesfllschaft. l.i'Nerkusen. (Jirman)
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,357
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 17, 1969, P 19
57 752.7
Int. CLGOIn 2 //22
U.S. CI. 356-202 15 Claims
12
13 A3 _^~^ m
Art
3a
An integrating light meter with a circuit which develops a
signal representing the logarithm of the light being measured
and utilizes a display having a linear f-number scale. The
meter ha's two ranges, provided by physically moving the
meter mechanism with relation to the scale indicia so that the
range of movement of the pointer encompasses a different
portion of the scale. The sensitivity of the meter is changed
between ranges by a mask with an aperture therein which
limits the light to the photocell.
The light transmitted through each negative is measured at
N regions to obtain a transparency or density at each of these
regions. The measured values are then compared with each
other and, on the basis of this comparison, the negatives are
grouped to obtain the correct printing time with density cor-
rection.
3,709,614 ^
DETECTOR APPARATUS FOR PARTICULATE
CONTAMINANTS IN A FLUID UTILIZING PARALLEL
FLOW PATHS
Osamu Hayakawa, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushikikaisha
Tokyo Keiki, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,077
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 13, 1969,
44/117997
Int.CI.G01n2//06,2//26,2;/02
U.S. CL 356-208 3 Claims
3,709,616
MEASURING VESSEL FOR PHOTOMETRIC ANALYSIS
OF A LIQUID, IN WHICH GAS BUBBLES ARE
DEVELOPED
Per Hjalmar Jonsson. Safe, Sweden, assignor to Rederiak-
tiebolaget Nordstjeman, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,103
Claims prioritv, application Sweden, Jan. 30, 1970, 1209/70
Int.CLG01n;//0
U.S. CL 356-246 2 Claims
A detector apparatus for particulate contaminants in a fluid
utilizing parallel flow paths to selectively guide the fluid being
tested through one of such flow paths and into a detector
means having means for producing a signal responsive to
variations in the quantity of contaminants in the fluid and
means for receiving the signal and converting it to indicia in-
dicating the amount of a given particle size in the fluid. Each
of the flow paths has a filter with a select mesh size therein.
In the particular embodiments of the invention described in
the specification, photometric examination of a liquid con-
tained in a vessel is carried out while gas bubbles are
developed or introduced into the portion of the vessel into
which the photometric measurement is carried out. In one em-
bodiment the bubbles are generated by heating the liquid and
in another embodiment gas bubbles are generated by in-
troducing a gas into the liquid through a gas inlet.
576
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709.617
SUPPORT MEANS FOR OPTICAL SIGHTING
INSTRUMENT
Vinicio Rascioni, and Giovanni Giajiini, both of Rome, lUly,
assignors to Contraves Italiana S.p.A., Rome, Italy
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,041
Claims priority, application lUly, Nov. 7, 1969, 24065 A/69
Int.CI.G01c//00
L.S. CI. 356-247 1 Claim
characterized in that the stick outlet end of the holder is pro-
vided with at least one inner projection having an inner radius
smaller than the inner radius of the tubular body of the inner
sleeve; the protecting moulding cap has an outer radius
slightly smaller than the inner radius of said inner projection,
and its open end which is placed over the stick holding cup is
provided with at least one outwardly extending projection
havmg an outer radius slightly smaller than said inner radius of
the inner sleeve body; furthermore, the protecting moulding
cap is of a split construction constituted by at least two jux-
taposed cap segments defined by at least two longitudinal slits.
3,709,619
WRITING IMPLEMENT WITH RETRACTABLE WRITING
TIP ENCLOSURE
Nathan A. Zepell, 1359 Santa Teresita Drive, Santa Barbara,
Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 8,475, Feb. 4. 1970,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
798,322, Feb. 11, 1969, abandoned. This application May 3,
1971,Ser. No. 139,418
Int. CI. B43k 9/00
U.S.CK401-I08 26 Claims
An optical aiming device comprises a sight mounted on a
support so as to be adapted to perform movements in eleva-
tion and azimuth with respect to the support which is in turn
movable vertically and rotatable horizontally about a fixed
axis The aiming device is based on the principle of bringing
the sight on to the sighting line between the eye and the target
instead of the principle used in known optical aiming devices
of bringing the eye on to the sighting line between the sight of
the aiming device and the target Thus the operator, in order
to aim at a moving target, need not move his body in order to
bring his eye on to the sighting line between the sight of the
aiming device and the target. He has just to follow the target
with his eye and move the sight of the aiming device until it
coincides with the sighting line between the eye and the target.
3,709,618
HOLDER FOR A STICK OF PASTY MATERIAL
COMPRISING AN EJECTABLE STICK PROTECTING CAP
Georges Gruska, Paris, France, assignor to SEBEC Societe
d ExploiUtion de Brevets d Emballage Cosmetique S.A.,
Fribourg, Switzerland
FiledFeb. 23, 1971,Ser. No. 117,963
Claims priority, application France, March 2, 1970,
7007341
Int. CI. A45d 40/06
U.S.CL401-78 8 Claims
The present invention is related to a holder for a lipstick or
for a similar product in the form of a stick which is protected
by an ejectable transparent moulding cap.
The invention is more particularly related to such a holder
which allows for the ejection of the protecting moulding cap
under the effect of the first outward motion of the stick.
The holder according to the present invention is therefore
A pen has an apertured sliding protector cap that slides
away from the pen body over a stationary writing point to pro-
tect it for storage and retracts to expose the point for writing.
A lock for the extended position is a swinging tongue engaging
the pen body and releasable by pressing inwardly on the clip.
A clip is connected to the tongue and acts as a lock for the
retracted position by the ball of the clip fitting in a recess in
the pen body; that is. by retracting the clip. A lengthwise slid-
ing action of the clip is utilized to move the sliding cap and to
make both locking actions more positive.
' 3,709,620
BALL-POINT PEN CONVERTIBLE FOR USE AS A
POINTER
Naokichi Miyamoto, 12-23, 3-chome, Isobe, Annaka, Japan
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,323
Claims priority, application Japan, April 16, 1970,
45/36242
Int. CLB43k 29/00, 5//6
U.S.CL401-195 10 Claims
A ball-point pen is disclosed which is convertible to a
pointer and comprises telescoping connecting tubes which can
be extended and retracted in stages from an outer tube. An
operation button is mounted at the upper end of the outer
tube for slidable movement between an outer extended posi-
tion and an inner retracted position and the button removably
carries a ball-point and ink cartridge assembly. A detachable
head is secured to the lower end of the innermost telescoping
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
577
tube and the ball-point protrudes through an aperture in the
head when the button is retracted. A resilient clip is attached
12-
driven by the power head of the drill press. The headstock and
carriage are related in angular position about the axis of the
column by a bar parallel to the column and fixed with respect
to one of the members, and slideably engaging the other. The
bar also stabilizes the sliding movement of the carriage against
the forces of a feed screw displace laterally from the column.
to the outer tube and operates a slidable pin which controls
the position of the operation button.
A machine tool having a table which is slidable on ways and
which is driven by a torque motor; a stop is provided to ter-
minate table movement, which stop is relatively flexible and is
provided with a strain gage; a computer is used for controlling
the torque on the motor and changing from one torque to
another at various positions in table travel.
3,709,622
DRILL PRESS ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY
Glenn B. Morse, 321 FounUin N.E., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Set. No. 47,774
Int. CI. B27c 9100
U.S. CI. 408—20 19 Claims
3,709,623
COMBINED BORING, DRILLING AND MILLING
MACHINE
Hallis N. Stephan, deceased, late of Cleveland, Ohio; Katharine
S. Stephan, executrix, Cleveland Heights, Ohio, and Leslie C.
Seager, Memphis, Tenn., assignors to The New Britain
Machine Company, New Britain, Conn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 25,1 18, April 27, 1960, abandooed.
This application June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,401
InLa.B23q3/;i7
U.S. CL 408— 22 23 Claims
3,709,621
MACHINE TOOL
John A. Wake, Auburn, Mass., assignor to Cincinnati
Milacron-Heald Corp., Worcester, Mass.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,702
Int. CLB23b 47/20
U.S. CL 408— 11 5 Claims
A machine tool having a vertically movable spindlehead
provided with an extensible and retractable power-driven
rptatable tool spindle including spring-biased mechanism for
securing a tool member in the extensible end thereof releasa-
ble by a fluid pressure motor, a work-supporting compound
slide assembly having two slide members movable Th
directions at right angles to one another in horizontal planes,
all being selectively movable in opposite directions along their
respective paths of movement, a tool magazine on the top
slide of the work-supporting compound slide for holding a plu-
rality of tool members in predetermined angular positions,
means for stopping the spindle in a predetermined angular
position upon discontinuation of its rotation and numerical
control for affecting operation of the machine to perform a
machining operation on work with at least two different tool
members automatically transferring a previously used tool
from the tool spindle to the magazine and a new tool from the
magazine to the tool spindle.
Lathe headstock and carriage members are mounted
preferably on the column of a drill press, the headstock being
3,709,624
TORROIDAL BORING HEAD
Elmer D. Blank, 307 Parkwood Drive, Glendaie, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 782,818, Dec. 11, 1968, abandoned.
This application Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,868
Int.CI.B23b29/0i
U.S. CL 408—127 10 Claims
A machine for accurately machining curved holes compris-
ing a rotatable work supporting table having an axis of rota-
tion and a plane of rotation; a segmented torroidal casing hav-
ing two ends and support means fixedly mounting said casing
in a plane parallel to said plane of rotation with the axis of said
torroidal casing coinciding with said axis of rotation; a cutting
tool rotatably mounted at an end of said casing and having a
diameter larger than the diameter of said casing; drive means
within said casing operatively connected to said cutting tool,
and means to rotate said table about said axis of rotation.
578
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
A tool for accurately machining a curved hole comprising a
segmented torroidal casing having two ends; a cutting tool
having a diameter larger than that of said casing, said cutter
speed. In the analog or standby mode, a load reference signal
representing the most recent load set point is supplied to the
GtWB»TOI» OUTPUT
CL OiSTIt SYSTEM CQitO'TiOWS
rC5— *• 0I01T4L
J ^ COimjTE"
t'<0— * tsTWESS COMTWOL.
,-i_« OU*L VALVE OP ,
1-^^^^ F»/P* CO««T«>L.
*CCEL, SPEED
. 4i«, ^0*0 COHTBOl.)
— -JjLX.v*LVE SCWVO]^*^ I- ^ MP
.^^^_7- ! ■! 21^ STt»
-^^^V*LVE SCWVo]—
^h.'
rotatably mounted at one of said ends, a drive shaft rotatably
mounted at the other of said ends, and a gear train mounted
within said casing and operativeAy connecting said drive shaft
to said cutting tool.
— «MALruMCTiOM
ntLUt
analog control loop from a memory unit constantly updated
by the digital computer.
3,709,625
CUTTING TOOTH MOUNTING FOR COARSE AND FINE
ADJUSTMENT
Donald S. Erkfritz, Rockford, 111., assignor to The Ingersoll
Milling Machine Company. Rockford. III.
Filed June 4, IQTl.Ser. No. 149,898
Int.Cl. B23b29/0i4
U.S.CI.408-i«l 8 Claims
3,709,627
CUTTING TOOL
Olin S. Elliott, Jr., 201 1 Cleveland Street, Greenville, S.C.
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,160
Int.Cl. B23b 4 7/02.5/ /04
U.S. CI. 408-204
5 Claims
This is an improvement over the cutting tooth mounting
shown in Lemery et al. application Ser. No. 802,863 now
abandoned in that the internal thread mating with the coarse
thread of the differential screw is formed in a nut joumaled in
the cutter body and held against axial shifting.
A tool adapted to be placed in a power driven rotated
member, such as a chuck, for making curved cuts in material.
The tool includes a circular flywheel which has a flexible elon-
gated saw blade attached to the periphery thereof. A pivotal
arm engages one end of the blade so that by adjusting a bolt
which bears against the other end of the pivotal arm the blade
can be drawn tightly around the periphery of the flywheel.
3,709,626
.DIGITAL ANALOG ELECTROHYDRAULIC TURBINE
CONTROL SYSTEM
Markus A. Eggenberger, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company
Filed Sept. 16. 1971, Ser. No. 180,999
Int. CI. FOlb 25/02
U.S. CI. 415-17 5 Claims
An electrohydraulic control system for a steam turbine has
steam valve actuators with analog valve position set points or
reference values supplied by a main control loop with a digital
computer. The digital computer performs complex calcula-
tions to obtain the valve position set points in accordance with
operating parameters of the steam turbine and desired opera-
tional modes. A standby analog control loop furnishes a sim-
ple speed and load control function in the event of loss of
digital signals When in digital computer mode, the analog
speed loop provides a safety backup function through a "dead
band" which provides valve closing signals upon excessive
3,709,628
TWIST DRILLS
Charles Hibbert, Sheffield; Frederick Arthur Kirk, Moorgate;
Keith Siddall. Gleadless, and Michael Roi Howard, Brent-
wood, all of England, assignors to Osborn-Mushet Tools
Limited, Sheffield, England
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,903
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 20, 1969,
51,368/69
Int.CLB23b5//02
U.S. CI. 408-229 * 2 Claims
/o
A twist drill having a point angle within the range of 55 to
73° a helix angle within the range of 10° to 20°, and a web
thickness within the range of 18.5 to 25 percent of the drill
diameter.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
579
3,709,629
INTEGRATED FLOW GAS TURBINE
Earl W. Traut, P.O. Box 23776, Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 741,623, July 1, 1968,
abandoned. This application May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,633
Int.CI.FOld //22
U.S. CL 415— 56 6 Claims
3,709,631
TURBINE BLADE SEAL ARRANGEMENT
Karl VN. Karstensen, Peoria. III.; James M. Koch. Iremont.
III., and Wallace A. Hoftiezer, Peoria. III., assignors to
Caterpillar Tractor Co.. Peoria. III.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,495
Int.Cl. F01d5//5
U.S. CL 416—95 17 Claims
A gas turbine having a rotor serving as both compressor and
turbine, and utilizing a plurality of non-rotating arcuate mem-
bers disposed in spaced relation about the periphery of the ro-
tor. These arcuate members are involved in the directing of
the flow of combustion products into proximity of the blading
of the turbine, to cause its rotation, and by virtue of their ad-
vantageous design, these arcuate members not only help
establish a cool air boundary against which the combustion
products react and thus minimize heating of the blades, but
also form passages for the subsequent exhausting of the com-
bustion products.
3,709,630
PNEUMATIC MOTOR FOR MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS
Fritz G. Pohl. and Arnold Keller, both of Kiel-Dietrichsdorf,
Germany, assignors to Howmet International, Inc. Zweig-
niederlassung Kiel, Kiel-Dietrichsdorf, Germany
Filed Aug. 7, 1970. Ser. No. 62,020
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 28, 1969, P 19
54 130.1
Int. CI. A61c 1105, FOld 1 1 10, \6lh 17/32
U.S. CI. 415- 199 3 Claims
"IT'^'' Sl''eiS7''707Ur*^Ss"so"s3''s9
36
1.2 1,1, 7
2 5'v*'^'^'"^i^„'^;'^j5^v'^*''' '^
ERRATUM
For Class 415 — 17 see:
Patent No. 3,709,626
A seal arrangement for a turbine assembly including a tur-
bine wheel, having a plurality of circumferentially arranged
blades with adjacent edges of the blades being axially arranged
above passages in the wheel assembly and retaining members
arranged on each axial side of the wheel, a seal assembly
between each adjacent pair of blades including an elongated
seal member with means for maintaining the seal member in
alignment with an axial recess formed by adjacent edges of the
blade so that the seal member is urged radially outwardly into
sealing engagement with the blades during rotation of the
wheel and annular seal rings for maintaining sealing engage-
ment between the retaining members and the plurality of
blades.
3,709,632
BLADE TIP CLOSURE
Calvin W. Emmerson, and Ronald P. Schwedland, both of Indi-
anapolis, Ind., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 850,522. Aug. 15, 1969.
abandoned. This application Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 115,105
Int. CI. FOld 5/05
U.S. CI. 416—97 2 Claims
The invention relates to a small pneumatic motor for a
rotating medical instrument, especially for drilling or milling
instruments. A shaft with a turbine is supported in a housing
with the gas inlet end of the turbine arranged towards the out-
put end of the motor. The driving gas flows to the turbine inlet
side via channels arranged longitudinally in the housing along
the periphery of the turbine and then back to the input end of
the housing. Discharge of driving gas at the output end of the
housing toward the patient is avoided in this way.
A hollow laminated sheet metal transpiration-cooled porous
turbine blade has its free end closed to prevent escape of cool-
ing fluid from the end of the blade. This closure is made by
separating the inner layer of the blade wall from the other
layers and bending it inward from each face of the blade so
that the inner layers from each face of the blade meet approxi-
mately along the mean camber line of the blade, where they
are welded together to provide the closure. The closure is
spaced from the blade tip, located within the cooled blade
walls.
580
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,633
REINFORCED PLASTIC FAN HUB
John A. Wooden. Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Brookside
Corporation, McCordsville, Ind.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 1 18,379, Feb. 24, 1971. This
application Oct. 7. 1971,Ser.No. 187,347
Int. CI. F04d 29/20
U.S. CI. 416- 134 4 Claims
SQo.
ring the blading being provided by an undulating element
with the undulations of generally triangular section providing
back-to-back triangular section flow channels. The undulating
Disclosed is a hub formed of plastic which carries a fan
spider blower wheel or other driven member and has a central
bore to accommodate a motor shaft. A cavity is formed in the
hub and accommodates a resilient leaf is is threaded on a
shaft-engaging set screw extendmg radially into the central
bore Tightening the set screw on the shaft distorts the
resilient member and the internal restoring force thereby ex-
erted by the resilient member holds the hub locked on the
shaft despite the normal cold-flow or creep of the hub materi-
al A reinforcing steel band in the hub extends from the areas
of engagement of the distorted resilient member with the cavi-
ty walls to and around a portion of the central bore surface.
element can be cast or stamped in a single piece, or formed
segmentally and secured together, and then connected to the
shell and core ring.
3,709,634
FOLDING BLADE PROPELLER
Eldon L. Lorenz, Grand Rapids. Mich., assignor to Michigan
W heel Corporation, Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,000
Int.CI. B63hy/24
U.S.CI.416-142 4 Claims
22*-
3,709,636
TIMER
David Rosenberg, Glen Cove, N.Y., assignor to Pall Corpora-
tion. Glen Cove, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 643,083, June 2, 1967, Pat.
No 3 447,479, Division of Ser. No. 830,078, June 3, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,610,848. This application Sept. 4. 1970, Ser. No. 69,981
Int. CI. F04b 49/00
U.S. CI. 417-12 4 Claims
A foldable marine propeller assembly is disclosed having a
pair of interengaged housing members that are releasably
secured together by fasteners, locking the blade mounting
swivel pin in blind sockets when so fastened, and that coopera-
tively define a recess for the securement nut to a drive shaft
extending into the housing, the nut being retained against
rotation.
3,709,635
HYDRAULIC COUPLING
John Saxon Key, Hitchin, England, assignor to Borg-Wamer
Limited, Letchworth, Hertfordshire, England
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,526
lnt.CLF01d5/04
U.S.CL 416-183 4 Claims
A hydraulic coupling member including an outer hollow
part-toroidal shell and an internal hollow part-toroidal core
ring and blading between and connected to the shell and core
A piston pump is provided, adapted to pump measured fluid
volumes at selected time intervals, including a timer having a
plurality of selectable timing intervals, and a timer switch ac-
tuated by the timer to open and close the electric circuit to the
pump drive means at a selected time interval, to initiate a
stroke of the pumping plunger of the piston pump. Pump drive
switch actuating means associated with the pump drive means
opens the pump drive switch whenever the plunger is in a
starting position and turns off the pump drive means, and
closes the pump drive switch whenever the time switch closes
and starts operation of the pump drive means, the pump dnve
switch remaining in the closed position until the plunger start-
ing position, the timer switch overriding the pump drive switch
to start the pump drive means only at the starting position for
a stroke of the plunger, and the timer and pump drive switches
together thereby controlling the plunger operation stroke-by-
stroke to control the fluid volume delivered per time interval
according to the number of strokes per time interval.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
581
3,709,637
GAS TURBINE ENGINES
James Alexander Petrie, Llttleover; Terence Edward Gouvenot
Gardiner, Littleton-upon-Severn, near Bristol, and John
Aaron Clampitt, Bristol, all of England, assignors to Secreta-
ry of State for Defence in her BriUnnic Majesty's Govern-
ment of the United Kingdom of Breat Britain and Northern
Ireland, Whitehall, London, England
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 169,994
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 14, 1970,
39,173/70
Int. CI. F02c 7\20
U.S.CL417— 405 8 Claims
3,709,639
DISCHARGE CONTROLLED RECIPROCATING PUMPS
Toshi Suda, Nagoya; Hisanori Kobayashi, Kariya, and Senichi
Nagata, Nagoya, all of Japan, assignors to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed March 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,426
Claims priority, application Japan, May 19, 1969, 44/38637
Int. CI. F04b 7/04, F02m i9/00
U.S. CI. 417-493 6 Claims
-\-
In order to minimize the variation in the sealing clearance
between a turbine rotor and associated static structure at dif-
ferent temperatures of the engine the shaft connecting the tur-
bine with its compressor is supported at its ends in roller
bearings. A tubular member is introduced, which is made of a
low expansion material, which is located at an upstream
datum radial plane and which supports the shaft at a joint
close to the turbine rotor. The expansion of the shaft between
the upstream roller bearing and the joint does not therefore,
affect the position of the turbine rotor.
3,709,638
PLUNGER PUMP CYLINDER FOR USE IN TREATING
HIGHLY CORROSIVE FLUID
Jintaro Iguchi, and Hiroyuki Tokushige, both of Hiroshima,
Japan, assignors to Japan Steel Works Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 796,454, Feb. 4, 1969,
abandoned. This applicaUon Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,171
Claims priorit\. application japan. Feb. 24. 1%8. 43 13668
Int. CI. F04b 27/02. i9/70
U.S. CI. 417-454 ICtalm
The discharge controlled pump means comprises a piston, a
cylinder and an electromagnetic valve provided in a fluid inlet
passage communicating with a compression chamber formed
between the piston and a cylinder. The electromagnetic valve
is normally open to provide for supply of fluid into the com-
pression chamber but is closed when the volume of the com-
pression chamber has been decreased in the upward stroke of
the piston to a value corresponding to a desired discharge
quantity of fluid, whereby the fluid is confined and metered in
the compression chamber.
A plunger pump cylinder for use in treating highly corrosive
fluid. The pump is composed of two parts, a cylinder body and
a valve seat body. The valve seat body has a central longitu-
dinal bore formed therein, and it is fitted within a bore formed
in the cylinder body At the respective ends of the bore in the
valve seat body are an inlet valve and a delivery valve.
3,709,640
MEANS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MOULDED
COMPONENTS FROM CHEMICAL COMPONENTS
WHCH REACT QUICKLY WITH ONE ANOTHER
Heinrich Boden. Opiaden; Karl Breer, Cologne; Gunther
Klessmann, Leverkusen, and Ulrich Knipp, Schildgen-Nit-
tum, all of Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengeselLschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Sept. 15. 1970, Ser. No. 72,298
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 27, 1969, P 19
48 999.7
Int. CI. B29d 2 7/04
U.S. CL 425-4 1 Claims
For better put out of moulded articles which are manufac-
tured from chemical components reacting quickly with one
another, a moulding tool is used which is immediately con-
nected with the mixing chamber for the components, wherein
the separation plane of the moulding tool passes through the
mixing chamber and the sprue directly adjoints the mixing
chamber.
582
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,641
APPARATUS FOR PREPARING AND EXTRUDING A
GELATINOUS MATERIAL
Amir M. Sarem, Yorba Linda, Calif., assignor to Union Oil
Companv of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 726,840, May 6, 1968 Pat.
No 3,558,759. This application Aug. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 60,477
Int.Cl.B28b//54.B29b//02
U.S.a.425-7 11 Claims
3,709,643
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING CONTAINERS WITH
COMPLEX WALLS
Jean R. Nasica, Paris, France, assignor to Intercan S.A., c/o
Fiduciaire Wanner S.A., Fribourg, Switzerland
Continuation of Ser. No. 18,123, March 10, 1970, abandoned.
This application July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,872
Int. CI. B29c 7 7/04.27/ ;S. B32bi//«
U.S.CK 425-109 28 Claims
- /
A method and apparatus for producing particulated
gelatinous substances, such as gelatinous polymers, and solu-
tions of these materials in which the gel is formed, in a reac-
tion chamber equipped with a hydraulically actuated piston
and perforate extrusion head and the gelatinous product is
subsequently extruded into a stream of solvent or nonsolvent
nuid nowing at relatively high velocity on the exterior of the
perforate head. The gelatinous substance is displaced from the
reaction chamber by introducing a fluid into the reaction
chamber above the piston at a sufficiently elevated pressure to
displace the substance from the chamber through the per-
forate extrusion head. The hydraulic pressure actuating the
piston is adjusted to maintain the piston in pressure balance
during the extrusion operation. Gravitational forces acting
upon the piston cause it to rest upon the upper surface of the
gelatinous mass and to advance downwardly through the reac-
tor as the gel is displaced from the chamber. The method and
apparatus of this invention is particularly suited for the
preparation of aqueous polymer solutions useful as flooding
agents in the recovery of petroleum by water flooding, and is
especially adapted for installation at the site of a water injec-
tion well.
3,709,642
TUBE COATING FILM AND APPARATUS
Forrest B. Stannard, 1910 N.E. 43 Court, Oakland Park, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 14,403, Feb. 26, 1970,
abandoned. This application Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,355
Int. CI. B05c 7100, B29c 1 7107; B29d 7120 ^
U.S. CI. 425-72 * C*^"
Jl '42 SZ
This invention relates to an apparatus for producing in
moulds plastic containers having one part at least of their
lateral walls a reinforcing sheet.
This apparatus is particular in that asst>ciated with each
female mould is a device for forming a loop in the reinforcing
sheet, and a member for placing said loop in the correspond-
ing mould, and that said mould is disposed on a carrier so as to
be capable of coming into alignment with the loop forming
device, and that means are provided to control, stepwise and
sequentially, the formation of a loop in the reinforcing sheet,
the alignment of the mould and the forming device, the in-
troduction of the loop into the mould, the re-setting of the
mould into the shaping position, and the shaping of a con-
tainer with complex walls.
3 709 644
TIME SAVER PLASTIC DRAW-BACK VALVE ASSEMBLY
John J. Farrell, 40 Abby Lane, Greenbrook, N J.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,816
Int.CLB29f //04
U.S.CL 425-160 9 Claims
This invention relates to an apparatus for coating the inside
of tubular film manufactured by a blown film process. The
coating apparatus includes a dispensing means comprising a
coating conduit passing through a tubular film die into a pres-
surized area of the said film with a distributing means con-
nected to the coating conduit, said distributing means include
a vaporizing means having temperature control means.
This invention decreases the time of an injection molding
machine cycle by cutting off communication between the
mold and the source of material as soon as injection is
complete, and accumulating material for the next charge dur-
ing the cooling part of the cycle. Pressure is maintamed on the
material in the mold, and material is supplied to compensate
cooling shrinkage, from an auxiliary cylinder m which a minor
amount of hot material is accumulated. After sufficient cool-
ing runner material is drawn back by suction of the auxiliary
cylinder A three-way valve cuts off the main material supply
and puts the auxiliary cylinder in communication with the
mold.
January 9, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
583
3,709,645
EXTRUSION HEAD
Hans Mraz, Grossauheim, Germany, assignor to Dunlap
Holdings Limited, London, England
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,168
Claims priorit\. application (iermany, Jul\ 3. 1969.
P 19 33 920.9
Int. CLB29f J/04
U.S. CI. 425— 192 3 Claims
f7 ,1
3,709,647
APPARATUS FOR FORMING AN feMBOSSED
THERMOPLASTIC SHEET
Charles Calvin Barnhart, Hoffman Estates, III., assignor to
Clear Pack Company, Schiller Park, III.
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,756
Int.CI. B29d7//0
U.S.CL 425-224 3 Claims
JO
oinvriv mtus
An extruder head having a housing, extruder core and core
holder in which the limiting surfaces of the exit channel are
formed on the extruder core and on the core holder respec-
tively. The construction of the head can be extremely compact
and enables extrusions of predetermined wall thickness to be
obtained, of which the following is a specification.
3,709,646
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING COMPRESSION-
MOLDED ARTICLES
Edmund E. Munk, Oberstenfeld, Germany, assignor to Fumi-
er-und Sperrholzwerk J. F. Weg Jr. K. G., Werzalit-
Pressholrwerk, Oberstenfeld. Germany
Division of Ser. No. 883,432, Dec. 9, 1969, abandoned. This
application April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,667
Int. CI. B29c 29100
U.S.CL 425— 217 3 Claims
An apparatus for simultaneously filing a plurality of mold
compartments of different depths to substantially the same
upper level by moving a filling machine over a filling gate
which is provided with apertures the lower outlet ends of
which are in vertical alignment with the upper end s of the
mold compartments, and in which one or more of the walls of
the aperture through which a deeper mold compartment is to
be filled are inclined so that the mixture will also fall thereon
and then slide into the deeper compartment so as to compen-
sate for the greater depth of this compartment.
\/
CJtr mooem
^2^.
\
JZ'
An apparatus for vacuum forming an embossed design on a
sheet of thermoplastic material. Softened thermoplastic
material is formed into a sheet and extruded directly onto a
vacuum-forming embossing roller, and subsequently removed
from the roller. The core of the forming roller is hollow, with
an annular space formed therein. A rod member is spirally
wrapped around this annular space to form a spiral channel
for passing a cooling medium through the forming roller.
3,709,648
APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF BLOCKS
FROM SODIUM HYDROXIDE SOLUTION
Hans Kuhnlein, Fullinsdorf, Switzerland, assignor to Hch.
Bertrams Aktiengesellschaft. Basel, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,165
Int. CLB22d/ 7/70, /y//2
U.S. CL 425— 224 3 Claims
Solid blocks are formed from sodium hydroxide solution by
supplying molten lye by gravity feeding to a vertical cooling
shaft and cooling the solution from above in repeated incre-
mental steps while ejecting the solidified extrusion from the
shaft downwardly. The cooling and the ejection are carried
out by the displaceable downward movement of cooling ele-
ments After each cooling step, the elements are retracted and
the shaft is filled up to the original level with the sodium
hydroxide solution. During each subsequent step at least a
portion of the refill melt present between the solidified extru-
sion and the cooling elements is solidified by cooling The ap-
paratus advantageously includes a vertically elongated cooling
tower having cutting means associated with the lower end
thereof for cutting the extrusion which is ejected through the
lower end in desired block size lengths. The cooling elements
advantageously comprise one or more fixed cooling elements
and one or more elements which move into and out of the tank
from above. The elements are tapered conically downwardly
in order to facilitate the separation of the elements from the
solidified material after it is formed. The shaft is provided with
cooling coils adjacent the upper end thereof for aiding in the
solidification and also with heating coils directly adjacent the
top of the shaft in order to maintain a melted condition or a
controlled melted or solid condition in accordance with
preferred operating procedures.
584
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,649
APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTURING FOILS OF RIGID
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL
Johann Dobler, Unterneukirchen near MuWdorf/Inn; Leopold
Hausner, Neutting Inn; Andreas Kolbe, Burgkirchen (Alz.),
and Hans Tittus, Wiesbaden, aU of Germany, assignors to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 475,821, July 29, 1965,
abandoned. This application March 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,648
Claims priority, application Germany, July 29, 1964, P 15
04 256.5
Int. CI. B29d 7//4
U.S. CI. 425-363 8 Claims
3,709,651
APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SHAPED
ARTICLES OF EXPANDED COHERED GRANULES OF
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL, IN PARTICULAR
POLYSTYRENE
Andre Rivat-Lahousse, Paris, France, assignor to Saint-
Gobain, Neuilly sur Seine, France
Division of Ser. No. 781,372, Dec. 5, 1968, abandoned. This
application Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 69,905
Int. CI. B29d 2 7/00, B29g 7/02
U.S. CI. 425-4 8 Claims
Apparatus for manufacturing foils of rigid thermoplastic
material composes plurality of rollers forming calender
system and blade having working edge located within at least
termmal roller gap of calender system for removing surplus
material from terminal roller gap. Removal of surplus main-
tains amount of material at terminal roller gap substantially
constant. Baffle plate associated with working edge of blade
directs removed surplus material away from terminal roller
gap of calender system.
3,709,650
PRESS FOR USE IN THE MOLDING OF PARTS
Jerome Gutoski, and Alan J. Baillie, both of Kitchener, On-
tario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,159
Int. CI. B29c J/02. 15100; B29d 7/74
U.S.CL 425-367 3 Claims
Method and apparatus for treating discrete granules of ther-
moplastic material, such as polystyrene, to form articles of
desired shapes and forms. The granules, containing a blowing
agent, are rapidly preheated to about their softening tempera-
ture and immediately deposited into a mold which is
preferably also preheated. After enclosure in the mold, the
material is insufflated with steam to cause expansion and
cohesion of the granules to create the desired shape or form
such as blocks, plates, sheets and specially-shaped articles as
determined by the molding means. The steam may be satu-
rated, under pressure, or superheated and at atmospheric
pressure. In the latter case the temperature is about that of the
softening point of the material, such as 1 15° C in the case of
polystyrene, and the method can be carried out without use of
an autoclave and in a continuous procedure. The granules
may be preheated and conveyed to the mold, at one and the
same time, by entraining them with heated gas, thus conveying
them in and through a duct, into the mold. The entraining gas,
such as air, may be at a temperature above the softening point
of the granules, provided the time of transit from supply
hopper to mold is small and just long enough to effect the
desired temperature of preheat to the granules.
A press for applying pressure to an object, typically a mold,
moving through it includes cooperating rollers and back-up
means to apply pressure to the object during the passage
through the mold. A group of the rollers may be moved
further away from the back-up means so that an object may be
loaded in the press.
3,709,652
VERY LONG BURN DURATION HYBRID COMBUSTOR
Bernard L. Iwanciow, Sunnyvale, and Allen L. Holzman, Palo
Alto, both of Calif., assignors to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed May 19, 1969, Ser. No. 825,886
Int. CI. F21k 5/00
II g pt A^t Q^ 8 Claims
'a long burning hybrid combustor is described wherein an
oxidizer injector is mounted within a centrally extending port
in a fuel grain, the injector outlet being in proximity to the
truncated end of a concave conical surface formed by a cavity
in the downstream end of the fuel grain. The downstream end
of the fuel grain is restrained and constant force means are
employed to drive the grain in a downstream direction as the
grain is burned. Ignition means comprising a coaxially extend-
ing tube, mounted within the oxidizer injector, supplying a
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
585
gaseous fuel to form a combustible mixture at the outlet of the stream of gaseous fuel in which the high pressure fuel passes
through an air entrainment nozzle to produce an air/fuel mix-
»'?'/j;^ ture. The flow of the mixture is diverted to produce a low pres-
sure zone into which the low pressure fuel flows. In a modifi-
injector and means for forming a spark at the outlet are also
described.
3,709,653
PILOT LIGHT BURNER ARRANGEMENT
Vincent D. FIgliuzzi, 1 101 North Central Avenue, Chicago, Di.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,607
Int. CI. F23q 9/00
U.S. CI. 431— 279 7 Claims
cation there is a second entrainment nozzle so that the high
pressure fuel enters the low pressure fuel so as to assist its
flow.
3,709,655
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Willem Beijering. Volmolenstratt, Zweeloo, Netherlands, as-
signor to Gebrs. van Poppel N.V., Assen, Netherlands
FUed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,125
Int. CI. F23q 2116
U^. CI. 43 1 — 344 5 Claims
29^ ?8 ?7
A pilot light burner arrangement wherein the pilot light
burner is amenable to being removed from the appliance it
serves while still connected to the source of gas fuel. The pilot
light can thus be lit while it is outside of the appliance and then
while lit, replaced within the appliance to enable the auto-
matic lighting of the main burner. The arrangement eliminates
the difficulty of lighting the pilot light burner while it is within
the appliance.
3,709,654
BURNER
Denis Henry Desty, Weybridge, and Christopher John Young,
Chertsey, both of England, assignors to The British Petrole-
um Company Limited, London, England
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,479
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 19, 1969,
56,547/69
Int. CI. F23q 9/00
U.S. CI. 431— 284 2 Claims
A burner for disposing of a high pressure and a low pressure
A cigarette lighter with a replaceable fuel reservoir consist-
ing of a minimum number of parts, which are easy to manufac-
ture and due to which it is easy to replace the fuel reservoir,
and which admits of easy handling.
CHEMICAL
3,709,656
PROCESS FOR DYEING AND FINISHING FIBROUS
MATERIAL
Masaki Kusuhara, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Wacom Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,904
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 30, 1969, 45/1761
Int. CI. D06p 5/00, 7100
U.S.CI.8-17 6 Claims
A solvent dye solution which comprises a suitable dye in an
organic solvent and a polymer or polymerizable monomer of a
silicon compound.
3,709,657
WET FIXATION OF RESINS IN FIBER SYSTEMS FOR
DURABLE PRESS PRODUCTS
Norman R. S. Hollies, Bethesda, and Steven R. Chafitz,
Rockville, both of Md., assignors to Cotton, Incorporated,
New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 764,950, Oct. 3, 1 968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107.719
Int.CI. D06m 15158,15/52
U.S.CI.8-116.3 18 Claims
Creaseproofing resins are rapidly and continuously wet
fixed on a fiber system such as a cotton fabric, for use in the
586
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
production of durable press articles.
In this process, a bath containing a mixture of polymer
forming and crosslinking agents and an acid catalyst is applied
to the cellulosic fiber system, the wet swollen fibers are heated
and held under highly humid or substantially non-evaporative,
hot conditions, e.g., in steam between about 100° and about
140°C., for only from about 10 to about 90 seconds so that at
least about 3 percent of polymer forming resin becomes wet
fixed thereon; and the system is then promptly cooled to
quench the polymerization reaction as well as minimize resin
hydrolysis. Preferably, the steamed fabric is neutralized,
washed and dried under mild conditions. If the catalyst is thus
removed, a latent curing catalyst is applied to such a fabric be-
fore it is made into garments or other articles and dry cured to
impart durable press properties thereto. Instead of applying a
latent catalyst to the fabric prior to garment fabrication, it is
possible to apply an appropriate curing catalyst at a later
stage, as by introducing it directly into the vapor space of the
curing chamber.
3,709,658
METHOD FOR DECREASING THE FLAMMABILITY OF
CELLULOSIC FABRICS
William Kershaw Walsh, and Henry Ames Rutherford, both of
Raleigh, N.C., assignors to Research Corporation, New
York,N.Y.
FUed Nov. 22, 1971, S«r. No. 201,213
Int. CI. D06m 13/40, 15/36, 11/04
U.S.CI.8-129 2 Claims
Cellulosic fabrics are rendered less flammable by reaction
of acrylamidomethyl cellulose with sodium hypophosphite in
the presence of ionizing radiation and then with bromine.
aqueous solution of thiosulfate compound and hydrogen with
a catalyst, comprising a catalytically effective amount of
cobalt sulfide combined with a porous carrier material, at
reduction conditions. Principal utility of this treatment
procedure is associated with the clean-up or regeneration of
aqueous streams containing undesired thiosulfate compounds
so that they can be reused in the process which originally
produced them or discharged them into a suitable sewer
without causing a pollution problem. Key feature of the dis-
closed method is the use of a unique catalyst which has ex-
traordinary activity for converting thiosulfate to sulfide in an
aqueous solution when hydrogen is utilized as the reducing
agent.
3,709,661
IGE (yE) SENSITIVE IMMINODIFFUSION PLATE
Thomas Hubscher, 2444 Benny Crescent, Apt. 409, Montreal,
Quebec, Canada
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,364
Int.CI.G01nJi//6.C12k//06
U.S.CI. 23— 253R 22 Claims
3,709,659
PROCESSING OF DISCRETE ARTICLES W ITHOUT
JOINING SAME
Justin J. Wetzler, Evanston, III., assignor to F. W. Means Com-
pany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 826,138, May 20, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,571,830. This application March 22, 1971, Ser. No.
126,715
Int.Cl.DO6fi5/00
U.S. CI. 8-137 6 Claims
A process and apparatus for conditioning discrete articles
where the articles to cleanse or otherwise condition the arti-
cles for use where the articles are moved through a liquid bath
and then passed through a rinse section and a dryer to remove
moisture to return the articles to a substantially dry condition
and to iron the articles to finished form.
T°
:£
^3
A sensitive immunodiffusion plate for the quantitation of
IgE (yE) in human serum and other biological fluids, with the
lower limit of sensitivity at 300 ng/ml and an accurate detec-
tion range of 0.045 - 0.25 mg % (450-2,500 ng/ml) protein.
The immunodiffusion plate has the following geometrical pro-
portions:
h (thickness (.f tho_gel)_(^ ^.y (4.0.03) max.
D (diameter of well)
A 1 percent agarose solution including a borate buffer, sodi-
um citrate and glycine is used for the preparation of the gel.
Fetal calf serum is incorporated as diluent for the antisera.
3,709,662
IRON ANALYSIS REAGENT FORMULATION
Clifford C. Hach, Ames, Iowa, assignor to Hach Chemical
Company, Ames, Iowa
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,361
Int.CLG0InJ//22.Ji//«
U.S. CI. 23-230 R 10 Claims
3,709.660
CATALYTIC TREATMENT OF THIOSULFATE
CONTAINING SOLUTION WITH HYDROGEN TO
PRODUCE SULFIDE
Peter Urban, Northbrook, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 749,341, Aug. 1, 1968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,582
Int.CI.C01c//20,C01b 7 7/25, 17/42
U.S. CI. 423-566 12 Claims
A water-soluble, inorganic thiosulfate compound is reduced
to the corresponding sulfide compound by contacting an
■ Af .«/ >r x< AT '■^ "J '/,
jT/ j^ Jiy <ry <!'>■ "* "'-' "
A single reagent formulation for use in the spec-
trophotometric determination of iron, which is capable of car-
rying out the multiple functions required in the spec-
trophotometric determination, comprises a solution of
thioglycolic acid, a buffer to maintain the pH of the solution at
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
58<
a predetermined value or range and a ferroin reagent present
in an amount effective to form a colored complex with the
iron in a test sample. Superior solubilizing of the iron in a test
sample is achieved when ammonium hydroxide serves as the
buffer.
3,709,665
SOLVENT EXTRACTION APPARATUS
Dale M. Coulson, 884 Colorado Ave., Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,122
Int.CI. B01d;y/04
U.S. CL 23-269
3,709,663
METHOD OF DETECTING OXYGEN IN A GAS
Herbert D. Hendricks, Hampton, Va., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Administrator of the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed Aug. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 172,459
Int.CI.G01n2//22.2y/i4
U.S.CI. 23-232 R 7 Claims
/
\ TEMPERATURE
ISO
/-"^
\ ^"^
I2S
-'/
/
\ \ \
100
1,
/
f
\\ ~'"^
75
50
'
/
\^
25
0
5
10
TIME.
19 20
s«c
The presence of oxygen in a gas is detected by contacting an
article, such as a film, comprising
poly(ethylenenaphthalenedicarboxylate) with a gas and simul-
taneously exposing the article to ultraviolet light. The article is
subsequently heated and the presence of oxygen in the gas is
indicated by thermoluminescence. ,
3,709,664
HIGH SHEAR MIXING APPARATUS FOR MAKING
SILICA GELS
Jerome H. Krekeler, Cincinnati; Charles H. Wehr, Butler, both
of Ohio, and Henri A. Aboutboul, Byram, Conn., assignors
to National Petro-Chemicals Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 70,623
Int. CI. COlb ii//6, BOlj 1/04, BOlf 1/20
U.S.CI. 23— 285 11 Claims
6 Claims
Apparatus comprising a rotary agitator possessing movable
sets of flat blades interspersed with stationary sets of flat
blades, the pitch and clearances of the blades being such that
high shear agitation is obtained. This apparatus is suitable for
use in the carrying out of any process requiring high shear
mixing. It has been found to be particularly useful in the
preparation of silica gels of high quality.
A solvent extraction apparatus is provided wherein the
materials being extracted flow countercurrently along the
walls of a rotating cylinder in contact with each other. The ap-
paratus may be either of the batch or the continuous type.
Preferably a helical path is provided.
3,709,666
PROCESS OF RECOVERING AMMONRTM SULPHATE
FROM AN AQUEOUS SOLUTION CONTAINING
AMMONIUM SULPHATE AND METHIONINE
Jan Van Westerveld, Geleen, and Jozeph Marie Van Doom,
Sittard, both of Netherlands, assignors to SUmicarbon N.V.,
Heerlen, Netherlands
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867.885
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Oct. 19, 1968,
6815005
Int. CI. BOld 9/02; COlc 1/24
U.S. Cl. 23—300 4 Claims
A process for recovering ammonium sulfate from an aque-
ous solution containing ammonium sulfate and methionine by
precipitating ammonium sulfate with a monovalent aliphatic
alcohol. t
3,709,667
DISPERSION STRENGTHENING OF PLATINUM GROUP
METALS AND ALLOYS
(Gordon Leslie Selman. and Alan Sidney Darling, both of
London t.C.l, England, assinnors to Johnson. Mathev &
Co.. Limited. London. Knyiand
FUed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,812
Int.Cl.C22ci//04
U.S. CI. 29—182.5 20 Claims
This specification describes a method of producing disper-
sion strengthened metals or alloys by alloying the metal or
alloy with a minor amount of a material capable of forming a
stable refractory compound. The so formed alloy is converted
to granular or powder form and the powder is then cold
worked prior to exposing the cold worked and so deformed
granules to a gas at a temperature so as to form a stable refrac-
tory compound within the metal or alloy. Thereafter the metal
or alloy particles are compacted and sintered to form an ingot.
3,709,668
GASOLINE COMPOSITION PROVIDING ENHANCED
ENGINE OPERATION
Abraham A. Zimmerman, New Providence; Louis E. Furlong.
Westfield, both of NJ., and Vadekar Mohan, Sarnia, On-
tario, Canada, assignors to Esso Research and Engineering
Company
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,509
Int. Cl.C 101 //22
U.S. CL 44—72 8 Claims
A mixture of a beta-primary amine and a tertiary amine,
each of which has a long aliphatic hydrocarbon group, when
588
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
added in minor proportion to a gasoline, will improve the dis-
tribution of the air-fuel mixture in the intake manifold of a
multicylinder gasoline engine, run with the resuhing blend,
thereby increasing operating efficiency. A representative mix-
ture comprises 2-amino octadecane and dimethyl
hydrogenated tallow amine.
ERRATUM
For Class 44—6 see:
Patent No. 3.709,700
3,709,669
METHANE PRODUCTION
Charles P. Marion, Mamaroneck, N.Y.; Warren G. Schlinger,
Pasadena, and William L. Slater, La Habra, both of Calif.,
assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, S«r. No. 101,724
Int.CI.C01b2//4
U.S. CI. 48— 215 12 Claims
/«• — ^" *f
system, feed means for directing the molten material to each
of the spinner assemblies and means for maintaining the quan-
tity discharged to each spinner assembly substantially
uniform.
3,709,671
METHOD FOR PROCESSING SLAG
Fritz Forschepiepe, Asselner Hellweg 106, Dortmund-Asseln,
Germany
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 44,987
Claims priority, application Germany, June 14, 1969, P 19
30 394.7; Oct. 18, 1969, P 19 52 593.0
Int. CI. C03b 5/yS. 19110,5122
U.S.CI.65-19 4 Claims
Process for the production of a methane-rich gas stream
from a hydrocarbonaceous feedstock with all steps being car-
ried out at or slightly above the desired pressure of delivery.
Effluent gas from a free-flow partial-oxidation synthesis-gas
generator, and preferably containing from about 10-26
volume percent methane on a dry basis is reacted with steam
and without a catalyst at a temperature in the range of 2.800
to 1 ,500°F to produce a stream of shifted gases having a mole
ratio H^CO in the range of 1.5 to 4 and preferably about 3.
The shifted gases are then processed by the steps of scrubbing
with a liquid hydrocarbon to recover particulate carbon, cool-
ing to condense out water and volatile hydrocarbons, purify-
ing by eliminating H,S and CO, in a separation zone, and cata-
lytically reacting the remaining H, and CO in the process gas
stream to produce a process gas stream comprising at least 45
volume percent methane on a dry basis.
3,709,670
METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR FIBERIZING
MOLTEN MI>IeRAL MATERIAL
Hcrluf N. Eriksen, 22 Laclede Drive, Burlington, N J.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,148
Int.Cl.C03b/9/04
U.S. CI. 65— 8 10 Claims
A method for converting molten material into filamentous
form of fibers consisting of discharging the molten material to
at least one spinner assembly disposed in the region of a
pickup chamber, circulating a conveying medium through a
duct work system including a pickup chamber in the region of
the spinner assembly and controlling the temperature and
velocity of the conveying medium in a manner to produce
fibers having a minimum shot content and good strength and
resiliency characteristics, an apparatus and system for con-
verting molten material into filamentous form of fibers includ-
ing a cupola for the molten material having a discharge spout,
a duct work system, means for circulating the conveying medi-
um through the duct work system, at least one pair of spinner
assemblies in the region of a pickup chamber in the duct work
=4
Iron-containing slag in flowable state is poured into a cast-
ing bed to form a layer. Upright tubular conduits are em-
bedded in the layer during pouring, each having an upper sec-
tion and a lower section telescoped from below over the bot-
tom portion of the upper section. The upper sections have
upper open ends outside the layer and explosive capsules are
inserted through these into the lower sections and detonated.
This ruptures the lower sections and forms in the slag layer
cavities surrounding the lower sections. Cooling water is then
introduced into the upper sections to flow into the layer via
the lower sections and the cavities.
3,709,672
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FLUORINE SURFACE
TREATMENT OF GLASS ARTICLES
Urbano J. De Santis, and Herbert C. Snyder, both of
Brockway, Pa., assignors to Brockway Glass Company, Inc,
RrofkwBV ■ 8*
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,369
Int. CI. C03c 1 7100
U.S. CI. 65-30 6 Claims
It is known to render the interiors of gla£5 containers corro-
sion resistant by contacting such interiors with a fluorine con-
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
589
taining gas while the glass article is hot enough to pyrolyze the
fluorine containing gas and thus deposit fluorine on the glass
surface. Small thin-walled glass vials do not retain enough heat
to pyrolyze the fluorine gas due to rapid cooling of the vial by
the gas and the relatively low deformation temperatures of
such vials. The present invention provides a method and ap-
paratus whereby the vials are heated to temperatures safely
below their deformation temperature and then exposed interi-
orly to gas-air mixtures heated to a temperature approaching
the pyrolyzing temperature of the fluorine gas compound of
the gas-air mixture. Thus the combined heat of the vial and the
gas is available for instantaneously pyrolyzing the gas to
deposit fluorine on the glass surface without deformation of
the vials.
3,709,673
EDGE-ROLL MACHINE IN FLOAT GLASS APPARATUS
Hugh S. Bishop, Cumberland, Md., assignor to PPG Industries,
Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,674
Int. CLC03b 75/00
U.S.CL65— 182R 10 CUims
3,709,674
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR SUPPRESSING THE
NITRIFICATION OF AMMONIUM NITROGEN IN SOIL
Yoshihito Goya, Itami; Michio Nakanishi; Kenichi Sawatari,
both of Nakatsu; Akira Hirose, Totsuka-ku. Yokohama, and
Tetsuichi Shinozawa, Chigasaki. all of Japan, assignors to
Mitsui-Ioatsu Chemicals Incorporated. Tokyo and Yoshi-
domi Pharmaceutical Industries, Osaki. Osaka Pref..
FUed July 12, 1968, Ser. No. 744,291
Claims priority, application Japan, July 26,
42/47629; Dec. 29, 1967, 42/84878; April 15,
43/22046
Int.Cl.C05gi/0«
U.S.Cl.71-1 lOCUlms
A method for suppressing the nitrification of ammonium
nitrogen in soil comprising treating the soil in a plant growing
area with a sulfanilamide derivative and a composition there-
fore.
Japan
1967,
1968,
3,709,675
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING LIQUID NP FERTILIZERS
James Austin, Horley, England, assignor to Occidental
Research & Engineering Limited, London, England
FUed April 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,606
Int. CI. C05b 7100
U.S.CL 71—35 ' 4 Claims
Phosphoric acid, containing polyphosphoric acid com-
ponents, and nitric acid are concurrently and continuously
reacted with a deficiency of ammonia under high turbulent
conditions to vaporize water in the reacting mixture and to
expel the latter from a reaction chamber after a brief retention
period, the expelled mixture is quenched by air cooling and
thereafter reacted with further ammonia to near-neutrality.
A roll for contacting the upper surface of float glass during
its production is supported upon a shaft having, near the roll, a
bearing in contact with water-cooled members. The shaft, un-
like those in similar edge-roll machines, need not be made of
costly material resistant to high temperatures, because it is in-
ternally water-cooled and its coolant water is used fo cool in-
ternally the edge roll. Because of the small distance between
the bearing and the roll, wobbling of the roll with respect to
the ribbon of glass is minimal. Though the edge roll of the in-
stant invention is applicable for use in one-way stretch of float
glass to produce thin float glass, it is especially useful in a
process that uses edge rolls that militate against the necking
down of float glass in the production of extra-thin float glass
(about 2.5 millimeters or less) in a "two-way-stretch" or an
"assisted-direct-stretch" process.
3,709,676
HERBICIDALLY ACTIVE COMPOSITIONS
Joseph F. Vartiak, NapervUle, Dl., assignor to Nako Chemical
Company, Chicago, lU.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 4^8,343, Dec. 14, 1964, Pat.
No. 3,628,942. This appUcation Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No.
113,599. The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to
Dec. 21,1 988, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. AOln 9100
U.S.CL 71—92 3 Claims
A quick acting liquid herbicidal composition comprises a
major amount of a hydrocarbon oil and a 3.5.6-substituted
uracil, the improvement comprising using as a co-solvent, a
fatty acid having at least 1 2 carbon atoms in chain length.
906 O.G.— 21
590
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3.709,677
N-SUBSTITUTED SDLFAMOYL COMPOUNDS USEFUL
AS HERBICIDES
William J. Houlihan, Mountain Lakes, N.J., assignor to San-
doz-Wander. Inc., Hanover, N.J.
Filed June 25, 1969. Ser. No. 836,629
Int. CI. AOln 9/22
^. ,. «^ 7 Claims
U.S. CI. 71— 94 ^ ^ , .
Substituted N-sulfamoyl pyridine compounds are useful m
the destruction and prevention of weeds and unwanted plants.
concentrate with a solution which dissolves the arsenic
separating undissolved residue therefrom, acidifying the ar-
senic pregnant solution to precipitate arsenic and other
3.709,678
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF METALS OR
ALLOYS
Jean-Louis Helarv. 33 Boulevard Chevre-Morte 21 Talant;
Marcel De La Graviere. 2. rue Europe, 21 FonUine-les-
Diion. both of France, and Jean-Jacques Gallay, deceased,
late of 8 Boulevard de la Solidarite, Nantes, France (by
Marielle Gallav. administratrix)
Filed March 4. 1970, Ser. No. 16,520
' Claims priority, application France. March 13. 1969,
*^*'''''' int.Cl.C22d7/04,C22b6i/04
U.S. CI. 75-10 R ^^'*""^
*V, •. '^ V£C'^\*
A reaction mixture is placed in a furnace comprising a verti-
cal vessel which is transparent to electromagnetic fields and in
direct contact with the mixture. High-frequency electric cur-
rents are induced in said mixture through the vessel and are of
sufficient intensity to start the reaction while the vessel is
cooled so as to maintain a solid layer of slag in contact
therewith The reaction mass is maintained molten for a sutii-
cient period of time to cause settling of the metal prior to
solidification in situ. The vessel is throttled towards its base.
3,709,679
WUSTITE BED IMPROVEMENT
Kenneth E. Draeger, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to Esse
Research and Engineering Company
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,648
lnt.Cl.C22b7/yO;C2Ib/i/00
U.S.a. 75-26 8 Claims
In the fluidized reduction of specular hematites, the process
in the wustite reducing bed is terminated prior to the forma-
tion of an equilibrium wustite composition, thereby providing
for improved reducibility of the ore to metallic iron in sub-
sequent reducing beds.
mineral values as insoluble salts and treating the arsenic bar-
ren solution to regenerate sulfur and sodium values for recycle
to the process.
3,709,681
PROCESS FOR THE RECOVERY NOBLE METALS
Harold W. Wilson, El Paso, Tex., assignor to Golden Cycle
Corporation . -^,
Filed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1,563
lnt.CI.C22b///04
US CI 75-109 16 Claims
■processes for and compositions utilized in the recovery of
noble metals from noble metal containing substances by sub-
jecting such substances-preferably in comminuted form-to
the action of a solvent preferably comprising diacetone al-
cohol as a major component, water, minor amounts of glacial
acetic acid potassium iodide and elemental 'od.ne. Solvation
of the noble metal occurs during agitation and heating of the
slurry The noble metal contents are removed from the noble
metal pregnant solution by displacement onto a non-noble
metal surface. The solid noble metal contaming residue is
J^elted with sufficient aqueous hydroxide solution to convert
excess non-noble metal into its water-soluble salt_ The remain-
ing insoluble material containing the noble metal recovered is
rinsed to remove any remaining unreacted alkali and the solu-
ble salts and is then digested with concentrated sulfuric acid to
dissolve any remaining acid soluble impurities, the remaining
add insoluble residue is rinsed, dried and comprises substan-
tially pure noble metal.
3,709,680
PROCESS FOR REMOVAL OF ARSENIC FROM SULFO-
ORE
W. Church Holmes, Lake San Marcos, Calif., and Enzo L. Col-
trinari, Arvada, Colo., assignors to Sunshine Mmmg Com-
pany. Kellog, Idaho
Filed July 9. 197 1, Ser. No. 161,165
Int. CI. C21by/04,C22b 67/00
U.S.CI.75-6 ^ ^OC'*"":
A process and apparatus for the removal of arsenic values
from an ore concentrate includes the steps of leaching the
3,709,682
HARD SOLDER FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE BRAZING
OF CONSTRUCTION AL MATERIALS
Viktor Alexandrovich Belkovsky. ulitsa T-t'scheva 23 kv. 38;
Leopold Leopoldovich Grzhlmalsky, ">'.^« .^'^''J'^'^'' °;"
v3va 19, korpus 3, kv. 14; Irma Irmovich li.evsky ul.tsa
» siiovrsukharevskaya, 19, 23, kv. 159; Sergei Nikolaev.ch
Lotsmanov, ulitsa Grimau, 11, kv. 25; Ivan Egorov.ch
Pa^unin, 6tradny proezd, 3-a, kv. 64; Anatoly Vas.hev.ch
Sukhov, 8 ulitsa Sokolinoi gory, 16, korpus 5 kv 75 Bor s
Sergeevich Tikhonov, ulitsa Oktyabrakaya, 69, kv. 50, Boris
Skovich Levin, 3 Pryadilnaya ulitsa, 18a ^v- 79; Pave,
Kirillovich Moroz, Volokolamskoe shosse, 1 kv. ^J- Ge"nkh
Nikolaevich Strekalov, Graivoronovskaya ul.t«., »' J^°^P"/J^'
k! 161; Andrei Nikolaevich Chernov, ulitsa Seraf.movKha,
2 kv 481; SergeinllichChizhov, ulitsa Pyatnitskaya, 50/2,
kv 8; and Nikolai Nikolaevich Shevyakov, ulitsa Presnensky
val,8,kv.l55,aUofMoscow,U.S.Sll.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,938
I„t.CI.C22c39/00
''•a hard'^^ldet contains. 27-40 wt.% Mn. 11-20 wt^ Ni^
7_V5 wt.% Cu. 0.5-4.5 wt.% Si , 0.02-0.5 wt.% C 0.05^.5
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
591
wt.% B. 0.03-10.5 wt.% Al, S and P together not in excess of
0.08 wt.%, Fe being the balance, the solder in view of the com-
position thereof enabling an equal-strength brazing joint to be
obtained.
wherein at least one of X and Y is an acidic group — tCH^)
ncooM or — (CHj)«S03M wherein in each group M is a cation
and n is an integer from I to 4, the other of X and Y when not
a said acidic group is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group con-
taining from one to four carbon atoms or an aryl group.
3,709,683
INFRARED SENSITIVE IMAGE RETENTION
PHOTORECEPTOR
Anthony J. Ciuffini, Rochester, and Joseph J. Galen, Webster,
both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford,
Conn.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,412
Int. CLG03g/i/22, 5/00
U.S.CL96-1R 9 Claims
A photosensitive member which includes a layer of
photoconductive vitreous selenium or selenium and arsenic
containing thallium in a concentration of about 2 to 5,000
parts per million. The member is imaged by uniformly electro-
statically charging the surface, followed by uniformly exposing
the photoconductive layer to a source of visible radiation
below the red portion of the visible spectrum. The member is
then exposed to infrared radiation in the form of an image
which results in the formation of a developable latent electro-
static image contained within the photoconductive layer.
3,709,684
PHOTOCONDUCTIVE COMPOSITIONS AND ELEMENTS
EMPLOYING POLYOXYALKYLENE BISPHENOL A
FUMARATES AS BINDERS
Joseph Feltzin; Erich Kuehn, and George O. Rudkin, Jr., all of
Wilmington, Del., assignors to ICA America Inc., Wilming-
ton, Del.
Filed Dec. 1 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 97,339
Int. CI. G03g 5100, 7100, 5108
S.CL 96—1.5 13 Claims
Photoconductive recording materials for use in elec-
trophotography processes are disclosed. A photoconductive
composition for use in preparing the photoconductive record-
ing materials is also disclosed as well as means for preparing
the photoconductive recording materials. The particular
photoconductive composition contains polyester resins based
upon an etherified diphenol material and a dicarboxylic acid.
U
0=C-
-N— Y
or of the formula;
X\
0=C-
-N— Y
\n/
:C C=S
\ /
s
3,709,685
PHOTOCONDUCTIVE ZINC OXIDE SENSITIZED BY
SUBSTITUTED THIAZOLIDENE DYES
Robert James Hercock, and Simon Lindsay Scrutton, both of
Ilford, England, assignors to Ilford Limited, Ilford, Essex,
England
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,314
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 19, 1970,
8,093/70
Int. CI. G03g 5108
U.S.Cl. 96— 1.7 4 Claims
This application describes electrophotographic material
which comprises a photoconductive layer which has been sen-
sitized to light of the blue region of the spectrum by the
presence therein of an optical sensitizing dye of the general
formula:
3,709,686
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING SELECTED COLOR
PHOTOGRAPHS
John Buckland Erdell, 365 Clinton Avenue. Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,694
Int. CI. G03f 9100
U.S.Cl. 96— 2 19 Claims
ORiaiNAi, SUBJECT
nASTrV COUJB SPECtHCt*
PEFUCTAMCE GB*"
PMorO NE&ATIVE CT
0(7)aiNAL SCENE
NCOATivE COLOR riLH
STEP wtooE or
CmANT
VHOTD»«IIPHIC riLt SrfP
wtoot or •«** K»Lt
1
i
»o»iTivt axo»
DUKCCMUT Of STtP
or cot-OD w^p«
COtOn PKlWT nMTSIHAL WtTM
COLOn riLTEH ro« TlMi
OETEHMtNED By STtP
wfOCE EXPOSURE
Method of producing selected color photographs from
photographs recorded on black-and-white negative materials
by printing the negative onto color print material with illu-
mination filtered through a negative color film (filler) ob-
tained by the following method;
a. making a master color specimen chart;
b. making a multi-color negative color film step wedge of
said master chart;
c. making a single-color, multi-shade, multi-tint negative
592
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
color film step wedge of said multi-color negative color film
step wedge, and
d. making individual negative color films (filters) of the m-
dividual wedge steps of said single color step wedge.
with a surface developing agent having a characteristic curve
which exhibits a knee portion connecting a generally
rectilinear portion of positive gradient and a generally
rectilinear portion of negative gradient and is preferably of
generally symmetrical configuration. By adjustment of the
magnitude of the exposure of the emulsion to light either a
direct positive or a negative photographic reproduction is ob-
tained.
3,709,687
DIFFUSION TRANSFER RECEIVING ELEMENT WITH
VARING CONCENTRATION OF PRECIPITATING
NUCLEI
Edwin H. Land, Cambridge, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed April 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,875
Int. CI. G03c 5154
U.S. CI. 96-29 L 18 Claims
Novel image-receiving elements for obtaining photographic
images in silver and photomechanical procedures employing
same as an inking master to obtain one or more ink reproduc-
tions of the original subject matter.
3,709.688
Patent Not Issued For This Number
3,709,690
NOVEL POLYMERS AND PHOTOGRAPHIC ELEMENTS
CONTAINING SAME
Hyman L. Cohen; James R. King, Jr., and Louis M. Minsk, all
of Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 709,812, March 1, 1968,
abandoned. This application Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,491
Int. CI. G03C//76, 7/72
U.S.CK 96-67 3 Claims
Polymers comprising quaternary nitrogen atoms and at least
two aromatic nuclei in the polymer cation for each quaternary
nitrogen atom are described In one embodiment at least one-
third of the units of said polymer comprise quaternary
nitrogen atoms. In another embodiment polymers comprising
at least two aromatic nuclei in the polymer cation, such as aryl
groups, for each quaternary nitrogen atom can be used in
photographic elements to provide excellent mordants for
dyes.
3,709,689 *
SURFACE DEVELOPMENT OF AN IMAGEWISE
EXPOSED EMULSION CONTAINING SILVER HALIDE
GRAINS WITH CORES CHEMICALLY RIPENED IN TWO
STAGES
Raymond Leopold Florens; Frans Henri Claes, both of
Edesem. Beluium. and Frik Moisar. Colotjne-Flittard. Cier-
many, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert, Mortsel, Belgium
Filed April 2, 1970. Ser. No. 25,091
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, April 2, 1969,
17,161/69
Int. CI. G03c 5/24. 5/iO
U.S. CI. 96-64 7 Claims
3,709,691
COPYING MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC
REFLECTION PRINTING
Kaneyasu Tani, Tokyo; Shiro Kawazoe. Kawaguchi; Mikio
Eto; Sunao Okamoto. both of Tokyo, and Tamotsu Fujino,
Tokorozawa, all of Japan, assignors to Japan Synthetic
Paper Company Ltd. and Oriental Photo Industrial Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,658
Claims priority, application Japan, May 13, 1969, 44/36721
Int.CI. G03cy/76
U.S. CI. 96-87 R 4 Claims
A copying material for photographic refiection printing and
adapted for ultraviolet transmittance printing, in which a light
sensitive silver halide emulsion layer is provided on a ther-
moplastic synthetic paper having a specular gloss of more than
10 percent, an opacity of 70 to 90 percent and an average
transmittance of ultraviolet rays in the wave-length range of
320 to 450 m/x of more than 5 percent.
a J flf u 12 It 19 rt i* '-7 ^0
Light-sensitive silver halide emulsion adapted for producing
either negative or direct positive photographic images and
containing composite grains of silver bromide having internal
core portions of chemically ripened silver bromide and exter-
nal shell portions surrounding such core portions of chemi-
cally fogged silver bromide, such emulsion on development
3,709,692
SILVER CHLORIDE MONOCRYSTAL DOPED WITH
CADMIUM AND LOW CONCENTRATION OF LEAD
Gunter Haase, Frankfurt, Main, and Erwin Schopper, Koenig-
stein, Taunus, both of Germany, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Oct. 29. 1970, Ser. No. 85,285
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 14, 1969, P 19
57 313.8
Int.CI.G03cy/2«
U.S.CI.96-108 ^ ,^ 3 Claims
The photographic properties of silver hal.de monocrystal
particle-track detectors which contain cadmium are highly im-
proved by an additional content of lead-II ions.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
593
3,709,693
NOVEL PHOTOGRAPHIC PRODUCTS AND PROCESSES
UTILIZING MULTICOLOR ADDITIVE SCREENS WHOSE
HLTER UNITS ARE FORMED OF DEVELOPMENT-
DIFFUSIBLE DYES
Stanley M. Bloom, Waban, and Leonard C. Famey, Melrose,
both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation, Cam-
bridge, Mass.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,487
Int. CL G03c 5154, 7104, 7114
U.S. CI. 96— 118 26 Claims
COLC* 8Ct«Cii
SILVCI* HAL'M CMULSKM
% THANSrO)
IMMC nCCCrviNC LkVCR
MWCCSSiNG COMf^OSlTON
COD* SPKCN
$y»PO*T
Mco. GnccN. tu^l
epitaxially grown layer spaced from the collector junction,
and having a gold-comprising base electrode surrounding the
emitter and closely spaced therefrom. The gold contact is
formed by photolithographic and selective etching techniques.
followed by the formation of the aluminum emitter, which is
also formed by photolithographic and selective etching
techniques. A key step is the selective removal of the alu-
minum from the germanium wafer without disturbing the gold
contact.
A color image is formed by exposing a photosensitive ele-
ment having associated therewith an additive color screen,
preferably a trichromatic color screen, composed of red.
green and blue filter elements containing dyes which provide
the required spectral absorption and transmission charac-
teristics and which are diffusible in processing composition as
a function of exposure, whereby an imagewise distribution of
dyes and complexed silver is transferred by imbibition to an
adjacent layer to provide, when viewed by projection, an addi-
tive color image.
3,709,694
BEVERAGE FROM PLANTS OF THE GENUS
HEMARTHRIA
Gordon B. Killinger, Gainesville, and Clarence F. Beckham,
Hawthorne, both of Fla.. assignors to The Institute of Food
and Agriculture Sciences, University of Florida, Gainsville,
Ha.
Filedjan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,712
Int.CI. A23I//00, 7/2S
U.S. CI. 99— 28 10 Claims
Beverages are formed by steeping the leaves or stems of any
member of the genus of the Hemarthria plant in dry, fer-
mented, or green form. Alternatively, the leaves or stems are
extracted with an organic solvent and the beverage formed by
dissolving the dried extract in hot water.
3,709,695
FABRICATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
Ronald R. Bowman, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, lU.
Continuation of Ser. No. 528,540, Feb. 18, 1966, abandoned.
This application July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,579
Int. CI. G03c 5100; HOll 5/00. 7100
U.S. CI. 96-36.2 2 Claims
A germanium mesa transistor is fabricated having an epitax-
ially grown base region and an aluminum alloy emitter in the
ERRATUM
For Class 99—28 see:
Patent No. 3,709,694
3,709,696
TORTILLA AND PROCESS USING HYDROPHILIC
INORGANIC GELS
Manuel J. Rubio, Bridgeport, Conn., assignor to Roberto Gon-
zalez Barrera, Monterrey, N.L., Mexico
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 44,584, June 8, 1970,
abandoned. This application May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 141,045
Int.CLA21d2/7S
U.S. CI. 99—80 R 9 Claims
To retard the staling of tortillas, which are an unleavened
unshortened food product made from nixtamalized com or
com flour to retard microbiological spoilage, and to increase
the yield of dough and tortillas by incorporating hydrophilic
inorganic gels in making the tortilla dough.
3,709,697
FURANONE MEAT FLAVOR COMPOSITIONS
Cornells Nicolaas de Groot, Zevenaar, Netherlands; John S.
Hobbs, Rushden, England, and Christiaan Herman
Theodoor Tonsbeek, Zevenaar, Netherlands, assignors to
Lever Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,496
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 25, 1969,
15,561/69
Int. CI. A23I/ /26
U.S. CI. 99— 107 6 Claims
Meaty foodstuff in which the flavor of a meaty product or a
meat simulating product is improved by the incorporation of
2,5-diethyl- or 2,5-methyl-ethyl-4-hydroxy-2,3-dihydrofuran-
3-one or a^jrecursor of these compounds.
594
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,698
METHOD OF PREPARING CRISPY FOOD ITEMS
Edward E. Davis, 4265 San Francisco, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,412
Int.Cl.A22c/S/00
U.S.CI.99-107 ^ 6 Claims
This is a method of preparing crispy barbecued snouts or
snoots, tripe, pig ears and skins including the steps, cut out the
two main tendons from the forehead to the tip of the nose of
the snouts, and in all products trim excess fat and cut out all
lean meat; cover product or products with water in a pot and
boil for 30 minutes; season with a mixture of salt, red pepper,
and garlic powder, and while keeping water in and over the
products boil for another 2 hours; strain off the water and fry
in deep fat set at 375° F. a small increment at a time to insure
floating substantially 5 to 10 minutes, until snouts are firm
enough to handle with tongs without tearmg; lift snouts, etc.,
out individually with tongs, open up and put in a deep try
basket with another basket over them to maintain spread and
reduce curling, replace in fryer and fry until crisp, substan-
tially 15 to 20 minutes; remove the crispy snouts, etc., put in
barbecue sauce, and serve.
•» 709 702 '
HFRMETICALLY SEALED FOOD PACKAGE
RpiH A Mahaffv Montclair, Joel A. Hamilton, Clifton,
«id Veslev VV. Pinnev, Montclair, N.J., assignors to
JL'haJt Harder Engineering Company TotowaN.
Continuation of appicat on Ser No 484,284, Sept 1,
1965. This application W " l'^®' ^J' ^'*' *'*'"•'''
Int. CI. B65b 31/02, 25/06
U.S. CI. 99-174 7 Claims
3,709,699
METHOD OF PREPARING A POULTRY PRODUCT
Robert H. Hartman. 10129 Huntington Court. Orland Park.
III., and Eldon J. Strandline, 6531 North Minnehaha
Avenue, Chicago. III.
Filed Jan. 25, 197 1, Ser. No. 109,685
Int.Cl. A22c2//00
US. CI. 99- 107 10 Claims
A synthetic poultry skin is formulated by comminuting
poultry skm tissue, and mixing the comminuted tissue with a
binder material. The 'synthetic skin formulation is then
blended with water to form a paste and applied to poultry
meat to give a poultry product having a synthetic skin.
3,709,700 .^,,T^
SMOKE FLAVORING BARBECUE ADDITIVE
SMOKE ^L^ ^jETHOD OF MAKING
Sheila W. Ross, 1211 S. Edns Drive,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90035 ,,_^,,
^ A barbe^e additive for smoke flavoring meat and
other foodstuffs includes a combustible element havmg
smoke producing flavor agents adhesively attached there o
which impart a desired flavor and aroma to the cooked
foodstuff.
PRODUCTION OF MIXEDCRY^^
GLUTAMATE AND SODIUM INOSINAIt
Hirotoshi Samejlma, Akira Furuya, Keiji Shmiaoka and
Voshiatsu Aoki. Tokyo. Japan, assignors to Kvo^a
iakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha.Tokyo.to^^ Japan
Continuarion of abandoned application Ser No. 628,4^8,
Apr. 4, 1967. This application June 3, 1971, ser. i^o.
Cl^ms priority, application Japan, Apr. 7, 1966,
41/21,496
Int.Cl.A23n/26 , riolm.
iT«5 n Q9_140 N 4 Claims
Mixed crystals "of sodium glutamate and disod.um
inosinate are prepared by adding a solution containing
both monosodium glutamate and disodium inosinate to a
monosodium glutamate mother liquor containing seed
crystals of monosodium glutamate, and simultaneously
evaporating the resulting mixture to grow mixed crystals
of a desired size.
Package comprises a flanged container of semi-rigid,
gas-impermeable, transparent plastic containing a food
product and a sheet of stretchable gas-.mpermeable film
sealed to the flanges. The package is evacuated pno o
sealing and can include an inert gas atmosphere^ A rigid
board's attached to the film at the flange area -th a bond
stronger than that between the film and container. Ap-
p ?atus for forming the package includes a A-t packagmg
station where the film is sealed around a PorUon of th^
flange area by heat seal bars and vacuum means to draw
the film interior of the flange toward a heating elemen
merior of the ^al bars. Second Packaging station inc lude
means to evacuate the package, complete the seal be
?^een the film and the container, and a check valve which
vents the area above the film while maintammg the vac-
uuri below the container. The atmospheric pressure cat^se
The stretched film to be pressed into tight fitting contact
with the upper surface of the food product.
MFTHOD OF WINDING TUBULAR FILMS OR
^^ WEBS AND RESULTING PRODUCT
Frank M. McNeill, Danville. 111., assignor to
Tee-Pak, Inc., Chicago, 111.
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102 458
mt. CI. A22c 13/00: B65d 85/67 ^^^.^^
U.S. CI. 99—176
Flexible tubular material such as tubular films, foils
or webs are inflated or otherwise held in an expanded
c^nrtion and wound radially i-^f °" y^'mate'
core The resulting radially wound flexible tubular mate
n Jl is?novel predict. The tubular material may be pulled
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
595
off or fed from either end of the radially wound material
and may be continuously filled by introduction of any
desired material through the hollow supporting core or
through the radially wound material itself in the event
that the core has been removed.
3,709,704
CERAMIC DIELECTRIC MATERIAL COMPRISING
BARIUM-SODIUM-NIODIUM TITANATE
Yoshihiro Matsuo, Hiromu Sasaki, and Shigeni Haya-
kawa, Osaka, Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,870
Claims priority, application Japan, July 29, 1969,
44/61,125; Oct. 13, 1969, 44 81,983, 44/81,984
Int. CI. C04b 33/00
U.S. a. 106—39 R 3 Claims
A ceramic material in a perovskite structure having a
high dielectric permittivity, a low power factor and a low
temperature coefficient of permittivity, the composition of
which is in a chemical formula of
Ba(Nao.25xNbo.75xTii_x)03
wherein x ranges from 0.01 to 0.30 in accordance with the
inventions. The ceramic dielectric composition of
Ba(Nao.25.xNbo.75xTii_x)03
can be modified by substitution of Sr for Ba or Li for Na
in accordance with the inventions.
3,709,707
ATTRITION RESISTANT GRANULES, METHOD OF
MAKING THE SAME AND CEMENTITIOUS
GROUT AND CONCRETE COMPOSITIONS CON-
TAINING THE SAME
Solomon Jacob Rehmar, East Euclid, Ohio, assignor to
Construction Techniques, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 207,997
Int. CI. C09c 1/64; C04b 21/02, 31/40
U.S. CI. 106—87 9 Claims
Granules containing particles of substantially oxide free
aluminum, a water soluble binder and powdered inor-
ganic extender are made resistant to attrition, by contact
with cementitious grout and concrete compositions which
.;ontain abrasive materials (e.g. sand) by incorporating a
low molecular weight polyhydric alcohol in the composi-
tion from which the granules are formed.
3,709,705
OPALIZABLE ALKALINE EARTH ALUTVIINO-
SILICATE GLASS COMPOSITIONS
Erwin C. Hagedorn. Oregon, Ohio, assignor to
Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 814,104, Apr. 7,
1969, which is a continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 653.357, July 14, 1967, both now abandoned.
This application Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,235
Int. CI. C03c 3/04
U.S. CI. 106 54 6 Claims
A system of thermally opalizable glass compositions
comprising SiOj, AI2O3, B2O3, NajO, CaO and MgO. The
above-mentioned compositions can be used to form opal
articles having outstanding properties such as low coeffi-
cients of thermal expansion and high resistance to thermal
shock and chemical attack. The resultant articles, which
are converted to opal articles during forming or by sub-
sequent heat treatments, are useful, for instance, as con-
tainers including cookware and dinnerware.
3,709,708
WAX EMULSIONS
Edward Strazdins, Stamford, Conn., assignor to American
Cvanamid Company. Stamford. Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
500,242, Oct. 21, 1965, and Ser. No. 667,373, Sept. 13,
1967. This application Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,779
Int. CI. C08h 9/10
U.S. CI. 106—216 10 Claims
The manufacture of an anionic wax size emulsion con-
centrate which contains an anionic colloid protector by
adding a small amount of an aqueous solution of a water-
soluble salt of a polyvalent metal which forms an insoluble
hydroxide within the range of 2 to 10, before, during
or after the emulsification step, and then precipitating at
least a part of the metal of the added salt as a salt with
said protective colloid.
3.709.709
KAOLIN DERIVED PIGMENTS AND METHODS OF
PRODUCING THE SAME
Vndrew Torok. and Thomas F. Walsh, both of Pursippany.
N.J.. assignors to (feorgia Kaolin Company
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,895
Int. CI. C08h / 7106
U.S. CI. 106—288 B 7 Claims
Novel white pigments are produced through controlled ex-
traction of alumina from kaolin by means of an ammonium
sulfate or bisulfate leaching process, removal by water of the
ammonium aluminum sulfate formed and recovering the in-
soluble residue. Other novel pigments are produced by sub-
jecting the recovered insoluble residue to calcination in tem-
perature range of SOC-l.tOO" C. The pigments produced ac-
cording to the invention have a lower specific gravity than
kaolin and/or calcined kaolin and exhibit a greatly improved
brightness and whiteness.
3,709,706
REFRACTORY FIBERS AND OTHER ARTICLES OF
ZIRCONTA AND SILICA MIXTURES
Harold G. Sowman, Maplewood, Minn., assignor to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St.
Paul, Minn.
Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825,273
Int. CI. C04b 35/48
U.S. CI. 106—57 14 Claims
Refractory aggregates and shaped articles, such as
fibers, films, flakes, and microspheres, of zirconia and
silica mixtures, are made by shaping and dehydratively
gelling, for example by extruding in air, an aqueous mix-
ture of a zirconium compound, such as zirconium diace-
tate, and colloidal silica, and heating the resulting gelled
body or article in a controlled manner to decompose and
volatilize undesired constituents and convert the body to
a refractory material or article having a desired micro-
structure and useful to form refractory fabrics, reinforced
composites, heat or sound insulation, filter or adsorption
media, fillers, pigments, etc.
3,709.710
TITANIl M DIOXIDE PIGMENTS USEFUL IN
DELUSTRING OF POLYAMIDES
Owen Burchell Edgar. Hexagon House, Blackley, Man-
chester, England: William Hughes, 77 Junction Road.
Norton, England; Derek R. Lawrance, 40 Belgrave
Road, Abergavenny, England: Gerald Lederer, 1 Dune-
din Ave., Hartburn, Stockton-on-Tees, England: and
Colin Foster Ritchie, Hexagon House, Blackley, Man-
chester, England
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 20, 1967, ^er>o.
684,542. Divided and this application Sept. 2, 1V7U,
Ser. No. 69,183 ^ . . ^ ^e lo*:^
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 25, 1966,
52.828/66
Int.CI. C09c7/i6,i/OO
U.S. CI. 106—300 ,^ 5 Claims
Polyamide compositions comprising a synthetic linear
fibre-forming polyamide, a delustring agent (especially ti-
tanium dioxide), a manganese compound and an anti-
mony compound, and optionally a copper compound and
»;
596
a halide, or a phenol and hypophosphorous acid or a salt
thereof; processes for their manufacture; and titanium
dioxide pigments suitable for use in their manufacture
containing chemically combined antimony and having a
coating containing chemically combined manganese.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,711
METHOD OF CAULKING OR STOPPING UP
CREVICES OR FILLING UP JOINTS AND
THE LIKE IN BUILDINGS
Tage Raymond Holmstrom, Bragevagen 3,
Sodertalje, Sweden
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 702,808, Feb. 5, 1968. This application
Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,652
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 7, 1967,
1,714/67
Int. CI. B32b SI02
U.S. CI. 117—2 R 5 Claims
This invention refers to a method of caulkmg or
stopping up crevices or filling up joints and the like in
buildings, such as between window frames and walls. A
fine grained, porous material having a closed cellular
structure and a low liquid absorbing ability, such as
cork crumbs or the like, is mixed with a bonding agent
and the mass is injected into the crevices or joints so as
substantially to fill up same, and is allowed to solidify
into a deformable, coherent mass adhering to the building
material which bounds the crevices.
member wherein a magnet in close proximity to the
photoconductive member produces a magnetic flux field
directed toward the image bearing photoconductive mem-
ber which magnet is enclosed in an application roll trans-
porting the magnetizable developer material into the mag-
netic flux field directed between the magnet and the photo-
conductive member. The applicator roll is rotated to
carry the developer toward the magnetic flux field pro-
duced by the magnet oriented in a first position to form
a magnetic brush contacting and developing a latent
image. The magnet is pivotally displaced to a second
position in which the magnetic flux field is directed away
from the latent image. Development ceases and the ap-
plicator roll is immediately stopped.
3,709,712
PROCESS OF SEALING LEAKS
Joseph Rossman. deceased, Philadelphia. Pa. (by Provident
National Bank, executorl, assignor to Joseph J. Packo,
Fort Lauderdale. Fla.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,458
InL CI. B23p 7/04, 7/00
U.S.CL117-2R 7 Claims
Leaks in pipelines, conduits, tanks, vessels and the like are
sealed by introducing ammonia gas under pressure into such
equipment which will escape through any existing leaks and
react with an aqueous metal salt solution supplied at the exter-
nal site of the leak to form a solid reaction product which seals
the leak. Ammonia gas admixed with carbon dioxide gas may
also be used in this process to produce complex solid reaction
products for sealing leaks.
3,709,714
METALIZING SUBSTRATES
Sung Ki Lee, Niagara Falls, N.Y., assignor to Hooker
Chemical Corporation, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
750,487, Aug. 6, 1968, now Patent No. 3,617,320. This
application Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,280
Int.CLB44d 11092, 1/52
U.S. CI. 117 47 A 11 Claims
There is provided a two-phase bath for metalizing sub-
strates which comprises a first phase comprising phos-
phorus in a solvent, and multi-purpose agent, and a second
phase comprising a metal salt or complex thereof and
multi-purpose agent, wherein said multi-purpose agent is
selected from the group consisting of cellulose, derivatives,
vinyl polymers and copolymers, acrylic polymers,
novolacs, oxyalkylated novolacs, oxyalkylated aniline
novolacs, oxyalkylated polyols, glycols, polyglycols, si-
loxanes, natural rosins and gums, and mixtures thereof.
The multi-purpose agent serves as viscosity modifier, sur-
face and interfacial tension controller, film former and sur-
factant.
3,709,715
ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATING OF
HOLLOW CONTAINERS
Alvln M. Edmunds and Russell H. Fay, Midland, Mich.,
assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 554,026,
May 31, 1966. This application Aug. 5, 1969, Ser.
No. 859,227
Int. CI. B44d 1/34; C23c 3/02
U.S. CL 117—50 15 Claims
3,709,713
METHOD FOR MAGNETIC DEVELOPMENT
Lyman H. Turner, Pittsford, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Original application Aug. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 750,851.
Divided and this application June 15, 1970, Ser.
No. 57,428
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 117—17.5 1 Claim
NaH,PO,
Catalytic metal surfaces are nickel plated from a cation-
This invention is an improved method of rapidly start- hypophosphite anion s°\"^;°"„,Pl^„^'"V!„eSTu^^^^^^^^^
ing and stopping magnetic development of a latent elec- spraying the reactive solutions °.";^ernetal surface a^
trostatic image carried on a moving photoconductive heating the surface as by contactmg it with steam. Platmg
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
591
solution is recovered, adjusted in pH as necessary to assure
satisfactory plating and recycled.
*
3,709,716
WET FIXATION OF MODIFYING AGENTS ON
FIBROUS SYSTEMS BY HEATING IN AQUE-
OUS SALT SOLUTION
Robert W. Liggett, Mountain Brook, Ala., assignor to
Cotton Producers Institute, Memphis, Tenn.
No Drawing. Filed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 834,171
Int. CI. D06m 15/54
U.S. a. 117—63 9 Claims
Modifying agents such as creaseproofing preconden-
sates or dyes, are wet fixed in a water-swellable fibrous
system or web such as a cellulose-containing fabric by
applying an aqueous solution containing one or more
such agents of the desired type to the web and thereafter
fixing such agents in the wet web by immersing it in a
hot aqueous salt solution which contains a water soluble
stable salt of a strong acid which does not decompose
in water, such as sodium sulfate. This wet fixation tech-
nique is useful in imparting dimensional stability to cellu-
losic webs such as cotton fabrics or paper, or in other-
wise modifying their physical or chemical properties, e.g.,
in dyeing them. The salt solution serves to prevent or
minimize migration of the treating agent from the fibers
during a finishing operation.
pearance includes impregnating a subject masonry ma-
terial with a radiation polymerizable monomer, and sub-
sequentially polymerizing the monomer by irradiation.
In accordance with one aspect of the invention, the
impregnation is effected by drawing the monomer into
and about the subject material in a vacuum chamber. The
chamber and its contents are then exposed to gamma
radiation of controlled dosage such that the monomer
impregnated within the masonry material polymerizes,
while the monomer bath does not.
3,709,717
CERAMIC COATED ARTICLES
Bernard H. Hamling, Warwick, N.Y., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,443
Int. CI. C23d 13/00
U.S. CI. 117—70 C 34 Claims
Ceramic coated articles are prepared which comprise
metal articles coated with zirconia wherein the bond be-
tween the metal and the zirconia is effected by porcelain
enamel. The ceramic coated articles are prepared by
contacting zirconia with a metal article coated with
porcelain enamel, fusing the porcelain enamel while main-
taining contact between the zirconia and the porcelain,
and then solidifying the porcelain. The ceramic coated
articles of the invention have enhanced utility in hot
and/or corrosive enviromnents.
3,709,720
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR COATING A
TUBE OF FIBER MATERIAL WITH VISCOSE
BY EXTRUSION
Erwin Kindl, Weinfeldstrassc 17, Wiesbaden-Biebnch,
Germany, and Gunter Gerigk, Wintersteinstrasse 6,
Oberursel, Germany
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,916
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 27, 1969,
P 19 65 130.0
Int. CI. B44d 1116
U.S. CL 117—95 3 Claims
3,709,718
GRAFT POLYMERIZATION PRODUCTS
AND PROCESSES
Eckehard Schamberg, Wallisellen, Zurich, and Juerg
Hoigne, Zurich, Switzerland, assignors to Inrescor A.G.,
Schwerzenbach, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,368
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 12, 1969,
18,491/69; Apr. 21, 1970, 5,910/70
Int. CI. B44d 1/50
U.S. a. 117—93.31 12 Claims
Processes for grafting polymerizable materials onto
sheets of high polymer which comprise irradiating at least
one surface of such a sheet while it is in contact with a
belt impregnated with a radical-polymerizable substance
at a temperature in the second-order transition range of
the sheet; as well as products obtained thereby.
3,709,719
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING IMPREGNATED
MONOMER AND MATERIAL PREPARED
THEREBY
Martin A. Welt, Rego Park, N.Y., assignor to Radiation
Technology, Inc., Long Island, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 850,621
Int. CI. B44d 1/50
U.S. CI. 117—93.31 4 Claims
A process for producing materials having improved
mechanical properties and an esthetically appealing ap-
This invention relates to a process and apparatus for the
continuous coating of a tube of fiber material with viscose,
the process comprising conveying the tube so that its wall
traverses a cylindrical zone of a width of 0.3 to 1.0 mm.
defined by external and internal elements, and in its pro-
gress through said zone is coated with viscose first on the
exterior and then on the interior thereof.
3,709,721
HEAT AND ABRASION RESISTANT TEXTILES
James Ping King, Lansdale, Pa., assignor to Pennwalt
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,226
Int. CLB44d 1/08,1/02
U.S. CI. 117—104 R 7 Claims
A textile (such as a fiber or fabric) of high abrasion
and heat resistance and high fold endurance is provided
by a structure comprising a high melting textile substrate
(such as glass) bearing a coating of polytetrafluoroetbyl-
ene (PTFE) which coating contains from about 1% to
about 30% by weight based on the said coating of a
hard, water insoluble, particulate filler of one to 75 mi-
crons diameter.
3.709,722
PROCESS FOR ACCRETING MOLTEN COPPER ON
A MOVING CORE MEMBER
Donald A. Corrigan, Marblehead, and Italo S. Servi and
Cbih-Chung Wang, Lexington, Mass., assignors to
Kennecott Copper Corporation, New York. N.Y.
Original application Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,770. now
Patent No. 3,610,204. Divided and this application Apr.
7, 1971, Ser. No. 132,227
Int. CI. C23c 7/00
U.S. CI. 117—114 R 2 Claims
This patent relates to an improvement in the continuous
casting dip forming process. In the dip forming process
V
598
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
., January 9, 1973
,0. n,a.„s .ire .od a core .e.ber is P-^UP-^JV .-^.S'X 'Ss^^i^^'^^^^^'^^
^::^::;::^:'^^^^^^^^^^'- -- «■"='>-
3 709 725
PROCESS OF PRODudNG TEXTILE COODS
CaVTED WITH FOAMED POLYVINYL
Joachlm"s'cSa"be?and Hans-Peter flebegott Bremen. Ger-
many, assignors to DS-Chemie GmbH & Co. KG,
NoTa.'fnrFS^d June 11, 1970, Ser No 45,583
Cl^s priority, application^ Gennany, May 14, 1970,
Int. CI. C^08f 47/08; C08g 22/44 ^ ^^^^^
^'Ther'; is pT^IfdedT process for producing textile goods
(esi^cially rugs and carpets) which are coated on the
reverse side with foamed polyvinyl chloride. In th.s proc-
ess stabilised polyvinylchloride paste containing pl^suciser
and provided with filler is applied on the textile goods on
one side and is gelled by heating There .s added to the
polyvinylchloride paste a compound which is stable per se
and whkh is capable of taking up electrons together with
a peroxide compound which is capable of reacting with
the paste at approximately room temperature.
ber passes at a relatively high rate. Construction ma-
terials for this nozzle or bushing element are critical in
obtaining high quality wire rod.
3,709,723
INORGANIC REFRACTORY LIQL ID COMPOSITION
Rvuii VVatanabe. Yokohama, and Ma-sa>uki VVatanabe.
Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric
Co., Ltd.. Kav*asaki-shi. Japan ,, ^,„
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,629
Claims priority, application Japan. Oct. 1. 1969 44/77797;
Dec 26, 1969,44/104365; Dec. 26, 1969,44/104367
Int. CI. C03c / 7122; C23f 7/00
U.S. CI. 117-124 A ^ lOC**';"^
The present invention provides a process for preparing (i
inorganic refractory liquid compositions comprising a metal
nitnde and phosphoric acid or ammonium salts of phosphoric
acid as main constituents, and (ii) a method of formmg a
phosphate of said metal by the reaction of said compositions
at temperatures below 150°C after applying said inorganic
compositions to a prescribed matenal.
3,709,726
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
Roy Nuttall, Cheadic, England, ass.Rnor to Fmanti,
^ Limited, HoUinwood, Lancashire, England
Filed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 919
Claims priority, application Great Bnta.n, Jan. 9, 1969,
1,454/69
Int.C!.C23c7//00
U.S. CI. 117-201 7 C*^'™^
J J J
m~ ttaste
A Dvrolysis method of producing an electrically-insu-
latL layer of silicon oxynitride on a semiconductor de-
l r.nc?udes°the step of ^heating the device in an atmos-
phere containing ammonia, s'lane and oxygen at a tern
perature between 300° C. and 600 C.
3,709,724 ^ ^.^
PROCESS FOR FINISmNG LEATHER AND
SYNTHETIC LEATHER SL BSTITUTES
Guenter Eckert and Heinrich Hartman Limburgerhof,
Matthias Marx, Bad Duerkheim, and Lotjar^uerte le,
Ludwigshafen, Germany, assignors to Badische Amlin-
& Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludn.gshafen
?o maw^nrniL Sept. 18, 1969 Ser. No. 859,174
Int CI. B44d 1/32 ,
ITC ri 117—142 ' Claims
Finishing leather and synthetic leather substitutes with
a solution in an inert organic solvent of: (I) copolymers
containing hydroxyl groups of ethylenically unsaturated
copolymerizable compounds containing hydroxyl groups
and comonomers with contain groups which are iner
to isocyanate groups; and (II) high molecular weight
polyisocyanates derived from 2,4-toluylene diisocyanate
and containing cyanurate rings and toluylene groups. Dur-
ing and after evaporation of the solvent the components
(I) and (II) crosslink at room temperature m ten to
wenty minutes. The leather finish obtained is substan-
3,709,727
METALIZING SUBSTRATES
^'•An?mpVov7men, in the conduclivity of substrates par-
plated bx conventional techniques.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
599
3,709,728
MULTIPLE LAYER LIMITED DIELECTRIC
RECORDING BLANK FOR PULSE PRINTING
Nils T. Anderson, Vancouver, Wash., assignor to Crown
Zellerbach Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,377
Int. CI. B44d 1/18
U.S. CI. 117—218 6 Claims
forming a magnetized coating upon the surface thereof
either through exposure of that surface to a magnetiza-
tion treatment directly without any pre-treatment for re-
moval of the oxide film from the surface thereof or such
exposure after pickling of the surface. The magnetization
treatment can involve exposure to a magnetic field, or the
application of a coating of a magnetized material including
a material having strong magnetic susceptibility. The mag-
netized material can be applied to the surface as a coating
prior to pickling or subsequent to pickling of the surface
and the coating mixture can consist of one or several mag-
netized highly magnetically susceptible materials, or a
mixture of such materials and at least one weakly or non-
magnetically susceptible material; and, also may consist
of a magnetized material alone or mixed with a weakly
or non-magnetically susceptible material, when also mixed
in a carrier vehicle.
A record blank of limited dielectric properties for
electrographic pulse printing. The blank has an under-
lying first dielectric coating and an overlying second di-
electric coating over a relatively conductive paper sub-
strate, with the surface resistivity exhibited by such coat-
ings in the blank ranging from 10^ to 10>i ohms per
square. A method of preparing the blank from aqueous
systems of dielectric coaling material.
3,709,731
PRODUCTION OF CRYSTALLINE DEXTROSE
MONOHYDRATE
Wouter G. Kingma, Huizen, Netherlands, assignor to
Continental Engineering, Ingenieursbureau voor de
Procesindustrie N.V., Amsterdam, Netheriands
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42.031
Claims priority, application Netheriands, June 5, 1969,
6908590
Int. CI. BOld 9/02; C13f 1/00, 1/02 ^
U.S. CL 127—58 8 Claims
3,709,729
METHOD OF MAKING NICKEL-CHROME OHMIC
CONTACT TO P-TYPE SILICON CARBIDE
John W. Hall II, Mentor, Ohio, assignor (o
General Electric Company. Schenectady, N.Y.
Original application July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,313.
Divided and this application Jan. 20, 1971, Ser.
No. 108,217
Int. CI. B44d 1/18
U.S. CI. m—in ^ Claims
' ' ^'"X""' « 6 '7 36 36 3< 3S393"PX^ ^f It «
i>-3
fiu
N- TYPE SiC
JUNCTION-^
P-TYPE SiC
fiu
kOVRR
'/e
—NiCr
SnPu
Ohmic contact is made to p-type silicon carbide by de-
positing a film of nickel, chromium or nickel-chrome
thereon while heating the silicon carbide at a temperature
of about 600° to 800° C.
3,709,730
MAGNETIC COATING OF IRON SURFACE
Kenkichi Tsukamoto, 462-1 Oaza-Taki, Fujiwara-machi,
Shioya-gun, Tochigi-ken, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 767,521
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 21, 1967,
42/67,618
Int. CI. B44d 1/02
U.S. CI. 117—238 15 Claims
A method of inhibiting corrosion of and imparting
corrosion resistance to a surface of an iron article by
A process for the production of crystalline dextrose
monohydrate, wherein a dextrose mass which initially
comprises mainly a concentrated dextrose solution is
continuously passed in prop flow through an elongated
horizontal crystallization zone to effect crystal forma-
tion and then through an ageing zone to effect crystal
growth, whereupon the dextrose mass is separated into
crystals and mother liquor and the mother liquor is con-
centrated and subjected again to crystallization and age-
ing. A vacuum is created above the dextrose mass flowing
through the crystallization zone so as to cause a temper-
ature fall therein by self-evaporation and to effect crystal
formation. At the same time, the mass in the crystalliza-
tion zone is stirred in planes perpendicular to its direction
of flow and substantially no heat is supplied from the
outside. Crystal growth within the ageing zone is effected
at constant temperature and atmospheric pressure. The
concentrated mother liquor may be worked up by blend-
ing part of it with initial dextrose solution and recycling
it to the beginning of the process or by subjecting at least
part of it to a second cycle of operations comprising pass-
ing the concentrated mother liquor through a second
crystallization zone and a second ageing zone and sepa-
rating the resulting mass into a second portion of crystals
and a second mother liquor. The second portion of crys-
tals may be combined with crystals resulting from the
600
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
first cycle of operations or recovered separately or blended
with an initial dextrose solution and recycled to the begin-
ning of the process.
3,709,732
ULTRASONIC DISHWASHER
Max Thomen, 67 Ruebisbachstrasse, 8202 Kloten, Switzerland
FUed Aug. 12, 1971,Ser. No. 171,094
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 18, 1970,
12422/71
Int.CI. B08bJ//0
U.S. CI. 134—57 D 6 Claims
rr
is'
"^b^^^tay—
19 1« '" 2'
Piezoelectric transducers are attached to the bottom wall of
an upwardly open tub of austenitic stainless steel equipped
with a valved inlet in a side wall near the bottom wall, a valved
outlet in the bottom wall, a removable cover provided with a
receptacle for washing compositions, and a vertical row of
contacts on the side wall. After the washer cycle is started by
pressing a button, the washer is further controlled automati-
cally by the opening or closing of circuits between the con-
tacts and the grounded tub through the rising or receding
liquid in the tub A safety switch on the outer tank wall is kept
closed by a permanent magnet as long as the cover is in posi-
tion, and the receptacle is dropped to release the washing
composition upon retraction of a latch by an electromagnet on
the outer face of the tub side wall.
3,709,733
COMPOSITE PANEL STRL CTLT?E HAVING
MOUNTING INSERTS THEREIN
Steven E. Mautner, Beverly Hills, Calif., assignor to
Craig Systems Corporation, Lawrence, Mass.
Filed June 26. 1970, Ser. No. 50,045
Int. CI. E04c 2/10. 2/26
U.S. CI. 161—37 1 Claim
-£2 20Jt20/l6
A composite panel structure comprising rigid foam
slabs each enclosed by a jacket bonded thereto, the
jacketed slabs being arranged side by side in edge-abutting
relation to form a core. Outer skins are bounded to op-
posite sides of the core. Mounting inserts are potted in
cavities in the core wherever required.
3,709,734
CATHODES FOR SOLID ELECTROLYTE CELLS
Charles C. Liang, .Andover, Mass.. and Carl R. Schlaikjer.
Arlington, Mass., assignor to P. R. Mallory & Co., Inc.,
Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Feb. 9, 1971,S«r. No, 113,989
Int. CLHOlm/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 136—83 R 9 Claims
A solid state battery comprising cathode materials, in com-
position including an iodide in which the electrochemical ac-
tivity of the cathode material has the benefit of elemental
iodine. The corrosive action of volatized iodine of conven-
tional cathodic materials on the related elements of the solid
electrolyte battery is reduced by the iodine being held in a
solid chemical compound as a defined iodine complex and
further reduced by the use of a lead dioxide current collector,
which neither reacts with nor absorbs the active component of
the cathode, thus isolating other battery components from the
chemical action of iodine by preventing absorption and sub-
sequent diffusion of iodine vapor from the cathode mixture.
3,709,735
ELECTROCHEMICAL GENERATOR WITH
DISPERSE CARBON ELECTRODE
Maurice G. Bonnemay, Boulogne, Guy R. Bronoel,
Versailles, and Denis Doniat, Le Perreux, France, as-
signors to Agence Nationale de Valorisation de la
Recherche (.Anvar), Puteaux, France
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,328
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 4, 1969,
6902377
Int. CI. HOlm 29/04
U.S. CI. 136—86 A 11 Claims
The electrochemical generator has at least one elec-
trochemical storage means having a rechargeable elec-
trode whose active material is constituted by active car-
bon powder suspension in a liquid electrolyte. The suspen-
sion is circulated in contact with conducting grid ele-
ments. Under the effect of a charging voltage applied to
the grid elements the electrolyte provides, by electrolytic
decomposition, a fuel gas or an oxidising gas according
to the sign of the rechargeable electrode. The compact
electrode may be covered at least in part with a coating
of porous polyvinyl chloride, whose pores are permeable
to the electrolyte but not to the powdered material. The
electrode plates may be of cadmium and the electrolyte
of aqueous potassium hydroxide. A branch circuit may
be provided for the circulating electrolyte and a reservoir
of the powder material and filtration device for the elec-
trolyte so that the disperse electrode may be replenished
with fresh material.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
601
3,709,736
FUEL CELL SYSTEM COMPRISING NON-
CIRCULATING, COUNTER-CURRENT GAS
FLOW MEANS
Otto J. Adihart, Newark, and Peter L. Terry, Madison,
NJ., assignors to Engelhard Minerals & Chemicals
Corporation, Murray Hill, NJ.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 859,111,
Sept. 18, 1969. This application Aug. 17, 1970,
Ser. No. 64,319
Int. CI. HOlm 27/00
U.S. CI. 136—86 R 10 Claims
AMBIENT
AIR
HOT^
AIR
In an air-breathing fuel cell stack utilizing a stable acid
electrolyte system and electrically and thermally conduc-
tive plates between the individual ceils, the air sweep si-
multaneously supplies oxidant and maintains the temper-
ature and water balance in the cell. The triple function
control by air flow is made possible by virtue of a com-
bination of the particular type of electrolyte and by an
improved arrangement of air feed to the cells.
3,709,738
METHOD OF MAKING A BATTERY SEPARATOR
FROM A WEB OF NON-WOVEN POLYMERIC
fibfrs
Thomas J. Wetherell, New York, N.Y., assignor to High
Energy Processing Corporation, New Bedford, Mass.
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 24, 1969, Ser. No.
793,894. Divided and this application July 6, 1971,
Ser. No. 160,130
Int. CI. HOlm i/00
\5&. CI. 136—148 , 2 Claims
A method of making a battery separator for alkalme
storage batteries of the non-woven fiber mat type; the fiber
mat being impregnated with a polymeric binder and a
monomeric wetting agent, the thus impregnated mat being
subjected to irradiation to form a cross-linked unitary
structure.
3 709,739
ELECTRIC POWER GENERATOR
Alan David Webb, 44 Heathside,
Hincbley Wood, England
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 804,615,
Mar. 5, 1969. This application Dec. 21, 1971,
Ser. No. 210,460
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 7, 1968,
11,107/68
Int CI. HOlv 1/02
U.S. CI. 136—208 6 Claims
Am
3,709,737
LEAKPROOF BATTERY AND METHOD OF
MANUFACTURING THE SAME
Tadasu Fujimoto; Kotofusa Kuroda, and Akira Yamamoto, all
of Takatsuki, Japan, assignors to ^ uasa Batter> C ompan>.
Limited, Takatsuki, Osaka Prefecture. Japan
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,902
Claims priority, application Japan, April 24, 1970,
45/35820; April 24, 1970, 45/35821; April 24, 1970,
45/35822
Int. CI. HOlm J/02. 9/02
U.S.CL136-148 4 Claims
An electric power generator for petroleum wells com-
prises thermocouples connected into a series/parallel
arrangement having their hot junctions in thermal contact
with the petroleum and their cold junctions in contact
with the surroundings so that electric power is generated
by the Seebeck effect.
3,709,740
THERMOCOUPLE
Fred V. Kenyon, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Robertshaw Con-
trols Company. Richmond, Va.
Division of Ser. No. 705,767, Feb. 15, 1968, Pat. No.
3,650,843, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 651,570,
July 6, 1967, Pat. No. 3,522,107. This application Oct. 29,
1971,Ser. No. 193,695
Int. CL HOlv 7/02
U.S.CL 136-217 5 Claims
f
This invention relates to a method of manufacturing a leak-
proof battery, the battery being of the construction in which a
composition of a mixture of hydrated silica gel with ther-
moplastic synthetic resin is placed around a plate group,
heated in saturated steam above 100°C and solidified into a
liquid absorbable porous body integral with the plate group,
and the liquid absorbable porous body is impregnated with an
electrolyte and mounted in a battery container. Alternatively,
the battery container itself can be used as the mold.
"^
J
A thermocouple which may be attached to any tyoe of sup-
port bracket, has a mounting portion and a pair of adaptors
602
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
thereon in spaced relation to each other with each adaptor
having a resilient element cooperating with the mounting por-
tion to enable initial slip-on positioning of the two adaptors
which may be fmally moved into clamping positions relative to
the support bracket.
oxygen. The slab cast from the above melt is then hot
rolled, only above the A3 temperature, cold reduced from
60 to 80% and soaked at temperatures of 1200° F. to
3,709,741
IMPURITY PATTERNS PRODUCED BY ION
IMPLANTATION
Walter Maxwell (.ibson. Basking Ridse. N.J.. and Andrew
Rhodes Hutson. Summit. N.J., assignors to Bell Telephone
Laboratories Incorporated. Murray Hill. N.J.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,698
Int.CI. HOll i/00, 7/54
U.S.CL148-1.5 2 Claims
Stripe or spot patterns of impurities or dopants on a very
fine scale are produced in solid surfaces by high energy ion
bombardment through at least one thin screening crystal. The
ions are channeled through the screening crystal and interact
with the next crystal to produce a moire pattern of the bom-
barding ions at the surface of a substrate. The substrate can be
the second crystal or a third solid body intercepting the beam
emerging from a thin second crystal.
3,709.742
MULTI-COLOR ANODIZING PROCESS
FOR ALLMINXM
John J. Jacobs, Depew, N.Y., ajsignor to
Re Jo MuUi-CoIour, Inc., Depew, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,836
Int. CI. C23f 5104
U.S. CI. 148—6.1 5 aaims
In producing multi-color designs on an anodized alu-
minum, a first solution of either an acid or a base is ap-
plied to a dyed surface to produce a color change, and a
second solution of either the acid or base not previously
used, is applied to a portion of the already treated surface
to produce another color change.
1 1
to
I »
/.«
IT
I t
I J
I t
I I
I 0
% mueAMtse
1350° F. for 12 to 30 hours. R values greater than 2.0
may be obtained by finish hot rolling within a narrow
temperature range (just above the A3) and employing less
than 0.07/ Mn. '
3,709,745
THERMAL PROCESS FOR IMPROVING THE
MECHANICAL FORMING OF MAGNESIUM
ALLOYS ^ , , .
Ronald D. Koeplinger, Saginaw, John F. Pashak, Lin-
wood, and George S. Foerster, .Midland, Mich., as-
signors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,664
Int. CLC22f 7/06
U.S. CI. 148—11.5 M 12 Claims
3,709,743
ACIDIC DEPOSITION PROCESS
Jerr> Owen Dalton, and Richard B>rd (.raver, both of l.ouis-
\ille, K>.. assiunors to Celanese Coatings Compan\, New
York. VN .
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 880,914, Nov. 28, 1969,
abandoned. This application June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,847
Int. CI. C23f 7100: B44d 11098
U.S. CI. 148—6.2 1 1 Claims
A metallic article is coated with an adherent polymer film
by contacting the metallic article with an aqueous bath con-
taining an anionic surfactant stabilized emulsion of a synthetic
resinous film forming composition and an oxidizing acid. In-
teraction of the oxidizing acid and the metallic article
produces ions at the surface of the article which ions in turn
cause coagulation of the emulsion polymer at the bath-article
interface and, thereby, the formation of a coating of the
polymer on the surface of the article.
b^fpfsifi
3 " ■ 10
^2 _ 4
A process for producing a magnesium alloy die extru-
sion capable of being subsequently worked without in-
curring incipient surface cracking. The process comprises
die extruding a magnesium alloy, quenching the extru-
sion as it exits from the die, and annealing the extrusion
to provide randomly orientated grain structure at least
at the surface, thereby improving mechanical workability.
3,709,744
METHOD FOR PRODUCING LOW CARBON STEEL
WITH EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH DRAWABILITY
Stephen R. Goodman, Monroeville, and Hsun Hu, Frank-
lin Township, Westmoreland County, Pa., assignors to
United States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,018
Int. CI. C22c 39/30; C21d 9/48, 7/14
U.S. CI. 148—12 10 Claims
A sheet steel with exceptionally high drawability (R
value greater than 1.5) and high yield strength, is pro-
duced by adjusting the melt to less than 0.15% Mn, 0.03
to 0.1% C, 0.004 to 0.03% S and less than 150 p.p.m.
3,709,746
DOUBLE EPITAXIAL METHOD OF FABRICATING
A PEDESTAL TRANSISTOR
David De Witt, Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,013
Int. CI. HOll 7/36; 19/00
U.S. CI. 148 175 5 Claims
A double epitaxial process for forming a pedestal
transistor comprising the steps of providing a substrate
of a first conductivity type and then forming first and
second opposite conductivity type epitaxial layers there-
over. During the growth of the epitaxial layers, selected
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
603
out-diffusions from the epitaxial layers form a buried
subcoUector and pedestal collector region. Diffused iso-
lation regions and base and emitter regions are formed
3,709,750
HIGH PILE PRODUCT
Herman G. Minshell, Menasha, Wis., assignor to
Kimberly-Clark Corporation, Neenah, W is.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,903
Int. CL B32b 5/00
U.S. CI. 156—72 9 Claims
to complete the device in monolithic form. Precise thick-
ness and concentration control in the top epitaxial layer
affords optimizaUon of extrinsic base-collector capaci-
tance.
3,709,747
METALLIZED FUEL EMULSION
James Nixon, Westfield, Thomas J. Wallace, Whippany,
and Alan Beerbower, Westfield, N.J., assignors to Esso
Research and Engineering Company, Lmdeo, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,660
Int. CI. C06d 5/10
U S. CI. 149 22 13 Claims
A stable semi-solid or pseudoplastic fuel containing un-
usually high amounts, e.g., 70 wt. percent, of a metal
such as boron, aluminum, etc., is prepared by incorporat-
ing the metal in a non-aqueous or essentially non-aqueous
emulsion containing as the dispersed phase a major pro-
portion of a hydrocarbon, e.g., jet fuel, an emulsifier and
as the continuous phase a minor proportion of a polar
organic liquid such as formamide. Such emulsions are
readily pumpable and are useful as fuels in air-breathing
rockets.
3,709,748
IONIC INTERHALOGEN OXIDIZING AGENT AND
METHOD
Francisco Q. Roberto. Lancaster, Calif., assignor to the United
States of .America as represented by the Secretary of the
Air Force
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 48,614
Int.Cl.C06b/5/00
U.S. CI. 149— 109 6 Claims
ClFePtPe is prepared by reacting PtFg with ClFj in the
presence of ultraviolet light. ClF4PtFg is also produced by the
reaction and may be removed from the mixture by decomposi-
tion. ClFgPtFg is useful as an oxidizing agent and as an inter-
mediate in the preparation of other oxidizing agents contain-
ing chlorine in its -t-7 valence state.
3,709,749
METHOD OF ETCHING INSULATING HLMS
Junzi Sato, Yokohama, and Takako Tanabe, Kawasaki.
Japan, assignors to Fujitsu Limited, Kawasaki, Japan
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,379
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 1, 1969,
44/96,403
Int. CI. HOll 7/50; C23f i 7/00
U.S. CL 156—11 1 Claim
A high-loft, nonwoven fabric with a gathered sheet
material backing layer comprising a web of sheet material
with adhesive on each side thereof, the fabric also in-
cluding a multiplicity of fibers looped outwardly from the
backing layer; and a method and apparatus for making
the fabric by applying adhesive on a first side of the web
of sheet material, embedding a web of fibers in an open
pattern of adhesive applied to the opposite side of the web
of sheet material, and then gathering the sheet material
having the open pattern of adhesive into a gathered sheet
material backing layer with a rough uneven undersur-
face while looping the fibers outwardly from the backing.
3,709,751
PIPE INSULATING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Ronald E. Carlson and Milburn L. Hart, both of 5937 E.
Admiral Place, Tulsa, Okla. 74003
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,480
Int. CI. B32b 5/20,31/06
U.S. CI. 156—78 14 Claims
MwawMMiaiiwwuaiiB^^
A method and apparatus for applying a foam msula-
tion around the outer periphery of a pipe while simul-
taneously providing an outer seamless sleeve or jacket
around the applied foam insulation. The method and ap-
paratus applies the foam and jacket at the site of the in-
stallation of the pipe, such as in a pipe line, or the like.
A method of etching insulating film wherein a sub-
strate having a silicon nitride film or a silicon oxide film
is dipped in high temperature water of above 100° C.
3,709,752
METHOD OF MAKING SUEDE-LIKE PLASTIC
Reuben Wistozky, and Richard E. Petersen, both of Lowell,
Mass., assignors to Pandel-Bradford, Inc., Lowell, Mass.
Continuation of Ser. No. 661,459, Aug. 17, 1967, abandoned.
This application Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,193
lnt.CI.B32b5/7S,i7/00
U.S.CL 156-79 30 Claims
A suede-like plastic material is prepared from a fabric
coated with a cellular vinyl chloride resin. The surface of the
604
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
resin material is characterized by an undulating or irregular
surface which is generally uniformly composed of tensile rup-
tured cells giving the surface a suede-like appearance ap-
proaching that of natural suede leather. The suede material is
prepared by the bonding together of surfaces of two resin
layers of differing relative tensiles, at least one layer being
gelled blowable vinyl chloride resin, which are subsequently
heated to form a cellular laminate. The laminate is then
^-^:-u^^
with a hardened resin. The method includes the interpos-
ing of elongated, high density, glass fiber rods consisting
of a plurality of longitudinally disposed glass fibers bonded
together with a hardened binder resin while under tension
between layers of glass fiber fabric impregnated with a
^^ ^^
d.
^3 JO
delaminated by stripping the layers apart along the bonding
plane between the surface, the stripping occurring by the ten-
sile discontinuity of the original bonding or lamination process
thereby imparting a natural suede-like material to at least one
delaminated surface of the resin layers.
The suede-like surface can also be prepared by forming a
temperature gradient across a section of the foam and ruptur-
ing the cells.
3,709,753
METHOD OF APPLYING WINDOWS TO ENVELOPES
AND BAGS
(ierald A. Taylor. Bergen, NY., assignor to Rochester En-
velope Company, Rochester. N.\ .
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,652
Int. CI. B60j 9i00
U.S. CI. 156-108 7 Claims
hardenable resin. The resin of the fabric impregnates the
interstices between the rods forming a high strength inte-
gral, homogeneous, bonded member. The method of the
invention is practiced in both the forming of pole and
plank type members, and the basic inventive concepts may
be practiced in the forming of hollow and solid members.
3,709,755
MULTI-STATION LABELLING METHOD
Fred Joseph Wochner, HoUiston, Mass., assignor to Dennison
Manufacturing Company, Framingham, Mass.
Filed Sept. 11. 1970, S«r. No. 71,598
Int. CI. B65ci/05, 9/06
U.S. CI. 156—235 8 Claims
A blank for making an envelope with a window opening is
fed past a first station where a volatile solvent, such as
ethylene trichloride, is applied to the underside of the blank to
penetrate and partly or completely saturate the blank around
the window opening. Then a strip of a transparent material,
such as polystyrene, which is slightly larger than the window
opening is pressed onto the blank over the opening. The por-
tion of the strip overlying the blank around the opening is dis-
solved momentarily by the solvent and adheres completely
around the opening. Alternatively, the solvent can be applied
after the strips are placed over the window openings. Alcohol
may be added to the solvent to increase the speed and depth of
penetration of the solvent.
3,709,754
METHOD OF FORMING A CONSTRUCTION
MEMBER OF GLASS FIBER ELEMENTS
Albert Medler, Jackson, Mich., assignor to
Plastigage Corporation, Jackson, Mich.
Original application Jan. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 700,287, now
Patent No. 3,574,104, dated Apr. 6, 1971. Divided
and this application Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,151
Int. CI. B31c 9100; B65h 81100; F16I 9116
U.S. CI. 156—161 2 Claims
The invention pertains to a method for forming a con-
struction member of glass fiber elements impregnated
Method and apparatus for applying heat transfer labels from
a web or backing strip to a bottle or container. The labels
which are positioned one after another on the backing strip
are applied to the bottles or containers at a plurality of
labelling stations such that at first station a first label from a
sequence of labels is transferred and at a second station posi-
tioned downstream from the first station a subsequent label of
the sequence of labels is then transferred.
3,709,756
ARTICLE PROCESSING APPARATUS WFFH
FEEDER SHUTTLE DISCONNECT
Donald W. Watson, Arlington Heights, IIL, assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Original application Nov. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 774,957, now
Patent No. 3,614,088. Divided and this application Jan.
18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,533
Int. CL B65c 1/02
U.S. CI. 156^364 3 Claims
A driving apparatus for shuttle type article feeders, the
apparatus including a latch mechanism adapted to couple
the shuttle with a reciprocating driving element, abutment
means selectively interposed in the path of movement
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
605
of the latch mechanism and contactable with an operat- is moved by the welding mechanism it is rubbed against
ing arm of the latch mechanism to cause release of the the saw tooth blade so as to cut the tensioned loop from
latch mechanism and uncoupling of the shuttle, means
'^
to restrain the shuttle against movement when uncoupled,
and control means limiting uncoupling of the shuttle to
a predetermined shuttle operating position.
3,709,757
APPARATUS FOR BONDING MATING TUBULAR
JOINT MEMBERS
Richard A. Sturley, Kirkville, N.Y., assignor to Carrier
Corporation, Syracuse, N.Y.
Original application May 19, 1969, Ser. No. 825.696, now
Patent No. 3,636,186. Divided and this application Jan.
18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,597
Int. CI. B29d 3100; B05c 5100
U.S. CI. 156—423 2 Claims
The present invention is directed to the bonding of
tube joints exemplified by the securement of bell and
spigot tube ends on plate fin or spiral fin coil units em-
ployed in refrigeration apparatus, the bonding process
being characterized in part by accurate metering of a
predetermined quantity of a thermosetting structural ad-
hesive to particular locations on the mating tube joint
members and productive of an extremely high strength
bond therebetween resistive to deterioration after long
exposure to normal environmental conditions.
3,709,758
STRAP SEALING TOOL
Charles G. Gilmore, Wilmington, Del., assignor to FMC
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,009
Int. CI. B32b ill 20
U.S. CI. 156—494 4 Claims
A tool for friction welding a tensioned loop of plastic
strapping is provided with a stationary saw-toothed cut-
ter closely adjacent the welding mechanism. As the strap
a supply without leaving an outwardly directed tab ad-
jacent the welded joint.
3,709,759
DEVICE FOR REPAIRING PUNCH TAPE PRO-
VIDED WITH CODE HOLES AND FEED HOLES
Bohumil Hyca, Vanurova, Czechoslovakia, assignor to
Zbrojovka Brno. Narodni podnik, Brno, Czechoslovakia
Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,952
Claims prioritv, application Czechoslovakia, Feb. 12,
1970, 98.170/70; Oct. 10, 1970, 7,136/70
Int. CI. B31f 5106; K03d 15/04
U.S. CI. 156—506 7 Claims
A device for splicing or repairing punch tapes, and
subsequently repunching the splice. The device comprises
a base, at least two guide pins for the feed holes of the
punch tape, holders for the punch tape on the base, a
trimming die of code holes and feed holes of punch tape
on the base, a tiltable plate with guide holes for the holes
of the trimming die engaging with a hand punch for punch-
ing the code holes and at least one punch for punching
the feed holes. The trimming die comprises a transverse
slot along each side of which at least one row of holes
are disposed for punching the code holes and feed holes
of the punch tape, while the ^pacing between both rows
of holes placed next to the transverse slot equals the
spacing of characters on the punch tape or its full multiple.
3,709,760
MANUAL ADHESIVE TAPE APPLICATOR
Joachim H. Knoner, Bensberg. Germans . assignor to KTC-
Uerpackungen. GMBH. Bensberg near Cotogne. Germany
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,165
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 20, 1970, G 70
06 168.6
Int. CI. B32b 57/75, .?i/20
U.S. CI. 156-527 12 Clafans
A manual adhesive tape applicator comprises a frame carry-
ing a pressure application roll at one end of iti longitudinal
606
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
axis, a handle at the other end and a tape supply roll between
its ends The handle projects upwardly from the frame, away
from the pressure application roll and, in operation, away
from the surface to which the tape is to be applied. The handle
structural siib-assembly. Thereafter, their fitted and/or
near abutment portions are overlaid first with glue and
then with selectively formed and grain orientated plywood
reinforcements, which may either in the alternative or in
addition be overlaid with glue before their placement.
All the joining surfaces between all whole wood and
plywood componerits are secured together, by utilizing
methods and apparatus, wherein glue alone, as a fastening
agent, is thoroughly and uniformly distributed under con-
trolled forces created by new apparatus. During fabrica-
tion of these new wood products, high contact pressures
are maintained while both environmental and glue tem-
peratures are closely controlled, whereby, strong joints
and resulting overall all wood structures of great strength
are produced.
is substantially perpendicular at least at its base portion, to the
longitudinal axis of the frame. Above its base portion, the han-
dle may be curved over the frame so that the longitudinal axis
of the upper portion of the handle is substantially parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the frame
* ^
^-^
3,709,761
.\DHESIVE T.\PE DISPENSERS
Viktor Trueb, Oberbelfenschwil, Switzerland, and Walter
Hesener, 66 Rue de la Prulay, Meyrin-Gencva, Swit-
zerland
Filed Feb. U, 1971, Sen No. 114,519
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 16, 1970,
2,206/70, 2,'207/70; Apr. 17, 1970, 5,829/70; July 14,
1970, 10,705/70
Int. CI. B32b 31/18, 31/20
U.S. CI. 156—576 18 Claims
?fr 2k
A hand-operated dispenser for adhesive tape compris-
ing a casing adapted for rotatably supporting a roll of
adhesive tape, a more or less plane under-surface of the
casing adapted to glide over the surface of the article
to be taped, an inverted trough-shaped portion on the
underside of the casing, located rearwardly with respect
to the gliding surface, a slit-shaped opening for the tape
in said trough-shaped portion, a bridge piece separating
said slit from an opening for the lower end of a movable
member adapted with its lower projecting end to impart
pressure and a change of direction to the tape, and a
knife placed forward of the trough-shaped portion with
the knife edge pointing towards but ending above the
plane of the under-surface of the case.
^^^
^
Moreover, the methods employed and the apparatus
utilized make it possible to produce these all wood prod-
ucts more efficiently within a comparatively shorter fac-
tory building, as transverse rather than longitudinal move-
ments of the all wood products are undertaken during
their production.
3,709,763
LABEL SHEET AND DISPENSING BOARD
John E. O'Neil, Golden Valley, Minn., assignor to Meyers
Printing Company, North Minneapolis, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
847,128, Aug. 4, 1969. This application Nov. 4, 1970,
Ser. No. 86,719
Int. CI. B65h 47/00
U.S. CI. 156—584 7 Claims
3,709,762
PRESS FOR A WOODEN TRUSS
Benson Chandler, P.O. Box 224, Medina, Wash. 98039
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,715
, Int. CI. B32b 31/00; B30b 7/70
U.S. a. 156—580 11 Claims
To create and to meet a new wood products market
for factory fabricated all wood structural components,
such as joists and trusses, new methods and apparatus are
made available. Whole wood boards are positioned to
include spaces to form an overall contour of a larger
A printed identification label sheet is pattern coated
with adhesive, mounted on a backing sheet and pre-cut to
form labels. Each label has a tab portion without adhesive
that cooperates with elevational differences on the face
of a dispensing board. The tabs pop up when a label
is pushed down against the board. The labels may be
perforated and divisible to assist in recording which labels
have been used and how.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
607
3,709,764
HEAVY-DUTY WIPE AND METHOD FOR
PRODUCING SAME
Gordon D. Thomas, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Original application Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 788,987,
now Patent No. 3,616,133. Divided and this applica-
tion May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,823
Int. CI. B32h 5/00
U.S. CI. 156—177 9 Claims
'4JJ
and the like, in the form of a clear transparent polyester
cast resin body having a colored fiber glass paper inlay
embedded in the resin, such inlay preferably being a silk
screened multicolored configuration, the cast resin body
having an external shape corresponding to the external
shape of the colored inlay, forming a three dimensional
plastic duplicate of the colored inlay having the corre-
sponding coloration and outlines of the colored fiber glass
paper inlay, and creating a three dimensional effect to
the eye of an observer; and a light translucent polyester
resin sheet attached to the rear surface of the colored cast
An improved heavy-duty wipe made of non-woven ma-
terials, and a method of producing the same. The wipe
includes a central layer of multi-ply cellulosic tissue, a
web or sheet of open-mesh non-woven crossed threads on
each side of the central layer, and a thin applique of fine
fibrous material bonded to the outer surface of each
crossed-thread web. The central layer of multi-ply cellu-
losic tissue is bonded to both the warp threads and fill
threads on the warp thread side of each of the two webs
of non-woven material, and the fibrous appliques are
bonded to the fill thread sides of each web.
ERRATLTVl
For Class 161—37 see:
Patent No. 3,709,733
3,709,765
PRODUCT AND PROCESS INVOLVING OPTICAL
THIN FILM FILTERS PROTECTED AGAINST
DETERIORATION FROM HUMIDITY
John L. Miles, Belmont, Mass., assignor to Baird-Atomic,
Inc., Bedford, Mass.
Filed Nov, 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,259
Int. CI. B44f 7/00; G02b 7/70
U.S. CI. 161—1 . 4 Claims
^op
resin body, and preferably extending outwardly therefrom,
whereby light from a light source behind such translucent
sheet and transmitted diffusely through such sheet to the
cast resin body is uniformly transmitted also through such
body to light evenly and brightly the entire colored cast
resin body, and light transmitted diffusely through the
outer portions of said translucent sheet around the colored
cast resin body, highlights the colored representation in
the brightly lighted colored cast resin body. Preferably, a
border area, which may be of decorative design, and
formed of an opaque polyester resin, is disposed around
the outer edge portions of the translucent resin sheet.
3.709,767
DECORATION
Riki Saiga, 25-1, 3-chome, Asakusabashi Taito-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,897
Int. CI. A49g 33/08
U.S. CI. 161—14 15 Claims
An optical thin film filter having a plurality of alternat-
ing high and low index dielectric layers sandwiched be-
tween a pair of substrates is protected against impair-
ment from humidity by vapor deposition of a water im-
permeable metallized film about the exposed edges of the
layers and substrates.
3,709,766
DECORATIVE LIGHT DIFFUSING ELEMENT
Norman M. Brody, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to
Norman Industries, Inc., Santa Fe Springs, Calif.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,533
Int. a.B44f7 /OO, 7/00
U.S. CI. 161—3.5 13 Claims
Lamp element comprising three dimensional plastic
colored article, e.g. reproduction of a cartoon character
This decoration is characterized by being formed by
forming strips by cutting off such material which can be
cut as a paper, cardboard or synthetic resin sheet along
straight, curved or wavy lines by leaving slight connecting
parts, alternately folding them around the connecting
parts as centers, making small holes in the folded strips
608
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
connecting them through rings or strings and developing
and fixing the alternately folded parts to have any
variations.
3,709,768
fflGH-LOFT, NON WOVEN FABRIC
Robert J. Stumpf, Appleton, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 769,959,
Oct. 23, 1968. This application Apr. 23, 1970,
Ser. No. 31,225
Int. CI. D04h7;/00
VS. CI. 161—63 28 Claims
being provided in the control arrangement to energize and
deenergize the zone thermostats, the master control ener-
gizing the individual zone thermostats in response to a
preselected temperature variation from the zone thermo-
stat set point in a representative zone, deenergization of
the zone thermostats by the master control allowing the
temperature in each of the zones to increase or decrease
from the zone thermostat set point and reduce the load
on the air-conditioning system for weekend and nighttime
operation.
3,709,770
DECORATIVE EXTERIOR PANEL SYSTEM
FOR AUTOMOBILES
Clifford E. Hale, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Gulf +
Western Industrial Products Company, Grand Rapids,
Mich.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,894
Int. CI. B32h 1/04. 3/02
U.S. CI. 161—44 23 Claims
A high-loft, nonwoven fabric with a substantially con-
tinuous backing layer of adhesive and a multiplicity of
fibers looped outwardly from the backing; and a method
of making the fabric by first embedding a web of fibers
in an open pattern of adhesive and then consolidating the
adhesive into a substantially continuous backing layer
while looping the fibers outwardly from the backing. In
certain instances, the loops may be subsequently shorn,
the backing may be stretched or perforated, or the fabric
may be laminated to an additional backing or backings
to change the final characteristics of the product.
3,709.769
CONTROL FOR AIR-CONDITIOMNG APPARATUS
Russell E. Wood, East Syracuse, N.Y., assignor to
Carrier Corporation, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,090
Int. CI. F24f 3/00
U.S. CI. 161—22 4 Claims
Trim panel structures are disclosed of the character
adapted to be mounted on the exterior surfaces of vehicle
panels such as fender, door, quarter and tailgate panels
of a station wagon to provide the vehicle exterior with a
wood panel and border appearance. Each trim panel is
defined by a sheet of thermoplastic material formed to
define integral panel and border portions having decorable
outer surfaces. The outer periphery of the trim panel
corresponds in contour generally to the outer periphery
of the vehicle panel to which it is to be attached, and
decorative means is applied to the decorable outer surfaces
of the panel and border portions to provide for the panel
portion to have a wood panel appearance and to provide
for the border portion to have a wood grained appearance
contrasting in color with the panel portion.
3,709,771
ARTICLE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE
Harold D. Boultinghouse, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
Original application Dec. 2, 1966, Ser. No. 598,682, now
Patent No. 3.580,761, dated May 25, 1971. Divided
and this application Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 43,638
Int. CI. B32b 5/02; D04h 11/00
U.S. CI. 161—67 5 Claims
A control arrangement for an air-conditioning system 1. An article comprising a porous backing material hav-
adapted to serve a plurality of zones, a master control ing tufts of organothermoplastic material attached thereto,
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
609
each of said tufts comprising single strands compressed
and thermally welded together with other strands at the
point of juncture of said tuft and said backing, and said
organothermoplastic material being thermally welded to
said backing material by said organothermoplastic tuft
material dispersed within the porosity of said backing
material.
3,709,774
PREPARATION OF ASYMMETRIC POLYMER
MEMBRANES
Shiro G. Kimura, Alplaus, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company, Schenectady, N.Y.
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,923
Int. CI. B32b 5/18
U.S. CI. 161—159 3 Claims
3,709,772
THERMALLY INSULATED COMPOSITE ARTICLE
Hal H. Rice, Birmingham. Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,323
Int. CI. B32b 3/20
U.S. CI. 161—139 11 Claims
A thermally insulated fluid conducting composite arti-
cle including a rigid inner core member of erosion resist-
ant material defining a fluid passage and being cushioned
from an outer metallic shell by an intermediate layer of
resilient material. The core member thermally insulates
the outer metal shell from the fluid flowing therethrough
while the cushioning layer absorbs shock loads between
the core and the shell thereby reducing the possibility of
fracture of the somewhat fragile rigid core member.
3,709,773
GLASS REINFORCED INJECTION
MOLDING PELLET
Norman T. Hall, Phoenixville, Pa., assignor to Liquid
Nitrogen Processing Corporation, Malvern, Pa.
Original application June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 833,983, now
Patent No. 3,608,033. Divided and this application Oct.
27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,444
Int. CI. B32b 5/02
U.S. CI. 161—176 1 Claim
A method is disclosed for the preparation (by the
utilization of a proper solvent system) of dry asymmetric
membranes comprising a porous layer of interconnected
crystals of polymer material. Membranes of many poly-
mer materials may be optionally prepared either with or
without a dense surface layer as one face thereof. In
either case the porous layer is structured with graded
porosity. A three-component casting solution is prepared
containing the polymer, a first good volatile solvent for
the polymer and (relative to the first solvent) a poor
less-volatile solvent for the polymer, which is miscible
with the good solvent. A membrane is cast, allowed to
desolvate for a short time and is then immersed in a
leaching agent, that is miscible with both the aforemen-
tioned solvents but is a non-solvent for the polymer. The
membrane is then permitted to dry.
3,709,775
PRODUCT COMPOSITIONS FOR MAGNETIC IN-
DUCTION METHODS TO TREAT AND HEAT-
SEAL PREDETERMINED AREAS OF PARENT
UNITS
Albert L. James, Hickory Corners, Mich., assignor of a
fractional part interest \o W illiam C. Heller, Milwaukee,
Wis. ^
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
786,294, Dec. 23, 1968, which is a division of applica-
tion Ser. No. 374,470, June 11, 1964. now Patent No.
3,461,014, dated Aug. 12, 1969. This application Nov.
17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,445
Int. CI. B29c 27/04; C08f 45/04; C08k 1/02
\}&. CI. 161—162 9 Claims
y^-/
Process for production of molding compositions con-
taining high weight percentage of glass comprising feed-
ing an extruded mixture of glass fibers and molten ther-
moplastic resin to a cross-head die, coating continuous
glass roving with said mixture in said cross-head die,
solidifying said molten thermoplastic while said thermo-
plastic is coated on said roving, and pelletizing the same
into pellets containing between about 61 to 90 weight per-
cent glass. The molding composition is in the form of
such pellets which generally comprise right cylinders hav-
ing a diameter of between %2 and Vi inch and a height
of between Vs to Vi inch.
Certain product compositions for association in or at-
tachment to one or more parent units to produce treat-
ment and heat sealing of predetermined areas of the par-
ent member or members. The product compositions in all
instances include a stratum of a heat-reactive plastic
material which has substantially uniformly dispersed
therein very fine susceptor particles selected from the
chemical family of magnetic oxides. These particles are
electrically non-conductive and are preferably employed
in an average size range between sub-micron and 20 mi-
crons in longest dimensions, the said stratum, subjected
610
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
to a suitable magnetic induction field, becoming rapidly
heated to temperatures for heat processing the plastic
material contiguous to the particles. In some instances the
said stratum consists in a heat-fusible plastic surface or
plastic unit with the susceptor particles dispersed rather
densely and uniformly in said surface or unit. In other
instances the stratum, with the susceptor particles em-
bedded therein or carried thereby, is independently manu-
factured or produced and sandwiched between interfac-
ing an opposed portions of a parent unit or sheet or sand-
wiched between two parent members or units.
3,709,776
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CEMENT-
ABLE POLYVINYL FLUORIDE SHEETING
Otto Fuchs, Troisdorf-Oberlar, Gerhard Bier, Troisdorf,
and Werner Trautvetter, Troisdorf-Oberlar, Germany,
assignors to Dvnarait Nobel AG, Troisdorf, Germany
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96.876
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 12, 1969,
P 19 62 329.1
Int. CI. B32b 27/20, 27/40
VS. CI. 161—189 6 Claims
Improvements in the joining of polyvinyl fluoride
shaped articles, particularly film or sheeting, to other
materials by means of an intermediate adhesive by using
a solution or dispersion of a vinyl fluoride polymer which
has been postchlorinated to a chlorine content of 5 to 27
weight percent or a copolymer of vinyl fluoride and vinyl
chloride having a vinyl chloride content of 10 to 65 weight
percent as the cement.
3,709,779
BLEACHING OF MECHANICAL PULPS WITH
HYDROSl LFITE IN THE PRESENCE OF AN
ALKALI METAL SILICATE
Virendra N. Gupta, Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Canadian International Paper Company,
Montreal, Quebec, Canada
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,750
Int. CI. D21c 9/10
U.S. CI. 162—71 11 Claims
A process is described in which mechanical pulps are
bleached with sodium or zinc hydrosulfite in the presence
of sodium silicate. The addition of silicate increases the
brightness gain obtained by hydrosulfite alone and reduces
the grinding power consumption. Silicate can thus replace
sodium tripolyphosphate for this use and thereby elimi-
nate phosphate pollution due to newsprint or other paper
mill effluents.
3,709,780
PROCESS AND PRODUCT FOR MAKING PAPER
PRODUCTS OF IMPROVED DRY STRENGTH
Robert Clayton Slagel, Pittsburgh, and Gloria Di Marco
Sinkovitz, Bridgeville, Pa., assignors to Calgon Corpo-
ration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
160,097, Julv 6, 1971. This application Nov. 4, 1971,
Ser. No. 195,815
Int. CI. D21d 3/00; D21h 3/40
U.S. CI. 162—168 5 Claims
Paper products exhibiting markedly improved dry
strength properties are produced by adding to the cellu-
lose paper dispersion a chitin-based compound comprising
a graft copolymer of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sul-
fonic acid onto a chitosan substrate.
3,709,777
PHTHALATE POLYMER IMPREGNATED SHEET
Toshio Takikawa, Toyonaka, KoujI Satomo, Amagasaki,
and Takashi Kodama, Nishinomiya, Japan, assignors
to Osaka Soda Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 6, 1968, Ser. No.
773.970, now Patent No. 3,671,354, dated June 20,
1972. Divided and this application June 15, 1971, Ser.
No. 153,432
Int. CI. B32b 27/70. 27/36
U.S. CI. 161—232 1 Claim
Metho4 of manufacturing remarkably improved decora-
tive laminate boards by utilizing resin comprising diallyl
phthalate prepolymer substantially free from diallyl
phthalate monomer, and a polyester composed of specific
components in specific amounts; and resin-impregnated
sheets in use for the manufacturing of said laminate
boards.
ERRATUM
For Class 162 — 167 see:
Patent No. 3,709,857
3,709,781
SPACE NUCLEAR PLANT
Peter Fiebelmann, Besozzo: Helmut Neu, Travcdona, and
I mberto Buzzi, Laveno. all of Italy, assignors to European
Atomic Energy Community (Euratom), Brussels. Belgium
Filed May 12, 1969, S«r. No. 823,794
Claims priority, application Germany, May 24, 1968, P 12
64 364.0
Int. CI. G21c/ 5/00
i;.S. CI. 1 76 - 39 6 Claims
3,709,778
METHOD FOR BLEACHING GROUNDWOOD PULP
WITH TERTIARY BUTYL HYDROPEROXIDE
Robert Lincoln, \loylan. Pa., and Joseph A. Me>ers. III.
Springfield, Pa., assignors to Atlantic Richfield Company,
Ne>y ^ork. N.N .
Continuation-in-partofS«r. No. 753,713, Aug. 19, 1968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,961
Int. CLD21C 9/76
U.S.CL162— 71 6 Claims
Bleaching of ligneous cellulosic materials such as ground-
wood pulp by treating the pulp with an aqueous solution of
tertiary butyl hydroperoxide and a buffering agent and
thereafter contacting the pulp with a sulfite compound.
A nuclear power plant for space stations having a heating
core, a reflector at least partially pivotal about the core and a
system of heat pipes penetrating into the core. The heat pipes
supply reaction heat to thermionic converters disposed in the
reflector zone with heat reflected from the converters being
dissipated into space by cooling means.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
611
3,709,782
HETEROPLOID CELL LINES
Sydney Edwin Smith, Kevin J. O'Reilly, and John Prydie,
London, England, assignors to Burroughs Wellcome
Co., Research Triangle Park, N.C.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 863,715
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 8, 1968,
47,737/68
Int. a. C12k 1/06, 7/00, 9/00
U.S. CL 195—1.8 4 Claims
A heteroploid cell line produced by culturing and sub-
culturing a diploid cell line in a medium providing the
necessary nutritional composition such that the total pas-
saging of the cell line exceeds the 40th to 50th passage
level and until the proportion of cells having abnormal
chromosomal characteristics rises above 25% of the total.
The diploid cell line is derived from tissues of feline em-
bryos which have been cultured and subcultured up to the
40th passage level. The heteroploid cell line is separated
from the culturing medium and inoculated with a virulent
strain of a virus so as to propagate the virus thereon. The
propagated virus strain is then further passaged on hetero-
ploid cell lines to produce an attenuated antigenic ma-
terial that may be used in a vaccine. The propagated virus
strain may also be inactivated with a suitable inactivating
agent so as to produce an inactivated antigenic material
that may be used in a vaccine.
(a) growing a microorganism on a n-paraflRns substrate,
(b) separating a microorganism phase, (c) contacting the
microorganism phase with a n-paraffinic stock which is
3,709,783
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING PROTEINS BY
FERMENTATION
Katsunobu Tanaka, Takeo Suzuki, Ken Yamaguchi. and
Masaki Yamamoto, Machida, Japan, assignors to
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 677,862, Oct. 25, 1967. This application
July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 52,067
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 28, 1966,
41/70,720
Int. CI. C12b 1/00; A23j 7/00
U.S. CI. 195—28 R 13 Claims
A process for producing proteins by fermentation which
comprises culturing a microorganism capable of assimilat-
ing hydrocarbons and which belongs to the genus Arthro-
bacter, Brevibacterium, Micrococcus, Corynebacterium,
Bacterium, Pseudomonas, Mycobacterium, Nocardia,
Candida or Aspergillus under aerobic conditions in an
aqueous nutrient medium containing at least one hydro-
carbon as the main carbon source. The proteins accumu-
late extracellularly in the resultant culture liquor. An
agent to help discharge the proteins into the medium may
also be included therein, for example, antibiotics, surface
active agents, higher fatty acids or higher fatty acid
esters.
3,709,784
HYDROCARBON FERMENTATION
Andre Deschamps, Cbatou, Sigismond Franckowiak,
Montesson, Claude Gatellier, Boulogne. Seine, Georges
Glikmans, Meudon la Foret, and Philippe Renault,
Noisy le Roi, France, assignors to Institut Francais du
Petrole, Des Carburants ct Lubrifiants, Rueil Mal-
maison, France
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,184
Claims priority, application France, June 7, 1969,
6923037
Int. CL CI 2b 7/00
U.S. CI. 195—28 R 13 Claims
This invention relates to a five-steps process for growing
microorganisms such as yeasts, said process comprising
used thereafter as substrate for the first step, (d) subject-
ing the resulting microorganism to the cultivation con-
ditions of step one, without added hydrocarbon, and (e)
separating the resulting microorganisms.
3.709,785
METHOD OF PRODUCING L-TYROSINE BY
FERMENTATION
Shinichiro Otsuka, Kanagayya-ken; Takeshi Honda. Kar\a-
gayya-ken, and Akio N amanoi. Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors
to Ajinomoto Co.. Inc.. Tokyo. Japan
Filed Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 80,506
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 29, 1969. 44/86602
Int. CI. CI 2d ;i/06
U.S. CI. 195—29 9 Claims
Spontaneously or artificially induced mutants of microor-
ganisms of the genera Brevibacterium. Corynebacterium,
Arthrobacter, Bacillus, and Candida which are capable of
growing on otherwise conventional culture media containing
enough m-fluorophenylalanine to suppress growth of the
respective parent strains include many strains also capable of
producing extracellular L-tyrosine in amounts sufficient to
warrant recovery on a commercial scale. The most effective
tyrosine producing mutants were derived from strains of
Brevibacterium flavum and lactofermentum. Bacillus subtilis.
and Candida lipolytica.
3,709,786
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING MCOTINANflDE
^ ADENINE DINUCLEOTIDE
Kiyoshi Nakayama, Sagamihara-shi, Japan, assignor to
Kyowa Hakko Kog>o Co., Ltd.. Tokyo. Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
,No. 656,651, Julv 28, 1967. This application June 17,
1968, Ser. No. 737,306
Claims priority, application Japan, July 29, 1966,
41/49,396, 41/49,397
Int. CL C 1 2d 7 i/06
U.S. CI. 195—28 N 10 Claims
The present disclosure relates to a method for producing
nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide which comprises cultur-
ing a microorganism capable of producing nicotinamide
adenine dinucleotide in an aqueous nutrient medium under
aerobic conditions in the presence of at least one material
selected from the group consisting of adenine adenosine,
adenosine monophosphate, adenosine diphosphate and
adenosine triphosphate with or without a second material
selected from the group consisting of nicotinic acid, nico-
tinamide, nicotine mononucleotide, nicotinamide mono-
nucleotide, nicotinic acid riboside, nicotinamide riboside,
and nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide. Derivatives and
various mixtures of these compounds may be employed.
612
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,787
PRODUCING L-GLUTAMIC ACID
Toshlhiko Kanzakl and Isamu Nakatsul, Kakogawa,
Yoshlo Sugiyama and MasaaU Mshio. Takasago, and
Michio Ishlkawa, Kobe, Japan, assignors to Takeda
Chemical Industries, Ltd., Osaka, Japan ,„,,,.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 101,113
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 25, 1969,
44/104,578
Int CI. C12d 13/06
U.S. CI. 195 30 ^ Claims
Microbiological production of L-glutamic acid by culti-
vating an L-glutamic acid-producing microorganism such
as Brevibacterium flavum (ATCC 14067) in a culture
medium containing copper, and acetic acid as the carbon
source.
These improvements permit the efficient processing of
commercial size batches of more concentrated enzyme
solutions without treatment with oxidizing agents.
3,709,791 ^„,^
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LYMPHOCYTE
SEPARATION FROM BLOOD
Bernard Lichtenstein, Yorktown Heighte, N.Y., assignor
to Technicon Instruments Corporation, Tarrytown, IN.Y.
Filed Apr. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,524
Int. CI. C12k 1/00
U.S. CI. 195—127 * «-'»''"'
3,709,788
BLEACHED STARCH COMPOSITION OF IJVl-
PROVED ENZYME CONVERTIBILITY AND
PROCESS FOR USE THEREOF
Roland W. Bert, Raymond A. Doughty, and Leonard P.
Vander Burgh, Decatur, III., assignors to A. E. Staley
Manufacturing Company, Decatur, III. -, g-o
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,519
Int. CI. C12b 1/00
UA CI. 195 31 R ^^ Claims
An improved enzyme convertible starch composition
comprising bleached starch, calcium compound and sul-
fite salt or precursor. When mixed with water and alpha-
amylase, and maintained between about 160° F. and
195° F. and between 6.0 and 7.5 pH, composition yields
an improved starch conversion product.
S6 ,84
3,709,789
BIOCHEMICAL ALDOSTERONE SYNTHESIS
Eiji Kendo, Ikeda, Takashl Mitsugi, Senboku-gun, and
Kazuo Tori, Kobe, Japan, assignors to Shionogi & Co.,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan ^^„ o ii.T ^^a oi^
No Drawing. AppllcaHon Jan. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 790,834,
now Patent No. 3,631,031, which is a continuation-m-
part of abandoned application Ser. No. 555,220, June
6, 1966. Divided and this application Feb. 16, 1971,
Ser. No. 115,842 , ,, .oxc
Claims priority, application Japan, June 11, 1965,
40/34,820, 40/34,821, 40/34,822
Int CI. C07c 167/00
UA a. 195—51 R 10 Claims
Corticosterone or esters thereof is treated with the
enzymes of Corynespora fungus to obtain novel 18-hy-
droxycorticosterone inter- and/or intra-molecular acetals
and/or acylates thereof accompanied with several mono-
hydroxycorticosterones, then the product is treated with
acid or mixture of acid and acylating agent to form ether
bridge between positions 11 and 18, finally the 18-deoxy-
aldosterone derivatives obtained are treated again with the
enzymes of Corynespora fungus to prepare aldosterone,
18-dehydroaldosterone, 9a-hydroxy-ll|9,l8-epoxy-4-andro-
stene-3,17-dione.
New and improved method and apparatus for the
separation of lymphocytes from whole blood samples
under sterile conditions are provided and comprise sterile,
disposable syringe means in which are mixed and in-
cubated a blood sample and a separating agent. The
latter includes sensitized magnetic particles which are
effective to tag the blood sample leukocytes to the sub-
stantial exclusion of the lymphocytes, and an erythrocyte
sedimenting agent which is effective to promote the set-
tling of the blood sample erythroytes. Following mix- ^
ture incubation and settling in the syringe, the same is
operatively positioned on sample transfer and magnetic
separator means which include a sterile, disposable sample
transfer tube and an operatively associated magnetic
separator. The mixture is pumped at substantially constant
flow rate from said syringe, by automatic actuation of
the syringe plunger, for flow through said operatively
associated transfer tube and magnetic separator with re-
sultant substantial retention of the tagged leukocytes
therein and continued flow of the lymphocytes in the
plasma through the remainder of the transfer tube to
lymphocyte collection means.
3,709,790
PROTEOLYTIC ENZYME FORMULATION
Jack F. Beuk, 6 S. Madison St., Hinsdale, 111. 60521,
and William D. Warner, 732 Benton Court, Elmhurst,
lU. 60126 „ ^, „,,,
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,133
Int CI. C07g 7/022
U.S. CI. 195—66 R 16 Claims
An improved method for preparing reversibly inactive
plant derived proteolytic enzyme solutions for in vivo
intravascular injection wherein: (1) the pH of the enzyme
solutions are elevated to between about 8.0-10.0, and (2)
the solutions are treated with suitable sequestering agents.
3,709,792
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
TREATING SEWAGE
QuenHn L. Hampton, Ormand Beach, Ha., assignor to
FMC Corporation, San Jose, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
843,071, July 18, 1969. This apphcation Feb. 16, 1V71,
Ser. No. 115,505
Int CI. C02c 1/06
U.S CI 210 7 Claims
An apparatus for treating sewage having a central zone
compartmentalized to provide in line aeration, settling
and disinfecting compartments with a common longitudi-
nal axis for liquid flow therethrough and having a sludge
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL '
613
digestion compartment along one lateral side of said
central zone and a sludge re-aeration compartment along
the other lateral side of said central zone. Means are pro-
vided along the lateral side of the aeration compartment
running parallel to the longitudinal flow axis, designed to
deliver supernatant liquor with uniform distribution along
the full length of the wall common to the digestion com-
partment and said aeration compartment and a re-aerated
recycle sludge medium with uniform distribution along
the full length of the wall common to said re-aeration
compartment and said aeration compartment. Liquid flow
and provides a curtain of negative pressure around the
perimeter of the door. A spillage box is extended to a
position beneath the doorsill to catch the fallout of coke
when the door is retracted.
conducting means are positioned transverse to the longi-
tudinal flow axis of the settling compartment and above
the normal liquid level therin and control means are
provided to direct part of the sludge to the re-aeration
compartment and the balance of the sludge to the digestion
compartment. Conduit means movable in said settling
compartment transverse to the longitudinal flow axis is
associated with said flow conducting means for delivery
of sludge from the settling compartment and airlift means
induces movement of settled sludge through said conduit
means.
3,709,795
PURmCATION OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS BY
CHEMICAL TREATMENT AND DISTILLATION
Thomas C. Singleton, Texas City. Tex., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 8,079
Int CI. BOld 3/34; C07c 53/08
U.S. CI. 203 31 1® Claims
A process for the removal of halide impurities from
carboxylic acids, said process comprising contacting a
carboxylic acid containing halide impurities with a treat-
ing agent comprising an inorganic oxidizing agent, sub-
jecting the treated carboxylic acid stream to distillation
to remove an overhead and a bottoms product, said over-
head product containing said carboxylic acid substantially
purified of said halide impurities.
3,709,793
CONTROL OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION IN
TALL OIL FRACTIO.NATION
Dellason F. Bress, Murray Hill, N.J., assignor to
Foster Wheeler Corporation. Livingston, NJ.
Filed July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,723
Int CL BOld 3/00
U.S. CI. 203—4 7 Claims
Tall oil is fractionated with little or no environmental
pollution. The stripping steam and the odorous com-
pounds it carries with it are condensed by foul water
being recycled through the condenser, an amount of foul
water equal to the stripping steam coming into the con-
denser being purged, revaporized and used again as
stripping steam in the fractionation process.
3,709,796
METHOD OF USING SELF-COMPENSATING
ELECTRODE SYSTEM
Kari Lewis King, Milwaukee, and James R. .Arrington.
Muskego, Wis., assignors to American Limnetics Instru-
ments Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,864
Int CI. BOld 59/40
U.S. CI. 204—1 T 5 Claims
3,709,794
COKE OVEN MACHINERY DOOR
EXTRACTOR SHROUD
Raymond C. Kinzler, Carnegie, William D. Edgar,
Allison Park, and John D. Sustarsic, McKees Rocks,
Pa., assignors to Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsburgh,
Pa.
Filed June 24, 1971. Ser. No. 156,412
Int CI. ClOb 25/14
U.S. CI. 202—248 10 Claims
A shroud that is movable into position with a door ex-
tractor forms a seal with the bUckstays of a coke oven
je«
i,iiiir'""tf—"""
SS2
An electrode type sensing device which employs two
separated measuring electrodes of the same type and a
common ground for making electrode potential deter-
minations such as dissolved oxygen and pH measurement
614
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
in a liquid. In one embodiment, one of the measuring
electrodes is disposed in a standard solution which is
placed in but sealed from the material to be tested except
for an electrical communication. In an alternative em-
bodiment, both measuring electrodes'^are placed in a mate-
rial, the ion or molecular content of which is to be
measured but, at a substantial distance from each other
and with a common ground. Both embodiments eliminate
the previous problem of tempierature and other environ-
mental aspects which affect a reference electrode and the
measuring electrode in a different manner.
3,709,797
METHOD OF MAKING A FIBRE-REINFORCED
PLAIN BEARING
James J. Stobo. Weybridge, England, assignor to The
Glacier Metal Company Limited, Alperton, Wembley,
England
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,453
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 10, 1969,
34,852 69
Int. CI. C23b 7/0; F16c 9/00
U.S. CI. 204—16 4 Claims
The invention is a method of making bearing strips
in which a steel or other backing has carbon or other
fibres in successive pieces extending parallel with one
another over one face, the fibres being embodied in a
metal applied onto that face of the strip to form a re-
inforced bearing lining. In a method of making such a
bearing a number of lengths of stripextending side by
side are wound in an electroplating bath through which
they progress.
3 709 798
ELECTRODEPOSITION OF NICKEL
Joseph R. Duchene, Southfield, .Mich., assignor to The
Richardson Chemical Company, Baltimore, Md.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
52,083, July 2, 1970. This application Oct. 13, 1971,
Ser. No. 188,771
Int. CI. C23b 5/08
U.S. CI. 204 — 49 3 Qaims
An aqueous acidic bath solution for electroplating
nickel includes at least one nickel salt as a source of
nickel and, as a brightener, a combination of an oxy-
ethylenated sulfoiene compound and a water-soluble allyl
sulfonate in an amount sufficient to produce a bright
nickel electrodeposit.
3,709,799
BRIGHT TIN ELECTRODEPOSITING
Marcis M. Kampe, Brookline, Mass., assignor to Entbone,
Incorporated, New Haven, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,730
Int. CI. C23b 5/14
U.S. CI. 204—54 R 24 Claims
Acid tin baths for electrodepositing bright tin compris-
ing tin ions, free acid, a non-ionic surface active agent
and as a brightening agent a Schiff base-terminated, sub-
stantially linear, low molecular weight, soluble polymeric
crotonaldehyde. The polymeric crotonaldehyde is a Schiff
base-terminated homopolymer or copolymer. The mole
ratio of the primary amine precursor of the Schiff base
terminal group or groups to a-, /3-ethylenically unsaturated
aldehyde, which is crotonaldehyde in the case of the ho-
mopolymers and the total of crotonaldehyde plus a dif-
ferent a-, /j-ethylenically unsaturated aldehyde copolym-
erizable compound when such a compound is a copolym-
erizable reactant, provided in the polymerization reac-
tion mixture in the preparation of the polymer is in the
molar ratio range of about 1:2.5 to about 1:7.5 respec-
tively. Additive compositions for said tin electrodepositing
baths are also provided by this invention.
3,709,800
PROCESS FOR PREPARING PERFLUOROCARBON
CO.MPOLNDS
Homer M. Fox, Bartles\ille, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
* Filed Mar. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,115
Int. CI. C07b 29/06; C07c 19/08, 17/20
U.S. CI. 204—59 R 12 Claims
Perfluorocarbon compounds are produced by a process
comprising a combination of steps including electrochemi-
cal fluorination and chemical fluorination.
3,709,801
PRODUCTION OF ALKYL SILICATES
Terence dcirdon Tripp. Chester. Kngland. assiunor t<» Mon-
santo Chemicals Limited. London. Kngland
Filed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No.. 10.300
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 11, 1969,
7,342/69
lnt.CLBOlki/00
U.S. CL 204— 59 11 Claims
This invention involves the production of an alkyl silicate in
which the alkyl group has from one to three carbon atoms in-
volving the passage of an electric current through a liquid
medium comprising a solution of a monohydric alcohol having
from one to three carbon atoms per molecule and as a sup-
porting electrolyte an acid or metal salt compatible with the
monohydric alcohol with no more than 3 percent by weight of
water based on the weight of the monohydric alcohol being
present using a silicon anode and passing the electric current
until alkyl silicates are present in the liquid medium.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
615
3,709,802
LIQUID FOOD DECOLORIZATION
Akira Okuhara; Takashi Nakajima. both of Noda-shi, and
Nobuo Saito, Nagareyama-shi. all of Japan, assignors to
KikkomanShoNuCo.. Ltd.. Noda-shi. Japan
FUed March 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,632
lnt.Cl.B01k//00,J//0
U.S. CI. 204— 1 37 R 8 Claims
effect of ionizing radiation in the presence of an ionogenic
emulsifying agent taken with a concentration lower than
the critical concentration of micelle formation of said
emulsifying agent.
®
-12
" Hi
-S^
13
'
1
\
\
^
i
1
i
\
[in 11
^^
A liquid food such as soy sauce, and a fruit juice, is elec-
trolytically reduced in an electrolytic cell comprising an anode
isolated from the liquid food by an ion-permeable membrane,
at least one metallic net or perforated plate cathode and a ves-
sel for encasing the anode and the cathode by applying a
potential between the electrode, while filling the liquid food in
the vessel. Melanoidins contained in the liquid food is
decolorized thereby.
3,709,803
METHOD OF TREATING METAL ARTICLES
Graham L. Gulick, 4559 N. Hamlin, Chicago, lU. 60625
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
833,720, June 16, 1969. This application Feb. 1, 1972,
Ser. No. 222,656
Int. CLC23b; /00,i/06
U.S. CI. 204—140 11 Claims
A method of toughening high speed steels and carbon
steel forming and cutting tools or the like comprising im-
mersing a steel object in an aqueous treating bath which
includes a cyanide salt, an alkali metal hydroxide, a
sequestering agent for ferric ions at high pH, and, using
the article a^ one electrode, passing an alternating cur-
rent through said article and said bath at a potential of
about 2.5 volts and a rate of about 1.75 amperes per
square inch of surface of the article for a period of
about one minute or less at a temperature slightly above
ambient temperature. Metals so treated also display other
described advantageous properties.
3,709,805
PRODUCTION OF POLYMERS WITH A
FIBROUS STRUCTURE
Carl Heinrich Krauch, Heidelberg, and Axel Sanner,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigs-
hafen (Rhine), Germany ,.c,,.
No Drawing. Filed July 16, 1968, Ser. No. 745.113
Claims priority, application Germany. July 22, 1967,
P 17 20 286.7; Feb. 24, 1968, P 17 20 350.8; May
30, 1968, P 17 70 528.1, P 17 70 529.2; May 31,
1968, P 17 70 543.0; June 1, 1968, P 17 70 552.1
Int. CLB01j7/00;C08d//(:)0
U.S. CI. 204 159.22 H Claims
Polymers having a fibrous structure are obtained by
the polymerization of solutions and/or emulsions or dis-
persions, fully or partially solidified in crystalline fornj,
of ethylenically unsaturated monomers with at least two
polymerizable double bonds or mixtures containing at
least 0.01% by weight of these monomers and monoethyl-
enically unsaturated monomers by irradiation, which
polymers can be obtained in the form of novel porous
materials (=poromeric materials) having properties simi-
lar to leather.
3,709.806
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF RADIA-
TION-CROSSLINKABLE FOAMABLE POLY-
OLEFIN PARTICLES ^ . e ■.
Satoyuki Minami, Yoshiaki Shinke, Ahozi Saito, and
Atsushi Osakada, Otsu, Japan, assignors to Toray In-
dustries, Inc., Tokyo, Japan ,c^AA«
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 157,008
Claims priority, application Japan, June 27, 1970,
45 56,355
Int. CI. C08d I /OO; C08f 1 /OO
U.S. CI. 204 159.2 1** Claims
A process is provided for manufacturing foamable poly-
olefin particles. In the process of this invention a polyole-
fin resin is blended with a hydrocarbon additive which
has a boiling point which is higher than the melting point
of the polyolefin resin and a chemical blowing agent which
decomposes into gas upon being heated. The resulting
mixture is shaped into substantial void free particles and
irradiated with radial radiation or ultraviolet radiation to
crosslink the mixture. The product of this process is es-
pecially used in manufacturing shaped articles using con-
ventional chest molding techniques.
3,709,804
METHOD OF POLYMERIZATION OF VINYL CHLO-
RIDE AND PRODUCING ITS COPOLYMERS
Vladimir Isaakovich Lukhovitsky, ulitsa Kurchatova 4,
kv. 4; Andrei Mikbailovich Smimov, ulitsa Kurchatova
2-a, kv. 56; Vladimir Vasilievich Polikarpov, ulitsa
Kurchatovo 10, kv. 29; Alia Mikhailovna Lebedeva,
ulitsa Krasnvkh Zor 9, kv. 50; Raisa Mizovna Lagu-
cheva, ulitsa Kurchatova 4, kv. 21; and Vladimir
Lvovich Karpov, ulitsa Komosomolskaya 43, kv. 5, all
of Obninsk. Kalubhaskava oblast, U.S.S.R.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,741
Int. CI. C08f 1/24
U.S. CI. 204—159.22 7 Claims
A method of polymerization and copolymerization of
vinyl chloride, according to which emulsion polymeriza-
tion of vinyl chloride or copolymerization thereof with
water-soluble vinyl monomers is carried out under the
3,709,807 _^
METHODS OF SEPARATING B^^PRODUCTS
SULFURIC ACID FROM MI^^TLRE^R^^i;!!-
ING FROM PHOTOSULFOXIDATION REAC-
TION OF PARAFFINS ^ x.
Rinnosuke Susuki. Tokyo, and Sadao Toyoda and Kum-
yoshi Takenouchi, Funabashi, Japan, assignors to Lion
Fat & Oil Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 22.001
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 28, 1969,
44/23,662; Mar. 29, 1969, 44 23,965
Int. CL BOlj 1/10
U.S. CI. 204 162 R I'* Claims
Methods of separating the by-product sulfuric acid
from the reaction mixture resulting from photo-sulfoxida-
tion of paraffins in which the concentration of the sulfuric
acid is from 30 to 95% by weight, which comprise the
step of neutralizing said reaction mixture with caustic
alkali or contact the reaction mixture with undiluted sul-
furic acid, thereby settling the by-product sulfuric acid
within the reaction mixture. •
616
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,808
PROCESS FOR THE ELECTRODEPOSITION
OF POLYMERS
Fred H. Hammond, Jr., Wellesley, Mass., assignor to The
Kendall Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,106
Int. CI. BO Ik 5/02
U.S. CI. 204—181 4 Claims
3,709,810
HYDROGEN ION SELECTIVE SENSOR AND
ELECTRODE THEREFOR
U'illard T. Grubb, and Lawrence H. King, both of Schenec-
tady, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,794
Int. CLGOln 27/46
U.S. CL 204- 195 R 3 Claims
Self-sustaining polymeric films of low conductivity and
low water content are continuously formed by an electro-
deposition process in which the migrating particles are
caused to coalesce on a water-bearing layer placed be-
tween a bath of suspended charged polymer particles and
a rotating cylindrical electrode bearing a charge opposite
to the charge on the particles.
3 709 809
SPUTTER DEPOSITION OF REFRACTORY
CARBIDE ON METAL WORKING
Robert J. Wright, Arvada, John S. Chapin and George
Mah, Boulder, and Claude A. Karstendiek, Ar>ada,
Colo., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,778
Int. CL C23c 15100
U.S. CI. 204—192 12 Claims
Tar ^4^ pO^^r
^==^
t /
— '*>r^Of>
^^
A hydrogen ion selective sensor has a sensing electrode with
a palladium oxide coated palladium surface element and a
reference electrode. A specific hydrogen ion selective sensor
has a sensing electrode with a palladium, oxide coated palladi-
um surface element, a reference electrode spaced from and
electrically insulated from the sensing electrode, an electri-
cally insulating cover surrounding the palladium portion of the
sensing electrode and the reference electrode, the cover defin-
ing an electrolyte chamber for containing a reference elec-
trolyte therein, and a wick extending outwardly from the
chamber adjacent the palladium oxide portion of the sensing
electrode. An improved hydrogen ion selective sensing elec-
trode is described which has a palladium oxide coated palladi-
um surface element.
3,709,811
SPECIFIC ION ELECTRODE FOR SULFATE
Alex Michael Saunders, Bedford Village, N.Y., assignor
to the United States of America as represented by the
Secretary of the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,199
Int. CL GOln 27130
U.S. CL 204—195 M 4 Claims
An active surface area sulfate ion selective composition
suitable for electrodes is achieved by mixing barium sul-
fate particles in a room temperature (r.t.) silicone rubber
.matrix, and polymerizing at about HO'-ISO" F. using
conventional catalysts or cross-linking agents to uniformly
fix 6r set the barium sulfate in the hardened polymers in
a time zone of not more than one minute.
A method of coating metalworking tools with a thin
uniform adherent layer of refractory carbide, e.g., titani-
um carbide, is disclosed. Such coating is applied by triode
sputter deposition using a refractory carbide cathode and
a tool substrate.
3,709,812
CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR
Leonard W. Niedrach and John A. Bergeron, Schenec-
tady, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,197
Int. CL GOln 27/46
U.S. CI. 204—195 P 3 Claims
A carbon dioxide sensor has an elongated flexible
current collector, an electrochemically active region of
hydrided palladium with a surface coating of platinum
black in electrical contact with a portion of the current
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
617
collector, a second elongated flexible current collector
surrounding the first current collector, a second electro-
chemically active region of silver and silver halide in
electrical contact with the second current collector, a
first layer of electrical insulation disposed between the
first and second current collectors, a second layer of
electrical insulation disposed over the second current
collector, an anion exchange resin electrolyte contacting
both electrochemically active regions, and an outer sheath
of carbon dioxide difi'usion barrier material encapsulat-
ing at least the electrochemically active regions and the
electrolyte.
3,709,813
ION-SELECTIVE ELECTROCHEMICAL SENSOR
Rowland Edward Johnson, and Isaac Trachtenhers. both of
Dallas. Tex., assignor to Texas Instruments Incorporated.
Dallas. Tex.
Continuation of Ser. No. 768,705, Oct. 18, 1968, abandoned.
This application April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,193
Int. CL GOln 27/56
U.S. CI. 204-195 G 4 Claims
3,709,814
HYDROFINING-HY'DROCRACKING PROCESS
USING PALLADIUM-CONT.\INING CATALYST
Joseph Jaffe, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 760,460,
Sept. 18, 1968. This application Mar. 6, 1970, Ser.
No. 17,127
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
OcL 20, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. ClOg 13/06, 23/02; COlb 33/28
U.S. CI. 208—59 3 Claims
The ion concentration of a specific element in a solution
may be determined by an ion-selective electrochemical sen-
sor. Ion-selective electrochemical sensors are produced from
a non-oxide glass containing a doping element either having a
reaction with, or of the same material as the ion concentration
to be measured. The action of the ion concentration in the
solution with the doping element in the non-oxide glass
produces a potential which is a measure of ion concentration.
Two techniques are employed to produce the non-oxide glass
containing selected ions. One technique produces the com-
position by combining in one operation the high purity ele-
ments required for making a specific glass with the selected
elemental material, and the second technique adds a dopant to
a pre-treated glass speciman. With both techniques, a quartz
ampule containing the glass and dopant is evacuated, sealed
and heated. The heated glass and dopant form a molten mass
which is agitated to insure complete mixing and then cooled to
slightly above the softening point. Solidification of the finished
material is accomplished by a quenching step to produce the
desired characteristics.
vv
A hydrofining-hydrocracking process which comprises
contacting a hydrocarbon feed containing more than 50
parts per million of organic nitrogen and containing sub-
stantial amounts of materials boiling above 200° F., said
feed being selected from the group consisting of petro-
leum distillates, solvent-deasphalted petroleum residua,
shale oils and coal tar distillates, in a reaction zone with
hydrogen and a catalyst, at hydrofining-hydrocracking
conditions including a temperature in the range 400° to
950° P., a pressure in the range 800 to 3500 p.s.i.g., a
liquid hourly space velocity in the range 0.1 to 5.0, and
a total hydrogen supply rate of 200 to 20,000 s.c.f. of
hydrogen per barrel of feedstock, removing ammonia
from the eflluent from said reaction zone, and recovering
hydrofined and hydrocracked products froi.i said reaction
zone, said catalyst comprising:
(A) A gel matrix comprising:
(a) at least 15 weight percent silica,
(b) alumina, in an amount providing an alumina-
to-silica weight ratio of 15/85 to 80/20,
(c) nickel or cobalt, or the combination thereof,
in the form of metal, oxide, sulfide or any com-
bination thereof, in an amount of 1 to 10 weight
percent, based on said matrix, calculated as
metal,
(d) molybdenum or tungsten, or the combination
thereof, in the form of metal, oxide, sulfide or
any combination thereof, in an amount of 5 to
25 weight percent, based on said matrix, cal-
culated as metal;
(B) A crystalline zeolitic molecular sieve:
(a) containing from 0.1 to 2.0 weight percent
palladium, calculated as metal,
(b) containing less than 5 weight percent sodium,
(c) being in particulate form and being dispersed
throughout said matrix by cogelation of said
matrix around said sieve;
said catalyst composite being further characterized by
an average pore diameter below 100 angstroms and a sur-
face area above 200 square meters per gram.
618
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
ERRATUM
For Oass 208—112 see:
Patent No. 3.709,817
ERRATUM
For Class 210 — 7 see:
Patent No. 3,709,792
3,709,815
BOILER WATER TREATMENT
Jerry Emile Bootbe, Pittsburgh, and Thomas Edward
Cornelius III, Coraopolis, Pa., assignors to Calgon
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,987
Int. CI. C02b 5106
U.S. CI. 210—58 7 Claims
It is disclosed that polymers containing at least 12
mole percent of 2 - acrylamido 2 - substituted propane-
1-sulfonic acid perform as excellent boiler water dis-
persives and conditioners. Certain alkyl and other sub-
stitutes may be inserted in the beta position of the un-
saturated group and in the 2 position of the propane
group. The monomer should be present in the polymer
chain in amounts at least about 12 mole percent, and
the polymer should have an average molecular weight
of at least 20,000.
3,709,816
CONTROL OF ALLUVIAL AND OTHER DEPOSITS
IN AQUEOUS SYSTEMS
Jerry Lee Walker, Coraopolis, and Jerry Emile Boothe,
Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Calgon Corporation, Pitts-
burgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,986
Int. CI. C02b 5/06
U.S. CI. 210—58 6 Claims
Polymers of 2-acrylamido methyl propyl sulfonates or
sulfonic acid are used to fluidize and disperse insoluble
alluvial deposits, such as silt, from water systems.
3,709,817
SELECTIVE HYDROCRACKING AND ISOMERIZA-
TION OF PARAFRN HYDROCARBONS
Robert M. Suggitt and John H. Estes, Wappingers Falls,
and Stanley Kravitz, Wiccopee, N.Y., assignors to
Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,622
Int. CI. ClOg 35 /OB,
U.S. CI. 208—112 18 Claims
Paraffin hydrocarbons are selectively hydrocracked
and isomerized under controlled conversion conditions
by contacting the hydrocarbon with hydrogen, a fluorided
Group VII-B or VIII metal-alumina catalyst and water
or water precursors as a conversion reaction moderator.
By employing a fluorided metal-alumina catalyst and
water or water precursor moderator, paraffin hydrocar-
bons are selectively hydrocracked and isomerized in a
manner such that the selectivity, activity and product
distribution is controlled over the course of the conver-
sion reaction.
exchange resin fraction regenerated with an alkali metal
compound, and the regenerated resins admixed to reform
the mixed bed. Specifically, the invention comprises treat-
ment of the anion exchange resin fraction after regenera-
tion to replace the alkali metal cation associated with the
cation exchange resin present in the anion exchange resin
fraction with an alkaline earth metal cation selected from
the group consisting of calicum, barium, strontium, and
mixtures thereof, and removing the alkali metal cation
from the fraction prior to admixture of the resins to re-
form the mixed bed.
3,709,818
CONDENSATE POLISHING
Hilding B. Gustafson and Howard W. Frazer, Tucson,
Ariz., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation,
Pittsbargh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,919
Int. CI. BO Id 15/06
U.S. a. 210—32 15 Claims
This invention relates to the regeneration of anion
exchange resins used in mixed ion exchange resin bed
demineralizers wherein the resins are separated, the anion
3,709,819
OIL PHASE DRILLING FLUID ADDITIVE,
COMPOSITION AND PROCESS
William f. Brimnin^. Hoaston. Tex.; Bill> (J. Chesser,
Houston, Tex., and Jerry L. Wood. ("> press, Tex., assignors
to Milchem incorporated, Houston. Tex.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 857,384, Sept. 1 2, 1969,
abandoned. This application May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,631 ■
Int.CI.ClOm 1 128 J 114
U.S. CI. 252-8.5 P 6 Claims
This invention relates to an oil phase drilling fluid composi-
tion, additive, and process which is effective at high tempera-
tures and pressures and which consists essentially of ( 1 ) a
vinyl toluene-acrylale copolymer resin which is obtained by
reacting (a) vinyl toluene, with (b) an acrylate moiety,
selected from the class containing of methyl, ethyl, 2-ethyl-
hexyl, butyl and dodecyl acrylates and methacrylates, (2) a
water-in -oil emulsion and ( 3 ) asphalt particles.
3,709,820
SOLID ELECTROLYTE
Susumu Yoshimura, Shlrow Asakawa, and Katsue Hase-
gawa, Osaka, Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Company, Limited, Kadoma City, Osaka,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,058
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 4, 1970,
45/18,894; Mar. 5, 1970, 45/19,141
Int. CI. HOlg 9/02
U.S. CI. 252—62.2 3 Claims
An ionically conductive organic solid material is pro-
vided, which is useful for an electrolyte for electric de-
vices. The material is a crystalline electron donor-acceptor
complex comprising ionic crystals composed of 7,7,8,8-
tetracyanoquinodimethane, an aromatic diamine, and a
liquid impregnated in the lattices of the ionic crystals so
that the material has the excellent ionic conductivity suit-
able for an electrolyte.
3,709,821
ORGANIC SOLID ELECTROLYTE
Susumu Yoshimura. No. 1006, Oaza Kodama, Kadoma,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,059
Claims priority, application Japan, March 4, 1970,
45/18896
Int. a. HOlg 9102
U.S. CI. 252—62.2 3 Claims
An ionically conductive organic solid material which is use-
ful for an electrolyte for electric devices. The material is a
crystalline electron donor-acceptor complex comprising
7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane and a monovalent cation
and a small amount of high molecular weight interstitial inclu-
sion impurities selected from the group consisting of cyanine
and triphenylmethane dyes so that the material has an excel-
lent ionic conductivity suitable for an electrolyte.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
619
3,709,822
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING MAGNET CORES AND
MAGNET CORES MANUFACTURED BY THE SAME
Johannes Maria Jozef Ritzen, and Hans Peter Peloschek, both
of Emmasinuel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to I .S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,573
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 26, 1970,
7009421
lnt.CI.C04bi5/26
U.S. CI. 252-62.6 6 Claims
The invention relates to a method of manufacturing magnet
cores consisting of representatives of a special class of lithium-
, copper-, zinc-, (cobalt-) ferrites, by sintering at temperatures
which do not exceed 1 100°C. These cores may serve to
replace, nickel-containing and hence more expensive, ferrite
cores which may serve as "yoke" rings or as aerial rods.
3,709,823
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING HIGHLY
VISCOUS, ACIDIC BASE MATERIALS FOR
DETERGENTS
Yujiro Sugahara, Tokyo, and Masanori Tanaka, Shibata,
Japan, assignors to Mizusawa Industrial Chemicals,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,837
Int. CI. BOli 13/00; Clld 3/08
U.S. CI. 252—136 4 Claims
Method of manufacturing highly viscous, acidic base
materials for detergents by converting silica hydrogel or
silica alumina hydrogel into a hydrosol with water by the
technique of wet grinding, and contacting the thus ob-
tained hydrosol with mineral acid, thereby regulating the
mineral acid content of said hydrosol to from 3 to 20%
by weight.
3,709,824
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR CHEMICAL
POLISHING OF STAINLESS STEEL SURFACES
Nakaaki Oda, Nagaharu Morioka, and Yoshio Makino,
Takaoka, and Akira Yoshida, Tonami, Japan, assignors
to Nippon Soda Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,731
Int. CI. Clld 7/08; C23g 1/02
U.S. a. 252—142 11 Claims
Stainless steel surfaces are treated with an aqueous
solution containing phosphate ions equivalent to 145-
580 g./litre of phosphoric acid, nitrate ions equivalent
to 17-85 g./litre of nitric acid, chlorine ions equivalent
to 16-80 g./litre of hydrochloric acid, sulfosalicylate
ions equivalent to I- 10 g./litre of sulfosalicylic acid and
Small amounts of optional compounds selected from the
group of water soluble polymer, aromatic amino com-
pounds, surfactant, ligninsulfonic acid and salts thereof,
sulfuric acid and acids having equivalent concentration
of 4.0 N-18 N.
3,709,826
HALOAPATITE PHOSPHORS IN THE FORM OF
SPHERICAL PARTICLES AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Larry I-. Pitt, Florissant, and James W. Starbuck, (Jrantwood
Viila^e. Mo., assignors to Mallinckrodt Chemical Works,
St. Louis. Mo.
FUed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,818
Int. CLC09k 7/36
U.S. CL 252—301.4 P 4Ctaims
Alkaline earth haloapatite phosphors are provided in the
novel form of substantially spherical particles, having diame-
ters between about 1 and 20 microns. Haloapatite phosphor
particles having this configuration are prepared by spray dry-
ing a semicoUoidal suspension of precipitated haloapatite
crystallites. Such a suspension is prepared by reacting aqueous
solutions containing the constituent ions of an alkaline earth
halophosphate. Desirably, the reaction solution is digested at
atx}ut 60° C. and filtered to remove the precipitate which is
then washed and reslurried to provide the suspension which is
fed to the spray dryer. Activators such as antimony and man-
ganese are normally incorporated in the phosphor by includ-
ing ions of such activators in the reactant solutions.
Fluorescent properties of the dried spherical phosphor are
fully developed by brief thermal refining at about 1,050° to
1,200° C. Spherical phosphor particles are more readily
dispersible in the usual coating media than are the irregular
phosphor particles known heretofore. Because of their ability
to pack together more closely and have a lesser void fraction,
spherical phosphors provide fluorescent lamp coating of im-
proved uniformity and greater optical density.
3 709 827
FLUORESCENT MATERIALS FOR OPTICAL
FREQUENCY CONVERSION
Francois E. Auzel, 39 Avenue Port Royal des Champs,
le Mesnil Saint-Denis, France
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,317
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 10, 1970,
7004606
Int. CI. C09k 1/06; C03c 3/28
U.S. CI. 252—301.4 R 6 Claims
Fluorescent material for the optical frequency conver-
sion of near infrared radiation form 0.85 to 1.06 fim
into visible radiation. The constituents of the material are
(i) vitrifying fluorides of lead, beryllium and magnesium,
(ii) devitrifying and activating fluoride of ytterbium and
(iii) doping fluoride of erbium for a green and red re-
sponse and doping fluoride of thulium for a blue response.
The content of ytterbium fluoride controls the form of
the material, either glassy ceramic or polycrystalline.
Proper preparation conditions and proportions allow to
prepare either a glass material or a ceramic material.
3,709,825
CLEANING COMPOSITION
William Chirash. New Providence, and Barney Joseph Zmoda,
Bridtjewater Township, Sommerset County, both of N.J.,
assignors to Col>;ate-Palmolive Company, New ^ork. N.Y.
Continuation of Ser. No. 680,944, Nov. 6, 1967, abandoned.
This application Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,564
Int. CL CI Id 7/22
U.S.CL 252-158 2 Claims
A substantially single phase aqueous liquid composition
comprising a detergent selected from the group consisting of
anionic and nonionic detergents, a glycol ether, a nitrilo com-
pound selected from the group consisting of nitrilotriacetic
acid and alkali metal and ammonium nitrilotriacetates. and a
salt selected from the group consisting of alkali metal and am-
monium metal and ammonium borates, said composition in
water having a pH of at least 8.5.
3 709 828
METHOD FOR FOR'VUNG SUBMICRON
DIPOLE PARTICLES
Alvin M. Marks, 166— 35 9th Ave.,
Whitestone, N.Y. 11357
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 378.836,
June 29, 1964. This application Feb. 13, 1970, Ser.
No. 11,176
Int. CL F21v 9/00
U.S. a. 252—300 10 Claims
Submicron dipole particles are produced by providing
at least two reactant fluids which, when mixed together
in substantially stoichiometric relationship, form a dipole
precipitate by controlling such variables as formation time
and limiting the volume of the reacting liquid to a pre-
determined volume. A preferred method resides in im-
pinging a jet stream of at least one of said reactant fluids
against a jet stream of at least one other of said reactant
620
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
rate conducive for providing by reaction dipoles having
a desired average dimension.
fluids to effect a mixing of said fluids in a resultant stream amine hydrohalide with a carboxylic acid using certain
over a predetermined distance at a predetermined flow catalysts, especially phosphoric acid. The resulting acid-
amide mixtures are useful as solvents for the preparation
of vicinal glycols; alternatively, the acid-amide mixtures
can be refined to provide pure amides useful in preparing
glycols.
3,709,832
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF A CAT-
ALYST USABLE FOR CATALYTIC CRACKING OF
HYDROCARBONS
Takeo Ac, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Osaka Yogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Continuadon-in-part of application Ser. No.
869,863, Oct. 27, 1969. This application Sept. 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 75,289
Int. CI. ClOg 11/04
U.S. CI. 252 — 429 R 4 Claims
This invention relates to a method for the preparation
of a catalyst usable for catalytic cracking of hydrocar-
bons, characterized by the steps of
(I) pulverizing a carrier member selected from the
group consisting of a-alumina containing above 98%
of AI2O3, a magnesium clinker containing above
96% of MgO and below 1% of an iron oxide, SiC,
ZrOa, ZnO, ThOj, MoOj and FeaOa into particles
passing through a Tyler Standard 65-mesh sieve,
(II) mixing the particles with a nickel oxide in an
amount of 1 to 30% by weight and a binder which
comprises
(A) 0.1 to 2.8% by weight of starch treated with
acid until the outer skin is destroyed and then
heating at 100° to 300° C;
(B) 0.05 to 2.5% by weight of a member selected
from the group consisting of alkali metal car-
bonates and phosphates, calcium, magnesium
and ammonium carbonates, chlorides, fluorides,
sulfates and phosphates, zinc and iron phos-
phates and mixtures thereof, and
(C) 0.05 to 2.5% by weight of a member selected
from the group consisting of chlorides and phos-
phates of the material of Step I with the proviso
that (1) the total weight components A, B and
C do not exceed 0.2 to 3% of the particles of
Step I, (2) that components B and C be diff^er-
ent and (3) the ratio of A/A+B + C is between
0.38 and 0.98, B/A+B+C is between 0.017 and
0.945 and C/A +B+C is between 0. 17 and 0.945;
(III) molding the mixture to a shaped product, drying
the shaped product and
(IV) then calcining the dried product at a temperature
of about 1250° C. to about 1350° C. to produce the
catalyst.
3,709,829
CATALYST COMPOSITION
Edward James Gasson, Dollar, Scotland, assignor to
BP Chemicals Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,574
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct 13, 1969,
50,076/69
Int. CI. BOli 11/06
U.S. CI. 252—461 3 Claims
The present invention relates to catalyst compositions
containing antimony together with one or more poly-
valent metals, the antimony being introduced in two
stages, initially as a tetroxide and then as a trioxide, the
two types being present in specific proportions, the total
mixture being subjected finally to a heat treatment in
the presence of molecular oxygen.
3,709.830
p-QUINONEDnMONILM SALTS AND THEIR USE
AS INFRARED ABSORBERS
Peter Vincent Susi. Middlesex, NJ., assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
377,044, June 22. 1964. which is a division of applica-
tion Ser. No. 333,729, Dec. 26, 1963, which in turn is
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 281.059,
May 16, 1963, all now abandoned. This application
Dec. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 692.310
Int. CI. F21v 9/00; G02b 5/20: G02c 7/70
U.S. CI. 252—300 7 Claims
A defined class of N,N,N',N'-tetraarylquinonediimoni-
um salts useful as infrared absorbers is disclosed; especial-
ly the N.N,N',N' - tetrakis(p - dialkylaminophenyl)-p-
benzoquinonediimonium salts, such as N,N,N',N'-tetrakis-
(p-diethylaminophenyl) - p - benzoquinonebis(imonium-
hexafluoroantimonate). The diimonium salts are obtained
by oxidation of N,N,N',N'-tetraarylaryIenediamines with
silver salts or by electrolytic methods.
Alternatively, the binder may be calcined without the
nickel oxide, subsequently impregnated with nickel oxide
and calcined again.
3,709.831
PREPARATION OF ACTD-AMIDE MIXTURES
USEFUL AS SOLVENTS
Guy A. Crossley, Sycamore Township. Hamilton County,
and David C. Heckert, Oxford, Ohio, assignors to The
Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati. Ohio
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,846
Int. CI. BOlf 1/00
U.S. a. 252—364 8 Claims
Process for preparing mixtures of carboxylic acids and
amides in the presence of water comprising reacting an
3,709,833
PROCESS FOR PREPARING HIGH PURITY SILICON
OXIDE POROtS BEADS DOPED WITH SMALL
QUANTITIES OF OTHER OXIDES
Ian M. Thomas, Temperance, Mich., assignor to Owens-
Illinois, Inc.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 66,060
Int.Cl.B01jy//44
U.S. CI. 252—448 29 Claims
There is disclosed the preparation of high purity, high sur-
face area, porous beads of silicon oxide doped with small
quantities of other oxides, which preparation comprises
hydrolyzing a silicon alWoxide dissolved in a hydroxyl contain-
ing organic solvent with less than a stoichiomeUic amount of
water so as to provide a partially hydrolyzed intermediate
product. The resulting partially hydrolyzed intermediate
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
621
HOlvOlTAGe CUMCN1 CHMACTfllSTlCS
or MK TAL FIllSD SYNTHETIC lUWfIS
product is then treated with additional water and an immisci- the group consisting of electrically conductive metals and
ble non-polar organic medium so as to form a discontinuous their alloys, said filler having a particle size range of about
phase of liquid partially hydrolyzed intermediate product
dispersed in a continuous phase of organic medium. As a
source of dopant oxide, a selected water soluble salt is added
to the process at any convenient step prior to the next process
step of pH adjustment, e.g. before, during, or after the par-
tially hydrolyzing; before, during, or after the organic medium
treatment. The dispersed intermediate product is then treated
with a base and a quantity of water sufficient to hydrolyze any
residual alkoxy groups in the dispersed intermediate product.
The resulting mixture is stirred until the dispersed inter-
mediate is converted to firm, hard, solid, porous beads of sil-
icon oxide doped with at least one other oxide. The beads are
typically recovered by filtration and evaporation of non-solid \
residues or by like method. |
1
3,709,834
METHOD OF MAKING A URANIUM CONTAINING
CATALYST FOR A METAL ELECTRODE
Masataro Fukuda, Toyonaka-shi; Takashi Miura. Chi^asaki-
shi, and Katsuhiro Takahashi, Hirakata-shi, all of Japan.
assign<»rs to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka,
* Japan
Filed Aug. 21,1 969, Ser. No. 85 1 ,943
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 26, 1968,
43/6 1 55 1 ; May 23, 1 969, 44/4 1 253
Int. CI. BOlj 7 7/05
U.S. CL 252— 470 10 Claims
-
1 EPT 4304 riUEO WITH 41 fOWtXI
J- IN>T »uTn 035 FiLLfD * -M A) »OWDCt
3 IPT 4505 nuEO *IT« f. MMOCI
4 ENJAT »UITL 035 fILlED WITH Fa KMVOC*
-_
-
A<l m tor* «f TOo.l »^
3. SWVlEI TATE IM— 1;
6 MON UlUO HASTONiet
-
r
'-
1 • 3
~
-
3
'
-
-
-
DKKAS4N& .y^^^'^'\>'^ /
-
E"
/ / / votiAce / y/^
4
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
--''^'*
A
-
-
<1
\~^ \ — //l 1 ' ' ""
6 ^
1 '■
y
?000 3C0C
0.05 to about 50 microns, said particles having a linear
distribution of particle size with an average particle size
of about 1 to about 20 microns.
3,709,836
BUILT ANIONIC DETERGENT COMPOSITION HAVING
INVERSE FOAM-TO-TEMPERATURE RELATIONSHIP
AND PROCESS FOR PRODUCING SAME
Jack Thomas Inamorato, NNestfield, N.J.. assignor to Colgate-
Palmolive Company, New York. N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 41^59, May 28, 1970. This
application May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,602
Int. CI. CI Id i/i0,7/i2
U.S. CI. 252—525 16 Claims
A detergent composition having an inverse foam to tem-
perature relationship is disclosed, as well as a binary composi-
tion for accomplishing this relationship when added to a deter-
gent system. The inverse foam to temperature relationship is
provided by a synergistic mixture of a fatty acid having a satu-
rated or unsaturated alkyl chain of from about 1 4 to 22 carbon
atoms and a high molecular weight primary, secondary or ter-
tiary amine containing between about eight and 30 carbon
atoms in the alkyl chain.
An electrochemical electrode adapted for use in fuel cell
batteries, metal-air batteries and electrochemical oxygen
evolution instruments, and comprising an active catalyst
which contains uranium and which in a small amount exhibits
a catalytic activity equal to that obtainable from a larger
amount of the conventional catalyst.
3,709,835
NOVEL COMPOSITIONS WITH CONTROLLED
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES
Eric O. Forster, Scotch Plains, N.J., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
Continuation of application Ser. No. 678,655, Oct. 27,
1967. This application Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. "So. 76,648
Int. a. HO lb 1/02, 7/00
U.S. CI. 252—513 6 Claims
Semi-conductive materials suitable for use as high
voltage insulators comprising a polymer having a di-
electric constant of at least 2.0 and a filler selected from
3,709,837
SPRAY DRIED DETERGENTS CONTAINING SODIUM-
POTASSIUM DOUBLE SILICATE
Helmut H. Weldes. Havertown, Pa., assignor to Philadelphia
Quartz Compan>. Philadelphia. Pa.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 103,002
Int. CL Clld 3108, 7114, 11/02
U.S. CI. 252-527 6 CUims
A method has been found for increasing the silicate content
in spray dried detergents without decreasing the spray dryer
throughput. The method involves the preparation of detergent
slurries with high solids content by adding alkali metal silicates
to the slurries in the form of sodium-potassium double silicate
glass. Thus, the amount of water that must be removed in the
drying tower is reduced and/or the silicate content can be in-
creased when compared with slurries prepared with sodium
silicate solutions.
906 O.O.— 22
622
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,838
LIQUID DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS
Marvin L. Mausner, Teaneck, and Araold H. Dater, Fair
Lawn, NJ., assignors to Witco Chemical Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No.
777,143, Nov. 19, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 510,358, Nov. 29, 1965. both
now abandoned. This application Nov. 19, 1970, Ser.
No. 91,153
Int. CI. CI Id 1/18, 3/32, 7/32
U.S. CI. 252—545 19 Claims
Polyfunctional essentially 100% active stable liquid
detergent compositions consisting essentially of (a) from
30 to 90% of an ethanolamine salt of a Cg to Cn alkyl
benzene- or alkyl toluene-sulfonic acid, (b) from 5 to
35% of a nonionic normally liquid, water-soluble sur-
factant in the form of an ethoxylated or propoxylated
ether of (i) an aliphatic monohydric alcohol containing
at least 8 carbon atoms or (ii) an alkyl phenol in which
the alkyl radical contains a total of from 5 to 18 car-
bon atoms, and (c) from 5 to 35% of a Cio to Cie fatty
acid monoethanolamide, diethanolamide or monoisopro-
panolamide.
an amino alcohol. The treated anhydride is used as a
curing agent for epoxy resins.
3,709,841
SULFONATED POLYARYLETHERSULFONES
Jean-Pierre Quentin, Lyon, France, assignor to Rhone-
Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
Filed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,535
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 30, 1969,
6913810
Int. CI. C08g 23/00, 23/20
U.S. CI. 260—2.2 R 8 Claims
Novel sulphonated polyarylether-sulphones are useful
as cktion-exchange resins especially for ion-exchange
membranes useful in osmosis and reverse osmosis.
3,709,839
FIBER-FORMING COMPOSITIONS HAVING IM-
PROVED DYE RECEPTIVITY, PROCESS FOR
THEIR PREPARATION AND NEW BASIC NITRO-
GEN COMPOUNDS EMPLOYED THEREIN
Vittorio Cappuccio, Comelio Caldo, and Giuseppe Canta-
tore, Terni, Italy, assignors to Montecatini Edison
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Application May 24, 1967, Ser. No. 640,808,
now Patent No. 3,527,846, dated Sept. 8, 1970, which is
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 124,346,
July 17, 1961. Divided and this application Mar. 31,
1970, Ser. No. 24,346
Claims priority, application Italy, July 20. 1960,
12,800 60; Mar. 3, 1961, 3,985/61; May 24,
1961, 13,357/61
Int. CI. C08f 29/12; C08g 23/12
VS. CI. 260—2 BP 4 Claims
Fiber-forming compositions having improved dye re-
ceptivity comprise a polymer selected from the group con-
sisting of polyalphamonoolefins and polyacrylonitrile and
from about 1 to 25% by weight, based on the weight of
the polymer, of a basic nitrogen-containing compound,
said compound having been obtained by either (A) re-
acting epichlorohydrin with:
(Ai) two disecondary C4-C60 aliphatic, aromatic or
heterocyclic diamines selected from the group con-
groups and diamines containing primary amine
groups which act as secondary amine groups due to
steric hindrance, or
(A2) one disecondary diamine according to (Aj) and
one C3-C30 primary aliphatic amine, or
(B) reacting epichlorohydrin with a disecotidary ali-
phatic, aromatic or heterocyclic C4-C60 diamine or
a diamine containing primary amine groups which
act as secondary amine groups due to steric hin-
drance.
Basic nitrogen-containing compounds obtained by either
of the foregoing reactions (A) and (B).
3,709,842
POROUS HYDROGELS AND METHOD OF
MANUFACTURING SAME
Artur Stoy, Prague, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Cesko-
slovenska Akademie ved, Prague, Czechoslovakia
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,494
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Sept 10,
1970, 6,207/70
U.S,
Int. CI. C08c 77/05; C08d 13/08; COSf 47/10
CI. 260—2.5 R 8 nalms
This invention is for porous hydrogels of partly hydro-
lyzed polyacrylonitrile which are useful as sor bents and
which are made by dissolving or swelling polyacrylonitrile
in concentrated nitric acid at temperatures under 50° C.
until the degree of hydrolysis desired is attained. The tem-
perature is then increased to 50° C. to 85° C unUl the
polymer is foamed. The acid is then removed from the
polymer by washing. Porophors may be added to the
polymer acid mixture prior to the final heating phase.
3,709,843
POLYURETHANE FOAMS HAVING
INCREASED DENSITY
Natale C. Zocco, East Haven, and Stanley I. Cohen,
Orange, Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation, New
Haven, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
708,524, Feb. 27, 1968, now abandoned, Ser. No.
780,247, Nov. 29, 1968, now Patent No. 3,506,600, Ser.
No. 573,189, Aug. 18, 1966, and Ser. No. 661,756, Aug.
4, 1967, both now abandoned. This application Apr. 9,
1970, Scr. No. 27,149
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Apr. 14, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08g 53/08
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 AN ^ Claims
Flexible, densified polyurethane foams are prepared by
^^""^■"^^^ allowing a polyurethane foam-forming reaction mixture
3,709,840 to rise, thereby forming a partially cured cellular material,
CURING AGENT FOR EPOXY RESIN COMPRISING maintaining the partially cured celluar material for a
A CYCLIC ANHYDRIDE TREATED WITH AN critical period of time at a critical environmental tem-
A\nNO ALCOHOL perature, and applying a compressive force to the partially
Ronald L. Dehoff, Maplewood, NJ., assignor to R. T. ^^^^^ cellular material to reduce its volume by a desired
Vanderbilt Company, Inc.. New York, N.Y. amount After removal of the compressive force, comple-
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 8. 1970, Ser. No. 79,367 ^.^^ ^^'^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ trimming, if necesary, the resulting
U.S. CI. 260-2 EC°** ^'' ^"'' ^^' 10 Claims flexible, densified polyurethane foams are useful as cush-
The specification relates to treating an anhydride with ioning and rug padding.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
623
3,709,844
POLY(p-STYRENESULFONYLHYDRAZIDES) AS
BLOWING AGENTS FOR PLASTICIZED POLY-
(VINYL CHLORIDE)
John E. Herweh and Algirdas C. Poshkus, Lancaster, Pa.,
assignors to Armstrong Cork Company, Lancaster, Pa.
No Drawing. Original application July 30, 1968, Ser. No.
748,658, now Patent No. 3,654,242. Divided and this
application Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,531
Int. CI. C08f 47/10, 29/24
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 P 1 Claim
A novel class of polymeric compositions having re-
peating structural units of the formula
^cn-CH-^
V
A
o
S02
OsNHNHi
3,709,846
TRIMELLITIC ANHYDRIDE MODIFIED POLYCAR-
BOXYLIC ACID ELECTROCOATING RESINS
Ivan H. Tsou, Pontiac, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
733,187, Apr. 24, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of applications Ser. No. 363,814, Apr. 30, 1964, and
Ser. No. 734,825, Apr. 24, 1968, the latter being a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 363.815,
Apr. 30, 1964, all now abandoned. This application
Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,748
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Apr. 20, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C09d 3/58, 3/64, 5/02
U.S. CI. 260—18 EP 10 Claims
A paint bath composition for electrodeposition of paint
upon an anode, said bath comprising an aqueous disper-
sion of particulate pigment, a water-soluble base, and
a polycarboxylic acid formed by reacting a hydroxyl bear-
ing of hydroxyl yielding linear base compound with an
olefinically unsaturated acrylic, carboxylic acid of about
18 carbon atoms and subsequently reacting the resultant
resin with trimellitic anhydride.
These compositions find utility as polymeric blowing
agents for use in forming foamed resinous composi-
tions.
3,709,845
MIXED DISCONTINUOUS HBER REINFORCED
COMPOSITES
Karael Boustany and Aubert Yaucher Coran, Akron,
Ohio, assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 29,033,
Apr. 16, 1970. This application July 6, 1971, Ser.
No. 159,955
Int CI. B32b 5/08; B60c 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—17.4 BB II Claims
LONGITUDINAL TENSILE STRENGTH IN PS.I.
OF HARDWOOD CELLULOSE COMPOSITE AS
FUNCTION OF HARDWOOD LOADING COMPAR-
ED TO SIMILAR LOADING OF MIXED FIBERa
sooo
1
2
•
•
z«oo
.
.»
.«
.'
tMO-
HARDWOOO.SOPHR.PLUS
.">
1 lOPHR NYLON l«
m
a
7
2 I5PHR NYLON ^m
X 2400
0
1
^•"'
S
\
\
3 75PMR STEELjir
4 JO PMR SOLK* FLOC
«• 2200-
\
i 30PHR NYLON ^-||>i>
'
\
\
^N
6 20PNB GLiSSjm
7 IIPMR STEELj^"
aooo
• N
\
\
•
S
\
3,709,847
PREPARATIONS OF REACTION PRODUCTS OF
EPOXIDES, FATTY AMINES AND BASIC POLY-
AMIDES, PROCESSES FOR THEIR MANUFAC-
TURE AND THEIR USE
Rosemarie Toepfl, Basel, Heinz Abel. Reinach, and Arthor
Macder, Therwil. Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy
AG, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 111,088
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 6, 1970,
1,174/70
Int. CI. C08g 41/04
U.S. CI. 260— 18 PN 17 Claims
A process for the manufacture of stable preparations
of water-soluble or water-dispersible reaction products of
epoxides, fatty amines and basic polyamides is provided.
The epoxides contain at least two epoxide groups per
molecule, the amines are higher-molecular weight fatty
amines [H3C — (CH2)]t — NH2 wherein x represents an
integer having the value of 11 to 23] and the polyamides
are made from polymeric unsaturated fatty acids and
polyalkylenepolyamines. The reaction is carried out in the
presence of an organic solvent at temperatures up to 95°
C. Not later than after completion of the reaction, it is
ensured that a sample of the reaction mixture has a pH-
value of 2 to 8 after dilution with water. The resulting
reaction products are soluble in water and are useful in
the textile industry e.g. for rendering wool non-felting.
Composites of organic polymer matrix having dispersed
therein a mixture of discontinuous fibers of different widths
or lengths are described.
3,709,848
HIGH TEMPERATURE CLTIE SYSTEMS FOR
ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE MONOMERS
Jeffrey M. Gerstin, Edison, and John T. Kehn, Roselle,
NJ., assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Com-
pany
Continuation of abandoned application Scr. No. 689,829,
Dec. 12. 1967. This application Jan. 29, 1971, Ser.
No. 111,093
Int. CI. C08f 29/72. 29/22; C08g 37/20
U.S. CI. 260—19 UA 10 Claims
Ethylene propylene diene monomers are cured using
phenolic resins and a halogen containing polymeric cure
activator.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
624
3,709,849
nfM n SFT PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
^%^Nmir NOVmAK RESINOUS FOUNDRY
CORES
Peter Herbert Richard Bryan Lemon, Sherfield, and
ciriSopher Terron, Southampton, England, assignors
to Borden, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,873
Int. CI. C08g 51/24; C09d 5/02
U.S. CI. 260-29.3 ^^ Claims
This invention relates to foundry cores having high
strengths prepared by a cold-set process employing a first
granular material coated with a liquid composition com-
prising a methylolated product in conjunction with a sec-
ond CTanular refractory material coated with a mixture
comprising an acidic material and a suspension or solu-
tion of phenolic novolak. resin.
The activity of this catalyst is not adversely affected
by Vuch impSities as cyclopentadienc that are contained
in the isoprcne feed stock.
3,709,850
PURIFICATION OF POLYOLEFINS
Roy C. Harrison and Donald L. Craln, Bartlesville, Okla.,
assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,792
3,709,852
ANTISTATIC THERMOPLA^C MOULDING
COMPOSITIONS
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122,555
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 11, 1970,
P 20 11 jjA*-'
Int. CI. C08f 15/00, 45/00
U.S. CI. 260-88.2 S ^ Claims
Thermoplastic moulding compositions for the mail-
ing of antistatic shaped articles are disclosed. Compounds
of the formula
IntO.C08f ;/SS.3/05
U.S. a. 260—93.7
16 Oaims
A treating process for removing catalyst residue from
polyolefins by combining a polyolefin with an aqueous
solution of a fluorinated organic material and agitating
said materials together at a temperature in the range of
200-275° F. for a time period in the range of from about
5 to 60 minutes. In another embodiment the polyolefin
can be dissolved in a solvent and thereafter agitated at a
temperature in the range of 65-275' F.
O Ri
wherein R^ is an alkyl radical of 8 to 24 carbon atoms
and R, and R3 are alkyl radicals of 1 to 3 carbon a oms
have proved to be especially efficient antistatic agents
particularly in view of their advantageous tox.cologK^^^
properties and of the fact that other favourable proper
ties of the plastic materials, in which they arc contained,
are not adversely affected.
3,709,851
PREPARATION OF CIS-l,4-POLYISOPRENE
Kan Mori, Fumitake Imaizuml, Hlsaya Sato, Isao
Nagaoka, Shigetoshi Hirayanagi, Torn Shibata, and
Shigeo Kawatani, Kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignors to
Japan Synthetic Rubber Co., Ltd. (Nihon Gasei Gomu
Kabushiki Kaisha), Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Hied Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 89,144
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 21, 1969,
44/93,512
Int. CI. C08d 7/28, 5/iO
U.S. a. 260—94.3 »2 Claims
High molecular weight cis-l,4-polyisoprene is produced
by contacting isoprene with a catalyst comprising (A)
a titanium tetrahalide, (B) an organo-aluminum com-
pound represented by the general formula AIR^R'R'
(wherein R* and R' which may be same or different,
represent alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl radical, and R' repre-
sents alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl radical or hydrogen) and
(C) a monohaloether represented by the general formula
n H H
ROC-R' or RO-C-C-R'
3,709,853
pmVMFRlZATIOV OF ETHYLENE USING SUP-
^%^D sir (CYCLOPENTADIENYDCHRO-
MIUM ini CATALYSTS
George L. Karapinka, Piscataway, N J., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, .>.i.
Continuation-in-part of aPP''<^««°°% Jj'' o^f* 22^*i568:
Feb 27, 1968, and Ser. No. 769,696, Oct. 22, ivob,
Lid aDDlications being a continuation-in-part of appH-
StioS'l^r No 682.o55, Nov 13 1967, a" now aba-
doned. This application Apr. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,611
Int. a. C08f 7/74.5/06 ,. ^„,„,
U.S. CI. 260-88.2 D " Claims
Supported bis - (cyclopentadienyl)chromium[ni cata-
lysts, which arc formed when a bis-(cyclopentadieny )
chromiumini compound is adsorbed on an morgan.c
oxide having a high surface area, have been found to be
unusuaHyekctivf catalysts for the Polymerization o
ethylene over a wide range of reaction conditions. The
activity o? these catalysts can be markedly increased in
th p esence of hydrogen and the relationship of the melt
ndex of the polymer to the hydrogen and ethylene con-
centraSons used in the polymerization reaction has been
found to be governed by the cquauon
In MI = fc In
_JA)
[A-l-Bl
-f-lnC
(1)
where MI represents the melt index of the P^Jy^^^';^";^'
(wherein R represents alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl or aryl A represents f e "jydro^^^^^ Z^ percent',
radical, R' represents alkyl radical or hydrogen and X B '^^^^^ll\^l^^^^^^^ empirically-determined constants,
represents halogen). *°
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
625
3,709,854
PETROLEUM RESINS
Paul Hepworth; Ian Stanley Ripley, and Norman Scott, all of
Stockton-on-Tees. Enuland. assignors to Imperial Chemical
Industries Limited. L(mdon, Enyiand
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 177,113
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 7, 1970,
42,768/70
Int.CI.C08f /5/04.i5/42
U.S. CI. 260—82 7 Claims
In a process in which a Cj fraction from a cracked naphtha
or gas oil is polymerized with the help of a Friedel Crafts
catalyst to produce a petroleum resin, the resin properties are
improved and polymerization time reduced by heating the Cj
fraction to a temperature of at least 160°C for a period of up
to 5 hours before the polymerization.
where the R substituents are lower alkyl groups which
may be the same or different. ^
3,709,855
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A FLUORINATED
POLYMER
Ronald E. (Jilbert. Shawnee Mission, Kans., assignor to Gulf
Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,512
Int.CLC08f27/0J
U.S. CL 260—87.3 2 Claims
3,709,857
NEUTRAL CURE WET STRENGTH RESINS PRE-
PARED BY POLYMERIZING GLYOXALOLATED
ACRYLAMIDE WITH FURTHER ACRYLAMIDE
AND A BASIC, NITROGEN-CONTAINING
MONOMER
Robert W. Faessinger, Media, Pa., assignor to Scott
Paper Company, Delaware County, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,952
Int. CI. C08g 9/02; D21h 3/52
U.S. CI. 162—167 5 Claims
High molecular weight. pH independent, thermosetting,
cationic, wet strength resins are prepared by a two-stage
process which comprises, first, reacting glyoxal with acryl-
amide and then polymerizing the glyoxalolated acrylamide
with acrylamide in the presence of a basic nitrogen-con-
taining monomer. These resins are useful in the prepara-
tion of paper products having improved, off-machine dry
strength and wet strength properties.
3,709,858
POLYESTERAMIDE COATING COMPOSITIONS
Kenneth H. Aibers. Alden E. Blood, and Thomas C. Snapp.
Jr.. all of Ix)nj;view. Tex., assignors to Eastman kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 41,577, May 28, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,652,501. This application June 10, 1971, Ser. No.
151,952
Int.CLC08g4//00,20/iO
U.S. CL 260-29.2 N 28 Claims
A process for the production of water-soluble alkyd resins
and to protective coating compositions made therefrom. The
resins are prepared by reacting polycarboxylic aliphatic or
aromatic acids, anhydrides or mixtures thereof having four to
20 carbon atoms with a polyhydric aliphatic or cycloaliphatic
alcohol of two to 10 carbon atoms to give a reaction product
having an acid number of 50-250. The product is then reacted
with N,N-bis[2-hydroxyalkyl]-2-hydroxy-ethoxyacetamide to
give the alkyd resins.
Unsaturated polymers made by thermal deacetoxylation of
ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers are fluorinated under mild
conditions, as by in situ-generated lead tetrafluoride, to yield
readily processable thermoplastic fluorhydrocarbon polymers.
3,709,856
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING FLUOROOLEFINS
Julius Eugene Dohany, Berwyn, and John Casimer
Grigger, Oreland, Pa., assignors to Pennwalt Corpo-
ration, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,558
Int. CI. C08f 3/22, 3/32, 15/06
VS. CI. 260—87.7 9 Claims
Fluoropolymers having good heat stability are prepared
by polymerizing fiuoroolefins in aqueous medium, in
emulsion or suspension, using as the polymerization cata-
lyst an initiator having the formula
R— c— N=N— c— o— o— c— 1
k
3,709,859
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF POLY-
ESTERS WITH A NOVEL MULTICOMPONTNT
CATALYST
Josef Hrach and Theodor Wimmer, both of Schaftenau
Nr. 76, Tyrol, Austria
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 732.044,
May 27, 1968. This application Aug. 18, 1971, Ser.
No. 172,754
Claims priority, application .Austria, June 2, 1967,
A 15,144/67; Sept. 29, 1967, A 8,872/67
Int. CLC08g 77/075,77/075
U.S. CI. 260—75 R ^ Claims
Polyesters, such as polyethylene terephthalate are pre-
pared by heating a dicarboxylic acid ester, such as di-
methyl terephthalate, with an aliphatic or cyclic diol, such
as ethylene glycol, to a temperature in the order of
100° C.-360° C. in the presence of a catalyst containing
(a) antimony, (b) lead and (c) calcium, strontium or
barium. The catalyst is preferably a mixture of finely
divided metals or alloys. The products are characterized
by a light color and excellent color and heat stabihty.
626
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,860
MATERIALS BASED ON POLYMERS HAVING RE-
CURRLNG ACET\LENICALLY ^NSATL RATED
GROUPS AND CURABLE BY IRRADIATION
Erhard Fischer and Gerhard Wegner, Mainz, Germany,
assignors to Badische Anilln- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. ^o• 61,495
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 9, 1969,
P 19 40 692.9
Int. CI. C08g 22116
U.S. a. 260—77.5 AP 3 Claims
Solvent-soluble polymers which contain recurring mo-
lecular units having two conjugated carbon-carbon triple
bonds and which can be converted by irradiation into in-
soluble colored systems. The polymers of the invention
are suitable for the production of optical information
patterns.
3.709,861
PROCESS FOR LIGHT-IN DLCED CURING OF EPOXY
RESINS IN PRESENCE OF
CYCLOPENTADIENYLMANGANESETRICARBONYL
COMPOUNDS
William S. Anderson. Oakland. Calif., assignor to Shell Oil
Compan\, Houston. Tex.
Filed D€c. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 98,180
Int.CI.C08giO/y2
L.S. CI. 260-47 EC 3 Claims
The cure of polyepoxide resins with a reactive acid an-
hydride or polymercaptan curing agent is accelerated in the
presence of light and a catalytic amount of a cyclopentadie-
nyl-manganese tricarbonyl compound, e.g.. methylcyclopen-
tadienyl-manganese tricarbonyl.
3,709,864
POLYURETHANES
Frederic Christian Loew. Ridgewood, Edward Stone,
Morris Plains, and Frank Peter Civardi, Wayne, N.J.,
- assignors to Inmont Corporation, New '^P'"''' ^•\-
Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. ^'o- o*''"!'
Apr. 25, 1969, and Ser. No. 1,277, Jan. 7, 1970. This
application Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,580
Int. CLCOSgjy/^-/ .
U.S. CI. 260—32.6 N ^ 19 Claims
Microporous leather substitutes are made from high
molecular weight linear thermoplastic elastomeric poly-
urethanes of I.V. 0.9-2 which have been prepared by re-
action in solution in dimethylformamide ("DMF") sol-
vent which contains substantially no free tertiary amine. A
monofunctional strong mineral acid is added to neutralize
free tertiary amine groups. A hydroxyl-terminated pre-
polymer and a diol chain extender are reacted with a
small excess of diisocyanate, until the — NCO content
becomes constant, then a diol chain extender in amount
equivalent to the remaining —NCO and reaction is con-
tinued, and then terminated with an alcohol after the
high I.V. is attained.
3,709,862
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
POLYIMIDES
Muneyoshi Minami, Otsu-shi, Japan, assignor to Toray
Industries, Inc., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,492
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 13, 1968,
43/65,531
Int. CI. C08g 20132
VS. CI. 260—47 CP 3 Claims
A novel class of polyimide polymers are provided which
are obtained by reacting a functional derivative of a
tricarboxylic or a tetracarboxylic acid such as an anhy-
dride or •^cyl halide with 1,3-phenylene bis-(p-amino-
phenyl) ether or a mixture of amines containing 1,3-
phenylene bis-(p-aminophenyl) ether. The novel poly-
imide polymers of this invention have excellent heat
resistance and in addition have improved flexibility and
elongation in comparison with known polyimide poly-
mers. The polymers of this invention are especially useful
for forming shaped articles, such as insulation tape or as
enamel coatings for electric wire.
3,709,865
METHOD OF PREPARING CATIONIC DYEABLE
POLYCAPROLACTAM
Robert Aldcn Lofquist, Richmond, Lamberto Crcscentlni,
Chester, and Robert Charies Wincklhofer, Richmond,
Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1. 1971, Ser. No. 130,441
Int. CI. C08g 20 /n
U.S. a. 260—18 N 16 Claims
Cationic dyeable polycaprolactam is prepared by add-
ing from 0.5 to 2.0 mole percent of N-sulfobutylhexa-
methylenediamine or the alkali salt thereof with prefer-
ably 0.5 to 2.6 mole percent (on total moles of lactam)
of azelaic acid, the excess of diacid over diamine being
preferably such that the polyamide has zero to 80 more
equivalents of acid over amine, per lO^ grams of poly-
mer. Also, less than 30 equivalents of amino end groups
are preferred. In the place of azelaic acid may be used
an alkali salt of azelaic acid such as lithium hydrogen
azelate, or mixtures of disodium azelate with azelaic
acid. The dialkyl ester such as dimethyl azelate of azelaic
acid can also be used. In place of azelaic acid, or its
equivalents as mentioned above, the same number of
equivalents of dimer acid, formed by dimerization of
oleic acid, can be used. Alkali cation may also be added
by adding alkali oxide, hydroxide, carbon or bicarbonate.
3,709,863
METHOD FOR EXTRUDING POLY ACETYLENES TO
PRODUCE HIGH STRENGTH GRAPHITE PRECURSORS
Dwain M. White, Schenectady, and Sunley Y. Hobbs, Scotia,
lH)th of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company,
Schenectady, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,472
Int. CI. C08f 45128; COlb 31104
U.S. CI. 260— 30.2 7 Claims
A method is provided for extruding polyacetylene to
produce extrudate which is convertible to high strength gra-
phite fiber by extruding the polyacetylene in the form of a
blend of the polyacetylene, and a mixture of a volatile
plasticizer such as ortho-dichlorobenzene and a substantially
non-volatile plasticizer, such as 1,4-diphenylbutadiyne.
3,709.866
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE DENTAL PRODUCTS
Duncan E. Waller, Milford, Del., assignor to
Dentspiv International Inc., York, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
836,650, June 25, 1969. This appUcation June 1, 1970,
Ser. No. 42,466
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Dec. 21, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C09j 3126
U.S. CI. 260 27 R 1' Calms
Photopolymerizable dental products are provided in the
form of compositions suitable as composite restorative
materials, fissure sealants, cements, cavity liners and res-
toration glazes, the compositions being capable of being
photopolymerized in situ, within the oral environment,
by the application of light energy, specifically light energy
in the near ultraviolet wave length band. Such a compo-
sition is made in two parts, i.e., paste-paste, paste-liquid,
jelly-powder, liquid-liquid, etc., wherein one phase con-
tains an aromatic dimethacrylate monomer or adduct
thereof with a mono- or diisocyanate, a diluent monomer
and a polymerization inhibitor, while the other phase
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
627
contains a material sensitive to ultraviolet light and ca-
pable of initiating free radical polymerization when ex-
cited thereby. Optionally, the paste phases may contain
fillers which are characterized by having a refractive in-
dex no greater than 0.075 different from that of the poly-
mer resulting from the free radical polymerization.
alkoxy, or like group; X is sulfo, carboxy, hydroxy, or a
low molecular weight, strongly polar organic group; and
n is one or two, M being H only when Y is
B|
3,709,867
PROCESS FOR LUBRICATING VINYL POLYMERS
WITH SITOSTEROL COMPOUNDS AND STABI-
LIZED PRODUCT THEREOF
Joseph V. Karabinos, Milford, Conn., Kari M. Leopold,
Toledo, Ohio, and William P. Doherty, Blacksburg, Va.,
assignors to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 201,199
Int. CI. C08f 45/34. 45/38
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 A ... * ^'^"^u
Beta sitosterol, its isomers and aliphatic esters with
from 2 to 18 carbon atoms and epoxidized forms thereof
have been found to be excellent lubricants for processing
vinyl polymers such as polyvinyl chloride. In addition,
these sitosterol derivatives improve the stability of vinyl
polymers when used with conventional stabilizers such as
dibutyl tin laurate.
processes for preparing such dyes; and processes for dye-
ing vegetable fibers, regenerated cellulose, animal fibers,
and synthetic polyamide fibers with purity and brightness
of shade and good fastness to wet treatments.
3,709,868
OPIUM ALKALOID ANTIGENS AND ANTIBODIES
SPECIFIC THEREFOR
Sidne.\ Spector, l.iving.ston. N.J., assignor to Hoffman-
La Roche Inc.. Nutley, N.J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 36,999, May 13, 1970,
abandoned. This application March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,204
Int. CI. C07g 7/00; A61k 23/00
U.S. CI. 260— 121 5 Claims
Opium alkaloid antigens are prepared by coupling opium
alkaloid haptens to immunogenic carrier materials. In
preferred embodiments proteins are used as carrier materials
and the coupling is effected through the carboxyl group of a
carboxy lower alkyl derivative of the phenolic hydroxy group
of said alkaloid and a free amino group on the protein thereby
yielding a covalent peptide bond. The resulting antigens
produce immunological effects when injected into host
animals, including the formation of opium alkaloid specific
antibodies. These specific antibodies are useful in bioanolyti-
cal techniques for the assay of opium alkaloids in biological
fluids.
3,709,869
REACTIVE TRIAZINE AZO DYESTUFFS
Jorge Aurelio Mazza, Av. Libertador Gral., San Martin
2687, Buenos Aires, Argentina
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,439
Claims priority, application Argentina, Oct 1, 1968,
216.848
Int. CI. C09b 62/00. 62/02. 62/08
U.S. CL 260—153 4 Claims
Reactive fiber dyes having the structural formula:
Chromogen-N-
M
-NH— ^
or
Ri
R.
3,709,870
DISAZO DYESTUFFS
Gerhard Wolfrum, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,581
Claims priority, application Germany, June 13, 1969,
P 19 30 261.5
Int. CI. C07c 107/06; C09b 31/04
U.S. CI. 260—186 3 Claims
Disazo dyestuffs, containing 1 sulphonic acid group,
of the general formula
Ri
CHjCH:SOiH
(ROa, Rl «* \=^
wherein
Rl represents hydrogen, chlorine, bromine or a methyl,
ethyl or trifluoromethyl group,
Rj and R3 denote hydrogen or independently of one
another denote chlorine, bromine or a methyl, ethyl,
methoxy or ethoxy group,
R4 represents hydrogen, chlorine, bromine or a methyl,
ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy group or the residue
NHCOCnH2n+i, with n representing a number from
0to4,
R5 denotes hydrogen or a methyl, methoxy or ethoxy
group, and
m represents an integer from 1 to 5. -
3 709 871
PHENYL- AZO-NAPHTHYL DYESTUTFS
Reiner Ditzer. Cologne, and Horst Nickel, Leverkusen,
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,311
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 3, 1969,
P 19 44 699.2
Int. CI. C07c 707/06; C09b 29/06. 29/28
U.S. CI. 260—199 11 Claims
Monoazo dyestuffs of general formula
R, NHRi
N N
Y
wherein the chromogen is an azo or anthraquinone dye;
Y is CI,
■N=N
^_^(0H)
NHAc
i
OjH).
(I)
M is H or — CnH2nX; Ri and R2 are the same or different
and represent H, or an alkyl, sulfo, nitro, halo, carboxy.
in which Ac represents a non-reactive acyl residue, X rep-
resents — O— or — S— and Z represents a carbocyclic
aromatic residue, Rj represents hydrogen or an optionally
substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl residue, Rj denotes
hydrogen or the sulphonic acid group, m represents the
numbers 0, 1 or 2 and n represents the numbers 0 or 1, as
well as processes for their manufacture and their use for
dyeing nitrogen-containing fibre materials.
628
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,872
DISPERSIBLE PHENYL-AZOPHENYL
DYESTUFFS
Stefan Roller, Pratteln, Basel-Land, Switzerland, assignor
to Ciba-Gelgy AG. Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 24 1969 Ser. No- 869,380
Qaims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 7, 1968,
16,653/68
Int. CI. C07c 707/06; C09b 29/08. 29/26
WTO ^1 260 207 1 ^^ Claims
Dyestuffs which are free from water-solubilizing groups
dissociating acid in water and corresponding to the
formula
A-N=N
k
/
\
■N
CHjCHiCN
CHr-CH-CHr-OR
wherein A represents the residue of a diazo component of
the benzene series having at least one non-ionogenic. elec-
tron-attracting substituent or the radical of a diazo compo-
nent of the heterocyclic series, X and Y represent mde-
pendently of each other, hydrogen, a lower alkyl group,
lower alkanoybmino or halogen. Z represents an acyl
radical and R represents an optionally su^tituted lower
alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl or aryl radical. These dyestuffs
are distinguished by good affinity especially for polyester
fibers, affording dyeings on these fibers which have good
fastness properties and especially good fastness to light
and sublimation.
3 709 873
PROCESS FOR SYNTHESIZING THE Dl-ESTERS OF
^^^ CONDENSED PHOSPHORIC ACID
Yasuo Fuiimoto, Machida-shi, Japan, assignor to Kyowa
Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.. Tok>o, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 814 844
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Apr. 11, iv«b,
43/23,707
Int. CI. C07c 69/32; C07d 51/50
U.S. a. 260— 211.5 R . .^ u ,*!!!
Die-esters of condensed phosphoric acid having the
general formula
l.(^-D-arabinofuranosyl) - 5 - azacytosine derivatives and
l-(2'-thio-/3-I>arabinofuranosyl) cytosine and methods of
preparing such compounds and converting the aforemen-
tioned 2,2'-anhydro derivatives to the corresponding 1-^-
D-arabinofuranosyl cytosine derivatives. The 2,2'-anhy-
dro-l-(3'-0-acyl-^-D-arabinofuranosyl) cytosine and (b)
2 2' - anhydro - 1 - (3'-0-acyl-/3-D-arabinofuranosyl)-2-
thiocytosine derivatives are prepared by treating the cor-
responding cytosine ribonucleosides with a suitable a-
acyloxy acid halide. Other pharmaceutically acceptable
salts can be prepared by ion exchange. Treatment of these
derivatives with an aqueous alkaline solution affords the
corresponding l-(^-D-arabinofuranosyl) cytosine nucleo-
sides. The 2,2'-anhydro-l-(3'-0-acyl-/3-D-arabinofurano-
syl) cytosine; (S) 2,2'-anhydro-l-(3'-0-acyl-^-D-arabino-
furanosyl)-2-thiocytosine and l-(/3-D-arabinofuranosyl)-
5-azacytosine derivatives and l-(2'-thio-^-D-arabino-
furanosyl) cytosine exhibit anUviral and cytotoxic ac-
tivity, and the 2,2'-anhydro derivatives are further useful
as intermediates for the preparation of l-(^-D-arabino-
furanosyl) cytosines which also have utility as antiviral
and cytotoxic agents.
3,709,875
METHOD OF PREPARING DEXTRAN AND
DEXTRAN COMPOUNDS SOLUBLE IN
COLDW.\TER .^ . .. w • ,AT
Henry Marinus Christensen, Fredenksborgvej 107,
Roskilde, Denmark
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,681
Claims priority, application Denmark, Nov. 1, 1968,
Int. CI. C08b i/00
I T c r-i 260 209 D Claims
Dertrans and dextran derivatives which are readily
soluble in cold water are produced by adding a sinipy
alcohol- or ketone-water mixture of dextran or a dex-
tran derivative to a highly concentrated alcohol or ketone
to produce a granular precipitate which is washed with
the respective concentrated alcohol or ketone.
o / o \ 9
»_0-ll-o(-f-o)-f-0-R"
<!)H \ OH /»♦. OH
wherein both R and R" represent: organic radicals such
as alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl; sugar residues such as imid-
azole type-, flavin type-, pyridine type-, pynmidme type-
or purine type- nucleosides, or mono- or oligo-
saccharides; amino acid residues; vitamin residues; steroid
residues and the like; and wherein m and n represent
integers such as 0. 1, 2, 3 and the like, are produced by
reacting a mono-ester of mono- or oligo-phosphoramidate
or a salt thereof or a di-ester of mono- or ohgo-phos-
phoric acid or a salt thereof with a mono-ester of mono-
or oligo-phosphoric acid or a salt thereof in the presence
of a solvent comprising a tri-ester or tri-esters of phos-
phoric acid.
3,709,874
l-S-D-ARABINOFUTRANOSYL CYTOSINE DERIVA-
^ WES AND METHODS OF PREPARING
John G. Moffatt, Los Altos, and Alan F. Russell, San
Francisco, Calif., assignors to Syntex CorporaUon,
Panama, Panama .. ,
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,206
Intel. C07d 57/52
U^. a. 260-211.5 R ^ ^. 30 Claims
2 2'-anhydro-l-(3'-0-acyl - ^ - D - arabinofuranosyl)
cytosine salt derivatives; (S) 2,2'-anhydro-l-(3'-0-acyl-
^-D-arabinofuranosyl) - 2 - thiocytosine salt derivatives;
3,709,876 „,_
WATFR SOLUBLE HYDROXYETHYL METHYL
^cISllSsE ETOER THICKENER FOR LATEX
^Zkn. Glomski, Lewis E. D«^' «X^^cfenS:
Grover, Midland, Mich., assignors to The Dow cnemi
cal Company. Midland, Mich. m„ii«4^«
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 138 435,
Apr 29 1971. This application Apr. lU, iv/*»
^^•*^°''St'ci.C08h 77/08. 27/i2 ^^ ^^^^^
"^New w"t2r~ofuU hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose ethen
have been prepared which are improved thickeners for
Sex paint.'Th?se new ethers ^ave a thermal gel point
ereater than 100° C, a hydroxyethyl MS of about 1.0-3.5.
a methoxy DS of about 0.6-1.6 and a total DS of about
1 r2T Latex paint thickened with these new ethers has
improved enzyme resistance and compatibility with pre-
dispersed colorants.
3,709,877
PROCESS FOR THE SULFATION OF
CELLULOSIC ETHERS
Deger Tunc, Edison, N J., assignor to Johnson & Johnson
^ Filed Mar. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 232,371
..a_,.,'"''^''^"'' "Claims
^ A pfoJes^^or manufacturing sulfated alkali cellulose
ethtrs'by reacting together cellulosic ethers and sulfating
i*
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
629
agents in an organic diluent medium. The reacted mixture
is then combined with water to form a mother liquor from
which the sulfated cellulose ethers are precipitated. By
carefully controlling the concentration parameters of the
mother liquor, a product will precipitate which can be
cast into a film capable of rapidly dissolving in water.
Specifically, the mother liquor should be controlled to
maintain a pH of at least about 3.8 and a cation concen-
tration of a prescribed level.
3 709 878
8 ALPHA-METHYL-SUBSTTTUTED-STEROIDS
Eugene E. Galantay, Morristown, NJ., assignor to
Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Hanover, N J.
No Drawing. Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,743
Int. CI. C07c 77i/70
U.S. Cl. 260—239.55 12 Claims
8 alpha-methyl-substituted steroids, e.g., 3-methoxy-
8 alpha-methylestra-l,3,5(10)-trien-17/3-ol, are useful as
pharmaceutical agents, and are obtainable from 7,7-di-
halo-cyclo[6o,7ao]-B-homogona-l,3,5(10)-trienes.
3 709 879
10-(3-DIMETHYLAMiNo'-2-METHYLPROPYL)-2.
VALERYLPHENOTHIAZINE
Shirish Chandubhal Amin, Homchurch, David Henry
Jones, Rayleigh, and Donald Robert Maxwell. Brent-
wood, England, assignors to May & Baker Limited,
Dagenham, Essex, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,706
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 27, 1969,
16.219/69
Int. CI. C07d 93/14
US. CI. 260—243 AA 1 Claim
The new phenothiazine derivatives of the formula:
/V'\/X
o
I R.
CHjCHCHiNR'R*
CHi
wherein R* represents alkyl of 1 throu^ 4 carbon atoms,
or cycloalkyl of 3 through 6 carbon atoms, and R' and R'
represent alkyl of 1 through 4 carbon atoms, for example
10-(3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropyl) - 2 - valerylpheno-
thiazine, and their oximes. are useful in the treatment of
spasticity without inducing significant undesirable sedative
side-eflfects.
3,709,881
PREPARATION OF N-ALKYLMORPHOLINES FROM
DIETHYLENE GLYCOL AND ALKYLAMINES
Glenn H. Warner. St. Albans, W, Va.. assignor to
Union Carbide Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
669,367, Sept. 21, 1967. This applicadon Feb. 19,
1971, Ser. No. 117,061
Int CI. C07d 87/24, 87/26
U.S. CI. 260—247 18 Claims
TT^e disclosure describes the preparation N-alkyl-mor-
pholines by the reaction of diethylene glycol and an alkyl,
dialkyl or trialkylamine in the presence of a hydrogena-
tion catalyst. In the preferred embodiments the reaction is
conducted in the presence of hydrogen, at elevated temper-
atures and pressures in the presence of water.
The examples specifically disclose the reaction of di-
ethylene glycol and diethylamine, ethylamine, triethyl-
amine, and dimethylamine, at about 250° C. and up to
about 1500 p.s.i.g. in the presence of hydrogen and a nickel
hydrogenation catalyst supported on an inert carrier for
the production of N-methyl-morpholine and N-ethylmor-
pholine.
3,709,882
3-NTrROSOBENZOXAZINES
Karl Elter, Cologne, Germany, assignor to Farbenfabriken
Baver Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 19,086
Int. CI. C07d 87/14. 87/06. 85/26
U.S. CI. 260—244 R 2 Clalnu
Compounds of the formula:
Y H
/ ^y
R C
\ / \
N R«
I
NO
wherein R is bifunctional, aliphatic, aromatic or arali-
phatic, R2 is hydrogen, aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic,
— (CH2)xCH0, where x is 0-6, or phenyl substituted by
CHO. Y is — O— . —COO—. — CONH— , — SOj— .
—SOjO— , — SO2NH— . — NR»— , —CO— NR'— , or
— S02NR>— , wherein R* is aliphatic, aryl or heterocyclic
are described. The compounds are useful for their mol-
luscocidal activity, and which may be prepared in a single
step by reaction of an appropriate amino alcohol, alde-
hyde and nitrous acid or a compound yielding nitrous
acid.
3,709,880
ANTIBIOTIC PURIFICATION PROCESS
Robert T. Goegelman, Linden, and Thomas W. Miller,
Carteret, N J., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway,
NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
Hon Ser. No. 19,497, Mar. 13, 1970. This application
Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,674
Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260—243 C 8 Claims
Fermentation broths or impure solutions containing 7-
(D-5-amino - 5 - carboxyvaleramido)-3-<carbamoyloxy-
methyl)-7-methoxy-3-cephem-4-carboxylic acid, a sub-
stance having antibiotic activity against gram-negative and
gram-positive microorganisms, are purified using ion ex-
change resins or adsorbents such as activated carbon and
poly-acrylamide or dextran gels.
3,709,883
SULFUR CONTAINING DERIVATI\TS OF
DIALKYL-4-HYDROXYPHENYLTRIAZINE
Martin Dexter, Briarcliff Manor, and Martin Knell, Ossln-
ing, N.Y., and Heirao Brunetti, Reinach, Basel-Land,
Switzeriand, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation,
Greenburgh, N.Y. .,«-.r^
No Drawing. Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,566
Int. Cl. C07d 55/50
U.S. CI. 260—248 CS 12 Claims
Novel sulfur derivatives of dialkyl-4-hydroxyphenyltri-
azine were prepared which are stabilizers of organic ma-
terial. Certain of these compounds can be prepared (1)
by direct alkylation of 2,6-dialkylphenol with a 2,4-bis-
(alkylthio)-6-chloro-l,3,5-triazine compound; (2) by the
reaction of an alkyl mercaptan with the appropriate 6(3',-
5'-dialkyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl ) 2,4-dichloro- 1 ,3 ,5-triazine; or
(3) by the reaction of an acid chloride of dialkylhydroxy-
benzoic or phenylalkanoic acid with a mono or dialkyl
substituted dithiobiuret. A typical embodiment of this in-
vention is 6(3',5'-di-t-butyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl)-2,4-bis(n-
octylthio)-l,3,5-triazine. The compounds of this invention
are useful as stabilizers of organic materials which are
subject to oxidative and thermal deterioration.
630
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3 709 884
3,5-DIALKYL - 4 - HYDROXYPHENYL ALKANOIC
ACID ESTERS OF 2,4,6.TRIS-(ALKANOLA.MINO)
DERIVATIVES OF TRIAZLNE
Martin Dexter, Briarcliff Manor, and David Herbert
Steinberg, Bronx, N.Y., assignors to Ciba-Geigj Corpo-
ration, Greenburgh, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July I, 1971, Ser. No. 159,022
Int. CI. C07d 55/50
VS. CI. 260—249.6 5 Claims
3,5-dialkyl - 4 - hydroxyphenyalkanoic acid esters of
2,4,6-tris-(alkanolamino) derivatives of s-triazine can be
prepared by reacting a 3,5-dialkyl - 4 - hydroxyphenyl-
alkanoic acid with a 2,4,6 - tris-(alkanolamino)-s-triazine
An example of such a compound is 2,4,6-tris-[3'-(3",5"-
di-t-butyl - 4" - hydroxyphenyI)propionoxyethyIamino]-
1,3,5-triazine. These compounds are useful as stabilizers
of organic substrates subject to oxidative and thermal
degradation.
3 709 885
l-(m.TRrFLUOROMETHVLPHENYI)-4 - (N-ALKYL-
N.ALKOXY)-AMINO-5-HALO-PVRIDAZO.NE-(6)
Cuno Ebner, Reinach, and Max Scbuler, Arlesbeim,
Switzerland, assignors to Sandoz Ltd. (also known as
Sandoz KG), Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 98,123
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 19, 1969,
18,917/69
Int. CI. C07d 51/04
U.S. CI. 260—250 A 3 Oaims
The invention concerns novel pyridazone compounds of
the formula:
CFi
wherein
-N
/
I
\
OR,
Ri and Rj are each alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
X is halogen.
Processes for the production of the compounds are also
described. The compounds have useful herbicidal activity.
3 709 886
PYRAZOLOPHTHALAZINONE COMPOUNDS AND
PROCESS FOR PREPARATION THEREOF
Giangiacomo Nathansohn, Milan, Italy, assignor to
Gnippo Lepetit, S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,775
Int. CI. C07d 51/06
U.S. CI. 260—250 A 15 Claims
PyrazoIo[l,2 - b]phthalazine - l,5(10H)-diones corre-
sponding to the formula
aA,.
^:r^'
-NR,R,
wherein Rj and Rj are hydrogen, lower alkyl, halo-lower
alkyi, aralkyl, aryl or acyl, Rj and Rj taken together with
the adjacent nitrogen atom forming a heterocyclic ring
containing 1-2 heteroatoms, R3 is hydrogen, halogen,
lower alkyl, aryl and acyl, and R4 represents hydrogen,
lower alkyl or aryl are disclosed. The compounds are
prepared by reacting a corresponding 3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-
phthalazinone with an unsaturated carboxylic acid acyl
chloride derivative of the formula
Cl— C— NR'iR',
C— R'l
Cl— C
wherein R'l and R'2 are the same as Rj and R2, except
that hydrogen and acyl are excluded, and R'3 represents
halogen, lower alkyl and aryl. The process is carried out
in an inert organic solvent in the presence of a tertiary
amine. The new compounds of the present invention are
suitable for use as anti-inflammatory, analgesic and anti-
pyretic agents.
3 709 887
l-SUBSTITUTED - 5,6' - DIHYDRO - 7H-PYRIDO
(3,2,l-ij)QUINAZOLIN-3(3H)-ONES AND THEIR
PREPARATION
George A. Cooke, Denville, and William J. Houlihan,
Mountain Lakes, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander,
Inc., Hanover, N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 13,817, Feb. 24, 1970. This application
Dec. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 206,156
Int. Cl. C07d 51/48
VS. Cl. 260—251 A 15 Claims
Disclosed are compounds of the general class of 1-aryl-
5,6-dihydro - 7H - pyrido[3,2,l-ij]quinazolin-3(3H)-ones
including compounds which are l-aryl-5,6-dihydro-7H-
pyrido[3,2,l-ij]quinazolin-3-(3H)-ones, and compounds
which are l-aryl-l,2,5,6-tetrahydro-7H-pyrido[3.2,l-ij j
quirazoIin-3(3H)-ones. The 5.6-dihydro compounds are
prepared by oxidation of the corresponding 1,2.5,6-tetra-
hydro compounds and the latter are prepared by reaction
of a 2,3-dihydro-l(4H)-quinoline-carboxamide with an
appropriately substituted or unsubstituted aromatic alde-
hyde. The pyrido[3,2,l-ij]quinazolin-3(3H)-ones have
pharmacological activity in animals and are useful as
sedatives, analgesics or anti-inflammatory agents. The
quinoline-carboxamide are useful as sedatives and are
prepared by reacting the corresponding quinoline with
isocyanic acid.
3 709 888
ARYI^SUBSTITUTED'-PYRIDO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDIN.
2-ONES
Goetz E. Hardtmann, Florbam Park, NJ., assignor to
Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Hanover, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
870,445, Oct. 20, 1969. This appUcation June 1, 1970,
Ser. No. 42,538
Int. Cl. C07d 57/20
VS. Cl, 260—256.4 F 16 Claims
Compounds are of the class of aryl-substituted-1-sub-
stituted-4-aryl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-ones, which are
useful as anti-inflammatory agents. Intermediates for pre-
paration include the corresponding l-unsubstituted-4-aryl-
pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-ones, compounds which are
pyridyl-phenyl ketone imines and compounds which are
aryl-substituted-2-amino-nicotinonitriIes of which the
latter are also useful as anti-inflammatory agents.
3 709 889
AMINOETHANESULFONYL PIPERIDINE AND
PYRROLIDINE
Shnn-Icbi Naito, 35 Murasakino Kamitoridacho,
Kita-ku, Kyoto, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,969
Claims priority, application Japan, May 8, 1969,
44/35,435, 44/35,436, 44/35,437
Int. Cl. C07d 29/34
U.S. Cl. 260—293.85 3 Claims
Stable, water-soluble aminoethanesulfonyl derivatives
having analgesic activity or antilipemic action are de-
scribed. They are prepared by ammonolysis of the cor-
responding halides, preferably under high pressure in the
presence of a catalyst, or by deacylation of the corre-
sponding acylamino or acylimino compound, or by nico-
tinoylation of an amino compound.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
631
3,709,890
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF DIMERIC
IMINES AND PYRROLES
John Charles Leffingwell, Winston-Salem, N.C., assignor
to R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Winston-Salem,
N.C.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
759,750, Sept. 13, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 595,001, Nov. 17, 1966. This
application Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,173
Int. Cl. C07d 27/20; C07c 119/00
VS. Cl. 260—283 R 8 Claims
The production of dimeric imines (Schiff bases) and
pyrroles from monomeric imines by treating monomeric
imines with manganese dioxide, nickel peroxide or lead
dioxide.
droxy and an a-substituted phenylacetoxy radical of the
formula:
?1
3,709.891
MANUFACTLRE OF LYSERGOLS
Eckart Elch, Marienbom, and Hans Rochelmeyer, Mainz,
Germany (both % Farbwerke Hoechst AG, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany)
No Drawing. Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,564
Claims priority, application Germany, July 12, 1969,
P 19 35 556.7
Int. Cl. C07d 43/20
U.S. Cl. 260—285.5 5 Claims
Method for making lyscrgol or Nj-lower alkyl lysergols
from elymoclavine or Nj-lower alkyl elymoclavine by
heating in an organic solvent in the presence of activated
aluminum oxide alone, or in the presence of aluminum
oxide or charcoal in combination with certain metal oxides
or certain noble metals.
' 3,709,892
A LKYLPHENOXY- ALKYL AMINES AS GASTRIC
ANTISECRETORY AGENTS
Peter R. Leeming, Peter E. Cross, and David A. Cox,
Canterbury, and Joachim Augstein, Linford, England,
assignors to Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,604
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 12, 1969,
29,780/69
Int. Cl. C07d 29/18
U.S. Cl. 260—293.83 17 Claims
Novel ortho-substituted phenoxyalkylamines having gas-
tric antisecretory activity are prepared. A typical embodi-
ment is N,N-diethyl-2[2-(2-cyclohexylethyl)phenoxy]
eth'ylamine.
CrH
6"5"
\
wherein Rj is selected from the group consisting of hy-
drogen and hydroxy group; R2 is selected from the group
consisting of aryl and cycloalkyl. The invention includes
the corresponding pharmaceutically acceptable quaternary
nitrogen derivatives and salts with organic or inorganic
acids, as well as the preparation thereof. The compounds
are therapeutically useful.
3,709,894
THlENOI3,4-b]PYRIDINE AND THIENO[3,4-c]
PYRIDINE
Le Roy H. Klemm, Eugene, Oreg., Wayne O. Johnson,
Hatboro, Pa., and Danny V. White, Sacramento, Calif.,
assignors to Research Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,671
Int. Cl. C07d 31/50
V.S. Cl. 260—294.8 C 4 Claims
Thieno[3,4-b] pyridine and thieno[3,4-c] pyridine have
been prepared.
There are six theoretically possible thienopyridines, viz
thieno[2,3-b]pyridine (I), thieno[2,3-c]pyridine (II),
thieno[3,2-b]pyridine (III), thieno[3,2-c]pyridine (IV),
thieno[3,4-b]pyridine (V) and thieno[3,4-c]pyridine
(VI).
7 1
S2 I S2
4 3
V
4 3
VI
3 709 893
HYDROXYISOQUINUCLIDINE DERIVATIVES
Luigi Bernard!, Cesare Bertazzoli, and Tecia Chieli,
Milan, and Paolo Maggioni, Montevecchia (Como).
Italy, assignors to Societa Farmaceutici Italia, Milan,
Italy
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,747
Claims priority, application Italy, July 29, 1969,
20,217 69
Int. Cl. C07d 39/00
U.S. Cl. 260—293.54 12 Claims
Esters of 6-hydroxy and 6-hydroxyisoquinuclidines
substituted in the 2-position having the formula:
':^-
wherein R is a lower alkyl or aralkyl; X and Xi are dif-
ferent and are selected from the group consisting of hy-
Of the above-identified compounds only I, II, III and W
have been previously prepared, see for example, L. H.
Klemm, C. E. Klopfenstein, R. Zell, D. R. McCoy and
R. A. Klemm, J. Org. Chem., 34, 347 (1969) and L. H.
Klemm, J. Shabtai, D. R. McCoy and W. K. T. Kiang,
J. Heterocyclic Chem., 5, 883 (1968).
3,709,895
PRODUCTION OF S-METHYLENE-
2.4-OXAZOLIDINEDIONES
Relnhold Kohlhaupt, Frankenthal, and Friedrich B«cke,
Heidelberg, Germany, assignors to Badische Amlm- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafcn (Rhine),
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,M7
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 18, 1969,
P 19 47 193.3
Int. Cl. C07d 85/34
VS. CI. 260—307 B 9 Claims
The production of 5-methylene-2,4-oxazolidinediones
by cyclization of ^-aminolactamideureihanes at elevated
632
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
temperature, and the new 5-methylene-2,4-oxazoIidine-
diones. The new compounds which can be prepared by
the process according to the invention are fungicides and
valuable starting materials for the production of dyes and
pesticides.
3,709,896
l,4.BIS.[BENZOXAZOLYM2')].NAPHTHALENE
DERIVATIVES
Hans Frischkorn, Hofheim, Taunus, and Ulrich Pintscho-
vius and Horst Behrenbnich, Kelkbeim, Taunus, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurl
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
655,768, July 25, 1967. This application Sept. 29, 1970,
Ser. No. 76,622
Claims priority, application Germany, July 27, 1966,
F 49,793; July 6, 1967, F 52,873
Int. CI. C07d 85/48
U.S. CI. 260—307 D 8 Claims
1,4 - bis-[ben20xazolyl-(2')] -naphthalenes having car-
boxy or carboxylic acid ester groups on the benzoxazole
groups, which compounds are excellent optical bright-
eners, especially for polyamides and polyesters.
in which the alkanoyl group is of 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
inclusive, alkylthio, in which the alkyl group is defined
as above, alkylsulfinyl, in which the alkyl group is defined
as above, and dialkylamino, in which the alkyl group is
defined as above, and for some of intermediates is
claimed. The final compounds and intermediates are trans-
quilizers and sedatives and are useful in mammals, in-
cluding man and birds.
3 709 899
6-PHENYL.4H-s-TRIAZ0'L0{4,3-al[l,41BENZ0DI-
AZEPINES AND THEIR PRODUCTION
Jackson B. Hester, Jr., Galesburg, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,291
Int. CI. C07d 57/02
U.S. CI. 260—308 R 19 Claims
1-substituted - 6 - phenyl - 4H - s - triazolo[4,3-a] [1,4]
benzodiazepines of the Formula VI:
3 709 897
2-ARYL-4,4.DIALKYL.5-HALOMETHYLENE-
OXAZOLINES
Patrick J. McNulty, Wyndmoor, Colin Swithenbank,
Perkasie, Kenneth L. Viste, Warminster, and William
C. von Meyer, Willow Grove, Pa., assignors to Rohm &
Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
829,084, May 29. 1969. This application Apr. 19, 1971,
Ser. No. 135,450
Int. CI. C07d 85/36
U.S. CI. 260—307 F 10 Claims
Compounds belonging to the class of 2-(mono, di or
tri-substituted phenyl) - 4,4-dialkyl-5-halomethylene-oxa-
zolines and their salts. They are selective herbicides and
fungicides.
3 709 898
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF TRIAZOLO-
BENZODIAZEPINES AND INTERMEDUTES
Jackson B. Hester, Jr., Galesburg, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 114,049
Int. CI. C07d 33/52, 55/06. 57/02
U.S. CI. 260—308 R 13 Claims
A multistep process for the production of triazoloben-
zodiazepines of ihe Formula 1:
-Ri
VI
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of chlo-
rine, bromine, cyano, OR' in which the alkyl group R'
is of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, inclusive, and
-N
/
i
\
in which R" and R'" are alkyl groups defined as above
or together
R'
-N
/
\
R"
represent pyrrolidino, piperidino, and morpholino; where-
in Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and alkyl, as defined above; and wherein R2, R3. R4. and
R5 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, as defined above, dialkylamine, in which alkyl is
defined as above, fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, tri-
fluoromethyl. and alkoxy, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, and
alkylsulfonyl, in which the carbon chain moieties are of
1 to 3 carbon atoms, inclusive, are produced by heating a
4H-s-triazolo[4,3-a] [ l,4]benzodiazepine:
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hy-
drogen and alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, inclusive;
wherein Ri is hydrogen or alkyl defined as above; and
wherein R2, R3, R4, and R5 are selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl defined as above, fluorine,
chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano. trifluoromethyl, alkoxy
of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, inclusive, amino, alkanoylamino
-Ri
wherein Rj. Rj, R3. R4. and R5 are defined as above, with
a N-halosuccinimide (chloro or bromo) to give the com-
pound II (or VI in which R is chlorine or bromine). The
compound Ila (R of VI is bromo) gives with cuprous
cyanide the compound III (R=CN). with sodium alkoxide
CHEMICAL
633
January 9, 1973
IV (R=OR' R' defined as above); and with a secondary B is a 5-membered heteroaromatic ring of the formula:
amine the compound V
-N
R"
R'
in which R" and R'" are alkyl, defined as above or
-N
are pyrrolidino, piperidino and morpholino.
The new products of Formula VI including their
pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts are useful
as sedatives, transquillizers, and muscle relaxants in mam-
mals and birds.
wherein
D is CH or N,
E is oxygen, sulphur, N-Iower alkyl or N-aryl,
Y is hydrogen, 1 or 2 lower alkyls, 1 or 2 halogens, aryl
or substituted aryl, and
n is 1 or 2,
are produced by reacting a compound of the formula:
3,709,900
4,5-DICYANO-2H-IMIDAZOLES
Donald Ray Hartter, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
iNo Drawing. Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,573
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. a. 260—309 7 Claims
Diiminosuccinonitrile reacts with aldehydes to give 2-
substituted - 4.5 - dicyanoimidazoles and with methyl
ketones to give 2 - methyl - 2 - substituted - 4.5 - dicyano-
2H-imidazoles in the presence of an acid catalyst. Acetah
can be employed in place of the ketones or aldehydes in
this process. The 2 - substituted - 4,5 - dicyanoimidazoles
are known compounds which are useful as chemical inter-
mediates. The 2 - methyl - 2 - alkyl - 4,5 - dicyano-2H-
imidazoles are useful in protecting plants from soil fungi.
3.709.901
SUBSTITUTED N-BENZYLIMIDAZOLES
Wilfried Draber, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Erik Regel, Wup-
pertal-Cronenberg. and Karl-Heinz Biicbel and Manfred
Plempel, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,219
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 7, 1969,
P 19 11 646.2
Int. a. C07d 99/02
U.S. CI. 260—310 R 9 Claims
Substituted N-benzylimidazoles of the formula:
m
O
B
wherein A, B, X and m are as above defined and Z is
chlorine or bromine, with at least the theoretically
necessary amount of imidazole, optionally in the pres-
ence of an acid acceptor, in a polar organic solvent, at
a temperature of from 20° C. to 150° C. These' substi-
tuted N-benzylimidazoles are useful as antimycotics and
are effective against both yeasts and dermatophytes.
These compounds are eflfective against a wide range of
fungi pathogenic to humans and animals.
3,709,902
PHOSPHORYLATED 1,2,5-OXADIAZOLE
DERIVATIVES
Cllve B. C. Boyce, Heme Bay, Michael D. Barker. Maid-
stone, and Jack Wood, Sittingbourne, England, as-
signors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,390
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, Apr. 22, 1970,
19,192/70
Int. CI. C07d 85/56
U.S. CI. 260—307 G 5 Claims
This invention provides pesticidally active compounds
of the general formula:
RiO s
/
Ri
X— A
1
V
N
wherein
Ri, R2 and R3 are each hydrogen, straight or branched
chain lower alkyl or straight or branched chain lower
alkenyl.
X is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy. lower alkyl-
mercapto, lower alkenylmercapto. trifluoromethyl,
halogen, nitro, cyano, amino or amino substituted by
1 or 2 aliphatic moieties,
m is 1 or 2,
A is phenyl, substituted phenyl, pyrfdyl, lower alkyl or
cycloalkyl,
wherein the various symbols have the respective meanings
described in the specification. A representative compound
is 3-(dimethoxyphosphinothioylthiomethyl) - 4 - methyl-
1,2,5-oxadiazole.
3,709,903
WATER-SOLUBLE QUATERNARY AMMONIUM
PHTHALOCYAMNE DYESTLFFS
Pati-ick J. Jefferies, Erlanger, Ky., and Nathan N. Crounse,
Cincinnati, Ohio, assignors to Steriing Drug Inc., New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
777,884, Nov. 21, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 551,868, May 23, 1966. This
application Julv 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,676
Int. CI. C09b 47/04, 47/06; D21h 1/46
U.S. CI. 260—314.5 14 Claims
Water-soluble cationic dyestuffs of the formulae
'R'
A— j-N— Oower-alkylcne)— N
V' " -■ ^
^R»
e
')
R»/i
kAn'^
634
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and
or
\
N-R« I gAn©
R'»® /g
wherein
R° is hydrogen, lower-alkyl or hydroxy-lower-alkyl;
Ri is lower-alkyl, lower-alkenyl or hydroxy-lower-alkyl;
R' is lower-alkyl, lower-alkenyl, hydroxy-lower-alkyl or
-(lower-alkylene)-NROY or Ri and R2 together with
the nitrogen atom, are pyrrolidino, piperidino or 4-low-
er-alkanoyl piperazino;
Y is hydrogen or ^
O
wherein R is hydrogen, lower-alkyl, lower-alkenyl,
phenyl or phenyl-lower alkyl;
A is a member selected from the group consisting of (1)
a phthalocyanine dyestuff residue attached to the qua-
ternary ammonium nitrogen atom through a methylene
bridge or (2) an aromatic azo dyestuff residue attached
to the quaternary ammonium nitrogen atom through a
lower-alkylene bridge;
A: is a small integer whose value is dependent on the nature
of A such that it has a range from one to two when
A is an aromatic azo dyestuff residue as described above
and a range from one to five when A is a phthalocyanine
residue as described above;
R8 is lower-alkyl, lower-alkenyl or hydroxy-lower-alkyl;
R9 is lower-alkyl or hydroxy-lower-alkyl;
R^° is lower-alkyl or lower-alkenyl;
A^ is an aromatic azo dyestuff residue attached to the
quaternary ammonium nitrogen atom through a lower-
alkylene bridge;
^ is a small integer whose value is dependent on the
nature of A^ such that it has a range from one to two;
and
An is an anion
are particularly useful for coloring natural fibers, synthetic
fiber-forming materials and cellulosic materials.
3,709,904
AAflNOETHYLATION REACTION AND
PRODUCTS THEREOF
Donald A. Tomalia and Narayanial D. Ojha, Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed June 18, 1969, Ser. No. 834,562
Int. CI. C07d 85/36
U.S. CI. 260—307 F 5 Claims
An aminoethyl derivative of a primary or secondary
alcohol is prepared in the reaction between (1) a primary
or secondary alcohol and (2) a molecular complex of
SO2 and an aziridine having the structural formula
N — I'-Ri
N— R,
hN-LNl
li Ri
wherein Rj-Ra are inert hydrocarbon radicals and X is
oxygen or sulfur. The aminoethylated reaction products,
after the SO2 is removed, contain basic amino groups
and are useful in neutralizing acids, abstracting acidic
gases from flue gas, and as curing agents for epoxy resins.
3,709,905
N-TERT-ALKYLAMINO PYRROLIDINYLTfflO-
CARBONYL SULFIDES
Gene R. Wilder, Medina, Ohio, assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,658
Int. CI. C07d 27/04
U.S. CI. 260—326.83 3 Claims
A compound of the formula
R
CHj-CH S
\ J) H
N-C— S-N-
CH:-CH
tert-alkyl
where R is hydrogen or lower alkyl which is useful for
accelerating the vulcanization of diene rubber.
3,709,906
2.ALKYL.4,5-DIPHENYLPYRROLE DERIVATIVES
Norio Yosbida, Kuniyuki Tomita, and Yosbio lizuka,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Sankyo Company Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 17,359
Claims prioritv. application Japan, July 26, 1968,
43/52.832; Apr. 19, 1969, 44/30,491; June 16,
1969, 44/47,486
Int. CI. C07d 27/22
U.S. CI. 260—326.5 M 9 Claims
Novel 2-alkyl-4,5-diphenylpyrrole derivatives of the
formula
^X
^Ag
Ri H
wherein X and Y may be the same or different and each
represents hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower
alkoxy group, an N-di(lower alkyl) amino group of a
halogen atom, provided that both X and Y are not hy-
drogen atom, and R represents a lower alkyl group.
The products have pharmacological properties and are
useful as anti-inflammatory agents and prepared by react-
ing a benzoin derivative having the formula
N— R,
Ri
CH-OH
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
635
wherein X and Y are as defined above with ammonia and
a keto-compound having the formula
HjC-Z
0=C— R
wherein R is as defined above and Z represents an esteri-
fied carboxyl group, cyano group or a carbamoyl group
which may be substituted with alkyl or phenyl to pro-
duce a 3-substituted pyrrole derivative having the formula
wherein
R
-R
wherein X, Y, R and Z are as defined above and heating
the product with an acid or an alkali substance.
3,709,907
DITHIOAMIDES
Mohammad Behforouz, Charleston, W. Va., assignor to
Monsanto Company. St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Original application June 5, 1967, Ser. No.
643,401, now Patent No. 3,539,538, dated Nov. 10,
1970. Divided and this application Jan. 12, 1970, Ser.
No. 7,436
Int. CI. C07d 27/70, 27/52
US. CL 260—326 S 8 Claims
New compounds with a nucleus of
o
I 11
R— S— S— N— C—
where the dangling valence on the nitrogen is linked to a
second carbonyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, hydrogen, alkyl-
ene carbon, or arylene carbon and R is alkyl, aryl, or
cycloalkyl are inhibitors of premature vulcanization of
diene rubbers. Compounds of the formula
/
R"'_S — S— N
\
X
where x is cycloalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or hydrogen and x' is
cycloalkyl, alkyl, or aryl; or x and x' together with the
N atom form a heterocyclic amine; and R'" is aryl, alkyl,
or cycloalkyl are also inhibitors of premature vulcaniza-
tion of diene rubbers. A combination of a vulcanization
accelerator and an inhibitor of this invention is an im-
proved rubber additive which allows longer and safer
processing time for rubber.
\
r
/
X,
N-C-NH— Y
-<3
— SOj— NH— C 0-NH-R
IS
(a) alkyl or alkenyl of 3-6 carbon atoms,
(b) endoalkylene-cyclohexyl, endoalkylene-cyclo-
hexenyl, endoalkylene-cyclohexylmethyl or endo-
alkylene-cyclohexenylmethyl of 1-2 endoalkyl-
ene carbon atoms,
(c) benzyl, phenylethyl,
(d) cyclohexyl methyl,
(e) lower alkyl cyclohexyl or dialkyl cyclohexyl,
methyl cyclopentyl,
(f) cycloalkyl of 5-8 carbon atoms in the ring
(g) cyclohexenyl, cyclohexenyl-methyl, methyl-
cyclohexenyl, or
(h) nortricyclyl.
X,
N
is indolino or tetrahydroquinolino, and
Y is alkylene of 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
3.709,909
DERIVATIVES OF 2.3-DIHYDRO-BENZOTHIO-
PHENE AND BENZOFURAN-2CARBOXYLIC
ACIDS
Ernst Habicht, Oberwil, Basel-Land, Switzerland, Bernard
Libis, Saint-Louis, France, and Janos Zergenyi, Riehen,
Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Eh-awing. Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 72,873
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 63/22, 5/34
U.S. CI. 260—330.5 3 Oaims
O i-
\f,=CHw/>C— /y
R:-C
/
Z>
xAxA
COOH
(I)
3,709,908
BENZENESULFONYL UREAS HAVING
HYPOGLYCEMIC ACTIVITY
Helmut Weber, Frankfurt am Main, Rudi Weyer, Walter
Aumuller, and Karl Mutb, Kelkheim, Taunus, and
Kurt Stach, Mannheim, Germany, assignors to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Application Feb. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 799,534,
now Patent No. 3,655,756, dated Apr. 11, 1972, which
is a continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
511,990, Dec. 6, 1965, and Ser. No. 636,290, May 5,
1967, both now abandoned. Divided and this applica-
tion Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,984
Int. CI. C07d 27/38, 33/10
U.S. CI. 260—326.11 5 Claims
Benzenesulfonyl urea compounds that are effective as
oral antidiabetic agents are disclosed to have the formula
wherein X is oxygen or sulfur; Y is hydrogen or methyl;
Z is chloro, fluoro, methyl or methoxy; Za is hydrogen or
methyl; and Ri and Ra independently of each other are
methyl or ethyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts
thereof with a base have diuretic and saluretic effects;
these compounds are active ingredients of pharmaceutical
compositions and are useful for the treatment of disturb-
ances caused by deficient elimination of electrolytes; a
typical embodiment is 2,3 - dihydro-5-(2-acetyl-3-oxo-l-
butenyl ) -6-chlor o-benzo [ b ] thiophene-2-carboxy lie acid.
3,709,910
CYCLOPROPANECARBOXYLIC ACID ESTERS
Masano Matsui, Tokyo, Takeaki Kato, Nishinomiya-shi,
Kenzo Ueda, Saitama-ken, Toshio Mizutani, Ikeda-shi,
Shigeyoshi Kitamura, Minoo-shi, Keimei Fujimoto,
Kyoto, and Yositosi Okuno, Nishinomiya-shi, Japan,
assignors to Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd.,
O^dWd J3D311
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 661.841
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 24, 1966,
41/55,973; Aug. 25, 1966, 41/56,158
Int CI. C07d 27/56
U.S. CI. 260—326 A .17 Claims
New cyclopropanecarboxylic acid esters having insecti-
cidal properties are obtained by reacting a substituted
cyclopropanecarboxylic acid or a halide or anhydride
thereof with an N-methylolated compound.
Further, the cyclopropanecarboxylates are obtained by
reacting an alkali metal salt, ammonium salt or organic
636
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tertiary amine salt of a substituted cyclopropanecarboxylic
acid with an N-halogenomethylimide compound.
The new cyclopropanecarboxylic acid esters have ex-
cellent insecticidal properties which are superior to
chrysanthemumic acid esters, which have heretofore been
used as insecticides, and arc usable as strong, multi-pur-
pose insecticides in admixture with common diluents for
insecticides and with other insecticides.
3,709,915
SESAMOLYL AND PIPERONYL ETHERS AND
THIOETHERS
John B. Siddall. Palo Alto. C alif., assignor to Zoecon Cor-
poration, Palo Alto, Calif.
FUed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,278
Int.Cl.C07d/3/yO
U.S. CI. 260-340.5 8 Claims
Esters of phenyl ethers and phenyl thioethers useful for the
control of insects.
3,709,911
[(THENYLIDENE AMINO)OXY] ALKYL CARBOX-
YLIC ACIDS AND SALTS AND ESTERS THEREOF
Jan van Dijk and Johannes Maria Antonlus Zwagemakers,
van Houtenlaan, Weesp, Netherlands, assignors to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,756
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Apr. 10, 1969,
6905499
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 63112, 63/14
U.S. CI. 260—332.2 A 7 Claims
Certain [(tbenylidene amino) oxy] alkyl carboxylic
acids their esters and salts have been found to have
strong anti-inflammatory activities and analgetic activities.
3,709,916
ANTHRAQUINONE DYESTLTFS
Rutger Neeff, Leverkusen, and Erich Klauke, Odenthal-
Habnenberg, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,461
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 19, 1969,
P 19 13 840.0
Int. CI. C09b 1/50
U.S. CI. 260—380 .. 1 Claim
DyestuiT of the formula
3,709,912
PROCESS FOR PREPARING d-RIBONOLACTONE
R>Tiji Tanaka, Tokyo, and Akio Yasuno. Narashino-shi,
Japan, assignors to Tokyo Tanabe Company, Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,065
Int. CI. C07d 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—343.6 8 Claims
Process for preparing d-ribonolactone which includes
the steps of adding one member selected from the group
consisting of iron powder, ferrous hydroxide, ferrous sul-
fate and ferrous oxalate, to an aqueous solution wherein
d-ribonic acid or an alkaline earth metal salt thereof co-
exists with d-arabonic acid or an alkaline earth metal
salt thereof, filtering the reaction solution, removing the
thus formed ferrous d-ribonate from said filtrate, adding
said ferrous d-ribonate together with an acid selected from
the group consisting of sulfuric acid, oxalic acid and
phosphoric acid to water or to an organic solvent, heating
the resultant mixture to form free d-ribonic acid and the
co-product iron salt of said acid therein, removing the co-
cnFi
in which one X denotes a hydroxy group, the other X is
an amino or nitro group, and R stands for a hydrogen
atom or a chlorine atom, as well as a process for the
production of these dyestiiffs characterised in that 4,8-di-
nitro-l,5-dihydroxy-anthraquinone and/or 4,5-dimtro-l,8-
dihydroxy-anthraquinonc is heated with anilines of the
formula
H,N
(R=H.Cl)
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
637
3,709,918
BIS (MONOALKYLTIN) ORTHOSULnTES
Christian H. Stapfer, Newtown, Pa., assignor to Cincinnati
MUacron Chemicals Inc., Reading, Ohio
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,790
Int. CI. C07f 7/22.45/36
U.S. CI. 260—429.7 1 2 Claims
Bis (monoalkyltin) orthosulfites, of the formula
R O O z
Sn S Sn
Z O O R
wherein R is an alkyl preferably having one to 12 carbon
atoms and Z is hydroxy or a monovalent or divalent organic
radical bonded to the tin through an oxygen or sulfur atom
and can be prepared by oxidation of monoalkylthiostannoic
acids with organic hydroperoxides, optionally followed by
condensation with various functional groups. These novel
orthosulfites are useful as condensation, polycondensation
and polymerization catalysts; as fungicides, bactericides and
stabilizers for synthetic polymers.
3,709,922
O-LOWER ALKANOYL OXIMES OF
CYANOACETALDEHYDE
Willy Leimgniber, Montclair, and Manfred Weigele,
North Caldwell, NJ., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche
Inc., Nutley, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,545
Int. CI. C07c 121/30
U.S. CL 260—465.4 5 Claims
This invention is directed to a process for the prepara-
tion of maononitrile ana cyanoacetamide from the reac-
tion product of a dialkyl acetal of a dialkyl formamide and
acetonitrile including intermediates therein.
3,709,923
CONVERSION OF ALDEHYDES TO ESTERS
Paul R. Stapp, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,655
Int CI. C07c 67/00
U.S. CI. 260—468 R 9 Claims
An aldehyde having not more than one hydrogen atom
bonded to any carbon atom adjacent to the aldehyde group
and wherein the alpha carbon atom, if any, is not olefini-
cally unsaturated, is heated in the presence of a boron
containing compound to produce an ester.
3.709,924
ELASTOMER HAVING IMPROVED
BUILDING TACK
Robert Edward Tarney, Cbadds Ford, Pa., and John J.
Verbanc, Wilmington, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 30, 1968, Ser. No.
771.996. Divided and this application Dec. 4, 1970,
Ser. No. 95,387
Int. CL C08d 9/08
VS. CI. 260 — 470 P 3 Claims
' An EODM elastomer -is lackfied by uniformly mixing
with a hydroxylatcd-. .arboxylated- or phenolated isopre-
3 709 V20 noidal resin formed by copolymerization of isoprene with
METHYLENE-0,0-Bls<tTHVVArFT^»vr»RO\lMATV.^ piperylcne. The resin may further include an allylically
( urtiss M.lVvv»,\\. »„rt Mi.hu.i v\ u»,vMr^ WA\^vA v.dv.«»di. Kiuiu.ucd v.Mh ^ »cnK ivW V unvii VII .«icd v>.chc -Ompounvl
Air V«uv%- Hits*., < liUt., Mu*i«.noTX Vk» \V,« V -s.n\»«. x>.*v»v vA ^'-^^ ^:x^iWvX^\<i \\\t vcacVvuw v^oAoA Vj\ v.>( v.\o;>r.l\VJni\tV\t iCrA
V\W<\V>«c. >. l«>6y,Ser. No. HH2.7SS
3,709,919
PRODUCTION OF METHANOL
Eugene F. Magoon, Walnut Creek, Calif., assignor to
Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,399
Int. CI. C07c 29/16
U.S. CI. 260—449.5 4 aaims
Methanol is produced by reaction of carbon oxides and
hydrogen in the presence of a copper-zinc-silver contain-
ing oxide catalyst.
636
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tertiary amine salt of a substituted cyclopropanecarboxylic
acid with an N-halogenometbylimide compound.
The new cyclopropanecarboxylic acid esters have ex-
cellent insecticidal properties which are superior to
chrysanthemumic acid esters, which have heretofore been
used as insecticides, and are usable as strong, multi-pur-
pose insecticides in admixture with common diluents for
insecticides and with other insecticides.
3,709,911
[(THENYLIDENE AMINO)OXY] ALKYL CARBOX-
YLIC ACIDS AND SALTS AND ESTERS THEREOF
Jan van Dijk and Johannes Maria Antonius Zwagemakers,
,van Houtenlaan, Weesp, Netherlands, assignors to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,756
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Apr. 10, 1969,
6905499
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 63/12, 63/14
U.S. CI. 260—332.2 A 7 Claims
Certain [(thenylidene amino) oxy] alkyl carboxylic
acids their esters and salts have been found to have
strong anti-inflammatory activities and analgetic activities.
3,709,912
PROCESS FOR PREPARING d-RIBONOLACTONE
Ryuji Tanaka, Tokyo, and Akio Yasuno, Narashino-shi,
Japan, assignors to Tokyo Tanabe Company, Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,065
Int. CL C07d 5/06
VS. CI. 260—343.6 8 Claims
Process for preparing d-ribonolactone which includes
the steps of adding one member selected from the group
consisting of iron powder, ferrous hydroxide, ferrous sul-
fate and ferrous oxalate, to an aqueous solution wherein
d-ribonic acid or an alkaline earth metal salt thereof co-
exists with d-arabonic acid or an alkaline earth metal
salt thereof, filtering the reaction solution, removing the
thus formed ferrous d-ribonate from said filtrate, adding
said ferrous d-ribonate together with an acid selected from
the group consisting of sulfuric acid, oxalic acid and
phosphoric acid to water or to an organic solvent, heating
the resultant mixture to form free d-ribonic acid and the
co-product iron salt of said acid therein, removing the co-
product iron salt of said acid therefrom to obtain a solu-
tion of free d-ribonic acid, and concentrating said solution
so as to lactonize said d-ribonic acid.
3,709,913
N-THIENYLALKYL-S-ALKOXY-TRIFLUORO-
METHYLPHENALKYLAMINES
John J. Lafferty, Levittown, and Charles L. Zirkic,
Berwyn, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French Lab-
oratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 14, 1970. Ser. No. 72,111
Int. CI. A61k 27/00: C07d 63/12
VS. CI. 260—332.3 R
8 Claims
N - thienylalkyl - /3 - alkoxy-trifluoromethylphenalkyl-
amines having anorectic^ activity are prepared by conden-
sation of an N-thienylalkylamine with a ^-alkoxy-trifluoro-
methylphenalkyl halide.
3,709,914
METHYLENEDIOXYPHENYL COMPOUNDS
John B. Siddall, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to
Zoecon Corporation, Palo Alto, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed July 30. 1970, Ser. No. 59,762
Int. CI. C07d 13/10
VS. CI. 260—340.5 27 Claims
Novel methylenedioxyphenyl compounds of Formulas
I, II, III and rV and intermediates useful for control
of insects.
3,709,915
SESAMOLYL AND PIPERONYL ETHERS AND
THIOETHERS
John B. Siddall. Palo Mto. t alif.. assignor to Zch'coii C ttr-
poration. Palo Alto. Calif.
FUed Dec. 31. 1970, Ser. No. 103,278
Int. CI. C07d 13110
U.S. CI. 260-340.5 8 Claims
Esters of phenyl ethers and phenyl thioethers useful for the
control of insects.
3,709,916
ANTHRAQL'INONE DYESTUFFS
Rutger Neeff, Leverkusen, and Erich Klauke. Odenthal-
Hahnenberg, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,461
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 19, 1969,
P 19 13 840.0
Int. CI. C09b 1/50
VS. CI. 260—380 1 aaim
DyestufT of the formula
o
OH
CHFi
I
NH
-<3
in which one X denotes a hydroxy group, the other X is
an amino or nitro group, and R stands for a hydrogen
atom or a chlorine atom, as well as a process for the
production of these dyestuffs characterised in that 4,8-di-
nitro-l,5-dihydroxy-anthraquinone and/or 4,5-dinitro-l,8-
dihydroxy-anthraquinone is heated with anilines of the
formula
CIIFj
--cz>
(R = H,C1)
optionally in the presence of inert organic diluents, at
temperatures of about 100-220° C, and the nitro group
containing resultant dyestuffs are optionally reduced in
known manner.
3,709,917
N-ACYL AND N-ORGANOSULFONYL MONO- OR
DI-SUBSTITUTED SULFAMOYLBENZENESUL-
FON AMIDES
Carl Ziegler, Glenside. and James M. Sprague, Gwynedd
Valley, Pa., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway,
NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 870,380
Int. CI. C07d 5/16; C07c 193/78
U.S. CI. 260—347.2 13 Claims
N-acyl and N-organosulfonyl mono-substituted or di-
substituted sulfamoylbenzenesulfonamides and salts there-
of wherein the benzene ring may be substituted by halo,
alkyl, trihalo lower alkyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy or a
hydrocarbylene moiety. The products are prepared by
either of two routes: (1) by treating a mono- or di-sub-
stituted suifamoylbenzenesulfonamide with an acyl ha-
lide (or organosulfonyl halide) or with a carboxylic acid
anhydride (or organosulfonic acid anhydride), or (2)
by treating a mono- or di-substituted sulfamoylbenzene-
sulfonyl halide with a salt of a acyl (or organosulfonyl)
amide. The products are useful in the treatment of gout
and gouty arthritis.
Jamwrv 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
637
3,709.918
BIS (MONOALKYLTIN) ORTHOSLLnTES
Christian H. Stapler, Newtown, Pa., assignor to Cincinnati
Milacron Chemicals Inc., Reading, Ohio
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,790
Int. CI. C07( 7/22, 45/.56
U.S. CI. 260— 429.7 12 Claims
Bis (monoalkyltin) onhosulfites, of the formula
R O O Z
\ / \ / \ /
/ \ / \ / \
Z O O R
wherein R is an alkyl preferably having one to 1 2 carbon
atoms and Z is hydroxy or a monovalent or divalent organic
radical bonded to the tin through an oxygen or sulfur atom
and can be prepared by oxidation of monoalkylthioslannoic
acids with organic hydroperoxides, optionally followed by
condensation with various functional groups. These novel
orthosulfites are useful as condensation, polycondensalion
and polymenzation catalysts, as fungicides, bactericides and
stabilizers for synthetic polymers
3,709,922
O-LOWER ALKANOYL OXIMES OF
CYANOACETALDEHYDE
Willy Leimgruber, Montclair, and Manfred Weigele,
North Caldwell, NJ., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche
Inc., Nutlev, N J.
No Drawing. Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,545
Int. CI. C07c 121/30
U.S. CI. 260—465.4 5 Claims
This invention is directed to a process for the prepara-
tion of maononitrile ana cyanoacetamide from the reac-
tion product of a dialkyl acetal of a dialkyl formamide and
acetonitrile including intermediates therein.
3,709,919
PRODUCTION OF METHANOL
Eugene F. Magoon, Walnut Creek, Calif., assignor to
Shell Oil Companv, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100.399
Int. CI. C07c 29/16
VS. CI. 260—449.5 4 Claims
Methanol is produced by reaction of carbon oxides and
hydrogen in the presence of a copper-zinc-silver contain-
ing oxide catalyst.
3,709,920
METHYLENE-0,0'-BlS(ETHYLACETHYDROXIMATE)
Curtis S. McDowell, and Michael W. Barnes, both of Edwards
Air Force Base, Calif., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 882,758
Int. CI. C07c 55/04. S7/00
U.S. CI. 260—453 R 4 Claims
A method for synthesizing the novel compound, meihylene-
0,0'-bis(ethylacethydroximate) by effecting a reflux reaction
between ( 1 ) a metal salt of ethyl acethydroximate and (2) a
disubstituted halo-methane.
3,709,923
CONVERSION OF ALDEHYDES TO ESTERS
Paul R. Stapp, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1970. Ser. No. 54,655
Int. CL C07c 67/00
U.S. CI. 260—468 R 9 Claims
An aldehyde having not more than one hydrogen atom
bonded to any carbon atom adjacent to the aldehyde group
and wherein the alpha carbon atom, if any, is not olefini-
cally unsaturated, is heated in the presence of a boron
containing compound to produce an ester.
3,709,924
ELASTOMER HAVING IMPROVED
BUILDING TACK
Robert Edward Tarney, Chadds Ford, Pa., and John J.
Verbanc, Wilmington, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 30. 1968, Ser. No.
771,996. Divided and this application Dec. 4, 1970,
Ser. No. 95,387
Int. CI. C08d 9/08
VS. CI. 260 — 470 P 3 Claims
An EODM elastomer is tackified by uniformly mixing
with a hydroxy iated-, caiboxylated- or phenolated isopre-
noidal resin formed by copolymerization of isoprene with
piperylene. The resin may further include an aliylically
terminated ethyienicaliy unsaturated cyclic compound,
for example the reaction product of cyclopentadiene and
alpha-methyl styrene or 2 methyl-butene-2.
3,709,921
METHOD OF FORMING DlC¥ANO COMPOUNDS
William C. Baird, Jr., Westfield, and John H. Surridge.
Scotch Plains, NJ., assignors to Esso Research and
Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 855,025
Int. CLC07C 727/26
U.S. CI. 260—465.3 9 Claims
Dicyano compounds are prepared by reacting a con-
jugated dioiefin and cuprous cyanide with molecular io-
dine or cupric bromide in the presence of an inert ali-
phatic, aromatic, or chlorocarbon diluent, e.g., carbon
tetrachloride. The preparation of dicyano compounds in
inert hydrocarbon or chlorocarbon diluents leads to iso-
lation of the dicyano compounds as a cuprous halide com-
plex and thus makes possible the regeneration and re-
cycle of the diluent and metal salts employed in the
reaction mixture. Dicyano compounds may be converted
to dibasic acids by hydrolysis or to diamines by hydro-
genation and thus find use in both the chemical and poly-
mer industries.
3,709,925
ACETYLENIC CARBAMATES
Kenneth Bowden, Bramfield, Robin Alastair Davis, Cook-
ham, Derek William Hills, Welwyn Garden City, and
George Sidney Sach, Welwyn, England, assignors to
Smith Kline & French Laboratories Limited, Welwyn
Garden City, County of Hertford, England
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,350
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 10, 1968,
58,730/68
Int. CLC07C 70//00
U.S. CI. 260—471 C II Claims
The compounds are 4 - methyl or ethyl - 4 - (N-phenyl
or N - 2 - phenylcyclopropylcarbamoyloxy) - 2 - butynyl-
tri-lower alkylammonium salts having ganglion stimulant
activity and intermediates in the preparation thereof.
3,709,926
SUBSTITUTED PHENOXY-AI KANOIC ACIDS AND
DERIVATIVES THEREOF
Fred Y. Edamura, Lennon H. McKendrj, and Eric R.
Larsen, Midland, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemi-
cal Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,688
Int. CI. C07c 69/76
VS. CI. 260—473 G 21 Claims
Compourds useful as herbicides, fungicides and insecti-
cides described as substituted phenoxy- and phenylthio-
aIkan(thio)oates and derivatives thereof.
638
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,927
METHOD FOR PREPARING METHACRYLIC
ACID ESTER
Sango Kunichika and Yasumasa Sakakibara, Kyotofu,
and Akio Noguchi, Konomu Kurisaki, Eizo Kato. and
Mitsuru Uchiyama, TokuyamashI, Japan, assignors to
Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 866,376
Int. CI. C07c 69/54, 69/56
U.S. CI. 260—486 AC 6 Claims
A methacrylic acid ester is prepared by allowing a
mixture of methylacetylene and allene to react with car-
bon monoxide and an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol
at a temperature ranging from 100° C. to 200° C. using
a catalyst comprising nickel carbonyl and an organic
acid such as methacrylic acid or crotonic acid under a
total pressure between 10 and 60 atmospheres.
3,709,928
PROCESS FOR PLTIIFYING HYDROXYALKYL-
ACRYLATES OR HYDROXYAl KYIMETHAC-
RYLATES BY DISTILLING IN THE PRESENCE
OF POLYALKYLENEGLYCOLS
Masayuki Murayama. Niigata, and Koichi Abe, Niitsu,
Japan, assignors to Japan Gas-Chemical Company, Inc.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 5, 1970, Scr. No. 43,929
Claims prioritv, application Japan, June 5, 1969,
44/44,410
Int. CI. C07c 69/52
U.S. CI. 260—486 B 3 Claims
A process for purifying hydroxvalkyUmeth)-acrylates
by distillation, which comprises effecting said distillation
in the presence of at least one member selected from the
group consisting of polyalkyleneglycols, such as polyeth-
yleneglycols, polypropyleneglycols, etc. and those con-
taining at least four carbon atoms in which two hydroxy
groups are arranged, interposing therebetween four or
more carbon atoms, such as tetramethyleneglycol.
with basic alkali metal compound and/or ammonium
compound.
3,709,931
OXIDATION PROCESS EMPLOYING NITRIC ACID
CATALYSIS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
HUMATES FROM COAL
Wayne A. Proell, Seymour, Ind., and Clifford E. Selin
and Stanford T. Holbrook, Salt Lake City, and Francis
H. Hammond. Bountiful, L'tah, assignors to American
Hydrocarbon Company, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed Oct. 9, 1968, Scr. No. 766,163
Int. CI. C07c 63/00
U.S. CI. 260—515 H 9 Claims
An oxidation process employing nitric acid catalysis
for the preparation of humates and other organic chem-
icals from coal. The process comprises the steps of intro-
ducing oxygen and a catalytic amount of nitric acid into
a reactor containing a pulverized coal, to which 5% to
35% of moisture and 25% of the total amount of nitric
acid to be employed has been admixed, maintaining the
temperature of this reactor at between about 150° F. to
about 225° F., terminating the reaction within at least
ten hours and recovering humates and other organic
chemicals.
3,709,929
4-METHYL-2-PENTANOL CROTONATE
Fritz Exner and Theodor Leidig, Holzminden. Germany,
assignors to Haarmann & Reimer Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung. Holzminden, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,228
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 10, 1970,
P 20 17 208.1
Int. CI. C07c 69/56
VJS. CI. 260—486 R 1 Claim
Subject of the invention is 4-methyl-2-pentanol croton-
ate, a process for its production whereby 4-methyl-2-
pentanol is esteriiied with crotonic acid and the use of
the crotonate for perfume compositions and as an odorant.
3,709,932
PHOSPHONOLS DICHLORIDES
Eugene H. Uhing. Ridgewood, NJ., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 860,058
Int. CI. C07f 9/48
U.S. CI. 260—543 P 10 Claims
Organophosphonous dichlorides are produced by react-
ing phosphorus trichloride with a hydrocarbon, e.g., a
lower alkane, lower alkene, benzene, or a substituted de-
rivative thereof at a temperature in excess of 350° C. in
the presence of phosgene. These phosphonous dichlorides
are useful as toxicants and chemical intermediates in many
syntheses.
3,709.933
NITRILOTRIACETYLTRICHLORIDE
George C. Hopkins. Clarence, and Raymond R. Hinder-
sinn, Lewiston, N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical
Corporation, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 788,073
Int. CI. C07c 99/00. 125/00. 125/04
VS. CI. 260—544 Y 9 Claims
Nitrilotriacetyltrichloride, a process for preparing said
compound by the reaction of nitrilotriacetic acid with
phosphorus pentachloride and the utility of said com-
pound as a chemical intermediate.
3,709,930
PETROLEUM COKE ACID SALTS
Robert M. Aim, Crown Point, Ind., assignor to Standard
Oil Company, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 705,911
Int. CI. C07c 63/00
U.S. CI. 260—515 H 2 Claims
Process for the production of novel composition useful
as soil beneficiation agent and product produced by such
process, such process comprising oxidizing petroleum
coke to form the coke acid, and neutralizing such acid
3,709.934
METHOD OF MAKING CARBOXYLIC
ACID ANHYDRIDES
Wilhelm Gruber. Wolfgang Kleine-Doepke, and Peter
Quis, Darmstadt, and Guenther Schroeder, Oberram-
stadt, Germany, assignors to Rohm & Haas G.m.b.H.,
Darmstadt, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,266
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 1, 1969,
P 19 10 463.3
Int. CI. C07c 51/56
U.S. CI. 260—546 12 Claims
Method of making carboxylic acid anhydrides by re-
acting dicyan and a carboxylic acid.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
639
3,709,935
SUBSTTTUTED GLYOXAL DITHIOSEMI-
CARBAZONES
Paul .Anthony Barrett, 183-193 Euston Road,
London, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 826,038
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, Mar. 26, 1968,
14,529/68
Int. CI. C07c 759/00
U.S. CI. 260—552 SC 8 Claims
Novel semicarbazones useful in the treatment of ana-
plasmosis having the formula:
R>
RiO-CH— C=N.NH.CS.NH.R'
I
hC=n.nh.cs.nh.r«
wherein R' is a methyl or ethyl group, R' is a hydrogen
atom or a methyl group, and R^ and R* are different, each
being a hydrogen atom, a methyl, or an ethyl group.
chloro-m-methoxy benzamide, are prepared from sub-
stituted 2.4-dihalo benzene compounds and are useful as
anti-coccidial agents, herbicides and central nervous sys-
tem depressants.
3,709,939
3,5-DIHALO-4-AMIDO-ALKOXY PHENOLS
Linneaus C. Dorman, Midland, Mich., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Original application July 8, 1966, Ser. No.
563.719, now Patent No. 3,468,926, dated Sept. 23,
1969. Divided and this application June 11, 1969, Ser.
No. 839,133
Int. CI. C07c 103/26
U.S. CI. 260—559 B
3,709,936
PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
Tomas L. Fridinger and Edward L. Mutsch. Woodbury'
Township. Washington County, and David R. Pauly,
Stillwater, Minn., assignors to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Scr. No. 90,074
U.S. CI. 260—554
Int. CI. C07c 133/02
5 Claims
The substitution of semicarbazones of 2'.6'-dihalobenz-
aldehydes by 1-alkyl groups and 3-alkylsulfonyl or 3-
arylsulfonyl groups, provides compounds which are active
plant growth regulators. Plant growth regulation provides
a more efficient means of growing food-producing plants
and the like.
9 Claims
3,709,937
AMIDES OF HEXAHYDRO-4,7.METHANOINDAN-
2-CARBOXYLIC ACID
Carl Peter Krimmel, Wauconda. III., assignor to G. D.
Scarle & Co., Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Original application July 17, 1967, Ser. No.
653,648, now Patent No. 3,547,976. Divided and this
application July 23, 1970, Scr. No. 57,813
Int. CI. C07c 103/86
U.S. CI. 260—557 B 3 Claims
Dialkylaminoalkyl amides of hexahydro-4,7-methanoin-
dan-2-carboxylic acid are described herein. They possess
anti-bacterial, anti-protozoal, anti-fungal, and anti-algal
activity. The compounds are prepared from the indan-2-
carboxylic acid chloride.
Compounds of the formula
-^Z}-""^
wherein each X is F, CI or Br and R is an alkyl group
bearing as a substituent a carboxyl, cyano, carboxamide
or carbalkoxy group, are made by reaction of the corre-
sponding halohydroquinone with the appropriate alkylat-
inc agent in the presence of a base and in an aprotic sol-
vent. The products are useful as bactericides and herbi-
cides.
3,709,940
PHOSPHORl S COMPOl NDS FOR FLAME-
PROOFING FABRICS
W ilhelm Flugel, Speyer. Germany, assignor to Dr. Quehl
& Co. GmbH, Speyer, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 3. 1971, Ser. No. 120,740
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Mar. 5. 1970,
P 20 10 531.1; Nov. 10. 1970, P 20 55 289.0
Int. CI. C07c 103/30
VS. CI. 260—561 P 7 Claims
Organic phosphorus compounds of the general formula
r CH:OH
o
0=P-CHiCHr-C— N— CH:OR
I I
CH;OH CHj
HOH2C— P— CH:OH
1
CHjGH J
®
(I)
in which R is H or Ci_3 alkyl and X is halogen or OH,
are useful for flameproofing textiles, especially textiles
including cellulosic fibres.
3,709,938
2,6-DlHALO-m-SUBSTITlTED.BENZOIC
ACID AMIDES
William J. Houlihan, Mountain Lakes, NJ., assignor to
Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Hanover, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 884,011
Int. CI. C07c 103/22
U.S. CI. 260—558 D 7 Claims
2,6-dihalo-m-substituted-benzoic acids and acid amides,
e.g., 2,6-dichloro - m - methoxybenzoic acid or 2,6 - di-
3,709,941
DIMTRIMINES
John F. IK'Bardeleben. Jr., Richmond. N a., assignor to Philip
Morris lncor|X)raltd. New \ork. \.\.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,586
Int. CI. C07c/; 9/00
U.S. CI. 260- 566 R 8 Claims
Lower aliphatic dinitrimines are disclosed, including both
open chain and cyclic dinitrimines. They are prepared by the
reaction of a dioxime with dinitrogen tetroxide at low tem-
peratures. The IR spectrum is compared with that of the
known compound, camphor nitrimine and ultraviolet mea-
surement indicate spectra typical of nitrimines. The com-
pounds have uses in pharmocology, in tobacco, as blowing
agents and as propellants.
640
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,942
PREPARATION OF DIMETHYLHYDROXYLAMINE
George J. Kaminsky, Cincinnati, and Robert G. Laughlin.
Colerain Township. Hamilton County, Ohio, assignors
to The Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Sept. 30, 1970. Ser. No. 76,843
Int. CI. C07c 83/02
VS. CI. 260—583 DD 7 Claims
An improved process for the preparation and recovery
of dimethylhydroxylamine by pyrolyzing aqueous alk\l-
dimethylamine oxide. The pyrolysis is effected by inject-
ing the aqueous amine oxide onto a heated reaction sur-
face under reduced pressure, mechanically dispersing the
amine oxide solution into a thin film over the reaction
surface for pyrolysis, distilling the dimethylhydroxylamine
and olefin pyrolysis products and separating the dimethyl-
hydroxylamine. Dimethylhydroxylamine is useful in syn-
thesizing 3-hydroxyall^yl surfactants and can also be used
as a polymerization inhibitor.
bv reaction of ethylene oxide and hydrogen sulfide in a
molar ratio of about 2:1 in the presence of thiodiglycol
as solvent at elevated temperature and at superatmos-
pheric pressure, wherein the improvement consists in
carrying out the reaction in a homogeneous phase. Thio-
diglycol is used for the production of textile and dyeing
auxiliaries.
3,709.943
PROCESS FOR THE ISOLATION OF D-ISOTHUJONE
Vladimir Hach, Vancouver. British Columbia. Robert
William Lockhart. Coquitlan, British Columbia, and
Dennis Murray Cartlidge, New Westminster, British
Columbia, Canada, assignors to MacMillan Blocdel
Limited, Vancouver, British Columbia. Canada
Filed Aug. 17. 1970, Ser. No. 64,175
Int. CI. C07c 49/26
U.S. CI. 260—587 14 Claims
An improved process is described for recovering d-iso-
thujone from a mixture containing 1-thuione and d-iso-
thujone which comprises contacting such mixture con-
taining at least 35% by weight of d-isothujone with an
aqueous bisulfite solution so as to form an adduct of d-
isothujone and bisulfite and decomposing the adduct to
obtain pure d-isothujone. The thujone mixture preferably
contains at least 70% by weight of the two thujones and
the ratio of the thujones can be adjusted by isomerization.
3,709,946
PREPARATION OF ACETYLENIC ALCOHOLS
Robert J. Tedcschi, Whitehouse Station, and George L.
.Moore. South Plainfield. N.J.. assignors to Air Prod-
ucts and Chemicals. Inc.. .\llentown. Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
649.834, June 29, 1967. This application July 31,
1970, Ser. No. 64,128
Int. CL C07c 33/04. 33/06. 35/08
L'.S. CI. 260—617 E 1 Claim
An acetylenic alcohol is prepared by reactmg a ketone
with liquefied acetylene in the presence of a co-catalyst
system comprising liquid ammonia and an alkali metal
hydroxide.
3,709.944
METHOD OF PREPARING 3-HYDROXY ALDEHYDES
AND KETONES
Siegfried H. Schroeter. Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company, Schenectady, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 732,853, May 29, 1968, Pat.
No. 3.522.317. ThLs application April 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24.832
Int. CI. C07c 45100
U.S.C1. 260— 598 4 Claims
3-Hydroxy-substituted carbonyl compounds are produced
by the reaction of 2-hydrocarbonoxyoxetanes with water.
Hydrocarbonoxyoxetane mixtures such as mixtures consisting
essentially of 2-alkoxyoxetanes and 3-alkoxyoxetanes which
can be made by the ultraviolet light-induced reaction of an al-
dehyde or ketone with a vinyl ether also can be employed as
the 2-hydrocarbonoxyoxetane. The 3-hydroxy-substituted
carbonyl compounds made by the aforesaid method can be
employed as plasticizers for polyvinylchloride resins, cosol-
vents for aqueous polyvmyl alcohol, or maleic anhydride vinyl
ether copolymer mixtures, etc. The 3-hydroxy-substituted car-
bonyl compounds also are mtermediates for making a.^-un-
salurated aldehydes and ketones which include useful inter-
mediates for makmg vitamm A and polymers.
3,709,945
PRODUCTION OF THIODIGLYCOL
Walter Goetze. Ludwigshafen, Werner Kasper, Franken-
thal, and Gerhard Klatt and Gerhard Schulz, Ludwigs-
hafen, Germany, assignors to Badische .\nilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 20,150
Int. CL C07c 149/18
VS. CI. 260—609 R 3 Claims
An improved process for the production of thiodiglycol
3.709.947
6 - CHLOROPROPYLIDENE - l,la,6.10b - TETRA-
HYDROBENZOla.e]CYCLOPROPA(c]CYCLOHEP.
TENES
John W. Cusic, Skokie, III., and William E. Coyne, St.
Paul, Minn., assignors to G. D. Scarle & Co., Chicago,
III.
No Drawing. Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 164,862
Int. CL C07c 25/18
U.S. CI. 260—649 R 3 Claims
1,1a, 6, 10b - tetrahydrodibenzo[a,e]cyclopropa[c]cycIo-
heptenes having a chloropropylidene substituent at the 6-
position are described herein. They are prepared by
starting from the appropriate l,la,6,10b - tetrahydrodi-
benzo[a,e]cyclopropa[clcyclohepten-6-one. They are use-
ful as intermediates in the preparation of aminopropyl-
idene compounds which are themselves useful as ami-
depressants, and as anti-bacterial, anti-protozoal, and
anti-algal agents.
3,709,948
REARRANGEMENT OF BROMOFLUORIN.4TED
PROPENE
Robert Neville Haszeldine, Disley, Ronald Eric Banks,
Torkington, and David Robin Taylor, Bramhall. Eng-
land (all ^f Pennwalt Corporation, 900 1st Ave., King
of Prussia, Pa. 19406)
No Drawing. Filed June 26, 1969. Ser. No. 836.948
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, July 12, 1968,
33,407/68
Int. CKC07C 27/75
VS. CI. 260—653.3 1 Claim
The new compound perfluoro(methylacetylene) is pre-
pared by a series of reactions involving the new intermedi-
ate compounds 3-hromo-l,l,3,3-tetrafluoropropene; 1.2,?-
tribromo-l,l,3.3-tetra{luoropropane; 2,3-dibromo - 1.1,3,3-
tetrafluoropropene; and 1,2 - dibromo- 1,3,3, 3-tetrafluoro-
propene.
3,709,949
ISOMERIZATION OF l,2-DICHLORO-3-BUTENE TO
l,4-DICHLORO-2.BUTENE
Ronnie D. Gordon and Charies M. Starks, Ponca City,
Okla., assignors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca
City, Okla.
No Drawing. Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,721
Int. CLC07c27/0'^
U.S. CI. 260—654 R 6 Claims
l,2-dichloro-3-butene is isomerized to l,4-dichloro-2-
butene in the presence of a carbon catalyst.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
641
3,709,950
MANUFACTLRE OF HALOHYDROCARBONS
Ralph W. Baker, Greenwell Springs, and John H. Mc-
Carthy, Harold G. Place, and Andrew O. Wikman,
Baton" Rouge, La., assignors to Ethyl Corporation.
New York N.Y.
No Drawing.'Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
583,113, Sept. 29, 1966, now Patent No. 3,468,968, and
Ser. No. 784,256, Dec. 16, 1968, now abandoned, the
latter being a continuation-in-part of said application
Ser. No. 583,113. which is a continuation-in-part of
abandoned applications Ser. No. 127.794. Ser. No.
127.801. and Ser. No. 127,802. all July 31, 1961. This
application Julv 28, 1969. Ser. No. 845,579
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Sept. 23. 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. BOlj 11/78: C07c 77/05
U.S. CL 260—659 A 3 Claims
A microspherical alumina catalyst carrier for use in an
oxyhalogenation process.
3.709.951
METHOD OF CONTROLLING AN OXIDATIVE
DEH Y DROGEN ATION
Thomas Hutson. Jr.. Bartlesville, Okla.. and Ronald E.
Ritter. Columbia, Md.. assignors to Phillips Petroleum
Company
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 733.177.
Mav 29. 1968. This application May 17, 1971, Ser.
No." 144,287
Int. CL C07c 5/75
U.S. CL 260—680 E 10 Claims
requiring an Al/transition metal ratio which is between
3 and 9. or preparation of the catalyst ex-situ (continuous
process), this requiring an Al/transition metal ratio
higher than 9.
3.709.953
PROCESS FOR DIMERIZATION. CODIMFRIZA-
TION, POLYMERIZATION AND COPOLY M-
ERIZATION OF MONO-OLEFINES
Normann Bergem, Oslo, I If Blindheim. Skedsmokorset,
Olav-Torgeir Onsager. Baerum. and Hagbarth Wang,
Oslo, Norway, assignors to Sentralinstitutt for Indus-
triell forskning, Oslo, Norway
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
630.843, Apr. 14, 1967. This application Jan. 9,
1970, Ser. No. 1,892
Claims priority, application Norway, Apr. 15, 1966,
162.601
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CL 260—683.15 D 3 Claims
The invention relates to a process for the preparation
of mono-olefines having a high content of /3-olefines in
the range Ci-C^o by dimerization, codimerization, po-
lymerization and copolymerization of mono-olefines from
the range C2-C15. The conversion is performed in the
presence of a catalytic mixture of a compound of a metal
from the 8th sub-group of the periodic table, a Lewis
acid and, if desired, a Lewis base and/or electron donor-
acceptor compounds thereof.
30 JO 50 60
02 SU<»VlVAir~>.
A method of optimizing production of reaction prod-
ucts from a reaction zone in which occur primary and
secondary reactions by measuring the content of one of
the secondary reaction reactants in the effluent from the
reaction zone and controlling a primary variable of the
reaction zone in accordance therewith.
3,709.952
DIMERIZATION OF OLEHNES
Guy Desgrandchamps, Billere. and Henri Hemmer and
Michel Haurie. Pau, France, assignors to Societe
Anonyme dite: Societe Nationale des Petroles d'.Aqui-
taine, Courbevoie. France
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,738
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 27, 1968,
181,328
Int. CL C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—683.15 D 13 Claims
Process for the dimerization and codimerization of
olefines, which consists in maintaining the define or ole-
fines in an inert solvent in contact with a catalyst system
comprising a nickel-based complex formed of a cation,
in which the nickel is combined with 6 molecules of an
organic sulphoxide, and of an anion formed by a complex
halide of a metal of Group VIII of the Periodic Table,
the complex being accompanied by an organoaluminium
compound.
The process can be carried out in accordance with two
variants: either preparation of the catalyst in situ, this
3,709.954
PREPARATION OF LIQl TD POLYMERS
OF OLEFINS
Frederick J. Karol. Somerset, and George L. Karapinka,
Piscatawa>, N.J., assignors to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion. New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 16. 1970, Ser. No. 20,156
Int. CI. C08ci 70
VS. CI. 260—683.15 D 3 Claims
Liquid polymers of olefins, and in particular liquid poly-
mers of ethylene, are prepared by polymerizing olefin mon-
omer by contacting the olefin charge with a supported bis-
(cyclopentadienyl)chromiumrll] catalyst in an inert or-
ganic solvent, in the absence of chain transfer agents.tit
a temperature of >140° C. and at a pressure of about 0
to 1000 p.s.i.g.
3.709.955
PALLADIUM COMPLEX OLEFIN DIMERIZATION
Howard E. Dunn, Mount Vernon, Ind., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 23M970, Ser. No. 22,097
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—683.15 D 4 Claims
An acyclic olefin is dimerized with a catalyst formed
from an organoaluminum compound and a palladium
complex such as bis(benzonitrile) dichloropalladium,
bis{ir - cyclohexenyDdichlorodipalladium, di-M-chlorobis
(N,N-dimcthylbenzylamine - 2,C,N)dipalladium and bis
(picolinato) palladium.
3,709,956
POLYESTER-SILOXANE PAINT
John D. Nordstrom. Detroit. .Mich., assignor to
Ford Motor Company, Dearborn. Mich.
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 18, 1968, Ser. No.
776.780. now Patent No. 3,577.262. Divided and this
appUcation Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99.247
Int. CI. cost 21/00
U.S. CI. 260—827 15 Claims
A radiation-curable paint is provided by mixing an
alpha-beta olefinically unsaturated polyester resin and an
alpha-beta olefinically unsaturated siloxane. The resin
may be any alpha-beta olefinically unsaturated polyester
642
OFFICIAL.GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
having between about 0.5 and about 5 units of alpha-beta
olefinic unsaturation per 1,000 units molecular weight.
Both maleic type and acrylic type unsaturation are illus-
trated. In one embodiment, the polyester is the common,
conventional polyester formed from maleic anhydride, a
glycol, and ring type anhydride, e.g.. phthalic anhydride,
a glycol, and an aromatic or saturated anhydride, e.g..
phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, etc. In
another embodiment, a saturated polyester is reacted with
a diisocyanate and the product reacted with a hydroxy-
alkyl acrylate. In another embodiment, the polyester is a
siloxane-modified polyester.
The unsaturated siloxane component is the reaction
product of at least two molar parts of a monomeric, mono-
hydroxy ester of an alpha-beta olefinically unsaturated
monocarboxylic acid, e.g., acrylates, methacrylates, cro-
tonates, cinnamates, with one molar part of a siloxane
having at least two silicon atoms with one valence satis-
fied by a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group. The reac-
tion is a conventional condensation reaction. Vinyl mono-
mers may also be included in the paint dispersion.
3,709,959
OXIMINOPHOSPHONODITHIOATES
\rnold I), (iulman. BiTkek->. Calif., assignor t(» StaufTer
Chemicul ("<impan\. Nt-w ^drk. N.^.
Filed April 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,151
Int. CI. C07f 9/06. AOln 9136
U.S. CI. 260-940 5 Claims
Compounds having the formula
N— ()— I'
S sell:— RJ
i/
\
K»
m which R is alkyl, R' is hydrogen, nitre, or halogen, R^ is al-
kyl, and R^ is ( 1) hydrogen, (2) lower alkylthio, (3) cyano, (4)
alkyl. and (S) ethynyl and their use as insecticides and acari-
cides.
3,709,957
POLYETHYLENE BLENDS OF ETHYLENE-
.METHACRYLIC ACID COPOLYMER AND
POLYETHYLENE
Donald Lee Brebner, Orange, Tex., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Sept. 2. 1964, Ser. No. 393,928
Int. a. C08f 15/04, 15/14
U.S. CI. 260—897 B 4 Claims
Polymeric blends consisting of ethylene-methacrylic
acid copolymers and polyethylene.
3,709,960
O-LOWERALKYL-O - (2 - ALKOXYLCARBONYL-
METHYLJVINYL-MONOALKYLAMIDO PHOS-
PHATES
Karl Lutz, Basel, and Max Schuler, Basel-land, Switzer-
land, assignors to Sandoz Ltd. (also known as Sandoz
AG), Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
706,654, Feb. 19, 1968. This application Nov. 12, 1969,
Ser. No. 876,105
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 22, 1967,
2,599/67
Int. CI. C07f 9/24; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—941 11 Claims
Novel insecticidally active phosphoric acid amide
esters of the Formula I
3,709.958
NATLTIAL RUBBER MASTERBATCHES
John E. Burleigh, Bartlesville, Okla.. assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company, Bartlesville, Okla.
Filed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,984
Int. CLCOSc 11/22
U.S. CI. 260—754 8 Claims
1
1 .*C'0
NC t«TEIWl.«
J.
wAm
CA«BOS
.....
! •
1 on.e»
AQUCOUS
CANSOM SLACK
i
1 '"
1
^ 1
Ic-
WON
»5't
!
:
M
Natural rubber-extender oil-carbon black masterbatches
are prepared by addition of a mixture of a fatty acid and
extender oil to an ammonia-stabilized natural rubber latex
and adding a carbon black dispersion to the resulting
oilex. The carboilex which results from the admixture is
then creamed and coagulated by conventional procedures.
Ri— o o
\T
P-0-
/
Rr-NH
C=CH-COOR,
in which each of Ri, R2 and R3 represents an alkyl radi-
cal with from 1 to 5 carbon atoms inclusive, are pro-
duced by reacting a compound of the Formula FV
Ri-
O Cl
T/
-0-P
IV
with an alkylamine in the presence of an acid acceptor,
and then reacting the resulting reaction product with the
enol form of an acetic acid alkyl ester of the Formu-
la III
M_0— C=CH— C O O R,
:hi
III
in which M is a salt forming atom or radical. Prepara-
tions containing varying amounts of the compounds of
Formula I and one or more diluents (e.g. isooctylphenyl-
octaglycol ether and/or a high boiling petroleum fraction
and/or xylene, diisohexyl/heptylphenylhexaglycol ether
and acetone, and laurylhexaglycol ether and so-propyl
alcohol) are used to show the pesticidal effect of the said
active agents by means of contact tests on Bruchidius
obtectus and Ephestia (Anagesta) Kuehniella, feed effect
on Carausius morosus and acaricidal contact effect on
Tetranychus telarius. Some comparative tests are also given
to demonstrate superiority over known compounds hav-
ing pesticidal activity, including lesser toxicity towards
warm-blooded animals.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
643
3,709,961
N-ISOPROPYLO-ETHYL-O-ARYLPHOSPHORIC
ACID ESTER AMIDES
Gerhard Schrader, Wuppertal-Cronenberg, and Bernbard
Homeyer, Opladen. Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellscbaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,137
Claims priority, application Germany, July 4, 1969.
P 19 34 001.3
Int. CL C07f 9/72, AOln 9 36
U.S. Cl. 260—949 3 Claims
N-isopropyl - O - ethyl - O - arylphosphoric acid ester
amides, i.e. N-isopropyl - O - ethyl-0-(3-methyl-4-methy]
sulfonyl- and sulfoxyl-phenyl) - phosphoric acid ester
amides which possess nematocidal, arthropodicidai, espe-
cially acaricidal and insecticidal, properties and which
may be produced by conventional methods.
truded molten film which is received on a quenching
surface, is facilitated when the discharge electrode is
3.709,962
^-PHENYLETHYL ESTERS OF O-ALKYL-O-
PHENYLTHIONOTHIOLPHOSPHORIC ACIDS
Gerhard Schrader, Wuppertal-Cronenberg, and Ingeborg
Hammann, Cologne, Germany, assignors to Farhen-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellscbaft, Le\erkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 30. 1970, Ser. No. 24.019
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Apr. 3, 1969,
P 19 17 164.3
Int. Cl. C07f 9/12: AOln 9/36
IT.S. CI. 260—949 5 Claims
/9-Phenylethyl esters of 0-alkyl-O-phenylthionothiol-
phosphoric acids which possess insecticidal and acaricidal
properties and process for their production.
K>-
located at the side of the film which will be received on
the quenching surface.
3,709.965
FORMING SKIN COVERED FOAM BY EXPANDING
A POLVURETHANE MIXTURE CONTAINING
EXCESS BLOWING AGENT IN A CLOSED MOLD
Gregory \. Campbell. Romeo, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Mar. 4. 1971, Ser. No. 121,046
Int. Cl. B27d 27/04
U.S. Cl. 264 — 45 3 Claims
3,709,963
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING DENSE PARTICLES
OF PLUTONIUM COMPOUNDS USABLE AS
FUELS FOR NUCLEAR REACTORS
Guido Cogliati, Agostino Recrosio, and Renato Lanz,
Rome, Italy, assignors to Comitate Nazionale per
I'Energia Nucleare. Rome, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 4. 1968, Ser. No. 765.024
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 13, 1967,
40,045/67
Int. Cl. GIU 21/00
U.S. Cl. 264— .5 12 Claims
Dense particles of a compound of plutonium or a mixed
compound of plutonium and another metal of the lantha-
nide or actinide series are produced by a process wherein
an acid solution of plutonium (IV) is transformed into
a colloidal acid-deficient solution through extraction of
nitric acid by means of a liquid anion exchanger until a
nitrate-to-plutonium ratio in the range of from 1 to 1.5
is produced and through evaporation of water, if neces-
sary, until a concentration of plutonium in the range of
1 to 2 moles f)er liter is produced. The colloidal solution
of plutonium (IV) may be mixed, if desired, with a suit-
able colloidal solution of another metal of the actinide or
lanthanide series and/or carbon powder. The resulting
colloidal solution is dispersed as drops which are trans-
formed into gel particles calcined at suitable temperatures.
3,709.964
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING POLYMERIC FILM
Wilfried Florent De Geest. Bercbem. Paul August Verkin-
deren. Edegem. and Felix Frederik De Smedt. Wilrijk.
Belgium, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa N.V., Mortsel,
Belgium
Filed Oct. 29. 1970, Ser. No. 85,037
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 30, 1969,
53,306/69
Int. CL B29d 7/02
VS. Cl. 264—22 5 Claims
TTie operation of an extrusion arrangement wherein a
discharge electrode deposits electric charges on an ex-
The core density and skin thickness of a molded in-
tegral skin foam polyurethane article are varied inde-
pendently by employing a measured excess of fluorocar- '
bon blowing agent in the catalyzed polyisocyanate-polyol
mixture over the maximum amount of blowing agent
required to produce a stable, free-rise foam. The exo-
thermic heat of reaction vaporizes the liquid blowing
agent to generate substantial pressure, depending upon
the amount of blowing agent, within a closed mold. The
pressure exceeds the vapor pressure of the blowing agent
at the relatively cool mold surfaces, causing the foam in
this region to collapse and form a skin up to one to three
millimeters in thickness. The core density of the article,
on the other hand, is dependent substantially only upon
the quantity of polymerizable mixture charged to the
mold. The polymerizable mixture is not capable of form-
ing a stable, free-rise foam because of the blowing slgent
content.
3,709,966
COMPRESSION OF LAYERS OF POLYl RETHANE FOAM
CONTAINING AT LEAST ALTERNATE LAYERS OF
PARTIALLY CURED FOAM
Mario A. Gambardella, Milford, Conn., assignor to Olin Cor-
poration, New Haven, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 732,848, Ma> 29, 1968,
abandoned. This application Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,326
Int. CI.B29d 2 7/00
U.S. Cl. 264— 46 12 Claims
Polyurethane foam composites characterized by at least one
layer of flexible, densified polyurethane foam are prepared by
644
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
placing a plurality of layers of polyurethane foam, including at
least alternate layers of partially cured polyurethane foam, in
contiguous relationship, thereby forming a composite struc-
ture, mamtaming the composite for a critical period of time at
a critical environmental temperature, applying a compressive
force to the composite to reduce its volume by between about
two-thirds and one-tenth of its original volume, removing the
compressive force and completeing the cure. These polyu-
rethane foam composites are particularly useful for cushion-
ing applications The partially curedpolyurethane foam bonds
to adjacent layers during the process
3,709,967
THERMOFORMING ORIENTED HOLLOW
ARTICLES FROM TWO SHEETS
Edward C. Held, Jr., Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,576
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Dec. 15, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. B29c 17/04,27/00
U.S. CL 264—89 10 Claims
--^ — ^^j^.
-^
base portions, to provide for pivotation of the base portions so
that confronting surfaces of the molds are movable angularly
toward and away from one another. A sheet of thermoplastic
material is disposed to extend over the molds, and is heated,
causing it to soften while the molds are held in pivoted posi-
tion in which the confronting surfaces are substantially spaced
from one another. Mold assist-plugs and the molds are then
moved, relative to one another, to urge the sheet into general
close conformity with the molds. While the sheet of material is
still soft the assist-plugs further are caused to engage the mold
frame structure, through the intermediacy of the sheet, pivot-
ing the frame structure and causing adjacent wall portions of
the molds to move toward one another and assume their close-
ly spaced position. Air entrapped between the heated sheet
and the walls of the molds is then evacuated through a number
of small ports or vents in the walls, thereby forming the
desired liners which are cooled and stripped from the molds.
3,709,969
METHOD FOR CONTINUOUSLY EXTRUDING
NET-LIKE STRUCTURES COMPOSED OF
TWISTED MULTIFILAMENT YARNS
Theodore H. Fairbanks, Liverpool, Pa., assignor to
FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 825,213, May
16. 1969, now Patent No. 3,613,161. This application
Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,033
Int. CI. DOld 3/00: D02g 1/20
U.S. CI. 264—103 5 Claims
Hollow articles are fabricated from two flat sheets by
passing said sheets through a heating zone to heat same
to orientation temperature, and thence advancing said
sheets between two mold halves. The mold halves are
then brought together and differential fluid pressure
causes the sheets to conform to the shape of the respec-
tive mold halves, the sheets being sealed around the
peripheral edges of the mold.
3.709.968
METHOD OF FORMING ARTICLES COMPRISING A
PAIR OF ADJACENT WALLED STRl CTL RE HAVING
LMDIRECTIONALLY PRESENTED OPENINGS
Norman F. Houghton, Connersville, Ind., assignor to Phiico
Ford Corporation. Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970. Ser. No. 73,761
Int. CI. B29C/7/04
U.S. CI. 264-92 5 Claims
ji.^m^
i^i.
In a vacuum-forming operation, a pair of adjacent, side-by-
side compartment liners are formed from a single sheet of
thermoplastic material. A pair of adjacent molds, €ach having
the desired shape of the inside surface of the corresponding
liner to be formed, are mounted along their base portions on
frame structure hinged in the region of adjacency of the mold
Method of making net-like structures in which paired
groups of extruded filaments are periodically shifted to
provide different pairs, while the filaments in each such
group are twisted into a yarn. Alternately with such shift-
ing, the paired groups of filaments are rotated a multiple
of 180° about an axis between the group of each such
pair.
3,709,970
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR QUENCHING
AND STABILIZING EXTRUDED MOLTEN
FILAMENTS
Herman W. Hemker, West Chester, Pa., assignor to
FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed July 1, 1969, Ser. No. 838,271
Int. CI. B28b 3/20; B29c 25/00
U.S. CI. 264—176 F 4 Claims
A method and apparatus for increasing the production
capability of an existing spinneret in the preparation of
fibers from molten filaments with reduced cementation
645
January 9, 1973 CHEMICAL
of said molten filaments wherein an annular porous mem- polymerization at a temperature of for ^^^"'P'! JJ^^;
ber is positioned below the spinneret to impinge a uniform the deformable core is removed and the tape-shaped ma
p^._^t^sS^^.a>;k^aaL!;5^y^.:
20
24
o— *r-
.<»>'■
22 V
fe^.
fW^
and specific rate of diffused cooling gas onto the
ments, is disclosed herein.
fila-
3,709,971 -
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING MULTI-
LAMINATED FIBERS
Keitaro Shimoda; Nobuhiro Tsutsui; Keiichi Zoda, and
Masayuki Ueki, both of 1900 Kanaoka Saidaiji, all of
Okayama, Japan, assignors to Japan Exian Company
Limited
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,805
Claims priority, application Japan, May 14, 1969, 44/37494
Int. CI. B29b 1 104 , B29f 3110
U.S. CI. 264-182 8 Claims
0 e
^ i-
7\ ,
•X
U
terial together with the projections is removed by pulling
the same from the inner side of the thusly formed tube.
3.709,973 ^^^,
MANUFACTURE OF FOOTWEAR AND OR COM-
PONENTS THEREOF BY INJECTION MOLDLNG
OF SYNTHETIC RESINOUS MATERIAL OR
OTHER MOLDING MATERLALS
Frank V. Maltby, Don Mills, Ontario, Canada assignor
to Bata Shoe Company, Inc., Belcamp, Md.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 691,851, Def • l'''
1967. This application Oct. 2. 1970. Ser. No- 77,690
Claims priority, application Canada, Dec. 23, 1966,
978.858
Int. CL B29f 1/10
U.S. CI. 264—244 . <» Claims
The shaping of an insole and the production of an
article of footwear in which an insole blank is positioned
on a last member and pressed thereagainst by a first
closure member for conforming the insole blank to the
shape of the last member. A first molding material is in-
jected into a first molding cavity provided between the
insole and the first closure member and an upper is lasted
onto the insole carrying last. A second molding material is
injected into a second molding cavity provided by a sec-
ond closure member positioned adjacent the last member.
ERRATUM
For Class 423—566 see:
Patent No. 3,709,660
This invention relates to a process and apparatus for
producing new multi-laminated fibers in which at least two dif-
ferent kinds of fiber-forming components are mutually
dispersed in the cross-section of the fiber.
3,709,972
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A
PERFORATED TL'BE
Willem Gerholt, Hardenberg, Netherlands, assignor to
Industriele Onderneming Wavin N.V., Zwolle, Nether-
lands
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 756,047,
Aug. 28, 1968. This application June 5, 1970, Ser.
No. 43,807
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Sept. 1, 1967,
6712016
Int. CI. B29c 25/00
U.S. CL 264—236 6 Claims
A perforated filter tube manufactured by wrapping tape
shaped thermoplastic or textile material on a deformable
core, outwardly protruding metal projections being an-
chored in the material, and reinforcing glass fibers and
a polyester or epoxy resin being applied on the layer
formed by the windings on the core, without covering
the end of the projections with resin or fibers. After pre-
3,709,974
VANADIUM RECOVERY PROCESS
John F. Nutter. Golden, and Frank C. Haas and David
L. Thompson, Arvada, Colo., assignors to The Oil
Shale Corporarion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 164,023
Int. CI. C22b 59/00
U.S. CI. 423—63 7 Claims
A hydrometaliurgical process is provided for recover-
ing vanadium values from a vanadium-bearing calcium-
rich ore. The process involves treating an aqueous slurry
of the ore with lime under elevated pressure and tempera-
ture conditions. The vanadium values are thereafter solu-
bilized and recovered.
3,709,975
METHOD FOR THE OXIDATION OF
BLACK LIQUOR
Carl D. Amsden, Orange, Tex., and Sergio F. Galeano,
Toledo, Ohio, assignors to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,253
Int. CL cold 5/00; COlb 17/64
U.S. a. 423—206 10 Claims
A continuous process for the molecular oxygenation ot
black liquor by the uninterrupted steps of oxidizing the
646
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
black liquor in a first oxygenation reactor, next, contin- with a solid basic ion exchange resin. The gas stream is
uously oxidizing the liquor in a tubular conduit acting initially contacted with an alkali prior to contact with the
as a reactor connecting the first reactor to a second oxy- resin, to remove sulfur trioxide and prevent sulfur tri-
genation reactor, and continuously oxidizing the liquor in oxide adsorption by the resin, which would deplete resin
activity and result in a tightly bound chemical union
which prevents resin regeneration by simple thermal
means.
iJ
r ?^
»-(
the second reactor, then transferring the liquor to a stor-
age area wherein the liquor is maintained under oxidizing
conditions while it is simultaneously oxidized in the stor-
age tanks to produce an oxidized black liquor.
3,709,976
GAS DESULFURIZATION PROCESS
Mehmet Orhan Tarfaan, Bethlehem, Pa., assignor to
Bethlehem Steel Corporation, Bethlehem, Pa.
Filed Sept 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,077
Int CI. COlb 17/04
VS. CI. 423—224 4 Oalms
A self-contained process for removing acid gases, such
as hydrogen sulfide, from industrial gases by absorption-
desorption, which absorption-desorption includes subject-
ing the industrial gases to a yacuum induced by a steam-
jet process and thereafter reacting the desorbed gases
in a Glaus process to produce elemental sulfur. The acid
gas-contaminated steam condensate obtained as a by-
product from the steam-jet vacuum process is decon-
taminated in a separate condensate stripper, and the acid
gases removed from the condensate are reintroduced into
the main desorbed ccid gas stream. The beat produced
from the Glaus process is utilized, by heat exchange, to
provide heat for the desorbing of the acid gases and the
stripping of the acid gas-contaminated condensate.
3,709,977
REMOVAL OF SO, FROM GAS STREAMS
John F. VillJers-Fisher, Kendall Park, N J., assignor to
Chemical Construction Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,868
Int. CI. COlb 77/60, 17/56
VS. CL 423—244 6 Claims
Sulfur dioxide is removed from a gas stream which
also contains sulfur trioxide, by contacting the gas stream
3,709.978
PROCESS FOR PURIFYLNG INDUSTRIAL WASTE
GASES CONTAINING HYDROGEN FLUORIDE
Hans H. Predikant, Mailer, Germany, assignor to
Universal Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, 111.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,688
Claims priority, application Germany, I>ec. 24, 1969,
P 19 64 746.2
Int CI. BOld 53/14: COlb 7/22; COld 3/02
U.S. CI. 423—240 6 Claims
/ ^
n
niii
A multi-stage method for scrubbing a waste gas stream
containing HP and SO3 such as from the aluminum pro-
duction industry where aluminum dust can also be pres-
ent. Control of wash streams is maintained to preclude
too much HP reaching the second stage washing zone
cause sodium fluoride to precipitate and then block valves
and piping. A combined effluent from each wash stage
is passed to a neutralization zone where an alkaline stream
such as caustic soda will cause precipitation of sodium
fluoride and sodium sulphate along with entrained dust or
aluminum particulates.
3,709,979
CRYSTALLINE ZEOLITE ZSM-11
Pochen Chu, Woodbury, N J., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23. 1970, Ser. No. 31,421
Int CI. COlb 33/28
VS. a. 423—328 3 aahns
A crystalline zeolite, designated ZSM-11, having the
composition as follows:
0.9±0.3MaO:WaOj:20 to 90 YOatzHaO
wherein M is a cation, n is the valence of said cation,
W is aluminum or gallium, Y is silicon or germanium and
z is from 6 to 12, said zeolite characterized by specified
X-ray diffraction values. Said zeolite is prepared by di-
gesting a reaction mixture comprising (R4X)aO, sodium
oxide, an oxide of aluminum or gallium, an oxide of
silicon or germanium, and water, R^ being a cation of a
quaternary compound. Organic compoimd conversion is
carried out in the presence of catalytically-aclive forms
of said zeolite.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
647
3.709,980
PRECIPITATION OF SILICEOUS PIGMENT
Raymond S. Chisholm, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to
PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh. Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation of aban(loned application Ser.
No. 852,102, Aug. 21, 1969. This application May 17,
1971, Ser. No. 144,250
Int CI. COlb 33/18, 33/32, 33/ h2
VS. CI. 423—339 8 Claims
Small, finely divided, siliceous pigment is precipitated
under circumstances to minimize or reduce the amount of
water which is present in the filter cake when the precipi-
tated silicate is filtered from the aqueous solution in which
it is formed. The process is conducted by added acid to
sodium silicate or like alkali metal silicate under condi-
tions such as to produce a finely divided, recoverable silica
pigment having '^n average ultimate particle size below
about 500 angstroms, and controlling the temperature of
the solution during acidification so that a portion of the
acid is added at one temperature and another portion of
the acid is added at a higher temperature, such higher
temperature being established before all, and preferably
before a major portion, of the silica has been precipitated
from the solution. As a consequence of this process, the
silica filter cake obtained has a higher concentration of
solids and therefore a lower concentration of water.
NH4HS; (2) catalytically reacting the rich absorbent
stream with a first air stream to produce an effluent stream
containing ammonium polysulfide; (3) catalytically react-
ing the resulting ammonium polysulfide-containing liquid
stream with a second air stream at oxidizing conditions
effective to produce liquid sulfur and a substantially sul-
fide-free water stream containing NH4OH and a minor
amount of (NH4)2S203 (4) stripping NH3 from at least a
portion of this last water stream in order to produce a
water stream which is substantially free of ammonia and
sulfide; and (5) separately recycling a portion of the water
stream formed in step (3) as the first recycle water stream
and a portion of the water stream formed in step (4) as the
second recycle water stream to the scrubbing step.
3.709.981
REFRACTORY COMPOl'NDS
Stephen Arthur Lee, Dunstable, Charles Frederick Cardy,
Luton, and Keith George Sampson. Clophill. England,
assignors to Laporte Industries Limited, London. Eng-
land
Filed Aug. 20. 1970, Ser. No. 65,403
Int CI. COlb 31/36: BOlj 17/32
U.S. CI. 423—346 7 Claims
This invention relates to refractory compounds and
specifically to a process of preparing silicon carbide. The
process comprises reacting, in a reaction zone, at an ele-
vated temperature silica, elementary carbon, a source of
sulphur, hydrogen and a gaseous source of carbon, where-
by silicon carbide is formed in a condensation zone. The
source of carbon may be a hydrocarbon or carbon monox-
ide or a carbon/sulphur compound.
3,709.982
SYNTHESIS OF OXYCHLORINE TRIFLUORIDE
Charles B. Lindahl, Woodland Hills. Calif., assignor to
North American Rockwell Corporation, El Segundo,
Calif.
No Drawing. Filed June 22. 1967, Ser, No. 649,423
Intel. COlb 11/02, 11/24
U.S. CI. 423—466 4 Claims
Synthesis of oxychlorine trifluoride by the reaction of
elemental fluorine with an alkali metal chlorite or an al-
kaline earth chlorite.
3,709,984
PHOTOREACTIVE TITANIUM DIOXIDE
MATERIAL
Horace F. Dantro. Toms River, NJ., assignor to
NL Industries, Inc., New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 559,403, June 22. 1966. This application
June 26, 1967, Ser. No. 648.955
Int CI. COlg 23/04
U.S. CI. 423—610 1 Claim
This invention relates in general to the preparation of
titanium dioxide material which possesses photosensitive
properties. More specifically it relates to a particular type
of photosensitive titanium dioxide material which possesses
sufificient photoreactive properties to be commercially use-
ful in systems designed to respond to exposure to light i.e.,
photographic emulsions, copy paper and the like.
.1,709.985
METHOD FOR DETERMINING TOTAL BLOOD
SERUM IRON-BINDING CAPACITY'
Charles R. Burke. Libertyville. III., assignor to Abbott
Laboratories. North Chicago. HI.
No Drawing. Filed Julv 17. 1969, Ser. No. 842,725
Int CI. A61k 27/02, 27/04
l\S. CI. 424—1 2 Claims
A method for determining the total iron-binding ca-
pacity of blood serum. The method comprises first releas-
ing the iron normally present on the serum and known
as the serum iron (SI). The free iron is then removed
to prevent it from recombining with the serum. Next, the
serum is saturated with a tracer amount of radioactive
iron, an ion-exchange resin is mixed with the serum-
radioactive iron mixture and the combined mixture is
incubated. After incubation, the initial radioactivity of
the mixture and ion-exchange resin is measured with
suitable detecting means, after which all of the liquid is
removed. The ion-exchange resin is then washed and the
residual radioactivity determined. By suitable calculation,
the total iron-binding capacity of the serum is then deter-
mined.
3.709.983
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR SCRUBBING H2S
FROM A GAS STREAM AND SELECTIVELY
PRODUCING ELEMENTAL SULFUR
Robert J. J. Hamblin. Deerfield. III., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company. Des Plaines, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 802,356. Feb.
26. 1969. now Patent No. 3,594,125. This application
July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,857
Int CI. COlb 17/04
VS. CI. 423—573 17 Claims
HaS is removed from a gas stream and sulfur is pro-
duced by the steps of: (1) sequentially scrubbing the gas
stream with a first recycle water stream containing NH4OH
and then with a second recycle water stream which is sub-
stantially free of any NHtOH to produce a treated gas
stream which is reduced HaS content and is substantially
free of NH3 and a rich absorbent stream containing
3,709.986
METHOD OF PRODUCING AN EPIDURAL
NERVE BLOCK
Masahiko Mima, Kyoto-shi, Japan, assignor to Otsuka
Pharmaceutical Company Limited. Tokyo-to. Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
814.169, Apr. 7. 1969. This application Aug. 27. 1969,
Ser. No. 853,490
Int CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—128 1 Claim
An analgesic method of reducing pain by an epidural
nerve block which comprises injecting into the epidural
space in the body of a patient a composition containing
water, a sugar or sugar derivative and a potassium salt,
and shortly thereafter injecting in the same area, an
aqueous solution of a sugar or sugar derivative and cal-
cium gluconate.
648
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,709,987
MEDICATED FEED SUPPLEMENT FOR
TREATING CATTLE
Paul M. Williams, Spring Brook Farm, Rte. 2,
Troy, Ohio 45373
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
572,886, Aug. 17, 1967. This application Oct. 6, 1969,
Ser. No. 864,180
Int. CI. A61k 27 too
\J,&. CI. 424—128 10 Oalms
The diseases of milk fever and acetonemia or ketosis
in dairy cattle are prevented by feeding to the cattle
a feed supplement including dicalcium phosphate, trace
mineralized salt and copper sulfate combined at a weight
ratio of approximately 1:1:. 01 5, respectively. The sup-
plement is mixed into a base feed mixture of grain
products including corn, oats, bran and soybean meal
so that the supplement is approximately 1% by weight,
of the combined mixture. The supplement may also be
used directly for the treatment of ketosis in a drenching
procedure.
formation thereof comprising dosing daily said horses
and other animals, with a medication comprising, in com-
bination about 65 parts enteric coated calcium lactate,
about 16 parts enteric coated aspirin, about 5 parts thi-
amine hydrochloride, and about 5 parts methapyrilene hy-
drochloride.
3,709,990
METHOD OF INDUCING SIMULTANEOUS
MOUNTING OF SILKWORMS
Masaki Kamada and Tetsuo Okauchi, Osaka, Japan.
assignors to Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd., Osaka,
Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
688,001, Dec. 5, 1967. This application May 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 38,897
Int. CI. A61k n/00
U.S. CI. 424—243 16 Claims
Simultaneous mounting of silkworms and correspond-
ing improvement of quality of cocoons are achieved by
feeding the silkworms a diet containing about 5 to 20
gammas per gram of compound(s) of the formula
3,709,988
INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
OF COMBATTING INSECTS USING CYCLOPRO-
PANECARBOXYLATE INSECTICIDES WITH A
SYNERGISTIC COMPOUND OF MONO (ALKYL
AND ALKENYL) MONO OMEGA-ALKYNTTL
ARALKYLPHOSPHONATE
Ronald Eugene Montgomery, Middleport, and Harry
Hobart Incho, Medina, N.Y., assignors to FMC Corpo-
ration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 18, 1969, Ser. No.
800.264, now Patent No. 3.652,741. dated Mar. 28,
1972. Divided and this application Mar. 8, 1971, Ser.
No. 122,168
InL a. AOln 9102, 9/24, 9/36
U.S. CI. 424—219 8 Oalms
Synergistic insecticidal combinations of esters of cer-
tain cyclopropanecarboxylic acids, e.g. pyrethrins, allc-
thrin, and related compounds, with mono(alkyl and al-
kenyl) mono-w-alkynyl aryl- and aralkylphosphonatcs are
described. The preparation and properties of representa-
tive members of this new class of synergistic phosphonates
arc described, and test results of their synergistic com-
binations with representative cyclopropanecarboxylates are
reported.
wherein the 2- and 3-positioned OH groups are o- or ^-
oriented, and R is 1.5-dimethylhexyl substituted by 2 to 4
OH groups, or alkanoate(s) thereof with at most 4 carbon
atoms, severally or in admixture.
3,709,989
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR TREATMENT
OF OSSILETS AND PATHOLOGICAL CALCIFICA-
TION IN ANIMALS
Herbert D. Schneyer, Our Lane, Stevenson, Md. 21153
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
871,666, Nov. 10, 1969, now abandoned, which is
a continuaticn of application Ser. No. 586,947,
Oct. 17, 1966, now abandoned, which is a continu-
ation-in-part of application Ser. No. 318,779, Oct.
22, 1963, now Patent No. 3,279,997, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 124,-
305, July 10, 1961, now abandoned, which in turn
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
836,174, Aug. 26, 1959, now abandoned. This ap-
plicarion Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,216
3,709,991
HYPOLIPIDEMIC METHOD
O. Neal Miller, Montclair, NJ., assignor to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc., Nutley, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No, 92,137
Int a. A61u 27/00
VS. CI. 424—266 * Claims
A method of utilizing certain nicotinic acid derivatives
as hypolipidemic agents is described.
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—232
5 Claims
1. A method for treating horses and other animals for
ossilets and pathological calcification and preventing the
3,709,992
FUNGICIDAL USE OF CERTAIN
CARBOXAMIDOTHIAZOLES
Bogislav von Schmeling, Hamden, Conn., and William A.
Harrison and Marshall Kulka, Guelph, Ontano, Can-
ada, assignors to United States Rubber Company, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application July 7, 1966, Ser. No.
611,197, now Patent No. 3,505,055, dated Apr. 7,
1970. Divided and this application Nov. 18, 1969, Ser.
No. 877,824
Int. CI. AOln 9/12
U.S. CI. 424—270 ' Claims
This invention relates to the use of carboxamidothia-
zoles as fungicides.
January 9, 1973
CHEMICAL
649
3,709,993
HYPOCHOLESTEROLEMIC PHENOXY- ALIPHATIC
ACID COMPOSITIONS
William Laszio Bencze, New Providence, NJ., assignor to
Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
795,029, Jan. 29, 1969, now Patent No. 3,641,110,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
728,871, May 14, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 558,251, June 17, 1966, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
323,868, Nov. 15. 1963, the latter three applications
now abandoned. This application Apr. 28, 1970, Ser.
No. 32,765
Int CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—317 5 Claims
Phenoxy-aliphatic acids, e.g. those of the formula
^^HOOC-
Phi At— Ph»—
a,
3,709,995
METHOD OF PRODUCING GASTROINTESTINAL
SPASMOLYTIC ACTIVITY WITH ALKYLPHE-
NOXYPOLY(ETHYLENEOXY)ETHANOLS
William G. Groves, Blue Bell, Pa., and William J. Till-
man, Cherr> Hill, NJ., assignors to Smith Kline &
French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,721
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—341 5 Claims
Pharmaceutical compositions having gastrointestinal
spasmolytic activity containing a polyoxyethylene poly-
mer of an alkylphenol in which the polyoxyethylene
groups are present from about 10% to about 80% of the
molecule and a method of producing gastrointestinal spas-
molytic activity.
Phi=a 1,2-phenylene
Ph2=a 1.2-, 1.3-, or 1.4-phenylene
Ai = alkylenc forming 5-7 membered ring
A2=aliphatic hydrocarbon radical
and functional derivatives thereof are hypocholester-
olemic agents.
3,709,994
HYDROGENATED ARALIPHATIC ACIDS AS
ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENTS
William Laszio Bencze, New Providence, NJ., assignor to
Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
789,078, Jan. 2, 1969. which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 714,780, Mar. 21, 1968. This
application Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,694
Int, CI. A61k 27/00
U,S, CI. 424—317 3 Oaims
Hydrogenated tricyclic a-aryl-aliphatic acids, e.g. those
of the formula
Ri = H or alkyl
R»=H, alk(en)yl, cj-cloalk(en)yl
or cycloalk(en)yl-alkyl
the dihydro, tetrahydro, hexahydro and functional acid
derivatives thereof, are anti-inflammatory agents.
3,709,996
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAIN-
ING N-CYCLOPROPYL-l-AMINOINDANE COM-
POUNDS AND ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRA-
TION TO OBTAIN INHIBmON OF MONOAMINE
OXIDASE ENZYME AND PROCESS
Maurice Ward Gittos, Slough. John William James,
Langley, and Leslie Frederick Wiggins Wargrave. Eng-
land, assignors to Aspro-Nicholas Limited, London,
England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
623,470, Mar. 15, 1967, which is a continuation of
application Ser. No. 385,761, July 28. 1964, now aban-
doned, and a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 855,794, Aug. 18, 1969, now Patent No. 3.534,005,
which in turn is a continuation of application Ser. No.
652.029, Julv 10, 1967, now abandoned. This applica-
tion Dec. 5, i969. Ser. No. 882.730
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, Aug. 2, 1963,
30,832/63; July 16, 1966, 32.067/66
Int. a. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—330 1 1 Claims
N-cyclopropyl-1-aminoindane compounds are provided
which act as inhibitors of monoamine oxidase in the ani-
mal body and also have adrenolytic activity. A process of
inhibiting the action of monoamine oxidase enzyme is
also provided, in which such compounds are administered,
and jiharmaceutical compositions in dosage unit form
containing such compounds are provided for this purpose.
ELECTRICAL
3.709,997
CONVERTIBLE ELECTRODE ELECTRIC FURNACE
INSTALLATION AND METHOD
Boris Izrailevich Medovar. Bulvar Lesi t'krainki, 2, kv. 8; Vik-
tor Andre«vich Popov, ulitsa Andreevskaya, 11, apt. 2; Jury
Fedorovich Alferov, Bulvar Lepse, 29, kv. 64; Alexey Geor-
gievich Bogach«nko, ulitsa Milyutenko, 15/2, apt. 141, and
Jury Vadimovich Latash, Voidukhoflotsky prosp. 81/2, kv.
14, allof Kiev.t.S.S.R.
Filed Dec. 22. 1970, Ser. No. 100.709
Int. CI. H05b 7112
U.S. CI. 13— 14 58 Claims
the distance between the corresponding opposing edges of the
two hemicylindrical parts, all decrease from the end by which
the current is supplied to the end which is connected together
by the common cylindrical part.
3.709,999
VACUUM INDUCTION HEAT TREATMENT OF LONG
TUBULAR PRODUCTS
ki-nneth T. Bates. Duiidas, Ontario, and Michat'l R. Hoare.
Burlington. Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Westing-
house Canada Limited, Hamiltim. Ontario, Canada
Filed July 30, 1970. Ser. No. 59.623
Claims priority, application Canada, Sept. 29, 1969,
063.460
Int. CL H05b 5100
U.S. CL 13—26 3 Claims
An electric furnace installation in which a simple in-
terchangeability of electrode clamping assemblies is provided
to permit electrode melting operation in which single or plural
electrodes can be mounted on the basic furnace tower for
meltmg in a crucible means. The interchangeable electrode
clamping assemblies are designed for ease of rapid removal
from and rapid connection onto an upper carriage of the basic
furnace. A lower carriage which helps support and stabilize
the crucible can accommodate crucibles for single and for plu-
ral electrode melting.
..iC
I
3.709.998
HEATING ELEMENT FOR AN ELECTRIC FURNACE
.Anne-Marie Anthony, Meudon; Michele Faucher. Fontenay-le-
Fleury. and Krzysztof Dembinski. Tigy, all of France, as-
signors to Agence Nationale de Valorisation de la Recherche
(Anvar). Puteaux, France
Division of Ser. No. 825,306, May 16, 1969. This application
Dec. 16. 1970, Ser. No. 98,831
Claims priority, application France, May 1, 1968,
68152366; Oct. 24, 1968, 68171236; Dec. 31, 1968,
68182837
Int. CI. H05b i/06
U.S. CL 13— 25 4 Claims
The heating element is made of a refractory material re
sistant to oxidation, and comprises two hollow hemicylindrical
parts disposed face to face by their concave portions at a slight
distance from each other These two parts are supplied with
electric current at one of their ends and are connected
together at their other end by a common cylindrical part. The
exterior radii of the hemicylindrical parts and of the common
cylindrical part, and the thicknesses of these parts, as well as
This invention relates to a long tubular furnace which is
composed of two or more sections which are separable in the
central section of the furnace. The contained article undergo-
ing treatment is moved at a controlled rate through the central
section of the furnace where an induction heater provides the
required heating energy.
3.710,000
HYBRID SUPERCONDUCTING MATERIAL
Walter J. Shattes. Bloomfield. and William G. Marancik. Bask-
ing Ridge, both of N J., assignors to Air Reduction Company,
Incorporated. New York, N.Y.
FUed May 13, 1970. Ser. No. 36,740
Int. CLH01b7/i4, 5/00
U.S. CL 174—15 C 7 Claims
A hybrid superconducting material in which superconduct-
ing strands, at least partially surrounded by a layer of low re-
sistance normally conducting material, are embedded in a
matrix of high resistance normally conducting material. In a
650
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
651
specific embodiment, the superconducting strands consist es- former to the distribution system and insulating liquid substan-
sentially of niobium titanium, individually surrounded by a lially filling said enclosure to dissipate heat losses through the
thin sleeve of copper, and embedded in a matrix of cupro-
nickel The composite is extruded at elevated temperatures
and pressure. The wire so formed may be used for electromag-
net coils designed to function in a cryogenic system.
3,710,001
VACUUM TIGHT HIGK-FREQUENCY COAXIAL LEAD-
THROUGH CAPABLE OF HANDLING HIGH POW ER
Andre Besson. Massy, France, assignor to Societe de Traite-
ments Electrolytiques et Electrothermiques
Filed Aug. 16. 1971, Ser. No. 172.136
Int. CLHOlb/ 7/26
U.S. CI. 1 74— 1 5 BH 10 Claims
xa ; XT-
^^^'*t.*»3 JTmMt.
A vacuum-tight, coaxial, high-frequency lead-through with
high power handling capability, cooled by circulation of a
liquid, including, an outer and a central copper conductor
vacuum-tightly connected together by means of a ceramic
cylindrical component, whose one end is brazed to a sleeve in-
tegral with a disk-shaped copper component vacuum-tightly
attached to the central conductor, and whose other end is
brazed to a sleeve integral with another disk-shaped copper
component attached to the external conductor.
3,710.002
AN UNDER-GROUND VENTED NON-METALLIC
TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY
Edwin A. Link. 317 South Greenfield Avenue, Waukesha, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 15.757, March 2, 1970,
abandoned. This application June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,463
Int. CLH01f2 7/04
U.S. CL 174-18 14 Claims
A distribution transformer assembly for an electrical power
distribution system, the transformer assembly including a
fluid-tight non-metallic enclosure which can be buried in the
ground, a distribution transformer having a primary and a
secondary winding positioned within said enclosure, said en-
closure including sealed primary and secondary electrical ter-
minators or bushings for operatively connecting the trans-
walls of the enclosure to the adjacent ground, at least one of
the terminators having a one-way vent to the atmosphere.
3.710,003
CONNECTING BLOCK AND HOUSING FOR USE IN
UNDERGROUND RESIDENTIAL POW ER DISTRIBUTION
William H. Channell. 122 Oak Tree Drive. Glendora. Calif.
Filed April 16. 1971. Ser. No. 134,759
Int. CL H02g 9102. HOlr 7106
U.S. CL 174-37 4 Claims
The device comprises a collector ring or connector block
provided with a series of uniform diameter transverse bores or
holes. These holes are for passage therein of bare cable A col-
let is provided for each hole, the external diameter of the col-
let fitting within a hole of the collector ring and the center
bore of the collet receiving a bare cable. The collets are thrust
within the holes of the collector ring under hydraulic pressure
whereby each collet engages the bare cable over 360° and,
likewise, the same number of degrees in the collector ring.
This results in a connection which is not subject to hot spots
and provides what is termed a cold joint. The current carrying
capacity of the collector ring must be equal to or greater than
the current carrying capacity of cables at the point of at-
tachment. A housing is provided for the collector ring com-
prising a sealing adapter and a cap or dome. In addition there
IS a neoprene sealing grommet having holes through which the
insulated cable is passed. The sealing adapter and the dome or
cap are screw threaded together sealing on the outer top edge
of the sealing grommet.
3,710,004
Patent .Not Issued For This Number
652
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3.710.005
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
Gerald H. French, Overland, Mo., assignor to Mosley Elec-
tronics Inc.. St. Louis. Mo.
Filed Dec. 31. 1970.Ser. No. 103,115
Int. CI. H02g/5/05
11.S. CI. 174-89 3 Claims
This invention relates to a connector for terminating the
end of a cable, the cable including a center conductor, a coax-
ial shield separated from the center conductor by dielectric
material, and an outer insulating jacket covering the shield.
The connector includes a mandrel having a shank portion ex-
tending between the dielectric material and the shield, a con-
nection means in electrical engagement with the mandrel, and
means for holding the shank portion of the mandrel between
the shield and dielectric material.
3,710,006
MARINE STREAMER CABLE
Billv W. Davis. Flagstaff. Ariz., assignor to Schlumberger
Technologv Corporation. New York, N.Y.
Filed July 1. 1971.Ser. No. 158,838
Int. CLH01b7//:
U.S. CI. 174-101.5 2 Claims
CELLULftR MATEW4L 22
I
21
/ '9 20
'(■Ot-tPROPVLENE
jacket, the use of which minimizes the weight of the cable and
serves to greatly attenuate the propagation along the cable of
mechanical noise.
3.710,007
ELECTRICAL CABLE
Donald F. Hoen. Mount Prospect. 111.; leu \. I.fUj;. Tulsa.
Okla.. and Donatas Tijunelis, BufTalo (iro\e. III., assiunors
to Bor^•-^^a^^^'r Corporation. Chicayo. III.
Filed Dec. 1 6, 1 97 1 . Ser. No. 208,624
Int. CL HO lb 7/02
U.S. CL 174—120 AR 4 Claims
,5 (EPICHLOWOHYORIN RUBBER)
,-jCONDUCTCI«»
.151P0LY PROPYLENE)
19(P0LYPR0PVLENEI
An electrical conducting cable for submersible motors
adapted for use in high temperature, high pressure oil wells.
The cable includes separately insulated conductors disposed
within an epichlorohydrin rubber jacket. The conductors are
insulated with a layer of high temperature, high molecular
weight, heat stabilized polypropylene as the primary insula-
tion. The jacketed cable unit is protected by an outer armor
formed of a high temperature, high molecular weight, heat sta-
bilized, polypropylene. The cable thus formed is flexible, abra-
sion resistant, solvent resistant, liquid impervious, heat in sen-
sitive and unaffected by well environment.
3,710,008
STRANDED CONDUCTOR AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Roderick V . Sawyer, Elkhard, Ind., assignor to CTS Corpora-
tion, Elkhart, Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 765,791, Oct. 8, 1968, Pat. No. 3,579,165.
This application March 2,1971, Ser. No. 1 20, 1 3 1
Int.CLH01b5//0
U.S.CL174— 131 A 5 Claims
I.
1/
A marine streamer cable of layered solid construction and
having substantially the same composition density as sea
water, comprising a flotation layer surrounding a cable core
having as a central stress member a polypropylene rope made
with paralleled fibers held together by an extruded plastic
Strands of material along selected segments of an indeter-
minate length of stranded conductive material are welded
together and severed to provide predetermined lengths of
stranded conductive material having the strands at the ends
thereof secured together to prevent unraveling. Each strand
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
653
comprises a pliant fiber core about which is wrapped a con-
ductive foil. Such pieces of conductive material are secured to
one or more coil lead wires to form a pair of terminal leads in a
coil assembly.
3,710,009
ELECTRICAL CABLE
Donald F. Hoeg, Mt. Prospect, HI.; Leo V. Legg, Tulsa, Okla.,
and Donatas Tijunelis, Buffalo Grove, lU., assignors to Borg-
Wamer Corporation, Chicago, 111.
Filed Dec. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 208,643
Int.Cl.H01b7/02
U.S.CL174— 120 AR 6Clainis
tive to reflect a portion of the image upon an associated
photosensitive device. In particular, three photosensitive
devices, each sensitive for example to a primary color of red,
green or blue, and three arcuate reflective surfaces are ar-
ranged to translate the respective red, green and blue color
components of an image focused upon the arcuate reflective
surfaces into signals indicative thereof.
3,710,011
SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATICALLY PRODUCING A COLOR
DISPLAY OF A SCENE FROM A BLACK AND WHITE
REPRESENTATION OF THE SCENE
William C. Altemus, and James Duca, both of Littleton, Colo.,
assignors to Computer Image Corporation, Denver, Colo.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,096
Int. CLH04n 9/72
U.S. CI. 178—5.4 R 37 CUims
9, .r.*"- ■>■ «■-.».»»«'
An electrical conducting cable for submersible motors
adapted for use in high temperature, high pressure mineral
wells. The cable includes separately insulated conductors
disposed within an epichlorohydrin rubber jacket. The con-
ductors are insulated with a layer of heat stabilized ethylene
propylene rubber as the primary insulation. The jacketed
cable unit is protected by an outer armor formed of a high
temperature, high molecular weight, heat stabilized,
polypropylene. The cable thus formed is flexible, abrasion re-
sistant, solvent resistant, liquid impervious, heat insensitive
and unaffected by well environment.
3,710,010
REFLECTIVE DEVICE FOR COLOR SEPARATION
John W. Balliett, and William T. Sherwood, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 76,935, Sept. 30, 1970,
abandoned. This application July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,758
Int. CI. H04m 9102
U.S. CL 178—5.4 R 4 Claims
— Zi
^2^
>NjlMA"^IOM|x,y
NETWORK I
DEFLECTION
VfDCO
CAMERA
7
^
/a
ANALOG
GRAY
ENCODER
^
%
J^
so^
VIDEO
TAPE
NTSC
OR
COLOR
COLOR
DISPLAY
'SJ-
ENCODER
TV
RASTER
GEN
SCAN
CONVERTER
j^-'
^' GREEN
BLUE
'fr
RGB COLOR
ENCODER
or
j^
D. GI'^AL
GRAY
ENCODER
This invention comprises a system for producing a color
representation on either video tape or a color display device of
a static or dynamic scene, each color being independently
selective and variable Signals are generated for representing
the scene in discrete shades of gray, which signals are used to
generate further signals representing the red, green and blue
components of a color assigned to each gray shade These red,
green and blue component signals are used to produce the
color representation. The system further includes means for
selecting the colors assigned to the various gray shades, and
exclusive logic means allowing independent selection and
variation of each color. Means are also provided for animating
the scene to produce a fully animated color representation.
3,710,012
COLOR IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM
Donald John Cross, Tonawanda; Robert Roy Eckenbrecht,
East Bethany; Arthur Burke Price, Byron, and Benton Boyd
Scott, Batavia, all of N.Y., assigiwrs to Sylvania Electric
Products Inc.
FUed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 787,962
Int. CLH04h 9/02, 9/74
U,S. CI. 178—5.2 7 CUims
^^^ ""^.
^ ^-^_..-
fltTKAL SMttP
/
An image is focused upon a reflective device having a plu-
rality of arcuate reflective surfaces, each surface being opera-
A system for providing a color image display derived from
color television signals and photographic film includes a color
906 0.0—23
654
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
image reproducer; first signal source means responsive to
color television signals to provide signals representative of lu-
minance, chrominance and synchronizing information; second
signal source means responsive to light-scanned photographic
film to provide signals representative of luminance and
chrominance information; transport means for effecting con-
veyance of a film through said second signal source means and
synchronization of said film conveyance and said first signal
source means; and switching means for selective coupling of
signals representative of luminance and chrominance informa-
tion from said first and second signal source means to said
color image reproducer.
3,710,013
SINGLE TUBE COLOR TELEVISION CAMERA WITH
INDEXING MEANS
Yasuharu Kubota. kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignor to Sony
Corporation. Tok>o, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 72,593, Sept. 16, 1970. This
application April 1, 1971, S«r. No. 130,272
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 18, 1969,
March 31, 1970, 45/27614; March 31, 1970,
March 31, 1970, 45/27616; April 4, 1970,
44/74175;
45/27615;
45/28880
Int. CI. H04n 9106
U.S. CI. 178— 5.4 ST
8 Claims
second field, with the video information corresponding to the
luminance and bicolor information being transmitted for
processing into video information corresponding to the three
primary colors.
3,710,015
OPTICAL PROCESSOR FOR LASER DISPLAY SYSTEM
Vernon J. Fowler, East Meadow, N.V., assignor to GTE
Laboratories, Inc., Waltham, Mass.
FUed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,799
Int. CLH04n 9/72
U.S, CL 178—5.4 BD 8 Claims
A color television camera utilizes a vidicon tube having a
filter in the form of triads of stripe-like filter elements for the
primary colors red, blue and green, sets of electrodes arranged
in pairs for each filter element triad and being electrically
separated from the photoconductive layer at the side of the
latter facing toward the electron gun, and an output or signal
electrode apart from the sets of electrodes. An alternating
voltage IS applied to the sets of electrodes to provide, on the
photoconductive layer, a predetermined potential pattern
representing an index signal which is overlapped with the
color component images of the object to be reproduced pro-
vided through the filter. A composite signal made up of an
index signal and a color video signal is obtained at the output
electrode Upon the separation of the index signal and the
color video signal from the composite signal, the index signal
is used to derive the individual color signals from the color
video signal.
3,710,014
COLOR TELEVISION SYSTEM
James W. H. Justice, Murrysville, Pa., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,619
Int. CI. HOln 9/06
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 ST 9 Claims
A color television system employing a single tube television
camera wherein a filter wheel permits the transmission of lu-
minance information to the camera during a first field and
bicolor information, consisting of two primary colors, during a
13 3-^a
M M « W
An optical processor for a laser display system separates
and provides individual modulation for a number of coaxial
comp>onents of light contained within a multiwavelength laser
beam. The optical processor is capable of operating with the
video signals of conventional color television signals as part of
a laser color television display system.
3,710,016
TELEVISION RECEIVER WITH FIELD INTENSITY
INDICATOR
Yoshio Fujio; Yoshihiro Kitamura; Koji Mihara, and Tsu-
neakira Hamada, all of Kyoto, Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi
Denki kabushiki kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,907
Int. CI. H04n 5160
U.S. CI. 178—5.8 R 5 Claims
The viewer touches an antenna for a television receiver to
operate a switch circuit. Then pulses from a deflection circuit
cooperates with an AGC voltage to produce a signal providing
a measure of a field intensity at the antenna. The signal is dis-
played on the picture tube as a vertical or horizontal band.
The antenna is moved to and fixed at its position where the
band has the narrowest width.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
655
3,710,017
TV RECEIVER CONCURRENTLY ACTING AS A
MONITOR
Takuzi Abe, Tokyo, and Minoru Yuda, Kawasaki, both of
Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.,
Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,564
Claims priority, application Japan, May 8, 1970, 45/44327;
May 8, 1970, 45/44328; Aug. 10, 1970, 45/69315; Aug. 10,
1970, 45/78859; Sept. 21, 1970, 45/92912; Sept. 21, 1970,
45/92914
Int. CI. H04n 5/22,5148, 7102
U.S. CL 178—6.8 16 Claims
tube scans a test card. The test card has a predetermined pat-
tern of light and shade which causes a change in camera tube
?
BECEIVWC
[.^SIGNAL ^SIGNAL
OETtCTOB
'MICE
-S-GNAL
7YT04KMZMG
^SIGNAL SEPAAATOR
CATHOOe
LjOAY Toet
BCFLEcroe
SOUANE
^ WAVE
GEKRATNG
_1_
MACE 9GMh.
■"a*»^*tb
CAMERA
1 OCFmlUN
■ CBCmT .
10
iGAtESCTlAL
'GETCRATNG
iOHCWT
25-1 JO
-rr
•WOE 9GNAL
(x/TPuT c*>ajrT
HK)
A TV receiver concurrently acting as a monitor comprising
means for separating TV synchronizing signals from detected
TV image signals; camera tube deflecting means including a
device for generating in synchronization with said separated.
TV synchronizing signals square wave synchronizing signals
having a width equal to 1/n (n / ) of the period of the first
mentioned TV synchronizing signals thereby to supply deflect-
ing signals corresponding to the width of said square wave
signals to the image pickup tube of the camera and scan said
image pickup tube with a period 1/n times that of scanning TV
image signals; a camera device for producing image signals by
said deflecting means; means for obtaining gate signals from
horizontal and vertical square wave synchronizing signals;
means for generating composite image signals by selectively
drawing out TV image signals and camera image signals in
prescribed timing according to said gate signals; and means for
supplying said composite image signals to the receiving tube,
thereby simultaneously reproducing part of a TV image and
the whole of a camera image.
-FIELD »»EQ
output This output is used to automatically adjust the beam
alignment in relation to the modulating of the focusing field.
3,710,019
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING DATA
TO BE USED BY ELECTRONIC PHOTO-TYPESETTING
DEVICES
Rudolf HeU, Kiel; Roman KoU, Kiel-Wellingdorf, and Ewald
Lifferth, Kiel-Kronshagen, all of Germany, assignors to Dr.
Ing. Rudolf Hell Kommanditgesellschaft
FUed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,487
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 11, 1969, P 19
40 797.7
Int. CLH04n 7/70
U.S. CI. 178—7.6 6 Claims
3,710,018
TELEVISION CAMERA AUTOMATIC BEAM
ALIGNMENT
Derek Vernon Ryley, Ingatestone, E^ssex, and Gyongyver
Claydon, Chelmsford, Essex, both of England, assignors to
The Marconi Company Limited, London, England
FUed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,656
CUims priority, appUcation Great Britain, Aug. 11, 1969,
40,075/69
Int.CLH04ni/76
U.S.CL 178-7.2 3 Claims
A television camera which includes a cathode ray tube has
an arrangement for aligning the beam and providing beam
focusing in which the focusing field is modulated while the
Data for setting italic characters by electronic photo-
typesetting devices is determined by reciprocating an original
card containing the italic character and a scanning head
adapted for measuring light and dark markings relative to one
another and along a linear path inclined from the vertical by
an angle equal to the smgle of inclination of the italic
character. After the completion of each back and forth
scanning cycle, the original character card and the scanning
head are relatively, horizontally displaced by an incremental
amount to position the card and the head for a subsequent
scanning cycle.
3,710,020
TEXTILE PATTERN TRANSLATOR
Arie Levin; Efraim Arazi, and Uri Gronemann, all of c/o Scien-
tific Technology Limited, P.O. Box 1028, Rehovot, Israel
FUed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,802
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 20, 1968,
68179558
Int. CI. H04n 9102
U.S.CL178— 5.2R 24 Claims
A machine for translating a graticulated textile design pat-
tern to a format readable by a textile machine incorporates
lA L
b^TWptical processor « capable of oP^/^'-Jf ^^';^^^;,
-.xdeo sxftua\s of conventional coloi lelcvis.on s»gna\s as pan ot
aVaset co\ot ic\ev»sion display system
A color television camera utilizes a vidicon tube having a
niter in the form of triads of stripe-like filter elements for the
primary colors red. blue and green, sete of electrodes arranged
in pairs for each filter element triad and being electrically
separated from the photoconductive layer at the side of the
latter facing toward the electron gun, and an output or signal
electrode apart from the sets of electrodes. An alternating
voluge is applied to the sets of electrodes to provide, on the
photoconductive layer, a predetermined potential pattern
representing an index signal which is overlapped with the
color component images of the object to be reproduced pro-
vided through the filter. A composite signal made up of an
index signal and a color video signal is obuined at the output
electrode. Upon the separation of the index signal and the
color video signal from the composite signal, the index signal
is used to derive the individual color signals from the color
video signal.
3,710,016
TELEVISION RECEIVER WITH FIELD INTENSITY
INDICATOR
Yoshio Fujlo; Ywhlhlro KlUmura; Kojl Mlhara. and Tsu-
neakira Hamada. all of Kyoto, Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi
DenU Kabushlkl Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,907
Int. CL H04n 5/60
U.S. CI. 178-5.8 R 5 Claims
3,710,014
COLOR TELEVISION SYSTEM
James W. H. Justice, Murrysvllle, Pa., assignor to
Westlnghousc Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,619
Int. CI. HO In 9/06
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 ST 9 Claims
A color television system employing a single tube television
camera wherein a filter wheel permits the transmission of lu-
minance information to the camera during a first field and
bicolor information, consisting of two primary colors, during a
The viewer touches an antenna for a television receiver to
operate a switch circuit. Then pulses from a deflection circuit
cooperates with an AGC voltage to produce a signal providing
a measure of a field intensity at the antenna. The signal is dis-
played on the picture tube as a vertical or horizontol band.
The antenna is moved to and fixed at its position where the
band has the narrowest width.
mentioned TV synchronizing signaA thereby to supply deflecf-
ing signals corresponding to the n/idlh of said square nave
signals to the image pickup tube of the camera and scan said
image pickup tube with a period l/n times that of scanning TV
image signals; a camera device for producing image signals by
said deflecting means; means for obtaining gate signals from
horizontal and vertical square wave synchronizing signals;
means for generating composite image signaU by selectively
drawing out TV image signals and camera image signals in
prescribed timing according to said gate signals; and means for
supplying said composite image signals to the receiving tube,
thereby simultaneously reproducing part of a TV image and
the whole of a camera image.
3,710,018
TELEVISION CAMERA AUTOMATIC BEAM
ALIGNMENT
Derek Vernon Ryley, Ingatestone, Essex, and Gyongyver
Claydon, Chelmsford, Essex, both of England, assignors to
The Marconi Company Limited, London, England
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,656
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. II, 1969,
40,075/69
Int. CLH04n J/76
U.S. CI. 178 7.2 ^ Claims
A television camera which includes a cathode ray tube has
an arrangement for aligning the beam and providing beam
focusing in which the focusing field is modulated whUe the
mum
mUisi iisiil
'5/
Data for setting italic characters by electronic photo-
typesetting devices is determined by reciprocating an original
card containing the italic character and a scanning head
adapted for measuring light and dark markings relative to one
another and along a linear path inclined from the vertical by
an angle equal to the angle of inclination of the italic
character. After the completion of each bac)c and forth
scanning cycle, the original character card and the scanning
head are relatively, horizontally displaced by an incremental
amount to position the card and the head for a subsequent
scanning cycle.
3,710,020
TEXTILE PATTERN TRANSLATOR
Arte Levin; Efraim Arail, and Uri Gronemann, aU of c/o Sden-
tiflc Technology Limited, P.O. Box 1028, Rehovot, Israel
Filed Dec. 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 884,802
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 20, 1968,
68179558
Int. CLH04n 9/02
U.S. CL 178-5.2 R ^ Claims
A machine for translating a graticulated textile design pat-
tern to a format readable by a textile machine incorporates
656
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
color-aensitive photodetcctors mounted in a scanner head.
The scanner head automatically scans successive columns of
the design pattern so that the photodetectors sense the colors
of successive cells in each column. The photodetector outputs
are stored each time an individual cell is traversed and after an
train, a circuit for reconstituting degraded pulses comprising a
source of degraded signal pulses to be reconstituted, dual limit
detector means arranged to momentarily sample the signal
entire column has been scanned, the stored information is
decoded to the format necessary to control a card punching
machine. Additionally, the output from the decoding machine
may be used to control a pattern verifier which utilizes
decoded information to reproduce the design pattern being
scanned
3,710,021
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR THE CONNECTION OF A
LOW VOLTAGE DIRECT CURRENT DATA
TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS TO A DATA EXCHANGE
Ralner Galser; Ekkehard Rledel. and Lothar Schmid, all of
Munich, Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktkngesellschaft,
Berlin, Germany
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,728
Claims priority, application Germany, June 4, 1969, P 19 28
434.5
Int. CLH041// /20
U.S. CI. 178-58 5 Claims
0«i atCOSMfTMOf^
on
•0T»
pulses at a predetermined point thereof, and to produce an
output represenutive of the presence and sign of a signal pulse
at the moment of sampling, and means for maintaining this
output for a predetermined time following the sampling.
3,710,023
SOUND REPRODUCING SYSTEM FOR A FOUR SPEAKER
STEREO UTILIZING SIGNAL EXPANSION AND SIGNAL
DELAY
Charles E. Greuiard, Sr., and Charles E. Greuiard, Jr., both
of Garden Grove, CalH., assignors to International Technical
Development Corporatloo, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 183,825
Int. CL H04r 5100
MS. CL 179-1 G 10 Claims
L»^>J*i«»U4^p>-
A circuit arrangement is described for interconnecting data
transmission subscribers through a data exchange in a system
where low transmission voluges are used. Each subscriber is
connected through the exchange over a two-wire line carrying
duplex traffic. A matching network is provided adjusting the
electrical length of each subscriber line on the arriving side of
the exchange to correspond with the longest existing line.
3,710,022
SAMPLING AND RETIMING CIRCUIT FOR PCM
REPEATERS
Frederick NordUng, Sausalito, Calif., asrignor to Lynch Com-
munication Systems, Inc., San Francisco, CaUf.
Division of Ser. No. 4,636, Jan. 21, 1970, Pat. No. 3,633,045.
This application April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133386
Int. CL H04I 25i52
U^.CL178— 70R 12 Claims
In a system for the transmission of information coded in
terms of the presence and polarity of pulses in a signal pulse
Four speaker systems are arranged at the comers of a
rectangle encompassing the listener; two at the front of the
listening area and two at the rear. The input sound mforma-
tion is converted into four separate and individual channels
which are connected to the respective four speaker systems.
The sound information is, first of all, directed along a first
branch to a variable gain amplifier, after which it enters a con-
ventional preamplifier and power amplifier for energizing one
of the front speaker systems The sound is also supplied to a
second branch for rectification and integration, after which it
is connected to the input of the variable gain amplifier of the
first branch. The original sound signal is similarly treated in a
further channel and applied to the other front speaker
systems.
Each of the rear speaker systems is provided with energiza-
tion input from the sound signals and admixed with active
delay.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
657
The present invention pertains generally to a sound TIME SLOT MEMORY CIRCUIT
'^1
Inc., Murrav Hill, Berkeley Heights, N J.
FUed Sept. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 182^73
InLa.H04Ji/72
U^.a. 179— 15A
7 Claims
OSCllLtTO* I LCVtL
L- CLAMP r-^ osciu*ra« i— i ,
cinniiT
surrtK
llULTIVHII»ra«
. JIAW. J\A.
ranged in surrounding relationship to the listener are provided
with separate energization that is selectively controlled to
recreate true recording ambience or produce a unique listen-
ing environment.
3,710,024
PROTECTIVE TELEPHONE ALARM SYSTEM
Warrick T. Lacey, 1042 Roxbury Court, Columbus, Ohio
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,583
Int.CLH04my//04
U.S.CL 179-5 P 8 Claims
<• «
We disclose a dynamic time slot memory circuit for use in a
time division switching system. This memory circuit is respon-
sive to an input pulse in a ume slot to thereafter provide out-
put pulses in that time slot at the system frame rate. An oscUla-
tor is utilized as the memory element to remember the system
sampling frequency. The output of a monostable multivibrator
triggered by the input pulse, the output of a system clock
providing pulses defining time slots, and a positive zero-
crossing of the oscillator output are combined to provide an
output pulse during the next frame in the time slot m which
the input pulse occurred. This output pulse is fed back as an
input to the time slot memory circuit to restart the cycle.
3,710,026
INTERCONNECTED LOOP DIGITAL TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM
Ronald Lewis Graham, Chatham, and Henry Otto Pollak,
Summit, both of N J., assignors to BeU Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated, Murray HUl, Berkeley HeighU, N J.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,724
Int. CI. H04j 3 m
U.S. CL 179-15 AL 1"^ ^Ulms
A protective alarm for automatically connecting itself to a
telephone line, dialing a remote telephone and delivering an
audio message to the remote telephone, in response to an in-
trusion. The alarm has a magnetic tape and an associated Upe
player. On the tape is recorded a 5-kiloherU control signal
100 percent modulated by telephone dialing pulses which are
followed by an oral message that is superimposed on the con-
tinous control signal. A dialing switch connects the audio out-
put of the Upe player to the telephone hne when an intrusion
switch located, for an example in a window, is opened. A bi-
polar transistor controls the dialing switch. The transistor is
biased to cause the dialing switch to disconnect the telephone
from the alarm system. The transistor circuit responds to the
presence of the control signal by connecting the alarm to the
telephone line when the control signal is present. An intrusion
opens an intrusion switch, begins the magnetic tape player
which, in turn, permits the modulated conuol signal to turn
the dialing switch on and off and thereby dial a remote phone.
The oral message is then delivered to the remote location.
A digital communication loop system is disclosed wherein
transfers of signal message blocks between intersecting loops
are only made when a Hamming distance cnterion is satisfied
More particularly, a decision to switch from one loop to
another interconnecting loop is made when the Hamming
distance between the interconnecting loop address and the
final destination loop address is less than the Hammmg
distance between the loop address in which the message block
currently resides and the final destination loop address.
658
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,027
SYSTEM OF TIME-DIVISION MULTIPLEX
TRANSMISSION VIA COMMUNICATIONS SATELLITES
Eberhard Herter, Stuttgart, and Peter Conrad Ulrkh, Heu-
tigsheim, both of Germany, assignors to International SUn-
dard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,287
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 22, 1969, P 19
58 673.3
Int.Cl. H04ji/06
U.S.Cl. 179— 159s 9 Claims
3,710.029
SWITCHING ARRANGEMENT FOR A DATA
PROCESSING INSTALLATION
Gunter Grossman; Hans-Ulrich Moder, and Rolf Schubert, all
of Munich, Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,275
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 8, 1970, P 20 00
608.0
Int. CI. H04m 3100
U.S.CL179— 18ES 12 Claims
4£
^
<?u;
^^
u^
^«f -i5^*«??.
A system at each station is described to detect the beginning
of a message first containing a start signal and to detect the
station address in a TDMA system. The system stores detected
suspected signals for a number of preceding frames that occur
in an expected time slot. A first majority decision is made with
respect to the stored start signal and if a positive decision is
made the next detected start signal is accepted for processing.
A positive decision for the start signal majority decision ena-
bles the station addresses to be evaluated by a second majority
decision. This arrangement eliminates the need of redundancy
codes for the start signal and the station address, said
redundancy codes occupying too much space in the available
time slot.
3,710,028
DETECTOR FOR DIGITALLY TRANSMITTED
MLLTIFREQUENCY TONES AS UTILIZED FOR
SIGNALING IN A PULSE CODE MODULATED
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
Satyan G. Pitroda, Villa Park, lU., assignor to GTE Automatic
Electric Laboratories Incorporated, Northlake, 111.
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,428
Int. CI. H04q 7 i/00
U.S. CI. 179- 15 BY 6 CUims
CONNECTION
JNtT
L
. -4
1
POOGRMI
CONTtTOL'-'
' PI
Spl
PWOCUM
CONTHOL —
n
532 ,
onw n
I
A program controlled data processing installation is dis-
closed including program control units for carrying out the
necessary system operations and memory storage devices for
storing the necessary programs. The program control unit in-
cludes primary registers and an auxiliary storage unit includ-
ing secondary registers to which immediate access is not
required. The auxiliary storage unit is connected to the prima-
ry registers so that operations required by system commands
^may be carried out.
3,710,030
NETWORK INTERSTAGE GRADING ARRANGEMENT
Jean-Pierre Andre Dartois, Paris, France, assignor to Interna-
tional Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,404
Claims priority, application France, April 1, 1970, 701 1616
Int.CI. H04q///6
U.S. CI. 179—18 AG 4 Claims
*y.
BB
bcbo
000; .^jw
0011
^
^
AS
§^
iJfHE^Mlj-'"*"
Ib'DOO 01 10 II 00 01 10 II
t- 0 - 1
(X
.s^
A technique for detecting multifrequency tones on a digital
basis in a pulse code modulated telephone system. Tone pairs
are detected based on a determination of the quantity of zero
slope counts and peak detector counts for a specific period of
time.
A switching network is provided by which the outputs of a
stage and the inputs of the next stage each bear a number, the
numbers of an output and of an input interconnected by a link
are related by relations so that, whatever the application is,
certain digit-to-digit correspondences (fei=c,, for example) are
always maintained. This makes it possible to define output
groups and input groups to be connected via link groups, the
arrangement of the link groups being the only one which va-
ries with the application. The invention allows grading
between selection stages in a telephone or telegraph
exchange, without using a distribution frame.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
659
MULTI FREQUETci RECEIVER CALL ^^^^f ^jj^ ^''''
''-Z^r.^^^^^i:^^^^' '' "-""" Wiley Whitney,28lJJir3?r7cfApt.603,FortLauderd...
U.S. CI. 179-84 VF SClalms ,^,,^. ,,,_,, 3, ^-^ ^1. H04m 3/5. ^^^^^
(ROUP
MS5
■UtCT
60,
w,
oo,
>PF f <0 1
DtTtao*
a
TO
yEuaA>r
Gnoup
JO
*
DCCODCtt
%v 1
fso
r
BPf
7T0
^
93
r
i^
BW
•12
f
4-
1
1
30
'k
B»f ''-
941 755
i»s
BPt
44
WCUOMY
LOKtP
GnouP
5
'
1B6
'sT
»
1 BPr «
1 XT? -je
V-
ji
1
V
BPF,
1613
-47
■V
' P^
M
lioe
66
f»lSC
' S>OIML
•0«1
CONTI»Oi.lE«
TIF cawyM coonx ststim
(WSMWSMH)
a»co"
OUTPUT
SIGNALS
A multi-frequency or voice frequency receiver is employed
in telecommunication systems to receive and test digital
signals from stations having multi-frequency control signalling
facilities, and to receive digital information from similarly
equipped data transmitting stations. The receiver has a
number of tests which it performs on the received signals prior
to passing the signals to the translators and decoders. The
signals used are the standard eight tone, two group signals
which are checked as to frequency, duration, the presence of
one tone per group, minimum amplitude level and signal am-
plitude. In the receiver, the filter networks employ active fU-
tering principles.
A call forwarding arrangement, which is particularly ap-
plicable in connection with telephone exchanges having a
relatively few call forwarding customers, utilizes a group of
selectable call forwarding circuits together with selectable
memory devices which are used only while the call forwarding
line is in the transfer condition. A crossbar link circuit is util-
ized in conjunction with the group of selected call forwarding
circuits, each call forwarding line having a vertical appearance
on the crossbar switch of the link circuit while the call for-
warding circuits of the group are connected to the horizontals.
No modifications of the existing central office equipment are
involved; all facilities of the CF service being added as auxilia-
ry equipment.
3,710,032
TELEPHONE SILENCING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Lee: Maw-huel, AtlanU, Ga., assignor to B. J. Powell, Decatur,
Ga., a part inUrest
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,122
Int.CI.H04m7/26
U.S. CI. 179-84 L 10 Claims
3,710,034
MULTI-DIMENSIONAL SONIC RECORDING AND
PLAYBACK DEVICES AND METHOD
Edward J. Murry, Palos Park, Dl., assignor to Fibra-Sonics,
Inc., Chicago, Dl.
Filed March 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,079
Int. CI. Gl lb 27/00, 23/75. H04h 5100
U.S.CL 179-100.1 TD 10 Claims
^•4
.JJS-
"^2)r
'>..:^^-.
^^^^=Mj^'^^
Method and apparatus for selectively sUencing the bell of a
telephone wherein the method comprises selectively reducing
the resultant magnetomotive force through the ringer circuit
to a value below that necessary to ring the bell. The method
also includes selectively increasing the ringing voltage output
from the central system generator with a transformer to in-
crease the current level in the ringer circuit and thus the mag-
netomotive force above that necessary to ring the bell.
A method and apparatus for recording sonic material so
that it may be used to achieve accurately a multi-dimensional
playback sonic effect highly similar to that of the original
material experienced in the playing volume such as that of an
auditorium, studio or theater and accomplishing this in
volumes which do not necessarily duplicate the recording lo-
cation. A novel enclosure which may be used as a high gain
type planal microphone enclosure is disclosed as well as a
1'
660
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
system of recording/playback which incorporates delimiting
the recording and playback space in such a manner that the
volume of the original recording space may be duplicated by
means of selectively time delaying various channels of a
recording system relative to each other.
3,710,035
HOUSING AND SPEAKER ARRANGEMENT FOR
MAGNETIC SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCTION
DEVICE
Manfred Paul Tupaj, Grobenzell, and Heinz Engert, Munich,
both of Germany, assignors to Sud-Atlas-Werke G.m.b.H.,
Munich, (iermany
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,802
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 7, 1970, P 20 05
641.1
Int. CI. G 1 lb 23104, 5100, 1100
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 Z 2 Claims
second shielding case to house the erase head and the second
magnetic head. The first recording head faces a first track on a
magnetic tape and has the function of reproducing the infor-
mation stored on that first track. The second magnetic head
functions as the recording head and, together with the erase
head, faces a second recording track at a position spaced from
the first magnetic head with respect to the running direction of
the tape. Within the second shielding case the second mag-
netic head is disposed behind the erase head with respect to
the direction of advancing movement of the tape.
*:>— r^offi^vii
-10
-14
\
0
/J 1
o
3
I
0
o
. I—
!>
.
^2
I i
A device for magnetic sound recording and reproduction in-
cludes a housing arranged to receive a sound tape cassette and
a speaker unit detachably connected to one surface of the
housing The speaker unit contains projecting plug pins which
fit into sockets in the housing of the device for securing the
speaker unit in place. The speaker unit may cover one lateral
surface of the housing or, if a larger speaker is to be used, it
may cover a face surface and project over and be connected
into a lateral surface of the housing. Additional sockets of plug
connections can be provided in the housing to connect a
microphone, speaker, record player and the like.
3,710,036
ANTICROSSTALK SYSTEM FOR MULTI-TRACK
MULTIPLE HEAD DEVICE WITH LONGITUDINALLY
SPACED HEAD MEANS, SHIELDING CASES FOR EACH
HEAD MEANS, AND AN ERASE HEAD PLACED
BETWEEN EACH HEAD MEANS
YuUka KobUni, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Canon Kabushiki
Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,434
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 25, 1969,
44/101005
Int.Cl.Gllb5//0.25/7S
U.S. CI. 179— 100.2 K 3 Claims
C3
T El I RPi
C4
rt
r
t,
X
3,710,037
REMOVABLE MAGNETIC HEAD ASSEMBLY WITH
LIFTER nNGERS
George Adams, and John Hawkins, both of New York, N.Y.,
assignors to United Research L^iboratory, New York,N.Y.
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,626
Int. CI. Glib 5/50. 5/56
U.S. Cl. 179—100.2 R 9 CUims
&? ^
A tape deck is provided with a detachable magnetic head
assembly including a group of tape Itfter fingers mounted on
the assembly and detachable from the deck with the assembly.
The fingers are pivotable on a pivot and one of the fingers has
a fork extending therefrom which is engaged by the pin of a
rotary solenoid which supplies the force by which the fingers
are pivoted. The fingers are mounted between magnetic heads
and serve to lift magnetic tape from these heads.
3,710,038
MAGNETIC HEAD WITH TAPE CONTACTING GUARD
SURFACE AND POLE TIPS OF SIMILAR FERRITE
MATERIALS
Yoshio Sakai, Yokohama; Zcnkichi Nakamura, Miyagi-gun;
Katsumasa Takahashi, and Naotoshi Sasada, both of Tokyo,
all of Japan, assignors to Sony Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Division of Ser. No. 768,324, Oct. 17, 1968, Pat. No.
3,598,925. This application Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,659
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct 18, 1967, 42/67040
Int. Cl. Glib 5122, 5114, 5140
U.S. CL 179—100.2 C 1 Claim
JA
I'^^-ri.Hi.
'4m^"
EZ H2 RP2
A magnetic head for video tape recorders having adjacent
iu ferrite pole tips a guard member of a similar ferrite material
providing a tape contact surface having a hardness substan-
D tially equal to or a little less than that of the pole tips over the
operating temperature range, but which guard material is sub-
stantially non-magnetic under working conditions. It is
The magnetic head arrangement of this invenUon includes a preferred to have the physical properties of the material of the
first magnetic head, an erase head, a second magnetic head, a guard member such as friction factor, coefficient of thermal
first shieldmg case to house the first magnetic head and a expansion and the like similar to those of the pole tip matenal.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
661
3,710,039
METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING TAPE
WITHIN A CARTRIDGE TO MINIMIZE DIFFERENTL\L
PHASE SHIFT IN MULTIPLE CHANNEL TAPE
RECORDING AND REPRODUCTION
William G. McFadden, Annisquam, Mass., assignor to
Marathon Broadcast Equipment Sales Corp., Danvers,
Mass.
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,481
Int. Cl. Glib 25/04. 75/60
U.S.CL 179-100.2 Z 15 Claims
3,710,041
ELEMENT WITH TURN-ON DELAY AND A FAST
RECOVERY FOR A HIGH SPEED INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
YuUka Hayashi, and Yasuo Tarui, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Kogyo GUutsuin, (a/k/a Agency of Industrial
Science and Technology, Ministry of International Trade and
Industry, Japanese Government, Tokyo-to, Japan
Division of Ser. No. 809,654, March 24, 1969, abandoned.
This application March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,788
Claims priority, application Japan, March 25, 1968,
43/18984; April 21, 1968, 43/23973
Int. CI.H03kJ/ii. 5/08
U.S. Cl. 307—300 2 Claims
7>/ooe . >^^ lb
This disclosure depicts methods and apparatus especially
useful for minimizing differential phase shift in the recording
and reproduction of plural phase-related signals stored as mul-
tiple tracks on magnetic tape. Particular emphasis is placed
upon applications in the field of broadcast stereophony. There
is disclosed, inter alia, a number of tape magazine embodi-
ments each comprising a casing, tape supply and take-up
means providing an accessible loop of the tape, and guide
means for accurately guiding the loop of tape through at least
one transduction station at which magnetic signals may be ap-
plied to or derived from the tape. In each embodiment the
tape guidance system is adjustable in azimuth to effect the said
minimization of differential phase shift during recording
and/or reproduction. In one magazine embodiment disclosed
the tape guidance system is adjustable to compensate for er-
rors in track height.
3,710,040
MICROPHONE HAVING IMPROVED PIEZOELECTRIC
TRANSDUCER SUPPORTS
Frank Swinehart, Waseca, Minn., assignor to E. F. Johnson
Company, Waseca, Minn.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69^86
Int.CI.H04r/7/02
U.S.CI. 179— llOA 10 Claims
A fast recovery delay element of an integrated circuit com-
prising a series connection of a "majority carrier diode" and at
least one PN junction diode of conventional construction, said
element being simple in structure and having a high utility in a
high speed switching circuit of high efficiency.
ERRATUM
For Class 179—15 BY see:
Patent No. 3.710,056
3,710,042
ROTARY SWITCH WITH RETAINING CLIP FOR
GROUNDING SHAFT TO CHASSIS TERMINAL
James D. Edwards, Russiaville, and Max R. McQuinn,
Kokomo, both of Ind., assignors to The Scott & Fetier Com-
pany, Kokomo, Ind.
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,230
Int. Cl. HOlh i/52. 9112, H02b 7/0«
U.S.C1.200-17R 10 Claims
lb
A microphone assembly in which a piezoelectric transducer
beam is attached at one end to a flexible diaphragm and is sup-
ported at the other end by simply resting upon an electrical
contact without being connected thereto. The transducer
beam is pressed against the supporting contact by a second
electrical conUct that is shaped to support the transducer
beam near its center and to apply a roUry force thereto. The
second electrical contact has a rectangular opening formed in
an end portion thereof for receiving and supporting the trans-
ducer beam and the end portion of the electrical conUct
beyond the rectangular opening is rolled over to form a spring
for applying rotary force to the transducer beam.
A rotary switch has a shaft that can be manually rotated and
reciprocated. A detent structure normally holds the shaft in a
selected axial position. The detent mechanism includes a
retaining clip having lugs that can be manually bent to lock
components in assembled relation, and a resilient clip ensur-
ing continuous electrical continuity between the conuol shaft
and the mounting means whereby the control shaft is
grounded.
662
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,043
CAM OPERATED PERIODIC SWITCH WITH
DEFLECTABLE KINETIC ENERGY STORAGE CAM
OPERATOR AND ATTACHED MICROSWITCH RAMP
Wallace L. Linn, and Elmo W. Voland, both of Indianapolis,
Ind., assignors to P. R. Mallory & Co., Inc., Indianapolis,
Filed July 20, 197 1 , Ser. No. 164,385
Int. CI. HOlh/ 9/62, 5//4
U.S. CI. 200-31 R 5 Claims
3,710,045
MULTIPLE CONTACT PROGRAM TIMER WITH
ADJUSTABLE CONDUCTIVE BRUSH MEANS AND
RESETTABLE CONDUCTIVE PINS
La Vergne C. Jochim, Buena Park, Calif., assignor to Tl-Mind
Incorporated, Buena Park, Calif.
FUed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96^34
Int.CI.H01h43/;S
U.S. CI. 200—37 R 13 Claims
Electrical contacts carried by cooperating switch blades in-
termittently engaged one another in response to intermittent
release of energy generated by rotating resilient means, the
resilient means being rotated at a constant speed.
3,710,044
JACKSCREW TYPE OF RACKING MECHANISM FOR A
MOVABLE SWITCHGEAR UNIT
William T. Sharp, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 211,394
Int. CI. HOlh 9/20, ii/46
U.S. CI. 200— 50AA 12 Claims
,ii
— « / JZ
J Ca^a «-i
/S
■v.- - 1
A resettable scheduling device is disclosed which will close
an electrical contact at a predetermined time dependent upon
the placement of one or more pins in a series of openings in
the face plate of the device. When a pin is placed through an
opening, it forms an electrical contact with an underlying
layer of conductive metal mesh, screening or foil. A second
conuct point is moved to complete an electrical circuit
through the pin in a timed manner. This contact may be
completed by moving a conductive brush below an opening
containing a pin. Another method of completing the circuit
through the pin utilizes two insulated layers of conductive
material. In one configuration, the upper face of the device
has the indicia of a clock face with openings concentrically
located at half-hour intervals. Means for moving the conduc-
tive brush with respect to the face plate are disclosed. These
means include the rotation of the brush over a grooved disc
together with a method for returning the brush to its starting
point. In one example a brush is mounted in a slot of a metal
coated plastic disc.
3,710,046
GANG CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY FOR TELEPHONE
CABLE TERMINAL BOARD
Karl R. Anderson, Pasadena, Calif., assignor to John T.
Thompson, Los Angeles and George W. GUlemont, SanU
Monica, Calif.
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 199,941
Int. CI. HOlh 73/70
U.S.C1.200— 51R 9 Claims
For racking a movable switchgear unit into and out of its en-
closure, a racking mechanism is disclosed which comprises a
jackscrew mounted on the movable switchgear unit, a travel-
ing nut mounted on the jackscrew, and an anchoring device
mounted on the enclosure having an opening receiving a lug
on the traveling nut. A housing for the jacltscrew contains a
first slot extending axiaily of the jackscrew for holding the lug
in said opining in the anchoring device during racking move-
ment. The jaclucrew housing also contains a second slot per-
pendicular to the first slot into which said lug can be moved
when the nut is being uncoupled from the anchoring device.
Friction meaiis causes the nut to rotate with the jackscrew
when the nut is properly positioned for uncoupling from the
anchoring device, thereby causing jackscrew-rotation under
IhcRe conditions to move the lug from the opening in the
anchoring device into said second slot.
A gang connector assembly readily telescoped over the
front of a telephone cable terminal board to make a separate
connection to each terminal strip of the board. For this pur-
pose the connector has a separate, resilient, conductive strip
posiuoned to have multi-pronged wiping contact with each
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
663
wire terminal strip carried by a terminal board. Additionally
the connector is equipped with one or more pairs of manually
adjustable clamps engageable with the opposite sides of a ter-
minal board structure to clamp it in its installed position and
readily released when the servicing operation has been
completed.
verse-telescopically adjust to the correct arrangement as the
switch unit is attached to the transmission housing or other
seating and thus allows for a greater range of tolerances in the
switch unit's housing, the uansmission housing and the use of
less labor in affixing the switch unit.
3,710,047
SAFE DISCONNECT ELECTRIC SOCKET
Stephen Joseph Brzozowski, Detroit, and Melvin WiUiam Pol-
klnghorn, Livonia, both of Mich., assignors to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.«
FUed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,779
Int.CI.HOlriJ/30
U.S. CI. 200-51.1 6 Claims
3,710,049
SWITCHES FOR TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING
LIGHTS
James P. Burgess, Brighton; Melvin W. Polkinghorn, Livonia,
and Gunther Dieterle, Rochester, aU of Mich., assignors to
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New
York, NY.
FUed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,751
Int.CI.H01hi//6
U.S. CI. 200-61.27 20 Claims
A safety feature in the form of a disconnect element for an
electric socket structure is disclosed. The socket structure is
formed of plastic material which is shaped to lock into
openings provided to support and locate electric lights in au-
tomotive vehicles or the like. A separate ground element is
employed with each socket to enable completion of an electric
circuit. The safety feature forms a part of the ground element
and automatically disconnects the ground element from the
source of power in the event a lamp socket falls from, or is
removed from, its respective opening.
3,710,048
MOTOR VEHICLE PLUNGER TYPE SWITCH UNIT WITH
SELF-ADJUSTING SHAFT COUPLING CONNECTION
CecU W. Schumacher, Letchworth, England, assignor to Borg-
Wamer Limited, Letchworth, England
FUed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,523
Claims priority, application Great BriUln, Sept 24, 1970,
45,634/70
Int.Cl.H01hi/i4.5/J5
U.S. CI. 200-52 R 11 Claims
Switches are disclosed for controlling turn signal and hazard
warning lights in automotive vehicles. The switches are con-
centrated in a small space in the steering column. Use is made
of movable contact carriers in association with rotatable ball
and leaf spring contacts to enable establishment of a number
of different circuits. Elements are provided to enable lane
change indications to be signalled without latching the switch
and permitting canceUation of the lane change signal simply
by release of the turn signal lever. Automatic return to neuual
is provided for latched turn indications. A separate hazard
warning conuol enables hazard warning signals through com-
mon switching elements regardless of the condition of the turn
signal circuits.
3,710,050
ELECTRONIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE SWITCH ,
Arthur J. Rkhards, 4240 Yorkshire Road, Detroit, Mkh.
FUed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,031
lnt.Cl.HOlhi/76
U.S. CI. 200-61.43 8 Claims
40
A self-adjusting start inhibitor switch unit for insullation on
motor vehicles equipped with transmissions is disclosed. The
switch unit alternatively allows for actuation of the vehicle's
engine starting circuit or completes the circuit to light the
vehicle's reverse lamps or does neither depending upon the
axial displacement of a spool which is moved by a plunger
which rides on a cam surface that responds to the transmission
shift lever setting. A locking washer connection between the
plunger and spool allows the plunger to automaticaUy and in-
A pressure sensitive electronic switching device comprised
of a flexible tubular member having a pair of electrical con-
ductors spaced apart in the tube. The conductors are con-
nected at one end to an electric circuit having a source of elec-
trical power. A powdered semi conducting material occupies
the space in the tube between the conductors. When a force is
applied against the tube moving one conductor toward the
other the powdered material is compressed. Before being
664
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
compressed the material has a high resistance to the flow of
electric current between the conductors. As the material is
compressed the resistance to the flow of current decreases.
When the current flow reaches a predetermined value a relay
or other current sensitive device in the electric circuit con-
nected to the conductors is actuated.
3,710,051
ACCELERATION RESPONSIVE SENSOR
Vincent A. Orlando, Greendale, Wis., assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 23, 1971, Ser. No. 165,533
Int.CI.H01hJ5/02
U.S.CI. 200— 61.45 R 4 Claims
above the position of the door latch when the door is closed.
Leads are provided from the switch to a male plug to be con-
nected in a wall outlet and plunger and lever means are util-
ized to open the switch when the door is closed and the door
latch striker is in engagement with the plunger within the con-
ventional latch recess in the door jamb. The male plug is pro-
vided with three terminals and a manually operated current
flow control switch whereby a lamp, for instance, may be
energized only when the door is opened or directly from the
house current in a conventional manner.
** a
A sensor includes an elongated housing having a sector
shaped recess defined by angularly diverging walls. One end
portion of a spring member of predetermined elastic charac-
teristics is secured to the housing to locate the undeflected
axis of the member at an angle to an axis of the housing. The
undeflected axis of the spring member intersects the plane of
the recess to the proximal side of the recess. The other end of
the spring member mounts a cylindrical mass engaging the
walls of the recess adjacent their proximal ends to bow the un-
secured portion of the spring member and create a preload
force on the mass An electrical contact finger is located at the
distal end of the recess. When the mass receives an accelera-
tion pulse of predetermined amplitude and time, the preload
force is overcome and the mass moves into wiping engage-
ment with the contact finger to close a circuit across a source
of power and a mechanism to be actuated.
3,710,052
DOOR LATCH OPERATED SWrTCH UNIT
Emile Jettc, Jr., 1544 N.W. 1 1 1 Street, Miami, Fla.
Fikd Dec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208,162
Int. CL HOlr 33130; HOlh 27/00
U^.CL 200—61.68
7 Claims
3,710,053
QUICK-BREAK ELECTRIC SWITCH
Rene Auchapt, Paris, and Gerard Michel Jullien, Bagnolet,
both of France, assignors to L'Equipement General Elec-
trique "Egelec,", Paris, France
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,674
Claims priority, application France, May 27, 1970, 7019335
Int.a.H01hyi/2S
U.S. CI. 200-67 B 3 Claims
A quick-break switch in which a contact-holder is as-
sociated to a movable weight pivotally connected to said con-
tact-holder and adapted to strike the same in order to effect
breaking responsively to the shifting of an actuating spring
connected to said mass.
to
3,710,054
RIBBON SWITCH MEANS
Robert H. Koenig, Huntington Hills, N.Y., assignor
TapeswHch Corporation of America, Farmingdale, N.Y.
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,505
lnt.CLH01h/jy76
U.S. CL 200—86 R 1 Claim
The invention is a sensitive ribbon switch featuring reliable
switch action even on a sharply curved surface. First and
second conductive strips are separated by insulated members
which are edge mounted in staggered space relationship. The
transverse dimensions of the insulated members are con-
siderably smaller than those of the strips. The switch is opera-
tive along its entire length due to the staggered arrangements
of the insulator members and the switch will operate on a
sharply curved surface without short-circuiting.
A door latch operated switch for energizing an electrical ap-
pliance, such as a lamp, in response to opening and closing a
door, the switch being enclosed in an insulated housing which
is fixed to the inside of the wall, adjacent to and somewhat
3,710,055
LOCOMOTIVE CONTROLLER WITH THROTTLE
ESCAPEMENT
George W. Blonn, Sr., Downers Grove, III., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed June 15, 1971, Ser. No. 153,174
Int. CL HO Ih 7/70
U.S. CL 200— 153 R 7 Claims
A locomotive controller in which a throttle handle assembly
is selectively capable of operating as an engine power control
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
665
or as a dynamic brake control as controlled by the action of a
selector lever. The mechanism incorporates detent means
which are effective only during action of the throttle handle as
an engine power control to position the handle in any selected
one of the predetermined throttle positions. An escapement
mechanism acts to prevent continuous power increasing
movement of the throttle handle past at least the first and
3,710,057
SILENT ELECTRIC SWITCH MEANS
Cart Carbonara, R.D. No. 4, P.O. Box 436, Uniontown, Pa.
Filed April 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,506
Int. CL HOlh 2//iO. 23112,23128
U.S. CL 200-164 R 10 Claims
m
second throttle positions when in the power mode. The
escapement is disconnected from the throttle handle assembly
when the dynamic brake mode is selected, thus providing an
unmistakable indication to the operator, when he advances
the throttle handle, of whether the unit is operating in the
power or dynamic brake mode without requiring his observa-
tion of the control panel.
3,710,056
TIME-DIVISION MULTIPLEX DELTAMODULATION
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Atsusbi Tomozawa, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Electric
Company, Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 640,181, June 27, 1967, abandoned.
This application May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 37,496
Claims priority, application Japan, May 25, 1966, 41/33381
Int.CLH04ji/;2
U.S. CL 1 79— 1 5 B Y 2 Claims
A silent electric switch means comprising a body having
first and second ends and a cavity therein, a switch member
rotatably received in the cavity of the body having first and
second ends respectively proximate to the first and second
ends of the body, and a control means for rotating the member
between terminal and intermediate positions about a longitu-
dinal axis. The first and second ends of the switch member are
provided respectively with first and second electrical contact
means with the first contact means electrically connected with
the second conuct means, first and second plates respectively
mounted on the first and second ends of the body each having
respective electrical contacts, the contacts of the first and
second plates being respectively electrically engaged ty the
first and second contact means of the switch member when
the switch means is in either of its terminal positions and dis-
engaged when the switch means is in its intermediate position.
A cylindrical surface of said cavity, having an arc of at least
1 80°, provides the only axis about which the switch member
can pivot.
3,710,058
SWITCH ASSEMBLY HAVING WAFERS OF METAL
OXIDE VARISTOR MATERIAL
John D. Harnden Jr., Schenectady, N.Y.. assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,998
Int. CLHOlb/ /02
U.S.CL200-166C 6 Claims
3/ 36 ^^S^ ^^^^^^^^ j^iS^'^
^S
In a time-division multiplex delta-modulation communica-
tion system, a frame of the multiplexed signal is composed of a
plurality of subframes larger in number than the multiplexed
transmission channels by at least one and defined by control
bits, one of which is allotted to frame synchronization and the
remainder of which are allotted to channel monitoring and the
like. A respective one of the control bits is transmitted every
frame period while the respective channel information is
transmitted every subframe period.
A plurality of elongated conductive contact element sup-
port members and a plurality of wafers of metal oxide varistor
material are interleaved. Each of the wafers of metal oxide
varistor material performs the dual function of insulating the
adjacent conductive members conUcting the opposed sur-
faces thereof as long as normal voltages appear across the
members and of providing a progressively lower impedance
between the conductive members when voltages across the
666
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
members tend progressively to exceed normal voltages
thereby minimizing arcing across the conuct elements when
used in inductive circuits.
3,710,059
ELECTRIC SWITCH HAVING IMPROVED
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTING HINGE STRUCTURE
Edmond W. Kuhn, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 211,569
Int. CI. HOlh 57/02,7/02
U.S.CI. 200— 166C 7 Claims
3,710,061
ELECTRICAL SWITCHES AND CIRCUITS THEREFOR
John D. Hamden, Jr., Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
FUed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 21 1,008
Int. CLHOlh 7/02
U.S.CL200— 166C 15 Claims
An electric switch comprising a switchblade movable
between open and closed positions with respect to a relatively
stationary contact means and supported by a hinged type con-
ducting structure for rotational movement of the switchblade
about its own longitudinal axis and pivotal movement about an
axis generally perpendicular to the switchblade.
3,710,060
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH FOR MOUNTING ON PRINTED
CIRCUIT BOARD
Arnold Aage Brevick, Roselle, 111., assignor to Bunker Ramo
Corporation, Oak Brook, 111.
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,691
InL CLHOlh 7/20
U.S.CL 200—166 PC 12 Claims
Elements of metal oxide varistor material are integrally in-
corporated into the assemblies of switches such as breaker
point assemblies and electric door bell assemblies to provide
the dual functions of insulating the contact element support-
ing parts thereof and for limiting the voltages developed
across the contact elements thereby minimizing arcing across
the contact elements and consequent erosion thereof and
electromagnetic radiation produced thereby.
3,710,062
METAL BASE COOKWARE INDUCTION HEATING
APPARATUS HAVING IMPROVED POWER SUPPLY AND
GATING CONTROL CIRCUIT USING INFRA-RED
TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND IMPROVED INDUCTION
HEATING COIL ARRANGEMENT
Philip H. Peters, Jr., Greenwich, N.Y., assignor to Environ-
ment/One Corporation, Schenectady, N.Y.
Filed April 6, 1971, Ser. No. 131,648
Int. CI. H05b 5104
U.S.CL 219—10.49 44 Claims
OC SUPPLT
FOB SflfiO"
III $ijiiTi» ~1 1 ■mo wniin J 1
-. !«.« h— SltTCHUrt I
imwi I coiTwx I
ii^> t *-. - — » — ^t*^ — WW L
r-
Stud-mounted push-button switch for application on
printed circuit board has contacts projecting from its mount-
ing surface, providing pressure engagement with conductive
areas on the board when the switch is mounted thereon, and
also has a locating pin engageable with a hole in the board to
assure and maintain axial orientation. The movable member
has a plate slidably received in the switch housing, and a
plunger extending from the plate into a mating recess in the
housing. A coil spring surrounds the plunger and serves the
dual functions of biasing the movable member to retracted
position, and of retaining in position against the plate a
bridging contact member adapted to complete an electrical
circuit between the first-mentioned contacts when the mova-
ble member is advanced to operative position by pressure on
the push-button.
A metal based cookware induction heating apparatus hav-
ing an improved power supply and control circuit comprised
of a chopper inverter including a gate controlled power
thyristor coupled to and supplying an induction heating coil
with periodic energization currents. A full wave rectifier sup-
plies rectified, unfiltered, unidirectional high voltage excita-
tion potential to the chopper inverter which converts the ex-
citation potential to a comparatively high frequency of the
order of 20 kilohertz for supply to the induction heating coil.
A gating circuit is provided for driving the chopper inverter
directly from the rectified high voltage excitation potential
supplied by the rectifier.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
667
3,710,063
MICROWAVE APPLICATOR
Harry E. Aloe, 2500 El Camino Real, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed May 25, 1971, Ser. No. 146,731
Int. CI. HOSb 9106
U.S.CL 219-10.55 9 Claims
cavity, a power supply of the type which supplies power to a
magnetron and containing a filament uansformer for stepping
down line AC voltage to the lower voltage level for the mag-
netron heater, and an oven lamp for illuminating the oven
cavity. The lamp normally is electrically in series with the pri-
mary winding of the filament transformer and current through
the filament transformer is thereby limited resulting in
TtBMINATtOH [ | ^ j
A microwave applicator is disclosed employing a ring
resonator. The ring resonator is excited such that traveUng
electromagnetic wave energy repetitively circulates around
the ring. The ring resonator is apertured for passage of materi-
al to be treated through the ring resonator for treatment by the
traveling wave energy therein. In one embodiment the ring
resonator is apertured in diametrically opposed regions of the
closed loop such that a sheet of material to be treated is sub-
jected to two treatments by the traveling wave energy in one
passage through the resonator. In another embodiment, a non-
reciprocal directional coupler is employed for exciting the
traveling wave energy within the ring resonator.
3,710,064
MICROWAVE DRYING SYSTEM
Vishwa N. P. Mathur, Vancouver, B.C., Canada, assignor to
MacMillan Bloedel Limited, Vancouver, British Columbia,
Canada
Filed June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149,448
Int. CI. HOSb 9106
U.S. CL 2 19— 10.55 * Claims
Hv -T I* -i-
HIGH n
,, ■ V0LTA6E I
■^ SUPPLY I
SECTION
"-I r^
I c^
I TIMER *»10 j
''■^ OTHER I
I CONTROL I
I CIRCUITS I
minimal heater current to the magnetron heater. A relay or
other controlling switch is energized by operation of an oven
cavity door switch upon the first opening of the oven cavity
door. The relay operates, interrupts the described series cir-
cuit, and places both the primary winding of the filament
transformer and the lamp in parallel each across the AC
supply lines so that full voltage is thereafter applied to both
the lamp and filament transformer.
3,710,066
METHOD OF ELECTRIC-ARC WELDING OF TUBULAR
PRODUCTS WITH MAGNETIC CONTROL OF THE ARC
Jury Isaakovlch Raichuk, prospekt Gagarina, 88, kv. 33; Zak-
har Oslpovkh Knyazhlnsky, ulitsa Klrova, 8, kv. 4, both of
Dnepropetrovsk; Simon Lvovich Mandelberg, bulvar Lesi
Ukrainki. 2, kv. 55; Vladimir KonsUntlnovich Lebedev, ulit-
sa Engelsa, 25, kv. 12, both of Kiev, and Viktor Nlkolaevkh
Volkov. prospekt K. Marxa, 52, kv. 43, Dnepropetrovsk, all
ofU.S.S.R.
FUed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,260
Int. CLB23k 37/06
U.S.CL 219-61 3 Claims
Apparatus for drying moisture-laden dielectric material in-
cluding a pair of substantially parallel slotted waveguides posi-
tioned side by side, material to be dried travelling through the
slots of these waveguides, and microwave generating means
connected to one end of one of these waveguides and to the
opposite end of the other of the waveguides so that microwave
energy is directed in opposite directions side by side through
the material to effect even drying thereof across its width.
^T^-^^
3,710,065
MAGNETRON POWER SUPPLY HAVING IN-RUSH
CURRENT LIMITER
Paul Wythe Crapuchettes, Woodslde, Calif., assignor to Litton
Systems, Inc., San Carlos, CaUf .
FUed Dec. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 204,851
Int. CI. H05b 9/06
U.S.CL 219—10.55 8 Claims
In a microwave oven which includes a cooking cavity, a
magnetron for supplying microwave energy into the cooking
A method for the electric-arc welding of tubular products,
in which a magnetic field is made to act upon the arc so as to
control the process of welding, the method characterized in
that the magnetic field is established in the welding zone by
passing an electric current along the workpiece from a
separate current source.
668
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,067
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIDENING THE HELD
OfIp?L1C ATION OF ELECTRO-EROSION MACHINING
AMDiMPROvfNG THE CONDITIONS ARISING IN THE
WORK GAP
Werner Ullm.nn, Locarno; Ren.to P*^^^J^''^°\
Cortandno Tadlnl, Locarno; Roberto FarinelU, Losooe, and
Silvano Mettei, SoWuno. aU of Switzerland, assignors to A. F.
• fur Industrielle Elektronik Agie, Losone be Locarno, Losone,
SwiUerland
Filed Dec. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 101,718
Claims priority, application Switzerland, March 26. 1970.
*653/70 ^ ,,,^
Int.Cl.B23p//0«.7//4
U.S. CI. 219-69 C 26 Claims
duction coil) operative to produce uniform heat transfer along
the whole length of the gap to facilitate the start of welding.
3.710.069
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVE
SOLDER REFLOW
John Papadopoulos, BurUngton; David A. Prince, Richmond,
and Roger F. ReiUy, Essex Center, all of Vt., assignors to In-
temational Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52.237
Int.CLB23k//02
U.S.CL 219-85 UCUims
M J,
T77r^7777777777
There is disclosed a method and apparatus for widenmg the
field of application of elecuo-erosion machining techniques
and for improving the conditions which arise in the work gap,
this work gap being constituted by at least one tool elecuode
and at least one workpiece electrode and contains a liquid
and/or gaseous medium. At least one generator is provided for
delivering an operating voltage to the work gap. According to
an important aspect of the present invention, a magnetic field
is superimposed at the work gap upon the operating voltage,
the magnetic lines of force of which magnetic field are situ-
ated essentially perpendicular to the erosion front
A method of selective solder reflow in which an article to be
reflowed is heated for a period of time sufficient to melt the
solder and at least one solder deposit which is not to be
reflowed is cooled to prevent that solder from melting. In
order to reduce temperature gradients in the article, the cool-
ing is delayed until the heating has been applied.
3,710,068
PREHEATING OF WELDING SLAG FOR BETTER
STARTING
Ernest Cahon, and Arthur Spencer, both of Sheffield, England,
assignors to British Steel Corportion, London, EngUnd
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 107,958
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Feb. 3, 1970,
5,118/70
Int. CL B23k 9118
U.S.CL 219-73 8 Claims
3,710,070
LOW VOLTAGE, COMPACT ELECTRICALLY
AUGMENTED BURNER
Thomas J. Hlrt; Richard D. Kissinger, and Karl H. Frantzen,
all of Omaha, Nebr., assignors to Northern Natural Gas
Company, Omaha, Nebr.
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151.266
Int. CI. B23k 9\04
U.S.CL 219-76 7 Claims
MAIN STASe
a*S IHLET *»
CO*T»W
MTTM. »«.ET
Hf4rMfC
50OffCC
lUOT IttLET
t IONIZING
C AOOITIVF INLET
5«
A method of producing an electroslag welded bond between
spaced meul bodies. In particular a trough is located beneath
the bodies so as to bridge the whole length of the gap between
them and slag in either a molten or a dry powdered stale is
placed m the trough and pre-heated by a source (e.g., an m-
A compact, low voltage burner capable of supplying high
gas temperatures by electrical augmentation provided by a de-
fuse discharge in the gas stream at substantially less than 1 ,000
operating volts, including two electrodes spacially separated
briess than 2 inches, a pilot stage for supplying a conductive
zone between the electrodes, a gas inlet to supply the mam gas
to be heated to the conductive zone, means for supply mg Kh
encrev to said electrodes, and means for supplying an operat-
ing voltage of substantially less than 1.000 volts to start and
maintain a diffuse discharge in the burner.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
669
3,710,071
METHOD FOR PRODUCING FRICTION DISCS
Ulrtch Volker, Sophienstr. 9c, 2057 Reinbek; Heinz Fabian,
Willinghusener Weg 43, 2056 Glinde, and Klaus Mertl, Ost-
landring 44, 2057 Reinbek, all of Germany
Division of Ser. No. 662,707, Aug. 23, 1967, Pat. No.
3.485,331 . This appUcation Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,1 14
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 26. 1966, J
31642
lnt.CLB23k7;/70
U.S.CL 219-93 3 Claims
/ //
.±
3,710,073
WELDING WIRE
Igor Konstantinovich Pokhodnya; Valery Nikolaevich
Shiepakov, and Vladimir Fedorovich Alter, all of Kiev,
U.S.S.R., assignors to Institut Electrosvarki Imeni E. O.
Patena Akademie Nauk UKR SSR, Kiev, U.S.S.R.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 11,006
CUims priority, application U.S.S.R., Feb. 25, 1969,
1305592
InLCLB23k 55/24
U.S.CL 219-146 1 Claim
Welding wire for steel welding and built-up welding, con-
sisting of a steel tube with a powder core including a vapor-
phase inhibitor of corrosion.
3,710,074
ELECTRICALLY HEATED MULTIPLE GLAZED
WINDOW HAVING AN IRIDESCENCE MASKING FILM
John L. Stewart, ApoUo, Pa., assignor to PPG Industries. Inc.,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,076
Int. CI. E06b 7/72, G02b 5i26, H05b 5/26
U.S.CL219— 203 6 Claims
A method for producing friction discs in which a sintered
friction lining member is electric resistance welded to a
hardened sheet metal support. The lining member is press
molded in a recessed mold cavity so as to form on the friction
lining member projections corresponding to the recesses. The
projections are of less density than the rest of the molded
body. Preferably the recesses and projections are bead-like
and disposed in lines. The friction lining member is then elec-
tric resistance welded to the hardened sheet metal support
with pressure so that the projections are flattened and brought
back to the same density sis the remainder of the friction lining
member.
3,710,072
VAPOR SOURCE ASSEMBLY
Robert L. Shrader, Castro Valley, and Kazumi N. Tsujimoto,
El Cerrito, both of Calif., assignors to Airco, Inc., New York.
N.Y.
Filed May 10, 1971. Ser. No. 141,791
Int. CI. B23k 75/00
U.S.CL219— 121EB 8 Claims
A multiple glazed window unit having an electro-conductive
coating and bus bars on the enclosed space surface of one of
its glass panels is used to reduce condensation, drafts, and
room heat loss adjacent to the window when the outside tem-
perature is below that inside. A selective reflecting film on the
enclosed space surface of one of the panels improves the heat
insulating character of the unit and reduces visible iridescence
common to electroconductive films The selective reflecting
film has an absolute infrared reflectance of at least 0.7 and
sufficient visible light reflectance for the substantial elimina-
tion of visible iridescence.
A vapor source assembly is described in which an electron
beam is deflected in an arcuate path by a main magnetic field
from an electron beam gun positioned below the level of the
crucible to impinge upon the top surface of material in the
crucible. A second magnetic field is produced within the first
magnetic field and has lines of force of variable orientation to
provide a controllable variation in beam deflection so that the
beam may be swept upon the surface of the material contained
in the crucible.
3.710,075
THERAPEUTIC LEGGING
Virginia M. Jablonowski. 260 Rowe Road, Mllford. Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 53.208, July 8, 1970. This
application Nov. 18. 1971, Ser. No. 199,876
Int. CLHOSb 7/00
U.S.CL 219-211 1 Claim
A therapeutic legging for bovine, equine or like animals,
comprising an electrically heated sleevelike covering con-
670
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
toured to fit the leg of an animal. The sleevelike covering may
be battery operated or it may be plugged into a standard alter-
nating current outlet. An adjustable control regulates the
amount of electrical energy delivered to the heating element
for the covering, and means are provided for preventing ex-
cessive heating to protect the animal and also the materials of
the covering.
real time and at a slower rate. When the oven is operated at its
low level the timer is operated at its slower rate. In this manner
the timer will turn off the oven after a predetermined amount
of heating, even if the oven energy consumption is reduced for
a part of the cooling or thawing period. The timer has a
synchronous motor driven by an oscillator whose output
frequency is a function of the operating level of the heater.
3,710,076
RADIANT SURFACE-HEATER AND TEMPERATURE
SENSING ASSEMBLY
John F. Frazier, 9 Fox Lane, Painted Post, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 227,079
Int.CI. H05bi/6*
U.S. CL 219-449 15 Claims
;•;■ -lie
3,710,078
DOCUMENT SCANNING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Jerome H. Lemelson, 85 Rector Street, Metuchen, N.J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 622,650, March 13,1967,
Pat. No. 3,555,246, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
337,617, Jan. 14. 1964, Pat. No. 3.309,669, which is a
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 806,398, March 12. 1969.
abandoned. This application Jan. II, 1971. Ser. No. 105.236
int. CL G06r 7110
U.S.CL 235-61.1 IE 9 Claims
40W
An assembly comprising a heater for heating a surface by
thermal radiation or infrared transfer and a sensor for sensing
the temperature of said surface to provide a control signal for
adjusting the heat radiated by said heater in accordance with
the valve of said signal An open top container or box-lilce
member of an electrical insulating and low thermal transfer
material has secured, to the interior surface of its bottom, an
electrical resistance heating element, and the top of the con-
tainer or member is disposed adjacent the underside of a plate
or vitreous material beneath an area of the upper surface of
the plate which is to be heated to provide a cooking surface. A
divider extends across the interior of the container or box-hke
member and a temperature sensor having at least one flat side
is supported in a channel provided in the upper surface of the
divider with the flat side of the sensor in firm physical contact
with the underside of the plate in the region of the cooking
surface The sensor is shielded to a substantial degree by the
divider but a selected amount of the sensor is left exposed to
heat radiated by the heating element to prevent "overshoot"
when the assembly is used in an electrical circuit system for
controlling the temperature of the cooking surface.
3,710,077
HEATERTIMING APPARATUS
Helmut Hubert. Erda; Anton L. Jung. Herborn; Manfred
Lapczyna. Wetzlar; Erhard Ledwon. Guntersdorf; Wilfried
Rock, Herborn, and Gerhard Schmidt-Burbach. Wetzlar. all
of Germany, assignors to Buderus Sche Eisenwerke, Wet-
zlar. Germany
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,718
Claims priority, application Germany, May 12, 1970, P 20
22 963.4
Int.CLH05by/02
U.S.CL 219-492 8 Claims
A scanning apparatus for reading and generating electncal
signals of recordings provided on a sheet containing parallel
lines or tracks of said recordings. The scanning transducer is
operable to be moved in a plurality of directions with respect
to a document which is driven to preposition it with respect to
the transducer Control of the operation of the transducer is
effected by scanning marks or signals recorded on the docu-
ment, generating electrical signals upon detecting such
recordings and thereafter initiating or lermmatmg the
scanning function which is preceded by the termination or in-
itiation of the operation of the card driving means.
3,710,079
COPY MACHINE WITH PREDETERMINED COUNTER
Walter O. Cralk, Jr., Georgetown, and Kenneth A. Lennon,
Frankfort, both of Ky., assignors to InternaUonal Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
FUed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,354
Int. CL G06ni 3102
U.S.CL 235-91 R 6 Claims
•si
/
An oven ,n an aircraft has a heater operable at a relatively A -;f^^l^^:^';^^Z^^^^
high and a relatively low heating level. A timer which serves to P'°7^«^,;:'^J;X/of"S to ^^^^^^^ of an original ir^ a
turn off the heater can also operate at a rate corresponding to displays the number of copies to oe ma
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
671
repetitive sequence. An incrementing mechanical display
shows the number of copies already produced in the sequence.
Upon completion of the predetermined number of copies, the
machine automatically terminates the sequence and is auto-
matically restored to a ready condition to receive a new
original document for copying.
3,710,080
BOWLING GAME COUNTER
Claude E. Ellis, c/o Brunswick Corporation, 525 West Laketon
Avenue, Muskegon, Mich.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,612
Int. CL A63d 5104
U.S. CL 235-92 GA 1 Claim
propriately scaled by a factor in accordance with the number
of samplings taken to produce a signal in accordance with an
average of these samplings, this pulse count being accumu-
lated in an accumulator. The signal in the accumulator, which
represents the average of each last graup of successive
samplings evaluated, is continually updated to include each
newly arriving input sampling, with the oldest sampling being
dropped from the computation. The signal in the accumulator
is fed to computer circuits or to a display for appropriate
utilization.
An apparatus for counting and indicating the number of
bowling games played in a bowling establishment having a plu-
rality of lanes, each equipped with an automatic pinsetter. A
count by eleven feedback counter provides a single output
signal in response to 1 1 frame input signals each of which may
be taken from the various automatic pinsetters each time a
frame is played on any one of the lanes to convert frame
signals to game signals. The output signal from the counter is
then fed to a totalizer indicator which indicates the number of
output pulses received as indicative of the number of games
played in the bowling establishment.
3,710,081
SYSTEM FOR COMPUTING THE AVERAGE OF
SUCCESSIVE TRAFFIC MEASUREMENTS
Peter F. Apltz, FuUerton, Calif., assignor to Tamar Electronics,
Inc., Anaheim, Calif.
FUed June 14, 1971, Ser. No. 152,789
Int.CLG06f 75/4S
U.S. CL 235-150.24 9 Claims
1 COtNdOfMX
J LOOC
3,710,082
SYSTEM FOR DIGITALLY CONTROLLING A
VIBRATION TESTING ENVIRONMENT OR APPARATUS
Edwin A. Sloane, and Charles L. Heizman. both of Los AHos,
Calif., assignors to Time/Data Corporation, Palo Alto, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 23,556, March 3, 1970,
abandoned. This application July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,176
Int. CI. GOln 29100; G06f 15134
U.S.CL235— 151 30 Claims
CoMCfrtft
Co*/f£/Fr£/?
."■SO
M£Afv,S
t:,
'?e^£fi£'/t/c£:
A system for controlling a vibration testing environment or
apparatus such as a shaker table with a random signal in order
to subject a specimen on the uble to vibrations having a
predetermined power spectral density is disclosed. The move-
ment of the specimen is sensed and converted into a digital
signal representative of the power spectral density of the
movement. This digital signal is compared with the predeter-
mined or desired spectral density and the results of the com-
parison are utilized with a digitally generated random phase
angle to produce a random digital signal. This random digital
signal is converted to a time-domain, analog driving signal for
driving the apparatus. The same system may be used for high
intensity sound testing and sine wave testing.
3,710,083
NORMALIZATION CIRCUIT FOR POSITION LOCATOR
Wallace J. Hoff, EUicott City, Md., assignor to Westingbouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,524
Int. CL GOlc / 1138; G06g 7/75
U.S.CL 235- 151.3 12 Claims
OtS'^ANCC
WAStACMCVr
«^nnjc(i|-
C0NVER5«ON CiRCUrT tflft.
F
1
OflR&HNU«*«
^;^pi^^-^^^^^S^
. DnnaRKakMe
Successive samplings of digital signals representing traffic
measurements are fed to a first digital register, the signals in
this first register being shifted into second and third registers
as each successive sampling is received. The input signals as
they appear and the signals in each register are sequentially
scanned with a scanning counter to produce a pulse output in
accordance with the numerical value of the signal at the input
and that of each of the registers. These signals are ap-
HAGNETiC
OeCUNATON
cowTwg. I
'iB
-ip-
-UuLTFUOI '^X
Apparatus, carried by a person who is walking, for measur-
ing distance traversed and direction of travel. Direction of
* •
672
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
travel is determined by an electronic compass which generates
voltages which are proportional to the horizontal component
of the Earth's magnetic field. These voltages control the out-
put frequency of a voluge controlled oscillator (VCO).
Because the output frequency of the VCO responds to the
component voluges, it also changes in response to variations
in the Earth's magnetic field, and the output of the VCO is
multiplied with the output volUge from the distance measur-
ing circuit and with the output voltages from the electronic
compass in order to reduce the effects of the changes in the
Earth's magnetic field
quantity key, has an input to the core memory. The price for
each individual item is stored in the corresponding item in
memory. This is addressed with an item key and a quantity key
for each transaction and read out into a shift register through
suitable core timing circuitry. The shift register is parallely
connected to an accumulator which, when the item priced and
quantity or multiplier has been shifted out of the shift register,
contains the product. The tax rate is accomplished through a
binary number representing the tax rate times 200 which is
multiplied by the total and divided by 200 after which it is
added to the sum of the product's item and quantity. An up-
3,710,084
NON-CONTACT STRIP COIL LINEAR FOOTAGE
MEASURING APPARATUS AND METHOD
WaUam E. Slagley, Columbus, Ohio; Gerald R. Scifert, Calu-
met City, and Edmund J. Valonis, Homewood, both of HI.,
assignors to Inland Steel Company, Chicago, 111.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,633
Int. CLG06f 75/46
U.S. a. 235-151.32 12 Claims
..J-..,
«asa v»
Method and apparatus for very accurately determining the
length of strip coils, such as hot or cold rolled steel strip,
without contacting the strip.
3,710,085
PRE-SET ELECTRONIC CASH REGISTER
Donald R. Brewer, and Richard A. Schipper, both of San
Diego, Calif., assignors to Tele Cash, Inc., San Diego, Calif.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,790
Int. CI. G06f 7152
U.S. CI. 235-164 6 CUims
_%=*^":rr-T
-»C-.,U
A pre-set electronic cash register in which a magnetic core
matrix is utilized for price, inventory and cash total memory,
and for temporary storage of quantity, tax and total for in-
dividual transactions Each item for sale in a given transaction
is represented by a separate item key which, together with a
dEl^^
di^gEf^^^i^^t:^
-I •* PWINTEB
-J{ CONTKOl
16
t»
DISPLAY
DRIVERS 1
1
i
1 i
^
NIXIE
DISPLAY 1
dated inventory is coupled back to the core memory system
after each transaction When the transaction is completed,
printer-control circuitry activates a printer which itemizes the
transaction and prints out the tax and total. Inventory keys are
provided for printing out the existing inventory stored in the
memory core. Suitable circuitry is provided for changing item
prices and tax rates. The minimum tax rate is programmed
through a BCD to binary converter into a subtractor for com-
paring an individual transaction with a minimal tax rate and
inhibits the tax circuitry when the transaction is below the
minimum taxable purchase.
3,710,086
SERVO SYSTEM EMPLOYING SWITCHING TYPE
FEEDBACK
Reinhard N. Lahdc, Los Altos, and Alex Paweiek, Granada
Hilb, both of Calif., assignors to Lockheed Aircraft Corpora-
tion, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,934
Int. CI. G06g 7170
U.S. CI. 235- 150.2 10 Claims
■ ' — ^%^
<^r^
/•
^>^
^^i?1H^
I
_^ji_^
The invention provides a servo control system, capable of
either a continuous or discontinuous operating mode, which
utilizes sign-switched integration circuit to obtain extremely
fast response under an unusually wide r nge of operating con-
ditions. Two internal feedback quantities are employed, one
of which comprises the output control signal and the other of
which is the output of an integrator whose input is connected
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
673
to a circuit element which generates a positive or negative
value of the first time derivative of the output control signal
and whereby the sign of this first time derivative is made de-
pendent upon variables of the system. The application of the
invention to a spacecraft navigation system is described.
3,710,087
CALCULATION OF APPROXIMATE MAGNITUDE OF A
PHYSICAL VECTOR QUANTITY
Vernon H. Siegel, c/o Kistler Instrument Corporation 8989
Sheridan DHve, Clarence, N.Y.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127^77
Int. a. G06g 7122
U.S. CL 235- 189 16 Claims
RANMWCfll I )
iC>V.
A method and apparatus for calculating the approximate
magnitude of a vector resultant physical quantity, such as ac-
celeration, pressure, or force, from its orthogonal component
quantities eliminates the necessity for squaring or square root
computations. Three electrical component representations, as
from transducers oriented along three orthogonal axes, are
summed together and added to the largest magnitude one of
the electrical representations to produce a resultant which ap-
proximately equals the magnitude of the resultant vector in
space. In a preferred embodiment, the sumnjed representa-
tions are multiplied by a scale factor of 0.58 before being
added to the largest magnitude representation.
3,710,088
PLANAR VECTOR ANALYZER
Felix Blaschke, Eriangen, and Klaus Haken, Furth, both of
Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin
and Munich, Germany
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,131
Claims priority, application Germany, March 18, 1970, P 20
12 781.5
Int. CI. G06g 7122
U.S. CI. 235—189 ^ 7 Claims
which has a pair of inputs. One of each pair receives a voltage
proportional to one of the two orthogonal vector components
respectively. The output voltages of the two dividers are
added, and the sum is compared v^th a constant voltage in the
input circuitry of a regulator, preferably an integral regulator,
whose output voltage is applied to the other two inputs of the
respective quotient forming members. The respective outputs
of the two dividers are connected to trigonometric -function
generating circuitry of electronic computer type which has an
output voltage indicative of the phase angle of the vector.
J.
3,710,089
HIGHLY PRECISE AND STABLE LOGARITHMIC
CIRCUIT
Shuichi Ohata; Yoji Takeuchi, and Takeshi Ishiguro, all of
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Yokogawa Electric Words Ltd.,
Tokyo
Filed Dec. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 209,65 1
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 29. 1970,
45/128618
Int. CI. G06g 7124
U.S. CI. 235-193 9 Claims
so M
^-a^
44
U.- 1 EH-EouT-Ec
» 42 HEd
DENSTTY
IP)
OCTECTDR
^
A logarithmic circuit of a highly precise and stable type use-
ful in absorption metering apparatus where the range of input
signals is narrow. The circuit receives an input signal which
has the form of a product of an input reference signal and an
exponential signal. The circuit, by means of a feedback opera-
tional amplifier, provides a difference signal proportional to
the difference between the input signal and the input
reference signal. The difference signal thereby includes its
own reference signal component corresponding propor-
tionally to said input reference signal. By means of a resistive
voltage divider circuit, the difference signal is spHt into first
portion equal to a constant a times the difference signal and a
second portion equal to (1 - a) times the difference signal,
and a is selected to be approximately 1/vX^The first portion
is added to the corresponding reference signal component to
form a sum signal by which another signal, equal to the square
of the corresponding reference signal component, is divided to
produce a quotient signal. The second portion is added to the
corresponding reference signal component to provide a
second sum signal which is in turn subtracted in a subtracting
circuit from the quotient signal. The resulting output signal is
linearly related to the logarithm of the input signal to within
approximately 0.1 percent.
Analyzing apparatus for determining characteristic mag-
nitudes of a planar vector with the aid of two dividers, each of
ERRATUM
For Class 235—54 see:
Patent No. 3,710,105
ERRATA
For Classes 235—54 F and 235—201 see:
Patents Nos. 3,710,105 and 3,710,123
674
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,090
MULTI-LAMP ASSEMBLY
Gerald J. Shea, Buffalo Grove, and David R. Marach, Schaum-
burg, both of DL, assignors to Undenwriters Safety Device
Co., Chicago, lU.
FOed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,572
Int. CL F21v 29100; ¥2lg3IOO
U.S. CL 240-2 R 17 Claims
cylindrical in shape and, intermediate along its length, a cir-
cumferential segment is cut away to receive one or more fil-
ters to condition the light issued from the lamphouse accord-
ing to the illumination requirements. The characteristics of
the light Uansmitted through the fiber bundle may further be
controlled by selecting the lamp utilized in the lamphouse. In
variant configurations, the adapter incorporates a right angle
prism at its outer end to permit the fiber bundle to be directed
radially outwardly from the adapter to minimize the extent of
the adapter from the lamphouse, which extent may be a criti-
cal factor where the lamphouse is installed permanently near a
wall or other object with which the adapter might otherwise
physically interfere. A conventional shutter mechanism is m-
corporated into another variant of the adapter for providing
the capability of controlled transient illumination to the scien-
tific instrument receiving light from the fiber bundle.
The multi-lamp assembly includes a compact housing for
mounting a plurality of lamps with a minimum of lead terminal
connectors for energizing the lamps exposed on the bottom
side of the housing First and second spaced apart, generally
parallel base plates forming a multi-lamp socket are mounted
within the housing. The first base plate has a plurality of
openings therein for receiving the bases of the lamps and one
face of the first base plate has a printed circuit thereon for in-
terconnecting contact surfaces on the bases of the lamps. In-
dividual electrical contact means for contacting the end con-
tact on the base of each lamp and one contact means for con-
tacting the printed circuit on the first base plate are mounted
on the second base plate. Each contact means includes a
movable contact, a terminal connector and a spring means for
urging the movable contact toward the first base plate for
establishing an electrical circuit connection between the con-
tact means and a lamp end contact or the printed circuit.
3,710,091
FIBER OPTIC ILLUMINATOR APPARATUS FOR
SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS
John M. Holcomb, 6649 Sesame Lane, Tucson, Ariz.
Filed Jan. 27, 197 1, Ser. No. 110,121
Int-CLG02b 2 //06
U^.CL240— 2MA 2Ctalnis
3,710,092
FLASHLIGHT WITH ACCESSORY HOLDER
John H. Olbermann, Jr., 2650 West Union Hills Drive,
Phoenix, Ariz.
FUed Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188,966
Int. CI FOU J J 100
U.S.CI. 240— 6.4R 3 Claims
k r
A multi-section flashlight with an auxiliary compartment
which screws onto the battery holder provides space for ser-
vice, first aid or survival items or the like making a unitary
flashlight and aid or survival kit. The rear threads of the bat-
tery holder are identical to rear threads on the auxiliary com-
partment so that an end cap can be alternatively screwed onto
the battery holder and compartment.
In order to selectively illuminate scientific instruments, such
as the field of view of a high grade microscope, with light hav-
ing predetermined characteristics, an adapter is provided for
coupling a conventional lamphouse to a fiber optic bundle
which terminates, at it remote end, at the area to be illu-
minated. The adapter is provided with fittings to mate with
lamphouse and contains a collector lens or lens group to con-
centrate and coUimate light from the lamphouse onto the
transmitting end of the fiber bundle. The adapter is generally
3,710,093
DEVICE FOR RAISING OR RETRACTING MOTOR
VEHICLE HEADLAMPS
WUhelm RIehl, deceased, late of Raunheim, Germany (by
Paula Riehl, executrix), and Werner Karl Strobel,
Wiesbaden, Germany, assignors to General Motors Corpora-
tion, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,202
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 11, 1969, P 19
46 010.7
Int.CLB60q//06
U.S. CI. 240-7.1 H 1 CUim
The invention relates to raising and retracting motor vehicle
headlamps and includes an electrically operated spring biased
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
675
interlock device for holding the headlamps raised or retracted such that the superposition of the reflected images synthesizes
a predetermined lighting distribution. By selecting the
number, size, curvature, and location according to the
techniques disclosed herein, the prescription for the reflector
r45
produces the desired illumination distribution within
prescribed limits. By positioning contiguous facets such that
and releasing them for movement from one position to the uncontrolled reflectors are shaded from the light source, glare
-. from the lighting unit is substantially eliminated.
3,710,094 3,710,096
FLUORESCENT LUMIN AIRE WITH CIRCULAR HEAT- ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR LIGHT FIXTURES
EXCHANGE LOUVER Ralph M. McFarlin, Pasadena, Tex., assignor to Esquire, Inc.,
Ernest Monte, Pasadena, and Syed H. Quadri, Los Angles, both New York, N.Y. ..„,„,„„ v, , ^^, o^^
of CaUf., assignors to Sunbeam Lighting Co., Los Angeles, Division of Ser. No. 26,705, April 8, 1970, Pat. No. 3.652,847.
^.^U, ^ This application Dec. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 205,579
Filed July 1,1971, Ser. No. 158,803 Int. CL F21v 2;//4
Int.CI.F21sJ/02 U.S. CI. 240-67 1 Clam.
U.S. CL 240—9 A
8 Claims
25 a
A luminaire containing one or more fluorescent tubes is
provided with a housing in the form of a closed-end trough
having a generally planar back surface with one or more ven-
tilating air exhaust louvers therethrough. A light-transmitting
front surface is provided with apertures therethrough for the
passage of ventilating air into the luminaire, each louver in the
back surface being comprised of a plurality of concentric rings
of apertures, each aperture being provided with a superim-
posed vane disposed at an angle with respect to the plane of
the louver, whereby the louver openings are substantially ob-
scured by the vanes from a viewing angle near normal to the
plane of the louver and the majority of the louver openings are
substantially obscured by the vanes from any viewing angle
from the front of the luminaire. The apertures are either arcu-
ate or linear.
3,710,095
METHOD OF MAKING A FACETED REFLECTOR FOR A
LIGHTING UNIT
Robert J. Donohue, Birmingham, and Bernard W. Joseph,
Berkley, both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,562
Int. CL F21v 7109
VS. CI. 240-4 1 .36 3 Claims
A method of making a reflector for predictably projecting a
light beam from a light source by individually orienting a plu-
rality of discrete reflecting facets with respect to the source
A substantially L-shaped supporting member 3 1 is mounted
in a slot 67 in a light fixture. Both legs are wider than the slot.
Recess 7 1 which forms a web to connect the legs is slightly
wider than the thickness of the fixture wall. The web is nar-
rower than the slot. The support can be rotated 90° when the
nut 74 is withdrawn from hole 68 at the end of the slot.
3,710,097
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLIES
Peter Frederick Bright, Moseley, and Michael John Germany,
Lichfield, both of England, assignors to Joseph Lucas (Indus-
tries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,857
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 23, 1970,
3,297/70; Sept. 18, 1970, 44,603/70
Int. CI. F21v 7/00
U.S. CI. 240—41.6 6 Claims
A headlamp assembly for a road vehicle includes a mount-
ing panel which is arranged to be secured to the body of the
vehicle. A lamp unit is secured to the mounting panel by first
and second screws and the arrangement is such that rotation
of the screws serves to adjust the position of the lamp unit
relative to the panel. The first and second screws are posi-
tioned on a diameter of the lamp unit on opposite sides of the
lamp unit, the diameter being arranged at approximately 45°
to the vertical in use. A support member interconnects the
lamp unit and the panel and is spaced by approximately 90°
676
around the penpheral of the lamp unit from the first and
second screws. A spnng acts between the comer of the lamp
i2q 22a
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
the channels at least one of the fluorescent light-producing
means bei^ga^anged to d.rect the visible Ught mto a plurality
X ss
20 15
14 21 211 '^"^•■'
of the said channels, and optical viewing means which view
the matter falling through each channel.
unit opposite the support member and the panel, to urge the
lamp unit towards the panel.
3,710,098
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
Nod Harry Fr«d WakJen, Queensland, Australia, assignor to
Laser Electronics Pty. Ltd., Queensland, Australia
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,222
Int. CI. F21g i/02
U.S. CI. 240-49 ^C*^"'
3,710,100
VEHICLE MOVEMENT CONTROL AND DETECTION
METHOD AND APPARATUS
Robert H. Perry. MonroeviUe, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,333
lnt.CLB61l2;/70
U^. CI. 246-28 R »«C»»'""'
A swept-beam visual light assembly includes a laser hght
source a beam collimator, and bcam-sweepmg means m
which the beam width and rate of sweep are such as to give a
light flash of duration more than 100 microseconds and beam
power at maximum range not less than 4 X 10- watts per
square centimeter The laser is preferably stationary and the
coUimator and beam-sweeping means rotate together.
3,710,099
OPTICAL UNIT FOR USE IN A LIGHT-SENSITIVE
SORTING MACHINE
Thomas Henry Chapman, Sanderstead, England, assignor to
t. Gunson s Sortex Limited, London, EngUnd
Filed Jan. 4. 1971, Ser. No. 103,445
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 5, 1970,
lot C\. B07c 51342; G06m 7100; HOlj 39112
U.S.CL 240-51.11 R »OCUims
An optical unit for use in a light-sensitive sorting machine
comprising a chamber having a plurality of adjacent vertically
extending channels therethrough through which may fall
matter to be sorted, a plurality of fluorescent light-producing
means for directing visible light onto matter falling through
A vehicle movement control and detection system is divided
into a plurality of vehicle control blocks, and the movement of
a vehicle within a given vehicle control block is controlled by
a vehicle control signal generated in the given vehicle conUol
block A signal receiver in the given vehicle control block sen-
ses the presence of a vehicle and a storage device stores a
vehicle presence signal in response to the signal receiver
sensing the vehicle presence. The storage device continues to
store the vehicle presence signal until the vehicle has checked
into the following vehicle control block. The generation of the
vehicle control signal is prevented in the event the signal
receiver no longer senses the vehicle's presence, or the storage
device no longer stores the vehicle presence signal, dunng the
time the vehicle is within the given vehicle conUol block, or in
the event another vehicle is present in the succeeding vehicle
control block.
3,710,101
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALIGNMENT OF
MEMBERS TO ELECTRON BEAMS
Terence W. OlCeeHe, and Paul R. Malmberg, both ol PW-
I^ P.., .«lgnors to Westingbouse Electric Corporation,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,505
Int. a. HOlj 3 7/00
U.S.a. 250-49.5 T /"^lahns
Apparatus for exposing precisely located areas of a n^ember
toTelectron beam wherein the member is precisely located
by means of registration indicia thereon which cooperate with
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
677
an alignment beam of electrons. Suitable control means are
provided to be operated by the alignment beam to cause it to
coincide with the registration indicia with great precision. The
decelerating fields near its beam entrance and exit regions,
respectively, such that the retarding and accelerating fields at
method enables repeated aligning of selected areas of mem-
bers exactly to a patterned electron beam within a fraction of
a micron.
3,710,102
ENERGY ANALYZER OF PARALLEL PLANE TYPE
Takashi Nagatani, Katsuta, Japan, assignor to Hitachi Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 85,743
CUims priority, application Japan, Oct. 5, 1970, 45/86640
Int.CI.H01ji9/i4
VS. CI. 250—49.5 AE 1 Claim
In an energy analyzer of parallel plane type used for deter-
mining the energy composition of a group of electrified parti-
cles which have passed a sample membrane and a part of
which have been enervated or retarded, the analyzer compris-
ing two planar electrodes disposed parallel with a space
therebetween, a voltage being applied between said electrodes
so as to deflect paths of the particles depending on the veloci-
ties thereof and to thereby separate the particles according to
,the magnitude of energy; an improvement for rendering the
separation of particles virtually more complete by measuring
secondary electrons emitted from one of the electrodes bom-
barded by particles having larger energy instead of measuring
such particles per se.
3,710,103
PLANAR RETARDING GRID ELECTRON
SPECTROMETER
John C. Helmcr, Menio Park, Calif., assignor to Varian As-
sociates, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,459
Int. CI. GO It 7 /J6
U.S. CI. 250—49.5 AE 22 Claims
A retarding grid form of electron spectrometer utilizing a
single grid structure, the retarding grid being planar and being
positioned in a focusing structure that first defocuses the beam
of electrons and then refocuses it onto an electron detector,
the retarding grid being located in the focusing structure near
the point of maximum diameter of the electron beam. The
focusing structure produces very strong accelerating and
,.rTr
-'Y'V'-^'^* Hi^
:^^
--;^-.-.-:'.-.iny±a_
.h :>
r — . ////7// ^^■ 1 ^u 34
the retarding grid are very weak, resulting in sharp lines in the
electron spectrum.
3,710,104
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR X-RAY
INTERROGATION OF A SAMPLE
WUIiam R. Pavlik, Parma, Ohio, assignor to RepubUc Steel
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873,781
IntCLGOln 23/20
U^. CI. 250-5 1.5 8 Claims
A system for and method of analyzing material by X-ray
radiation techniques Material under inspection is irradiated
by primary X-rays; fluorescent X-rays emitted by the material
are analyzed to determine the constituency of the material.
Backscattered primary X-ray radiation is detected to deter-
mine the amount of material present to compensate for
material loading. The primary X-ray radiation may include a
component of the fluorescent X-ray radiation of an energy in
the order of the energy of fluorescent X-ray emission in the
sample so as to enhance fluorescent emission in the sample.
The applied fluorescent X-ray radiation may be generated by
a collimator used to house the primary source and which is
stimulated by the source to fluoresce.
3,710,105
VOTING MACHINE AND METHOD
Joseph W. Oxendine, Jr., Walnut Creek; Gary J. Happs, Con-
cord, and Dak A. Kdtk, Hayward, aO of CaUf., assignors to
Filper Corporation, San Ramon, CaUf.
FUed April 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,662
Int. a. G07c 73/00
U.S. a. 235— 54 F UCIafans
A programmable voting machine utilizing electronic data
processing techniques has a plurality of voting booths
678
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
operated from a central control module containing a memory
and control circuitry. Prior to each election, information con-
cerning the form and content of the ballot to be used is sup-
plied to the memory by a program, which information is used
during the election in tabulating votes, detecting and prevent-
elongated nozzle. A chemiluminescent reagent gas such as
ethylene for detecting ozone or ozone for detecting nitrogen
oxides is injected into an annular inlet surrounding the air noz-
zle. The gases mix within a mixing chamber at the end of the
concentric nozzle and form a turbulent flowing mixture which
exits through the orifice of the nozzle and reacts within the
reaction chamber. A light detector such as a photomultiplier
^5»
ing erroneous votes, and operating a write-in printer to receive
write-in votes. The votes are totalized and stored in the
memory as they are cast, but only at the conclusion of the
election may the totalized votes be printed or conveyed to a
central counting station.
3,710,106
X-RAY nLM HANDLING APPARATUS
Rene Loucheur; Michel Hommerin, and Jean Claude Paul
Louche, all of Paris, France, assignors to Compagnie
Gcncrale dc Radiologie, Paris, France
Filed July 14, 1971,Ser. No. 162,568
Claims priority, application France, July 31, 1970, 7028428
Int.Cl.G03b47/76
U^. CL 250—66 8 Claims
tube is disposed adjacent the chamber and the chemilu-
minescent output of the reaction is detected and the signal is
amplified and recorded, preferably as a digital readout. The
flow rate of reagent gas is controlled at the inlet while the flow
rate of air is controlled by means of a vacuum pump attached
to the outlet of the reaction chamber, preferably by a pump in-
corporating an electronically driven diaphragm.
r-»
s^^^;; r^
3,710,108
RELATING TO DIRECT READING CALCULATORS
John J. Haarhaus, Plainview, and Richard J. McEvilly, New
Hyde Park, both of N.Y., assignors to Joel Halpem, a part in-
tcrest
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,109
Int. CI. G06g 1 108; G06c 2 7/00
U^. CI. 235-79 12 Claims
An X-ray apparatus for use with spool-mounted film
enabling different film formats and different exposure patterns
to be selected and comprising : a film supply section with a
motor-driven feed roller and a film cutter assembly ; a film
transfer section comprising two pairs motor-driven of belts
located on a frame-shaped carriage mounted on rails for
lateral displacements , and a section for marking and storing
the exposed film.
This invention relates to direct reading calculators and to
same when incorporated as part of a shopping cart handle.
Briefly, the calculator comprises a pair of rotatable cylindrical
members each of which carries a logarithmic scale. Means are
provided for indexing one of the cylindrical members to the
other for simultaneous rotation. The scales are preferably
calibrated respectively in price units and in weight and volume
units.
3,710,107
ATMOSPHERIC MONITOR BY MEANS OF
CHEMILUMINESCENT REACTION
Gary J. Warren, Los Altos, and Gordon L. Babcock, Menlo
Park, both of Calif., assignors to Radiation and Environmen-
Ul Materiab, Inc., SanU Monica, Calif.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,202
Int. CI. GO In 5 i/00
U^. CI. 250-71.5 R 12 Claims
A continuous, gas phase chemiluminescent monitor is dis-
closed. Air is introduced into a reaction chamber through an
3,710,109
PRECISION DOSIMETRY OF HIGH ENERGY
RADIATION
Lyman Chalkky, 6626 Tyrian Street, La JoUa, CaUf.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,088
Int.a.G01t//04
U.S. CI. 250-83 CD 8 Claims
In the use of dye cyanide solutions for the dosimetry of
radiations with energies above 6.5 electron volts precision is
attained by de-aeration of the dye cyanide soluuon and ir-
radiation under conditions that exclude gaseous oxygen.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
679
3,710,110
IONIZATION FIRE ALARM DEVICE WITH SHIELDING
FOR ITS ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY
Thomas Lampart, Mannedorf; Andreas Scheidweiler, and
Max Kuhn, both of Stafa, all of Switzerland, assignors to
Cerberus A (i, Mannedorf, Switzerland
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,256
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 19, 1969,
7606/69
Int.Cl.G08b7 7//0
U.S. CI. 250—83.6 FT 10 Ctaims
I U )2 10 IS 11 9 13
An ionization fire alarm which is of the type comprising a
measuring or detecting ionization chamber electrically con-
nected in series with a resistance element, preferably con-
structed as a reference ionization chamber, and wherein an
electrode of the measuring ionization chamber is in the form
of a plate arranged to shield the interior of the measuring
ionization chamber from an electrical circuit to which such
electrode is connected. According to further important
aspects of the invention, the aforementioned reference ioniza-
tion chamber also has an electrode in the form of a plate
likewise arranged to shield the interior of such reference
ionization chamber from the electrical circuit. The electrical
circuit is advantageously positioned between the two plate
electrodes. /
3,710,111
DYNAMICALLY CALIBRATED OIL CONTENT METER
Lawrence CoUura, Betfapage, N.Y., assignor to Edward
Dreyfus, Clark and Lawrence CoUura, Bethpage, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,860
Int. CI. GOln 2 7/26
U.S. CI. 250— 83 J UV 4 Claims
/
S
FLOW
T^
ULTBA-VFOLET LIGhT
■Z " ~
3
^^^t=^^=^
14' '"-^ — GLASS PIPE
is~_0'^pp
PmOTO-CEll
-SMUTOFF
VALVE
DETECTION CHAMBER
A system to continuously detect oil concentration levels in
water flowing through a pipe having a transparent shunt path
illuminated by an ultraviolet light source and a photo-cell de-
tector responsive to light irradiation intensities therefrom. A
second shunt path and small pump are provided about the first
shunt path enabling the system to be zero balanced for am-
bient conditions of the principal liquid and alarm tripping
calibrated under dynamic conditions for a predetermined con-
centration level therein.
3,710,112
METHOD OF INDIRECTLY MONITORING THE OUTPUT
OF A PULSED NEUTRON SOURCE
Richard L. Caldwell, and Wyatt W. Givens, both of Dallas,
Tex., assignors to Mobil Oil Corporation
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,226
Int. CI. GO It 7/76
U.S. CI. 250—83.3 R 3 Claims
•"^„- ri®^4
The specification discloses a borehole tool for assaying for
uranium and having a pulsed neutron source of the accelera-
tor type and a detector for detecting delayed fission neutrons.
In operation, the source is periodically actuated to produce
very short neutron bursts having a duration of a few
microseconds or less. Located adjacent the source is a
gamma-ray detector for detecting delayed gamma rays
emitted from oxygen in the formations when irradiated with
neutrons and resulting from the reaction 0^\nj>)N^* ^ O'* -♦-
y. These gamma rays are recorded to obtain an indirect mea-
sure of the neutron output produced by the source.
3,710,113
LITHIUM NUCLEAR MICROPROBE
Gerald M. Padawer, 275 Revere Road, Roslyii Heights, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 6«,365
Int.Cl.G01t7/76
U.S. a. 250-83.3 R 3 Claims
A beam of hthium ions (T.-i) is accelerated and bombarded
against the surface of a target material containing hydrogen
atoms at sufficient energy to stimulate an 'H (^Li, 7')*Be radia-
tive capture reaction and the intensity of the resulting emis-
sion of capture gamma rays is directly proportional to the
number of hydrogen nuclei (protons) in the target material at
a particular depth. The 'H (T-i, y)*Be reaction occurs only
within a very narrow range of relative velocities between the
lithium and hydrogen nuclei and, consequently, within a very
narrow region inside the target material, permitting the con-
centration of hydrogen in solids to be measured at selected
depths by varying the bombarding energy of the lithium ions.
680
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,114
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING
COMMUNICATION OF A PERFORATED ZONE WITH A
SECOND ZONE
Roy R. Vann, 3302 Providence Drive, Midland, Tex.
FUed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109^81
Int.CI.G01v5/00
U.S. CI. 250-83.6 W 12 Claims
3,710,116
DOSIMETER FOR PENETRATING IONIZING
RADIATION OF ANY COMPOSITION AND SPECTRUM
MiecxysUw Zklczynski, Nowatki 35 m 99, and Krzysztof Zar-
nowiecki, Stoleizna 2 m 99, both of Warsiawa, Poland
Filed March 4, 1969, S«r. No. 804,146
Claims priority, application Poland, March 5, 1968, P
125,622
Int. CI. GO It 1102; HOlj 39/28
U.S. CI. 250-83.6 R 5 Claims
2-ELECTROMETER
A dosimeter includes a detector provided with a cylindrical
inner measuring electrode and a pair of outer semi-cylindrical
voltage electrodes, the latter being supplied with voltages of
opposite polarity to provide in the space between electrodes a
differential chamber having a first saturated volume and a
second volume for column recombination of ions, the two
volumes overlapping: a recorder connected with the measur-
ing electrode provides a measure of dose equivalent.
Method for locating the presence of passageways formed
longitudinally of a borehole which communicates a produc-
tion zone with a second zone, by placing isotopes adjacent the
well casing at spaced apart locations above and below the per-
forated zone, and by placing spaced apart second isotopes ad-
jacent the borehole annulus above and below the perforated
zone of the borehole The first spaced apart isotopes have a
half life or decay rate substantially different from the second
isotopes, and accordingly, translocation of either of the
isotopes may be traced with radiation measuring apparatus
The apparatus includes means for affixing one isotope ad-
jacent the casing, and further includes means for holding the
remaining isotope adjacent the borehole wall, so that each of
the different isotopes are horizontally spaced apart by the ce-
ment which attaches the casing to the borehole wall.
3,710.117
VITRO TEST SYSTEM FOR ASSESSING THYROID
FUNCTION
Jack Gross and Amirav Gordon, both of Jerusalem, Israel,
assignors to Yissum Research Development Company of
the Hebrew University of Jerusalem
Filed April 27, 1970, S«r. No. 32,185
Int.CLG21h 5/00
U.S. CI. 250— 106 T 8 Claims
3,710,115
SUNBURN WARNING DEVICE COMPRISING
DETECTING THE ULTRA-VIOLET COMPONENT OF
SOLAR RADIATION
James R. Jubb, 10304 Bclkfontaine Road, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,348
Int. CLGOlj/ /02
U.S. CL 250-83.3 UV 2 Claims
'17 /I^« ''
The present invention relates to a sunburn warning device
comprising radiation detection means, integrator means, mea-
surement means and indicating means to advise the user of the
amount of radiation received related to the time of exposure.
Improved in vitro test method and apparatus for assessing
thyroid function comprising mixing a microquantity of blood
serum with a predetermined amount of a radioactive isotope
tagged thyroid hormone solution in the upper portion of a tu-
bular body having a fixed geometry, said body containing a
column of predetermined quantity of cross linked dextran gel
as a secondary binding site in an aqueous fluid held between
porous discs in the lower portion of the body and havmg valve
means at the lower end thereof, allowing said mixture to enter
said column, determining the total added thyroid hormone by
a radioacUvity measurement, washing or eluting said column
with a suitable fluid, determining the amount of hormone
retained in said column by a radioactivity measurement and
making a calculation based on the ratio of the amount of
retained hormone to the toul amount of added hormone for
the particular thyroid hormone being assessed.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
681
3,710,118
RADIOISOTOPE GENERATOR
Richard L. Holgate, Creve Cocur, and James R. Montgomery,
St. Louis County, both of Mo., assignors to Mallinckrodt
Chemical Works, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,944
Int. CLG21h 5/00
U.S. CL 250— 106 S 2 Claims
A generator is provided for ehiting a daughter radioisotope
from a parent radioisotope. The generator is characterized by
an elongate closed vessel having a convergent closed lower
end and containing therein a supply of a parent radioisotope
material spaced from the closed lower end. The vessel is
closed at its upper end with a closure through which extends a
first conduit communicating with the upper end of the vessel
for introducing an eluant into the vessel. Also extending
through the closure is a second conduit communicating with
the lower end of the vessel which provides for passage of elu-
ate from the lower end of the vessel.
3,710,119
COLLIMATION DEVICE FOR IRRADIATION
APPARATUS
Rene Eymery, Grenoble, France, assignor to Commissariat A
L'Energic Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,692
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 23, 1968,
68171099
Int. CI. G21h 5100
U.S.CI.250— 106S 8 Claims
3,710,120
MANUALLY OPERATED SAMPLE CHANGING
ELEVATOR AND LIGHT SEALING MECHANISM FOR
SCINTILLATION COUNTERS AND THE LIKE
Dale D. Robinson, Placcntia, Calif., assignor to Beckman Id-
strumcnts, Inc.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,591
Int. CI. GOlt 7/20
U.S.CL 250-106 SC 10 Claims
A sample changing and light sealing mechanism is illus-
trated and described for moving a sample from one vertical
plane to aiK>ther into a counting chamber while maintaining
the light integrity within the chamber. Upon movement of the
control arm toward a loading position, a cam on said control
arm rotates an actuator wheel and arm to raise the elevator
table from a counting position to within an elevator
passageway and make a light tight seal at the chamber end of
the passageway. The actuator wheel is stopped during further
movement of the control arm which then opens an outer
shutter over the passageway. The actuator wheel is then again
rotated to raise the elevator still further so that the sample
may be removed and replaced Movement in the opposite
direction reverses the sequence such that the chamber is at all
times sealed against ambient light.
3,710,121
SHIPPING CONTAINER FOR RADIOACTIVE MATERUL
USING SAFETY CLOSURE DEVICES
Paul H. Bcdrosian, Rockville, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the De-
partment of Health, Education and Welfare
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,492
Int. CLG21f 5/00
U.S. CL 250— 108 R 8 Claims
V
Z-^
A collimation device for an irradiation apparatus compris-
ing in particular a radioactive source having a generally flat
shape constituted by a source-holder frame in which radioac-
tive elements are disposed in spaced relation, characterized in
that it comprises a mask having open portions which is placed
in parallel relation in front of at least one face of said source
and in proximity thereto, said mask being made up of a series
of screens formed of absorbent material and adapted to pro-
ject in the direction of packages to be irradiated which pass in
front of said source, each screen having a transverse cross-sec-
tion which decreases from said source towards said packages.
'y."
A shipping container for radioactive materials which not
only adequately shields the material from endangering a per-
son handling it. but also protects the material during shipment.
A series of interrelated, coacting, components must be
operated in a step-wise manner before the container can be
properly and safely closed.
682
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,122
A LASER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR
CONTROLLING SEVERAL FUNCTIONS AT A LOCATION
REMOTE TO THE LASER
Ernest E. Burcher, Newport News, Va.; Carroll W. Rowland,
Hampton, Va., and Archibald R. Sinclair. Hampton, Va.,
assignors to the United States of America as represented by
the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration
Filed April 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,702
Int. CI. H04b 9100, G02b 5110
U.S.Cl.250-199 4 Claims
■' 3,710,124
OPTICAL MEASURING APPARATUS COMPRISING
OSCILLATOR AND PHASE COMPARATOR
Leonard Alfred Sayce, and Knut Indergaard Jespersen, both of
Glasgow, Scotland, assignors to National Research Develop-
ment Corporation, London, England
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,643
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, March 25, 1970,
14,533/70; July 20, 1970, 35,141/70
Int. CI. HOlj 39112. GOlb II 104
U.S. CI. 250-206 12 Claims
«
-o-o—
't
OSCILLATOM
r
»^
20
21
OSCILLATOa
rOSCIUATW
-J
u-
16
«- WUlTIPlltR ■"
^ _J\/7
/2
PHASL
^HOOULATM
POWER
SUPPLY
L
RETRO-
' REFLECTOR
^ -». — 1 COLLECTOR
= ;=■-» H *N0
T- -*■ —loeTECTOR
WIDE - SAND
FILTER
In apparatus for measuring displacement, a scale grating is
secured to an object whose displacement is to be measured
and a real or simulated index grating is periodically vibrated
through a distance equal to a constant fraction of the grating
spacing. Collimated light faUing successively on the two
gratings is directed on to a photoelectric element. The phase
of the alternating output signal from the photoelectric element
relative to the phase of the periodic movement of the index
grating provides a measure of the displacement of the scale
grating relative to the mean position of the index grating.
A multichannel laser remote control system for use in areas
where radio frequency, acoustic and hardwire control systems
are unsatisfactory or prohibited and where line-of-sight is
unobstructed A modulated continuous wave He-Ne laser is
used as the transmitter and a unique 360° light coUector serves
as the antenna at the receiver.
3,710,125
SECONDARY EMISSION ENHANCER FOR AN X-RAY
IMAGE INTENSIFIER
John E. Jacobs, Evanston, Dl.. and Michael G. Kovac, Prin-
ceton, N J., assignors to Northwestern University, Evanston,
3,710,123
PNEUMATIC PULSE COUNTER
Robert C. Miller, Frederic Polk, Wis., assignor to Honeywell
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Feb. 16, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 15,462
Int.CI.G06m//00
U.S. CI. 235-201 ME * C^*^
Filed April 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,972
Int. a. HOlj i 7 /JO
U.S. CI. 250-213 VT
11 Claims
X-RAYS
iifU H
S3 ,
SUBSTRATE ^-^Ip 0 U 0 U U l^
KCI -^ '
MESM''' C=
S4
^\\\^vV\V^v\V' ■ \>\v.'-,'
}
COLLECTOR^
36
^l::,yy.;-i "'
The number of electrons emitted from a meul surface that
is being bombarded by x-rays is increased by utilizing a secon-
dary electron emission process within an insulator, potassium
chloride (KCI). that is deposited on a metal, gold (Au) layer.
The problem of obtaining a maximum electron yield from
these layers is one of optimizing the secondary electron emis-
sion in the KCI for a given x-ray energy. This optimization is a
function of the ihiclcness of the KCI. its density, temperature,
and an internal electric field.
A pneumatic pulse counter in which a moveable count shaft
is responsive to a pneumatic input signal at a first input port
thereby providing, by means of a count pawl, a predetermined
movement to a memory shaft The final position of the
memory shaft is frictionally retained by a reuining pawl while
the count shaft returns to its initial position ready to respond
to another input signal. A third shaft is provided responsive to
a pneumauc input at a second input port to contact the reUin-
ing and count pawls thereby allowing the memory shaft to
return to its initial position. Upon a total predetermined move-
ment of the memory shaft, without the occurrence of an input
at the second input port, an output signal is provided.
3,710,126
RESOLUTION ENHANCEMENT OF IMAGE
INTENSIFICATION SYSTEMS
PhiUp George Reif, Chatsworth, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
N Y
Filed Nov. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 195,742
Int.CI.G02f7/7S. HOlj i//50. 59/72
U.S. CI. 250-213 VT 25 Claims
An image intensification system utilizing an image mtensifi-
er having a channel type electron multiplier. The Ught mput to
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
683
the intensifier is oscillated vertically up and down by an elec-
trically active double refracting input crystal. An oscillator
provides an A.C. voltage for the crystal. The light output of
the intensifier is unscrambled by another such crystal at the in-
tensifier output, which crystal also receives an input from the
oscillator. That is. the intensifier oscillating output image is
\sa^
made to appear stationary by operation of the output crystal.
Another embodiment employs a vidicon at the intensifier out-
put, the vidicon vertical sweep being amplitude modulated in
synchronism with the oscillator output. Although completely
unexpected, the intensifier resolution is substantially im-
proved.
3,710,127
SOLID-STATE IMAGE CONVERTER HAVING
COMPOSITE ENERGY SENSING ELEMENT
Tadao Kohashi, Yokohama; Tadao Nakamura, and Shigeaki
Nakamura, both of Kawasaki, all of Japan, assignors to Mat-
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka. Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 793,137, Jan. 22, 1969, abandoned.
This appUcation April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,417
Int. CI. HOlj 37/50
U.S. CI. 250-213 R 3 Claims
A solid-state image converting device wherein the lu-
minescence of a luminescent element is controlled by the
variation in the impedance of an energy sensitive element with
incident energy. The energy sensitive element is a composite
element comprising a highly sensitive and highly responsive
element and a high resistance and high breakdown voltage ele-
ment, whereby a highly sensitive and highly responsive device
to which a sufficient operating voltage can be applied is pro-
vided.
3,710,128
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PHOTOELECTRICALLY
SCANNING AN OBJECT BY MEANS OF AN OPTICAL
BEAM
Helmut Kubisiak, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to Exatest
Messtechnik GMBH, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,656
Claims priority, application Germany, April 2, 1970, P 20
15 694.9
Int. CI. GO In 2 7 /JO
U.S. CI. 250-219 WD 18 Claims
This method is used for determining the position of width of
an object, for example a wire or a metal strip. The object.
which may either be glowing or else be illuminated from its
backside, is scanned by an optical beam. As the beam crosses
the edges of the object there is a jump in the illumination level;
this is detected by a photoelectric detector. The illumination
jump is not sharply defined; but it is known that the point at
which the illumination level is just half of its maximum value
corresponds to the instant at which the beam crosses the edge.
This half-value point is difficult to detect in the case of the
non-illumination to illumination transition, for at the time the
illumination is passing through the half-value, it is not yet
known what the full value is going to be. This invention pal-
liates that disadvantage by prescanning the object by means of
an auxiliary optical beam just before the scanning of the ob-
ject by the main optical beam; the maximum value of the illu-
mination as determined by this prescanning is then used as the
reference. An output signal is generated by a coincidence de-
tector at the instant when the value of the illumination of the
main scanning beam just equals half the maximum V2ilue
determined by the prescanning.
3,710,129
METHODS OF AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING
MINUTE HOLES IN OBJECTS
Harry T. Gibson, 951 1 Warfield Road, Gaithersburg, Md.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,281
Int. CI. GO In 27/32. HOlj 7(24
U.S. CI. 250-219 DF 14 Claims
Methods of and apparatus for detecting minute holes in ob-
jects by using photoelectric cell means, such as a photomul-
tiplier. Each object to be tested is placed or moved between a
light source and the photoelectric cell means and suitably
sealed from extraneous light so that the only light that can ac-
tivate the photoelectric cell means comes through one or
more holes or cracks in the object. The method is practiced by
flexing the article during the inspection thereof by any one of
a number of means in order to be certain that any hole is not
inadvertently closed by virtue of its disposition and/or size in
the object being tested. A flexible light seal means is disclosed
which permits ease of inspecting discrete eulicles. In order to
increase the sensitivity of the photoelectric cell means, there is
disclosed means for lowering the thermal noise thereof
whereby it may be operated at higher per stage voltages
without becoming unstable.
684
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3.710,130
MOUNTING STRUCTURE FOR USE IN LUMINAIRE
James Ronald Pate, Memphis, Tenn., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 10, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 14,222
Int. a. F21s 1 1 10; HOlj 5102; H02b 1102
U.S. CL 250- 239 2 Claims
— ^»
d. a lensing system for the infra-red lamp and photo-
transistor to ensure that the radiation beams from the
lamp to the photo-Uansistor all converge at a point in the
plane of the routing chopper disc; and
e. slow down of the rate of switching of the power transistor
by means of an iron cored inductor between the output of
the trigger and the base elecUode of the power transistor.
3,710,132
TIME CENTERING APPARATUS FOR RAILROAD
INSTALLATIONS AND OTHER USES
Giovanni SahiUti, via del Romitino 27, Flrcnze, Italy
Filed SepL 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,706
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 5, 1970, 9652 A/70
\nt.C\.GMcni04
MS. a. 307-43 8 Claims
Outdoor luminaires are frequently equipped with
photoelectric sensing elements to control the operation of the
luminaire as a result of the ambient light conditions about the
luminaire. The sensmg elements are mounted and then
oriented toward the north to ensure proper operation To ef-
fect this mountmg which allows angular setting of the element,
the element is mounted in a mounting receptacle having a
cylindrical body designed to fit within a cylindrical aperture in
a mounting surface A push-on spring, of the type known and
sold under the trademark "Speed Nut," is secured onto the
receptacle wall to affix the receptacle to the mounting surface
in a manner allowing angular setting of the receptacle ele-
ment.
ERRATUM
For Class 307—300 set:
Patent No. 3,710,041
m^^"^^'.
3,710,131 ,
TRANSISTORIZED IGNITION SYSTEMS
Eric Harold Ford, London, England, assignor to Lumenition
Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,196
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 8, 1971,
I,029/71;Jan.26, 1971, 3,173/71; Jan. 26, 1971,3,174/71
Int.CI.F02pi/02
U.S. CI. 307-10 R "^ Claims
A transistorized ignition system for switching the primary
winding of an ignition coil of an internal combustion engine
having the following improvements over the system disclosed
in U.S. Pat. No. 3,605,712:
a. protection of the power uansistor against positive going
transients by means of a zener diode;
b. protection of the power transistor against negative going
transients by means of a diode;
c. clean switching of the photo-transistor constituting the
infra-red detection device by means of a diode connected
thereacross;
A time centralizing apparatus, such as used in railroad in-
stallations, includes a line section having a plurality of stations
each having a repeated panel. A pilot generator at one end of
the line section transmits synchronizing electric pulses to the
station nearest thereto, with the repeater panel of each staUon
being adapted to synchronize clocks or other local servo
devices and to transmit, to the next succeeding station, the
sequence of pulses received thereby. A second or auxiliary
generator at the opposite end of the line section is operable,
responsive to non-arrival of pulses from the pilot generator, to
transmit synchronizing electric pulses m the opposite
direction along the line station to synchronize the cutoff sta-
tions A respective reversing relay at each repeater panel nor-
mally conditions the associated panel to receipt of pulses from
the pilot generator, and respective means at each repeater
panel is operable, responsive to non-arrival of pulses from the
pUot generator, to operate the reversing relay to condition the
associated repeater panel to receipt of pulses from the second
or auxiliary generator. A first time-responsive micro-relay at
each station is maintained energized by a condenser which is
charged by pulses received from the pilot generator. A second
time-responsive micro-relay is provided and maintained ener-
gized by a condenser which is charged by pulses received from
^e second or auxUiary generator, and thus is normally deener-
gized Upon non-arrival of pulses from the pilot generator, the
condensor of the first relay looses its charge and the relay is
deenergized to close an energizing circuit for the operating
coU of the reversing relay, this energizing circuit being c osed
through a contact of the second relay. The reversing relay is
thus operated Upon restoration of pulses from the pilot
generator, the auxiliary generator causes to transmit pulses.
This results in discharge of the condensor associated with the
second micro-relay, so that this second micro-relay is deener-
gized and opens the energizing circuit for the reversmg relay.
The latter thus is restored to a "normal" position m which it
cuts off receipt of pulses from the second or auxiliary genera-
tor and the first relay is energized, by chargmg of its con-
denser by pulses from the pUot generator, to open its contact
included in the energizing circuit for the operating wmdmg or
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
685
coil of the reversing relay. A feature of the invention is that
each station has its own local source of potential which is
preferably supplied from a battery charged through a rectifier
from the usual lighting circuit.
3,710,133
SYNCHRONIZATION OF STATIC INVERTERS
Ralph J. Ferraro, PiscaUway, N J., assignor to Ward Leonard
Electric Co., Inc.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,718
Int. CI. H02j 7100
3,710,135
ALTERNATING AND DIRECT CURRENT
TRANSFORMER USING HARMONIC MODULATOR
RosweU A. GUbert, New York, N.Y., assignor to Technical
Management Services, Inc., Westfield, N J.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,779
Int. CL H03c 1 1 10; H03k 7102, 1 7/80
\}JS. a. 307—88 R 22 Claims
UJ5.CL 307—66
9 Claims
-, r^*n
A system for Synchronizing the static inverter enables the
phasing of the output from a static inverter in correspondence
to an alternate power supply. The synchronized system com-
pares the sutic inverter output with the alternate power
source in a phase detector which outputs an error correcting
signal which is used to adjust the static inverter master clock.
3,710,134
POWER SUPPLY FOR ALARM SYSTEM
Leo A. Guthart, OW Westbury, N.Y., assignor to Alarm Device
Manufacturing Company, Syosset, Long Island, N.Y.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,660
Int. CI. H02j 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-66 7 Claims
TO ALARM
*^7 SICMAL
The harmonic modulator, preferably a single-core second
harmonic modulator, is made into a transformer capable of
uansforming both alternating and direct currents by the use of
two output windings on the core, a "drive" winding and a "-
sense" winding. A high-gain amplifier is connected to the
drive and sense windings in a first feed-back loop to quickly
balance and maintain the voltage across the sense winding at
zero, and to thus maintain the rate of change of flux in the
core at zero. A second feed-back loop delects the second har-
monic content of the output signal from the core, and feeds a
signal back to the amplifier to balance out flux caused by very
low frequency or direct current input signals. The modulator
preferably uses a spiral tape magnetic core whose ends are
connected together to form a short-circuited secondary wind-
ing for an energizing transformer. The end connection
preferable passes through the core laminations so as to avoid
unbalancing the device.
A power supply for alarm systems. Under normal power
conditions the disclosed circuit rectifies A.C. house current
and provides 6 volt DC. power to the alarm protective and
signal circuits. Rechargeable batteries are disposed in the
supply circuit so as to be kept at full potential by a constant
trickle charge, and if house current fails the batteries are auto-
matically available to power the alarm system. Intermittent
switching and delay means are provided in the circuit and
function such that if the batteries are placed under load, as by
ringing an alarm bell, the batteries are intermittently removed
from the load circuit thereby prolonging their life and the
period during which alerting by the alarm system is possible.
3,710,136
ELECTRONIC COMBINATION LOCK
Geoffrey Ernest Patrick Constable, and Godfrey George
Hotter, both of Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, England, as-
signors to Smiths Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,191
Int. CI. HOlh 4 7/00; E05b 47/00
U.S. CI. 307—109 2 Claims
A combination lock includes four capacitors that are con-
nected via rectifier-intercoupled plugs to the sockets of
selected ones of 10 switch units which have individual push-
buttons annotated with the digits "0" to "9." Operation of the
push-buttons of the selected switch units in turn to enter a
four-digit combination programmed by the plugging, transfers
electric charge from one to the other of the capacitors and
thence to energize a solenoid to release a latch mechanism of
the lock. Digit-entry deviating from the programmed
sequence discharges the capacitors to inhibit charge transfer
to the solenoid until the sequence is restarted. In a modifica-
906 O.O.— 24
686
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tion the four capacitors are replaced by capacitors in the in-
dividual switch units, charge transfer in response to entry of
operation. A chime indicating the end of the drying or sensing
operation is operable during the cool-down operation in a re-
%
34-
.1 ' /v=
3i
J-W
r
"^s^
^^
1 j?d_Z7M*=
_jg r.
Lh=*iL_
•-r37
-35
t-«
. J-X
r
-19 i-36
the correct combination being only between the capacitors of
those units selected by rectifier-intercoupled plugging.
3,710,137
CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD
Albert Lee Stephens, Jr., 232 South June St., Los Angeles
County, Calif.
Continuation-io-part of Ser. No. 534,090, March 14, 1966.
This appUcation Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,732
Int.CI.H01h43/0<S
U.S. CI. 307—141 6 Claims
t^l
peating manner under control of the resistance-capacitance
timing circuit.
3,710,139
AMPLIFIER SYSTEM
Alan J. Werner, Brighton, N.Y., assignor to Sybron Corpora-
tion
Division of Ser. No. 633,294, April 24, 1967, Pat. No.
3,500,153. This application Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,443
Int CI. H03k / 7100
U.S. CI. 307-229 7 Claims
An electrical apparatus for making a plurality of electrical
contacts selectively in succession and momentarily or for
predetermined and lengthy time intervals is disclosed. The ap-
paratus is so arranged that these contacts may be made by a
card that can be punched or merely indented to select the time
and service desired.
3,710,138
DRYER CONTROL
Curran D. Cotton, Newton, Iowa, assignor to The Maytag
Company, Newton, Iowa
Division of Ser. No. 803,687, March 3, 1969. This application
March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,042
Int. CI. F26b 25\22
U.S.CI. 307— 118 11 Claims
This control system for a clothes dryer includes a fabric dry-
ness serising circuit comprising a resistance-capacitance cir-
cuit portion, a neon tube, and a ihyristor in the form of an
SCR operable for initiating termination of the dryness sensing
-Sh
I T / > I
ca!
I I S3
CO. I I
Cos
ss
Up to n amplifiers are connected in tandem to form an n-
fold system. Feedback is taken from the output of each ampli-
fier but the one closest the input signal, to (n-1) summing
junctions connected in tandem between the input signal
source and the amplifier closest thereto. The summing junc-
tion fed back to, by the remotest amplifier, is nearest the
signal source, the next nearest is the next most remote amplifi-
er, and so on. At a given value of input signal the most remote
amplifier saturates, at a higher value, the next most remote
saturates, and so on, so as the signal increases amplifiers satu-
rate, one after the other. When any given amplifier saturates,
the unsaturated amplifier nearest it has a sharp increase in its
output signal, until it, too, saturates. A pair of parallelled two-
fold systems provide a controller controlling a valve, by
switching a motor on to open the valve, on to close the valve,
or off to hold the valve in position. The inputs to the system
are connected by the high resistance of a field effect
transistor. The amplifiers more remote from the inputs are set
to saturate when one input signal is higher than the other by
more than enough to switch the motor on. If such saturation
occurs, one of the less remote amplifiers sharply increases its
output and thereby causes the field effect uansistor to present
a low resistance shunting the inputs and therefore limiting the
difference between the signals applied to the inputs.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
687
3,710,140 3,710,142
FLIP-FLOP AND HOLD PHASE DETECTOR SIGNAL GATING CIRCUIT
Hubert Marie Volmerange, Woodland Hills, Calif., assignor to Hideo Yokoyama, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Sony Corporation,
RCA Corooration Tokyo, Japan
^Ued Nov. 9. 1970, Ser. No. 87,990 Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,291
Int CI H03b 3i04 H03d 13\00 Claims priority, appUcation Japan, July 4, 1970, 45/66887
II « ri ^ut 1 ^^' 5 Claims Int. CI. H03k 1 7100
U.S.a. 328-133 U.S.CL 307-242 12 Claims
A phase comparator wherein the charging or discharging of
a charge storage device is determined by the phase or time dif-
ference between first and second pulse signals.
3,710,141
SAMPLE AND HOLD CIRCUIT
Kenneth K. Zeiger, Levittown, Pa., assignor to Inter-Computer
Electronics, Inc., Lansdale, Pa.
Filed July 23, 1971, Ser. No. 165,645
InL CI. H03k 1 7100
U.S.CL 307-235 23 Claims
r
21
:>./4 -Hin k
5v
Tl
Id
2^
>f:!'Si
^
-Htl(^ \-/2^2
^
^24
A signal gating circuit of such a type that signal gating is
performed by switching off and on a signal transmission circuit
which has a pair of parallel signal transmission paths, each of
which includes a diode for gating a signal in response to a gat-
ing signal and circuit means for combining gated signals from
both of said diodes to avoid a gating signal component in-
cluded in each of the gated signals. Both of the gated signals
from the diodes have the same phase and include the gating
signal components of opposite phases to each other.
3,710,143
ELECTRONIC SWITCH
Ralph Bray, PhUadelphia. and Clement W. Rowan, War-
minster, both of Fa., assignors to Philco-Ford Corporation,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,658
Int. CI. H03k 1 7100
U.S. CI. 307—244 5 Claims
H ,. Il :
^7
TR'GGER MEANS 1
A circuit for sampling a waveform voltage during a
predetermined small sample time period and then holding the
sampled voltage for a long hold period relative to the sample
period. A waveform signal is impressed at the input of a diode
bridge. A storage or hold capacitor is connected at the output
of the bridge. A zener diode having a zener or breakover volt-
age greater than the voltage of the waveform, prevents current
flow through the bridge during the hold period. The leading
edge of a trigger pulse forward biases the bridge and over-
comes the zener voltage, to enable the storage capacitor to
reach a voltage level equal to the instantaneous voltage ap-
pearing at the bridge input. The trailing edge of the pulse turns
"off' the bridge, and the zener voltage of the zener diode
holds the bridge "off' until the next trigger pulse.
fieirtA
^
/^
fit
V r'
"^
^-^U
2 Ofi£Af AM ^
TX
r^
ucno0\
A circuit for switching the power supply between the FM
and AM sections of an AM-FM radio receiver A smgle-pole
single-throw switch is used in conjunction with a transistor cir-
cuit to provide the required single-pole double-throw
switching function.
3,710,144
HIGH POWER MICROWAVE SYSTEM HAVING LOW
DUTY CYCLE
Arthur L. Jackson, Owensboro, Ky.; Shelby A. JoUy,
Rockport, Ind., and John B. Quirk, Owensboro, Ky., as-
signors to General Electric Company
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 157,987
Int. CI. H03k 5/07
U.S.CI. 307— 260 3 Claims
A microwave system is disclosed wherein a microwave
module is capable of providing a high power pulse of short du-
ration with long off-duty periods. Standby means which may
include a separate power source are provided to cause the
elecuon discharge device powering the module to conduct
688
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
during the off-duty periods. In a preferred embodiment, predetermined frequency and a combining circuit to combine
switching means to disconnect the power source from the the rectified signals, whereby a signal of a frequency twice that
ii
Z^=:^
---I
of the signal supplied to the differential amplifier is derived at
the output terminal of the combining circuit.
electron discharge device during the duty cycle are also pro-
vided.
3,710,145
IMPROVED SWITCHING CIRCUITRY FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES
Robert T. Williamson, Concord, and Christos J. G«orgopouIos,
Lowell, both of Mass., assignors to Raytheon Company, Lex-
ington, Mass.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,424
Int.Cl.H03k 7/00, 7 7/00
U^. CI. 307-270 3 Claims
3,710,147
TRANSISTOR SWTTCHES FOR HIGH VOLTAGE
APPLICATIONS
Martin David Lee, Lilliput Poole, England, assignor to Plessey
Handel Und Investments A.G., Zug, Switzerland
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 158,005
Int. CI. H03k ; 7156
VS. CL 307-246 4 Claims
D«iVC<» *Mn.irieR
, COWUTTB
1-
■"^^^Ttt?^ ^ M-
"^
-^
-r!JL-
^
U
TWWaWTTfR
ro tMiV
I NOT tMOMmi I
'rfr
^.
nl
.^-4^^
OKIVER AH^LIflCR
K
A high voltage switch arrangement comprising switches
each defined by cascaded transistors connected effectively in
the arms of a bridge for switching a high voltage across a
capacitive load so that an a.c. voltage is supplied through the
load when the bridge is fed from a d.c. source and the switches
operated sequentially.
A driver amplifier for p-i-n diodes in the phase shifters of a
phased array antenna, such amplifier being arranged so as to
produce, in response to a command signal from a beam steer-
ing computer, either a forward-bias or a back-bias signal for
such diodes, the particular bias signal produced by such ampli-
fier being delayed by subsuntially the same length of time
after application of a command signal.
3,710,148
RIPPLE ELIMINATING CIRCUIT
Hisatsugu Itoh, Hachioji, Japan, assignor to HiUchi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 176,611
Claims priority, applicatioa Japan, Aug. 31, 1970, 45/75538
lnt.Cl.H03k//y6
U.S. CL 307—295 15 Claims
^if^\
-»v 5
3,710,146
FREQUENCY DOUBLER CIRCUIT
Mitsuo Ohsawa, Kanagawa, Japan, assignor to Sony Corpora-
tkm, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,451
Claims priority, application Japan, July 9, 1970, 45/60063
Int.CI. H03k///6
U.S.CL307— 271 6 Claims
A frequency doubler circuit including a differential amplifi-
er supplied with a signal of a predetermined frequency, for ex-
ample, a pilot signal of 19ICHz contained in an FM . . . . j • , „ k:„k .^«,t
stereophoniTrignal.^air of rectifier circuits coupled to out- A ripple eliminating circuit mcludmg m «.nes a h^gh power
puts^f the diifTrenU^ amplifier to rectify the signal of the DC source, a capacitor and a negative capacitance circuit hav-
_L-4
^9
-c
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
689
ing a negative capacitance the absolute value of which is
nearly equal to that of said capacitor wherein an output is
derived from across the circuit having in series said capacitor
and said negative capacitance circuit.
3,710,149
ELECTRICAL dRCUFTRY
EUhu Craig Thomson, Welleslcy, Mass., assignor to Electronics
Corporation of America, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,062
Int. CI. H03k 1 7/00
U.S. CL 307— 310 10 Claims
3,710,151
ELECTROACOUSTIC TRANSDUCER FOR USE AT HIGH
TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES
Frank Massa, and John F. Hubbard, both of Cohaaset, Mass.,
assignors to Massa Division, Dynamics Corporation of Amer-
ica, Hingham, Mass.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,802
Int. CL H04r / 7/00
U^. a. 310—8.9 6 Claims
"U
The invention describes a fail safe voltage responsive circuit
for producing an output level indicative of the relationship
between two voltage levels. The voltage responsive circuit in-
cludes a fail-safe comparison circuit which assumes alterna-
tive modes in response to an alternating signal inuoduced into
the comparison circuit when the voltage levels are within a
predetermined range, one relative to the other. When the volt-
age levels are outside the range or if a component fails, the
comparison circuit ceases to alternate between modes. The
voltage responsive circuit is used in a preferred application in-
volving a fail-safe combustion control system wherein one
voluge level is used to supply bias current to a photoconduc-
tive cell, the cell sensing the presence or absence of flame.
ERRATUM
For Class 307—131 see:
Patent No. 3,710,157
3,710,150
POWER CONVERSION MEANS
Robert C. McMaster, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to The Ohio
StaU University, Columbus, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 713,034, March 14, 1968,
abandoned. This application Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,096
Int. CI. HOlv 7100
U.S.CL 310-8.1 6 Claims
JS
Tlectcal
POWER
soum;E
27
^Q
13
J-
na 14
V''
ia.
Pf
T NECOVERY
tCAL]
:n
ERY
An electroacoustic transducer is encased in a unitary hous-
ing, preferably machined from a single block of material,
which is chemicadly inert, sound conducting, and sealed
against moisture seepage when the transducer is immersed,
under high pressure, in a hot chemical. The transducer is for
immersion, as a production control sensor, in a hot corrosive
fluid being chemically processed under high pressure.
3,710,152
CHROMIUM ELECTRODES FOR
MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMIC GENERATORS
Patrick F. Goolsby, Florence, Ala., assignor to Reynolds Metals
Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,334
Int. CL H02k 4/02
U.S.CL310— 11 10 Claims
A thermionic -emitting chromium electrode for mag-
netohydrodynamic generators possessing excellent electrical
stability, oxidation resistance, and resistance to basic slags is
set forth. In a preferred embodiment the chromium electrode
contains 0.5 to 25 percent of thorium oxide or similar dopants.
3,710,153
MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMIC (MHD) ALTERNATING
CURRENT GENERATOR
Ludwig Benno Barbacsy, and Gunthcr Muck, Plantikow, Ul-
rich, Munich, Germany, assignors to Messerschmitt-Bolkow-
Blohm GmbH, Munich, Germany
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,411
Claims priorit), application Germany, Oct 22, 1%9,
P 19 53 163.6
Int. a. H02d 4/02 .
U.S.CL 310—11
7 Claims
The invention is for a system for frequency conversion of
large magnitudes of electrical or mechanical power, or of elec-
trical into mechanical power, or of mechanical into electrical
power. Power levels of the order of many horsepower are con-
nected to lower or higher frequencies by impact coupUng of
high-power sonic transducers.
An MHD alternating current generator for electric power
supply, preferably for aerospace application having a liquid,
conducting medium, e.g.. a liquid metal, which is alternately
690
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
moved in only one of, e.g., two channels which are located
within a steady magnetic field perpendicular to the direction
of flow "A," the magnetic field being produced by supercon-
ducting coils.
axis, an arm mounted on said eccentric through one of its ends
and at the other end a contact plug or crank pin and a groove
(or port) in a bracket so as to receive said contact plug, this
groove comprising thrust bearing means for said contact plug
for one direction of rotation of the motor.
3,710,154 ~^
CONVERTIBLE POWER TOOL 3,710,156
Rainer Schilling, Stuttgart, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch ROTATING ELECTRIC MACHINE WITH EVAPORATION
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany COOLING
Filed July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162,371 Nikolaus Laing, Hofener-Weg 35-37, Aldingen near Stuttgart,
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 25, 1970, P 20 Germany
42 012.6 Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,531
Int. CI. H02k 7114 Claims priority, application Austria, Dec. 1, 1969, 1 1203
U.S. CL 310-50 9 Claims Int. CI. H02k 9120
U.S.C1.310— 54 6 Claims
A convertible portable power tool has a cylindrical housing
for a high-frequency electric motor whose output shaft ex-
tends forwardly into bearings provided in a flange which is
bolted to the front portion of the housing. The flange has a
small outwardly projecting lobe which is connectable with the
shells of a plastic central handle. The flange further contains
bearings for the shaft or shafts of a reducing gearing which is
mounted in front of the flange and serves to drive the input
member of a transmission for the tool spindle. The rear end of
the motor housing is adjacent to a multi-section cap which
contains a reversing device for the motor and is connected by
screws to extensions provided on the sections of the handle.
Such extensions define a channel for conductors which con-
nect the motor with a switch in the interior of the handle.
When the handle is removed and the cap is replaced with a
cap which is connected to an energy source and contains an
electric switch, the power tool can be used as a handle-free
portable hand motor. The prefabricated units of the motor are
assembled in accordance with the mechanical assembly
technique.
An electric rotating machine having a stator or a pole ring
producing a rotating magnetic field and a rotor supported in
the fluid being conveyed where said stator or pole ring is her-
metically sealed in a housing which is filled with a saturated
vapor of an electrically non-conducting material whose boil-
ing point is below the highest permissible temperature of com-
ponents producing electric resistance power.
3,710,157
METHOD OF MONITORING AIRPORT RUNWAY END
IDENTinCATION LAMPS
Donald F. Wright, Dundas, OnUrio, Canada, assignor to
Westinghouse Canada Limited, Hamilton, OnUrio, Canada
FUed Feb. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 228,538
Int. CI. HO Ih 35/00
U,S.CI.307— 131 5 Claims
3,710,155
NON-RETURN, DIRECTION OF ROTATION SELECTING
DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
Jean JuUien-Davin, Valence, France, assignor to Crouzet,
Paris, France
FUed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,204
Int.CI.H02k7//0
U.S. CI. 310— 41 4 Claims
A control device for a pair of flashing airport runway end
identification lamps which automatically shuts down both
lamps when either lamp ceases to flash, and thereby avoids the
pilot confusion which could result from a single flashing lamp.
This device monitors the surges of line current which flow due
to flashing of the lamps and compares a signal, which varies
A non-return device for a synchronous motor comprising a according to the magnitude of the surges, with a threshold,
rotor supported between two brackets and having no and, if the comparison indicates that both lamps are not flash-
preferential rotation direction per se, an eccentric on the rotor ing, automatically disconnects the power to both lamps.
»j
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
691
y.-^ 3,710,158 mechanical rigidity and electrical conductivity. When the
ALTERNATING CURRENT GENERATOR WITH RADIAL brush wears to the extent that it no longer extends beneath the
STATOR POLES slot, the spring clip extends further down into the slot and ob-
Karl Bachle, Stetten; Ludwlg Flnkbeiner, Walhelm, and Bemd
Taubitz, Pforzheim, all of Germany, assignors to Robert
Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany a'
Filed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,370
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 30, 1970, P 20
53 262.1
Int. CI. H02k 27/72
U.S. CI. 310-156 23 Claims
structs the brush channel thereby preventing further extension
of the brush compression spring and its eventual contact with
the motor commutator.
An alternating current generator has a rotor with a circular
row of permanent magnetic poles which are alternately of op-
posite polarity, and a stator with U-shaped stator poles whose
legs project in radial direction toward the rotor poles. The legs
of jeach stator pole have circumferentially and axially spaced
end portions located opposite two adjacent rotor poles of op-
posite polarity, respectively. An annular stator winding is
located within the open annular space formed by the U-
shaped stator poles.
3,710,159
ELECTRIC BRUSH AND LEAD HOLDER
Maurice V. Dupuis, Raytown, Mo., and John R. Greer,
Shawnee Mission, Kans., assignors to Rival Manufacturing
Company, Kansas City, Mo.
FUed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,906
Int. CI. H02k 7 i/00
U.S. CI. 310—239 4 Claims
A combination electric brush and lead holder for electric
motors has a spring located therein which urges the associated
brush to extend outwardly of the holder in a telescoping
fashion and into contact with a motor commutator. The spring
is interposed between the inner end of the brush and a disc
shaped terminal end of an electrical lead within the holder
structure and is both current carrying and resilient.
3,710,160
MOTOR BRUSH ASSEMBLY
Harry M. Vogiesonger, Rlverton, Conn., aasignor to Dynamics
Coporation of America, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,150
Int. CI. H02k 7 J/00
U,S.CL310— 247 9 Claims
A brush holder assembly for an electric motor wherein dur-
ing the useful life of the brush a spring wire clip bears against
the brush through a slot in the brush housing to improve
3,710,161
QUICK-HEATING IMPREGNATED PLANAR CATHODE
James E. Beggs, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,428
Int. CI. HOlj 1114, 19106; HOlk 1/04
U.S. CI. 313—346 6 Claims
A quick -heating planar cathode employs a disk of fine mesh
wire of refractory metal around which is bonded or sintered a
porous layer of tungsten panicles impregnated with electron-
emissive material, a layer of inorganic insulation covering one
surface of the porous cathode, and a heater on the insulating
surface.
3,710,162
X-RAY TUBE HAVING A ROTARY ANODE
Francoise Bougie, Paris, France, assignor to Compagnie
Generate de Radiologic, Paris, France
Filed Feb. 19, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 16,879
Claims priority, appUcation France, Feb. 27, 1970, 7007192
Int.CI.HOljii/70
U.S.Cl.313— 60 10 Claims
(S 9
An X-ray tube having a rotary anode comprising a disc-
shaped anode and a substantially cylindrical rotor, wherein
the anode-rotor assembly is made integrally of a single piece
of graphite, whose cylindrical rotor part is provided with a fer-
692
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
romagnetic hollow cylinder whereupon acts the rotating elec-
tromagnetic field produced by the stalor.
3,710,163
METHOD FOR THE ACCELERATION OF IONS IN
LINEAR ACCELERATORS AND A LINEAR
ACCELERATOR FOR THE REALIZATION OF THIS
METHOD
V«sily Alexe«vkh Bomko, ulitsa Garkushi 3 kv. 49; Evgeny
Ivanovich Revutsky, ulitsa P. Morozava 1 kv. 3; Boris
Ivanovich Rudiak, ulitsa P. Moroxava 1 kv. 16, and Anatoly
Vasilievkh Plpa, ulitsa Tankopia 29/1 kv. 33, all of Kharkov,
U^.S.R.
Filed Feb. 2, 197 1, S«r. No. 1 1 1 ,838
Int CI. H05h
U^. CI. 313-63 2 Claims
pairs of pole pieces. The one-piece shield is formed from a sin-
gle metal strip with tabs at its ends by bending it 1 80° along a
lateral line and cutting from the strip a third tab extending
from the bend Hne, and bending the resulting legs 120° out-
wardly along central lateral lines to form a Y-shaped shield.
The one-piece shield is then secured in position inside the cup
by spot welding the tabs to the cup wall.
3,710,165
SHADOW MASK PERFORATED ALONG INTERSECTION
OF SIDE WALL AND REINFORCING FLANGE
Asahidc Tsuneta, Kawasaki, and Shinichi Sawagata, Tokyo,
both of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Skibaura Electric Co.,
Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 164,801
CUims priority, appUcatioa Japan, July 3, 1970, 45/75341
Int. CL HOlj 29106, 29/02,29/08
U.S. CL 313—85 S 6 Claims
The present invention relates to methods for acceleration of
ions in linear accelerator and to a linear accelerator realizing
this method.
The method for the acceleration of ions in linear accelera-
tors consisting of a cavity resonator 1 and drift tubes 2 em-
ploying a standing r.f electromagnetic wave, according to the
invention, is characterized in that the resonator is excited in
the Eon mode enabling the energy of the accelerated-ion beam
to be controlled continuously by establishing a region with a
uniform distrubution of the accelerating field and by varying
the extent of that tregion.
This method can be realized by a linear accelerator com-
prising a cavity resonator 1 with drift tubes 2; tuners 3 ar-
ranged on the side wall of the resonator 1; an additional tuning
means made in the form of a conducting post 4 installed in an
end wall of the resonator 1 near its side wall parallel with the
axis of the resonator and capable of being moved along that
axis.
3,710,164
CONVERGENCE CUP WITH ONE-PIECE SHIELD
Fred F. Rimmler, Manhasset, N.Y., assignor to The Stanley
Works, New Britain, Conn.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,764
Int. Cl. HOlj 29/08. 29/02.31/20
U.S.CL313— 77 2 Claims
In a shadow mask comprising a rectangular mask plate and
a rectangular frame member including a rectangular side wall
for supporting the mask plate and a reinforcing flange bent in-
wardly at right angles with respect to the side wall, there are
provided a plurality of perforations along a border line
between the side wall and the reinforcing flange.
3,710,166
GAS-HLLED IONIZATION COUNTER
Simon Meerovich Perelman; Evgraf Efremovich Petrenko;
Isaak Aronovich Prager; Alexandr Andrianovich Timofeev,
and Anatoly Filippovich Tolmachev, all of Moscow, U.S.S.R.,
assignors to Moskovsky Zavod Elektrovakuumnykh
Priborov, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 2,988
Int. CL HOlj i9/26. 7 7/20. 6//72
U^. a. 313—93 2 Claims
23 22a
A gas-filled ionization counter in which the cathode and
anode are placed in an envelope filled with a gaseous mixture
A convergence cup for use in color kinescopes includes an and form the main gas-discharge gap and which has a per-
improved shield structure for magnetically separating the formance check facility. The said facility compns electrodes
JANUARY 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
693
placed in the gaseous mixture of the envelope and forming an
auxiliary gap, and a radio-active source of specified activity,
placed in the auxiliary gap so that its own radiation induces e
gas discharge solely in the auxiliary gap. All this provided a
check on the stability of the counter's characteristics in ser-
vice.
through the shell to the water jacket area of the engine
cylinder block. The gradually tapered gap causes the spark to
travel between different points in the gap, depending upon
temperature and running conditions of the engine, which
reduces wear on the electrodes. The tapered gap also allows
good ventilation for gases in the spark gap area thereby reduc-
ing corrosion of the electrodes.
3,710,167
ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT CELLS HAVING A
TUNNEL INJECTION CATHODE
Joseph Dresner, and Alvln Malcolm Goodman, both of Prin-
ceton, N J., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,898
Int. CI. H05b 33/02
U.S.CL 313-108 A
14 Claims
^6l4C^J6
An electroluminescent cell comprises an anthracene layer
having an anode and cathode thereon. The cathode of the
novel cell is of the tunnel injection type. A typical cathode
consists of a 10-100 A. thick layer of silicon dioxide deposited
over a degenerate n type silicon body. The silicon dioxide
layer of the cathode is placed in contact with the anthracence
layer. The anode should provide hole injection into the
anthracence layer. A preferred anode is a film of copper oxide
and copper iodide.
3,710,168
SPARK PLUG WITH TAPERED SPARK GAP
John J. Fernandez, 1620 S. Myrtle Ave., Monrovia, Calif.
Continuation-in-pari of Ser. No. 815,538, April 14, 1969,
abandoned. This application Aug. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 170,885
lnt.CLH01t7i/20
U.S.CL 313—141 4 Claims
3,710,169
HALOGEN FILAMENT LAMP HAVING AN INTERNAL
ALL PROTECTION ARRANGEMENT
Germain Remi T'Jampens; Victor Rosallie Notelteirs, and
Eduard Jozef Philomena Janssen, all of Emmasingel, Eind-
hoven, Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,693
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 21, 1969,
6902805
Int. CL HOlj 5/50; HOlk 1/18
U.S.CL313— 222 5 Claims
A halogen filament lamp having two pinch seals in which at
least one of the seals a rod is embedded. The rod, which is
secured at one end to a sealing foil and at the other end to the
axially stretched filament, provides an improved internal fuse
for the lamp.
3,710,170
X-RAY TUBE WITH ROTARY ANODES
Rudolf Friedel, Eriangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Eriangen, Germany
Filed Sept 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 71,556
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 11, 1969, P 19
51 383.8
Int. CL HOlj 35/70
U.S.CL313— 330 19 Claims
/
A spark plug has a shell at one end of an insulator body, a
central elecUode extending through the insulator body
beyond the shell, and a tapered ground elecUode secured to
the shell and extending alongside the c«ntral electrode. The
ground electrode, from its point of connection with the shell
to its tip, converges gradually toward the central electrode to
form a tapered gap between the electrodes. The ground elec-
trode provides a short path for conducting heat readily
An X-ray tube has a rotary anode which is a compound
body with pans of heavy metal and graphite, the focal point
path lying upon the heavy metal The invention is particularly
chJiracterized by the provision of at least one graphite part at
the heavy metal part outside of the focal point path.
694
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,171
CURRENT DRIVE DEFLECTION APPARATUS
UTILIZING CONSTANT CURRENT GENERATOR
Dong Woo Rhee, Williamsville, N.Y., assignor to GTE Syl-
vania Inc. ^, ^. .-^
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,476
Int. CI. HOlj 29170
U.S. CI. 315-27 TD 17 Claims
3,710,173
DIRECT VIEWING STORAGE TUBE HAVING MESH
HALFTONE TARGET AND NONMESH BISTABLE
TARGET
Thomas B. Hutchins, IV, Portland, Oreg., and WUIiam M.
Templeton, Seattle, Wasli., assignors to Tektronix, Inc.,
Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,005
Int. CI. HOlj 2 9/47
U.S. CI. 315-12 14 Claims
Current drive deHection apparatus for providing a current
to a beam deflection winding of a cathode ray tube is shown.
The current drive deflection apparatus employs a constant
current generator and a current control means which provide
a sawtooth current to the winding. Current drive deflection
apparatus which employs a complementary current amplifier
is also shown.
3.710,172
COMPOSITE THERMIONIC CATHODES FOR GAS
DISCHARGE DEVICES
Harald L. Witting, Burnt Hills, N.Y., assignor to General
Pl^ctric Co
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 886,824, Dec. 22, 1969,
abandoned. This appUcaUon April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137^80
Int. CI. HOlj 7/20./ 9/; 4
U.S. CI. 313-338 10 Claims
X "^^B-STASL^SOOV 46
10OV-, V' STORAGE -eov^
STCWA&E 7RANSFI
HALFTONE BISTABLE
STOWAGE STORAGE
A direct viewing charge image storage tube is described in
which a low density halftone storage target is employed along
with a higher density bistable storage target. Charge images
are written on the halftone target at a fast writing speed, up to
about 300 million centimeters per second, and then such
charge image is transferred to the bistable target where it is
stored for a long time, up to one hour or more. The bistable
storage target may be of the nonmesh type that employs a
storage dielectric of phosphor material which emits a light
image corresponding to the charge image stored thereon. The
storage dielectric of a halftone target is more porous and
lower density than the phosphor storage dielectric and may be
a porous metal oxide, such as magnesium oxide, having a den-
sity of 2 to 5 percent of its normal bulk density which provides
a target of low capacitance and extremely fast writing speed.
3,710,174
INTENSITY MODULATED TEARDROP DISPLAY FOR A
VECTORCARDIOGRAPH
Joseph Anthony Cemiglia, Jr., 5 Norris Rd., Lynnefield, Mass.
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,468
Int. CI. A61b 5104
\}JS. CI. 315-22 <» CUims
;„,■'. ^■"^•"^ ■["'■>:
_^!l.
Thermionic cathodes for alternating cycle gas discharge
devices have a pair of spaced supports, a filament connected
between them, and supported on each conductor one or more
thin metal members providing emission material of low work
function at their surfaces, the surface area and mass of the
members being such that they operate at a temperature at
which they emit thermionically without overheating. The fila-
ment is directly heated while the thermionic emitting metal
members are heated by the discharge thus providing good
starting, long life, low cathode fall at high current levels, and
cathode symmetry.
In a vectorcardiograph system, the vector loops are dis-
played as a plurality of teardrop-shaped dashes. The dashes
are produced by modulating the beam of a cathode ray tube m
response to the voltage developed across a charging capacitor.
The charging rate of the capacitor is conUolled by a current
gate responsive to the velocity of the horizontal and vertical
signals applied to the cathode ray tube. A pirtse generator con-
trols a gate to periodically discharge the capacitor, thereby to
terminate one teardrop-shaped dash and begm another.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
695
3,710,175
TWINKLE EFFECT DISPLAY SYSTEM IN WHICH
INFORMATION IS MODULATED AT A RATE WITHIN
THE FLICKER FREQUENCY OF THE HUMAN EYE
Howard S. Halpem, SUmford, Conn., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
FUed June 20, 1969, Ser. No. 835,141
Int. CI. HOlj 29/52
U.S. CI. 315-30 3 Claims
.^^'T- ru-vr
or switches whereby the voltage from the inverter is lower but
at a higher frequency initially than during normal running.
A twinkle effect display system comprises a displajF device,
the intensity input of which is amplitude modulated at a rate
within the usable flicker frequency band of the human eye.
The modulation may be either symmetrical or asymmetrical
and may be either continuous or in steps; and the index of
modulation may range from one hundred percent to ap-
preciably lower values which still provide a readily observable
twinkling.
3,710,176
ELECTRON-OPTICAL RECORDING DEVICE
Kurt Schlesinger, Fayette ville, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Co. ^ ^„„
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,098
Int. CI. HOlj 29156
U.S. CI. 315-31 R 10 Claims
An electron-optical recording device is provided compris-
ing two cascaded image-forming stages. In the first stage an
electron beam is magnetically focused and elecUostatically
deflected lo a preselected aperture in a multi-aperture plate
separating the first stage from the second stage. The beam
emerging from one of the apertures is focused and deflected in
the second stage onto a target. Error correcting means are
provided in both stages to maintain proper alignment of the
electron beam.
3,710,177
FLUORESCENT LAMP CIRCUIT DRIVEN INITIALLY AT
LOWER VOLTAGE AND HIGHER FREQUENCY
Richard Ward, Worsley, England, assignor to Dahson Park
Industries Ltd., Nottingham, England
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,922
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 14, 1970,
54,327/70
Inta.H05b47/29
U.S.CI.315— 106 ' 5 Claims
A circuit for fluorescent lamps includes an inverter which
incorporates means such as temperature dependent elements
This inverter feeds a plurality of lamps, each having associated
circuit elements which are resonant or semi-resonant at the
higher frequency, to facilitate the lamps conducting.
3,710,178
SPARK-GAP TRIGGERING SYSTEM
David A. Johnson, Palo AHo, and Arthur F. Wickersham,
Menio Park, both of Calif., assignors to Stanford Research
Institute, MenIo Park, Calif.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,960
Int CI. HOlj 7 7/00; HOSb 37/02
U.S. CI. 315—149 3 Claims
as 'i-*
A triggerable spark-gap is provided wherein the main gap
discharge lime is controlled by placing an auxiliary pair of
discharge electrodes inside one of the main gap electrodes and
causing a discharge for emitting ultra-violet light. The ultra-
violet light illuminates the region in which the main discharge
channel will form through a small aperture in the one of the
main elecuodes within which the auxiliary pair of elecuodes
are placed.
3,710,179
STORAGE TUBE HAVING TRANSMISSION TARGET
WITH LOW DIFFERENTIAL CUTOFF
Raymond Hayes, and Wesley H. Hayward, both of Beaverton,
Oreg., assignors to Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed Sept. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 180,420
Int. CI. HOlj 29/47
U.S. CI. 315-12 18 Claims
A direct viewing charge image storage tube is described in-
cluding a transmission type storage target having an extremely
low differential cutoff of about 0. 1 to 0.2 volt and faster writ-
ing speed of about 100 to 500 centimeters per microsecond.
This is achieved by employing a thick storage dielectric on the
mesh electrode of the target, providing a low electrical field
adjacent the rear of the target and applying a positive prepara-
tion pulse to the target elecuode during bombardment by the
696
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
low velocity flood electrons until the potential of such dielec-
tric is decreased to the cutoff voltage. The side portions of the
dielectric surrounding each of the mesh openings continues to
charge negatively after the front surface portion of the dielec-
tric reaches the flood gun cathode potential so that the poten-
tial of each front surface portion decreases below such
cathode potential until it reaches the cutoff voltage for the ad-
jacent mesh opening before termination of the preparation
3,710,181
SOLID-STATE IMAGE INTENSIHER
Kazunobu Tanaka; Yasuhiko Machida; Nork) Suzuki, and
Tadao Kohashi, all of Kadoma, Japan, assignors to Mat-
siishita Electric Industrial Company, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,334
Int CI. HOlj 39100; H05b J 7/00
U.S.CL 315-175 9 Claims
30
"%} 9^
XT A
300v
VOLTAGE n eo
LTACE r~
£T B J
S2 '62 «
[O TO 40V r^ ™
^ .. r
68
r 'M • aoovA
vtcw
iJ H
TKANSrER
ssx -
; s s srouc
II 12 '3y ^
20 ^2'
pulse. The thick storage dielectric layer may be made of low
density secondary emissive, such as magnesium oxide having a
density of less than about 5 percent of its bulk density While
the storage tube can contain only one transmission storage tar-
get and phosphor viewing screen, it may also employ a second
transmission storage target of thinner dielectric of higher den-
sity between the first target and such phosphor screen so that a
charge image formed on the first target may be transferred to
such second target for storage viewing and over a longer time.
3,710,180
SEQUENTIALLY ADDRESSABLE DISPLAY APPARATUS
WITH MEANS FOR REVERSING DIRECTION OF
TRANSFER
John C. Rooks, Northfield, Minn., assignor to G. T. Schjeldahl
Company, Northfield, Minn.
Fifed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73^56
Int. CLHOSbi 7/02
U.S.CI.315— 153 5 Claims
|— 10
STAGE 2
h'2
STAGE 3
VjD I
SihU
REl'^l f
-30
;6«
•h
^86
A solid-state image intensifier comprising, essentially, an
electroluminescent layer containing 45 to 70 percent by
volume of electroluminescent phosphor mixed with a binding
material and a photoconductive layer in juxtaposition or close
association v^nth the electroluminescent layer. This solid-state
image intensifier is adapted for use as an amplifier of radiant
energy or as a converter of invisible radiation into visible
radiation and is designed to be energized by AC and DC fields.
Due to its pecific composition, the electroluminescent layer
has a nonlinear resistance which functions to keep a DC volt-
age applied across the photoconductive layer at a substantially
constant value, thereby increasing the photoconductive sen-
sitivity of the photoconductive layer. The increase in the DC
voltage as applied to the image intensifier causes the charac-
teristic curve to shift to the low input energy side, enabling ef-
ficient operation of the image intensifier in a low input energy
range.
3,710,182
CIRCUIT PRODUCING CANDLE-FUCKER LIGHT
OUTPUT FROM LAMP
Robert Theodore Van Reencn, 407 South HoUyoak Place, West
Covina, Calif.
FQed April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,045
Int. CL H05b 57/02. 4/ //4
U^.CL315— 199 5 Claims
A sequentially addressable numerical display system
wherein any of a variety of read-out display arrays such as an
array of glow tubes or an AC powered load, such as incan-
descent lamps on a billboard can be illuminated in a predeter-
mined serial fashion to produce a "traveling" effect. The
system comprises a neon glow tube type sequencer with bi-
directional capability wherein pulses applied to the sequencer
cause the glow tubes to fire in either forward or reverse
sequential order to thereby trigger electronic switching
means, permitting corresponding sequential energization of
the load.
•J "-^
-L
I i'-^.
An incandescent lamp and a controllable switch such as a
thyristor are connected in series across an alternating-current
power line. An oscillator supplies gate pulses to the switch to
energize the lamp for substantially randomly varying portions
of half cycles of the line current. The lamp produces a con-
stantly varying light output which closely simulates flickering
light of a candle.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
697
3,710,183
FLASHER FOR VEHICLES
Yoshichi Kawashima, Gihi-shi, and Hisami Mltsueda, Mle-gun,
both of Japan, assignors to Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha,
Kariya-shi, Japan
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,023
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 12, 1968,
43/65966
Int. CLH05b 57/02
U.S. CL 315-209 3 Claims
supply so that three times (or more than three times) the
supply voltage is available to start the lamp. In one embodi-
ment the capacitive ballast is divided into two equal parts,
each connected to one lamp terminal and each charged to
twice the peak voltage of the supply by an associated diode
charging circuit, so that five times the peak voluge of the
supply is available across the lamp terminals.
A flasher for vehicles wherein a transistor switching circuit
is driven by the output from a transistor adapted to conduct
upon closure of a flasher lamp change-over switch or all-lamp
(hazard-warning) flasher switch, the output from said
switching circuit energizing an exciting coil to close a nor-
mally-open contact, and flasher lamps are turned on with a
lamp current conducted thereto through said normally-open
contact, a resistor and said flasher lamp change-over switch or
all-lamp (hazard-warning) flasher switch. The value of said
lamp current is then detected by the voltage drop across said
resistor which in turn provides a bias voltage between the base
and emitter of said transistor, and a current conduction time
limiting circuit is further provided for determining the dura-
tion of current supply to said flasher lamps by a charging time
constant of two resistors and a capacitor such that the opera-
tion of said transistor switching circuit is discontinued by the
output from said conduction time limiting circuit to de-ener-
gize the exciting coil and cause the flasher lamps to go off for a
period of time which is determined by the discharging time
constant of the one of the two resistors and capacitor in said
conduction time limiting circuit. Thus, there is provided a
flasher for vehicles wherein not only a direction indicating
function, including an ability to indicate occurrence of bum-
out or breakage (circuit discontinuity) of any one of the
flasher lamps, but also a hazard-warning or fault indicating
function are realized through a single flasher circuit in which
integrated circuits may be readily utilized.
3,710,184
CIRCUrr ARRANGEMENTS FOR OPERATING
ELECTRIC DISCHARGE LAMPS
Charles Edington Williams, Stanmorc, England, assignor to
The General Electric Company Limited, London, England
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82,957
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 30, 1969,
53,305/69
Int.a.H05b37/00
U.S. CI. 315-227 10 Claims
'S
ii-*
-nrrr*-
Ic
lO
3,710,185
FLASHER CIRCUIT
Henry N. Switsen, 2319 Montrose Drive, Thousand Oaks,
Calif.
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 146,568
InL CI. HOSbi 7/00
U.S. CI. 315— 240 • 5 Claims
A starting circuit arrangement for an electric discharge
lamp has a capacitive ballast connected in series with the lamp
terminals and the AC. supply terminals. A charging circuit,
which includes one or more diodes, charges the capacitive bal-
last to twice (or more than twice) the peak voltage of the
-TSTT
^-©
To
— 12
i&~i
A circuit which can be connected in a fluorescent lamp fix-
ture in place of the starter, to create a bright, psychedelic
flashing effect. The circuit includes a silicon controlled rectifi-
er (SCR) that is turned on by a timing circuit once ui every
several cycles of the AC. source to clamp the voluge across
the fluorescent lamp to a low level so that the lamp cannot
light. The timing circuit preferably operates the SCR a mmori-
ty of the time so that the lamp is on most of the time to provide
a high average illumination level, and the timing circuit
preferably operates the SCR to turn off the lamp at rate of at
least 5 times per second so that the sensed effect is similar to
that of a bright light flashed on for a brief time rather than a
moderate intensity light that is turned off for a brief time. The
timing circuit includes a diode, resistor, and timing capacitor
connected in series across the lamp terminals, and a diac or
neon tube connected across the capacitor and to the gate of
the SCR to dttcharge the capacitor and turn on the SCR once
in every several cycles of the A.C. source.
3,710,186
SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT
Denis Sharp, East Grinstead, England, assignor to U.S. Philips
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,551
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 13, 1968,
59,525/68
Int. CL H02p 5100; B60t 8112
U.S.CL 317-5 12 Claims
SL
R32
^ iR7
"•^H^
'^^'
C5
(FIG 2)
ao
:R8 HR33 ;;R34
..-58 Jr*t
^6
eft
iR35
.^^^
) >!-
,R36
_<i
,CL
3 *<nnr \.jr- ' J
,7i»13 (FIG 2.)
:iR12
OV
A vehicle anti-lock brake control system includes a pick-up
device that produces electric signals with a frequency propor-
tional to the vehicle wheel speed. These signals are applied via
an amplifier to a Frequency-DC. converter that develops a
voluge proportional to wheel speed. A signal processing cir-
cuit is responsive to this voltage to produce an output signal
when the wheel deceleration rate exceeds a reference
deceleration. The output of the signal processing circuit is ap-
/
698
plied via a power amplifier to energize a solenoid that initiates
an ant-lock brakmg action. The signal processing circuit ^*all
subsequently deenergize the solenoid as a funcuon of a given
criterion related to the wheel movement, as determined by the
voltage applied thereto from the converter. Po^'^'^^ "'^f "^
are that the reference deceleration is no longer exceeded, that
the wheel has ceased to decelerate or has started to ac-
celerate
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, ,1973
3,710,189
TIME DELAY SIGNAL DEVICE ESPECIALLY FOR
PHASE COMPARISON PROTECTIVE RELAYING
SYSTEM
John E. Hagberg. MounUin Lakes, NJ., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, P«-
Division of Ser. No. 5 1,097, June 30, 1970, Pat. No. 3,612,952.
This appUcation July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 164,998
Int. CI. HOlh 47/75
U.S. CI. 317-27 R . • »2 Claims
3,710,187
ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICE HAVING A METAL
OXIDE V ARISTOR CORE
John D. Harnden, Jr., Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company ^oc -t^a
FlkKl Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,269
Int. CI. H02h 7104
U.S.Cl.317_15 lOC*^'
^vvv.^'v^ ^^ ^ ^ >^y.vv vvA v>.gs:3
//
Electromagnetic devices such as inductors and autotrans-
formers having improved suppression to sparkmg or high volt-
age peaks at the terminals and between coil windings are pro-
vided using certain sintered metal oxide insulators having
varistor charactenstics. The metal oxide can be employed m
conjunction with magnetic core material, as a composite core
in such electromagnetic devices.
3,710,188
HIGH TENSION NETWORK DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Toshio Oyachi, Takarazuka, Hyogo, Japan, assignor to The
Osaka Transformer Co., Ltd.. Yodogawa-ku, Osaka,
Osaka-Prefecture, Japan ,^, o^.
Filed Dec. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 204,861
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 7. 1970, 45/107597
Int. CI. H02h 7126
D.S. a. 317-26 ^^^^'
J8 / i8
-i<?
JO Xf
T-Xi 5
^
A phase comparison relaying network which permits the
delaying of the local signal which responds to the alternating
current at the local terminal of the alternating current uans-
mission line for an interval which may be greater than the ume
interval of 1 80° of the alternating current whereby to compen-
sate for time delay in the transmission from the remote ter-
minal of the alternating current transmission line to the local
terminal a signal responsive to the altemalmg current at the
remote terminal when the time of transmission is greater than
the 180" interval.
3,710,190
FAULT CURRENT PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT FOR A LO>U)
SUPPLIED FROM SINGLE OR POLYPHASE SYSTEMS
F. Dankward Althoff, MUwaukee, Wis., assignor to Brown
BoveH & Cie AG, Mannheim, Germany
Filed Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 223,92^
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 13, 1971, P 21
06 879.1
Int. CI. H02h 3128
U.S. CI. 317-18 D 10C»-»"''
-43
A high tension network distribution system which comprises
high voltage feeders connected in a net-type for carrying elec-
tric power of commercial frequency, distribution transfomers
connected to said feeders, feeder breakers at the ends of said
feeders adjacent to the associated substation therefor. Protec-
tor breakers at the ends of said feeders adjacent to their feed-
ing points, a carrier signal transmitter for applymg zero-phase-
sequence carrier signals across said feeders and ground, an in-
sulating transformer for transmitting said electric power of
commercial frequency between adjacent feeders, but not tor
transmitting said carrier signal between the adjacent feeders,
and signal receivers for receiving said zero-phase-sequence
carrier signals from the feeders, said protector breakers in-
cluding relay means for closing the corresponding breaker
when the corresponding receiver receives the carrier signal
and for opening the breaker when the receiver does not
receive the carrier signal.
The protective circuit has a summation current transformer
whose secondary winding has an auxiliary AC voltage applied
thereto and is connected in series with a release, ^u^h as the
operating coil of a circuit breaker. The auxiliary AC vol^ge
has the sLe frequency as a main's phase and - generated by a
voltage source having a low mtemal resistance. Th« ^^^^^^^^^
winding of the transformer is dimensioned so that its irn-
Tdance. with the transformer core magnetically unsaturated,
fs at least of the same order as the impedance of the release
and the iternal resistance of the auxiliary voltage source. wiUi
the transformer core magnetically saturated, is low relaUve to
these impedances. The auxiliary voltage source may be part of
a voltage divider connected between one phase and either a
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
699
neutral conductor or another main, and the voltage divider
may comprise a condenser and a resistance. The release may
be designed as a relay which is pre-polarized by an elec-
tromagnet excited by rectification from the same phase as the
auxiliary AC voltage. Various additional circuit modifications
may be made. —
3,710,191
OVERVOLTAGE ARRESTER WITH SEVERAL
ELECTRODES
Gerhard Peche, Berlin, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft
FUed Oct. 15, 197 1, Ser. No. 189,677
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 8, 1970, P 20 60
388.7
Int. CI. H02h 9104
U.S. CI. 317-62 10 Claims
In order to avoid transverse voltages between associated
conductor pairs without additional deflectors, particularly in
the case of symmetrical wiring of telecommunication lines
with overvoltage arresters, a gas discharge lightning arrester is
proposed comprising two principal elecUodes and one secon-
dary electrode, as well as a ground electrode located symmet-
rically with respect to the principal elecUodes, the ground
electrode together with the two principal electrodes forming
two principal discharge paths whose response for which is
higher than that of a secondary discharge path defined by the
principal electrodes.
3,710,192
BURNER IGNITION SYSTEM
SUnley J. Budlane, Fulton, 111., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed June 18, 1971, Ser. No. 154,429
Int.Cl. F23gi/00
U.S.CL3I7— 96 8 Claims
3,710,193
HYBRID REGULATED POWER SUPPLY HAVING
INDIVIDUAL HEAT SINKS FOR HEAT GENERATIVE
AND HEAT SENSITIVE COMPONENTS
Sol Greenberg, Roslyn; Robert D. Gold, Saint James, and
Richard J. Projain, Syosset, all of N.Y., assignors to Lambda
Electronics Corporation, Huntington, N.Y.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,063
Int. CI. H02b 7/00
U.S. CI. 317-100 24 Claims
//f c,\^5
^\^S
An electronic power supply unit wherein a power transistor
generative of undesired heat is carried by a first heat conduc-
tive plate spaced from a second heat conductive plate by a tu-
bular shell of low thermal conductivity to form an enclosure.
An integrated control circuit is carried by the second plate
and connections are made to the power transistor and control
circuit via connectors external to the enclosure.
3,710,194
CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE ELEMENT FOR
ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT CARDS
Frank X. Zammit, Birmingham, and Anthony G. Schad.
Sterling Hts., both of Mich., assignors to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,507
Int.Cl.H02b7/04
U.S.Cl. 317— lOlR 9 Claims
wwj,, , }i MA,,r/iiiiiriiiiiiir-i
-U.J*
-'«,
/4a-
Jl <
■*a 43
A burner ignition system for connection to a source of alter-
nating current electric energy. The system has a spark genera-
tor, including an ignition transformer. The primary of ignition
transformer is connected to a controlled rectifier. The trigger
circuit for the controlled rectifier includes a series arrange-
ment of a rectifier, a capacitance and a voltage breakdown
device.
An electronic circuit card having a panel positioned along
the front edge of the card to conceal an adjustable circuit ele-
ment mounted on the card directly behind the panel. A mova-
ble actuator for adjusting the element is positioned to be
manually accessible by inserting one's finger over the top edge
of the panel.
700
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710.195
PRINTED cmcurr board having a thermally
INSULATED RESISTOR
Tomohlko Sada; Noriyukl Tsuchlya; Tameo Amamlya; Yoko
Kaneda, and Kazuyuki OhU, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors
to Sony Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,960
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 14, 1970, 45/12885
lnt.Cl.H02b7/04
U.S. CI. 317-101 C 2 Claims
card and the terminal block arc constructed such that power
to the circuit components on the card can be supplied only
through these two terminals when the card is fully inserted
into the block. This arrangement prevents power from being
Litres
A printed circuit board comprising a resistor on the surface
that receives molten solder The resistor has a heat shielding
layer on it and may also have connections of low heat conduc-
tivity material to the conductive circuit on the board.
3,710,196
ClRCUrr BOARD AND METHOD OF MAKING CIRCUrr
CONNECTIONS
Thomas B. FIfiefcl, 1535 Wert DeM Road, Mflwaukee, Wis.
Filed Aprfl 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,024
Int.CLH05k//yS
U.S.CL317— lOlCC 7 Claims
applied to the components on the card until all the terminals
on the card are properly engaged with the terminals in the ter-
minal block. Similarily, when the card is removed from the
block the power circuit is the first to be disconnected.
3,710,198
CONDUCTOR SUPPORTING PARTHION FOR
ELECTRICAL CONTROL CENTER
Lawrence A. Burton, Ocooomowoc, Wis., assignor to Allen-
Bradley Company, MUwaukec, Wb,
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104^27
Int.CI.H02bV//4
U.S.CL 317-120 15Clainas
The top surface of a circuit board made of a dielectric
material is provided with a plurality of recesses filled with
mercury or a low melting point conductive alloy. The alloy is
solid at room temperature and reduced to a plastic or flow
condition at a temperature below the damaging temperature
of the board. The board is heated to maintain the low melting
point alloy in its liquid state and the component leads of the
electronic and other electrical components appropriately bent
to extend into the alloy. The board is then cooled such that the
solder solidifies to support the components and simultane-
ously establish the circuit connections.
3,710,197
POWER INTERLOCK FOR ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
CARDS
Richard G. Olds, Garden Chy, and Eogene P. Bonzack,
Livonia, both o( Mich., assignors to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,505
Int. CLH02b 7/06
U.S.CL317— 118 5 Claims
An electronic circuit card having a plurahty of aligned ter-
minals which are engageable with corresponding terminals in
a terminal block. The construction of a particular terminal on
the card is such that it is the last terminal on the card to make
contact with a terminal in the terminal block when the card is
inserted into the block. This particular terminal on the card is
electrically connected to another terminal on the card. The
An electrical conUol center is shown made up of a set of
three vertical bays that are each adapted to house a number of
individual control assemblies tiered one above the other.
There is a separate cabinet door for each assembly, and each
bay also has a vertical wiring Uough along its front that is en-
closed by a separate wiring trough door. In each bay there is
an insulating partition that extends vertically and sidewardly
in a plane spaced behind, but paralleling the front of the con-
trol center, and each partition is molded with a set of horizon-
tal channels in its rear face and a set of vertical channels in its
front face. Three power distributing buses fit snugly within the
horizontal channels of the rear faces of the partitions, and ex-
tend from bay to bay to conduct electrical power throughout
the conUol center. A set of power distribuUng feeder buses fit
within the vertical channels of each partition, and connections
are provided which secure each feeder bus with a main bus in
a manner that holds the main buses, feeder buses and insulat-
ing partition of a bay in a Ught assembly, with the partition
sandwiched between the main and feeder buses.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
701
3,710,199
INTERCHASSIS CABLE CARRIER
Edward P. Cignoni, Jr., Norwood, Mass., assignor to Raytheon
Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Sept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 178,869
Int. CLH02b 7/20
U.S.CL 317-122 8 Claims
An electrical console comprising a cabinet having a pair of
spaced parallel assemblies slidably supported therein to move
in and out of the cabinet independendy of one another, a
cable carrier disposed between the assemblies and including a
pair of hinged arms each of which has a respective end portion
pivotally attached to a respective one of the assemblies, and
an electrical cable having opposing ends each of which is at-
tached to a respective one of the assemblies and having an in-
termediate length secured to the arms of the cable carrier.
3,710^00
SWITCHING CONTROL SYSTEMS
Robert Henry Jones, 17 Marsha Drive, Agincourt, Ontario,
Canada
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,601
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 18, 1969,
30,827/69
Int. CL HOlh 47/52, E05b 49\00
U.S.CL317— 134 7 Claims
,:;CRV
LDR
foSi
LDR Ic^^„.V?n-HJtRl]
J
HP"
_lh«'
HP"
A switching control system for selectively controlling
switching of power to utilization devices in which the latter are
connected to control switch units by a cable having a smaller
number of conductors than the number of utilization devices,
each control switch unit having a number of contacts equal to
the number of conductors less one. The system also includes a
circuit selector unit connected to the cable and including a
decoding means for determining the sequence of contoct
operation in a control switch unit and for controlling power
supply to a selected utilization device, the number of the latter
being substantially greater than the number of cable conduc-
tors.
3,710,201
COULOMETER WTTH SOLID ELECTROLYTE
Hironosuke Ikeda, and Tetsuya Kondo, both of Osaka, Japan,
assignors to Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd., Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,757
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 4, 1970, 45/10172
Int. a. HO Ig 9/00
U.S.CL317— 230 4 Claims
In a solid coulometer comprising two opposite layers, of
which one is made of active metal and the other is made of in-
active metal, and a layer of solid electrolyte of high iron con-
ductivity sandwiched between them wherein the active metal
ion is migrated and deposited on the inactive metal layer on
charging and then the deposited active metal ion is removed
from the inactive metal layer and re-depodited on the active
metal layer on discharging so that an over-voltage is produced
at the completion of the re-deposition, an improvement where
the opposite metal layers are buried in the solid electrolyte
layer, the opposite surface area of each of the opposite metal
layers being smaller than the surface area of the solid elec-
trolyte layer contacting thereto.
3,710,202
HIGH FREQUENCY POWER TRANSISTOR SUPPORT
Arthur John Leidich, and Max Edward Maichow, both of
Flemington, N.J., assignor to RCA Crop.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,632
Int. CI. HOll 5/00
U.S.C1. 317— 234R 4 Claims
-30
A support for transistors operating at high frequencies in-
cludes an electrically insulating, heat conductive base member
having a conductive pad, on which a transistor may be
mounted, on a portion of one of its surfaces and a conductive
ground plane on the remainder of that surface. An apertured,
insulating plate member is bonded to the base member and
has conducting areas thereon to which the active regions of
the transistor may be coupled in a manner characterized by
low parasitic reactances.
3,710,203
HIGH POWER STORAGE DIODE
Donald F. Stahr, Johnstown, and Kirby D. Dorwachter, Mon-
rocviUe, both of Pa., assignors to FMC Corporation, San
Jose, Calif.
Filed Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,078
Int CI. HOll i/00
U.S.CI.317— 234R 8 Claims
A high power storage silicon diode of the type having a
lightly doped P-type base region or central layer of approxi-
mately 1 00 microns or more in width with a resistivity of about
90 ohm-centimeters and with one heavily doped end layer of
702
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
N-type material and with another heavily doped end layer of component. Suitable doping materials are selected from a
P-type material The boron in the P-type layer should have an group of material having divalent large ionic radii atoms.
average concentration of at least 2X10" atoms/cm.' while
the phosphorous in the N-type layer should have an average 3 710 206
NEGATIVE IMPEDANCE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
WITH MULTIPLE STABLE REGIONS
Takeshi Matsushita, Atsugi, Japan, assignor to Sony Corpora-
tion, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,270
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 6, 1969, 44/79788
Int.CI.H01l7//0S
U.S.CI.317— 235R 2 Claims
concentration of from 2 - 5 x 10«» atoms/cm. ». Atoms of
nickel can be diffused into the space charge region of the
diode in small quantities to further extend the storage lime
without degrading the other useful qualities of the device.
3,710,204
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE HAVING A SCREEN
ELECTRODE OF INTRLNSIC SEMICONDUCTOR
MATERIAL
Monika Batz, Heilbronn/Neckar, Germany, assignor to
Telefunken PatentverwertungsgeseUschaft m.b.H.,
Ulm/Donau, Germany
Continuation of Ser. No. 730,097, May 17, 1968, abandoned.
This application April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,877
InLCLHOU 7 7/00, 75/00
U.S.CL 317-235 R 9 Claims
A semiconductor device having a semiconductor body, an
insulating layer arranged on the semiconductor body and a
screen electrode covenng a portion of the surface of the insu-
lating layer, and a method of making the semiconductor
device. According to the invention the screen electrode is
made of semiconductor material. The method includes the
steps of applying the insulating layer to the surface of the
semiconductor body, applying the semiconductor layer to the
surface of the insulating layer to form a screen electrode and
etching a diffusion window through the semiconductor layer
and the insulating layer to expose the surface of the semicon-
ductor body.
SUBSTRATE
"\
SCMICONDUCTOR
18
14
DOPED SILICON
OXIDE
20
16
Ifl
An electrical circuit utilizing a semiconductor device to
provide a novel negative impedance characteristic. The
semiconductor device has. for example, four independent high
impurity concentration regions formed on *a semiconductor
substrate, two of which regions inject carriers of opposite
polarities into said substrate and another two of which regions
are applied voltages so that junctions formed between said
substrate and themselves are reversely biased to establish the
desired negative impedance characteristics.
3,710,207
POSITIONAL DEPENDENCY MONOLITHIC IMPEDANCE
Majid Ghafghaichi, Poughkeepsie, N.Y.. and Daniel Tuman.
Beacon, N.Y., assignors to International Business .Machines
Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,418
Int. CI. HO II 7 9/00
U.S.CI.317— 235 R 3 Claims
3,710,205
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS HAVING IMPROVED
IONIC STABILITY
John G. Swanson, Monroeville, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed April 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,643
Int. CI. HOll 7 7/74. 7/70
U.S.CI.317— 234 R 6CUlms
This disclosure is concerned with electronic components
having improved ionic stability. The improved stability is
achieved by the doping of silicon oxide films and layers in the
Diffused impedance regions are precisely tuned by tailoring
electrically interconnected circuitous epitaxial channels.
3,710,208
SEMICONDUCTOR OSCILLATING ELEMENT AND
CONTROL CIRCUIT THEREFOR
Masaya Yabe; Teizo Takahama; Masaru Kono, and Katsumi
Hirono, all of Kawasaki, Japan, assignors to Fuji Denki Seizo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kanagawa-ken, Japan
Filed April 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 13 1 ,694
Claims priority, application Japan, April 7, 1970, 45/29518;
AprU 7, 1970, 45/29519; April 7, 1970, 45/29520; April 7,
1970,45/29521
Int. CI. HOll 5/00. 7 7/70
U.S. CI. 317-235 12 Claims
A novel semiconductor oscillating element comprising; a
semiconductor wafer provided with a region of a first conduc-
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
703
tivity type, a region of a second conductivity type opposite to between the dome spring and the metallic target increases to
said first conductivity type, and a pn junction formed between cause a rapid decrease in a voltage connected between the
said two regions; a minority carrier injection means provided dome spring and the target. This voltage decrease is in the
on the region of said first conductivity type at a specific form of a signal pulse and is suiuble for use in electronic
distance from the region of said second conductivity type; and keyboard subsystems,
electrodes provided on the region of said first conductivity
3,710,210
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT HAVING AN ATTACHED
LEAD ASSEMBLY
John B. Heron, Wichita Falls, Tex., assignor to Sprague Elec-
tric Company, North Adams, Mass.
Filed April 13, 1972, Ser. No. 243,677
Int.CI.H01g7/74
U.S. CI. 317— 258 7 Claims
4 —
type at specific distances respectively from said carrier injec-
tion means and from said region of said second conductivity
type; said element being adapted for a device generating an
oscillating voltage on an oscillating current, or a device con-
verting a physical quantity into oscillating frequency.
Various modifications of the semiconductor oscillating ele-
ment mentioned above are disclosed also.
3,710,209
VARIABLE CAPACITOR
James R. Webb, and Richard C. Webb, both of Boulder, Colo.,
assignors to Colorado Instruments, Inc., Bkramfield, Colo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 13,091, Feb. 20, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,653,038. This application Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No.
171,640
Int.CI. HOI g 5/76
U.S.CI.317— 249 R 15 Claims
An electrostatic impulse key suitable for use in electronic
keyboards or as a separate item is described. An individual
key comprises a single or plural metallic target area which
may be formed on one surface of a printed circuit board. A
dome spring is mounted above tht metallic target and a foam
cylinder is mounted between the dome spring and an actuator
element. The actuator element is operated by a key mechani-
cally connected thereto. In addition, a coil spring located
about the foam cylinder between the printed circuit board and
the actuator is provided for loading the actuator and key to a
predetermined level prior to actuation (depression) of the
key. When the key is depressed, the actuator presses the foam
cylinder against the upper surface of the dome spring to cause
the dome spring to change position. This position change
changes the separation distance between the dome spring and
the metallic target in a rapid or "snap action" manner.
Because the separation distance is changed, the capacitance
A ceramic chip capacitor is dipped in conductive termina-
tion paint so that there is a complete band of the conductive
material all the way around the end of the chip and on the end
surface. Leads having a nailhead type end that has larger
overall dimensions than the end of the chip are soldered to the
conductive end termination of the chip. A solder fillet forms
all the way around the chip to the nailhead lead and extends
over the edge of the chip producing a mechanical saddle all
around the chip that provides an advantageously strong bond
therewith.
3,710,211
FRONT CONTACTED ELECTRICAL COMPONENT
Reinhard Behn, Balanstr. 95, Munich; Heinrich Gottlob, An-
nahofstr. 25, Regensburg; Gerhard Hoyler, Balanstr. 362.
Munich, and Hartmut Kessler, Dechbettener Str. 19, Regen-
sburg, all of Germany
Continuation of Ser. No. 841,860, July 15, 1969, abandoned.
This application March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,206
Claims priority, application Germany, July 24, 1968, P 17
64 717.5
Int.CI.H01g7/74
U.S. CI. 317-261 '1 Claim
-Bf tOObmm —
-BwtOOSmni|&l)l
A[) t0.25mmlil)
— RtOZSmmlAI)
Dil01rt*ii(Al2l
A pile or layer condensor is provided with external connect-
ing wires on its two frontal sides by pressing the connecting
wires into an outer metallic layer which has a lower melting
point than an inner metallic layer which contacts the plates of
the condensor. The connecting wires are thereby embraced by
the outer layer and adhere to the inner layer.
704
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3.710^12
DlSCO^fNECTOR FOR SURGE ARRESTERS
James R. Marek, South Mibraukee. and SUnky S. Kershaw,
Jr., Greendale, both of Wis., assigDors to McGraw-Edfaon
Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,214
Int. a. H02h 9106
U.S. a. 317-66 14 Claims
3,710,214 -
PLURAL MOTOR TIMING SEQUENCE SYSTEM
Wallace G. Anderson, 981 Route 23, Wayne, N J.
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,217
lnt.Cl.H02p//5S
U.S. CI. 318-102 11 Claims
■22B
■22C
25
26
IS.
A disconnector is attached to and electrically in series with
a surge arrester. The disconnector has a breakable shell that is
broken by explosion of a cartridge within the shell when ex-
cessive current flows across an arcing gap. The disconnector
has a top elecuode and a bottom elecuode with the top elec-
trode connected to the surge arrester and the bottom elec-
trode connectable to a connector wire. An annular electrically
conductive elastomer gasket is compressed between the upper
and lower electrode to provide a high resistance current path
around the arcing gap and also to seal the cartridge from the
outside atmosphere.
3,710,213
PULSE RATE CONTROL MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
SYSTEM WITH FEEDBACK
James E. Hansen, Oak Creek, Wis., assignor to Cutter-
Hammer, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,399
Int.Cl.H02p5//6
U.S.CL 318-331 10 Claims
A system for starting a plurality of motors sequentially,
which operates in such a manner that each motor will not start
until the previously started motor has come to full speed and
acquires nonnal current flow. The timing sequence system
hereof is connected in the control circuit of the motors as-
sociated with the system and is thereby not subject to the high
voltage and current requirements which charactenze the
motor power circuit.
3,710,215
PROGRAMMED COMMUTING POWER SOURCE FOR
INVERTER MOTOR SYSTEM
Richard W. Johnston, Troy, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,336
Int. Ci. H02p . H02m 7152
U.S. CI. 318-227 6 Claims
SOUHCf Of
WRIABIC
U
k)
^M r» ^7 n"
.A
[ELtCTOOMtCMAMIAt
SEPVO
MOTCO
'ZZ
\ TACMOMf TtR
A conuol system of the feedback type especially adapted
for conUoUing the speed of a DC. motor such as a permanent
magnet field motor or a shunt wound motor. A solid state
pulse generator provides constant width DC pulses for con-
troUing the "on" time of the motor. A feedback signal from
the motor is apphed to the solid state pulse generator to con-
trol the "ofT" time of the motor to afford pulse rate control for
speed regulation.
Tk
An inverter for supplying alternating current to an electrical
load such as an AC induction motor, from a direct current
source The inverter of this system includes a plurality of
power controlled rectifiers which are gated conductive by a
trigger logic network to provide alternating current to the
electrical load CommuUtion circuits comprised of communi-
ty power sources, commuting capacitors, and commuting con-
trolled recufiers provide a means for tuming-off or commutat-
ing the power controlled rectifiers. A conUol means is pro-
vided which regulates the output voltage of the commuting
power sources inversely with the voltage level of the mam
direct current source. Additionally, when the mverter is used
to power an AC induction motor, the output voltage of the
commuting power sources is further regulated as a function of
the speed of rotation of the rotor of the motor under control.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
705
3,710,216 gized prior to the expiration of a second timing interval or is
SCR MOTOR SPEED CONTROL WITH PLUG SENSING discharged through a second indicating light in the event the
CIRCUIT
Aubrey H. Smith, Kenosha, Wis., assignor to Eaton Corporation
Filed April 6, 1971, Ser. No. 131,624
lnt.Cl.H02pi/70.5/76
U.S. CL 318— 373 14 Claims
Drae
UmtmftjnBf
«J;
L _
li
E
sumr
/>cca.ourat sm
A control system for controlling energy directed from a
power source to a DC variable speed motor includes a main
SCR, series connected with the motor, an oscillator, a saw-
tooth generator, a reference operational amplifier, and a firing
pulse generator. The output of the sawtooth generator is
summed with the output of the reference operational amplifier
and directed to the firing pulse generator. When the summed
output of the reference operational amplifier and the sawtooth
generator exceeds the threshold voltage of the firing pulse
generator, the firing pulse generator will fire to effect conduc-
tion of the main SCR to direct energy to the motor. A commu-
tating circuit is provided for turning the main SCR off during
each cycle of the oscillator. The commutating circuit includes
a secondary SCR and a LC resonant circuit both of which are
parallel connected to the main SCR. The LC resonant circuit
acts to reverse bias the main SCR upon conduction of the
secondary SCR. A regulated power supply is also provided to
energize the various components of the control system. The
regulated power supply includes a negative power supply
which comprises an astable multivibrator and a diode-capaci-
tor matrix for directly converting a positive voltage to a regu-
lated negative voltage.
3,710,217
MIXING TIMER
Norman L. Peterson, Wauwatosa, and William H. Buelow,
Brookfield, all of Wis., assignors to Rex Chainbelt Inc.,
Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed May 27, 1971, Ser. No. 147352
Int.CI.H02p7/04
U.S. a. 318—470 4 Claims
A control for a transit-mix truck is arranged to indicate for
each revolution of the mixer drum, whether the drum speed is
below a predetermined minimum or above a predetermined
maximum speed, to count those revolutions occuring at
speeds between the predetermined speeds, and to initiate a
change from mixing to a slower agitating speed when a
predetermined number of counted revolutions are recorded.
In a preferred structure a pair of slow drop out timing relays
and a control relay are briefly energized at least once each
revolution of the mixer drum. Contacts on the relays are ar-
ranged such that a first capacitor is charged immediately fol-
lowing the brief energization of the relays and is discharged
through an indicating light if the next relay energization oc-
curs before the expiration of a first timing interval. The relay
contacts are also arranged such that a second capacitor is
charged at the expiration of the first timing interval and is
discharged through a counter in the event the relays are ener-
I , fAST TIMCT — 1
'l 1 <LI» TIIM ^ H
— f|-JH*OJUiT*»L£ COUNTCII }■
■ ^^2H
" I |i I tic
second timing interval expires before the next relay energiza-
tion.
3,710,218
INDUCTION MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
Carlos B. Roundy, SUnford; John B. Riddle. Los Ahos Hills,
and Ralph M. Heintz, Los Gatos, all of Calif., assignors to
Micro-Magnetic Industries, Inc.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,140
Int. CI. H02p 5134; H03b 19100
U.S. CI. 318— 231 19 Claims
lo.nd)
^^^:^€zr.
irov 8^ — , >> IV^ -^
»c ' zr^ a, ' *^i
D, '
mn-
suimtK
cur
BUFFER
The speed of an AC induction motor is controlled by regu-
lating the frequency of the voltage applied to the stator. An
improved frequency conversion circuit reduces the power line
frequency to a lower desired frequency. The aforesaid induc-
tion speed control is suitable for use in any process or plant
requiring the control of an AC induction motor, and is par-
ticularly useful in a pre-pay gasoline dispensing pump control
system where a reduction in the pumping rate is required.
3,710,219
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR DC MOTORS
Tadashi Takahashi, and Kazuo Onishi, both of Hhachi, Japan,
assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed April 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,979
Claims priority, appUcatioa Japan, April II, 1969,
44/27658
InLCLH02pJ//6
U.S. a. 318—331 5 Claims
A speed control system for a DC motor comprising a bridge
circuit including a first resistor connected in series with an ar-
mature, a second and a third resistor connected in series with
each other and in parallel v^ith the first series resistor circuit,
whereby the amount of bias voltage provided between the de-
tection terminals of the bridge circuit is applied to the base-
emitter of a transistor in differential relationship with a
reference voltage to thereby control the feed voltage of the
bridge circuit in accordance with the collector current of the
706
transistor, characterized by the provision of a resistor con-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
film or tape between two reels. A mechanical feedback posi-
tions the movable contacts in relationship to hnear displace-
ment of the film or tape in accordance with the set position of
the sliding contact. An analog computer mechanism compos-
ing a pair of spiral pulleys linearizes the feedback relative to
film or tape displacement.
nected in series with the base of the transistor, and a resistor
connected in parallel with the base-emitter of the transistor.
3,710^22
NUMERICAL CONTROL SERVO DRIVE SIGNAL
GENERATING SYSTEM
Ernst Dummermuth, East Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to AUen-
Bradley Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
FUed Jan. 1 5, 197 1 , Ser. No. 106,684
lnt.CI.G05b;9/2S
U.S. CI. 318-604 6 Claims
3,710,220
MOTOR SPEED REGULATION
A. Richard Koch, Beloit, Wis., assignor to Barber-Colman
Company, Rockford, 111.
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,924
Int.CLH02p5/i6
U.S. CI. 318-328 9 Claims
.rAR:l '-k
A ? '}
J!:^
T
> t
A variable direct voltage obtained from a motor-dnven
tachometer generator is connected in series with a voltage di-
vider across a fixed direct reference voltage to provide a feed-
back voltage as a function of a preselected posiUon on the
voltage divider to regulate the speed of the motor driving the
generator.
3,710,221
APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING FILM OR TAPE WOUND
ON REELS
Lyie GUbert Priest, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Information
In a numerical control system the followmg error or
distance to the end point is expressed as a binary number. This
binary number is inspected and if above a certain value an off-
set number is added in order to obtain a desired transfer
characteristic from digital to analog converter to which the
digital number is to be applied. This new binary number is
converted into an analog voltage which is used to dnve the
servo motor of a numerical control, point to point or contour-
ing system. Depending upon the magnitude of the bmary
number to be converted, the digital to analog converter is
switched between different resolutions to generate a smooth
dynamic response and to provide high gain for small binary
numbers.
Design, Inc
FUed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,660
Int,CLG05b //06
U.S. CL 318-467
7 Claims
3,710,223
POSITION CONTROL SYSTEM RESOLVER
George B. Cottrell, Cerritos, CaUf., assignor to North Amencan
Rockwell Corporation ^ j _,
Continuatioo of Ser. No. 14,405. Feb. 26, 1970, abandoned.
This application Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,744
Int. a.G05b 7/06
U5.CL 318-661 ''Claims
7^ —
45 **
A switching mechanism including a sliding contact and
pair of movable contacts which control a motor used to drive
A position conuol system is provided to position a rotatable
shaft coupled to a servomotor controlled sequentially by in-
tfduTones of a phase ordered group of ^-j.^^'^^f ^^ ^
supplied by a resolver also coupled to said shaft. Logic cir
ci^try provides steering signals for sequential gating of said
Jeedba^k signals at a rate corresponding to the desired angular
velocity of the shaft. The invention herem described was made
a in the course of or under a contract or subcontract
a thereunder, with the Air Force.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
707
3,710,224 3,710,226
DISPLAY STAND FOR RECHARGEABLE BATTERY GENERATOR WITH MULTIPLE VOLTAGE
OPERATED APPLIANCE REGULATORS
John F. Daniels, Bridgeport, Conn., assignor to Sperry Rand Helmut K. Seike, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Eltra Corporation,
Corporation, New York, N.Y. Toledo, Ohio
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,072 Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,027
Int. CI. HOlm 45/04 Int. CI. H02j 7/74
U.S. CI. 320-2 6 Claims U.S. CI. 320-15 3 Claims
A stand for supporting a rechargeable battery operated ap-
pliance in a stationary position when the batteries are being
recharged which includes a casing upon which the appliance is
mounted and a power cord connected to a source of external
replenishing power for recharging the batteries. Means are
provided on the casing and the power cord for detachably
securing a plug portion of the cord to the casing and means are
provided on the plug portion of the cord for supporting the ap-
pliance in a stationary position on the stand when the cord is
attached to the casing.
3,710,225
BATTERY OPERATING SYSTEM TIMED BY
COULOMETERS
Robert W. Herzig, North Adams, Mass., assignor to Sprague
Electric Company, North Adams, Mass.
Filed March 20, 1972, Ser. No. 235,998
Int. CI. H02j 7100
U.S. CI. 320—9 7 Claims
A battery circuit having a drain coulometer and a charge
coulometer connected in series so as to alternately plate and
deplate and being alternately connectible in parallel with one
of a pair of current sensing resistors in series with the battery,
each of which accurately reflects the current condition of the
battery circuit over a period of time. The drain coulometer in-
tegrates a proportional charge current.
Thus during the drain mode of the battery, when a predeter-
mined amount will be removed from the drain coulometer and
deposited in the charge coulometer. At a critical depletion of
coulombs the drain monitor undergoes an impedance trans-
formation which triggers a gate mechanism to actuate
switching of the battery to the charge mode.
In the charge mode the charge coulometer undergoes the
critical coulomb depletion leading to an impedance transfor-
mation which in turn triggers a further gate mechanism for ac-
tuating switching of the battery back to the drain mode.
?« vott euss +
-T
'^^^
A solid-state series regulator is disclosed which controls the
output of one phase of a multiple output three-phase alterna-
tor, whose remaining two phases have their output controlled
by a solid-state regulator which varies the current to a rotating
field exciting the alternator. The alternator is preferably used
to charge two standard batteries, the main battery being
charged by the two cooperating phases of the alternator whose
output is controlled by the regulator for the field, while the
auxiliary battery is charged by the third separate phase regu-
lated by the solid-state series regulator. The two batteries are
connected in series and connected to loads requiring different
voltages.
3,710,227
BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEMS FOR ROAD VEHICLES
William Frank Hill, Stafford, England, assignor to Joseph
Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,578
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 13, 1970,
28,745/70
Int. CI. H02p 7/06, 9130
U.S. CI. 320—59 3 Claims
A battery charging system for a road vehicle has a three
phase permanent magnet alternator for charging the battery
through a full wave rectifier. Thyristors are associated with the
full wave rectifier for controlling the supply of power from the
alternator to the battery, conduction of the thyristors being
determined by a voltage regulator coupled to the battery. The
rectifier consists of four thyristors and two diodes, the two
diodes being associated with one phase of the alternator and
the four thyristors being associated with the other two phases
of the alternator. If a voltage surge occurs as a result of the
708
battery being disconnected, then means operate to ensure that
gate current is removed from the thyristors to ensure that the
thyristors turn off.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710^28
BATTERY CHARGING ARRANGEMENT
Toshimitsu Hieashino, Banchi. Japan, assignor to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha. \ichi ken Japan
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 125,947
Claims priority, application Japan, March 20, 1970,
45/23835
Iiit.Cl.H02j7//4
U^. CI. 320-61 4 Claims
signal. An individual commutation circuit is utUized for each
power SCR or leg of an inverter system. Inexpensive, with
relatively few electrical components for each such circuit.
Simple in its operation, has substantially no internal or
trapped energy losses. Commutation cut-off periods or hold-
off times of the order of 1 5 microseconds are readily attained^
A single commutating condenser is used for a pair or opposed
A three-phase generator charges a battery under high and
low load conditions through a bridge rectifier. The wmdmgs of
the A C generator are connected m a Y connection when the
system under high load and in scries when the system is under
low load. ,
3,710,229
INTEGRATOR CONTROLLED INVERTER
Ralph D. Jessee. Lima, Ohio, assignor to Westingbouse Electric
Corporatioa, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 11, 1971, Ser. No. 152,115
Int.Cl.H02m//72
U.S.CL321-9A 5 Claims
power SCRf An inductor is arranged in series with both the
power and the commutating SCR of each inverter leg. to the
DC bus affording substantially lower JV/d/ and <fl/dt unpact
thereon, 'in essence, a rapid yet "soft" commutaUon funcUon
is provided herein, whereby commercially avaUable SCR can
be used for most power systems, over longer life periods The
circuit is adaptable for commutating SCR* in wide range of
applications.
3,710,231
D C STATIC SWrrCH INCLUDING MEANS TO
SUPPRESS TRANSIENT SPIKES BETWEEN A DRIVE
SOURCE AND THE SWITCH ELEMENT
Donal E. Baker, Lima, Ohio, assignor to Westingbouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,310
InLCl.G05f //55
U.S.0. 323-9 6 Claims
An inverter circuit comprising a first and second pair of
conduction controlled switching elements for generating a
pulsed wave output approximating a desired AC output
waveform in response to drive signals, in which an AC
reference waveform is utilized to control the switching of one
of the switching elements in each of the pairs of switching ele-
ments, while the second switching element in each of the said
pairs is controlled as a function of deviation from high and low
reference limits of a signal corresponding to the integral of the
difference between the output voltage of the inverter circuit
and the AC reference waveform.
ON/OFF
CONTROL WPOT
3,710,230
COMMUTATION CIRCUIT FOR POWER INVERTERS
Dan L. VeNard, II. Bonners Ferrv, Idaho, assignor to Gates
Learjet Corporation, Wichita, Kansas
Continuation of Ser. No. 868,191, Oct. 21, 1969, abandoned.
This application Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,754
Int. CI. H02m 7148
U.S. CI. 321-45 C 3 Claims
Circuit provides positive cut-off of a silicon controlled recti-
fier from its firing state, in rapid response to a logic pulse or
A low voltage drop. DC. static switch with improved con-
trollability for current limiting is provided wherem the
transient spikes from a drive source such as a free running,
core-timed osciUator are suppressed by one or more staUc am-
plifier stages before the drive signal is supplied to the power
switch element. A current limit controller can be isolated from
the transient spike source. Such switches have good charac-
teristics for remote power controllers.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
709
3,710,232
LOGIC-CONTROLLED TH YRISTOR SYSTEM FOR
PERFORMING TAP-CHANGING OPERATIONS
Manfred Matzl, Dr-Weiss-Strassc 23, 693 Eberbach/Neckar,
Germany
Filed Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 219,706
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 29, 1971, P 21
04 075.5
lot CI. GOSf
U,S. CI. 323—43.5 S 5 Claims
^^^.
3,710,234
VOLTAGE CHANGING RATE DETECTING CIRCUIT
Yoshiaki Nakano, Gifu-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan
FUed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,344
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 23, 1970, 45/15459
Int. CLGOlr 79/72
U.S. CI. 323- 100 5 Claims
13 21
A system for performing tap-changing operations on tapped
regulating transformers by thyristor networks and relatively
movable contact means. The trigger pulse generators for the
thyristors of the networks are controlled by sensors whose out-
put is fed into a logic circuitry. The sensors include a pair of
sensors responsive to the position of current-carrying con-
tacts, a pair of sensors responsive to the position of disconnect
contacts and a pair of sensors responsive to the voltage across
a thyristor network.
A voltage changing rate detecting circuit includes an in-
tegrator and a comparator, in which an input signal voltage is
applied to one of the input terminals of the comparator while
an output voltage of the integrator is applied to the other input
terminal thereof, and the output voltage of the comparator is
negatively fed back to said integrator, to thereby detect the
voltage changing rate of the input signal voltage.
3,710,235
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TESTING BATCH
FABRICATED MAGNETIC HEADS DURING
MANUFACTURE UTILIZING A MAGNETIC nELD
GENERATED BY A CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTOR
Stephen M. Barrager, Palo AHo, Calif., and Sidney H. Smitii,
Broomfield, Cok>., assigDors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
FUed June 4, 1971, Ser. No. 149,975
Inta.G01rJ5/00
U.S. a. 324—34 R 10 Claims
3,710,233
POLYPHASE SATURABLE POWER MODULATOR
Henry S. Borkovitz, Skokie, III., assignor to Sola Basic Indus-
tries, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Dec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208^47
Int. CI. G05f 7/74; HOlf 35/00
U.S. CI. 323-45 4 Claims
FROM ANOTHER CORE/ST/WTT
TO — -y f f
OUTPUT ' ' '
(^OWPT PHASE
^0
A three-phase delta zig-zag connected system having high
leakage reactance cores with magnetic air gap shunts and with
aiding and bucking secondary windings, the bucking windings
being controlled by d.c. saturation. The aiding and bucking
windings are divided between different phase cores.
Magnetic head elements are batch fabricated on areas of a
substrate. During manufacture, and before final separation
and processing of the areas into discrete multi-track magnetic
heads, defective areas are identified for removal. An electric
signal source subjects the head areas to a magnetic field which
is detected as electric current in each head area. The detected
current value in acceptable head areas falls within a
predefined range. All head areas having a current outside the
range are defmed as defective. The magnetic field emanates
from a conductive strip placed in the vicinity of the head areas
being tested.
3,710,236
MAGNETIC LEAKAGE FIELD FLAW DETECTOR
UTILIZING PARTIALLY OVERLAPPING HALL PROBES
Homer P. Habey, and John F. Halase, HI, both of c/o Young-
stown Sheet and Tube Company, P.O. Box 900, Young-
stown, Ohio
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,546
InLCI.GOlgiJ/72
U.S. CI. 324-37 6 Claims
Method and apparatus for detecting flaws in non-destruc-
tive testing of material having a longitudinal extent, e.g., in
710
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
welds of butt-welded pipe, through the use of a flux energizcr criminator means to distinguish between the power line
having magnetic poles adapted to impart flux to said material
in a path transverse to said extent, and a pair of flux sensors. ,
The flux sensors comprise a pair of overlaying Hall generator ^^
10
DOUBLE SIDE BAND
CURRENT GENERATOR'
-18
14
17
15
SIDE BAND
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
Z
■77777 '7777' TTTT 777777'
frequency and the two side band frequencies and for indicat-
ing departure of current from predetermined limits.
devices arranged so that a line extending between the voltage
lead connection points of one device is parallel to a cor-
responding line of the other device and to a line transverse to
the ambient flux path.
3,710^37
PROBE FOR A CONDDCTTVITY TESTING DEVICE
WiUiam R. Watson, Oak Lawn, and James J. Moran, Mat-
teson, both of Dl., assignors to Nako Chemical Company,
Chicago, lU.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,323
Int. CI. GOln 27/42
U.S, CI. 324-30 R 2 Claims
3,710,239
HIGHLY SENSITIVE FAULT LOCALIZATION
APPARATUS CAPABLE OF LOCATING MULTIPLE
FAULTS ALONG A SECTION OF AN ELECTRIC POWER
TRANSMISSION LINE
Takeshi Nakamura, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignor to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Company, Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Aprfl 2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,710
Claims priority, application Japan, April 8, 1970, 45/29558
Int.a.G01rJ7/0S
U.S.CL 324-52 8 Claims
26 27
A probe having at least one conductivity cell defined by a
pair of electrodes formed as printed circuitry on a substrate of
insulting material such as a printed circuit board. The probe is
adapted to be immersed in the solution to be measured, and
may or may not include a thermistor on the substrate to com-
pensate for variation in solution temperature. The exposed
area of the electrodes and the distance therebetween can be
accurately and precisely controlled to provide consistent cell
constants in probe manufacture.
3,710,238
SENSITIVE SOUND FAULT METER AND DETECTOR
UTILIZING A DOUBLE SIDE BAND FREQUENCY
CURRENTGENERATOR
Wesley G. Peterson, Mount Prospect, 111., assignor to Sola Basic
Industries, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed April 27, 1971, Ser. No. 137^14
Int. CI. GOlr i//02
U.S. CI. 324-51 6 Claims
An electrical leakage detector indicating hazard level, for
use in hospitals or the like, using a constant current generator
having at least two side band frequencies on either side of the
Hne frequency with a high impedance return to the ground
from the constant current generator, together with a dis-
■-^^g^[
^^feS
A surge receiving type fault localizer includes a plurality of
counter devices respectively disposed in different stages at
one end of a section of an electric power transmission hne to
be inspected. The starting operation of the counter devices is
controlled according to a predetermined sequence every time
a surge is received by a counter control device disposed in the
corresponding stages. A signal wave receiving device having
outputs connected to the corresponding counter devices is
provided for stopping a counting operation every time a signal
is received from the other end of the section. Thus, the
counter devices operate cyclically in turn every time a surge is
received and the most recent content of the counter devices is
read out by the operation of a relay device which is provided
for protecting the section from an internal fault.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
711
3,710,240
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR THE DETECTION OF
FAULTS OR POINTS ON INHOMOGENEOUS ELECTRIC
LINES OR CABLES ACCORDING TO THE IMPULSE
REFLECTION METHOD UTILIZING AN ADJUSTABLE
BALANCING NETWORK
Karl Kuehnemann, Munich, and Josef Turban, Ebenhausen,
both of Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft,
Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,373
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 3, 1970, P 20 04
848.0
Int. CLG01rJ//0S. 77/02
U.S.CL324— 52 13 Claims
high voltage potential is established between a ring which sur-
rounds the tube as it emerges from the extrusion die and the
extrusion core. Any conduction between the ring and the core
unbalances a bridge network which then activates a relay to
indicate the presence of a fault or discontinuity. A die or paint
sprayer or a warning device may also be controlled by the
relay to mark the location of the fault or defect.
A circuit arrangement for the detection of faulty or in-
homogeneous points on electrical lines or cables, according to
the impulse-reflection method, in which test impulses are ap-
plied to the line input over a bridge circuit and the reflecting
impulse components are evaluated as to their magnitude
and/or transit time; in an evaluation device which is arranged
at the output side of the bridge circuit, the bridge circuit being
adapted to be balanced by means of an adjustable balancing
network in which there is disposed a variable ohmic resistance
which is constructed in the form of an electrically-controlled
resistance to which is connected a control circuit for effecting
the adjustment thereof and adapted to have the resistance
thereof varied by a control circuit employing a direct current
or a low frequency alternating current bridge which contains a
manually controllable element for effecting the desired re-
sistance change. An electrically controlled capacitance may
also be provided for the balancing of reactive components.
3,710,241
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING FAULTS IN EXTRUDED
INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC MATERIAL
WiUiam R. Dineen, Tallmadge, Ohio, assignor to Dineen Enter-
prises, Inc., Tallmadge, Ohio
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,412
Int.Cl.G01rJ;/72
U.S.CL 324— 54 6 Claims
Foull \ ^'O"
morur U — , — tf« factor
""'Z*' ■ 44 circuit
VP^//////M
3,710,242
SERVICE BUSHING TEST
Edmund H. Povey, Medford, Mass., assignor to Doble En-
gineering Company, Belmont, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 26,541, April 8, 1970,
abandoned. This application Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,780
Int. CI. GOlr 37/72, 27/26
U.S. CI. 324— 54 19 Claims
32-'— ,30
22^ 38
Apparatus for measuring a defect characteristic of a bush-
ing which has a high voltage electrode passing through a
grounded flange, insulating material around the electrode and
a capacitance tap, while the bushing is in service connected to
a high voltage source, includes an impedor connected per-
manently between the capacitance tap of the bushing and
ground. The impedance of this impedor is so low relative to
the impedance of the insulating material of the bushing
between the capacitance tap and ground that the voltage
between the capacitance tap and ground does not exceed one
hundred volts. A pluggable connection permits an external
circuit to be coupled to the impedor for providing an indica-
tion of a defect characteristic of the bushing.
3,710,243
MICROWAVE GAGE FOR MONITORING THICKNESS OF
A CONDUCTIVE WORKPIECE, FLAWS THEREIN OR
DISPLACEMENT RELATIVE THERETO
Peter P. Keenan, Van Nuys, Calif., assignor to Lockheed Air-
craft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,768
Int. CLGOlr 27/04
U.S.CL 324-58.5 B 7 Claims
, — Wl-^ ^
Disclosed is a method of detecting faults or discontinuities
in the insulating or dielectric properties of an extruded tube. A
A microwave induction gage for inspecting a conductive
workpiece such as conductive sheet material wherein
microwave energy is fed to a gaging head having a conductive
plate member coupling microwave energy onto the surface of
712
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
JANUARY 9, 1973
the workpiece to be inspected. A waveguide window formed
by the spacing between the conductive sheet material and a fin
secured to said plate member and arranged transverse to the
direction of energy propagation in the head area passes
microwave energy, the amplitude of which varies as an ex-
ponential function of the spacing, whereby detection and mea-
surement of the amplitude of the energy passing the window
provides an indication of the magnitude of the spacing. The
plate member is grooved to guide energy through the coupler
head area. Also, a fin may be fitted longitudinally in the
groove to aid mode stability.
By employing two of the conductive plate members, one on
either side of the workpiece so as to form a pair of spaced
energy paths, the amplitude of the energy passing the windows
may be detected and multiplied to provide an indication of the
thickness of the workpiece with inherent compensation for
lateral displacement.
the meter and a second path spaced from the armature. An ad-
justable power-factor control is responsive to flux in the
3,710,244
CAPACITANCE PROBE FOR DETECTING MOISTURE
WITH VERY LONG CABLES
George P. Rauchwerger, 147 Cromart Court, Sunnyvale, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 777,219, Nov. 20, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,626,286. This application Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No.
105,254
Int. CI. GOlr 27/26
U.S.C1.324— 61R 7 Claims
rn ^'
F^
03 _«* I
B I CJ I ic*-'
>ll ^
m
» * Lit'" ■ •"? Ly^ *
«e f I ;
t
second path. A fixed power-factor control is responsive to flux
in the first path and restrains the adjusuble control against im-
proper movement.
3,710,246
AUTOMOBILE TIMER
Carl E. Herring, 1021 Sixth Street, SanU Monica, CaW.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,282
InLa.GOlpi/42
U.S.C1.324— 162 6 Claims
A probe consists of two spaced elements, each consisting of
a piece of foil, sheet, rod or tube, each insulated from the
other and from the material whose moisture is to be measured.
The elements are connected by two coaxial or one tri-axial
cable to a remote piece of elecuonic equipment including an
ultrasonic oscillator which transmits signals to the probes,
which thus function as a variable capacitor, the variation
being dependent on the moisture content of the said material
in which the probes are imbedded. The equipment has a
preamplifier (integrated circuit charge amplifier) having high
frequency response and very low voltage differential between
the two inputs. An integrated circuit peak detector provides a
positive DC. voltage proportional to the input peak voltage
from the preamplifier. Such DC. voltage may be measured by
a microammeter to indicate moisture, or the output may be
used to control a valve (for irrigation, e.g.) Several probes and
valves may be used in an irrigation system, or the like.
3,710,245
INDUCTION METER HAVING POWER-FACTOR-
ADJUSTER
Joe D. Clay, Lenoir, and Joseph M. Keever, Raleigh, both of
N.C., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,638
Int. CI. GOlr 7 7/22
U.S. CI. 324-138 5 Claims
The voltage winding of an induction meter directs voltage
magnetic fluxes through a first path including the armature of
n sM§6 o/AC4fy aouNTte
pecooMO nenvaoc
Magnet markers are secured to a vehicle front wheel, and
immediately adjacent thereto, secured to the body of the vehi-
cle, there is located a coil sensor. Signals induced in the
sensing coil are shaped and fed into an n-stage binary counter.
The decoded binary counter output conditions switching logic
which interrelates a clock pulse generator and a counter hav-
ing digital display. Three modes of operation are provided:
elapsed time for a quarter mile; acceleration time over a
predetermined speed range, and acceleration time from a
standing start to a given speed.
The present application pertains to apparatus for making
velocity-time measurements, and, more particularly, to ap-
paratus for use with wheeled vehicles to measure time extent
between selective vehicle velocities and for predetermined
distances of travel.
3,710,247
CABLE TERMINAL FOR HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES
Claus Kesslcr, and Werner Kohler, both of BerUn, Germany,
assignors to Siemens AktiengescUschaft, Berlin and Munich,
Germany
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,047
Int. CI. GOlr 37/00; H02g 3/00. HOld 7 7/00
U.S. a. 324—96 9 Clahns
A circuit device electrically connects a bus bar to a high
voltage cable core of a cable terminal. The cable terminal has
an insulating body for supporting the cable core relative to
January 9, 1973 ELECTRICAL 718
ground. A voltage transformer is structurally combined with peak value of unmodulated signals, amplitude modulated
the cable terminal and has a dielectric comprising part of the
insulating body of the cable terminal.
DETECTED f
SKNAL
IME
H-H
50 r
OSCILmTOR
jo'
TO
AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
■ TO VTVM
22
signals, and pulse modulated signals having relatively narrow
pulse widths and relatively low repetition rates.
3,710,250
DYNAMOMETER INDICATOR SYSTEM
Stanley Keith Chesterton, Jr., North Wales, and William J.
Samph, Quakertown, both of Pa., assignors to Ametck, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,21 1
InL CI. GOlr 75/0*. 7/20
U.S.CL 324—115 4 Claims
3,710^48
MEASUREMENTS WITH DIGITAL VOLTMETERS
John Bloomfield, Farnborough, England, assignor to The
Solatron Electronic Group Ltd., Farnborough, Hampshire,
England
Filed SepL 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,725
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 26, 1969,
47,483/69
Int. CL GOlr 7 7/06. 27/02
U.S. CI. 324-99 D 4 Claims
3,710,249
SLIDEB ACK PEAK CIRCUITS WITH CONSTANT TONE
INDICATIONS
Nicholas M. Kadar, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 140,804
Intel. GOlr 79/76, 7 7/02
U.S. CI. 324— 103 P 5 Claims
A peak detector measuring apparatus having an audio out-
put tone which is abruptly cut-off when a DC voltage is
manually adjusted to be equal to the peak value of an input
signal voltage wave. The apparatus is suitable to measure the
<"-- 1
tf
•A
--VNT^V—
y^
\- ^
A dynamometer indicator instrument has a closed magnetic
ring having an arcuate pole member within the ring connected
to the inner periphery of the ring by a shank portion. A field
coil surrounds the shank portion, and an armature coil encir-
cles the arcuate pole member and is pivotally mounted at the
center of curvature thereof. An indicator pointer moves in
response to movement of the armature. The instrument is pro-
vided with electrical circuit means for self testing of the instru-
ment as desired and an electrical circuit for zero and range ad-
justment.
A digital voltmeter is adapted for measuring resistance by
switching an internal reference voltage to the voltmeter input
and switching the feedback resistor out of circuit. The unk-
nown resistor is connected in place thereof. For measuring
current the input resistor is removed from the input circuit.
3,710,251
MICROELECTRIC HEAT EXCHANGER PEDESTAL
John K. Hagge, Kiganjo, Kenya, and Frederick W. Johnson,
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, assignors to Collins Radio Company,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed April 7, 1971, Ser. No. 132,031
InL CI. GOlr 35/00
U.S. CI. 324— 1 58 F 8 Claims
A microelectric warfer or chip vacuum chuck in the form of
a heat exchanger pedestal with a heat exchanger pressure ves-
sel at the pedestal top through which hot and cold fluids are
selectively pumped in circulation from and return to, respec-
tively, hot and cold remote fluid reservoirs. A plurality of
small diameter vacuum tubes pierce the heat exchanger pres-
sure vessel and are brazed at each end to upper and lower
plates with the top of the upper plate being the chuck surface
with the vacuum tubes providing frequent tension ties
between the plates. Dry nitrogen is fed into and through a cir-
cumferential passageway about the pedestal to protect wafers
714
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and chips with an inert cover atmosphere from oxidauon
3,710,253
PERFORMANCE CHECKING AND MEASURING
DEVICES AND METHODS FOR SIGNAL CHANNELS
Damer Evelyn CNeUI, Waddlngton, St. Albans, England, as-
signor to Marconi Instruments Limited, London, England
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,680
Int. CI. GOlr 7100
U.S. CI. 324- 140 D * Claims
I — '
,^V0LtA6e ConTroll£u T 1
74^ SWITCH I "
^IHTEGRATOR
INVERTER
1 r*~\ ' 9 ,10\
I -^nLTAGE
damage at high temperatures or frost damage at low tempera-
tures.
3,710,252
HIGH VOLTAGE DIVIDER UNIT
James Peter TiU, Camp Hill, Pa., assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed Dec. 17. 1969, Ser. No. 885,788
Int. CL GOlr /5/OS
U.S.CL324-126 4 Claims
.IW/T „_/. i««UT ^^/l
'^CONTROLLED SWITCH
A method of measuring the peaic to average value of an
A C. signal includes a peak value detector, an average value
detector and a timing waveform source. During alternate half-
waves of the timing waveform output from one of the detec-
tors is integrated and during the other half-wave, output from
the other detector is integrated, the lengths of the periods for
which each detector output is integrated being a function of
the two integrated voltages. An output pulsed waveform is
produced, the average value of which is representative of the
relation between the integrating periods and the duraUon of a
half-wave of the timing waveform.
•9'*: t^-wwm
3,710,254 ,
DIODE WATTHOURMETER
Shoji Kusui, Soka, Japan, assignor to Nibon Denki Reiki Ken-
teisho, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,448
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 9, 1970, 45/10651
Int. CL GOlr 2 //OO
U.S.CL 324-142 2 Claims
1
A resistive voltage divider instrument is disclosed which
permits very accurate measurements to be taken of the poten-
tial of high voltage DC sources, with low DC current drain, by
means of a sensitive low voltage differential voltmeter. This
voluge divider embodies an instrument packaging concept
that utilizes a special insulation system to enclose resistor
strings formed of precision wire wound high voltage resistors.
The resulting insulated resistor modules are interconnected
and positioned within a molded plastic case in such a manner
as to minimize all voltage gradients between resistor modules
and the ground plane. Special provisions are made for
preventing the formation of corona and for minimizing the ef-
fects of leakage current errors. Each resistor module contains
a series connected string of accurately matched wire wound
precision resistors and is filled with an insulating material that
is highly resistant to the passage of leakage currents through
its volume or across its surface. All interconnections between
modules and the connections to the input voltage terminals
located at the back of the instrument case are made with spe-
cial connector and lead assemblies that are resistant to high
voluge corona and that provide a quick disconnect feature.
A diode watthourmeter in which square-law rectifying cir-
cuits are provided wherein a plurality of diodes are connected
in series and resistors properiy branched at points connecting
said diodes are provided, the forward voltages of the diodes
successively added being used for the power detection of a
sum and difference square-law system, and further difference
output current of the power detecting circuit being converted
into a pulse to be counted.
3,710,255
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Francis A. Gicca, Bedford, Mass., assignor to Raytheon Com-
pany, Lexington, Mass.
Filed March 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,175
lnt.a.GOlvi/76
U.S.CL 325-4 9 Claims
An improved communication system using an active trans-
ponder to relay microwave signals from any one of a number
of transmitting stations to selected groups of receiving sta-
tions In a preferred system the acuve uansponder is installed
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
715
in a satellite spacecraft and is arranged to
signals, in closely spaced channels, from
convert a number of
the transmitting sta-
r^^^»c}i-r{^3i — l-hV^b latent— ^^^lilT^l^^ .
■4(i-«tM |i-)^»rVi— rf«t-foe»MKt--r<"''"«»h — i
I ^'f I Mte •■4K ^1 '«/■ I
♦.^-foliim"
■WSL
Ia7" ^titff— Hi.ii«nii[*-
tions in such a manner that the bandwidth of each one of the
relayed signals is increased and retransmitted without suffer-
ing from the effects of interchannel modulation.
3,710,256
MICROWAVE FREQUENCY MEMORY DEVICE
Melvin A. Lewis, Ringwood, N J., assignor to Loral Corpora-
tion, Scarsdale, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,333
Int.Cl.H04b7/74
U.S.CL 325-6 3 Claims
MICROWAVE
REceivE a
TRANSMfTTER
W
MIXER
/O
I VHF
/S
K^^-(^
AMPLIFIED
FREQUENCY
MEMORY
DEVICE
/^
. ^
^/i
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
>7-
AMPLIFIER /y^
MIXER ^-T-^
A frequency memory device wherein the cycle by cycle
waveform of a short pulse of microwave energy is recorded
electro-optically. This recording is then read or played back
over and over again thereby achieving a semi-continuous "-
tone" at the exact microwave frequency that was received.
The device has a variety of uses, including the production of
signals for "jamming" hostile radar.
3,710,257
MULTICHANNEL TELEMETRY SYSTEM
George M. Low, Acting Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an in-
vention of; Stanley Butman, and Uzi Timor, both of
Pasadena, Calif.
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,234
Int. CI. H04j 9\00
U.S. CI. 325—60 21 Claims
di(»)
<J2(r>
A two-channel telemetry system is disclosed in which one
channel is used for high-rate data and the other channel for
.^^^
15
c
le |sin(u)g»)
' ■kS'o.d)
1 i
SUMMING
UNIT
e
MOD
'"v-.
, .?V\°2'f>^
tsq(u)jt)
SC2
low-rate data communication. In the transmitter a signal,
which subsequently phase modulates a carrier, is produced
which is a function of at least the high-rate data, the low-rate
data and the frequency of the subcarrier of the low-rate chan-
nel. In the receiver which includes a phase-locked loop, the
high-rate data is detected off the receiver inphase channel out-
put and the low-rate off the quadrature channel output.
3,710,258
IMPULSE RADIATOR SYSTEM
Harry F. Strenglein, Clearwater, Fla., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corp., New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,270
Int. CLH04b 7/04
U.S. CL 325— 105 13 Claims
A transmission line system having a primarily signal-initiat-
ing section and primarily signal-radiating section, along all of
which transmission line sections traveling electromagnetic
waves may propogate without adverse interference caused by
impedance discontinuities, is employed cyclically as an energy
storage device and as an impulse radiation device having spa-
cially directive characteristics.
3,710,259
ELECTRICAL AMPLIFYING APPARATUS FOR
ELECTRICAL SIGNALS OF PROGRESSIVELY
DECAYING AVERAGE AMPLITUDE
Robert A. Kirby, Houston, Tex., and Billy J. Propst, Houston,
Tex., assignors to Esso Production Research Company,
Houston, Tex.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 92,962
Int. CLH04b 7/04, 7/00
U.S. CL 325— 187 2 Claims
'^^^^
»»-v
Wz
ir"'„ isC"'l "°°**-*'^°'' I I Tf
TRlNSUITTEIt
T
A buoy for use in seismic surveying at marine locations
comprises an elongated housing with a flotation member posi-
tioned near the normal waterline of the device. The lower por-
tion of the housing or battery section is of greater diameter
than the upper section, and a tethering ring for connection to
an anchor is located at the upper end of the battery section so»
that the cross sectional area below the tethering ring is sub-
stantially equal to the cross sectional area of the housing
above the tethering ring. A seismic detection apparatus, con-
V
716
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
venienUy a hydrophone, is used to detect seismic signals and
preferably rests on the water bottom. A seismic amplifier
within the housing amplifies the geophone signals. The gain of
the amplifier is controlled by a circuit that varies the gain m
accordance with a weighted function of the amplitude of the
output signals of the amplifier over an interval of at least two
minutes The output signal of the amplifier also is used to am-
plitude modulate a signal generator of constant frequency or
constant repetition rate, and the amplitude modulated signal is
used to frequency modulate a radio uansmitter.
the quadrature channel is added to the signal fed back to the
)0
RECEIVED
— •
CARRIER
SUB
-CARRIER
DEMOD
S(.)
INTEL-
LIGENCC
OEUOa
<«)
u^
DEMOOULATCO
. IMIELLIOEMCE
SIGNAL
VCO
3,710^60
SOLID STATE RECEIVING MULTICOUPLER
Charles S. Wright, Springfield, Va.. assignor to Delta Elec-
tronics Inc., Alexandria. V a.
FUed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,162
Int.CI.H04b//72
U.S. CI. 325-308
^»
^V<fy ^ ELEMENT
15 li -i
^ LOOP I
iMt{<)
AOOER
OILAT __^jC\_Jl LOOP 1
ELEMENT "TT^^yn^"-"" VT^
voltage controlled oscillator in the otherwise conventional
phase-locked loop.
10 Claims
r=<*4
ERRATUM
For Patent No. 328—133 see:
Patent No. 3,710.140
-rrn , ^ — ^«<- I I i
n>at> C14 m4j
3,710,262
SYNCHRONIZED COUNTING SYSTEM FOR COUNTING
SYMMETRICAL SIGNALS DURING A TIME BASE
Peter F. Sorensen, Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to FrankUn Elec-
tric Co., Inc., Bluffton, Ind.
Filed Nov. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 194,986
Int. CI. H03k 2/ /OO. 2 J/06
UJS. a. 328-41 20 Claims
A solid state receiving multicoupler for providing a plurality
of output signals from a single signal source comprising in
combination a first transistor emitter follower circuit, a
second transistor emitter follower circuit connected in
cascade with said first transistor emitter follower circuit and a
plurality of parallel output transistor emitter follower circuits
connected in cascade with said second transistor emitter fol-
lower circuit, each of said transistor emitter follower circuits
including a single transistor having a base, a collector, and an
emitter; each of said emitter follower circuits further including
a base input circuit, an emitter output circuit, and means con-
necting said collector in common to said base input circuit and
said emitter output circuit at a common reference point, input
means for coupling said single signal means to the base input
circuit of said first transistor emitter follower circuit, and a
signal output coupling means in each output transistor emitter
follower circuit for coupling a separate signal receiver across
the emitter output circuit of a respective output transistor
emitter follower circuit.
* jti
jb^)-^h|^
'-ferHS
i? 2g
2«
IS
Z-
^
'23
r?
f9
SC T .'_ '
ournrrs
POWER
ON
This disclosure deals with a system for counting the number
of cycles of a symmetrical signal, occurring within a time base.
The time base is initiated essentially in synchronism with a
point in a cycle of the signal and it is terminated a predeter-
mined time thereafter. A counter counts the cycles occurring
during the time base and a count is registered at a second
point in each cycle, the second point being displaced one-half
cycle from the first point, thus providing an advantageous
round-off feature.
3,710,261
DATA-AIDED CARRIER TRACKING LOOPS
George M. Low, Acting Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an in-
vention of; William C. Lindsey, and Marvin K. Simon, both
of Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,354
Int.Cl.H04b7/26
U.S. CI. 325-346 6 Claims
The loop signal-to-noise ratio is improved in a phase-locked
loop used for uacking a carrier in an angle (phase or frequen-
cy) modulated communications system by a quadrature chan-
nel added to the phase-locked loop. A d-c signal derived from
3,710,263
AXIAL TRAJECTORY SENSOR HAVING GATING MEANS
CONTROLLED BY PULSE DURATION MEASURING FOR
ELECTRONIC PARTICLE STUDY APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Edward Neal Doty, and Walter R. Hogg, both of Miami, Fla.,
assignors to Coulter Electronics, Inc., Hialeah, Fla.
Filed April 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,771
Int. CI. H03k 7 7/02,5/20
U.S. CI. 328-91 ^ Claims
A sensor for use with apparatus operating m accordance
with the principles of the Coulter electronic particle studying
device for differentiating between particles passing on axial or
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
717
nearly axial paths through the aperture of the Coulter device
and particles passing off center. The particle pulse duration is
measured at two or more fractions of the amplitude of each in-
dividual particle pulse. The pulse durations so measured are
converted to volUges which are compared with reference
voltages derived from similar measurements made on previ-
ously processed particle pulses. If the duration of the particle
pulse being processed is within specified tolerances of the
reference voltages so derived at all of the fractional heights
considered, a reconstructed pulse having the amplitude of the
accepted pulse is impressed upon the output of the sensor ap-
paratus for use in subsequent pulse height analysis apparatus.
All pulses which cannot satisfy the criteria are discsirded.
Since only those pulses are accepted which have their dura-
tions at specified fractional amplitudes which are within a
specified tolerance of the reference voltage levels, the ac-
ceptance or rejection of a particle pulse is based ujwn the
remembers the duration at that same fractional amplitude for
the smallest of prior pulses processed by the sensor. Using this
information, a reference voltage is established for that one
fractional amplitude as the maximum permissible level below
which the duration-representing voltage is acceptable and
above which the duration-representing voltage is not accepU-
ble. This same reference voltage derived from the memory cir-
cuit is used to establish maximum and minimum levels for the
other fractional amplitude duration-representing voltages. In
addition to the one duration-representing voltage falling
shape and duration of said particle pulse, as referred to the
criteria derived from pulses occurring in the immediate past
history of the train of pulses being furnished to the sensor ap-
paratus. The apparatus of the invention provides structure for
deriving a duration-measuring pulse at each fractional am-
plitude, converting this signal into one which has an amplitude
proportional to each fractional height duration, and then sub-
jecting the resulting set of signals to multiple criteria of dura-
tion established by volUge levels to operate gating means au-
tomatically for rejecting the pulses having improper shapes or
durations as determined by these criteria.
A preferred embodiment uses as the said reference level a
voluge level which represents a chosen percentile of the dura-
tion-measuring pulses, i.e., a voltage level such that, for in-
sunce, 25 percent of the duration-measuring pulses are
smaller than, and 75 percent of the duration-measuring pulses
are larger than the reference level.
below its reference level, the duration-representing voltages of
all other fractional amplitudes mu:,i fall between the max-
imum and minimum reference volUges, respectively, which
have been established for them in order to operate gating
means to pass the particle pulse. All other pulses will be disre-
garded. On such account, pulses must have the proper shape
and duration to be passed by the sensor.
Other structure operating on the relationship between the
several durations of the fractional amplitudes of each pulse ir-
respective of the actual durations pass or discard particle pul-
ses depending upon their shape only, independent of duration.
3,710,265
QUADRATURE-TO-SERIAL PULSE CONVERTER
Alden J. Gray, Wallingford, Vt., assignor to Howe Richardson
Scale Company, CUfton, N J.
FUed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,290
lnt.CI.H03k;/72
U.S. CI. 328-61 12 Claims
3,710,264
AXIAL TRAJECTORY SENSOR HAVING GATING MEANS
CONTROLLED BY PULSE DURATION MEASURING FOR
ELECTRONIC PARTICLE STUDY APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Edward Neal Doty, and Walter R. Hogg, both of Miami, Fla.,
assignors to Coulter Electronics, Inc., Hialeah, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 132,771, April 9, 1971. This
application May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,531
Int. CI. H03k 7 7/02, 5/20
U.S. CI. 328-91 34 Claims
A sensor for use with apparatus operating in accordance
with the principles of the Coulter electronic particle studying
device for differentiating between signals from particles
passing on axial or near axial trajectories through an aperture
and particles passing off center. The particle pulse duration is
measured at two or more fractions of the amplitude for each
individual particle pulse. These pulse durations so measured
are converted into voltages which represent the respective du-
rations of the several fractional amplitudes and are compared
with certain reference voltages. The reference voltage for one
fractional amplitude is derived from a memory circuit which
{>U ^^^^ — 1>
^1 '»^LjgX.
QB-T — ]^
>-aT"
A converter for converting a quadrature pulse train into
first and second serial pulse uains which respectively cor-
respond to opposite directions of travel of a generator supply-
ing said quadrature pulse train. The converter comprises a
first circuit responsive to said quadrature pulse train for
producing a third serial pulse Uain in which the number of pul-
ses correspond to the total number of pulse edges in said
906 O.O.— 25
718
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
quadrature pulse train, and a second circuit means responsive
to said third pulse Uain and said quadrature pulse train for
forming the pulses of said first and second pulse trains. The
second circuit includes a network for supplying the formed
pulses to one output terminal when said generator is traveling
in one direction to make up said first pulse train and for sup-
plying the formed pulses to another output terminal when the
generator is traveling in the opposite direction to make up said
second pulse train.
3,710.266
ION SOURCE DEVICE FOR ION MICROANALYZER AND
THE LIKE
Toshk) Kondo, Kokubunji, and Hifumi Tamura, Hachioji, both
of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,219
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 26, 1970, 45/84401
Int. CI. H05h 5102
U.S.CI.328— 233 5 Claims
3,710,268
PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIER
Donald Neuf, Wantagh, N.Y., assignor to RHG Electronics
Laboratory, Inc., Farmingdale, L.I., N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,437
Int. a. H03I 7/00
U.S. CI. 330—4.9 , 6 Claims
A parametric amplifier having four substantially identical
variable reactance diodes arranged in a bridge circuit supplied
with a pump voltage and a signal voltage and developing an
idler voltage when these voltage sources are each connected
to the diagonally opposed terminals of the bridge and the idler
current is contained within the bridge arms. The bridge ar-
rangement provides inherent isolation of two and in some
cases the three voltage frequencies.
The aforementioned abstract is neither intended to define
the invention of the application which, of course, is measured
by the claims, nor is it intended to be limiting as to the scope
of the invention in any way.
A pulse voltage generating circuit incorporated in an ion
source device of the type so as to supply a pulse voltage to an
intermediate elecuode of the device thereby to allow
discharge to occur in said device with high efficiency.
f
3,710,267
ENVELOPE RATE DEMODULATOR
James W. Fawcett, East Syracuse, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,669
Int. CI. H03c 7/06
U.S.CI.329— 192 5 Claims
MODULATION ^
SIGNAL
EXCITATION
ERROR
SIGNAL
GENERATOR
7
SIGNAL
CONTROL
LOGIC
NETWORK
INTEGRATOR
klsi
DUMP
NETWORK
^
•^
BUFFER
,1 OUTPUT
NETWORK
NETWORK
3,710,269
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES '
Eliot Patrick Fowler, and Richard William Greaves, both of
Dorset, England, assignors to United Kingdom Atomic Ener-
gy Authority, London, England
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,654
Claims priority, application United Kingdom, Feb. 13, 1970,
7161
Int. CI. H03f i/04, HOll / 7/00
U.S. CI. 330— 16 5 Claims
?2
/a
A demodulator circuit for extracting the time rate of change
of the envelope of an amplitude modulated waveform, having
particular application to closed loop control systems, for ex-
ample, where the derived information is employed for a sta-
bilization of an inertial platform. The envelope rate informa-
tion is extracted directly from the amplitude modulated
waveform by performing am integration of the waveform over
an integral number of cycles of the carrier frequency, the
residual integrated output providing a measure of the en-
velope's time rate of change.
A semi-conductor device embodying the invention is in the
form of a lateral transistor and has a substrate of n-type
material carrying a base electrode, and diffused-in regions of
p-type material one of which cauries an emitter elecUode and
two others of which each carry respective collector elec-
trodes. The collector electrodes are at different distances from
the emitter electrode and have substantially different current
gains. The device is thus useful as a current amplifier or, in
reverse, as a current attenuator.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
719
3,710,270
LINEAR GAIN CONTROL
John L. Addis, and Ronald W. Pehola, both of Portland, Orcg.,
assignors to Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,813
Int. CLH03g 3/30
U .S. CI. 330- 29 9 Claims
3,710,272
Multi-stage type microwave amplifier
Kazuo Ayaki, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignor to Nippon Electric
Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Division of Ser. No. 790,989, Jan. 14, 1969, Pat. No.
3,631^58. This application Oct. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 186,146
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 17, 1968, 43/2513;
Jan. 17, 1968, 43/2514; May 7, 1968, 43/31415; May 7,
1968, 43/31416; May 7, 1968, 43/31417
Int. CI. H03k 3\60
U^. CL 330—53 5 Claims
The gain of an amplifier is controlled by the source-drain
impedance of a first field effect transistor having its gate ter-
minal connected to the gate of a second and substantially
similar field effect transistor The second field effect transistor
has its source-drain circuit connected in a bridge circuit also
including a potentiometer with an adjustable tap providing
voltage variations for unbalancing the bridge output. The
bridge output operates a differential operational amplifier
connected to drive the second field effect transistor for restor-
ing bridge balance. The source-drain impedance of the second
field effect transistor, and hence the source-drain impedance
of the first field effect transistor, are thereby controlled in pro-
portion to the setting of the aforementioned potentiometer,
for adjusting amplifier gain.
3,710,271
FET DRIVER FOR CAPACITIVE LOADS
James A. Putnam, Levittown, Pa., assignor to United Aircrafl
Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,041
Int.CLH03f3/76
U.S. CL 330-35 1 Claim
/i f4 'rf
A microwave amplifier comprising a plurality of amplifier
units connected in cascade fashion. Each of the amplifier units
have substantially similar gain versus frequency charac-
teristics, which characteristics are substantially flat over the
entire operating frequency range. The units are connected by
lines which in the microwave amplifier embodiment may be
strip lines having electrical lengths which are selected in ac-
cordance with any one of a group of predetermined equations
so as to provide a multi-stage microwave amplifier whose
resultant gain versus-frequency characteristic is likewise sub-
stantially flat over the entire operating frequency range.
3,710,273
AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CONTROL
Keisuke Yamamoto. Hirakata. and Toshimitsu Fujimori,
Ibaragi, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co. Ltd. . Osaka . J apan
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,564
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 13, 1970,
45/12710;Feb. 13, 1970, 45/12711;Feb. 13, 1970,45/12712;
March 9, 1970, 45/20674; Sept. 3, 1970, 45/77425
Int. CLH03b 3/04
U.S.CL331-1A 6Clahns
&-fj
A field effect transistor (FET) amplifier circuit for driving
capacitive loads includes two amplifier stages, each having an
input FET and a related load FET, one stage driving the load,
the other stage providing capacitively coupled bootsuap drive
to the load FET of the load driving stage.
'^^W>^\^
^^4^H^^
\
An automatic frequency conuol (AFC) in which the sync
signal and flyback signal are compared to detect the direction
and amount of deviation of the flyback signal with respect to
the sync signal, thereby producing AFC voltage pulses to con-
trol the oscillator of the horizontal circuit in the television set.
The polarity of the pulses is determined by the direction or
sense of deviation, and the pulse width is determined by the
amount of deviation.
720
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3 710J74 3,710^76
PWllpB««.Fr«port,«KlFr«ik J. Spo«to. Huntington, both Tich T. D«,. Cupertino, Calif., assignor to Ampex Corp.,
of N.Y., aarrignon to Loglmetrfcs, Incorporated, Greenvak, Redwood City, Calif.
^Y Filed June 1,1971, Ser. No. 148^5
FBedApriin, 1971. Ser. No. 133,111 Int. a.H03b 79/74.27/00
lnt.CI.H03bJ/04 U.S. 0.331-45 5 Claims
U.S.a.331 — lA 14 Claims
ox.
otytm
'"'s/weeK
tfiecr
\iMrfJHfCT
1 — c
/r^^zxJT
^^^*W
lj*2
««rl
^rfr
a^iie^^
Frequency control apparatus for an oscillator includes a
first up-counter and a down-counter. A number representative
of an oscillator's frequency is stored in the first counter during
a given interval and then transferred to said down-counter.
The down-counter is then caused to count down said frequen-
cy during the same interval. At the termination of this interval,
the down-counter has stored therein a count manifesting the
variation of the oscillator's frequency, which count is detected
and processed to provide a control signal used to vary the
oscillator's frequency in a direction to tend to cause the down-
counter to indicate all zeroes at the end of said interval.
^— I » lT|« L»
^^
A pulse voltage controlled oscillator running at four times
the desired frequency /triggers a two stage shift register which
has an inverted feedback loop. The outputs of both stages are
similar square waves of frequency /. and they are set at a 90°
phase difference of each other. Since a square wave of
frequency /possesses only harmonics of odd orders, a low pass
filter which rejects 3/ can admit a square wave frequency vary-
ing between /and 3/ A pair of identical filters coupled to the
outputs of respective shift register stages provide output
signals of corresponding frequency which are 90° out of phase
For a frequency range extending between 3/ and 9/, another
pair of filters are required, etc. Additional shift registers may
be added to the two stage shift register to provide output
signals with a phase shift equal to the corresponding fraction
of 360°.
3,710,275
LOW FREQUENCY OSCILLATOR EMPLOYING A PAIR
OF U-SHAPED MECHANICAL VIBRATORS
Tetsuro Tanaka, Kyoto, and Kiyoshi Bansho, Tokyo, both of
Japan, assignors to Shigcru Kakubari, Tokyo, Japan
Division of Ser. No. 754,416, Aug. 21, 1968, abandoned.
Continuation of Ser. No. 88407, Nov. 10, 1970, Pat. No.
3,659,230. This application Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,305
Int. CI. H03b 5130
U^. CI. 331-37 3 Claims
3,710,277
LIGHT PUMPED LASER
Dewey C. Forbes, Jr., Bcbnont, Mass., assignor to Xenon Cor-
poration, Medford, Mass.
Filed Feb. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 12,099
Int. a. HO Is 3/09
VS. CL 331-94.5 5 Claims
A U-shaped mechanical vibrator having a pair of strip-like
vibratory reeds of substantially the same configuration, and a
base portion coupling together the pair of vibratory reeds at
one end as a unitary structure, the width of each reed being
selected greater than the thickness thereof, the vibratory reeds
being arranged in a single plane including their surfaces in the
widthwise direction in parallel and side-by-side relation, and
the pair of vibratory reeds vibrating in anti-phase relation to
each other at right angles to the single plane.
f
^v.^\\^^^^^^^\^v^^^^^^vo■^^^v^^^^\^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^<:x^^vA^^^^^^^
5-
A light-pumped dye Laser having input and output paths
parallel and the input radiation deflected into the cavity at an
angle less than 90°, the sides of the cavity being reflective and
inclined so that the input radiation travels by repeated reflec-
tions along the cavity without reaching the end.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
721
3,710,278
CALCIUM- YTTRIUM SILICATE OXYAPATFTE LASERS
Richard H. Hopkins; George W. Roland, both of MonrocviUe;
William D. Partlow, Blackridge. and Kenneth B. Stein-
bmcgge, Murrysville, aO of Pa., assignors to Wcsdnghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 859,672, Sept. 22, 1969. This appiicatioa
June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 154,982
Int. CL HO Is 3/76
U^.CL 331— 94.5 10 Claims
3,710^80
DEPOSITED LATCHED JUNCTION CIRCULATOR
HAVING MAGNETIC FLUX RETURN PATHS
Daniel C. Buck, Hanover, Md., assignor to Wcstinghousc Elec-
trie Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,077
Int. CLHOlp 7/32. 5/72
U.S.a.333— 1.1 12 Claims
Q SWITCH
A composition of matter which can be used as a laser crystal
in a laser generator and which can be doped with sensitizer
ions has the empirical chemical formula CaY4.^(Si04)80:A„
where A represents a lasing ion selected from Nd and Er and x
has a value from 0.001 to I
3,710,279
APPARATUSES FOR TRAPPING AND ACCELERATING
NEUTRAL PARTICLES
Arthur Ashkin, Rumson, NJ., assignor to BeU Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray HiU, Berkeley Heights,
NJ.
Filed Dec. 1 5, 1969, Ser. No. 885,070
Int. CI. HOls 3/06, 3/09
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 6 Claims
LASER AXIS
INTO PAPER
DENSITY
GROUND STATE B
UPPER LASER STATE A
rtmniE MWTIC Ftw
FEIMITtPUC«-5C
Km
mm suisrwrE
FtmilTE SUBSTMTf
A latching ferrite circulator utilizing deposited ferrite layers
and operable without the requirement of a permanent magnet
A pair of separated ferrite layers respectively include a
microstrip transmission line circuit and a ground plane on
faces which oppose each other. The microstrip transmission
line comprises at least one hub circuit portion and a plurality
of circuit arm portions. At least two coplanar ferrite elements
are deposited between the microstrip transmission line circuit
and the ground plane. One ferrite element comprises the cir-
culator element and is placed contiguous with the hub while
the other ferrite element comprises a magnetic return path
member which is located a predetermined distance from the
circulator element. A latching conductor is located generally
in the plane of the microstrip circuit intermediate the two fer-
rite elements so that when a DC current pulse is applied to the
latching conductor, a closed magnetic circuit loop is provided
through the two ferrite elements and the ferrite layers contain-
ing the microstrip circuit and the ground plane.
3,710,281
LOSSLESS N-PORT FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXER
Delmer L. Thomas. North Hollywood. Calif., assignor to
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation.
New York. N.Y.
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,91 1
Int. CLHOlp 5/72
U.S. CL 333—6 7 Claims
5/,
There is disclosed a variety of apparatuses for controlling by
radiation pressure the motion of a particle free to move with
respect to its environment, based on the discovery that one or
more beams of optical radiation can have frequency, diverging
shape or intensity selected for a controlled radiation-pressure
interaction with the particle that overpowers gravity and colli-
sion effects of atoms and molecules and overpowers any
photophoresis interaction of the particle and its environment
due to a heating effect of said particle upon its environment.
The disclosed results of the effect of the radiation pressure on
the motion of the particle include controllably heating the par-
ticle to provide a black-body point light source, bombardment
of a sample target with such particles, very high energy parti-
cle acceleration, strong-focusing acceleration of a neutral par-
ticle, isotope separation, gas pumping, separation of particles
by size, population inversion based on radiation-pressure
separation of excited species, vacuum deposition of thin films
from ultrapure particles controllably vaporized while held by
radiation pressure, tensile-sUength testing of materials based
on the radiation-pressure effect of circularly polarized light,
contaminant-free trapping or bottling of neutral gases,
molecular beam separation and deflection, acceleration mea-
surement for inertial guidance and measurement of very low
gas pressures.
FB£QU£Ma
XfJSITNE
D£LJiY
LINE
«— 4
Jt2
HeZ.
M.
\—~8
SERIES
— Pt
OR.
PaiS.flLLEL FED
— -ec-i
— ■ Pu.
MULTI&EOM
— •Pi.f/
fCXMINS
/iMTR.IX
M '
\-OUTPUTS
-II ^IZ
INPUTt
An N-port multiplexer for separating a single input signal
into N distinct isolated frequency components on discrete out-
put terminals. The device is adapted to accomplish this func-
tion in a reciprocal, passive, lossless manner, in respect to an
arbitrarily large number of such components The multiplexer
basically comprises two known microwave circuit devices
uniquely combined. One of these is a frequency sensitive delay
line with a plurality of taps and the other is a beam-forming
matrix, such as a Butler matrix, or the so-called equal-path-
length cross-line matrix. In a receiving mode, the delay line
input is the signal to be separated and the taps are fed to the
radiating element terminals of the beam-forming matrix. The
matrix output terminals then provide the discrete frequency
output lines.
722
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710,282
ARRANGEMENT FOR THE DECREASE OF REFLECTION
INTERFERENCES WITHIN NETWORKS FOR PULSE
TRANSMISSIONS
Siegfried Seinecke, Soecking, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138.583
Claims priority, application Germany, May 13, 1970, P 20
23 503.4
Int. CI. H03h 7138; HOlp 5112
U.S. CI. 333-8 1 Claim
htdlM
of two impedance devices each including at least one im-
pedance element, the impedance elements being either beoth
inductive or both capacitative. One of the impedance devices
is connected as a series element in one of the conductors.
-xMA
while the other impedance device is connected to the other of
the conductors and an output of the first impedance device.
There is a blocking circuit for the current of the network
which forms a part of the second impedance device.
An arrangement for reducing reflection interference within
a pulse transmission network which has a main transmission
line and a plurality of branch transmission lines which are
predominantly capacitively loaded wherein adjacent the con-
nection of a branch transmission line to the main transmission
line there is provided a resistor in series with the branch trans-
mission line and having a resistance value equal to the wave
resistance of the branch line minus half the wave resistance of
the main transmission line.
3,710,283
APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY CONVERTING
MICROW AVE ENERGY INTO ACOUSTIC ENERGY
Gerard Argant Alphonse, Princeton, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 199,886
^ Int.CI. H03h9/00
U.S. CL 333-30 R 7 Claims
JNOIFFRAaEO
PORTION Of
INCIDENT LIGHT
^MICfiOWM INPl/T
DIFFRACTED
PORTION Of
INCIDENT LIGHT
3,710,285
FILTER PIN CONNECTOR HAVING LOW GROUND
RETURN IMPEDANCE
Ferdinand William Schor, Altadena, Calif., and W illiam Baird
Fritz, Hershey, Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated, Har-
risburg. Pa.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,423
Int. CI. H03h 7/74. 7/04
U.S. CI. 333-79 7 Claims
Under certain boundary conditions, an evanescent electric
field is established in a piezoelectric transducer by a
microwave signal incident at the interface between a first
dielectric medium and the piezoelectric transducer. The result
is an efficient conversion from microwave energy to acoustic
energy by the piezoelectric transducer.
3,710,284
HARMONIC FILTER
Erich Uhlmann, Ludvika, Sweden, assignor to .\Ilmanna
Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,730
Int. CI. H03h 7104
U.S. CL 333-75 5 Claims
A harmonic filter is connected between two conductors
joining a harmonic source to a network. The filter is composed
A plurality of ground planes establish a low impedance
ground return circuit for a filter pin connector comprising a
connector pin, a tubular filter, and a housing. The ground
planes comprising thin metal sheets in electrical contact with
the outer surface of the tubular filter are sandwiched between
various insulators of the housing.
3,710,286
CONTROL OF MICROWAVE POWER BY APPLYING
STRESS TO GADOLINIUM MOLYDATE SINGLE
CRYSTAL
KeUchiro Aizu, Tokyo; Akk) Kumada, Kodaira, and Masashi
Koga, Kokubunji, all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 862,619, Sept. 9, 1969,
abandoned. This application July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,664
Int. CL HOlp 7/22
U.S. CL 333-81 B 2 Claims
Ferroelastic materials vary in their even-rank polar tensorial
properties or similar anisotropic properties when they are
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
723
shifted from one orientation state to another. A body of such contact structure associated with elecUomagnetic means for
ferroelastic material is combined with means for applying actuating the movable contact structure for closing a circuit
— through the contactor; and a lever pivotally mounted between
the contactors and having opposite end portions disposed in
the path of movement of corresponding movable contact
structures for holding one structure in a "closed-circuit" posi-
tion and the other structure in an "open-circuit" position.
-'NA/
lA.
stress above a certain value thereonto to cause a transition of
the orientation slate.
3,710,287
INSULATED PLUG
William F. Eckert, 729 Milyer Lane, Bahimore, Md.
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,678
Int. CLHOlr 79/04
U.S.CL339— 195R
3,710,289
DEFLECTION COIL
WUhelmus Petrus Johannes Franciscus Pax, and Henricus
Johannes Van Rooy, both of Emmasingel, Eindhoven,
Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corp., New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,785
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 4, 1969,
6918204
Int. CL HO U 5/00
U.S. CL 335—213 3 Claims
1 Claim
An electrical plug of the type used with convenience outlet
receptacles, but improved by having insulation integral with
and effectively faired-in with the prong structure adjacent the
plug body so that the conductive portions of the prongs can
never be exposed while the plug is carrying current; in various
embodiments the prongs are undercut to receive and retain
the insulation, are fitted with insulative sleeves of effectively
zero obstruction thickness, and have divided portions to
receive and retain molded-in-place insulation.
Deflection coil, obtained by bending into a part-cyhndrical
shape a coil comprising a plurality of glue-coated insulated
wires simultaneously wound side by side without insulating in-
termediate layers, each wire forming a flat spiral.
3,710,290
POLARIZED ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAY
Egbert Kuipers, Heiligenhaus; Paul Gunnewig, Essen, and
Horst Menz, Lintorf, aU of Germany, assignors to Hartmann
& Braun Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195,435
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 3, 1970, P 20 54
051.6; Feb. 12, 1971, P 21 06 764.1
Int. CL HO If 7/OS
U.S. CL 335-230 14Ctaims
3,710,288
MECHANICAL INTERLOCK FOR ELECTRICAL
CONTACTORS
Kurt A. Gruncrt, Beaver, Pa., assignor to Westingbouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,430
Int. a. HO Ih 9/24
U,S.CL335— 160 4 Claims
Mechanical interlock assembly for two or more electrical A polarized electromagnetic relay of the conductor plate
contactors in which the contactors each comprise a movable type in which a single permanent magnet is disposed between
724
body portions of an E-shaped core yoke and a U-shaped yoke.
A U-shaped armature is resilicntly supported coaxially of its
legs from the body portion of the E-shaped core yoke for
swinging movement between the yokes The center leg of the
E-shaped core yoke is longer than the outer legs and in
response to a reversal of direction of flux in the armature, the
armature moves between first and second stable positions in
which it bears against the legs of the U-shaped yoke and the
free end of the center, and the free ends of the outer legs,
respectively, of the E-shaped core yoke.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
ous type. The coils of the first group are spaced and intercon-
nected to increase the series capacitance of the group, ad-
jacent coils of the second group are interconnected, and the
two groups are interconnected to provide at least one series
path through the winding.
3,710^91
PERMANENT MAGNET
GUbcrt Nicoud, Allevard, Fmnce, assignor to Soclete d Etudes
et de Recberches Magnetiques "Sennag"
FUed Nov. 17, 1971, Set. No. 199,647
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 18, 1970, 7041301
Int. CI. HO II 7/02
U.S. CI. 335-306 8 Claims
3,710^93
INSULATING MEMBER FOR TRANSFORMER COILS
George Lazor, Sharon, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed March 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,532
Int. CI. HO II 2 7/iO
U^. CI. 336— 198 4 Claims
A permanent magnet is described, which is particularly
adapted for use in sutors of electric motors or in atuaction
devices which should present an involved atuacting surface,
together with high magnetic performance A plurality of small
ferrites pieces are stuck, closely juxtaposed on a flexible sheet
of magnetic or non magnetic material. Preferably, the sup-
porting sheet is non magnetic, and the ferrite pieces have a
magnetization pattern which alternates the polarities accord-
ing to a predetermined pitch.
U-shaped channels extend around the edges of the coils of
shell-form power transformers. The channels are constructed
of layers of crepe paper and pressboard with at least one layer
of crepe paper separatii\gadjacent layers of pressboard. An
adhesive is used to bon^SLjayers together. In one embodi-
ment, the edges of the cnan fiefs are scarfed to form a scarfed
joint with an adjacent channel.
3,710^92
ELECTRICAL WINDINGS
Robert I. Van Nice, Sharon, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse ^ 710^94
Electric Corporation, Pittsbur^Pa. CONVERTIBLE THERMAL SAFETY CUT-OUT SWITCH
'^irc?'Ho'i;2^o.'r3/7i'"' i«?« p. ^^j^^z"-^ -^- - ^^ ^"^
l^-S. CI. 336-60 nCI.I»» '^°^*tSe^^?m2,Scr. No. 233.072
Int.a.Holh7//76
U^. a. 337—66
7 Claims
"^ f*
U
n
l*Bh*lmiMi^;49U^'i
I ■ pi 3Z'<ts2«?' a'jsFioV
' * ' I |i»NitelMWlp|ii|«l^i.>k^
Hi' " I M I ! : I l5^j
' J ' jj,l I I I I ! I I 1 I !'L!
» ^jTl I M I 1 I i I I 1 t^i
A frangible hold-down member is applied to the manual
button for resetting a cut-out switch, thereby conditioning the
A winding for electrical inductive apparatus having first and switch for automaUc reset when the member is in place and
second groups of axiaUy aUgned pancake coils of the continu- for only manual reset when the member is removed.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
725
3,710.295
CURRENT LIMITING FUSE
Fred W. Staub; James C. Corman, both of Scotia, and Gunnar
E. Walmet, Schenectady, all of N.Y., assignors to General
Electric Co.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,844
Int.CI.H01hS5/04
U.S.CI.337-166 1 Claim
fuse being stretched in introducing electric current
therethrough, wherein the cutoff of said fuse enables, if neces-
sary, either or both of the closure of an alarm circuit and the
indication of said cutoff to be effected.
Low thermal mass fusible conducting elements are in
nucleate boiling relationship to a dielectric liquid for normal
large operating currents with resultant high heat transfer coef-
ficient. For currents of short duration and substantially larger
in magnitude than normal currents, the fusible conductive ele-
ments are in vapor film boiling relationship to the dielectric
liquid with resultant heat transfer coefficient which is several
orders of magnitude lower than the heat transfer coefficient
for nucleate boiling. Accordingly, for currents of very large
amplitude and short durations heat buildup and temperature
rise of the fusible elements to the melting point thereof is rapid
with resultant rapid circuit interruption.
3,710.296
PROTECTOR FOR ELECTRIC dRCUTTS
Angelo Urani, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to McGraw-Edison
Company, Elgin, lU.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 86.861
Int. CI. HOlh 55/50
U^. CI. 337-213 8 Claims
A support for a plurality of "in-the-line" fuse holders selec-
tively holds those fuse holders in fully assembled condition or
initiates separation of the body portions of those fuse holders
to permit the electric fuses held by those fuse holders to be in-
spected or replaced.
3,710.297
STRETCHED FUSE DEVICE
Toshinobu Kawazoe, Tokorozawa, Japan, assignor to Nippon
Denzai. Ltd.. Gunna-ken, Japan
FUed Feb. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 223,626
Int.a.H01h55/i6
U.S. CI. 337—290 2 Claims
A stretched fuse device comprising a brass wire made of 45
to 48 percent of zinc and copper as the remainder with a /3
phase accounting for more than 90 percent of said alloy, said
3,710.298
DRIVE MECHANISM FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
Harald Stnibin, Neuenbof, Switzerland, assignor to Aktien-
geseUschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie, Baden, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 22. 1971, Ser. No. 200,767
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 9, 1970,
18309/70
Int. CI. HO Ih 37/76
U.S. CI. 337—401 10 Claims
A drive for the contact mechanism of an electrical circuit
breaker includes a double-acting pneumatic motor coupled to
the contact mechanism for effecting disengagement as well as
engagement of the contacts which is driven by explosion gases
generated by the firing of cartridges stored in magazines, the
cartridges being fed automatically from the magazines into fir-
ing chambers provided in a rotationally mounted drum. Car-
tridge feed into and ejection from the firing chambers from
the magazines is accomplished in alternation as the drum is
rotated alternately in opposite directions, and each firing
chamber is associated with a duct leading to a corresponding
end of the motor cylinder so that when a cartridge is fired in
one chamber, the motor piston is driven in one direction, and
as the next cartridge is fired in the other chamber, the motor
piston is driven in the other direction. The necessary alternate
rotation of the drum in opposite directions is obtained from
the explosion gases themselves.
^
ERRATUM
For Class 339—195 R see:
Patent No. 3,710,287
3,710.299
LOW PROFILE SOCKET FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
PACK
Lawrence P. Weisenburger, Ottsville. Pa., assignor to Aries
Electronic, Inc.. Frenchtown, N J.
Filed June 1 . 197 1. Ser. No. 148,663
Int. CI. H05k li02; HOlr 7i/02
U.S. CI. 339-17 CF 8 Claims
A low profile socket for accommodating an integrated cir-
cuit pack to be mounted on an integrated circuit board is
726
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
characterized by having a U-shaped cross section, with the in-
side portion of each upstanding wall being defined by a plu-
rality of 3-sided channels defined by partitions extending
transverse to the longitudinal axis of the socket. A terminal
pin is disposed at each channel, each terminal having a post
section extending from the lower portion of the socket for
passage through the integrated circuit board for connection to
a conductor The transverse width of the socket is sufficient to
fully accommodate the main body of an integrated circuit
tact between bus bars and sides for maximum heat dissipation
regardless of tolerance conditions. An alternative construc-
tion includes a ground bus bar adjacent the overlapped lower
walls with clearance holes in each wall and the screws thread-
ing into alined holes in the ground bar to position the bar and
provide for added electrical continuity from bar to housing as
well as secure the housing.
to
3,710,301
BUS DUCT WITH IMPROVED MEANS FOR
CONNECTING HOUSING STRUCTURES
Charles L. Welmer. Beaver Fails, Pa., assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,202
liit.CI. HOlr/i/60
U.S. CI. 339—22 B 6 Claims
pack, with the leads of the integrated circuit pack establishing
electrical contact with the upper portions of the terminal pins
through the open side of each channel. If desired, a molded in-
sert generally rectangular in plan form, is adapted to be
snapped into place between the integrated circuit pack and
the partitions of the socket for use as both a cover and a means
for retaining the pack in place. The total height of the com-
posite assembly of the socket and the pack is approximately
equal to the height of the socket.
Bus duct comprises two connected sections with each sec-
tion comprising a housing and a plurality of bus bars sup-
ported in the housing. An improved joint cover covers an
opening in the housings at the connection and provides struc-
tural strength for the housings at the connection.
3,710^00
CLAMPING ADJUSTMENT FEATURE FOR BUS DUCT
HOUSING
Martin F. Koenig, MUwauliee, Wis.; Frank A. De Backer,
Wichita, Kans.; Manuel Issa, deceased, late of MUwaukee,
Wis., and Patrick T. Sheedy, administrator. Fox Point, Wis.,
assignors to Cutter-Hammer, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,489
Int. CI. HOlr 13/60
U.S. CI. 339-22 B 1 Claim
3,710302
BUS DUCT WITH HINGED COVER FOR PLUG-IN
REGION
BiU M. Shannon, Rochester, and Charles L. Weimer, Beaver
Falls, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,205
InLCL HOlr 73/60
U.S.CL339— 22B 8 Claims
A two-part housing for a plug-in bus duct having longitu-
dinally extending corrugations in the opposite sidewalls
cooperatively supporting a plurality of spaced insulated bus
bars along their opposite edges. Upper and lower walls of each
housing part meet in overlapped relationship and are secured
together by longitudinally spaced screws which extend
through slotted or exaggerated clearance holes in one wall to
thread into alined extruded holes in the other wall, the
clearance holes providing inward adjustment of the housing
parts during tightening of the screws to provide intimate con-
A section of plug-in type bus duct comprises a plug-in re-
gion at an opening in the housing of the duct. A plug-in insu-
lating member, having opening means therein, is supported in
the housing at the plug-in region. A plug-in cover is pivotally
mounted on the insulating member to cover the opening
means in the insulating member. The cover is formed with a
resilient latch at the pivoted end thereof that cooperates with
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
727
the housing to maintain the cover in the open position and
another resilient latch at the opposite end thereof that
cooperates with the insulating member to maintain the cover
in the closed position. The parts are constructed such that the
plug-in cover is captured on the insulating member when the
insulating member is mounted in the housing.
3,710303
EDGE CONNECTOR
Jacob Boon Gallager, Jr., Cherry Hill, N J., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Continuation of Ser. No. 872,943, Oct. 31, 1969, abandoned.
This application Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 180,072
Int. CI. HOSk 1/07; HOlr 13/54, 13/62
U.S,CI.339— 61M 19 Claims
An edge connector for a printed circuit board includes a
housing detachably secured to a plurality of contact elements.
A conductor is provided within the housing to form a trans-
mission line with the contact elements. The transmission line
thus formed has a characteristic impedance equal to that of
the circuitry associated with the respective contact elements.
Cam surface projections are included which shift the contact
elements beyond the insertion path of the circuit board in
response to the insertion of the board into the connector. The
conductor which provides the characteristic impedance
cooperates with the shifting projection to secure the housing
to the contact elements and to provide a spring load on the
housing for returning the housing to the unshifted state.
3,710305
SOLDERLESS ELECTRICAL OUTLET ASSEMBLY FOR
SERVICE CORD
Marvin A. Clark, 7902 Woodley Avenue, Van Nuys, Calif.
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,495
Int. CL HOlr 7 7/20, 9/06
U.S. CI. 339—97 R
20 Claims
^3
IfHS^^^"^'^
<k> ^s>
A solderless electrical outlet assembly utilizing a threaded
shank effective to complete assembly of the components as
well as to provide mechanical and electrical connections
between an insulated conductor and a female contact strip.
The screw employed for this purpose seats in a threaded well
molded into the main body of the outlet assembly. The screw
threads cut through the wire insulation prior to penetrating
the surface of the conductor.
3,710,306
SUPPORT FOR AN ELECTRIC CELL
Lauris J. McCarthy, 99 North Hermosa, Sierra Madre, Calif.
Filed Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,522
InL CI. HOlr 79/^^6
U.S. CL 339— 108 R 5 Claims
3,710304
LOCKING ELECTRIC PLUG
Joseph W. Warner, and Richard J. Warner, both of P.O. Box
222, Terrebonne, Oreg.
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140321
Int. CL HOlr 13/54, 13/62
VS. a. 339—74 R 2 Claims
An electric plug of the female type, including a rod and tog-
gle arrangement having pushbuttons so as to frictionally en-
gage the tongs of a male plug received within the plug to
prevent the male plug from slipping out of the female plug.
The support includes a plate having two openings, each
receiving one of the two terminals of an electric cell. The cell
is attached to the plate by attaching the terminals to the plate.
The plate carries a socket for a multiple contact plug.
A conductor connects one of the terminals with a contact
that leads to the socket. Carrying means in the form of a strap
is attached to the plate.
3,710307
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
James Joseph Cooper, Jr., St Louis, Mo., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65372
InUCI. HOlr 73/54,73/30
U.S.CI.339— 116C 3 Claims
A connector for making an electrical connection to a
threaded stud for power distribution applications such as
transformer applications. A conductive connector threaded at
one end to receive the stud is insulated with a protective
jacket which mates with the stud bushing to enclose the con-
nection. A set screw projects through the insulation into a
threaded socket to bear against the stud when the set screw is
tightened. The beanng surface may be a section of the wall of
the body within the threaded area or may be an inset pressure
728
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
pad. or plastic set screw lip. The free end of the connector
may have a suiuble connector for connection to a cable. A
place by fingers which form a part of the Uansducer housing.
The wires from the coil are secured to clips. The clips or ter-
minal are U-shaped members spring retained on arms of the
bobbin. The clips each have a flange portion for engaging an
slideable insulating sleeve or boot fitted over the last men-
tioned connector may insulatingly cover the entire connec-
tion.
3,710308
INSULATING BASE AND NEUTRAL WIRE CONNECTOR
ASSEMBLY FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARD
John E. Horwell, Lexington, Ky., assignor to Square D Com-
pany, Park Ridge, III.
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,215
Int.CLH01r9/00
U.S.CL 339-198 N 3 Claims
12 19 T7 19 20 .220
10
aperture in the arm. The reading portion of the transducer is
hemispherical in shape with the gap defining an arc thereon
such that the transducer is capable of roUtion or positioning
about one of three axes while moving relative to a record.
3,710310
SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING DEPTH OF WATER
George J. Moss, Jr., Bcthesda, Md., and George M. Walsh,
Middletown, R.I., assignors to The United Sutes of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,932
Int. CL GO Is 9168
UJS. a. 340—3 R 3 Claims
An insulating base of an electrical panelboard has a pair of
spaced parallel wall portions straddling a branch neuUal wire
connector bar. A pair of main neutral wire connectors have
connector body portions disposed respectively on the outer
sides of the wall portions and mounting strap portions extend-
ing respectively through the wall portions and secured respec-
tively to opposite end portions of the branch neutral wire con-
nector bar.
3,710309
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER COMPONENTS
Stephen Bartok, Clifton, NJ., assignor to Litton Business
Systems, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,123
Int.a.H01r9/y6
U.S. CL 339-217 S 3 C\aim%
A handheld magnetic transducer comprises a gun-shaped
housing having a directional arrow on one surface. The arrow
is Uluminated by a light within the housing indicating the
operating state of the Uansducer as determined by a signal
device The housing has dimples in opposed side walU for ease
of grasping. The armature is in two parts. Each part has a T-
shaped portion the crossbars of which overlap. The armature
is inserted vnthin the bobbin and is resilienUy held at the cross-
bars to lock into position with a shim. The bobbin front wall m
combination with the armature and shim form the muzzle or
reading end of the transducer and has a substantially frustro
pyramidal shape The armature-bobbin structure is held in
x'
UMMTON
5T*aT
COWWTfW
«T0»
y
9
DCCAt
MCCM*HlS«
/*-
^'
4
/*
/-»
^'
, •
FKOCItioa
-
cowtaot.
w
TI
thMCSmOLD
0(T[CTOa
K^
'IT
This disclosure is directed to a system for surveying ocean
or inland water to obtain depth or slant range information
without recording false signals. The system makes use of a sin-
gle generator that generates a signal which starts a counter
and is transmitted into the water. A portion of the generated
signal is directed into the delay circuit which delays the signal
that controls a gate through which the return signal is
processed. The return signal is passed through an automatic
gain control and the gate which is conUolled by the delayed
signal. The delay is sufficient to prevent processing of any
false signals. The return signal that passes through the gate is
detected and stops the counter which was started upon initia-
tion of the generated signal. The counter output is directed to
a digital recorder which indicates a measure of distance in ac-
cordance with the amount of time the counter was opera-
tional.
f
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
729
3,710311
HELICOPTER LIGHTING SYSTEM AND LIGHT UNITS
USEFUL THEREIN
Ron AviUl, 134 Katzenelson Street, Givatavim, Israel
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,055
Claims priority, application Israel, Nov. 28, 1969, 33446
Int. CLG08g 5/00
U.S. CL 340-27
3,710313
EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS
Pleasent P. Kimball, 583 Market Street, San Francisco, Calif.;
Robert H. Hagey, and Malcolm J. Macaulay, both of 6305
North VQU, Apt. 23, Oklahoma City, Okla.
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,170
Int. CLG08g 7/00
8 Claims U.S.CL340— 33
7 Claims
The invention relates to helicopter lighting systems particu-
larly for night formation flying. The system includes a first
light unit attached to the main helicopter rotor in the vicinity
of its tip and a second light unit attached to the main
helicopter rotor at a location thereon spaced inwardly from
the tip. Upon rotation of the helicopter rotor, the light units
provide a light pattern providing a quickly discernible indica-
tion to an observer of the attitude of the helicopter and of any
change in heading thereof relative to the observer.
3,710312
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING
TRAFnC FLOW IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRAFTIC
PRESENCE
Frank W. HiU, MoUne, Dl., assignor to Gulf & Western Indus-
tries, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 870,449, Oct. 23, 1969, Pat. No.
3,602,882, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 563,143, June 6,
1966, abuMkmed. This application March 15, 1971, Ser. No.
124399
lnt.a.GO8g;/07
U.S. CI. 340—31 R 17 Claims
♦|B
±1^!^
i^
><;
'/r
=^
"^^j=5r"-T— ♦*
o*-(
\
s
\ LOCAL
: TRAfFic
CONTHOLLOl V
The presence of traffic in at least one of the intersecting
passageways is monitored by developing a presence signal so
long as a vehicle is present in a predetermined area and the
presence signal is utilized to control the energization of a traf-
fic signal light so as to initiate termination of a go signal dis-
play for traffic in the passageway which previously had right-
of-way. Traffic presence detectors are provided also within
the intersection itself to prevent yielding right-of-way to traffic
in an intersecting passageway until the vehicle has left the in-
tersection.
/''
uooj^AToe
'enks^ -'■ft
^r.
•2
\
~!j:» fii
-U
V
-?
V- V
u
roue-
!
gfioeaee
■^K
* 'IS
*»
Communications warning apparatus of the type wherein a
transmitter is mounted in an emergency vehicle and one or
more frequency-adaptive receivers are mounted in other vehi-
cles. This system utilizes an FM transmitter coupled with
recorder and play back mechanism in the emergency vehicle
so that transmission can be effected in any of three modes, i.e.
modulated C-W, voice transmission or repetitive recorded
voice message, and transmission is effected at such frequency
that all surrounding vehicles having a required receiver instru-
ment will receive such warning or message preferentially over
a receiver instrument or modular adapter utilized with a stan-
dard car radio.
3,710314
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING DEVIATION IN TIRE
PRESSURE
Alfred S. Bell, 8375 Elmgrove Drive, Baton Rouge, La., and
Fred L. Churchman, 2820 Alaska St., Baton Rouge, La.
FUedMarckl2, 1971,Ser. No. 123,624
Int. CI. B60c 23100
U.S. CI. 340-58 5 Claims
Apparatus for detecting deviation from desired normal tire
pressure range and for establishing a signal which can be
readily transmitted to a vehicle operator while the vehicle is
moving. The detecting apparatus is positioned within the tire
space and is attached to the wheel rim. The detector includes
one or a pair of variable volume chambers, each chamber hav-
ing a moveable wall to which is operatively connected a rod
element. The chamber has a normal volume position
established by a normal difference between tire pressure and
atmospheric pressure, and by spring action thereon. Upon a
tire pressure deviation from normal, the chamber volume is
diminished and the rod element is caused to protrude a short
distance through the wheel rim, and in such position gives a
visible indicia of deviation and also is adapted to actuate a
switch establishing an alarm circuit including means to alert
the vehicle operator. Preferred embodiments utilize two
chambers to detect pressures below or above desired tire pres-
sure. A special switch for the alarm circuit is disclosed.
730
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3.710^15
STOP-LIGHT FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Hans O. Scherenberg, Stuttgart-Heumaden, Germany, as-
signor to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart- Unter-
turliheim, Germany
Filed March 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,080
Claims priority, application Austria, March 18, 1968, A
2645/68
Int.Cl. B60q7/44
U.S. CI. 340-62 24 Claims
a contact closure or "continuity" state for use by external
locJting devices. The electrical combination lock has particu-
lar advantage in protecting an automobile. In the semi-locked
condition hmited use of the automobile is permitted, such as
by a parking lot attendant. Multiple sets of combination mput
means may be employed to provide access to individual areas
only such as to the ignition system, trunk or doors of an au-
tomobile.
'■-^ r-*
3,710317
AUTO ALARM SYSTEM
Frank Thomas Coben; Peter Kaufman, and Robert L.
Townsend, all of Santa Barbara, Calif., assignors to Edu-
cated Vehicle Systems, Inc., SanU Barbara, Calif.
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,810
Int. CI. B60r 25100
U.S. CI. 340-64 12 Claims
LWt»CtMI!PMT«t«l
A stop-light system for motor vehicles for providmg a varia-
ble light indication to the operator of a trailing vehicle includ-
ing means responsive to the driving velocity and applied brake
pressure for controlling the energization of the stop-lights to
provide a variable Ught indication which vanes from a weak to
a strong indication with decreasing driving velocity and/or in-
creasing brake pressure. The variable light indication is m the
form of an increase in the lighled-up surface and/or an in-
crease in the intensity of the stop-lights.
JM
HOII
n?5
Fl>SIIEI
iJOi
naiic
CIICUIT
HOII
roid
CIICUIT
3,710,316
VEHICLE ELECTRICAL COMBINATION LOCK
George L. Kromer, 890 Ridge Road, Hickley, Ohio
Filed SepL 1, 1971, Ser. No. 176,859
Int. a. B60r 25/70
U.S. a. 340-63 26 Claims
^^^
BOTBtr
An automobile alarm system is activated by lockmg either
of the front doors or key locked opening with the door/igni-
tion key, said system including an armable electrical circuit
for powering any automotive lights and/or horn, said armable
circuit having an armed and disarmed mode, an arming cir-
cuit and a disarming circuit, said arming and disarming cir-
cuits being closed by switches activated by said key to cause a
momenury current to pulse said armable circuit into either
the armed or disarmed mode, said armable circuit, when in the
armed mode, being triggered by at least one automotive cour-
tesy or dome light switch, hood switch or trunk switch to
complete the circuit allowing current to flow through said cir-
cuit to said automotive lights and/or horn.
n
laniTioM
SrSTEU
M^
^
1
HOOD
3,710318
ERROR DETECTION CIRCUIT
William C. Powell, deceased, late of Oklahoma City, Okla.
(by Joan E. Powell, administratrix), assignor to Honeywell
Information System Inc., Waltham, Mass.
FUed Nov. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 200,801
Int. CLH03k 7 i/J2. 79/44
U.S. CI. 340-146.1 AB 2 Claims
I SOtl-dXK£D
uMuseD aens
An electrical combination lock circuit providing output
signals representing locked, unlocked and semi-locked states.
An "unlocked" signal is produced by providing input signals
in proper sequence representing the unlocking combination.
The "semi-locked" signal is produced only by providing an ap-
propriate input signal when the combination lock circuit is in
the "unlocked" slate The semi-locked state may be used to
allow limited access to the protected area. Provision of an
input signal representing a digit that is out of sequence in the
combination or that is not in the combination causes the cir-
cuit to return to the "locked" state. In each of the locked, un-
locked and semi-locked conditions the lock circuit provides a
momentary electrical signal, a continuous electrical signal and
A logic circuit having nine input terminals uses four full ad-
ders and a NAND-gate to provide an output signal when
signals are applied to any two or more of the input terminals.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
731
3,710319
OPTICAL CHARACTER RECOGNITION SYSTEM
Robert Pincus Miller, Spring Valley; Abraham Badian, New
City, and Samuel P. Dickstein, Monsey, all of N.Y., assignors
to Scanamatlon Corporation, Riverside, Conn.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,670
Int. CI. G06k 9/72
U.S.CL340-146.3J 5 CUOms
switch is activated to produce the indication upon establish-
ment of credit less than the minimum credit level. The silicon
'-%vv HH
controlled switch is subsequently turned off when established
credit exceeds the minimum credit level.
3,710321
MACHINE RECOGNITION OF LEXICAL SYMBOLS
David A. Rubensteln, Rochester, Minn., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 106,971
Int.Cl.G06k9/72
U.S. CI. 340— 146.3 15 Claims
An optical character recognition system utilizes a reflecting
data card including one or more fonts for the entry of one of a
plurality of optically recognizable characters. The card also
includes one or more non-reflecting timing marks for indicat-
ing the position of these fonts. Conventional means are used
for passing these data cards at a predetermined speed past an
array of one or more columns of optical comparators and a
light source adapted to shine light into the cards so that it will
reflect onto the array. Each comparator is adapted to produce
a voltage pulse in response to a drop in the intensity of
reflected light. In addition, a timing comparator is provided
for detecting the liming marks and thereby triggering one or
more timing pulse sources.
The outputs of the comparators and the timing pulse
sources are combined in suitable logic circuitry for recogniz-
ing acharacler printed on the font. Specifically, one or more
logical MiD circuits are provided for combining the outputs
of one or more comparators past which a vertical line will
pass. Also applied to the AND circuit is the output of a timing
pulse source adapted to pulse while light from a predeter-
mined portion of the font is reflected onto the array. In addi-
tion, one or more logical OR circuits are provided for combin-
ing the outputs of one or more comparators past which a
horizontal line printed on a font will pass. The output of each
OR circuit is then combined with the output of a timing pulse
source adapted to pulse while light from a predetermined por-
tion of the font is reflected onto the comparator array.
Requisite storage units are provided, and the information as to
the presence or absence of line segments in the various
predetermined font segments is fed into a decoder which then
determines the character printed in the font.
3,710320
ADDITIONAL CREDIT REQUIRED INDICATOR IN
VENDING MACHINE
Thomas P. Jachimek, Evergreen Park, III., assignor to The
Seeburg Corp., Chicago. III.
Filed Sept. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 71,616
Int. CI. G07f 9108; H03k 7 7100, 19/00
U.S. CI. 340— 149 R 5 Claims
An indication is provided that more credit must be
established after a customer establishes some credit below a
predetermined minimum credit level. A silicon controlled
— - 1 *l<l 1
«9?^ »9C-
-^
.! sc«i
f COUIIEI
■1
lE'UII
SEE*
^
tic
«•• „j -
^^19«
A raster scan covers areas containing major characters of an
alphabet. When a character is recognized as being one which
may have an associated diacritical mark, the scan is shifted to
a separate area, the contents of which are recognized from
among a group of such marks. The major-character recogni-
tion unit is disabled during scanning of the diacritical marks,
and vice versa. The areas may be defined on a document by
rows of rectangular boxes.
3,710322
CHARACTER READER EXHIBITING ON-THE-FLY
RECOGNITION TECHNIQUES
I. John Prickett Beltz, Willingboro, N.J.. and Harold Burtis
Currie, Moorestown, NJ., assignors to Orbital Systems Inc..
Moorestown, N.J.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,042
Int.CI.G06k9/75
U.S.CI. 340-146.3J 7 Claims
A character reader incorporates on-the-fly recognition
techniques to recognize characters printed on documents
Recognition is dependent upon dividing the characters into a
first plurality of horizontal zones as well as a pair of vertical
zones to determine from which portion of a character certain
selected features are derived. To eliminate ambiguities that
may occur with such zoning techniques when poorly printed
characters are read, the character reader also effectively di-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
732
vidcs each character into a second plurality of homontal DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM
zones that overlay and are substant.ally broader than the first ^ ^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^^ ^ ^^^^ 3^„. H.roW L.
McFarUnd, Jr., Concord, wid James B Young, Jr.. CariWe,
.11 of Mass.. assignors to Digital Equipment Corporation,
Maynard, Mass.
Filed April 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,636
lnt.Cl.GO6fi/04,9/7S
U^.Cl.340-172^ 27 culm.
■"S30 — T'
plurality of horizontal zones. Certain other selected features
are read from the second plurality of horizontal zones.
3,710^23
PATTERN^IZE NORMALIZING FOR RECOGNITION
APPARATUS
Douglas R- Andres, d«c««ed, late of Rochester, Minnjby
^JS^rie E. Andrews), and Mihon J. Kimmel, Roch^r,
Minn., -signers to Intematiooal Business M«:hin« Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y., by said Kimmel, a p«n Interest
Filed Dec. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 206,989
Int. a. G06k 9104
U.S. CI. 340-1463 H »« Claim,
o-omc.^
COMTWOt .^
t M - iUS •«** ^^^
I mm -mm- "wccjsw •tooesi
i»«-a(M-nvcts90« tmm'
not - KLCCTioti «aiNnn.£0«ciiCN
MTU- iimnM^
~^ r»«ct»««o I
I -^5
I c-c«;aa»tT«oi vi^.^ — - —
»ttll-«L«»t ItllCHIlOlllZiTlOll
A data processing system with improved data transfer capa-
bUities. AU units in the system, including a random access
memory unit, are connected m parallel Data .s transferred
between any two units asynchronously with r«P«c^ »f «
processor unit which normally controls the system. Other
units can obtain system control by makmg a request which «
honored if it has sufficient priority. Transfers requiring
processor unit operation are made after an instruction is
processed and may divert the processor unit to an mterrupuon
routine Other transfers can be made whenever another unit m
the system is not malcing a transfer System conuol is returned
to the processor unit or another peripheral unit when the data
transfer is completed. If an interruption rouUne is to be ex-
ecuted, control is returned to the processor directly. Data
transfers are controlled by synchronization signals from he
controlling penpheral unit and the other unit mvolved m the
transfer.
3,710^325
PLUGBOARD SELECTION OF REGISTER ORDERS FOR
EXTRACTION OF CONTENTS
Win«,r Soule, Jr., 611 Cragmont Avenue, Berkley; John Ef-
sUthioun, 6767 Sims Drive, OaUand, and Lelf Andreasen,
6133 Bellhaven Ave.. Newark, aU of Calil.
Division of Ser. No. 434,265. Feb. 23, 1965, Pat. No^
3 522 416. This application March 24, 1970, Ser. No. 24,905
Int. CI G06f 9100, 15100; G06k 75/00
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 <^C»^»
^
(■r« o i(0»'»«i««««»i
The height and width of a binary input pattern are measured
and the pattern is loaded into a read/write memory. I he
heiRht and width signals select stored vertical and horizontal
nonnalization vectors which address specific locations in the
read/write memory so as to transfer certain of the input-pat-
tern bits to an output memory for subsequent recognition
Each normalization vector has a series of digits for specifying
addresses within the read/write memory. Horizontal and verti-
cal registration signals may also be combined with the nor-
malization-vector elements to modify the selected read-wnte
memory locations, in order to move the input pattern to a
reference location in the output memory.
fegiUT..-
1 VeSTS
=B
k^i
Controls for extracting digits of a register s contents before
transfer to a utilization device by use of a plugboard in con -
Lnction with the usual digit position identification signals.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
733
3,710^26
PREFERENTIAL OFFERING SIGNAL PROCESSING
SYSTEM
Kazuo Nezu, and Yutaka Tochitanl, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Yokogawa Electric Works, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,729
Int.CI.G06(9/00
U^. CI. 340- 172.5 8 Claims
CPU
BSfi_
S£^
Ii_
Goi
Goz
R.SEEJj_
3^ "Mt .
G« G2
^»
' Gm
-^
I S
-»F2
transition buffers which together contain a 16 bit transition
address and compare logic of a length equal to the length of
only one of the buffers which is multiplexed so as to compare a
current address in the local store register to the CPU with both
the stop address and the transition address. Also, the compare
logic functions to compare received v«th generated checking
characters. A shift register is provided to serialize characters
for transmission and assemble characters serially during
reception. The shift register in conjunction with other cir-
cuitry also functions to generate a pair of block check charac-
ters temporarily stored in two block check character buffers
having a total length of a conventional 16 bit register. The
operation of the single shift register is multiplexed in such a
manner that it need only be 8 bits long.
3,710328
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING
DEVICES EACH PERFORMING PREPROCESSING
OPERATIONS ON DATA AUTONOMOUSLY OF THE
CENTRAL PROCESSOR
John C. Hunter, Phoenix. Ariz., and Albert L. Beard. Phoenix,
Ariz., assignors to Honeywell Information System Inc.,
Waltham, Mass.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,284
Int.a.G06fi/00
U.S. CI. 340— 172.5 10 Claims
A system for feeding offering (input) signals from a plurality
of groups of offering (input) terminals to a CPU. A control
circuit is associated with each terminal and these control cir-
cuits are divided into groups corresponding to the terminal.
The groups of conuol circuits are selectively fed select signals
and the CPU sends out polling signals sequentially to the con-
trol circuits of each group. Each of the control circuits con-
tains an AND circuit which is enabled to pass a signal to the
CPU when its control circuit receives a polling and a select
signal along with an offering signal at its associated terminal.
3,710327
SYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTER
Arkn K. Books, and James W. Froemke, both of Rochester,
Minn., Ksignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,699
Int. a. G06f// /OO
VS. CI. 340- 172.5 ^ Claims
N n
'tlilBTiW-ti WK'tV
a ctttHi
11 f?
iMJ ■fCHUIM'Mt
'~ ?■ ICC i»"fi
"M^
!f- uw L.„
J- >•
A synchronous communications adapter for connecting a
CPU with a transmission line including a pair of stop buffers
which together contain a 16 bit stop address and a pair of
■M
Communicating devices in a data processing system operate
in a data-altering mode to perform processing operations au-
tonomously of the central processor. The operations are per-
formed within limits prescribed by broad-function parameters
from the central processor, thus relieving the cenual proces-
sor of preprocessing operations. Each device issues discrete
instructions comprising an operation part and a store address
part for performing operations on data items supplied by the
device itself, as well as on data in the system store.
ERRATA
For Classes 340—112.5 thru 340—379 see:
Patents Nos. 3,710,348 thru 3,710,379
3,710329
PHASE CONTROL CWCUITS USING FREQUENCY
MULTIPLICATION FOR PHASED ARRAY ANTENNAS
Robert J. Mailloux. Wayland. Mass., and Paul R. Caron.
Tiverton. R.I.. assignors to the United States of America
as represented by the Administrator of the National Aero-
nautics and Space Administration
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55^333
Int. CI. HOlq 3126
U.S.CI.343-100SA 13 Claims
The disclosure describes a phase control coupling circuit for
use with a phased array antenna. The coupling circuit includes
734
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
a combining circuit which is coupled to a transmission line, a
frequency multiplier circuit which is coupled to the combining
circuit, and a recombining circuit which is coupled between
the frequency multiplier circuit and phased array antenna ele-
ments. In a "doubler" embodiment, the frequency multiplier
circuit comprises frequency doublers and the combining and
recombining circuits comprise four-port hybrid power
dividers. In a generalized embodiment, the multiplier circuit
scaled array wherein individual elements are arranged in ac-
cordance with those of the operational conformal array. The
scaled system is illuminated by an electromagnetic or acoustic
beam having the desired radiation pattern and the charac-
teristics of the elemental signal within the elements of the
scaled array control the radiation pattern of the conformal
array in the desired manner.
^ jry" 5»> «^ *^
comprises frequency multiplier elements which multiply to the
Nth power, the combining circuit comprises four-port hybrid
power dividers, and the recombining circuit comprises
summing circuits. In a quadrupler embodiment, the multiplier
circuit comprises frequency quadrupler elements, the combin-
ing circuit comprises four-port hybrid power dividers and the
recombining circuit comprises two levels of four-port hybrid
power dividers. '
3,710^30
SCALED SCAN CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CONFORMAL
ARRAYS
Gknn A. Walters, 12900 Camino Del Valle, Poway, Calif.
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,670
Iiit.CLHOlqi/26
U.S.C1.343-100SA 9 Claims
IMTEB-
MCOIATE
rWEOUCWCY
OSCPLLATOT
M 93 |s2 jSi 50 49 J4f U?
29-1
RCrCttEHCE
StONAL
05CIL>.AT0«
:^^^Jh^-
^^Q^-r'
^^
3,710331
RANGE CHANGE METHOD OF DETERMINING
POSITIONS
Allan KUsk, 9215 Presidential Drive, Alexandria, Va.
Filed Aprils, 1971, Ser. No. 132,458
Int. CI. GOls 5/02, 5/74
U.S. CL 343—112 R 20 Claims
OMiMaTioa
■OUTT PAf
A method and apparatus for determining coordinates of
unknown ground positions and positions of objects above the
earth's surface by the use of code-modulated radio signals in
conjunction with stable oscillators. An aircraft transmits a
signal which is acquired and tracked by known and unknown
ground stations. Range changes are obtained from the mea-
surements of the phase shift between the received signal and
an internal reference signal. From the large number of range
change measurements obtained as the aircraft moves with
respect to the ground positions, the positions of the aircraft as
well as the positions of the unknown points are computed by
solving large groups of equations simultaneously.
3,710332
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FINDING THE
DIRECTION OF SIGNALS
Horst Tischner, Hannover; Alfred Schief, Becthovenstr. 16,
Eningen, and Hugo Baur, Tubingen, all of Germany,
assignors to Federal Republic of Germany as represented by
the Federal Defense Minister, Bonn, Germany
Filed AprU 21, 1966, Ser. No. 545,801
Int.CI.GOlsi/46
U.S. CI. 343-113 R 22 Claims
OtCKUOKCff
The radiation pattern of a conformal, quasi-uniform dis-
tribution of elements, each containing a radiating aperture,
mixer and possible other active and passive components, is
controlled by controlling the phase-amplitude characteristics
of signals applied to the elemental mixers. The phase-am-
plitude characteristics of the control signals are derived from a
Two directional receivers and a non-directional receiver
produce voltages when receiving a main signal and interfering
signal. The voltages are cross-correlated so that the resultant
voltages are functions of the angle between the direction of
the main signal and a reference line, and can be evaluated to
determine the direction of the main signal.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
735
3,710333
INTERFEROMETER DIRECTION HNDER ANTENNA
COMPENSATION
Carol L. Crom, Garland. Tex., assignor to E-System, Inc.,
D&llfts Xcx.
FUed Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 184,114
Int.Cl.GOlsJ/70
provided a digital indicator using a digital counter and clock
pulse source for determining the phase relation between an
oscillator output and fundamental frequency signals derived
from short duration multiple frequency transmissions which
are radiated from one station at a time for short periods, the
oscillator being phase locked to a signal derived from the
signals normally radiated from one of the stations.
U.S. CI. 343— 114
7 Claims
An interferometer direction finder antenna mounted in a
protective pod receives phase error producing energy result-
ing from current induced in the pod generating a magnetic
field. To compensate for and minimuze the effects of this ex-
traneous energy, a sensor is located on the pod and oriented to
produce a current related to the magnetic field generated by
the pod current. A direction finder system employs at least
two radio wave energy responsive antennas and each of the
antennas has associated therewith a separate sensor. To
minimize the pod current error in the wave front signal a cur-
rent from the sensor associated with the first antenna is com-
bined with a wave front signal from the second antenna.
Similarly, the current signal from the sensor of the second an-
tenna is combined with the wave front signal from the first an-
tenna. Signals from each of the combining circuits are used in
standard direction finder computing receivers to determine
the location of a transmitting source relative to the direction
finder antennas.
3,710334
RECEIVERS FOR PHASE COMPARISON RADIO
NAVIGATION SYSTEMS
Brian Pace, London, England, assignor to Decca Ltd.. London.
England
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,036
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Nov. 10, 1969,
54,970/69
Int. CLGOls 7/30
U.S. CI. 343— 105 R 6 Claims
3,710335
AZIMUTHAL POSITIONING SYSTEM
Larry K. Lepley, 3434 C Kalihi Street, Honolulu, Hawaii
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 38,924
Int. CL GO Is 3/02.7/05
U.S.CL343— 112R 13 Claims
A navigation system for providing location information by
triangulation, comprising at least two optical or radio or
acoustic beacons spaced apart at predetermined locations,
each beacon being fixed to project a frequency-dispersed
spectrum in an azimuthal arc about the beacon, the arcs from
the spaced beacons overlapping in the navigational area of in-
terest, and means for identifying and comparing the frequency
received from each of the beacons at any point in the area of
overlap of the arcs, including an area chart showing the
beacon spectra, and necessary receiving instrumentation in
some embodiments.
3,710336
SIGN AL-RESPONSrVE CONTROL SYSTEM
Julius O. Lerner, Verona, NJ., assignor to David Herman,
Livingston, N J., a part interest
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863^58
Int. CI. G08b 7 J/22
U.S. CI. 343-225 > * Claims
^
4 >SA*Pi. ir a
Me TWOCK
^
^
jPs^ecr
7b Pi-j*itf>it
Cufmcimr
In a phase comparison radio navigation receiver in which
fine readings of phase relationship between signals of different
but harmonically related frequencies normally radiated from
fixed transmitters are indicated on meters with pointers
traversing a circular scale and in which mechanical integration
of the pointer movements is used for lane indication, there is
An actuating system responsive to a predetermined
frequency includes a network for preventing actuation by
noise, unauthorized, or spurious signals, which network in-
cludes a filter which passes frequencies in other than the
predetermined frequency. The filter passed signal is demodu-
lated and applies as a disabling signal to the system actuator
736
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
network. Where the system is a sonic type intruder detector
the filter-passed signal is also demodulated by a second rectifi-
er and charges a capacitor whose output is applied to the ac-
tuator network and after a predetermined charging interval is
sufficient to trigger the network. In a door or function actuat-
ing system, the actuator network is disabled by a signal of
other than the predetermined frequency for an extended inter-
val following its application.
3,710^38
CAVITY ANTENNA MOUNTED ON A MISSILE
Robert E. Munson. Boulder, Colo., assignor to Ball Brothers
Research Corporation, Boulder, Coto.
Continuation of Ser. No. 787,912, Dec. 30, 1968, abandoned.
This application Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,983
Int. CI. HO Iq 7/25
U.S. CI. 343—708 7 Claims
3,710,337
MINIATURE TV ANTENNA
Ronald D. Grant, Urbana, ill., assignor to JFD Electronics
Corporation, Brooklyn, N.Y.
CoDtiiiuation-in-part of Ser. No. 22,281, March 24, 1970. This
applicatioa June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,106
Inta.H01q2//;2
U.S.a.343— 701 18 Claims
h-
^^^'^-y/' iff :
An antenna for TV reception predominantly in the low
band and high band VHF ranges having dipoles of significantly
reduced physical lenglfr as compared with conventional
dipoles for reception in the above mentioned VHF ranges. In-
ductive elements are employed as an integral part of at least
one of said dipoles for improving the bandwidth and raising
the O of the dipole. The dipoles are electrically isolated from
one another by suitable frequency sensitive circuits to isolate
high band operation from low band operation. Lossy com-
ponents are also provided as an integral part of at least one of
the dipole sections for significantly enhancing power transfer
between the antenna and amplifier. The inductive elements
further provide good impedance matching between antenna
and amplifier to further optimize power transfer
therebetween. The antenna is provided with capacitive end
loads for improving both current magnitude and current dis-
tribution across the dipole in both low and high band VHF
operation. Separate amplifier channels are provided for low
band and high band signal amplification to improve gain and
reduce intermodulation and cross-modulation effects. Input
filter means in at least the low band amplifier channel is
designed to counterbalance the reactive impedance of the an-
tenna across the band width of interest. The antenna is con-
tained within a lightweight weather-proof housing of sim-
plified design which further facilitates handling and assembly.
The antenna itself is lightweight, preferably being comprised
of active and parasitic elements, deposited or otherwise
formed upon a thin flexible insulating substrate. The two
channel amplifiers are mounted directly upon the antenna and
are contained within the lightweight antenna housing.
An antenna for use on a missile wherein a cylindrical con-
ductor is concentrically positioned about a metallic surface
portion of the missile so as to define a cavity of one-quarter
wavelength between one end of the cylindrical conductor,
which is connected with the missile surface, and a plurality of
connecting positions of energy transfer means. The energy
transfer means is connected about the periphery of the cylin-
drical conductor at intervals substantially equal to a single
wavelength of a signal so that the cylindriczil conductor and
the missile surface adjacent an opposite end of the cylindrical
conductor form the elements of an asymmetric dipole of high
impedance.
3,710339
PORTABLE ANTENNA MOUNT FOR TRUCKS
Leroy A. Rima, 10628 Boyd Street, Omaha, Nebr.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,572
Int.CI.H01q7/i2
U.S.CI.343— 715 9 Claims
^c;
An antenna mount for removably attaching a radio antenna
to the bracket of a side-mounted mirror of a truck, the mount
comprising telescoping upper and lower tubular members hav-
ing a spring therein, means attaching hooks to each member
so that said spring causes said hooks to clamp against out-
wardly extending portions of said mirror bracket, an antenna
of a vertically telescoping type folding into a collapsed posi-
tion with respect to the telescoping tubes for compact storage.
The combination described in further combination with a
truck and truck mirror having outwardly extending bracket
portions.
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
737
'3,710,340
SMALL, BROADBAND, UNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNA
Paul E. Mayes, Champaign, ni., assignor to JFD Electronics
Corp., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188,711
Int CI. HOlq 27/00
U^. CI. 343-725
14 Claims
from the virtual focus via the subreflector, and a second feed
for directly illuminating the main reflector from a prime focus.
The second feed is shaped, and is positioned relative to the
subreflector, to create a ring focus for energy reflected from
the subreflector to the main reflector, and the main reflector is
shaped to have the ring focus as its prime focus.
3,710342
RECORDER CHART DRIVE
Thomas T. Highley, Jr., Glenside, Pa., and Albert E. Paschkis,
Gwynedd Valley, Pa., assignors to Leeds & Northrup Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127,262
InL CI. GO Id 75/24
U.S.a.346— 136 4 Claims
A non-resonant antenna structure for the reception and/or
radiation of electromagnetic waves in a unidirectional manner
over a broad frequency band. The structure consists of two
resonant elements of dual type fed simultaneously from the
same transmission line. The resonant elements are adjusted so
that the image impedance of the composite two-port structure
is neiirly constant and resistive over a very wide frequency
band. One port is terminated in a resistor approximately equal
in value to the image impedance. As a result, the impedance
observed at the other port is also very nearly a constant re-
sistance. In a given plane through the antenna one element has
an omnidirectional radiation pattern; the other, a typical
figure-of-eight dipole pattern. Proper adjustment of feeder im-
pedance relative to the impedances of the individual elements
leads to a unidirectional pattern with high front-to-back ratio
over the operating band. Since achievement of the above con-
ditions is possible at frequencies below the first resonant
frequency of either element, the antenna dimensions may be
small compared to the wavelength, particularly at the lower
end of the operating band.
3,710341
GREGORIAN ANTENNA WITH RING FOCUS
Attilio F. Sciambi, Jr., Melbourne, Fla., assignor to Radiation
Inc., Melbourne, Fla.
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,265
Int. O.H01q 79/74
U.S. CI. 343—779 9 Claims
A Gregorian antenna system has the usual main reflector,
subreflector, a first feed for illuminating the main reflector
A recorder of the type for recording one or more records of
the value of one or more conditions under measurement such
as temperature, pressure, flow or the like upon a strip chart. A
pen, pens, a stylus, stylii, or a printwheel in the case of mul-
tipoint recorders, is utilized to make a record of a condition or
conditions on the chart; the recording element being moved
across the chart to a position corresponding to the value of a
condition. The chart is generally driven at a constant speed by
means of a chart drive roll having a plurality of radially ex-
tending pins also referred to as sprocket teeth. In some in-
stances in place of the drive roll there is a back-up plate hav-
ing one or more sprocket wheels suitably displaced with
respect to perforations in a chart. Such charts include ad-
jacent at least one edge thereof a row of holes in a marginal
area of the chart whereby driving engagement between the
chart and the teeth or pins of the driving means cooperate to
draw the chart from a supply roll passed the record applying
means. The chart is thereafter drawn across a chart back-up
plate by a reroU mechanism. In recorders of this type the reroll
mechanism is driven slightly faster than the chart drive means
either by utilizing a single motor and a chain or belt type of
738
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
connection or by a separate motor In the preferred form of
applicants' invention the reroll is driven intermittently in a
manner to prevent the holes in the chart from creeping off the
pins of the drive means and/or jamming and/or tearing of the
chart. Additionally, the intermittent reroll action permits edge
guiding of the reroUed chart by the reroll flange to be fully ef-
fective.
3,710346
Patent Not Issued For This Number
3,710347
Patent Not Issued For This Number
3,710343
STRIP CHART DRIVE MECHANISM FOR A RECORDER
Werner R. Bauer, Radnor, Pa., assignor to Robertshaw Con-
trols Company, Richmond, Va.
FUed Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188,843
Int. CI. GOld 75/24
L.S. CI. 346-136 20 Claims
In a multipoint recorder having a movable stnp chart for
recording purposes and marking means for marking on said
chart as said chart is being moved by chart dnve means
wherein the chart drive means comprises a stnp chart supply
roll a chart dnve roll and a chart take-up roll with the chart
being fed from the supply roll around part of the dnve roll and
on to the take-up roll, the improvement wherein a dnve gear is
coupled by a coupling that interconnects the dnve gear to the
drive roll without slippage therebetween when the coupling is
in a locked position thereof and that disconnects the dnve
gear from the dnve roU when m an unlocked position thereof.
A manipulator means is interconnected by a slip clutch to the
drive roll whereby the manipulator means cannot turn the
3,710348
CONNECT MODULES
David J. Craft, Chandler's Ford, England, assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
FUed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,487
Claims priority, appbcation Great Britain, April 2, 1970,
15,553/70
Int. CI. G06I 73/00
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 llCbdms
A connect module (carried by a single structure with con-
trol and data input-output pins) interfaces between functional
memory stores and conventional components such as main
store, to provide data funnelling and parity checking in
systems generally of the type shown in copending U.S. appli-
cation of P.A.E. Gardner et al.; Ser. No. 828,503. filed May
28, 1969 now U.S. Pat. No. 3,585,605. A module compnses
buses, data registers, parity checkers continuously checking
data in the registers, highways whereby any register can be
connected to any other register and a storage array between
(- which array and any data register data can be transferred Ad-
ditional functions such as the selective inversion of data can
be obtained with the same pin count by making the module in-
terpretive. Such a module has a control register into which
data from the array can be transferred.
In each module cycle two addresses are defined, a direct ad-
dress which is explicitly given and a conditional address which
is generated by an operation similar to indexing. Either ad-
dress can be chosen to select from the array the control word
drive roll independenUy of the drive gear unless the coupling for a cycle, the other address being used, when required for a
is in the unlocked position thereof. data transfer between the registers and the array. ^
3,710344
Patent Not Issued For This Number
3,710345
Patent Not Issued For This Number
3,710349
DATA TRANSFERRING CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR
TRANSFERRING DATA BETWEEN MEMORIES OF A
COMPUTER SYSTEM
Osamu Miwa, Sagamihara, and Yosiro Kayano, Yokohama,
both of Japan, assignors to Fujitsu Limited, Kawasaki,
Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 827316, May 23, 1969, abandoned.
This application May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,601
Clabns priority, appUcation Japan, May 25, 1968, 43/35407
Int. CI. G06fi /OO
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 ^ ^ ,* ^'■.!!"
Data transfening means separate and independent from the
central processing unit of a computer system and operating m
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
739
parallel with the central processing unit transfers data
between a first memory area and a second memory area in a
memory. The data transferring means comprises a first re-
gister for storing the address of the data of the first memory
area from which the data is successively transferred to the
second memory area. A second register stores the address of
the data of a second memory area to which the data is succes-
sively transferred from the second memory area. A third re-
gister stores addresses of the group of data transferred from
the first memory area to the second memory area. Transfer
means transfers data directly to the second position in the
through the bus, a data transmitting apparatus with which,
when a plurality of computers have simultaneously made
requests for communication with another computer, the com-
munication is made possible from one of the highest priority
level, said data transmitting apparatus being constructed such
that larger addresses in binary codes are assigned in the order
C£NWAL
PR0C£SS/fJ6
A4/i/A/ A^SMO/PI£S
/NPOT- OC/rPUT
COA/r/?0LLERS
CPun
CPU^
M£/M1
3
I
n_
MEM 5
liocj] \l3cl\
\7^
second memory area designated by the address information of
the second register. First arithmetic means connected to the
first register and the second register modifies the address in-
formation of the first register and the second register by the in-
formation of the transfer data. Second arithmetic means con-
nected to the third register modifies the address information
of the transfer data.
3,710,350
SYSTEM FOR DUGNOSING AN INPUT-OUTPUT
CO^a■ROL UNIT
Norito Yoshitake, Kawasaki, and Ryoji Imazeki, Yokohama,
both of Japan, assignors to Fujitsu Limited, Kawasaki-shi,
Japan
FUed June 18, 1971, Ser. No. 154,497
Claims priority, application Japan, June 22, 1970, 45/54250
Int. CI. G06f 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 340—172.5 6 Claims
COMPUTER
— n —
DS
DM
DB
I/O CONTROL UNIT
lOyt
TT^
RMG
PROCESS
— CT
A system according to the present invention diagnoses an
input-output control unit in the computer control system com-
prising a computer, the input-output control unit and a
process. The diagnoses is carried out without separating the
connections between the input-output control unit and the
process and without using a simulator. Firstly, the diagnose
mode signal is applied to the input-output control unit and
separates this input-output control unit from the process.
Secondly, the computer applies the diagnose signal to the
input-output control unit and reads the output of the input-
output control unit; thus the computer diagnoses the input-
output control unit.
3,710351
DATA TRANSMITTING APPARATUS IN INFORMATION
EXCHANGE SYSTEM USING COMMON BUS
Hideo Nakamura, Hachioji, Japan, assignor to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
FUed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,022
Int.a.G06f9/75
U.S. CI. 340—172.5 5 Claims
In a system wherein a number of computers are coupied to a
common bus and the communication among them is effected
of the priority levels of data to be transmitted. The address is
successively transmitted from an upper-place bit in case of
transmitting it to said bus; it is compared with an address on
said bus at every bit; and in the case where said address of said
apparatus is "0" without coinciding with said address on said
bus, said apparatus prohibits tremsmission of signals ob bits of
lower places than the non-coincident place.
3,710352
HIGH SPEED-LARGE STORAGE CAPABILITY
ELECTRON BEAM ACCESSED MEMORY METHOD AND
APPARATUS
Donald O. Smith, Lexington; Kenneth J. Harte, Carlisle;
MitcheU S. Cohen, Watertown; Sterling P. Newberry, Car-
lisle, and Dennis E. Speliotis, Lexington, aU of Mass., as-
signors to Micro-Bit Corporation, Burlington, Mass.
FUed March 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19379
Int. CI. G lie 7 7/22
U.S. CI. 340—173.2 46 Claims
«*C«ODfFLECT«M
9VSTEH MifW COCM
kCNSLlT l»OT ShO<IM
A high speed memory using a thin film ferroelectric storage
medium and high speed, selectively directed heating means in
the form of an electron beam for selectively heating discrete
bit storage areas on the ferroelectric storage medium to a tem-
perature in the vicinity of the Curie point, and subsequently
applying a low voltage polarizing potential across the fer-
roelectric storage medium during cooling of the selectively
heated discrete bit storage areas below the Curie point
whereby polarized charges are permanently frozen into the
discrete areas selectively to form unique bits of recorded in-
formation. The low voltage polarizing potential is selectively
740
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
revereible whereby different polarity charges may be formed
at the selected different discrete areas on the ferroelectric
storage medium. The ferroelectric storage medium preferably
comprises a thin ferroelectric film, on the order of a few
thousand angstroms thick which may be sandwiched between
two thin metal films of several hundred angstrom units
thickness, or alternatively may be sandwiched with a semicon-
ductor layer between two thin metal films. Non-destructive
read-out is accomplished by redirecting the electron-beam to
a previously written polarized area to heat it below the Cune
point and detecting the pyroelectric current. Alternatively,
the read-out electron beam can be adjusted to probe the
depletion and accumulation regions induced in the semi-con-
ductor layer by the polarized charges in the ferroelectric film.
The electron beam writing and reading apparatus is of the type
having a compound arrangement of a matrix of fine lenslets
arrayed in a common plane with each lenslct having its own
focusing and deflection system for focusing and directing the
electron beam onto different discrete areas of the ferroelectric
storage medium within an area of view unique to each lenslet.
A suitable electron source followed by a coarse focusing and
deflection system directs an electron beam to a selected one of
the fine lenslets to activate that lenslet and selectively record a
bit of information on the discrete area of the ferroelectric
recording medium within the unique field of view of the
selected lenslet. The memory is capable of storing 10* bits of
information in discrete areas on the order of I micron in
diameter over the surface of a ferroelectric storage medium
approximately one cenumeter by one centimeter square with
recording/read out speeds of at least one bit per microsecond
or faster. Extremely large, storage capabUity memory systems
may be formed with such memories having a storage capacity
on the order of 10"> bits randomly accessible at speeds of at
least one bit per microsecond by including 10* high speed
memory units constructed in the above-described manner ar-
rayed in a common system and having a central common con-
troller for accessing simultaneously each one of the high speed
memory units in response to instructions from a computer
system input-output equipment and supplying the selected in-
formation to an output circuit for connecting the output from
each of the high speed memory units to the computer input-
output equipment.
volume of the memory element, and energy is applied to the
thermal capacitive region, a voltage transfer occurs from the
thermal capacitive region to the ferroelectric region, resulting
in a net volUge across the ferroelectric region capable of caus-
ing polarization reversal, or switching of the state of polariza-
tion of the ferroelectric region. By measuring current during
the switching process, a determination is made whether the re-
gion was or was not switched resulting in knowledge of the
prior state of polarization of the region and hence, whether a
"zero" or a "one" was previously stored in the region. Read-
ing may also be done by optical polarization reading
techniques.
3,710^54
BIPOLAR READ-OUT CIRCUIT FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE
MAGNETIC MEMORY
Kazinierz J. Deptuch, Chicago, III., assignor to GTE Auto-
matic Electric Laboratories Incorporated, Northlake, III.
Filed April 2. 1970, Ser. No. 25,058
Int. CL Glib 5/00
U.S.CL340-174TF 4 Claims
3,710353
THERMAL CAPACITATIVE-FERROELECTRIC
STORAGE DEVICE
John T. Jacobs, San Jose; Kenneth L. Keester, Mountain View,
and Benjamin D. SUverman, San Jose, aU of Calif., assignors
to International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N V
Filed Dec. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 214,357
Int.Cl.Gllc 7 7/22, 7 7/24
U.S.a.340— 173.2 34 Claims
In plated wire nondestructive memory systems, memory
read-out circuits include polarity reversing means. The suc-
cessive pulses for different interrogations have opposite
polarities to retard skew which is a gradual rotation of mag-
netic axis caused by successive interrogation of magnetic ele-
ments having anisotropic characteristics. The reversal of
polarity on each interrogation of the same magnetic elements
prolongs the retention of information in memories.
3,710355
UNITIZED PLATE WIRE MEMORY PLANE
Gary C. McPherson, Excelsior, Minn., assignor to Honeywell
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 13548<>
Int. CL Gl Ic 5/04. 7 7/74
U.S. CI. 340-174 PW 18 Claims
1 r^^^-^^
j:^;
Z3 '■''"- ■ ■■ ■ '■ M
.-¥//'//■// /A V/V /,7,J
■us — 4_j_
TINSION /
^ ^
3—
„^ \ \ \ A y-^T^ \ N A S Al
A data storage apparatus comprising a memory element
having a ferroelectric region in contact with a thermal capaci-
tive region, the thermal capacitive region being a region ex-
hibiting a change in capacitance with a change in temperature
sufficient that when a voltage is applied across a selective
Plated wires are incorporated as an integral part of a dielec-
tric support medium, thereby forming a plated wire memory
plane. The tensile sUengths or thermal coefficients of expan-
sion of the plated wires and the dielectric support medium are
so related that over a desired operating temperature range the
plated vrires are maintained in a relaUvely sUess-free condi-
tion. *
JANUARY 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
741
3,710356
STRIP DOMAIN PROPAGATION ARRANGEMENT
Andrew Henry Bobeck, Chatham, N.J., and Robert Frederick
Fisher, Livingston, N.J., assignors to Bell Telephone
Laboratories. Incorporated, Murray Hill, N.J.
Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,692
Int.a.Gllc 7 7/74. 79/00
UJS.a.340— 174TF 10 Claims
rangement which measures the skew during a given field and
adjusts the size of the immediately following gap by one half
the measured skew. The disclosed system comprises a mag-
netic disk file of the fixed head type in which opposite pairs of
magnetic heads are alternatively employed to transfer data to
and from a logical track comprisii\g one half the circum-
ference of each of a pair of circular tracks on a magnetic disk.
The skew of each field within a logical Uack is measured and
one half the measured value is, depending on the type of
x
Single wall domains have been found to be movable in a
host magnetic layer in the absence of a bias field and in the
absence of sufficient coercivity in the host layer for maintain-
ing the domain walls in fixed positions when drive fields ter-
minate.
3,710357
MAGNETIC DISK STORAGE RLE IN SEALED
_ ENCLOSURE
Walter S. Buslik, San Jose, Calif., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,867
Int. CLGllb5/45, 27/05
U.S.CL 340-174.1 C 11 Claims
■ ■ ■ ■ , ■ .1 ■ ■ ■ . I I I I > t > m ^ t:;^
mgr"^'''^
system used, added to or subtracted from the nominal size of a
gap between the previous field and the immediately following
field Skew compensation is implemented by a circuit which
counts bit ring cycles between occurrence of the early track
and the late track, divides the resulting count by two and
stores the quotient until the end of the field, and adds the
stored bits to constants for the gap before turning on a write
driver to update the following field in the case of a write
operation or before locking a variable frequency oscillator to
the data to be read in the case of a read operation.
3,710359
WORK SAMPLER FOR MAGNETICALLY RECORDING
INFORMATION IN TIME-COORDINATED BITS
Hideo Sawada; Ensel Rin, both of Kanagawa-ken; Ism
Yamada; Hiroshi Mano, both of Tokyo, aU of Japan, and
Thomas K. McGourty, Aptos, Calif., assignors to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,708
CUims priority, application Japan, Jan. 20, 1970, 45/5581
Int. CI. Glib 5/52. 5/74, 75/20
U.S. CI. 340-174.1 G 10 Claims
43c^S0a,^
A sealed enclosure, such as used for magnetic disk packs,
contains an operative disk storage file, including the magnetic
heads, head carriage and actuator, and a drive shaft, as weU as
a ma^etic recording disk. An external power source or motor
is coupled to the drive shaft for rotaUng the disk, and for
providing power for accessing the heads to circumferentially
defined data tracks. A cylindrical fin structure generates an air
flow for cooling, and an air filter minimizes contamination.
3,710358
DATA STORAGE SYSTEM HAVING SKEW
COMPENSATION
Abraham M. GIndl, San Jose, CalM., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,868
Int. CL Glib 5/02
U.S.CL 340-174.1 B 14 Claims
A data recording system is disclosed in which skew occur-
ring between parallel data uacks is compensated for by an ar-
A routably mounted drum driven by a clock mechanism
mounts a magnetic recording sheet. A magnetic head is
cooperable with the recording sheet and is arranged for con-
nection to a magnetic recording circuit which includes a
svritch controlling energization of the circuit in accordance
with changes in a physical staU to be recorded. The clock
mechanism effects relative movement of the magnetic head
and the sheet in chronological sequence and includes means
operable to connect the recording circuit to the magnetic
742
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
head once during each unit time interval to record informa-
tion magnetically on the sheet during unit time intervals in
which the circuit is energized by its control switch. The drum
is rotatably mounted on a cylinder containing a dry cell serv-
ing as a source of potential for the recording circuit and for
winding means of the clock mechanism. The information
recorded on the recording sheet may be made available
through a magnetic pickup head or through printout means.
3,710,360
HALL GENERATOR SYSTEM FOR READ-OUT OF
MAGNETIZED INFORMATION CARRIERS WITH
SEVERAL CODE POSITIONS
Dieter Flachsbarth, Ruckersdorf, Germany, assignor to
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,743
Claims priority, application Germany, May 13, 1970, P 20
23 237.5
Int.Cl.Gllb5/iS
U.S. CI. 340-174.1 H 3 Claims
sated read circuitry, a multi-channel write head and deskew
compensated write circuitry. Only one read and one write
deskew circuit is required for each channel. Each digital,
bidirectional circuit includes a one shot multivibrator provid-
ing a time delay determined by the time required for a capaci-
tor to reach a selected trigger voltage as it charges through a
potentiometer. When the potentiometer resistance on one
side of the center tap is adjusted to provide a proper time
delay for one direction of motion, the resistance on the op-
posite side of the center tap automatically provides the proper
time delay for the reverse direction of motion without further
adjustment.
3,710362
HAND HELD TRANSDUCER INSENSITIVE TO ANGULAR
ORIENTATION
Alan C. Kronfeld, MinneapoUs, Paul S. Michael, Excelsior,
Minn.
Filed Sept 13. 1971, Ser. No. 179,675
Int CI. Glib 5/24
U.S. CI. 10-3
4 Claims
»o /^
^^
•f^
«ijpru
^°^' K3 ,116 ^RlT"
03 ui 07 i~
^
^
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL
DEVICE
-EC
0^
CURRENT SOURCE CS
A system for reading magnetized information carriers with
several code positions comprises a number of Hall generators,
a signal mput circuit with a capacitor which has a discharge
circuit connected across the capacitor and comprises a con-
trollable semi-conductor switching member, preferably a
thyristor. An inductive transformer has its primary winding
connected in series with the switching member Several secon-
dary windings of a transformer are connected with the con-
trol-current terminals of the respective Hall generators. An
electronic control device, which is to respond to the code pul-
ses of the input circuit, is connected to the Hall electrode pairs
of the respective Hall generators.
3,710361
BIDIRECTIONAL DIGITAL DESKEW CIRCUIT
Charles M. Sonberg. Santa Monica, Calif., assignor to Ampex
Corporation, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,402
Int. CL Glib 5/44
U.S.CI.340— 174.1B 14 Claims
»W--
34,^ararainw »,-»•» ^«e
^
A pen-like device for reading magnetically coded data is
shown, having a magnetic transducer mounted at one end
thereof. The magnetic transducer has an outer, tubular core
piece having a conical tip with an axial opening at the apex
thereof. An inner, rod-like core piece is mounted within the
outer core piece along a longitudinal axis thereof, with an
end of the inner core piece extending into the axial opening
to form a circular gap there-between.
3,710363
SIGNAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Kengo Kobayashi, Kawasaki, and Mitsuo Manabe, Tokyo, both
of Japan, assignors to Fujitsu Limited, Kawasaki, Japan
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,991
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 28, 196^, 44/95542
Int.CLG08b2;/00
U.S. CL 340— 213 R 1 Claim
CmvtOLLEO
tMcmfie 5J0C
earrmx t
MMiS rmm
imrrr cucmamci
A bidirectional magnetic information storage system in-
cludes a multi-channel read head, associated deskew compen-
Noises are generated in signal lines connecting an electronic
circuit in the digital controller with a limit switch and a relay
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
743
in the controlled machine and these noises cause the elec-
tronic circuit in the digital controller to misoperate. This in-
vention eliminates the above defect by the use of a noise filter
of a simple circuit constitution, comprising an electrostatic
screening type transformer, an oscillation circuit being at-
tached to the primary winding of said transformer, current
generated in the secondary winding of said transformer being
rectified and converted into DC signals, said DC signals being
opened and closed by a switch, the oscillation and non-oscilla-
tion of said oscillation circuit being controlled corresponding
to said opening and closing, a charge-and-discharge circuit
being controlled by the oscillation and non-oscillation of said
oscillation circuit, and DC signals being generated cor-
responding to the opening and closing of said switch.
a thyristor-controlled alarm in response to a particle-reflected
illumination from a timing-circuit flasher within a light-tight
detector chamber which admits smoke particles wafted by ris-
ing air currents, the detector chamber being fmned, baffled
and surfaced to promote the intended responses to smoke, and
a thermal detector being connected to trigger the thyristor
when effects of ambient heat predominate.
3,710364
MONITORING INSTALLATION OF THE LIGHTING
SYSTEM OF MOTOR VEHICLES
Hans-Ulrich Kuhn, Hobenacker, Germany, assignor to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkbeim,
Germany
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,038
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 15, 1970, P 20
01 552.5
InLCLG08b 29/00
U^.CL 340—214
4 Claims
I— ^0-»
•-^O-"
t ♦ » • ' • • .»
'<. \ — iii.iin ii W '» i *
An electrically operated installation in motor vehicles for
monitoring the lighting system, especially the headlights, tail
lights and brake lights, which includes light switches and an
electromagnetic relay that controls a switch producing an
acoustic or optical signal; the electromagnetic relay is pro-
vided with two oppositely wound coils for at least one of the
functions of the lighting system to be monitored whereby the
magnetic fields of these two coils mutually cancel in case the
corresponding part of the lighting system operates completely
satisfactorily.
3,710365
ELECTRONIC SMOKE DETECTOR
Forrest G. Barnes, 80 Middlesex, Swampscott, Mass.
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,860
Int. CI. G08b 7 7/06. 7 7/iO
\}J&. CL 340-237 S
2 Claims
3,710366
SUPERVISING DEVICE FOR THE SUPERVISION OF A
PULSE SERIES
Leo Johannes Maria Welling. Hilversum, Netherlands,
assignor to U.S. Philips Corporation, New \ ork, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,505
Claims priority, application Netherlands, March 7, 1970,
7003281
Int.CI.G08b27/00
U .S. CL 340— 248 P 2 Claims
A supervising device for the supervision of a pulse series,
comprising a shift register consisting of one or more stages,
provided with an input terminal for receiving the pulse series
to be supervised and a clock pulse generator connected to the
shift register and having a higher pulse repetition frequency
than the pulse series to be supervised, for the shifting of the
pulses supplied to the input terminal through the shift register
and tapping device connected on one side to the shift register
and on the other side to an alarm device and which, in reac-
tion to the shifting of the pulses to be supervised supplies to
the alarm device a signal alternating between two voltages
levels and having a higher repetition frequency than the pulse
repetition frequency of the pulse series to be supervised, said
alarm device being actuated when one of the voltage levels is
present longer than a given period of time.
Detection and warning of hazardous smoke and heat condi-
tions are performed by a network wherein a photocell triggers
3,710367
LAMP FAILURE INDICATOR FOR A DUAL-RLAMENT
LAMP
Thomas G. Bamum, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,807
Int CI. G08b 7 9/00
U.S.CI.340— 251 3 Claims
A lamp failure indicator for indicating the failure of a low
intensity filament of a vehicle taillight, which is energized
when the vehicle light switch is closed, and the failure of a
high intensity filament of the vehicle taillight, which is ener-
gized when the vehicle brake switch is closed. A
phototransistor is positioned relative to the vehicle taillight to
monitor the light output therefrom. The impedance of the
phototransistor is inversely proportional to the total light de-
744
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
tecled. Resistors are inserted in series with the photoUansistor
upon the closure of the bght switch or the brake switch to
form a voltage divider The resistors have impedances which
are related to the unpedance of the phototransistor when the
low or high intensity filaments are energized so as to bias a
first uansistor. which receives an input from across the
phototransistor, into nonconduction when the fUaments
member adapted to close the aperture at one position thereof
and to open the same at another position thereof An ap-
proach detecting means, such as a reed type switch means, a
« 17
to
O 13
-2
-3 r[
18
selected by the closure of the light switch or brake switch have
not failed. Upon the faUure of the high or low intensity fila-
ment when the light switch or brake switch is closed, the im-
pedance of the phototransistor increases to bias the first
transistor into conduction which in turn biases a second
transistor into conduction to illuminate an indicator lamp to
provide an indication of the failure of the filament.
limit switch means, an impedance bridge means, etc., is con-
cealed within the stationary framework, so as to actuate a
suitably mounted alarm means when the movable member is
moved to the other position without authorization.
3,7103*8
BOOM ANGLE INDICATION SYSTEM
Martin W. Hamilton, Arlington Heights, IlL, assignor to Eaton
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, S«r. No. 1 18,658
InLa.G08b27/00
\}S. a. 340-267 C 1<» C\aita%
3,710370
WARNING SYSTEM FOR AUTOMOBILE TRAILER
HITCHES
Alfred P. QuUicI, 60 Highland Avenue, Demarest. N J., and
Warren F. Wilson, 70 Dayton Road, Waterford, Conn.
Filed Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195^17
lnUCLG08b2//00
U^. CI. 340-27 S 10 Claims
\>ftf
A boom angle indication system includes a pendulum -type
potentiometer for generating an electrical signal which is in-
dicative of boom angle with respect to horizontal. The poten-
tiometer is connected to a meter, calibrated in degrees, for
reading by a crane operator The system is further provided
with means for establishing high and low boom angle limits
and means for providing visual and/or audible alarms when
the angle of inclination is outside of a permissible range.
3,710369
OPENABLE ARCHITECTURAL HTTING WITH ALARM
Toahiro Takahashi, Shizuoka, Japan, assignor to Riken Right
Metal Industries Co., Ltd., Shizuoka, Japan
Continttation-in-part ol Ser. No. 738,679, June 20, 1968,
abandoned. This appUcation Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,472
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, June 22, 1967,
42/53025; July 14, 1967, 42/44179; July 14, 1967, 42/60467;
July 14, 1967, 42/60468; Aug. 4, 1967, 42/66780; Aug. 4,
1967, 42/66781; Aug. 31, 1967, 42/74265; Nov. 15, 1967,
42/95645
Int-a.GO8b73/05
U^. a. 340-274 3 Claims
An openable architectural structure or fitting, such as a win-
dow or door assembly, having a stationary framework of a
non-magnetic material with an aperture and a movable
A warning system for signalling the improper coupling of a
trailer hitch to an automobile includes a two-part coupler ball
mounted on the rear of the automobile and comprising a fixed
portion, an auxiliary portion movably mounted on the fixed
portion, and spring means biasing said portions away from
each other. Switch means are mounted within the coupler ball
and are connected to a signal lamp and buzzer mounted on the
automobile dashboard The auxUiary baU portion is com-
pressed upon the fixed ball portion when the traUer hitch is
tightened upon the coupler ball, the ball portions mamtaming
the switch means in a position to deenergize the signal lamp
and buzzer. When the trailer hitch is not properly Ughtened on
the coupler ball, the switch means is actuated to energize the
signal lamp and buzzer thereby providing a wammg signal to
the automobile driver.
3,710371
PORTABLE SECURITY ALARM AND ALARM SYSTEM
George J. Whalen, 612 Woodland Hills, White Plains, N.Y.,
and Rudolf F. Graf, 111 Van Etten Boulevard, New
Rocbelle,N.Y.
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12344
lnt.CLG08b/J//<
U.S.CL 340-283 , 4 Claims
A portable alarm system including at least one alarm device
triggered when displaced from a nonnal position. A mercury
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
745
switch triggers a latching type semi-conductor switch, causing
electrical current to energize an alarm. Once sounded, the
4f'T ^y ^'y^J\
3,710372
ALARM SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A PLURALITY OF
SERL\LLY CONNECTED OBJECTS UTILIZING SIGNAL
TRANSLATION TECHNIQUES
Tage Vilhehn Lcandcr Andersson, Enskede; Lars Rune
Isbeden, Tyres; Bo EmQ Johansson, Hagersten, and Stig Erik
Warring, Skarholmen, aO of Sweden, assignors to Telefonak>
ticbolaget L M Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96332
Claims priority, application Sweden. Jan. 8, 1970, 162
Int. a. G08b 7 i/22
U^. CL 340—276 6 Claims
An arrangement for causing an alarm in a guarding device,
for example a burglary alarm device, includes a central guard-
ing unit which sends out control signals through a loop to a
number of objects to be guarded. The objects are connected in
series with the guarding unit and upon unwarranted manipula-
tion with the loop, for example upon attempts to by -pass an
object, an alarm is obtained. Each object to be guarded com-
prises a signal translating means which translates the signal ob-
tained through the loop in a manner characteristic of the
respective object. The central guarding unit compares the
control signal sent out from the guarding unit, with the signal
sent back firom the objects to be guarded. At least one of said
two signals is translated before the comparison in order to ob-
tain the same translation which has been obtained in the ob-
ject to be guarded. During a comparison when an inequality
between the two signals is sensed thie alarm device is operated.
3,710373
SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING SYSTEM
Seizi Watanabe, Yokohama; Kozo Ozaki, Tokyo; Hiroshi
Oishi, Yokohama; Fumjo Aoki, Yokohama; Fumio Aoki,
Yokohama, and Shigeru Kawano, Tokyo, all of Japan,
assignors to Matsushita Communication Industrial Ca,
Ltd., Yokohama, and The Tokyo Electric Power Co.,
Tokyo, both of Japan
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36368
Claims priority, application Japan, May 14, 1969,
44/38630; May 14, 1969,44/38633
Int CI. G08c 75/70
U^. CL 340-310 5 Claims
alarm cannot be silenced unless the correct procedure or key
method is followed.
An improvement in a signal discriminating system used in a
monitoring and control system for a low voltage commercial
power distribution line, in which a high frequency signal is su-
perimposed on the power current of 50 or 60 Hz, as a commu-
nication medium between a monitoring spot and consumers
connected to the distribution line; the improvement resides in
that in the centralized reading of the meters of respective con-
sumers, the monitoring channel is lime-divided or frequency-
divided in order to provide a reference signal level peculiar to
each consumer.
3,710374
DUAL-SLOPE AND ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
WHEREIN TWO ANALOG INPUT SIGNALS ARE
SELECTIVELY INTEGRATED WITH RESPECT TO TIME
Austin T. Kelly, Morristown, N J., assignor to Wester Instru-
ments, Inc., Newark, N J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 19,605, March 16, 1970,
abandoned. This application Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,275
Int. CI. H03k 75/20
U.S. CL 340—347 NT 13 Claims
An electrical integrating circuit arrangement is disclosed
which is especially suitable for use in combination with timing
means in dual-slope analog-to-digital converters because it
operates with time controlled closure of a single, low-im-
pedance switching device of the single-pole, single-throw type
to effect selective time integrations of two DC. input signals;
746
an analog signal and an oppositely directed reference current.
The integrating arrangement comprises an °P<="^^°"^. *"1P '"
fier having inverting and non-inverting mpu^and feedback to
the inverting input through a capacitor. The analog s.gnal
source may be permanenUy connected to the non-mvertmg
input whereas the second input signal is similarly connected to
the inverting input through a resistance. The ^-'"^^mg device
is closed to connect the second input signal end of the re-
sistance to a source of potential. Timed closure of the
switching device by the timing means causes the integrating
arrangement to generate two successive voltage ramps havirig
slopes which are respective functions of the two signals exclu^
siv^of one another. The instant combination may be utilized
to advantage in the digitalization of bipolar analog signals.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
outer The computer is programmed to check the zero pomt
and the span of the converter periodicaUy. Zero and reference
voluges are applied to the multiplexer when these respective
checks are made. Output signals from the computer are ap-
plied as feedback error signals to adjust the converter.
3,710^77
HIGH SPEED ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
Francisco J. Guillen, Elikott City, Md., and Matthew J. Cam-
panella, Hammonton, N J., assignors to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. U, 1971, S«r. No. 105,549
Int. CI. H03k/ i/02
U.S. CI. 340-347 AD "^ Claims
3,710375
OPTICAL ENCODER
John W. Brean, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to D. H. Baldwin
Company, Cincinnati, Ohio .„.«-,.
Filed Oct. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 191,024
Int. Cl. G08c 9106
U.S.CL 340-347 P ^^^'^^
An optical encoder is disclosed utilizing a V-scan method of
read-out which provides the output for each track of a code
disc and the complementary output of that Uack. Each track
except the least significant track of the code disc is provided
with two pair of photoceUs, one to produce the leading and
complementary leading output and the other to produce the
lagging and complementary lagging output. A novel electrical
circuit is Utilized by the encoder to reduce the number of com-
ponents required in obtaining a parallel output and parallel
complementary output, the complementary output being ob-
tained at the code disc.
An analog signal is directed to a plurality of comparators.
Each of the comparators has a different threshold level of con-
duction Each threshold level is determmed by a different
reference voltage being applied to each of the comparators.
The outputs of the comparators are sampled at a Predeter-
mined rate by a plurality of flip-flops whose outputs are held
constant while they are decoded into usable form and directed
to a shift register. The decoded outputs are also reconverted
into an analog voltage which is compared with ^he original
analog signal by a difference amplifier. The amplified dif-
ference s.gnal is directed to a second bank of comparators
which provide another approximation. The outpu^ of the
second bank of comparators are sampled and decoded inthe
same manner as the original analog signal. This latter decoded
signal IS also sent to the output shift register. It is also sent
through another sub-ranging network.
3,710376
CALIBRATION OF ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
Dak A. Fluegel, Bartlesvllle, Okla., assignor to PhUUps Petrole-
um Company, Bartlesvllle, Okla.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48^44
Int. CL G06f 15134; H03k 13120, 13102
U.S.CL 340-347 CC ^ Claims
3,710378
ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTER
Joseph D. Radtke, and William W. Klffmeyer. both of MUwau-
kJ^, Wis., assignors to AUen-Bradley Company, MUwauke*.
Wis
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,730
Int. CLH03k 73/02
U.S.CL 340-347 AD ' Claims
^•V (-• R[VtHSC
Analog signals are applied sequentiaUy through a mul-
tiplexer and an analog-to^ligital converter to a digital com-
An analog error signal is received from a machine tool posi-
tion sensor. Its magnitude is sensed by a comparator circuit in-
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
747
eluding an operational amplifier and a digital output level is
generated when a particular analog voltage level is sensed.
The digital output level resets the position sensor to restore
the analog output signal and the comparator circuit to their in-
itial state. A reset circuit, including two monostable circuits,
generate a delayed reset pulse to the input of the comparator
to reset its output if the analog input signal fails to do so. For-
ward and reverse directional circuits including NAND logic
gates are connected together in parallel to the comparator
output and conditioned by forward and reverse reference
signals to convey the digital output from the comparator when
the machine is moving in the direction to which the compara-
tor has been preconditioned.
3,710379
SWITCHING APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY AND
SEQUENTIALLY OPERATING TWO ROWS OF LAMPS
WITH LOCK-OUT MEANS THEREBETWEEN
Anne Hendrik Brulnsma, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Nether-
lands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 77,800
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Oct. 5, 1970,
6915254
Int. CI. G08b 5136
U.S. CL 340—379 13 Claims
magnetic medium and information characteristic of the angu-
lar positions of the antenna of the pulse radar are recorded on
a second track of the same magnetic medium. The system
comprises a shaft rotating substantially in synchronism with
the antenna, an analogue servo-loop system coupled to the
shaft and closed during recording intervals to control the shaft
so that the angular positions of the shaft accurately cor-
responds with the positions of the antenna. The system further
comprises means for translating the angular positions of the
»«.*•• ffvftirtMi m^CATo*.
SCASCM RAOMT' -
shaft into digital signals during recording intervals and a
frequency shift modulator for converting these digital signals
into a frequency keyed signal that is recorded on the second
track of the magnetic medium. During reproducing intervals
the system comprises a digital servo-loop system for con-
trolling the shaft so that the angular positions of the shaft cor-
responds accurately with the angular positions derived from
the magnetic medium. The system further comprises means
for deriving from the shaft, analogue signals characteristic of
the angular position of the shaft.
3,710381 '
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE DETECTOR FOR NON-STABILIZED
DOPPLER RADAR
Stanley King, Larchmont, and Peter R. Tierney, Briarcliff
Manor, both of N.Y., assignors to The Singer Company,
Little Falls, N.J.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,883
Int. CL GO Is 9/44
U.S.CL 343-8 4 Claims
A switching device for sequentially operating two or more
rows of lamps. An elongated light conductor is arranged
between the two rows of lamps so that the light from a lamp of
the first row and the light from a corresponding lamp of the
second row emanate from the same given surface area of the
light conductor. Cross connections are provided between
switching elements connected in first and second circuits
providing sequential operation of said first and second rows of
lamps, respectively, so that when a lamp of one row is ignited,
the corresponding lamp of the other row cannot be ignited
simultaneously.
3,710380
SYSTEM FOR RECORDING AND REPRODUCING RADAR
VIDEO SIGNALS
Antonius Fredericus Mattias Bouman, Hengelo; Antoon
Hendrikus Brands, Borne, and Willem Mulder, Hengelo,
all of Netherlands, assignors to N.V. Hollandse Signoalap-
paraten, Hengelo (O), Netherlands
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,818
Claims priority, application Netherlands, May 19, 1969,
6907588
Int. CL GO is 7/ 72
U^. CL 343—5 R 6 Claims
A system for recording and reproducing radar video signals
supplied by a pulse radar wherein the video signals and tians-
mitter synchronizing pulses are recorded on a first track of a
-^^ ^r^
<si-rsK»,
^ms^^k^mm
irS^
4— ^___y.
^'u ^
J^ ^ml^tc^^ ■'^^'ffrw e
5
An improved signal-to-noise detector is provided for inclu-
sion in the frequency trackers used in Doppler aircraft radar
systems. The signal-to-noise detector of the invention samples
noise over the entire pass band of the frequency tracker input
except for a range of frequencies above and below the
tracking frequency of the local oscillator. In this way, should
the system attempt to lock onto a side lobe or image return,
rather than the true Doppler return, the Doppler return would
cause the noise level to rise, so that the system could not lock
onto the spurious return, and in this way erroneous tracking is
prevented.
748
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
and-hcld video for a given range bin is processed by a correla-
3,710382 . preselected impulse response and then dif-
SECONDARY R^AR ^en Tated. A nega'tive-going zero level of the differentxated
Atark Alkn, Stortford, Eii«Uik1, assignor to A. C. Coawr
Limited, Harlow, Easex, England
FUed Aug. 26, 1971, S«r. No. 175,062
Claims priority, appHcatiofi Great Britain, April 14, 1971,
InC CL GOls 9/02. HOlq 27/06
U^. CI. 343-6.5 R 5 Claims ^
BliTABLl
fLif-nop
-6
\
IV'
MIS
^
IV"
^
sw
m
A "
' A
1 1-7
'»
SICONDAKY
KADAR
TRANSMITTt^
^B
gutivm
-V-i
Ji:
.■oum/T
TO t«*\>''
».gnal is employed as indicative of the scan time or angular
position of the centroid of a sensed target to withm less than
the angular beamwidth of the antenna.
To increase the data rate of a mechanically scanning radar
aerial, two aenals on a common support share a common
rotating joint to which they are alternately switched under
remote conuol, preferably in response to burst of RF power
transmitted from the aerial.
3,710383
AUTOMATIC HEADWAY CONTROL SYSTEM
James R. Cherry. Barrington, lU.. Joseph W. Crow. Taylor.
Mich., and Robert H. Parker. Farmington, Mich., assignors
to Ford Motor Compan> . Dearborn, Mich.
FUed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 69,023
InL CI. GOls 9/04, 9/50
U.S.CI.343-7ED ^^ Claims
3,710385
VEHICLE INITIAL SPEED AND STOPPING DISTANCE
INDIC ATOR
Donald W. Howard; Dewey W. Eppley, and Hugh D. Stein-
inger. all of South Bend. Ind., assignors to The Bendix
Corporation, South Bend, Ind.
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,408
Int. CI. GOls 9/46
U^. CI. 343-9 *C»^'
TUHe/>
ACTUAL *ifiV/C^^
Vg /7
/O
V.9
CO*<MAMO
r^/
i
3 /a.'
1
y^^A/^/A/3
/^ f I -. /^/9^<//9^
£>Y/t/^M/CS
An electronic system coupled to a ranging device and a
vehicle speed measunng device automatically controls vehicle
braking and acceleration according to available vehicle head-
way and vehicle speed. The system provides acceleration,
coasting, or braking according to the position and speed of its
vehicle relative to a preceding vehicle. Significant improve-
ments in roadway capacity and vehicle safety result from the
use of the system.
3,710384
SIGNAL-CORRELATING APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING
THE ANGULAR RESOLUTION OF A DIRECTIONALLY
RANGING SYSTEM
William D. Ashcraft, FuUerton, CaM., assignor to North Amer-
ican RockweU Corporation, El Segundo, Calif.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877311
Int. CI. GO Is 9/02
U.S.CI.343-7A , 15Ctaims
Means for improving the azimuth resolution of an
azimulhally scannmg ground-mapping radar. The sampled-
A system utilizing Doppler radar for indication of vehicle
speed at the time of a brake application and the stoppmg
distance for that particular brake application. The output
from the Doppler radar is a frequency that is directly related
to the velocity of the vehicle with respect to ground. By the
proper selection of the other constants, a given number of
Heru can correspond to a given velocity. Counung all the cy-
cles from initial brake application until stopped and dividmg
by the appropriate value wiU give the total stoppmg distance.
Dual counters that alternately record a velocity signal are ap-
plied. Light emitting diodes provide a visual readout of
velocity and stopping distance.
3,710386
TIME-SHARED FREQUENCY TRACKING LOOP
Ernest F. Darboven, Katooah, and Leon R. Solomon, 0«inlni,
both of N.Y., assignors to The Singer Compwiy, New Yorti,
N Y
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159361
InL a. GOls 9/46 , ^. ^
U.Sa343-9 ^^*^'
In a "frequency tracking loop, a single voltage -controlled
local oscillator produces a sequence of output signals
representing the respective peak power frequencies m a
r:^;:rg seVence oHnput signals. The oscillator output is
compared to the input signals to produce a DC error signa^
passed to a single operational amplifier. Integrating capacitors
January 9, 1973
ELECTRICAL
749
are alternately coupled between the amplifier's input and out-
put in a synchronized sequence corresponding to the input
signals. The amplifier output, which controls the oscillator
input of said mixer and doppler amplifier means coupled to
the output of s^id mixer for producing a maximum output
signal when there is unity correlation between the two inputs
to said mixer.
•MJt-l
J^
nuNSMiT/KcceivE
tNTCNN*
AKIIAV
* < ^ t
BEAM SELSrr
1 SWITCH
14 1 DRIVER
c w
HICROWtVE
osc
J^
WDOPPLCF
SMI FT
I (*N0
PASS
IfiltebI loetector
^17
r"
VELOCITY
COMPUTER
OIVID ER ^
*ND
PH* SE
SHIFTER
T
" [ VOLT«SE
CONTROLLED
LO C » L
I FREOUENCY TRACKHtG
frequency, is thus repeatedly switched from one value to the
next representing the last corresponding voltage in the previ-
ous cycle.
3,710387
F.M. RADAR RANGE SYSTEM
Walter R. Hinchman, Riverside; Donald J. Adrian, Corona,
and Andrew W. Walters, Riverside, all of Calif., assignors to
The United States of America as represented by the Secreta-
ry of the Navy
Filed Sept. 6, 1960, Ser. No. 54,326
Int. CI. GOls 9/04, 9/24
U.S.CI.343-12R 3 Claims
3,710388
RADAR SCANNING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Donald S. Banks, Wellesley. Mass., assignor to Raytheon
Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61353
Int. CI. GOls 9/02
U.S. CI. 343-16 R 10 Claims
1
-4IC
r
«>0<S««"««
Apparatus and method for measuring the angular deviation
of targets from the boresight line of a radar antenna wherein
the phase center of such antenna is moved about the boresight
to impress a Doppler shift signal on the signsils from all targets
within the beam of such antenna, the characteristics of such
shift signal being indicative of the angular deviation of each
one of the targets from the boresight line.
,10
MICROWAVE
OSCILLATOR
\
NON-PERIODIC
GENERATOR
(4
VARIABLE
DELAY
/IS
17,
MODULATOR
DOPPLER
AMPLIFIER
t:
3,710389
MICROWAVE BEAM SCANNER CIRCUIT
Vernon L. Heeren, Wayland, Mass., assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82,890
Int. CI. GOls 9/22
U.S. CI. 343—7.4 6 Claims
20
1 . In a random modulated radar system utilizing carrier cor-
relation the combination comprising a source of unmodulated
radio frequency signal, a first modulator coupled to said signal
source having an input and an output, a second modulator
coupled to said signal source having an input and an output,
noise generator means for generating a non-periodic signal
directly coupled to the input of said first modulator for
frequency modulating the signal coupled thereto with said
non-periodic signal, antenna means coupled to the output of
said first modulator for transmitting the non-periodic frequen-
cy modulated signal to a target, variable delay means coupling
said noise generator to the input of said second modulator for
frequency modulating the signal coupled thereto with a
delayed non-periodic signal, mixer means having two inputs
and an output, the output of said second modulator being cou-
pled to one of the inputs of said mixer, antenna means for
receiving a signal from said target being coupled to the other
Jll
ELEVATION
SERVO
1
^
/L
"'^Sli^ COMI.M..TM
[K^
CiWCULATOW
T^'
EL CNFT
<=>
POWER ,,J0
DiVlOCI*
1
TRANS
rSO
yiCROWAVE
KECCIVCR
^
I'
i
IF
^a
J
k"
OCTECTOR
ERROR
TO 2*
A "Cosro" antenna arrangement is disclosed in which the
scanning rate of the receiving beam may be changed in a rela-
tively small time interval by a scanner which utilizes a rotating
vane positioned within a circular wave guide section closed off
by a shorting plate. The system utilizes a single receiver, and
the transmit beam has a reduced amount of residual scan.
905 O.G.— 26
750
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
3,710^90
MONOPULSE SWITCHING SYSTEM
Donald E. Kmnheder, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Hughes
Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed May 1, 1957, Ser. No. 658,915
Int. CL GO U 9/22
U.S. a. 343- 16 M 8 C]Mims
Eft^
Xmf 7k,t^i0£M^^_
^V' If.
6 An electronic lobe switching system for locating a target
in space comprising; a simultaneous lobing antenna including
four symmetrically positioned radiators defining the comers
of a square, and a plurality of inlercoupled hybrid junctions
having four input terminals, a sum output terminal, an azimuth
output terminal and an elevation output terminal, each of said
radiators being coupled to one of said input termmals and
adapted to excite a microwave signal therein representative of
a microwave signal received from said target, said plurality of
hybrid junctions being adapted to develop a sum signal in said
sum terminal, an azimuth signal in said azimuth tcrmmal and
an elevation signal in said elevation terminal representative of
the range, the azimuth and the elevation of said Urget respec-
tively; a receiver responsive to a microwave error signal and a
reference signal and adapted to develop demodulated error
voltages representative of the azimuth and elevation of said
target; and a switching circuit responsive to said sum signal,
said azimuth signal and said elevation signal and coupling and
said simultaneous lobing antenna to said receiver, said
switching circuit being adapted to develop said microwave
error signal and including a microwave two-channel switch, a
microwave phase inverter, adder means, and an electronic
reference generator for developing said reference signal and
first and second control signals, said switch being coupled to
said phase inverter and to said generator and responsive to
said first control signal for sequentially applying either said
azimuth signal or said elevaUon signal to said phase inverter,
said phase inverter being coupled to said generator and being
responsive to said second control signal for sequentially in-
troducing a 180° phase shift to the sequentially applied
azimuth or elevation signal, and adder means coupling said
phase inverter to said sum terminal and being adapted to mix
the sequentially phase-inverted signal from said phase inverter
and said sum signal to develop said microwave error signal.
ERRATA
For Class 444 — 1 see:
Patents Nos. 3,710,344 thru 3,710,347
DESIGNS
JANUARY 9, 1973
225,793
HAT
Joseph M. Aquila, 1671 Burgess Road,
Oeveland, Ohio 44112
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,252
Term of patent 14 years
int CI. D2 — Oi
U.S. a. D2— 258
225,795
FOLDING CHAIR
Giancarlo De Carlo, Milan, Italy, assignor to J. G.
Furniture Company, Inc., Quakertown, Pa.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,798
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 02
UA CI. D6— 41
225,794
NECKTIE
Charles C. Savage, 702 Redick Blvd.,
Carter Lake, Iowa 68110
FUed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 24,913
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— 07
UA CI. D2— 351
225,796
COMBINED DESK, SEAT AND STORAGE LTVIT
Donald E. Helverson, 1512 Sheley Road,
Independence, Mo. 64052
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 26,189
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 0-^
UA a. D6— 43
751
752
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,797
BENCH
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,205
Term of patent 14 years
InL CI. D^—02
V3. CI. D6— 58
225,800
CHAIR
Morris F. Fisher, Cannel, Ind., assignor to Mohasco
Industries, Inc., Amsterdam, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,538
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 71
225,798
BENCH
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Sliver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,211
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
VS. CI. D6— 59
225,801
CHAIR
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,178
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. a. D6— 75
225,799
SOFA
Jacques Guillon, 306 Place Youville,
Montreal, Quebec, Canada
FUed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser, No. 109,729
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D&—02
UJS, CL D6— 63
225,802
SHOE RACK
Louis Hoffman, Suffem, N.Y., assignor to Hold-AU
Manufacturing Co., Inc., Suffern, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 26,006
Term of patent 3Vi yeara
Int CI. D6— 99
VS. CI. D6— 116
T
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
753
225,803
FOLDABLE WALL SHELVING UNIT
James S. Moore, 1601 Rambla Pacifico,
Malibu, Calif. 90265
nied June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 23,746
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 06
U^. CI. D6— 130
225 805
WORK TABLE FOR STUDENTS
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,193
Term of patent 14 years
Int a. D6 — 03
VS. CI. D6— 146
225,806
STUDENT DESK
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 DaUas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,202
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 0-^
U.S. CI. D6— 179
U.S,
225,804
STUDENT DESK
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
SUver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,181
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 04
CI. D6— 138
«
225,807
STUDENTS CARREL UNIT »
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave*,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,189
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS—04 *
VS. CI. D6— 181
t
754
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,808
STUDENT CARREL UNIT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave^
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,209
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS—04
UA CL IX— 181
225,811
ROTATABLE RACK FOR PHONOGRAPH RECORDS
Andy Wooten, 2219 La Monte, Houston, Tex. 77018
FUed Oct 15, 1970, Ser. No. 25,517
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 04
U.S. CI. D6— 185
-V
225,809
STUDENT DESK
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,194
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
VS. CI. D6— 181
225,812
STUDY CARREL
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,201
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. OS— €4 —
U.S. CI. D6— 189
225,810
COMBINED TELEVISION GLTDE HOLDER AND
PROGRAM REMINDER
Richard P. Bohan, 88 Edgewater Place,
Edgewater, N J. 07020
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 26,661
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 99
VS. CL D6— 184
* 225,813
STUDY CARREL
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,196
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D&—04
VS. CI. D6— 189
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
225,814
STORAGE SHELF UNIT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
SUver Spring, Md. 20901
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,175
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6—04
VS. CI. D6— 189
225,817
BACKREST SUPPORT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 DaUas Ave.,
SUver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,204
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D6— 02
VS. CL D6— 200
755
225,815
STORAGE SHELF UNIT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,176
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D6— 04
U.S. CI. D6— 189
225,818
DOUBLE BACKREST UNIT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
nied Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,177
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL DS—02
U.S. CL D6— 200
225,816
PEDESTAL FOR FURNITURE
Thomas Fedor, 184 Lottridge St,
Hamilton, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 120,002
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 03
VS. CL D6— 196
225,819
SABER SAW
Melvhi H. Boldt Glenvlew, IlL, assignor to G. W.
Murphy Industries, Inc., Houston, Tex.
FUed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,256
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D8— Oi
U.S. CI. D8— ^
756
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,820
PULL
Raymond U. H. Tegner, Rockford, III., assignor to
Amerock Corporation, Rockford, III.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,332
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D8— 06
US. a. D8— 158
225,823
HINGE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y.
nied Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,798
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Cl. DS—06
VS. CL D8— 189
225,821
PULL
La Verne E. Clayton, Rockford, 111., assignor to
Amerock Corporation, Rockford, 111.
FUed July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,433
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D8— 06
U.S. a. D8— 166
225,824
HINGE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,799
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D^—06
VS, a. D8— 189
^^
225 822
ORNAMENTAL BACKING PLATE FOR HANDLE
AS USED ON DOORS, DRAWERS, AND THE LIKE
David F. James, Redondo Beach, Calif., assignor to Hyer
Hardware Mfg. Co., Anaheim, Calif.
Filed Sept 10, 1971, Ser. No. 179,607
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D8— 09
VS. a. D8— 179
225,825
HINGE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,800
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D9—06
VS. CL D8— 189
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
757
225,826
HINGE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 215,254
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Cl. D8— 06
U,S. CL D8— 191
225 829
CORNER PROTECTOR FOR BINDING STRAPS
SURROUNDING BUNDLES OF SHEETS AND
THE LIKE
Bela G. Szabo, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to
Bruce Plastics, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,744
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D8— 99
VS. CI. D8— 263
225,827
HINGE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,801
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D8— 06 • .
U.S. Cl. D8— 191
225,830
DISPENSING CONTAINER
Robert L. HUl, Franklin Park, Hi., assignor to The
Gillette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,985
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 3
225,828
HINGE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,797
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D8— 06
U.S. O. D8— 191
225,831
BOTTLE
Thomas E. Brotton, 9581 Beachside Drive,
Huntington Beach, Calif. 92646
FUed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194.790
Term of patent 7 years
Int CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 40
758
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,832
JAR OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Willard R. Home, Northvale, NJ., and Robert P. VulIIe-
menot, Dennis, Mass., assignors to The Procter &
Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,400
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— 01
VS. CI. D9— 100
225,835
CONTAINER FOR FLOW ABLE MATERIALS
OR THE LIKE
Robert T. Johnson and Gaylor W. Brown, Beaverton,
Mich., assignors to Koehring Company
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 25,092
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. U9—01
U.S. CI. D9— 169
L
p^
C '^M
J . ..^i^^S^L
.'»yigH
.<-'f**'S
^.i&'^^-<mmir
\ ^i^^
225,833
BOTTLE
Norman L. Auslander, Pomona, N.Y., assignor to
Lander Co., Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 136,279
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— O;
U.S. CL D9— 115
225,836
PACKAGING TRAY FOR EGGS OR OTHER
FRAGILE ARTICLES
James W. Boyd, Crown Point, Ind., and Clifford H.
Bessett, South Holland, III., assignors to Packaging Cor-
poration of America, Evanston, III.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971. Ser. No. 106,634
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CI. D9— 190
225,834
BOTTLE
Stephen J. Kneapler, Miami, Fla., assignor to Richford
America Corporation, Farmingdale, N.Y.
Filed Oct 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190,438
Term of patent 14 years
Int a. D9— Oi
U.S. CL D9— 143
225,837
FOOD WRAPPER BAG
Roger Dale Yates, 1431 Pepperidge Road,
Asheboro, N.C. 27203
Filed Mar. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,386
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— <?5
U.S. CI. D9— 250
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
759
225,838
COMBINED CUP AND POURING HOSE ATTACH-
MENT FOR A CAN OR THE LIKE
Frank S. Flider, Chicago, III., assignor to The Justrite
Manufacturing Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,491
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— 07
\}J&. CI. D9— 290
225,840
FILE CART
Douglas C. Ball, Senneville, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Massey-Ferguson Industries Limited, Toronto, Ontario,
Canada
Filed Oct 7, 1970, Ser. No. 25,373
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 99; D12— 02
U.S. CI. D14— 3
225,841
PALLET
Lawrence Skendrovic, West Mifflin, Pa., assignor to
Pallet Development Inc., Ambridge, Pa.
FUed Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 208,051
Term of patent 14 years v
Int CI. mi— 99
UA CI. D14— 3
225.839
FLORAL DISPLAY CART
Ralph W. Bachman and Dallas R. Humphrey, Minne-
apolis, Minn., assignors to Bachman's Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn.
FUed Apr. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 136,288
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. mi— 02
U.S. a. D14— 3
225,842
RIBBED WHEEL CENTER
Richard H. Oement 10900 Jann Court,
La Grange, III. 60525
FUed Jan. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 217,430
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D12— i6
U.S. CL D14— 30
760
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,843
CHAIR BODY
Randall P. Bahk, Wyoming, Mich., assignor to Steelcasc,
Inc., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 22,513
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6—02
VS. a. D15— 1
225,846
BLOCK
Harry F. Cruzen, Jr., Alpena, Mich., assignor to
Besser Company, Alpena, Mich.
Continuation of design application Ser. No. 13,725, Sept.
26, 1968. This application Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No.
22,002
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Ci. D25— O;
U.S. CI. D18— 2
225,844
TRANSLUCENT NUGGET OF SOLIDIFIED
INORGANIC CHEMICALS
Frank J. Lazet, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Philadel-
phia Quartz Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 147,286
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D24— 02; Dl— 99
U.S. CL DI6— 1
225,847
PISTOL
Philip R. Lichtman, 35 Lee St., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118,210
, Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— O;
U.S. CI. D22— 1
02139
225,845
DISPENSER FOR SMALL QUANTITIES
OF LIQUID
Allan Costa, 662 Udall Road, West Islip, N.Y. 11795
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,826
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D24--02. 99
U.S. CI. D16— 2
225,848
BATHROOM UNIT
James F. Fulton, Mamaroneck, N.Y., and Joseph A.
Rinaldi, Fort Lee, NJ., assignors to Owens-Coming
Fiberglas Corporation, Toledo, Ohio
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,619
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— 02
VS. CI. D23— 49
I
I
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
761
225,849
FAN HEATER
Petnis Joannes Stut, Eelde, Netherlands, assignor to
United States Philips Corporation
Filed Sept 23, 1970, Ser. No. 25,152
Claims priority, application Switzerland Mar. 23, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— Oi
U.S. a. D23— 73
225,852
CANISTER FOR DEHUMIDIFYING CRYSTALS OR
A SIMILAR ARTICLE
Leonard R. Gaylord, Gates, N.Y., assignor to
International Valide Corp., Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 26,527
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— 99
U.S. CI. D23— 146
225,850
BATH STOVE
Matti Johannes Suuronen, Puistotie 43, Westend, Finland
Filed May 11, 1971, Ser. No. 142,423
Claims priority, application Germany Nov. 12, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— 03
VS. CI. D23— 84
225,853
FAxN
Jay R. Hecht, 17847 Cathedral Place, Encino, Calif.
Filed Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,257
Term of patent 14 years
Int Ct D23— 04
VS. CI. D23— 165 -
225,851
RADIANT HEATER
Edwin J. Cowan, 275 Manzanita,
Sierra Madre, Calif. 91024
nied Mar. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,611
Term of patent 7 years
Int CI. D23— Oi
U.S. CI. D23— 122
225,854
INDUSTRIAL BUICVER
David T. Gray, Warminster, and Charles W. Morck, Jr.,
Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to Selas Corporation,
Dresher, Pa. ^, >. ,,,
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,353
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— Oi
U.S. CI. D23— 129
762
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,855
DENTAL CUSPIDOR
John Daniel Krantz, Camarillo, Calif., assignor to Coastal
Dynamics CorporatioD, Venice, Calif.
Filed Oct. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 187,586
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D24— Oi
U.S. CI. D24— 1
225,858
KEYBOARD FOR A BANK TELLER TERMINAL
OR THE LIKE
George H. Kline, Bethany, Olda., assignor to Honeywell
Information Systems Inc., Oklahoma City, Okla.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,954
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
UA CI. D26— 5
225,856
ROTATIONAL ENERGY DEMONSTRATOR
David E. Munn, Framingham, Thomas M. Mello, West
Roxbury, and Robert Maddestra, Hyde Park, Mass.,
assignors to Damon Corporation, Needham, Mass.
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,315
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D19— 07
U.S. CI. D25— 1
225 859
ELECTRONIC COMPUTER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Nicholas A. Siecko, Malvern, and George W. Murphy,
Wayne, Pa., assignors to Educational Computer Cor-
poration, Radnor, Pa.
Filed Dec. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 203,931
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14—02
US. CI. D26— 5
225,857
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR HOUSING
Friedrich Josef Alois Kourimsky, Leutershaasen, Ger-
many, assignor to AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa,
FUed Oct 20, 1970, Ser. No. 25,575
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. Dli— 03
US, CI. D26— 1
f^cy\
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
763
225,860
HOUSING FOR ELECTRONIC APPARATUS
OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert E. Kalvitis, Fairport, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
FUed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,438
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14—02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
225,863
MAGNETIC TAPE VIDEO CASSETTE MACHINE
Darrell S. Staley, San Jose. Calif., assignor to Ampcx
Corporation, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Mar. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,389
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
225,861
HOUSING FOR ELECTRONIC APPARATUS
OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert E. Kalvitis, Fairport N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
^ Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,439
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
>■ 225,864
HAND OPERABLE BLASTER
Patrick A. Yates, Issaquah, Wash., assignor to Explosives
Corporation of America, Issaquah, Wadi.
FUed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,267
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— Oi ^
U.S. CI. D26— 13
225,862
ELECTRONIC COMPUTER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Hideki Ishii, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kahushiki Kaisha
Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 114,094
Claims priority, application Japan Aug. 13, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14— 02
US. CI. D26— 5
764
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,865 225,867
LOUDSPEAKER UNATTENDED TELEPHONE ANSWERING
Bo Arne Sjostedt, Trelleborg, and Stig AlUn VaWemar APPARATUS OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Olsson^ Vintrie, Sweden, assignors to Semiproduktion Robert H. Van Valkinburgh, Mendon, and Robert A.
AB Malmo, Sweden Clowe, Penfield, N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,868 Stamford, Conn. _ ^„,, ^ ^^ .«^ „«,
Term of patent 14 years Filed Oct. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 194,091
Int CI. D14 — 01 Term of patent 14 years
U.S. a. D26-14 .. „ ^. ^,. ,. '"*• *^'- ^^^-0^
U.S. CI. D26— 14
225,866
COMBINTD TAPE PLAYER AND RADIO
RECEIVER THEREFOR
Ryuzo Fujita, Suidobashi Bldg. 4-4, 1-cbome, Hongo.
Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,506
Claims priority, application Japan Aug. 3, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
VS. CI. D26— 14
225,868
VIDEOTELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
Herbert Kramer, Furstenfeldbruck, and Tonis Kao,
Munich, Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesell-
schaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Dec. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 206,240
Claims priority, application Germany June 8, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D14— Oi
U.S. a. D26— 14
^~^ -*^
rwr
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
765
225,869
CALKED HORSESHOE
William Hartill, 60 Clifton Crescent,
Sheffield S94 BE, England
FUed Apr. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 134,121
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D30— 99
U.S. CI. D30— 35
225 872
ANTIQUE CAR BOUNCE RIDE
William J. Burke, Fond du Lac, Wis., assignor to The
J. E. Burke Company, Fond du Lac, Wis.
FUed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,577
Term ot patent 14 years
Int CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5
225 870
RACK FOR SMALL PARTS
Fted Morgison, 1010 Court St.,
Clay Center, Kans. 67432
Filed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,265
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 06
U.S. CI. D33— 3
225,871
STUDY CARRELL
Clendon E. Crannell, 22 Wadiington Ave.,
Schenectady, N.Y. 12305
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 21,848
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 0-^
U.S. a. D33— 11
225 873
INDOOR TABLE TOP TETHER BALL GAME
STANDARD
Fred S. Anthony, Coos Bay, Oreg., assignor to Oregon
Novelties, Inc., Coos Bay, Oreg.
Filed Mar. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,998
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D21— 07
VS. CI. D34— 5
.(
766
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,S74
PEDESTAL FOR A BOWLER IDENTIFICATION
PANEL FOR A BOWLING SCORING DEVICE
George E. Schaefer, Muskegon, Mich., assignor to
The Brunswick Corporation
FUed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,617
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D21— ^2
VS. CI. D34— 5
225 877
TETHER BALL PROJECTOR AND CATCHER TOY
Jack R. Bedient, 55 Richardson Drive,
Henderson, Nev. 89015
Filed June 8, 1971, Ser. No. 151,165
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— Oi
VS. CI. D34— 15
225,875
CONSOLE FOR A BOWLING SCORING DEVICE
Richard G. Reineman, Balboa, Calif., assignor to
The Brunswick Corporation
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106.938
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— 02
VS. CL D34— 5
225,878
SPINNER TOY
Jimmy L. Taylor, 7130 Gaston Ave., Apt 221.
Dallas, Tex.
Filed Mar. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,378
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— 01
VS. CI. D34— 15
225,876
WHIRLING TOY BALL OR THE LIKE
William Vath, Massapequa, N.Y., assignor to Long Island
Mold and Tool Corp., Westbury, N.Y.
FUed Mar. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 130,068
Term of patent 14 years
Int a. Dll—Ol
VS. CL D34— 15
225 879
MODEL RACING CAR
Eric Harrison Broadley, Pangbome, near Reading, Eng-
land, assignor to Lola Cars Limited, Slough, Bucking-
hamshire, England
Filed Apr. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,869
Claims priority, application Great Britain Oct 31, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— 07
VS. CL D34— 15
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
767
225,880
TOY FERRIS WHEEL
Norman Spiegel, New York, N.Y., assignor to Nasta
Industries Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,079
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— Oi
VS. CL D34— 15
225 882
ROLY-POLY FIGURE TOY
Ernest L. Thomell, Horicon, Wis., assignor to Marlln
Toy Products, Inc., Horicon, Wis.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,280
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— Oi
U.S. CI. D34— 15
225,881
TOY AIRPORT STRUCTURE
Ernest L. Thomell, Horicon, V/ls., assignor to Marlln
Toy Products, Inc., Horicon, Wis.
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,294
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— Oi
U.S. CL D34— 15
225,883
INSULATED CHEST
Michael J. Di Pierro and Donald P. Mastrovito, Shrews-
bury, Mass., assignors to Standard Oil Company, Chi-
cago, III.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 26,656
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D7— 99
U.S. CL D44— 1
ir
768
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225 884 225,887
LNSULATED ICE CHEST OR SIMILAR ARTICLE TRAY
Harvey Hanig, North Aurora, HI., and Donald P. Mastro- John T. Dolby, Winnetka, and James S. Adler, Chicago,
vito, Shrewsbury, Mass., assignors to Standard Oil Com- III., asagnors to Standard Oil Company Chicago, III.
pany, Chicago, HI. Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,475
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,736 Term of patent 14 years
Term of patent 14 years ^ "»<• CI. D7— 99
Int CI. D7_99 U.S. CL D44-10
U.S. CI. D44— 1
225,885
STEIN
Donald W. Doman, JanesvUle, and Lawrence K. Saoey,
Baraboo, Wis., assignors to Flambeau Plastics Cor-
poration, Baraboo, Wis.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,065
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dl—01
VS. CI. D44— 9
225,888
TRAY
John T. Dolby, Winnetka. and James S. Adler, Chicago,
111., assignors to Standard Oil Company, Chicago, 111.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,476
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 99
VS. CI. D44— 10
225,886
DISH
John T. Dolby, Winnetlu, and James S. Adler, Chicago,
111., assignors to Standard Oil Company, Chicago, III.
FUed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,474
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. Dl—01
U.S. CI. D44— 10
b
CyOL£L£>
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
769
225 889
PASTRY FILLER HEAD
Eldred S. Scholes, Madison, Wis.
i% 5000 Wallace Ave., Monana, Wis. 53716)
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,481
Term of patent 3V2 years
Int CI. D7— 02
U.S. CI. D44— 29
225,892
MATCHBOOK COVER
Robert H. Knies, FuIIerton, Calif., assignor to
Hunt-Wesson Foods, Inc., FuIIerton, Calif.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,297
Term of patent 14 yean
Int CL Dn—04
U.S. a. D48— 29
225,890
TABLE LAMP
CUve Entwistle, 44 E. 67th St, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept 24, 1970, Ser. No. 25,179
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D26— 05
US. CI. 048— 20
10021
^ 225 893
TOOL FOR CLEANING BATTERY TERMINALS
AND CONNECTORS OR THE UKE
James R. Dickinson, 546 E. Northwest Highway,
Palatine, III. 60067
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 145,104
Term of patent 14 yean
Int CI. D8— 05
VS. CI. D49— 23
225,891
TABLE LIGHTER
Gotz Florian Strzelcszyk, Bad Homburg, Germany, as-
signor to Rowenta-Werke GmbH, Oflfenbach am Main,
Germany
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,952
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D27--05
VS. CI. D48— 27
225 894
COMBINED CONTAINER AND DISPENSER FOR
POWDERED MATERIALS
Jean Emery, 132 Rue Perronet Nenflly-sur-Selne, France
nied Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,636
Term of patent 3Vi years
Int a. D9— 07
U.S. a. D9— 207
770
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225 895
SHOE VENDING MACHINE
Hiyoinitsu Ohno, Naka 2-9-9, Kunitachi-sU,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 25, 1971, S«r. No. 157,075
Term of patent 14 years
Int. a. D20— o;
U.S. CI. D52— 3
225 897
VACUUM FORMiNG APPARATUS
Henry H. Jenkins, 864 W. Hacienda Drive,
Corona, Calif.
FUed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,797
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D15— <?9
225 896
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Ellen B. Mandcrfield, Syracuse, N.Y., assignor to
Oneida Ltd., Oneida, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 210,294
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dl—03
VS. a. D54— 12
225 898
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Colin B. Richmond II, Oneida, N.Y., assignor to
Oneida Ltd., Oneida, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 213,790
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7—03
VS. CI. D54— 12
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
771
225,899
HOUSING FOR A RADIO-PHONOGRAPH
OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Harvey K. McQuarrie and Michael D. Tate, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited,
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,785
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14— 03
V.S. CI. D56— 4
225,902
ENLARGER
Karel Machacek and Danuse Mazurova, Prerov, Czecho-
slovakia, assignors to Meopta, nardoni podnilc, Prerov,
Czechoslovakia
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 163,118
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia Jan. 20, 1971
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D16— 03
VS. CI. D61— 1
225,900
EXPANDABLE HOLDER FOR A PAIR
OF SPECTACLES
Helen G. Rafshoon, 3547 Buford Highway NE., Apt. G,
Atlanta, Ga.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 26,434
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D16— ^6
U.S. CI. D57— 1
225,903
FILM INSPECTION MACHINE
Ray L. ^ort, Jr., Glenview, 111., assignor to Research
Technology Incorporated, Skokie, III.
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,553
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D16— 99
U.S. CI. D61— 1
225,901
WATERPROOF PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA
Ohiko Yagi, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162,403
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D16— CI
U.S. CI. D61— 1
772
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,904
WATERCRAFT
John L. Critcher, 144 Bosley Ave.,
Cockeysville, Md. 21030
nied Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 24,286
Term of patent 14 yean
Int CI. Dll—06
VS. CI. D71— 1
225,907
MASSAGE ROLLER APPLIANCE
Desmond Kar-Yau Shiu, P.O. Box 1, Forest Row,
Sunex, England
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,904
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
■s;:^
^
T
^
225,905
CABINET FOR ELECTRONIC ALARM SYSTEM
Dale Lincoln, Lafayette, Calif., assignor to Systron-
Donner Corporation, Concord, Calif.
FUed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,819
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D29— 99; D13— 99
U.S. CI. D72— 1
225 908
CLINICAL INSTRUMENT
Bernard McDonald, Malibu, Calif., assignor to Medical
Testing Systems, Inc., Beverly Hills, Calif.
Filed Nov. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 201,608
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 12
225,906
BANK BOOK REGISTER CLIP
Vincent C. Cline, 98 S. Wheeler, St Paul, Minn.
FUed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,442
Term of patent 3Vi yean
Int CI. D 19— 99
U.S. CI. D74— 2
55105
225,909
ASHTRAY
John C. Cramer, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to Dayton
Coll Spring Co., Dayton, Ohio
nied Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 115,146
Term of patent 14 yean
Int CI. D27— Oi
UA CL D85— 2
January 9, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
773
225,910
HAIR SPRAY SHIELD OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Stanlslau Kurianski, 24040 Gunther Road,
Romoland, Calif. 92380
FUed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,309
Term of patent 14 yean
Int CI. D28— Oi
U^. CL D86— 10
225,911
PARASOL COVER
Mary A. Morgan, 4522 Varble Ave.,
Louisville, Ky. 40211
FUed Apr. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,847
Term of patent 14 yean
Int. CI. D3— Oi
U.S. CI. D88— 3
225,913
TIRE
Yoshio Oita, Tantakabayashl, Japan, assignor to Dunlop
Holdings Limited, Erdington, Birmingham, England
FUed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 115,147
Clahns priority, application Japan Aug. 14, 1970
Term of patent 14 yean
Int a. D12— i5
U.S. CI. D90— 20
225,914
TIRE
Guldo Bertazzoli, MUan, Italy, assignor to Industrie
PireUi, S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Mar. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,914
Claims priority, application Italy Sept 18, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D12— 75
U.S. a. I>90— 20
225,912
BICYCLE
Nobuyoshi Sekine, 78, 3-chome, Arakawa,
Tokyo, Japan
FUed Mar. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 125,005
Claims priority, appHcation Japan Sept 16, 1970
Term of patent 14 yean
Int CI. D12— i/
UA CI. D90— 8
774
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 9, 1973
225,915 225,917
TIRE HOT WATER DISPENSER
Brian Leonard Wilcox, Birmingham, England, assignor to Charles C. Zahlman, Hackettstown, NJ., assignor to
Dunlop Limited, Birmingham, England A.E.I. Corporation, Bethlehem, Pa.
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163.563 Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 26,054
Claims priority, application Great Britain Jan. 21, 1971 Term of patent 14 years
Term of patent 14 years Int* CI. D15— ^5
Int. CI. D12— 75 U.S. CI. D94— 3
U.S. CI. D90— 20
225,916
YARN GUARD
George J. Matzel, Rego Park, N.Y., and Edward W.
Schussel, King of Prussia, Pa., asggnors to Stop-Motion
Devices Corporation, Plainview, N.Y.
nied Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 26,681
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Ci. UlS—06
U.S. a. D92— 15
225 918
COMBINED ELECTRIC DRY SHAVER, TRIMMER
AND COVER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Taisuke Ono, Oaza Kadoma, and Yoritaka Ikejima, Osaka,
Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Mar. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,639
Claims priority, application Japan Sept 30, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2S— 03
U.S. CI. D95— 3
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 9th DAY OF JANUARY, 1 973
Note- Arranged in accordance with the first significant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice)
A F. fur Industrielle Elektronik Agie: See—
Ullmann. Werner; Derighetti, Renato; Tadini, Constantino;
Fannelli, Roberto; and Mattei.Silvano, 3.710,067.
A/S Dansk Leca: See—
Kamstrup-Larsen, Harry, 3,709,474,
Abbott Jack W , to Garrett Corporation, The Centnfuge vent.
3,709,428, CI. 233-19.00a.
Abbott Laboratories: S*^—
Burke, Charles R., 3,709,985.
Macalalad, Fidel Villaluna; and Katerndahl, Dean R , 3,709.223.
Abbotts, William Edward, to Rhodes. B.. & Son. Limited. Flowmeters.
3.709 .037. CI. 7 3-231.000.
Abe. Koichi; See—
Murayama. Masayuki; and Abe. Koichi. 3.709,928.
Abe, Takuzi, and Yuda, Minoru, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.
TV Receiver concurrently acting as a monitor. 3,710.017, CI. 178-
6.800
Abel. Heinz: See—
Toepfi. Rosemarie. Abel. Heinz; and Maeder. Arthur. 3,709,847
Aboutboul, Henri A : See—
Krekeler, Jerome H.; Wehr, Charles H.; and Aboutboul, Henn A.,
3,709.664.
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga, Yan Pelrovich; Berzin, Gunard
Valdemarovich; Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov. Petr
Nikolaevich; Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich. Shilgorin. Felix Alex-
androvich; Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Arturovich;
Ziemelis,Andris Eduardovich, Elksnis, Artur Yanovich; and Priede.
Bruno Andreevich, to Institut Rhimii Drevesiny Akademii Nauk Lat
viiskai SSR Device for manufacturing tubular products. 3,709,270,
CI 144-268.000
Abrasive Diamond Tool Company: See—
Kohlstrunk, Arthur T., 3,709.207.
ABUVA: See-
Gluchowicz, Gerszon, 3,708,922.
ACF Industries, Incorporated: See— •
Cook, Robert M ; and Goldman, Charles B , 3,709, 151.
Acquavia Thomas J., Jr., to Xerox Corporation. Control circuit for
sorting system. 3,709,485, CI. 27 1 -57.000.
Adamovske strojirny, narodni podnik: See—
Stepanek. Karel; and Jumy. Josef. 3.709.048
Adams. George; and Hawkins. John, to United Research Laboratory.
Removable magnetic head assembly with lifters fingers. 3,710.037.
CI. 179-100. 20r.
Adams. Jerry. Coiled material dispenser 3.709.445. CI. 242-55.200.
Adams, William J.; and Ferrari, Eugene A. Closed-damper indicator
for fireplace. 3,708,897,0.40-1 000.
Addis John L ; and Peltola, Ronald W., to Tektronix, Inc. Linear gain
control. 3,710.270, CI. 330-29.000.
Addressograph Multigraph Corporation: See—
Schulze. Erwin F C ; and Baker, RobertG., 3.709,480.
Addressograph-Multigraph Corporation: 5**—
Sims. Art T. 3.709,144. __
Adjustable Bushing Corporation: See —
Pitzer. Kenneth H. 3.709.088 ,, , ,, , , ^.
Adlhart. Otto J, and Terry. Peter L. to Engelhard Minerals & Chemi-
cals Corporation. Fuel cell system comprising non-circulatmg.
counter-current gas flow means. 3,709,736, CI. l36-86.00r.
Adrian. Donald J: 5«— ^ .., , . j
Hinchman. Walter R ; Adrian. Donald J.; and Walters. Andrew
W. 3.710,387.
Advanced Management Engineering & Research Co.: See—
Ryden. James W. 3.709.523.
Ageev, Leonid Matveevich: See— .
Vydnn, Vladimir Nikolaevich, and Ageev, Leonid Matveevich,
3,709,017.
Agence Nationale de Valorisation de la Recherche: See—
Anthony, Anne-Marie, nee Barbier; Faucher. Michele. nee Dufre;
and Dembinski. Krzysztof. 3.709.998.
Bonnemay. Maurice G.; Bronoel, Guy R.; and Doniat, Denis.
3.709.735
Agfa-Gevaert: 5«— ^ .. c i.
Florens. Raymond Leopold; Clacs, Frans Henri; and Moisar, Enk,
3,709.689.
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Haase. Gunter; and Schopper. Erwin. 3.709,692.
Zahn, Wolfgang; Findeis, Gunter; and Muller, Dieter, 3,709,601 .
Zahn Wolfgang; Friedrich, Gunther; and Weinert, Volker,
3,709,613. . ^ . .
Aguilar, Henry. Suspendiable support for articles and method.
3,709,373.C1. 211-113.000.
Aid For Business. Incorporated: S«—
McKee, James B ; and Canaday, Joh L.. 3,709.524.
Aine. Harry E. Microwave applicator 3.710,063, CI. 219-10 550.
Ainoura, Masato, to Tsukihoshi Gomu Kabushiki Kaisha and
Kabushiki Kaisha Kashifuji Tekkosho Screw-shaped gear hone and
method of forming and using the same. 3,708,925, CI. 5 1-206 OOp
Air Cushion Vehicles, Inc : S^e—
Ferguson. Hugo S. 3,709.31 8
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc , mesne: See—
Tedeschi, Robert J , and Moore, George L., 3,709,946. ^
Air Reduction Company, Incorporated: See—
Shattes, Walter J , and Marancik, william G., 3.7 10.000.
Airco. Inc.: See—
Hunt. Charles d'A ,3,709.284.
Shrader, Robert L ; and Tsujimoto, Kazumi N., 3.710.072.
Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kazaoka, Kenichi. and Torii. Nozomu, 3,709.537.
Kondo, Toshiyuki; and Kozakai. Asao. 3.709,334.
Miyake, Hirotaka, and Kawai. Shinji. 3,709.568.
Murakami, Noboru, Naruto, Tatsuo; and Hashimoto, Nobuyuki,
3,709.340.
Aizu. Keiichiro; Kumada. Akio; and Koga, Masashi, to Hitachi. Ltd.
Control of microwave power by applying stress to gadulinium moly-
late single crystal. 3.7 1 0.286. CI. 333-8 1 OOb
AjinomotoCo.. Inc.: See —
Otsuka. Shinichiro; Honda, Takeshi, and Yamanoi, Akio.
3.709.785.
Akio. Kurisaki: S^^—
Kunichika. Sango; Sakaibara. Yasumasa; Kyotofu, Nogucht; Akio,
Kurisaki; Konomu, Kato; and Uchiyama, Mitsuru, 3.709,927.
Aktiebolaget Stille Werner: See—
Hessner. Hans, and Nilsson, Per Olof. 3.709.44 1
Aktiengesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie: See—
Iten, Paul D., 3.709,599
Strubin,Harald, 3,710,298.
Alarm Device Manufacturing Company: See—
Guthart, LeoA.3,710,134
Albers, Kenneth H , Blood, Alden E.; and Snapp, Thomas C, Jr., to
Eastman Kodak Company Polyesteramide coaling compositions.
3,709,858. CI. 260-29.20n. ,^„,.., ^,
Albertson. Robert V. Snowmobile stabilizing device. 3.709.512. CI.
280-28.000.
Alexander. Larry T. Intravenous supply conUiner support. 3,709,372.
CI. 21 1-74.000.
Alferov, Jury Fedorovich: See—
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich, Popov, Viktor Andreevich; Alferov.
Jury Fedorovich; Bogachenko. Alexey Georgievich; and Latash.
Jury Vadimovich. 3.709.997
Alger. Martin J.. Jr.; and Dunn. Nelson H., to General Signal Corpora-
tion Steel cylinder barrel having bonded bronze-iron valve plate
3,709,107, CI 92-169.000
Alger, Martin J., Jr ; and Dunn, Nelson H., to General Signal Corpora-
tion Steel cylinder barrel having bonded bronze-iron liners.
3,709, 108. CI 92-169 000
Allard. Charles D:S«—
Allard. Eugene R.; and Allard, Charles D . 3.709.556.
Allard Eugene R . and Allard. Charles D Telescoping IV pole at-
uchment and wheel chairs. 3.709.556. CI. 297- 1 88.000
Allen. Alanc. to Cossor. A. C, Limited. Secondary radar. 3.710,382.
CI. 343-6.50r.
Allen-Bradley Company: See-
Button. Lawrence A., 3.710.198.
Dummermuth. Ernst, 3,710,222
Radtke, Joseph D., and Kiffmeyer, William W., 3,7 10.378.
Allied Chemical Corporation: See—
Lofquist, Robert Alden; Crescentini, Lamberto; and Wmcklhofer.
Charles, 3,709,865.
Allied Farm Equipment (Manitoba), Ltd.: See—
Crawley, Harry Donald, 3,709,356.
Allis-Chalmers Corporation: See—
Sieren, Gerald £.3,709.344.
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company: See—
Haupt. Robert C, 3.709.304.
Johnson. Wayne E.. and Korb. Eugene V.. 3.709.520.
McGehee, Archie L , 3,709,393.
Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget: See—
Landa, Torstein; Syvakari. Pertti; and Westman, Enk, 3.709.014.
Uhlmann. Erich, 3,7 10,284.
Aim Robert M., to Standard Oil<:ompany (Indiana) Petroleum coke
ac'id salts 3,709,930, CI. 260-515 OOh.
Alphonse, Gerard Argant, to RCA Corporation Apparatus for effi-
ciently converting microwave energy into acoustic energy
3,7 10,283, CI. 333-30.00r.
Pll
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 2
Altemus William C . and Duca, James, to Computer Image Corpora-
tion System for automat.cally producmg a color d'sP'»y «f »,f "5
from a black and white representation of the scene. 3.710.011, CI.
178-5 40c
Alter. Vladimir Fedorovich.Sff- ci,u„:.Wnv Valerv
Pokhodnya. Igor KonsUntmov.ch. Shiepakov Valery
Nikolaevich; and Alter. Vladimir Fedorovich. 3.710,073.
Altsauzen Andrei Pavlovich; See— . . „ .• ■ u
^P^ton. Boris Evgenievich. Lebedev. Vlad.m.r Konsunt.novich.
Medovar. Bons Irrailevich. Latash. Jury Vad'«I>ovich. Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich. Baglai. V.taly Mikha.lov.ch.
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich, Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich. Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih, Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna. Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna, Katsevich Leonid
Savvich Volokhonsky. Lev Avramovich; Ni<ulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich, Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich, and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283. ^ „ . , ,
Altherr Russell G . to Amsted Industnes Incorporated Connection for
articulaiedcar 3,709,376, CI. 21 3-62.00r. ^ ^ ,
Althoff F Dankward, to Brown Boveri & Cie AG. Fault current pro-
tective circuit for a load supplied from single or polyphase systems.
3,710,190, CI 317-18.00d
Aluminum Company of Amenca: See—
Severs, John W, 3,709,549
Aluotto, Antonio; d/b/a National Baling Press and Equipment Co.; See
January 9, 1973
Aluotto. DominickM, 3,708.953. ,„., v, i o r„„
Aluotto. Dominick M . to Aluotto. Antonio; d/b/a National Baling
Press and Equipment Co Waste compactor and bagger 3.708.9S J,
CI 53-124.00b , . ,.
Alzmann. Waller Vanable photographic mask fo' "^laintaining multi-
ple consunt proportions of a visible area. 3.709,591, CI. J33-
126 000 , u v4 .u^
Amam.ya, Ikuzou, to Kabushiki Kaisha Kanagawaseisakusho Methcxl
of making nonskid studs for tires and shoes 3,708,868, Cl. zv-
520.000
Amamiya,Tameo: S«— v»— ^^
Sada, Tomohiko; Tsuchiya, Nonyuki; Amamiya, Tameo; Kaneda,
Yoko. and Ohta.Kazuyuki, 3,710,195
Ambros, Rafael Foguet; Beerwald, Alexander; and Lang, Arnold to
Electro-Ouimica de Flix S.A Method for drying gases. 3.708.955.
Cl 55-31.000
American Cyanamid Company: S«—
Grethlein, Hans Erich, and Prescott, William Benjamin.
3,710,345
Strazdins, Edward, 3.709,708.
American Forest Products Corporation; See—
Stapp. William C .3.709,425
American Formed Plastics Corporation; See—
McLaughlin. Thomas M . 3.708.997
American Hydrocarbon Company: 5«— t ^ -r ,„a
Proell Wayne A . Selin. Clifford E.; Holbrook, Sunford T.. and
Harnmond. Francis H. 3.709.93 1
American Limnetics Instruments. Inc.: See—
King. Karl Lewis; and Arnngton. James R . 3.709.796
American Optical Corporation: See—
Berkovits. Barough V . 3,709.229.
American Safety Equipment Corporation; See—
Gonzalez. Teodoro J .. 3 ,708 ,838.
Jakob. Hans, 3,709.558.
American Standard, Inc.: &*— , „^ ^ -ynnecuf.
Karp, Joseph G., Jr ; and McCurdy. Robert F., 3,708,916.
American Velcro, Inc 5^*— j «- ^ i o..,.t u
Ribich, William A , Kojabashian, Charles; and Girard, Lauret H.,
3,708,833.
Ameron, Inc : S^e—
Coleman, Fred K, 3,708,984
Ametek, Inc : 5ff— i -rim^n
Chesterton, Stanley Keith, Jr.; and Samph, William J.. 3.710.250.
AMF Incorporated: See—
Ingham, John W, Jr.. 3,709,31 7. „ n^„,,H
Amin Shirish Chandubhai, Jones, David Henry; and Maxwell, Donald
Robert to May & Baker Limited 10-(3-Dimethylamino-2-methyl
propyl )'-2.valerylphenothiaz,ne 3.J09 879,CI. 260-243.0aa.
Amman, Roy E. ElecUicians wire bending tool. 3.709.264. Cl. 140-
106.000
AMP Incorporated: See—
Floyd, Edwin, Jr, 3,708,873. ^, .. u
Mann, Richard Charles, Sr.; and Schwalm, Glendon Henry.
3 708 878
Schor, Ferdinand William; and Friu, William Baird, 3.710,285.
Till, James Peter, 3,7 10,252.
Ampex Corporation: See—
Dao.TichT .3,710,276
Sonberg, Charles M. 3.7 10.361
Amsden. Carl D.; and Galeano, Sergio F., 'o 0^"?-"''"°l''- '":?
Method for the oxidation of black liquor 3,709.975. Cl. 42J-
206 000.
Amsted Industnes Incorporated: See—
Altherr, Russell G., 3,709,376
Anderson Bros. Mfg Co.: 5e*- , ino q<;a
Wilke, Howard C; and Williams. Romaine A., 3.708.954.
Anderson, Charles B.; and Tuggle, William H Jr ^Atco Rubber
Products. Inc. Stretch clamp 3,708.834, Cl 24-279.000
Anderson, Daniel C Method of preparing stereotype plates.
3,708,869, Cl 29-527.500.
Anderson, Greenwood & Co.; S«—
Weise IrvinB, 3,709,258. ., ,
Anderson, Karl R , to Thompson John J Gang connector assembly for
telephonecableierminalboard 3,7 10,046, Cl 200-5 LOOT
Andei^n, Nils T , to Crown Zellerbach Corporation Multiple layer
limited dielectric recording blank for pulse pnntmg. 3,709,728. Cl.
117 218 000
Anderson, Ouinn S , Levin, Bcrton P , and Thomson Jackie D, to Sier-
racm Corporation, The Coating control system 3,709,192, Cl ll»-
8 000
Anderson Wallace G Plural motor timing sequence system.
3 710 214. Cl 318-102000. , . .. ^ a
Anderson. William S , to Shell Oil Company. Process for light-induced
curing of epoxy resin in presense of cyclopentadienylmanganese
tricarbonyl compounds. 3,709,861 ,CL 260-47 (^c
Andersson, Tage Vilhelm Leander; Isheden, Lars Rune, Johansson. Bo
Emn^nd Warrmg. St.g Erik, to Telefonaktiebolagel L M Ericsson.
Alarm system for monitonng a plurality of «rr.ally connected objects
utilizing signal translation techniques 3.710.372. 1 340-276 000
Andrews. Brian; Pilkington. James Christopher; and Riley. Bna" ^H-
liam to Pilkington Brothers Limited Packages of glass in sheet form.
3,709.358.0 206-62 OOr . ^..^■
Andrews. Douglas R , deceased (by Andrews, Marpne E ); and Kim-
mel Milton J , said Kimmel assor to International Business
Machines Corporation Pattern-size normalizing for recognition ap-
paratus. 3,710,323, Cl 340-146.30h
Andrews, Marprie E: S«— , T.mii
Andrews, Douglas R ; and Kimmel, Milton J. 3,710,3/3.
Ansund, Bo Kent, to MacGregor International S A Hatch cover drive
means 3.708.9 14. Cl 49-209 000
Anthony. Anne-Mane, nee Barbier. Faucher. Michele. nee Dufre. and
Dembinski. Krzysztof. to Agence Nat.onale dc Valorisation de la
Recherche Heating element for an electnc furnace. 3.709.998, Ci.
1 3 25 000
Ao Takeo. to Osaka Yogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Method for the prepara-
tion of a catalyst usable for catalytic cracking of hydrocarbons.
3,709,832, CI252-429.00r
" Wa"trnabe, sTizi; Ozaki, Kozo; Oishi, Hiroshi; Aoki, Fumio; and
Kawano.Shigeru. 3,710.373.
Aoki, Yoshiatsu: S*f— . . ^^ , v ^a a^w;
Samejima, Hirotoshi; Funiya, Akira, Shimaoka. Keiji; and Aoki.
Yoshiatsu, 3,709,701
Apilz. Peter F . to Tamar Electronics. Inc System for cornputing the
average of successive traffic measurements 3.710.081. Cl /3.->-
150.240
APL Corporation: See—
Verbeke. Henry. 3.709.347
Appius Max K . to Mettler Instrupiente AG. Top-loading balance
3.709,31 1. Cl. 177-203 000.
Arazi,Efraim:&r— ,,.„/»,«
Levin, Arie; and Arazi, Efraim, 3,7 10.020.
ArencoAktiebolag S^*'— , nno -y^i
Lilja. Lars Edvin. and Wallberg. Enk Ame, 3.709.232.
'^'^^'iRii^herford^Frlink.'Arenson. Ivor Gerald; Cracknell. Alan George;
Foulds. William Henry; and Derrick. Albert. 3.709,577
Arenson, Ivor Gerald: S*?—
Rutherford, Frank, Arenson, Ivor Gerald; CracknelL Alan George.
Foulds, William Henry; and Dernck, Albert, 3,709.577.
Aries Electronics. Inc . mesne: See—
Weisenburger. Lawrence P., 3,7 10,299.
Armco Steel Corporation: See—
Palmour, Harold H., 3,709,292.
Armstrong Cork Company: See—
Baymiller, John W, 3,708,889 , -,^0 «>.>.
Herweh, John E.and Poshkus, AlgirdasC, 3.709.844.
Armstrong, Neil J: S*^— v..;i i
McConnell, Frederick C ; Jason, George; and Armstrong, Neil J ,
Ameson, Edwin L.. to Federal Paper Board Company. Inc Article ear-
ner 3,709,400, Cl. 220-1 13 000
Arnngton, James R.:S«— inna laf.
King, Karl Lewis; and Arnngton, James R., 3,709, /vo.
Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitrievich: S*^— . .. „ . . ^u
Paton Bons Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstanlinovich,
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Latash. Jury Vadimovich, Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, V.taly Mikha.tov.ch
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih, Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich, Gorynina, Zoya Alex^
androvna, Safronova, Ljudm.la Andreevna; Katsevich Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovjch; Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich, Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709.283. . ^ ^
Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: ^e—
Tokutomi, Seijiro. 3 ,709. 1 23
^"'Yorhimra's^sumu; Asakawa. Sh.row; and Hasegawa, KaUue.
3.709.820.
January 9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Aschberger Anton A., to Continenul Can Company, Inc. Forge roll
forweldingofthin-walltubing. 3,708.845. Cl. 29-132.000.
Aselman Edward C, Jr., to TNE Incorporated. Vibration detection
apparatus. 3,709,030, Cl. 73-71.100.
Ashcraft, William D., to North American Rockwell Corporation
Signal-correlating apparatus for improving the angular resolution of
a directionally ranging system 3,7 10.384. Cl. 343-7. 00a.
Ashkin, Arthur, to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated. Ap-
paratuses for trapping and accelerating neutral particles. 3,710.279.
Cl 331 94.500.
Ashmele. Anton, to Trossinger MeUllstimmenfabrik Hans Eisen
Sound reproducing apparatus. 3,709.505. Cl. 274-23.00r.
Aspro-Nicholas Limited: See—
Gittos, Maurice Ward, James. John William; and Wiggins, Leslie
Frederick, 3,709.996
Atco Rubber Products. Inc.: See—
Anderson. Charles B ; and Tuggle, William H., Jr.. 3,708,834.
Atlantic Richfield Company: See—
Lincoln, Robert M. and Meyers, Joseph A. III. 3,709.778
Attwell. Ronald Leslie: See—
Whitbread. John Edgar, and Attwell, Ronald Leslie, 3.709,1 16.
Auchapt, Rene, and Gerard, Michel Jullien, to LEquipement General
Electrique "Egelec". Quick-break electric switch. 3,710.053. Cl.
200-67. 00b.
Audi Nsu Auto Union Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Behles. Franz G, 3.709. 139.
Augstein, Joachim: See—
Leeming. Peter R.; Cross. Peter E.; Cox, David A.; and Augstein,
Joachim, 3,709.892.
Augustine. Paul C: See—
Peisner. Israel D ; Deshetler, Louis K.; and Augustine, Paul C .
3.709.154
Auler. Herbert; and Josef. Muskat, to Passavant Werke. Floating sur-
face aerator. 3 ,709,470, Cl. 26 1 -9 1 .000
Aumuller, Walter: See—
Welmut, Weber; Weyer, Rudi; Aumuller, Walter; Muth, Karl; and
Stach, Kurt, 3,709,908
Aurich, Christoph W . Bryant. John C; and Riley, James R , to Gaston
Country Dyeing Machine Company. Multiple valve module
3,709.248, Cl. 137-271.000.
Austin, James, to Occidental Research & Engineenng Limited. Process
for producing liquid NP fertilizers 3,709,675, Cl. 7 1 -35.000.
Austin Max M., and Boulton, Norman B., to National-Standard Com-
pany Band clutch assembly. 3,709,339, Cl 192-4 1.00s.
Austria Tabak Werke Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Marek, Josef, and Hayn, Gunther, 3,709,274.
Auto Anti-Pollution Devices of Canada Limited: See—
Ciotti, Antonio Pasquale, 3,709,255.
Automatic Switch Co., mesne: See—
Beeken. Basil B. 3.709,027
Automobiles Peugeot: 5«—
Lombard, Claude; and Piret, Jean, 3,709,070.
Auzel Francois E Fluorescent materials for optical frequency conver-
sion. 3,709,827. Cl. 252-301 40r.
Avco Corporation: See—
Rogers, Cedric G., 3,708,936.
Aviul Ron, to Israel Aircraft Industries Ltd Helicopter lighting system
and light units useful therein 3,7 10,3 1 1 , Cl. 340-27.000.
AVM Corporation: S^f—
Johnson, Jesse R., 3.709,461
Ayaki Kazuo, to Nippon Electric Company Limited. Multi-stage type
microwave amplifier. 3,7 10,272, Cl. 330-53.000.
Babcock & Wilcox Company, The: See—
Evans. Sidley 0,3,709,020.
Gauger, Edward A., Jr.. Brown. Wallace H.; and Gartner. William
J, 3,709. 169
Babcock, Gordon L.: See—
Warren, Gary J, and Babcock, Gordon L., 3,710,107.
Bachle, Karl; Finkbeiner, Ludwig; and Taubitz, Bemd. to Bosch,
Robert, G.m,b.H Alternating current generator with radial stator
poles. 3,710,158, Cl. 310-156.000
Badian, Abraham: S^f—
Miller, Robert Pincus, Badian, Abraham; and Dickstem. Samuel
P., 3,710,319
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabnk Aktiengesellschaft: S«—
Fischer. Erhard; and Wegner. Gerhard, 3.709.860
Goetze, Walter; Kasper, Werner; Klatt, Gerhard; and Schulz, Ger-
hard,'3,709 ,945
Kohlhaupt, Reinhold;and Becke, Friednch. 3,709,895.
Krauch. Carl Heinrich; and Sanner. Axel. 3.709.805.
Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich: See—
Paton, Boris Evgenievich, Lebedev. Vladimir KonsUntinovich.
Medovar, Bons Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich, Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich, Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko. Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina, Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova, Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich; Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich, Edemskv,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283.
Bailey Malcolm; and Downer, John Colin, to Conder International
Limited. Ceiling system. 3.708.932. Cl. 52-232.000.
Baillie, Alan J.: See—
Gutoski, Jerome; and Baillie, Alan J , 3,709,650.
Baird, William C, Jr.; and Surridge, John H., to Esso Research and En-
gineenng Company Method of forming dicyano compounds
3,709,921, Cl. 260-465.003.
Baird-Atomic, Inc , mesne: See—
Miles, John L. 3.709,765.
Baker, Arthur R., Brant. William, and Danielson. Clarence J . to Xerox
Corporation. Sorting apparatus 3.709,492, Cl. 271-64.000
Baker, Donal E., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation DC static
switch including means to suppress transient spikes between a drive
source and the switch element. 3,7 10,23 1 , Cl. 323-9.000.
Baker Oil Tools, Inc ; See—
Curington, Alfred R., 3,709.306.
Baker. Ralph W.; McCarthy. John H . Place, Harold G., and Wikman,
Andrew O , to Ethyl Corporation Manufacture of halohydrocar-
bons. 3,709,950, Cl 260-659.00a
Baker, Raymond N. Mechanized collection of solid waste material
3,709,360, Cl. 209-215.000.
Baker, Robert G.: See—
Schuize, Erwin F. C , and Baker. Robert G. 3.709.480
Balda Werke Photographische Gerate und Kunststoff R Gruter Kom-
manditgesellschaft: See—
Langewiesche, Wilhelm, and Lange, KarJ Heinz. 3.709.120.
Balda Werke S^f— ' /
Lange, KaH-Heinz, 3,709.129. -"^i^
Baldwin, D H, Company: S^^— ^^
Brean,JohnW ,3,710,375.
Ball Brothers Research Corporation: See—
Munson, Robert E., 3,710,338
Ballas, George C: See—
Geist,ThomasN ; and Ballas, George C, 3,708,967
Balliett, John W.; and Sherwood, William T., to Eastman Kodak Com
pany. Reflective device for color separation. 3,710,010, Cl. 178-
5.40r
Bally Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Lally, Joseph Edward, 3,709,493
Banger PunU Operations, Inc.: See—
Taccone, Russell W , 3,709,282.
Banks Donald S., to Raytheon Company. Radar scanning method and
apparatus. 3,710,388, Cl. 343-16.00r
Banks, Ronald Eric See—
Haszeldine, Robert Neville; Banks. Ronald Eric; and Taylor,
David Robin, 3,709.948
Banning. J , Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Wieting, Eugen; and Siepmann, Hans, 3,709.01 1.
Bansho, Kiyoshi: See—
Tanaka, Tetsuroand Bansho, Kiyoshi. 3.710,275
Barba John J., to Olesen, Larry F. and Olesen, Virginia A. Smoke con-
trol device. 3,709,171. Cl 110-8.00r.
Barbacsy. Ludwig Benno; Muck. Gunther; and Plantikow. Ulnch. to
Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm GmbH Magnetohydrodynamic
( MHD) alternating current generator 3,7 10,1 53, Cl. 3 10- 1 1 .000.
Barber-Colman Company: See-
Koch, A. Richard, 3,710,220.
Barker, Donald E Apparatus for facial stimulation 3,709,228.01. 128-
410.000.
Barker, Michael D : See—
Boyce, Clive B C , Barker, Michael D; and Wood, Jack,
3,709,902.
Barkley, William. Submarine home 3,708.991 , Cl 61 -69 000
Barlow. Gordon A., to Glass. Marvin. & Associates Baseball game
3.709.494. Cl. 273-89.000.
Barlow Gordon A., to Glass. Marvin. & Associates. Marble type board
game apparatus. 3.709,497, Cl. 273- 1 30.000.
Barnes. Forrest G Electronic smoke detector. 3.710.365. Cl. 340-
237.()0s. ;
Barnes. Michael W.: See—
McDowell. Curtis S ; and Barnes, Michael W , 3.709.920
Bamhart. Charles Calvin, to Clear Pack Company. Apparatus for form-
ing an embossed thermoplastic sheet 3,709.647, Cl. 425-224.000.
Bamum Thomas G, to General Motors Corporation Lamp failure in-
dicator for a dual-filament lamp. 3,7 10,367, Cl. 340-25 1 .000.
Barr-Sulfort Company: Ser—
Cunningham, Ernest R., 3,709,410.
Barrager, Stephen M.; and Smith, Sidney H., to International Business
Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for testing batch
fabricated magnetic heads during manufacture utilizing a magnetic
filed generated by a current carrying conductor. 3,710,23, Cl 324-
34.00r
Barrera, Roberto Gonzalez: See—
Rubio, Manuel J., 3,709,696
Barrett, Paul Anthony, to Wellcome Foundation, Ltd., The. Sub-
stituted glyoxal dithiosemicarbazones. 3,709,935, Cl 260-552.0sc
Bartok Stephen, to Litton Business Systems, Inc Magnetic transducer
components. 3,710.309, Cl. 339-217.00s
Barton George C, to USM Corporation. Heel seat molding and lasting
machines. 3,708,814, Cl. 12-12.500.
Basner, Ernest L , to Sealy, Inc. Edge support for a spnng unit
3,708,809, Cl. 5-260.000.
Basse, Philip; and Sposato. Frank J , to Logimetncs, Incorporated
Frequency control of oscillators using digiul techniques. 3,710.274,
Cl. 33 1 -1.00a.
BaU Shoe Company, Inc.: See—
Maltby. Frank V.. 3.709.973.
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Bates Kenneth T , and Hoare, Michael R . to Westinghouse Canada
Um.ted Vacuum induction heat treatment of long tubular products.
^ 709 999 CI. 13-26 000
Bates M^cusL to Williamson. T. D., Inc. Apparatus for commu-
^ catrngTrt-cehnes to mains. 3.709.250. CI. 1 37-3 1 8 WJ)
Bau Monika to Telefunken Patentverwerlungsgesellschaft m.b.H.
%em!^onductor device hav.ng a screen electrode of mtnns.c
semiconductor matenal 3,710.204. CI. 317-235.00r
^*" M?;h°:i,'^Don^aW p'^Ste.nige. Herman. Land.s. Frankhn F.; and
Skeen Lawrence, 3,709,443. .
Rauer Werner R to Robertshaw Controls ompany Stnp chart dnve
Techrms^ for a recorder 3.710,343.C1 346-1 36.000
Baumer Albrecht; and Schubler. Karl-Hcinz. to Dango & Dienenthal
Kommanditgesellschaft. Mechanism for swmging a taphole gun.
3,709.477, CI. 266-42.000.
Baur, Hugo: S«f — .„ ,, i Tin in
Tischner. Horst; Schief, Alfred; and Baur, Hugo. 3.7 10.332.
Baxter Laboratories, Inc.: See—
Cromic, Harry W, 3,709,526.
Martinez, Felix Jesus, 3,709.367. , ^^o «;«
SeiU.Umont J. and Hauser. Stephen G. 3.709.538^
Bavmiller John W . to Armstrong Cork Company Apparatus for
bleachmgfumiture 3.708,889. CI. 34-83 000
Beach David E to Eastman Kodak Company. Film metering
mechanism. 3.709.1 28. CI 95-31 Ofm. , 700 77q n
Beaman. Clayton E Tire changing machine adapter. 3.709.2 /V, L.1
157-1.240.
Beard. Albert L.:S*f- ,T,n,->fi
Hunter. John C; and Beard. Albert L.. 3.710.328
Beatenbough.PaulK S«- u n . 1/ -nno ooa
Scherer. Carl A ; and Beatenbough, Paul K., 3,708.998.
BeatnceFoodsCo : S<r*— , -,r.n ->«a
Gore. William C . and Shapiro. Eugene B.. 3.709.256.
Bechem. Werner: 5^f- ,,00010
Hox. Hans Werner, and Bechem, Werner, 3.709,01 8.
BeckcFnednch 5«— ^ ^ ^ ■, nna aa<
Kohlhaupt,Reinhold. and Becke.Friednch. 3 709.895.
Becker Erwin. and Schutte. Rolf, to Gesellschaft fur Kemforschung
m b H Device for the separation of gaseous or vaporous substances,
esoeciallv isotopes, with different molecular weights and/or different
gaTkinetic cross sections 3,708.964,0. 55-39 000
Beckham,ClarenceF :5«— ■, nr^ ^^a
Killinger, Gordon B., and Beckham. Clarence F., 3,709.694.
Beckman Instrument, Inc.: S«^—
Chase, Charles P, 3,709 ,242.
Beckman Instruments, Inc.: See— ^ . „ j u/;ii;,„™c
Carleton, Joseph G., McEwen, Cassius R., and Williams,
Frederick G , Jr. (said Carleton and said McEwen assors. to),
3,708,948.
Robinson, Dale D.. 3.7 10,120.
Beckwith,ClintonH.:S<e- , ino iia
Field, Thomas R, and Beckwiih, Clinton H, 3,709,236.
Bedrosian, Paul H.. to United States of America, Health Education,
and Welfare Shipping container for radioactive matenal using safety
closure devices. 3 ,7 1 0, 1 2 1 . CI. 250- 1 OS.OOr.
Beebe, James H:S«f- u 1 too m?
Trogan, John F, and Beebe, James H ,3,709.077 . u
Beehler Richard F. to Lau Incorporated. Vibration damping hub
prope'llertypefans.3.708,999,C1.64-ll.00r^
Beehl^, Richard F . to Lau Incorporated. Shaft ^nf hub assembly and
improved chp fastener therefor. 3.709.531. CI. 287-53.00h^
Beeken Basil B to Automatic Switch Co.. mesne. Proximity sensing
device. 3.709.027. CI. 73-37 500.
^"Sx7n:^Ja';;.es" Wallace. Tl^omas J.; and Beerbower. Alan.
3.709.747 ,^. ■ ^
Beerman. Ludovicus Johannes, to Quebec Iron and Titanium Corpora-
tor Furnace electrode seal 3.709.506. CI. 277-12.000.
Beerwald. Alexander: S«*— a„^m '
Ambros. Rafael Foguet; Beerwald. Alexander, and Lang. Arnold.
3 708 955
BeMS James E . to General Electric Company. Ouick-heating im
l^gnatedplanarcalhode 3.710.161.0.313-346.000.
BehfoVouz. Mohammad, to Monsanto Company Dithioamides.
3 709.907,0. 260-326.00S. u r. r^
Beh'les. Franz G., to Audi Nsu Auto Union Aktiengesellschaft. Ctevjce
for supplying air into the interior of motor vehicles. 3,709,1 JV, ci.
Behn, Reinhard; Gottlob. feinrich, Hoyler, Gerhard, and Ke!«ler,
Hartmut Front contacted electrical component. 3,710,21 l.U. J 1 /-
261.000
Behrenbruch, Horst; See- . -,,00 boa
Frischkom, Hans; and Behrenbruch, Horst. 3,709^896.
Beiienng, Willem, to Van Poppel. Gebrs., N.V. Cigaretu lighter.
3 709 655,0 431-344 000
Be.lis Herbert J. Turn lock 3,709,540,0.292-204.000.
Belko'vskv Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopo d Leopol-
dovlch Ilievsky. Inna Innovich; Lotsmanov, Sergei Niko^aevich;
Jetmnin Ivan Egorovich; Sukhov, Anatoly Vas.lievich; Tikhonov
Bons Se geevichfLevin, Bons Isaakovich, Moroz Pavel Kirillovich
sTrekalovSennkh Nikolaevich; Chernov, Andrei NikoJaevich
Chizhov Sergei Il.ch; and Shcvyakov. Nikola. N.kolaevK:h. Hard
solder for high-temperature brazing of constructional materials.
1 1(\Q f\fO C\ 75 1 34 00c
Bell Alfred S.; and Churchman, Fred L Apparatus for detecting devia-
tion in tire pressure 3,710,314,0 340-58.000
Bell Berl L Street and parking lot cleaner attachment for vehicles.
3,708,823,0 15-340 000
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated: See—
Ashkin. Arthur, 3,7 10,279 Frederick
Bobeck, Andrew Henry; and Fischer, Robert Frederick.
GibiLn, Walter Maxwell; and Hutson A,"drcwRhod« 3,709.741.
Graham. Rooonald Lewis; and Pollak, ""^ 0"°- '•^'?o^«
Laggy, WiMiam Joseph, and May, Harold F««le"ck 3.710.025.
Beltz J^n Pnckett. and Curne, Harold Burtis, to Orbital Systems Inc
Character reade^ exhibiting on-the-fly recognition techniques.
3,710,322,0 340- 146.30J.
BemisCompany. Inc , mesne: See-
Folk, Dennis L; and Pavnica.Cynl A. 3.708.951
Bencze. William Laszlo. to Ciba-Ge.R^ ^^^'iS^" '°"
Hypocholesterolemic phenoxy-aliphatic acid compositions.
3.709.993,0 424-317.000.
Bender, Sunley O: S«— . ^ , ^ 1 ino an
Digirolamo, Joseph; and Bender. Stanley O , 3.708.877.
"*" H^owTKd W^; i?pTcy. Dewey W ; and Steininger. Hugh D..
3.710.385.
Spencer. Glenn S. 3.709.342 ^ l f -nna h«i
Bennett. Robert A. Multi position adjustable roofing kmfe 3.708.881.
Be^cz^Chnst?V ; Rozmanith. Jolan S . and Bercz J«n« P- '« "rUrex
Inc Self illuminating chemiluminescent fishing lure 3.708.903. ei.
43-17600
^^'^Be'rcz^ChrittTv. Rozmanith. Jolan S.; and Bercz. Jeno P.
3.708.903. . . J . nnflOQ";
Berg. Dennis R. CO, food freezing method and apparatus 3.708.995.
i^\ A9 (%% 000
Bereem." Norman; Blindheim. Ulf; Onsager. Olav-Torgeir; and Wang
Haebarth to Sentralmstitutt for Industnell forskmng Process for
dimenzation. codimenzation. polymenzation and copolymenzation
of mono-olefines 3.709.953.CI 260-683 15d
Bergeron, John A: S«— , u a \ -ina fi\->
Niedrach, Leonard W , and Bergeron. John A . 3,709.812
Berkovits. Barough V . to Amencan Optical Corporation^ Free-
running atrial and demand ventrKular pacer 3.709.229. CI. U8-
Berlyn, Martin John. Generation of hot vapour 3.708,976. CI. 60-
Bema"?. Luigi; Bertazzoli.Cesare; Chieli, Tecla; and Maggioni. Paola.
to SocieU Farmaceutici Italia Hydroxyisoquinuclidine denvatives
3 709 893. 0. 260-293.540.
Ber^ Thomas L , Jr.. to Litho-Paint Poster Company Mobile pnce-
rail marker 3,708.899,0. 40-128.000.
^"^m£rLu4"^rtazzoli.Cesare; Chieli, Tecla. and Magg.oni.
Paola, 3.709,893.
Berzin Gunard Valdemarovich: See— .^ „ /-
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga, Yan Petrovich; Berzin. Gu-
nard Valdemarovich; Sknipsky, Voldemar Petrovich, Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich; Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgonn,
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Ar
turovich. Ziemelis,Andns Eduardov.ch; Elksms, Artur
Yanovich; and Priede, Bruno Andreevich. 3.709.2 70.
Besson Andre, to Socicte dc Trailements Electrolytiques et Elec-
trothenniques. Vacuum tight h'gh-frequency coaxial lead-throug
capable of handling high power 3.710.001. 0 174-15.0bh
Best Ro'a^d W.; Dolghty. Raymond A., and Vander Burgh, Leonard
F ' to Suley A E , Manufactunng Company Bleached sUrch com-
tx^sitKjn of improved enzyme convertibility and process for use
thereof 3,709,788,0. 195-3 l.OOr.
. Bethlehem Steel Corporation: S«—
Tarhan.MehmetOrhan, 3.709 ,976 . f^™,.i«
Beuk Jack F , and Warner, William D Proteolytic enzyme formula-
tion. 3,709,790,0. l95-66.00r.
^'"^Z<^:^u.%'Z~L. Sweet. Douglas W ; and Beyerlein. Davtd
G, 3,709.567
Bianchi. Angelo: S«— 1 nna fii
Milanese. Vincenzo; and Bianchi. Angelo. 3.709,127.
Bichell. William J :S«f- _^ „ „,.,, , nno «in7
Wyman. Dennis G. and Bichell, ^ilham J. 3 709.502.
Bienz, Hans, to Stoba AG Security seal. 3.708.835. CI. 24-16.0pb.
Bier. Gerhard: S*^ — ,,, t nna mt.
Fuchs Otto; Bier. Gerhard; and Trautvetter, Werner. 3.709.776^
Binder RoH^^Grundler, Chnstof, and Wildbolz, Rudolf, to Rieter
^'Mach.ne Works, Ltd. Methc^ and apparati« for P-lucmg an even
continuouslayeroffibers. 3.709,406,0. 222-55.000^
Binek Heinz, to' Consolidated Burns 'ntemationaJ Ltd. mes|K^_Seat-
,ng furniture and method of manufactunng such furniture.
3 709.560. 0. 297-445.000.
^'"^'s^rrDavid OUV; Pennington. Grover B.; Plettner. Richard M.;
and Maughan, Robert F., 3.709.363.
Birkenmaier, Wilhelm: See—
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Simon, Hurst; and Birkenmaier, Wilhelm, 3.709,135.
Bisberg, Aaron M. Folder for overhead projector. 3.709.590. CI. 353-
120.000.
Bishop, Arlo G.. to Clark Equipment Company. Dual hose reel.
3.709,252.0. 137-355.170.
Bishop Hugh S., to PPG Industries, Inc. Edge-roll machine in float
glass"apparatus. 3,709,673.0. 65-1 82.00r.
Bishop, Milton L.: See—
Braunlich, Frank H. Jr.; and Bishop, Milton L.. 3.709.295.
Bitney. Robert H. Method for assembling spring-biased hinge pin unit.
3,708,859,0.29-430 000
Bixby, Herbert E.: See—
Churchill, Charles W; and Bixby, Herbert E.. 3.709.553.
Blackstone Industries. Inc.: See—
Schwartzstein, Frederick. 3.709.141.
Blakeslee. Thomas R.; and Bryll. Erwin. to Calumet Photographic. Inc.
Integrating light meter with movable meter mechanism. 3.709,615,
O. 356-224.000.
Blank. Elmer D. Torroidal boring head. 3,709,624,0. 408-127.000
Blaschke. Felix; and Haken, Klaus, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft.
Planar vector analyzer 3,710,088.0.235-189.000.
Blatt, James R.: See—
Soumerai, Henri; Hoody, Harold W., Jr.; Hamilton, Clark B.; and
Blatt, James R. 3.708,959.
Blindheim, Ulf: S«-
Bergem, Norman; Blindheim. Ulf; Onsager. Olav-Torgeir; and
Wang. Hagbarth. 3.709.953.
Blinow. Igor, and Leduc. Robert D.. to Polaroid Corporation. Film ad-
vancing apparatus. 3.709.1 22, 0. 95- 1 1 OOr.
Blockwick, Thomas Nicholas, to Ocean Systems, Inc. System and barri-
er for containing an oil spill. 3,708,982, 0. 6 1 - 1 OOf.
Blonn. George W.. Sr., to General Motors Corporation. Locomotive
controller with throttle escapement. 3.7 10.055. CI. 200- 1 53.00r
Blood, Alden E ; See—
Albers, Kenneth H.; Blood, Alden E.; and Snapp, Thomas C, Jr.,
3,709,858. f
Bloom, Stanley M.; and Famey, Leonard C, to Polaroid Corporation
Novel photographic products and processes utilizing multicolor ad-
ditive screens whose filter units are formed of development-diffusi-
ble dyes. 3,709,693,0.96-118.000
Bloomfield, John, to Solatron Electronic Group Limited. Measure-
ments with digital voltmeters. 3,7 1 0.248, 0. 324-99.00d.
Bloxsom. Daniel E.: S^^—
Rhodes, Barry V., and Bloxsom, Daniel E.. 3,709,026
Blozis, Peter P., to Palticr Corporation, The. Pallet tiering frame inter-
lock. 3.709.165,0. 108-53.000.
Bobeck, Andrew Henry; and Fischer, Robert Frederick, to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated. Strip domain propagation ar-
rangement. 3,710,356.0. 340-174.0tf.
Bode, Robert H.: S^^—
Sylvester, Willard G.; Boynton. Ira D.; and Bode, Robert H ,
3.709,418.
Boden. Heinrich; Breer. Karl; Klessmann, Gunther; and Knipp, Ulrich.
to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Mean for the produc-
tion of moulded components from chemical components which react
quickly with one another. 3.709.640. 0. 425-4.000.
Boeing Company, The: See—
Watts, John F.; Lang, John M.; Simonson, Alden D., and Nomura,
Raymond S. 3,709.450.
Bogachenko. Alexey Georgievich: See—
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Popov, Viktor Andreevich; Alferov,
Jury Fedorovich; Bogachenko, Alexey Georgievich; and Latash,
Jury Vadimovich, 3,709,997.
Boissin, Jean, to Pneumatiques, Caoutchouc Manufacture et Plastiques
Kleber-Colombes. Variable diameter pulley. 3.709.051. O. 74-
230.17m.
Bolliger, Martin, to Prolizenz AG. Machine with horizonully or
inclined disposed caterpillar mold for the downward casting of non-
fen-ous metals. 3.709,281,0. 164-153.000.
Bolster, Gene A.; and Mathes, Alva F., to Eastman Kodak Company.
Method and apparatus for chopping a plurality of articles and
depositing the articles in complementary article receptors.
3,708,860,0.29-430.000.
Bomac Manufacturing Corporation: See—
McMillan, Allen, 3,709,39 1 .
Bomko, Vasily Alexeevich, Revutsky, Evgeny Ivanovich; Rudiak, Bons
Ivanovich; and Pipa, Anatoly Vasilievich. Method for the accelera-
tion of ions in linear accelerators and a linear accelerator for the
realization of this method. 3,7 10,1 63, 0. 3 1 3-63.000.
Bondarenko, Oleg Petrovich: See—
Paton. Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich; Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrovich,
3.709.283.
Boning. Horst: See—
Spengler. Erich; Boning, Horst; and Requardt. Heiko. 3.709.609.
Bonnemay, Maurice G.; Bronoel, Guy R ; and Doniat, Denis, to
Agence Nationale de Valorisation de la Recherche. Electrochemical
generator with disperse carbon electrode. 3,709,735, CI. 136-
l6.00a.
Bonzack, Eugene P.: See-
Olds. Richard G; and Bonzack, Eugene P., 3,710,197
Book Covers, Inc.: See-
Carter, Leewood C; Mullen. Edward K.; and Davanzo. Anthony
J, 3,708,813.
Books, Arlen K,; and Froemke, James W., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Synchronous communications adapter.
3,710,327,0.340-172.500.
Boonstra, Willem Frederik; Meindersma, Tabe Ernst; and Van Galen.
Piet. Assembly for separating a substantially dust-free part from a
space 3,708.963.0. 55-373.000
Boothe, Jerry Emile: See—
Walker, Jerry Lee, and Boothe, Jerry Emile, 3,709,8 16.
Boothe, Jerry Emile; and Cornelius, Thomas Edward, III, to Calgon
Corporation. Boiler water treatment. 3,709,81 5, CI. 210-58.000.
Borg- Warner Corporation: See—
Hoeg, Donald F ; Legg, Leo V.; and Tijunelis, Donatas, 3,710,007.
Hoeg, Donald F ; Legg. Leo V.; and Tijunelis, Donatas, 3,710,009
Borg-Wamer Limited: See—
Ivey, John Saxon, 3,709,635.
Schumacher, Cecil W, 3,710,048.
Borgs Fabriks Aktiebolag: See— ,
Carisson, Sixten Einar; Myhr, Lars Halvar; and Svensson, Lars-
AkeEriing, 3,709,335.
Borkovitz, Henry S , to Sola Basic Industries, Inc Polyphase saturable
power modulator. 3,710,233,0 323-45.00
Borum , Otis C . : 5^^ —
Piker, Herbert M; and Borum,Oti»C., 3,709,1 78.
Bosch, Robert, G. m.b.H. : S#^f—
Bachle, Karl; Finkbeiner, Ludwig; and Taubitz, Bemd. 3,710.158.
Reiff, Karl; and Muhlich, Peter, 3,708,978.
Schilling, Rainer, 3,710,154.
Bougie, Francoise, to Compagnie Geiferale de Radiologic. X-ray tube
havingarotary anode. 3,710,162,0.313-60.000
Boultinghouse, Harold D , to Phillips Petroleum Company Article and
method of manufacture. 3,709.77 1 , 0. 1 6 1 -67.000.
Boulton, Norman B.: See—
Austin, Max M; and Boulton, Norman B.. 3,709.339.
Bouman. Antonius Fredericus Mattias, Brands. Antoon Hendrikus. and
Mulder. Willem. to N V. Hollandse Signaalapparaten System for
recording and reproducing radar video signals. 3.710.380. CI. 343-
5. OOr.
Boustany, Kamel; and Coran, Aubert Yaucher, to Monsanto Company.
Mixed discontinuous fiber reinforced composites. 3,709,845, O.
260-17.4bb.
Bowden. Kenneth; Davis. Robin Alastair; Hills. Derek William; and
Sach George Sidney, to Smith Kline & French Laboratories
Limited. Acetylenic carbamates. 3.709.925. 0 260-47 1 000.
Bower. John E.. Jr.. to United States Steel Corporation. Continuous-
casting mold with thin-walled copper liner. 3,709.286. O. 164-
283.000.
Bowers, Richard W Log debarking apparatus. 3,709,272, O. 144-
208.00e.
Bowers, Thomas S., to Hansen, A L., Manufactunng Co. Cargo secur-
ing device. 3,709,156,0. 105-369 OOa.
Bowman, Ronald R., to Motorola, Inc. Fabrication of semiconductor
devices. 3,709,695,0. 96-36.200.
Boyce, Clive B. C; Barker, Michael D , and Wood, Jack, to Shell Oil
Company. Phosphorylated 1.2.5-oxadiazole derivatives. 3.709.902,
O. 260-307.00g.
Boyden. Albert C. Applicator for an internal prophylactic appliance.
3.709.220,0. 128-I32.00r.
Boynton, Ira D.: See—
Sylvester, Willard G ; Boynton. Ira D.; and Bode. Robert H..
3,709,418.
BP Chemicals Limited: See—
Gasson, Edward James, 3,709,829.
Brands, Antoon Hendrikus: See—
Bouman, Antonius Fredericus Mattias; Brands, Antoon Hen-
drikus; and Mulder, Willem, 3,7 10,380.
Brandt, Robert E ; Fegeat, Tony G . and Forde, Patrick J . to Bunker
Ramo Corporation. The Apparatus for producing patterned deep
pile circular knitted fabrics. 3.709.002. 0. 66-9.00b.
Brant, William: See—
Baker, Arthur R.; Brant. William; and Danielson. Clarence J.,
3,709,492.
Brasher, Leonard E. Photographic print processing apparatus.
3,709,138,0.95-93.000.
Bratkowski, Walter V.: See—
Shoupp, William E; and Bratkowski, Walter V., 3,709,1 18
Braunlich, Frank H., Jr.; and Bishop, Milton L , to Dow Chemical
Company, The. Fracturing of subterranean formations. 3,709,295.
0 166-245 000
Braunschweiler, Hans Georg, to Fischer, Georg, AG. Brugg. Circular
weaving machine. 3.709,262,0. 139-14.000.
Bray Ralph, and Rowan, Clement W., to Philco-Ford Corporation.
Electronic switch. 3,710,143.0. 307-244.000.
Brean. John W., to Baldwin. D. H.. Company. Optical encoder.
3.710.375,0. 340-347.00p.
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
15-
Brebner Donald Lee, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company^
Polyethylene blends of ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymer and
polyethylene 3,709.957, CI. 260-897.00b.
Breer.Karl S«—
Boden Heinnch, Breer, Karl; Klessmann, Gunther; and Knipp. Ul-
nch.' 3.709,640.
^"^^'BYe.'dert! G^eorge M . and MacCorkell, Albert W. (said MacCor-
Wellassor tosaid).3,709.016
Breidert. George M . and MacCorkell, Albert W , said MacCorkell as-
sor to said Breidert, George M Sheet metal forming machine.
3.709.016. CI 72-123 000
Brennan. Timothy A., and Green, Elmer R , to Hospital Service
Technology Corporation. Closure for containers. 3,709,395, CI.
2I5-38.00r
Bress, Dellason F , to Foster Wheeler Corporation. Control of environ-
mental pollution in tall oil fractionation. 3,709.793. CI. 203-4.000
Breston. Michael P. Apparatus for drying pipelines. 3,708,819, CI
104.06r
Bretting, C G., Manufacturing Co , Inc.; See—
Trogan. John F.. and Beebe, James H., 3,709,077.
Brevick. Arnold Aage, to Bunker Ramo Corporation. Push-button
switch for mounting on printed circuit board. 3,710,060, CI. 200-
166 Ope
Brewer. Donald R.; and Schipper, Richard A., to Tele Cash, Inc. Pre-
set electronic cash register 3.710.085, CI 235-164.000
Bnght. Peter Frederick, and Germany, Michael John, to Lucas, Joseph,
(Industries). Limited Headlamp assemblies. 3,710,097, CI. 240-
41.600.
Brill. Beatrice M S^*'—
Brill. Eugene L . and Brill. Beatrice M , 3.709,369
Brill, Eugene L.. and Bnll. Beatrice M. Power driven transfer roll for
flexible oil collector tube 3,709,369. CI. 2 10-400.000
Bnll, Henry L. to ERE. Laboratory. Inc Picture projector
3,709.4 1 7. CI 226-76 000.
British Petroleum Company, Limited. The: See—
Desty. Denis Henry, and Young. Chnstopher John. 3,709,654.
British Railways Board; See—
Whitbread. John Edgar, and Attwell. Ronald Leslie, 3.709.1 16.
British Steel Corporation; See—
Calton. Ernes; and Spencer. Arthur, 3.710.068
Broadbent. Edward Gerald, to Shellag Estates Limited Van bodies
3.709.552. CI. 296-28.00m.
Brockway Glass Company. Inc.; 5«—
De Santis. Urbano J ; and Snyder, Herber' C, 3,709,672.
Brody Norman M, to Norman Industries. In' Decorative light diffus-
ingelement 3,709.766, CI. 161-3.500.
Broido, Jacques Bracelet-watch 3, 709 .4 12, CI. 224-4.00c.
Bronoel. Guy R ; See—
Bonnemay. Maunce G., Bronoel. Guy R., and Doniat. Denis,
3,709.735.
Brookside Corporation; See—
Wooden. John A . 3,709,633
Brorein, William J ; See—
Humen, Nicholas; and Brorein, William J.. 3.708,853.
Brown Boveri & Cie AG; See—
Althoff. F Dankward. 3,710,190.
Brown. D S , Company, The; See—
Brown, DelmontD, 3,709,1 15.
Brown, Delmont D., to Brown, D. S., Company, The. Pavement joint
seal 3,709.1 15, CI. 94-18.000
Brown, Kenard D Rexible helical conveyor for liquids. 3.709,357, CI.
198-213000
Brown Peter W , to Outboard Marine Corporation. Crankcase
draimngs recycling system. 3,709,202, CI. 123-73.00r
Brown. Wallace H&f—
Gauger. Edward A.. Jr.; Brown, Wallace H ; and Gartner, William
J ,3,709,169
Brown, William E.; and Gilbert, Edmond E. Apparatus for confining oil
spills 3,708,983.0 61-1. OOf
Browning. William C ; Chesser, Billy G.; and Wood. Jerry L.. to
Milchem Incorporated Oil phase drilling fluid additive, composition
and process. 3.709.819, CI. 252-8. 50p.
Bnjinsma, Anne Hendrik, to U.S. Philips Corporation Switching ap-
paratus for selectively and sequentially operating two rows of lamps
with lock-out means therebetween 3.710.379. CI. 340-379.000
Brunetti. Heimo; See—
Dexter. Martin; Knell, Martin, and Brunetti. Heimo, 3,709,883.
Bryant, John C; See—
Aurich, Christoph W.; Bryant, John C ; and Riley, James R ,
3,709,248. .
Bryll, Erwin See—
Blakeslee. Thomas R ; and Bryll. Erwin, 3.709.61 5.
Brzoska. Edmund; See—
Kobylinski, Lech; Krezelewski, Mieczyslaw; Brzoska, Edmund;
and Krenicki, Witold. 3.709.1 80
Brzozowski. Stephen Joseph; and Polkinghorn, Melvin William, to In-
ternational Telephone and Telegraph Corporation. Safe disconnect
electrK socket. 3, 7 10,047. CI 200-51.100.
Buchel, Karl-Heinz; S*^—
Draber, Wilfried, Regel, Erik; Buchel, Kari-Heinz; and Plempel,
Manfred, 3.709,901
Buchwald, Robert M., to General Motors Corporation Headlamp
cleaner. 3,708,822, CI. 15-250.030.
G ; and Forde, Patrick J.
Buck, Daniel C, to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Deposited
latched junction circulator having magnetic flux return paths.
3,710,280, CI. 333-1.100.
Budd Company, The; See—
Buyze, Edwin K, 3,709,333.
Buderus'sche Eisenwcrke: See—
Hubert. Helmut, Jung, Anton L.; Lapczyna, Manfred; Ledwon, Er-
hard. Rock. Wilfned; and Schmidt Burbach. Gerhard.
3.710.077.
Budlane Sunley J., to General Electric Company Burner ignition
system. 3,710,192, CI. 317-96.000.
Buelow, William H.; See—
Peterson, Norman L.;and Buelow. William H.. 3,710,217
Buhayar Eric S ; Hazard, James E , Jaagus, John J ; Werner, Fred W.;
Wheeler, Robert W . and Crowe, Robert C . to Scott Paper Com-
pany Method and apparatus for removing objects from continuously
moving mandrels. 3.709.349, CI. 198-25.000
Bunker Ramo Corporation; See—
Brevick. Arnold Aage. 3,710,060
Bunkcr-Ramo Corporation, The; See—
Brandt. Robert E ; Fegeat, Tony
3.709.002
Parks, Howard L., 3.708,874
Burcher, Ernest E ; Rowland, Carroll W ; and Sinclair. Archibald R .to
United States of America. National Aeronautics and Space Adminis-
tration. Laser communication system for controlling several func-
tions at a location remote to the laser. 3,7 1 0,1 22, CI 50-199 (XX)
Burcz, Lawrence D , to Ford Motor Company Automatic transmission
control circuit with electrically operated valves 3,709,066, CI 74-
866.000
Burger. William H . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Method and ap-
paratus cross-drafting fibrous nonwoven webs. 3,708.831. CI. 19-
236.000
Burgess, James P ; Polkinghorn, Melvin W , and Dieterle, Gunther, to
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation Switches for
turn signal and hazard warning lights 3,7 10,049. CI. 200-6 1 270.
Burke, Charles R , to Abbott Laboratories. Method for determining
toul blood serum iron-binding capacity. 3,709,985, CI. 424- 1 .000.
Burleigh, John E , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Natural rubber
masterbatches 3,709,958, CI 260-754 000
Burroughs Corporation; See—
Klehm, William G., Jr., 3,708,876.
Burroughs Wellcome Co ; See—
Smith. Sydney Edwin. O'Reilly. Kevin J ; and Prydie. John,
3,709,782.
Burrows, Edwin H. Protective wheel enclosure. 3,709,519, CI. 280-
ISO.OOr
Burton, Geraldine E. Gown construction 3,708,800, CI. 2-74 000.
Burton, Lawrence A., to Allen-Bradley Company Conductor support-
ing partition for electrical control center 3,710,198. CI. 317-
120.000.
Bush, Paul S Shelf position-holding means 3,709,166. CI. 108-
106.000.
Bush, Vannevar; and Smith, Joseph L . Jr . to Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. Circuital flow hot gas engines 3,708,979. CI 60-
59.00r.
Bushrod, Charles James, to Electric Power Storage Limited. Mould for
casting electorde greds for electric storage batteries 3,709,459, CI.
249-134.000
Buslik. Walter S . to International Business Machines Corporation
Magnetic disk storage file in sealed enclosure. 3,710,357, CI. 340-
174.10c.
Butana Match AG.; See—
Piffath. Rodney S ; and Cole. John J . 3.709,462.
Butmsm, Stanley; See—
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 3,710,257.
Button, Aaron Russell. Mobile home pad constructibn. 3,708,931, CI.
52-169.000
Buyze Edwin K., to Budd Company, The. Disk brake actuator and ad-
justment means. 3,709,333, CI 188-71.900
Buzzi. Umbcrto; See—
Fiebelmann, Peter; Neu. Helmut; and Buzzi, Umberto, 3,709.78 1
C & M Manufacturing Company, Inc.: See—
Smith. Raymond L, Jr , 3,709,331.
Cahill, Robert Francis, to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Packaging for cylindrical and similar objects. 3,708,946.
CI. 53-37.000.
Cain. Wayne R.; Marcus, Konrad H . and Prince, Edgar D., to Prince
Corporation. Bone holding mechanism. 3,708.828, CI. 17-1.000.
Caldo. Comelio: See—
Cappuccio, Vittorio; Caldo. Comelio; and CanUtore. Giuseppe.
3,709,839.
Caldwell Company, Inc.. The; &^—
Hogshead, Fred G , 3,709,548.
Caldwell, Richard L ; and Givens, Wyatt W . to Mobil Oil Corporation.
Method of indirectly monitoring the output of a pulsed neutron
source 3.710,1 12, CI. 250-83 30t
Calgon Corporatiort: See—
Boothe, Jerry Emile; and Cornelius, Thomas Edward, III.
3,709,815
Slagel, Robert Clayton; and Sinkovitz, Gloria Dimarco. 3,709.780.
Walker Jerry Lee. and Boothe, Jerry Emile, 3,709.8 16.
Caligiuri, Joseph. Split tee device. 3.709.532. CI. 287-54.00c.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Calton Ernes; and Spencer. Arthur, to British Steel Corporation. Pre-
heating of welding slay for better starting. 3,710,068, CI. 219-
73.000.
Calumet Photographic, Inc.: See—
Blakeslee, Thomas R , and Bryll. Erwin. 3.709,61 5.
Cameo, Incorporated: See—
Kilgore, Manon D., 3,709,294.
Campanella, Matthew J: S«— ,,.„,,,
Guillen. Francisco J.; and Campanella, Matthew J, 3,7 10,37 /.
Campbell, Gregory A . to General Motors Corporation. Forming skin
covered foam by expanding a polyurethane mixture containing ex-
cess blowing agent in a closed mold. 3.709,965, CI. 264-45 000.
Canaday, Joh L.: See—
McKee. James B ; and Canaday. Joh L.. 3,709.524.
Canadian International Paper Company: See—
GupU, Virendra N.. 3,709,779
Canon Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kawakubo. Kazuo. and Kurahashi. Akira, 3.709.592.
Kohtam.Yutaka, 3,710,036.
Canlatore, Giuseppe; S*e—
Cappuccio. Vittono; Caldo, Cornelio; and Cantatore. Giuseppe.
3.709,839.
Cappel, Marie-Luise: See—
Frohlich, Alfons; Cappel, Marie-Luise; and Stubiger, Ernst.
3,708,836.
Cappuccio. Vittorio; Caldo, Comelio; and Cantatore. Giuseppe, to
Montecatini Edist>n S.p A Fiber-forming compositions having im-
proved dye receptivity, process for their preparation and new basic
nitrogen compounds employed therein. 3.709,839. CI. 260-2.0b.
Carbonara, Carl. Silent electric switch means. 3,710.057, CI. 2(K)-
164 00r
Cardy. Charles Frederick; See—
Lee, Stephen Arthur; Cardy. Charles Frederick; and Sampson.
Keith George. 3,709,981.
Carle & Montanari S.p. A.; See—
Consoh.Claudio. 3.709.442
Carleton. Joseph G , McEwen. Cassius R.; and Williams, Frederick G.,
Jr said Carleton and said McEwen assors. to Beckman Instruments.
Inc Automatic fraction collector 3,708,948, CI. 53-74.000.
Carlson, Ronald E.; and Hart, Milbum L. Pipe insulating method and
apparatus. 3,709 ,7 51, CI 156-78 000.
Carlsson, Sixten Einar; Myhr, Lars Halvar, and Svensson, Lars-Ake
Eriing to Borgs Fabriks Aktiebolag. Energy absorber and method of
operating same. 3,709,335. CI. 1 88-296.000. ,
Carmichael, Paul D : S*€—
Pogonowski, Ivo C; and Carmichael, Paul D., 3,708,985.
Caron, Paul R : S^f—
Mailloux, Robert J; and Caron, Paul R., 3.7 10.329.
earner Corporation: See—
Sturley, Richard A., 3.709,757.
Wood. Russell E.. 3.709.769.
Carter. Efton T ; See—
Edmonston. William H ; and Carter. Efton T.. 3,709,469.
Carter Leewood C . Mullen. Edward K.; and Davanzo. Anthony J _, to
Book Covers, Inc. Method and apparatus for making books including
a book block bonded to a book cover board structure. 3,708,8 1 3, CI.
11-3.000.
Cartlidge, Dennis Murray: S^e— ^ ^ ,■ . r.
Hach, Vladimir; Lockhart, Robert William; and Cartlidge, Dennis
Murray, 3,709.943.
Cascade Corporation: See—
Nutter, Ralph E, 3,709,547. ,,«„c., ^i -,on
Cassimally, Khalil Ahmad Ibrahim. Trolley case. 3,709.513. CI. 280-
37.000
Cast, Adolf: See—
Mohr, Johannes; and Cast, Adolf, 3,709,328.
Castiglioni Achille. Vertically and circularly displaceable support.
3,709,453, CI. 248-328.000
Caterpillar Tractor Company; See—
Eftcfield, Larry G, 3,708,896.
Karstensen. Karl W.; Koch, James M., and Hoftiezer, Wallace A.,
Peterson. Wayne A.; and Wirtz, Edward A.. 3.709,100.
Surling, James G., 3,709,065.
Cattorini, Joseph F; S«— , .^ ._ , i. •
Nelson, Carl R.; Cattorini, Joseph F ; and Terbay, Joseph J..
3.709.482.
CcgedurGP:5«*-
Laurencin, Marcel, 3,709,025, '
Celanese Coatings Company: S«- j , ^nrn^i
Dalton, Jerry Owen; and Graver, Richard Byrd, 3,709,743.
Cerberus AG: Sff— , ^ .1,1. w„.
Lampart, Thomas; Scheidweiler. Andreas, and Kuhn. Max.
3,710,110.
Cerco Corporation ; See—
Smedley, Richard W; and Mack, Earl J, 3,709,163.
Cemiglia Joseph Anthony, Jr. Intensity modulated teardrop display for
avectorcardiograph. 3.7 1 0.1 74, CI. 315-22.000.
Cervenak Peter J , to Nicholson Manufactunng Company. Log barker
ring position controller 3,709,269, CI 144-208.00e.
Ceskoslovenska Akademie ved: See—
Stoy,Artur, 3.709,842.
Cessna Aircraft Company: See—
Jones, Jack. 3.708.934.
Ccttin. Edward J.; Pappas, Jimmy P.; and Lager, Sam E., to Thermo-
Chem Systems, Inc Anti-pollution system for internal combustion
engines. 3.709.203, CI. 123-1 19.00a. . .
Chacko, Joseph, to Sargent Industries, Inc , mesne. Tngger mechanism
for gas valving apparatus. 3.709.044. CI 74-2.000.
Chae.HiChul;Sff- ^ ,-, „
Vandenberg, Willard J.; Chae, Hi Chul; Stewart. Elmer R.;
Palmer. Wayne R ; and Padgitt. Howard R.. 3,709.598.
Chafitz. Steven R.;S«—
Hollies, Norman R S , and Chafitz. Steven R.. 3,709,657
Chalkley. Lyman. Precision dosimetry of high energy radiation.
3.710.109. CI 250-83.0cd.
Chandler. Benson. Press for a wooden truss. 3.709.762, CI. 156-
580.000 ^ „.,.
Channell, Andrew Willis; Shikasho, Satoru, and Sommer. Gilbert
Robert to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation.
Zone control valves 3,709,43 1 . CI. 236-68.00r
Channell, William H Connecting block and housing for use in un-
derground residental power distribution. 3.710.003, CI. 10/30/72.
Chapin, John S.; See—
Wnght. Robert J , Chapin. John S.; Mah, George; and Karsten-
diek.Claude A. 3.709.809. .
Chapman. Thomas Henry, to Gunson's Sortex Limited. Optical unit for
use in a light-sensitive sorting machine 3.7 10,099. CI 240-51 I Ir _
Chase Ascher, to General Foam Plastics Corporation. Slide-in, slide-
out play pool. 3.708.807. CI 4- 1 72.000
Chase Charles P.. to BeCkman Instrument, Inc Pressure regulator.
3,7()9,242,CI. 137-81 000.
Chase. Curtis A, Jr.; Sef—
Coles Roy D , Jr.; Thomeer, Johannes H M.; and Chase, Curtis
A. Jr.. 3,709.032 ....
Chase, David O.; Maloney. Martin V; Wood, Fredenck J , Jr.; and.
Wood, Barry B . to Shur-Line Manufacturing Co.. Inc Paint edger.
3.708,821, CI. 15-210.00r
ChelyabinskyTraktomy2Lavod:5«f— „ , u
Dukhovny, Rafael Gershonovich, Maganllo, Boris Lvovich;
Naidenov Alexandr Ivanovich, Ovcharov. Bladimir Vasilievich;
and Potapjik, Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3,709,103.*
Chemetros Corporation See—
Hardt, Robert C, and Kozlow. Edward. 3.708.993.
Chemical Construction Corporation: S«— • —
Villiers-Fisher, John F,. 3.709.977.
Chemiebau Dr A. Zieren GmbH & Co KG; See—
Johswich. Friedrich; and Schindelbeck. Werner, 3.708.98 1
Chernov. Andrei Nikolaevich; See—
Belkovsky. Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leopol-
dovich; llievsky, Irma Irmovich; Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich; Petrunin. Ivan Egorovich; Sukhov, Anatoly
Vasilievich, Tikhonov. Boris Sergeevich; Levin, Bons
Isaakovich, Moroz, Pavel Kirillovich Strekalov, Genrikh
Nikolaevich; Chernov, Andrei Nikolaevich; Chizhov. Sergei
llich and Shevyakov. Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3.709.682.
Chen7. James R.; Crow, Joseph W.; and Parker. Robert "^ loJ'^f
Motor Company. Automatic headway control system. 3,710,383, CI.
343-7.0ed.
Chesser, Billy G: See— ^ .., j , 1
Browning, William C; Chesser, Billy G.; and Wood, Jerry L.,
3.709,819. ^ ,
Chesterton. Stanley Keith. Jr , and Samph. William J . to Ametek, Inc.
Dynamometer indicator system. 3,710,250, CI. 324-115.000.
Chevron Research Company: See—
Jaffe. Joseph, 3,709,814. ^ r^ •>»
Chiba, Yoshio, to Kanebo, Ltd Fabric fastener. 3,708,837, a. 24-
204.000.
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company; See-
Van Gelder, Louis Ralph, 3,709.170.
Chieh, Tecla; See— ^, .. ^ , j »,
Bemardi, Luigi; Bertazzoli,Cesare; Chieli. Tecla; and Maggioni.
Paola. 3,709,893 _ . „ , .
Chirash. William; and Zmoda. Barney Joseph, to Colgate-Palmolive
Company. Cleaning composiuon. 3,709,825, CI. 252-158.0(X)
Chisholm. Raymond S . to PPG Industries, Inc. Precipiution of
siliceous pigment 3,709.980, CI. 423-339.000.
Chizhov, Sergei llich; See— ... , . , ,
Belkovsky, Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leopoi-
dovich; llievsky, Irma Irmovich, Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich; Petrunin, Ivan Egorovich; Sukhov. Anatoly
Vasilievich; Tikhonov, Bons Sergeevich. Levin, Bons
Isaakovich; Moroz. Pavel Kirillovich Strekalov, Genrikh
Nikolaevich; Chernov. Andrei Nikolaevich, Chizhov. Sergei
llich; and Shevyakov, Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3.709,682.
Christ Karl to Goetzewerke Friedrich Goetze AG. Apparatus for
measuring shaft sealing rings having an annular sealing lip.
3,708,885. CI. 33-174.001.
Christensen Diamond Products Company; See-
Rowley David S ; and Ward, Charles E., 3,709,308.
Christensen," Henry Marinus Method of preparinc dextran and dextran
compounds soluble in cold water. 3,709,875. cT 260-209 OOd.
Chnstopher, Charles A., Jr., Gnmm, H"^, Jif^^Nute. Alton J^o
Texaco Inc Petroleum recovery process. 3,709,297, CL 166-7 3. 000_
Christopher. William H , Jr , Meyers. Charles O , and Whipple, Jack
C Jr to Process Technologists International; division of 1 nnity.
Inc. Heater-treater 3,708,960, CI. 55-169.000. ■
Chu Pochcn, to Mobil Oil Corporation. Crystalline zeolite ZJ»M-11.
3,709,979. CI. 423-328.000.
J
906 O.G.— 27
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
Church, Ralph E , to General Electric Company. Apparatus for form-
ing an insulating member in situ on a laminated magnetic core.
3,709.457,C1 249-91 000 ^ ^ „
Churchill Charles W ; and Bixby, Herbert E. Golf car ram coat.
3.709,553, CI. 296-28 00c.
Churchman, Fred L: S**'— ,,„,,.
Bell. Alfreds ; and Churchman, Fred L, 3,710,314.
Ciba-Geigy AG: See—
Kollcr. Stefan. 3.709,872.
Trefzer, Robert, 3,709,471.
Ciba-Geigy Corporation. See—
Bencze. William Laszlo, 3,709,993.
Dexter, Martin, Knell, Martin; and Brunetti, Heimo, 3,709,883
Dexter. Martin; and Steinberg, David Herbert. 3,709,884.
Habicht. Ernst; Libis. Bernard; and Zergenyi. Janos. 3.709,909,
Cignoni Edward P., Jr., to Raytheon Company. Interchassis cable car
ner. 3,710,199. CI. 317-122.000.
Cimadevilla, Armand. See—
Roulet. Jean, and Cimadevilla, Armand, 3,708.986.
Roulet, Jean, and Cimadevilla, Armand, 3,708,987.
Cimera, Richard F See—
Kaupick. Walter J ; and Cimera. Richard F., 3,709,045.
Cincinnati Milacron Chemicals Inc.; See—
Supfer, Christian H . 3,709,918.
Cincinnati Milacron Inc.: See—
Granger. Richard J . 3,709,050.
Cincinnati Milacron-Heald Corporation: See—
Wake.John A .3.709.621
Ciotti Antonio Pasquale. to Auto Anti-Pollution Devices of Canada
Limited. High pressure valves 3,709,255. CI. 137-614.190.
Citizen Watch Company Limited: See—
Iwasawa. Hiroshi, 3.709.324.
CiufTini. Anthony J ; and Galen. Joseph J . to Xerox Corporation. In-
frared sensitive image retention photoreceptor. 3,709.683. CI. 96-
I OOr
Civardi. Frank Peter: See—
Loew. Frederic Christian; Stone. Edward; and Civardi, Frank
Peter. 3,709.864
Claes. Frans Henri: See—
Rorens, Raymond Leopold. Claes, Frans Henri, and Moisar, Enk,
3,709,689.
Clampitt, John Aaron: See—
Petrie, James Alexander; Gardiner. Terence Edward Gouvenot;
and Clampitt. John Aaron, 3.709,637.
Clark Equipment Company: See—
Bishop, Arlo G., 3.709,252
Clark Ernest E., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Underwater drilling
and production vessel. 3,709.307, CI. 175-8.000.
Clark.HalJ :S^f-
Wells, Victor S ; and Clark. Hal J., 3,709.330.
Clark, Marvin A Solderless electrical outlet assembly for service cord.
'' 3,7 10,305, CI. 339-97 OOr
Clay, Joe D . and Keever. Joseph M., to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration Induction meter having power-factor-adjuster. 3,710,245,
CI 324-138 000
Claydon.Gyongyver: See—
Ryley. Derek Vernon; and Claydon.Gyongyver. 3.710.018.
Clear Pack Company: See—
Bamhart. Charles Calvin. 3.709.647.
Clearman. Jack F . Ohlsson. Leonard W ; and Mackin. Michael H., to
Shirlpool Corporation Method of making ice in a combined auger
and press 3,708,992, CI. 62-71 000.
Clemens Anton Hubert, to Miles Laboratories, Inc. Apparatus for
measuring reflected light. 3,709,61 2, CI. 356- 1 78.000.
Coby, Arnold, to Lee. Raymond. Organization, Inc . The. Chance
operated peg element projecting device 3,709,500, CI. 273-
138.00a.
Coe Charles David, to Land Pyromters Limited. Lances for taking
samples of molten metal 3,709,040, CI 73-54.000.
Coe William A Adaptor device for trailer dolly wheels and pad.
3,709,534, CI. 287-119.000
Cofoid, Robert D.: See—
Preiser, Ralph H.; Goodwin, Clarence J.; and Cofoid. Robert D.,
3.709.039 .
Cogliati, Guido; Recrosio, Agostino; and Lanz, Renato, to Conitato
Nazionale per I'Energia Nucleare. Process for producing dense parti-
cles of Plutonium compounds usable as fuels for nuclear reactors.
3,709,963,C1. 264- 500.
Cohen. Hyman L . King. James R , Jr ; and Minsk, Louis M , to East-
man Kodak Company. Novel polymers and photographic elements
conuining same 3,709,690, CI. 96-67,000.
Cohen, John B ; Janson, Paul E , Mc Farland, Harold L., Jr.; and
Young, James B . Jr.. to Digital Equipment Corporation. Data
processing system. 3,7 10,324. CI. 340- 1 72.500.
Cohen, Mitchells :S<«- .. „ ., ..
Smith, Donald O ; Harte, Kenneth J.; Cohen. Mitchell S.; Newber-
ry, Sterling P.; and Speliotis, Dennis E., 3,710,352.
Cohen, Seymour Extrusions for carrying ceiling tiles and window cur-
Uins, shades, and the like 3,708.927. CI 52-39.000.
Cohen. Sunley 1.: See—
Zocco. Naule C . and Cohen, Stanley I.. 3.709,843
Cole, Clyde C Weapon loader. 3.709,380, CI. 2 14-1 OOd.
Cole, Wayward C . deceased (by Cole, L'Vina; executrix). Collapsible
cargo container. 3,709,396. CI. 220- 1 .500.
Cole, Jarold B , to Harry Lime Industries, mesne. Shocking device.
3.708,907, CI 43-112.000.
Cole. John J: S«f-
Piffath, Rodney S.; and Cole, John J.. 3,709,462.
Cole, L'Vina: See—
Cole,HaywardC, 3,709,396.
Coleman, Fred K.. to Ameron, Inc Tunnel liner jacking system and
method. 3,708,984, CI. 61-43 000.
Coles, Roy D, Jr.; Thomeer, Johannes H. M.. and Chase, Curtis A , Jr..
to Shell Oil Company. Temperature pulsed injectivity profiling.
3,709,032, CI. 73-154.000.
Colgate-PaWnolive Company: See—
Chirash. William, and Zmoda, Barney Joseph, 3,709,825.
Inamorato, Jack Thomas, 3.709,836.
Collins Dean E , to Root-Lowell Manufacturing Co. Seal means for a
compressed gas spraying device. 3,709,409, CI. 222-402.000.
Collins Radio Company: 5^^—
Frymoyer, Edward M., and Johnson, Robert A.. 3,7 10,344.
Hagge.John K; and Johnson. Frederick W., 3,710,251.
Collura, Lawrence: See—
Collura, Lawrence, 3.7 10,1 1 1 .
Collura. Lawrence, to Dreyfus. Edward and Collura, Lawrence.
Dynamically calibrated oil content meter 3.710,111, CI 250-
83 3uv
Colombot, Pierre Variable speed endless conveyor. 3,709.150. CI.
104-25000 .1
Colorado Instruments, Inc.: See—
Webb, James R ; and Webb, Richard C, 3.710,209
Colsen, Frank Thomas; Kaufman, Peter; and Townsend, Robert L . to
Educated Vehicle Systems, Inc. Auto alarm system. 3,710,317, CI.
340-64.000
Coltrinari, Enzo L.: See-
Holmes. W. Church; and Coltrinari, Enzo L., 3,709,680.
Comer, George W Retainer for mounting truck tires. 3,709,278. CI.
157-1.000. ^ .^
Comerio, Ercole, to Metalmeccanica S.p.A. Automatic embroidery
machine. 3,709.172. CI 1 12-84 000.
Commissariat a lEnergie Atomique: See—
Eymery, Rene, 3,710,1 19
Compagnie Generale de Radiologie: See—
Bougie, Francoise, 3,710,162.
Loucheur. Rene; Hommerin, Michel; and Louche, Jean Claude
Paul. 3.710,106
Compagnie Generale des Etablissements Michelin. raison Sociale
Michelin & Cie: See—
Montagne. Jean Bernard, 3,709,276.
MonUgne. Jean Bernard, 3.709.277
Compagnie Industnelle des Telecommunications: See—
Yapoudjian, Claude, and Henelle, Max, 3,708,8 1 2.
Computer Image Corporation: See—
Altemus. William C; and Duca, James, 3,7 10.01 1.
Conder International Limited: See— ^^
Bailey, Malcolm, and Downer, John Colin, 3,708,932.
Conitato Nazionale per I'Energia Nucleare: See—
Cogliati. Guido; Recrosio, Agostino; and Lanz, Renato,
3,709,963.
Conrad Kern AG: See—
Gaspers, Gunter, 3,708.928.
Consoli, Claudio, to Carle & MonUnari S.p A Ball mill for the refining
of cocoa, chocolate, paints, lacquers, enamels ahd the like.
3,709,442, CI 241-65.000
Consolidated Burris International, Ltd., mesne: See—
Binek. Hemz. 3.709.560.
Constable. Geoffrey Ernest Patrick; and Holter. Godfrey George, to
Smiths Industries Limited Electronic combination lock. 3,710,136.
CI. 307-109.000
Construction Techniques. Inc.: See—
Rehmar. Solomon Jacob, 3.709,707
Continental Can Company, Inc.: See—
Aschberger, Anton A., 3,708,845.
ContinenUl Engineering: See—
Kingma,WouterG., 3,709,731.
ContinenUl Oil Company: See—
Gordon, Ronnie D ; and Slarks, Charles M., 3,709,949.
Contraves Italiana S.p.A.: See—
Rascioni, Vinicio; and Gianini, Giovanni, 3,709,61 7.
Cook, Harvey A., to TRW Inc. Low emission internal combustion en-
gine and method of improving combustion. 3,709,201, CI. 123-
64.000 ,
Cook Robert M ; and Goldman, Charles B., to ACF Industnes, Incor-
porated Railway car center bearing 3,709.1 51, CI. 105-199.00c.
Cooke Geoffrey Cyril; and Gamble, John Anthony, to W & T Avery
Limited Load indicating apparatus with hysteresis correcUon.
3. 709,3 10, CI. 177-168 00 c . „, ^ ,
Cooke George A ; and Houlihan, William J., to Sandoz-Wander, Inc.
l-Substituted-5.6-dihydro-7h-pyrido(3,2,l-ij) quinazohn-3 (3h)-
ones and their preparation. 3.709,887, CI. 260-25 1 00a.
Coooer James Joseph, Jr , to International Telephone and Telegraph
C^T^ration Electrical connector. 3.7I0.307.CI. 339-1 16.00c.
Coran, Aubert Yaucher: S*f— ^ -.no oa^
Bousuny, Kamel; and Coran, Aubert Yaucher, 3,709,845.
Corman, James C.:S««— j ,„ , . /- c
Staub, Fred W ; Corman, James C ; and Walmet, Gunnar E..
3.710.295.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Cornelius, Thomas Edward, 111: S«-
Boothe. Jerry Emile; and Cornelius, Thomas Edward. Ill,
3 709 815.
Cornelius, Victor Wayland. Indicating device. 3.708.898. CI. 40-
70 000
Corrigan Donald A.; Servi. Italo S ; and Wang, Chih-Chung, to Ken-
necott Copper Corporation. Process for accreting molten copper on
amovingcoremember 3,709,722, CI. 117-1 U.OOr.
Cossor, AC. Limited; See—
Allen, Alaric. 3.710,382.
Costley Vivian G., and Wolf, Sylvan, to United Sutes of America.
Navy Drill mine. 3,709, 148, CI. 102-10 000.
Cotton, Curran D, to Maytag Company, The Dryer control
3,710. 138. CI. 307-118000
Cotton, Incorporated: S«— -, ^^n ^cn
Hollies, Norman R S.; and Chafitz, Steven R., 3,709,657.
Cotton Producers Institute: See—
Liggett.RobertW, 3,709,716.
Cottrell, George B, to North American Rockwell Corporation.
Resolver position control system. 3,7 10.223. CI. 31 8-661. 000_
Coulson, Dale M. Solvent extraction apparatus 3.709.665, CI. 23-
269.000.
Coulter Electronics, Inc.: See— , „ ,^ ,
Doty Edward Neal, and Hogg, Walter R., 3,710,263.
Doty, Edward Neal; and Hogg, Walter R., 3,7 10.264.
Coupar, Robert B. Ground marker device. 3,709,1 88, CI. 1 16-1 U.OOr.
Cox, David A: S«— ^ j » . *
Leeming, Peter R , Cross, Peter E.; Cox, David A ; and Augstein,
Joachim, 3,709,892.
Coyne, William E,:S*f— „„ „„,
Cusic, John W.; and Coyne. William E.. 3,709,947.
Cozzoli Machine Company: Sf^—
Green, George D., and Weiner, Jerold S . 3,708.947.
Crackncll, Alan George: Sf^—
Rutherford, Frank; Arenson, Ivor Gerald; Cracknell, Alan George;
Foulds, William Henry; and Derrick, Albert, 3,709,577.
Craft David J to International Business Machines Corporation Con-
nect modules. 3.710,348, CI 340-1 12.500.
Craig Systems Corporation: See—
Mautner, Steven E., 3,709,733.
Crain , Don al d L : S*^— ,„„ „ , «
HarTison,RoyC and Grain, Donald L ,3,709,850
Cralle Walter O., Jr., and Lennon, Kenneth A., to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation. Copy machine with predetermined
counter. 3,7 10,079, CI. 235-91. OOr.
Crandall Dry Dock Engineers, Inc : See—
Crandall, Pauls, 3,709,177. „ ^ ^
Crandall Paul S., to Crandall Dry Dock Engineers. Inc Drydock pon-
toon providing improved stability 3,709,177, CI 114-46.000.
Crane Michael, to General Pneumatics Corporation. Gas generator
and cartridge therefor 3,708.994, CI. 62-50.000.
Crapuchettes, Paul Wythe, to Litton Systems, Inc. Magnetron power
supply having inrush current limiter. 3,710,065. CI. 219-10.550
Crawley Harry Donald, to Allied Farm Equipment (Manitoba), Ltd.
Vertical bale elevator. 3,709,356. CI. 198-162.000.
Crescentini, Lamberto: See— . . ^ . ..,• i,ii.„f«,
Lofquist, Robert Alden, Crescentini, Lamberto; and Wincklhofer,
Charles, 3.709.865. ^ ^^ . ,„
Croisant John A ; and Folts, Harold D , to Dow Chemical Company,
The Beanng holder. 3,709,571,0.308-27 000
Crom Carol L to E-System, Inc., mesne. Interferometer direction
finder antenna compensation 3,710,333. CI. 343-1 14.000
Cromie Harry W , to Baxter Laboratories, Inc. Multiple piece clamp
for connecting tubing 3,709.526,0.285-73.000.
Cronkhite Paul W., Voege, Robert D.; and Poletti. Joseph W.. to Mon-
santo Company. Apparatus and process for polishing semiconductor
orsimilarmaterials. 3.708.921,01 51-131.000^
Crooke Robert Curtis, to Global Marine Inc Deep water drill pipe
controlled manipulator 3,708,990,0. 61 -69 OOr.
Crosfield Business Machines Limited: S*f—
Gray, Colin, 3,709,146. . u o i.
Cross Donald John, Eckenbrecht, Robert Roy; Pnce Arthur Burke;
and Scott, Benton boyd, to Sylvania Electric Products Inc. Color
image display system. 3, 7 10.0 1 2. CI. 178-5.200,
^*'^em!ng. Peter R ; Cross, Peter E,; Cox, David A.; and Augstein.
Joachim, 3,709,892. . r- u, r- ™
Crosslev Guy A., and Heckert, David C , to Procter & Gamble Com-
pany The Preparation of acid-amide mixtures useful as solvents
3,709,831,0.252-364.000.
Crounse, Nathan N.:S<r*— ^ -,na ai\^
Jefferies, Patrick J.; and Crounse, Nathan N , 3,709.903.
Crouzet: See—
Jullicn-Davin, Jean, 3,7 10.1 55.
Crow.Joseph W.:S«— , . „ l d^k.,* u
Cherry, James R ; Crow. Joseph W ; and Parker, Robert H..
3,710,383.
Crowe, Robert C: S«^— , ^ . ,., i-„j
Buhayar, Eric S ; Hazard. James E.; Jaagus John J. We™er Fred
W., Wheeler, Robert W.;and Crowe, Robert C, 3,709,349.
Crown Molding Co , mesne: See—
Gaul, Daniel R. 3,709,475.
Crown Zellerbach Corporation: 5«—
Anderson, NilsT., 3,709.728.
Cruse Lee H.. to Foster Manufacturing Co.. Inc. Hose coupling.
3.709,528,0 285-316.000.
CTS Corporation: Sff— <,
Digirolamo. Joseph; and Bender. Stanley O., 3,708,877.
Sawyer, Roderick V .3,710,008. .
Cuckson, Eric Engel, to Rondo Building Services Pty., Limited_Ad-
iustable suspension systems in ceilings 3.708,94 1 , 0. 52-484.000.
Culberson. Donald L., to Jaromir Tobias Rhmebeck. Racial piston
hydraulic pump or motor with low loss reaction linkage 3.709.104,
CI 91-495.000. ^ , . .u
Cunningham. Ernest R., to Barr-Stalfort Company Aerosol valve with
differential flow control rate 3.709.410. O 222-402.160
Curington Alfred R . to Baker Oil Tools, Inc. Threaded connector for
impact devices 3,709,306.0. 173-132.000.
Curne. Harold Burtis: See— ,,.„,,,
Beltz.John Prickett.andCurrie. Harold Burtis. 3,710,322.
Cusic John W., and Coyne. William E . to Searle. G. D . & Co 6-
Chloropropy lidene-1 ,la,6, 10b-tetrahydrodibenzo-(a,e) cyclopro-
pa(c)cycloheptenes. 3,709,947.0. 260-649.000.
Cutler-Hammer, Inc.: &f—
Hansen. James E. 3,710,213.
Koenig, Martin F ; De Backer, Frank A.; and Issa, Manuel.
3,710,300.
Cutter Laboratories, Inc.: See— , ^ , . c i
Edwards, William Sterling, Kahn. Paul; and Goodenough. Samuel
H ,3,709,175
Cyprus Mines Corporation: See—
Rundell, James R, 3,709,143. .^^ .. o «.
Czaplinski. Thomas V ; and Haney. Thomas A., to Squ'bb, h. K, &
Sons. Inc Disposable pharmaceutical sterile closures. 3,709.365, t_l.
210-233000. ^ . ...^
Daenen, Robert, to Dart Industries. Inc Butter conUiner or the like.
3 709.397. O. 220-42.00a
Dahlberg, John R.; Oravitz. James L., Jr.; and Michalik. Edmund R, to
PPG Industries, Inc. Directional control for thermal sevenng of glass.
3,709,414,0 225-2.000
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kuhn.Hans-Ulrich, 3,7 10,364
Reisacher, Josef. 3,709.200.^
Scherenberg, Hans O., 3,7 10.3 1 5.
Womer, Otto, 3,708,846.
Dalbinsh. Yan Yanovich: S^f— / „ ,_ „ /-
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga, Van Petrovich; Berzin. Ou-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich. Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich, Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgorin,
Felix Alexandrovich, Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Kari Ar-
turovich; Ziemelis,Andris Eduardovich; Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Priede. Bruno Andreevich, 3,709,270
Dalton, Jerry Owen; and Graver. Richard Byrd, to Celanese Coatings
Company Acidic deposition process. 3,709,743, CI. 148-6^200,
Dana, Eugene K. Vending machine. 3,709,404, 0 221-120.000.
Dango & Dienenthal Kommanditgesellschaft: See—
Baumer. Albrecht; and Schubler.KaH-Heinz, 3,709,477.
Daniels, John F . to Sperry Rand Corporation Display stand for
rechargeable battery operated. 3,710.224,0. 320-2.000
Daniels, Robert S.:S«— . „ . ^c
Foster, Norman B.; Yeomans. Robert P.; and Daniels, Robert 5>..
3,708,902.
Danielson, Clarence J: S*«— „ .. ~ .
Baker, Arthur R , Brant, William; and Danielson, Clarence J..
3,709.492.
Dantro Horace F., to NL Industries, Inc. Photoreactive tiUnium diox-
ide material. 3,709,984,0. 423-610 000.
Dao Tich T to Ampex Corporation. Digital variable quadrature sine
wave voluge controlled oscillator. 3,710.276,0. 331-45 000.
Darboven. Ernest F ; and Solomon, Leon R. to Singer Company The.
Time-shared frequency tracking loop. 3.710.386,0. 343-y.UUU.
Darling. Alan Sidney: See—
Selman, Gordon Leslie; and Darling, Alan Sidney. 3.709,667.
Dart Industries, Inc.: See—
Daenen, Robert. 3,709,397. . ^ ^, . r-
Dartois, Jean-Pierre Andre, to IntemaUonal Standard Electric Cor-
poration. Network interstage grading arrangement. 3,710.030, CI.
179-18 Oag.
Dater, Arnold H.: See—
Mausner, Marvin L ; and Dater, Arnold H.. 3,709,838.
Davanzo. Anthony J: &*—
Carter, Uewood C ; Mullen, Edward K., and Davanzo, Anthony
J,3.'708.813 ... r
Davev Anthony Walter, to Mon-is, Herbert, Limited. Apparatus for
operatingswingdoors. 3,708,915.0. 49-340.000.
David Melvin J Display apparatus for banded merchandise.
3.769,374.0.211-163.000 .
Davis Billy W to Schlumberger Technology Corporation. Marine
streamer cable. 3,710,006,0. 174/101,500. , ,no aq»
Davis, Edward E Method of prepanng cnspy food items. 3,709,698,
0.99- 1 07 .000.
Davis, Ernest E: S«^— ^-.r^.,.^
Peterson. Edward C; and Davis, Ernest E.. 3,709.346.
O^vis Lewis E ' S^f~~'
Glomski, Ronald L.; Davis, Lewis E.; and Grover, Joseph A.,
1 TOO inf\
Davis. Marvin A Gun butt locator. 3,708.801,0. 2-94 000.
Davis. Robert Edgar: See— *
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
Johnson. Harry Joseph. Wolfelsperger. Robert O.. and Davis.
Robert Edgar. 3.709.114.
Davis. Robin Alastair: 5«—
Bowden, Kenneth; Davis. Robin Alaslair. Hills, Derek William;
and Sach. George Sidney, 3,709,925
Davis Walter L . to Ibex, division of Jelco. Tug vehicle with rear
corner wmdovi. 3,709,52 1 , CI. 280-42 1 .000.
Davoine Georges, to Les Fabriques d'Assortitnents Reunies. Flat pin
pallet '3,708,975, CI. 58-121. OOr -
Days- Ease Home Products Corporation: See— r
Levey. Johns .3,708.908.
De Backer. Frank A. See—
Koenig, Martin F , De Backer, Frank A.; and Issa, Manuel,
3,710,300.
De Bardeleben, John F, Jr , to Morns, Philip, Incorporated
Dinitnmmes 3,709 ,941, CI 260-566.00r.
De Biasse, Richard L See—
De Biasse. Richard L . and Harvey. Warren L. (said Harvey assor.
to said), 3.709.561
De Biasse. Richard L , and Harvey. Warren L., said Harvey assor to
said De Biasse. Richard L. Brake and wheel assembly for motorcy
cles and the like 3.709,561, CI 301-600e
De Cepoli. Carmen, and De Cepoli. Edward C Surface game disc ele-
ment. 3.709.496. CI. 273-1 28.0cs.
De Cepoli, Edward C : See—
De Cepoli, Carmen, and De Cepoli, Edward C , 3,709,496.
De Fries. Jan Richard Peter; and Tresch. Erwin Josef. Flow level
sensing system with flow electrical transducer, and its application
3.709 ,035, CI. 73-204 000.
De Geest, Wilfried Florent; Verkinderen, Paul August; and De Smedt,
Felix Frederik, to Gevaert-Agfa N V Process for producing
polymeric film. 3,709,964, CI 264-22.000.
de Groot, Comelis Nicolaas; Hobbs, John S ; and Tonsbeek, Chnstiaan
Herman Theodoor. to Lever Brothers Company Furanone meat
flavor compositions. 3.709.697, CI. 99-107.000.
de Kramer. Don; See—
Oldershaw, C G Peter; and de Kramer, Don, 3.709,35 1 .
De La Graviere, Marcel: See—
Helary, Jean-Louis; De La Graviere, Marcel, and Gallay, Jean-
Jacques, 3,709.678.
De Priest. Thomas Y.; See—
Whiteside. Grady O . and De Priest. Thomas Y., 3,708.855
De Santis, Michael J.: See—
Galowin, Lawrence S , De Santis. Michael J.; and Miller, Cary,
3,709,041.
De Santis, Urbano J , and Snyder, Herbert C , to Brockway Glass Com
pany Inc Method and apparatus for fluorine surface treatment of
glass articles. 3.709,672, CI. 65-30.000.
De Smedt, Felix Frederik: See—
De Geest, Wilfned Florent, Verkinderen, Paul August; and De
Smedt, Felix Fredenk, 3,709,964
De Vrics, James H , to Sams, Inc Method and apparatus for automatic
pertitioneal dialysis. 3,709,222, CI. 128-213.000.
De Winter, Frank G. V.: See—
Estes. Timothy K , De Winter. Frank G. V.; Doss. John L.; and
Higgins. James J.. 3,708,929.
De Witt. David, to International Business Machines Corporation. Dou-
ble epitaxial method of fabricating a pedesul transistor. 3.709.746,
CI 148-175.000.
Decca Limited: See— ,
Pace. Brian. 3,710,334.
Deep Oil Technology, Inc.: &f—
Horton, Edward E, 3,709,182.
Degnan, William J ., and Samsel, Richard W, to United States of Amer-
ica, Navy. Angular alignment error measuring system 3,709,608. CI
356-152000.
Deguchi. Yutaka, Kashihara, Hideo; Koozuki, Rikuzo; Takahashi,
Kazuyoshi. and Ikeda. Mitsuyuki. to Sanyo Electric Co . Ltd
Vacuum cleaner 3.708.962. CI. 55-300.000
Dehoff, Ronald L , to Vanderbilt, R T., Company, Inc. Curing agent
for epoxy resin comprising a cyclic anhvdride treated with an amino
alcohol. 3,709,840, CI. 260-2.0ec
Deitemeyer, Stanley A : See—
Williams, Roger B., Jr.; Loshbough, Richard C; and Deitemeyer,
Sunley A , 3,709,309.
Del Castillo, Juan M Teaching device for attachment to a keyboard in-
strument 3,709,085, CI. 84-166 000
Delta Electronics Inc : See—
Wright, Charies S , 3,7 10,260.
Delta Engineering Corporation See—
Klapes, Michael C ; and Macrae, Herbert N , 3.709,385.
Dembinski, Krzysztof: See-
Anthony, Anne-Marie, nee Barbicr, Faucher, Michele, nee Dufre;
and Dembinski, Krzysztof, 3,709,998.
Dennison Manufacturing Company: See—
Wochner, Fred Joseph, 3.709,755.
Dentsply International Inc.: See —
Waller. Duncan E , 3,709,866
Deptuch, Kazimierz J , to GTE Automatic Electric Laboratories Incor-
porate Bipolar read-out circuit for nondestructive magnetic
memory 3,710,354, CI. 340-174.0tf.
Derighetti, Renato: See—
Ullmann, Werner; Derighetti, Renato; Tadini. Constantino;
Farinelli, Roberto; and Mattel, Silvano, 3,710.067.
Derrick, Albert: See—
Rutherford, Frank; Arenson, Ivor Gerald; Cracknell, Alan George;
Foulds, William Henry; and Derrick, Albert, 3,709,577,
Deschamps, Andre; Franckowiak. Sigismond; Gatellier, Claude; Gltk-
mans. Georges; and Renault. Philippe, to Institut Francais des
Petrole, des Carburants et LubriHants. Hydrocarbon fermentation.
3,709,784, CI. 195-28.00r
Desgrandchamps, Guy; Hemmer, Henri; and Haurie, Michel, to
Societe Anonyme dite: Societe Nationale des Petroles d'Aquitaine,
Dimenzationofolefines. 3,709,952, CI. 260-683 15d.
Deshetler, Louis K : See—
Peisner, Israel D.; Deshetler, Louis K.; and Augustine, Paul C.
3,709,154.
Desty, Denis Henry; and Young, Christopher John, to British Petrole-
um Company, Limited, The Burner 3.709,654, CI 43 1-284 000
Detjen, Edgar W. See-
Enters, Edward W., Detjen, Edgar W.; and Rubin. Robert M.,
3,708,968
Devlin, William A Modular satellite 3,709,447, CI. 244- 1 Oss.
Dewey, C Forbes, Jr , to Xenon Corporation Light pumped laser.
3,710,277,C1. 331-94 500
Dexter, Martin; Knell, Martin, and Brunetti, Hcimo, to Ciba-Geigy
Corporation Sulfur containing derivatives of dialkyl-4-hydrox-
yphenyltriazine 3,709,883, CI 260-248 Ocs.
Dexter, Martin; and Steinberg, David Herbert, to Ciba-Geigy Corpora-
tion. 3,5-Dialkyl-4-hydroxyphenyl alkanoic acid ester of 2,4.6-tris
(alkanolamino) derivatives of triazme. 3,709,884, CI 260-249.600.
Diaz Raul Ralph Protection device for the operating member of a fire
hydrant. 3,709,249. CI. 137 296.000.
Dickey, Joyce Prince. Loom 3,708,839, CI 28-15 000.
Dickstein, Samuel P. See—
Miller, Robert Pincus; Badian, Abraham, and Dickstein, Samuel
P., 3,710,319.
Diepeveen, John C. Wire bonding means 3,709,422, CI. 228- 1 3.000.
Diesel Kiki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Suzuki, Shoichi, 3.709,001 .
Dieterle, Gunther: See —
Burgess, James P.; Polkinghom, Melvin W , and Dieterle,
Gunther, 3,710,049
Digirolamo, Joseph, and Bender, Stanley O , to CTS Corporation.
Method of anchoring and connecting lead wires to an electrical com-
ponent 3,708,877, CI 29-628 000
Digital Equipment Corporation: 5**—
Cohen, John B.; Janson, Paul E.; Mc Farland, Harold L.. Jr.; and
Young, James B, Jr., 3,710.324.
Dineen Enterprises. Inc.: See—
Dineen, William R , 3.7 1 0,24 1
Dineen, William R . to Dineen Enterprises, Inc Apparatus for detect-
ing faults in extruded insulating or dielectric material 3,710,241, CI
324-54.000
Disney, Walt, Productions: 5**—
James, Jack C ,3,709,313.
Ditzer, Reiner; and Nickel, Horst, to Farbenfabnken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Phenyl-azo-naphthyl dyestuffs 3,709,871, CI. 260-
199.000.
Diversey Corporation, The: See—
Griparis, Andrew Geo., 3,709,463.
Doble Engineering Company: See—
Povey, Edmund H , 3,710,242,
Dobler, Johann; Hausner, Leopold; Kolbe, Andreas; and Tittus, Hans,
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Apparatus for manufac
turing foils of rigid thermoplastic material, 3,709,649, CI. 425-
363.000
Dobson Park Industries Limited: Ste-
ward, Richard, 3,710.177
Doe Walter P , to Quaker Oats Company. The. Bouncing passenger
vehicle toy 3,708,9 12, CI. 46-204.000.
Doering, A. L., Mfg.: See—
Springman, Arthur. 3,709,167.
Doerman Eryk Stefan, to Molins Limited. Cigarette inspection
systems 3,709,028, CI 73-38.000.
Doerr Electric Corporation: See—
Dries, James P , 3,7 10,294
Dohany, Julius Eugene, and Grigger, John Casimer, to Pennwalt Cor-
poration. Process for polymerizing fluoroolefins, 3,709.856, CI. 260-
87.700.
Doherty. Norman R. Electrically actuated punch press. 3,709.083, CI
83-575000
Doherty, William P: S*e—
Karzbinos, Joseph V.. Leopold, Karl M.; and Doherty. William P ,
3,709.867.
Doll, Claude S.5«—
Stunn. Walter V., and Doll, Claude S., 3.709.377.
Dolphin, James M Setup support 3,709.479, CI. 269-309.000.
Domain Industries: See —
Klevgard. Glenn A , 3,708,829.
Domerchie, Garnt A.: See—
Fehlau, Bert H ; and Domerchie, Garrit A., 3,709.542.
Domnick, Keith Raphael Gas filters. 3,708.965. CI. 55-488.000.
Doniat, Denis: See— . ^ ,> •
Bonnemay, Maurice G ; Bronoel, Guy R.; and Doniat, Denis,
3,709,735
Donohue, Robert J ; and Joseph, Bernard W , to General Motors Cor-
poration Method of making a faceted reflector for a lighting unit,
3 710,095.C1. 240-41 360
January 9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 11
Dorman. Linneaus C, to Dow Chemical Company, The. 3,5-Dihalo-4-
amido-alkoxy phenols. 3,709,939, CI. 260-459.000.
Dormer AG : S**— -„.««c^
Stauber, Siegfried, and Suttner, Klaus, 3,709.056.
Dorwachter.Xirby D : S«- „ w r. ^tin-yni
Suhr, Donald F.; and Dorwachter, Kirby D., 3.710.203.
Doss, John L: Sft— „ ., ^ ■ u • j
Estes Timothy K ; De Winter, Frank G V ; Doss, John L ; and
Higgins, James J ,3,708,929.
Doty Edward Neal; and Hogg, Walter R . to Coulter Electronics, Inc.
Axial trajectory sensor having gating means controlled by pulse du-
ration measuring for electronic particle study apparatus and method
3,710,263,C1 328-91 000 ^ . ^,
Doty Edward Neal, and Hogg. Walter R., to Coulter Electronics, Inc
Axial trajectory having gating means controlled by pulse duration
measuring for electronic particle study apparatus and method
3,7 10,264. CI 328-91000
Doucette, Eugene F., to Owens-lllinois, Inc Mechanical means to
apply a plastic template to the necks of containers. 3.708.950, CI.
53 48 000
D<->ughty, Raymond A: Sef— . ., . n v
Best Roland W ; Doughty, Raymond A.; and Vander Burgh,
Leonard F., 3,709,788
Douglas, Lawrence M , to Polaroid Corporation Erecting linkage.
3,709.1 30, CI. 95 39 000
Dow Chemical Company, The: See—
Braunlich, Frank H , Jr , and Bishop, Milton L., 3.709.295.
Croisant, John A ; and Folts, Harold D., 3,709,57 1
Dontian, Linneaus C, 3,709 ,939
Edamura, Fred Y , McKendry Lennon H ; and Larsen, Enc K .
3,709,926
Edmunds, Alvin M; and Fay, Russell H.. 3.709,7 15,
Glomski, Ronald L.; Davis. Lewis E.; and Grover, Joseph A .
3,709,876
Jones, Robert D. 3.709, 386
Koeplinger, Ronald D , Pashak, John F.; and Foerster, George S.,
3,709,745.
Tomalia, Donald A ; and Ojha, Narayanlal D , 3,709,904.
V/right Robert J ; Chapin, John S.; Mah, George; and Karsten-
diek, Claude A, 3,709,809
Downer, John Colin: Stt—
Bailey Malcolm; and Downer, John Colin, 3,708*932.
Downing Eric William, to Lucas, Joseph, (Industnes) Limited. Shuttle
type liquid fuel metering device 3,709,205, CI. 123-1 39.0am.
Dowrelio,Antone. Anchor hoist 3,709,466, CI. 254-187.000.
Draber Wilfried; Regel, Erik. Buchel, Karl-Heinz; and Plempel, Man-
fred to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted n-
benzylimidazoles. 3.709,901, CI. 260-310.00r.
Dracon Industnes: Set-
Mason, John R. 3.708,852. . . , , I. f
Draeee George E , to Hesston Corporation. Belt dnve for plurality of
single groove sheaves. 3,709,062, CI. 74-722 000.
Draeger, Kenneth E., to Esso Research and Engineenng Company.
Wustite bed improvement. 3,709,679, CI. 75-26.000.
Dravo Corporation: See—
Savage, Elton Stuart, 3,709,364 . .
Dreej. Joseph M., to Signetics Corporation Integrated circuit bonder.
3,709,424, CI. 228-44.000. „^»^
Dresner, Joseph; and Goodman, Alvin Malcolm, to RCA Corporation.
Organic electroluminescent cells having a tunnel injection cathode.
3,710,167, CI. 313-108.00a.
Dreyfus, Edward: See—
Collura, Lawrence, 3,710,1 1 1 ., u i
Dnes James P . to Doerr Electnc Corporation. Convertible themial
safety cut-out switch. 3,7 10.294, CI. 337-66.000.
Dnscoll, Hiram E . to Hercules Incorporated. Detonator a*^'"'? >■, ¥]f
booster and blasting system containing same. 3.709.14y, ci. lu/-
22.000.
Droegemueller, James T: Set— -, nna At^
Johnson. Charles D., and Droegemueller, James T.. 3,709.464
DS-Chemie GmbH & Co KG: See-
Schabel, Joachim; and Liebegott, Hans-Peter, 3.709.725.
Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company: See—
Brebner, Donald Lee, 3,709,957.
Hartter, Donald Ray, 3,709,900
Tamey, Robert Edward; and Verban, John J., 3,709.924.
Duca, James: See— ,,.rt/Mi
Allemus. William C; and Duca. James. 3.7 10,01 L
Duchene, Joseph R., to Richardson Chemical Company. Elec-
trodeposition of nickel. 3,709,798, CI. 204-49.000
Dudley Francis, to Excellon Industries. Chuck assembly with centnfu-
galcollet. 3,709,508. CI. 279-l.OOc. u v, ^
Dukhovny Rafael Gershonovich; Magarillo, Bons Lvovich; Naidenov,
Alexandr Ivanovich; Ovcharov, Bladimir Vasilievich, and Potapjik
Nikolai Nikolaevich. to Chelyabinsky Traktomy Zavod. Directional
control valves for the power cylinders of operating elemets of
machines 3,709,103,0.91-437 000 .
Dumeah Peter J . to TRW Inc Convertible rack and pinion steenng
gear. 3,709,099, CI. 91-54.000.
Dummennuth. Emst, to Allen-Bradley Company^Numencal control
servo drive signal generating system. 3,710.222, CI. 3I8-604 1XXJ.
Dunham-Bush, Inc : See— ,r-i i. n ^a
Soumerai, Henri; Hoody, Harold W.. Jr.; Hamilton. Clark B ; and
Blatt, James R, 3.708,959.
Dunlop Holdings Limited: See-
Mitchell. William E . 3.708,847.
Mraz, Hans, 3,709,645. ^ „ ^
Dunn Howard E., to Phillips Petroleum Company Palladium complex
olefin dimerization. 3,709.955, CI. 260-683. 15d.
Dunn, Nelson H: See— ^^^ ,ni
Alger, Martin J., Jr . and Dunn. Nelson H . 3,709,107.
Alger, Martin J , Jr.; and Dunn, Nelson H., 3.709.108.
DuDuis Maurice V ; and Greer. John R, to Rival Manufactunng Com-
pany'Electric brush and lead holder. 3,710,159,0 310-239.000.
Duty, Cemiillus H ; Stuit, Steven J, and Stmt, Jack B^ Device and
method for removing pollutanU from stack gases. 3.708.958, CI. 55-
89000.
Dynamics Corporation of America: See—
Voglesonger, Harry M, 3,710,160.
Dynamit Nobel AG: See—
Fuchs, Otto; Bier, Gerhard; and Trautvetter, Werner, 3,709.776.
E-System. Inc., mesne: See—
Crom, Carol L, 3,7 10,333.
Eastman Kodak Company: See—
Albers. Kenneth H ; Blood, Alden E ; and Snapp, Thomas C, Jr..
3.709,858
Balliett, John W ; and Sherwood, William T., 3,710.010.
Beach, David E, 3,709,128.
Bolster,Gene A, and Mathes, Alva F, 3.708,860
Cohen, Hyman L ; King, James R . Jr ; and Minsk, Louis M.,
3,709,690
Harvey, Donald M. 3,709,126
Simon. Hurst; and Birkenmaier, Wilhelm. 3.709.135.
Wood. Lawrence M. 3,709,1 13.
Eaton Corporation See-
Hamilton. Martin W . 3.710.368.
Smith, Aubrey H, 3,7 10,2 16
Ebinger.Gerog.Guidepicket 3,709.112.0 94-1.500
Ebner Cuno; and Schuler. Max. to Sandoz Ltd.; a/k/a Sandoz AG. I-
(m-TryluoromeIkylphenyl)-4-(n-alkyl-n-alkoxy) amino-5-halo-
pyridozone-(6). 3.709.885. CI. 260-250.00a
Eckenbrecht. Robert Roy: See—
Cross, Donald John; Eckenbrecht, Robert Roy; Pnce. Arthur
Burke;andScott, Benton boyd, 3,710,012.
Eckert Guenter; Hartmann, Heinnch; Marx, Matthias; and Wuertele.
Lothar Process for finishing leather and synthetic leather sub-
stitutes 3,709.724,0 117-142.000.
Eckert. William F. Insulated plug. 3,710.287.0 339-195.00r.
Ecodyne Corporation, mesne: See—
Lindstol, Anders, 3,709,362. ,- o n.
Edamura Fred Y ; McKendry Lennon H ; and Ursen, Enc R.. to Dow
Chemical Company. The. Substituted phenoxy-alkanoic acids and
denvatives thereof 3,709,926,0 260-473.00g.
Edemsky, Vladimir Mikhailovich: See— • ■ ^
Paton Bons Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorer>ko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Uibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova, Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Uonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Uv Avramovich, Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitnevich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283. r^ L D
Edgar Owen Burchell; Hughes, William; Lawrence. Derek R.;
Led'erer, Gerald, and Ritchie, Colin Foster Trtanium dioxide pig-
ments useful in delustring of polyamides. 3.709.710. CI. luo-
300.000.
Edgar, William D: See— ^^ , w r.
Kinzler, Raymond C ; Edgar, William D.; and Susursic, John D.,
3 709 794
Edmonsion, 'william H., and Carter, Efton T. Carburetor. 3.709.469.
O 26 1-44. OOr. ^. , ^
Edmunds, Alvin M., and Fay, Russell H., to Dow Chemical Company,
The. Electroless nickel plating of hollow conuiners. 3,709,715. Cl.
117-50.000.
Educated Vehicle Systems. Inc : See—
Colsen Frank Thomas, Kaufman, Peter; and Townsend, Robert
L.,3',710,317.
Edwards James D ; and McOuinn, Max R., to Scott & Fetzer Comap-
ny The Rotary switch with retaining clip for grounding shaft for
chkssistenninal. 3,7 10,042,0. 200- n.OOr
Edwards William Sterling; Kahn, Paul; and Goodenough, Samuel H..
to Cutter Laboratories, Inc. Fabncating equipment for tissue type
heart valve 3,709,1 75, 0. 1 1 2-262.000.
Efstathioun, John: See— ,,,ai-i«
Soule Winsor, Jr.; and Efsuthioun, John, 3,7 10,325.
Eftefield, Larty G., to Caterpillar Tractor Company, Hoeing apron
mechanism with load compensating torsion bar. 3,708,896, O. ii-
Eggenberger, Markus A , to General Electric Company, D.gttal anak,g
electrohydraulic turbine control system. 3,709,626,0. 415-17.000.
Eich Eckart and Rochelmeyer. Hans. Manufacture of lysergols
3.709,891,0.260-285.500 „ w^ i
Eitcr Karl to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 3-
Nit'rosobenzoxazines. 3,709.882,0. 260-244.00r,
Electric Power Storage Limited: See—
Bushrod, Charies James. 3 ,709,459.
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Electro-Craft Corporation. See—
Persson, Eriand K, 3,709.000.
Electro-OuimicadeFlixS.A.:5«— . ,a
Ambros, Rafael Foguet; Beerwald, Alexander; and Lang, Arnold,
3,708!955
Electrohome Limited; See—
Gutoski, Jerome, and Baillie, Alan J., 3,709,650.
Electronic Data Controls Corporation, mesne; See—
Lukens, Samuel C , Jr , 3.709,499
Electronics Corporation of America; S«—
Thomson, Elihu Craig. 3,710,149.
Elksnis, Artur Yanovich S«— . ■> ^
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga. Yan Petrovich; Berzin. Gu-
nard Valdemarovich. Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich, Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich. Lugovskoi, Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgorin.
Felix Alexandrovich, Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Ar-
turovich, ZiemeIis,Andris Eduardovich; Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Pnede, Bruno Andreevich. 3,709,270.
Ellicott. Olin S.. Jr Cutting tool 3,709,627, CI. 408-204.000.
Ellis, Claude E Bowling game counter 3,7 10,080, CI. 235-92 Oga.
Elsel, Karl Heinz, to HuUer, Karl, Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haf-
tung Transmission for the feeding movement of mechanical carriage
units of machine tools. 3.709.058, CI. 74-661 .000.
Eitra Corporation; See—
Seike. Helmut K. 3.710.226.
Emmerson Calvin W.; and Schwedland. Ronald P . to General Motors
Corporation Blade tip closure. 3.709.632. CI. 416-97.000.
Engelhard Minerals & Chemicals Corporation; See—
Adlhart, Otto J . and Terry. Peter L.. 3.709.736.
Engelman, Ronald; See—
Simonson, Harris; Engelman, Ronald; and Levine, Sheldon,
3.709.121.
Engert, Heinz; See—
Tupaj. Manfred Paul; and Engert. Heinz, 3.710.035.
Engineered Products Company. The; See—
Pietsch, Raymond L , 3,709,456.
Enters, Edward W ; Detjen, Edgar W.; and Rubin, Robert M.. toGilson
Bros Co Combined lawn mower, lawn vacuum and debris collector.
3.708.968, CI 56-16.500.
Enthone. Incorporated; See—
Kampe. Marcis M.. 3.709.799
Environment/One Corporation; See—
Peters. Phihp H , Jr.. 3.710.062,
Environmental General Corporation, mesne: See —
Matthews. Frank E., 3.709.210.
Eppley , Dewey W ; See-
Howard, Donald W,, Eppley, Dewey W.. and Steininger. Hugh D.,
3,710,385.
Erdell, John Auckland Process for producing selected color photo-
graphs. 3,709,686. CI. 96-2.000.
E.R.E Laboratory. Inc ; See-
Brill, Henry L, 3,709,417
Enksen, Herluf N Method, apparatus and system for fiberizing molten
mineral material 3,709,670, CI. 65-8 000
Ensman, Maunce J , to FMC Corporation. Nozzles for fluidized bed
vessel construction plate 3.708.887, CI. 34-57. 00a.
Erkfntz, Donald S , to Ingersoll Milling Machine Company, The
Holder for indexable cutting insert. 3,708,843, CI 29- 105.00a.
Erkfritz, Donald S., to Ingersoll Milling Machine Company, The
Cutting tooth mounting for coarse and fine adjustment 3.709,625.
CI 408-181 000
Espy, Melvin P Sonic boom reduction 3,709.446. CI. 244-1. OOn.
Esquire. Inc.: See—
McFarlin, Ralph M., 3,710,096
Esso Production Research Company; See—
Kirby, Robert A , and Propst, Billy J., 3,710,259.
Esso Research and Engineenng Company: See—
Baird, William C, Jr ; and Surridge, John H., 3,709.921.
Draeger, Kenneth E . 3,709.679.
Rory.JohnF, 3,708,811.
Forster, Eric O, 3,709,835.
Gerstin, Jeffrey M.; and Kehn. John T
Nixon. James; Wallace. Thomas J
3.709.747
Zimmerman, Abraham A.; Furlong,
Mohan, 3,709,668
Estes, John H.; See—
Suggitt, Robert M.; Estes, John H
3,709.817
Estes. Timothy K . De Winter. Frank G V.; Doss. John L.; and Higgins.
James J., to Packaging Corporation of America. Cast in situ deck
construction and core unit for use therein. 3,708,929, CI. 52-98.000
Ethyl Corporation ; See-
Baker, Ralph W , McCarthy. John H.; Place. Harold G.; and Wik-
man. Andrew O.. 3,709.950.
Etc. Mikio; See—
Tani, Kaneyasu; Kawazoe. Shiro; Etc. Mikio; Okamots, Sunao;
and Fujino. Tamotsu. 3,709,691.
European Atomic Energy Community; See-
Grin, Michel, and Pruess, Dietnch, 3,708,865.
European Atomic Energy Community (Euratom); See—
Fiebelmann, Peter; Neu. Helmut, and Buzzi. Umberto. 3.709.78 1
Evans, Sidley O , to Babcock & Wilcox Company, The. Method of and
apparatus for producing a straight bore cold drawn tube. 3,709,020,
CI 72-283 000
,3,709.848.
and Beerbower
Louis E.
Alan,
and Vadekar.
and Kravitz. Sunley
Ewert Bruno, to General Motors Corporation. Motor vehicle suspen-
sion systems. 3.709.5 1 6. CI. 280-96.20r.
Exatest Messtechnik GmbH: See—
Kubisiak. Helmut. 3 .7 1 0. 1 28.
Excellon Industries: See-
Dudley. Francis. 3.709.508
Exner, Fritz, and Leidig. Theodor, to Haarmann & Reimer Gesellschaft
mit beschrankter Haftung 4-Methyl-2-pentanol crotonate
3.709.929. CI. 260-486 OOr
Eymery. Rene, to Commissariat a I'Encrgie Atomique Collimation
device for irradiation apparatus. 3.7 10, II 9. CI. 250- 106.00s.
Fabian. Hein: See —
Volker. Ulrich; Fabian. Hein; and Mertl. Klaus. 3.7 10.07 1
Faessinger, Robert W , to Scott Paper Company Neutral cure wet
strength resins prepared by polymerizing glyoxalolated acrylamide
with further acrylamide and a basic, nitrogen-containing monomer.
3,709,857, CI 162-167000
Fairbanks, Theodore H , to FMC Corporation Method for continu-
ously extruding net-like structures composed of twisted multinia-
ment yarns 3.709,969, CI 264-103.000.
Fairmont Railway Motors, Inc ; See-
Johnson, Charles D ; and Droegemueller, James T., 3.709,464.
Faisandier, Jacques, to Societe d Applications des Machines Motrices.
Electro-hydraulic servomechanism 3.709.257. CI. 137-625.640.
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Boden, Heinrich, Breer, Karl; Klessmann. Gunther; and Knipp, Ul-
nch. 3,709,640
Ditzer, Reiner; and Nickel, Horst. 3,709.87 1
Draber. Wilfried; Regel. Erik; Buchel. Karl-Heinz; and Plempel.
Manfred, 3.709,901
Eiter, Karl, 3,709,882
Neeff. Rutger;and Klauke. Erich. 3,709.916.
Schrader. Gerhard; and Homeyer. Bemhard. 3.709.96 1
Schrader. Gerhard; and Hammann. Ingeborg. 3.709.962.
Wolfrum, Gerhard. 3,709,870
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Dobler, Johann; Hausner, Leopold; Kolbe, Andreas; and Tittus,
Hans, 3,709,649
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning; See —
Frischkom. Hans; and Behrenbruch. Horst. 3.709.896.
Gordon. Wolfgang; Kleiner. Hans-Jerg. and Van Spankeren. Ul-
nch. 3.709.852.
Welmut, Weber. Weyer. Rudi. Aumuller. Walter; Muth. Karl; and
Stach. Kurt. 3,709.908.
Farenwald Enterprises. Inc.. mesne: See —
Piker. Herbert M; and Borum.Otis C . 3.709.178.
Farinelli. Roberto; See—
Ullmann. Werner; Denghetti. Renato. Tadini, Constantino;
Fannelli, Roberto; and Mattei.Silvano. 3,710,067.
Farkas, Robert D Method and construction for package 3,709,426,
CI 229-62 500
Famey. Leonard C: See-
Bloom. Sunley M; and Famey. Leonard C. 3,709,693.
Farr Company: See—
Labadie. Paul A.. 3.708.957
Farrell. George J.; Lyon. Walter R , Mills, Loring K.; and Shaw,
Reginald O , to Polaroid Corporation. Photographic focus adjust-
ment apparatus. 3,709, 1 32. CI. 95-45.000.
Farrell. John J. Time saver plastic draw back valve assembly.
3.709.644, CI. 425- 160.000
Faucher, Michele, nee Dufre; See-
Anthony, Anne-Marie, nee Barbier; Faucher, Michele, nee Dufre;
and Dembinski, Krzysztof, 3.709.998.
Fawcett. James W.. to General Electric Company. Envelope rate
domodulator. 3,710.267. CI. 329-192.000
Fay, Russell H: See-
Edmunds. Alvin M; and Fay, Russell H., 3,709,7 15
Fechter Leonhard, to Passavant-Werke. Scraper assembly for waste
treatment tanks. 3,709,370, CI. 210-527.000
Feder Friedhelm R.. to Wedco. Inc. Pneumatic conveyance system.
3.709.562. CI. 302-13.000.
Federal Paper Board Company. Inc.: See—
Ameson. Edwin L, 3.709.400. .
Johnson. Harry Joseph. Wolfelsperger. Robert O.; and Davis.
Robert Edgar, 3,709,1 14
Federal Republic of Germany, as represented by the Federal Defense
Minister; See— , ,,^ ,,,
Tischner. Horst; Schief. Alfred; and Baur. Hugo. 3.7 10.332.
Feeny. Clement J Aperture board hanger bracket 3.709.452. CI. 248-
223!000.
Fegeat.Tony G; See— j ,- j n . i. i
Brandt. Robert E.. Fegeat. Tony G.; and Forde. Patrick J..
3.709.002.
Feher. Tibor Adjustable chair. 3,709.554. CI. 297-26.000.
Fehlau Bert H. and Domerchie, Garrit A., to Highway Trailers of
Canada Limited. Trailer bumper. 3.709,542. CI 293-73.000.
Feltzin, Joseph, Kuehn. Erich; and Rudkin. George O.. Jr , to ICl
America Inc. Photoconductive compositions and elements employ-
ing polyoxyalkylene bisphenol a fumarates as binders. 3.709.684. CI.
96-1.500. . .. ^. ...
Ferguson Hugo S.. to Air Cushion Vehicles. Inc. Air cushion vehicle
3.709.3 18. CI. 180-116.000. , ^.n iab ri
Fernandez, John J. Spark plug with upered spark gap. 3.710,168, CI.
313-141.000.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 13
FerraniaS p A; See— t -,na i->i
Milanese. Vincenzo; and Bianchi, Angelo, 3,709,127.
Ferranti. Limited: See—
Nuttall. Roy. 3,709,726.
Ferrari, Eugene A: See— * i loo bqt
Adams, William J.; and Ferrari, Eugene A., 3.708.89 /.
Ferraro. Ralph J., to Leonard. Wf^-Elect"^Co_. Inc mesne.
Synchronization ofstatic inverters. 3.710.133. CI. 307-66.000.
Fiat Societa per Azioni: See—
Michellone. Giancarlo; Palazzetti. Mario; and Tabasso. Giovanni.
3.709.566.
Fiber Industries. Inc.: See—
MacFarlane, lam Mackay. 3.708.970.
Fibra-Sonics. Inc : See-
Murray. Edward J. 3.710.034.
Fibreboard Corporation; See— ,
Lubersky. Albert R. 3.709.1 10. '
Fichtel & Sachs AG.; See—
Schulz. Horst. 3,709,341.
Wossner, Felix, 3,709,517
Fiebelmann. Peter. Neu. Helmut; and Buzzi. Umberto, to European
Atomic Energy Community (Euratom). Space nuclear plant
3.709 .781. CI 176-39.000.
Field Thomas R.. and Beckwith. Clinton H . to Jenn-Air Corporation.
Dishwasher. 3.709.236. CI 134-104 000. , ^r,o -,^a r-i
Fielding. Sol B. Sheath assembly for douche nozzle 3.709.224. CI.
128-239.000
Fifield Thomas B. Circuit board and method of making circuit connec-
tions. 3,710,196,0. 317-101 Occ .-jna.c-x r\
Figliuzzi. Vincent D. Pilot light burner arrangement. 3.709.653. Cl.
431-279.000.
Filper Corporation; See— . „ ■. r» i„ a
Oxendine. Joseph W . Jr.. Happs. Gary J ; and Keltie. Dale A ,
3,710,105
Findeis, Gunter: See — -, -mn ^.m
Zahn, Wolfgang. Findeis. Gunter; and Muller. Dieter. 3.709.601
Finkbeiner. Ludwig; See— j-,Tini<fi
Bachle. Karl. Finkbeiner.Ludwig, and Taubilz. Be rnd, 3,710,158.
Finzer. Heinz. KG; See—
Thode, Horst. 3.709.023.
Fischer & Porter Co.: See-
Yard. John S. 3.709.213.
Fischer & Porter Company: See—
Herjl. Peter J, 3,709.034. „ .. u » . . c^,
Fischer Erhard; and Wegner. Gerhard, to Badische Amlm- & Soda-
Fabri'k Aktiengesellschaft Materials based on polymers having
recurring acetylenically unsaturated groups and curable by irradia-
tion. 3.709.860. CI 260-77 5ap
Fischer. Georg. AG Brugg: See-
Braunschweiler. Hans Georg. 3.709.262.
Fischer. Robert Fredenck; See- „ u - c.^A^^i^v
Etobeck. Andrew Henry; and Fischer. Robert Frederick.
3.710.356.
Fisher Alfred G. Vehicle four wheel driving and steenng arrangement.
3.709,3 1 5, CI. 180-50.000.
Fitzgerald, Francis J, Jr.: See— , iaq loi
Sullivan, Norman M ; and Fitzgerald, Francis J., Jr. 3.709.38 1
Flachsbarth, Dieter, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. 4iall generator
system for read-out of magnetized information carriers with several
codepositions. 3.710.360. CI. 340-174. lOh
Flander sunley DenUl implant and method for using the same.
3.708.883. CI. 32-lO.OOa.
Flat-Back Corporation; See—
Lieht Richard U ,3.709.557 .^ .
Flesselles ' Jacques; and Poupin. Raymond, to Service d Exploitation
Suielle des Tabacs et des Allumettes Method and device for
constituting a continuous stream of a P'"'^?''^^ ^n'r'^i'S^^? S)
of rod-shaped objects such as cigarettes. 3.709.350 C 198-35.000.
Florens. Raymond Leopold; Claes, Frans Henn; and MoiarEnk. to
Aefa-Gevaert. Surface development of an imagewise exposed eniul-
sion conuining silver halide grains with cores chemically npened m
two suges 3.709.689. CI 96-64 000.
Rorida Machine* Foundry Co.; See- ^ , . ^ Tina »Q<i
GrifTith, Norman N.;and Holhngsworth. John D. 3.708.895.
nory. John F., to Esso Research and Engineenng Company^ Single
anchor leg single point mooring system. 3 708.8 1 1 . CI. ^-»^^
Flory Uster W . to McFarland. L. D., Company. Method and ap-
paratus for deep incising poles. 3.709.271. CI. 144-309.000.
noyd Edwin Jr . to AMP Incorporated. Circular waveguide joint.
3.708.873.0.29-600 000 n.uhr.unn of
Rueeel Dale A . to Phillips Petroleum Company. Calibration ot
anilog-to-digiul converter 3,710,376.0. 340-347X)cc
Rugel. ^.Ihelm. to Ouehl. Dr.. & Co., GmbH. Phosphorus compounds
for flame-proofing fabncs. 3.709.940. CI. 260-56 1. OOp.
FMC Corporation; See—
Erisman. Maurice J.. 3,708.887.
Fairbanks. Theodore H.. 3.709.969.
Gilmore. Charles G. 3,709.758.
Graham, Edward P., 3,709,45 1
Hampton, Ouentin L, 3.709.792.
Hemker. Herman W, 3.709,970.
Hickey, Victor F, 3,709.314 ^o o
Looker. Olin L.; Zemke. Frederick A.; Knicely. David R.; Rouse,
Russell v.; and Slates. Larry L.. 3.709.23 1
Montgomery. Ronald Eugene; and Incho, Harry Hobart.
3 709 988
Reimers. James L.; and Mughannam. Adil A.. 3.709.352.
SheeU. Charles E, 3,709.353 , ,.„ ,ni
Suhr. Donald F.. and Dorwachter, Kirby D., 3.710.203.
Foerster. George S: See— ^ , ,- r- c
Kocplinger. Ronald D ; Pashak, John P.; and Foerster. George S.,
3 709 745
Fogle James W. to Wheelabrator Corporation. The Dust collector for
use with vertically movable dust generators 3.708.926. CI. 51-
273.000. „ ^ i„^
Folk, Dennis L.; and Pavnica. Cyril A., to Bemis Company. Inc..
mesne Sealer for random size shipping cases. 3.708.951. Ci. 5J-
75.006.
Folts. Harold D ; See- , ,„„ ct ,
Croisant. John A; and Folts. Harold D. 3.709.57 1 .
FolU Robert E.. to Lawrence Brothers. Inc. Panel-supporting carnage.
3.708.827. 0. 16-98.000 . .
Ford Enc Harold, to Lumenition Limited. Transistonzed ignition
systems. 3.710.131. 0. 307-lO.OOr.
Ford Motor Company; See—
Burcz. Lawrence D. 3,709.066.
Cherry. James R ; Crow. Joseph W.; and Parker, Robert-1H.,
3.710.383.
Glance. PatnckM. 3.709.316.
Kitzner. Ernest W.; and Rhodes. Alex. 3.709.057.
Nordstrom. John D . 3.709,956.
Tsou. Ivan H. 3.709.846.
Forde. Patrick J; See— j r- j Dot,;^w i
Brandt. Robert E . Fegeat. Tony G.; and Forde. Patrick J..
3.709.002 ,ino*Ti ri AS
Forschepiepe. Fritz Mlhod for processing slag. 3.709.671. CI. 05-
19 000
Forster, Eric O., to Esso Research and Engineering Company. Novel
compositions with controlled electrical properties. 3.709.835. Ci.
252-513.000.
Forster Mfg. Co.. Inc.: See—
. Han^iman. Allen C. 3.709,403. ., , ^ ^ . . f„,
Forsyth. Robert P.. to Polaroid Corporation. Method and apparatus tor
fabricating imaging means. 3.709.022. CI. 72-311 .000.
Fort Smith Table and Furniture Co.: See—
Oglesby. Ira D.Jr, 3,709. 159
Foster Manufacturing Co., Inc.: See-
Cruse, Lee H, 3,709,528. B w«^ c .„
Foster, Nonnan B.; Yeomans. Robert P ; and Camels Robert S. to
Space-Age Control. Inc. Survival weapon system. 3.708.902. Cl. 42-
I.OOr.
Foster Wheeler Corporation: See—
Bress.DellasonF. 3.709,793.
Foster Willard F , to Heist, C. H., Corporation. High pressure jet
cleaning device 3,709,436.0. 239-287.000.
Foulds. William Henry: See—
Rutherford, Frank; Arenson. Ivor Gerald; Cracknell, Alan George;
Foulds. Wilham Henry; and Derrick, Albert, 3.709.577.
FounUin Industries, Inc.: See—
Syverv>n,Manelle J, 3,709,408. ,, .^v„„
Fowler, Eliot Patrick; and Greaves, Richard William, to United King-
dom Atomic Energy Authonty. Semiconductor devices 3,710,269,
i^\ ^^(\ 1 f\ OOO
Fowler Vernon J , to GTE Laboratones Incorporated Optical proces-
sor for laser display system. 3.7 10.01 5. CI. 178-5 4bd.
Fox Homer M.. to Phillips Petroleum Company. Process for preparing
p^rfluorocarbon compounds. 3.709.800,0. 204-59.00r.
Fox, Richard H ; See—
McGough, Gregory J.. 3.709,3 1 2.
Franckowiak,Sigismond; See— . ^ . n /"i„..^-
Deschamps Andre; Franckowiak, Sig.smond, Gatellier. Claude.
GItkmans. Georges; and Renault, Philippe, 3,709,784.
Frank Alan 1 , to Scan-DaU Corporation Character recognition
3,769,525,0.283-1.000.
Franke. Rudiger: See— , ,«„ c^.
Tax. Hans; and Franke, Rudiger. 3,709,543.
Franklin Electric Co.. Inc.; See—
Sorensen. Peter F.. 3.710,262.
Frantzen. Karl H: See— . ^ ^ j c . . v,,i u
Hirt. Thomas J , Kissinger. Richard D ; and Frantzen, Karl H ,
3,710,070.
Frazer, Howard W See— nnoaia
Gustafson, Hilding B ; and Frazer, Howard W., 3.709.818
Frazer. William D ; and Wong. Chak-Kuen, to Intemational Business
Machines Corporation. Internal sort program. 3,710.34t). ti. *♦*-
I 000
Frazier John F Radiant surface-heater and temperature sensing as-
sembly. 3.710.076,0. 219-449.000.
Free Winds. Inc.; See-
McCarthy. James F. 3.709.551. ^. ,
French Gerald H . to Mosley Electronics Inc Electncal connector
3.710.005.0.174-89.000. .. o i r. ;h d .« Min
Fridineer Tomas L . Mutsch, Edward L ; and Pauly, David R to Min-
nesou Mining and Manufactunng Company. Plant growth regula-
tors 3 709.936. CI. 260-554.000.
Friedel Rudolf, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. X-ray tube with rotary
anodw. 3,710.170.0. 313-330.000.
Fnedly, Ernest F.: See—
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
McKenzie, Donald J; and Friedly. Ernest F , 3,709,429.
Friedrich.GunlherSff— ^ ,., ^ v, il
Zahn. Wolfgang; Fnednch. Gunther; and Weinert, Volker.
3.709,613
Frill Richard K : See—
Jeffrey William B , and Frill, Richard K , 3,709,564.
Frischkom Hans; and Behrenbruch, Horst, to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tieneeselischaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning 1 ,4-Bis-benzox-
Lol5M2>naphthalene derivatives. 3.709,896. CI 260.307.OOd.
Fritz, WiUiam Baird S«— ■,n,^-,ac
Schor, Ferdinand William, and Fritz, William Baird, 3,710,285.
Froemke, James WS^f— ,,.„,,t
Books, Arlen K; and Froemke, James W, 3,7 10.327.
Frohhch. Alfons; Cappel, Marie-Luise; and Stubiger, Ernst, to Opti-
Holding AG Warp-knit slide-fastener stringer. 3.708,836. CI. 24-
205 I Oc.
Frolov, Petr Nikolaevich: See—
Abramov, Viktor Petrovich, Junga, Yan Petrovich; Berzin, Ou-
nard Valdemarovich, Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich, Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich. Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgorin,
Fehx Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen. Karl Ar
turovich; Ziemelis.Andris Eduardovich; Elksnis. Artur
Yanovich, and Priede, Bruno Andreevich, 3,709,270
Frungel Frank, to Impulsphysik GmbH Light blocking arrangement
3,709,584, CI 350-266 000.
Frymoyer. Edward M , and Johnson, Robert A., to Collins Radio Com
pany Automatic method of locating the impedance zeros across the
frequency spectrum for a crystal filter 3,710,344. CI 444-1.000
Fuchs, Otto, Bier, Gerhard, and Trautvetter. Werner, to Dynamit
Nobel AG Process for the manufacture of cementable polyvinyl
nuoride sheeting 3.709.776, CI 161-189 000
Fugitt, Ronald B , and Heckman, Paul J, Jr., to United Sutes of Amer
ica. Navy Extended range polarization target. 3,709,580, CI. 350-
157.000
Fuhrmann, Gustav, to Lever Brothers Company Container. 3,709,398,
CI 220-67 000
Fuji Denki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Yabe, Masaya; Takahama, Teizo; Kono, Masaru; and Hirono. Kat-
sumi, 3,710,208
Fujimori, Motoyuki, to Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha. Pallet attract-
ing construction. 3.708.974, CI. 58-28.00r
Fujimori. Toshimitsu: See—
Yamamoto. Keisuke. and Fujimori. Toshimitsu, 3,710,273.
Fujimoto, Keimei: See —
Matsui, Masanao; Kato. Takeaki; Ueda, Kcnzo; Mizutani. Toshio,
Kitamura, Shigeyoshi; Fujimoto, Keimei; and Okuno, Yositosi,
3,709.910
Fujimoto. Tadasu; Kuroda. Kotofusa; and Yamamoto. Akira. to Yuasa
Battery Company Limited Leakproof battery and method of manu
factunng the same 3.709.737. CI 136-148.000
Fujimoto. Yasuo. to Kyov^a Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for
synthesizing the di-esters of condensed phosphoric acid. 3,709.873,
CI. 260-21 1.50r
Fujino, Tamolsu: See—
Tani, Kaneyasu; Kawazoe, Shiro; Eto. Mikio; Okamots. Sunao;
and Fujino. Tamotsu. 3.709.691
Fujio. Yoshio; Kitamura. Yoshihiro; Mihara. Koji; and Hamada, Tsu-
neakira, to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha. Television receiver
with field intensity indicator. 3,7 10,0 1 6, CI. 1 78-5. 80r.
Fujitsu Limited See—
Kobayashi, Kengo; and Manabe, Mitsuo, 3,710,363.
Miwa, Osamu, and Kavano, Yosiro, 3,7 10,349.
Sato, Junzi; and Tanabe, Takako, 3,709,749.
Yoshitake, Norito; and Imazeki, Ryoji, 3,710,350.
Fukuda, MasaUro; Miura, Takashi; and Takahashi, Katsuhiro, to Mat-
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd Method of making a uranium
containing caulyst for a metal electrode. 3,709,834, CI. 252-
470.000 , ^
Funaki Takashi. to Kabushiki Kaisha Sankyo Seiki Seisakusho
Directly readable digiul clock 3,708,973, CI 58- 1 9 000.
Furlong, Louis E 5^f— . ., . ,
Zimmerman. Abraham A.. Furlong. Louis E.; and Vadekar.
Mohan, 3,709,668
Fumier-und Sperrholzwerk J. F. Werz, Jr., K.G.: See—
Munk. Edmund E, 3,709,646
Furuichi, Masayoshi, to Katsuragawa Denki Kabushiki Kaisha. Elec-
trophotographic copying machine. 3,709,603, CI. 355-60.000.
Furuya, Akira :S«— .. ...
Samejima. Hirotoshi; Furuya, Akira; Shimaoka, Keiji; and Aoki,
Yoshiatsu, 3,709.701 -,^, nru^
Fusco. Phihp P Automatic mitenng tool 3.709.266. CI. 83-761.000.
GAF Corporation; See—
Lllmer, Arnold G. 3.709.596.
Gaiser. Rainer. Riedel. Ekkehard; and Schmid, Lothar, to Siemens Ak-
tiengesellschaft Circuit arrangement for the connection of a low
voluge direct current daU transmission systems to a dau exchange.
3,7 10,02 1, CI 178-58 000 ^ . ^
Galanuy Eugene E., to Sandoz-Wander, Inc. 8 Alpha-methyl-sub-
stituted-steroids 3,709,878, CI 260-239.550
Galati, Telcmachus Nicolas: 5«—
Papanicolaou, John Paul; and Galati. Telemachus Nicolas,
3.709,181
Galaxie Manufacturing & Sales, Inc.: S«—
Napper, Mason Wayne, 3,709,569.
Galbato Anthony T , to TRW Inc Anti-friction bearing housing
3,709,570, CI. 308-26.000.
Galeano, Sergio F: S<^—
Amsden, Carl D ; and Galeano, Sergio F., 3,709,975.
Galen, Joseph J See—
Ciuffini, Anthony J , and Galen, Joseph J, 3,709,683.
Gallager, Jacob Boon, Jr , to RCA Corporation Edge connector
3,7 10.303. CI. 339-61. 00m
Gallay. Jean- Jacques; S*r— ^^ „ ,
Helary. Jean-Louis. De La Graviere. Marcel; and Gallay. Jean-
Jacques. 3.709.678
Gallay. Manelle; See— ^ ^ „ ,
Helary. Jean-Louis. De La Graviere. Marcel, and Gallay, Jean-
Jacques, 3,709,678
Galowin, Lawrence S , De Santis, Michael J ; and Miller, Cary, to
Singer-General Precision, Inc. Flueric accclerometer 3,709,041, CI.
73-515000 ,, .
Gambardella. Mario A , to Olin Corporation Compression of layers ol
polyurethane foam containing at least alternate layers of partially
cured foam 3,709.966, CI. 264 46 000
Gambill, Ulysses T; See—
Kissell, Ronald E ; and Gambill, Ulysses T.. 3.709.076.
Gamble, John Anthony: See—
Cooke, Geoffrey Cyril; and Gamble, John Anthony, 3,709,310.
Ganshom, Peter, to Jaeger, Ench. Device for gas analysis with a roUla
ble cylindrically shaped chopper 3,709,600, CI. 356-5 1 .000.
Gardiner, Terence Edward Gouvenot; See—
Petne. James Alexander, Gardiner, Terence Edward Gouvenot;
and Clampitt, John Aaron, 3,709,637 b
Gamer, Jimmy D Collapsible portable exercising machine. 3,709,488,
CI. 272-58.000
Garrett Corporation, The; See—
Abbott, Jack W, 3,709,428.
Garry, Annie W ; S^^—
Garry, Thomas Emmett. 3,709, 1 74.
Garrv, Thomas Emmett, deceased (by Garry, Annie W , adminis-
tratnx) Open top thread cases. 3,709, 174, CI 112-231.000.
Gartner, William J; S^f—
Gauger, Edward A.. Jr.; Brown, Wallace H.; and Gartner, William
J, 3,709,169.
Gaspers, Gunter, to Conrad Kern AG Supporting structure.
3,708,928, CI 52-90 000.
Gasson Edward James, to BP Chemicals Limited Catalyst composi-
tion. 3,709,829, CI 252-461 000
Gaston Country Dyeing Machine Company; See—
Aurich, Chnstoph W., Bryant, John C. and Riley, James R ,
3,709.248.
Gatellier, Claude: See—
Deschamps. Andre. Franckowiak, Sigismond. Gatellier. Claude;
GItkmans. Georges; and Renault. Philippe. 3,709,784.
Gates Learjet Corporation: See—
VeNard, Dan 1,11, 3,710,230.
Gauchet, Yves M , to Societe Anonyme Poclain le Plessis-Belleville.
Method and device for maneuvering the stabilising slays of a
mechanical earth-working vehicle 3,709,5 1 8, CI. 280- 1 50 500
Gauger, Edward A , Jr , Brown. Wallace H., and Gartner, William J , to
Babcock & Wilcox Company, The Fireproof container. 3,709,169,
CI. 109-29 000. -,Ao^-7<
Gaul, Daniel R , to Crown Molding Co., mesne Preformer 3,709.475.
CI 263-21 00b „ ...
Gebhardt. Otto. Luderer. Fred; and Suhlschmidt. Karl-Heinz, to
Mueller. Ernst, KG, Firma Process and apparatus for coating ob-
jects with powdery subsunces 3.709.434. CI. 239-8.000
Gebr Bohler & Co Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Huszar. Josef; and Schon. Konrad. 3.709.097 ^
Geist. Thomas N . and Ballas, George C . said Geist assor to said Bal-
las. George C Rotary cutting assembly 3.708,967. CI. 56- 1 2.700.
General Cable Corporation: See—
Humen. Nicholas, and Brorein. William J., 3.708,853.
General Electric Company; See—
Beggs, James E, 3.7 10,1 61
Budlane, Stanley J., 3,710,192
^Church, Ralph E , 3,709,457.
Eggenberger,Markus A, 3,709,626. •
Fawcett, James W ,3,710,267
Grubb, Willard T ; and King, Lawrence H., 3,709,8 1 0.
HalLJohnW ,11, 3,709,729.
Hamden, John D , Jr., 3,710,058.
Hamden, John D , Jr , 3,710,061
Hamden, John D, Jr., 3,710,1 87. , « . ,. ,u d
Jackson, Arthur L., Jolly, Shelby A.; and Quirk, John B..
3,710,144.
Kimura, Shiro G, 3,709,774.
Lawyer, John F , and Prugger, David K., 3,709,319
Niedrach, Leonard W ; and Bergeron, John A., 3.709,812
Schlesinger, Kurt, 3,710,176.
Schroeter, Siegfned H., 3,709,944
Sharp, William T, 3,710,044
Staub Fred W.; Corman, James C; and Walmet, Gunnar E.,
3.7i0.295.
Walker. Bruce H. 3.709,582. , ,^ „^,
White Dwain M ; and Hobbs. Stanley Y.. 3.709,863.
Witting, HaraldL. 3,710,172.
General Electric Company, Limited. The: See—
January 9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Williams. Charles Edington. 3.710,184.
General Foam Plastics Corporation: See—
Chase. Ascher. 3.708.807.
Gener.il Foods Corporation: See—
Oldershaw, C G. Peter, and de Kramer, Don, 3.709,35 1 .
General Motors Corporation: See—
Bamum, Thomas G, 3,710,367.
Blonn, George W,Sr., 3,7 10,055.
Buchwald. Robert M . 3,708,822.
Campbell, Gregory A., 3,709,965.
Donohue, Robert J , and Joseph, Bemard W , 3,7 10,095
Emmerson, Calvin W., and Schwedland, Ronald P., 3,709.632
Ewert, Bruno, 3,709,516.
Johnston, Richard W , 3,710,215.
Lemoinc, Marcel, 3,709,576
Meyer, Howard M , and Reichardt, Mayo M.. 3.708.849.
Noponen, Harold W , 3,709,204
Orlando, Vincent A , 3,710,05 1
Rice, Hal H ,3,709,772.
Riehl, Wilhelm; and Strobel, Wemer Karl, 3,710,093.
Schaefer, Robert H ; and Williams, Richard H , 3,709,064.
Scherer, Carl A., and Beatenbough, Paul K , 3,708,998
Seidewand. Edward H . 3.709.006
Shellhause. Ronald L . 3,709,563.
Truxell, Robert W . 3.708.980.
Valade. Victor D , 3,709,465
Van Ostrom, David L , Sweet, Douglas W.; and Beyerlein, David
G ,3,709,567
General Pneumatics Corporation; See—
Crane, Michael, 3,708,994
General Signal Corporation; See—
Alger, Martin J , Jr , and Dunn, Nelson H., 3,709.107.
Alger. Martin J.. Jr . and Dunn. Nelson H.. 3.709.108.
General Time Corporation: See—
Preiser. Ralph H.; Goodwin, Clarence J.; and Cofoid. Robert D..
3.709.039.
Georgia Kaolin Company: See—
Torok. Andrew, and Walsh, Thomas F., 3,709,709.
Georgopoulos, Christos J.: 5*^—
Williamson, Robert T; and Georgopoulos, Christos J., 3.710,145
Gerard, Michel Jullien; See—
Auchapt, Rene, and Gerard. Michel Jullien. 3.7 10.053.
Gerauer. Ernst A . to Metron Corporation Non-slip linear to rotary
motion conversion apparatus. 3.709.049. CI. 74-89.200.
Gerholt Willem. to Industnele Onderneming Wavin N.V Method for
manufactunng a perforated tube 3 .709.972. CI 264-236.000.
Gerigk. Gunter See—
Kindl. Erwin; and Gerigk. Gunter, 3.709.720.
Germany. Michael John: See—
Bright. Peter Frederick; and Germany. Michael John, 3,710,097.
Gerstin, Jeffrey M ; and Kehn, John T., to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company. High temperature cure systems for ethylene propylene
diene monomers 3,709,848, CI 260-19.0va
Gerwick, Fred W : 5^?—
Layne, Leslie A , 11, and Gerwick, Fred W., 3,709,293
Gesellschaft fur Kemforschung m.b.H.; 5«—
Becker, Erwin, and Schutte, Rolf, 3,708,964
Gevaert-Agfa N V ; See—
De Geest, Wilfried Rorent; Verkinderen, Paul August; and De
Smedt. Felix Frederik, 3,709,964.
Ghafghaichi, Majid, and Tuman, Daniel, to International Business
Machines Corporation Positional dependency monolithic im-
pedance 3,710,207, CI. 3l7-235.00r
Gianini, Giovanni: S«—
Rascioni, Vinicio; and Gianini, Giovanni, 3,709,617.
Gibson Harry T Methods of and apparatus for detecting minute holes
in objects. 3,710, 129, CI. 250-2l9.0df
Gibscn, Walter Maxwell; and Hutson, Andrew Rhodes, to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Impurity pattems produced
by '.on implantation. 3. 709,74 1, CI. 148-1.500.
Gicca Francis A., to Raytheon Company. Satellite communication
system. 3,7 10,255, CI 325-4 000
Gilbert, Edmond E; S«—
Brown, William E.; and Gilbert, Edmond E., 3,708,983
Gilbert, Ronald E , to Gulf Research & Development Company
Method of manufactunng a fluorinated polymer 3,709,855, CI. 260-
87.350.
Gilbert, Roswell W , to Technical Management Services, Inc Alternat-
ing and direct current transformer using harmonic modulator
3,7I0,135,C1. 307-88.00r.
Gillemot, George W.; and Thompson, John T Re-enterable cable
splice assembly and method including provision for adding
branchout service cables as needed. 3,7 10,004, CI. 174-38.000.
Gillessen, Erich: See—
Papajewski, Reinhold; and Gillessen, Erich, 3,709, 1 76.
Gillette Company, The: See—
Stephenson, Charles F , Van Dyck, Kenneth A.; and Wyatt, James
B, 3,708,879.
Gilmore Charles G., to FMC Corporation Strap sealing tool
3,709.758. CI. 156-494.000.
Gilson Bros. Co.: See—
Enters. Edward W.; Detjen. Edgar W.; and Rubin, Robert M.,
3,708,968
Gindi, Abraham M., to International Business Machines Corporation.
Data storage system having skew compensation. 3,7 1 0,358, CI. 340-
174 10b
Girard, Lauret H.: See—
Ribich, William A ; Kojabashian, Charles; and Girard, Lauret H.,
3.708,833.
Gittos, Maurice Ward; James, John William; and Wiggins, Leslie
Frederick, to Aspro-Nicholas Limited Pharmaceutical compositions
containing N-cyclopropyl-1-aminoindane compounds and adapted
for administration to obtain inhibition of monoamine oxidase enzye
and process. 3,709,996, CI. 424-330.000.
Givens, Wyatt W; 5^^—
Caldwell, Richard L ; and Givens, Wyatt W., 3,7 10,1 12.
Glacier Metal Company Limited, The: See—
Stobo, James J. ,3,709,797
Glance, Patrick M , to Ford Motor Company. Cam action safety hood.
3,709,316, CI 180 69 00c.
Glass, Marvin, & Associates: See—
Barlow, Gordon A., 3,709,494.
Barlow, Gordon A , 3,709,497.
Terzian, Reuben, McKay, Robert S., and Glass, Marvin I..
3.708,913
Glass, Marvin 1.: See—
Tertian, Reuben; McKay, Robert S.; and Glass, Marvin I.,
3,708,913
Glen Edward C Single pedal brake-accelerator mechanism with cruise
control 3,709,338, CI 192-3.00s.
Glenn, James J., Jr., to Triangle Service Inc Well bore zone plugging
method and apparatus. 3,709,296, CI 166-253 000.
Global Marine Inc.; See—
Crooke, Robert Curtis, 3,708,990.
Jones, Lynn G, 3,709,261.
Glomski. Ronald L.; Davis, Lewis E.; and Grover, Joseph A., to Dow
Chemical Company, The. Water soluble hydroxyethyl methyl cellu-
lose ether thickener for latex paint 3,709,876, CI 260-23 1 00a
GItkmans, Georges; See—
Deschamps, Andre; Franckowiak, Sigismond; Gatellier, Claude;
GItkmans, Georges; and Renault, Philippe, 3,709,784
Gluchowicz, Gerszon, to ABUVA. Device in grinding machines.
3,708,922, CI. 51-165.920
Goddar, David: 5*^—
Scales, John Tracey, and Gixldar, David, 3,708,805
Goegelman, Robert T , and Miller, Thomas W., to Merck & Co., Inc.
Antibiotic purification process. 3.709,880, CI. 260-243. 00c .;
Goellner, WiHy J . to Paramount Textile Machinery Co Method and
apparatus for cutting a workpiece 3,709,075, CI. 83-27.000.
Goetze, Walter; Kasper, Wemer, Klatt, Gerhard; and Schulz, Gerhard,
to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Production of
thiodiglycol. 3,709,945, CI 260-609.00r.
Goeizewerke Friedrich Goetze A.G.: See—
Chnst, Karl, 3,708,885.
Gold, Robert D : See—
Greenberg, Sol; Gold. Robert D.; and Projain, Richard J..
3,710,193.
Golden Cycle Corporation: 5^^—
Wilson, Harold W , 3,709,681 .
Goldman, Charles B : S«rf —
Cook, Robert M., and Goldman, Charles B , 3,709,1 51 .
Gomez, Francisco M. Abaca chipper machine. 3,708,830. CI. 19-
5.00r.
Gonzalez Teodoro J., to American Safety Equipment Corporation
Push button buckle. 3,708,838, CI. 24-230.000.
Goodenough, Samuel H.: See—
Edwards, William Sterling; Kahn, Paul; and Goodenough, Samuel
H ,3,709,175.
Goodman, Alvin Malcolm; 5^^—
Dresner, Joseph, and Goodman, Alvin Malcolm, 3,710,167.
Goodman, Dennis George, to Lucas, Joseph, (Industries) Limited
Method of manufactunng semi-conductor devices. 3,708,870, CI.
29-580 000
Goodman, Stephen R , and Hu, Hsun, to United States Steel Corpora
tion Method for producing low carbon steel with exceptionally high
drawability. 3,709,744, CI 148-12 000.
Goodwin, Clarence J ; See—
Preiser, Ralph H ; Goodwin, Clarence J.; and Cofoid, Robert D.,
3,709,039
Goolsby, Patrick F., to Reynolds Metals Company. Chromium elec-
trodes for magnetohydrodynamic generators. 3,710,152. CL 310-
II 000
Gordon, Amirav: See—
b Gross, Jack; and Gordon, Amirav, 3,710,1 17.
Gordon, Robert Louis, and Siegele, John Charles, to International
Paber Company Case for shipping articles in an upright position and
in spaced lateral separation. 3,709,325, CI 206-65.00y.
Gordon, Ronnie D ; and Starks, Charles M , to Continenul Oil Com-
pany Isomerization of l,2-dichloro-3-butene to l,4-dichloro-2-bu-
tene 3,709,949, CI 260-654.00r
Gordon. Wolfgang; Kleiner. Hans-Jerg. and Van Spankeren. Ulnch. to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &.
Bruning. Antistatic thermoplastic moulding compositions.
3,709,852,CI 260-88 20s.
Gore, William C; and Shapiro, Eugene B , to Beatnc» Foods Co.
Means for controlling the direction of the flow of a liquid or fluid
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
through a selected outlet and for sealing sa.d outlets 3.709.256. CI
137-625.470.
''%"l"^B'or.t'E\Te'-v:;h;\rb^ Viad.n,.r Konstant.novich;
Medova Borfs Izra.levch. Latash. Jury Vad.mov.ch; Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, V.taly M.kha.lov.c^
Sidorenko, M.khail Nikolaev.ch; Le.benzon. Semen
Abramov.ch. Kaganovsky, Gary Petrov.h, Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich. Nikoisky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Leonid
Savvich Volokhonsky. Lev Avramov.ch; Nikuim, Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrovich.
3 709 283
Gotmaliii Toro Chnster Propelling means for motor boats and auxilia-
ry sailing yachts. 3,709.186. CI. 1 15-34.00a.
Gottlob. Heinrich: See— ^ . . ^ v i .
Behn. Reinhard; Gottlob, Heinrich; Hoyler. Gerhard; and Kessler.
Hartmut. 3.710.211.
Gotz, Hans Safety ski binding. 3.709.5 10, CI. 280-1 1 .35t.
Gould Inc . mesne See—
Koeblitz, William E. 3.709.2 1 2
Gova Yoshihito. Nakanishi. Michio; Sawatari, Kenichi. Hirose. Akira;
and Shinozawa. Tetsuichi. to Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals Incorporated
and Yoshidomi Pharmaceutical Industries Method and composition
for suppressing the nitnfication of ammonium nitrogen i soil
3,709,674.C1 71-1 000 ^, ,,-,.^j
Graf. Mary C Educational device. 3.708.892. CI. 35-3 1 OOd.
Graf. Rudolf F5^f— ,,,r>i-Ti
Whalen.GeorgeJ .and Graf. Rudolf F. 3.7 1 0.371
Graham Edward P.. to PMC Corporation. Wheel mounted tool sup-
port mechanism 3.709 ,45 1, CI 248-205 OOr ^„^, ^
Graham. Rooonald Lewis; and Pollak, Henry Otto, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated Interconnected loop digiul transmission
system. 3,7 10.026. CI. 179-15 Oal ^ . .
Graneer Richard J . to Cincinnati Milacron Inc. Fine adjustment
mechanism for stock feeding device 3.709.050. CI 74-121 000
Granger Wallace H. Ink transfer cylinder mounting with adjustable
dnveclutch. 3.709. 147. CI 101-351.000.
Granlund. Gosta Holger 5ff- , -,r>Q <;a«;
Jonason. Arne Holger; and Granlund. Gosta Holger. 3,709.565.
Granta Corporation: See—
Wyman. Dennis G. and Bichell. William J., 3,709,502.
Graver. Richard Byrd; S«- „. .. ^„ ^-,-,^0741
Dalton Jerry Owen; and Graver. Richard Byrd. 3,709.743
Gray Alden J . to Howe Richardson Scale Company. Ouadrature-to
serial pulse converter 3,7 10.265, CI 328-61.000.
Gray Colin, to Crosfield Business Machines Limited. Sheet conveyor
and pnnter which outstacks and prints selected sheets. 3,709,146,
CI. 101-317 000
Greaves. Richard William: S«*- -,-,,n->M
Fowler. Eliot Patrick, and Greaves. Richard William, 3,7 10,26^.
Green. Elmer R.: See—
Brennan. Timothy A . and Green, Elmer R . 3,709,395.
Green. Fredenck T: S<f— ■, -,na aoq
Holleran. Thomas M . and Green. Fredenck T.. 3.709.489.
Green Georse D and Werner. Jerold S , to Cozzoli Machine Com-
pany. Automatic tray loader. 3,708.947. CI. 53-55.000,
Greenberg, Sol; Gold, Robert D ; and Projain, Richard J., to Lambda
Electronics Corporation. Hybnd regulated power supply having m-
dividual heat sinks for heat generative and heat sensitive com-
ponents 3.710.193. CI. 317-100.000
Greene Mervin D . to Jorges Carpet Mills, Inc Modular tufUng umt
3,709,173, CI. Il2-79.00r
Greer, John R: S*f— ,-,,r>ico
Dupuis, Maurice v.; and Greer. John R. 3,710,159.
Grethlein. Hans Ench, and Prescott. William Benjamin to American
Cyanamid Company. Processof color matching 3.7 10.345. CI. 44^-
1 000.
Greuzard. Charles E. Jr.: S«— . /-.^ 1 c 1,
Greuzard, Charles E, Sr ; and Greuzard. Charles E., Jr ,
3.710.023 ^ .
Greuzard, Charles E., Sr , and Greuzard. Charles E.. Jr . to Interna-
tional Techmcal Development Corporation. Sound reproducing
system for a four speaker stereo utilizing signal expansion and signal
delay. 3.710.023. CI 179-1 OOg
Griffith. Norman N., and Hollingsworth, John D., to Flonda Machine
& Foundry Co. Replaceable tooth assembly. 3,708.895. CI. ii-
14200a.
Grigger. John Casimer: 5^^— . .^ ^ ■, ina o^*.
Dohany, Julius Eugene, and Grigger. John Casimer, 3,709.856.
Gnmm,Henry J: S^^— ai.„„ 1
Chnstopher, Charles A.. Jr.; Grimm, Henry J., and Nute, Alton J.,
3.709.297 ^ r
Grimoldi Ranoldo H . to Kaiser Steel Corporation. Forming press fix-
ture. 3,709,024, CI 72-420.000.
Gnn Michel; and Pruess, Dietrich, to European Atomic Energy Com-
mumty Method for magnetic exploding coil weldmg m special at-
mospheres. 3.708,865, CI. 29-4d0 1.
Grim Ronald D., to JFD Electronics Corporation. Mmiature TV an-
tenna 3. 710,337, CI. 343-701 000 _ ,. ,
Gnpans, Andrew Geo., to Diversey Corporation, The. Dram valve.
3,709,463, CI. 251-129.000.
Grobman. William, to Harris-lntertype Corporation. Paperboard con-
vertible printer scorer slotter. 3,709, 1 1 1 , CI. 93-58.200
Grooves, William G ; and Tillman, William J., to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories. Method of producing gastrointestinal sp^")«'yj|5 %'
tivity with alkylphcnoxypoly (ethyleneoxy)ethanols 3,709,995, Ci
Gross Jack and Gordon, Amirav. to Yissum Research Development
Company of the Hebrew University «[ ■'«=~'^'*„"',„X,"^ /"' '^'"'"'
for assessine thyroid function. 3. 7 1 0.1 17. CI. 250- 106.001.
Gro^l^n Gln/er; Moder. Hans-Ulrich; and Schubert Rolf to
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Switching arrangement for a daU
processing installation. 3.710,029, CI I Vl8_C^.
Grove, Leslie H. Gear tix)th profile. 3,709,055, CI. 74-462.000.
Grover, Joseph A: S^^— i„„„i, *
Glomski, Ronald L ; Davis. Lewis E.; and Grover, Joseph A .
3,709.876 ^ , r-, . /-„„
Grubb. Willard T ; and King. Lawrence H , to General Electnc Com-
pany Hydrogen ion selective sensor and electrode theretor.
3. 709.8 10. CI 204- 195. OOr ^ o. .„h
Gruber, Wilhelm, Kleine-Doepke, Wolfgang; Ouis, Peter, and
Schroeder. Guenther. to Rohm & Haas GmbH Method of making
carboxylic acid anhydrides 3.709.934. CI 260-546^000.
Gruenberg, Selma. Method of prixlucing a fabric and fabnc.
3.709.090. CI 87-4 000
Grui. Charles: 5*e—
McGough.Gregory J .3.709,312.
Grundler,Chnstor 5ff— . ..,,.. , o j if
Binder. Rolf; Grundler. Christof; and Wildbolz. Rudolf,
3,709,406. ». u 1
Grunert. Kurt A., to Westmghouse Electnc Corporat.on^echan.cal
■interlock for electncal contactors. 3,7 10,288. CI. 335-160.000.
Gruppo Lepetit S.p A : See—
Nathansohn.Giangiacomo. 3.709.886
Grushon Harold N , to Monarch Marking Systems. Inc. Easy-access
pinning machine. 3.709.420, CI 227-7^000.
Gruska Georges, to SEBEC, Societe d Exploitation de Brevets d Em-
ballage Cosmetique S.A. Holder for a ^V'i.'' «<,Pf ^ 7'? ^g' ^■
pnsing an ejectable stick protecting cap 3.709.61 8, CI. 401-78.0OO.
Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leoptildovich: See-
Belkovsky Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky. Leopold Leopol-
dovich Ilievsky. Irma Irmovich. Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich. Petrunm. Ivan Egorovich; Sukhov. Anatoly
Vasilievich; Tikhonov. Boris Sergeevich; Levin Boris
Isaakovich. Moroz. Pavel Kirillovich Strekalov, Genrikh
Nikolaevich. Chernov. Andrei Nikolaevich; Chizhov. Sergei
llich; and Shevyakov. Nikolai Nikolaevich. 3.709.682.
GTE Automatic Electric Laboratories Incorporate: See—
Deptuch.Kazimierz J .3.710.354.
GTE Automatic Electnc Laboratories Incorporated: See—
Pitroda,SatyanG ,3,710,028.
GTE Laboratories Incorporated: See—
Fowler, Vernon J ,3,710,015. _
GTE Sylvania Incorporated: See—
Rhee. Dong Woo. 3.710.171. -, 7n« 887 c\ 32
Guichet. Niles F Denul articulator accessory 3.708,882, CI. 32-
32 000
Guillen. Francisco J . and Campanella. Matthew J . to Westinghouse
Electnc Corporation. High speed an analog-to-digiUl converter.
3 7 10,377, Cl. 340-347 Oad ^. , .
Guinard Paul Andre. Method of manufactunng filter elements.
3,708,848, CI 29-163 50r
Gulf & Western Industrial Products Company: See-
Hale, Clifford E, 3,709,770.
Gulf & Western Industries, Inc.: See—
Hill, FrankW, 3,710.312
Gulf Research & Development Company; See—^
Gilbert, Ronald E, 3,709,855. mno 801 n
Gulick, Graham L. Method of treating metal articles. 3,709.803. Cl.
204-140.000.
^"""JTillif^'rs.^Egbert; Gunnewig, Paul; and Menz, Horst, 3,7 10,290.
Gunson'sSortex Limited: See—
Chapman. Thomas Henry, 3,7 10,099
GuDla Virendra N., to Canadian International Paper Company^
Bleaching of mechanical pulps with hydrosuinte in the presence of
analkahmetalsilicate. 3,709,779,0.162-71 000^
Gustafson. Hilding B ; and Frazer, Howard W, to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, mesne Condensate polishing. 3,709,818, Cl. 21U-
Guthart Leo A , to Alann Device Manufacturing Company. Power
suppi; for alarm system 3.7 10,1 34. Cl. 307-66.000.
Guthmann. Herbert, to VolWswagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft. Release
device for drum brakes. 3,709,336, Cl. 188-351 000^
Gutman Arnold D, to Stauffer Chemical Company. Ox-
~photp"onodithioates 3,709,959. CI 260-940.000^
Gutoski^erome; and BailI.e. Alan J^^ T,^^%Ta2sZiZ
for use in the molding of parts 3,709,650, Cl 425-367.000
GulndRe Jack E., to Pullman Incorporated. Hopper car gate latching
mechanism. 3,709, 1 52, Cl. 105-253.000^
Haarhaus, John J.; and McEvilly R"=hard J, 10* o HalP*.ju^oel.
Relating to direct reading calculator. 3,7 10, 108, Cl 235^79A>UU.
Haannann & ReimerGesellschaft m.t beschrankter Haftung. See-
Exner, FnU; and Leidig, Theodor. 3.709.929.
Haas. Frank C : See—
January 9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Nutter, John F.. Haas, Frank C; and Thompson, David L.,
3,709,974.
Haase. Gunter; and Schopper. Erwin, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktien-
gesellschaft Solid particle-track detectors silver chloride
monocrystal doped with cadmium and low concentration of lead
3,709,692, Cl 96-108.000.
Habgood, Robert P.. Jr.. to Plexowood. Inc. Palletizable articles.
3,709,326, Cl. 206-65 OOr.
Habicht, Ernst; Libis, Bernard; and Zergenyi. Janos. to Ciba-Geigy
Corporation. Derivatives of 2,3-dihydro-benzothiophene and
benzofuran-2-carboxylic acids. 3,709.909. Cl. 260-330.500.
Hach Clifford C , to Hack Chemical Company Iron analysis reagent
formulation. 3.709,662, Cl. 23-230.00r.
Hach. Vladimir; Lockhart, Robert William; and Cartlidge, Dennis
Murray to MacMillan Bloedel Limited Process for the isolation of
d-isothiijone. 3,709,943, Cl. 260-587.000.
Hack Chemical Company: See—
Hach, Clifford C , 3.709,662.
Hagberg. John E . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Time delay
signal device especially for phase comparison protective relaying
system 3,710,189, Cl. 317-27 OOr.
Hagedom, Erwin C , to Owens-lllinois, Inc. Opalizable alkaline earth
aluminosilicate glass compositions 3.709.705. Cl. 106-54 000.
Hagen, Hans. Drive system for powered vehicles. 3.709.069. Cl. 74-
65 000.
Hagey. Robert H: Sf^- ^^ , ,
Kimball. Pleasent P . Hagey. Robert H.; and Macaulay, Malcolm
J, 3,710.313
Hagge. John K.; and Johnson, Frederick W, to Collins Radio Com-
pany Microelectronic heat exchanger pedestal. 3,710,251, Cl. 324-
I58.00f
Haken, Klaus: See—
Blaschke, Felix; and Haken, Klaus, 3,710,088.
Halase,JohnF ,111 Sff-
Halsey, Homer P . and Halase, John F . III. 3.710.236.
Hale. Clifford E., to Gulf & Western Industrial Products Company
Decorative exterior panel system for automobiles. 3,709,770, Cl
161-44.000
Hall, John W., II, to General Electric Company. Method of making
nickel -chrome ohmic contact to p-type silicon carbide. 3.709,729,
Cl. 117-227.000
Hall Norma T , to Liquid Nitrogen Processing Corporation. Glass rein-
forced injection molding pellet 3.709.773, Cl 161-176.000.
Hall, Richard L Adjustable toe weight for horses. 3,709,301, Cl. 168-
25000
Halloran, William X. Combination intramedullary fixation and external
bone compression apparatus. 3,709,21 8. Cl. 128-92. 00a.
Halloran, William X Bone compression device. 3,709,219. Cl. 128-
92 00a. ^ ■ ,, „
Halpem, Howard S , to United Aircraft Corporation. Twinkle effect
display system in which information is modulated at a rate within the
flicker frequency ofthe human eye. 3,7 10,1 75, Cl. 315-30.000.
Halpem, Joel: See—
Haarhaus, John J ; and McEvilly, Richard J., 3,710,108.
Halsey, Homer P ; and Halase. John F . Ill Magnetic leakage field flaw
detector utilizing partially oveHapping hall probes. 3,710.236. Cl.
324-37000
Hamada. Tsuneakira: See—
Fujio. Yoshio; Kitamura, Yoshihiro; Mihara, Koji; and Hamada.
Tsuneakira, 3,710,016.
Hamblin, Robert J. J, to Universal Oil Products Company. Continuous
process for scrubbing H,S from a gas stream and selectively produc-
ing elemenul sulfur. 3.709,983, Cl 423-573.000.
Hamilton, Clark B: See— ^, . „ j
Soumerai, Henri; Hoody, Harold W., Jr.; Hamilton. Clark B.; and
Blatt, James R, 3,708,959.
Hamilton, Joel A: See—
Mahaffy, Reid A., Hamilton, Joel A.; and Pinney, Wesley W.,
3,709,702. . . ^. .
Hamilton Martin W , to Ezton Corporation. Boom angle indication
system 3,7 10,368, Cl. 340-267.00c.
Hamilton. Marton Nonnan. Cutting tool with replaceable teeth.
3,708,842, Cl. 29- 105.00a.
Hamling Bernard H., to Union Carbide Corporation Ceramic coated
articles. 3,709,7 17, Cl. 117-70.OOc.
Hammann, Ingeborg: See—
Schrader, Gerhard; and Hammann, Ingeborg, 3,709,962.
Hammariund, Per Erik G.; and Sundberg, Yngve S. Means for induc-
tive stin-ing. 3,709,476, Cl. 266-34.00a.
Hammelmann, Paul. Apparatus for treating continuous surfaces.
3,709,194, Cl. 118-50.100.
Hammond, Francis H: See— , , .^ .
Proell Wayne A.; Selin, Clifford E.; Holbrook, Stanford T.; and
Hammond, Francis H, 3,709,93 1.
Hammond, Fred H., Jr., to Kendall Company, The. Process for the
electrodeposition of polymers. 3,709,808, Cl. 204-1 8 1 .000.
Hampton Ouentin L . to FMC Corporation. Method and apparatus for
treatingsewage.3,709.792,Cl. 210-7.000.
Hanes, James W E.; Rimmer, Michael J.; Weber, Ronald A ; and Hint
zen Walter J. Method and apparatus for reesUblishing underwater
guide lines. 3 ,709,29 1 , Cl. 1 66-500
Haney, Thomas A.: See—
Czaplinski, Thomas V ; and Haney, Thomas A., 3,709,365.
Hano, Masaaki; Kiyotake, Takeshi; and Oike, Minoru, to Nippon
Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha. Automatic welding apparatus. 3,709,423,
Cl. 228-44.000.
Hansen. A. L.. Manufacturing Co.: See-
Bowers. Thomas S . 3,709,1 56.
Hansen James E.. to Cutler-Hammer, Inc. Pulse rate control motor
speed control system with feedback. 3.7 10,2 1 3, Cl. 3 1 8-33 1 .000.
Happs.Gary J: See—
Oxendine, Joseph W., Jr.; Happs, Gary J.; and Keltic. Dale A.,
3,710,105.
Hardt, Robert C; and Kozlow, Edward, to Chemetros Corporation.
Solidified gas pellets and apparatus for manufacturing 3,708,993,
Cl 62-35.000.
Hardtmann, GoeU E . to Sandoz-Wander, Inc. Aryl-substituted-pyrido
[2 3-dl pyrimidin-2-ones 3,709,888, Cl. 260-256.40f.
Hannan, James D Ceiling tile. 3,708,940, Cl. 52-588.00
Hamden. John D . Jr . to General Electric Company Switch assembly
having wafers of metal oxide vanstor material. 3,710.058, CI. 200-
166.00c ^, . ,
Hamden, John D . Jr . to General Electric Company Electncal
switches and circuits therefor. 3,710,061. Cl. 200-166.00c.
Hamden. Jj)hn D , Jr , to General Electric Company Electromagnetic
devices having a metal oxide varistor core. 3,710,187, Cl. 317-
15.000.
Haroski. Anthony A. Offset seesaw 3.709,486. Cl 272-30.000.
Hamman. Allen C . to Forster Mfg Co., Inc. Web earned toothpick
dispenser 3,709,403, Cl 221-70 000.
Harrington. John Herbert: See—
Tundermann. John Hayes; and Harrington. John Herbert.
3.709,439
Harris Charles G Vending machine for penodicals having arcuate
path ejector 3.709,405, Cl 221-209.000.
Harris. Richard K : See—
Wilson, Stanley D ; and Harris. Richard K.. 3,709.03 1 .
Harris-lntertype Corporation: See—
Grobman. William. 3,709.1 1 1
Harrison Roy C; and Crain, Donald L.. to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Purification of polyolefms. 3.709,850, Cl. 260-93.700
Harnson, William A: See— . „ ,.
Von Schmeling, Bogislav; Harrison, William A.; and Kulka,
Marshall, 3,709,992
Harrison, William B. Stack height control using cutoff knives.
3,709,355, Cl. 198-59.000.
Harry Lime Industries, mesne: See —
Cole, JaroldB, 3.708.907.
Hart. Milbum L.: See—
Carison, Ronald E.; and Hart, Milbum L.. 3.709,751 .
Harte.Kenneth J See— . .. „ ^, ..
Smith. Donald O ; Harte. Kenneth J.; Cohen. Mitchell S.; Newber-
ry. Sterling P; and Speliotis. Dennis E., 3,710.352
Hartman Robert H ; and Strandine, Eldon J. Method of preparing a
poultry product 3.709.699. Cl. 99-107.000.
Hartmann & Braun Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kuipers, Egbert; Gunnewig, Paul; and Menz, Horst, 3,710.290.
Hartmann. Heinrich: See—
Eckert. Guenter; Hartmann, Heinrich, Marx, Matthias; and Wuer-
tele. Lothar. 3,709,724.
Hartter Donald Ray, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company. 4,5-
Dicyano-2h-imidazoles. 3,709,900, Cl. 260-309.000.
Hartwick, Richard W.: See—
Orkin, Stanley S.; and Hartwick, Richard W.. 3,709.573.
Hartzell Manufacturing, Inc.: See-
Larson, Donald A. 3.708.826.
Harvey Donald M.. to Eastman Kodak Company. Camera with
stnpping mechanism. 3.709.1 26. Cl. 95- 1 3.000.
Harvey, Warren L.: See—
De Biasse, Richard L ; and Harvey. Warren L.. 3.709,561.
Haschek. Leo Recreational device 3.708,9 1 1 , Cl. 46-47.000.
Hasegawa, Katsue: See—
Yoshimura, Susumu, Asakawa, Shirow. and Hasegawa, Katsue.
3.709,820
Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi: See—
Hirai, Masuhiko; Takatsu, Toshiharu; Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi; and
Hozoii,Akira, 3,709,007.
Hashimoto, Nobuyuki: See—
Murakami. Noboru. Namto, Tatsuo; and Hashimoto, Nobuyuki,
3,709,340. w u_^ f
Hastwell. Peter J, to Savin Business Machines Corporation. Method ot
and apparatus for eleclrosutic color printing. 3,709,594, Cl. 355-
4000. , ^ ._,
Haszeldine, Robert Neville; Banks, Ronald Enc, and Taylor, David
Robin. Rearrangement of bromo-fluorinated propene. 3.709,948.
Cl. 260-653.300.
HaU, Kazumi: See— . v, ■.
Kodama, Hisashi; Sekigawa, Tsuneo; HaU, Kazumi; and Nakaya,
Akimichi, 3,708,989.
Haubold, Herbert: See—
Klementz, Peter; Massat, Heinz; Nitschke, Chnstoph; and Hau-
bold, Herbert. 3.708,969.
Haupt Robert C, to Allis-Chalmers Manufactunng Company. Sway
arrestor for a three point hitch. 3,709.304,C1. 172-450.000
Haurie, Michel: See— .. u .
Desgrandchamps. Guy; Hemmer, Henn; and Haune. Michel,
3,709.952.
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
Hauser. Stephen G See—
Seilz, Lamont J.; and Hauser. Stephen G., 3.709.538.
Hausner. Leopold: See—
Dobler, Johann; Hausner. Leopold. Kolbe, Andreas; and Iittus.
Hans. 3,709,649
Hawkins, Fred B. Diagnostic niyelography needle. 3.709,21 1. CI. 128-
2 00a
Hawkins, John. See—
Adams, George, and Hawkins. John. 3,710,037.
Haws Drinking Faucet Company: See—
Wright. Allen C. 3.709,254.
Hayakawa. Osamu, to Kabushikikaisha Tokyo Keiki (Tokyo Keiki Co ,
Ltd ) Detector apparatus for particulate contaminants in a fluid
utilizing parallel flow paths. 3.709,614. CI. 356-208.000.
Hayakawa, Shigeru: See—
Matsuo. Yoshihiro; Sasaki. Kiromu; and Hayakawa, Shigeru,
3,709,704,
Hayashi, Tutaka; and Tanii. Yasuo, to Kogyo Gijutsuin; a/k/a industri
al Science and Technology, Agency of and Ministry of International
Trade and Industry Element with turn-on delay and a fast recovery
for a high speed integrated circuit. 3.7 10.041 , CI. 37-300.000.
Haydel, Chester H : S«e—
Keating, Esmond J . Haydel, Chester H ; and Knoepfler, Nestor B .
3,709,005.
Hayes, Raymond, and Hayward. Wesley H.. to Tektronix, Inc. Storage
tube having transmission target with low differential cutoff
3,710,179, CI 315-12 000
Hayn.Gunther: 5«f—
Marek. Josef; and Hayn, Gunther, 3,709,274.
Hayward, Ronald Hamilton, to Scott and White Memorial Hospital and
Scott, Sherwood and Bnndley Foundation. Endotracheal tube with
positive check valve air seal. 3.709.227. CI. 1 28-35 1 .000.
Hayward. Wesley H : See-
Hayes. Raymond; and Hayward, Wesley H.. 3,710.179.
Hazard, James E.: See —
Buhayar, Eric S , Hazard, James E , Jaagus, John J ; Werner, Fred
W ; Wheeler. Robert W , and Crowe, Robert C, 3,709.349.
rtch Bertrams Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kuhnlein. Hans. 3,709,648
Heald Machine Company, The: See—
Youden, David H . 3,708.923
Hechler. Valentine. IV. Hand operated low pressure valve. 3,709,259,
CI 1-37-630.150.
Heckert, David C: See—
Crossley, Guy A ; and Heckert, David C, 3.709.83 1
Heckman, Paul J . Jr : See—
Fugitt, Ronald B.; and Heckman, Paul J., Jr.. 3,709,580.
Heeren. Vernon L , to United States of America, Navy. Microwave
beam scanner circuit. 3.7 10.389. CI. 343-7.400.
Heintz, Ralph M.: See—
Roundy, Carlos B.; Riddle, John B , and Heintz. Ralph M .
3.710,218
Heist. C H . Corporation: 5^* —
Foster. Willard F . 3,709,436
Heizman. Charles L.: See—
Sloane, Edwin A.; and Heizman, Charles L.. 3.710.082.
Helary, Jean-Louis, De La Graviere. Marcel; and Gallay, Jean- Jacques,
deceased (by Gallay, Marielle; administratrix). Process for the
preparation of metals or alloys. 3.709.678, CI. 75-10 OOr
Held, Edward C , Jr . to Phillips Petroleum Company Thermoformmg
onented hollow articles from two sheets. 3.709,967. CI. 264-89 OOO
Hell, Rudolf, Koll, Roman; and Lifferth. Ewald. to Hell, Rudolf, Dr ,
Kommanditgesellschaft Method and apparatus for determining data
to be used by electronic photo-type setting devices. 3,710.019. CI
178-7.600
Hell, Rudolf, Dr , Kommanditgesellschaft: See—
Hell, Rudolf; Koll. Roman; and Lifferth, Ewald, 3.710.019.
Heller. William C: Serf-
James. Albert L.. 3,709,775
Helmer. John C . to Varian Associates Planar retarding grid electron
spectrometer 3.710.103. CI. 250-49.5ae
Hemker, Herman W , to FMC Corporation Apparatus and method for
quenching and stabilizing extruded molten filaments. 3.709,970. CI
264-l76 00f
Hemmer, Henri: See —
Desgrandchamps, Guy; Hemmer, Henri; and Haurie. Michel,
3,709,952
Henc. Edward V Feed system for apparatus for performing operations
on sheet matenal 3,709,483. CI 271 -44.00r
Hendncks. Herbert D, to United States of America, National
Aeronautics and Space Administration. Method of detecting oxygen
in a gas 3,709,663. CI. 23-232.00r
Henelle, Max: See—
Yapoudjian, Claude; and Henelle, Max, 3,708,812.
Hennel, Anthony Amphibious motorbike. 3,709, 1 85, CI. 1 I5-.5(X).
Hepworth. Paul; Ripley, Ian Sunley; and Scott, Norman, to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited. Petroleum resins. 3,709,854, CI. 260-
82.000.
Hercock, Robert James; and Scnjtton, Simon Lindsay, to llford
Limited Photoconductive zinc oxide sensitized by substituted
thiazolidene dyes 3,709,685, CI. 96-1.700.
Hercules Incorporated: See—
Driscoll, Hiram E.. 3.709,149.
Herman, David: See—
Lemer, Julius O.. 3.710.336.
Heron, John B , to Sprague Electric Company Electrical component
having an attached lead assembly 3,7 1 0.2 10. CI 3 1 7-258.000
Herr. Robert L.. to Rimar Manufacturing Inc Offset decorative win-
dow grill connection. 3.708.939. CI. 52-456.000.
Herring, CariE. Automobile timer. 3.7 10,246. CI 324-162.000.
Herscovitch. William Howard. Convertible rail-highway traction vehi-
cle. 3.709,153. CI. l05-26.00r.
Herter, Eberhard. and Ulrich, Peter Conrad, to International Standard
Electric Corporation System of time-division multiplex transmission
via communications satellites 3,7 10.027. CI. I79-I5.0bs
Herweh. John E., and Poshkus, Algirdas C , to Armstrong Cork Com-
pany Poly(p-styrenesulfonylhydrazides) as blowing agents for
plasticizedpoly( vinyl chloride) 3.709.844, CI 260 2 50p
Herzig. Robert W.. to Sprague Electric Company. Battery operating
system timed by coulometers. 3,7 10,225. CI 320-9 000
Herzl, Peter J , to Fischer & Porter Company. Signal conditioner for
recovering dominant signals from swirl-type meters. 3.709.034. CI
73-194 00b
Hesener. Walter: S^^ —
Trueb, Viktor, and Hesener, Walter, 3,709,761.
Hess, Kari Gunter; and Werner, Kurt, to Schneider, Jos, & Co.
Adapter for television camera 3.709,1 33, CI. 95-45000.
Hessner, Hans, and Nilsson, Per Olof. to Aktiebolaget Stille Werner
Machine for disintegration of cellulose pulp sheets. 3.709,441. CI.
241-94 000
Hesston Corporation: See—
Draege, George E.. 3.709.062
Hester. Jackson B . Jr.. to Upjohn Company. The. Process for the
production of triazolohenzodiazepines and intermediates.
3.709.898, CI 260-307 OOr.
Hester. Jackson B , Jr , to Upjohn Company, The 6 Phenyl-4h-s-
triazolo l4,3-dl |l.4] benzodiaylpines and their production.
3.709,899. CI. 260-308 OOr.
Hiab-Foco Ak: See—
Strandberg. Bengt Sigurd Lennart; and Strandberg. Maj.
3.709.394
Hibbert. Charies. Kirk, Frederick Arthur; Siddall. Keith; and Howard.
Michael Roi. to Osbom-Mushet Tools Limited Twist drills.
3.709.628. CI 408-229 000
Hickey, Gordon P., to Hoerner-Waldorf Corporation Method of
securing a container to a pallet 3,708,86 1 , CI 29-432 000
Hickey, Victor F.. to FMC Corporation Terrain vehicle 3.709.314.
CI. I80-44 00T
Hicks. Mervyn Lance, to Turn-Styles Limited, mesne Animal milking
and/or treatment apparatus. 3,709,196, CI. 1 19-14 040
Higashino, Toshimitsu. to Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha Battery
charging an-angement 3.7 10.228. CI. 320-61.000.
Higgins, James J : See—
Estes. Timothy K.; De Winter, Frank G. V.; Doss, John L.. and
Higgins. James J . 3,708,929.
High Energy Processing Corporation: See—
Wetherell, Thomas J .3.709.738.
Highland Laboratories: See— '
Wlodyka. Edwin W . 3.708.97 1
Highley Thomas T . Jr ; and Paschkis, Albert E . to Leeds & Northrup
Company. Recorder chart dnve 3.7 10,342. CI. 346- 1 36 000
Highway Trailers of Canada Limited: See—
Fehlau Bert H . and Domerchie. Garrit A.. 3.709.542.
Hildebrand. Kurt Releasable ski binding 3,709,509. CI. 280-1 1. 35t.
Hill, Frank W. to Gulf & Western Industries, Inc. Method and ap-
paratus for controlling traffic flow in accordance with traffic
presence. 3.710,312. CI. 340-3l.00r
Hill, William Frank, to Lucas. Joseph, (Industries) Limited Battery
charging systems for road vehicles 3,7 10,227, CI. 320-59.000
Hills, Derek William: See—
Bowden, Kenneth. Davis, Robin AlasUir; Hills, Derek Wilham;
and Sach. George Sidney, 3.709.925
Hilyard Byron L. and Santarossa. Mario C. Spine-adjustment
mechanism. 3.709.2 1 6. CI. 128-69 000.
Hinchman. Walter R.; Adrian. Donald J ; and Walters. Andrew W., to
United States of America. Navy. F.M. radar range system.
3,710.387. CI. 343-12.00r.
Hindersinn, Raymond R.: See—
Hopkins. George C; and Hindersinn. Raymond R.. 3,709,933.
Hinkers, Bemhard:5«— , ,,v« -.-,-.
Jaccard. Andre Robert; and Hinkers, Bemhard, 3,709,273.
Hintzen, Walter J: S*e—
Hanes James W. E., Rimmer, Michael J.; Weber, Ronald A.; and
Hintzen, Walter J, 3,709,291
Hirai, Masuhiko; TakaUu, Toshiharu; Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi; and
Hozoii Akira, to Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Hydrauli-
cally loaded rolline mills. 3,709,007, CI. 72-8.000.
Hirayanagi. Shigetoshi: &(•—
Mori, Kan, Imaizumi, Fumitake; Sato, Hisaya; Nagaoka, Isao;
Hirayanagi. Shigetoshi; ShibaU. Tom; and Kawatani, Shigeo,
3,709,851.
Hirono, Katsumi:S««— ^ ^,,. „ ,
Yabe, Masaya; Takahama, Teizo; Kono. Masani; and Hirono, Kat-
sunii, 3,710,208.
Hirose, Akira: &*— , ^ ., u u
Goya, Yoshihito; Nakanishi, Michio; SawaUn, Kenichi; Hirose,
Akira; and Shinozawa, Tetsuichi, 3,709,674.
Hirt Thomas J . Kissinger, Richard D ; and Frantzen, Karl H., to
Northern Natural Gas Company. Low voluge, compact electncally
augmented burner. 3,7 1 0,070, CI. 2 1 9-76.000.
JANUARY 9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Hitachi, Ltd. :5*f— ,-,,„-,o^
Aizu, Keiichiro, Kumada, Akio; and Koga, Masashi, 3,7 10,286.
ltoh,Hisatsugu. 3.710.148.
Kondo,Toshio;andTamura.Hifumi. 3.710.266.
Nagatani.Takashi. 3.710,102.
Nakamura, Hideo. 3.7 10,35 1.
Ohuchi, Yasushi; Kanamaru, Hisanobu; and Honshima, Teruhisa.
3,708.872.
Takahashi. Tadashi, and Onishi. Kazuo, 3.7 10.2 19.
Hite. Edward Lee; Ramge. Dennis Lee; and Roelf de Muinck. Andre,
to Johns-Manville Corporation. Method and system for sorting
spherical articles 3,709,327. CI. 209-73.000.
Hoare, Michael R: S«— _„„„„„
Bates, Kenneth T ; and Hoare, Michael R., 3,709.999.
Hobbs,JohnS : Ser— . ^ . l
de Groot, Cornelis Nicolaas; Hobbs. John S.; and Tonsbeek.
Christiaan Herman Theodoor, 3.709,697.
Hobbs, Stanley Y: See—
White. Dwain M ; and Hobbs. Stanley Y. 3,709,863.
Hoeg Donald F , Legg, Leo V ; and Tijunelis, Donatas. to Borg-
Wamer Corporation. Electrical cable. 3.7 10.007. CI I74-I20.0ar
Hoeg Donald F.; Legg, Leo V.; and Tijunelis, Donatas, to Borg-
Wamer Corporation Electrical cable. 3.710.009. CI. 174-120.0ar.
Hoerner-Waldorf Corporation: 5^^—
Hickey, Gordon P., 3,708,861
Hoff Wallace J. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Normalization
circuit for position locator. 3,7 10,083, CI. 235-151 .300.
Hoffmann, frederick A : See—
Thoma. Paul E . and Hoffmann, frederick A., 3,708,863.
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc : See—
Leimgruber. Willy; and Weigele. Manfred, 3.709,922.
Miller. ONeal, 3.709.99 1
Spector, Sidney, 3.709,868
Hoftiezer, Wallace A.: See—
Karstensen, Kari W.; Koch, James M ; and Hoftiezer. Wallace A.,
3,709.631
Hogg, Walter R.:^^—
Doty. Edward Neal; and Hogg, Walter R., 3.710,263.
Doty, Edward Neal, and Hogg, Walter R.. 3,710,264.
Hogshead, Fred G . to Caldwell Company, Inc., The. Levehng slmg.
3,709,548, CI 294-74 000
Hoigne, Juerg: Sff —
Schamberg, Eckehard; and Hoigne, Juerg, 3,709,718.
Holbrook. Stanford T.: See—
Proell. Wayne A., Selin, Clifford E . Holbrook, Stanford T ; and
Hammond. Francis H, 3,709,93 1
Holcomb. John M Fiber optic illuminator apparatus for scientific in-
struments. 3,7 10,091, CI. 240-2 Oma
Holgate, Richard L.. and Montgomery, James R., to Mallinckrodt
Chemical Works. Radioisotope generator. 3,710.118, CI. 250-
106.00s.
Holleran, Thomas M.; and Green, Frederick T. Hockey skill-testing.
practice and game apparatus. 3.709.489. CI. 273- 1 OOb
Hollcrl, Alois; and Undgraf. Karl, to Otto Meinel-Georgadel Metall-
warenfabrik. Exhaust means for multiple cylinder internal com-
bustion engine 3.709.320. CI. 181-40 000
Hollies. Nonnan R S ; and ChafiU, Steven R., to Cotton, Incorporated.
Wet fixation of resins in fiber systems for durable press products.
3,709,657, CI. 8-116.300.
Hollingsworth, John D.: See—
Griffith, Norman N.; and Hollingsworth. John D., 3.708.895.
Holmes, W. Church; and Coltrinari, Enzo L., to Sunshine Mining Com-
pany. Process for removal of arsenic from sulfo-ore. 3,709,680, CI.
75-6.000
Holmstrom, Tage Raymond. Method of caulking or stopping up
crevices or filling up joints and the like in buildings. 3,709,71 1, 1 1.
1 17-2 OOr.
Holobeam, Inc.: See—
Kruegle. Herman A , 3,709,610.
Holter, Godfrey George: S«—
Consuble, Geoffrey Ernest Patrick; and Holter, Godfrey George,
Holubinka, Siegmund B. Suction-cleaning implement. 3,708.824, CI.
15-397.000.
Holzman, Allen L.:S«— , -,«« ^t-,
Iwanciow. Bernard L.; and Holzman. Allen L., 3,70V,65Z.
Homeyer, Bemhard: &f— .,,«nnii
Schrader, Gerhard; and Homeyer. Bemhard. 3,709,961.
Hommerin. Michel: &*— ^, j
Loucheur, Rene; Hommerin, Michel; and Louche, Jean Claude
Paul, 3,710,106.
Honda, Takeshi: S«—
Otsuka, Shinichiro; Honda, Takeshi; and Yamanoi, Akio,
3,709,785.
Honeywell Inc.: See—
McPherson.GaryC. 3.710.355.
Miller, Robert C. 3,710,123.
Honeywell Information Systems. Inc : See—
Hunter. John C; and Beard, Albert L., 3.7 10.328.
Powell, WilliamC. 3,710,318.
Honshima, Teruhisa: 5«— ,, .• -r w
Ohuchi, Yasushi; Kanamaru. Hisanobu; and Honshima. lerunisa.
3.708.872.
Hoody. Harold W . Jr.; See—
Soumerai, Henri; Hoody. Harold W.. Jr.; Hamilton, Clark B.; and
Blatt, James R, 3,708.959
Hooker Chemical Corporation: See—
Hopkins, George C; and Hindersinn. Raymond R.. 3.709.933.
Lee. Sung Ki. 3.709.714.
Miller, George T. 3.709.727
Hopkins, George C; and Huidersinn. Raymond R.. to Hooker Chemi-
cal Corporation. Nitrilotriacetyltriachloride. 3,709,933, CI. 260-
544.00y
Hopkins. Richard H.. Roland. George W ; Partlow. William D.; and
Steinbruegge. Kenneth B , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Calcium -yttrium silicate oxyapatite lasers. 3,710,278, CI. 331-
94500
Horton Edward E . to Deep Oil Technology. Inc Anchor means and
method of installing the same. 3.709.1 82. CI 1 1 4-206 OOr
Horwell. John E.. to Square D Company Insulating base and neutral
wire connector assembly for circuit breaker panelboard. 3.710,308.
CI 339-198 OOn
HospiUl Service Technology Corporation: See—
Brennan. Timothy A . and Green. Elmer R. 3.709.395
Hotz Karl, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Apparatus for cleaning
tubes and the like. 3.708.81 8, CI. 15-97.000.
Houdaille Industries. Inc.: See—
Obergefell. Ronald F.; and Kish. Edward E . 3.709.433.
Houghton, Norman F . to Phiico Ford Corporation Method of forming
articles compnsing a pair of adjacent walled structure having un-
directionally presented openings. 3,709,968, CI. 264-92.000.
Houlihan. William J : See—
Cooke. George A .and Houlihan. William J.. 3.709,887.
Houlihan William J . to Sandoz-Wander. Inc N-Substituted sulfamoyl
compounds useful as herbicides 3.709.677. CI 71-94,000
Houlihan William J., to Sandoz-Wander. Inc 2.6-Dihalo-m-sub-
stituted-benzoic acid amides 3.709.938. CI 260-558 OOd
Howard. Donald W , Eppley. Dewey W.; and Steininger. Hugh D.. to
Bendix Corporation, The. Vehicle initial speed and stopping distance
indicator 3.7 10,385, CI. 343-9 000.
Howard. John Arthur; and Serganl, Gwendolen Alice Pallets
3.709,160, CI. 108-51.000
Howard. Michael Roi: See—
Hibbert, Charles; Kirk, Fredenck Arthur, Siddall, Keith; and
Howard, Michael Roi, 3,709.628
Howe. Hans-UIrich. to Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz Aktiengesellschaft.
Piston cooling arrangement for a reciprocating piston internal com-
bustion engine with an injection no7J:le 3.709.109, CI 92-186.000.
Howe, Ralph S.. Jr.. to Textron. Inc Shaft locking device. 3.709,575,
CI 308-236.000
Howe Richardson Scale Company: See—
Gray. Alden J. 3.710.265.
Howmet International. Inc.: See—
Pohl. Fntz G.; and Keller. Arnold. 3.709.630
Hox. Hans Werner; and Bechem. Werner Method of an annular-strip
rolling mill for rolling out an endless strip from a cast ring.
3.709.018.CI.72-I1I 000.
Hoyler. Gerhard: S«— ^ „ ,
Behn. Reinhard. Gottlob, Heinrich; Hoyler, Gerhard; and Kessler,
Hartmut, 3,710,211.
Hozoji. Akira: &f— . j
Hirai. Masuhiko; Takatsu, Toshiharu; Hashimoto. Kazuyoshi; and
Ho'zoji, Akira. 3.709.007
Hrach. Josef; and Wimmer, Theodor. Method for the production of
polyesters with a novel multicomponent catalyst. 3,709,859. CI. 260-
75.00r.
Hu. Hsun: See—
Goodman. Stephen R.; and Hu, Hsun, 3,709,744.
Hubbard, John F.: See—
Massa, Frahk;and Hubbard, John F.. 3,710,151.
Huber, Angela Method for making a hand knotted pile fabnc.
3.709.536, CI. 289-1.500.
Hubert Helmut; Jung, Anton L ; Lapczyna. Manfred; Ledwon, Erhard;
Rock Wilfried; and Schmidt-Burbach. Gerhard, to Buderus'sche
Eisenwerke. Healer-timing apparatus. 3,7 10.077. CI. 219-492.000.
Hubscher. Thomas Ige (ye) sensitive immunodiffusion plate.
3,709,66I,C1. 23-253 OOr.
Hughes Aircraft Company: See—
Kreinheder. Donald E., 3,710.390.
Hughes, William: S«r—
Edgar, Owen Burchell; Hughes, William; Lawrence, Derek R.;
Lederer, Gerald; and Ritchie, Colin Foster. 3,709,710.
Huller, Karl, Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See—
Elsel, Kari Heinz. 3.709.058.
Humen. Nicholas; and Brorein. William J., to General Cable Corpora-
tion. Wire terminating machine 3,708.853, CI 29-203.00d.
Hunt Charles d'A., to Airco, Inc. Apparatus for continuous casting.
3,709,284, CI. 164-281 000.
Hunt R Brian. Game rifle camera 3,709,124, CI. 95-12.000.
Hunter, John C; and Beard, Albert L., to Honeywell Infonnation
Systems, Inc Method and apparatus for communicaung devices
each performing preprocessing operations on data autonomously of
the central processor. 3.710,328.0. 340-172.500.
Hurth, Cari, Maschinen- und Zahnradfabrik: See—
Loos, Herbert, 3,709,015.
Hurwitz Michael J., to Westinghouse Elcctnc CorporaUon Ultrasonic
inspection apparatus. 3,709,029, CI. 73-67.80r.
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
Huszar, Josef; and Schon. Konrad. to Gebr. BoMer & Co. Aktien-
gesellschaft Drilling support for a rock perforator. 3.709.097. CI
HuSis. Tl?omas B . IV; and Teaipleton. William M to Tektronix
Inc Direct viewing storage tube having mesh halftone Urget and
nonmeshb,subletlrget3>10.173.Cl. 315-12.000.
Hutson. Andrew Rhodes S**— -i-ina-iAi
Gibson Walter Maxwell; and Hutson. Andrew Rhodes. 3.709 741 .
Hutson, Thomas. Jr. and Ritter. Ronald E . to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Method of controlling an oxidative dehydrogenation
3 709 95 1. CI 260-680 OOe , ^ c
Hyca. Bohumil. to Zbropvka Brno narodn. P<^"''' .D^^^'^I^^P/'^-
ing punch tape provided with code holes and feed holes. 3.709 ,73^.
HvM ' Bohumil. to Zbrojovka Brono. narodni podnik^ Device for
repainng punch tape provided with code holes and feed holes
3.709.760. CI. 156-527.000. -, -j^q a^a
Hyde. Richard E . to Strolee of California. Brace assembly. 3.709,454.
CI 248-351 000.
Ibex; division of Jelco: See —
Davis. Walter L. 3.709,521.
ICI America Inc Set— . „ j, -- r« i,
Feltzin, Joseph. Kuehn. Ench. and Rudkm. George O.. Jr..
3,709.684
Idaho Bank of Commerce; See—
Ouinney, James L. 3.708,841 .
Ideavelopment. Inc ; See—
Walstrom, Leslie R . 3.709.401.
Idemitsu Kosan CO . Ltd S*«—
Kunichika. Sango. Sakaibara. Yasumasa; Kyotofu. Noguchr. Akio.
Kurisaki; Konomu. Kalo; and Uchiyama. Mitsuru. 3.709.927
leuchi Jinuro. and Tokushige. Hiroyuki. to Japan Steel Works Ltd
Plunger pump cylinder for use in treating highly corrosive fluid
3.709 .638. CI. 417-454.000.
lizuka. Yoshio; See— .... ^ . , -inn on/i
Yoshida. Norio; Tomila. Kuniyuki; and Iizuka. Yoshio. 3.709.906
Ikeda. Hironosuke. and Kondo. Tetsuya. to Sanyo Electric Co.. Ltd.
Coulometer with solid electrolyte. 3.710.201. CI. 317-230,000.
Ikeda. Mitsuyuki; See— , „, t u u i,
Deguchi. Yutaka; Kashihara. Hideo; Koozuki. Rikuzo; Takahashi.
Kazuyoshi. and Ikeda. Mitsuyuki. 3.708.962.
Word Limited; See— t ino ao*;
Hercock. Robert James, and Scrutton, Simon Lindsay, 3,709,685
Ihevsky. Irma Irmovich; See—
Belkovsky. Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky. Leopold Leopol-
dovich; Ilievsky. Irma Irmovich; Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich. Petrunin. Ivan Egorovich; Sukhov. Anatoly
Vasihevich. Tikhonov. Boris Sergeevich. Levm. Boris
Isaakovich. Moroz. Pavel Kirillovich Strekalov. Genrikh
Nikolaevich. Chernov. Andrei Nikolaevich; Chizhov. Sergei
Ilich. and Shevyakov. Nikolai Nikolaevich. 3,709,682.
Imaizumi. Fumitake See—
Mori Kan. Imaizumi. Fumitake. Sato. Hisaya; Nagaoka. Isao.
Hirayanagi. Shigetoshi, Shibata. Toru. and Kawatani. Shigeo.
3.709.851.
Imazeki. Ryoji; See— ,,.„.!,/»
Yoshitake. Nonto; and Imazeki. Ryoji. 3.710,350.
Impenal Chemical Industries Limited; See—
Hepworth. Paul. Ripley. Ian Stanley; and Scott, Norman.
3.709.854.
Impex-Essen Vertrieb von Werkzeugen GmbH; See—
Kolmar. Herbert. 3.709.421
Impulsphysik GmbH; See—
Frungel. Frank. 3.709.584.
Inamorato. Jack Thomas, to Colgate-Palmolive Company Built
anionic detergent composition having inverse foam-ta-lemperature
relationship and process for producing same. 3.70V.83t). Ci. Z5Z-
525.000
Incho. Harry Hobart; See— ^ . . u u^i,,.^
Montgomery. Ronald Eugene; and Incho. Harry Hobart.
3.709.988.
Indiana Metal Treating. Inc.; See—
Keifer. John N .3.708.856.
Industnele Ondememine Wavin N.V.: See—
Gerholt. Willem. 3.709.972.
Information Design. Inc.; See—
Pnest. Lyle Gilbert. 3.710.221
Ingersoll Milling Machine Company. The; See—
Erkfntz. Donald S . 3.708.843
Erkfntz. Donald S. 3,709.625 , , ,
Ingham John W, Jr.. to AMF Incorporated. Reserve fuel valve posi-
tion indicator 3. 709.3 1 7. CI 180-103.000
Inland Steel Company; See— .
Slagley. William E ; Seifert, Gerald R.; and Valonis, Edmund J .
3.710.084
Inmont Corporation; See— . ^ j c,„„i,
Locw. Frederic Christian; Stone. Edward; and Civardi. Frank
Peter. 3.709.864
Inrescor AG; See— ,-,n«Tio
Schamberg. Eckehard; and Hoigne. Juerg. 3.709.7 18.
Institut Elektrosvarki Imeni E O Patonia Akademii; See—
Pokhodnya. Igor Konstantinovich; Shiepakov. Valery
Nikolaevich. and Alter. Vladimir Fedorovich. 3.710.073.
Institut Francais des Petrole, des Carburants et Lubrifiants; See—
Deschamps. Andre; Franckowiak. Sigismond. Gatellier. Claude.
Gltkmans. Georges; and Renault. Philippe. 3.709.784.
Institut Rhimii Drevesiny Akademii Nauk Latviiskai SSR. See-
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga. Yan Petrovich. Bcrzin. Ou-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky. Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov.
Petr Nikolaevich. Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgonn.
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh. Yan Yanovich. Rotsen, Karl Ar
turovich. Ziemelis.Andris Eduardovich. Elksnis. Artur
Yanovich; and Priede. Bruno Andreevich. 3.709.270
Institute of Food and Agnculture Sciences. The; See-
Killinger. Gordon B . and Beckham. Clarence F.. 3.709.694.
Inter-Computer Electronics, Inc.; See—
Zeiger. Kenneth K .3.710,141.
Intercan S.A.; See—
Nasica. Jean R .3.709.643.
International Basic Economy Corporation; See-
Raymond. Robert E.. 3.708.977
International Business Machines Corporation; See—
Andrews. Douglas R ; and Kimmel, Milton J (said Kimmel as^or
to). 3.710,323. ^^,,
Barrager, Stephen M.; and Smith, Sidney H., 3,710,235.
Books, Arlen K., and Froemke. James W.. 3.710.327.
Bushk. Walters. 3.7 10.357.
Craft. David J. 3.710.348. ,Tmmo
Cralle Walter O . Jr.; and Lennon. Kenneth A , 3.7 10,U/v.
De Witt. David. 3.709.746. ,,.n,^..
Frazer. William D.. and Wong.Chak-Kuen. 3.710.346.
Ghafghaichi.Majid; and Tuman. Daniel. 3.710.207
Gindi. Abraham M .3.710.358
Jacobs, John T , Keester, Kenneth L.; and Silverman, Benjamin
D .3.710,353
Lipp. James. 3.709.586.
Makosch.Gunter. 3. 709.579 . „ „ o c
Papadopoulos. John; Prince. David A., and Reilly. Roger F..
3.710,069.
Rubenstein, David A, 3,710.321.
Segal, Zvi, 3,709,378.
Wiley, John P, 3.709.125.
International Nickel Company. Inc.. The; See—
Tundermann. John Hayes, and Harrington. John Herbert.
3.709.439
International Paper Company; See— . ^ „. , -, -ma ^-yi
Gordon. Robert Louis; and Siegele. John Charles. 3.709.323.
International Standard Electric Corporation; See—
Dartois,Jean-Pierre Andre, 3.710,030, ,.,,„„-t
Herter. Eberhard. and Ulnch. Peter Conrad. 3.710.027
International Technical Development Corporation; See—
Greuzard, Charles E . Sr ; and Greuzard. Charles fc., Jr.,
3.710.023.
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation; See-
Brzozowski. Stephen Joseph, and Polkinghorn. Melvin William.
Burgess." James P; Polkinghorn. Melvin W ; and Dieterle.
Gunther. 3.710.049
Cahill. Robert Francis, 3,708.946. r- ik-m
Channell, Andrew Willis; Shikasho, Satoru; and Sommer, Gilbert
Robert. 3.709.431.
Cooper, James Joseph, Jr., 3,7 10,307.
Pate. James Ronald, 3,710,1 30.
Reif. Philip George, 3.7 10, 1 26.
Sellan,Daniele. Jr.. 3.710.031
Thomas. DelmerL. 3,710,281 -, ^nQ ^m
Introini. Vittorio Modular storage and display assembly, 3.709.378.
Irby.JamesE.Infantrestrainer 3.708,808. Cl 5-95 000.
Isaev Alcxei Ilich, Pevzner, Semen Albertovich; and Zem^v, Jury
Semenovich, to Kramatorsky Nauchno-Issledovatelski i Proektno-
tekhnolocichesky institut mashinostroenia. Device for lapping
t^perSting surfaces of parts. 3,708,9 1 9, CI. 51-26.000
Isheden, Lars Rune; See— ,uj- i o,c D..n«.-
Andersson, Tage Vilhelm Leander; Isheden Lars Rune.
Johansson. Bo Emil; and Wamng. Stig Erik. 3.710.372,
Ishiguro. Takeshi; See— iTinnoo
Ohata. Shuichi; Takeuchi, Yoji; and Ishiguro, Takeshi, 3.7 10.089.
"*"''Ka^^i?TCsh^hiko; Nakatsui, Isamu; Sugiyama, Yoshio; Nishio.
Masaaki and Ishikawa. Michio, 3.709.787
Ishikawojima-Hanma Jukogyo ^abushiki Kaisha; See--
Shiozaki, Hiroyuki. and Takahashi, Nono, 3,709,009,
Israel Aircraft Industries Ltd,; See—
AviUl, Ron, 3,710,311.
'""Sll Sartn F.; De Backer. Frank A,; and Issa. Manuel,
Iten. Paul D,',^!? Aktiengesellschaft Brown, Bover, & Jie^ l^r dop-
pler flow probe with high spatial resolution. 3,709,599, CI. 356-
.to Shin, to Toyota Jidosha "^"f ° '^^J-JifV^^.'jfoSj'**^''"''^ *=°"-
trol svstem for transmissions. 3.709,067. CI. 74-8&y .uuu.
.to. tX Nomaguchi. Tamotsu; and Tabata Norikazu to M.uub«hi
Electric Corporation Heating apparatus 3/709.473, CI. 263_19,Wr,
Jtoh, Hisatsugu to Hiuchi, Ltd Ripple elimmating circuit 3,710.148.
C\. 307-295 000. ^ . , , ,^ .,„
Ives Frank E Static mixing dispenser and mixing method, 3.709.468.
Ci. 259-4,000.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Key John Saxon, to Borg-Warner Limited. Hydraulic coupling.
3,709,635. Cl 416-183,000. ,, ^* r. r>
Iwanciow. Bernard L ; and Holzman. Allen L,. »o»J"'«ed Aircraft Cor-
poration Very long bum duration hybrid combustor. 3,70y,632, Cl
431-96 000 . ^ o f .u
Iwasawa Hiroshi, to Citizen Watch Company Limited, Process for the
prevention of unintentional escapement of an applied oil layer,
3,709,324, Cl, I84-1.00e.
Ja-Dor Inc ; See—
Seibert, Franklin J., 3,708.802.
Jaagus, John J; See— . ^ , ,., o j
Buhayar, Eric S ; Hazard. James E ; Jaagus. John J ; Werner. Fred
W Wheeler. Robert W ; and Crowe. Robert C, 3.709.349.
Jablonowski. Virginia H Therapeutic legging. 3,710.075, Cl. 219-
211.000
Jaccard Andre Robert, and Hinkers, Bemhard, to Jaccard Corpora-
tion Food slicing apparatus. 3.709,273, Cl 83-75 1 .000.
Jaccard Corporation; See—
Jaccard, Andre Robert; and Hinkers, Bemhard, 3,709,273.
Jachimek, Thomas P , to Seeburg Corporation of Delaware. The^Addi-
tional credit required indicator in vending machine. 3.710.320, Cl.
340-1 49 OOr . o j
Jackman Arthur E, to Jackman-Conlin Associates, Inc. Strand
processing apparatus. 3.709,021 , Cl, 72-289 000,
Jackman-Conlin Associates, Inc.; See—
Jackman. Arthur E. 3.709.02 1
Jackson. Arthur L . Jolly, Shelby A ; and Quirk, John B,. to General
Electric Company, High power microwave system having low duty
cycle 3, 7 10. 144. Cl 307-260 000,
Jackson. Charles A,; and Katz. Martin B.. to Thiokol Chemical Cor-
poration Woven fabric for nursery plant root balls, 3.709,263, Cl.
139-420 000,
Jacobs, John E,; and Kovac. Michael G,. to Northwestern University,
Secondary emission enhancer for an X-ray image intensifier
3.710.125, Cl, 250-213 Ovt.
Jacobs John J,, to Re Jo Multi Colour, Inc. Multi-color anodizing
process for aluminum 3,709.742. Cl 148-6,100
Jacobs, John T ; Keester, Kenneth L , and Silverman, Benjamin D,, to
International Business Machines Corporation, Thermal capacitative-
ferroelectric storage device, 3,710.353. Cl. 340-173,200
Jaeger, Erich; See—
Ganshorn. Peter. 3,709,600, ., , ^
Jaffe, Joseph, to Chevron Research Company. Hydrofining-
hydrocracking process using palladium-containing catalyst
3,709,814,CI, 208-59 000.
Jakob Hans, to American Safety Equipment Corporation, Child satety
seat 3.709.558. Cl 297-250,000, _ ^„
Jalbert. Donald A Plastic lobster trap, 3 .708 .905 . Cl. 43- 1 00.000
James Albert L.. 60* to Heller. William C Product compositions for
magnetic induction methods to treat and heat-seal predetermined
areasofparentunits. 3.709.775. Cl, 161-162.000, , , ,, ,
James Jack C . to Disney. Walt. Productions. Articulated vehicle.
3.709,3 1 3, Cl, 180-21,000.
James. John William; See— .
Gittos Maurice Ward; James. John William; and Wiggins. Leslie
Frederick, 3,709,996,
Janson, Paul E; See— ^ , ^ .. ,j , , a
Cohen John B ; Janson, Paul E.; Mc Farland. Harold L,, Jr,, and
Young. James B . Jr. 3.710.324,
Janssen.Eduard Jozef Philomena; See—
TJampens. Germain Remi; Notelteirs, Victor Rosallie; and
Janssen,Eduard Jozef Philomena, 3,710,169.
Japan Exian Company, Limited; See— ^ ^ ^ . a ii=l;
Shimoda Keitaro; Tsutsui, Nobuhiro; Zoda. Keiichi; and Ueki,
Masayuki, 3,709,971.
Japan Gas-Chemical Company, Inc ; See—
Murayama. Masayuki; and Abe. Koichi, 3,709,928.
Japan Steel Works Ltd ; See— .,^.,0
Iguchi, Jinuro; and Tokushige, Hiroyuki. 3,709,638.
Japan Synthetic Paper Company Ltd.; See- e .„,„
Tani, Kaneyasu; Kawazoe, Shiro; Eto, Mikio; Okamots. Sunao,
and Fujino, Tamotsu, 3,709,691.
Japan Synthetic Rubber Co., Ltd.; See—
Mori Kan; Imaizumi, Fumitake; Sato, Hisaya; Nagaoka Isao,
Hirayanagi, Shigetoshi; ShibaU, Toni; and Kawatani, Shigeo,
3,709,851
Jaromir Tobias Rhinebeck: See—
Culberson, Donald L,, 3,709,104.
Jason, George; See— ki -i i
McConnell, Frederick C; Jason, George; and Armstrong. Neil J,.
3,709,607, o . r^ I
Jefferies, Patrick J., and Crounse, Nathan N,. to Sterhng Drug '"F
Water-soluble quaternary ammonium phthalocyanine dyestuns,
3.709,903, Cl 260-314,500, . „ ,.
Jeffrey William B; and Frill, Richard K, to Westinghouse Air Brake
Company Combined electronic and fluid pressure brake apparatus.
3,709,564, Cl 303-16.000,
Jenn-Air Corporation; See— . ^ ^,. „ , ^no -5i<;
Field, Thomas R; and Beckwith.ClintonH, 3,709,236.
Jennings, Kingsley Jeffrey; and Ward, Frederick Gifford, to Morns,
Herbert, Limited Racks for storage and transfer purposes.
3,709,383, Cl.214-16.00b.
Jespersen,Knut Indergaard; See—
Sayce, Leonard Alfred; and Jespersen, Knut Indergaard,
3,710.124.
Jessee Ralph D . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Integrator
controlled inverter. 3.710.229. Cl,32l-9.00a,
Jette. Emile. Jr. Door latch operated switch unit. 3.710.052. Cl. 200-
6L680.
JFD Electronics Corporation; See—
Grint. Ronald D, 3,710,337.
Mayes,PaulE., 3,7 10,340
Jochim. La Vergne C. to Ti-Mind Incorporated Timer with adjusUble
conductive brush means and resettable conductive pins. 3,710.045,
Cl. 200-37. OOr.
Joems, Guenter; See—
Von Gottberg, Horst; Schaefer, Gerd; and Joems. Guenter,
3,709,190.
Johansson, Bo Emil; See—
Andersson. Tage Vilhelm Leander; Isheden. Lars Kune.
Johansson. Bo Emil; and Warring. Stig Erik, 3.710,372.
Johns-Manville Corporation; See— , ^ a
Hite. Edward Lee. Ramge, Dennis Lee. and Roelf de Muinck. An-
dre. 3.709.327.
Meserole. Robert H . 3.708,867.
Johnson & Johnson; See—
Tunc. Deger. 3.709.877
Johnson. Carl L. Ore classifier. 3,709,359, Cl. 209-1 38.000.
Johnson. Charles D . and Droegemueller. James T.. to Fairmont Rail^
way Motors. Inc Device for imbedding and removing elongated
members 3.709.464. Cl 254-29 OOr.
Johnson. David A.; and Wickersham. Arthur F-tp Stanford Research
Institute Spark-gap triggermg system 3.710.178 CL 31 5^l4y.OW
Johnson. Donald G Hair spraying apparatus. 3,709,438, CI. 23V-
417,500.
Johnson, E. F.. Company; See—
Swinehart. Frank. 3.710.040.
Johnson. Frederick W ; See—
Hagge John K,; and Johnson. Frederick W.. 3.710,251
Johnson. Harry Joseph. Wolfelsperger. Robert O.; and Davis. Robert
Edgar to Federal Paper Board Company. Inc. Container forming
machine 3.709.1 14. Cl 93-44 000
Johnson. Jesse R.. to AVM Corporation Plug valve having a dual
diaphragm three position actuator. 3.709.461 . Cl. 25 1 -58.000
Johnson. Matthey & Co . Limited; See—
Selman. Gordon Leslie, and Darling, Alan Sidney, 3.709,667.
Johnson. Norman S.. to Rex Chainbelt Inc. High strength adjustable
quarter turn fastener. 3.709,086, Cl. 85-7.000
Johnson. Robert A.; See— -, n -^aa
Frymoyer. Edward M ; and Johnson. Robert A . 3.710,344.
Johnson Rowland Edward; and Trachtenberg, Isaac, to Texas Instru-
ments, Incorporated. Ion-selective electrochemical sensor
3,709,8 1 3, Cl 204- 195. OOg,
Johnson Service Company; See— , ,„„ o^-.
Thoma Paul E; and Hoffmann, fredenck A, 3,708,86J.
Johnson, Wayne E ; and Korb, Eueene V . to Allis-Chalmers Manufac-
turing Company. Vehicle weight mounting means 3.7US».32U. Ci
280-150,OOe,
Johnson. Wayne O.; See—
Klemm, Le Roy H,; Johnson, Wayne O.; and White. Danny V,.
3 709 894
Klemm, Le Roy H ; Johnson, Wayne O ; and White, Danny V..
3.709.994 „ .
Johnston. Richard W . to General Motors Corporation, Programmed
commuting power source for inverter motor system, 3.71U..zn, Cl
3 1 8-227 000
Johswich Friedrich. and Schindelbeck. Werner, to Chemiebau Dr. A.
ZierenGmbH & Co. KG. Adsorption method and apparatus for
treating polluted gas streams. 3.708.98 1 . Cl 55-73,000,
Jolly. Shelby A; See— ^ ^ . , ^ d
Jackson. Arthur L; Jolly. Shelby A.; and Ouirk. John B..
3 710 144
Jonasonl Arne Holger; and Granlund. Gosta Holger. to Saab-Scania
Aktiebolag Method and arrangement for electronic control of the
braking means of wheeled vehicles. 3.709.565, Cl. 303-2 1 Obe.
Jones, David Henry; See— ^ . . ., ^ ». •■
Amin Shinsh Chandubhai; Jones. David Henry; and Maxwell.
Donald Robert. 3.709,879.
Jones Jack to Cessna Aircraft Company. Aircraft hangar structure
3,708,934,0.52-237.000. c .u a a
Jones Lynn G , to Global Marine Inc. Thread protector for threaded
pip4 section ends or the like 3,709,261, Cl. 138-96.00t
Jones Rexford W , and Thompson. William B . to Staley. A, E., Manu-
facturing Company. Dye imbibition images. 3.709.688, Cl, 96-
48000. ^^ r^ , A
Jones, Robert D ,, to Dow Chemical Company, The. Container feed
mechanism for refuse incinerator, 3.709,386, Cl 214-23^
Jones, Robert Henry, Switching control systems, 3,710.200, Cl. Jl /-
134,000.
Jonnet, Albert G; See— -, nrm tot
Kinzler. Raymond C ; and Jonnet. Albert G.. 3.70S.38 /.
Jonsson Per Hjalmar. to Redenaktiebolaget Nordstjeman. Measunng
vessel for photometric analysts of a liquid, in which gas bubbles are
developed 3.709.616. Cl. 356-246.000.
Jorses Carpet Mills. Inc.; See-
Greene, Mervin D,. 3.709.173.
Josef. Muskat; See—
Auler. Herbert; and Josef. Muskat. 3.709.470.
Joseph. Bernard W; See— „ «««
Donohue. Robert J.; and Joseph. Bernard W., 3,7 10,095.
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Jubb James R. Sunburn warning device compnsing detecting the ultra-
violet component of solar radiat.on. 3,710.115.0 250-83.3uv
Jullien-Davin, Jean, to Crouzct. Non-return direction of rotation
selecting device for synchronous motor. 3,7 10.1 55, CI. 3 IU-4.1WU.
June, Anton L: S*f — .. , j ■ j c
Hubert, Helmut. Jung. Anton L , Lapczyna, Manfred; Ledwon. Er-
hard. Rock. Wilfried. and Schmidt-Burbach, Gerhard,
3.710.077.
Junga. Yan Petrovich: See— ' .. o ■ /-
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich. Junga, Yan Petrovich; Berzin. Gu-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky. Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov.
Petr Nikolaevich, Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich, Shilgorin.
Felix Alexandrovich, Dalbinsh. Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Ar-
turovich, Ziemelis,Andns Eduardovich, Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Priedc, Bruno Andrcevich. 3,709.270.
Juraschek. Richard; S**— , ^«r, i.io
Kannegiesser. Herbert; and Juraschek. Richard, 3,709.348.
Jurasek, Jaromir. Mikac. Mojimar; and Podzimek. Karel. to Svit.
narodni podnik Method of manufacture waterproof shoes
3.708.815. CI. 12-142.00e
Jumy. Josef: See—
Stepanek, Karel. and Jumy. Josef. 3.709.048
Justice James W H., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Color
television system. 3.710,014, CI. 178-5 4st.
Kabushiki Kaisha Kanagawaseisakusho; See—
Amamiya. Ikuzou. 3.708.868
Kabushiki Kaisha Kashifuji Tekkosho; See—
Ainoura, Masato. 3.708.925
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh: See—
Sawada. Hideo; Rin. Ensei; Yamada. Isao. Mano. Hiroshi; and Mc-
Gourty, Thomas K ,3,710,359
Kabushiki Kaisha Sankyo Seiki Seisakusho: See—
Funaki.Takashi. 3.708.973
Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha: See—
Fujimori. Motoyuki. 3.708.974
Kabushikikaisha Tokyo Keiki (Tokyo Keiki Co.. Ltd.); See—
Hayakawa,Osamu. 3.709,614
Kacarb Products Corporation, mesne; See—
Orkin. Sunley S . and Hartwick. Richard W . 3,709.573
Kachergis Henry J Water inlet control means for toilet tanks
3.709.246. CI. 137-216.000.
Kaczmarek.ThomasS Foldable golf cart. 3.709.514. CI 280-41 00c.
Kadar. Nicholas M . to Singer Company. The Slideback peak circuits
with constant tone indications. 3.7 10.249, CI. 324-103 OOp.
Kaganovsky. Gary Petrovich: See—
Paton, Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar. Bons Izrailevich. Latash. Jury Vadimovich. Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich. Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko. Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon. Semen
Abramovich. Kaganovsky. Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen. Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich, Gorynina, Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich. Volokhonsky. Lev Avramovich; Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitnevich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich. and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich.
3.709.283
Kahn. Paul 5*«- . ^ ^ ,
Edwards. William Sterling; Kahn. Paul; and Goodenough, Samuel
H. 3,709, 175
Kaiser Steel Corporation: See—
Gnmoldi, Raroldo H , 3.709,024.
Kalle Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Kindl, Erwin, and Gerigk, Gunter, 3,709,720.
Kamada. Masaki; and Okauchi. Tetsuo, to Takeda Chemical indus-
tries Ltd Method of inducing simultaneous mounting of silkworms
3.709,990. CI 424-243.000
Kaminsky. George J . and Laughlin. Robert G., to Procter & Gamble
Company. The Preparation of dimethylhydroxylamine. 3,709.942.
CI 260-583 Odd ^ ^, , ^ . ,
Kamio. Kenzo. and Miyoshi. Seizo, to MatsushiU Electric Industrial
Co Ltd. Speed changing device for automatic record players
3,709,503.0. 274-9.00a.
Kampe Marcis M , to Enthone, Incorporated. Bnght tin elec-
trodepositing. 3,709,799, CI 204-54 OOr
Kamstrup-Larsen, Harry, to A/S Dansk Leca. Rotary kiln for the
production of a granular, bloated product. 3,709.474, CI. 263-
32.00r.
Kanamaru. Hisanobu: 5«— . .. ^ -r- u-
Ohuchi. Yasushi; Kanamaru. Hisanobu; and Honshima, Tenihisa.
3.708.872.
Kanebo. Ltd See—
Chiba. Yoshio. 3.708,837.
Kaneda. Yoko: See— „ j
Sada. Tomohiko; Tsuchiya. Noriyuki; Amamiya. Tameo; Kaneda.
Yoko. and Ohu, Kazuyuki, 3.710.195
Kannegiesser. Herbert; and Juraschek. Richard, to Kannegiesser
Maschinenfabrik Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung Glueing
press for glueing flat shaped textile articles 3.709,348, CI 198-
19000
Kannegiesser Maschinenfabrik Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung;
Kannegiesser. Herbert; and Juraschek. Richard. 3.709.348.
Kanzaki, Toshihiko; Nakatsui. Isamu; Sugiyama, Yoshio; Nishio.
Masaaki. and Ishikawa, Michio, to Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.
Producing L-gluUmic acid. 3,709,787, CI. 195-30.000.
Karabinos. Joseph V ; Leopold, Karl M , and Doherty, William P , to
Owens-Illinois, Inc Process for lubricating vinyl polymers with
sitosterol compounds and stabilized product thereof 3,709,867. CI.
260-28. 50a.
Karapinka, George L; 5**— , ,,«> no
Karol, Frederick J ; and Karapinka, George L., 3,709,954.
Karapinka. George L . to Union Carbide Corporation. Polymerization
of ethylene using supported bis-(cyclopentadicnyl) chromium (11)
catalysts 3.709.853. CI. 260-88. 20d.
Karol, Frederick J , and Karapinka, George L , to Union Carbide Cor-
poration Preparation of liquid polymers of olefins. 3,709,954, CI
260-683. 15d. ^ ^ .
Karp Joseph G , Jr , and McCurdy, Robert F . to American Standard.
Inc. Movable wall panel systems. 3.708,916. CI. 49-409.000.
Karpov. Vladimir Lvovich; S**— ... , .
Lukhovitsky. Vladimir Isaakovich, Smimov. Andrei Mikhailovich;
Polikarpov. Vladimir Vasilievich, Lebedeva, Alia Mikhailovna,
Lagucheva. Raisa Mizovna; and Karpov. Vladimir Lvovich.
3,709,804
Karstendiek. Claude A; S«—
Wright Robert J . Chapin, John S , Mah, George, and Karsten
diek.Claude A ,3.709.809
Karstensen. Karl W.; Koch, James M.. and Hofliezer, Wallace A., to
Caterpillar Tractor Company Turbine blade seal arrangement.
3. 709.631. CI 416-95 000
Kashihara. Hideo: 5«— ,. „, t- ■ u u
Deguchi. Yutaka; Kashihara. Hideo. Koozuki, Rikuzo, Takahashi,
Kazuyoshi; and Ikcda, Mitsuyuki, 3,708,962.
Kasper, Werner; S^^— . „ ^ , ^
Goetze. Walter, Kasper. Werner. Klatt. Gerhard, and Schuiz, Ger-
hard." 3.709.945
Kaszuba Robert J . to Pettibone Corporation Gnnding machine.
3.708.920. CI 51-32.000.
Katemdahl.DeanR ;S«— , ,, ^ „ -,-,«« -,11
Macalalad. Fidel Villaluna; and Katemdahl. Dean R . 3,709.223
Kato, Jinichi, and Shimizu, Toshiharu. to Nippon Kogaku K.K Device
for adjusting angle of inclination of reference mirror for interferome-
ter. 3.709.606, CI 356-109.000.
Kato,Takeaki; S**—
Matsui, Masanao; Kato, Takeaki, Ueda, Kenzo; MizuUni, Toshio;
KiUmura, Shigeyoshi; Fujimoto. Keimei; and Okuno, Yositosi,
3,709,910
Katsevich, Leonid Savvich: See— .
Paton, Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev. Vladimir KonsUntinovich;
Medovar Boris Izrailevich, Latash. Jury Vadimovich. Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich, Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih, Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina, Zoya Alex-
androvna, Safronova, Ljudmila Andreevna, Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich, Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich, Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich, Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitnevich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich. and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283
Katsuragawa Denki Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Furuichi, Masayoshi, 3,709,603.
Katz, Martin B; S«'f— ,^ ,,,
Jackson. Charles A.; and Katz. Martin B., 3.709,263.
Kaufeldt,RolandT A Robot system 3,709.379 CI. 214- LObb^
Kauffman, Robert J , to Narad, Inc Honeycomb pallet. 3,709,161, CI.
108-51.000
Kaufman. Peter; Sf^— . n .. ^
Colsen Frank Thomas; Kaufman, Peter; and Townsend. Robert
L. 3,710,317.
Kaupick, Walter J., and Cimera. Richard F., to Singer Company. The.
Universal joint flexure assembly 3,709,045, CI. 74-5.00f.
Kawai, Shinji; See—
Miyake, Hirotaka; and Kawai. Shinji. 3,709.568
Kawakubo Kazuo; and Kurahashi, Akira, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha.
Copyine'machine. 3,709,592, CI. 355-8.000.
Kawano, Shigeru; &*— ^ » .• r a
Watanabe, Seizi; Ozaki. Kozo; Oishi, Hiroshi; Aoki. Fumio; and
Kawano.Shigeru,3.7IO,373
Kawashima, Yoshichi; and Mitsueda, Hisami, to Nippon Denso
Kabushiki Kaisha. Flasher for vehicles 3,710,183,0. 315-209.000.
Kawatani,Shigeo; 5«— ■. 1 «.
Mori Kan, Imaizumi, Fumitake, Sato, Hisaya; Nagaoka Isao.
Hirayanagi, Shigetoshi; Shibata, Toru; and Kawatani, Shigeo.
3,709,851.
Kawazoe, Shiro: S«— ^ ,^ , , _^, . c ^
Tani, Kaneyasu; Kawazoe, Shiro; Eto, Mikio; Okamots, Sunao.
and Fuiino,Tamotsu, 3,709.691. . ^ ^ ... . . ^
Kawazoe. Toshinobu, to Nippon Denzai. Ltd. Stretched fuse device.
3.710.297,0.337-290.000
Kayano, Yosiro; See—
Miwa.Osamu, and Kayano.Yosiro, 3.7 10,349^
Kazaoka Kenichi; and Torii, Nozomu, to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha
Door locking device. 3,709.537,0.292-216.000.
Keatmg, EsS3 J ; Haydel. Chester H.; and Knoepfler. Nestor B , to
United States of America, Agriculture. Vapor-phase reaction ap-
paratus for treating ceUulosic textile matenals and garments.
3 709,005.0.68-6.000
Keenan Peter P , to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation Microwave gage
for monitoring thickness of a conductive workp.ece Haws therein or
displacement relative thereto. 3.710.243,0. 324-58.50b.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Keester. Kenneth L; Sff—
Jacobs. John T.. Keester, Kenneth L.; and Silverman, Benjamin
D, 3.710.353
Keever. Joseph M.: See—
Clay. Joe D . and Keever. Joseph M., 3,710,245.
Kehn. JohnT.; See—
Gerstm, Jeffrey M; and Kehn. John T., 3,709,848.
Keifer John N . to Indiana Metal Treating, Inc Process for repairing
worn and deformed railway frogs. 3.708,856. CI. 29-401 .000.
Keller. Arnold; See—
Pohl. Fritz G., and Keller. Arnold, 3,709.630.
Kelly. Austin T . to Weston Instruments, Inc. Dual-slope analog-to-
digital converter wherein two analog input signals are selectively in-
tegrated with respect to time. 3.710.374,0. 340-347.0nt.
Keltic, Dale A 5«— , ,. ^. ^
Oxendine, Joseph W , Jr ; Happs, Gary J.; and Keltic, Dale A ,
3,710,105.
Kemper, James M, to Monogram Industries, Inc. Filter and pump for a
recirculating sanitary system. 3,708,806.0 4-10.000.
Kendall Company. The: See-
Hammond. Fred H . Jr.. 3.709.808
Kennecott Copper Corporation: See—
Corrigan, Donald A.. Servi, Italo S.. and Wang, Chih-Chung,
3,709,722.
Kenyon, Fred V., to Roberuhaw Controls Company. Thermocouple.
3.709.740. 0. 136-217 000.
Kershaw. SUnley S . Jr.; See—
Marek. James R ; and Kershaw, Stanley S, Jr., 3,710,212
Kessler, Claus. and Kohler, Werner, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Cable terminal for high volUge cables. 3.710.247, CI. 324-96 000.
Kessler, Hartmut: See—
Behn, Reinhard; Gottlob. Heinrich; Hoyler, Gerhard; and Kessler,
Hartmut, 3,710,211
Kidd, Mathew Serving tray construction with adjustable clamp means
3.709.158,0. 108-43.000.
Kidde, Walter. & Company. Inc , mesne: See—
Sterner, Russell L., 3,708,937.
Kieley & Mueller, Inc.; See—
O'Connor, Joseph. Jr.. 3.709,245.
Kiffmeyer, William W.: See-
Radtke. Joseph D.;and Kiffmeyer. William W.. 3.710,378.
Kiisk Allan Range change method of determining positions
3,710,331.0 343 112.00r
Kikkoman Shoyu Co.. Ltd.: See—
Okuhara. Akira. Nakajima. Takashi; and Saito, Nobuo, 3,709,802.
Kilcullen, Robert. Occupant propelled coaster 3,709,515, CI. 280-
87.02W.
Kilgore, Marion D, to Cameo, Incorporated. Downhole power dissipa-
tor 3,709,294,0 166-243.000
Killinger, Gordon B.; and Beckham, Clarence F., to Institute of Food
and Agriculture Sciences, The. Beverage from plants of the genus
hemorthria 3,709,694, 0 99-28 000.
Kimball, Pleascnt P., Hagey, Robert H.; and Macaulay, Malcolm J
Emergency warning systems. 3,7 10,3 1 3, CI. 340-33.000.
Kimberly-Clark Corporation: 5«—
Burger, William H. 3.708,831.
Laumer, Edward P.. 3.709.095
Minshell, Herman G . 3.709.750.
Stumpf. Robert J., 3.709.768.
Thomas, Gordon D., 3,709,764.
Kimmel. George T . Ill Direct fluid energy transfer. 3.708.961,0. 55-
261 000.
Kimmel. Milton J.: See—
Andrews, Douglas R; and Kimmel, Milton J.. 3,710,323.
Kimura Shiro G , to General Electric Company Preparation of asym-
metric polymer membranes 3.709.774. 0. 164-159.000.
Kindl, Erwin; and Gerigk, Gunter, to Kalle Aktiengesellschaft. Prtxress
and apparatus for coating a tube of fiber material with viscose by ex-
trusion 3.709.720. 0. 1 17-95.000.
King James Ping, to Pennwalt Corporation. Heat and abrasion re-
sistant textiles, 3,709.72 1 . 0. 1 1 7- 104.00r
King. James R, Jr.; S«— ...... ..
Cohen, Hyman L.; King. James R.. Jr.; and Minsk. Louis M ,
3.709,690
King Karl Lewis; and Arrington. James R.. to American Limnetics In-
struments. Inc. Method of using self-compensating electrode system.
3,709,796.0 204-1. OOt
King. Lawrence H.;&f— „„„.„
Grubb. Willard T.; and King, Lawrence H , 3.709.8 10.
King. Sunley; and Tierney. Peter R.. to Singer Company, The. Signal-
to-noise detector for non-stabilized doppler radar 3,710,381, CI
343-8.000. . „ ^ , . ,
Kingma Wouter G., to Continental Engineenng. Production ot crystal-
line dextrose monohydrate. 3,709,731.0. 127-58.000.
Kinross. John, to Lancer Boss Limited. Lifting apparatus. 3.709.392.
0. 214-620.000. , ^ ^,
Kinzler. Raymond C ; and Jonnet. Albert G Apparatus for handling
lids and charging coal into coke ovens 3,709,387.0. 214-35.00r.
Kinzler. Raymond C; Edgar. William D.; and Susursic, John D., to
Koppers Company. Inc. Coke oven machinery door extractor
shroud. 3.709.794, CI. 202-248.000.
Kirby, Robert A., and Propst, Billy J., to Esso Production Research
Company. Electrical amplifying apparatus for electrical signals of
progressively decaying average amplitude. 3,710.259. CI. 325-
187.000.
Kirk. Frederick Arthur: See—
Hibbert, Charles; Kirk, Frederick Arthur; Siddall, Keith, and
Howard. Michael Roi, 3.709.628.
Kiser, Fred W ; S*^-
Rhine. Wallace R.. and Kiser. Fred W.. 3.708.8 17.
Kish. Edward E.; See—
Obergefell. Ronald F.; and Kish. Edward E.. 3.709,433.
Kisling. James W , III. Mechanical jar 3.709.478, CI. 267-1 37.000
Kissell, Ronald E.; and Gambill, Ulysses T., to Owens-Coming
Fiberglas Corporation Method and apparatus for subdividing a body
of Fibers mto sections. 3,709,076.0. 83-42.000.
Kissinger. Richard D ; See—
Hirt, Thomas J., Kissinger, Richard D.; and Frantzen, Karl H..
3,710.070.
Kistner. Hermann. Sheet feeding and aligning Uble 3,709,484. CI.
271-49.000.
Kiui, Kiyoshi. Lens shutter for a single lens reflex camera. 3.709.134.
0 95-60 000
Kitamura, Shigeyoshi; S*^—
Matsui, Masanao; Kato, Takeaki; Ueda, Kenzo, Mizutani, Toshio;
Kitamura, Shigeyoshi, Fujimoto, Keimei. and Okuno, Yositosi.
3.709.910.
Kitamura. Yoshihiro; See—
Fujio. Yoshio; Kitamura. Yoshihiro; Mihara. Koji; and Hamada.
Tsuneakira, 3,710.016.
Kitzner. Ernest W ; and Rhodes, Alex, to Ford Motor Company Ener-
gy absorbing steering column assembly 3,709,057,0. 74-492.000.
Kiyotake, Takeshi: See—
Hano, Masaaki; Kiyotake, Takeshi; and Oike. Minoru. 3,709.423.
Klapes, Michael C ; and Macrae, Herbert N , to Delta Engineenng Cor-
poration Paru conveyor 3,709.385.0. 214-17 00c.
Klatt, Gerhard: S*f—
Goetze, Walter, Kasper. Werner; Klatt. Gerhard, and Schuiz, Ger-
hard, 3,709,945.
Klauke. Erich; See—
Neeff, Rutger;and Klauke, Erich, 3,709,916.
Klehm William G.. Jr , to Burroughs Corporation. Vacuum-heat treat-
ment of printed circuit boards. 3.708,876,0. 29-625.000.
Kleine-Doepke, Wolfgang; See—
Gruber, Wilhelm. Kleine-Doepke. Wolfgang; Ouis. Peter; and
Schroeder. Guenther. 3.709.934.
Kleiner, Hans-Jerg: St-e—
Gordon, Wolfgang, Kleiner. Hans-Jerg; and Van Spankeren. Ul-
rich. 3,709.852.
Klemenu, Peter; Massat, Heinz, Nitschke. Christoph; and Haubold.
Herbert. Thread guide roller. 3.708.969, CI. 57^55 500.
Klemm. U Roy H ; Johnson. Wayne O.; and White. Danny V., to
Research Corporation, mesne Thieno (3.4-b) pyridine and thieno
(3 4-c) pyridine. 3.709.894.O. 260-294.80c.
Klemm. Le Roy H.; Johnson. Wayne O.; and White. Danny V.. to
Research Corporation, mesne. Thieno (3,4-b) pyridine and thieno
(3.4-c) pyridine. 3.709.994,0 260-294 80c.
Klessmann, Gunther: See—
Boden. Heinrich; Breer. Kari; Klessmann, Gunther; and Knipp, UI-
rich. 3.709,640
Klettke Walter G . to Upjohn Company. The. Syringe assembling
method and machine 3.708.945,0. 53-22 000.
Klevgard. Glenn A., to Domain Industries Article-release shackle for
trolley-supported handling systems to facilitate processing
3.708,829.0. 17-11.000.
Klobas, Ivan Centrifugal casting machine. 3,709.287. CI 164-
292000
Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz Aktiengesellschaft; See-
Howe, Hans-Ulrich. 3.709.109.
KMS Industnes. Inc . mesne: &r—
Rhodes. Barry V.; and Bloxsom, Daniel E., 3,709.026.
Knell. Martin: &^— . , _„-. 001
Dexter. Martin; Knell. Martin; and Brunetti, Hcimo, 3,709,883.
Knicely, David R.: See—
Looker, Olin L ; Zemke, Fredenck A.; Knicely. David R.; Rouse.
Russell V ; and Slates. Larry L., 3.709,231.
Knipp, Ulrich; S^c—
Boden, Heinrich, Breer, Karl; Klessmann, Gunther, and Knipp, Ul-
nch. 3.709.640.
Knoepfler. Nestor B.: See— „ ..,
Keating. Esmond J.; Haydel. Chester H ; and Knoepfler. Nestor B .
3.709,005
Knyazhinsky, Zakhar Osipovich; See—
Raichuk, Jury Isaakovich, Knyazhinsky, Zakhar Osipovich; Man-
delberg, Simon Lvovich, Lebedev. Vladimir KonsUntinovich;
and Volkov. Viktor Nikolaevich, 3,7 1 0.066
Kobayashi. Hisanori: Sf<^— , ,,^ ,,■.«
Suda, Toshi; Kobayashi. Hisanori. and NagaU. Senichi. 3,709,639.
Kobayashi, Kengo; and Manabe, Mitsuo. to Fujitsu Limited. Signal
transmission system. 3.710.363. O 340-213.000.
Kobylinski. Lech; Krezelewski. Mieczyslaw; Brzoska. Edmund; and
Krenicki.Witold. Hydrofoil craft 3.709.1 80. 0. 1 14-66 50h
Koch A Richard, to Barber-Colman Company Motor speed regula-
tion. 3,710.220,0. 318-328.000.
Koch, James M; S*f— . .. ^ .„ „
Karstensen, Karl W ; Koch, James M.; and Hofliezer, Wallace A..
3,709,631.
Kodama. Hisashi; Sekigawa. Tsuneo; HaU. Kazumi; and Nakaya,
Akimichi to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha. Brackets for support-
ing partitions in docks. 3.708.989. CI. 61-64.000.
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
Satomo, Kouji; and Kodama, Takashi,
Multichannel electrocar-
Kodama. Takashi. See—
Takikawa, Toshio
3,709.777.
Koebiitz, William E.. to Gould Inc , mesne ^ r i
dioeraph having one less input amplifiers than the number of signals
to be measured 3,709,2 1 2. CI. 1 28-2.06b.
Koehring-Waterous, Ltd ; See—
Kurelek. John, 3,709,267.
KoeniE Martin F , De Backer. Frank A., and Issa, Manuel, deceased
(by Sheedy. Patnck T; administrator), to Cutler-Hammer^ Inc
Clamp'"g adjustment feature for bus duct housmg. 3,710,300. CI
339-22 00b , ^ . „ . . „
Koenie Robert H . to Tapeswitch Corporation of Amenca. Ribbon
switch means 3.7 10,054. CI 200-86.00r
Koeplineer. Ronald D.; Pashak, John F , and Foerster. George S . to
Dow Chemical Company. The Thermal Process for improving the
mechanical forming of magnesium alloys. 3,709,745. CI. 148-
1150m
Koga, Masashi S«— u iTinifiA
Aizu Keiichiro; Kumada. Akio. and Koga, Masashi. 3.710.286
Kogyo Gijutsuin; a/k/a Industrial Science and Technology, Agency of:
See —
Hayashi. Tutaka. and Tarui. Yasuo. 3,7 1 0.04 1
Kohashi. Tadao: See— ^ , vi j
Tanaka, Kazunobu. Machida, Yasuhiko, Suzuki, Nono, and
Kohashi, Tadao, 3.710.181
Kohashi Tadao. Nakamura, Tadao, and Nakamura, Shigeaki, to Mat-
sushiu Electric Industrial Co , Ltd Solid-state image converter hav-
ing composite energy sensing element. 3.710.127. CI. 250-213. OOr.
Kohler, Werner: See—
Kessler.Claus.andKohier. Werner. 3.710.247
Kohlhaupt. Reinhold. and Becke, Friednch, to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengeseilschaft Production of 5-methylene-2,4-ox-
azolidinediones. 3,709,895. CI 260- 307.00b
Kohlstrunk Arthur T., to Abrasive Diamond Tool Company. Diamond
dressing tool 3.709.207, CI 125-1 1 000.
Kohtani Yutaka, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Anti-crosstalk system for
multi-track multiple head device with longitudinally spaced head
means shielding cases for each head means, and an erase head
placedbetween each head means. 3.710.036. CI. 179-100.20k
Koide, Hideo, to Rhythm Watch Company. Limited. Correcting
mechanism of date- and day-indications in leaf-type clock
3,708,972. CI. 58-6.00r.
Kojabashian. Charles: See—
Ribich, William A.; Kojabashian. Charles, and Girard, Lauret H .
3,70'8,833.
Kolbe. Andreas: See— .. . , j t-..
Dobler, Johann, Hausner, Leopold; Kolbe. Andreas, and Tittus,
Hans. 3.709.649
Koll. Roman: 5«— ^ ,^ ,-,,„«.«
Hell Rudolf. Koll. Roman, and Lifferth. Ewald, 3.7 10.019.
Koller Stefan, to Ciba-Geigy AG Dispersible phenyl azo-phenyl
dyestuffs 3,709.872, CI 260-207.100.
Kolmar. Herbert, to Impex-Essen Vertrieb von Werkzeugen GmbH
Cartridge-actuated fastener-driving tools. 3,709.421. CI. 227-
1 0 000
Kondo, Fiji. Mitsugi, Takashi; and Tori, Kazuo, to Shionogi & Co.. Ltd.
Biochemical aldosterone synthesis. 3.709.789, CI. 1 95-5 1 OOr.
Kondo, Tetsuya: See— ^
Ikeda, Hironosuke, and Kondo. Tetsuya. 3,7 1 0,201
Kondo Toshio. and Tamura. Hifumi, to Hitachi. Ltd. Ion source device
for ion microanalyzer and the like. 3,710.266. CI. 328-233.000.
Kondo Toshiyuki, and Kozakai, Asao, to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha
Wheel brake assembly fitted with automatic brake cap adjusting
means 3,709.334. CI. l88-79.50p.
Kono. Masaru: See— . u- v..,
Yabe. Masaya. Takahama. Teizo; Kono, Masaru; and Hirono, Kat-
sumi, 3,710,208.
Konomu, Kato: See— u » i.
Kunichika, Sango; Sakaibara, Yasumasa, Kyotofu, Noguchi; Akio,
Kurisaki; Konomu, Kato, and Uchiyama, Mitsuru, 3,709,927
Kontz Robert F . to Owens-Illinois, Inc. Hydraulic powered bottle
crusher 3.709,440, CI 241-36.000.
Koozuki, Rikuzo: See— , „, -r- l u u
Deguchi, Yutaka, Kashihara, Hideo. Koozuki, Rikuzo; Takahashi,
Kazuyoshi; and Ikeda, Mitsuyuki, 3,708,962.
KoppersCompany,lnc See— , u r.
Kinzler, Raymond C; Edgar, William D.; and Sustarsic. John D.,
3,709,794
Korb, Eugene V. See-
Johnson, Wayne E; and Korb, Eugene V., 3,709,520.
Kossuth Donald A ; and Shull, John D . to National Gypsum Com
pany Simulated monolithic predecorated wall construction
3.708.935. CI 52-416.000.
Kovac. Michael G: See-
Jacobs. John E.; and Kovac. Michael G., 3,710,125.
Kozakai, Asao: See—
Kondo, Toshiyuki; and Kozakai, Asao. 3,709,334.
Kozlow, Edward: See—
Hardt, Robert C ; and Kozlow, Edward, 3,708,993.
Kraftco Corporation; See-
Luck, Raymond T. 3,709,371 V u
Kramatorsky Nauchno-lssledovatelski i Proektno-tekhnologichesky in
stitut mashinostroenia: See —
Isaev, Alexei llich; Pevzner, Semen Albertovich; and Zcmtsov,
Jury Semenovich, 3,708,919
Krauch, Carl Hemnch; and Sanner, Axel, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengeseilschaft Production of polymers with a fibrous
structure. 3,709,805. CI. 204-159 220.
Kravitz. Stanley: See— ^ „ . c. _i-„
Suggitt. Robert M.; Estes. John H.; and Kravitz, Stanley.
3,709.817
Krehel.JohnJ .Jr .See— , ,„„ „^,
Thomas, George E; and Krehel. John J. Jr. 3.708.943
Kreinheder. Donald E . to Hughes Aircraft Company Monopulse
switchingsystem 3.7 10.390. CI 343- 16.00m
Kreitz. Richard W ; and Svendsen. John A., to ^'""esota Mining and
Manufacturing Company Development device 3,709.472, CI. 2ti-
ft OOe
Krekeler Jerome H ; Wehr. Charles H ; and Aboutboul. Henri A . to
National Petro-Chemicals Corporation High shear mixing apparatus
for making silica gels. 3.709.664, CI. 23-285 000
Krenicki,Witold:See— _ „ ■ t-j ^
Kobylinski, Lech; Krezelewski. Mieczyslaw; Brzoska. Edmund,
and Krenicki. Witold. 3.709,1 80
Krezelewski, Mieczyslaw; See— „ , r-j j
Kobylinski, Lech; Krezelewski, Mieczyslaw; Brzoska. Edmund,
and Krenicki. Witold. 3,709.1 80 ^ ^ . ■,
Knmmel. Cari Peter, to Searle, G D , & Co Amides of hexahydro-4.7-
methanoindan-2-carboxylic acid 3,709,937. CI 260 557 00b
Krombein. Norman A Movable targets and variable angle projector.
3.709 .495, CI 273-101.000. . ,. . , ^-,n.n^if.r\
Kromer, George L Vehicle electrical combination lock 3,7 1 0,3 1 6, t_l.
340-63 000.
Kronfeld, Alan C . and Michael, Paul S , to Nortronics Company. Inc.
Hand held transducer insensitive to angular orientation. 3.710.362.
CI 340-174 lOr
Kruegle, Herman A , to Holobeam, Inc. Method and apparatus for
measuring and controMing the thickness of a filament or the like.
3,709.610. CI 356-160 000
Kubisiak Helmut, to Exatest Messtechnik GmbH Method and device
for photoelectrically scanning an object by means of an optical
beam 3.710.1 28. CI 250-219 Owd.
Kubota. Yasuharu. to Sony Corporation. Single tube color television
camera with indexing means. 3,7 10,01 3, CI. 1 78-5. 4st.
Kuehn. Ench: See— . „ j, r- r» i,
Feltzin. Joseph; Kuehn, Erich; and Rudkin. George O . Jr.,
3,709,684. „ ^ ,
Kuehnemann. Karl; and Turban. Josef, to Siemens Aktiengeseilschaft
Circuit arrangement for the detection of faults or points on in-
homogeneous electnc lines or cables according to the impulse reflec-
tion method utilizing an adjustable balancing network. 3.10.240, CI.
324-52 000 . ^ _, .
Kuhn Edmund W , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Electric
switch having improved electrically conducting hinge structure.
3,710.059,CI 200-166 00c , .
Kuhn Hans-Ulrich. to Daimler Benz Aktiengeseilschaft. Monitoring
installation of the lighting system of motor vehicles. 3.710,364. CI.
340-214000
Kuhn, Max: See— . „ u »j
Lampart. Thomas. Scheidweiler, Andreas, and Kuhn. Max,
3.710.110. , ,
Kuhnlein. Hans, to Hch. Bertrams Aktiengeseilschaft Apparatus for
the production of blocks from sodium hydroxide solution
3.709.648. CI 425-224.000
Kuipers Egbert; Gunnewig, Paul; and Menz. Horst. to Hartmann &
Braun Aktiengeseilschaft Polanzed electromagnetic relay.
3.7 10,290. CI. 335-230.000
Kukucka. William P: See- , n
Turner. Lyman H ; Kukucka. William P . and Summers. James E..
3.709.595.
Kulka, Marshall: See— . „ n.
Von Schmeling, Bogislav; Harrison. William A., and Kulka.
Marshall. 3.709,992.
Kumada, Akio: See— i 7ima/i
Aizu, Keiichiro, Kumada, Akio, and Koga, Masashi, 3.710,286.
Kunichika. Sango; Sakaibara. Yasumasa; Kyotofu. Noguchi; Akio, Ku-
risaki, Konomu, Kato; and Uchiyama. Mitsury. to We'PAa o-^''^r
CO.. Ltd. Method for prepanng methacrylic acid ester 3. /OV.vz /, ci.
Kunz. Bernard P. Speed regulating system. 3.709.4I6,CI. 226-2.000.
Kurahashi. AkiraSee— ^ ., , -.no «cn
Kawakubo. Kazuo; and Kurahashi. Akira. 3.709.592.
Kurelek John to Koehnng-Waterous, Ltd. Log handling mechanism
for tree harvesters. 3.709,267. CI. 144-2.00z.
"^ Fujimoto, Tadasu; Kuroda, Kotofusa; and Yamamoto, Akira,
3 709 737
Kurtz, Rober'tL. Laminated wrench. 3.709.073, CI 8 1-1 19.000.
Kusuhara Masaki. to Wacom Ltd. Process for dyeing and finishing
fibrous'matenal.3,709.656,CI. 8-17 000. ^ r cKin«
Kusuhara Masaki. to Wacom Ltd. Process for dyeing and finishing
fibrous material. 3,710,656, CI. 8-17.000.
Kusul Shmi, to Nihon Denki Keiki Kenteisho. Diode watthourmeter.
3 7 i0,254, CI 324-142.000
''''"K':nichTa!sangrSaka.bara. Yasumasa; Kyotofu. Noguchi; Akio.
Kurisaki; Konomu, Kato; and Uchiyama, Mitsuru, 3,709.927.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co , Ltd ; See—
Fujimoto. Yasuo. 3.709,873.
Nakayama.Kiyoshi. 3.709.786.
Tanaka. Katsunobu; Suzuki. Takeo; Yamaguchi. Ken; and
Yamamoto. Masaki. 3.709,783.
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See— . * .
Samejima. Hirotoshi; Furuya. Akira; Shimaoka. Keiji; and Aoki.
Yoshiatsu. 3.709.701.
U Rocca Salvatore, to Polaroid Corporation Camera accessory for
photographingprint. 3.709.597. CI. 355-61.000. ^ ^_, ^
Labadie Paul A . to Farr Company. Exhaust filter unit and method ot
filleringexhaust 3,708,957. CI 55-36.000 ,,,nn-)Ari
Lacey. Marrick T Protective telephone alarm system. 3,710,024, CI.
Lafferty, John J.; and Zirkle. Charles L.. to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories N-Thienylalkyl-0-aIkoxy-trif1uoromethylphenaI-
kylammes 3.709.913. CI 260-332 30r.
Lager. Sam E; See— „ . , c c
Cettin. Edward J ; Pappas, Jimmy P; and Lager. Sam t..
3.709.203 „ ^ , ^
Laggy William Joseph; and May. Harold Fredenck, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories. Incorporated. Time slot memory circuit. 3.710.025.
CI 179-1 5.00a.
Lagucheva, Raisa Mizovna: See— .. , u . i.
Lukhovitsky. Vladimir Isaakovich; Smimov, Andrei Mikhailovich;
Polikarpov, Vladimir Vasilievich; Lebedeva, Alia Mikhailovna;
Lagucheva. Raisa Mizovna; and Karpov. Vladimir Lvovich.
3.709,804
Lahde, Reinhard N ; and Paweiek, Alex, to Lockheed Aircraft Cor-
poration Servo system employing switching type feedback
3.7 10.086. CI 235-150.200
Laing Nikolaus. Rotating electric machine with evaporation cooling
3,7 io.l 56. CI 310-54.000.
Lally. Joseph Edward, to Bally Manufacturing Corporation Race game
and chance programming apparatus therefor. 3.709.493. CI. 273-
86.00f ^ J e u
Lamb Edward Lawrence; McAinsh. Kenneth Gordon; and Smith.
Ralph David, to Smiths Industnes Limited Head-up display ap-
paratus 3.709.589. CI 353-13 000.
Lambda Electronics Corporation See— „ . j ,
Greenberg. Sol; Gold. Robert D; and Projain. Richard J .
3.710.193 ^ ^
Umpart. Thomas. Scheidweiler. Andreas, and Kuhn, Max to Cerberus
AG Ionization fire alarm device with shielding for its electncal cir-
cuitry 3,710.1 10. CI. 250-83.6et.
Lancer Boss Limited: See—
Kmross. John. 3.709,392
Land Edwin H . to Polaroid Corporation Motion picture system with
unique projector and method 3.709.588. CI. 352-78.00r^
Land Edwin H . to Polaroid Corporation Diffusion transfer receiving
element with vanng concentration of precipitating nuclei.
3.709 .687. CI. 96-29.001.
Land Pyromters Limited: See—
Coe, Charles David. 3.709.040.
Landa Torstein. Syvakari, Pertti; and Westman. Enk. to Allmanna
Sveiiska Elektriska Aktiebolaget. Press for hydrosutic extrusion.
3.709.014. CI. 72-60.000
Landgraf, Kari: See—
Hollerl, Alois; and Landgraf. Karl. 3.709.320.
Landis. Franklin F See—
Michel. Donald P ; Stcinige, Herman; Landis. Franklin h.; ana
Skee'n. Lawrence. 3.709.443. , „ .
Laney Henry J. Method and apparatus for cleamng vessels afloat
3.709,1 84. CI. 114-222.000.
Lane. Arnold: See — , . , • ij
Ainbros. Rafael Foguet. Beerwald. Alexander; and Lang, Arnold,
3.708.955
Lane. John M.: See— .. _ ...
Watts John F ; Lang. John M.; Simonson, Alden D., and Nomura,
Raymonds, 3.709.450.
Lange. Karl Heinz: See— „ , u -i 7rto on
Laneewiesche. Wilhelm; and Lange. Karl Heinz. 3.709.120.
Unge Karl-Heinz. to Balda-Werke Camera with retractable objec-
tive 3,709.129. CI. 95-39.000 o ,^ M/ I,
Langewiesche. W.lhelm; and Lange. Karl Heinz, to Balda Werke
Photographische Gerate und Kunststoff R Gruter Kommandit-
cesellKhaft Photographic camera having a mutual film-uansport
and exposure lock. 3.709.120. CI. 95-1 1 OOr
Lanz. Renato: See— d_— .^
Cogliati, Guido. Recrosio. Agostino; and Lanz, Kenaio,
3.709,963.
Lapczyna, Manfred: See— .. r j i a^^„ c,
Hubert. Helmut; Jung. Anton L; Lapczyna. Manfred; Ud won. fcr-
hard. Rock. Wilfried; and Schmidt-Burbach. Gerhard.
3.710,077.
Laporte Industries Limited: See— ^ ^ , j c ~.«„
Lee Stephen Arthur; Cardy. Charles Fredenck; and Sampson.
Keith George. 3.709.98 1
Larsen, Eric R: See— ., ., c^„ d
Edamura, Fred Y.; McKendry Lennon H.; and Larsen, Enc K .
Larson Donald A. to Hartzell Manufacturing. Inc AdjusUble hydrau-
lic dcior closure 3.708.826. CI. 16-52 000.
Ursonneur. Louis C. to Naico Chemical Company Hot rolling mill
lubrication apparatus and p'^ocess. 3,709 .01 2. CI. 72-21.000.
Laser Electronics Pty.Ltd.: See—
Walden. Noel Harry Fred. 3,7 10.098 „ u.
Lassanske. George G . to Outboard Marine Corporation Variable
speed power transmission with snap-in clutch. 3.709.052. CI 74-
230. 17e . , ,„- ... „,
Last. Walter A . to Peck & Hale. Inc. Tie down device. 3.709.455. CI.
248-361. 00a
Latash, Jury Vadimovich: See— . .,,
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Popov, Viktor Andreevich; Alferov.
Jury Fedorovich; Bogachenko. Alexey Georgievich; and Latash.
Jury Vadimovich. 3.709.997
Paton. Boris Evgenievich; Ubedev. Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich; Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko. Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky. Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen. Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich. Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky. Lev Avramovich; Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitnevich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709.283.
Lau Incorporated: See—
Beehler, Richard F. 3.708.999
Beehler, Richard F , 3.709.531
Laughlin.RobertG : See— , .„x« rw..->
Kaminsky. George J; and Laughlin. Robert G. 3.709 942.
Laumer Edward P . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation Core slotting
device 3.709.095. CI 90-11 00c
Laurencin. Marcel, to Cegedur GP Method and apparatus for feeding
highspeedpresses. 3. 709 .025. CI 72-421000 „ ^ ,. .
Lauterbach. Heinnch, to Trola-Kunststofferzeugnisse Gesellschaft mit
Beschrankter Haftung & Co. Casings for a roller or bolt in a sliding
doorfitting 3,709.541. CI 292-337 000 . . , ,
Laux Uon E . to Martin-Manetta Corporation. Method of cutting low
density materials and improved cutter employed therewith
3.709.094.CI 90-1 1.00c.
Lawrence Brothers. Inc.; See—
Foltz, Robert E. 3,708.827
Lawrence. Derek R; See— ,^1.0
Edgar Owen Burchell; Hughes. William; Lawrence. Derek R ;
Lederer Gerald; and Ritchie. Colin Foster. 3.709.710
Lawyer, John F . and Prugger, David K , to General Eject™ Company.
Resonator chamber silencer for gas turbine. 3.709,319, CI. I»l-
33.0hb
Lavne & Bowler Company, The: See—
Layne.Ushe A. II; and Gerwick. Fred W. 3.709.293.
I avne Leslie A II and Gerwick, Fred W . to Layne & Bowler Com-
p^^yT^e Wire wrapped well screen 3.709.293.CI. 166-232.000.
L^or Georee to Westinghouse Electnc Corporation. Insulating
member foFtransfonner coils. 3.710.293,0. 336-198.000
Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich: See—
Paton Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konsuntinovich;
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko Oleg Petrovich; Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko. Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon. Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky. Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen. Andrei
Pavlovich. Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich Volokhonskv. Lev Avramovich; Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitnevich; Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283. ^ ,^ ^ ....
Raichuk Jury Isaakovich; Knyazhinsky. Zakhar Osipovich; Man-
delber'g. Simon Lvovich; Lebedev. Vladimir Konsuntinovich;
andVolkov, Viktor Nikolaevich. 3.710.066
Lebedeva. Alia Mikhailovna: See— .. i.u 1 1.
Lukhovitsky Vladimir Isaakovich; Smimov. Andrei Mikhailovich,
Polikarpov Vladimir Vasilievich; Lebedeva, Alia Mikhailovna;
Lagucheva, Raisa Mizovna; and Karpov. Vladimir Lvovich.
3.709,804
Lederer. Gerald: See— .... rv l o
Edgar Owen Burchell; Hughes. William; Lawrence, Derek R.;
Lederer, Gerald; and Ritchie, Colin Foster, 3.709,7 10.
Leduc, Robert D.; See—
Blinow. Igor; and Leduc, Robert D., 3,709,122.
Ledwon, Erhard: See— , . , j
Hubert, Helmut, Jung, Anton L.; Lapczyna, Manfred; Ledwon
,Er-
Wilfried; and Schmidt-Burbach, Gerhard.
Ira D.; and Bode, Robert H.
hard; Rock.
3,710.077.
Lee. H D., Company, Inc., The: See-
Sylvester, Willard G ; Boynton.
"X 700 AIR
Lee Martin David, to Plessev Handel und Investments AG. Transistor
switches for high voluge applications. 3,710.147. CI. 307-246.000.
Lee Maw-Heul. 20* to Powell. B J Telephone silencing apparatus
andmethod 3. 7 10.032. CI 179-84 001.
Lee Raymond. Organization. Inc . The: See—
'Coby. Arnold. 3.709.500
Matthews. Bernard John. 3,709.430.
Lee Shih-Ying; and Li. Yao Tzu Capacitance accelerometer.
3.709.042.0. 73-5 16 OOr
Lee Stephen Arthur; Cardy. Charies Fredenck; and Sampson, Keith
George to Laporte Industries Limited. Refractory compounds.
3 709,981,0.423-346.000.
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
PI 26
Lee Sung K.. to Hooker Chem.cal Corporation. Metal.z.ng substrates
3 709 714,0. 117-47 003.
secretory agents 3 JOV.HVZ.ci.iiDV'^ Tobacco Company
3 709,890, C1260-283.00r.
Le.benzon. Semen Abr^mojich: S«- Konsuntmovich;
darenko ^'^S ^^ NikolaeTich; Leibenzon, Semen
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vlad.mir Dmitr.ev.ch, Edemsky,
Ola^mS M!kha.lov,ch; and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrov.ch.
Le.d.ch,' AnhlVjohn, and Malchow. Max Edward to RCA CorTK,ra.
tion High frequency power transistor support. 3.710.202. CI. 31 /
234.00r
Leidig. Theodor. See— .^ . -, -tna q?q
O Lower alkanoyl ox.mes of cyanoacetaldehyde. 3.709.922. CI. 260
UmelS? Jerome H Document scanning apparatus and method.
3 7 10.078. CI. 235-61.1 le. -> ino 7aa n 164-
Umieui. Wilham L. Bullet castmg machine. 3.709.288. CI. 164
Lemo.r'Marcel. to General Motors Corporation. Refngerator door
J::n"perH"'^.n^^cLVdCn; and Terron. Christopher Co.d-
""^prcS^ for tS: production of phenolic novolak resinous foundry
cores. 3,709.849. CI 260-29 300.
Lennon. Kenneth A; S*?— i/™„„,k a ■< 710 079
rrallp Walter O Jr and Lennon. Kenneth A. J./ i".w''»-
Leonard FrrnkW.Roif trusses 3.708.942 CI 52-94.000.
Leonard. Ward. Electnc Co . Inc . mesne: ^e-
Ferraro.RalphJ..3.710.l33
'"''^IrabmrJoS^irv.; Uopold. Karl M ; and Doherty. William P..
Uopold^'Nor'birt. and Rolin. Kenneth C. Sr. Umbrella. 3.709.238.
Leplei.'La^y't Azimuthal positioning system. 3.710,335. CI. 343
112 60r
1 IZ uur ..^ , .. „ ,
L'Equipement General Electnque Egelec ^S^^*--
A,\7hant Rene and Gerard. Michel Jullien. 3.7 10.053.
Umer JulSs O 5^ to Herman. David. Signal-responsive control
system 3.710.336. CI. 343-225.000. ■-
Les Fabnques d'Assortiments Reunies: ^e—
LeskJ^J^ph'^'p^TmuiuneoL' multiple side punching apparatus.
3 709 .082. CI 83-618 000
^"rGS'cTS Sjola:., Hob»«, John S.; «^ Tonsbeck.
Chnstiaan Herman Theodoor. 3.709.697.
U./;5;rs":,o"C-E-Holp,oauc.Con»..a..«n..n»c.u.p.
jt^S^i^'^ T,<.. pau.. „»s,.,or. ,.7,0,020,
CI. 178-5.20r.
""" An^/ern'ou'niTs.; Levin. Berton P.; and Thomson. Jackie D..
3.709.192.
""""^^oTskri'tor Al«Indrov.ch; Grzhimalsky. Leopold Leopol-
Hnvlrh llievskv Irma Irmovich; Lotsmanov. Sergei
Skola^vich Petninin. Ivan Egorovch. Sukhov. Anatol^
vSevIch Tikhonov. Bons Sergeev.ch. Levm Boris
rs^kovich Moroz. Pavel Kinllovich Strekalov. Genr.kh
N.kolaevich. Chernov. Andrei N.kolaev.chChahov. Sergei
Ilich; and Shevyakov, Nikolai Nikolaevich. 3.709.682.
"""st^onit" n'ams; Engelman. Ronald; and Levine. Sheldon.
Lewis MeWin A.! to Loral Corporation. Microwave frequency memory
device. 3.710.256.CI. 325-6.000.
Li. YaoTzu; S«— ■, nno (\A^
Cathodes for solid electrolyte cells. 3.709.734. CI. 1 36 »3.uur.
'-""HS'E^"7L.bis, Bernard; and Zergenyi. Janos. 3,709.909_
Lichtens ein,' ler^ard. to Technicon Instruments Cor^-^- ^f od
and apparatus for lymphocyte separation from blood. 3.709.791. Ci.
195-127000
Liebcgott, Hans-Peter: See— __ _,-
Schabel. Joachim; and Liebegott. Hans-Peter. 3.709.725.
^**^U^I^RuiJlf^K^l Roman;andLifferth.Ewald.3.7l0.019.
. .fo^hirtW to Cotton Producers Institute Wet fixation of
'-'Kifymg'lgenfton'fibrous systems by heating in aqueous salt solu-
Lir J^iS'u':'^ 'nat-rck Corpo^^on. PorUble vertebral
^llm^'support.3.709 557 C,„7^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^,^^
"tetL^of :'^kmg^o':;:cc':^^ebw^d stn^ 3.709.232. CI. 131-
140.00c
tion apparatus. 3.709.080. CI. 83-355 000
''"'?:^ti3rrSnaS« and Space Ad;^.nisuaUcm. 3J.0^L
Lindstol. Anders, to Ecody"e Corporat.on^esne Self-backwashmg
LiS:rKS"\y.?-viv? ?oV^rd"Serated rotary engines.
Li^rEd'w'.n^A.'l!nrr:runci vented non-metallic transformer as-
LirSllllc'e'L-'SdSlolInd! E^ W . to Ma.lory. P R.. & Co.. .nc^
"•"pen^ic switch ^tli denectable W-etic energy storage c^ operator
and attached microswitch ramp 3.7 1 0.043, CI. 200 3l.uur.
"'^^'u'ut^Rinnosute. Sy-^da. Sadao. and Takcnouchi. Kun.yosh..
Lipp. Jame!.'?o^ntemational B-ne^ Machines Con^rat.on^ethod
of making an electro-optic switch 3.709 586. CI J5U 3zu.uvAi
Liquid Nitrogen Processing Corporation: ^ee-
Liston^'pa^llToIrd^glmVIpparatus comprising play programming
means 3.709.498. CI 273-131 Oab
Litho-Paint Poster Company S«-
Berry. Thomas L. Jr.. 3.708.899.
Litton Business Systems. Inc.^ S«—
Bartok. Stephen. 3.710.309
Litton Industnal Systems. ^r\c.^'-
Monuno. Joseph v.. 3.709,054.
Litton Systems, Inc : See- , ^ ,„ ^c
Crapuchettes, Paul Wythe. 3.7 10.065. , ^oQ 098 CI 91-
Lloyd. Wayne B Motion transmitting apparatus 3,709,098, CI. vi
46.000.
^'iS ""vi^dlYr'Sh'a'nTRobert William; and Cartlidge. Dennis
Murray. 3.709,943.
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation: See—
SrkSardN:; Ind'p'awelek. Alex. 3.7 10.086.
Loew^'R^fr^c^frisUkTsfone. Edward; and Ovardi Frank Peter, to
"-Tnmont Corporation. Polyurethanes^ '-.'"ll^o anSwrnSlhofer
^^sr^ieS'SnfrSl^Sc^^
tionic dycable polycaprolacum 3.709.865. CI. 26U i B.uun.
Logimetrics. Incorporated: See- , 7,n ?74
L„L?r;a:^"E:"'TK°MS.'tJ^r4' M...O. ,o, ,.ven„,
uTc chipless working and debumng of gears 3.709.015. Ci.
71.000.
Loral Corporation: See-
propeller. 3.709.634. CI. 416-142.000.
^«"irri'rH;n^"A..t7-^.504.
'°'^'S;^riflfRo;er''B:.'/r'rLoshbough. Richard C ; and Dc.temeyer.
Stanley A.. 3.709.309.
Irievichr^PcLnir .van Hgo^ovjcl. Sukh^v Anauj,
Vasilievich; THcJonov. Bon^ ^ ^^g«vich^^ ,
Slae^ch. cSov'Vndrei Nikol^vich^hizhov, Sergei
nich; and Shevyakov. Nikolai Nikolaevich. 3.709.682.
Louche. Jean Claude Paul: See-
JANUARY9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Loucheur. Rene; Hommerin. Michel; and Louche. Jean Claude
Paul, 3,710. 106
Loucheur Rene; Hommerin. Michel; and Louche. Jean Claude Paul,
to Compagnie Generale de Radiologic X-ray film handling ap-
paratus. 3.710.106. CI 250-66.000
Lubersky, Albert R., to Fibreboard Corporation Apparatus and
method for applying collars to container blanks. 3,709,1 10, CI. 93-
36600.
Lucas. Joseph. ( Industries). Limited: See—
Bright Peter Frederick; and Germany. Michael John, 3,710,097.
Downing, Eric William. 3.709.205.
Goodman. Dennis George. 3.708,870.
Hill, William Frank. 3,7 10.227
Martm. Rex. 3.708.850.
Luck Raymond T.. to Kraftco Corporation. Display conUiner
3.709.37 l.Cl. 21 l-49.00d.
Luderer. Fred: S*^—
Gebhardt. Otto. Luderer. Fred; and Suhlschmidt. Karl-Heinz.
3.709.434
Ludwig. Gusuv Protective shelter installation. 3.709.168, CI. 109-
i 00s!
Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich: See—
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga. Yan Petrovich; Berzin. Gu-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov.
Petr Nikolaevich, Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgorin.
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh. Yan Yanovich. Rotsen. Kari Ar-
lurovich; Ziemelis.Andris Eduardovich; Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Priede. Bruno Andreevich. 3.709.270.
Lukens. Samuel C . Jr , to Electronic Data Controls Corporation.
mesne. Electronic amusement device. 3.709.499. CI. 273- 138.00a
Lukhovitsky. Vladimir Isaakovich. Smimov, Andrei Mikhailovich.
Pohkarpov. Vladimir Vasilievich; Lebedeva. Alia Mikhailovna.
LagLicheva. Raisa Mizovna. and Karpov. Vladimir Lvovich. Method
of polymerization of vinyl chloride and producing its copolymers.
3709.804. CI 204-159.220.
Lumenition Limited: See-
Ford. Eric Harold. 3,710,131 .
Lurex,lnc.: S^^—
Bercz, Christa V.; Rozmanith, Jolan S., and Bercz. Jeno P..
3.708,903. „ ^
Lutz. Karl, and Schuler. Max. to Sandoz Ltd.; a/k/a Sandoz AG. O-
lower alkyl-O-12 alkokycarbonyl-methyl] vinyl-monoalkylamido
phosphates 3.709.960. CI 260-94 1 .000.
Lynch Communication Systems. Inc. : See—
Nordling. Fredenck. 3.710.022.
Lyoflo-Stopper Corporation : S«—
Ogle. Robert W .3.708.886.
Lyon. Walter R : See-
Farrell. George J ; Lyon. Walter R ; Mills. Loring K . and Shaw.
ReginaldO. 3.709.132
Maag Gear Wheel & Machine Company. Limited: See—
Sigg. Hans. 3.709.343.
Macalalad. Fidel Villaluna. and Katemdahl. Dean R.. to Abbott
Laboratories Contamination-preventing sheath and retaining sleeve
for intravenous catheter 3,709.223. CI. 128 214400.
Macaulay, Malcolm J: S^?— ., , ,
Kimball. Pleasent P.; Hagey, Robert H., and Macaulay. Malcolm
J.. 3.710.313.
MacCorkell. Albert W: S«- ,,noniA
Breidert, George M.; and MacCorkell. Albert W.. 3.709.016.
Mace. Irving. Combination cleat and bumper. 3.709.183. CI. 114-
220.000.
MacFarlane. lain Mackay. to Fiber Industries. Inc. Yam process.
3,708.970. CI. 57- I40.00r.
MacGregor International S. A.: See—
Ansund. Bo Kent. 3,708,91 4.
Machida, Yasuhiko: S«*— , k. a
Tanaka, Kazunobu; Machida, Yasuhiko; Suzuki, Nono; and
Kohashi,Tadao, 3,710,181.
Mack, Earl J: S*«- . ,,„„.., '
Smedley. Richard W ; and Mack. Earl J.. 3,709.163.
Mackin. Michael H: S^*-—
Clcarman. Jack F , Ohlsson. Leonard W.; and Mackin. Michael
H. 3.708.992.
MacMillan Bloedel Limited: S«— ,^ , . r.
Hach. Vladimir; Lockhart. Robert William; and Cartlidge. Dennis
Murray, 3.709.943.
Mathur.VishwaN P.. 3.7 10.064 ^. ^ ^ c
MacMillan. Kenneth T . to MacMillan Mold Company. Inc Method of
manufactunng a conduction heater 3.709,280. CI. 164-112.000.
MacMillan Mold Company. Inc.: See—
MacMillan. Kenneth T . 3.709.280.
MacNeill. James Taylor: S«— ,-,««,,«
Morrison. Robert; and MacNeill, James Taylor, 3,709,375.
Macrae, Herbert N : S«— , ,^ ,oc
Klapes, Michael C; and Macrae, Herbert N., 3,709,385.
Maeder. Arthur: S«— ■, -,nn oa-j
Toepfl. Rosemarie. Abel. Heinz; and Maeder. Arthur. 3.709.84 /.
Magarillo. Boris Lvovich: S<f— „ . , u
Dukhovny Rafael Gershonovich; Maganllo. Bons Lvovich;
Naidenov. Alexandr Ivanovich; Ovcharov. Bladimir Vasilievich;
and Potapjik. Nikolai Nikolaevich. 3,709,103.
Magfiioni. Paola: 5*^— . ^ ».
Bemardi. Luigi; Bertazzoli.Cesare; Chicli, Tecla; and Maggioni,
Paola. 3.709,893
Magoon. Eugene F . to Shell Oil Company Production of methanol
3,709,919. CI 260-449.500.
Mah. George: Sr*—
Wright, Robert J.; Chapin, John S : Mah, George; and Karsten-
diek. Claude A .3.709.809.
Mahaffy & Harder Engineering Company: See—
Mahaffy. Reid A ; Hamilton. Joel A . and Pinney. Wesley W.,
3.709.702.
Mahaffy. Reid A.; Hamilton. Joel A ; and Pinney. Wesley W.. to
Mahaffy & Harder Engineering Company Hermetically sealed food
package 3.709.702, CI 99-174 000.
Mailloux, Robert J ; and Caron. Paul R . to United States of America.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration Phase control cir-
cuits using frequency multiplication for phased array antennas
3.7 10.329. CI. 343-100 Osa.
Mains. Robert T.. to Parker-Hannifin Corporation Weld joint.
3.709.529. CI. 285-286.000
Makino. Yoshio: S^f —
Oda Nakaaki; Morioka, Naganaru. Makino. Yoshio; and Yoshida.
Akira. 3.709.824.
Makosch. Gunter. to International Business Machines Corporation.
Optical system for focusing spaced object planes in a common image
plane. 3.709.579. CI. 350-30.000.
Malchow. Max Edward: See—
Leidich. Arthur John; and Malchow. Max Edward. 3.7 10.202.
Malkiewicz Wladyslaw F . to Tenneco Inc. Muffler with longitudinal
chamber 3.709.321. CI. 181-50.000
Mallinckrodt Chemical Works: See—
Holgate. Richard L.; and Montgomery. James R.. 3.7 10. 1 1 8.
Pitt. Larry L.; and Surbuck. James W.. 3,709.826.
Mallory. P R , & Co . Inc : See—
Liang. CharlesC ; and Schlaikjer. Carl R.. 3.709.734.
Linn. Wallace L.. and Voland. Elmo W.. 3.710.043
Malmberg. Paul R; Srr— , „ .„.
OKeeffe. Terence W.; and Malmberg. Paul R , 3.710.101
Maloney. Martin v.: Srr—
Chase David O . Maloney. Martin V . Wood. Frederick J. Jr.; and
Wood. Barry B, 3.708,821.
Maltby. Frank V . to Bata Shoe Company. Inc Manufacture of foot-
wear and/or components thereof by injection molding of synthetic
resinous material or other molding materials. 3,709.973. CI. 264-
244.000
Manabe. Mitsuo: &rr—
Kobayashi. Kengo; and Manabe, Mitsuo. 3.710.363.
Mandelberg. Simon Lvovich: See—
Raichuk. Jurv Isaakovich. Knyazhinsky. Zakhar Osipovich. Man-
delberg. Simon Lvovich. Lebedev, Vladimir Konsuntmovich;
and Volkov, Viktor Nikolaevich. 3.710.066.
Mann. James F. Self conuined adjustable support assemblies to sup-
port raise, and lower a mobile living facility with respect to both a
vehicle and the ground, 3.709.467. CI. 254-45.000
Mann. Richard Charles, Sr.; and Schwalm, Glendon Henry, to AMP In-
corporated Wire connection, method, and connecting apparatus.
" 3.708.878. CI. 29-628.000.
Mano. Hiroshi: Srr—
Sawada. Hideo; Rin. Ensei; Yamada. Isao. Mano. Hiroshi. and Mc-
Gourty. Thomas K. 3.710.359
Manor. Warren H. Mobile collapsible scaffold. 3,709,251, CI. 137-
343.000.
Marach. David R : See—
Shea. Gerald J.; and Marach. David R.. 3.710.090.
Marancik. William G.:S<'f— .,„/««»
Shattes, Walter J.; and Marancik, william G., 3.7 10.000.
Marathon Broadcast Equipment Sales Corporation: See—
McFadden. William G, 3.710.039.
Marco Alex A., and Wirth. Dennis L . said Marco and said Wirth a
part interest to each Propulsion and control system for motorboat.
3.709.187, CI. 115 35 000.
Marco and said Wirth a part interest to each: See—
Marco, Alex A . and Wirth. Dennis L.. 3.709.1 87.
Marconi Company Limited. The: Sf'e— -.^^^.o
Ryley. Derek Vernon, and Claydon. Gyongyver. 3.710.018.
Marconi Instruments Limited: See—
O'Neill. Darner Evelyn. 3.710.253.
Marcus. KonradH: Sr<^—
Cain. Wayne R , Marcus. Konrad H ; and Pnnce. Edgar D ,
3.708.828.
Marek. James R.; and Kershaw. Stanley S . Jr . to McGr%w-Edison
Company. Disconnector for surge arresters. 3.710.212, CI. 317-
66.000. _ ^ , „^ . ...
Marek Josef; and Hayn. Gunther, to Austna Tabak Wtrke Aktien-
eeseilschaft Method and apparatus for regulafhng output in tobacco
cutting machines. 3.709.274. CI 83-13.000.
Marine and Industrial Developmente Limited: See—
Papanicolaou. John Paul; and Galali. Telemachus Nicolas.
3 709 181
Marion. Charles P ; Schlinger. Wan-en G ; and Slater WilKj"' L., to
Texaco Inc Methane production 3,709.669, CI 48-215 000.
Marker Hannes Device for adjusting the reUining force which is to be
overcome for a safety release of a toe or heel holder of a safety ski
binding 3.709.51 l.Cl 280-1 1.35t.
Marks Alvin M Method for fonning submicron dipole particles.
3.709.828, CI. 252-300.000
Marotha Scientific Controls, Inc : See—
Spangenberg, Gerhard, 3,709,253.
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Martin Rex to Lucas. Joseph. (Industries) Limited Means for secur-
er, a bodv to a panel 3.708.850, CI 29.203.00p.
Mart'n^m-mT; and Ranta, Esko E. Bag holding apparatus.
3,709 .449. CI 248-101.000.
Martin-Marietta Corporation; See—
MartmacSw^and Miner. James R.. to West.nghouse Electric
SSration Methods of constructmgelectncal inductive apparatus
-< 708 875 CI 29-605 000
Maninez' Felix Jesus. ,o Baxter Laboratories '"C^Su^^^^
for membrane diffusion device. 3.709.367, CI. 2 10-32 low.
'^'"Ec'i!e"'G'!.emer Hartmann. He.nnch. Marx. Matthias; and Wuer-
tele.Lothar. 3,709.724.
Maschinenfabrik Sack GmbH. See—
Petsch. Ernst. 3,709,013 ^ . . i -. inn as? ri
Mason, John R . to Dracon Industries Termination tool. 3,708,852, CI
28-2b3.00h .^ „^
Massa Division, Dynamics Corporation of America i«-
Massa, Frank, and Hubbard. John F. 3,7 1 0,1 5 1
Massa. Frank, and Hubbard. John F.. to Massa Division, Dynamics
Corporation of America. Electroacoustic transducers for use at high
temT^ratures and pressures 3.710.151, CI 310-8 900
Massachusetts Institute of Technology Sff-
Bush. Vannevar; and Smith. Joseph L., Jr , 3,708,V /v.
'^'^lemenu ¥eMr. Massat, Heinz; Nilschke. Chnstoph. and Hau-
bold, Herbert, 3,708.969
Mathes. Alva F See— r- -, nno ot^
Bolster. Gene A , and Mathes, Alva F.. 3.708,860
Mathur Vishv^a N P , to MacMiUan Bloedel Limited Microwave dry-
ing system 3. 7 10.064. CI 219-10.550
MatshshiuElectnc Industrial Co., Ltd.; 5«-- , ,,mT,
Yamamoto. Keisuke, and Fujimori. Toshimitsu, 3,7 1U,Z li.
Matsui, Masanao, Kato. Takeaki; Ueda. Kenzo; Mizutani, Tc«hio.
Kitamura. Sh.geyoshi, Fujimoto, Ke.mei; and Okuno, Yositosi. to Su^
mitomo Chemical Company, Ltd. Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid
esters 3.709.910. CI 260-326.00r ^ . u a c v.
Mauumoto. Yushi; Ozawa. Tunahiro; Ochiai. Tadashi; and Sakai,
Masaomi, to Tokyo Shibaura Electnc Co Ltd Electrostaticcopying
apparatus for polychromatic picture 3.709,593.0 355-4.00^
Mauuo, Yoshihiro; Sasaki. H.romu; and Hayakawa. Shigeru, to Ma^
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd Ceramic dielectric maienal com-
prising barium-sodium-niodium titanate 3,709,704, CI 106-39 OOr
Matsushita Communication Industrial Co., Ltd ; See— .
Watanabe, Se.zi; Ozaki, Kozo; Oishi, Hiroshi; Aoki. Fumio, and
Kawano. Shigeru, 3,710,373.
MatsushiuElectnc Industrial Co., Ltd: See— v,,..,w,r^
Fukuda, Masataro, Miura, Takashi; and Takahashi. Katsuhiro.
3 709 834
Kamio. kenzo; and Miyoshi.Seizo, 3,709,503.
Kohashi, Tadao; Nakamura, Tadao; and Nakamura, Shigeaki.
Maisuo,' Yoshihiro, Sasaki, Hiromu. and Hayakawa. Shigeru.
3.709,704 . J c
MatsushiU Electric Industrial Company, Limited; See-
Tanaka, Kazunobu, Machida, Yasuhiko; Suzuki, Nono; and
Kohashi. Tadao, 3,710,181
Matsushita, Takeshi, to Sony Corporatu.n. Negative impedance
semiconductor device with multiple stable regions. 3,710,206, Li
317-235.00r
""'"uilmlr." We'r'^er; Denghetti, Renato; Tadini Constantino;
Fannelli, Roberto,and Mattel, Silvano, 3,710,067.
Matthews, Bernard John, to Lee, Raymond Onganizat.on, Inc., The
Biorvthmic indicator 3,709,430, CI. 235-109.000
Matthews Frank E . to Environmental General CorporatKjn. mesne.
Matuon Herbert L Mold for casting a weighted treble fishing hook.
3 709 ,458, CI. 249-95 000 , _r . „
Matzl Manfred Logic-controlled thyristor system for performing tap-
changing operations. 3,710,232. CI. 323-43.50s.
'*"|ma"n''DSrd 01,'lvrPennington, Grover B.; Plettner. Richard M.;
and Maughan, Robert F, 3,709,363. .
Mausner. Marvin L ; and Dater. Arnold H. to ^-tco Chenriical Cor-
poration Liquid detergent compositions. 3,709,838, ci. zdz-
MautnS^Steven E . to Craig Systems Corporation. ComposUe panel
structure having mounting inserts therem. 3,709.733, CI. lOi-
37.000.
Maxwell, Donald Robert; See— ,^ ^ ,, „^ ii4,,w^ii
Amin Shirish Chandubhai, Jones, David Henry; and Maxwell,
Donald Robert, 3,709,879.
'''^i^n'"l!;;";"^ha;^hai, Jones, David Henry; and Maxwell,
Donald Robert, 3,709.879.
May. Harold Frederick; See— .^r- ^ i, iTinn-?';
Laggy, William Joseph, and May. Harold Ffedenck, 3.710.025^
Maves Taul E , to JFD Electronics Corporation. Small, broadband,
umd.rect.onal antenna. 3,7 10.340, CI 343-725.000.
Maytag Company, The; See-
Cotton, Curran D . 3.710,138.
McCartney, Edward O., 3,709,368.
Mazza, Jorge Aurel.o Reactive tr.azine azo dyestuffs. 3.709.869. CI.
260-153000.
""' 'c"S J^r'^Janson^-Iul E., Mc Farland, Harold L , Jr.; and
Youne James B, Jr., 3,7 10,324
Mc Pherson Gary C , to Honeywell Inc Unitized plated wire memory
plane. 3,710,355. CI. 340-174.0pw
McAinsh. Kenneth Gordon; See— j c»..tK
Lamb Edward Lawrence, McAinsh, Kenneth Gordon, and Smith.
Ralph David, 3,709.589.
McCarthy James F . to Free Wmds, Inc Travel trailer construction.
3,709,551,C1. 296-23 OOr
McCarthy, John H; See— ij /- ,„h u/ik
Baker Ralph W ; McCarthy, John H ; Place, Harold G , and Wik-
man, Andrew 0,3,709,950 ,-,,n-irwi C\ «9
McCarthy, Lauris J Support for an electric cell. 3.710,306. CI. JJV
M^iSS^y. Edward O., to Maytag Company, The Centrifugal extrac-
tor mounting 3.709,368,0 210-365 000^
McConnell, Frederick C ; Jason, George; and Armstrong, Neil J. Aenal
survey 3.709,607,0 356-152.000.
■^^KL'rJ- SSfph G . Jr -Ind McCurdy, Robert F , 3,708.916
McDowTii Curtis S'; and Barnes. Michael W . to United States of
America Air Force Melhylene-O.O -bis (ethylacethydroximate).
3.709,920,0. 260-453.00T.
McEvilly. Richard J; See— , Tm ina
Haarhaus, John J , and McEvilly. Richard J., 3,7 10,108.
McEwen.CassiusR See— ^ . „ j u/;ii;o™,c
Carleton. Joseph G, McEwen. Cassius R; and Williams,
FredenckG, Jr., 3.708.948 . , o . , r„,
McFadden. William G . to Marathon Broadcast Equipment Sales Cor-
poration Methods and apparatus for adjusting tape w. thin a ca^
uidge to minimize difTerenlial phase shift '" "^"^'P'^^^'^'^"^' *^P*
recording and reproduction 3.710,039,0. 179.l00.20z.
McFariand. L D, Company; See—
Rorv Lester W, 3.709,27 1. ""- , ,. . <
McFarlm Ralph M, to Esquire, Inc Adjustable support for light Fix-
tures 3,710,096,0. 240-63 000 „,„. i.f,
McGehee Archie L , to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company. Lift
truckm'ast 3,709,393,0 214-674 000
McGlasson, Frank W , to Smger Company The, m^ne^^'de angle in-
fmityimagevisualdisplay 3,709,581,0 350-174.000
McSough. Gregory J . 1/8 to Fox. Richard H. 'Z* «oGrui.Charles 1 8
to McGough Peter J.. 1/8 to Nonnemacher, Vjncent /8 o
Schwartz. Gary R, 1/8 to Valencour. Frederick » /"f ^^ «"
Vieman. John M Snowmobile with hydraulic device. 3,709,312, CI.
I0-500r
McGough. Peter J; See—
McGough, Gregory J , 3,709,3 1 2
McGourtv, Thomas K.; See— ,, u ^ u^
Sawada, Hideo, Rin, Ensei. Yamada, Isao; Mano. H.roshi; and Mc-
Gourty, Thomas K, 3,7 10,359.
McGraw-Edison Company; See- ^ , . , ^Tm-ji?
Marek, James R; and Kershaw. Stanleys, Jr., 3,710,212.
Urani,Angelo, 3,710,296 ir ^i„o„
McGregor, Eu|ene R, to Universal O^^' ^-^^f ^^T^P/^^ f^""''""-
ine ashtray with collecting hopper 3,709,427^0. 232-43. 00.
Mdntosh Harold A , to Robertshaw Controls Company. Valve control
system '3,709,460,0. 251-1 1.000. , ino 7dl ri
McJones. Robert W. Fill limiter. check and safety valve. 3,709,241, CI.
137-71.000.
'''''TLl°n'"^Rlu£nrMcKay, Robert S ; and Glass. Marvin I.,
3 708 91 3
McKee 'james B., and Canaday, Joh L., to Aid For Busine^ Incor-
porated Document identification and protection stem. 3,709,524.
O. 282-22 OOr
McKendry Lennon H.:See— c^^ d
Edamura, Fred Y ; McKendry Lennon H.; and Larsen. Enc R..
McKen^e^D^ntld J ; and Fnedly. Ernest F Centrifuges. 3.709.429.
f~'\ 'j'X'x 'yfk 000
McLauehiin Thomas M. to American Formed Plastics Corporation.
RSerator stnicture. 3,708.997. 0. 62-449.000.
McSer RotSn C , to Ohio Sute University. The. Power conversion
Mc";^tlL^-X^rBora;? ~ corporation. Tobacco
strioDinestandassembly. 3,709,391,0. 214-300.000 ^ , ^, ^
M NeTF^ra^k M . to TeVPak, ^- Method of wind.ngUibular films
nr webs and resulting product. 3,709.703,0.99-176.000.
McNultv Patr[c" J ; Swithenbank, Colin; Viste, Kenneth L^; and von
^MeyeT' Wiluam C, to Rohm & Haas Company. 2-Ary^4.4-di alkyl-
Somethylene-oxazolines. 3,709,897,0. 260-307.00f.
McOuinn, Max R; See— ., o ^-t\(\nA'>
Edwards, James D.; and McOumn. Max R., 3,7 10,042.
Mead Corporation, The: See-
Robertson, John A., 3,709,432.
Means, F ^ -Company; See-
strucuon member of glass fiber elements. 3.709.754. CI. no
161.000.
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich: See—
JANUAI1Y9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
Raton Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir KonsUntinovich;
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimoyich; Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly M'^hailovich.
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich, Kaeanovsky, Gary Petrovih, Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina, Zoya Alex-
androvna, Safronova, Ljudmila Andreevna; *^atsevich Leonid
Savvich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich; Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich. Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich. Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
1 709 283
Medovar Boris Izrailevich; Popov, Viktor Andreevich, Alferov. Jury
Fedorovich; Bogachenko, Alexey Georgievich. and Latash. Jury
Vadimovich Convertible electrode electnc furnace insUllation and
method 3.709 .99T CI 13-14.000.
Meindersma. Tabe Ernst: See — ^ . ,,
STtra. Willem Fredenk; Meindersma, Tabe Ernst, and Van
Galen, Piet, 3.708.963
'^Kuipers^ Egbert. Gunnewig, Paul; and Menz, Horst, 3,7 10,290.
^"'g *german'Ri^rt T ; and Miller. Thomas W , 3,709,880.
Ziegler, Carl; and Sprague. James M, 3,709 ,9 17.
Menkallio, Paul. Assar Antero ProtecUve blanket. 3,708,810. CI. 5-
343000
Merlin Gerin. Societe Anonyme: See—
Payen. Jean-Pol. 3,709,337.
Mertl. Klaus: See— , Tin mi
Volker. Ulrich; Fabian. Hein. and Mertl. Klaus. 3.7 '0.07 1
Meserole, Robert H , to Johns-Manv,lleCo|porat.on^ Method of con-
necting duct or conduit sections. 3,708,867.0. 29-525 000
Messcrschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm GmbH: See— ,,, ^
islrtiacsy, Ludwig Benno; Muck, Gunther; and Plantikow. Ulrich,
3,710,153.
MetalmeccanicaS.p.A; See—
Comerio,Ercole, 3,709,172.
Metron Corporation; See—
Gerauer, Ernst A., 3,709,049
Mettler Instrumente AG: See—
Appius. Max K, 3,709.311
Mever Alton H ; and Monday, William C, to Recognition Equipment
Incorporated Document feeder. 3,709.481,0. 271 -30.00a.
Meyer, Howard M ; and Reichardt, Mayo M . to General Motors Cor-
poration Automated roller clutch assembly. 3,708,849, CI. 2V-
201.000.
'''Thmt'o"t"r''wSram H , Jr.. Meyers, Charles O.; and Whipple.
Jack C, Jr., 3,708,960.
Meyers. Joseph A ,111: See— ,„ i ina iia
Lmcoln, Robert M , and Meyers, Joseph A., III. 3.709.778.
Meyers Printing Company: .See—
O'Neil, John E ,3,709,763
Michael, Pauls. See— , ,„ ,c ^mnit.-y
Kronfeld, Alan C ; and Michael, Paul S, 3,710,362.
Michalik, Edmund R See— j w.^Koiii, PHmnnH
Dahlberg, John R.; Oraviu. James L., Jr.; and Michalik, Edmund
R 3 709 4 1 4
Michel, Donald P.; Steinige. Herman; Land.s. Franklin F.; a"d Skeen,
Lawrence, to Bauer Bros. Co., The. Refiner installation 3,709,443,
i^\ 7AI 7RS 000
Michellone, Giancarlo; Palazzetti, Mano; and Taba^o Giovanni, to
Fiat Societa per Azioni. Method and apparatus for the antiskid
braking of vehicles. 3,709,566,0. 303-2 l.Obe.
Michigan Wheel Corporation: See—
Lorenz.EldonL, 3,709,634.
^'^^Im^;»r;a; H^:;-;. Kenneth J.; Cohen Mitchell S.; Newber-
ry. Sterling P ; and Speliotis, Dennis E., 3,710,352.
Micro-Magnetic Industries, Inc.: See— . „ . d,i„k kA
Roundy, Carlos B., Riddle, John B., and Heinu. Ralph M.,
3,710,218.
'^**' Fujio^^o^sh.^ Kitamura, Yoshihiro; Mihara, Koji; and Hamada.
Tsuneakira, 3,710,016.
'"'TurS""ar'o;7r; Mikac, Mojimar. and Podz.mek, Karcl.
■1 7Qfl g 1 5
Milanes^, Vi'ncenzo; and Bianchi. Angelo. to Ferrania S.p.A. Camera
shutter 3,709,127,0. 95-31. Ofl.
Milchem Incorporated: See- ,
Browning, William C; Chesser, Billy G ; and Wood, Jerry L.,
3 709 819
Miles John L to Baird-Atomic, Inc., mesne Product and proceM in-
voWing optical thin film filters protected against delenoration from
humidity. 3,709,765,0. 161-1.000.
Miles Laboratories, Inc.: See-
Clemens, Anton Hubert, 3,709,6 1 2.
'^'" Ga?ow7n.^Uwrence S.; De Sant.s, Michael J ; and Miller, Cary.
Miller ^gStzcT.. to Hooker Chemical Corporation. Meulizing sub-
straies. 3,709,727,0. 1 17-213.000.
Miller, Herman. Inc.; See—
Ostertag, Hubert L., 3,709,555.
Miller. James R.: See—
Martincic, Paul W; and Miller, James R, 3708.875.
Miller O Neal, to Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Hypolipidemic method
3 709,991,0.424-266.000. „ r
Milier Richard G , to Onurio Cancer Institute. Device for separating
livin'e cells 3,709,36 1 , 0. 2 10-83.000
Miller Robert C, to Honeywell Inc Pneumatic pulse counter.
3,710.123,0 235-201.000 .^. c i p .„
Miller, Robert Pincus, Badian, Abraham; and Dickstein, Samuel P , to
Scanamation Corporation Optical character recognition system.
3,710,319,0. 340-146.30J.
Miller. Thomas W: See- nno Bsn
Goegelman. Robert T, and Miller, Thomas W., 3.709.880
Mills, LonngK; See— v . »_^ cKaw
Farrell George J.; Lyon, Walter R ; Mills, Lonng K., and Shaw.
Reginald 0,3.709,1 32. ,700078 n 83
Mills, William D Strip measunng apparatus. 3,709.078. CI. »3
77fi 000
Milo, August, to Universal Valve Company, Inc F:,«*» 'l"^5.P^°*^*=*'**
^shut-offvalve with lockable nipple. 3.709,240, 0.137-6.00b
Milwaukee Boiler MnaufacturingCo.: See-
Mueller, Nonnan W, 3,709,046. ,:„i,^
Mima, Masahiko, to Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company Limited.
Method of producing an epidural nerve block 3.709,986, CI 424-
1 28 000
Minami, Muneyoshi, to Toray Industries, Inc. Process for the prepara-
tion of polyimides 3,709,862,0. 260-47.0cp^ ^^...,
M.nami Satoyuki; Shinke. Yoshiaki; Saito, Ahozi; and Osakada, At-
"^sushi, to To'ray Industries, Inc Process for the preparafon of r^^-
tion-crosslinkable foamable polyolefin particles. 3,709.806, CI. 204
Mmchin^Kenneth R Tether ball holder 3.709 491. CI. 273-58.00c.
Ministry of International Trade and Industry; See--
Hayashi, Tulaka, and Tarui, Yasuo, 3,7 10,04 1
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company: See—
Fndinger. Tomas L.. Mutsch, Edward L., and Pauly, David R..
Kreitz Richard W.; and Svendsen, John A.. 3,709,472.
SowTnan, Harold G., 3.709,706
Will Eueen. 3,709,191. ,, ^ ,
Minshell,' Herman G., to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. High pile
product 3,709.750,0. 156-72.000.
"""coLTiTym?;!.. King, James R., Jr ; and Minsk. Louis M..
3,709,690 „. , . „ , .
Mintz., Ezra, to Technical Wire Produc^ Inc . mesne Shieldmg ;uid
sealing gasket matenal and methods of fabncating it. 3.708,87 1 , CI.
Mitchell, John H. Automatic one line grapple 3,709,550, CI. 294-
111 000
Mitchell, Maurice E Overhead service apparatus with swivel platfonn.
MSl,^Wiii?im' l'.1o D^op »o'f '"f Lr;r7**c'r29 ^59 iro*^"*"
mg pneumatic tire on vehicle wheels. 3.708,847.0. 29-1 SV.UIU.
Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha; See— a u^^,a-,
Fujio. Yoshio; Kitamura. Yoshihiro, Mihara, Koji; and Hamada,
Tsuneakira, 3.710.016.
Miuubishi Electric Corp^iration; See- x i..,, K^riku^x,
Ito. Toshio; Nomaguchi, Tamotsu; and TabaU. Nonkazu.
3,709,473.
Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha; See-
Hira. Masuhiko, Takatsu, Toshiharu; Hashimoto, Kazuyoshi, and
Ho'zoji.Akira, 3,709,007.
Mitsueda, Hisami: See— -. Tin .b-»
Kawashima, Yoshichi; and Mitsueda, Hisami. 3.710,183.
Mitsugi, Takashi See— 1 nna ^aQ
Kondo, Eiji; Mitsugi. Takashi; and Ton, Kazuo, 3.709,789.
Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals Incorporated. See- ,,^„,^i,:. uimse
Goya, Yoshihito; Nakanishi, Michio, Sawaun, Kenichi, Hirose.
Akira; and Shinozawa.Tetsuichi. 3.709.674.
Miura Misao, to Seibu Gomu Kagaku Kabushiki Kaisha. Fender as-
sembly. 3,708,988, 0 61-48.000
^'" Fukud? MSti;ro; Miura, Takashi; and Takahashi. Katsuhiro.
■1 709 834
Miwa Osam'u; and Kayano, Yosiro, to Fujitsu Limited. Data transfer-
ring circuit arrangement for transferring date between memones of a
computer system. 3,710,349,0 340-172.500
M^yake Hirouka; and Kawai, Shinji, to A.s.n Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha.
Hydraulic brake pressure control system and method for vehicles.
3.709,568,0. 303-22 OOr. ^ ■, nna qaa n «
Miyake. Minoru. Method of making an arch. 3.708,944, CI. 52-
74S 000
Miyamoto, Naokichi. Ball-point pen convertible for use as a pointer.
3,709,620,0.401-195.000.
Miyoshi, Seizo: See— ■, -jna ^m
Kamio, Kenzo; and Miyoshi, Seizo, 3,709,503.
Mizusawa Industrial Chemicals, Ltd^; See-
Sugahara, Yujiro, and Tanaka, Masanon, 3,709,823.
"^'^SuT^M'^SoTKato, Takeaki. Ueda, Kenzo MizuUn.TojjK.
Kitamura, Shigeyoshi; Fujimoto, Keimei; and Okuno, Yositosi.
3 709 9 10
Mlodzinski, John J., to Smith Kljne & French Laboratories. Tablet
classification machine. 3.709.329,0. 209-75.000
Mobil Oil Corporation; See—
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Caldwell. Richard L; and G.vens. Wyatt W.. 3.7 10.11 2.
Chu.Pochcn. 3.709.979.
"'^'c^c^sran'i'Gu^S'rModer. Hans-U.nch. and Schubert. Rolf.
3.710.029.
Moffat. James S«- m Moffat James and Wood. William.
Williamson, David T. N.. Mottat. jamcs. <uiu
"°'"£5. l",mond Leopold; Cl.es. F,.m H.„n; „d Mo.sa,. Enk.
3.709.689.
Molins Limited. S**— ,^„„„ie
Doerman. Er>k Stefan. 3.709.028.
^'''w^m:ms:3"n^'^DTv^^T.^i"'MofT':^James. and Wood. William
Molyneaux.John William. Rotary mtemal combustion engine
3.709.199. CI. 123-8 470
Monarch Machine Tool Company The ^'-
Sturm. Walter V , and Doll, Claude S. 3.709.377.
Monarch Marking Systems. Inc : Sf^-
Grushon, Harold N. 3.709.420.
Monday, William C:S«— nnodSl
Meyer. Alton H ; and Monday. William C, 3.709.48 1
Monogram Industries, Inc ; See—
Kemper, James M . 3,708.806.
Monsanto Chemicals Limited: S^^—
Tripp. Terence Gordon. 3,709.801
Monsanto Company See-
Behforouz, Mohammad. 3.709.907. nno has
Boustany. Kamel. and Coran, Aubert Yaucher. 3 709 845^
Cronkhite. Paul W . Voege, Robert D . and Poletti, Joseph W ,
3.708.921.
Singleton. Thomas C. 3.709.795
' MonSint' J?an" Berni'd'toTompagnie Generale des Etab.issements
"^MiSn. ra'ison Soc.ale M.chdin & C.e. Bead -eacarcass cord ar-
raneementforradialtires. 3.709,276. CI. I 52-362.00a
MS^e Jean Bernard, to Compagnie Generale des Eubhssements
Sel!n raison Sociale Michelin & Cie Elastomers associated wuh
cords of radial tire at points close to and removed from beads
Vt^nl^^o'.Vos^ih'e'. S trn industrial Systems. Inc. Cha.n connect-
^V^'^'^^'^^. - sunbeam Lighting CO
nioreS luminaire with circular heat-exchange louver.
3 7 10,094. Cl 240-9 00a
'*Ta"pucc";'^:t^L'; C^ldo. Corrtelio; and Cantatore. Giuseppe,
3.709,839
'*^"H^°i::te,RXd\''a^7Montgomery James R 3 J 10. lU^
S using cyclopropanec^boxylate insecticides with a synergistic
Tompounl o\ mo'nofalkyl and alkenyl) mono-omega-alkynyl-aral-
kyph'osphonate 3.709,988, C1424-219^0(Xh ,,g ,9000
Moore. George A. Breading machine. 3.709.193.0. 1 18-1 9.000.
Moore, George L 5«f— /-„,„. i -» inQ 946
Tedeschi, Robert J, and Moore George L. 3.709 94t)_
Moorhead. Walter H Change speed transmission. 3.709.063. CI. 74
750 000
Moran. James J : 5«— i-i\n-)-\l
u/at«r>n William R and Moran. James J. 3,7 10. ZJ/
Mora^^ ^^harS to Zaf.ra France. Cable-Ughtening device.
Mo^r Chades W '^' to Selas Corporation of Amenca. Safety
polyisoprene 3,709,85 1, CI. 260-94 300
""""Sia Safaak^"Monoka. Nagaharu. Makino. Yoshio; and Yosh.da.
Akira, 3.709.824.
'"'"^Ikorsl^ Vi'ktor A^a^drovich; Grzhimalsky. Leopold Leopol-
dovich llievsky Irma Irmovich. Lotsmanov, Sergei
Skolaevich PeLnin, Ivan Egorovich. Sukhov. Anatoly
vinievich. Tikhonov, Boris Sergeev.ch. Levm B«ris
Isaakovich Moroz, Pavel Kinllovich Strekalov Genrikh
N^kolaevich; Chernov. Andre. Nikolaevich.Chizhov. Serge.
Ilich and Shevvakov, N.kolai N.kolaevich, 3.709 .bB^J
MorreJ^ lialon F^'controlled reacuon underwater power tool.
3.709.305, Cl 173-30.000.
Morris. Herbert. Limited: See-
f^si^rzin^mir^^ wa^, ^,^^^^^ c«o.d,
3.709,383
Morris. Philip. Incorporated: See-
DeBardeleben. John F. Jr.. 3.709 94 L 214-11 OOr
Mir.'g.^;rD^C-"«-^™"'-.b,,, 3.70,.6n,C,. .OS-
mS2? Corliss Ch.™.pK,r E...c.sin8 .pp.ra.« to. l>o~s.
3 7OT.I97.C1. 119-29.000.
^nrr:'[^ a'n ^limo^'^M^rorh!' Pe^;^^^^^^^ E 'gTaf Efremov.ch;
Pr^er ■ iS Aronovich; Timofeev Alexandr Andr.anovich;
andTolmachcv. Anatoly Fil.ppovich. 3.710.166.
Mosley Electronics Inc.: See—
M J Crorge'^J^I? "and Wa°;S^ George M . to United States of Amer-
^; Sa^^mesne System for determining depth of water 3.7 10.3 10.
Cl 340-3.00r
Motorola. Inc.: 5^*—
Bowman. Ronald R .3.709.695 „ u.,h T 7ng 645
Mraz Hans, to Dunlop Holdmgs Limited Extrusion head 3.709.645.
Cl 425-192 000
'*"'Ba?bJ::?;. L^dwTg Benno; Muck. Gunther, and Plantikow. Ulnch.
''"^G;bS.'ko,'Sre^ and Stah.schmidt. Karl-Hein.
Muelle?.' N^man W . to Milwaukee Boiler Mnaufactur.ng Co. Power
takeoff interlock 3.709.046. Cl. 74-15.860.
Mughannam. Adil A : S«— .jia i ino IS?
Reimers. James L.. and Mughannam. Adil A.. 3.709.352.
Muhlich, Peter: Sf^- -, -,na ain
Reiff Karl; and Muhlich, Peter. 3.708.978.
''"'tumarAnton-;us Fredericus Matt.as; Brands. Antoon Hen-
drikus; and Mulder. Willem. 3,7 10,380
"'""cart^rX'ewocSc; Mullen. Edward K ; and Davanzo. Anthony
Muller^ Amon:^o Pistor-Kette GmbH. Web hnk for tire chains.
3 709,275. Cl 152-243 000.
''""^h%" Ifgani Findeis. Gunter; and M:iler , D-eten 3 J09 60,
Munk Edmund E, to Fumier-und Sperrholzwerk J F ^crz Jr K^G.
Apparatus for producing compression-molded articles. 3.709.646.
Muns^n'Roli?^:. to Ball Brothers R-arch Cor^ra^n. Cavity an-
tenna mounted on a missile. 3.7 10.338. Cl. 343-708 000.
Munters. Carl Georg: See-
Mura^kTm^r^'l^^^S-'So; and Hashimoto. Nobuyuki. to
"^ Afsm S^ik. Kabushik. Kaisha F""'^, -'^irf,';'T5Vo"' '
^"pan'y 7nc. P?S'e^ for punfying hydroxyalkylacrylates or hydroxya -
kylmethacrylates by distilling .n the presence of poly al
kykneglycols 3.709.928. Cl. 260-486.00b.
^"t;r^aJ,^G%^o^ro:i?'Mun,hey^Carey E^^^^
Edwin Allen, and Torrest. Robert Steven 3.709^9
recording and playback devices and method. 3.710.0J4. ci. 1/^
100. ltd.
''"'^Welmui' W"eber; Weyer, Rudi; Aumuller. Walter; Muth. Karl; and
such, Kurt. 3.709.908.
"'"l^ndrng^r'TomSr. Mutsch. Edward L . and Pauly. David R..
Myers,'RS,ard' Stanley, to RCA Corporation Regulated ignition
system. 3.709.206. Cl.l 23- 148.00«f.
''^'^a'r^^Ln'si'ten'Bnar. Myhr. Lars Halvar; and Svensson. Lars-
AkeEriing. 3.709.335.
^'^Mon'Tan^'lmaizumi. Fumitake; Sato. Hisaya Nagaoka Isao;
H^^ayanag' Shigetoshi. Shibata. Toru; and Kawatani. Shigeo.
3.709.851
3.7'09.415,C1. 225-97.000.
Nagy.BettyM :S*r—
Nagy.Alex.3.709.415.
Na,» \t;s\':;?^'r.°s,Vp?^,r. ^ .^^o...^
3,709.889. Cl. 260-293.850.
Nakajima.Takashi: See—
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
T
PI 31
Okuhara. Akira; Nakajima.Takashi; and Saito. Nobuo. 3.709.802.
Nakamura. Hideo, to Hitachi. Ltd. DaU transmitting apparatus in in-
formation exchange system using common bus. 3.710,351, Cl. 340-
172.500.
Nakamura. Shigeaki: See—
Kohashi. Tadao; Nakamura. Tadao; and Nakamura, Shigeaki,
3.710,127.
Nakamura. Tadao: S*^ —
Kohashi, Tadao; Nakamura, Tadao. and Nakamura. Shigeaki.
3.710,127.
Nakamura. Takeshi, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Company, Ltd. Highly
sensitive fault localization apparatus capable of locating multiple
faults along a section of an electric power transmission line
3.7 10.239, Cl. 324-52.000.
Nakamura. Zenkichi: See—
Sakai. Yoshio; Nakamura, Zenkichi; and Takahashi. Kalsumasa.
3.710.038.
Nakanishi, Michio: See—
Goya. Yoshihito; Nakanishi. Michio; SawaUri. Kenichi. Hirose.
Akira. and Shinozawa, Tetsuichi. 3.709.674.
Nakano, Yoshiaki, to Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha. Voltage chang-
ing rate detecting circuit. 3.7 10.234, Cl. 323- 100 000
Nakatsui, Isamu: See —
Kanzaki, Toshihiko; Nakatsui, Isamu; Sugiyama, Yoshio; Nishio,
Masaaki; and Ishikawa. Michio. 3.709,787
Nakaya. Akimichi: See—
Kodama. Hisashi, Sekigawa, Tsuneo; Hau, Kazumi; and Nakaya.
Akimichi. 3.708.989.
Nakayama, Kiyoshi. to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.. Ltd. Process for
producing nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide. 3.709.786. Cl. 195-
2800n.
Nalbach. John C. to Nalbach. John R.. Engineering Company. Ap-
paratus for assembling closure caps to receptacles. 3.708,854, Cl.
29-208.00b
Nalbach, John R.. Engineering Company: See—
Nalbach. John C. 3.708.854.
Nalco Chemical Company: See—
Larsonneur. LouisC. 3.709,012.
Vartiak, Joseph F , 3.709.676
Watson. William R ; and Moran. James J.. 3.7 10.237.
Napoli. Angelo. Vehicle washing apparatus. 3,708,8 1 6. Cl. 15-21.00e
Napper, Mason Wayne, to Galaxie Manufacturing & Sales. Inc Drill
pipe protector. 3,709.569. Cl. 308-4 .00a.
Narad. Inc.: See—
Kauffman. Robert J.. 3.709,161.
Naiuto,Tatsuo: 5^^—
Murakami, Noboru; Naruto, Tatsuo; and Hashimoto. Nobuyuki.
3,709,340
Na&ica. Jean R . to Intercan S.A. Apparatus for producing containers
with complex walls. 3.709.643. Cl. 425-109.000.
Nathansohn. Giangiacomo. to Gruppo Lepetit S p.A
Pyrazolophthalazinone compounds and process for preparation
thereof 3.709,886. Cl. 260-250.00a.
National Aeronautics and
Space Administration. Acting Administrator; with respect to an in-
vention of:
Butman, Stanley; and Timor. Uzi. Multichannel telemetry
system. 3.710,257. CI 325-60.000.
Lindsey, William C. and Simon, Marvin K. Data-aided earner
tracking loops. 3,7 10,261. Cl. 325-346.000
National Cash Register Company. The: See—
Nelson, Carl R.; Cattorini. Joseph F.; and Terbay. Joseph J.,
3.709,482.
National Gypsum Company: S**—
Kossuth, Donald A , and Shull. John D.. 3.708.935.
National Petro-Chemicals Corporation: See—
Krekeler. Jerome H.; Wehr, Charles H.; and Aboutboul, Henn A.,
3.709,664.
National Research Development Corporation; See—
Sayce, Leonard Alfred; and Jespersen, Knut Indcrgaard.
3.710.124
Scales. John Tracey. and Goddar. David. 3,708.805.
National-SUndard Company: See—
Austin, Max M ; and Boulton. Norman B.. 3.709,339.
Nations, Robert L . to Rich Manufacturing Company of Oregon,
mesne Septic tank inlet and outlet fittings. 3,709.527. Cl. 284-
110.000.
Neeff. Rutger; and Klauke. Erich, to Farbenfabnken Bayer Aktien-
gcsellschaft. Anthraquinone dyestuffs. 3,709,91 6, Cl 260-380 000
Nelson, Cari R.; Cattonni, Joseph F.; and Terbay, Joseph J., to Na-
tional Cash Register Company, The High speed document feeder.
3,709,482, Cl. 271-37.000.
Nelson, Ralph R. Car trunk rack. 3,709,41 3, Cl. 224-42. lOh.
Neu, Helmut: 5f«—
Fiebelmann, Peter; Neu, Helmut; and Buzzi. Umberto. 3.709.78 1
Neu. Kazuo; and Tochitani. YuUka. to Yokogawa Electric Works. Ltd.
Preferential offering signal processing system. 3,710.326. Cl. 340-
172,500.
Ncuf Donald, to RHG Electronics Laboratory. Inc Parametric ampli-
fier. 3.710.268,0. 330-4.900
Neufeldt. Jacob J. Self-loading refuse vehicle. 3,709,388, CI. 214-
80.000
New Britain Machine Company, The: See—
Stephan, Hallis N.; and Seager, Leslie C, 3,709,623.
Newberry, Stcriing P.: 5«— t
Smith. Donald O , Harte. Kenneth J.; Cohen, Mitchell S.; Newber-
ry, Sterling P . and Speliotis, Dennis E., 3,7 10,352.
Nicholson Manufacturing Company: See—
Cervenak. Peter J. 3.709.269
Nickel. Horst: See—
Ditzer. Reiner, and Nickel. Horst. 3.709.871.
Nicoud. Gilbert, to Societe d'Etudes et de Recherchcs Magnetiques.
Permanent magnet. 3.7 10.29 1 . Cl 335-306.000.
Niedrach. Leonard W ; and Bergeron. John A . to General Electric
Company Carbon dioxide sensor 3,709.8 12.0. 204-1 95.00p.
Nielsen Engineering and Research Corporation: See—
Schwind. Richard G , 3,709,036
Niesen. George P.; and Yoon. Moo S Roll end detector. 3.709.604. Cl.
355-64.000
Nihon Denki Keiki Kente.sho: See—
Kusui.Shoji. 3.7 10.254.
Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich: See—
Paton. Bons Evgenievich, Lebedev, Vladimir KonsUntinovich;
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich. Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich; Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich,
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich. Leibenzon. Semen
Abramovich, Kaganovsky. Gary Petrovih. Altgauzen. Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich. Gorynina. Zoya Alcx-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna. Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich. Nikulin. Alexandr
' Alexandrovich. Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitrievich, Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrovich,
3.709.283.
Nikulin. Alexandr Alexandrovich: See—
Paton, Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich; Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich.
Sidorenko. Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon. Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina, Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna. Katsevich. Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky. Lev Avramovich; Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev. Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, ,Geor^ Alexandrovich.
3,709,283.
Nilsson, Per Olof See—
Hessner, Hans; and Nilsson, Per Olof, 3.709.441.
Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kawashima, Yoshichi; and Mitsueda. Hisami, 3.710.183.
Nippon Denzai. Ltd.: See—
Kawazoe.Toshinobu. 3.710.297.
Nippon Electric Company Limited: See—
Ayaki. Kazuo. 3,710.272.
Tomozawa. Atsushi. 3.710.056.
Nippon Kogaku K.K.: See—
Kato, Jinichi. and Shimizu. Toshiharu. 3.709.606.
Tsuruta. Tadao. 3,709.605.
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Hano. Masaaki; Kiyotake, Takeshi; and Oike, Minoru. 3,709,423.
Kodama. Hisashi; Sekigawa. Tsuneo; Hata. Kazumi; and Nakaya,
Akimichi. 3,708.989
Tatsumi. Setsuo. 3.709.010.
Nippon Soda Co . Ltd : S*'^—
Oda. Nakaaki; Morioka. Nagaharu; Makino, Yoshio; and Yoshida.
Akira. 3.709,824.
Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Higashino.Toshimitsu. 3.710.228.
Nakano, Yoshiaki. 3,710.234.
Suda, Toshi; Kobayashi, Hisanori; and Nagata, Senichi, 3.709.639.
Nishio. Masaaki: See—
Kanzaki. Toshihiko; Nakatsui. Isamu; Sugiyama. Yoshio; Nishio,
Masaaki; and Ishikawa. Michio. 3.709.787.
Nitschke. Christoph: See—
Klementz. Peter; Massat, Heinz; Nitschke. Christoph; and Hau-
bold. Herbert, 3.708.969
Nixon. James; Wallace. Thomas J ; and Beerbower, Alan, to Esso
Research and Engineering Company. Metallized fuel emulsion.
3.709.747. 0. 149-22.000.
NL Industries. Inc.: See—
Dantro. Horace F . 3.709.984
Nomaguchi, Tamotsu: See—
Ito, Toshio; Nomaguchi, Tamotsu; and Tabaia, Norikazu.
3,709.473
Nomura. Raymond S.: See—
Watts. John F.. Lang. John M . Simonson. Alden D ; and Nomura,
Raymonds. 3.709.450.
Nonnemacher. Vincent: See—
McGough. Gregory J .. 3.709.3 1 2.
Noponen. Harold W.. to General Motors Corporation. Crankcase ven-
tilation. 3.709.204. Cl. 123-1 19 00b.
Norback, Per Gunnar, to Munters. Carl Georg. Regenerative dncr for
air to be conditioned 3.708,956. Cl. 55-20.000.
Nordling Frederick, to Lynch Communication Systems. Inc Sampling
and retiming circuit for PCM repeaters. 3.7 10.022. Cl 178-70 OOr
Nordstrom. John D . to Ford Motor Company. Polyester-siloxane
paint. 3.709.956. 0. 260-827.000
Norfleet. John H. Scarifier for wall coverings. 3.708.880. Cl. 30-
172.000.
Norman Industries, Inc.: See—
Brody, Norman M.. 3,709,766.
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
North American Rockwell Corporation. See-
Ashcraft, William D , 3.710,384.
Cottrell. George B . 3,7 10,223.
Lindahl. Charles B. 3,709.982.
Northern Natural Gas Company: S«— i/»,i u
Krt, Thomas J , K.ssinger. Richard D, and FranUen, Karl H.,
3,710,070
Northrop Corporation: 5*'—
Wells, Robe rtR. 3, 708 ,866.
Northwestern University: S«- nm !•)«;
Jacobs, John E.; and Kovac, Michael G., 3,710.125.
^nTo;"eSX"^'"andM'ic-hae.,PaulS,3,7.0,362.
Janssen.EduardJozefPh.lomena 3,710,169_
Nughes, Giovanni. Food storage conUiners. 3.709.399. CI. 22U
67000
''"''chmtophe'r'ci;aries A., Jr.; Gnmm, Henry J.; and Note, Alton J.,
NuttalL R^i^to^Ferranti, Limited Semiconductor devices 3,709.726.
NSleo'ohSV'^aas, Frank C ; and T^^-P-- D-t)9 ^r*?!^^^
Corporation, The Vanadium recovery process. 3.709,974. Ci azj
NutteTRalph E, to Cascade Corporation. Apparat.^ for ^
building material sheets and the like 3,709.547, CI 294-67 Oaa
N.V. BekaertS A See—
Wieme, Andre, 3,709,243.
N.V.HollandseSignaalapparaten:S«— A„,^n Hen
Bouman, Anlon.us Fredericus Mattias, Brands, Antoon Hen
dnkus; and Mulder, Willem, 3.710.380.
N V Leidsche Apparatenfabnek: See—
O^er'gS. RonJrd>';Ti'£h. Ed.„d E . .o Ho.d.mMnaus.ne.
Inc Method of and apparatus for generating mist. 3.709.433. CI.
239-8000
Oberloier Enterprises, Inc : See— ^
Oberloier John W. 3,708,840
Oberloier, John W , to Oberloier Enterpnses. Inc. Tnmming apparatus
3,708,840,C1. 29-38 00c .
Occidental Research & Engineering Limited: See—
Austin, James, 3,709,675.
Ocean Systems, Inc.: S*«— ^ nr^o no-,
Blockwick, Thomas Nicholas. 3.708.982.
. °""Ma«i.'vL"hl; Ozawa. TuniAiro; Och«i, T«l»hn and Saka,.
0-Co.n"orCph:T:rK,^„ * M„«., .rc^on„o, val.. and
orocesscontrolsystem. 3,709,245, CI. 137-127.000
OdaXk^ki; Monoka. Nagaharu, Makino Yoshio; and Yoshida,
Akira. to Nippon Soda Co., Y'^^'^'i^' n'^'^^Tsi U 2 SS^
cal Dolishine of stain ess steel surfaces 3,709.824, CI. ZS-^i^iiwu
Ogle, Robert^ W, to Lyoflo-Stopper Corporation Lyoflo-stopper
OgleTyTao'; Jr,'t?^ort Smith Table and Furniture Co. Folding
^rvinetable 3 709,159. CI. 108-44.000
OhlC^ sSi Ta^uchi Yoji; and Ishiguro, Takeshi, to Yokogawa
Electnc Works, Ltd Highly precise and stable loganthm.c circuit.
3,710,089, CI. 235-193 000
Ohio State University, The: See—
McMaster, Robert C, 3.7 10.1 50.
''" aea^'aH'/act; F^'ohlsson. Leonard W.. and Mackin. Michael
U ■! 708 992
; Ohsaw" Mitsuo, to Sony Corporation. Frequency doubler circuit.
3 710 146 CI. 307-271.000 . . ,,
Ohshiu' Maiakazu. Multi-speed transmission front gear mechanism for
a bicycle 3,709,053, CI. 74-243.00r
°'''sa*'d"Tmohrk^Tsuchiya. Noriyuki; Amamiya, Tameo; Kaneda,
Yoko and Ohta,lCazuyuki. 3,710,195
Ohuchi Yl^ushi; Kanamanif Hisanobu; and Honsh.ma, Teruh^a to
Shi Ltd. Method of producing a molded commuUtor.
3,708,872, CI. 29-597.000.
"^'^HanrSaSlkT; Kiyotake, Takeshi; and Oike. M.noru. 3.709.423.
^"Sune?T:^;i"'F".'H':as''V7ank C; and Thompson. David L..
3,709.974.
"^'"waUnabe^'^Vzi; Ozaki, Kozo; Oishi, H.roshi; Aoki, Fumio; and
Kawano, Shigeru, 3,7 10,373.
°^'\omS"Don^aJd'^'rand Ojha, Narayanlal D.. 3.709.904.
°'"?:ni:S:ya^"Kawazoe, Shiro; Eto. Mikio; Okamots. Sunao;
and Fujino. Tamotsu, 3,709,69 1
Okauchi, Telsuo: S«— ^ -r- . t loo oon
Kamada Masaki; and Okauchi,Tetsuo, 3,709,990.
O-KecffT Tc'rcnce W ; and Malmberg, Paul R . to Westinghouse Elec^
° U c Cori^^tion Apparatus and methcxl for alignment of members
to electron beams. 3.7 10, 101 . CI. 250-*9.50t.
Okuhara. Akira; Nakaj.ma. Takashi; and Saito. Nobuo. to Ki^koman
Shoyu Co . Ltd Liquid food decolorizat.on 3.709.802. CI. 204
137.00r
""'" M°aLt Mlat'o: Ka.o. Tak.ak,: U.da. "-» M™un.^T».».
Kiumura. Shigeyoshi; Fujimoto, Keimei, and Okuno, Yositosi.
Olberm'a^S John H. , Jr. Rashlight with acessory holder. 3,7 10,092. CI.
01dt?shat^'c G Peter; and de Kramer. Don, to General Foods Cor-
° Son- Automatic bulk feeding and distributing apparatus.
Ol'dsTi^haVd'^i '?nd Brack, Eugene P , to Westinghouse E.ectr.
^Corpirafion mesne Power interlock for electronic circuit cards
3,710.197, CI. 317-118.000.
Olesen, Larry F : See—
Barba, John J, 3,709,171.
Olesen, Virginia A: &<•—
Barba, John J, 3,709,171
Olin Corporation See—
Gambardella,MarioA,3,709.966 , ,n« oat
Thomas, George E ; and Krehel, John J , J^- 3-708.943.
Zocco NataleC, and Cohen, Stanley I. 3. 709 .843
Olson David C . to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Towbar ap-
paratus 3.709.522. CI. 280-453 000
Olsson.Enk, AG S«—
Ruckstuhl, Franz, 3,709,285 , ,n<HAA ri 9Q-1 31 200 ^
Oltmanns, George F Container earner 3.709,544, C 294-3 .200.
8S^rE-^to^Me^r=8 S^t^;^^^^^
0-STa^SEtl^ynToMa;c^oni\rru^r
checking and -neLnng devices and methods for signal channels.
3,7 10,253, CI. 324- UO.OOd.
Onishi, Kazuo: 5«— . ^ . .. „ „ ^ Tin '710
Takahashi, Tadashi; and Onishi, Kazuo. 3.7 10.,i I V
'^^i:;g?rl,^^J:S;'^hndheim. Ulf; Onsager, OlavTorgeir; and
Wang, Hagbarth, 3,709.953.
Ontario Cancer Institute See—
Miller, Richard G. 3.709.361.
^*'F"oS.ch^^AlfSs7cappel, Mane-Luise; and Stubiger. Ems..
3.708,836
"'""D^'aiitTg! "Tohn R^Tavitz. James L.. Jr.; and Michalik, Edmund
R, 3,709,414. .y
OrbiUl Systems Inc : S«— ,j o ^;. mm')'?
BelU, John Pnckett; and Cume, Harold Burtis, 3,710.322.
Oregon Metallurgical Corporation: See-
Lindquist, Jesse L, 3,709.080.
Oregon Research Insitute: See—
Rosov, Robert J, 3,708.891.
'''''StK'sy^d'nef E'dwin, O-Reilly, Kevin J ; and Prydie, John.
3,709,782.
Oriental Photo Industnal Co.. Ltd :S**— r^^ ™«f. <:..nan
Tani. Kaneyasu; Kawazoe. Shiro; Eto, Mikio; Okamots. Sunao,
and Fujino, Tamotsu, 3,709,691. A^.^r^r
Orkin, Stanle S , and Hartwick. Richard W , to '^?"'*' PieJ'ViH ^ J "
poration, mesne Split-race bearing construction. 3.709.573. CI.
OrUndo^ vTent A., to General Motors Corporation. Acceleration
r^rnonsive sensor 3.710,051, CI 200-61 45r.
oSskT ETi^Jr.; to'urs Systems Co^ration Narrow range
hydromechanical transmission 3.709 060. CI 74-68^000.
OrsLnsky, El.as, Jr., to Urs Systems Corporation. Non^^generative
hydromechamcal transmission. 3,709,061 .CI. 74-687.000.
'^Ta'k^wa°'ToshS'"satomo. Kouji; and Kodama. Takashi.
3.709,777.
Osaka Transformer Co., Ltd., The: See—
Oyachi,Toshio, 3,710,188.
Osaka Yogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ao.Takeo. 3.709.832.
°" MmamrSa^^'k^Shinke. Yoshiaki. Sa.to. Ahozi. and Osakada,
Atsushi, 3,709.806.
^^^^tl^rt' cSi;''K.'rk'F''c:i:nck Arthur. Siddall. Keith; and
Osterta'^^^rt^L^^to Su\e'r:^^^^ Inc Bias relieved automatic
'^St\ur;i1.709.555.Cl. 297-142.000^
Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company. Limited: iee—
3 709.785. CI. 195-29.000.
Otto Meinel-Georgadel Metallwarenfabnk^&|-
Hollerl. Alois; and Landgraf, Karl, 3.709.32U.
Outboard Marine Corporation: See—
Brown. Peter W. 3. 709 .202^
Lassanske, George G . 3.709.052.
Ovcharov. Bladimir Vasilievich: See—
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
;
PI 33
Dukhovny, Rafael Gershonovich; Magarillo. Boris Lvovich;
Naidenov, Alexandr Ivanovich; Ovcharov, Bladimir Vasilievich;
and Potapjik, Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3.709.103.
Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation: See—
Kissell. Ronald E.; and Gambill. Ulysses T.. 3.709.076.
Owens-Illinois, Inc : See—
Amsden, Carl D ; and Galeano, Sergio F.. 3.709.975.
Doucette, Eugene F., 3.708.950
Hagedorn. Erwin C, 3.709.705.
Karabinos. Joseph V.; Leopold. Kari M.; and Doherty. William P..
3.709.867.
Kontz. Robert F.. 3.709.440.
Thomas. Ian M, 3,709.833.
Oxendine. Joseph W., Jr ; Happs, Gary J , and Keltie, Dale A., to Filper
Corporation. Voting machine and method 3,710.105. CI. 235-
5400f.
Oyachi, Toshio, to Osaka Transformer Co.. Ltd.. The. High tension
network distribution system. 3. 710. 188. CI. 317-26.000.
Ozaki. Kozo: Sff— ,- • .
Watanabe, Seizi; Ozaki, Kozo; Oishi. Hiroshi; Aoki. Fumio; and
Kawano, Shigeru, 3,7 10,373.
Ozawa, Tunahiro: S*"^ —
Matsumoto, Yushi; Ozawa, Tunahiro; Ochiai, Tadashi; and Sakai,
Masaomi, 3.709.593.
Pace Brian to Decca Limited. Receivers for phase comparison radio
navigation systems. 3.710.334. CI. 343-105.00r.
Packaging Corporation of America: See—
Estes. Timothy K ; De Winter. Frank G. V ; Doss. John L.; and
Higgins. James J.. 3.708,929.
Packo, Joseph J.: See—
Rossman, Joseph, 3,709.712.
Padawer, Gerald M Lithium nuclear microprobe. 3,710.1 13. CI. 250-
83 30r.
Padgitt. Howard R.: See—
Vandenberg, Willard J ; Chae, Hi Chul; Stewart. Elmer R.;
Palmer. Wayne R.; and Padgitt. Howard R , 3,709,598.
Paepke, Horst, to Warner & Swasey Company, The. Cam box for
knitting machine 3,709,004, CI 66-57.000.
Palazzetti, Mario: See—
Michellone, Giancarlo, Palazzetti, Mario, and Tabasso, Giovanni,
3,709,566.
Pall Corporation: See—
Riely. Phyllis. 3.709.221.
Rosenberg. David, 3,709,636.
Palmer, Wayne R: S^e—
Vandenberg, Willard J.; Chae, Hi Chul; Stewart. Elmer R.;
Palmer, Wayne R., and Padgitt, Howard R., 3.709.598.
Palmour Harold H . to Armco Steel Corporation. Power fluid condi-
tioning unit. 3.709.292. CI. 166-68.000.
Paltier Corporation. The: See—
Blozis. Peter P ,3.709.165
Skubic.LeroyF, 3,709,164
Pandel- Bradford, Inc.: 5^^—
Wisouky, Reuben; and Petersen, Richard E.. 3.709,752.
Papadopoulos, John; Prince. David A.; and Reilly. Roger F.. to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation. Method of and apparatus for
selective solder reflow. 3.710.069. CI 219-85.000.
Papajewski, Reinhold; and Gillessen, Erich, to Singer Company. The.
mesne Underbed thread trimming mechanism for sewing machines.
3.709. 176. CI. 112-252.000
Papanicolaou. John Paul; and Galati. Telemachus Nicolas, to Marine
and Industrial Developments Limited. Cargo vessels. 3.709.181. CI.
114-72.000.
Pappas, Jimmy P.: S«—
Cettin, Edward J., Pappas, Jimmy P., and Lager. Sam h..
3,709,203
Paramount Textile Machinery Co.: See—
Goellner, Willy J, 3,709,075. j
Parker, Robert H.:S«— ' „ , „ ^ ^ u
Cherry, James R.; Crow. Joseph W.; and Parker, Robert H..
3.710.383.
Parker-Hannifin Corporation: See—
Mains, Robert T, 3,709,529. ^ .. ^ ^ ^ ,.
Parks, Howard L , to Bunker Ramo Corporation. The Method of mak-
ing a batch fabricated magnetic memory. 3.708.874, CI 29-604.000.
Parmenter, Robert R.:5<^—
Snyder, Richard C; Parmenter, Robert R.; and Suvada, Steve L.,
3,709,157.
Partlow. William D: See—
Hopkins. Richard H ; Roland. George W , Partlow, William D ;
and Steinbruegge. Kenneth B. 3.710.278. ^
Paschkis. Albert E: See— , «,« ,^^
Highley. Thomas T., Jr., and Paschkis. Albert E., 3,710,342.
Pashak, John F: See—
Koeplinger. Ronald D.; Pashak, John F ; and Foerster. George S..
3,709,745.
Passavant Werke: See—
Auler. Herbert, and Josef, Muskat. 3.709.470.
Passavant-Werke: See—
Fechter. Leonhard, 3.709,370.
Pate. James Ronald, to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Mounting structure for use in luminaire. 3,710.130, CI.
250-239.000.
Patel Hiralal V., to Weatherhead Company. The. Method of forming a
weld fitting. 3.708.864. CI. 29-479.000.
Paton, Bons Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir KonsUntinovich;
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Bondarenko,
Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich; Sidorenko, Mikhail
Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary
Petrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Ev-
genievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alexandrovna; Safronova, Ljudmila An-
dreevna, Katsevich, Leonid Sawich, Volokhonsky, Lev
Avramovich; Nikulin, Alexandr Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir
Dmitrievich; Edemsky, Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Georgy
Alexandrovich. Multiple electrode electroslag casting apparatus hav-
ing current equalizer. 3,709,283,0. 164-252.000.
Pauly, David R.: See—
Fridinger, Tomas L.; Mutsch, Edward L.; and Pauly, David R..
3,709,936.
Pavlik. William R., to Republic Steel Corporation. Method and ap-
paratus for X-ray interrogation of a sample. 3.710.104. CI. 250-
51.500.
Pavnica. Cyril A.: See-
Folk. Dennis L , and Pavnica, Cyril A.. 3.708,95 1 .
Pawelek, Alex: See—
Lahde, Reinhard N , and Pawelek, Alex, 3,7 10.086.
Pawsat Carlton P , to Wald Manufacturing Company. Inc. Cycle pedal
with anchored reflector 3,709,059, CI. 74-574 000.
Pax, Wilhelmus Petrus Johannes Franciscus, and Rooy, Henncus
Johannes Van, to US. Philips Corporation Deflection coil
3,710,289, CI. 335-213 000
Payen, Jean-Pol, to Merlin Gerin, Societe Anonyme. Electrical dis-
tribution and current collecting assembly for high speed drive ar-
rangements 3,709,337,0. l91-22.(K)r.
Payne, Peter R., to Wyle Laboratones. High speed boat. 3,709,179,0.
114-66.50p.
Peche Gerhard, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Overvoltage arrester
with several electrodes. 3 ,7 10. 19 1 . 0. 3 1 7-62.000.
Peck & Hale, Inc : See-
Last, Walter A., 3,709,455.
Peisner, Israel D.; Deshetler, Louis K.; and Augustine, PjmjI C. to
Whitehead & Kales Company. Protective side panel iwt ation for
rail car 3,709,154,0 l05-368.00r
Peloschek, Hans Peter: See—
Rilzen, Johannes Maria Jozef, and Peloschek, Hans Peter,
3.709.822.
Peltola, Ronald W.: See-
Addis. John L.; and Peltola. Ronald W.. 3.710,270.
Pennington, Grover B.: See-
Smart, David Ol, IV; Pennington, Grover B.; Plettner, Richard M.;
and Maughan, Robert F , 3,709,363
Pennwalt Corporation: See— nnr, oa.
Dohany. Julius Eugene, and Gngger, Johr»Casimer, 3,709,856.
King, James Ping, 3,709,721
Perelman, Simon Meerovich; Petrenko, Evgraf Efremovich; Prager,
Isaak Aronovich, Timofeev, Alexandr Andnanovich; and Tol-
machev, Anatoly Filippovich, to Moskovsky Zavod Elektrovakuum-
nykh Priborov. Gas-filled ionization counter. 3.710.166, O. 313-
93.000
Perrine Walter E Adjustable hesitation blow back operated gun toggle
mechanism. 3,709.091.0. 89-189.000.
Perry, Robert H , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Vehicle
movement control and detection method and apparatus. 3,710,100,
CI. 246-28.00r. , ,^ ,w»
Persson, Erland K , to Electro-Craft Corporation Coupling. 3,709,000,
0. 64-13.000. ,^ ,^
Peters, Philip H., Jr., to Environment/One Corporation Metal base
cookware induction heating apparatus having improved power
supply and gating control circuit using infra-red temperature sensor
and improved induction heating coil arrangement. 3,710,062, 1. 219-
10.049.
Petersen. Richard E.; See—
Wisotzky. Reuben; and Petersen. Richard E.. 3.709.752.
Peterson Edward C. and Davis. Ernest E.. to Rolling Mill Engineers,
Inc. Roller guide 3,709.346.0. 193-35.0c.
Peterson Ernest W., to Ralston Purina Company. Multi-purpose
cooker. 3,709,142,0.99-357.000.
Peterson Norman L.; and Buelow, William H., to Rex Chainbelt Inc.
Mixingtimer. 3.7 10.2 17. 0. 318-470.000.
Peterson, Wayne A ; and Wirtz, Edward A , to Caterpillar Tractor
Company Hydraulic implement control circuit. 3.709.100, CI. 91-
1 89 000
Peterson. Wesley G., to Sola Basic Industries. Inc Sensitive ground
fault meter and detector utilizing a double side band frequency cur-
rent generator 3,7 10,238, 0. 324-5 1 000
Pethis James J., to Textron, Inc Reversible shield-seal for a beanng.
3,709.572.0.308-187 200. .. .
Petiet Jakobus. to N.V. Leidsche Apparatenfabnek Positioning
device for conical subjects. 3.709.354,0. 198-33.0aa.
Petrenko. Evgraf Efremovich: See—
Perelman. Simon Meerovich; Petrenko, Evgraf Efremovich;
Prager, Isaak Aronovich; Timofeev, Alexandr Andnanovich;
and Tolmachev, Anatoly Filippovich, 3,710,166.
Petrie James Alexander; Gardiner, Terence Edward Gouvenot; and
Oampitt, John Aaron, to United Kingdom of Great BnUn and
Northern Ireland, Secretary of State for Defense in her Bntannic
Majesty's Government of the. Gas turbine engines. 3,709,637. CI.
47-405.000.
Petrunin. Ivan Egorovich: See—
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
y"!""ch- J;^roz Pave? l^nllov r'suekalov. Genr.kh
S.a;vth. Crr^ov'Tndre. N.ko.aev.ch Ch..hov. Serge.
Il.ch and Shevyakov. Nikolai N.kolaevich, 3.709.682
Petsch Sist. to MLc'hmenfabnk Sack GmbH Extrusion press for rod
onube 3.709,013.0 72-22 000.
''^raL^ubTorn J .^7-^8.920
''^^T^^v'^rxerrrptznersetnen A.bertov.ch; and Zemtsov.
CI. 29-407 000
•*"" Uem.ng.7eter R., Cross. Peter E.. Cox. Dav.d A.; and Augste.n.
Joachim. 3. 709.892
Philadelphia Quartz Company: See—
Weldes. Helmut H. 3.709.837
Philco Ford Corporation ^S«-
Houghton. Norman F.. 3,709.968
Philco Ford Corporation S«- mn 143
Bray. Ralph, and Rowan. Clement W . 3,710.143.
Phillips Petroleum Company; See—
Btiultinghouse. Harold D. 3.709,771.
Burleigh. John £.3.709,958.
Clark, Ernest E, 3,709.307.
Dunn. Howard E. 3.709,955.
Fluegel. Dale A, 3,710,376.
Fox. Homer M. 3.709.800. , -.no «S0
Harrison. Roy C . and Crain. Donald L., 3.709,850.
Held. Edward C. Jr. 3.709 .967 ^inoQSl
Hutson. Thomas. Jr.. and Ritter. Ronald E . 3.709.95 1 .
Supp, Paul R. 3.709 .923.
PietsTi'taymrd^i: 'tl^En'gmeered P^od-s Company. TJe^ Mount-
ing structure for mirrors and the like 3-^0^^56 CI 248-475.00^
Piffath. Rodney S . and Cole John J to Bu^na Match AG Sl.t regu
latorforuasliehter 3.709.462, CI. 251-118.000.
Piker Herbe^ M ; and borum. Otis C. to Farenwald Enterpnses. Inc .
m"sne Boat and trailer 3.709.178.C1. 114-56000.
Pilkineton Brothers Limited: S«— j d.i»w Rnan
Andrews Bnan, P.lkington, James Chnstopher. and Riley, Brian
William, 3.709,358
Pilkineton, James Chnstopher: S<^«— j uii.^ Rrian
Andrews. Bnan; Pilk.ngton. James Chnstopher; and Riley, Bnan
William. 3.709,358.
•'""M'ah^aft''R'^id'^';'Ham.lton. Joel A ; and P.nney. Wesley W..
3,709,702
'^'"■rroV^t'ASJe.'^7;R.v..., E.J.n,,.an^.,ch Rod,,.,
Bonslvanovich; and Pipa, Anatoly Vasilievich, 3,710,163.
Piret, Jean: 5^^— ■, nno mn
Lombard, Claude, and Piret, Jean, 3,709.070.
Pistor-Kene GmbH: See—
Pitrc^'a'&yTG-'toOTE'Automat.c Electnc Uboratones Incor-
,w»ted Detector for digitally transmitted multifrequency tones as
Z^ fof s'gnaHng m a 'pulse modulated telephone system
Pi^-'ur^ry'^L'^'and'surbuk. James W . to Mallinckrodt Chemical
"^ Wo'^^s^HaSoapatite phosphoi. '" l^^lS^T^^^f X" '
high tensile, blind fastener 3,709,088, CI 85-74.UUU.
"" Ba^rSa'Tph wTMcCarthy, John H.; Place. Harold G ; and W.k-
man. Andrew O. 3.709.950
Placements Jean Paul Tanguay Liniitee, mesne: See-
Tanguay. Jean Paul, 3,709,265
Placements Jean Paul Tanguay Ltee. mesne: 5ee-
Tanguay. Jean Paul. 3.709.390
""^Barbac^y^LudwirBenno; Muck, Gunther; and Plantikow, Ulnch.
3,710.153
Plastigagc Corporation: See—
Medler, Albert, 3,709,754.
"'"Kat^r' wSriS^egel. Erik; Buchel, Karl-Heinz; and Plempel,
Manfred, 3. 709 .90 1
Plessey Handel und Investments AG.: See-
Let Martin David, 3,710.147.
''"^Smart' DaSi Ol.^vr^ennington, Grover B.. Plettner. Richard M.;
and Maughan, Robert F., 3,709,363.
Plexowood. Inc : See—
for aligning a viewing system. 3,709. 1 3 1 , CI 95-3y.UUU.
Pneumatiques, Caoutchouc Manufacture et Plast.ques Kleber-
Colombes: See—
Boissm, Jean, 3,709,051.
'"^Triek^.^JarSii;; M.kac, Mojimar; and Podzimek, Karel.
PogonoVs'k'-lvo C ; and Carm.chaeL Paul D^ Texaco Inc. Articu-
'tu^"'viaimir Fedorov.ch. to '-'""^ f cV'^l^l 46 o'c;^"'
Patonia Akademii Welding wire. 3,7 10,073, CI. 219 I4t..uuu.
Polaroid Corporation: See- nno 1 79
Blinow. Igor; and Leduc. Robert D. 3709. 1 22_
Bloom. Stanley M . and Famey. Leonard C. 3.709.693
Reginald 0.3.709,1 32
Forsyth. Robert P. 3.709.022.
La Rocca, Salvatore, 3.709,597.
Land, EdwmH .3.709.588.
Land. EdwmH .3.709.687
Plummer. William T., 3,709,131 .
'"'''pni^ot^'FrSicois C ; and Poletti, Henri, 3,709,093
''''^^CroSe.Taurw . Voege. Robert D ; and Poletti. Joseph W .
3.708.921.
''^'S:^:^:!^^^^^ Smin,ov. Andrei M-^-o-ch;
PoHkl^C Vladimir Vasilievich; Lebedeva, Alia M.kha.lovna,
LagucJi^a, Raisa Mizovna. and Karp<w, Vladimir Lvov.ch.
3,709.804
''"'''B^TeTs:''iars\''polkinghorn. Melvin W.; and Dieterle.
Gunther, 3,710.049
3,710,047
'^^" G;a"hTSS>n';idIew.s; and Pollak, Henry Otto, 3,710,026.
PoluS, James, t^ons-Royce Limited. Velocity monitor for aircraft.
Pci'L ClaTnc? r^utortr moving fluid suspended objects through
abrasive motions 3,708.918,0.51-3.000
''''l^:^:;.'^'^<^Po^. Viktor Andreevich Alfe^v,
Jury Fedorovich; Bogachenko, Alexey Georgiev.ch, and Latash,
Jury Vadimovich, 3,709,997
Portec, Inc S^f — ,„„
Steltz. Douglas C, 3,709.389
'''^'i:^r.11f,';orn^E.;?nd-poshkus, AlgirdasC, 3,709,844.
''°"Bih^o''n?'Riir Ge'rs^o'novich, Maganllo, Boris Lvovich
NaTdenov, Alexandr Ivanov.ch^ ^vcharov B adimir Vasilievich,
anH Potaoiik Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3,709, lUJ
Potter HoJ^eTL'! to Texuon, Inc Locking device for a beanng or the
like '3,709,574, CI. 308-236.000.
Poupin, Raymond: See— ^^ -,-
test.' 3,7 10,242, CI. 324-54.000.
Powell, B. J: Sff —
Lee, Maw-Heul, 3.7 10,032 -» 70R 862 CI 29-
Powell, Edgar S , Jr Method of stnng.ng beads. 3.708,862. Cl. z^
433.000.
Powell, Joan E; &*—
PowrrwS'r Je^e^Ild'- by'powell. Joan E.; admin.stratnx). to
'^^Honeywell^nronJ^ion Systems Inc. Error detection circuit.
Po'wIIT-^amuel P.'Jo'.^'lsLfcorporat.on. Intenni.tent traction device.
3,709,217, CI. 128-75.000.
PPG Industnes, Inc.: S*^—
Bishop. Hughs, 3,709.673.
Chisholm. Raymond S, 3 709,980 Michalik Edmund
Dahlberg, John R.; Oraviu, James L., Jr , and Micnaiiic, tam
R, 3.709.414
Stewart. John L. 3,7 10,074
Cl. 73-336 000
Prescott, William Benjamin: See—
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
Grethlein, Hans Erich, and Prescott. William Benjamin.
3.710.345.
Pnce, Arthur Burke; S*f—
Cross. Donald John; Eckenbrechl. Robert Roy; Price, Arthur
Burke, and Scott. Benton boyd. 3,7 10,0 1 2
Price. Raymond R.. to Rochester Silo Co. Double passage silo chute.
3,709.345, Cl 193-34000.
Priede, Bruno Andreevich: 5*^—
Abramov, Viktor Petrovich; Junga, Yan Petrovich; Berzin, Gu-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov.
Petr Nikolaevich; Lugovskoi, Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgorin,
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Ar-
turovich, Ziemelis,Andns Eduardovich; Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Priede, Bruno Andreevich, 3.709,270.
Priest, Lyle Gilbert, to Information Design, Inc Apparatus for position-
ing film or tape wound on reel 3,710,221, CI 318-467000
Prince Corp)oration: See—
Cam, Wayne R . Marcus, Konrad H.; and Prince, Edgar D.,
3,708.828.
Prince, David A : See—
V Papadopoulos, John; Prince, David A ; and Reilly, Roger F.,
3.710,069.
Prince, Edgar D.: See—
Cain. Wayne R.; Marcus, Konrad H., and Prince, Edgar D ,
3,708,828.
Pringle, William L., to Pullman Incorporated. Automobile hold-down
device. 3,709,1 55, Cl. 105-368.00r.
Process Technologists International; division of Trinity, Inc.: S^^—
Christopher, William H , Jr ; Meyers, Charles O., and Whipple.
Jack C, Jr., 3,708,960.
Procter & Gamble Company, The: See—
Crossley , Guy A ; and Heckert, David C , 3,709,83 1
Kaminsky,GeorgeJ and Laughlin, Robert G, 3,709,942.
Procll, Wayne A ; Selin, Clifford E., Holbrook. Sunford T , and Ham-
mond, Francis H., to Amencan Hydrocarbon Company. Oxidation
process employing nitric acid catalysis for the preparation of hu-
mates from coal. 3.709.93 1 . Cl 260-5 1 S.OOh
Projain, Richard J.: See—
Greenberg. Sol; Gold, Robert D.; and Projain, Richard J..
3,710,193.
Prolizenz AG: See—
Bolliger, Martin, 3.709,28 1 .
Prontor-Werk Alfred Gauthier G.m.b.H.: See—
Straub. Helmut, 3,709,136.
Prontor-Werk AlfredGauthier G.m b.H. H.: See—
SUrp, Franz W R . 3,709,1 37.
Propst, Billy J. See—
Kirby. Robert A ; and Propst, Billy J.. 3.7 10,259.
Provident National Bank>Sf^—
Rossman. Joseph. 3.709.712
Pruess. Dietrich: See —
Grin. Michel, and Pruess, Dietrich, 3,708.865.
Prugger. David K : See-
Lawyer, John F ; and Pnigger, David K , 3,709,3 19
Pruitt, William H.. to Texaco Inc Method and apparatus for skimming
a light liquid from the surface of a body of heavier liquid. 3,709.366,
Cl 210-242 000.
Prunchak, John. Windshield blade reconditioner. 3,708,924, Cl. 51-
205 OOr
Pruss, Gunther Manfred Wolfgang. Play, sporu and training apparatus
3.709,490, Cl. 273-29 00a
Pruvot, Francois C, and Poletti. Henri Method of cutting gear teeth of
homokinetic joints of hydraulic pumps and motors. 3,709,093, Cl
90-8.000
Prydie, John: See —
Smith, Sydney Edwin; O'Reilly, Kevin J.; and Prydie, John,
3,709,782.
Pullman Incorporated: See—
Gutridge. Jack E. 3,709,152.
Pringle, William L , 3.709,155.
Snyder, Richard C, Parmenter. Robert R., and Suvada. Steve L..
3,709.157.
Pulsar Corporation: See —
Powers, Samuel P., 3,709,2 17.
Putnam, James A., to United Aircraft Corporation. FET driver for
capacitive loads. 3,710,271, Cl. 330-35.000.
Pye, David S., to Union Oil Company of California. Hydraulic fractur-
ing process. 3,709,300, Cl 166-280.000
Ouadn, Syed H.: See—
Monte, Ernest; and Ouadri, Syed H., 3.7 10,094.
Quaker Oats Company, The: 5**—
Doe, Walter P.. 3,708,912.
Quebec Iron and Titanium Corporation: See— ^
Beerman, Ludovicus Johannes, 3.709,506.
Ouehl, Dr., & Co., GmbH: See—
Flugel, Wilhelm, 3,709,940
Quentin. Jean-Pierre, to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. Sulfonated polya-
rylethereulfones. 3,709,841, Cl. 260-2. 20r.
Quilici, Alfred P ; and Wilson, Warren F. Warning system for automo-
bile trailer hitches. 3,710.370, Cl. 340-275.000.
Quinney, James L., to Idaho Bank of Commerce. Method of making
firearms having interchangeable barrels. 3,708,841, Cl. 29-1.100.
Quirk, John B: 5^f—
Jackson, Arthur L.; Jolly. Shelby A.; and Quirk, John B.,
3.710,144.
Quis, Peter: See—
Gruber, Wilhelm; Kleine-Doepke, Wolfgang; Quis, Peter; and
Schroeder.Guenther. 3,709,934
Radiation and Environmental Materials. Inc.: See—
Warrcn.Gary J ;and Babcock, Gordon L., 3,710.107.
Radiation Incorporated: See —
Scambi.AttilioF. Jr., 3,710,341. ^
Radiation Technology. Inc.: See —
Welt. Martin A. 3,709,7 19.
Radtke, Joseph D.; and Kiffmeyer, William W , to Allen-Bradley Com-
pany Analog to digital converter. 3,7 10,378, Cl 340-347. Oad.
Raichuk, Jury Isaakovich; Knyazhinsky, Zakhar Osipovich, Man-
delberg. Simon Lvovich; Lehiiedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich; and
Volkov. Viktor Nikolaevich Method of electric-arc welding of tubu-
lar products with magnetic control of the arc. 3,710,066, Cl. 219-
6000
Ralston Purina Company: See—
Peterson, Ernest W.. 3.709.142.
Ramge. Dennis Lee: See —
Hite. Edward Lee, Ramge. Dennis Lee, and Roelf de Muinck. An-
dre, 3,709,327.
RansburgGmbH See—
Von Gottberg, Horst; Schaefer, Gerd; and Joems, Guenter,
3.709.190
Ranta. Esko E.: Se^—
Martin. William F ; and Ranta. Esko E., 3,709,449
Rapistan Incorporated: See—
Sullivan, Norman M ;and Fitzgerald, Francis J, Jr., 3,709,381.
Rascioni. Vinicio; and Gianini. Giovanni, to Contraves Italiana S.p.A.
Support means for optical sighting instrument. 3.709.617, Cl. 356-
247.000
Rauchwerger. George P. Capacitance probe for detecting moisture
with very long cables 3.7 10,244, Cl 324-61. OOr.
Rawson, Harry H. Replaceable roll assembly. 3,708,844, Cl. 29-
123 000
Raymond, Robert E., to International Basic Economy Corporation.
Hydraulic power unit. 3,708.977, Cl. 60-52.0us.
Raytheon Company: See —
Banks, Donald S.. 3.710,388.
Cignoni, Edward P., Jr., 3,710.199.
Gicca, Francis A., 3,710,255.
Williamson, Robert T., and Georgopoulos, Christos J., 3,710,145.
RCA Corporation: 5<r^—
Alphonse. Gerard Argant, 3,710,283.
Dresner, Joseph; and Goodman, Alvin Malcolm, 3,710,167.
Gallager. Jacob Boon, Jr., 3,7 1 0,303.
Leidich, Arthur John; and Malchow, Max Edward, 3,7 10.202. _^
Mvers, Richard Stanley. 3.709.206
Volmerange. Hubert Marie, 3,710,140.
Re Jo Multi Colour. Inc : S**—
Jacobs. John J. 3.709.742
Reber, Walter, to Societe Kuhn Freres & Cie, Societe en Commandit
Simple Agricultural machine rotor-type cutting mechanism
3,708,966, Cl. 56-6.000.
Recognition Equipment Incorporated: See-
Meyer. Alton H., and Monday, William C, 3,709,48 1
Recrosio, Agostino: See—
Cogliati, Guido; Recrosio, Agostino; and Lanz, Renato,
3,709,963
Redding, Wilford A. Auxiliary retention for a C-washer 3,709,530, Cl.
287-52.070.
Rederiaktiebolaget Nordstjeman: See—
Jonsson. Per Hjalmar. 3.709.616.
Regel. Erik: See—
Draber. Wilfried; Regel. Erik. Buchel, Kari-Heinz; and Plempel,
Manfred. 3.709.901
Regie Nationale des Usines Renault: See-
Lombard. Claude; and Piret. Jean. 3,709.070
Rehmar. Solomon Jacob, to Construction Techniques, Inc. Attrition
resistant granules, method of making the same and cementinous
grout and concrete compositions containing the same. 3,709.707, Cl.
106-87.000.
Reich, Karl M., Maschinenfabnk: See—
Mohr, Johannes; and Cast, Adolf, 3,709,328
Reichardt, Mayo M : See-
Meyer, Howard M ; and Reichardt, Mayo M , 3,708,849
Reif, Philip George, to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration Resolution enhancement of image intensification systems.
3.7 10,1 26, Cl 250-213 Ovt
Reiff, Kari; and Muhlich, Peter, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH Regulating
apparatus for axial piston machines or the like. 3,708,978, Cl. 60-
53.00r.
Reilly, Roger F : See—
Papadopoulos, John, Prince, David A.; and Reilly, Roger P.,
3,710,069
Reimers. James L.; and Mughannam, Adil A , to FMC Corporation.
Multiple pitch processing conveyor. 3,709.352. Cl 198-131 000
Reisacher. Josef, to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschafl. Cooling water
conduit system in internal combustion engines. 3,709,200, Cl 123-
41 820.
Reliance Electric Company: See—
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Williams, Roger B.. Jr.; Loshbough. R.chard C. and Dctemeyer.
Stanley A, 3.709,309.
•"^ DescS? And7e, FrancKowiak, Sjgismond Gatell.er, Claude,
Smans. Georges, and Renault, Ph.l.ppe, 3.709,784.
Republic Steel Corporation; S««-
Pavlik, William R ,3.710,104.
''^'^s';e';;g"r;E';^ch- Boning, Horst, and Requardt, He.ko, 3,709.609
Research Corporation; See—
ltlsh,^"S:niam'K?rsl,rw; and Rutherford, Henry Ames,
3,709,658.
•^^'^remmT^R'^H^^ohnSrWayne O., and White, Danny V.,
Klemm'^Roy H ; Johnson, Wayne O.. and White. Danny V ,
3.709,994
'^^^r,^k^:i\"sli;Tiretic'h'Revutsky Evpy .vanovich^
Boris Ivanovich, and Pipa. Anatoly Vasilievich. 3.710.163.
Rex Chainbelt Inc; See—
Johnson, Norman 5,3.709.086 i7in7>7
Peterson. Norman L. and Buelow. William H, 3.710.217.
Rexham Corporation, mesne; See- _ , _„„ „,,
Schulze. James R ; and Soroka. Joe F.. 3.708.952.
Reynolds Metals Company; See—
Goolsby, Patrick F, 3,7 10,1 52.
Reynolds, R J , Tobacco Company. S«--
LefTinewell John Charles, 3,709,890. ^ ^ n„.
Rhee Donfwoo, to GTE SyWania Incorporated Current drive deflec-
tton apparatus ut.liz.ng constant current generator. 3,710,171. CI
315-20td.
RHG Electron.cs Laboratory. Inc ; See—
Buffing and deburnng machine. 3.708,8 17. CI. 13- / /tJW.
Rhodes, Alex; S*^— , -rno n<7
Kitzner. Ernest W ; and Rhodes, Alex, 3.709.057.
Rhodes. B , & Son, Limited; See-
Abbotts, William Edward, 3,709 .037. „m«; inH.Ktnes Inc
Rhodes Barrv V and Bloxsom, Dan.el E.. to KMS Industr.es. inc^.
iSsne A7paraius and method for s.mulat.ng spacecraft eros.on
3.709 ,026, CI 7 3-12 000.
Rhone-PoulencS A; S<*— ■
Ouentin, Jean-Pierre, 3,709,841
Rhythm Watch Company, Limited; See—
R.b.c'h°t;ml^ A.;-S2h.an, Charles; and G.rard, Lauret H.,^o
Amencan Velcro, Inc. Separable fastenmg device. 3,708,833, CI.
R.ce" H^lT to General Motors Corporation. Thermally .nsulated
•" com^s.te art.cle 3.709,772.Cl 161-139^C)00_
R,ch,AlbertaPenny Brassiere. 3.709,230,0 128-486 000.
Rich Manufactunng Company of Oregon, mesne. i«-
Nations, Robert L, 3,709,527. .u-iTinnsori
Richards, Arthur J. Electronic pressure sensitive switch. 3,710.050. CI.
RicS;ds', Hu% W. Plow rake 3,709,303,0. 171-86.000.
Richardson Chemical Company; See—
Duchene, Joseph R, 3.709,798.
becue p.t. 3,709,140, CI. 99-331 .000.
Ricoh Co Ltd.; See-
Satomi, Toyokazu, 3,709.602.
•"'toinSj.^Ca'Tter B.; Riddle. John B . and Heinu. Ralph M..
Ridley^'^John^Cecil Ruid pressure operated rotary actuators.
3 709. 105. 0. 92- 137 000
•""'gaL^.Ser'R^Idel, Ekkehard; and Sch^^^
•"''kiehl! wflheTm; and Strobel. Werner Karl. 3.7 10 093.
Riehl Wihelm deceased (by Riehl. Paula; executrix); and Strobel
WemeKaH' to General Motors Corporation. Device for raising or
^trTct ng r^otor Vehicle headlamps. 3.7 10.093. CI. 240-7 lOh.
RieirpSs to Pall Corporation M icroporous nonadherent surgical
dressing. 3,709,221.0. 128-156.000.
'''*%-:fder""R^f"'Gi.ndie'r."chnstof; and Wi.dbolz, Rudolf,
3,709,406 ^ , J c
Riken Right Metal Industnes Co., Ltd.: A«e—
Takahashi.Toshiro, 3,710,369
''"^^AndTwrBna:; mTngton. James Chnstopher. and R.ley. Bnan
William, 3,709.358.
•"'^VuS ChSto'ph W; Bryant. John C; and Riley. James R..
R.ma. UrSyi' Portable antenna mount for trucks. 3.7 10.339. CI. 343-
715.000
R.mar Manufactunng Inc.; S«—
Herr. Robert L. 3. 708.939.
•*'" Hane'^'amJs'w^ETR.mmer. M.chael J ; Weber. Ronald A . and
R.mm.rrTe"dV",1rS^^; wS^ The Convergence cup with one-
piece shield. 3.710.164.C1 313-77.000
•*'"• laTadf Vdeo; Rin. Ensei; Yamada. Isao. Mano. H.roshi; and Mc-
Gourty.ThomasK. 3.710.359.
•^'P'^H^epwonT'^^aur-Ripley, Ian Stanley; and Scott, Norman,
3,709,854.
'^'"'^EdgS'oIerBu^b^il, Hughes Wilham Lawrence Derek R..
Lederer, Gerald, and Ritchie, Colin Foster, 3,709,7 10.
Ritter, Ronald E: S^^— iioQQSl
HuLson Thomas, Jr, and Ritter. Ronald E ,3,70V ,V5i
R.tzen Sannes Mana Jozef; and Peloschek. Hans Peter, to U^S^
•"Sps Cor^ration Methc^ of -anufactunn| magnet c^res^d
magnet cores manufactured by the same. 3,709.822. CI. 252 bz.ouu.
Rival Manufacturing Company ;5ef- ,7,nisq
■"rfstS.dTri.cle, of expanded "•'''« 6VrCM2°/ rSS"""
.„Tsrtre?s^^«rd"if "^i^-^oTf^sie. .^
interhalogen oxidizing agent and method. 3.709.748. LI
109000
Robertshaw Controls Company; See—
Kenyon. Fred v.. 3. 709.740
Mcintosh. Harold A . 3.709.460.
Robertshaw Controls ompany; See—
Bauer. Werner R .3.710,343 ^nr>a-y\Ar\ 178 4 000
iSechaoBlng elevator and l.ght sealing mechanism tor i^mt.ll.-
rn'eoun.e.U the like 3.7 10 IM "O^^*,^^
Robinson, James G. Aerial sign. 3,708,900, CI 40-2 1 2.uuu.
Rochelmeyer, Hans; Sirf — 1700001
Eich, Eckart; and Rochelmeyer, Hans, 3,709,89 1
Rochester Envelope Company; See—
Taylor, Gerald A, 3,709,75 3.
Rochester Silo Co.; See-
Pnce. Raymond R., 3,709,345
'''^ H^'HefmuT: Jung. Anton L . Lapcz.yna. Manfred; Ledwon Er-
hard K, Wilfned, and Schm.dt-Burbach, Gerhard.
3,710,077
•''"'[^t'^Edwi/L'S^^R-g;, Denn.s Lee; and Roelf de Mu.nck. An-
Rogers' Cednc^-'Vo Avco CorTK>rat.on. Method of tnm-ng crysul-
line photosensor arrays to close tolerances. 3,708,936, O. 51
Roge'rs'^.ll.am L Motor driven pipe wrench. 3,709,072, O. 81-
57.130.
•^^'MtN^t^f pS"^; Whenbank, Cohn; V.ste. Kenneth L.; and
von Meyer, William C. 3,709.897.
•"^'G^^rSili:!" K^r/me-Doepke. Wolfgang; Ouis. Peter; and
Schroeder. Guenther. 3.709.934.
'^''*^V:2m^i::;thw3.708.938.
''°'"Hop°krnJ:'R:^haS'H ; Roland G-geW Partlow. William D.;
and Steinbruegge. Kenneth B.. 3.710.278.
Rolin. Kenneth C,Sr;S«?--- •» 70Q 238
Leopold!, Norbert; and Rolm. Kenneth C, Sr.. 3.70V.23B.
Rolling Mill Engineers. Inc ; See- p i 700 346
Peterson, Edward C , and Davis. Ernest E , 3.709.340.
Rolls-Royce Limited; See—
Pollitt. James, 3.709.033. .
Rondo Building Services Pty Limited; See-
Cuckson, Eric |"8<='- 3-708.94 1 Sequentially addressa-
3 710,180.0.315-153.000.
Root-Lowell Manufactunng Co^: See—
Collins. Dean E. 3.709.409^
•*~'^Pa""wHhdm!LTe?n:^Toht-s Fn^nciscus; and Rooy. Henricus
Roper 'R'atpTE.^^SwLla^e'Expanding Machines. Inc. Single sheet
rS KiI^i"-"o"^- -- for thread. 3.709.332. O. .88-
71.100.
JANUARY 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 37
Rosenberg, David, to Pall Corporation. Timer. 3.709.636. CI. 417-
12000.
Rosov Robert J., to Oregon Research Insitute. Spoken questionnaire
method and apparatus. 3,708,89 1 . CI. 35-9.00a.
Rospatch Corporation; See—
Templeton. John Glenn; and Seitz, Calvin W., 3,709,402
Ross Sheila W Smoke flavoring barbecue additive and method of
making. 3,709,700,0.44-6.000.
Rossman, Joseph; deceased (Provident National Bank; executor), to
Packo, Joseph J Processof sealing leaks. 3,709,712,0. Il7-2.00r.
Roth, Arden J ; See—
Roth, Verlon C ; and Roth, Arden J., 3,709,247
Roth Verlon C; and Roth, Arden J. Multi-purpose piston valve.
3,709,247,0. 137-271.000.
Rothermel, Heinz Hinge iron for posture chair. 3,709,535, CI. 287-
306 000
Rotsen, Karl Arturovich; See—
Abramov, Viktor Petrovich; Junga, Yan Petrovich; Berzin, Gu-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich; Lugovskoi, Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgorin,
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Kari Ar-
turovich, Ziemelis,Andris Eduardovich; Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Priede, Bruno Andreevich, 3,709,270.
Roulet, Jean; and Cimadevilla. Armand, to Sea Tank Co. Immersible
reservoir 3,708,986, CI 61-46.000
Roulet, Jean, and Cimadevilla, Armand. Concrete reservoir for un-
derwater use. 3,708.987, 0 61 -46.000.
Roundy. Carlos B.. Riddle. John B.; and Heintz. Ralph M.. to Micro-
Magnetic Industries, Inc Induction motor speed control. 3,710.218.
O. 318-231.000.
Rouse. Russell V.; S**—
Looker, Olin L ; Zemke. Frederick A.; Knicely. David R.; Rouse,
Russell v., and Slates, Larry L., 3,709,23 1
Rowan, Clement W.; See-
Bray, Ralph, and Rowan, Clement W., 3,7 10,143.
Rowland, Carroll W; See—
Burcher, Ernest E ; Rowland, Carroll W., and Sinclair, Archibald
R, 3,710,122.
Rowland. David L. Furniture for seating people. 3.709.559. CI. 297
445.000.
Rowley. David S.; and Ward. Charles E.. to Christensen Diamond
ProductsCompany. Diamond drill bits. 3,709,308,0. 175-329.000
Royal Oak Charcoal Company; See—
Trepanier, Maurice A., 3,708,888.
Rozmanith, Jolan S.; See—
Bercz, Christa V.; Rozmanith, Jolan S.; and Bercz, Jeno P.,
3,708,903.
Rub«;nstein, David A., to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion. Machine recognition of lexical symbols. 3,710,321, O. 340-
146.30d
Rubin, Robert M.; See—
Enters. Edward W . Detjen. Edgar W.. and Rubin. Robert M ,
3,708,968.
Rubio, Manuel J, to Barrera. Roberto Gonzalez Tortilla and process
using hydrophilic inorganic gels. 3.709.696. 0. 99-80.00r
Ruckstuhl, Franz, to Olsson. Erik. AG. Method and apparatus for
guiding a continuous casting strand 3.709.285. 0. 164-282.000.
Rudiak, Bons Ivanovich; See—
Bomko. Vasily Alexeevich; Revutsky. Evgeny Ivanovich; Rudiak.
Boris Ivanovich; and Pipa. Anatoly Vasilievich. 3.710.163.
Rudkin. George O.. Jr ; See—
FelUin. Joseph; Kuehn. Erich; and Rudkin. George O.. Jr.,
3.709,684.
Rundell James R., to Cyprus Mines Corporation. Wire and cable
printer. 3,709,143,0. 101-37.000.
Rush, Jerome. PorUble strip cutter. 3 ,709,08 1,0.83-411 .000.
Russell, Alan F.; See—
Moffatt, John G.; and Russell, Alan F , 3,709,874.
Rutherford, Frank; Arenson, Ivor Gerald; Cracknell, Alan George;
Foulds, William Henry, and Derrick, Albert, to Arenson, A..
Limited. Desks. 3.709.577. 0. 312-263.000.
Rutherford, Henry Ames; See—
Walsh, William Kershaw; and Rutherford, Henry Ames,
3,709,658.
Ryden, James W., to Advanced Management Engineenng & Research
Co. Hitch bar subilizer. 3,709,523, CI. 280-502.000.
Ryley, Derek Vernon; and Claydon, Gyongyver, to Marconi Company
Limited, The. Television camera automatic beam alignment.
3.710.018. 0. 178-7.200
Saab-Scania Aktiebolag; See—
Jonason, Arne Holger; and Granlund, Gosta Holger, 3,709,565.
Sach, George Sidney; &r—
Bowden, Kenneth; Davis, Robin Alasuir; Hills, Derek William;
and Sach, George Sidney, 3,709,925.
Sada, Tomohiko; Tsuchiya, Noriyuki; Amamiya. Tameo; Kaneda.
Yoko; and Ohta. Kazuyuki. to Sony Corporation. Printed circuit
board having a thermally insulated resistor. 3,710,195, O. 317-
101.00c
Safeway Stores, Incorporated: See—
Wilcox, Burdsal G., 3,708,949.
Safronova, Ljudmila Andreevna; See—
Paton, Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev. Vladimir KonsUntinovich;
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich, Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen. Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich. Leonid
Savvich. Volokhonsky. Lev Avramovich; Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich, Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Georgy Alexandrovich,
3.709.283.
Saiga. Riki Decoration. 3.709,767.0. 161-14.000.
Saint-Gobain; See —
Rivat-Lahousse, Andre, 3,709,65 1 .
Saito, Ahozi; See —
Minami, Satoyuki; Shinke. Yoshiaki; Saito. Ahozi; and Osakada.
Atsushi, 3,709,806.
Saito, Nobuo; See—
Okuhara, Akira; Nakajima, Takashi; and Saito, Nobuo, 3,709,802.
Sakai, Masaomi; See—
Matsumoto, Yushi; Ozawa. Tunahiro; Ochiai, Tadashi; and Sakai,
Masaomi, 3,709,593
Sakai, Yoshio; Nakamura, Zenkichi; and Takahashi, Katsumasa, to
Sony Corporation Magnetic head with tape conucting guard surfac
and pole tips of similar fen-itematenals 3,710.038,0 179-10020c
Sakaibara, Yasumasa; See—
Kunichika, Sango; Sakaibara, Yasumasa; Kyotofu, Noguchi; Akio,
Kurisaki; Konomu, Kato; and Uchiyama, Mitsuru, 3,709,927.
Salutati, Giovanni. Time centering apparatus for railroad installations
and other uses. 3,710.132.0. 307-43.000.
Samejima. Hirotoshi; Furuya. Akira; Shimaoka, Keiji; and Aoki.
Yoshiatsu. to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Production of
mixed crysuls of sodium glutamate and sodium inosinate. 3.709.701 ,
0 99-140.00n.
Samph. William J.; See-
Chesterton. Stanley Keith. Jr ; and Samph, William J.. 3,7 10,250.
Sampson, Keith George; See-
Lee. Stephen Arthur; Cardy, Charles Frederick; and Sampson,
Keith George, 3,709,98 1.
Samsel, Richard W ; See—
Degnan, William J ; and Samsel, Richard W., 3.709,608.
Sandoz Ltd.; a/k/a Sandoz AG; See—
Ebner, Cuno, and Schuler. Max, 3.709.885.
Lutz, Karl, and Schuler, Max, 3,709,960.
Sandoz-Wander, Inc ; See—
Cooke, George A., and Houlihan, William J., 3,709,887.
Galanuy, Eugene E., 3,709,878.
Hardtmann, GoeU E . 3,709.888.
Houlihan, William J., 3,709,677.
Houlihan, William J., 3,709.938.
Sanford, Jack C Adjusuble wig form. 3,709,407, 0. 223-66.000.
Sankyo Company Limited; See—
Yoshida, Norio; Tomita, Kuniyuki. and Iizuka, Yoshio, 3,709,906.
Sanner, Axel; 5^* —
Krauch, Carl Heinrich; and Sanner, Axel, 3,709,805.
Sansone, Ronald P., to Watson Leavenworth Kelton & Taggart, mesne.
Information recording method and system 3,709,1 17, O 95-4. 50r.
Sanlarossa, Mario C; See—
Hilyard, Byron L , and Santarossa, Mario C, 3,709,216.
Santerre, Gerard H. Tool holder for automatic screw machine
3,709,074,0. 82-36.00T
Santos, Manuel V Decorative garment accessory. 3,708,804, CI. 2-
244.000.
Santos, Manuel V. Surgical needle holder. 3,709,226,0. 128-340.XX)0.
Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.; See—
Deguchi, Yutaka, Kashihara, Hideo; Koozuki, Rikuzo; Takahashi,
Kazuyoshi; and Ikeda, Mitsuyuki, 3,708.962.
Ikeda, Hironosuke, and Kondo, Tetsuya, 3,710,201.
Sarem, Amir M., to Union Oil Company of California. Apparatus for
prepanng and extruding a gelatinous matenal 3,709,641, O 425-
7,000.
Sargent Industries, Inc., mesne: See—
Chacko, Joseph, 3.709,044
Sams, Inc.; See—
De Vries, James H., 3,709,222.
Sasaki, Hiromu; See —
Matsuo, Yoshihiro; Sasaki, Hiromu; and Hayakawa, Shigeru,
3,709,704.
Sasaki, Jiro. Method for preparation of a filter medium 3.708,858, O.
29-419.000
Sato, Hisaya: See-
Mori. Kan; Imaizumi, Fumitake; Sato, Hisaya; Nagaoka, Isao;
Hirayanagi, Shigetoshi; Shibata, Toni; and Kawatani, Shigeo.
3,709.851.
Sato. Junzi; and Tanabe. Takako. to Fujitsu Limited Method of
etching insulating films. 3.709.749. 0. 1 56- 1 1 .000.
Satomi Toyokazu. to Ricoh Co. Ltd. Optical path length compensation
in a copier 3.709,602, 0. 355-49.000.
Satomo, Kouji; See—
Takikawa, Toshio; Satomo, Kouji; and Kodama, Takashi,
3,709,777.
Saunders, Alex Michael, to United States of America, Health, Educa-
tion, and Welfare. Specific ion electrode for sulfate. 3,709,81 1, O.
204-195.00m.
Savage, Dana C, Jr. ParliamenUry procedure guide. 3,708,894, 0. 35-
21.000. .
, .(
PI 38
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
'"'X.!£:£"'°'i'^-"»"''y- '"o ^-*- 5'^"' '='•"'•'■'■
3,709,003.
Savin Business Machines Corporation: i«r—
c ".""'M'nL^'Rm En«r Y^mada Isao; Mano, H.roshi; and Mc-
^^Go'unyX^mfs' K .'rKabur.' Kaisha Ricoh. Work sarnp.er for
magnetically recording information in time-coordinated bits.
3,7 10:359,Ct. 340-174 lOg.
SawagaU. Shinichi; 5^f— a Tin ia<
TsuneU,Asahide. and Sawagata.Shinichi, 3.710,165
''^ cTya*" YTsI;;hfto,"Nakan.shi, M.chio; Sawatan, Ken.chi. Hirose,
Akira and Shinozawa.Tetsuichi, 3,709,674
Sawyer'^R^enck V , to CTS Corporation Stranded conductor and
method of makmg same. 3,710,008.0. 174-1 3 1.00a.
'^^*"MfnnV^uS"H:m";.ch; Saxberger. Adolf; and Schnebel, FriU.
Savce Uonard\lfred, and Jespersen, Knut Indergaard, to National
""Research Development Corpo7ation Optical -easunng appara us
comprising oscillator and phase comparator 3,710.124, CI. 25U
Sc'a£,Tohn Tracey. and Goddar. David, ^«. National Research
Development Corporation. Prosthetic elbow pint 3.708.805, CI. 3
SciiSb? Attilio F , Jr., to Radiation Incorporated Gregonan antenna
with nng focus 3,710.341,0.343-779.000.
Scan-Data Corporation: See—
Frank, Alan I .3,709,525.
'^''TnerRobeTr Pmcus,'Ba'^ian, Abraham, and Dickstein, Samuel
SchabeU Joachim,' and Liebegott, Hans-Peter, to DSChemie GmbH &
Co KG Process of producing textile goods coated with foamed
polyvinyl chloride 3,709,725,0 117-161.0uf
''^'lammll^F^a^nk J^Ind Schad. Anthony G.. 3.7,0.194.
^'"^on G^oftb^rrHorst; Schaefer. Gerd; and Jocms. Guenter.
3 709 190
Schaefer Robert H . and Williams, Richard H , to General Motors Cor-
poration Mult.- ratio transmission and control with downshift inh.bi-
^rs 3,709.064.0. 74-752 00a
Schamberg. Eckehard; and Hoigne. J"*=I8. '« 7^'|«[,^f3 3^^''"
polymerization products and processes. 3.709.71 8. 0 1 W V3. 3 m.
Scheidweiler. Andreas: S«^— . » . „a i^.,hn Max
Lampart. Thomas; Scheidweiler, Andreas; and Kuhn. Max.
Schereni'rg'. Hans O . to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft Stop-light
formoVorvehicles 3,710.315.0 340-62 000
Scher^r Carl A . and Beatenbough. Paul K . to General Motor. Cor-
poration. Automatic expansion valve, in line, non-piloted.
r708.998.Cl. 62-210.000
Schief. Alfred: S*«— iTin^T)
Tischner. Horst. Schief, Alfred, and Baur, Hugo. 3.7 0.332.
Schill.n1 Rainer. to Bosch. Robert. GmbH. Convertible power tool.
3.7 lO.'l 54.0. 310-50.000.
Sch.ndelbeck. Werner: 5«- nnaosi
Johswich. Fnednch; and Schindelbeck. Werner. 3.708.98 1
Schipper, Richard A; S<rf— „ u ja iTinnas
Brewer. Donald R.. and Schipper. Richard A.. 3,710.085.
Schieldahl, G T . Company: See—
Rooks. JohnC. 3.710.180
Schlaikjer.CarlR S«- ^ ,0 -, nna i^a
Liang CharlesC. and Schlaikjer. Carl R. 3.709.734.
Schlesmger Kurt, to General Electnc Company Electron-optical
recording device 3.7 10. 1 76. CI 315-31 OOr.
''"XorChaHS P.! S-^hlmger. Warren G.. and Slater. William L..
3.709.669
Schlumberger Technology Corporation: See—
Davis. Billy W. 3.7 10.006.
""'"Giir.'Ra'n^rrR.edel. Ekkehard; and Schmid. Lothar 3 710.021 .
Schrmdgali: William M.. to Technological Products. Inc Surface heat-
medev.ce 3 709.208.C1. l26-27l.20a.
Schmidt William G Means for determining unbalance in rotary work-
pieces'. 3.709,043,0 73-466.000
Schmidt-Burbach, Gerhard: S«— .- r j 1 -<..,.,„ Pr
Hubert. Helmut, Jung, Anton L^ Lapczyna Manfred; Ledwon.Er-
hard. Rock. W.lfned; and Schmidt-Burbach. Gerhard.
3.710.077.
^'"w^nnkuSi.'HeTnnch. Saxberger, Adolf; and Schnebel. FriU.
3.709,583.
Schneider, Jos.. & Co.: See- ^ , -,no 1 11
Hess KarlGuntcr;and Werner. Kurt. 3,709.133
SchncyTr! Herbert D Composition and method f- 'rea^"^ of o^-
silets and pathological calcification m animals. 3.709.989. Ci. '*i'*
232.000
Schon. Konrad: See—
Huszar. Josef; and Schon. Konrad. 3,709.097.
Schopper. Erwin: See— r- ^ nna m-)
Haase Gunter; and Schopper, Erwin. 3.7094)"'.^
Schor^rdinand William, and FnU. William Baird. to AMP Incor-
porated Filter pin connector having low ground return impedance.
ScJrlder' Ger^hard"an'd rmeycr. Bernhard. to Fa;^-"^»»>"\" /Y^
Aktiengesellschaft. N-isopropyl OHrthyl-O-arylphosphoric acid ester
Sch^tr: JeTafd"an^d'H\tr^l"^.ebor. to Farbenfabnken Bayer
?irn^ot£.p;:^US?7%.96^^^^^^^^
Schroder Johiin. to US Philips Corporation Heat accumulator
3 709.209. 0. 126-400 000.
'^^'T.il^er'^ wSdm^Veine-Doepke, Wolfgang. Ouis. Peter; and
Schroeder.Guenthcr. 3.709.934^ ...
Schroeter. Siegfned H , «« General Electnc Company^ Me^hod^f
preparing 3-hydroxy aldehydes and ketones. 3.709.944. Cl ^w
598.000
'*='"SisS.an.''GVnter; Moder. Hans-Ulnch. and Schubert. Rolf.
3.710.029.
Schubler. Karl-Heinz: See— „ , u -una All
Baumer. Albrccht; and Schubler, Karl-Heinz. 3.709.477
Schuler. Max: 5*«- ^^ ^ , ^^ nno aav
Ebner.Cuno; and Schuler. Max. 3.709^8^.
Lutz. Karl; and Schuler. Max. 3.709 .960 . , ina 870 O
Schultea. Wesley J Gun cleanmg and protecting device. 3.708.820, CI.
15-104.160.
'^^'toe'S': WaitS Kasper, Werner, Klatt. Gerhard; and Schulz. Ger-
Schulz'^HorsJ.S F-chtel & &,chs AG One way clutch driven by oscil-
ScS,^nV?-^:^d^a;:?ti2S G , to Addres«,g^h MuUi-
graph Corporation. Paper collator and distributor 3.709.480. CI.
SchlL'.'jres R . and Soroka. Joe F. to R^S^-.^^^-j'J'lff^r '
Packaeine machine with splitter bar fill 3.708.952 CI 53- 1 1 ^ """^
SchumS Cecil W. to Borg Warner Limited. Motor vehicle
pklH^r type switch unit with self-adjusting shaft coupling connec-
tion 3.7 10.048. 0 200-52.00r.
Schutte, Rolf: See— „ ., , -.no nt.A
Becker. Erwin; and Schutte. Rolf, 3,708,964.
Schwalm.Glendon Henry: S«— ^ _ . . r-i-^Mr.n Henrv
Mann. Richard Charles. Sr ; and Schwalm. Glendon Henry.
3.708.878
SchwarU. Gary R : S*<r— -^o,,.,
Schw^Stet'FrTn^ck" irack'stone Industries. Inc Cooking in-
stniment 3.709.141 . 0. 99-343 000
Schwedland. Ronald P S^*— j. . „ ,a o -nna «■<■)
Emmer^n. Calv.n W.. and Schwedland. Ronald P.. IJ^'f^l^
Schwind. Richard G . to Nielsen Engineenng a"**, •^«=f^5<,^oX^^,-
tion Fluid turbulence study apparatus and method 3.709,036, CI.
73-147.000
SCM Corporation S*f— ninT>^
Soule, Winsor. Jr , and EfsUthioun, John, 3,710.325.
Scott & Fe'uer Comapny, The: See- „ , , ,n aa?
Edwards, James D ; and McOumn, Max R . 3,710.042
Scott and White Memorial HospiUl: See—
Hayward. Ronald Hamilton. 3.709,227.
'^""cr^'^'^iid^oh".;; Eckenbrecht, Robert Roy; Price. Arthur
Burke; and Scott. Benton boyd. 3,7 10,01 2.
''°"H:'prnh:'pa':i; Ripley. Un Sunley; and Scott. Norman.
3.709.854.
W -Wheeler. Robert W, and Crowe, Robert C. 3.709 .34V
Faessinger. Robert W. 3,709.857.
Scott, Sherwood and Bnndley Foundation: S*«—
Hayward, Ronald Hamilton, 3,709.227.
Scrutton, Simon Lindsay: S««— i 700 #i«S
Hercock, Robert James; and Scrutton. Simon Lindsay. 3.709.685
* Rmilet Jean! and Cimadevilla. Arniand. 3.708.986.
"^^^rtephln^Hall^N" and Seager. Leslie C. 3.709.623.
^^'lS^e::l'oiityni?:m-;s. 3.709.507.
Sealy.lnc: S«e—
Basner. Ernest L. 3.708.809.
"""cuSc Jofn W . a';;^ Coyne, William E., 3,709.947.
SEBEr^lete"dExp:oirnT Breveu dEmballage Cosmet.que
Gruska. Georges. 3.709.618
Seeburg Corporation of pelf^f;,*^-!!^*- *'"
Jachimek. Thomas P., 3.7 10.320. „, ,32-4500r
Seerahn. Robert. Hair styling template 3.709 234 C,. 132-45^UUr^
Seetarai^. Roy Captive fastening element. 3,709.089.0.85 li.wu.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 39
Segal. Zvi. to International Business Machines Corporation. Aligning
and orienting apparatus. 3.709,378.0. 214-1. OOq.
Sehnal. Jan: Sff— ,
Zaruba. Wenzel. and Sehnal. Jan. 3,709.047
Seibcrt Franklin J , to Ja-Dor Inc. Neckwear support structure.
3,708,802,0.2-155.000.
Seibu Gomu Kagaku KabushiWi Kaisha: See—
Miura,Misao, 3,708,988
Seidewand. Edward H.. to General Motors Corporation. Cylinder lock.
3,709.006.0 70-364 OOr.
Seifert. Gerald R:S«- . . r- .
Slagley. William E , Seifert, Gerald R.; and Valonis. Edmund J.,
3,710,084.
Seike Helmut K.. to Eltra Corporation. Multiple output generator with
multiple voltage regulators. 3 ,7 1 0,226. CI . 3 20- 1 5 000.
Seineckc, Siegfried, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Arrangement for
the decrease of reflection interferences within networks for pulse.
3.710.282. 0 333-8.000.
Seitz. Calvin W: 5^f-
Templeton. John Glenn; and SeiU. Calvin W . 3.709.402.
Seitz Lamont J., and Hauser. Stephen G . to Baxter Laboratories. Inc.
Latch for receptacle 3.709.538. CI 292-1 28.000
Sek.gawa.Tsuneo: See—
Kodama, Hisashi; Sekigawa. Tsuneo; Hata. Kazumi; and Nakaya.
Akimichi. 3,708.989
Sela,s Corporation of America: See—
Morck, Charles W., Jr., 3.709,239.
Selin. Clifford E: St-f-
Proell. Wayne A ; Selin. Clifford E.; Holbrook. Sunford T.; and
Hammond. Francis H.. 3.709.93 1
Sellari. Daniele. Jr.. to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration Multi frequency receiver 3,710.031,0 179-84 Ovf
Selman, Gordon Leslie; and Darling. Alan Sidney, to Johnson. Matthey
& Co.. Limited Dispersion strengthening of platinum group metals
and alloys 3,709.667,0 29-182 500.
Semikron Gesellschaft fur Gleichrichterbau and Elektronik m.b.H.:
See-
Vladik. Liboslav. 3.708.85 1 .
Sendzimir. Tadeusz. Beam backed cluster mill. 3,709.019. CI. 72-
242.000
Sentralinstitutt for Industriell forskning: See—
Bergem, Norman, Blindheim. Ulf; Onsager. Olav-Torgeir; and
Wang, Haebarth, 3,709,953.
Sergant, Gwendolen Alice: 5^^—
Howard, John Arthur; and Sergant, Gwendolen Alice, 3,709,160
Servi, ItaloS.: See—
Corrigan, Donald A.; Servi. Italo S.; and Wang, Chih-Chung.
3.709.722.
Service d 'Exploitation Industnelle des Tabacs et des Allumettes: See—
Flesselles. Jacques; and Poupin. Raymond. 3.709.350.
Severs John W , to Aluminum Company of America. Lubricating
tongs. 3,709,549,0. 294-1 18 000
Shafer Homer J Piston operator for imparting rotary motion.
3,709,106,0 92-138.000.
Shannon, Bill M., and Weimer, Charles L.. to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Bus duct with hinged cover for plug-in region.
3.710,302.0. 339-22 00b.
Shapiro. Eugene B : See-
Gore, William C . and Shapiro. Eugene B.. 3,709.256.
Shapland. James Thomas, to United States Steel Corporation Sliding
gate closure assembly for bottom-pour teeming vessels. 3.709.41 1.
O. 222-512.000
Sharp Denis, to U.S. Philips Corporation. Signal processing circuit.
3.710.186. 0. 317-5.000.
Sharp. William T , to General Electric Company. Jackscrew type of
racking mechanism for a movable switchgear unit. 3.710,044, O
200-50.0aa. ^ . r^
Shattes, Walter J ; and Marancik, william G.. to Air Reduction Com-
pany, Incorporated. Hybrid superconducting matenal. 3.710,000,
0. 174- 1 5. 00c.
Shaw, Reginald O : 5«— . . „ ^ c.
Farrell, George J.. Lyon. Walter R.; Mills. Lonng K.; and Shaw.
Reginald O .3.709.132.
Shea Gerald J., and Marach. David R.. to Underwnters Safety Device
Co. Multi-lamp assembly. 3,710,090,0. 240-2.00r.
Sheedy, Patrick T: 5^f—
Koenig. Martin F ; De Backer, Frank A.; and Issa. Manuel.
3,710.300.
Sheets. Kemcy T. Projectabic lawn sprinkler. 3,709,435. CI. 239-
206.000.
Sheetz. Charles E.. to FMC Corporation. Conveyor diverter
mechanism. 3.709.353. 0. 198-28.000.
Shelef. Ginton. to Shell Oil Company Method of improving a process
with many variables. 3. 7 10.347. CI. 444-1 .000.
Shell Oil Company: 5*^—
Anderson. Williams. 3.709.861. , ,
Boyce, Clive B C. Barker, Michael D.; and Wood, Jack,
3,709,902.
Coles, Roy D , Jr., Thomeer, Johannes H M ; and Chase, Curtis
A.,Jr, 3,709,032.
Magoon, Eugene F., 3,709.919.
Pramann. James A. 3.709.298.
Shelef. Ginton. 3.7 1 0.347
Suman. George O.. Jr.; Murphey, Carey Epps, Jr.; Richardson,
Edwin Allen; and Torrest, Robert Steven. 3.709.299.
Shellag Estates Limited: See—
Broadbent. Edward Gerald. 3.709.552.
Shellhause. Ronald L.. to General Motors Corporation Metering valve
assembly for combination valve 3.709.563. CI 303-6.00c
Sherwood. Henry A. to Lorraine Industries, inc Phonograph ap-
paratus 3,709.504.0. 274-IO.OOs.
Sherwood. William T.: See—
Balliett. John W.. and Sherwood. William T.. 3.7 10.010.
Shevyakov, Nikolai Nikolaevich: See—
Belkovsky. Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leopol-
dovich; Uievsky, Irma Irmovich, Lotsmanov. Serge.
Nikolaevich; Petrunin. Ivan Egorovich; Sukhov, Anatoly
Vasilievich, Tikhonov. Boris Sergeevich; Levin, Bons
Isaakovich, Moroz, Pavel Kirillovich Strekalov, Genrikh
Nikolaevich; Chernov, Andrei Nikolaevich; Chizhov, Sergei
llich; and Shevyakov, Nil olai Nikolaevich. 3.709.682.
Shibata.Tor\i: See-
Mori, Kan; Imaizumi, Fumitake; Sato, Hisaya; Nagaoka. Isao;
Hirayanagi, Shigetoshi; Shibata. Toru, and KawaUni. Shigeo,
3.709.851
Shigeru Kakubari: See—
Tanaka. Tetsuro. and Bansho. Kiyoshi. 3,710.275.
Shikasho, Satoru: See—
Channell. Andrew Willis; Shikasho, Satoru; and Sommer. Gilbert
Robert. 3,709.431
Shilgorin, Felix Alexandrovich: See—
Abramov, Viktor Petrovich; Junga. Van Petrovich; Berzin, Gu-
nard Valdemarovich, Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich, Lugovskoi, Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgonn,
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh, Van Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Ar-
turovich; Z.emelis.Andris Eduardovich, Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Priede, Bruno Andreevich. 3.709.270.
Shimaoka. Keiji: See—
Samejima. Hirotoshi. Furtiya. Akira; Shimaoka. Keiji; and Aoki.
Yoshiatsu. 3.709.701.
Shimizu. Toshiharu: S**—
Kato. Jinichi; and Shimizu, Toshiharu, 3,709,606
Shimoda, Keitaro; Tsuisui. Nobuhiro; Zoda, Keiichi; and Ueki,
Masayuki, to Japan Exian Company, Limited. Method and apparatus
for producing mult.laminated fibers 3.709,97 1 , 0 264- 1 82 000
Shinke, Yoshiaki: See—
Minami, Satoyuki; Shinke. Yoshiaki; Saito, Ahozi; and Osakada,
Atsushi, 3,709,806.
Shinozawa, Tetsuichi: See-
Goya, Yoshihito, Nakanishi. Michio; Sawatari, Kenichi; Hirose,
Akira; and Shinozawa, Tetsuichi, 3,709.674
Shionogi & Co., Ltd.: S^*—
Kondo, Eiji; Mitsugi, Takashi; and Tori, Kazuo. 3.709.789.
Shiozaki. Hiroyuki; and Takahashi. Norio. to Ishikawojima-Har.ma Ju-
kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Method for detecting eccentncity and
phase angle of working or backing roll in rolling mill. 3.709.009. CI.
72-8.000.
Shirlpool Corporation: See—
Oearman, Jack F.. Ohisson, Leonard W.; and Mackin, Michael
H. 3.708.992.
Shlepakov, Valery Nikolaevich: See—
Pokhodnya. Igor Konstantinovich; Shlepakov. Valery
Nikolaevich; and Alter. Vladimir Fedorovich. 3.710,073
Shoupp. William E.; and Bratkowski, Walter V., to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation Integral mechanically-actuated electrical power
source for a photographic camera or a flashgun accessory.
3,709,1 18, 0 95-1 1.50r.
Shrader, Robert L ; and Tsujimoto, Kazumi N., to Airco, Inc Vapor
source assembly. 3, 7 10,072, 0.2 1 9-1 21. Oeb.
Shull,JohnD.:S?<'—
Kossuth, Donald A.; and Shull. John D.. 3.708.935.
Shur-Lme Manufactunng Co.. Inc.: See—
Chase. David O.; Maloney. Martin V.; Wood. Frederick J.. Jr.; and
Wood. Barry B, 3,708,821
Siddall John B., to Zoecon Corporation Methylenedioxyphenyl com-
pounds. 3,709,914,0. 260-340.500
Siddall John B , to Zoecon Corporation. Sesamalyl and piperonyl
ethers and thioethers. 3,709,9 1 5 , 0. 260-340.500
Siddall, Keith: &f—
Hibbert, Charles; Kirk, Frederick Arthur; Siddall, Keith; and
Howard, Michael Roi. 3.709.628.
Sidorenko. Mikhail Nikolaevich: See—
Paton. Boris Evgenievich, Lebedev. Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich. Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich; Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich,
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Pelrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina, Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna. Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich. Volokhonsky. Lev Avramovich; Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283.
Siegel Vernon H. Calculation of approximate magnitude of a physical
vector 3,710,087.0.235-189.000.
Siegele, John Charles: See—
Gordon. Robert Louis; and Siegele. John Charles, 3,709,325.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Blaschke. Fel.x, and Haken, Klaus, 3.7 10,088.
Flachsbarth. Dieter. 3,710.360.
906 O.G.— 28
PI 40
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Friedel. Rudolf. 3,710,170. ,,„„,,
Gaiser, Rainer; Riedel, Ekkehard; and Schmid, Lothar, 3,710,021
Grossman, Gunter, Moder, Hans-Uirich; and Schubert, Rolf,
3.710,029.
HoU, Karl, 3.708,818.
Kessler, Claus; and Kohier. Werner, 3,710,247.
Kuehnemann, Karl, and Turban, Josef, 3.710,240.
Peche. Gerhard, 3.710,191
Seinecke. Siegfried, 3,710,282.
Siepmann, Hans; See —
Wieting. Eugen. and Siepmann. Hans, 3.709,01 1
Sieren Gerald E . to Allis-Chalmers Corporation. Clutch and brake
pedal with neutral safety switch. 3,709,344. CI. 192-094.
Sierracin Corporation, The: S«—
Anderson. Ouinn S., Levin, Berton P . and Thomson, Jackie D ,
3.709.192.
Sigg, Hans, to Maag Gear Wheel & Machme Company, Limited.
Clutch with teeth alignment cam. 3,709,343. CI. 192-67. OOr.
Signetics Corporation: 5«rf—
Drees, Joseph M , 3,709.424
Silverman. Benjamin D.: See—
Jacobs. John T., Keester, Kenneth L., and Silverman. Benjamin
D .3.710.353.
Simon Hurst, and Birkenmaier. Wilhelm, to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Shutter control apparatus 3,709.1 35. CI 95-60 000
Simon. Marvin K.; See-
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 3,710,261.
Simonson. Alden D.: See—
Watu, John F , Lang. John M , Simonson. Alden D . and Nomura.
Raymonds. 3.709.450.
Simonson. Harns. Engelman, Ronald; and Levine, Sheldon. Photo-
graphic surveillance apparatus. 3.709.121.C1 95-1 1 000
Sims, Art T , to Addressograph-Multigraph Corporation. DaU board
and data recording machine. 3,709,144, CI. 101-45.000.
Sinclair. Archibald R See—
Burcher. Ernest E ; Rowland, Carroll W.; and Sinclair, Archibald
R .3,710,122.
Singer Company , The; See—
Darboven. Ernest F , and Solomon, Leon R., 3,710,386.
Kadar. Nicholas M.. 3.7 10,249.
Kaupick. Walter J ; and Cimera. Richard F., 3,709,045.
King. Stanley, and Tiemey, Peter R.. 3.710,381 .
Singer Company . The. mesne: See—
McGlasson, Frank W . 3,709.58 1
Papajewski.Reinhold; and Gillessen, Erich, 3,709.176.
Singer-General Precision. Inc.: See—
Galowin. Lawrence S., De Santis, Michael J.; and Miller, Cary,
3,709,041
Singleton. Thomas C, to Monsanto Company. Purification of carbox-
ylic acids by chemical treatment and distillation. 3.709,795, CI. 203-
31.000.
Sinkovitz. Gloria Dimarco: See—
Slagel. Robert Clayton; and SinkoviU, Gloria Dinarco, 3,709,780
SKB Arms Company: See—
Tazome, Masaru, 3,709.092.
Skeen. Lawrence: See-
Michel. Donald P ; Steinige. Herman; Landis. Franklin F.; and
Skeen, Lawrence. 3.709.443.
Skillman. Jack J Method of sucking nesting articles of diminishing
size. 3,708,9 10. CI. 46- 17.000.
Skrupsky. Voldemar Petrovich; See—
Abramov. Viktor Petrovich; Junga. Yan Petrovich; Berzin, Gu-
nard Valdemarovich, Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov.
Petr Nikolaevich. Lugovskoi. Andrei Lukyanovich, Shilgorin,
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh. Yan Yanovich. Rotsen, Karl Ar-
turovich, Ziemelis.Andns Eduardovich, Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich; and Pnede. Bruno Andreevich, 3,709,270.
Skubic. Leroy F . to Paltier Corporation, The. Pallet tiering frame
structure 3.709,164, CI. 108-53 000.
Slagel. Robert Clayton, and Sinkovitz, Gloria Dimarco. to Calgon Cor-
poration Process and product for making paper products of im-
proved dry strength 3,709.780. CI. 162-168.000
Slagley. William E , Seifert. Gerald R.; and Valonis, Edmund J . to In-
land Steel Company Non-contact strip coil linear footage measuring
apparatus and method. 3.7 10.084, CI. 235-1 5 1 .320.
Slater. William L.: See-
Marion. Charles P ; Schlinger, Warren G.; and Slater. William L.,
3.709.669.
Slates Lsrrv L. S^€
Looker. Olin L . Zemke. Frederick A.; Kniccly, David R.; Rouse,
Russell V ; and Slates. Larry L.. 3,709,23 1
Sloane, Edwin A , and Heizman. Charles L., to Time/Data Corpora
tion System for digitally controlling a vibration testing environment
or apparatus. 3,7 10,082, CI. 235- 1 51 .000.
Smart. David Ol. IV. Pennington. Grover B , Plettner. Richard M.; and
Maughan. Robert F . to BiO, Systems, Inc Extended aeration, ac-
tivated sludge plant 3.709.363, CI 210-195 000.
Smedley, Richard W . and Mack. Eari J , to Cerco Corporation.
Sucking connection and locking device therefor. 3,709.163. CI.
108-53 000
Smimov, Andrei Mikhailovich: See—
Lukhovitsky. Vladimir Isaakovich; Smimov, Andrei Mikhailovich;
Polikarpov. Vladimir Vasilievich; Lebedeva, Alia Mikhailovna;
Lagucheva. Raisa Mizovna; and Karpov, Vladimir Lvovich.
3.709,804.
Smith, Andrew W., Jr . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Gauge
control method and apparatus for meul rolling mills. 3,709,008, CI.
72-8.000.
Smith, Aubrey H , to Eaton Corporation SCR motor speed control
with plug sensing circuit 3,7 1 0,2 1 6, CI 3 I 8-373.000
Smith, Donald K Sportsman's blind 3,709.237, CI 1 35-5.00r.
Smith, Donald O ; Harte, Kenneth J ; Cohen, Mitchell S ; Newberry,
Sterling P ; and Speliotis, Dennis E . to Micro-Bit Corporation High
speed-large storage capability electron beam accessed memory
method and apparatus. 3. 7 10.352. CI 340-173 200
Smith. Joseph L . Jr : See-
Bush. Vannevar; and Smith. Joseph L.. Jr., 3,708.979.
Smith Kline & French Laboratories: See-
Grooves, William G.; and Tillman, William J , 3,709,995.
Lafferty,JohnJ ; and Zirkle, Charles L, 3,709.91 3.
Mlodzinski, John J . 3.709,329
Smith Kline & French Laboratories Limited: See—
Bowden. Kenneth, Davis, Robin AlasUir; Hills. Derek William,
and Sach, George Sidney, 3,709,925.
Smith, Ralph David: See-
Lamb. Edward Lawrence, McAinsh. Kenneth Gordon; and Smith.
Ralph David. 3.709,589
Smith. Raymond L . Jr , to C & M Manufacturing Company, Inc. Car-
nage safety system 3,709,33 1 , CI 1 87-9 000
Smith. Sidney H : See—
Barrager. Stephen M. and Smith. Sidney H , 3,710,235
Smith. Sydney Edwin; O'Reilly, Kevin J ; and Prydie. John, to Bur-
roughs Wellcome Co. Hetcroploid cell lines. 3,709,782, CI. 195-
1 800
Smithdeal, Charles D. Seat protective garment 3,708,799, CI 2-
46000
Smiths Industries Limited: See—
Consuble, Geoffrey Ernest Patnck; and Holler, Godfrey George.
3,710,136.
Lamb, Edward Lawrence, McAinsh, Kenneth Gordon; and Smith.
Ralph David, 3,709,589
Snapp, Thomas C.Jr: See—
Albers, Kenneth H ; Blood, Alden E ; and Snapp, Thomas C, Jr.,
3,709.858
Snyder, Herbert C: See—
De Santis, Urbano J ; and Snyder, Herbert C. 3,709,672
Snyder. Richard C ; Parmenier. Robert R ; and Suvada. Steve L.. to
Pullman Incorporated Railway car interior wall structure.
3,709.157. CI. 105-409 000.
Sobel. Jack Figure contouring mask 3.709,225, CI 1 28-254 000.
SocieU Farmaceutici lulia: See —
Bemardi, Luigi. Bertazzoli.Cesare, Chieli, Tecia, and Maggioni,
Paola, 3,709,893
Societe Anonyme dite; Societe Nationale des Petroles d'Aquitaine:
See-
Desgrandchamps. Guy; Hemmer, Henri; and Haune. Michel,
3,709,952
Societe Anonyme Poclain le Plessis-Belleville: See—
Gauchet. Yves M .3.709.518
Societe d Applications des Machines Motrices: See—
Faisandier. Jacques, 3,709,257.
Societe de Traitements Electrolytiques et Electrothermiques: See-
Be sson, Andre, 3,710,001
Societe d 'Etudes et de Recherches Magnetiques: See—
Nicoud, Gilbert, 3,710.291
Societe d'Optique, Precision, Electronique et Mecanique,
(SOPELEM):See-
Taisne. Jean, 3,709,611.
Societe Kuhn Freres & Cie, Societe en Commandit Simple: See—
Reber. Walter. 3,708,966
Sodenkamp, Conrad Fred, Jr Sliding door and window lock.
3,709,539, CI. 292-145 000.
Sola Basic Industries, Inc.: See—
Borkovitz. Henry S., 3,710,233.
Peterson. Wesley G., 3.7 10.238.
Solatron Electronic Group Limited: See—
Bloomfield. John. 3,710,248
Solomon. Leon R : See—
Darboven. Ernest F ; and Solomon. Leon R., 3,710,386.
Sommer. Gilbert Robert: See—
Channell, Andrew Willis; Shikasho, Satoru; and Sommer, Gilbert
Robert, 3.709,431
Sonberg Charles M., to Ampex Corporation. Bidirectional digital
deskewcircuit. 3,710.361, CI. 340-174. 10b.
Sony Corporation: See—
KuboU,Yasuharu, 3,710,013.
Matsushiu, Takeshi, 3,710,206.
Ohsawa,Mitsuo, 3,710,146.
Sada Tomohiko; Tsuchiya, Noriyuki; Amamiya, Tameo; Kaneda,
Yoko; and Ohu, Kazuyuki, 3,710,195.
Sakai, Yoshio; Nakamura, Zenkichi; and Takahashi. Katsumasa,
3,710,038.
Yokoyama. Hideo, 3,710,142.
Sorensen, Peter F , to Franklin Electric Co., Inc Synchronizes count
ing system for counting symmetrical signals during a time base
3.710.262, CI. 328-41.000
Soroka, Joe F : See—
Schuize, James R., and Soroka. Joe F.. 3.708.952.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 41
Soule. Winsor, Jr.; and Efstathioun, John, to SCM Corporation. Plug-
board selection of register orders for extraction of contents.
3,7 10,325, CI. 340-172.500.
Soumerai. Henri; Hoody, Harold W., Jr.; Hamilton. Clark B.; and Blatt,
James R., to Dunham-Bush, Inc. Method for separating oil from
compressed gas. 3,708,959, CI 55-97 000.
Sowman, Harold G., to Minnesou Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany. Refractory fibers and other articles of zirconia and silica mix-
tures. 3,709,706, CI. 106-57 000
Space-Age Control, Inc.: See-
Foster. Norman B.; Yeomans. Robert P.; and Daniels, Robert S.,
3.708.902.
Spangenberg, Gerhard, to Marotha Scientific Controls, Inc. Valve con-
trol with dither 3.709,253, CI. 137-595.000.
Spector, Sidney, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Opium alkaloid antigens
and antibodies specific therefor. 3,709,868, CI. 260- 1 2 1 .000.
Speedcranes Limited: See-
Morrison, Robert, and MacNeill, James Taylor, 3,709,375.
Speliotis, Dennis E.: See-
Smith. Donald O., Harte, Kenneth J.; Cohen, Mitchell S.; Newber-
ry. Sterling P.; and Sp>eliotis, Dennis E., 3,710,352.
Spencer. Arthur; See —
Calton, Ernes; and Spencer. Arthur, 3,710,068.
Spencer. Glenn S., to Bendix Corjxiration. The. Time' delay elec-
tromagnetic clutch. 3,709.342, CI 192-52.000.
Spengler. Erich, Boning, Horst; and Requardt, Heiko, to Volkswagen-
werk AKT Method and apparatus for optoelectronic axle measure-
ment of motor vehicles 3.709.609, CI. 356-152.000.
Sperry Rand Corporation: See-
Daniels. John F. 3.710,224.
Strenglein, Harry F., 3.710,258.
Sposato. Frank J.: See-
Basse, Philip; and Sp>osato. Frank J.. 3,710,274.
Sprague Electric Company: See-
Heron, John B. 3.7 10,210.
Herzig, Robert W . 3,7 10.225.
Sprague. James M.: See—
Ziegler,Carl, and Sprague, James M., 3,709,917.
Spnngman. Arthur, to Doering. A. L.. Mfg. Folding stool. 3,709,167.
CI 108-128000
Square D Company: See—
Hor\vell, John E. 3,7 10,308.
Squibb, E. R., & Sons, Inc.: See—
Czaplinski, Thomas V.; and Haney, Thomas A.. 3.709,365.
Stach, Kurt: See —
Welmut. Weber; Weyer, Rudi; Aumuller, Walter; Muth. Karl; and
Such, Kurt, 3,709,908
Stahlschmidt. Karl-Heinz: See—
Gebhardt, Otto; Luderer. Fred; and Suhlschmidt, Karl-Heinz,
3,709,434.
Stahr. Donald F . and Dorwachter, Kirby D., to FMC Corporation
High power storage diode. 3,7 1 0,203, CI. 3 1 7-234.00r.
Staley, A. E., Manufacturing Company: See-
Best, Roland W ; Doughty, Raymond A.; and Vander Burgh.
Leonard F. 3.709,788.
Jones, Rexford W.; and Thompson, William B., 3,709,688.
Slamicarbon N.V.: See-
van Westerveld, Jan; and van Doom. Jozeph Marie, 3,709,666.
Standard Oil Company (Indiana): See—
Aim, Robert M , 3,709,930.
Stanford Research Institute: See-
Johnson. David A.; and Wickersham, Arthur F., 3.710,178.
Stanley Works, The: See—
Rimmler. Fred F, 3,710,164.
Stannard. Forrest B Tube coating film and apparatus. 3.709.642. CI.
425-72.000.
Stapfer. Christian H , to Cincinnati Milacron Chemicals inc. Bis
(monoalkyltin)orthosulfites. 3,709,918, CI. 260-429.700
Stapp, Paul R , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Conversion of al-
dehydes to esters. 3,709,923, CI. 260-408.00r
Stapp, William C . to American Forest Products Corporation. Shipping
carton and end panel construction therefor. 3.709,425, CI. 229-
23.00c.
Starbuck, James W.: See-
Pitt. Larry L.; and Surbuck, James W.. 3.709,826.
Starks, Charles M.: See —
Gordon, Ronnie D ; and Starks, Charies M . 3,709,949
Starling, James G , to Caterpillar Tractor Company. Compact fluid
system for shifting a transmission 3,709,065, CI. 74-753.000
Starp, Franz W R , to Prontor-Werk Alfred Gauthier GmbH H. Au-
tomatic shutter controlling device particularly for photographic and
moving picture apparatus 3,709, 1 37, CI. 95-64. OOd
Staub. Fred W ; Corman, James C; and Walmet, Gunnar E., to
General Electric Company. Current limiting fuse. 3,710,295, CI
337-166.600.
Stauber, Siegfried; and Suttner, Klaus, to Domier AG. Coordinate
transformer for transforming control signals in airplanes. 3,709,056.
CI. 74-469.000.
Stauffer Chemical Company: See —
Gutman, Arnold D., 3,709,959.
Uhing, Eugene H., 3,709,932.
Stegmeier, William J. Swimming pool seal structure. 3,708,930, CI. 52-
98.000
Stein. Julian Fish attracting means. 3,708.906. CI. 43-100.000.
Steinberg, David Herbert: See —
Dexter. Martin; and Steinberg. David Herbert, 3,709,884.
Sieinbruegge, Kenneth B.: See—
Hopkins. Richard H ; Roland, George W.; Partlow, William D .
and Steinbruegge. Kenneth B . 3,710,278
Steinige. Herman: See —
Michel. Donald P., Steinige, Herman; Landis, Franklin F.; and
Skeen, Lawrence, 3,709,443.
Steininger, Hugh D.; See —
Howard, Donald W.; Eppley, Dewey W.; and Steininger, Hugh D .
3,710,385.
Stelitano. Salvatore. Tobacco pipe construction. 3,709,233. CI. 131-
176.000
Steltz. Douglas C, to Portec, Inc. Refuse container. 3.709,389, CI
214-82.000.
Stender-Robertz, Jost, to Universal Maschinen- u. Apparatebau GmbH
U Co. KG Metal-cutting apparatus. 3,709.096, CI. 90-15 000.
Stepanek. Karel; and Jumy. Josef, to Adamovske strojimy. narodni
podnik Apparatus for mounting rollers in offset presses. 3,709,048.
CI 74-53 000.
Stephan. Hallis N., deceased (by Stephan. Katharine S.; executrix); and
Seager. Leslie C . to New BriUin Machine Company. The Com-
bined boring, drilling and milling machine. 3,709.623, CI. 408-
22.000
Stephan, Katharine S.: See —
Stephan, Hallis N.; and Seager, Leslie C , 3.709.623
Stephens, Albert Lee, Jr. Control system and method. 3.710,137, CI
307-141.000.
Stephenson, Charies F.; Van Dvck. Kenneth A ; and Wyatt, James B .
to Gillette Company. The. Razor head. 3,708,879, CI. 30-61 000
Sterling Drug Inc.: See —
Jeffenes, Patrick J ; and Crounse. Nathan N . 3,709,903.
Sterner. Russell L . to Kidde. Walter. & Company. Inc . mesne. Trape-
zoidal telescoping crane boom. 3,708,937, CI 52- 1 1 8.000
Stewart. Elmer R.; See—
Vandenberg. Willard J ; Chae. Hi Chul; Stewart. Elmer R .
Palmer, Wayne R , and Padgitt, Howard R., 3,709.598.
Stewart. John L.. to PPG Industries. Inc Electncally heated multiple
glazed window having an iridescence masking film. 3,710,074. CI.
219-203000.
Stoba AG; See—
Bienz. Hans. 3.708,835.
Stobaugh. Graham E. Transducer volume control for stringed musical
instruments. 3,709,084, CI. 84- 1 . 1 50.
Stobo, James J., to Glacier Meul Company Limited. The Method of
making a fibre-reinforced plain bearing. 3,709,797. CI. 204-16.000.
Stone, Edward: See —
Loew, Frederic Christian; Stone, Edward; and Civardi, Frank
Peter. 3.709.864.
Stone, Wayne B., Jr. Torque limiting threaded fastener. 3,709,087, CI
85-61.000.
Stoy. Artur. to Ceskoslovenska Akademie ved Porous hydrogels and
method of manufacturing same 3.709.842, CI. 260-2 50r.
Strandberg, Bengt Sigurd Lennart; and Strandberg. Maj, to Hiab-Foco
Ak Loading tool having a loadmg fork. 3,709.394. CI 214-750.000
Strandberg. Maj: See—
Strandberg. Bengt Sigurd Lennart; and Strandberg, Maj,
3,709,394
Strandine. Eldon J.: See —
Hartman. Robert H.; and Strandine. Eldon J . 3.709,699
Straub. Helmut, to Prontor-Werk Alfred Gauthier GmbH. Photo-
graphic shutter. 3,709.1 36. CI 95-62.000
Strazdins, Edward, to American Cyanamid Company. Wax emulsions
3.709,708, CI. 106-216000.
Streeter, Paul W Locking device for overhead garage door. 3.708.917.
CI. 49-280 000
Strekalov, Genrikh Nikolaevich: See—
Belkovsky, Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leopol-
dovich, Ilievsky, Irma Irmovich; Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich; Petrunin, Ivan Egorovich, Sukhov, Anatoly
Vasilievich, Tikhonov, Boris Sergeevich; Levin. Boris
Isaakovich; Moroz, Pavel Kirillovich Strekatov, Genrikh
Nikolaevich; Chernov, Andrei Nikolaevich; Chizhov, Sergei
Ilich; and Shevyakov. Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3.709.682
Strenglein, Harry F.. to Sperry Rand Corporation Impulse radiator
system. 3.710,258, CI. 325-105.000
Strobel, Werner Karl: See—
Riehl. Wilhelm; and Strobel, Wemer Karl, 3.710.093.
Strolee of California: See-
Hyde. Richard E., 3.709.454.
Strubin. Harald, to Aktiengesellschaft Brown. Boveri & Cie. Drive
mechanism for electncal circuit breakers. 3,710,298, CI. 337-
401 000
Stubiger. Emst: See —
Frohlich, Alfons; Cappel, Marie-Luise; and Stubiger. Emst,
3,708,836.
Stuit. Jack B: See-
Duty, Cermillus H.; Stuit, Steven J ; and Stuit. Jack B . 3.708.958
Stuit, Steven J.: See-
Duty, Cermillus H ; Stuit. Steven J . and Stuit. Jack B.. 3,708.958
Stults, Howard C Self-conuined foam fire extinguishing system.
3.709,302, CI. 169-9.000.
Stumpf, Robert J., to Kimberiy-Clark Corporation High-loft. non-
woven fabric. 3,709,768, CI. 161-63.000.
PI 42
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
Sturlev Richard A . to Carrier Corporation. Apparatus for bending
matmg tubular pint members. 3,709.757.Cl 156-423 000^
Sturm Walter V ; and Doll. Claude S., to Monarch Machine Tool
cTmpany.The Tool changer 3.709.377,C1.214-1.0bd.
Sud-Atlas-WerkeG.mbH;5«- ,-,,«n-»s
Tupai, Manfred Paul, and Engert, Heinz. 3.710,035
Suda Tosh,; Kobayashi, Hisanori. and Nagata. Senichi. to Nipponden
soKabushiki Kaisha Discharge controlled reciprocating pumps
3,709,639, CI 417-493 000.
Sueahara Yuiiro. and Tanaka, Masanon. to Mizusawa Industnal
Chemicals Ltd Method of manufacturing highly viscous, acidic base
materialsfordetergents 3,709,823,0 252-136.000
Sueeitt Robert M., Estes, John H . and Kravitz, Stanley, to Texaco Inc.
Selective hvdrocracking and isomenzation of paraffin hydrocarbons
3,709,8 17,C1 208-112.000
Sugiyama, Yoshio: S«— v- w vivk -.
Kanzaki, Toshihiko. Nakatsui, Isamu; Sugiyama. Yoshio; Nishio,
Masaaki. and Ishikawa, Michio, 3,709,787
Sukhov.Anatoly Vasihevich 5^*'—
Belkovsky, Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leopol-
dovich llievskv, Irma Irmovich. Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich, Pe'trunin, Ivan Egorovich, Sukhov. Anatoly
Vasilievich, Tikhonov, Boris Sergeevich; Levin, Boris
Isaakovich, Moroz, Pavel Kinllovich Strekalov, Genrikh
Nikolaevich. Chernov, Andrei Nikolaevich; Chizhov, Sergei
llich and Shevvakov, Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3,709.682
Sullivan. Norman M ,'and Fitzgerald, Francis J , Jr., to Rapistan Incor-
porated Cargo handling system and method 3,709.381. CI 214-
Suman. George O . Jr , Murphey. Carey Epps, Jr . Richardson, Edwin
Allen and Torrest. Robert Steven, to Shell Oil Company Plating ex
panded boreholes 3.709,299. CI. 166-278.000.
Sumitomo Chemical Company. Ltd.: Sf«r—
Matsui, Masanao, Kato, Takeaki; Ueda. Kenzo; Mizutani. Toshio;
Kitamura. Shigeyoshi. Fujimoto. Keimei; and Okuno, Yositosi,
3.709.910.
Summers. James E.S«e—
Turner. Lyman H.; Kukucka. William P ; and Summers. James h .
3.709,595.
Sunbeam Lighting Co : 5^^—
Monte, Ernest, and Ouadri, Syed H., 3.7 10,094.
Sundberg, Yngve S See—
Hammarlund, Per Erik G; and Sundberg. Yngve S . 3,709.476.
Sunshine Mining Company: See—
Holmes. W Church, and Coltnnari, Enzo L.. 3.709,680
Sumdge. John H See—
Baird. William C. Jr.. and Surndge. John H , 3.709.921
Susi Peter Vincent p-Ouinonediimonium salts and their use as in-
frared absorbers 3,709,830. CI. 252-300.000.
Sustarsic.John D : S^f— , u n>
Kmzler, Raymond C; Edgar, William D ; and Susursic, John D ,
3,709,794.
Susuki Rinnosuke; Toyoda, Sadao; and Takenouchi, Kuniyoshi. to
Lion Fat & Oil Co , Ltd Methods of separating by-products sulfuric
acid from mixtures resulting from photo-sulfoxidation reaction of
paraffins 3,709,807, CI. 204-162.00r.
Suttner. Klaus: See—
Suuber, Siegfried; and Suttner. Klaus, 3.709.056.
Suvada. Steve L: 5^e—
Snyder, Richard C; Parmenter, Robert R.. and Suvada. Steve L.,
3,709,157.
Suzuki, Norio: See— , xi a
Tanaka, Kazunobu, Machida. Yasuhiko; Suzuki, Nono; and
Kohashi.Tadao. 3.710.181
Suzuki. Shoichi. to Diesel Kiki Kabushiki Kaisha Hydraulic-type fuel-
injection automatic timer 3,709 ,001. CI. 64-25.000.
Suzuki. Takeo: S*^— ^ ^ .
Tanaka. Katsunobu; Suzuki, Takeo; Yamaguchi. Ken; and
Yamamoto, Masaki, 3,709.783.
Svendsen. John A.: See—
Kreitz, Richard W , and Svendsen, John A., 3,709.472.
Svensson.Lars-Ake Erling: 5^f—
Carlsson. Sixten Einar. Myhr, Lars Halvar; and Svensson. Lars-
Ake Erling. 3,709.335.
Svit,narodnipodnik: S^f— . „ j . „ i
Jurasek, Jaromir, Mikac. Mojimar; and Podzimek. Karel.
3,708,815.
Swanson, John G . to Weslinghouse Electric Corporation. Electronic
components having improved ionic stability. 3,710.205, CI. 31/-
234.00r.
Sweet. Douglas W : S<r^— n a
Van Ostrom. David L , Sweet, Douglas W.. and Beyerlein, David
G. 3.709.567.
Swinehart. Frank, to Johnson, E. F., Company. Microphone having im-
proved piezoelectric transducer supports. 3.710.040, CI. 179-
110 00a.
Swithenbank. Colin: S«— ,. „ . , j
McNulty Patnck J . Swithenbank, Colin; Viste, Kenneth L.; and
von Meyer. William C, 3,709,897.
Switsen, Henry N Flasher circuit. 3.7 10,185, CI. 315-240.000.
Sybron Corporation: See—
Werner. Alan J. 3.710.139.
Sylvania Electric Products Inc.; See-
Cross. Donald John; Eckenbrecht. Robert Roy; Pnce. Arthur
Burke, and Scott, Benton boyd, 3 ,7 1 0,0 1 2
Sylvester, Willard G ; Boynton, Ira D ; and Bode. R«^!f f^" ,• '« ^ee H
D . Company. Inc.. The. Web alignment device 3.709,41 8. CI. 226
17.000.
Syntex Corporation: Sr*— , ^^^ ott'
Moffatt. John G ; and Russell. Alan F . 3.709.874.
Syvakari. Pertti: S^^— ^-inon\A
Landa. Torstein. Syvakari. Pertti. and Westman. Enk. 3,709,014
Syverson Martelle J , to Fountain Industries, Inc. Beverage dispensing
machme 3,709,408, CI 222- 1 29 400
Tabasso, Giovanni: S«—
Michellone, Giancarlo; Palazzetti, Mario, and Tabasso. Giovanni,
3.709.566
Tabata. Norikazu: S^f — , ^ ^ ^t l
Ito. Toshio; Nomaguchi. Tamotsu; and Tabau. Nonkazu,
3,709,473 . , , u u A
Tabb, Durbin C , to Research Corporation Method for hatching and
growing marine organisms 3,709,195, CI 1 19-2 000
Taccone Russell W, to Banger Punta Operations, Inc. Molding
machine 3,709,282, CI 164-187 000
Tadini, Constantino S<'f— ^ . ^ . .„,
Ullmann. Werner, Derighetti, Renato, Tadmi. Constantino.
Farinelli, Roberto; and Mattel, Silvano, 3,710,067
Taisne Jean, to Societe dOptiquc, Precision, Electronique et
Meckniquc, (SOPELEM) Apparatus for deriving electrical signals.
3,709.611, CI. 356-170.000
Takahama, Teizo: S«—
Yabe, Masaya; Takahama, Teizo; Kono, Masaru; and Hirono. Ral-
sumi, 3,710,208
Takahashi, Katsuhiro: iW— . ^ , . . v . i.-.^
Fukuda, Masataro, Miura, Takashi, and Takahashi. Katsuhiro.
3.709.834
Takahashi. Katsumasa: Srf— •
Sakai. Yoshio; Nakamura, Zenkichi; and Takahashi, KaLsuma.sa,
3,710.038
Takahashi. Kazuyoshi 5^*^— . „, t i. i. u
Deguchi. Yutaka. Kashihara, Hideo; Koozuki, Rikuzo; Takahashi.
Kazuyoshi; and Ikeda. Mitsuyuki. 3.708.962.
Takahashi. Nono See— ^^
Shiozaki. Hiroyuki; and Takahashi, Nono, 3,709,009
Takahashi Tadashi. and Onishi. Kazuo. to Hitachi. Ltd Speed control
systemforDCmotors3.710.2l9.CI 318-331000.
Takahashi. Toshiro. to Riken Right Metal Industnes Co . Ltd Opcna-
ble architectural fitting with alarm. 3.7 1 0.369. CI 340-274.000.
Takatsu.Toshiharu: S<^f— . j
Hirai Masuhiko; Takatsu. Toshiharu. Hashimoto. Kazuyoshi. and
Hozoji. Akira.3.709.007
Takeda Chemical Industries. Ltd S^^—
Kamada, Masaki. and Okauchi, TeUsuo, 3,709,990
Kanzaki, Toshihiko; Nakatsui, Isamu, Sugiyama, Yoshio; Nishio,
Masaaki; and Ishikawa, Michio, 3,709,787
Takenouchi, Kuniyoshi: 5^^— ,_ „ u
Susuki, Rinnosuke, Toyoda. Sadao; and Takenouchi. Kuniyoshi.
3.709.807
Takeuchi. Yoji:5^«'— -,-,,nnoa
Ohata. Shuichi. Takeuchi, Yoji; and Ishiguro. Takeshi, 3,7 10,08V.
Takikawa. Toshio; Satomo. Kouji. and Kodama. Takashi to Osaka
Soda Co , Ltd Phthalate polymer impregnated sheet 3.709,777, CI
161-232.000
Tamar Electronics, Inc.: See—
Apitz, Peter F, 3,710,081.
Tamura, Hifumi: See— , -.,. ^^^
Kondo, Toshio; and Tamura,Hifumi, 3,710,266.
Tanabe,Takako: See—
Sato, Junzi, and Tanabe, Takako, 3,709,749
Tanaka Katsunobu, Suzuki, Takeo, Yamaguchi, Ken; and Yamamoto,
Masaki to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co , Ltd Process for producing
proteinsbyfermentation 3,709,783, CI 195-28 OOr ,^, ^
Tanaka Kazunobu, Machida. Yasuhiko; Suzuki. Nono, and Kohashi.
Tadao to Matsushita Electnc Industrial Company. Limited Solid-
state ii^age mtensifier 3.710.181 .CI. 315-175.000
Tanaka. Masanori: S^^— , ^nn mi
Sueahara. Yuiiro; and Tanaka, Masanon, 3, 70V,82J
Tanaka Ryuji, and Yasuno, Akio, to Tokyo J^>be, Comp^"^'
Limited Process for prepanng d ribonolactone. 3,709,912, CI. itM-
343 600 „ , .. .
Tanaka, Tetsuro; and Bansho, Kiyoshi, to Shigem Kakuban. Low
frequency oscillator employing a pair of U-shaped mechanical vibra
tors. 3.710,275, CI. 331-37 000 .
Tanguay, Jean Paul, to Placements Jean Paul TanguayUmitee mesne.
Sawing and dischargmg station for a tree slasher. 3,709.265, CI 143-
Taneuav Jean Paul, to Placements Jean Paul Tanguay Ltee. mesne
Heel biwm constniction. 3,709,390, CI 214J47.0as
Tani Kaneyasu; Kawazoe, Shiro; Eto. Mikio; Okamots. Sunao. and Fu-
^L TamotsJ. to Japan Synthetic Paper Company Ltd and Onental
Photo Industrial Co., Ltd. Copying matenals for photographic reflec-
tion printing. 3,709,691, CI. 96-87. OOr. .... u
Tanned. Karf Positive thread f«d% for cucuarkn.tt.ng machines
with a plurality of knitting pomts. 3.709.444. CI. 242-47.040
Tan linger Keith W . to Rohr Industries, Inc. Stainless steel clad alu-
minum strakes and panels. 3,708,938. CI. 52-47 1 .00.
Tapeswitch Corporation of America; See—
January 9. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 43
Koenig. Robert H. 3.7 10.054.
Tarhan Mehmet Orhan. to Bethlehem Steel Co.T)oration. Gas desul-
furiz^tion process. 3.709.976. CI. 423-224.000.
Tamey, Robert Edward; and Verban. John J., to Du Pont de Nemours.
E I . and Company. Elastomer having improved building uck
3,709.924. CI. 260-47 .Oop.
Tarui. Yasuo:S^f—
Hayashi. TuUka; and Tarui. Yasuo. 3.7 10.04 1
Tatsumi, Setsuo, to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha Method for auto-
matically controlling thickness of a workpiece in a rolling mill
3.709.010. CI. 72-8.000
Taubitz. Bemd: See—
Bachle. Karl; Finkbeiner. Ludwig; and TaubiU. Bemd. 3.7 10. 1 58
Tax, Hans: See— . . ,- , j>
Tax. Hans, and Franke, Rudiger (said Franke assor to said).
3.709.543. .^^ ^
Tax, Hans, and Franke. Rudiger, said Franke assor. to said Tax, Hans.
Loading crane for shipping containers of different size. 3,709,543.
CI. 294-81.000.
Taylor. David Robin: See—
Haszeldine, Robert Neville; Banks, Ronald Eric; and Taylor.
David Robin. 3.709,948
Taylor. Gerald A . to Rochester Envelope Company. Method of apply-
ing windows to envelopes and bags 3,709,753, CI. 156-108 000.
Tazome, Masaru, to SKB Arms Company Gas-operated cartndge
feeding system for tubular magazine firearms. 3,709.092. CI 89-
191000.
Teaff. Miriam M Collapsible coiffure covenng. 3.708.803. CI. 2-
198.000.
Technical Management Services. Inc.: See—
Gilbert, RoswellW. 3.7 10.1 35.
Technical Wire Products. Inc.. mesne: See—
Mintz. Ezra, 3,708,871.
Technicon Instruments Corporation: See—
Lichtenstein, Bernard. 3,709,791
Technological Products, Inc.: See—
Schmidgall, William M.. 3.709.208.
Tedeschi, Robert J , and Moore, George L., to Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc.. mesne Preparation of acetylenic alcohols.
3.709.946, CI. 260-617.00e.
Tee-Pak. Inc.: See—
McNeill. Frank M.. 3.709.703.
Tektronix. Inc.: See—
Addis. John L.. and Peltola. Ronald W., 3,7 10,270.
Hayes, Raymond, and Hayward, Wesley H.. 3.710.179.
Hutchins, Thomas B.. IV. and Templeton, William M.. 3,710.173.
TeleCash.Inc : Sef—
Brewer, Donald R.; and Schipper, Richard A.. 3,710.085.
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson: See—
Andersson. Tage Vilhelm Leander. Isheden. Lars Rune;
Johansson. Bo Emil. and Warring. Stig Enk. 3.710.372.
Telefunken Patentverwerlungsgesellschaft m.b.H.: S*^—
Batz.Monika. 3.710.204.
Templeton, John Glenn; and SeiU. Calvin W.. to Rospatch Corpora-
tion Label package assembly. 3,709,402, CI. 221-33.000.
Templeton. William M:S«— ,,.„.-,•,
Hutchins, Thomas B., IV; and Templeton, William M.. 3.710.173.
Tenneco Inc.: See—
Malkiewicz.WladyslawF, 3.709.321.
Tennessee Jed's Franchise Corporation: See—
Rickhoff. Leo J . Jr., 3,709,140.
Terbay, Joseph J: 5f^— . ^ ,. . . ,
Nelson, Carl R.; Cattorini, Joseph F.; and Terbay, Joseph J ,
3.709,482.
Terron, Christopher: S^*—
Lemon, Peter Herbert Richard Bryan; and Terron, Christopher,
3,709,849
Terry, Peter L.:S«—
Adihart, Otto J.; and Terry, Peter L., 3,709,736.
Terzian. Reuben, McKay, Robert S., and Glass, Marvin I., to Glass,
Marvin. & Associates Toy motorcycle. 3,708,91 3, CI. 46-243.01v
Texaco Inc: S^*— ^ ^, ., ,
Christopher, Charles A., Jr ; Grimm. Henry J , and Note, Alton J.,
3 709 297
Marion, Charles P., Schlinger, Warren G.; and Slater, William L.,
3,709.669.
Pogonowski. lvoC.;andCarmichael. Paul D . 3.708,985.
Pniitt, William H, 3,709,366.
Suggitt, Robert M.; Estes, John H.; and Kravitz. Stanley
3,709.817.
Texas Instruments. Incorporated: 5«— ,-,Aoon
Johnson. Rowland Edward; and Trachtenberg. Isaac. 3.7U9.8 I 3.
Textol Systems. Inc.: See—
Zaruba. Wenzel; and Schnal. Jan. 3.709,047. ^
Textron, Inc.: S«—
Howe, Ralph S. Jr., 3.709.575
Pethis, James J .3.709.572.
Potter, Howell L. 3.709.574.
Thermo-Chem Systems. Inc.: See— c c
Cettin. Edward J.. Pappas. Jimmy P.; and Lager. Sam t.
3.709.203.
Thiokol Chemical Corporation: See-
Jackson. Charles A ; and Katz. Martin B , 3.709.263.
Thode. Horst. to Finzer. Heinz. KG Automatic bending and/or
punching machines for producing shaped parts from wire or sinp
3,709.023. CI 72-402.000 .
Thoma. Paul E.; and Hoffmann, frederick A . to Johnson Service Com-
pany. Method of making a temperature sensing clement. 3.708.863.
CI 29-454.000
Thomas. Delmer L , to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Lossless n-port frequency multiplexer. 3.710.281. CI. 333-
6 000
Thomas. George E . and Krehel, John J., Jr.. to Olin Corporation. Alu-
minum facing and roofing sheet system. 3.708.943. CI. 52-588.000
Thomas. Gordon D . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Heavy-duty wipe
and method for producing same 3.709.764. CI 1 56- 1 77.000.
Thomas. Ian M., to Owens-Illinois. Inc Process for prepanng high puri-
ty silicon oxide porous beads doped with small quantities of other ox-
ides 3,709.833. CI. 252-448.000.
Thomeer. Johannes H. M: S^^—
Coles, Roy D . Jr., Thomeer. Johannes H M.; and Chase, Curtis
A. Jr.. 3.709 .032
Thomen. Max. Ultrasonic dishwasher. 3.709.732. CI. 1 34-57.00d.
Thompson, David L: S^e—
Nutter. John F., Haas, Frank C; and Thompson. David L.,
3,709.974.
Thompson. John T : 5^^—
Anderson. Kari R . 3.710,046.
Gillemot. George W ; and Thompson. John T., 3.710.004.
Thompson. William B : See-
Jones, Rexford W . and Thompson. William B.. 3.709.688
Thomson Elihu Craig, to Electronics Corporation of America Electn-
calcircuitry. 3.710.149. CI. 307-310 000.
Thomson, Jackie D: See— '.
Anderson. Ouinn S.; Levin, Berton P.; and Thomson. Jackie D..
3.709.192.
Ti-Mind Incorporated: See—
Jochim. La Vergne C. 3.710.045.
Tiemey. Peter R : See—
King, Stanley, and Tiemey. Peter R. 3.7 10.38 1.
Tiiunelis, Donatas: See— ,-,,^r^-,
Hoeg. Donald F.; Legg. Leo V . and Tijunelis. Donatas. 3,710.007
Hoeg! Donald F , Legg, Leo V.; and Tijunelis, Donatas. 3.7 10.009
Tikhonov, Boris Sergeevich: See—
Belkovsky. Viktor Alexandrovich; Grzhimalsky, Leopold Leopol-
dovich; llievsky, Irma Irmovich; Lotsmanov. Sergei
Nikolaevich; Petrunin. Ivan Egorovich. Sukhov. Anatoly
Vasilievich; Tikhonov, Boris Sergeevich, Levin, Boris
Isaakovich; Moroz, Pavel Kirillovich Strekalov, Gennkh
Nikolaevich, Chernov, Andrei Nikolaevich, Chizhov, Sergei
llich, and Shevyakov, Nikolai Nikolaevich, 3,709,682
Till James Peter, to AMP Incorporated High voltage divider unit.
3',7 10,252, CI. 324-126.000.
Tillman, William J: See— ^ „„,
Grooves, William G.; and Tillman, William J., 3,709,995.
Time/Data Corporation; See—
Sloane. Edwin A ; and Heizman. Charles L., 3,7 10,082.
Timesavers, Inc., mesne: See —
Rhine, Wallace R ; and Kiser, Fred W., 3,708,817.
Timofeev, Alexandr Andrianovich: See—
Perelman, Simon Meerovich; Petrenko, Evgraf Efremovich;
Prager, Isaak Aronovich; Timofeev, Alexandr Andrianovich,
and Tolmachev, Anatoly Filippovich, 3.7 10,166.
Timor, Uzi: See— , -,,« -ict
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 3,710.257
Tischner. Horst. Schief. Alfred, and Baur, Hugo, to Federal Republic
of Germany, as represented by the Federal Defense Minister
Methoo and apparatus for finding the direction of signals. 3.7 10.332.
CI 343-1 13.00r.
Tittus. Hans: See—
Dobler, Johann; Hausner. Leopold; Kolbe. Andreas; and Tittus,
Hans, 3.709,649
T'Jampens, Germain Remi; Notelteirs. Victor Rosallie; and Janssen.
Eduard Jozef Philomena. to US. Philips Corporation Halogen fila
ment lamp having an internal arc protection arrangement
3.7 10.1 69. CI 313-222.000.
TNE Incorporated: See—
Aselman. Edward C. Jr.. 3.709.030. " ,
Tochitani. Yutaka: See—
Neu. Kazuo; and Tochitani. Yuuka. 3.7 10.326.
Toepfl, Rosemarie; Abel. Heinz; and Maeder. Arthur. Preparations of
reaction products of epoxides, fatty amines and basic polyamides.
processes for their manufacture and their use. 3.709.847. CI. 260-
18.0pn.
Xokushige. Hiroyuki: See— ,,^..,0
Iguchi. Jintaro, and Tokushige, Hiroyuki, 3,709.638.
Tokutomi. Seijiro. to Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Flash il-
lumination of photographed object. 3.709,1 23. CI. 95-1 1. 50r.
Tokyo Electric Power Co .The: See— , „ . .
Watanabe, Seizi; Ozaki. Kozo; Oishi, Hiroshi; Aoki. Fumio; and
Kawano. Shigeru.3.710,373
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co.: See— , -.« ,^c
TsuneU. Asahide; and Sawagau. Shinichi. 3.710.165.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co , Ltd.: See-
Abe. Takuzi; and Yuda. Minoru. 3,710.017.
Matsumoto. Yushi; Ozawa. Tunahiro; Ochiai. Tadashi. and Sakai.
Masaomi. 3.709.593
PI 44
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
Watanabe. Ryuji, and Watanabe, Masayuki, 3.709,723.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Company, Ltd.: See—
Nakamura, Takeshi, 3,710,239.
Tokyo Tanabe Company, Limited: See—
Tanaka, Rvuji, and Yasuno, Akio, 3,709,91 2
Tolmachev.An'atolyFilippovich:5ee- i:f„„„„i^h
Perelman, Simon Meerovich, Petrenko, Evgraf Efrcmovich,
Prager Isaak Aronovich; Timofeev, Alexandr Andrianovich;
andTolmachev,AnatolyFilippovich, 3,710 166
Tomalia. Donald A ; and Ojha, Narayanlal D , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany The Aminoethylation reaction and products Ihereot
3,709,904, CI 26O-307.0Of.
Tomita. Kuniyuki: 5^^— v/ u i ina qoa
Yoshida Norio; Tomita, Kuniyuki; and Iizuka, Yoshio, 3,709 ,W6
Tomozawa. Atsushi, to Nippon Electric Company, Limited. Time-divi-
sion multiplex delu-modulation communication system. 3.710,056,
CI 179-15.0by
Tonsbeek,Christiaan Herman Theodoor: 5^e—
de Groot, Cornells Nicolaas; Hobbs. John S.; and Tonsbeek,
Christiaan Herman Theodoor, 3,709,697.
Toray Industries, Inc.: See—
Minami, Muneyoshi, 3,709.862. . ^ , .
Minami, Saioyuki; Shinke. Yoshiaki, Saito, Ahczi; and Osakada,
Atsushi, 3,709,806
Tori, Kazuo; See—
Kondo, Eiji; Mitsugi, Takashi; and Ton, Kazuo, 3,709,789.
Torii, Nozomu; See—
Kazaoka, Kenichi, and Torii, Nozomu, 3,709,537.
Torok, Andrew; and Walsh, Thomas F , to Georgia Kaolin Company
Kaolin derived pigments and methods of producing the same
3,709,709, CI 106-288 00b
Torrest, Robert Steven: See—
Suman, George O,, Jr ; Murphey, Carey Epps, Jr ; Richardson,
Edwin Allen, and Torrest, Robert Steven, 3,709,299.
Townsend. Robert L: Se?—
Colsen, Frank Thomas; Kaufman, Peter; and Townsend, Robert
L, 3.710,317.
Toyoda, Sadao: See—
Susuki, Rinnosuke; Toyoda, Sadao; and Takenouchi. Kuniyoshi,
3,709,807.
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
ho. Shin. 3, 709.067
Trachtenberg, Isaac: See—
Johnson. Rowland Edward; and Trachtenberg, Isaac, 3,709,81 3
Traut, Earl W Integrated flow gas turbine 3,709,629, CI 41 5-56.000.
Trautvetter, Werner: See—
Fuchs, Otto, Bier. Gerhard; and Trautvetter, Werner, 3.709.776
Traylor, John B Method of dealing predetermined hands. 3,709,501,
Cl.273-149.00p
Trefzer, Robert, to Ciba-Geigy AG. Gas washing bottle 3,709,47 1 , CI
261-124.000.
Trepanier, Maurice A., to Royal Oak Charcoal Company Apparatus
for activating comminuted material 3,708,888, CI. 34-169.000.
Tresch, Erwin Josef: S«— ,,^/v«,c
De Fnes. Jan Richard Peter; and Tresch, Erwin Josef, 3,709.035.
Tnangle Service Inc. See —
Glenn, James J , Jr , 3,709,296
Trible,GraydonE Self-leveling steps. 3,709,323. CI. 182-115.000
Tripp Terence Gordon, to Monsanto Chemicals Limited. Production
of alkyl silicates 3.709,80 1 , CI . 204-59.000.
Troean John F , and Beebe. James H . to Bretting. C. G., Manufactur-
inTco , Inc Cut-off device 3.709.077, CI 83-152 000
Trola-Kunststofferzeugnisse Gesellschaft mit Beschrankter Haftung &
Co.: See—
Lauterbach, Heinnch, 3.709.541
Trossinger Metallstimmenfabrik Hans Eisen: See—
Ashmele. Anton, 3,709,505
Trueb. Viktor, and Hesener. Walter. Adhesive upe dispensers
3 709,761, CI 156-576.000.
Truxell, Robert W . to General Motors Corporation. Internal com-
bustion engine and method of operation. 3,708.980. CI. 60-274 000
TRW Inc S^f-
Cook, Harvey A, 3,709,201.
Dumeah, Peter J, 3,709.099
Galbato, Anthony T , 3,709,570
Tsai, Chem H Comb and pm mirror. 3.709,585, CI 350-305.000.
Tsou, Ivan H , to Ford Motor Company Trimellitic anhydride modified
poiycarboxylic acid electrocoating resins. 3,709,846, CI 260-
18.0ep.
Tsuchiya, Nonyuki: 5«— „ .
Sada Tomohiko, Tsuchiya, Noriyuki; Amamiya, Tameo; Kaneda,
Yoko, and Ohta, Kazuyuki. 3.710.195.
Tsujimoto. Kazumi N : See—
Shrader. Robert L , and Tsujimoto, Kazumi N., 3,7 10.072.
Tsukamoto. Kenkichi. Magnetic coating of iron surface. 3,709.730, CI.
117-238.000.
Tsukihoshi Gomu Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ainoura. Masato, 3.708.925.
Tsuneta. Asahide. and Sawagata. Shinichi, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric
Co Shadow mask perforated along intersection of side wall and rein-
forcing flange 3.710.165. CI 313-85 00s.
TsuruU Tadao, to Nippon Kogaku K.K. Holographic interferometry
for routing objects. 3,709,605, CI 356-109.000.
Tsutsui. Nobuhiro: See —
Shimoda. Keitaro; Tsutsui. Nobuhiro; Zoda. Keiichi; and Ueki.
Masayuki. 3,709.971.
Tuggle, William H, Jr.: S*f— .,„oo-,^
Anderson, Charles B , and Tuggle. William H . Jr , 3.708,834.
Tuman, Daniel: See— , , , „ ,m
Ghafghaichi, Majid; and Tuman, Daniel, 3,710.207
Tunc Deger, to Johnson & Johnson Process for the sulfation of cellu-
losi'c ethers. 3,709,877. CI. 260-232 000.
Tundermann. John Hayes; and Harrington, John Herbert, to Interna
tional Nickel Company, Inc., The. Production of rencctive metal
flake pigments 3,709,439,0.241-15 000. ^ ,, ^^ u „
Tupaj Manfred Paul, and Engert, Heinz, to Sud-Atlas-Werke G m b K
Housing and speaker arrangement for magnetic sound recording and
reproduction device. 3.710.035. CI 179-100.20Z.
Turban. Josef See— , , ,,„ ^^n
Kuehnemann, Karl; and Turban, Josef. 3,710.240.
Turbo Machine Company: See—
Lohrke. James L, 3.708.832.
Turn-Styles Limited, mesne: See—
Hicks, Mervyn Lance, 3,709,196
Turner Luis A Method and apparatus for making stereoscopic
drawings. 3,708.884, CI 33-20.00r
Turner Lyman H., Kukucka, William P.; and Summers, James E., to
Xerox Corporation Pnnter system. 3,709,595,0. 355-14000
Turner Lynn H., to Xerox Corporation. Method for magnetic develop-
ment. 3,709,713.0. 117-17 500
Tuuha, Rolf Erik Drum barker. 3.709.268. CI. 144-208.00b
Uchiyama. Mitsuru: St'f — ....
Kunichika. Sango, Sakaibara, Yasumasa; Kyotofu, Noguchi; Akio,
Kurisaki. Konomu. Kato. and Uchiyama. Mitsuru. 3.709.927.
Ueda. Kenzo: S«—
Malsui. Masanao; Kato. Takeaki. Ueda. Kenzo; Mizulani, Toshio;
Kitamura, Shigeyoshi; Fujimoto, Keimei. and Okuno. Yositosi.
3.709.910
Ueki. Masayuki 5^f— „ . j n l
Shimoda, Keitaro, Tsutsui, Nobuhiro; Zoda, Keiichi; and UeKi.
Masayuki. 3.709.97 1 '
Uhing Eugene H , to Stauffer Chemical Company Phosphorous
dich'lorides 3,709.932,0 260-543 OOp
Uhlmann Erich, to Allmanna Svenska Elcktnska Aktiebolaget. Har-
monic filter 3,710.284.0. 333-75.000
Ullmann Werner; Derighetti. Renato. Tadini. Constantino. Fannelli,
Roberto, and Mattei. Silvano, to A F fur Industrielle Elektronik
Agie Method and apparatus for widening the field of application of
electro-erosion machining and improving the conditios arising in the
workgap. 3.710.067. CI 219-69 00c
Ulmer Arnold G., to GAF Corporation Automatic diazo copier.
3,709.596.0 355-109.000
Ulrich. Peter Conrad: See—
Herter. Eberhard. and Ulrich. Peter Conrad. 3,7 1 0,027
Underwood, Cyril James, to Seals, Dowty, Limited. Fluid sealing
devices 3,709,507,0. 277-188 000.
Underwriters Safety Device Co.: See-
Shea, Gerald J.; and Marach, David R , 3,710,090
Union Carbide Corporation : S^e-
Hamlmg, Bernard H, 3,709,717.
Karapinka, George L , 3,709,853.
Karol, Frederick J ; and Karapinka, George L . 3.709.954.
Warner. Glenn H . 3.709.88 1
Union Oil Company of California: S*^—
Pye, Davids, 3, 709,300
Sarem, Amir M, 3,709,641.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Halpern, Howards, 3,710,175.
Iwanciow, Bernard L.; and Holzman, Allen L., 3.709.652.
Putnam, James A , 3,710,271
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority: See—
Fowler, Eliot Patrick; and Greaves, Richard William, 3,7 10,269.
United Kingdom of Great Britan and Northern Ireland, Secretary of
State for Defense in her Britannic Majesty's Government of the: See-
Petrie, James Alexander; Gardiner. Terence Edward Gouvenot;
and Oampitt, John Aaron. 3,709.637
United Research Laboratory: S«—
Adams, George; and Hawkins, John, 3,7 10,037.
United States of America
Agriculture: See—
Keating, Esmond J ; Haydel, Chester H; and Knoepfler. Nestor
B, 3,709.005.
McDowell. Curtis S . and Barnes. Michael W . 3.709.920.
Roberto. Francisco O. 3.709.748
Health. Education, and Welfare: See—
Bedrosian,PaulH., 3,710,121.
Saunders, Alex Michael, 3,709,81 1.
National Aeronautics and Soace Administration: See—
Burcher Ernest E.; Rowland. Carroll W,; and Sinclair.
Archibald R .3.710,122.
Hendricks. Herbert D. 3,709.663. ,_,_„„
Mailloux, Robert J ; and Caron, Paul R., 3,710,329.
Nsvv' 5^^ —
Costley. Vivian G . and Wolf, Sylvan, 3.709.148^
Degnan. William J ; and Samsel, Richard W. 3,7^.608.
Fugitt Ronald B; and Heckman. Paul J., Jr.. 3.709,580.
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 45
Heeren. Vernon L., 3,710,389.
Hinchman. Walter R.; Adrian, Donald J ; and Walters, Andrew
W, 3,710,387.
Navy, mesne: See-
Moss, George J.. Jr.; and Walsh. George M . 3,710.3 10.
United Stales Rubber Company: See—
Von Schmeling. Bogislav, Harrison, William A.; and Kulka,
Marshall. 3, 709 .992
United States Steel Corporation: See-
Bower. John E.. Jr , 3.709.286.
Goodman. Stephen R ; and Hu. Hsun. 3.709,744.
Shapland, James Thomas, 3,709,41 1.
Universal Maschinen- u Apparatebau GmbH U. Co. KG: See—
Stender-Robertz, Jost, 3,709,096.
Universal Oil Products Company: See—
Hamblin, Robert J J., 3,709,983.
McGregor, Eugene R., 3.709.427.
Predikant.Hans H.. 3.709.978.
Urban. Peter. 3.709.660
Universal Valve Company. Inc.: S*e—
Milo. August, 3.709.240
Upjohn Company, The: 5^?—
Hester, Jackson B, Jr. 3,709,898.
Hester, Jackson B., Jr., 3,709,899.
Klettke, Walter G., 3,708,945.
Upmeier, Hartmut, to Windmoller & Holscher. Cooling equipment for
tubular plastics film made by a blowhead 3,709,290, CI. 165-
47.000.
Urani, Angelo, to McGraw-Edison Company Protector for electric cir-
cuits. 3,710,296,0. 337-213 000
Urban. Peter, to Universal Oil Products Company. Catalytic treatment
of thiosulfate containing solution with hydrogen to produce sulfide
3,709.660.0 427-566.000
Urs Systems Corporation: S«—
Orshansky. Elias, Jr . 3.709.060.
Orshansky.Elias. Jr.. 3.709.061.
US. Philips Corporation: See—
Bruinsma. Anne Hendrik. 3.710.379.
Pax, Wilhelmus Petrus Johannes Franciscus; and Rooy, Henricus
Johannes Van, 3.7 10,289
RiUen, Johannes Maria Jozef; and Peloschek, Hans Peter.
3.709.822.
Schroder. Johann. 3.709,209.
Sharp. Denis, 3.710.186.
T'Jampens, Germain Remi; Notelteirs, Victor Rosallie, and
Janssen, Eduard Jozef Philomena, 3,7 1 0, 1 69.
Van Dijk, Jan; Zwagemakers, Johannes; and Van Houtenlaan,
Maria Antonius, 3.709.91 1.
Welling, Leo Johannes Maria, 3,7 10,366.
USM Corporation: See—
Barton, George C, 3,708,8 1 4.
Vadekar. Mohan: See—
Zimmerman, Abraham A.; Furlong, Louis E.; and Vadekar.
Mohan. 3.709.668.
Valade, Victor D.. to General Motors Corporation. Lifting jack.
3.709.465. 0. 254-95.000.
Valencour, Frederick H.: See—
McGough, Gregory J., 3.709,3 1 2.
Valonis, Edmund J : See—
Slagley, William E.; Seifert, Gerald R.; and Valonis. Edmund J.,
3,710,084
Valverde, Manuel. Fishing rod holder. 3,709.448, CI. 248-46 000.
Van Der Meer. Jan. Close-up photographic system. 3.709.1 19. CI. 95-
llOOr.
Van Dijk, Jan, Zwagemakers, Johannes; and Van Houtenlaan, Mana
Antonius, to US Philips Corporation. ((Thenylidene amino) oxy)
alkyl carboxylic acid and salts and esters thereof 3,709,9 1 1 . CI. 260-
332.20a.
van Doom. Jozeph Marie: See—
van Westerveld. Jan; and van Doom. Jozeph Marie, 3,709,666.
Van Dyck, Kenneth A: &<•—
Stephenson, Charles F.; Van Dyck, Kenneth A.; and Wyatt, James
B .3,708,879.
Van Galen, Piet: 5«—
Boonstra, Willem Frederik; Meindersma, Tabe Ernst; and Van
Galen, Piet, 3,708,963.
Van Gelder, Louis Ralph, to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company. Sludge
feed system for incinerator. 3.709, 170, Oil 0-8.00r.
Van Houtenlaan, Maria Antonius: See—
Van Dijk, Jan, Zwagemakers, Johannes; and Van Houtenlaan.
Maria Antonius, 3.709.911. .
Van Nice. Robert I., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Electrical
windings. 3,710,292.0. 336-60.000.
Van Ostrom. David L.; Sweet, Douglas W.; and Beyerlein. David G, to
General Motors Corporation. Adaptive control anti-lock brake
system. 3,709,567, CI. 303-2 1 Obe.
Van Poppel, Gebrs.. N.V.: See—
Beijering. Willem, 3.709,655.
Van Reenen. Robert Theodore. Circuit producing candle-flicker light
outputfromlamp. 3.710.182. 0. 315-199.000.
Van Spankeren. Ulrich: 5«—
Gordon. Wolfgang; Kleiner, Hans-Jerg; and Van Spankeren. Ul-
rich, 3.709,852
van Westerveld, Jan; and van Doom, Jozeph Marie, to Stamicarbon
N.V. Process of recovering ammonium sulphate from an aqueous
solution containing ammonium sulphate and methionine. 3,709,666.
CI. 23-300.000.
Vandenberg. Willard J.; Chae, Hi Chul; Stewart, Elmer R.; Palmer,
Wayne R., and Padgitt, Howard R., to Lilly, Eli, and Company Opti-
cal system for capsule inspection. 3,709,598, 0. 356-1 98.000.
Vander Burgh, Leonard F.: See—
Best, Roland W.; Doughty, Raymond A.; and Vander Burgh,
Leonard F, 3,709,788
Vanderbilt, R. T., Company, Inc.: See—
Dehoff. Ronald L. 3.709.840
Vann. Roy R. Method and apparatus for determining communication
of a perforated zone with a second zone 3,710,1 14,C1. 250-83. 60w
Varga, John F., to Weldum Tool and Engineering Co. Adjustable feed
apparatus for strip material. 3,709,419,0 226-67.000.
Varian Associates: See —
Helmer,JohnC., 3,710,103.
Vartiak, Joseph F.. to Nalco Chemical Company. Herbicidally active
compositions. 3.709.676. CI. 7 1 -92.000
Vaughan, Donald R Conduit puller 3.709.546. 0. 294-96 000
VeNard Dan 1 , 11. to Gates Learjet Corporation Commutation circuit
for power inverters. 3,7 10.230. 0. 32 1 -45.00c.
Verban. John J.: See —
Tamey. Robert Edward; and Verban, John J., 3,709,924
Verbeke, Henry, to APL Corporation. Bag vending machine having
feeler controlled lock. 3,709,347,0. 194-94.000.
Verkinderen. P^ul August: See—
De Geest. Wilfried Rorent. Verkinderen. Paul August; and De
Smedt. Felix Fredenk. 3,709.964.
Vieman, John M.: See—
McGough, Gregory J, 3,709,3 1 2.
Villiers-Fisher, John F., to Chemical Construction Corporation
Removal of SO, from gas streams. 3,709.977.0. 423-244 000
Viste. Kenneth L.: See—
McNu'ty, Patrick J . Swithenbank. Colin. Viste, Kenneth L.; and
von Meyer. William C. 3.709.897.
Vladik. Liboslav. to Semikron Gesellschaft fur Gleichrichterbau und
Elektronik m.b H Holding device for semiconductor wafers
3.708.85 l.Cl. 29-203.000.
Voege. Robert D.: See—
Cronkhite, Paul W.; Voege, Robert D.; and Poletti. Joseph W..
3.708.921.
Voglesonger. Harry M.. to Dynamics Corporation of America. Motor
brush assembly 3.710.160.CI. 310-247 000.
Voland.ElmoW.:5ef—
Linn, Wallace L.; and Voland, Elmo W., 3,710.043
Volker Ulrich. Fabian. Hein; and Mertl. Klaus. Method for producing
friction discs. 3.710.071. CI. 219-93 000.
Volkov. Viktor Nikolaevich: See—
Raichuk. Jury Isaakovich. Knyazhinsky. Zakhar Osipovich. Man-
delberg. Simon Lvovich, Lebedev. Vladimir Konstantinovich;
and Volkov, Viktor Nikolaevich, 3,710,066.
Volkswagenwerk AKT: See —
Spengler, Erich; Boning, Horst, and Requardt. Heiko, 3,709,609.
Volkswagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Guthmann, Herbert, 3,709,336
Volmerange, Hubert Marie, to RCA Corporation. Flip-flop and hold
phase detector. 3,710,140,0. 328-133.000.
Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich: See—
Paton, Boris Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko, Oleg Petrovich. Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich;
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich. Leibenzon. Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky, Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen, Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky, Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina, Zoya Alex
androvna, Safronova, Ljudmila Andreevna, Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich, Nikulin, Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky.
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin. Geo'gy Alexandrovich,
3,709,283
Von Gottberg. Horst; Schaefer, Gerd; and Joems, Guenter. to Rans-
burg GmbH. Coating apparatus 3,709.190.0. 118-2.000.
von Meyer. William C: S«—
McNulty, Patrick J.. Swithenbank. Colin; Viste. Kenneth L.; and
von Meyer. William C . 3.709.897
Von Schmeling. Bogislav; Harrison, William A.; and Kulka, Marshall,
to United States Rubber Company. Fungicidal use of certain carbox-
amidothiazoles 3,709.992, 0. 424-270.000
Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich: S«—
Paton, Bons Evgenievich; Lebedev, Vladimir Konstantinovich;
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich. Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Bon-
darenko. Oleg Petrovich. Baglai. Viuly Mikhailovich.
Sidorenko, Mikhail Nikolaevich; Leibenzon, Semen
Abramovich; Kaganovsky. Gary Petrovih; Altgauzen. Andrei
Pavlovich; Nikolsky. Leonid Evgenievich; Gorynina. Zoya Alex-
androvna; Safronova. Ljudmila Andreevna; Katsevich, Leonid
Sawich; Volokhonsky, Lev Avramovich. Nikulin. Alexandr
Alexandrovich; Artemiev, Vladimir Dmitrievich; Edemsky,
Vladmir Mikhailovich; and Voronin, Georgy Alexandrovich,
3,709.283. ^ ,.
Vydrin, Vladimir Nikolaevich. and Ageev, Leonid Matvcevich
Method of rolling metal sheet articles between the dnven rolls of the
roll mill. 3,709,017,0. 72-205.000.
PI 46
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9, 1973
WAT Averv Limited: See — .- , , .
CookeiOcoffrey Cyril; and Gamble. John Anthony. 3.709.310.
Wacom Ltd : S«- , ,„„ ^c^-
Kusuhara, Masaki. 3.709.656.
Kii^uhara Masaki. 3.710.656. . .« v
Wake John A to Cincinnati MiUcron-Heald Corporation. Machine
tool. 3.709,621. CI. 408-11 000
Wald Manufacturing Company. Inc.: See—
Pawiat Carlton P.. 3.709.059
Waiden Noel Harry Fred, to Laser Electronics Pty.. Ltd. Navigation
liehis'l 7 10.098. CI. 240-49.000
Walke- Bruce H . to General Electnc Company High performance
^Med objective lens. 3.709.582. CI 350-202.000. ^^_ .^„
Walker. Jerry Lee. and Boothe. Jerry Em.lc. to Calgon Corporation
Control of alluvial and other deposits in aqueous systems. 3.7UV.8 ift.
CI 210-58.000.
Walker Wendell R Compact and storable exercising apparatus.
3,709 .487. CI. 272-58 000.
A'ailace Expanding Machines. Inc.; See—
Rop^r, Ralph E, 3.709.162.
Wallace, Thomas J: S«— . o w- ai,^
Nixon, James; Wallace. Thomas J . and Beerbower. Alan.
3,709,747
Wallberg.Erik Arne:i>p— -, -,/v^ tt,
Lilia Lar^Edvin; and Wallberg.EnkAme. 3,709.232.
Waller Duncan E, to Dentsply International Inc. Photopolymenrable
dental products. 3,709,866, CI. 260-27 OOr
Walmet.GunnarE : S«— ^ „, , . n »-,, c
Staub, Fred W , Corman, James C; and Walmet, Gunnar E..
3,7i0,295.
Walsh, George M:S«-- ,,,r.-.iA
Moss, George J , Jr.; and Walsh. George M., 3.710.310.
Walsh, Thomas F; See-
Torok Andrew; and Walsh, Thomas F ,3,709.709.
Walsh, William Kershaw; and Ruthertord. Henry Amcs. to Research
Corporation Method for decreasing the Hammability of cellulosic
fabrics. 3,709,658, CI. 8 129.000.
Walstrom Leslie R., to Ideavelopment, Inc. Tamper resisUnt fastening
apparatus. 3.709 .401. CI 220-55.00c.
Walters, Andrew W : See— ^ „, , » j
Hinchman, Walter R.; Adrian, Donald J., and Walters, Andrew
W, 3,710,387.
Walters Glenn A. Scaled scan control system for conformal arrays.
3,710,330. CI. 343-lOO.Osa. , -.no <,,
Walters. Herbert J Combination comer lock and hanger 3,7UV,5JJ.
CI. 287-1 89. 36h.
WangrChih-Chung; See— '
Comgan, Donald A.; Servi, Italo S.; and Wang, Chih-Chung.
3,709,722
Wang, Hagbarth S«— ^, -r „_^
Bergem Norman, Blindheim, Ulf; Onsager. Olav-Torgeir; and
Wang, Hagbarth. 3.709.953.
Ward.CharlcsE ; 5ee— _, „,^„
Rowlev, David S.; and Ward. Charles E.. 3.709.308. -
Ward. Frederick Gifford: See- ^ .. • u /-:w„,h
Jennings, Kingsley Jeffrey; and Ward, Frederick Gifford,
3.709.383. ^ ^, .
Ward Richard, to Dobson Park Industries Limited. Fluore«:ent lamp
circuit driven initially at lower voltage and higher frequency.
3.710.177. n. 315-106.000.
Warner & Swasey Company, The: See—
Paepke. Horst, 3.709,004. .- r i
Warner. Glenn H . to Union Carbide Corporation. P«P»"^«" ^^ " ,? "
kylmorpholines from diethylene glycol and alkylamines. 3.7UV,8Hi.
CI. 260-247.000. . , . , . , „
Warner Joseph W., and Warner. Richard J Lockmg electnc plug.
3,7 10.304. CI. 339-74.00r.
Warner, Richard J: &•?- , -,,niftA
Warner, Joseph W ; and W amer, Richard J.. 3.710.304.
Warner, William D. See— ^ ,„^
Beuk Jack F, and Warner, William D, 3,709 ,790.
Warren Garv J . and Babcock, Gordon L., to Radiation and Environ
mental Materials. Inc. Atmospheric monitor by means of chemilu-
minescent reaction. 3.710.107. CI. 250-71.50r.
Warring, StigEnk; See— d„„-
Andersson Tage Vilhelm Leander; Isheden. Urs Rune.
Johansson. Bo Emil; and Warring. Stig Erik. 3,710 372.
Washburn, Oliver K.; and Washburn, Robert M.. toWashburn, W. O..
& Sons. Inc. Travel cases. 3.709.235. CI. 1 32-80.00r.
Washburn, Robert M.; See— ., , nna ->i«
Washburn. Oliver K ; and Washburn, Robert M . 3,709.235.
Washburn. W O, & Sons, Inc; See- , ^f>o -,a«
Washburn, Oliver K , and Washburn. Robert M.. 3.7W.,iJ3.
Watanabe, Masayuki: See- , . -,na in
Watanabe, Ryuji; and Waunabe, Masayuki, 3,709,723^
Watanabe, Ryuji, and Watanabe, Masayuki, to Tokyo Sh'^aura Elec-
tric Co , Ltd Inorganic refractory liquid composiUon. 3.709. /iJ.ci.
11 7- 124.00a. . I c ^A
Waunaoe, Seizi; Ozaki, Kozo; Oishi, Hiroshi; Aoki, Fumio; and
Kawano. Shieeru. to Matsushita Communication Industnal Co.. Ltd.
and Tokyo Electric Power Co.. The Signal discriminating system.
3.710,373, CI. 340-310.000.
Watson. Donald W.. to Xerox Corporation. Article P;«:c«'"g?P-
paratus with feeder shuttle disconnect 3,709,756. CI. 1 56-364.000.
Watson Leavenworth Keiton & Taggart, mesne: See—
Sansonc.RonaldP.3.709,lI7
Watson, William R.; and Moran. James J., to Nalco Chemical Com-
pany. Probe for a conductivity testing device. 3.710.237, ei. 3Z4.
WatU John F.; Ung, John M.. Simonson, Alden D.; and Nomura.
Raymond S.. to Boeing Company. The. Cargo loading system for air-
craft. 3,709,450, CI 244-1 18 000.
Weather-Rite, Inc.: See—
Weatherston. Richard N.. 3.709.289.
Weatherhead Company. The: See—
Patel.HiralalV ,3,708.864
Weatherston. Richard N.. to Weather-Rite. Inc. Heating and cooling
controlsystem 3.709 .289. CI. 165-12.000. , .^ „. „, , ,,
Webb, Alan David. Electric power generator 3,709.739. Ci. 130-
208 000
Webb James R . and Webb. Richard C . to Colorado Instruments. Inc.
Variable capacitor 3.710.209, CI 3I7-24900r.
Webb, Richard C: See— ,,.„,,w»
Webb, James R.; and Webb, Richard C. 3.7 10.209.
Weber. Ronald A: See—
Hanes James W E ; Rimmer. Michael J.; Weber. Ronald A., and
Hintzen. Walter J. 3.709.291.
Wedco. Inc : See—
Feder. Friedhelm R . 3.709.562.
Wegner. Gerhard: See—
Fischer. Erhard; and Wegner. Gerhard, 3,709,860.
Wehr.CharlesH.See— i u.-,; a
Krekeler, Jerome H.; Wehr, Charles H.; and Aboutboul, Henn A.,
3.709,664.
Weieele, Manfred; See—
Leimgruber, Willy; and Weigele, Manfred. 3.709.922.
Weimer. Charles L; See— , ,,« mi
Shannon. Bill M; and Weimer, Charles L, 3.710.302.
W.'imer, Charles L , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation^ ?"n im
with improved means for connecting housing structures. 3.7 10.30 1.
CI. 339-22.00b
Weiner.JeroldS.See— , ,r>o o.n
Green, George D.; and Weiner, Jerold S.. 3.708.947.
Weinert. Volker: See- ^ ^ ^ »., . v«it»,
Zahn. Wolfgang; Fnedrich. Gunther, and Weinert, Volker.
1 TOO K 1 ^
Weise IrvinB to Anderson. Greenwood & Co Pressure responsive
valve 3.7t)9 .258. CI. 137-627.500
Weisenburger, Lawrence P to Aries Electronics Mnc^ ^3^77 Jcf
profile socket for integrated circuit pack 3.7 1 0.299. CI. 339- 1 7.0ct .
Weisselberg Edward B , to Wyssmont Company. Inc. Rotary air lock
apparatus. 3.708.890, CI 34-242 000. . ^ a.
Weldes, Helmut H., to Philadelphia Quartz Company^Spray dned de-
tergents containing sodium-potassium double 3,709,837. LI. 25.J-
527.000.
Weldum Tool and Engineering Co.: See—
Varga, John F, 3.709.419
Wellcome Foundation. Ltd., The: See-
Barrett, Paul Anthony, 3.709.935. ..
Welling. Leo Johannes Maria, to U.S. Philips Corporation^Supcrvising
device for the supervision of a pulse series. 3.710.366. CI. 340-
WcMs, KTbert R., to Northrop Corporation JhinnimdifTu«on brazing
of nickel and nickel base alloys. 3.708.866. cl. 29-498.000^
Wells. Victor S.; and Clark, Hal J. Lifter for vehicles. 3.709.330. CI.
1 87 8 720
Welmut; Weber; Wcyer, Rudi; Aumuller, Walter; Muth. Kari; and
Stach Kurt to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius &. Bruning. Ben^enesulfonyl ureas having
hypoglycemic activity 3.709.908. CI. 260-326J 10.
Welt Martin A , to Radiation Technology. Inc. Process for polymenz
me impregnated monomer and material prepared thereby.
3,709.7r9,Cl. 117 93.310. . „ , 7,0 no
Werner, Alan J., to Sybron Corporation. Amplifier system. 3.710,139.
CI. 307-229 000.
"^'Xhr;:?. ErictT^azard. James E.; Jaagus John J Werner Fred
W.: Wheeler. Robert W ; and Crowe. Robert C 3 709 349^
Werner, Gerald L. Liquid level indicator. 3,709.038. CI. 73-313.000.
Werner. Kurt: See— i-jnaxii.
Hess. KaH Gunter; and Werner. Kurt. 3.709.1 33.
Westinghouse Air Brake Company. See- , _„ -^
Jeffrey, William B., and Fnll, Richard K.. 3.709,564.
Westinghouse Canada Limited; See- -.700000
Bates Kenneth T.; and Hoare. Michael R.. 3.709.999.
Wnght, Donald F. 3.710.157.
Westinghouse Electric Corporation: See-
Baker. Donal E. 3.710.231 .
Buck, Daniel C, 3.7 10.280. ,,,n,AS
Clay. Joe D ; and Keever. Joseph M . 3.710.245.
Grunert, Kurt A ,3,710,288. T7im77
Guillen, Francisco J; and Campanella, Matthew J.. 3,7 10.377.
Hagberg, John E, 3.710.189.
KSI-'SJ-H^&d G~,„ W P,«,o.. Wl,„.. D,
and Stembruegge, Kenneth B.. 3.7 10.278.
Hurwiu. Michael J.. 3,709,029.
Jessee, Ralph D. 3,710.229.
Justice.JamesW.H. 3.710.014.
Kuhn, Edmund W. 3.7 10.059.
r
January 9, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
Lazor. George. 3.710.293.
Martincic Paul W.; and Miller, James R , 3,708,875.
OKeeffe Terence W; and Malmberg, Paul R.. 3.7 10.101.
Perry. Robert H, 3.7 10.100. ,„,„.,
Shannon Bill M, and Weimer, Charles L. 3.710.302.
Shoupp William E ; and Bratkowski, Walter V.. 3.709,1 18.
Smith. Andrew W, Jr., 3.709.008.
Swanson. John G. 3.710.205.
Van Nice. Robert I, 3.710.292.
Weimer, Charles L, 3.710.301.
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, mesne: See-
Gustafson, Hilding B.; and Frazer, Howard W , 3.709.818.
Olds Richard G . and Bonzack, Eugene P.. 3.710,197.
Zammit, Frank X , and Schad, Anthony G.. 3.710.194.
Westman. Erik; See— tnnarwA
Landa, Torstein; Syvakan. Pcrtti; and Westman, Enk. 3,709,01 4.
Weston Instruments. Inc.; See-
Kelly. Austin T. 3.710,374. ., .K^
Wethercll. Thomas J . to High Energy Processmg Corporation Method
of making a battery separator from a web of non-woven polymeric
- fibers 3.709,738. CI 136-148.000 ca .
Wetzler, Justin J , to Means, F W . Company Processing of discrete
articles without joining same 3,709,659, CI 8-137 000.
^^w'elmul! Weber; Weyer, Rudi; Aumuller, Walter; Math, Karl; and
Stach,' Kurt, 3,709.908.
Whalen George J ; and Graf. Rudolf F. Portable secunty alann and
alann'system. 3.710,371. CI 340-283.000.
Wheelabrator Corporation. The: See—
Fogle, James W, 3.708.926.
Wheeler, Robert W: See— .._.„, c ^
Buhayar, Eric S , Hazard. James E ; Jaagus, John J.; Werner, Fred
W., Wheeler, Robert W, and Crowe, Robert C, 3,709.349.
Whipple. Jack C. Jr.; See-
Chnstopher. William H . Jr , Meyers. Charles O.; and Whipple,
Jack C. Jr. 3, 708, 960 „ ^„ .
Whitbread John Edgar; and Attwell, Ronald Leslie, to Bntish Railways
Board. Slip-fonn paving machines. 3.709,1 16, CI. 94-46.0ac.
White, Danny V: See— ^ ..,u n. \/
Klemm. Le Roy H.; Johnson. Wayne O ; and White, Danny V.,
3 709 894
Klemm, Le Roy H.; Johnson. Wayne O ; and White, Danny V..
3,709,994 _ , ^, . „
White Dwain M , and Hobbs, Stanley Y , to General Electnc Com-
pany Method for extmding polyacetylenes to produce high strength
graphite precursors 3.709.863. CI. 260-30.200.
Whitehead & Kales Company: See— d x n
Peisner, Israel D , Deshetler. Louis K.; and Augustine. Paul C.
3,709,154. ^, ^ ,
Whiteside Grady O ; and De Priest, Thomas Y Apparatus for remov-
ing couplings from tubular goods 3,708,855. CI 29-237.000
WhiUiey Wiley. Call forwarding arrangement for telephone systems
3,7 10,033, CI 179-18 Obe
Wick Mary Irene Eyeglasses having readily removable lenses.
3,709,587, CI. 351-106.000.
Wickersham, Arthur F: See— z- ■,-,,nna
Johnson, David A ; and Wickensham Arthur F 3,710,178^
Widdowson, Albert Henry, and Savage, Sidney Clifford, to Wildt Mel-
lor Bromley Limited Pattern control mechanisms for knitting
machine. 3,709,003,0 66-50.00r. ,7noi«orinfi
Widham, Ernest G. Mail delivery signal device. 3,709.189, CI 116
Wieme Andre to N V. Bekaert S A. Switch device for fluidic logical
circuit. 3,709,243, CI. 137-81 500.
Wieting, Eugen; and Siepmann, Hans to Bann'n8„^j,'^'';'"-
geseUschaft. Ring rolling apparatus with four rolls. 3,709.01 1 , CI. /2-
10.000.
Wieeins, Leslie Frederick: See— .
Gittos Maunce Ward; James, John William; and Wiggins, Leslie
Frederick, 3,709 ,996
Wikman, Andrew O; See— ^ ,, „, u ,An^^AMU,v
Baker Ralph W ; McCarthy, John H ; Place. Harold G . and Wik-
mati. Andrew O. 3.709.950. . ^ w .k^ ,„h .n
Wilcox, Burdsal G., to Safeway Stores. Incorporated^ !i)fo q^o r? t^
paratus for detection of leaks in seals of packages. 3.708.949, CI 53-
53000
Wildbolz, Rudolf: See- ^,. , a \i/ mk^w RiiHr,lf
Binder, Rolf; Gnindler, Chnstof; and Wildbolz, Rudolf,
3,709,406. _ „ , ij
Wilder Gene R , to Monsanto Company. N-Tert-alkylamino pyrrolidi-
nylthiocarbonyl sulfides. 3,709,905, CI. 260-326.830.
Wildt Mellor Bromley Limited: See- riiffrirH
Widdowson, Albert Henry; and Savage, Sidney Clifford,
■1 70Q 003
Wiley. John' P., to International Business Machines Corporation.
Photographic line tracing apparatus. 3.709,125, CI. 95-l2.ouu^
Wilke, Howard C; and Williams, Romaine A . to Anderson Brov Mfg.
Co. Packaging machine with cutting mechanism. 3.708.934, ci. 3J-
329 000
Will Eugen, to Minnesou Mining and Manufacturing Company
M'arkingapparatus. 3,709,1 91, CI 118-8^000.
Williams, Charles Edmgton, to General Electnc Company. Limited.
The Circuit arrangements for operating electric discharge lamps.
3.7 10.184, CI. 315-227 000.
Williams. Frederick G.. Jr.; See—
PI 47
R.; and Williams,
Carleton, Joseph G.; McEwen, Cassius
Frederick G, Jr.. 3,708.948 , 700 .q« ri
Williams. Garold H. Liquid heater and storage means. 3.709.198, CI.
122-14.000. , .
Williams, Paul M Medicated feed supplement for treating catUe.
3.709.987, CI 424-128.000.
Williams, Richard H See- ,,««^4
Schaefer, Robert H , and Williams, Richard H , 3,709,064
Williams. Roger B , Jr ; Loshbough, Richard C ; and Deitemeyer, Stan-
ley A to Reliance Electric Company Electronic weighing system
with digital readout. 3,709,309. CI. 177-165.000.
Williams, Romaine A ; See—
Wilke, Howard C; and Williams, Romaine A.. 3,708.954.
Williamson, Alfred, Limited; See—
Williamson, Frank Miles, 3.709,145.
Williamson, David T N.; Moffat, James; and Wood, William, to Molins
Machine Company, Limited. Loading units for machine tools.
3,709,384, CI 214-16.40r a t v .
Williamson, Frank Miles, to Williamson, Alfred, Limited. Ticket issu-
ing and hke machines. 3,709,145,0 101-66.000
Williamson, Robert T ; and Georgopoulos. Christos J «o Raytheon
Company Switching circuitry for semiconductor diodes 3,710,145,
CI. 307-270.000.
Williamson, T. D., Inc ; See-
Bates, Marcus L, 3,709.250
Wilson Harold W , to Golden Cycle Corporation Process for the
recoverynoblemetals 3,709.681,0 75-109 000
Wilson Stanley D.; and Han-is, Richard K. Means for detennming the
shear strength of earth in situ. 3.709.03 1, CI. 73-101.000.
Wilson, Warren F; See- , ,.« „^
Ouilici. Alfred P , and Wilson, Warren F.. 3.710.370.
Wimmer, Theodor; See—
Hrach. Josef; and Wimmer.Theodor, 3.709,859.
Wincklhofer. Charles; See- tiK^r-,
Lofquist. Robert Alden; Crescentini. Lamberto; and Wincklhoter,
Charles, 3,709,865
Windle Tom J., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Apparatus for testing
conduit 3,709,260,0 138-90 000
Windmoller & Holscher; See—
Upmeier, Hartmut. 3,709,290
Winston. Emanuel A Bubble producing toy. 3.708.909,0. 46-7.
Wirth. Dennis L; See— ,,„,,. „■.
Marco. Alex A.; and Wirth, Dennis L., 3,709.187.
Wirtz, Edward A.; See—
Peterson.Wayne A, and Wirlz, Edward A. 3.709. 100.
Wisotzkv Reuben, and Petersen, Richard E., to Pandel-Bradford, Inc.
MetS of making suede-like plastic. 3,709,752,0 156-79.000
Witco Chemical Corporation: See— ,^ 0-.0
Mausner. Marvin L, and Dater. Arnold H. 3.709.838.
Witting, Harald L.. to General Electnc Company^ Composite ther-
mionic cathodes for gas discharge devices. 3.710,172, CI. 31J-
338 000
Wlodyka Edwin W , to Highland Laboratories, lide indicating
timepiece. 3.708.971,0. 58-3 000. , . ^ „ ...
Wochner Fred Joseph, to Dennison Manufactunng Company. Multi-
station labelling method 3,709,755.0. 156-235.000.
Wolf, Sylvan ; See—
Costley. Vivian G.; and Wolf, Sylvan. 3.709,148.
Wolfelsperger, Robert O: See— „ ^ rx a n^^.
Johnson, Han^ Joseph; Wolfelsperger, Robert O., and Davis,
Robert Edgar, 3,709,1 14. „ w ^ r»
Wolfram Gerhard, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Dis-
azodyestuffs 3,709,870,0. 260-186 000. , , ^^
Wolter, Donald R Firearm sealing device. 3,708,901.0. 42-1. OOn.
Wong, i[:hak-Kuen See— ,,.„,..x:
Frazer, William D , and Wong, Chak-Kuen. 3.710,346.
Wood. Barry B; See— . ,- ^ . . . a
Chase David O , Maloney, Martin V.; Wood. Fredenck J., Jr.; and
Wood. Barry B, 3,708.821.
Wood.FrederickJ ,Jr See- ^ ^ ^ ,, , 1 ,„^
Chase David O ; Maloney, Martin V ; Wood, Fredenck J.. Jr.. and
Wood, BartyB, 3,708,821.
Wood Jack See —
Boyce. Clive B. C; Barker, Michael D., and Wood. Jack.
3.709,902.
Wftod JciTV L ' Scf —
Browning^ William C; Chesser, Billy G.; and Wood. Jerry L..
3.709.819 ^^ . ,
Wood Lawrence M. to Eastman Kodak Company. Shutter conUol
mechanism 3.709.113,0 95- lO.Oct. , 7^0 07c
Wood, Robert J. Door check and door stop combination 3,708,825.
Wood Russell E to Canier Corporation. Control for air conditioning
apparatus 3,709,769,0. 161-22.000.
Wo<xl, William: See— ■ . ,», ^ uy ir„„
Williamson, David T N.; Moffat. James; and Wood. William.
3,709,384. „ > A , . t
Wooden John A, to Brookside Corporation. Reinforced plastic fan
hub. 31709.633.0. 416-134.000.
Womer. Otto, to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft Method for fasten-
ing the blades of a rotor for hydrodynamic units 3.708.846, CI. 29-
Wossner*^ Felix, to Fichtcl & Sachs AG. Apparatus for levelling a vehi-
cle chassis. 3,709,5 1 7, CI. 280-104.000.
PI 48
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 9. 1973
WriBht Allen C to Haws Drinking Faucet Company. Valve assembly
Kafer fountams and the l.ke 3 J09.254 CI 1 37-609.000,
WriBht Charles S.. to Delu Electronics Inc. Solid state receiving mul-
ticoupler 3.710.260X1.325-308 000 , , ^ ^^ ,
Wnght. Donald F . to Wcstinghouse Canada Limited ^Method of moni-
loring airport runway end identification lamps 3.710,157, CI. 307-
1 "^ 1 000
Wnght Hershel Earl. Method and device for producing foam
3.709,437, CI. 239-343.000.
Wnght Robert J , Chapin, John S., Mah, George; and Karstendiek
Claude A to Dow Chemical Company, The. Sputter deposition of
refractory carbide on meul working tools. 3,709.809. CI. 204-
192.000.
Wuertele.Lothar S<re—
Eckert. Guenter. Hartmann, Heinnch; Marx, Matthias, and Wuer-
tele.Lothar. 3.709.724.
Wurker Carl H Film splicer 3,709,079, CI. 83-375.000.
Wurm Jaroslav Pressure translating apparatus and process.
3.708,996.C1. 62-1 16.000.
Wyatt, James BS«—
Stephenson. Charles F., Van Dyck, Kenneth A., and Wyatt, James
B ,3.708.879.
Wyle Laboratones See—
Payne, Peter R .3.709,179
Wyman Dennis G , and Bichell, William J., to GranU Corporation.
Message device 3.709.502, CI. 273-161.000.
Wyssmont Company, Inc.; See—
Weisselberg, Edward B., 3,708,890.
Xenon Corporation; See—
Dewey, C Forbes, Jr., 3,710,277.
Xerox Corporation; See—
Acquavia. Thomas J. Jr.. 3.709.485
Baker. Arthur R., Brant, William; and Danielson. Clarence J.,
3.709.492.
CiufTini, Anthony J ; and Galen, Joseph J., 3,709,683.
Turner. Lyman H , Kukucka. William P . and Summers, James E ,
3.709,595.
Turner. Lynn H. 3.709,713.
Watson, Donald W, 3,709,756.
Yabe. Masaya. Takahama, Teizo, Kono, Masaru; and Hirono, Katsumi,
to Fuji Denkt Seize Kabushiki Kaisha. Semiconductor oscillating ele-
ment and control circuit therefor. 3,710,208, CI. 317-235.000.
Yamada, Isao See—
Sawada, Hideo; Rin, Ensei; Yamada. Isao, Mano, Hiroshi; and Mc-
Gourty, Thomas K.. 3,710.359.
Yamaguchi, Ken; 5^* —
Tanaka, Katsunobu, Suzuki, Takeo; Yamaguchi, Ken; and
Yamamoto, Masaki, 3,709,783.
Yamamoto, Akira; See—
Fujimoto, Tadasu, Kuroda. Kotofusa; and Yamamoto, Akira,
3,709.737.
Yamamoto. Keisuke; and Fujimori, Toshimitsu, to Matshshita Electnc
Industrial Co., Ltd. Atuomatic frequency control. 3.710,273, CI.
331-l.OOa
Yamamoto. Masaki; S«—
Tanaka. Katsunobu; Suzuki. Takeo; Yamaguchi, Ken, and
Yamamoto. Masaki. 3.709.783.
Yamanoi. Akio; 5** —
Otsuka. Shinichiro. Honda, Takeshi; and Yamanoi, Akio.
3,709,785
Yang, Yue-Chyou Demountable garage building, 3,708,933. CI. 52-
236.000 , ^ „ ^
Yapoudjian, Claude, and Henelle, Max, to Compagnie Industnelle des
Telecommunications Equipment housing for submarine suspension.
3,708,8 12. CI 9-8.00r
Yard John S , to Fischer & Porter Co. Fluid-powered flowmeter for
measuring low now rates 3.709,21 3, CI. 128-2.980.
Yasuno, Akio; See —
Tanaka, Ryuji; and Yasuno, Akio, 3,709,91 2.
Yeomans, Robert P: 5«—
Foster, Norman B.. Yeomans, Robert P.; and Daniels, Robert S.,
3.708.902
Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of
Jerusalem; See-
Gross, Jack; and Gordon, Amirav, 3.710.1 17.
Yokogawa Electnc Works, Ltd.; See—
Neu. Kazuo; and Tochitani, YuUka, 3,7 1 0,326.
Ohata. Shuichi; Takeuchi, Yoji; and Ishiguro, Takeshi, 3.7 10.089.
Yokoyama, Hideo, to Sony Corporation Signal gating circuit.
3.710.142. CI. 307-242.000.
Yoon, Moo S ; 5<f—
Niesan, George P.; and Yoon, Moo S., 3,709.604
Yoshida, Akira; See—
Oda, Nakaaki; Monoka, Nagaharu, Makino, Yoshio; and Yoshida,
Akira, 3,709,824
Yoshida, Nono; TomiU, Kuniyuki, and Iizuka, Yoshio, to Sankyo
Company Limited. 2-Alkyl-4,5-diphenylpyrTole denvatives.
3,709,906. CI. 260-326.50m.
Yoshidomi Pharmaceutical Industries; See—
Goya, Yoshihito; Nakanishi, Michio, Sawatan, Kenichi; Hirose,
Akira;andShinozawa,Tetsuichi, 3,709,674
Yoshimura, Susumu; Asakawa, Shirow; and Hasegawa, Katsue. Solid
electrolyte. 3,709,820, CI 252-62.200. ,„^„o,, ^, ,„
Yoshimura, Susumu. Organic solid electrolyte. 3,709,821, CI. 23i-
62.200. . ^ r f
Yoshitakc, Norito; and Imazeki, Ryoji, to Fujitsu Limited System tor
diagnosing an input-output control unit. 3,710.350, CI. 340-172.500.
Youden. David H , to Heald Machine Company. The Machine tool.
3.708.923. CI. 51-165.930.
Young, Christopher John; S«— -,^«n^c^
Desty. Denis Henry; and Young, Christopher John, 3.709.654.
Young, James B, Jr.; S^r— .j . , ^
Cohen John B . Janson, Paul E ; Mc Fariand. Harold L., Jr ; and
Young, James B., Jr., 3,7 10,324.
Yuasa Battery Company Limited; 5^^—
Fujimoto, Tadasu, Kuroda. Kotofusa. and Yamamoto, Akira,
3,709,737.
Yuda, Minoru; S«—
Abe.Takuzi.and Yuda.Minoru. 3,710,017
Zadow Hanni; and Zadow, Herbert. Free foil (low control device.
3,709,244, CI. 137-106.000
Zadow. Herbert: 5^^—
Zadow. Hanni, and Zadow, Herbert. 3,709,244.
Zafira France; See—
Moransais, Charles, 3,709,07 1 ,.,„„„„. ^. ^,
Zaharis, Edmond P. Fishing line diving device. 3.708.904. CI 43-
43.130 , ^
Zahn, Wolfgang, Findeis, Gunter; and Muller, Dieter, to Agfa-Gevaert
Aktiengesellschaft. Method and apparatus for the production of
color pnnts. 3,709,601, CI. 355-38 000
Zahn, Wolfgang; Friedrich. Gunther; and Weinert. Volker. to Agfa-
Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Method and apparatus for determining
pnntingtimeof negatives. 3,709,6 13, CI 356 202 000
Zammit, Frank X . and Schad, Anthony G , to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, mesne Concealed adjustable element for electronic
circuitcards. 3,710,194. CI. 3 17-101. OOr.
Zamowiecki, Krzysztof; See— r , T.n i i a
Zielczynski, Mieczyslaw; and Zamowiecki, Krzysztof, 3,710,1 16.
Zaruba, Wenzel; and Sehnal, Jan, to Textol Systems, Inc Linear actua-
tor system with reversing means. 3,709,047, CI. 74-25.00.
Zbrojovka Brno, narodni podnik: See—
Hyca, Bohumil, 3,709,759.
Zbrojovka Brono, narodni podnik: See—
Hyca. Bohumil, 3,709,760
Zeiger Kenneth K., to Inter-Computer Electronics. Inc. Sample and
hold circuit. 3,710,141, CI. 307-235.000.
Zemke, Frederick A ; Ste-
Looker, Olin L., Zemke, Frederick A.; Knicely, David R ; Rouse,
Russell V ; and Slates, Larry L., 3,709.23 1
Zemtsov, Jury Semenovich; See—
Isaev. Alexei llich; Pevzner. Semen Albertovich. and Zemtsov,
Jury Semenovich, 3,708.919.
Zepell Nathan A. Writing implement with retractable writing tip en-
closure. 3.709,6 19, CI. 401-108 000.
Zergenyi, Janos; See —
Habicht, Ernst; Libis, Bernard; and Zergenyi, Janos, 3,709,909.
Ziegler Carl; and Sprague, James M., to Merck & Co., Inc N-Acyl and
n-organosulfonyl mono-or di-substituted sulfamoylbenzenesulfona-
mides. 3,709,91 7, CI. 260-347.200.
Zielczynski, Mieczyslaw; and Zamowiecki, Krzysztof. Dosimeter for
penetrating ionizing radiation of any composition and spectmm.
3,710,1 16, CI. 250-83.60r ♦
Ziemelis, Andris Eduardovich; See—
Abramov, Viktor Petrovich, Junga, Yan Petrovich; Berzin, Ou-
nard Valdemarovich; Skrupsky, Voldemar Petrovich; Frolov,
Petr Nikolaevich; Lugovskoi, Andrei Lukyanovich; Shilgonn,
Felix Alexandrovich; Dalbinsh, Yan Yanovich; Rotsen, Karl Ar-
turovich; Ziemelis,Andns Eduardovich; Elksnis, Artur
Yanovich, and Priede, Bruno Andreevich, 3,709,270
Zimmerman, Abraham A.; Furlong, Louis E , and Vadekar, Mohan, to
Esso Research and Engineering Company. Gasoline coniposition
providing enhanced engine operation. 3,709,668, CI. 44-72.000.
Zirkle, Charles L;S«— -,^«nn,,
Lafferty, John J.; and Zirkle, Charles L, 3,709,91 3.
Zmoda, Barney Joseph; S««r— u , ^«o ok
Chirash, William; and Zmoda, Barney Joseph. 3,709,825.
Zocco, Naule C; and Cohen, Sunley 1., to Olin Corporation Polyu-
rethane foams having increased density. 3,709,843, CI. 260-2. San.
Zoda, Keiichi: S*^— ^ . „ .. . . j i. l
Shimoda, Keiuro; Tsutsui, Nobuhiro; Zoda, Kenchi; and Ueki.
Masayuki. 3,709,971.
Zoecon Corporation; See—
Siddall,JohnB.,3,709,914
SiddalLJohnB, 3,709,915.
Zwagemakers, Johannes; S«f— u . i „
Van Dijk, Jan. Zwagemakers, Johannes; and Van Houtenlaan.
Maria Antonius, 3,709,91 1 .
LIST OF REISSUE PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 9th DAY OF JANUARY, 1973
NOTE —Arranged in accordanco with tlie Hist signiticant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice) .
AMI' Inc. : See—
KinUalnl. Robert J. He. 27.540.
Hramlev, Anthony, and .1. R Cilhert : said (.ilbert assipnor to
said r.ramlev. Production of netting'. Ue. 27.044. 1-J-M,
CI. nil — ')-."
(Jllbert, .Toliii K. : .Vcc , ,. .._.,,
Uraiiilcv Anthony, and (Jilbcrt. Ke. J(.o44.
(Jiiv William K.. to Kelvinator, Inc. UanK*' open door latch-
inVd.-vicc. Ke.:>7,545. 1-9-7:5. CI. 219— 412
1 1. .1(1. Uobert U.. to Societe Franco-Hispano-.\m?ricalne Fran-
.•i>|.am. Concoale.! hinges. Re. 27,546, 1-9-7 .i. CI. lb— 1(.4.
Kclvinatiir, Inc. : Sec—
(Jiiv. William n. Re. 27. .54a. .^^ «„„
Kinkalrd Robert .!.. to AMI' Inc. Panel connector with flag-
tvp.' terminals. Re. 27.r,4(>. 1-9-73, CI. :?:{9— 1(0.
Kitiliel I'red L. to I'.s. Steel Corit. Annealing furnace seal.
Re 2'7,n4:{, 1-9--.-?, CI. 2C..1 40.
Morehouse, Edward L.. to Union Carbide Corp. Siloxan_e-ox.v-
alkylene copolvnier foam stabilizers. Re. 2(,o41, l-a-id, «_i.
2«0— 448.2.
Olivetti, Ing. C, & C, S.p.A. : f^ee—
Perucca, Vincenzo. Re. 27,542.
Perncca, Vincenzo. to Ing. C. Olivetti & C, S.p.A. High speed
serial printing device for teleprinters, accounting machines
and data processing equipment. Re. 2<.u4J. l-J-i^. ci.
101 — 93.
Societe Franco-IIispano-Americalne Francispam
Hocq, Robert R. Re. 27,540.
Union Carbide Corp. : Sec —
Morehouse, Edward L. Re. 27.541.
U.S. Steel Corp. : See —
Kltchel. Fred L. Re. 27.543.
See —
LIST OF PLANT PATENTEES
Oo.-„rd. Bob C. .o Vn„,r Brothers, .no. a,r,«.,„„™um ,„v,.J„o,.s T.^o Ir.l„ «r.,„bo„se». Inc. K.lancho. plan..
„£':';, i;SS„;r,?.v'LS:,I?os. ,nc. : ,ce- a., J'/Uc Jt V.'.o li <^- nm CO.. inc. B.se plan,. 3,28,.
,..„,i',:'"l.-uL;,.,',J»¥:"'w:'/;' iVa. jr.. .„■■ «•. ^ Oujeu. ,o J'-'-;ViiV,'''i'*,'„i'-T!.^^t;;., jr.. an,l puff,,.. 3.280.
Y.Kler Brothers. Inc. Chrysanthemum plant. 3,J89. 1-9-7.1 Tni.nVon I'lrold " Jr to Driscoll Strawberry Associates.
<-l.so.. "^"\";*'strawberlvplan^
"*"■ ,^'l/" -if hrV"r VosV" Yoder P.rothers, Inc. : .S'ee—
.lelly. Robert <•. ^, -ST. Toward Hob C 3 288. _ „ oon
Irwin (;reenli()uses. Inc. : .Sec — (Jentile ' Eugene T.. Jessel, Jr., and Duflfett. 3.289.
Irwin, James T. 3,290.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
A.E.I. Corp. : Sec—
Zahlman. Charles C. 225,917.
AMP Inr. : Nfc —
Kourimsky, Urledrich J. A. 225,857.
AdI.T. James S. : .sVf -
ix.lliv. Joliii T.. and Adler. 220.880.
Doll/v. John T.. and AtUer. 225,887.
Dolby, John T.. and Adler. 225.888.
.\inerock Corp. : Sec —
Clavton, Ua Verne E. 225,821.
Teiriier. Raymond U. H. 225,820.
.\mpex Corp. : See —
Stalev Darrell S. 225.8(!.S. ^, ^
Anthonv. Kre,l S.. to Oregon Novelties. Inc. Indoor table_ top
tether ball game standar<l_ 22.-^ S.3 l-9--,3 CI 1M4— ...
AMiiila. Joseph M. Hat. •J2.-..79:i. 1 9-..{. CI. J^T,— tV*^- „o^ «"•?
Anslander. Norman 1... to Lan.ler Co., Inc. P.ottle. 22o,8..3,
P.allinia'n': R.ilph W.. and 1 ». R. lUimphiey to I?achmans Inc.
Floral display cart. 225.839. 1-9-.3. CI. in4— 3.
I'.achinins Inc. : See -
P.adimaii. Ralph W.. and Humphrey. 22o.839.
ISall Hougla-^ ('.. to Massey-lMTgllson Industries Ltd. 1 He
ca'rt 22."..s40. l-!t-7:<. n. 1)14 :;. „^_
I '..'.l lent. Jack R. Tether hall projector and catcher toy. __.} -
i;crt,yix^Miuido.^to^I"'lustrie Pirelli. S.p.A. Tire. 225.914,
1-9-73. n. D90 20.
Itesser Co. : See - . „, ,
Cruzen Harry V.. Jr. 22.i.84t..
Ressetr. riifford H. : See -
P.ovd. James W. and Bessett. 22a,8.3(..
Hnlim Richard P (""iiibiiied television guide holder and pro-
gram lemiuder. 22.-. sill. 1 !. 7:'.. f 1- r>(i---18-t.
P.oldt M.'lviii 11. to <i. W. Murphy Industries. Inc. Saber saw.
22.'i".si9 1 9-73. CI. I»8 (14. .. , . r. *
Hovd Jaiiies W.. .md <'. II. P.essett. to Packaging Corp. of
\iueri<:i. P;icUairiuL' tray f-.r eggs <ir other fragile articles.
225 S.{r,. 1-9-73. n. 1)9 -190.
P.roadley. Eric H.. to Eola Cars Ltd. Model racing car. 22...-
Kr^^llon. Thoma^ir'it.ttl^-225.s:n. 1-9-73. CI. H9-40.
P.iowii. Caylor W. : See- „„- o„r
Jidiuson. Robert T.. and P.rown. 22.),83.i.
P.ruce Pla-;tics. Inc. : See —
S/.al.o. P.elii C 22."..S29.
P.ruiiswi<k Cori... The : See -
IJeiueniaii. Richard (i. 225.*^....
Sdiaefer. (Jeorile V.. 'S2~t.S~4.
P.iihk Randall P.. to Steehase. Inc. rii.iir body. 225.843. 1-9
73. ri. 1)15^1.
IJurke J E.. Co.. The : .Sec —
BurkrWi7liYn!':rtoT,Te'f T:. Rurke Co. Antique car bounce
Cl^SnrSf ^: loSs^(^{2tlnc. Hinge. 225,823, 1-9-73.
(•,S,.n"u:e''-, to Coats & Clark. Inc. Hinge. 225.S24. 1-9-7..
Cli^^n"i:;:e'L; to coats & Clark. Inc. Hinge. 225,825. 1-9-73,
Cha'seiV'uee R.-, to Coats & Clark, Inc. Hinge. 225,82C.. 1-9-73,
Cl'isefil'L^e R.-, to coats & Clark. Inc. Hinge. 225,827. 1-9-73.
CluiseP^Lee R.; to Coats & Clark. Inc. Hinge. 225,828. 1-9-73,
C,';'trEa'verne E.. to Amen.ck Corp. Pull. 225.S21. 1-9-
cJine^; Rlclianlll. Ribb.-l -heel center. 225.842. 1-9-73.
Cliiie.'vincenTc. Rank book register dip. 225.90.;. 1-9-73. CI.
•"'^"vautalUnlmi^rRobert II.. and Clowe. 225.807.
Coastal I»yiiaii.>s Corp j ji*'.*'—
Krantz J<din D. 22.). So.).
Coats & Clark. Inc. : See —
Chasen. Lee R. 225.823.
Chasen. Lee R. 22.1.824.
Chasen. Lee R. 225.82.^.
Chasen. Lee R. 225.82<..
Chasen. Lee R. 22.-.S2..
Cost^'uhui 'in^^.iV^^^forsmall quantities of liquid. 225.845.
Co!v:;lr'Edlvi!:'''L 'hadiant heater. 225.851. 1-9-73. C.
Cramerjohn C to Dayton Coil Spring Co. Ash tray. 225.-
.(09. 1-9-73. CI. DS.5- 2. , « -^ ri
(^•an.iell. Clendon E. Study c rrdl. 22.,.8.1. 1-9-.3. CI.
Cri;ch;;']olu. L. Watercraft. 225.904. l-^^'i;;,:;,,;?^; ^73
Cruzen, Harrv F.. Jr.. to P.esser Co. Pdock. 22...840. l-9-i3.
- CI. D18— 2.
''"">n,n;;'''i)axMri^ Mello. an.WMaddestra. 225.850.
1 lavtoii Coil Siu-liig Co. : See^ -
Cramer. John C. 22...909. Poldinu'
1 .„ T (• T'liriiifore Co.. Inc. toioinj.
De ( ,irlo. (Jiancarlo. to .1. <■■ inrniiiirr
chair. 22r'..795. 1 '.t-7:!. CI. D"". -41.
PI 44
PI 50
LIST
DESIGN PATENTEES
3:'j'ohl-'?'an5'rf^^^^^^ to Standard Oil Co. Tray ^ rrr"o..rU Co Translucent nu,
DoS^Vn-a?d^^^^'an°/t^f Sauev. to Flan..ea« Plastics La.et Fran.^J.^^o Pl.i^^^^^^^^^^ c'
Corp. Stein. 225,885. 1-9-. 3. CI. D44-9. ^^^._j^
Jorp. -
Dunlop Ltd. : See— „„_.,.
Wilcox. Brian L. 22o,91o.
Dunlop Holdings Ltd : See—
Olta. Yoshio. 225,913.
Educational Computer Corp. : Sec—
Slecko, NMcholas A., and Murph>. 22d,8o».
Electrohome Ltd : See— _ _„
Explosives Corp of -^^\^^\ca: Sec—
Fodo?'^¥^oSrs''^p'edesfa?1or' furniture. 225.810. 1-9-73. CI.
Fis'h'^Morris F.. to Mohasco Industries, Inc. Chair. 225.800.
1-9-73. CI. DO— 71.
Flambeau Plastics Corp. : See—
Doman. Donald W and ^a"^>\,-2^f°^comblned cup and
^'^l^l^rlS^e^at^^cSlni^'Al^'^'Vn Jf ^r ?^e !i;:^^25.«38^-9-
Fu^fta"^ R?'z^'co'mbJned tape Pla,.r and radio receiver "there-
OaS^cf^f^KT^n^tSkSaUa;^;^ Can.ter
for dehumlditylng crystals or a similar article. -o.So-.
1-9-73, Cl. D23— 140.
Gillette Co.. The : Sec—
Or».''S«-ri"Jn| f:T MorcU. J,r - s,,.. Corp. .„■.».-
trial burner. 223. 8o4. 1-9-73. Cl. I»-d--i-iw.
Insulated ice chest or similar article. 22.1.884. 1 9 <^. Li.
IL-SSrwilliam. Calked horse shoe. 225.809. 1-9-73. Cl.
K! So^^ f ^Sb?^l^i!:s?-^^?-a^^^storage unit
225. T
90 1-9-73. Cl. DO— 43.
Hiil Vobert 1: toThe r.'illette Co. Dispensing container. 225.
Hol^ma'nTSs^to'HV.All Mfg. Co.. Inc. Shoe rack. 225.802.
1-9-73. Cl. D6— 110.
Hold- All Mfg. Co.. Inc. -.See—
Ploffman. Louis. 225 802.
flonevwell Information Systems. Inc. . ^ee— ■
Horn^."'?filU^A'-'^R."an^f h'.^|. VniHemenot to T, p , ,
Gamble Co. Jar or similar article. 22...8.^J, l-.» <c5. »^i.
D9~100. „ „
Humphrey. Dallas R. ■See—
Rachman. Ralph W.. and Humphrey. 22o,839.
Hnnt-Wes<on Foods. Inc. : fee —
Knies. Robert H. 225.892.
Hver Hardware Mfe. Co. : ^ec-^ -
' James. David F. 223.822.
Ikejimn. Yoritaka : See—
Ono Taisuke. and Ikeiima. 22.^.918.
Industrie Pirelli. ^-P -^- 'o- n^'iT
Bertazzoli. Guldo. 22.1.914.
International Valide ^(^^y^.^ee—
puter or similar article. 22.>.802. l-.>-(-i. «-i. i'-"
.T. G. Furniture Co.. Inc. : See—_
Tame'^''D^v?d^rro'\"lyVr-^l'la;;Uvare >Ifg. Co. Orn.nmental
blicklnVplnte for handlo as used on doors, drawers, and the
like "".T 822 1-9-73. Cl. D8— 179. ,- , , n,. r^n
Jo inson. Robert T.. and G. W. I'^^JV'^^oJ^roVsTi r-:9-73'
talner for flowable materials or the like. 22.i,8.<.i. i J t-^.
Cl. D9— 109.
.Tustrite :Mftr. Co.. The : See—
Fllder. Frank S. 225.838.
Kahushiki Kaislia Ricoh : f^ec —
Ishii.Hideki. 225.802
Yagi. Ohiko. 225.901
alarm system. 225.90o, 1-9-.3. Cl. D<-— 1.
Lola Cars Ltd. : See—
Broadley. Eric H. 22o.8.9.
Long Island Mold and Tool Corp. : See—
Macl^a^^fe K^^-^J^i^^ii^ar^rova.^ Meopta. narodni pod-
nik. Enlarger. 225.902. 1-9-.3. Ci. DGl— 1.
''"' Munn- David^E.^Melio. and Maddestra. 225,850.
MandJrfield. Ellen B.. to Oneida Ltd. Spoon or similar artl-
■ cle 225,890, 1-9-73. Cl. D54— 12.
Marlln Toy Products. Inc. : See—
Thornell. Ernest L. 22o.881.
Thornell. Ernest L. 22o.882.
Marzurova. Danuse : See— oo:^ ono
Machacek. Karel. and Marzurova. 22o.902.
Massev-Ferguson Industries Ltd. : Hee
Bali. Douglas C. 225.840.
Mastrovito, Donald P. : See — .,^,.it„ oo^i s«^
Di Pierro. Midiael J., and -MasfoxJto- -2o,883.
Hanig. Harvey, and Mastrovito. 22o,884.
Matushita Electric Works. Ltd. ■Sec--
Housing for a radio-phonograph or the like. 2-0.89J. l J
73. Cl. D50— 4.
Medical Testing Systems. Inc. : Sec-
McDonald. Bernard. 22.J.90S.
''''"';Iunn%^a^Md ^E^' M^ilo. and Maddestra. 225.850.
'^^"''>?achrcek"L^a're"'5nd^7arzurova. 225.902.
Mohasco Industries. Inc ^ Sec--
P'isher. Morris F. 22o,800.
Moore James S. Foldable wall shelving unit
73. Cl. DO— 130.
Morck. Charles W.-. Jr. : See—
Gray. David T.. and Morck. 22a._8o4 _„ p, jjgg
Morgan.-M.niT A. INirasolcover^ 22.^911. l-,9^^^^^^
225.803. 1-9-
3.
Morgison. FredV Rock" f-.r small parts. '225.870.' 1-9-73. Cl.
M,mn%avid E.. T. M. Mello. »"'' «„^^I«!|:|''^Jt,j;'^./''_7rcr
Corp. Rotational energy demonstrator. 22o.S.)0. l-.t-(.i. ci.
D25— 1. , - „„^
Murphv, G. W.. Industries. Inc. : See—
Boldt. Melvin H. 225.819.
''"'•';Jl^cS*^chSa; ^'^d Murphy. 225.859.
Xasta Industries Corp. : See—
Ohno'ti'i'omiSu" ReceTviS case for lending shoes. 225.895.
Oita VolhS.- Po'Dunlop Holdings Ltd. Tire. 225.913. 1-9-73.
Cl. D90 — 20.
Olsson. Stlg A. V. : See—
Sjostedt. Bo A., and Olsson. 225.805.
Oneida Ltd. : See—
Manderfield. Ellen B 220.890
O„o ^T^a^S'a^d^Y.^Ike^inm'trMatnshita Electric Work.
•''Lid Combined electric \lr.v ^''"ve/.trl miner and cover or
similar article. 225.918. 1-9-73. Cl. D95— 3.
Oregon Novelties. Inc. : See-
Anthony, Fred S. 225 873.
Owens-rorninc Fiberglas Corp. : Scr—
Fulton. James F.. and Rlnaldi. 22.->.S48.
I'ackacing Corp. of America : Sec—
Bovd. James W.. and Bessett. 22o.8.i<'.
Pallet Development. Inc. : See—
Skendrovlc. Lawrence. 22o,841.
Philadelphia Quartz Ca: See—
Lazet. Frank J. 223.844
Procter & Gamble Co.. The: See— o.>-, s-^o
Home. Willard R.. and A uiUemenot. 2-.).S.i-
Y.ag; Ohiko. 225.901. , ^ , „ , U'''""^! ,!„ r Fvnand\ble o^^^^^^
.^ivitls Robert E.. to Xerox Corn. Housing for electronic «''_\"^;:;;",i„coring device. 223.875. 1-9-73. Cl. D34-5.
apparatus. 225.801. 1-9-73. Cl. D20— o. Resp.nrch Technologv Inc J Sec—
' ' . _ ui.^yi- Tfiiv T. .Tr. 220.903.
Kalv
ap,
Kao. Tonis : See —
Kramer Herbert, and Kao. 22.0.808.
Kline. George H.. to Honeywell Information i^^vst'^nj^- ^^^
Kevboard for a bank teller terminal or the like. 2-o.H.n».
1-9-73 Cl D20 — 3.
Kneanler' Stephen J., to Richford America Corp. Bottle. 2-;..-
8.'?4. 1-9-73. Cl. D9— 143, ^r » , , „,.
Knies Robert H.. to Hunt-Wesson Foods. Inc. Matchhook
covIm-. 223.892. 1-9-73. Cl. D48 -29.
Koehrlnc Co. : See— , ,, „ oo:? s^^^
Johnson. Robert T.. and Brown. 22.-).83o.
Short. Rav L.. Jr. 22.5 903.
Richford America Corp. : -^^C-^,
n,H,S:S''KH^rK"''n .^oTi^^Jtj,!..... ^P»«" " "I""'" ""■
cle 223. SOS. 1-9-73. Cl. Do4 -12.
Rlnaldi. Joseph A. : '^ff— ,. 005 a48
Fulton. James F.. and Rinaldi. __n.?*^P.
Uowenta-Werke GmbH ■Sec—
Strzelczyk. Gotz F. 22.>.891.
Knuev Lawrence K. : See _„_
rioman. Donald W.. and Sauey. 22o.885.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
PI 51
Cl.
225,907, 1-9-73.
Inc. Film inspec-
Savage, Charles C. Xecktle. 225,794, 1-9-73. Cl. D2— 351.
Schaefer George E., to The Brunswick Corp. Pedestal for a
bowler Identification panel for a bowling scoring device.
225 874. 1-9-73. Cl. D34— 5.
Scholes Eldred S. Pastry filler head. 225.889, l-9-(3,
D44— 29.
Schussel, Edward W. : See—
Matzel. George J., and Schussel. 22o,91G.
Sekine Nobuyoshi. Bicycle. 225,912. 1-9-73. Cl. D90-8.
Selas Corp. : Sec — , „„_„_.
Gray, David T., and Morck. 22o,8o4.
Semli)roduktion AB : .see— „,.„„_
Sjostedt. Bo A. and Olsson. 22o,80ij.
Shiu. Desmond K. .Massage roller applianct
Cl D83 1
Short Rav L., Jr.. to Research Technolog.y
tloii machine. 223,903, 1-9-73, Cl. DOl— 1. , r^ ^
Siecko, Nicholas A..' and <;. W. Murph.v. ty K' u;|it'o^
puter Corp. Electronic computer or similar article. J_o.So.».
1-9-73. Cl. 1)20—5.
Siemens Aktiengesellscliaft : Scc^_
Sios^^^T^ rS rV:^^Cn^r._ Semiproduktlon AB.
.^^^!''^JvS^\o-'^^\^^or^nt, inc. Pallet.
SpSil'NoinS't.f'NS^a Industries Corp. Toy ferris wheel.
"•^5 S80 1-9-73. Cl. D34- 15. . . ,
Stafev Darren S. to Ampcx Corp. Magnetic tape video cas-
sette machine. 225.803. 1-9-73. Cl. D20-5.
Standard Oil Co. : See , ,, . •»„ 00=; bb-^
Di Pierro. Michael J., and Mastrovito. 22o.S83.
Dolbv. John T.. and Adler. 22o,880.
DolbV, John T., and Adler. 225.88 <.
Dolby, John T., and Adler. -i2o.888._
Hanig. Harvey, and Mastrovito. 22o,sa4.
Stcelcase. Inc.: Sec- -
Buhk, Randall P. 225,843.
Stop-Motion Devices Corp. : See— „„_..„
.m^^'-G^^'^^' ui^'iu.^^^^^^^^n. Table lighter.
St;;PSruV-^;^l\/^V:^'^ni..s Corp. Fan heater. 225,849.
1-0-73, Cl. D23 -73. 1 o 7^ ri n'>'?_84
Suuronen. Matti J. P-ath stove. 22o.8a0. 1-9- < 3, Cl. I)-3 »4.
Svstroii-Donner Cor)). : >'ef —
Szab.V''a'G'"'to'Bnu.f Plastics. Inc. Coiner protector for
binding straps surrounding bundles ot sheets and the like.
225 S29 1-9-73. Cl. D8— 203.
Tate. Michael D. : See—
McQuarrie, Harvey K.. and T.ate._225.899^
Tavlor, Jimmv L. Spinner toy. 22o,8.8, l-9-<3. Cl. D34— lo.
Pull. 225,820,
Inc. Toy alr-
Poly-poly
Student Desk. 225,800, 1-9-73, Cl. DO— 179.
Student's carrel unit. 225,807, 1-9-73, Cl.
Student carrel unit. 225,808. 1-9-73, Cl.
Tegner, Raymond U. 11., to Amerock Corp
1-9-73, Cl. D8— 158. „ ^
Thornell, Ernest L., to Marlln Toy Products,
port structure. 225,8Sl, 1-9-73. Cl. D34— lo.
Thornell Ernest L., to Marlin Toy I'roducts, Inc
figure "toy. 225,8^2, 1-9-73, Cl. D34-^15.
TorFev, Frank R. Bench. 225,797, 1-9-73, C . DO— 08.
Torrev, Frank R. Bench. 225,798, 1-9-73. Cl. DO— o9.
Torrey. Frank R. Chair. 225,801 .1-9-73, Cl Do— ; 5.
Torrev, Frank R. Student desk. 225,804, 1-9-.3, C1..D6--138.
Torrey Frank R. Work table for students. 22o,H0o. l-9-(3,
CI.'dO- 140.
Torrey, Frank R.
Torrev. Frank R.
DO— 181.
Torrey, Frank R.
To?r"7: Frank R. Student desk. 22_5,809, 1-9-73. Cl. DG-181.
Torrey, Frank R. Study carre . 22o.8 2. -9-<3 C . 06-189.
Torrey, Frank R. Study carrel. 22o,813, l-?-<3, Cl. D(,_-
Torrey, Frank R. Storage slielf unit. 22d,814, 1-9- < 3.
DO— 189. ^ ,, .^ „„. „,.
Torrey. Frank R. Storage shelf unit. 22o,81o,
DO— 189. , ^ 00-01-
Torrey, Frank R. Backrest support. 22o,81<.
Torrey "Frank R. Double backrest unit. 225,818.
DO— 200.
r.S. Philips Corp. : See —
Van ValkiXirgh.^R'oben'^H., and R. A. Clowe, to Xerox Corp.
Unattended telephone answering apparatus or similar artl-
Va'ih: Wii'liam'. ^TpLong^Island'^Iold and T<iol Corp. Whirling
tov ball or the like. 225.870, 1-9-73, Cl. D34— lo.
Vuillemenot. Robert P. : See- -
Home. Willard R.. and Vuillemenot 2-., 832
Wilcox. Brian L. to Dunlop Ltd. Tire. 22o.91o. 1-9-73. Cl.
WooteiTAndrv. Rotatable rack for phonograph records. 225,-
811. i-9-7.3; Cl. DO— 185.
Xerox Corp. : Sec—
Kalvltis, Robert E. 22o,8<.0.
i\"^Valkfnburglf:RoSt' H.. and Clowe. 225.807
vagi Ohiko to iJfbushiki Kalsha Rlcoh^ Waterproof photo-
cnnhic camera. 225.901. 1-9-73. Cl. DOl — 1. „ ^ „,.
Yale's.' Patr?"- 1. to i:xp]osiv_es Cor,^ of America. Hand op-
erable blaster. 223,804. 1-9-73. Cl. p20-13
Yates.'Roger D. Food wrapper bag. 22o.S3<. l-.t-<.<. ^i-
Zahlnmif ^Charles C. to A.E.I. Corp. Hot water dispenser.
225.917. 1-9-73. Cl. D94— 3.
1-9-73.
1-9-73.
1-9-73,
-*89.
Cl.
Cl.
Cl.
Cl.
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED JANUARY 9, 1973
Note. — First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
CLASS 2
203D
3.708.853
32
3.708.920
449 3,708.997
3,709,070
45
3.709.132
46 3.708,799
203P
3.708,850
131
3,708,921
CLASS 64
869 3,709.067
3.709,133
74 3.708.800
203
3,708,851
165 92
3,708,922
IIR 3.708,999
CLASS 75
60
3.709.134
94 3.708,801
208B
3,708,854
165 93
3,708,923
13 3.709.000
6 3.709.680
3.709.135
155 3,708,802
237
3,708,855
205R
3,708,924
25 3.709.001
lOR 3.709,678
62
3.709,136
198 3,708,803
401
3,708,856
206P
3.708,925
CLASS 65
8 3,709,670
19 3,709,671
26 3,709,679
64D
3.709,137
244 3.708.804
419
3,708,858
273
3.708.926
109 3,709,681
93
3.709.138
CLASS 3
430
3,708,859
310
3,708,936
134C 3,709,682
CLASS 96
1 3.708,805
3,708.860
CLASS 52
30 3,709,672
CLASS 81
IR
3,709.683
CLASS 4
10 3,708,806
172 3,708,807
432
433
454
470 1
3,708,861
3.708,862
3,708,863
3,708.865
39
90
98
3,708.927
3.708,928
3,708.929
3,708,930
182R 3,709,673
CLASS 66
98 3,709,002
3J 3,709,071
57.13 3,709.072
1 19 3,709.073
1.5
1.7
2
29L
3,709,684
3.709,685
3,709,686
3,709.687
CLASS 5
479
3,708.864
1 18
3,708,937
50R 3,709,003
CLASS 82
362
3,709,695
95 3,708,808
498
3.708,866
169
3,708,931
57 3,709.004
36R 3,709,074
48
3,709,688
260 3,708,809
520
3.708,868
232
3.708.932
CLASS 68
CLASS 83
64
3,709.689
343 ^708,810
525
3,708,867
2 36
3,708,933
6 3,709,005
13 3,709,274
67
3.709.690
CLASS S
527.6
3,708,869
237
3,708,934
CLASS 70
27 3,709.075
87R
3.709.691
17 3.709.656
5HQ
3,708,870
416
3.708,935
364R 3,709,006
42 3,709.076
108
3.709.692
116 3 3.709.657
129 3.709.658
137 3.709.659
592
3,708,87 1
456
3.708.939
152 3.709.077
1 18
3,709,693
597
600
604
3,708,872
3,708,87 3
3,708,874
471
484
588
3.708.938
3,708.941
3.708.940
CLASS 71
1 3,709,674
35 3,709,675
226 3,709,078
355 3.709.080
375 3.709,079
CLASS 98
2 16 3,709,139
CLASS 9
60 5
3,708,875
3,708,943
92 3,709.676
404.2 3.709,265
CLASS 99
8P 3.708.811
625
3.708,876
745
3,708,944
94 3,709,677
411 3,709,081
28
3,709.694
8R 3.708.812
628
3,708,877
940
3,708,942
CLASS 72
575 3,709,083
80R
3.709.696
CLASS II
3 3.708.813
CLASS 12
12 5 3,708,814
142E 3.708.815
CLASS 13
61
172
320
3,708,878
CLASS 30
3,708,879
3,708,880
3.708,881
CLASS 32
22R
37
48
5 3
55
CLASS 53
3,708,945
3,708,946
3,708.950
3,708,949
3,708,947
8 3,709,007
3,709,008
3,709,009
3,709,010
10 3,709,011
21 3.709,012
25 3 709 01 3
618 3,709,082
751 3,709,273
761 3.709,266
CLASS 84
1.15 3.709,084
166 3,709,085
107
140N
174
176
331
3,709,697
3,709,698
3,709,699
3,709,70!
3,709,702
3,709.703
3,709,140
14 3,709.997
lOA
3.708.8 8 3
74
3,708,948
60 3,709,014
71 3,709,015
CLASS 85
343
3,709,141
25 3.709.998
3 2
3.708.882
75
3,708,951
7 3,709,086
357
3.709.142
26 3.709.999
CLASS IS
2 IE 3.708'.816
20R
1741.
CLASS 33
3.708.884
3.708.88 5
112B
124B
329
3,708,952
3,708,953
3,708,954
III 3,709,018
123 3,709,016
205 3,709,017
61 3,709,087
74 3,709,088
77 3,709,089
37
45
CLASS 101
3.709.143
3.709.144
77 3.708.817
CLASS 34
CLASS 55
242 3,709,019
CLASS 87
66
3.709.145
97 3.708,8 18
5
3.708.886
20
3,708.956
283 3,709,020
4 3,709,090
93C
Re 27,542
104()6R 3.708.819
57A
3.708.887
3 1
3.708,955
3,708,957
3.708,981
3,708,958
3,708,959
3,708,960
289 3,709,021
CLASS 89
317
3.709,146
104 16 3,708,820
8 3
3.708.889
36
311 3,709,022
189 3.709.091
351
3.709,147
210R 3.708.821
250 03 3.708.822
340 3.708.823
169
242
3.708.888
3.708.890
CLASS 35
73
89
97
1 69
402 3,709,023.
420 3.709,024
421 3,709.025
191 3.709,092
CLASS 90
8 3,709,093
10
22
CLASS 102
3.709,148
3.709.149
397 3.708,824
9A
3.708.89 1
261
3J08,961
CLASS 73
12 3.709,026
1 IC 3,709,094
CLASS 104
CLASS 16
9D
3.708.89 3
300
3,708,962
3,709,095
25
3.709.1 50
49 3.708.825
21
3,708,894
37 3
3,708,963
37.5 3,709,027
15 3,709,096
52 3.708.826
9li 3,708.827
164 Re 27.546
31D
3,708,892
CLASS 37
392
488
3,708,964
3,708,965
38 3,709,028
67. 8R 3,709,029
7 1.1 3,709,030
CLASS 91
46 3,709,098
26R
199C
CLASS 105
3.709.153
3.709.151
4
3,708,896
CLASS 56
101 3,709,031
54 3.709.099
253
3,709,152
CLASS 17
lO 3. 708. ft 8
142A
3,708,895
6
3,708,966
147 3,709,036
189 3.709.100
368R
3,709,154
CLASS 40
12 7
3,708.967
154 3.709,032
424 3.709.101
3,709,155
1 1 3.708.829
1
3.708.897
16 5
3.708.968
178T 3,709.033
437 3.709,103
369A
3.709,156
CLASS 19
70
3.708,898
CLASS 57
204 3.709,035
495 3,709,104
409
3,709,157
5R 3.708.830
128
3,708,899
55 5
3.708.969
23! 3,709,037
503 3,709,102
ri avk 106
65T 3.708.832
212
3.708.900
140R
3.708.970
313 3,709,038
CLASS 92
39R
3,709,704
236 3.708.83 1
CLASS 42
CLASS 58
336 3,709,039
137 3.709,105
54
3.709.705
CLASS 23
230R 3,709.662
IN
IR
3.708.90 1
3.708.902
3
6R
3.708,97 1
3,708,972
354 3,709,040
466 3,709,043
138 3,709,106
169 3,709,107
57
87
3.709.706
3.709.707
232R 3.709.663
253R 3.709.661
1 7 6
CLASS 43
3.708.903
19
28R
3,708,973
3,708,974
515 3,709,041
516R 3,709,042
3,709,108
186 3,709.109
216
288B
3,709,708
3.709,709
269 3.709,665
43 1
3 3.708.904
I21R
3,708,975
CLASS 74
CLASS 93
300
3.709.710
285 3,709,664
100
3,708,905
CLASS 60
2 3,709.044
36 6 3.709.110
CLASS 108
300 3.709.666
CLASS 24
16PB 3.708.835
1 12
1 14
3,708.906
3.708.907
3,708.908
39 25 3,708.976
52US 3,708,977
53R 3.708.978
5F 3,709,04 5
15.86 3,709.046
25 3,709,047
53 3,709,048
89 2 3,709,049
121 3,709,050
44 3.709.114
58.2 . 3.709.111
CLASS 94
43
44
51
3.709.158
3.709.159
3.709,160
204 3,708,8 3 3
3,708,837
6
CLASS 44
3.709.700
59R
274
3,708,979
3.708,980
15 3.709.112
18 3.709.115
3.709,161
3,709.162
205 IC 3,708,836
72
3,709,668
CLASS 61
230 17E 3,709,052
46AC 3,709,116
53
3.709.163
230A 3.708,838
279 3,708,834
7
CLASS 46
3,708,909
IE
3,708,982
3,708,983
230 I7M 3,709,051
243R 3,709,053
CLASS 95
4 5R 3.709,117
3.709,164
3.709,165
CLASS 28
1 7
3,708,9 10
4 3
3,708,984
258 3,709,054
lOCT 3,709,113
106
3,709.166
15 3,708,839
47
3,708,9 1 1
46
3,708,986
462 3,709,055
IIR 3,709,119
128
3.709,167
203H 3,708,852
204
3 708 912
,' 3,708,987
469 3,709,056
3,709,120
CLASS 109
CLASS 29
243LV 3.708.913
46.5
' 3.708,985
492 3,709,057
3,709,122
IS
3,709,168
1 1 3 708 84 1
^^ ■ A d* f* d O
48
3,708,988
594 4 3,709,058
11 3,709,121
29
3.709,169
I.I ,' ^ ' v/ *■ ,*' ^ 1
38C 3.708,840
105A 3,708,842
215
CLASS 48
3,709.669
64
69R
3,708,989
3,708,990
650 3,709,069
661 3,709,059
1 1 5R 3,709,118
3.709.123
8R
CLASS 110
3,709,170
3,708,84 3
CLASS 49
69
3,708,991
687 3,709,060
12 3.709.124
3,709,171
123 3,708,844
209
3.708.9 14
CLASS 62
3,709,061
3.709.125
1 32 3 708 845
280
3.708.9 17
35
3,708,993
722 3,709,062
13 3.709.126
CLASS 112
W mj ^ -,' t ^^ ^^ * '
1 56 8CF 3 708 846
340
3.708.9 15
50
3,708,994
750 3.709,063
31FL 3,709,127
79R
3,709,173
1 m7 VF M a ^_ 1 -' ^ ' ^^ K' ^ \^ ^ ^^
159.01 3.708,847
409
3.708.916
63
3,708,995
752 A 3,709,064
3ltM 3,709,128
84
3,709,172
163 5F 3 708 848
CLASS 51
7!
3,708,992
753 3,709,065
3Vr 3,709,129
231
3,709,174
182.5 3.709.667
3
3.708.918
1 16
3,708,996
866 3,709,066
3,709,130
252
3,709,176
201 3!708.849
26
3.708,919
210
3,708.998
3,709,068
3,709,131
262
3,709,175
^
PI 53
PI 54
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
46
56
66 5H
66 5P
72
206R
220
222
CLASS 114
3.709. n7
3.709.178
3.709.180
3,709.179
3.709.181
3.709.182
3.709.183
3.709.184
CLASS
CLASS 136
83R 3.709.734
86A 3.709.735
86R 3,709.736
148 3.709.737
3.709.738
208 3.709.739
217 3.709,740
CLASS
CLASS 115
5 3.709.185
34A 3.709.186
35 3.709,187
CLASS 116
II4R 3.709.188
132 3.709.189
117
3.709.711
3.709.712
3.709.713
3.709.714
3.709.715
3.709.716
3.709.717
3.709.718
3.709.719
3.709.720
3.709.721
3.709.722
3.709,723
3.709,724
3,709.725
3,709,726
3,709,727
3,709,728
3,709,729
3.709,730
2R
17 5
47A
50
63
70C
93 31
95
I04R
II4R
I24A
142
I6IUF
201
213
218
227
238
68
71
81
81 5
106
216
271
296
318
343
355.17
595 .
609
614 19
625 47
625 64
627 5
630 15
137
3.709.239
3,709,240
3.709.241
3,709,242
3,709.243
3.709.244
3.709.246
3.709.247
3.709.248
3.709.249
3.709.250
3.709.251
3.709.252
3.709.253
3.709.254
3.709.255
3.709.256
3,709.257
3.709.258
3.709.259
252
281
282
283
292
325
12
22
47
CLASS
3.709,283
3,709.284
3.709.285
3.709.286
3.709.287
3,709.288
165
3.709.289
3.709.769
3.709.290
CLASS 166
68
232
243
245
253
273
276
278
280
25
3.709.291
3.709.292
3.709.293
3.709.294
3,709.295
3,709.296
3,709,297
3,709,298
3,709,299
3,709,300
CLASS 168
3,709,301
CLASS 182
62 5 3,709,322
115 3,709.323
CLASS 184
IE 3,709.324
CLASS 187
8 72 3.709.330
<J 3.709.331
CLASS 188
CLASS 118
2 3.709.190
8 3.709.191
3.709.192
\<4 3.709.193
50 1 3,709.194
CLASS 119
2 3.709.195
1404 3.709.196
2y 3.709.197
CLASS 122
3.709.198
14
CLASS 138
90 3.709,260
96T 3.709,261
CLASS 139
14 3,709,262
420 3,709,263
CLASS 140
106 3,709,264
CLASS 144
2Z 3.709,267
208B 3.709,268
208E 3.709.269
3.709,272
268 3,709.270
309 3.709.27 1
CLASS 169
9 3.709.302
CLASS 171
86 3.709.303
CLASS 172
450 3.709.034
3.709.304
CLASS 173
30 3.709.305
44 3.709.097
132 3.709,306
71.1
719
79 5P
296
351
CLASS
22R
CLASS
094
3S
3.58
41S
52
64
67R
3,709,3 32
3,709,333
3,709,334
3,709,335
3,709,336
191
3,709.337
192
3.709.344
3.709.338
3.709.340
3.709.339
3.709.342
3.709,34:
3,709,343
CLASS 148
CLASS 123
8 47
41 82
64
73R
1 19A
1 I9B
139AM
I48t
3,70^.199
3.709.200
3.709,201
3.709,202
3,709,203
3,709,204
3,709,205
3,709,206
1.5
6.1
6.2
1 1 5M
12
175
3,709,741
3,709,742
3,709,74 3
3,709,745
3,709,744
3.709,746
CLASS
15BH ,
ISC
18
37
38
89
101 5
13IA
8
329
CLASS 193
34 3,709,345
35C 3.709,346
CLASS 194
3.709,347
CLASS 125
II 3,709,207
CLASS 126
27 1 2A 3,709,208
400 3,709,209
CLASS 127
58 3,709.731
CLASS
IR
2A
2 06B
2 08
4
20
69
75
92A
I32R
156
213
214 4
239
254
340
351
410
419P
486
128
3,709,210
3,709,21 1
3,709,212
3,709,213
3,709.214
3.709.215
3.709.216
3,709.217
3.709,218
3,709.219
3.709.220
3,709,221
3.709.222
3.709.223
3.709.224
3,709,225
3,709.226
3.709.227
3.709,228
3.709.229
3,709.230
CLASS 149
22 3,709,747
109 3,709,748
CLASS 152
24 3 3,709,27 5
362 3,709,276
374 3.709.277
CLASS 156
II 3.709,749
72 3,709.750
78 3,/09,751
79 3,709,752
108 3,709,7 53
161 3,709.754
177 3,709,764
235 3.709,755
364 3,709,756
42 3 3.709,757
494 3,709,758
506 3,709.759
527 3.709.760
S76 3.709.761
5X0 3.709,762
584 3,709,763
CLASS 157
1 3,709,278
24 3,709,279
174
3.710.001
3.7 10.000
3.710.002
3.710.003
3.710.004
3.710.005
3.710.006
120AR 3.710.007
3.710,009
3.710.008
CLASS 175
3.709.307
3.709.308
CLASS 176
3.709.781
CLASS 177
3.709.309
. 3.709.310
* 3.709.311
94
18
28N
28R
29
30
3IR
SIR
66R
127
CLASS 195
39
165
168
203
5
5
5
5
3.709.782
3.709.786
3.709.783
3.709.784
3.709,785
3.709.787
3.709.788
3.709.789
3.709.790
3.709.791
CLASS 198
3.709.348
3.709,349
3.709,353
3.709,354
3,709.350
3.709.351
3.709.355
3.709. 352
3.709.356
3.709.357
CLASS 208
59 3.709.814
112 3.709.817
CLASS 209
73 3.709.327
3.709.328
75 3.709.329
138 3,709.359
215 3.709.360
CLASS 210
7 3.709.792
32 3,709,818
58 3,709,815
3,709,816
83 3,709,361
108 3,709,362
195 3,709,363
3.709,364
233 3,709,365
242 3,709,366
321 3,709,367
365 3.709,368
400 3,709,369
527 3,709,370
CLASS 211
49D 3,709,371
74 3,709,372
113 3.709,373
163 3,709.374
CLASS 212
58 3.709.375
CLASS 213
62R 3,709.376
17 3.709.418
67 3.709.419
76 3.709.417
CLASS 227
7 3.709.420
10 3.709.421
CLASS 228
13 3.709.422
44 3.709.423
3.709.424
CLASS 229
23C 3.709.425
62 5 3.709,426
CLASS 232
43 1 3.709.427
CLASS 178
2R
2
4BD
4sr
s
5
5
6
7
7
58
70R
4E
4R
8R
8
,2
6
CLASS 130
30H 3.709.231
CLASS 131
140C 3.709.232
176 3.709.233
CLASS 132
45R 3,709.234
80R 3,709.235
CLASS 134
57D 3,709,732
104 3,709,236
CLASS 135
5R 3.709.237
20R 3.709.238
1
1
3 :
14
37
44
57
63
67
139
159
162
176
189
232
71
CLASS 161
3,709.765
i 3.709.766
3.709.767
3.709.733
3.709,770
Re 27,544
3,709,768
3,709.77 1
3,709.772
3.709.774
3.709.775
3.709,773
3.709.776
3.709.777
CLASS 162
3.709.778
3.709.779
3.709.8S7
3.709,7X0
CLASS 164
3.709.280
3.709.281
• 3.709.282
CLASS
IG
5P
15AL
15BS
15BY
ISA
18AG
IKBE
I8ES
84VF
84L
100 I TD
100 2C
100 2K
100 2R
I00.2Z
3.710.020
3.710.012
3.710.015
3.710.013
3.710.014
3.710.01 1
3.710.010
3.710.016
3.710.017
3.710.018
3.710.019
3.7 10.021
3.710.022
179
3.710.023
3.710,024
3.710.026
3.7 10.027
3.710.028
3.710.056
3.710.025
3.710.030
3.710.033
3.710.029
3.710.031
3.710.032
3.710.034
3.710.038
3.710.036
3,710.037
3.710.035
3.710.039
3,710,040
19
25
28
33AA
35
37
59
131
162
213
CLASS
I7R
3IR
37R
50AA
SIR
511
S2R
61 27
61 43
61 45R
61 68
67B
86R '
153R
164R
166PC
166C
CLASS
IBB
IBD
ID
lO
IIR
16B
164R
17C
23
35R
80
82
11 IR
I47AS
300
620
674
750
214
3.709.379
3.709,377
3,709,380
3.709.378
3.709.382
3.709.383
3.709.384
3.709. 385
3.709.386
3.709.387
3.709.388
3.709.389
3.709.381
3.709.390
3.709.391
3.709.392
3.709.393
3.709,394
CLASS
I9A
26
CLASS
S4F
61 HE
79
91R
92GA
109
150.2
150 24
151
151.3
151.32
164
189
193
201 ME
CLASS
68R
CLASS
4
8
206
287
343
417 5
233
3,709.428
3,709.429
235
3,710,105
3,710,078
3.710,108
3.710.079
3,710.080
3,709,430
3,710,086
3.710.081
3,710.082
3.710.083
3.710.084
3.710.085
3.7 10.087
3,710.088
3.710.089
3.710.123
236
3.709.431
239
3,709.432
3.709.433
3.709.434
3.709.435
3.709,436
3,709,437
3.709,438
CLASS 240
200
3,710,042
3,710,043
3,710,045
3,710,044
3.710.046
3.710.047
3.710.048
3.710.049
3.710.050
3.7 10.051
3.710.052
3.710,053
3,710.054
3,710.055
3,710.057
3.710.060
3.710.058
3.710.059
3.710.061
CLASS 202
248 3.709.794
CLASS 203
4 3.709.793
31 3.709.795
CLASS 215
38R 3.709.395
CLASS 219
10.049 3.7 10.062
10.55
61
69C
73
76
85
93
12IEB
146
203
211
412
449
492
3.710.063
3.7 10.064
3.710.065
3,710,066
3,710,067
3,710.068
3.710.070
3.7 10.069
3.710.071
3.710.072
3.7 10.07 3
3.710.074
3.710.075
Re 27.545
3.710.076
3.7 10.077
2MA
2R
64R
7 IH
9A
4136
416
49
51
67
II
IS
36
65
94
285
3.710.091
3.710.090
3.710.092
3.710.093
3.710.094
3.7 10.095
3.7 10.097
3.710.098
3.7 10.099
3.710.096
CLASS 241
3.709.439
3 709.440
3.709.442
3.709.441
3.709,443
I lOA
CLASS 180
S 3.709.312
21 3.709.313
44R 3.709.314
50 3,709.315
69C 3.709.316
103 3.709.317
116 3.709.318
CLASS 181
33HB 3,709,319
40 3,709.320
SO 3.709.321
CLASS
IT
16
49
S4R
59R
59o
137R
140
159 2
159 22
I62R
181
192
I95G
I95M
195P
I95R
204
3.709.796
3.709.797
3.709.798
3.709.799
3.709.80O
3.709.801
3.709.802
3.709.803
3.709.806
3.709.804
3.709.805
3.709.807
3.709.808
3.709.809
3.709.813
3.709.81 1
3.709.812
3.709.810
CLASS
62R
65R
6SY
206
3.709.358
3.709.326
3,709.325
CLASS 220
1 S 3.709,396
42A 3,709,397
S5C 3.709.401
67 3.709.398
3.709.399
113 3.709.400
CLASS 221
33 3.709.402
70 3.709,403
120 3,709.404
209 3.709.405
CLASS 222
55 3.709,406
129 4 3,709,408
402 3,709.409
402 16 3.709.410
512 3.709,4 11
CLASS 223
66 3,709,407
CLASS 224
4E 3.709.4 12
42 IH 3.709.413
CLASS 225
2 "5.709.414
97 - 3.709.4 15
CLASS 226
2 3.709.416
CLASS 242
47 (»4 3.709,444
55 2 3,709.445
CLASS 244
ISS 3.709.447
IN 3.709.446
I IK 3.709.450
CLASS 246
28R 3.7 10.100
CLASS 248
46 3.709.448
101 3.709.449
205R 3.709.451
223 3,709,452
328 3,709,453
351 3,709,454
361A 3.709.455
475 3.709.456
CLASS 249
91 3.709.457
95 3.709.458
134 3.709.459
CLASS
49 SAE
49 ST
51.5
66
71. 5R
83CD
83 3UV
83 3R
83 6ET
83 6R
83. 6W
106SC
I06S
250
3.710.102
3.710.li)3
3.710.101
3.710.104
3.710.106
710.107
710.109
710.1 II
,710.1 15
710.1 12
710,113
3,710.110
3.710.1 16
3.710.114
3.710.120
3.710.1 18
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
PI 55
106T
I08R
199
206
213VT
213R
219DF
219VkD
239
CLASS
3.710.119
3.710,117
307G
3,710,121
308R
3,710,122
3,710.124
309
3.710.125
310R
3.710.126
314.5
3.710,127
326A
3.710.129
326S
3.710.128
326.11
3.710.130
326 5M
251
32683
II
ss
118
127
129
CLASS
8 SP
62 2
62 6
136
142
IS8
300
301 4P
301 4R
364
429R
448
4«l
470
513
525
527
S4S
3.709.460
3.709.461
3.709,462
3.709.245
3.709.463
252
3.709.819
3.709.820
3.709.821
3.709.822
3.709.823
3.709.824
3.709.825
3.709.828
3,709.830
3.709.826
3,709.827
3.709.831
3.709.832
3.709.833
3.709.829
3.709.834
3.709.835
3.709.836
3.709.837
3,709,838
CLASS 254
29R 3,709.464
45 3.709.467
95 3,709.465
187 1,709.466
CLASS
4
CLASS
2BP
2FC
2 2R
2 SAN
2 5D
2 5P
17 4BB
IKEP
18PN
18N
19L A
27R
28 5A
29. 2N
29 3
30 2
32 6N
47CP
4 7 EC
47LiP
75R
77 SAP
82
87 3
87 7
8X 2D
8X 2S
91 7
94 3
121
IS'
186
199
207 I
209D
211 SR
23 I A
232
239 55
24 3AA
24 3C
244R
247
248CS
249 6
250A
25 I A
2S6 4F
283R
285.5
29 3 54
293 83
29 3 85
294 8C
307B
307D
307F
259
3.709.468
260
3.709,839
3,709,840
3,709,84 1
3,709,84 3
3.709.842
3. 709. 844
3.709,X45
3,709,X46
3.709.847
3.709.X6S
3.709,848
3,7()9,X66
3,709,867
3,709,XS8
3,709,849
3,709,X63
3,709,864
3.709.X62
3.709,X61
3,709,924
3.709,XS9
3,709,860
3,709,854
3,709,855
3,709,856
3.709.853
3.709.852
3.709.XSO
3.709,8 51
3.709.868
3.709.869
3.709.870
3.709.871
3.709.872
3.709,875
3.709.X73
3.709.874
3.709.8#6
3.709.877
3.709,878
3.709,879
3,709.880
3.709,882
3.709.88 1
3.70^.883
3.709.884
3,709.885
3.709.886
3,709.887
3,709.888
3,709.890
3,709.891
3.709.893
3.709.892
3.709.889
3.709,894
3.709.895
3.709.896
3.709.897
330.5
332. 2A
332 3R
340 5
343 6
347.2
429 7
448 2B
449 5
4S3R
459
465 003
465 4
468R
47 1
47 3C
480
486AC
486B
486
51SH
S43P
544Y
546
SS2SC
554
S57B
5S8D
561P
S66R
S83DD
587
598
609R
617t
649
65 3 3
654R
6S9A
6X0F
6X3 ISD
3.709.904
3.709.902
3.709.898
3,709.899
3.709.900
3.709.901
3.709.903
3.709.910
3.709.907
3.709.908
3.709.906
3.709.905
3.709.909
3.709.91 1
3.709.913
3.709.914
3.709.915
3.709.912
3.709.917
3.709.918
Re 27,541
3.709.919
3.709.920
3.709.939
3.709.921
3.709.922
3.709.923
3.709.925
3.709.926
3.709.916
3.709.927
3.709,928
3.709.929
3.709.9 30
3.709.931
3.709.932
3.709.9 33
3.709.934
3.709.9 35
3.709.936
3.709.937
3.709.9 38
3.709,940
3.709.941
3.709,942
3.709.943
3.709.944
3.709.945
3.709.946
3.709.947
3.709.948
3.709.949
3.709.950
3,709.95 1
3.709.952
3.709.953
3.709.954
3,709,955
3,709,958
3.709.956
3,709.957
3.709.959
3.709.960
3,709,96*
3,709.962
CLASS 261
44R 1.709.469
9 1 3.709,470
124 3.709.47 1
CLASS 272
30 3.709.486
58 3.709.487
3.709.488
CLASS 273
IB
29A
58C
86F
89
101
128CS
130R
I31AB
138A
138R
149P
161
3.709.489
3.709,490
3.709.491
3.709.493
3.709.494
3.709.495
3.709.496
3.709.497
3.709.498
3,709,499
3.709.500
3.709.501
3.709,502
CLASS 274
9A 3,709,503
lOS 3,709,504
23R 3,709,505
CLASS 277
12 3,709,506
188 3,709,507
CLASS 279
IC 3.709.508
CLASS 280
754
827
897B
940
94 1
V4V
CLASS
6F
19R
2IB
32R
40
45
46
89
92
103
I76F
182
236
244
34A
42
263
3,709,472
3.709,473
3.709.47 5
3,709.474
Re 27.54 3
CLASS 264
3.709.963
3.709,964
3.709.965
3.709,966
3.709,967
3.709.968
3,709,969
3.709,970
3,709,971
3.709.972
3,709,973
137
309
58
30A
37
>'.4R
49
5 7
64
CLASS
i
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
266
3.709.476
3.709.477
267
3.709,4 78
269
3,709.479
270
3.709.480
271
3.709.4X1
3.709,482
3.709.483
3.709,484
3.709.485
3.709.492
I 1 351
28
37
41C
87 02W
96 2R
104
ISOt
150R
150.5
421
453
502
3.709.509
3.709.510
3,709.511
3,709.512
3.709.513
3.709.514
3.709.515
3.709.516
3.709.517
3.709.520
3.709.519
3.709.518
3.709.521
3.709.522
3.709.523
CLASS 282
22R 3,709,524
CLASS 283
1 3.709.525
CLASS 285
7 3 3.709.526
110 3.709.527
286 3.709.529
316 3.709.528
CLASS 287
5207
53H
54C
1 19
189 36H
3.709.530
3.709.5 31
3.709.532
3.709.534
3.709,5 33
CLASS 289
15 3.709.536
CLASS 292
3.709.5 38
3.709.5 39
3.709,540
3,709.537
3,709,541
128
145
204
216
337
7 3
CLASS 293
3.709.542
CLASS 294
312
67AA
70
74
81SF
96
1 II
I 18
2 3R
28C
28M
26
142
188
230
250
306
445
6E
C
13
C
6C
16
21 BE
3 709.544
3.709,545
3.709.547
3.708.857
3.709.548
3.709.543
3.709,546
3,709,550
3,709,549
:LASS 296
3,709,551
3.709.553
3,709.552
LLASS 297
3.709.554
3.709.555
3.709.5 56
3.709.557
3.709.558
3.709.5 35
3,709,559
3.709.560
CLASS 301
3.709.561
CLASS 302
3,709,562
LASS 303
3,709.563
3.709.564
3.709,565
3,709,566
3,709,567
22R 3.709.568
CLASS 307
lOR 3.710.131
43 3.710.132
66 3,710,133
3,710,134
88 3,710.135
109 3.710.136
118 3,710.138
131 3.710.157
141 3,710,137
229 3.710.139
235 3.710.141
242 3.710.142
244 3.710.143
246 3.710.147
260 3.710.144
270 3.710.145
271 3.710.146
295 3.710.148
300 3.710.041
310 3.710.149
CLASS 308
4A 3,709.569
26 3.709.570
27 3,709,571
161 3.709.573
187.2 3.709.572
236 3.709.574
3.709.575
CLASS 310
8.1 3.710.150
89 3.710.151
II 3.710.152
3.710.153
41 3.710.155
50 3.710.154
54 3.710.156
156 3.710.158
239 3.710. 159
247 3.710.160
CLASS 312
138A 3.709.576
245 3.709.578
263 3.709.S77
CLASS 313
60 3.710.162
63 3.710.163
77 3.710.164
85S 3.710.165
93 3.710.166
108A 3.710.167
141 3.710.168
222 3.710.169
330 3.710.170
338 3.710.172
346 3.710.161
CLASS 315
3.710.173
3.710.179
3.710.174
3.710.171
3.710,175
3.710.176
3.710.177
3.710.178
3.710.1X0
3.710.181
3.710.182
3.710.183
3.710.184
3.710.185
231 3.710.218
328 3.710,220
331 3,710,213
3.710.219
373 3,710,216
467 3.710.221
470 3.710,217
604 3,710,222
661 3.710,223
CLASS 320
2 3.710.224
9 3.710,225
15 3.710,226
59 3.710.227
61 3.710.228
CLASS 321
9A 3.7H).229
45C 3.710.230
i:
22
27TD
30
31R
106
149
153
175
199
209
227
240
CLASS
9
43 SS
45
100
CLASS
5
IS
I8D
26
27R
62
66
96
100
lOlCC
lOlC
lOlR
1 18
120
122
134
2.30
234R
23SR
235
249R
258
261
102
227
317
3.710.186
3.710.187
3.710.190
3.710.1X8
3.710.189
3.710.191
3.710.212
3.710.192
3.710.193
3.710.196
3.710.195
3.710.194
3.710.197
3.710.198
3.710.199
3.710.200
3.7 10.201
3.710.202
3.710.203
3.710.205
3.710.204
3.710.206
3.710.207
3.710.208
3.710.209
3.710.210
3.710,21 I
CLASS
30R
34R
37
51
52
54
58 58
6IR
96
99D
103P
1 15
126
138
140D
142
158F
162
323
3.710.231
3.710.232
3.710.233
3.710.234
324
3.710.237
3.710.235
3.710.236
3.710.238
3.710.239
3.710,240
3.710.241
3.710.242
3.710.243
3.710.244
3.710.247
3.710.248
3.710.249
3.710.250
3.710.252
3.710.245
3.710.253
3.710.254
3.710.2S1
3.710.246
228
61M
74R
97R
108
I16C
176MP
195R
198N
217S
3R
27
3IR
33
58
62
63
64
112.5
146 lAB
146 3H
146 3J
146 3
149R
172.5
CLASS 325
4 3.710.255
6 3.710.256
60 3.710.257
105 3.710.258
187 3.710.259
308 3.710.260
346 3.710.261
CLASS 328
41 3.710.262
61 3.710.265
91 3.710.263
3.710.264
133 3.710. I40
233 3.710.266
CLASS 329
192 3.710.267
CLASS 330
49 3.710.268
16 3.710.269
29 3.7 10.270
o55 3.710.271
53 3.710.272
CLASS 331
lA 3.7 10.273
3.710.274
37 3.710.275
45 3.710.276
94 5 3.710.277
3.710.278
3.710.279
CLASS 333
~~1 1 3.710.280
6 3.7'l0.281
8 3.710.282
30R 3.710.283
75 3.710.284
79 3.710,285
81B 3.710.286
CLASS 334
3.710.342
CLASS 335
3.710,288
3.710.289
3.710.290
3,710.291
CLASS
318
3.710.214
3.710.215
136
160
213
230
306
CLASS 336
60 3.710.292
198 3.710.293
CLASS 337 ;^
66 3.710.294
166 6 3.710.295
-213 3.710.296
290 3.710.297
401 3.710.298
CLASS 339
17CF 3.710,299
3.710.300
3.710.301
3.710,302
3,710.303
3.710.304
3,710.305
3.710,306
3.710.307
Re 27.540
3.7 10.287
3.710.308
3.710.309
CLASS 340
3.710.310
3.710.311
3.710.312
3.710,313
3.710,314
3,710,315
3.710,316
3.710.317
3.710.348
3,710,318
3,710,323
3,710,319
3,710,322
3,710,321
3,710,320
3,710,324
3,710.325
3.710.326
3.710.327
3.710.328
3.710.349
3.710,350
3.7 10,351
3,710.352
3.710,353
3.7 10.355
3.710.354
3.710.356
3.710.358
3.710.361
3.710.357
3,710.362
3.710.359
3.710,360
3,710,363
3,710.364
3.710.365
3.710.366
3.710.367
3.710.368
3.710,369
3.710.370
3.710.372
3.710.371
3.710,373
3,710,377
3.710,378
347CC 3.710.376
147NI 3.710.374
347P 3.710,375
379 3.710.379
173.2
174PW
174TF
174 IB
174 IC
174 IF
174 IG
174 IH
213
214
237S
248P
251
267C
274
275
276
283
310
347AD
C
SR
6 SR
7ED
7A
7 4
8
9
12R
16M
I6R
lOOSA
lOSR
112R
II3R
I 14
225
701
708
715
725
779
LASS 343
3.710,
3.7 10,
3.710,
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710.
3.710.
3f710.
3,710,
3,710.
3,710,
3.710,
3,710
3,710
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710
3.710
380
382
383
,384
,389
.38 1
.3X5
.386
.387
.390
.388
329
330
334
.331
,335
.332
.3 3 3
.336
.337
.338
.339
.340
.341
CLASS 346
136 3.710.343
CLASS 350
30 3.709.579
157 3.709.580
174 3.709.581
202 3.709.582
260 3.709,583
266 3.709.584
305 3.709.585
320 3.709.586
CLASS 351
106 3.-'09.587
CLASS 3*2
78R 3.709.588
PI 56
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
CLASS 353
13 3.70<>.589
120 3.709.590
CLASS 355
4 3.709.593
3.709.594
8 3.709.592
14 3,709.595
38 3.709.601
49 3.709.602
60 3.709.603
61 3.709.597
64 3.709.604
109 3,709.596
126 3.709,591
CLASS 356
28 3.709.599
51 3,709,600
109 3,709,605
3,709,606
152 3,709,607
3,709.608
3,709,609
160 3.709,610
170 3,709,611
178 3.709,612
198 3,709,598
202 3.709.613
208 3.709.614
224 3,709,615
246 3.709.616
247 3,709,617
CLASS 401
78 3.709.618
108 3,709,619
195 3,709,620
CLASS 408
n 3.709.621
20 3.709.622
22 3,709.623
127 3.709.624
181 3,709,625
204 3,709.627
229 3,709.628
CLASS 415
17 3.709.626
56 3.709.629
199 3.709.630
CLASS 416
95 3.709.631
97 3.709.632
134 3.709.633
142 3.709.634
183 3.709,635
CLASS 417
12 3.709.636
405 3,709.637
454 3.709,638
493 3.709,639
CLASS 423
63
3,709.974
206
3,709.975
224
3.709.976
240
3,709.978
244
3,709.977
328
3,709.979
339
3,709,980
346
3,709,981
466
3,709,982
573
3.709,983
610
3.709.984
CLASS 424
1 3.709.985
128 3.709,986
3,709,987
219 3,709,988
232 3,709,989
243 3.709,990
266 3,709,991
270 3,709,992
317 3.709.993
3,709,994
330 3,709,996
341 3,709,995
CLASS 425
4 3.709.640
3.709.651
7 3,709,641
72 3.709.642
109 3.709,643
160 3.709.644
192 3,709,645
217 3.709,646
224 3,709.647
3.709,648
363 3.709.649
367 3.709.650
CLASS 427
566 3.709,660
CLASS 431
96 3,709.652
279 3.709,653
284 3,709,654
344 3.709.655
CLASS 444
1 3.710.344
3.710.345
3,710,346
3,710.347
Classification of Designs
D 2-
D 6-
258
351
41
43
58
59
63
71
75
116
130
138
146
179
181
184
185
189
225.793
225.794
225.795
225.796
225,797
225.798
225.799
225.800
225.801
225.802
225.803
225.804
225.805
225.806
225,807
225,808
225.809
225,810
225.811
225.812
225.813
D 8-
D 9-
225.814
225.815
196
200
225.816
225.817
225.818
64
225.819
D14
158
225,820
166
225,821
179
225.822
189
225,823
D15
225.824
D16
225.825
191
225.826
D18
225.827
D22
225.828
D23
263
225,829
3
225.830
40
225.831
100
225.832
115
225.833
143
225.834
169
190
207
250
290
3
30
1
1
49
73
84
122
129
146
165
225,835
225.836
225.894
225.837
225,838
225.839
225,840
225,841
225,842
225,843
225,844
225,845
225,846
225,847
225,848
225,849
225.850
225.851
225.854
225.852
225.853
225.876
225.898
225,877
D56-
4
225,899
225,878
D57-
1
225.900
225,879
D61-
225.901
225,880
225.902
225.881
225,903
225.882
D71-
225.904
225.883
D72-
225.905
225.884
D74-
2
225.906
225.885
D83 —
1
225.907
225.886
12
225.908
225.887
D85 —
2
225,909
225.888
D86-
10
225,910
225.889
D88-
3
225.911
225.890
D90-
8
225,912
225.891
20
225,913
225.892
225,914
225,893
225.915
225.895
D92-
15
225.916
225,897
D94-
3
225.917
225.896
D95-
225.918
Classification of Plants
20 03.287
49 03.286
P — 68 03,290
74 03.288
p. _ 80 03.289
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
(U.S. States. Territories and Armed Forces, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Canal Zone)
Alabama
Alaska
American Samoa
Arizona
Arkansas
( alifornia
("anal Zone
( olorado
( onnecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia i I
Florida I -
Cieorgia ' -^
Ciuam ^^
H awaii ' "^
Idaho 1^
3
4
5
6
7
8
y
10
Illinois..
Indiana.
Iowa...
Kansas.
17
18
19
20
Kentucky 21
Louisiana 22
Maine 23
Maryland 24
Massachusetts 25
M ichigan 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi :•■• 28
M issouri 29
Montana. 30
N ebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersey 34
New Mexico 35
New York 36
North Carolina 37
North Dakota 38
Ohio 39
Oklahoma 40
Oregon •*!
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Rico 43
Rhode Island 44
South C arolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee ■ 4"^
Texas 48
Utah 49
Vermont. 50
Virginia ^ 51
Virgin Islands * 52
Washi ngton 5 3
West Virginia 54
Wisconsin 55
Wyoming 56
U.S. Air Force 57
U.S. Army 58
U.S. Navy 59
(hirsl number in listing denotes ligation according to aK>ve key
name, location, etc.)
Refer to patent number in bi>dy of the Official C.a^ette to obtain detail, as to inventor
Patents
3.70V
3.709
3.709
3,7 10
3.708
3.709
3.709
3.709
3,709
3,709
3.709
3,709
3.709
3.7 10
3.7 10
.7 10
.7 10
.709
.709
.708
.70X
3.70H
3. 70S
3.708
708
,708
,708
.708
.708
.708
3.708
3.708
3,708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3,708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.708
3.709
3,709
,18^
.488
.7 16
,152
.862
.09 1
.288
.321
.49 1
.495
.52 3
.695
.8 18
.006
.09 1
.09 2
.328
.159
.272
.801
.803
.806
,8 38
.852
.859
.866
,869
.871
.874
,882
.886
89 3
.897
.902
,907
.908
.9 17
.9 18
.930
.9 3 3
.9 3 8
.94 8
.949
.957
.98 3
.984
.990
.99 1
.99 5
,016
.024
3,709.026
3.709,036
3,709.044
3.709.060
3.709.06!
3.709.088
3.709.1 10
3.709.142
3.709.147
3.709.158
3.709.171
3.709.174
3.709.182
3.709,184
3,709.185
3,709.187
3,709,192
3,709,197
3,709.203
3.709.214
3.709.218
3.709.219
3.709.220
3.709.224
3.709,228
3.709.24 1
3.709.242
3.709.247
3.709.251
3.709.254
3.709.26 1
3.709.278
3.709.284
3.709,29 1
3.709.296
3.709.300
3.709.302
3.709.313
3.709.314
3.709.338
3.709.352
3.709.37 3
3.709.374
3.709.380
3.709,396
3.709.404
3.709.407
3.709.4 22
3.709.424
3.709.425
3.709.428
3.709.430
3.709.454
3.709.460
3.709.462
3.709.466
3.709.469
3.709.508
3.709.519
3.709.522
3.709.538
3.709.546
3.7(19.549
3.709.556
3.709.558
3.709.580
3.709.59 1
3.709.6 15
3.709,619
3,709.624
3;709.641
3.709.652
3.709.665
3.709.680
3.709.700
3.709.7 3 3
3.709.740
3.709.748
3.709.766
3.709.814
3.709.861
3.709.874
3.709.914
3.709.915
3.709.919
3.709,920
3.709.959
3.709.982
3.710.003
3.710.004
3.710.022
3.7 10.023
3,7 10.045
3,7 10.046
3.710.063
3.710.065
3.710.072
3.7 10.081
3.7 10.082
3.710.085
3.710.086
3.710,094
3,710,103
3,710,105
3,710,107
3,710,109
3.710,120
3,710,126
3,710.137
3.710.140
3.7 10.168
3.7 10.182
3.710.185
3.710.218
3.710.221
3.710,223
3,710,235
3,710,243
3,7 10,244
3,710,246
3,710,249
3,710,257
3,710,261
3,710,276
3,710,281
3,710,305
3,7 10,306
3.710,313
3,710,317
3,710,325
3.710,330
3.710.344
3.710.353
3.710.357
3.710.358
3.710,361
3,710,384
3.7 10,387
3.710.390
3.708.809
3,709.081
3,709,359
3,709,4 16
3,709,429
3,709,501
3,709.809
3.709,974
3,710,01 1
3,710,209
3,710,338
3,708,879
3,708,881
3,708,943
10
1 1
12
3.708,946
3,708,959
3,709,019
3,709,021
3,709,027
3,709,049
3,709,054
3,709,073
3,709.074
3.709.189
3.709.246
3.709.3 3!
3.709.427
3.709.515
3.709.5 34
3.709,572
3,709.573
3.709.574
3.709.575
3.709.602
3,709,639
3,709,696
3,709,701
3,709.708
3,709,843
3.709,867
3,709,966
3,709,992
3,710,160
3.710.175
3.710,224
3,710,370
3,709,684
3,709,758
3,709,866
3,709,900
3,709,924
3,709,360
3,708,895
3,709,178
3,709,195
3,709,447
3,709,553
3,709,629
3,709,642
',709,694
3,709,792
3,710,032
3,710,033
3,710,052
3,7 10,258
15
16
17
3.710,263
3,7 10,264
3,710,341
3.708.799
3.709.173
3.709.280
3.709.303
3.709.391
3.7 10.335
3.708.942
3.710,230
3,708,802
3,708,824
3,708,827
3,708,84 3
3,708,845
3,708,854
3,708,887
3,708,896
3,708,899
3,708,909
3,708,910
3,708.913
3.708.920
3.708.952
3.708.954
3.708.993
3.708.996
3.709.012
3.709.039
3,709.046
3.709.062
3.709.065
3.709.075
3.709.100
3.709.156
3.709.163
3.709.169
3.709.170
3.709.202
3.709,208
3,709.223
3.709.2 31
3.709.2 38
3.709.256
3.709.259
3.709.367
3.709.371
3.709.4 10
3.709.431
3.709.4 37
PI 57
PI 58
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 59
t»
19
20
21
22
23
24
3.709,445
3.709.463
3.709.489
3.709.493
3.709.494
3.709,497
3,709.544
3.709.545
3.709.548
3.709.551
3.709.598
3.709.604
3.709.625
3.709.631
3.709.647
3.709.653
3.709.659
3.709.660
3.709,676
3.709.699
3.709.703
3.709.756
3.709.788
3.709.790
3.709.803
3.709.937
3.709.947
3.709.983
3.709.985
3.710.007
3.710.009
3.710.028
3.710.034
3.710.055
3.710.060
3.710.090
3.710.192
3.710.233
3.7IC.237
3.710.238
3.710.312
3,710,320
3,710,337
3.710.340
3.7 10.354
3.710,368
3.710.383
Re 27.543
3.708.856
3.708,877
3,708.916
3.708.926
3.708.997
3.708.999
3.709.064
3,709.152
3,709,157
3,709,164
3,709,165
3,709,216
3,709,236
3,709,322
3,709,339
3,709,376
3,709,413
3,709,448
3,709,457
3,709,531
3,709.612
3,709,632
3,709,633
3,709,930
3,709,931
3.709,955
3,709,968
3,710,008
3,710,042
3,710,043
3,710.262
3.710.385
3,709.162
3,709,368
3,709,662
3.710. as
3,708,934
3,709,193
3,709,323
3,709,363
3,709,393
3,709,855
3,709,059
3.709,101
3.709.743
3.710.079
3.710.144
3.710.308
> 3.709.005
3.709.298
3.709.435
3.709.569
3.709.679
3.709.950
3.710.314
3.709.403
3.709.087
3.709.094
25
26
3.709.098
3.709.472
3,709,644
3.709.148
3,709.512
3,709,670
3.709.179
3.709,530
3,709,677
3,709.199
3.709,555
3,709,702
3.709.502
3,709,557
3,709,709
3.709.657
3,709,567
3,709,736
3.709.989
3,709.571
3,709,741
3.710.083
3,709,622
3,709,747
3,710,121
3,709,634
3,709,793
3,710,129
3,709,715
3.709,825
3,710,280
3,709,745
3,709,830
3,710,287
3,709,754
3,709,835
3,710,310
3,709.770
3,709,836
3,710,377
3.709.772
3,709,838
3,708,833
3.709.775
3,709,840
3,708,923
3.709.798
3,709,848
3,708,936
3.709.833
3,709,853
3.708,950
3.709.846
3,709,864
3.708.971
3.709.876
3,709,868
3.708,979
3.709.898
3,709,877
3,709,022
3.709.899
3,709,878
3,709,042
3,709.904
3,709,880
3,709,122
, 3.709.926
3,709,887
3.709,130
3.709.936
3,709,888
3,709,131
3.709.939
3,709.921
3,709,132
3.709.956
3.709.922
3.709,177
3.709.965
3.709.932
3,709,229
3.710.047
3.709.938
3,709,355
3.710.049
3.709.946
3,709,385
3.710.050
3.709.954
3,709,395
3.710.075
3.709.977
3,709,418
3.710.080
3.709.979
3,709,498
3.710.095
3.709.984
3,709,499
3.710.194
3.709.991
3,709,582
3.710.197
3.709.993
3,709.588
3.710.215
3.709.994
3.709.597
3.710.321
3.710.000
3,709,608
3.710.323
3.710.025
3,709,621
3.710.327
3.710.026
3,709,687
3.710.355
3.710.078
3.709,693
3.710.367
3.710.125
3.709.722
27 3.708.861
3.710.133
3,709,734
3.709.000
3.710.167
3,709,752
3.709.038
3.710.189
3,709,755
3.709.055
3,710,202
3,709,765
3.709.191
3,710,214
3,709,799
3.709.289
3,710,256
3,709,808
3.709.312
3.710.279
3,710,039
3.709.345
3,710,283
3,710,145
3.709.401
3,710,303
3,710,149
3.709.706
3,710,309
3,710,151
3.709.763
3,710,322
3,710,174
3.710,040
3.710,336
3,710,199
3,710,180
3,710,356
3,710,225
3.710,362
3.710,374
3,710,242
28 3,710,031
35 3,709,072
3,710,255
29 3,708,921
3,709,175
3,710,277
3,709,030
36 Re27,54I
3,710,324
3,709,140
3,708,821
3,710,352
3,709.151
3,708,860
3,710,365
3,709,524
3,708,883
3,710,388
3,709.528
3,708,892
3.710,389
3.709.587
3,708,906
Re 27,545
3.709.698
3,708,912
3,708,817
3.709.826
3.708,927
3,708,822
3.710.005
3,708,935
3,708,828
3.710.1 15
3,708,953
3,708,829
3.710.118
3,708,998
3,708,834
3.710.159
3,709,006
3,708,840
3.710.296
3,709,083
3,708,849
3.710.307
3,709,107
3,708,876
31 3.710.070
3,709,108
3.708.888
3.710.339
3,709,1 13
3.708.929
33 3.710.345
3,709,117
3.708.931
34 3.708.804
3,709,121
3.708.945
3.708.81 1
3,709,125
3,708,958
3,708,813
3,709,126
3.708,961
3,708,816
3,709,128
3.708.980
3,708.853
3,709,143
3.708.992
3.708.867
3,709,149
3.709.057
3.708.890
3,709,166
3.709.066
3.708.903
3,709,167
3.709.099
3,708,947
3,709,221
3.709.124
3,708,994
3,709,225
3.709.154
3,709,041
3,709.245
3.709.155
3,709,045
3.709.249
3.709.161
3,709,047
3.709.266
3.709.204
3,709,086
3.709.273
3.709.207
3,709,090
3.709.287
3.709.222
3,709.104
3.709.301
3.709.235
3.709.252
3.709.114
3.709.141
3.709.318
3.709.319-
3.709.316
3.709.206
3.709.325
3.709.333
3.709.226
3.709.342
3.709.381
3.709,240
3.709.351
3.709.386
3,709,263
3.709.378
3.709.402
3,709,347
3.709.417
3.709.408
3,709,365
3.709.436
3.709.409
3,709,400
3.709.439
3.709.419
3,709,426
3.709.455
3.709.449
3,709,486
3.709.461
3.709.451
3,709,487
3.709.485
3.709.456
3,709,496
3.709.492
3.709.458
3,709,504
3.709.500
3.709.464
3.709.465
3,709,561
3,709,610
3.709.532
3.709,540
37
39
3.709.559
3.709.570
3.709.581
3.709.585
3,709,586
3.709.590
3.709.595
3.709.596
3.709,626
3,709,636
3,709.669
3.709.683
3.709.686
3.709.690
3.709.713
3.709.714
3.709.717
3.709.719
3.709.727
3.709.738
3.709.742
3.709.746
3.709.753
3.709.757
3.709.769
3.709.774
3.709.791
3.709.810
3.709.811
3.709.812
3.709.817
3.709.828
3.709.863
3.709.883
3.709.884
3.709.933
3.709.944
3.709.988
3.710.010
3.710.012
3.710.015
3.710.037
3.710.054
3.710.058
3.710.061
3.710.062
3.710.076
3.710.087
3.710.108
3.710.11 1
3.710.1 13
3.710.134
3.710.135
3.710.139
3.710.161
3.710.164
3.710.171
3.710.172
3.710.176
3.710.187
3.710,193
3,710,207
3,710,267
3,710,268
3,710,274
3,710,295
3,710,319
3,710,346
3,710,371
3,710,381
3,710,386
3,708,970
3,709,084
3,709,279
3,709,658
3,709,890
3,710,245
3,708,864
3,708,880
3,708,894
3,708,977
3,709,063
3,709,076
3,709,078
3,709,106
3,709,1 15
3,709,144
3,709,201
3,709,21 1
3,709,212
3,709,305
3,709,309
3,709,327
3,709,369
3,709,377
3,709,382
3,709,415
3,709,420
3,709,432
3,709,433
3,709,440
3,709,480
3,709,482
3,709,529
3,709,563
3,709,623
40
41
42
3,709,664
3,709,688
3,709,705
3,709,707
3,709,729
3,709,831
3,709,845
3,709,903
3,709,905
3,709,942
3.709,975
3,709,987
3,710,024
3,710,084
3,710,104
3,710,150
3,710,222
3,710,226
3,710,229
3,710,231
3.710,236
3,710,241
3,710,316
3,710,375
3,708,905
3,708,960
3.709,260
3.709.295
3.709.307
3.709.751
3.709.771
3.709.800
3.709.850
3.709.923
3.709.949
3.709.951
3,709.958
3.709.967
3.710.318
3.710.376
3.708.823
3,708.884
3,708,891
3,708,904
3,709,080
3,709,215
3,709,271
3,709,372
3,709,443
3,709,527
3,709,547
3,709,894
3,710,173
3.710,179
3,710,270
3,710,304
Re 27,540
3,708,825
3,708,832
3,708,839
3,708,842
3,708,873
3,708,875
3,708,878
3,708,889
3,708,900
3,708,924
3,708.937
3.708.939
3.708.940
3.708.951
3.709.008
3.709.020
3.709.029
3.709.11 1
3.709.1 18
3.709.213
3.709.233
3.709.239
3.709.282
3.709.286
3.709.326
3,709.329
3.709.346
3,709,349
3,709,364
3,709.366
3.709.387
3.709.41 1
3.709.414
3,709.452
3,709,483
3,709.514
3,709.525
3.709,526
3,709.533
3.709.564
3.709.672
3.709.673
3.709.712
3.709.721
3.709.744
3.709.773
3.709.778
3.709.780
3.709.794
3.709.815
3.710.250
3.708.967
3.710.112
3.708.857
3.709.077
3.709.816
3.710.252
3.708.985
3.710.114
3.709.031
3,709,095
3,709,234
3,709.304
3.709.837
3.710.271
3.709.032
3.710.210
3.709^.264
3.709.844
3.710.278
3.709.138
3.710.259
3,709.269
3.709.317
3.709.856
3.710.285
3.709.217
3.710.333
3.709.344
3.709.857
3.710.288
3.709.227
3.710.347
3,709,446
3.709.389
3.709.897
3.710.292
3.709.230
49 3.708.800
3.709,450
3.709.479
3.709.913
3.710.293
3.709.250
3.709.198
3.709.467
3.709.520
3.709.750
3.709.764
3.709.917
3.710.299
3.709.258
3.709.308
3.709.468
3.709,918
3.710.301
3.709.292
3.709.521
3.709.539
3.709.768
3,709,969
3.710.302
3 709 293
50 3.709.082
3.709.796
3,709,970
3.710.342
3,709,294
3.709,297
3.709.299
3.709.306
3.709.475
3.710.069
3.709.550
3,710.002
3,709,976
3.7 10.343
3.710.265
3.709.728
3.710.051
3,709,980
3,709,995
3,710.014
3,7 10,044
44 3.710,329
45 ; 3,708,808
3,709,248
3,709,253
51 3.708.807
3.708.982
3.709.210
3.709.353
3.709.762
54 3.709.907
55 3.708.826
3.710.123
. 3.710.190
3.710.196
3.710.198
3.710.212
3.710.213
3,710,057
3,709,627
3.709.478
3.709.405
3.708.831
3,710.059
47 3.709.237
3.709.481
3.709.663
3.708.863
3.710.216
3,7 10.074
3.709.438
3.709.681
3.709.865
3.708.901
3.710.217
3.710.100
3.709.562
3.709.795
3.709.881
3.708.968
3.710.220
3.710.101
3.710.141
3.710.143
3.710.130
48 3.708.819
3.708.820
3.709.813
3.709.819
3.709.858
3.709.941
3.710.122
3.710.260
3.709,002
3,709,034
3.710,294
3.710.300
3,710.378
56 3.708.841
3.710.203
3.708.855
3.709.957
3.710.331
3.709.043
3.709.330
3.710.205,
3.708.898
3.710.096
53 3.708.844
3.709.052
3.709.357
Design Patents
6
225.803
225.821
225.801
225.883
225.828
40
225.858
225.822
225.830
225.804
26
225.835
225.833
41
225.873
225.831
225.838
225.805
225.843
225.845
42
225.829
225.851
225.842
225.806
225.846
225.848
225.841
225.853
225.884
225.807
225.874
225.852
225.844
225.855
225.886
225.808
27
225.839
225.860
225.854
225.863
225.887
225.809
29
225.796
225.861
225.859
225.875
225.888
225.812
32
225.877
225.867
225.916
225.892
225.893
225.813
34
225.810
225.871
48
225.811
225.897
225.903
225.814
225.832
225.876
225.878
225.905
18
225.800
225.815
225.917
225.880
53
225.8*4
225.908
225,836
225.817
36
225.802
225.890
55
225.872
8
225.910
19
225,794
225.818
225.823
225.896
225.881
12
225.834
20
225.870
225.904
225.824
225.898
225.882
13
225.900
21
225.911
225.906
225.825
37 225.837
225.885
17
225.819
24
225.797
25 225.847
225.826
39 225.793
225.889
225.820
225.798
225.856
225.827
225,909
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : O - 1973
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
January 16, 1973
Volume 906
Number 3
CONTENTS
page
Patents and Trademark Notices
Eflfect of Closing Patent Office on December 28, 1972 776
_ Patent Suits ^^^
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of January 9, 1973 777
777
Disclaimer and Dedication
777
Dedications
777
Adverse Decisions in Interferences
778
Disclaimers
780
Condition of Patent Applications
78 1
Reissue Patents Granted
Plant Patents Granted ^
Patents Granted
785
General and Mechanical
^^ . , 998
Chemical
^, . . , 1065
Electrical
Design Patents Granted
PI 1
Index of Patentees • '
Indices of Reissues, Plants, and Designs ^^ '^
Classification of
PI 47
Patents (Including Reissues)
^ „, . PI 50
Designs and Plants •
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
PI 51
Patents (Including Reissues) * • '
. o, . PI 53
Designs and Plants
The followin, .re mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Document,. Government
Printing Office. Washington, D.C.. 20402, to whom all subscriptions should be made pajable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional: single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each. ^^^^^^^^^
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent »«« »^ ^^ ""'I "f^S
PLANT PATENTS in color. $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of Patents. Washington. D.C.. 20231.
Printing authorized by Section 11 (a) 3 of Title 35, U.S. Code P.O.
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Effect of Closing of Patent Office on December 28, 1972
In view of the provisions of Executive Order 11693, Issued
Dec. 26, 1972, by President Nlxon, providing for the closing
of all Federal government agencies on Dec. 28, 1972 and for
consideration of that day as falling within the provisions of
5 U.S.C. 6103(b), that day constitutes "a holiday within the
District of Columbia" under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 21.
Any action due In the Patent Office on Dec. 28, 1972, is to
be considered timely If taken on Dec. 29, 1972.
Dec. 27, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commissioner of Patents.
Patent Suits
Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 ; Patent Act of 1952
2,661,534. D. H. Kelser, Jr.. SHEARING ACTION DEVICE,
filed Dec. 9, 1966, D.C.N.J. (Newark), Doc. C-1225-66, David
Hoxcard Keiser, Jr., doing business as Reiser Mfg. Co. v. J.
Wiss & Sons Co. Stipulation of dismissal of action, July 25,
1972.
2,734,028, B. Domogalla, KILLING ALGAE IN WATER
WITH COPPER ALKANOLAMINE SALTS, filed July 25.
1972, D.C., E.D. Wis. (Milwaukee), Doc. 72-C-429, Applied
Biochemists, Inc., Donald E. Seymour and Donald H. Kunkel
v. A. and V. Inc., Keith M. Anderson, Marjorie E. Vetter and
Dennis L. Vetter.
2.892.911, D. W. Crouch, VACUUM-TYPE CIRCUIT INTER-
RUPTER ; 2,892,912, Greenwood, Lee and Schneider, same :
3,246.979, Lafferty, Barkan, Lee and Talento, VACUUM CIR-
CUIT INTERRUPTER CONTACTS ; 3,263,162, Lucke and
Pearce, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING
THE PRESSURE INSIDE A VACUUM CIRCUIT INTER-
RUPTER, filed Oct. 12, 1971, D.C., W.D.N.Y. (Buffalo). Doc.
C-1971-452, General Electric Company v. Westinghouse
Electric Corporation. Stipulation of dismissal filed on July
6, 1972.
2.892.912. (See 2,892,911.)
2,948.341, J. V. Fredd, OFFSET CIRCULATING NIPPLE
AND TOOLS ; Re. 26,149. Slzer, Cherry and Wllholt, APPA-
RATUS FOR CONTROLLING FLOW WITHIN A WELL,
filed July 6, 1972, DC, S.D. Tex. (Houston), Doc. 72-H-
884. Otis Engineering Corp. v. Cameo, Inc.
3,032.054, D. W. Irwin, PRESSURE REGULATOR CON-
STRUCTION, filed Dec. 10, 1971, D.C., S D. Iowa (Des
Moines), Doc. 11-450-C-2, Rocktcell Mfg. Co. v. Fisher Con-
trols Company, Inc. Case dismissed, Aug. 2, 1972.
3,043,820, R. H. Krleble, ANAEROBIC CURING SEALANT
COMPOSITION HAVING EXTENDED SHELF STABILITY ;
3,046,262, V. K. Krleble, ACCELERATED ANAEROBIC CUR-
ING COMPOSITIONS, filed Apr. 24, 1969, D.C. Conn. (New
Haven), Doc. 13104, Broadview Chemical Corporation v. Loc-
tite Corporation. Final judgment entered that Broadvlew's
14 sealant compositions, designated by the term Manaka, do
not Infringe Loctlte's U.S. Letters Patent Nos. 2,895,950 and
3.043,820, May 10, 1972-
S.046,262. (See 3,043,820.)
8,092.799. A. R. Baker, APPARATUS FOR DETECTING
COMBUSTIBLE GASES HAVING AN ELECTRICALLY CON-
DUCTIVE MEMBER ENVELOPED IN A REFRACTORY MA
TERIAL, filed July 14, 1972, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los Angeles),
Doc. 72-1609-HP, General Monitors, Inc. v. Mine Safety Ap-
pliances Company and National Research Development Cor-
poration.
3.094.302. A. L. Stauffer, WIRE SCREEN SEALING SYS-
TEM, filed July 25, 1972, DC, M.D. Pa. (Scranton), Doc.
C-72-377, Continental Copper and Steel Industries, Inc. v.
New York Wire Company.
3.172.991. R. F. Arnoldy. FEEDER FOR WELDS, filed Aug.
4, 1972, D.C. Del. (Wilmington). Doc. 4442, Stamicarbon,
N.r. and Mathieu Bongard v. The Chemical Construction
Corporation.
3,174,608, K. Knickerbocker, COIN CONTROLLED NEWS-
PAPER VENDING MACHINE, AND COIN CONTROLLED
MECHANISM ADAPTABLE THERETO, filed July 31, 1972,
D.C, M.D. Fla. (Tampa), Doc. 72-431-C, Leco Engineering
and Machine, Inc. v. Karl Knickerbocker.
3.246,979. (See 2,892,911.)
3.263.162. (See 2,892,911.)
3.271.858, J. J. Simmons, REMOVABLE DENTAL APPLI-
ANCES AND METHODS OF MAKING SAME; 3.486,230.
same DENTAL APPLIANCE ; Reg. No. 846,346. Idea Develop
ment Company. SWING-LOCK, filed May 30, 1972, DC,
S.D. Tex. (Houston). Doc. 72-H-709. Idea Development Com-
pany V. Nobilum of Texas, Inc.
3.302.647. A. E. Marsan, SEALING PAD FOR A POST-
SURGICAL DRAINAGE POUCH, filed July 27, 1972, DC,
E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn), Doc. 72C1007, Hollister Incorporated
v. Atlantic Surgical Co., Inc.
3,315.401. B E. Wagner, SUPPORT FOR FISH BITE DE-
TECTING DEVICE, filed Oct. 14, 1968, D.C, S.D.N.Y., Doc.
68-C-4051, Sidney 0. Sampson v. Ampex Corporation. Action
dismissed and discontinued, Brleant, J., June 15, 1972.
3.421.171, T. Tsuruzawa, BRUSH FOR CLEANING, filed
May 31, 1972, D.C.N.J. (Camden). Doc. 930-72. K-Tel Inter-
national, Inc. v. Albert E. Price, Inc. Consent judgment
of permanent Injunction, Aug. 4, 1972.
3,481,268, Price, Szllagyl and Qulnto, GARBAGE COMPAC-
TOR, filed Mar. 2, 1970, D.C.N.J. (Newark), Doc.C-248-70.
International Patents d Development Corp. v. Resources Con-
trol Corp. et al. Stipulation and order of dismissal of action,
July 31, 1972.
3,486.230. (See 3,271,858.)
3,514.834. E. G. Beck. Jr.. METHOD FOR SECURING AN
ELONGATED METAL MEMBER TO A FLAT METAL
SHEET, filed Feb. 15, 1972, D.C. Conn. (New Haven). Doc.
14894, Airtex Corporation v. Fine Line Bracing, Inc. Stipula-
tion for dismissal of complaint and counterclaim filed and
order accordlnf'y. May 31, 1972.
3.538.389. Levesque and Harper, SUBELEMENT FOR ELEC-
TRONIC CIRCUIT BOARD, filed Nov. 3, 1970, DC, CD.
Calif. (Los Angeles). Doc. 70-2470-CC, Circuit-Stik, Inc.
v. Bishop Graphics, Inc. et al. Judgment and ordered thereon
that plaintiff's Infringement claim Is dismissed, that defend-
ants' counterclaims are dismissed, July 26, 1972.
3.588.095. Ward, Ward and Bachmann, SUCTION TABLE
SYSTEM FOR FEEDING OF WARPED SHEETS, filed July
20, 1972, D.C.N.J. (Newark), Doc. C-1256-72, The Ward
Machinery Company (formerly The Ward-Turner Machinery
Company) v. The Lang ston Company.
3.605.159. H. J. Glrard, PIPE LINE PIG OR SWIPE, filed
July 25, 1972, D.C, S.D. Tex. (Houston), Doc. CA 72-H-984,
Harry J. Oirard v. Polly-Pig by Knapp, Inc.
3.613,612. C T. Kennedy, HIGH STRENGTH TUFTED PILE
FABRIC, filed July 28, 1972, D.C, N.D. Ga. (Atlanta). Doc.
16931, Thiokol Chemical Corporation v. E. T. Barxcick and
Amoco Fabrics Company.
3.679.171, F. Baranowskl, Jr., TORCH HANDLE, filed July
28, 1972, D.C. Mass. (Boston), Doc. CA 72-2337-LC, Frank
Baranoicski, Jr. v. Wingaersheek Turbine Co., Inc.
D. 224,505. F. Baranowskl, Jr., TANK, PRESSURE REGU-
LATOR AND TORCH, filed Aug. 3, 1972, D.C. Mass. (Boston).
Doc. 72-2407-LC, Frank Baranowski, Jr. v. Wingaersheek
Turbine Co., Inc.
Re. 26.149. (See 2,948,341.)
Reff. No. 846,346. (See 3,271.858.) '
776
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
77;
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Jan. 9, 1973
P.P. 3,180
P.P. 3,249
Re. 27.230
Re. 27.257
Re. 27,425
3,356,868
3,494,432
3,522,138
3,522,532
3,528.122
3,538.264
3.561,465
3,575,061
3,577,721
3,587,731
3,598.940
3,600,214
3,600,377
3,603,521
3,608,261
3.608,977
3,609,608
3,610,304
3,615,517
3,617,617
3,618,613
3,619,194
3,622,535
3,622,590
3,622,593
3.622,677
3,628,399
3,630,262
3,631,036
3,631,617
3,633,306
3,634,074
3,635,993
3,637.096
3,637,387
3,637,468
3,639,111
3,639.124
3,639,491
3,639,563
3,639,778
3,640,904
3,640,920
3,642,977
3,644,832
3,645,660
3,646,296
3,648,022
3,649,351
3.650,053
3,650,255
3.650,670
3.650,876
3,651,480
3,652,062
3,652.361
3,652.453
3,652,559
3,653,304
3,653.619
3,653.826
3,654,226
3,654,447
3.655.047
3,655,292
3,655,743
3.657,331
3,657,476
3.657,847
3,658..")83
3,658,878
3.659,102
3,659,518
3,659.577
3,659.708
3,659.915
3,660,103
3,660,890
3,661,065
3.661.202
3,661,942
3,662,580
3,662,643
3,«63,164
3,663,298
3,663,565
3,663,578
3,663,735
3,664,577
3,664,962
3,665,415
3,665,459
3,665,657
3,666,111
3,666,465
3,666,473
3,666,495
3,666,675
3,666.695
3,666,710
3,666,754
3.666,931
3,666,932
3,667,176
3,667,214
3,667,443
3,667.543
3,667.870
3,667.911
3,667,999
3,668,093
3.668,113
3.668,224
3.668,744
3.669,254
3,669,506
3,669,687
3,670,005
3,670.035
9,670.314
3,670,402
3,670,495
3.670,687
3,671,127
3,671,276
3.671,384
3,671,482
3,671,497
3,671,518
3,671,584
3,671,748
3.672,111
3,672.341
3,672,728
3,673,004
3,673.114
3,673,248
3,673.266
3,673,270
3,673,370
3,673,505
3,673,939
3,674,065
3,674,384
3,674.486
3,674,647
3,674,692
3,674.713
3,674,727
3,674,844
3,674,984
3,675.013
3,675,144
3.675,311
3,675,466
3.675,621
3.675,716
3,676,102
3,676,118
3.676,172
3.676,186
3.676,245
3.676.304
3.676,324
3,676,330
3.676,432
3,676,453
3,676.484
3,676,653
3,676,732
3,676,738
3,676,756
3,676,814
3,676,863
3,676,888
3,677,036
3.677,048
3,677,123
3,677.253
3,677,352
3.677,631
3,677,657
3,677,748
3,677.767
3,677,813
3,677,868
3,677,918
3,678,025
3,678.035
3,678,161
3,678,398
3,678,467
3,678,596
3,678,676
3,678,692
3,678,762
3,678,768
3,678,783
3,678,807
3,678,975
3,679,033
3.679.148
3,679,177
3,679.275
3,679,361
3,679,411
3,679,724
3,679,726
3,679,739
3,679.796
3,679,862
3,679,907
3,680,003
3,680,016
3,680,205
3,680,208
3,680,275
3,680.300
3.680,600
3,680,613
3,680,658
3,680,775
3,681.055
3.681,066
3,681,222
3,681,228
3,681,247
3.681.292
3,681.321
3,681,361
3.681,363
3.681.468
3,681,473
3,681,477
3,681.481
3,681,617
3,681,620
3,681,819
3,681,862
3,681,881
3,681,914
3,682,005
3,682,235
3,682,272
3,682,379
3,682,466
3,682,494
3,682.500
3,682,669
3,682,695
3,682,761
3,682,763
3,682,793
3,682,943
3,682,944
3,683,014
3,683,031
3,683,042
3,683,059
3,683,089
3,683,103
3,683,278
3,683,298
3,683,306
3,683,378
3,683,439
3,683.489
3,683,505
3,683,533
3,683,632
3,683,645
3.683,811
3,683,850
3.683,911
3,683,948
3,684,033
3,684,046
3,684,084
3,684,090
3,684,287
3,684,338
3,684.377
3,684,395
3,684,417
3,684,488
3,684,497
3,684,526
3,684,594
3,684,744
3,684,761
3,684,764
3,684,779
3,684,936
3,684,988
3.685.118
3,685,119
3.685,139
3,685,234
3,685,302
3,685,352
3,685,360
3,685,501
3,685.626
3,685.744
3,685.824
3,685,864
3,685,883
3,685,980
3,686,006
3,686,096
3,686,123
3,686,198
3,686.213
3.686,224
3,686,229
3,686,266
3,686.275
3,686,280
3,686,345
3,686.359
3,686,372
3,686.380
3,686,381
3,686.394
3,686,460
3,686,502
3,686,503
3,686.566
3,686,602
3,686,621
3.686,789
3,687,202
3,687,227
3,687,234
3,687,349
3.687,524
3,687,697
3,688,331
3.688.391
Disclaimer and Dedication
3,438,135, — William M. Bense, Barrlngton, R.I. UNIVERSAL
JOINT GAUGE. Patent dated Apr. 15, 1969. Disclaimer
and dedication filed Aug. 7, 1972, by the assignee, Pre-
cision Universal Joint Corporation.
Hereby disclaims and dedicates to the Public the terminal
part of the term of said patent.
3,668.621. — Carl L. Boyd, Klngsport, Tenn. MULTIPLE AL-
TITUDE SIGNALING DEVICE. Patent dated June 6,
1972. Dedication filed Aug. 8, 1972, by the assignee,
Eastman Kodak Company.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the portion of the term of
said patent subsequent to July 13, 1972.
Dedications
3,007,620. — Ouy R. Laframboise and Merle P. Prater, Vestal,
N.Y. CARD PUNCHING DEVICE. Patent dated Nov. 7,
1961. Dedication filed Aug. 4, 1972, by the assignee.
International Business Machines Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
3.669.884.^ohn H. Wright, Elnora, NY. METHYL ALKYL
SILICONE GREASE CONTAINING ZINC NAPHTHE
NATE. Patent dated June 13, 1972. Dedication filed Jan.
26. 1972, by the assignee. General Electric Company, con-
senting.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the portion of the term of
the patent subsequent to Nov. 3, 1987.
3,255,965. — James R. Willson, Greensburg, Pa. OVEN TEM-
PERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. Patent dated June 14.
1966. Dedication filed June 13, 1972, by the assignee,
Robertshaw Controls Company.
Hereby dedicates the remaining term of said patent to the
Public.
3,308.871.— F/rff Kiehl, Oreensburp, Pa. PILOT BUKNEK
MEANS OR THE LIKE. Patent dated Mar. 14, 1967.
Dedication filed June 13, 1972. by the assignee, Robert-
show Controls Company.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
Adverse Decisions in Interferences
In the designated Interferences involving the Indicated
cl.-ilms of the following patents final decisions h.nve been
rendered that the respective patentees were not the first In-
ventors with respect to the claims listed.
Patent No. 3,3^,275, P. A. Barrett, Derivatives of Glyoial
Dlthloseml Carbazone, decided July 27, 1972, Interference
No. 96,884. claims 1, 3, 4, 5, 9 and 10.
Patent No. 3,403.349, I. Wleder, Optically Pumped Mnser
and Solid State Light Source for Use Therein, decided Aug.
31, 1972. Interference No. 97,070, claims 2, 11, 14 and 15.
Patent No. 3,423,231, H. H. Lutzmann, Multilayer Poly-
meric Film, decided Nov. 22, 1972, Interference No. 97,404.
claims 1. 2, 3 and 4.
778
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
Patent No. 3,454,981, T. W. Martlnek, Shirring Apparatus
and Resulting Product, decided July 27, 1972, Interference
No. 97,410, claims 1 and 2.
Patent No. 3,478,014, S. Djoklc and Z. Tamburasov, Erytro-
mycln Oxime and 9-Amlno-3-0-riandinosyl-5 O-Desnsamin-
yl-6,11,12 - Trlhydroxy-2,4,6,8,10,12-Hexamethyl-Pentadecane-
OUde, decided Nov. 21, 1972, Interference No. 97,825, claim 2.
Patent No. 3,60^34^ B. B. Reed, Resilient Plug for Clean-
ing Pipelines, decided Oct. 4, 1972, Interference No. 97,910,
claims 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.
Disclaimers
Design No. 224,105. — Michael A. Turturro, Santa Monica,
Calif. WATER FILTER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE. Patent
dated July 4, 1972. Disclaimer filed Sept. 15, 1972, by
the Inventor.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to the claim of said patent.
3,500.259. — Harold Seidel, Warren Township, Somerset
County, N.J. FILTER CIRCUITS USING ALTERNATE
OPEN- AND SHORT-CIRCUITED 3 db QUADRATURE
HYBRIDS. Patent dated Mar. 10. 1970. Disclaimer filed
June 14, 1972, by the assignee, Bell Telephone Labora-
tories, Incorporated.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 and 3 of said
patent.
3,507,207. — Alan B. Rogers, Palos Park, Donald V. Schicall,
Glen Ellyn, and Russell W. Posegate, La Grange Park,
111. SYSTEM FOR POULTRY INJECTION. Patent dated
Apr. 21, 1970. Disclaimer filed Sept. 11, 1972, by the
assignee Armour and Company.
Hereby disclaims the entire term of said patent.
3,050,877. — Fernando M. Ronci, Providence, R.L REIN-
FORCED HEEL AND TAP. Patent dated Aug. 28, 1962.
Disclaimer filed Aug. 4, 1972, by the Inventor.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 and 2 of said
patent.
3,544,273. — Paul W. McConnaughey, Pittsburgh, Pa. APPA-
RATUS FOR SAMPLING AND ANALYZING BREATH.
Patent dated Dec. 1. 1970. Disclaimer filed Aug. 23, 1972,
by the assignee. Mine Safety Appliances Company.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8
of said patent.
3,155,949.— W«6ur E. Tibhetts, San Jose. Calif. TUNNEL
ERASE MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER. Patent dated Nov.
3, 1964. Disclaimer filed Aug. 30, 1972, by the assignee,
International Business Machines Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 3 of said patent.
3,593,036. — Stephen P. F. Ma, Santa Monica, and Richard
E. Sklar. Los Angeles, Calif. MOSFET MOMENTARY
SWITCH CIRCUIT. Patent dated July 13, 1971. Dis-
claimer filed Aug. 17, 1972, by the assignee, Hughes Air-
craft Company.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 5 only of said patent.
3,357,983. — Earl Weener and John Herman Vander Ploeg,
Holland, Mich. PERYLENE PIGMENTS. Patent dated
Dec. 12, 1967. Disclaimer filed Aug. 11, 1972, by the as-
signee, Chemetron Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 1 of said patent.
3,603,962. — Bernard Joseph Lechner, Princeton, N.J. COLOR
DISPLAY FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. Patent dated
Sept. 7, 1971. Disclaimer filed Sept. 1, 1972. by the as-
signee, RCA Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to all claims of said patent.
3,476,970. — Wallace Gillies, George K. Yamasaki, and J. C.
Burger, Horseheads, N.Y. HOLLOW CATHODE ELEC-
TRON DISCHARGE DEVICE FOR GENERATING
SPECTRAL RADIATION. Patent dated Nov. 4. 1969.
Disclaimer filed Sept. 12, 1972, by the assignee. Westing-
house Electric Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 1 of said patent.
3,644,802. — Andrew O. F. Dingxcall, Somervllle, N.J. RATIO-
COMPENSATED RESISTORS FOR INTEGRATED CIR-
CUIT. Patent dated Feb. 22, 1972. Disclaimer filed Oct.
24, 1972, by the assignee. RCA Corporation.
Hereby disclaims the entire remaining term of said patent.
3,482,708. — Edward C. Levit, Grand Rapids, and Adrian R.
Olree, Caledonia, Mich. STACKING TRAYS. Patent dated
Dec. 9, 1969. Disclaimer filed Oct. 25, 1972, by the as-
signee, Steelcase, Inc.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1. 2 and 6 of said
patent.
3,485,018. — Jacobus J. Beckering, Bel Air, Raymond J. Duran,
Lutherville, and William R. Lessig III, Baltimore, Md.
LAWN MOWER DECK HOUSING. Patent dated Dec.
23, 1969. Disclaimer filed June 9, 1972, by the assignee.
The Black and Decker Manufacturing Company.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 12, 13, 15, 16-28,
inclusive, and 30-35, Inclusive of said patent.
3,647,788. — John Colin Clark, Gerrards Cross, Brian Richard
Cowley, Greenford, Gordon Ian Gregory, Chalfont St.
Peter, England, and ifames Kennedy, Montrose, Angus,
Scotland, and Alan Gibson Long, Greenford, England.
CEPHALOSPORINS HAVING A 3-THIOETHER GROUP.
Patent dated Mar. 7, 1972. Disclaimer filed Sept. 13.
1972, by the assignee, Glaxo Laboratories Limited.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 3 and 4 of said
patent.
3,684,111. — Klaus Weber, and Fritz Urbahn, Remscheid, Ger-
many. MULTI-SPINDLE DRIVE MEANS FOR SPIN-
NING AND TWISTING MACHINES. Patent dated May
23, 1972. Disclaimer filed Aug. 28, 1972, by the assignee,
Barmag Barmer Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 and 6 of said
patent.
3,666,015. — William L. Livingston, Sharon, Mass. FLUID
FLOW CONTROL DEVICE. Patent dated May 30, 1972.
Disclaimer filed Apr. 3, 1972, by the assignee. Factory
Mutual Research Corporation.
Hereby disclaims the portion of the term of the patent sub-
sequent to July 13, 1988.
3,498,906. — Marcel J. P. Bogart, Los Angeles, Calif, and Hy- r-AtsT
man R. Davis, Glen Ridge. N.J. QUENCH OIL RECOV- 3,672,879.— WilHam J. Buehler, Bethesda, Md. TlNi CASi
ERY SYSTEM. Patent dated Mar. 3, 1970. Disclaimer PRODUCT. Patent dated June 27, 1972. Disclaimer mea
filed Nov. 13, 1972, by the assignee. The Lummus Com- Jan. 26, 1972, by the inventor.
pany. Hereby disclaims the portion of the term of the patent sob-
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 3 of said patent. sequent to Sept. 22, 1987.
JANUARY 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
779
3 681 262 — Robert J. Bouchard, Wilmington, Del. COMPO-
SITIONS FOR MAKING ELECTRICAL ELEMENTS
CONTAINING PYROCHLORE-RELATED OXIDES. Pat-
ent dated Aug. 1, 1972. Disclaimer filed Sept. 13, 1972,
by the assignee, E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Hereby disclaims the portion of the term of the patent sub-
sequent to June 8, 1988.
3,684,025. — William L. Livingston, Sharon, Mass. ADAPTIVE
SPRINKLER HEAD. Patent dated Aug. 15, 1972. Dis-
claimer filed Apr. 10, 1972, by the assignee. Factory Mu-
tual Research Corporation.
Hereby disclaims the portion of the term of the patent
subsequent to Apr. 4, 1989.
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL. Assistant Commissioner
WILLIAM FELDMAN, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 26, 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
Filiiis HatP
of Oldest
New Case
AwUtiliK
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
r.FVFR\I rUFMISTRY \ND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY. liROfP UO-M. STERM AN'. IMiector -
hioSan^c Conipounds Inorganic Con position.; Orpano-Mrtal and OrRano-Metalloid Chemistry; MctallurKv; Metal S ock. Eloc o
Chemistry rBaneriV4 Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Teclmolopy; LubricatinR Compositions; (.aseous Coinposilions; I-uel and
Ignitinp Devices.
0x0 and Oxv; Quinones; Acids; Carboxylic Acid Esters; Acid Anhydrides; Acid llalides.
HTr.TI POI YMER CHEMISTRY PLASTICS AND MOLDINC, CROrp UO-L. J RERCOVITZ. Director.. .
^vnrh°tic Refins Rubben Proteins; Macromolecular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin f^o";f'V^''''^''^vv\;' I'-'mo dZ
With Natural I^hmers and Resins; Natural Resins; Reclaiminp; Pore-ForminR; Compositions (Part) e.p.: <■ oatlnc. MoldniR.
Ink- Adhesive and" Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes.
rnATTv'c. \ND T AMIN VTINC. RLEXCHINfi DYEINC AND PHOTOGRAPHY. C.ROUP 160-A. P. KENT, Director..
C™g Pr;?esis and MiTc. Pro^^^^^ Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; Adhesive Bondinp; Spo.ial Chemical
Manufactures; Speciairtility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.
SPECI\LI7ED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENC.INEERINC. (iROUP 170-R. FRIEDMAN, '/'rector
Fe iSs; Fc^ds FerUita^^^^^ Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper ^'''^'cl'r ^ '.rn-VS'^eni a o ,■
Heating and lUuminatinc; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purilication; Distillation; Preserving, Liquid, (.as, -'"V^ ^"'J"* •^' ; r-\V""^
Oarand Liquid Contact Apparatus Refrigeration; Concentratlve Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus; Misc. 1 lusical I .o.-
esscs.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
TVT->T i-TDi ii VI FPTRnvir^ iniYSTCS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, (IROL'P 210— N. ANSHER,Director .... . .
''''^lene'ra''t!o'^a,fd%7zat?on;'Sene'r"\Mica Co^nve'^rsion^nd Distribution; Healing and Related Art Conductors; Switches;
10-0 t-71
•.2-OJ-71
H-li-71
'.1-01 -7 J
'.1-01-
Photography; Motion Pictures; Illumination; Horology; Acoustics; Recorders; Weighing scales
Seismic Exploring. Radio-
S-03-
1-03-7
4-05-72
'J-U-71
SPECIAL L\.WS \DMINISTRATION. CROUP 220— R. L. C.\MPBELL. Director A' i
Ordnance". Firearms and Ammunition: Radar, Underwater Signalliiig. Directional Radio Torpedoes, h
Active Batteries Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy. Rocket Fuels; Radio-Active -Mateual.
Tv»rnn\«4Tinv TR * V<;mi^SION STORAGE A.ND RETRIEVAL. C.ROUP 230— J. F COUCH, Director...
''^^CommuiUca'l^onl'NtultipLxing -i^cl^^^^^^^ Processing, Computation and Conversion; Stoiafic D.v.ces and
RFr?pTACT FS '^aNTTJlTION AND CLEANING WINDING, AND MEAi^URING, GROUP 240-L. FORM AN Director
^ KceJtiTes Joiru Pac\f;J! c'^nduit" ^ Textile Spinning; Food. Agitating; Cleaning; Pres.^ing; (.cometrical
Instruments; Sound Recording; Winding and Reeling; Measuring and Testmg; Indicating. _
s-irrTROvir roMPOVFNT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES. GROUP 250— W. L CARLSON, Director ------ " »» •'
'^''i^nTilconductor and^pace"^^^^^^^ Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Lines and Net-
works; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring. 4-27-71
DESIGNS, GROUP 'i'JO—R. L. CAMPBELL. Director
Industrial .Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
Fire Extinguishers; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solids, Boats, ^5nlps, Aeroiiaunt
.Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Brakes; Railways and Railway fcquipment.
MATERIAL SIIAPINC^ ARTICLE MANUFACTURING. TOOLS, (JRpi;PJ20-IX J. ST^^^^
Manufacturing Processes, Assembling. Combined Machnes Special Article Making Metal Deforming^ S^
Working; Metal Fusion-Bonding, Metal Founding; .Metallurgical Apparatus: ' f ''" ^^ "^^Xofk^nc T^ls^^^^^
Earthenware Apparatus: .Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; W ork and Tool Holders. Woodwoi king loos, ^uu<i>.
AMUSEMENT. HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT, INFORM.-^TION, GROUP ^«-f^,,?':£«^,^,^'g$^^^^^^^^
Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; B»tf h" "k!:, ^.^r ,^ ^^r^^^^^
Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; .Tcwelry; Surgery; Toiletry, I rintmg, lypewriiers, . lauo
Information Dissemination.
HEAT. POWER. AND FLUID ENGINEERING. GROUP 340-M.M. >«'£ ^lA^- ']|[^^f °[;-.;^- - j^^^^^^^
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Reaction Motors; Pumps; Ro^^;,> f "^ines and I ump^^^ ^^^^_._
Exchange: Refrigeration; Ventilation; Drying; Temperature and Humidity Regulation, Machine tieiiienu. ^.uup.i t.
ing; Bearings; Clutches; Powtr Transmission; Fluid Handling and Control: Lubrication.
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS. TEXTILES .\NDMININni, GROUP 35(>^^^
Joints; Fasteners; Rod. Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous l^'d^'are, Lwks, Building Stru^ Separations;
Bridges: Closures; Earth Enghieering; Drilling; Mining; Furniture; Supports; Cabinet Structures, ceniriiugai .11^
Coating; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines.
i-08-71
l-03-7i
2-01-72
•>-2a-t2
10-04-71
ExpirmUon of patents: The patents within the range of numbers indicated 'j^ « V^^'^lc ,An^nvpd A.ieis 8 l'>16 (60 Stat. 040) and Public
expired earlier due to shortened terms under the provisions of Public Law 6'JO .yth Co"gr«ss, approved Augus^ ^,^^ provisions of
Law 619, 83rd Congress, approved August 23, 1954 (68 Stat. 764), or which may have had their ^"^^^^^If^^.d before the full term of 17 years for
35 U.S.C. 253. Other patents, issued after the dates of the range of numbers indicated below, may navt expireu ueim.
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 151.
Patents
Plant Patents
Numbers 2,728.913 to 2.733.438, inclusive
Numbers 1.442 to 1,455, inclusive
780
REISSUES
JANUARY 16, 1973
, A ,. >,«.v hrpckets r 1 aPD*>ars In the original patent but forms no part of this reissue spedflcation ; matter
Matter enclosed In heavy brackets t J ^«PP;j^"^;°J^^ indicates additions made by reissue.
/ pure oxygen whereby the said film is oxidized, and re-
AUTOMATIC TIRE BEAD MAKING APPARATUS turning the oxidized film to the bath to undergo oxygen
Ernest U. Lang, Niles, Mich., assignor to
National-Standard Company
Original No. 3,475,255, dated Oct. 28, 1969, Ser. No. . _. "
442,293, Mar. 24, 1965. Application for reissue May ^ -„nd ^
7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,471
Int. CI. B29h 7 7/i2
U.S. a. 156—422 25 Claims
'^*k7^7'»^
£*»9f «n.i. ASS>
exchange with the impurities contained therein to form
a slag layer.
27,549
SINGLE AND DUAL SERVICE niTINGS
Charles T. Flachbarth, 7 Meadowcrest, Parkersburg,
W. Va. 26101; Robert W. Hadficld, 1584 Lois, Belpre,
Ohio 45714; and William H. Harding. 1337 25th !>t.,
Parkersburg, W. Va. 26101
Original No. 3,514,525, dated May 26, 1970, Ser. No.
767,300, Oct. 14, 1968. Application for reissue May
15, 1971, Ser. No. 153,299
Int. CI. H02g 3/10
U.S. CI. 174—49 9 Claims
A tire bead making apparatus including bead wire
supply reels providing a plurality of conlmuous lengths ot
bead wire, and extruder for applying a coating to each ot
the bead wires, a variable speed bead winder havmg
gripping means for gripping the leading ends of the wires
and being rotatable to pull the wires through the extruder
and wind the wires to form beads, a wire accumulator
disposed between the extruder and the bead winder and
having fixed and movable sheaves adapted to receive the
bead wires thereon, and circuit control means operatively
associated with the bead winder, the extruder and the
accumulator and adapted to control movement of the
movable sheaves of the accumulator in relation to the
rotary speed of the bead winder to maintain generally
constant preselected bead wire speed from the extruder.
27,548
METHOD OF REFINING COPPER
Albert W. Spitz, Wvncotc, and Milton I. Schwab, Phila-
delphia, Pa., assignors to Trio Process Corporation,
Philadelphia, Pa. ^, ^„^„ „ ..^
Original No. 3,432,289, dated Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No.
541,448, Mar. 23, 1966. Application for reissue Feb.
19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,898
Int. CI. C22b 15/06: 15/14
U S CI 75—73 2^ Claims
The method of producing blister or fire refined copper
from impure copper by charging the impure copper into
a rotary furnace, forming a molten metal bath of the
impure copper inside the furnace, rotating the furnace to
create a falling film of molten metal, subjecting the falling
film of molten metal to an atmosphere of substantially
Service fittings for use with electrical underfloor dis-
tribution systems to provide for power and/or communi-
cation service connections, the fittings of the various
types having basic components with corresponding struc-
tural characteristics which adapt the same to be fabri-
cated by extrusion techniques and assembled together
in the same manner.
27,550
TORQUE RELEASE AND SHUT-OFF MECHANISM
FOR PNEL^IATIC TOOLS
Kenneth R. Bangerter, 120 Columbia St.,
Ithaca, N.Y. 14850
Original No. 3,442,362, dated May 6, 1969, Ser. No.
664,777, Aug. 31, 1967. Application for reissue Jan.
14, 1971, Ser. No, 106,611 .,,,,,
Int. CI. F16d 43/20; FOlc 21/12
U.S. CI. 192-.34 J8 Claims
A pneumatic power wrench having a cone clutch with
a "locking taper," a torque sensing means and a motor
781
782
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
■jut} - ■«-'- - - —
shut-off valve simultaneously opens the cone clutch to dis-
engage the tool motor from its spindle and to stop the
tool motor.
27,551
fl-ALKOXY-TRIFLUOROMETHYLPHENALKYL-
^ AMINES
John A. Faust, Solvang, Calif., and Melville Sahyun, 102
E. Pueblo St., Santa Barbara, Calif.; said Faust assignor
to Said Melville Sahyun, doing business as Sahyun Lab-
oratories, Santa Barbara, Calif.
No Drawing. Original No. 3,459,803, dated Aug. 5, 1969,
Ser No. 666,457, Sept 8, 1967, which is a contmuaHon-
in-part of Ser. No. 467,759, June 28, 1965. Application
for reissue July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 59,042
Int. CI. C07c 93/02
VS. CI. 260—570.6 ... f^^ SIt^
Alkoxy-trifluoromethylphenalkyl ammes useful to re-
duce nausea and to depress appetite [.] and the process
of reducing appetite by the administration of a lower-
alkoxy-substituted trifluoromethylphenalkyl secondary
amine.
27,552
APPARATUS FOR DENSITY GRADIENT
ELECTROPHORESIS
Robert W. Allington, 1551 Ridgeway Road,
Lincoln, Nebr. 68506
Original No. 3,453,200, dated July 1, 1969, Ser. No.
552,905, May 25, 1966. Application for reissue May
10, 1971, Ser. No. 142.084
Int. CI. BOlk 5/00
U.S. CL 204— 301 . , . 24aainis
Apparatus for separating and isolating the various
solutes in complex mixtures by density gradient elec-
trophoresis includes: a tube made of electrical insulating
material for receiving a density gradient liquid, means
including a reversible pump for pumping a displacing
liquid into and out of the tube to position the density
gradient liquid within a predetermined portion of the
tube, a light passageway through the tube, a light source
positioned to transmit light rays through the light pas-
sageway, means including a light transducer responsive
to the concentration of liquid in the tube and positioned
to receive the light rays transmitted through the light
passageway, a light filter interposed between the light
passageway and light transducer, and means establishing
an electric field across axially spaced points within the
tube. The means for establishing the electric field consist
of electrodes connected to a source of D.C. current and
in association with one or both electrodes .to prevent
mixing of the buffer solutions with the liquid in the tube.
27,553
VEHICULAR TRANSMISSION PUMP DRIVES
Edward N. Cole, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., assignor to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Original No. 3,554,056, dated Jan. 12, 1971, S«r. No.
838,549, July 2, 1969. Application for reissue Aug.
26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,413 ,,^, ^,,^o
Int. CI. F16h 47/00, 47/04. 47/08 .
U.S. CI. 74—730 2 Claims
A vehicular transmission having a hydraulic pump
driven by the transmission input through a one-way drive
when the input is powering the transmission and driven
by the transmission output through a one-way drive when
the output is powering the transmission.
27,554
CORN HARVESTER
Robert Ashton, Islington, Myron Leroy Gu lickson Scot-
land, and James G. Butler, Is>'ng<«°vOpt«;'«' Ca"ada,
assizors to Massey-Ferguson Limited, Toronto,
Or?^^^%o"tln,940, dated Sept. 13 1966, Ser. No.
328524 Dec. 5, 1963. Application for reissue June
9, 1969, Ser. No. 28,993
Int. CI. AOld 45/02
US ri 56—105 ^* Claims
Combine corn head attachment having a plurality of
corn snapping units mounted on the attachment with some
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
783
of the units being mounted so that they can be laterally scanner for developing video signals representative of the
adiusted with respect to adjacent units to accommodate red, green, and blue components of the signal picked up
variable spaced crop rows, the mounting providing for by the scanner. The copy is reproduced on a record sheet
*^ disposed on a drum rotated in synchronism with the scan-
ner. For each color component there is provided a set
of ink jets disposed on a head which scans the record
sheet. Each set comprises a plurality of ink jets or noz-
zles. The jets from these nozzles pass through individual
electric charging cylinders which individually charge the
__-.E2o
X' X
continuous support of the units during the adjustment.
Power transmitting means are provided to drive the snap-
ping units and which accommodate the lateral adjustment
between the units.
26aa
II' 45b 45C1430 nm I
27,555
CONTROLLED INK-JET COPY-REPRODUCING
APPARATUS
Arthur V. Loughren, 22 Broadlawn Ave.,
Great Neck, N.Y. 11024
Original No. 3,404,221, dated Oct. 1, 1968, Ser. No.
500,947, Oct. 22, 1965. Application for reissue Sept.
29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,388
Int CI. H04n 9/02
VS. CI. 178 5.2 R 21 Claims
A* controlled ink-jet apparatus for producing multi-color
reproduction of a subject copy comprises a photoelectric
ink droplets emerging from the jets and these droplets
then traverse reflecting fields which direct the ink drops
either to the record sheet or to the drain. By supplying
inks of different optical densities to the several jets of
each set and by selectively deflecting ink from predeter-
mined jets to the drain, the optical density of each ink
spot on the record can be controlled over a wide range of
values to produce effectively a continuous tone color re-
production of the original copy.
1
PLANT PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 16, 1973
3,291
PEAR TREE
David B. Lowry, 5500 Colver Road,
Talent, Oreg. 97540 ^^ „,,
Filed July 8, 1971. Ser. No. 160,872
^A fast'-growmg. medium-size, medium-vigorous, upr.ght.
tali open vase-tormed, hardy pear tree which is a regu^
la and productive bearer of medium-size fruit of good
marlet quality, having red skin and white flesh; the ed
Zn bei'g thick, smooth, waxen, -d glossy, and the
flesh being firm, tender, juicy, subacid, and distinctly
white. ^^^^^^______
3,292
LEMON-LIME TREE
Herman Arthur Lucerne, 633 S\V 2nd St.,
norida City, Fla. 33030
Filed June 16. 1971, Ser. No. 153,905
Int. CI. AOlh 5/03
iTC ri PIt_45 ^ ^'^'/"
A lemon-lime combination resembling most dosely the
Perrine lemon (Citrus aurantifolia c. Mexican 9 X Citrus
limon c Genoa c^) but bearing fruit distinguished there-
from by a calyx end evenly rounded, sometimes slightly
ribbed and furrowed, rarely slightly necked, a stylar end
evenly rounded, very faintly nippled, and with a decid-
uous style, and often producing seedless fruit.
ovate leaves, and regular and beavily clustered Produj: -on
of large well-distributed nuts which hang well on/b^ t^^^
and afeeasy to harvest and process; the variety blooming
doseW wiUi and pollinating the Nonpareil r unpatented)
and harve^ing about ten days before the Mission (unpat-
ented) Ihe nuts of good quality and good flavor, averag-
ng 300 per ^und; the percentage of kernel to nut averag-
ing 60%?and the kernels averaging 29.3 per ounce.
3,295
GRAPEVINE ^ .
John M. Garabedian, Fresno Calif., assignor to Superior
Farming Company
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,246
.. pu__^7 Int. CI. AOlh 5/03 ^ ^^^^
^ A V gorou"r horizontally growing, hardy grapevine
wl^chTa regular and productive Nearer of medujm..ze
clusters of black, seedless grapes which npen about seven
m t n days earli r than the Black Monukka (unpatented);
he individual berries of the present variety of grape^^-e
being characterized, in comparison to said Black Mon
ukka by more purplish-black to black color, more ovoid-
elongated shape, larger diameter, tougher and thicker
skin more looseness in the cluster, and vestigial seed
wh?ch^re a darker brown color and usually having a fiber
remaining attached to the seed beak.
3,293
ALMOND TREE
Clarence H. Sauret. Paso Robles Calif assjnor of a
fractional part interest to Richard K. Sauret, Paso
Robles, Calif. ten a«c
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,855
Int. CI. AOlh 5/03 .
U S. CI. Pit.— 30 *. ^'^""
An almond tree characterized by large size, vigorous
growth, medium density, abundant foliage with medium-
size ovate leaves, and regular and heavy production of
small, well-distributed nuts easy to harvest, hull, and
process; the variety blooming, pollinating, and harvesting
with the Nonpareil (unpatented); the nuts, of good qual-
ity and good flavor, averaging 370 per pound; the per-
centage of kernel to nut averaging 66%; and the kernels
averaging 35.5 per ounce.
3,294
ALMOND TREE
Clarence H. Sauret, Paso Robles. Calif., assignor of a
fractional part interest to Richard K. Sauret, Paso
Robles, Calif. ,-« oe^
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,854
Int. CI. AOlh 5/03
\]JS CI Pit 30 ' Claim
An almond tree characterized by large size, vigorous
and dense growth, abundant foliage with medium-size
3,296
DOGWOOD TREE
Mary B. Wakefield, 1465 Brush Hill Road,
Milton, Mass. 02186
Filed Apr. 30. 1971, Ser. No. 138,968
, P, _51 '"' ""'' ^'*' 1 Claim
^'f* A new and distinct variety of dogwood tree of the
Japanese dogwood type, substantially as herein shown
and described, characterized particularly as jo "O^e J
bv the unique combination of a fastigiate and distinctly
uprght habit of growth, with the trunk dividing, beginning
we above the ground, and each division continuing to
Tscend and bearing numerous short horizontal branches
whch turn upward at their tips, distinctive and attractive
Tarie white flowers, each having fo"^. broadly over appmg
bracts with the two upper bracts being slightly narrower
^han the wo lower bracts, and the flowers being borne all
a^ongth numerous horizontal branches which are so
densely twigged that the flowers are quite close together
.nd anoear in vertical series as narrow white tiers which
s qui r unuTual and attractive attractive large fru. o
somewhat blocky shape and which are green in color at
the beginning, then become yellow, and finally turn red
auite early as the fruiting season progresses, excellen
ha diness to at least -20° F. without injury,^and especial
Litabi ity ?or accent use along sidewalks and near bmld-
ngs and for street, park, patio and garden plantmgs.
784
PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,710,391
SHOULDER STRAP RETAINER
Waller J. McGlynn, 3335 N. 6th St., Minneapolis, Minn
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,856
int. CI. A41d /J/00
U.S. CI. 2-2
3,710,393
HEADGEAR
Donald J. Douglas. 10 Glasgow Road, White Bear Lake. Minn.
Filed Nov. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 197,660
Int. CI. A6 If 9/00
4 Claims U.S. CI. 2- 14 W 35 Claims
^-u-
A shoulder strap retainer consists of a weight distributing
pad to be placed on the user's shoulder; a strap holding clip
having a base plate riveted to the pad with a hold-down arm
pivotally mounted to the base plate; and a cushion of soft,
relatively frictional, material bonded to the base plate so as to
come between the base plate and the hold-down arm. The
base plate is substantially flat, and the hold-down arm is
curved to include an enlarged shoulder strap encompassing
portion in adjacent relationship to the pivotal mounting of the
hold-down arm to the base plate, and a strap contacting end
portion in overlying relationship to the cushion. The encom-
passing portion of the arm and the pivotal mounting of the arm
to the base plate prevents the shoulder strap from sliding
downwardly off the user's shoulder and the strap contacting
portion of the arm combined with the frictional cushion tends
to prevent the shoulder strap from riding upwardly or
downwardly from the retainer.
3,710,392
ANTI-GLARE SUNSHADE
Gerald H. Morris, Jr., Lithonia, Ga., assignor to Larry D. Hut-
ton and Paul W. Schlotterbeck, Newport Beach. Calif.
Filed Aug. 6, 1 970, Ser. No. 6 1 ,755
Int. CI. A6 If 9/00
U.S.CI.2-12 2Claini3
The headgear comprises a substantially semi-rigid organic
plastic sheath structure adapted to be placed in spaced rela-
tionship over the eyes and nose of an individual wearing the
same, with perimeter portions of the sheath structure lying
peripherally outward from the wearer's eyes and nose. The
sheath has lateral eye accommodating portions with trans-
parent eye-vision areas. A nose accommodating portion is
located intermediate the eye portions. A nostril breath outlet
^s located at a peripherally outward portion of the sheath other
than along the lower edge thereof. Passage means carries nos-
tril breath of a wearer of the sheath from the nose portion to
the outlet without substantial direct nostril breath communi-
cation into the space between the wearer's eyes and the inner-
most surfaces of the sheath structure at the eye-vision areas.
At least the eye-vision areas are preferably formed by using
outer and inner plate members, with an intervening insulation
space therebetween. The passage means for carrying nostril
breath may be grooved or U-shaped, or may comprise a con-
duit. A bonnet member is preferably fixed to the sheath; and
the passage means of the sheath permits breathing of air un-
derneath the bonnet. Several optional features are included
for headgear for water or air environmental use.
A anti-glare sunshade composed of a foldable fiat blank and
having top, bottom and side walls shaped to conform to the
face and head of a wearer, the walls extending outwardly to
shade the wearer's eyes against direct or reflected sun light.
The inside surfaces of the sunshade are non-reflective.
3,710,394
METHOD OF MAKING A REVERSIBLE GARMENT
Gladys Trice, Route 1, Barnesville, Ga.
Filed July 28, I97I, Ser. No. 166,728 ^
Int. CI. A4 Id 7/22
U.S. CI. 2—74 2 Claims
» -i
A method of making a reversible, sleeveless outer body gar-
ment wherein the inner garment ply and the outer garment ply
are placed in confronting, face-to-face relationship and exter-
nally stitched together along their edges, leaving openings in
the stitching at the ends of the shoulder straps and along one
edge of the garment. The garment is pulled right side out
through the side edge opening, and the side edge opening is
then pulled back through a shoulder strap opening and sewn
closed. The shoulder straps are then sewn together to
complete the eye appealing reversible garment which shows
no seams.
785
^
786
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710^95
AIR DISTRIBUTION GARMENT
Leo A Spano, Cumberiand, and Vlnc«nt D. Lacono, Rumford,
both of R.I., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed Oct. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 193,784
Int. CI. A41b 9100
U.S.Cl.2-78 10 Claims
elastic fabrics which easily expand and contract in a vertical
direction, a back body formed by elastic fabrics which easily
37 33
expand and contract in a horizontal direction, and wherein
elastic tape is sewn to its downsides.
An air distribution garment adapted to enclose the torso of
the wearer consisting of a layer of an air-permeable, stretcha-
ble compression-resistant, spacer fabric enclosed between
.layers of stretchable, air-permeable, fabric, havmg air inlet
openings on said garment communicating with manifolds
within the garment and through which air is caused to flow
over t>ie back and chest portions through the spacer fabnc to
remove excess heat and moisture from the torso to maintain
the body in thermal balance.
3,710,398
SYSTEM OF MAKING WAISTBANDS WITH CRIMPED
BELT LOOPS, LABELS AND TICKETS
John P. Hunter, Jr., Atlanta, and Erie George Huddleston,
Monroe, both of Ga., assignors to Oxford Industries, Inc.,
Atlanta, Ga.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 851,986, Aug. 21, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,562,817. This application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,489
Int.CI. A41d//06
U.S. CI. 2-236 15 Claims
-ll'"
Barbara L.
Calif.
3,710,396
DISPENSABLE HEAD COVERING
Tomlinson, 812 S. Bumside Ave., Los Angeles,
Filedjan.4, 1971,Ser.No. 103,635
Int.CI.A42b //22
U.S. CI. 2-197
A method of making waistbands for pants and other gar-
ments wherein a series of waistband panels are joined together
in end-to-end relationship to form a continuous senes of
waistband panels, a continuous band of facing material is fed
3 Claims -^^^^ abutting relationship with one edge of the series of panels
and is continuously rocaped to the series of panels. The panels
are marked and belt loop material is fed in a continuous strip
toward the panels, cut to proper length, the lengths are
crimped and folded at their ends and sewn to the panels in
positions corresponding to the markings. Labels are sewn to
the facing material at positions corresponding to the ends of
the panels, sales tickets are basted to waistband panels, the
panels are separated and the facing material is cut at positions
adjacent the ends of the waistband panels alternately with a
straight cut extending across the facing material and with a Y-
shaped cut to remove a portion of the facing material.
A dispensable head covering for a person's head for
dispensing from a box or roll, having perforations or scoring
separating one unit from the other, each of the units having
perforated or scored ear tab portions, and formed from two
Uvers of stretchable material connected at their top edges to
each other, with optional heat sealed front edges to accom-
modate various head sizes.
3,710,399
OSSICLE REPLACEMENT PROSTHESIS
Herbert N. Hurst, 1 199 West 1050 North, Provo, Utah
ConUnuation-ln-part of Ser. No. 756,971, Sept. 3, 1968,
abandoned. This application June 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,834
Int.CI.A6H//24
U.S.CI.3-1 l^'"*"*
to Fukusuke
3,710,397
MANS BRIEF
Toshk) Tsujiraoto, Sakalshl, Japan, assignor
Kabushiki Kaisha, Sakalshl, Osakafu, Japan
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,654
riaima nrioritv applkatton Japan, June 30, l^ov,
44/62^2; Ju^5: 196^9, 44/62373; July 1, 1969. 44/62572;
July 1,1969,44/62573
■' ^ Int. CI. A41b 9/02
US CI 2-224 A '^'"^
' The present invention relates to a man's brief and more par-
ticularly to a brief which comprises in a front body formed by
A prosthesis for surgically replacing the three bones of the
middle ear when said bones are defective or missing. The
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
787
prosthesis consists basically of two struts held mechanically
and loosely in close proximity and parallel to and partly over-
lapping each other in such a manner as to allow their com-
bined length to adjust freely to movements of the tympanic
membrane without tearing or breaking connections to delicate
tissues, while maintaining continuous transmission of sound
oscillations from the tympanic membrane to the oval window.
The transmission of sound oscillations between the struts is ac-
complished by a magnetic couple. The proximal strut is at-
tached to the tympanic membrane and the distal strut is at-
tached to the oval window using established surgical
procedures. Some such procedures are briefly described el-
sewhere in this specification.
containment devices and exert sealing pressure on the struc-
tural members. The seal and containment devices for use
3,710,400
GRAFT MEMBER GROWN IN A LIVING BODY
Charies H. Sparks, 3725 S.E. Martins St., Portland, Oreg.
Division of Ser. No. 823,287, May 9, 1969, Pat. No. 3,625,198,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 655,838, July 25,
1967, Pat. No. 3,514,791. This application Aug. 30, 1971, Ser.
No. 175,914
Int. CI. A6 If 7/24
U.S.CI.3-1 4 Claims
A cluster of tubular tissue dies in a die holder is inserted
lengthwise in a stab wound. Each die tube is perforated and
contains a cloth tube spaced outward from a central mandrel
in the tube. Ingrowth of tissue encapsulates the cloth tube and
fills the space between the cloth tube and mandrel forming a
graft tube containing the cloth tube as a reinforcing member
adjacent its outer surface and remote from the lumen formed
by the mandrel. The die cluster containing the graft tubes is
removed lengthwise from a second sUb wound adjacent one
end of the cluster.
therewith are particulariy adapted for use in fluid containing
structures such as storage tanks, swimming pools and the like.
3,710,402
SOFA BED FOLDING nXTURE
Paul W. Eakins, Saint Louis, Mo., assignor to Foster Brothers
Manufacturing Company, SL Louis, Mo.
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,758
lnt.CI.A47cy7/;4
U.S.CI.S-13 4 Claims
3,710,401
ELONGATED INFLATABLE SEAL AND CONTAINMENT
DEVICES FOR USE SEALING JOINTS BETWEEN
PERPENDICULARLY DISPOSED STRUCTURAL
MEMBERS AND COPLANAR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
Adam D. Goettl. 4960 East Palomino Rd., Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,961
Int.Cl.E04hi//6,J//S
U.S. CI. 4-172.19 12 Claims
An elongated seal and containment devices for use
therewith are disclosed, the seal is provided with feathered
edges formed on both ends thereof to allow overlapped inser-
tion within containment devices which positions and retains
the seal in contiguous engagement with the joint between ad-
jacent structural members. The seal is flexible and inflatable
so that when pressurized it will conform to the shape of the
A folding fixture for a sofa bed having a plurality of sections
pivotally connected together end-to-end withf each section
comprising a pair of bars at opposite sides of ^e fixture and
with a bedspring for supporting a mattress extf nding between
and connected to the side bars. The fixture is/oldable so the
sections along with the mattress and the bedspring may be
disposed in the sofa in a retracted position wherein one of the
sections constituting a body section extends generally horizon-
tally bottomwise of the sofa. Means is provided extending
between the side bars of the body section adjacent its rear-
ward end for supporting the bedspring when the fixture is in its
stated retracted position. This bedspring support means is car-
ried by linkage means operable by the folding and unfolding of
the fixture for moving the bedspring support means between a
lowered retracted position permitting the bedspring to yield
downward under the weight of a user when the fixture is un-
folded for use as a bed and a raised position relative to the
body section contiguous to the bedspring holding it up against
dovkTiward yielding when the fixture is retracted for use as a
sofa.
3,710,403
SEATING UNIT IN AN ARTICLE OF FURNITURE
Urban A. Weidner, Park Ridge, III., and Nicholas Chariich,
Kaleva, Mich., assignors to Mak-Kraft Creations, Inc.,
Chicago, III.
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,164
lnt.CI.A47cy7//4
U.S.Cl.5— 18 5 Claims
A seating unit in the form of a sectional sofa, couch or the
like, which has a slidable and extendible member which when
■J
788
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
m retracted position is hidden from view to give the outward a channel to receive the rail and a recess to receive a locking
aDoearance of a conventional article of furniture but which means attached to the rail. The locking means has walls which
^^ engage corresponding walls of the recess to wedge the locking
^z
when extended increases the length of same to provide in-
creased seating capacity or permits its use as a bed.
3,710,404
ELECTRIC HOSPITAL BED
Warren J. Peterson, Two Rivers, Wis., assignor to Joerns Fur-
niture Company, Stevens Point, Wis.
Filed April 15, 1971,Ser.No. 134,197
int.CI.A61g7/00. 7/yO
MS. CI. 5—68 14 Claims
means and rail in the recess and channel and thereby preclude
longitudinal and transverse movement of the rail with respect
to the comer member.
3,710,406
COMBINATION WIRE STRIPPER AND PLIER DEVICE
Joe H. Stanford, 3249 Pearl St.. Franklin Park, III.
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,415
Int.CI. H02g///2
U.S. CI. 7—5.1 10 Claims
Electric hospital bed with articulated spring having Hi-Lo,
head and knee function drive means with respective manually
operable control members selectively movable from neutral in
either of two directions and a normally neutral control unit
operable in response to each control member first to move a
gear selector to effect driving connection for the selected bed
function and thereafter to close one or the other of two
switches to initiate motor operation for either up or down bed
function movements, with means operable automatically upon
release of an actuated head or knee control member to return
the parts manually operated thereby to neutral position and
"NO-WAIT" means for latching the Hi-Lo control member
and parts manually actuated thereby in operative position fol-
lowing manual actuation and release and automatically opera-
ble in response to movement of the bed into its highest or
lowest positions to return the Hi-Lo member and mechanisms
actuated thereby to neutral positions, and simplified lockout
means for selectively preventing operation of the head or knee
control members, together with simplified Trendelenberg con-
trol means.
A combination wire stripper and plier device comprising a
pair of handle members having cutting plates mounted at the
upper ends thereof. When the handles are in a closed position,
the cutting plates mesh together and form a plurality of sub-
stantially circular knives, each being suitable for cutting and
stripping insulation from a predetermined size of electrical
wire.
3,710,405
BED CARRYING FRAME
Edwin B. Watts, Lombard, III., assignor to Sealy, Incor-
porated, Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 193,130
Int. CI. A47c/ 9/02
U.S. CI. 5— 201 10 Claims
A bed carrying frame comprises corner members and rails
readily jissembied and disassembled. The comer member has
3,710,407
COMBINATION TOOL
Ronald E. Reld, Ankeny, Iowa, assignor to Auto Safety, Inc.,
Des Moines, Iowa
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No, 76,655
Int. CI. B25b 7\22- B67b H44
U.S.CL 7-8.1 3 Claims
A combination tool for opening wrecked vehicles and the
like comprising a first elongated tool member having first and
second ends with a bore extending thereinto from one end
thereof. A second elongated tool member is selectively
slidably received in the bore of the first tool member and has a
tool head portion at its outer end. The tool head portion in-
cludes a pry bar means, cutting means and spike means
mounted thereon. The first tool member is selectively slidably
movable with respect to the second tool member to effectively
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
789
extend the length of the tool to provide additional leverage for
the tool head portion when the same is being used to open a
wrecked vehicle. The first tool member includes a hammer
head at one end thereof which may be used to strike the tool
pansible bladder, contained within a flexible , expansible,
retaining sleeve, which in turn is folded within and protected
by a flexible outer casing, in combination with a gas source,
gas delivery means and actuating means for release of said gas
to inflate said inflatable module. The structure permits use of
the same inflatable module for a variety of applications by in-
terconnecting a plurality of said modules, by means of conven-
tional mechanical and pneumatic couplings and fasteners, in
configurations suitable for life saving, boat safety, mooring
and other surface and sub-surface marine uses. Means are also
provided within said inflatable module for adjustment of the
amount and location of buoyancy obtainable upon inflation
thereof.
head portion when the tool members are separated to create
additional impact force to the tool head portion. The first tool
member may also be struck against the second tool member
by slidably moving the same wi»h respect to each other to aid
the cutting means in penetrating metal materials.
3,710,408
CIRCULAR WATERCRAFT
Hugh E. Sorenson, 3818-AN-37th Street, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,440
Int. CL B63h 9/04
U.S.CI.9-1 6 Claims
3,710,410
DIE ACTUATOR
Alfred C. Andreasen, Oak Park. III., assignors to New Way
Products Company. Franklin Park, III.
Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,285
Int. CI. B23g//02. 7/44,5/72
U.S.CI. 10— 89R 6 Claims
A saucer shaped water craft hull has a plurality of sockets
which make it readily adaptable to many different uses and ap-
plications.
3,710,409
LINEAR INFLATABLE MODULE DEVICE
William M. Davidson, Box 74, Mountain Lakes, N J.
Filed March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,591
Int. CI. B63c 9108
U.S.CL 9-312 4 Claims
In combination with a load supf>orting member, such as a
cable, strap, belt, or the like, a linear inflatable buoyancy
device, or plurality thereof, of elongated, generally cylindrical
form that conforms in shape with and may be made an integral
part of said load supporting member, comprising a flexible, ex-
-X 3* X
c
\
Rtfucrei
J2
-^
3!
30~S--'
It
■■30 ''- -
FOHWA**D
■J <^^o.^^\
^^^ '-!!-»
X
-^^^
- ' s»
■64
A die actuator for moving an operating lever of a threading
die on automatic screw machines, and the like, having a tur-
rethead indexable through a plurality of different work posi-
tions and slidable along a work axis toward and away from the
workpiece. The die actuator comprises a base which is fixedly
secured to the bed of the automatic screw machine and
defines vertical guide means. An actuator slide is mounted for
vertical sliding movement on the base in said guide means
between an elevated, upper position and lower, rest position.
Lift means extends outwardly of the slide into the path of
travel of the operating lever on the threading die as the die
moves during indexing of the turret. ENgagement between the
lift means and the die operating lever dunng turret indexing
causes the lever to close the die and move the thread chasers
into position ready for cutting threads on a workpiece. When
the head is subsequently moved forward toward the work-
piece, the operating lever moves out from under said lift
means and the actuator slide drops downwardly to the rest
position out of the way of the turrethead and any of the other
tools mounted thereon.
3,710.411
GUN CLEANING DEVICE
Jose H. Murguiondo, 32 East Main St., Middletown, Md.
Filed Mav 11, 1971, Ser. No. 142,246
Int. CLF41C J //02
U.S. CI. 15-104.16 7 Claims
A gun cleaning device is formed of a rod having at one end a
handle and at the other end a cleaning member or a holder
therefor. The handle is slidable through a hole in a permanent
magnet. On the face of the magnet directed towards the clean-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
790
ing member there are laterally extending fingers of a non- FPTHir RAZOR CLEANER
mitalhc matenal such as rubber or plast.c to prevent contact ^^ ^ F^^i^^iSSlJ^eZve. Citrus HdghU, C.Uf.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,831
Int. CI. A47I 5/00
U.S. CI. 15-405 1 Claim
^ ■
\- ■^
between the rod and the barrel and an extending nipple which
fits into the gun barrel and guides the rod.
A bulb, nozzle, and brush for cleaning hair from an electric
razor blade.
3,710,414
EDGE-FORMING MEANS FOR FLOORING
Robert T. Fuller, 449 S. Rancheria Rd., and Keith A. Smith,
528 Torito Lane, both of Diamond Bar, Calif.
Division of Set. No. 641,106, May 9, 1967, Pat No. 3,528,122,
Continuation of Ser. No. 549,295, May 11, 1966, abandoned.
This application July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 64,877
Int. CI. A47g 27/04
U.S.CI. 16-8 5 Claims
3,710,412
VACUUM TRASH COLLECTOR
John R. Hollowell, 3567 Greenfield. Dearborn, Mich
FiledJunell,1971,Ser. No. 152,223
Int CI. A47I 9100
U.S.CI. 15— 340
/»
^MOlii
This invention relates to edge-forming means for various
22 Claims types of flooring materials, especially of carpets. A preferred
feature of the invention resides in the use of an edging strip
which is held down against the floor and the pile of a carpet as
a second class lever, and which possesses viscoelastic proper-
ties.
3,710,415
HINGE
Harry C. Wilson, 15126 Rayneta Drive, Sherman Oaks, Calif.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,695
Int. CI. E05d 9\00
U.S.CL 16-128 13 Claims
A trash collector mountable on a cart. The collector com-
prises a pivoted cylindncal bin having a hinged lid surmounted
by a vacuum blower. A nexible hose of inverted U shape has a
nozzle at its outer end, the inner end entering tangentially into
the lid The hose is supported by a leaf spnng pivoted at its
inner end, the nozzle being controlled by a handle through a
telescoping connection.
A hinge having a pair of leaves formed with interleaving
curls pivotally connected by a pair of hinge pins intemesting
with one another in a press fit and each also preferably havmg
a press fit with a respective one of the hinge curls. One leaf in-
cludes integral tang means having an edge parallel to the hinge
axis and positioned to locate the hinge accurately along the
edge of a door while being attached thereto. The other hinge
leaf IS shaped to embrace the edge of a door frame and carries
clamping screw means for anchoring the hinge in place
without need for fasteners.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
791
3,710,416
DOOR MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
Malcolm T. Phelps, Jamestown, N.Y., assignor to Weber-
Knapp Company, Jamestown, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 80,967
Int. CI. E05d Sm
U.S.CI. 16— 135 3Claims
3,710,418
CHAIR HAVING A BACK REST AND MEANS FOR
ADJUSTING THE INCLINATION THEREOF
Walter Kratzer, Altheim, Austria, assignor to Wiesner-Hager
KG, Altheim, Austria
Filed Oct. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 189,353
Claims priority, application Austria, Oct. 30, 1970, A
9766/70
Int.CI.E05d WHO
U.S.CI. 16— 145 13 Claims
A barrel type hinge construction and mounting arrange-
ment for minimizing crack dimension between a door and
cabinet frame.
3,710,417
VEHICLE BODY DOOR HINGE HOLD-OPEN CLIP
Dennis W. Berman, Detroit, and Bela Gergoe, Steriing Heights,
both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,741
Int.CI.EOSdy;/OS
U.S. CI. 16-142 4 Claims
A vehicle body door hinge includes a pair of pivotally con-
nected hinge members, one of which has a pair of attachment
members over which are respectively snapped a pair of
generally U-shaped atuchment portions respective the ends of
an integral hold-open clip to mount the hold-open clip on the
one hinge member. A generally U-shaped hold-open portion
of the clip extends between the attachment portions and with
the hinge members in a door closed position, the closed end of
the hold-open portion of the mounted clip assumes an un-
deflected position and is located laterally to and out of en-
gagement with a roller mounted on the other hinge member.
Relative movement of the hinge members from the door
closed position toward a door open position moves the roller
into engagement with the closed end of the hold-open portion
and deflects the hold-open portion, storing energy within the
mounted clip until the hinge members reach an intermediate
position between the open and closed positions. Thereafter,
during relative movement of the hinge members toward the
door open position, the clip releases a portion of the quantity
of stored energy as the hold-open portion moves partially
toward the undeflected position, assisting in opening move-
ment of the hinge members and moving the roller into engage-
ment with the closed end of one of the attachment portions as
the hinge members reach the open position where the clip de-
tents the hinge members. In the open position, the roller biases
the attachment portions of the clip against the attachment
members to thus provide a force preventing dismounting of
the clip from the one hinge member upon each successive
movement of the hinge members to open position.
A pocket member is fixed or adapted to be fixed to the seat
plate of a chair. A horizontal shaft is rotatably mounted in said
pocket member. A bearing member and a pinion are corota-
tionally mounted on said shaft. A holder is pivoted to said
pocket member on a horizontal axis and connected or adapted
to be connected to the back rest of said chair. A gear segment
is carried by said holder and in mesh with said pinion. A non-
rotatable ratchet ring is coaxial with said shaft and secured to
said pocket member and carries internal teeth. Two symmetri-
cally opposite locking pawls are pivoted to said bearing
member on axes which are parallel to said shaft. Each of said
locking pawls has a toothed outer side which faces said inter-
nal teeth and is engageable therewith in such a manner that
one of said locking pawls is engageable with said internal teeth
to hold said bearing member and shaft against rotation in one,
and only one, direction, and the other of said locking pawls is
engageable with said internal teeth to hold said bearing
member and shaft against rotation in the opposite, and only in
the opfXJsite, direction. Spring means urge said locking pawls
into engagement with said internal teeth. Two cam followers
are provided, each of which is generally parallel to said shaft
and carried by one of said locking pawls. A hand wheel is free-
ly rotatably mounted on said shaft and provided with first cam
faces which are adapted to engage said cam follower of that of
said locking pawls which normally holds said bearing member
against rotation in the direction in which the hand wheel is
being rotated, and with two spaced apart second cam faces.
An additional cam follower is carried by said bearing member
and extends with a backlash between said second cam faces.
3,710,419
HINGE STRUCTURE
Walter J. De Groft, Gkn Ellyn, lU., assignor to Sanford
Research Company
Filed Feb. 9, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 13,997
Int.CI.E05d//06
U.S. CI. 16—171 4 Claims
An integral hinge assembly for a plastic container having a
base and a lid constructed to permit the lid to be assembled to
the base by sliding it axially in position with one motion,
wherein the base includes spaced aligned bosses having cylin-
drical bearing surfaces with one of the bosses being slotted to
receive the lid during assembly. The lid has integrally formed
792
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
therewith a central shank portion flanked by two oppositely
directed pintles with the pintle leading during assembling hav-
ing a smaller diameter than the other pintle to form a shoulder
with the shank portion limiting the movement of the pintles
into the bosses during assembly. There is also provided, ad-
jacent what would be the trailing pintle during assembly, a
micrometer is provided with a trumpet-like condensing
member and a delivery cylindrical member disposed at a coax-
frusto-conical portion between the pintles that cams the
slotted boss open somewhat as it passes therethrough and after
passing therethrough permits the slotted boss to clamp around
the larger pmtle with the shoulder formed by the frusto-coni-
cal portion preventing the disassembly of the lid by withdrawal
in the opposite direction.
3,710,420
METHOD FOR FORMING THEMAIN BODY OF A
CATAMENIAL TAMPON
Akira Yamauchi, 121 Tatsumachi, Sasayama-cho, Taki-gun,
Japan
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,733
Claims priority, application Japan, July 19, 1969, 44/57301
Int.CI.A61l/i/00
U.S. CI. 19— 144.5 1 Claim
ially downstream position so that a space for embracing the
sliver in pressurized air is formed between both members.
3,710,422
WEBB FASTENERS
Gerrit van Halteren, Lindsay, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Lindsay Specialty Products Ltd., Lindsay, Ontario, Canada
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,707
lnt.CLA47ciy/00
U.S. CL 24— 265 C 10 Claims
A wad of fibrous material provided with a pulling string and
a stem inserted therein with its one end projected outward is
first compressed from opposite sides by a pair of side dies and
then compressed from the front and rear by a pair of trans-
verse dies so as to obtain a cylindrical main body of a tampon.
By carrying out these two steps of compression separately, the
fibrous body obtained, when used, can be swollen into an el-
liptical or spindlelike shape in fitting contact with the vagina.
An improved web fastener for use in securing webs to tubu-
lar chair frames and the like. The improved fastener includes a
tongue which is struck from the fastener and which has the
first portion projecting outwardly from the body of the
fastener. The outer end of the tongue is generally V-shaped
when viewed from above and at least one additional portion is
integrally connected to the fir« portion along one of the
inclined leading edges and projects rearwardly therefrom. The
tongue may also include a second portion connected to the
other leading edge and projecting rearwardly therefrom. Each
of the portions which project rearwardly from the first portion
is outwardly inclined relative to the first portion so as to form
a leaf-type spring which is compressible towards the first por-
tion so as to be easily mounted in an opening in use.
3,710,423
CLAMPING DEVICE
Marion D. Zimpleman, 814 WUdwood Drive, Kokomo, Ind.
FUed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,476
Int.CI. B42f 7/00
U.S. CL 24—67.5 6 Claims
3,710,421
PNEUMATIC DEVICE FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL
SYSTEM OF SLIVER S THICKNESS
Takuzo Tooka, Aichi-ken, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Toyoda Jidoshokkl Seisakusho, Kariya-shi, Aichi-ken, Japan
FUed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,118
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 3, 1970, 45/68209
Int.CLD01h5/JS
U.S, CI. 1 9— 240 ^ Claims
In the automatic conuol system of sliver's thickness wherein
the thickness of sliver continuously delivered from a draft
mechanism is measured by an air-micrometer and, when a
portion of sliver having unacceptable thickness is detected,
the draft ratio is changed so as to produce sliver having al-
lowable variation of thickness, the measuring device of the air-
A clamping device for releasably clamping an article to a
perforated board. The device comprises a vertically elongated
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
793
clasp member having rearwardly extending integral pivot
means intermediate its upper end and lower end, and a
resilient support member engaging the clasp member between
the lower end and pivot means thereof The support member
is dctachably secured to a perforated board through the per-
forations in the board and maintains the clasp member in a
clasping position with the lower end and pivot means in biased
contact against the board and with the upper end in spaced
relation to the hoard. The resiliency of the support member
permits the lower end of the clasp member to pivot away from
the board to an unclasping position when a force is applied
against the upper end of the clasp member toward the board,
and to automatically return to its clasping position when the
force is removed.
3,710,424
BRAKING MEANS FOR A FLEXIBLE CONNECTING
ELEMENT WHICH IS RESILIENTLY SUPPORTED AT
ONE END AND MAY BE STRESSED IN SHOCKS
Hellmuth Smejkal, and Walter Schwarz, both of Linz, Austria,
as.signors to Vereinigtc Osterreichische Eisen - und Stahl-
werke Aktiengesellschaft, Linz, Austria
Filed Aug. 12. 1971, Ser. No. 171,086
Claims priority, application Austria, Aug. 18, 1970, 7464
Int. CI. C2 Ic 7/06, B66d / 154 , B66b 5/02
U.S.CL24— I23R 6 Claims
The invention relates to a braking means for a flexible con-
necting element which is resiliently supported at one end and
may be stressed in shocks, as used for example for a tackle
rope or chain, particularly for the auxiliary rope of a hoist for
oxygen blowing lances, comprising an arc-shaped deflection
part which is sUtionary in its circumferential direction over
which the connecting element is guided to slide under friction,
and two springs for resiliently supporting the connecting ele-
ment, the springs being arranged one behind the other and
having different spring constants, one spring with a smaller
spring constant serving for pre-stressing the connecting ele-
ment, and the other spring with a greater spring constant being
pre-stressed and designed for accommodating part of the
shock-like stress. Owing to this arrangement it becomes possi-
ble to design the springs absorbing the shock in case of a rope
rupture relatively small.
self-adhering action but which are releasable upon being
forcibly pulled apart and separated, a plurality of elongated
filament-like elements or fibrils are cut from a sheet of flexible
material and mounted in upstanding position on at least one of
the articles to be attached. The free ends of the mounted
fibrils are subjected to a treatment, for example by applying a
/r
J2
/O
1
£0
J^
30
^t\//^y^///^y///}y///^'/A
'/a
source of heat thereto, capable of causing each of said free
ends to bend and curl back on itself to form a terminal hook
thereon, whereby when two like articles are pressed together,
the hooks on one article will grip the hooks on the other arti-
cle and vice versa to cause the two articles to become tightly
fastened to one another, or the hooks on one article are
caused to penetrate and grip the surface of a frangible article.
3,710,426
BUCKLE MECHANISM
James A. Gavagan, Center Line, Mich., assignor to Irvin In-
dustries Inc., Lexington, Ky.
FlledFeb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118,110
Int.CI. A44b/ 7/00, ///25
U.S. CI. 24—224 R 6 Claims
A coupling for a safety seat belt system including at least
first and second buckle members, one buckle member includ-
ing connector means and latch means and the other buckle
member including pocket means for receiving the connector
means of the first mentioned buckle member, the latch means
of the first mentioned buckle member including blocker
means extending into the mouth of the pocket means for
releasable retention of the connector means of one buckle
member in the pocket pxjrtion of the other.
ERRATA
For Classes 24 — 265 B thru 29—203 D see:
Patents Nos. 3,710,458 thru 3,710,483
3,710,425
GRIPPING FASTENING SURFACE
George C. Brumlik, 154 Upper Mountain Avenue, Montclair,
NJ.
Filed Sept. 1 1 , 1 969, Ser. No. 857,075
Int. CI. A44b / HOO
U.S.CI. 24— 204 4 Claims
In making a self-gripping fastening surface of the type in
which two articles are capable of gripping one another with a
3,710,427
COLLAR PULLER FOR METAL PIPE
John T. Doty, 9936 E. Ramona Ave., Bellflower, Calif.
Filed Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,147
Int. CI. B23p 79/02
U.S. CI. 29—237 6 Claims
When handling large diameter metal pipe of an industrial
nature, the various sections of the pipe are connected by col-
lars and these collars must be moved horizontally while the
pipe is in a ditch or the like; thus requiring that the pipe
794
gripping tongs shall securely engage the metal pipe without
slipping when a force is applied to the tongs. Also when in-
sullmg metal pipe the pipe sometimes extends at an angle,
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
i
January 16, 1973
materials into S-shaped configurations, positionmg these S-
shaped configurations above each other, jommg these S-
shaped configurations together by welding along their central
longitudinal axis, forming engaging heads in the welding
process separating the welded together S-shaped zigzag con-
figurations along their central longitudinal axis and joining
those fastener elements to supporting tapes either prior to or
after separating by means of welding or sewing.
thus requiring an arcuate collar. The collar puller, therefore,
must be nexible to align the coupling with one section of the
metal pipe.
3,710,430
METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING THE MAKING OF A
LAMINATED FIBROUS STRIP
Arthur H. Long, Jeannette, and Joseph Seidel, Pittsburgh, both
of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,073
Int. CI. B23p / 7100
U.S. CI. 29-419 6 Claims
3,710,428
PLASTIC PIPE FLARING TOOL
Bengt G. Bjalme, and Robert E. Buhl, both of Erie, Pa., as-
sienors to Reed Manufacturing Company, Ene, Pa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 837,413, June 30, 1969 abandoned.
This application June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,502
Int. CI. B23p/ 9/04
U.S. CI. 29-237 10 Claims
/S ^^ z
^.9t-
Thermo plastic pipe or tubing is flared into the outer
member or nut of a fiare fitting of the type in which the fiare is
interlocked with an annular recess of greater diameter than
the threads. The fiaring is accomplished by first assembling
the nut on the pipe and then assembling on the pipe a spinning
tool locally contacting the pipe end to be fiared and routed
and axially advanced about the axis of the pipe. As the tool is
rotated, the plastic is locally deformed both axially and radi-
ally and at the end of the fiaring operation is squeezed into the
annular recess so that the nut is permanently attached to the
pipe by the flare.
3,710,429
SLIDING CLASP FASTENERS
Siegfried W. Spindler, Friedenstrasse 19, Unterpfaffenhofen,
Germany
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,681
Int.CI.B21f4J//S
U,S. CI. 29-410
1 Claim
A method for preparing a fibrous laminated stnp on an
elongated supporting surface, using a continuous fiber
shredding apparatus having X shredders each cutting arid ap-
plying P fibers/min., the strip consisting of N laminated layers
of shredded metal fibers having a total weight per unit area of
W gr /in* the fibers having a thickness of/, in., a width of/, in.
and a density of d gr./cu. in., the fibers of each layer being
disposed at an orientation angle B from the longitudinal axis of
the supporting surface; the method comprising the steps: (1)
forming a layer having a weight per unit area of w gr./in by
applying P fibers/min. on the elongated supporting surface in a
longitudinal direction, the fibers being disposed substantially
parallel to each other and at an angle 0 of between 15 and 75
from the longitudinal axis of the elongated supporting surface,
the fibers being applied to the supporting surface at a traverse
speed of Q in./min. and then (2) forming N layers by applying,
at a speed Q, additional layers of loose thin metal fibers sub-
stantially parallel to each other within a layer, to cover the
previous layer at an angle from the longitudinal axis of the
elongated supporting surface alternating between e and e
^here e'=d wherein the following relationship exists:
e = A'[(d)(/V)(P)C/i)/(»*0(s'n»ore')].
3,710,431
METHOD OF PREPARING PACKAGES OF YARN FOR
SUBSEQUENT TREATMENT
David M. Willis; WiUiam O. Young, Jr., and Walter J. Quat-
tlebaum, all of Spartanburg, S.C, assignors to Butte
Knitting Mills, Spartanburg, S.C.
Division of Ser. No. 645,645, June 13, 1967, Pat No.
3 564 695. This application Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,974
' ' Int. CLB23p/ 9/00
U.S.CL 29-428 9 Claims
A process of making zip fastener elements is disclosed com-
prising the steps of bending two filaments of thermoplastic
A method whereby a plurality of core supported wound
packages of yarn are moved in a predetermined common path
of travel past a core replacement station and a replacement
core IS substituted for the winding core at the core replace-
ment station, m order to prepare the packages of yam for sub-
sequent treatment such as dyeing and the like.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
795
3,710,432
METHOD FOR REMOVING A METALIZED DEVICE
FROM A SURFACE
George W. DIeffenbacher, Fairfield, and Harold E. Hadcock,
Sauquoit, both of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,398
Int.CI. B23p/9/00
3,710,434
EXPLOSIVE PIPE COUPLING METHOD
Neville H. G. Daniels, Los Altos, and Edward S. Wright, Los
Altos Hills, both of Calif., assignors to Anken Chemical &
Film Corporation, Newton, N J.
Filed March 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,173
Int CI. B23k 2 //OO
U.S. CI. 29—470. 1 9 Claims
U.S. CI. 29-426
4 Claims
io«
Means and method for removing a metalized device bonded
to a substrate from the substrate. A tool having a surface con-
sisting of a metal having an affinity for the metalization of the
metalized device is brought into engagement with the device.
The tool IS bonded to the device and heat is provided to ex-
ceed the eutectic point of the bond between the device and
substrate. After bonding, the tool and device bonded thereto
are removed from the substrate. The device may afterward be
removed from the tool in any convenient manner.
Pipes or other tubular members are explosively joined An
internal smooth walled tube is placed within an outer tube or
sleeve having one or more circumferential internal grooves; an
explosive charge centered within a shock force transmitting
core is positioned within the inner tube, and a smooth-walled
tubular die is positioned outside the sleeve. By exploding the
charge and transmitting force radially outward, the inner tube
is caused to expand radially and circumferentially into a per-
manent conforming contact with the outer tube or sleeve and
its internal groove or groves.
3,710,433
METHOD FOR STRESSING AND ANCHORING WIRES OF
A BUNDLE OF TENSION WIRES
Antonio Brandestlni, 60 Alte Landstrasse, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,103
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 25, 1970,
7724/70
Int. CI. B2 Id i9/00
U.S. CI. 29-452 10 Claims
3,710,435
METHOD OF ASSEMBLY AND BONDING
Francis Vincent Cordo, Utica, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,070
Int. CI. B23k i//02
U.S. CI. 29—470.5 14 Claims
A method of stressing and anchoring the wires of a bundle
or bunch of tensioning wires or the like for a concrete struc-
ture by means of clamping wedges and- an anchoring body,
which comprises the steps of loosely placing an anchoring
head equipped with wire receiving bores onto the wires while
the wires are in untensioned condition. Clamping wedges are
inserted into the wire receiving bores and are fixedly retained
therein without the wedges clamping the wires. The anchoring
head together with the thus inserted wedges is displaced along
the wires into a recess of the concrete structure accommodat-
ing the ends of the wire bunch, displacement occurring
through a distance approximately corresponding to the length
of elongation of the wires which is contemplated. Then in this
position of the anchoring head the clamping wedges are
pressed against the untensioned wires into a wire clamping
position, the wire bunch is tensioned. tensioning or stressing
occurring during withdrawal of the anchoring head from the
concrete structure recess, whereupon the withdrawn anchor-
ing head is supported against the concrete structure.
A method of joining first and second walls of an article such
as a chassis. The edge of a first wall is aligned with a hole in the
surface of the second wall. A pin is inserted in the hole to
retain the second wall against the first. The pin has a bifur-
cated portion for gripping the first wall, a plug portion which is
friction fit in the hole and a post portion which facilitates han-
dling of the pin. The first and second walls and the pin are
bonded, and the post portion is thereafter broken away.
3,710,436
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PLATES
Rudolf Schoffmann, Linz, Austria, assignor to Vereiniate
Oster-reichische Eisen-und Stahlwerke Aktiengesellschaft.
Linz, Austria
Filed April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,459
Claims priority, application Austria, May 9, 1969, A
4444/69
Int. CI. B23p 25100 i
U.S. CI. 29-527.6 2 Claims
The invention relates to a method for the production of
plates from continuously cast slabs. Immediately after the con-
tinuously cast bar has solidified and as soon as its marginal
796
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
zone has reached a mean temperature of 800° to lOOO-X: while
the core zone is still of higher temperature, a continuously cast
bar is shaped in a preliminary one-step shaping process m
which primarily the core zone is shaped. After shearing to
length, the slabs are cooled, re-heated to rolling temperature
and shaped in a multi-step rolling process proper wherein es-
sentially the marginal zones of the slabs are subjected to shap-
ing so that finally a uniform degree of shaping is achieved over
the total cross section of the slabs. By this new method it
becomes possible to produce plates with a cross section of 50
to 100 mm by using continuously cast slabs whose initial
thickness does not exceed 300 mm.
The pole pieces are generated by growing, on a suitably
oriented monocrystalline substrate, monocrystalline layers of
zinc ferrite in zones corresponding to the respective geometri-
cal form of the pole pieces, these layers having an inserted
component (eg Ni) which renders the ferrite ferromagnetic.
The Ni component may be added during the growing process
or afterwards inserted in, or removed from homogeneous
layers by a masked diffusion process.
3.710,437
METHOD OF PREPARING INSULATED COIL IN
SLOTTED CORE
Harry P. Kipple, Penn Hills; Charies E. Price, Pittsburgh, both
of Pa., and Adam M. Leader, Mobile, Ala., assignors to
Westinghouse Electric Corp., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,106
Int. CI. H02k 15102, 15/10, 15/12
U.S.CL 29-596 9 Claims
•rmaw axLS
M COAC SLOTS
1
mm
1
1
n& nrrtmriccs
«iTH PoawHD wsm
n 1
•<AT ASSCMeLT TO
cunt •ES«
a.
'
trp^i po0D€no ntsiH
TO CO>L CNO TURNS
m
1
acxAT AsscwetT to
cuK aesiaous cootm
ON COIL tNO Tume
3,710,439
PRODUCTION OF 2-MERCAPTOETHANOL
Walter Goetze, Ludwigshafen; Werner Kasper, Frankenthat;
Gerhard Klatt. and Gerhard Schuiz, both of Ludwigshafen,
all of Germany. a.ssignors to Badische Anilin - & Soda -
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. LudwiRshafen/Rhine, Land
Rhineland-Pfatz. (Jermany
Filed March 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,534
Int.CLC07c/49//.S
U.S. CI. 260-609 R * Claims
Production of 2-mercaptoethanol by reaction of ethylene
oxide with hydrogen sulfide in a molar ratio of about 1 ; I in the
presence of bis-(/3-hydroxycthyl) thioether as solvent at
elevated temperature under superatmospheric pressure in
homogeneous phase. 2-mercapttx;thanol is used for the
production of insecticides.
3,710,440
MANUFACTURE OF COAXIAL CABLE
John J. Nevin, Orange, Conn., and Leo G. Dumire. Stony
Point, N.Y., assignors to Phelps Dodge Copper Products Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 801,568, Feb. 24, 1969. abandoned, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 660,791, Aug. 15, 1967,
abandoned. This application Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,286
Int. CI. HOlb 13100: H05k 3/00
U.S. CI. 29-624 6 Claims
A process for applying a coating of insulating, heat hardena-
ble resin to coil turns or windings for use in electrical ap-
paratus, by placing coils of turns or windings in slots of a core
of magnetic material, packing the interstices between the
turns or windings and the slot walls with a powder of heat
hardenable resin while vibrating the apparatus, heating the as-
sembly of the apparatus, coils, and the powder to cure the
resin, and applying the powdered resin to melt and the heated
end portions of the coils external of additional slots to obtain a
cured resinous coating thereon.
3,710,438
METHOD FOR MAKING MAGNETIC THIN FILM HEADS
WITH MAGNETIC ANISOTROPY
Erhard Max, Sindelfingen, and Dietrich Rogalla, Boeblingen,
both of Germany, assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,991
Int. CI. Glib 5/42; HOlf 7/06
U.S. CI. 29-603 9 Claims
A metal tape is advanced through a zone where it is formed
into a tube surrounding the cable core passing through this
zone, the core comprising the inner conductor and longitu-
dinally spaced turns of solid insulation for spacing this con-
ductor from the tube constituting the outer conductor. A
foam-forming composition is coated on at least one of said
core and tape in advance of the tube-forming zone and is ex-
panded in the formed tube to provide an insulating foam filling
the spaces between the turns of the solid insulation.
A method for the batch fabrication of thin film magnetic
heads with pole pieces having a preferred magnetic direction.
3,710,441
NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED AUTOMATIC WIRING
SYSTEM
Sergio A. Alessio, Elmhurst, and Weichien Chow, Park For-
rest, both of 111., assignors to The Bunker-Ramo Corpora-
tion, Oak Brook, III.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,503
Int. CI. HOlb 13/00; H05k 3/00
U.S. CI. 29-624 10 Claims
A compact, multi-branch, plug-in interconnection module
of either two-dimensional or three-dimensional form provid-
ing a desired interconnection pattern and having a total effec-
tive length related to the sum of the lengths of the individual
branches The interconnection module is fabncated by ini-
tially supporting the module terminals in a threading fixture
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
797
disposed below a threading head which supplies a continuous
insulated wire. The fixture is driven in x-y directions by a nu-
merical control positioning apparatus so as to cause the wire
from the threading head to thread selected terminals along
predetermined paths in a predetermined sequence. After
threading, the wires are electrically affixed to the respective
terminals to which they were threaded. The resulting structure
is then removed from the threading fixture and subjected to a
3,710,443
FOLDABLE POCKET KIT
Alwin J. Stahel, New Brighton, Minn., assignor to Arthur
Salm, Inc., Chicago. III.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,777
Int. CI. H02g 1/12; B26b 29/04
U.S.CL 30—151 10 Claims
ojiaa
gaao
jaiaa
aa'QQ
QU'30
oaoa
DD^oa
aaiaa
aoioa
aaiaa
aaiaa
aa'aa
aa.aa
aa;aa
aalQQ
aaaa
aaaa
3333
Oa;UB_
aaiaa
aa!aa
aaiaa
aa,aa
aaiaa
aa,aa
aa-aa
aaaa
aoaa
aa'aa
cutting operation which provides for the cutting of wires in all
paths except predetermined assigned "threading paths". The
program of the numerical control apparatus is chosen in con-
junction with the assignment of the "threading paths" so that
the cutting operation results in eliminating all terminal inter-
connections except those desired in the completed intercon-
nection module. After the cutting operation, the structure is
bent into a desired two or three-dimensional shape and then
encapsulated leaving its plug-in terminals exposed.
3,710,442
DRY SHAVING APPARATUS
Gerald Meyer, Maj Trojerstrasse 3, Klagenfurt Carinthia,
Austria
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,428
Claims priority, application Austria, Dec. 5, 1969, A
11399/69
int. CLB26b/ 9//6
U.S. CI. 30-43.6 5 Claims
,« .." /T.
^" II" "^V
A dry shaving apparatus having an upper cutter with a ro-
tary cutter carrier and a plurality of hook-shaped lower cutters
supported by the carrier and cooperating with the upper
cutter. The carrier hai a straight guide for each of the lower
cutters and each guide and lower cutter being disposed and
proportioned so that the longitudinal direction of each guide
describing an angle governed by the |X)int of contact of the
lower cutter edge with the upper cutter.
A pocket kit device is disclosed including a handle incor-
porating a sheath for holding a scissors-like one or more tools
pivotally mounted for movement between an extended, work-
ing position and a retracted, storage position and a protruding
manually engageable pin or similar element. One particularly
useful type of tool includes two arm portions pivotally con-
nected to each other to provide scissors-like movement. The
end portions of the pin which provides the pivotal connections
are adapted to extend outwardly from the tool to protrude
through recesses in the sides of the handle when the tool is in
the retracted position. These protruding p>ortions may be
manually engaged with the thumb or finger to move the tool
from the retracted position within the sheath to an extended
position for use, and they constitute the manually engageable
element referred to above. -
3,710,444
APPARATUS FOR CUTTING THIN-WALLED OBJECTS
Abraham Fishman, Sonnhaldenstrasse 6, 8032 Zurich, Swit-
zerland
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,057
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 29, 1969,
19511/69; July 22, 1970, 11088/70
Int. CI. B26b 13/00, 29/00
U.S. CI. 30-265 5 Claims
20 21
22 IP 32^3t 13
U 28 240'
There is disclosed an apparatus for the cutting through of
thin-walled objects with two cutting wheels mounted within a
housing at shafts or axes spaced from one another and wherein
such cutting wheels are rotatable independently of one
another. The housing possesses an infeed gap or opening at
which the cutting edges of both cutting wheels cooperate. Ac-
cording to important aspects of this invention the housing,
defining a holder unit for the apparatus, encloses the cutting
wheels, there being provided at the housing two guide slots
which open at the infeed gap. Both cutting wheete are
mounted to be freely rotatable and axially fixed with respect
to one another.
798
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,445 3,710.447
A CUTTER DEVICE WITH ILLUMINATED CUTTING TEMPLATES
BLADE Arthur George Howlett, 59 Marion Avenue, Glenashley, Dur-
Herman Roth, 200 Penn Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. ban. Natal Province, South Africa
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,988 Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,791
Int. CI. B26b 75/00,25/00 Claims priority, application South Africa, May 16, 1969,
U.S. CI. 30-241 9 Claims 69/3454
Int. CI. E06b 3100
U.S. CI. 33—194 6 Claims
D« 02 00 99 74 9836 T? 6C » t^ 25 64 ae 92 36 ■» 96 X> 29
/9--
A cutter device for sheet material has a manually guidable
cylindrical housing formed with a column at the base of which
is supporting wheel means and a fixed blade. A reciprocating
or rotary blade cooperates with the fixed blade to cut sheet
material. First gear means operatively interconnect the wheel
means and movable blade. A generator in the housing opera-
tively connected mechanically to the first gear means is elec-
trically connected to lamp means to illuminate the blades
while the wheel means turns and the movable blade is moved.
A motor can be provided in the housing to drive the generator,
gear means, movable blade and wheel means. The wheel
means may include one or two wheels.
3,710,446
ADJUSTABLE DENTURE ATTACHMENT
Melvin D. Poveromo, c/o Bay Harbor Medical Center, 1160
Kane Concourse, Suite 203, Bay Harbor Islands, Fla.
FiledMay7, 1971,S«r. No. 141,184
Int.CLA61c;j/22
U.S. CI. 32-5 6 Claims
A template by which doors or other panels may be easily cut
to shape to fit predetermined openings therefor. The template
comprises flexible strips along at least two adjacent edges ex-
tensible under the effect of spring loaded rods at various
points along the strips and having a retracting mechanism in-
terconnecting all the spring loaded rods and operable through
a single manipulating handle with a further single manipulat-
ing handle associated with means to lock the spring loaded
rods in different positions.
3,710,448
RECORDING INCLINOMETER
J. D. Kimmel, and George M. Clark, both of Houston, Tex., as-
signors to Thermotics, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Aug. 30, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 76, 1 1 1
IntCL Ell b 47/02
U.S. CI. 33—306 14 Claims
An attachment means for the connection of a denture to a
natural or artificial tooth has a female housing anchored in
said tooth and a multi-part connector associated with the
denture The connector includes an insert and a connector
housing from which an expandable head of the insert extends
for engagement in the female housing. The head is bifurcated,
and has a bore receiving a horizontal expander screw, and the
insert is maintained in engagement in the connector housing
by an interfit and by transverse fasteners. The latter are op-
tionally of resilient form.
A well bore inclinometer comprises an instrument mounted
in a now tube forming a part of a drill string. The instrument
includes a record tape cartridge that is reciprocated each time
the pump pressure is shut off and restored. Each upward mo-
tion causes the tape to be perforated by a punch on the lower
end of a pendulum and to be perforated by a plurality of
punches located at the upper end of the cartridge. The posi-
tion of the hole made by the punch carried by the pendulum
relative to the field of holes caused by the plurality of punches
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
799
indicates degree and direction of inclination. Each reciproca-
tion of the cartridge moves the tape to present a new un-
punched area. If the flow tube is made of non-magnetic
material, the pendulum may be magnetized to function as a
compass, and the punch may then be in the form of a pointer
to indicate a compass direction. The cartridge includes a
resilient platen disposed beneath the part of the tape being
punched. The platen is secured to the cartridge at its
periphery leaving the upper surface substantially clear for
reception of the punches marking the field as well as that of in-
dicating the direction of inclination. The drive means for mov-
ing the tape includes spring means to insure sufficient move-
ment of the tape to present a new unpunched area upon each
reciprocation of the cartridge. The instrument portion of the
inclinometer may be retrieved from and inserted into the fiow
tube by means of wire line. To this end a fishing head adapted
for making a releasable connection with a wire line fishing tool
is attached to the upper end of the instrument. The fishing
head is constructed in a manner to provide a low resistance to
flow through the flow tube.
solvent bath, transferring displaced liquid and solvent directly
to a separation zone, withdrawing liquid which collects as one
phase in the separation zone, removing solvent which collects
as another phase in the separation zone, recycling this solvent
to the solvent bath, and removing the article from the solvent
bath. An alternative to the solvent bath is a spray treatment.
Apparatus comprises various sumps and piping to accomplish
3,710,449
GRAIN DRYER WITH IMPROVED GRAIN DEFLECTOR
Charies H. Rathbun, Colfax, III., assignor to M & W Gear
Company
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,305
Int. CI. F26b/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 34-65 8 Claims
A concurrent-countercurrent flow, column type grain dryer
having an enclosed bin with a wet grain inlet at the top and a
dry grain outlet at the bottom includes means for introducing
a concurrent flow of hot air as a drying medium for the grain.
Means are also provided at the bottom of the bin to introduce
a countercurrent flow of cool air through the grain. Inter-
mediate the means for introducing the hot and cool air is an
exhaust for the heating and cooling air. The improvement of
this invention comprises grain deflectors positioned inter-
mediate the hot air inlet ducts and the exhaust ducts. The
deflectors initiate cross flows of grain to prevent channeling of
the grain and the hot air flow and to insure uniform heating
and drying of the grain.
3,710,450
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVING LIQUIDS
FROM SOLID SURFACES
Francis John Figiel, Boonton, N J., assignor to Allied Chemical
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 805,561, March 10, 1969,
Pat. No. 3,559,297, and a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
831,890, June 10, 1969, Pat. No. 3,589,023. This appUcation
Feb. 1,1971, Ser. No. 111,347
Int. CI. F26b 3/00
U.S. CL 34— 9 66 Claims
Method for removing liquid from a non-absorbent article
comprising immersing the article into a vigorously agitated
the above, including at least one sump equipped with means
for the vigorous agitation of liquid contained therein, such as
ultrasonic vibration means if a solvent bath embodiment is
employed, or at least one sump equipped with a spraying
means if the spray treatment embodiment is employed. The
above-described systems are particulariy adapted for the
removal of water from non-absorbent articles, and particularly
articles with relatively inaccessible surfaces.
3,710,451
CLOTHES DRYER LINT INCINERATOR
Leo V. Buck, Herrin, III., assignors to Fedders Corporation,
Edison, N.J.
Filed Mart:h31, 1971, Ser. No. 129,837
InLCLF26b 27/06
U.S. CI. 34-79 3 Claims
An improved clothes drying machine of the forced air type
.o provided. The machine includes a centrifugal lint separator
disposed in the machine air flow path downstream of the
clothes receptacle which is adapted to impart a circular air
flow to the lint-laden air stream entering the separator. An
electrically heated coil is provided in the separator spaced
radially outwardly of the separator inlet and outlet openings so
that centrifugal force urges lint particles in the air stream over
the coil where they are ignited and incinerated prior to enter-
ing the machine exhaust.
3,710,452
HAIR PIECE LINER
James Saunders Hamrick, Orange, Calif., assignor to McMur-
trie & Hamrick Enterprises, Orange, Calif.
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,559
Int. CLF25b 79/00
U.S.CL 34-95 13 Claims
A disposable absorbent layer of material is attached by ad-
hesive to a person's scalp and to a hair piece to absorb scalp
perspiration and thereby prolong effectiveness of the adhe-
sive. The adhesive is initially protected by a sheet which is
removed when the liner is to be used. In one arrangement, the
absorbent material is confined between backing sheets of
moisture impervious material with a pattern of holes being
formed in the lower sheet to permit moisture to reach the ab-
sorbent material. In another arrangement, a liner comprises a
800
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
sheet of material having a pattern of canals permanently c a support removable from the opened container to be car-
formed in its lower surface with the canals being open to the ried by a patient, and transparent tubing on the support for
passing liquid selected from the group consisting of blood and
artificial blood.
person's scalp to permit moisture and air circulation, thereby
protecting the adhesive used to attach the liner to the scalp by
adhesive.
3,710,453
FLAKE AND PELLET COOLER
Donald E. Whelpley, Oklahoma City, Okla., assignor to J. P.
Burroughs & Sons, Inc., Saginaw, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 829,222, June 2, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,006
Int. CI. F26b 9/00
U.S.CI.34-164 11 Claims
r^3
A cooler for granular material, such as flakes or pellets en-
countered in the food processing industry. The cooler employs
a plurality of vibrating baffles arranged to direct the granular
material in a curtain type pattern, while simultaneously tum-
bling the granular material. A stream of cooling air is directed
transversely through the curtain of granular material in order
to subject all of the granules to the cooling air.
3,710,455
EDUCATIONAL GAME
Thomas K. Liversidge, and Thomas J. Begley, both of c/o Har-
monic Reed Corporation, Union Hill Industrial Park, West
Conshohocken, Pa.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,405
Int CI. G09b/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 35-22 A 9 Claims
An educational game is provided which includes a housing
with an upper face having a plurality of apertures, of geometri-
cal, alphabetical, numerical, animal, bird or other shapes, into
which matching game pieces can be inserted. Within the hous-
ing a spring impelled plate, controlled by an adjustable timer is
provided to discharge the pieces at the end of a predetermined
selected time interval. The game can then be reset for the
same or for a different time interval.
3,710,456
TEACHING AID
Max E. Jerman, 1563 Miller Avenue, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,293
Int.CI.G09b/9/02
U.S. CI. 35-31 B 1 Claim
3,710,454
PORTABLE APPARATUS FOR OPERATING OR
SIMULATING OPERATION OF ARTIFICIAL KIDNEYS
OR THE LIKE
Eli K. Mellor, 305 Andover Drive, Burbank, Calif.
FiledFeb. 22, 1971,Ser. No. 117,559
Int. CI. G09b 23/28
U.S. CI. 35-17 11 Claims
Portable apparatus for operating or simulating the opera-
tion of artificial kidneys comprises:
a. a portable container adapted to be opened and closed,
b an artificial kidney type device carried by the container,
and
A teaching aid for preschool pupils consisting of an elon-
gated rod and articles movable along the rod together with a
readily removable mask for selectively hiding one or more of
the articles from view as they are moved behind the mask.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
801
3,710,457
ANSWER SHEETS
Segwald J. Rechdahi, Fridley, and Donald W. Folske, Oakdale,
both of Minn., assignors to Minnesota Mining and Manufac-
turing Company, Saint Paul, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 869,002, Oct. 24, 1969,
abandoned.Thisapplicatlon July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,796
Int. CI. G09b . B23b
U.S. CI. 35-48 A 1 1 Claims
» s
backed protruding members extending outwardly from both
ends to engage the watch bezel lugs. A resilient material such
as silicon rubber is assembled within the body portion to urge
the protruding members outwardly therefrom.
A set of answer sheets for use with an automatic test grading
device of the type wherein stacked answer sheets are held by
pin means in a position for scanning of answer indication areas
placed upon each answer sheet and wherein the scanned
answer sheets are fed seriatim from the stack. Each answer
sheet has a registration edge and answer indication areas of a
predetermined configuration, which answer indication areas
are placed upon each sheet in a prescribed relationship to the
registration edge. Each answer sheet contains an aperture
which is positioned in a prescribed relationship to the answer
indication areas and is positioned in a prescribed relationship
lo and closely adjacent the registration edge. The aperture
edge and the registration edge define a holding strip of varying
width between the aperture and the registration edge, wherein
the narrowest portion of the holding strip defines a separation
region of a predetermined width between the aperture and the
registration edge For 4 mil thick sheets the separation region
is approximately 22 mils wide Portions of the aperture edge
are shaped for registering each sheet with a pin means ad-
jacent the separation region. Portions of the aperture edge in
common with the holding strip and, adjacent the registering
portions of the aperture edge on opposite sides of the register-
ing portions from the separation region define two clearance
edges. The two clearance edges converge toward each other in
a direction toward the registration edge and thereby enable
the holding strip to deflect to concentrate tension in the
separation region when the holding strip of a registered sheet
is forced against the pin means. The two clearance edges are
preferably straight edges.
3,710,458
SPRING BAR ASSEMBLY
Brian J. Bornor, Ashford. and Douglas J. H. Macgregor,
Hayes, both of England, assignors to Timex Corporation,
Waterbury, Conn.
-Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,531
Int.CI.A44c5//S
U.S. CI. 24-265 B • Claim
/J? /«r//
3,710,459
BIS(2-CARBOXY-l-THIACHROMON-YL AND -
YLOXY)COMPOUNDS
Richard Hazard, Cropston, and John King, Loughborough,
both of England, assignors to Fisons Limited, Felixstowe,
Suffolk, England
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6^1 1
Int. CI. A61k 27/00, C07d 65/14
U.S. CI. 260—327 TH 1 2 Claims
Novel bis (2-carboxy-l-thiachromon-yl and -yloxy) com-
pounds indicated for use in the inhibition of the release of
toxic products which arise from the combination of an an-
tibody and an antigen.
3,710,460
YARN TREATING JET HAVING A GUIDE FASTENED TO
ITS OUTLET END
William Benjamin Segraves, Martinsville, Va., assignor to E. L
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,229
Int.CI.D02q7//6
U.S. CI. 28—1.4 4 Claims
20
•10
A yarn treating jet includes a yarn guide fastened over the
outlet end of the jet. The guide is in the form of a plate having
a slot through it coaxial with the yam passage of the jet. The
slot defines parallel walls and has a particular dimensional
relationship with the yam passage in the jet with at least one of
the parallel walls and the outer face of the guide serving as
guiding surfaces for the yarn passing from the jet.
3,710,461 ♦
METHOD AND APPARATUS*FOR INTERMITTENTLY
TEXTURING YARN
Gustav E. Benson, Edgewood. and Douglas E. Potter, Cumber-
land, both of R.I., assignors to Owens-Corning Fiberglas
Corporation
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,018
InLCI. D02g///6
U.S. CI. 28-1.4 7 Claims
,ee
T^^Hflsa -| f^\\ f"/^
-7Z
U ^7J
Apparatus for and method of texturing yam at spaced apart
regions along its length including intermittently supplymg
A spring bar assembly for mounting watch bands or straps fluid under pressure to a yarn texturing nozzle and releasing
to watches compnses a hollow body portion having resiliently fluid from the nozzle during time between supply of the fluid.
802
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,462
IMITATION SHEEPSKIN FABRIC
Derek Gilbert Robinson, Harrogate, England, assignor to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 766,239, Oct. 9, 1968,
abandoned. This application Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,481
Claims priority, applicaUon Great Britain, Oct. 10, 1967,
43,187/67
Int. CI. D04h / 1 100; D06c 13100
U.S. CI. 28-72 P 5 Claims
holes through which the hoist lines of the bjind are passed in a
manner such that the lines are located on alternate sides ol
consecutive cross members of the slat support cords. The
ladder cords are given a permanent tendency to fall into a con-
certina like configuration when no tension load is applied
thereto so that subsequent to placing the slats in position and
bringing the slats together to form a pack the cross members
fall on alternate sides of the hoist line holes. Thus, when
threading the hoist lines through their respective holes, the
lines automatically pass on alternate sides of successive cross
members.
Imitation sheepskin or lambswool pile fabrics are made by
inserting quenched, helically crimped polyethylene terephtha-
late fibers in a base, shearing the pile and thereafter develop-
ing the textured surface, as by tumbling in hot air. The surface
texture, which consists of areas of fibers coalesced into peb-
ble-like clumps and substantially fiber-free areas separating
the clumps, remains undisturbed by subsequent hot wet treat-
ments such as piece dyeing and washing.
3,710,463
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF THREE-
DIMENSIONALLY CRIMPED FIBERS AND FILAMENTS
Gert Buttner, and Ingolf Jacob, both of Bobingen, Germany,
assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,051
Claims priority, application Germany, June 3, 1970, P 19 28
243.0
Int. CLD02J/ /22
U.S. CI. 28-72.17 10 Claims
A process is described for making three-dimensionally
crimped fibers and filaments from synthetic high-polymers.
Fibers and filaments with a double refraction gradient over
their cross-sectional area, which have been obtained by
known methods, are drawn and subsequently dried at tem-
peratures within the range of from 50° to 230°C without any
shrinkage. After drying, the crimp is developed at tempera-
tures within the range of from 60° to 230°C with the filaments
being free from any tension.
3,710,465
METHOD FOR THE SUBSEQUENT ADJUSTING OF THE
TRANSIT TIME OF A PIEZO-ELECTRIC CERAMIC
SUBSTRATE FOR AN ELECTRO-ACOUSTICAL DELAY
LINE
Helmut Thomann, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengesellschaft
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 134,984
Claims priority, application Germany, April 23, 1970, P 20
19 780.2
Int. CI. BOlj/ 7/00
U.S.CL 29-25.35 4 Claims
2 \ "" \
\ I 6 ^
A method for adjusting or varying the transit time between
input and output transducers disposed on a piezo-electric sub-
strate of a polarized ceramic by applying an electrical field in a
direction opposed to the residual polarization to decrease the
residual polarization or with the direction of residual polariza-
tion to increase the residual polarization to cause correspond-
ing changes in the modulus of elasticity of the substrate and
thus the speed of propagation of a surface wave between the
input and output electrodes.
3,710,464
METHOD FOR MOUNTING THE SLATS OF A VENETIAN
BLIND IN THE SLAT SUPPORT CORDS AND MEANS FOR
CARRYING OUT THE METHOD
Per Lage Persson, Mullsjo, Sweden, assignors to .A B Perma
System, Mullsjo. Sweden
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 144,204
Int. CI. B23p 19104; B29d 3 1/00
U.S. CI. 29-24.5 7 Claims
A method of mounting the slats of a Venetian blind in the
slat support cords of the blind, the slats being provided with
3,710,466
MACHINE TOOLS AND MORE PARTICULARLY TO
DATA-CONTROLLED MACHINE TOOLS
David T. N. Williamson; James Moffat Hutchison; Kenneth C.
Wilson, all of London, England; Charles Henri Kahn, and
Leon Fayolle, both of Paris, France, assignors to Molins
Machine Co., Limited, Deptford, London, England, by said
Hutchison, Williams and Wilson
Continuation of Ser. No. 774,545, Nov. 8, 1968, abandoned,
which is a continuation of Ser. No. 61 1,708, Jan. 5, 1967,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
567 243, July 22, 1966, abandoned. This'^pplication Sept. 30,
1970, Ser. No. 77,029
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 28, 1966,
3 997/66; Feb. 3, 1966, 4,845/66; Feb. 4, 1966, 5,059/66;
June 17, 1966, 27,148/66; July 14, 1966, 31,722/66
Int.CI.B23b///00
U S CI. 29—27 R ^' Claims
Eleven embodiments of machine tool particularly intended
for data-control are disclosed. A rotating workpiece is moved
in relation to a lathe tool which is stationary during cutting.
Tools such as drills are also provided for working on the end
face of the workpiece. In some embodiments the workpiece is
movable in two directions mutually perpendicular to its rota-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
803
tional axis as well as along that axis. In some embodiments the ?ili^ n'm^ cd
machine may act as a milling, drilling or boring machine as . ,„ -T^ Iv_u .,»„., ^i
" ^ o o Novoni Kitazawa, 4-10, 2-cfaome, DaiUkubo, Urawa-diL
Japan
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,740
InLCLB21bi//0<S
U.S.CL 29-125 3 Claims
i 3
well as a lathe. In some embodiments the rotatable workpiece
holder may be replaced by a tool holder.
3,710,467
ADJUSTABLE FILE HOLDING DEVICE
James A. Coon, 929 Drever Street, West Sacramento, and
Elwin Theobald. Fair Oaks, both of Calif., assignors to said
Coon, by said Theobald
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99^34
Int.CLB23d7//04
U.S.CL 29— 80 3 Claims
A file holding device having a shaft with a plurality of slots
therein, an apertured rod insertable in each slot, and a flexible
file attached to the ends of the apertured rods which adjust the
curvature of the flexible file by lowering or raising the rods
through the slots in the shaft.
3,710,468
CUTTING TOOLS
Roger Calvert, 13 Hyperion Road, Germiston, Transvaal,
South Africa
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,074
Claims priority, application South Africa, Oct. 15, 1970,
70/7024
Int. CLB26dy /OO
U.S.CL 29— 96 10 Claims
An oiling roller for oiling metal sheet. This oiling roller
comprises a hollow arbor having a plurality of small holes
penetrating the arbor wall on the circumference thereof, the
elastic porous pad in a cylindrical form placed over the cir-
cumference of said hollow arbor, and means for pressing the
circumferential portion of said cylindrical pad in the axial
direction of the cylinder.
3,710,470
JACKETED PRESS ROLL
ivenneth V. Krake, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberiy-Clark
Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,279
Int.CI.B21b3//0S
U.S.CL 29-131 4 Claims
A press roll assembly including a fabric sleeve shrunken
tightly around the periphery and retained between the ends of
the shell of the roll. The roll at its axial extremities has tapered
peripheral zones to aid in maintaining sleeve tension and posi-
tion.
3,710,471
METHOD OF MAKING A COMPOSITE BEARING RING
Alfred Pitner, Paris, France, assignor to Nadella, Rueil-Mal-
maison, France, a part interest
Filed April 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 3 1 ,759
Claims priority, application France, April 8, 1970, 7012709
Int.CLB21h///2
U.S. CI. 29- 148.4 R 8 Claims
/S /£
A cutting tool comprising a stock having a recessed end
shaped to receive a cutting insert in the recess, a rotatable pin
extending into a transverse hole in the stock adjacent the
recess and having a head at its end adjacent the recess, a stop
at the other end of the pin adapted to prevent withdrawal
thereof from the hole, said head having an underside located
in a plane inclined to the axis of the pin, the pin being such
that upon rotation thereof an insert located in the recess is
clamped therein.
A composite outer ring for a needle bearing comprising an
inner sleeve of hardened thin sheet metal and a non-hardened
804
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
the shape of the sleeve inner face, which constitutes a
raceway, from the desired shape due to distortion of the sleeve
subsequent to the hardening of the sleeve. The shape of the
outer face of the collar depends on both the desired shape of
the raceway and the configuration of the cavity of the part
receiving the collar.
3.710,472
METHOD OF ATTACHING A WORKING IMPLEMENT
TO A BACK HOE BUCKET
Gerard S. Gremillion. 50 East 54th Street, Kansas City. Mo..
and Bert M. McMillln, 10120 Wenonga Lane. Leawood,
Kans.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,704
Int. CI. B21k 19100; B23p 19/00
U.S.CK 29-148.3 1 Claim
the tube sheet holes and foil segments, and heating the end of
the assembly until the brazing foil melts.
3,710,474
VANADIUM-MODIFIED TANTALUM FOIL
Marvin F. Kelly. Grayslake. III., and John B. Lambert.
Towson, Md., assignors to Fansteel Inc.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,905
Int. CI. H01g//0/,C22c 27/00
U.S.CL 29-183 3 Claims
Controlled amounts of vanadium are added to tantalum
prior to fabrication into foil for use in capacitors to provide
more uniform capacitance values with variations in tempera-
ture.
W//0/M/mm/m//m////m//mm//
A truck mounted hydraulically powered multiple purpose
construction unit facilitates the activities of the underground
contractor and the operation of municipal utilities requiring a
single truck mounted unit to perform all functions relative to
the construction and maintenance of various underground in-
stallations. The unit has a nght rear comer boom turret
mounting for maximum reach from the road shoulder A
dipper stick attaches to the boom and supports both a
trencher and a back hoe bucket at the same time thereon.
Each (back hoe bucket or trencher) may operate without
necessitating a removal of the other from the dipper stick.
The back hoe bucket is constructed to cooperate with a
number of tools or implements including a unique pipe-pusher
by providing a method for quickly attaching the back hoe
bucket to the corresponding implement. The implement then
may be operatively positioned in the correct working environ-
ment by hydraulically positioning the boom and the dipper
stick.
The selective mounting of the hydraulically movable boom
and the location of the stowed position of the dipper stick,
back hoe bucket, trencher and accessory tools and imple-
ments while on the truck occupy an optimum position with
respect to movement of the boom about the substantially
upright axis at the turrent mount and take advantage of the
maximum articulated positions of the dipper stick, t' «m and
the back hoe bucket.
3,710,475
APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING PIPE
Herman Bronstein, 24305 Tunbridge Lane. Beachwood. Ohio
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,492
Int. CLB23p 7 9/00
U.S.CK 29-200 P 12 Claims
^j,'' /
3,710,473
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A HEAT EXCHANGER
Merle G. McElwain, York, Pa., and Kenneth J. Miller, Peoria,
III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
Filed June 28, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 57, 1 69
Int.CI.B21d5i/02
U.S. CI. 29-157.3 R 4 Claims
A method for manufacturing a heat exchanger comprises
the steps of forming holes in a metal tube sheet in a desired
pattern, placing a sheet of brazing foil over the tube sheet,
piercing the foil with a plurality of punches aligned with the
An apparatus for connecting pipe sections wherein a first
pipe section is delivered from a supply station to a position on
a connection station adapted to support a second pipe section
at another position thereon, the supply station and connection
station being moveable along the ground, the connection sta-
tion includes a first alignment assembly for onenting the first
pipe section, a second alignment assembly for orienting the
second pipe section, a securement assembly being selectively
actuatable to position the second pipe section in axial align-
ment with the first pipe section, means for connecting the pipe
sections in end-to-end relation, and wherein the alignment as-
semblies are arranged to guide the coupled pipe sections axi-
allv along the connection station upon movement of the ap-
paratus along the ground such that the first pipe section is
moved to the former position of the second pipe section and a
third pipe section is delivered from the supply station to the
former position of the first pipe section on the connection sta-
tion for coupling to the first pipe section.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
805
3,710,476
AVIONICTRAY
Robert A. Hollingsead, Yorba Linda, and Clyde Robert Pryor,
Anaheim, both of Calif., assignors to Hollingsead-Pryor En-
terprises, Inc., Santa Fe Springs. Los Angeles County, Calif.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,536
Int. CI. B23p 19/00; BOld 5/ /OO
L.S. CL 29-200 J 10 Claims
3,710,478
BRUSH REPLACEMENT DEVICE
Gerd E. Krulls, Scotia, and William H. Ruth, Schenectady,
both of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company,
Schenectady, N.Y.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,344
Int. CI. H02k 15/00; F16c 33/00
U.S. CL 29—205 R 5 Claims
An avionic tray is disclosed having a backplate secured
between a pair of vertical uprights of the tray with the aid of
self-jigging structure located thereon. The vertical uprights in-
clude a plurality of jig pins formed on the interior sides thereof
which are adapted to snap into a plurality of registering holes
formed in the backplate. The jig pins are formed by a half-
shear punch pr(x:ess, while the holes are also formed by a
punching process. A pair of precision dies are used to accu-
rately locate the jig pins and holes to ensure precise linear and
angular positioning of the backplate relative to the tray prior
to securing the backplate to the uprights with rivets, bolts or
other attachment means.
3,710,477
PARTS DISPENSER AND POSITIONER
Kenneth O. Frawley, 78 Sweetgum Road, Levittown, Pa.
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,364
Int.CI.H01r4J/00
U.S. CL 29—203 B
9 Claims
^■..-.■'' -■ - -- x
A brush replacement device for a dynamoelectric machine
comprising a brush holder and a removable handle which is
keyed to the brush holder. The brush holder is locked to a bus
bar supported about the periphery of a collector ring. The
removable handle is inserted into the brush holder and turned
to unlock the brush holder from the bus bar. This motion
simultaneously activates a spring means which secures a brush
in the brush holder while it is being withdrawn or inserted
about the periphery of the collector ring.
3,710.479
COMPONENT INSERTION APPARATUS
Edward T. Bernardo, Endicott, N.Y.; Joseph G. Cherochak,
Jessup, Pa., and Richard G. Sipel, Endwell, N.Y., assignors
to International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N.Y.
Filed March 1. 1971, Ser. No. 1 19.640
Int. CI. H05k \3/04, B23q 7//0
U.S.CI. 29— 203B 10 Claims
A portable parts dispenser having removable parts storage
buckets mounted on a conveyor chain and having tilt and
stopping means integral with the buckets, and also having a
master display board illuminated by a plurality of video wires
exposed selectively to light source by a shutter synchronized
with the conveyor chain, which display board indicates the
correct location in a printed circuit board for particular parts.
Apparatus for releasing multi-lead components singly from
each of a plurality of magazines and directing the released set
of components to predetermined groups of perforations in a
circuit panel for insertion of the component leads. Magazines
can be readily moved to different pxasitions on the panel to
806
facilitate the assembly of various circuit arrangements, and
the circuit panel to receive the components is moved to such a
position by the component dispensing mechanism at the time
the set of components is to be released from the respective
magazines.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,482
SEMI-AUTOMATIC SEQUENCING MACHINE
John G. Grafford, Dorr, Mkh., assignor to Rowe International,
Inc., Whippany, NJ.
FUed Aug. 17, 1971,Ser.No. 172,429
Int. CI. H05k 13/04
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 20 Claims
3,710,480
TERMINAL PIN INSTALLING MACHINE
James F. Royse, and Bert J. Lee, both of Los Angeles, Calif., as-
signors to Warwick Electronics Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed June 1 8, 1 970, Ser. No. 47,367
Int. CI. HOlr 9/00
U.S. CI. 29-203 8 Claims
The terminal pin installing machine employs straightened
pin stock which is cut to length and driven through an imper-
forate substrate insulation board. The nose, with a terminal
pin guide channel therein, directly abuts the board during the
insertion stroke to permit straight pin driving directly through
the unperforated board.
3,710.481
TERMINAL ALIGNMENT AND CONNECTION DEVICE
FOR CONDUCTORS OF A MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE
Robert Roy Stroh, Downingtown, Pa., assignor to Burroughs
Corp., Detroit, Mich.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,541
Int-CI. H05k/J/04
U.S. CI. 29—203 B 10 Claims
A semi-automatic sequencing machine for facilitating the
formation of a string of electrical components in a predeter-
mined sequence with a certain spacing therebetween in which
an operator removes components two at a time from bins ar-
ranged in a predetermined sequence on an index table, drops
them into guides which deposit them on pitch belts with said
certain spacing between successive teeth, and then actuates a
control concomitantly to index the table through a distance
corresponding to the space occupied by the bin or bins con-
taining the removed components and to advance the pitch
belts two components by means of transfer wheels which carry
the leads of two components into the nips between pairs of
pressure wheels which apply tapes to the leads to form the
string which extends to a take-up reel.
3,710,483
SPLIT WIRE GUIDE
Thomas Edward Morgan, Cleveland Heights; George Frank
KaminskI, South Euclid, and Francis J. Mraz, Macedonia,
all of Ohio, assignors to International Telephone and Tele-
graph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,685
Int. CL HOlr 4i/0^
U.S.CL 29-203 D 6 Claims
A floating frame, holding a pair of inclined combs, accepts a
printed circuit board and the individual conductors of a mul-
ticonductor cable. The frame is movable horizontally by a
micrometer adjustment device and vertically by torque limit
knobs to align and clamp the conductors of the cable into a
bonding position on the circuit board after the combs have in-
dividually engaged the condyctors of the cable.
A wire guide for facilitating the entry of a stripped wire end
into a terminal prior to crimping of the terminal onto the wire.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
807
The guide is split into sections mounted to the crimp die sec-
tions. The sections are separated to allow the crimped ter-
minals to be removed from the crimp dies. The split faces pro-
vide an inclined surface to aid the feeding of the terminals out
of the crimp die. Also, exposed edges of the guide are rounded
to prevent shearing of the wire on movement of the crimp die.
3,710,484
SKIER S BRACE
Kent A. Hcitzlnger, 1217 Hawthorne Lane, Glen view, IH.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,995
Int. CI. A43b i/00, A41d 13/00
U.S.CL 36-1.5 7 Claims
receive the ball of the foot and then diagonally upward to the
mouth of the shoe on the outer side of the instep portion; a
reinforcing tongue bridges the seam at the mouth of the shoe
and a first eared portion of triangular shape extends rear-
wardly from the sheath and spanning the forward portion of
the mouth of the shoe; the sheet is also provided with a rear
fold which forms the heel receiving portion of the shoe and
which is closed at the rear end thereof by a continuous right-
angled seam having horizontal and vertical seam portions, the
vertical seam portion having a reinforcing tongue bridging its
upper end, the horizontal seam portion having a lower curved
portion in extension of the plane of the sole of the shoe defin-
ing an enlargement in the lower rear pwrtion of the shoe and
constituting a heel-fitting pocket, the rear fold having a
second eared portion of triangular shape extending above the
heel at the rear of the shoe, the two triangular eared portions
being adapted to assist in pulling the shoe onto the foot.
A simply constructed skiing aid device is disclosed compris-
ing a molded form-fitting brace or insert which fits between
the skier's foot and back part of the ski boot and extends up-
wardly to embrace the back or calf part of the leg. The device
is contoured to fit the calf muscle comfortably and the lower
portion is narrow to fit and move about the Achilles heel so
that by leaning backward thereagainst the weight upon the
front of the ski is lessened for better control of the tip of the
ski in maneuvering and reduction of snow penetration.
3,710,485
ONE-PIECE SLIPPER
Henry D. Irwin, 1 107 Cherokee Avenue, Bartlesville, Okla.
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,230
Int.CI. A43bi//4
U.S.CI.36-11 2 Claims
3,710,486
SHOE LACE SECURING APPARATUS
Alexander Revny, P.O. Box 431, 944 3rd Avenue, Hope,
British Columbia, Canada
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,601
Int. CI. A43b// /OO
U.S. CI. 36—50 1 Claim
Apparatus for securing one end of a lace to a shoe so that
the shoe can be tied by lacing without the need to knot the
lace ends together.
3,710,487
INDEX CARD HOLDER
Ira Saltz, Greenlawn, N.Y., assignor to Oxford Pendaflex Cor-
poration, Garden City, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,131
Int. CI. G09f// /06
U.S. CI. 40—72 ^ 7 Claims
A foot covering of the slipper or moccasin type formed from
a single sheet of pliable material comprising the entire sole
and upper, a forward fold of the sheet of material forming a
sheath adapted to receive the forward portion of a foot includ-
ing the instep and also forming a forward extension of the
sheath resulting in a tapered cap equal in length to approxi-
mately one-half the length of the foot and terminating in a sub-
stantially pointed tip, the fold having complementary edges at
the shoe tip end and outer aspect of the shoe united as a seam
extending at sole level from around the shoe tip and of the
shoe to a point adjacent to the portion of the shoe adapted to
2-^
A rolling index card holder comprises a plurality of cradle-
like sectors which include opposing faceted side walls extend-
ing from a core sector. The faceted side walls provide a means
for supporting the holder and the sectors are hinged together
so that the card holder may be opened to provide convenient
access to all of the index cards within the device Prefirabiy.
the holder is mounted from a standard plastic matenal with
the hinges between adjacent sectors being formed of a
thinner-gauge plastic.
906 0.0—30
808
)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,488
MICROFICHE VIEWING DEVICE
Carlton D. Baxter, Rochester, N.Y., assignor
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,617
Int.CI.G09f ///iO
U.S. CI. 40—63 A
3,710,490
SAFETY DEVICE FOR FIREARMS
to Eastman Earl J. Cornett, and Gene E. Cornett, both of 1107 Bellview
Avenue, Barbertown, Ohio
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,451
Int. CI. F41c 27/00. / 7/08
11 Claims U.S.CI.42-1N 14 Claims
A portable or hand-held viewer comprises an assembly of
two cylinders, one of which is transparent, which are retamed
on the end of a support means or handle member. When a
microfiche transparency is inserted between the cylinders and
the transparent cylinder is rotated, the microfiche trans-
parency is moved between the cylinders and relative to a view-
ing station in the end of the support means or handle member.
The manner in which the two cylinders are mounted on the
support means or handle member pemiits them to be moved
as a unit in a lateral direction as well as to be moved as a unit
while the transparent cylinder is rotated to move the trans-
parency in a longitudinal direction.
A safety device for inserting in the barrel of a firearm to
prevent anyone from cocking, loading or firing the gun as long
as the device is in position. The device comprises a plug which
fits in each end of the barrel connected together by a flexible
cable or similar member which is locked in position at the
muzzle end of the gun. Both plugs are provided with vent
openings to permit air circulation through the barrel when the
device is installed. The plug which fits into the chamber has
special radial fianges which engage the cartridge extractor and
prevent the gun from being cocked. A special telescoping
cable extension is provided on the muzzle end to hold the con-
necting cable taut while the device is being locked in the bar-
rel.
3,710,491
INDICATOR OF COCKED POSITION IN A FIRE ARM TO
BE OPENED BY BREAKING
Erkki Vesamaa, Jyvaskyla, Finland, assignor to Valmet Oy,
Helsinki, Finland
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,249
Int. CI. F41c27//2. 27/00
U.S.CI.42-1C 3 Claims
3,710,489
WATCHBAND CALENDAR WITH JEWELRY-LIKE
SURFACE
Vincent Anderson, Chicago, III., assignor to Chicago Etching
Corp., Chicago, III.
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 176,998
Int. CI. G09d J/00
U.S.CI.40-107 6 Claims
A sheet of metal is abraded by a spinning disk while the
sheet is moved longitudinally with respect to the disk. The disk
thereby forms an elongated pattern of nested hyperbolic or
somewhat semicircular lines. These score lines provide a
background of light reflecting areas which change and move
as the watchband tilts and tips with normal wrist movement.
An indicator of cocked position is used in a fire arm to be
opened by breaking and having a main spring guided by a rod.
The rod has a bevelled face movable in a guiding bore.
Another bore crosses the guiding bore and contains an indica-
tor. When the fire arm is cocked the bevelled face moves the
indicator outwardly into an indicator outwardly into an in-
dicating position. The indicator stays in the indicating position
until the fire ann is fired. Then the rod moves out of the way of
the indicator and the indicator is moved by a spnng inside its
bore.
3,710,492
TRAVEL GLIDE FOR BOLT ACTION RIFLES
Frank B. Tirrell, Williamsburg, Mass., assignor to Emhart
Corporation, Bloomfield, Conn.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,340
Int.CI.F41c///00
IIS n 42 16 5 Claims
'in a i)olt action rifle, a guide for reciprocating travel of the
bolt having lock lugs fixed to and extending radially from the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
809
forward end thereof, and a gas shield or baffle in the form of
radially extending lugs pivotally carried by the bolt adjacent
the lock lugs. The pivotable gas shield includes a projection
which extends outwardly of the shield into slidable engage-
ment in a guideway or recess extending longitudinally in the
3,710,494
EJECTOR MECHANISM FOR BREAKDOWN FIREARMS
Timo Hyytinen, Jivasklya, Finland, assignor to Valmet Oy,
Helsinki, Finland
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,250
Int.CI.F41c/J/06
IJ.S. CI. 42—47 2 Claims
receiver a distance at least equal to the length of travel of the
bolt. Interengaging means between the lock lugs and gas shield
limits rotation of the gas shield to a predetermined angle
which enables locking and unlocking rotation of the bolt while
serving to restrain the bolt against excessive rotation and/or
tilting as it is being operated by the bolt handle.
<tiiiiiiiiiiii^i^
a.
'r_^_L-L
i:i
LJ
A cartridge case ejector of a breakdown firearm has an
oblong guiding groove on the side of the body of the firearm.
The ejector has an oblong and flexible stem with a prong at its
rear end which is adapted to engage the base of the cartridge
case. The guiding groove has shoulder grooves adjacent the
base of the cartridge. The stem has guiding shoulders adjacent
the prong which are adapted to move in the shoulder grooves.
The front end of the stem carries a pin adapted to engage a
depression provided on the side of the guiding groove opposite
the cartridge case base.
3,710,493
DROPPING BREACH BLOCK ACTION FOR SPORTING
GLNS
Adrian Gramiger, Pany, and Willy Baumann, Ebnetstrasse 40,
Horgen, both of Switzerland
Filed June 1 2. 1 970, Ser. No. 45.863
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 17, 1969,
9348/69
Int.CLF41c///04
U.S.CL 42-23 lOCUims
3,710,495
SELF-LOADING FIREARMS
Norbert Ziegler, Rottwel, and Elmar -Schefold, Obemdorf,
both of Germany, assignors to Heckler & Kock G.m.b.H.,
Germany
Filed Feb. 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,974
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 4, 1970, P 20 04
968.7
lnt.Cl.F41c/9/00, ///OO
L-S. CI. 42-69 B 17 Claims
t
The dropping breech block action has a cocking mechanism
and a movable bceech block. A firing pin, a firing pin spring
and a trigger are mounted in the breech block. An actuating
element is engaged in the breech block and is actuable inde-
pendently of the cocking mechanism. This actuating element
acts on one of the two abutments between which the firing pin
spring is engaged, and is operable to actuate the one abut-
ment, while the breech is closed and the firing pin spring is
tensioned, to relax, at least approximately completely, the ten-
sion of the firing pin spring without firing of the gun. The ac-
tuating element is further operable, through the one abut-
ment, to re-tension the firing pin spring.
A self-loading firearm having a bolt slidably mounted in the
longitudinal direction of the barrel and a recoil spring loading
the bolt. The recoil spring is located outside of the path of the
bolt and is connected with the bolt by means of at least one
movable intermediate member.
810
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,496
FIREARM ADJUSTABLE CHEEK PIECE
Frank A. Packmayr, Los Angeles; Jack R. Farrar, Whittier,
and John Gerick, U Verne, aU of Calif., assignors to
Mersbon Company, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970. Ser. No. 70,182
Int. CI. F41c 2i/00
U.S. CI. 42—71 R 16 Claims
Gunstock having a movable cheek piece carried on the side
thereof which is adjusuble to variably accommodate the gun-
stock in cradled position against a user's face.
3,710,497
MAGAZINE LOADING GUIDE
Daniel D. Musgrave, 8201 Caraway Street, Cabin John, Md.
FiledJunell,197I,Ser. No. 152,072
Int.CLF42bJ9/06
U.S. CI. 42—87 4 Claims
portion of the purse line loop is slacked off, the suspended
stripper and rings move relative to one another and thread the
threading portion through the rings. The rings slide over the
threading portion and collect upon the stripper where they are
supported for later separation of the purse line from the purse
rings. The rings are subsequently automatically sequentially
slid off the stripper when the net is hauled in. This method
eliminates hoisting of the purse rings high above the fishing
vessel for placement upon the deck or upon a pole or other
collection device fixed to the vessel. In one embodiment the
stripper is lowered generally simultaneously with slacking of
one side of the purse line loop to facilitate transfer of the rings
onto the stripper.
3,710,499
AUTOMATIC FISHING MACHINE
Nobuo Tadano, Miyagi, Japan, assignor to Suzuki Iron Works
Company Limited, Mujagi-ken, Japan
Filed March 30. 1971, Ser. No.
Claims priority, application Japan.
45/34503; July 7, 1970, 45/58953
Int. CLAO Ik 79/00
U.S. CI. 43—6.5
129,249
April 23,
1970,
3 Claims
A loading guide is provided for attachment to the casing of a
cartridge magazine so that a clip of cartridges can be correctly
positioned for stripping into the mount of said magazine. In
order that the guide may be useable with different models of
magazines, which might differ in shape or dimensions, dif-
ferent means for attaching the guide to a magazine are pro-
vided at each end of the guide.
3,710,498
PURSE RING STRIPPER AND STRIPPING METHOD
Sverre M. Jangaard, San Diego, Calif., assignor to Campbell
Industries, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 177,069
Int. CI. AOlk 7J// 2
U.S. CI. 43-4.5 12 Claims
A purse ring stripper and stripper method which facilitate
stripping a closely grouped plurality of purse rings from a loop
of purse line used in a purse seining operation for catching
fish. The stripper is adapted to be suspended adjacent the loop
of purse line for swinging movement, and includes an elon-
gated threading portion for detachable coupling to the purse
line outwardly of the group of purse rings. When the adjacent
Installed alongside the gunwale of a fishing boat, this
machine automatically repeats a fixed cycle of fishing opera-
tion which comprises the steps of keeping the fishing pole tip
at a fixed height from the surface of the water while waiting
for a fish to bite and. upon sensing the bit of a fish at the hook,
swinging up the fishing pole to hoist the fish from the sea into
the air. subsequenUy causing the fish to come free of the hook
in mid-air above the boat's deck and fall on the deck and, with
the release of tension in the line, causing the fishing pole to be
immediately lowered to the original position for the next bite.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
811
3,710,500
SELF-PROPELLED FISHING FLOAT WITH LINE
RELEASE MECHANISM
Jose Baya Pena, Carretera de Sans, 277 Barcek)na, Spain
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,339
Claims priority, application Spain, Aug. 6, 1970, 382.921
Int. CI. AOlk 9i/00
3,710,502
LIVE BAIT BUCKET WITH WATER OXYGENATING
MEANS
Jep T. Bracey, 218 Acacia Street, Lake Jackson, Tex.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,425
lnt.CI.A01k6J/00
U.S.CL 43.-56 3 Claims
U.S.CL43-17.5
7 Claims
A self-propelled fishing float, with cylinders mounted
therein that carry spring-biased pistons therein. A sinker, lead
line and hook are received within each cylinder, with the
piston depressed against its spring, the sinker being held in
place by a lever mechanism connected to a timer. At a
predetermined time after launch of the fioat the timer actuates
the lever mechanism to release the sinkers, whereupon the
spring-biased pistons discharge the sinkers with their attached
hooks into the water.
3,710,501
RELEASABLE TROLLING WEIGHT
Richard S. Ware, Jr., 5001 Seminary Road, Apt. 1600, Alex-
andria, Va.
Filed Nov. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 195,715
Int. CI. AOlk 9J/00, 95/00
U.S. CI. 43-43.11 9 Claims
4a /a
A live bait bucket having an outer bucket and an inner per-
forated bait receptacle removably supported in and closing
the bucket and having a hinged cover for sealingly closing the
receptacle and provided with a pressure container for oxygen
and a valve which may be operated from the exterior of the
receptacle to allow oxygen to be introduced from the con-
tainer into the receptacle to supply oxygen to water therein.
3,710,503
PLAYTHING
Patrick Rylands, London, England, assignor to Rosedate Indus-
tries Limited, London, England
Filed Jan. 26, 1972. Ser. No. 220,822
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 1, 1971,
3,630/71
InL CI. A63h 32100
U.S.CL46-1R 3 Claims
A strike and pull responsive drop line fastening and auto-
matic releasing device wherein an upper end of a weighted
drop line is retentively but releasably and slidingly oriented
with a predetermined portion of the trolling line comprising a
one piece non-corrodible adaptor characterized by a median
body portion having an open ended passage for the trolling
line threaded therethrough. A complemental spindle is in-
tegrally joined with an upper part of the body portion and
forms an upper lever arm around which are wound a few turns
of the line. A companion shank is joined with a bottom side of
the body portion and forms a lower lever arm to which the
drop line is releasably attached. A bridle-like guard is pivotally
mounted on the body portion and includes a line receiving eye
and upstanding plates which engage the sides of the upper
lever arm and prevent unwinding of the line from the spindle
when the guard is in closed position.
The specification discloses a plaything consisting of a fiat
plate with an aperture therein and flange means on both sides
of the plate disposed in spaced relationship with such aper-
ture, and a pair of joined members disposed on and slidably
engaging the opposite sides of said plate, such members being
joined together by an element passing through and of smaller
dimension than the aperture in the plate, the arrangement
being such that the two joined members are free to move
together in relation to the plate without any part of the aper-
ture in the latter becoming exposed.
3,710,504
PLAYTHING
Patrick Rylands, London, England, assignor to Rosedale Indus-
tries Limited. London, England
FUed Jan. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 220,821
Claims priority, application Great BriUln, Feb. 1, 1971,
3629/71
Int. CI. A63h 33100
U.S.CL46-1R 4 Claims
The specification discloses a plaything which comprises a
pair of open-ended receptacles with the blind ends thereof
connected together so as to provide a passageway which com-
municates the interiors of the two receptacles, a pair of mem-
812
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
bers which will fit into said receptacles, and an element con-
necting said members together and extending through said
passageway, said connecting element being longer than the
passageway so that only one of the members at a time can be
fully contained in its associated receptacle.
or actuating means. A manually movable vertical rod or
operating handle connected to the mechanism extends up-
wardly from the body. A lightweight movable member
representing the animal's head is slidably mounted on the rod
and normally rests on a spring-load movable actuation
member of the animation mechanism extending from the base
When the rod is pressed axially downwardly for a short
predetermined distance, the said actuation member of the ani-
mation mechanism and the animal's head move downwardly
therewith. Further downward movement of the rod then trig-
gers a releasable latch means in the animation mechanism so
that the said actuation member thereof springs upwardly
abruptly causing the animal's head to slide or jump rapidly up-
wardly along the rod and then fall back in place. Upon release
of downward pressure, the rod returns to normal position and
the latch means of the animation mechanism automatically
resets for the next operation. The animal's head is provided
with large pivotably mounted ears which flop or rotate as the
head springs upwardly. A sounding device in the base emits a
sound each time the said portion of the animation mechanism
is depressed and released.
3,710,505
AERODYNAMIC TOY
Carl J. Linenfelser, Brooklyn, Mich., assignor to Brooklyn
Products, Inc., Jackson, Mich.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,568
Int.CI. A63h27/00
3,710,507
ANIMATED, DRINK MIXING MANNEQUIN
Donald B. Poynter, 7 Arcadia Place, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,850
Int.CI.A63hyi/02
U.S.CI.46-136 22 Claims
U.S. CI. 46—74 D
2 Claims
^juitiiMuniiinmfK
i2 :20
An aerodynamic toy of a generally flat circular configura-
tion adapted to glide through the air when thrown with a rota-
tional movement imparted thereto, the configuration produc-
ing an aerodynamic lift, and the material of the toy consisting
of a flexible, resilient polyurethane foam wherein the foam
density in the central regions is slightly greater than at the
peripheral region, and a recess is formed on the underside.
The configuration of the body in conjunction with the recess
producing aerodynamic lift, and the body material permitting
the toy to be used indoors.
3,710,506
ANIMATED TOY
Ernest L. Thornell, Horicon, Wis., assignor to Martin Toy
Products, Inc., Horicon, Wis.
Filed March 1, 1972, S«r. No. 230,648
Int.CI. A63h5/00
U.S.CI.46-118 9 Claims
A mannequin body formed of Hesh-colored fiesh-like soft
plastic or rubber, motor-driven mechanism which imparts
gyratory movements to certain portions of the body and an as-
sociated receptacle holder, thereby to mix the contents of a
receptacle in the holder.
3,710,508
GAME PIECE
Edwin C. McL4iren, 10655 Vessey Road, Bloomington W.,
Minn.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,885
Int.CI. A63hi//4
U.S.CI.46-154 3 Claims
An animated plastic toy compnses a hollow base represent- A strip ^^ ""'^.'^ -^^-f^^";^.^, fawV A Sd
ing an animals body which contains an animation mechanism includes end portions shaped to similar opposed jaws, a
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
813
line extends longitudinaHy of said strip intermediate the side
edges thereof, and fold lines extend from the ends of said first
mentioned fold line to opposite side edges of the strip forming
triangular areas. When the sides of the strip adjoining the
apexes of the triangular areas are pressed inwardly, the trian-
gular areas remain flat, flexing the strip into opposed jaws hav-
ing inner opposed concave surfaces which can be swung
together or apart by variations in inward pressure.
3,710,511
PROCEDURES FOR USE OF GENIC MALE STERILITY IN
PRODUCTION OF COMMERCIAL HYBRID MAIZE
Earl Byron Patterson, Urbana, III., assignor to University of Il-
linois Foundation, Urbana, III.
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,873
Int.Cl. A01g//00
U.S.CL 47-58 21 Claims
3,710,509
TOY VEHICLE
Norman Spiegel, New York, N.Y., assignor to Nasta Industries,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 226,638
Int. CI. A63h 33126
U.S. CL 46-244 R 16 Claims
Toy vehicle having a reversible drive motor connected with
at least one of a plurality of wheels, an operator figurine
representing the operator and a plurality of passenger figu-
rines representing passengers thereof wherein each of the figu-
rines has a geometrically shaped base portion and the vehicle
has matching sockets therefor together with switch means for
the drive motor responsive to positioning of the operator figu-
rine and means responsive to movement of the vehicle to pro-
vide up and down motion of at least one of the passenger
figures.
3,710,510
PLANT GROWTH MEDIA AND METHODS
Paul R. Tully, Lowell, and Robert J. Lippe. Methuen, both of
Mass., ass^nors to Cabot Corporation, Boston, Mass.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,774
Int.Cl.A01g9/00
U.S.CL 47-58 14 Claims
(S)-
(S)
1.2.3
Dp-Df
6+V
(S)
I 2 3
7=?
N
rns
6 7 8
(L)
Procedures for use of genie male sterility in the production
of commercial hybrid maize, including producing and main-
taining seed stocks substantially of a homozygous male sterile
genotype and stocks substantially of a heterozygous, male
sterile allele and male fertile allele, genotype, which include a
differentially transmitted variation of chromosomal constitu-
tion.
3,710,512
PROCESS FOR PREPARING LICORICE EXTRACTLIKE
MATERIAL FOR TOBACCO FLAVORING
Einosuke Tamaki, Tokyp; Isao Morishita, Hiratsuka; Ko
Nlshida, Tokyo; Kunio Kato, Kawasaki, and Takashi Matsu-
moto, Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to The Japan Monopoly
Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 180,867
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 16, 1970,
45/100154
Int. CI. \0\g3ll00; A231 1126
U.S. CI. 47— 58 3 Claims
Process for preparing licorice extract-like material for
tobacco flavoring includes the steps of: culturing a fragment of
plant body of licorice plant in a liquid medium for plant tissue-
culture under aerobic condition, to derive licorice cells
suspended in the liquid, boiling the cultured broth containing
the licorice cells, filtrating said broth after cooling, and con-
centrating said filtrate to 1/40 - 1/50 by volume to make it
into concentrated extract.
3,710,513
DOOR STRUCTURE FOR CARGO CONTAINER
Robert D. Richter, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Tridair Indus-
tries, Redondo Beach. Calif.
Filed Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201,924
Int.CLE06bJ/J2
MS. CL 49-464 ^ <=>**"»
Methods of germinating seeds and growing easily trans-
plantable seedlings are disclosed based upon the use of loose '
pulverulent bed materials the basic ingredient of which con-
sists of a relatively stable form of finely dispersed aqueous
Imiiift the individual droplets of which are enveloped and held
wThm a c "a? ng netor J'of smaller, strongly hydrophobic col- A cargo container has a removable door ^t-cture compr.^
Sa" oxide particles. Methods of producing the basic in- ing a plurality of sections which slidably fit w thm a track
Iredent ire also disclosed as well as preferred proportions of which runs along the edge of the floor of the container. A ton-
Irfous cor^ponents and optimized puVverulent bed mixtures, gue of the bottom of the door sections rides in a groove in the
814
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
track between two lip portions thereof. One of the door sec-
tions has a door operating mechanism which in sequence first
operates latch bar means to disengage this door section frorn
adjacent door sections, and then operates a push bar which
drives against the lip of the track to lift the tongue of the door
section out of the track groove to enable easy removable of
this door section.
3,710,516
METHOD OF DRILLING GLASS
Joseph B. Kelly, Crestline, Ohio, assignor to PPG Industries,
Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 746,095, July 19, 1968,
abandoned. This application Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,970
Int.CI. B24b//00
U.S. CI. 51-283 6 Claims
3,710,514
APPARATUS FOR SLPERFINISHING OF ROTARY
CRANKPINS OF CRANKSHAFTS
Heinert Runge, Borchshoher Str. 129, Bremen-Schonebeck,
Germany
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,584
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 6, 1969, P 19 61
279.4
Int. CLB24b 5/42
U.S.CI.51-3
8 Claims
T}^l^Z:
Apparatus includes both at least one superfinishing tool and
a grinding device which are designed to simultaneously
machine crankpins of crankshafts. The grinding device which
is controlled by a leveling arrangement functions to assure
that the crankpin is parallel with the axis of the center pin of
the crankshaft.
3,710,515
ABRADING APPARATUS
Walter KuUschenko, East Brunswick, and John W. CaUahan,
Lanoka Harbor, both of NJ., assignors to Pennwalt Cor-
poration, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed June 7, 1971, S«r. No. 150,312
Int. CI. B24c 3/02
U.S.CI.51-8 10 Claim.
A method of drilling holes in glass wherein a drill is rotated
at a speed between about 3,400 rpm and about 3,600 rpm and
advanced into a glass work piece at a constant forward rate of
speed.
3,710,517
PROCESS FOR FINISH POLISHING OF GLASS LENSES
Paul F. Valerk), and Robert M. Werner, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N V
Division of Ser. No. 788,655, Jan. 2, 1969. This application
Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,780
Int. CI. B24b 1 100; B24d / 7/00
U S CI 51 284 II Claims
The use of tiny diamonds for finish polishing of glass lenses
has been made possible by incorporating them into a lap
material comprising very small diamonds in a special polymer-
ic matrix of the reaction product of an organic epoxide with an
appropriate "hardener," such as a polyamine.
3,710,518
TOOLS FOR ROUGH FINISHING AND HONING BORES
Albert Grosseau, Chavilie, France, assignor to Soclete
Anonyme Automobiles Citroen, Paris, France
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,1 17
Int. CI. B24b 9/02
U.S.CL 51-338 5 Claims
In abrading apparatus, wherein a nozzle issues a jet of air- , , a .^ c^iit Hict^nHahle sleeve having al-
borne abrasiv'e material and a traversing mechanism moves in A lapping too '"/'"^"^^J^" ;f ^^^^^^^^^^^ Le
a given direction, a motion translating device cooperates with ternate relaUvely ^^^^J^^^^^^^Z plurality of wedge-
the traversing mechanism to move the nozzle transverse to the ^^^^^^^T^^r^sZ^^^^^^^^ — ^ ^^ ^''««^^ '^'
given direction.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
815
body. One set of wedge-like members lies inwardly of the
coarser grained portions of sleeve and another set lies in-
wardly of the finer portions. The wedge angles of the first set
are shallower than the second set so that as an expander acts
progressively on the wedge-like members, the coarser portions
of the sleeve are initially forced into contact with the bore of a
workpiece and the finer portions are subsequently forced out
beyond the coarser portions.
3,710,521
MULTISTORY BUILDINGS AND WALLS THEREOF
Alex Danin, 1080 Mamaroneck Avenue, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,067
Int. CI. E04f/ 9/05, /7/OS
U.S. CL 52-27 14 Claims
3,710,519
AIR SUPPORTED STRUCTURES FOR FENCED AREAS
Woodford F. Jones, 201 West 77th Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,644
Int.Cl.E04b//i45
U.S. CL 52-2 7 Claims
6!
a^ESEEi
^_?^
?afe*u
C a I EI ti^ V
on^
/<
\f/^wW/^/J^^>}>}}}/>/^//f\'>>>^'''W}}>}»W/W^}?>>»^^^//''//^7f
Methods and apparatus are provided for enclosing existing
outdoor areas defined by a fence, wall or the like by the
utilization of an air supported covering, the base of which is
supported by the existing fence or wall, in a manner eliminat-
ing the need for additional space outside the existing fenced or
walled area, and in a manner providing a substantial increase
in usable space within the defined area over previous such
structures. In addition, an. arrangement is provided for simul-
taneously utilizing the base support for the air supported
structure for a lighting arrangement for the defined space.
3,710,520
UTILITY FRAME FOR SUSPENDED CEILING
CONSTRUCTION
Samuel R. Federowfcz, 1032 North Worthy Street, Windsor,
Conn.
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,171
Int. CI. E04b 5155: E04c 2/38; E21s 3/08
U.S. CI. 52-27 4 Claims
A multistory building forming quarters for residential or
commercial purposes. The multistory structure includes a
non-disposable frame and fioor slab portion and a disposable
panel and enclosure portion. The non-disposable portion is
composed of a series of fioor slabs situated at the various
levels of the several stories of the structure and a plurality of
supporting columns carrying the floor slabs, the structure hav-
ing at ground level a given configuration which may be sub-
stantially repeated by the several fioor slabs situated at the
several stories above ground level. The disposable panel and
enclosure portion forms the exterior wall structure of the
building and defines the interior rooms thereof. Several hol-
low utility shafts extend upwardly through the several slabs
and prefabricated kitchen and bathroom units are grouped ad-
jacent to the utility shafts to be serviced thereby, these units
being preferably of a prefabricated, plug-in type. The disposa-
ble enclosure and panel portion is made up of a plurality of
panels each of which is formed with a peripheral groove so
that panels situated in a common plane will have the grooves
thereof communicating with each other and these grooves will
also extend along the floors and ceilings of the spaces defined
between a pair of successive floor slabs. These grooves are
filled at the site with a plastic filler which sets to form a rigid
wall structure from the several panels.
3,710,522
GUIDE GROOVE FOR STAPLE GUN
Thomas W. Fritz, East Petersburg; Charles F. Gilbo, Lan-
caster, and Norman A. Johnson, Litltz, all of Pa., assignors to
Armstrong Cork Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,509
Int.CI.E04b//00
U.S.CL 52-105 1 Claim
A one-piece utility frame for access tiles and the like is pro-
vided for use in a suspended ceiling tile construction of the
flush mounted type. The frame consists of a generally rectan-
gular frame body portion substantially equal in size to a ceiling
tile and having a flat exposed bottom surface, an integral lip
projecting inwardly from the body portion and defining a cen-
tral access opening bounded by the frame, said lip forming a
continuation of said exposed bottom surface and forming a
ledge for supporting an access tile in said opening, and a
frame-mounting flange secured to said body portion in spaced
overiying relationship therewith and forming an outwardly
facing notch mountable on a Z-bar flange for supporting the
frame and positioning the exposed bottom surface in flush-
mounted relationship with adjacent tiles of the ceiling con-
struction.
An improved joint structure for a strip concealing means
which covers fasteners that hold a ceiling board in position.
Angled grooves are provided in a ceiling board for receiving a
strip. Between the angled grooves staples are placed to fasten
the board in position and the strip is placed in the grooves to
conceal the staples. A third groove is provided in the area
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
^^^ 3.710,525
K.. ..n , he aneled grooves and this groove functions as a MOBILE HOME SKIRTING
Tuldelor a LX gun to ensure that the staples are properly ^^^.^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ,,^^,,, ^,,H., assignor to Temo Incor-
P«^'^'°"^' SntL"^'k*TN^.789,761,JanJ,1969a^^^^^
This application Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,875
3,710,523 •"'" P** Int. CI. E02d 2 7/00
EARTH ANCHOR „ c n S2 169 * ^'"""
John D. Taylor. Route 3. P.O. Box 5, Perryton^e.. U.S. CI.
Filed Aug. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 168,647
Int. CI. E02d 5/80
U.S. CI. 52-157
5 Claims
d,amelrically opposite 1'"f°'',*'Vn^'^r*e shaft permits
-r„ r.^e =Xt'^^ ^^"^ - "-- '
guy line.
RESILIENT VEHICLE gIj'iDEWAV END *BLTMENTS
Ed..rd A. S.«. . 36 E.S. Third Street Lansd.'. *••.
FikdM.y6. 1971,S.r.No. 1«);»50
IM. CI. B61I 9/00. EOlC 9/00. E04h 6142 ^ ^^^,_^^
lJ.S.C1.52-n4
A mobile home slcirting assembly compnsing f«»" °f "PP^'
-^^?Sr:rLTtrr;st::e-aTrtb:
pairs of panels under high wind conditions.
3,710,526
ANNULAR COMPRESSION BEAM
Charies A Parks, 509 19th Avenue West, Palmetto, Fla.
Charles A. Part^ ^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^^,53
Int. CI. E04c 3126
U.S. CI. 52-223 R
8 Claims
f nonr and ceiling construction is disclosed wherein
^ TnostTtressed adfally extending tendons are placed
^i^: ara-aTcompressL bean. In this construct.n a
.e.nforced annul, girder, preca^^^^^^^^^
high tensile ^^^^«"y "'^"J;^ 5,f,„ed as a web and annulus
2b""t :V:e\"o':;:rete r:eTth: tension IS relieved a^ the
betn^s ready for use as Hoor or roof construction.
A guideway which directs an order pick-up veh'cle in an
aiste between' storage structures in ^ ;rr:^^J,^l'Z'J^'r.
with a resilient entryway to assist the ^P^/^^^^^^^j;,, herein,
aligning the vehicle with the guideway P^^^^^^^^'J^'^j, having
Th'e entryway con^pr^s a pair of spn g - -^^^ J^ , ,, J
a U-shaped plan configuration and each t>eing
'SZ S"rt£bry.:S> -«. -.■»" o< the veh,-
cle
3,710,527
MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS
James E. C. pTetrother. Tanglewood, Park Dnve, L.ttle
Aston, Stattordshire, England
Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,855
lni.ClE04^ 1 138 J 104 ^^^^^.^^
U.S. CI. 52—236 .^Ki^h the walls and floors are
upper edges of P^"^ " '^° ^^^^^ extending the full height of
of continuous, vertical d"cts. ^^f J "^^ ^ ^^,^
the building IS f°""«^ '7^^,^J ".'f^einforcmg member in each
r-ote^r ^ndrh^r an^tJe n?or panel ends supported
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
817
by each internal wall are castellated, the tongues of the castel-
lations are shorter than the thickness or are located wholly
between the faces of the respective wall panels and are nar-
rower than the pockets in the castellated ends, and each of the
tongues is engaged in and is located symmetrically to a cor-
3,710,529
GRATE
Werner Pass, 583 Schwelm. Westfalen, Germany, assignor to
Gummiwerk Pass & Sohn, Schwelm/Westfalen, Germany
Filed JiUy 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,249
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 26, 1970, P 20
08 926.3
Int. CI. E04c 2142
U.S. CI. 52-666 11 Claims
iJ
responding one of the pockets in the adjacent castellated end
of another of the floor panels and is bonded to the pocket by a
solidified fill inserted, before solidification, into clearances
between the sides and tip of the tongue and the sides and floor
of the pocket.
A row of elongated parallel bars is provided each having
spaced opposite ends. At their opposite ends the barsare con-
nected by two elongated spacing and connecting strips extend-
ing along the row and consisting of elastically yieldable
material. Each of these strips is provided on one side with lon-
gitudinally spaced recesses each accommodating a portion of
one of the bars in mating relationship, and at the other side in-
termediate consecutive ones of the recesses the strips are pro-
vided with slots extending towards the one side to facilitate
rolling up of the grate in the direction towards the one side.
3,710,528
BUILDING STRUCTURES
Jacques H. Riedberger, 24 boulevard, Meudon, and Rene M.
Ezavin, 43, rue Albert Perdreaux, Chaville, both of France
Filed Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,529
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 13, 1970, 7005169
Int.CI.E04h //OO
U.S. CI. 52-236 5 Claims
3,710,530
DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING A LOW ERED FALSE
CEILING CONSISTING OF PLATES AND PROVIDED
WITH A CURRENT SUPPLY RAIL
Rainer likka Tapio Valtonen. Soukka, Finland, assignor to Oy
Nokia Ab, Helsinki, Finland
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,170
Claims priority, application Finland, April 20, 1970,
1096/70
Int.CI.E04f /7/OS
U.S.CL 52-731 8 Claims
A truss structure with an open-work skeleton of beam con-
struction comprising octahedral units and tetrahedral units
some of which have their apices in a first horizontal plane and
the remainder have their apices in a second plane, the edges of
each tetrahedral unit being the common edges of adjoining oc-
tahedral units. Beams are disposed along the edges of these
octahedral and tetrahedral units. Rectangular panel members
lying' in the vertical planes defined by the tetrahedral unit
edges are attached to those beams. Hexagonal panel members
are disposed in the first and second planes. The rectangular
and hexagonal panel members define cells in the form of hex-
agonal prisms.
A device for supporting the plates of a lowered ceiling com-
prising spaced current supply rails. The device comprises two
separate L-shaped bars locked detachably on opposite sides of
the supply rail and U-shaped locking brackets arranged in sad-
dle like manner upon said support bars at spaced positions
along said supply rail.
ERRATUM
For Class 52—745 see:
Patent No. 3,710,534
818
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,531
METHOD OF ENCASING A TOROIDALLY SHAPED
OBJECT WITH A HEAT SHRINKABLE COVERING
Joseph J. Bielawski, Skokie, III., assignor to Western Electnc
Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,363
Int. CI. B65b 53106
U^. CI. 53-13 l^Cl-'-"'
3,710,533
SEPARATOR SHEET FEEDER FOR FOOD MACHINERY
Richard H. Bums, Troy, Ohio, assignor to The Hobart Manu-
facturing Company, Troy, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 570,904, Aug. 8, 1966,
abandoned. This application July 1, 1969, Ser. No. 838,303
Int.CI. B65bi5//0.4///6
U.S.CI.53-157 19 Claims
R at
ID OF TOROID
Heat shrinkable tubing is placed around an article such as a
toroid having a hole extending therethrough, so that the axis
of the tubing is coaxial with the axis of the toroid. The tubing
is heated until the ends of the tubing shrink to the dimension
of the inside diameter of the toroid. The ends of the tubing,
while still warm and soft, are then folded within the toroid.
overlapped, and secured together to encase the toroid within
the tubing.
3,710,532
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR STACKING ARTICLES
Norman N. Smiiek, and Joseph T. Lockley, both of New Castle,
Pa., assignors to Lockley Manufacturing Co., Inc., New Cas-
tle Pa
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,098
Int. CI. B65b 55/55, 55/50
U.S. CL 53-26 15 Claims
Apparatus for interposing separator sheets between por-
tions of food products, such as meat patties, includes a trap
door arrangement mounted beneath a position from which in-
dividual patties are dropped, and a supply device for feeding
individual separator sheets onto the door while it is closed.
The patty drops onto the sheet with the door in closed posi-
tion then the door is quickly opened to drop the sheet and
patty together onto a conveyor. The supply of separators is in
the form of a continuous roll, and a cutter and feeder arrange-
ment severs sheets of proper size from the roll, and advances
the individual sheets onto the closed trap door. The size of the
severed sheets can be adjusted.
3,710,534
METHOD OF FORMING BUILDING UNITS AND
ASSEMBLING SAME WITH LATERAL DISPLACEMENT
John Owen McNamara, Jr., 5 Taylor Street, Fort Screven, Ga.
Continuation of Ser. No. 720,925, April 12, 1968. abandoned.
This application March 16, 1970, Ser. No. 20,084
Int.CLE04g2///4
U.S. CI. 52-745 4 Claims
An apparatus and a method for stacking materials, such as
articles and separator sheets, include a platen movable
between a sheet pickup position and an article pickup posi-
tion. Means is provided to move the platen between the sheet
pickup position and the article pickup position. A separator
sheet pickup means is mounted on the platen for picking up at
least one separator sheet from a supply of separator sheets
upon actuation thereof. The apparatus also includes an article
pickup means on the platen for picking up at least one article
from an array of articles upon actuation thereof. The platen is
operable to support in a stacked array both the articles and
separator sheets simultaneously. When simultaneously sup-
porting the articles and separator sheets, the platen is moved
to an unloading position where the articles and separator
sheets are simultaneously released from the platen onto a pal-
let.
A method of manufacture and assembly of preformed build-
ing units is provided wherein a sUck of right angle units is cast
with the upper layers of the stack being moved as a group
horizontally, leaving the bottom unit in place.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
819
3,710,535
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FORMING ARTICLE
CARRIERS
Richard T. Walter, Norristown, Pa., assignor to Container
Corporation of America, Chicago, III.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,336
Int. CLB65b/5/04./ 7/04
U.S.CL53-3 U Claims
stack. The stack is compressed between oppositely directed
forces and ends of the two wrapping sheets are overlapped and
joined to form an endless band about the articles. When the
compressing forces are relieved, the articles are held in a com-
pressed and stacked state by the band. Preferably, the stacks
are compressed between a pair of endless, continuously mov-
ing belts; and individual wrapper sheets are severed from long
supply webs prior to being joined into an endless band about a
compressed stack.
3,710,537
METHOD FOR SEALING THE CUTTING OR
SEPARATION SURFACES OF RADIOACTIVE FOILS
Gustav A. Purt, RapperswU, Switzerland, assignor to Cerberus
AG Mannedorf, Germany
Filed March 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,241
Claims priority, application Switzertand, March 29, 1969,
4746/69
Int. CI. G21h 5100; B23k 3U02
U.S.CL 53-39 7 Claims
1
Method and apparatus for forming a carrier for an article
group The carrier is formed from webs extending around the
individual articles of the group. Apparatus is provided for
feeding a pair of inner webs between two rows of the group,
and structure is provided for forming the webs so that each
web half encircles the articles of each row. These webs are
joined at the points of conjugacy of the articles. Apparatus is
also provided for feeding a pair of webs along the outer sides
of each row, and for joining such outer webs to the inner webs.
Structure is provided for stretching the outer webs as they are
adhered to the inner webs to rely on the memory charac-
teristics of the thermoplastic resins forming the webs to insure
that the article enclosing loops snugly fit the articles.
3,710,536
METHOD OF AND AN APPARATUS FOR
AUTOMATICALLY COMPRESSING AND BANDING A
STACK OF ARTICLES
Charies A. Lee. and Warren R. Furbeck, both of Knoxville,
Tcnn., assignors to International Paper Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,948
Int. CI. B65b 13/20
U.S. CI. 53-24 10 Claims
-fe
There is disclosed a method for sealing or closing the
cutting surfaces of radioactive foils covered at both sides with
protective- or support layers formed of a noble metal, which
comprises the steps of heating the foil for at least ten minutes
to at least 60 percent of the absolute temperature of the melt-
ing point of the lowest melting protective- or support metal
layer.
3,710,538
METHOD FOR FILLING PRESSURIZED PACKAGES AND
AEROSOL DISPENSERS
Lawrence Lowy, and WilUam O. Wurtz, both of 36 West 40th
Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,560
Int. CI. B65b 5 //02
US. CL 53-22 R • » Claim
\
P«€SSUR€
/KGULATOf **
fotessufiziD
PtIOPtUANT
Sl/PPLf f3
f¥t£SSU»e.
/VHP fl
I CAAt'srsr
J, — -j pecsuJK
\ PiMKt/U
CAM'sne
\\ raL£P /as
1 ctNisTce
cfpui at
CMI/ST£/t
cvr
pttcssuite.
\fKtsiuiiiztP F/uce
PUD CAPP£P /2
A stack of articles is fed forwardly along a path and a pair of
banding or wrapper sheets are brought into engagement with
A method and apparatus for filling pressunzed packages
and aerosol dispensers. The product which is to be dispensed
is initially whipped or beaten in a suitable pressunzed beating
machine so that minute gas bubbles are incorporated into the
product. The gas used for pressurizing the beating machine
may be the same as the propellant gas which is used in the
dispenser. With the product thus initially treated it is pumped,
while maintained under pressure, into a suitable canister
which is itself maintained in a pressurized atmosphere of the
propellant gas, and the pump will, with minimum work ex-
820
erted on the product, displace a predetermined quantity
thereof into the canister which is in the pressurized at-
mosphere. While this canister is still in the pressurized at-
mosphere it IS capped so that it becomes closed with a conven-
tional valve release, and then the thus-closed canister is
removed from the pressurized atmosphere. Thereafter, the
valve of the canister can be actuated to release the product
therefrom, with the product expanding in volume as it
discharges out of the canister.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,541
SYNTHETIC RESIN SEAMLESS TETRAHEDRON
Shinjiro Izumi, 18-7, Ryouke 1-chome, Urawa-shl, Japan
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,568
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 22, 1969,
44/103598; Dec. 29, 1969, 44/489
lnt.CI.B65b9//0.4i/50
U.S. CI. 53-29 4 Claims
3,710,539
CONTAINER AND METHOD FOR PACKAGING
MATERIAL SENSITIVE TO CONTAMINANTS
Samuel Bynum Cothran, and James Rodney Kirk, both of
Florence, S.C. assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,423
Int. CI. B65b 53102
U.S. CI. 53-27 6 Claims
7 -■•■ / 3 -t '.V S (1
'f
^ii^-r,.
An improved container of tetrahedral shape comprising a
seamless tube of thermoplastic material having the opposite
ends thereof sealed in straight lines in crosswise directions
relative to one another; and the method of cutting, forming,
expanding, filling and sealing such tubular material with novel
material handling techniques to provide filled containers of
tetrahedral shape.
A packaging method is disclosed using a container having
an integral body member forming top, bottom and side walls,
two end walls having flaps on all sides, and a plastic film
shrink-fit around the container.
3,710,542
APPARATUS FOR FILLING A SAUSAGE SKIN WITH
SLICED SAUSAGE FILLING
Pierre Chambost, route de Valsonne, and Aime Chambost. Box
32 Boulevard Voltaire, both of Tarare, France
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,452
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 23, 1969,
6932286
Int. CI. B65b 63100
U.S. CI. 53-123 12 Claims
*
3,710,540
SELFPURGING DfSK SYSTEM HAVING AIR FLOW
GUIDE MEANS
Alpheus F. Stansell, Thousand Oaks, Calif., assignor to Bur-
roughs Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,649
Int. CI. BO Id 46/00
U.S. CI. 55-473 * C'*'"'*
A rotating magnetic disk is enclosed in a housing having at
least one pair of ports. An external conduit having a filter
therein interconnects the ports. The rotation of the disk im-
parts a velocity to the air adjacent to the disk faces and the in-
terior of the housing provides an airflow guide which causes
air from both sides of the disk to flow into a scoop disposed in
one port and coupled to the conduit. Thus a high rate of air
circulation through the conduit is achieved and the air is
rapidly filtered.
An apparatus for filling a sausage casing with a sliced
sausage filling, includes a movable endless conveyor on which
is fixed a plurality of spaced, support members. Each support
member has a web interconnecting opposed side nanges.
Guides extend between the side flanges for slidably supporting
a guide block. The guide block has a through bore, axial y
aligned with a through bore of a member rigidly attached to
the guide block. A slot is formed in the guide block and ex-
tends transversely of and communicates with the through bore
in the guide block First and second bars are slidably attached
to the web. The first bar, in a first position of the guide block
places a sausage casing in the bore of the member. The second
bar in a second position of the guide block, intermittently
feeds sausage filling through the bore of the guide block
passed the slot into the sausage casing. The disclosure also re-
lates to a method of making a sausage filled with a sliced
filling A cutter, has a cutting edge portion which extends into
the slot to slice the sausage filling before entry of the sausage
filling into the sausage casing.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
821
3,710,543
ARRANGEMENT FOR DEPOSITING OBJECTS IN A
RECEPTACLE
Franco Toss, 6301 Alten-Buseck, Germany, assignor to
Hamac-Hansella GmbH, Viersen, Germany
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,613
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 16, 1970, P 20
01 760.1
Int.CI.B65b5//0,i9//2
U.S. CI. 53-244 8 Claims
3,710,545
PROCESS FOR THE SEPARATION OF IMPURITIES
FROM CRUDE GAS
Klaus Gunther; Erich Schneck; Hartmut Voigt, all of Frank-
furt, and Karlheinrich Wesselborg, Lorsbach, all of Ger-
many, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt/Main, Ger-
many
Filed March 12, 1971. Ser. No. 123,829
Claims priority, application Germany, March 14, 1970, P 20
12 154.4
Int.CI.B01d5i/74
U.S. CI. 55-29 3 Claims
Readily polymerizing impurities are separated from crude
gas obtained by pyrolysis by washing the crude gas with water
and then pre-cooling the crude gas which is still hot with
atomized cold calcium chloride solution before drying it with
circulated cold calcium chloride solution. Part of the calcium
chloride solution is continuously removed from the cycle of
calcium chloride solution. «
An arrangement for depositing objects in a receptacle com-
prises a first conveyor which advances upwardly open cartons
to a loading station and a second conveyor which conveys ob-
jects to be loaded seriatim to the loading station. A carriage is
mounted for movement in one direction upwardly above and
in at least substantial parallelism with the upper opening of the
carton at the loading station, and another carriage is mounted
on the first carriage for movement with reference thereto and
to the opening of the carton in a direction normal to the first-
mentioned direction. A distributing head is provided on the
second carriage and receives objects from the second con-
veyor for depositing them in the receptacle through the open-
ing in accordance with the positioning of the second carnage
relative to the receptacle.
ERRATUM
For Class 53—184 see:
Patent No. 3,710,550
3 710 544
DEVICE FOR MEASURING COINS AND WRAPPING
THEM IN ROLLS
Ernest V. Lamming, RR. #1. Vernon, British Columbia,
Canada
Filed June 11, 1971, Ser. No. 152,270
Int. CI. B65b 11/04; G07d 9/06
3,710,546
PROCESS FOR THE REMOVAL OF HYDROGEN SULFIDE
AND CARBON DIOXIDE FROM FUEL GASES AND
SYNTHESIS GASES
Gerhard W. Grunewald, Mainz-Mombach, and Gerhard
Hochgesand. Neu-Isenburg. both of Germany, assignors to
Metallgesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main.
Germany
Continuation of Ser. No. 889,687. Dec. 31, 1969, abandoned,
which is a division of Ser. No. 674,558, Oct. 1 1, 1967, Pat. No.
3 531 917. This application Sept. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 181,272
Int. CI. BOld/ 9/00, Ji//4
U.S. CI. 55-42 6 Claims
U.S. CI. 53-213
7 Claims
^*--
-/?
An open-end tube is filled to the top with coins, forming a
stack of predetermined number, and is placed between two
parallel rollers on the device, with a wrapping paper inter-
posed between tube and rollers. The roll is centered between
the ends of the device by a stationary pin at one end engaging
the top coin, and a spring-loaded pin at the other end engaging
the bottom coin through a hole in the tube bottom. The
spring-loaded pin extends over the end of the device and
bends downwardly in a 1 80° turn, extending back under the
rollers where it is connected to spring means. The tube is
removed endwise from the coins, and has a slot in its bottom
and side wall to pass the downwardly bent portion of the
spring-loaded pin. The stack is then revolved on the rollers
while the paper is wrapped around the coins. The wrapped
stack is then removed and the ends of the wrapper fiattened
down over the ends of the coin roll.
In the process of removing COj and H2S from fuel or
synthesis gas by absorption with an organic solvent where the
gas to be purified passes through an HjS absorber and then
through two stages of a COj absorber with the organic solvent
being fed partially to the first and partially to the second stage
of the COi absorber and thence, in a CO, laden condition, to
the HjS absorber; partially resolving the H,S and CO, rich ab-
sorbent from the H,S absorber to produce a substantially sul-
furfree gas and an H,S rich liquid, regenerating the H,S rich
liquid in a regenerator to produce an H,S rich gas suitable for
the production of sulfur and a fully regenerated absorbent
which is fed to the second stage of the CO, absorber, partially
regenerating a portion of the CO, rich absorbent from the first
stage of the CO, absorber by flashing, and feeding the partially
regenerated absorbent to the first stage of the CO, absorber.
822
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,547
ADSORPTION PROCESS FOR NATURAL GAS
PLRinCATION
Warren Leonard Nelson, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, assignor
to AL E. & C. Ltd., Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed March 11, 1971. Ser. No 123301
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 11, 1970,
''^''"'' ,nt CI. BOld 55/0.
U.S. CI. 55-58 *^'^»
volume such system including an aspirating type mixing noz-
zle that draws an inert gaseous mixture from the tank vapor
space and mixes it with liquid fuel being supplied to the tank
whereby said inert gaseous mixture scrubs dissolved oxygen
from the fuel and returns to the vapor space with the scrubbed
r r
±_L
•-I
rrn
IT
r
1
J
oxygen therein. The tank includes a vent means for venting ex-
cess gasses from the vapor space to the tank exterior as the
tank fills with fuel and also includes means for further
scrubbing of oxygen from the fuel dunng climb of the aircraft
and for pressurizing the tank with inert gas during descent
while excluding air from the tank.
A cyclic process of purification of gases containing at least
two undesirable products by adsorption on a bed divided m at
least two sections in which the regeneration is realized in a
first stage by introducing on the adsorption bed countercur-
rently to the adsorption direction, after depressurizing,
wherein the said gaseous mixture is obtained by combining
with a given volume of reactivation gas a stream of gas coming
out from between the two sections of the bed, a flow of said
mixture equivalent to said volume of reactivation gas being
passed through the first adsorption section.
3,710,550
APPARATUS FOR SHRINKING PLASTIC FILM OVER
PALLETIZED LOADS
Keith J. Osborne, 2167 B North Central Road, Fort Lee, N J.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,646
Int. CI. B65b 53/02
U.S. CI. 53-184 5 Claims
3,710,548
PROCESS AND DEVICE FOR PURIFYING AIR
Robert W Coughlin, 902 Seventh Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,877
Int. CI. BOld 53/06
U.S. CI. 55-73 10 Claims
^^^
A process and device in which air or another gas mixture is
contacted with a liquid whereby particulate impurities are
washed from the gas and whereby sulfur dioxide and other
gaseous pollutants, together with oxygen, are absorbed from
the gas into the liquid whereupon said sulfur dioxide and other
gaseous pollutants are oxidized to other more soluble chenii-
cal forms with the assistance of a catalyst present within the
system.
3,710,549
FUEL TANK INERTING SYSTEM
Richard A. Nichols, Santa Ana, and Jack M. Ulanovsky, New-
port Beach, both of Calif., assignors to Parker-Hannifin Cor-
Doration, C le veland , Ohio
FUedJan.29, 1971, Ser. No. 110,862
Int. CI. BOld/ 9/00
US CI. 55-160 11 Claims
A system for maintaining the oxygen content in the fuel
vapor space of an aircraft fuel tank at less than 10 percent by
An apparatus for shrinking an overwrap material, such as a
plastic material exhibiting preferential shrink properties, over
an article to be encapsulated wherein structural members are
nrovided to support heating elements to preferentially heat
^rtlns of the plStic overwrap material to shrink it about the
krticle The structural members are adapted to traverse the ar-
ticle to be encapsulated to pass the heating elements over the
overwrap to cause the overwrap material to shrink about he
article thereby to encapsulate the article tightly w.th.n the
overwrap material.
3,710,551
GAS SCRUBBER
John R. Sved, New York, N.Y., assignor to Pollution Rectifiers
Corp., New York, N.Y. „ „ ^ ,- ,„
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,237
Int. CI. BOld 47/02
ri S5— 226 9 Claims
^ tscrubber for removing pollutants from a gaseous medium
having a chamber with a plurality of spaced straight and
curved baffles positioned to direct incoming dirty air over a
wa7er reservoir at velocities sufficiently high to enable the
dirty air to entrain multitudes of water droplets. The water
droplets are thoroughly mixed with the dirty air. and the solid
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
823
pollutants in the air are thoroughly wetted. The wet solid pol-
lutants, being relatively heavy, are deflected downward
through the action of the baffles and reduced air velocities
into the water reservoir. A constant-volume air control means
interposed between the chamber and the source of polluted
air, such as dirty air from an incinerator or the like, contains a
3,710,553
CARBON DIOXIDE SCRUBBER AND BREATHING
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY FOR DIVING APPARATUS
Frederick A. Parker, Broomall, Pa., and Charles J. Soult,
WiUingboro, N J., assignors to Blomarine Industries, Inc.
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,387
Intel. BOld 50/00
U.S. CI. 55-316 14 Claims
40 19 « i* 1^
a^ 2«»
»■ so
primary air inlet duct and a secondary air inlet duct where the
air through each duct is controlled by a damper. The dampers
of the two ducts are coupled to operate complementary to
each other to provide a constant air flow to the chamber for
various flows of polluted air directed to the scrubber through
the primary air inlet duct.
3,710,552
AIR FILTER AND DUST COLLECTOR
Richard G. Genton, 733 South Magnolia Avenue, West Covlna,
CaliL
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,525
Int. CI. BOld 46/04
U.S. CI. 55-291 2 Claims
A compact carbon dioxide scrubber and breathing
diaphragm assembly for a closed circuit breathing system in
which exhaled air is channeled by a baffle system over a
moisture absorbant material and through a replaceable annu-
lar cartridge containing a carbon dioxide removal chemical in
such a way that the chemical cartridge is blanketed by the ex-
haled or expelled air and is insulated from surrounding cold
water. Uniform flow through the chemical cartridge is assured
by providing high unit area water repellent filters at the top
and bottom of the cartridge. Because of the large total area ex-
posed to the flow of expelled air, there is a minimum pressure
drop which is virtually unnoticeable to the diver and because
of the water repellancy, water or moisture in the exhaled air
does not collect upon and form blockages to decrease the ef-
fective area exposed to the flow of expelled air. Breathing cir-
cuit gases pass into a pressure equalization chamber formed
by a diaphragm assembly which accepts that volume of gas m
the same fashion as breathing bags which are occasionally
used with semi-closed equipment. As the diver descends,
water pressure exerts a force on the diaphragm which moves it
in a direction to reduce the volume of gas until a valve is
tripped permitting the entrance of a diluent or inert gas. Dur-
ing ascents, when water pressure decreases, this same
diaphragm surface moves outwardly to expand the volume
until a bypass-check valve is opened which permits exhaust of
pressure balancing quantities of gas contained in the chamber.
This pressure equalization chamber and diaphragm therefore
are formed as parts of the same scrubber assembly thus
producing a very compact unit which may be closely posi-
tioned relative to the lungs of the user and which may be disas-
sembled for replacement of the carbon dioxide scrubber car-
tridge as well as permitting visual inspection and/or repair of
other components of the device. Consult the specification for
other features and details.
A dry air filter and dust collector employing fabric cylinders
through which air is drawn from the outside to the inside. The
fabric cylinders are tensioned at the bottom and mounted to
permit shrinking and stretching of the fabric while maintaining
constant tension. At the same time means are provided for ap-
plying shaking movements to the bottom of the filter cylinders
to remove dust accumulation therefrom. A source of low pres-
sure air for the top of the fabric cylinder may oppose flow of
the air to be filtered so that the dust will not be held against
the fabric surface thereby.
3,710,554
WET COLLECTOR
Roger S. Brookman, East Aurora, N.Y., assignor to Dustex
Corp., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed March 1 5 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 23,969
InL CI. BOld 47/06
U.S. CI. 55-236 11 Claims
A wet collector comprising a housing having a primary
separator for removing relatively heavy particulate material
from a contaminated gas stream by means of centrifugal force
and a secondary separator including a hollow cylindrical
scrubbing element having a circular wall formed of a plurality
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
824
„r ,es.nc,ed passages for removing .he remaining par,icu,a,e .or is placed between a pressure release valve and ,he pressure
material from the gas. Liquid is discharged into the secondary
t^^^'
separator and is distnbuted over the wall of the scrubbing ele-
ment by the moving gas stream.
3,710,555
INCINERATOR EMISSIONS REDUCTION SYSTEM
Irving Domnitch, 80- 1 5 4 1 st Avenue, Elmhurst, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,906
Int. CI. BO Id 47/06
U.S. CI. 55-225 * ^'■''"
vessel to separate the entrained material from the escaping gas
and thereby protect the valve from damage.
3,710,557
AIR SAMPLING DEVICE
James C. Couchman, Fort Worth, Tex., and George W.
Applebav, Albuquerque, N. Mex., assignors to the United
States of America as represented by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission
Continuation of Ser. No. 33,752, May I, 1970, abandoned.
This application March 17, 1972, Ser. No. 235,785
Int. CI. BOld 35/26
U.S. CI. 55-270 10 Claims
Aasf— 3 I
A system for upgrading the quality of pollution control
within incinerators m which particulate emission is signifi-
cantlv reduced through automatic wet scrubbing of the smoke
to remove particulate and other harmful material before emis-
sion of the smoke into the air The system operates automati-
cally in the presence of smoke and is self-cleaning.
3,710,556
PROTECTED PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE
Robert O. Barratt, Parsippany, N.J., and John M. Connell,
MounUin Lakes, N.J., assignors to Foster Wheeler Corpora-
tion, Livingston, N.J.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,421
Int.CLB01d45//2
U.S.CL 55-210 2 Claims
Means to release excessive pressure in a pressure vessel
containing gas in which denser material is entrained. A separa-
An air sampling device including a sampling duct containing
a particulate filter and a venturi shroud surrounding the duct.
Flow tubes are provided for delivering high velocity air from
the venturi into the region behind the filter. Control jets in the
region of the venturi constriction enable the effect of the ven-
turi to be varied by the injection of pressurized air from an
auxiliary source such as an aircraft cabin or the utilization of
the siphon pumping action of the ventun.
3,710,558
SEPARATOR OF FLUID-SOLID MIXTURES
Friedhelm R. Feder, Whitehaven, Tenn., assignor to Wedco,
'^o^t^nuTti^-ln-part of Ser. No. 778,995, Nov. 26, 1968^
abandoned. This application Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,091
Int. CI. B04c 5104
U S CI 55—338 ^ Claims
System for separation of fluid-solid mixture from, for exam-
nle a mill The mixture is introduced into a fiuid-solid separa-
tor'having a horizontally disposed cylindrical body portion, a
tangential inlet adjacent one end of the body portion and an
outlet for separated solids adjacent the other end of the body
portion Suction means are mounted on the outlet end of the
body portion and the inlet of the suction means serves to
discharge the separated fluid from the horizontally disposed
separator. A sifter for the separated solids can be disposed
below the separator.
January 16, 1973
The separated fluid, containing some e
be introduced into a vertically disposed cyclone separator.
The solids separated in the vertically disposed cyclone separa-
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 825
ntrained solids, can position in which air is allowed to pass through the supplemen-
33 ^15
4 — '-/ — I ri
MILL (SOCKS
AIR IN WITH
FEEOl
tary inlet, and second position in which such supplementary
air flow is impeded.
tor can be recycled to the inlet of the horizontally disposed
separator. .
The use of a horizontally disposed separator according to
the inventor reduces the headroom required.
3,710,559
BAG HANGER
Dale K. Harris, and Louis R. Soulier, both of Monroe, La.,
assignors to Cities Service Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,755
Int. CI. BOld 46/02
U.S. a. 55-341 3 Claims
3,710,561
APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING SOLID PARTICLES
SUSPENDED IN A GASEOUS STREAM
Franco Garrone. Bologna, Italy, assignor to AMF Incorporated
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,214
Claims priority, application Italy. Dec. 24, 1969, 7536 A/69
Int. CLBOld 45/72
U.S.CL 55-429 » ^'"•"
sot
In this apparatus, a stream of gas having particles of dust is
subjected to a change of direction such as, for example, a 90
turn As the stream of gas is turned, the particles of dust which
are suspended in the gas, and being heavier than the gas. tend
to collect and form a lamina of dust particles along the inner
surface of the wall forming the outside curve of the turn
through the action of centrifugal force. The lamina of dust
particles is deflected out through an opening in the wall form-
ing the outside curve of the turn, and the clean air which is
positioned adjacent the inside curve of the turn is directed
passed the opening.
A bag filter having a plurality of bags contained in a bag
house One end of the bags is secured to openings in the bag
house floor and the other ends are suspended from an elon-
gated hanger plate located in the upper P^^. "f ^^'^ .^^^ 'j""'.^^
The plate is provided with slots at spaced intervals along its
length, and each slot extends from the edge of the plate
toward the center line thereof. Suspension rods attached to
the top of the bags extend upwardly, pass through the slots in
the hanger plate, and are selectively movable laterally into and
out of the slots. Springs rest on the P'f«-"^g%»he rods up-
wardly and thus maintain tension on the bags. For initial ir^
stallation or replacement of the bags, suspension rods can be
inserted in or removed from the slots in the plate, with the
springs in place, by firm lateral pressure on the rods.
3,710,560
AIR CLEANER
Gerald E. Maddocks, Chatham, OnUrlo, Canada, assignor to
Fram Corporation, East Providence, R.I.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,357
Int.CI.B01d27/0S
U.S. CI. 55-419 ^ 3CWms
Air cleaner with supplementary air inlet in housing cover
and second cover adjacent the first and movable between first
3,710,562
DUAL ELEMENT AIR FILTER
Malcolm S. McKenzle, Van Nuys, Calif., assignor to Sand-
master Company, Van Nuys, Calif.
Filed March 27, 1972, Ser. No. 238,424
Int. CLBOld 46/00
U.S.CL 55-487 6 Claims
T— ^■
A dual element, self cleaning air filter for cleaning exces-
sively dirty air. A base contains a central air ouUet nozzle and
826
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
retains a bracket which supports a cover in spaced relation
from the base. The cover includes a depending flange which
extendi in an adjacently spaced relation with respect to the
margin of the base. An outer, pleated paper-type filter and an
inner, resilient foam filter in mutually spaced concentric rela-
tion extend between and are positionally retained by the base
and the cover. An air inlet passage is defined between the de-
pending flange and the outer filter.
ERRATUM
For Class 55 — 473 see:
Patent No. 3,710,540
wherein a reel moves along a com row or rows, which reel is
compartmented, the periphery of which rotates at approxi-
mately the same linear speed of the machine as it travels over
the ground, so com tassels will be moved into a compartment
to the reel and grasped between a facing, between two of the
compartments of the reel, and a flexible elastomer belt so as
the reel continues to rotate, the tassel is pulled from the stalk
so as to disjoint the tassel from the stalk and carry the tassel,
within the compartment of the reel, to discharge the tassel for-
wardly by a blast of air directed into the compartments of the
reel when the compartments have moved to a position above a
horizontal plane passing medially through the axis of the reel.
3,710^63
ROTARY EDGER FOR USE WITH POWER DRIVEN
LAWN MOWER
Melvin Polette, 2223 WUding Drive, and George P. NeweU,
8101 Ellerton, both of Overland, Mo.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,984
Int. CI. AOld Ji/26
VS. CI. 56— 16.9 22 Claims
A rotary lawn mower having a motor, a housing, four
ground-engaging wheels, a horizontal blade for lawn mowing
and a vertical blade for edging. The edger blade is part of an
edger assembly mounted on the housing inside a front wheel
of the mower The edger assembly includes a subassembly
which is slidably mounted on the housing for vertical move-
ment into and out of an operative position. The edger as-
sembly also includes a vertically fixed subassembly including a
drive pulley, a clutch member rotatably mounted on the hous-
ing and a camming means for moving the vertically movable
part of the edger assembly downward into its operative posi-
tion and upward out of its operative position. The movable su-
bassembly includes a vertically extending drive shaft extend-
ing through the pulley and the first clutch member. A spring-
loaded second clutch member is slidably mounted on the shaft
above the first clutch member for engaging the first clutch
member when the movable assembly is moved downward. The
vertically movable subassembly also includes a gear box con-
necting the vertically extending drive shaft to a horizontally
extending drive shaft, the edger blade, blade guards, and a
guide blade extending ahead of the front mower wheel in sub-
stantially the same plane as the edger blade. The edger blade is
in the form of a star having alternate skewed sharpened for-
ward edges and straight blunt forward edges for respectively
cutting sod and breaking it out.
3,710,564
APPARATUS FOR PULLING TASSELS OUT OF CORN
STALKS
Albert L. Sammann, Route 3, Plinview, Tex.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,543
Int. CL AOld 43/02
U.S.CI. 56— 51 16 Claims
A self-propelled machine for movement along com rows to
pull the com tassel therefrom to prevent pollinization.
Provision is made to discharge the air from the compartments
of the reel downwardly so that the leaves of the com stalk will
be blown downward leaving the com tassel, which moves into
the compartments, free of leaves, thereby enabling the pulling
of the com tassel therefrom. Further provision is made to
regulate the height of the reel as well as the attitude of the reel
with respect to the terrain. The apparatus is provided with a
power drive system for driving the drive wheels for movement
over the terrain. A steering system is provided for steering the
device. Further provisions are made for tensioning the flexible
belt with respect to the compartmented reel to insure the
proper gripping action on the tassels.
3,710,565
ELASTIC TEXTURED YARN AND A PROCESS FOR ITS
PRODUCTION
Robert Schnegg; Karl-August Heinroth; Herbert Neumann;
Rudi Dauscher; Helmut Ohse, and Klaus Nickel, all of
Dormagen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Sept. 1 0, 1 970, Ser. No. 7 1 ,25 1
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 16, 1969, P 19
46 791.5 i
Int.CLD02g//02
U.S.CL57— 140R 6 Claims
An elastic, low-bulk, textured yam with a curl count of from
300 to 700 tums per meter, having altemating portions with S-
twist and Z-twist, of irregular length.
3,710,566
CLOCKWORK MOVEMENT SUPPORT
Isao Masuyama, 5075 Oaza Ishioka, Ishioka, Japan
Filed Oct. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 189,511
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 31, 1970, 45/95373
Int. CI. G04b 29/00
U.S. CI. 58—52 R 4 Claims
Miniaturized support for clockworks which have chain-
operated movements, wherein the front and rear plates of the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
827
clock can be made of small size and are joined to each other easily maintained gas turbine engine. Tubing is permanently
or semi-permanently bonded to the engine casing and the tub-
ing is terminated in a shear face pad which provides "plug in"
u f I «• o.^..,. ^«.« ^f ..,k;/~i, ;c c« or.n mounting pads for the controls and accessories,
by means of only a pair of stmts, one or which is so con- & t^
structed to surround the axle of the long hand of the clock.
3,710,567
CALENDAR WATCH W ITH ISOLATED HOUR HAND
CHANGING MEANS COMBINED WITH
SYNCHRONIZATION GEARING
Willy Cleusix, Bienne, Switzerland, assignor to OMEGA Louis
Brandt & Frere S.A., Bern, Switzerland
3,710,569
THREE-PHASE ENGINE APPARATUS
Clark I. Rinker, 1345 Oakes Boulevard, San Leandro, Calif.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,914
InL CI. F02c 5/00; F02g 3/02
Filedjan. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 220,966 U.S. CI. 60-39.61 - 10 Claims
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 9, 1971,
1870/71
U.S. CI. 58—58
Int. CI. G04b 79/24,27/00
2 Claims
15 '* "
'll"axC
A calendar watch showing the day of the month is combined
with an hour hand changing device for changing the hour hand
independently of the minute hand and includes a watch move-
ment driving the hour hand, the minute hand and a day of the
month indicator, the hour hand changing device being as-
sociated with the movement and including means for selec-
tively by-passing a driving gear of the movement and driving
the hour hand through an hour wheel which in turn drives a se-
ries of gears for operating the day of the month indicator so
that the hour hand and the day of the month indicator remain
synchronized to enable the indicator to change the day at mid-
night.
Engine apparatus operative to convert the chemical energy
of a combustible fuel into mechanical energy, and useful both
in propelling automotive vehicles and in other environments
in which conventional internal combustion engines have utili-
ty. The engine apparatus is divided into three operational
phases or modules which are generally independent of each
other, thereby permitting improvement in overall engine per-
formance both as respects efficiency or power delivery and as
respects more complete combustion of fuel and less noxious
exhaust emissions. The operational phases include a compres-
sion phase in which atmospheric air is compressed; a storage
phase in which the compressed fluids are held captive for sub-
sequent use; and a utilization phase in which the compressed
fluids (air and fuel at this point) are ignited to produce com-
bustion gases that are then used in application to a turbine
wheel or torque ring to produce output torque.
3,710,568
INTEGRAL TUBING AND/OR ELECTRICAL LEAD
SUPPORT AND MOUNTING PAD FOR GAS TURBINE
ENGINE CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES
Joe R. Rice, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,065
Int. CI. F02c 7/20
U.S. CL 60-39 J I R 14 Claims
A new tubing (or electrical lead) support is combined with a
new gas turbine engine control and accessory mounting pad,
which also serves to communicate fluids/electrical signals to
such controls and accessories to provide a more compact and
3,710,570
OIL HLM BEARING FOR CONVERTER ELEMENT
Sidney J. Audiffred, and Howard C. Steury, both of Washing-
ton, III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
Flkd Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,950
InLCLF16hJi/00
U.S. CI. 60—54 1 2 Claims
One of two relatively rotatable elements of a torque con-
verter is supported by an oil film bearing therebetween. In par-
828
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
ticular, the secondary pump element of a dual pump torque nozzle throat section is significantly lowered, and the fuel
converter is controllably slipped on the primary pump element reactants are preheated in improved manner. The disclosure
also relates to methods of fabricating and operating such en-
gines.
as supported by an oil film bearing and special axial retention
means including a friction clutch.
3,710,571
FLUID ACTUATORS
Peter M. Tracey, Crofts Place, Little Saxham, Bury St. Ed-
munds, England
Flkd Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,742
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 29, 1968,
56,858/68
Int. CI. F12b 7100, FOlb 19100
MS. CI. 60—54.5 R 25 Claims
25 I I ji
A fluid actuator is described in which the displaceable
member, e.g., a diaphragm or bellows, is bi-stable so that in a
system, e.g., an air pressure system, utilizing a pair of such ac-
tuators, the slave actuator can be maintained in either position
without requiring a force to maintain on the master actuator.
The bi-stable effect can be achieved by the resilience of the
bellows or diaphragm itself or by a separate spring.
3,710,573
HYDRAZINE MONOPROPELLANT PROCESS USING A
GAS GENERATING BED
Theodore N. Hubbuch, Florence; James A. Murfree, Jr.; Wil-
liam A. Duncan, both of Huntsvilie; Billy J. Sandlin, Athens,
and Henry A. Nappier, Lacey's Spring, all of Ala., assignors
to The United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of the Army
Filed July 5, 1967. Ser. No. 651,324
lnt.CI.C06d5/0.fJ.5//0
U.S. CI. 60—218 4 Claims
An adsorbent such as activated charcoal after adsorbing a
fluid such as dinitrogen tetroxide and placed into contact with
a reactive, exothermally decomposing monopropellant such as
hydrazine, generates sufficient heat to maintain the exother-
mal decomposition of the monopropellant.
3,710,572
THRUST CHAMBER
Frank R. Herud, WilliamsviUc, N.Y., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,758
Int.CI.F02k///00
U.S. CI. 60—204 1 2 Claims
A rocket engine thrust chamber comprising a combustion
chamber having its fuel inlet-mixing section and thrust nozzle
section formed of integrally interconnecting pyrolyzed gra-
phite filaments so oriented and extended that the fibers
thereof individually interconnect the thrust nozzle throat and
fuel inlet-mixing sections of the engine, and provide more ef-
fective heat conduction from the nozzle throat section to the
fuel inlet-mixing section. Accordingly, the temperature of the
3,710,574
FLUID DISTRIBUTION AND INJECTION SYSTEMS
Ronald K. Pearson, 10350 Vacco St., Hacienda Heights, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 578,275, Sept. 9, 1966, abandoned. This
application July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 870,957
Int. CI. F02k 9/02
U.S. CI. 60—258 6 Claims
/
yA>
^^^'^^
\T^
_ .,*.*^;s3rii
\
*v
H^f^^^^^^s^tw
I ^
iiJ
%f>
Apparatus for fluid distribution and injection within a
propulsive device, wherein a plurality of preformed lamina-
tions are stacked and bonded together to form an integral
structural shell having an interior surface defining a com-
bustion chamber and a nozzle throat, the interior surface hav-
ing discharge pores communicating with corresponding fluid
discharge channels within the shell.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
829
3 710 575 3,710,577
ROTARY PISTON INTe'rNa'l COMBUSTION ENGINE APPARATUS FOR CONFINING ^/LOATABLE LIQUH)
ESPECIALLY OF TROCHOIDAL CONSTRUCTION Neil Matheson 14 Sp.ndnft P«^ge. Corte M«ieni, Calif.
Heini Lamm, Esslingen-St Bernhardt, Germany, assignor to Filed Nov^l6, 1970 Ser. No. 89,818
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkhelm, Int CI. L02b 73/04
Germany U.S.CI.61-1F
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,990
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 12, 1969, P 19
46 218.1
Int.CI.F01ni//0,F02b75//0
U.S. CI. 60-298 25 Claims
6 Claims
J4 ' ' "
A rotary piston internal combustion engine, especially of
trochoidal construction, which includes an outlet channel
starting from an expansion space of the engine and an exhaust
pipe for the exhaust gases which is of double-walled construc-
tion either over its entire length or over a part of its length; the
annular space in the double-walled exhaust pipe is provided
with a feed for either air or a fuel-air mixture at its end op-
posite the outlet channel and is in communication by way of
one or several lines with the outlet channel or with the expan-
sion space in proximity to the outlet channel or with the interi-
or space of the exhaust pipe; the interior space of the exhaust
pipe is provided with guide plates producing a turbulence of
the mixture flowing through same.
3,710,576
DUAL CLUTCH FREE TURBINE ENGINE
Duane E. Evans, 2125 Wellington Drive, Peoria, III.; David A.
Tyler, 2225 N. Bigelow St., Peoria, 111., and Myron R. Gib-
son, Rural Route No. 1, Box 73, Edelstein, III.
ContinuaUon-in-pari of Ser. No. 777,278, Nov. 20, 1968,
abandoned. This application Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,546
Int. CI. F02c 9\00
U.S. CI. 60-39.03 1<» Claims
In apparatus for collecting and/or retaining a floatable
liquid such as oil on the surface of a body of water, an im-
proved barrier section comprising a pair of inflatable tubes,
one tube being connected intermediate a depending curtain
wall and the other tube, said one tube having a smaller cross
section than said other tube but sufficient buoyancy for sup-
porting both the curtain and other tube at positions below and
above the surface of the water, respectively; whereby the one
tube serves as a keel, pivotal rotation of said one tube bringing
said other tube into floating relation with the surface of the
body of water and changing the center of buoyancy to develop
corrective forces that maintain the barrier section in an
upright stable position.
In apparatus for collecting and retaining a floatable liquid
such as oil on the surface of a body of water, a towing as-
sembly for a floatable barrier, said assembly comprising a pair
of outboard buoyancy tanks and a towing bridle that stabilize
the floatable barrier and inhibit yaw, pitch and roll.
3,710,578
METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING FRAME FOR
RETAINING EARTH
Tamotsu Inoue, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Hirose Sted Indus-
trial Co., Ltd.. Osaka, Japan
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,075
Int. CI. E2 Id 7/00
U.S. CI. 61-41 R 3 Claims
A dual clutch free turbine engine and the control means
therefore wherein power transfer operates closed-loop on
gasifier turbine temperature and dynamic braking operates
closed-loop on power turbine speed and both operations are
accomplished through a dual clutch power transfer system. A
compressor blow-off through the heat exchanger takes place
in a modulated manner during dynamic braking.
Between each pair of wales horizontally supported on sheet-
pile walls in facing relationship, struts spaced apart in parallel
830
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
are provided to form an earth retaining frame. Each strut com-
prises a plurality of standard strut elements connected
together, a junction of which is forced apart by a hydraulic
jack which is interposed between the strut elements eccentri-
cally of the axis of the strut. In the space thus expanded
between the strut elements, an auxiliary strut element and a
screw jack are provided. The strut is formed of the standard
elements, auxiliary element and screw jack arranged in com-
bination in pressing contact with the wales against the earth
pressure.
3,710,579
PORTABLE COFFER DAM AND METHOD OF MAKING
Donald H. Kiilmer, 16940 Lenore, Detroit, Mich., and Paul P.
Zvonek, 25318 Harmon, St. Clair Shores, Mich.
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 142,971
Int.CI. E02b//00
U.S. CI. 61-46 7 Claims
A portable coffer dam consisting of a plurality of rings, each
ring consisting of a plurality of sections, each section compris-
ing a pair of side plates spaced by trusses, end plates, attaching
means, plastic foam filling between the plates, ballast and a
compressed air flotation element in the plastic foam, with ex-
haust and recompressing means on the flotation element,
together with sealing means between the sections and rings.
The method consists of fabricating the ring sections, foam-
ing them on land, floating them to the site and then assemblmg
the sections into rings on the site, lowering the rings into
stacked position by adjusting the flotation elements to form
the coffer dam.
3,710,580
MARINE PLATFORM FOUNDATION STRUCTURE
George E. Mott, MeUirie, La., assignor to Texaco Inc., New
York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,853
InL CI. B63b 21150; E02b / 7100
MS. CI. 6 1 -46.5 3 Claims
The structure extends upwardly from the floor of a body of
water to the surface, having the lower end operably connected
to anchor means disposed at the ocean floor. Said anchor
comprises one or more upstanding posts upon which the foun-
dation structure is slidably registered. The connection
therebetween permits the foundation structure to oscillate
through a limited degree about the anchor in response to dis-
placing forces, while maintaining said lower end horizontally
stationary.
3,710,581
TUBULAR CONSTRUCTION
Lip F. Wong, Richmond, Va., assignor to Reynolds Metals
Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,656
Int. CI. EOlg 5/06
U.S. CI. 61— 45 R 5 Claims
An improved tunnel construction is provided and comprises
a plurality of members each having a pair of spaced sides and a
pair of spaced parallel ends. Hook means is provided on each
of the sides and the members are arranged in a plurality of lon-
gitudinal rows with the hook means of each member being in-
terlocked with hook means of associated members and with
each pair of members in one row being arranged with as-
sociated ends in adjoining relation while being overlapped by
a single member of an adjoining row to define the major por-
tion of the tunnel construction having a pair of rows arranged
immediately adjacent each other. The pair of rows are
fastened together in an enclosed manner to define a substan-
tially cylindrical tunnel construction.
The invention relates to a marine platform foundation struc-
ture adapted ta support an operating deck at an offshore site.
3,710,582
UNIQUE SUBSEA STORAGE VESSEL AND UNIQUE
METHOD OF LOWERING SAME
Richard E. Hills, Coraopolis; John H. Adams, Pittsburgh;
Lloyd E. Anderson, Jr., Pittsburgh; Woodrow E. Bliss, Jr.,
Pittsburgh; Fred W. Hamren, Jr., Sewickley; Harry F.
Honath, Coraopolis, and John C. Murphy, Pittsburgh, all of
Pa., assignors to Pittsburgh-Des Moines Steel Company, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,798
Int CI. B65d 89110; E02b / 7100
U.S.CL61— 46.5 52 Claims
A subsea storage vessel and a method of lowering same
comprising, a roofed shell, at least one separate and indepen-
dent tank means carried by the roofed shell, means connected
with at least one of said tank means to control the amount of
liquid or other ballast therein to submerge the roofed shell,
said at least one tank means singly or in combination being in-
capable of statically floating the roofed shell with all gas
removed from beneath said roofed shell, auxiliary buoyancy
means carried by said roofed shell imparting buoyancy
thereto, said auxiliary buoyancy means alone being incapable
of statically floating the roofed shell with all gas removed from
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
831
beneath the roofed shell, said at least one tank means and said liquified gas has been transferred, gravity flow is stopped and
auxiliary buoyancy means together being of such size and pressure is equalized between the saddle tank and the con-
tainer to be filled. Thereafter, vapor from the contamer ffows
buoyancy as to statically float the roofed shell with all gas
removed from beneath the roofed shell.
3,710,583
SELF-PROPELLED TILING MACHINE
James C. Blackwell, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Bymco Cor-
poration, Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed July 6, 197 1, Ser. No. 159,850
InL CLE02f 5/02. E21d J/00
U.S.CL 61-72.1
9 Claims
r\^'*
into the supply tank causing liquified gas to flow from the sad-
dle tank into the container. After the container has received a
predetermined amount of liquified gas, liquid flow ends and
pressure is equalized between the supply and saddle tanks.
3,710,585
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVING
MOISTURE FROM A REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
Warren H. Dillenbeck, York, Pa.; Paul W. Muench, Medford
Lakes, N.J., and Elmo R. Walker, York, Pa., assignors to
Borg-Warner Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed April 7, 1971, Ser. No. 132,033
Int. CLF25b 4 7/00
U.S. CL 62-85 5 Claims
A tile laying machine which is adapted to roll on the bottom
of a pre-cut trench. The machine is self-propelled and has a
pair of front wheels and a pair of rear wheels rotatably
mounted to a frame. The wheels are spaced from the frame
and are supported by bearing means mounted to the frame.
Power cylinders mounted to the frame are operable to
rotatably drive the wheels. The power cylinders apply a
downward force increasing the traction of the wheels when
the machine sticks in the trench. A double walled enclosure m
cooperation with the wheels protect the operator within the
machine from cave-in dangers during the tile laying sequence.
The digging means positioned on the frame is operable to dig a
tile channel in the bottom of the trench. The tile dispensing
means mounted to the frame is operable to position tile sec-
tions in the channel in an interconnecting relationship.
3,710,584
LOW-LOSS CLOSED-LOOP SUPPLY SYSTEM FOR
TRANSFERRING LIQUIHED GAS FROM A LARGE
CONTAINER TO A SMALL CONTAINER
Kenneth R. Leonard, Boulder, Colo., assignor to Cryogenic En-
gineering Company, Denver, Colo.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,460
Int. CLFl 7c /i/00
U.S. CI. 62-54 30 Claims
A liquified gas is transferred from a supply tank to a saddle
tank by gravity flow. After a predetermined amount of the
An improved method and apparatus for purging moisture
from a refrigeration system includes means for withdrawing a
mixture of refrigerant vapor and moisture from the system,
removing moisture from this mixed stream and then rein-
troducing the dried vapor into said evaporator, all of said
operation taking place during a normal shutdown period of
said System.
3,710,586
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WITH FLUID
TRANSFORMER FOR CONTROLLING REGRIGERANT
FLOW
Wendell E. Maudlin, York, Pa., assignor to Borg-Warner Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,506
lnt.CI.F25b4//04
U.S.CL 62-216 9 Claims
By connecting the primary and secondary flow circuits of a
fluid transformer in different portions of a vapor compression
refrigeration cycle, the refrigerant flowing in the primary may
be used to control the refrigerant in the secondary and vice
versa. In the disclosed embodiment, condensed liquid
refrigerant expands in and drives the primary which in turn
transfers energy to the secondary circuit as compression work
832
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
to effect pumping of gaseous refrigerant through that circuit.
A constant volumetric flow ratio is maintained between the
flow rates in the two circuits, permitting the transformer to
serve as a metenng device to automatically meter the
refrigerant flow in the system under wide ranges of evaporator
3,710,588
AIR CONDITIONER WITH DISPOSABLE AIR FILTER
Miguel Martinez, 840 Zumbador St., Rio Piedras, P.R.
Filed Jan. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 217,348
Int. CI. F25d / 7104
U.S. CL 62— 317 10 Claims
Secondofy
inlet
Suction Line
Secondory / _^
Outlet - i — :
sy ^
Line ^-1 Fluid
^— jTronsformer z=\ L
'^, *=^.mary '° Pnmory Inlet V|_,qy,() [_,„«
Evoporoto' i4
heat loading and condenser temperature variation. During
very low ambient condenser temperatures, giving rise to cor-
respondingly low condenser head pressures, the primary and
secondary flow circuits interchange roles with the gaseous
refrigerant in the secondary now effecting pumping of the
liquid refngerant through the primary to the evaporator.
3,710,587
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A VEHICLE AIR-
CONDITIONER
Yoshimasa Hayashi. Kudencho-Danchi 4-201, No. 740,
Yokohama, Japan
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,518
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 13, 1969, 44/99854
Int.CI. F25b//00
U.S. CI. 62-230 13 Claims
•ecti.i»«'«"
■•»*o<.B , ««<riO" nmn»
Jim 1 '. "ULW 1 «»>»»*«! I
A roll of disposable filter sheeting is located at the upper
end of the air discharge side of the air conditioner chassis.
Two rolls of adhesive sheets are located at the lower end of the
discharge side. The filter is drawn down to cover the discharge
opening and out through a slot at the bottom of the chassis.
The adhesive sheets from the two rolls come into contact with
opposite sides of the filter as it comes out of the chassis and
cover the used filter portion, when said used portion is drawn
down to cover the discharge opening with a fresh, clean por-
tion of filter. The withdrawn piece of filter being covered on
both sides may be withdrawn and severed and disposed of
without dirtying the hands of the operator.
3,710,589
BOWL ASSEMBLY FOR CHILLING SALADS OR THE
LIKE
Gordon R. Brown, La Puente, and Margaret E. Michaiek,
Huntington Beach, both of Calif., assignors to All-Power
Manufacturing Co., Montebello, Calif., by said Brown
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,088
Int. CI. F25d 3108
U.S.CL 62-457 16 Claims
A control system for controlling the application of a driving
input to the compressor of a vehicle air-conditioner only when
the vehicle engine is producing sufficient extra power. The
control system is provided with detection devices that detect
at least two varying physical variables, such as engine speed
and intake manifold vacuum or pressure, that are related to
the power output of the engine. The physical variables thus
represent operating conditions of the engine and a control
signal is developed in dependence upon these operating condi-
tions for controlling application of engine power output to the
air-conditioner compressor only when engine operating condi-
tions obtain that are indicative of available excess power of
the engine for driving the compressor.
ss s? le 3^
A bowl assembly including a first bowl in which a salad or
the like is to be placed, and a second bowl within which the
first bowl is at least partially received, in a manner leaving a
space between the bowls for holding water which is to be
frozen to maintain the salad in chilled condition, and with in-
terfitting detents being provided on the two bowls for
releasably retaining them in assembled relation. The lower
bowl may also function when desired as a cover for the main
bowl, or alternatively a separate cover may be provided.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
833
3,710,590
REFRIGERANT COOLED OIL SYSTEM FOR A ROTARY
SCREW COMPRESSOR
Erich J. Kocher. Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Vilter Manufac-
turing Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,890
Int. CLF25b 43/02
U.S. CI. 62-468 6 Claims
of said carrier housing and having a facing surface to make
contact with the facing surface of said axially movable'
member for rotating same, said driver adapted to be con-
nected to a source of rotative power. The axially movable
member is adapted to move axially within said carrier housing
in a direction away from the driver when the carrier housing
rotation is arrested, such as when the object supported by the
carrier housing strikes an obstruction, so that the facing sur-
faces of said driver and said axially movable member are per-
mitted to slip with respect to each other.
A refrigeration system including a positive displacement ro-
tary screw compressor, a condenser, an evaporator, an oil
cooler and an oil separator including a sump connected in the
compressor discharge line. A pump for circulating oil from the
sump through the oil cooler to the compressor and a liquid
refrigerant bypass circuit including a pump for supplying
liquid refrigerant under pressure in heat exchange relation
with the lubricating oil in the oil cooler. The refrigerant
discharged from the oil cooler is directed through a desuper-
heating coil in the oil separator.
3,710,591
CLUTCH FOR USE IN THE PLUMBING FIELD
William C. Gore, Elgin, and Eugene B. Shapiro, Highland
Park, both of III., assignors to Beatrice Foods Company,
Skokie, 111.
, FlledFeb.8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,142
Int. CI. F16d 7/02
U.S. CI. 64-30 R 3 Claims
.0 .2 ?*
3,710,592
CROCHETING APPARATUS
Inez L. Scow, P.O. Box 312. Helena, Mont.
Continuation-in-pari of Ser. No. 729,803, May 16, 1968,
abandoned. This application July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,621
Int. CI. D04b 3100
U.S.CL66-1A 2 Claims
A crocheting frame wherein the frame has a base member
provided with a plurality of spaced holes, a pair of elongated
rods removably threaded into two of the holes, and a remova-
ble spacer member having slotted ends of a width sufficient to
resiliently grip the rods, the spacer member being freely slida-
ble along said rods and positionable at any selected distance
from said base member. Crocheting of hairpin lace and the
like on the frame comprises placing the spacer member a short
distance in from the free ends of the rods, making a stitch
between the spacer member and the free ends of the rods and
with the hook manipulated from one side of the frame, turning
the frame with the hook engaged and passed over a rod free
end, making a stitch from the other side, repeating the forego-
ing steps, repositioning the spacer member on the rods by slid-
ing the spacer member and work together away from the free
ends of the rod and by removing the spacer member and
replacing it closer to the free ends of the rods.
3,710,593
APPARATUS FOR MENDING KNITTED FABRICS
Michael A. Mariey, New Brunswkk, NJ., assignor to Mariey
Mend-More, Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,058
Int. CI. D04b 3100
U.S.CL66-1R 2 Claims
A power driven clutch comprising a carrier housing, the for-
ward end of which is adapted to be connected to an object to
be rotated, such as an auger, a screwdriver bit, a socket
wrench, or the like, said carrier housing having a bore adapted
to receive an axially movable member which is connected to
said carrier housing, said axially movable member having a
facing surface, and a driver member supported within the bore
28 '«* 4« 40^
Apparatus for mending snagged loops of knitted fabrics, in-
cluding a meYiding tool operated by reversible motor and a
834
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
work-supportmg mend.ng cup m which the switch controU ng
the motor is mounted on the mending cup and operable by the
operator's cup-holding hand. In a preferred ef^bod.ment a
separate main current control switch is mounted on the mend-
ing cup and .s automatically operable by the tilting of the
mending cup into working position.
3,710,594
DEVICE FOR THE SELECTION OF THE NEEDLES OR
KNITTING ACCESSORIES OF CIRCULAR KNITTING
MACHINES
Norbert Bourgeois, 10 Aube, France, assignor to Etudes et
Bonneterie S.A.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,396
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 5, 1969, 6926944
Int CI. D04b 75/75
IJ.S. CI. 66-50 R 1^'"""
response to the rotation or absence of rotation of the knitting
machine The components particularly, though illustratively,
described are storage feeders associated with knitting
machines whose operation is controlled so that their storage
drums are prevented from being routed when the knitting
machine is not in operation. Generator means or other electri-
cal means responsive to the condition of the knitting machine
energizes a solenoid which closes a normally open switch
separating the storage feeder from its power supply. When the
knitting machine is out of operation, the solenoid is de-ener-
gized and the normally open switch prevents power from
being supplied to the storage feeder.
3,710,596
INTURNED WELT
Roy D. Faigenbaum, Melrose Park, Pa., assignor to Faigen-
baum Machinery, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,218
Int. CI. D04b 9154
U.S. CI. 66-173 4 Claims
x^ /////////,
The needle jacks of a circular knitting machine each have
an integral elastically deformable tongue The jacks are
delivered, in an operative position with the tongues deformed,
to a electro-magnet which selectively holds the jacks in opera-
tive position against elastic urging of the tongues, whilst the
non-selected jacks are moved to an inoperative position by
elastic urging of the tongues. Downstream of the magnet, the
tongues of the selected jacks return to the undeformed state
without moving the selected jacks from the operative position
in which the actuating butts thereof cooperate with a raising
cam to move associated needles to a working position.
3,710,595
CONTROL MEANS FOR TEXTILE PRODUCING
MACHINES
Edward M. Tellerman, East Rockaway, N.Y., assignor to Stop-
Modoa Devices Corporation, PUlnvlew, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971. Ser. No. 169,205
IntCI.D04bi5/yO
U^. CI. 66-157 7 Claims
E?rn
A circularly knit two ply closed tubular intumed welt, hav-
ing starting and terminal courses of which the latter are the
courses of circularly knit multiple course spiral fabric and of
which the former has a course of transfer loops therein and
having a split transfer course to close the welt, the split
transfer course comprising a pair of segmental transfer cour-
ses - one of which is formed of half of the transfer loops of
the course thereof interlooped with, and secured to. stitches of
a corresponding half of one of a pair of equally spaced courses
of the multiple course fabric, and the other of which is formed
of the remaining half of the transfer loops of the course
thereof interlooped with, and secured to, stitches of a cor-
responding half of the other of the spaced pair of the courses
ofthe multiple course fabric.
The method of forming the above described inturned welt
on a multiple feed circular knitting machine wherein the
course of transfer loops is made at one of the feeds of the
machine and wherein the split transfer course is made at a pair
of equally spaced feeds of the machine, the first named feed
being one of the spaced pair of feeds.
A muluple feed circular knitting machine having a circle ot
needles and a circle of transfer jacks associated therewith, the
machine having means to form a course of knitting at one of
its feeds on the circle of needles during which loops of yam
are placed upon the transfer hooks, and having means to
transfer half the loops of yam from the transfer jacks to the
circle of needles at a second feed of the machine.
t
The disclosure relates to means for controlling the opera-
tion of components associated with a knitting machine, in
3,710,597
KNIT PILE FABRIC
Arnold W. Schmidt, Sarasota, Fla., assignor to Norwood Mills,
Inc., Janesville, Wis. .«„.,.,
Division of Ser. No. 835,1 55, June 20, 1969 Pat. No.
3 563 050, which is a division of Ser. No. 600,490, Dec. V,
1966, Pat. No. 3,501,812, which is a division of Ser. No.
332 227 Dec. 20, 1963, Pat. No. 3,299,672. This application
' ' Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,155
Int.CLD04b9//4
U.S. CI. 66-191 /C'*^'"'
A blended knit pile fabric having its pile arranged to simu-
late any natural fur design or in any other omamental design
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
835
of colors, which design is formed in the pile of the fabric dur-
ing the making or manufacturing of the fabric by varying the
physical characteristics of the fibers within each consecutive
pile bundle or element during the process of knitting. The pile
fabric is made by feeding a plurality of rovings or slivers of dis-
crete fibers into a blending region, blending together the fibers
tfS-.
from each of said rovings in the blending region, delivering
said blended fibers to a knitting region, knitting a base fabric
in said knitting region, removing bundles of fibers from said
blend of fibers, and incorporating the bundles into the base
fabric in the knitting region during the knitting of the base
fabric.
3,710,599
WARP KNIT COMBINATION ELASTIC FABRIC HAVING
INTEGRALLY KNIT TWO-WAY STRETCH AND ONE-
WAY STRETCH PORTIONS, AND METHOD OF MAKING
SUCH FABRIC
Louis Sarmiento, Hasbrouck Heights, N J., assignor to Interna-
tional Stretch Products, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 21,409, March 20, 1970. This
application Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,837
Int. CI. D04b 2im
U.S. CI. 66-193 7 Claims
3,710,598
METHOD OF KNITTING A PILE FABRIC ON A WARP
KNITTING MACHINE
Christian Wilkens, Beethovenstrasse 53, Offenbach am Main,
Germany
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,293
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 29, 1970, P 20
03 928.5
Int. CI. D04b 23m
U.S. CI. 66-192 8 Claims
A pile fabric is produced on a Raschel knitting machine
having one needle bed and three guide bars and swinging the
guide bars back and forth twice during the knitting of each
course by knitting a ground fabric from the threads of two
guide bars and by clamping two portions of each pile thread of
the third bar to each knitting needle by means of respective
threads from the two guide bars guiding the threads for the
ground fabric. Pile loops aje formed from the pile thread por-
tion between the clamping and the knock over edge of the
trick plate. Different types of ground fabric may be used, and
the pile threads may be secured to the ground fabric with or
without the use of a fall plate
The invention is directed to a combination elastic fabric of
warp knit construction, as distinguished from circular knit,
woven, etc., which is comprised of distinct but integrally
knitted portions having two-way elasticity and one-way
elasticity, respectively, and being characterized particularly
by the ability ofthe fabric to lay flat in its relaxed condition for
handling and cutting. In one of its most advanUgeous forms,
the new combination elastic fabric is constructed in the form
of a girdle fabric having a body portion of two-way elasticity
and selvedge portions of one-way elasticity. One selvedge por-
tion constitutes a waistband elastic, while the other selvedge
portion constitutes a leg band elastic. The thus integrally
knitted combination fabric may be conveniently handled, cut
and sewn to construct a girdle or panty girdle, realizing signifi-
cant economies relative to conventional manufacturing
processes.
The new combination fabric of the invention is charac-
terized by the fact that the different component portions of
the fabric can have significantly different characteristics of ex-
tensibility. For example, the selvedge portion may have a sig-
nificantly greater extensibility than the body portion and one
selvedge portion may have a significantly greater extensibility
than the other, as may be desired in the construction of a gar-
ment having waistband and leg band selvedges, for example.
The fabric of the invention incorporates elastic yams in its
construction. However, in each instance, the elastic yam is
laid in, rather than knitted in, to the fabric structure. In the
one-way stretch portions of the fabric, the elastic yams are
laid in across one needle space; in the two-way stretch por-
tions of the fabric, the elastic yams are either laid in across
more than one needle space, or a bidirectional stretch is
derived from a ground stitch extending across more than one
needle space. In addition, certain important relationships are
maintained between yam weights and knitting tensions, in
order to achieve the desired different degrees of extensibility
in the various component portions of the fabric, while, at the
same time, retaining the critically important ability of the
fabric to lay fiat in its relaxed condition. ,
836
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,600
SLOWDOWN CIRCUIT FOR TAPE TYPE WASHING
MACHINE CONTROL
Norvin L. Pellerin, New Orleans, La., assignor to Pdkrin Mil-
nor Corporation, Kenner, New Orleans, La.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,356
Int.CI.D06f3i/02
U.S. CI. 68-12 R 5 Claims
dye including an enclosure for the dyeing, means for continu-
ously drawing off a fraction of the bath, means for separatmg
the bath components, recycling means for reintroducmg the
separated portion into the bath, and regulaUng devices for
regulating the volume of the fraction drawn off from the en-
closure.
3,710,602
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
Robert W Wayman, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., and Howard C.
Wiemer, Muncle, Ind., assignors to Borg-Warner Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 772,298, Oct. 31, 1968, Pat. No.
3 635,023. This application May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,402
Int.CI.F16d5//06.D06f 2 J/04
U.S.CL 68-23.7 9 Claims
A cleaning machine controlled by the passage of a slotted
insulating tape between a conductive surface and conductive
fingers connected in a plurality of individual control circuits
so that when a slot passes under a finger, the circuit through
that finger is closed One of these circuits is connected to
slow-down the speed at which the tape is advanced whenever
the passage of one of said slots beneath the finger m said one
circuit causes that circuit to close, thus increasing the length
of time that any circuit closed by a slot parallel to said one slot
remains closed.
3,710,601
INSTALLATION FOR TREATMENT OF TEXTILE
MATERIALS
Remy Blanc, Lyon; Alain Chapuls, Saint-CIair eu Rhone, and
Pierre Gagne, VUleurbanne, all of France, assignors to Sol-
tex, Paris, France
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 140,836
Claims priority, application France, May 15, 1970, 7017741
Int.CI.D06f4i/0S
U.S.CI.68-18C 11 Claims
e3
3 _ ''
n^.
w < ,,
'tt
^3IE
" -^
'JS
It
fe;.#^
A hydraulic transmission for independently driving an agita-
tor motor and a spin mechanism of an automatic washing
machine with control mechanism for independently con-
trolling the speed of each by using a manually adjustable ro-
tary valve to establish the size of a variable size orifice in the
nuid exhaust line from the agitator motor and the spin
mechanism to control the speed of same The rotary valves are
positioned in a stationary portion of the transmission to pro-
vide for connection to the manual adjustment means.
Apparatus for the treatment of textile materials in a bath,
such as a dyeing bath containing solvents and diluents for the
3,710,603
KEY OPERABLE PADLOCK WITH ROTATABLE SEAL
FOR PLUG
Harry C. Miller, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Sargent & Green-
leaf, Inc., Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 184^21
Int. CI. E05b 67/24
\}S CI 70-38 A *' ^^"^^
A "high secunty padlock having a padlock casing and a
generally U-shaped shackle. The casing has a central bore
located between the sockets to receive and removably house a
key lock plug, operable by a key slot in the bottom of the
padlock body A sealing cover member forms an upper clo-
sure for the Lc above the plug and includes a pair of concave
recesses which nomially interfit with surface portions of the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
837
shackle legs and also includes interlock means displaced angu-
larly from these recesses to interlock with the main body por-
a slot for receiving a length of the fastening member, one or
more magnetically engageable locking tabs, and compressible
elastic means for projecting the locking tabs into the receiving
slot for preventing the removal of the fastening member. In a
preferred arrangement, the Ubs include cam surfaces so that
they are forced out of the receiving slot as the fastening
member is forced toward the locking position. When the rod
tion when either of the shackle legs are located in their as-
sociated sockets in the padlock body.
3,710,604
DOOR LATCHING APPARATUS
Herman Cillick, 82 Roundtop Road, Warren Township,
Somerset County, N J.
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,091
Int. CI. E05b 55100; EOSc 1106
U.S. CI. 70— 141
reaches the locking position, it no longer contacts the tabs and
the tabs spring back into the slot, locking the rod in position.
The rod can be removed by a suitable arrangement of magnets
for retracting the locking tabs from the slot. In addition, the
bottom layer of the slot can include a layer of compressible
elastic material for springing the rod from the locking position
when the locking tabs are retracted.
3,710,606
LOCKING DEVICE FOR CAR STICK SHIFT
Ernest A. Prince, 231 Wood Street, Rutherford, N J.
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,171
Int. CI. B60r 25106, G05g 5100
13 Claims U.S.CL 70-203
3 Claims
1 37 ii — "
tf»-A
»^^^Vv^^^^■-^^\^v^^^^^^^^K^^^^Ws^^^<^^^^'^^^^^s's^-^:;^??^
I7b »-
Door latching apparatus includes a cylinder lock having a
translatable rod. a spring-loaded dead bolt and linkage means
coupling the rod to the dead bolt to cause alternate retractipn
and extension of the bolt in response to operation of the lock.
The linkage means includes a reverse-curve arm pivotally
mounted between, and pivotally connected to, the rod and to
a push-button having an inclined surface adapted to urge
against a corresponding inclined surface of the dead bolt. The
lock is rendered substantially pick-proof by the inclusion
therein of a bifurcated plug having separate and independent
inner and outer portions.
3,710,605
KEYLESS ROD LOCKING DEVICE
Emmanuel M. Trikllis, 3122 West Boulevard, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,601
Int. CI. A44b 9/18, EOSb 47/00
U.S. CI. 70-196 2 Claims
A lock fastening device comprises a pivotally mountable
fastening rod or member and a retaining mechanism including
A device for locking a hand operated shift which has a
movable shift stick of a type which is located on a central
panel in the driver's compartment between the two seats in-
cludes a cylinder member which fits over the handle portion of
the stick shift at a location to enclose a movable release but-
ton. The release button must be depressed in order to move
the stick shift from one gear position to another. The locking
device includes an opening or slot in the tubular member
which covers the handle part and it extends on the other side
of the stick. It includes top portions bounding the slot with a
lock shank receiving opening so that the lock shank may block
the slot to keep the locking cylinder from being dislodged
from a position blocking the movement of the release button.
3,710,607
MOBILE METAL FORMING MACHINE FOR SIDING
Glen E. Beymer, 83363 North Enterprise, Creswell. Oreg.
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,264
Int. CI. B30b 15/00; B21b 1 100
U.S. CI. 72-30 * Claims
A machine for the production of metal siding for buildings is
disclosed as being supported by a mobile base for travel of the
838
machme to a job site. Sheet stock, in ^^'J. /^^J' '^..f/J'^^^,^
the machine and travels through a plurahty of rolls to shape
marlal areas of the sheet stock mto s.d.ng configurafon^
RoTelements for natten.ng of the metals -argmal areas are
provided wh.le additionally rotatmg dies punch said marginal
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
in response to the movements of a hydraulic ram. The hydrau-
lic rarnis mounted in the middle of the toggle mechanism so as
to apply longitudinally balanced forces to the toggle
mechanism and thereby to equalize the distribution of forces
in the structure when the tube forming members are pressed
areas for "weep" holes and nailing openings. A saw table sup-
ports the siding produced and includes a guideway for a saw
which may cut either square or beveled ends on the siding.
Electrical switch controls may be set to automatically stop the
machine after a desired length of siding has been produced.
.-fcsr^r^v^^T'^yv^
aeainst opposing interior surfaces of the tube. The upper tube
forming member is rigidly attached at one end to a supporting
column and the lower tube forming member is slidably a^
tached at one end to the supporting column so that it can be
raised and lowered by the toggle mechanism to vary the spac-
ing between the two tube forming members.
3,710,608
METHOD FOR HEATING UNFINISHED TELLURIUM-
CONTAINING STEEL ARTICLES BEFORE HOT
ROLLING
Ronald D. Hentz, Crown Point, Ind., and Gary W. Henger,
Homewood, III., assignors to Inland Steel Company,
Chicago, III. „. .,0,
FUed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,282
Int. CI. B2 lb 9/00; B2ld 3 1 100
U,S. CI. 72-38 9 Claims
3,710,610
WIRE TERMINAL CRIMPING TOOL
WiUiam S. McCaughey, Naperville, III., assignor
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Oak Brook, Del.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,688
Int. CI. B21d 9/05
U.S. CI. 72-410
to The
4 Claims
Heating tellurium-containing steel billets, before hot rolling,
by moving the billets along a path in a furnace having an ox-
idizing atmosphere Providing and maintaining a gas blanket
around the billets to protect them from surface oxidation
along the hotter portions of the path. Combusting the blanket
gas af a cooler portion of the path before the gas is exhausted
from the furnace.
• I
3,710,609
TUBE SHAPING DEVICE
CecU H Jones, 153 West Glencrest Drive, Mankato, Minn.
FUed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,848
IntCKB21di//04
U.S. CI. 72-392 ^ »0 Claims
Two longitudinal tube forming members are dimensioned to
fit within the intenor of a hollow tube and to impress a
predetermined cross-sectional shape on the tube when they
are pressed against opposing interior surfaces thereof The
tube forming members are joined together in substantially
parallel relationship by a symmetrical toggle mechanism
which vanes the spacing between the tube forming members
Tool for attachment of terminals to pre-stripped wires pro-
vides a combination crimping and shearing anvil, two crimp
dies which are sequentially sh.ftable relative to the anvd and a
shear blade actuator movable into operaUve relat on with the
shearing member of the anvil. A group of terminals, joined by
all imegral carrier, is manually advanced through a magazine
S Lifion the leading terminal between the dies and anv.K
^e^magazine confines only the end of the terminal which is to
be attached to the wire, and thus permits any desired size o
^nfo^atfoi of the other end. The pliers-handles of the too
are heW in one hand while the wire, held by the other hand, is
fnLrted between the die and anvil members and against a wire
rp Squeezing the handles moves the two dies in sequence
a^d the actuator, toward the anvil, crimping the terminal 1 )
^to the wire. (2) onto the insulation, and (3) shearing the
°e,^ina! from the carrier. A lever on a screw interposed
™en the slide block and the dies permits selection of the
dcTcl of closure between the dies and anvil, to achieve
proper crimp on predetermined wire size ranges.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
839
3,710,611
TERMINAL LOCATOR FOR CRIMPING TOOL
George J. Filia, Shelton. Conn., assignor to Sargent & Com-
pany, New Haven, Conn.
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,052
Int.Cl.B21d9/0«
U.S. CI. 72-410 10 Claims
a float in a liquid container and operates signal controls
through a non magnetic wall. An open topped pan having a
drain opening is attached to the magnet/float assembly and an
auxiliary liquid supply is provided for depositing liquid into
the pan at a rate greater than that at which it can drain out of
the pan. When the pan contains liquid the float is dunked
below the liquid in the container so that the magnet operates
the signal controls for test purposes.
3,710,613
FLOAT OPERATED SIGNALLING DEVICE
Robert Innes, Beaconsfield, Buckinghamshire, and Ernest Al-
bert Morrison, Gerrards Cross, both of England, assignors
to Roland Trist Controls Limited, Slough, Buckinghamshire,
England
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,444
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 8, 1970,
22,396/70
Int. CI. G08b 29/00. GOl 125/00
U.S.CI.73-1R 9 Claims
This specification discloses a crimping tool for attaching a
terminal to an insulated conductor and which tool includes a
terminal locator which accurately positions the terminal rela-
tive to the dies of the tool. A terminal with which the tool is in-
tended for use includes a tubular end portion terminating in a
pair of opposed notches spaced from the terminal end. A pair
of nanges upstand from the terminal on the sides of the
notches remote from the tubular portion. These notches are
used in locating the terminal relative to the crimping dies. The
locator consists of a slide that is mounted on the outer face of
a law of the tool and has an inclined tongue that is adapted to
be fitted in the notches in the terminal. The slide is maintained
against the jaw face by a spring and is biased to an effective
position by an expansion coil spring mounted at the lower
edgeof the jaw.
3,710,612
FLOAT OPERATED SIGNALLING DEVICE
Robert Innes, Beaconsfield. and Ernest Albert Morrison, Ger-
rards Cross, both of England, assignors to Roland Trist Con-
trols Limited, Slough, Buckinghamshire, England
Filed April 26. 1971, Ser. No. 137,443
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, May 8, 1970,
22,397/70
Int. CI. GOH 25/00
U.S.CI.73-1R 'Claims
The invention is concerned with a float operated signalling
device in which a magnet follows the movement of a float in a
closed liquid container, the magnet reciprocating in a non
magnetic tube through which it operates signal controls. An
auxiliary liquid supply is connected to the tube for providing a
temporary hydraulic pressure differential across the piston or
a part attached to the piston so that the float is dunked below
the liquid level and the magnet operates the signal controls for
test purposes.
The invention is concerned with a float operated signalling
device of the kind in which a magnet follows the movement of
3,710,614
HIGH PRECISION WIDE DYNAMIC RANGE VISCOUS
LOSS MEASURING APPARATUS
Hans R. Oppliger, Piscataway. N J., assignor to National MeUl
and Refining Company, Inc., Edison, N J.
Filed Sept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 178,965
Int.Cl.G01n////6
U.S. CI. 73—59 ^ Claims
A viscosity measuring system especially useful in pollution
and chemical process control applications. A variable gain
amplifier drives a magnetic coil which causes a vibratory
member to oscillate. The amplitude of the oscillations is
sensed as an AC voltage by a transducer, and converted to a
DC voltage by an amplitude monitoring circuit. The DC voU-
age. which represents the instantaneous amplitude of
mechanical oscillation, is compared to a reference DC voltage
which represents the desired amplitude of oscillation. The
resulting error signal is utilized to control the gain of the am-
plifier in such a manner that the amplitude of mechanical
oscillation is maintained consUnt and equal to the desired am-
plitude over a wide range of viscous loss. The viscosity of the
fluid in which the torsion member is immersed is derived from
an output signal which is a measure of the power provided by
906 O.G.— 31
840
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
the amplifier to the magnetic coil in order to maintain the
desired constant amplitude of oscillation. Preferably, the out-
put signal is obtained from the voltage developed across a re-
sistor in serieiA'ith the magnetic coil.
The outp"signal so obtained is compared to a signal
derived from the AC voltage sensed by the transducer, the
a-S viscous" "I
,_ _ FLUID I
"V^
OSCiu.*TD*rr
, , MEMBER Ij
^^3=1 — cir
^^
OPERATIC NAL
HtCTlFIER
*ND
LOW MS5
FILTER
SQUARING
4MPL
DISPLAY
AND/OH
RECORDING
DEVICE
ticulate matter to obtain a resultant voltage representing the
concentration of the selected matter. This resultant voltage
may be utilized to drive a meter or recorder for displaying
concentration and/or an alarm for signalling a critical concen-
tration. One disclosed embodiment of the invention is a single
frequency system for use in applications where the medium
contains only the selected particulate matter to be detected
and employs an external reference voltage source. A second
disclosed embodiment is a multiple frequency system for use
where the medium contains more than one particulate matter
and utilizes a transducer output as a reference voltage. A pri-
mary application of the invention involves measuring the con-
centration of oil in water.
3,710,616
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR STRESS CRACK
RESISTANCE TESTING
Vernon J. Smith, and Ben W. Heinemeyer, both of Lake
Jackson, Tex., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,731
Int. CI. GOlb 7//6, GOln 3120
U.S. CI. 73—88 R 1 > Claims
signals being compared being arranged to be equal when the
torsion member oscillates in air. The difference signal result-
ing from the comparison is a measure of the fluid viscosity, the
difference signal being relatively insensitive to electrical noise
and to small variations in the electrical parameters of the mea-
suring system.
3,710,615
ACOUSTIC PARTICLE CONCENTRATION MEASURING
INSTRUMENT AND METHOD
Robert L. Johnson, Marina Del Rey; Kenneth R. Overoye, and
Pravin G. Bhuta, both of Torrence, all of Calif., assignors to
TRW Inc., Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 127,872
Int. CI. GOln 29/02
U.S. CI. 73—6 1 R 13 Claims
ivw-WMV/Av^a
CHART
RECORDER
rJ-|~ VOLT
1
L- ALA
DC OFF
SET vOLTAGEl 26
-1 — 38
ALARM
■7—
Apparatus and method for stress crack resistance testing of
plastic articles wherein a weighted rod stresses the plastic arti-
cle in contact with a stress crack agent and an electrically con-
ductive liquid until the liquid penetrates the stress cracks
which appear. The liquid closes an electric circuit and the
signal thus developed is recorded as a function of time.
11
3,710,617
MEANS FOR FLEXIBLY SUPPORTING AN EDUCTOR
TLBE USED IN TESTING JET ENGINES
Ronald E. Andersen, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Central
Engineering Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,625
Int. CI. GO Im/ 5/00
U.S.CL73-116 6 Claims
jSiii]
A liquid or solid medium is acoustically examined to detect
or measure the concentration of a selected entrained particle
matter of different acoustic impedance than the medium and
given average particle size by transmitting through the medi-
um to acoustic transducer means acoustic wave energy of a
selected frequency such that the wave energy is attenuated by
scattering and diffraction by all the constituents of the medi-
um down to and including the particle size of the selected
matter, and comparing the transducer output voltage
produced by the incident wave energy with a reference trans-
ducer output voltage produced by acoustic wave energy which
is attenuated by all the constituents except the selected par-
An eductor system consists of an augmentor tube, with a
suitable termination which may be a blast tube. Each tube has
one end thereof fixedly anchored and has its other end free to
move due to thermal expansion with respect to the first end.
Four flexible or resilient plates extend downwardly from a pair
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
841
of overhead structural beams, the lower ends of the flexible
plates being fixedly attached to flanges encircling the tube. In
this way, the tube is supported by the flexible plates, yet it is
free to expand longitudinally due to the hot gases flowing
therethrough. Also, the plates, together with the beams and
the way they are mounted, appreciably lessen any tendency
for the basket to vibrate vertically or horizontally.
dynamometer so that the working fluid is a mixture of air and
water.
3,710,618
TORQUE SENSING INSTRUMENTS
Armin B. Pagel, JanesvtIle, Wis., assignor to Carlin Corpora-
tion, Beloit, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 32,218, April 27, 1970,
abandoned. This application Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,359
Int.CI.GOIIi/04
U.S.CI.73-136A 29 Claims
3,710,620
TESTING OF PHOSPHOR BRONZES
Edward Peter Brandeau; Quentin Roosevelt Chaffee, and
Robert Lewis Gitt, all of Winston-Salem. N.C., assignors to
AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,814
Int. CI. GOln 53/20
U.S. CI. 73-159 3 Claims
An improved torque sensing unit of simplified construction
comprises a torsion shaft provided with a plurality of radial
reference members projecting into corresponding rad!al holes
in a tubular sleeve member supported at one end by the tor-
sion shaft in concentric relation thereto. Torsional stress in the
shaft is determined, preferably by pneumatic gaging means, by
measuring the tangential displacement of the reference mem-
bers relative to adjacent tangentially adjustable reference sur-
faces located within the radial holes in the sleeve member.
Various novel construction features provide a simple and very
rugged unit of compact symmetrical configuration that is
highly resistant to error inducing influences. Of particular im-
portance are the novel means employed to isolate connecting
joints between different elements of the unit from torsional
forces to prevent such forces from producing relative move-
ment between the mating surfaces of those joints.
3,710,619
AIR DYNAMOMETER HAVING WATER INJECTION
SPRAY NOZZLES
John W. McClure, Charleston, S.C, assignor to Arco Corpora-,
tlon, Charleston, S.C.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,803
lnt.CI.GOlli/20
U.S. a. 73-134 5 Claims
The invention is predicated on the discovery that phosphor
bronze strip may or may not have a thin coating of an oxide
thereon which is formed during annealing of the strip. Coat-
ing, when present, substantially reduces die life when preci-
sion stamped and formed parts are being made from the strip.
Coating is not detectable by previously known quality con-
trols. Method is disclosed for determination of the presence or
absence of the coating and, therefore, the suiubility of a given
lot of phosphor bronze strip for the manufacture of stamped
and formed parts.
The range of operation of an air dynamometer used as a
power absorption device in testing prime movers such as elec-
tric motors, gas turbines and internal combustion engines is
improved by injecting a water spray into the air inlet of the air
3,710,621
SING-AROUND TYPE ULTRASONIC MEASURING
INSTRUMENT
Hidekazu Asada, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kahushikikaisha
Tokyo Keiki, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,862
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 10, 1970, 45/1 1261
int. CI. GOlf 1100; GOlp 5/00
U.S.CI.73— 194A 3 Claims
A sing-around type ultrasonic measuring instrument having
an ultrasonic transmitter and an ultrasonic receiver, a receiv-
ing amplifier circuit, and a transmitter circuit, in which the
amplitude of a received signal derived from the receiving am-
plifier circuit is detected to produce an automatic gain control
signal for automatically stabilizing the amplitude of the
received signal and a signal to be transmitted from the trans-
mitter is delayed for a fixed period of time relative to the
received signal.
842
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,622
VISCOSITY COMPENSATED DUAL ROTOR TURBINE
FLOWMETER
Jack Hammond, and Charles L. Boyd, both of Duncan, Okla.,
assignors to Halliburton Company, Duncan, Okla.
Continuation of Ser. No. 859,743, Sept. 22, 1969. abandoned!
This application Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,465
Int.CI.GOlf ///O
U.S.CL 73-231 R 21 Claims
3,710,624
METER VOLUME COMPENSATING MECHANISM
Carl J. Kugler, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to The Singer Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 206,298
Int.CI.GOlf 75/04
U.S. CI. 73-233 7 Claims
Method and apparatus for the electronic compensation for
the effects of viscosity in turbine flowmeters in which the dif-
ference between the frequencies of the digital output signals
from a magnetic detector associated with each of two rotors
having substantially the same water calibration constant and
similarly shaped frequency to kinematic viscosity ratio curves
is either subtracted from or added to the lesser of the two out-
put signal frequencies or substracted from the greater of the
two output signal frequencies, depending on the value of the
ratio of frequency to kinematic viscosity, and appropriately
scaled for direct reading.
c
3,710,623
MAGNETIC PICKUP ELEMENT ADAPTER FOR
FLOWMETERS
Charles L. Boyd, Duncan, Okla., and James D. Roach, Yuma,
Ariz., assignors to Halliburton Company, Duncan, Okla.
Division of Ser. No. 881,493, Dec. 2, 1969. This application
Jan. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 219,396
Int.CI.G01f//05
U.S.CI.73— 231 R 1 Claim
WT
A meter volume compensating mechanism having a frus-
trum with three angles on the surface thereof The meter
volume compensating mechanism includes a temperature sen-
sor, the expansion of which varies nonlinearly between dif-
ferent ranges of temperature; for example; having one rate of
expansion above SOT and another rate of expansion below
SOT. The three -surfaced frustrum approximates a curved sur-
face and offsets the nonlinear expansion of the sensor, per-
mitting the corrected flow measurement to be within plus or
minus one percent ( I percent).
3,710,625
MINIATURIZED AUTOMATIC DECOMPRESSION
METERS
Marcus P. Borom, and Lyman A. Johnson, both of Schenec-
tady, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company, Schenec-
tady, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 181,106
Int. CI. GO II 7/00
U.S. CI. 73—432 R 6 Claims
A decompression meter in which a permselective mem-
brane is used to simulate gas uptake and release by a diver's
body tissues is miniaturized by filling the bourdon tube gauge
chamber with liquid and providing a time-constant gas
chamber between the ambient-pressure gas chamber and the
gauge chamber.
A method and apparatus are provided for reducing the non-
linear readout characteristics of such magnetic sensing and
measuring devices as turbine type flowmeters. An adapter
bushing is used to mount an electromagnetic pickup element
within a turbine type flowmeter. The body of the meter into
which the pickup element is mounted consists of a material
having a low permeability, while the adapter consists of a fer-
romagnetic material having a high permeability. In operation,
the electromagnetic pickup element is disposed within the
body of the device adjacent a moving member which is to be
monitored. The surrounding adapter functions to shape the
flux lines generated by the pickup element into a path having a
low flux density in the area adjacent the moving member
which low density, in turn, reduces the magnetic drag on such
member.
3,710,626
DEVICE FOR SAMPLE INJECTION IN GAS
CHROMATOGRAPHS
Eginhard, Otte, 777 Uberlingen; Gisela Schwenger, 775 Con-
stance Wollmatingen, and Willi Schwenkel, 7777 Un-
tenihldingen, all of Germany, assignors to Bodenseewerk
Perkin-Elmer & Co. GmbH, Ueberllngen/Bodensee, Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 193,395
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 11, 1970, P 20
54 426.7
Iat.a.G01n//22
U.S. CI. 73-422 GC « Claims
In prior sample introduction systems for a gas chromato-
graph of the type where sealed sample vessels are inserted by a
January 16, 1973
cartridge-like plunger and the vessel is then opened within the
inlet to the chromatograph to release the sample, the earner
gas flow "collapses" whenever the cartridge-like plunger is
withdrawn since the system is opened to atmosphere. The car-
rier gas flow controller requires a long time to build up normal
now again, and also air is allowed to enter the carrier gas
system. To eliminate these problems a gate is included in the
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
843
justable brushes connected in a circuit including a meter and
respective selectable magnetic transducer assemblies
mounted on the supporting frame and having cooperating
movable signal generating elements secured to the carnage, to
thereby generate signals corresponding to the horizontal for-
ward and rearward excursions of the carriage caused by un-
balance of the wheels as the wheel and axle assembly rotates
The bmshes can be adjusted so that their phase positions cor-
respond with that of the forward and rearward excursions, and
so that the degree of adjustment, measured on an angle scale,
provides information to establish the angular location for
securing balancing weights on the wheels.
inlet section which closes off the path to atmosphere before
the carrier gas system is connected to this gate. As the car-
tridge plunger closes off the atmospheric end of this gate, a "-
dummy" piston moves along with the cartridge to open a
volume equal to the volume displaced by the advancing car-
tridge, so that no pump action occurs. Preferably the gate is
filled with carrier gas as the plunger is inserted to avoid in-
troduction of air into the system.
3,710,628
PORTABLE AUTOMATIC PIPE TESTING MACHINE
Herbert D. Horton, Box 6434, Odessa, Tex.
Filed May 25, 1971, Ser. No. 146,637
Int.CI.GOlmi/04
U.S.CL 73-49.5 7 Claims
»S as 2«
3,710,627
GYROSCOPIC- ACTION DYNAMIC BALANCER
Albert J. Trahan, 1717 5th Street, Lake Charles, La.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,807
Int.CI.G01m//22
U.S.CL 73-464 13 Claims
//'
A portable automatic pipe testing machine compnsing a
longitudinally disposed main frame having pipe engaging
spaced apart arms attached thereto. Each arm has a claw
located at one extremity thereof and the remaining end por-
tion of each arm is pivotally attached to the frame. Spaced
apart rotating heads are adapted to move towards and away
from each other, longitudinally of the frame, to permit en-
gagement with the terminal ends of the longitudinally disposed
pipe which is to be tested. A source of pressunzed fluid is
adapted to flow into and out of at least one of the heads so as
to hydrostatically test the interior of the pipe.
The arms are arranged with respect to spaced apart pipe
racks so as to enable the claw to be moved by the arm in a
manner to engage a pipe on one rack, and to transfer the pipe
into a location respective to the machine which enables each
of the heads to be attached thereto. After the pipe has been
tested the heads are unfastened from the terminal ends of the
pipe, and the claw then releases the pipe, where it moves by
gravity onto the other pipe rack.
A dynamic balancer for a wheel and axle assembly consist-
ing of an upstanding supporting frame in which a rectangular
swingable axle-bearing carriage is suspended by four flexible
comer cables. The carriage can be clamped to pivot on a verti-
cal axis beneath either wheel so as to allow the respective
wheels to be separately balanced. A drive motor is coupled to
a double wheel and axle assembly joumaled on the carnage
through a shaft including a two-segment wave rectification
commutator engaged by diametrically opposite angulariy ad-
3,710,629
THREE-AXIS ACCELEROMETER
Waclaw WojtulewIcz, Paterson, NJ., assignor to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,239
IntCI.GOlp/5/05
U.S. a. 73-510 7 Claims
An accelerometer wherein proofmass means is adapted for
movement with respect to three coordinate axes in response to
^44
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
acceleration along the axes. A signal is generated in response
to the movement for providing a readout proportional to ac-
3,710,631
ROTARY MOTION APPARATUS
Dean E. Gladow, Albuquerque, N. Mex., assignor to Rolamite,
San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,655
Int. CI. F16h 27/02
U.S. CI. 74-89.2 20 Claims
celeration, and for restoring the proofmass means to a null
position.
Apparatus for transmitting rotary motion from an input
member to an output member, both of which rotate about a
common axis. A roller is mounted on a guide surface concen-
tric with the central axis and the roller is retained by a thm
flexible band as it rolls along the guide surface. The roller acts
as a planetary and is connected between the input and output
members. Relative sizes of the roller and input and output
members can be selected to provide any desired amount of ro-
tary motion reduction or amplification, including high degrees
of amplifications not readily accomplished by other means.
3,710,630
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM HAVING A
SHOCK PREVENTING FUNCTION IN GEAR SHIFTING
Masaharu Sumiyoshi, Toyota; Shigeru Sakakibara, Aichi-ken;
Osamu Ito, Toyota; Hisato Wakamatsu, Kariya, and
Takaaki Kato, Toyohashi, all o( Japan, assignors to Toyota
Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota-shi and Nippon-
denso Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,513
Claims priority, application Japan. July 18, 1969, 44/57185
Int. CI. F16h 5142.47100; B60k 2//00
U.S.CI.74-752A 5 Claims
3,710,632
LINEAR ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY
Thomas M. Tucker, Royal Oak, Mich., assignor to McCord
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 171,932
Int. CI. F16h 29/20
U.S. CI. 74-89.15 12 Claims
70-
m
/c^
2(y 30-
so
r,1
^
13' 12
^^^/^Jj^t^'M^^ ^3S
■-^ ^22 23 32 33
18
J59 53^^52 54\ 55
J
An automatic transmission comprising as the essential units
thereof a torque converter transmission, a hydraulic actuation
circuit and electrical circuitry for controlling the distributor
valve incorporated in the hydraulic actuation circuit, wherein
the working oil pressure applied to the transmission is reduced
according to a signal generated upon gear change so as to
eliminate the shock caused during the gear change; whereas
while the torque is being transmitted excepting during such
gear change, the working oil pressure is maintained at a suffi-
ciently high value in order to prevent the slippage of the fric-
tion engaging means in the transmission.
A linear actuator assembly including an axially moveable
threaded shaft disposed within a rotationally driven housing
which guides axial movement of the threaded shaft. A pair of
oppositely disposed centrifugal members are pivotally
mounted on the rotated member for movement from one en-
gaged position with the threaded shaft through a disengaged
position, where the shaft is free to move axially, to an opposite
engaged position. The centrifugal members each have spaced
half nuts and one pair of half nuts engage the threaded shaft
upon rotation of the housing in one direction to move the shaft
axially in the first direction and the other half nuts threadedly
engage the shaft and move the shaft in the opposite direction
upon rotation of the housing in the opposite direction. The
limits of the threaded portion of the shaft are defined by
lengths of reduced cross section. These lengths of reduced
cross section limit the axial movement of the shaft as the half
nuts disengage the threaded portion of the shaft by moving ax-
ially into one of the lengths of reduced cross section.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
845
3,710,633
MACHINE TOOL CARRIAGES
Jules Louis Jeanneret, 13 a 21, rue H. Gelin, Nlort, France
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 1 28,657
Claims priority, application France, April 15, 1970,
7013537
Int.CI.F16h2//44
therefrom by a coil spring. A pinion is eccentrically mounted
to engage with a longitudinal rack on the surface of the
plunger and is urged by a clip spring to move the plunger into
the cylinder. The force of the coil spring is greater than that of
the clip spring to normally urge the plunger outwardly from
the cylinder and the rack out of engagement with the pinion
due to the eccentric mounting of the pinion.
U.S. CI. 74-107
4 Claims
^^t; ^
This invention relates to machine tools of the kind having a
bed with slideways thereon and a slide arranged to move on
the slideways. In order to enable the slide to be returned to the
starting point of the pass, the invention provides a housing
secured to the slideways and a rod mounted to move with the
slide: the rod carries a spindle on which is mounted a control
wheel which rotates against the periphery of a cam pivoted on
a pivot pin in the housing perpendiculariy to the sliding rod
and an operating lever is secured to the pivot pin.
3,710,634
TENSION DEVICE FOR CHAIN DRIVE
Hiroshi Tamaru, Tokorozawa, and Hiroyuki Inoue, Hanno,
both of Japan, assignors to Tsubakimoto Chain, Ltd., Joto-
ku, Osaka, Japan
Filed June 15, 1971, Ser. No. 153,274
Claims priority, application Japan, June 16, 1970, 45/59652
Int. CI. F16h 7112
U.S. CI. 74-242.1 1 S 3 Claims
3,710,635
HARMONIC DIFFERENTIAL SPROCKET
Richard M. Whitehorn, 3023 Lakehaven Court, Ann Arbor,
Mich.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,830
Int.CI.F16h55/iO
U.S. CL 74-243 R 4 Claims
A reduction drive assembly for driving a chain or circular
drum having a plurality of circular roller elements and includ-
ing a shaft having first and second opposite disposed offset ec-
centrics with the first gear movably mounted on the first ec-
centric and a second gear movably mounted on the second ec-
centric with the gears having guide holes therein and guide
pins extending between a pair of plates and through the guide
holes for controlling the relative rotation between the gears.
The novelty in the assembly resides in the configuration of the
periphery of the gears, i.e., the tooth shape, as defined mathe-
matically in terms of x and y coordinates with the x and y axes
passing through the center of the gear. The gears are also
novel in that the guide holes extending through the gears are
disposed on centers located relative to the crown of a gear
tooth and the adjacent root or throat.
3,710,636
METHOD OF PRODUCING A BICYCLE CHAIN SHIFTING
DEVICE AND THE SAME PRODUCED THEREBY
Nobuo Ozaki, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Maeda Industries,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,556
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 26, 1970,
45/117902
Int. CI. F16h///04
U.S. CI. 74—2 1 7 B 4 Claims
A tension device includes a cylinder with a chamber
therein. A plunger having a rubber shoe on the outer end
thereof slides within the cylinder and is urged outwardly
A method of producing a bicycle chain shifting device by
stamping a metallic plate and bending the same in the upright
directions thereby integrally forming a chain guard body
without using a single piece of connecting means. The inven-
tion further involves the products provided in said method.
846
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,637
TRANSMISSION
John F. Fisher, Jackson, Mich., and Burton S. Zeller, Parma,
Mich., assignor to Clark Equipment Company, Buchanan,
'^'*'^' FiledSept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,110
Int.CI.F16hi/0S
U.S. CI. 74-331 7 Claims
passages connected to the first and second hydraulic servos, a
speed-change valve, a timing valve and a composite valve.
Based on a signal determined by the running speed of the vehi-
cle the speed-change valve controls the flow of pressurized oil
to the first hydraulic servo. The timing valve is in communica-
tion with both the first and second hydraulic servos and opens
and closes flow to the second hydraulic servo and regulates
the flow of pressurized oils to the first hydraulic servo. The
composite valve is positioned in the oil passage which supplies
the first hydraulic servo and it produces an orifice effect when
oil is supplied to the first hydraulic servo and provides normal
flow conditions when the oil is released from the first hydrau-
lic servo.
3,710,639
DRIVE MECHANISM
John Edwin Reeve, London, England, assignor to Thorn Elec-
trical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,823
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 16, 1970,
44,316/70
Int. CI. F16hi5/02,///6, 27/04
U.S. CI. 74-393 8 Claims
A multispeed reversible transmission has a pair of coun-
tershafts that are interconnected for counter rotation and a
plurality of gear trains for selectively connecting the coun-
tershafts to drive the output shaft at various speed ratios. A
pair of input clutches are separately engageable to drive the
countershafts in either of the two counter rotative directions
and a splitter clutch is provided to drive these shafts m one
counter direction at a speed ratio lower than that at which
they are driven when the input clutches are engaged.
3,710,638
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR AN AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Ichio Sakai, Aichi-ken, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed July 30, 1971, Ser. No. 167,622
Claims priority, application Japan, July 31, 1970,45/66564
Int. CI. F16h 5142, B60k / 7/00, F16h 5/60
U.S. CI. 74-336 * C'"'"'
An intermittent drive mechanism for use in machine tools
has driving and driven members coupled by constant ratio
gears. In one range of relative positions of the gears drive is
not transmitted through the gears but instead is transmitted
through a cam and cam follower The cam is so shaped as to
cause a gradual deceleration of the driven member to zero fol-
lowed by a gradual acceleration up to the speed maintained by
the constant ratio gears.
3,710,640
WORM GEARS
Donald Arthur Stanger; Frank Yates, both of Durham, and
Jack Senior, Northumberiand, all of England, assignors to R.
W. Transmissions Limited, Hebburn, Durham County, En-
gland
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,444
Int.CI. F16h//76
U.S. CI. 74-425 » Claim
In a hydraulic control system for the automatic transmission
of a vehicle, an arrangement is provided for controlling the
supply and release of pressurized oil to a first hydraulic servo enveloping worm gear is made with an inNolutc
for operating the vehicle under high speed conditions and a worn'i thread and worm wheel teeth. cqu.il radii
second hydraulic servo for operating the vehicle under low proiue ^^g, ^rc of the worm waist and the >.orm
speed conditions. The hydraulic control system includes oil for the mean enveloping
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
847
wheel pitch circle and the adjacent generatrix of the envelop-
ing cylinder of the worm tangential to the worm wheel base
circle; the contact area of the mating surfaces of the worm
thread and the worm wheel teeth is thereby increased in com-
parison with a conventional worm gear of the same size.
3,710,641
LEAD SCREW
Robert F. Anderson, 3613 13th Street, Menominee City, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 97,086, Dec. 11, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 77,980, Oct. 5, 1970. This
application Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,635
Int.CI. F16h lll8;B25hll02
U.S. CL 74— 424.8 R 10 Claims
3,710,643
BRAKE BAND GUIDE STRUCTURE FOR BRAKE BANDS
IN AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Josef Helmer, Aich, Germany, assignor to Daimler-Benz Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Germany
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,412
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 27, 1969, P 19
48 937.3
InLCI.F16hJ7/;0
U.S. CI. 74—606 R 34 Claims
4S
,The present invention is to a lead screw for use in a variety
of tools, for example, clamps, portable vises, set up tools, set
up jacks and other machine or hand tool and/or fastening or
securing assemblies in which the threads provide for quick and
easy adjustment and sure, rapid locking when in a predeter-
mined position.
3,710,642
SIMPLIFIED SPRING INSTALLATION
Adolf Schneider, Altoberndorf, Germany, assignor to Olympia
Werke AG, W ilhelmshaven, Germany
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,662
Claims priority, application Germany, May 8, 1969, P 19 23
424.3
Int. CI. G05g/ /OO
U.S. CI. 74-470 3 Claims
An interchangeable brake band guide structure for use in
automatic transmission. Dovetail portions are arranged on the
brake band guide structure for slidably engaging cor-
respondingly shaped dovetail groove portions on the transmis-
sion housing The guide structure is tapered in the longitudinal
direction and includes axially spaced transverse walls extend-
ing in the direction of the brake bands for separating the brake
bands from one another in the axial direction. The guide struc-
ture is preferably constructed of synthetic resinous material.
The guide structure is precluded from sliding out of the
dovetail groove by a projection on a transmission housing part
which engages the wide end of the guide structure.
3,710,644
CONTROL SETTING APPARATUS
James W. Downing, Buena Park, and Charies V. Harris, Cer-
ritos, both of Calif., assignors to McDonnell Douglas Cor-
poration
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,191
Int.CI.G05g//04
U.S. CI. 74—526 8 Claims
A method and apparatus for guiding a helical spring to
proper match-up with a related element while carrying out the
sequence of an installation process. The springs are mounted
on a bar provided with at least one protrusion having a transi-
tion curve for mounting and retaining the spring. The bar is
oriented in a direction which is determined by the sequence of
the installation process to have the hook or eye of the spring
opposite a related element, so that they may be connected. A
plurality of bars may be connected in groups to an appropriate
member and respective tension springs pre-assembled on
them.
A rotatable detent moved to a preselected position provides
a stop for the positioning of flap-slat control handles. A latch
pin on the handle fits into the detent when the handle has been
moved to this position of alignment. A thumb wheel is used to
rotate a worm drive for moving the detent to an infinite
number of positions. Additional gearing is provided to rotate
an indicator so that the exact position of the detent, and the
flap-slat positions, may be readily and easily determined.
848
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,645
REMOTE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
William G. Bennett, Troy, Mich., assignor to Teleflex, Inc.,
North Wales, Pa.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,008
Int.CI.F16c///0
U^. a. 74— 501 P 9Ctaims
combustion engine. Shifting is responsive to torque input and
output of fluid torque converters or fluid couplings, and vehi-
cle speed. The system contemplates the use of speed sensors
connected to various power transmitting shafts which develop
electric signals having a magnitude of current or voltage fed to
a computer programmed in accordance with a predetermmed
formula whereby output torque of the fluid drive is derived
and in subsequent conjunction with an electric signal havmg
6 .S
A flexible motion transmitting remote control assembly in-
cluding a conduit and a motion transmitting core element
movably supported by the conduit with the ends thereof ex-
tending from the ends of the conduit. An adjustment means
disposed adjacent one end of the conduit for allowing the con-
duit to move longitudinally relative thereto to adjust the
distance the core element extends from the conduit. The ad-
justment means includes a support member adapted for at-
tachment to support structure and having a bore therein in
which is disposed a fitting secured to the conduit. A latch is
movably supported by the support member and is biased into
locking engagement with the fitting on the conduit by a
straight metal wire spring.
3,710,646
GEAR HOUSING
David B. Bogan, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to David B.
Bogan Corporation, Sherman Oaks, Calif.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,720
Int.CI.B61c/7/05
VJS. C\. 74—609 8 Claims
voltage or current in magnitude proportional to vehicle speed
effects control of valves which actuate the gear shifting
mechanisms. The programming of the computer is on the basis
of an equation such that comparative input and output speeds
of fluid torque converters or couplings, in the form of propor-
tional electrical magnitudes, is processed by the computer to
an electrical output signal proportional to output torque of the
converter or coupling.
3,710,648
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Masaharu Sumiyoshi, Toyota; Shigeru Sakakibara, Alchl;
Osamu Ito, Toyota, and Hisato Wakamatsu, Kariya, all of
Japan, assignors to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Toyota-shi and NIppondenso Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken,
Japan
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,589
Claims priority, application Japan, June 24, 1969, 44/49796
lnt.CI. F16h 4 7/OS, 5/42
U.S.CL 74-731 __ 12 Claims
JS3
mWlONAL SPEED : , jsj
M> 31! I . , =n /" J*
--Vspeeo y* \ -'-.MO ■^ ;
suPfuno
A gear housing provides a pair of matable sections having
corresponding cut-off portions and fastening portions so that
the housing may be installed about moving gears and shafts.
Attachment areas or connecting structures carried on each
section are reinforced with riveted steel retainers and load
plates while the basic material may take the form of a fiberglas
laminate material.
3,710,647
GEAR SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Hansjorg Dach, Friedrichshafen, and Gunter Gackstetter, Lan-
genargen, both of Germany, assignors to Zahnradfabrik
Friedrichshafen AG, Friedrichshafen, Postfach, Germany
FUed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,387
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 5, 1969, P 19 39
691.9
Int. CI. F16h 47100; fi60k 2 1 100
U.S.CL 74-731 14 Claims
An electro-mechanical system is utilized to control shifting
of gears of the transmission of a vehicle driven by an internal
.!?',
•utno ' r
^
..f..^
■ AW
v**"
•^ «?
^JPO
'HO'
^cm
0"
no
v*>
IX
.f'.
360.
smcf*Knois\_ 1
TtM£ HOLOmC I
^joe
An automatic transmission comprising a transmission
means having a torque converter and a gear transmission
mechanism of at least two stages; electrical means for generat-
ing a shifting signal in accordance with the engine speed, the
vehicle speed and the torque converter slip ratio; and hydrau-
lic means operated in accordance with said shifting signal of
said electrical means for selecting either of the two stages of
said gear transmission mechanism.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
849
3,710,649
HYDRAULIC CONTROL DEVICE FOR AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Seitoku Kubo, Toyota, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, ToyoU-shi, Japan
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 11 1,978
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 3, 1970, 45/9479
Int. CI. F16h 3144, 5/42; B60k 2 1 100
U.S. CL 74-753 2 Claims
^~1
lis ,-1-0,
''^
p-^
23.
22
E
\u
^
-12
-20
planet-gear carrier and sun gear of the planetary-gear train,
and the walls of said chambers constituting said bearing.
3,710,651
LINE PRESSURE REGULATING SYSTEM FOR
AUTOMATIC POWER TRANSMISSION
Nagayuki Marumo, and Namio Irie, both of Yokohama, Japan,
assignors to Nissan Motor Company, Limited, Yokohama,
Japan
FUed March 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 2 1 ,776
Claims priority, application Japan, March 18, 1970,
45/22483
Int.CI.B60k2//00
U.S. CI. 74-864 5 Claims
pitgl^
A hydraulic pressure control device is provided for an auto-
matic transmission including a hydraulic torque-converter or
fluid coupling, a change speed gearing, a hydraulic servo for
brake bands, clutches and the like. A relay valve is added to a
pressure regulator valve for controlling the hydraulic pressure
applied to the servo, and in response to the actuation of an au-
tomatic shift valve an oil line to the servo is communicated
with a pressure control chamber in the pressure regulator
valve so that the pressure regulating function of the pressure
regulator valve may be varied depending upon the position of
a manual valve and also depending upon the actuation of the
automatic shift valve. The hydraulic circuit may be simplified.
3,710,650
PLANETARY GEARCHANGE-SPEED TRANSMISSION
MECHANISMS
Jean Piret, Billancourt, France, assignor to Regie Nationale Des
Usines Renault, Billancourt and Automobiles Peugeot, Paris,
France
FlledFeb. 1,1 971, Ser. No. 111,225
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 4, 1970, 7003902
Int. CI. F16h 5 7110; F16d 25108
U.S. CI. 74-763 8 Claims
A system for regulating a line pressure in a hydraulic control
circuit for an automatic power transmission that is capable of
reducing the line pressure to a sufficiently low level to prevent
shift .shock at the time of gear shifting. When gear shifting is to
be effected, a gear shift command signal is supplied to an elec-
tronic line pressure control circuit including a monostable
multivibrator to keep the multivibrator in a metastable state
for a predetermined period of time. During the time period the
electronic line pressure control circuit generates a line pres-
sure reduction signal which is supplied to a pressure regulating
valve arrangement, thereby reducing the line pressure to the
sufficiently low level. The line pressure is normally maintained
at a sufficiently high level to prevent slippage of the friction-
drive-establishing devices of the automatic power transmis-
sion.
3,710,652
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM OF AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Toshio Miyazaki, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Nissan Motor
Company, Limited, Yokohama City, Japan
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,276
Claims priority, application Japan, May 30, 1969, 44/41647
Int. CI. B60k 27/00
U.S. CI. 74-864 -» Claims
Planetary-gear train transmission mechanism for automo-
tive vehicles; this mechanism comprises a casing enclosing
devices controlled hydraulically by piston means, a bearing in
said casing, and a pair of annular fluid-receiving chambers
adapted to be fed separately with hydraulic control fluid under
pressure, the outer diameter of said chambers being substan-
tially equal to the outer diameter of the locking devices of the
A hydraulic control system of automatic transmission
providing low, intermediate and high speed drive ratios, which
850
control system has shift valve means for automatically con-
trolling ratio changes between the low and intermediate speed
ratios and second lock valve means for conditioning the trans-
mSion m its intermediate speed position. The two va,
means are separately provided between a f^uid pressure
operated servo means for a clutch engaging element and a
speed selector valve for varying the drive ratios.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,655
BATTERING APPARATUS FOR OPENING JAMMED
AUTOMOBILE DOORS
Marvin M. Brandle, 318 Holbrook, Saginaw, Mich.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 144,138
int. CI. B25b/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 81-52.35 <^ Claims
3,710,653
EYEGLASS FRAME ALIGNMENT DEVICE
Bernard H. Miller, 141 North Dickson Street, Michigan City,
Filed April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,984
Int.CI.B25b///00
„ . , ^ 7 Claims
U.S. CI. 81-3.5
36 3^ 3« « * i'^**
A battering ram for quickly opening jammed automobile
doors and the like, including a longitudinal support member,
an upholstery penetrating member swivelably mounted on one
end of the support member, and a ram. reciprocally movabk
on the other end of the support member, for striking the other
end of the support member a senes of sharp blows to drive the
support member into battering engagement with the intenor
of the jammed door to open it outwardly.
An eyeglass frame alignment device having two vertical
posts mounted on a base forming a space therebetween and a
U^ird post connected pivotally to the base and ngidly to a
lever A screw in the lever tilts the third post angularly toward
and away from the vertical posts to" clamp the eyeglasses
between the pair of posts and the third post to apply firm pres-
sure against the front member and bndge of the glasses and to
hold the glasses firmly in place for a period of ume to realign
the front member and to obtain a relatively permanent set in
the realignment.
3,710,656
ADJUSTABLE WRENCH
Burton L. Casner, P.O. Box 817, Perris^ Calif.
FUed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,729
Int.CI.B25b/i//6
U.S. CI. 81-170
9 Claims
3.710.654
CABLE STRIPPING TOOL
Paul G. Halverson, Concord, and Anthony J. lozzi. Martinez,
both of Calif., assignors to Thomas & Betts Corporation,
Elizabeth, N. J. .„ „e
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,775
Int.CI.H02g///2
U.S. CI. 81-9.5 R ^^^""^
A clamping assembly holds a cable that has been inserted in
a rotatable cutting assembly in which a spnng biased knife
having a shoulder to limit the depth of cut is disposed. The
blade can be rotated to either of two positions, 90° from each
other, so as to effect either a circular or a longitudinal cut on
the cable jacket.
An adjustable wrench having a fixed jaw formed as par of
Its handle and a sliding jaw opposed to the fixed jaw. The slid-
ing jaw has an internal thread which is entirely enclosed to ac-
commodate an adjusting screw -^h a knob external o the
handle of the wrench for easy accessibility The elliptical bore.
wh"ch accommodates the sliding jaw and the adjusting screw.
Ts closed off by a dust seal, and all threads, both of the adjust-
ing screw an/the internal thread of the sliding jaw. are pro-
tected from external dirt which may tend to wear or jam the
threads.
3,710,657
PARALLEL JAW PLIERS
Anthony J. Cusato, Closter, N.J., assignor to Henry Mann,
Inc., Feasterville, Pa. o v, »i:c «->•>
Filed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,022
Int. CI. B25b 7H2
-,, II Claims
^'ThTparaliel jaw pliers of this invention are primarily for use
in denUstry and particularly in orthodontics. The plier. prc^
v"de a compact structure permitting the jaws to be moved in a
paranel m^ner while occupying a --'^-/P-Xf,^;:
The mouth of a patient. The pliers ^«"^'^\°f ""'^ ""/j^^ he
members retained by a transverse pin which maintains the
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 16, 1973 ^t......,., .>,.,.... ^ ........ , 851
members in sliding alignment while acting as a pivot for only machining operation and then controls the tool more slowly
the handles. The jaws are carried between the handle mem-
bers and on and by actuating pins extending from the handle
members. As the pins are moved they maintain the jaws m a
parallel arrangement as the handle members are moved.
, during the machining operation. A step motor is used as the
i motion source and is controlled directly by the control circuit.
3,710,658
SELF-ADJUSTING WRENCH -
Neill R. Wilson, P.O. Box 538, Berryville, Va.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 62,093, Aug. 7, 1970,
abandoned. This application Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,744 3,710,660
Int. CI. B25b 7/12 MACHINE TOOL
U.S. CI. 81-367 *<* Claims ^^1^^^ Hof, NIederfischback, Germany, assignor to Am Jung
Lokomotivfabrik GmbH
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,549
Claims priority, application Germany, July 17, 1969, P 19
36 329.2
Int. CI. B23b 3/20
U.S. CI. 82—2 D ^ Claims
A self-adjusting locking wrench having a first jaw means and
second jaw means movably connected thereto. A first elon-
gated handle portion is fixed to and extends rearwardly from
the first jaw means and a second handle portion is pivotally
connected to the second jaw means. An elongated cam bar is
slidably mounted within the first handle portion and has a for-
ward cam surface for locking engagement with a portion of
the second jaw means, A link extends between the second
handle portion and the rear part of the cam bar to force the
cam bar rearwardly as an object is gripped. As a result, the for-
ward cam surface is wedged against the second jaw means and
the wrench is grippingly locked on the object.
3,710,659
AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED TOOL HOLDING
DEVICE
Elio Pagella, and Carlo Guerci, both of Ivrea, Italy, assignors to
Ing. C. OUvetti & C. S. p. A., Ivrea (Turin), Italy
Filed March 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,390
Claims priority, applicaUon Italy, March 4, 1969, 50834
A/69
Int. CI. B23b 4 //OO
U.S.CI.82— 1.2 14 Claims
A tool holding device wherein the tool is slideably sup-
ported in the holder in order to enable a radial motion with
respect to the axis of rotation of the holding device to be
described. Control of the holder is effected by a control circuit
which rapidly positions the tool for commencement of the
Machine tool and method of shifting a base of the tool for
adjustment in a perpendicular direction having stop stnps on
guide plates with a stop bolt for vertical adjustment with the
bolt having a smaller diameter than the diameter of bores in
the stop strips.
3,710,661
VIBRATION DAMPENER
Wallace F. Mitchell, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to Ammco
Tools, Inc., North Chicago, 111.
Filed May 3,1971, Ser. No. 1 39,394
Int. CI. B23b 25/00
U.S.CI.82-38A 5 Claims
A device for dampening vibrations in a rotating disc during
a machining operation on the faces thereof employs a pair of
852
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
blocks having friction surfaces pressed against the faces of the the opener, platform control means being provided for con-
blocKsnavmgiricuon:.uii.i H b trolling the orientation of the contamer platform and con-
,j^ ^^ tainer so as to achieve rough alignment of the marking with
"^ the severing device as the hose approaches the opener, and
opener control means for controlling the orientation of the
opener so as to ensure accurate registration of the markmg
with the severing device.
3,710,664
CLUTCH, BRAKE AND KNIFE ARRANGEMENT FOR
COPYING MACHINE
James A. Eveland, I570-8th Avenue, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,812
disc so as to be pressed tightly against the tool pieces by the
rotating disc.
Int. CI. B65h 35/06
U.S. CI. 83-230
14 Claims
.f^
s(^
3,710,662
METHOD FOR SLICING FURS
Fred L. Olday, 505 Bogart Place, Scranton, Pa.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,536
Int. CI. C 14b /5//0
U.S. CI. 83-20
8 Claims
m
A fur pelt slicing method and apparatus in which a pelt, held
against a feed table surface by a bank of pins, is fed through a
series of slitting knives rotating in the direction of pelt feed so
that preselected portions of the pelt are left uncut. Also, the
disclosure includes an out-feed table discharge portion by
which transfer of the slit pelt to a retaining board is facilitated.
3.710,663
HOSIERY SLITTER
Christer Ekelund, Hagavagen, Kinna, Sweden
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,228
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 2, 1970, 1285/70
Int. CI. B26d 7/OS
U.S. CI. 83-156 8 Claims
A clutch, brake and knife arrangement for the copy paper
transport system of a copying machine. A link in the knife as-
sembly is attached to a brake band wrapped around a brake
drum fixed to an end of a copy paper feed roller. A clutch is
provided to couple the roller to a drive chain. During copy
paper feed, the clutch is energized and a knife solenoid is de-
energized. The brake band sits loosely around the brake drum
and thus exerts no braking force on the copy paper feed roller.
When the copy paper is to be cut, the knife solenoid is actu-
ated and the clutch is de-energized. As the knife rotates to cut
the copy paper, the brake band attached to the link in the
knife assembly is tightened around the brake drum of the copy
paper feed roller. This causes the roller to come to an abrupt
halt before the cut is made.
3,710,665
SHEET-METAL SHEARING MACHINE
George D. Eddy. 2505 North Pine Street, Rosemead, Calif.
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,236
Int. CI. B26d 5//0
U.S. CI. 83-374 9 Claims
A slitter for slitting woven or knitted textile hose having a
marking thereaiong comprises a rotatable generally conical
hose opener disposed apex-downwards above a rotatable con-
tainer platform for a container from which the hose is drawn
upwards onto the opener to be slit, while opened (but not
stretched) thereon, by an adjustable severing device adjacent
A sheet-metal machine adaptable for use as shears, or for
bending sheet metal, or as a punch press. The machine utilizes
January 16. 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
853
a pair of floating heads with an adjustable cam in each head.
The floating heads are interconnected by a drive shaft and can
be adjusted so that the cutting blade can be used either for
right or left shearing.
3,710,666
DIE ASSEMBLIES
Karl A. Keyes, Dayton; Park A. Doing, Centcrville. and Edwin
P. Watkins. Dayton, all of Ohio, assignors to Dayton
Progress Corporation, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,887
Int.CI.B26d7//S
U.S. CI. 83-99 17 Claims
3,710,668
MUSIC BOX RECORD PLAYER
David P. Van Sice, and Paul A. Martin, both of East Aurora,
N.Y., assignors to The Quaker Oats Company, Chicago, HI.
Filed Feb. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 228,874
Int.CI.G10f //06
U.S. CI. 84-98 10 Claims
A unique die button and die plate providing an improved
die unit utilizing a pressured flow of air to more effectively
cleanse the working area of a die assembly. Inclined air-flow
passages are provided such that they extend through the die
button wall in a direction to produce a whirlpool effect to
move cut material through the die bore.
3,710,667
LABELING MACHINE
Jacob N. Kluger, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Stamford. Conn.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,756
Int. CI. B26d 5/40
U.S. CI. 83-203 6 <^'*''"*
A music box record player rotates a disk with projections
that engage starwheels that play a music unit, but instead of
the music unit being mounted on a fixed sounding board, it is
mounted on a movable tone arm over the disk. The disk has
bearing tracks, and the music unit has surfaces that nde
directly on the bearing tracks to support the music unit and
the tone arm over the disk. An arm extends from the base of
the music unit and transmits vibrations from the music unit to
a speaker to sound a tunc as the disk rotates.
3,710,669
CYMBAL SPINNER
Russell Jones, 927 Stocker, Flint, Mich.
Filed March 8, 1972, Ser. No. 232,697
Int.Cl.GOld/i/05
U.S. CI. 84—402
4 Claims
An asynchronous article addressing or labeling apparatus
having independently operated component parts each
operated in response to a demand signal. The apparatus in-
cludes a first transport operable to advance a sheet of uncut
labels to a first knife, the first knife serving following a
predetermined label sheet advance to cut the sheet transverse-
ly to provide a strip-like piece; a first label conveyor to ad-
vance the strip-like piece to a second knife which, following
an advance equal to one label length, serves to cut an in-
dividual label from the strip-like piece; and a second label
conveyor to carry the cut label to the label transfer wheel for
transfer to an article. The label transfer wheel is operated in
response to movement of an article to be labeled into
predetermined position to actuate the label transfer wheel and
label the article.
A manually operated cymbal spinner is provided with a han-
dle, an arm fixed to and extending generally radially outwardly
from the handle, means mounted at the outer end of the arm
for fixedly securing the cymbal to the arm, and a rotatable
sleeve mounted on the handle; the sleeve to be held by an
operator when the cymbal is being spun. In a preferred em-
bodiment the arm is fixed near the top of the handle and ex-
tends outwardly at a downwardly extending obtuse angle
slightly greater than 90°.
854
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,670
DRUM ANCHOR
Tommy H. Winkler, 204 Wiley Street, Madison, Tenn
Filed March 13, 1972, Ser. No. 233,976
int. CI. GlOd /J/02
U.S. CI. 84—421
penetrating ends. The legs have longitudinally straight parallel
outer sides and a curved intermediate side portion with the
straight sides of one received substantially their full width
within the straight sides of the other, and with the opposecj
curved sides being separated at their head end and at their
10 Claims penetrating end substantially the same distance apart and in
-re!
A device for fixing the spacing between a stool and a musi-
cal instrument, and particularly a drum, including a stool at-
tachment member and an instrument attachment member,
each of the attachment members being connected at their free
ends to a bridge member for longitadinai and for swinging ad-
justment relative to each other.
3,710,671
NOTE AND PITCH TEACHING MACHINE
John E. Reid, Sr., Mundelein, and Russell N. Muehleman,
Mount Prospect, both of III., assignors to John E. Reid, Sr.,
Mundelein, III.
Filed Dec. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 209,198
Int. CI. G09b/ 5/02
U.S. CI. 84— 477 R 15 Claims
/«-
mj^n9ll3^'<i
dz
— A/. ^ U5
23? 24a
fXE-JSC/S£ Ab. 4^^°
^*S21
/lO'^ Ih4' JIC'—
y
/o-
^O'-
/4\
^
/J
which the curved intermediate side of each leg is curved in-
wardly. When this nail is driven into a poured aggregate, no
void is left near the penetrated surface of the aggregate which
there would be if the legs were closer together at the head end
than at their penetrating end, thereby eliminating an initial
yield as well as offering greater resistance to the withdrawal of
the nail.
3,710,673
FASTENERS
Lloyd T. Fuqua, Fortville, Ind., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 173,872
Int.CI.F16byi/04
U.S. CI. 85—75 5 Claims
A programmable machine for aiding in the development of
note and pitch recognition employs encoded exercise cards
carrying corresponding note indicia thereon and means for
reading the cards to establish corresponding tuned circuits
capable of passing only the frequency of a selected note for
operating a mechanism to advance the card reading means. A
circuit for indicating the exercise completion and a timer for
permitting operation of the exercise completion circuit in
response to favorable pterformance by the student within a
prescribed time period are employed to produce a record of
the student's achievement. This apparatus may be extended by
dual coding of the cards to selectively establish oscillator cir-
cuit configurations in apparatus for tuning instruments and ad-
vantageously utilized in combination therewith to provide the
student with an indication of whether he is playing a note
sharp or flat
A fastener for securing together two adjacent apertured
members in juxtaposition to each other including a threaded
expander member for insertion through the apertured mem-
bers with retainer means thereon to engage one of the aper-
tured members, a retainer member having resilient arms
adapted to engage the other of the apertured members
slidably telescoped over the expander member and, screw
means loosely connected to the retainer member and threaded
into the expander member to effect sliding movement of the
retainer member relative to the expander member ujxin
threaded axial movement of the screw means in the expander
member to expand and retract the resilient arms of the
retainer member into and out of engagement with the other
apertured member.
3,710,672
HOLLOW SHEET METAL NAIL
Robert L. Hallock, 7136 N.E. 8th Drive, Boca Raton, Fla.
Filed May 25, 1971, Ser. No. 146,706
Int. CI. EOlb 9112; F16b 15104
U.S.CI.85— 11 6 Claims
A sheet metal nail has a head and two channel shaped legs
connected at one end to the head portion and terminating in
3,710,674
EXPANDABLE FASTENER
Paul C. Tabor, Clawson, Mich., assignor to Meteor Research
Limited, Roseville, Mich.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,494
Int. CI. B25g J/J5, F16b 13106; FlbcH 104
U.S. CI. 85—84 5 Claims
A split, conically tapered spring steel sleeve to be inserted
through aligned openings in adjacent members. A cylindrical
pin is then pushed through the sleeve, which is held against
axial movement by a flange at one end thereof, to expand the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
855
sleeve to cylindrical shape tightly fitting the openings. Detent secure itself into the threads thus formed. The drilling portion
Sleeve 10 cyiinuncai y b J b r .^ ^^ ^^.^^^ formation to provide cutung edges contmuous
^a x( ^^
means prevent inadvertent removal of the pin and an expenda-
ble pilot plug guides the sleeve through misaligned openings.
across the drill end without the usual blank or web area in the
center of the fastener.
3,710,675
AIMING ARRANGEMENT FOR GRENADE THROWERS
Nlllo Kalervo Asikainen, Tampere, Finland, assignor to Oy
Tampella Ab, Tampere, Finland
Filed Dec. 8, 1970. Ser. No. 96,060
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 12, 1969, P 19
62 339.3
Int.CI.F41gi//4
U.S. CI. 89-41 B 17 Claims
ERRATUM
For Class 89 — 41 B see:
Patent No. 3,710,675
3,710,677
ROCKET PROJECTOR MAGAZINES
Cornelius Mayer. Fallanden, Switzerland, assignor to Werk-
zeugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle A.G., Zurich, Swit-
zerland Ir
Filed Dec. 18. 1969, Ser. No. 886.151
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 14, 1968,
18951/68
Int.CI.F41fi/04
U.S.CL 89-1.8 10 Claims
A device for automatically setting the elevation angle of the
aiming attachment of a grenade launcher in response to ad-
justing the range scale to the desired range The range scale is
on the surface of a casing mounted on the launcher tube for
rotation adjustment. A sleeve extends over the scale indicia to
protect the indicia and has a viewing window with a hairiine to
permit accurate adjustment of the range scale casing. A cam
at the end face of the casing cooperates with a follower on the
support shaft of the aiming device to adjust the angular setting
of the aiming device in response to setting the range scale. The
range scale casing is rotatably supported by a clamp sleeve
which connects the bipod to the upper end of the launcher
tube. With the aiming device angle preset by adjusting the
range scale, it is a simple matter to adjust the bipod to position
the launcher tube at an elevation angle to fire a projectile the
required range.
3,710,676
SELF-DRILLING AND THREAD-FORMING SCREW
Kenneth D. Ringland, Keene, N.H., assignor to Central Screw
Company
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 882,634, Dec. 5, 1969,
abandoned. Tnis application Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 200,132
Int. CI. F16b 25/00
U.S.CL 85-41 7 Claims
A fastener of the type having a drilling end followed by a
thread forming part to form threads in the drilled hole, and
A rocket projector magazine for rockets having an adjusta-
ble time fuze on the nose portion of each rocket. A plurality of
loading chamber tubes having each a rocket. Adjusting means
for said time fuzes positioned outside the firing trajectory of
the rockets. Means for producing a relative movement
between the adjusting means and the loading chamber tubes
so that the adjusting means engage and adjust the time fuzes of
the rockets in the loading chamber tubes.
3,710,678
JETTISONABLE POD FOR AIRCRAFT CARRIED
ROCKET MISSILES
Rudolf Abelin. Fack; Nils Soren Lennart Johansson, and An-
ders Borje Hakansson, both of Linkoping. all of Sweden, as-
signors to Saab-Scania Aktiebolag, Sweden
Filed April 21. 1971. Ser. No. 135,897
Int.CI.F41fi/06
U.S. CI. 89-1.816 7 Claims
A pod for aircraft carried rocket missiles has its body
molded of foam plastic, with parallel bores therein, each
providing a missile chamber. There is a rigid tube in a bore
spaced from the top of the body. A rigid wall member closely
overiies the top surface of the body along a substanual part of
its length; suspension eyes are secured to it. Rods embedded in
856
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
,H. bod, .a.eHal connec. *e ,uU and wa„ ^e.be, ,o define e'--^^;- <^^Senr» r'^atfl'St ^or,
equipment in the vicinity thereof.
3,710,681
GUN MOUNT CLOSURE OR SEAL
Robert D. Koontz, Manhattan Beach, Calif., assignor to EFMC
Corporation, Compton, Calif.
FUed March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,858
Int. CI. F41h 5/26. 5/20
U.S. CI. 89-36 L 19 Claims
a rigid beam that stiffens the body and supports air and mass
loads on it.
3,710.679
SILENCER FOR MOUNTING ON FIREARM BARREL
Mitchell L. Werbell, III. Powder Springs, Ga., assignor to The
Quantum Corporation, Washington. D.C.
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,475
Int.Cl.F41c2///«
U.S.C1.89— 14D
4 Claims
>-/C
A slot or passage in a gun mount through which a moveable
gun barrel extends can be sealed against ambient conditions
by using a seal structure having a series of spring fmgers nor-
mally closing the passage and a cam on the gun barrel for mov-
ing the fmgers as the barrel is moved in the slot or passage.
Preferably, two sets of fingers are used, one on each side of the
passage or slot. Preferably the fingers employed are covered
with an elastomeric material which is impervious to moisture.
A device, particularly a silencer, adapted to be mounted on
and in axial alignment with the barrel of a firearm having an
externally threaded end, the device mounting on the barrel at
one point by means of internal threads in the device which en-
gage the external threads on the barrel and at a second point
by means of an annular clamp which compressively engages
the barrel.
3,710,682
ARMORED EJECTION SEAT
John V. E. Hansen, Westboro, and Eldon W. Hauck, Wor-
cester, both of Mass., assignors to Norton Company, Wor-
cester, Mass.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,671
Int. CI. B64d 7/00; F41h 7/00
U.S. CI. 244-122 5 Claims
3,710,680
AMMUNITION LINK
Harlan C. Clark, Oxford, Conn., assignor to The United SUtes
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,785
Int.CI.F42bi9/0S
U.S. CI. 89-35 A 10 ^^'"''"s
23 21
An ammunition link having a plurality of clips for engaging
and holding a cartridge is provided with hook and eye portions
to interengage one link with another link independently of the
cartridges thereby to form a belt or chain. The link is also pro-
vided with tab means at one end which is coextensive with the
An armored ejection seat structure for aircraft or the like
includes a unitary seat and back constructed of a fiber glass
resin layer having refractory plates bonded thereto. The struc-
ture carries an ejection rocket motor attached to the rear ot
the seat back by means of a connection which spreads the load
imposed during ejection so as to prevent failure of the armor
material.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
857
3,710,683
MUZZLE-BRAKE WITH A FLASH HIDER FOR
AUTOMATIC WEAPONS AND GUNS
Hans-Joachim Kaltmann, Dusseldorf, Germany, assignor to
Rheinmetall GmbH, Dusseldorf, Germany
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 77,834
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 24, 1%9, P 19
53 539.8 i
lnt.CI.F41c2y//<S
1I.S.CI.89-14B 3 Claims
3,710,685
GEAR MAKING
Alexander D. F. Moncrieff, Marion, Mass., assignor to Bird
Island, Inc., Boston, Mass.
FUed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,866
Int. CI. B23f 5/20
U.S.CL90— 3 8 Claims
h
!
1
i
5
\^
' \
1
V
.
P
-
0O6
3
;
V:
t"
0O6
-i 7
j J
^
8
'r-
ooo
T
11
\\
, 3
Y-
ooo
3 ,
f /
\'
'(t
\ —
ooo
in
i
V
^ n ,.,
3
1
^
i,
„
A muzzle-brake with a flash hider for automatic weapons
and guns, which comprises an integral device which includes a
first section forming a flash hider. The latter comprises a coni-
cal sleeve which is widening forwardly. A second section
forms a muzzle-brake and follows the first section. The muz-
zle-brake has a rearwardly increasing outer diameter and a
cylindrical bore. The wall of the second section has a plurality
of rows of radial bores distributed over the periphery, and the
wall of the first section has axial bores which are widening in
axial and radial direction.
3,710,684
EXTRACTOR MECHANISMS FOR GUNS
Norman Trevor Brint, Waltham Abbey, Essex, England, as-
signor to The Secretary of State for Defence in Her Britannic
Majesty's Government of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland, London, England
FUed Nov. 9, 1966, Ser. No. 594,312
Int. CI. F41f 7 7/76
U.S. CI. 89—167 ' 11 Claims
Gear making machine of the type in which a workpiece un-
dergoes continuous indexing rotation with respect to a rotat-
ing cutter, the cutter being rotated through a worm, the worm
being mounted for translation along its axis to superimpose
upon the indexing rotation of the cutter a differential cutter
rotation related to the feed of a workpiece slide through a
cutting cycle, including a rotationally driven cam mounted
endwise of the worm to produce the worm translation in cor-
respondence to the rise or fall of the cam.
3,710,686
DEVICE FOR AN ACCURATE ADJUSTMENT OF TWO
APPARATUS PARTS DISPLACEABLE RELATIVELY TO
EACH OTHER
Torgeir Hanaas, Upplands Vasby, Sweden, assignor to Institu-
tet for Mikrovagsteknik, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,151
Claims priority, application Sweden, April 29, 1970,
5996/70
. Int. CI. F 15b/ 5/02
U.S.CI.91-3 • 4 Claims
A II-
S 36 n M . B
An extractor mechanisms for automatic guns having a slid-
ing breech mechanism, in which an extractor claw carried on a
beam extending transversely across the breech face and
pivoted on an axis parallel to but offset from the gun axis is
moved across the breech face into engagement with the spent
cartridge case as the breech opens and recoils with the gun,
the extractor thereafter being retained, with the spent case, by
a spring catch, as the gun runs out, to effect extraction of the
case from the gun.
A device for adjusting the relative position of two displacea-
ble members includes two magnets each positional on a dif-
ferent one of the members in such a way that under normal
conditions the axes of the magnets are colinear. One of the
magnets is pivotable about a point in its axis so that a relative
displacement of the magnets induces the one magnet to pivot
and energize a servo mechanism to correctively displace the
members until the magnets are again colinear.
858
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,687
CONTROL FOR FLUID RAM
Thomas R. Rench, Racine, Wis., assignor to J. I. Case Com-
pany, Racine, Wis.
Division of Ser. No. 756,217, Aug. 29, 1968, abandoned. This
application Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,683
Int. CI. F15b 9/03.9/09
U.S. CI. 91-363 R 6 Claims
±±
4=^
ss
m=iM
)U
T A^
nwGEF
atttKLAr
line to be connected with a pressure source and with a further
housing connection for an auxiliary force; the valve includes
within the valve housing, closure valves as well as a valve-ad-
justing member whereby the valve-adjusting member and
valve housing are so connected with the working cylinder and
worlcing piston that the working piston is normally adjusted
into a first intended position when the pressure medium
source supplies a pressure to the corresponding housing con-
nection; the supply of an auxiliary pressure force to the cor-
responding housing connection causes the parts to be adjusted
to a new position in which a second new desired position of
the working piston relative to the working cylinder is
established; additionally, by appropriate switching of the pres-
sure medium and auxiliary pressure force, the working piston
can be displaced into an end position while a communication
of the housing connections for the pressure medium and the
auxiliary pressure medium with the return line causes the
working spaces in the working cylinder to be closed.
A control system for positioning a remote fluid motor hav-
ing relatively movable elements. The system includes an elec-
tric circuit having a control element producing an output re-
lated to the relative position of the movable elements, an ad-
justable element having an output related to the desired posi-
tion of the movable elements, and an electric comparing
mechanism producing a voltage output which is a combined
function of the above outputs and which properly positions a
valve to control the fiow of fluid to and from the fluid ram.
The control includes a cantilever beam within the fluid ram
whose deflection is responsive to the position of the piston
rod. A variable resistor is connected to the beam having an
electrical output related to the position of the piston rod.
3,710,689
HYDRAULIC STEERING SYSTEM
Donald LeRoy Henderson, Waterloo, Iowa, assignor to Deere
& Company, Moline, III.
.^iledjan.25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,218
Int.CI.FI5b/i//6
U.S.CL91-388 7 Claims
N*
ixnni
3,710.688
CONTROL VALVE. ESPECIALLY FOR LEVEL CONTROL
VALVE FOR HYDROPNEUMATIC VEHICLE SPRING
SYSTEMS
Klaus Bauer, Stuttgart-Heumaden; Fritz Naumann, Un-
terensingen, and Hermann Schobbe. Oeffingen, all of Ger-
many, assignors to Daimber-Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Stutt-
gart-Unterturkheim. Germany
FUed March 27. 1970, Ser. No. 23,428
Claims priority, application Germany. March 29. 1969. P 19
16 238.8
Int.CI.F15b9//0, /i//6
U.S.CL 91-375 R 46 Claims
. A vehicle includes a steering wheel which is linked to a
steering valve for shifting the latter from a neutral position to
first and second active positions for causing respective exten-
sion and retraction of a two-way steering cylinder. Formed
within the steering cylinder is a follow-up cylinder which ex-
tends and retracts in unison with the steering cylinder A two-
way slave cylinder is linked to the steering valve and has op-
posite ends respectively fiuidly connected to one end of the
steering cylinder and to the follow-up cylinder such that when
turning of the steering wheel is stopped, the slave cylinder
shifts to return the steering valve to the neutral position. The
displacement of the follow-up and slave cylinders are matched
to permit full-stroke operation of the steering cylmder. A fixed
volume of control fluid is trapped between the follow-up and
slave cylinders. Connected in the return line from the steering
cylinder is a pilot-operated valve which is responsive to the
control nuid pressure for opening the return line only when
the steering valve occupies an active position.
A control valve for use in particular with a level control
system for hydropneumatic vehicle springs in which the hous-
ing is provided with a housing connection for the working
pressure medium line leading to the cylinder, with a housing
connection for a return line, with a housing connection for a
3,710,690
ACCELERATOR
Kenneth R. Dye, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 1 6, 1 970, Ser. No! 89,823
Int. CI. F15b 11106; FOlb 7100, 1 1102
US CI 91— 411 A 8 Claims
"a pneumatic cylinder and piston actuator for successively
accelerating and decelerating a structure to be tested It in-
cludes a reservoir for gas under pressure, an accelerating
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
859
cylinder and piston, and a decelerating cylinder and piston, construction for connecting the service chamber with the
the latter being of smaller diameter but longer stroke than the
former. Upon release of a pneumatic pressure hold down, the
accelerating piston, actuated by reservoir pressure, ac-
celerates both pistons. Upon termination of the stroke of the
accelerating piston the reservoir pressure decelerates the
other piston, which is connected to the device to be tested. A
non-return device terminates each such cycle, after which the
actuator is reset.
3,710,691
RECIPROCATING PISTON ENGINE
James P. L. Sullivan, P. O. Box 3241, Scottsdale, Ariz.
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 59,876
Int. CI. FOlb 73/06
U.S. CI. 91— 496
spring cavity to prevent entry of dirt and other foreign matter
into the latter.
3,710,693
APPARATUS FOR ATTACHING A FLEXIBLE BAG TO A
CONTAINER BODY
Werner Marhold, Huntington Beach, Calif., assignor to
Sterigard Corporation, Santa Ana, Calif.
FiledJunell.l971.Ser^. No. 152,184
Int. CI. B3 lb ///OO
U.S. CI. 93-36.0 1 2 1 Claims
5 Claims
A rotary engine comprises a rotor defining interiorly a plu-
rality of radially disposed cylinders and a reciprocating, fiuid-
pressure-driven piston in said cylinder. Each piston carries a
cross pin extending parallel to the axis of rotation and project-
ing through a radially elongated slot in the rotor. Rotation of
the rotor about its axis is effected by the interaction of the
cross pins with one or more fixed elliptical tracks disposed in
planes normal to the axis of roUtion.
3,710,692
BREATHING SYSTEM FOR SPRING BRAKE ACTUATOR
Harry M. Valentine. Elyria. Ohio, assignor to Bendix-
Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake Company, Elyria, Ohio
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,697
Int. CI. FOlb 7/00
U.S. CI. 92-63 9 Claims
A combined service and spring brake actuator comprising
service and spring brake chambers arranged in tandem and in-
cluding a breathing system for the spnng cavity during actua-
tion of the spring brake actuator, the system including a valve
A plurality of fingers contract into a generally elliptical pat-
tern and expand into a generally cylindrical pattern to present
to a container body an expanded mouth of a flexible bag. With
the upper fiange of a container body slightly above the free
ends of the expanded fingers the fingers are collapsed close to
the outside of the container body below the flange to allow
stripping of the bag from the fingers. To facilitate gnpping of
the bag with limited finger area engagement, each of the fin-
gers has a raised rib for engaging the bag.
The change in the pattern of the fingers is effected through
linkage. The linkage includes four rocker arms with pairs of
the rocker arms pivotally mounted to a base on diametric op-
posite sides of an opening in the base. Each of two axially
aligned actuator shafts drive two of the rocker arms through
drive links. The actuator shafts are at right angles to the plane
of the axes of the pivots. A pair of coordinating links for each
pair of rocker arms carries one of the fingers. Each rocker arm
and each actuator shaft carries a finger. The pivotal connec-
tions of the linkage elements is such that the elliptical to cylin-
drical finger pattern develops when the actuator shafts are
pulled away from each other.
860
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,694
ROLLER ADJUSTMENT IN ENVELOPE FOLDING
MACHINES
Gunter Ehlscheid, Neuwied, Germany, assignor to Winkler &
Dunnebier Maschinenfabrik Und Eisengiesserei, Neuwied,
Rhine, Germany
Filed March 18, 1971,Ser. No. 125,712
Intel. B31b 27/00
VS. CI. 93—62 7 Claims
main frame or working tool. Cross or parallel connected ex-
tensible members are also used in the sensor linkages con-
trolling the steering to compensate for and reduce both over-
and under correction. The walking beam can be located on a
side of the machine longitudinally oriented with the direction
of travel or at the front or rear of the machine transverse the
direction of travel. The working tool, such as a slip form or
A machine for folding cuts or sheets of paper or the like par-
ticularly cuts for envelopes or the like, has an adjustable roller
device carrying, for example, a knife for preliminary cutting or
a series of suction openings. Tlie roller device can be adjusted
in relation to its driving gear wheel to a predetermined angle
by a remotely controlled adjusting device. The angularly ad-
justable part of the roller device is operatively connected with
the driving gear wheel in the operative position of the roller
device. When this connection is interrupted and the gear
wheel stands still the adjusting device adjusts the roller rela-
tively to the gear wheel to the extent of a predetermined angle
which is set by an actuating potentiometer. The invention is
particularly characterized by the provision of an actual value
potentiometer and slip rings fixed to one of the parts which are
rotatable relatively to each other, the potentiometer having a
ring-shaped resistance. This provides an electrical connection
of this potentiometer with the electrical circuit for adjusting
the roller device. The slider of this potentiometer is coupled
with the other one of the parts rotatable relatively to each
other in such manner that when the part of the roller device
which is to be adjusted relatively to its gear wheel, is rotated
by a predetermined angle, there is a rotation by the same angle
between the slides of this potentiometer and its ring-shaped
resistance. When the angular adjustment of the roller set by
the actuating potentiometer has been completed, the actual
value potentiometer will stop automatically the remotely con-
trolled adjusting device by means of a value comparing device
known per se.
3,710,695
CONSTRUCTION MACHINE AND CONTROLS
THEREFOR
Charies R. Miller; Allen R. Miller, both of McHenry, and
David J. Miller, Ringwood, all of 111., assignors to Miller
Formless Co., Inc., McHenry, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 774,014, Nov. 7, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,606,827. This application Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,423
Int. CI. EOlc 79/45
U.S. CI. 94-46 R 24 Claims
The main frame of the construction machine disclosed is
supported upon two pairs of crawler tractors through a five
point suspension using four hydraulic rams, two of which
cooperate with one pair of tractors and two of which
cooperate with the other pair of tractors through a walking
beam. Each tractor is individually driven and pivotally
mounted from a saddle on a vertical axis. Opposite fore and
aft pairs of tractors are connected by a double steering link-
age, the geometry of which is modified to increase the steering
sensitivity and provide for automatic simultaneous extension
and retraction of the dual linkages to accommodate maximum
grade and slope deviations without affecting the level of the
mule shoe for curbings, has automatically adjustable skirts to
prevent edge slump as it traverses the grade deviations and
can be extended or retracted from the side of the main frame
to different work locations or relocated at the back of the
machine for highway travel and trailering of the machine. The
hopper and screw conveyor cooperate in pivoting to and from
the work position.
3,710,696
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING OPTICAL PATTERNS
John R. Tucker, Alpharetta, Ga., and Raymond R. Williams,
Marietta, Ga., assignors to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation,
Burbank, Calif.
Filed Feb. 4, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,608
Int. CI. G03b 1 7124
U.S. CI. 95-1.1 7 Claims
Apparatus for producing optical patterns of digitally en-
coded information to be photographed along with other infor-
mation. The patterns of digital data used for frame identifica-
tion in microfilm photography or for other purposes are pro-
vided by means of a coding matrix including a number of
lamps individually mounted in recessed chambers beneath a
portion of the reflective surface of a front-illuminated sup-
porting member on which the pages of text or other informa-
tion are received for photographing. The interior of each
recessed chamber is nonreflective so that each chamber is
photographed as a black area when the corresponding lamp is
not illuminated and is photographed as an illuminated area op-
tically indistinguishable from the illuminated background pro-
vided by the reflective surface when the lamp is illuminated.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
861
■? 710 697 3,710,699
FOLDING CAMERA VIEWFINDER SINGLE LENS REFLEX CAMERA WITH AN
RIchardJFrS^r 21 Meadow Parkway, Franklin, Mass., and INTERCHANGEABLE FOCUS SCREEN
John EMcGraUi, Jr., 34 Oakland Street, Dedham, Mass. Talzo MitanI, Yokohama, Jap«i, assignor to Cannon
FiledDec.I,1971,Ser.No.203,735 KabushlkiKaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Int.CI.G03b///04 *'"?^P'^'*I;:^?7**'^'-^"-^A^ri 21 1967
lienor 47 8 Claims Claims priority, application Japan, April 21, iv«.7,
U.5>.CI.V5 4/ 44/35776
Int. CI. GOlj 7/00
U.S.CL 95-10 PO 14 Claims
A compact folding camera including a viewing device for
framing a scene to be photographed. The viewing device in-
cludes first and second optical elements and an erecting
system for moving the optical elements from an inoperative
position to an operative position. The erecting system includes
a latch for releasably retaining the optical elements in the in-
operative position. One of the links of the erecting system is
responsive to movement of the camera to its operative, ex-
tended position for releasing the latch to allow the erecting
system to move the optical elements to their operative posi-
tions.
Y""^ «r»t>rt. -A
A removeable condenser lens is mounted above the focus-
ing screen in an SLR. The photocell must be mounted a fixed
distance away from the condenser so that the condenser can
swing to be removed. To compensate for any lost light which
would be caused by the distance, a lens modifies to light
directed at the photocell.
3,710,700
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED SHUTTER
Chiuriyo Nakano, Yono, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Koparu, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,474
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 24, 1970,
45/741 16; Sept. 25, 1970, 45/95114; Oct. 1, 1970,45/97784;
Oct. 14, 1970,45/102221
Int. CI. G03b 7108, 9124
U.S. CI. 95-10 CE 5 Claims
3,710,698
PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPOSITION SYSTEM
David J. Sinnott, Ringwood; Donald E. Alecci, Pine Brook, and
Louis Kaplan, Englewood Cliffs, all of NJ., assignors to
Star-New Era, Inc., South Hackensack, N J.
Filed May 19, 1969, Ser. No. 825,692
Int. CI. B41b 2 7/20
U.S. CI. 95-4.5 19 Claims
A photographic composition system having a pulsed light
source that projects a beam of light through a font of charac-
ters to produce an image which is cast by a rotating reflector
onto a sheet of film. The controls for activating the rotating
mirror are connected to a memory system which receives data
input and justifies each line of type that is to be printed.
An electronic shutter for photographic camera compnsing a
shutter blade opening lever coupled directly to shutter blades
which serve concurrently as the diaphragm blades, a shutter
blade closing lever arranged to directly hit against one of the
shutter blades and concurrently for determining the size of
opening of the diaphragm aperture, a contact member for a
fiash luminescing means provided on the shutter blade open-
ing lever and diaphragm blades for a light-receiving element
and arranged to be controlled of their positions starting always
from the fully opened positions toward the minimum
diaphragm aperture positions whenever the shutter is
released. The aforesaid arrangement of the shutter enables the
shutter blades to accomplish quick and precise opening and
closing movement in accordance with the proper size of open-
ing of the diaphragm aperture and with the proper exposure
time which are both determined, in combination, by an auto-
matic exposure control circuit and also enables that perfect
synchronism is established always between the luminescing of
the flash bulb and the full opening of the shutter blades.
862
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,701
FLASH DEVICE FOR A CAMERA AND A
PHOTOGRAPHING SYSTEM WITH AN ARTIFICIAL
ILLUMINATOR
Yoshiyuki Takishima, and Yukio Mashimo. both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo. Japan
Filed Dec. 21, W70, Ser. No. 100,286
Claims priority, application Japan, I^^ 27 » 969 45/789;
n*c 27 1969 45 790; Jan. 19, 1970, 45/4932; Jan. 19, 1970,
^4933 Ma^ch 6, 1970, 45/19583; May 15 1970, 45/41955;
May 18 1970, 45/42693; June 1, 1970, 45/47330; Jan. 22, 1970.
45/6672; May 19, 1970, 45/49007; May 22, 1970, 45/50369;
May 30 1970, 45/53140; June 1, 1970,45/54129; June 12, 1970,
45/582M; Oct. 2, 1970, 45/86940; Aug. 24, 1970, 45/84658;
Oct. 2, 1970, 45/98262
Int. CLG03b 9/70
^. «,^ .1 c 58 Claims
U.S. CI. 95— 11.5
3,710,703
WEB TRANSPORT APPARATUS
Frederick H. Bruno; Raymond J. Camp, and Thomas H^ Far-
rell, all of Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y. li^iniii
Divisiorof Ser. No. 863,531, Oct. 3, 1969, Pat. No. 3,630,213.
This application March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,840
lnt.Cl.G03c3//2
U.S. CI. 95-94 R »^'«""
SUIDC NUMUR
'COMTMl.
FL<SH
cmcmT)
COKTHOL
CIKUI'
oftMTO.-f FO
LLUli"»»*TOII
FOCUS
COMTMOL
I ^ I f~ L.l*01C»TO«
-t ° 1 U—i
In the flash device disclosed, the quantity of hght emitted by
a flash Illuminator is varied on the basis of the time integration
of a light intensity. A controller varies the operation of the iN
luminator on the basis of the distance between the camera and
the scene being illuminated^
3,710,702
OPTICAL EXPOSURE HEAD
Robert K. Conant, Endicott, N.Y., and William H. F-nke San
Jose, Calif., assignors to International Business Machmes
Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filedjune 1,1971, Ser. No. 148,353
Int. CI. G03
U.S.CL 95-12 J*^'-""^
Web transport apparatus for positively driving a web having
a soft and tacky emulsion surface when wet, through a
processing bath by contacting only the rear web surface after
the web is wet. The apparatus comprises a horizontally ar^
ranged fluid containing tank with a pair of input rolls disposed
along one side of and above the tank which are arranged to
form a nip to drive the web into the tank. A pair of horizon-
tally spaced belt support rolls are horizontally disposed in the
tank with the first belt support roll adjacent ^aidrnput rolls
and the second belt support roll being disposed adjacen the
side of said tank opposite from the flrst belt sup^rt roll. A
honzontal belt idler roll is disposed in the tank between he
belt support rolls and has an upper surface disposed below the
upper surfaces of the belt support rolls A web-carrying
endless belt member is disposed in the tank and extends sub^
stantially across the width thereof in one direction and
around the belt support rolls and the lower surface of the idle
roll in the other direction. The belt member has sufllcient
slack in the length thereof so that the upper span may be
de're^ed below'the upper surfaces of the belt support ro s. A
nrst fluid supply is disposed above the first belt support roll
and is arranged to appira curtain of activator fluid to the web
on the uppe? surface of the belt. The belt cooperates with the
ends of thVtank to form a flow path between at least one edge
of the belt and the tank. The flow path is arranged, with
respect to the flow from the first fluid supply, to limit the flow
from the top of the belt whereby a pool of liquid ■« forrned on
the top span of the belt and the weight of the 'iqu.d pool
depre^es the belt into driving engagement with the dnven
?oT. A second fluid supply is disposed above the second beh
support roll and is arranged to apply a curtain of-^^T^f ""'^
to the web beyond the end of the belt and outside of the tank.
An optical exposure head having a light source, condensing
lens and projection lens for tracing a configuration on a
photosensitized plate moving at a constant velocity which is
provided with a circular disc opening shutter and a circular
disc closing shutter mounted for independent rotation m the
liEht path from the light source and condensing lens with each
shutter having an identical profile of a constant velocity cam.
A plurality of reticles are provided which are indexed to bnng
a selected reticle in position adjacent the shutters for tracing
the configuration thereon. The opening shutter is rotated m
synchronism with the moving plate to uncover said configura-
tion for tracing and the closing shutter is rotated m
synchronism with the moving plate to cover said configuration
and terminate the trace whereby uniform exposure of the con-
figuration being traced is provided.
3,710,704
ILLUMINATING ARRANGEMENT WITH ^LAS" L^MPS
FOR USE WITH PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS
Karl Wagner, Ottobrunn, Germany, assignor to Agfa-Gevaen
Aktiengesellschaft, Uverkusen, Germany
FUed J«.. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,826
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 16, 1970, f zu
^^'''*-^ Int. CI. G03b/ 7/56
, 6 Claims
'^* An^mummating arrangement having a flash crcuit which is
built into the body of a camera and utilizing ^ashcubes whose
bases can be inserted into a socket of the camera body The
flash circuit has two contacts which are engaged by the elec
treses oJa selected flash lamp of that flashcube which .s con-
nected with the camera body. An arcuate elastic -Retail c ele
ment short-circuits the electrodes of all such flash lamps
which are not in proper position for illumination of a subject
or cene The flash c^cuiThas a normally open synchronizing
::itch Tn series with the two contacts and with a source of igh
voltage, such as a battery and a capacitor connected with a
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
863
transformer or a piezoelectric crystal which can be struck by
an impeller on closing of the switch to induce a voltage which
mounted at the base of a body tube and operatively associated
with an operating mechanism provided in a camera body, and
an interlocking arm formed integrally with said rotatable ring
and engaging an interlocking pin extended from an aperture
ring to thereby open and close a diaphragm upon rotation of
said rotatable ring. The interlocking arm includes a slide arm
is high enough to fire that flash lamp whose electrodes are
connected with the contacts of the flash circuit.
3,710,705
CAMERA WITH A POWER-DRIVEN FILM WINDING
DEVICE
Shuji Kimura, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku K.K.
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 219,951
Int.CI.G03b/9/00
U.S. CI. 95-31
6 Claims
disposed thereon for axial sliding movement with respect to
the interlocking arm so that the engagement between the in-
terlocking arm and the interlocking pin takes place via the
slide arm, and that the slide arm is axially movable in ac-
cordance with the axial movement of the lens tube. Any incor-
rect stop opening or any time delay of operation can be
avoided effectively and the body tube can be made compact.
3,710,707
FONT STRIP STRUCTURE
Ellis P. Hanson, Rockport, and George J. H. Sausele, Lynn-
field, both of Mass., assignors to Compugraphic Corpora-
tion, Wilmington, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 804,466, March 5, 1969, Pat. No.
3 610 121.ThisapplicationSept. 28, 1971,Ser. No. 184,357
Int. CI. G03b 15/00
U.S. CI. 95-85 5 Claims
A camera is provided with a power-driven film winding
device in which a high-voltage circuit is completed upon
depression of an operating button so as to supply high voltage
to a motor to wind a film at high speed for phototaking; and
upon releasing of the operating button, the high-voltage cir-
cuit is changed over to a low-voltage circuit so as to wind the
film with the aid of low voltage after the phototaking and en-
sure that the motor stops at a predetermined position where
subsequent film winding and shutter charging is completed.
The font strip consists of a dimensionally stable photo-
graphic film on which have been developed timing marks and
type characters. The font strip is accurately positioned on a
rotating drum by guide posts which project through apertures
on the font strip. The font strip is secured to the surface of the
drum by the engagement of an end plate fastened to one end
of the font strip, which end plate projects through pins
mounted to the surface of the drum. The other end of the font
strip is bent within a hooked end plate which engages a cor-
respondingly tapered hook portion of the font drum. A ten-
sioning mechanism associated with the font drum affords the
necessary tension to maintain the font strip on the drum.
3,710,706
DIAPHRAGM-ACTUATING DEVICE FOR A CAMERA
Noriaki Sanada, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Canon Kabushiki
Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,633
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 27, 1969,
44/91666
Int. CI. G03b 9/06
U.S. CI. 95-64 R 4 Claims
A diaphragm-actuating interlocking mechanism in an auto-
matic stop device for a camera includes a rotatable ring
3,710,708
EXPOSING AND DEVELOPING APPARATUS
Gordon A. Schuman, Jr., Rolling Meadows; Raymond W. Col-
lins, Schaumburg, both of III., and Yukinori Koyama, Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Dietzgen Corporation, Chicago. III.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,897
Int.CI.G03di//2
U.S. CI. 95-94 G 3 Claims
An apparatus wherein a photosensitive sheet material
developable by contact with a gaseous developing agent is
864
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
placed beneath an image bearing sheet material and the com-
ORIGINAL »1TM PRINTED
■ OCVELOPEO COP''
PERF0R4TE0 TEFLONSCREEN
FOR PAPER G
DEVELOPER
/FOR PAPER GUIDE THRU
/ DCVELi
SENSITIZED '
PRINT PAPER 2
LIGHT SOURCE
(ANT NUMBER
OF U V LAMPS)
22
BELT TRACKING
GUIDE
" ^ HEATING ELEMENT
.DEVELOPING AREA
3,710,711
SYSTEM FOR FORMING AND HANDLING ANNULAR
ROD BUNDLES
Walter G. Boehm, Birmingham, and Gordon A. Torrance,
Riverview, both of Mich., assignors to Jervis B. Webb Com-
pany
Filed Aug. 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 74,3 1 8
Int. CI. B65b/ i/00
U.S. CI. 100-7 19 Claims
24 I
/ PAPER GUIDE from' ^DRiVE ROLLER
PRINTING TO
DEVELOPING AREA
bination first exposed and then developed without separating
the two sheet materials.
3,710,709
FLAMBE FLAMER
Francesco D. Roncarelli, 51 West Main Street, Mystic, Conn.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93.644
Int. CI. A47j 36124
U.S. CI. 99-324 6 Claims
'/7 f^
A ladle-like flambeing utensil for containing and flambeing
an alcoholic potion and dispensing it while flaming, made up
of an open-topped shell having a central supply bowl and con-
nected smaller side bowls for receiving overflow from the
supply bowl for priming and pouring. The utensil is provided
with a handle for manipulating it.
Rod delivered in a series of rings to an elevated gathering
tub. in a conventional manner, is formed into an annular bun-
dle around a mandrel of a rod bundle carrier having a base
platform secured at right angles to the mandrel, the carrier
being elevated so that the mandrel projects into the gathering
tub as the bundle is formed and loaded onto the base platform
of the carrier. The loaded carrier is lowered from the gather-
ing tub, and is then detachably suspended from a load unit of
an overhead power and free conveyor which transports the
loaded carrier to other stations where operations are per-
formed on the rod bundle. At each of these other stations the
bundle is not separated from the carrier but the carrier is
detached from the conveyor, employed as part of the ap-
paratus for carrying out the operation, and resuspended from
the conveyor, the loaded carrier eventually arriving at at an
unloading station where the processed bundle is removed
from the carrier.
3,710,710
METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING COTTON BALES
Albert T. Koehler, Monticello; Paul J. Shideler, Logansport,
both of Ind., and Linus E. Dohogne, Paragould, Ark., as-
signors to A. J. Gerrard & Company, Des Plaines, III.
Division of Ser. No. 887,963, Dec. 24, 1969, Pat. No.
3,673,950. This application Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195j#24
Int. CI. B65b /J/02
U.S. CI. 100-3 2 Claims
An apparatus for automatically transferring cotton bales
from an unhanding station to a press and rebanding station.
3,710,712
ADJUSTABLE CUP SUPPORT FOR USE IN CONTINUOUS
PRINTING ON CONICAL CUPS
Jean Demierre, Freiburg, Switzerland, assignor to Polytype
AG, Freiburg, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,413
Claims priority, application Sweden, Sept. 2, 1970,
11951/70
Int.CI.B41f /7/2S
U.S.CK 101-39 7 Claims
To assure constant line contact between a conical cup and a
printing cylinder during continuous printing operations, a cup
carrier is provided which can position the conical cups in con-
tinuous tangential contact with the printing cylinder. The cup
carrier is mounted on a shaft which extends axially from a
bearing head, a plurality of the bearing heads are mounted in
angularly spaced relationship with the axis of the printing
cylinder. An eccentric bush and an eccentric bolt are
rotatably supported within each bearing head and, in turn,
support the shaft which mounts the cup carrier. By adjusting
the eccentric bush and bolt, the axis of the shaft can be angu-
larly displaced relative to the axis of the bearing head so that a
cup positioned on the cup carrier can be placed in proper con-
tact with the printing cylinder. A cam and spring mechanism
January 16, 1973 GENERAL AND MECHANICAL 865
are operatively associated with the bearing head to assure con- rotates. A new combination of chains or belts, guide mernBers,
S^7
stant contact between a cup on the cup carrier and the print-
ing cylinder during the printing operation.
3,710,713
PRINT HAMMER ACTUATING MECHANISM
Howard H. Voegelin, Cheshire, Conn., assignor to Veeder In-
dustries Inc., Hartford, Conn.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,304
Int. CI. B41j 9/25, 9/iS
U.S. CI. 1 0 1 —93 C 1 0 Claims
^^ S3
and rotor means is provided to insure effective stirring, while
using simple driving and guiding apparatus.
3,710,715
VOLUTE SPRING STABILIZER
Wayne E. Hoofnagie, Waterloo, Iowa, assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,488
Int. CI. F42b 25// 6
U.S. CI. 102-4 5 Claims
A printer with a hammer actuating mechanism comprising
elongated drive-ratchet and control-cam shafts mounted in
spaced parallel relationship and a plurality of pivotal hammers
extending transversely of the shafts. A drive pawl pivotally
mounted on each hammer arm is engageable by the drive-
ratchet shaft for pivotal actuation of the hammer for produc-
ing a printout and the control-cam shaft is rotatable for releas-
ing the drive pawls for engagement by the drive-ratchet shaft.
A pivotal control arm is operable by an electromagnet for ac-
tuation by the drive-ratchet shaft in the manner of the hammer
actuation to rotate the control-cam shaft for releasing the
drive pawls.
3,710,714
STIRRING APPARATUS FOR CIRCULATING COLOR OR
INK IN THE COLOR CHEST OF A PRINTING MACHINE
Eberhard Graupner, Freital, Germany, assignor to VEB Poly-
graph Leipzig Kombinat f. Polygraphiche Maschinen und
Ausrustungen, Leipzig, Germany
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,718
Int.CI.B41f J//02
U.S. CI. 101—364 5 Claims
Agitating apparatus for circulating liquid color material or
ink in the color chest of a printing machine. The agitator or
top for the color material is carried by a slider which
reciprocates, in a direction parallel to the color ductor or ink
roller, by means of an endless chain or belt, while the top itself
A volute spring stabilizer for controlling the trajectory of an
ordnance munition such as a bomb, bomblet or canister, and
consists of a flat strip of spring steel wound in a clockspring
manner. The wound spring is nested in a cavity formed in the
base of the munition, or may be left fully extended. Centrifu-
gal force generated by tumbling or oscillating of the munition
will cause the spring to extend to provide a stabilizing tail to
enhance the stability of the munition in flight.
3,710,716
RAM PRESSURE STANDOFF EXTENSION AND
SAFE/ARM MECHANISM FOR SELF-ARMING
MUNITIONS
Thomas L. Davis, and Joseph D. Hansen, both of Huntsville,
Ala., assignors to The Boeing Company, Seattle, W ash.
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,807
lnt.CI.F42c///4
U.S.CI. 102— 7.4 7 Claims
A munition for flight through a fluid medium environment
to a target having an extendible standoff member normally
carried within the munition body for efficient packing density,
an interior diaphragm responsive to the differential between
fluid ram pressure and local low static pressure during flight to
extend the standoff member forwardly of the munition body,
and a detonator carried by the standoff member into an armed
ggg * OFFICIAL GAZETTE January 16, 1973
position wherein it is responsive to the impact of the standoff wherein an explosive load is maintained below its critical
member with the target to detonate the munition at a
predetermined standoff distance from the target.
amount by displacing a portion of the volume of a treatment
cavity with a non-explosive medium.
3.710.717
PERCUSSION FIRING SYSTEM
Jack W. Tamplen. Rural Route 2. Celina, Tex.
Filed May 18, 1971. Ser. No. 144.582
Int.CI. F42bi/yO,F42cy/04
U.S. CI. 102-20
3.710.719
DETONATOR FOR AN EXPLOSIVELY OPERATED
36 Claims CONNECTOR
Waiter Myers Werner, Downingtown. Pa., assignor to AMP In-
corporated. Harrisburg. Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 18,152, March 10, 1970,
abandoned. This application Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,898
Inl.CI. F42bi/;4
U.S. CI. 102-28 R 2 Claims
•^^^
Percussion firing apparatus for firing an explosive charge in
a downhole tool by use of a nonelectrical wireline charac-
terized by positive safety features and including a percussion
firing head assembly that is set in the well and. on a sub-
sequent trip, a firing pin assembly is emplaced within the firing
head assembly to effect finng of the charge, after which the
entire percussion firing apparatus is pulled. The positive safety
features provided include ( 1 ) preventing the emplacement of
an armed firing pin assembly within the receiving chamber of
the percussion finng head assembly while running or pulling;
and ( 2 ) allowing only one firing attempt.
3,710.718
METHOD FOR CREATING UNDERGROUND CAVITIES
EMPLOYING EXPLOSIVES
Charles H. Grant, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed Feb. 4. 1971, Ser. No. 112,704
Int. CI. F42d 3100
U.S. CI. 102-23 6 Claims
Underground cavities are created by explosive springing
In a connector device for splicing or providing terminal
anchoring means for a large diameter electrical cable, the con-
nector including a shell, a firing chamber and, upon firing an
explosive charge with a detonator device, securely engages the
cable inserted into the connector, the novel combination
residing in a detonator threadably secured internally of the
connector and provided with a negative electrode and a posi-
tive electrode connected together through an insulator cap
having an interior transmission stem, with a spring in contact
with an explosive charge within the connector additionally
contacting both the positive and the negative electrodes of the
detonator, the detonator further including a firing cap and a
plastic plug carrying a contact rivet engaged with the stem,
together with a nichrome wire engaging the spring and a
primer retained in a primer holder covered by a thm firing
membrane.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
867
3.710.720
HIGH ENERGY MINIMUM LETHALITY WEAPON
SYSTEM
Robert C. Mawhinney, Danville. Calif., assignor to MB As-
sociates, San Ramon. Calif.
Filed May 21. 1970, Set. No. 39,294
Int. CI. F42b 7102
U.S.CI. 102— 42C 11 Claims
/^ J-J
3,710,722
FLUID FLOW VELOCITY ACTUATED SAFETY AND
ARMING DEVICE
Nicholas L. Demas. Silver Spring, Md.; George J. Fabian,
Canoga Park; Alex S. Marderian. Granada Hills, both of
CaliL; Sherman L. Min. Upper Marlboro; John M. Wack,
Bethesda. both of Md.; Herbert I. Waxman, and Edwin W.
Wecker, both of Northridge, Calif., assignors to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,435
Int. CI. F42c 5100
U.S. CI. 102—81.2 7jClaims
The disclosure relates to a weapon system comprising a
launcher and a flexible low lethality projectile of relatively
large mass adapted to be radiallyexpanded during trajectory
so as to present a relatively large impact surface to the target.
The projectile has an initial relatively small cross section so as
to be insertable in a conventional launcher. The launcher may
have internal rifiing grooves within the barrel to effect rota-
tion of the projectile and radial expansion thereof due to cen-
trifugal force. The relatively large area of contact on impact
reduces unit area energy and therefore penetration to a
minimum while maintaining high inertia energy thereby to ac-
complish a non-lethal incapacitation of a human target.
3,710,721
MOBILE TRACK TAMPER
John Kenneth Stewart, Columbia, S.C, assignor to Tamper
Inc., West Columbia. S.C.
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,076
Int.CLE01b27//6
U.S. CI. 104-12 1 Claim
A safety and arming device having rotary electric switches
and a detonator rotor contained therein and being adapted to
be coupled to a remotely located associated explosive device
solely by mild detonating cord. The rotary switches and
detonator rotor are mounted for rotational movement on a
shaft attached to a bar screw having a nut threaded thereon,
the nut being restrained against rotational movement but
being movable linearly along the bar screw. Centrifugal
weights attached to a rotatable impeller exert a linear force
against the nut proportional to fluid flow velocity across the
impeller, causing the nut to slide along the bar screw and
rotate the switches and detonator rotor to the armed position.
A preloaded compression spring acting upon the nut in op-
position to the force produced by the centrifugal weights pro-
vides velocity discrimination by biasing the nut, rotary
switches and arming rotor to the safe position and permitting
the rotor and switches to maintain the armed position only in
the continued presence of fluid flow above a predetermined
magnitude.
^^
3,710,723
TRACER PROJECTILE
Kurt Muller. Dielsdorf, and Silvano Trevisani. Zurich, both of
Switzerland, assignors to Werkreugmaschinenfabrik Oer-
likon-Buhrte AG. Zurich. Switzeriand
Filed July 24. 1970. Ser. No. 57.978
Claims priority, application Switzeriand. Aug. 5, 1969,
11860/69
Int.CLF42b;;//6
U.S. CI. 102-87 3 Claims
A track tamping machine having a plurality of ballast tamp-
ing heads mounted on a carriage thereof. At least one of the
tamping machine heads is slidably mounted longitudinally of
the carriage and the tamping heads are spaced longitudinally
with respect to the track on the carriage The slidably
mounted tamping head is capable of performing a tamping
operation whilst the carriage is moving along the track.
A tracer projectile comprising a body having a rearwardly
open recess with a pyrotechnic pack in the recess. The shell of
868
the pack is located with radial clearance inside the recess.
There are cooperating annular coned faces on the shell and in
the recess. A threaded steel ring is screwed into the recess to
the rear of the shell so that the axial thrust of the threaded ring
on the shell will cause the pyrotechnic pack to be axiaUy
aligned by the cooperation of the annular coned faces. The
threaded ring is provided with said radial slots on its side fac-
ing the shell.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
outside said path, while at least another vehicle is covering the
path. At the end of said operations said track section is con-
ERRATUM
For Class 104 — 12 see
Patent No. 3,710,721
3,710,724
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM WITH DOCKING AND
LANE TRANSFER APPARATUS
Richard H. Donlon, Denver, Colo.; David E. Close, Centeriine,
and Peter B. Loomis, Birmingham, both of Mich., assignors
to Transportation Technology, Inc., Denver, Colo.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,664
Int. CI. B6 lb //00,/2/OS
U.S. CI. 104-31 17 Claims
nected to the path and at least another track section, carrying
another vehicle, is brought in said passenger embarking and
disembarking position.
3,710,726
CABLEWAY
Hugh L. Buchholz, Rt. 3, Box 154-A, Centralia, Wash., and
Jerry L. Hays, Rt. 2, Lebanon, Tenn.
Filed April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,282
int. CI. B61b 7118- Ii66c 2 1102
U.S.CL 104-112 7 Claims
A transportation system including apparatus for docking
and lane transfer of air cushion vehicles. A loading platform
located alongside a roadway, track or guideway system has a
reciprocable docking device located in a compartment
beneath the platform which is operable to extend and engage a
vehicle traveling along a traffic lane of the guideway system
and to subsequently retract and move the vehicle transversely
off the traffic lane to a position alongside the loading platform,
or to another traffic lane. The vehicle is secured to the
docking device by electromagnets. The docking device pro-
vides an external power source for the air cushion devices, and
for continuous operation of lights, air conditioning and heat-
ing system, and other environmental controls and communica-
tion equipment of the vehicle during the time that the vehicle
is positioned at the loading platform.
An improved cableway wherein the conventional traveling
endless cable is omitted and the trolley, supported upon a pair
of laterally spaced elevated cables anchored under tension, is
motivated along the cables by driving the trolley support
wheels adapted to roll upon the said elevated cables; the wheel
rims are shaped to mate with the convolved periphery of the
spiral wound elevated cables and magnetic means are pro-
vided to increase the frictional attraction of the drive wheels
and their companion cable. *
3,710,725
APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING EMBARKING AND
DISEMBARKING OPERATIONS IN AMUSEMENT PARK
ATTRACTIONS
Itak) Pinfari, and Pino Bcgotti, both of Siuzara, Italy, assignors
to F.LLI Pinfari S.r.l., Suzzara Mantova, Italy
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,155
Claims priority, application Italy, July 15, 1970, 27448/70;
Germany, Dec. 1. 1970, P 20 59 104.2
Int.CI.B60s/i/02
U.S. CI. 104-35 2 Claims
Apparatus for performing passenger embarking and disem-
barking operations in fair or amusement park attractions
wherein vehicles are driven to cover a predetermined path as
defined by track means or the like, means for comprising car-
rying-out said passenger embarking and disembarking opera-
tions on a vehicle lying on a track section which is positioned
3,710,727
AIR BEAM WAY AND SWITCHING SYSTEM
Einar Svensson, 19237 Aurora Ave. North, Seattle, Wash.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,557
Int. CI. EOlb 25/05
U.S.CL 104-120 17 Claims
^
jf
pSJUfeJsJJW :^^^"- -^'-
An air beam structure for a passenger train is described
which provides a train support beam having an inverted U-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
869
shaped cross section to minimize torsional effects, columnar
supports for said beam diverging from an integral base and a
stabilizer track centrally mounted on the top surface of the
train support beam. The stabilizer track includes a head hav-
ing stabilizer wheel running surfaces on its undersides, and
portions of the stabilizer track are flexible and may be bent
between diverging train support beams to allow switching.
3,710,730
VEHICLE HOPPER DOOR OPERATING MECHANISM
Kenneth J. Austgen, Griffith; Richard A. Corbett, Michigan
City, both of Ind., and James J. Schuller, Dolton, III., as-
signors to Pullman Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,662
Int. CI. B61d 7/02
U.S.CL 105-250 1 Claim
-_ 3,710,728
OUTDOOR CRANE
Harold O. Levitt, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to United States
Steel Corporation
Filed March 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,408
Int.CI. B61k7/0(S
U.S. CI. 104-251 6 Claims
M
')„^mT;::_::::v:::::
A crane having a bumper at each of its four corners traver-
ses a runway having two bumpers at each end in line with the
crane bumpers. Associated with each bumper is a coupler half
with the coupler halves on the crane adapted to engage the
coupler halves adjacent the bumpers at the ends of the run-
way. Means are provided on the crane to swing the crane cou-
pler halves out of alignment with the bumper coupler halves
during normal crane operation and to swing them back into
alignment when it is desired to lock the crane from movement.
A hopper vehicle having hopper door operating mechanism
opening a pair of laterally spaced bottom hopper door means,
the mechanism including for each pair of door means a pair of
opposed air cylinder means each connecting with a plurality of
racks for driving same opposite to the other plurality of racks
and in turn rotating a corresponding plurality of pinion means
to each of w^ich is connected a horizontal drive link which is
carried in an arcuate path laterally and has connected to it a
pair of laterally extending door connecting arm means for
simultaneously opening and closing said pair of laterally op-
posed door means.
3,710,731
APPARATUS FOR FOLDING DOUGH
Victor F. Gugler, 8920 Helen Avenue, Sun Valley, Calif.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,447
Int. CI. A21b i/06
U.S.CL 107-57 R 10 Claims
3,710,729
VEHICLE HOPPER DOOR OPERATING MECHANISM
James J. Schuller, Dolton, lU., assignor to PuUman Incor-
porated, Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 89
Int.CI.B61d7/2S
U.S. CI. 105-240 6Chiims
Method and apparatus for forming folded dough sections
for Danish pastry and the like including a conveyor belt
system onto which is fed a relatively thin sheet of dough. The
dough sheet is severed into sections and apparatus periodi-
cally swings a portion of the conveyor belt system upwardly
and rearwardly and then downwardly and forwardly to fold at
least a forward portion of each dough section back over a rear
portion thereof to produce a series of folded dough sections.
An automatic device for locking and unlocking a hopper car
door operating lever mechanism. This device, which prevents
unintentional opening of hopper doors and includes pivoted
and connected spaced locking members connected by an
operating bar, is locked onto the door operating drive lever
and is removed automatically from the levers on actuation of
the door opening air cylinder when a cammed portion of the
air cylinder ram contacts and lifts the operating bar thus al-
lowing operation of the doer operating mechanism.
3,710,732
SHIPPING PALLET
Mont Meredith Phelps, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. 1. du
Pont de Nemours & Co., W ilmington, Del.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,557
Int. CI. B65d 79/00
U.S. CI. 108-51 10 Claims
A pallet having a supporting plane for drums or cylinders in
closest packed arrangement between two parallel sides and a
spacer connected to the plane, providing room beneath the
supporting plane to insert fork lift fingers. The supporting
870
plane has a plane outline definable by a first and second zone
on opposite sides of a midline between two parallel sides with
a distance between the sides of less than two drum diameters.
The first zone has a length according to the number of drum
diameters it supports. The second zone has a length according
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
I- ■
2_
>-
i - :
3,710,734
~~ SHELVING SYSTEM
Richard H. Bofferding, Taguna Beach; Frederick C. Mead,
Anaheim, and Richard L. Hendershot, Orange, all of Calif.,
assignors to Zero Cold, Inc., Anaheim, Calif.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 66,001
Int.CI. A47b9//0
U.S. CI. 108-108 3 Claims
/a>/
to the number of drum diameters, which may be one less than
for the first zone, it supports. For a distance equal to a drum
radius, the length of the second zone does not coextend with
the length of the first zone. Where the second zone supports
one less drum, the noncoextending length is at both ends of
the second zone.
3,710,733
INTEGRATED REINFORCED PLASTIC UNIT AND
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING THE SAME
William K. Story, Wilton Manors, Fla., assignor to Plasteel In-
dustries Incorporated, Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 66,748, Aug. 25, 1970, and a
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 66,749. Aug. 25, 1970. This
application March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,086
InL CI. B65d/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 108-51 8 Claims
A shelving system is provided which comprises a pair of
cantilever-type support brackets mounted on vertical support
posts. Each of the support brackets has a pair of pins extend-
ing transversely between its sides, and in position such that
when the support bracket is turned upwardly, it can be slipped
up and down the corresponding support posts, but when it is
swung down to a horizontal position, the pins frictionally en-
gage the side of the post to prevent the bracket from sliding.
The support brackets can, in this manner, be set to any verti-
cal position on the posts. The posts themselves are con-
veniently held in place between brackets mounted on the ceil-
ing and floor of the room in which the shelving is installed, this
being achieved by slipping the upper end of each post around
its ceiling bracket, moving the post upwardly around the ceil-
ing bracket, and then dropping the lower end of the post down
over the floor bracket A wire shelf is provided which is
clipped, in a unique manner to be described, over the support
brackets and securely held in place.
3,710,735
TABLE AND ELEVATION LOCK THEREFOR
James R. LItvinoff, Phillips; David F. Evans, and Joseph R.
Klug, both of Manitowoc, all of Wis., assignors to American
Hospital Supply Corporation, Evanston, III.
Filed Jan. 4. 1971, Ser. No. 103,469
Int. CI. A47b 9100
U.S.CI.108-146 28 Claims
An integrated plastic unit and molding or thermoforming
process and apparatus for producing the plastic unit from
heated thermoplastic sheet matenal, such as polyethylene.
The heated thermoplastic sheet material is placed over rein-
forcing forming members disposed on spacers which space the
reinforcing forming members from the face of a mold, and the
reinforcing members extend over substantially the entire face
of the mold The heated sheet material is then forced over the
reinforcing forming members and over the face of the mold,
such as by vacuum forming, to provide a generally flat surface
extending in one plane and a bridging or web surface encapsu-
lating the reinforcing forming members to provide a fused
ribbed substructure of the thermoplastic sheet material rein-
forced by the forming members extending in a plane generally
perpendicular to the flat surface. The reinforcing forming
members may be metal members such as bars, wire, strip or
rods, arranged in a grid-like network. The mold may be flat or
of bowed configuration. The product is particularly utilized as
a pallet for transportation by forklift trucks in which event legs
are provided for the unit.
A table capable of having its support surface adjusted to dif-
ferent selected elevations, such as drafting table, which is
equipped with an elevation lock mechanism including a pair of
rollers normally urged by a spring into engagement with flat
opposite side surfaces of a locking bar to anchor that bar. and
the support surface to which it is connected, against vertical
movement. The rollers are joumaled in the openings of a
roller support arm assembly which in turn is capable of being
pivoted about a line passing through the bar's longitudinal
mid-plane. By the depression of a foot pedal, the force of the
spring upon the roller support arm assembly is relieved, the
arm assembly shifts under the influence of gravity into an un-
locking position, and the bar along with its connected support
surface may be shifted into a different selected elevation
where it may again be re-locked by simply releasing the pedal.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
871
1710 736 3,710,738
RiTArH I OTKER TEMPERATURE MODULATED DRAFT SYSTEM FOR
P.,«i,R.Bio«li..ndJer,M.K.Uo,b.U,o.Kin.w.,,R..728, ^ .^ ^ ^^^^^ j.'Sl" X ««ig».r .. S«.lcr...
Markham, a. 98 521 Corporation, Memphis, Tenn.
U.S.CI. 109-50 9Cla.ms ^^^^^^^^^^ lociaims
A beach locker consisting of a stacked array of containers
each forming a coin-operated locker or the like, and having a
pipe passing through a portion thereof from which the array is
mounted and secured. The pipe is secured at its lower end in a
slab of concrete. A locking or engaging means is disposed
above the array of containers for securing the beach lockers
onto the pipe so that they are not removable therefrom. The
structure may be of stainless steel. Fiberglas, polyethylene-
coated structures and other waterproof materials, as desired,
to endure the weather conditions on ocean fronts and
swimming pool decks. An umbrella may be mounted from the
upper end of the pipe. The lockers may be variously shaped in-
cluding trapezoidal, rectangular, and the like. The pipes as
well may be arranged in various configurations including hex-
agonal or the like.
3,710,737
METHOD FOR PRODUCING HEAT
James R. BIrk, Thousand Oaks, Calif., assignor to North
American Rockwell Corporation
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,219
Int. CI. F23b 7100
U.S.CI.110-1J 18 Claims
A conical-shaped, industrial type, waste incinerator having
a temperature modulated forced draft system including a
blower and an air inlet conduit for discharging forced air into
the combustion chamber. The incinerator is also provided
with concentric double walls about the combustion chamber
to provide insulation and also to provide means for cooling the
outer skin. The air inlet conduit is provided with a cooling
branch conduit connected to the space between the double
walls The diverter valve means is located m the air inlet con-
duit for selectively, and alternately, opening and closing the
respective air inlet conduit and cooling branch conduit. The
valve selection means is controlled and modulated by an elec-
trical apparatus responsive to the temperature withm the com-
bustion chamber.
The incinerator may also be provided with an exit gas tem-
perature sensor for shutting down the blower when the tem-
perature in the exhaust opening of the incinerator is excessive.
The incinerator also preferably includes a variable emission
gate means mounted in the exhaust opening having variable
radial vanes which are adapted to be moved between open and
closed positions by an electrical control responsive to the exit
gas temperature censor.
Ciiieomceoijs_
UATERIiL
It g COAL 0"
evCL OIL I
AIR-
zlLllA
CARBOM Diarioe
NITROGEN
L.
FURNACE
ItOLrCN SALT
It J it^CO}/
rAiNiNO sua
CONTAINmS SULflOf
tt
•2~\l
-i ^H£AT
22~\ueLT
OISSOLVINC
**^ TANK
\AOU€OUS
-^ ^ soon ION
"^^•-rOi NtHS.AND
AQUEOUS
.SOLUTION
MthCOj
Filter
MrOROOCN SULFIDE'^- '
CARBON oiotioe
— r-
HOJEOUS
SOUJTION
HolCOj AND
%NtHS
__ CARBONATION
■^ TOWER
«—
P
1
\\-
NOPtCOy
(SOLlDI
AOUEOUS
.SOWTIOM
WtMCOj WITH
[NtHCOf ISOLIDI
FILTER
:03Wi
"T"
3,710,739
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCINERATION OF
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIALS
Joseph Gerald Roy, South Charieston, W. Va., assignor to
Union Carbide Corporation
Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,324
Int. CI. F23g 7100
U.S. CI. 110-18 R 33 Claims
Heat is generated for external use by reacting a molten sul-
fide with a reactive form of oxygen such as air. The sulfate
produced by this reaction is reduced to the sulfide form by
contact with a carbonaceous material. A variety of car-
bonaceous materials may be used including common fuels and
carbon-containing waste materials. Thus, the process cari be
used as a method of waste disposal as well as a method of
generating heat.
A method and apparatus for the self-supportive incineration
of thermoplastic materials wherein the thermoplastic matenal
906 O.G.— 32
872
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
serves as the fuel and wherein the heat from the incineration is
utihzed to melt the thermoplastic material to permit rapid
gravity flow onto an essentially vertical heat conductive sur-
face maintained at the vaporization temperature of the ther-
moplastic material This method and apparatus provide a solu-
tion to the ecological problem of bulk waste disposal of ther-
moplastic materials.
3,710,740
MULTIPLE STITCH SEWING SYSTEM ESPECIALLY
SUITABLE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF PERIWIGS
AND THE LIKE
Luigi Canziani, Via Giovanni Papiri 4, San Macario, Italy
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90.600
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 20, 1972, 24610
A/69
Int. CI. DOSc 15102
U.S. CI. 1 12— 79.5 2 Claims
3,710,742
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING SHIRT
CUFFS AND THE LIKE
William Chercass, 2105 Woodlawn St., Allentown, Pa.
Filed March 2, 1972, Ser. No. 231,164
Int.CI. D05b7/O0
U.S. CL 1 12— 121.27 14 Claims
SEWING
MACHINE No2
-<^
\ L]
OPERATOR No 2
^
[J OPE
Kt
iTORNo 1
SEv»iNC r
MACHINE N«11_
^
,-^
V'
fEEOiNG
STATION
'- 1
Method and apparatus for producing shirt cuffs, or the like,
using continuous strips of fabric and lining plies which are
folded by means of a folder and longitudinally seamed by
means of a double needle sewing machine. After being lon-
gitudinally seamed, pairs of transverse seams are simultane-
ously formed and segments are cut from the strip between
those seams which form a pair of transverse seams. The cut off
segments are cuffs which are ready to be inverted and set into
the sleeve of a shirt.
A sewing system, particularly suitable for the manufacture
of f)eriwigs and the like, according to which each fixing stitch
is followed by at lesist two simple chain stitches formed of the
same thread so as to obtain a very strong binding of the hairs
to the support comprising a net or a very light fabric. Im-
proved means are provided to practice the system of forming a
multiple chain stitch seam.
3,710,741
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC CAPE
JOINING
Richard J. McFalls, Troy, N.Y., assignor to Cluett, Peabody &
Co.,Troy,N.Y.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 146,908
Int. CI. D05b2//00
U.S.CL 112-121.15 6 Claims
3,710,743
THREAD<:UTTING MECHANISM FOR SEWING
MACHINES
Nathaniel P. Lees, Dalmuir, Glasgow, Scotland, assignor to The
Singer Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 97,68 1
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 27, 1971,
35,165/71
Int. CI. D05b 65/06
U.S.CL1I2— 252 4 Claims
Method and apparatus for automatically joining the cape
and neckband portions of a collar along a concurrent arc. The
cape is distorted to permit alignment of the arced cape edge
with the neckband edge prior to seaming.
A thread-cutting mechanism for a sewing machine which
employs a stream of air to carry the threads to the cutter and
to remove the severed threads, and which is arranged periodi-
cally to interrupt the flow of air while the work feeding
mechanism of the sewing machine is effective to cause varia-
tions in the air pressure in the thread-cutting device to
facilitate movement of threads into the cutter without interfer-
ing with the transport of the work by the work feeding
mechanism.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
873
3 710,744
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURE OF HEART
VALVE
Samuel H. Goodenough; Ronald C. Brown, both of Oakland,
and Benson B. Roe, San Francisco, all of Calif., assignors to
Cutter Laboratories, Inc., Berkeley, Calif.
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,419
Int. CI. D05b 1100, A61f 1 100; F16k 15/00
U.S.CL 112-262 15 Claims
3,710,746
BUOYANCY LIFTING DEVICES
Ian Barrv Mcdonald, Rock Ferry, England, assignor to Cam-
mell Laird & Company (Shipbuilders & Engineers), Limited,
Cheshire, England
Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 1,074
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 31, 1970,
4,773/70
InL CI. B63g 8/00; B63c 7/00
U.S.CL114— 16E
6 Claims
A method and device for the manufacture of a replacement
heart valve made of a heart valve ring or frame havmg a metal
ring base and struts and being covered with suture-acceptmg
fabric and tissue. A rotatable valve ring holder has a means to
hold the ring firmly and is movable ax.ally. Opposed to the
holder on a common axis is a rotatable arbor adapted to hold,
successively a primary mandrel and a secondary cusp-formmg
mandrel. The primary mandrel is provided with recesses m its
side wall so as to nest with the ring and its struts and to enab e
wrapping and securing in place, e.g., by stapling, a precisely
sized strip of animal, advantageously autologous, tissue to
cover surfaces of the valve ring. The secondary mandrel is in-
serted in the arbor after removal of the first mandrel, and it is
provided with pivotally atuched arms. Each arm has a block
at its end with a protruding, interior surface to hold the tissue
cusps in coaptation, there being a corresponding number ot
such arms and blocks and such cusps. The tissue is sutured to
the ring while the cusps are so held by the secondary mandrel,
and thereafter the finished heart valve is removed from the
device or assembly.
3,710,745
METHOD OF ATTACHING SLIDE FASTENERS TO
GARMENT FABRIC
Kiichi Yoshikawa, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Yoshida Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,436
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 27, 1969, 45/923
lnt.CI.D05b5//2
U.S. CI. 112-265 6 Claims
A buoyancy operated lifting and/or lowering device com-
prises a hollow body, means for flooding said hollow body,
means for charging the hollow body with gas and at least one
gas pressure relief tube extending downwardly from the upper
or gas containing portion of the hollow body to a position
below said hollow body. The gas pressure relief tube relieves
pressure m the hollow body, as the device ascends and the am-
bient pressure to which the hollow body is subjected
decreases. The buoyancy of the device is thereby maintained
substantially constant during said ascent. The inlet for charg-
ing the hollow body with gas may have a valve which is respon-
sive to the ambient pressure to which the hollow body is sub-
jected. The buoyancy of the device is thereby maintained sub-
stantially constant during its descent.
3,710,747
DEVICE FOR HYDROFOIL CRAFTS SUITABLE TO
REMOVE FROM THE BEGINNING THE TRANSVERSAL
LISTING MOMENTS
Vinicio Guidi, Marina di Carrara, Italy, assignor to Cantiere
Navaltecnica S.p.A., Anno, Rome. Italy
, Filed Sept. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 75,945
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 4, 1969, 7364 A/69;
Oct. 31, 1969, 7419 A/69
lnt.Cl.B63b7/25
U.S.CL 114-66.5 H ^^^""^
A method of attaching a slide fastener onto a fabnc having a
split providing two sewing edges along which the fastener op-
posed stringer tapes with their element-carrying edges
laterally inverted away from each other, are simultaneously
sewn up to an end portion thereof at which the slider is posi-
tioned whereupon said non-sewn portion and slider of the
fastener can be drawn through said fabnc split so that the pull :_^ention prevents the effects of transversal fisting mo-
tab of said slider is positioned face up against the reverse sd. The -nvemion Pre e ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^
of the fabric and the slider moved towards the other end of the ^^"^/'^^^j,^^^ the hull and a wing as well as control and
tapes with the sewing stitches concealed from view. hinged strut oeiweer
874
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
sensing means. The sensing means sense list causing forces
and/or list causing flow and the control means tilt the respec-
tive hinged strut in response to the sensing means instantane-
ously into such an angular position that the listing moments
are eliminated even before they can become effective on the
hull.
3,710,748
STEERING DEVICE FOR SHIPS
Wolfgang Baer. Heldenheim-Mergelstetten, and Werner Fork,
Bremen-Arsten, both of Germany, assignors to J. M. Voith
GmbH, Heidenheim, Germany
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,885
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1970, P 20
09 330.5
Int. CI. B63h 25146
U.S.CI. 114— 151 3 Claims
3,710,750
SELF-POWERED WATER VEHICLE WITH
REARW ARDLY DISPLACED OPERATOR'S SLED
Aaron L. Welsh, 1 16 Smith Place, Warner Robins, Ga.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,697
Int.CI.B63bi5/00
U.S. CI. 1 15— 70 16 Claims
A longitudinal flow passage opens at the bow of a ship and
has impeller means therein with first and second discharge
flow passages branching from the longitudinal passage behind
the impeller and opening on both sides of the hull. Controlla-
ble valve means in the discharge flow passages control the
flow of water therethrough with the water being discharged
from openings whose rear edges project outwardly of the hull
surface a distance about one fourth of the width of the
discharge opening.
A water vehicle including a forward self-powered water
planing section and a rear occupant supporting section. A pair
of elongated side-by-side support arms extend rearwardly
from the front section and the rear section is supported
between the rear ends of the arms. The front section is
powered by a steerable outboard motor with remote controls
provided therefor on the rear section and includes water ski
means for planing over the surface of a body of water at high
speed with little water resistance. However, the forward or
front section includes buoyant means elevated above the plan-
ing surfaces of the water ski means whereby the front section
may be floated while at rest and the rear section additionally
includes water ski means for planing over the surface of a
body of water at high speed with little water resistance and the
water ski means of the rear section is mounted for oxcillation
about an upstanding axis. Also, the rear section additionally
includes buoyant means disposed at an elevation above the
undersurface portions of the rear water ski means for floating
the rear section when at rest.
3,710,749
BOAT FLANKING RUDDER SYSTEM
Charies S. Duryea, 168 N. Bridge St., SomerviUe, N J.
Filed Feb. 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 3,247
Int. CI. B63h 25/06
U.S. CI. 114-163
3,710,751
EXTENDED-SCALE INDICATORS
George Hamlin Leonard, 327 Hollow Tree Ridge Road,
Darien, Conn.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,928
Int. CI. B23q / 7100
U.S. CI. 116-115.5 16 Claims
6 Claims
A flanking rudder system for propeller driven boats includ-
ing at least two transversely spaced rudder blades mounted in
flanking pjositions on opposite sides of a boat propeller, with
blade portions extending operationally fore and aft of the
propeller, and single control means for simultaneously varying
the effective rudder angles and positions with respect to the
longitudinal axis of the boat and the propeller. The invention
includes the sole use of flanking rudders, and also flanking
rudders in combination with a standard central rudder blade.
In one embodiment the flanking rudders are detachable to
provide simplicity of mounting and permit blade in-
terchangeability and angular positionment.
Novel extended-scale indicators of various types are dis-
closed, primarily for milling machine lead-screws. The
described indicators include a sprocket on the lead-screw
shaft, usually two looped or continuous tapes cogged to the
sprocket, and a protective enclosure having idlers that guide
the tapes in a compact serpentine path. The lengths of the
tapes are related so that one tape precesses in relation to the
other in successive sprocket rotations, including extended-
scale indication in opposite directions of operation, starting at
a common zero. One modification provides direct English-to-
JANUARY 16, 1973
metric conversion. Another indicator provides tum-by-tum
error calibration of the lead screw. Three identical in-
dividually adjustable indicators in tandem, having their zeros
offset from each other, provide direct readings for centerline
drawing dimensions and for drawing dimensions modified to
allow plus and minus cutter off-set. Other tandem indicators
are described.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
875
ramp guide includes levers activated by the can to inhibit me-
tering of the cans into the apparatus if there is a stoppage and
backing up of the can flow; and to meter a predetermined
3,710,752
LOCOMOTIVE WARNING HORN
Arthur C. Heehler. Park Ridge, and George J. Taylor,
Northbrook, both of III., assignors to Mercor Corporation,
Franklin Park, 111.
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,585
Int. CI. G 10k 9/00
U.S. CI. 116-142 FP 14 Claims
-J
amount of ink to the printing wheel on passage of each can, so
that just the right amount of ink is printed on, regardless of the
rate of flow of the cans.
A sound device particularly adapted for use as a locomotive
warning horn characterized by a housing having a vibrator
means for converting a constant How of a gaseous medium
into a pulsating How which is removed from the housing
through an outlet passageway having a first portion and a
second portion in communication with a horn which extends
at an angle to the first portion so that foreign matter entering
the horn or resonator is not accumulated on the vibrator
means. In one of the preferred embodiments, the outlet
passageway of the device has a first portion which merges with
a second and third portion both of which extend at an angle to
the first portion and each of the second and third portions has
a horn associated therewith so that the single vibrator means
drives or produces the pulsating fiow for both horns or resona-
tors In this embodiment, various means are utilized to insure a
balanced How of the pulsating gaseous medium through each
of the horns, these means can be partitions for splitting the
flow means for restricting or impeding the flow into one por-
tion 'such as a choke or a passageway with a curved path, a
deflecting block at the junction of the portions or an inspirator
which changes the boundary layer characteristics of one of the
resonators to vary the impedance to the flow through the
horn One or more of these particular means can be utilized in
the sound device to insure a balance in the flow therethrough
to provide substantially equal strengths in the sounds emitted
from each of the two resonators.
3,710,754
BREAD SLICE COATING APPLICATOR
John E. Pond, 17238 Barneston, Granada Hills, Calif.
Filed March 1 2, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 23,607
Int. CI. B05c/ /02
U.S. a. 118-13 ^^^'"^^
iT*
3,710,753
PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR OBJECTS
Thomas D. Birchall, San Jose, and Johnnie L. Powell, Turlock,
both of CaUf., assignors to Mandrel Industnes, Inc.,
Houston, Tex. .. ^ . ,
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,612
InLCI.B05c//02,////0, ////4
US CI. 118—2 12 Claims
Cylindrical cans each with one closed and one open end are
metered one-by-one between a rotating driving wheel and a
Buide concentric thereto, each having a resilient rim that
grasps each can by the closed end and rotates it in contact
with a rotating printing wheel so as to imprint a band of ink
completely around the can; and the can is then discharged
downwardly onto a ramp guide on which it rolls in the
direction of spin, away from and out of the apparatus. The
An applicator for automatically applying a coating of
butter mayonnaise, or other relatively soft material on slices
of bread which are carried in sequence by a conveyor belt
under the applicator. The applicator includes a perforated ap-
plicator cylinder having an internal screw conveyor which dis-
tributes the coating material, supplied from a reservoir, along
the external surface of the applicator cylinder. An adjustable
doctor blade removes excess coating material from the ap-
plicator cylinder. The applicator cylinder turns m opposite
direction to the movement of the bread so that the coating
material is wiped from the surface of the applicator cylinder.
The width of the perforated portion of the applicator cylinder
is less than the width of the bread and the applicator cylinder
is movable to and from the bread in timed relation to the
movement of the bread so that the coating terminates short of
the edges of the bread to form a coating free margin.
3,710,755
WEB HANDLING APPARATUS
Nils L. Hakanson, West Springfield, Mass., assignor to The
Plastic Coating Corporation, Hampden County, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 785,993, Dec. 23, 1968, Pat. No.
3 606 123. This application April 29, 1970, Ser. No. 43,645
Int.Cl.B05c////2
U.S. CI. 118-33 12 Claims
Apparatus including a combination of elements enablmg a
continuous web to be sprocket fed into a pressure nip without
876
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
pins engaging the web and advancing it at a predetermined
speed. Two pressure rolls spaced-apart from the senes of
sprocket pins and forming a pressure nip through which the ^^^^
^ -•*^ ■-- LD4DING 8
UNLOADING
END
tend substantially into, the chamber whereby tp preheat the
gases. Effluent gases pass out through the substrate entry and
exit means.
web passes following its disengagement from the sprocket
pins torque control dnve means for driving at least one of the
rolls and speed control means connected to said series of
sprocket means so as to maintain tension in the portion of the
web running from the sprocket pins to the pressure nip.
3,710,756
APPARATUS FOR ENAMELING WIRE
RoUnd A. Goyffon, Macon, France, assignor to Societe Mafit
Manufacture de Fils Isoles Taurus
Continuation-in-part of Set. No. 660,256. Aug. 14, 1967,
abandoned. This application June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,791
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 22, 1966,
6673791
Int. CI. B05c// /OO
L.S. CI. 118-61 4 Claims
3,710,758
MACHINE FOR APPLYING LIQUID COATING TO
ARTICLES
Glenn A. Hoff, 1019 West 65th St., Seattle, Wash.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,618
lnt.CI.B05c///00
IJ.S.CL 118—63
6 Claims
Wire enameling apparatus includes seriatum a preliminary
heater an enameling means, means to recover and burn sol-
vent vapor evaporating from the enameled wire, and an oven.
Means guide the wire in a plurality of passes through the
enameling and coating means. Means utilize the combustion
products for heating within the system.
This machine includes a housing, conveyor means arranges
to convey a continuous procession of spaced apart articles to
be coated through said housing, means within the housing for
applying liquid coating to the articles near the location where
they enfer the housing, and blower means in the housing posi-
tioned near the location where the articles pass out of he
housing for directing thin flat blade like jets of air onto the
coated articles to blow excess coating off of them.
3,710,757
CONTINUOUS DEPOSITION SYSTEM
WUbur Arthur Porter, College Station, Tex., assignor to Texas
Instruments Incorporated, Dallas. Tex.
ConUnuation of Ser. No. 756,186, Aug. 29, 1968. This
application Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,580
Int.CI.C23c/i/0S
U.S. CI. 118-48 . , 2C»«""^
Means pass a substrate through a hemi tubular vapor
3,710,759
WIPER MEANS FOR LIQUID FLUX APPLYING
APPARATUS
Louis V. Tardoskegyi, Montreal, and Donald A EIHott Br«-
sard Quebec, both of Camida, assignors to Electrovert
Manufacturing Co. Ltd., Montreal, Q"*^' Camida
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,557
lnt.CI.B05c///02,H05kJ/i4
II «; n 118-123 7 Claims
A flux coater is arranged to apply liquid flux to the under
surfaces of substantially flat workpieces moved thereover
Long a path of workpiece travel. A brush is mounted on the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
877
the closed end of each section, on the inside thereof, is a water
trough and extending through the wall structure of each sec-
tion is a water passageway. The trough and passage-way of
each section are located whereby the trough of one section is
below the passageway of the other section regardless upon
therefrom, and an inactive position in which it extends
downwardly into the flux in the coater. The mountmg means
for the brush provide for ready and easy adjustment of the ef-
fective height of the brush, and furthermore limit movement
of the brush to each of the inactive and inactive positions.
3,710,760
METHOD AND/OR APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS
PRODUCTION OF 4-PLYWOOD
William J. Hopping. Pocomoke City, Md., assignor to Cham-
pion International Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 769,216, Oct. 21, 1968, abandoned. This
applicaUon Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,469
Int.CI.B05c//02
U.S. CI. 1 18-227 8 Claims
which end the assembled crate is resting. Each section also has
outwardly extending flanges formed on opposite sides ad-
jacent their open ends whereby the two sections may be
locked together by elongated C-shaped clamps adapted to fit
around adjacent flanges of two sections when joined together^
Each flange has a notch formed therein along its associated
side to facilitate bending of the flange. The C-shaped clamps
are adapted to fit around adjacent flanges outward of each
notch Either pair of flanges coupled together with a C-shaped
clamp serves as a hinge to allow the sections to be opened or
closed when the other pair of flanges are not coupled together.
3,710,762
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PNEUMATIC
CONVEYING ARTICLES
John S. Wendel; Lavem L. Kaiser, and Dwight Grille, all of
Fort Recovery, Ohio, assignors to saM Wendel and Kaiser,
by said Grille
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,274
Int CI. AOlk 29/00
U.S. a. 119-82 17 Claims
Conventional glue applicator rollers and associated doctor
rolls including a detachable mechanism which imparts a
reciprocal motion to the doctor rolls during the operauon of
the apparatus. The initial unequal spacing of the doctor rolls
from the applicator rollers is maintained during operation with
the result that the upper and lower surfaces of a veneer ply
receive unequal glue coatings. Reciprocating the doctor rolls
reverses the surface to which the greater amount of adhesive is
applied as veneer plies pass through the applicator rollers,
thus facilitating the continuous fabrication of 4-ply laminates
with a strong balanced glue line.
3.710.761
ANIMAL SHIPPING CRATE
Frederick S. Gregory, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Aeropet, Inc.,
Dallas, Tex. ,. .„.
Filed Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,606
lnt.CLA01kO//02
U.S.a. 119-19 13 Claims
The specification discloses an animal shipping crate, espe-
cially useful for airlines, and which comprises two identical
Live chickens are conveyed through a conduit including a
suction intake section connected to a pressure discharge sec-
tion by an intermediate section having an air suction port, a
pivotable door, and an air pressure port within each end por-
tion. Air is alternately sucked through the suction ports and is
alternately blown through the pressure ports by operaUon of a
valve system actuated in response to a device which sense the
presence of each chicken within the conduit. The pressure
within the discharge conduit section is sensed for controlling
the flow rate of the air blown through the discharge section to
assure that the chickens flow at a substantially uniform rate
through the duct.
878
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,763
HIGH SPEED FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Jacques Bassot, Paris, and Louis Monpetit, LEUng la VUle,
both of France, assignors to Societe des Precedes Modernes
Dlnjection Sopromi, Les Mureaux, France
Continuation of Ser. No. 816,767, AprU 16, 1969, abandoned,
which Is a division of Ser. No. 630,035. April 1 1. 1967, Pat.
No 3 456,628. This appllcaUon Nov. 10. 1969. Ser. No.
871,670
Claims priority, application France, April 13, 1966,
6657392; Dec. 9, 1966, 6686830
Int. CI. F02m 57/00
U.S. CI. 123-32 EA 'Claims
3,710,765
CONTROL INSTALLATION FOR THE COOLING AIR FAN
OF INTERNAL COMBISTION ENGINES
Heinz Dorsch, LenzhaWe 3, Ditzlngen, Germany
Filed Sept. 7, 1971. Ser. No. 177,968
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 8, 1970. P 2U
44 382.7
Int. CI. FOlp 7/04
U.S.CL 123-41.12 18 Claims
" '*2i*-FT'
n 1$ n IS
8=t
le u
7\1
Construction of high speed injectors, a special type switch
mechanism for synchronizing the operation of the injectors to
the angular position of a motor shaft, a unijunction transistor
time delay circuit whose base and emitter voltages are varied
in response to variations in different parameters, rapid
switching bistable control circuits, which control the injection
penod m one state, damping circuits for the injector, circuits
for transferring the electromagnetic energy liberated by cur-
rent interruption in one injector coil to the next injector coil to
be activated and circuits for regulating a motor driving a
generator to correspond to the voltage, current or power out-
put of the latter.
A control installation for the cooling air fan of an internal
combustion engine which is driven from the engine by way of
a hydraulic coupling, in which the admission of the hydraulic
medium to the hydraulic coupling is controlled by utilizing the
expansion of the engine housing caused by the operating tem-
perature of the internal combustion engine as the adjusting
magnitude for the control device.
3.710,764
IGNITION APPARATUS
Joseph A. JozUn. Warren. Mich., assignor
Sevald, Royal Oali, Mich.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,185
Int.CI.F02p2J/00
U.S. CI. 123-32 SP
to William T.
3,710,766
ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Richard Bert Beishir, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to ACF Indus-
tries, Incorporated. New Yorli. N.Y.
, Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,094
Int. CI. F02m 5 //02
U.S. CI. 123-32 EA ' Claims
10 Claims
rT'
k"
rr
n
START
PULSE
GEN
PULSE
DIFF
CIRCUIT
SAMPLE
HOLD
CIRCUIT
POWER
A)«*>LiriER
FUEL
IKUECTORS
22
ENGINE FUEL
DEMAND
INFORMATON
SENSORS
T
RAMP
VOLTAGE
GENERATOR
CKT
COMRWlATOn
CKT
.r<
..T^
\ .
A jet name ignition apparatus for internal combustion en-
gines having a pressure chamber including the spark-plug and
equipped with a one-way valve controlling a relatively large
port allowing relatively free entry of fuel mixture into the
chamber from the cylinder dunng the piston compression
stroke and prevenUng free exit of burning fuel mixture from
the chamber during the piston power stroke to trap the expan-
sion of the burning gases in the chamber to produce Pressure,
and at least one relatively small jet passage leading from the
chamber to the cylinder for emitting the bummg fuel mixture
from the chamber in a jet flame propelled by the pressure in
the chamber into the cylinder to ignite the fuel mixture in the
cylinder.
An electronic circuit for metering solenoid fuel '"jectors for
an automobile is controlled entirely by voltages produced by a
plurality of electrical sensors of engine operating conditions^
A ramp voltage generator is triggered by an engine produced
pu L to generate a pair of sawtooth output voltages having
equ^ but^pposite slopes determined by the sensor output.
SS at the same time a current pulse for opening the fuel injec^
tors is iniuated. When the sawtooth voltages reach and exceed
a reference level they actuate a comparator circuit which
nrSluces a^ output pulse that causes a transistor circuU to ter-
m^a?et^e current pulse and close the fuel injectors. The end
of thlcurrem pulse'causes the ramp voluge generator and the
comparator circuit to be reset to their initial conditions.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
879
3,710.767
EIGHT CYCLE TWIN CHAMBERED ENGINE
Robert Smith. 212 WlUis Ave.. Mineola. N.Y.
Filed Aug. 13, 1969. Ser. No. 850,695
Int. CLF02b 75// 6
U.S.CL 123-63 11 Claims
the cap and cover engaged by the rolling members. During the
valve opening cycle, the spring means is loaded by the cover,
and the rolling members are moved to the shallow ends of the
inclined grooves unloading the springs acting thereagainst.
During the valve closing cycle, the valve spring load on the
cover is decreased and the loaded energy accumulating spring
means is released, forcing the rolling elements into the deeper
ends of the grooves and effecting rotation between the valve
cap and cover to rotate the valve.
3.710.769
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FOR INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Heinrich Knapp. Leonberg-Silberberg, and Reinhard
Schwartz, Stuttgart-Sillenbuch. both of Germany, assignors
to Robert Bosch GmbH. Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,631
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 21, 1970, P 20
02 444.6
Int. CI. F02m 7/00
U.S.CL 123-1 19 R 6 Claims
A reciprocating internal combustion engine that operates as
an eight cycle twin chambered engine, in as much as the
number of cycles have been determined by the number of
breathing cycles pertaining to or within each cylinder. This
design allows four cycles to take place in the inward com-
bustion chamber and four cycles to take place in the outward
combustion chamber of each cylinder Thereby maintaining
the breathing characteristics of a four cycle engine with the
major basic difference being that this system allows the firing
of each cylinder on the average of once per revolution of the
crank shaft instead of once in two revolutions of the crank
shaft.
3,710,768
ROTARY DEVICE FOR ELEMENTS SUBJECTED TO
AXIAL MOVEMENT, PARTICULARLY FOR VALVES IN
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
Arnold May, Bad Nenndorf, Germany, assignor to Teves-
Thompson GmbH, Barsinghausen/Hannover, Germany
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87.300
Claims priority, application Germany. Nov. 6. 1969, P 19 55
820.4
Int.CI.F16kJ//00,F01IJ//0
U.S.a. 123-90.3 10 Claims
In a fuel injection system, in order to prevent an intake air
sensor to transmit those forces to a fuel control valve which
are generated upon sudden thrusts of air in the engine intake
tube, there is provided a valved passage which connects intake
tube portions upstream and downstream of the intake air sen-
sor and which opens in response to a predetermined pressure
differential prevailing across the intake air sensor.
Valve rotators for spring loaded engine poppet valves or the
like operate during decreasing spring loads on the valve clos-
ing cycle to effect valve rotation when the valve head is on or
closely adjacent the valve seat. The rotator has a valve spnng
loaded cover, a valve cap with circumferential inclined
grooves each receiving a spring urged rolling member and an
axially deflectable energy accumulating spring means between
3,710.770
FUEL SYSTEM
Marc S. Newkirk, Lynnfield, and Arnold G. Falabella.
Lawrence, both of Mass.. assignors to American Environ-
mental Research Corp., Maiden, Mass.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,424
Int. CI. F02m 27/02
U.S. CI. 123-120 11 Claims
A fuel system for a gaseous fueled internal combustion en-
gine injects gas into a mixing chamber for mixing with air by
way of a plurality of check valves. The check valves prevent
the buildup of an explosive fuel-air mixture in the fuel lines. In
a preferred embodiment, the check valves have progressively
increasing cracking pressures so that, as the operator opens
the throttle, the increasing pressure differential across the
valves causes them to open in succession so that a precisely
controlled amount of gas is fed to the chamber for the prevail-
ing engine speed and load conditions. Dunng idling, gaseous
fuel is fed to the mixing chamber through a separate fuel line
to provide the proper fuel-air mixture to run the engine under
no load. Also, engine exhaust products are injected into the
880
system's air intake just above the mixing chamber to blanket
the gases in the mixmg chamber and thus contain them.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
ing end of a spark ignition device. The axially e ongated
member includes a diverging-converging exit nozzle in its
other end and a narrow bore or port extending between and
connecting the antechamber with the exit nozzle. The nozzle s
exit aperture is formed in the end face of the member and thus
defines an annular baffle means axially displaced from the
point where the narrow bore opens into the exit nozzle.
Because of its diverging-converging construction the intenor
recess of the nozzle is enlarged with respect to the diameter of
Further provision is made for shutting off the supply of gas in
the event that the engine does not start or stalls as a safety
measure and to conserve fuel.
its exit aperture which latter, in turn, is enlarged with respect
to the diameter of the narrow bore or port. The axial member
further includes means for preventing a ffuid flowmg along a
wall surface perpendicular to the axis thereof fronri nowing
over the end face of its other end and entering the enlarged in-
terior recess of the exit nozzle.
3,710,771
FUEL INJECTION APPARATUS IN AN INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINE
Vincent J. Cinquegrani, 333 West Second St., Scottsdale, Anz.
FUed July 30, 1971, Ser. No. 167,627
Int. CI. F02m 39100,31112; F02d 1108
U.S. CI. 123-139 AW 54Cla.ms
"MWfhl
3,710,773
MUSHROOM VALVE. ESPECIALLY FOR INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Ferdinand K. Piech, Stuttgart-Nord, and Rolf Weber, Stutt-
gart, both of Germany, assignors to Firma Dr. -Ing. h-cK
Porsche K.G., Stuttgart-Zuffenhausen, Germany
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,416
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 2, 1969, P 19 60
331.7
Int.CI.F01l3/00
U.S. CI. 123-188 AA '^Uums
Fuel metering apparatus includes a variable venturi and an
air-fuel mixture ratio control system variable for a plurality ot
throttle settings.
3,710,772
ANTI-FOULING SPARK IGNITION DEVICES
Richard C. Warner, Morris Plains, N.J., assignor to Eldapat
General, Inc., Morris Plains, N J.
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,933
Int.CI.HOlt/i/02
U.S. CI. 123-169 R ^^ l^^^T
An axially elongated member is provided with an an-
techamber at one end thereof for receivably engaging the fir-
A mushroom valve, especially for internal combustion en-
einls having a valve stem provided with a hollow space ex-
Sndng from' the stem end to the valve cone and closed in the
area b? a cover plate. This cover plate is joined with a shell
zone of the valve'^cone in the plane of the valve seat armor by
electron-ray welding.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
881
3,710,774
LUBE OIL PUMP DRIVE FOR BALANCER
Roger J. Weseloh, Riverdak, and Warren R. Whaley, Chicago
Heights, both of III., assignors to Allls-Chalmers Manufac-
turing Company. Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,774
Int. CI. F02b 75/06; F16f 15/28
L.S. CI. 123-192 B 9 Claims
a temperature which may reach as high as 950° F. to clean
food deposits from the walls by a pyrolysis process in com-
bination with a viewing window for observing the food cook-
ing space within the oven and an air and light permeable pro-
An engine balancer for a four cylinder in line internal com-
bustion engine for balancing secondary vibration.
tective viewing screen opposite the window for barring con-
tact of the window from the exterior of the oven during both
cooking cycles and self-cleaning cycles. The door includes a
cooling air passage, and the protective screen has air openings
in communication with the cooling air passage.
3,710,775
HOT AIR COOKING OVEN
Kazumi Tamada, Niwa-gun. and Tadayoshi Takase,
Nishikamo-gun, both of Japan, assignors to Rinnai
Kabushiki Kaisha. Nogoya-shi, Japan
Filed Dec. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 207,171
Int.CI.F24c/5//6. /5/i2
U.S.CI. 126-21 A 10 Claims
3,710,777
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GROWING GRAFT
TUBES IN PLACE
Charies H. Sparks, 3725 S. E. Martin St., PorUand, Oreg.
Filed Dec. 23. 1970. Ser. No. 101,031
Int.CI.A61f//24
U.S. CI. 128-1 R 15 Claims
n i«
A hot air oven comprises a heating chamber with a partition
plate at the rear thereof defining a blower chamber therebe-
hind in which is mounted a blower, the partition plate having
an opening facing the blower. A combustion chamber is below
the heating chamber and mounts a burner which produces
heated air which flows through a hot air duct to the heating
chamber at a location proximate the opening in the partition
plate so that the hot air is drawn into the blower chamber. The
hot air is then forced by the blower through side openings in
the blower chamber into the heating chamber. The blower
chamber also has an exhaust opening for discharge of exhaust
gas to the outside.
3,710,776
WINDOWED OVEN DOOR
Harold L. Frick, Marion, Ohio, assignor to Whirlpool Cor-
poration
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,051
Int. CI. F23m 7/00
U.S. CI. 126-200 10 Claims
A windowed oven door for a high temperature self-cleaning
food cooking oven having walls that are heated periodically to
The invention is illustrated and described in connection
with the growing of a femoro-popliteal artery graft. A tunnel-
ing tube is inserted through an incision above the inguinal liga-
ment in the groin area adjacent an upper portion of the
femoral artery and thrust downward subcutaneously through
the thigh to a point below the knee on the inner or medial side
of the leg adjacent a lower portion of the popliteal artery. A
flexible silicone mandrel assembly having two layers of knitted
Dacron on a flexible silicone rod is inserted in the tunneling
tube Then the tunneling tube is removed and the incision
closed The patients resumes his normal activity for a number
of weeks during which time an ingrowth of connective tissue
incorporates itself in the Dacron mesh, making an autogenous
artery graft grown in the place where it is to be used
In a second operation, a new incision is made below the in-
guinal ligament to expose the upper end of the graft tube con-
taining the mandrel an an incision is made below the knee to
expose the lower end of the graft tube containing the mandrel
Both ends of the graft and mandrel are cut off and the mandrel
is pulled out. The graft is then anastomosed to the femoral ar-
tery above and the popliteal artery below, using the end-to-
side method of anastomosis. The closing of the two incisions
completes the operation with the graft providing a shunt for
the femoro-popliteal artery extending from the groin to a
point below the knee.
882
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
883
3,710,778
BLOOD GAS SENSOR AMPLIFIER AND TESTING
SYSTEM
Frank L. Cornelius, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,364
Int.CI. A61b5/0J
U.S. CI. 128-2 G 12 Claims
passages communicating with the first passage portion. The
inlet and outlet passages are provided, respectively, with inlet
and outlet check valves. A flexible conduit extends from the
outlet check valve portion of the mouthpiece to a receptacle
-^^m^
The invention includes an amplifier for processing the out-
put signal from an in vivo sensor for the partial pressure of gas
in blood. Means are provided to protect the patient from ex-
cess currents and voltages. The first amplifying stage has a
floating ground and is at substantially the same potential as the
sensor. The output of this stage is chopped with a field effect
transistor that derives its control voltage from a transformer
which is driven at high frequency and which has high im-
pedance oi low leakage at power line frequencies. The
chopped amplifier output signal is passed through another
transformer which closely couples high frequencies. The am-
plified signal is demodulated by another field effect transistor
in the secondary of this transformer after which the signal is
further processed in circuitry that need not be isolated from
ground Means are provided for displaying the signal in terms
of partial pressure of the gas in millimeters of mercury The
system includes means for testing the integrity of the sensor
before and continuously after it is implanted in the body.
Means are also provided for calibrating the sensor under
known conditions which are conveniently established.
. J. A
containing a liquid and the outlet end of the flexible conduit is
immersed in the liquid to an adjusted depth to interpose a
predetermined variable fluid resistance to air flow from said
mouthpiece outlet passage by way of said conduit.
3,710,781
CATHETER TIP PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Thomas B. Huthcins, IV, 310 N.W. Brynwood Lane, Portland,
Oreg., and Miles Lowell Edwards, 13191 Sandhurst Place,
Santa Ana, Calif.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,020
Int.CI. A61b 5/02
U.S. CI. 1 28-2.05 D 6 Claims
41 f8 40
3,710,779
METHOD OF ULTRASONIC COUPLING
Raymond Howard Bunnell, Branchville, and Frank Guerin,
Bloomfield, both of NJ., assignors to Hoffman-La Roche
Inc., Nutley, N J.
Division of Ser. No. 3,509, Jan. 16, 1970, abandoned. This
application Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 207,985
Int.CI.A61b/0/00
U.S. CI. 128-2 V 5 Claims
A method of assuring contact between an ultrasonic trans-
ducer and the skin of a subject during an ultrasonic monitor-
ing operation utilizing a gel comprising polyvinylpyrrolidone
and propylene glycol.
22 31
A support member has a tubular shank end secured in the
end of a catheter tube. A pair of elongated pressure trans-
ducer elements is mounted in opposite sides of the support. A
flexible rubber sleeve sheathes the support and transducer ele-
ments and transmits external fluid pressure to outer faces of
the transducer elements. Atmospheric pressure is commu-
nicated to inner faces of the transducer elements through said
tubular shank and a lumen in the catheter tube.
3,710,780
RESPIRATORY DEVICE WITH VARIABLE EXPIRATORY
PRESSURE RESISTANCE
Robert A. Milch, 1405 North Forest Rd., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,252
Int.CLA61h//02
U.S. CI. 128-25 R 6 Claims
A device to permit more efficient breathing by medical pa-
tients comprising a mouthpiece having a passage portion for
communication with the patient's mouth and inlet and outlet
3,710,782
METHOD OF TREATING HUMAN SKIN WITH A
COMPOSITION FOR ELECTROMEDICAL
APPLICATIONS
Ray L. Hauser. Boulder, Colo., assignor to Hauser Research
and Engineering Co., Boulder, Colo.
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,967
Int.CI. A61b 5/04
U.S. CI. 1 28-2.06 E ^ Claims
Method of applying a composition in aerosol form for use
with electromedical devices, such as, electrocardiographic
and electroencephalographic devices, the composiUon being
used to treat the tissue before application of electrodes to
clean it and render it electroconductive, and compnsing an
aerosol propellant carrying a solution of an alkali metal salt of
an organic acid inn alcohol.
January 16, 1973
3,710,785
3,710,783 MASSAGER
U.S.CL 128-20 ISClaims __ _ ,,^ ,^ 13Claims
t.S.Cl. 128— 36
''< i^ /,'--'' I
A rib retracting instrument for mounting on a surgical table
employs a ngid. elongated boom member provided with swivel
means'at the top of the boom member^ The --el means is
rotatable about a first axis parallel to the length of the boom
member and about a second axis which is perpendicular to the
first axis A manually operable retracting member is con-
nected to the swivel means to rotate therewith m all planes.
The retracting member extends through the swivel means for
linear movement with respect thereto, the retracting member
being adjustable to self-retained position.
3,710,784
MASSAGING DEVICE
Clarence R. Taylor, 28 Woodslde Dr., Penli«»d N^'
Filed April 3, 1972, Ser. No. 240,716
Int. CI. A61h 2 //OO
U.S.CK 128-24.2
An improved massager providing a vibratory ^^^^f^'f^
skin massage for easing strain, tension, pain and the like 1 he
massager includes a "floating" head which is connected to the
main housing of the massager by a coil compression spring and
which is arrLged so that the head may follow the body con-
tours The head is vibrated and is caused to be moved in an or-
bital path, with respect to the main housing, as a result of the
rotation of a motor driven, eccentrically mounted weight posi-
tioned in the head. The head also includes a heating element
which may selectively be actuated to permit infrared heat to
be applied to the portion of the body being massaged.
3,710,786
HYDROPNEUMATIC MASSAGE EQUIPMENT
Edward H. Rico, Rt. 3. Box 2111, Sumner, Wash., and Joseph
H Jaeeer, 18027 72nd West, Edmonds, Wash.
Filed March 4. 1911, Ser. No. 120,943
Int. CI. A61h 9/00
U.S. a. 128-66 « Claims
19 Claims
A massaging device comprising a plate adapted when
vibrated by any suitable vibrating device and placed into inti-
mate contact with a portion of a body to massage the portion^
The plate is preferably flexible, and provided with projections
extending from one surface thereof. A heating pad is held in
Se with the plate surface; the pad having openings
hfough which the projections extend. The plate and pad are
preferably provided with a belt or straps having fas en ng
means for releasably securing the massagmg device to the
body portion with the heating pad and projection ends in en-
gagement with the body portion. Alternatively the massing
device may be provided with a handle by which the dev^e
maTbe manually placed into .numate contact with the body
portion.
An air compressor assembled with and driven by an electric
motor IS mounted upwardly on three legs, each «q"'PP^d wiUi
suction cups, and with respect to electrical energy, being well
IrounSed Sid located sufficiently away from the immediate
bathing locale, to compress, filter, and deliver air into a flex.-
bk air guiding conduit equipped with fittings, one bemg ad-
juLble'in conjunction with the air compressor exit to regular
the quantity of compressed air continuing on through the con-
duit'r a unitized molded compressed a.r ^-tributor p aced
about the bathing structure interior periphery and on the lon-
Eitudinal center near the bottom of the bath structure, the dis-
tributor being formed with precisely located undenvater air
ejection orifices, suction cups, and dual compressed air
receiving entry connectors, optionally selected to receive one
or more compressed air conduit fittings located on one or both
sides of the bathing structure.
884
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,787
INTERMITTENT TRACTION APPARATUS
Rodney R. Rabjohn, Arleta, CaUf., assignor to Medidyne, Inc.,
Media, Pa.
Filed June 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 56,373
Int. CI. A61h //02
U.S. CI. 128-75 8 Claims
3,710,789
METHOD OF REPAIRING BONE FRACTURES WITH
EXPANDED METAL
Robert A. Ersek, Saint Louis Park, Minn., assignor to The Re-
gents of the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 35,815, May 8, 1970, Pat. No.
3 657,744. This application Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,240
Int. CI. A6 If 5/04
U.S. CI. 1 28-92 BC ^ Claims
rm
An intermittent traction apparatus is provided having an
electric motor which pivots on its own shaft in such a manner
that when the motor is running in a forward direction and trac-
tion is being applied to the patient, the motor itself pivots in
order to close a normally open switch. When the motor is
directed to turn in a reverse direction, the direction of its
torque pivots the motor away from the switch, permitting the
switch to open thus cutting off the circuit and stopping the
rotation of the motor. An electric circuit is provided which in- jj g qi 128—165
eludes a separate circuit for causing the motor to apply ten-
sion to the patient and another circuit releasing such tension,
and a gate circuit controlled by a timer switches from the one
circuit to the other in a manner to apply the traction intermit-
tently.
A method of repairing fractures of the bone utilizing ex-
panded metal or similar openwork metal sheeting as a fracture
fixation device. Where possible the sheeting is wrapped
around the bone, extending on opposite sides of the fracture
site, and fastened. For other fractures a strip of the sheet
material is secured to the bone on opposite sides of the frac-
ture site or inserted within the medullary cavity. The fixation
device holds the bone immobilized while permitting knitting
and, at the same time, the surrounding tissue grows into and
through the many fenestrations of the metal sheeting to per-
manently fix the device to the fractured bone.
3,710,790
ELASTIC BANDAGE
George E. Lemon, 286 Lora Ave., Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,535
Int.CI.A61f /i//0
4 Claims
3,710,788
EYELID SUPPORT FOR INVALIDS
WIUIs 6. Reeves, 812 Omaha Building 17th and Fornam,
Madison, Nebr.
FUed July 23, 197 1 , Ser. No. 165,088
Int. CLA61h J/00
U.S. CL 128-76.5 1 1 Claims
An elastic bandage for use on human limbs which consists
of a length of tubular elastic material which can be easily
slipped over the user's hand or foot. When the bandage is at
the desired location a portion of the bandage is doubled over
itself to provide sufficient tension. Suitable fastening means,
such as mating pieces of Velcro, are provided to hold the dou-
bled over portion in place.
An eyelid support for invalids comprising an elongated lid
support wire longitudinally adjustable with respect to a sup-
porting vertical bar, which latter is vertically adjustable in a
track follower, the track follower being horizontally adjusta-
ble along a base attachable to a bow of a pair of eyeglasses.
3,710,791
INFLATABLE PATIENT ENCLOSURES
David W. Deaton, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Ahldea Corpora-
tion, Dallas, Tex.
Filed March 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,688
Int. CI. A61m/ 5/00
U.S.CI. 128-191 A 12 Claims
An infiatable housing includes bottom and side portions
adapted to enclose a volume of atmosphere for use as an incu-
bator or an oxygen tent. The side portions of the housing are
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
885
constructed from spaced apart flexible sheets to form air
chambers which extend over a substantial area of the side por-
tions. When the air chambers are inflated, the side portions
become self-supporting and the air chambers form a confined
air barrier about the volume of atmosphere surrounding the
patient. For safety purposes in certain embodiments, at least
two independent air chambers are provided around the hous-
3,710,793
CATAMENIAL TAMPON
Jacob A. Classman, 1680 Meridan Ave., Miami Beach, Fla.
DTTtsinn of Ser. No. 875,903, Nov. 12, 1969. Pat. No.
3,618,605^vThis application May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,838
U.S. CI. 128-285
Int.CLA61f /i/20
6 Claims
ing, each of the independent air chambers having the capacity
when inflated to maintain the side portions in an upright posi-
tion. In other embodiments, a top portion has an opening
defined therein, with an air chamber ring disposed about the
periphery of the opening. The air chamber ring when inflated
is capable of maintaining the shape of the opening regardless
of the state of inflation of the air chambers in the side por-
tions.
3,710,792
DOPPLER SHIFT ULTRASONIC VASCULAR
FLOWMETER EMPLOYING ENERGY CONTENT OF
REFLECTED WAVE
Leon Henry Light, London, England, assignor to National
Research Development Corporation, London, England
Filed March 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,106
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 5, 1969,
11,825/69
Int. CI. A61b 5/02
U.S. CI. 128-2.05 F !» Claims
A normally compacted tampon comprised of a laminated
structure which embodies a central core of highly compressed
absorbent material arranged between outer layers of absor-
bent material to initially absorb menstrual fluids and expand
so as to spread the outer layers.
3,710,794
RECESSED DIAPHRAGM WITH ANNULAR GROOVES
FOR HYPODERMIC SYRINGES
Walter A. Shields, 38-09 24th St., Jamaica, N.Y.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,565
Int. CI. A61m 5/28; A61j 1/06
U.S. CI. 128-218 NV
5 Claims
n
A transcutaneous Doppler flowmeter, for blood flow mea-
surement in the region of the ascending aorta, comprises an
electro-acoustic transducer assembly and means for
processing the transmitted and received signals to extract and
exhibit substantially the maximum instantaneous frequency
shift as determined by a relatively rapid decrease in the spec-
tral power density with increasing frequency in a plot of spec-
tral power density against frequency. Particular reference is
made to a water filled ultrasonic transducer to reduce refrac-
tion losses at the transducer/tissue interface, and also to a
multi-track spectrographic recorder to facilitate on-line
operation.
The filler opening of a hypodermic syringe vial is closed by a
diaphragm clamped to the mouth of the vial by a closure cap
carrying a hypodermic needle and the flexibility of the
diaphragm is increased by annular grooves in the opposite
horizontal surfaces of a center disc portion of the diaphragm
to facilitate penetration of the diaphragm by the needle.
3,710,795
DRUG-DELIVERY DEVICE W ITH STRETCHED, RATE-
CONTROLLING MEMBRANE
Takeru Higuchi, and Harold M. Leeper, both of Lawrence,
Kans., assignors to Alza Corpwration, Pak) Alto, Calif.
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,499
Int. CI. A61m 7/00, A61j I/OO
U.S.CL 128-260 9 Claims
Drug-delivery device for releasing drug at a controlled rate
for a prolonged period of time is formed from a solid inner
886
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
polymeric membrane, insoluble in body fluids, which con-
tracts about the matrix as the matrix decreases in volume upon
drug release. Both the inner matrix material and the outer
polymeric membrane are permeable to passage of the drug by _ 4,^^ 25
diffusion but the drug diffuses through the outer polymer
TZZZ^Z^iS^.
membrane at a lesser rate so that passage through the
polymeric membrane is the drug release rate controlling step.
The integrity of the intimate contact between the membrane
and the matrix is assured even upon matrix depletion im-
mediately following manufacture and for an extended period
of time by reason of the reserve elastic recovery stress in the
membrane.
3,710,796
CORNEAL DRLG DELIVERY METHOD
Charles W . Neefe, Drawer 429, Big Spring, Tex.
Continuation-in-partofSer. No. 45,333, June 11, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 562,022, May 16, 1966,
abandoned. This application May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,545
Int. CI. A61m 7/00
L.S.CL 128-260 3 Claims
..ularly useful form which is easily fitted to an infant so that it
nugly conforms to his legs when the diaper is pinned in place.
tic
s
3,710,798
LASER SYSTEM FOR MICROSURGERY
Herbert C. Bredemeier, Sherborn, Mass., assignor to American
Optical Corporation, Southbridge, Mass.
Filed Aug. 30, 19'^l,Ser. No. 176,175
Int.CI.A61ni/00
U.S.CL 128—303.1
30 Claims
An ophthalmic corneal drug delivery method using a flexa-
ble hydrophilic dressing to supply beneficial medications to
the corneal area.
3,710,797
DISPOSABLE DIAPER
Mario S. Marsan, Springfield Township, Hamilton County,
Ohio, assignor to The Proctor & Gamble Company. Cincin-
nati, Ohio
Continuation-in-piirt of Ser. No. 825,094, April 15, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
803,768, March 3, 1969, abandoned. This appUcation Feb. 26,
1971, Ser. No. 119,420
lnt.CLA61iyi//4
U.S.CL128-284 4 Claims
A disposable diaper is provided with a plurality of scored
fold lines arranged in a symmetrical, complex pattern includ-
ing a central dividing line so that the diaper can be folded on
itself pnor to use. Four pairs of inwardly directed folds
originate from the side edges of the diaper to define two pairs
of angular symmetrical areas of essentially triangular configu-
ration having a common base on opposites sides of the central
dividing line. The configuration of the scores is such that when
A beam of infrared energy from a CO^ laser operating in its
lowest order spatial mode is passed through a converging lens
and directed to an operating site by a mirror or beam splitter.
In order to locate the invisible focused spot of infrared energy
a beam of visible light from a He-Ne laser is introduced coaxi-
ally into the path of the CO^ laser beam by a removable mir-
ror In another embodiment the He-Ne beam is passed
through a beam splitter to form two parallel channels focused
by microscope objectives on the input ends of respective fiber
optic light guides. A rotating chopper disc is positioned in
front of the light guides to alternately block and pass light in
each channel. The other ends of the light guides are connected
to marker projectors located above the beam splitter for the
CO. beam, but just out of the field of view of an overhead,
operating microscope. A lens and mirror system in each ^x^
jector focuses the visible light through the beam splitter 9*110
the focal point of the CO, beam at the operating site. If )he in-
tended site is above or below the CO, beam foc^^point,
spaced red dots alternating at the frequency of the^ chopper
disc will appear to the viewer through the microscp^Je. indicat-
ing the need for further adjustment. Perfect ad^istment is in-
dicated by a single non-flashing dot.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
887
3 710 799 *"*^ 8'^fi 3 Xx'xvn appearance. This garment is smooth, com-
NOSE DILATOR fortable and firm without bjhding. The garment holds the
Carios Ramos Caballero, Calle Malwaloca, 2nd flatright, SevU- wearer evenly all around an/improves posture. At the front of
la, Spain
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,545
Claims priority, application Spain, June 30, 1969, 149,951 / 4& ,
Int. CLA61m 29/00
v//
U.S.CL 128—342
3 Claims
^8\
the garment there is a reinforcing panel of non-stretch cloth
with a central vertical zipper to close it to flatten the stomach
bulge. The zipper is opened to make it easier to don or doff the
garment.
A nostril dilator includes a pair of open, generally/spherical
cages joined together by a flexible chain of inter-kjtked links,
the cages being slightly larger than the nostrils but insertable
therein so that the nose holds the cages in place4herein.
3,710,800
UNDERGARMENT AND PROSTHESIS FOR USE
THEREWITH
Virginia Marie Carey, 458 Winnetka Ave., Apt. 304, Winnet-
• ka,III. /
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 841,880, July 15, 1969,
abandoned. This application Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,109
Int.a. A41ci/00
U.S. CI. 1 28-488 / ^ Claims
3,710,802
INDEXING CIGAR PRESSING MACHINE WITH
AUTOMATIC INPUT AND OUTPUT
Dale R. Smith, York, Pa., assignor to York Research &
Development Corp., Red Lion, Pa.
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,020
Int. CLA24C//20, 5/06
U.S.CL 131—81 R
27 Claims
Disclosed is a uniquely constructed woman's undergarment
which has encircling elastic-like loops for the breasts of the
wearer, wherein the encircling portions of the garment are
pivotally supported from coniiector straps in order to obtain
bust separation, lift, support and centering enclosure while in-
suring proper fit and comfortable wearing of the garment. The
disclosed garment, having breast encircling portions, is
preferably worn with another support-type of garment such as
a brassiere.
3,710,801
SUPPORT GARMENT
Myron Bienenfeld, Lawrence, N.Y., assignor to Magic Mold,
Inc., Freeport, L.I., N.Y.
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,232
Int. CLA41C 7/00
U.S. CI. J 28-547 6 Claims
This garment is made of two way stretch woven cloth to
hold and slim the abdomen, nip the waist and hug the wearer
An automatic turret-type indexing pressing machine is
loaded with round cigars. The cigars are pressed into square
(or other) shape and discharged on to a conveyor. A turret-
like hub on an index shaft supports a plurality of presses, each
of which extends radially in cantilever fashion from the index
shaft. In a preferred machine, there are four presses at 90"
spacing, and one revolution of the index shaft corresponds to
four work cycles. The index shaft is rotated by intermittent
motion means to carry the individual presses sequentially and
cyclically to the different work positions. At Index Position
No. 1 , a plurality of (for example) fifteen cigars are automati-
cally loaded and aligned on the cavities of a first open press.
The dies of the press are then closed to compress the round
cigars. This work is done during a turret dwell period. The
force required to close the press dies is provided by mechani-
cal means which are independent of the intermittent motion
means which drive the index shaft. During the same dwell
period that cigars are being loaded into the first press at Index
Position No. 1 and the press closed, other cigars in a closed
second press at Index Position No. 2 are having holes formed
in their heads, and, at Index Position No. 3, a third press is
being opened and the pressed or squared cigars discharged on
to a table from which they are taken away on a conveyor.
■^
888
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,803
METHOD FOR TURGOR CONDITIONING TOBACCO
William H. Johnson, Raleigh, N.C., assignor to Research Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 866,508, Oct. 15, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,060
Int. CI. A24b0i//S. 09/00
U.S. CI. 131 — 140? 8 Claims
3,710,805
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING MATERIAL FOR SMOKING
Einosuke Tamaki; Masao Kobari, both of Tokyo; Fumihiro
Miyanowaki: Kunio Kato, both of Yokohama; Ko Nishida,
and Yukio Shimizu, both of Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to
The Japan Monopoly Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 180,353
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 4, 1970, 45/96453
Int.CI. AOIgi//00, A24bJ//4
U.S.CI. 131 — HOC 20Claims
Tobacco in shredded or strip form is turgor conditioned
prior to sublimation drying to produce tobacco of high
specific volume with minimal alteration of the chemical
characteristics and intercellular structure of the tobacco by
establishing a high vacuum around the tobacco to remove
rapidly air and water vapor from within the cells and intercel-
lular spaces of the tobacco, supplying liquid water to the
evacuated tobacco and raising the ambient pressure to drive
the water into the cells and intercellular spaces of the tobacco.
3,710,804
MOUTHPIECE FOR CIGARETTES AND OTHER
TOBACCO PRODUCTS
Josef Wey, Hunenbergstrasse 20, Luzern, Switzerland
FUed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,415
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 27, 1969,
17716/69
Int. CI. A24f 4 7/00
U.S.CI. 131-171 A 3 Claims
■^
^
16
t
2
Z^
;o 11
9 12
A process is disclosed for producing sheet-like material for
smoking which includes the steps of: culturing a fragment of a
plant body of the genus Nicotiana in a liquid medium under
aerobic conditions to derive tobacco cells suspended in the
liquid, filtering the cultured broth containing the tobacco cells
or the same mixed with fibrous materials and/or inorganic
materials through a gauze of 50-1 20 mesh or filter cloth, so as
to form a sheet-like cake having a thickness corresponding to
dried weight above 50 g./m* and drying said sheet-like cake.
Additionally, a process is disclosed for producing rod-like
material for smoking which includes the steps of: culturing a
fragment of a plant body of the genus Nicotiana in a liquid
medium under aerobic conditions, to derive tobacco cells
suspended in the liquid, separating the tobacco cells from the
cultured broth, mixing the tobacco cells with tobacco leaf sub-
stances and/or fibrous materials and/or inorganic materials to
form a paste with a moisture content of 80-93 percent, casting
the paste into a rod-shape and freeze-drying said rod-shaped
paste. The produce has excellent physical properties and the
cigarettes made thereof have light and good organoleptic pro-
perties.
3,710,806
ERECT ABLE BUILDING STRUCTURE
Vincent M. Kelly, 67 West Lessig Circle, Prescott, Ariz., and
John R. Scudder, 740 Farmer Ave., Tempe, Ariz.
FUed Oct. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 192,996
Int.CI.A45f //OO. ///6
U.S. CI. 1 35— 4 R 10 Claims
This invention is a mouthpiece for cigarettes and other
tobacco products which includes a tubular member, one end
of which is placed in the mouth and the other end having a
cigarette or other tobacco product inserted therein. A cylin-
drical filtering insert is positioned in the tubular member inter-
mediate the ends thereof, the cylindrical insert being provided
with ducts and lateral outlet opening which is so located that
upon blowing air into the mouthpiece, a vacuum are created,
causing the blown-in air and tobacco fumes to be directed
through the lateral outlet so that no noxious fumes are drawn
into the mouth The mouthpiece further permits the drawing
of smoke from the cigarette therethrough into the mouth in
the usual manner.
An expandable structure employing multihinged, scissor
type mechanical linkages for supporting an associated flexible
skin for providing a building expandable, collapsible and
movable at will, and also providing a skeleton framework for
rigid panels.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
889
3,710,807
CRUTCHES
Carolyn Patricia Ferry, 2580 North Moreland Blvd., Shaker
Heights, Ohio
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 200,031
lnt.Cl. A45b//00
U.S. CI. 135-49 8 Claims
3,710,809
RESERVE FUEL SYSTEM FOR LIQUEFIED GAS
POWERED ENGINES
Hugh E. Brown; Vourdon H. Fricke, and Henry C. Gerfen, all
of St. Louis County, Mo., assignors to Fueltime Saver Cor-
poration, Valley Park, Mo.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108308
Int. CI. F16r iy//2. FOlm 59/00; B65d 87/12
U.S.a.137-1 10 Claims
U
There is disclosed herein a sectional, metallic crutch of
telescoping tubular construction having continuous, end-to-
end columnar support between the handle of the crutch and
the lower tip thereof whereby no substantial strain is placed
upon fastening means for connecting the detachable sections.
3,710,808
PRESSURE LOCK FOR FEEDING PARTICULATE
MATERIAL TO AND REMOVING IT FROM A PRESSURE
VESSEL
Juan Celada, Col del Valle, Monterrey, and Patrick W.
MacKay, Monterrey, Nuero Leon, both of Mexico, assignors
to Flerro Esponja, S.A., Monterrey, N.L., Mexico
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,027
Int. CI. F16k 45/00; C21b 13/00
U.S.CL 137-1 20 Claims
A reserve fuel system for an engine adapted to operate on
liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) fuel supplied from a main fuel
tank by means of a main fuel line. The system includes an aux-
iliary fuel line for connecting a reserve fuel tank to the mam
line for filling the reserve tank with liquefied fuel from the
main tank and for supplying the engine with vaporized fuel
from the reserve tank when the main tank is empty, and a cut-
off valve in the auxiliary line to block communication between
the reserve tank and the main line until the fuel in the mam
tank has been exhausted. The reserve tank is provided with a
pressure relief valve to relieve excessive pressure in the
reserve tank via the auxiliary line.
3,710,810
METHOD OF COOLING CUT-OFF VALVE FOR HIGH-
TEMPERATURE CORROSIVE GAS
Hiroshi Shiraki; Yoshiaki Hara, and Masaaki Iguchi, all of
Himeji, Japan, assignors to Nippon Steel Corporation,
Tokyo, Japan
FUed Jan. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 109,785
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, May 27, 1970, 45/45396
Int. CI. F16k 49/00; F03b 1/00
U.S.CL 137-1 5 Claims
A pressure lock for feeding particulate iron ore to a moving
bed gaseous reduction sponge iron reactor and removmg
sponge iron therefrom comprising a pressure hopper with
valve assemblies at the inlet and outlet thereof. Each valve as-
sembly comprises a pair of valves, one of which performs a
flow control function and the other of which performs a pres-
sure sealing function. The construction is such that contact
between the flowing material and the sealing surfaces of the
sealing valve is avoided, thereby eliminating abrasion and ero-
sion of these surfaces and prolonging the effective life of the
pressure lock.
A cooling method of a cut-off valve for high-temperature
corrosive gas m a circulation cooling system of the valve with
a cooling liquid, in which method the interior of said valve is
maintained at a temperature higher than the dew pomt of said
high-temperature gas by supplymg a small quantity of fresh
cooling liquid in the cooling liquid pipe-line circuit so as to
hold the temperature of said cooling liquid at about its boiling
point at least the exit of the cut-off valve cooling pipe-line.
890
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710.811
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE
SALINITY OF A SOLUTION
Melvin E. Leverenz, and Kenneth H. Leverenz, both of St.
Clair, Mkh., assignors to Diamond Crystal Salt Company,
St. Clair, Mich.
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,836
Claims priority, application Canada, July 14, 1970, 846,979
Int.CI.G05d///05, ////i
U.S. CI. 137-5 13 Claims
3,710,813
PNEUMATIC FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM FOR DELUGE
VALVE
Willis K. Hodgman, Jr., Taunton, Mass., assignor to Hodgman
Manufacturing Company, Inc., Taunton, Mass.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,275
lnt.Cl.F\6k3U 143,3 1 1363
U.S. CL 137—79 10 Claims
A methpd and apparatus for establishing and maintaining a
preselected salinity of a solution, for example, a solution used
to preserve cucumbers or other produce, having a recircula-
tion loop including a detector for measuring salinity at one
point in the recirculation loop, a salt dissolver supplying high-
salinity solution introducable to the recirculation loop only
upstream of the detector, and a control system responsive to
salinity measured by the detector to control the introduction
of high-salinity solution such that the measured salinity at the
detector never exceeds the desired level. The salt dissolver
may be replaced by a fresh water supply to provide a system
for lowering salinity levels.
3,710,812
METHOD OF AND MEANS FOR REPAIRING LATERAL
BRANCHES OF SUB-SURFACE PIPE LINES
Donald S. Wise, Levittown, Pa., assignor to Telafix Incor-
porated, Levittown, Pa.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,433
Int.CLF16l55/yS
U^. CI. 137-15 6 Claims
A system for initiating the release of a deluge valve. A pneu-
matic detection impulse, operating through a mechanical link,
releases the pressure in a fluid-filled pilot line, thereby releas-
ing the holding mechanism on the deluge valve. The pneu-
matic impulse is produced when the ambient air temperature
nses rapidly in an expansible chamber communicating with
ambient air through a vent having a restriction.
3,710,814
BOURDON TUBE FLUIDIC TRANSDUCER
Jeffrey N. Shlnn, Scotia, N.Y., and Carl W. Woodson, LomiU,
Calif., assignors to General Electric Company
Division of Ser. No. 824,984, May 15, 1969, Pat. No.
3,606,902. This application Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,845
IntCI.G05b///44
U.S.CL 137-83 4 Claims
This invention is directed to providing a method of and ap-
paratus for repairing faults and breaches in lateral branches of
sub-surface pipe lines into which it is impracticable or im-
possible to introduce sub-surface pipe line repair apparatus. In
accordance with the invention such apparatus is employed in
the main line with auxilary apparatus introduced into the
lateral branch to provide a combination whereby a fault or
breach, hereinafter generically designated fault, constituting
the source of infiltration into the lateral and hence into the
main can be located, and therejifter by introduction of a
chemical repair substance from the main line into the lateral
branch and through the fault terminate the infiltration and
seal the lateral against further infiltration.
Z^T^^
A Bourdon tube which responds to pressure changes in a
sensed fiuid is used to selectively deflect the flow of a working
fluid between various ports of a fluidic receiver.
3,710,815
PNEUMATIC OSCILLATOR APPARATUS
Carl H. Morris, 2615 Ridge Avenue, and Henry N. Oliver,
2321 Cumberland Street, both of Rockford, lU.
Filed Feb. 25, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 8,89 1
Int.CI.F15b/J/02
U.S. CI. 137-106 9 Claims
A pneumatic oscillator apparatus having a pressure
operated five-way auxiliary valve for reversibly operating a
reciprocable fluid operated device, a pressure operated five-
way main valve for reversibly applying fluid pressure to the
five-way auxiliary valve to reversibly operate the latter, and a
pair of three-way pressure operated pilot valves for reversibly
operating the main valve, which pilot valves are operated in
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
891
response to the pressure conditions at the controlled outlet
ports of the main valve. Pneumatic control means are pro-
vided for regulating exhaust of fluid pressure from the con-
trolled outlet ports of the main valve to control the dwell lime
of the main valve at each end of its stroke, and to thereby con-
trol the frequency of the pneumatic oscillator. An adjustable
3,710,817
MULTIPLE SOLUTES ADDITIVE APPARATUS
Walter C. Lorenzen, Hacienda Heights, Calif., assignor to
Anzen Products, Inc., Arcadia, Calif.
Filed Feb. 3, 1 970, Ser . No. 8,305
Int. CL BO Id moo
U.S. CI. 137—268 10 Claims
pressure regulated supply is provided for the auxiliary valve to
enable adjustment of the pressure applied to the fluid
operated device independent of the pressure applied to the
pneumatic oscillator, and additional pneumatic controls are
provided for regulating exhaust of fluid from the auxiliary
valve to enable independent adjustment of the rate of move-
ment of the fluid operated device in either direction.
3,710,816
KNIFE GATE VALVE
Darryll G. Prince, 1309 Rebecca Lane, Norman, Okla.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,895
Int. CLF16ki/02, 25/00
U.S.CL 137-242
16 Claims
Apparatus for adding solute to a liquid such as swimming
pool water in which a first mixing tank is supported on a
second mixing tank. The first mixing tank is adapted to receive
circulating water and metered amounts of either liquid or solid
additives such as chlorine. The first tank has adjustable over-
flow means connecting to the second mixing tank from which
second tank a float-controlled valve releases the water and
solute mixture to the suction side of a venturi or a pump. The
first mixing tank has means for receiving solid additives in
either cake or granular form and also adapts to liquid additive
containers with a drip control outlet.
3,710,818
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
James G. Imeson, deceased, late of P. O. Box 632, Jackson,
Wyo. (Joyce Imeson Lucas, executrix)
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 749,020, July 31, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,575,200. This application June 26, 1969, Ser. No.
836,863
Int. CL B05b 9102, EOlh 3\02
U.S. CI. 137—344 16 Claims
A sliding knife gate vzilve includes a housing and a sliding
gate. The gate has a port therein which moves into and out of
registration with inlet and outlet channels in the valve housing.
The inlet and outlet channels of the valve housing contain
wear rings and o-ring seals which are positioned to wipe the
sliding gate clean. In addition, the housing can include addi-
tional packing so that the upper portion and lower portion of
the gate can extend out of the housing.
An irrigation vehicle comprising a self-propelled vehicle
adapted to move along a water supply line or a source of water
supply means on the ground. Water delivery means are pro-
vided on the vehicle for detachable connection to the pipeline
or the source of water at predetermined stations along the
path of travel of the vehicle. The vehicle is provided with turn-
ing means so that it may be moved laterally across a field that
is being irrigated.
892
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,819
HOSE AND HOSE STORAGE ARRANGEMENT FOR A
PORTABLE DISHWASHER
Hugh C. Williamson, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Sen No. 88,379
Int. CI. B65h 75136
U.S. CI. 137-355.17
7 Claims
3,710,821
NON-RETURN VALVE
Lazar Isaakovich Turetsky; Anatoly Grigorievich Gryzlov;
Fllipp Vakovlevich Proskurovsky; Gennady Nikolaevich
Lomachenko, and Nikolai Ivanovich Ageev, all of Moscow,
U.S.S.R., assignors to Vsesojuzny Teplotekhnichesky
Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut imeni F.E. Dzerzhinskogo,
Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,783
Int. CI. F16k/ 7//2
U.S. CL 137—527.8 1 Claim
A portable dishwasher has a generally planar hose storage
space in which the supply and drain hose therefor are stored in
generally serpentine form to permit pulling the hoses out for
connection to a water supply and drain location, with at least
one of the hoses having a cross-sectional configuration of
generally elliptic or flattened form oriented with respect to the
other hose so that one of its flatter sides is in facing relation to
the opposing wall of the other of the hoses.
■OTO* kO«a
N$$k; »- '^ " J%
IZT^
A non-return valve whose closing element is made in the
form of a flat disc, has a sealing element of an elastic material
on the periphery and is mounted on one end of a two-arm
lever whose other end carries a counterweight. Said sealing
element is made in the form of a cup whose working part is
shaped as a truncated cone standing out above the surface of
said disc and is directed by the larger base towards the body of
said valve.
3,710,820
FLUID FLOW REGULATOR VALVE
WUliam E. Simpson, Jr., Chambles, Ga., assignor to Rockhead
Aircraft Corporatioo, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1971, S«r. No. 170,794
Int.CI.F16kJ///2
U.S. CI. 137-495 6 Claims
3,710,822
FLUID-FLOW FUSE
Samuel J. Lyda, Route 2, Flat Rock, Ala.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109^1
Int. CI. F 1 6k ;;/06
U.S,CI. 137— 549
3 Claims
r^
Incorporated into a hydraulic flow regulator are features
which cause a hydraulic motor or actuator to run at a fraction
of normal speed while unloaded and at the normal speed while
loaded These features consist essentially of a spring-loaded
spool or piston in the flow regulator which blocks all except
the fractional flow passages when the motor or actuator is
pushing against low resistance. WHen the resistance encoun-
tered by the motor or actuator exceeds a predetermined level,
the resulting hydraulic back pressure moves the piston or
spool so that the normal flow passages in the flow regulator
are uncovered, thus permitting operation at nornial speed.
An improved pressure-actuated shut-off device designed as
a fail-safe mechanism which automatically shuts off the flow
of liquid hydrocarbon fuel or other organic liquids or gases
when a predetermined differential in pressure is reached. Par-
ticularly adaptable to use in or with liquid-fuel filters.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
893
3,710,823
HYDRAULIC COUPLER WITH CAM ACTUATOR
Albam M. Vik, Brighton, Minn., assignor to Dempco, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,336
Int.CI.F16k///70
U.S. CI. 137—594 10 Claims
trol slot provided circumferenlially in the sleeve in a radial
plane thereof. The valve ball is displaced in one or the other
direction when a pilot pressure, indirectly exerting a force to
the ball through a bellows and a push rod, exceeds or drops
60
JHL
I:
1/^
■r-+>
'i^i
S
A directly operable cam actuated hydraulic coupler with
which permits closing off flow through the couplers so that
they can be isolated from any hydraulic pressure present on
the lines during coupling or decoupling operation, and which
also permits closing off the flow even when the couplers are
still coupled together physically. •
below a predetermined value. Said force is opposed by a
supply pressure directly affecting the valve ball. Dependent
upon the direction of displacement of the valve ball, the out-
put pressure of the amplifier is either increased or decreased.
3,710,824
HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Kenneth R. Lohbauer, Jollet, III., assignor to Caterpillar Trac-
tor Co., Peoria, III.
Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,229
lnt.CLF16k/7/26.i//72
U.S. CI. 1 37—596 5 Claims
3,710,826
FLUID VALVE MEANS HAVING FEATHERING ACTION
George V. WoodUng, 22077 West Lake Road, Rocky River,
Ohio
Filed Sept. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,554
lnt.Cl.F16ky7/02
U.S. CI. 137—625.21 10 Claims
There is disclosed a control valve arrangement for con-
trolling a double-acting hydraulic motor. A makeup valve and
a relief valve are provided for precisely controlling the high
pressure and the low pressure in a motor control passage of
the system.
3,710,825
REVERSING PNEUMATIC AMPLIFIER
Hermann Otteni, Forchheim, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Munich, Germany
Filed Aug. 13, 1971. Ser. No. 171,569
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 13, 1970, P 20
40 257.7
Int. CLF16k/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 137—625.66 4 Claims
There is disclosed a reversing pneumatic amplifier including
a valve ball movable in a sleeve for opening or closing a con-
Fluid valve means having feathering action and comprising
a plurality of annularly arranged fluid ports and a plurality of
annularly arranged fluid conduction means relatively
rotatably about an axis. Said fluid ports and said fluid conduc-
tion means respectively having opposite sides including sub-
stantially straight valve edges which angularly meet and cross
each other at an acute crossing valve angle to provide for said
feathering action upon relation rotatable movement
therebetween.
3,710,827
FLUID FLOW CONTROL VALVES
James F. Skitch, Leckhampton, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire,
England, assignor to Walker Crosweller & Company
Limited, Cheltenham, England
FiledFeb. 26, 1971,Ser.No. 119,164
Int.CI.F16ki//74J
U.S. CI. 137—637.4 10 CUims
A fluid flow control valve for controlling the flow of two dif-
ferent fluids through separate inlets to one or two outlets, the
valve comprising two valve members adjustable along parallel
linear paths, and, intermediate the valve members, a hinged
control plate and a stop, the valve members are sprung loaded
894
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
'ZTr.-:^zsss::^z-t.^r:^T:r-^^^^^^
n
ing the control plate is rotatable whilst the stop is adjustable
along a path parallel to said linear path of the valve members,
3,710,828
TUBULAR METAL STRUCTURE
Gerard Ziemek, and Gert Nordmann. both of Hannover.
Germany, assignors to Kabel-und Metallwerke GutehofT-
nungshutte Aktiengesellschaft, Hannover. Germany
FUed Jan. 25, 197 1, Ser. No. 109,099
Claims priority, applkaUon Germany, Feb. 19, 1970, P 20
07 590.5
Int. CI. H02g 3/04
U.S. CI. 138-171 7 Claims
mediate part of the build-up of the cloth roll, leaving the con-
ventional friction slippage means to control the remainder of
the build-up of the cloth roll.
3,710,830
HYDROCARBON VAPOR COLLECTING APPARATUS
Stanley M. Gllson, 1625 Rancho Avenue, Glendak, Calif.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,142
lnt.CLB65b//25
U.S.CL 141-93 3 Claims
A tubular metal structure formed from a steel tape con-
verted to tubular shape with the side edges thereof in abuttmg
relation to provide a longitudinal seam which is welded. The
tubing may be transversely corrugated to increase the flexibili-
ty thereof; the tubing in plain or corrugated from being useful
as conduit means or as sheathing for electrical cable. The steel
from which the tape is formed has a specified carbon, man-
ganese and silicon content to improve diverse properties of
the fabricated tubing, including the welded seam thereof and
the welding procedure.
3,710,829
LOOM TAKE-UP MECHANISM AND METHOD
Thomas R. Johnson, Cropwell, and Luther K. Joiner, An-
niston, both of Ala., assignors to Johnson & Johnson, New
Brunswick, N J.
FUed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,288
Int.CI.D03d49//2
U.S. CI. 1 39-304 5 Claims
Loom take-up mechanism and method involving the use of
conventional friction-slippage means between the driving
means and the driven cloth roll shaft, and the supplemental
use of additional friction applying means to provide for addi-
tional slippage of the cloth roll shaft during the beginning of
A hydrocarbon vapor collecting system is disclosed having
an attachment for a gasoline pump nozzle which includes a
hood that is adapted to loosely fit ove» the mouth of an au-
tomobile tank filler tube as the nozzle is inserted
therethrough. The hood is connected to a vapor hose which, in
turn, communicates with a vapor absorbing device. A fan
communicates with the vapor hose to create a suction at the
mouth of the hood to concurrently draw in air from the at-
mosphere along with the hydrocarbon vapors from the tank as
the nozzle is filling the tank with gasoline. A closed end tubu-
lar support having an open end for receiving the end of the
pump nozzle extending through the hood is also provided The
cross section of the open end of the support is shaped and
dimensioned to sealingly engage the interior of the hood to
enable the hood to be sealed from the atmosphere while the
pump is supported on the tubular support during non-use.
The system is also adaptable to the large storage tanks util-
ized by the service stations, whereby the hood of the vapor
collecting apparatus is adapted for connection to the filling
hatch of the tank with the fuel truck filler nozzle extending
therethrough. In other embodiments the hood is attached to a
vent pipe located adjacent the tank or remotely therefrom.
The vapor hose utilized in these systems can be adapted for
connection to a vapor absorbing device located at the service
station or on the fuel tank truck. In all of the embodiments the
fan is provided to create a suction through the vapor hose to
draw all of the hydrocarbon vapors displaced by the gasoline
tank and prevent any leakage of the vapors into the at-
mosphere.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
895
3,710,831
AUTOMATIC TRIP FILL NOZZLE
Peter S. Riegel, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to Gilbert and
Barker Manufacturing Company, Greensboro, N.C.
Continuation of Ser. No. 769,239, Oct. 21, 1968, abandoned.
This application June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,825
Int. CI. B67d 5/i 75
U.S.CI. 141 — 207 10 Claims
end of the shaper housing contains a drive pulley isolated in
vertically spaced bearings. The pulley is formed with a vertical
spindle aperture in which is fixed a female spline drive ele-
ment and within which is slidably supported a male spindle
spline section. Stationary power driving means in the table
A safety automatic trip fluid dispensing nozzle for coopera-
tively sealing a tank fill pipe to prevent fluid splashage and
vapor emission in which a valve mechanism with an operating
linkage is preconditioned for valve mechanism operation upon
fill pipe sealing and for valve mechanism de-actuation upon
unseating intentionally or inadvertently.
3,710,832
LOCATORS FOR DRYWALL FASTENERS
Gary S. Lafferty, Sr., Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Milwaukee
Electric Tool Corporation, Brookfield, Wis.
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,061
Int.CI. B25b2i/0S
U.S.CI. 144— 32 4 Claims
member carries a pulley belt which engages around the drive
pulley in constant alignment and with radial load imposed by
the tension of the belt being effectively taken up by the verti-
cally spaced bearings without transfer of any appreciable part
of the load to the spindle.
3,710,834
TREE HARVESTING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Walter Jarck, 306 Grady Drive, Rock Hill, S.C.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,031
Int.CI.A01g2i/02
U.S. CI. 144—309 AC 14 Claims
A locator assembly including a bit holder for driving scfews
to secure drywall panels on metal or wood studs has a locator
sleeve provided with a nose having a vent design which in-
cludes an angularly outwardly sloping wall with a sharp edge
to peel off the powder from the bit holder, and an angularly
rearwardly sloping wall to dispel falling powder when screws
are being inserted vertically.
3,710,833
POWER DRIVEN SHAPER APPARATUS
Ivan E. Hammer, 625 Ware Avenue, and Waldemar Hammer,
P.O. Box 1393, both of Santa Rosa, Calif.
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,442
Int. CI. B27c 5/00
U.S.CI. 144— 134 A 5 Claims
A shaper spindle and cutter are received in bearings in a
hollow retaining quill and this assembly of parts is mounted for
vertical adjustment in a shaper housing having a split cylindri-
cal body suspended from the underside of an upright work
table member. A special pulley housing attached at the lower
A tree being harvested is severed by a shear and felled in a
predetermined direction so as to be caught when the falling
tree trunk reaches a generally horizontal position. The
generally horizontal trunk of a felled tree is thereafter longitu-
dinally advanced to the shear while having the limbs removed
therefrom and, by movement of the shear to a generally verti-
cal bucking position, severed into portions of desired
predetermined length.
3,710,835
SCREWDRIVER WITH SCREW HOLDING
ATTACHMENT
John B. Eby, 132 Electric Avenue, Milroy. Pa.
FiledJuly9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,214
Int. CI. B25b 23/08
U.S. CI. 145—52 7 Claims
A conventional screwdriver is provided with a screw hold-
ing attachment which includes a screw gripping jaw assembly
mounted on the shank of the screwdriver for compound move-
896
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
\
January 16, 1973
ously with a concomitant radial expansion of the screw
gripping end of the jaw assembly as a function of a single
12
A-
-a
/
a,
r
venting the tread surface of the tire, wherein the strap is at-
tached at both ends to the ram and shortened in length by the
ram to constrict the tire.
manual manipulation to permit the positionment of a screw
head in driving engagement with the bit. Following such screw
head positionment, the jaw assembly automatically undergoes
a reversal of the aforestated compound movement to positive-
ly restrain the screw head against movement relative to the bit.
3.710,836
BARREL STAVE EDGE SAWING MACHINE
B«nnie T. Busch, P. O. Box 543, Mena, Ark.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,569
Int. CI. B27h 3/02
U.S. CI. 147-28 3 Claims
3,710,838
APPARATUS FOR GRIPPING A WHEEL TO PERMIT
REMOVAL OF A TIRE
Victor Duquesne, 42 Quellinstrant, Antwerpen, Belgium
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,043
Claims priority, application Belgium, Jan. 22, 1970, 49,840
Int. CLB60C 25/06
U.S.CL 157-1.24 7 Claims
76^
An apparatus for gripping a wheel to permit the removal of
a tire Fitted on said wheel and includes means for displacmg
claws toward the periphery of a wheel of any diameter
mounted on the apparatus and means for locking said claws
towards the wheel.
A pair of motor driven circular saws are mounted on op-
posite sides of a frame supported horizontal barrel stave carry-
ing conveyor with the axes of the saws perpendicular to the
direction of conveyor travel and their planes arranged m
downwardly converging relation. Spring loaded guide rollers,
forming a part of the saw driving motor supports, adjusts the
position of the saws in a desired barrel stave edge trimming
spaced-apart relation by contact with the respective opposing
longitudinal sides of a barrel stave to be trimmed as it is moved
by the conveyor between the saws.
Lock means actuated by spring loaded pressure rollers over-
lying the position of the barrel stave when moved by the con-
< veyor maintains the adjusted spaced-apart relation of the saws
for the duration of the saw trimming action on each side of
each stave moved through the machine by the conveyor.
3,710,839
ADJUSTABLE SLIDING SCREEN DOOR
Edward J. Andres, Santa Maria, Calif., assignor to Aluminite
Manufacturing Company, Inc., Guadalupe, CaliL
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,220
Int. CI. E06b 9/00
U.S.CL 160-372 4 Claims
3,710,837
TIRE CONSTRICTOR
Oscar C. Blomgren, Sr., and Oscar C. Blomgren, Jr., both of
Lake Bluff, III., assignors to Tuxco Corporation, North
Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971. Ser. No. 116,910
Int.CI. B60c25//2
U.S. CI. 157-1.21 12 Claims
A device for constricting the diameter of a tubeless tire to
facilitate the mounting on a wheel which includes a fluid
'■"Sz^
A sliding screen door adjustable as to height to accom-
modate upper and lower tracks having different vertical
spacings. Channels telescoped over and slidable vertically on
the lower ends of the stiles of the regular door frame are inter-
connected by an auxiliary lower rail carrying rollers which en-
page the lower track. The channels are fixed in their adjusted
positions by screws threaded into the screen grooves of the
sdles. Kick plates on opposite sides of the door cover the regu-
lar lower rail of the door frame.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
897
3,710,840
METHOD FOR CONTINUOUS CASTING OF HOLLOW
BAR
Andrew Lawrie Fabens, Jr., Shaker Heights, Ohio, assignor
to Truline Casting Company, Wickliffe, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 5,694, Jan. 26, 1970,
abandoned. This application Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195,615
Int.CI.B22d///05
U.S.CL 164-73 15 Claims
which the rod is continuously cast and cooled to solidification
as it is passed through the mold and moved through a trans-
port path. The rod which is cast is subjected to a first set of up
setting rolls and straightening rolls for reducing its cross sec-
tion and for causing a stretching of the rod and a second set of
high deformation rolls for further reducing the cross section
and stretching the rod which is formed. The construction is
characterized by an arrangement of the first acting sets of rol-
lers at a first station to produce such a rod reduction and a rod
stretching that the second acting rollers at the second station
attain a maximum degree of deformation and at a faster
passage rate of the rod which is cast and which therefore also
requires a lower rolling force. The apparatus includes a roll
stand for deforming the casting at a high reduction per pass
which is proceeded by a roll stand having a roll gap which in
the set in dependence upon the ratio of the casting cross sec-
tion at the mold and the smallest possible rolling gap of the
high deformation rollers. The construction is such that the
casting cross section of the mold has a side ratio greater than 1
and the upsetting gap of the first roller set of approximately 1
and that of the high deformation stand of 1 or less than 1 . The
side ratio is the relationship of the side lengths with one
another.
A method of casting a hollow bar which includes a mold
having a mandrel therein and means for distributing molten
material to the mold inlet in an area between the mold and the
mandrel. Initially a starting plug closes the mold outlet to
prevent leakage of the molten material and provides means to
join the plug and solidified melt. After the molten material
freezes in the annulus around the mandrel, the starting plug is
lowered at a controlled rate to draw the solidified hollow bar
from the mold outlet as additional molten material is fed
through the inlet. An air inlet into the hollow of the cast bar
prevents the formation of a vacuum within the hollow.
Further, means are provided for cooling the mold to quickly
freeze the molten material as it is fed into the mold. The start-
ing plug includes structure for locking itself to the cast bar.
3,710,841
METHOD FOR CASTING AND ROLLING OF METAL
STANDS FROM THE CASTING HEAT
Hans G. Baumann. Duisburg, Germany, assignor to Demag
AG, Duisburg, Germany
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,518
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 24, 1968, P 18
16 849.5
Int.CI.B22d////2
U.S.CL 164-76 2 Claims
3,710.842
METHOD OF PRODUCING CONTROLLED LENGTH
METAL FILAMENTS
Carroll E. Mobley, Columbus, and Robert E. Maringer,
Worthington, both of Ohio, assignors to The Batteile
Development Corporation, Columbus, Ohio
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,899
Int.CI. B22d;//06
U.S.CM64— 78 5 Claims
Streams of molten metal are converted into solidified metal
filaments having point generatrix cross-sectional shapes by
directing the stream into grooves formed into a moving chill-
block surface. The grooves are shaped to form a mold of one
surface of the point-generatrix shape and extend substantially
in the direction of movement in the chill-block surface. The
movement of the chill block is disposed to effect ejection of
the solidified molten stream from the groove in the form of
filaments by centrifugal force.
A method and apparatus for continuously casting metal in
particular, steel rods, includes a continuous casting mold in
3,710,843
METHOD FOR ALTERING THE CROSS-SECTIONS OF
CONTINUOUSLY CAST METAL PIECES
Tadashi Murakami; Takeshi Hiromoto; Zenzo Soejima, all of
Himeji; Toyosaburo Hamano, Takasago; Shinsuke
Hashimoto, and Shingo Shibamoto. both of Himeji. all of
Japan, assignors to Nippon Steel Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 2 1 . 1 970, Ser. No. 99,809
Int.CI.B22d///00
U.S. CI. 164— 82 12 Claims
A method and a casting water cooled mold for altering the
width dimension of a continuously cast metal piece during a
continuous casting operation without the need of replacing
the mold with different molds for producing cast pieces of dif-
ferent dimensions. The mold for carrying out the method has
two water-cooled front walls and two water-cooled side walls.
898
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
^- ij:^i:^x^ r ^^:^ =^r ^^ i^=J — -.sti::
^ - '- -1^
formed by two sections, said sections being movable in a
honzontal direction and vertically press-fixable to each other.
3 710 844
METHOD OF PRODUCING SUPERCONDUCTING STRIPS
Toshio Doi, and Mitsuhiro Kudo, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Hitachi, Ltd., Toltyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 706,924
Claims priority, application Japan. Feb. 24, 1967, 42/1 1415
Int.CI.B22d///00
U.S. CI. 164-86 2 Claims
mounted on the side walls connected to the yokes. The trans-
verse walls are hinged to the yokes and may be adjusted to any
desired angle of inclination.
3,710,846
CONTINUOUS CASTING APPARATUS
Ilario Properzi, Via Vittor Pisani 8, Milan, lUly
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,654
Claims priority, application lUly, Jan. 14, 1970, 1935 A/70
Int.CI.B22d///06
U.S. CI. 164-278 »1 Claims
A method of producmg a superconducting strip, compnsmg
continuously passmg a superconducting wire or tape through a
mold casting a molten stabilizing metal for said wire into said
mold cooling the molten stabilizing metal during its passage
through said mold along the travelling path of said wire with
said wire embedded therein to thereby solidify said molten sta-
bilizing metal in close contact with said wire and continuously
drawing the resultant superconducting strip from said mold;
and an apparatus for practicing said method. The supercon-
ducting strip produced according to the present invention is
free from breakage of the wire, has highly uniform and excel-
lent properties and can be produced at lower cost than the
conventional ones.
A continuous casting apparatus having a rotating grooved
casting wheel cooperating with a continuous rib wound on the
said citing wheel, a support unit connected to the said casting
wheel and securable to said apparatus at a number of angular
positions for positioning a crucible at the periphery of the said
casting wheel.
3,710,845
ADJUSTABLE CONTINUOUS CASTING MOLD
Max Burkhardt, Zurich, and Armin Thalmann, Uster, both of
Switzerland, assignors to Concast AG. Zurich. Switzerland
Filed March 24. 1971 , Ser. No. 127.593
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, March 25, 1970,
4478/70
Int.CI.B22d///06
U.S. CI. 164-273 ^^'"u"'!
A plate mold for continuous casting machines m which
transverse mold walls are carried on yokes which straddle the
longitudinal walls and are slidably supported on a frame which
3,710,847
ELASTICALLY DEFORMABLE CURVED SUPPORTING
AND GUIDING CONSTRUCTION FOR CAST BARS
Rudolf Schoffmann, LInz, Austria, assignor to Vereinigte
O^terreichische Eisen-und Stahlwerke Akfengesellschaft.
Linz, Austria tn aci
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,457
Claims priority, applicaUon Austria, May 30, 196V, a
Int.C..B22d////2
Ad M2 Claims
^ An^'iiipr^ed supporting and guiding construction for
deflect ^a cont.nuoisly cast bar vertically leaving the mould
into the horizontal direction. The novel construction com-
Drises at least two inner and two outer, roll-supporting
cu^ed longitudinal carriers mounted in a staUonary curved
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
899
frame-work composed of spaced-apart frame carriers having position to be observed through a centrally disposed projec-
rigid connections, said inner or outer longitudinal carriers, or tion lens system and screen to correctly align them. After
both, being adjustable and adapted to be urged towards said alignment each lens is clamped by an arm which carries a
frame work under elastic deformation by adjusting means act- mold, and the table is shifted to bring the lens under the pour
J7 M IS
ing upon their ends. This arrangement ensures that the rolls
are always so positioned as to provide a continuous path fol-
lowing a predetermined curve, thus avoiding any undue
stressing of the solidifying bar.
3,710,848
CENTRIFUGAL CASTING DEVICES
Henri Peltier; Roger Bailly. and Pierre Chatourel, all of Billan-
court, France, assignors to Regie Nationale Des Usines
Renault, Billancourt and Automobiles Peugeot, Paris. France
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 172,005
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 8, 1970, 7032600
Int.CI.B22d/i//0
U.S. CI. 164-293 9 Claims
r^^'9
Centrifugal casting device, notably for tubular pieces
without longitudinal draw, by means of half-moulds kept in
their assembled condition during the casting operation in a
centrifugal casting cylinder, with the assistance of a number of
inertia weights and levers acting upon said half-moulds, said
inertia-weights being pivoted to brackets rigid with said cen-
trifugal cylinder through the medium of crank levers having
unequal arms, the major arms of said levers being rigid with
said inertia weights and extending through openings formed in
said centrifugal cylinder, the minor arms ending with rollers
bearing upon said half-moulds.
3,710,849
LENS BLOCKING MACHINE
Robert R. Hines, Phelps, and Harold Culver, Geneva, both of
N.Y., assignors to Textron Inc., Providence, R.I.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,432
Int. CLB22d/ 7/24
U.S. CL 164-322 5 Claims
Two lens holders mounted on a sliding table, which can be
slid first right and then left to bring the lenses successively into
spout of a melting pot, and the mold is filled with a measured
amount of alloy to mold a lens block onto the lens. While one
block is being molded onto a lens at one pour station, another
block is being allowed to cool to permit its removal from the
table with the lens to which it has been molded.
3,710,850
UNRESTRAINED ROTOR
Hermann E. Kurschner, and Robert Emmett Mahoney, both of
Wellsville. N.V., assignors to The Air Preheater Company,
Inc., Wellsville, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 168,877
Int. CI. F28d 79/04
U.S.CL 165-9 9 Claims
A rotor structure for a rotary regenerative heat exchanger is
defined wherein the rotating elements of a rotor subject to dif-
ferential thermal expansion and to a concentration of stresses
that effect cracking and failure of the usual welded joints
therebetween are replaced by pivotal connections that allow
relative movement sufficient to accommodate thermal expan-
sion and thus preclude structural failure.
3,710,851
BALL-AND-SOCKET COUPLING FOR ROTOR
Harlan E. Finnemore, Wellsville, N.V.. assignor to The Air Pre-
heater Company, Inc., Wellsville, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 1 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 73,2 1 2
Int. CI. F28d/ 9/04
U.S. CI. 165-9 7 Claims
An arrangement by which sector-shaped baskets containing
heat absorbent elements of a rotary regenerative heat
900
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
e.Han.. a. .vo... connected .o a -...;. post^V ^^^Z^:^-^;^^
ball-and-socket type joints that permit relative distortion and m tm^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^.^ ^ ^^.^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^j, ^^ ,
f.xed to the frame while the other is mounted on the frame for
relative movement therewith whereby the core is prevented
from being damaged due to any relative movement as some-
times occurs between the core and the main frame.
3,710,854
CONDENSER
Fred W. Staub, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to CJeneral Electric
Company, Schenectady, N.Y. ...n^.
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,067
Int.CI.F28b//06
^. .^e Ki 7 Claims
IJ.S.C1. 165— 111
limited movement of adjacent members to preclude breakage —
of the connecting bond therebetween.
3,710,852
DOUBLE EFFECT ABSORPTION HEATING AND
COOLING SYSTEM
James M. Porter, La Crosse, Wis., assignor to The Trane Com-
nanv La Crosse, Wis.
^^ Filed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,336
Int.CI.F25b/i/00
9 Claims
U.S.CM65-62
In a surface condenser of the upflow type including a plu-
rality of parallel tubes arranged in a plurality of parallel rows
Sween'^an inlet and an outlet manifold for condensing a
^porous medium by a stream of coolant, f^^eze-up of the
Xs is prevented and improved performance is provided by
sekct vek throttling the nuid flow from the tubes at the outlet
ends thereof of all of the rows except the row adjacent the up-
stream end of the coolant flow stream.
An absorption machine having a two-stage generator
wherein the machine is adapted to provide cooling, heating or
simultaneous heating and cooling. The machine includes an
improved hermetic valve useful in the heating mode.
3,710,853
HEAT EXCHANGER
Fred M. Young, Racine, Wis., assignor to Young Radiator
Company, Racine, Wis. ., . „ ^ , ^
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,616
Int. CI. F28f 7100
^ ^. .^e oi 6 Claims
U.S.CL 165— 81
3,710,855
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
George Osorio, 5818 Peoples Ave.. New Orleans, La.
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,539
Int. CI. A62c 7100
U.S. CI. 169-26
1 Claim
A heat exchanger such as a radiator or other cooling
machine which utilizes an inlet fluid tank and an outlet fluid
A quickly burning saucer containing a fire extinguishing
nowder sealed therein by a cover and in combination with
^oss arms centrally fastened together by a screw that also
Z ions to securely attach the saucer and arms to structu
over highly flammable areas such as gas tanks and engines of
automobiles, deep fat fryers of restaurants, etc.
3,710,856
LOW TEMPERATURE RISE CONDENSER AND PUMP
PACKAGE
WiUlam E. Palmer. Easton, »»••' •'-'JJ'^ ^J^
Washington, NJ., assignors to Ingersdl-Rand Company,
New York, N.Y. ^ a^ n^n
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,067
Int.CI.F28b9//0
, . 3 Claims
^'a^ow temperature rise condenser and pump system com-
bin^ngTondXrs and pumps with a siphon-type water circuit.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
901
The arrangement achieves a low temperature gradient in the
prised of jmy number of plates, are parallel with and abut
against the wall and the plate means also have holes aligned
with the holes in the header. Tubes extend both through the
plate means and through the header wall, and the tubes are
cooling water circuit by the use of large volumes of water with "
a low energy expenditure.
3,710,857
PRESSURE-RETENTIVE VESSEL, E.G. FOR
PRESSURIZED-FLUID NUCLEAR REACTORS
Joachim Meyer, and Josef Pfeffer, both of Essen, Germany, as-
signors to Fried. Krupp GmbH, Essen, Germany
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,081
int.CI.F28f J//2
U.S. CI. 165—169 6 Claims
A pressure-retentive thermally insulated vessel, e.g.. for
pressurized-fluid nuclear reactors, cmd a method of making
same in which a thin-wall inner shell of corrosion- resistant
metal (e.g. stainless steel) is welded from cylinder segments
into a hermetically closed container. The outer shell of the
double-wall lining, whose interwall space is filled with a force-
transmitting thermally insulating material (e.g. a low heat-
conductivity concrete), is welded together of cylinder seg-
ments of heavy-gauge steel. To support the inner wall, a plu-
rality of radial angularly and axially spaced tie rods are welded
to the outer surface of the thin inner vessel, passed through
openings in the outer wall, and engage in the surrounding
body of concrete serving as the outer support and radiation-
shielding mass. The of>enings are sealed by welding and the
rods are rigidly fixed to the outer wall, e.g. via bridge plates
overlying the openings.
i
PM
soldered, brazed or otherwise secured to the header to form a
leakproof joint therewith. The wall, the plate means, and the
tubes are all soldered, brazed or otherwise bonded or fused
together.
3,710,859
APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY CONNECTING AND
DISCONNECTING PIPE LINES TO AND FROM A
SUBMERGED WELLHEAD
James W. E. Hanes, Ventura; Edward Larralde. Santa Bar-
bara, both of Calif., and Michael J. RImmer, Amersham,
Bucks, England, assignors to Vetco Offshore Industries, Inc.,
Ventura, Calif.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,023
IntCI.E21b4i/0/
U.S.CI. 166-.6 12 Claims
One or a bundle of pip>e lines are lowered from a floating
vessel or barge along guide lines to a Christmas tree on a well-
head assembly at the ocean floor, the one or more pipe lines
being aligned with flow lines extending from the Christmas
tree. A connector and associated actuating mechanism are
lowered on a running string from the barge along the guide
lines to a position between the aligned pipe lines and fiow
lines, after which the connector, pipe lines and flow lines are
hydraulically axially shifted into sealed and locked relation by
remote control from the barge, the actuating mechanism
b>eing released from the connector and elevated to the barge
on the running string. When desired, the running string and
actuating mechanism may be relowered and operatively
reconnected to the connector to release the latter from the
fiow lines and pipe lines.
3,710,858
HEAT EXCHANGER HEADER AND CORE
CONSTRUCTION
Fred M. Young, Racine, Wis., assignor to Young Radiator
Company, Racine, Wis.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,617
Int. CI. F28f 9104
U.S. CI. 1 65 - 1 78 8 Claims ,
A heat exchanger such as a radiator having a fluid header
with a plurality of holes in one of its walls. Plate means, com-
3,710,860
PETROLEUM WELL SAFETY VALVE
Marvin L. Holbert, Jr., Houston, Tex., assignor to Gray Tool
Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed July 30, 1971, Ser. No. 167,784
Int.CI.E21bii/00
U.S. CI. 166—75 34 Claims
Preferably installed in the well head, the valve incorporates
a differential pressure-operated piston exposed to a fiuid pres-
902
sure suDplv on one side for maintaining the valve in an open
cond t"on when des.red and exposed to -bterrane^ pre -
sures on the opposite side, so that when the subterranean pres-
sure r^^s above a predetermined amount the valve closes. The
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
/o^
valve may be economically installed in existing we»ls e^g.
Save no effective positive closure for shutting in the well in an
emergency, such as an incipient blowout or a Tire.
mation or for other purposes, gravel packing the well bore
^euSe wUhou. airtc.mg the previously .rea.ed and gravel
packed formation.
3,710,863
TREATMENT OF FORMATIONS CONTAINING FRESH-
WATER SWELLING CLAYS
WUIiam A. Webster, Arlington, and Joseph L. Messenger, Dal-
Z^ both of Tex., assignors to Mobil Oil Con»orat.on
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,146
J„.C..E21b4i/22.4i/24..3/25 ^^^^^^
"^ -Tl^s -sje'cif.c'alion discloses a method of treating subterrane^
an formaTions that contain fresh-water swelling clay materials
i T.nH wVter A solution of metal halide salt, wherein the
L co^curren, wUh. o, subsequent .o the mjeetton of an aque-
ous fluid into the formation.
3,710,861
MISCIBLE-TYPE FLOODING OF OIL RESERVOIRS
TaVING WATER SATURATED BOTTOM ZON^S
David J. Ver Steeg, Littleton. Colo., assignor to Marathon O.I
Company, Findlay. Ohio ,.,,57
Filed May 26, 1971,Ser.No. 147,257
Int.CI.E21b4i/22
1146—269 12 Claims
^■prSuc^o^of crude oil from an oil-beanng subterranean
resei;c^r having a water zone in Huid communication with and
d1 ec^lv befow In oil zone is realized by simultaneously inject-
fraS^uf 1-20 percent formation pore volume micellar
diLrS in the oU zone and about 0.01-5 percent formation
XIZL micellar dispersion in the water zone, followed
^ a mobility buffer composing an aqueous polymer solution
and drive medium in both zones.
3.710,864
WELL TUBING TIE BACK V^^"T„irrD.^MndL
Rayford E. Mitchell, Houma. La., assignor to Dresser inaus-
"'^""'^FaL"5,1971.Ser.No. 104,041
,„t. CI. E21b 29/00. 4J/00 ^ ^^^^^
U.S.CL 166-277
3,710,862
MFTHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TREATING AND
PREPARING WELLS FOR PRODUCTION
Carter R. Young. Carrollton, Tex., and Henry J. James,
Dallas, Tex., assignors to Otis Engineering Corporation,
^^'"' '"Filed June7,1971,Ser.No^l50,349
. ,„t.CI.E21b4i/04.4i//0.4i//4 ^^^^^^^
U.S.CL 166-278
A method and apparatus for setting a packer supporting a
screerlreating the'well to stimulate production from the for-
■'^"7*"';^:;* STf« co' "'t^otro^he uppTstnng
tion of the tool is threaaea lui j.^^
of tubing while the lower end of the tool "^^l^^^J^l^^^ ^,.
scooping the parted ^"^'"g ^"'^ J"\° ^'^^jS ,n an alterna-
tion of the tool ^-»-"'"f.^^,\r,^Sfer^au"ds in providing
tive embodiment, an ^^^'^7^' J^^rbe^eled metal to-metal
an additional sealing effect for the beveiea me
seal.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
903
3,710,865
METHOD OF FRACTURING SUBTERRANEAN
FORMATIONS USING OIL-IN-WATER EMULSIONS
Othar M. Kiel, Houston, Tex., assignor to Esso Production
Research Company
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 76,887, Sept. 30, 1970,
abandoned. This application May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,349
Int. CI. E21b 4i/26
U.S. CI. 166—308 34 Claims
plished by means of a rotatable tubular ring contiguous to the
drag block end of the cage and having a notch in its end facing
the cage whereby each drag block element is inserted in a slot
in the cage as the notch in the rotatable ring is aligned
therewith. The notch is then successively rotated to the ne*t
cage slot assembly for insertion of the drag block element.
After the drag block elements are inserted, the rotatable ring
is secured with the notch located between a pair of cage slot
arrays.
Because the slip elements are pivoted from the drag block ele-
ments, the outward movement required to set the slips is the
same regardless of the weight rating of the nominal size of the
casing used, thus providing a more nearly equal bite of the
teeth in the casing wall than would occur if the slip elements
were pivoted from the cage.
200 250
TEt*P€B«TU«
A fracturing method wherein an improved oil-in-watef
emulsion is injected into a subterranean formation under suffi-
cient pressure to open a fracture in the formation and. con-
stituents of the emulsion are thereafter produced from the for-
mation. The emulsion contains a major volume projwrtion of
an internal liquid hydrocarbon phase and a minor volume pro-
portion of an external water phase containing a water-dispersi-
ble polymeric thickening agent in a concentration sufficient to
provide the water phase with an apparent viscosity of at least
10 centipoises at 70° F and a shear rate of 51 1 reciprocal
seconds. The emulsion is formulated so that the internal oil
phase constitutes more than 50 but not more than about 80
volume percent, and preferably between about 60 and about
75 volume percent, of the emulsion.
3,710,866
DRAG BLOCK AND SLIP ASSEMBLY
Charles A. Pitts, Wichita Falls, Tex., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company. Midland. Mich.
FiledJune21,1971,Ser. No. 154,955
Int. CI. E21b 2i/06, 3ill29, 43110
U.S. CI. 166-216 5 Claims
3,710,867
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR ADDING CHEMICALS
Paul L. Bansbach. St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Petrolite Cor-
poration. Wilmington, Del.
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,171
Int.CI. E2 lb 4i/00,ii/0i
U.S.CL 166-244 C 5 Claims
CUCMK^L TtUATMSMr
An apparatus and process for adding chemicals, such as well
treating chemicals, etc.. to a system, such as an oil well, which
comprises:
1 . a chemical inlet valve capable of connection to a chemi-
cal reservoir;
2. a container connected to ( 1 ) for holding a measured
amount of chemical;
3. a chemical discharge valve for (2); ( I). (2) and (3) being
in gravity relationship;
4. a fluid inlet valve connected to a fluid flow line, such as a
by-pass line which, is connected to a flow line, such as
from an oil well, and connected to (3), and an exit flow
line therefrom;
5 . a timer which synchronizes the operation of said valves so
that a measured amount of chemical enters the system
and is Hushed by fluids through the by-pass line of (4)
into the system such as a well.
The apparatus and process can also be adapted to other
systems where automatic addition of chemicals is required.
This invention relates to a slip and drag block assembly for
use with a packer or bridge plug, for example, in the casing of
an earth well.
The drag block elements are spring loaded and held within a
slotted tubular cage member which is a casting. The slip ele-
ments, spring loaded, are pivoted from the drag block ele-
ments and are held in position by the tubular cage. Setting of
the slips is by movement of the cone assembly of the packer or
bridge plug, for example.
Insertion of the drag block elements into the cage is accom-
3,710,868
AIRCRAFT SUSPENDED BUCKET FOR FIRE FIGHTING
Russell D. Chadwick, Beaverton, Oreg.. assignor to Chadwick,
Incorporated. Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,101
Int. CI. A62c 3100
U.S.CL169— 2A 9 Claims
A bucket, for suspension from the cargo hook of a
906 O.O.— 33
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
904 urri^iAi^^— —
3,710,871
ROTARY FURROWING TOOL
Emmons F. HUI, dece««d, late of Route 4, Knoxvllle, Tenn.
(Frank L.Hill, administrator)
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,825
,„t.CI.A01bii/00 ^^^^^^
U.S. CI. 172-122
tion. The valve actuating means depend from arms extendmg
inwardly from the bucket sides.
3,710.869 ^
MACHINE FOR CLEANING BALLAST IN RAILWAY
TRACK
Izrail Uibovich Funberg, ulltsa .^^^'f"^"";^',"' ^^^ikoii^v'
Ljubertsy Moskovskoi oblasti; Petr Pj^«^^ ^."^1^^
Baikalskaya ulitsa, 33, korpus 2, ^^^^^'^^''^.l^'Z
Epifanovich Goro, Rogozhshy val, 17^ kv. 54, Mo«o-,
NUiolal NIkolaevich Gulenko, Nizhegorodskaya ullt^, 3, kv.
31 Zscow Viktor Ivanovich Papko, Nlzhegorodskaya ullt-
L nTv il, Moscow; NIkoW Alex«,drovlch Rozhkov
LrlL proeU 12, korpus 1, kv. 22, Moscow; Elya Isaevich
S", V Thoi:hlo;k., 33, kv. 27, Mo«ow and Grigo^
' VasUlevkh Krutogotov, uUtsa Raduihnaya, 8, kv. 16,
Moscow, all of L.S.S.R.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 2,990
Int. CI. EOlb 27/00
_. ,^ 1 Claim
U.S. CI. 171-16
thenm. ine g outwardly from the
'"Til surfadof the nm a distance less than the extremity
•Sri'd cult nfba^e means. The disclosed arrangement is par-
ucSarlysu table for forming a furrow in unplowed ground.
A machine for cleaning ballast in railway tracks having a
tra^k iffter and devices for cutting-off and cleaning ballast
Soned under the track during the course of lifting the
C comprising a shaft disposed ahead said devices for
cu ting of^^and deaning ballast in the transverse direction
rela "ve^o that of the machine movement and having turnab e
leeves successively mounted thereon and equipped with
nushers radially disposed thereon and introduced inbetween
fhe ties of the tr'ack S^push through the ballast stuck therein.
3,710,872
GROUND ENGAGING IMPLEMENT TOOTH AND
'"'^ MOUNTING MEANS THEREFOR
Henry L. Kovar, Anoka, Minn., assignor to John R. Kovar
Mfg. Co., Inc., Anoka, Minn. ^ ,, o,.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 62,819
Int. CI. AOlb 23102; AOld 77/00 ^ ^^^.^^
U.S. CI. 172-707
3,710,870
CORDLESS ELECTRIC HAND TILLER
Norman O. Pfeiffer. Rydal, Pa., assignor to Little Wonder,
Inc., Southampton, Pa. ,,,niA
Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,030
Int. CI. AOld 27/00
.U.S. CI. 172-40
7 Claims
A portable, battery operated tiller is adapted to be held in
the hTnd and incorporaVes a plurality of replaceable digger
A .round engaging implement tooth and mounting means
the ground engaging Port>onjv.i . ^^ereof
the ground engaging portion.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
905
3 710 873 3,710,875
IMPACT WRENCH OR SCREWDRIVER DOWN PRESSURE ASSEMBLY FOR TRUCK MOUNTED
Michael George Allen, North Watford. England, assignor to '^H?^'*,,, » M«r««n
Desoutter Brothers Limited, London, England Louis E. German, PrincevUle, III., assignor to Morton
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,772 Buildings, Inc., Morton, III.
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 8, 1969, ^"'** ^^^ **V>\'IV,^r,!5,°,' '
59,836/69 »"»• C'" ^^^Ic U 102
Int.CI.B25b/9/00 U.S. CI. 173-28 5 Claims
U.S. CI. 173-12 3 Claims
A down pressure assembly for use in combination with a
boom pivoted adjacent one end to a truck or similar vehicle
and carrying on its free end a depending auger. The assembly
includes a frame carrying means to apply additional
downward pressure to the boom to force the auger to bore
through frozen ground or some other equally hard substance
to insure positive action of the auger.
A pneumatically operated hand-held impact wrench or
screwdriver having a hammer member which reciprocates
against the action of a spring, said spring being adjustable to
vary the value of maximum torque at which the tool operates.
3,710,874
ELECTRONIC TORQUE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM
Robert J. Seccombe, Detroit. Mich.; Paul M. Pyper, Dussel-
dorf-Lohauser. Germany, and Edwin S. Treible, Jr.,
Ringoes, N.J., assignor to Ingersoll-Rand Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,783
Int.CI.B25b2i//4
U.S. CI. 173-12 5 Claims
3,710,876
GROUND HOLE FORMING MACHINE
Vernon E. Christensen, P. O. Box 728, Yoncalla, Oreg.
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,762
Int. CI. E21b / 1/02; E21r / 1/02
U.S. CI. 173-43 7 Claims
f _ -1 -f
A wrenching and torque inspection apparatus including a
rotary power wrench having its housing fixed to a support by a
resilient member forming part of an electronic torque measur-
ing system for measuring the reaction torque load on the
wrench housing. The torque measurement signal is used to
operate an indicator, such as a light, recorder and may be used
to stop the wrench at a predetermined value of torque.
A machine is disclosed having a hammer for impact forming
a ground hole. The hammer works within a hammer guide the
lower end of which may be biased into ground penetration
during hole forming to serve as a casing. The hammer guide
assembly is slidably carried within an elongate framework
which is positionable to the side of a vehicle for hole forming
along roadways. Support means adjustably suspends the
framework to position same over the hole site. Positioning
cylinders move the lower end of the framework into place.
Locking means prevents undesired framework movement dur-
ing hammer operation.
906
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,877
AUGER DEVICE
Harry Mkhasiw, c/o Harry's Fina Service, Chelmsford, On-
tario, Canada
Filed July 13, 1971, Ser. No. 162,203
Int. CI, F25c 5104, E21c 13104
U.S. CI. 175-18 2 Claims
inter action of the rotary cutters provides discrete and al-
ternate ditch bores whereafter the areas between the ditch
bores are excavated to form a ditch of desired length and
width.
/5.
It
■■ N
''^
HH:^
-f7
5^
^
:r5
^~>^
:5
iC^
r»
"^~^
^
=>
i
^
3,710,879
DRILLING APPARATUS
Donald M. Dewar, 29554 Hemlock, Farmlngton, Mich., and
James Wllseck, 18332 Brentwood, Livonia, Mich.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,1 14
Int. CI. E21b 9/22
U.S.CL 175-388 10 Claims
An auger made in at least two and preferably three parts,
which can be made compact for transportation and storage by
sliding one bit portion down over the other. A screw member
of each bit portion projects through a helical slot in each bit
portion outside it. In operation, the bit portions are disen-
gaged and connected end-to-end by means of separate shafts
so that the screw members form continuations of each other.
3,710.878
CHAIN CUTTER TYPE EXCAV ATOR AND DITCH
EXCAVATING METHOD
Masaaki Endo, Ohmiya; Mituo Miura, and Mamoru
Shinozaki. both of Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to
Takenaka Komuten Company, Ltd., Higashi-ku, Osaka-fu,
Japan
FUed Dec. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 95,037
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 13, 1969,
44/100752
Int. CI. E02f 5/06, E21b///06
U.S. CI. 175-66 7 Claims
A drilling apparatus, especially for boring holes in the earth,
having a drill as an integral unit including a first portion for
starting the hole, a second portion for reaming the hole, and a
third portion for maintaining the hole cylindrical. The drill is
selectively fastened to a conventional auger. Extension plates
may be attached to the third portion for drilling holes of dif-
ferent diameters. As an alternate embodiment, the first por-
tion of the drill may include an auger, the drill and the auger
being formed from a fiat stock.
3,710,880
LOAD WEIGHT INDICATING APPARATUS
John Arden, 6049 Portland Street, British Columbia, Canada
Filed Oct. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 191,738
Int. CI. GOlg/ 9/05,5/04
U.S. CI. 177—137 13 Claims
"\ *i ,m ,,5 ,10
O I '
--'-'-"■^
q — 77^
An excavator is provided with a box type casing including a
pair of rotary cutters mounted on the bottom portion of the
casing; blades provided at the outer periphery of the cutters
provide excavating action with soil so excavated being
discharged through a discharging tube having a sucking port
around the rotary cutters; further provision being made for
slide cutters on the periphery of the casing. In operation the
Apparatus for indicating the weight of the load of a trans-
port vehicle and having a plurality of units located between
the load frame and support frame of the vehicle, each unit in-
cluding a piston slidable in a cylinder, means for supplying
pressure fluid to move the pistons to lift the load frame, means
for by-passing fluid out of each cylinder when the load has
been lifted, valve means for cutting off the supply means at
this time, and a pressure mdicator connected to the supply
means between the valve and the cylinder of each unit to in-
dicate the load when the by-pass has been cut-off.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
907
3,710,881
POWER SKI
Richard F. Thompson, Glen Ellyn, III., assignor to Roy^e
Hill Husted, Wheaton, III. and Samuel Shiber, Chicago. III.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 828,968, May 29, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,645,348. This application Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No.
196,136
Int. CLB62m 27/00
U.S. CI. 180-5 R 2 Claims
receiving the front and wheel assembly in the folded condi-
tion. Portions of the chassis are removable for this purpose.
Other portions of the chassis provide pivot means for the front
and rear wheel assemblies. The pivot means are skewed at an
angle with respect to an axis transverse to the longitudinal axis
of the motorcycle so that the front and rear wheel assemblies
bypass each other and are in side^y-side relationship in the
folded condition. An internal combustion engine is used for
A power dnven ski with an anterior sliding portion and
posterior toothed endless belt portion, a motor for propelling
the belt and control means attached to a ski pole for regulating
the belt's speed.
3,710,882
FRONT WHEEL STEERING ASSEMBLY
Rene Marceau, Honfleur. Bellechasse. Quebec. Canada
Filed Nov. 23. 1970. Ser. No. 92.051
Int. CI. B62d 55\02
104' "" 12-^ 24' -<:o -- -54
the drive means with the seat of the motorcycle preferably
being at least partially hollow in order to define a fuel tank.
The handle-bar assembly isfoldable and is removably keyed to
the steering means.
The aforementioned abstract is neither intended to define
the invention of the application which, of course, is measured
by the claims, nor is it intended to be limiting as to the scope
of the invention in any way.
U.S.CL 180-9.38
8 Claims
3,710,884
MOTOR VEHICLE, ESPECIALLY PASSENGER MOTOR
VEHICLE
Ferdinand K. Piech. Stuttgart-Nord, Germany, assignor to
Firma Dr. - Ing. h.c.F. Porsche K.G., Stuttgart-Zuffen-
hausen, Germany
Filed July 8. 1970, Ser. No. 53,128
Claims priority, application Germany. July 9. 1969, P 19 34
681.7
Int. CI. B60k Sm
U.S. CI. 180-54 R 17 Claims
. r"
'^
A front wheel steering assembly particularly constructed
and arranged to replace the front skis of snowmobiles to adapt
the latter for use on other surfaces than ice and snow, but also
applicable to other vehicles such as farm tractors. A front
wheel steering assembly including a pair of parallel resilient
blades having their adjacent outer ends pivotally intercon-
nected by a pair of wheel supporting members to form with
the latter an articulated parallelogram frame, and at least one
connecting element pivoted at one point of each of the
resilient blades and arranged to be fixed to a steering axle for
rotation therewith to cause reciprocating movement of the
resilient blades in opposite parallel directions lengthwise of
each other and a resulUnt steering, in the same angular
direction, of the two wheels supported by the pair of wheel
supporting members.
K/
iz
2
Motor vehicle, especially passenger motor vehicle, having a
multicylinder, in-line engine including a cooling plant ar-
ranged ahead or above the non-dnven axle, and a change-
speed gear interlocked with a differential gear including a
clutch as well as the non-driven auxiliary devices such as a bat-
tery fuel tank and spare wheel are arranged above or behind
the driven axle. The fiywheel and the auxiliary equipment
which do not necessarily have to be driven in synchronism
with the engine crankshaft are associated with the change-
speed gear and drivingly connected with it or the fiywheel,
respectively.
3,710,883
FOLDING IVfOTORCYCLE OR THE LIKE
Pantaleone L. Rizzo, 97-15 72nd Drive, Forest Hills, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 191,939
Int. CI. B62d 3100
U.S. CI. 180—33 ' Claims
An extremely compact, low cost, folding motorcycle or
motor scooter is provided by means of a novel, rod-like con-
struction. A frame-like chassis defines a compartment for
3,710,885
VEHICLE ENGINE MOUNTWG
Robley C. Brown, 333 ErviUa Street, Pomona, CaUf.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107.106
Int. CI. B60k 5/72
U.S. CL 180-64 M 3 Claims
An automotive vehicle including an engine having a drive
connection to an axle, the dnve connection bemg provided
908
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
with a universal joint adjacent the engine, the engine being
mounted on the sub-frame having a pivotal connection with
the main frame on a vertical axis coincident with the universal
joint, the sub-frame and engine being swingabie from a posi-
Si^^
defined within the side walls. The plenums open downwardly
and inwardly into the opposite sides of the central chamber
and axial intake driven blower wheels are supported within the
air plenums in registry with the inner ends of the horizontal
openings and are operative to draw ambient air into the air
plenum chambers from the exterior of the body through the
horizontal openings for subsequent discharge downwardly and
/?N
^^==-^11
^-4
tion generally aligned with the main chassis frame to a position
outward therefrom and at an angle thereto to provide ready
access to both sides of the engine for servicing without discon-
necting the drive connection with the axle.
3,710,886
MECHANISM FOR CONVERTING WHEELED VEHICLE
INTO TRACKED VEHICLE
Andrew F. Wagner, 288 Buchanan Field Road, Concord, Calif.
Filed June 12, 1969, Ser. No. 838,369
Int. CI. B62d 55108
U.S. CW 1 80-9.2 R 7 Claims
inwardly into the central chamber, whereby a vehicle support-
ing air cushion is formed in the central chamber. The blower
wheels include peripheral load supporting tread portions and
are vertically shiftable between upper and lower positions
spaced above and lowered into rolling contact with a vehicle
body supporting surface disposed beneath the vehicle body
and along which the body is to be moved.
3,710,888
ROTATABLE EARTIP STETHOSCOPE
Edward Lynn Peart, Arden, Buncombe, N.C., assignor to
Sybron Corporation. Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,470
Int. CI. A61b 7/02
U.S.CL 181-24 6 Claims
Mechanism for converting an automotive vehicle having
tire-equipped wheels into a tracked vehicle. The conversion
mechanism includes a pair of track assemblies respectively
adapted to be connected along opposite sides of the vehicle to
the front and rear brake drums thereat to replace the wheels
of the vehicle with endless ground-traversing tracks. The
mechanism further includes a steering system utilizing the
brake apparatuses respectively associated with the brake
drums and used in conjunction with the brake system of the
vehicle to steer the same upon conversion thereof to a tracked
vehicle.
A stethoscope having eartips rotatably mounted on its
sound tubes, permitting the tubes to move relative to the ear-
tips without traumatizing the ear canals of the stethoscope
user.
3,710,887
AIR CUSHION VEHICLE WITH SUPPLEMENTAL
SUPPORT WHEELS INCLUDING CENTRIFUGAL FAN
MEANS
John Van Veldhuizen, 31601 S.W. 197th Avenue, Homestead,
Fla.
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 62,033
Int.CI.B60v//04,i/04
U.S. CI. 180-119 6 Claims
A vehicle body including opposite side and end peripheral
skirt portions which project at least slightly downwardly below
a central underportion of the body in order to define a
downwardly opening central chamber Longitudinally spaced
portions of the side walls of the body include horizontal
openings formed therethrough adjacent the lower extremities
of the side walls and opening into longitudinal air plenums
3,710,889
ATTENUATION OF NOISE FROM AIR OR GAS INTAKE
DUCTS, MORE ESPECIALLY IN AIRCRAFT JET
TURBINE ENGINES
Jacques Edouard Lamy, Fontenay-aux-Roses, France, assignor
to Societe Natlonale DEtude et De Construction De Moteurs
D'Aviation, Paris, France
Filed April 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,1 19
Claims priority, application France, April 23, 1969,
6912896
IntCLF02k 7 y/00
U.S. CI. 181-33 HA 9 Claims
A device for the attenuation of noise emanating from the in-
take duct of a machine fed with gaseous fiuid, comprising a
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
909
structure for location in the duct which is adapted to split the
intake into a multiplicity of elementary flows and to subject
each flow to a sonic-speed restriction, together with means for
reconstituting the intake immediately downstream of said
structure.
3,710,890
AIRCRAFT ENGINE NOISE SUPPRESSION
Harold C. True, Seattle, Wash., and Richard D. Fitzsimmons,
Ariington, Va., assignors to The Boeing Company, Seattle,
Wash.
Filed Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 184,137
Int. CI. B64d 33/06; FOln 1114
U.S.CL181-33HC 15 Claims
3,710,892
TRANSVERSE TUNING TUBE
Franklin R. Hubbell, III, Brooklyn, Mich., assignor to Tenneco
Inc., Racine, Wis.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,714
Int.CI.F01n//04,//0S, 7//S
U.S.CL 181-54 4 Claims
An exhaust nozzle noise suppression apparatus adapted for
attachment to existing aircraft jet engines. The exhaust flow is
directed by a centerbody plug into the inside of a series at least
20 corrugated lobes spaced around the existing exhaust
passageway. An ejector shroud is closely spaced around the
lobes to entrain large quantities of ambient air along the out-
side of the lobes by ejector action to increase the mass flow
within the shroud while decreasing the velocity of the exhaust
gases. The decreased velocity results in substantially attenu-
ated jet noise levels. Total thrust output is maintained despite
the decreased velocity because of the increased mass flow.
Preferred embodiments utilize a centerbody valve means for
either forcing all flow outwardly through the lobes for sound
suppression or allowing flow through the center of the lobe
array for cruise flight.
3,710,891
AUTOMOTIVE MUFFLER
RayT Flugger, P.O. Box 2098, PeUluma, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 123,346, March 1 1, 1971,
abandoned. ThU application Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,829
Int. CI. FOln ///O
U.S.CL 181-50
nsEti^-
A tubular tuning tube element is attached to a transverse
partition in a muffler and has a major portion of its length ex-
tending transversely of the length of the muffler inside of a
tuning chamber.
3,710,893
PORTABLE EXTENDIBLE CRANE WITH WORK BASKET
Wilburn L. Hippach, San Gabriel, Calif., assignor to Bliss &
Laughlin Industries, Incorporated, Oak Brook. III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 846,825, Aug. 1, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,638,806. This application June 21, 1971, Ser. No.
154,975
Int.CI. E06c 5/06. 7//6
U.S.CL 182-2 13 Claims
Id Claims
A power extendible crane boom and ladder having a de-
pending work basket pivoted to a yoke extension on the end of
the boom and including adjustable bracing and safety ladder
means between the crane and basket in all positions.
10 30 26
A muffler having a fluid inlet tube defining a Venturi throat
and a perforate fluid outlet tube provided with an abutment at
its inner end aligned with and spaced from the throat. In one
form of the muffler, the inlet tube terminates at the throat and,
in another form, the throat is connected by a perforate tube of
relatively small diameter with said abutment. A sound ab-
sorber surrounds the inlet and outlet tubes.
3,710,894
LADDER PLATFORM ATTACHMENT
Rawleigh D. O Dell, AtlanU, Ga., assignor to Ulace J. O'DeU,
Lewtsburg, Ohio, a part interest
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,884
Int. CI. E06c7//6
U.S. CI. 182-106 12 Claims
A support means adapted to be attached to a ladder to pro-
vide a platform operable for supporting an operator or other
desirable means while the ladder is in use and includes a frame
attachment assembly which will permit the platform to be
moved from an operable supporting position to a displaced
nonsuppoi^ing position to allow ascending and descending
movement* relative thereto along the ladder. The frame as-
sembly includes a pair of bracket supports members pivotally
supportedlfor movement from a laterally displaced nonsup-
910
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
porting position to a fore and aft operable supporting position
with the platform supporting surface in contact with an upper
edge of the support brackets. The frame assembly includes
means for removably attaching the platform support means to
the rungs of a ladder. A safety ring supporting means defming
type disc brake respectively urging said caliper and brake
shoes toward anti-rattling engagement with the brake support
a supporting area around the path of ascending and descend-
ing movement along the ladder is removably attached to the
ladder in vertically spaced location relative to the platform
support means to provide safety means for an operator stand-
ing on the platform support means.
member which defines a closed loop substantially about the
disc of said brake.
3.710,895
CART WITH BRAKE AND RETENTION SYSTEM
Stuart I. Freedman. Los Angeles. Calif., assignor to Walter-
Kiddie & Company. Inc.. Clifton. N.J.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970. S«r. No. 73,563
Int. CI. B60t //;4
U.S. CI. 188-5 17 Claims
A food serving cart with a combined brake and retention
system where the brake system includes four brake arms
which are normally in a restraining position until purposefully
released and which cause a portion of the cart to be lifted if
the cart should move undesirably, and where the retention
system includes two pivotable abutment elements for engaging
a projection attached to a base such as the floor of an aircraft
interior. The brake and retention system is simply operated by
pivoting a handle located about waist high to a first position to
release the brake arms and to a second position to pivot the
abutment elements to disengage the projection.
3,710,897
SELF-ADJUSTING POWER OPERATED BRAKE
John K. Moody, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Harnischfeger
Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,184
Int.CI. F16d5//00,65/J<S
U.S. a. 188-75 6 Claims
3.710.896
ANTI-RATTLE DEVICE FOR A DISC BRAKE
John A. Machek, Creve Coeur, Mo., assignor to Wagner Elec-
tric Corporation, Newark, N J.
FUed Nov. 9, 1970. Ser. No. 87,973
Int. CI. F16d 55/224
U.S. CI. 188-73.5 9 Claims
An anti-rattle or biasing member is biased between the
caliper and the inboard and outboard brake shoes of a caliper
di:
A power operated brake of the type having self-adjusting
brake shoes which are opened by power means and closed by
spring means relative to the wheel being braked. The brake in-
cludes means for automatically adjusting the brake shoes to
compensate for wear thereof. The self-adjusting means in-
cludes a series of shims which automatically move into slack
take-up position when sufficient wear occurs in the shoe.
3,710,898
DRUM-TYPE BRAKE
Michael James Hughes, Birmingham, England, assignor to
Girling Limited
Filedjan. 7, 1971,Ser. No. 104,566
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 13, 1970,
1,665/70
Int. CLF16d 65/56,57/52
U.S. CI. 188—79.5 GT 14 Claims
This invention is concerned with a drum-type brake com-
prising an actuator engaging one of a pair of brake shoes via
an adjuster device of extensible overall length, the adjuster
device including a pawl and ratchet mechanism having a pawl
carrying lever pivotally mounted on the adjuster body, and a
link connected to the lever and operable upon actuation of the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
911
actuator to cause angular rotation of the lever which in turn tion to another. Due to the modular configuration of the corn-
causes the overall length of the adjuster device to increase partmentalized trays, the tape cassettes or cartridges may be
thereby to take up brake-shoe wear, the link consisting of or
including resilient means to limit the force of the pawl acting
on the ratchet.
3 710 899
VALVE FOR ANTI-SKID BRAKE CONTROL
MECHANISM
Harald J. Von Keszycki, 5220 Collier Place, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,605
Int. CI. B60t 8100
U.S.CL188-181T 7 Claims
A valve for utilization in an automatic anti-skid brake con-
trol mechanism. The valve is activated by a change in the
brake torque of a skidding vehicle wheel during the transition
of the vehicle wheel from the rotating to the skidding condi-
tion As the vehicle commences to skid, the valve causes the
hydraulic pressure on the brake to be reduced, whereby the
brake is automatically disengaged until the wheel again begins
to rotate. Simultaneously, back pressure on the vehicle brake
pedal is increased, temporarily forcing the pedal upward
against the operator's foot, upon which occurrence braking
pressure may then again be reapplied.
conveniently stored in distinct groupings which may be
separately removed from one outer case and placed into
another.
-- 3,710,901
KNOCK DOWN LUGGAGE
Edward J. Guard, and Robert F. Oliver, both of Maitland. Fla.,
assignors to Go Luggage Corporation. Maitland. Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 669.459. Sept. 21. 1967.
abandoned. This application May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33.644
, Int. CI. A45c 5/10
U.S.CL 190-41 R 17 Claims
A luggage arrangement involving individual luggage units
which can be easily assembled and disassembled at the will of
the user without tools, thus minimizing the costs associated
with manufacture, shipping and storage. This attribute makes
it possible for the user to store the disassembled luggage units
in a minimum of space, and able to easily replace broken or
lost parts himself. Our invention furthermore encompasses the
use of various types of luggage units, and novel, two-part
locking fasteners usable in the assembly of our luggage, which
can be separated and removed only by one having access to
the interior of a luggage unit.
3,710.900
MODULAR SYSTEM FOR TRANSPORTING AND
STORING TAPE CARTRIDGES AND CASSETTES
Arthur Alan Fink, 595 Mclean Avenue, Yonkers, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,792
Int.CLA45c/i/00
U.S.CL 190-51 1 Claim
A system for conveniently storing and transporting tape car-
tridges and cassettes comprising a plurality of compartmental-
ized modular trays interchangeably utilizable with an assort-
ment of dissimilariy configured outer cases. Each modular
tray includes spacer means defining compartments for in-
dividually holding the cartridges or cassettes. The trays are
relatively sized so that a predetermined number thereof may
be fitted into any one of a variety of outer cases either for
storage or display purposes, or for transporting from one loca-
c 3,710,902
SELF-COOLING CLUTCH AND BRAKE
Quinten A. Hansen, 4338 Hy 38, Franksvllk, Wis.
Division of Ser. No. 56,905, July 21, 1970. Pat. No. 3,653,477.
This application Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,264
Int. CI. F16d 67/02
U.S.CL 192-18 A 4 Claims
A rod which operates the disks of a clutch or brake is pro-
vided at its ends with pistons which, in each operation, pump
912
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
coolant from a sump and eject it onto the disks for the cooling
thereof. The same pistons may constitute fluid pressure means
for the operation of the rod.
3,710,903
SINGLE REVOLUTION CLUTCH
Robert B. Shearer, Park Ridge, III., assignor to Persson
Engineering Company, Chicago, III.
Filed June 30, 1971,Ser. No. 158,400
Int. CI. F16d 7//00, 11106
U.S. CI. 192-28
I JOJ
3,710,905
TORQUE TRANSMITTING DEVICE
Roger V. Grundman, Roseville, Minn., assignor to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Division of Ser. No. 805,422, March 10, 1969, Pat. No.
3,617,426. This application Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,629
Int. CI. F16d 4//00. /J/64, 63100
U.S. CL 192—46 7 Claims
2 Claims
A driving member has an abutment which rotates in an an-
nular path about an axis Within that annular path is a driven
member A dog is slideably mounted on the driven member to
move along a way which is substantially normal to a radius
about the axis. The dog moves between positions at which it is
(a) projecting into the annular path, and (b) is out of the an-
nular path A disc pivotally connected to the driven member
at a point spaced from the axis and at the opposite side of the
axis from the dog is also pivotally connected to the dog. A
sprmg connects the driven member and the plate to urge the
plate into a position at which the dog is in the annular path. A
finger outside the clutch moves to contact a stop on the plate
to pivot the plate to a position at which the dog is withdrawn
from the annular path thereby disengaging the clutch.
3,710,904
BRAKE AND TRANSMISSION SHIFT LOCKS WITH
SINGLE CONTROL LEVER
Ronald G. Boyer, Peoria, and Drexel R. Fouts, Bellevue, both
of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
FUed Dec. 1 6, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 208,75 1
Int. CLB60k 29/02
U,S.CI. 192-4A 6 Claims
A transmission shift lock and parking brake arrangement
which is characterized by a single operating lever for effecting
locking of the transmission shift lever in neutral position as
well as locking of the brakes in engaged position.
A torque transmitting device in which short stiff normally
straight fibers extend from facing planar surfaces of a^pair of
supported members in a circular pattern around a common
axis and intermesh to permit torque transmission from one
member to the other. ,
3.710,906
RATCHET DRIVE MECHANISM
William O. Setele, Independence, Ohio, assignor to Kendale In-
dustries, Inc.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,081
Int. CL F16d 4 //OO
U.S. CI. 192—46 10 Claims
t
/?^«)
A ratchet drive mechanism for obtaining a positive drive of
a driven member in one rotative direction of the driving
member and an idle or free-wheeling condition of the driven
member in an opposite rotative direction of the driving
member. The mechanism including a ball bearing is self-con-
tained to be mounted as a unit in the hub of a driven member
such as a wheel and upon a driving member such as a shaft. It
is particularly adapted for use in such driven apparatus as in
the front wheel of a child's tricycle. This is an abstract only of
the specific illustration of the invention given by way of exam-
ple, and is not to be used in the interpretation of the claims nor
as a limitation on the scope of the invention.
3,710,907
REVERSING CLUTCHES WITH FOLLOW-UP VALVE
EHif Andersen, Jyderup, Denmark, assignor to Motorfabriken
Bukh A/G, Kalundborg, Denmark
Filed Dec. 30, 197 1, Ser. No. 214,045
Claims priority, application Denmark, Jan. 6, 1971, 41/71
lnt.CI.F16d25//0
U.S.CL 192-87.17 1 Claim
A reversing gear, primarily for boat engines, comprising a
pair of coaxial, counter-rotating drive elements, and a driven
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
913
element accommodated in the space between said drive ele-
ments and mounted for axial displacement so as to be engaged
with either of, and disengaged from, said drive elements. The
driven element is carried by a plunger the end portions of
which are received in cylinder chambers provided in said drive
elements and communicating, via ducts in the drive shaft, with
3,710,909
HYDRAULIC CLUTCH BOOSTER WITH SUPPLY AND
EXHAUST VALVE
Howard L. Johnson, Joliet, III., assignor to Caterpillar
Tractor Co., Peoria. III.
Division of Ser. No. 808,903, March 20, 1969, Pat. No.
3,596,564. This application Dec. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 102,219
Int. CI. F16d 25/OS
U.S.CL192— 91R 7 Claims
pressure fluid supply and drainage ports controlled by an axi-
ally displaceable slide valve so that a servo effect is obtained
when the slide valve is displaced relative to the shaft which is
thereby itself caused to move axially, together with the driven
element, relative to the slide valve and the drive elements,
respectively.
3,710,908
VEHICLE ENGINE BRAKING SYSTEM
Earl B. Muir, Rolling Hills Estates, Calif., assignor to White
Motor Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 7 1 1 ,333, March 7, 1 968, Pat. No.
3,525,317. This application Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 56,993
Int.CI. B60k2//00
U.S. CI. 192 -.084 2 Claims
A clutch booster means is operatively connected between a
clutch pedal and a clutch actuating linkage to provide a
hydraulic boosting force for aiding the operator in effecting
clutch disengagement. The booster means compnses a piston
attached to the clutfch actuating linkage and means for com-
municating a pressurized fluid behind the piston when the
pedal is depressed for clutch disengagement purposes. Upon
pedal release, such means automatically functions to exhaust
such pressurized fluid to permit the piston and clutch to return
to their normal, clutch engagement positions.
3,710,910
TOKEN CONTROLLED CIRCUIT FOR MACHINE
ACTUATION SYSTEM
Thomas R. Smith, Newton, Iowa, assignor to The Maytag Com-
pany, Newton, Iowa
Continuation of Ser. No. 801,325,, Feb. 24, 1969, abandoned.
This application Aug. 9, 1971, Set. No. 170,262
Int.CI.G07f //06
U.S. CI. 1 94— 4 R 8 Claims
A multiple-position switch is actuated by a throttle pedal
that is spring-loaded for retraction from an engine idling posi-
tion through a series of three successive retracted positions.
At the first of the three retracted positions the multiple-posi-
tion switch terminates combustion in the engine to create a
tight braking effect which is primarily the result of friction
losses in the various moving parts of the engine and vehicle. At
the second retracted position of the throttle the switch is ef-
fective to create engine braking action by holding the exhaust
valves of the engine continuously in slightly open position. At
the third retracted position of the throttle pedal the switch
operates a butterfly valve in the exhaust manifold of the en-
gine to provide back pressure in the manifold, the additional
braking effect by the back pressure unexpectedly increasing
the effectiveness of the braking effort by the partially open ex-
haust valves.
The actuation system disclosed is operable for verifying
authenticity of a token and conditioning the control circuit of
a machine for selective energization by the operator. Verifica-
tion of the token includes checking of the size, conductivity,
and heat deformability characteristics of the token. Actual
energization of the machine is effected by an operator-actu-
ated switch.
914
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,911
LIQUID-TIGHT SWIVEL COUPLER FOR ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT
Jonah Eidelberg, Huntington Station; Thomas Mooney, Mt.
Sinai, and John J. Brett, Syosset, all of N.Y., assignors to
Electrical Fittings Corporation, East Farmingdale, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,496
Int. CI. H02g 3106- F16I 19100
U.S. CI. 1 74—84 S 10 Claims
mounted on a carriage movable in parallel to said shaft. The
hammer is operated by an eiectromagnetically controlled
universal bar, which is mounted on the frame of the device
and is extended parallel to said shaft through the entire length
of the drum, as to engage said hammer in every transverse
position through which said carriage moves.
A swivel coupler for connecting a pair of rigid electrical
conduits especially in a confined space, includes a tubular
body member with an inner sleeve of rigid plastic material,
which protrudes shghtly beyond the ends of the body. A pair
of nuts are slidably mounted on the outer peripheral surface of
the tubular body between outwardly directed radial flanges
adjacent opposite ends of the body and which thread a cor-
responding conduit. A method of fabricating the coupling is to
reverse opposite body ends 1 80° to abut the outer peripheral
surface of the body, have one end with an outside diameter
smaller than the inside diameter of the nuts, position the nuts
back to back on the body, and then enlarge the reduced end of
the body to its normal diameter
3,710,913
ELECTRONIC PRINTING INPUT-OUTPUT STATION
James Brennan, Jr.; Hermon L. Pope, Jr., and Donald F.
Boren, ail of Houston, Tex., assignors to Texas Instruments
Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 788,226, Dec. 31, 1968, Pat. No.
3,638,197. This application June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,514
Int.CI.B41j/9/00
U.S. CI. 197—82 6 Claims
3,710,912
HIGH SPEED SERIAL PRINTING DEVICE FOR
TYPEWRITERS. TELEPRINTERS, CALCULATING
MACHINES, ACCOUNTING MACHINES AND THE LIKE
Franco Bretti, Are di Caluso, and Giuseppe Nucdo, Candia
Canavesc, both of Italy, assignors to lag. C. Olivetti & C,
S.p.A., Ivrea, Turin, Italy
Filed April 3, 1970. Ser. No. 25,312
Claims priority, application Italy. April 16. 1969. 51439
A/69
Int.CI.B4Ij//i2
U.S.CL 197—49 I Claim
ffCOUEST TD«M)
f"
CLCM TO %.m
OtfA tcrhhii Ncwr
am at
mmta
f4
^ TWMBMTTO 0*U*,
ICC(rvfO MM ,-m
cMMER orecT
An input-output station for a remote time shared computer
is described which has a high speed electronic printer output
and a keyboard encoder input. The output from the keyboard
is temporarily stored in a one character buffer which serves as
the input to the electronic printer and to an accumulator re-
gister comprised of parallel MOS shift registers where an en-
tire line of characters are stored as they are printed. Only after
the accumulator is full does the station respond to a poll
character from the central processing unit to send the data
through a parallel-to-serial converter and over the data link to
the computer. The input to the computer is at the maximum
rate at which the data can be transmitted, thus occupying the
computer for only a fraction of the time otherwise required for
the operator to enter the data direct from the keyboard. Data
sent from the computer is routed through the converter to the
buffer and is printed out by the high speed electronic printer
at the maximum rate. This system provides for most efficient
use of the computer by the input-output stations.
A high speed serial printing device comprising a drum
rotatable on a horizontal shaft and carrying circumferentially
a plurality of rows of types which are striken by a hammer
3,710,914
RIVETLESS FRICTION PAD FOR AIRCRAFT BRAKES
Francis J. Lowey, and John E. Gerding, both of Medina, Ohio,
assignors to Friction Products, Co., Medina, Ohio
Filed Dec. 1 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 76,420
Int.Ci.FI6d/i/6(S
U.S. CI. 192— 107 R 9 Claims
Rivetless friction components for brakes, clutches, etc.,
comprising a plurality of replaceable friction pads assembled
rigidly on a disc-like support by fastening means comprising a
pair of cooperating elements each having an annular body
portion with a radially extending enlargement or flange at one
end, an axially extending annular deformable lip at the other
end, and a groove adjacent said lip. the said groove in one ele-
ment being disposed radially inward of said lip and that of the
other element being radially outward, one wall of each groove
being an axially extending wall of said lip and the other wall
being inclined with respect to both the axis and radii of said
body portion, lips and said grooves in each element being posi-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
915
tioned so that the diameter of the lip in each element cor-
responds to that of a region of the inclined wall near the free
edge thereof, of the other element whereby said lips are
deformed into interlocking relationship when said elements
are forced axially together The transverse cross-sectional size
and shape of said body portion corresponds to mounting
signalling a preset line, paragraph, or page length. The device
attaches to the platen and platen support frame and permits
the operator to index, from a starting or home position, the
number of lines or amount of platen rotation desired. As typ-
ing proceeds and the platen rotates, relative motion is
established between a bell ringer structure and a bell so that
in
fe
f
i. '
openings formed in said support and in a metal backing of said
pads. The said fiange overlies an edge of openings in said
backing and the Hanged end may be covered by and bonded to
a continuous layer of friction material bonded to said backing
of the pads The increased area and more uniform-fnctional
heating extends the life of the frictional component.
upon reaching the indexed position, the signal is sounded.
Typing may be continued without damaging the device
through the provision of a clutch or slipping mechanism. The
device can be easily reset through the provision of an operator
knob for disengaging the drive from the platen to permit a
return spring, which has been tensioned by platen movement,
to return the mechanism to home position.
3,710,915
RIBBON SUPPLY SUPPORTING STRUCTl RE IN
TYPEWRITERS AND SIMILAR MACHINES
Friedrich Teichmann, Feucht, and Hans-George Hengelhaupt,
Nuernberg, both of Germany, assignors to Triumph Werke
Nuernberg A.G., Nuernberg, Germany
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,457
\ni.C\.%A\l33l 14,35100
U.S. CI. 197-151 10 Claims
3,710,917
CONVEYING APPARATUS
Howard Black, Briarcllff Manor, N.Y., and Morton A. Breier,
Greenwkh, Conn., assignors to Dorr-OUver Incorporated,
Stamford, Conn.
Filed Jan. 29. 1971, Ser. No. 110,842
Int. CI. B65g47/00, BOSg 15100
U.S. CI. 198-20 R 9 Claims
1n a typewriter, a member carries and conceals normally an
ink ribbon supply, such as a roll, in a fiatly contiguous relation
to one side of the machine, and is supported on a structure so
that it can be elevated and then swung outwardly from the
machine for facilitating replacement of the ribbon supply in a
horizontally fiat and elevated posture thereupon. Said
member carries the supply roll by an arbor which has a device
associated with it which as the ribbon is drawn off the supply
roll, energizes a spring in order to oppose or cancel out
resiliently excessive pay-off of ribbon from the supply roll.
Conveying apparatus comprising a right-angle transfer sta-
tion whereby the movement of a container or the like is
diverted automatically or semi-automatically from one
horizontal direction into another horizontal direction perpen-
dicular thereto.
3,710,916
END OF PAGE SIGNALLING DEVICE
Carl D. Russell, 1502 South Boulder, Apt. 22-G, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,172
Int. CI. B41j 29/44
U.S. CI. 197-189 5 Claims
The invention relates to apparatus for incorporation in new
typewriters or for attachment to existing typewriters for
3,710,918
CONTAINER FEEDING APPARATUS FOR WASHERS
Momir Babunovic, Des Peres, Mo., assignor to Barry-Weh-
miller Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,386
Int. CI. B65g 4 7/22
U.S. CI. 198-30 5 Claims
Container washer feed mechanism to prevent uneven and
faulty feed of containers to the washer. The mechanism in-
916
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
eludes feed conveyors periodically reversible to reduce feed
pressure at the washer loader and utilize back pressure to ^id
in obtaining uniform flow of containers. It includes also guide
means to establish lanes for the containers and adjustable
^^^,/^ 'ZJfC'^''
in diameter and in which the weight is substantially uniformly
distributed throughout the length thereof. Closures are
means on the lane guides to control the size and flow direction
of the entrances to the lanes so that container bridging and
jamming at the lane entrances is prevented, and the lane en-
trances are capable of being sized to suit the containers.
3,710,919
SELF-ARRANGING CONVEYOR
Jan Maters, Nieuwkoop, Netherlands, assignor to Blom &
Maters Machinefabriek N.V., Aarlanderveen, Netherlands
FUed April 20, 1971. Ser. No. 135,549
Claims priority, application Netherlands, April 21, 1970,
7005742
Int.CI.B65g47/26
U.S. CI. 198-30 2 Claims
10
<o* / a*
received in radially arranged pockets in either an oriented or
non-oriented position, provision being made for rejecting
from their pockets the non-oriented closures.
3,710,921
SELECTION APPARATUS
Jakobus Petiet, Leiden, Netherlands, assignor to N.V. Leidsche
Apparatenfabriek. Leiden. Netherlands
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,995
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 10, 1970,
7008445
Int. CI. B65g 4 7/24
U.S. CI. 198-33 AA 8 Claims
Containers supplied in a random fashion are arranged in sin-
gle file by being caused to follow a zig-zag path on a conveyor.
3,710,920
CLOSURE HANDLING APPARATUS
Walter S. Sterling, Quincy, Mass., assignor to Pneumatic Scale
Corporation. Quincy, Mass.
Filed March 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,741
Int. CI. B65g 47/24
U.S. CI. 198-33 AA 6 Claims
Closure handling apparatus arranged to effect orientation of
elongated cylindrical closures which are greater in length than
An apparatus for transmitting subjects closed at one end,
such as bottle caps, from a supply container containing the
subjects in random orientations, to a device for further use of
the subject. A transport device transports the subjects one by
one in a continuous row from a supply container along a finite
transport track, and a device removes the subjects from the
end of the transport track in predetermined orientations. Im-
properly oriented subjects are rejected and returned to the
supply container. The removal device comprises a plurality of
uniformly distributed removers connected to a common
endless carrier and protruding from such earner. The
removers are moved continuously by the carrier with a
velocity equal to the transport velocity of the subjects and are
located over and adjacent to the last subject at the end of said
transport track. Means are provided for thrusting the
removers perpendicularly to the transport direction of the
subjects when such removers are adjacent the last subject on
the track.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
917
3,710,922
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND REJECTING
IMPROPERLY ORIENTED OBJECTS
Gerald B. Lanphere, Central Square; Seymour H. Bart, Liver-
pool, and Jack W. Armstrong, Baldwinsville, all of N.Y., as-
signors to Lipe-Rollway Corporation, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,757
" Int. CI. B65g 47/24
U.S. CI. 198-33 R 7Clftims
the belt travel. In the place of separate strippers at least two
strippers may be connected to form a unit which is directed by
only one switch to move in only one junction rail transversely
across the main conveyor belt, thereby pushing an article off
the main conveyor belt onto one of the delivery belts.
3,710.924
CUP ORIENTING AND FEEDING DEVICE AND METHOD
George E. Schultz, Clear^vater, Fla., assignor to Tangen Drives
Inc., Clearwater, Fla.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,906
Int CI. B6Sg 4 7/24
U.S. CI. 1 98-33 A A » 1 Claims
Apparatus utilizing a fiber optic system for detecting mis-
orientation of an object passing on a conveyor. By means of
the system light is projected onto the object and, if the latter is
not properly oriented, the light is reflected back through the
system and actuates a sensor. Upon actuation of the sensor,
the apparatus operates through electromechanical means to
remove the object from the conveyor.
3,710,923
ARTICLE SORTING INSTALLATION WITH AN ENDLESS
CONVEYOR DISCHARGE MECHANISM
Hans-Georg Fromme, Wetzlar; Franz Nadler, Burgsolms;
Siegfried Zimmer. Hermannstein. and Kurt Weller. Duten-
hofen. all of Germany, assignors to Fromme Forderanlagen
GmbH, Wetzlar, Germany
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,61 1
Claims priority, application Germany. Oct. 18, 1969, P 19
52 643.3
Int.CI.B65g37/00
U.S. CI. 198-81 4 Claims
A cup orienting and feeding device is disclosed which em-
ploys a rotary conical feeder having a circular sidewall. The
cups are engaged by a plow adjacent the periphery of the ro-
tary feeder and delivered to a delivery chute and thereafter, in
linear alignment with the delivery chute, is a tilting area in
which the sidewalls flange outwardly and a ridge is provided in
the base to tilt the cups in one direction or the other depend-
ing upon the orientation of the cup so that the open end is up.
Thereafter the cups continue into a discharge chute which has
an overlapping trap flange thus oriented in the open end up
condition for delivery to automatic assembly equipment. The
method recognizes that the center of gravity of a cup is closer
to the top than it is to the open end and thus the tilting of the
cup by engaging the skirt at a point closer between the open
end than the top, but closer to the open end than the center of
gravity, permits the cups to fall in the direction of the tops thus
orienting them for delivery into the delivery chute.
3,710,925
CENTRIFUGAL STOWER
Knownlv R. Dorman, Spokane, Wash., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the In-
terior
Filed May 6. 1971, Ser. No. 140,904
Int.CI.B65g5//00,G01f y//20
U.S. CI. 198-128
9 Claims
An article sorting installation arranged above a main con-
veyor belt and being adapted to move the transported articles
sideways off said conveyor belt onto one of a plurality of
smaller delivery belts which transport the articles to their
places of final destination. The installation includes two
endless chains arranged in parallel above the main conveyor
belt and rotating vertically with a velocity equal to that of the
main conveyor belt. The chains are linked by bars with one
stripper being arranged slideably on each bar. Guide rails are
provided above and along the two sides of the main belt for
guiding the strippers in lateral direction. Junction rails inter-
connect the guide rails, and switches are arranged at each in-
tersection for guiding the strippers from the guide rails into
the junction rails. The switches are controlled electromagneti-
cally and are operated according to a predetermined program
for guiding simultaneously a plurality of strippers transversely
across the conveyor belt, each stripper moving in a separate
junction rail and all strippers being aligned in the direction of
A centrifugal slower for propelling fluent solids or slurrys in
a continuous stream. In the stower a continuous belt drives a
918
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
centrifugal accelerator while simultaneously acting as an outer
wall of a centrifugal chamber and as a discharge belt. Because
the fluent material always travels at approximately the same
radial velocity as the adjacent portion of the accelerator, fric-
tion and wear are minimal. Through optimized design of the
accelerator the need for accelerating vanes is eliminated.
3,710,926
GUTTER-SHAPED CARRVrSG TROUGH
Salomon Santen, Amsterdam, Netherlands, assignor to Stork
Amsterdam N.V., Sportlaan, Amstelveen, Netherlands
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118,1 14
Int. CI.B65g/5/00
U.S. CI. 198— 131 1 Claim
3,710,928
GRIPPING DEVICE FOR BOTTLES
Tonny van Zijp, Leiden, Netherlands, assignor to N.V.
Leidsche Apparatenfabriek, Leiden, Netherlands
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,177
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Oct. 30, 1969,
6916365
lnLCl.B6St 29/00
U.S. CI. 198—210 8 Claims
A light-weight gutter-shaped carrier for bottles to be con-
veyed through a sterilizer.
3,710,927
BELT ALIGNING APPARATUS
David A. Alsted, Star Route, P.O. Box 446. Moses Lake, Wash.
Filed Dec. 15. 1970, Ser. No. 98,317
Int. CI. B65g 15/62: B65h 25/26
U.S. CI. 1 98— 202 8 Claims
(p1®X®X®X®Y^
A device for gripping bottles in recesses defined by the cir-
cumference of a bottle dial plate of a bottle closing or opening
machine comprising a plurality of arcuated gripping means
with each of the arcuated gripping means being mounted near
a recess in such a way that the gripping means extends around
the recess from a place at some distance beyond the circum-
ference of the recess at the inner edge of the dial plate to a
place beyond the dial plate. The inner end of each gripping
means is mounted in a manner preventing rotation but is
releasably mounted to a vertical shaft rotatably supported in
the dial plate The lower end of the shaft is provided with a
swing lever mounted thereto in a manner preventing rotation
and the lever extends towards the inner side of the dial plate.
A vertical shaft is secured to the end of the lever extending to
the inner side of the dial plate and a cam roller is rotatably
mounted to the vertical shaft. The cam roller follows a fixed
cam disc mounted coaxially to a central shaft so that the arcu-
ated gripping means are guided in such a manner that an arriv-
ing bottle may pass freely into the recess with the arcuate
gripping means being swung into the position by means of the
action of the cam and cam follower so that the bottle in the
recess is gripped by the free end of the gripping means.
An adjustable roller disposed adjacent the drive roller of a
belt system such that an endless belt runs thereover. A fluid
actuator connected to one end of the adjustable roller and
adapted to pivot the roller about its opposite end. Sensor arms
including an elongate sensing portion mounted on opposed
sides of the continuous belt, each sensor arm adapted to pivot
about a point between its ends. The end of the elongate
sensing portion of each sensor arm is disposed adjacent an
edge of the endless belt while the other end of each sensor arm
is adjustably connected to the ends of a longitudinal rod ex-
tending transverse the path of the endless belt. The transverse
rod is interconnected at a point intermediate its longitudinal
ends to a hydraulic control valve, which valve is, in turn, con-
nected by conventional means to the fluid actuator.
3,710,929
AUTOMATIC CARD DISPENSER
Manuel F. Morales, 19743 Welby Way, Canoga Park, Calif.
Filed June 14, 1971, Ser. No. 152,504
Int.CI.A45c////S
U.S. CI. 206—39 -* Claims
/
30b
/-IS
30o
Herein described is a cardholder for holding a plurality of
business cards or the like and including a substantially reclan-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
919
gular housing having an open top portion. A pair of retaining
lips are disposed over the open portion and overlap a portion
thereof. A support plate is disposed in the housing and urged
from the bottom by a pair of springs, whereby a suitable stack
of business cards can be positioned between the support plate
and the retaining lip. An opening is left on one end so that a
single card can be passed therethrough, while a larger opening
is left on the other end so a plurality of cards may be placed
into or taken from the holder.
3,710,930
FILTER PACKAGE
Maurice R. Owdom. 2201 South Pinkham Road, Visalia, CaliL
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,066
Int. CI. BOld 27/05
U.S. CI. 206—46 FC 1 Claim
preferred embodiment the sleeve is comprised of internally
fluted or corrugated material having the fiutes disposed
orthogonally of the axis of the stack to engage the annular
rims of the nested articles and preclude relative movement
therebetween. The sleeve is longer than the stack, extends
beyond both ends thereof and the heat shrink envelope is
sealed about the package to maintain sanitation and protect
the contents from moisture and oxidation.
3,710,932
SONIC DE-LINTING OF SEEDS OR THE LIKE FROM
FIBROUS HOST MATERIAL
Albert G. Bodine, 7877 Woodley Avenue, Van Nuys, Calif.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,890
Int.CI.B10jy//2
U.S.CI. 209— 1 12 Claims
38 «. 3X X7
An improved package for use in packaging a filter can of a
type normally employed in filtering oil circulating through the
pressurized system of an automotive engine. The invention is
characterized by an elongated support shell including within
one end thereof an annular receiver for receiving and support-
ing an end of a filter can, and a cover shell telescopingly
receiving therewithin the support shell and filter can, whereby
the filter can is encapsulated in a substantially sealed package.
The support shell is configured to include therewithin an oil
retention cup circumscribing a piercing unit so that the sup-
port shell can be employed as a hand-tool in removing a spent
filter can from a heated engine.
3,710,931
PACKAGE FOR FRAGILE NESTED ARTICLES AND
METHOD FOR MAKING SAME
Paul Hollinger, Baltimore, Md., assignor to Maryland Cup
Corporation, Owings Mills, Md.
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,446
Int. CI. B65b 53/02; B65d 71/00; B65b 53/02; B65d 71/00
U.S. CI. 206-65 K 1 2 Claims
'iz*
140 I4C
A package for and method of packaging individual stacks of
nested fragile articles such as ice cream cones is provided in
which a split sleeve of resilient compressible material is
uniformly constrained into engagement with the stack of arti-
cles by an outer envelope of heat shrink material. In a
High level sonic energy is applied to a contained liquid by
means of an orbiting mass oscillator and resonant coupling.
Fibrous material having seeds or the like embedded therein,
such as cotton, is introduced into the liquid and subjected to
vigorous mechanical vibration, which, because of the different
acoustic properties of the fibers and seeds, causes the fibers to
detach and separate from the seeds at their point of at-
tachment.
3,710,933
MULTISENSOR PARTICLE SORTER
Mack J. Fulwyler: John A. Steinkamp. and James R. Coulter,
all of Los Alamos, N. Mex., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed Dec. 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 2 1 1 ,473
Int. CI. B03b//00
U.S. CI. 209-3 17 Claims
^ASl
An apparatus for rapidly and automatically analyzing and
sorting minute particles on the basis of certain preselected
characteristics. Particles flow in suspension through a fiow
chamber having multiple sensing means to detect preselected
physical or chemical characteristics of each particle and then
are jetted between charging electrodes and defiection plates.
Signals from the sensors for each particle are compared with
preset standards, and those droplets containing particles hav-
ing characteristics not meeting those sUndards are automati-
cally charged by the charging electrodes The defiection plates
provide a constant electric field which deflects charged
920
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
droplets away from uncharged droplets, thus sorting particles
on the basis of their conformance or*nonconformance to stan-
dards set for the preselected characteristics. This apparatus is
particularly applicable to the rapid and automatic sorting of
biological cells.
3 710 934
CONCENTRATION OF SPODUMENE USING FLOTATION
Russell A. Wyman. Ottawa 8, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Canadian Patents and Development Limited, Ottawa, On-
tario, Canada
Filed June 29, 1 970, Ser. No. 50,936
Int. CI. B03b 1/04; B03d 1/02
U.S. CI. 209—5 9 Claims
A method of concentrating and recovering spodumene from
an aqueous pulp or slurry by conditioning the pulp with an
aliphatic pnmary beta-amine having from seven to 15 carbon
atoms (preferably as a soluble acid salt), subjecting to flota-
tion at a pH of about 8-10 to float off the impurities, and
recovering the spodumene concentrate as residue.
classes; check means for determining the classes of the sheets
and for generating classification signals; gate driving means
respohsive to the classification signals and to the signal
generated by the sheet detecting means; a first counter as-
sociated with the receivers for counting the number of sheets
collected in respective receivers; a second counter which adds
the number of sheets collected in respective receivers; a com-
parator for comparing the sum of the numbers of the sheets
3,710,935
CHECKING AND SORTING DEVICE
James L. Heiser, Hinckley. Ohio, assignor to Park-Ohio Indus-
tries, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Oct. 5. 1970. Ser. No. 78,054
Int. CI. B07c 5/08
U.S. CI. 209—73 7 Claims
1^ l»J
ijcAfrTQ
counted by the second counter with a preset number for deter-
mining whether the sum and the preset number coincide with
other or not; a third counter for counting the number of
wheets counted by the first counter and collected in respective
receivers when the comparator determines that the sum coin-
cides with the preset number; counting control means for con-
trolling the second and third counters; and timing means for
timing the operation of the third counter.
— •
A device for checking run-out in el/ngated generally cylin-
drical shaft elements and for sorting /hose shafts which have
more than a predetermined acceptable amount of run-out
from the others as they are individually checked. The device
comprises shaft support members which establish a rolling
plane; contact elements coextensive with the support mem-
bers, spaced below the rolling plane a distance equal to the
amount of allowable run-out; sensing means for sensing shaft
contact with the contact element; and, separator means for
separating those shafts making contact from those which do
not. In operation, a shaft is rolled down the rolling plane
toward a first sUging area. If. during this rolling travel, the
shaft contacts the contact element, it is diverted to a second
staging area, remote from the first staging area, for salvage or
scrap processing.
3,710,937
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSPORTING
GLASSWARE
Charies W. Cook, Muncie, Ind., assignor to Ball Corporation,
Muncie, Ind.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,436
Int. CI. B07c i/02
U.S. CI. 209-74 R ^ Claims
3,710,936
APPARATUS FOR CLASSIFYING AND COUNTING
SHEETS
Yoshiyuki Mizunuma, Kanagawa, Japan, assignor to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,895
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 11, 1970, 45/98676
Int. CI. B07b/i/04
U.S.CI. 209— 82 24 Claims
Apparatus for classifying and counting sheets, post cards for
examples, comprises a conveyor for conveying the sheets; a
gate associated with the conveyor for defiecting the sheets
away from the conveyor; sheet detecting means associated
with the conveyor for generating a signal when it detects the
sheet; a plurality of receivers for receiving sheets of different
Apparatus for rapidly handling glassware comprising a
rotatable transport wheel having glassware supporting means
thereon for presentation of glassware to inspection stations,
feed means for sequentially introducing glassware to such sup-
porting means, a pushout arm for positively and rapidly
removing glassware from such wheel with a large change in
direction of travel onto a co-ordinated take-out screw and
means for selectively separating specific glassware items from
the inspected glassware without interrupting the overall trans-
port of glassware. Also, a method for handling glassware in-
volving introducing, transporting and removing glassware
from a transport wheel in a timed relationship as well as
removing selected glassware from the stream of glassware
being processed.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
921
3,710,938
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING THE
RATE OF CHANGE OF THICKNESS OF DIELECTRIC
MEMBERS
Gerald F. Scherf, Holland, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Illinois,
Inc.
Filed Nov. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 202,767
Int. CI. B07c 5/34
U.S.CL209-I11.5 10 Claims
gitudinal section, and carrying a number of screens, bars, or
similar elements having openings larger than the arriving par-
ticles. Vibrating means are secured to the frame beneath the
screens or the like and symetrically with respect to the shorter
diagonal of the substantially rhombic frame, so that the space
above the topmost screen is free and substantially unob-
structed.
1
-I I
,36
fVt
V
^•^
■ ^34
40
rVb 19
. ^^■
18
aft J rl'^.M.
Apparatus for detecting the presence of relatively narrow,
thin sections in the sidewall of glass containers and rejecting
those containers which exhibit such narrow, thin sections. A
radio frequency source coupled to a transmitting antenna
positioned adjacent the container establishes a radio frequen-
cy field extending through the wall of the gla.ss container. The
wall of the container is moved relative to a receiving probe.
The instantaneous magnitude of the field received by the
probe provides an indication of the thickness of the container
sidewall. The signal received is amplified and the first deriva-
tive of the voltage with respect to time is taken. The rate of
change of the voltage is a direct indication of the change in
thickness of successive sections of the container sidewall
being gauged. Those containers which exhibit a rate of change
of voltage with respect to time above a preset level are re-
jected as being defective.
3,710,939
FROTHING AGENTS FOR THE FLOATATION OF ORES
Juraj J. Hostynek, Midland, Mich., and Collins, David J., Wal-
nut Creek, Calif., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,498
Int.CI.R03d //02
U.S. CI. 209-166 4 Claims
Polyoxypropylene adducts of glycerine, hexanetriol,
diglycerol, sorbitol, pentaerythritol, a monosaccharide, a dis-
accharide or mixture thereof having at least about 5 or more
oxypropylene units and a molecular weight below about 2.100
have been discovered to be excellent frothing agents for the
fioatation of ores.
3,710,940
SIZING APPARATUS WITH FREE SPACE ABOVE THE
SEPARATING SYSTEM OF OBSTACLES
Nils Peder Mogensen, Mjolnartorpsvagen 14, Djursholm,
Filed May 22, 1969, Ser. No. 826,988
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 4, 1968, 7473/68
Int.CI.B07b//2«
U.S. CI. 209-315 3 Claims
3,710,941
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TREATING SEWAGE
Haskal Brociner, Chicago, III., assignor to FMC Corporation
Filed April 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 32,435
Int. CI. BO Id 27/24
U.S. CL 210— 84 5 Claims
Elimination of heavy solids such as grit from sewage streams
prior to introduction into treatment tanks is necessary because
such solids interfere with normal operations. Substantially all
of the heavy solids, irrespective of particle size are removed by
a process and apparatus wherein raw sewage is introduced
into a tank, the preferred form of which has a bottom sloping
downwardly from the far side to a trough adjacent a first side
wall, with even distribution along said first side wall, a
predetermined small range of liquid level variation is main-
tained by fiovving effluent sewage over a weir extending above
the full length of the top of the side wall opposite said first side
wall, air is introduced with even distribution adjacent to said
trough and along said first side wall to induce circulatory fiow
of liquid and light weight solids upwardly and then in the
direction of said opposite side wall, turning the circulatory
How direction downwardly toward the tank fioor by a baffle
spaced from said opposite side wall and positioned transverse
to the direction of liquid flow through said tank, to effect
separation of light weight solids and fiowing the sewage
suspension under said baffle and upwardly for removal by fiow
over said weir.
3,710,942
VALVE FOR FLUID LINES AND STRUCTURES
CONTAINING THE SAME
David Rosenberg, Glen Cove, N.Y., assignor to Pall Corpora-
tion, Glen Cove, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 643,083, June 2, 1967, Pat.
No. 3,447,478, and a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 7 10,609,
March 5, 1968, Pat. No. 3,572,375, and a conUnuation-in-part
of Ser. No. 787,539, Dec. 27, 1968, abandoned, and a
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 1.499. Jan. 8. 1970, Pat. No.
3 650 093. This application June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,686
Int.CI.B01dJ5/02
U.S.CL 210-136 41 Claims
LL
JJ
A sizing device, for classifying particles, comprises a frame
which is substantially rhombic in side elevation or vertical lon-
A valve is provided for use in fiuid lines as a relief valve and
922
in T-connectors with syringes and like injecting devices in the
administration of medicaments, to supply or withdraw fluids in
a volume greater than the capacity of the syringe.
3,710,943
VARIABLE DISPLACEMENT FENCE FOR OIL SPILL
CONTAINMENT AND RECOVERY
William M. Davidson. 57 Briarcliff Road, and Howard W.
Cde, Jr., 12 Vale Drive, both of Mountain Lakes, N.J.
nied March 5. 1970. Ser. No. 16,692
Int. CI. C02b 9102
U.S.CL 210-242 4 Claims
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
The disclosed device comprises a generally cylindrical hous-
ing in which is mounted a sleeve made of a rigid water pervi-
ous filter medium, one end of the housing opening into one
end of the filter. A container containing a chemical agent
capable of removing the chemical impurities is in communica-
tion with the interior of the housing. The water to be liberated
of impurities is first directed into the filter sleeve and after
passing through the wall thereof flows from the housing into
the container to pass the chemical filter therein. It is
discharged through an outlet of the container now liberated of
both types of impurities.
A flexible, inflatable, elongated barrier useful for the con-
tamment, separation and recovery of oil spilt on water is con-
structed in the form of a tunnel inside of which there is a con-
tinuous passage for oil that enters the barrier beneath the
waters surface on the upstream side and leaves the barrier on
either end of the tunnel. The barrier is weighted at the bottom
by suitable ballast means and buoyed at the top by long, con-
tinuous air chambers Lengthwise cables are attached along
the top and bottom of the barrier for towing and control pur-
poses. The barrier can be submerged during emergency condi-
tions and is constructed for roll-up on a reel either as a con-
tinuous single element of multiplicity of sections.
3,710,945
PRESERVATION OF POLYAMIDIC MEMBRANES
Paden F. Dismore, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,300
Int. CI. BOIdJ//00
U.S.CL 210-321 31 Claims
3,710,944
DEVICE FOR LIBERATING WATER OF MECHANICAL
AND CHEMICAL IMPURITIES CONTAINED THEREIN
Heinrich Emil Budesheim, Berliner Strasse 15, Lohfelden, Ger-
many
Filed July 15. 1970, Ser. No. 54,908
Claims priority, application Germany, July 18, 1969, P 19
36 615.5
\. y. f z / / / / ^ / f n
I J 1 l:.MMl^'iUjl;|u|nivi,ii<a|<yi>
Selectively permeable, polymeric membranes for use in the
reverse osmosis separation of components of aqueous mix-
tures and solutions, particularly saline and brackish water, are
chemically treated to preserve their permeability charac-
teristics and to protect against loss thereof during the obten-
tion of a watertight seal with the potting compounds generally
employed in permeation separation devices. The desired
results are achieved by effecting a substantial replacement of
membrane-associated water with an ineri organic medium ex-
hibiting a lower volatility than water. Depending on the degree
of hydrophilicity and water solubility of the organic medium,
replacement of the membrane-associated water is accom-
plished by direct contact including successive contacts of the
water-wet membrane with aqueous solutions of increasing or-
ganic medium concentration and/or indirect contact including
successive contacts of the membrane with organic media of
decreasing hydrophilicity. Reversal of the replacement
process to reintroduce water to the membrane structure
restores the operability of the members and renders them ef-
fective for their intended desalination and purification func-
tions.
Water containing suspended mechanical impurities and also
chemical impurities is liberated of such impurities by directing
the water first through a mechanical filter trapping the
mechanical impurities and then through a chemical filter
removing the chemical impurities from the water.
3,710,946
WELDED CONNECTORS FOR TUBULAR SEPARATOR
MODULE
Ernest Robert Sawyer. Solana Beach. Calif., assignor to Calgon
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,463
Int.CLB01di//00
U.S.CL 210-321 4 Claims
A unitary molded header element is disclosed accommodat-
ing a plurality of fittings for internally coated reverse osmosis
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
923
or ultrafiltration tubes. A turn-around channel is provided for medium sheets having spaced longitudinally extending filter
each pair of tubes inserted in the header. The turnaround medium compression seams to compress the medium along
n
I^ ft
^
^^
JK
channel is integral in the mold, it may be sealed from the butt
end with a plug which may be sonic welded to the header. The {he seams and to provide self-sustaining lofted side-by-side
header enables assembly of a unique module. longitudinally extending filter medium columns between the
seams.
3,710,947
SHAFT SEAL FOR USE IN WASHING MACHINES
Frank J. Charhut, Chicago, III., assignor to Chicago-Allis Mfg.
Corp. Chicago, III.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 120,877
Int.CLF16r4//00 ,
U.S.CL 210-380 5 Claims
3,710,949
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY SEPARATING A
SLUDGE-CONTAINING MIXTURE OF TWO LIQUIDS
Jakob Murkes, Bandhagen, Sweden, assignor to Alfa-Laval
AB, Tumba, Sweden
Filed Oct. 8. 1970. Ser. No. 79,056
Claims priority, application Sweden, Nov. 5, 1969,
15138/69
Int.CLB01d2//00
U.S.CL 210-522 5 Claims
A shaft seal for use in washing machines which includes a
rigid body having an expansible skirt responsive to centrifugal
force to minimize friction when the washing machine does not
contain water.
3,710,948
SELF-SUSTAINING POCKET TYPE FILTER
Robert W. Sexton. Louisville; Paul L. Brooks, Waddy, and
Jack M. Carey, Louisville, all of Ky., assignors to American
Air Filter Company, Inc., Louisville, Ky.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 44,981
Int. CI. BOld 46/02
U.S.CL 210-484 7 Claims
An improved pocket type filter formed from faced sections
of expansible-compressible filter medium sheets, the filter
A first chamber for static pre-separation of the mixture and
a second chamber for static after-separation are located one
above the other and are interconnected by a plurality of
straight, substantially vertical flow channels. Each such chan-
nel has a pair of opposed walls which are spaced from each
other a distance of about I to 5 mm. and which are
preferentially wettable by the liquid (e.g., oil) dispersed in the
other liquid (e.g., water), and the pre-separation chamber is
provided at the bottom with a sludge outlet.
924
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,950
MOBILE CRANE HOOK BLOCK STORAGE
COMPARTMENT
Donald R. Pottorff, Mercersburg, Pa., and William E/Wright,
Hagerstown. Md., assignors to Walter Kidde & Company,
Inc., Clifton, NJ.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,683
Int.CI.B66c/i/00
U.S. CI. 212-1 10 Claims
ticular utility with "end-of-car" cushioning devices where
space for a positioning device is very hmited. Motion of the
mechanism is initiated from a bracket or brackets attached to-
the bolster of the truck. It is transmitted through arm means,
lever means and rod means and is applied directly to the shank
of the coupler forward of its pivotal connection to the draft
rigging.
3,710,952
DEFLECTOR FOR RAILWAY CAR CUSHIONING UNIT
John H. Spence; Tung Han Yang, both of Munster, Ind., and
Steven A. Anderson, Elwood, III., assignors to Pullman In-
corporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,047
Int. CLB61g 9/05,9// 6
U.S.CL 213-43 2 Claims
> V
_-ll
^<^f' '■
4jB^.QIO^^^titf^^'o)f^
*3^30 JO 29
A storage compartment or trough is provided near the for-
ward end of the crane carrier to receive and support a rigged
hook block. The hook block is stored out of the line of vision
of the earner operator and the danger of the hook block
swinging during road travel is eliminated. The hook block is
self loading and unloading with relation to the storage com-
partment.
3,710,951
COUPLER POSITIONING DEVICE
Geoffrey Wilton Cope, Williamsville, N.Y., assignor to Dresser
Industries, Inc., Dallas, Tex.
Filed Feb. 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2, 1 58
Int.CI.B61g7//2
U.S. CI. 213-15 6 Claims
A coupler positioning device is used to position the coupler
to achieve "face on" or "in line" coupling or as near to this
condition as possible. The coupler is not necessarily over the
center line of the track but is in the position wherein the
center lines of two adjacent couplers of two similar cars are
coincident. A mechanical arrangement is provided to be used
in conjunction with the truck bolster and fixed sill construc-
tion of a long, high capacity freight car. The device has par-
A hydraulic cushioning unit for railway cars includes a
cylinder with a piston and piston rod assembly reciprocable
therein and which during operation provides for the now of
fluid from a high pressure chamber through the piston rod to a
low pressure reservoir. The reservoir is of a flexible boot type
having one end connected to an intermediate cylinder head
and its other end secured to a portion of the piston rod. Fluid
from the high pressure chamber flows through the piston rod
and outwardly through radial ports to the reservoir. A cylin-
drical deflector is positioned on the piston rod in the area of
the ports and includes a plurality of openings or slots which
are arranged to divide and deflect the hydraulic fluid into a
plurality of dispersed streams providing a reduced velocity im-
pact against the inner surface of the flexible boot.
3,710,953
APPARATUS FOR VACUUM PICK-UP OF POROUS
MATERIALS
Jerry Kirsch, 36 Beacon Hill, Grosse Pointe Farms, Mich.
Filed Sept. 1 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 8 1 ,074
Int. CI. B66c/ /02
U.S.CL 214-1 BS 6 Claims
Porous materials, such as cloth or unglazed ceramics or
porous plastics which on account of their porosity defy ordina-
ry vacuum pick-up. are made temporarily imperforate by ap-
plying to them a temporary coaUng of liquid, such as water
whereupon their porosity is momentarily sufficiently inhibited
to permit their pick-up and transfer by suction, as by a suction
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
925
cup device. The liquid coating is deposited either by rolling or grids for moving the mattress onto the cradle and off the era-
spraying the liquid onto the porous material either from above die and reversibly drivable mechanism for moving the gnds
toward and away from each other to clamp the mattress prior
to turning and unclamp it after turning. The apparatus is
u
it (FIG. 1) or from beneath it either for a single layer (FIG. 2)
or for a plurality of layers thereof ( FIG. 3 ).
3,710,954
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING WELL ELEMENTS
Stanley O. Hutchison, Bakersfield, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 865,261, Oct. 10, 1969, abandoned.
This application Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201,773
Int.CI.E21b/9/00
U.S.CL 214-2.5 12 Claims
Apparatus for pick.iig up and laying down elongated well
elements such as pipe, tubing and sucker rods characterized
by a rotatably mounted upright means carrying supporting
means telescopically extendible and retractable along the lon-
gitudinal axis of the upright means, a boom having one end
pivotally connected to the supporting means, means for pivot-
ing the boom with respect to the longitudinal axis of the sup-
porting means to raise and lower the other end of the boom
and gripper means on the boom for releasably holding an elon-
gated well element generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of
the boom.
adapted to be used in conjunction with mattress closing ap-
paratus to receive a mattress assembly which has been sewn
on one side, invert it, return it to the closing apparatus for sew-
ing on the other side and finally to effect discharge of the
completed mattress.
3,710,955
MATTRESS HANDLING APPARATUS
Howard E. Redman, Weymouth, and Frederick E. Kalning,
Quincy, both of Mass., assignors to Mathewson Corporation,
Quincy, Mass.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,236
Int. CI. B65g 57///
U.S. CL 214—1 Q 3 Claims
Mattress handling appc.ratus comprising a cradle having
spaced parallel grids adapted to receive a mattress
therebetween, said cradle being rotatable about a horizontal
axis to present one open end in a position to receive the mat-
tress and when the mattress is wholly contained to an inverted
position to present the other open end to said position for
discharge of the mattress. There are conveyor belts on the
3,710,956
VEHICLE PACKING FACILITY WITH A VERTICALLY
EXTENSIBLE MAST
Hans P. Meyer, 1 Willowbrook Road, White Plains, N.Y., and
Hans H. Joseph, 20 Dongan Place, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,341
Int. CI. E04h tm
U.S.CL 214-16.1 CE 20 Claims
TJ-
JggC
■s
.^^
■-i^y.'
2f
-«r
C-.
'.t^' or
A multilevel automated parking facility in which automo-
biles are parked in pallets located at preselected areas sur-
rounding a vertical shaft. A mast carrying a transverse book is
movable vertically within the shaft and can be rotated to posi-
tion the boom in a desired angular orientation. The boom is
also axially movable to place its end over a selected pallet lo-
cation, after which a lift carriage carried at the end of the
boom may be latched onto or released from the pallet.
3,710,957
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCKING VEHICLES
ON MOVABLE PLATFORMS
George Milton Small, 310 Lake Boone Trail. Raleigh, N.C.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,800
Int. CI. E04h 6/06
U.S. CL 214- 16.1 CC 23 Claims
A parking system and method adapted to complete automa-
tion is provided. Vehicles are stored on individual storage
926
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
platforms occupying parking spaces arranged by parallel rows
and in defined areas on the floors of a multi-floor buildmg.
Certain rows for vehicle movement are designated as aisles
and the spaces cross-wise make up what are designated as
59--
fnT^-JS;!
-"-T> -
i^;
'-f>>
s> -cP
<n-. ^ •
iri....-r)->
-59
^-^^
—59
-^-
-75
-H^
,10'
io:^--^n'^
la
-
are to have various manufacturing processes performed
thereon may be transferred to cartridges and stored therein
for movement to other locations within the manufacturing
plant. The cartridges are mounted for vertical sliding move-
ment in a plurality of guides mounted on a rotating stand.
Latch means is provided for securing the cartridges within the
guideways and a single drive means indexes the cartridge ver-
tically as the individual parts are fed into the cartridge or
removed therefrom. Further latch means is provided for
securing the cartridges in their elevated positions so that the
rotary holder may be rapidly indexed from one cartridge to
the next for engagement with the drive means so that unload-
ing or loading of the cartridges can take place at a rapid rate.
bays. The platforms are mechanically moveable laterally and a
selected space is left unfilled in each bay which enables any
selected service aisle to be cleared by shifting storage plat-
forms as required and makes each storage platform accessible.
Each area on each floor has its own aisle clearing mechanism.
During parking and discharge operations which may be
completely automatic the platforms are shifted as required
and the vehicle is mechanically moved down a selected
cleared service aisle from or to an elevator which services that
particular aisle on each floor Plural independent elevators are
employed Each elevator is adapted to mount an elevator plat-
form and at the ground or base level each elevator platform is
detachable from the elevator and is mechanically moveable
laterally independently of the elevator itself. A particular
elevator platform is thereby enabled to either mate with an
elevator which mates with a particular entranceway or with an
elevator which mates with a particular service aisle. Alterna-
tively, the elevator platform may be moved to a base level
position which mates with no elevator. Each elevator after
receiving an incoming vehicle can rotate 180° for discharge
orientation of the vehicle and mechanical means are provided
for moving the vehicle on and off the elevator platforms.
3,710,959
SILO CONTAINER
Hans G«sskr, Aalen, Germany, assignor to Schwablsche Hut-
tenwerke GmbH. Wasseralflngen, Germany
Filed Oct. 12. 1970. Ser. No. 79,991
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 14, 1969, P 19
51 754.5
int. CLB65g 65/46
U.S. CI. 214-17 D 18 Claims
3,710,958
PARTS TRANSFER AND STORAGE UNIT
Norman R. Crowley; Gilbert N. Fuchs, and Randall W. Wink,
all of Evansville. Ind., assignors to Evana Tool & Engineer-
ing, Inc.. Evansville. Ind.
Filed May 3, 1971. Ser. No. 139,553
Int. CLB65g 47/00
U.S. CL 214-16.4 R 10 Claims
A silo container with a substantially tubular upright portion
having friction brake means with lateral marginal areas con-
nected to the inner wall surface of said tubular portion so as to
form obtuse angles therewith.
3,710,960
BOTTOM DISCHARGE MEANS FOR SILO
Aaron Z. SUuffer. Ephrata; John H. Herr, Lebanon, both of
Pa.; James W. Lepley, and James C. Zimmerly, both of
Smithville, Ohio, assignors to Flying Dutchman, Inc.,
Smithville, Ohio
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,153
Int. CI. B65g 65/46
U.S.CL 214-17 DA 16 Claims
The invention relates to a parts transfer and storage unit
wherein individual parts such as printed circuit boards which
Bottom discharge means for a silo having a discharge open-
ing in the bottom adjacent the center of the silo, and an auger
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
927
extending upward from the bottom is rotated by power means with respect to the vehicle. A cable extends from the platform
to move material down to the discharge opening. Shield means
is spaced above the discharge opening to provide a lateral
passage beneath the shield to the discharge opening to prevent
clogging the same. A housing below the bottom of the silo sup-
ports bearings for the auger shaft and drive means, and a
discharge chute is formed by said housing and a closure to
guide material to discharge means.
to an electrically operated wind-up pulley for pivoting the
3,710,961
TRANSFER DEVICE
Jacques Bomstein, Paris, France, assignor to Establissements J.
Berthelat el Flls, Paris, France
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,891
Claims priority, application France, June 17, 1969,
6920059; Dec. 26, 1969,6945102
Int. CI. B65g 6 7/02
U.S. CI. 214-38 B 7 Claims
\
9 t) tl
10 1
IzfE
t3 ia 6 7 5
\
A transfer device is provided for the loading and unloading
of loads from a first station, e.g., a transport vehicle, to a
second station, e.g. a loading platform. The device essentially
comprises a transfer trolley including a main body having a
plurality of transfer conveyor chains driven by a driving unit,
and an extractor-pusher mechanism actuated by the conveyor
chains via a transmission device. The extractor-pusher
mechanism initially is placed beneath the load and, by means
of a thrust or traction force imparted by the transmission
device, transfers the load from the first station onto the main
body for displacement of the load to the second station. The
transfer trolley is further provided with rollers movable along
rails for transverse movement of the trolley relative to the
respective stations.
platform about the lift arms between horizontal and vertical
positions.
3,710,963
APPARATUS FOR EXTRACTING AND TRANSFERRING
MATERIALS
Heinz Losch, Dulmen. and Heinrich Mecklenbrauck. Lunen-
Sud. both of Germany, assignors to Gewerkschaft Eisenhutte
Westfalla, Westfalia, Germany
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,632
Claims priority, application Germany. April 24, 1970, P 20
20 018.4
Int. CLB65g 65/42
U.S.CI.214— 17D 5 Claims
3,710,962
LIFT DEVICE
John H. Fowler, Jr., 2648 Hillside Lane, Evanston, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 874,273, Nov. 5, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,613,917. This application Feb. 11, 1971, Ser. No.
114,517
Int. CI. B60p/ /44
U.S. CI. 214—75 R 9 Claims
A lift device particularly suitable for lifting wheel chairs and
the like into a vehicle. The lift device includes a platform
which can be used to raise and lower objects between the
ground and the floor of the vehicle, and when the lift device is
not being used, the platform can be automatically raised to a
vertical position to close the doorway provided in the vehicle.
The platform is pivotally supported at the ends of a pair of
generally L-shaped lift arms, and the other end of each of the
lift arms is slidably secured to a housing which is mounted for
vertical sliding movement on a generally vertical support pKWt.
A hydraulic motor is operatively connected to each of the
housings for sliding the housings along their respective sup-
port posts to raise and lower the platform between the ground
and the vehicle, and another hydraulic motor Is operatively
connected between each of the slide housings and the lift arms
for moving the lift arms horizontally inwardly and outwardly
An apparatus for extracting and transferring materials in
bunkers or similar storage containers. The apparatus is com-
posed of a framework supported on the floor of the bunker
and a scraper chain conveyor with an upper and a lower run
The scraper elements of the lower run are in scraping relation-
ship to the bunker floor and the scraper elements of the upper
run are in scraping relationship with inclined floor surfaces
separated by an opening disposed centrally of the conveyor.
Centrally above the opening there is a roof-shaped cover plate
which has apertures alongside its side edges through which
material heaped on the cover plate can pass to the upper run
of the conveyor. Some of the scraper elements are of greater
lateral width than the others and these wider elements extend
laterally outwardly beyond the side^dges of the cover plate.
Material passed to the upper run of the conveyor is thus in
turn passed through the opening, after engagement with the
scraper elements, to the lower run of the conveyor.
928
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,964
APPARATL'S FOR STORING AND FEEDING BULKY
MATERIALS
Edward T. Douglass, Jr., 2709 5th Ave. South, Birmingham,
Ala.
Filed June 23, 1971,S€r.No. 155,941
Int. CI. B65g 65/42
U.S. CI. 214-17 D 4 Claims
The combination counterweight and power source is movable
on the frame of the vehicle so as to facilitate proper balance,
traction, conveyance and storage of the vehicle. In a preferred
embodiment the frame of the vehicle is divided into two por-
tions whereby one portion may be pivoted about the other so
as to place the vehicle in the most compact position for trans-
port from place to place and/or storage.
3,710,966
SYSTEM FOR STORING AND TRANSPORTING LADINGS
Ramojus P. Vaitys, Evanston, III., assignor to General Amer-
ican Transportation Corporation. Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, S«r. No. 1 15,612
lnt.CI.B60p//64
U.S.CL 214-515 24 Claims
A storage and feeding bin having a discharge opening at
bottom thereof A vertical shaft depends from top of bin with
lower end adjacent and above opening. Upper end of the shaft
is supported by resilient support with lower end depending
freely. Angularly spaced agitator blades extend radially and
vertically from shaft and vibrator carried by shaft within bin to
vibrate shaft and blades carried thereby.
3,710,965
MATERIAL HANDLING VEHICLE AND METHOD OF
STORING SAME
James K. Joosten, 8601 West 85th Avenue, Schererville, Ind.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, S«r. No. 99,920
Int.CI.B60p//64
U.S. CI. 214-515 3 Claims
2to
1
4
SO
A
/ \ « /
^1
M
v=r--^^U^^-,.-
A self-supporting container is removably mounted on a
truck for transportation to and from a support surface, the
truck having jacks thereon for transferring the container
between the support surface and the truck, and the container
having two pairs of retractable leg assemblies for supporting
itself upon the support surface, each leg assembly including a
horizontally pivotable housing and a vertically pivotable leg,
and being shiftable between a storage configuration with the
housing and the leg extending longitudinally alongside the
container and an intermediate configuration with the housing
extending laterally outwardly of the container and the leg
hanging downwardly from the housing. In transferring the
container from the truck to the support surface, the container
is raised by the jacks and the leg assemblies are shifted from
their storage configurations to their intermediate configura-
tions, then the container is lowered until the legs contact the
support surface whereupon elongated pivot pin slots in each
leg accommodate the downward vertical movement of the
housings with respect to the legs to a supporting configuration
wherein abutnient surfaces on the leg assemblies and the con-
tainer cooperate to lock the leg assemblies against any further
movement until the container is raised from the support sur-
face.
A self-storing material handling and transporting vehicle of
the type having a power source which acts as a counterweight.
3,710,967
ASSEMBLY FOR LATERAL SHIFTING OF THE LOAD
SUPPORT OF A HIGH LIFT TRUCK
Stoytcho Grigorov Stoytchev; Gueorgui KIrilov Stoilov; Tsanl
Konstantinov Tsanev; Zdravko Marinov Gueorguiev, and
Gueorgui Yordanov Stoyanov, all of Sofia, Bulgaria, as-
signors to DSO Balkancar, Sofia, Bulgaria
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,283
Int.CI.B66f9//0
U.S. CI. 214-674 4 Claims
A load-supporting carriage of a lift truck is vertically slida-
ble on a mast mounted for lateral shifting and forward or rear-
ward tilting on a pair of parallel horizontal rods, extending
transversely to the truck frame, by means of a pair of sleeves
riding on these rods. The upper rod is rigid with the frame
while the corresponding sleeve is secured to a hydraulic jack
for lateral shifting; the lower rod is mounted between the arms
of a yoke which is secured to another jack for the tilting of the
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
929
mast and whose sides are provided with adjustable end stops in 3,710,969
the form of threaded retaining cups with spring-loaded balls LOG CARRIER OR BUNK
John E. Eynon, Port-Arthur, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Abitiba Paper Company Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,537
Claims priority, application Canada, Oct. 13, 1970, 095354
Int. CI. B66c 23100
/7v_ U.S. CI. 214— 130 R 9 Claims
projecting therefrom into engagement with associated guide
tracks on the lateral walls of the truck frame.
3,710,968
BUCKET LEVEL INDICATOR
James T. Clevenger, Lancaster, and John L. Stohler, Ephrata,
both of Pa., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation, New Hol-
land, Pa.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,027
lnt.CI.E02fJ/00
U.S.CI.214— 761 llCtaims
A log carrier includes a base with an arm extending up-
wardly from one side of the base. The arm is shaped to form a
part-encircling configuration overlying the base with the free
end of the arm spaced above the base adjacent to the opposite
side thereof to form a log-receiving throat. A flexible element
extends between the base and the arm with means for tension-
ing the flexible element. A displaceable projection normally
blocks the throat and log thrusting means are adjacent to the
opposite side of the base for thrusting a log from the opposite
side of the base past the projection into engagement with the
flexible element within the arm.
A bucket level indicator employed within a front end loader
for relating to an operator the relative angular position of a
bucket pivotally mounted forwardly within a boom structure
carried by said loader. The bucket level indicator of the
present invention is comprised of an indicator moveably
mounted for lateral back and forth movement along a trans-
verse member extending between a pair of boom arms of the
boom structure. A tension spring is fixed to said indicator for
normally biasing same towards one side of said transverse
member and a cable moveably responsive to the pivotal move-
ment of said bucket is also fixed to said indicator. Thus, the
spring and cable cooperatively coact to articulate the indica-
tor laterally back and forth along said transverse member such
that the relative position of the indicator with respect to the
transverse member indicates to the operator the relative angu-
lar position of the front mounted bucket.
3,710,970
SAFETY CLOSURE
Robert J. Elfline, Bloomingdale, HI., assignor to Research and
Safety Devices Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,744
Int.CI. A61J//00
U.S. CI. 215-9 10 Claims
A safety closure is disclosed for closing the opening in a
container such as a bottle having a threaded neck. The closure
includes a pair of inner and outer, cup-shaped caps which are
assembled by shifting the inner cap axially into the outer cap.
The caps are retained in assembled relation by interlocking
shoulders which are respectively carried on the side walls of
the caps and which are arranged to interlock after a predeter-
mined amount of telescoping movement of the caps. After as-
sembly, the caps are capable of relative rotational movement
930
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
except when a key which is formed with and releasably carried compensate for variations in the thickness of walls. Said ad-
by the end wall of the outer cap, is engaged with a recess in the justable mounting elements are capable of bemg retracted to
end wall of the inner cap and a complementally-shaped open-
ing in the end wall of the outer cap. Assembly of the caps is
facilitated by a taper on the cylindrical side wall of the inner
cap, such taper also reducing the area of contact available for
the transmission of torque to the inner cap from the outer cap
if the outer cap is compressed in an effort to remove the clo-
sure. A clearance is provided between the interiocking shoul-
ders so that the caps may be assembled without regard to the
orientation of the key and the recess An abutment portion
may be provided on the container adjacent its neck, and the
cylindrical side wall of the outer cap may be made sufficiently
long to overlap and engage the abutment portion if an attempt
is made to remove the closure by compressing the side wall of
the outer cap.
3.710,971
SAFETY CAP FOR VIALS
Keith L. Jones, London 74, OnUrio, Canada, assignor to Jones
Box and Label Co. Limited, London, OnUrio, Canada
Filed Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,366
Int. CI. B65d 55102
U.S.CL 215-9 lOCtaims
enable the box to be removed from a wall opening, without
damage thereto, and so that the box can be reused.
«'/<!
:^3
3,710,973
SHIPPING AND DISPLAY CONTAINER
Hobart T. Franks, 920 Peachtree Battle Avenue N.W., Atlanta,
Ga.
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,580
Int. CI. B65d 7100
U.S. CI. 220—4 R 3 Claims
A vial with an open mouth surrounded by an annular flange
is engageable by a lid whose rim is formed with an inner annu-
lar shoulder underiying that flange for positive interiocking to
seal the vial. The flange has a gap, extending over an arc of
roughly 10°, and is provided immediately below that gap with
an external ramp coacting with a similar internal ramp on the
shoulder of the cap when the latter is rotated into a predeter-
mined angular position relative to the vial. In that position, the
portion of the rim confronting the gap is cammed outwardly
by the coacting ramps and may be lifted to disengage the cap
from the vial whose gap clears the ramp of the cap rim. Com-
plementary indexing formations on the two ramps may snap
into engagement in the uncapping position to indicate the cor-
rect alignment of the internal ramp with the gap.
3,710,972
ELECTRIC OUTLET BOX MOUNTING
Robert Liond Barry, 2916 East Randolph Road, Silver Spring,
Md.
FUedJan. 26, 1971,Ser. No. 109,910
Int.CI. H02gi/0«
U.S. CI. 220— 3.6 4 Claims
An electric box outlet with improved mounting means
enabling the mounting of the box in an opening of a wall
without the use of tools or fastenings, and with the open front
of the box disposed flush with the front face of the wall, ir-
respective of the thickness of the wall. The mounting means
includes a pair of mounting elements for engaging the front
face of the wall and a second pair of mounting elements for
engaging the rear face of the wall, and which last mentioned
mounting elements are adjustable longitudinally of the box to
A multi-sided, large shipping container which also serves as
a display container once the merchandise is placed on sale
such as in a supermarket or other store. Particularly useful for
shipping and selling merchandise which may be handled by
forklift trucks, the container has four wall sections each made
from rigid frames and panels of plywood or other material
with interiocking brackets at the bottom edges fastened to the
reinforced bottom which has a pallet to accommodate the the
fork on a forklift truck and may or may not have wheels on the
bottom. A one-piece top has edges which fit down over the
respective upper edges of each wall section for quick
detachment therefrom. Other brackets are provided at inter-
mediate heights on selected wall sections to latch them
together. The merchandise which may be in the form of
smaller boxes or cartons of goods or not containerized is
stacked on the bottom of the present container which resem-
bles a pallet. Then the wall sections are assembled in place by
aligning interiocking brackets and inserting interiocking pins
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
931
on one bracket into openings in matching bracket portions.
Then the entire container may be lifted by a forklift truck and
transported by truck, aircraft or boxcar to the store where it is
placed for display and actual sale of the merchandise by
removing one or more of the wall sections.
3,710,974
DRAWER DIVIDER
Cari H. Hagc, Youngstown, Ohio, assignor to The General
Fireproofing Company, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,746
Int.CLB65d//24
U.S.CL 220-22.4 6 Claims
coof)eration of side-walls, end walls, a bottom, and side edges
of protrusions intermediate the side-walls and extending
toward each other only part-way across the tray. The hinges
between the cover and the body of the tray are integrally
formed with two valleys each of half-circular cross-section
separated by a ridge that extends the length of the valleys and
of the side edge of said tray. The hinges preferably have the
walls of said valleys of graduated thickness being thinnest at
the bottom thereof. The cover has upwardly extending bosses
over the central portions of the cavities to protect the trans-
parent portions of said slides from damage and the sides are of
wave-like configuration with vertical crests.
The present invention relates to trays for shipping and stor-
ing photographic slides and the like. It particularly relates to
one-piece trays of molded or vacuum-formed thermoplastic
material such as polyvinylchloride sheet or film which trays
have an integrally formed cover that may be opened and
closed repeatedly without cracking and which is suitable for
slides for storing, transporting, shipping and even displaying
photographic slides and the like such as the usual 35 M.M.
slides.
3,710,976
" CURRENCY DISPENSER
Justin J. Guidi, Weston, and Charies F. Middleton, Jr.. Sudbu-
ry, both of Mass.. assignors to Digital Security Systems, Inc.,
Natick, Mass.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,824
Int CI. B65g 59100
U.S.CL 221-67 11 Chums
A drawer divider includes self-contained mounting means
defined by a displaceable lock bar, the ends of which normally
project from the side edges of the divider to engage selected
openings provided in the drawer side walls. To remove or re-
locate the divider, an intermediate section of the lock bar is
manually deflected transversely to withdraw the locking ends
of the bar from the drawer openings.
3,710,975
TRAYS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC SLIDES
George E. Jansen, Cedar Grove, NJ., assignor to The Pan-
tasote Company of New York, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 181,869
Int.CLB65d4i//6
L.S. CL 220—31 S 7 Claims
^^
^ H
>r^
-•4
r
€, ^
*
t^-'
\
«^ y
^"^
1^ ^
lA
^'.^
^^^yj^
One-piece trays for shipping, storing, and protecting photo-
graphic slides after each use and having an integrally hinged
cover contains slide-receiving caVities that are defined by
A unit for storing bills in currency dispensing systems Suc-
cessive individual bills or groujjs of bills are oriented at right
angles to each other in a stack above a blocking plate. When
one of two sets of doors in the blocking plate opens, the doors
form a passage for bills with one orientation, but not the other.
Hence, the bottom bill in the stack is blocked or dispensed de-
pending on its orientation. In one embodiment, each of two in-
dependently operated cam units block one set of doors in a
first position. Actuating one cam unit opens one set of doors
and positively blocks the other set. Whenever the storage unit
is outside the dispensing system, a transportation plate posi-
tively prevents accidental dispensing of any bills.
932
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,710,977
CONTAINER FOR SHEETS OF LIGHT-SENSITIVE
MATERIAL
Gaston Alfons Van den Enden. Boechout. and Hugo Frans Ceu-
lemans, Kontich, both of Belgium, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa
N.V., Mortsel, Belgium
Filed July 28. 1970, Ser. No. 58,977
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, July 29, 1969,
38,028/69
int. CI. B65h 3100
L.S. CI. 221-102 7 Claims
conventional light bulb located adjacent the dispensing mouth
and beneath the heat sink whereby cans are progressively
heated to a desired dispensing temperature during movement
down the chute to the dispensing mouth; the light bulb also
serving as an illumination source for transparent indicia incor-
porated in the dispenser walls.
3,710,979
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EMPTYING LARGE
PACKAGES
Hans Klebe; Ludwig Lange, both of Rheinfelden, and Gunther
Mang, Schworstadt, all of Germany, assignors to Deutsche
Gold-Und Silber-Scheideanstalt Vormals Roessler, Frank-
furt am Main, Germany
Filed July 27. 1971, Ser. No. 166,443
Claims priority, application Germany, April 19, 1971, G 71
14 807.7
Int. CI. B67b 7100
U.S. CI. 222-1 22 Claims
A container for a stack of light-sensitive sheets, which com-
prises a box portion open at one end, a cover hingedly con-
nected to said box portion, and a flexible ejecting strip which
is anchored with one end to the box portion and with the other
end to the cover, the intervening portion of the strip forming a
sling in which the stack of sheets may be located so that upon
opening the cover the sheets are pulled out of the box portion.
3,710,978
HEATED DISPENSING UNIT FOR CANS OF VISCOUS
SUBSTANCES
Algar H. Cosby, P.O. Box 204A, Chantilly, Va.
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 107,931
Int.CI.A47f/ /OS
U.S. CI. 221-150 A 5 Claims
s;> — i-
Method and apparatus for emptying large packages contain-
ing powdery material wherein the package with its lid
removed to expose its contents is placed into a container on a
platform of an elevator located in the container after which
the elevator is raised to communicate the open top of the
package with a funnel-type attachment resting on the top of
the container for receiving the powdery material and discharg-
ing the same from an outlet in the attachment. Compressed air
is introduced into the funnel attachment to fluidize the pow-
dery material to facilitate discharge which occurs upon pivot-
ing the container about a horizontal axis to initiate flow of the
powdery material from the container into the funnel-type at-
tachment and then outwardly thereof with the aid of the com-
pressed air.
The invention is directed to a dispensing cabinet having an
article chute from which cans or the like, containing a sub-
stance rendered more usable if warm, are stacked for gravity
feed to a dispensing mouth and wherein one wall of the chute
comprises a heat sink and is combined with one wall of the
dispenser cabinet to form a chimney. The heating unit is a
3,710,980
ROTARY VOLUMETRIC DISPENSING APPARATUS
Nelson R. Henry, Decatur, Ga., assignor to The Woodman
Company, Inc., Decatur, Ga.
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,091
Int.CI.G01f///00
U.S. CI. 222-64 29 Claims
A volumetric dispensing apparatus is disclosed wherein a
dispensing head having a plurality of Till cavities formed
around the periphery is mounted within an annular cavity
housing concentric with the head and forming the outer
peripheral side of the cavities. An inclined bottom is provided
for each cavity and a lateral discharge opening m the housing
allows sequential release of the measured batches from the fill
cavities Draft is provided along the side surfaces to provide an
enlarged top fill opening and an enlarged lateral discharge side
to prevent bridging of product and to promote clean release of
the batch. The dispensing head is mounted on a column and is
adapted for easy removal for cleaning. An annular collar sup-
ports the cavity bottoms for simultaneous adjustment by a
central jackscrew device. A rotary wiper removes the loose
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
933
material from the bottom of the cavity housing and deposits
the same through a receiving opening. A product limiting
fence extends across a bowl-type hopper mounted on the top
of the dispensing head; said fence dividing the hopper into fill
and discharge sections. Conveyor means is provided to feed
product into the hopper at a fill point whereat the empty fill
cavity emerges under the fence. A centrally located cone
urges the product radially outward and handle means at the
apex of the cone facilitates the dispensing head removal for
3,710,982
PLURAL SOURCE DISPENSER WITH
INTERCONNECTED DISCHARGE VOLUME VARYING
MEANS
Antonio Ferrari, Via Giovanni da Procida 4, Milan, lUly
Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,293
Int. CI. B67d 5/60
U.S. CI. 222-134 4 Claims
^^/T^
A liquid metering device comprises a driving cylinder
operating the stem of a piston slidable in a first metering
cylinder. The stem has a rack which is connected through a
train of wheel-works to a further rack on a stem of a piston
slidable in a second metering cylinder.
cleaning A control arrangement is provided for the feed con-
veyor whereby the speed of the conveyor is increased upon
detecting a thinning out of product and decreased to a normal
level upon detecting a proper level of product in the hopper.
The detecting finger is mounted substantially at the midpoint
between the fill point of the fill section and the wiping point to
sense the approximate middle of the spiral wedge of product U.S. CI. 222—141
formed by rotation of the dispensing head.
. 3,710,983
PLURAL AUGER MATERIAL HANDLP»JG BLENDING
SYSTEM
Ronald J. Ricciardi, 193 MacArthur Avenue, Garfield, N.J.
Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,457
Int. CI. B67d 5152
6 Claims
3,710,981
THREE PORT VALVE ASSEMBLY HAVING
SELECTIVELY ACTUATED VALVES
William A. Arzberger, Medfleld, and Edward J. LaLumiere,
Woburn, both of Mass.. assignors to Jet Spray Cooler, Inc.,
Waitham, Mass.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,435
Int. CI. B67d 5156
U.S. CI. 222-129.1 9 Claims
55 a(,a4
A three port valve assembly for dispensing either non-car-
bonated water, carbonated water, a non-carbonated beverage,
a mildly carbonated flavored beverage. An actuating plate
controls separate valves in each port (syrup, non-carbonated
water and carbonated water) and the connections between the
valves in the water ports and the plate can separately readily
be disabled to open one valve without the other.
* 71 » «6 ,*« ii "
A material handling system characterized by a bin for
receiving particulate solid material, a chamber connected to
said bin for receiving said material, a first auger mounted in
said chamber and extending into a transfer conduit connected
to said chamber. The first auger has an open helical coil type
blade for metering and propelling the material. A blending
conduit connected to the transfer conduit for receiving
material therefrom and being provided with a second inlet for
receiving additional material to be processed, and a lower
dispensing outlet. A second auger is mounted in the blending
conduit which has an open helical coil type blade and a cen-
trally disposed rod which passes through the center of the first
auger and by means of a direct coupled extension through the
end wall of the chamber. Means are provided for rotating the
934
rod A cylindrical drive shaft is ihreadedly connected to the
first auger which passes through the end wall of the chamber
and second means are provided for rotating the cylmdncal
drive shaft independently.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
heating element controlled by a thermostatic switch permits
keeping the dispenser warm at all times, ready for instant use.
3,710,984
DISPENSING PACKAGE Of THE PRESSURIZED TYPE
Milo E. Webster, Braintree, Mass., assignor to The Gillette
Company, Boston, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 778,480, Nov. 25, 1968. This
application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,510
Int.Cl. B65dW//4
U.S. CI. 222-145 13 Claims
15-
Any nuid or semifluid material apart from lather may be han-
dled.
3,710,986
SAFETY ENCLOSl RE FOR SILOS
James W. Lepley, R. D. No. 1, Smithville, Ohio
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,955
Int. CI. B67d 5/06
U.S. CI. 222-185
1 1 Claims
A pressurized dispensing package has a self-supporting flex-
ible walled inner container disposed within and seated on the
base of a rigid walled outer container. A valve assembly con-
trols mixing of materials stored in the containers and fiow of
that mixture to the atmosphere Dip tubes secured to the valve
assembly extend to the bottom of each container. The outer
container is charged with propellant through the valve stem of
the valve assembly. The valve stem has two ports sealed by a
common annular gasket and an actuator cap on the valve stem
is depressed to open the two ports and discharge a mixture.
3,710.985
DISPENSER FOR PROVIDING WARM LATHER FOR
SHAVING
Frank M. Baum, Highland Park, III., assignor to The First Na-
tional Bank of Chicago, Chicago. III.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970. Ser. No. 87,932
int. CI. B67d 5/62
U.S.CI.222-146HA 4Ctaims
A dispenser for providing hot lather from a pressurized con-
tainer includes a housing with a telescoping base so that
downward force on the dispenser will release lather from the
pressurized container. A heat exchanger block of metal is
electrically heated on one side of the heat exchanger block
and on the other side thereof there is provided a spiral path for
conducting the fiow of lather released from the container. The
entire construction provides for retention of the pressurized
container within the housing and positive limits for the tele-
scopic travel of the base into the housing proper. An electric
This invention relates to a safety enclosure for a s.Io of the
bottom-unloading type in which an access port or manhole is
,n the bottom fioor to permit access to certain parts of the un-
loading mechanism within the lower part of the silo so as to
protect a mechanic against danger resulting from accidental
collapsing of silage above the mechanism which «>" d othe^
wise inundate the mechanic. The enclosure is of the type
which has certain parts movable, preferably by power means
between a retracted inoperative position and an extended
operative position to dispose an access door substantially ver-
tically when the parts are in the extended operative pos.t.on so
that it may be opened adjacent the unloading mechanism for
ready access thereto.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
935
3,710,987
INJECTION MOLDING MACHINE FOR THERMO-
SETTING PLASTICS
MIchio Bessho, Himeji-shi, Hyogo-ken, Japan, assignor to
Kawasaki Yuko Kabushiki Kaisha, Hyogo-ken, Japan
FUed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,377
Claims priority, application Japan, April 18, 1970,
45/33117; April 18, 1970, 45/33118; June 18, 1970,
45/53274; June 18, 1970,45/60904; July 17, 1970,45/72004
Int. CI. B29f/ /02
U.S. CI. 222-386 » Claim
chamber adapted for coaction with a valve seat for preventing
return flow of plastic from the forward end of said piston por-
tion to the rearward end thereof through said passageway
means during the forward dispensing stroke of the feed screw.
3,710,989
SPRAY DISPENSING CAP AND HINGED CLOSURE
Donald F. Armour, Bloomfield, Conn., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,595
Int.CI.B67d47//4
IJ.S. CI. 222-562 2 Claims
In the injection molding of thermosetting plastic the ten-
dency of the plastic to harden in the injection cylinder can be
successfully reduced, according to the invention, by minimiz-
ing the frictional engagement of the plunger with the bearing
member therefore and incorporating appropriate fiuid passage
means in the plunger and the bearing member so as to prevent
any overheating of the thermosetting plastic in the injection
cylinder. Annular weir means formed on the cylinder wall
serves to cause fluidal motion of the plastic uniform
throughout the entire cylinder space, preventing any undesira-
ble temperature gradient therein.
3,710,988
INJECTION MOLDING MACHINE
Ernest P. Moslo, 12700 Lake Avenue, Lakewood, Ohio
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,910
Int.CI.G01f ///OO
U.S. CI. 222-404 13 Claims
24 26
20 <I0 ,12
V ->
'o'
■'(
-.J
A one piece plastic dispensing and closure device, including
a base cap for mounting over the mouth of a resilient walled
container, and a sealing overcap hinged to the base cap. The
base cap has an angular spray opening and houses a delivery
tube. The overcap has a portion adapted to seal the periphery
of the spray opening and a tab extension to facilitate its move-
ment to an open or closed position. Both the tab and flexible
hinge lie within the perimeter of the base cap when the over-
cap is in the closed position so as to prevent interference with
capping equipment. The base cap also has a flexible seal ring
to prevent leakage despite variations in the container and/or
cap dimensions. A stop member is provided on the interior of
the base cap and a cooperating protrusion on the exterior of
the container to assist in orienting the direction of the spray
with respect to the container. ,
o^
An injection molding machine comprising a feed screw
which is rotatable and reciprocal in a plasticizing housing of a
machine wherein the feed screw includes a head having a
piston portion and a tapered nose portion projecting forwardly
from the piston portion with the head including a generally
central chamber therein communicated by means of
passageways with the forward and rearward ends of said piston
portion, and with there being centrally arranged movable ball
valve means disposed in guided relation in said central
3,710,990
AEROSOL TYPE DISPENSER
Stokes S. Lazarus. 4340 Crestview Road. Harrisburg. Pa.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 763.189. Sept. 27, 1968. This
application June 1. 1970. Ser. No. 42,090
Int.Cl.B65d«i//4
U.S. CI. 222-402.24 _ ^ 5 Claims
An aerosol dispenser for dispensing fluids under pressure m
which the dispenser has a spiral restricted passage between the
dip tube and valve and through which the fluid to be dispensed
passes when the valve is opened, the number of spirals in the
906 0.0. — 34
936
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
restricted passage being not less than one and not more than
100, preferably between six and 50, and the diameter of such
3,710,992
ROTARY SLIDE CLOSURE FOR LIQUID MELT
CONTAINER
Rolf Hoffmann, Reinhausen, Germany, assignor to Didier-
Werke AG, Wiesbaden, Germany
Filed Aug. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 168,899
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 3, 1970, P 20
43 588.5
Int.CI. B22di7/00
U.S.CI.222— 554 8 Claims
restricted passage being such that the fluid is retained therein,
except when being disf)ensed, by capillary action.
3,710,991
FLUENT MATERIAL DISPENSER WITH SCREW
DISCHARGE ASSISTANT
William H. Callahan, and Royal F. Smith, both of Aurora, III.,
assignors to Liktro-Vend Corp., Aurora, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 866,663, Oct. 15, 1969,
abandoned. This application July 23, 1971, Ser. No. 165,543
Int.CI.GOlf ///20
U^. CI. 222-413 10 Claims
A rotary slide closure for a liquid melt container has a fixed
plate with a through-flow channel at the outlet of the con-
tainer. A rotary slide plate is mounted in contact with and ad-
jacent the fixed stationary plate also having a through-fiow
channel. The through-fiow channels may be brought into mu-
tual connection or disconnection for throttling the melt. The
rotary slide plate has a discharge opening for its through-fiow
channel that is coaxial in relation to the axis of rotation of the
rotary slide plate and the axis of rotation of the slide plate
forms an acute angle with the vertical central axes of the
through-fiow channels.
3,710,993
CLOTHES HANGER AND CLAMPS THEREFOR
Herbert S. Collin, c/o Collin Box & Supply Co., Newton, Mass.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,265
Int.CI.A47jJ///5
U.S. CI. 223-91 1 Claim
A fiuent solid material dispensing mechanism including a
motor driven auger operable upon a timed cycle to provide
positive discharge of a metered quantity of base product from
a discharge orifice and a seal assembly associated with the
discharge orifice to prevent ingress of airborne moisture and
movable in synchronization with the auger to allow discharge
of the fiuent material.
A clothes hanger is formed from a single length of wire
stock and is bent into various configurations to define clips
adapted to receive and retain skirts, pants, and the like. The
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
937
clips are formed integrally with and as a continuous part of the
single length of hanger wire. The hanger is of relatively thin
profile so that a large number of such hangers may be hung
from a rack. The hanger is suited for use particularly by those
who frequently must hang lager numbers of garments such as
garment manufacturers.
member, having opposed spaced plates and side members,
receives the lower portion of the arms. Upper and lower slots
3,710,994
INFLATABLE MANNEQUIN STRUCTURE ENHANCING
REALISTIC BODY SIMULATION
Nancy Rey Cherry, and Judith Ann Schackelford, both of New
York, N.Y., assignors to Inflat-A-Industries, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,713
] Int. CI. A41h 5/02
U.S. CI. 223—67 14 Claims
are defined by the body member. The upper slot mounts a ful-
crum pin while the lower slot mounts a holding pin.
3,710,996
DISPLAY BELT HANGER
George Smilow, Yonkers, and Samuel L. Kayen, Elmont, both
of N.Y., assignors to Berger & Gorin, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,168
Int. CI. A47j 57/097
U.S. CI. 223-87 , 2 Claims
An inflatable mannequin of plastic sheet material shaped to
simulate the human body below the waist is adaptable for use
primarily in connection with commercial display of womens'
panty hose. The sheet material is formed to define a hip sec-
tion having a buttocks side and an abdomen side, with gusset
means formed interioriy of the mannequin at the hip section
extending between the buttocks side and the abdomen side to
enhance the realism with which the mannequin simulates a
human form. By a further aspect of the invention, gusset
means are provided at foot and ankle portions located at the
lower extremities of a pair of leg sections which extend from
the hip section of the mannequin. The gusset means similarly
operate to enhance the realism of the foot and angle portions
of the mannequin.
3,710,995
NECKTIE STRETCHER
Herbert Zaun, 433 Victoria Place, Toledo, Ohio
Filed April 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,380
Int. CI. D06c/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 223-82
An improved belt display hanger for supporting an apparel
belt from the buckle end thereof in depending condition,
capable of bearing price indicia thereon, which hanger cannot
be removed from a supported belt without permanently
destroying belt buckle engaging means, in such manner as to
be readily detectable by sales personnel.
7 Claims
The invention is a tie stretcher having two generally parallel
arms, the upper ends of which are inserted in a tie. A body
3,710,997
PROJECTILE STORING AND TRANSPORTING
STRUCTURE
Nlllo Kalervo Asikainen, Tampere, Finland, assignor to Oy
Tampella Ab, Tampere, Finland
FUed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,699
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 31, 1970, P 20
04 489.7
Int.CI.A45fi/00
U.S. CI. 224-25 A 1 C\Mms
Projectiles are supported in parallel rows with the projec-
tiles facing downwardly and having their tail portions spread
apart. Each projectile is supported by a ring which extends
around its largest diameter and an opening in a plate below the
ring, the opening having its axis aligned with the axis of the
ring. Each ring and opening pair supports a projectile with its
938
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
axis at an oblique angle to the surface of a support plate to
which the rings and plates in which the openings are formed,
are secured. The arrangement is such that the topmost projec-
tile of a vertical row is supported with its axis at a relatively
small angle to the surface of the support plate, the next projec-
tile is supported with its axis at a greater angle than the first
projectile, etc., so the tail portions of the projectiles are spread
These locking elements can be jointly moved and jointly
locked in an operative position. An actuating member for ac-
tuating the locking elements of one U-shaped carrying
member is positively connected by at least one coupling
member to an actuating member for the locking elements of
the other U-shaped carrying member. A common handle and
a common locking device adapted to be locked up by a lock
are provided for both actuating members.
apart in fan fashion and are readily accessible. The rings to
support successive projectiles of a row are spaced apart by a
distance equal to the diameter of a ring. The support plate is
provided with suitable straps to carry the storing and trans-
porting arrangement on the back of a man like a knapsack
3,710,998
LOCKABLE SKI CARRIER FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Hannes Marker, Hauptstrasse 51-53, Garmisch-Parten-
kirchen, Germany
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No, 60,848
Cblms priority, application Germany, Aug. 11, 1969, P 19
40 861.8
Int.CI. B60r9//2
U^. CI. 224— 42. IF 12 Claims
3f-J^
3,710,999
AUTOMOBILE CARRIER
Richard A. Allen, Bowles Terrace, Lincoln, Mass.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,084
Int. CI. B60r 79/02
U.S. CI. 224—42.03 B
10 Claims
-^l>'
A carrier for carrying many different types of objects on an
automobile, truly universal by reason of its ready and simple
adaptability for removable attachment to the rear portion of
substantially any automobile whether it be a domestic or
foreign station wagon, sedan, square back, compact, or the
like, comprising two generally L-shaped side members, an out-
wardly extending carrying member adapted for attachment to
each side member, and a generally U-shaped cross piece
adapted for attachment to the side members and the carrying
members, and a second cross piece adapted for attachment to
the side members remote from the U-shaped member.
_il
c^ii=
L-.
^
3,711,000
SURFACE APPARATUS FOR HANDLING AN ELASTIC
COLUMN
Remi Reynard, Montesson; Roger TIndy, Bougival, and Ed-
mond Daniel, Saulx-Les-Chartreux, all of France, assignors
to Institut Francais du Petrole des Carburants et Lubrifiants,
Paris, France
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 854,983, Sept. 3, 1969. This
application Sept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 178,924
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 4, 1968,
68165109
Int. CI. B65h / 7136
U.S. CI. 226-8 11 Claims
Two U-shaped carrying members are supported, e.g., with This apparatus is provided with at least two devices for
their legs, in the gutters of the roof of the car and serve to hold gripping an elastic column, including a lower and an upper
at least two pairs of skis. Each U-shaped carrying member gripping device, one at least of these devices being displacea-
compnses for each pair of ski at least one locking element, ble along the axis of the column in a released position.
January 16, 1973
In this apparatus each of said devices is constituted by a plu-
rality of separate gripping elements arranged in series, these
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
939
located for subsequent use in the production of microfiche.
Operation of a film drive mechanism is electrically controlled
gripping elements being interconnected through elastic
means.
3,711,001
WEB POSITION DETECTOR USING TEMPERATURE
SENSING ELEMENTS
James Conrad Schopp, Framingham, Mass., assignor to RCA
Corporation
FiledNov.8, 1971,Ser. No. 196,612
Int. CI. B65h 25/26
U.S. CI. 226-19 12 Claims
to provide a series of exposures that are accurately spaced on
the film. An electronic programmer facilitates generation of
various filming formats.
3,711,003
CAPSTAN DRIVE ARRANGEMNET FOR HIGH-SPEED
INTERMITTENT TAPE DRIVE
Marcel-Louis Boyer, Chatillon, and Michel LandwerUn, Le
Pecq, both of France, assignors to Compagnie Industrielle
Des Telecommunications Cit- Alcatel, Paris, France
Filed Sept. 27, 1971. Ser. No. 183,752
Int. CI. B65h/ 7/22
U.S.CL 226-177 20 Chrims
Two temperature sensing elements, each having a parame-
ter which varies with the temperature of the element, are
cooled by a blower. When a movable web blocks the fiow of
air to one of the temperature sensing elements causing its tem-
perature to rise, the resulting change in its temperature sensi-
tive parameter relative to that of the other temperature
sensing element, controls the movement of the web away from
the blocking position.
3,711,002
VARIABLE PRECISION FILM DRIVE
Andrew L. Amort, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Stamford, Coon.
Filed Oct. 1 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 89,989
Int. CI. B65h / H22
U.S. CI. 226-32 18 Claims
Apparatus for advancing imperforate film in a camera in in-
crements so that the exposures on the film will be accurately
30 57
V V
Capstan drive arrangement for high speed intermittent tape
drive: including a motor driven capstan, an idler roller earned
on a lever arm. and an electromagnet selectively operable to
pivot the level about its axis to urge the idler roller towards the
capstan to produce a tape driving pinch. The level arm >s ar-
ranged so that when the electromagnet is not operated, the
idler roller contacts the tape with substantially negligible pres-
sure The drive arrangement also includes a damping system
having an elastically deformable connection between the lever
arm and a rod having a side surface held in contact with a
fixed abutment by a pusher.
940
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,004
TAPE MISFEEDING PROTECTED
RECORDER/REPRODUCER
Alessandro Beretta, 16 Piazza Insubria, Milano, Italy
Filed April 7, 1971. Ser. No. 131,922
Claims priority, application lUly, April 9, 1970, 23113 A/70
Int. CI. B65h / 7122
IJ.S.CI.226— 181 , 10 Claims
20
The disclosure describes the provision and the arrangement,
in a magnetic tape recording and reproducing apparatus of the
kind in which the tape and the supply and take-up reels are
wholly contained into a removable and replaceable magazine
or cassette, wherein a pressure roller is partially projecting for
assisting the drive of the tape, of a shielding guard encircling
said roller, outside the magazine, positioned and shaped to
prevent the tape, if not properly winding about the take-up
roller, to uncontrolledly expand and jam itself into the en-
vironmental space in the apparatus.
3,711,005
TRANSPORTING AND TRIMMER APPARATUS FOR
PLASTIC FILM HAVING THERMOFORMED ARTICLES
THEREIN
Peter C. Neil, Fullerton, Calif., assignor to Standard Oil Com-
pany, Chicago, III.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,125
Int.CI.G03b///«
U.S. CI. 226—52
5 Claims
protrusions and brings the article of manufacture into proper
alignment in the punch and die. The block carrying the punch
is spring-loaded and biased to counter gravity. This provides a
free-floating assembly which facilitates alignment of the
punch and die.
3,711,006
NUTPLATE INSTALLATION DEVICE
Jack S. Conner, Topanga, Calif., assignor to Northrop Cor-
poration, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 174,056
Int.CI.B21j/5//4
U.S. CL 227— 61 6 Claims
A rivet squeeze head, adapted to be used with a conven-
tional rivet squeeze gun body, automatically providing the
proper location and relationship for both attach rivets, a nut-
plate and suitable structure, to which the nutplate is to be at-
tached, and squeezing both of the attach rivets simultane-
ously.
3,711,007
BUILDING WALL SECTION FABRICATING MACHINE
Arnold H. Fry, 3182 Grey Fox Drive, Gahanna, Ohio
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,889
Int. CI. B27f 7102
U.S.CL227-101 15 Claims
Disclosed is an apparatus for transporting a thin film of
plastic having integral therewith a thermoformed article of
manufacture and protrusions which facilitate guiding and ad-
vancing the film through the apparatus. The apparatus in-
cludes first and second guides spaced apart to provide a
pathway. At least some of the guides include grooves which
receive the protrusions. The guides also include slots which
expose some of the protrusions, permitting a moving indexing
finger to extend through the slots and engage the exposed
protrusions. A trimmer is provided which includes a punch
and die, and a film locator which engages at least one of the
A machine for fabricating a section of the wall of a building,
especially of the wood frame type, which receives and retains
the studs and plates in proper relationship and nails them
together while in such relationship to form the frame for the
wall section. The machine is also designed to receive and
retain sheets of sheathing on the frame in proper relationship
to the frame and, while in such relationship, to attach the
sheets properly to the frame.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
941
, 711 /w)g tion while the other one is applied for generating the thrust
IMPACT TOOI S force which is required for generating heat. The above-men-
P-..I R Clifford 23 Forty Acres Drive, Wayland, Mass., and tioned combination of the thrust forces is optionally selected
Paul R. CMloT&^ "„ o. L«mTi «ne Lincoln M»ss by operating means for selecting the system which comprises a
Harry M. "^-,>^>-^ ^37,''^^^^^^^^^^ pL^ty of'so.enoid selector valves, pressure reducing valves
Int CI. B25c 7100 ^^^ ^^^" associated connections.
U.S.CL227-I47
2 Claims
3,711,010
AUTOMATIC FUSION WELDER FOR STRUCTURAL
STEEL MEMBERS
John R. McConnell, 148 Woodside Avenue, Ridgewood, N J
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,359
Int. CLB23k 7/00, i 7/04
U.S. CI. 228—4
2 Claims
Manual and pneumatically operated impact tools for driving
fasteners into concrete through the utilization of the kinetic
energy of a hammer impacting a driver. The tools are adapted
to insure the perpendicularity of the fasteners and to drive the
fasteners in close proximity to a wall or vertical surface.
3,711,009
APPARATUS FOR OPTIONALLY SELECTING THE
THRUST FORCE IN FRICTION W ELDING
Takashi Kuzuya; Toshihiko Hayashi, both of Kariya, and
Shigeo Fukaya, Nishikamo. all of Japan, assignors to
Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokkl Seisakusho, Kariya-
ctltinuau"on of Ser. No. 798,428, Feb. 1 1, 1969, abandoned.
This application Nov. 1 7, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 199,440
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 13, 1968, 43/8962
Int. CI. B23k 27/00
U.S. CI. 228-2 6 Claims
The apparatus shown, generally using special end connec-
tion details, completely fabricates a fioor beam by the fusion
welding of said details at the ends of the raw shape in a smgle
continuing automatic handling of the work matenal without
manual labor.
This apparatus uses opposite-hand dual fusion welders pre-
located on a common track to suit the overall length of the
fioor beam being fabricated. Dual transverse belt conveyors
integrally mounted on the inner toes of the said welders
receive successive raw shapes from protective cushioning in-
termediate lowering devices that receive said shapes from an
overhead travelling crane. Co-ordinated forward actuation of
the conveyors brings the shape to slop tabs to locate it under
the operating centers of the end-located dual welders.
Elevated above the belt by dual vertically projectible rollers
longitudinal equally projectible angle-carrying rams length
center the shape for equal overhang of the end connection
details After the rams are slightly retracted to proper length
the welding carriages mounted on the top of each of the dual
welders magnetically tracing inserted patterns, fusion-weld
the connection details to the shape and into the fianges to
complete the mechanical fabricating of the said fioor beam.
With stop tabs withdrawn, the beam is lowered to the belts for
forwarding to discharge for removal by overhead crane or
other means out of the general area.
ERRATUM
For Class 228—56 see:
Patent No. 3,711,019
An improved apparatus for optionally selecting one of a plu-
rality of thrust forces required for generating heat by the fnc-
tional contact between two workpieces for peri'orming the
upset operation during a friction welding operation. Two se-
ries of thrust force generating systems are combined in a
hydraulic circuit which is connected to three hydraulic cylin-
ders of the friction welder. One of the hydraulic cylinders is
secured to a bed of the friction welder at an outside position of
a slide table while the other two hydraulic cylinders are
disposed at the counter side positions with respect to the slide
table In a typical embodiment, one of the thrust force
generating systems is preferably applied for generating the
thrust force which is required for operating the upset opera-
3,711,011
RESEALABLE PACKAGING DEVICE
Robert J. Kugler, East Meadow, N.Y., assignor
Packaging Corporation, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Mav 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,021
Int. CI. B65di 7/00, / 7/06
II S CI 229 7 R
"a nu"id-containing bag made of flexible heat scalable plastic
material in which the internal cavity of bag is completely
sealed and an openable and resealable spout. The spout may
to Action
9 Claims
/
942
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
be opened by pulling up on a sealing tab which is permanently peripheral nozzle to eject peripheral jet stream surrounding
attached to the bag adjacent a pouring location and which is mixed gases, adding to total thrust and further mixmg gases,
fixed to the wall material of the bag at the point where the Plenum chamber is supplied with gases from engines through
pouring orifice is to be formed The initial pulling of the tab conduits which also support ring on engine. Peripheral senes
*^ ^ of flaps pivotally mounted at their leading edges to trailing
tears open the bag at the point at which the orifice area is fixed
to the bag thereby opening the orifice. The tab may be
resealed against the outside face of the bag and may reseal the
orifice by means of adhesive material between the tab and the
bag wall.
3,711.012
MULTIPURPOSE MAILER
Robert Mdvin Cytroo, 1724 Tustin Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.,
and Robert Alexander Freishelm, Sr., 8627 Femdale,
Philadelphia, Pa.
FUed July 16. 1971, Ser. No. 163,172
Int.CI.B65d27/00
U.S. CI. 229—92.7 4 Claims
r
""^-■-i
— .
•"■ 1
— -
-j—~- —
'■•--■!
.,^^- -i .
.1 — ,
^8<V)» 2 J
edge of plenum chamber closely surround jet stream and at-
tach to it by Coanda effect. Raps swing toward and away from
axis to vary cone angle of ring and of peripheral jet stream and
thus attain proper diffusion angle for optimum thrust under
varying fiight conditions of power and speed.
3,711,014
PERSONAL PORTFOLIO COMPUTER
Joseph A. Tucker, 6340 Reeds Drive, Mission, Kans.
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 171,958
Int. CI. G06c 3100; G06g 1/02
U.S. CI. 235—70 R
3 Claims
A letter sheet suitable for use as combined picture postcard,
advertising form, reservation form, stationary and envelope.
The letter sheet constitutes an envelope portion and a message
portion separated by a narrow third portion. The envelope
portion and the message portion are foldable into three seg-
ments along a pair of coextensive fold lines. The narrow third
portion connects the said envelope portion and message por-
tion in the area between said pair of coextensive fold lines and
may be rectangular or trapazoidal A fiap is connected to the
center segment of one of the envelope portions opposite the
narrow third portion Each of the outer of the segments of the
envelope portion has an adhesive edge The adhesive edge of
one of said outer segments of the envelope is separated from
said outer segment by a perforated tear strip. The outer seg-
ment has undercut edges making the outer third adaptable for
being tucked under the opposite outer segment. The message
portion is connected to said narrow third portion by a per-
forated line
3,711,013
THRUST CONTROL AND SOUND APPARATUS
Remo Tontini; Victor Millman, and Howard R. MacDonald, all
of San Dief^, Calif., assignors to Rohr, Corporation, Chula
Vista, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 866,641, Oct. 15, 1969, abandoned.
This application April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,630
Int. CI. B63h 25/46; B64c 15/10
U.S.CI. 239— 265.17 13 Claims
Jet engine is provided with ejector ring aft of nozzle exit
defining mixing zone for engine exhaust and free steam air.
Ring is hollow to form plenum chamber open at rear to act as
»'4J> I I >»< 1 1 r^i 1 1
-^s-^^Tnii ol^i^i
A personal portfolio computer having a primary utility as a
record keeping and stock value calculating device is generally
constructed in the form of an envelope with rectangularly
shaped substantially fiat sides being interconnected along the
opposite longer parallel edges. In the assembled form, the two
fiat sides with transparent portions therein, is a pocket size en-
velope with a substantially fiat slide located between the two
sides and having a scale thereon so that it is visible through
one of the transparent sides. The adjacent transparent side has
a corresponding scale located thereon so that the slide may be
manipulated for slide rule type calculations. The opposite side
of the envelope structure has a record keeping means located
between the two sides with the record keeping portion visibly
apparent through the opposite transparent side, and with a
portion of the record keeping means extending exterioriy of
the transparent sides so that current data computed by the
slide rule type structure may be recorded thereon. That por-
tion of the permanent data on said record keeping means
between said sides is protected by the presence of the trans-
parent side.
3,711,015
COUNTING DEVICES
Robert D. Young, Accord, N.Y., assignor to Canyon Research
Corporation, Accord, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,361
Int. CI. B61I 1 1 16; G06m 7/00
U.S.CI. 235— 98 R 23 Claims
Devices for counting paper money, food stamps, and the
like which include a cyclically operable counting head
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
943
designed to displace seriatim succeeding items in a stack of body facing to engage a valve seat. The valve seat is attached
tTio^cott^dTnTlrcg.^^^^ which is advanced during on the condensed water sump side of an air vent passage
»4«K>I6''9
each cycle of operation of the counting head to provide a
count of the items in the stack.
3,711,016
PREDETERMINING COUNTER
Boris Milvlch, 507 East Broadway, Long Beach, Calif.
Filed Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,044
Int. CI. G06m 3/04; G06f 15/18
U.S.CI.235-132E 18Chiims
5 I
which is bored through a cover block of the trap, and which
connects said sump with a condensed water outlet part
3,711,018
VALVE CONSTRUCTION
Douglas R. Scott, Knoxville. Tenn., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 815,977, April 14, 1969. This
application Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,704
Int. CI. G05d2i/2 7, 23/275
U.S. CI. 236-87 12 Claims
<7 Vi ■* V? 4i •"
A predetermining counter has counting wheels, servo
wheels, and presetting wheels. Series-connected contacts are
located on the servo and presetting wheels for selectively ac-
tuating an electric device. The construction of these contacts
is such that contacts on adjacent presetting and servo wheels
are in electrically conducting engagement in only one relative
position of the particular wheels.
28A
25A
A condition responsive pneumatic valve construction hav-
ing a support means provided with a valve seat means. A plu-
ral leg ambient temperature compensating bimetal member
has one of the legs thereof provided with a free end means that
controls the valve seat means in response to radiant heat
directed to such one bimetal leg through an aligned window
means in a cover means carried by the support means, the
remainder of said legs being secured to said support means at
the free end means thereof.
3,711,019
WELDING AND BRAZING DEVICES
Rulo Ralph P.. 10216 St. Arthur, St. Ann, Mo.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,889
Int.CI.B23ki/06.i5//4
U.S. CI. 228-56
1 Claim
3,711,017
AUTOMATIC VENT VALVE FOR A STEAM TRAP
Katsuji Fujiwara, 191 Nishitani, Hirasoka-cho, Kakogawa,
Japan
Filed Feb. 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 3,363
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 14, 1970, 45/12982
Int.CI. F16t 1/08
U.S. CI. 236-59 4 Claims
A steam trap having an automatic vent valve which com-
prises a disc-shaped bimetal member provided with a valve
The present disclosure relates to devices for welding and is
particulariy useful for applications where it is desirable to
carry a welding unit as an accessory to a motor vehicle for
944
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
temporary welding repairs comprising, a housing, said housing
constructed from suitable welding metal and provided with a
chamber therein and provided with an outlet port from said
chamber, heat producing means operably mounted withm said
chamber and hatch means operably mounted on said housing
and disposed such that it covers or exposes said outlet port.
sembly rotatably mounting the bowl. The holder assembly is
adaptable to be selectively suspended from an overhead sup-
port or mounted on an underlying surface The telescoping
rod assembly is operative to raise and lower the bowl with
respect to either the overhead or underlying support.
3,711,020
HIGH FREQUENCY SOLDER PASTE GUN
Robert P. Zelna, 4658 East 355 Street, Willoughby, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 848,607, Aug. 8, 1969.
abandoned. This application July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,699
Int. CI. B05b / 7100
U.S. CI. 239-1 1 Claim
3,711,022
ELECTROSTATIC COATING APPARATUS
Bruce J. Witte, Elmhurst, III., assignor to Leo L. Click, River
Forest and Wallenstein, Spangenberg, Hattis & Strampel,
Chicago, III., part interest to each
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,501
Int. CI. B05b 5102
U.S.CL 239—15 21 Claims
104
An applicator gun for solder paste having a tapered
discharge nozzle at the end of the tubular body and having a
valve rod mounted to reciprocate in said body so that the tip
of the rod engages the internal valve surface of the nozzle. The
gun employs a unique combination of a soft elastic rubber
nozzle, a soft elastic rubber valve tip, and a special rolling-type
rubber diaphragm to minimize secondary displacement of the
solder paste The gun can operate effectively for long periods
of time when continually discharging tiny beads of such paste
or when operated at extremely high frequency.
3,711.021
HOLDER FOR ARTICLES
Sylvia Tantillo, 2 Jason Lane, Mamaroneck, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 868,836, Oct. 23, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
852,626, Aug. 25, 1969. abandoned. This application Sept. 21,
1970,Ser. No. 74,090
Int. CI. A47g iJ/0<?
U.S. CI. 248—330 7 Claims
Apparatus for electrostatically applying a coating of a sub-
stantially dry, solid particulate coating material to an article
comprising an electrostatic spray head which is in communi-
cation with a source of the coating material. The spray head
has particle-charging means which in a preferred form thereof
includes a plurality of electrically conductive, spirally ar-
ranged, bristle-like extensions. Each of the extensions has its
longitudinal axis positioned substantially transversely to the
path of travel of the particles of the coating material, and has
at least one free end for contacting and imparting an electric
charge to the particles. A container for the coating material is
in communication with the spray head through a material-
supply conduit. Pressurized-air distribution means is provided
in the container for maintaining the coating material in the
container in a fluidized state. A Venturi, or injection, tube ar-
rangement carried by the container acts to entrain the
nuidized coating material. The container desirably is used in
conjunction with a weight actuated device for automatically
maintaining a sufficient supply of coating matenal in the con-
tainer.
3,711,023
DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE EVAPORATION OF
VOLATILE SUBSTANCES PARTICULARLY FOR USE IN
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
Dean E. Smith, 4649 North Dover Street, Chicago, III.
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 12^277
Int. CI. A24f 25/00
U.S.CL 239-54 26CUims
A holder for articles has a compartmentalized bowl housing
for storing the articles and a telescoping rod suspension as-
A method of creating odors in which the individual com-
ponents from which the odor is to be formed, in volatile form.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
945
are stored in their own individual receptacles, controlled
amounts of said components being released, by evaporation,
from their individual storage receptacles, with the various
evaporation products being subsequently intermixed to
produce the desired odor by first intermixing individual
evaporation products into respective streams of air and
thereafter intermixing the respective streams of air to effect an
intermixing of the various evaporation products therein con-
tained, and a device for practicing such method employing
means for producing a plurality of individual air streams,
novel individual storage means for respective components to
be employed in the creation of such odor, each individual
storage means having means associated therewith for effecting
a controlled release by evaporation of the associated stored
component, such storage means being so arranged with
respect to the air stream that the release of the evaporation
products of each of the various stored components is effected
into a different air stream, means being provided for effecting
an intermixture of such air streams subsequent to the in-
troduction therein of the various components.
3,711,024
METHOD AND CARTON FOR IMPARTING FRAGRANCE
TO CARTON CONTENTS
Phillip G. Hammond, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed May 1 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 142,493
Int. CI. B65d 5108
U.S. a. 239-55 4 Claims
and an upper annular plate mounted on the pins and parallel
to the disc, erosion of the disc and annular plate is reduced by
outwardly flaring the ends of the pins.
3,711,026
APPARATUS FOR THE CLEANING OF CONDUITS AND
CONTAINERS AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME
Willy Heinrich, Rheinkamp-Repelen, and Ludwig Strom,
Rheinhausen, both of Germany, assignors to Woma-Ap-
paratebau Wolfgang Maasberg & Co. GmbH, Rheinhausen,
Germany
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,959
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 13, 1969, P 19
46 500.0
Int. CI. B05b 3100
U.S. CI. 239-227 « Claims
Improved carton and method for imparting fragrance to
carton contents by providing a passage and chSmber within
the package frame itself and allowing the vapor pressure of the
perfume to drive aromatic vapors throughout the carton in-
terior.
3,711,025
CENTRIFUGAL ATOMIZING DEVICE
Ralph N. Miller, Newark, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 849,440, Aug. 12, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 15, 197 1, Ser. No.
124,497
lnt.CI.B05b//26
U.S. CL239-222.il 2 Claims
An apparatus for the cleaning of the internal surfaces of
receptacles of substantially any configuration and type com-
prises a head rotalable about the axis of an inlet conduit for
the cleaning fluid and carries at least one rotatable nozzle ar-
rangement having tangentially oriented nozzles communicat-
ing via the head with the conduit for rotation of the nozzle
member upon ejection of the cleaning fluid through the noz-
zles thereof. A hydraulic motor is coupled with the head for
rotating the same about the conduit axis and relatively
thereto, the motor being driven at an adjustable rate by fluid
delivered by a hydraulic pump coupled with the nozzle box
and driven thereby.
3,711,027
EXTENDIBLE NOZZLE FOR ROCKET ENGINES
Lee F. Carey, North Tonawand, N.Y., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.L
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,087
Int. CLB64C/ 5/00
U.S.CL 239-265.19 17 Claims
In a centrifugal atomizer comprising a rotatable disc, a plu-
rality of pins mounted normally on the perimeter of the disc,
An improved rocket engine nozzle extension of the type
that is deployable from a compactly "stowed" condition to an
extended length condition; such as following a rocket stage
946
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
separation so as to increase the engine thrust and therefore
range-payload capabilities. The invention has particular rela-
tion to the problem of providing a reduced rocket engine
length (when "stowed") in engines of the large expansion
ratio nozzle type; for application in rocket vehicle upper
stages, space-craft, envelope limited missiles, and the like. The
disclosure features use of a frusto-cone-shaped member
formed of thin and lightweight convoluted ductile sheet
material, to comprise the engine nozzle wall structure which is
adapted to be unrolled in crease-free manner The device is
arranged in combination with a temporary cover member
which is so attached to the nozzle exit end portion thereof as
to seal therein gas pressure sufficient to cause the nozzle struc-
ture to unroll into its extended configuration. The cover is
then jettisoned so as to operatively open the nozzle.
dexed into the fluid-flow line. The novel one-piece body
design provides a shield to prevent water from being emitted
3,711,028
SPRAY DEVICE
Robert W. Hengesbach, 7886 Munson Road, Mentor, Ohio
Filed April 16, 1971, S«r. No. 134,605
Int.CI. B05b///00
U.S. CI. 239-288.5 7 Claims
toward the operator and the unit includes a simple O-ring seal
which is spring loaded and pressure biased to prevent leakage.
3,711,030
MULTI-PATTERN SPRAYING APPARATUS
Gerald D. Jones, OnUrio, Canada, assignor to Imperial Oil
Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed June 22, 1971, Ser. No. 155,456
Claims priority, application Canada, June 18, 1971, 86141
Int.CI.A62ci//02
U.S. CI. 239-397 9 Ctaims
The spray device comprises an elongated metal body having
at one end a discharge nozzle and at the other end an integral
internally threaded inlet fitting adapted to be detachably cou-
pled to a conventional external threaded outlet fittmg such as
provided on a garden hose Intermediate its ends the body has
a hand grip portion. The body is enclosed in sealed relation in
an imperforate, heat msulating, flexible, vinyl plastisol jacket
which extends from adjacent the nozzle to and beyond the
inlet fitting The portion of the jacket which extends beyond
the inlet fitting is in the form of a shield of larger internal
diameter than the inlet fitting and extends beyond the inlet
fitting a distance such that when the hose fitting is screwed
into the inlet fitting, the joint therebetween is withm and fully
surrounded by the shield so that hot water or dangerous
chemicals bemg fed to the spray device and escaping at the
joint is prevented from striking the operator.
The jacket is soft enough to absorb shocks when the device
strikes hard objects.
Apparatus for dispensing liquid in a plurality of spray pat-
terns includes an aerosol container having an upwardly
directed valve stem mounted on its top. An overcap is fitted
over the top of the aerosol container and a spray head having a
plurality of nozzle outlet apertures, each corresponding to a
different predetermined spray pattern is mounted to said over-
cap for rotational indexing motion and for rectilinear valve ac-
tuation motion. THe spray head includes a plurality of inlet
ports each communicating with an associated outlet aperture.
The inlet ports lie in equally spaced relation to the pivotal axis
of the spray head such that when the spray head is indexed to
select a desired spray pattern, one of said inlet ports is brought
into alignment with the valve stem of the aerosol container.
When the spray head is depressed, the valve stem and the inlet
port aligned therewith are brought into fluid communication
with one another and the valve stem is actuated to permit
escape of the contents of the container through the desired
nozzle outlet thus producing the spray pattern desired.
3,711,029
SPRAY NOZZLE
Lawrence D. Bartlett, Route 2, Hartford, Ky.
Filed April 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,556
Int.CI.A62ci//02
U.S. CI. 239-394 16 Claims
A nozzle assembly including a rotary selector head provided
with a plurality of integral nozzle tips which are selectively in-
3,711,031
VALVE BUTTON
Ronald F. Ewald, 2700 Cardinal Drive, Rolling Meadows, III.
ContinuaUon-in-pari of Ser. No. 727,5 1 1 , May 8, 1 968, Pat.
No. 3,570,770. This application Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No.
74,770
Int.CI. B05b//i4
U.S. CI. 239— 60 1 3 Claims
A self-cleaning spray button designed especially for use on
aerosol valves for spraying starch. The discharge passageway
within the button comprises an inlet from the valve stem lead-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
947
ing into an annular expansion chamber which connected with
a swirl chamber just behind the discharge outlet. Additionally,
3,711,034
SHREDDER FOR DOCUMENTS AND THE LIKE
Adolf Ehinger, Goethestrasse 10, D-7460 Balingen, Germany
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,061
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 27, 1969, P 19
54 009.1
Int. CI. B02c/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 241-100 8 Claims
4'
the orifice land of the terminal orifice tapers outwardly
thereby restricting the diameter of the spray pattern.
3,711,032
FLOTATION OF LATERITIC NICKEL ORES
David Weston, 34 Parkwood Avenue, Toronto, OnUrio,
Canada
Filed Oct. 24, 1969. Ser. No. 869,375
Claims priority, application Canada, Dec. 13, 1968, 037788
Int. CI. B02c 15\00; B03d 1102
U.S.CI.241-20 10 Claims
A process for the beneficiation of nickel bearing laterite
ores by means of froth flotation wherein a dispersed pulp of
the ore is conditioned with a fatty acid type collecting agent
either at an elevated pH to produce, following flotation, an en-
riched flotation tailing or at a reduced pH to produce, follow-
ing flotation, an enriched flotation concentrate.
3.711,033
GRANULATOR
SUnley T. Gotham. Somerset, Mass.. assignor to Cumberland
Engineering Company Inc., Pawtucket, R.I.
Filed March 18, 1971. Ser. No. 125,502
Int. CI. B02c 18112
U.S. CI. 241-47 15 Claims
:t^- J
An upper cover portion is superimposed upon a lower hous-
ing portion of a shredder for documents and the like The
housing portion is adapted to receive shredded documents
through an upper inlet therein and the upper cover portion is
adapted to contain a shredding unit and has an outlet through
which shredded materials can enter the inlet of the housing
portion. Means mounts the cover portion on the housing por-
tion in such a manner that is is pivotably displaceable relative
thereto between an operative position in which the outlet re-
gisters with the inlet and an inoperative position in which the
outlet is upwardly displaced relative to and out of registry with
the inlet so as to expose the same. Further means may be pro-
vided to assist such displacement, in form of springs or the
like, and also to counterbalance the weight of the portions
during displacement.
3,711,035
FILAMENT WINDING APPARATUS
Howard J. Tatum, Harrington Park. N.J.; Nils A.
Tappan. and John Braun, Westbury, both of N.Y.
to The Population Council, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,096
Int. CI. B21f/ 7/00
U.S.CL 242-7.01
Jernberg,
, assignors
11 Claims
A granulating machine in which the rotor turns on a vertical
axis and has teeth cooperating with vertically mounted sta-
tionary teeth to comminute material fed into the top of the
granulator. In a preferred form, the rotor is movable vertically
with respect to the stationary teeth to change the amount of
cutting engagement of the rotor teeth with the stationary
teeth. Suction means are provided for removing comminuted
material at the base of the rotor.
An apparatus for winding a filament on a straight shank of
an intrauterine device includes a rotaUbly driven chuck to
which one end of the lUD is clamped. The straight shank of
948
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
the lUD is snapped into a notch formed on one end of a bar
slidably impaled on a guide spar. The other end of the bar has
a threaded semi-cyHndrical groove which engages a rotating
threaded rod to cause axial translation of the bar relative to
the shank. A slot, communicating with the notch in which the
shank is held, is cut into the bar to guide the filament onto the
shank in a uniform helix as the chuck and the rod are rotated.
3,711.036
FISHING REEL
Thomas C. Spraggins, Star Route Box 41P. Destin, Fla.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971. Ser. No. 108,714
int. CI. AOlk 59/00
U.S. CI. 242-84.1 R
3 Claims
native preferred embodiment of the gearing means has the
disc gear mounted for rotation with the reel and has a stationa-
ry tooth associated with the frame for engaging the disc gear
as it is rotated thereby to incrementally rotate the blocking
means correspondingly between positions. A retainer means
may be provided for preventing rotation of the disc gear ex-
cept as a result of engagement with the tooth.
3,711,038
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
Wilbur M. Van Otteren, San Rafael, Calif., assignor to Auto-
matic Tube Co., San Rafael, Calif.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,793
Int.CI.B65g5//04
U.S. CI. 243—2 5 Claims
A fishing reel adapted to be used as a holder for slack line
ahead of the main reel. The reel comprises a line pick up bail
designed, upon a tug on the bait at the end of the line, auto-
matically to snap to a free running position relative to the
spool, permitting line thereon to pay out.
3,711,037
DEAD ZONE MECHANISM FOR AND INERTIA LOCKING
RETRACTOR
Hans Jakob, Sherman Oaks, Calif., assignor to American
Safety Equipment Corporation, Encino. Calif.
Filed Aprils, 1971, Ser. No. 131.125
Int. CI. A62b 35100
U.S.CI. 242— 107.4 12 Claims
In a pneumatic tube transport system the direction of air
pressure from a single blower is reversed to slow down a carri-
er at a terminal station. Controls automatically operate an air
shifter to switch the blower connection from pressure to
vacuum and then to a low positive pressure as the carrier ap-
proaches a terminal station and operates oppositely for
reverse carrier travel. The invention is particularly adapted for
large carrier systems and includes improved station structure
for insuring carrier closure and locking.
3,711,039
PNEUMATIC LEADING EDGE FLAP FOR AN AIRCRAFT
WING
Varnell L. James. Enumclaw, Wash., assignor to The Boeing
Company, Seattle, Wash.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,000
Int. CI. B64c i/46
U.S. CI. 244—44 6 Claims
The dead zone mechanism has gearing means for moving a
blocking means correspondingly between blocking and
release positions in response to an initial extension of the belt
to provide a dead zone wherein the inertia locking mechanism
is blocked from locking although the belt is withdrawn at a
rate of acceleration above a predetermined locking rate of ac-
celeration. The preferred embodiment of the gearing means
includes a shaft gear on the belt reel shaft, a gear set on an axle
parallel with the shaft and having one gear meshing with the
shaft gear and the other gear meshing with a disc gear on the
blocking means, said shaft gear and the gear of the set which
meshes therewith having different numbers of teeth whereby
rotation of the shaft by extension of the belt rotates the
blocking means correspondingly between positions. The alter-
This invention comprises an expandable pneumatic leading
edge flap for an aircraft wing that increases the C^ (coefficient
of lift) thereof A thin flexible titanium membrane extends
from the stagnation point of the leading edge Hap rearwardly
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
949
along the back surface of the nap to a roller assembly housed
within the wing leading edge portion, and an inflatable bag
housed within a suitable recess in the lower leading edge por-
tion of the airfoil and enclosed by the leading edge flap when
retracted. During high speed flight the bag is deflated and the
membrane is stretched taunt so as to define a clean
aerodynamic leading edge. When increased lift is desired, the
bag is inflated causing the membrane to be unrolled to form an
expanded leading edge flap for the wing.
speeds, respectively. The control system is particularly suited
for rotary wing aircraft and permits pilots to fly along
3,711,040
OUTBOARD MISSILE CONTROL SURFACE AND
ACTUATOR
August B. Carver, Wheaton, Md., assignor to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed April 20, 1971, Ser. No. 135,737
IntCI.F42b/5//6, /5/02
U^.CL 244-3.21 6 Claims
The present invention comprises a control surface actuation
system capable of disposition within a restricted volume. The
present actuation system and control surface is disposed out-
board of the missile due to space limitations imposed by an
unusually large nozzle diameter. The system comprises four
independent electro-hydraulic actuators of the push-push con-
figuration for driving four aerodynamic control surfaces ar-
ranged in cruciform and disposed at the aft end of the missile.
The actuation system arrangement allows passage of the mis-
sile through existing launchers having typical volume
restraints.
3,711,041
Patent Not Issued For This Number
prescribed flight paths in a precise manner with relatively low
work load.
3,711,043
GROUNDWHEELS FOR AIRCRAFT
Alan Cameron-Johnson. St. Albans, England, assignor to
Hawker Siddley Aviation Limited. Kingston-upon-Thames,
Surrey, England
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,871
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 13, 1969,
50,216/69
Int. CI. B64c 25100
U.S.CL 244-50 11 Claims
27 X ?S
3,711.042
AIRCRAFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Paul S. Rempfer. Heath, Ohio; Alan J. Robertson, Topsfield;
Lloyd E. Stevenson. Wakefield, and Joseph S. Koaol. Jr.,
Newtonvllle. aU of Mass., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed July 13. 1970. Ser. No. 54,271
Int.CI.B64cyJ//S
U.S.CL 244-77 D 10 Claims
An aircraft control system, particularly suited to rotary wing
aircraft, in which longitudinal acceleration and course rate
commands are derived from a manual control stick to control
translational velocity of the aircraft along a flight path. In the
collective channel the manual controls provide vertical
velocity commands. In the yaw channel the manual controls
provide sideslip or heading rate commands at high or low air-
An aircraft wheel drive unit has a fluid-pressure-operated
motor housed within the wheel and two planetary gear stages
housed in a gearbox outboard of the motor, the final dnve
being transmitted from a ring gear of the second gear stage,
which is inboard of the first stage, to the wheel through an out-
put drive quill coupled, through a disc-type clutch if desired,
to a flanged final drive member bolted to the wheel. The gear
box and the motor are supported from the wheel by a bearing
assembly within the flanged final dnve member and surround-
ing the inner end of the gearbox. The motor has a torque
coupling to the end of the non-rotary wheel axle to prevent
rotation of the motor stator and gearbox. Structural integrity
is given to the wheel-supporting assembly by providing a struc-
tural connection from an extension of the motor body to a
spider secured within the gearbox through a non-rotary planet
gear cage of the second gear stage.
3 71 1,044
AUTOMATIC INTERFACE CONTROL SYSTEM
Dan S. Matulich, Rolling Hills. Calif., assignor to The Garrett
Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed March 17. 1971, Ser. No. 125,158
Int. CI. B64d/i/0S, 165/5
U.S.CI.244-118P ^ 9 Claims
An automatic interface control system is provided for use
between an aircraft environmenul control system and a two
950
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
spool auxiliary power unit. In response to the requirements of
the environmental control system, the speed of one of the aux-
position to the target. When the missile is launched, a source
of pulsating, radiant energy on the rear of the missile is de-
tected by a guidance unit at the sight. The guidance unit
produces steering commands related to the deviation of the
missile from the line-of-sight. Means interconnecting the
guidance unit and the missile transmits the guidance signals to
the missile to direct it along the line-of-sight. This guidance
unit to missile connection may be wires which unreel from the
missile as it proceeds towards its target.
iliary power unit spools is controlled by the interface control
system.
3,711,045
KITES
Raymond Prunty Holland, Jr., 1702 West Third Street,
Rosweil, N. Mex.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,277
lnt.CI. B64cJ//06
U.S. a. 244— 1 53 R 5 Claims
A box kite employs narrow lifting bands producing im-
proved flight performance and flight stability, and lighter
structural loading, permitting efficient use of round-sectioned
body members and channel fittings achieving a simple yielding
structure which prevents breakage and is inexpensively manu-
factured and easily assembled and disassembled. The con-
struction is suitable for modular arrangement having several
individual kites attached abreast.
3,711,046
AUTOMATIC MISSILE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
HamiKon Barhydt, 8211 Billowvista Drive, Playa del Rey,
Calif., and Spencer D. Howe. 7954 Stewart Avenue, Los An-
geles, Calif.
Filed Oct. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 870,077
Int. CI. F42b 15/04; F41g 7/02, 7/14
U.S.CI.244— 3.12 23 Claims
^^h
T
f * -^-
ERRATUM
For Class 248—330 sec:
Patent No. 3,711,021
3,711,047
ROCK DRILL POSITIONING MACHINE
Paul C. O'Leary, Sah Lake City, Utah, assignor to Bradley Pul-
verizer Company, Allentown, Pa., a part interest
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,889
Int. CI. E21c 9/00, 5/05
U.S. CI. 248-2 13 Claims
r^fe' ■ '^^^^'"^^iip??^'^
__:::c.J,
A mount for a standard rock drill and feed unit is pivotally
attached to the work end of a boom, which is swingably at-
tached to preferably a rotary mount of unique type for posi-
tioning and holding such rock drilling unit at any selected lo-
cation around a complete drilling circle whose size is deter-
mined by the extent of offset of the drill-carrying end of the
boom from the axis of rotation of the rotary mount. The
means swingably attaching the boom to the rotary mount is
unique, in that it functions as a lever, utilizing a link or links
and gearing attached to the held end of the boom to automati-
cally advance or retract such boom longitudinally by proper
amounts to maintain the drill-carrying end of the boom within
a given transverse plane extending at right angles to the axis of
rotation of the rotary mount, rather than within what would
otherwise be an arcuate path of travel transversely of such
axis. The machine also preferably includes a unique hydraulic
pantograph arrangement for automatically maintaining the
drilling unit mount at a given angle to the work throughout
positioning movement of the boom The special rotary mount
utilizes power cylinders of standard leak-free type, together
with gearing, to exert positive holding action on the boom at
off-vertical positions. The special hydraulic pantograph util-
izes slave piston and cylinder units to transmit hydraulic pres-
sures generated by operation of the boom to hydraulic means
for rotating the drilling unit mount about its pivot axis at the
work end of the boom.
The automatic missile guidance system comprises a sight
with which a gunner establishes a line-of-sight from the gun
3,711,048
DISPLAY HOLDER FOR ARTIFICIAL FLOWERS AND
THE LIKE
David R. Thalenfeld, 162-41 PoweUs Cove Blvd., Beechurst,
N.Y.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,525
Int. CI. A47f 5/00
U.S. CI. 248-309 5 Claims
The invention is directed to a novel and improved display
device, for use particulariy in the display for sale of artificial
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
951
n « Th. npu, di^nlav device tvoicallv of molded plastic tions that enable it to be attached on the one hand to the body
I'st^^cLn^ provS g^i/^'r^c^ the advanta^geous or chassis of an automobile and on the other hand to a pipe
support of artificial flowers affording attractive display and
convenient handling. The new device readily accommodates
the simultaneous display of upright, straight-stemmed flowers
as well as so-called "droopers" and "hangers."
3,711,049
MECHANICAL LOAD LIMITER FOR POWER LINES
Roland K. Grannis, San Mateo, Calif., assignor to Pacific Utili-
ties Supply Co., San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Dec. 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 206,322
Int.CI.H02g7//«
U.S. CI. 248-64 10 Claims
clamp in a wide variety of arrangements thereby standardizing
the pipe mounting structures and consequently reducing the
cost thereof. .
3,711,051
SELF LOCKING ELEMENTS
Billy Hebden, Rossendale, England, assignor to Silentnight
Limited, Lancashire, England
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16.040
Int.CI. F16m////6
U.S. CI. 248-188 3 Claims
A self locking nut of U-shape with one limb longer than the
other. The short limb is shaped as a barb while the long limb is
provided with a screw-threaded aperture raised out of the sur-
face of the limb by a flexible border which, in use, deforms so
as to lock a bolt passed through the aperture against return
movement. *
A limiter is fixed at one end to a power line tower, or pole
arm and at the other to an insulator attached to a power line
Movement of the line beyond a predetermined limit in either
direction causes the limiter to release the insulator, dropping
the line and preventing damage to the tower. In one modifica-
tion angular movement of the insulator upsets a toggle held m
position by a latch in such manner that a cam surface attached
to the insulator lifts the latch as the insulator pivots beyond a
predetermined angle. The cam shape determines the angle
which causes unlatching. In another modification, the
horizontal component of the force on the tower is resisted by a
spring-loaded lever system; and when the force exceeds a
predetermined amount, the spring releases the lever system
and the insulator is released.
3,711,052
SUPPORTHANGER FOR INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE
Kenneth C. Hoffman. Vicksburg, Miss., assignor to Westing-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 28, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 10,422
Int.CI.F21ri/02
U.S. CI. 248-201 6 Claims
3,711,050
UNIVERSAL TAILPIPE BRACKET
David A. Case, Prior Lake, Minn., assignor to Tenneco Inc.,
Rttcinc WLs.
Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,955
Int.CI.F16IJ//0
U.S. CI. 248-74 R 9 Claims
A specially shaped bracket, designed for use in the mount-
ing of automotive tailpipes or exhaust pipes, has flange sec-
A support hanger for mounting and supporting each end of
an intenor lighting fixture well above the ceiling supporting
952
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
frame, in a vaulted type ceiling. The support hanger includes a
pair of upstanding, converging, substantially inverted L-
shaped members joined at their upper bend by a cross brace
and joined adjacent the bottom ends by an offset, elongated,
inverted U-shaped cross brace. The downwardly directed fin-
gers of the elongated, inverted U-shaped cross brace coact
with the bottom ends of the inverted L-shaped members to
mount the hanger on the ceiling support T-bars while the
horizontally projecting ends of the inverted L-shaped mem-
bers engage a bracket on the luminaire to thereby support the
luminaire above the ceiling level.
the piston rod of the fluid spring member extending
downwardly and being mounted with lateral play at its lower
3,711,053
TELESCOPING WALL MOUNTING BRACKET FOR
ELECTRICAL RACKS
King B. Drake, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Dracon Indus-
tries, Chatsworth, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 814,723. April 9, 1969, abandoned,
which is a continuation of Ser. No. 634,3 13, April 27,1 967,
Pat. No. 3,468,429. This application Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No.
90,838
Int. CI. H47f 7100
U.S. CI. 248-298 6 Claims
The telescoping wall mounting bracket comprises a foot
adapted to be wall-secured, to which is permanently fixed the
smaller of two telescoping members. The larger telescoping
member surrounds the smaller, and telescopic extension is
limited by cables attached between the members. The larger
member is securable into an electrical rack structure, or into
supporting means therefor so that the rack structure can be
moved away from or toward the wall upon which it is mounted
for access to the rear thereof or general adjustment of the spa-
tial separation of the structure relative to the wall.
end in the base of a guide tube forming another part of the said
column.
3,711,055
EQUALIZING STUB AXLE LINKAGE SUSPENSION
Roger T. Schultz, Los Altos; Jack M. Vickland, Palo Alto, and
Raymond E. Sickler, Los Altos, all of CaiiL, assignors to
Phiico Ford Corp., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed March 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,310
Int. CI. B6If J/00, B61j ///2, HOlg i/04 ^
U.S. CI. 248-425 •* Claims
A load-bearing apparatus for rail-mounted satellite tracking
, antennas, or other massive structures, which apparatus utilizes
a four bar wheel-supporting linkage to maximize the area of
contact between the supporting wheels and the rail, and hence
to minimize the contact stresses between such wheels and rail.
3,711,054
CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE LIFTING DEVICES
Fritz Bauer, 14 Schulzstrasse, D-8503 Altdorf near Nu-
remberg, Germany
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 881,436, Dec. 2, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,656,593. This application June 19, 1970, Ser. No.
47,846
Claims priority, application Germany, June 19, 1969, P 19
31012.4
InL CI. A47b 95100; A61g 15100
U.S. CI. 248—400 6 Claims
A device for the stepless height adjustment of the seat sur-
face member of a chair, stool or the like using a fiuid spring
member with a tubular housing which simultaneously serves as
a part of the supporting column of the chair, stool or the like.
3,711,056
SEAT-ADJUSTING MECHANISM, ESPECIALLY FOR
VEHICLE SEATS
Gunter Gmeiner, Sindelfingen, and Christian Grabner,
Maichingen, both of Germany, assignors to Daimler-Benz
Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Untertuerkheim, Germany
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,812
Claims priority, application Germany, July 22, 1969, G 69
28 888.6
Int.CLF16m/i/00
U.S. CI. 248-429 ^ Claims
A seat-adjusting mechanism, particularly for vehicle seats,
in which a seat frame is movably arranged in the vehicle lon-
gitudinal direction by slide members displaceable in guide
rails and in which the fixing of the preselected seat position
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
953
takes place by an engageable toothed arrangement; the slide and a resistor. The rectifier •« poled so as to block the current
members of 7ne guide fail abut at least within the lower area produced m said shunt branch by the volUge mduced m the
The'eof at the walls surrounding the same and the clearance inductor on decay of the magnetic fiux m the inductor T.me-
between the upper edge of the slide members and the upper
wall of the guide rails is compensated for by a spring-loaded
cam rotatably supported between the slide members at the
side walls of the seat frame.
delayed switching means responsive to a fiow of welding cur-
rent are provided for reducing the conductivity of the shunt
branch from a first level to a second level (which may be
zero).
3,711,057 3,711,059
HEAVY DUTY SEAT ADJUSTER GIRDLING SYSTEM FOR CONCRETE SHUTTERING
Thomas O. Marx, Rockton, III., assignor to Atwood Vacuum ^aurenz Kistler, Chamerstr. 117, Zug, Switzerland
Machine Company, Rockford, 111. Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108.771
Filed Dec. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 101,804 Claims priority, application Germany. Jan. 23, 1970, P 20
Int.CI. B60n//0«
U.S. CI. 248—430
10 Claims
03 106.5
U.S. CL 249-219 R
Int. CLE04g// /50
12 Claims
This seat adjuster is useful interchangeably as either a right
or left-hand unit, thus eliminating the necessity for providing
two slightly different units to form a pair. The latch in each
unit is of elongated form and slidably guided at opposite ends
in registering holes in the opposite side walls of an inverted
channel bracket carried on the upper movable slide so as to
operate crosswise relative to a lower fixed track channel m
slots provided in registering relation in the opposite side walls
thereof. A channel portion intermediate the ends of the latch
has the edge portions of its side walls engaging in neighboring
notches provided in evenly spaced relation along one side of
the aforesaid slots, thus providing four points of interiocking
engagement as against only two in previous constructions. The
latch has compression springs caged under preload on its op-
posite ends on extensions of the web portion of the channel
between attaching brackets staked onto the ends of the exten-
sions and washers slidably guided on the extensions and
abutting the opposite side walls of the fixed lower track chan-
nel, so the latch is normally held in locked position under
balanced spring pressure but can be pulled endwise in either
direction to unlocked position in which elongated notches in
the upper edges of the side walls of the channel register with
the one set of notches in one of the slotted side walls of the
fixed lower track while the one end of the channel also comes
clear of the other set of notches in the other side wall of the
fixed lower track.
3,711,058
APPARATUS FOR INDUCTOR CURRENT CONTROL IN
ELECTRIC ARC WELDING
Klas Bertil Weman, Laxa, Sweden, assignor to Elektriska Svet-
sningsaktiebolaget, Gothenburg, Sweden ,
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 103,982
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 14, 1970, 386/70
Int.CLB23k9//0
U.S. CL 219-131 WR 5 Claims
A D.C. arc welding current contains an inductor connected
in parallel with a shunt branch containing a half-wave rectifier
A bar unit, formed of longitudinal interconnected strips of
spaced angled profiles, leaving a front longitudinal unob-
structed slit, and a back slit, broken by cross straps but per-
mitting manual access to the back of the bar unit, has braces,
adapted to be secured to concrete form or mold boards at-
tached thereto by brace clamps which contain screw-clamping
elements, the clamp elements penetrating through the front
slit to provide clamping pressure against the front faces of the
profile. The profiles are interconnected, or connectable to
further brace clamps, by means of inserted coupling bars, tele-
scopically receivable in the bar unit, and held therein by
coupling clamps utilizing counter plates pressing the coupling
bars against the profiled faces of the strips of the bar unit, to
form a rigid, interconnectable structure, which is longitu-
dinally adjustable and on which the form braces can be
placed, as desired, and in accordance with load requirements.
3,711,060
ZONE CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
Richard Weinstein, Evanston, III., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1 2, 1970, Ser. No. 80,01 1
Int. CI. F16k 5//00
U.S.CL251-11 10 Claims
Valve assembly for zone control valves of the type em-
ployed in hydronic temperature control systems. The valve in-
corporates a control unit which can readily be separated from
the valve structure without emptying fiuid from the system.
An improved sealing structure provides the valve itself and al-
954
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
lows the separation noted above. In this way, the control unit
and the valve seals can be replaced readily in the field, are
municating the expandable gasket means to the exterior of the
valve body, and means exterior of the valve body for applymg
\ in n
■ -«
'^^'
M
long-lived and capable of continuous trouble-free usage.
Variations in the control of the heating system are also shown.
3,711,061
SHOCK WAVE GENERATOR
E. Marston Moffatt, Glastonbury, Conn., assignor to United
Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 190,502
Int.CI.F16kJ///2
U.S. CI. 251-29 4 Claims
Sy^ kf'^
hydraulic pressure to expand the expandable gasket means
into sealing contact with the gate member.
3,711,063
ANTI-REVERSE FLOW VALVE
John L. Gibbs, 14820 Miami Lakeway East, and James W.
Gibbs, 8027 West 14th Avenue, both of Hialeah, Fla.
Filed Oct. 8, 197 1, Ser. No. 187,754
Int.CI.F16ki//50
U.S. CI. 251-276 2 Claims
Apparatus for generating a shock front includes a fluidically
actuated projectile-like valve member for rapidly opening and
closing fluid passages between a reservoir within the valve
member and a tube or pipe in which the shock wave is to be
generated Also, an improved fluid snap-valve is driven by a
dual-surfaced piston having a high pressure on a smaller sur-
face and a lower pressure on an oppositely-acting larger sur-
face; increase of pressure on the larger surface snaps the
piston to open the valve in a toggle-like fashion.
3,711,062
EXPANDABLE SEAL GATE VALVE
Creal E. Kirk wood, 1423 South 103rd East Avenue, Tulsa,
Okla.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,1 14
Int. CI. F16k 25/00
U.S.CL 251-172 2 Claims
Improved means for effecting sealing between the body
sealing surface and the gate member of a valve in which the
gate member is positionable against a body sealing surface, the
body sealing surface having an annular groove therein, the im-
provement including expandable gasket means positioned in
the annular groove, a pressure passageway in the body com-
An anti-reverse flow valve for bibcocks, hose bibs, faucets
and the like having a pair of telescopically mounted valve
stems, the outer valve stem having an axially disposed bore
forming a guide for the inner valve stem, the latter having lon-
gitudinally disposed grooves on its periphery preventing the
creation of a vacuum in the bore upon the sliding movement
of the inner valve stem The bore receives a coil spring which
yieldingly urges the main valve mounted on the inner valve
stem to seat on an elevated valve seat whereby upon threading
the outer valve stem to open the main valve, the pressure of
water causes the inner valve stem to slide inwardly of the outer
valve stem against the coil spring pressure and permit the
discharge of water therethrough. Upon the loss of water pres-
sure the coil spring causes the main valve having a peripheral
depending skirt portion to be brought to seat instantaneously
on the elevated valve seat with the skirt portion engaging the
base of the valve seat to prevent a reverse flow of water.
3,711,064
PIPE PUSHER
John J. Klelczewski, 4018 Zuck Road, Erie, Pa.
Filed Feb. 1,1971, Ser. No. 111,191
int. CI. E2 lb/ 9/00
U S. CI. 254 29 R 5 Claims
A pipe pusher made up of two parallel side members defin-
ing a space therebetween, spacers holding the side members in
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
955
spaced relation with each other, parallel opposed slots on the
inner sides of said frames, a cylinder backup member adapted
to be removably received in each pair of said slots, the hydrau-
lic cylinder having one end connected to said backup plate
gearing adapted to transmit drive from said operating spindle
to a flared circular lower part of said rotatable sub-casing, said
gearing including two output gear wheels engaging diametrally
opposite regions of a toothed ring formed within said fiared
circular lower portion of said rotatable sub-casing.
Preferably the gearing is arranged to drive the output gear
wheels in two ratios of say 3.5 ; 1 and 11 : I selectable on
rotating the operating spindle in opposite directions.
and its piston rod connected to means for connecting to a pipe
to be pushed. The frames have a wall engaging member on one
end so that when the pipe is connected to said piston rod and
said plate engages a vertical wall, the pipe may be pushed
through ground such as under driveways and the like.
33b 33q
3,711,066
SNAP LOCK PLASTIC FENCING
Leo P. Niemiec, 5627 Emerson, Morton Grove, III.
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,625
Int.CI.E04h/7//4
U.S.CI. 256— 19
2 Claims
3,711,065
MARINE WINCH
Christopher John Lawrence, 98 The Arches, Ravenscourt
Place, London, England
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,484
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 9, 1970,
6,170/70
Int.CI. B66d//J0
U.S. CI. 254- 1 50 R ^ Claims
\
«
4
«^
5 T^^z
An integral plastic fence section having an expansive main
body with a plurality of stake members projecting downwardly
from a lower edge and adapted to be driven into the ground.
The opposite side edges of the section have hinge members
that releasably snap together and that cooperate with each
other to provide for rotational movement of adjacent inter-
connected fence sections about the hinge axis to provide for a
variety of alignments of multiple connected sections.
3,711,067
EXTRUDING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT
Lloyd Kovacs, Somerset, N.J., assignor to Midland-Ross Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 105,010
Int. CI. B29f i/02.i/0S
U.S.CI.259-191 10 Claims
This invention relates to a marine winch for hauling sheets,
lifts, halyards and analogous tackle.
The invention provides a winch having a circular main cas-
ing adapted to be fixed to a deck, a winch drum rotatable
about the axis of an upper generally cylindrical turret of said
casing, first unidirectional clutch means operatively located
between the drum and the turret and permitting relative rota-
tion between the drum and the turret in one direction only; a
circular sub-casing having an upper sleeve portion extending
through and coaxial with said turret, said sub-casing being
rotatable about the axis of the turret, second unidirectional
clutch means operatively located between the sleeve and the
drum and permitting relative rotation between said sleeve and
said from in one direction of rotation only, an operating spin-
dle located axially of the turret and rotatable relative thereto.
Equipment including material-forwarding and mixing facili-
ties arranged in tandem with respect to the direction of flow of
a potentially thermoplastic material to achieve a high degree
of homogenization of the heat content and composition of the
discharged product. The mixing facility occurs downstream
from the material-propulsion facility and is constructed to ef-
fect multitudinous channeling in conjunction with working of
the material resulting from friction between the material and
the inner surface of a barrel surrounding the mixing facility.
The mixing facility may be rotated to promote the action by
barrel on the material.
956
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,068
CARBURETOR FLEL METERING VALVE
John C. Perry, 6248 Farmdale Avenue, North Hollywood,
Calif.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75.486
Int. CI. F02m 9108
L'.S. CI. 261-41 B 4 Claims
velocity in the emulsion passage is high and prevents the dis-
creet formation of plugs of fuel and air.
3,711,070
FOAM-TYPE APPARATUS FOR CARRYING OUT HEAT
AND MASS TRANSFER PROCESSES
Sergei Fedotovich Khokhlov, Dnepropetrovsk; Viktor
Petrovich Yakovin. Severodonetsk; Petr Ivanovich Sysoev,
Severodonetsk, and Valery Pavlovich Egorov,
Severodonetsk, all of U.S.S.R., assignors to Severodonetsky
Ordena Lenina Khimichesky Kombinat, Severodonetsk Lu-
ganskoi Oblasti, U.S.S.R.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,826
Int.CI. B05b7//0
U.S.CI.261-79A 1 Claim
A carburetor fuel metering valve having slidably interfitting
relatively rotatable valve sleeves with a pair of circum-
ferentiaily overlapping primary fuel metering ports whose
overlap area is progressively increased to increase fuel flow
through the valve upon relative rotation of the valve sleeves
from idling to high speed positions and a pair of high speed
fuel metering ports which enter into overlapping relation upon
relative rotation of the valve sleeves to high speed position to
increase high speed fuel flow through the valve, and a high
speed fuel adjustment valve for adjusting the fuel flow through
the metering valve independently of the fuel metering ports in
the high speed setting of the valve sleeves and without altering
the metering port areas.
3,711,069
HIGH VELOCITY CARBURETOR IDLE SYSTEM
Laszio Hideg. Dearborn Heights, and Irving N. Bishop,
Farmington, both of Mich., assignors to the Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Aug. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 850,456
Int. CI. F02m 3108
U.S. CI. 261-41 D 9 Claims
Apparatus for effecting heat and mass transfer processes
comprises a vertical array of plate-like members each con-
stituted of a pipe wound in the form of a conical coil with in-
termediate spaces between the turns thereof. The liquid to be
processed flows downwardly through the plate-like members
from one plate-like member to the next and the gas to be
processed flows upwardly through the spaces between the
turns of the coil. A foam is formed on each plate-like member
and this foam is distributed to the next lower member via a
vertically extending conical member tapering downwardly and
projecting into a downwardly tapering conical overflow vessel.
The conical member and overflow vessel are disposed just
below each plate-like member at the center thereof.
3,711,071
HUMlDinER
NIkodem N. Urbanowicz, 151 Albion Street, Brantford, On-
tario, Canada
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 59,487, July 30, 1970,
abandoned. This application June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,488
Int. CL BOH J/04
U.S.CL 261-92 13 Claims
The idle system has separate idle air and idle air/fuel
passages. The air passage is branched from the air-bome air
inlet portion of the main induction passage and its opposite
end opening is straddled by the throttle valve in its idle posi-
tion A fuel and air mixing chamber is closely adjacent the idle
fuel jet so as to mix the air and fuel in a short period. The fuel
and air emulsion passage is of constant cross sectional area,
and small and essentially of the same flow area as the orificed
outlet of the mixing chamber so as not to noticeably decrease
the velocity of the mixture in the emulsion passage. The
A device for controllably increasing the relative vapor con-
tent, particularly the humidity of a gas comprising, a body hav-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
957
ing a chamber with a sump in the lower portion, means for ad-
mitting fluid opening into said sump, disc means in said
chamber rotatable with a sector of its marginal edge in said
sump, means for rotating said disc at a speed which is suffi-
ciently high to nebulize fluid within said chamber by the
agitating action of the rotating disc member so as to increase
the relative humidity of a gas passing through the chamber,
inlet means opening into said chamber for admitting gas to
said chamber and outlet means opening out of said chamber
for withdrawing gas therefrom, said inlet and outlet means
being disposed on opposite sides of said disc member.
3,711,074
HEAT EXCHANGER APPARATUS
Philip Crawford Sugg, Redhill, England, assignor to Thorn
Heating Limited, Crawley, Sussex, England
FiledJan. 25, 1971,Ser. No. 109,437
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 28, 1970,
25,730/70
Int. CI. F23I 75/04
U.S.CL 263— 20 12 Claims
3,711,072
APPARATUS FOR OXYGENATION OF LIQUIDS
David B. Waldenville, P.O. Box No. 231 -West, Oklahoma City,
Okla.
Filed April 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,307
lnt.CLBOlfi/04
U.S.CL261-122 6 Claims
*/>
^60
SS.
'Si
7b'
Tir
71
■90
'70
7?
''9*
Apparatus for large volume oxygenation of water and the
like, such apparatus being connectable to a suitable source of
air or oxygen pressure and including distribution means for
releasing air under pressure over a relatively large area within
a sealed enclosure having at least a portion of the enclosure
formed from permeable substance of predetermined porosity
to air pressure such that the air or oxygen is released in finely
divided form into contact with the water to effect oxygenation
thereof.
Heat exchanger apparatus in which heat is transferred
between two moving fluids, one of said fluids being the heating
fluid and the other of said fluids being the fluid to be heated,
which comprises a fir« flow path for said heating fluid, a
second flow path for said fluid to be heated, a rotatable
cylinder separating said first flow path from said second flow
path, and fan or pump means operatively associated with said
first and said second flow paths to promote movement of said
heating fluid relative to one surface of said rotatable cylinder
and to promote movement of said fluid to be heated relative to
the other surface of said rotatable cylinder.
3,711,073
CONTINUOUS PROCESSING FURNACE AND METHOD
OF USING THE SAME
Bing C. Chu, Raleigh, N.C.; David J. Fischer, Corning, N.Y.,
and Hans J. Kunz, Raleigh, N.C., assignors to Corning Glass
Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841.409
Int. CI. F27b 9128
U.S. CI. 263-3 23 Claims
3,711,075
SUPPORTING DEVICE OF ROTARY FURNACES
Georgy Vladimirovich Raevsky; Semen Mikhailovich Biletsky,
and Eduard Jurievich Burmenko, all of Kiev, U.S.S.R., as-
signors to Institut Elektrosvarki Imeni E. O. Patona
Akademli Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR, Kiev, U.S.S.R.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 1,323
Int. CI. F27b 7122
U.S. CI. 263-33 R 5 Chums
25
CONTACTLESS RESISTIVITY
MEASURING EQUIPMENT
A furnace for continuously processing elongated ribbons or
webs of materials such as semiconductors, metals or glasses.
Both ends of a tubular reaction chamber disposed in a heating
system are provided with end caps which accommodate all gas
inlet and outlet connections and which act as gas locks. A mix-
ture of reactant and carrier gas enters the furnace through one
end cap and leaves the furnace through the other. This fur-
nace may be used for such chemical processes as diffusion,
surface oxidation, etching, metallization and other pyrolytic
processes.
A supporting device for a rotary furnace, in which a rod is
loosely passed through two frames respectively carrying rol-
lers which rotatably support the furnace. Support members
are mounted on the rod for contacting the frames to limit rela-
tive longitudinal displacement therebetween and between the
rod and the support members while also causing the rollers to
be tightly pressed against the furnace along their entire line of
contact during the rotation of the furnace.
958
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,076
PIPE CUTTING MACHINE
Fay M. Goetz, 16542 Summerdale. La Mirada, Calif.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 95,162
Int. CI. B23k 7/04
U.S. CI. 266-23 NN
c7t-
3,711,078
PROCESS FOR THE TREATMENT OF THE CRUDE
MIXTURE RESULTING FROM THE PREPARATION OF
AN ADIPONITRILE BY DIMERIZATION
Henri Lefebvre, Jemeppe-sur-Sambre, Belgium, assignor to
7 Claims Solvay & Cie, Brussels, Belgium
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,724
Claims priority, application France, June 16, 1970,
7020040
int.CLC07c/2//26
U.S. CI. 260-465.8 A ^ Claims
A portion of the crude reaction mixture which is obtained
by dimerization of a nitrile with an alkali or alkaline earth
metal amalgam is continuously withdrawn. The withdrawn
portion is separated into an organic liquid phase and a solid
phase composed of the salt formed during the dimerization
reaction or as a result of neutralization after the dimerization.
The salt is washed with propionitrile which has been formed as
a secondary product during the dimerization and the washing
liquid is added to the organic liquid phase. The entire organic
phase is distilled in order to recover each component thereof;
the adiponitrile is recovered and the propionitrile which has
been isolated, is recycled to the salt washing step.
A metal pipe cutting machine for cutting a large diameter
pipe in a circumferential manner by the use of a cutting torch
rolatably supported to travel about the interior surface of the
pipe An adjustable mounting unit for mounting the machine
within the pipe provides for manually decoupling the rotatable
support for the cutting torch from rotatable dnving means
provided for the machine to enable the cutting torch to be
freely rotated dunng the setting-up of the machine within the
pipe This permits the cutting torch to be aligned to travel
about the interior surface of the pipe along a predetermined
circumferential path and held in the aligned position by the
adjustments provided on the mounting unit when the rotatable
support for the cutting torch is manually coupled to the rotata-
ble driving means during the cutting operation of the machine.
3,711,079
STABILIZING MEANS FOR SPRING-MOUNTED CHASSIS
OF WHEELED VEHICLES
Howard P. Mcjunkin, Jr., Lexington, Ky., assignor to Hurst
Performance Inc., Marminster, Pa.
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,694
Inl.CLB60g2//00
U.S. CL 267-1 IR 4 Claims
3,711,077
STABILIZED MOUNTING FOR MOLTEN METAL
VESSELS
Rashed Nairn Nagati. New CasUe. Pa., assignor to Pennsylvania
Engineering Corporation
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,480
Int. CLC21C 5/50
U.S. CI. 266-36 P 11 Claims
i:r~,.
A wheeled vehicle having a live axle suspended on a pair of
leaf springs attached to the chassis employs a unitary stabiliz-
ing bar supported by both springs and in isolated mounting
relation to the chassis frame and to the axle housing.
3,711,080
ENERGY ABSORPTION APPARATUS
Giles A. Kendall, Burbank, Calif., assignor to Menasco Manu-
facturing Company, Burbank, Calif.
Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,796
Int.CLF16f9/J0
U.S.CL 267-1 16 12 Claims
STaow-*
The shell of a vessel which may become red hot when it is
occupied by molten metal is supported inside of a concentric
trunnion ring. A plurality of tangs have their corresponding
ends anchored at circumferentially spaced points around the
top of the trunnion ring. The opposite corresponding ends of
the tangs extend tangentially of the outer periphery of the
shell to which they are fastened. Another aligned set of tang
members is spaced around the bottom of the trunnion ring. In
the bottom set, the tangs make a yielding connection with
their anchoring elements on the bottom of the trunnion ring so
that the bottom set carries no load until the trunnion ring and
shell are tilted.
4-0
30
An energy absorption apparatus including a piston being
movably mounted within a cylinder, a sleeve forming the in-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
959
terior wall of the cylinder and being in contact with the piston,
the sleeve having formed therein a plurality of longitudinal
slots, a compressible solid material located within the cylinder
and capable of passing from one side of the piston to the other
side through the slots.
selected channel portions to delineate a closed boundary.
Bores outside of the boundary are selectively plugged, those
within are not, so that an object covering that delineated area
is sucked onto the fastener plate for holding and positioning.
3,711,081
SEMICONDUCTOR WAFER CHUCK
Rene P. Cachon, Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed March 31. 1970, Ser. No. 24,256
Int. CI. B23q i/0«, B25b / / /OO
U.S.CL 269-21 8 Claims
Additional bores are provided for indexing or bolting auxiliary
holders and mounting elements to the plate. Examples for
such mounting elements are in detail and provided to extend
suction fastening to accomodate particularly contoured
and/or oriented parts to be held.
3,711,083
NEWSPAPER INSERTING MACHINE
Ralph S. Cantrell, Sr.. S 2 Route No. 1, Lake LoUwana. Mo.
Filed March 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,632
Int. CI. B65b 5/30
U.S. CI. 270-55 16 Claims
This patent discloses apparatus for accurately aligning a
semiconductor wafer to a photo mask, the apparatus disclosed
comprising a base and a frame for the apparatus. The base
portion includes a chamber in which is mounted a piston
which is restrained from lateral movement while permitting
vertical reciprocation thereof. In the upper portion of the
piston is a socket which supports a gimbal, the gimbal includ-
ing means for receiving a wafer thereon. Mounted on the
frame is a carriage which includes means for positioning a
mask in superimposed overlapping relation relative to the gim-
bal while clamping the mask to the frame. Also disclosed is
fluid supply means which is connected to the socket so that
the gimbal will float on a cushion, for example, of air. The
piston is provided with elevating means to cause the piston to
raise beyond the point of contact of a wafer mounted on the
gimbal with the mask. Also disclosed is means responsive to
the increase in fluid pressure which results from the contact of
the wafer with the mask for stopping the elevating means and
thus the piston. Thereafter the piston is lowered a preset and
predetermined amount to thereby space the wafer from the
mask permitting adjustment of the base relative to the frame.
Also disclosed is a novel gimbal with a wafer alignment ap-
paratus built in so as to automatically initially position the
wafer in a desired predetermined position on the gimbal.
3,711,082
FASTENING EQUIPMENT WITH LOW PRESSURE
SUCTION
Heinz Seidenfaden, Varel/Oldb., Germany, assignor to
Vereinigte Flugtechnische Werke-Fokker GmbH, Bremen,
Germany
Filed April 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,581
Claims priority, application Germany, May 9, 1969, P 19 23
833.6
Int.CLB25b///00
U.S.CL 269-21 , 16 Claims
A fastener plate, serving as machine tool table top or tor
placement on such a table, is provided with an array of bores
interconnected by open channels. The bores are connected to
a low pressure suction device. Sealing strips are placed in
A newspaper edition is assembled by successively feeding
folded inner sections into each of a series of open outer sec-
tions passing therebeneath in a continuously moving line of
conveying buckets. Each bucket is provided with mechanism
for grabbing the first section fed thereinto to prevent rebound-
ing, a set of vacuum-operated suckers which part the folds of
the section, and a pair of dividing fingers which move as a unit
into the part between the section folds and thence away from
one another to open the section in cooperation with the
suckers. A special vacuum control system which utilizes the
movement of the buckets to effect opening and closing of a se-
ries of vacuum ports alongside the path of travel of the
buckets assures that uninterrupted vacuum pressure is sup-
plied to the suckers of each bucket for a substantial period of
time, and an ejector in each bucket discharges the edition
when the sections thereof have been completely assembled. A
misfeed system senses when the edition of any bucket fails to
receive a section and activates the ejector of such bucket to
discharge the incomplete edition at a special collection point.
3,711,084
APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING A BUNDLE OF PLURAL
SHEETS
Charies H. Hart, Nazareth. Pa., and George R. Cashau. Philip-
sburg. N.J.. assignors to American Newspaper Publishers
Association Research Institute. Incorporated. Easton. Pa.
Filed Oct. 27. 1970. Ser. No. 84,329
Int. CI. B65h 5/iO
U.S. CI. 270-57 3 Claims
Apparatus for separating a bundle of plural sheets of maten-
al such as a folded newspaper including an endless conveyor
960
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
advancing the bundle vertically within a lineal plane. A verti-
cal baffle supporting the newspaper during advancing; a plu-
rality of drive rollers extending through the baffle on either
side of said conveyor, so as to engage the folded sides of said
newspaper and urge the newspaper downwardly upon the con-
veyor, and a pointed probe longitudinally aligned with the
conveyor at the discharge end of said vertical baffle, so as to
3,711,086
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FOLDING LENGTHS
OF MATERIAL
Herman C. Weist, 1860 Arlington Avenue, Louisville, Ky.
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,631
Int.CI.B65h45//S
U.S. CI. 270-83 18 Claims
engage the leading edge of said bundle at the top and separate
said sheets laterally from said vertical plane as they are ad-
vanced.
The apparatus is particularly adapted to separating a
printed newspaper prior to stuffing with inserts such as a TV
guide, classified advertising, book review supplements, and
the like.
3,711,085
FOLDER FOR BUSINESS FORMS
Earnest R. Bunch, Jr., 3050 West Corrine Drive. Phoenix,
Ariz.
Filed Aug. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 67,927
Int. CI. B65h 45/20
U.S. CI. 270-79 11 Claims
Lengths of material, such as plastic bags, fed from a bag
forming machine are individually folded one or more times
prepatory to packaging. Each length of material is wrapped
around spaced and axially opposed vacuum pickup rollers to
form a hollow cylindrical roll on said rollers. The roll is then
bent in half by means of a blunt edge blade disposed with its
longitudinal axis transversely related to the longitudinal axis of
said hollow roll and the hollow roll is pushed in between two
creasing rollers which bring both halves of the cylindrical roll
together and squeeze each half into a flat creased folded por-
tion.
3,711,087
SHEET PILING MACHINE
Velio S. Bucciconi, Gary, Ind.. assignor to Bucciconi Engineer-
ing Co., Inc., Gary, Ind.
FiledFeb. 25, 1971,S€r.No. 118,649
Int.CI.B65hi//04
U.S.CI.271-86 9 Claims
A machine for producing zigzag folds in continuous busi-
ness forms or like strip material The strip material moves over
a horizontal feed roller and then downward between a pair of
opposed endless belt units to an underlying support surface. A
hold-down roller is biased to engage the feed roller, with the
material sandwiched therebetween, immediately above the
point at which the material discharges from the feed roller.
The material, upon engagement with the support surface,
loops alternately in opposite directions beneath the belt units
and between spaced stops, one of which is rounded so as to
allow for a smooth continuous movement of the folded materi-
al therebeyond Material boosting means periodically engage
the looped material immediately prior to engagement with the
stops so as to insure a proper movement thereagainst.
A machine for piling metal sheets having an upnght sup-
porting frame with elongate, overhead, rail-type conveyors ex-
tending between upright end frame members for advancing
the sheets and releasing the same for piling on a hoist which is
disposed between the end frame members and having guide
assemblies engageable by the opposite side edges of the
sheets, as they are dropped onto the pile, so as to bring the
sheet edges into generally vertical alignment as they accumu-
late in a pile The side guide assemblies include longitudinally
extending, generally parallel face plates which are slidably
mounted for limited vertical movement so as to avoid damage
to the guide assemblies in the event the hoist is raised to too
high an elevation so as to apply pressure to the bottom por-
tions of the guide members.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
961
3,711,088
DEVICE FOR ALIGNING SHEETS OF MATERIAL IN
STACKS
Gennaro Salvade, Vaud, Switzerland, assignor to J. Bobst &
Fils S.A., Prilly, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 173,768
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 23, 1970,
14101/70
Int.CLB65hi//J4
U.S.CL 271-89 10 Claims
skis contemplates eccentrically mounting the rollers upon
transverse axles, the forward and rearward rollers of each pair
being counter rotated by means of a gear train, the rollers sup-
porting one ski rotating faster than those supporting the other
ski to thereby produce both longitudinal and tilting movement
of the skis. The invention also teaches the possibility of not
powering the rollers but having such mounted so as to be free-
ly rotatable in response to forward and rearward movement of
the skis. Weights or springs may be used for rotationally bias-
ing the rollers to a rest position and providing resistance
against rotation. Hydraluc cylinders or cam operated crank
arms may also be provided for effecting vertical or pivoul
movement of each roller relative to the others.
An aligning device for sheet material arranged in stacks and
particularly for cardboard or corrugated cardboard sheets.
The device is particularly designed to align such sheets against
one or several abutments which may be placed on two ad-
jacent sides of a package of sheets. Even though the sheets of
the package have a general format which slightly varies from
one sheet to the next, all of the sheets may be aligned in-
dividually against the abutments.
3,711,090
CONVEOR BELT AND SYSTEM HAVING LOW FRICTION
CONTACT SURFACES
Vivian G. Fiedler, Chicago, 111., assignor to Hans J. Fiedler and
Richard M. WaUnabe, Chicago, III., part interest to each
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,108
Int. CI. A63b 23106
U.S. CI. 272-69 5 Claims
3,711,089
SKI TRAINING APPARATUS
Paul Reinhard, 4917 Melchau, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,71 1
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov.
16902/68
U.S.CL 272-57 B
Int.CI.A63b69//S
13, 1968,
19 Claims
A conveyor belt and system as shown in which an endless
belt IS secured between two rollers. The belt comprises a web
member having an upper frictional surface to which a web
liner is secured therebeneath, the web liner being selected
from a material having a low coefficient of friction. A planar
base member is provided beneath the web and web liner, and a
base liner selected from a material having a low coefficient of
friction is positioned atop the planar base. The base liner com-
• prises a plurality of laterally spaced longitudinally extending
strips positioned to provide a support surface for the web
liner A pair of end rollers are spaced at each end of the con-
veyor in proximate relationship to the base. The resultant con-
veyor belt and system provides for a smooth passage of parts
for objects atop the frictional surface of the web in the
absence of moving parts and required lubrication. One em-
bodiment is shown where the conveyor belt and system is em-
ployed in a jogger.
3,711,091
CUE BALL DIRECTION INDICATING APPARATUS FOR
USE IN PLAYING POOL
James E. Dixon, 3876 East 143rd Street, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 4. 1970, Ser. No. 95,258
^ Int. CI. A63d/ 5/00 ^,
U.S.CL 273-2 6 Claims
A ski training device for simulating substantially all of the
movements encountered during normal skiing, such as lon-
gitudinal, vertical and sidewards of tilting movements. Each
ski IS advantageously supported by at least one pair of spaced
rollers and the skis may rest either directly upon the rollers,
or upon endless belts passing around and extending between
the forward and rearward rollers of each pair. According to
one embodiment of the invention longitudinal movement of
the skis may be imparted by a crank arrangement which acts
upon flexible pulley cords or belts to lengthwise shift the skis
A further embodiment of the invention contemplates vertical
pivotal movement of each roller through the provision of a
hydraulic cylinder drive arrangement which is operatively as-
sociated with lever members acting upon the rollers. A further
embodiment of the invention and serving for producing ir-
regular longitudinal and transverse tilting movement of the
Movable indicating apparatus for use in playing pool includ-
ing a pointer, a supporting device for the pointer, and a foun-
dation member. The supporting device for the pointer
962
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
preferably includes an imitation playing ball to which an imita-
tion cue ball is attached by a threaded wooden insert. To
reduce the cost the imitation playing ball and the imitation cue
ball may be formed of painted or varnished wood and are
mounted on a wooden foundation material to which they are
attached by an adhesive or a groove may be formed in the
foundation material to keep the balls from rolling off. The in-
dicating apparatus may be placed on the rail of a pool table
with the indicator pointed toward the spot on the object ball
which is to be struck by the regulation cue ball to dnve the ob-
ject ball into a designated pocket. The imitation cue ball
which is attached to and bears diametrically against the imita-
tion playing ball also creates in the mind of the player the spot
on the regulation ball which is to be struck. Instead of placing
the indicating apparatus on the rail of the pool table, it may be
placed on the playing field with its pointer and cue ball in-
dicating the spot on the object ball which must be struck to
knock the object ball into a particular pocket.
3,711.092
BALL REBOUNDING MEANS
Charles J. Hogue. Piedmont, Ala., assignor to Whale Enter-
prises Inc., Piedmont, Ala.
Filed Feb. 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 8,064
Int. CI. A63b 69140
MJ&. CI. 273-26 A 5 Claims
tubular stock, a spring-actuated stick member slidably
disposed within the tubular stock, and a trigger means com-
prising a trigger body member having a central bore for
slidably receiving the stick member and a grip means movably
mounted on the trigger body member for frictionally and
releasably engaging the stick member around the periphery
thereof at at least two locations situated more than itM radi-
ans apart.
3,711,094
ROLLING BALL GAME APPARATUS
Gordon E. Coffman, 20531 Circle S Drive, Palm Beach Coun-
ty, Fla.
Filed April 20, 1971, Ser. No. 135,624
Int. CI. A63f 7102
U.S. CL 273-86 C 5 Claims
Apparatus for rebounding balls or similar objects brought
into engagement therewith including a generally rectangular
frame means having a net supported in tension within said
frame means. A nylon cord adjusting means is interlaced
within the net and connected to said frame means whereby the
tension of said net can be varied by adjusting the length of the
nylon cord.
An inclined game board having a start opening near its
upper end which is wide enough to pass several game balls at a
time, a finish opening near its lower end which passes only one
game ball at a time, and rubber band deflectors positioned
between the start and finish openings to deflect the game balls
for a random order finish. One or more deflectors near the
finish opening are positioned to cause the balls to enter the
finish opening one at a time.
3,711,093
SPRING-ACTUATED CUE
Louis Evans, Route 3, Highway M-140, P.O. Box 38, South
Haven, Mich.
Filed Dec. 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 205,945
Int. CI. A63d/ 5/05
U.S. CI. 273-69 6 Claims
3,711,095
PROJECTILE AND TARGET APPARATUS INCLUDING
SCORING PIECES ADAPTED FOR ATTACHMENT TO
THE PROJECTILE
William B. Todd, 4225 Chalmers Avenue, Detroit, Mich.
FlledNov.3, 1971, Ser. No. 195,221 ^
Int. CI. A63b 7 1 102
U.S. CI. 273-95 R 10 Claims
A spring-actuated cue for billiards, pool, and the like, hav-
ing an infinitely adjustable stroke force comprises a hollow.
. A game set including a tossing bowl, scoring chips, and a
pair of goals. The scoring chips consist of a pair of small discs
spaced aoart from one another and joined by a central con-
nector at a spacing sufficient to enable them to be releasably
clipped onto the rim of the tossing bowl with a yielding fnc-
tional grip. The players stand behind the goals and toss the
bowl over both goals, whereupon an opponent attempts to
catch the bowl and toss it back. Upon a successful catch or
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
963
throw an additional chip is attached and the tossing is con-
tinued with additional taken care not to dislodge the attached
chip.
3,711,096
PROJECTING AND CATCHING APPARATUS AND
PROJECTILE FOR USE THEREWITH
Benjamin Cramp, Havering-Atte-Bower, and Thomas Bowen-
Edwards, I^ndon, both of England, assignors to Bentos
Products Limited, Copford. Colchester. Essex. England
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,189
Int. CLA63b 7 //02
U.S. CL 273-96 R 4 Claims
3,711,098
PORTABLE, MECHANICAL LASSO TRAINING
APPARATUS
Kenneth J. McCord, R.F.D. No. 1, Gretna, Nebr.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,474
Int. CI. F41j 9102
U.S.CL 273-105.2
19 Claims
The specification describes apparatus for playing a game of
skill. The apparatus comprises a playing piece and a hand-held
ejector device comprising a pair of arms which have facing
divergent tracks whereby the playing piece is upwardly
ejected by cam action when the ejector device is closed onto
the playing piece by the player The playing piece is designed
to be caught by the ejector device and again upwardly ejected
and so on repeatedly according to the player's skill.
3,711,097
INDIVIDUAL AIR JETS TO IMPELL BALLS TOWARD A
TARGET
Thomas J. Begley. Lansdowne. Pa., assignor to Reed Toys In-
corporated, W est Conshohocken, Pa.
Filed Jan. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 109,789
Int.CI. A63b7//02
U.S. CI. 273-101 6 Claims
A portable, mechanical apparatus which simulates a
running calf for roping purposes and comprises an electrical
motor driven winch, having a cable connected to a target sled,
the target having a calf-like superstructure, ground engaging
elements, and a guidance and release system wherein, upon
being towed by the winch, the target will follow a straight,
curved, or zig-zag path until lassoed, at which time the winch
will stop and the target can be towed back to repeat the cycle.
3,711,099
CONVERTIBLE TABLE FOR UTILITY GAMES AND
BUMPER POOL
Ernest Milu. Hollywood, Fla., assignor to A.TJ. Recreation
Inc., Miami Lakes, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 65, 1 96, Aug. 1 9, 1 970. This
application Nov. 3. 1971. Ser. No. 195.098The portion of the
term of this patent subsequent to May 2, 1986, has been
disclaimed.
Int. CI. A63d 75/04
U.S. CI. 273- 1 23 R »5 Claims
A game is provided which has a circular base with a floor
supported thereby, the floor having a frusto-conical portion
for impelling balls toward seating openings around a center
post. A transparent cover is provided with a central discharge
opening above the center post for discharge of balls
therethrough. Air jets from exterioriy accessible flexible bulbs
discharging through the seating openings are available for im-
pelling the balls toward the discharge openings. The balls are
introduced into the space between the cover and the floor so
that they arrive at the seating openings in a chance arrange-
ment.
There is disclosed a combination flat top and game table as-
sembly, the combination including a leg support for support-
ing the table arrangement, the first top secured to the leg sup-
port and forming a first type of game table surface a second
top constructed for removable seatment upon the first top, the
second top forming a second type of game table surface and a
third top formed into a flat table surface which may bej)osi-
tioned on the first top for converting the assembly into a nor-
mal nat top table. In the preferred embodiment, the second
and third tops are formed from a single top having one surface
formed into a flat table top, and the reverse surface forming a
second game means, the second top being reversibly posi-
tionable upon the first top thereby to expose either the flat
table top or when reversed, to expose the second type of game
table surface. Included in the game table assembly are
removably positionable ball collection compartments which
are positioned directly under pockets in the first game uble
surface when the assembly is to be used as a pool table.
964
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,100
SURFACE PROJECTILE TARGET HAVING A CENTRAL
GOAL LOOP
William E. Crowder, R.D. No. 1, Mt. Wolfe, Pa.
Filed Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190,048
Int. CI. A63b 77/04
U.S.CL 273-127 R 9 Claims
of the base are provided with electrically conductive matenal.
Freely movable disc-like contact members which effect said
random conditioning are held between the base and sub-base
and complete a circuit when attracted by a magnet contained
in a playing piece. The areas between the base and sub-base
are partitioned into sub-areas generally correspondmg to the
rooms defmed on the base Different playing positions in each
of the rooms defined on the base may be activated by shaking
the amusement device to position the contacts below different
playing positions.
A game apparatus adapted to be played with a bail which is
bowled toward a goal device adapted for either indoor or out-
door use and which resembles a circular mound having
gradually rising sides terminating in a central goal loop
member which extends vertically from a shaft pivotally
mounted for rotation about said shaft when struck by the ball
incident to a player trying to bowl the ball through the loop
from adjacent the perimeter of the goal device. The upper sur-
face of the goal device is provided with a contour which per-
mits a ball to be directed in a curved path, if desired, toward
the goal loop.
3,711,102
PROGRESSIVE RING-THREADING PUZZLE
Albert Stubbmann. Franklin Lakes, N J., assignor to Kohner
Bros. Inc., East Paterson, N J.
Filed Oct. 30, 1 970, Ser. No. 85,450
Int. CI. A63f 9108
U.S. CI. 273-153 R 3 Claims
3,711,101
BOARD GAME APPARATUS
Jeffery D. Breslow. Chicago, III.; Burton C. Meyer, Chicago.
III., and Marvin I. Glass. Chicago. III., assignors to Marvin
Glass and Associates
Filed Feb. 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 3,207
Int.CI.A63fi/00
U.S.CI.273-131 AD 2 Claims
A maze puzzle comprising a panel provided with a large
number of like holes The holes are arranged in such a manner
that for at least a specific group of a substantial number of
holes, there is a uniform center-to-center spacing from hole to
hole in a predetermined progression from a starting hole to a
finish hole through which a ring having a gap is threaded
through any two successive holes in the progression. Op-
tionally, a group of further holes may lead from the finish hole
back to the starting hole and at least one further group of
holes may be included to provide a false path.
An amusement device wherein a generally flat base is pro-
vided defining a playing area having a plurality of playing posi-
tions arranged in a desired pattern and over which playing
pieces are manipulated arbitrarily from position to position.
The base preferably has the configuration of a house with
rooms defined thereon and with the playing positions arranged
over the rooms so that a player attempts to proceed from
room to room through the house. A mechanism is provided
which will produce a ringing sound in response to a playing
piece being placed at certain conditioned ones of the playing
positions. Those playing positions which will effect the ringing
sound in response to the playing piece being placed thereon
are randomly conditioned and preferably unknown to the
players of the game. A simulated phone is defined in each
room whereby a player who has effected the ringing sound by
placing his playing piece in a room must move to the phone to
stop the nnging sound, either losing or gaining ground in his
attempt to proceed through the house. A sub-base is provided
below the base and the top of the sub-base and the underside
3,711,103
GOLF CLUB SWING GUIDE
Ralph D. Seltzer, P. O. Box 448, Bessemer. Pa.
Filed Dec. 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 2 1 1 ,358
Int. CI. A63b 69136
U.S. CI. 273-191 A
6 Claims
«-.
A golf club swing guide includes track members for guiding
the golf club through a grooved swing. The track members in-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
965
eludes first and second arcuate track members mounted on a
support adjustable in inclination to conform to the swing
planes of the golf swing and a given length of golf club. One of
the arcuate track members defines the backswing of the golf
club and the second track member defines the power swing of
the golf club. The arcuate track members join one another ad-
jacent their upper and lower ends respectively and spring-
biased switches are provided to insure the direction of the golf
club and more particularly the guide thereon engaging the
track members into the proper backswing and power swing
tracks.
3,711,104
SEAL ASSEMBLY
Ralph E. Henry, Rixford, Pa., assignor to Dresser Industries.
Inc., Dallas, Tex.
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,896
Int. CI. F16j 75/00
U.S. CI. 277-58 12 Claims
tool mounting surface having spherical projections disposed at
the apices of an equilateral triangular area on the mounting
surface. An indexing pin also projects outwardly of the mount-
ing surface and a tool holding or test bar section is provided
including a mounting surface in which three recesses are
formed at the apices of an equilateral triangular zone of the
same size as the first-mentioned zone, the projections being
seatingly receivable in the recesses with the opposing mount-
ing surfaces disposed in at least slightly spaced relation. The
mounting surface of the tool holding or test bar section is pro-
vided with a bore for receiving the indexing pin and coacting
structure is provided in the centers of the aforementioned
zones for drawing the tool holding or test bar section toward
the mounting surface of the base or body of the tool holder.
This coacting structure is of the type wherein substantially
equal forces may be applied to draw the tool holding or test
bar section toward the base section during each instance of
use of the tool holder.
3.711.106
CENTERING DEVICE FOR A CHUCK
Patrick J. Hogan. and Philip Boulash. both of Philadelphia.
Pa. assignors to The Budd Company. Philadelphia. Pa.
Filed Sept. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,747
Int.CI.B23biy//6
U.S. CI. 279-123 4 Claims
The annular seal assembly and seal arrangements including
the seal assembly disclosed are useful in high pressure pumps
and compressors and the like that include a cylinder having
annular grooves therein for receiving the seal arrangements
and having a plunger reciprocating in the cylinder through the
seal arrangements. The seal assembly includes segmented tan-
gent and radial ring assemblies. Each of the segments in the
tangent ring assembly includes tangentially disposed end sur-
faces that are arranged to sealingly and slidingly engage the
adjacent tangentially disposed end surfaces. The radial ring as-
sembly is constructed from a plurality of arcuate segments
having an outer periphery sized to be closely fitted into a
counterbore formed in one face of the tangent ring assembly.
With the radial and tangential rings assembled, the forces ex-
erted by the high pressure fluid on the tangent ring assembly
are transferred to the radial ring assembly, providing better
lubrication and longer seal life. The disclosed seal arrange-
ments promote better operation and better seal life due to the
distribution of the pressure load over several seals.
// y WIRT s'c-iUCK \ \-
\V'-
A centering device for proper centering of a workpiece be-
fore being gripped by the chuck jaws or grippers.
3,711,105
TOOL HOLDING SYSTEM
Lars Johanson, c/o Eltee Inc., 19 Fairfield Place, West Cald-
well NJ.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,851
Int. CI. B23b i 7/02. B23k 37/00
U.S.CI.279-1R 12 Claims
3.711.107
SINGLEJOINT FRONT JAW OF A SAFETY BINDING FOR
SKIS HAVING VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE HOLD-
DOWN ARMS
Rudolf Brunner. Wankstrasse 23, Baldham, Germany
Filed Dec. 30. 1«>70, Ser. No. 102,786
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 30, 1969, P 19
65 409.2
Int. CI. A63c 9100
U.S. CI. 280-1 1.35 T 19 Claims
:ho2
A tool holder primarily designed for use in conjunction with
EDM machines and also capable of functioning in conjunction
with other machines where repeated tool positioning is
desired. The tool holder includes a base portion for semi-per-
manent securement to the associated machine and includes a
A front jaw of a ski binding has a central face to support the
front edge of a boot sole and hold-down arms which engage
over the sole at both sides of the boot toe and are supported by
a movable cover on a jaw body that is swingable laterally, rela-
tive to a mounting plate fixed to the ski, against the force of
resilient holding means enclosed and protected withm the jaw
966
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
body and cover. According to one feature, the cover is ad-
justable vertically relative to the jaw body to adapt the loca-
tion of the hold-down arms to the thickness of the boot sole.
According to another feature the cover is releasibly biased
downward so that the boot sole can be freed safely from the
hold-down arms by movement against the force applied
through the cover.
3,711,110
TRUCK FOR TOOL BOX
John R. Logerquist, 2088 Fry Street, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,540
Int.CI.B62d2///5
U.S. CI. 280—43.24
6 Claims
3,711,108
DEVICE FOR STEERING A VEHICLE OVER A FLUID OR
SEMI-FLUID SURFACE
Enrique H. Orozco, 670 Irving Park, Chicago, III.; Brian L.
Asimor. 2909 Vinan Drive, Melrose Park, III., and Edward
C. Sylvester, Elmhust, III., assignors to said Orozco and
Asimor, by said Sylvester
Filed April 15, 1971. Ser. No. 134,274
Int. CI. B62b / 7102
U.S. CI. 280-21 R 8 Claims
4J Z7
A two-wheel truck movably mounted on a tool box to selec-
tively support the tool box on a supporting surface and
facilitate movement of the tool box over the surface. The
truck has side frame members pivotally connected to the sides
of the box. Wheels are rotatably mounted on the lower end of
the frame members.
The steering device has a generally planar bottom side with
a plurality of alternating, and parallel spaced ridges and
grooves which are adapted to engage a fluid or semi-fluid sur-
face such as snow when the vehicle is moving over the surface
so that controlled, positive steering of the vehicle can be
quickly and simply obtained merely by rotating the steering
device.
3,711,111
HAND TRUCK WITH MEANS FOR SHIFTING CENTER
OF GRAVITY AND HAVING AUXILIARY ROLLER
SUPPORT
Burdette B. Crawford, 5 1 1 Elm Street, Chadbourn, N.C.
Division of Ser. No. 29,028, April 16, 1970, Pat. No.
3,642,30 1 . This application Dec. 27, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 2 1 2,226
Int.CI. B62b//02
U.S. CI. 280—47.22 1 Claim
3,711,109
STEERING SKI FOR SNOWMOBILES AND THE LIKE
Leo Hofbauer. Mounted Route No.8, P. O. Box 387, Platt-
sburgh, N.Y.
FiledFeb. 8, 1971,S€r. No. 113,154
Int. CI. B62b / 1102
U.S. CI. 280-28 9 Claims
A two-wheel, tilt type hand truck incorporating a spring
loaded, vertically shiftable axle and auxiliary rollers and is
adapted to handle a loaded pallet from floor position, shift the
load center of gravity for transport of the load and return the
load to its original position for removal of the loaded pallet.
3,711,112
HELPER AXLE ASSEMBLY FOR VEHICLES
George W. Puckett, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Tag-Along Cor-
poration, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,367
Int.CLB60g////4
U.S. CL 280— 8 1 R 5 Claims
A ski for snowmobiles and the like comprising a ski runner
and a keel member resiliently mounted at one end to the
runner and pivotaJly connected at the other end to the runner.
In the illustrated construction, parallel longitudinally extend-
ing slots are provided in the runner, and the keel member is
channel-shaped to provide spaced-apart depending blades
which are vertically movable within the slots. The blade edges
normally are below the under surface of the runner, and the
blades are moved vertically to place the blade edges flush with
the runner under surface when an obstruction is encountered.
A helper axle is attached to a vehicle rearwardly of the rear
axle thereof and serves to level the vehicle when loaded to
maintain proper front wheel castor. When the vehicle is emp-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
^67
ty the helper axle can be raised upwardly into an inoperative vided for inflation of vehicle gas bags in which the sequential
''^■jjjjj^ ignition of two or more combustion stages provides com-
^ bustion gases which are directed to a conduit disposed within
3,711,113
VEHICLE SUSPENSION ARRANGEMENT
John C. SUmmreich, 5521 Paraguay Drive, Buena Park, Calif.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,654
Int. CI. B62d 7/06
U.S. CI. 280—96.2 R 36 Claims
226- 2.41
'6 26/7° '^
526 -V»l
126- Kl
A suspension system for a vehicle comprised of a guide
plate having a plurality of guideways and a plurality of linkage
arrangements pivotally mounted through such guideways and
to such guide plate for allowing various pivot points of such
linkage arrangements to rotate and travel relative to such
guideways to control the camber of the tires of such vehicle
during the vertical deflection of such tires and the roll of such
vehicle. Either an open loop or a closed loop control circuit
may be connected to the suspension system to provide for au-
tomatic control of the suspension system during roll.
3,711,114
POWER STABILIZER AND METHOD
Jack F. Joyslen, San Ramon, Calif., assignor to Gerhard W.
Stiefrater, Chico, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 36,136, May 1 1, 1970, Pat. No. 3,625,301.
This applicaUon Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,098
Int.CI.B60g2y//0
U.S.CI.280-124F 5 Claims
. A device to be connected in the hydraulic system in a con-
ventional vehicle that includes a body-supporting chassis
sprung on wheel-mounted running gear, which device includes
relatively movable elements connecting the chassis and
running gear adjacent to each of the ground wheels automati-
cally hydraulically actuatable for restricting unsafe move-
ments of the chassis and body relative to the running gear dur-
ing either straight away movement of the vehicle over the
ground, or around curves during normal or abnormal opera-
tion of the vehicle and application of the brakes, and which
device also performs the function of shock absorbers.
the generator. A compartment disposed in the generator to
remove water contributes additional gas in the form of water
vapor to the conduit. A gas bag, in communication with the
conduit, is inflated by the gas generated during combustion.
3,711,116
ANTI-SKID ATTACHMENT FOR AITOMOBILES
Edward G. Campbell, 630 Dianne Drive, Melbourne, Fla.
Filed July 27, 1971, Ser. No. 166,403 i
Int.CI. B60r 27/00
U.S. CI. 280— 1 50 C 5 Claims
An anti-skid attachment for automobiles in which a ground
engaging anti-skid wheel is driven through a gear box from a
power engaging wheel with the anti-skid attachment being
movable into and out of operation by a hydraulically actuated
cylinder. The anti-skid attachment may be attached and
detached by hand without the use of tools.
3,711,117
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
Bruce W. Penner, 28362 Campbell, and Kenneth W. Platt,
30040 Schoenherr, both of W arren, Mich.
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 171,851
Int. CI. B60r 2 7/00
U.S. CL 280—150 R 3 Claims
3,711,115
PYROTECHNIC GAS GENERATOR
Thomas E. Lohr, Warren, Mich., assignor to Allied Chemical
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,368
Int. CI. B60r 2//0«, BOlj HOO
U.S. CI. 280— 150 AB 20 Claims
A gas generation method and apparatus for use in inflation
of vehicle gas bags. A purely pyrotechnic gas generator is pro-
A vehicle security system for preventing the unauthorized
moving of a vehicle such as a trailer. At least one of the wheels
of the trailer is prevented from being rotated by being secured
906 O.Q.— 35
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
968
to the frame of the trailer by means of a flexible member such
^s a Cham One end of the chain .s locked through a spec.al
nut on one of the wheel lugs and is locked to an eye bolt af-
fixed to the frame. The length of the cham .s such so as to
prevent the wheel from rotatmg.
tional h.tch tongue of an automob.le. An arm extends out-
wardly and upwardly from the mounting member and is
adapted for connection with a front fork portion of a cycle to
be towed. In one embodiment of the invention, the front axle
of the cycle is used as the point of connection between he
towing device and the motorcycle. In another embodiment of
3,711,118
TRANSPORTATION TRAILER LANDING GEAR
George BKIrwan, Huntington, W. Va., a^ignor to Hennes^
Products, Incorporated, Chambersburg, Pa.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,1 59
Int. CI. B60s 9/02
. ^„ , 5 Claims
U.S. CI. 280-150.5
H 190
Trailer vehicle and landing gear support structure therefo
providing for the lateral yielding of the lower end of an upright
Cport when its lower end engages an obstacle on the ground
a^'^^h^ trailer is being moved about and preferably preventing
such lateral yielding when the landing gear is functioning to
support the trailer
3,711,119
SUSPENSION MEANS FOR MUD FLAPS
Alan L. HoUlngsworth, 3008 Bennington Drive. Springfield,
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,534
Int.CI.B62d25//6
U.S. CI. 280-154.5 R ^CUums
the invention, a towing bar is P^^^'^ed^. P^^ "^'^^^ Zl
member and is. itself, directly connected with the front ork
^.^on of the motorcycle in the place of the axle. In anothe
hTdeoendent feature of the invention, the mounting member
r^ay iS^P oVded with adjustable guide means for securing the
Illounting means against lateral slippage with respect to the
hitch tongue.
3,711,121
ADIUSTABLE SELF- ALIGNING PIVOT BEARING, AND
^ PIN AND SOCKET EMPLOYING SAME
Lloyd A. Molby, Longview, Tex., assignor to R. G. UTeurneau
'•"'"^'lileJS.. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94.684
Int.CI.B62d5i/02
U.S. a. 280-400 "C'^''
A safety-type intercepting and anti-splashing mud fiap for
use in conjunction with the rearward tread surfaces of dual
tractor-trailer wheels and which is unique in that the upper
edge IS provided with specially designed hanger bolts more
particularly, bolts whose convex headed ends provide at-
taching keepers. These keepers are lodged and retentively bu
releasably fitted into their respectively cooperable keeper
slots. A spring metal clip is provided for each keeper and is
yieldingly and clampingly engageable with the coordinating
keeper head. The free end of the clip is concavo-convex and
when being used it snaps into place but functions to free the
cooperable keeper at will.
A Din and socket for use in a pivot connection characterized
by a shaft ca rymg a pivot having a spherically shaped extenor
^n.on; a bearing having at least two sections cover.n^^b^
Santially the entire spherical exterior portion for ^"sta.mng
rnaximum radial and thrust forces, but having a smal
dea TncT adjacent the equator of the spherical portion fo
wea adTustment and for lubrication; and a cavity and thru t
;,:" means for retaining the bearmg -^lons fitting yengag;
ine the spherical exterior portion of the pivot. With the dis
closed structure, misalignment is prevented and the pin and
socket easily and precisely adjusted for wear.
3,711,120
MOTORCYCLE TRAIL HITCH
Jesse W Winder, P. O. Box 75, R. D. No. 1 , Lambertville, N J.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,074
Int. CI. B62d 53104
U.S. a. 280-292 ^^C'-*-"^
A towing device for a motorcycle, or the like, having a
mounting member adapted to be fixedly secured to a conven-
3,711,122
COUPLING MECHANISMS FOR TRACTOR SEMl-
^?ra'i'lER VEHICLE COMBINATIONS HAVTNG
r-fiMNFrriNG MEANS FOR THE ELECTRICAL,
PNESrT!?™H%DRAyL.CAt SERVKE UNE^^
THE TRACTORS TO THE SEM|.TRAn,ERi
Ctaiim priority, .pplidlon Sw«l.«. Aug. U, 1V«».
"""" ,„,.a.B6<M//0.
11 Claims
"^I'TouX ichanism for a tractor semi-trailer vehicle
comb'nat'on'comprises a fifth wheel mechanism supported on
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
969
the tractor and king pin means supported on the semi-trailer,
and the fifth wheel mechanism comprises a locking bolt and
the king pin means is arranged to be engaged by the locking
bolt for securing the coupling therebetween in such a way that
forced polyester or epoxy resin, or polyethylene Upe covenng
layer. The polyethylene covering layer is obtained by
wrapping polyethylene tape of HOX around the foam plastic,
whereby overlapping parts are completely heat sealed to each
other. The covering layer engages sealingly the outer surface
of the steel pipe by means of a protective thermoplastic or
thermosetting layer
The foam plastic between the ends of the two steel pipes
connected by welding is covered with a glass fiber reinforced
polyester or epoxy resin layer or covered with a thermoplastic
sleeve, whereby rubber rings are present between the sleeve
and the covering layer.
pneumatical and electrical connector members housed in the
locking bolt and in the hollow king pin means after connection
are held together without undue rotational movements
between the parts.
3,711,125
QUICK CONNECT FITTING FOR A HYDRAULIC
coNburr
David C. Debar, Dearborn Heights, Mich., assignor to Ford
Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 157,921
Int. CI. F16I 1 7/00
U.S.CI.285-111 4 Claims
3,711,123
APPARATUS FOR PRESSURE TESTING ANNULAR
SEALS IN AN OVERSLIDING CONNECTOR
James F. Arnold, Baytown, Tex., assignor to HydroTech Ser-
vices, Inc., Houston, Tex.
FUed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,856
Int. CI. F16i 35/00
U.S. CI. 285-18 1 Claim
A connector housing having axially spaced apart radially
deformable annular seals is slidably positioned over the end of
a pipe and the seals are actuated by an hydraulically generated
force into sealing engagement between the housing and the
pipe, A pressurized fiuid is then introduced into the housing
between the seals to test the sealing engagement thereof,
3,711,124
CONNECTIONS FOR INSULATED PIPES
Willem Gerholt, Hardenberg, and Gerrit Heidemann, Ol-
denzaal, both of Netherlands, assignors to Industriele On-
derneming Wavin N.V., Zwolle, Netherlands
Filed April 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,227
Claims priority, application Netherlands. Feb. 12, 1970,
7002034
lnt.CLF16l////2
U.S.CL 285-47 ^ Claims
A quick connect fitting for establishing a connection
between a pressurized fluid conduit and a communicating
fluid passage comprising a sleeve, a collar surrounding the
sleeve said sleeve encircling one end of said conduit and
providing a seal retaining groove, said collar and said sleeve
having interlocking parts whereby said collar and said tube
end may be held in place as said seal is urged into engagement
with a cooperating sealing surface in said collar.
3,711,126
COUPLING FOR MILLI-WAVE GUIDING TUBE
Atsushi Hara; Hisao Naganuma, and Akio Takai, all of
Kawasakishi. Japan, assignors to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki
Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,791
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 24, 1969, 44/93648
Int.Cl.F16l/9/00
U.S.CI.28S-116 1 Claim
6a ie /i, U X
3a. ^ ^ i ^ 3c <; it 6a
.ro\j=itu^ jf;'mP?-T1
6 /
/i rf -^^''■^
/6t t
\
The invention relates to a connection of steel pipes, with an
external continuous polyurethane foam layer and a fiber rein-
The invention relates to a coupling for milli-wave guiding
tube, and is to form respectively the connecting surfaces
between the wave guiding tube screwed on the coupling sleeve
and this coupling sleeve, as well as form the respective con-
necting surfaces between the said wave guiding tube and the
junk ring screwed on the both ends of this coupling sleeve and
970
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
furnished with the packing to serve as sealing between the
outer surface of the wave guiding tube and the inner surface of
the connecting sleeve, thereby obtaining not only a suitable
connecting strength and the complete airtightness of the
respective connected milli-wave guiding tubes but also the
high precision of alignment in order to provide a high working
efficiencies.
branch projecting from the body in a diametrically opposite
direction from the Y-connection. at the same level and
similarly upwardly inclined for connection to a pair of wash
basin drains on opposite sides of the partition and to the vent
stack.
3,711,127 _^
DUCT BANK WITH COUPLING
Angeio M. Raffa, 886 White Plains Road, Scarsdale, N.Y.
Filed July 8, 197 1, Ser. No. 160,751
Iiit.CI.F16li9/00
U.S. CI. 285- 127 R 1 Claim
3,711,129
RESILIENT COUPLING
Harry W. Smathers, Aurora, III., and Joseph Moffa,
Middletown, Ohio, assignors to Armco Steel Corporation,
Middletown, Ohio
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,248
IntCI.F16l2//00
U.S. CI. 285-235 2 Claims
The ends of a duct bank are provided with flat plates having
tapered tubes which accommodate the ends of ducts project-
ing from said duct banks. The tapered tubes are nestable in
similar tubes provided on flat plates engaged with the ends of
adjacent duct banks, thereby forming a sealed connection for
said duct ends. The duct banks are of generally solid or hollow
rectangular form or of hollow cylindrical form.
3,711,128
PLUMBING FITTINGS
William J. Hezel, 935 Popular Dr., St. Louis, Mo., and Robert
J. Neubert. 4709 Candace Dr., St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,057
Int.CI. F16I4//00
U.S.CI.285— 153 12 Claims
20 •!>' * 2
A resilient coupling for encircling the adjacent ends of sub-
stantially axially aligned, abutting, smooth wall pipe sections,
comprising a synthetic resin, injection molded, sleeve which
offers substantial reduction in weight and material with sub-
stantially no loss in beam or shear strength and which provides
easier field application due to its flexibility. The outside of the
sleeve is provided with a smooth central cylindncal surface,
and a thin substantially uniform wall section, on either side of
the central surface, makes up the major part of the outside of
the sleeve. Each of the thin sections is reinforced by a plurality
of circumferentially spaced solid ribs on the outside of the
sleeve extending outwardly from the central surface and paral-
lel to the axis of the sleeve, the ribs being tapered from a max-
imum height adjacent the ends of the central surface to a point
closely adjacent each end of the sleeve where they intersect
the surface of the uniform sections.
3,711,130
FERRULELESS BARBED TUBING CONNECTOR
Mark H. Betzler, Wilkes Barre, Pa., assignor to Air Products
-. and Chemicals, Inc., Allentown, Pa.
Filed Nov. 9, 1 970, Ser. No. 87,705
Int.CI.F16li3/00
U.S. CI. 285-239 1 Claim
A unitary plumbmg fitting for connecting a pair of
bathrooms disposed symmetrically on opposite sides of a par-
tition to soil and vent stacks comprises a body having a verti-
cal passage connectable at its lower end with the soil stack and
at its upper end with the soil or vent stack, a pair of horizon-
tally diverging branches projecting radially outwardly and
inclined upwardly from the body with their terminals extend-
ing horizontally away from each other for connecting to a pair
of water closets on opposite sides of the partition, a horizon-
tally diverging Y-connection between and merging with the
diverging branches and body at their intersection and being in-
itially similarly upwardly inclined from said body with the
outer end of its stem and its arms substantially horizontal at a
lower level than the terminals of the diverging branches for
connection to a pair of bathtub drains on opposite sides of the
partition, a vertical branch on the outer horizontal portion of
the Y-connection stem connectable to a vent stack passing
between the arms of the Y-connection, and an additional
V/^//J///^
V/////7////i
A push-on fitting to be used for holding deformable
synthetic tubing in place without auxiliary hose clamps or fer-
rules. The connector is characterized in that a plurality of
spaced-apart ribs or barbs having a fixed dimensional relation-
ship to the tubing are the operative means for securing the
tubing to the connector.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
971
3 711 131 nectors. The structures may be selectively expanded or con-
HOSE END COUPLINGS traded according to the user's requirements. The end connec-
Harry James Evans, London, England, assignor to Flextube tors maintain a frictional connection of considerable strength
Limited, London, England
Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,004
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 25, 1970,
9,150/70
lnt.CI.F16IJi/00
U.S. CI. 285-256 1 Claim
A hose end coupling of the kind comprising a tubular nipple
or insert piece which is forced into the interior of the hose and
is formed with exterior circumferential ribs to grip the interior
wall of the hose and an internally circumferentially ribbed fer-
rule which is swaged over the tube to compress the hose wall
between the ferrule and the insert, an inwardly extending lip
on the ferrule engaging in a groove in the insert beyond the
end of the hose. Wherein the ribs of the ferrule are in two sets
separated by a groove which is wider and deeper than the
space between any pair of adjacent ribs, the ribs of the set
nearer the outer end of the ferrule having a smaller internal
diameter than the majority of the ribs of the innermost set of
which the rib adjacent the groove has an internal diameter
substantially equal to that of the ribs of the outer-set.
3,711,132
METAL TUBE END FITTING
Harvey R. Nickerson, Roseland, N.J., assignor to Resistonex
Corporation, Roseland, N.J.
Filed June 1 7, 1 970, Ser. No. 46,983
Int.CLF16iyi//4
U.S. CI. 285-382.4 15 Claims
/a* zaj 2Dc aA, zcfe
19
The axially spaced circumferential grooves within the bore
of an end fitting to which a metal tube is attached by radial ex-
pansion are provided with a special contour. The group of
grooves nearest the exterior of the fitting is provided with
inclined sidewalls, while the inner adjacent group is provided
with perpendicular sidewalls. In the process of assembly, the
perpendicular sidewall grooves are substantially filled by the
metal of the tubing while the inclined sidewall grooves are
only partially filled.
between the adjacent tubing sections. The tubing structure,
when assembled, is a strong, rigid, and stable support for a
variety of uses.
3,711,134
ONE-PIECE CLEVIS
Carl Goldberg, Chicago, III., assignor to Carl Goldberg Model,
Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,285
Int. CI. F 1 6c ///OO
U.S.CI.287-100 13 Claims
3,711,133
EXPANDABLE AND CONTRACTIBLE TUBING SUPPORT
STRUCTURE
Otto V. Werner, 1 1 Pine Ridge Road, Poughkeepsie, N.Y.
Filed June 2, 1971, Ser. No. 149,181
Int. CI. F 16b 7/00
U.S. CI. 287-54 A 7 Claims
A tubing structure including a plurality of non-round, hol-
low, open-ended tubing sections with a plurality of end con-
A clevis is disclosed herein providing a one-piece structure
having an attaching body with spread-apart resilient bearing
support arms in the as-formed condition with a pintle extend-
ing from one of the arms toward the other arm and adapted to
be retained in an aperture retaining means in the other arm.
3,711,135
QUICK COUPLING FOR CONNECTING TOGETHER
CONDUCTORS, HOSES AND SIMILAR ELONGATED
MEMBERS
Ake Akesson, Vasterledstorg 3, 161 37 Bromma, Sweden
Filed Feb. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,008
Int. CI. F16d/ /OO
U.S.CL287-104 8 Claims
The present invention relates to a quick coupling for con-
necting together conductors, hoses and similar elongated
members, the coupling comprising two similar joint fittings,
each of the fittings being adapted to be fastened to the end of
the conductors, hoses or other elongated members.
972
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711.136
VEHICLE BALL JOINT WITH CRIMPED HOUSING AND
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING SAME
Andreas Schmidt. Osterath-Vovert, Germany, assignor to A,
Ehrenreich & Cie. Dusseldorf-Oberkassel, Germany
Filed Feb. 25. 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,884
Claims priority, application Germany. Feb. 26, 1970, P 20
08 935.4
Int.Ci.F16c///06
U.S. CI. 287-87 1 Claim
ble relative to the cover and frame or casing to bring the mar-
gins defming the holes into engagement between a head of the
A ball and socket joint for a vehicle having a crimped hous-
ing; and a method of and apparatus for forming the crimped
housing which includes pressing a die having a concave open-
ing against a cylindrical housing to crimp down the wall
thereof to conform with the ball head.
3,711,137
LATH TO STUD CLIP
G«orge A. Tinnerman, 3600 Stewart Avenue, Miami, Fla.
Filed Sept. 30. 1970, Ser. No. 76,780
Int. CI. F16b 5/07
U.S. CI. 287—189.35 2 Claims
fastener and an end face of the land which terminates short of
the head.
A fastener in the form of a clip formed from sheet metal has
a pair of tongues struck out and spaced from one side to en-
gage a flange of a support and a bendable prong, struck out
from the base between the tongues and projecting perpendicu-
larly from the opposite side of said tongues, so that the tongue
can be projected through a panel of metal lath and bent over
to secure the lath to the support. The prong may be reduced in
width adjacent the base to facilitate bending. Two tongues fac-
ing the first two tongues struck out on the same side are bent
from the base and engage the support to prevent withdrawal of
the clip.
3.711,139
PRESSURE ACTUATED SPRING BIASED LATCH
Albert S. Polk. Jr., Baltimore, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Division of Ser. No. 889.206, Dec. 30, 1969. Pat. No.
3,648,953. This application Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,445
Int.CLE05c//06
U.S. CI. 292—37 3 Claims
The subject invention provides a latch mechanism particu-
larly suitable for snap-lock attachment of a structure holding
the latch to a structure having mating recesses. Generally, the
invention relates to spring-biased, cam-operated latches and
more particularly to a positive-locking latch device in which a
circular band spring biases locking pins into retaining holes in
a structure to which the latch is being attached. The latch is
released by rotating a cam actuator which contacts the locking
pins and withdraws them from the retaining holes.
3,711,140
CABINET DOOR LATCH
Bruno Onori, 4250 N.W. 135th Street, Miami, Fla.
Filed April 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 32,655
Int. CI. EOS 79/06
U.S. CL 292-87
1 Claim
3,711,138
FASTENING DEVICES
Maurice Davis, West Croydon. England, assignor to Davis In-
dustrial (Equipment) Limited, Croydon, England
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,216
Int. CI. F16b 5/02
U.S. CI. 287—189.36 F 7 Claims
A fastening device for rapidly securing two parts, such as an
inspection plate or cover on a main frame or casing in which
the cover and frame or casing have plain holes drilled,
stamped or otherwise formed therein so as to be in register in
the assembled condition, the fastener having a helical land en-
gageable with a pair of such holes by rotation while inclined to
the plane of each hole and by continued rotation being mova-
This device is intended for readily latching and releasing the
door of a cabinet, particularly of a portable cabinet such as
used commercially in restaurants, bakeries, cafeterias,
hospitals, etc., with removable racks or trays. It consists of a
keeper plate which is secured to the side of the latch door
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
973
jamb and a raised boss for cooperating with a complimentary
aperture in a latch plate member which is secured in cooperat-
ing position on the door. The latch plate member consists of
an angle iron member, one angle face of which is secured on
the front face of the door with its other angle face abutting the
edge face of the door and having a stepped latch plate extend-
ing therefrom, with a boss cooperating aperture, and sliding
over the boss on the keeper plate by means of an angle hp,
which lip terminates in a tongue handle for manually lifting
the latch plate to release position when opening the door.
The suction line for the suction disc is characterized as a bore
which extends from the cylinder through the ball joint and
3,711,141
BAG HOLDER
Loren G. Soergel, 101 1 Michigan Avenue, South Haven, Mich.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,493
Int. CI. A47f 13108
U.S. CI. 294-55 6 Claims
A device for holding open the mouth of a flexible recepta-
cle, particularly a large plastic bag, for enabling the bag to be
filled with grass, leaves or the like. The holding device in-
cludes a loop-like frame having a substantially D-shaped con-
figuration and adapted to be disposed within the mouth of a
bag for holding same open. The frame has a plurality of small
projections which are adapted to engage the free edge of the
bag. An elongated handle is secured to the frame and extends
upwardly from the curved portion thereof for enabling the
frame to be disposed in a substantially vertical position with
the lower straight portion of the frame being disposed ad-
jacent the ground. A pair of legs are fixedly secured to and ex-
tend reanvardly of the straight portion of the frame for
enabling the frame, when a bag is disposed thereon, to be ver-
tically supported on the ground whereby leaves and the like
can be pushed directly into the open mouth of the bag.
opens into a suction chamber defined on the underface of a
suction disc which surrounds the bore.
3,711,143
PLATE BLANK FOR CARRYING DEVICES FOR
BOTTLES AND A CARRYING DEVICE FOR BOTTLES
Preben Smed, Copenhagen Vanlose. Denmark, assignor to
Packaline AG, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 25. 1970, Ser. No. 92.820
Claims priority, application Denmark, Dec. 1, 1969, 6363;
Sept. 8, 1970,4619
Int. CI. B65d 77/00
U.S. CI. 294-87.2 5 Claims
in-3 120 ^03
120^03
A plate blank of cardboard or a similar material consisting
of a plurality of carrying devices for bottles, which devices are
interconnected by weakening lines so that the plate blank as a
unit can be mounted on all the bottles which are arranged ver-
tically in a case, and the weakening lines simultaneously or
later can be broken, so that a plurality of carrying devices
each engaging a group of bottles are constituted in the case, so
that the carrying devices with bottles can be removed from the
case independently. The invention also includes a carrying
device of the said kind having stiffening fianges along their
edges and in another embodiment two layers, so that each car-
rying device in loaded condition is shaped like a three-dimen-
sional beam with great strength and stiffness.
3,711,142
SUCTION OPERATED LIFTING DEVICE
Karlheinz Wolski, Bochum-Langendreer. Germany, assignor
to Demag Aktiengesellschaft, Duisburg, Germany
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,836
Claims priority, application Germany, April 7, 1970, P 20
16 501.9
Int. CI. B66c y/02
U.S. CI. 294-64 R 1 Claim
A device for lifting areal objects comprises a piston and
cylinder arrangement which includes a piston rod extending
from a cylinder for support by a lifting crane. The cylinder is
connected to a suction disc by means of a pivotal ball joint.
3,711,144
GRAB FOR FUEL ELEMENTS OF A NUCLEAR REACTOR
Paul-Marie Henri Briot, Le Plessis Robinson, France, assignor
to Groupement Atomique Alsacienne Atlantique (G.A.A.A.),
Le Plessis Robinson, France
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,242
Int.CI. B66C//44
U.S. CI. 294-86 A 2 Claims
An electric grab for handling fuel elements in a nuclear
reactor through which a coolant gas is circulated in the
direction of introduction of the grab, each grab jaw being as-
sociated with. a streamlined cowling which surrounds the jaw
974
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
over the greater part of its length and has a curvature which is between the tractor and trailer The air shield may be tem-
determined by expenment. The cowling is rigidly fixed on the porarily retracted manually or by drive-controlled power
.16'^
one hand to the lower portion of the grab body and on the
other hand to lateral guiding uprights of the grab.
3,711,145
CONTAINER CARRIER PACKAGE
George M. Rapata, Park Ridge, III., assignor to Illinois Tool
Works Inc.. Chicago, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 777,441, Nov. 20, 1968, abandoned.
This application July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,264
Int. CI. B65d7;/00
U.S. CI. 294-87.2 8 Claims
A container package including one or more containers or
the like in a plastic sheet carrier device having a correspond-
ing number of constrictive apertures provided therein for
receiving and gripping containers to form a multipackage unit,
the plastic sheet earner device including features of the one or
more several embodiments disclosed which enhance the ten-
sile strength of each of the constrictive apertures of the carrier
device as well as the carrier device itself.
means to prevent distortion of the shield during negotiation of
abnormally sharp turns.
3,711,146
STREAMLINED VEHICLE CONHGURATION
G«orge C. Madzsar, Lakewood, and Otto Kozma, Wickliffe,
both of Ohio, assignors to White Motor Corporation, Cleve-
land, Ohio
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,238 *
Int. CI. B62d 35/00
U.S. CI. 296-1 S 24 Claims
A tractor- trailer combination is streamlined by a tunnel-like
air shield between the tractor cab and trailer to effect a
smooth continuous body configuration. The air shield is a
telescoping self-supporting structure, the length of which can
be easily adjusted for the various spacings of different trailers
from the tractor. The portion of the shield engaging the for-
ward end of the trailer is flexible to permit normal articulation
3,711,147
DRAIN APPARATUS FOR THE BODY OF A CAR
Shizuo Higuchi, Itabashi-ku, Tokyo, and Michiyoshi Hagino,
Kitaadachi-gun, SaiUma-ken, both of Japan, assignors to
Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,523
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 23, 1970, 45/14838
Int. CI. B62d 25/06
U.S. CI. 296— 28 R 9 Claims
A car body of a motorcar comprises a roof formed by a cen-
tral main panel and a pair of left and right auxiliary panels
welded to the main panel along the opposite side edges
thereof. A pair of left and right troughs are provided below the
roof extending longitudinally along the inside edges of the left
and right welded portions, respectively, and each of these
troughs is in communication, at least at one of the ends
thereof with the interior of a hollow window frame formed
along a corresponding end edge of the roof. The hollow win-
dow frame opens into a pair of left and right pillars extending
downwards from the opposite ends of the window frame and
the pillars in turn open into side beams with apertures
wherefrom water can be discharged which is collected in the
trough.
3,711,148
LINER ARRANGEMENT FOR REFRIGERATED
TRAILERS
Eugene Hindin, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to GIndy Manufac-
turing Corporation, Downingtown, Pa.
Filed April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,092
Int. CLB60p J/20
U.S. CI. 296-28 M 1 C'"™
A liner assembly for the interior of a refrigerated trailer
body. The assembly includes aligned corrugated upper and
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
975
January 16, 1973
lower panels. The lower panels ,'^°"3"^/° */^.^ ^J^^^^^ FOLDING FL.RNITukE^CONSTRUCTlON
abuse due to P""'^^"""^//^/;^^*^^ ^'"" ^J^^j' ''^^' ^re^^^^ Hugh Max Upton, Gadsden, Ala., assignor to Etowah Manufac-
pallets and are secured to the s.de walls to permit ready ^J^.^^ ^^J^^^ ,„^ Gadsden, Ala.
replacement. p.,^ q^^ 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82,939
-~ Int. CI. A47c 4/28
3,711,149 U.S.CL 297-45 6 Claims
VEHICLE SEAT
John W. Carter, Alexandria, Va., assignor to Seats, Inc., Reed-
sburg. Wis.
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,187
Int.CI. B60n7/O0
U.S.CL 296-63 22 Claims
The disclosed seat is adapted to be utilized with vehicles
having their "pitch axes" located either in front of or behmd
the seat The seat includes a four-bar linkage assembly which
supports the seat and which is arranged so that each of the
lines of action of each of the links of the four-bar assembly in-
tersect substantially adjacent to the transverse pitch axis of the
vehicle This arrangement of the lines of action of the links ot
the four-bar linkage assembly substantially minimizes the '-
back-slapping" action from the seat during operation of thei
vehicle , .
In some of the disclosed embodiments, the bottom cushion
pan of the seat forms a part of the four-bar linkage assembly^
Also in some embodiments, the bottom cushion and the back
cushion are pivotally interconnected and the bottom cushion
is arranged so as to pivot about a point adjacent to and slightly
above its upper, front edge. This arrangement permits the bot-
tom cushion to move, in the fore-aft direction, in synchonism
with and the same amount as the back cushion and thus pro-
vides an even more comfortable ride.
to
3,711,150
HINGED DEFLECTORS FOR SLIDING ROOFS
Joseph Perks, Birmingham. England. assignor
Weathershields Limited, Birnvngham, England
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,727
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 10, 1970,
1.300/70
Int.CLB60j7//0
U.S.CL 296-137 E 2 Claims
An all metal folding furniture construction having front and
rear sets of pivotally connected cross legs including a jointed
locking bracket connecting the cross members extending
between each pair of aligned front and rear legs. The jointed
bracket includes a pair of U-shaped links pivoted to each
other at one end and to the cross member, at their other ends.
Abutment surfaces are provided to lock the rotational position
of the bracket when the joined ends of the links pass below the
line joining the pivots at the cross members.
The chair includes a side rail and an overlying runner
pivoted thereto between which the fabric seat passes. The
Uinges connecting the rails and runners are spaced further
apart than the depth of the seat and a pair of co-operating
retaining flanges hold the welt and core of the seat in place re-
gardless of the pivotal position of the side rail and runner. The
side rail also defines an anvil spaced inwardly from the retain-
ing nange to support the seat and in coK)peration with the
clamping flange on the runner, serves to selectively clamp the
seat in position.
The stool includes a side rail having a curved support sur-
face to support the seat adjacent the welt and core and a key
hole slot which passes along the length thereof to selectively
retain the welt and core of the seat therein.
3,711,152
HEALTH CHAIR
Casey R. SIrpak, and Yarl Pretorius, both of Cleveland, Ohio,
assignors to Casey Sirpak, Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Aug. 1 1 . 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 70,738
Int. CI. A47c 3/026
U.S. CI. 297-282 SC*-^*
30 31
A hinged draught deflector for a vehicle sliding roof com-
prises a flap carried by a pair of transversely spaced longitu-
dinal arms. The arms are pivotally connected to brackets for
connection to the fixed roof structure on opposite sides of an
opening adapted to be closed by a slidable panel. Spnngs act
between the arms and the brackets to urge the flap upwardly
and rearwardly into a raised operative position.
A chair having a contoured portion deflning a back rest and
a seat. The seat has a central recess extending inwardly from
976
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
its forward edge of a size and shape to accommodate the
upper legs of a person. The contoured portion of the chair is
pivotally suspended upon a support member which in turn is
supported on a base. The contoured portion is adjustable to
different heights with respect to the base. The contoured por-
tion preferably mcludes a frame and cushions supported by
the frame. The chair may be provided with arm rests and
lower leg rests. Preferably, the contoured portion is pivotally
suspended at its arm rests upon the support member. The con-
toured portion and the support member are adapted to swivel
with respect to the base and means are provided to selectively
prevent such swiveling. The chair is particularly advantageous
as a marital chair and for persons having stiff or ailing backs.
normal to the roller axes, act to tighten the grip of the rollers
on the tongue and prevent removal therefrom.
3,711,153
SEATS FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Douglas James Cunningham, Chichester, England, assignor to
Wingard Limited, Chichester, Sussex. England
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,779
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 24, 1970,
8,929/70
Int. CI. B60n//02
U.S. CI. 297—346 9 Claims
^T-l
In a vehicle seat which is adjustable in a fore-and-aft
direction the rear end of the seat frame is carried at each side
by a support member which is pivotally connected to said
frame and to a floor anchorage and is also selectively con-
nected to the said frame at any one of a plurality of points
spaced from their pivotal connection.
to Amerola
3,711,155
CUSHIONED SEAT, ESPECIALLY MOTOR VEHICLE
SEAT WITH QUILTING
Kurt Bandel, Monchberg; Walter Bartle, Sindelfingen; Ewald
Gunther, Dagersheim; Adolf Honegg, Datzingen, and Heinz
Stahl, Sindelfingen (Wurttemberg), all of Germany, as-
signors to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unter-
turkheim, Germany
Filed Dec. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 95,090
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 4, 1969, P 19 60
831.2
Int.CI.A47c 27/05,27//*
U.S.CK 297-456 15 Claims
3,711,154
BODY RESTRAINING MEANS
Anthony Merola, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor
Products Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 825,369, May 16, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,653,708. This application Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No.
178,245
Int.Cl. A44b///0<S,2//00
U.S. CI. 297—385 8 Claims
12 6
A body restraining means in the nature of a safety belt hav-
ing a novel and efficient belt locking means. A safety belt
comprising a flexible strip of material has a tongue at one end
and a safety buckle at the other end. The safety buckle is
formed from a frame having converging, confronting plate
members and rollers which are resiliently secured to the sur-
faces of the plate members. The arrangement is such that the
tongue, when inserted between the rollers of the buckle, is
frictionally secured by the rollers and forces which would
A cushioned seat, especially a motor vehicle seat, in which
the seat cushion and also possibly the back rest essentially
consists of a spnng box, of a molded cushion support arranged
on the spring box and of a cover that is interrupted by wedge-
like folds or the like; the cover also includes quilts whereby a
band or tape is secured at the place of the quilting on the
wedge-like folds or the like of the cover while the molded
cushion support is provided with an indentation and the band
is secured in this indentation.
3,711,156
SUPPORT SYSTEMS FOR THE SEATED HUMAN BODY
Jack Bloomfield, London, England, assignor to British Rail-
ways Board, London, England
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 196,484, Nov. 8, 1971, which
is a continuation of Ser. No. 878,849, Nov. 21, 1969,
abandoned. This application April 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,603
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, April 22, 1970,
19,285/70
Int. CI. A47c 7102
U.S. CI. 297-457 1 2 Claims
A support system for the seated human body comprising a
length or lengths of net material constrained under tension in
Tnciionaiiy securcu oy mc luucis anu njiv^ts v»uivii »»wuivj .>...g,". ^. — e, • j u i, .r^^
withdraw the tongue from between the rollers in the direction a supporting frame to form a seat portion and a back support
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
977
portion. The net material forming the back support is attached
to the supporting frame to provide a transversely extending
forwardly projecting support portion for the upper pelvic/lum-
bar area and sweeps downwardly and rearwardly from this
support portion to a position out of contact with the human
body and upwardly and rearwardly from the support portion
to form the remainder of the back support. The side edges of
the net material are not attached to the supporting frame over
the downwardly and upwardly sweeping portions and tension
is applied longitudinally to the net material over the back sup-
port through members of the supporting frame.
member is mounted on the boom to permit adjustable control
of the depth of the trench being formed.
3,711,157
AIR-ELEVATED DUMPING VEHICLE
Edmund G. Smock, 1502 Augusta Street, Zaaesville, Ohio
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,738
Int.CI. B60p///6
U.S. CI. 298-8 R 7 Claims
3,711,159
TUNNELLING MACHINES
Peter Charles Mazzotti, Hindhead. Surrey. England, assignor
to Streeters Plant Hire Limited, Godalming, Surrey, England
Filed Jan. 25, I97I, Ser. No. 109,496
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 17, 1970,
29,347/70
Int.CI. EOlgi/Oi
U.S. CI. 299—33 6 Claims
A dumping vehicle comprising a dump body pivotally
mounted on the vehicle chassis frame for movement between
a horizontal normal position and an inclined dumping position
using an air bag or air bellows as a means of power to raise and
lower the dump body. The dump body is so pivoted and the air
bellows is so disposed between the body and the chassis frame
that maximum lift is obtained with a minimum stroke of the air
bellows.
A tunnelling machine, more particularly but not exclusively
intended to operate in soft ground, comprises a tubular cutting
and protection shield which is periodically advanced with
reference to a base or an already erected section of tunnel lin-
ing and is preferably characterized by the provision at the for-
ward end of the shield of a pair of cutter-carrying excavating
jaws which are power operated and swingable in arcuate ex-
cavating paths about parallel axes from retracted positions in-
side the shield to positions projecting forwardly thereof
wherein the jaws are closed upon one another.
3,711,158
ROTARY TRENCHES HAVING ADJUSTABLE DEPTH
CONTROL MEANS
Wilfred H. Butcher, Watertown, Minn.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, S«r. No. 95,544
i Int. CI. E02( 5108
U.S. CI. 299-27 1 Claim
3,711,160
MINERAL WINNING MACHINES
Werner Mennekes, W eidenkamp 23, 4628 Altlunen, and Heinz
Weinhold, Wildenbruchstrasse 14, 465 Gelsenkirchen, both
of Germany
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,756
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 7, 1970, P 20 00
370.7 .
Int. CI. E21c 25/06
U.S. CI. 299—43 8 Claims
.28-
A trench-forming device includes an elongate boom which
is swingably mounted on a transverse drive shaft of a vehicle.
A revolvable blade is carried by the outer end of the boom and
is driven by an endless chain and sprocket which is connected
to the drive shaft of the vehicle. An adjustable depth-control
A mineral winning machine composed of a frame slidably
guided in gantry-fashion on a conveyor and a carriage dis-
placeably supported within a guideway at the top of the frame
The separation between the carriage and guideway tapers to
permit the carriage to move from side-to-side in a horizontal
978
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
plane under the action of two piston and cylinder units. The
carriage supports an arm pivoted to swing in a vertical plane
under the action of a further piston and cyhnder unit and two
rotatable cutting cylinders are disposed on a shaft at the end of
the arm Each cutting cylinder is of cage like construction and
formed from two axially offset rings adjoined to the shaft by
radial spokes and interconnected by transverse webs. The
rings and webs carry cutter bits and during use, mineral
detached from a face can pass into the interior of the cutting
device to be subsequently thrown out into a conveyor by the
movement of the webs.
3,711,161
DRIVE MEANS FOR CUTTER CHAIN JIB
Sidney E. Proctor, High Wycombe, England, and John C.
Carden, Nassau, Bahamas, assignors to Gimda Inc.,
Panama, Panama
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,165
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 21, 1970,
44,950/70; Dec. 8, 1969, 59,883/69
Int. CI. E21c 25/25
U.S. CI. 299—82 1 Claim
paratus such as a force-measuring cell or a displacement trans-
mitter is included in the mounting of the brake or brakes or of
the brake lining which controls a valve arranged in the line of
the brake medium depending on the development of the brake
force.
The invention provides drive means particularly for driving
the cutter chains of mineral mining machines and the jibs or
cutter chains of trenching apparatus, the drive means compris-
mg a pair of toothed dnving chains which engage from op-
posite sides in apertures formed in a member to be driven.
3,711,162
INSTALLATION FOR THE CONTROL OF THE BRAKES
OF A VEHICLE
Hans Stcinbrenner, Stuttgart-W ; Hans-Jorg Florus, Goppin-
gen, and Horst Grossner, Geradstetten (Wurttemberg), all of
Germany, assignors to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft,
Stuttgart-Unterturkhdm, Germany
Filed March 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,339
Claims priority, application Germany, March 21, 1969. P 19
14 336.3
Int. CI. B60t 8100
US. CI. 303-21 R 32 Claims
3,711,163
AUTOMATIC BRAKING SYSTEM
Harold R. Booher, Youngstown. Ohio, assignor to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Sept. 30, 1970. Ser. No. 76.904
lnt.CI. B60t<«//2
U.S.CI.303— 21P , 10 Claims
TO n«US Affl.Y
DtVtt •
35 S2'
BRAKE hi ^—'*^1?uu. -
ItranscxjcerI •
t»«ec
192-
CONVERTER
Luomr
LOCKED WHEEL
ARMING
Tie""
■HCCL SMEO
J22_
AUTOMATIC
H BRAKE
MODULATOR
26
~X
SKID
DETECTOR
LOCKED WHEEL
DETECTOR
29^
VALVE
AMPLIFIER -"■
~«5
40-
x^ SQUAT
** SWITCH
COMMUTATION TO ■•
OTHEN AUTO BRAKE CIKCUIIS
A brake control system for automatically providing a
smooth, comfortable brake pressure application rate for
achieving the desjred deceleration level and for maintaining
this level. The system consists essentially of a closed looped
modulator which controls the brake valve. The modulator is
responsive to a brake-apply signal to produce the desired
deceleration rate The system is also responsive to a brake-
remove signal to produce smooth and comfortable removal of
the brake application and the system is capable of being in-
stantly overridden to return full braking control to the vehicle
operator.
3,711,164
SNOWMOBILE SLIDE RAIL SUSPENSION
Guy-Noel Chaumont, Tring-Jooction, Quebec, Canada, as-
signor to Poly-Traction Inc., Tring-Jonction, Quebec,
Canada
Filed March 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122^37
Int. CI. B62d 55/10; B62m 27/02
U.S.CL 305-24 12 Claims
APPLieo seAKE rosceO'e)
MBASUBINQ MEANS
»CTUAL SRAKf i"08CECk)
MCASueiMS MEAHS
SWITCH
An installation for controlling the brakes of a vehicle, espe-
cially for preventing the locking of the wheels, which installa-
tion controls the pressure of the brake medium at one or
several brakes in dependence on the friction value between
the road surface and one or several wheels; a measuring ap-
1 he disclosure herein describes a slide rail for use in a snow-
mobile-type suspension assembly; the rail consists of an elon-
gated member with a bottom wall and two side walls. Each
side wall is provided with a pair of longitudinally spaced slots,
one slot of one side wall being transversely aligned with a slot
of the other side wall. The elongated member is mounted to a
bearing shaft transversely extending beneath the vehicle, by
means of separate link members with one end pivotally
mounted on the shaft and with the other end adjacent the
slots, of fastening members extending through the slots and
securing the lower ends of the link members, and of torsion
spring means which are supported on the bearing shaft and in-
clude end portions in yielding engagement with link members
disposed fore and aft relative to the bearing shaft and urging
the link members in a downward direction to thereby cause
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
979
the rail to maintain contact pressure on the lower run of the HYDROSTATIC BEARINGS
track. g|..jj^ p^^jj HaUfax. England, assignor to William Asquith
Limited, Halifax, England
3 711 165 FiledFeb. 16, 1971,Ser.No. 115,423
DRIVE SYSTEM FOR A FLEXIBLE TRACK Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 10, 1970,
Paul E. Russ, Sr., Englewood, Colo., assignor to The Gates 33,654/70
Rubber Company, Denver, Colo. In*- CI. F16c / 7/00
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36, 198 U.S. CI. 308-5 R 9 Claims
Int. CI. B62d 55/24
U.S.CL 305-35 EB 19 Claims
y^ "
A misalignment compensating system including a nexible
track having lugs projecting from its inner surface in a spaced-
apart relationship, and a drive wheel having projecUng tangs
that engage the lugs to propel the track.
3,711,166
MEANS FOR CONTROLLING THE COEFFICIENT OF
FRICTION BETWEEN BEARING SURFACES
Andrew J. Wayson, Needham, Mass., assignor to Merriman,
Inc.. Hingham, Mass.
ContinuaUon-ln-part of Ser. No. 766,503, Oct. 10, 1968,
abandoned. This application March 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,659
Int. CI. F 16c/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 308-3 25 Claims
A hydrostatic bearing has a pad mounted between the two
relatively movable members of the bearing, the pad being free
to move perpendicular to the bearing face but restrained
against movement in the direction of movement of the mova-
ble member of the bearing, there being a substantially con-
tinuous sealing element engaging between the mside face of
the pad and one of the beanng members, and a second sub-
stantially continuous sealing element on the outside face of
the pad for engagement with the other bearing member, the
area enclosed by the inside sealing element being greater than
that enclosed by the outside sealing element and means for ad-
mitting fluid under pressure simultaneously to both faces of
the pad.
3,711,168
APPARATUS FOR MOUNTING A SPINNING TURBINE
Gunther Wendel, Stuttgart, and Rudolf Fingerk. Esslingen-
Zollberg. both of Germany, assignors to SKF KugelUger-
fabriken GmbH. Schweinfurt. Germany
Filed Oct. 30. 1970. Ser. No. 85,335
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Aug. 3, 1970,
11670/70
lnt.CLF16cJ5/05
U.S. CI. 308-26 ^^^^'
/e>
/jtf. SS. 2.3 1^
A self-lubricated pressure plate or journal for use in sup-
porting relatively slowly moving heavy loads of the type im-
posed, for example, by long structural members such as beams
which expand and contract under temperature changes. A
fabricated sheet made of material which has the inherent
capability of lowering the coefficient of friction as the pres-
sure thereagainst is increased, rests against a first plate ot
novel surface configuration whereby the sheet, when under
pressure by a smooth second plate, will provide a suitable slid-
ing surface for the second plate and will be effectively secured
without bonding against sliding movement with respect to the
first plate The first plate has raised or depressed areas of con-
trolled size against which the load acting through the
fabricated sheet principally bears resulting in a controlled and
lower coefficient of friction at these bearing areas.
In a yam spinning machine apparatus for mounting the
bearing assembly of the spinning turbine. The apparatus com-
prising a bushing member secured to the machine frame or
frame support and a resiliently yieldable member. The bushing
envelopes the bearing assembly and is spaced therefrom to
provide a radial clearance. The yieldable member is inter-
posed between the bushing and the surface of the assembly
and IS secured to at least a portion of the bushing and to only a
portion of the surface of the beanng assembly.
980
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,169
TILTING-FLEXIBLE PAD JOURNAL BEARING
Willis W. Gardner. Waukesha. Wis., assignor to Wankesha
Bearings Corporation. Waukesha, Wis.
Filed Dec. 15. 1971, Ser. No. 208,211
Int. CI. F 16c 7 7/06
L'.S. CI. 308-73 10 Claims
enabling relative lateral movement between the rotatable
member and the support thereof with such movement being
cushioned and resisted by the resiliently suspended slide
member. The hub assembly and particularly the resiliently
biased suspension employs the use of exotic materials not
previously employed in a suspension system or action of this
type. In generic terms, the exotic materials include nonmetal-
lic materials such as plastics of various types but also steel and
aluminum which has been surface treated for hardening.
3,711,171
CERAMIC BEARINGS
Stanley S. Orkin, Rockville, and Alan A. WhitHeld. Glastonbu-
ry, both of Conn., assignors to KAcarb Products Corpora-
tion. BloomTield. Conn.
Filed Dec. 8, 1 969, Ser. No. 883, 1 27
Int. CI. F 16c 33/12; C04b 35/00
U.S. CI. 308—241 4 Claims
A pad-type journal bearing that utilizes both tiltable pads
and flexible pads for controlling the vibrations of a relatively
high speed shaft The tiltable pads are arranged in a generally
conventional manner and tilt in response to rotation and
vibrations of the shaft. The flexible pads are interposed
between the tiltable pads and the shaft. The radius of curva-
ture of the inner surface of the flexible pads is slightly larger
than the radius of curvature of the shaft, and the radius of cur-
vature of the outer surface of the flexible pads is slightly larger
than the radius of curvature of the adjacent inner surface of
the tiltable inner pad The radial thickness of the flexible pads
is slightly smaller than the radial distance between the shaft
and the inner surface of the tiltable pads. The bearing is flood
lubricated. Vibrations of the shaft are transmitted as dynamic
loads through the hydrodynamic oil film to the flexible pads
Due to the pad construction and beam-type support, the flexi-
ble pads deflect in the central portion when subjected to a
load from the shaft weight and/or dynamic loads as from shaft
vibration Vibrations of the flexible pads alternately squeeze
and expand a pocket of oil in the space between the flexible
pad outer surface and the adjacent inner surface of the tilting
pad to provide "squeeze film" damping. Thus this bearing
design uniquely provides tilting action, beam-type support
fiexibility, and squeeze film damping for the control of vibra-
tions of high speed rotors.
//C^
y/i!>
A bearing comprising two coengaging members movable
relative to one another, the bearing surfaces of said members
being provided by a body of ceramic material and a film of
solid lubricant interposed and in engagement with both said
bearing surfaces.
3,711,172
CYLINDRICAL MAGAZINE RETAINING DEVICE
Takeshi Okano, Nishinoiya. Japan, assignor to Fuji Shashin
Film Kabushiki Kalsha, Ashigarakani-gun. Kanagawa-Ken,
Japan
FlledMay4, 1971,Ser. No. 140,155
Claims priority, application Japan, May 18, 1970, 45/48078
Int. CI. A47f/ /OO
U.S.CI.312— 97.1 8 Claims
3,711,170
HUB ASSEMBLY
Raymond B. Leach, 222 South 88th Street, Omaha, Nebr.
Filed May 21. 1971, Ser. No. 145,825
Int. CI. F 16c 27/00
U.S. CI. 308— 184 6 Claims
74 ,62
A retaining device for retaining a cylindrical magazine on a
turntable. A first retainer which is brought into direct engage-
ment with the bottom of the magazine, is connected by way of
a spring with a second retainer provided on the turntable. The
first retainer is movable radially and tangentially of the turnta-
ble relative to the second retainer against the force of the
spring.
A hub assembly connecting a rotatable member to a support
member, such as an axle, shaft, or the like, incorporating a
resiliently suspended, laterally movable slide member
3,711,173
SINK CLAMP
Ralph Hoffman, 512 West Pine, Fairbury, III.
Filed Nov. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 194,857
Int. CI. A47b 96// S
U.S. CI. 312-140.4 5 Claims
A sink clamp is described formed on a single piece of chan-
neled metal. A hook portion is punched out of the upper por-
tion of the generally L-shaped clamp, the engagement with
conventional sink clips and the upper load beanng portion of
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
981
the clamp which engages with the clip is stiffened in a plane
perpendicular to the axis of the attaching screw so as to
3,711,176
HIGHLY REFLECTIVE THERMOPLASTIC BODIES FOR
INFRARED, VISIBLE OR ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT
Turner Alfrey, Jr., Midland, and Walter J. Schrenk, Bay City,
both of Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich. ^
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 876,181, Nov. 26, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 562,220, July 1,
1966, abandoned. This application Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No.
106,459
Int. CI. G02b 5/28
U.S.CL 350-1 16 Claims
reduce load concentration by distributing the load over a large
surface.
3,711,174
DESK HAVING EXTENSIBLE TOP SECTION
Donald A. Davis, 50 Johnson Rd., Winchester, Mass., and Gil-
bert M. Garte, 62 Curtis St., Egypt, Mass.
Filed March 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 123,238
Int. CI. A47b / 7/00, 19/00,27/00
U.S. CI. 312-194 1 Claim
—
- —
C6
"le
■^1
_-l4
\
1
t "
V
ars^ 6,
j*_
An extensible top section for a desk of the type including a
pair of spaced pedestals, a fixed top and a front modesty
panel, the extensible top section comprising a pair of hinged
leaf sections adapted when folded to be stored within said
desk below said fixed top and overhanging the modesty panel.
When the leaf sections are withdrawn and supported, the sec-
tions extend parallel to the fixed top and form a continuation
of the top work surface of the desk.
I
^OOO SOOO fi<^00 TOOO
Am*)
Highly refiective colored plastic film is prepared from trans-
parent plastics having no pigment or inorganic material by
forming the film from a number of layers of different ther-
moplastic materials which differ in refractive index and the
layer thicknesses are from about 0.05 micron to about one
micron.
3,711,177
APPARATUS FOR MAKING AND RECONSTRUCTING
REFERENCE BEAM CODED HOLOGRAMS
John H. Ward, Chelmsford, Mass., assignor to Optronics Inter-
national, Inc., Chelmsford, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 070,762, Sept. 9, 1970, Pat. No.
3.647.275. This application March 3, 1972. Ser. No.
231,544The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to
March 7, 1989, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. G02b 2 7/00
U.S. CL 250— 220 16 Claims
3,711,175
PORTABLE TYPEWRITER WITH CASE
Ettore Sottsass, Jr., Milan, Italy, assignor to Ing. C. Olivetti &
C. S.p.A., Ivrea, Italy
Filed Feb. 1 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 10,446
Claims priority, application Italy, May 3, 1969, 51694 A/69
Int. CI. A47b 2/ /00,S9/00
U.S.CL 312-208 5 Claims
An apparatus for making and reconstructing a reference
beam coded hologram. A source beam of partially coherent
light is amplitude divided into separate angulariy displaced
reference and object light beams with the object light beam il-
luminating an object A beam scrambler is used to introduce
random path distances in the reference beam. The beam
scrambler is imaged on a photosensitive member. The object
modified light is also directed upon the photosensitive
member to form an interference pattern thereon. The result-
ing hologram is reconstructed by introducing the same ran-
dom path distances in the hologram illumination beam.
A portable typewriter and case assembly in which the
typewriter is insertable into the case through an open end
thereof. A panel for closing the open end of the case is affixed
to the back of the typewriter. Flexible connecting means are
secured to the case and are engageable with the panel for
removably securing the panel to the case when the typewriter
is inserted into the case.
3,711,178
MIRROR STABILIZER HAVING SPACE REFERENCED
MOTION
William E. Humphrey, Berkeley. Calif., assignor to Optical
Research and Development Corporation. Oakland, Calif.
Filed Sept. 28. 1970. Ser. No. 75,965
Int CI. G02b 23/02
U.S. CI. 350— 16 13 Claims
A mirror is neutrally supported in and biased in alignment
with a window in a fluid filled chamber. The fluid, acting on
both the sidewalls of the chamber and the surfaces of the mir-
982
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
ror, causes the mirror to undergo proportional angular motion
with respect to an inertial reference system when the chamber
is subjected to vibrational angular motion with respect to the
(2ne-;
stituted carborane between them. Located on either side of
the transparent electrodes are a pair of crossed polarizers. A
light beam is directed toward one polarizer and emerges from
the other polarizer when an electric potential is applied to the
transparent electrodes. When no electric potential is applied
to the transparent electrodes light is not transmitted. The
color of the light transmitted or passed depends on the intensi-
ty and duration of the electric potential applied.
reference system Placement of the mirror stabilizer at
preselected points along the optical path of an optical instru-
ment having high magnification is disclosed for producing in-
strument image stabilization.
3,711,181
OPTICAL NOTCH FILTER
James E. Adams, Jr., Ontario, and John L. Daiky, Pittsford,
both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford,
Coon.
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,378
lnt.CLG02f //24
U.S. CI. 350-157 16 Claims
INaOENT UGHT
3,711,179
ROTARY REARVIEW MIRROR FOR VEHICLES
Kin-lchi Takeda, c/o Takeda Kinzoku Sangyo Co., Ltd. 8, 10,
2-chome, Yanagibashi, Taito-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,906
Int. CI. G02b 5108
U.S. CI. 350—62 1 Claim
jj Ci'i :i~
FAR FROM ho
INCIDENT LIGHT
AROUND A,
An optical filter system capable of transmitting light at sub-
stantially all wavelengths of incident radiation while simul-
taneously rejecting radiation at a single wavelength band or
plurality of wavelength bands within the incident radiation is
described. The system employs optically negative liquid
crystal films which are the same in intrinsic rotatory sense and
means for converting circularly polarized light of one sense,
e.g., right handed, to circularly polarized light of the opposite
sense, e.g., left handed.
A rotary rearview mirror device for a vehicle, characterized
by the provision of a motor-driver rotary mirror capable of
scattering the raindrops or snowflakes away from the mirror
surface by the centrifugal force produced when rotated,
whereby the dnver of the device-equipped vehicle can exactly
realize the circumstances behind his vehicle, thus making it
possible to ensure safety drive in the rain or snow.
3,711,182
GLARELESS MIRROR USING RELATIVELY
ROTATABLE POLARIZERS
Joseph Jasgur, 7673 Melrose Avenue, I.os Angeles, Calif.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,994
lnt.CLG02b5/iO
U.S. CI. 350- 1 59 5 Claims
3,711,180
OPTICAL SWITCHING AND VIDEO DEVICES USING
ORG ANO-SUBSTITLTED CARBORANES
Theodore J. Klinger, Oxford, Miss., and John R. Wright,
Batesville, Ark., assignors to The University of Mississippi,
University, Miss.
FUed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,472
Int. CI. G02f/ /26
U.S.CL350-150 18 Claims
A mirror having a polarized surface cooperates with a light
source for illuminating a subject in front of the mirror. A
polarized window in front of the light source is provided so
that the illuminating light on the subject is also polarized and
the relative directions of polarization of the window and mir-
ror can be adjusted to bring out highlights when a subject is
viewed in the mirror.
MOKNT JNPOLARIZED
UGHT>
CROSSED POAfilZERS
TIWI6HWEMT ELECTWOES
3,711,183
AN OPTICAL TOY DEVICE FOR SIMULATING
STEREOSCOPIC X-RAY IMAGES
Harold N. Braunhut, c/o Honney Toy Industries, 200 Fifth
Avenue, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 19, 1971, S^jr. No. 144,818
Int.CI.G02b5//S
Optical switching and video devices using organo-sub- , U.S. CI. 350— 162 R ' "js
stituted carboranes are disclosed. These devices compnse a An optical device compnsing a generally transparent body
pair of transparent electrodes containing an organo-sub- for intercepting light emitted from an object and through
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
983
which the object may be viewed. The light-transmissive body
includes opposite surfaces on at least one of which is provided
ses have spherical surfaces of long radius of curvature. The
first meniscus at the end of the telescope which is struck by
light rays has a small part of the center formed into a mirror by
silvering, aluminizing, and the like. The rear or convex surface
of the meniscus at the other end of the telescope housing is
formed into an annular mirror with a cltar central portion. AH
surfaces are spherically ground and preferably have identical
radii of curvature. The system is catadioptric, entering rays
are preferably refracted by four passages through the lenses
which corrects spherical aberration in the mirrors, which in
this preferred form are second surface mirrors.
EYE
a plurality of transversely contiguously generally parallel
grooves for operating upon light emitted from the object being
viewed and simulating an X-ray image of the latter object.
3,711,186
MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES
Anthony O Connor, Yorkshire, England, assignor to Vickers
Lhnited, London, England
FiledFeb. 2, 1971,Ser. No. 111,866
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 10, 1970,
6,385/70
Int. CI. G02b 27/02
U.S. CI. 350-214 1 Claim
3,711,184
LARGE CATADIOPTRIC OBJECTIVE
Max Amon. Farmingdale, and Seymour Rosin, Massapequa,
both of, assignors to Kollsman Instrument Corporation,
Syosset, N.Y.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,223
Int. CI. G02b / 7108
U.S. CI. 350-201 1 Claim
An objective system of high relative aperture for low-hght-
level application comprises a catadioptric system, utilizing a
single glass type and only spherical surfaces, and includes
three large correctors in front of the primary, and a field cor-
rector element located near the focal plane. One of the large
corrector elements is combined with the primary to form a
Mangin mirror, the secondary is made coincident with the rear
surface of the intermediate corrector, and the forwardmost of
the corrector elements is positive.
3,711,185
CATADIOPTRIC TELESCOPE
Harry R. McKinley, Rattle Hill Road, Southampton, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 11,195, Feb. 13, 1970,
abandoned. This application May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,839
lnt.CLG02b/7/0S
U.S.CL 350-201 6 Claims
An apochromatic microscope objective comprises a first
lens assembly of converging lens elements, a second lens as-
sembly of correcting lens elements for reducing aberrations
present in the beam as a result of passage through the first lens
assembly, an a field-flattening lens assembly which includes
first and second positive-power lens elements made of glass
that is anomalous in the same sense as fiuonte, and first and
second negative-power lens elements. The first negative-
power lens element is made of glass that is anomalous in the
opposite sense to fiuorite and is one component of a positive-
power compound lens of which the first positive-power lens
element is another component. The second negative-power
lens element is spaced from the compound lens to impose
negative field curvature on the light beam and is one com-
ponent of a compound lens of high negative power a further
component of which is the second positive-power lens ele-
ment.
[
-^-iJJ
A fixed optics telescope is described with two meniscus
shaped lenses fixed at the ends of the telescope body. The len-
3,711,187
SYSTEM OF MULTIPLE OBJECTIVES
Luis Antonio Adiego de la Parra, Madrid, Spain, assignor to
Empresa Nacional De Optica, S.A., Madrid, Spain
Filed Aug. 7. 1970. Ser. No. 61,995
Claims priority, application Spain, Feb. 7, 1970, 376,370
Int. CI. G02b 7102
U.S. CI. 350—254 2 Claims
A system of multiple objectives having an interior element
having radial guideways. Objectives are mounted movably in
the guideways. A rotary ring causes the simultaneous ap-
proaching or separation of all the objectives. The ring has an
internal surface of cams corresponding in number to the ob-
jectives and springs urge the objectives against the cams. An
984
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
external key operates the rotary ring. A circular shutter
diaphragm is provided with section cuts according to the order
of projection and is activated from the outside through an
with an element having an irregular surface which, in the
absence of the liquid diffuses light, and when the liquid is
disposed between the panes, owing to agreement between the
refractive indices of the element and the liquid, the diffusing
action ceases.
adequate transmission. A screen has as many openings as
there are objectives, in order to obtain individual bundles of
light rays corresponding to each objective.
to
3,711,188
COMPACT OPTICAL DISPLAY SYSTEM
Theodore F. Zehnpfennig. Wayland, Mass., assignor
Visidvne Inc., Woburn, Mass.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,1 12
Int. CI. G02b 5108
U.S. CI. 350-291 11 Claims
.».'.
Bj
.-Bj
3,711,190 _
FLOAT FOR SPECTACLES
Benton Blair, Sanibel, Fla., assignor to Farnham Blair, Alexan-
dria, Va., a part interest
Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,928
Int.CI.G02c//00
U.S.CL3S1-43 2 Claims
A float for spectacles including a blow molded air cell made
of a resilient- plastic material and having a pair of integral
molded loops at its opposite ends. These loops, when threaded
onto the temple of a pair of spectacles, are bent out of the
plane in which they are molded and resiliently press against
the inside of the temple to hold the air cell in mounted posi-
tion thereon.
3,711,191
ABERRATION CORRECTED OPHTHALMIC
PROGRESSIVE POWER LENSES
Luc Andre Tagnon, 6 rue Pastourella, Paris, France
Continuation-in-partof Ser. No. 771,143, Oct. 28, 1968,
abandoned. This application Sept. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 181,179
Int. CI. G02c 7/06
U.S.CL 351-169 4 Claims
A display device is disclosed including first reflection
means, second partially reflecting reflection means disposed
at a first angle to the first reflection means and means for
directing radiation from an item to be displayed to one of the
reflection means at a second angle to produce multiple reflec-
tion of the radiation between the first and second reflection
means and transmission through the second reflection means
to provide a display of the item.
3 71 1 189
LIGHT DIFFUSING-NONDIFFUSING WINDOW
Antonin Novotny, Coburg; Gottfried Cremer, Junkersdorf
near Cologne, and Ewald Heiman, Groskonigsdorf near
Cologne, ail of Germany, assignors to Schneider &. Co.,
Frechen, Germany
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,210
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 2, 1969, P 19 49
865.8; Jan. 22. 1970, P 20 02 855.1; Jan. 22, 1970, P 20 02
852.8; Jan. 22, 1970, P 20 02 853.9
Int. CI. G02b 5124
U.S.CL 350-319 18 Claims
,15
rl4
6
5
^
»ti/a«t«i5i.tUiiJi<^afjiJatijAitJwiV'iwiJijimitw'j'A"jwMij
£
#
J-^^4
A window-like arrangement comprises two panes with a
cavity between them Liquid can be caused to flow into the
A novel type of ophthalmic progressive lens of which the
one of its two refractive surfaces is a spherical or toric surface
and the other of its two refractive surfaces determines with the
first mentioned refractive surface a far vision lens portion with
a first focal power corrected for the aberrations which are
specific to far vision, a near vision lens portion with a second
higher focal power corrected for the aberrations which are
specific to near vision, and between said far and near vision
lens portions, an intermediate vision lens portion with a focal
power which progressively varies from said first focal power to
said second higher focal power, said intermediate vision lens
portion being corrected for aberrations specific to vision of an
object point progressively drawing nearer to the lens.
3,711,192
MOTION PICTURE CASSETTE
Edwin H. Land, Cambridge, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 738,464, June 20, 1968, PaL No.
3 655 277. This application May 24, 1971, S«r. No. 146,026
' ' InLCLG03b 25/02
US CI. 352— 78 R 10 Claims
A compact multipurpose motion picture film handling cas-
:^ s;:::^ ;;;:^„^resTorde?rcorr„;r„ua .„=.,;■,;;; f:™si;.dw,.. . ..., .< unexposed n,o„o„ p..
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
985
ture film of the type from which, after exposure thereof and
application thereto of a processing fluid, the negative emul-
sion is removed to facilitate projection operations. The cas-
sette includes an exposure station, a processing station and an
emulsion removal station. Its housing is configured to be first
lens assembly for ultimate projection of an image onto a
screen, wherein the lens assembly is carried on a telescopic
mounted in a camera to effect exposure of the film strip and
then in a projector to facilitate treatment of the film strip with
processing fluid and the subsequent removal of the negative
emulsion therefrom responsive to the drive arrangement of
the projector effecting advancement of the exposed film strip.
3,711,193
SHUTTER RELEASE DEVICE FOR CINE CAMERAS
Makoto Kurasawa, Sumida-ku, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 5 1,1 86
Claims priority, application Japan, June 19, 1970, 45/60875
Int. CI. G03b 9/08
U.S.CL352-178 3 Claims
mast that may collapse into the housing and is adjustable to
vary the angle of the projected image.
3,711.195
SLIDE PROJECTOR WITH AUTOMATIC MAGAZINE
RESETTING MEANS
Rolf Gehlert, and Ulrich Schmidt, both of Munich, Germany.
assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Uverkusen,
Germany
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,148
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 31, 1969, P 19
54 792.3
Int CI. G03b 23/04
U.S.CL 353-1 16 19 Claims
Upon depression of a shutter release button a detent lever is
rotated under the force of a click-motion spring, and simul-
taneously a motor driving circuit is closed. Upon release of the
shutter release button, the detent lever is returned to its initial
position under the force of the click-motion spring to stop the
shutter blade, and simultaneously the circuit is opened.
3,711,194
OVERHEAD PROJECTION APPARATUS
Harry Howard Wilson, Jr., 106 Wilson Street, Park Forest, lU.
FUed Oct. 24, 1965, Ser. No. 504,598
Int.CLG03b2//25
U.S. CI. 353—99 ^ Claims
Projection apparatus embodying a housing having a lamp
casing therein for projecting a light beam onto a reflective sur-
face that directs the beam upwardly through a film and into a
A slide projector wherein the magazine is automatically
reset to a starting position in which the foremost slide of a se-
ries of slides in the magazine is located in the range of the slide
changer. Such resetting is carried out by a motor whose circuit
is completed by a thyristor when a detector detects the placing
of the last slide of the series into the range of the slide changer
and when the slide changer thereupon actuates a first two-way
switch which is actuated whenever a slide is returned to its
compartment. The thyristor tnggers the operation of the slide
changer and of the indexing mechanism for the magazine in
response to actuation of a second two-way switch which is ac-
tuated on return of the magazine to its starting position.
986
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,196
IMAGE TRANSFER
Uonard M. Carreira, Webster; Ira S. Stein, and Vsevotod Tu-
lagin, both of Rochester. aU of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y. „ ^,
Divisioo of Ser. No. 542,050, April 12, 1966, Pat. No^
3 565 614. This appUcation Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 879,962
' ' Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 355-16 l^CUims
40 fO
22 1970 now U.S. Pat. No. 3,677.635 and entitled "Copying
Machine System". The Van Auken et al. machine includes a
clutch and cam arrangement for controlling the early feed of
copy paper while the original is being reverse transported m
the multiple copy mode, and allows multiple copies of an
original to be made very rapidly. The shortcomings of the
IJ}. — -
_._^___._»
f
-4
Apparatus for electrostatically transferring images formed
bv photoelectrophoresis. The color balance of the images
which are made up of electrically photosensitive particles on a
transparent conductive substrate are modified during electro-
static transfer by exposure to electromagnetic radiation to
which at least a portion of the particles are sensitive.
clutch and cam arrangement are eliminated in the present in-
vention by the substitution of an electronic circuit. A further
advantage of the electronic circuit is that it pennits a relatively
simple adjustment to be made for achieving perfect regisua-
tion between the onginal and each copy sheet.
3,711.197
PRESSURE TRANSFER MECHANISM
Michael H. Paul!, Mountain View, Calif., assignor to
Photophysics, Inc.. Mountain View, CaUf.
FUed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 130,948
Int. CI. G03b 2 7/04./ 5/00
U.S. CI. 355-16 8 Claims
3,711,199
VARIABLE FOCAL LENGTH OPTICAL SYSTEM FOR
PHOTOCOPYING MACHINE
Yutaka Koizumi, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
ContinuaUon of Ser. No. 14,288, Feb. 26, 1970, abandoned.
This application Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 219,885
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 28, 1969, 44/15575
IntCI.G03b27/J4
U.S.CL 355-57 » ^laim
9„ ie
A pressure transfer mechanism is disclosed for applying
evenly distributed pressure to a sheet of flexible photocopy
paper overlying a planar surface of a photoconductor in an
electrostatic photocopy image transfer station. The
mechanism comprises a frame to which the photoconductor is
rigidly held and a movable plate mounted for movement with
respect to the frame and the photoconductor. A platen is
disposed between the movable plate and the photoconductor
which platen has a planar surface disposed adjacent and sub-
stantially parallel the photoconductor planar surface. A first
set of compression spnngs is sandwiched between the movable
plate and the frame. A second set of compression springs is
sandwiched between the platen and the movable plate.
A vanable magnification optical system for a photocopying
machine wherein a variable lens interposed between an
original holder and a copy paper holder spaced apart froni the
original holder by a predetermined distance varies its focal
length within its lens barrel and displaces itself along an opti-
cal path passing through a side edge of the original, whereby
an image may be magnified or reduced in size with one side
edge of a copy paper being a reference line for magnification
or reduction.
ERRATUM
For Class 356—15 see:
Patent No. 3,711,796
3,711,198
COPYING MACHINE HAVING EARLY COPY PAPER
FEED IN MULTIPLE COPY MODE OF OPERATION
Richartl D. Nordine, Oakland Parii, Fta.. assignor to Copy-
sUtics Manufacturing Corporation, Miami Lakes, Fla.
Filed Dec. 1, 1970. Ser. No. 94,041
Int CI. G03b 27/42
US CI 355—51 33 Claims
* An electrostatic copying machine of the type disclosed m
Van Auken et al. application Ser. No. 30.923. filed on Apr.
3,711,200
MULTIPLE-SENSOR LASER VELOCIMETER
Robert W. Maughmer. Thousand Oaks, Calif., assignor to Lit-
ton Systems, Inc., Beveriy HUU, Calif.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,305
Int.CI.G01pi/i6
U S CI 356-28 * ^'*^'"*
X'laser velocimeter system for measuring the relative three-
dimensional vectonal velocity between a earner and the sur-
face over which the carrier moves. Light energy reflected
from laser illuminated portions of the surface is utilized to
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
987
compute the velocity of the carrier along each of three
orthogonal coordinates. Different portions of the reflected
energy are received by three light sensitive detectors after the
energy first passes through coplanar optical gratings-a
separate grating being associated with each of the light sensi-
object holding means, and pivotally adjusting the object as
necessary, the object can be holographically scanned quickly^
Fixtures for curved objects can present both surfaces thereof
-y-
-^55^
<05^ r
tive detectors. The output signals of the detectors are modu-
lated by the effects of the gratings; and these last mentioned
signals are processed by frequency tracker units and by a com-
puter to provide signals representative of the relative vectorial
velocity.
3,711,201 I
APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TRACES OF
ELEMENTS IN MASSIVE SAMPLES BY OPTICAL
EMISSION SPECTROMETRY
Stefano Sturlese, Rome; Giovanni Battista Quag''". Gtnoy»,
Rome, and Bartolomeo Morello, Rome, all of Italy, assignors
to Centro Sperimentale Metallurgico S.p.A., Rome, Italy
Filed May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,337
Claims priority, application Italy, June 5, 1970, 51 198 A/70
Int.CI.G01j3/J0
U.S. CI. 356-86 . 6 Claims
for scanning. A fixture for flat or slightly curved objects is
mounted for movement across the trunnion axis as well as
pivoting thereabout.
3,711,203
VEHICULAR TRACK MEASURING APPARATUS
Kazuo Sato, and Takashi Aoki. both of Toyota, Japan, as-
signors to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota-
shi, Japan
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,764
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 25, 1969, 44/93936
IntCI.G01b///26
U.S. CI. 356-152 17 Claims
f
l^^i
Apparatus for determining traces of elements in massive
samples by optical emission spectrometry comprises an at-
tachment to a Petrey table which is a rotatable sample holder
that rotates eccentric to and in gas-tight relation relaUve to the
Petrey table, so that the path of the projection of the electrode
on the sample is circular. The material of the sample holder is
a self-lubricating matenal. e.g. polytetrafluoroethylene. The
sample holder carries resilient clamps for centering the sample
relative to the sample holder.
3,711,202
HOLOGRAPHIC TESTING APPARATUS
Hugh M. Rush, Coronado, and Milan E. Gerard, Chula Vista,
both of Calif., assignors to Rohr Corporation, Chula Vista,
Calif.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,142
Int. CI. GO lb 9/02, G02b
U.S. CI. 356- 109 *.S'**r*
Components of a holographic system are mounted tor
movement as a unit along a horizontal path of travel. Means
for holding an object to be holographed, including a pair of
trunnions having a pivotal axis parallel to said line of travel,
are mounted for movement to and from the holographic
system. By selectively moving the holographic system and the
Apparatus for measuring a track of a vehicle running on a
test course, having, means for generating a voltage propor-
tional to a distance along the longitudinal axis of the course
between a track measurement starting plane on the course and
the vehicle by generating standing radio waves above the
course and counting the number thereof; and means for
eenerating a voltage proportional to an angle contained by a
reference vertical plane with respect to the course and
another vertical plane with respect to the course intersecting
the reference vertical plane and the vehicle by scanning the
course rotatively with a laser beam from the line of intersec-
tion of these two vertical planes and measunng the time
required for scanning the angle.
3,711.204
OPTICAL SIGHT ALIGNER
William F. Steck, III, El Paso, Tex., assignor to W. R. Weaver
Company
Filed Oct. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 187,023
Int.CI.G01b///26
U.S. CI. 356-153 ^^'•™''
A device for aligning the aimmg point of a sight with the axis
of a gun barrel includes a housing containing two aiming
988
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
points which are capable of being made coincidental. Colli-
> mating means is focussed on one of the aiming points of the
device, and image inverting and reverting optical means is
focussed on the other of the aiming points. Means is provided
for mountmg the device on the muzzle of a gun so as to permit
universal pivotal movement of the device with respect to the
gun and so that the bore of the gun barrel can be viewed
through the mverting reverting optical means through the gun
apertures are detected if light is emitted through the adjoining
comparator means and opaque material.
muzzle Once the inverting reverting optical means is centered
on the axis of the gun barrel, the device is made immobile with
respect to the gun, and the collimated aiming point of the
device is viewed through the sight The aiming point of the
sight is then made coincidental with the collimated aiming
point of the device so as to become aligned with the gun barrel
axis.
3,711,205
INSPECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
DETECTING OVERSIZED APERTURES IN RELATIVELY
THIN SHEETS OF OPAQLE MATERIAL
Alexander Stuart Tulk, Alan David Douglas, and Ivan L.
Ericson, ail of Towanda, Pa., assignors to GTE Syivania
Inc.
FUed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,193
Int. CI.G01b///00
U.S.CL356-162 10 Claims
An inspection method and apparatus for detecting over-
sized apertures in thin sheets of opaque material utilizing a
light source positioned in an encasement means having a floor
and a plurality of upstanding walls about the perimeter of the
floor Each of these walls has a ledge formed thereon for sup-
porting a translucent enclosure member having a predeter-
mined pattern of openings spaced therein. As a relatively thin
sheet of apertured material is positioned on the surface of the
enclosure member according to alignment pins on the surface,
a comparator means, hingedly affixed to one side of the enclo-
sure member and comprising a relatively thin sheet of trans-
parent material having an opaque pattern formed thereon cor-
responding to the aperture pattern desired for the opaque
material, is lowered to cover the opaque material. Oversized
3,711,206
OPTICAL ANALYZING MEANS FOR AUTOMATIC
CHEMICAL TESTING APPARATUS
John Joseph Moran, Houston, Tex., assignor to Hycel, Inc.,
Houston, Tex.
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,737
Int.CI.G01n2//06,2//22
U.S. CI. 356—20 1 5 Claims
An optical analyzing means for use with an automatic
chemical testing apparatus which is positioned at the readout
station including a readout block having a plurality of elongate
testing chambers of a predetermined size which are inclined
slightly from the horizontal for draining and including a
generally vertically passageway connected adjacent the lower
portion of the chambers for insertion into the reaction tubes
on the testing apparatus for aspirating samples from the tube
for testing and expelling the tested contents after optically
analyzing the sample A single light source spaced from the
testing chambers whereby the heat of the light source will not
adversely affect the contents of the testing chambers and a
plurality of fiber optic tubes each of which is connected to the
light source and to one of the testing chambers for passing
light through the testing chambers for optical analysis. An air
manifold connected to each of the testing chambers con-
trolled by valve means between the manifold and the testing
chambers for flushing air through the testing chambers for ex-
pelling the contents of the testing chambers after the test has
been completed.
3,711,207
ISODENSITY RECORDING SYSTEM
Isao Sakurai, and Minoru Okumura, both of Hachioji-shi,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,555
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 24, 1969,
44/103403
Int. CLGOln 2 //06, 2 //22
U.S. CI. 356-202 > Claim
An improved density recording system is described in which
a material carrying a density pattern thereon is scanned two-
dimensionally to measure its density, the output of the density
measurement section being led to a discriminator circuit to
discriminate predetermined voltages, and thereby isodensity
curves are plotted, similarly to that disclosed in the copending
U.S. Pat. application Ser. No. 45,952. The improvement exists
in that an alternating voltage having a waveform such as
sinusoidal, rectangular, o saw-tooth waveform or the like hav-
ing a total amplitude larger than the width of the blind zone set
up by said discriminator circuit is superposed on the output of
said density measurement section, whereby the cut-away sec-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
989
tions in isodensity curves which would occur at the curve sec-
tions which are parallel to the direction of line scanning in the
Discrimlnolor
Light
Source
_ Recording
Circuit
'6
Needle
3,711,209
APPARATUS FOR PHOTOMETRIC ANALYSIS
INCLUDING MEANS FOR SCANNING
Torbjom Oskar Caspersson. Stockholm, and Gosta Mattias
Lomakka, Sollentuna, both of Sweden, assignors to Incentive
Research & Development AB, Bromma, Sweden
FUed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,814
InLCLG01n2//iO
U.S. CI. 356—203
Light
Receiver
A C Generotor
case of the prior art density recording systems may be ob-
viated and made continuous.
3,711,208
DOUBLE BEAM OPTICAL DENSITOMETER
Antonio Abbondio, Oetwil/Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to
Ciba-Geigy AG, Basel, Switzerland
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,540
Claims priority, application Switzerland, April 2, 1970,
4886/70
Int. CI. G01n2//06. 2//22
U.S.CL 356-202 14 Claims
90
€y
30
13
-5
4 Claims
A photometric analysis of a specimen is earned out by
means of a scanning and integrating apparatus which com-
prises a main phototube, a specimen holder, driving means for
producing relative movement between the main phototube
and the specimen holder in accordance with a predetermined
scanning path, and an integrator for integrating the electrical
output signal from the main phototube. A diaphragm has an
aperture which represents a predetermined measuring field.
Lamp and lens means are provided for producing an image of
the aperture. An auxiliary phototube is provided for register-
ing said image. The driving means are arranged to actuate
members for producing a relative movement between said
image and said auxiliary phototube, and said relative move-
ment is in accordance with the predetermined scanning path
The auxiliary phototube actuates an electronic gate which
switches off the signal from the main phototube to the integra-
tor when the auxiliary phototube does not receive any light
from the image of the aperture.
3,711,210
SMOKE METER
Richard llrukowski, 39 Maple Street, Chatham, N J.
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,595
Int CLGOln 2 //26
CT'
U.S. CI. 356—207
12 Claims
The invention relates to a densitometer in which the slope
of the density curve is adjustable. The densitometer provides a
rotatable grey wedge disc and a rotatable chopper disc
disposed so that a measuring light beam can pass through both
discs and an object to be subjected to measurement and a
reference light beam can pass only through the chopper disc.
Both beams then image on a photoelectric detector which
feeds corresponding signals to a comparator. When a starting
position on the rotatable grey wedge disc passes a predeter-
mined point, a circuit is opened which permits the comparator
to connect a counter to a counting pulse transmitter, provided
also that a predetermined relationship, for example equality,
exists between said signals. The pulse repetition rate of the
counting pulse transmitter is preferably controlled in depen-
dence upon the rotational speed of the chopper disc and the
slope of the density curve can be varied by adjusting the ratio
between the rotational speed of the grey wedge disc and the
pulse repetition rate. Where the pulse repetition rate is depen-
dent upon the speed of the chopper disc, this adjustment is ef-
fected by a variable speed gear between the discs.
A smoke meter where smoke flows between a light source
and a photosensitive element which receives light from the
light source, so that the extent to which light is received by the
photosensitive element will be influenced by the opacity of the
smoke. The light source is electrically connected to a meter
which directly gives a reading of the opacity of the smoke. In
order to compensate for any fluctuations in light other than
the light travelling from the light source to the photosensitive
element, a compensating lamp is provided to maintain at the
photosensitive element a constant light level by compensating
automatically for any fluctuations in light other than the light
travelling from the light source to the photosensitive element,
so that the latter will respond only to variations in light from
the light source to provide an accurate indication of the opaci-
ty of the smoke.
990
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,211
WAX SHAPING TOOL
WiUiam E. Garrison, Seattle. Wash., assignor to The Magic
Circle Corp.. Seattle. Wash.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,414
Int. CI. B43k 8/00, A46k 1 1108
U.S. CI. 401-2 1 Claim
3,711,213
MULTIPLE-SPINDLE ARRANGEMENT FOR TAPPING
HOLES IN SMALL WORKPIECES, NUTS IN
PARTICULAR
Franciszek Grygierczyk, and Zygmunt Falkowski, both of
Czechowice-Dziedrice, Poland, assignors to Fabryka Sprzetu
Elektrotechnicznego "Kontakt", Czechowice-Dzledzice, Po-
land
Filed Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,511
Claims priority, application Poland, Dec. 27, 1967, P.
124318
Int.CI.B23g//05. //20
U.S. CI. 408—43 4 Claims
a » » 3B3< 35
A tool or instrument for shaping wax in desired patterns
which carries a tip that is made from a thermo-conductive
material conforming m a diminishing mass fashion and endmg
into a point The tip includes a wax storage area connected to
the point by a slot or passageway. Transport of fluid wax
between point and storage area, and vice versa, is obtained by
gravity and capillary action respectively in conjunction with
the effect of heat involved by the diminishing mass.
3,711,212
TRAVEL LIMIT MECHANISM AND METHOD
Kermit T. Kuck. Sidney, Ohio, assignor to The Monarch
Machine Tool Company
FUedFeb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,931
Int. CI. B23bJ9/0S, 49/00
U.S. CI. 408-3 35 Claims
A multiple-spindle arrangement for tapping holes in small
workpieces and compnsing; a spindle feed mechanism, a
mechanism for reversing spindle rotation, a rotary head with
working spindles slidably seated therein, and a holder disk
secured to said head and provided on its periphery with
sockets coaxial with the spindles for receiving therein the
workpieces to be tapped.
3,711,214
DEVICE FOR USE IN TURNING OPERATIONS ON PIPE
ENDS AND IN BORING HOLES IN THE SLIDES THEREOF
Alfred J. Cloutier, P.O. Box 455, Saco, Maine
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,822
InL CI. B23b 4 / 100; B23p 23100
U.S. CI. 408—92 6 Claims
A travel limit mechanism is disclosed which is usable with a
machine tool having a plurality of tools movable into an
operative position to work on a workpiece. A reference posi-
tion is first established at which the tip of a first tool clears a
workpiece and a first dog just actuates a switch. This
establishes a first tool-limit position. THe tool is removed from
the operative position and placed in an adjustable holder with
the tip of the tool abutting a tool tip locator and the tool tip
locator abutting the first dog. A second tool-limit position
then may be easily set by placing a second tool in the adjusta-
ble holder and moving the tool tip locator into abutment with
the tip thereof and also into abutment with a second dog of a
second set of dog and switch means. Depth stops for setting
depth of cut of the tools may also be readily set using the same
mechanism The foregoing abstract is merely a resume of one
general application, is not a complete discussion of all princi-
ples of operation or applications, and is not to be construed as
a limitation on the scope of the claimed subject matter.
Devices are disclosed for performing a wide range of opera-
tions on pipes including the turning of male ends and forming
annular grooves thereon, cutting off lengths, or providing
threaded holes in the side thereof. Each device includes a
basic part, attachments including various tools, and clamps.
The basic part comprises a threaded shaft provided with a
head and a threaded sleeve provided with a head and slidable
on the shaft. Where the device is to be clamped to the intenor
of a pipe, a wedge-actuated clamp is threaded on the sleeve
and operated by rotating the sleeve and an attachment with
the appropriate tool is secured to the shaft head for engage-
ment with the exterior of the pipe. Where the tool is to be ad-
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
991
vanced as the shaft is turned, a nut is provided that may be
threaded on the shaft and has a threaded counterbore
enabling it also to be attached to the end of the sleeve. Where
a hole is to be formed in the side of the pipe, the nut is part of a
clamp secured about the pipe with its axis at right angles
thereto and the tool is secured axially to the end of the shaft.
3,711,215
DRILLING BOLT HOLES
John Vincent Brown, Gartenstrasse 2, Zug, Switzerland
Filed June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149.733
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 5, 1970,
27,331/70
Int. CKB23b 49/00
U.S.CL408-108 7 Claims
3,711,217
DRILL WITH A HARD METAL INSERT
Wilfried Imelmann. Vaduz, and Siegfried Benedic, Eschen,
both of Liechtenstein, assignors to Hiiti Aktiengesellschaft,
Schaan, Liechtenstein
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,823
Claims priority, application Germany, June 12, 1970, P 20
29 047.5
Int. CI. B23b 5/ /OO
U.S. CI. 408-226 2 Claims
h»/
m
Apparatus for use in locating and aligning holes for bolts ..
bridge parapets and the like consists of a flat plate bearing ad
justabit guides, adjustable locating means and power
operated clamping means.
3,711,216
TOOL BIT ADJUSTING DEVICE
Eric P. Zurcher, Hasbrouck Heights, NJ., assignor to Stan-
dard Tool & Manufacturing Co.
FUedJune25, 1971,S«r. No. 156,846
InL CI. B23b 29\34
U.S.CL408-I53 5 Claims
J / ►♦J
6a
For obtaining the maximum effectiveness from an axially
extending drill with a hard metallic insert positioned on its
drill end and a pair of axially extending oppositely spaced sur-
faces formed in its cylmdrically shaped shaft, the ratio of the
maximum diameter of its shaft to the dimension between the
oppositely disposed surfaces is in the range of 1 : 0.7 to 1 : 0.8.
3,711,218
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP WITH OPEN TYPE IMPELLER
George Wm. Kennel, Flushing, and Gerald Omstein, River-
dale, both of N.Y., assignors to Dorr-OUver Incorporated,
SUmford, Conn.
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,156
Int. CL FOld 5102; F04d 29/02
U.S.CL 415-131 14 Claims
An adjustable wedge for a tool bit has a sloping face on a
cylindrical body which is mounted in a cylindrical aperture
where it can rotate. The opposite side of the body has a notch
engaged by the head of a screw for adjusting the wedge axially
within the aperture. A fiat triangular bit is retained on a seat
by a finger to have a comer tie exposed for cutting. By having
the sloping face of the wedge engage the edge of the bit op-
posite to that of the tip being used, the bit can be adjusted out-
wardly by the movement of the wedge inwardly of the aper-
ture by the screw. The bit usually is provided with sloping
edges which converge to provide relief to the cutting tips and
the sloping face of the wedge will cause the wedge to rotate so
that the sloping face will be coplanar with the sloping bit edge.
A centrifugal pump having an open type bladed impeller,
featuring an impeller shaft assembly which as such comprises
a hollow impeller shaft, a tie rod within the impeller shaft, and
an impeller with open blades connected to the tie rod so as to
be axially adjustable relative to the shaft and thus relative to
the pump housing through manipulation of the tie rod at the
free end of the shaft.
3,711.219
FAN CONNECTING REINFORCING CAP TO HUB
Karl H. Strick, Chatham, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Fram
Corporation. East Providence, R.l.
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 181,664
Int. CI. F04d 29138
U.S.CL 416-132 24 Claims
A fan having blades secured on arms which project radially
992
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
from a central hub and reinforcing caps fixedly connected to
ing cylinder. The follow-up slide has inlet and outlet openings
which cooperate with the openings in the transmission
member so that control of the position of the working piston is
determined by the position of the follow-up slide.
the blades and arms, said reinforcing caps extending to and
fixedly connected to said hub.
3.711,220
MARINE PROPELLER WITH REMOVABLE BLADES
Carl-Gustaf Ramback, and Nils Olof Ericsson, both of
Kristinehamn, Sweden, assignors to Aktiebolaget KarlsUds
Mekaniska Werkstad, Karlstad, Sweden
FUed Feb. 19, 1971, S«r. No. 1 16,837
Claims priority, application Sweden, April 10, 1970,
4912/70
Int. CI. B63h/ /20
U.S.CL416— 146 5 Claims
A fluid motor is provided in association with each blade of a
marine propeller of the type having removable blades to assist
in removing the associated blade. •
f»-\
U JO
JB » 2a
10 fi i? 20 If
it. it \i
3,711,222
PUMPING SYSTEM
Ezra D. Hartley, 2700 Jalmia Drive, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,544
Int. CI. F04b 49100
U.S.CI.417— 44 10 Claims
A pumping system comprising a pump, a drive mechanism
for driving the pump, and a differential pressure switch
responsive to the pressure of the fluid in a sensing zone on a
discharge side of the pump for turning the pump on and off. A
restricted fluid passage is interposed between the pump
discharge and the sensing zone.
3,711,223
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CONCRETE
PLACER
Aaron M. Schaible, deceased, late of Rochester, Wis.; by
James F. Bremer, special administrator, Waterford, and
Harry W. Davidson, Burlington, both of Wis., assignors to J.
I. Case Company
Filedjan. ll,1971,Ser.No. 105,265
Int. CI. F04b 9108
U.S.CL 417-342 11 Claims
3,711,221
DEVICE FOR VARYING THE PITCH OF PROPELLER
BLADES
Bo Karl Loritz Almqvist, Hagersten, Sweden, assignor to Ak-
tiebolaget Scania Vabis, Sodertalje, Switzerland
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44.522
Claims priority, application Sweden. June 6, 1969, 8105/69
Int. CI. B63h 3108
U.S. CI. 416— 157 6 Claims
T^i^T
X
•^v^
A device for varying the pitch of the propeller blades in an
engine driven boat. A hydraulic motor having a work cylinder
with a working piston imparts movements to the propeller
blades and to an auxiliary cylinder through a mechanical
transmission member. The auxiliary cylinder includes a fol-
low-up slide which cooperates with the transmission member.
The transmission member has inlet and outlet openings and a
channel to conduct a pressure medium to and from the work-
c3.
A concrete pumping apparatus having a pair of fluid rams
cooperating with conduits for delivering material through the
conduits by supplying pressured fluid from a hydraulic control
circuit to the rams. The hydraulic control circuit includes a
pump delivering fluid to the rams at varying flow rates and
pressures with a member in the pump positionable to a plurali-
ty of positions to adjust the flow rate of the fluid. The member
is adjustable by a manual control means and automatic com-
pensator means communicating with the output of the pump
with an element of the compensator means positioned as a
function of the pressure of fluid from the pump. A linkage
means is interposed between the element and the member to
move the member at varying inclements as the pressure of
fluid is increased.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
993
3.711,224
FLUID POWERED EXPANSION ENGINE
Wendell E. Maudlin, York, Pa., assignor to Borg-Warner Cor-
poration. Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,507
Int CI. F04b/ 7/00, J5/00
U.S.CL 417-344 . 19 Claims
also operates as a bypass clutching mechanism to control on
and off operation of the compressor. The compressor housing
also includes a discharge muffler formed therein.
inie'
r-^
ft-'
3,711,226
PNEUMATIC PUMP CONSTRUCTION AND METHOD
FOR MAKING THE SAME OR THE LIKE
Kenneth G. Kreuter, Goshen. Ind., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Continuation of Ser. No. 805,645. March 10, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 11^,012
Int. CI. F04b 43104
U.S.CL 417-480 10 Claims
r.oi, .:uiiei
A pair of similar free piston mechanisms oscillate, in
response to a driving fluid, within respective multi-chambered
cavities of a pair of cross coupled cylinder structures. They
travel at the same speed but one-fourth of a cycle out of phase.
Each piston-cylinder system is double acting and provides the
necessary intake and exhaust valving for the other. No
mechanical interconnections are needed between the two
piston mechanisms. In the disclosed «mbodiment the expan-
sion engine is incorporated in a fluid transformer having a pri-
mary flow circuit, which includes chambers of both cavities,
and a secondary flow circuit also comprising chambers of both
cavities. Driving fluid in the primary circuit actuates both of
the piston mechanisms and they in turn effect pumping of a
driven fluid through the secondary circuit.
3,711.225
EPITROCHOIDAL COMPRESSOR
William H. Kolbe. Birmingham, and Alexander J. Sagady.
Warren, both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit. Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 79,194, Oct. 8, 1970, Pat. No.
3,671,154. This application Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,076
Int. CI. F04h 23100; FOlc 1102, 19108
U.S.CI.417— 440 7 Claims
A pneumatic pump construction having an outer peripheral
means of a flexible diaphragm interconnected to either an
inlet housing or an outlet housing and having an inner
peripheral means thereof interconnected to the other of the
housings whereby the diaphragm interconnects the housings
together to define a pumping chamber therebetween and per-
mits relative movement of said housings to change the volume
of said chamber for a pumping action of the pump construc-
tion, one of the housings comprising two parts having the
inner peripheral means of the diaphragm stacked
therebetween and being ultrasonically welded together to
secure the inner peripheral means to the diaphragm thereto. A
drive member is snap-fitted to one of the housings to provide
driving motion of that one housing relative to the other hous-
ing for the pumping action.
3,711,227
Vane-type fluid pump
Albert A. Schmitz, 5217 Durand Avenue, Mount Pleasant,
Wis.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 739,359, June 24, 1968,
abandoned. This application Dec. 22, 1969. Ser. No. 886,982
Int. CI. FOlc 2///6, F03c i/00. F04c 15104
U.S. CI. 418-31 8 12 Claims
A compressor of the epitrochoidal rotor type has a rotor
with N hollow lobes and a stator housing with N-f I lobes, a
discharge and inlet side plate on one side of the rotor and a
piston side plate on the opposite side of the rotor loaded
against the rotor by fluid pressure from the discharge cavity of
the compressor to effect sealing of the rotor between these
side plates, the piston side plate being adapted to be rotated
out of engagement with the rotor whereby the piston side plate
'ioiPff
A vane-type pump in which the vanes are hydrostatically
balanced whereby they are urged outward only by centrifugal
force. The cam ring sealing surfaces rise in the sealing zones to
assure contact with the vanes.
994
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,228
VACUUM PUMP
Norman Leslie Foley, Clovercrest, Modbury. Austraiia, as-
signor to Auscoteng Pty. Ltd., WayvUle, Australia
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,823
Claims priority, application Australia, Sept. 11, 1969,
60783/69
Int CI. FOlc 2//04, 21106; F04c 15100
U.S. CI. 418-98 2 Claims
mined rotational position of the turntable and Which is
adapted to move substantially parallel to said mandrel, each
mandrel having an end portion which is provided with spheri-
cal surfaces and which engages and is swivellable in a beanng
A gaseous pump capable of producmg a high vacuum or
delivering to a high pressure, the pump being a normal gear
pump with sealing means to seal the gaps between the gear
faces gear teeth and the casing, and to seal the bearing sup-
porting the dnve shaft. Sealing liquid is recirculated from a
liquid trap at the outlet to the inlet of the pump and to the
bearing supporting the drive shaft.
2«''^ 200 OT^
part fastened on the turntable, aligning means associated with
each mandrel in order to adjust the latter to a predetermined
swivelled position, and resiliently elastic restoring means
which counteract the deflection of the mandrel from the
predetermined swivelled position.
3,711,229
CORNER SEAL SPRING FOR A ROTARY PISTON
ENGINE
Noriyuki Kurio, Hirtjshima, Japan, assignor to Toyo Kogyo
Co., Ltd.. Aki-gun, Hiroshima-ken, Japan
Filed May 25, 1971. Ser. No. 146,759
Claims priority, appbcation Japan. May 25. 1970. 45/51649
Int.CI.F01c 19102. F03c J/00, F04c 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 418-121 2 Claims
3,711,231
URETH ANE TUNNEL MOLD
Samuel Chess, and Lawrence C. Porter, both of Pakjs Verdes,
Calif., assignors to The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Oct 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,640
Int CLB29d 27/04
U.S.CL425-127 12 Claims
A comer seal spring urging a comer seal within a groove in
each apex portion of a rotary piston of a rotary piston engine
for sealing between the rotary piston and the adjacent end
wall The spring is made of a wire spring, formed into a U-
shape with its both ends bent outwardly when viewed from the
front and twisted into ay-shape when viewed from the side.
3,711,230
MACHINE FOR PRODUCING HOLLOW BODIES OF
PLASTICS MATERIAL
Kari Magerle, 8700 Kusnacht, Switzerland, assignor to Tub-
matic Inter AG. Zug, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 17. 1971, Ser. No. 172,502
Claims priority, application Switzerland. Aug. 21, 1970.
12521/70
Int. CI. B29d 23100
U.S.CL 425-126 6 Claims
A machine for producing hollow bodies of plasUcs material,
compnsing: a turntable which has a plurality of mandrels dis-
tributed in the peripheral direction, at least one working unit
which cooperates with one mandrel at a time in a predeter-
The disclosure relates to apparatus for use in production of
elongated elements of foamed cellular material from a liquid
reaction mixture by a continuous process where the mold is
comprised of a tunnel or channel having a given curvilinear
cross-sectional configuration. Endless belt conveyor means
encircle the channel and are in side-by-side guided relation-
ship The width of the belts is functionally related to the
degree of curvature. Means are provided for guiding the belts
lengthwise through the tunnel.
3,7 11 ,232
DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING A PLASTIC TUBE
ComeUs Van Zon, Zwolle, Netherlands, assignor to industricle
Ondememing Wavin N.V., ZwoUe, NetherUnds
FUed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,206
Claims priority, applkatkm Netherlands, Oct. 13, 1968,
6815449; April 24, 1969, 6906380
Int.CLB29d2i/0i.2i/04
U.S.CL425-150 9 Claims
A device for manufacturing a plastic tube with transverse or
helical grooves compnsed of an extruder, and a die consisting
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
995
of two movable halves forming a mold cavity with a ribbed
profile through which the tube is extruded. The halves of the
die are each provided with semi-circular elongated heating
elements or members for heating a region between the open-
ing of the extmder and the beginning of the die forming the
mold cavity. One embodiment of the present invention uses an
inflatable member disposed interior to the tube which when
inflated forces the tube outwardly causing portions of the tube
to conform to the grooves in the mold cavity to form a ribbed
profile in the tube. The inflatable member comprises a mova-
ble cylinder having an inflatable wall and two expandable
3 711,234 *
APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PRECISION
CASTINGS OR INJECTION-MOULDINGS FROM
PLASTICS
Walter Damsky; Siegfried Joisten, both of KrefeM, and Janos
Sajben, Krefdd-Gartenstadt, all of Germany, assignors to
Farbcnfabriken Bayer AktiengeseUschafti Leverkusen, Ger-
many •
Continuation of Ser. No. 718,841. April 4. 1968. abandoned.
This application Nov. 9. 1970. Ser.So. 88.146
Claims priority, application Germany, April 19, 1967, F
52177 •
Int. CI. B29c 7100
U.S. CI. 425-307 ♦ 15 Claims
spaced apart end discs. Another embodiment of the present
invention comprises an inflating member having two spaced
apart expandable closing discs which, when expanded, com-
municate with the interior wall of the plastic tube thus, creat-
ing a high-pressure chamber therein. A spring-loaded valve for
controlling the ingress and egress of the inflating medium,
such as compressed air, into and out of the pressure chamber
is situated between the two closing discs. The inflating medi-
um trapped in the chamber under high pressure exerts a force
on the tube thus, displacing portions of the tube into the
ribbed profile in the mold cavity to form transverse or helical
grooves in the tube.
3,711,233
PLASTIC BOTTLE MANUFACTURE
Albert R. Uhlig, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,660
Int. CI. B29d 23103
U.S. CL 425-302 9 Claims
Apparatus for production of an axially elongated plastic ar-
ticle of precise dimensions about its axially extending
periphery. The article is first injection moulded in oversize
form. It is then injected from the mould by an ejector which
also advances the cast oversize article through a multistage
cutting tool which cuts material from the periphery of the arti-
cle to reduce it from the oversize condition to said precise
dimensions.
3,711,235
EXTRUSION DIE DECKLE MEANS
William S. Bunte, Somerville, and Lino E. DeGasperis, Clinton,
both of N.J., assignors to Egan Machinery Company. Somer-
ville. N J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 154,138. June 17, 1971,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 108.459. Jan. 21,
1 97 1 , Pat. No. 3,694, 132. This application Nov. 10,1971, Ser.
No. 197.271
Int. CI. B29d 7104
U.S. CL 425-466 12 Claims
^^z-
^g=^
A blow molding apparatus for forming containers from or-
ganic plastic material wherein the container is formed with an
expanded radially extending wall at the finish of the container
so that the flash and moile material can be removed by a die
cut or blanking operation of the apparatus.
An extrusion die having a discharge orifice in the form of a
relatively long narrow slot and adapted to extrude a film or
sheet of a flowable plastic material. The die is equipped with
known extemal deckle means adjustably positioned along the
outer end of the discharge onfice and improved internal
deckle means adjustably positioned along the inner end of the
discharge orifice. The extemal and internal deckle means are
adjustable in unison or separately, as desired, along cor-
responding ends of the discharge orifice. The die and the ex-
temal and intemal deckle means are so constructed and ar-
996
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
ranged as to effectively regulate and control both the width
and the thickness of a plastic film or sheet that is extruded
from the die.
3,711,236
GAS BURNER CONTROL DEVICE WITH LOW
PRESSURE CL TOFF X
Howard R. Kinsella, St. Louis County; John J. Love, St. Louis;
Carl A. Smith, Lemay, and Charles D. Vises, Manchester, all
of Mo., assignors to Emerson Electric Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Aug. 2, 1971,Ser.No. 168,095
Int. CI. F23q 9108
lJ.S.Cl.431-53 10 Claims
of a flame are both effected at a relatively low frequency (less
than 1 Hz) whereas according to the improvement, means are
provided to effect the ignition at a relatively higher frequency
and the detection at a relatively low frequency. Additional
safety means may be included.
3,711,238
VORTEX COMBUSTION CHAMBER
Julian H. Dancy; William O. Wiley, and Thomas L. Tyson, all
of Richmond, Va., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.V.
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,345
Int.CI.F23c5/M
U.S.CL 431-173 2 Claims
-'« #«
^"Rn-" \
mm ^ ^
>§iiC
■•-./- „ vrr SMI ; k/!»-^: .2'''
•i^S-' -i,-.
V:
nt \ j
-f"" *^}
A gas burner control device including a biased closed, elec-
tromagneticaliy operated, fuel cutoff valve dependent upon
electrical energy generated by a pilot burner-heated ther-
mocouple to hold it open, and a biased open pressure respon-
sive switch controlling the thermocouple-cutoff valve circuit,
the switch being dependent upon a predetermined minimum
gas supply pressure to close it and hold it closed, whereby
either a drop in fuel supply below a predetermined minimum
pressure or the extinguishment of the pilot flame effects clo-
sure of the fuel cutoff valve
3,711,237
IGNITION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR FUEL
BURNERS
Eric Jaulmes, Paris, France, assignor to Ateliers De La
Motobecane, Pantin, France
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,292
Claims priority, application France, March 9, 1971,
7108138
Int.CLF23n5//2
U.S.CL431— 69 18 Claims
.¥«
. >
--:-:'__ ^ J
This invention relates to a combustion chamber as applied
in a preferred embodiment to a warm air heater wherein a vor-
tex is provided by having the air intake means enter eccentri-
cally with respect to the longitudinal axis thereof, the chamber
having a main combustion zone and a post combustion zone
separated by a plate orifice.
3,711,239
FUEL BURNER
Merle Myron Clark, Barberton, Ohio, assignor to The Babcock
& Wilcox Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,193
Int. CI. F23m 5100
U.S.CL 431-188 12 Claims
The subject matter of the disclosure relates to a control
device which is an improvement on French Pat. No. 1 ,598,786
wherein the ignition and detection of the presence or absence
A fuel burning apparatus comprising an air register, a liquid
fuel burner and a gas fuel burner of unitary construction, the
latter including a nozzle portion for conveying the gas fuel a
plenum portion disposed downstream gas flow-wise of the
nozzle portion and in fuel receiving relationship therewith, an
annular plate member interposed between the nozzle and
plenum portions and connected thereto, and a plurality of in-
dividual spuds flow communicating with the plenum portion
for discharging the gas fuel therefrom.
January 16, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
997
3,711,240
GAS-FUELED LIGHTER
Irvin J. Warshaw, 9 East 66th Street, Savannah, Ga.
Filed Aug. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 170,870
Int.CI.F23q//02
U.S.CL431— 253
orifice form a top part that is screw-threaded into a tubular
part of the burner unit and the bottom of the rod bears against
a stop.
7 Claims
3,711,242
GAS BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY FOR TORCHES
Cadet E. Bowman, Sycamore, III., assignor to Olin Corpora-
tion, Stamford, Conn.
Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 828,957
Int. CLF23d/ 5/36
U.S.CL431-349 2 Claims
A lighter of the liquified gas fuel type having a case contain-
ing a fuel reservoir and a wick for conducting fuel to a nor-
mally closed valve operatively associated with an extensible
conduit having an orifice at its outer end together with spark
generating means and a valve actuator, the actuator being ar-
ranged to move the valve to an open position to permit gase-
ous fuel to enter the extensible conduit which in the retracted
position permits the gaseous fuel to be ignited by the spark
generating means and which may be extended telescopically
to locate the burner orifice at the other end of the conduit in a
location remotely spaced from the case for positioning the
flame adjacent an area of limited access.
3,711,241
BUTANE GAS LIGHTER
Hiroichi Obata, 5588 Kawaiashiro-machi, Ryugasaki, Japan
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,731
Int. CI. F23d 13104
U.S.CL431-344 1 Claim
A gas burner head assembly generally comprises an elon-
gated body member having an axially disposed main gas flow
passage, a tubularly shaped flame holder at an outlet end,
transverse air admitting passageways intersecting the mam gas
flow passage, and a circumferential array of passages formed
in the body and arranged to deliver air-gas mixture in a
swirling path forming an air-gas vortex within the flame
holder.
3,711,243
REGENERATIVE TILE FOR FUEL BURNER ,
John Smith Zink; Hershel Goodnight, and Robert D. Reed all
of Tulsa, Okla., assignors to John Zink Company, Tulsa,
Okla.
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 111,921
Int.CI.F23c5/0S
U.S. CI. 431-351 5 Claims
-4-mm.
A liquefied gas lighter has a tank for containing liquefied
butane or like fuel, and a burner unit that extends from an ex-
ternal orifice through the top of the tank to or near the bottom
of the liquid in the tank. The burner is smoothly adjustable. A
porous member with fine pin holes covers the opening from
the tank to deliver low-pressure gas from the high-pressure
liquid, stabilizing the flame. A small-bore passage extends
from the external burner orifice to an internal transverse abut-
ment at the top of a large-bore tubular part of the burner unit.
A compressible gas-permeable disc is squeezed between the
transverse abutment and the top of a rod. In one form, there is
an adjustment screw that presses against the bottom of the
rod. In another form, the transverse abutment and the burner
A ceramic structure substantially encasing atomized liquid
fuel with the ceramic structure retaining heat in the presence
of ignited fuel and serving to control the movement of air as it
moves into the combustion of the liquid fuel to prevent the
development of coke within the ceramic structure.
CHEMICAL
3,711,244
SULFON AZIDE BONDING OF P^J^.^J^^.'^^.S^f^^ER
POLY AMIDE, POLYESTER OR POLYOLEFIN UNDER
RADIATION
Adnan A. Sayigh; Fred A. Stuber, both of North Haven, and
ZnLlrich* North Branford, all of Conn., assignors to The
Lpjohn Company, Kalamazoo. Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 15,838, March 2, 1970
abrdoned. This a^Ucation Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,503
Int.CI. D06p
11 Claims
^■poUmtnc dyestuffs are bonded to substrates conta.nmg a
oluralltTof C-H bonds (polyolefms such as polyethylene
Sredfby applymg the polymer.c dyestuffs m assoc.at.on
£ cena-n su.?onL,des as a coat.ng to the subsuate and e -
posing the coated substrate to irradiation (thermal or actinic).
The sulfonazides used have the formulas;
silicate and a gluconate. A polyphosphate can also be
added if desired.
3,711,247
METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF THYRO-BINDING
CAPACITY OF BLOOD PROTEINS
Raymond J. Adams, Anaheim, CaUf., assignor to Curtis
Nuclear Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed March 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,342
lnLCI.G01nJJ//6
U.S. CI. 23-230 B ^ Claims
1 tin-trCJr .'*
r M.K
C 4JJJ^-
r o
— °-^-''«-<Zx
(so.Nj).n
or R'-
CO
-N^ ^N-R'
I
CO CO
V
wherem A is the residue of an aliphatic alcohol containing "J
hvdroxvl groups and a molecular weight less than 300. m is 1
oJr IS loweValkyl or halogen, . is 1 to-2, y is 0 to 2^o_
vided that . + y is 3 , and further provided that m is at least 2
when :cis 1 . the SO.N, groups are in positions 3. ^-^^ of the
benzene nuclei and one of said positions is unsubstituted and
R' =
(SOjNi).
Rr
The irradiation can be carried out imagewise so as to
reproduce images, eg illustrations, printed -o^^mg etc on
the substrate, said image being developed by washing out the
unexposed unbonded polymenc dyestuff.
.rtA> t^toT %*-
Jl'.
B "
n
The ability of serum to bind additional triiodothyronine is
deler^med b^ a method requiring minimal quanUties of
seru^ of the order of 0. 10 ml., and short mixing times, of the
"deTof 40 minutes, by employment of a specially designed
^ ,.,r^ reaction via in which raaioacuvc
rXl^n,ne and a bufle, are prepackaged, and a res.n
membrane separable from the liquid reactanu by syringing of
the latter from the vial after mixing.
3 711 245
finnn FOR P AD-BATH 'dYELNG CONTAINING
"^'ElY^OL COI^OUND AND BORIC ACID OR
Jo^F^Neumer, Hockessin, Del., «^.f ?;; j« ^oe/"
P^nt de Nemours and Company, ^ '"m'"?**"*,' *J*':
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1970 ^r. No 73,664
Int. CI. C09b 67/00; D06p 3/82, 5/04 ^ ^^^^
'^An'imp'^v" process for dyeing water swellable cellu-
losic fibers, alone or blended with synthetic fibers by
c^t^LctSg ^e fibers throughout with an aqueous solvent
or T^lvent solution of a preformed dispersed dye, said
"^iv^nf ^^nsisUng of ethylene glycol or a ^env^n- '^^^^
of the improvement comprising increasing the fixation oi
dye on the cellulosic fibers by adding an effective amount
of boric acid, borax or a mixture thereof.
3 71 1 248
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ME^URY
CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENT
Peter E.Toffey^S^nectady, NY a^gnor to Environ-
ment/One Corporation, Schenectady, N.Y.
Filed July 28, 1971, Ser- No. 166,945
Int.CLfe01n2i/26 ,. ri.Jms
U.S. CI. 23-230 R ^* ^^'^"^
Esso Research and Engineermg Company
No Drawing. Filed {?" «, 1971 Ser No. 104,477
Int. a.C2M 11/12,11/18 - ^, .„„
ITS n 21—2 7 ^ Claims
Oxidative coiTOsion in cooling water systems is sub-
stantially reduced by the addiUon of small amounts of a
JSSSk. ' -S3
Accurate determination of the concentration, calculated
as demental mercury, of a -t"P;«,S^^.riSl o r^^^^
medium containing mercury, either m elemental or
ducible form, is obtained by
rn the reduction of mercury containing compounds
^ Ihere necessa^ to elemental mercury in vapor form;
(2T conversroTS the mercury content to condensation
nuclei; and
998
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
999
(3) the measurement of the resultant condensation nuclei
to yield an accurate indication of the concentration,
calculated as elemental mercury, of mercury in the
sample medium.
3,711,249
METHOD FOR DETECTING CORROSION INHIBI-
TOR IN AQUEOUS ACID SOLUTIONS
Billy R. Keeney, Duncan, Okla., assignor to
Halliburton Company, Duncan, Okla.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
819,795, Apr. 28, 1969. This application Apr. 14, 1971,
Ser. No. 134,048
Int. CI. GOln 33/00
U.S. CI. 23—230 R 18 Claims
ing such vapor with a reactive halogen compound to con-
vert the organic contaminant to the corresponding, vola-
tile, covalent halide; then removing vaporous, ionically
bound reaction by-products from the air; and then de-
tecting the remaining covalent halide through the use of a
halogen leak detector or other suitable halogen sensors.
The process may proceed on a continuous or intermittent
zzn
Method for simply and inexpensively determining the
presence of a corrosion inhibitor in an aqueous acid solu-
tion. Gas evolving from a material which will react with
uninhibited aqueous acid solutions to evolve such a gas
causes a small first container to rise to the surface of a
liquid in a larger second container, thus indicating the
absence of acid corrosion inhibitor. If the first container
does not float, acid corrosion inhibitor is present.
3,711,250
GLUCOSE DETERMINATION METHOD
EMPLOYING ORTHOTOLUIDINE
William S. Stavropoulos, Carmel, and Bernard J. Thiegs,
Indianapolis, Ind., assignors to The Dow Chemical
Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,682
Int. CI. GOln 33/16
VS. CI. 23—230 B 8 Claims
An improved ortho-toluidine reagent composition for
use in determination of glucose in biological fluids com-
prises sufficient oxalic acid or polyphosphoric acid to pro-
vide a uniform intensity of color when the composition
is reacted with glucose, independently of contamination
with trace amounts of iron.
Vapor -Atr
Milfur*
Conv»rf«r
u-il
K • Q c f or
"I?"
Halogen
Defecfor
end Blower
"Defection Signal
Atr Discharge
basis, and has general application with respect to the de-
tection of alcohol, aldehyde or ketone vapor contami-
nants. Apparatus is particularly adapted to sample air
which is or recently has been in close proximity to a sub-
ject person to determine if a suflficient concentration of
ethyl alcohol vapor is present to indicate that the sub-
ject may be impaired by alcohol.
3,711,252
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR THE
DETECTION OF URIC ACID
Ashim Chandra Roy, 62 Gloucester Drive,
London, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188,942
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, Oct 28, 1970,
51,276/70
Int. CI. C07d 57/34; C09k 3/00; GOln 33/16
U.S. CI. 23—253 TP 9 Claims
Method for detecting uric acid in aqueous fluids which
comprises contacting the fluid with a composition compris-
ing a ferric salt and either 2,4,6-tri(2-pyridyl)-l,3.5-tri-
azine or 2.2':6',2"-terpyride, in a buffered acidic me-
dium. A preferable embodiment comprises incorporating
the composition with a carrier and using the resulting com-
bination as a dip and read test device. A further prefer-
able embodiment comprises the use of a persulfate in the
composition which increases the specificity and stability
of the composition.
3,711,251
DETECTION OF ORGANIC VAPOR
CONTAMINANTS IN AIR
Louis H. Goodson, Kansas City, and William B. Jacobs,
Independence, Mo., assignors to The Insurance Institute
for Highway Safety, Washington, D.C.
Filed Apr. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,817
Int. CI. GOln 31/06. 33/00
U.S. CI. 23—232 R 18 Claims
The presence of an organic vapor contaminant in air
is determined by combining the air suspected of contain-
3,711,253
APPARATUS FOR SYNTHESIS OF
FORMALDEHYDE
Horst Rothert and Rolf Schumacher, Berlin, Germany,
assignors to Karl Fischer Apparate-u. Rohrleitungsbau,
Berlin, Germany, and Societc Chimique des Charbon-
nages SCC, Courbevoie, France
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,130
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 16, 1970,
P 20 02 789.8
Int. CI. BOlj 9/04
U.S. CI. 23—288 K 13 Claims
A mixture of methanol and air is fed from one side
into a bed of catalyzer, such as silver, which on reaction
906 O.G.— 36
1000
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
-r.~:: ;s?sr «: kss=i; BxIiB^"^^
3,711,255
MOTOR FUEL COMPOSITION
Donald R. Lachowicz and George S. Saine&. Fishkill, and
George W. Eckert, Wappingere Falls, N.Y., assignors
to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y,
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,408
Int. CI. ClOl 7/78. i/22
U.S. CI. 44—66 10 Claims
Motor fuel composition comprising a mixture of hydro-
carbons in the gasoline boiling range containing a nitro-
ketonized amide corresponding to the formula:
R_N-CH.
A.
-CHi
-CHj— N— H
where R, R' or R" is a nitroketonized group having from
4 to 40 carbon atoms. The nitroketonized amide provides
the fuel composition with such properties as rust protec-
tion, carburetor de-icing and carburetor d.-tergency.
provided directly adjacent this opposite side so that the
gas passes into immediate heat-exchanging contact with
the cooling means and is cooled thereby.
3,711,254
POTASH GRANULATION
John McGowan and Charles Raymond Kirby, Rossland,
and Henry Daniel Alexander Cormode, Trail, British
Columbia, Canada, assignors to Cominco Ltd., Mon-
treal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,098
Int. CI. cold 3/22; BOlj 2/14
U.S. CI. 23—313
3,711,256
GAS CONDITIONING APPARATUS WITH
BAFFLES AND DRYER UNIT
Will B. Williams, Oakland, Calff., assignor of a fractional
part interest to Harry J. Benson, San Leandro, Calit.
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,402
Int. CI. BOlf i/02
U.S. CI. 48—180 R * C'^""*
12 Claims
VENTILATION
CYCLONE /-?
PfTOOUCT
Elevator .
Particulate potash is granulated in a pan granulator.
The moist granules from the pan are mixed with warm re-
cycled dry granules and tumbled in a rotating drum where-
by the granules become equilibrated in both moisture con-
tent and temperature. The equilibrated granules are dried
in a fluid bed dryer and sized by screening. The oversize
and undersize granules are recycled, via a pulverizer, to
the pan and the product size granules go to storage. The
recycled dry granules are either taken from the dryer dis-
charge or from the product size granules going to storage.
A mixing tank or chamber having an inlet communi-
cated with a source of dried air ^V ^ P^^'^^^"'""J'^ J'";
sure and an inlet communicated with a source of natural
or manufactured gas at a predetermined tejnperature with
the tank or chamber having a plurality of spaced baffles
therein and screen material to thoroughly mix and inter-
mingle the gas and air to provide a homogeneous com-
bustible mixture for discharge to a gas burning device
such as a furnace, boiler or the like.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1001
3,711,257
MEANS FOR AIDING FUEL ATOMIZATION
Wallace L. Linn, Indianapolis, Ind.. assignor to P. R. Mallory
& Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 85,652, Oct. 30, 1970,
abandoned. This application Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,288
Int.CI.F02m/5/04,J///2
U.S.CI.48-180R
and in which the closure means comprises a porous metal
and/or ceramic material in the form of a three-dimen-
sional network arranged to define a plurality of cellular
spaces which intercommunicate with one another and the
retaining means comprises a compressed portion of the
three-dimensional network of the closure means. Pref-
erably the closure member is a reticulated polyurethane
16 Claims foam which has been electroplated with nickel or iron.
3,711,260
HONING STONE APPARATUS
Carl H. Kramm, Pinckney, and Roger E. Lee, Brighton,
Mich., assignors to Wedge-Lock Honing Stone Co.,
Brighton, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 54,403, July
13, 1970, now Patent No. 3,641,715. This application
July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,908
Int. CI. B24d 5/70, 7/00; B24b 9/02
U.S. CI. 51—204 8 Clamis
A microporous sheet of material is disposed between the
fuel and air inlets and the outlet of a carburetor.^
3,711.258 ^^^
METHOD OF TRANSPORTING NATURAL GAS
Charies VV. Matthews, Hinsdale, III., assignor to Institute
of Gas Technology, Chicago, III. ^ ^ „, ^
No Drawing. Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,924
Int. CI. C07c 9/00
U.S. CI. 48 190 R ^^ V'sims
A method of transporting natural gas including the
steps of transporting bulk volumes of natural gas in the
form of a lower alkyl amine to a point remote from a
point of origination, decomposing the lower alkyl amine
at the point of destination to methane, ammonia and ni-
trogen, and then separating the methane for utilization.
The lower alkyl amine can be thermally decomposed, or
ii can be decomposed by catalytic hydrogenation. The
nitrogen content of the amine can be recycled on the
return trip of the transporting vessel as aqueous ammonia
for re-use, or it can be used as a hydrogen source in the
reconversion of the amine to natural gas.
^^ni
Honing apparatus including a head supporting a plural-
ity of radially adjustable abrasive honing stones wherein
the openings defined in the heads receiving the stones are
of such configuration as to cooperate with retainers at-
tached to the stones to maintain the stones in firm assem-
bly with the head, as the stones are consumed. Oblique
end faces defined at the ends of the head openings deform
stone retainer leg portions adjacent, but spaced from, hone
stone end surfaces, and as radial movement of the stone
occurs the degree of deformation increases to maintain
positive holding of the stone as its radial dimension de-
creases during use.
3,711,259
SAFETY DEVICE
William A. Gurney, Birmingham, England, assignor to
Dunlop Holdings Limited, London, England
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,231
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 19, 1969,
14,406/69
Int. CI. F17d 3/00: F23d 13/46
U.S. CI. 48—192 13 Claims
3,711,261
ROTARY ABRASIVE DEVICE
Russell W. Burns, Topanga, Calif., assignor to Merit Abr^ive
Products, Inc., Compton, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 817,773, April 21, 1969, Pat. No.
3 619 948. This application April 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,889
Int. CI. B24b 9102
U.S. CI. 51-334 . 5 Claims
■/■//■
t I A rntarv abrasive device in which abrasive units are
A flame arrester which comprises closure means for al- ^ J°^^ ^ n^our^ on a powered mandrel, the units includ-
lowing gas to pass therethrough while preventing passage ^^P'^^^^^^^^ ^^^"i,^" ^ endw.se into grooves ,n the
of a flame and retaining means for retaining the closure ';^|;^^;^7"^;j",';:%^ ^nd relationship of the retainer
means in position in or adjacent an aperture or passage mandrel, me conug
1002
members and peripheral openings of the grooves, and at-
tachment of the retainers to abrasive packs with a spacing
between the base edges of the packs and the surface of the
mandrel, affording a Hmited pivotal movement of the retainer
members and packs.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,262
METHOD OF PRODUCING OPTICAL
WAVEGUIDE HBERS
Donald B. Keck, Corning, and Peter C. Schultz, Painted
Post, N.Y., assignors to Corning Glass Works, Corn-
ing, N.Y. , ^,,
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,267
Int. CI. C03c 25102; C03b 21100
U.S. CI. 65—3 28 Claims
3,711,264 ^^^
METHOD FOR PRODUCING A FARADAY
ROTATION GLASS HAVING A HIGH VERDET
CONSTANT ,..._. ^ ^ c
Charles C. Robinson, SturbHdge, Mass., Robert E. Graf,
Southbridge, and Robert W. Young, Woodstock, Conn.,
and Merrill F. Sproul, Sturbridge, Mass., assignors to
American Optical Corporation, Southbndge, M^.
Original application Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,539.
Divided and this application Mar. 8, 1971, S»er.
^''* Vnt'^a. C03b 5/16. 29/00; C03c 3/00 ,
U.S. CI. 65—134 7 Claims
i-
-^
J
1
—
1
!^
N
coo
"^^I I
AM
1 ,
h
1
.
1
«ea
tm
i
1X^4-
-U-HO*
1
1
-aw
i
_j
^ ■' \\:
i"""
0-rt)iP*ij»* -^(p«*6-
A method of producing an optical waveguide by first
forming a film of glass with a preselected index of refrac-
tion on the inside wall of a glass tube having a different
preselected index of refraction. This glass tube and glass
film combination is then drawn to reduce the cross-sec-
tional area and to collapse the film of glass to form a fiber
having a solid cross-sectional area; the core being formed
from the glass film, and the cladding being formed from
the glass tube.
Glass containing a substantial amount of cerium in the
form of cerous (Ce+3) ions is prepared by fusing ceric
oxide and dibasic ammonium phosphate, which reduces
the ceric ions to cerous ions, and in certain instances
antimony oxide is added to improve the ratio of cerous
to ceric ions. Remelting cerium glass in argon atmosphere
reduces any ceric ions to cerous ions, providing a clear
glass.
3,711,265
APPARATUS FOR BENDING SHEET MATERIAL
Andre Jadin, Dampremy, Belgium, assignor to Glaverbel
S.A., Watermael-Boitsfort, Belgium
Filed Mav 26. 1971, Ser. No. 147,041
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 29, 1!*70,
36,766/70
Int. CI. C03b 23/02
UA CI. 65—287 11 Claims
3,711,263
SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS AND
SIMILAR MATERIALS
Laden Leger, Mon(ignies-Ie-TiIleul, Belgium, assignor to
Glaverbel S.A., Watermael-Boitsfort. Belgium
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,026
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Sept. 12, 1968,
56,863
Intel. C03c 27/00
VS. CI. 65—31 23 Claims
0 6 20 21
A method and apparatus for treating an article which
has been previously chemically tempered to place ex-
terior layers under compressive stress, and the treated
article itself, the treatment involving removing an 0.1
to 20 microns thick surface layer of compressively
stressed material from the article. —
Cooling
Binding
Cooling
In apparatus for imparting a predetermined permanent
curvature to sheet blanks, which apparatus provides a pre-
heating zone arranged along a first line and a cooling zone
arranged along a second line parallel to the first line, the
improvement of providing an additional cool:ng zone ar-
ranged along a third line parallel to the first line and the
second line. Two bending stations are provided, one ar-
ranged near the second line and the o^^er arranged near
the third line. Both bending stations are adjacent the end
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1003
of the first line in the direction of motion of trays being
conveyed along alternative conveying paths defined by
tracks.
3,711,266 __
PLUNGER SUPPORT MEANS FOR MOLTEN
GLASS FEEDER
Robert A. Daly, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to
Emhart Corporation, Bloomfield, Conn.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 5,868,
Jan. 26, 1970, which Is a continuation-in-part of ap-
plication Ser. No. 750,843, Aug. 7, 1968. This applica-
tion May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,753
Int. CI. C03b 5/26. 9/40 ,
U.S. CI. 65—328 1 ^a""
third zone being formed integrally with the other two
as a transition zone comprising a mix of the two refrac-
tory slip compositions introduced through a series of bi-
furcated metering valves in the hoses or pipes normally
used in the slip casting process. The upper zone comprises
approximately 90% by weight of alumina, and the lower
^''2
'T^
r/MMS/rM
^»—
■iS
u
zone less than 80% by weight of this material. Zirconia
is present to the extent of less than 2% by weight in
the upper zone, and comprises approximately 10%-15%
by weight of the composition of the lower zone. The tran-
sition zone comprises a substantial percentage of alumina
and some silica is present in all three zones.
A molten glass feeder has a conventional feeder bowl
with an outlet spout in which a triple gob orifice plate is
provided so that three plungers, mounted in depending,
side-by-side relationship, can be reciprocated vertically
for forming gobs of glass in the orifice plate. Each plunger
is mounted in a chuck, which is in turn adjustably mount-
ed vertically in a support bracket having an opening and
a threaded nut for receiving the plunger chuck. Each sup-
port bracket has two oversized openings for loosely re-
ceiving two threaded studs which studs are threadably se-
cured in a head carried on a conventional reciprocating
plunger carrier. The plungers can be located in their nomi-
nal positions by using locating pins and then anchored in
final positions by suitable stud means. In one version of
the support bracket the plunger chucks are mounted m
a circular plate, which plate can be angularly located in
the head portion of the carrier to permit all of the
plungers to be rotated collectively for set-up purposes.
3.711,267 ^,
COMPOSITE REFRACTORY FOR USE IN MOLTEN
GLASS FEEDER
A. D. Fentzke, Granby, Conn., assignor to Emhart
Corporation, Bloomfield, Conn.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 796,060,
Feb. 3, 1969. This application July 26, 1971, Ser. No.
166,226
Int. CI. C03b 11/06
U.S. CI. 65 330 1 Claim
a' feeder bowl is mounted at the end of a molten glass
forehearth, and has a reciprocating plunger and rotating
tube for feeding gobs of the molten glass through an ori-
fice in the outlet spout of the feeder bowl. To combat the
tendency for the plunger to act as an electrode in a gal-
vanic cell created in the molten glass the plunger is made
up from two refractory materials, one for use in the glass,
the other for use above the glass surface to electrically
insulate the submerged portion from the metallic plunger
operating mechanism. A method is disclosed for forming
the composite refractory plunger in three zones, the up-
per and lower zones being distinct materials, and the
3,711,268
STABILIZATION OF POLYPHOSPHATE FERTILIZER
SOLUTIONS
Alva W. Frazier, Florence. Ala., assignor to Tennessee Valley
Authority
Continuation of Ser. No. 82,809, Oct. 21, 1970. and a
continuaUon-in-part of Ser. No. 30,264, April 20, 1970,
abandoned. This application May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,366
Int. CI. C05b 1100
U.S. CI. 71-34 \C\wxi
A minor excess of nuoride over that required to react with
all the aluminum and magnesium in ammonium and potassium
polyphosphate liquid fertilizer solutions will prevent the
precipitation of these elements. Effectively, this addition of
excess nuoride shifts the solution composition from a region
where the water-insoluble precipitate MgAI(NH4)5(P207)
,Fj6HO (I) is stable to a region where the water-soluble
form dimorph II, is stable; thus the metallic cations are
sequestered. Alternatively a smaller amount of nuonde is
added and the resulting precipitate is filtered to obtain a sta-
bilized solution.
3,711,269 ^
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING LIQUID
FERTILIZER
William T. Curless, Overland Park, Kans., assignor to
Willchcmco, Inc., Tulsa, Okla. _, ,,_
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 17, 1970 Ser. No. 73.215
Int. CI. C05b VOO
U S CI 71 36 ^ Claims
A* clear liquid potassium ammonium phosphate ferti-
lizer of relatively high potassium content is manufactured
by ammoniating a potassium acid phosphate solution to
a specific ratio and then filtering the ammoniated solution
at a temperature within a very narrow range so as to
remove precipitated solids. By adhering to the preferred
limitations of composition and temperature the Produc-
tion of unstable triammonium phosphate as a byproduc
is avoided and liquid fertilizer with P5O5 to K2O weight
ratios of about 1 to 1.5 may be obtamed.
1004
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,270
2,2'.METHYLENEBIS(TRANS-3,5.DfflYDROXY-
STILBENE) AND USE AS BIOCIDE
Herbert George Arlt, Jr., Ridgefield, and Natalie Elaine
Conroy, New Canaan, Conn., assignors to Arizona
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 28, 1968, Ser. No.
771,359, now Patent No. 3,531,533, dated Sept. 29,
1970. Divided and this application Mar. 31, 1970, Ser.
No. 24,377
Int. CI. AOln 9/24
U^. CI. 71—67 9 Claims
New stilbene derivatives having the following formula:
wherein Ri is cycloalkyl, R2 is hydrogen or cycloalkyl or
Ri and Rj together form a heterocyclic ring such as mor-
pholine, piperidine or pyrrolidine. They are prepared by
the reaction of 2-chIoroethylphosphonic dihalide with the
appropriate amine or by the reaction of excess amine with
a 2-chloroethyl dichlorophosphite followed by rearrange-
ment of the chloroethyl ester intermediate.
wherein R is methoxy or hydroxy; and a method for
destroying or inhibiting microorganisms using the new
stilbene derivatives.
3.711,273
METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE YIELD
OF FRUITS
William D. Mitchell, Chadds Ford, Pa., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
800 972. Mar, 24. 1969. This application Oct. 5,
1970, Ser. No. 90,187
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Jan. 19, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. AOln 9120, 9/12
U.S. CI. 71—120 2 Claims
Several l-arylbiurets when applied to various plants at
flowering results in an increase in the number and size of
fruit set, thereby increasing the yield. The compounds
also prolong the life of harvested green leafy vegetables.
3,711,271
METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ALGAE
Don R. Baker, Orinda, Calif., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,950
Int. CI. AOln 9/00
\5S. CI. 71—67 1 Claim
Compounds having the formula
R O
Br— C— C— O— CHjCH— C = C Ri
H R)
in which R is hydrogen or cyano, and R* is hydrogen,
alkyl, aryl, nuclear substituted aryl or
o R
— CH»— O— C— C— Br
k
R2 is H or methyl, their method of preparation, and the
use of these compounds as biocides, such as in controlling
fungi, bacteria, and algae.
3,711,272
CYCLIC DIAMIDES OF 2.CHLOROETHYL-
PHOSPHONIC ACID AS PLANT GROWTH
REGULANTS
David I. Randall and Robert W. Wynn, Easton, Pa., as-
signors to GAF Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,746
Int. CI. AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 71—86 9 Claims
Plant growth regulating compounds are substituted 2-
chloroethylphosphonic diamides of the formula:
/
N
0/ \
11/ R.
Cl— CHjCHj— P
\
N
/
3.711,274
PROCESS FOR PREPARING FINELY PARTICLED
NICKEL POWDER
Franco Montino. Casale Monferrato. and Franco (luerrieri,
Novara, both of Italy, assignors to Montecatine Edison
S.P.A., Milan. Italy
Filed May 14. 1970, Ser. No. 37,294
Claims priority, application Italy, May 19, 1969, 16970
A/69
Int. CI. C22b 23100; B22f 5100
U.S.CI.75-.5A 2 Claims
A process is disclosed for preparing finely particied metallic
nickel powder, with spheroidal form, having dimensions lower
than 1 micron. Bis-acrylonitnle-nickel is suspended in
methanol, and the suspension is heated at temperatures
between 1 00° and 200°C, and preferably at 1 50°- 1 80°C, up to
the complete decomposition During the heating of the
suspension, hydrogen is introduced under pressure.
3.711.275
METHOD FOR THF PRODUCTION OF LIQl'ID PIG IRON
OR STEEL DIRECTLY OF DRESSED ORE
M. K. Olof Johnsson. Skalviksvagen 5. Hagfors, Sweden
Filed Oct. 13. 1969, Ser. No. 865.717
Int. CI. C2 lb; J/00
U.S. CI. 75-30 7 Claims
Nh
In a reduction process wherein liquid ferrous metal is
covered by an iron oxide-containing slag layer and wherein
iron-containing solids are supplied to the slag from above, the
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1005
smelting is favorably influenced by the direct supply of an ox-
ygen-containing gas directly into the slag layer to such a depth
therein that reducing gas formed in the layer and moving up-
wardly through the same is converted largely to carbon diox-
ide and/or water, the supply of reduction means into the iron
bath being adjusted to counteract any insufficiency of carbon
content in the bath.
3,711,276
NONMAGNETIC BARREL STEEL
Lars Ivar Hellner and Nils Erik Allan Hede, Karlskoga,
Sweden, assignors to Aktiebolaget Bofors, Bofors,
Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 9,066
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 10, 1969,
1,798/69
Int. CI. C22c 39/20
\]JS. CI. 75—128 A 1 Claim
The use as material for gun barrels of a steel alloy
containing 0.35-0.80% carbon, 4-15% manganese.
2-12% chromium, 2-15% nickel, 0.6-1.6% vanadium,
up to 3.0% molybdenum, up to 5% tungsten, niobium
0-0.3% and boron 0.02%, the amounts of manganese and
nickel being so chosen that a stable austentic structure is
obtained, and the amounts of molybdenum and tungsten
being so chosen that the sum of the percentage of tungsten
and twice the percentage of molybdenum exceeds 2%.
3 711 279
METHODS FOR MANUFACTURE OF SINTERING
THIN POROUS METALLIC SHEETS
Andre R. Hivert, Pontoise, and Philippe M. Galmlcbe,
Clamart, France, assignors to Office National d'Etudes
et de Recherches Aerospationales (par abbreviation
O.N.E.R.A), Chatillon-sous-Bagneux, France
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,749
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 7, 1969,
6902847
Int. Cl. B22f 3/10
U.S. CI. 75 222 19 Claims
A blank is produced by shaping a material comprisiiig
at least one metallic powder agglomerated by a solid
binder. The solid binder is a resin which is initially liquid
and present throiighout the shaping step and sublimable
at a temperature below that of the sintering treatment.
This resin is then eliminated by sublimation and the
sintering treatment follows. The solid resin may be poly-
methylmethacrylate, polystyrene, a polymethylstyrene
type resin or a copolymer of glycolphthalomaleate and
methylmethacrylate. The shaping of the blank may be by
means of a liquid monomer containing a polymerisation
catalyst and a suitable solvent.
3 711 277
METHOD OF ALLOYING TOGETHER WITH
SEMIKILLING STEEL
Ludwig von Brogdandy, Helmut Richter, and Eckebard
Forster, Oberbausen, Germany, assignors to Hutten-
werk Oberbausen A.G., Oberbausen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,501
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 1, 1968,
P 17 58 750.7
Int. Cl. C21c 7/06: C22c 35/00
VS. CI. 75—129 2 Claims
Admixed with a ladle of liquid unkilled steel of the
Siemens-Martin (open-hearth) type to yield a manganese
content of 0.35 to 1.20% by weight is an alloy having
the following composition:
50% to 85% by weight of manganese (preferably 60-
75%),
2% to 15% by weight of silicon,
0.02% to 0.5% weight of titanium, and
the balance iron and the usual impurities.
This allow may also contain 0.5% to 5% aluminum. On
casting in an ingot mold, a high-quality semikilled steel
ingot is formed with an oxygen content of the order of
0.010 to 0.015%.
3,711,280
METALLOCENE PHOTOCONDUCTORS USED IN
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY
Arthur L. Johnson, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to
Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,208
Int. CI. G03g 5/06
U.S. CI. 96 1.6 6 XHalms
A* class of metallocene compounds are disclosed which
exhibit photoconductive properties useful in electropho-
tography.
3,711,281
SILVER SALT DIFFUSION PROCESS
Walter Limberger, Hamburg-Poppenbuettel. Germany, as-
signor to Lumoprint Zindler KG, Hamburg, Germany
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 22, 1966, Ser. No.
596,221. Divided and this application Dec. 9, 1969,
Ser. No. 883,637
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1965,
P 15 72 111.6
Int. CI. G03c 5/54
U.S. CI. 96 29 R * Claims
silver salt diffusion transfer method in which the receiv-
ing material prior to contact with the negative material is
moistened with a liquid and squeezed. A second squeezing
takes place while the receiving material and the negative
are in contact with each other.
3,711,278
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING CHROMIUM
ALLOYED STEEL
Erik Anders Ake Josefsson, Borlange. Sweden, assignor
to Stora Kopparbergs Bergslags Aktiebolag, Falun,
Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 12,143
Claims priority, application Sweden, Apr. 23, 1969,
5,803/69
Int. CI. C22c 33/00, 39/14
VS. CI. 75—130.5 11 Claims
A chromium alloyed steel is manufactured in this way.
Molten iron, containing carbon and alloying substances,
is mixed with chromium oxide and a slag forming agent.
The alloying substances are oxidized to form slag. The
chromium oxide is reduced to metallic chromium. The
slag is removed. The molten metal is now refined by means
of oxygen, resulting in the carbon content dropping from
2 to 0.2% and the temperature increasing to 1700° C.
3 711 282
DATA STORAGE SYSTEMS
Elliot Berman, Braintree, and Carl F. W. Ekman, Bed-
ford, Mass., assignors to Itek Corporation, Lexington,
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
492,231, Oct. 1, 1965. This application May 18, 1970,
Ser. No. 38,221
Int. Cl. G03c 5/54; G03g 13/22
U.S. CI. 96—29 R 9 Claims
Processes and apparatus for producing an image and
systems for practicing these processes comprising ( 1 ) ex-
posing a copy medium comprising a photosensitive photo-
conductor to thereby activate the exposed portions there-
of, (2) contacting this medium with image-forming ma-
terials which undergo an oxidation-reduction type reaction
when contacted with the activated portions of the copy
medium to thereby deposit on these portions an image
which differs in solubility from the unreacted image-form-
ing materials in the non-exposed portions of the copy
medium, and (3) contacting this copy medium with an
1006
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
monomer, and superimposed upon the vmyl subbmg
layer a layer containing a mixture of gelatin with a co-
polymer of butadiene and a vinyl monomer containing
30-70% by weight of butadiene, the ratio of the gelatin
to the butadiene copolymer being in the range of 1:3
to 2:1 by weight. An additional layer can be applied
over the gelatin /copolymer layer and constituted by such
ingredients as are desirable for the particular utility of
the resultant sheet material, such as light-sensitive silver
halide emulsion photographic layers.
3,711,285
LIGHT-SENSITIVE COMPOUNDS
Albert S. I>eutsch, Yonkers, and Joseph M. Poppo, New
Rocbelle, N.Y., assignors to Polychrome Corporation,
Yonkers, N.Y. „ ^, .,«,,.
No Eh-awing. Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,551
Int. CI. G03c 1/54; G03f 7/08; G07c 113/00
U.S. CI. 96 75 20 Claims
Light'-sensitive compounds and compositions compris-
ing halogenated alkyl esters of naphthoquinone diazides
that resist hydrolysis during prolonged storage, and sen-
sitized lithographic printing plates made therewith.
copy medium are transferred to the image-receiving me-
dium to thereby establish a positive image-pattern in the
image-receiving medium.
3,711,283
IMAGE-RECEIVING ELEMENTS AND PHOTO-
GRAPHIC PROCESSES EMPLOYING SAME
Richard W. Young, Wellesley Hills, Mass., assignor to
Polaroid Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Original appUcation Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 717,683, now
Patent No. 3,607,269, dated Sept. 21, 1971. Divided
and this application Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,773
Int. CI. G03c 5/54
VS. CI. 96 29 R 14 Clainis
Image-receiving elements and processes for forming
such elements are disclosed, wherein the element com-
prises a support carrying a layer composed of at least two
strata, including a first stratum which comprises a hy-
drolyzed polymer, e.g., regenerated cellulose, containing
a silver precipitatirg agent and a mercapto substituted
compound, and a second stratum comprising an unhy-
drolyzed, alkali hydrolyzable polymer, e.g., a cellulose
ester. Reagents initially located in a stratum of unhy-
drolyzed polymer are extracted from the unhydrolyzed
polymer in a controlled manner during processing.
3,711,286
LIGHT SENSITIVE SILVER HALIDE COLOR
PHOTOGRAPHIC EMULSION
Kenro Sakamoto. Tokyo; Takaya Endo. Hino-shi. Tokyo;
Masakuni Iwama. Yamato-cho, Tokyo; Isaburo Inoue, and
Yutaka Takei. both of Hino-shi. Tokyo, all of Japan, as-
signors to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 796,927, March 5, 1969. abandoned.
This application June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,609
Int.CI.G03c//40
U.S. CI. 96-100 9 Claims
Light-sensitive geiatino-silver hahde color photographic
emulsions containing a new cyan coupler compound of the
formula
OH
COIIN-CH..-/f'H\-(A),u-i-N
\Rl /n-l
/
CO-CH— R;
CO-CH
wherein R, is hydrogen or methyl; Rj is an aliphatic
hydrocarbon radical of eight to 20 carbon atoms; n is 1 to
4; m is 1 or 2; A is a divalent group
3,711,284
PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM WITH SUBBING LAYERS
August Jean van Paesschen, Antwerp, Lucien Janbaptist
▼an Gossum, Kontich, and Jan Jozef Priem, Mortsel,
Belgium, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert, Mortsel, Belgium
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 27, 1968, Ser. No.
763,382, now Patent No. 3,649,336. Divided and this
application July 23, 1971, Ser. No. 165,607
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 28, 1967,
44,114/67
Int. CI. G03c 1/80
VS. CI. 96—87 R *^ 13 Claims
Improved adherence is obtained for sheet material hav-
ing a hydrophobic film support or base, such as a hydro-
phobic cellulose ester or polyester, by the combination
of a vinyl polymer subbing layer arranged directly on the
hydrophobic support, the subbing layer being formed
\> or -O-^
.X
; and
X is hydrogen, halogen or an arylazo group.
3,711,287
PHOTORESIST COMPOSITIONS
Kenneth R. Dunham, and Marshall E. Yost, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 145,025
lnt.CI.G03cy/6S
U.S.CI.96-115R ^^'"i""!
Novel rubbery photoresist compositions are described
which include a hydroperoxide to improve adhesion of the re-
sist to the substrate on which it is coated.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1007
UGHT-SENSmVE, PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER
HALIDE EMULSION
Shut Sato and KaiichiroSakazume, Tokyo E^^^^^
moto, Hanno-shi, and Noboni FuJ'"'""' J«'*>°' ^^P^'
assignors to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd.,
Co^S'tionTpart of abandoned appUcation Ser No.
652,599, July 11, 1967. This application Dec. 1, 1970,
Ser.' No. 94,218 , .i ,« ioaa
Claims priority, application Japan, July 28, 1966,
Int. CI. GOJc 1/16
,t5 PI Q45 132 7 Claims
A light-sensitive, photographic silver halide emulsion
which contains, as a sensitizer, a compound of the gen-
eral formula
fC=CH-i^C=CHA— C.
the abomasum and/or intestines which comprises the re-
action product of a protein-containing feed material and
an acrolein acetal. Exemplary of such acrolein acetals is
acrolein dimethyl acetal.
Cl
Rj -
or
CH
:./N/°
C=CH— CH=C— Zi
\
0=6-N
C=8
wherein R is hydrogen or lower alkyl radical: Ri and
R, individually mean lower alkyl, lower alkcnyl, substi-
tuted alkyl selected from the group consisting of hydroxy
alkyl, acetoxy alkyl, carboxy alkyl and sulfo alkyl or
aryl radical; Zi is an atomic grouping which can form,
together with the adjacent nitrogen and carbon atoms, a
five- or six membered heterocyclic ring; Z3 means oxygen,
sulfur or a radical =NR3 (in which R3 is lower alkyl or
carboxy-alkyl radical): X is an acid residue provided
that X may not exist if the substituted alkyl radical taken
for Ri or Rj is capable of forming, together with an adja-
cent nitrogen atom, an intramolecular salt; and m is
equal to 0 or I.
3 711 291
JUICY SAUSAGE ANALOG
Harold T. Leidy, New City, N.Y., Charies M. Kerripui,
Wayne, NJ., and Robert T. Tewey, Dobbs Feiry, and
Louis Bartenbach, Thomwood, N.Y., asagnors to Gen-
eral Foods Corporation, White Plains, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,716
Int Cl. A23i 3/00
I T o pi ^^ j7 4 Clalnu
A juicy sausage meat analog is formed from a heat set
protein gel that has incorporated non-rendered ammal
fatty tissue.
3 711 292
PREPARATION OF AN ALCOHOUC BEER USING
A RAW CEREAL GRAIN HYDROLYSATE
Michael R. Sfat and Bruce J. Morton, Manitowoc, Wis.,
assignors to Bio-Technical Resources, Inc., Manitowoc,
Wis.
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,415
Int Cl. C12c 5/00, 7/00; A231 7/00
VS. Cl 99 31 ' Claims
A concentrated vegetable protein hydrolysate substan-
tially free of starch is produced by treaung a starchy pro-
teinaceous cereal grain product in aqueous medium with
added proteolytic enzyme in the absence of substantial
added amylolytic enzyme to produce a solution contain-
ing soluble protein hydrolysis products together with a
starchy carbohydrate fraction, separating the solution
from undissolved residue, and treating the separated solu-
tion with added amylolytic enzyme to produce a substan-
tially starch-free solution. The product is useful as a flavor
precursor for a fermented alcoholic beverage, particularly
beer, and as a food supplement or ingredient. The product
may be incorporated in a fermentation wort for producmg
a fermented alcoholic beverage. A low carbohydrate bev-
erage may be produced by incorporating a highly fer-
mentable sugar in the wort to provide a wort low m
unfermentable carbohydrates.
3 711 289
PROTEIN-SULFONYL HALIDE COMPLEX
RUMINANT FEED MATERIAL
Robert E. Miller, Ballwin, Mo., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,475
Int. Cl. A23k 1/00
U.S. Cl. 99 2 R ^ Claims
Improved protein feed material for ruminants which
is resistant to digestive breakdown in the rumen but not
in the abomasum and/or intestines which comprises the
reaction product of a protein-containing feed material
and an alkyl or aryl sulfonyl halide. Exemplary of such
sulfonyl halides is p-tolyl sulfonyl chloride.
3.711,290
PROTEIN-ACROLEIN ACETAL COMPLEX
RUMINANT FEED MATERIAL
Robert E. Miller, Ballwin, Mo., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,477
Int Cl. A23k 7/00
U.S. CI. 99 2 R 3 Claims
Improved protein feed material for ruminants which is
resistant to digestive breakdown in the rumen but not in
3 711 293
CLARWTING AND STAB^ISING BEER
Kenneth H. Geiger and ""J*^ Jl^'^tj .^f Can'
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Labatt Breweries of Can-
ada Limited, London, Ontario, Canada
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,856
Int Cl. C12h 7/00
U S Cl 99—48 ' Claims
'Fermented beverages are clarified and stabilised by
treating with kieselguhr encapsulated or coated with a
polyamide resin.
3 711,294
NATURAL ORANGE BASE
Cedric D. Atkins and John A. Attaway, Winter Haven,
and Matthew D. Maraulja, Lakeland, Fla., assignors
to State of Florida, Department of Citrus
No Drawing. Filed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,886
IntCI.A23l7/02
US Cl 99 79 ^ Claims
'single strength orange juice is heated to deactivate the
natural pectic enzymes. Specific pectic enzymes are added
to the juice and hydrolysis of the pectins is continued until
the level of water soluble pectins is between 0.01 to 0. 15
weight percent. The specific enzymes are deactivated by
heating and the insoluble solids are removed. The single
strength base can be converted into a concentrate by re-
moving water to produce a product having a Bnx value
1008
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
of about 64-80°. A carbonated beverage is produced by
diluting the orange juice base concentrate with carbonated
water. Isotonic salts can be added to the orange base.
3,711,295
SHAPED RICE PRODUCT AND METHOD FOR
PRODUCING SAME
Harold W. Zukerman, 6035 N. Damen Ave.,
Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,864
Int. CI. A23I 1/10
U.S. CI. 99 80 R 10 Claims
A rice food product having a formed shape and pref-
erably composed at least in part of individual rice grains
or rice particles that are joined together, and further hav-
ing a relatively crisp or hard outer surface as compared to
its interior. The product has a new and distinctive mouth-
feel and taste.
3,711,296
SNACK FOOD PRODUCTION
Robert W. La Warre, St., Lima, Ohio, assignor to
Beatrice Foods Co., Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969. Ser. No. 879,088
Int. CI. A23li/i0
U.S. CI. 99—80 R 8 Claims
A method and apparatus are disclosed for extruding
a cereal composition into a shaped snack food. The par-
ticular cereal composition is liquified in the extruder and
fully cooked in a short time. The extruded and chopped
shape requires no further cooking and has a pleasing
appearance and taste.
3 711,299
EGG WHITE COMPOSITION AND PROCESS OF
MAKING SAME
Homer F. Ziegler, Jr., St. Louis County, Mo., assignor to
Anheuser-Busch, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 19, 1965, Ser. No. 508,827
Int. CI. A23j 3/02
U.S. CI. 99 113 ^^ Claims
A method and composition for reducing the whip time
of egg whites comprising guar gum. A synergistic effect is
achieved by a combination of guar gum and a chemical
whip time reducing agent. A combination of guar gum,
okra gum and a chemical whip time reducing agent is also
effective to reduce whip time of egg whites.
3,711,297
PROCESS FOR THE TREATMENT OF UNCHLORINATED
CAKE FLOUR
Rudolf G. K. Strobel, Corerain Township, Hamilton County,
and James P. Smith, North College Hill, both of Ohio, as-
signors to The Proctor & Gamble Company, Cincinnati,
Ohio
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,507
Int. CI. A2 Id 6/00. 2/02
U.S. CI. 99-93 8 Claims
Raw, unchlorinated wheat flour is slurried with water at a
flour to water ratio of 1:1 to l;iO and a pH of 2.5 to 10.5. The
slurry is incubated for 30 seconds to 35 minutes at 32°-98° F
and then dried. When unchlorinated wheat flour which has
been treated by the above process is used in baking cakes, the
products exhibit good volume, texture, crumb color charac-
teristics, and a moist melt-in-the-mouth quality.
3,711,300
METHOD FOR PRODUCING EXPANDED
FOOD PRODUCTS
John H. Forkner, 2116 Mayfair Drive W.,-
Fresno. Calif. 93703
Filed Nov. 3, 1969. Ser. No. 873,262
Int. CI. A23g 3/00
U.S. CI. 99—138 8 Claims
A method for the manufacture of food products of the
type comprising a wafer or similar member formed of
cooked dough or batter (e.g., baked cooky or pastry
dough), together with an expanded cellular confection
filling. The filling in unexpanded form is positioned in
containing means and in juxtaposition with one or more
masses of cooked dough, and thereafter the dough and
filling are heated to soften the filling and a partial vacuum
applied to effect expansion. During heating and expan-
sion, the filling becomes bonded to the adjacent surface
or surfaces of the wafer or wafers, and the configuration
of the expanded filling is determined at least in part by
the configuration of the containing means.
3 711 298
PROCESS FOR PREPARING PACKAGED MEAT
PRODUCTS FOR PROLONGED STORAGE
Virgil W. Vogel, deceased, Jby Virgil J. Vogel, co-execu-
tor, and Paul W. Vogel, Pekin, III., assignors to Bird
Provision Co., Pekin, III.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 338,158, Jan, 16,
1964, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 48,561, Aug. 10, 1960, now Patent No. 3,124,462.
Divided and this application Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No.
108,476
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Mar. 10, 1981, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. A22c 18/00; B65b 25/06
U.S. CI. 99—108 11 Claims
A process for preparing packaged meat in which the
meat is removed from a freshly slaughtered carcass while
at substantially bleeding temperature under ambient tem-
pterature conditions, comminuting the meat under these
conditions, sealing the comminuted meat within a flexible
packaging material before the meat temperature has de-
clined to ambient temperature, and rapidly reducing the
temperature of the packaged meat to a storage tempera-
ture.
3,711,301
PREPARATION OF PROTEINACEOUS
GRANULAR SEASONING
Tatsuo .Asogawa, Yoshihiko Matsumura, Eiji Satani. and
Shyozo Wada. Osaka, and Yoshiro Funakoshi, Kyoto,
Japan, assignors to Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51.654
Claims priority, application Japan, July 1, 1969,
44 51,951
Int. CI. A23I 1/26
U.S. CI. 99—140 R 14 Claims
Granular seasoning products are produced by a process
which comprises extruding a hygroscopic powdery condi-
ment composition, which consists essentially of the hy-
drolyzate and/or extract of plant or animal protein, in a
molten state at a temperature not higher than about 130°
C. through a forming die of an extruder, granulating the
thus extruded shaped solids, and coating the granules with
an edible and non-hygroscopic coating material.
3,711,302
HONEY-MALT FLAVOR MATERIAL AND PROCESS OF
PREPARATION
William A. Mitchell, Lincoln Park, N.J., and Howard D. Stahl,
Tarrytown, N.Y., assignors to General Foods Corporation,
White Plains, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 791,496, Jan. 15, 1969, Pat. No.
3 622 349. This application June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,838
Int.CI. A23I//26
U.S.CI.99-141 A 13 Claims
Low calorie food flavoring and texture enhancing material
prepared by drum drying an aqueous solution of low jelly
grade pectin and artificial sweeteners.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1009
3,711,303
PRODUCTION OF SOY SAUCE
Anthony J. Luksas and Wilmore Williams, Chicago, III.,
assignors to Beatrice Foods Co., Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,427
Int. CI. A23W /22
U S. CI. 99 145 ^^ Claims
Soy sauce is produced in a relatively short time by fer-
menting Maromi with an inoculant selected from
Saccharomyces and Debaryomyces or a Maromi isolate.
3,711,304
ROLL CENTERING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Robert L. Hawley, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Ralston
' Purina Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Original application July 12, 1968, Ser. No. 744,571.
Divided and this application Apr. 9, 1970, Ser.
No. 27,046
Int. CI. A23I 3/02
U.S. CI. 99—360 5 Claims
3,711,305
COMPOSITIONS FOR SEALING LEAKS
Amos R. Anderson, Adrian, Mich., assignor to
Joseph J. Packo
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 20, 1969, Ser. No.
851,734. now Patent No. 3.608,000, dated Sept. 21,
1971. Divided and this application Jan. 20, 1971, Ser.
No. 108,205 _ ,,,^
Int. CI. C09k 3/10, 3/12
U.S. CI. 106 33 ^ Claims
The invention relates to composition for sealing leaks
in pipes, conduits, gas lines, closed containers, tanks and
the like. The interior of such equipment is first purged with
a non-reactive dry gas, such as nitrogen, to remove any
moisture and/or oxygen which may be present. Then the
sealant composition is introduced into the interior of the
equipment in a suitable inert gas vehicle under pressure.
The sealant composition in the gas vehicle wi]l escape
from any leaks present in the equipment into the outer
ambient atmosphere or adjacent soil in the case of pipe
lines buried in soil. The sealant reacts with oxygen and/or
moisture to form at the situs of the leak a solid reaction
product. The sealant composition comprises (1) a vola-
tile metal alkyl compound, and (2) a volatile organo-
silane compound. The volatile metal alkyl compound has
the formula M(R)2. wherein M is zinc or cadmium, or
the formula X(R)3, wherein X is aluminum, gallium, in-
dium, or thallium, and R is an alkyl having 1 to 3 car-
bon atoms. The organo-silane compound has the for-
mula R4_nSi(OR')n, wherein R is an alkyl having 1 to 3
carbon atoms, R' is an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
and n is an integer from 1 to 4. The proportions of the
metal alkyl compound may range by volume from about
1% to about 99%, the remainder being the organo-silane
compound.
3,711,306
METHOD OF PRODUCING CEMENT
Naum Pinkhusovich Kogan, ulitsa Korolenko 9, kv. 22;
Otar Petrovich Mchedlov-Petrosyan, ulitsa Vorobeva
14, kv. 5; and Vladimir Ivanovich Satarin, viezd
Trinklera 5, kv. 16, all of Kharkov, l^-S-SR-
No Drawing. Filed May 9, 1969, Ser. No. 823,528
Int. CI. C04b 7/02 •
U.S. CL 106—100 . . 3 Claims
A method of producing cement compnsing calcinating
a raw mix at a temperature not higher than 1380° C,
until the content of free lime in the clinker reaches 1.5-
15'% by weight, and subsequently grinding the obtained
clinker with addition, depending on the content of free
lime therein, to a degree of fineness determined by the
formula
5^400CaO,ree+2000 cm.Vg.
where
S=specific surface of cement, cm.'/g.; *
CaOfree=content of free lime in the clinker.
A container having a solid yolk body and liquid albu-
men therein is subjected to rotation while being heated
whereby the albumen is coagulated concentrically in the
container about the yolk body to form an egg roll prod-
uct. One of the machines disclosed for carrying out the
above method has contact members which rotate the con-
tainers in a heated bath. The container may also be sub-
jected to the above method in a continuous operation by
providing a machine having a continuous conveyor in close
proximity to a contact surface. The container is moved
through a heated bath in the machine by the conveyor
while the container is in rolling contact with the contact
surface whereby the rolling or rotational motion is im-
parted to the container as it is heated.
3,711.307
DRYING OILS
Johannes Donatus von Mikusch-Buchberg, Hamburg, Ger-
many, assignor to Lever Brothers Company, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
753,766, Aug. 19, 1968. This application Jan. 13,
1971, Ser. No. 106,271
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 22, 1V6/,
P 16 68 769.7
Int. CI. C08h 9/00
U.S. CI. 106 243 ^ Claims
This invention relates to the preparation of a quick-dry-
ing binding agent, wherein an expoxidised oil is reacted
with a polyethylenically unsaturated acid at 180°-270° C.
and the reaction product is subsequently heated at 260°-
350° C, until it has reached a desired viscosity. Part of
1010
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
the unsaturated fatty acid is distilled off during the latter and then introducing into the vessel a gaseous or vo atiliz
heating stage. A preferred biflding agent has a viscosity able sealant agent capable of reacting with ^he alcohol
of 20-200 poises at 20= C. an acid value of 6.0-12.0. a or glycol ether present to form a solid seal in the st^
saponification value of 180-200 and a refractive index of of the leak. Alternatively, the sealant agen can be intro-
1 4830-1 4930 at 20° C. duced first into the interior of the vessel followed by
introduction of the alcohol or glycol ether.
3,711,308
COLORED NACREOUS PIGMENTS
Dieter Brand and Reiner Esselbom, Darmstadt, Germany,
assignors to Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschrankter
Haftung, Darmstadt, Germany ». « . .
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,944
Claims priorky, application Germany, Nov. 29, 1969,
P 19 59 998.5
Int. CI. C09c 1/00
U.S. CI. 106—291 22 Claims
Colored nacreous pigments are provided based on mica
flakes coated with two superimposed layers, the first
layer being titanium and/or zirconium oxide mixed with
another metallic oxide, the latter being preferably an
oxide having an inherent color, e.g. iron oxide. The
second layer consists solely of titanium and/or zirconium
oxide and is about twice as thick as the first coating.
The pigments are produced by feeding into an aqueous
suspension of mica flakes at a substantially constant
temperature between about 50 and 100° C and at a
substantially constant pH between 0.5 and 5.0:
(a) an aqueous metallic salt solution consisting essen-
tially of a member selected from the group consist-
ing of a titanium salt, a zirconium salt and mixtures
thereof, said member being in a concentration of
0.01-4.0 mol/liter, said another salt of a metal se-
lected from the group consisting of iron, chromium,
nickel, cobalt, antimony, aluminum, silicon, tin, bis-
muth, and mixtures thereof, said other salts being
in a total concentration of 0.02-1 mol/liter, said
solution having a content of free acid corresponding
\.o a molarity of 0.002-3;
(b) after the feeding of solution (a), feeding an
aqueous, 0.01 to 4 molar molar solution consisting
essentially of only a member selected from the group
consisting of a titanium salt, a zirconium salt, and
mixtures thereof, said solution having a content of
free acid corresponding to a molarity of 0.002-3;
(c) simultaneously with the feeding of both (a) and
(b), passing into the suspension an aqueous, 0.025-
to 10- molar basic solution of a base selected from
the group consisting of an alkali metal hydroxide,
ammonium hydroxide, or an equivalent amount of
gaseous ammonia; with the provisions that:
(d) the amount of salt fed per minute is approxi-
mately 0.01-25-10-5 mol per m.' of mica sur-
face,
(e) the thickness of the metallic oxide layer
precipitated by solution (a) amounts to about
one-third of the total coating thickness of the
precipitated oxide layers.
3,711,310
REPAIR PROCESS FOR ALUMINUM AND MAGNESIUM
ARTICLES
Henry P. Leeper, Jr., Madison, Conn., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 164,877
Int. CI. B23p 7100
U.S. CI. 117-2 3 Claims
Damaged articles formed of aluminum or magnesium, in-
cluding the alloys thereof, are repaired by suitably preparing
the damaged area as, for example, grinding away the fault;
refilling the prepared area utilizing a plasma spray repair coat-
ing comprising aluminum or an aluminum-silicon alloy with a
mixture of 10-40 weight percent molybdenum; and sub-
sequently refinishing to dimension, if required.
3,711,311
METHOD OF REMOVING PORTIONS OF COATING
BY GLOW DISCHARGE
Roger Marcel Esseiva, Les Brenets, Louis R. F. J. Perrm,
La Chaux-de-Fonds, and Lucien Willy Romang, Les
Brenets, Switzerland, assignors to Seitz & Co., Les
Brenets, Switzerland ^«.o ^.n
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 7, 1967, Ser. No. 658,619
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Aug. 12, 1966,
11,653/66; Dec. 15, 1966. 17,914/66
Int. CI. B44c 1/20
U.S. CI. 117 8 5 Claims
Lubricating oil is reliably confined to a workpiece por-
tion by means of a barrier consisting of an oil repelling
layer coated on the workpiece around said portion there-
of. Firstly, the whole workpiece is coated with the oil
repelling layer. This layer is then removed from said
portion by exposing the latter at a place where it will be
hit by an electrical discharge which crosses the gap be-
tween two electrodes with a substantially constant in-
tensity and without sparkling.
3,711,312
PRECISE METHOD FOR CONTROLLING
THICKNESS OF A COATING
Kazutaka Yoshida and Mamoru Ishiwata, Kanagawa,
Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Kana-
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 831,875,
June 10, 1969. This applicaHon Aug. 20, 1971, Ser.
No. 173,622 , ,„ ,„^„
Claims priority, application Japan, June 10, 1968,
43/39,801
Int. CI. G03c 1/00: B44d 1/12
VS. CI. 117—34 5 Claims
3,711,309
METHOD OF SEALING LEAKS IN
VESSELS AND JOINTS
Joseph J. Packo, 3600 N. Federal Highway,
Fort Lauderdale, Fla. 33308
P^o Drawing. Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,836
Int. CI. B23p 7/04; C09k 3/10
U.S. a. 117—2 R 16 Claims
Leaks in pipes, pipelines and pipe systems, conduits,
closed containers, tanks and other vessels are sealed by
introducing into the interior of the vessel a gaseous, vola-
tilized or liquid volatilizable alcohol or glycol ether, ap-
plying pressure on the interior of the vessel sufficient
to permit escape of the alcohol or the glycol ether from '"- =. r- ■ „ jv..„-Kor.,>A^ cnrh
a leak present in the vessel into the ambient environment, as the web passes over a back up roller disturbances sucn
, /^^;rC^
\
^^
^^
B
? '-^ -Lii
U ^ -^
-l!>M^
1 1 1'-^ 'g'
-
As a coating composition is deposited on a traveling web
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1011
as variations in the rate of web feed, the thickness of the
web and/or vibrations are translated into an electrical
signal which is then passed through a polarity converter,
a phase shifter and an amplifier. The resulting signal is
applied with a suitable bias voltage between the coating
composition and a suitable electrode on the opposite side
of the web at the point of application.
3,711,313
PROCESS FOR THE DEPOSITION OF RESINOUS
FILMS ON ALUMINUM-BEARLNG SUBSTRATES
Toshihiro Nagano, Shizuoka, Malsuo Suzuki, Yaizu, Isao
Hayashi and Takashi Kato, Osaka, Hiroshi Mochizuki,
Shimizu, Yasuo Aosbima, Shizuoka, Kouji Shibata,
Shimizu, and Toshlro Takahashi, Shizuoka, Japan, as-
signors io Riken Lightmetal Industry Company, Lim-
ited, Shizuoka-shi, Shizuoken-ken, and Kuboko Paml
Company, Limited, Osaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27,424
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 6, 1969,
44/70,286, 44/70,287; Oct. 28, 1969, 44/85,649,
44/85,650
Int. CI. B44d 1/34
U.S. CI. 117—49 6 Claims
A process is described for forming on an anodized
porous aluminum or aluminum alloy surface a resinous
protective film which film is applied while the surface is
wet and moist subsequent to water-wash.
3,711,314
METHOD OF COATING EMPLOYING ANIONIC
WAX EMULSIONS
Craig C. Campbell, Cherry Hill, N J., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 90,483
Int. CI. B44d 7/092
\5S. CI. 117—56 11 Claims
A method for coating a surface is provided which com-
prises contacting surfaces with an anionic wax emulsion;
and thereafter contacting the wax emulsion deposited on
the surface with a cationic coupling agent comprising a
salt of a complex amine polymer whereby the wax par-
ticles in the emulsion are precipitated onto the surface.
Articles of manufacture having surfaces coated by the
above-defined method are also provided.
3,711,316
PROCESS FOR COLORING KERATINOUS
FIBRES WITH PIGMENT
Jan Bruce Angliss, Belmont, Victoria, and Menzie Lipson,
Highton. Victoria, Australia, assignors to Common-
wealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization,
Campbell, Australian Capital Territory, Australia
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,822
Int. CI. D06m 3/02
U.S. CI. 117—55 9 Claims
Textile materials consisting wholly or partly of wool or
other keratinous fibers are colored by coating the fibers
with a dispersion of a finely divided solid pigment in an
aqueous liquor containing up to 4% by weight of a
mixture of a polyamide-epichlorhydrin resin and an etheri-
fied methylol melamine resin, drying the applied disper-
sion on the fibers, treating the thus coated fibers with an
aqueous emulsion of a soft acrylic polymer containing
from 0.5 to 1% of the polymer and drying and curing the
applied coating.
3,711,317
PRINTABLE PAPER MATERIAL AND
METHOD OF MAKING
Paul Gottfried Bleier. Vienna, Austria, assignor to
Samum Vereinigte Papier-Industrie K.G.. \ ienna,
Austria
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,956
Claims priority, application Austria. Feb. 25, 1969,
A 1,897/69
Int. CI. D21h 1/10; B32b 29/06
U.S. CL 117—76 P 9 Claims
\:;^
\'4CTIK>T£0 PmKTIie SUOftCl
\\fm5T PIS^£MTtO COBTttV
3,711,315
SACRIFICIAL CORROSION-RESISTANT
DIFFUSION COATINGS
Harry Brill-Edwards, San Antonio, Tex., assignor to
Chromalloy American Corporation, West Nyack, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application May 31, 1968, Ser. No.
733,286, now Patent No. 3,627,503, dated Dec. 14,
1971. Divided and this application Oct. 8, 1970, Ser.
No. 79,325
Int. CI. C23c 9/00; B44d 1/16
U.S. CI. 117—71 M 2 Claims
A method is provided herewith for the production of
sacrificial aluminum-containing diffusion coatings for the
cathodic protection of ferrous metal articles against cor-
rosion, particularly in highly saline atmospheres, in which
coating an additional metal (such as manganese) is in-
cluded to combine with the aluminum therein to form
an intermetallic compound which is sufficiently anodic
with respect to the substrate and/or intermetallic alumi-
num compounds therein to provide the desired sacrificial
or cathodic protection.
Printable material, such as paper, is imparted with un-
proved printability by providing thereon catalytic sub-
stances, e.g. metal salts of higher organic acids or nor-
mally stable peroxides. In accordance with the invention,
these substances are provided in finely dispersed form as
distinguished from continuous films. In respect to coated
papers, such as pigmem coated papers, the catalytic sub-
stance is incorporated in the coating in dispersed form,
advantageously in the form of an oily dispersion. In
respect to uncoated papers, the substance may be in-
corporated in the paper mass proper, also in finely dis-
persed form.
3,711,318
METHOD OF CONTROLLING LTTRAFINES FROM
REACTIVE FORM COKE
Jack Trechock. Woodbury Heights, NJ., Erik Sailer.
Stamford, Conn., and Robert T. Joseph, Ricbboro, Pa.,
assignors to FMC Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,608
Int. CI. C09j 3/22; ClOl 9/02
U.S. CI. 117-100 A 2 Claims
Reactive form coke, made as described in Work et al.,
U.S. Pats. 3,140,241 and 3,140,242, issued July 7, 1964,
1012
is treated with an aqueous dispersion of a film former to
deposit on and adjacent the surface thereof from about
0 05 to about 3 weight percent of a solid which adheres
to the surface and deposits in the surface pores and acts
both to reduce abrasion and to cause material abraded
from the surface to be larger in size than the ultrafine
(20-micron and smaller) particles which are produced in
the absence of the coating, thereby comrolling the air-
borne-dust problem which otherwise makes handling ot
the reactive form coke extremely difficult.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
the strand emerges from the molten metal. Jhis roll may
be positioned so as to effect a bending of the strand
as it emerges from the bath.
3,711,319
COATING OF PARTICLES OR POWDERS
Tsutomu Irikura and Jun Imai, Tokyo, Japan, assignors
to Kvorin Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,731
Claims priority, application Japan, June 18, ifb^,
44 48,037
Int. CI. B05c 25/00; B44d 1/02 ,
U.S. CI. 117—100 A <» C'aims
RAPID DRYING POLYVINYL ALCOHOL COLOR
COATING PROCESS
Peter G. Hibbert and Jerry C. Lofland, Wilmington, Del.,
assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company,
Wilmington, Del. tin* a
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,714
Int. CI. B44d 1/44
VJS. CI. 117-119.6 ^ Claims
A process for coating particles or powder, characterized
in that a horizontally rotating disk is installed in the lower
' part of a round coating tower, and gas is guided in be-
tween the round tower and the rotating disk, and also,
particles or powder to be coated are supplied into the
upper part of the tower, and a coating agent is sprayed
into the particles or powder flowing above the disks due
to the upward passage of the gas and the centrifugal force
of the disk.
3,711,320
IMPROVED PROCESS OF COATING FERROUS
METAL STRANDS
Fred ByTd, Lebanon, and Paul E. Schnedler, Middletown,
Ohio, assignors to Armco Steel Corporation, Middle-
town, Ohio
Filed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,938
Int. CI. C23c 1/00
U.S. CI. 117—102 M 4 Claims
A process for producing coated articles comprismg
applying to a fibrous substrate an aqueous composition
comprisinc a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive and a filler and
thereafter drying the composition, the improvement where-
in the adhesive comprises water-soluble polyvinyl alcohol
having a degree of hydrolysis of at least about 99 per-
cent and a 4 percent aqueous solution viscosity of 20 e.
in the range of about 7.5 to 30 centipoises and wherein
the instantaneous drying rate of the constam evapora-
tion rate period of the drying step is 5-30 lbs. water/hr
ft.2. Upon printing, the coated articles exhibit excellem
mottle-free characteristics.
3,711,322 _
GLASS HAVING SEMITRANSPARENT
COLORED COATING
Akira Kushihashi, Nishinomiya, and Naovoshi Yamada,
Itami, Japan, assignors to Nippon Sheet Glass Co., lw.,
Osaka, Japan -, -^e*
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,254
Int. CI. C03c 17/26
U.S. CI. 117-124 A 5 Claims
lOOi
Metallic coating method and apparatus wherein a A f - -^;f-^^^-'"f,.^ '^^^ rtarnfoxir o"
strand is withdrawn from a bath of molten coating metal of metal ^^^^^^ fl^^; chror" um and iron, and (b) at
past a roll only partly submerged in the bath and rotating (a) at least one °f '^°^7' '^^^^^^^
so as to provide an oxide free bath surface through which least one of calcium and magnesium.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1013
3,711,323
TEXTILE SIZE
Vernon Heap, Huddersfield, and Eric Rothwell, Bradford,
England, assignors to Allied Colloids Manufacturing
Company Limited, Bradford, England
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,604
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 19, 1969,
41,310/69
Int. CI. D02q 3/40; B32b 27/05
U.S. CL 117—138.8 F ^ Claims
The present invention relates to a copolymer of (a)
acrylic acid and (b) an acrylate selected from the class
consisting of sodium, potassium and ammonium acrylates,
the molar ratio of (a) and (b) being from 1:0.3 to 1:6
and a 5% weight aqueous solution of the copolymer at
20° C. having a pH of 4.0 to 6.5 and a viscosity as meas-
ured by a Brookfield viscometer between 20 cps. when
measured using a No. 1 spindle and 4000 cps. when meas-
ured using a No. 6 spindle, the spindle speed in both
cases being 100 r.p.m. It also relates to aqueous solu-
tions of such copolymers and their use as sizes for staple
yarns.
3,711,324
METHOD OF FORMING A DIFFUSION MASK
BARRIER ON A SILICON SUBSTRATE
William B. Glendinning, Belford, and Wellington B.
Pharo, Neptune, N.J., assignors to the United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,915
Int. CL B44d 1/00. 1/18
U.S. CI. 117—201 . 2 Clalnis
A diffusion mask barrier is formed on a silicon sub-
strate having a particular impurity profile by exposing
the substrate surface to a chemical vapor environment of
nitric oxide, hydrogen fluoride and water at about 35
degrees C, and for about 3 to 5 minutes to obtain an
adherent film of about 1000 to about 3000 angstroms in
thickness.
3,711.325
ACTIVATION PROCESS FOR ELECTROLESS
NICKEL PLATING
Hanspeter Hentzschel, Richardson, Tex., assignor to Texas
Instruments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,667
Int. CI. C23c 3/02
U.S. CL 117—212 8 Claims
3,711,326
PROMETHIUM SOURCES
Colin Parry, and Kenneth J. Round, both of Ottawa, Ontario,
Canada, assignors to Atomic Energy of Canada Limited, Ot-
tawa, Ontario, Canada, a part interest
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,797
Claims priority, application Canada. Aug. 2, 1968, 026,548
Int.CI. B44d///4
U.S. CI. 117-217 12 Claims
There is provided an apparatus and a method for the
uniform deposition of the /3 emitting nuclide '*' Pm onto
precisely defined areas. The technique both produces and
deposits the emitting materials simultaneously without the
need for separate preparation and purification of the metallic
promethium. /
3,711,327
PLASMA ARC SPRAYED MODIFIED ALUMINA
HIGH EMITTANCE COATINGS FOR NOBLE
Jack L. Blumcnthal, Los Angeles, David F. Carroll, Tor-
rance, and John R. Ogren, La Palma, Calif., granted to
the United States Atomic Energy Commission under
the Provisions of 42 U.S.C. 2182
Filed Jan. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 695,796
Int. CI. C23c 3/04, 7/00
U.S. CL 117—227 7 Claims
iNODE 1
A method of applying a controlled emittance to a noble
metal selected from the group including ruthenium, rho-
dium, palladium, osmium, iridium and platinum, and in-
tra-alloys thereof. The coating is applied by plasma arc
spraying modified alumina on a surface of one of the
noble metals group, the alumina being modified by having
alumina powder contain a dispersion of a noble metal
black selected from the above group.
A cladding of one of the group of noble metals above,
having a layer of plasma arc sprayed modified alumina
bonded on at least one surface thereof, the alumina being
modified as indicated in the above method.
3,711,328
RESISTOR PASTE
Mitsuo Wada, Masanari Mikoda, Masaki Aoki, and
Tadashi Hikino. Osaka, Japan, assignors to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, ^apan
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,681
Int. CL HOlb 3/08, 3/12, 1/06
U.S. CI. 252—518 8 Claims
A silicon surface is prepared for electroless nickel plat-
ing by activation with an aqueous hydrofluoric acid solu-
tion containing from one to one hundred p.p.m. of ionic
gold. Subsequent electroless deposition of nickel proceeds
more uniformly over the entire silicon surface, and results
in a more stable, tightly adhering nickel plate due to the
improved activation step. Additional stability and even
more reliable adhesion is obtained by a subsequent sinter-
ing of the composite structure above the gold-silicon _ nrnvided which on firing,
eutectic temperature to alloy the gold activation film with Novel resistor pastes are provc^edwm^^^^^^ on g
the silicon. The sintering step is then preferably followed form resistors with 1°^ .'^'^^"''^^^^^^^^
by a second electroless nickel plating step to build a nickel between the glass coated and ""^°^^^^^^^^^ to 90% by
contact area of increased thickness. pastes comprise, as a solid ingredient, 40 oy
1014
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
weight of a mixture consisting essentially of 20 to 92%
by weight of finely divided cadmium oxide and 8 to 80%
by weight of finely divided glass frit and 10 to 60% by
weight of liquid vehicle, said finely divided glass frit con-
sisting essentially of 0.1 to 17.0% by weight of AgjO and
83.0 to 99.9% by weight of a base composition which
consists essentially of 60 to 80% by weight of PbO, 8
to 16% by weight of BjOj and 12 to 24% by weight of
ZnO.
3 711,329
SUGAR RECOVERY METHOD AND APPARATUS
James F. Zlevers, La Grange, lU., assignor to Industrial
Filter & Pump Mfg. Co., Cicero, HI.
FUed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,296
InL CI. C13d 3/14
U.S. CI. 127—9 12 Claims
STI«t
3,711,331
METHOD OF MAKING AN IMPROVED ELECTRODE FOR
DISCHARGEABLE CELL
Guy Rampel, Gainesville, Fla., assignor to General Electric
Company
Division of Ser. No. 761,248, Sept. 20, 1968, abandoned. This
application April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 43,274
Int.CI.H01mi5/00
U.S.CI. 136— 6 2 Claims
A method of making an improved electrode structure for
rechargeable ceils is provided. The current collector is posi-
tioned on an external surface of the electrochemically active
material and that surface is placed adjacent a separator
between the positive and negative electrode, thereby inhibit-
ing deterioration of the separator which otherwise results from
direct contact with the electrochemically active material of
the electrode. Performance is improved and shelf life
lengthened by slightly discharging the cell before storage,
thereby placing a layer of the metal reduced from the elec-
trochemically active material on the surface facing the separa-
tor adjacent the collector as a barrier between the active
material of the electrode and the separator.
o=^
A method and apparatus for purifying a sugar bearing
solution such as molasses treats the impure solution with
bauxite prior to the passage thereof to an ion exclusion
resin.
3,711,330
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HEATING
VISCOUS SUGAR SOLUTIONS
Thomas A. Kierce, 724 E. Grauwyler Road,
Irving, Tex. 75061
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 174,087
InL CI. B65d 87/38
VS. CI. 127—9 20 Claims
.^ ^ fe-I
A system for heating viscous sugar-containing liquids
includes a positive displacement rotary blower which both
compresses and heats air for introduction into a storage
container for the liquids. The inlet temperature of the air
into the container is controlled by a throttling valve. Pref-
erably the air being compressed is extracted from the free
air space in the container holding the liquid. Various con-
trols can be added to the system to render its operation
automatic and dependent upon temperature and pressure
conditions within the system.
3,711,332
LEAD GEL STORAGE BATTERY
Simon Bastacky, 6604 Dalzell Place,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15217
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
5,063, Jan. 22, 1970. This application Sept. 9, 1971,
Ser. No. 179,000
Int CI. HOlm 39/00
VS. CL 136—26 7 Claims
i-n
-20
A lead acid storage battery wherein the electrolyte is
in gel form. A sodium silicate solution is mixed with
a sulphuric acid of approximately 1.310 specific gravity
in the ratio of from 1:6 to 1:10 and immediately there-
after is poured into a lead cell storage battery in which
porous glass fiber separators maintain the space between
the positive and negative plates. A gel electrolyte forms
shortly thereafter. A space is maintained between the
gel and the top of the battery to accommodate a liquid
phase which forms from the gel.
3,711,333
FUEL CELL BATTERY
Hans Kohlmuller, Eriangen. Germany, assignor to
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Filed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,299
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 5, 1970,
P 20 44 068.0
Int. CI. HOlm 27/00
US. CL 136 86 R ^ Claims
A fuel cell battery is divided into several electrically
series connected blocks of fuel cells. These blocks and
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1015
the individual fuel cells within each block are connected that cooperate with a battery cable end connector so that
with lines for an electrolyte-hydrazine fuel mixture and the battery cable end connector can be connected to the
the gaseous oxidation agent, whereby during the opera- terminal connection by a rotation of the cable end con-
tion of the fuel battery, the fuel cell elements within each
block are traversed in parallel by the gaseous oxidation
agent, while the individual blocks are traversed in series.
All the fuel cells of the fuel cell battery are passed in
parallel by the mixture of electrolyte-hydrazine. The
number of the fuel cells decreases per block, in flow
direction of the gaseous oxidation agent and the flow rate
of the gas in the oxidation agent supply line may be
regulated by a valve situated at the gas. outlet of the fuel
cell battery, said valve being controllable by electrical
signals obtained from a voltage comparison between
various blocks.
nector. The terminal connection may be an integrally
constructed extension of the strap connector to which it
is joined.
3,711,334
LITHIUM-METAL MOLYBDATE ORGANIC
ELECTROLYTE CELL
Arabinda N. Dey, Needham, and Robert W. Holmes,
Boston, Mass., assignors to P. R. Mallory & Co. Inc.,
Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 54,931
Int. CI. HOlm 17/02
U.S. CI. 136—100 R
4 Claims
This invention relates to a novel primary electric
cell comprising positive electrodes composed of any of
the molybdates of silver, copper, iron, cobalt, nickel,
mercury, thallium, lead, bismuth and their mixtures,
negative electrodes composed of any of the light metals
such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Be, Mg and Al, said electrodes
being disposed in an electrolyte comprising an organic
solvent selected from the group consisting of tetrahy-
drofuran, N-nitrosodimethylamine, dimethyl sulfite, pro-
pylene carbonate, gamma-butyrolactone, dimethyl car-
bonate, dimethoxy ethane, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide,
dimethyl formamide and the mixtures thereof, and hav-
ing dissolved therein soluble salts of the light metals,
for example, the perchlorates, hexafluorophosphates,
tetrafluoroborates, tetrachloro aluminates, hexafluoro-
arsenates of lithium.
3,711,336
CERAMIC SEPARATOR AND FILTER AND
METHOD OF PRODUCTION
Joseph S. Smatko, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to
McDonnell Douglas Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,383
Int. CI. HOlm 3/02; COlg 23/00; C04b 35/46
U.S. CI. 136—146 22 Claims
HA 4fo
SlA
3,711,335
BATTERY HAVING TERMINAL MOLDED IN
WALL OF CONTAINER
Fred P. Daniel, North Olmstead, Ohio, assignor to
ESB Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 115,016
Int. CI. HOlm 5/00
VS. CI. 136—135 S 5 Claims
A battery has a terminal connection molded into the
wall of the battery. The terminal connection has means
Production of a ceramic-like porous potassium titanate
member having high strength, fine substantially uniform
pore size and resistance to alkali, suitable for use as a
battery separator, fuel cell membrane or filter medium,
prepared according to one embodiment, by adding an or-
ganic binder, particularly a wax such as a polyethylene
glycol wax (Carbowax), to potassium titanate fibers, com-
pressing the resulting mixture into blocks, breaking and
granulating said blocks into particles, compressing the
granules into a member or sheet, slowly heating the re-
sulting member at temperature of about 400 to about
1016
600° C. to decompose the organic binder, and firing the
resulting member or sheet at temperature ranging from
about 1,000 to 1,370° C.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711.337
COLUMNAR-GRAINED NICKEL-BASE SUPERALLOY
CASTINGS
Cornelius P. Sullivan, Branford, and David N. Duhl, Newing-
ton. both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corporation,
East Hartford. Conn.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,794
Int. CI. C22c/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 148-32.5 2 Claims
3,711,339
ALUMINUM ALLOY CONDUCTOR
Fred A. Besel, Southbury, and William C. Selzer,
Hamden, Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
66 067, Aug. 21, 1970, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 885,315, Dec. 15, 1969, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
715,552, Mar. 25, 1968, all now abandoned. This ap-
plication Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,289
Int. CLC22C 27/02
U.S. CI. 148—32.5 7 Claims
An improved aluminum alloy conductor. The conduc-
tor is characterized by a combination of good mechanical
and electrical properties and contains from 0.04 to 1.0%
iron, 0.02 to 0.27o silicon, 0.1 to 1.0% copper, 0.001 to
0.2% boron, balance essentially aluminum.
The mechanical properties of columnar-grained nickel-base
superalioy castings are improved by the addition of 1.5-3.5
weight percent hafnium to the alloy composition.
3,711,338
METHOD FOR COOLING AND SPHEROIDIZING
STEEL ROD
Vito J. Vitelli, Shrewsbury, Mass., assignor to Morgan
Construction Company, Worcester County, Mass,
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,271
Int. CL C21d 7/14
U.S. CI. 148—12 9 Claims
Spheroidized steel rod suitable for cold working is ob-
tained by hot rolling, cooling and reheating steel rod in
direct sequence. Cooling through transformation is done
immediately after hot rolling, in order to inhibit the full
growth of the small austenite grains, which result from
rolling, prior to transformation. The cooling through
transformation is rapid enough to form constituents such
as fine pearlite, bainite and martensite in substaiitial
amounts to render the transformed rod too hard or brittle
for the intended cold working, and to suppress substan-
tially the development of proeutectoid ferrite. Directly
thereafter, before said rod has cooled to ambient tempera-
ture, the rod is passed through a spheroidization furnace,
while the rod is in the form of overlapping non-concentric
rings, to heat the rod to a temperature of about 1280°-
1330° F. (690-720° C.) at least until the cementite in
the microstructure begins to coalesce into spheroidal par-
ticles. In one embodiment the rod is then cooled and
stored for further treatment. In another embodiment it is
maintained at the temperature of treatment until enlarge-
ment of the spheroidal particles occurs. The process is
generally applicable to plain carbon and alloy steel rod
which, for one reason or another, is not suitable withoiit
spheroidizing for certain cold-working procedures, and it
provides a novel method of spheroidizing to obtain rapidly
a uniformly annealed product.
3,711,340
CORROSION-RESISTANT HIGH-STRENGTH
LOW-ALLOY STEELS
Michael Korchynsky, Bethel Park, and John R. Bell and
Richard J. Cover, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Jones &
Laughlin Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,470
Int. CL C04b 35/70; C22c 39/ 54
U.S. CL 148—36 3 Claims
Low-alloy steels having five to eight times the atmos-
pheric corrosion resistance of carbon steels, 80,000 p.s.i.
minimum yield strengths and an overall desirable balance
of mechanical properties produced directly off the hot-
mill have the following chemistry: carbon, 0.4% to
.10%; manganese, .40% to 1.80%; sulfur, .03% maxi-
mum; aluminum, .015% minimum; chromium, .90% to
1.20%; copper, .30% to .50%; silicon, .50% to 1.20%;
phosphorus, .10% to .15%; columbium, .015% to .040%;
and zirconium, .04% to .12% or a total content of rare
earth elements, such as cerium and lanthanum, such that
the weight ratio of total rare earths to sulfur is at least
2.8 to 1. In processing the steel to strip or plate, it is
hot-rolled so as to have a finishing temperature between
its A3 temperature and 1700° F., cooled at a rate between
20° F./sec. and 45° F./sec. and coiled or piled at a tem-
perature of 1100° F.± 100° F.
3,711,341
METHOD OK MAKING SINTERED METAL ULTRASONIC
BONDING TIPS
Kailash C. Joshi, Johnson City, and Franklin K. M. Lee, End-
well, both of N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 33,998
Int. CI. B22f/ /OO
U.S. CI. 148-126 2 Claims
An ultrasonic bonding tip fabncated of sintered metal,
preferably stainless steel. The tips are particularly useful in the
bonding of wire and ultrafine wires to other conductive metal
surfaces. The general method consists of compacting stainless
steel powders and heating the compact in air at 1000° F for 20
minutes. The compact is then sintered in dissociated ammonia
at 2000°-2350° F for one hour. The bodies are repressed and
heated at 1500°-2000° F in an endo-thermal atmosphere fol-
lowed by air ccxiling. The tips are then tempered and ground
to finai size. Optionally, they may be finally dipped in acid
baths.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1017
3,711,342
METHOD OF HEAT TREATING STEEL STRIP
Orvilie E. Cullen, 2728 Jodore -Ave. 43606. and Joseph
A. Lincoln, 3821 Driftwood Road 43614, both of
Toledo, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
487,603, Sept. 15, 1965. This application May 23, 1969,
Ser. No. 836,193
Int. CI. C21d 1/26
U.S. CI. 148—134 10 Claims
This disclosure relates to a method for heat treating
work hardened steel strip which has been cold reduced
40 to 80 percent and contains from 0.04 to 0.1 percent
carbon. The strip is rapidly heated to a temperature to
which austenite and ferrite exist under equilibrium condi-
tions so that it retains appreciable work stresses when it
reaches temperature. The strip is then maintained at such
temperature until the work stress is relieved, and then is
heated to a second temperature at which only austenite
exists under equilibrium conditions. The strip is main-
tained at the second temperature until uniformity of grain
size is achieved, after which the strip is cooled.
3,711,346
METHOD OF REPRODUCING WOOD GRAIN
SURFACE CONFIGURATIONS
Elmer J. Landis. Lancaster, Pa., assignor to Armstrong
Cork Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,687
Int. CLB44C 7/22
U.S. CL 156—58 2 Claims
3,711,343
CELLULAR NTTROCELI ULOSE BASED COMPOSI-
TION AND METHOD OF MAKING
Thomas E. Dunigan, Oak Ridge, George C. Sisco, Budd
Lake, and' Laurence W. K. Pell, West Orange. N.J.. as-
signors to the United States of America as represented
by the Secretar> of the Army
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,676
Int. CL C06b 79/00
\5S. CL 149—2 15 Claims
Novel, smokeless, combustible, consumable composi-
tions are produced by mixing a nitrocellulose based ex-
plosive with an organic polyisocyanate in the presence of
a liquid plasticizer at an elevated temperature.
A sandblasted wood grain effect is desirable to re-
produce in metal for engraving other materials. Oblique
light is used to cast shadows on a piece of sandblasted
wood. The axis of the light is shifted relative to the plane
of the surface of the wood, and a series of photographs
are taken. The series of photographs are then used to pro-
duce negatives. The negatives are used in a chemical mill-
ing process to etch the wood grain configuration into the
metal plate.
3 711 347
METHOD OF SEALING AND LOCKING A FASTENER
David Prugh Wagner, and John James Russell, both of 8501
W. Higgins Road, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 782,185, Dec. 9, 1968, abandoned. This
application July 7, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 60,497
Int. GLB32b 7/72
U.S.CL 156-91 5 Claims
■^711 344
PROCESSING OF CROSSLINKED NITROCELLULOSE
PROPELLANTS
Everette M. Pierce, Somerville, Ala., assignot to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,257
Int.CI.C06d5/06
U.S. CI. 149-19 9 Claims
This invention relates to an improved process for crossiink-
ing of nitrocellulose with an isocyanate to form a polymeric
binder for a solid propellant grain. Gassing of the propellant
grain is prevented, and reproducible propellant grains, with
substantially void free properties, and having improved
mechanical properties, are prepared.
A fastener having an encircling mastic sealing and locking
ring around the shank and positioned on or near the head of
the fastener for sealing and locking the fastener in an aper-
tured workpiece. The ring is formed of a compounded silicone
resin capable of withstanding temperatures up to 400T. for
indefinite extended periods of time under vibrating conditions
after final cure in situ, with the ring remaining dry and tack
free, prior to finai cure, at temperatures up to 1 SOT. or more.
3,711,345
CHEMICAL FOAMING OF WATER-BEARING
EXPLOSIVES
Ernst A. Tomic, Hagerstown, Md., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 64,793
Int. CL C06d 5/00, 1/04, 19/00
U.S. CL 149—22 21 Claims
Making foamed semisolid colloidal dispersions of wa-
ter-bearing blasting agents containing an inorganic oxidiz-
ing salt, e.g., ammonium nitrate, fuel, water and adding
thereto an alkali metal borohydride gas-generating ma-
terial that foams and sensitizes the blasting agent.
3,711,348
METHOD OF MAKING MULTI-PLY
CONVEYOR BELTING
Reinhold Reschke, Hannover-Buchholz, Germany, as-
signor to Hermann Berstorff Maschinenhau G.m.b.H.,
Hannover-Kleefeld, Germany
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,105
Claims prioritj, application Germany, Oct. 15, 1969,
P 19 51 983.6
Int. CL B29h 7/22; F16g 7/00
U.S. CL 156—137
5 Claims
A plant for the manufacture of multi-ply conveyor belt-
ing includes two conveyor belts, a plurality of rolls each
1018
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
for carrying an individually completed ply, a calender lengthwise of the pattern The niamcnts covering the interior
arrangement for coating base fabric webs with rubber and and exterior edges of the pattern are substantially parallel with
two rolls for carrying the completed belt. Initially, the
plies are wound on to the ply-carrying rolls, are then •
^O'SsG
^
*40*40
withdrawn simultaneously and passed through the calen-
der arrangement, whereafter a rewind from one of the
completed belt rolls via the calender enables an outer
layer of rubber to be applied to the belt.
3,711,349
TAPE SEAMING METHOD
John M. Snyder, New York, and James J. O'Neill, Bald-
win, N.Y., assignors to Commercial Affiliates, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 6,528
Int. CI. B65h 69/02
U.S. CI. 156—157 14 Claims
these edges. The filaments are bound together with a resin
providing a self-supp<>rting preform for a complex contoured
body.
A tape seam for seaming two materials in edge abutting
relationship in which the seam and the method for making
the seam contemplates the use of an adhesive tape on
which a first work piece, such as a piece of carpeting, or
the like, is placed, and then rendering the balance of the
adhesive on the face of the tape non-tacky for the inter-
val of time required to place the second work piece in
edge abutting relationship against the first work piece.
After placing the two work pieces together in this man-
ner, the adhesive on the tape under the second work piece
becomes tacky again, finishing the seam. The tape itself
may be double faced with adhesive so that it may hold the
work pieces together and also hold the seam to a holding
surface such as a ceiling, wall or floor.
3.711,350
PROCESS FOR THE FABRICATION OF COMPLEX
CONTOURED BODIES
John Witzel, III, Cumberland, Md., assignor to Hercules Incor-
porated, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,729
Int. CI. B65h^/ /02
U.S.C1. 156— 169 16Claims
A process for fabrication of preforms for complex con-
toured bodies is provided In this process a pattern is prepared
from the complex contoured body by first securing a covering
to the surface of the body and then describing a continuous
path on this covering so that a pattern can be recovered by
cutting the covering along the continuous path. The pattern
recovered has an interior edge, an exterior edge, a forward-
end and an aft-end. The continuous path is described so that
the width of the pattern is a constant. Filaments can then be
laid by any suitable method in side-by-side relationship
3,711,351
METHOD OF IMPREGNATING INORGANIC
FILAMENT STRANDS
James R. Griffith, Riverdale Heights, Md., assignor to the
United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of the Navy
Original application Mav 31, 1967, Ser. No. 643.321, now
Patent No. 3,544,421, dated Dec. 1, 1970. Divided
and this application Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,808
Int. CL B32b 17/04
U.S. CL 156—175 3 Claims
cfb
Ti'u
—10
'±^
S-/s'~ii
Glass filaments are continuously drawn through a solu-
tion of bifunctional acyl chloride in organic solvent and
then directly through a solution of alkylene diamine and
an acid acceptor in water. The filaments are dried, coated
with epoxy resin and wound to form a structural laminate.
3.711,352
FLUTE SEALING METHOD
William O. Wagers, Smithville; Robert H. Frappier, Wooster,
both of Ohio; William S. McDonald, Georgetown, S.C, and
Charles L. Boggs, Statesville. N.C., assignors to International
Paper Company, New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 721,739, April 16, 1968. Pat. No.
3.563.843. This application Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71.865
Int. CI. B31f //OO
U.S. CI. 156-202 3 Claims
A closed edge corrugated core paperboard in which the cor-
rugated core of the board is closed by slitting and compressing
the corrugated core edge and by folding the edges of the fac-
ing sheets, left projecting after the core is crushed, one folded
extending edge folded over the other folded extending edge,
and adhesively securing the folded edges together; the method
for producing such board including the steps of slitting and
crushing the end of the core, folding the edges of the facing
sheets, one over the other, and adhesively securing the folded
edges of the facing sheets to each other; and, the apparatus for
producing such board and for carrying out such method.
JANUARY 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1019
which apparatus includes rotating slitter kmves for .Utin^
endofthecorrugatedcore.meansforcompressingtheslitend ^^«^«;;;^«^J^^^;'^^^^^^ ^^^.^ causes each table to rotate
90° as it moves around one end of the oval path so that
the web fibers are oriented transversely to their direc-
tion of travel. To permit rotation of adjacent tables with-
and means for folding the extending facing sheet edges, one
over the other, and for adhesively securing the folded edges to
each other.
3,711,353
METHOD OF PRODUCING HIDDEN
REGISTERED PRINTING
Karl R. Zimmer, 7750 N. College Ave.,
Indianapolis, Ind. 46240
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
708,115. Feb. 26, 1968. This application Oct. 22, 197U,
'"•'^"'''"nt.CLB32bi;/i2,5i/7«
U.S. CI. 156—267 * ^'^""^
out interference, the ends of the oval cam track are in-
cUned so that the tables are spaced vertically with respect
to each other during rotation. The t^^n^^^^^f y/"^"^^^/,
webs are then successively removed fro'^.the moving
tables and crosslaid on another moving medium to form
a composite nonwoven material.
"7:7
t;7.
"TIT
¥
116''
;/:
^
3,711,355
LAMINATOR ^ , .^
Henrv N. Staats, Deerfield, and Maurice D. Levitan,
WUmetie, III., assignors to General Binding Corpora-
tion, Northbrook, 111.
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,559
Int. CLB32bi;/04 , ^, . .
U.S. CI. 156-499 , 5 C''""*'
A method of registering printing on a release liner
covered with face material. The hidden printing is first
printed on a roll of liner material. Eyespots are also
printed adjacent one edge of the liner material. The ro
is then silicone coated and laminated with a second roll
of face material. The face material covers the printing
except for the eyespots. A reading device triggers on
the eyespots activating a cutter severing the laminated
material into individual sheets. The laminated sheets are
then trimmed and printing of the top surface of the face
material of the laminated sheets is accomplished. The
sheets can then be cut into individual cards.
3,711,354
CROSSLAYING MACHINE
William H. Burger, Neenab, Wis., assignor to
Kimberly-Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,552
lnt.C\.B32h 31/04. 31/18
US CI 156 269 Claims
*A method for efficiently handling and crosslaying webs
of substantially aligned light weight fibers in the produc-
tion of nonwoven materials incorporating such crosslaid
fibers for two-dimensional strength. Webs of substantially
aligned fibers are deposited on individual moving tables
with their fibers oriented in the direction of travel. The
A compact laminating device for applying heat and
pressure to a sandwich of materials to be laminated to-
Rcther A highly efficient material transfer and heat ap
plication system is constructed of a '"i"''""'" ^^ "^^'/J
parts and the stationary components are manufactured of
simple extrusions. A pre-formed lammatmg sandwich with
1020
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
a thermal and pressure equalizer is employed in combina-
tion to provide an essentially wrinkle-free and air bubble-
free laminated product.
3,711,356
METHOD OF MAKING A COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
OF AN AROMATIC POLYIMIDE RESIN AND
NOVOLAK PHENOLIC RESIN
Alva L. Herman, deceased, late of Wilmington, Del., by
Florence Royce Herman, executrix, WUmington, Del.,
assignor to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company,
Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 2, 1967, Ser. No.
613,431. Divided and this application July 13, 1970,
Ser. No. 54,652
Int. CI. C09i 5100
U.S. CI. 156—306 8 Claims
Novolak phenolic resin forms a strong bond with
coalesced aromatic polyimide resin when compacted and
cured in contact therewith.
3,711,358
ASSEMBLY FOR APPLYING COUPONS TO
CARTON BLANKS
John Alexander and Leonard Adams, Jr., Louisville, Ky.,
assignors to The Finn Industries, Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,253
Int. CI. B32h 31/20, 31/04
U.S. CI. 156—571 6 Claims
3,711,357
LABEL TRANSFER WHEEL WITH VACUUM
PORT HLTER MEANS
Richard J. Ernst, Palatine, and Trygve R. Rod, Mundelein,
III., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 103,968
Int. CI. B65c 9/14
US. CI. 156—556 1 Claim
A machine for applying coupons to paperboard car-
tons by delivering the coupons one at a time from a
supply station onto a moving drum surface, holding the
coupons therea^ainst with reduced pressures within the
drum, interrupting the holding effect of the reduced pres-
sure at a remote transfer station, blowing the coupons
off the cylindrical surface at the transfer station, inducing
movement of the coupon to the paperboard carton blank
by differential pressures on opposite sides of the carton,
and covering the coupon at a mounting station with over-
sized covering material.
3,711.359
MAGNETIC CARD STRIPE PRINTER
Robert E. Lawhead. and William E. Steele, both of San Jose,
Calif., assignors to International Business Machines Corp.,
Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 11, 1970. Ser. No. 36,148
Int. CI. B32bJ//20. J//26
U.S. CI. 156-583 7 Claims
A transfer wheel with a radially extended land portion
for transferring address-bearing labels onto articles being
labeled. The transfer wheel land includes a pair of slot-
like vacuum supply channels extending end to end along
the spine of the land in the plane of transfer wheel rota-
tion. An individual vacuum supply port is provided for
each channel adjacent the leading end thereof with the
first or leading supply channel being substantially shorter
than the second or trailing channel. Plural closely spaced
cross-grooves are provided in the land periphery along
each of the supply channels to form, in cooperation with
their respective supply channels, a pair of individual
holddown grids. By virtue of the relatively shorter length
of the first vacuum supply channel, the vacuum force at
the first grid is greater to facilitate initial attraction and
attachment of the label to the land. The trailing second
grid serves to sustain progressive and tight fastening the
label to the land without buckling. To prevent, par-
ticularly in applications where heat activated adhesives
are used, foreign material and adhesive particles from
entering the vacuum supply ports and blocking or re-
stricting the admission of vacuum to the holddown grids,
a filter is provided in each port adjacent the inlet thereto.
An apparatus for applying a precisely controlled pressure
and temperature to a work station. A hot punch comprises
first and second heating elements and a thermistor. The first
element operates at a fixed voltage and the second element
operates at a voltage responsive to said thermistor. A clutch
and cam arrangement actuates the hot punch and controls
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1021
pressure time. An air spring applies a constant force against
said hot punch for controlling the pressure at the work station.
ERRATUM
For Class 156 — 219 see:
Patent No. 3,711,362
3,711,360
DECORATIVE PLASTICS STRIPS AND MOTIFS
Cecil Kent, Woking, England, assignor to Creators Limited,
Woking, England
Filed April 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,046
Claims priorit>, application Great Britain, April 22, 1969,
20,601/69; April 7. 1970, 16,524/70
Int.CI. B32b//04,.?/02
U.S. CI. 161 44 6 Claims
tural temperature-resistant materials can be joined to-
gether. This tape can consist of a large number of short
fibers, such as of fiberglass, that are held together by a
center member extending the length of the tape, but
leaving both ends of the fibers free and therefore avail-
able to be joined such as by adhesive means is the two
materials that are to be accured together. Even though
relative motion takes place between the two materials, due
for example to heating effects, the tiny fibers serve in a
highly advantageous maimer to prevent complete sep-
aration of the two materials.
This invention relates to decorative plastics strips and
motifs suitable for securing by high frequency welding to a
base surface. The decorative strip comprises an extruded
plastics strip consisting of a central tape-like web portion
along each side of which is a bead portion which projects
above the front face of the web portion, each bead portion
iiaving a thin and narrow welding fiange projecting outwardly
from the back edge thereof in the plane of the web portion. A
strip of material providing a desired decorative finish is
bonded to the front face of the web portion The decorative
motif is m the form of a panel made by securing across each of
the ends of a length of the twin-beaded strip, a piece of an aux-
iliary plastics strip material comprising a bead portion having
the shape of one of the bead portions of the twin-beaded strip
The bead portions of the strips have a metallised finish or ap-
pearance.
3,711,361
EXPANSION PER>nTTING ARRANGEMENT AND
METHOD OF JOINLNG MEMBERS
James L. Casadevall, Orlando, Fla., assignor to Martin
Marietta Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original application July 7, 1967, Ser. No. 651,771, now
Patent No. 3,551,268, dated Dec. 29, 1970. Divided
and this application Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84.483
Int. CI. B31c 13/00; B32b 1/08, 1/10. 5/12, 7/04
U.S. CI. 161—47 4 Claims
3,711,362
METHOD FOR FORMING WEDGE SHAPED EDGE
Jules Ballard, 262 Schley Place, Teaneck, N.J. 07666
Filed Aug. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 172,508
Int. CI. B29c 27/04
U.S. CI. 156—219 6 Claims
To make a mat of foam or sponge elastomer, a vinyl or
thermoplastic film is superposed on a foam or sponge
layer which is placed on a platen and a die is brought down
against the same. The die is heated by means of an inter-
nal electrical resistance or steam or the like and causes the
upper surface section of the foam or sponge layer to fuse
and bond to the film. The die has edge portions capable
of providing a wedge shaped peripheral edge on the re-
sulting mat and a high frequency energy is passed through
the resulting mat particularly at the peripheral edge there-
of in order to control the shape or profile of the edge.
The die is provided with channels or grooves capable of
impressing ridges into the upper surface of the mat and
use is made of these grooves to permit the evacuation of
air from between the film and the sponge or foam layer by
operating the die in sequential pressure stages in the first
stage of which a relatively low pressure is employed.
3,711,363
FOAMED CORE SANDWICH CONSTRUCTION
Chester P. Jarema, Detroit, and Leonard M. NiebylskI,
Birmingham, Mich., assignors to Ethyl Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,469
Int. CI. B32b 3/26. 15/08
U.S. CI. 161—161 19 Claims
This invention relates to the use of a novel cross-
fibered tape by the use of which a wide variety of struc-
A sandwich panel construction comprising two inde-
pendent outer sheets attached to opposite sides of a
foamed metal core. Compared to known sandwich panel
construction, the present panels are lightweight, dimen-
sionally stable, strong, fire resistant and resistant to de-
terioration caused by atmospheric conditions and ordinary
aging.
1022
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,364
SAFETY GLASS
Lto Ahramiiaii, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continnation-in-part of al)andoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 631,623, Apr. 18, 1967. This appUcation
Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,543
Int. a. B32b 17/04, 27/40
VS, CI. 161—190 3 Claims
A safety glass wherein two layers of glass nave an
interlayer disposed between them of polyurethane elas-
tomer of (a) polytetramethylene ether glycol having a
number average molecular weight of about 800 to 2000,
(b) 1,4-butanediol, and (c) 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate or
mixtures thereof containing up to about 35 weight per-
cent 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, the quantities of reactants
being about 2 to 3.5 moles of butanediol per mole of said
glycol, and approximately equivalent amounts of said
diisocyanate.
3,711,365
METAL-CLAD LAMINATES
James J. Pyle, Coshocton, Ohio, assignor to General Electric
Company
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 512,291. Dec. 8, 1965,
abandoned. This application Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 774
lnt.CI. B32b/5/05
U.S.CI. 161— 216 6Claims
IRMDIATED
OQiyOLEFIH
iAYEfi
partitions into compartments. An internal manifold or
header located axially adjacent and coaxial to said filtrate
chamber communicates with said compartments through
METAL
LAYER
A metal clad plastic laminate is made by laying up a plurali-
ty of thin layers of irradiated polyolefin, such as polyethylene,
and a metal layer is superimposed over at least one side of the
lay-up. The resulting lay-up is then compressed.
3,711,366
DIGESTING LIGNOCELLULOSIC MATERIAL WITH
SODIUM HYDROXYMETHYLSULFONATE
Jnnzo Nakano, Ynlchiro Somi, and Malioto Nagata,
Tbkyo, Japan, assignors to The Kolnisalni Pulp Industry
Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
657,526, Aug. 1, 1967. This appUcation Sept 22, 1970,
Ser. No. 74,469
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 3, 1966,
41/50,503
Int CL D21b 1/16 ~-
U.S. a. 162—24 5 Oaims
Improvement in a process for manufacturing high
yield pulp in which cooking treatment and mechanical
defibration for lignocellulosic material are combined,
said cooking treatment being carried out in alkaline con-
dition employing a sulfomethylation agent which is pro-
duced from admixing sodium sulfite and /or sodium bisul-
fite, formaldehyde and water, said mechanical defibration
being carried out either before or after the cooking.
narrow apertures. A second similar manifold may be
provided on the other side of the screen girdle, the filtrate
chamber compartments being alternately connected to
the lower and the upper manifold.
3,711,368
ROLL SUPPORT FOR PAPER MACHINE
DRAINAGE FOILS
Leslie Truxa, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Dominion Engineering Works, Limited, Lachine, Que-
bec, Canada
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 758,306,
Sept. 9, 1968. This application Oct 30, 1970, Ser.
No. 85,828 ^ ,, ,„^_
Claims priority, appUcation Canada, Sept 27, 1967,
1,062
Int CL D21f 1/36
U.S. CL 162—354 3 Qaims
3,711,367
SCREENING DEVICE IN CELLULOSE DIGESTERS
Per Tyke Christenson, Karlstad, Sweden, assignor to
Kamyr Aktiebolag, Karlstad, Sweden
FUed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,962
Claims priority, appUcation Sweden, Feb. 11, 1970,
1,734/70
Int CL BO Id 29/36
UA a. 162—251 9 Claims
A filtrate chamber back of a cylindrical screen girdle
inserted in a cellulose digester is divided by vertical
Paper machine drainage foils are supported on a foil
platform which in turn is supported on a roll assembly
comprising a roll shell having a protective rubber cover
and roll journals which support the roll shell at its ends.
The roll shell extends transversely across the fill width
of the paper machine and support for the platform is ob-
tained by multiple pads transversely spaced along the roll
shell and connected between the shell and the platform.
Adjustment nuts located on posts which are connected to
the roll journals function to control the vertical position-
ing of the roll sheU and foils in relation to the Fourdrimer
wire.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1023
3,711,369
CHARGE/DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENTS FOR
NUCLEAR REACTOR
John Pugh, Winfrith, England, assignor to United
Kinedom Atomic Energy Authority, London, England
Rled Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,668
Int CL G21c 19/20, 5/08
U.S. CI. 176—30 7 Claims
moderator body member which surrounds a central cavity
with an expanding exit nozzle at one end thereof. The cavity
wall has a gradually increasing radius from the nozzle end in a
direction upstream within the cavity. A hydrogen gas manifold
is positioned at the maximum fadius of the cavity and supplies
gas to the cavity through a plurality of annularly positioned
swirl vanes. Additional hydrogen gas is supplied to the cavity
with a tangential component through nozzles positioned in a
plurality of positions of the cavity wall adjacent the exit nozzle
to prevent the flow of nuclear particles along the forward wall
boundary layer to the exit nozzle.
3,711,371
NUCLEAR REACTOR VESSEL STRUCTURE
WiUiam J. Cahill. Jr., West Nyack, N.Y., assignor to
ConsoUdated Edison Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 687,548,
Dec. 4, 1967. This appUcation Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No.
Int. CL G21c 13/02
U.S. CI. 176—50 11 Claims
A gas cooled nuclear reactor has its core composed
of columns of blocks of moderator material which in-
corporate the nuclear fuel; fuel and moderator being re-
charged as a unit. According to this arrangement there
are a number of longitudinal plugs which are located
between adjacent groups of columns which fix the inter-
column clearance during core operation so as to ensure
a stable assembly. For refueling one of the plugs is
withdrawn and an adjacent block may then be removed
but a keeper is inserted to hold back blocks neighbour-
ing the void so created, and to keep other blocks from
being displaced into the void. The keeper may either be
a part of the charge machinery or a separate component.
3,711,370
COLLOIDAL-GAS CORE REACTOR
Hans J. P. von Ohain, Dayton, Ohio, and Melvin R. Keller,
Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,597
Int.CI.G21ci/44
U.S. CI. 176-45 8 Claims
*^0m>m^:^
^
TU^
A nuclear reactor pressure vessel structure havmg an
inner vessel containing coolant fluid under pressure and
completely encased within an outer vessel, the inner ves-
sel being mounted in spaced relationship with respect to
said outer vessel, and fluid under pressure equal to that
of said coolant fluid disposed within said spacing between
the vessels; fluid passages between said spacing between
the vessels and the inside of said inner vessel whereby the
fluid within said spacing is said coolant fluid.
A colloidal-gas core nuclear reactor having a high tensile
strength outer semispheroidal pressure shell enclosing a
3,711,372
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
MICROBIAL CELLS
James J. Donnelly, Cinnaminson, NJ., asdgnor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 54,987
Int CI. C12b 1/00
U.S. CI. 195 1 ^' Claims
A process for the production of microbial cells wherein
oxygen is separated from air and the oxygen is employed
for partial oxidation of hydrocarbonaceous material to
produce hydrogen and carbon dioxide. The hydrogen and
the carbon dioxide are then employed as a substrate for
the growth of microbial cells. The nitrogen obtained as
by-product from the oxygen separation is employed to
produce ammonia. This ammonia is employed per se to
supply at least part of the nitrogen required for growth of
the microbial cells. The ammonia may also be employed
to form urea by reaction with part of the carbon dioxide
obtained by the partial oxidation of the hydrocarbonaceous
material and the urea employed to supply at least part
1024
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
of the nitrogen required for growth of the microbial
cells. The microbial product is concentrated or dried by
one or more stages of evaporation. At least part of the
heat produced during growth of the microbial cells is
removed by indirect heat exchange between the aqueous
liquid culture medium containing the cells and the water
vaporizing in the evaporators.
3,711,373
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING L-GLUTA\nC ACID
Katsunobu Tanaka, Kazuo Kimura, and Masaki Yama-
moto, Machida-shi, Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko
Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 801,163
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 9, 1968,
43/14,944
Int. CI. Cl2b 1/00
U.S. CI. 195—28 R 6 Claims
A process for producing L-glutamic acid by fermenta-
tion inexpensively on an industrial scale which comprises
culturing Corynebacterium alkanum ATCC 21194, Brevi-
bacterium paraffinolyticum ATCC 21195 or Brevibacte-
rium butanicum ATCC 21196 in an aqueous nutrient
medium containing a hydrocarbon as the main source of
carbon. The use of gaseous hydrocarbons such as ethane,
propane and butane makes the process commercially at-
tractive. The addition of a non-utilizable hydrocarbon, a
surface active agent or an antibiotic to the medium
accelerates the fermentation and helps to increase the
yield of L-glutamic acid.
3,711,376
COAGULANTS
Mark W. C. Hatton, London, England, assignor to
Twyford Laboratories Limited, Alperton, Wembley,
Middlesex, England
No Drawing. Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,938
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 4, 1969,
33,780/69
Int. CI. C07g 7/026
VS. CI. 195—62 11 Claims
An improvement in the process for punfymg the anti-
coagulant enzyme from the venom of Ancistrodon rhodo-
stoma (the Malayan pit viper) comprises including, among
the separation steps already known, that of separation on
a weakly acid cation exchange material. The invention
also includes a novel caseinolytic enzyme found in the
venom and which may be separated by these procedui;es.
3.711,374
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING L-LYSINE BY
FERMENTATION IN THE PRESENCE OF
HYDROCARBONS
Katsunobu Tanaka and Kazuo Kimura, Machida-shl,
Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of aplication Ser. No.
574,526, Aug. 24, 1966. This application July 15, 1968,
Ser. No. 744.698
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 18, 1969,
44/55,376
Int. CI. C12d 13/06
U.S. CI. 195—28 R 6 Claims
A process for producing L-lysine by fermentation. The
process is conducted by culturing a microorganism capa-
ble of producing L-lysine. The microorganism is a mutant
strain which requires homoserine or both threonine and
methionine for its growth. The culturing is effected under
aerobic conditions in an aqueous nutrient medium con-
taining at least on^ hydrocarbon as the major source
of carbon.
3,711,375
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING L-THREONINE
Kiyoshi Nakayama, Sagamihara-shi, Haruo Tanaka,
Machlda-shi, and HiroshI Kase, Koganei-shi, Japan, as-
signors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 698,424, Jan. 17, 1968. This application June 14,
1968, Ser. No. 736,979
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 21, 1967,
42/3,862
Int. CI. C12b 7/00
U.S. CI. 195—29 11 Claims
A process for producing L-threonine by fermentation
which comprises culturing an L-threonine-producing mi-
croorganism under aerobic conditions in an aqueous nutri-
ent medium containing a decomposate of the cell bodies
of diaminopimelic acid-containing microorganisms. The
decomposate acts as a substitute for diaminopimelic acid
itself, it being obtained, for example, by the hydrolysis
of diaminopimelic acid-containing microorganisms.
3,711.377
METHOD OF PRODUCTION OF UROKINASE
Nathan H. Sloane, Germantown, Tenn., assignor to
Barbara Sloane, Germantown, Tenn.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 60,162
Int. CI. C07g 7/026
U.S. CI. 195—66 B 10 Claims
Urokinase is extracted from human urine by passing the
voided urine directly through an absorbent that is placed
in a tray in the male urinal. The passage of the voided
urine through the absorbent contained in such a filtering
device in the urinal allows the direct absorption of the
enzyme activator, urokinase, onto the absorbent without
collecting bulk urine; and the system allows the passage
of the absorbed urine (freed of its urokinase) to flow di-
rectly into the sewer system. The absorbents used in this
system are: Florisil, charcoal, aluminum oxide, denatured
human proteins embedded in a Silastic matrix. The uro-
kinase is solubilized from these absorbents and further
purified. Urokinase is removed from Florisil, charcoal
and aluminum oxide by cold weak acid saturated with
ethyl methyl ketone. Urokinase is removed from the
Silastic embedded absorbents, denatured human proteins.
3,711,378
MICROBIOLOGICAl^SCALED STERILITY
CONTROLS
Kari Kereluk, Fairview, Pa., assignor to American
Sterilizer Company, Erie, Pa.
Filed Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,668
Int. CI. C12k 1/04
U.S. CI. 195—103.5 R ^ 14 Claims
A method and apparatus for determining the effective-
ness of a sterilizing cycle by preparing a plurality for ex-
ample seven spore impregnated strips of filter paper sealed
in glassine envelopes and exposing the strips to the stenliz-
ine cycle under study. Each of the seven strips has a dif-
ferent spore population, e.g. lO^, 10*, lO^ 10^, 10^ lO^.
and 10*. The sterility control is either exposed directly to
the active elements of the sterilizing process or the control
is placed in the load of materials to be stenlized. The
strips are then removed and incubated and studied. The
effectiveness of the cycle can be concluded from the spore
strip containing the highest population on which the entire
population is killed.
3,711,379
ROTATING FLASK CULTURE APPARATUS
Robert P. Adams, Walden, N.Y., assignor to Cenco Medical
Health Supply Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filedjune24, 1971,Ser. No. 156,200
lnt.CI.C12b//00
U.S. CI. 195-127 18 Claims
An apparatus for the cultivation and investigation of cell
and virus growth for the production of vaccines, hormones
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1025
and antigens which supports flasks in which such cultures are
grown at their neck and bottom only so that such flasks are
suspended above the base of the apparatus along the culture
growing surface. An apparatus which rotates these flasks with
respect to these two points of support by drive wheel means
engaging the bottom of the flasks. A culture flask apparatus
3,711,381 _
METHOD OF PURIFYING SEWAGE AND WASTC
LIQUIDS AND A DECOCTING SYSTEM FOR
CARRYING OUT THE METHOD
Goran Emil Lagstrom, Essingeringen 72C,
Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Dec. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 94,862
Claims prioritv, application Sweden. Dec. 10, 1969,
17,073
Int. CI. C02bi/02;C02ci/i5
U.S. CI. 203—20 26 Claims
having releasabic spring means exerting a force along the cen-
tral axis of the stopper disposed in the mouth of the flask
which forces the flask toward the drive wheel means at its bot-
tom and having a surface supporting the flask stopper in bear-
ing which prevents the flask stopper from rotating with the
flask.
3,711,380
COKE OVEN DOOR STRUCTUTIE
Alfred Teplitz, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to
United States Steel Corporation
Filed Apr. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,143
Int. CI. ClOb 25/06
U.S. CI. 202—248 10 Claims
A coke oven door structure includes a door jamb hav-
ing an outwardly facing flat sealing surface n round its
periphery, a rigid frame member having a peripheral sur-
face substantially normal lo saiu ilui beiiiP.ji 'u:f.'v ..
flexible metal sealing strip extending around said door
frame member in contact with said peripheral surface, and
a plurality of clamping means holding the sealing strip
against the sealing surface. The novel clamping means in-
cludes a shaft with a disc attached to its outer end and
threads on its inner end for receiving a nut, and a wedge
having a thick portion with a slanting edge, a thin portion
with a slot therein and a shoulder between the thick and
thin portions. The wedge is located between the disc and
door frame with its slanting edge contacting the shaft and
its shoulder bearing against the sealing strip to hold it
against the sealing surface. The disc has a pin attached to
it parallel to the shaft. The pin is secured in the slot so
that turning of the shaft causes the wedge to hold the seal-
ing strip against the sealing surface. Tightening of the nut
prevents movement of the shaft and wedge.
A method and system for purifying domestic effluent,
wherein the effluent is cooked in a boiler to cause a foarn
in which the contaminants are collected. The foam and
steam are removed together from the boiler and later
separated, whereafter the foam is conducted to a sedimen-
tation tank and the steam either released to atmosphere
or used as a source of heat. The sludge obtained in the
sedimentation tank as the foam breaks down is removed
therefrom at suitable intervals and fed back to the boiler
together with fresh effluent arriving from the various con-
veniences.
3,711,382
BIMETAL SPINEL SURFACED ELECTRODES
Paul P. Anthony, Wadsworth, Ohio, assignor to
PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 43,377,
June 4, 1970. This application Jan. 15, 1971, ^>er.
No. 106,840
Int. CI. BOlr 7/00. 3/06
U.S. CI. 204—1 R 34 Claims
Electrodes suitable for electrolytic purposes, for ex-
ample, as anodes in the electrolysis of aqueous alkali
metal chlorides, are disclosed. The electrodes of this in-
vention comprise spinel outer surfaces on electroconduc-
tive substrates. The electrodes of this invention have a
low overvoltage and are long lived in the electrolytic cell
environment.
3,711.383
METHOD OF MAKING CONTACT POINT
COATING FOR RELAY CONTACTS
Manfred Schickel, Helmut Sussenbach. and Ingo Eicti-
horst, Ulm (Danube), Germany, assignors to Licentla
Patent- Verwaltungs-GmbH, Frankfurt am Mam, Ger-
""^"^ Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,626
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 28, 1V7U,
P 20 42 700.3-33
Int. CI. C03b 5/50. 5/52
\]S CI. 204^29 * Claims
A method of producing the contact point coating for a
relay contact of the type wherein the contact is made of
an iron-nickel alloy, e.g. as used in reed and similar type
1026
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
relays A layer of gold is initially applied to the contact the s.ncatc phases. Borate, phc«phate or nuoride salts are
F^^int of the'con°act'and the contact is'then tempered at a added to the melt to P-^^e d,ff^.on of metalhc .ons from
temperature between 700 and 1000° C. Thereafter, a layer the s.l.cate phase to the chionde phase,
of a two-component alloy consisting essentially of gold ^ —
2^/////////A^,
and either cobalt, nickel or chromium is deposited on the
gold layer either galvanically or by cathode sputtering.
Finally the coating may be thermally hardened by a short
time further tempering at approximately 800° C. prefer-
ably in a reducing atmosphere.
3,711,387
METHOD FOR RADIATION GAS PHASE REACTIONS
Tomomichi Kasamatsu, Takasaki-shi, and Hiroshi Sakurai,
Kohoku-ku, Yokohama-shi, both of Japan, assignors to
Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute
Filed April 29, 1969. Ser. No. 820.075
Claims priority, application Japan. May 6, 1968, 43/30189
InLCI. B01j///«, BOlky/00
IJ.S. CI. 204- 1 57. 1 H 4 Claims
3,711,384
ELECTRODEPOSmON OF NICKEL
Derek Martin Lyde, 23 Red Hill, Stourbridge, England
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,210
Int. CI. C23b 5/08, 5/46
U.S. CI. 204 — 49 19 Claims
An aqueous nickel plating electrolyte compirses (a) at
least 30 gm. per litre of a nickel-II salt; (b) 0.1-1.0 gm.
per litre of a mixture of acetylenic compounds including
both an alfa-hydroxy-acetylenic compound and an alkyl-
ene oxide condensation product of an alfa-hydroxy-acet-
ylenic compound in a weight ratio of the said condensa-
tion products to the alfa-hydroxy-acetylenic compounds
of from 1.5:1 to 7:1; and (c) from 1.0 to 5.0 gm. per
litre of saccharin or a substituted saccharin.
When a gas to be gas phase reacted is fed into a reaction
zone maintained in the Geiger-Muller region and is irradiated
with an ionizing radiation, the gas phase reaction of said gas is
promoted because the avalanche of ions is repeated in the
Geiger-Muller region by virtue of the irradiation.
3,711,385
ELECTRODE HAVING PLATINUM METAL OXIDE
COATING THEREON, AND METHOD OF USE
THEREOF
Henri Bernard Beer, Kalmthout, Belgium, assignor to
Chemnor Corporation, Panama City, Panama
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
549,194, May 11, 1966. This application Sept. 25, 1970,
Ser. x\o. 75,726
Int. CI. BO Ik 3/00
VS. CI. 204—59 41 Claims
An electrode for use in an electrolytic process. The elec-
trode has a core of a film-forming metal and a layer hav-
ing at least the outside portion of the thickness thereof of
an electrolyte resistant and electrolysis product resistant
material, which outdde portion has a thickness of at least
about 0.054 micron. The layer is on at least part of the
surface of said core. The material of the portion consists
essentially of at least one oxide which is an oxide of at
least one platinum metal taken from the group consisting
of platinum, iridium, rhodium, palladium, ruthenium, and
osmium. The electrode is especially useful in electrolysis
of brine to obtain chlorine.
3,711,388
OXIDATION STEP IN ELECTROLYSIS
OF AQUEOUS HCI
Gerhard Gritzner, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 97,325
Int. CI. COlb 7/06
U.S. CI. 204—128 10 C'a»™*
The current invention pertains to processes compnsmg
electrolyzing hydrochloric acid in a diaphragm cell hav-
ing an anolyte and a catholyte to produce chlorine. More
particularly, it concerns adding a substantially non-foam-
ing, water-soluble, ionic, organic compound to the catho-
lyte and dispersing an oxidizing gas therein to form small
bubbles and oxidize the catholyte. The organic additive,
which induces a smaller bubble size, effects a reduction
in power consumed by the dispersing means and increases
the oxidation rate of metal ions in the catholyte.
3.711,386
RECOVERY OF METALS BY ELECTRODEPOSITION
John M. Gomes; Danny L. Pool, and Morton Wong, all of
Reno. Nev., assignors to The United States of America as
represented bv the Secretary of the Interior
Filed Dec. 4, 1969. Ser. No. 882,272
Int.CI.C22dJ//S
U.S. CI. 204-64 R 6 Claims
Metallic elements such as iron, manganese and refractqry
metals are recovered from ores, slags, silicate residues, etc., by
ciectrodeposition from a melt comprising a chloride phase and
a silicate phase. The cathode is submerged in the chloride
phaM: while the anode is in contact with both the chloride and
3,711,389
PROCESS FOR TREATING POLYMERIC SUB-
STRATES WITH HIGH-ENERGY RADIATION
Edwin O. Hook, Marshfield, and Larry D. Nichols, Bel-
mont, Mass., assignors to Moleculon Research Corpo-
ration, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1969, Ser.,^"'*^*''*^
Int. CI. BOlj 1/10. 1/12; C07c 125/00 ^
U.S. CI. 204—159.12 , . " Claims
A new group of cyclotri- and cyclotetraphosphazene
compounds bearing at least one polymerizable olefinic
moiety and a method of enhancing physical properties
such as flame resistance, solvent resistance, heat resistance
or deformation resistance of a variety of substrates by
treatment of the substrate with ionizing radiation and cy-
clotriphosphazene or cyclotetraphosphazene compounds
bearing at least one radical having a polymerizable double
bond between the terminal carbon atom and the penulti-
mate carbon atom.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1027
3,711,390
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE EPOXY SYSTEMS CON-
TAINING SUBSTITUTED CYCLIC AMIDES OR
SUBSTITUTED UREAS AS GELATION INHIBI-
TORS
Jacob Howard Feinberg, 1 Stanford Court,
Hightstown, N.J. 08520
No Drawing. Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,666
Int. CI. BOlj 7/70, 7/72
U.S. CI. 204—159.11 29 Claims
Polymerization of epoxide monomers and prepolymers,
and of other materials polymerizable through the action
of cationic catalysts, is controlled by providing, in as-
sociation with a radiation-sensitive catalyst precursor, a
gelation inhibitor in the form of a substituted acyclic amide
or a substituted urea, such as N,N-dimethylacetamide and
1,1,3,3-tetramethylurea.
3,711,391
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE EPOXY SYSTEMS CON-
TAINING SULFOXIDE GELATION INHIBITORS
Jacob Howard Feinberg, Hightstown, NJ., assignor io
American Can Company, Greenwich, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Mav 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,665
Int. CI. BOlj 7/70, 7/72
U.S. CI. 204—159.11 18 Claims
Polymerization of epoxide monomers and prepolymers,
and of other materials polymerizable through the action
of cationic catalysts, is controlled by providing, in asso-
ciation with a radiation-sensitive catalyst precursor, a gela-
tion inhibitor in the form of a sulfoxide compound such
as methyl sulfoxide or n-propyl sulfoxide.
3,711,393
PURIFICATION OF A MOLTEN SALT BATH
Harmon M. Garfinkel, Horseheads. N.Y., assignor to
Corning Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,829
Int CI. BOld 7i/02
U.S. CI. 204—180 R 4 Claims
^'^
mtys^
"22
ce. ^
No, KNO3
--26
This invention relates to a method of purifying a molten
salt hath containing a small amount of a monovalent ion
as an impurity, and to an electrolytic system for use in
carrying out the method. The invention finds particular
application as an improvement in known methods of
modifying a glass surface by exchanging sodium ions from
the glass surface with potassium ions from a molten salt
math, and is described with special reference to such
specific application.
3,711.392
METHOD FOR THE UTILIZATION OF ORGANIC WASTE
MATERIAL
James B. Metzger, 20 Cleveland Lane, Princeton, N J.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,545
Int. CI. BO Id /J/02 *-«~
U.S. CL 204—180 P 37 Claims
myee
nmyMnitMi-
or
\
\auDi)fntiu6 r
St/VllATiaU TA>JK
seBonuK.
r
\1
fVocess'A/c
ers/sr/ifrr
J^f/lrc/^r/lls
90'
zr
X
r/9A/t:
\f>efOP/Ty>T/OAj
~^ pfocfss.'t/a
//ouiD^aoJcrs
fTfUI/OL
oeSM/IC /KIDS
£ycf^oc
I
■ZZ
-/4
-rci^erztrau
AtjroCi.'i^'La . -
TO Si/S^^^ 1
Hsrteti/z/ir/O'J \.v>
3,711,394
CONTINUOUS OXYGEN MONITORING OF LIQUID
METALS
Bertram Minushkin. Smithtown; George Kissel. Bayport. and
Francis J. Salzano. Patchogue. all of N.Y.. assignors to The
United States of America as represented by the United Stales
Atomic Energy Commission
Filed Oct. 29. 1970. Ser. No. 85,002
Int. CI. GOln 27/46
U.S. CI. 204-195 S *4 Claims
Biodegradable waste materials are utilized by forming a
suspension in a fermentation tank of comminated waste
materials mixed with a microbiological system of a plurality of
selected types of microorganisms under conditions to decom-
pose the waste materials. After sufficient microbial metabolic
action has taken place, gaseous products and microbial-re-
sisunt portions of the suspension are removed. The solid
proteineous materials are then separated from the liquor
formed in the suspension and the components of the liquor are
separated by electrodialysis.
An electrode assembly for use in measuring the oxygen con-
tent of liquid sodium consisting of a solid body of electrolytic
material for immersion in the sodium. The active electrode is
oxygen or a gas containing oxygen circulated directly in con-
tact with the inner coated surface of the body.
1028
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,395
GALVANIC CELLS
Robert E. Plank, Willow Grove, and Michael D. Rutkow-
ski, Phoenixville, Pa., assignors to Bioraarine Industnes,
Inc., Devon, Pa.
Filed June 6, 1969, Ser. No. 831,152
Int CI. GOln 27/46
\2&. Ct. 204—195 P 3 Claims
3,711,397
ELECTRODE AND PROCESS FOR MAKING SAME
Aleksandrs Martinsons, Wadsworth, Ohio, assignor to PPG In-
dustries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 86.062, Nov. 2, 1970,
abandoned. This application March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,683
Int. CI. BO Ir J/04
U.S. CI. 204-290 F 9 Claims
Electrodes suitable for use for electrolytic purposes, for ex-
ample for the electrolysis of aqueous alkali metal chloride
solutions, are disclosed. The electrcxies of this invention have
an electroconductive substrate with an electro-conductive
outer surface containing a spinel thereon, and an intermediate
electroconductive layer between the electro-conductive spinel
surface and the substrate which intermediate layer contains an
oxycompound of a second transition series platinum group
metal (ruthenium, rhodium, palladium).
A galvanic cell having a gas permeable membrane me-
chanically adhered or locked and sealed to a perforated
electrode and this membrane-electrode structure is se-
cured along its periphery to form a relatively rigid closure
for one end of a housing filled with an electrolyte. The
non-electrode side of the membrane is exposed to a fluid
substance containing a component electro-active with the
electrode material on the walls defining the perforations
in the electrode. A second electrode is contained within
the reservoir and a portion of the reservoir is closed by
a flexible diaphragm whereby the reservoir is made volu-
metrically variable so as to make the galvanic cell bends
proof and prevent formation of voids due to loss of
water vapor from the electrolyte through the permeable
membrane. External connections to the electrodes are
provided in the form of an insulated disc having planar
electrical conductors thereon and which disc forms a
portion of the walls of the cell. A process for making
the membrane-electrode structure is also disclosed. Con-
sult the specification for further features and details.
3,711,398
SPLITTERING APPARATUS
Peter J. Clarke, 30 Erland Road,
Stony Brook, N.Y. 10012
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,387
Int. CI. C23c 15100
U.S. CI. 204—298 3 Claims
3,711,396
POROUS ELECTRODE HAVING OPEN
FEED CAVITY
Benedict H. Ashe, Jr., and Homer M. Fox, Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Original application June 24 1968, Ser. No. 739,507.
Divided and this application Sept. 4, 1970, Ser.
No. 69,735
Int. CI. BOlr 3104. 3/08
U.S. CI. 204—284 17 Claims
Sputtering apparatus for coating a work piece which
includes an open-ended cathode shell having a catena
to be sputtered, magnetic means surrounding the shell
for producing a magnetic field and an anode d|sposed
within the cathode shell for producing an electric held
to sputter the material to form the coating. The magneuc
field includes a substantially linear central portion and
nonlinear end portions. The cathode shell includes a layer
of the material to be sputtered on the wall adjoming the
open end of the cathode shell which intercepts at least
a portion of the nonlinear magnetic field.
In an electrochemical process, the reaction takes place
within the confines of a porous electrode element. The
bottom of this electrode element has a cavity open to the
bulk of the electrolyte. The gaseous or vaporous feed
materials are introduced into this cavity, and are converted
during their upward passage through the electrode without
contact with the bulk of the electrolyte.
3 711,399
SELECTIVE HYDROCRACKING AND ISOMERIZA-
TION OF PARAFnN HYDROCARBONS
John Harold Estes, Wappingers Ft"\^^=°.''Lr^TalU
Wiccopee, and Robert M. Suggitt, Wappmgers Falls,
N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,445
Int a. ClOg 13/10
ITS n 208 112 16 Claims
Paraffin hydrocarbons are selectively hydrocracked and
isomerized under controlled conversion conditions by con-
tacting the hydrocarbon with hydrogen, a cata yst com-
posed of a fluorided Group Vll-B or VIII metal-alumma
catalyst and a carbon oxide as a conversion reaction
moderator. By employing a fluorided metal-aluniina cata-
lyst and a carbon oxide moderator such as carbon mon-
oxide or carbon dioxide, paraffin hydrocarbons are selec-
tively hydrocracked and isomerized in a manner such
that selectivity, activity and product distribution is con-
trolled over the course of the conversion reacUon.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1029
3,711,400
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR RECOVERING
WAXES FROM OILY SLUDGES
Edward L. Cole, Fishkill, and Howard V. Hess, Glenham,
N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,452
Int. CI. BOld 21/10, 11/04
U.S. CI. 210—21 16 Claims
Siiioft
regenerate the strong resiiT~Efficient regeneration is achieved
in a downflow regeneration process and silica and calcium
sulphate precipitation problems are reduced. In some cases, it
is desirable to soak the strong resin in regenerant after the
weak regenerant as been passed through the column in order
to improve separation of the resins, shorten the total regenera-
tion time and remove additional silica ions. The processes are
preferably practiced on systems of three or more columns in
which the columns are sequentially exhausted and
regenerated, with at least two columns being regenerated in
series.
In the first stage of a continuous process oily sludges
are mixed with light hydrocarbons differing substantially
in specific gravity therefrom to separate the sludges into
an oil-hydrocarbon phase and a water-waxy solids phase.
The oil-hydrocarbon phase is heated to a temperature
above the critical temperature of the light hydrocarbons
to remove the light hydrocarbons which are then recycled
for mixing with additional sludge and the oil is recovered
for further use. The water-waxy solids phase is treated to
obtain water of reduced Chemical Oxygen Demand which
can be discharged in receiving bodies of water without
polluting the same. The waxy solids-water slurry which re-
mains is, in the second stage of the process of this inven-
tion, dried and the resulting dry waxy solids are treated
with a light aromatic solvent, such as benezne, to yield a
solution of wax and the aromatic solvent and wax-free
solids. After the aromatic solvent wax solution is stripped
to remove the aromatic solvent, a valuable wax product
remains. In a final step, the wax-free solids are heated to
remove the last traces of the aromatic solvent therefrom
yielding dry, hydrocarbon-free, solids which are suitable
for a wide variety of uses, such as, for example, for land
fill.
3,711,401
REGENERATION METHOD FOR DUAL BEDS OF ION
EXCHANGE RESINS
Robert S. Hamilton, Princeton Junction; Albert W. Kingsbury,
Moorestown, and John R. Anderson, Cranbury, all of N J.,
assignors to Sybron Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed March 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 2 1 ,798
Int. CI. BOld/ 5/06
U.S. CI. 210-34 6 Claims
3,711,402
PROCESS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PHENOLATED
INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT
Jean-Pierre Zumbrunn, 95 Saint Gratien, and Francois Crom-
melynck, 69 Lyon, both of France, assignors to L'Air
Liquide, Societe Anonyme Pour L Etude Et L Exploitation
Des Precedes Georges Claude, Paris, France
Filed May 8, 1972, Ser. No. 251,102
Claims priority, application France, May 13, 1971, 7117293
Int.CI. C02c5/04
U.S. CI. 2 1 0—63 1 8 Claims
The present invention relates to a process for the complete
purification of industrial effluent polluted by phenolated im-
purities wherein the degradation of the polluant is obtained by
the action of an oxidizing reagent containing the HSOj- anion.
The oxidizing reagent is a member of the group constituted by
monopersulphuric acid and its salts. The oxidizing reagent is
an aqueous solution containing HSOs" anion and containing
furthermore NH/, HSOr ions and, optionally, alkaline ca-
tions. The oxidizing reagent is an aqueous solution containing
the HSOs" anion and containing furthermore hydrogen perox-
ide and H\HS04 and SO," ions.
3,711,403
CORROSION INHIBITORS EMPLOYING PHOS-
PHATE ESTERS OF CYCLIC A>nDINES
Derek Redmore, Ballwin, Mo., assignor to
Petrolite Corporation, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 11, 1967, Ser. No.
666,953. Divided and this application Jan. 18, 1971.
Ser. No. 107,450 ^,„,,,,^
Int. CL C07d 49/i<- C23f 77/76
U.S. CI. 252 8.55 E ^ Claims
Esters of cyclic amidines and phosphoric acids, includ-
ing oxygen, sulfur and oxygen and sulfur-containing phos-
phoric acids, as illustrated by esters of the formula
®.
,L-X-P-(XR')i-.J»
where ® is a cyclic amidine-containing radical, for ex-
ample imidazoline and tetrahydropyrimidine, X is oxygen
and/or sulfur; R' (which may be the same or different)
is hydrogen or an alcohol moiety; n is 1-3, and m is a
number determined by the number of hydroxy groups on
the cyclic amidine. These compounds, among other uses,
are employed as corrosion inhibitors.
SERVICE
REGENERiW^
21
22
1
diul€nt
=zL_
SERVICE
"T"
WASTE
Ion exchange columns containing a layer of weak resin and
a layer of strong resin are regenerated by passing partially
spent regenerant through the column to regenerate the weak
resin and then passing fresh regenerant through the column to
3.711.404 ^,,^
USE OF PHOSPHORAMIDATES OF CYCLIC
AMIDINES AS CORROSION INHIBITORS
Derek Redmore, Ballwin. Mo., assignor to
Petrolite Corporation, W ilmington. Del.
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 5, 1967, Jer. No.
665,288. Divided and this application Feb. 2, 1971,
Ser. No. 112,058 ^^„,,/,x
Int. CI. C07d 49/34; C23f 77/76
U.S. CI. 252—8.55 E . . • ^ -J^""*
Amides of cyclic amidines and phosphoric acids in-
cluding both oxygen, sulfur, and oxygen-sulfur-containing
phosphoric acids, as illustrated by amides of the formula
L®L-A-N-JpJn i^(XR')^-
1030
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
where ® is a cyclic amidine-containing radical, for ex-
ample imidazoline and tetrahydropyridine, X is oxygen
and/or sulfur; R' is hydrogen or an alcohol moiety; A
is alkylene, n is 1-3 and p is 0-10. These compounds,
among other uses are employed as corrosion inhibitors.
3,711,405
LOW FLUID LOSS WELL TREATING
COMPOSITION AND METHOD
David S. Pye, Brea, Paul W. Fischer, Whittier, and Julius
P. Gallus, Anaheim, Calif., assignors to Lnion Oil
Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,254
Int. CI. ClOm 3/08; E21b 43/25
U.S. CI. 252—8.55 R » Claims
A low loss well treating composition comprismg a dis-
persion of solid wax or wax-polymer particles in an aque-
ous liquid containing a hydrophiiic agent consisting of
water-soluble surface active agents or water-dispersible
surface active agents, and a lipophilic agent consisting of
oil-soluble surface active agents, oil-dispersible surface
active agents and oleaginous liquids; and a process em-
ploying this composition in well drilling and treating.
ethylene imines of 1000-40,000 molecular weight and
di(aminopolymethylene) piperazine. The sulfonamides
are conveniently prepared as solutes in light mineral oil
(white oil to SAE 10 type hydrocarbon oil) by reacUon
of suitable alkylbenzene sulfonic acid chloride and the
polymethylene-containing diprimary amine in the pres-
ence of pyridine and C^-Cs alkane, removing the alkane
and pyridine, treating the residue with a light mineral
oil suspension of calcium hydroxide and filtering the
resulting mixture.
3,711,406
LUBRICATING OIL CONTAINING AN HYDROX-
YLATED AMINE AND AN OVERBASED
SULFONATE OR PHENATE
Warren Lowe, El Cerrito, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,567
Int. CI. ClOm 1/20, 1/32. 1/40
U.S. CI. 252—33.4 8 Claims
Poly(hydroxyalkylated) amines are combined with
alkalme earth metal carbonates dispersed in a hydro-
carbon medium to provide improved rust protection in
internal combustion engines.
3,711,409
ICE-PREVENTIVE AND DEICING OILIN-WATER
EMULSION
Douglas John Ayxes, 102 Goldhurst Terrace, London
NW, 6, England, and Derek Greenwood, London, Eng-
land; said Greenwood assignor to said Ayres
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 439,469, Mar. 12, 1965. This application
Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,184
Int. CI. C09k 3/18
U.S. CI. 252—70 29 Claims
An ice-preventive and deicing material for application
to metallic objects, such as railway switches and the like,
which is in the form of a viscous, stable, oil-in-water emul-
sion, comprising, about 5% to 30% of the lubricant oil or
grease, which is substantially insoluble in water, as the dis-
perse phase; about 2 to 20% of a cationic or non-ionic
surface active agent as an emulsifying agent; and the
balance an aqueous solution, as the continuous phase,
containing about 2 to 5% of the total composition of a
water-absorbing, viscosity-maintaining compound and a
sufficient amount of a freezing point depressant for water
to lower the freezing point of the water with which the
composition comes into contact and thereby prevent the
formation of ice on the protected object or remove ice
from the protected object, provide lubrication of parts
where required and prevent adhesion of parts as needed.
3,711,407
INCORPORATING LITHIUM SALICYLATE OR THE
LIKE INTO A GREASE
Richard J. Plumstead, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Esso Research and Engineering Company,
Linden, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,878
Int CI. ClOm 5/14
U.S. CI. 252 — 41 6 Claims
An alkali metal salt and particularly a lithium salt
of salicylic acid or related hydroxy benzoic acid is in-
corporated into a lubricating oil or grease as an antioxi-
dant by saponifying an aliphatic alcohol ester of the hy-
droxy benzoic acid and then removing the water and
alcohol formed in the reaction. Improvements over prior
art methods include better particle size distribution and
lower cost.
3,711,410
LOW WATER-SENSITIVE HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
CONTAINING BORATE ESTERS
Arthur W. Sawyer, Hamden, and David A. Csejka, Orange.
both of Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 7 17,996, April 1, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,625,899. which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
653,338, July 14, 1967, abandoned. This application April 12,
1971,Ser. No. 133,452
Int. CI. C09k i/00, ClOm J/4«
III C\ 2S2 78 25 Claims
A low water-sensitive hydraulic fluid composition which
contains from about 20 to about 96 percent by weight of at
least one borate ester as the base fluid. Such low-water sensi-
tive hydraulic fluids are high boiling compositions particularly
useful as brake fluids.
3,711,408
SULFONAMIDES OF HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT
ALKYL-SUBSTITUTED BENZENE SLLFOMC
ACIDS AND THEIR PREPARATION
Robert E. Karll, Munster, Ind., and Richard J. Lee, Park
Forest, 111., assignors to Standard Oil Company, Chi-
cago, 111.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,806
Int. a. ClOm 1/36. 1/38
VS. CI. 252—47.5 7 Claims
Polymethylene-containing sulfonamides of alkyl sub-
stituted benzene sulfonic acids whose alkyl-substituent
has a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 2800 are
oil soluble, impart thermally stable dispersancy to oil
solutions of the sulfonamides. The sulfonamides are pref-
erably of polymethylene-containing diprimary amines such
as polyazalkylene diamine, polymethylene diamine, poly-
3,711,411
LOW WATER-SENSITIVE HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
CONTAINING BORATE ESTERS AND
MONOETHANOLAMINE
Arthur W. Sawyer, Hamden, and David A. Csejka, Orange,
both of Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 717,996, Apnl M/^S Pat.
No 3 625,899, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
653 338, July 14, 1967, abandoned. This application April 15,
1971 Ser No. 134,456The portion of the term of this patent
'subsequent to Dec. 7. 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int CI.C09ki/00,C10mi/4«,C23f////4
U.S. CI. 252-78 *^^'k'"h
Low water-sensitive hydraulic fluid compositions which
contain at least one borate ester as the base fluid and from
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1031
about 0 1 to about 8 percent by weight of monoethanolamine
as an alkaline buffering agent. Such low water-sensitive
hydraulic fluids are high boiling and have a low rate of cor-
rosivity.
3,711,412
LOW-WATER SENSITIVE HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
CONTAINING BORATE ESTERS AND FORMALS
Arthur W. Sawyer, Hamden, and David A. Csejka, Orange,
both of Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation
Contlnuatlon-in-part of Ser. No. 717,996, April 1, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,625,899, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
653,338, July 14, 1967, abandoned. This application April 12,
1971,Ser. No. 133,407
Int. CI. C09k 3100; ClOm 3148
U.S. CI. 252-78 32 Claims
This invention relates to a low water-sensitive hydraulic
fluid composition which contains from about 20 to about 96
percent by weight of at least one borate ester as the base fluid
and addiuonally, from about 2 to about 40 percent of a bis
(glycol ether) formal. Such low water-sensitive hydraulic
fluids are high boiling compositions which also have desirable
properties at low temperatures, particularly viscosity, and thus
are useful under a wide variety of climatic and operational
conditions.
3,711,413
NOVEL BLEACHING COMPOUNDS
Peter Robson, Northumberland, and Frederick Edward
Hardy, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England, assignors to
The Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 9, 1968, J*''. No.
766,326. Divided and this application Mar. 10, 1972,
Ser. No. 233,791
Int. CI. Clld 7/56
U.S. CI. 252—99 9 Claims
N-halogenated compounds having the general formula
R_SOi— N— {CHi)»— SOiM
i
3,711,415
CHEMILUMINESCENT REACTION OF SUBSTI-
TUTED VINYLENE CARBONATES WITH HY-
DROGEN PEROXIDE IN THE PRESENCE OF
A FLUORESCER
Donald Roy Maulding, Branchburg Township, Somerset
County, N.J., assignor to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,297
Int CI. COlk 3/00
U.S. CI. 252—188.3 8 Claims
Novel compositions of matter and reactions for the
direct generation of light from chemical energy employing
such compositions. By "light" is meant electromagnetic
radiation at wavelengths falling between about 350 m/x
and 1000 m/x. ".
^
3,711,416
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING AQUEOUS ANIONIC
SILICA SOL AND NONGELLING FLOCCULAT-
ING AGENT
Charles C. Payne, Chicago, and Peter H. Vossos, Lisle,
111., assignors to Nalco Chemical Company, Chicago,
111.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,627
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00
' U.S. CI. 252—313 S 2 Claims
Compositions especially useful for coatings are pre-
pared by mixing an aqueous colloidal anionic silica sol
with a nongelling flocculating agent, viz, a water-dispersi-
ble synthetic polymer having a linear hydrocarbon struc-
ture containing in a side chain a quaternary imidazole
group.
3,711,417
MULTILAYER LIGHT POLARIZING LENS
Norman W. Schuler, Lexington, Mass., assignor to
Polaroid Corporation. Cambridge, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 75, Jan. 2,
1970. This application July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,522
Int. CI. F21v 9/00
U.S. CL 252—300 15 Claims
wherein R is an alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl group, X is
bromine or chlorine, and M is an alkali metal, are useful
as bleaching agents and as disinfectants.
i:i2)
3,711,414
HIGH FOAMING ANTISTATIC DETERGENT
COMPOSITION
Gordon Trent Hewitt, Upper Montclair, N.J., assignor to
Colgate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 454,173, Mav 7, 1965. This application Dec. 16,
1969, Ser. No. 882,396
Int. CI. A61k 7/08; Clld 1/65, 3/44
U.S. CI. 252—118 7 Claims
A clear, homogeneous, liquid detergent composition
having an anti-static conditioning effect on hair, wool and
other fibers is described which comprises by weight 5 to
25% of a trialkyl amine oxide containing at least one long
chain alkyl radical of 10-18 carbon atoms, 5 to 25% of
an anionic surface active agent, V2 to 10% of a quaternary
ammonium salt having at least one long chain hydrophobic
radical of 10 to 20 carbon atoms in its molecular structure
and 50 to 90% of inert solvent and water. Preferred com-
positions contain soap as the anionic surface active agent.
Synthetic plastic light-polarizing ophthalmic lenses com-
prising an acrylic polymer.
3,711,418
RARE EARTH OXIDE PHOSPHORS
James E. Mathers and Ramon L. Yale. Ulster, Pa., as-
signors to GTE Sylvania Incorporated, Seneca Falls,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,452
Int. CI. C09k 1/10
U.S. CI. 252—301.4 R 6 Claims
A cathodoluminescent phosphor composition, with a
controlled decay time, is disclosed wherein the phosphor
consists of a matrix of Y2O3 and a dopant of europium
and a predetermined amount of dysprosium. A process for
controlling the decay time is also disclosed.
906 O.G.— 37
1032
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,419
PROC^S FOR PREPARING SILICA AQl'ASOLS
Ralph Marotta, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Monsanto Com-
pany, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 52,132
Int. CI. BO Ij /i/00, COlb ii//4
U.S. CL 252-313 S 5 Claims
A process for preparing stable, essentially transparent al-
kaline silica aquasols having an average particle diameter of 5
to 10 millimicrons by adding an acidic silica sol to a dilute al-
kali metal silicate solution. The acidic silica sol is gradually
added over a period of 4 to 8 hours such that not more than 25
weight percent of the acidic sol is added during any one hour
period At least 25 weight percent of the acidic sol is added
while the temperature is maintained within a range of about
25° C. to about 50° C, at least about 7 weight percent to about
30 weight percent is added while the temperature is main-
tained within a range of about 50° C. to about 90° C. and the
balance is added while the temperature is maintained within a
range of abtiut 70° C. to about 100° C. The last step is that of
concentrating by evaporation of water.
which have been contaminated with metals which involves
passivating the metals by contacting them with antimoiiy-
containing compounds and restoring the catalyst activity
thereafter by conventional calcination techniques.
3,711,420
RUST PREVENTATIVE COMPOSITIONS CONTAIN-
ING A WAX, METAL NAPHTHENATE, AND A
NATURAL FATTY BODV-POLYOL ESTER
Ernest Frank Jones, Newbury, England, assignor to Esse
Research and Engineering Company, Linden, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,880
■ Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 12, 1970,
6,827/70
Int. CI. C23f 77/72
U.S. CL 252—389 7 Claims
A rust preventive composition suitable for the protec-
tion of stressing tendons used in the concrete shield of
atomic power stations. This consists of a mixture of a
wax (e.g. petrolatum), a metal naphthenate (e.g. that of
a metal of Group IV of the Periodic System such as lead),
and an ester derived from a polyol (e.g. a polyhydric
alcohol having no more than 8 carbon atoms per molecule
such as pentaerythritol) and a natural fatty body (e.g.
lanolin).
3,711,421
I IQITD SCINTILLATION MIXTURES CONTAINING
PERDELTERIZED SOLVENT AND/OR SOLUBILITY
INCREASING AGENT
Peter Krumbiegel. Leipzig, and Heinz Schmidt, Berlin, both of
Germany, assignors to Deutsche Akademie Der Wissenschaf-
ten Zu Berlin, Berlin- AdIershof. Germany
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,992
Int.CI.G01t//20,G09k//02
U.S. CI. 252-408 10 Claims
Liquid scintillation mixtures comprising at least one scintil-
latable organic material in toluene or a solvent structurally re-
lated to toluene such as a-methylnaphthaline. ditolylmethane
and xylene and which can contain as a solubility increasing
agent a quaternary ammonium base, alcohol and/or water
wherein at least one of the solvent and/or solubility increasing
agent is in a perdeuterized form, and wherein said solvent is
used in a form where it is at least 97 atom percent perdeu-
terized and said solubility increasing agent is used in a form
wherein the OH groups thereof are at least 97 atom percent
perdeutenzed.
3,711,422
CRACKLNG CATALYST RESTORATION WITH
ANTIMONY COMPOUNDS
Marvin M. Johnson and Donald C. Tabler, Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company,
Bartlesville, Okla.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,476
Int. CL BOlj 11/70. 11/72
U.S. CI. 252 — 414 10 Claims
A method of restoring activity to cracking catalysts
3,711,423
HYDROGENATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Joseph K. IVlertzweiller and Horace M. Tenney, Baton
Rouge, La., assignors to Esse Research and Engineer-
ing Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
674,098, Oct. 10, 1967. This application Nov. 28, 1969,
Ser. No. 880,933
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
July 18, 1989, has been disclaimed
Int CL C07g 5/02
U.S. CL 252—431 21 Claims
Novel hydrogenation catalysts are formed by impreg-
nating a suitable support material with an aqueous solu-
tion of a salt of a transition metal; heat-treating the im-
pregnated support at a temperature above 500° F. to
form chemical complexes on the surface of the support
and to drive off moisture and absorbed oxygen; activat-
ing the surface complex by contacting the impregnated
support with a soluble organometallic compound wherein
the metal constituent is selected from Groups I, II and
III of the Periodic Chart of the Elements, and thereafter
treating the activated support material in the presence of
a gaseous stream containing hydrogen at a temperature
of at least 300° F. to form a highly stable heterogeneous
catalyst. The novel supported catalysts of the instant in-
vention have been found to be highly active for the
hydrogenation of organic compounds under extremely
mLId conditions.
3,711,424
ORGANOLITHIUM POLYMERIZATION
INITIATORS
William J. Trepka and Richard J. Sonnenfeld, Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company, Bart-
lesville, Okla.
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 772,865, Nov. 1, 1968. This application Feb. 24,
1971, Ser. No. 118,575
Int. CI. C08f 7/02, 3/16
VS. CL 252—431 R 8 Claims
Improved 4-halophenyllithium polymerization initiators
are prepared by milling 4-halophenyllithium as a highly
dispersed form in a hydrocarbon dispersing medium.
3,711,425
FLUORIDED METAL ALUMINA CATALYSTS
Robert M. Suggitt and John H. Estes, Wappingers Falk,
and Stanley Kravitz, Wiccopee, N.Y., assignors to
Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 60,954
Int. CL BOlj 77/7^, 77/78
U.S. CI. 252—439 ^ Claims
A method for preparing a hydrocarbon conversion
catalyst by providing a composite composed of alumma
having associated therewith a Group VI-B or VIII metal
or compound and contacting the composite with an activa-
tor system comprising oxygen and an organic fluoride com-
pound having from 2 to 16 carbon atoms. The catalyst so
prepared is useful in hydrocarbon conversion processes as
isomerization, hydrocracking. reforming, dehydrogenation,
disproportionation and polymerization.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1033
3,711,426
PROCESS FOR PREPARING A CHROMIUM-
PROMOTED IRON OXIDE CATALYST
Mogens Holger Jorgensen, Vinim, Denmark, assignor to
Haldor Frederik Axel Topsoe, Frydenlundsvej, Ved-
baek, Denmark
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,674
Int. CL BOlj 77/22, 11/74
U.S. CL 252—440 6 Claims
High temperature shift catalysts comprising iron oxide
are prepared from solutions of soluble iron salts by pre-
cipitation with an organic acid reagent, such as oxalic
acid, giving precipitates in a very coarse, easily-washed
form.
Treatment of the well-washed precipitate with alkali
regenerates the organic acid reagent and gives a highly
flocculent iron oxide of high specific surface and ex-
tremely low sulphur content. This is particularly suitable
for promotion with PbO, which is noted as being very
sensitive to sulphur contamination.
ERRATUM
For Class 260 — 609 R see:
Patent No. 3,710,439
3,711,429
ARSONIUM AND STIBONILM ANION EXCHANGERS
Takuji Ito, Setagaya-ku, Tokyo, and Yoshio Hoshino, Fuchu-
shi, Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Institute of
Technology, Tokyo, Japan
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,945
Claims priority, application Japan, March 27, 1970,
45/26383
Int. CLC08f 79/20
U.S. CL 260-2.1 E 3 Claims
Anion exchangers characterized by superior and unique
properties are provided which are polystyrene-divinylbenzene
copolymers having an exchange group in the molecule, the
exchange group being an "— CH,X*R" group (wherein X is
an As or Sb atom, and R is a methyl group ).
3,711,427
CATALYTIC BED COATED WITH METAL FOR
GAS GENERATOR
James A. Murfree, Jr., and William A. Duncan, Hunts-
ville, Ala., assignors to the United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Army
No Drawing. Filed Oct 1, 1969, Ser. No. 863,758
Int. CL BOlj 11/40
VS. CL 252 — 455 R 3 Claims
An inert porous material with decomposed products
from a manganese carbonyl compound deposited thereon
to form a catalytic bed for liquid gas generators that
utilize hydrazine type fuels.
3,711,428
ELECTRICAL RESISTOR PASTE CONTAINING A SMALL
AMOUNT OF CHARCOAL
Thomas W. Aycock, Chelsea, and John J. Wright, Fishkill,
both of N.Y., assignors to International Business Machmes
Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,295
Int. CI. HO lb 1/06,3108, 1102, 1/04
U.S. CI. 252-502 ^ Claims
2SS31
/ y / / / / / ^
ST"
3,711,430
EXPANDABLE COPOLYMERS OF a-OLEFINS AND
a/3 . MONOETHYLENICALLY UNSATURATED
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Louis C. Rubens, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 731,746, May 24, 1968. This application Feb. 1,
1971, Ser. No. 111,663
Int. CL C08f 37/00, 47/10
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 B 9 Claims
New formable thermoplastic materials comprising o-
olefins and o,/3-monoethylenically unsaturated acids hav-
ing integrated therewith certain organic blowing agents
and/or ammonia. When these thermoplastic materials
are in particle form they can be used to mold articles
using dielectric heat to cellulate the material.
3,711,431
METHOD OF MANUTACTURING LIGHTWEIGHT
BUILDING COMPONENTS
Silvio Vargiu, Osvaldo Spelta, Sesto S. Giovanni, and
Pieriuigi Abruzzi, Bergamo, Italy, assignors to Societa
Italiana Resine S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 211,057
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 23, 1970,
33,464/70
Int. CL C08v 1/30
VS. CI. 260—2.5 B 10 Claims
Lightweight building elements are made from cement,
water and vinyl resin latex homogenised with granular
expanded polystyrene pretreated with an aqueous disper-
sion of an epoxy glue and organic solvent and a hardener.
/ / /
/ / /
/ / / /
29
23
A resistor paste composition contains a small amount of
powdered activated charcoal. The composition is applied to a
ceramic substrate by screen pnnting, fired at an elevated tem-
perature, and cooled to room temperature to form an electri-
cal resistor element.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—518 see:
Patent No. 3,711,328
3,711,432
LOW SHRINK POLYESTER RESIN SYSTEMS FORMED
OF A MIXTURE OF LNSATL RATED POLYESTER RESIN,
MONOMERIC COPOLYMERIZABLE COMPONENT AND
CELLULOSE ORGANIC ESTER
Navin Shah, Edison, N J., assignor to W. R. Grace & Co., New
York, N.Y.
Filed March 2,1971, Ser. No. 1 20,229
lnt.CI.C08b2//0«
U.S. CL 260-16 1 2 Claims
The invention disclosed is for a method of preparing a new
low shrink, one component polyester resin system which may
be used in either bulk or sheet molding compounds. It may
also be used in liquid form, at ambient or elevated tempera-
tures, in casting or molding techniques of the polyester resin
art. The one component polyester resin system consists of a
mixture of unsaturated polyester resin, monomeric
1034
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
-^=^.r sxr^=. pS^-^^k ^l^^^sJX^' -'" '' ^"^
agents, catalysts and the like may be added, according to the
specific fabrication technique to be employed, to provide a
system which displays little or no shrinkage during curing.
3,711,433
CO\TING COMPOSITION OF AN ACRYLIC OX A-
ZOLINE CONTAINING POLYMER AND CELLU-
LOSE ACETATE BLTYRATE
Monroe M. Willey, Flushing. Mich., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington. Uei.
No Drawing. ContinuaHon of abandoned application Ser.
No. 754,958, Aug. 23, 1968. This application Feb. 19,
1971, Ser. No. 117,108
Int. CI. C08f 31/00. 45/26; C09d 3/80
VJS. CI. 260—17 R <» Claims
A coating composition in which the film-forming ma-
terial consists essentially of
(a) an acrylic oxazoline containing polymer which con-
contains methacrylate, an alkyl ester of acrylic or meth-
acrylic acid that has 2-12 carbon atoms in the alkyl
group, acrylonitrile, and oxazoline containing com-
pound,
(b) cellulose acetate butyrate, and
(c) an organic plasticizer.
3,711,435
STABLE AQUEOUS DISPERSIONS OF ETHYLENE
AMINOALKYL ACRYLATE COPOLYMERS
Clarence Frederick Hammer, Wilmington, and Philip
Joseph Keller, Chiymont, Del., assignors to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing, Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 111,108
Int. CI. C08f 37/00
VS. CI. 26»— 29.6 HN 1* Claims
Stable, aqueous, cationic polyelectrolyte dispersions
are provided in which copolymers of ethylene and se-
lected aminoalkyl acrylates and methacrylates are self-
dispersed in water with acids having a dissociation con-
stant greater than 1()-'. Such dispersions are prepared
by stirring water, a copolymer and an acid in a vessel,
preferably at a temperature above the melting point of
the copolymer when the copolymer is of high molecular
weight and ethylene content. While there are a number
of uses for such dispersions, particularly preferred uses
are: (1) cured, ultra-thin coatings on metallic substrates,
particularly aluminum, (2) as acid dyeable coatings on
cellulosic substrates such as paper, and (3) as flocculat-
ing agents for removing suspended matter from water.
3,711,436
FLOOR POLISH COMPOSITION HAVING IMPROVED
INITIAL WATER AND DETERGENT RESISTANCE
Connie J. Oliver, and Edward Hinsdale, both of Pittsburgh,
Pa., assignors to Sinclair-Koppers Company. Pittsburgh.
Pa.
Filed March 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 20,321
Int. CLC08f 45/52. 45/24
U.S. CI. 260-28.5 R 7 Claims
An improved aqueous polymer-emulsion floor polish com-
position containing an aqueous mixture of a wax, an alkali
soluble resin, a polymer emulsion, and both a calcium com-
pound dissociable in the composition to form Ca** ions and a
zinc compound dissociable in the composition to form Zn
ions. These compositions exhibit initial water resistance when
applied to a floor as a coating and dried.
3,711,434
LIQLTD COATING COMPOSITION COMPRISING
AMINO RESIN AND VINYL-MODIFIED ALKYD
RESIN
Tadashi W'atanabe, Koichiro Murata, Naozumi Iwasawa,
and Tsuyoshi Okinaga, Hiratsuka, Japan, assignors to
Kansai Paint Company, Limited, Hyogo-ken, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,220
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 23, 1970,
45/14,813
Int. CI, C09d 3/66. 3/52
U.S. CI. 260—21 12 Claims
A liquid coating composition comprising:
(A) 5 to 40 parts by weight of amino resins,
(B) 95 to 60 parts by weight of vinyl-modified alkyd
resins, and
(C) an organic solvent or a mixture of the organic sol-
vent and water,
wherein said vinyl-modified alkyd resins are obtained by
graft-polymerizing a vinyl monomer or a mixture of vinyl
monomers onto alkyd resins after said alkyd resins are
obtained by reacting polyalcohol with carboxylic acids.
3,711,437 j
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF AQU^US
DISPERSIONS HAVING A HIGH SURFACE TEN-
SION OF CARBOXYL-GROUP-CONTAINING SYN-
THETIC RUBBER
Alfred Wieland and Georg Schroeder, Marl, Germany,
as.signors to Chemische Werke Huls A,G,, Marl, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Dec, 10, 1969, Ser, No, 884,049
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 12, 1968,
P 18 14 209.1
Int CI. C08d 7/70, 9/02
U,S. CI. 260—29.7 W 13 Claims
High surface tension aqueous dispersions of synthetic
rubber containing carboxyl groups are prepared by polym-
erizing a monomeric mixture of a diolefin, a vmyl com-
pound and a monoethylenically unsaturated carboxylic
acid in the aqueous phase in the presence of 0.025-0.1 /o
of a sulfonate emulsifier. 0.5-3.0% of a polyethylene
glycol of a molecular weight of 300-3,000 and lO-^ to
10-5% of iron ions, by weight calculated on the mixture
of monomers.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1035
3,711,438
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THERMO-
PLASTIC RESIN MOLDINGS
Rinnosuke Susuki, Tokyo, Hiroshi Hoshi, Narashino. Jiro
Salto, Tokyo, Keiichi Murakami, Sendai, and Michio
Hirakawa, Ichikawa, Japan, assignors to Lion Fat &
Oil Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,496
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr, 25, 1970,
45/35,746; Apr. 27, 1970, 45/35,416
Int. CI. C08f 45/04, 45/06
U,S. a, 260—41 R 2 Claims
A method of manufacturing thermoplastic resin mold-
ings comprising the steps of: preparing a mixture consist-
ing of thermoplastic resin, calcium sulfite and conven-
tional inorganic filler; and molding said mixture.
and
3,711,439
STABILIZED POLYURETHANE COMPOSITIONS
Frederic Christian Loew, Ridgewood, N J., assignor to
Inmont Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,410
Int. CI, C08g 57/60
U,S. CI, 260 — 45,8 N 4 Claims
Improving the hydrolytic stability of thermoplastic
elastomer polyurethanes containing polycarbodiimide as
hydrolysis stabilizer, by adding certain minor proportions
of N-(trichloromethylthio) phthalimide.
3,711,440
POLYLTIETHANES PREPARED FROM POLYESTER
ORGANIC DIISOCYANATES AND BIS-(/3 - HY-
DROXYETHOXV-PHENYL) METHANE
David H. Chadwick, New Martinsville, W. Va,, assignor
to Mobay Chemical Company, Pittsburgh, Pa,
No Drawing, Filed Feb, 24, 1971, Ser, No. 118,504
Int. CI. C08g 22/70
U.S, CI. 260—47 CB 5 Claims
Elastomeric polyurethane polymers are prepared by re-
acting a polyisocyanate with an organic compound having
active hydrogen atoms which are reactive with — NCO
groups and bis- (/3-hydroxyethoxyphenyl) methane as a
chain-extender. The elastomers have good physical prop-
erties and improved resistance to hydrolysis.
'R«
R.
N_D— N— C O— N-
I
Si
-B-
-N-
^1
-CO
li R] Ri Ri Rs Rt Jn
wherein n and m are 20-400, A, B and D are divalent
aliphatic or aromatic radicals, Rj, R2 and R3 are alkyl and
R4 and R5 are alkyl or together are alkylene; are prepared
by reacting A (OH) 2 with an excess of CXZN — B — NCO
to give a prepolymer which is reacted under anhydrous
conditions with an N,N'-bis-triorganosilyl diamine
R4— N — D — N-Rs
A /^'\
R, Rj Rs R) Rj Ri
The polysilylureas are soluble in organic solvents and are
formed into films or filaments and hydrolysed to corre-
sponding polyureas.
3,711,443
LINEAR SEGMENTED POLYURETHANE
ELASTOMERS
Wilhelm Thoma, Bergisch-Neukirchen, Harald Oertel.
Odenthal-Gloebuscb, and Heinrich Rinke, Leverkusen.
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr, 7. 1971, Ser. No. 132,159
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 13, 1970,
P 20 17 510.4
Int, CI, C08g 22/76. 51/44, 51/46
VS. a. 260—75 NH 4 Claims
Linear segmented polyurethane elastomers obtained by
reaction of NCO-prepolymers with chain extending agents
in polar organic solvents, at least 55 mol percent of said
chain extending agents being a compound of the formula
NHj— NH— CO— R— NH— CO— NH— R'
— NH— CO— NH— R— CO— NH— NHa
3,711,441
THERMAL OXIDATIVELY STABLE POLY-
CARBONATE COMPOSITION
Frank N, Liberti, Mount Vernon, Ind,, assignor to
General Electric Company
No Drawing, Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser, No, 215,210
Int, CI. C08g 77/7i
U,S, CI, 260—47 XA 4 Claims
A thermal oxidatively stable polycarbonate composi-
tion consisting of the reaction product of biphenol-A, a
carbonate precursor and a minor amount of a mono-
chlorophosphine and to a process for preparing the stable
polymer composition which consists of adding 0.0005 to
about 0.1 mole of a monochlorophosphine per mole of
bisphenol-A to the reaction mediimi.
3,711,444
POLYOL SOLUTIONS OF XANTHATES AS CAT-
ALYSTS IN MAKING POLYISOCYANURATES
Michael George Allen, Hudson, Wis., and George Van
Dyke Tiers, St Paul, Minn., assignors to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul. Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,219
Int. CI. C08g 22/40; C09k 3/00
V.S. CI. 260—77.5 NC 14 Claims
Polyisocyanates are polytrimerized with novel xanthate
salts, such as mono-sodium polypropylene ether glycol
xanthate, to produce polyisocyanurates.
3,711,442
POtYMERS W ITH SILYLUREA UNITS WHICH CAN
BE CONVERTED INTO POLYUREA ELASTOMERS
Marcel Lcfort, Caluire, and Jean Robin, Lyon, France,
assignors to Rhone-Poulenc S,A,, Paris, France
No Drawing, Filed May 28, 1970, Ser, No, 41,624
Claims priority, application France, May 29, 1969,
6917558
Int, CI, C08g 22/02, 22/16
U.S. CI, 260—75 NH 13 Claims
Polysilylureas having repeat units of general formula:
[O-A— O— CO-NH— B— NH— CO]m,
3,711,445
SELF-PRIMING POLYLTIETHANE
COMPOSITIONS
Edward Chu, Philadelphia, and Lee R. Harper, Media,
Pa,, assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Com-
pany, Wilmington. Del,
No Drawing. Filed Oct, 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,253
Int, CI, C08g 22/00
V.S. CI, 260—77.5 AM 17 Claims
Self-priming polyurethane sealants and a process for
preparing them by incorporating a functional amine
alkoxysilane into the prepolymerization of the isocyanate
backbone of the polymeric composition.
1036
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,446
CROSS-LINKABLE I^OLYMER COlvpOSITIONS
COMPRISING ETHYLENICALLY UNSATU-
RATED POLYMER . „ I
Karl Brack, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Hercules
Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,982
Int. CI. C08g 47/04
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 AC 9 Claims
Cross-linkable polymer compositions are described
which comprise an ethylenically unsaturated polymer, the
lactone adduct of a cyclic tertiary amine and a precursor
of a polyfunctional nitrile N-oxide or nitrile imine. Typi-
cal lactone adducts are the propiolactone adducts of tri-
ethylenediamine, quinuclidine and N-methyl morpholine.
These compositions, which cross-link on heating, are use-
ful as sealants and adhesives and in coating compositions.
mula H,C=CH(R)-CO,-A-SO,H wherein R is H or methyl
and A is a (C-Cjjalkylene group are prepared in an essen-
tially anhydrous medium. Such copolymers have unusual
characteristics, including outstanding improvement in adhe-
sion to numerous substrates and especially metals, which arc
lacking in analogous copolymers made in an aqueous medium
Hence the new copolymers are extremely useful in making
coating compositions.
3,711,447
FIBER.FOR\nNG POLYAXflDES WITH AN IN-
CREASED CONTENT OF AMINO GROUPS
PREPARED BY USING A PARTLY LINEAR
ALIPHATIC. PARTLY CYCLOALIPHATIC
POLYAMINE AS A MODIFIER
Walter Fester, Konigstein, Taunus, Ernst Hanschke, Burg-
hausen, and Franz Jakob, Hofheim, Taunus, Germany,
assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellscbaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65.300
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 26, 1969,
P 19 43 251.0
Int. CI. C08g 20/20
VS. CI. 260—78 TF 12 Claims
Novel film and fiber-forming modified polyamides with
an increased content of amino groups are obtained, if
in the preparation of polyamides from the common start-
ing compounds polyamines are added which have partly
linear aliphatic, and partly cyclo-aliphatic and, option-
ally, aromatic structural units in the molecule — option-
ally', in admixture with polyamines having partly aro-
matic, and partly cyclo-aliphatic structural units in the
molecule, and/or cyclo-aliphatic polyamines which may
also have 1 aliphatic C-atom each between the cyclo-
aliphatic rings and the amino groups.
3,711,450
AIR-CURABLE POLYTHIOL POLYMERS
George F. Bulbenko, 48 Roundhill Road,
Levittown, Pa. 19012
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 31,431, Apr. 10, 1970. This application Apr. 20,
1971, Ser. No. 135,769
Int. CI. C08g 23/00
U.S. CI. 260—79 ^ 16 Claims
Air-curable polythiol polvmers are prepared by reactmg
primary or secondary amine-containing polymers having
an aliphatic hydrocarbon backbone, optionally contain-
ing O, N, S, Si. or halogen atoms in the molecule, with
ethylene sulfide to convert the amine groups to
— N{CHjCHjS)oH
groups, where R is H. lower alkyl or
/i=l to 5, preferably 1.
:H2CH2SH and
3,711,448
MORPHOLINT AMIDE OF a-CYANOACRYLATES
AND POLVMERS THEREOF
Murray Goodman, Brooklyn, and Albert Wartman, New
York, N.Y., assignors to Sutures, Inc., Coventry, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,811
Int. CI. C08f 3/74; C07d 93/10. 87/34
U.S. CI. 260—78.4 N 6 Claims
Monomers having the formula:
3,711,451
HYDROXYL CONTAINING LIQUID MERCAPTAN-
TERMINATED ACRYLATE POLYMERS
Alan A. Gsontos, Norton, Ohio, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,808
Int. CI. C08d 3/02
U.S. CI. 260—79 10 Claims
Liquid mercaptan-terminated acrylate polymers con-
taining pendant hydroxyl groups are obtained by prepar-
ing an intermediate polymer of an alkyl acrylate (a) with
a with a vinylidene (>C=CH2) monomer containing a
hydroxyl group in the presence of a dixanthogen disulfide,
and then hydrolyzing or pyrolyzing the intermediate poly-
mer to form mercaptan groups, (b) with vinyl acetate in
the presence of a dixanthogen disulfide, and then hydrolyz-
ing the acetate groups to form hydroxyl groups either
prior to or after forming the mercaptan groups, and (c)
with a vinylidene monomer containing an epoxide
Q-<)
CN O CH,
I I' /
CH!=C C— N
CHj
-CH,
group in the presence of a dixanthogen disulfide, and then
reacting the epoxide group with an alcohol to introduce
hydroxyl groups either prior to or after forming the mer-
captan groups. The polymers cure at application tem-
wherein X is oxygen, sulfur or — CHj— , and film-form- pgratures and have low temperature extensibility, may be
ing polymers thereof. The monomers are useful to form f^med into caulks, sealants, potting compounds and
polymeric adhesives.
adhesives.
3 711 449
INTERPOLYMERS OF SULFOALKYLENE ACRYLATES
William H. Brendley, Jr., Hatboro, Pa., assignor to Rohm and
Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Sept. 18. 1970, Ser. No. 73,677
Int. CI. C08f/5/40, 75/02. 27/70
U.S. CI. 260-79.3 Ml] > C'"'"*
In accordance with the present invention, copolymers con-
taining units of sulfo-alkyi acrylate or methacrylate of the for-
3,711,452
LIQUID ACRYLATE POLYMERSOF
IMPROVED VULCANIZABILITY
Alan A. Csontos, Norton, Ohio, assignor to The B. 1".
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,807
Int. CI. C08d i/02 ,r,„,„,
TT Q ri inn 79 * Claims
Liquid rnercaptan-terminated acrylate polymers that
can be cured to a tack-free surface at application tem-
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
103(
peratures and have low temperature extensibility are ob- be a halogen, and (b) aii aluminum compound of the
Sd by first preparing an intermediate polymer by po- type A1R,X3_, wherein R may be an alkyl, aryl or
lymerizing an alkyl acrylate with a vinylidene
()C=CH.)
monomer containing an epoxide
group in the presence of a dixanthogen disulfide, and then
pyrolyzing the intermediate polymer at elevated temper-
atures under vacuum.
cycloalkyl radical or hydrogen and X may be a halogen,
wherein l<x<2.
3,711,453
RANDOM COPOLYMERS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE
WITH ALLYL ETHER OF POLYOXYALKYLENE
GLYCOLS
WilUam Ross Moore, Lake Jackson, Tex., assignor to
The Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,947
Int. CI. C08f 13/06
U.S. CI. 260—79.3 A 5 Claims
Random copolymers of sulfur dioxide and allylic com-
pounds such as monoallyl ethers of polyoxyalkylene gly-
cols and a selected mixture of said monoallyl ethers with
allyl alcohol wherein the mol ratio of allyl alcohol to said
monoallyl ether ranges from about 1:2 to about 2:1. The
copolymers are useful as adhesives and as polymeric sur-
factants.
3,711,456
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ETHYLENT:-
CARBOXYLIC ACID POLYMERS HAVING IM-
PROVED OPTICAL PROPERTIES
Ronald E. Gilbert, Shawnee Mission, Donald R. Jamie-
son, Merriam, and Bert H. Clampitt, Overland Park,
Kans., assignors to Gulf Research & Development Com-
panv, Pittsburgh, Pa. ,,^,„^
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136.606
Int. CI. C08f 15/04, 15/14
U.S. CI. 260 88.1 R ^ Claims
Ethyl'ene-carboxylic acid polymers having substantially
improved optical properties are obtained by intimately
contacting a normally solid random ethylene-carboxylic
acid polymer with a polyethylene solvent at an elevated
temperature, and thereafter separating the solvent from
the solid ethylene polymer.
3,711,454
SYNERGISTIC PEROXIDE OXIME/ISOCYANATE
CURING SYSTEM
Teruyoshi l^samoto, Higashi-Osaka, and Tamofu Kondo,
Toyonaka, Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical
Company, Limited, Osaka, Japan ^, ,, „«,
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,802
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 11, 1969,
44/63,667
Int. CI. C08f 15/40, 15/04
VS. CI. 260—80.78 4 Claims
A method for manufacturing a vulcanizate of an ethyl-
ene-propylene copolymer (hereinafter referred to as
EPM) or an ethylene-propylene-nonconjugated diene ter-
polymer (hereinafter referred to as EPDM) with im-
proved heat resistance is disclosed, in which an isocya-
nate compound and an oxime compound are used as co-
agents in a peroxide curing system for an ethylene-propyl-
ene copolymer or an ethylene-propylene-nonconjugated
diene terpolymer.
3,711,457
FLUID TRANSFER CONTROL SYSTEM
Charles A. Ayres. Bartlesville. Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Feb. 19. 1971, Ser. No. 116,754
Int. CI. C08f 7/96, 3/02, 3/06
VS. C\. 260—93.7 10 Claims
3,711,455
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF COPOLY-
MERS OF A MONOOLEHN \ND A DIOLEFIN
AND THE PRODUCTS OBTAINED THEREBY
Salvatore Cucinella and Alessandro Mazzei, San Donato
Milanese, Italy, assignors to Snam Progetti, S.p.A.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,221
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 24, 1969,
22.406/69
Int. CI. C08f 1/42, 15/04
V.S. CI. 260—85.3 R 16 Claims
A high molecular weight copolymer which exhibits
crystallinity and is crosslinkable by curing is produced
by reacting a monoolefin and a diolefin in the presence
of a catalyst system consisting of (a) a vanadium com-
pound of the type V(NRa)4 or V(NR2)2X3 wherein R
may be an alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl radical and X may
Cfe^
A fiuid (iontrol system is provided whereby the coii-
tinuous transfer of fluid from a source location to an ulti-
mate location is accomplished while maintaining in the
source location a substantially constant pressure and while
maintaining in the ultimate location a substantially con-
stant temperature: by controlling the transfer of fluid
from the source location to the ultimate location in
response to the pressures in the source location and in the
transfer conduit connecting the source location and the
ultimate location; and by controlling the heating of fluid
in the transfer conduit in response to the temperatures m
ultimate location and in the transfer conduit.
1038
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
3,711,458
SUBSTITUTED AND UNSUBSTITUTED
VINYLOXYCARBONYL GROUPS AS AMINO
PROTECTING GROUPS IN THE SYNTHESES OF
PEPTIDES
Roy A. Olofson, and Yasushi Stephen Yamamoto. both of State
College, Pa., assignors to Res^rch Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 21,1 969. Ser. No. 852,096
Int. CI. C07c J 03 1 52; C07g 7/00, C08h 1/00; C09h
U.S. CI. 260- 11 2.5 6 Claims
Temporary blocking, in peptide syntheses, of a free amino
group by acylating same and. after peptide condensation,
splitting off the acyl group introduced, wherein the free amino
group is acylated with a substituted or unsubstituted vinylox-
ycarbonyl group is disclosed The vinyloxycarbonyl group may
be removed from a product peptide with bromine or another
halogen followed by alcohol, with a mild acid or by mercuric
ion induced hydrolysis
good light and wet
and polyamide fibers.
January 16, 1973
fastness and in dyeing wool, silk
3,711,461
MONOAZO DYESTUFFS CO^^^AINlNG AN ACE-
TYLAMINO 2,4 - DIOXO - l,2,3,4.TETRAHYDRO.
QLTNAZOLINE
Wolfgang Pretzer, Kelkheim, Taunus, and Joachim Ribka,
Offenbach (Main), Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,634
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 6, 1969,
P 19 55 808.8
Int. CI. C09b 29/36
U.S. CI. 260—154
Water-insoluble monoazo dyestuffs
formula
of
7 Claims
the general
OBt
3,711,459
AZO DYESTUFFS CONTAINING A SPIRO-
PIPERAZINO CYCLIC RING
Gert Hegar, Schoenenbuch, Switzerland, assignor to
Ciba-Geigy .A.G., Basel. Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,857
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 20, 1969,
4,246/69
Int. CI. C09b 29/36; D06p 3/70
U.S. a. 260—146 D 10 Claims
Basic azo dyestuffs of the formula
R,-NH
[SO:-/
OR:
-N=N-CH-CONH
COCHi
CO
D-N=N-
-A— N N Z
in which D represents the residue of a diazo component
that may contain azo groups, A represents a benzene res-
idue bound to the azo group in para-position to the cyclic
amino group. Y and Yi each represents an alkylene group
having 3, or preferably 2 carbon atoms and that may be
branched, Z represents a chain of atoms forming a 5-, 6-
or 7-membered ring with the nitrogen atom and that may
contain hetero atoms in addition to carbon atoms, and/or
contain a fused carbocyclic ring, and X represents an
anion. Valuable dyestuffs especially for coloring poly-
acrylonitrile fibres various shades having good fastnesses
to washing, perspiration and sublimation.
wherein Rj is hydrogen, lower alkyl. aryl, aralkyl or
cycloaikyl, which may be substituted by lower alkyl or
halogen, R2 is lower alkyl, R3 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
and A is a benzene nucleus substituted by lower alkyl,
lower alkoxy on halogen.
Said pigments can be used, for example, for dyeing or
printing plastics, caoutchouc, natural and synthetic resins
^textile fibrous materials or paper. Furthermore they can
be employed for the preparation of printing inks, lacquers
and dispersion paints. The novel pigments possess good
to very good fastness prop»erties.
3,711,460
REACTIVE DISAZO DYESTUFFS CONTAINING
FIBER-REACTIVE PYRIMIDINE GROUPS
Karl-Heinz Schilndehiitte, Opladen, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 686,815
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1966,
F 50,851
Int. CI. C09b 62/16, 62/24, 62/40
U.S. CI. 260—154 7 Claims
Reactive disazo dyestuffs of the formula
3,711,462
METHOD OF CLARIFYING POLYSACCHARIDE
SOLUTIONS
Milton K. Abdo, Dallas, Tex., assignor to
Mobile Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,887
Int. CI. C07c ^7/75
U.S. CI. 260—209 10 Claims
The specification discloses a method for removing
bacterial debris from an aqueous solution of a microbially-
produced polysaccharide. A montmorillonite clay is dis-
persed in the solution to absorb the debris. A monovalent
and/or divalent salt is added if not already present in the
solution. Next, a clay coagulant is added to the solution
to flocculate the clay and adsorbed debris which in turn
is then removed from the clarified solution by mechanical
means.
OH NHj
SOtH
I
N=N-
V.V Jv J-SO»H N—
3,711,463
AZIRIDINOMETHYL PHENOLIC COMPOUNDS
Heinz Uelzmann, Cuvahoga Falls, Ohio, assignor to The
General fire & Rubber Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 711,901
Int. CI. C07d 23/02. 23/06, 31/40
U.S. a. 260—239 E 13 Claims
Aziridinomethyl phenolic compounds of the formula:
wherein
(Az— CH2)n— R
SO|H
N— A
I
Y
Az is an aziridino or substitute^ aziridino group, n is a
number from 1 to 3, and
R is a phenolic group
wherein X is hydrogen, sulfonic acid, halo, nitro, lower are prepared by reaction of ethylenimine or equivalent
alkyl or lower alkoxy; R is hydrogen, alkyl or aryl; Y with a polymethylol phenolic compound or its precursors,
is hydrogen or — CH3; and A is a reactive heterocyclic e.g., a mixture of the phenol and formaldehyde or a
ring (especially a reactive pyrimidine ring) which dye- formaldehyde donor. A typical compound is 2,6-bis-(N-
stuffs arc useful in dyeing cellulose to give dyeings with ethylemmino-methyl)-4-methyl phenol.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1039
3,711,464
1 . FORMYL . 2 - ALPHA.(2.ACYLOXY.2.PROPYL.
MERCAPTO) - 3 ALPHA - N - ACYL-AMINO-
AZETID1N-4-ONES AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
PREPARATION ^ . „ u _. o w^h
Karl Heusler, Basel, Switzerland, and Robert Bums Wood-
ward, Cambridge, Mass., assignors to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
NTmrwing. Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 843,204
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 23, 1968,
10,998/68; Dec. 11, 1968, 18,507/68
Int. CI. C07d 25/02
U.S. CI. 260—239 A ' Clainis
1 - Ra - 2a - (2 - acyloxy-2-propylmercapto)-3a-N-Ac-
amino-azetidine-4-ones of formula
0=C N— Ri
Ah-ch CHi O
Ac-Nte '-s-A-O-t-Ri
Ah, (I)
wherein Ac represents the acyl residue of an organic acid,
Ri represents an organic residue and Rj represents a hy-
drogen atom or a formyl group, have antibacterial prop-
erties; they are primarily useful as intermediates.
atom of the aziridine group being attached to a
carbon atom of A, X being attached to a carbon atom
of A, and .
where m is an integer of from 1 to 4 are prepared in
a variety of ways, e.g., by reaction of hydroxy
aziridino compounds with chlorosilanes in the pres-
ence of a basic HCl scavenger or by addition of an
aziridino compound having a hydrogen on the nitro-
gen atom of the imino ring with a silane containing
an activated double bond. The new aziridinyl silanes
are useful in crosslinking and chain-ending carboxylic
group containing polymers and in forming composi-
tions to make gaskets, puttys, caulking, weather-
stripping, etc.
3,711,465
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF N-ALKTrt^-
LACTAMS HAVING AT LEAST 10 RING
MEMBERS ^ ^ ^ ^ .
Heinz Lussi and Hans Dalla Torre, Domaf-Ems-Grisons,
Switzerland, assignors to Inventa AG, Zurich, Switzer-
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,406
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 18, 1969,
4,029/69
Int. CI. C07d4//00
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 R 18 Claims
The preparation of N-alkyllactams having at least 10
members. Reacting the lactam with dialkyl sulphate to
form O-alkyllactim ether then saponifying the unconverted
dialkyl sulphate by aqueous strong base, dry the O-alkyl-
lactim and isomerize to produce the N-alkyllactam.
3,711,467
2-(ALKOXY OR ALKYLMERCAPTO>-5-PHENYl -4H-3,5-
DIHYDRO-l,5-BENZODlAZEPIN-4-ONES
Karl Heinz Weber, Gau-Algesheim; Adolf Bauer: Peter Dan-
neberg, both of Ingelheim Rhine, and Klaus Minck. (.au-AI-
gesheim, all of Germany, assignors to Boehringer Ingelheim
G m.b.G., Ingelheim am Rhine. Germany
Filed Oct. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 194,002
Int. CI. C07d 53/04
U.S. CI. 260-239.3 B * <^'*''"''
Compounds of the formula
XRi
CHj
3,711,466
AZIRIDINYL SILANES
Heinz Uelzmann, Cuyahoga Falls, and David C. Hidinger,
Jr., Akron, Ohio, assignors to The General Tire &
Rubber Company ^ ^^ »«, ^^.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706,644
Int. CI. C07f 7/04. 7/10
U.S. CI. 260—239 E 6 Claims
Aziridinyl silanes of the general formula:
R.-i^N-LA-l-xJ-Si— R'4-«
wherein , , ,
R, IS straight or branched alkyl of one to four carbon atoms,
R., is phenyl, o-halo-phcnyl, o-nitro-phenyl or o-
trifluoromethyl-phenyl,
R3 is halogen, nitro or trilluromethyl, and X is oxygen or su\-
the compounds are useful as psychosedatives and as inter-
mediates for the preparation of tranquillizers.
["T>T^
where R is hydrogen or an alkyl group of from 1 to
6 carbon atoms,
where R' is an alkyl, alkoxy, alk^lthio, cycloaikyl,
cycloalkoxy, or cycloalkylthio grotip of from 1 to
6 carbon atoms,
where each R and each R' may be the same or different,
where X is O, S, or
R
I
— N—
where A is a hydrocarbon chain which can be inter-
rupted by ether, thioether, ester, or
R
I
— N—
linkages, which can contain alkoxy, alkylthio, or
acetal side groups that are attached to the carbon
atoms of the hydrocarbon chain and that do not
interfere with the aziridinyl radical, and which has
a total of from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, the nitrogen
3,711,468
^3-DlHYDROXY-5-ARYL-lH-1.5-BENZODIAZEPlNE-2,4-
(3H 5H)-D10NES AND THEIR ANHYDROUS 2,3,4-TRIONE
FORM
Adolf Bauer, Ingelheim Rhine; Kari Heinz Weber. Gau-Al-
gesheim; Peter Danneberg, Ockenheim. and Klaus Minck.
Gau-Algesheim. all of Germany, assignors to Boehringer In-
eelheim G.m.b.H.. Ingelheim am Rhine. Germany
Filed Jan. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 221,072
Claims priority, application Germany. Jan. 27, 1971, P 21
03 744.5
Int. CI. C07d 53/04
U.S. CI. 260-239.3 B * Claims
Compounds of the formula
Ri
x_c=o
/
y
OH
^^ N_C=0
R:
wherein R, is hydrogen, straight or branched alkyl of one to
four carbon atoms, a.-hydroxy-( alkyl of one to four car-.
bon atoms) or allyl.
1040
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
Rj is phenyl, halo-phenyl, hydroxy-phenyl, trinuoromethyl-
phenyl. nitro-phenyl or pyridyl. and
R3 IS fluorine, chlorine, bromine, trifluoromethyl or nitre,
and their anhydrous 2,3,4-trione analogs of the fonnula
A_c=o
^^ N— C=0
C=iO
I
wherein R,, R2 and R, have the meanings defined above; the
compounds are useful as tranquilizers and anticonvulsives,
and also as intermediates for the preparation of other lH-1,5-
benzodiazepine-2,4-[3H,5Hl-diones.
3,711,471
PURIFICATION OF 6-(D-a-(3-GU ANYL-1-
l]REIDO)PHEN YL ACETAMIDO IPENICILLANIC ACID
Murray A. Kaplan, Syracuse, and Alphonse Peter C.ranatek,
Baldwinsville, both of N.Y., assignors to Bristol-Myers Com-
pany,New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,452
Int. CI. C07d 99/ /«
U.S. CI. 260-239.1 4 Claims
6-( D-a-( 3-Guanyl- 1 -ureido )phenylacetamido Ipenicillanic
acid is purified by reaction with nitric acid to form its crystal-
line nitrate (as a monohydrate) which in turn is converted by
reaction with a base to the crystalline zwitterion hemihydrate.
The last named is converted to its crystalline potassium salt
(dihydrate ) and to its crystalline sodium salt (monohydrate ).
3,711,469
PRODUCTION OF 3,3-DlSUBSTlTUTED ^-LACTAMS
Frans Merger, Ludwigshafen, Germany, assignor to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen/R-
hine. Germany
Filed Mav 19. 1969, Ser. No. 825,931
Int. CI. C07d 25/02
U.S. CI. 260-239 A 4 Claims
Production of 3,3-disubstituted /3-lactams by
dehydrohalogenation of ^-halocarboxylic amides in the
presence of basic compounds at elevated temperature, and the
new 3,3-disubstituted /3-lactams themselves. The known and
new compounds which can be prepared by the process ac-
cording to the invention are valuable starting materials for the
production of fibers, textile auxiliaries, pesticides and plastics.
3,711,470
5.PHENYL-7-BROMO-lH-l,5.BENZODlAZEPINE-
2,4.(3H,5H)-DIONES
Karl-Heinz Weber, Gau-AIgesheim, Karl Zeile and Peter
•^ DaS.^ Ingelheim am Rhein, Rolf Giesemann
Bingen, and Karl Heinz Hauptmann, deceased, late of
Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany, ^y Maria Hauptmann
heir, Bonn am Rhine, Germany, assignors to Boehnnger
Ingelheim G.m.b.H., Ingelheim am Rhem, Germany
No Drawing. ConHnuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
89.482, Nov. 13, 1970, '«'hich is a continuation of
abandoned application Ser. No. 703,188, Feb 5. 1968.
This application Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,714
Claims priority , appUcation Germany, Feb- J' 196J'
P 16 70 190.9; Jan. 18, 1968, P 16 70 305.2,
P 16 70 306.3
Int. CI. C07d 53/04
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 B 6 Claims
Compounds of the formula
Ri o
i_4
3,711,472
OPTICAL BRIGHTENING AGENTS
Adolf Emil Siegrist, Basel, Peter Liechti, B«°"J?8;||;,^7^?
Maeder, Aesch, Basel-Land, Leonardo Gug lelmetti,.
BiJsfelden, and Hans Rudolf Meyer and Kurt Weber,
Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy AG, Basel,
Switzerland
No Drawing. Original application Oct 2^' 1^^^' ^'l^^J'
588,318. Divided and this application Aug. 28, 1970,
Ser. No. 68,013
Claims priority, aPP^'^^atipn Switzerland Oct 28, 1965,
14,902/65; July 4, 1966, 9,649/66
Int. CI. C09b 23/00, 23/14
U.S. a. 260—240 CA * C""™^
The present invention relates to new compounds of the
formula
p,_CH=CH-f Y \
(
C-fl,
/V \
Br-
CHi
I II
wherein
Ri is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy-ethyl or (cyclo-
alkyl of 3 to 6 carbon atoms) -methyl, and
Rj is hydrogen or halogen;
the compounds are useful as psychosedative and anti-
convulsives.
in which a, represents a hydrogen atom a methyl group
or a halogen atom, ^i denotes a residue of the series
phenyl, diphenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl and ^, repre-
sents a residue of the series PhenyU diphenyl styry.
stilbenyl, p-phenyl-stilbenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl,
and in which terminal phenyl and naphthyl residues may
contain alkyl, halogen or alkoxy groups
These new compounds represent valuable optical bright-
ening agents. ^^^^^^^^^
3,711,473
3-HYDRAZINO-l,2,8,9.TETRAAZAPHENALENES
Karl J. Doebel, Ossining, and John E. F"°<^i^' ^"'^°*-
viile, N.Y., assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Division S^"PP•l"*^rs7^8 66?%hVch1s^a
Mar. 25, 1968, now Patent No. 3,578,665, wmcn is a
continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No 445,762
Anr 5 1965 Ser. No. 539,303, Apr. 1, 1966, and ^er.
nS:-5'83 980: Oct 3, 1966, Ser No. 539,303, being a
continuation-in-part of applications Ser No. 445,76^,
and Ser. No. 583,980, being a continuation-in-part of
aSplifations Ser. No. 539,303 and Ser. No- 445.762 a
cSStlnuaUon-in-part applications now abandoned. This
application Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 31,067
Int. CI. C07d 57/02 ,, rioim«
U.S. CI. 260-240 G ^^ Claims
3-hydrazino-l,2,8.9-tetraazaphenalenes optionally sub-
stituted in the 4. 5, 6, 7 and/or 9 positions and ^he^r sal^
are cardiovascular agents and are prepared fro"" ^-th.ono-
2 3-dihydro-1.2,8,9-tetraazaphenalenes. Representative em-
boc^ments are 3-hydrazino-l,2.8.9-tetraazaphenalene and
3-hydrazino-9-phenyl-l,2.8,9-tetraazapheDalene.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1041
3,711,474
HETEROCYCLIC NITROGEN- AND SULFUR-CON-
TAINING OPTICAL BRIGHTENER COMPOUNDS
AND DETERGENTS AND BLEACH COMPOSI-
TIONS CONTAINING SAME
Warren I. Lyness, Mount Healthy, Ronald T. Amel,
Springfield Township, Hamilton County, and Gary E.
Booth, Oxford, Ohio (all % The Procter & Gamble
Company, Miami Valley Laboratories, Cincinnati, Ohio
45239)
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,601
Int. CI. C07d 91/10
U.S. CI. 260—240 CA 13 Claims
Optical brightener compounds defined as 2-benziso-
thiazolonyl-S-dioxide compounds, o-disulfophenylimidinyl
compounds and benzisothiazolyl-S-dioxide compounds.
The optical activity of these compounds can be employed
to advantage in the optical brightening of a wide variety
of natural and synthetic materials. They are useful in the
brightening of fabrics and find application in the prepara-
tion of laundry detergent compositions and hypochlorite
bleach-containing compositions.
3,711,477
5-AMINO-l,2,3-TRITHIANES
Hans-Peter Schelllng, Oberwil, Basel-Land, Switzeriand,
and Fred Kuhnen, Weil, (Rhine), Germany, assignors
to Sandoz Ltd. (also known as Sandoz AG), Basel,
Switzerland ^- «,„
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,839
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 15, 1969,
12,410/69
Int CI. C07d 87/46
U.S. CI. 260 247.1 9 Claims
The invention concerns new 1,2,3-trithiane compounds
of the formula:
Ri Ri
3,711,475
2,3-DIHYDRO-l-OXA.4-THIA-3,5.DIAZIN.2.0NE.
4,4-DIOXIDES
Hans Disselkotter, Cologne, Germany, assignor to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Levcrkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,248
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 8, 1969,
P 19 40 369.1
Int. CI. C07d 93/24
U.S. CI. 260—243 R 15 Claims
Heterocyclic compounds of the formula
o R I
R-N il COX
SOi
in which R represents an optionally substituted aliphatic,
cycloaliphatic or araliphatic radical, and X represents
halogen are obtained by reacting N-carbonyl sulphamic
acid halides with an isocyanate RNCO in the presence of
a halide of an element of Groups I-B, II-B, III-A, IV-A,
IV-B or V-B of the Mendeleev Periodic Table, as catalyst,
or in the presence of a substance which is at least partly
converted into one of these halides in the reaction mix-
ture, at a temperature of from —70 to +70° C.
The new compoimds show herbicidal activity.
. Ri .
s s
wherein
Ri and R2 are each hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon
atoms, allyl, phenyl, benzyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
or together with the nitrogen atom pyrrolidine, piperi-
dine or morpholine, and
R3 is hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
and acid addition salts thereof.
The compounds are useful as pesticides. More particu-
larly the compounds possess insecticidal, acaricidal, nema-
tocidal and fungicidal properties.
3.711,478
3-ARYL-BENZAZINES
Klaus Irmscher, Josef Kramer, Gerhard Cimboliek, Dieter
Orth, Herbert Nowak, and Kari-Otto Freisberg, Darm-
stadt. Germany, assignors to Merck Patent Gesellschaft
mit beschrankter Haftung. Darmstadt. Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,611
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 18, 1968,
P 18 09 454.7; Nov. 23, 1968, P 18 10 561.8
Int. CI. C07d 93/12
U.S. CI. 260—243 R 23 Claims
3 - aryl-benzazines having serum cholesterol lowering
activity of the formula
/Vr.
,/TT
(I)
wherein Ri and R2 are H, OH, esterified OH, alkyl,
alkoxy or benzyloxy, R3 is alkyl, X is O or S, Y is H or
acyl and Z is H or Y and Z collectively are a C-N bond
are prepared by cyclizing of the following classes of com-
pounds:
XV.
A,
3,711,476
SPIRO 2H-3,l-BENZOXAZINE DERIVATIVES
James L Diebold, Broomall, and Milton Wolf, West Chester,
both of Pa., assignors to American Home Products Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,849
lnt.CI.C07d57/;4
U.S.CI. 260— 244R 5 Claims
The disclosure is directed to derivatives of spiro 2H-3.1-
benzoxazme prepared by reacting a mixture of 2-amino-5-
chlorophenylbenzyl alcohol and an appropriately substituted
piperidone. isatin or quinuclidone derivative. The compounds
are useful as anti-amebics in vitro, and some are central ner-
vous depressants.
-Ri
Bi Rt
(II) (i")_ _
wherein Ai is NHj or halogen, Aa is =0, — S, — NH,
(H, NHz) or (H, halogen), at least one being a nitrogen
function, and Bi and Bj are OH, SH or reactive functional
derivatives thereof, or (one of Bi and Bj only) H or
halogen: or by reducing or dehydrating compounds of
Formula I and compounds otherwise corresponding to
Formula I wherein Z is OH; or by hydrolyzing or hydro-
genating compounds otherwise corresponding to Formula
I wherein Rj and/or R2 is a functionally modified OH
group convertible to an OH group by hydrolysis or hydro-
genolysis.
1042
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,479
PROCESS FOR SEPARATING MELAMINE FROM
A HOT SYNTHESIS GAS MIXTURE WHICH CON-
TAINS MELAMINE VAPOR
Johannes D. M. Verstegen and Petnis J. M. van Nassau,
Geleen, Netherlands, assignors to Stamicarbon N.V.,
Heerlen, Netheriands
Filed Apr. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,428
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Apr. 3, 1970,
7004765
Int CI. C07d 55/24
VS. CI. 260—249.7 P 5 Claims
» —
3,711,482
2.ACETYL-3-ETHYLPYRAZINE AND PROCESS
FOR THE PREPARATION THEREOF
Braja D. Mookherjee, Matawan, Christopher Giacino,
Califon, Elizabeth A. Karoll, Old Bridge, and Manfred
H. Vock, West Orange, NJ., assignors to International
Flavors & Fragrances, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,740
Int. CI. C07d 57/76
VS. CI. 260—250 R 7 aainis
2-acetyl-3-ethylpyrazine; processes for altering the flavor
of consumable materials, particularly foodstuffs, which
comprise adding such pyrazine to the material; the prod-
ucts so produced; flavoring and fragrance compositions
utilizing such pyrazine; and processes for producing such
pyrazine.
3,711,483
1,3,6-SUBSTITUTED 5-HALOURACILS
Shigeo Senda, 30 Nikkocho-2-chorae, Gifu, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,241
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Apr. 19, 1969,
44/30,531; May 29, 1969, 44/42,428
Int. CI. C07d 51/30
V.S. CI. 260—260 8 Claims
1,3,6-substituted 5-halouraciIs of the formula
R'
CH, /"
A process for recovering melamine from hot synthesis
gases containing melamine, NH3 and CO2 is disclosed
wherein the hot synthesis gases are contacted with an aque-
ous solution of ammonium carbamate. The ammonium
carbamate decomposes endothermically to NH3 and CO2
and cools the synthesis gases thereby desubliming mel-
amine therefrom.
wherein X is halogen, one of R^ and R' is saturated or
unsaturated lower alkyl and the other of R^ and R^ is
i-^^y-, ^~^-(ciL).-
or
(CHj)n CH-
3,711,480
SYNTHESIS OF PERCHLORINATED
CYANO COMPOUNDS
Sven H. Ruetman, Walnut Creek, Calif., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,637
Int. CI. C07d 57/76, 57 /i6
U.S. CI. 260—250 R 11 Claims
Perchlorinated cyanoaromatic compounds containing
at least 2 chlorine substituents in the ring are prepared in
a process which comprises introducing one of an alkyl-
amino homocyclic or N-heterocyclic aromatic compound,
usually carried in a substantially inert diluent, both being
in the vapor phase, into a reaction zone and contacting
this mixture in a rapid, turbulent mixing step with at
least 15 moles of chlorine per mole of alkylamino aromatic
compound and recovering the corresponding cyanoaro-
matic compound. The reaction zone is maintained at a
temperature in the range of from about 500° C. to about
650° C.
wherein R is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or
halogen; m is 1 or 2; and n is an integer of 4 or 5; pro-
vided that R3 is other than cyclohexyl. These compounds
are useful as intermediates in the production of the cor-
responding 5-amino derivatives which are pharmaceuti-
cal agents. The 5-haIouracils are prepared by halogenat-
ing 1,3,6-substituted uracils of the formula
R»
CHi
I
/
wherein one of A^ and A^ is hydrogen and the other of
A^ and A' is
i^ y. { ^-(CHo.
or (
CH-
provided that A^ is other than cyclohexyl.
3,711,481
6-ARYL-IMIDAZO(2,l-a)PHTHALAZINES
Goetz E. Hardtmann, 208 Brooklake Road,
Horham Park, NJ. 07921
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,781
Int. CI. C04d 57/06
U.S. CI. 260—250 A 8 CTaims
The invention discloses compounds which are 6-aryl-
imidazo(2,l-a)phthalazines which are useful by reason of
exhibiting pharmacological activity in animals, e.g., anti-
inflammatory agents. Said 6-aryl-imidazo(2,l-a)phthal-
azines are prepared by oxidation of the corresponding
6-aryl-5,6-dihydro-imidazo(2,l-a)phthalazines which in
turn are prepared by reacting a corresponding 6-unsub-
stituted-imidazo(2,l-a)phthalazine with an aryl lithium
compound or an aryl magnesium halide.
3,711,484
DERIVATIVES OF N-METHYLPIPERAZINE
Andrea Pedrazzoli and Leone Dall'Asta, Milan, Italy,
assignors to MIDY, Paris, France
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
660,227, Aug. 14, 1967, now Patent No. 3,580,914,
dated May 25, 1971. This application Oct. 5, 1970,
Ser. No. 78,236 ^ ,„^^
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 23, 1966,
\ 37,827/66
Int. CI. C07d 57/70
U.S. CI. 260—268 R .» Claims
This invention relates to N-methyl-N'-ethyl-piperazmes
in which the ethyl radical is /3,/3-disubstituted with (i) a
phenyl or phenoxymethylene radical which is unsubsti-
tuted or substituted in the ring with one alkyl or cyclo-
alkyl group or with 2 or 3 chlorine atoms or with 2
chlorine atoms and a nitro group, and (ii) a benzyloxy
radical substituted in the ring with 1, 2 or 3 chlorine
atoms; and pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
January 16, X973
CHEMICAL
1043
salts thereof. All of the compounds have anti-bacterial
and antiprotozoan activity.
3,711,485 ,^ ^
METHOD FOR EXTRACTION OF THE OCOTEA
Mt iiuu 'alkaloid, GL AZIOVINE
Giorgio Ferrari, 8 via Lario, Milan, Italy, and Cesare
Casagrande, 13 via per Brunate, Como, Italy
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 676,054,
Oct. 18, 1967. This apphcatlon Oct. 7, 1970, 5>er.
^'" '*'''' Int CI. C07d 33/38
U.S. CI. 260—289 A ^ Claims
«»c jscjc kto ax .ix*
Crystalline glaziovine having the formula:
and its acid addition salts have psychotropic properties
useful in therapeutic compositions for the relief of
anxiety. The alkaloid is obtained by extraction of the
bark and leaves of the genus Ocotea (Lauraceae), species
glaziovii.
3,711,486
SUBSTITUTED (TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PYRIDINES
Florence E. Torba, Clayton, Calif., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, M«cn-
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 17. 1969, Ser. INo.
807,980, now Patent No. 3,609,158, da<ed Sept. 28,
1971. Divided and this application Oct. 2, 1V7U, !»cr.
^°- '''''* Int. CI. C07d 31/50
V3. CI. 260—294.8 „ <» ^^V"i^
Disclosed as novel compounds are (trifluoromethyl)
pyridine derivatives which are substituted by a hydroxy,
mercapto. alkoxy, loweralkenoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, aryl-
thio, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, amino, hydrazino or oxy-
loweralkanoic acid or acid derivative group and optionally
by chlorine and/or fluorine. Any remaining positions on
the pyridine ring are taken up by hydrogen. The com-
pounds have utility as herbicides and as active constitu-
ents of various miticidal, anthelmintic, fungicidal and
bacteriocidal compositions.
tions in various dosage forms are disclosed containing
0 5-10% of active compound. A representative compound
is cyclohexylphenyl-4-pyridyl-l-imidazolyl-methane. The
compounds are active against both Hyphomycetes and
yeasts and are compatible with warm-blooded animals.
PROCESS FOR PREPARING N-ARYL PYRID.2-0NK
Horst O. Bayer, Eevittown, and Patrick J. ^^^^^ ^J^^'
moor. Pa., assignors to Rohm and Haas Company,
Philadelphia, Pa. .
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 44,862
Int. CI. C07di7/i6
U.S. CI. 260—295.5 R ^ , A Tt
■ Novel compounds belonging to the class of l-aryl-3-
carboxy-4-methylpyrid-2-ones and a novel method for
preparing them. These compounds possess biological activ-
ity and in particular are plant growth regulators.
3 711 489
CERTAIN 8,9-DIHYDRO[3',4,7,8]CYCLOOCTA[l,2^1
IMIDAZOLES
Joseph G. Lombardino, East Lyme, Com., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 129,977
iBtClCOld 31/42. 49/36
V.S. CI. 260—296 P . . , j, ^ ^S!^
2 - substituted dibenzo[b,f]thiepm[4,5-<l]- and dibenzo-
[3 4,7,8 Icyclooctaf 1,2 - d] imidazoles and the pharma-
ceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, a novel
class of antiinflammatory agent.
3,711,490 ,
METHOD FOR PREPARING 2,3-PYRIDINEDIOL
John Valdemar Brammer Petersen and Niels Clauson-
Kaas, Farum, Denmark, assignors to Ciba-Geig> Cor-
No^°Draw1ng. Division of application ^r. No. 751,650,
June 25, 1968, now Patent No. 3,553,224, dated Jan.
5, 1971, which is a division of aPP^'^iatJon Ser >o.
544,685, Apr. 25, 1966, now Pajent No. 3,419,570.
This application Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,328
^ Int. a. cold 31/30
U.S. CI. 260—297 R 2 Claims
2,3-pyridinediol is prepared by a process comprising
hydrolizinc an alkali metal 3-hydroxy-2-oxo-l (2H) -pyr-
idine sulfonate and recovering the 2,3-pyridinediol from
the resulti..g hydrolyzate.
3,711,487
CERTAIN a,a-DlSrBSTlTUTED BENZYL-
IMIDAZOLES AND SALTS
Wilfried Draber, Helmut Timmler. Karl-Heinz Buchel.
and Manfred Plempel, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Germany,
assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany -., om
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12.»30
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 22, 1969,
P 19 08 991.9
Int. CI. C07di7 /50, 49/56
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 G 22 Claims
Anti-mycotic compounds and salts are provided which
are a,a-disubstituted benzylimidazoles or salts. Prepara-
3,711,491
5.CHLORO-3.0X0.1,2,4-THIADIAZOLINES
Gerhard Zumach, Cologne, Hans Holtschmidt, Leyer-
kusen-Schlebusch, and Engelbert Kuhle, Bergisch Glad-
bach, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabnken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 21, 1970, S«j;J^o- ^^9
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Feb. 13, IVDV,
P 19 07 116.0
Int. CI. C07d 97/70
U.S. CI. 260— 302 D ^^ . ■ ^"^
Chlorothiadiazolines are prepared by reacting a mix-
ture of an isocyanate and an isothiocyanate with chlorine
at a temperature of from -20 to -fl00° C. The com-
pounds produced by the process are useful as herbicides
and fungicides. _^___^^^_^^_
3,711,492
THTADIAZOLIDINEDIONES
Wolfgang Rohr, Mannheim, Adolf Fischer, Mutterstadt,
and Albrecht Zschocke, Bad Duerkheim, Germany, as-
signers to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabnk Aktiengesell-
schaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 8. 1970, Ser. No. 96,273
Int. CI. C07d 97/60
U.S. CI. 260—302 D . ^. ^ . 5 Claims
New and valuable thiadiazohdinediones having a good
herbicidal action and a process for controlling the growth
of unwanted plants with these compounds.
1044
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,493
PLANT GROWTH REGULATING COMPOSITION
Edwin Francis George, Eversley, Nr. Basingstoke, and Alan
John Davidson, Wokingham, both of England, assignors to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, l^ndon, England
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,569
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 10, 1970,
6,403/70; June 16, 1970,29,123/70
Int. CI. C07f 9138, AOln 5100
\}S. CI. 260-502.4 R ^ Claims
2-(s.s-Dihydrocarbyl) sulfonium ethanephosphonic acid
compounds, and their salts and esters, are made and are useful
in regulating plant growth by accelerating npening and abscis-
sion, dwarfing, breaking dormancy as well as altering the sex
ratio of flowers.
3 711 494
0,0-DIALKYLTfflONOPHOSPHORlC OR 0^0-
DIALKYLDITHIOPHOSPHORIC ESTERS OF
OXADIAZOLES ^^ . ^.,, , , .
Heinrich Adolphi, Limburgerhof, Heinz Eilingsfeld,
Frankenthal, and Manfred Patsch, Ludwigshafen, Ger-
many, assignors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabnk Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen am Rhine, Rhineland-
Pfalz, Germany ^, ^_ . . ,
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, a970, Ser. >Jo- 65,266
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 23, 1969,
P 19 42 993.7
Int. CI. C07d 85/54
U.S. CI. 260 307 G ^ Claims
6.0-dialkylthionophosphoric or 0,0-dialkyldithiophos-
phor'ic esters of alkyl-1,3,4 oxadiazoles and di-(0,0-di-
alkylthionophosphoric or 0,0-dialkyldithionophosphoric
esters) of 1.3-4-oxadiazoles having a strong insecticidal
and acaricidal action, and a process for controlling insects
and mites with these compounds.
3,711,497
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
N-TRITYLIMIDAZOLE
Karl-Heinz Bucbel, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 24, 1968, Ser. No.
762,161. Divided and this application May 15, 1970,
Ser. No. 37,850 ^ ^^ ,„_
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 26, 1967,
F 53,587
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260 309 "^ Claims
Reacting an imidazole with a trityl halide (i.e., a tri-
phenyl halomethane) in a polar inert organic solvent
having a dielectric constant of at least 4.5 in the presence
of an acid-binding agent such as an excess of the imida-
zole or a tertiary amine, at about 0-100° C, to form the
corresponding N-tritylimidazole.
3,711,498
N-TRITYL-IMIDAZOLES
Karl-Heinz Buchel, Leverkusen, Erik K. Regel, Wupper-
tal-Kroncnberg, and Manfred PIemp«l, Wuppertal-
Elberfeld, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Application Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,797,
which is a division of application Ser. No. 758,594,
Sept. 9, 1968, now Patent No. 3,660,577, dated May 2,
1972. Divided and this application Jan. 17, 1972, Ser.
No. 218,521 ^^ ^„^,
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 15, 1967,
F 53,504
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309 3 Claims
N-trityl-imidazoles and salts thereof of the formula:
Ri
3,711,495
1SOXAZALIN-3-Y1-SLBSTITLTED-5-
NITROIMIDAZOLES
Peter Kulsa, Scotch Plains, NJ., and Clarence S. Rooney,
Beaconsfield, Quebec, Canada, assignors to Merck & Co.,
Inc., Rahwav, NJ.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,307
Int.CLC07dS5//6
U.S. CI. 260-307 D ^ Claims
Substituted nitroimidazoles having a 1 -alkyl or hydroxyalkyl
substituent; a 5-nitro substituent; and a 2-substituent, the
latter being a A^-4,5-disubstituted-isoxazoline. The 4,5-sub-
stitution on the isoxazolinemoiety is a saturated alkyl ring
structure. These compounds have anti-bacterial and anti-
protozoal activity against human and animal trypanosomiasis
and trichomoniasis.
-N
•-Vn>
-R
^I^H^
3,711,496
4.ACYLAMlNO-l,2,4.TRIAZOLE DERIVATIVES
Max Matter, Basel, and Karl Michel, Wohlen, Switzer-
land, assignors to Aktiebolaget Bofors, Bofors, Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,921
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 24, 1969,
14,448/69
Int. CI. C07d 55/06, 99/04
VS. CI. 260—308 R 6 Claims
Pharmaceutical active 4-acylamino-l,2,4-triazole deriva-
tives having the general formula:
wherein
R, Ri and R2 are hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl, or
Ri and R2 together form an anellated benzene ring,
X, X' and X" are alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an
electro-negative moiety, and
n, n' and n" are an integer from 0 to 2,
or pharmaceutically acceptable acid salts thereof may be
produced by reacting a silver salt or alkali metal salt of
an imidazole of the formula:
with a trityl halide of the formula:
Xo
Hal
X'.'
N=
N=
Ri
=\ I
N— N— CO— B— A
=/
0+
in which Ri is tetrahydrofurfuryl or an alkyl having 1-4
carbon atoms, A is phenyl, naphthyl, benzylthio or ben-
zyloxy, B is a single bond, tetrahydrofuryl-ethyl or a
straight or branched alkyl having 1-5 carbon atoms.
x/
x<..
wherein the substituents are as above defined and Hal is
halogen. These compounds are useful an antimycotics.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1045
3 711,499
N-TRITYL-IMIDAZOLES
Karl-Heinz Buchel, Leverkusen, Erik K. Regel, W uppertal-
Kronenberg, and Manfred Plempel, Wuppertal-EIber-
feld, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Application Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,797,
which is a division of application Ser. No. 758,594,
Sept. 9, 1968, now Patent No. 3,660,577, dated May
2, 1972. Divided and this application Jan. 17, 1972,
Ser. No. 218,523 c * i« ioa7
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 15, 196/,
F 53,504
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309 ^ 3 Claims
N-trityl-imidazoles and salts thereof the formula:
3,711,500
N-TRITYL-IMIDAZOLES
Kari-Heinz Buchel, Leverkusen, Erik K. Regel, Wuppertal-
Kronenberg, and Manfred Plempel. Wuppertal-Elber-
feld, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany , , -„-
No Drawing. Application Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,797,
which is a division of application Ser. No. 758,594, SepL
9, 1968, now Patent No. 3,660,577. dated May 2,
1972. Divided and this application Jan. 17, 1972, Ser.
No. 218,525 ^ ^^ ^__
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 15, 1967,
F 53,504
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
\5S. CI. 260 309 ^ Claims
N-trityl-imidazoles and salts thereof of the formula:
wherein
R, Ri and R^ are hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl, or R^
and R2 together form an anellated benzene ring,
X, X' and X" are alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an
electro-negative moiety, and
n, n' and n" are an integer from 0 to 2,
or pharmaceutically acceptable acid talts thereof may be
produced by reacting a silver salt or alkali metal salt of an
imidazole of the formula:
wherein
R, Ri and R^ are hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl, or R'
and R2 together form an anellated benzene ring,
X, X' and X" are alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an
electro-negative moiety, and
n, n' and n" are in integer from 0 to 2,
or pharmaceutically acceptable acid salts thereof may be
produced by reacting a silver salt or alkali metal salt of
an imidazole of the formula:
^ H
with a trityl halide of the formula:
Bal
with a trityl halide of the formula:
Bal
wherein the substituents are as above defined and Hal is wherein the substituents are as above d^^^^f ^^°^^^^^^ ''
halogen. These compounds are useful as antimycotics. halogen. These compounds are useful as antimycoiics
1046
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,501
N-TRITYL-IMIDAZOLES
Karl-Heinz Buchel, Leverkusen, Erik K. Regcl, Wuppertal-
Kronenberg, and Manfred Plempel, Wuppertal-Elber-
feld, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Application Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,797,
which is a division of application Ser. No. 758,594,
Sept. 9, 1968, now Patent No. 3,660,577, dated May 2,
1972. Divided and this application Jan. 17, 1972, Ser.
No. 218,526
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 15, 1967,
F 53,504
Int. CI. C07d 49136
U.S. CI. 260—309 8 Claims
N-trityl-imidazoles and salts thereof of the formula:
3,711,502
N-TRITYL-IMIDAZOLIUM SALT
Karl Heinz Buchel, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Ferdinand
Grewe, Burscheid, Hans Scheinpflug and Helmut
Raspers, Leverkusen, and Erik Regel, Wuppertal-
Kronemberg, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 7, 1969, Ser. No.
789,602. Divided and this application May 15, 1970,
Ser. No. 37,934
Int. CI. C07d 49136
U.S. CI. 260—309 1 Claim
N-trityl-imidazolium salts of the formula:
wherein
R, R' and R^ are hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl, or R^
and R2 together form an anellated benzene ring,
X, X' and X" are alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an
electro-negative moiety, and
n, n' and n" are an integer from 0 to 2,
or pharmaceutically acceptable acid salt thereof may be
produced by reacting a silver salt or alkali metal salt of an
imidazole of the formula:
with a trityl halide of the formula:
Hal
-N
I
R
i
eHs
. Y^
wherein R is hydrogen or halo and Y is the anion of an
inorganic or organic acid and are useful against fungi
pathogenic to plants.
3,711,503
SUBSTITUTED CARBON^i'L-CARBAMlDYL-BENZ-
IMIDAZOLE-2-YL.CARBAMIC ACID ESTERS
Arno Widdig, Blecher, Klaus Sasse, Schildgen, Ferdinand
Grewe, Burscheid, and Hans Scheinpflug, Paul-Ernst
Frohberger, and Helmut Kaspers, Leverkusen, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
schaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,381
Claims priority, application Germany, July 16, 1969,
P 19 36 130.9
Int. CI. C07d 49/38
U.S. CI. 260—309.2 9 Claims
l-[N-(alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl)-S-
or -O-carbonyl-carbamidyn-benzimidazole-2-yl-carbamic
acid alkyl esters, which possess fungicidal properties and
which may be produced by conventional methods.
3,711,504
t PROCESS FOR PREPARING ALKYL
2.BENZIMIDAZOLECARBAMATES
Charles D. Adams, Newark, and Joel B. Wommack, Jr.,
Claymont, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,700
Int. CI. C07d 49/38
U.S. CI. 260—309.2 4 Claims
The alkyl esters of 2-benzimidazolecarbamic acid can
be prepared by heating the alkyl esters of 4-(2-amino-
phenyl)-3-thioallophanic acid or the dialkyl esters of 4,4'-
(l,2-phenylenebis)-3-thiallophanic acid with an alkylat-
ing agent in the presence of base.
The product alkyl esters of 2-benzimidazolecarbamic
acid are useful as fungicides and as intermediates for
other fungicides.
3,711,505
2.(2IMIDAZOLIN-2-YLTHIO)-ACETANIIlDES
John Bernard Bream, Herts, England, Claude Wolfgang
Picard, Bern, Switzerland, and David Michael Read,
Herts, England, assignors to Dr. A. Wander Ltd. (also
known as Dr. A. Wander AG), Bern, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,630
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 3, 1970,
1,486/70
Int CI. C07d 49/34
VS. CI. 260—309.6 15 Claims
The invention concerns a compound of the formula:
N— CHRi
^ I
Ri
wherein the substituents are as above defined and Hal is
halogen. These compounds are useful as antimycotics.
^_NH-C O-CHj-S-C^
N— CHRi
H
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1041
wherein
Ri and R, are each hydrogen, halogen or alkyl of 1 to 3
carbon atoms, and either each of R3 and R* is hy-
drogen, or one of
R3 and R4 is alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or hydroxy
and the other is hydrogen,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt
thereof.
3,711,506
SUBSTITUTED 3-AMINOINDAZOLES
Klaus Wagner, Cologne-Buchheim, and Erast Roos,
Cologne-Flittard. Germany, assignors to Farbenfab-
riken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,917
Claims priority, application Germany, June 15, 196»,
P 17 70 649.9
Int. CI. C07d 49/20
U.S. CI. 260—310 C ,. . J u So
Substituted 3-aminoindazoles are obtamed by reacting
benzonitrile derivatives which contain an XR-group
(X=0, S; R=alkyl, aryl) in the 2-position and an elec-
tronegative substituent in the 3- and 5-positions, with
optionally monosubstituted hydrazine, optionally in a sol-
vent and/or in the presence of catalytic quantities of an
acid. The radicals R in the group XR— are preferably
alkyl radicals with from 1 to 4 carbon atoms and aryl
radicals with up to 12 carbon atoms.
The compounds e.g. 3 - amino-5,7-dinitroindazole are
suitable for use as yellow, orange or red pigments for ex-
ample for dyeing plastics.
wherein
Pc denotes the residue of a copper or nickel phthalo-
cyanine,
p denotes a number from 1 .0 to 1 .9,
q denotes a number from 0.9 to 1.2 and
r is a number from 0.5 to 1 .0,
with p, 9 and r representing statistical average values,
the sum of which is 2.9 to 3.3
and their use for dyeing and printing of cellulose contain-
ing materials. ,, » 1 u-i
The new dyestuffs are distinguished by excellent solubil-
ity in water and very good affinity for cotton and espe-
cially for viscose rayon.
3,711,509
5-PHENYL-lH-l,5-BENZODIAZEPINE-
2,4-(3H,5H)-DIONES
Kari-Heinz Weber, Gau-Algesheim, Karl Zeile and Peter
Danneberg, Ingelheim am Rhein, Rolf Giesemann,
Bingen, and Kari Heinz Hauptmann, deceased, late of
Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany, by M^na Hauptmann.
heir. Bonn (Rhine), Germany; said W eber, Zeile,
Danneberg. and Giesemann assignors to Boehnnger
Ingelheim G.m.b.H., Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany^
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
89 482, Nov. 13, 1970, which is a continuation of ap-
plication Ser. No. 703,188, Feb. 5, 1968 both now
abandoned. This application Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No.
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 7, 1967,
B 91,071; Jan. 18, 1968, B 96,281, B 96,282
Int. CI. C07d 53/04
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 B ^ , « Claims
Compounds of the formula
'3,711,507
l.Ip.(2.AMIN0ETHYL)-PHENYI.l-PYRR0LES
Franz Ostermayer and Ulrich Renner, Riehen, Basel-
Land, SwiUeriand, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corpora-
tion, Ardsley, N.Y.
No E>rawing. Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,783
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 17, 1969,
15,545/69
Int. CI. C07d 27/24
U.S. CI. 260 326.9 7 Claims
'compounds of the class of l-[p-(2-aminoethyl)-phen-
yl]-pyrrole and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid ad-
dition salts thereof have analgesic, antiphlogistic and anti-
pyretic effects; pharmaceutical compositions comprising
these compounds and a pharmaceutical carrier are pro-
vided as well as methods for producing analgesic, anti-
phlogistic and antipyretic effects comprising administer-
ing them; a typical embodiment is l-[4-(2-aminoethyl)-
2-chlorphenyl ] -pyrrole.
wherein
R, is hydrogen, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 5 car-
bon atoms, hydroxy-alkyl of 2 to 4 carbon atoms or
di(alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms) ammoalkyl ot 2 to 4
carbon atoms,
R2 is halogen, trifluoromethyl or methoxy,
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl or ethyl, and
R4 is hydrogen, fluorine or chlorine;
the compounds are useful aspsychosedatives and anti-
convulsives.
3,711,508
PHTHALOCYANINE DYESTUFFS
Manfred Groll, Cologne, Germany, assignor to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1970. Ser. No. 41,646
Claims priority, application Germany, June 6, 1969,
P 19 28 677.2
Int. CI. C09b 47/04
U.S. CI. 260—314.5 1 Claim
Phthalocyanine dyestuffs of formula
Pc-(3)
(S05H)p
(SOgNH-CHj)^
(SOgNHg),
3,711,510
2-METHYL.l,3-PROPANEDIAMINE
DERIVATTVES
Mario G. Buzzolini, Apt. 91 J, Parson's \illage,
3 W. South Street, Morristown, NJ. O'VM
No Drawing. Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,897
Int. CI. C07d 27104; C07c 93/06
U.S. CI. 260— 326.5 G ^ , ^ ?^T^
The invention discloses compounds of the class 01 /-
substituted 2-methyl-l,3-propanediamines which are either
2 - [p - (3,5-diphenylcyclohexyl)phenoxy] - 2 - methyl-1,3-
propanediamines or 2-(5'-phenyl-m-terphenyl-4-yloxy)-2-
methyl-l,3-propanediamines. The compounds are usetui
as pharmaceutical agents, e.g., as hypolipidemic agerits.
The compounds may be prepared by dehydration and de-
hydrogenation or hydrogenation of corresponding com-
pounds which are 3,5-diphenyl-cyclohexan-l-ols or 3,3-
diphenyl-2-cycIohexen-l-ols.
1048
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,511
3-AZA . 19 - HYDROXY-3,19-CYCLO.A-HOMO-
STEROIDS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
MANUFACTURE
Oskar Jeger, Zollikerberg, and Ueli Wehrii, Schaffhausen,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geig> Corporation,
Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,582
Claims prioritj', application Switzerland, Sept. 27, 1968,
14,491/68
Int CI. C07d 41/08
U.S. CI. 260—326.5 B 13 Claims
The invention relates to new 3-aza-19-hydroxy-3,19-
cyclo-A-homo-steroids, especially those corresponding to
the formula
HO - CH
3,711,514
HIGHLY FLUORINATED ALKYL ESTERS OF TRI-
MELLITIC ACID ANHYDRIDE AND METHOD
FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
James E. Quick, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,942
Int. CI. C07c 63/32
VS. CI. 260—346.3 6 Claims
Highly fluorinated ester-anhydrides and diacids are
formed by reacting an acid anhydride chloride or a diacid
with a perfluorinated aliphatic alcohol. The fluorinated
esters will cure epoxy resins and forgi plastics which ex-
hibit a low degree of wettability, a low degree of surface
friction, and a low degree of water absorption. The fluoro-
ester-cured epoxy resin plastics are useful in sonar dome
and hydrofoil coatings, molded plastic articles, fuel tank
linings, and aircraft adhesives.
wherein R = a free or ketalized oxo group or
a ;3-positioned free, esterified or etherified hydroxyl
group together with an a-positioned hydrogen atom,
a lower alkyl, alkenyl or alkinyl group, or
o-positioned free, esterified or etherified hydroxyl group
together with an acetyl or hydroxyacetyl group or
the r,5'-dimethylhexyl group together with an o-posi-
tioned hydrogen atom;
Use a strong local anaesthetic.
And a process of preparing the new compounds.
3,711,515
TRICYCLIC LACTONE ALKENE OR ALKENYNE
Robert C. Kelly, Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 93,483, Nov. 27, 1970. This application
Sept. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 181,246
Int. CI. C07d 5/32
U.S. CI. 260—343.3 6 Claims
Tricyclic lactone alkenes or alkenynes of the formula:
t. .
3,711,512
PREPARATION OF l.(AMINOALKYLAMlNO)-4-
HYDR0XYMETHYLTHI0XANTHEN-9.0NES
David Rosi, Joseph C. Collins, and Theodore C. Miller,
East Greenbush, N.Y., assignors to Sterling Drug Inc.,
New York N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,222
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 65/18
U.S. a. 260—328 4 Claims
A process for the preparation of l-[RiR2N — Y — N
(R) ]-4-hydroxymethylthioxanthen-9 - one, schistosoma-
cidal agents, which comprises reacting l-[RiR2N — Y — N
(R)]thioxanthen-9-one with excess formaldehyde at an
acidic pH where R is hydrogen or methyl, Rj and R2 are
each lower-alkyl, and Y is lower-alkylene having from
two to four carbon atoms and having its two connecting
linkages on different carbon atoms.
wherein Y is 1-pentyl or l-pentyl-2-ynyl, and ~ indicates
attachment of the moiety to the cyclopropane ring in exo
or endo configuration are useful as intermediates in pre-
paring prostaglandins having pharmaceutical utility.
3,711,516
ALIPHATIC ETHERS AND THIO COMPOUNDS
John B. Siddall, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Zoecon Corpora-
tion, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,217
lnt.Cl.C07d/J/yO
U.S. CI. 260—340.5 6 Claims
Aliphatic hydrocarbon alcohols, ethers, thioethers. sulfinyl
and sulfonyl compounds having terminal tertiary alkyl group
useful in insect control, perfumery, plastics and as inter-
mediates.
3,711,513
l-CHLOROTHIOXANTHEN-9-ONE PREPARATION
FROM 2,6-DICHLOROBENZONITRILE
John W. Schulenberg, Bethlehem, N.Y., assignor to
Sterling Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,220
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 65/75
U.S. CI. 260—328 2 Claims
A process for the preparation of l-chlorothioxanthen-9-
one, an intermediate in the preparation of schistoso-
macidal agents, e.g., hycanthone, which comprises re-
acting 2,6-dichlorobenzonitrile with an alkali metal thio-
phenoxide to yield 2-chloro-6-phenylthiobenzonitrile,
heating said benzonitrile with polyphosphoric acid to
produce l-chloro-9-iminothioxanthene and hydrolyzing
said 9-imino compound to produce 1-chIorothioxanthen-
9-one.
3,711,517
QUATERNARY ALKYL ETHERS OF MECHYLENEDIS-
XYPHENYL COMPOUNDS
John B. Siddall, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Zoecon Corpora-
tion, Pak) Alto, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 854,578, Sept. 2, 1969. Pat.
No. 3,649,590. This application March 5, 1970, Ser. No.
16,936
Int.CI.C07d/i/0«
U.S. CI. 260—340.5 » Claims
Quaternary alkyl ethers and thioethers prepared by conver-
sion of secondary alcohol to secondary halide and etherifica-
tion of halide which are useful insect control agents, per-
fumery agents, intermediates and in hydrocarbon polymers.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1049
3,711,518
CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF
PREPARING THE SAME
Marda E. Christy, Perkasie, Pa., assignor to Merck &
Co., Inc., Rahway, N J.
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 29, 1968, Ser. No.
723,964, now Patent No. 3,576,823. Divided and this
application June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,455
Int. CI. C07d 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—340.5 10 Claims
The disclosure describes derivatives of dibenzocyclo-
h'eptenes useful because of their antidepressant activity.
The disclosure also describes a method for preparing these
compounds from the known 3a,12/3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-
5H-dibenzo[3,4:6,7]cyclohepta[l,2-d]-l,3-dioxol - 8 - one
and derivatives thereof which contain additional substit-
uents substituted in any position of the benzenoid ring.
This starting material, alternatively known as the ace-
tonide of 10,ll-dihydroxy-10,ll-dihydro - 5H - dibenzo-
fa,dl-cyclohepten-5-one is converted by treatment with a
3-dialkylaminopropyl magnesium halide to produce the
corresponding 5-hydroxy-5-( 3-dialkylaminopropyl) com-
pound which is then dehydrated under acidic conditions
to produce the acetonide of 1 0,11-dihydroxy- 10,11 -dihy-
dro-5-(3-dialkylaminopropylidene) - 5H - dibenzo[a,d]
cycloheptene. This product is hydrolyzed to produce the
corresponding 10,11 - dihydroxy-5-(3-alkylaminopropyl-
idene)-5H-dibenzo[a,d]cycloheptene.
prepared from 3-alkoxy-17-ethylidene-9a-methylestra-l,3,
5(10)-trienes and are useful as progestational agents.
3,711,522
DIHALO STEROIDS
Perry Rosen, North Caldwell, N.J., assignor to Hoffmann-
La Roche Inc., Nutley, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,767
Int. CI. C07c 769/20
U.S. CI. 260—397.4 2^ Claims
6,7 - dihalo-A^-steroids and 6-fluoro-6-halo-5,7-cyclo
steroids which are useful as progestational agents and a
process for preparing these steroids from A^-steroids m-
cluding intermediates in this process.
3,711,519
PHENYL ETHERS
Ladislav Dolejs, Kitka Kahovcova, Karel Slama, and
Frantisek Sorm, Prague, Czechoslovakia, assignors to
Ceskoslovenska Akademie Ved, Prague, Czechoslovakia
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 109,024
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia,
Jan. 29, 1970, 652/70
Int. CI. C07d 7/75
U.S. CI. 260—348 R 4 Claims
Novel phenyl ethers, preparation thereof and their use
for insect control.
3,711,523
OXIDATION OF VICINAL GLYCOLS IN THE
PRESENCE OF ORGANIC PEROXIDES AND
COBALTOUS COMPOUNDS
Edmund P. Pultinas, Jr., Cincinnati, and Robert D.
Temple, North College Hill, Ohio, assignors to The
Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,912
Int. CI. C07c 57 /26, 55/02. 53/22
U.S. CI. 260—413 11 aaims
Process for preparing carboxylic acids which comprises
reacting vicinal glycols with oxygen in the presence of
a mixture of organic peroxides and cobalt compounds.
3,711,524
PROCESS FOR PREPARING DIALKYLTIN
COMPOUNDS
John R. Leebrick, Old Lyme, Conn., assignor of a frac-
tional part interest to Lucille Coon, Cedar Grove, > J.
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 167,026
Int CI. C07f 7/22
U.S. CI. 260—429.7 13 Claims
Dialkyltin compounds are prepared by the reaction
of lower dialkyl sulfates and metallic tin. The product
can be hydrolyzed to give the corresponding dialkyltin
oxide.
3,711,520
FLAME RETARDANT COMPOSITIONS
Charles W. Pfeifer, Schenectady, N.Y., and William J. Bobear,
Latham, both of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed Sept. 4, 1 970, Ser. No. 69,982
Int.CI.C08g5//04
U.S. CI. 260-375 B » » Claims
A silicone elastomer stock which exhibits improved flame
resistance in the cured state consists essentially of a silicone
elastomer, a filler, a small amount of a flame retardant materi-
al selected from the group consisting of platinum and platinum
compounds and a Group II metal oxide
3,711,521
17a.HYDROXY AND ACYLOXY SUBSTITUTED.
9a-METHYL-19-NORPROGESTERONES
Robert V. Coombs, Summit, and Eugene E. Galantay,
Morristown, N.J., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc.,
Hanover, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,663
Int. CI. C07c 169/32
U.S. CI. 260—397.3 5 Claims
. 17a - substituted - 9a-methyI-19-norprogesterones, e.g.,
17a - acetoxy-9a-methyl-19-norpregn-4-en-3,20-dione, are
3,711,525
STABILIZED IRON CHELATES AND PLANT
TREATING AGENTS CONTAINING THE
SAME
Claude Hennart, 86 Rue Sadi Camot,
F-93 Aubervilliers, France
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,885
Int CI. C07f 75/02
U.S. CI. 260—439 R 9 Oaims
Solid or liquid compositions containing an iron chelate
of the ethylenediamino-tetraacetic acid complex type and
a 2-hydroxy-benzophenone as stabilizer. These composi-
tions are employed for the treatment of plants.
3,711,526
VAPOR PHASE PROCESS FOR PREPARING AROMATIC
ISOTHIOCYANATES
Richard H. Martin, Brevard. N.C., assignor to Olin Corp.
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51339
Int. CI. C07c 767/04
U.S. CI. 260-454 ><> Claims
A continuous vapor phase process for prepanng aromatic
isothiocyanates comprising reacting vaporized aromatic nitro
compound with a gaseous sulfur-containing carbon compound
in the presence of an alkali metal hydrosulfide.
1050
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,527
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
3,4-UNSATL RATED NITRILES
Peter Kurtz, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
mflDV
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 9,033
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 10, 1969,
P 19 06 493.8; Dec. 2, 1969, P 19 60 380.6,
P 19 60 381.7
Int. CI. C07c 121/20. 121/48, 121/52
U.S. CI. 260^ 465.8 l** Claims
Process for the production of 3,4-unsaturated nitriles
together with carboxylic acids by reaction of allyl esters
with hydrocyanic acid in the presence of a catalyst based
on copper-I-halide at a temperature from 20 to 200° C,
the reaction being carried out either in the gaseous phase
or liquid phase.
3,711,528
RACEMIC DIHY DRO-PGE AND RELATED
COMPOUNDS
Philip F. B€al, III; Frank H. Lincoln, Jr., and John C. Babcock,
all of Kalamazoo. Mich., assignors to The Lpjohn Company,
Kalamazoo, Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 541,477. April 11, 1966, Pat. No.
3.505,387. This application April 6, 1970, Ser. No. 31,062
Int. CI. C07c 6//i6, 69/74
U.S. CI. 260—468 D 3 Claims
1 . A racemic compound of the formula
3,711,530
N-SUBSTITUTED-N-CHLOROCYCLOALKYLTfflO
UREA
John W. Kobzina, Berkeley, Joseph F. Moore, Richmond,
and Gustave K. Kohn, Berkeley, Calif., assignors to
Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,855
Int. CLC07C 779/00
U.S. CI. 260—453 R 7 Claims
Compound of the formula
R o R»
R^ S-R«
wherein R and R' are hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon
atoms substituted with 0 to 4 halogen atoms of atomic
number 9 to 35, cycloalkyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms sub-
stituted with 0 to 4 halogen atoms of atomic number 9 to
35, aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms substituted with 0 to 4
halogen atoms of atomic number 9 to 35, nitro groups or
alkoxy groups of 1 to 16 carbon atoms; R^ is alkyl of 1
to 10 carbon atoms substituted with 0 to 4 halogen atoms
of atomic number 17 to 35, cycloalkyl of 5 to 10 carbon
atoms substituted with 0 to 4 halogen atoms of atomic
number 17 to 35; and R^ is either
(a)
RiO
R
H CHj
-CHi
ORi
-Ch— R4
11
6
HCHt-
/Rj Rs \ Rs
\6h-6h/„-ch— C00R3
wherein
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
methyl,
R, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and the
acyl radical of a hydrocarbon carboxylic acid containing
one to 1 2 carbon atoms, inclusive,
Rj is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
methyl, with the proviso that not more than one R2 can be
methyl in a given side chain,
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and an
alkyl radical containing from one to 12 carbon atoms, in-
clusive,
R4 IS an alkyl radical containing one to eight carbons, inclu-
sive,
n, is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0 and
1.
and when R, is hydrogen the pharmacologically acceptable
salts thereof.
— CH— CHi
jCHj).
CI— CH-CHi
— CH— C
!1— CH-(
wherein n is an integer of from 1 to 8, or
(b) monochloronorbornyl.
The compounds are herbicides.
3,711,531
TELOMERS OF VINYL ESTERS AND
ACETONITRILE
Joseph K. Hoffman, Oldwick, and James P. Russell.
Berkeley Heights, N.J.. assignors to Air Products and
Chemicals. Inc.. Allentown, Pa.
Original application July 31, 1964, Ser. No. 386,593.
Divided and this application Dec. 22, 1969, Ser.
No. 887,021 „ ,.,,,0
Int. CI. C07c 727/20. 727/25, 727/55
U.S. CI. 260 465.4 ^ Claims
Velomers of vinyl esters of lower alkanoic acids, such
as vinW acetate, wherein the telogen is acetonitrile, are
produced by reacting the vinyl ester with the telogen at
a temperature of 90° to 250° C. and at a pressure of
50 to 7500 p.s.i. in the presence of a free-radical-forming
catalyst or initiator effective for the polymerization of
vinyl acetate, the vinyl ester and the telogen havmg a
residence time in the reaction of 0.5 to 60 minutes, pref-
erably 1 to 10 minutes.
3,711,529
COMPLEXES OF ALUMINUM ALKYLS AND
SODIUM FLUORIDE
Lawrence H. Shepherd, Jr., Baton Rouge, La., assignor
to Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,257
Int. CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260 — 448 A 7 Claims
It is disclosed that alkyl aluminum and alkali metal
halides form stable 2: 1 complexes wherein the alkyl
groups of the alkyl aluminum have from about 6 to about
20 carbon atoms each. Processes are disclosed whereby
the compositions of the present invention are produced.
Similar 2: 1 complexes of such alkyl aluminum and other
complexing agents are disclosed.
3,711,532
PREPARATION OF BETAHALOGENO-
PROPIOMTRILES
Colin Hewlett, Midland Park, and Charles N. Winnick,
Teaneck, N.J., assignors to Halcon yi<"national. Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,898
Int. a. C07c 27/76
U.S. CI. 260—465.7 ^ ^ . , . ^*,wi IT/
Beta-halogenopropionitriles and their alpha-alkyl de-
rivatives are prepared by reacting aqueous solutions of
a hydrogen halide and the nitrile with the continuous re-
moval of water from the reaction zone. The reaction may
also be carried out in the presence of an inert solvent
with water removed from the reaction zone by distilla-
tion as the azeotrope with the nitrile and/or inert solvent.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1051
3,711,533
DIALKYLAMINOALKYL ESTERS OF 6-CHLORO.
1,2,3,4 - TETRAHYDRO - 1 - NAPHTHALENE-
ACETIC ACID AND A ANALOGS
Robert W. Hamilton, Wilmette, III., assignor to G. D.
Searle & Co., Chicago, 111.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
860,050, Sept. 22, 1969, now Patent No. 3,668,251. This
application Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,362
Int. CI. C07c 93/20
U.S. CI. 260—469 7 Claims
Preparation of the captioned compounds — for exam-
ple, 6-chloro-N-(2-diethylaminoethyl) - 1,2,3,4 - tetra-
hydro - 1 - naphthaleneacetamide, 2-dimethylaminoethyl
6 - chloro-l,2,3.4-tetrahydro-l-naphthaIeneacetate hydro-
chloride, etc — and their valuable biological properties —
including antiulcerogenic, antibiotic, and antiinflamma-
tory activities — are disclosed.
wherein R is hydrogen or methyl and Ri is ethyl or propyl,
with the proviso that the total number of carbon atoms
for R and Ri taken together is 3. The above carbamates
find use as insecticides.
3,711,534
SYNTHESIS OF OCTADIENYL ESTERS
Robert M. Manyik, St, Albans, and Wellington E. Walker,
Charleston, W. Va., assignors to Union Carbide Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 757,485
Int. CI. C07c 69/54, 69/80
VS. CI. 260—475 N 23 Claims
Octadienyl esters are prepared by reacting butadiene
with carboxylic acids in the presence of palladium
catalysts, preferably complexed with phosphite or
phosphine ligands, and tertiary amines having a basicity
constant Kb greater than lO-'' as reaction modifiers. The
tertiary amines also assist in the separation of the
products.
3.711,535
PROCESS FOR RECOVERING ALUMINUM ALKYLS
OF SELECTED MOLECULAR WEIGHT USING
COMPLEXES
Paul Kobetz and Kenneth L. Lindsay, Baton Rouge, La.,
assignors to Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,702
Int. CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260 — 448 A 35 Claims
It is disclosed that exchange reactions occur with cer-
tain 2:1 complexes of aluminum trialkyls and various
complexing agents such as sodium fluoride and sodium
cyanide. Complexes containing one mol of lower alkyl
trialkyl aluminum and one mol of different higher alkyl
trialkyl aluminum per mol of complexing agent are
formed from complexes containing two mols of lower
alkyl trialkyl aluminum per mol of complexing agent.
The reactions are useful in producing aluminum trialkyls
and olefins of selected or "peaked" molecular weights
without requiring complicated and expensive distillation
equipment. Various complexes produced are novel and
useful as intermediates in various reactions.
3,711,537
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF TRANS 4-
AMINOMETHYLCYCLOHEXANE-1-CARBOXYLICACID
Kiro Asano, 2-23, Azabujyuban, Minato-ku, Tokyo; Hitoshi
Takita, No. 3897, Kamitsunima, Sagamihara-shi,
Kanagawa: Norlyuki Toyotia, No. 3-10-12, Nerima;
Masaaki Takahashi, No. 1-8, ToyotamakiU, both of Nerima-
ku, Tokyo, and Shigeyuki Suzuki, No. 1-2-10, Igusa-cho. Su-
ginami-ku, Tokvo, all of Japan
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 60,138
Claims priority, application Japan, July 31, 1969, 44/59965
Int.CI.C07c 101 /U4, 103/52
U.S. CI. 260-514 J 8 Claims
A process for preparing the trans isomer of 4-ammomethyl-
cyclohexane-1 -carboxylic acid easily and in a good yield, is
disclosed. The process comprises hydrolyzing in the presence
of an acid or an alkali a polymer prepared by polymerizatioi'
of the cis isomer of 4-aminomethylcyclohexane-l-carboxylif
acid, a mixture of the cis isomer and the trans isomer of thfc
carboxylic acid, or further 3-azabicyclo [ 3,2.2 ]-nonanonefc
or a mixture of the nonanone and the cis isomer or the trans
isomer or a mixture thereof, under suitable conditions ard
then treating the product obtained with an ion exchange resin.
3,711,538
DELTA 2,ALPHA-ADAMANTANEACETANILIDE
DERIVATIVES AND RELATED COMPOUNDS
Venkatachala Lakshmi Narayanan. North Brunswick. N.J.,
assignor to E. R. Squibb & Sons.Znc, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 32,768, April 28, 1970,
attandoned. which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
725,892, May 1, 1968, abandoned. This application Jan. 11,
1971,Ser. No. 105,711
Int. CI. C07c/ Oi/75
U.S. CI. 260—557 B » » Claims
This invention relates to new A^a-adamantaneacetanlllde
derivatives and related compounds of the formula
R H
\<
HC C-H
\10 8/
CH2 CH:
\ /
7CH
R'
3,711,536
o-(a.HYDROXYALKYL)PHENYL N-METHYL
CARBAMATES
Gustav K. Kohn, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,779
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
July 25, 1989, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C07c 125106
U.S. CI. 260—479 C 3 Claims
o-{a-Hydroxyalkyl)phenyl N-methyl carbamates of the
formula
A-low-^r alkylene-^N
/
\.
R»
=r— r— NH— I,
2C=C-C-NH
i.
R»
x/
and acid addition salts thereof, substances useful in car-
diovascular disorders and serotonin inhibition.
-NHCHi
O
0-4-N
AwC-R
OH Ri
V
3,711,539
NONSOLVENT AIR OXIDATION OF p-XYLENE
Theodore A. Koch, Holly Oak, and Herbert S. E]«"<erio-
Wilmington. Del., assignors to E. L du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 757,157
Int. CI. C07c 57/42. 65/02
U.S. CL 260—524 R ^ Claims
Making terephthalic acid by oxidizing p-xylene, at 160°
to 220° C, without solvent, under pressure sufficient to
I
1052
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
maintain oxidizable material in a liquid phase, agitating
the mixture and during oxidation removing from the re-
action mixture water formed therein and obtaining an
oxidate.containing terephthalic acid and intermediate oxi-
dation products that is washed with a single ring aromatic
hydrocarbon, e.g., p-xylene, at 250° to 350° C. to remove
hydrocarbon soluble intermediate oxidation products and
recovering solid terephthalic acid.
3,711,540
PRODUCTION OF ACRYLIC ACID BY
OXIDATION OF ACROLEIN
Helmut Nonnenraacber, deceased, late of Limburgerbof,
Pfalz, Germany, by Ruth S. H. Nonnenmacfaer, heiress-
in-law, and representative of minor beirs, Limburger-
bof, Pfalz, Richard Krabetz, Kirchheim. Weinstrasse,
Heinz Engelbach, Limburgerbof, Pfalz, and Helmut
Zinke-.4llmang, Bad Duerkheim, Germany, assignors
to Badiscbe Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen am Rhine, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 719,830
Int. CI. CfSlc 51/32, 57/04
VS. CI. 260—530 5 Claims
An improved process for the production of acrylic acid
by contacting acrolein with gases containing molecular
oxygen in the gas phase at temperatures of 220° to 450°
C. in the presence of catalyst which in addition to oxygen,
molybdenum and tungsten contain iron and/or nickel
and/or manganese and/or copper, wherein the improve-
ment comprises using catalysts which contain molybde-
num, tungsten and iron an(i/or nickel and/or manganese
and/or copper in the atomic ratio from 1:0.01:1 to 20:
10:1. Acrylic acid produced according to the process may
be used as such or after having been esterified with alkanols
for the production of polymers.
3,711,541
PREPARATION OF PHOSPHONYL DIHALIDES
Nathan D. Field, Allentown, and David I. Randall and
Calvin Vogel, Easton, Pa., assignors to GAF Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,574
Int. CI. C07f 9/42
U.S. CI. 260—543 P 9 Claims
2-haloethyl phosphonyl dihalides are prepared by the
reaction of ethylene and phosphorus oxyhalides in the
presence of a catalyst.
3,711,542
N-METHYLOL PHOSPHAZENE COMPOUNDS
Edwin O. Hook, Marshfield, George R. Berbeco, Chestnut
Hill, and Arthur S. Obermayer, West Newton, Mass.,
assignors to Moleculon Research Corporation, Cam-
bridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,329
Int. CI. C07d 705/02
U.S. a. 260—551 P 8 Claims
Phosphazene compounds containing N-methylol groups
are prepared by reacting an amino phosphazene com-
pound with formaldehyde in the presence of a base to
provide a water-soluble N-methylol phosphazene com-
pound. In particular, ansa and spiro-type ring N-methylol
phosphazene compounds are prepared by reacting phos-
phonitrilic chloride with a Cr-Ca alkylene diamine or
ammonia plus glyoxal and reacting either product with
formaldehyde in the presence of a base to form the N-
methylol ring compound. The N-methylol phosphazene
compounds are employed as fabric flame retardants and
crease-proof monomers in condensation reactions with
cellulosic-type fabrics.
3,711.543
CERTAIN BENZYLHYDRAZINO DERIVATIVES OF
LOWER-AI.KYI. SI B.STITl TED I REAS
Werner Bollag, Basel; Hugo Gutmann, Reinach/Baseland;
Baithasar Hegedus, Binningen; Ado Kaiser, Neufrenken-
dorf; Albert Langemann. Binningen; Marcel Muller.
Frenkendorf, and Paul Zeller, Allschwil, all of Switzerland,
assignors to Hoffmann-LaRoche Inc., Nutley, N J.
DivisionofSer. No. 571,690, Aug. II, 1966, Pat. No.
3,534, 100, which Ls a division of Ser. No. 200,059, June 5,
1962,. This applicaUon June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,572
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 9, 1961,
6734/61
Int. Cl.c07c/27/;6
U.S. CI. 260—553 A 5 Claims
Benzene-ring substituted (2-melhylhydrazini))-methyl-
benzene comp<>unds and intermediates therefore are
described. The former compounds are useful as cytostatic
agents and. particularly, inhibit the growth of transplantable
tumors in both mice and rats. Thus, they are active, for exam-
pie, against Walker tumors, Hhrlich carcinoma and Ehrlich
ascites carcinoma.
3.7 1 1 ,544
HEAT RECOVERY IN UREA SYNTHESIS
Robert N. Summerville, Cranford, N J., assignor to The Lum-
mus Company, Bloomfield, N J.
Filed April 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,131
Int. CI. C07c/ 2 7/04
U.S.CI. 260— 555 A 9 Claims
Heat recovery in a urea synthesis in which heat generated
during the urea synthesis is employed for providing steam
which is used for removing dissolved gases from a urea solu-
tion.
3,711,545
ALFHA-AMINOALKYL-4-HYDROXY-3-
SULFAMOYLAMINOBENZYL ALCOHOLS
Carl Kaiser, Haddon Heights, NJ., and Stephen T. Ross,
Berwyn, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French Laborato-
ries, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118,156
Int.CI.C07c/4J/72
U.S.CI. 260-556 N 12 Claims
a-Aminoalkyl-4-hydroxy-3-sulfamoylaminobenzyl alcohols
having /3-adrenergic stimulant activity, particularly as selec-
tive bronchodilators, are prepared generally from 3-amino-4-
benzyloxyphenones by, for example, reaction with a sulfamoyi
chloride to give 3-sulfamoylaminophenones, bromination of
these phenones and treatment of the resulting a-bromo
derivatives with an N-benzyl secondary amine, followed by
catalytic hydrogenation to remove the benzyl groups and
reduce the ketone moiety.
3,711,546
N-(ORTHO-SUBSTITUTED BENZENE OR
NAPHTHALENE CARBOXAMIDOETHYLE)PARA-
PHENYLENE DIAMINES AS COUPLER-DEVELOPERS
Myron S. Simon, 25 David Road, Newton Centre, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 598,870, Dec. 2, 1966, Pat. No. 3,537,850.
This application June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 847,768
Int.Cl.C07c/0J/26
U.S.CL 260-559 S 3 Claims
Novel coupler developers for preparing color transfer
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1053
images. Essentially the coupler developers contain a coupling
moiety linked to a silver halide developing moiety.
3,711,547
DIHALOCVCLOPROPYL SUBSTITUTED ALIPHATIC
AMINES
John B. Siddail, 975 California Ave., Palo Alto, Calif., and
Jean Pierre Calamie, Villa Laperla, 6605 Locarno, Switzer-
land
Division of Ser. No. 841,559, July 14, 1969, abandoned, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 800,267, Feb. 18, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
618,321, Feb. 24, 1967, abandoned. This application April 27,
1970, Ser. No. 43,260
lnt.CI.C07c^7/24
U.S.CL 260-563 R 9 Claims
3,7,1 1-TrialkyI aliphatic amines having a chain length of 12
to 17 carbons substituted at position C-2,3, C-6,7 and/or C-
10,1 1 with a dihakK-yclopropyl group which are useful for the
control of insects. ,
3,711,548
CYCLOPROPYL SUBSTITUTED ALIPHATIC AMINES
John B. Siddail, 975 California Avenue, Palo Alto, Calif., and
Jean Pierre Calame, Villa LaPerIa, 6605 Locarno, Switzer-
land
DivisionofSer. No. 84 1,559, July 14, 1969, abandoned, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 800,267, Feb. 18, 1969,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
618,321, Feb. 24, 1967, abandoned. This application July 20,
1970, Ser. No. 63,963
InLCLC07c ^7/24
U.S.CL 260-563 R 8 Claims
3,7,11 -Trialkyl aliphatic amines having a chain length of 1 2
to 17 carbons substituted at positions C-2,3, C-6,7 and/or C-
10,1 1 with cyclopropyl group which are useful for the control
of insects.
3,711,550
ISOMERIZATION OF 4,4'.METHYLENEDI (CYCLO-
HEXYLAMINE) OVER MODERATED RLTHE-
NIUM CATALYST
Loren D. Brake, Wilmington. Del., assignor to E. 1. da
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
691,984. Dec. 20, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of applications Ser. No. 516,107, Dec. 23, 1965, and
Ser. No. 587,979, Oct. 20, 1966, all now abandoned.
This appUcaHon Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,830
Int. CI. C07c 87/32
VS. CI. 260—563 B . 8 Claims
A mixture of the stereoisomers of 4,4'-methylene-di-
(cyclohexylamine) not at equilibrium is converted to a
mixture of stereoisomers approaching equilibrium ratio by
heating the mixture of stereoisomers in the absence of
added ammonia to a temperature of from 150° to 300°
C. in the presence of hydrogen at a partial pressure of
from 50 to 5500 pounds per square inch and at a total
pressure of from 500 to 15,000 pounds per square inch
in the presence of from 0.001 to 10 weight percent of a
ruthenium catalyst, calculated as ruthenium metal and
based on the starting weight of mixed isomers, the ruthe-
nium being supported on an inert carrier and having been
alkali moderated with from 0.1 to 15 weight percent of a
basic alkali metal compound calculated as the alkali metal.
3,711,549
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING
CYCLOPROPYLAMINE
Lee V. Phillips and Roger P. Cahoy, Overland Park,
Kans., assignors to Gulf Research & Development
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
756,288, Aug. 29, 1968. This application May 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 38,878
Int. CI. C07c 85/02
U.S. CI. 260—563 R 1 Claim
In a procedure for manufacturing cyclopropylamine be-
ginning with ring closure of a lower alkyl 4-chlorobutyrate
followed by amidation of the corresponding cyclopropane-
carboxylate so produced and conversion of the amide to
the amine by means of the Hofmann reaction, maximum
yields of useful product are obtained by conducting the
amidation by ammoniation in non-reactive organic liquid
medium in the presence of an alkali metal alkoxide and
after adding water to the amidation product, separating
and recycling the organic liquid phase to the ring closure
step; by acidification and use of the unpurified aqueous
amidation product solution in the Hofmann reaction, in
which the acidified aqueous solution of the amide is first
added to a solution of alkali metal hypochlorite, then al-
kali metal hydroxide is added and the temperature is
raised to convert the intermediate product to the amine,
and finally recovering cyclopropylamine in the form of
an aqueous solution by steam distillation.
3,711,551
PROCESS OF PRODUCING ORTHO-
AMINOPHENOL
Matthew A. McMahon, Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignor
to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,263
Int. CI. C07c 91/44
U.S. CI 260—575 6 Claims
A method of manufacturing o-aminophenol comprising
contacting under anhydrous conditions phenylhydroxyl-
amine with trifluoroacetic anhydride at a first temperature
between about —50 and 150° C. and then at a second
temperature between about 70 and 150° C. to form a
mixture of N-trifluoroacetyl-o-hydroxyaniline and 0-tri-
fluoroacetyl-o-hydroxyaniline and contacting said mixture
with a hydroxylic base to form said o-aminophenol.
3,711,552
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF N,N-BIS-
(2-CHLOROETHYL).2.NITR0.4-ALKYLANILINE
Harold M. Foster, Park Forest, Thomas C. Rees. Park
Forest South, and Floyd G. Spencer, Park Forest, III.,
assignors to The Sherwin-Williams Company, Cleve-
land, Ohio
' No Drawing. Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 20,108
Int. CI. C07c 87/52
U.S. CI. 260—577 2 Claims
A process for the direct ortho-mononitration of N,N-
dihaloalkyl-4-substituted tertiary aromatic amines in the
presence of less than fivefold molar excess over theoretical
of nitric acid and optionally a catalytic amount of nitrous
acid, or a derivative thereof capable of generating nitrite
ions in aqueous acid, optionally in the presence of a
hydrophobic, essentially immiscible organic phase, with-
out the formation of 2,6-dinitro-4-substituted product or
unwanted by-products. Specifically, a process for the
manufacture of N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)-2-nitro-p-tolui-
dine by the nitration of N.N-bis(2-chloroethyl)-p-tolui-
dine. The N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)-2-nitro-p-toluidine is a
repellent for Mexican bean beetles and beetle larvae.
1054
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,553
TRICYCLIC KETONES
Hans Schmjd, Schwerzenbach, and Janos Zsindely, Duben-
dorf, Switzerland, assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche
Inc., Nutley, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,796
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 15, 1968,
3,899/68
Int. CI. C07c 49136, 49/38
U.S. CI. 260—586 R 8 Claims
Tricyclo[3,2,l,02'']-octen - 3 - en - 8 - ones which are
useful in the perfumery art and a process for their prep-
aration from phenols including intermediates in this
process.
3,711,554
4-HYDROXY.3,5 DITERTIARY PHENONES
Manfred Engelhardt, Wolfgang Frubstorfer, Reiner Hesse,
Bemd Dennler, and Wilhelm Bauraer, Darmstadt, Ger-
many, assignors to E. Merck A.G., Darmstadt, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25. 1969, Ser. No. 879,922
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 28. 1968,
P 18 11 322.9
Int. CI. C07c 49/82
U.S. CI. 260—591 17 Claims
Stabilizers, for plastics, oils and fats, of the formula
wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with lower alkyl,
lower alkoxy, halomethyl, nitro or halogen and HA has the
formula
R2'
\
K,'
C=CH— CH—
wherein R', is hydrogen or lower alky! and
/
\
Hj
form fluorene or saturated or unsaturated cycloalkyl of three
to seven carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more
lower alkyl and/or lower alkoxy useful as intermediates in the
preparation of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid esters having in-
secticidal activity. ;
co-n
3,711,556
2-IBIS(p-SLBSTITLTED PHENYL)METHYLENE1
ADAMANTANES
Kyu Tai Lee, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed June 13, 1968, Ser. No. 736,600
Int. CI. C07c 39/16
U.S. CI. 260—613 R 4 Claims
2-[bis(p-substituted phenyl) methylene] adamantanes of
the formula
, . . . ORa
wherein R is alkyl of 4 to 25 carbon atoms; alkyl of up
to 25 carbon atoms in which one or more of the methyl-
ene groups are replaced by — O — , — S — , — NRj —
and/or CO; morpholino-alkylene wherein the alkylene
bridge contains 1 or 2 carbon atoms; cyclohexyl or cyclo-
pentyl unsubstituted or substituted with — Rj, — ORi, wherein Ri and Rj are the same or different and are hy
— SRi or — NR1R2; or phenyl which is mono- or poly- drogen, alkyl of from 1 through 5 carbon atoms, cycio
substituted with alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, — ORi, pentyl.
o
-Jl-R.
— SRi or — NR1R2; or aralkyl whose alkyl portion con-
tains from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and in which one or
more CHj-groups can be replaced by — O — , — S — ,
— NRi — and/or CO, and whose aryl portion can be
mono- or polysubstituted by — Rj, — ORi, — SRi and/or wherein R3 is hydrogen or alkyl of from 1 through 10
— NR1R2; can be produced by reacting 2,6-di-tert.-butyl- carbon atoms,
phenol with an acid derivative of the formula R — CO — X
wherein X is — O — CO — R' or halogen, R' being R or
Ri, in the presence of a Lewis acid, e.g., AICI3 or TiCla.
-(CHt)»— N
\
Ri
Ri
3,711,555
ARYL ALLYL SLLFONES
Jacques Martel. Bendy 93, and Chanh Huynh, Villemombie
93, both of France, assignors to Roussel-LC Laf, Paris,
France
Division of Ser. No. 662,278, Aug. 22, 1967, abandoned. This
application Dec. 16, 1969. Ser. No. 885.634
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 26, 1966,
6674404; Aug. 26, 1966, 6674405; Feb. 24, 1967, 6796425;
June 16, 1967. 671 10719; July 19, 1967, 671 14833
Int. CI. C07c/ 4 7/06
U.S. CI. 260—607 A 7 Claims
Aryl allyl sulfones of the formula
O O
\ /
H— A— S— Ar
wherein n is 2 or 3, and R4 and R5 are the same or different
and are hydrogen or alkyl of from 1 through 3 carbon
atoms or R4 and R5 taken together with said nitrogen atom
form piperidino, pyrrolidino or morpholino; and phar-
maceutically acceptable salts of said compounds wherein
at least one of Ri and R2 is
— (CHi)o— N
\
Rs
are useful for preventing pregnancy of female warm-
blooded animals.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1055
3,711,557
PROCESS FOR OXIDIZING CYCLOALIPHATIC
HYDROCARBONS IN THE LIQUID PHASE AND
RELEVANT APPARATUS
Gastone Bartalini, Nedo Briscbetto, and Mario Gmggioli,
Novara, Italy, assignors to Societa Rhodiatoce S.p.A.,
Milan, Italy , „„, .„
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,435
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 12, 1968,
24,967/68
Int. CI. C07c 27/12
U.S. a. 260—617 H , 6 Claims
Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons are contmuously oxidized
in liquid-phase by molecular oxygen in the presence of at
least a boron compound insoluble in the reaction medium
wherein a portion of the crude reaction mixture, before
being conveyed to the subsequent processing steps, is sub-
jected to a clarification process, wherein substantially all
the excess insoluble boron compound is separated and re-
cycled into the reactor together with the remaining por-
tion of the crude reaction mixture, the clarified portion be-
ing sent to the subsequent processing steps according to
techniques known per se.
formula ( R' ),Mg wherein R' is a C4 to C^o conjugated diolefm
and mixtures thereof and n is an integer varying from 2 to 8.
3,711,558
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF AROMATIC
GLYCOLS
Ching Yun Huang, Minoo, and Tamostu Maeno, Suita, both of
Japan, assignors to Japan Gas-Chemical Company, Inc.,
Tokyo. Japan
Division of Ser. No. 614,347, Feb. 6, 1967, Pat. No. 3,546,301.
This application July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,257
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Feb. 10, 1966, 41/7825
Int. CI. C07c 29100
IJ.S. CI. 260-618 R 5 Claims
A process for the preparation of aromatic glycols which
comprises saponifying an aromatic hydrocarbon dihalomethyl
compound by dispersing said compt)und as an oily substance
or a water-soluble organic solvent solution into an aqueous
solution of saponifying agent such as a hydroxide of an alkali
metal, by means of tough shearing stirring, to form an oil-in-
water emulsion.
3,711,561
NOVEL PREPARATION OF BROMONITRO ALCOHOLS
Richard Wessendorf, Essen-Heisingen. Germany, assignor
to Henkel & Cie. GmbH, Dusseldorf, Germany
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,191
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 28, 1969, P 19
54 173.2
lnt.CI.C07ci//54
U.S. CI. 260-633 9 Claims
A novel process for preparing bromonitro alcohols of the
formula
Ri
I
Ri-CH-C-NOj
I I
OH Br I
wherein R, is selected from the group consisting hydrogen,
methyl and halogenated methyl and Rj is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and methyl and ethyl which may
be substituted with at least one hydroxy group comprising
reacting an aldehyde with a nitroalkane in the presence of an
aqueous alkali metal hydroxide and reacting^ the reaction
product with bromine at temperatures below 25° C.
3,711,562
PROCESS FOR PREPARING BROMINATED STYRENE
HALOCYCLOPENTADIENE COMPOUNDS
James J. Maul; James E. Stevens, both of Grand Island, and
Ronald L. Schendel, Niagara Falls, all of N.Y., assignors to
Hooker Chemical Corporation. Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,602
lnt.Cl.C07c25//«
U.S. CI. 260-649 R 19 Claims
Compounds of the structure
3 711,559
MONOALKYLATION OF ALKYLIDENE BIS(PHENOL)
Gordon Roy Ensor, Llangollen, Wales, assignor to Monsanto
Chemicals Limited, lx>ndon, England
Filed Feb. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 707,968
Int. CI. C07c 37/74, i7//6,J7/yS
U.S. CI. 260-619 A 13 Claims
An aikyiidene bis( phenol) which may be formed in situ, if
desired, is reacted with an alkylating agent in a reaction medi-
um of 50 to 80 percent aqueous sulfuric acid to give the
monoalkylate as the major component.
3,711,560
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF UNSATURATED
HYDROCARBONS AND UNSATURATED OXYGENATED
COMPOUNDS
Hugh E. Ramsden. Scotch Plains. NJ., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company, Linden, N J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 625,023, March 22, 1967,
Pat. No. 3,388,179, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
423 293 Jan. 4, 1965, abandoned. This application April 29,
' ' 1968, Ser. No. 725,200
Int. CI. C07c 53/02, A61k 7/00
U.S. CI. 260-632 B 5 Claims
Hydrocarbon polyolefins and oxygenated organic com-
pounds, such as alcohols, glycols, ketones, diketones. and
diacids which compounds contain at least two olefinic sites ot
unsaturation per molecule are secured by contacting a
diolefm-magnesium addition compound with various reagent
systems. The organomagnesium compound has the generic
are prepared by reacting the Diels-Alder adduct of a styrene
compound and a halocyclopentadiene compound with a
halogenating agent which is a mixture of chlorine and bromine
in a two reactor process, wherein X is a halogen independently
selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine and
bromine; Y is independently selected from the group consist-
ing of alkyl of one to 1 0 carbon atoms, alkoxy of one to 1 0 car-
bon atoms, monohaloalkyl of one to 10 carbon atoms and
halogen, wherein said halo- and halogen are independently
selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlonne and
bromine; R and R' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl of one to six carbon
atoms; a ranges from about 3 to 4, c = 0 to 1 and fe is 0 to 1 .
3,711,563
PRODUCTION OF HALOGENATED
HALOCYCLOPENTADIENE ADDUCTS OF STYRENE
Richard D. Carlson, Grand Island, and James L. Dever.
Lewiston, both of N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 51,009
Int. CI. C07c 25//^
U.S. CI. 260-649 R 15 Claims
A process is described for preparing halogenated halo
cyclopentadiene adducts of styrene by reacting a styrene
derivative with a halogenated cyclopentadiene in a Diels-
1056
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Alder reaction, and then halogenating the aromatic ring to
contain between 1 and 5 halogen atoms.
The resulting compounds are useful as fire retardant addi-
tives in various elastomers and plastics, especially
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS).
3,711,564
NOVEL SLLFONYLAMINOPYRIMIDINES AND
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
Manfred Hubner, Ludwigshafen (Rhine); Ruth Heerdt, Mann-
heim-Feudenheim; Felix Helmut Schmidt. Mannheim-
Neuostheim; Kurt Stach. MannheimWaldhof, and Walter
Aumuller, Kelkheim-Munster, all of Germany, assignors to
Boehringer Mannheim GmbH. Mannheim. Germany
Filed Oct. 13. 1969. Ser. No. 866,023
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 17, 1968, P 18
03 582.0
Int.Cl.C07d5//42
U.S. CI. 260-256.5 R 10 Claims
Novel sulfonylaminopyrimidines, particularly 4-[/3-fIuore-
nyl-( 9 )-acylamido-alkylene I-N-1 pyrimidinyl-( 2 ) ]-benzene-
sulfonamide compounds and the corresponding indan-5-sul-
fonamide compounds, exhibit outstanding antidiabetic activi-
ty.
3,711.565
PROCESS FOR STABILIZING DIENES
Hubert Lauer, and Bernhard Schleppinghoff. both of
Dormagen, Germany, assignors to Frdoelchemie
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Cologne. Germany
Filed Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190.260
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 21. 1970, P 20
51 548.4
Int.Cl.C07c7//«
U.S. CI. 260— 666.5 6 Claims
Aliphatic dienes such as butadiene and isoprene containing
nitrogen containing polymerization inhibitors are stabilized
against accelerated dimerization by adding thereto iron com-
plex-forming compounds.
January 16, 1973
Ri R.'
<3-
R3
wherein n is 0. 1 or 2 and each of R„ R^, R;, and R^ is one to
four carbon lower alkyl, one to four carbon lower alkoxy, or
hydrogen, are formed by reacting 2-bromotriphenylenc or its
derivatives with butyl lithium and condensation with butyl
bromide or cobaltous bromide, either directly or through an
intermediate series of benzene rings to give a group of com-
pounds which have uniquely useful and strong photochromic
characteristics when dissolved in an oxygen and monomer free
polymeric matrix.
3,711,566
AROMATIC HYDROGENATION
John H. Estes, Wappingers Falls; Sheldon Herbstman, Spring
VaUey, and Stanley KraviU, Wiccopee, all of N.Y., assignors
to Texaco Inc.. New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,894
Int.Cl.C07c5//0
U.S. CI. 260-667 1 1 Claims
A process for the low pressure hydrogenation of aromatic
hydrocarbons in the presence of sulfur employing a fluorided
platinum-alumina catalyst and carbon monoxide as a conver-
sion reaction moderator. By employing a fluorided platinum-
alumina catalyst and the moderator carbon monoxide, aro-
matic hydrocarbon saturation is accomplished while simul-
taneously inhibiting concurrent hydrocracking reactions.
Ri
R;
R>
R
« _lo
3,711,568
PYROLYSIS PROCESS
Herbert W. Cooper, 17 St. Lawrence Place, Jericho, N.Y,
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,150
Int. CI. C07c J/JO, ClOg 9136. 9114
U.S. CL 260-683 R 2 Claims
Pyrolysis Zone
II 12
28
T K be.
16
Seporotion
Focilities
In
22
-23
~24
RECYCLE Of a PLURALITY OF PRODUCTS TO
INTERMEDIATE POIWTS IN PYROLYSIS PATH
This disclosure teaches a process for pyrolysis of hydrocar-
bons wherein at least two pyrolysis product are recycled to
two different points in the pyrolysis furnace. Three or more
pyrolysis products are recycled and introduced into the fur-
nace at a plurality of points on the pyrolysis path.
3,711,569
PRODUCTION OF ISOBUTYLENE
Lloyd D. Tschopp, Humble, and Terry D. Funkhouser, La
Porte, both of Tex., assignors to Petro-Tex Chemical Cor-
poration, Houston, Tex.
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,895
Int. CI. COlQ 5/ 1 8, 11/08
U.S. CI. 260-683.3 9 Claims
3,711,567
BIS-TRIPHENYLENES AND USE IN PHOTOCHROMIC
AND LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS
John Edwin Innes, Bridgewater Township, Somerset County,
N.J., assignor to American Cyanamid Company, Stamford,
Conn.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,942
Int.CLC07c/5/20
U.S. CI. 260-668 F 4 Claims
Tnphenylene dimers of the formula:
I lom ' loM
*MCTioM*ton ton
Ml ISoawTTtllK
^
Preparation of isobutylene from isobutane. Integrated
process of feed preparation, dehydrogenation and purifica-
tion.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1057
3,711,570
ORGANOPOLYSILOXANE-POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
BLENDS
Richard Newton l^wls, Tecumseh, Mich., assignor to Stauffer-
Wacker Silicone Corporation, Adrian, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 861,986, Sept. 29, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,396
Int. CI. C08g 4 7//0, C081 29/24
U.S. CI. 260-827 8 Claims
Thixotropic organopolysiloxane compositions comprising a
blend of a room-temperature-curable organopolysiloxane and
polyvinyl chloride The organopolysiloxane is characterized
by having moisture-reactive groups containing nitrogen, e.g.,
amino, amido, amincxixy, or oximo groups. These composi-
tions show improved adhesion to various substrates.
3,711,573
WATER-SOLUBLE CATIONIC POLYMERS AND GRAFT
POLYMERS
Daniel Elmer Nagy, Stamford, Conn., assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Division of Ser. No. 778,934, Nov. 26, 1968, Pat. No.
3,567,659. This application May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,874
Int. CI. C08fi5/06. 29/36
U.S. CI. 260—874 7 Claims
3,711,571
CURABLE BLEND OF BLOCKED AND UNBLOCKED
POLYURETHANES
Basil S. Farah, Elma, N.Y., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
Filed JuK 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,678
Int. CI. C08g 4 //04,22/-?2
U.S. CI. 260-858 ^2 Claims
There are disclosed curable polyurethanc compositions
comprising:
I. A normally-liquid, free isocyanate-blcx:ked urethane
prepolymer composition comprising the reaction product of
(A) a diisocyanate-polyol urethane prepolymer containing
free isocyanate groups, and (B) an isocyanate-reactive oxime,
said reaction product being made by reaction of an essentially
stoichiometric equivalent of (B) per equivalent of free iso-
cyanate in (A); and
II an elastomeric, polyamine-cxtended polyurethanc com-
prising the reaction prtxiuct of (A) a diisocyanate-polyol
urethane prepolymer containing free isocyanate groups, and
(B) an isocyanate-reactive polyamine, said reaction product
being made by the reaction of an essentially stoichiometric
equivalent of ( B ) per equivalent of free isocyanate in ( A ). The
compositions are normally cured at temperatures above room
temperature, especially above about 70° C. and ^ad-
vantageously above about 130° or even above about 145° C.
Additionally, the cured compositions are useful as coatings for
both fiexible and rigid articles such as textiles, leather, vinyl
and rubber materials, metal, wood are rigid plastic materials.
In a preferred embodiment, the oxime in (I) is methyl ethyl
ketoxime and the polyamine in (II) is l-amino-3-
aminomethyl-3,5,5-trimethyl cyclohcxane, while the urethane
prepolymer in both ( I ) and ( II ) is prepared from toluene diiso-
cyanate or l-isocyanato-3-isocyanato methyl-3,5,5-trimethyl
cyclohexane with trimethyol propane as the polyol in ( I) and a
polyester of a glycol and adipic acid as the polyol in (II). The
coatings prepared from the compositions of this invention are
normally highly resistant to abrasion and chemical attack.
5 90 -
■
y
lOO"
n
~\
K
^'
»•
tc
-
\
;\
to-
rc
-
1
,'
\ A
ro- ^
(C
-
»
\'\
-1
so
-
■ \
*o
-
U'
e"- -
/
^\
30
^
-A
,»'
t
1
y
/
Xcrl -_-
--"--
XT
to
'O
-
^
/
•0'
MCMCTiOH Time. MOUttS
A cationic, water-soluble, storage-stable, methylamine-
epichlorohydrin polymer is prepared by reacting a quantity of
a methylaminelepichlorohydrin polymer which is well below
its gel point with successively added small amounts of
epichlorohydrin until the polymer nears the stage at which it is
an irreversible gel. and then reacting the polymer with suffi-
cient methylamine to inactivate substantially all amine-reac-
tive epichlorohydrin residues present. At least the last step of
the reaction is performed at a temperature at which a partial
depolymcrization of the polymer occurs.
Water-soluble polymers of higher molecular weight and
larger dimensions are produced by graft polymerizing one or
more water-soluble vinyl monomers upon a hydrophilic water-
dispersible cationic poly(hydroxyalkylene) polyamine, which
is not necessarily the foregoing polyamine. The polymers are
Hocculants for suspended solids in sewage and mine effluent
water and dry strength agents for paper.
3,711,572
POLYESTER RESIN COMPOSITION WITH A LONG
SHELF LIFE
Eldon E. Stably, Ellicott City, and Edwin W. Lard, Bowie, both
of Md., assignors to W. R. Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 782,71 1. Dec. 10, 1968,
abandoned. This application Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,496
\ni.C\.CQW43/02, 43/00
U.S. CI. 260-864 8 Claims
Uncured, curable, unsaturated polyester resin compositions
consisting essen'.ially of an unsaturated polyester, an ethyleni-
cally unsaturated monomer such as styrene or a similar
monomer inhibited with about 0.1-1.5 mole percent of 2-
nitroresorcinol having shelf lives in excess of about 100 days
at about 70° C.
3,711,574
COPOLYMERS OF ACRYLAMIDE GAS
Dieter Jaworek. Tutring/Obb.; Wolfgang Gruber,
Garatshausen, and Hans I Irich Bergmeyer. Tutzing/Obb.,
all of Germany, assignors to Boehringer Mannheim (JmbH.
Mannheim. Germany
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9.442
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 19, 1969. P 19
08 290.7
Int. CLC08f/ 5/40. 29/34
U.S. CI. 260-878 R « Claims
Water insoluble biologically active proteins are bound on
novel copolymers consisting of (a) acrylamide (b) cthyiene-
maleic acid or its anhydride and/or (c) maleic acid and/or its
anhydride and (d) N.N'-methylenc-bis-acrylamide or ethylene
diacrylate in a weight ratiq-a.fc.r.d of 3 : 0.5 - 1 5 0.05 - 4 :
0.075 - 0.9. the weight ratio a : (h + c) being not more than 4,
to provide compositions which are outstanding in their ability
to yield up the bound protein, and with which precise sub-
strate reactions can be carried out.
1058
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,575
THREE STAGE EMULSION AND SUSPENSION IN
PROCESS FOR PRODUCTION OF IMPACT RESISTANT
THERMOPLASTIC RESINS
Koiti Kakefuda; Tatsuo Ito, both of Ichihara, and Yasuyuki
Okano, Hitachi, all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi Chemical
Company, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 28, 1971.Ser. No. 110,637
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 6, 1970, 45/10035
Int.CI.C08f yj/40
U.S. CI. 260-881 J4 Claims
3,711,576
POLYMERCAPTAN MODIFIED VINYL HALIDE
POLYMERS AND BLENDS THEREOF WITH VINYL
HALIDE POLYMER
Jesse C. H. Hwa, Stamford, Conn., assignor to Stauffer Chemi-
cal Company, New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 664,903, Sept. 1, 1967, abandoned. This
application Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,922
Int. CI. C08f 29/24. 29/22
U.S.CI. 260— 899 13 Claims
Vinyl halide polymers which exhibit improved processing
characteristics without sacrificing physical properties are
prepared by polymerizmg vinyl halide monomer in the
presence of an aliphatic polymercaptan having at least three
mercaptan groups in an amount based on — SH equivalence of
from about 0.00015 to about 0.05 equivalence — SH per mole
of monomeric material. The monomer is preferably 100 per-
cent vinyl chloride though mixtures containing a predominant
amount of vinyl chloride with minor amounts of other
ethylenically unsaturated monomers can also be used.
3,711,579
METHYL 2.HYDROXYETHYL METHYL (METHYLOL)
PHOSPHINATES AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
PRODUCTION
Theodore Curtis Shields, South Charleston, W. Va., assignor to
Union Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,774
Int. CI. C07f 9132: D06c 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—953 8 Claims
Novel compounds of the present invention represented by
the following structural formula.
O
3,711.577
NITRILO(ETHYLENEPHOSPHONIC ACID ESTERS)
Ludwig Maier, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Monsanto
Co., St Louis, Mo. ~
Filed Feb. 11. 1970, Ser. No. 10,604
Int. CI. C07f 9140. D06c 27/00
U.S. CI. 260-932 2 Claims
Compounds of the formula
O
N[CHjCH2p(OR)2]j
in which R is a hydrocarbon group or hydrogen atom and a
process for preparing them by reacting tri(2-
chloroethyl)amine with a phosphite of the formula
MOP(OR)iorP(OR),OR'
wherein M is an alkali metal or R' is a hydrocarbon group and
preparing the acid by acid hydrolysis or pyrrolysis of the ester
Exemplary compounds are nitrilotri(ethylenephosphonic
acid) and nitrilotri(ethylenephosphonic acid diethylester)
which are useful as additives to detergents, as lubricants and
flameproofmg agents.
3,711,578
(N-ALKOXYCARBONYL-N-ALKYLCARBAMOYL)
DIALKYL PHOSPHONO-THIOATES AND
THIOLOTHIONATES
Max Pianka, St. Albans, England, assignor to The Murphy
Chemical Company Limited, Albans, England ^
Filed July 8. 1969, Ser. No. 840,063
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 15, 1968,
33,690/68
Int. CI. C07f 9140; AOln 9136
U.S. CI. 260—942
Organo-phosphonates, -phosphonothioates
phosphonothiolothionates having inter alia insecticidal, acar-
icidal and nematicidal activities.
CH30PCH:CH:OH
wherein R is methyl or hydroxymethyl The process for their
preparation is also included The novel compounds of the
present invention are useful in imparting flame retardancy to
fibrous materials.
3,711.580
O-CHLORO-SUBSTITUTEDALKYL-S-ALKYL-S-
BENZYL-PHOSPHORO-DITHIOLATES
Shiego Kishino; Sadao Uchihira; Yoshio Kurahashi. and
Toyohiko Kume. all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellshaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Dec. 4, 1969. Ser. No. 882,274
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 6, 1968, 43/88959
Int.CI.C07f9//6, A01n9/J6
U.S. CI. 260— 963 14 Claims
O-chloro-substituted alkyl-S-alkyl-S-benzyl-
phosphorodithiolates, i.e. O-chloro-substituted alkyl-S-alkyl-
S-benzyl-dithiolphosphates, which possess fungicidal proper-
ties and which may be produced by conventional methods.
ERRATUM
For Class 260—954 see:
Patent No. 3,711,582
3,711,581
METHOD OF MOLDING A COMPOSITE FRAMED RESIN
ARTICLE
Aubrey A. Fowler, Jr., P.O. Box 443, Fairmont, N.C., and
Henry O. McKee, Fairmont, N.C., assignors to said Fowler,
by said McKee
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 387,404, Aug. 4. 1964,
abandoned. This application July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 81,21 1
Int. CI. B29d 7/22, 27/04
U.S. CI. 264-45 3 Claims
'oom Piatt tt
17 Claims
and
The method of forming a first unstable moldable material
having predetermined physical properties and a second stable
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1059
moldable material compatible with the first material but hav-
ing different physical properties to provide a unitary structure
having the properties of both materials as well as the physical
properties created by the interaction of the materials.
heating being controlled so that a starting position of foaming
along the widthwise direction of the sheet-like article will not
3,711,582
N-ISOPROPYL-PHOSPHORO-AMIDO-THIOATES
Gerhard Schrader, WupperUl-Cronenberg; Ludwig Eue,
Cologne-Stammheim; Helmuth Hack, Cologne-Buchheim,
all of Germany; Seiichi Hirane, Tokyo, Japan; Masahiro
Aya, Tokyo, Japan; Shigeo Kishino, Tokyo. Japan, and
Nobuo Fukazawa, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,874
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 25, 1968, 43/77755
Int. CI. C07f 9/22
U.S. CL 260-954 9 Claims
N-isopropyl-phosphoro-amido-thioates, i.e. 0-(2-nitro-4-
halo-phenyl)-0-alkyl-N-isopropyl-phosphoro-amidothioates
or 0-( 2-nitro-4-halo-phenyl )-0-alkyl-N-isopropylamido-
thionophosphates, which possess herbicidal properties and
which may be produced by conventional methods.
appreciably fluctuate upwards or downwards and extending
the foamed sheet-like article in the widthwise direction.
ERRATUM
For Class 260 — 465.80 A see:
Patent No. 3,711,078
3,711,583
METHOD OF PRODUCING POLYAMIDE MEMBRANES
AND RIGID FOAMED PRODUCTS
Lawrence A. Sklar, 14697 Northeast 18th Avenue, North
Miami, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 560, 1 24, J une 24, 1 966,
abandoned. This application Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,331
Int. CI. B29d 7120. 7124, 27/00; C08g 20/40
U.S. CI. 264-49 9 Claims
Polyamide membranes of desired thickness are prepared by
dissolving polyamide in HCI, admixing paraformaldehydecand
then zinc chloride to produce a viscous paste, forming ex-
panded gelatinous material by treatment with formaldehyde,
cunng this material and applying tensile stress thereto. Rigid,
water insoluble, polyamide foam material is prepared by treat-
ing polyamide with concentrated solution of zinc chloride in
HCI to make a gum-like solid and supernatant liquid, admixing
1 ,3,5-trioxane and the gum-like solid to make a homogeneous,
light, and Howable paste which is then cured in a suitable mold
at atmospheric conditions, preferably in the presence of
weakly acidic water. The membranes are useful, e.g., for
bandages and the nylon foam is useful, e.g., as a construction
material, for trays, containers, etc.
3,711,585
^ USE OF YTTRIA-MAGNF^IA MIXTURES TO PRODUCE
HIGHLY TRANSPARENT SINTERED ALUMINA BODIES
Akinori Muta, Tokyo; Gyozo Toda, Hino-shi; Takanobu Noro,
Yokohama, and Chieko Yamazaki, Tokorozawa-shi, all of
Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,448
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 19, 1968, 43/58557
Int. CI. C04b 35/10. 35/04. 35/50
U.S.CL 264-65 17 Claims
3,711,584
PROCESS FOR FOAMING A SHEET OF ETHYLENIC
RESIN DURING DOWNWARD MOVEMENT OF THE
SHEET
Norlo Sagane, Kyto; Shinsaku Nakata, Toyonaka-shi; Hiroshi
Ueda, Urawa-shi, and Teiji Matsumara, Minamisaitama-
gun, all of Japan, assignors to Sekisui Kagaku Kogyo Kau-
bushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 26, 1%9, Ser. No. 861088
Int. CI. B29d 27/00
U.S. CI. 264—54 10 Claims
Process and apparatus for producing a wrinkle-free, highly
foamed sheet of an ethylenic resin having a uniform and fine
cellular structure by causing a long strip of a sheet-like molded
article of a cross-linked ethylenic resin containing a normally
solid organic blowing agent to fall downwardly and continu-
ously transfernng it in the falling direction, heating the sheet-
like molded article in transit to a foaming temperature, the
By using a combination of magnesia and yttria, or their
precursors, in small amounts as sintering aids for alumina, sin-
tered bodies having very high in-line transmission properties
are produced. In addition the sintering time and/or tempera-
ture required to achieve a given inline transmission is reduced
as compared with using only magnesia as a sintering aid
3,711,586
METHOD OF INCREASING TENSILE STRENGTH OF
PLASTIC MATERIALS
James S. Muraoka, Oxnard, CaUf., as,signor to The I nited
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,827
Int. CI. B29c 23/00, 25/00
U.S. CI. 264-88 2 Claims
Plastic ropes composed of polyethylene and polypropylene
strands exposed to high hydrostatic pressure materially in-
crease in tensile strength without a corresponding increase in
strand diameter.
1060
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,587
METHOD OF VIBRATING A MOLD CASE
James F. O Connor. Long Beach, and Gordon J. Black, Nuevo,
both of Calif., assignors to Ameron, Inc.. Monterey Park,
Division of Ser. No. 732,335. May 27, 1968, Pat. No.
3 61 1 516. This application Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,314
Int. CI. B28b2///4
U.S. a. 264-71 '^•"■"
fixed path depositing a controlled amount of heated liquid
plastic material of one color into one end portion of an open
iop mold cavity of one of the molds and then depositing a
heated liquid plastic material of a second color in overlapping
relation to a portion of the first material and filling the remain-
ing portion of the mold cavity with a second material. The
method is carried out employing apparatus providing con-
trolled discharge of regulated amounts of the two plastic
materials by means positioned in immediate association with
each other for prompt discharge of the second material in the
mold cavity after the first material has been introduced into
the mold and including a plurality of substantially vertically
extending control links positioned adjacent a pair of discharge
head assemblies present in the apparatus.
The outer steel shell or case of a mold for casting concrete
pipe having ■^ gate and vibrators mounted on the gate with
their axes of rotation normal to the axis of the case and outside
the case.
3,711,590
METHOD FOR MOLDING ARTICLES HAVING A
NONLINEAR CHAMBER
Peter R. Deutsch, Titusvilie, Pa., assignor to Phillips Petroleum
Company
Filed Dec. 2 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 99,847
Int. CI. B29c / 106: B29d 23100
U.S. CI. 264-318 2 Claims
3,711.588
CORRCGATED EDGING FOR AN ENDLESS CONVEYOR
Georges Piemont, 7 nie Rabelais, Vanves, France
Filed Feb. 2. 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 1 1 ,93 1
Claims priority, application France. Feb. 6, 1970, 7004198
Int. CI. B29h 7122
L.S. a. 264-231 9C'«""''
The invention is concerned with a method of forming corru-
gations in one limb of an L-shaped strip of uncured rubber to
form an edge for an endless conveyor. The strip is wound
around a shaper device so that the strip takes up a curved
shape with the outer edge of said one limb placed under ten-
sion and then the shaper device is operated to perform por-
tions of said one limb into corrugations. The portions are held
in the deformed positions while the strip is cured.
A first molding core is positioned within a first portion of a
separable mold having a nonlinear chamber. A second mold-
ing core having an end matable with the end of the first core is
inserted within a second end portion of the chamber of the
mold adjacent and in slidable contact with a third molding
core The first molding core is retractable from the mold and
the second and third molding cores are pivotally connected to
one of the mold sections for removing the molded article and
the second and third molding cores from the mold section.
The third molding core is slidable along the second molding
core for releasing the article from the second and third mold-
ing cores.
3,711,589
METHOD TO FORM ELONGATE PLASTIC ARTICLES
Norman H. Nye, 1348 Highbridge Road, Cuyahago Falls, and
Arthur T. Medkeff, 1591 Chapman Drive, Akron, both of
Ohio
Filed Aug. 19. 1970, Ser. No. 64,946
Int. CI. B29c 9/00
U.S. CI. 264-245 2 Claims
22
^^^^^y-^>-7-7=71
20'
Method for making elongate multi-colored articles froni a
plastic material including movable a series of molds through a
3,711,591
REDUCTIVE STRIPPING PROCESS FOR THE
RECOVERY OF I RANIl M FROM WET-PROCESS
PHOSPHORIC ACID
Fred J Hurst, and David J. Crouse, both of Oak Ridge,
Tenn., assignors to the United States of America as repre-
sented by the United States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,058
Int.CLB01d///00
j2^_10 3 Claims
^'a reductive stripping fiow sheet for recovery of uranium
from wet-process phosphoric acid is descnbed. Uranium is
striDPed from a uranium-loaded organic phase by a redox
eacUon converting the uranyl to uranous ion. The uranous
on IS reoxidized to the uranyl oxidation state to form an aque-
JANUARY 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1061
ous feed solution highly concentrated in uranium. Processing
of this feed through a second solvent extraction cycle requires
SOLVCNT WECTCLC
<&Li
^
iXTRACTION
I4ST*»ES)
o-wrc
WSIu
®Hi
dceucTivt
12 SSTteCII
KID 017«H.1« »LUT101I
<Si>
ISKJ'""
BEDUCTIVE STRIPPING
PDOCCSS fOB RECOVt«ING
UKANIUH FROM VET-PROCESS
ACID
O.»l.uTI0« FLO* « LITERS /milUTC
n ••aOIWT W MADS'lliaUTE
02S,U/li
ffi'oW
iiroi
OSglRIMljCO]
1— tr^®;co2
AOUEOUS BLEED
W»S» KD RECYCLE TO
35 "H ^"i
far less stripping reagent as compared to a flow sheet which
does not include the reductive stripping reaction.
3,711,594
PROCESS FOR MAKING BORON NITRIDE BODIES
Klaas Bienert, Winifried Lang, and Herbert Weidner. all of
8263 Burghausen. Germany, assignors to Walker-Chemi-
tronic Gesellschaft fur Elektronic Grundotoffe M. b. H,
BurghausenofT. Germany
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,245
Int. CLCOlb 2 //06
U.S. CI. 423-290 3 Claims
Process for making highly pure detrition-resistant boron
nitride pressed bodies from a boron-nitrogen-hydrogen com-
pound having the general basic empirical formula
BN,.,He.,.
where the value of x is greater than 1 and smaller than 2.
which comprises heating said compound to a temperature of
20° to 2,000° C under a pressure of 0.5-1 0 t/cm^.
3.711.592
METHOD FOR SEPARATION OF TUNGSTEN CHLORIDE
FROM A MIXTURE OF METAL CHLORIDES
Kurt Alfred Jonsson, Sandhamnsvagen 27. and Elis Kjell Ake
Svanstrom. Bjorkstigen 8, both of Synashamn. Sweden
Continuation-in-part of Ser . No. 856.2 1 1 , Sept. 8, 1 969. This
application May 17. 1971. Ser. No. 144,295
Claims priority, application Sweden, Sept. 12, 1968,
12273/68
Int. CL CO Ig 4 //OO
U.S. CL 423-60 12 Claims
Tungsten hexachloride is separated from a mixture of metal
chlorides comprising tungsten pentachloride and other metal
chlorides by first distilling the mixture so as to remove lower
boiling chlorides than tungsten pentachloride. The mixture is
then chlorinated, preferably at a temperature around that of
the boiling point of the tungsten pentachloride Generally the
chlorination will be continued as the temperature of the mix-
ture is increa.sed to about the boiling point of tungsten hex-
achloride. The chlorination is continued until essentially all of
the pentachloride has been converted to hexachloride. The
hexachloride may be distilled from higher boiling chlorides if
they are present in the mixture to thereby obtain a high purity
product which can be converted to tungsten metal by reduc-
tion.
3.711.595
CHEMICAL METHOD FOR PRODUCING DIAMONDS
AND FLUORINATED DIAMONDS
John L. Margave, Houston. Tex.; Renato G. Bautista. Ames,
Iowa; Peter J. Ficalora. Syracuse. N.Y.. and Ramachandra
B. Badachhape. Houston, Tex., assignors to R. I. Patents,
Inc.. Houston, Tex.
Filedjuly 22. 1971,Ser.No. 165,316
Int. CI. COlb J//06
U.S. CL 423-446 17 Claims
Diamonds, as well as fluorinated diamonds, can be
produced by reacting a fiuorinated carbon material, such as
polytetrafiuoroethylene, carbon monofluoride or
polytrichlorofluoroethylene. with aluminum, magnesium or
nickel at temperatures in excess of about 375°C. and pressures
in excess of about 5,000 atmospheres. The preferred reaction
temperature range is from about 600°C. to about 750°C, and
the preferred reaction pressure range is from about 10,000 at-
mospheres to about 20,000 atmospheres.
3,711,593
FLUIDIZED PROCESS FOR REGENERATION OF
CHEMICALS FROM SULFITE PULPING PROCESS
Philip E. Shick, Toledo, Ohio, and William H. Flood, Acton,
Mass., assignors to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Continuation of Ser. No. 830,430, Jan. 4, 1969, abandoned.
This application Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,308
Int.CI.C01d5//4
U.S.CK 423-207 6 Claims
A method for regenerating a sodium base sulfite cooking
liquor by utilizing a multi-stage fiuid bed treatment. In the
method for regenerating the liquor, the spent liquor is first
treated in a fluid bed reactor with gases containing water
vapor and carbon dioxide at a temperature less than 1 100°F.,
to pyrolyze the liquor solids, to gasify the sulfur in the liquor
and to produce a pelletized solid residue consisting of primari-
ly sodium carbonate and carbon. This residue is then treated
with air and water at a temperature greater than 1 100°F. in a
second fluid bed reactor to produce a solid product consisting
primarily of sodium carbonate and gases suitable for use in the
first reactor. The gaseous products of the first reactor are
further oxidized with air to convert sulfur compounds to sulfur
dioxide, which is then absorbed in a solution of sodium car-
bonate from the second reactor, thus regenerating sodium
sulfite for preparation of pulping liquor.
3,711,596
RECOVERY OF HYDROGEN FLUORIDE
Rufus G. Hartig, c/o Gulf Design and Engineering Corp.. 124
South Ingraham Avenue. Lakeland, Fla.
Filed March 4, 1%5. Ser. No. 437.1 10. The portion of the term
of this patent subsequent to July 16. 1986. has been disclaimed.
Int. CLCOlb 7/22
U.S. CI. 423-483 2 Claims
The disclosure 1 1 3 of methcxis for recovering hydrogen
fiuoride from aqueous feed liquids containing fiuosilicic acid
1062
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
in solution. The fluosilicic acid is converted to 07161986
hydrogen fluoride, which is reclaimed by absorption and
3,711,598
INCREASED RECOVERY IN DUAL TEMPERATURE
ISOTOPE EXCHANGE PROCESS
Dale F. Babcock, Wilmington, Del., and John S. Neill,
Landenberg. Pa., assignors to the United States of America
as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed May 1 1. 1971, Ser. No. 142,324
Int. CI. COlb 5/02, y7//6
U.S.C1.423— 580 7 Claims
r— I
desorption, using sodium fluoride-sodium bifluoride in
fluidized beds.
A liquid with a gas each containing a desired isotope flow
counter-currently through two liquid-gas contacting towers.
The towers are maintained at different temperatures to enrich
the liquid in 'the isotope within the cold tower and the gas in
the isotope within the hot tower. Liquid, having the natural
concentration of the desired isotope, is fed into the top of the
cold tower and gas flowing upwardly through the towers is
recirculated from the top of the cold tower into the bottom of
the hot tower. The liquid feed is then increased and a portion
of the liquid is withdrawn from an intermediate location in the
upper portion of the cold tower and fed into the lower portion
of the hot tower to increase the productivity of the process.
This process is particularly applicable to the recovery of deu-
terium oxide from water.
3,711,597
PROCESS FOR THE RECOVERY OF AMMONIUM
SULPHATE FROM IT AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS
CONTAMINATED BY ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
Alberto Scarfi, Emanuele Gugliotta, both of Siracusa, and
Aldo Giudice, Lentini Siracusa, all of Italy, assignors to
SINCAT Societa Industriale Catonese S.P.A., Palermo,
Italy
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,176
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 27, 1970, 21252
A/70
Int.CI.C01c//24
U.S. CI. 423-545 8 Claims
A process is disclosed for the recovery of ammonium
sulphate from its solutions contaminated by organic sub-
stances, wherein the ammonium sulphate solution containing
the organic impurities is treated by the addition of nitric acid
in such a quantity that its concentration in the mother solution
of the subsequent evaporation phase does not exceed 15 per-
cent by weight; the solution thus treated being then subjected
to evaporation; and the crystallized ammonium sulphate being
subsequently separated from the mother solution and from the
organic impurities.
3,711,599
METHOD OF PREPARING FIBROUS MAGNESIUM
OXIDE
Burton D. Brubaker, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 622,046, March 10, 1967,
abandoned. This application April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 28,103
Int. CI. coif 5/06, 5//0.J//2
U.S. CI. 423-638 6 Claims
This specification discloses a method of preparing fibers of
magnesium oxide, nickel oxide, and solid solutions thereof by
forming a liquid film of reaction mixture containing a mag-
nesium or nickel salt and as auxiliary salt; reacting said film
mixture with water vapor to initiate fibrous growth at a tem-
perature of from about 700°C to 1 ,200°C; continually supply-
ing a film mixture over the fibers to sustain growth; and
separating the fibers from any residual mixture, thereby to
produce said fibers which are characterized by unusually high
tensile strength and resistance to high temperatures.
January 16, 1973
CHEMICAL
1063
3,711,600
PROCESS FOR PREPARING CALCINED OXIDES
Bernard J. Sturm; Roger B. Quincy- ir., both of Oak Ridge,
Tenn., and Charles T. Butler, Stillwater, Okla., assignors to
The United States of America as represented by the United
States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,775
Int. CI. coif 5/0S.///04
U.S. CI. 423-639 8 Claims
A method for preparing calcined calcium ox de or magnesi-
um oxide, particularly in high-bulk-density form. An aqueous
solution of the nitrate of the alkaline earth metal is made
strongly basic to precipitate the hydroxide. The precipitate is
recovered and then washed to reduce the nitrate concentra-
tion therein to within 0.5 to 15 weight percent. The washed
precipitate is calcined at from 1 ,200 to 1 .500°C for about 5 to
30 hours to produce the desired oxide.
3,711,604
FLUORIDE CONTAINING TRANSPARENT DENTIFRICE
Daniel Colodney, Green Brook, and Martin Cordon, Highland
Park, both of N J., assignors to Colgate-Palmolive Company,
New York, N.Y.
Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 164,070
lnt.CI.A61r7//6
U.S. CI. 424-52 24 Claims
Transparent dentifrice formulations including a fiuorine
containing ingredient, preferably stannous fiuoride. are dis-
closed The fiuorine ingredient is incorporated m aesthetically
pleasing speckles that are uniformly dispersed throughout the
clear dentifrice.
3,711,601
ENRICHING WITH HEAVY HYDROGEN ISOTOPES
James J. Reillv, Jr., Bellport, N.Y., and Richard H. Wiswall,
Jr.. Brookhaven, N.Y., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,139
Int.CI.C01b4//4
U.S.CK 423-648 3 Claims
A method of recovering deuterium and tritium from
hydrogen comprising exposing vanadium hydride to gaseous
mixtures containing the heavy isotopes of hydrogen and allow-
ing the heavy isotopes to undergo mass transference with the
hydrogen of the vanadium hydride until the ratio of heavy
hydrogen isotope atoms to hydrogen atoms in the vanadium
hydride is greater than the ratio in the gas. i
3,711,605
ANTIBIOTIC A 150A
Robert L. Hamill, New Ross; Michael E. Haney, Jr., W«rt
Lafayette, and Marvin M. Hoehn, Indianapolis, all of Ind.,
assignors to Eli Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed May 14, 1971, Srr. No. 143,344
Int. CI. A61k 2 //OO
U.S.CI.424-122 »C'"''"
Antibiotic A I50A, produced by Streplomyces hygroscopicus
strain NRRL 3444 under submerged aerobic fermentation
conditions in liquid culture medium and recovered from the
fermentation broth any mycelium by extraction, has activity
against a variety of microorganisms, including bacteria, fungi,
and protozoa, and is especially active against some plant
pathogens.
3,711,602
COMPOSITIONS FOR TOPICAL APPLICATION FOR
ENHANCING TISSUE PENETRATION OF
PHYSIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE AGENTS WITH DMSO
Robert John Herschler, Camas, Wash., assignor to Crown Zel-
lerbach Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 753,231, Aug 16, 1968,
abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
329 151 Dec 9, 1963, abandoned. This application Oct. 30,
1970, S^r. No. 85,697. The portion of the term of this patent
subsequent to Dec. 28, 1987, has been disclaimed.
Int.Cl. A61k9/00
US CI 424-45 11 Claims
Compositions for topical application for enhancing tissue
penetration of physiologically active agents with dimethyl sul-
foxide (DMSO). Such agents include physiologically active
steroids, antineoplastic agents, antigens, antihistaminic
aeents neuropharmacologic agents, antiinflammatory agents
anticoagulants, vasodilators, ultra-violet screening agents and
nutrients. Such compositions, which may be in the form of lo-
tions, ointments and suppositories, include the physiologically
active agent, at least 10% by weight of DMSO and a phar-
maceutically acceptable thickening agent. Liquid formula-
tions for topical application of DMSO and the physiologically
active agent in spray containers are also provided.
3,711,606
ENHANCING TISSUE PENETRATION OF
PHYSIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE STEROIDAL AGENTS
WITH DMSO
Robert John Herschler. Camas, Wash., assignor to Crown Zel-
lerbach Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 753,231, Aug. 16 1968 Pat.
No. 3.55 1 ,554, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No.
329 151. Dec. 9. 1963. abandoned. This application Sept. 2,
1970, Ser. No. 69,155
Int. CI. A6 Ik/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 424-243 ^ ^ ^^'••"l'
A method of enhancing tissue penetration of physiologically
active steroidal agents by conjointly applying them to the tis-
sue with dimethyl sulfoxide Penetration of the skin and the
mucous membranes of the body cavities by these agents may
be enhanced by cojoint application of such agenl5 and
dimethyl sulfoxide directly to such membranes. Preferably, for
penetration of these agents through the skin compositions of
DMSO at concentrations of 50 percent and above are em-
ployed and for penetration through mucous membranes, com-
p<«itions including DMSO at concentrations of 10 percent
and above are employed. Steroidal Agents may be ad-
vantageously administered by injection with DMSO in con-
centrations preferably up to 20 percent by weight to enhance
penetration of internal tissue membranes barriers to achieve
better distribution of these agents.
3,711,603
METHOD OF CONTROLLING BACTERIA WITH
TRICHLOROACRYLONITRILE
Don R. Baker, Orinda, Calif., assignor to Stauffer Chemical
Co., New York, N.Y.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 147,195
Int. CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424-304 1 Claim
This invention relates to a method of controlling bacteria by
applying an effective amount of trichloroacrylonitrile to the
habitat thereof.
3,711,607
N N -DIHALOMETHYL PHENOBARBITAL FOR THE
TREATMENT OF CONVULSIONS
Julius Vida, Boston, and William R. Wilber. Newton both of
Mass., assignors to The Kendall Company. Boston, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 804,292, March 4. 1969. Pat. No.
3 635 980. This application March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,429
' ' Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-254 ^ ^^^^T"
N N'-dihalomethvl phenobarbital comp*>unds. including
N N'-dichloromethyl phenobarbital. N.N'-dibromomethyl
phenobarbital. and N.N'-difiuoromethyl phenobarbital are
described as well as therapeutic compositions containing the
jiame and their use as anticonvulsant agents.
906 O.O.— 38
1064
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711.608
THE TREATMENT OF PAIN, FEVER AND
INFLAMMATION WITH BENZIMIDAZOLES
William C. Campbell. Summit. N J., assignor to Merck & Co.,
Inc., Rahway. N J. ,,.,„,
Filed April 13. 1971, Ser. No. 133,705
Int. CI. A6 Ik 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-270 !'^''''7
Pharmaceutical formulations containmg therapeutically et-
fective quantities of 2-substituted and 2.5-disubstituted
benzimidazoies are employed in the application of anti-in-
flammatory, analgesic and antipyretic therapy.
3,711,609
CERTAIN FLRAZAN DERIVATIVES IN THERAPEUTIC
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
Claude Lehmann; Ernest Renk, and Andre Gazneux. all of
Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation,
Ardsley, N.Y. - . . ^w
Division of Ser. No. 702,553, Feb. 2, 1968, abandoned. This
application Oct. 1 5, 1 970, Ser . No. 8 1 , 1 20
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-272 6 Claims
The compounds are of the class of furazan denvatives, more
particularly 4-amino-5-phenyl furazan derivatives wherein the
phenyl ring is further substituted The compounds are useful
as anticonvulsive and muscle-relaxing agents and agents
depressing the central nervous system (CNS). An illustrative
embodiment is 3-ammo-4-(2,6-xylyl) furazan.
3,711,612
DERIVATIVES OF 5H-DIBENZ(B,F)AZEPINE-4-
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS IN A METHOD AND
COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING INFLAMMATION
Norbert Gnienfeld, Bronx. N.V., assignor to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
poration, Ardsley, N.Y. ^^-^AiXIt
Division of Ser. No. 54,603, July 13, 1970, P-*- No- 3.624.072,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 693.1 14, Dec. 26,
1967. and Ser. No. 851,761, Aug. 20, 1969, said ^'^^^
693 1 14, is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 604,160, Dec. 23,
1966, abandoned. This applicaUon Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No.
1 10,642
Int. CLA6 Ik 27/00
U.S.a.424-244 .k^^^o'.T
5H-Dibenzlb,fla7.epines-4-carboxylic acid, the lU.li-
dihydro and other substituted derivatives thereof are artti-in-
nammatory agents. They can be prepared among other ways,
through treatment of the appropriate 4.5-oxalyl-5H-
dibenzlbflazepine with aqueous base followed by hydrogen
peroxide.' Esterification. N-acylation and/or amidat.on can op-
iionally follow Typical embodiments are 3-methoxy-lO 1 I-
dihydro-5H-dibenzlb.f]azepme-4-carboxylic acid and 3,7-
dichloro-5H-dibenz(b.flazepine-4-carboxylicacid.
3,711,610
ANTICOCCIDIOSIS METHOD AND COMPOSITIONS
INVOLVING INDAZOLYLPHENYLUREAS AND
INDAZOLYLPHENYLTHIOUREAS
Frederick K. Kirchner, Bethlehem, N.Y., assignor to Sterlmg
Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 859,569, Sept. 19, 1969, Pat. No.
3 647 819. This application June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 149,018
Int. CI. A6 Ik 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-273 3 Claims
A series of indazolylphenylureas and indazolylphenylthiou-
reas, useful for preventing and suppressing coccidiosis in
poultry, are prepared by the condensation of an ammoin-
dazole and a phenylisocyanate or a phenylisothiocyanate.
3,711,613
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING 3-NITROIM!DAZO( 1,2-
B)PYRIDAZ1NES AND METHOD OF USE FOR TREATING
AMOEBAE AND TRICHOMONAE
Andrew Stephen Tomcufcik, Old Tappan, and Raymond
George Wilkinson, Montuale, both of NJ., assignors to
American Cyanamid Company, SUmford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 8,509
Int. CI. A6 Ik 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-250 ^, 6 Claims
Compositions of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and
a 3-nitroimidazo(l,2-blpyridazine and methods of using the
same are described. These compositions are useful for their
anti-protozoal activity as anti-tnchomonal and anti-amebic
agents.
3,711,611
COMPOSITION OF MATTER WITH LOW
CHOLESTEROL CONTENT AND CONTAINING WOOL
GREASE ALCOHOLS AS MAJOR COMPONENT AND
METHOD
Percy L. Julian. 515 North East Avenue. Oak Park, IIL
Filed April 23, 1971, Ser. No. 137,028
Int. CI. A61k 7/00, 9/06
U.S. CI. 424-358 8 Claims
A new and useful dispersing and emulsifying agent derived
from wool grease made by separating cholesterol from the un-
saponifiables and replacing the cholesterol with /Sitosterol, to
form an improved essentially wool wax alcohol product.
3,711,614
METHOD OF CONTROLLING FUNGI IN PLANTS AND
SEEDS USING ORTHO-SUBSTITUTED BENZOATES AND
THIOBENZOATES
Hans Osieka, Ludwigshafen; Karl-Heinz Koenig. Frankenthal.
and Ernst-Heinrich Pommer. Limburgerhof. all of Germany,
assignors to Badische-Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
eesellschaft. Ludwigshafen/Rhine, Germany
Filed Sept. 1 7, 1 969, Ser. No. 858,838
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 24, 1968, P 17
93 480.4
Int. CI. AOln 9/20. 9//2
U.S. CI. 424-308 f^:'"""^
A process for protecting objects against fungi attack by
treating the objects with a fungitoxic amount of a substituted
benzoic ester.
ELECTRICAL
3,711,615
PLASMA HEATING METHOD
Donald H. Petersen. Dallas, and Warren C. Schwemer, Arling-
ton, both of Tex., assignors to Advanced Technology Center,
Inc., Grand Prairie, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 786,140, Dec. 23, 1968, Pat. No.
3 520 977. This application Sept. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 871,206
Int. CI. H05b 7/00
U.S. a. 13-1 7 Claims
3,711,617 -
ELECTRONIC PIANO WITH THUMP-GENERATING
MEANS
Chauncey R. Evans, Costa Mesa, Calif., assignor to Columbia
Broadcasting System, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,619
Int.CI.G10cJ//2
U.S.CL 84-1.01 23 Claims
An electric furnace adapted to be heated with a gaseous
plasma and including within the furnace a quantity of low
work function material which promotes the establishment and
sustenance of the gaseous plasma, said quantity being on the
order of about one milligram per square centimeter of furnace
area.
3,711,616
ELECTRODE HOLDER. FOR INSTANCE, FOR AN
ELECTROSLAG PLANT
Boris Izrailevich Medovar; Jury Fedorovich Alferov; Rudolf
Solomonovich Dubinsky; Jury Vadimovich LaUsh; July
Georgievich Emelyanenko, and Vitaly Mikhailovich Baglai,
all of Kiev, U.S.S.R., assignors to Institut Elektrosvarki
Imeni E.O. Patona Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR, Kiev,
USSR
Filed April 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,431
Claims priority, applicaUon U.S.S.R., April 16, 1971,
1,422,424
lnt.CLH05b7//0
U.S. CI. 13-16 6 Claims
nvceucK
TtllMSOOCCf
ton£
«'.
*')
emCLOPe
\
TUUMP
ClKUIT
, OMPllTUOe
~7 uoouL/i'roe
lli
^ .
tsmrr
An electronic piano of the type wherein monomorph
piezoelectric transducer is employed in conjunction with a
piano key and a tone generator in order to create piano and
other sounds. Flexible support and filter elements are pro-
vided to generate the "thump" or "knock" sound charac-
teristic of a piano. A threshold circuit is associated with the
key in such manner as to insure generation of a tone even
when the pianist presses on the key with such excessive soft-
ness that the piezoelectric transducer does not operate. A
phase-shift vibrato circuit is provided to simulate the out-of-
tune overtones of a conventional piano. The circuit associated
with the piezoelectric transducer incorporates Darlington-
type impedance transformers on both sides of the envelope-
controlling capacitor. Switches are combined with the piano
key in a manner facilitating removal of the key when desired.
3,711,618
AUTOMATIC HARMONY APPARATUS
Alfred B. Freeman, 20418 Seaboard Road, Malibu, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 783.205. Dec. 12, 1968, abandoned.
This application Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,681
Int.CI.G10h//00
U.S. CI. 84-1.03 29 Claims
An electrode holder, for instance, for an electroslag plant,
compnses a clamping member in the form of a rod locating
the electrode in a working position relative to a plant frame,
and a supportmg member arranged on the frame; the support-
inR member has an inclined surface on which suri^ace is placed
the clamping member mating with the electrode and displac-
ing over the above suri^ace under the action of the mass of the
electrode and making it thereby fast with respect to the plant
frame.
Apparatus for use with electronic organs and the like which
selects chords automatically m response to melody and other
playing on the instrument and which sounds harmony,
selected by automatic or manual means, in prescribed rela-
tions to the melody being played. The apparatus responds in-
telligently to melody and other playing in a preselected musi-
cal key to select chords from a preselected set in a normal
progression order. The apparatus is responsive to an Auto-
matic Rhythm Device for sounding parts of the selected
chords in different pitch ranges in various rhythmic patterns
1065
1066
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
including the sounding of the root and fifth parts alternately in
the bass Notes played manually on the instrument add to or
replace the notes of the automatically selected chords and the
apparatus sounds either or both manually and automatically
selected chords and the apparatus sounds either or both
manually and automatically selected notes in either close or
open harmony relation to the melody being played.
3,711,621
MOISTURE BLOCK IN SHEATHED TELEPHONE
CABLES
Ludwik Jachimowicz, Elizabeth, N.J., assignor to General
Cable Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 6,5 1 9
Int. CI. HOlb 7/75,7/25
U.S. CI. 1 74- 23 R 8 Claims
3,711,619
NATURAL PERFORMANCE EXTENDED RANGE PICK-
UP DEVICE
Ralph S. Jones, 100 Grove Road, Frederick, Md., and Willi L.
Slich, Eriangen, Germany, assignors to said Jones, by said
Stich
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,839
Int.CI.GlOhi/00
U.S. CI. 84—1.15 5 Claims
520^ 34b, 32 32c
A pick-up device for electrical guitars and like instruments
mcludes pick-up coil formed by first and second windings
wound in parallel on the same coil bobbin one on top of the
other The impedance of first, inner winding is less than that of
the second winding, a turns ratio of one to four being typical,
and the resultant output characteristic of the composite coil
provides high quality reproduction of both treble and bass.
A powder that swells when it gets wet is placed in an electri-
cal cable between the outer sheathing and the inner sheathing
for double sheathed cables or between the sheathing and the
core of single sheathed cables so that when and if the outer
sheathing is perforated, and water that enters causes the
powder to swell and to block the space under the sheathing so
that water can not travel along the length of the cable under
the sheathing. The powder remains dry as long as there is no
perforation of the sheathing, and when dry the powder fills
only a part of the space under the sheathing.
3,711,620
MUSICAL TONE SIGNAL GENERATOR
Akio Kameoka, Kawasaki; Shinichi Nakamura, Yokohama,
and Mamoni Kuriyagawa, Kamakura, all of Japan, as-
signors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi,
Japan
Filed Jan. 27, 1971. Ser. No. 110,189
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 29, 1970, 45/7332
Int.CI.G10h//02
U.S. CI. 84—1.24 4 Claims
3,711,622
MEANS FOR REDUCING EDDY CURRENT HEATING OF
A TANK IN ELECTRICAL APPARATUS
Don W. Deno, Berwyn, Pa., assignor to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed March 3, 1972, Ser. No. 231,519
Int. CI. HOlf 27/25. H05k 9100
U.S. CI. 174-35 CE 4 Claims
|iiaw«roogc)L|Fwraiicii»ss f^.tct|---^
A musical tone signal generator comprising a generator of a
modulation signal consisting of a mixture of vibrato signal,
first random noise signal and second random noise signal of
higher frequency than the former; burst signal generators each
for generating a burst signal in synchronization with funda-
mental tone signals modulated by output from said modula-
tion signal generator; and a mixer for mixing said vibrato
signals, random noise signals and burst signals thereby to ob-
tain musical tone signals.
Eddy current heating of a tank wall is reduced by providing
the tank wall with ( 1 ) shorting bars forming a secondary loop
around a portion of the tank wall and (2) a highly laminated
core of high permeability material surrounding the tank wall
and in such a position that the core is encircled by said secon-
dary loop. The shorting bar outside the tank wall is spaced
therefrom to provide thermal insulation between this bar and
the tank wall.
ERRATUM
For Class 174—84 S see:
Patent No. 3,710,911
3,711,623
CABLE SPACERS FOR ELECTRICAL OVERHEAD
TRANSMISSION LINES
Donald James Schiavone, Huron, Ohio, assignor to Gould Inc.
Filed March 3 1 , 1 972, Ser . No. 240, 1 1 6
Int.CI.H02g7//2
U.S. CI. 174-40 R '* Claims
A device for spacing electrical conductors which are used in
high voltage transmission lines. The device includes a central
hub provided vv'ith two or more cavities. A rigid arm articu-
lately extends into each cavity The arm is provided at one end
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1067
with a truncated double cone or knob-like structure and the
other end is provided with means for holding the conductor.
Interposed between the inside walls of the cavity and the knob
tegrated circuit assembly. The lead ends are partially em-
bedded in a polyimide pad by the action of controlled heat and
(Poi-viMipeeix)
pressure, and are thus located and supported during sub-
sequent stages in the manufacture of the packaged device.
of the rigid arm, within each cavity, is an elastomeric sleeve
having a substantially circumferentially continuous groove ar-
ranged adjacent to and alongside of the intersection of the two
cones which comprise the knob.
3,711,626
CIRCUIT BOARD
Jack S. Kilby, and James H. Van Tassel, both of Dallas, Tex.,
assignors to Texas Instruments Incorporated. Dallas, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 515,903, Dec. 23, 1965, abandoned. This
application Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 870,881
Int.CI. H05k//00
U.S. CI. 174-68.5 7 Claims
3,711,624
CABLE VIBRATOR DAMPER WITH MOVEABLE
ADDITIONAL WEIGHTS
Philip Wellesley Dulhunty, Sefton, New South Wales, Aus-
tralia, assignor to Dulmison (Australia) Pty. Limited, Shef-
ton. New South Wales, Australia
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,371
Claims priority, application Australia, Aug. 7, 1970,
PA 2096/70
Int.CI.H02g7//4
U.S.CI. 174— 42
8 Claims
A single-sided or a double-sided circuit board is provided
with mounted semiconductor devices. The metal conductors
on the circuit board are interconnected by wires embedded in
the board itself, thereby dispensing with the need for a mul-
tilayered circuit board.
A Stockbridge vibration damper for cables having at least
one weight of elongated shape in combination with at least
one additional weight adapted to be removably attached to the
outer surface of said elongated weight at any selected region
along the length of the major axis of each said elongated
weight.
3,711,627
DEVICE FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION OF
ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND
METHOD OF ITS MANUFACTURE
Konstantin Avraamovich Maringulov, ulitsa Sedova, 52, kv.
30, Leningrad, L.S.S.R.
FUed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,661
Int.CI.H05k//04
U.S. CI. 174-68.5 3 Claims
3,711,625
PLASTIC SUPPORT MEANS FOR LEAD FRAME ENDS
Jean M. Dupuis, Kanata, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Microsystems International Limited, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,108
Claims priority, application Canada, March 31, 1971,
109,223
Int.CI. H05k5/00
U.S. CI. 174-52 PE 19 Claims
The invention relates to the support and location of lead
ends of a lead frame employed in the manufacture of an in-
A device for electrical connection of components of electric
and electronic circuits is made in the form of a two-coordmate
1068
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
commutation matrix of interfaced current conductors, in
which for the purpose of providing the possibility of doubhng
of circuit connections, for.compacting the wiring and reducing
its cost, for providing an elastic device having the density of
laying the contacts corresponding to the parameters of mul-
tilayer printed circuits, the matrix is made in the form of a
cloth-type interlacing consisting of insulating threads and cur-
rent Imes separated one from another, each being formed by
at least two non-insulated parallel current conductors and
separated into two' groups. Each of the groups corresponds to
one coordinate and has parallel current lines, in which case
each electric contact node is formed by the interlacing of the
current conductors of the current lines relatmg to different
groups.
3,711,628
SLEEVE JOINT FOR ALUMINUM SHEATHED CABLE
Hans Olof Hansson, Sollentuna, Sweden, assignor to Telefonak-
tiebolaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Feb. 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2. 1 1 7
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 25, 1970, 2409/70
lnt.CI. H02g/5//S
U.S. CI. 174—71 R 6 Claims
telecommunication loading coils are disposed. It is preferred
that the outside terminal portion of that cable stub used with
the herein disclosed terminus be divided into two portions,
one portion being serrated and a second portion being flame
treated These cable stub terminal portions are longitudinally
surrounded by and spaced apart from a tubular enclosure to
form an annular space between the cable stub terminal por-
tions and the enclosure. A sidewall forming first and second
spaced-apart openings, the first opening being larger than the
second opening whereby the sidewall converges from the first
to the second opening, make up the tubular enclosure.
Disposed in that annulus space formed in part by the second
tubular plastic sheath terminal portion is a resilient annulus
plug under compression. A thermohardenable plastic annulus
occupies that part of the annulus formed, in part, by the first
tubular plastic terminal portion. The tubular enclosure itself is
fastened to a container, in which loading coil or other elec-
tronic or electrical gear is disposed and the thermohardenable
plastic supra extends.
J3
A sleeve joint for aluminum sheathed cable, particularly
when jointing signal telephone and power cables, comprises
an aluminum tube whose interior diameter is somewhat larger
than the extenor diameter of the aluminum sheathed cable.
Both ends of the tube are provided with slots forming a
number of tongues which are deformable so that their ex-
tremities can be bent down to bear against the sheathed cable.
The tongues and the continuous part of the tube are coated on
their inside as well as their outside surfaces with a wiping
solder consisting of lead, tin, zinc and antimony in special pro-
portions.
3,711,630
NONCIRCULAR CABLE
Gilbert Morieras, and Michel Sere de Lanauze, both of Lyon,
France, assignors to CTA-Compagnie Industrielle de Textiles
Artificiels et Synthetitiques, Paris, France
Division of Ser. No. 66,491, Aug. 24, 1970, Pat. No. 3,653,197.
Thisapplicationjan. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 215,592
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 1, 1969, 6929773
Int. CI. HO lb 7/02
U.S. CI. 174-119 1 Claim
3,711,629
CABLE TERMINUS FOR ENCAPSULATED LOAD COILS
William T. Jensen, Stratford, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Su-
perior Continental Corporation, Hickory, N.C.
Filed July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,373
Int. CI. H02g 75/04
U.S. CI. 174-76 12 Claims
Disclosed herein is a novel telecommunication cable ter-
minus, adapted to be connected to a container in which
A cable or cord of a noncircular cross-section, composed of
a multiplicity of substantially parallel core yarns covered with
a textile sheath, the core yams being bound together and the
sheath being bound to the core yams by means of an adhesive
or binder, such cord or cable being characterized in that the
noncircular cross-section has at least one axis of symmetry
and that, along the entire length of the cord or cable, at least
one reinforcing element is present normal to the axis or one of
the axes of symmetry, extending over the entire width of the
core.
Such cables or cords are produced by impregnating a sheet
of parallel core yarns with a binder, disposing the core yarns in
the position that they will occupy in the finished noncircular
cross-section cable or cord, and covering the core thus formed
of parallel core yarns with a sheath, and thereafter vulcanizing
the entire assembly, such process being characterized in that
the core yarns provide a noncircular cross-section with at least*'
one axis of symmetry and, at the time of formation of the core,
reinforcing elements are introduced between the core yams,
such reinforcing elements also being impregnated with a
binder, the elements being disposed along the entire length of
the cable normal to the axis of symmetry or to one of the axes
of symmetry of the co-e and extending over the entire width of
the core at their point of introduction.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1069
3,711,631
HIGH VOLTAGE MULTILAYER CYLINDRICAL
DEVICES
Peter A. Denes, 9101 Crestwood, N.E., Albuquerque, N. Mex.
Filed Jan. 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 05,267
Int. CI. HO lb 7/02
U.S. CI. 1 7 4- 1 20 SR 8 Claims
3,711,633
FITTING MEANS FOR AXIALLY SLIT CORRUGATED
CONDUITS
Paul S. Ghirardi, Masury, and Eugene V. McGowan, Warren,
both of Ohio, assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed Dec. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 204,275
Int.CI.H02gi/02
U.S.CL 174-135 5 Claims
DIELECTRIC LAYERS
RO
High voltage cylindrical devices having coaxial cylindrical
insulation layers of different strength constants, the strength
constants and the dimensions of the insulation layers being
selected to achieve approximately the minimum obtainable
outside diameter of the device or to achieve a device having a
smaller outside diameter than a one layer device of equivalent
electrical characteristics.
/3o /a
3,711,632
END FITTING FOR CORRUGATED CONDUIT
Paul S. Ghirardi, Masury, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mkh.
Filed Dec. 2. 1971, Ser. No. 204,121
Int.CI.H02gi/02
U.S. CI. 174-135 3 Claims
In a preferred form, this disclosure relates to fitting means
for use with a fiexible, plastic, axially slit, corrugated tube for
housing a plurality of electrical leads. The fitting means each
include first and second portions which are adapted to be at-
tached to the corrugated tube at axially spaced locations and
which define therebetween a space or opening through which
one or more wires from the tube via the slit can be passed
Each of the portions includes a pair of semi-circular sections
which are integrally hinged along one side edge thereof and
which can be moved from an open position to a closed posi-
tion in which they surround the tube. The sections are latched
together in a closed position by a releasable latching means
and each of the sections has an arcuately and radially inwardly
extending rib which is adapted to be received between ad-
jacent ones of the corrugations of the corrugated tube
whereby the fitting means is locked against movement axially
of the corrugated tube and serves to locate the lead being
removed therefrom at a predetermined location.
In a preferred form, this disclosure relates to an end fitting
for use for a flexible, plastic, axially slit, corrugated tube for
housing a plurality of electrical leads. The end fitting includes
a pair of sections of generally semicircular cross-sectional
shape which are integrally hinged by a hinge means along their
adjacent side edges thereof and which are foldable about the
hinge means to a closed position in which they surround the
corrugated tube, and a releasable latching means for latching
the sections together in their closed position. One end portion
of each of the sections has arcuate, circumferentially and radi-
ally inwardly extending ribs which are adapted to be received
between adjacent ones of the corrugations of the corrugated
tube to lock the end fitting against relative movement axially
of the tube, and the other end portions of the sections each
have a radially inwardly extending member, the inwardly ex-
tending members defining a chordially extending barrier when
the sections are in their closed positions so as to position the
leads within the end fitting.
3,711,634
CHROMA-BURST SEPARATOR AND AMPLIFIER
CIRCUIT
Panaylotis G. Portoulas, Chicago, III., assignor to Warwick
Electronics Inc.
Filed Oct. 18, 1971. Ser. No. 190,038
Int.CI. H04n9/46
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 SY 9 Claims
A combined separator/amplifier for deriving chroma and
burst signals comprises a differential amplifier having a pair of
differentially acting transistors coupled to a common current
source. The current source is formed by a transistor driven by
unseparated chroma and burst information from a composite
color television signal. Bias networks force one differential
transistor to be normally conductive and the other differential
transistor to be normally nonconductive. An amplified
chroma signal is available at the collector of the normally con-
ductive transistor. Dunng retrace, a single flyback pulse drives
the differential transistors into their opposite conduction
1070
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
states, causing an amplified burst signal to be available at the or chrominance signal applied to it^ A circuit generates a" ^"-
^ Lu. n^nronH.ict.ve transistor. The cir- tomatic gam control voltage which is also applied to the dif-
collector of the normally nonconductive transistor. The cir-
69 57j^ri-'^ ^ ^ilfl
„f I T /. BUI?ST CH«OWA^'] <
-J'— *') 71 OUT OUT I. ,
62
3?
CHROMA* BURS
cuit includes automatic chroma control and color killer ac-
tion.
3,711.635
MEANS AND METHOD EOR MODIFYING THE FLESH-
TONE RESPONSE OF A COLOR TELEVISION RECEIVER
Robert F. Worden, Portsmouth, Va., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,068
Int.CI. H04n9//2
U.S.CL 178-5.4 HE 10 Claims
13 — SeiOHTMESS SiaNAI.
uanolins sr*aE
TV BCVR
SEOUCMTIAL
tlMULTSNeOUS
CONVfiSTEtt
CONT«A«T
AOJinriKO DCvKi
18
21 MATVIK
35
COLOC MAnOliMA STAOfi
voa*«E oCNEKArov
ferential amplifier. The gain of the amplifier can be adjusted
to any value while still enabling linear amplification of the
input signal. The sync signal amplitude is not affected.
3,711,637
APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING
METHODS FOR A TRACKING SYSTEM TRACKER UNIT
Neil S. Deye, and Richard B. Kuhn, both of Columbus, Ohio,
assignors to North American Rockwell Corporation
Filed Oct. 12, 1964, Ser. No. 403,396
Int. CI. H04n 3100
U.S. CI. 178-6.8 9 Claims
■R-
CAMERA
-«
TELEVISION t'" y Hf
I ; U. TRACKER —I
MONITOR
Sensitivity to aberrations in signals carrying fiesh-tone color
information is reduced by asymmetrically increasing the
chroma signal demodulation angle A phase shifting circuit is
placed in series with each of a pair of synchronous demodula-
tors, and means are provided for simultaneously adjusting the
circuits to shift the phase of the chroma signals applied to the
demodulators. The chroma signals thus applied are phase-
shifted to opposite directions, one being shifted approximately
three times as much as the other. The relative amplitudes of
the chroma signals outputted by the phase shift circuits to the
chroma signals outputted by the phase shift circuits to the
chroma signals outputted by the phase circuits to the demodu-
lators are also progressively modified, the difference in rela-
tive amplitude increasing as the demodulation angle increases.
PLATFORM
AND M
DRIVE
POWER
SUPPLY
OPERATOR
M
COMMAND
CONTROLS
3,711,636
AUTOMATIC CONTRAST CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A
TELEVISION RECEIVER
Peter Johannes Hubertus Janssen, and Leonardus Adrianus
Johannes Verhoeven, both of Emmasingel, Eindhoven,
Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corporation, New
York,N.Y.
Continuation of Ser. No. 806,892, March 13, 1969,
abandoned. This application June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,585
Claims priority, application Netherlands, March 26, 1968,
6804264
Int. CI. H04n 5120, 5/58, 9/48
U.S.CI. 178— 5.4R 8 Claims
An automatic contrast control circuit features a transistor
emitter coupled differentialamplifier which has a luminance
1 . A tracking system tracker unit which generates an electri-
cal azimuth tracking error correction signal in response to de-
tected changes in a television camera output video signal pic-
turing a selected target in a contrasting background to control
the viewing axis of the television camera in azimuth tracking
relation to the selected target, comprising:
a. Detector circuit means detecting voltage amplitude
changes in the television camera output video signal and
producing a detection pulse that identifies the real-time-
position of an edge-like characteristic of the selected tar-
get.
b. First pulse generator circuit means generating a first
marker pulse for each said detection pulse produced in
said detector circuit means and introducing said first
marker pulse into a first channel.
c. second pulse generator circuit means generating a second
marker pulse in response to each detection pulse
produced by said detector circuit means and introducing
such second marker pulse in another and separate chan-
nel subsequent to said first marker pulse by a fixed time
delay,
d. Third pulse generator circuit means generating a horizon-
tal tracking gate pulse having a definite time duration and
having a variable time-position in each line of horizontal
scan of the television camera,
e. Two AND gate circuit means each receiving a different
one of the said first and second marker pulses and said
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1071
horizontal tracking gate pulse and gating the time-coin-
cident portion of said received pulses as an azimuth
tracking error detection pulse,
f Summing circuit means functioning to add the summing
tracking error detection pulses gated by each of said two
AND gate circuit means and producing a tracking error
detection pulse signal representing their difference and
representing the selection of a desired direction of
azimuth tracking error correction, and
g Integrator circuit means integrating the signals produced
by said summing circuit means to form said electrical
azimuth tracking error correction signal, said azimuth
tracking error correction signal variably positioning the
horizontal tracking gate pulse generated by said third
pulse generator means in a non-singularly coincident rela-
tion to the marker pulses generated by said first and
second pulse generator circuit means at said two AND
gate circuit means to accoiYiplish tracking system tracking
correction and controlling the position of the viewing axis
of the television camera in aligned azimuth tracking rela-
tion to the selected target.
generating an output voltage, sin o/, a frequency doubler cir-
cuit coupled to said scan frequency oscillator for generating a
synchronized vohage, sin 2 o>t, television camera means in-
cluding deflection coils and an imaging tube, circuit means
coupling the output of said scan frequency oscillator and said
frequency doubler as inputs to said deflection coils, vertical
gate generator means having an input coupled to said scan
oscillator and being triggered by the output sine wave of said
scan oscillator near the zero value, horizontal gate generator
means coupled to said scan oscillator through a 1 80° phase
shifter and being triggered by the output sine wave of said scan
oscillator near the zero value, tracking coincidence circuits
coupled to the outputs of said vertical and horizontal gate
generators and said television camera means for generating a
first output signal representing the horizontal position of a tar-
get edge and a second output signal representing the vertical
position of the target edge, and circuit means coupling said
first and second output signals to the deflection coils of said
television camera means.
3,711,638
REMOTE MONITORING AND WEAPON CONTROL
SYSTEM
John Glen Davies. Route No. 2, Box 251, Aurora, Oreg.
Filed Feb. 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,827
Int. CI. H04n 7/02, 7/18
U.S. CI. 178-6.8 4 Claims
Ct0fd
34
46
.48 72 74 76^
20
-i-
MmHr
CMifrv/
— , -V
S-w'y I , I ^
}-44 70
I
f28
ae-i "■'o
P&wrtr -•- ■ ^
32
32
3,711,640
MAGNETIC TAPE HEAD TRACKING INDICATOR
Masayuki Takano, Tokyo, and Yumihiko Suzuki, Kanagawa.
both of Japan, assignors to Sony Corporation, Tokyo. Japan
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58.218
Claims priority, application Japan, July 28, 1969, 44/59484
Int. CI. Gl lb 27/i6, 2///0, H04n 51,78
U.S. CI. 178-6.6 A 9 Claims
A weapon is adjustably positioned and synchronized for
movement with a television camera by servo motors con-
trolled from a remote control station. A closed circuit, moni-
toring receiver at the control station enables an operator to
vary the position of the camera and weapon in order to track a
target as well as to trigger the weaf)on.
3,711,639
TELEVISION TARGET TRACKING SYSTEM
Frederick C. Alpers, Riverside, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 79,469
Int.CI.H04n3//6
U.S. CI. 178-6.8 4 Claims
19
^9^
13>
nwoET'
SCCNC
LENS MO
FILTERS
TUBE
_f ! t
BEAM
FOCUSSING AND
ALIGNUCNT
V
^
32
PRE-AMPLIfCB
^
PROCESSING
AWPLrFIER
A magnetic tape recording and reproducing apparatus hav-
ing a rotary magnetic head assembly for reproducing a
recorded signal on a magnetic tape, and displaying the signal
on a television screen, includes means for indicating the
tracking condition of the head with respect to the recorded
tracks on the tape. The indicating means includes a detector
for detecting the value of the reproduced recorded signal,
which signal varies in response to the tracking condition of the
head and an electronic circuit for generating a pulse signal in
response to the detected value of the reproduced signal and
mixing the pulse signal with the reproduced signal whereby an
indication pattern is displayed on the television screen, which
signal is representative of the value of the detected signal.
DEFLECTION
COtLS
on PLATES
SWEEP
BLANKING
VERTICAL
SWEEP
GENERATOR
^i
22r
RETRACE
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
T-I
POWER
LINE —
SYNCM
VERTICAL
TRIGGER
\9^'
21-
RETRACE
TRIGGER
MIXER
1
HORIZONTAL
SWEEP
GENERATOR
lo^
TRACKIMG
UME OATE
GENERATOR
26
HORIZONTAL
SWEEP
CLAMPER
20
3,711,641
VELOCITY ADJUSTING SYSTEM
Richard Claxton Palmer. Blawenburg, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126.797
Int. CI. Gl lb J//0, 25/04. H04n 5/76
U.S. a. 1 78-6.6 TC , 16 Claims
Circuit means are provided for detecting velocity errors in
23
SELECTOR
^n '.
1072
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
is processed and applied to an electro-mechanical transducer
to which the pickup arm is mounted. The transducer imparts a
waveform signal is used for vertical scanning of the film so that
slow motion reproduction is provided. The particular saw-
tooth signal is composed from a first sawtooth signal produced
[3"
EECO
-ItCHiNOL
corrective longitudinal motion to the pickup arm to maintain
the relative velocity between the pickup stylus and the groove
at a predetermined value.
3,711,642
CIRCUITRY FOR DISPLAYING ISODENSITY LINES IN
AMMAGE
Michel Rene Jatteau, Hauts de Seine, France, assignor to North
American Philips Co. Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 25, 1968. Ser. No. 762,480
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 26, 1967,
67122249
Int.CI. H04n5//4
U.S. CI. 1 78—6.8 1 1 Claims
^
HOKlZONTAL SCAMNIMfl
CIRCUIT ^ 2
1
FL*iN6 SPOT
SCANNEt
20
DKivtoa DC vice
c>
D-
I SPEED
JIIMUSTE*
tvWC StP*«*TO<»
MWTOOTH y l»
(>E>m>ni«s
_ i
fuLtt Fwoueircf
1^:
'PULK QCMEMTORS
Wv.XII
by synchronizing a synchronizing mark recorded upon the
recording media and a second sawtooth signal produced by
frequency pulse dividing in synchronism with the first saw-
tooth signal.
3,711,644
AUTOMATIC DIAPHRAGM CONTROL APPARATUS FOR
IMAGE TUBE
Yasuo Ishiguro, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Koparu, Tokyo-To, Japan
Filed Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,447
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 18, 1970,
45/92828
Int. CL H04n 5/26
U.S. CI. 178-7.92 3 Claims
;^^
A device for displaying isodensity lines of a radiation image
on a CRT includes a radiation detector that provides a video
signal that varies with the scanned radiation. A selector
responsive to the video signal supplies first and second output
signals. The first output signal is limited to a range between a
given minimum and a given maximum value of the input signal
and the second output signal is limited to a minimum value
equal to the given maximum value of the input signal. The two
output signals are subtractively combined and the resultant
signal is applied to the control electrode of the CRT to vary
the beam intensity.
3,711,643
APPARATUS FOR REPRODUCING VIDEO
INFORMATION IN SLOW MOTION
Koichiro Kurahashi; Masanori Nakada, both of Amagasaki;
Koichi Nishimura, Kamakura, and Masaaki Abe, Kyoto-fu,
all of Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 5. 1970, Ser. No. 87;076
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 7, 1969, 44/89091
Int. CI. H04n 5/56
U.S. CI. 178— 7.2 S Claims
An apparatus for reproducing video information recorded
on a film by use of a flying spot scanner. A particular sawtooth
An automatic diaphragm control apparatus for image tube
comprising a diaphragm means for controlling the amount of
light incident to the light-receiving plane of an image tube, a
photoconductive cell for receiving a part of the light having
passed through the diaphragm means, a Wheatstone bridge
circuit including the photoconductive cell in one of the
branches thereof, a servo-motor adapted to be driven by the
unbalanced voltage occurring in the bridge circuit and as-
signed for operating the diaphragm means, and a switch means
interlocked with the power switches and adapted to act to mo-
mentarily elevate - prior to the opening of the power switches -
the potential of one of the two output terminals of the bridge
circuit to a level exceeding that of the potential of the other of
the output terminals, the apparatus being operative so that,
whenever the power svvitches are opened, the diaphragm
means is always held at its minimum diaphragm aperture posi-
tion, preventing the light-receiving plane of the image tube
from sustaining any damage from burning caused by the inten-
sive ambient light incident towards this light-receiving plane.
3,711,645
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CODING MESSAGES
Kurt Ehrat, Zurich. Switzerland, assignor to Ciba-Gelgy AG,
Basel, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91.790
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 29, 1969,
17736/69
Int. CI. H04I 9102
U.S. CI. 178-22 14 Claims
A method and apparatus for coding messages is provided
comprising coding the clear information by an encoding pro-
JANUARY 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1073
.ram generated by a secret basic code and modified by such equipment being made less sensiUve to parasitic
fde'ted parts of a non-secret supplementary code, the coded disturbances due to a great reduction in the band required for
information be recorded together with the whole of the sup-
plementary code on a common record medium. The selection
of parts of the supplementary code is controlled by the secret
basic code
3,711,646
SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRINTING ALPHA-
NUMERICS AND GRAPHICS
Everette E. Vermilion. Seattle; Eugene B. Seeley, Redmond,
and Malcolm D. Ufcort. Seattle, all of Wash., assignors to
Sector Corporation. Bellevue, Wash.
Filed Jan. 25. 1971, Ser. No. 109,098
Int. CI. H04I 75/24
U.S. CI. 178-25 15 Claims
transmitting a control signal supplied by an envelope detector
and a syllabic detector.
ACOUSTIC
COUPUtPt
12
/
LOCAL- LINE
SWITCH
CARRIAGE
BE TURN cm
SOCENOIO
a pw'vE
LINE FECO
-H DRIVE
CONTROL (LR
LINE FEED
MOTOR
3,711,648
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROVIDING COMBINED
AUDIO-VIDEO SERVICE
Wiley Whitney, 2829 N.E. 33rd Court, Apt. 603, Fort Lau-
derdale. Fla.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,637
Int.CI.H04m7//0S
U.S.CI. 179-2TV 9 Claims
VT-
I
EIA TD LOGIC
S SERIAL
TO RARALLEL
4)
y^^
LOGIC TO EIA
a pamallel
TO SERIAL
H_^
KEVeOARD
WITH ASCII
CODE
FUNCTION
DECODE a
CONTROL
TEST S»lTCM
i
MODE
SWITCH
_— f>f-^^ ^=— * ^
WRITING
HEAD
DfttVE
-1
I
PAPER TARE
READER
PAPER TAPE
PUNCH
ASC" TO
DOT MATRIX
' 26
WRITING
HEAD
■T.il IL
^ na
^
"-•r^-.r
System and method for handling a plurality of electronic
signals representing both alpha-numeric characters and
graphics data. The coded alpha-numeric bits are directed to a
decoder for conversion to a dot matrix and then to a writing
head for printing on electrosensitive paper. The coded
graphics bits are not relayed to the decoder but instead are
transmitted to the writing head for direct print out on the elec-
trosensitive paper. A control circuit monitors the incoming bit
stream to shift the terminal between alpha-numeric and
graphics printing as the arriving data pulses require.
•■"■< ; iL
CI
f.}-®
A communication system for combined audio-video service
utilizes at the subscribers station two separate line circuits,
one being the normal audio-only line to the telephone central
office and the other, a special six-wire line, extending from the
premises to a video switching network and providing both
audio and video signals and transmission on all audio-video
calls both incoming and outgoing The video switching net-
work provides switching facilities for combined audio-video
calls exclusively for combined service subscribers in the area.
3,711,647
CIRCUIT FOR INTERCONNECTION OF TELEPHONE
AND RADIO-TELEPHONE NETWORKS
Marcel-Louis Boyer. Chatillon, France, assignor to C. I. T.-
Compagnie Industrielle Des Telecommunications, Pans,
France
Filed Dec. 22, 1970. Ser. No. 100.648
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 23, 1969, 6944622
Int. CI. H04b 3120; H04m / IIOO
U.S. CI. 179-2 E 16 Claims
Improvement in equipment used for making a telephone
connection comprising a path on conductors and a radio path.
3.711.649
CONTROLLER DEVICE OF AN AUTOMATIC
TELEPHONE ANSWERING APPARATUS
Shizuo Ando. Katsushika-ku. Tokyo. Japan, assignor to
Pioneer Electronic Corporation, Tokyo. Japan
Filed Feb. 9, 1971. Ser. No. 1 14,017
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 10, 1970, 45/1 1087
lnt.CI.H04m//64
U.S. CI. 179-6 R SQ\£m^^
The invention pertains to a controller device for use with an
automatic telephone answering apparatus whereby an auto-
1074
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
matic answering operation is activated and remains activated
to record an incoming message as long as the message arrives
within a predetermined timer period. The apparatus is
returned to a stand-by state after the incoming message is
3,711,651
POLARITY SEPARATION MULTIPLEX
Raymond S. Connell, 200 Cardamon Drive, Edgewater, Md.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,594
Int. CI. H04j 7102
U.S. a. 179-15 BT 17Claims
Di VRi
y^
u
NO«>l>»*4.
SLICIM
LCVCt
OMNMC
26
V V V ,_LJ>
1^
NOW<M*L St.*C>MC LCVClII
/ , ^ ?ii ' 1 M0OO14TCD ^l.« T^ -^T
■.CVtL CONTROL I " '^
■P
finished even if the predetermined timer period is not over.
When the predetermined timer period is over, the apparatus is
returned to its stand-by state even if the incoming message is
not complete.
3,711,650
ADAPTIVE PULSE CODE MODULATION SYSTEM
Thomas G. Kuhn. and Nell B. Seitz, both of San Diego, Calif.,
assignors to Logicon, Inc., San Pedro, Calif.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,692
Int. CI. H04j 3100
U.S. CI. 179-15 BW 16 CWms
A method and apparatus for the transmission and reception
of signals in separate communication channels by imposing
modulation upon only that portion of a transmission carrier
wave which lies above the average value, or only upon that
portion which lies below the average value, or upon both por-
tions independently but simultaneously, and then demodulat-
ing the two halves of the resulting signal envelope separately
at the receiving end. The result of this technique is the crea-
tion of two channels selectable by polarity only. Transmission
of the signal envelope from the transmitter to the receiver is
accomplished by induction. Since the signal envelope is
polarity modulated, the separate signal pulses may be am-
plitude and width modulated for transmission of complex in-
formation. Additional channels can, of course, be produced
by combining the two basic channels.
3,711.652
MONOLITHIC STEREO DECODER WITH BALANCED
DECODER OPERATION
John G. Metro, Liverpool, N.Y., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed March 10, 1971. Ser. No. 122,769
Int.CI. H04h.5/00
U.S.Ci. 179— 15BT 4Claims
An adaptive pulse code modulation system useful for in-
creasing the channel capacity of a fixed bandwidth communi-
cation imk Channel capacity is increased by reducing the
redundancy normally characteristic of known non-adaptive
pulse code modulation systems. In the subject adaptive
system, the space in a fixed bit length frame is variable al-
located to multiple channels on a frame-by-frame basis. That
is, each channel is assigned only the number of frame bits ac-
tually required to transmit a representation of that channel's
digital sample during a particular frame interval. The frame bit
space is primarily allocated between a fixed bit length format
field and a fixed bit length sample field. The format field is
comprised of as may format numbers as there are channels.
Each format number is of fixed bit length and expresses the bit
position of the most significant " 1 " in the digital sample of a
particular channel. Thus, for example, if 256 different analog
levels are to be quantized for each channel, an 8-bit digital
sample would be available from each channel. In this case,
three bit format numbers are used so that a format number
can identify any bit position within the 8-bit digital sample.
The aforementioned sample field is comprised of a plurality of
variable bit length sample numbers, each associated with a dif-
ferent channel The sample numbers are comprised of bits
which substantially match the bits less significant than the
most significant " 1 " in the corresponding digital sample.
A monolithic integrated circuit decoder for deriving
stereophonically related audio frequency signals from a com-
posite signal includes an input circuit for generating DC volt-
age-balanced signals including the composite signal for
balanced, linear operation of the decoder. The decoder
further includes a phase-locked loop having a temperature
compensated current controlled oscillator and a frequency
dividing dual rank fiip-flop of simplified structure producing a
staircase waveform on alternate half-cycles. The decoder also
includes an audio mute circuit for muting the output of the
decoder between stations.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1075
3,711,653
SYSTEM FOR RECORDING AND PRESENTING AUDIO
INFORMATION TO OCCUPANTS OF A VEHICLE
Pierr« Emile Barbier, 17 rue de Docteur Decorse, Saint-Mau-
rice, France
Filed April 1 5, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 34,29 1
Claims priority, application France, May 6, 1970, 7016649;
June 25, 1970,7023652
Int. CL Gl lb 15152, 23/36,27114
U.S.CL 179-100.1 C . 6 Claims
means carried by the cartridge and corresponding to a length
of time within one cycle of movement of the recording medi-
um, and detection means connected to said time setting means
when the cartridge is fitted in operative position, said detect-
ing means being adapted to provide a control signal in ac-
cordance with said time setting means when recording is ef-
fected on said magnetic recording medium, thereby detecting
whether recordable condition is established.
3,711,655
APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING INFORMATION
RECORDED ON A MAGNETIC RECORDING SHEET INTO
VISIBLE INFORMATION
Isao Yamada, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan .«, ^^^
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,645
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 24, 1970, 45/6436;
Jan. 24, 1970,45/6437
Int. CI. Glib 5/05. 2 7/34
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 S 10 Claims
There is disclosed a system for recording and presenting in-
formation in an audio format to operators and passengers of
vehicles In the recording and presentation, the information is
correlated to the distance traveled by a sensing device coupled
to sense operation of the vehicle odometer.
3,711,654
MAGNETIC RECORDING AND REPRODUCING DEVICE
FOR USE WITH AN ENDLESS RECORDING MEDIUM
WITH MEANS FOR INDICATING A RECORDABLE
STATE WITHIN ONE CYCLE OF THE ENDLESS
RECORDING MEDIUM
Minoru Yoshikawa, Kawasaki, and Masaaki Ishii. Tokyo, both
of Japan, assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed April 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,575
Claims priority, application Japan, April 30, 1969,
44/34350- Dec. 25, 1969, 45/2388 (utility model); Dec. 25,
1969, 45/2389 (utility model); Dec. 25, 1969, 45/2391 (utility
model); Dec. 25, 1969, 45/2392 (utiUty model); Dec. 25, 1969,
45/2393 (utility model)
Int.Cl.Gllb/5/04
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 S ISClaims
A magnetic record-reproduce device using an endless mag-
netic recording medium. This device provides a time setting
A rotatably mounted drum is arranged to support a record-
ing sheet with the columns of recorded information extending
substantially axially of the drum, and a magnetic reproducing
head is cooperable with the recording sheet and is mounted
for movement axially of the drum. Photoelectric transducer
means are operatively associated with the drum and aligned
with the respective columns of recorded information. Printing
mechanisms, equal in number, preferably to the number of
photoelectric transducer means are arranged in adjacent rela-
tion, and each printing mechanism is operative responsive to
cojoint operation of a respective photoelectnc transducer
means and detection of an information bit by the reproducing
head. In one embodiment of the invention, a light source is ar-
ranged within the drum adjacent an aperture in the drum wall,
and photoelectric transducers are arranged circumferentially
of the drum for consecutive activation by the light source as
the drum rotates. The photoelectnc transducers are con-
nected in parallel with each other to the reproducing head and
each transducer is connected to the operating means of a
respective printing mechanism. In another embodiment of the
invention, a single light source is operatively associated with a
single photoelectric transducer, and the drum is formed with a
series of apertures extending circumferentially thereof, in a
common radial plane with the light source and the photoelec-
tric transducer, each aperture being associated with a particu-
lar column of recorded information, the reproducing head and
the photoelectric transducer are connected to the input of an
AND circuit whose output is connected to a diode matrix
which is controlled by a reset type fiip-fiop, and the diode
matrix is connected to the operating means of the respective
printing mechanisms.
1076
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,656
MULTICHANNEL MAGNETIC TAPE HEAD IN WHICH
THE CORE IS SHIFTED FOR POSITIONING THE PICKUP
PORTIONS
Ole K. Nilss«n, Barrington Hills, III., assignor to Motorola,
Inc., Franklin Park. III.
Int. CI. Glib 5//6, 5/25
U.S. CI. 179—100.2 C 4 Claims
ward or rewind mechanism by effecting said stoppage of con-
tinuation through the actuation of an electromagnetic plunger
according to whether a pair of transistors of the control device
are turned on or off.
A laminated multi-channel magnetic tape head apparatus
has alternate lamina of copp>er and iron, with the iron lamina
having gaps for recording/reproducing separate tape channels
of multi-channel tapes A copper insert and suitable connec-
tors form electrical conducting loops around a portion of each
magnetic lamina, magnetic flux being induced in the magnetic
lamma during recording and current bemg mduced in the con-
ducting loops during reproducing An iron core piece with a
coil mounted thereon magnetically transfers an electrical
signal between a current conduction loop and the coil, with
the coil being connected to a sound recording/reproducing
system Either the iron core piece is shifted from one magnetic
lamina to another or switching between iron core pieces oc-
curs thereby positioning the pickup portions of the tape head
to the various tracks on the tape without physically moving the
entire head assembly
3,711,657
CONTROL DEVICE FOR A TAPE RECORDER FOR
DETECTING THE BEGINNING OF A DESIRED
PROGRAM
Takeharu Niioka; Noriji Itch, both of Yokohama, and
Hideyasu Ishigo, Kawasaki, all of Japan, assignors to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed May 5, 1971,Ser. No. 140,322
Claims priority, application Japan, May 8, 1970, 45/38678
' Int.Cl.Gllb/5//«.27/22
U.S. CI. 179— 100.2 S 6 Claims
A control device for a tape recorder comprising means for
detecting no-signal portions of a magnetic recording tape
disposed between adjacent program portions, and means for
either stopping the fast forward or rewind of the tape upon
receipt of signals showing said detection or for continuing said
fast forward or rewind as desired even when there is detected
the aforesaid no-signal portion, thereby controlling a fast for-
3,711,658
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CUTTING RECORD
DISCS
Donald H. Ward, Glen Ellyn, III., assignor to Borg-Warner
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Set. No. 887,852
Int. CI. Glib J/00, 5/«6, 15106
U.S. CL 179- 100.4 C 1 1 Claims
n<l<al PmitiOn ButtO"
Apparatus and method for production of record discs, of
particular utility in the production of permanent record
phonograph discs for use with a teaching machine of the U.S.
Pat. No. 3,483,633 type. A source (tape player) for messages
to be repeated on the disc is provided, that can be activated to
deliver a single message on command, which single messages
are successively transferred from the source to a magnetic
tape loop affixed to the turntable of a disc cutting lathe, and
from that tape loop, repeatedly to the cutting head of the lathe
and thus, repeatedly, to the disc. An automatic counter and
programming unit is provided which counts the number of
times that the message has been cut on the disc and, after a
preselected number of cuttings, activates the tape machine,
erases the previous message on the tape loop and records a
second message thereon from the source which, in turn, is re-
peatedly cut into the disc on succeeding revolutions of the
turntable. The process is automatically repeated to cut a suc-
cession of bands each made up of repeated different messages.
Also disclosed in a system for recording the messages on the
tape of the message source wherein each attempted message is
recorded on the traveling tape after an indexing "stop" signal
and, if the attempt is abortive, the "stop" signal is erased as it
reaches a predetermined place in the tape travel mechanism
and thus later passed over when cutting the record disc.
Gerald
Okia
3,711,659
LOUDSPEAKER VOICE COILS
B. Bremseth, 5700 N.W. 67th St., Oklahoma City,
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 107,994
Int. CI. H04r 9/04
U.S.CI. 179— 115.5VC 2 Claims
An improvement in the method and manner of constructing
a loud speaker voice coil, such improvement consisting of
utilizing conductive metal foil as the wound element for sup-
■I
January 16, 1973
ported positioning and reciprocal movement within an as-
sociated magnetic air gap; such a metallic foil coil may consist
ELECTRICAL
1077
under test. Testing is performed through the use of voltage-
sensing probes which monitor the potential present on trunks
characterized by either three or four leads. Comprehensive
testing of the wiring of the equipment associated with the
trunk being tested reveals all commonly encountered trunk
wiring defects, visual indications of malfunctioning circuits
being provided by means of plural lamps each having a distinc-
tive function.
3,711,662
ELECTRIC DISCONNECT SWITCH HAVING IMPROVED
OPERATING MECHANISM
Edmund W. Kuhn, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,331
of one or more turns of either superimposed or alternately off- i„t. CI. HOlh iZ/OO
set foil windings U.S. CI. 200-48 A ^""""^
3,711,660
HYBRID NETWORKS
Edward Moore Cherry, Glen Waverly, Victoria, Australia,
assignor to Monash University, Victoria, Austraha
Filed Dec. I, 1970, Ser. No. 93,926
Claims priority, application Australia, Dec. 4, 1969,
64 792/69; March 26, 1970, PA0751/70
Int.CI.H04m//5S
U.S.a.l79-170NC 17 Claims
INPUT
SKNAL
CmCCTCO TO ^
The disclosure of the present specification relates 'o a
bridge network suitable for use as a telephone hybrid wherein
the bridge network includes at least two bndge networks in
cascade, one bridge having arms which include the input and
bidirectional ports of the hybrid and the nominal balancing
impedance, the other sub-bridge network having arms which
include the output port of the hybrid and the output circuit of
an amplifier having an output signal ^characterized by a
product of the signal applied to the input port of the hybrid
and the signal from the output of the hybrid, the output circuit
thereby being isolated from arms in the output port and from
all other arms of the bridge which include reactive elements or
characteristics.
An electric disconnect switch comprising a switch blade
movable between open and close positions with respect to a
relafively stationary contact means and a switch blade operat-
ing mechanism for rotational movement of the switch blade
about Its own axis and pivotal movement about an ax's
generally perpendicular to the switch blade. The switch blade
operating mechanism provides for rotation of the blade about
its longitudinal axis in sequence with pivotal movement of the
blade about an axis perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of
the switch blade with no overiap of the movement.
3,711,661
DISTRIBUTING TERMINAL ASSEMBLY TEST
APPARATUS
Jim C. Garrett; Robert H. Johnson, and Jack Shelton, all of
3300 East Spring St., Long Beach, Calif.
Filed Feb. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 112,925
Int. CI. H04m 3122
U.S.a. 179-175.1 R 8C»«""^
27 28 29 31 33
3,711.663
CENTER-OFF FLOATING CONTACT FOR ELECTRIC
SWITCHES
Richard W. Sorenson. West Hartford. Conn., assignor to
Carling Electric. Inc.. West Hartford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,558
Int.CI.H01h/i/2S
U.S.CL 200-67 G 5 Claims
A free-noating contact lever for an electric switch wherein
the switch actuator and the lever cooperate to stabilize said
-rr-vcr:-— -- srzt is-.----'---'-'----- ■■ ■
1078
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3 711 664 netic forces upon contact opening to improve arc rotation
CONSOLE CONTROL FOR BEDS WITH INTER-LOCKING thereby aiding in arc extinguishment.
SWITCH OPERATORS
Roland A. Benoit, Danieison, Conn., and Joseph R. Tripodi,
Brooklyn, N.Y., assignors to Royai Metal Corporation, New
York.N.Y. 3,711.666
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12.252 BELL-CRANK LEVER TRIGGER SWITCH WITH
Int. CI. HOlh 9/26. 35/00 TRIGGER DEPRESSION ADJUSTMENT MEANS
U.S. CI. 200—5 R H Claims Edward V. Sahrbacker. Brecksville, Ohio, assignor to Lucerne
Products, Inc., Northfield, Ohio
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,445
Int. CI. HOlh 9/06
U.S.CI.20O-I57
A console control is disclosed for operating a hospital bed
between various positions required by medical prescription
and/or the comfort of the patient. The console control in-
cludes a first control panel available to the patient for moving
the bed between several positions or to accomplish the control
of appliances such as a television and the like. Another control
panel is provided in the console control for the use of a medi-
cal attendant to accomplish bed position control as well as
control of the various appliances as may be operated from the
console. The medical attendant's control panel is dominant
and includes means to inactivate selectively one or more con-
trols located on the patient's control panel. Locking mean* are
provided for the medical attendant's control panel to prevent
unauthorized access to the console control.
3,711,665
CONTACT WITH ARC PROPELLING MEANS EMBODIED
THEREIN
Rolf Dethlefsen, New Berlin, Wis., assignor to Allis-Chalmers
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,594
Int. CI. HOlhii/66
U.S. CI. 200—144 B 5 Claims
8 Claims
In a vacuum type circuit interrupter having a pair of rela-
tively movable contacts, each contact comprises a contact
stud to which a relatively wider copper contact body or disk is
attached Magnetically permeable, highly resistive arc
propelling means are embedded in the contact body. These
means comprise a circular center portion of the same or larger
diameter as the contact stud and from which (or from near
which) a plurality of spirally shaped arms or vanes radiate
towards 'the periphery of the contact. The arc propelling
means create a looped current path in the contact body during
contact closed position to intensify outwardly radiating mag-
A trigger operated electric switch for portable electric
motor-driven tools including a switch casing having an integral
extended frame portion with a trigger actuated switch device
including a speed control rheostat disposed in the casing. A
contact carrier is disp<ised in the casing and has an integral
elongated arm extending outwardly from the carrier in the
direction of the frame portion. The contact carrier is disposed
in the casing and frame portion for reciprocation therein along
the longitudinal axis of the carrier. The contact carrier con-
tains a fKJrtion of the switch device whereby reciprocation of
the contact carrier actuates the switch device and the speed
control rheostat. A bell-crank trigger is pivotally mounted at
its apex on the free outer end of the frame portion above the
outer end portion of the arm for rotation in the longitudinal
vertical plane of the carrier One end of the bell-crank trigger
is pivotally connected to the outer end of the arm. Bias means
in the form of a compressed coiled spring is disposed between
the frame portion and the outer end portion of the bell-crank
trigger to bias the switch device to a first preselected position.
Displacement of the outer end portion of the trigger against
the action of the spring displaces the contact carrier to a
second preselected position. Thus, the trigger is disposed at
substantially a right angle to the switch device. Means are pro-
vided for adjusting the distance the trigger may be depressed,
thereby selectively controlling the speed control rheostat.
3,711,667
SPRING LOADED PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
Guy M. Farrell, Elmhurst, III., assignor to Chicago Switch.
Inc., Chicago. III.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147.818
Int. CI. HOlh i//2
U.S.CL 200-159 R 12 Claims
A switch including opposed, spaced apart contacts, and a
movable contact mounted in a carrier. The movable contact
may comprise a transversely extending pin adapted to bridge
the spaced apart contacts when the carrier is moved into one
position. A spring is disposed within the carrier for normally
biasing the movable contact in the direction of the spaced
apart contacts whereby engagement of the movable contact
with the spaced apart contacts will impart a force to the mova-
ble contact in opposition to the force of the resilient means. A
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1079
oair of Dins may be employed to provide redundancy, and pins lamps although it is more susceptible to damage ""der snap-
mTy be'lc^aTed'aTopposite ends of the carrier with a separate action shock. To insure long life, a pair of shock absorbers are
set of spaced apart contacts being bridged by one or more
separate pins.
3.711,668
SWITCH WITH SURGE PROTECTION
John D. Harnden. Jr.. Schenectady. N.Y.. assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210^79
U.S.CL200-166C 9 Claims
mounted near the lower end of the toggle lever to cushion the
latter and thus prevent damage to the thin lamp filament.
3.711.670
SELECTING DEVICE FOR CROSS-POINT SELECTORS
WITH CAM CONTACT ACTUATING MEANS
Arne Kurt Dietsch, Skonstaholmsvagen, Sweden, assignor to
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson. Stockholm. Sweden
Filed Nov. 17, 1971. Ser. No. 199,469
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 30, 1970,
17741/70
Int. CI. HOlh 67/00, i/42
U.S.CL 200-175 5 Claims
64 SQ
An insulating member of metal oxide varistor material
separates the two conductive parts of a hermetically sealed en-
closure to which the electrodes of the switch are attached. The
metallic oxide varistor material has a voltage versus current
characteristic such that when normal voltage appears across
the electrodes, a high impedance is presented by the insulating
member and when voltages in excess of normal voltage ap-
pears across the electrodes, a rapidly decreasing impedance is
presented by the insulating member, thereby limiting the volt-
age which is sustainable across the electrodes of the switch.
3,711,669
SWITCH HAVING A SHOCK-PROOF LIGHTED TOGGLE
SWITCH
John J. Keranen, Sussex, Wis., assignor to Cutter-Hammer.
Inc.. Milwaukee. Wis.
Filed Jan. 28. 1972. Ser. No. 221,737
Int.CI.H01h9//S
U.S. CI. 200- 167 A <» Claims
A switch having a lamp inside its toggle lever to serve as an
indicator of the operating condition. An incandescant lamp
having high visibility at some distance is preferred over neon
A selecting device for cross-point switches which have a
first group and a second group of parallel bars crossing each
other. The bars are individually displaceable between two
outer positions and in the crossing points there are contact
means and selecting elements for operating the contacts. Each
bar included in said first group activates upon displacement
selecting elements located along said bar and each bar in-
cluded in the outer group activates upon displacement by
means of said selecting elements, contact means located in the
crossing point. Each of the selecting elements includes a leaf
spring fastened at one of its ends on a bar in said second group
and having at its free end a lifting stud projecting towards the
bar in said first group. The bars of the first group have a slop-
ing surface and said stud can slide on said surface and lift the
leaf spring so as to operate the contact The position of the
sloping surface is such that a displacement of a bar in one of
said groups is necessary to bring said sliding surface into en-
gagement with said stud and a displacement of a bar in the
second group is necessary to bring the stud to slide along said
surface and to lift the contact.
1080
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,671
MERCURY BUTTON CLOSURE
Ralph L. Graves, F^st Greenwich, R.I., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Jan. 29. 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,893
Int. CI. HO Ih 29/00
U.S. CI. 200-221 1 Claim
3,711,673
DOORS FOR ELECTRONIC OVENS
Sadao Takeda. Kanagawa: Kaoru Mitsudome, and Tetsuo
Hashimura, both of Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed March 1 7, 1 97 1 . Ser. No. 1 25.285
Claims priority, application Japan, March 20, 1970,
45/26585 (utility model)
Int. CI. H05b 9/06
U.S.CL 219- 10.55 9 Claims
A mercury button for a mercury switch is provided with im-
proved closure of the steel shell thereof. Prior thermal stresses
are reduced and practically eliminated to reduce fracture of a
glass insulator portion of the steel shell closure by generating
welding heat uniformly about the metal ring enclosing the an-
nular glass insulator.
ERRATUM
For Class 219—131 WR see:
Patent 'No. 3,711,058
3,711,672
MAGNETICALLY COUPLED CONTROL FOR
APPLIANCE
William C. Moreland, 11, Export; William R. Cobb. Mur-
rysville. both of Pa., and Charles R. Tyke. Lexington, Ohio,
assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh,
Pa.
Filed Jan. 11. 1972. Ser. No. 217.007
Int. CL H05b 5/08
U.S.CL 219- 10.49
8 Claims
A door for use in an electronic oven comprises a metal
frame having an opening therein, a metal plate having a plu-
rality of small perforations and secured to the frame to close
its opening, and a transpatent cover plate secured to the frame
to cover at least a major portion of the outer surface of the
perforated metal plate so as to define a vent passage for ex-
hausting the steam generated from the foodstuff being
cooked.
3,711,674
T-RING MICROWAVE DRYING APPARATUS
l.ambertus Admiraal. Coquitlam. British Columbia. Canada,
assignor to MacMillan Bloedel Limited, Vancouver. British
Columbia, Canada
Filed June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149,548
Int. CI. H05b 9/06
U.S.CI. 219— 10.55 16 Claims
m
^-
^«
/'2
/
/
13
a
. V 1 / .
/
K
20
A magnetically coupled control arrangement especially
adapted for an appliance, such as a ccxjking device subject to
bemg dirtied from cooking spills, has a user-operated control
member knob with multiple alternating magnetic poles on its
underside adapted to be placed against a control area on a
substantially non-magnetic sheet to register with a following
member, having multiple alternatmg magnetic poles comple-
mentary to the poles of the control members, in the space un-
derlying the control area, with the follower member being
linked to adjustable means for controlling the operation to be
carried out, such as the cooking operation. The arrangement
is such that the user-operated control member may be
removed completely from the control area to facilitate clean-
ing that part of the device.
Apparatus for drying moisture-laden dielectric materials by
microwave energy including a waveguide system shaped to
direct microwave energy from a microwave generator to op-
ptisite sides of material to be dried. The waveguide system is in
the form of a closed ring and is designed so that all microwave
energy reflected by the material is directed back thereto and
cannot reach the generator. The apparatus can include means
for controlling the output of the generator in accordance with
the moisture content of the portion of the material exposed to
the microwave energy. This includes means for measuring
energy transmitted through the material, and means for con-
trolling the output of the generator inversely relative to the
level of the transmitted energy.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1081
3,711,675
APPARATUS FOR HOLDING AND GUIDING AN
ELONGATED ELECTRODE IN ELECTRO-EROSION
MACHINING
Roger Girardin, Lausanne, Switzerland, assignor to Ateliers
des Charmilles, S.A., (Jeneva. Switzerland
Filed March 27, 1972, Ser. No. 238,229
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, March 31, 1971,
4680/71
Int.CLB23k//0^
U.S.CL 219-69 E 9 Claims
cally heated music wire is employed for cutting the sealant.
The cutting wire is held by and positioned between the outer
ends of a pair of electrically conducting metallic shanks. The
inner ends of the shanks are inserted into a pair of noncon-
ducting handles which may be held by the hands while using
A holder for supporting and guiding an elongated and rela-
tively slender electrode in an electro-erosion apparatus, for
example for drilling holes of a very small diameter in a work-
piece The holder comprises essentially a straight edge surface
against which the elongated slender electrode is applied by
nuid pressure. The fluid pressure may be the atmospheric
pressure, conduit means being provided proximate the straight
edge surface for exhausting atmospheric air by connection to
a suction means, or the fluid may be any other fluid under
pressure for exerting a force on one side of the electrode to
apply it against the straight edge surface.
3,711,676
DIELECTRIC-FLOW-DIRECTING EDM ELECTRODE
John R. Witiel, Milford, Ohio, assignor to Cincinnati Milacron
Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Oct. 4. 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 85,963
lnt.CI.B23p//0S. //04
U.S. CI. 219-69 D 9 Claims
the tool. Electrical Jeads are electrically connected to the
outer ends of the shanks at points remote from the handles
whereby current does not pass through the inner ends of the
shanks. A variable resistance is used to control the amount of
electrical current flowing through the cutting wire.
— 1
3,711,678
ELECTRIC SKI WAXER
Herbert Kuus, 30 Deanvar Avenue. Scarborough, Ontario.
Canada
Filed Feb. 1, 1971. Ser. No. 111,452
Int.CI. H05b //OO
U.S.CL 219-227 1 Claim
An EDM electrode for directing dielectric flow to the gap,
the electrode having a plug-shaped body with an axially dis-
placeable machining end-face and including a high pressure
biased circumferential cannelure in the body which is in
fluidic communication with a fluid supply for introducing fluid
to the gap and a sub-atmospheric pressure system for
withdrawing the fluid from the gap.
3,711,677
AUTOMOBILE WINDSHIELD AND BACKGLASS
REMOVAL TOOL
W. Wayne Cummins, Jackson, Miss., assignor to Ruble Nell
Little Howell, Jackson, Miss.
Filed March 11, 1970, Ser. No. 103,016
Int.CI.H05b//00,B26d7//0
US CI 219—221 4Clalms
a" tool for cutting an adhesive sealant of the type used for
sealing automobile windshields and backglasses. An electri-
A tool for applying wax to the underside of a ski, the device
compnsing a hollow block of aluminum fitted with an electric
heater therewithin, the heater being secured to a hollow han-
dle through which an electric extension cord extends to com-
municate at one end with the heater and at its opposite end
being provided with a male plug for inserting into an electric
outlet socket; the block when being properly heated being
particularly suitable for softening and applying the wax; and
the block having four parallel corner edges each one of which
is of a differed shape or size of shape so to be adaptable to get
into various sfiaped ski grooves.
1082
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 19^3
1 -71 1 #i70 3,711,681
wlNinSHIFI n DE ICER ELECTRIC THRU-FLOW HEATER FOR USE WITH
pany, Inc., St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Feb. 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 4,56 1
Int. CI. A471//06.H05b //OO
U.S. CI. 219-227
Germany, assignors to Siemeas-Electrogerate GmbH, Berlin
and Munchen, Germany
Filed May 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 42,287
2 Claims Claims priority, application Germany, May 14, 1970, P 20
23 598 7
Int. CI. H05b 1/02; \41j3ll00: F24h 1/14
U.S. CI. 219-303 3 Claims
A windshield cleaning device for removing ice from a vehi-
cle windshield includes a handle provided at one end with an
electric heating element and a wiping member. The heating
element is disposed transversely of the handle axis and in-
cludes an elongated substantially straight cylindrical heating
section for melting ice on the windshield and for scraping ice
off the windshield. The wiping member is positioned transver-
sely of the handle and projects substantially at right angles to
the heating element and includes a cylindncal rod having a
flexible squeegee member thereon. The heating element is
energized through a connector adapted to be plugged into the
lighter receptacle on the vehicle.
3,711,680
WORKPIECE TRANSFER APPARATUS
C. Earl Bennington, Lapeer, Mich., assignor to Voplex Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,545
Int.CI. H05b//00
U,S. CI. 219-243 18 Claims
£=/'•'/:
/■^.^
An electric thru-flow heater for coffee vessels includes a
carrier plate with integral clamping means depending from its
underside, serving to positively position and fix a water tube
— tubular heating body combination. A sheet member on top
of and coincidental with the carrier plate cooperates therewith
to receive and warm a coffee vessel deposited thereon. Tem-
perature limiting means connected to the carrier plate control
the energy input levels to the tubular body.
3,711,682
CONDUIT HEATING APPARATUS
Milton L. Chester, Titusvilk, Pa., and Billy J. Sanders,
Oklahoma City, Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany
Filed June 17, 1971, Ser. No. 154,134
Int.CI.H05b//00
U.S. CI. 219-535 6 Claims
An apparatus for transferring workpieces to and from a
machine adapted to perform a manufacturing operation
thereon, the apparatus including means defining a workpiece
transfer path to and from the machine, shuttle means for mov-
ing workpieces longitudinally along the path into registry with
the machine, with longitudinal movement of workpieces along
the path in response to movement of the shuttle means causing
preceding workpieces to be moved out of registry with the
machine and toward a discharge area, and means for removing
workpieces from the discharge area in a manner so as to
prevent interference with the transfer of successive work-
pieces into registry with the machine.
An apparatus for heating portions of first and second
separate plastic conduits. The apparatus has first and second
heating heads each having a heating face operably connected
to respective first and second separate heating elements. An
insulating element is positioned between the first and second
heating heads and separate controls are connected to the heat-
ing elements for separately controlling the temperature of
each heating face.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1083
3,711,683
RE-PRICE MARKING METHOD AND RECORD MEMBER
Paul H. Hamisch, Sr., Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The Monarch
Marking System Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,878
Int. CI. G06k 19/00; G09f 1/02
U.S. CI. 235-61.12 N 16 Claims
tion of an associated electrical switch. The actuator in this ap-
plication is a spacer bar normally rectangular in shape and of a
size greater than other keys associated with the apparatus.
This type of actuator must be constructed so as to maintain
There is disclosed a re-price marking method and record
member. Using one record member such as a ticket, tag or
label, fields of data, such as inventory control, style and price
data fields are printed on the one record member. Each field
has both binary code machine readable data and human
readable data. Re-price marking is accomplished by printing a
new price in both binary code machine readable price data
and human readable price data on another record member,
and adhesively securing" the other record member over the
price field on the one record member but not over the other
field or fields on the one record member. The result is a re-
price marked binary code and human readable record
member.
L
X ==
.^
■17
li^
Z^
•21
:^
'^J'^'^.lO
'33
^^.
I
15'
29 "^
I
u
13
^M
longitudinal stability during its operational movement by
equally distributing the operating force thereon throughout its
longitudinal length so as to prevent tilting, cocking, and oscil-
latory binding while preserving the operational characteristic
of a highly sensitive, light operating force.
3,711,686
TRAFFIC VOLUME COMPUTER
Peter F. Apitz, Fullerton, CaUf., assignor to Tamar Electronics,
Inc., Anaheim. Calif.
Filed June 8, 1971, Ser. No. 151,093
Int.CI.G06f /5/4S
U.S. CI. 235-150.24 13 Claims
'>v
3,711,684
RESETTING DEVICE FOR THE DIGITAL ROLLS OF
COUNTERS
Alfred Zieike, Peine, Germany, assignor to ELMEG Electro-
Mechanik GmbH, Peine, Germany
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,514
Claims priority, application Germany, May 15, 1970, P 20
23 80.8
Int. CI. G06c 15/42
U.S. CI. 235- 144 HC » Claims
9 8 26 21
The invention relates to a resetting device for the cipher
rolls of counters with transmission pinions which are discon-
nected during the return of the cipher rolls by resetting fingers
acting upon cams of the cipher rolls. The axle shaft of the
transfer pinions is supported in slotted holes stationary in rela-
tion to the cipher roll axes.
3,71 1,685
KEYBOARD SWITCH ACTUATOR
Raymond (.. Castle, Waukegan, III., assignor to Cherry
Electrical Products Corporation, Waukegan, III.
Filed Dec. 27, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 2 1 2, 1 37
Int. CI. G06c 7/02, 25/00
U.S.CI.235-145R 8 Claims
A keyboard switch actuator in the form of a so-called spacer
bar commonly utilized in data processing machines, compu-
ters, and electric typewriters, ail of which require the actua-
~ VEHICLE
DtTECTOR
SCikUNG
MUUIPLIER
CIRCUITS
( Xn)
A
CUXK
IMJE
GENERATOR
CLoa^
GATING
CIRCUITS
J LENGTH
n OIVCCR
— outwtI [
■— I GATING ri
OUT»\/T
1 ROaSTER
lOCLES/SAMnE
I BIVIDER
"n CIRCUITS
U (-C/S)
/^ r-
-I tCCUKULATOR
SCALE
FACTOR
DIVIDER
CIRCUITS
t-sn '
.., DISPLAT
^ UNIT '
The output of a vehicle detector which provides an indica-
tion for each vehicle passing a point on a roadway is multiplied
by an appropriate scaling factor. This scaled signal is then di-
vided by factors in accordance with a predetermined sample
cycle length and the number of sampling cycles used to form a
complete sampling period. The signal so derived is then di-
vided by a selected scale factor which represents a standard or
reference vehicle volume per unit of time A signal is thus
derived which represents the volume of traffic per unit of time
as a percentage of the selected standard or reference volume,
this information being digitally accumulated during each sam-
pling period and read out for display or use in computing cir-
cuits.
3,711,687
COMPUTER CONTROL OF PARALLEL PAPER MILL
REFINERS FOR CONTROLLING THE FREENESS OF
STOCK BY CONTROLLING THE STOCK TEMPERATURE
RISE THROUGH EACH REFINER
Thomas M. Stout, Northridge. Calif.; Edward J. Smith,
Houston, Tex., and John H. HiesUnd, Canoga Park. Calif.,
assignors to the Bunker-Ramo Corporation. Canoga Park,
Calif.
Filed June 27, 1968, Ser. No. 740,730
Int.CI. D21f //OS
U.S. CI. 235-151.1 51 Claims
Apparatus is disclosed for controlling freeness of stock from
parallel refiners by controlling the rise in temperature of stock
through each refiner. The A T setpoint for each refiner is ad-
justed to compensate for; variations in consistency of stock;
maximum power rating of the refiner; weighted average free-
ness of stock from all refiners; and the composite frheness of
stock delivered to a paper machine. Error in the desired tem-
perature rise of a given refiner is employed to control its disc
1084
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
or plug operation. An on-line analyzer is employed to monitor
composite freeness. Couch or flatbox vacuum is employed as
an alternative measure of composite freeness. but only if in-
tentional paper machine changes which would affect vacuum
have not been made. Operator control of composite freeness
L', Lfg Lfj lT^ ^'■»
mil
total flow setpoints from fiber flow data and desired headbox
consistency, and adjusting the headbox slice position ac-
cordingly Speed of the slice jet relative to the wire screen is
controlled by controlling headb<^x head
0C~2
•<if>u'' .■i.L'**'-'
MC,_ VAliN,-
^3T^-
"^^^
r
OD
TO OTHIR
is also permitted The composite freeness setpoint is adjusted
to maintain a desired paper bursting strength. Power checks
are made and instructions are automatically given to adjust
flow rate to an individual reriner in order to keep it operating
within its maximum power limit and to add or delete refiners
for optimum efficiency.
3.711,688
COMPL'TER CONTROL OF PAPER MACHINE IN WHICH
BASIS WEIGHT IS CONTROLLED THROUGH CONTROL
OF STOCK FLOW
Thomas M. Stout, Northridge. Calif.: Edward J. Smith.
Houston. Tex., and John H. Hiestand, Canoga Park. Calif.,
as.signors to the Bunker-Ramo Corporation. Canoga Park.
Calif.
Filed June 27, 1968, Ser. No. 740.731
Int.CI. D21f //06
U.S.CL 235- 151.1 38 Claims
3,711,689
PIPELINE MONITORING SYSTEM
James E. Park, 20742 Collegewood, Walnut, Calif.
Filed Aug. 1 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 7 1 ,859
Int. CI. GOlf 1104, G06f 15120
U.S. CI. 235-151.34
18 Claims
pee ser cooA,'ree
ZO-'
' ^' Off
I
ci/f7^eiA^e ccx/f^rte
E02j
-25
as ?9
53^1 il ^
ADora- _
I oaTfor \iertes ■ om
I 2 3 eeser off
ALAeM 7T/P
There is disclosed herein an electronic monitoring system
for pipelines and the like utilizing counting techniques for
determining the difference between fluid volume supplied mto
a pipeline and the fluid volume removed from the pipeline. An
error factor is employed and. based upon the volume dif-
ference, provides compensation for normal difference
between the input and output volume measuring devices. This
error factor then compensates for the normal difference
between input and output volume Abnormal deviations can
then be detected to determine fiuid leaks and the like for ac-
tuating alarm and control circuits for providing an alarm
and/or terminating fluid flow in the pipeline system. There is
also disclosed herein the manner in which the present elec-'
tronic system can be utilized for monitoring a pipeline system
with multiple input meters or outputs meters. There is also dis-
closed herein methixls for precisely determining the normal
difference between input and output meters.
3,711,690
CALCULATOR AND TESTER FOR USE THEREWITH
Thomas E. Osborne, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Company. Palo Aho, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 826.136, May 20, 1969. abandoned,
which is a division of Ser. No. 559,887, June 23, 1966. Pat. No.
3,566. 160. This application Aug. 6. 1971, Ser. No. 169,877
Int.CI.G06f ///04
U.S. CI. 235-153 A 38 Claims
♦• — r
■i-®
Apparatus is disclosed for controlling the basis weight of
double-layer paper from a Fourdrinier machine by: compris-
ing composite dry basis weight from total basis weight and
moisture measurements; computing the dry basis weight of the
top layer from the composite dry basis weight and the stock
flow and consistency data of both layers; correcting the stock
flow rate for the top layer to achieve a desired top layer dry
basis weight value; and correcting the stock flow for the bot-
tom layer to achieve a desired composite dry basis weight tak-
ing into consideration the correction made in the stock flow of
the top layer. Composite dry basis weight changes due to
changes in machine speed and stock consistency are an-
ticipated and corrected by making a compensating change in
stock flow for both layers. The flow rate of fiber onto the wire
screen of the machine is controlled by computing headbox
t / 'MX ' '• \
U/ti iHlfTlHG MOti
I — i — , — I
ft** A
-■(
STOttk *-V^
Internal control and subroutine logic transfers data between
a keyboard input, a random access memory, and a plurality of
nip-flop registers to perform arithmetic operations and trans-
fers the results of these operations to a cathode ray tube out-
put display Power switching is employed in the internal con-
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1085
trol and subroutine logic so that the operating subroutines and
instructions are supplied with power only when they are to be
executed. When a random access memory cycle is required,
the internal control logic automatically interposes it between
the otherwise regularly recurring logic cycles. Encoded
transfer vectors are stored and decoded by the subroutine
logic to permit unrestricted subroutine returns. In the
keyboard input two power supply returns are employed to
define one bit of the keyboard encoder. The random access
memory is partitioned into one portion addressed by a single
bit in the address register and into another, larger portion ad-
dressed by the remaining bits in the address register. Each flip-
flop of the machine is a J-K flip-flop provided with an adjusta-
ble threshold for noise immunity and with a high internal gam
on the J-K inputs. The cathode ray tube output display is ob-
tained by selectively blanking ptirtions of a recurring pattern
that is generated by integration in only two directions. A tester
may be connected to the machine for allowing all subroutines
to be operated in a single step mode. The tester is provided
with switches for initializing any internal state of the machine
or stopping normal execution under any prescribed conditions
and with apparatus for accessing the random access memory.
which coiSnt the number of ones in basic three element subsets
of the data field. Additional full adders total the results of the
3,711,691
PERIPHERAL DEVICE ANALYSIS ,
Richard C. Breitenbach, Boulder; Gene H. Edstrom, and
James R. Keffeler. both of Longmont, all of Colo., assignors
to International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N.Y.
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,057
Int. CI. Glib 27/00
U.S. CI. 235 - 1 53 A 58 Claims
AMLTSES COmiUO SlCltlS
FM POFNIIktCE MlCULtnOIIS
tW atltTtlllEIICf IKSTIItKTIOIS
COWIIIES T«CH »IID
REWIAO roil
PEDFOmitlCE MDICttlOII
first series of full adders and also count any additional ones of
the data field.
3,711,693
MODULAR BCD AND BINARY ARITHMETIC AND
LOGICAL SYSTEM
James N. Dahl. Phoenix. Ariz., assignor to Honeywell Informa-
tion Systems Inc., Waltham. Mass.
Filed June 30, 1971. Ser. No. 158,461
Int. CI. G06f 7150
U.S. CI. 235-174 5 Claims
A computer peripheral device having related mechanical
and electrical functions such as a magnetic media transport is
analyzed by combining tachometer signals indicative of a
mechanical function with data signals from the electrical func-
tions. Such data signals can represent formatting of data on
the media while the tachometer pulses indicate capstan rota-
tion used for media transport. In tape systems, data-signal for-
matting is usually generated by successive motions of the
media.
- 3,711,692
DETERMINATION OF NUMBER OF ONES IN A DATA
FIELD BY ADDITION
Kenneth E. Batcher, Stow, Ohio, assignor to Goodyear
Aerospace Corporation, Akron, Ohio
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,089
Int. CI. G06f 7150
U.S. CI. 235 — 1 75 5 Claims
An arrangement for counting the number of a given data
such as ones in a data field. The system employs full adders
An arithmetic and logical unit for receiving four bit portions
(quartets) of two input operands, a carry-in and several func-
tion control signals generates selectively several functions of
the operands, including decimal and binary addition and sub-
traction functions or a desired logical function and provides
carry look-ahead and carry signals. A set of conversion gates
selectively provides either a true or an excess-6 form of the
first operand quartet while a complementation set of gates
selectively provides a true or I 's complement form of the
second operand quartet. Bit pairs, from the corresponding
positions in the resulting quartets, are combined to produce
elementary logical functions, including the AND, inclusive
OR and exclusive OR functions. In parallel, these elementary
functions, an input carry bit, a set of carry look -ahead gates, a
set of adder gates and a pair of control signals respectively
provide carry signals and the selected function of the
operands A set of decimal correction gates, responsive to the
carry signals, are used to correct the adder gate output for
decimal addition and subtraction, when necessary.
1086
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,694
KEYHOLE LIGHT
Charies Gronauer, 5234 N. Diversey Boukvard, Whitefish
Bay, Wis.
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,070
Int.CLE05b/7//0
U.S. CI. 240-2.13
portion provided with a light bulb socket means, a low intensi-
ty light bulb having a stem located in said socket means, said
bulb being provided with a suitable coating to provide rapid
cooling of the bulb, a simulated leaf background member hav-
ing a central hole therethrough and a plurality of simulated
leaf tips extending radially outward around the periphery
5 Claims thereof, and said simulated leaf background member being
disposed on the top of said reduced diameter housing portion
with said bulb stem extending through said central hole in said
A light is positioned adjacent a keyhole and between a
storm or screen door and a house door. When the storm door
is opened, the light turns on to light the keyhole, and when the
storm door shuts the light goes out. _
3,711,695
LAMP AND MIRROR COMBINATION
Max A. Orbach, 794 Midwood Street, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,441
lnt.CI.F2lviJ/00
U.S. CI. 240—4.2
simulated leaf background member, a carrier member having
a central mounting ring mounted on the upper side of said
simulated leaf background member with said bulb stem also
extending through said mounting nng, whereby when said
bulb is securely located in said socket means the carrier
member and simulated leaf background member will be
retained in place on the plug means by said bulb and a plurali-
ty of simulated flowers mounted on said carrier member in a
circular arrangement around said bulb.
12 Claims
3,711,697
, APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING COLORED LIGHT
PATTERNS
George E. Boyle, San Diego, Calif., assignor to Corllte Cor-
poration, San Diego, Calif.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,696
Int.CI. F21p//02
U.S.CI. 240— 10 10 Claims
In a lamp and mirror combination, a base adjustably sup-
ports a lamp, a mirror is rotatably supported by the base. The
mirror can be turned under the base to a concealed position
and can be turned up to an angular position adjacent the base
for optimum viewing of person's face. A wire stand can
rotatably support the mirror and enables the mirror to be
turned to the concealed and angular positions. The lamp may
include a flexible gooseneck, lamp shade and lamp socket for
adjusting the lamp to any desired illuminating position. The
base can be circular or rectangular. The rectangular base can
be hollow and include a slidable drawer. The lamp can be
removably mounted on or in the rectangular base.
3,711,696
FLORAL DECORATIVE NIGHT LIGHT
Kenneth A. Sidoff, 4821 Belzair Drive, Troy, Mich.
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,126
Int. CI. F21p //02
U.S.CI.240-10P 8 Claims
A floral decorative night light assembly comprising a plug
An apparatus for displaying colored light patterns and in-
cluding a translucent sheet behind which is disposed an object
having light reflective colored surfaces. The colored surfaces
reflect light onto the translucent sheet in a color pattern
generally corresponding to the arrangement of the colored
surfaces. The color pattern is characterized by a striking
gradation of color tone from strong to light because of the
reflective character of the colored surfaces. A preferred em-
bodiment utilizes an object or objects having colored reflec-
tive walls which also serve as a core material in a decorative or
structural panel At least one sheet of the panel is made of
translucent material.
3,711,698
LIGHT DEVICE
Richard E. Hess, 7 1 36-60th Ave. N., New Hope, Minn,
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,337
InLCLF21p5/06>,F21sJ//2
U.S. CI. 240-10.1 7 Claims
A lighting device serving both ornamental and functional
A Moral decorative nieni iiEni asscmuiy i-uiimiisiiiE a yi^^f, -^^ ••& e> — - o ... ,,-,_.
meansThich mcludes a housing having a reduced ciiameter purposes having a base, a vertically arranged light passing
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1087
member extending upwardly from the base, a light and color behind it to reflect blue light forwardly and transmit the rest
wheel in the base arranged to direct light of various colors into backwardly, a dichroic filter m front of the lamp to transmit
the light passing member and having forms wherein water blue light and reflect the infrared backwardly, and a viewing
vapor reflective material or incense may be directed into the mirror for the parts irradiated, the mirror reflecting yellow
/'::\
light passing member to carry the light beam and an additional
form wherein the light passing member is filled with fluid and
air is bubbled therethrough. The form incorporating the water
vapor may include means to pass the water vapor into the air
to serve as a humidifying device.
3,711,699
FLASHLIGHT CONSTRUCTION
Joseph G. Bacevius, 780 Bridgeport Avenue, Shelton, Conn.
Filed April 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,147
Int.CI. F21I7/00
U.S. CI. 240— 10.68 1 2 Claims
light toward the observer and transmitting the other radia-
tions. The ultraviolet, although it would excite the fluorescein,
is filtered out because it would also make the natural teeth,
and some kinds of artificial teeth, fluoresce and obscure the
fluorescence of the fluorescein.
3,711,701
UNIFORM VARIABLE LIGHT SOURCE
Henry P. Squyres, El Monte, Calif., assignor to California
Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,189
Int. CI. F21m 7/00
U.S. CI. 240—46. 13 H Claims
This disclosure is directed to a flcishlight construction hav-
ing a minimum of component working parts so as to render it
readily adaptable as a relatively inexpensive, low cost,
disposable unit. It comprises a housing having a reflector as-
sembly with bulb socket for loosely receiving a bulb, and a
battery connected in electrical circuit with the bulb by means
of spring leaf type contacts or conductors, and having a toggle
switching means operatively associated with one of the spring
conductors for energizing and de-energizing the bulb.
A uniform stable light source comprising a special lamp
with a built in reflector which projects stable and uniform lu-
minous flux with unvarying spectral characteristics with a dis-
tribution temperature of about 3.000 degrees K. The uniform
luminous flux flows into a conical cavity through an iris
diaphragm whose diameter is controllable, A uniform light dif-
fuser is positioned at the opposite end of the conical cavity
The level of luminance which is transmitted through the dif-
fuser is controlled by controlling the diaphragm diameter.
3,711,702
HEAVY DUTY FLOODLIGHT
Tarek B. Adra, 4823 Oceanview Boulevard. La Canada, Calif.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 85,909
Int.Cl.F21m
U.S. CI. 240—47 5 Claims
3,711,700
DISCLOSING LIGHT
Arnold E. Westlund, Jr., Manchester, and Emery G. Audesse,
Salem, both of Mass., assignors to GTE Sylvania Incor-
porated
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,742
Int.CLA61b//06
U.S.CL 240-41.15 1 Claim
For dental, medical and other uses, with a disclosant
phosphor-dye such as sodium fluorescein, a disclosing light
emitting radiation substantially confined to the wavelength
range between 380 and 505 nanometers (nm.) and free from
infrared, yellow and ultraviolet. The light includes a source of
light, which can be an incandescent lamp, a dichroic reflector
A heavy duty floodlight having an outer housing or cowling
and a separate inner housing or reflector with a lens cover
1088
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
adapted to tightly seal the inner housing. The cowling is pro-
vided with slots in a rear inwardly extending flange, and air
scoops at the front edge extending radially beyond the frame
of the lens cover to permit air to circulate through the space
formed between the reflector and the cowling and the sur-
rounding air. This circulation helps to cool the floodlight and
the lamp mounted therein and prevents the building up of heat
between the housings regardless of the orientation of the
floodlight. The reflector and the cowling may be complemen-
tarily shaped to provide venturi sections to aid in the circula-
tion of air therebetween.
may be and the lens is so designed that the illumination from
the fresnel lens will transmit the required illumination from
each lamp. To this end the fresnel lens has serrations on the
side of it adjacent the lamps. The serrations are formed by
ridges having side edges which are flat. The fresnels are trian-
gular in cross section and the side of all triangle cross sections
of the serrations adjacent the center is parallel to a line passing
through the center of the lens and through the center of the
space between the lamps. The side of all triangular cross sec-
tions remote from the center lie in a line lying on the said side
remote from the center and passing through the center of cur-
vature of the lens.
3,711,703
FLASHLIGHT CONSTRUCTION
Joseph G. Bacevius, Shelton, Conn., assignor to Paul G. Garri-
ty, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,907
Int.Cl. F21IJ/00
U.S. CI. 240—10.6 5 Claims
30 , I M
This disclosure is directed to a portable light or flashlight
construction having a minimum number of component parts
which can be readily assembled by a simple and expedient
manner The light construction comprises a housing for con-
taining a source of battery power and a light bulb operatively
connected in electrical circuit with the battery source by a sin-
gle conducting member having a portion thereof extending ex-
ternally of the housing wherein the conducting members func-
tion to normally urge the battery source in electrical contact
with the bulb and to maintain the bulb in position within the
housing The conducting member also functions as a switch
means independent of any actuator for energizing and de-
energizing the circuit to the bulb. Also the conducting
member is formed to define a holding clip for the flashlight
with the exposed portion being usable as a decorative feature.
3,711,704
MARKER LIGHT AND LENS
Joseph Spiteri, Erie, Pa., assignor to Rem Research, Inc., Har-
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,547
Int. CI. F21v 5/04, 5/05
U.S. CI. 240-106.1 4 Claims
3,711,705
ALARM RADIATION DOSIMETER WITH IMPROVED
INTEGRATING PULSE IONIZATION CHAMBER AND
HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY
Casimer J. Borkowski, Oak Ridge, and James M. Rochelle,
Knoxville, both of Tenn., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,893
Int.CI.GOIt///*
U.S. CI. 250—83.6 R 7 Claims
1 P- 1 1
An alarm dosimeter has been provided which features an
improved integrating pulse ionization chamber of the type
containing an hermetically sealed gas diode. Improved opera-
tion and miniaturization of the chamber are made possible by
a ringing choke converter high voltage supply having a ripple-
type output that insures discharge of the gas diode.
* 3,711,706
TWO-STAGE, SINGLE MAGNET MASS SPECTROMETER
William D. DavLs, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Dec. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 96,1 17
Int.CI.H01ji9/J4
U.S. CI. 250-41.9 ME 1 Claim
A lamp especially suited for use as a marker light for a The spectrometer includes a single magnet having two op-
motor vehicle such as a motor vehicle trailer The light has posing pole faces each spanning at least a 270 sector, A 2/U
two lamps one of which will be automatically turned on when sector nonmagnetic chamber is juxtaposed in the air gap ot the
the other fails The two lamps are located as close together as magnet and is provided with partitions for forming 90 and
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1089
180° sector portions. An ion source generates a relatively
wide, parallel beam of ions which is accelerated into the 90°
sector portion. A common partition between the 90° and 1 80°
sector portions and the partition at the exit end of the 1 80°
sector portion are each provided with a narrow slit through
which particular ions are focussed to obtain the mass separa-
tion function of the spectrometer.
3,711,707
AEROSOL PARTICLE MONITOR
Pedro Lilienfeld, Lexington, and Arnold W. Doyle. Weston,
both of Mass., assignors to GCA Corporation, Bedford,
Mass.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,237
Int.CI.G01n2//26
U.S. CI. 250-43.5 D 4 Claims
ternately sending the infrared beam through a sample or
reference gas cell mounted in a suitable furnace, the output of
which is recombined and analyzed by a monochromator hav-
ing a narrow output passband of energy detected by a rapid
response detector, the output of which is processed by suitable
electronic circuitry to provide a readout. The monochromator
is of the scanning type in which a grating is synchronously
scanned with a circular variable filter so that the first order
output of the grating is selectively passed and higher orders re-
jected by the filter.
The sample and reference gas cell furnace assembly utilizes
specially constructed sample and reference gas cells symmet-
rically mounted in a furnace arrangement for maintaining
input gas streams at equal temperatures within each cell and
above the temperature of condensation of the sample under
investigation. The beam chopper contains associated
photoelectronics for physically determining the location of a
chopping blade to thereby provide gating signals for indicating
the presence at the detector of a sample, reference, or a
background signals. These grating signals are used in sample
and hold circuits to convert an essentially digitally sampled
output into a relatively smooth continuous curve indicative of
the absorption of the sample so that the readout represents the
sample absorption characteristics corrected for reference for
the carrier gas and background effects. The instrument is
designed to operate with scan rates of approximately 6 and 30
seconds.
3,711,709
IRRADIATION SYSTEM
Wolfgang Hubertus Rudolf, Winterthur, Switzeriand, assignor
to Sulzer Brothers. Ltd.. Winterthur, Switzeriand
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,691
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 10, 1968,
15133/68
Int. CI. GOln 27/26
U.S. CI. 250—44 13 Claims
In the monitoring apparatus disclosed herein, a relatively
continuous monitoring of aerosol particle concentration is
facilitated by concentrating the aerosol particles by impaction
and then, in a structure integrated with the impaction ap-
paratus itself, measuring the mass of the collected aerosol par-
ticles by beta radiation absorption.
3,711,708
RAPID SCAN IDENTIFIER FOR USE IN INFRARED
ABSORPTION SPECTROSCOPY
Stanley A. Dolin. Roslyn Heights; Andres Folch, Jr., and Dana,
F. Geiger, both of New York, all of N.Y., assignors to Optical
Coating Laboratory, Inc., Santa Rosa, Calif.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,923
Int. CL GO In 2 //26
U.S. CI. 250-43.5 R 20 Claims
The irradiation elements are disposed within a gnd made of
tubes and distributed across the cross-section of the vessel.
The irradiation elements and tubes are oriented to obtain a
uniform dose of radiation on the granular material passing
through the vessel. The discharge hoppers and knife cylinders
are arranged to achieve discharge rates therethrough com-
mensurate with the radiation and flow resistance conditions.
A rapid scan spectrum identifier fur use in identifying in-
frared spectrum of the output of a gas chromatograph to
identify its absorption characteristics and includes an infrared
source and beam splitter, a double beam chopper for al-
3,711,710
METHOD OF AND MEANS FOR CONTROLLING
CORONA EMISSION
Robert J. Wright, Tranmere, Australia, assignor to Research
Laboratories of Australia Pty. Limited, Eastwood, South
Australia, Australia
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 85,964
Claims priority, application Australia, Nov. 7, 1969. 63498
Int.CI.H01ji7/26
U.S. CI. 250-49.5 GC 4 Claims
A method of controlling the area developed by a corona
1090
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
discharge which consists in providing a shield around the cal and cross table X-rays are then taken to provide two roent-
corona pomt and controlling the effect to the shield to have genograms on which .mages of the w.res and the fo^^-g" J«dy
^ in the eye are supenmposed. By measuring the offset ot the
foreign body images from, respectively, the images of the two
='=.<'
-c:
1
the focussing effect on the corona preferably by controlling
the position of the electrical charge or the electrical resistivity
of the shield
3,711,711
SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE SCANNING
SYSTEM
James Dao, Alameda, and Nelson C. Yew, Los Altos, both of
CaJif., assignors to Etec Corporation, MounUin View, CaliL
Filed Nov. 9. 1970, Ser. No. 87,676
Int.CI.H01jJ7/26
U.S. CI. 250-49.5 A 12 Claims
23
30
40
26
31 \ 13
45
^29 1
,2B 1
44
1
-M
24
intersecting wires, and the image of the fourth wire, the opera-
tor can determine mathematically if the body lies within the
optic globe of the eye, in which case it would have to be
removed.
3,711,713
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED THERMAL IMAGING
SYSTEM USING A CHOLESTERIC TO NEMATIC PHASE
TRANSITION
Joseph J. Wysocki; James E. Adams, both of Webster; James
H. Becker, Penfield; Robert W. Madrid, Macedon, and
Werner E. L. Haas, Webster, all of N.Y., assignors to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 821,565, May 5, 1969. Pat. No. 3,652,148.
This application Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,455
Int.CI.G02s///6
U.S. CI. 250—83 R 3 Claims
A scanning system for scanning electron microscopes in
which the electron beams of the electron-optical column and
the cathode ray tube are deflected in response to the number
of electrons collected, the amplitude of the cathode ray tube
beam being maintained constant. This may be accomplished
by amplifying and integrating the collected electrons, and ap-
propriately controlling the deflection of the electron beams in
response thereto. Accordingly, the scanning system provides
synchronous velocity modulation of the electron beams of the
cathode ray tube and the electron-optical column.
3,711,712
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR LOCATING A FOREIGN
BODY IN HLMAN EYE
Richard H. McLaren, 385 Los Altos Drive, Pocatello, Idaho
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,525
Int. CI.G03b47//6
U.S. CI. 250-59 5 Claims
In one embodiment two right-angular intersecting
radiopaque wires are secured to one leg of a transparent,
right-angular frame, which is adapted to be mounted by an
operator on the up-turned face of a supine patient, so that the
intersection of the wires registers with the axis of the pupil of
the injured eye The other leg of the frame carries an arcuate
wire, which the operator aligns with the foremost arc of this
pupil, and a fourth wire spaced rearwardly of the arcuate wire
and disposed to extend at right angles of the pupil axis. Verti-
A system transforming an optically negative liquid crystal-
line substance to an optically positive liquid crystalline
mesophase by an applied electrical field, and an imaging
system wherein the electrical field-induced transition images a
liquid crystalline member.
3,711,714
DEVICE FOR DETERMINING THE NEUTRON FLUX
DISTRIBUTION IN A NUCLEAR REACTOR
Erich Klar; Peter Schmid, and Hans-Peter Schabert, all of Er-
langen, Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft,
Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed June 8, 1970. Ser. No. 44,107
Claims priority, application Germany, June 14, 1969, P 19
30 439.3
Int.CI.GOltJ/OO
U.S. CI. 250-83.1 17 Claims
Stationary evaluating means is positioned outside the
nuclear reactor in operative proximity with the transfer tubes
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1091
extending into the reactor The evaluating means measures which the sensing device can be easily changed from a line
the activity of stationary columns of balls in the transfer tubes, tracing type to an edge tracing type and vice versa.
MANOMETHI t
JHUTWF »IK_B^ _ _y
SOJKE or COHPWSStD tin UA
3.711.715
CONTAINER FOR RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS HAVING
A HEAT RELEASABLE OUTER PANEL WALL
Camille Bochard, Lyon. France, assignor to Robatel S. L.P.I. ,
Genas, Rhone. France
Filed Feb. 9. 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,940
Int.CI.G21f5/00
U.S. CI. 250- 108 WS 4 Claims
3,711,717
OPTICAL LINE FOLLOWER
Leonard G. Rich, West Hartford, and Dale G. Blake, Vernon,
both of Conn., assignors to The Gerber Scientific Instrument
Company, South Windsor, Conn.
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,575
Int.Cl.G05b//00
U.S. CI. 250—202 6 Claims
!«fUtf
'Vil "
The stationary evaluating means extends alongside a plurali|y
of transfer tubes and comprises a plurality of radiation detec-
tors devices connected in parallel.
.^7 ournjT
DMT4
A container for radioactive materials comprising a chamber
provided with a wall carrying outwardly projecting cooling
elements such as fins. A casing is provided around the wall and
means are provided for passing cooling fluid through the space
between the wall and casing, which space contains the cooling
elements. Preferably the casing comprises a plurality of panels
secured to the wall but adapted to eject away from the con-
tainer should the cooling air flow means fail. A preferred
securing/ejection means comprises studs which melt on failure
of the airflow means and springs ejecting the panels.
3,711,716
PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR FOR LINE TRACING AND
EDGE TRACING COMPRISING MEANS FOR SWITCHING
PHOTOCELL BETW EEN DIFFERENT BRANCHES OF A
BRIDGE CIRCUIT
Nobushige Koyano, Yokohamashi; Tadashi Hattori, Tokyoto.
and Yoshimasa Kidowaki, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to
Iwatani & Co., Ltd., Higashiku, Osaka and Precision Cutting
Machine Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 11, 1971, Ser. No. 152,291
Int. CI. G05b 1 100; G06k / 1102; HOlj 39112
U.S. CI. 250— 202 10 Claims
In an optical line follower having a circular scan path and
encoders for encoding the position of the center of the scan
path, a vector signal defining the location, relative to the
center of the scan path, of the point at which the scan path
crosses the followed line is added to the encoder signal to pro-
vide a coordinate data output signal which output signal
repetitively taken at spaced points along the line describes the
line more accurately than the encoder signal repetitively taken
by itself.
3,711,718
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING INFRARED RADIATION
Bemt Paul, Erlangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft, Berlin, Munchcn, Germany
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,295
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 9, 1969, P 19 61
574.8
Int. CL HOlj J9//2
U.S. CI. 250-210 8 Claims
.--x±-i^
^A
Q
CV-'i
An apparatus for detecting radiation and a change in posi-
tion of the radiation source movable along a path has a radia-
tion-sensitive electronic semiconductor. A bridge circuit hav-
ing resistances is formed from the semiconductor and these re-
sistances are grouped into two pairs of mutually adjacent re-
sistances. Two of the resistances, one from each of the pairs,
have respective elongated surface portions disposed one ad-
jacent the other along a common line. The surface portions
jointly cover the range over which the radiation source is
This invention relates to a photoelectric tracing system in movable. The apparatus is positionable to have the surfaces
1092
face the radiation so that the line is substantially parallel to the
path over which the radiation source is movable.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE January 16, 1973
square wave generator of variable frequency and pulse width
3,711,719
STORAGE AMPLIFIER SCREEN
Zoltan P. J. Szepesi, Elmira. N.Y., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,254
lnt.CI.H01ji9//2
U.S. CI. 250-213 R 12 Claims
to control the charging characteristics of the capacitor which
is analogized to the reciprocity failure of the camera film
A storage amplifier screen comprising a layer of photocon-
ductive material responsive to an input radiation and a layer of
electrolummescent material emissive of an output radiation
are sandwiched between two electrical conductive electrodes.
The screen provides high sensitivity, resolution and gain. The
photoconductive material, doped zinc oxide, provides the pro-
perty of persistence of the input image under excitation for
over 10 minutes after removal of input radiation. The
photoconductive layer also provides the property of storage of
the image for days in the absence of an electrical field.
3,711,722
DETECTING SYSTEMS AND THE LIKE
Arthur J. Kavanagh, Southbridge, Mass., assignor to American
Optical Company, Southbridge, Mass.
Filed July 28, 1958, Ser. No. 752,159
Int.CI.H01ji//4
U.S.CL 250-216 8 Claims
3,711,720
AUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESS CONTROL FOR IMAGE
INTENSIHER TUBE
Robert Allen Kryder, Strasburg. Pa., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 114,787 .
Int.CLH01ji//50
U.S. CI. 250-213 VT 5 Claims
\ \./
. 4, LOKVOLTiCeTO
J- XrT ® miO OSCILLATOR
-=1.10 I! "i
LteHT
urn
^0^
- LIGHT
-^OUTPUT
lO-k PHOTOCATHOOe
A circuit for operating an image intensifier tube wherein the
voltages for the individual intensifier stages are supplied by a
voltage multiplier arrangement The invention includes cir-
cuitry to compensate for the loading down and cutting off of
individual stages of the multiplier at scene illumination levels
above 10"* foot candles, enabling operation of the intensifier
at scene illumination levels as high as 1 0^ foot candles.
>«---
1 A light-collecting and detecting system comprising a lens
having an annularly shaped toric refracting surface formed
thereon in concentric relation to a central axis of said system,
and in predetermined spaced relation to a preselected focal
point on said axis, said lens having a second surface thereon
transversely intersecting said axis substantially at said focal
point, a layer of photosensitive material of relatively small size
carried by said second surface adjacent said focal point, said
annular refracting surface being, in all radial sections thereof,
so disposed in offset relation to said axis and so spaced relative
to said focal point and so convexly elliptically curved as to
face outwardly in predetermined angular relation to said opti-
cal axis and simultaneously direct and concentrate substan-
tially all of the light being received from corresponding parts
of a conically shaped hollow annular object field of predeter-
mined mean angular value and width onto said layer, whereby
any material change in intensity in the light being received
from any part of said annular object field will be detected by
said photosensitive layer.
3,711,721
AUTOMATIC EXPOSURE CONTROL FOR
CONTROLLING PHOTOGRAPHIC SHUTTER
Donald H. Hansen, 1331 N. Forest, Williamsville, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 187,331
Int.CI.G01j//00,H01ji9//2
U.S. CI. 250-214 P 10 Claims
A camera shutter is controlled by a capacitive circuit, with a
3,711,723
OPTICAL SYSTEM FOR OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE
SCANNING APPARATUS
David Harwood McMurtry, Portola Valley, Calif., assignor to
International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N.Y.
Filed Feb. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 223,603
Int. CI. GOln 21130; G02b 5114; G06k 7100
U.S. CI. 250-219 D ^ 10 Claims
An elongated optical fiber bundle used in a manual
scanning system having a high intensity light source is pro-
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1093
tected from the adverse effects of the high temperature in-
volved by the optical system disclosed. The proximal end of
the fiber bundle is illuminated by light from a source and as-
sociated elliptical refiector brought to a focus at the face of
the bundle. An annular heat and fiare shield is interposed
between the light source and the bundle with the aperture
about the end of the bundle, preferably the aperture of the
shield has a conical wall slightly beyond a conical annulus of
the light beam. This annular light configuration is brought
about by the imposition of a mirror having a central aperture
between the light source and the bundle for permitting light
from the bundle to pass directly to a photosensitive device.
Heat from light energy passing through the aperture without
reflection to the bundle for illumination thereof is dissipated
by a heat radiator positioned beyond the mirror aperture. The
efficiency of heat radiation is maximized by locating the heat
radiator at the focal point of the light energy passing through
the mirror aperture.
ERRATUM
For Class 250—220 see:
Patent No. 3,711,177
3,711,724
SPEED DETECTING DEVICE
Saburo Uemura, Kanazawa-ku, Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa-
ken, Japan, assignor to Sony Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1972, Ser. No. 216,437
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 19, 1971,46/1541
lnt.CI.GOlp/J/00
U.S. CI. 307 —43 1 6 Claims
In a device for detecting the speed of a moving member, at
least one magnet is coupled to the moving member and has
magnetic poles of alternately opposite polarities spaced apart
on the magnet in the direction of movement of the latter with
the moving member, a generator is associated with the magnet
to provide an alternating voltage having its peak magnitude
and phase determined by the speed and direction, respective-
ly, of the movement of the magnet, a transformer is excited by
a signal, as from an oscillator, and is responsive to magnetic
flux from the magnet for producing intermittent control
signals at intervals determined by the speed of the magnet
movement, and such control signals control a circuit by which
the above alternating voltage is sampled at the occurrences of
the control signals and a DC. output voltage is provided cor-
responding, in its magnitude and polarity, to the speed and
direction, resjjectively, of the magnet movement.
3,711,725
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RADIO-FREQUENCY
PULSE GENERATION IN TUNED RADIO-FREQUgNCY
LOADS
Paul R. Johannessen, Lexington, Mass., assignor to Megapulse
Incorporated, Waltham, Mass.
Filed Aug. 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 73,827
Int. CI. H03k 3102
U.S. CI. 307 - 1 08 10 Claims
>^
f -
-X
' '41
1
^. <=.
*
•t
_
p
'
I '4*
^^«
r
This disclosure describes a radio frequency (RF) pulse
generation system employing magnetic pulse compression cir-
cuits coupled through individual matching transformers into a
tuned RF load. The pulse compression circuits are operated
sequentially, and each circuit is matched to the tuned load the
impedance of which ( volt-ampere relation ) is a function of the
current amplitude during the generation of fast rising pulses.
Variations in amplitude, pulse width and position of each half-
cycle current pulse are obtained by control of the correspond-
ing magnetic pulse compression circuit.
3,711,726
BIMETALLIC SIGNAL DEVICE FOR APPLIANCES
Jay A. Wiechert, Benton Harbor, Mich., assignor to Whirlpool
Corporation, Benton Harbor, Mich.
Continuation of Ser. No. 48,150, June 22, 1970. This
application Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 223,000
lnt.CI. H01h6//04
U.S.CL307— 117 4 Claims
A control means for providing a signal indicating a shut-
down of an appliance, the control means including a bimetal-
lic element connected in series with the power line to the ap-
pliance, the bimetallic element being arranged to deflect sub-
stantially upon passage of the current from the source and to
return to its original condition upon cessation of the current,
the bimetallic element being engageable with a stationary con-
tact for actuating a signal generating device.
1094
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,727
TIMER CONSTRUCTION MEANS AND SYSTEM
UTILIZING THE SAME OR THE LIKE
Emil Niemand, Waterbury, Conn., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Division of Ser. No. 47,01 1. June 17, 1970, Pat. No. 3,652,870.
This application Dec. 29. 1971, Ser. No. 213,769
Int. CI. H01h4i/04
U.S. CL 307—141.4 8 Claims
I07B'
134
l37-4c£
( |-I35
A timer construction having a frame means carrying a timer
motor A time selector is carried by the frame means for
selecting a desired time period that the timer motor is to
operate. An actuator is operatively associated with the timer
motor to initiate the of>eration thereof after a desired time
period has been selected by the time selector. The time selec-
tor is adapted to selectively increase or decrease the selected
time period during the operation of the timer motor as long as
the new selected time period is not less than the initial lapse of
time of the initial lime period at the time the new time selec-
tion is made by the time selector. The actuator can comprise a
push button means which indicates the amount of time lapsing
dunng the operation of the timer The timer construction is
utilized with a similar timer construction to provide a unique
timer construction system.
3,711.728
SOLID STATE DOUBLE-POLE DOUBLE-THROW RELAY
Felminio Villeila, 351 Jack Coleman Drive, Huntsville, Ala.,
and Leon C. Hamiter, 211 Homewood Drive, Huntsville,
Ala.
Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,183
Int. CI. H03k/ 7/60
U.S.CI.307— 254 6 Claims
NPN transistors in series. Switching action is realized by ac-
tuation of a light-emitting diode coupled with the
phototransistor to change the conductive state of the latter,
which in turn changes the conductive states of both pairs of
FN P transistors.
3,711,729
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR HAVING OUTPUT
PULSES DEPENDENT UPON INPUT PULSE WIDTHS
Virgilio J. Quiogue, Plymouth, Mich., assignor to Burroughs
Corporation, Detroit, Mkh.
Filed Aug. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 169,027
Int.CI. H03kJ//0
U.S. CI. 307—273 1 2 Claims
37-^ jsffH |3f-^
J ."J
OUTPUT
A single-shot monostable multivibrator for generating an
output pulse the duration of which is a function of the time du-
ration of the input (trigger) pulse and the resistive com-
ponents of an R-C network, including a pair of normally con-
ducting transistor switches and a pair of R-C paths having a
capacitor in common. Application of the input pulse turns off
the first switch and allows the capacitor to charge substantially
linearly through the first path including the base of the second
switch until the termination of the input pulse. The capacitor
then discharges substantially linearly through the collector of
the first switch forced by a reverse potential through the
second path. The time duration of the output pulse is a func-
tion of the ratio of the resistive components in the discharging
and charging paths and the width of the input pulse. A plurali-
ty of control circuits is provided for regulating the amount of
resistance in the R-C paths.
3,711,730
UNIVERSAL ACTIVE LATTICE NETWORK
Koang Eng Lim, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Northern Electric Company Limited, Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,920
Int.CI.H03k///6
U.S. CI. 307-295 4 Claims
Vee
"0
I
^Li^T^
I
A solid state DPDT relay circuit having two pairs of PNP
transistors, one pair normally conductive so as to provide a
closed current path to terminals connected to the collectors of
its transistors and the other pair normally non-conductive so ».
as to provide openings in current paths to terminals connected
to the collectors of its transistors. The bases in each pair of
PNP transistors are connected to one another, and the emit- *
ters of both pairs are connected to two interconnected ter-
minals. The base pairs are connected to an NPN
phototransistor of a photon-coupling pair, one base pair '*
through the base -col lee tor junction of an NPN transistor and The invention provides an active lattice network which may
the other through the base collector junctions of two other be used in place of a passive lattice network of any order.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1095
There is provided a differential amplifier having a pair of input
ports and a pair of output ports. Each of the input ports is con-
nected to the same input terminal through a respective re-
sistance element corresponding to the terminating resistance
of the network and to a common terminal through a respective
impedance element having predetermined characteristics.
The output of the network may be obtained either from the
pair of output ports or from one of the output ports and the
common terminal.
3,711,731
APPARATUS FOR SUPPLYING COOLING WATER TO
THE COOLING CHANNELS OF THE ROTORS OF
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Manfred Pluschke, Velbert, Germany, assignor to Kraftwerk
Union Aktiengesdlschaft, Mulheim Ruhr, Germany
Filed April 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 30,7 1 2
Claims priority, application Germany, April 4, 1970, P 20
16 169.7
Int. CI. H02k 9100
U.S.CL 310-53 22 Claims
Ji 11 1 Hi' \\\ ill!
IS 13 c n ii
3,711.732
MINIATURE SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
Hermann Gerber, Courgevaux, and Peter Frey, Murten, both
of Switzerland, assignors to Sain A.G., Friboug. Switzerland
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 1,840
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 17, 1970,
2225/70
Int.CI.H02k79/00
U.S.CL 310— 162 13 Claims
A miniature synchronous motor is made by forming a
toothed stator in two parts. One part is moulded into a coil
former by injection moulding, the moulding carrying a rotor
bearing seating The other part is located on and fastened to
the first part unit by an insulating shell which also carries a
rotor bearing seating. The rotor is multipolar and permanently
magnetized.
3,711.733
INTERCONNECTED ELECTRODE DISPLAY MEANS
Robert R. Skutt. Dayton. Ohio, assignor to The National Cash
Register Company. Dayton. Ohio
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,284
Int.CLH05bJ7/00
U.S.CL 313-109.5 17 Claims
An apparatus for supplying cooling water to the cooling
channels of an electrical machine rotor having a rotor shaft
has an inlet chamber surrounding the rotor shaft in liquid-tight
relation to the ambient and an outlet chamber communicating
with the rotor channels for receiving the cooling water, the
latter being heated and reduced in pressure by its passage
through the rotor channels. The outlet chamber surrounds the
rotor shaft in liquid-tight relation to the ambient. A primary
circulation path for conveying the cotMing water connects
between the outlet chamber and the inlet chamber for con-
ducting the cooling water between these chambers. A pump is
provided for supplying the cooling water to the inlet chamber
under pressure and for urging the same through the primary
conveying path. A leakage water chamber is situated next to
the outlet chamber in a direction toward the ambient and has
a contactless seal disposed with respect to the shaft where the
leakage chamber adjoins the ambient and a second contact
seal where the leakage chamber adjoins the outlet chamber.
The leakage chamber serves to collect cooling water which
leaks through from the second seal during normal operation,
the cooling water being mixed with air leaking into the leakage
chamber from the ambient. The pump communicates with the
leakage chamber for drawing the leakage cooling water
therefrom. A source of hydrogen gas is connected to the cool-
ing water conveying path for saturating the cooling water con-
veyed therein with hydrogen. An oxygen removal device
receives the leakage water mixed with air and is connected
between the leakage water chamber and the primary convey-
ing path.
58 66 68 30
A multiple-character display device in which characters arc
displayed by selective energization of electrodes in sets, with
one set of electrodes being provided for each character. Cor-
responding electrodes in different character sets are intercon-
nected by conductors which are interwoven through spaces
between electrodes in the character sets to form continuous
paths, thus eliminating the need for external connections for
each electrode of each character. Two embodiments of
character sets are disclosed, with one embodiment employing
a two-stage mode of operation.
3,711,734
CATHODE-RAY TUBE HAVING ANTENNA GETTER
WITH BIMETALLIC INSERTION DEVICE
Eiichi Yamazaki, Ichihara, and Hiromi Kanai. Mobara, both of
Japan, assignors to Hitachi. Ltd.. Tokyo. Japan
Filed May 27. 1970. Ser. No. 40.774
Claims priority, application Japan, May 30, 1969. 44/49713
(utility model); May 30, 1969, 44/49714 (utility model); June
2, 1969. 44/50512 (utility model)
Int. CI. HOlj/ 9/70, 6//26,9//S
U.S. CI. 313-174 4 Claims
In cathode-ray tubes provided with an antenna getter on an
electron-gun structure, a cathode-ray tube having antenna
906 O.Q.— 39
1096
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
getter structures so .mproved m construction that, when the filled w.th a metal or an alloy in liquid state or melting at a
dectron-gun structure is advanced for mserfon into said relatively low temperature, such as sod.um.
cathode-ray tube, there will be eliminated contact between
the getter structures and a conductive coating on the inner
3,711,737
CATHODE RAY DISPLAY SYSTEMS
Irvin M. McVey, Agoura, and Norman L. Olson, Marina Del
Rey, both of Calif., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stam-
ford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 849,992
int. CI. HOIj 29/70
U.S. CI. 315-18 7 Claims
surface of the tube wall, thereby to protect the conductive
coating from coming off or being damaged, whereby deteri-
oration in the inner-electrode insulation due to release of fine
particle of the coatmg into the tube and the consequent in-
tube discharge phenomenon may be prevented.
3.711.735
CORONA DISCHARGE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Leigh Curtis Foster. Atherton, Calif., assignor to Zenith Radio
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 217.155
Int.CI.HOlj/7/04
U.S.CL 313-216 12 Claims
The voltage regulator is a two-electrode device having a
conductive cylinder which serves as a cathode and encloses an
anode supported coaxially of and in insulated relation with
respect to the cathode. The anode has corona discharge ele-
ments of unique configuration and their dimensioning, along
with the pressure of the enclosed gas, is selected to establish
well-defined electric fields within the regulator giving rise to
corona or glow discharge in the presence of a predetermined
anode-cathode voltage established by connecting the device
to a voltage supply that is to be regulated.
r 1 1 — s^ ^ -T^ 1 *" , ^
3i ^^!
Improvements for cathode ray tube character displays are
disclosed, using the same magnetic yoke deflection system for
X-Y character location and character scan, the latter includ-
ing a high frequency raster scan, for example, in the Y-
direction. The hf raster scan control is coupled to the Y-
deflection yoke system for resonance at the raster scan
frequency.
3,711,738
HIGH VOLTAGE AND WIDTH REGULATION CIRCUIT
William Vincent Fitzgerald, Jr., Indianapolis, and Richard
Charles Lemmon, West Lafayette, both of Ind., assignors to
RCA Corporation
Filed May 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,661
Int. CLHOlj 29/70
U.S.CL 315-29 7 Claims
3,711,736
X-RAY TUBE HAVING A ROTARY ANODE
Emik Gabbay, Paris, France, assignor to Compagnie Generale
de Radiologie
Filed March 4, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 2 1 ,078
Claims priority, application France, March 13, 1970,
7009101
Int.CLH01ji5//0
U.S.CL 313-330 7 Claims
X-ray tube having a rotary anode comprising a thin outer
wall made of a refractory metal preferably of high atomic
number, such as tungsten. This wall forms a closed receptacle
Uncontrolled variations in the beam current drawn by the
cathode-ray picture tube of a television receiver can cause
such increases in the high voltage developed for its ultor elec-
trode as will present problems of X-radiation. These uncon-
trolled variations can also result in a loading of the horizontal
deflection circuits of the receiver and cause the reproduced
image to change in width. The described circuit operates to
limit such undesired effects, both in the presence of these
changes in beam current and. also, in the presence of varia-
tions in line voltage. A transistor referenced against ground
potential is employed to develop a control voltage for the
screen grid of the honzontal output tube and to provide the
primary amplification needed to compensatingly offset these
changes. Pulses developed across a secondary winding of the
horizontal output transformer are monitored to establish the
conduction state of the transistor to provide the desired con-
trol.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1097
3,711,739
LIGHTING CONTROL CIRCUIT
William B. Maley, Orange, Conn., assignor to Techllte, Inc.,
Milford, Conn.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,329
Int.CI.B60q//02
U.S.CL 315-82 11 Claims
plastic, a rechargeable secondary battery having a voltage not
higher than 30 volts, a diode m a charging circuit of the bat-
tery preventing the discharge of the battery when the charging
circuit is shortcircuited by water or the like, and a trigger actu-
able by a signal generated by an electromagnetic trigger in-
ductor for operating the flash device.
^
»fi/
lll«c«><IU
L.
3,711,742
SYSTEM FOR PREVENTING ELECTROSTATIC SPARK
DISCHARGE FROM A PERSON OPERATING AN
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE
Carl W. Pinkham. Jr.. Stamford, Conn., assignor to Con-
solidated Foods Corporation, Old Greenwich, Conn.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971. Ser. No. 1 17,281
Int.CI.H05fi/00
U.S.CL 317-2 R 5 Claims
This disclosure relates to a series lamp circuit including a
ballast resistance connected across a voltage source of E volts.
Each of N lamps in the circuit is rated at E/N volts or less.
When a voltage greater than E/N is sensed across a lamp, the
resistance is substituted in the circuit therefor.
3 711 740
RESPONSE TIME CONTROLLED LIGHT EMITTING
DEVICES
Satoshi Nakamura, Hachioji, and Junichi Umeda, Kodaira,
both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd, Tokyo. Japan
Filed Dec. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 94,767
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 5, 1969, 44/97179
Int.CI.H05b4///6
U.S.CL 315-246 5 Claims
A light emitting ditxie capable of being arbitrarily con-
trolled in its duration of light emission or delay time of light
emission by having applied beforehand a voltage lower than
the threshold voltage for light emission to the light emitting
diode and by applying a driving input voltage thereto in super-
p<ising relationship to the previously applied voltage.
In accordance with the present invention, there is provided
on the handle of a vacuum cleaner nozzle, or other electrical
appliance, a member of conducting material so located as to
be apt to be contacted at all times during use by the hand of
the operator. This member is connected to both conductors of
the 120 volt circuit of the appliance through a high loss dielec-
tnc material having resistivity high enough to prevent any sig-
nificant current fiow at 120 volts, either between the conduc-
tors or from either conductor to the person; but low enough to
permit current flow at the high voltages of a static charge from
the person to the conductors and at a rate sufficiently high to
drain off the charge before the voltage reaches a high enough
value to produce a spark discharge, but not at a rate suffi-
ciently high to drain off an already accumulated high static
charge rapidly enough to produce a spark discharge.
3,711,741
ELECTRONIC FLASH DEVICE
Hideaki Akiyama. and Sadanao Ando, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
FUed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 122,576
Int.CI.H05bJ//04,i7/0Cl
U.S. CL 315-241 P 9 Claims
3,711,743
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING IONS
AND CONTROLLING ELECTROSTATIC POTENTIALS
Robert E. Boiasny, Boulder, Colo., assignor to Research Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,943
IntCI.HOlt/9/00. /9/04
U.S.CL 317-3 33 Claims
r'
1
Ar»
UL.
^^-
A completely water- and airtight electronic fiash device is
provided. The device is provided with casing molded of
Method and apparatus for producing ions in a highly effi-
cient manner and with a minimum of ozone for utilization in
electrostatic control units and the like A generator produces
character-controlled periodic oscillatory pulses of electric
energy having positive and negative components of different
amplitudes. The energy generated is dispersed into a sur-
rounding gas by being applied to one or more ionizing points
spaced a preselected distance from one another and from a
ground plate to generate ions In those forms of energy
dispersing apparatus having the gas moved at a preselected
1098
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
velocity the amount of ionization is substantially increased by
reducing turbulence between the ionizing point and ground
plate.
3,711,744
PASSIVE KNERGV DL MP FOR SUPERCONDUCTING
COIL PROTECTION
James N. Luton, Jr., Oak Ridge, Tenn., assignor to The United
- States of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission
Filed June I, 1972, Ser. No. 258,678
Int.CI. H03ki/JS
U.S. CL 317—13 D 6 Claims
A passive resistance type energy dump for the protection of
the coils of a superconducting magnet is provided Insertion
heaters are immersed in a rigid container filled with a fusible
alloy The energy dump is connected across the coils of the su-
perconducting magnet wherein individual heater elements are
connected singly to the windings or otherwise according to the
energy dumping requirements upon transition of the magnet
to a normal state.
3,711,745
LOW BARRIER HEIGHT GALLIUM ARSENIDE
MICROW AVE SCHOTTKY DIODES USING GOLD-
GERMANIUM ALLOY
William J. Moroney, Wenham, Mass., assignor to Microwave
Associates, Inc., Burlington, Mass.
Filed Oct. 6, 1971. Ser. No. 187,053
Int.CLHOlli/20
U.S. CL 317—235 R 10 Claims
3,711,746
HIGH VOLTAGE ENERGY STORAGE CAPACITOR
William M. King, Spring Valley, Calif., assignor to Maxwell
Laboratories, Inc., San Diego, Calif.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,628
Int.CI. H01gi/2«
U.S.CL317— 258 8 Claims
A gallium-arsenide Schottky barrier diode for microwave
mixing and detecting with small local oscillator power has a
rectifymg metal-semiconductor contact made of an eutectic
alloy of gold and germanium formed on the GaAs substrate
while the latter is at a temperature below the eutectic for the
Au-Ge alloy.
A capacitor comprising an electrcxie and dielectric as-
sembly, a polyurethane body encapsulating the assembly, and
terminal means for providing electrical connection with the
assembly through the polyurethane body. The electrode and
dielectric assembly comprises metal electrodes which are
separated by an absorbent dielectric material impregnated
with a liquid dielectric fluid. The capacitor may be made by
impregnating the electrode and dielectric assembly with
castor oil liquid dielectric, and subsequently encapsulating the
impregnated assembly with polyurethane plastic.
3,711,747
POWER TRANSFORMER PRIMARY WINDING FUSE
ARRANGEMENT
Hiroshi Sahara, and Kiyoshi Yamakawa, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Sony Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,577
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 13, 1970, 45/80941
Int. CI. H02h 7/04
U.S.CK317-IS 7 Claims
A power supply for use with different AC line voltages,
which includes a power transformer having a plurality of
separate primary windings and a corresponding plurality of
fuses connected thereto. The primary windings are connected
to each other in several different ways to change the turns
ratio of the power transformer depending upon the value of
the voltage supplied thereto. Thus, a predetermined voltage is
produced in the secondary winding of the transformer ir-
respective of the value of the supplied AC line voltage and the
current flowing through each of the fuses is held substantially
constant, during normal operating conditions, regardless of
the manner in which the separate primary windings are con-
nected.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1099
3,711,748
ELECTRIC PLUG-ON CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH MEANS
FOR ASSURING TRIPPING OF THE BREAKER BEFORE
UNPLUGGING
Robert E. Dietz, Cedar Rapids, Iowa, assignor to Square D
Company, Park Ridge, III.
FiledMav7, 1971,Ser. No. 141,201
int.CLH02b;/04
U.S.CL317-112 8Claims
solid current leads, a flexible shunt, and contact tips, manufac-
tured from materials possessing high electrical conductivity.
The arrangement includes an armature consisting of a fer-
romagnetic reed member and thinner ferromagnetic strips and
provides for high electromagnetic pull and contact pressure,
while a shield and a loop increase the reliability of the reed-to-
reed insulation in the off-position and make it possible to
develop most reliable and wear resistant contactors. An elec-
tromagnet is arranged to attract the armature, and has poles
which are introduced into a sealed casing, while the coil of the
electromagnet is disposed outside the casing.
A molded case electric circuit breaker has plug-on jaws at
the line end arranged to plug onto edge pt^rtions of nat bus
bars, stacked in spaced face to face relation, upon movement
of the circuit breaker line and foremost along a fixed path on a
mounting pan to a plugged position, and to disconnect from
the bar upon opposite movement of the circuit breaker along
said path.
The breaker has a push-to-test pin accessible through a hole
in Its ca.se for movement by an inserted tool to an operating
ptisition in which it rocks a trip bar to circuit breaker tripping
p«^)sition.
The breaker has a safety device comprising a settable ele-
ment spring biased so that when released it moves to an opera-
tive position wherein it drives the pin to the pin operating posi-
tion, and an element, arranged in fixed position along said
path, which cooperates with the settable element and holds it
in an inoperative position only while the jaws and bus bar are
in plugged relation, and which releases the settable element so
that the element is moved by its spring to the pin operating
position prior to unplugging the jaws from the bus bars as the
circuit breaker is moved in an unplugging direction from its
plugged pt)sition. and at all times while the circuit breaker is
removed from the pan.
3,711,750
DYNAMIC ANHYSTERETIC DEMAGNETIZATION
APPARATUS HAVING POLE FACES PERPENDICULAR
TO THE ROTATIONAL AXIS
Russell B. Huffman; Stuart J. Baker; Donald P. Grossllght. all
of Northridge, and Aldren M. Pace, Reseda, all of Calif., as-
signors to Huffman and Baker and Grosslight and Pace, part
interest to each
Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,530
Int. CL G 1 lb 5/02; HO If 13/00
U.S.CL 317-157.5 5 Claims
A magnetic tape with recorded data thereon is demag-
netized and/or erased by being passed through an erasure zone
having rotating magnetic fields. The magnetic fields have an
intensity sufficient to saturate the recording medium and
remain within the negative region of the hysteresis curve while
remanent magnetism is removed.
3,711,749
REED SWITCH
Mark Germanovich Koblents, ulitsa Danilevskogo, 20, kv. 92;
Gennady Feodosievich Mitskevich, ulitsa Chemyshevskogo,
95, kv. 58; Eduard Jurievich Polovets, Moskovsky prospekt,
196/1, kv. 60, and Anatoly Fedorovich Zhevago, Stadionny
proezd, 6/6, kv. 13, all of Kharkov, U.S.S.R.
Filed Oct. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 187,312
Int. CLHOlh 47/04, 57/25
U.S.CL 317-155 8 Claims
3,711,751
ELECTROLYTIC TIMER DELAY CAPSULE
John Paul Jones, Jr., Wayne, Pa., assignor to Compuline Cor-
poration, King of Prussia, Pa.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,481
Int. CLHOlg 9/04
U.S.CL 317-232 10 Claims
>. . •! /' IS
A reed type electromagnetic circuit switch designed mainly
for operation in power circuits of switchgear installations, as
well as in automatic control and electric drive systems where
the power handled may amount to tens of thousands of vol-
tamperes and rated currents may reach tens and hundreds of
amperes, the current circuit of the reed switch is made up of
An electrolytic timer capsule is constructed of an outer
cylindrical closed end case and an inner insulated upside down
cup enclosing an electrolyte solution. The case comprises one
electrode and the other is a U-shaped wire with an inter-
mediate thin coined section immersed in the electrolyte solu-
tion.
1100
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,752 3,711,754
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OE CIRCUIT EOR DRIVING A MOVING ELEMENT
ASSEMBLING THE SAME Kouji Nemoto, Ninoniiya-1082, Akita-machi, Nishitoma-gun,
Johannes Nier, 7016 Gerlingen, Germany, assignor to Robert Tokyo, Japan
Bosch GmbH. Stuttgart, Germany Filed March 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,804
FiledNov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,067 Claims priority, application Japan, March 28, 1969,
Claims priority, application Germany. Dec. 5, 1969. P 19 61 44/23160
042.5 Int. CI. H02k 33100
Int.CI. H01I5/00 ' U.S. Cr 318— 126 1 Claim
U.S. CI. 317-234 R 9Claims
The parts of a semiconductor device are assembled in a
composite jig whose base can locate the heat sink and whose
parts-receiving block has cavities for the solder, semiconduc-
tor pellet and elastic metallic contacts provided with elastic
tongues which engage terminals on the exposed surface of the
pellet. The contacts are thereupon subjected to elastic
deforming stresses to clamp them to the leads of the heat sink
and to bias the tongues against the pellet. The thus assembled
semiconductor device is withdrawn from the jig and conveyed
through a soldering furnace wherein the contacts are bonded
to the leads and to the terminals simultaneously with bonding
of the pellet to the heat sink.
3,711,753
ENHANCEMENT MODE N-CHANNEL MOS STRUCTURE
AND METHOD
VVarren L. Brand, Cupertino, and Faraj Y. Kashkooli, San
Jose, both of Calif., assignors to Signetics Corporation, Sun-
nyvale, Calif.
Filed June 4, 1971, Ser. No. 149,944
Int.CI. H01iy///4
U.S. CI. 317-235 R 4 Claims
j6/v»; j^ '/t,(p)
Enhancement mode N-channel MOS structure having a
semiconductor body with a region of P conductivity type
formed in the body and extending to the surface A
polycrystalline gate structure is formed on said surface.
Spaced source and drain regions are formed in the region of P
conductivity type and form a channel in said body underlying
said gate structure with the polycrystalline materia! of the gate
structure having an N-type impurity therein. A layer of insu-
lating material is formed on the surface and covers the gate
structure Contact elements are formed on the layer of insulat-
ing material and extend therethrough to make contact with
the source and drain regions and said polycrystalline gate
structure to form an active device.
In the method for fabricating the structure, the polycrystal-
line material of the polycrystalline gate structure is doped in-
dependently of doping for forming the channel underlying the
polycrystalline gate structure.
An electric circuit is disclosed for starting an output
member in vibratory motion and mamtaming the vibratu>ns at
a constant amplitude. A coil is elcctromagnetically coupled to
the output member and performs both the driving and pick-up
functions. The circuit mcludes two oppositely polari/ed
transistors cooperating with a coupling capacitor to deliver
current pulses of a relatively large pulse width to the coil to
start the output member in vibratory motion. The pulse width
is progressively decreased until the output member is vibra-
tionally maintamed at a constant amplitude and frequency.
3,711,755
DC FISHING MOTOR SPEED AND STEERING CONTROL
Charies Paul Meyer, Jr., Bloomington, III., assignor to Jetco
Electronic Industries, Inc., El Paso, Tex.
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,498
Int. CI. H02p 7/65
U.S.CI.318— 139 6 Claims
M-2 ^J3
4^5
"WSSif- —
A simplified resistive circuit for controlling the speed and
steering of a boat. One resistance enables selection of an equal
speed for both motors and a second resistance provides a dif-
ferential in the voltage applied to the two motors to provide a
differential speed of the two motors and steering of the boat.
3,711,756
PROGRAMMING SYSTEM
Mithutoshi Ogiso, Kawasaki, Japan, assignor to Canon
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,136
Claims priority, application Japan, June 12, 1969, 44/46596
Int.CI.G05b/9/42
U.S.Ci.318— 162 8 Claims
A programming system for providing play-back from a
number of reproduction media in accordance with a preset
program, characterized in that pulses of different time inter-
J
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1101
vals are prepared in a corresponding relationship with respec- placement of the supporting carriage parallel to the movement
tive reproduction media and are recorded on a program of the index and an indicator for indicating the direction of
said movement, the mechanism for controlling one of the
modules being actuated by the position reader and direction
recording material in sequence determined by a desired pro-
gram.
3,711,757
AUTOMATIC SERVO SYSTEM FOR ELECTRIC CABLE
MARKING MACHINES
Jean Baptiste Marie Reforzo, Marseille, France, assignor to
Societe Nationale Industrielle, Aerospatiale, Paris, Saine.
France
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,870
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 19, 1970, 7001775
Int. CLGOSb 79/26
U.S. CI. 318-600 7 Claims
indicator which are associated with the other module and con-
versely while causing the displacement of the corresponding
supporting carriage so that the initial elongation of the spring
should tend to be restored.
3,711,759
AC ENERGIZING SYSTEM WITH STATIC
INTERRUPTER
Stanley Krauthamer. Monterey Park, Calif., assignor to Borg-
Wamer Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed June 18, 1971, Ser. No. 154,382
Int. CI. H02m 1118, H02h 7//4
U.S. CI. 321-14 3 Claims
Reci't'er
V^
An automatic servo system for marking machines, compris-
ing cable run measuring means positioned upstream of a
marking machine, cable cutting means positioned downstream
thereof, and an electronic unit for generating marking control
signals, for changing the pitch of the marking and for cutting
the cable, said unit being controlled by the cable run measur-
ing means.
■lOO ]08
'121 .122
I2C
■510
-5!t
1^
kP^
X
■^
-S-'
-au
106 Finog Circutt
50
Static Switcti
43
3,711,758
DEVICE FOR REMOTE-CONTROLLED RECIPROCAL
EMISSION, TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF
MECHANICAL INFORMATION
Gilbert Leiandais, 7, avenue Marcel Hirbec, 78 Bois D'Arcy,
France
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 154,888
Claims priority, application France, June 24, 1970,
7(J23439
Int.CI.G05b///0/
U.S. CI. 318-675 14 Claims
In a device for the remote-controlled reciprocal emission,
transmission and reception of mechanical information
between two identical modules, each module comprises a
position reader provided with a movable index which converts
into successive electrical pulses an item of mechanical infor-
mation relating to the motion of an actuating member which is
associated with the index, a calibrated-compression spring
mounted between a supporting carriage and the index so as to
compress said spring, a mechanism for controlling the dis-
A system for energizing an AC load from an inverter, oj
from other single- or multi-phase power sources or combina-
tion thereof, includes a series filter comprising a capacitor
coupled in series with an inductor. The filter elements are
resonant at the normal operating frequency of the inverter.
Responsive to a large overload or a fault condition in the
system, a virtual short circuit is applied across one of the filter
components to detune the filter Alternatively if a load ex-
ceeding a specified value is applied, a clamp detunes the filter.
This significantly increases the effective impedance seen by
the inverter or other power sources, protecting the system
against excess currents.
3,711,760
RECTIFIER-TRANSFORMER SYSTEM
Francis D. Kaiser, Sharon, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filedjune30, 1971,Ser. No. 158,434
Int. CI. H02m 7/00, HOlf 33100
U.S. CI. 321-5 4 Claims
Electrical inductive apparatus for supplying polyphase
power to a polyphase rectifier. Two six-phase transformers are
interconnected with their primary windings in parallel circuit
1102
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
relationship Tertiary windings on each transformer are inter-
connected and connected to a harmonic filter. Multiple secon-
daries furnish twelve-phase power to a rectifying unit. The
material having two shells connected by symmetrically ar-
ranged teeth. The number of teeth is a multiple of m, the
number of phase voltages and of n the number of phase out-
puts. Wound on the teeth are m primary windings symmetri-
cally arranged and each primary winding is energized by a
secondary winding bus conductors and the secondary bushing
terminals may be arranged so that adjacent conducting ele-
ments carry currents which are antiphase to reduce eddy cur-
rents and inductive heating.
ERRATUM
For Class 321—57 see:
Patent No. 3,711,762
3,711,761
OFF DELAY TIMER AND INTERNALLY GENERATED
AUXILIARY DIRECT CURRENT VOLTAGE SOURCE FOR
A CONTROLLED RECTIFIER ALTERNATING CURRENT
SWITCH FOR USE THEREIN
Guido Watson, Murrysville. Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburge, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 735,226, June 7, 1968, Pat. No. 3,555,367.
This application Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,655
Int. CI. H02m 7120
U.S.CL 321-18 7 Claims
phase voltage, n secondary windings are arranged on the core
so that an output voltage is induced in each secondary winding
and the secondary windings are positioned relative to one
another in accordance with the desired phase angle separation
of the outputs.
3,711.763
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION CIRCUIT FOR A
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Walter Raymond Peterson, Belleville, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed Nov. 5 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 96,02 1
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 1, 1971,
3,604/71
int.CI.G051//55
U.S. CI. 323-9 5C\»ms
An alternating current switch includes a full-wave rectifier
with one input terminal thereof connected to an alternating
current line, and the other input terminal connected by way of
a load impedance to the alternating current line, with a con-
trolled rectifier connected across the output of the full wave
rectifier and while conducting providing for the fiow of cur-
rent through the load impedance and while nonconducting
preventmg the fiow of current through the load impedance,
with a Zener diode connecting the control element of the con-
trolled rectifier to the anode thereof whereby a gate drive for
gating the controlled rectifier on is obtained only when the
voltage across the Zener diode is sufficient to cause the Zener
diode to become conductive.
An overcurrent protection network for a voltage regulator
including a bndge network in circuit with the regulating ele-
ment and the output terminals, a normally non-conductive
device in circuit with the bridge network and a variable im-
pedance device in circuit with the regulating element and
responsive to the normally non-conductive device for reduc-
ing the load current upon the occurrence of conditions which
would tend to cause the load current to rise above a predeter-
mined maximum value.
3,711,762
POLYPHASE TRANSFORMER FOR A VARIABLE SPEED
CONSTANT FREQUENCY SYSTEM
Robert Charles Eckenfelder, Point Pleasant; Robert Frederick
Kautz, Spring Lake, and Albert William Compoly, Wall, all
of N.J., assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,156
Int.CI.H02m5//0
U.S. CI. 321-57 20 Claims
A transformer provides n phase outputs from m phase input
voltages and compnses a core of magnetically permeable
3,711,764
NOISE EXCITED RESONANCE APPARATUS
Richard R. Ernst, Winterthur, Switzerland, assignor to Varian
Associates, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,417
Int.CLG01n27/7S
U.S. CI. 324-.5 R 9 Claims
Noise excited radio frequency spectrometers are disclosed
wherein resonance of a sample of matter disposed in a polariz-
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1103
ing magnetic field is excited by applying noise energy to the
sample to excite a spectrum of resonance lines within the sam-
ple under analysis. In one embodiment, a sample of the excit-
ing noise is Fourier transformed and a sample of the resultant
noise excited spectrum of the sample is similarly Fourier trans-
formed and the two Fourier transformed functions are mul-
r wAsTT'
^\
i 5
TKANSMITrEI)
1 fo
PH«SE
MOOULAIDR
WISE -
SOURCE
SitiJ
c RMDOM
S(t) ? S,
(, ^ 1 — -' -■
"- ™* r MIPLIflER
« V(t)
3,711,766
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN MEASURING
RESULTANT TENSION FORCES IN STEEL STRIP BY
SEQUENTIALLY ESTABLISHING FLUX PATHS ACROSS
SAID STRIP
John R. Dahm. Pittsburgh. Pa., assignor to Jones & Laughlin
Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 773,500, Nov. 5, 1968,
abandoned. This application March 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,452
lnt.CI.G01rJJ//2
U.S. CI. 324-34 ST 7 Claims
R F
PHASE
OETECti
- WASE
—-'TOR
GENERATOR
S(t)
1
AF
AMPLIFIER
V(t)^
L
FHEOUEMCT -»
-CORRELATIOtl
COEFFICIEKT
"OETERdlKlNC
UNIT
R»,1T)-^
^T CHANNEL
1 STORAGE
e- ^ ADDER
13m
raURIER
TRANSFORM
'*'tir*coRttR I
tiplied to derive a resonance spectrum of the sample under
analysis In Another embodiment, a sample of the resonance
exciting noise signal is cross-correlated with a sample of the
noise excited resonance signal derived from the sample to ob-
tain a cross-correlation function which is Fourier transformed
to obtain a resonance line spectrum of the sample under anal-
ysis.
-so o *so
ei9A^M s
A series of sets of magnetic flux flow paths are sequentially
established and passed through a ferromagnetic steel strip
being rolled under tension. Each set of paths in the series acts
to develop a resultant magnetic flux which is a measure of the
average tension in the rolling direction in that portion of the
strip through which a particular set of paths passes. The series
of sets of paths are established in abutting relation across the
width of the strip so that all stresses in the strip across its width
are taken into account A profile across the width of the strip
of the magnitude of the applied tension forces in the strip in
the rolling direction is thereby obtained, and the profile is
used to determine strip fiatness.
3,711,765
METHOD OF LOCATING ANOMALOUS ZONES OF
CHEMICAL ACTIVITY IN A WELL BORE
Harold L. Overton, 5418 Whispering Creek, Houston, Tex.
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,661
Int. CI. GOlv 3100; E21b 49100
U.S.CL 324-1 8 Claims
3,711,767
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING THE
INTEGRITY OF THE SHIELD CONNECTION IN A
SPLICING SECTION JOINING THE ENDS OF ADJACENT
INSULATED AND SHIELDED COMMUNICATION
CABLES
Richard H. Campbell. Jr., Gilford, and William B. Wilkens,
Laconia, both of N.H., assignors to Wilcom Products, Inc.,
Laconia, N.H.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970. Ser. No. 85,617
Int.CI.G01rJ//04.i//0S
U.S. CI. 324-51 17 Claims
pfloee A psoBEB
-12
_^^^^RECTjneR _^
A method of locating anomalous zones of chemical activity
in a well bore by measuring one or more cationic potentials
and the redox (reduction-oxidation) potential of shale
cuttings obtained from the well bore at different elevations
during the drilling thereof, and graphically representing the
different values to obtain comparisons which are indicative of
the location of petroleum formations in the well bore.
MEISURMGSET-
This invention provides an effective methcxi and apparatus
for testing the continuity of the shielding in communication
cables, such as telephone cables, and for locating sections
thereof which are defective and require repairs; without punc-
turing or damaging the cable insulation. The apparatus system
embraces two identical probes designed for convenient appli-
cation to the opposite ends of the splicing section to be tested.
Each probe embraces a pickup electrtxie and an electronic
impedance converting circuit. Noise signals induced on the
cable shield from an exterior source, are capacitively coupled,
through the cable insulation, to the pickup electrode on each
1104
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
probe, and then processed through an ultra high unity gain im-
pedance converting circuit in the probe head and into a low
impedance signal The output from the two probes are con-
nected through a switch to the input transformer of a measur-
ing set which also includes an attenuator and appropriate
operational amplifiers A bridge rectifier meter circuit with an
appropriate damping capacitor provides the means for mea-
suring the signal level
said unit to be tested and shifted a 1 80° in phase with respect
to output of unit. The two signals are then combined to
eliminate the fundamental, and the spurious signal is mea-
sured by a spectrum analyzer.
3,711,768
COMBINED ELECTRIC CONTINUITY CHECKER AND
FLASHLIGHT
Benjamin Frazin, 333 East 176th Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed April 5, 1971,Ser.No. 131,287
Int.CI.G01rJ//00
U.S. CI. 324-53 6 Claims
3,711,770
RESISTANCE-CAPACITANCE METER
Homer M. Wilson, Houston,\Tex., assignor to Petrolite Cor-
poration, St. Louis, Mo. \
Division of Ser. No. 849,734, Aug. 15. 1969, Pat. No.
3,616,417. This application July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,792
Int. CL GO Ir 27/00
U.S.CL 324-57 R 2 Claims
j)^
-^'
>• ■
-m —- "
«.■-—
,..-—.
'« '^
<r
"^'
//—
'
aa
^
■ff*?^
Combined fiashlight and continuity checker having a
generally tubular body for containing one or more fiashlight
cells provided with a lamp head at one end portion for project-
ing a beam of light forwardly of the housing having a colored
light transmitting rim to enable a lighted condition to be
visually observed from a wide angle; a switch mounted at the
side of the housing for manual operation of the lamp head; and
a socket at the other end portion of the housing connected in
parallel with the switch for receiving plug bodies, such as plug-
type fuses therewithin to indicate the presence or absence of a
complete circuit therethrough by the lighted or non-lighted
condition of the lamp head Adaptors may be provided for
checking different types of plug fuses and for providing test
leads which may be used for checking continuity of other elec-
trical devices.
3,711,769
SPURIOUS SIGNALS AND INTERMODULATION
PRODUCTS DETECTION ENHANCEMENT CIRCUIT
Murray W. Peake, Laureldale, Pa., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed March 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122,390
Int. CLGOlr 27/00
U.S.CL 324-57 N 4 Claims
A meter for measuring electrical characteristics of a load in-
cluding resistance R and capacitance C with metallic elec-
trodes contactable by an aqueous liquid, including a test
specimen electrode, a reference electrode and a third or aux-
iliary electrode. A current loop circuit connects the test
specimen and third electrodes to a first input and common
output of a differential amplifier and a direct current supply
means. Polarizing current in the current loop circuit passes
through the third electrode and the test specimen electrode to
produce an exponential voltage change at the test specimen
electrode with a time constant of resistance and capacitance
about this electrcxie A voltage loop circuit connects the test
specimen electrode and the reference electrode between the
first and second inputs of the differential amplifier A signal
generating source in the voltage loop circuit prtxluces a volt-
age signal changing exponentially from a first value to a
second value with the resistance-capacitance time constant
characteristic of the polarizing voltage change at the test
specimen electrode The voltage signal and polarizing voltage
change combine as an input signal across the first and second
inputs of the differential amplifier to produce the polarizing
current fiow in the current loop circuit at a substantially con-
stant value until a predetermined polarizing voltage is
generated at the lest specimen electrcxje. Means provide a
read-out of the constant value of current fiow through the test
specimen electrode and the third electrode while the voltage
signal is changing exponentially. The value of current How can
be correlated to the electrical characteristics at the test
specimen electrode.
r'
PURl
^9
».»«
SMFTCn
SCMAC
TRIABLE
PURE J S«H»L
SPuW'CKJS
A test system where a fundamental signal is sent through a
unit to be tested and at the same time this signal is sent around
3,711,771
RADIO-FREQUENCY POWER TESTING EQUIPMENT
Frederick R. Hume, Brea, and Jack B. Seaton, Anaheim, both
of Calif., assignors to North American Rockwell Corporation
Filed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,365
Int. CLGOlr 2 7/00
U.S. CL 324-57 R 10 Claims
Method and apparatus for measuring the peak power per-
formance of a pulsed microwave power device as a unit-
under-test, in which there is provided means for driving the
unit-under-test with a constant power-level, swept-frequency
source of RF energy as an applied input, and in which there is
also provided means for pulse modulating the applied input.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1105
There is further provided means responsive to the time-
averaged power output, pulse repetition rate and pulse width
iiMLOC wf rmo
Jj, L,
n-f ifi ^,
I lose ■ ^
STAttLtZO)
M/TO
I — \ 1 ( — ^ — I I mi
_ ►•• .J THCRMinonU^ CP1
■ntn n I yf.1
i L t '
sive OR gate which compares the phase of the test signal with
that of a reference signal provided by a voltage-controlled
oscillator (VCO), and provides an output signal having a
frequency twice that of the test signal and a duty cycle propor-
tional to test signal phase displacement. This output signal is
converted to a DC signal which, in addition to serving as a
basis for measurement of the average and peak-to-peak phase
jitter of the test signal, controls the phase of the VCO to
u — f; pwM
MCTCN
/TOMTK
UVtL
CONTROL
FtEBACX
b:
IT »U>TTlll ,
K-MP(JT
of the pulse modulated unit-under-test for indicating the peak
power output thereof.
3,711,772
DIGITAL FUNDAMENTAL PRP ANALYZER FOR PULSE
TRAIN SIGNALS
Bruce J. Brown, 4801 Kenmore Avenue, Apt. 1022, Alexan-
dria, Va.
Filed Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 207,756
Int. CI. GOln 2-^/02; G06f 15/20; H03b 1/04
U.S.CL 324-78 D 10 Claims
thereby phase lock the reference signal to the test signal. Short
term amplitude variations experienced by the test signal are
compared against an adjustable predetermined range in order
to provide an indication whenever the amplitude is outside the
selected range. A novel test signal generator is also disclosed
using a modified Hartley oscillator configuration to provide an
output signal having high amplitude and frequency stability in-
dependently of the type of transistor employed
3,711,774
AUTOMATIC GAIN CALIBRATION
Walter Bohler, Norwalk, Conn., assignor to The Perkin-Elmer
Corporation, Norwalk, Conn.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,585
Int. CLGOlr 75/05, //iS
U.S.CL 324-1 15 8 Claims
A pulse-repetition-period analyzer comprising binary con-
verter means for converting an input waveform into a series of
equal-amplitude binary pulses, variable-length shift register
means for sorting the pulses into a series of successive pulse
trains ordered according to their pulse repetition periods, shift
register means for rejecting from each pulse train any pulses
constituting a harmonic rather than a fundamental signal at
the input, weighted integrator means for individually integrat-
ing said fundamental pulse trains and time-delay control
means for controlling the delay (or length) of the variable-
length shift register and synchronizing the operation of the
other components of the circuit.
•««"■ 1 IT ~ ^ I ^t
in
3,711,773
PHASE JITTER METER
Norris C. Hekimian, Rockville, Md., and John L. Kelly,
Washington, D.C., assignors to Hekimian Laboratories, Inc.,
Rockville, Md.
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,531
Int. CL GO Ir 25/00. H03d \3/00
U.S. CI. 324-83 R 22 Claims
A system is disclosed for monitoring short term amplitude
and phase variations and measuring average and peak-to-peak
phase jitter experienced by a test signal transmitted through a
system under test. Phase detection is achieved with an exclu-
Apparatus for causing unknown electrical signals to be mea-
surable directly on a desired "scale" performs the functions
of: determining the "scaling" gain factor to make a (known)
standard electrical signal equal a (manually set) particular
voltage level; storing this gain factor; subsequently regenerat-
ing the stored gain factor; and applying this regenerated gain
factor to an unknown electrical signal. The disclosed embodi-
ment determines the desired gain factor by integrating the
standard signal until it equals the manually set voltage level,
stores this integration time factor by a second integrator in-
tegrating the same standard input signal for the same time and
preserving the integrated output value at the end of this tim-
ing, regenerates this integration time by the second integrator
integrating again the same input until it reaches the value of
the previously preserved output, and causes the first integrator
to integrate the unknown signal during this same regenerated
integration time (as determined by the second integrator).
1106
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,775
SIGNAL TRANSLATING CIRCUIT FOR PASSING VERY
LOW FREQUENCY INFORMATION
Stephen B. Judlowe. 47 Saf-amore Drive, Murray Hill, N.J.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 882,910
Int. CLGOlr 1 130,13/04
U^.CL324-123R 8aaims
signals of a message. Logic circuits responsive to end-of-trans-
mission signals, noise and signal drop-out control turn-off of
the flip-flop. Probability of turn-off due to noise is reduced by
Circuitry for passing the very low frequency information
content of an infrequently sampled analog signal while reject-
ing concomitant noise and spurious transient voltages includes
a difference amplifier having a feedback resistor-capacitor
and input signal coupling and scaling circuitry for providing a
very slow and stable characteristic response to an input analog
signal.
When employed in conjunction with a plural transducer
charinel. sampled data system, the circuitry avoids data scat-
tering which otherwise obtains.
delaying turn-off signals due to noise, whereby only a message
end ctxle causes rapid turn-off. In addition, a circuit is pro-
vided requiring the received signal be in a marking state to
enable a fast turn-off
3,711,778
MICROWAVE MICROCIRCUIT
William B. Day. Dunedin, Fla.. assignor to Sperry Rand Cor-
poration
Filed March 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,763
Int.CI. H04b///6
U.S.CL 325-446 1 Claim
3,711,776
CORE-MAGNET TYPE INSTRUMENT HAVING LINEAR
RESPONSE CHARACTERISTIC
Tetsuzo Inami, and Yoshiyuki Takizawa, both of Chichibu,
Japan, assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo and
Canon Denshi Kabushiki Kaisha. Chichibu-shi, Japan
Filed Nov. 16, 1970. Ser. No. 89,687
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 17, 1969,44/91947
Int.CI. G01r///6,/5//0
U.S.CL 324-151 A 5 Claims
— X
A core magnet type instrument which renders a linear
response characteristic comprises a magnet core, a yoke sur-
rounding and spaced apart from the magnet core to form an
air gap therebetween, and a moving coil movable in the air gap
and having a pointer The magnet core is shaped into an el-
lipse to improve a response characteristic of the instrument.
A high frequency or microwave microcircuit device is dis-
closed having application as an integrated circuit element for
electromagnetic signal frequency conversion performing, for
example, frequency conversion functions such as signal mix-
ing or signal detection. The novel microcircuit element is par-
ticularly adapted for use in planar integrated microstrip trans-
mis-sion line systems.
3,711,777
LATCHING AND CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR CARRIER
DETECTION
Robert M. Tink. San Diego, Calif., assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Sept. 16, 1971. Ser. No. 181.166
Int.CI.H04l27//4
U.S. CI. 325-320 11 Claims
A carrier detection circuit for a modem receiver wherein a
carrier detect flip-flop is latched upon receipt of initial mark
3,711,779
APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AND
CHARACTERIZING THE SLOPES OF TIME-VARYING
SIGNALS
Robert W. Allington, Lincoln, Nebr., assignor to Instrumenta-
tion Specialties Company, Lincoln, Nebr.
Filed Nov. 17. 1970, Ser. No. 90,252
Int. CI. H03k 5/20. 5/ /«
US CI 328— 114 17Clalms
At discrete time intervals, a clocked switch stores succes-
sive samples of a signal, whose slope is to be determined,
across a capacitor. Amplifying means measure the capacitor
charging current that changes the storage level at each inter-
val A positive or negative signal slope is sensed when the mea-
sured charging current exceeds predetermined positive or
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1107
negative threshold levels. Logic means furnish outputs at poled as to prevent the application of the input signal to either
separate terminals that indicate the slope to be positive, not device when the polarity of the input signal, relative to a
datum, is such that it would bias that device out of conduction.
Flic not
tluIt'OI
positive, negative, not negative, most recently positive, and
most recently negative.
3,711,780
NONRECIPRi)CAL REACTANCE AMPLIFIER
ARRANGEMENT
Robert Maurer, Neureut near Karisruhe, Germany, assignor to
Licentia Patent- Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H., Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,655
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 16, 1969. P 19
52 138.1; Oct. 16, 1969, P 19 52 134.7; Oct. 16, 1969, P 19 52
135.8; Oct. 16, 1969, HGM 69 40 259.1
Int. CI. H03f 7/00
U.S. CI. 330-4.5 1 1 Claims
^^^tt-^^U^di^
i '^■
Cs.2^' iLs.2
A non-reciprocal reactance amplifier arrangement compris-
ing the cascade connection of an up-converter or mixer and a
down-converter or mixer whose reactance diodes are pumped
in opposite phase by a common pump generator and are cou-
pled together by a common auxiliary or idler circuit. The am-
plifier arrangement is provided with a broadband decoupling
in the reverse direction and a simultaneous broadband trans-
mission is the forward direction by designing the auxiliary cir-
cuit so that its transmission or band pass characteristic ex-
hibits a supercritical course or wave form for the lower side-
band and a subcritical course for the upper sideband.
3,711,781
ELECTRICAL AMPLIFIER ARRANGEMENTS
Peter F. Blomley, Towcester, England, assignor to The Plessey
Company Limited, Ilford, England
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,454
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 4, 1969,
53,916/69
Int. CI. H03f J/26
U.S.CI.330-15 ^ 8 Claims
Two amplifier devices are connected in a push-pull output
configuration, and are both biased to a conductive point at the
beginning of the linear portion of their transfer characteristics.
The input signal to be amplified is applied to the amplifier
devices through input means, such asidiodes, which are so
' —vJwi/^—t
Thus, the devices amplify alternately but both of them are al-
ways conductive, and class B operation is thus achieved in a
manner which can substantially overcome the problem of
cross-over distortion.
3.711.782
VHF AND MICROWAVE AMPLIFIER HAVING
IMPROVED STABILITY AND CONTROLLABLE GAIN
George Perrero. and Carroll E. Weller. both of Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to Avco Corporation, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Jan. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 109,840
Int.CI.H03fi/6«,H01p5//2
U.S. CI. 330-30 R 14 Claims
A gain stabilized VHF and microwave power amplifier-at-
tenuator having a hybrid coupled transistor pair. The amplifi-
er-attenuator input comprises a 3 db, quadrature phase,
directional coupler The power amplifier output also com-
prises a 3 db, quadrature phase, directional coupler. A pair of
class-A transistor amplifiers have their inputs connected to the
output ports of the input coupler and their outputs connected
to the input ports of the output coupler. Their bias power
supply terminals are connected to a gain controlling source of
bias power. Each of the transistor amplifiers has a feedback
loop which comprises a zener diode operating in its zener re-
gion which is conductively connected from the output ter-
minal of the amplifier to the input terminal of the amplifier.
The gain of the amplifiers is stabilized by circuitry which auto-
matically controls the voltage applied to the bias power supply
terminals.
3,711,783
DIVISION WITH PULSE WIDTH MODULATION
Leroy U. C. Kelling, Waynesboro, Va., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Dec. 23, 1970. Ser. No. 100,920
Int.CI. H03gJ/iO
U.S.CL 330-86 12 Claims
A system for digitally controlling an amplifier wherein the
transfer function of the amplifier is time modulated in ac-
cordance with a selectable digital number to make the amplifi-
1108
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
er ga.n an .nverse function of the magnitude represented by frequency ^e-ra- ^ ^^ -'-^'"^ '^'^ °^ ''^ ''^^^"'"^
the digital number The digital number .s preset into a digital frequency multiplier stage.
3.711,785
HIGH POWER SEGMENTED LASER DEVICE HAVING
NOVEL COOLANT FLOW ARRANGEMENT AND NOVEL
LASER DISCS
Wayne J. Zitkus, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-IUInols, Inc.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,124
Int.CI. H01r.?/00
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 O
2 Claims
circuit which controls the switching of a signal feedback im-
pedance into and out of the feedback path of the amplifier on
a time basis determined by the preset number.
3,711,784
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR CONNECTING A
PI URALITY OF FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER STAGES TO
A COMMON FUNDAMENTAL FREQUENCY
GENERATOR
Rudolf Heise, Wolfratshausen, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Sept. 2 1 . 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 82,326
Claims priority, application Germany. Sept. 24, 1970, P 20
47 145.8
Int.CI. H03b/9//4
U.S.a.331-53 ^Claims
HWmjFCRV
FINWCKTU
FKOiEirr
GOCUIOIIG
wnoncaotiE
RMMNUL
WOUEXTf
, BUS SG
91
HMl'
There is disclosed a laser device in which a plurality of solid
laser discs are supported in stacked, spaced relation along
their optical axis in an imperforate, elongated tubular
member, the discs being planar and having a perimetrical con-
figuration relative to the cross-sectional configuration of the
imperforated tubular member such that a coolant admitted to
one end of the imperforate tubular member is caused to axi-
ally traverse the tubular member in a serpentine or sinuous
path across the faces of the discs from one end of the tubular
member to the other end. The discs are preferably composed
of a solid core of laser materials such as neodymium doped
glass and the core is clad by a non-laserable glass material. A
feature of the invention is that the discs are maintained in
space relation by spacer elements which are inserted in closed
bores in the clad portions or non-active medium portions of
the discs. Preferably, although not necessarily, the discs are
cut from a solid rod of material and at Brewster's angle so that
when mounted in the tube, the discs will be at Brewster's an-
gle. Some of the laser discs are relieved at alternate side por-
tions thereof in the glass cladding to form righthand or
lefthand members, each being alternated in the stacks to form
the serpentine path for coolant to fiow. In order to lower the
pressure drop with respect to the cmilant fiuid fiowing through
the tube, in addition to lefthanded and righthanded laser discs
as in the prior art, the invention features neutral discs which
are inserted between left and right-hand elements so as to pro-
vide at least one parallel path fiow for the coolant fluid in its
serpentine now throughout the length of the imperforate tube.
A circuit arrangement connects a plurality of frequency
multiplier stages, each producing a different output frequen-
cy and only one of which operates at a specific time, to a com-
mon fundamental frequency generator Each of a plurality of
switching diodes couples the input of a corresponding one of
the frequency multiplier stages to the fundamental frequency
generator. Each of a plurality of bandpass filters is tuned to a
different corresponding harmonic and each couples the out-
put of corresponding one of the frequency multiplier stages to
a common output terminal A current supply is connected to
the switching diodes for supplying current to the fundamental
3,711,786
DETERMINATION OF THE FREQUENCY OF LASER
RADIATION
Philippe Jean VauUer, and Jean Yves Coester, both of Pans,
France, assignors to Societe Anonyme De Telecommunica-
tions, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 93,930
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 5, 1969, 6942107;
Feb. 5, 1970, 7004088
Int.CI.H01si//0
IIS n 331-44 5 3 Claims
A m;thod enabling the frequency of the radiation emitted
by a multi-frequency CO, laser to be determined with preci-
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1109
sion by adjusting the optical length of the resonant cavity, so of the mirror, and hence the angular sweep rate of the beam,
as to be a multiple of the wavelengths of the two beams ^__^
17 « H li
V « M ^ 2?
7^ '^"'
TJMV CM^^tVMti. -
''_, C'Mf. r *i-,J-/- mtAAi'
emitted, and so as to obtain a central dip in the power curve
for one of the beams.
by magnifying the width of the beam refiected back into the
laser medium
3,711,787
NEODYMIUM GLASS LASER HAVING ROOM 3,71 1,789
TEMPERATURE OUTPUT AT W AVELENGTHS DIODE ARRAY ASSEMBLY FOR DIODE PUMPED
SHORTER THAN 1 .060 NM LASERS
Elias Snitzer. Wellesley; Charles C. Robinson, Slurbridge, both Eugene Gustav Dierschke. Dallas. Tex., assignor to Texas In-
of Mass.. and Richard F. Woodcock. Woodstock. Conn., as- struments Incorporated. Dallas. Tex.
signors to American Optical Corporation, Southbridge, Filed Nov. 18. 1970. Ser. No. 90,596
Mass. Int.CI. HOlsi/00
FiledMarchlO.l 971. Ser. No. 122,724 U.S. CL 331-94.5 P
Int.CI. H01sJ//6
18 Claims
U.S. CI. 331 -94.5
8 Claims
•'" M i * I I \ \
32
PUMP LIGHT
'-30
34-
A laser device including an optically resonant laser cavity
formed by dichroic refiectors which are refiective at 920
nanometers and which suppress laser emission at 1,060
nanometers. The device contains a glass host dopecf with a
laserable quantity of neodymium ions in a low concentration
( viz. 0.1 to 3 wt percent ) which results in the glass exhibiting a
ratio of fiuorescent intensity peaked at approximately 920
nanometers over the fiuorescent intensity peaked at approxi-
mately 1 ,060 nanometers of at least 0.4 as measured by a Cary
Model 14 spectrophotometer. The combination of cavity and
host results in a laser device which is capable of emitting light
energy by stimulated emission at room temperature in a
waveband with an optical center at about 920 nanometers.
3,711,788
LASER APPARATUS
John F. Forkner. Plymouth Meeting, Pa., assignor to Philco-
Ford Corporation, Blue Bell, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 346,820, Feb. 24, 1964, Pat. No.
3,434,073. This application Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 842,036
Int.CI. HOlsi///
U.S. CI. 331— 94.5 20 Claims
A relatively high-speed optical shutter for use in the optical
system of a laser for greatly increasing its peak power output.
In one aspect, the optical shutter comprises a system of prisms
arranged to cause multiple impingement of the internal laser
be^m on a rotatable mirror, whereby to multiply the angular
sweep rate of the laser beam as it is refiected back into the
laser medium. In another aspect, the optical shutter includes a
telescope arranged to increase the apparent rotational speed
A diode array assembly having excellent thermal charac-
teristics for the removal of heat from the diodes permits high
packing density of diodes around a laser rod and requires only
one or more diodes to be committed to a header of the as-
sembly. The assembly is comprised of a thermally conductive
monolithic support member having coolant passage formed
through it. A plurality of thermally conductive headers are
bonded on a surface of the support member to provide good
thermal conduction from the headers to the support member.
One or more light emitting diodes are mounted on each
header such that the diodes form a substantially straight line
along the assembly. Several such modular assemblies are then
mounted around the laser rod.
3,711.790
SEGMENTED GLASS LASER
Francois F. Gans, 38 rue Gustave Vatonne. Gif-sur-Yvette,
France
Filed April 7, 1971, Ser. No. 131,986
Int.CI. HOls J/06
U.S. CI. 331—94.5 2 Claims
Laser device of the neodymium doped glass disc array type.
The discs are spaced apart from one another and are im-
1110
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
mersed in a liquid whose refractive index is equal, for the
emission wavelength of the laser, to the refractive index of the
glass forming the discs. The disc inclination angle with respect
3,711,792
SOLID STATE OSCILLATOR HAVING
SEMICONDUCTOR ELEMENTS MOUNTED IN A CAVITY
RESONATOR
Yokhi Kaneko, Kokubunji-shi; Yukinari Fujiwara, Kodaira-
shi; Katuhiro Kimura, Tokyo, and Masao Kamimura,
Kodaira-shi. all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi Ltd., Tokyo
and Hitachi Electronics Company Limited, Kodaira-shi,
Japan
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,614
Claims priority, application Japan, May 17, 1968,
43/32889; Aug. 5, 1968, 43/54916
Int.CI.H03b 7//2
U.S.CL331-96 8 Claims
to the disc alignment direction can take any desired value. To
pump the discs in the whole volume thereof, the spacing is
given a value higher than a predetermined minimal value and
an inclination angle of 45° is selected.
8^
rrwW
\ — , — --*■*■ * »— ■ — ■ — •-
P
I
3,71 1,791 A solid state oscillator comprising a cavity resonator having
FRUSTRATED TOTAL INTERNAL REFLECTION LASER an output portion, at least two semi-conductor elements
Q-SWTTCH disposed in an equi-phase plane of an electromagnetic field.
Allen M. Erickson, 12409 Eastbourne Drive, Silver Spring, and means for applying a bias voltage to each of said semicon-
Md.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,764
Int. CI. HOI si/00
U.S.CL 331-94.5 0
ductor elements.
8 Claims
3,711,793
HIGH POWER MICROWAVE SWITCH INCLUDING A
PLURALITY OF DIODES AND CONDUCTIVE RODS
Vitaly Stachejko, Willingboro, N.J., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,374
Int.CI.H01p///0.i/06
U.S. CI. 333-97 S
4 Claims
A demand synchronized laser 0-switch of high optical effi-
ciency and fast operation includes two prisms of fused quartz
separated by a fraction of a wavelength of the laser light to be
0-switched and piezoelectric transducers mounted on the
back sides of each prism. With no electrical signal applied to
the piezoelectric transducers the pnsm separation produces
frustrated total internal reflection that prevents laser oscilla-
tions between the two end mirrors of a laser cavity. Applica-
tion of a voltage pulse to the piezoelectric transducers
produces a shock wave in each prism that drives them into
physical contact. The pnsms then separate rapidly in response
to reflection of the shock wave When the prisms are suffi-
ciently separated, laser oscillation between the cavity end mir-
rors occurs, and a high power output pulse is produced. The
output pulse is terminated upon relaxation of the prisms or
upon depletion of the population inversion, whichever occurs
first Alternatively, the prisms are separated sufficiently to
allow total internal reflection, and application of a voltage
pulse to the piezoelectric transducers brings the opposing
faces of the prisms sufficiently close to produce high transmis-
sion of laser light through the two opposing faces.
ff in
«ATfR «TER
OUT IN
A high power, solid state, coaxial microwave switch wherein
a plurality of diodes are mounted between the inner and outer
conductors and a plurality of conductive rods are connected
between the inner and outer conductors. The rods are selected
such that the inductance of the rods and the capacitance of
the diodes when reversed biased provide a resonant circuit at
a predetermined frequency, whereby microwave energy in-
cident upon the reversed biased diodes -passes through the
switch with little attenuation. When forward biased, the
diodes provide a low impedance, whereby microwave energy
incident thereon is substantially reflected.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1111
3,711,794
SURGE SUPPRESSION TRANSMISSION MEANS
Dante M. Tasca, PhUadelphia, Pa.; John D. Harnden, Jr., and
Francois D. Martzloff, both of Schenectady, N.Y., assignors
to General Electric Company
FiledOct.21, 1971, Ser. No. 191,216
Int. CI. HOlp im. 1122- HOlc 7112
U.S. CI. 333-96 11 Claims
3,711,796
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC COPYING MACHINE
Takashi Saito, Tokyo, and Yujiro Ando, Yokohama, both of
Japan, assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 28, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 66,820
Claims priority, application Japan. July 29, 1970,
45/66295; March 30, 1970, 45/26736
Int.CI.G03g/5/22,/5//0
U.S. CI. 355-15 6 Claims
3-27
In a coaxial connector a generally toroidal shaped member
of metal oxide varistor material is connected between the
inner and outer conductors of the connector. The metal oxide
varistor material has an alpha in excess of 10 in the current
density range of from 1 0-^ to 1 0^ amperes per square centime-
ter The spacing of the peripheral portions of the member is
set so that a high impedance is presented to normal applied
voltage between the penpheral portions. For voltages applied
between the penpheral portions progressively in excess of the
normal voltage rapidly decreasing impedance is presented by
the toroidal member in accordance with the alpha of the
material thereby limiting the variation in voltage between the
peripheral portions of the toroidal shaped member.
An electrophotographic copying machine of the type using
a drum type photosensitive medium provided with a cleaning
system. The cleaning system includes a blade of resilient
material oriented in a counter-direction relative to the
direction of movement of the photosensitive medium and hav-
ing one edge disposed in contact with the medium, a cleaning
tank and circuitry for applying cleaning liquid to the areas of
the medium and the blade near the contact area therebetween
before the process is started.
ERRATUM
For Class 334 — 44 M see:
Patent No. 3,711.813
3,711,797
TIMING DEVICE
Robert M. Flanagan, and Glenn W. Johnson, both of Summit,
NJ., assignors to Amerace Esna Corporation, New York,
N.Y. „ ,,
Division of Ser. No. 802,546, Feb. 26. 1969, Pat. No.
3 599 131. This application July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 164,062
Int.CI.H01h7/0i
U.S.CL 335-61 4 Claims
3,711,795
REED SWITCHES
Mario Martelli, Via Porta Rossa 6, Firenze, Italy
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,100
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 9, 1970, 9309 A/70
Int.CI. H01h//06, //66
U.S. a. 335-151 •<^'"''"
?' I
27
V .' .' .' A /
.^J ^ ^^
\Zi'<'rA
'r- ' ' ' -''/ ~^' > ■ ■ r\,' > ' ^ ^ '
25 E 25
A reed switch includes two ferromagnetic strips supported
in a sealed housing. At least one of the strips is supported from
the housing by a resilient member. When a magnetic field
links the strips the resilient member allows its associated strip
to move towards the other strip until the two strips make elec-
trical contact.
A pneumatic timing device in which a timing head includes
an air chamber, a diaphragm is movable relative to the timing
head to effect a change in the volume of the air chamber and
establish a flow of air into or out of the air chamber, a timing
member is coupled for movement with the diaphragm at a rate
determined by the rate of flow of air to or from the air
chamber a passage in the timing head communicates with the
air chamber for conducting the flow of air. a body of porous
material is in the passage for throttling the flow to a predeter-
1112
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
mined maximum rate of flow, the body of porous material hav-
ing a surface of prescribed area through which the air flow
passes, and a shutter is in close engagement with the surface of
the body of porous material and includes a relatively non-
porous member selectively movable along the surface relative
to the body to close off at least portions of the area to the air
flow for selectively varying the rate of the flow to regulate the
rate of movement of the timing member.
3,711,800
ELECTRICAL RELAY
Henry H. Clinton, Walnut Street, RED No. 1, Ivoryton, Conn.
Elled July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,170
Int. CI. HOlh J/00
U.S.CI.335-192 6 Claims
3.711,798
FLAT PACK REED RELAYS
Walter J. Richert, Princeton. Ind., assignor to AME Incor-
porated
Filed Feb. 26. 1969, Ser. No. 802,349
Int.CI.H01h5//22
U.S.CI.335-153 9 Claims
21
23 17 Fl //\\
•'rfci
FK 18 14 W^]/
An electromagnetic reed relay of polarized and magnetic
latching configurations adapted for low profile packaging,
having at least one electromagnet, at least one permanent
magnet the polarity of which is uneffected by the electromag-
net and at least one reed switch magnetically coupled together
by a pair of pole pieces.
An electrical relay includes a resilient, conductive contact
arm mounted to the base or frame of the relay by means of a
pivotal hinge which permits the contact arm to be pivoted
between alternate contact positions against two electrically
isolated contacts also mounted on the base. The contact arm is
actuated between the two contacts by means of an electrical
solenoid. A spring incorp<irated within the pivotal hinge urges
the contact arm against one of the contacts and the electrical
solenoid actuates the arm against the other of the contacts in
opposition to the spring The flexing characteristics of the
contact arm produce slight wiping motions against each of the
fixed contacts to insure that a low resistance junction is made
between each of the contacts and the arm.
3,711,799
ENCAPSLLATED MAGNETIC PROXIMITY SWITCH
John W . Habecker. Waukegan, III., assignor to Cherry Electri-
cal Products Corporation, W aukegan. III.
Filed Aug. 20. 1971. Ser. No. 173,567
Int. CI. HOlh 5/02
L.S.CI.335-188 1 Claim
/<f /^^
A magnetically actuated electrical switch, the movable
parts of which are encapsulated within a molded housing, with
such parts comprising a pair of terminal members, one of
which provides a stationary contact head normally spaced
from a movable switch blade carried by the other terminal
member, with the latter terminal member providing a pivotal
connection for one end of a magnetically attracted switch
blade bridging member that has its opposite end connected to
the free and movable end of the switch blade.
3,711,801
MINIATURE ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAY
Paul Bloch, Strassbourg-Meinau. France, assignor to La
Telephonie Industrielle et Commercial Telic, Strassbourg-
Meinau, France
Filed July 20. 1971, Ser. No. 164.272
Claims priority, application France, July 20, 1970, 7026677
Int. CI. HO Ih 47/00
U.S. CI. 335 — 196 13 Claims
110
141
HI
.124
112 <f*
^v
113 123
136
i^'vni^
133
F>132 ,26 ,25,27^ '''
^' 140 h-137
131 142
A relay having a C-shaped element surrounding a coil wind-
ing to provide a magnetic circuit. The magnetic circuit dis-
places a movable blade carrying an elongated contact having a
free extremity disposed in position for contacting rest and
working fixed contacts, the fixed contacts being disposed in a
plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the relay.
3,711,802
TOROID YOKE WITH MULTIPART CORE
Charles Edward Torsch, Geneva, N.Y., assignor to GTE Syl-
vania Incorporated
Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,752
Int. CI. HOlf 7/00
U.S.CL 335-210 10 Claims
' A cathode ray tube defiection yoke includes horizontal and
vertical defiection windings toroidally wrapped about a multi-
January 16, 1973 ELECTRICAL m^
part core having a circular fiared portion and a quasi-cyl.ndri- and control windings are energized to switch the flux from said
cal pt>rtion affixed thereto and formed to telescope over the
neck portion of a cathode ray tube.
3,711,803
HIGH SPEED MAGNETIC FOCUS DEVICE
Roger F. West, Weston, Conn., assignor to United Aircraft
Corporation, East Hartford. Conn.
Filed Nov. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 197,340
Int. CI. HOlf 7/00
U.S. CI. 335-210
one to said another flux path causing the armature to change
position.
1 Claim
3.711,805
HIGH-FREQUENCY COIL HAVING A SYNTHETIC RESIN
BASE
Alphonsus Jozephus Cornelus Heijnen. and Hendrikus Wilhel-
mus Antonius van Oorschol, both of Emmasingel, Eind-
hoven. Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed May 1 1, 1971. Ser. No. 142,212
Claims priority, application Netherlands, May 28, 1970,
7007686
Int.CI.HOlf /5/02, /5/yO
U.S. CI. 336-65 9 <^'a«'"s
V,>\ .1
A focus coil for a cathode ray tube is capable of operating at
high rates of change of fiux with minimum losses and com-
prises a magnetically permeable, electrically non-conductive
shell (exterior core) having an axial air gap substantially as
long as the core, with a single helix of one turn per layer fiat
conductor, suitably insulated, as an electrical winding therein.
Lack of eddy currents permits rapid changes in fiux within the
core, the large gap permits use of a small inductance and high
current, and the high current is achieved by means of an ex-
tremely dense electrical winding formed of single-turn per
layer flat conductor.
3,711,804
MAGNETICALLY RESTORABLE HIGH SPEED PRINT
HAMMER
John D. Kroft, Endwell; Joseph P. Pawletko. Endwell; Francis
E. Peters, Endwell, and Carl T. Young. Binghamton, all of
N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,254
Int. CI. HOlf 7/OS
U.S. a. 335-266 10 Claims
An electromagnetic print hammer comprises a magnetic
core structure having a magnetic core with an armature mova-
ble between one flux path and another flux path. Means are
provided for producing a magnetic flux in said core structure
-:;^i
3 5c "-"la 5a 7
A small high frequency coil having a synthetic resin base
with a plurality of parallel grooves which extend to the lower
surface of the base and to one side face thereof Each groove
contains a wire-shaped connecting contact with a portion
thereof embedded in the base whereas a second portion is
partly contained within the groove and protrudes from said
one side face. The second portion of the wire-shaped contact
is adapted to be bent at right angles to a position in which it
protrudes from the lower suH"ace of the base. The coil can be
conveniently mounted on a printed circuit board with the coil
axis either parallel or perpendicular to the board.
3,711,806
POWER PACK
Robert W. Flentge, Roselle, III., assignor to Dormeyer Indus-
tries, Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 215,023
Int. CI. HOlf 2 7/02
U.S. CI. 336— 92 14 Claims
A power pack unit for reducing line voltage and changing
frequency including a transformer having a molded bobbin of
insulating matenal and an enclosure casing where the bobbin
1114
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
includes insulating Hanges integrally formed to insulate the secured to the vane through slots in substantial extended ele-
transformer core from the winding terminals and channels for
receiving primary and secondary terminals that can be located
in place and as a subassembly mounted into a casing made of
two parts which are suitably fastened together.
3,711,807
A MOLDED COIL
Kazuo Yamashita; Harutoki Nakamura, and Koichi Hirakawa,
all of Toyonaka. Japan, assignors to Northern Industries &
Mfg., Inc., Saint Paul. Minn.
Division of Ser. No. 778,715, Nov. 25, 1968, abandoned. This
application July 12, 1970, Ser. No. 64,844
Int. Ci.HOlf 27/i2
U.S. CI. 336-205 7 Claims
A mold transformer consisting of a blank coil impregnated
with an electrical insulating resin composition of epoxy resin
or the like, said blank coil having as an insulator a highly im-
pregnable non-woven polyester fabric or non-woven glass
fabric interposed between a high-voltage winding and a low-
voltage winding, between the high voltage winding and a mag-
netic core and between the low-voltage winding and the mag-
netic core respectively, and a non-woven polyester fabric
between adjacent winding layers of each of the high-voltage
and low-voltage windings; and a method of producing said
mold transformer.
"■■y
ments of said vane where the longitudinal axis of said slot and
extended elements are coincidental with the axis of said belts.
3,711,809
OPEN TYPE FUSE
Charies H. Baker, Evanston, and Henry W. Scherer. Niles,
both of III., assignors to S & C Electric Company, Chicago,
III.
Filed Dec. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 209,876
Intel. HO Ih«5/i6
U.S. CL 337— 190 6 Claims
The biased apart contact arms of an open type fuse mount-
ing are interconnected by a liquid fuse having clips detachably
secured to the ferrules at the ends of the liquid fuse tube and
detachably secured to contacts at the distal ends of the con-
tact arms, the fuse assembly remaining in j)lace under tension
after blowing of the fuse.
3,711,810
TEMPERATURE RFi»PONSIVE CONTROL APPARATUS
FOR FURNACES AND THE LIKE
Joseph H. Stafford, Columbus, and Robert E. Brooks,
Worthington, both of Ohio, assignors to Ranco Incorporated,
Columbus, Ohio
Filed J uly 3 1 , 1 969, Ser . No. 846,409
Int. CI. HO Ih J 7/46
U.S. CL 337— 388 3 Claims
3,711,808
SNAP OPERATING DEVICE
Akira Kamiyama; Koichi Kikuchi, and Kazuyuki Ishida, all of
Kiryu, Japan, assignors to Mitsubadenkiseisak-tsho Co.,
Ltd., Gumma-Prefecture, Japan
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 158,242
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 28, 1970,
45/106412; Oct. 28, 1970, 45/94310
Intel. HOlh 6//00,7///5
U.S.CI.337-135 4 Claims
A snap operating vane of this invention constituting an au-
tomatic blinker particularly adapted to the control of automo-
bile signals is characterized by a plurality of parallel bosses
being aligned at predetermined positions and having the
center lines forming a certain angle with the longitudinal axis
of an electric heating belt, said electricf heating belt being
^
■7€
Two snap switches are actuated individually by longitudinal
movements of two wires anchored at one end to a common
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1115
leg, which has a greater coefficient of expansion than the
wires, and attached at their other ends to switch operating
levers spring biased to tension the wires.
One switch controls an electrically operated fuel valve for a
hot air furnace and closes the valve circuit during normal
operating temperatures of the furnace. When the furnace tem-
perature exceeds a desired maximum, the wire is moved by the
leg to open the switch. The switch is also opened by the spring
force in the event the operating wire for the switch is broken.
The other switch controls operation of a fan motor for circu-
lating air through the bonnet of the furnace and is actuated by
its operating wire to close the fan circuit when the tempera-
ture of the furnace rises to a given temperature and to open
the circuit when the temperature falls to a given degree. The
spring force tensioning the operating wire actuates the switch
to closed circuit position in the event the wire breaks.
prevention of a start-up at high belt speed after the treadmill
has been turned off. or upon the resumption of power after a
power failure, and to prevent rapid acceleration of the belt to
a high speed condition in the case of certain control circuit
failures. Circuitry, or other means, has been included in the
drive system as an interlock whereby the manual on-off switch
3,711,811
DEVICE FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY CONTROLLING
ROTARY SHAFTS OF A PLURALITY OF VARIABLE
RESISTORS
Shunzo Oka, and Hisao Kitahara, both of Hirakata, Japan, as-
signors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka-fu,
^^ Filed Dec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208,091
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 17, 1970,
45/113849; Dec. 17, 1970, 45/127383; Dec. 17, 1970,
45/127384; Dec. 17, 1970,45/127385
Intel. HOIc 9/02
U.S.CL 338-128 4 Claims
which activates the drive motor will not be effective until the
motor speed control has been reset to the zero speed position
In addition, circuitry is included to provide for shutting down
the drive motor in the event of a failure or malfunction in its
control circuitry which could cause an unscheduled rapid in-
crease in the treadmill belt speed to a high speed condition.
3,711,813
PLUG AND SOCKET CONNECTOR FOR ELECTRIC
CIRCUITS
Stanley Bryant, New South Wales, Australia, assignor to
Bryant Manufacturing Pty. Limited, New South Wales, Aus-
tralia
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,046
IntCI.HOlr/J/44, 7i/54
U.S. CI. 339-44 M 5 Claims
A control device is provided which is capable of simultane-
ously controlling the rotary shafts of a plurality of variable re-
sistors by one control shaft The device is, for example, used in
a stereophonic electric gramophone in which a plurality of
volume controls must be simultaneously adjusted. A plurality
of variable resistors are mounted coaxially on a pair of op-
mised walls of an outer frame which in turn is fixed in a casing,
and an inner frame is rotatably carried in the outer frame by
the rotary shafts of the variable resistors mounted on the outer
frame Another plurality of variable resistors are mounted on
a pair of opposing walls of the inner frame at right angles to
the walls of the outer frame mounting the one plurality of vari-
able resistors, in such a manner that the axes of the other plu-
rality of variable resistors are at right angles to those of the
one plurality of variable resistors. One control shaft extending
through the top of the casing is fixed to the rotary shafts of
these variable resistors, whereby the variable resistors
mounted on the outer and inner frame may be simultaneously
or selectively adjusted by inclining the control shaft.
3,711,812
DRIVE AND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR DIAGNOSTIC AND
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE TREADMILL
Raymond I. Cherry, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Del Mar En-
gineering Laboratories, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Nov. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 202,754
Intel. A63b 2i/06
U.S. CI. 338-200 7 Claims
An improved drive and control system for an exercise tread-
mill is provided which incorporates safety features for the
A plug and socket connector for electric circuits, the con-
nector being particularly adapted for use on motor vehicles,
for connecting selected circuits of the motor vehicle into a
trailing vehicle such as a caravan being towed by the motor
vehicle. The plug and socket of the connector each comprise a
housing having interchangeable contact support members
releasably secured therein with contact pins and contact
sockets in one each of the support members.
The construction and arrangement of the components of
the connector provides a simple and economical construction
in which the principle components of the connector are
moulded from a dielectric material and can be readily wired
and assembled and in which when coupled, the plug and
socket are protected from damage by road stones and grit.
1116
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,814
PRINTING CIRCUIT MOUNTING STRUCTURE
Piero Pomella. Ivrea, and Mario Alberico, Romano Canavese,
both of Italy, assignors to Ing. C. Olivetti & C, S.p.A.,
Torino, Italy
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,784
Claims priority, application Italy, June 21, 1969, 52332
A/69
Int.CI. HOlr /i/20
U.S. CI. 339—65 6 Claims
3,711,816
MEANS HAVING OPERATING MEANS FOR
CONNECTING MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE MEANS
William Ludlow Schumacher, Camp Hill, Pa., assignor to AMP
Inc.
Division of Ser. No. 807,198, March 14, 1969. This application
May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,141
Int.CI.HOIr /J/54, 13/62
U.S. CL 339—91 R 1 Claim
A mounting structure for a printed circuit board and an as-
sociated electrical edge connector. A pair of mutually op-
posed guides receives the circuit board and a pair of seats on
said guides receives the associated electrical edge connector.
Each end of the electrical edge connector is secured in the
seat by a locking means consisting of an elastic projection of
the guide having a shoulder for engaging the electrical edge
connector. Each circuit board is of compressible plastic
material having a width in excess of the nominal dimension so
that when a plurality of guides are assembled side-by-side into
a pack, the pack can be sidewardly compressed, resulting in
the guides assuming the nominal dimension.
3,711,815
TIGHT ANGLE MULTI-CONTACT ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
Edward J. Pierce, Melrose, .Mass.. and Daniel R.
Newton, Mass., assignors to General Connector,
Mass.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,306
Int. CI. HOlryi/54
U.S.CL 339-90 R
A multi-contact right angle connector is adapted to permit
cable entry at any one of a large plurality of discrete angular
orientations with highly reliable hermetic seals to maintain a
stable dry environment in the critical internal region.
U <a
An electrical connector comprises a housing member hous-
ing electrical terminals disposed in dielectric blocks. Latching
arms are movably mounted in guide slots along opposing sides
of the housing member. Cam means are provided in the slots
and on the latching arms to cause latching sections of the
latching arms to be moved into and out of latching engage-
ment with a complementary housing member when eccentric
operating means operate the latching arms so that the mating
electrical terminals are connected and operate the latching
arms. Polarizing means are provided on the housing members
to assure proper engagement therebetween.
Doucet,
Newton,
4 Claims
3,711,817
ELECTRICAL JUNCTION SYSTEM
Clyde Thomas Carter, Mechanicsburg, and Homer Ernst
Henschen, Carlisle, both of Pa., assignors to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,451
Int. CI. HOIr /J/62
U.S.CL339— 121 17 Claims
Electrical junction system comprises a frame on which are
mounted a plurality of electrical connectors and a panelboard.
The panelboard has a multiplicity of contact terminal pins ex-
tending therethrough, one end of each pin being engaged with
a contact terminal in one of the connectors. The other ends of
the pins are interconnected to form interconnections among
the conductors extending to the connectors. First and second
guide and locating means on the frame accurately locate the
connectors and the panelboard with respect to the frame so
that the individual contact terminals in the connectors and in
the panelboard are accurately located with respect to each
other thereby to permit removal of, and assembly to. the
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1117
panelboard to the frame while the connectors are mounted in
the frame. Additionally, the dual locating means permits
removal of the connectors from the frame, and a.ssembly of
the connectors to the frame, while the panelboard is mounted
on the frame.
III.,
3,711,818
ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT
Raymond J. Swehia, 860 Hawthorne Circle, Lombard
assignor to Joslvn Mfg. and Supply Co., Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 9. 1970, Ser. No. 87,791
Int. CI. HOlr IJI52, 13158
U.S. CI. 339-60 C 8 Claims
direction of mating, has twin spring fingers struck from the
respective sides of said channel for engaging opposite sides of
a square pin when same is inserted into said contact, and has a
folded back plate for reinforcement and limiting depth of con-
tact entry. Generally, each contact is retained in its insulator
by either (a) notches thereon which snap over respective
bosses in the insulator cavity during contact insertion, or (b)
extension portions which overlie the front and rear of the insu-
lator housing after contact insertion.
3,711,820
ACOUSTIC DIRECTION SENSING SYSTEMS
Bertrand Julian Starkey, Dartmouth, Nova Scotia. Canada, as-
signor to Electric & Musical Industries Limited, Middlesex,
England
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,395
Claims priority, application Great Britain. July 16, 1969,
35,715/69
Int. CLGOls J/00
U.S.CL 340-2 3 Claims
A high-voltage, electrical disconnect including an axially
elongated terminal adapted to make and break contact with a
fixed contact upon axial movement relative thereto. An annu-
lar elastomeric insulating filler is provided around said ter-
minal and is formed with an open-ended recess in coaxial
alignment with said terminal for receiving an insulating
member around said fixed contact. Radial compression
means is provided around said insulating filler for establishing
void-free, interfacial contact between said insulating member
and the suri"ace of the recess in the elastomeric insulating
filler when said terminal and the fixed contact are con-
nected together.
3 711 819
SQUARE PIN RECEPTACLES EMPLOYING CHANNEL
CONTACTS
Russell H. Matthews, South Pasadena, Calif., assignor to EIco
Corporation, Willow Grove, Pa.
Filed Feb. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 224,549
Int. CL HOlr yJ//2,2J/02
U.S.CI.339-192R 10 Claims
lie 1U>
An acoustic detection system is disclosed. A rotating car-
dioidal shaped directive pattern of a transducing arrangement
is produced by generating a first local signal, the value of
which corresponds to the sine of the angle of rotation of the
directive pattern, generating a second local signal whose value
corresponds to the cosine of the angle of rotation of the
directive pattern, and forming a cardioid function from signals
produced by the transducing arrangement, in response to an
acoustic source, and the first and second local signals. A spec-
tral analyzer is provided for producing analysis signals propor-
tional to the square of the amplitude of a frequency com-
ponent of the cardioid function and means are provided for
deriving product signals proportional to the analysis signals
derived at a given angle of rotation of the directive pattern,
multiplied by the corresponding value of the first local signals.
A plurality of product signals are derived during at least one
revolution of the cardioid directive pattern so as to produce a
sum signal indicative of the direction of the acoustic source.
A family of electrical connectors for mating with a plurality
of closely spaced, parallel square pins comprises an insulating
housing and a plurality of female contacts mounted in said
housing. Each contact is folded from sheet metal into a chan-
nel having a general U cross-section, when viewed from the
3,711,821
° SONOBUOY SUSPENSION SYSTEM
John R. Dale, Willow Grove, Pa.; Roger A. Holler. Easton,
Pa., and Garnet Goss, Haverford. Pa., assignors to the
United States of America as represented by the Secretary
of the Navy „, ^^^
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,057
Int. CI. B63b 2 //52
US CI 340—2 17 Claims
'a sonobuoy having a hydrophone deployable in water at a
predetermined depth below a drifting surface float by a
suspension system which includes a pair of compliant cables
connected by a subsurface assembly and terminates near the
hydrophone with a drogue unit. The subsurface assembly is
slightly negative in buoyancy and includes a disc whose planar
1118
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
3,711,823
surfaces are approximately horizontally aligned in the water. ^„ nPTIPAI IMAGE CONVERTER USING
The drogue un.t mcludes a perforated Hex.ble sleeve open at ACOUSTIC ^^^ O^^^^^IjstVc ^^^^^^^ ^"""^
Philip S. Green, Redwood City, Calif., assignor to American
Express Investment Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,442
Int.CI. HOlsi/02
U.S. CI. 340-5 1 24 Claims
both ends and a perforated disc intermediate the ends whose
planar surfaces are approximately horizontally aligned.
3,711,822
REFLECTED-BEAM RANGING SYSTEM
Dietrich Muller. Achim, Germany, assignor to Fried Krupp
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Essen, Germany
Filed Mav 19. 1971, Ser. No. 144,784
Int. CI. GO Is 9/66
U.S. CI. 340-3 R 10 Claims
A system for converting an acoustic wave field to a light
wave field including an acoustically transmissive medium, a
solid elastic or liquid reflective interface at a boundary of the
medium, means for generating an acoustic wave field in the
medium, means for optically detecting the acoustic wave field
incident at the refiective interface, and a grating or grid im-
mersed in the acoustic medium adjacent to but spaced from
the refiective interface The grating is formed of a material
having an acoustic impedance different from the medium
thereby to superimpose the acoustic wave field on a spatial
frequency carrier.
nmt
3,711,824
METHOD OF PRODUCING UNDERWATER SEISMIC
WAVES AND APPARATUS THEREFOR
John R. Farron. Mishawaka, Ind.; Andrew A. Seleno, Royal
Oak, Mich.; Matthew Slavin, Pasadena, CaHf., and Bernard
R. Teitelbaum, Birmingham, Mich., a.ssignors to United
Geophysical Corporation, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Jan. 15. 1971, Ser. No. 106,772
Int. CI. H04b 13100- GOlv 1102
U.S. CI. 340-7 R 24 Claims
A reflected-beam ranging system in which echo signals are
displayed cartographically on the screen of a color picture
tube having at least two color components. A circuit means,
mcluding frequency selective filter means and rectifying
means, for providing a pair of output signals whose amplitudes
contain the Doppler information is connected to each output
of the echo receiver, which preferably has a plurality of out-
puts one for each sector of the ranging field. The pair of out-
put signals are mixed in a mixing means whose outputs are ap-
plied to the respective color control amplifiers of the color
picture tube so as to display the echo signals in different colors
depending on the Doppler content of the signals. The circuit
means may, for example, comprise a frequency discriminator
and a rectifier for providing the pair of output signals from the
output signal of the receiver, or a high-pass filter and a low-
pass filter whose outputs are separately rectified to provide
the pair of output signals.
A method of producing seismic waves under water is pro-
vided. A seismic wave generator is immersed beneath the sur-
face of the water. A continuously varying predetermined com-
mand signal is generated for a period of time to operate a mo-
tor The motor, operated in accordance with the command
signal controls the How of pressurized fiuid from the seismic
wave generator into the surrounding water. A continuously
varying pressure wave is thereby generated in the surrounding
water Changes in pressure in the surrounding water are de-
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1119
tected and a feedback signal is generated in accordance with
the changes in pressure. The feedback signal is combined with
the command signal to produce a control signal which
operates the motor to generate the desired pressure wave in
the surrounding water.
is to be navigated to a touchdown point on an airport runway,
together with indications of the departure of the aircraft from
'^--
3,711,825
DATA-SIGNALING APPARATUS FOR WELL DRILLING
TOOLS
Jackson R. Claycomb, Houston. Tex., assignor to Schlum-
berger Technotogy Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,395
Int.CI.G01v;//4
U.S. CI. 340-18 LD 12 Claims
u.f
M^>
"If
proper position and altitude with reference to that roadway,
and departures from desired airspeed along it
3,711,827
BRAKE FAILURE WARNING SYSTEM
Paul S. Houseman. South Bend. Ind.. assignor to the Bendix
Corporation
Filed Sept. 30. 1970, Ser. No. 76,932
Int. CI. B60t / 7122
U.S. CI. 340-52 B 3 Claims
In the preferred embodiments of the invention disclosed
herein, a well tool having new and improved data-signaling ap-
paratus and carrying a drill bit on its lower end is dependently
coupled from a drill string and lowered into a borehole being
excavated During the drilling operation, measurements are
successively made of selected borehole conditions, formation
properties, or the like, which are converted by the data-signal-
ing apparatus into coded electrical signal for repetitively in-
itiating the operation of a valve of unique design operatively
arranged on the tool to be selectively actuated by the drilling
fluid interrupting the flow of the drilling fiuid being circulated
through the drill string. In this manner, the valve functions to
prtxiuce a series of encoded pressure pulses in the drilling
fluid which are representative of the measurements being ob-
tained. These pressure pulses are transmitted through the
drilling fluid to the surface where they are sensed and con-
verted into meaningful indications of the measurements.
-30
^WlLTIVIBRATOR
A brake failure warning light that monitors a number of
functions If one of the functions is out of tolerance, the light
will be energized. By inclusion of an oscillating signal and con-
trol logic, the light will flash. Also, a bimetal switch could be
used to periodically interrupt energy being delivered to the
light. A self test is incorporated to determine if the warning
light is operating propeHy. The functions being monitored by
the warning light are the brake master cylinder fluid levels, the
electronic control unit for an adaptive braking system and the
braking pressure differential in a split system
3,711,826
INSTRUMENT LANDING APPARATUS FOR AIRCRAFT
Joseph La Russa. Yonkers, N.Y., assignor to Farrand Optical
Co., Inc., Bronx, N.Y.
Filed May 23, 1969, Ser. No. 827,359
Int. CI. G08g 5102; G03b 2/ /26
U.S. CI. 340-27 NA 2 Claims
There is disclosed apparatus for instrument landing of air-
craft presenting to the pilot, from glide path and range signals
originating on the ground and from aircraft-originated signals
on altitude, airspeed and aircraft attitude, a three-dimensional
representation of a roadway in the sky down which the aircraft
3,711,828
VEHICLE ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION
INDICATOR
Robert L. Hawkins, 490 South Rochester Avenue. Indi-
anapolis. Ind.
Filed Nov. 6. 1970. Ser. No. 87,467
Int.CI. B60q//50
U.S. CI. 340-66 3 Claims
A device for indicating acceleration and deceleration of a
vehicle. A Bourdon tube connected to the engine intake
manifold of the vehicle has a free end movable as a result of
vacuum developed within the manifold An electncal switch
operable by the free end is connected to a pair of relays. The
tube, switch and relays are mounted within a box having ter-
1120
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
minaJ outlets connected to a source of electrical energy and to
a pair of light bulbs mounted to the vehicle. One bulb ener-
•>"v -/*
pulse transmitter. A computer pulse number corresponding to
the value of the multiplication factor and indicating how many
times the respective digit is to run through the computer, is
produced, and the backwards counter is reset to the value of
the multiplication factor. Pulses are transmitted from the
pulse transmitter to the computer and the backwards counter
is set back by one unit for each transmitted pulse. A further
step is adding to the computer, for each run of the respective
digit therethrough, a remainder value calculated with the
INroH*MATiON
INPUT DCvlCt
gizes upon vehicle acceleration whereas the other bulb ener-
gizes upon vehicle deceleration
^
"'?S?^^^t-^
t
TT,
rNroRMATiON
H
tMClCMTrNG
CO[>E»»
n
COMPUTER
PULSE
TRANSMITTER
TT.
3,711,829
RECEIVER FOR DATA TRANSMISSION
Claude Lubrano, Yerres, France, assignor to Compagnie In-
dustrielle des Telecommunications Cit- Alcatel, Paris, France
Filed Oct. 1 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 88,976
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 13, 1970, 7037001
Int. CI.G06f y///0
L.S. CI. 34—146.1 AX 8 Claims
TiM'NO
INPUT
modulus from an intermediate memory storage so that the
remainder value present in the computer after a digit cor-
responding to the appertaining multiplication factor has run
through the computer is added to a subsequent digit during
the initial run of the latter through the computer, whereby the
checking result is available in the intermediate memory
storage after all of the digits have run through the computer.
The invention also includes a device for carrying out the
foregoing method.
A device which improves the process of identification of the
characters of erroneous data resulting from disturbances in
the transmission which includes the evaluation of two succes-
sive characters and the determination that both characters are
accurate before the first of the .wo characters will be trans-
ferred to the output device
3,711,831
PATTERN SCANNING SYSTEM
Toyohisa Kaneko, Tokyo; Nobuhiko Sezaki, Yokohama, and
Hiroshi Katagiri, Kawasak, all of Japan, assignors to Mat-
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 690,608, Dec. 14, 1967, abandoned.
This application Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,050
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 21, 1966, 41/84983
Int. CI. HOlj 29/70; G06k 9/00
U.S. CI. 340-146.3 F 4 Claims
2oa
3,711,830
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CALCULATING CHECK
DIGITS AND FOR CONTROLLING GROUPS OF DIGITS
WITH APPENDED CHECK DIGITS FOR ERRORS
Cornelius Gerrit Van Der Sel, Gutersloh, Germany, assignor to
Anker- Werke AG, Bielefeld, Germany
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71.946
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 12, 1969, P 19
46 227.2
Int.CLG06f ////O
U.S. CI. 340-146.1 AJ 7 Claims
Method of calculating check digits and of controlling digit
groups having appended check digits for errors, includes
sequentially recalling stored digits to a pulse transmitter and
transmitting the digits through a first coder and through a first
input to a computer and simultaneously forming for each
transmitted digit a multiplication factor dependent on the
position of the digit in the respective digit group and trans-
mitting the multiplication factor to a backward counter of the
A pattern search means used for a pattern recognition
system, wherein a pattern such as a written character is
searched by an electronic beam spot which scans the field
along a line having at least two parts of different inclination
such as a sinusoidal waveform, semi-circle or bent straight
line, instead of a single straight line as used in the conventional
system.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1121
3,711,832
CODE NUMBER DETECTING DEVICE
Shunro Yamawaki, Tokyo, and Isao Ohyama, Yokohama,
both of Japan, assignors to Tokico Ltd., Kawasaki,
Kanagawa-ken. Japan
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,629
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 17, 1969,
44/83045; Oct. 24, 1969, 44/84658; Oct. 25, 1969, 44/85516
Int. CI. HOlh 9/30; H04q 1/20
U.S. CI. 340- 1 49 R 6 Claims
3,711,834
MATRIX SWITCH HAVING ISOLATION RESISTORS
SUnley Rogers, La Jolla, Calif., assignor to General Dynamics
Corporation, San Diego, Calif.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,068
Int.CI. H04q ///*
U.S. CL 340- 166 R 4 Claims
J3t
S5
1
J3»Sic
[Anphi6
S3
CKT
'3
A code number detecting device is provided which reads
and detects a code number of a code member. When the de-
tect«:d code number is in accord with a preset code number,
the device actuates an operating circuit. The action of the
operating circuit causes a fuel suction pump to become in-
operative In the device is a code number reading means
which includes a safety power source circuit by which a volt-
age supply circuit is substantially opened when a load circuit is
shoit-circuited.
3.711,833
METHOD OF VERIFYING SIGNATURES AND FORMS
CARRIER FOR USE THEREON
Charies E. Starkey. 6641 W. 71st Street, P. O. Box 68076, In-
dianapolis, Ind.
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,632
Int. CI. Gl lb 5/00, G06k 15/00
U.S.CI.340-149A 2 Claims
SLIP
/f^f^
S'ATKX
I
L_
LOOS£LEilF
STORAGE
SOUIKC
^^NAL — ,
A broad-band high-frequency matrix switch arrangement
with isolation means to limit voltage variations is disclosed. A
resistance means is used in the matrix switch output line im-
mediately preceding an output amplifier to isolate the high
input impedance of the amplifier from the system and to
reduce high-frequency rolloff. In addition, to reduce standing
waves and the resulting voltage variations along the input bus,
a second resistance means is provided to isolate the matrix
switch input bus from the signal source and a third resistance
means is provided to isolate the input bus from the crosspoint
switch. These various isolating resistance means cooperate to
improve switch performance while preventing certain un-
desirable effects which occur when any of the several re-
sistance means is used alone.
3,711,835
PROGRAM-CONTROLLED DATA
TELECOMMUNICATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM AND
METHOD FOR PRIORITY ASSIGNMENT OF OPERATING
CYCLES
Hannes Jaeger. Icking. and Walter Veprek, Munich, both of
Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Beriin
and Munich, Germany
Filed July 24. 1970. Ser. No. 57,926
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 2, 1969, P 19
44 483.8
Int. CI. G06f J/00
U.S.CL 340—172.5
1 1 Claims
A method of verifying the identity of an individual by means
of a uniquely cataloged signature card which may also contain
the individual's photograph. A novel forms carrier to align
signature cards is used for xeroxing or microfilming. The carri-
er has slots to hold individual cards and pockets for use in cod-
ing and cataloging. Once copies of cards are made they may
be used as part of a verification system, their address being
determined from a computer in which the address is stored
under the bank patron's account number.
MOCEtS'M
SOPS
1m
A program controlled data dial exchange system and
method for operating such a system in which data processing
1122
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
units connected to a central store preliminarily request a
storage cycle Assignment, and assignment takes place upon
transmission of a second signal. A selection logic assigns cy-
cles according to a normal permanently assigned priority or
according to special selectable priorities. Traffic supervision
means locate defects such as failure to operate in various parts
of the system, and in conjunction with the selection logic the
prionties of the cycle assignments are adjusted accordingly.
grammable memory, representing variations of basic linear
widths in accordance with selected printing type styles. The
binary number output of the memory controls a pair of coun-
ters through a gating section to display a numeric readout
representing the accumulated linear width of type of selected
height corresponding to the character keys actuated.
3,711,836
CYCLIC DATA HANDLING SYSTEMS
Gerhard Dirks, Los Altos Hills, Calif., assignor to Dirks Elec-
tronics Corporation, Los Altos Hills, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 658,183, Aug. 3, 1967, Pat. No. 3,548,381,
which is a division of Ser. No. 300,962, Aug. 9, 1963, Pat. No.
3,343,133. This application Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71.182
Int.CI. G06f J/00
IJ.S. CI. 340- 172.5 11 Claims
3,711,838
MAGNETIC DEVICE FOR DOMAIN WALL
PROPAGATION
John H. Kefalas. Billerica, Mass., assignor to Honeywell
Information Systems, Inc., Waltham, Mass.
Filed Feb. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,338
Int. CI. G11C////4. 5/02
U.S.CL340-I74TF 12 Claims
Information units are stored in a first sequence in a first
cyclic storage unit and are transferred to a processing storage
operating in synchronism with said first cyclic storage (i.e.,.at
either the same or an integral multiple rate) under control of a
control and processing unit A key field associated with each
information unit is fed to the control and processing unit
which then controls transfer from the processing storage to
second cyclic storage in such a manner that the information
units are arranged in a predetermined sequence in accordance
with the key fields of the units. The second cyclic storage unit
operates at the same rate as the first cyclic storage unit. Merg-
ing may be accomplished by similar transfer from a first and
second storage unit to a third and fourth cyclic storage unit.
3,711,837
HEADLINE COUNTING AND PRINTING DESIGN DEVICE
Leiand E. Smith, Pine Bluff; Jack B. Johnson, Little Rock;
Kenneth N. Burks, Jacksonville, and Kenneth D. Copeland,
Little Rock, all of Ark., assignors to Kara-Kount Incor-
porated, a part interest
Filed Sept. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 184,531
Int.CI.G06k 1 51 18
U.S. CI. 340- 172.5 21 Claims
-7^
Magnetic planar mtxlules have cylindrical domains mag-
netized normal to the planar surfaces of the modules and are
propagated by the introduction of a rotating field transverse
the domains in the selected ones of the mcxlules. The magnetic
surface of the modules may be of a cobalt-phosphorus alloy
which supports cylindrical domains and allows for an
economical and large scale production of an array of magnetic
modules. The domains are guided throughout their respective
modules to predetermined locations where their presence or
absence is detected.
3,711,839
HIGH DENSITY CORE MEMORY MATRIX
Victor L. Sell, Santa Monica, and Syed M. S. Alvi, Placentia,
both of Calif., assignors to Ampex Corporation, Redwood
City, Calif.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 165,477
Int. CLGlIc 5/02. 5/06. ///06
U.S.CL 340-174 M 18 Claims
■^TM^^
Actuation of character keys on a typewriter produce coded
pulses that are converted into binary numbers by a pro-
A high density core memory matrix has cores spaced very
close together along longitudinal axes and moderately close
along latitudinal axes The close longitudinal spacing is
facilitated by orienting the cores at the maximum acute angle
with respect to the longitudinal axis consistent with proper
passage of the latitudinal drive lines Undesirable electrical
characteristics and propagation-time delays are minimized by
passing the sense and inhibit lines along the extremely com-
pacted longitudinal axis.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1123
3,711,840
WRITE CIRCUIT USING ENHANCED PROPAGATION
PULSES FOR LATERAL DISPLACEMENT CODING OF
PATTERNS OF SINGLE-WALL MAGNETIC DOMAINS
John Alexander Copeland, III, Gillette, N.J., assignor to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Murray Hill, N.J.
Filed Dec. 1 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 207,252
Int.CLGllc ////4,/9/00
U.S. CL 340-1 74 TF 10 Claims
autonomous line scanned by separating associated portions of
the two channels into two independent but synchronously
operated paths or tracks. Related logic operations are carried
A "write" feature is incorporated into the propagation cir-
cuitry of a lateral displacement shift register by reducing the
lateral dimensions of the serpentine propagation conductor
pattern at predetermined "write" positions along the propaga-
tion channel. Enhancement of amplitude of a selected
propagation pulse creates a lateral force sufficient to displace
a domain at such a position to a side of the channel deter-
mined by the polarity of the enhanced pulse.
3,711,841
MAGNETIC SINGLE WALL DOMAIN ARRANGEMENT
Joseph Edward Geusic, Berkeley Heights, and Le Grand
(Jerard Van Uitert, Morris Twp., Morris County, both of
N J., assignors to Bell Telephone I>aboratories Incorporated,
Murray Hill, Berkeley Heights, N.J.
Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No.
Int. CLGI1C////4, 5/04
U.S.CL340-I74TF 9 Claims
^
57
m;
5 ♦llatllb.t tll&)» C
' 54/ iid' liT' lif ^58 ^
52
T
out in the separate tracks, in a manner consistent with the
requisite complementary domain format in an input portion of
the channels where the tracks are not physically separated.
— 3,711,843
SELF-ADAPTING SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM FOR
READING INFORMATION FROM A MOVING SUPPORT
Alighiero Galvagni, Ivrea; Mirco Raccanelli, Viverone, and
Vittorio Eccettuato, Cornaredo, all of Italy, assignors to Ing.
C. Olivetti & C, S. p. A., Ivrea, Torino, Italy
Filed April 27, 1971, Ser. No. 137,795
Claims priority, application Italy, April 27, 1970, 68429
A/70; April 16, 1971, 68265 A/71
Int. CL Glib 5/04
U.S. CI. 340- 1 74. 1 H 5 Claims
sti'-MUPting
Single wall domain material for which permissible bias field
ranges exist for only narrow ranges of temperatures have been
found to be particulariy useful over relatively large ranges of
temperature when used with a biasing magnet which provides
a biasing field which varies properly as a function of tempera-
ture.
A self-adapting synchronization system is disclosed which
synchronizes the reading of information from a moving sup-
port having data information interspersed with control infor-
mation recorded thereon The system includes a timing unit,
which can be embodied either through an analog circuitry or
through digital elements, and which is arranged under the con-
trol of the control information read from the support to adapt
itself to variations in the speed of the support by generating
timing signals the duration of which is proportional to the time
irtterval between the two preceding items of control informa-
tion.
3,711,842
SINGLE WALL MAGNETIC DOMAIN LOGIC
ARRANGEMENT
Woo Foung Chow, Berkeley Heights, N.J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Inc, Murray Hill, Berkeley
Heights, N.J.
Filed Dec. 30, 1971, S«r. No. 214,192
IntCLGllc ////4,/9/00
U.S.a.340-174TF '^'^^""f
A pair of closed loop domain propagation channels each ot
which exhibits a domain in only one of two laterally displaced
positions in each stage is adapted herein to provide a simple
3,711,844
UPDATABLE MAGNETIC RECORDS
John W. Irwin, Longmont, Colo., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armook, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 208,600
Int. CL Glib 5/44, 79/06
U.S. CL 340- 174.1 B 10 Claims
Digital magnetic records on a magnetic tape are formed in-
dependent of velocity deviations from a nominal or design
velocity. A given length of media is designated for each record
to be recorded. Such length is established to more than ac-
commodate signals to be recorded by a predetermined max-
imum velocity of transport. Upon completing recording a
1124
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
given block of signals, a padding area is established until a
given length of media has been relatively displaced with
41 ..'21
.13
3,711,846
SEGMENT LOCATING INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM
Gabor Schlisser, Tenafly, and Julius R. Insler, Bergenfield,
both of N.J., assignors to Holobeam, Inc., Paramus, N J.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971,Ser. No. 113,324
lnt.CI.G08byJ/00
U.S. CI. 340-258 B 16 Claims
.42
TACH -T<-*\ COUNTER \<2zh^z22Z3!Z2zzzz
14
.39
respect to a transducer regardless of the velocity during
recording
3.711.845
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR FIRE FIGHTING BY
DETECTING AND LOCATING HIDDEN BURNING
MATERIAL AND HOT EMBERS BEHIND WALLS,
PARTITIONS AND THE LIKE
Norman E. Chasek, Stamford. Conn., assignor to International
Microwave Corporation, Cos Cob, Conn.
Filed Dec. 9. 1969, Ser. No. 883,030
Int. CI. G08b / 7/00, 1 7/06
U.S. CI. 340- 227 6 Claims
r 1 HUM.
Monit ^'f
rmntmrrm "
St
ss
^n
U
^A
mue/iiK.
An intrusion alarm protection system for use in an area en-
closed by a multi-segmented perimeter. An intrusion into the
area actuates an alarm and the segment in which the intrusion
occurs is uniquely identified. In the embodiment of the inven-
tion herein disclosed, a beam is directed around the protected
area by repeaters located at the termination of each perimeter
segment. When any repeater does not receive an input pulse,
due to the interruption in the beam to that repeater as a result
of an intrusion, the latter produces a unique or characteristic
signal. That signal is received to actuate the alarm, and
decoded at a master receiver to provide the desired, unam-
biguous indication of the individual segment in which the in-
trusion occurred.
3,711,847
ELECTRIC SIGNAL FOR FISHING
Guy G. Barrows, 3305 Spring Street, Racine, Wis.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,008
Int.CI. A01k97//2
U.S. CI. 340—279
1 Claim
A process and apparatus for fire fighting by detecting and
locating hidden burning material, such as hot embers, hot
coals, hot spots and the like behind intervening optically
opaque cooler obstructions such as walls, partitions, smoke,
etc. by sensing the direction and relative strength of short
radio waves which are generated and radiated by such hot
spots. The range of radio waves which can be employed ex-
tends from approximately 1,000 megaHertz up to 40,000
megaHertz, the optimum range being from 4,000 megaHertz
to 14,000 megaHertz and my presently preferred frequency of
operation is approximately 8.000 to 9.000 megaHertz because
this frequency ( 1 ) is sufficiently low to provide penetration of
intervening opaque objects without undue attenuation; (2) is
sufficiently high to provide good directivity with portable
hand-held apparatus as described; and (3) is sufficiently high
to avoid much of the man-made radio interference which ex-
ists today. A portable detector and locator for hidden hot
spots includes a directional antenna adapted to be aimed and
moved about manually and a hand-held sensitive radio
receiver coupled to the antenna with an associated indicator
device which gives an appropriate signal to the user indicating
that a fire or hidden hot spot has been detected and located.
The signal may be audible or visual and it changes in
character, for example, it gets louder or more powerful or
higher in pitch as the temperature of the hidden hot spot in-
creases and also as the user approaches it so that it subtends a
greater effective angle within the beamwidth of the antenna.
An electrical signal for fishing and including a battery case,
batteries and an electric bulb. Two electric contact members
are supported on the case, and one of the members is of a can-
tilever structure extending laterally of the case and having a
hook on the extending end for draping the fish line over the
hook. When a fish pulls on the line, the line in turn pulls on the
hook and the cantilever type electric contact member to close
contact points and energize the light bulb to signal the fisher-
man.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1125
3,711,848
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR THE DETECTION
OF STOLEN ARTICLES
Henry J. Martens, Lynnfield, Mass., assignor to I. D. Engineer-
ing, Inc., Lynn, Mass.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,306
Int. CI. G08b 2 //OO
U.S. CI. 340-280 4 Claims
The individual figures are produced in the system by analog
function generators, and the function generators and ap-
propriate blanking circuitry are controlled in accordance with
the commands to cause the cathode-ray tube to produce the
desired symbols and characters.
A system for detecting the unauthorized removal of pro-
tected articles from a designated area comprising a harmonic
generator circuit made up of a semiconductor diode chip and
a pair of antennas adapted to receive a radio frequency signal
at a first frequency and transmit a second radio frequency
signal at a second, relatively higher frequency. Transmitting
and receiving means are positioned adjacent an exit area for
actuating the circuit and an alarm when protected articles ap-
proach the area, and means are provided for deactivating the
circuit when the protected article is legitimately purchased.
The generator circuit can be manufactured at very low cost
thereby permitting, when a legitimate sale is made, permanent
deactivation of the circuit without removing or otherwise han-
dling the tag or label carrying the circuit.
3 711 849
CHARACTER FONT GENERATING SYSTEM FOR
CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAYS, OR THE LIKE
Ralph D. Hasenbalg, Canoga Park, Calif., assignor to Vector
General, Inc., Canoga Park, Calif.
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,057
Int.CI.G06fi//4
U.S. CI. 340-324 A 8 Claims
..,USWr;^^^^j\ r1 — —
jy» Sf<iirt
i^te^
//•nrg/icaas
1/V
JM 1«50»* ' — ■ ■ 7 '^ T-T
3,711.850
DIGITAL OHMMETER CIRCUIT
Austin T. Kelly, Morristown, N J., assignor to Weston Instru-
ments. Inc., Newark, N J.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,739
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 5, 1969, 6942066
Int. CI. H03k/ i/20
U.S. CI. 340-347 NT 2 Claims
A digital ohmmeter includes a current source having very
high effective internal resistance to develop an analog signal
across an unknown resistor and an analog-to-digitai converter
connected to the unknown resistor. The current source in-
cludes a differential operational amplifier with a conventional
source of current connected to its integrating amplifier and to
the inverting input and negative feedback from the output to
the non-inverting input. The output current is connected
through a known resistance to the unknown resistor and to the
non-inverting input of a second differential amplifier having
capacitive feedback to its inverting output, forming an in-
tegrator. The integrator produces a dual-slope output under
the control of a timer and level detector which also gates clock
pulses to a counter to produce a count proportional to the re-
sistance of the unknown. A reference current source is
switched to the inverting input of the non-inverting input of
the source amplifier.
3,711,851
METHOD FOR CORRECTING SYSTEMATIC ERRORS IN
DIFFERENTIAL LINEARITY OF A PULSE HEIGHT-TO-
TIME CONVERTER AND CONVERTER FOR THE
APPLICATION OF SAID METHOD
Pierre Giraud, Paris, and Michel Redon, Villennes-sur-Seine,
both of France, assignors to Intertechnique S. A., Plaisir,
France
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,883
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 12, 1968,
68177836
lntCI.H03k/i/02
U.S. CL 340-347 CC 14 Claims
A character generating system is provided which responds
to multi-bit digital commands derived, for example, from a
read-only memory, for generating analog signals suitable for
controlling the beam of a cathode-ray tube so as to cause
characters and symbols to be formed on the viewing screen of
the cathode-ray tube. The system to be described is capable,
for example, of producing four distinct figures, and these
figures are combined to define the selected characters and
symbols on the cathode-ray tube screen. The production of
part or all of any one of the four distinct figures will be defined
herein as a "draw", and any standard alpha-numeric character
and other symbols may be implemented in three draws or less.
1 ^oent j I
CL«SSIFIC«TIO« ST0««6[ Ot»ICC
OICITIL
■ -r^jjij~Pi HI \5.| m. _°^?— I
A digital counter records the pulses delivered by an oscilla-
tor during a time interval which is substantially proportional to
1126
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
the amplitude of each signal to be converted. Prior to each
conversion, the counter is set in any initial state and the result
of the conversion is modified in order to take said initial state
into account.
3.711,852
CONTACTFREE DATA INPUT DEVICE
Fritz Firnig, Weidengrund, Germany, assignor to Olumpia
Werke AG, Wilhelshaven, Germany
Filed April 23. 1971, Ser. No. 136,907
Claims priority, application Germany, May 21, 1970, P 20
24 679.1
Int. CI. H04q 3100
U.S. CI. 340-365 C
1 Claim
v^// (Electret)
6^ ,7
19
z:
— t —
Com-
puttr
logic
8
A contactfree data input device for an electronic calculator
which is not limited by the finger size of the operator The
input device includes an input stylus having an element on the
end thereof which will initiate an electrical input signal when
it is brought into close proximity to a cooperating input circuit
means located at a value input location in the input field. Ac-
cording to one embodiment an electret is provided on the sty-
lus and the input circuit means comprises a pair of spaced
electrodes According to a further embodiment, the stylus is
provided with a permanent magnet and the input circuit
means comprises a ferrite core which is continuously being
switched between its magnetization states and which has a
separate readout winding
3,711.853
SYSTEMS FOR PRODUCTION OF COLORED LIGHTS
FROM AUDIO IMPULSES AND TRANSDUCER
THEREFOR
Lawrence A. Sklar, 14697 N.E. 18th Avenue, North Miami,
Fla.
Filed Nov. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 197,344
Int. CI. G08b 5/22
U.S. CI. 340—366 B 1 1 Claims
taut fine-mesh screen which forms a container for the as-
sembly described below. A plug of rigid plastic foam is at-
tached to and depends downwardly from the taut screen. A
tube and coil wound on the tube is rigidly attached to a lower
part of the plug. The tube is movably mounted around the
upper part of a magnet situated in the lower part of the hous-
ing. When the coil is interconnected to an audio amplifier,
vertical oscillatory motion is imparted to the plug-tube -coil as-
sembly. The vertical movement is restricted by the taut screen
means which also prevents the assembly from being im-
movably forced against or pulled away from the magnet when
either compressive or tensile stresses are applied to the plug.
3,711,854
PARALLEL ALARM CIRCUIT HAVING SERIES
SUPERVISION
Joe D. Reynolds, Lexington, and Kenneth V. Cannon, Galion,
both of Ohio, assignors to Federal Sign and Signal Corpora-
tion, Chicago, 111.
Filed Oct. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 190,568
lnt.Cl.G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 340—409 6 Claims
r
-««<
-^
f
: I f/ 1 fix \ -/ \
/o
.J—
22
-nr— |»^<i;^
/-?■
23
»
»>
9?
M^
3-
r^
An alarm circuit having a plurality of audible sounding
devices is arranged in series relative to a supervisory current in
one direction of flow to enable supervision of the coils of the
devices The circuit is arranged in parallel in the other
direction of flow via polarized devices to enable sounding of
the devices in parallel.
3,711,855
SATELLITE ONBOARD SWITCHING UTILIZING SPACE-
DIVISION AND SPOT BEAM ANTENNAS
William G. Schmidt, and Nobuhiko Shimasaki, both of
Rockville, Md., assignors to Communications Satellite Cor-
poration
Filed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,554
Int. CI. H04b 7\00
U.S.CL343-100SA 24 Claims
A novel transducer element useful in the production of
colored light displays responsive to electronic impulses and as
a device for reproducing audible sounds responsive to the out-
put of an audio amplifier which comprises the following com-
bination A housing having an open upper end covered by a
Jwr ajS" r^
}£^ — '^'
1
%m.n% ^ ' v.*
■1
-^
An on-board processing system is disclosed for a communi-
cations satellite which employs spot beam antennas. Since
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1127
:ach spot beam antenna in general, sees only one ground sta-
ion. this allows the same frequencies to be used by all sta-
ions. Using this space-division technique, the onboard
processing involves the switching from origin grouping of in-
;oming communications signals to destination grouping of
)utgoing communications transmissions. This switching is ac-
:omplished by means of a distribution frame The distribution
rame includes storage registers which logically control the
partitioning of the voice-channel segments and the switching
imes. The contents of all of the storage registers can be
:h;inged by command.
The clearance carrier signal has a substantial null along the
course centerline, to thereby cause significant reduction in the
course bends.
to
3,711,858
MONOPULSE RADAR ANTENNA STRUCTURE
George C. Reeder, Jr., Pasadena. Md., assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 8,363
Int.CI.H01q/J//0
U.S. CI. 343-771 4 Claims
3,711,856
POSITION LOCATING SYSTEM
Donald J. Adrian, Corona, and Lawrence E. Christensen,
Riverside, both of Calif., assignors to Astrophysics Research
Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,304
Int.CI.G01s//24
U.S.CL343-103 10 Claims
i
---"^r^-^z
^•^
A
r
\
\
1 \
I ^^
I \
I Vi
J I
CCWTWAL ST 4T toil
I
Signals transmitted from radio navigation transmitters of
the type such as utilized in the Decca. Omega, and Loran
navigation systems, are received in mobile locations such as
on a vehicle or ambulatory personnel. These signals are trans-
lated from their original frequency to frequencies within the
audio band pass of voice communication equipment, the
original phase relationship being retained in the translation.
The translated signals are combined with the normal commu-
nication signals of the communications equipment and thus m-
cluded in the modulation of the transmissions of this equip-
ment. The translated navigation signals are then separated
from the audio output at a central receiving location and
processed to provide information as to the mobile position.
3,711,857
CAPTURE EFFECT SYSTEM
William C. Cummings, Annandale, Va., assignor to Scanwell
Laboratories, Incorporated, Springfield, Va.
Filed April 7. 1971, Ser. No. 131,946
lnt.CI.G0ls///6
U.S.CL 343-107 7 Claims
ID OIML
'M
A
\
^
^
SJ
An antenna structure formed from slotted wave guide sec-
tions for producing monopulse arrays and incorporating
means for reducing sidelobes This is achieved by providing
wave guide sections in the four quadrants of a monopulse an-
tenna with adjacent ends of the wave guides in the quadrants
being staggered such that certain wave guides in one quadrant
extend into an adjacent quadrant and vice versa. The stag-
gered configuration effectively reduces the slope of the transi-
tion in phase from one quadrant to the other and results in a
reduction in amplitude of the side-lobes.
3,711,859
ELECTROGRAPHIC RECORD SYSTEM HAVING A SELF
SPACING MEDIUM
Arling Dix Brown, Cleveland Heights, and John Blumenthal,
Wickliffe, both of Ohio, assignors to Gould Inc., Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 694.654. Dec. 29. 1967. Pat. No.
3 657,005. This application May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,209
Int. CI. GOld/ 5/06, G03g 5/00
U.S. CI. 346-74 ES 3 Claims
.-:-^r=,s-™:^^;^=- J^::^^s^^^^^
906 0.0. — 40
1128
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
electrographic record medium having spacer means, a portion
of which projects above the outer surface of a dielectric layer
of the record medium. The spacer means space the outer sur-
face of the dielectric layer a fixed critical distance from the
charging electrodes during the voltage charging operation.
3,711,860
ARC DISCHARGE RECORDING APPARATUS WITH
PIGMENT CARRIER
Lewis A. Medlar, Oreland, Pa., assignor to Honeywell Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed May 25, 1971, Ser. No. 146,746
Int. CI. GOld 75/05
U.S. CI. 346—74 S 9 Claims
clearing wire, the external surface of the drop weight having a
helical recess extending at least partially into an ink reservoir,
and the drop weight being rotatable to facilitate feeding of ink
1^
jHt«M-VOtT»OC
from the reservoir to the writing point of the pen. The pen is
especially useful for automatic drawing machines wherein
writing or tracing speed is limited by the rate of available ink
supply flow to the pen point.
3,711,862
MARINE TRANSPORTATION ANALYSIS
COMPUTATION
Eugene Story, Reeder Lane, New Canaan, Conn.
Filed April 9, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 32,8 1 1
Int. CI. G06f 15106, 15/24, 15148
U.S. CI. 444— 1 18 Claims
A high speed recording system has a belt of dielectric
material with an aperture therein and a drive means for the
belt to move the aperture across a recording surface of a
recording medium along a recording line. A pigment carrier is
positioned between the belt and a first electrically conductive
surface with the pigment carrier and the recording surface
being coextensive with the recording line. A second electri-
cally conductive surface for supporting the recording medium
is positioned on the other side of the recording medium from
the dielectric belt and is, also, arranged to extend along the
path of the moving aperture. A selectively operable high volt-
age generating means is connected between the first and
second electrically conductive surfaces to induce an electrical
discharge therebetween through the pigment carrier, the mov-
ing aperture and the recording surface. This electrical
discharge transfers some of the pigment from the carrier to the
recording surface to produce a visible permanent recording.
The recording medium can be driven to produce two axes of
relative motion between the recording surface and the moving
aperture whereby the aperture path encompasses the record-
ing surface by a succession of parallel recording lines.
3.711,861
TUBE WRITING PEN, PARTICULARLY FOR
AUTOMATIC DRAWING MACHINES
Ewald Lorenz, Uelzen, and Holger Soring, Quickborn, both of
Germany, assignors to KOH-I-Noor Rapidograph, Inc.,
Bloomsbury, NJ.
Filed Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 222,873
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 4, 1971, P 21 05
131.0
lnt.Cl.G01d/5//6
U.S. CI. 346—140 7 Claims
A stylographic or tube writing pen including an internal
bore and an axialiy movable drop weight therein mounting a
.
^ "a
«/
1 MAO «•«.«••■*
1 P-v.
1 ANvr Mrr mmn
MM. ¥V*
Digital computing apparatus employs peripheral memory
equipment for storing plural record ship and voyage files.
Each ship file record contains all requisite parameters, stored
in a fixed format, to characterize the jjerformance, capabilities
and limitations of a corresponding vessel. Correspondingly,
each voyage file record independently stores economic and
physical parameters characterizing a set of commercial cargo
trades (herehi: "voyages") for the ship ensemble. The voyages
may comprise ballast, loaded or combined ballast and loaded
voyage legs.
Under operator control, the records for a selected ship and
voyage are called into predetermined main frame memory
storage locations. The mathematical ship model is then given
the maximum possible loading subject to ship, voyage and/or
hybrid constraints encountered for the entire course of the
voyage under stored program control. Appropriate economic
performance data is generated, and normalized to facilitate
performance comparison.
January 16, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1129
In accordance with one aspect of my invention, a matrix
data presentation is generated for computer testing of a set of
ships on each of a set of voyages, as for comparison and
scheduling purposes.
defines the smallest area of noncomparison delineates the
changes. The program then examines the statements in the
3,711,863
SOURCE CODE COMPARATOR COMPUTER PROGRAM
Delwin W. Bloom, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Honeywell Infor-
mation Systems Inc.. Waltham, Mass.
Filed Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 219,721
Int. CI. G06f 9//6
U.S. CI. 444-1 11 Claims
A procedure for controlling a data processing system by a
computer program that compares two versions of a source
program and identifies the difference between the two. The
program compares the two versions until a noncomparison is
determined. The program then continues to compare each
line in the base version to each line in the modified version
until a comparison is found. The program then verifies that it
is in the same area of both files by checking for an identical
symbolic address and proceeds to check the statements
preceding the identical symbolic addresses by working
backwards until a noncompare is again detected. The test that
\u>cmr£ #4aF iwa0h<*^
}tfO«re
mopute rtM tvmmefi^
r^MMW source coea 'TOM aan.M>^mM A-'^iswl
■ fi^jD ioef^r>c*L srmBOcfe
\M>oe£SSfs- re^T nse *w^ co»i*A»e/so^
)a>e\
a
SF7 f^^Tses iPef^nfiTfis smer
noncomparing area to signify whether the noncomparison is
due to an addition, deletion or modification.
DESIGNS
JANUARY 16, 1973
225,919
COMBINED BUN AND FRANKFURTER
Theodore A. Corn, 1000 N. Point, San Francisco, Calif.
94109, and Robert M. Hariick, 2330 Wexford, South
San Francisco, Calif. 94080
Original design application Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 16,743,
now Patent No. 223,223. Divided and this application
Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 23,145
Term of patent 14 years
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Apr. 4, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. Dl—04
VS. CI. Dl— 26
225,921
NECKWEAR ACCESSORY
Moses T. Williams, 2000 Valmont St.,
New Orleans, La. 70115
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 24,035
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— Oi
U.S. CI. D2— 243
225,920
SHIRT
Kathy Compton, Alexandria, Va. (14000 Castle Blvd.,
Apt. 103, Green Castle Country Club Apts., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904)
Filed Aug. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 169,155
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— 02
U.S. CI. D2— 46
225,922
HORIZONTALLY DIVIDED LOCKER
Marvin D. Rosenberg, Glencoe, III., assignor to
Convenience Locker Corp., Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,856
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
US. CI. D6— 168
J
J
^
1130
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1131
January 16, 1973
1M923 ' "5'^^^
225,923 SEAT
Andrew Ivar Morrison, B^yn, and Brjjce R. Hanm.h, ^^^^^^^.^^^^ ffite^^o^oration'TS^SrS*'
Staten Island, N.Y., assignors to Knoll International, Mich., ^^^fj^^jjj^'; "1970, sTr. No. 23,315
Inc., New York, N.Y. m« ^a a^a Term of patent 14 years
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 23,026 ^^ ^, D6— 02
Term of patent 14 years nc r'l na <(i
Int. CI. D6— 02 U.S. CI. D6— 61
U.S. CLD6— 66 ,
225,924
CHAIR OR THE LIKE
Stuart John Gilbert and Karen T. Gilbert, Constantine,
Mich., assignors to Harter CorporaHon, Sturgis, Mich.
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 23,303
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 75
225,927
CONSOLE TABLE
Gordon L. Duern and Donald S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited,
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada ,,0^^,
Filed Mar. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,643
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— Oi
U.S. CI. D6— 79
225.925
CHAIR
Gordon L. Duern and Donald
Ontario, Canada, assignors to
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Apr. 7, 1971, Ser.
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. a. D6— 69
S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Electrohome Limited,
No. 132,247
225 928
ROCKING CHAIR
Eari E. Lockwood, 35 Crosby St.,
East Hartford, Conn. 06118
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106.941
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 49
1132
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225,929
CHAIR
Don Ray Gill, Hammond, Ind., assignor to Mohasco
Industries, Inc., Amsterdam, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 22, 1971, Scr. No. 136,635
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 68
225,932
CHAIR
Gordon L. Duern, 100 Queen St. N., Apt. 605, and
Donald S. Griffin, 191 Filsinger Road, both of Kitch-
ener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Apr. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 137,105
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 69
225,930
CHAIR
Gordon L. Duern and Donald S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited,
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,641
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
-U-S. CI. D6— 69
S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Electrohome Limited,
225,933
CHAIR
Gordon L. Duern and Donald
Ontario, Canada, assignors to
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,444
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 69
S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Electrohome Limited,
225,931
CHAIR
Gordon L. Duern and Donald
Ontario, Canada, assignors to
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
nied Mar. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,434
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
VS. CI. D6 — 69
225 934
STAND FOR A HAIRDRYER
Jurgen Greubel, Eschenhahn, Germany, assignor to Braun
Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 109,095
Claims priority, application Germany Sept. 2, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
U.S. CI. D6— 85
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1133
225,935
TABLE
Joseph E. Kienel, P.O. Box K, Acworth, Ga.
Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,749
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 05
VJS. CI. D6— 146
225,938
TABLE
30101 Joseph E. Kienel, P.O. Box K, Acworth, G^
•*"*"* Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,748
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 05
U.S. CI. D6— 146
30101
225,936
DRAWER SUPPORT OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert L. Propst, Ann Arbor, and Jaf.fs O- KeUey,
Saline, Mich., assignors to Herman Miller, Inc., Lee-
land, Mich. ,».t -^e tint
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 25,677
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 99
U.S. CI. D6—191
U.S.
225,939
MULTIPLE UNIT CARREL
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,191
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— ^5
CI. D6— 146
— jyj
225 937
HOLDER FOR A HAIRDRYER
Jurgen Greubel. Eschenhahn, Germany, assignor to Braun
Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 109,081
Claims priority, application Germany Sept. 2, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 0-^
U.S. CL D6— 130
225,940
TABLE
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,190
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 05
U.S. CI. D6— 146
1134
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225,941
COFFEE TABLE
Gordon L. Duern and Doaald S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited,
Kitchener. Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127,077
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 03
U.S. CI. D6— 146
225,944
VANITY CABINET
Arnold H. Klein, Ciarksville, N.Y., assignor to Klein
Industries, Inc., Cobleskill, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,256
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6 — 04
U.S. CL D6— 167
225 942
COMBINED CABINET AND TABLE UNIT
Douglas C. Anderson, 1337 W. Edgemont,
Phoenix, Ariz. 85007
Filed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,255
Term of patent iVi years
Int. CI. D6— ^i
U.S. CI. D6— 157
225,945
SHOWCASE
Donald W. Schulte, Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor
American Store Equipment, Muskegon, Mich.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,545
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. U6—06
U.S. CI. D6— 172
to
225,943
STORAGE CABINET OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Andreas Christen, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Knoll
International, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 23,795
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6 — 02
US. CI. D6— 158
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1135
225,946
CHAIR
Andrew Ivar Morrison, Brooklyn, and Bruce R. Hannah,
Staten Island, N.Y., assignors to Knoll International,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 23,025
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6--66
225,949
TABLE
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
nied Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,192
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— OJ
U.S. CL D6— 177
225,947
SOAP DISH
Raymond U. H. Tegner, Rockford, III., assignor to
Amerock Corporation, Rockford, III.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 149,117
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 06
VJS. CI. D6— 89
225,950
TABLE
Joseph E. Kienel, P.O. Box K, Acworth, Ga.
Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,747
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 03
U.S. CI. D6— 177
30101
225,948
COMBINED MIRROR AND BATHROOM
ACCESSORIES HOLDER
Donald J. Asenbauer, 13820 E. Close St.,
Whittier, Calif. 90605
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,301
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6—06
U.S. CI. D6— 91
225,951
TABLE
Joseph E. Kienel, P.O. Box K, Acworth, Ga.
Filed Apr. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 136,892
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— ^i
U.S. CI. D6— 177
30101
1136
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225,952
STUDY CARREL
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,195
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
U.S. CI. D6— 181
225,955
COMBINED ROOM DIVIDER AND
STORAGE UNIT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,208
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
U.S. CI. D6— 189
225,953
STUDENT DESK
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,210
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04 i
U.S. CI. D6— 181
U.S.
225,956
COMBINED STUDY CARREL AND
STORAGE UNIT
Frank R. Torrey, 9805 Dallas Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,206
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6—04
CI. D6— 190
f
225,954
COMBINED CLOTHES RACK AND STORAGE
SHELF UNIT
Michael Schachel, Shadow Ridge Road,
Franklin Lakes, NJ. 07417
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 26,183
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04
U.S. CI. D6— 189
225,957
FURNITURE PANEL OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Richard M. Chapin, Charlotte, N.C., assignor to Dolly
Madison Industries, Huntingburg, Ind.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,961
Term of patent 3V2 years
Int. CI. D6— 99
U.S. CI. D6— 193
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1137
225,958
RAKE ^ ^
Francis O. Gibbs, Greensboro, N.C., assignor to Southern
Mechanical Products Company, Greensboro, l>.c.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,614
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 0/
US. CI. D8— 13
225,961
COMBINATION TOOL
Perry W. Scdoris, 11115 SE. Stark St,
PorUand, Oreg. 97201
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,812
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— ^5
U.S. CI. D8— 81
\\\\^^lUUU^H!}fl/!n^J
«m
^
225.962
HAND SAW
Wallace G. Ferry, Scotch Plains, N J., asrfgnor to Ferry
^ — Enterprises, Inc., Edison, NJ.
Filed Apr. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 132,254
225,959 Term of patent 14 years
CASTER WRENCH int. CI. D8— ^i
William S. Lee, % Lee Moving & Storage, 760 S. Jefferson ^^ d8— 96
Davis Parkway, New Orleans, La. 70116
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,704
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 21
E¥
I4P
225,960
HEAT GUN
Jimmy C. Ray, Rte. 2, P.O. Box 33,
Grayson, Tex. 75020
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,381
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— ^5, D26— ^2
U.S. CI. D8— 30
225,963
PULL
La Verne E. Clayton, Rockford. HI., assignor to
Amerock Corporation, Rockford. HI.
Filed Julv 1, 1971, Ser. No. 159,080
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 06
U.S. CI. D8— 159
I
1138
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225,964
DOOR KNOCKER OR THE LIKE
Walter G. Ballou, R.F.D. 2, Iron Mine Hill Road,
Nortli Smitbfield, R.I.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Scr. No. 107,612
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS— 09
U.S. CI. D8— 177
225,967 •
HANGER FOR PICTURES, MIRRORS, PLAQUES
OR THE LIKE
Lee Richard Chasen, Port Chester, N.Y., assignor to
Coats & Clark, Inc., New York, N.Y. ,
Filed June 11, 1971, Ser. No. 152,478
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D»—08
U.S. CI. D8— 257
225,965
FLAGPOLE ENTRY
Theodore F. Schmit, Prospect Heights, III., assignor to
Electronic Flag Poles, Inc., Maywood, III.
Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,739
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 99
US. CI. D8— 216
225,968
CLOSURE CLIP FOR BAGS OR THE LIKE
Jack E. Crawford, Pittsford, Albert B. Martone, Canan-
daigua, and Robert H. Olson, Pittsford, N.Y., as-
signors to Mobil Oil Corporation
Filed Oct. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 187,587
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D»—08
U.S. CI. D8— 259
225,966
GARMENT HOOK
Raymond U. H. Tegner, Rockford, III., assignor to
Amerock Corporation, Rockford, III.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 149,118
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9—08
VS. CI. D8— 254
225,969
HAMPER
Marvin D. Rosenberg, Glencoe, III., assignor to
Convenience Locker Corp., Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,858
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D7—06
U.S. CI. D49— 8.2
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1139
225,970
SCREW
Thomas P. O'Donnell, Kings County, N.Y.
(200 Highland Blvd., Brooklyn, N.Y. 11207)
Filed Aug. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 13,167
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 267
225,973
BOTTLE OR THE LIKE
Robert Setrakian, 21 Tumagain Road,
Kentfield, Calif. 94904
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 147,307
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 01
VS. CI. D9— 72
225,971
NUT
George S. Wing, Palos Verdes Estates, Calif., assignor to
Hi-Shear Corporation, Torrance, Calif.
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 23,568
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 273 ^
225,974
BOTTLE
William Barth, Columbus, Ga., assignor to Royal Crown
Cola Co., Columbus, Ga.
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 141,085
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CI. D9— 100
225,972
BOTTLE
Bhupcndra N. Khetani, Vernon, Conn., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St Louis, Mo.
Filed Sept 24, 1970, Ser. No. 25,173
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— 0/
U.S. CL D9— 37
225,975
BOTTLE
William E. Danjczek. Easton, Pa., assignor to Koh-I-Noor
Rapidograph, Inc., Bloomsburg, N J.
Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 167,090
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CL D9— 158
!
1
1140
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225 976
COMBINED SOAP HOLDER AND COVER
FOR WATER HXTLRES
Albert Lins, Bergstrasse 27, Kusnacht, Switzerland
Filed June 25, 1971. Ser. No. 157.076
Claims priority, application Switzerland Feb. 3, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2i— 01
U.S. CI. D23— 24
225,978
DOOR
William J. Horgan, Jr., 1299 Folkstone Drive,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15216
Original design application June I, 1970, Ser, No. 23,254.
Divided and this application June 17, 1971, Ser. No.
154,249
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 02
VS. CI. D13— 1
225,977
POULTRY NECK CUTTER
Edward K. Leffler, West Allis, and Kenneth A. Kraft
and Calvin Hansen. Milwaukee, Wis., assignors to John
Mohr & Sons, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,214
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D15— 05
U.S. CI. Dll— 1
225,979
DOOR
William J. Horgan, Jr., 1299 Folkstone Drive,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15216
Original design application June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 23,254.
Divided and this application June 17, 1971, Ser. No.
154,247
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 02
U.S. CL D13— 1
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1141
225,980
DOOR
William J. Horgan, Jr., 1299 Folkstone Drive,
Pittsburgh. Pa. 15216
Original design application June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 23,254.
Divided and this aplication June 17, 1971, Ser. No.
154,250
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 02
U.S. CL D13— 1
225 982
ROOF DRILLING AND BOLTING MACHINE
John B. Long, Oak Hill, W. Va., assignor to Marmon
Group, Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed Mar. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,227
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D12— 09
U.S. CL D14— 3 A
225,981
STAIR TREAD
Culver S. Brown, 734 Melville Ave.,
Palo Alto, Calif. 94301
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 21,177
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D25— 02
U.S. CL D13— 7
225 983
TRANSPORTATION VEHICLE
Walter H. Gollwltzer, Birmingham. Mich., and Wilham
B. Shenk, Jr., Rodenkirchen Cologne. Germany, as-
signors to Ford Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
FUed Jan. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 216,328
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D12— 05
U.S. CL D14— 3
1142
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225 984
WHEELED GOLF CLUB CARRIER
Stuart Thomas Guthrie Murray, Bray-on-Thames, and
Maurice John Gillings, London, England, assignors to
Murray Components Limited, London, England
Filed June 11, 1971, Ser. No. 152.471
^ Claims priority, application Great Britain Dec. 11, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D12— 02
U.S. CI. D14— 3
225,987
ARTICLE CARRIER FOR VEHICLE INTERIOR
Stephen R. Stewart, Upland, Calif.
(3122 Schweitzer Drive, Topanga, Calif. 90290)
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 152,005
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
US. CI. D14— 6 T
k-e
225,985
PASSENGER BUS
Charles W. Poole, Redlands, Calif., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,612
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 08
U.S. CI. D14— 3
225,988
MIRROR FRAME FOR TRUCKS OR THE LIKE
Kenneth J. Fischer, 3248 Fniitwood Lane,
Jacksonville, Fla. 32202
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,589
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D12— 16
U.S. CI. D14— «
225,989
WHEEL CENTER UNIT
Daniel C. Chad wick, 316 S. San Gabriel Blvd.,
North Hollywood, Calif. 91776
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 20,956
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D14— 30
225.986
TRIMMER-SPREADER ROAD CONSTRUCTION
MACHINE OR THE LIKE
Thomas L. Steele, Oklahoma City, and Warren W. Grist,
Yukon, Okla., assignors to CMI Corporation, Okla-
homa City, Okla.
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,390
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 09
U.S. CL D14— 3
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1143
225,990
OPTICAL ELECTROPHORESIS SCANNER
Jan A. Van den Broek, Ann Arbor, and George W. Toma,
Dexter, Mich., assignors to Transidyne General Corpo-
ration, Ann Arbor, Mich. ..«,,,
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 149,133
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D24— 0/
VS. CL D16— 2
225,992
PHARMACEUTICAL TABLET
Theodor Langauer. Muttenz. Basel. Switzerland, assignor
to Clba-Geigv AG, Basel, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 19,330
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— 07
U.S. CI. D16— 3
3V^
!l
2f5,991
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
John Blendi, Warren, Mich., assignor to Metal Cabinet
Company, Warren, Mich.
Filed May 26, 1971. Ser. No. 147,282
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D29-^7
U.S. a. D16— 2
225,993
PUMP
Chester H. Wickenberg. 164 Division St,
Elgin, III. 60120
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,338
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2i— 01
U.S. CI. D23— 14
1144
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
225,994
TAP OUTLET MEMBER
Mart>n Omar Rowlands, Epping, England, assignor to
IMI Developments Incorporated, Birmingham, England
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 21,103
Claims priority, application Great Britain July 28, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23 — 01
L.S. CI. D23— 34
225,997
KNOB FOR AN ENDODONTIC INSTRUMENT
William Henry Boggs, 18887 Valley View Drive, River-
view, Mich. 48192, and George Reed Covers, 118
Granite St., Medfield, Mass. 0(2052
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 26,734
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Ci. D24— Oi
U.S. CI. D24— 1
225,995
COMBINATION BATHTUB AND SHOWER UMT
Fred C. Alexander, New Castle, Pa., assignor to
Universal-Rundle Corporation, New Castle, Pa.
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 156,168
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— 02
U.S. CI. D23— 49
3~*.
225 998
BLADE SET FOR DENTAL INSTRUMENT
' James Vannes Boone, Meadows BIdg.,
Dallas, Tex. 75206
Original design application Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 19,514.
Divided and this application Apr. 1, 1971, Ser. No.
130,569
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02
VS. CI. D24— 1 -^
225 996
MODULAR CONSOLE FOR A DENTAL
OPERATORY
John M. Schwartz, Des Moines, Iowa, assignor to
Den-Tal-Ez Mfg. Co., Des Moines, Iowa
Filed Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 224,384
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 01
U.S. CI. D24— 1 B
225,999
DENTAL CUSPIDOR
John Daniel Krantz, Camarillo, Calif., assignor to
Coastal Dynamics Corporation
Filed Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 184,317
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D24—01
VS. Ci. D24— 1
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1145
226,000
WORD TRANSFORMER TEACHING DEVICE
OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Caleb Gattegno, Manhattan, N.Y., assignor to Educational
Solutions, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,628
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 07
U.S. CL D25— 1
226,003
DATA INPUT-OUTPUT TERMLNAL
Melvin Rudin, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Datel
Corporation, McLean, Va.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 25,826
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
226,001
BATTERY JUMPER CABLE ASSEMBLY
WITH INTEGRAL LIGHT
Allan M. Coleman, Highland Park, III., and Carl J.
Hawkins and Raymond J. Abair, Toledo, Ohio, as-
signors to Coleman Cable & Wire Company, River
Grove, III.
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,391
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 1
226,004
ELECTRONIC CALCULATING MACHINE
Shigetoshi Hazama. Osaka, Japan, assignor to Sharp
Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,975
Claims priority, application Japan Jan. 16, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
226,002
DATA TRANSCEIVER
Paul H. Butler, Barry E. Duggan, and James S. Koonce,
Huntsville, Ala., assignors to Credex Corporation
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 23,295
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
226,005
CROSS ARM FOR ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION POLE
Arthur L. Scott, Columbia, S.C, assignor to
C/P Corporation, Newberry, S.C.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 20,803
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— 05
U.S. CI. D26— 12
1146
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
226,006
CROSS ARM FOR ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION POLE
Arthur L. Scott, Columbia, S.C, assignor to
C/P Corporation, Newb«rr>-, S.C.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, S«r. No. 20,802
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— 03
V.S, CI. D26~12
226,008
TRANSMISSION LINE TOWER
Richard J. Donovan, Winchester, and William C. Finney,
Naticit, Mass., assignors to Boston Edison Company,
Boston, Mass.
FUed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,841
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 12
226,007
TRANSMISSION LLNE TOWER
Richard J. Donovan, Winchester, and William G. Finney,
NatJck, Mass., assignors to Bostoa Edison Company,
Boston, Mass.
Filed Feb. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 113,114
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— 03
US. CI. D26— 12
226,009
COMBINED AMPLIFIER AND TLTVER
Naoki Tominaga, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Sanyo
Electric Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,796
Term of patent 5\^ years
Int. CI. D14— <?i
U.S. CI. D26— 14
ik
o °<ar- -ei>T-
I ^t ao
11 l!
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1147
226,010
MICROPHONE
Robert Podall, Northfield, lU., assignor to Conrac
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,620
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D14— 01
U.S. CI. D26— 14
226,012
STATUETTE
James Robert Black, Jr., Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to
People Products, Troy, Mich.
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,321
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dll— 02
VS. CI. D29— 24
226,011
ALTERNATING TO DIRECT CURRENT
CONVERTER
Thomas N. Urquhart, Troy, Michael A. Koltuniak, War-
ren, and Robert G. Plantholt, Rochester, Mich., as-
signors to Controlled Power Corporation, Farmington,
Mich*
Original design application July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 18,274,
now Patent No. 222,146, dated Oct. 5, 1971. Divided
and this application Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 25,451
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— ^2
VS. CI. D26— 15
226,013
TOY CEMENT MIXER
Toyotsugu Ogasawara, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Tomy
Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 176,787
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D21— 07
VS. CI. D34— 15 AJ
1148
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
226,014
TOY CRANE TRUCK
Toyotsugu Ogasawara, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Tomy
Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 31. 1971, Ser. No. 176,789
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 01
U.S. CI. D34— 15 AJ
226,017
ORNAMENTAL PUZZLE TOY
Harold Graham, Boise, and Vinton L. Stanfield, Burley,
Idaho, assignors of a fractional part interest to Almeta
C. Dean, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Apr. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,654
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
226,015
TOY BUILDING BLOCK
Alwin J. Stahel II, New Brighton, Minn., assignor
General Foods Corporation, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 25,728
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
to
226,018
VACUUM BALL HOLDING AND PROPELLING
DEVICE
Richard N. Carver, Erie, Pa., assignor to
Louis Marx & Co., Inc.
Filed Apr. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,531
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
226,016
TOY CONSTRUCTION PIECE OR THE LIKE
David Podell, 61 Christopher St., Montclair, NJ. 07042
Filed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,856
Term of patent 14 vears
Int CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
226,019
HAND MIXER
Ralph Morris, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Fingerhut
Manufacturing Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,810
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Bl—04
U.S. CI. D44— 1
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1149
226,020
FLOODLIGHT
Melvin R. Anderson, Avon Lake, and Donald E.
Falrvlew Park, Ohio, assignors to Westinghouse
Corporation ^, ^, a^^
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 21,463
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D26— Oi
U.S. CI. D48— 20
Husby,
Electric
226,023
FRONT PANEL FOR A MERCHANDISING
MACHINE
Walter L. Koch, 15 Seymour St., Caldwell, NJ. 07006,
and Robert P. Franklin, 23 Woodlawn Terrace, R.C. 1,
Jefferson Township, N J. ,^„nr^
Filed Julv 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,967
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D20— 07
U.S. CI. D52— 3
^*
226,021
PHOTOTHERAPY LAMP
Howard S. Haft, Chicago, III., assignor to
Art Specialty Company
Filed June 24, 197b, Ser. No. 23,638
^ Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D26— 99
U.S. CI. D48— 20
226,024
GAUGE CASING
Ted A. Bell, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Dresser
Industries, Inc.. Dallas, Tex.
Filed Jan. 5, 1971. Ser. No. 104,202
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIO— 04
U.S. CI. D52— 6
226,025 ^^,1.
TEST SCORING TEMPLATE OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Carlton M. Singleton, Ariington, Va., a^ignor to
Automata Corporation, Richland, Wash.
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 152,007
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D 10— 05
U.S. CI. D52— 6
226,022
LIGHT
Norman Holtzman, Los Angeles, Calif., aaignor to
Hanson-Hawk, Inc., Chatsworth, Calif.
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 158,145
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D26— 02
U.S. CI. D48— 24
■1^
J
s"^.
!^
1150
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
226,026
MACfflNE TOOL FEED INDICATOR
James R. Huser, 3330 £. Summer Ave., and Paul N.
Coutz, 6220 S. Keystone Ave., both of Indianapolis,
Ind. 46227
Filed Apr. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,774
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D15— 99
VS. CI. D54 — 6
226,028
FOOD WASTE DISPOSER
Robert W. Kennedy, Hilliard, Ohio, assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,665
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D15— 99
U.S. CI. D55— 1
226,029
PANCAKE MAKING MACHINE
Henri Lescure, Selongey (Cote d'Or), France
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,292
Claims priority, application France Oct 6, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DlS—08
VS. CI. D55— 1
226,027
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE OF FLATWARE
Ronald Sneidmao, 66 Calvin Ave.,
Syosset Estates, N.Y. 11791
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 176,377
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dl—03
VS. CI. D54— 12
226,030
MUSIC BOX
Robert B. Wood, 1439 Essex Way,
San Jose, Calif. 95117
FUed Apr. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,630
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D17— 99
U.S. CI. D56— 1
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1151
226,031
COMBINED MASTER TUNING J^S^ RESONATOR
SUPPORT AND STRIKER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert H. Peirce, 1212 Navlet Court,
Sunnyvale, Calif. 94087
nied Apr. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,778
Term of patent 3Vi years
Int. CI. D17— 04
U.S. CI. D56— 1 E
226,032
CAMERA HOUSING FOR SURVEILLANCE
SYSTEMS
Allen I. Siesboltz, 250 Bergen Ave.,
New Milford, N J. 07646
Filed Apr. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,633
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D16— 0/
U.S. CI. D61— 1
226,034
COMBINED CARRYING CASE AND MOTION
PICTURE PROJECTOR OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert Oberheim, Neu-Isenburg, Germany, assignor to
Braun Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Mam, Ger-
"""'' Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,507
Claims priority, application Germany Aug. 14, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
int CI. D16— 02
U.S. CI. D61— 1
,-, ^
r-*
=[7^**11
^ ..^O.
^ ' *• ""
«>e0 **_<« i
_i
^-llj(»»-'
»
226,035
SEWING MACHINE
Yasuaki Yamamoto, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Janome
Sewing Machine Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 24,217
Claims priority, application Japan June 20, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D 15— 06
U.S. CI. D70— 1
226,033
REAR SCREEN MOTION PICTURE PROJECTOR
Alex J. Procop, 18331 Parthenia St.,
Northridge, Calif. 91324
nied July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,584
Term of patent 14 Years
Int CI. D16— 02
U.S. a. D61— 1
226,036
JET PROPELLED AQUATIC VEHICLE
Clayton J. Jacobson, 5403 Seacrest Drive,
Rolling Hills, Calif. 90274
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,833
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D 12— 06
U.S. CI. D71— 1
1152
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
226,037
FIRE DETECTOR
Thomas G. Cannon and Fred L. DIxson, Fort Collins,
Colo., assignors to Statitrol Corporation, Lakewood,
Colo. ^ „„
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 142,088
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D29— 01
L.S. CI. D72— 1
226,040
CLIPBOARD ATTACHMENT FOR A VEfflCLE
STEERING WHEEL
Robert BeerIi, Jr., 9456 La Luna,
Fountain Valley. Calif. 92708
Filed Jan. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 225,030
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 99
U.S. CI. D74— 2
/
"z!^!^
" ,r
226,038
SOAP CAKE
Barbara Barere, 354 Carlton Ave.,
Brooklyn, N.Y. 11238
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 142,110
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— ^2
U.S. CI. D73— 1
226,041
WHITING IMPLEMENT CONTAINER
Cecil B. Woofter, Newton, Iowa, assignor to
The Vernon Company
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,590
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 02
VS. CI. D74— 5
W-4
226,039
COMBINED COIN AND MEMO HOLDER
Martin Krone, 60 E. 42nd St., New York, N.Y. 10017
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 26,580
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 02
U.S. CI. D74— 1
226,042
HYDROMASSAGE UNIT FOR SWIMMING POOL
Roy A. Jacuzzi, Morago, and Peter L. Kosta, Lafayette,
Calif., assignors to Jacuzzi Research, Inc.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 142,087
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 99
U.S. CI. D83— 1
A
January 16, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1153
26,043
FACIAL MASSAGER
Martin J. Wolff, West Haven, Conn., assignor to Sperry
Rand Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,995
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 04
U.S. CI. D83— 1
226,046
HAIR CURLER
Ann Di Gaetano, Antonia Di Gaetano, and Guiseppina
Di Gaetano, all of 390 Newport, Detroit, Mich. 48251
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,546
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— Oi
U.S. CI. D86— 10
226,044
SHORT-WAVE THERAPY APPARATUS
James N. Shirley, Overland Park, Fred M. Berry, Lea-
wood, and Eugene C. Lipsky, Prairie Village, Kans.,
assignors to International Medical Electronics Ltd.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,792
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
226,047
HAIR CURLER
James Edgar Tucker, Chicago, III., assignor to The
Gillette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed July 12. 1971, Ser. No. 161,388
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D2S— 03
U.S. CI. D86— 10
226,045
HAIR AND MASSAGEBRUSH
Knut Otto Yran, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor to
United States Philips Corporation
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,454
Claims priority, application Switzerland Sept. 28, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 04; D4— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
226,048
HIGH-LOFT NONWOVEN MATERIAL
Robert J. Stumpf, Appleton, and William J. Mattes and
Herman G. Minshell, Neenah, Wis., assignors to
Kimberlv-Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 25,348
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. DS—05
U.S. CI. D92— 1
1154
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 16, 1973
226,049
THROW RUG
Archie E. Warnberg, 3600 NW. 43rd St.,
Oklahoma Cit>, Okla. 73112
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 26,409
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6—05
U.S. CI. D92— 21
226,050
ELECTRIC SHAVER
Hermann R. Schaefer, Bridgeport, Conn., assignor to
Sperry Rand Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 25,997
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— Oi
U.S. CI. D95— 3
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 1 6th DAY OF JANUARY, 1973
Note. —Arranged in accordance with the first significant character or word of the name ( in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice)
A. T I Recreation, Inc., mesne; See—
Mulu, Ernest, 3,711.099.
AB Pcrma System: See—
Persson, Per l.age, 3,710,464.
Abbondio, Antonio, to Ciba-Geigy AG. Double beam optical den-
sitometer 3,7 1 1 ,208, CI 356-202.000.
Abdo Milton K , to Mobil Oil Corporation. Method of clarifying
polysaccharide solutions. 3,7 1 1 ,462, CI. 260-209 000.
Abe, Masaaki: See —
Kurahashi, Koichiro; Nakada, Masanori;»'Nishimura, Koichi; and
Abe. Masaaki, 3,71 1,643.
Abelin, Rudolf, Johansson, Nils Soren Lennart; and Hakansson, An-
dres Borje, to Saab-Scania Aktiebolag Jettisonable pod for aircraft
carriedrockctmissiles. 3,7 10,678. CI. 89-1.816.
Abitiba Paper Company Ltd ; See—
Fynon,JohnE ,3,710,969
Abruzzi, Pierluigi: See—
Vargiu, Silvio; Spelta, Osvaldo; Giovanni, Sesto S.; and Abruzzi,
Pierluigi, 3,711,431.
ACF Industries Incorporated: See—
Beishir, Richard Bert, 3,7 10,766.
Action Packaging Corporation: See—
Kuglcr, Robert J ,3,711,011.
Adams, Charles D . and Wommack, Joel B , Jr., to Du Pont de
Nemours, E I , and Company. Process for preparing alkyl 2-
bcnzimidazole-carbamates. 3,71 1,504, CI 260-309.200.
Adams, James E.: See—
Wysocki, Joseph J , Adams, James E.; and Becker, James H ,
3,711,713.
Adams, James E., Jr , and Dailey, John L., to Xerox Corporation. Opti-
cal notch filter. 3,71 1 ,181 , CI. 350-157.000.
Adams, John H : See—
Hills, Richard E , Adams, John H.; Anderson, Lloyd E , Jr.; Bliss,
Woodrow E , Jr , Hamren, Fred W , Jr ; Honath, Harry F.; and
Murphy, JohnC ,3,710.582.
Adams, Leonard, Jr : See-
Alexander, John; and Adams, Leonard, Jr . 3,7 1 1 ,358.
Adams, Raymond J , to Curtis Nuclear Corporation Method for deter-
mination of thyro-binding capacity of blood proteins. 3,711 ,247, CI.
23-230.00b.
Adams Robert P., to Cenco Medical Health Supply Corporation.
Rotating fiask culture apparatus. 3 ,7 1 1 ,379, CI. 1 95- 1 27.000.
Adiego dc la Parra. Luis Antonio, to Empresa Nacional de Optica, S.A.
System of multiple objectives. 3,7 1 1 ,1 87, CI 350-254.000
Admiraal, Lambcrtus, to MacMillan Bloedel Limited. T-ring
microwave drying apparatus. 3,71 1,674, CI 219-10.550.
Adolphi, Hcinrich, Eilingsfeld, Heinz; and Patsch, Manfred, to
Badischc Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Akticngesellschaft. 0,0-dial-
kylthionophosphoric or 0,0-dialkyldithiophosphoric esters of ox-
adiazoles 3,7 I 1 ,494, CI. 260-307. OOg.
Adra,Tarek B Heavy duty fioodlight 3,71 1,702, CI. 240-47.000.
Adrian, Donald J., and Christcnscn, Lawrence E., to Astrophysics
Research Corporation. Position locating system 3,7 1 1 ,856, CI 343-
103.000
Advanced Technology Center, Inc., mesne: See—
Petersen, Donald H ;and Schwemer, Warren C. 3,71 1,615.
Acropet, Inc.: See—
Gregory, Frederick S., 3,710,761 .
Agecv, Nikolai Ivanovich: 5ee— . .
Turetsky, Lazar Isaakovich; Gryzlov, Anatoly Grigorievich;
Proskurovsky, Filipp Yakovlcvich, Lomachcnko, Gennady
Nikolacvich,and Ageev, Nikolai Ivanovich, 3,710,821.
Agfa-Gcvacrt: See— , . j
Van Paesschcn, August Jean; Van Gossum, Lucien Janbaptist; and
Priem.JanJoz.ef, 3,71 1,284.
Agfa-Gcvaert Akticngesellschaft: See—
Gehlert, Rolf, and Schmidt, Ulrich, 3,71 1,195.
Wagner, Karl, 3.710,704.
Ahldca Corporation: See—
Deaton, David W ,3,710,791.
Ahramjian, Leo, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company. Safety
glass. 3,71 1,364, CI. 161-190 000
Air Preheater Company, Inc , The: See—
Finnemore, Harlan E, 3,7 10,85 1 .
Kurschner. Hermann E.; and Mahoney, Robert Emmett,
3,710,850.
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Betzler, Mark H ,3,711,130.
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc , mesne: See-
Hoffman, Joseph K ; and Russell, James P., 3,71 1 ,53 1 .
Akesson. Ale Quick coupling for connecting together conductors,
hoses and similar elongated members. 3.71 1, 135, CI. 287-104.000
Akiyama, Hideaki; and Ando, Sadanao, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh.
Electronic Hash device. 3,7 11 .74 1 , CI. 3 1 5-24 1 OOp.
Aktiebolaget Bofors: See—
Hellner, Lars Ivar; and Hede, Nils Erik Allan, 3,7 1 1 ,276.
Matter, Max; and Michel, Karl, 3,7 1 1 ,496.
Aktiebolaget Karlstads Mekaniska Werkstad: See—
Ramback. Carl-Gustaf; and Ericsson, Nils Olof, 3.7 1 1 ,220.
Aktiebolaget Scania Vabis: See—
Almqvist, Bo Karl Loritz, 3.7 1 1 ,22 1 .
AL E & C Ltd ; See-
Nelson, Warren Leonard, 3,710,547.
Alberico, Mario: See—
Pomclla, Piero; and Alberico, Mario, 3,71 1,814.
Alecci, Donald E. See—
Sinnott, David J.; Alecci, Donald E; and Kaplan, Louis,
3,710,698.
Alessio, Sergio A ; and Chow. Weichien. to Bunkcr-Ramo Corpora-
tion, The Numerically controlled automatic wiring system.
3,7 10,441, CI. 29-624.000.
Alexander. John; and Adams, Leonard, Jr , to Finn Industries, Inc..
The. Assembly for applying coupons to carton blanks. 3,71 1,358. CI.
156-571.000.
Alfa-Laval AB: See—
Murkes, Jakob, 3,710,949.
Alferov, Jury Fedorovich: See—
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Alferov, Jury Fedorovich; Dubinsky.
Rudolf Solomonovich, Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Emelyanenko,
July Georgievich; and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich, 3,71 1,616
Alfrey, Turner, Jr . and Schrenk, Walter J , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany The Highly refiective thermoplastic bodies for infrared, visible
or uhraviolet light. 3,7 1 1 , 1 76, CI 350- 1 .000.
All-Power Manufacturing Co : See-
Brown, Gordon R ; and Michalek, Margaret E. (said Brown assor.
to), 3,710,589.
Allen Michael George, to Desoutter Brothers Limited. Impact wrench
or screwdriver 3.710,873, CI. 173-12.000
Allen, Michael George; and Tiers, George Van Dyke, to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company. Polyol solutions of xanthates
as catalysts in making polyisocyanurates. 3,7 1 1 ,444, CI. 260-77. 5nc.
Allen, Richard A Automobile carrier. 3,710,999, CI 224-42.03b.
Allied Chemical Corporation: See—
Figiel, Francis John, 3,710,450^
Lohr, Thomas E, 3,7 11,1 1 5
Allied Colloids Manufacturing Company Limited: See-
Heap, Vernon, and Rothwcll, Eric, 3,71 1 ,323.
Allington, Robert W , to Instrumentation Specialties Company Ap-
paratus for determining and characterizing the slopes of time-varying
signals. 3,71 1,779, CI. 328-1 14 000.
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company: See—
Dethlefsen, Rolf, 3,711,665.
Weseloh, Roger J , and Whaley, Warren R., 3,710,774
Almqvist, Bo Karl Loritz, to Aktiebolaget Scania Vabis. Device for
varying the pitch of propeller blades. 3 ,7 1 1 ,22 1 , CI. 4 1 6- 1 57.000.
Alpers, Frederick C, to United States of America, Navy. Television
target tracking system 3,71 1 ,639, CI 178-6.800.
Alsted. David A Belt aligning apparatus. 3,7 10,927, CI. 198-202.000.
Aluminitc Manufacturing Company, Inc : See-
Andres, Edward J ,3,710,839.
Alvi,Syed MS .See-
Sell, Victor L., and Alvi, Syed M. S., 3,71 1 ,839.
AlzaCorporation: See—
Higuchi, Takeru; and Lecper, Harold M., 3,710,795.
Amel, Ronald T: See—
Lyness, Warren I.; Amel, Ronald T., and Booth, Gary E.,
3,711,474.
Amerace Esna Corporation: See-
Flanagan, Robert M, and Johnson, Glenn W., 3,71 1 ,797.
American Air Filter Company, Inc.: See—
Sexton, Robert W.; Brooks, Paul L.; and Carey, Jack M.,
3,710,948.
American Can Company: See—
Feinberg, Jacob Howard, 3,7 1 1 ,39 1 .
American Cyanamid Company: See—
Innes, John Edwin, 3,71 1,567
Maulding, Donald Roy, 3,7 1 1 ,41 5.
Nagy, Daniel Elmer, 3,71 1 ,573.
Tomcufcik, Andrew Stephen; and Wilkinson, Raymond George,
3,711,613.
American Environmental Research Corporation: See—
Newkirk, Marc S, and Falabella, Arnold G., 3,7 10,770.
American Express Investment Company See-
Green, Philip S, 3,7 1 1 .823.
PI 1
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16,1973
^-Tu^S^i^es^^^'S^^l^^^^ and K.ug. Joseph R..
Amencln N Wper Publishers Association Research Inst.tute. Incor-
^^Han'^ChlrTes H . and Cashau. George R.. 3.7 1 1 .084.
American Optical Company, mesne; See—
Kavanagh. Arthur J , 3,7 11 ,722.
American Optical Corporation. 5fe-
Bredemeier,HerbertC..3.7IO,7V8 d K„rt u/ anH
Robinson, Charles C. Graf. Robert E.. Young . Robert W.. and
Sproul. Merrill F, 3,71 1,264. , „, . ^ oi.u.,H F
Snitzer, Elias, Robinson. Charles C; and Woodcock. Richard F.,
3.711.787. ^ „
American Safety Equipment Corporation: iee—
Jakob, Hans, 3,711.037.
American Sterilizer Company; See—
Kereluk.Karl, 3.71 1.378.
Amerola Products Corporation: See— ,
Mercia, Anthony, 3,71 1,154.
Ameron, Inc ; See— . . - . ■ itii<ot
OConner. James F , and Black. Gordon L, 3,7 1 1 ,587.
AMF Incorporated; See—
Garrone, Franco, 3,710,561.
Richert. Walter J. .3.71 1.798.
Ammco Tools. Inc.; See—
Mitchell, Wallace F, 3,7 10,661 .
Amon, Max, and Rosin. Seymour, '%Kollsmannstrument Corpora-
tion Lareecatadioptricobjective. 3,711, 184, CI. 350-201 UUU.
Amort Andrew L , to Xerox Corporation. Variable precision film
drive. 3.7 1 1 ,002, CI. 226-32.000.
AMPInc See- , -,., o,^
Schumacher, william Ludlow, 3.71 1.816.
AMP Incorporated See— ^ r. i. ^a nt,
Brandeau, Edward Peter. Chaffee. Ouentin Roosevelt, and Gitt.
Robert Lewis, 3,710,620. .it,, an
Carter, Clyde Thomas; and Henschcn. Homer Ernst. 3,7 1 1 .8 1 /.
Werner, Walter Myers. 3,7 10,7 19
Ampex Corporation: See— ,.,,,oin
Sell.VictorL,andAlvi,SyedM S.,3,711 839.
Andersen Eilif. to Motorfabriken Bukh A/S. Reversing clutches with
follow-upvalve. 3.710.907, CI. 192-87.170.
Andersen Ronald E , to Central Engineering Company Means for
nexibly' supporting an eductor tube used in testing jet engines.
3 710,617, CI. 73-116.000. ..
Anderson, Amos R , to Packo, Joseph J. mesne. Compositions for seal-
ing leaks 3,7 1 1 ,305, CI. 106-33.000.
Anderson. John R See— a«j„„„„ ir.hn
Hamilton, Robert S.; Kingsbury, Albert W.; and Anderson, John
R, 3,711,401.
Anderson, Lloyd E.Jr; See— .. , ^ ii ^c ir mice
Hills Richard E., Adams, John H.; Anderson, Lloyd E.. Jr Bliss
Woodrow E , Jr ; Hamren, Fred W., Jr.; Honath, Harry F.; and
Murphy, JohnC, 3,710,582.
Anderson. Lbert F Lead screw. 3.7 10.641 , CI. 74-424.80r
Anderson, Steven A; See— ... c.«..,»n a
Spence, John H . Yang, Tung Han, and Anderson, Steven A ,
3,710,952. ,., . uk ^
Anderson. Vincent, to Chicago Etching Corporation^ Watchband
calendar with jewelry-like surface. 3.7 10.489. CI. 40-107.000.
Ando.Sadanao; See— -.-...t^i
Akiyama, Hidcaki; and Ando,Sadanao, 3.711.741
Ando. Shizuo, to Pioneer Electronic Corporation. Controller device of
an automatic telephone answering apparatus. 3,71 1,649, CI. 1 /v-
600r
Ando, Yujiro; .See— .. ,^,,nn^
Saito.Takashi, and Ando, Yujiro. 3.711,796. ,^,..,,n,
Andrcasen, Alfred C . to New-Way Products Company. Die actuator.
3 710 410, CI I0-89.00r. ^ , . .
Andres Edward J . to Aluminite Manufacturing Company, Inc Ad-
jSleslid.ngscreendoor 3,710,839. CI. 160-372^0
Angliss Ian Bruce, and Lipson, Menzie, to Commonwealth Scientific
^"and industrial' Research Orgarj.zat.on. Process for coloring
keratinous fibres with pigment. 3,7 1 1 ,3 16, CI. 1 1 7-55.1WU.
Anheuser-Busch, Inc See—
Ziegler,HomerF,Jr, 3, 711,299
Anken Chemical & Film Corporation mesne; See-
Daniels. Neville H G ; and Wright, Edward S., 3,710,434.
Anker-Werke AGSee- ,.,,,o,n
Van DerSel, Cornelius Gerrit, 3,711,830 . . , , j „,„^
Anthony Paul P , to PPG Industries. Inc. Bimetal spinel surfaced elec-
trodes 3,71 1,382. CI. 204-1. OOr.
Anzen Products, Inc.; See—
Lorenzen, Walter C , 3,7 10,81 7.
'^"'"w^dT'^MUsuo. Mikoda, Masanari; Aoki, Masaki; and Hikino,
Tadashi, 3.7 11,328.
Aoki.TakashiSee— ,. ^ , .. ,t,, mi
Sato, Kazuo; and Aoki, Takashi, 3,71 1 ,203.
Aoshima, Yasuo See— T^Uathi
Nagano, Toshihiro; Suzuki, Matsuo. Hayashi Isao; Kato. Takash^
Mochizuki. Hiroshi, Aoshima. Yasuo; Sh.bata, Kouji; and
Takahashi,Toshiro.3,7ll,313.
Apilz Peter F , to Tamar Electronics. Inc. TrafTic volume computer.
3,7'l 1,686. CI. 235-150.240.
"^''ShmTn'Ces? -Ind Applebay, George W 3 7,0 55r
Arden, John Load weight indicating apparatus. 3.710,880, CI. \ 1 1-
137 000 .
Arizona Chemical Company, mesne: .See- -,7i,-)7n
Arit Herbert George. Jr; and Conroy, Natalie Elaine. 3,7 1 1.270.
Arit Herbert George. Jr.; and Conroy, Natalie Elaine to A„zona
Chemical Company, mesne PJ-Methylenebis (.rans-3.5-dihydrox-
ystilbene ) and use as biocide. 3 ,7 1 1 .270, CI. 7 1 -67.000.
Armco Steel Corporation; See— ,,,,,,„
Byrd. Fred; and Schnedler, Paul E , 3,71 1 320
Smathers, Harry W; and Moffa, Joseph, 3,71 1,129.
Armour Donald F , to Monsanto Company Spray dispensing cap and
hinged closure 3.7 10,989. CI. 222-562 000
Armstrong Cork Company; See— m„™.,„ a
Fritz Thomas W . Gilbo. Charles F.; and Johnson, Norman A.,
3,710.522.
Landis. Elmer J. .3.71 1,346
Armstrong, Jack W; See— ,, j » ..,«o» i^rk VJ
Lanphere, Gerald B.; Bart. Seymour H.. and Armstrong, Jack W.,
3.710.922
Arn Jung Lockomotivfabrik GmbH: See—
Hof Rainer. 3.710.660.
Arnold. James F , to Hydro Tech Services. Inc. Apparatus for pre^ure
testing annular seals in an oversliding connector. 3.7 1 1 . 1 23. C I ik:>-
Arzbcrgcr. William A.; and La Lumicre, Edward J, to Jet Spray
Cooler Inc Three port valve assembly having selectively actuated
valves 3,7 1 0.981. CI. 222- 1 29. 100 „.. ^ a,
Asada, Hidekazu, to Kabushikikaisha Tokyo Keik._ Sing-around type
ultrasonic measuring instrument. 3.710.621 .CI. 73--194Wa_^
Asano Kiro; Takita, Hitoshi. Toyotla, Noriyuki; Takahashi Masaaki.
and Suzuki, Shigeyuki Process for '^c preparation of trans 4-
aminomethylcyclohcxane-1-carboxylic acid. 3,711,537, LI. zou
• Ash'e^ Benedict H, Jr., and Fox, Homer M to P^i'^f PV'.qrnS°(S'
pany. Porous electrode having open feed cavity. 3,7 1 1 ,396, L I. 2U4-
As^kainT, Niilo Kalervo. to Oy TampellaAB Projectile storing and
transporting structure. 3,7 10.997. CI 224-25^00a
Asikainen, Nillo Kalervo, to Ov Tampella AB Aiming arrangement for
grenade throwers. 3. 7 10,675. CI. 89-4 1.00b.
^"'"o;ozct"EnriqurH ; Asimor. Bnan L.; and Sylvester. Edward C.
1711 1 08
Asogawa. Ta'tsuo; Matsumura, Yoshihiko, Satani. Eiji; Wada. Shyozo;
and Funakoshi. Yoshiro, to Takeda Chemical Industries L^.
Preparation of proteinaceous granular seasoning. 3,711,JUI, ci. vv-
UO.OOr.
Asquith, William, Limited: See—
Ennis, Brian, 3,71 1,167,
Associated Mills, Inc ; .See—
Hilger, Ronald 0,3,710,785.
Astrophysics Research Corporation: See- , t , , «<*
Adrian, Donald J ; and Christcnsen, Lawrence E.. 3,7 1 1 ,856.
Ateliers de la Motobecane; .See—
Jaulmes, Eric,3,71l,237
Ateliers desCharmilles,S. A.: See—
AtkiS^Jedric^D^^Aiawly'Vohn A.; and Maraulja, Matthew D to
State of Florida, Department of Citrus Natural orange base
3.71 1, 294. CI 99-79 000
Atomic Energy ofCanada Limited; See-
Parry. Colin, and Round, Kenneth J . 3.7 1 1 ,J20.
'^""Atilins'l'cedric oTAttaway, John A ; and Maraulja, Matthew D.,
3,711,294.
Atwood Vacuum Machine Company: See— ^
Marx, Thomas 0,3,711,057.
^"' w"s£" A?noS'E~ Jr., and Audesse. Emery G., 3,7 1 1 700.
AudS Sidney J.; and Steury, Howard C ;^«o Cat^;P" ^ ^^^J^!
Comoany Oil Film bearing for converter clement. 3,710,570, CI. bu
^""HutneV'£Sd7Heerdt, Ruth, Schmidt. Felix Helmut; Stach.
Kurt; and Aumuller, Walter, 3,7 1 1 .564.
Auscoteng Pty Ltd.; See-
Austget^ke°;e";h"j'c"rbu.' Richard A.; and Schuller. James J, to
pXan Incorporated. Vehicle hopper door operating mechanism
3.710,730. CI. 105-250.000.
Auto Safety. Inc.; See—
Reid, Ronald E, 3,710,407.
Automatic Tube Co.; See-
Van Otteren, Wilbur M., 3,7 1 1 ,038.
^"'TeS H'/nTBai,l"Roger; and Chatourel, Pierre, 3,7 10,848.
Piret, Jean, 3,710,650.
A vco Corporation; See—
McClure, John W, 3,710 619^
Perrero. George; and Weller, Carroll E, 3,7 1 1 ,782.
Aya, Masahiro: See—
January 16,1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Schrader, Gerhard; Eue, Ludwig; Hack, Helmuth; Hirane, Seiichi;
Aya, Masahiro; Kishino, Shigeo; and Fukazawa, Nobuo,
3,711,582.
Aycock, Thomas W.; and Wright, John J., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Electrical resistor paste containing a small
amountofcharcoal 3,71 1,428, CI. 252-502 000.
Ayres Charles A , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Fluid transfer con-
trol system. 3,71 1 .457, CI. 260-93.700.
Ayres, Douglas John; .See—
Avres, Douglas John, and Greenwood. Derek (said Greenwood as-
sor. to said). 3,71 1,409.
Ayres, Douglas John; and Greenwood, Derek, said Greenwood assor.
to said Ayres. Douglas John. Ice-preventive and de-icing oil-in-water
emulsion. 3.7 1 1 ,409. CI 252-70.000
Babcock & Wilcox Company, The; See-
Clark, Merle Myron. 3.7 1 1 .239.
Babcock. Dale F . and Neill, John S.. to United States of America,
Atomic Energy Commission Increased recovery in dual temperature
isotope exchange process. 3,7 1 1 .598, CI. 423-580.000.
Babcock. John C ; See—
Bcal, Philip F., Ill; Lincoln, Frank H., Jr.; and Babcock, John C ,
3,711,528.
Babunovic, Momir, to Barry-Wehmiller Company Container feeding
apparatus for washers 3,7 10.9 18, CI 198-30000
Baccvius, Joseph G , to Garrity, Paul G. Flashlight construction.
3,71 1,699, CI 240-10.680.
Bacevius. Joseph G , to Garrity. Paul G. Flashlight construction.
3.71 1,703, CI 240-10 600
Badachhape. Ramachandra B.; See—
Margavc. John L . Bautista, Renato G.; Ficalora. Peter J ; and
Badachhape, Ramachandra B , 3,71 1.595.
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Adolphi, Hcinrich; Eilingsfeld, Heinz; and Patsch, Manfred,
3,711,494.
Goetze. Walter, Kasper, Werner; Klalt, Gerhard, and Schulz, Ger-
hard, 3,710,439.
Merger. Franz. 3,711.469.
Nonnenmacher, Helmut; Krabctz, Richard; Engelbach. Heinz; and
Zinkc-Allmang, Helmut. 3,7 1 1 ,540.
Osieka, Hans, Koenig, Karl-Heinz; and Pommer, Emst-Heinrich,
3,711.614.
Rohr, Wolfgang; Fischer. Adolf; and Zschocke. Albrecht.
3.711,492.
Baer, Wolfgang, and Fork, Werner, to Voith, J M , GmbH. Steering
device for ships. 3,7 10.748, CI. 114-151.000.
Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich; See—
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Alferov, Jury Fedorovich; Dubinsky,
Rudolf Solomonovich, Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Emelyanenko,
July Georgievich; and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich, 3,71 1,616.
Bailly. Roger; See-
Peltier, Henri, Bailly, Roger; and Chatourel, Pierre. 3,710,848.
Baker Charles H ; and Scherer, Henry W.. to S & C Electric Company.
Open type fuse 3,71 1,809, CI 337-190.000
Baker Don R., to Stauffer Chemical Company Method for controlling
algae 3,71 1.271, CI. 71-67.000.
Baker Don R . to Stauffer Chemical Company. Method of controlling
bacteria with trichloroacrylonitrile. 3.71 1.603. CI 424-304.000.
Baker, Stuart J.; See-
Huffman, Russell B., Baker. Stuart J.; Grosslight, Donald P.; and
Pace, AldrenM, 3.71 1,750.
Ball Corporation; See-
Cook, Charles W. 3,710.937.
Ballard, Jules. Method for forming wedge shaped edge. 3,71 1 ,362, CI.
156-219 000
Bandel, Kurt; Bartle, Walter; Gunther, Ewald; Honegg, Adolf; and
Stahl, Heinz, to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Cushioned seat,
especially motor vehicle seat with quilting. 3,711,155, CI. 297-
456.000
Bansbich, Paul L , to Petrolite Corporation Apparatus and process for
adding chemicals. 3,7 10,867, CI. 1 66-244.00c.
Barbier Pierre Emile System for recording and presenting audio infor-
mation to occupants or a vehicle 3,71 1,653, CI. 179-100 lOc
Barhydt, Hamilton, and Howe, Spencer D. Automatic missile guidance
system 3,7 1 1 ,046, CI. 244-3.120.
Barratt, Robert O.; and Connell, John M., to Foster Wheeler Corpora-
tion. Protected pressure release valve. 3, 710, 556, CI. 55-210.000.
Barrows, Guy G. Electric signal for fishing. 3,711,847, CI. 340-
279000
Barry. Robert Lionel. Electric outlet box mounting. 3,710,972, CI.
220-3 600.
Barry-Wehmiller Company: See—
Babunovic, Momir, 3,710,918.
Bart, Seymour H: See—
Lanphere, Gerald B ; Bart, Seymour H ; and Armstrong, Jack W.,
3,710,922.
Bartalini, Gastone; Brischetto, Nedo; and Giuggioli, Mario, to Societa
Rhodiatoce S p A. Process for oxidizing cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons
in the liquid phase and relevant apparatus. 3,711,557, CI. 260-
617 OOh.
Bartenbach, Louis; See—
Leidy, Harold T.; Kerrigan, Charles M., Tewey, Robert T.; and
Bartenbach, Louis, 3,71 1,291
Bartle, Walter; See—
Bandel, Kurt; Bartle, Walter; Gunther, Ewald; Honegg, Adolf; and
Stahl, Heinz, 3,711,155.
Bartlett, Lawrence D. Spray nozzle. 3,7 1 1 ,029, CI. 239-394.000.
Bassot, Jacques; and Monpetit, Louis, to Societe des Procedes
Modernes d'Injection Sopromi. High speed fuel injection system.
3,7 10,763, CI. 123-32.0ea.
Bastacky, Simon. Lead gel storage battery. 3,71 1, 332, CI. 136-26.000.
Batcher, Kenneth E, to Goodyear Aerospace Corporation Determina-
tion of number of ones in a data field by addition. 3,71 1,692, CI.
235-175.000.
Battelle Development Corporation, The; See—
Mobley. Carroll E ;and Maringer, Robert E., 3,710,842.
Bauer, Adolf; See-
Weber. Karl Heinz. Bauer, Adolf; Danneberg, Peter; and Minck,
Klaus, 3,711,467.
Bauer. Adolf. Weber. Karl Heinz; Danneberg. Peter; and Minck, Klaus,
to Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH. 3,3-Dihydroxy-5-aryl-lH-l,5-
benzodiazepine-2, 4-(3H,5H)-diones and their anhydrous 2,3.4-
trione form 3,7 1 1 ,468, CI 260-239 30b.
Bauer, Klaus; Naumann, Fritz; and Schobbe. Hermann, to Daimler-
Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Control valve, especially for level control
valve for hydropneumatic vehicle spring systems. 3,710.688. CI. 91-
375.00r.
Baum. Frank M . to First National Bank of Chicago. The. Dispenser for
providing warm lather for shaving. 3.7 10,985, CI 222-146.0ha.
Baumann, Hans G . to Demag Aktiengesellschaft. Method for casting
and rolling of metal stands from the casting heat. 3.7 10.84 1 . CI. 1 64-
76.000.
Baumann, Willy; See—
Gramiger, Adrian; and Baumann, Willy. 3,710,493.
Baumcr, Wilhelm: See—
Engelhardt, Manfred, Fruhstorfer, Wolfgang; Hesse, Reiner;
Dennlcr, Bernd, and Baumer, Wilhelm, 3,7 1 1 ,554
Bautista, Renato G.: See—
Margave, John L ; Bautista, Renato G.; Ficalora, Peter J.; and
Badachhape, Ramachandra B , 3,71 1,595
Baxter, Carlton D., to Eastman Kodak Company Microfiche viewing
device. 3,7 10,488, CI. 40-63.00a.
Bayer. Horst O.; and Nulty, Patrick J., to Rohm & Haas Company.
Process for preparing N-aryl pyrid-2-ones. 3,711,488, CI 260-
295. 50r.
Beal. Philip F , III; Lincoln, Frank H , Jr , and Babcock, John C , to Up-
john Company. The. Racemic dihydro-PGE, and related com-
pounds. 3.7 1 1 .528, CI 260-468.00a.
Beatrice Foods Co.; .See-
La Warre. Robert W . Sr.. 3.7 1 1 .296
Luksas, Anthony J.; and Williams. Wilmore, 3,7 1 1 ,303.
Beatrice Foods Company; See-
Gore. William C . and Shapiro. Eugene B.. 3.710.591
Becker, James H ; See—
"Wysocki, Joseph J ; Adams, James E.; and Becker. James H.,
3,711,713.
Beer, Henri Bernard, to Chenmor Corporation Electrode having
platinum metal oxide coating thereon, and method of use thereof.
3,71 1,385. CI. 204-59.000.
Begley. Thomas J.; See—
Liversidge, Thomas K and Begley.Thomas J . 3,710,455.
Begley, Thomas J., to Reed Toys Incorporated. Individual air jets to im-
pel! balls toward a target. 3.71 1. 097, CI. 273-101.000.
Begotti. Pino: See—
Pinfari, Italo; and Begotti, Pino, 3,7 1 0,725.
Beishir, Richard Bert, to ACF Industries Incorporated. Electronic fuel
injection system. 3,7 10,766, CI. 123-32.0ea.
Bell, John R.;.See-
Korchynsky, Michael, Bell. John R.; and Cover, Richard J.,
3,71 1,340.
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated: See—
Copeland, John Alexander, 111, 3.7 1 1 .840.
Geusic, Joseph Edward; and Van Uitert, Lc Grand Gerard.
3,711,841.
Show, Woo Foung, 3.7 1 1 .842.
Bendix Corporation, The: See—
Eckenfelder, Robert Charles; Kautz, Robert Frederick; and Com-
poly, Albert William. 3.7 1 1 .762.
Houseman, Paul S , 3.71 1 .827.
Bendix-Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake Company: See-
Valentine, Harry M., 3.710,692
Benedic, Siegfried; See—
Imelmann, Wilfried; and Benedic. Siegfried, 3,71 1.217.
Bennett, William G , to Teleflex, Inc. Remote control assembly.
3,7 10,645. CI. 74-501. OOp.
Bennington, C. Earl, to Voplex Corporation. Workpiece transfer ap-
paratus 3,7 1 1 ,680, CI 2 1 9-243.000.
Benoit, Roland A ; and Tripodi, Joseph R., to Royal Metal Corpora-
tion. Console control for beds with interlocking switch operators.
3,71 1,664, CI. 200-5. OOr.
Benson, Gustav E , and Potter, Douglas E , to Owens-Coming
Fiberglas Corporation. Method and apparatus for intermittently tex-
tunngyam 3,710,461 .CI. 28-1 400.
Benson. Harry J, mesne: See—
WilUams, Will B, 3,71 1,256.
Bentos Products Limited: See-
Cramp, Benjamin; and Bowen-Edwards, Thomas, 3.7 1 1 .096.
Berbeco. George R ; See-
Hook. Edwin O ; Berbeco. George R.; and Obermayer, Arthur S..
3,711,542.
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Bcrctta Alessandro Tape misfeeding protected recorder-reproducer.
3.711.004, CI 226-181.000.
Bcrgcr & Gorin.lnc: 5«f— ,-,,noot
Yonkers, George Smilow; and Kayen. Samuel L., 3,7 10,VV6
Bergmeyer, HansUlrich Sff— ihvk
Jaworck. Dieter; Grubcr. Wolfgang; and Bcrgmeyer. Hans Ulrich,
Berman." Denn.s W , and Gergoe, Bela, to General Motors Corpora-
tion Vehicle body door hinge hold-open clip 3.710,417, CI. ib-
Berman. Elliot; and Ekman. Carl F W., to Itck Corporation Data
storage systems 3,71 1,282, CI 96-29.00r ,„ , ^^ .
Bernardo, Edward T . Cherochak, Joseph G , and Sipel, Richard G , to
International Business Machines Corporation. Component insertion
apparatus 3.7 10.479. CI. 29-203.00b.
Berstorff. Hermann. Maschinenbau G m.b.H.: See—
Reschke. Reinhold, 3.71 1 ,348.
Besel Fred A and Setzer, William C, to Olin Corporation. Aluminum
alloyconductor. 3,71 1,339, CI. 148-32.500.
Bessho. Michio. to Kawasaki Yuko Kabushiki Kaisha. Injection mold-
ing machine for thermosetting plastics 3.7 10.987, CI. 222-386.000.
Betzler Mark H.. to Air Products and Chemicals. Inc Ferrulelcss
barbed tubing connector 3,7 1 1 , 1 30, CI 285-239 000.
Beymer, Glen E Mobile metal forming machine for sidmg. 3.710,607,
CI 72-30 000.
Bhuta. Pravin G ; See— „ /-
Johnson, Robert L , Overoye, Kenneth R.; and Bhuta, Pravm O.,
3,710.615
Bielawski, Joseph J . to Western Electric Company. Incorporated.
Method of encasing a toroidally shaped object with a heat shrinkabic
covering 3,710. 531. CI 53-13 000. ,,,«<.«.
Bienenfeld. Myron, to Magic Mold, Inc Support garment. 3,710,801,
CI 128-547.000.
Bienert Klaus; Lang, Winfried, and Weidner, Herbert, to Wacker-
Chemitronic Gesellschaft fur Elektronik Grundstoffe m b H Process
for making boron nitride bodies. 3.7 1 1 ,594, CI. 423-290.000
Bilelsky, Semen Mikhailovich: See—
Raevsky. Georgy Vladimirovich; Biletsky. Semen Mikhailovich;
and Burmenko. Eduard Jurievich. 3,71 1,075
Bio-Technical Resources, Inc.: See—
Sfat. Michael R . and Morton. Bruce J.. 3,71 1 ,292.
Biomarine Industries, Inc : See-
Parker. Frederick A ; and Soult. Charles J, 3.710,553.
Plank. Robert E. and Rutkowski. Michael D. 3.7 1 1 .395.
Biondi. Phyllis R . and Kelso. Jery M Beach locker 3,710,736, CI.
109-50 000
Birchall, Thomas D . and Powell. Johnnie L.. to Mandrel Industries,
Inc Processing apparatus for objecU. 3,710,753,0. 118-2.000.
Bird Island. Inc See—
Moncrieff,AlexanderD F .3,710,685.
Bird Provision Co ; See—
Vogel, Virgil W, and Vogcl, Paul W., 3,7 1 1 ,298.
Birk James R . to North American Rockwell Corporation Method for
producing heat. 3.710.737. CI. 110-1.500.
Bishop. Irving N.: See—
Hideg, Laszlo.and Bishop, Irving N, 3,71 1,069
Bialme Bengt G . and Buhl, Robert E., to Reed Manufacturing Com-
pany'. Plastic pipe flarmgtool. 3.7 10,428, CI. 29-237.000.
Black, Gordon L ; See—
O'Conner, James F, and Black, Gordon L., 3,71 1,587.
Black Howard and Breier, Morton A , to Dorr-Oliver Incorporated.
Conveying apparatus. 3,7 10.91 7, CI. 198-20.00r.
Blackwell James C , to Bymco Corporation Self-propelled tiling
machine. 3,710,583, CI 61-72.100. ,,.,.„«
Blair Benton, 1/ 10 to Blair, Famham. Float for spectacles. 3.711, I9U,
CI. 351-43.000
Blair, Farnham; See—
Blair. Benton, 3.711,190.
Blake, Dale G See-
Rich. Leonard G , and Blake, Dale G, 3,7 1 1 ,7 1 7.
Blanc, Remy, Chapuis. Alain, and Gagne, Pierre, to Soltex Installation
for treatment of textile materials. 3 ,7 1 0.60 1 . CI. 68- 1 8.00c.
Bleier. Paul Gottfried, to Samum Veremigte Papier-lndustrie KG.
Printable paper material and method of making. 3,7 1 1 ,3 1 7, CI. 117-
7600p
Bliss & Laughlin Industries, Incorporated: See—
Hippach, Wilbum L . 3.710.893.
Bliss. Woodrow E.Jr: See—
Hills Richard E ; Adams. John H , Anderson, Lloyd E , Jr.. Bliss,
Woodrow E , Jr , Hamren, Fred W.. Jr.; Honath. Harry F.; and
Murphy. JohnC. 3.710.582. .
Bloch Paul to La Telephonielndustrielleet Commercial Tehc. Minia-
ture electromagnetic relay 3.7 II. 801, CI 335-196.000.
Blom & Maters Machinefabriek N.V.: See-
Maters, Jan, 3,710,919.
Blomgren, Oscar C.Jr: See— ,-,,rvon
Blomgren, Oscar C , Sr . and Blomgren. Oscar C, Jr., 3,710,83 /.
Blomgren, Oscar C , Sr . and Blomgren. Oscar C , Jr., to Tuxco Cor-
poration. Tire constrictor. 3, 710. 837, CI. 157-1 .210.
Blomley, Peter F , to Plessey Company Limited, The. Electrical ampli-
fier arrangements 3,7 1 1 ,78 1 , CI. 330- 1 5.000.
Bloom. Delwin W , to Honeywell Information Systems. Inc. Source
code comparator computer program. 3,7 1 1 ,863, CI 444- 1 .000.
Bloomfield, Jack, to British Railways Board Support systems for the
seated human body. 3,71 1, I56,C1. 297-457.000.
Blumcnthal, Jack L.; Carroll. David F ; and Ogren, John R . to United
States of America, Atomic Energy Commission Plasma arc sprayed
modified alumina high emittance coatings for noble metals.
3,71 1,327. CI. 117-227.000
Blumenthal, John: See-
Brown, Arling Dix; and Blumenthal, John, 3,7 1 1 ,859.
Bobear, William J.: See—
Pfeifer, Charles W.; and Bobear, William J., 3,7 1 1.520.
Bobst,J ,&Fils,S. A.See-
Salvadc, Gennaro, 3,7 1 1 ,088.
Bochard, Camille, to Robatcl S L.P.I. Container for radioactive materi-
als having a heat releasable outer panel wall 3,711,715, CI. 250-
108 Ows
Bodenscewerk Pcrkin-Elmer & Co . GmbH: .See—
Otte, Eginhard, Schwcnger, Gisela, and Schwenkel, Willi.
3,710,626.
Bodine Albert G. Sonic de-linting of seeds of the like from Fibrous host
material. 3, 7 1 0,932, CI. 209-1 000.
Boehm, Walter G; and Torrance, Gordon A , to Webb. Jervis B .Com-
pany System for forming and handling annular rod bundles.
3,710,711. CI. 100-7.000.
Bochringer Ingelhcim GmbH.: See-
Bauer, Adolf; Weber, Karl Heinz. Danneberg, Peter; and Minck,
Klaus, 3,711,468
Heinz, Karl, Zcile, Karl; Danneberg, Peter; Giescmann, Rolf, and
Hauptmann. Karl Heinz (said Weber, said Zeilc. said Danneberg
and said Giescmann assors. to), 3,71 1,509
Weber, Karl Heinz; Bauer, Adolf; Danneberg, Peter; and Minck.
Klaus. 3.7 11,467.
Weber, Karl-Heinz; Zeile, Karl; Danneberg. Peter, Giescmann.
Rolf, and Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, 3,7 1 1 ,470.
Bochringer MannhcimGmbH: See —
Hubner, Manfred, Heerdt, Ruth. Schmidt. Felix Helmut, Stach,
Kurt, and Aumuller, Walter. 3.7 1 1 .564
Jaworek. Dieter; Grubcr. Wolfgang; and Bcrgmeyer. Hans Ulrich,
3,711.574.
Boeing Company. The: See-
Davis. Thomas L. and Hansen. Joseph D.. 3.710.716.
James. VarnellL ,3.711.039.
True Harold C . and Fiusimmons. Richard D . 3,7 10,890.
Bofferding Richard H ; Mead, Frederick C , and Hendershot, Richard
L . to Zero Cold, Inc Shelvmg system 3,7 10.734, CI. 108-108.000.
Bogan, David B , to Bogan, David B , Corporation. Gear housing.
3,7 10,646, CI. 74-609.000
Bogan, David B , Corporation: See—
Bogan, David B .3,710,646.
Boggs, Charles L: See—
Wagers, William O , Frappier, Robert H.; McDonald. William S.;
and Boggs, Charles L, 3,7 1 1 ,352.
Bohler Walter, to Perkin-Elmer Corporation, The. Automatic gam
calibration. 3,7 1 1 ,774. CI. 324-1 1 5.000.
Bolash, Philip: See—
Hogan. Patrick J . and Bolash. Philip. 3.71 1 .106
Bolasny. Robert E . to Research Corporation Method and apparatus
for generating ions and controlling electrostatic potentials.
3,71 1,743, CI. 317-3.000.
Bollag Werner, Gutmann, Hugo; Hegedus, Balthasar; Kaiser, Ado,
Langemann. Albert; Muller, Marcel, and Zeller, Paul, to Hoffmann-
La Roche Inc Certain benzylhydrazino derivatives of lower-alkyi
substitutedureas. 3,71 1,543, CI. 260-553.00a.
Bomstein Jacques, to Etablisscments J Berthelat et Fils. Transfer
device. 3,710.961. CI 214-38 000.
Boohcr Harold R., to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The. Auto-
matic braking system. 3,71 1 ,163, CI. 303-21 OOp
Booth, Gary E: See— . „ . /- c
Lyness, Warren 1 ; Amcl. Ronald T.; and Booth. Gary t.,
3,711,474.
Boren, Donald F: See— r» m c
Brennan. James. Jr.; Pope, Hermon L., Jr.; and Boren. Donald F.,
3,710,913.
Borg-Warner Corporation: See— '_,..,,. ci »
Dillenbeck, Warren H . Mucnch, Paul W., and Walker, Elmo R.,
3,710,585.
Krauthamer, Stanley, 3,7 1 1 ,759.
Maudlin, Wendell E , 3,710,586.
Maudlin, Wendell E., 3,71 1,224.
Ward, Donald H ,3,711,658. -,^,A^m
Wayman, Robert W ; and Wiemer, Howard C, 3,710,602^
Borkowski, Casimer. and Rochelle, James M., to United States of
Amenca, Atomic Energy Commission Alarm radiation dosimeter
with improved integrating pulse ionization chamber and high voltage
supply 3,71 1.705. CI. 250-83.600. •
Bornor Brian J , and Macgregor, Douglas J. H., to Timex Corporation.
Spring barassembly 3,710,458, CI. 24-265.00b.
Borom. Marcus P.; and Johnson. Lyman A, to General Electric Com-
pany Miniaturized automatic decompression meters. 3.710.625. ci.
73-43200r
Bosch, Robert, GmbH : See- ^ mmAo
Knapp, Heinrich; and Schwartz, Reinhard, 3,710,769.
Nier, Johannes, 3,7 1 1 ,752.
January 16, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Bourgeois, Norbcrt, to Etudes et Bonneteric S.A. Device for the selec-
tion of the needles or knitting accessories of circular knitting
machines 3.7 10.594. CI. 66-50.00r.
Bowcn-Edwards. Thomas: .See-
Cramp. Benjamin; and Bowen-Edwards. Thomas, 3,71 1,096.
Bowman Cadet E , to Olin Corporation, mesne Gas burner head as-
sembly for torches 3.711 .242. CI. 43 1 -349 000.
Box. Jones, and Label Co . Limited: .See-
Jones. Keith L. 3.7 10.971 .
Bovd.CharlcsL See-
Hammond, Jack; and Boyd. Charles L, 3.710,622.
Boyd. Charles L. and Roach. James D . to Halliburton Company, Mag-
netic pickup element adapter for flowmeters 3.710.623. CI. 73-
231.00r
Boycr. Marcc-Louis; and l.andwcrlin. Michel, to Compagnie Indus-
tVielle dcs Telecommunication Cit-Alcatcl Capstan drive arrange-
ment for high-speed intermittent tape drive. 3.711.003, CI. 226-
177 000.
Boycr. Marcel-Louis, to C. IT. -Compagnie IndustricUc des Telecom-
munications Circuit for interconnection of telephone and radio-
telephone networks 3,7 1 1 ,647, CI. 1 79-2.00c.
Boycr. Ronald G ; and Fouts. Drexel R . to Caterpillar Tractor Com-
pany Brake and transmission shift locks with single control lever
3.7 10.904. CI. 192-4.00a.
Boyle, George E, to Corlite Corporation Apparatus for displaying
colored light patterns 3,71 1.697. CI. 240-10.000.
Braccy. Jep T Live bait bucket with water oxygenating means
3.7 10.502. CI 43-56 000
Brack. Karl, to Hercules Incorporated. Cross-linkable ptilymer com-
positions comprising ethylenicallv unsaturated polymer 3.71 1.446.
CI 260-77. 5ac
Brake. Lorcn D , to Du Pont dc Nemours. F I . and Company Isomc-
rization of 4,4-mcthylencdi(cyclohexylaminc) over moderated
ruthenium catalyst 3.7 1 1 .550. CI. 260-563 00b
Brand. Dieter; and Essclborn. Reiner, to Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit
bcschranktcr Haftung. Colored nacreous pigments. 3.711.308. CI
106-291 000
Brand. Warren L , and Kashkooli, Faraj Y . to Signetics Corporation
Enhancement mode N-channel MOS structure and method
3.71 1.753. CI. 317-235.00r.
Brandeau. Edward Peter; Chaffee, Oucntin Roosevelt, and Gitt, Robert
Lewis, to AMP Incorporated. Testing of phosphor bronzes.
3,710.620. CI. 73-159.000.
Brandestini, Antonio Method for stressing and anchoring wires of a
bundle of tensioning wires 3,7 10.433. CI 29-452.000.
Brandle. Marvin M Battering apparatus for opening jammed automo-
bile doors. 3,7 10,655, CI. 8 1 -52 350.
Braun. John: .See—
Tatum.Howard J ; Jernberg.Nils A ;and Braun. John. 3.71 1,035
Braunhut Harold N. Optical toy device for simulating stereoscopic X-
rav images 3,71 1 .1 83, CI. 350-162.00r
Bream. John B , Picard. Claude Wolfgang; and Read. David Michael,
to Wander. A., Dr , Ltd., a/k/a Wander, A., Dr. AG. 2-(2-
Imidazolin-2-ylthio)-acetanilides. 3.71 1 .505. CI. 260-309 600.
Bredcmeicr. Herbert C . to American Optical Corporation Laser
system for microsurgery. 3.710.798. CI. 128-303.100.
Breier, Morton A.: .See-
Black. Howard, and Breier. Morton A . 3.7 10.91 7
Breitcnbach. Richard C , Edstrom. Gene H . and Kcffcler. James R . to
International Business Machines Corporation. Peripheral device
analysis 3.7 1 1 .69 1 . CI. 235-1 53.00a.
Bremer, James F.; .See—
Schaible. Aaron M , and Davidson, Harry W , 3,7 1 1 ,223
Brcmseth, Gerald B Loudspeaker voice coils. 3,711,659, CI 179-
115.5VC.
Brcndley, William H , Jr., to Rohn & Haas Company. Interpolymcrs of
sulfoalkylene acrylates. 3,7 1 1 ,449. CI. 260-79. 3mu.
Brennan, James, Jr ; Pope, Hermon L , Jr., and Boren, Donald F , to
Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Electronic printing input-output
station. 3,710,91 3. CI. 197-82.000.
Breslow. Jeffrey D.; Meyer. Burton C; and Glass, Marvin I., to Glass.
Marvin, & Associates. Board game apparatus. 3,711,101, CI. 273-
13l.0ad
Brett, John J; See— ,-,,nn,,
Eidelbcrg, Jonah; Mooncy. Thomas, and Brett. John J., 3,710,91 !.
Brctti, Franco, and Nuccio. Giuseppe, to Olivetti, Ing , C , & C , S p A
High speed serial printing device for typewriters, teleprinters, calcu-
lating machines, accounting machines and the like. 3.710,912, CI.
197-49.000. .
Brill-Edwards, Harry, to Chromalloy American Corporation. SacriH-
cial corrosion-resistant diffusion coatings 3,711,315, CI. 117-
71.00m. „ . . .
Brint, Norman Trevor, to United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, Secretary of State for Defence in Her Britannic
Majesty's Government of the Extractor mechanisms for guns.
3, 710,684. CI. 89-167.000.
Briot. Paul-Marie Henri, to Groupement Atomique Alsaciennc Atlan-
tiqiie G A A.A Grab for fuel elements of a nuclear reactor
3,71 1.1 44, CI. 294-86.00a.
Brischetto, Nedo: See—
Bartalini, Gastone; Brischetto, Nedo; and Giuggioli, Mario,
3,711,557.
Brrstol-Myers Company: See-
Kaplan, Murray A., and Granatek, Alphones Peter, 3.7 1 1 ,47 1 .
British Aircraft Corporation (AT.) Limited: See-
Ford, Brian; and Clapp, Malcolm, 3,71 1,041.
British Railways Board: .See—
Bloomfield,Jack.3,711,l56
Brociner, Haskal, to FMC Corporation. Method and apparatus for
treating sewage. 3.7 10.941 .CI. 210-84 000.
Bronstein. Herman Apparatus for connecting pipe 3,710,475. CI. 29-
200.00p.
Brooklyn Products, Inc.: .See—
Lincnfelser.Carl J, 3,710,505.
Brookman, Roger S .to Dustex Corporation Wet collector. 3.710.554,
CI 55-236 000.
Brooks. Paul L : See-
Sexton. Robert W ; Brooks. Paul L.; and Carey. Jack M.,
3.710.948.
Brooks, Robert E : See-
Stafford, Joseph H ; and Brooks, Robert E., 3,71 1 .810.
Brown. Arling Dix. and Blumenthal, John, to Gould Inc . mesne. Elcc-
trographic record system having a self spacing medium 3.71 1 ,859.
CI 346-74. Oes.
Brown Bruce J. Digital fundamental PRP analyzer for pulse train
signals. 3.711.772.C1 324-78.00d.
Brown, Gordon R ; and Michalek. Margaret E., said Brown asstir to
All-Power Manufacturing Co Bowl assembly for chilling salads or
the like 3.710,589, CI. 62-457.000
Brown. Hugh E., Fricke, Vourdon H ; and Gerfcn, Henry C, to Fuel-
time Saver Corporation Reserve fuel system for liquefled gas
powered engines. 3.710.809. CI. 137-1.000.
Brown. John Vincent Drilling bolt holes 3.7 1 1 .2 1 5. CI 408- 1 08 000.
Brown. Robley C Vehicle engine mounting. 3.710,885, CI, 180-
64 00m
Brown, Ronald C: See—
Goodcnough. Samuel H.; Brown. Ronald C; and Roe. Benson B.,
3.710.744.
Brubaker. Burton D.. to Dow Chemical Company. The Method of
preparing fibrous magnesium oxide. 3.7 1 1 ,599. CI 423-638.000.
Brumlik. George C Gripping fastening surface 3.710.425. CI. 24-
204.000.
Brunner. Rudolf. Single-joint front jaw of a safety binding for skis hav-
ing vertically adjustable hold -down arms 3.71 1.1 07. CI 280-1 I 35t.
Bruno. Frederick H . Camp. Raymond J., and Farrell. Thomas H . to
Eastman Kodak Company. Web transport apparatus 3.710,703, CI.
95-94.00r.
Bryant Manufacturing Pty Limited: See-
Bryant, Stanley. 3.71 1.81 3.
Bryant, Stanley, to Bryant Manufacturing Pty Limited Plug and
socket connector for electric circuits. 3.71 1.8 13. CI. 334-44.00m.
Buccicone. Velio S . to Bucciconi Engineering Co.. Inc. Sheet piling
machine. 3.71 1 ,087. CI. 271-86.000.
Bucciconi Engineering Co.. Inc.: See—
Buccicone, Velio S., 3,71 1,087.
Buchel. Karl Heinz; Grewe, Ferdinand; Schcinpflug, Hans, Kaspers,
Helmut and Rcgel, Erik, to Farbcnfabrikcn Bayer Aktien-
gcscllschaft N-trityl-imidazolium salt. 3.7 1 1 .502. CI. 260-309 .0(K).
Buchel. Karl-Heinz .See-
Drabcr. Wilfried. Timmler. Helmut; Buchel. Karl-Heinz. and
Plempcl. Manfred. 3.7 1 1 .487.
Buchel. Karl-Heinz. to Farbcnfabrikcn Bayer Aktiengcsellschaft.
Process for the preparation of N-tritylimidazole. 3,7 1 1 .497. CI 260-
309.000.
Buchel. Karl-Heinz; Regcl. Erik K . and Plempcl. Manfred, to Far-
bcnfabrikcn Bayer Aktiengcsellschaft N-trityl-imidazolcs.
3.71 1.498. CI. 260-309.000.
Buchel. Karl-Heinz. Rcgel. Erik K ; and Plempcl, Manfred, to Far-
bcnfabrikcn Bayer Aktiengescllschaft N-trityl-imidazolcs.
3,71 1,499, CI. 260-309.000
Buchel, Karl-Heinz, Rcgel, Erik K . and Plempcl. Manfred, to Far-
bcnfabrikcn Bayer Aktiengcsellschaft N-trityl-imidazolcs.
3.71 1.500. CI. 260-309.000.
Buchel. Karl-Heinz; Rcgel. Erik K.; and Plempcl. Manfred, to Far-^
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengcsellschaft. N-trityl-imida/oles.
3,71 1,501. CI. 260-309.000.
Buchholz, Hugh L , and Hays, Jerry L Cableway. 3,710,726, CI, 104-
1 12 000.
Buck, Leo V., to Fcdders Corporation. Clothes dryer lint incinerator
3.710.451. CI. 34-79.000.
Budd Company, The: .See—
Hogan, Patrick J , and Bolash. Philip, 3,7 1 1 , 106.
Budcshcim, Heinrich Emil Device for liberating water of mechanical
and chemical impurities contained therein. 3,710,944, CI 210-
261 000.
Buhl, Robert E : .See—
Bjalme, Bengt G, and Buhl, Robert E., 3,710,428.
Bulbenko, George F Air-cirable polythiol polymers. 3,711,450, CI
260-79.000.
Bunch, Earnest B., Jr. Folder for business forms. 3,71 1,085, CI. 270-
79 000.
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The: .See—
Alessio, Sergio A ; and Chow, Weichicn. 3.710.441
McCaughey, Williams. 3. 710.610
Stout. Thomas M.. Smith. Edward J.; and Hiestand. John H..
3,711,687.
Stout, Thomas M.; Smith, Edward J.; and Hiestand. John H,,
3,71 1,688.
906 O.G.— 41
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Bunnell Raymond Howard; and Guerin. Frank, to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc' Method of ultrasonic coupling. 3.710. 779. CI. 128-2 OOv.
Buntc William S ; and DcCiaspcris, Lino E., to Egan Machinery Com-
pany Extrusion die deckle means. 3.7 1 1 ,235, CI. 425-466.000.
Burscr William H . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Crosslaying
machine 3.711,354.0.156-269.000
Burkhardt Max. and Th^lmann. Armin. to Concast Ad Adjustable
continuous casting mold. 3,7 10,845, CI. 164-273.000.
Burks. Kenneth N .Sff—
Smith. I. eland E . Johnson. Jack B ; Burks. Kenneth N ; and C opc-
land. Kenneth D. 3,71 1.837
Burmcnko, Eduard Jurievich: See —
Raevsky. Georgy Vladimirovich; Biletsky, Semen Mikhailovich;
and Burmcnko. Eduard Jurievich. 3.71 1,075.
Burns. Richard H . to Hobart Manufacturing Company. The. Separator
sheet feeder for food machinery. 3.7 10.533, CI 53-157.000.
Burns Russell W. to Merit Abrasive Products. Inc Rotary abrasive
device 3.7 1 1 ,26 1 . CI. 5 1 -334.000.
Burroughs Corporation: See—
Ouiogue. Virgilio J, 3,71 1,729.
Stansell. Alpheus F, 3,710.540.
Stroh. Robert Roy. 3.7 10.48 1 . —
Burroughs. V P . and Sons. Inc : See—
Whelpley. Donald E. 3.710.453
Busch. Bennic T Barrel stave edge sawing machine 3.710.836. CI
147-28.000.
Butcher. Wilfred H Rotary trencher having adjustable depth control
means. 3.71 1.1 58. CI 299-27.000
Butler. Charles T See-
Strum. Bernard J.; Ouincy. Roger B , Jr ; and Butler. Charles T .
3.71 1.600.
Butte Knitting Mills: .See-
Willis, David M.; Young. William O . Jr.. and Ouattlcbaum,
Walter J .3,710.431
Buttner. Gcrt; and Jacob. Ingolf, to Farbwcrke Hoechst Akticn-
gcsellschaft vormals Meistcr Lucius & Bruning Process for the
manufacture of three-dimensionally crimped fibers and filaments.
3.7 10.463. CI. 72-17.000.
Bu//olini, Mario G 2-Mclhyl-l ,3-Propandtfdiaminc
3.71 1.5 10. CI. 260-326. 5()g.
Bymco Corporation: See —
Blackwell.JamesC .3,710,583.
Byrd. Fred, and Schncdler. Paul E
Process of coating ferrous metal
102.00m.
Caballero. Carlos Ramos. Nose dilator. 3.7 10.799. CI. 128-342.000
Cabot Corporation: See—
Tully. Paul R;and I ippc. Robert J. ,3.710.510
Cachon. Rene P , to International Business Machines Corporation
Semiconductor wafer chuck 3.7 1 1 .08 1 , CI. 269-2 1 000.
Cahill. William J . Jr , to Consolidated Edison Company Nuclear reac-
tor vessel structure. 3.7 I 1 ,37 1 , CI. I 76-50.000
Cahoy. Roger P : See —
Phillips. Lee V.; and Cahoy, Roger P., 3,7 1 1 .549
Calame. Jean Pierre: See—
Siddall. John B , and Calame, Jean Pierre, 3,7 1 1 .548
Calamie, Jean: See —
Siddall. John B ; and Calamie, Jean, 3.7 1 1 ,547.
Calgon Corporation: .See-
Sawyer, Ernest Robert, 3,7 10.946.
California Institute of Technology: .See—
Squyres, Henry P..3,7I1.70I
Callahan, John W : .See-
Kulischenko. Walter; and Callahan, John W, 3,7 10.5 15.
Callahan. William H , and Smith, Royal F . to Lcktro-Vcnd Corpora-
tion Fluent material dispenser with screw discharge assistant
3.710.991. CI 222-413.000.
Calvert. Roger Cutting tools. 3.7 10.468, CI. 29-96 000.
Cameron-Johnson, Alan, to Hawker Siddcley Aviation Limited
Groundwheels for aircraft. 3.7 1 1 .043. CI. 244-50.000.
Cammell Laird & Company (Shipbuilders & Engineers, Limited) .See-
derivatives.
to Armco Steel Corporation
strands. 3,711.320. CI 1 17-
Cl
McDonald. Ian Barry, 3,710,746
Camp. Raymond J: .See-
Bruno, Frederick H ; Camp, Raymond J.; and Farrell, Thomas H.,
3.710,703.
Campbell, Craig C, to Mobil Oil Corporation Method of coating em-
ploying anionic wax emulsions. 3,7 1 1 ,3 1 4, CI. 1 1 7-56.000.
Campbell, Edward G. Anti-skid attachment for automobiles.
3. 7 I 1.1 16, CI. 2 80- 150.00c.
Campbell Industries: .See—
Jangaard.SvcrreM ,3,710,498.
Campbell. Richard H., Jr.; and Wilkcns. William B.. to Wilcom
Products, Inc. Method and apparatus for evaluating the integrity of
the shield connection in a splicing section joining the ends of ad-
jacent insulated and shielded communication cables. 3,711.76, CI.
324-51.000.
Campbell. William C , to Merck & Co, Inc. Treatment of pain, fever
and inflammation with benzimidazoles. 3,7 1 1 .608, CI. 424-270.000
Canadian Patents and Development Limited: 5ee—
Wyman. Russell A, 3.710,934
Cannon, Kenneth V : See—
Reynolds, Joe D, and Cannon, Kenneth V, 3,71 1,854.
Canon Denshi Kabushiki Kaisha; See —
Inami, Tctsu?o; and Takizawa. Yoshiyuki, 3,7 1 1 ,776.
Canon Kabushiki Kaisha: .See—
Inami, Tetsuzo; and Takizawa, Yoshiyuki. 3.7 1 1 ,776.
Mitani,Taizo. 3.710,699.
Ogiso, Mithutoshi, 3,7 1 1 .756
Saito, Takashi, and Ando, Yujiro. 3.7 I 1 .796.
Sanada.N)riaki. 3.710.706
Takishima, Yoshiyuki; and Mashimo, Yukio, 3,710,701.
Yoshikawa, Minoru; and Ishii. Masiiaki, 3,7 1 1 ,654.
Canticre Navaltccnica. S.p A .See—
Guidi.Vinicio, 3,710,747.
Cantrcll, Ralph S, Sr Newspaper inserting machine 3,711,083,
270-55.000.
Canyon Research Corp»)ration: .See-
Young, Robert D. 3.7 1 1,015
Canziani, Luigi Multiple stitch sewing system especially suitable for
the manufacture of periwigs and the like 3,7 10,740, CI. 1 1 2-79.500
Garden. John C: .See-
Proctor, Sidney E; and Garden, John C, 3,71 1,161
Carcv. Jack M .See—
Sexton. Robert W ; Brooks. Paul L, and Carey. Jack M .
3,710,948.
Carey, Lee F., to Textron Inc Extendiabic nozzle for rocket engines
3,71I.027,C1. 2.39-265 190
Carey. Virginia Marie llndcrgarment and prosthesis for use therewith
3.7 10.800. CI 128-488.0(K).
C arlin Corporation .See —
Pagcl. Armin B, 3,7 10.61 8
Carling Electric, Inc : See —
Sorenson, Richard W. 3.7 1 1 .663
Carlson. Richard D.. and Devcr, James I . to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration Production of halogenatcd halocyclopentadienc adducts ol
styrene 3.7 1 1 ,563, CI. 260-649 OOr.
Carrcira, Leonard M . Stein. Ira S . and Tulagin, Vscvolod, to Xerox
Corporation. Image transfer 3.71 1.1 96. CI 355-16 (K)0
Carroll. David F : .See—
Blumenthal. Jack L . Carroll. David F.. and Ogren, John R .
3,711,327.
Carter. Clyde Thomas, and Hcnschen. Homer Ernst, to AMP Incor-
porated Electrical junction system 3.71 1.817. CI 339-121 (MM)
Carter.JohnW.toScats.Inc Vehiclescat 3.7ll,149.CI 296-63.0(H)
Carver, August B , to United States of America, Navy Outtxiard mis-
sile control surface and actuator 3,71 1,040, CI 244-3.210.
Casadcvall, James l. , to Martin-Marietta Corporation Expansion per-
mitting arrangement, and method of joinmg members 3,71 1,36 1, CI
161-47.000
Casagrande. Cesarc: .See-
Ferrari. Giorgio, and Casagrande, Cesarc, 3.7 1 1 ,485
Case, David A., to Tcnneco Inc Universal tailpipe bracket 3,71 1 ,0.S0,
CI. 248-74.00r.
Case, J I , Company: .See —
Rench. Thomas R , 3,7 10,687.
Schaible. Aaron M ; and Davidson, Harry W , 3,7 1 1 ,223.
Cashau.Cieorge R See-
Hart, Charles H, and Cashau, (ieorge R , 3,7 I 1 ,084.
Casner, Burton L Adjustable wrench 3.7 1 0,656, CI 8 1 - 1 70.000.
Caspersson. Torbjorn Oskar; and Lomakka, Gosta Mattias. to Incen-
tive Research & Development AB Apparatus for photometric analy-
sis including means for scanning 3,71 1,209, CI 356-203.000
Castle Raymond G., to Cherry Electrical Products Corporation.
Keyboard switch actuator 3,71 1 ,685. CI. 235-145.00r.
Caterpillar Tractor Company: .See—
Audiffrcd, Sidney J ; and Steury, Howard C , 3,7 10.570
Boyer. Ronald G ; and Fouts. Drexcl R., 3,710,904
Johnson. Howard L.. 3,7 10,909.
Lohbaucr, Kenneth R. 3,710,824.
McFlwain, Merle G.; and Miller, Kenneth J., 3,710,473.
Celada, Juan, and MacKay, Patrick W . to Fierro Esponja, S A Pres-
sure lock for feeding particulate material to and removing it from a
pressure vessel. 3.7 10,808, CI 137-1.000.
Cenco Medical Health Supply Corporation: .See-
Adams, Robert P.. 3.71 1 ,379.
Central Engineering Company: .See-
Andersen, Ronald E, 3,710,61 7.
Central Screw Company: .See—
Ringland, Kenneth D., 3.710,676.
Centro Sperimentale Metallurgico S.p. A.: .See—
Sturiesc, Stcfano, Guaglia. Giovanni Battista; and Morello,
tolomeo, 3,711,201.
Cerberus AG: .See—
Purt.Gustav A, 3,710,537.
Ceskoslovenska Akadcmie ved: .See— . ^^ r-
Dolcjs, Ladislav; Kahovcova, Kitka; Slama, Karcl; and Sorm, Fran-
tisck, 3.71 1,519.
Ceulemans, Hugo Frans: See—
Van Den Enden, Gaston Alfons; and Ceulcmans, Hugo Frans.
3,710,977.
Chadwick. David H , to Mobay Chemical Company Polyurelhanes
prepared from polyester, organic diisocyanates and bis-(hydrox-
yethoxy-phcnyl) 3,71 1,440, CI. 260-47.0cb.
Chadwick, Incorporated .See—
Chadwick, Russell D, 3.710,868.
Chadwick Russell D.. to Chadwick. Incorporated. Aircraft suspended
bucket for fire fighting. 3.7 10,868, CI. 1 69-2.00a.
Chaffee. Ouentin Roosevelt: See—
Bar-
January 16,1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Brandcau, Edward Peter; Chaffee, Ouentin Roosevelt; and Gitt,
Robert Lewis. 3,710.620.
Chambost, Aime: .See-
Cham host, Pierre; and Chambost, Aime, 3,710,542.
Chambost Pierre; and Chambost, Aime. Apparatus for filling a sausage
skin with sliced sausage filling. 3,7 1 0,542, CI. 53- 1 23.000.
Champion International Corporation: .See-
Hopping. William J., 3,710,760.
Chapuis. Alain: .See-
Blanc. Remy; Chapuis, Alain, and Gagnc, Pierre, 3,7 10,601
Charhut Frank J., to Chicago-Allis Mfg. Corporation. Shaft seal for
use in washing machines. 3,7 10,947, CI. 210-380 000.
Charlich. Nicholas: .See-
Weidner. Urban A .and Chariich, Nicholas, 3,710,403.
Chasek, Norman E . to International Microwave Corporation Process
and apparatus for fire fighting by detecting and locating hidden burn-
ing material and hot embers behind walls, partitions, and the like
3,71 1.845. CI. 340-227.000.
Chatourel, Pierre: .See—
Peltier. Henri; Bailly, Roger; and Chatourel, Pierre, 3,7 10.848.
Chaumont, Guy-Noel, to Poly-Traction Inc Snowmobile slide rail
suspension 3.71 1.1 64. CI. 305-24.000.
Chemischc Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft: .See—
W leland, Alfred; and Schroeder. Georg. 3,7 1 1 ,437.
Chcnmor Corporation: .See-
Beer, Henri Bernard. 3,7 1 1 .385.
Chercass, William Method and apparatus for producing shirt cuffs and
the like. 3.710,742, CI. 112-121.270.
Cherochak, Joseph Ci : .See-
Bernardo, Edward T.; Cherochak, Joseph G.; and Sipcl, Richard
G. 3.710,479.
Cherry, Edward Moore, to Monash University. Hybrid networks.
3,71 1,660, CI. 179-170.0nc.
Cherry Electrical Pnxlucts Corporation: See-
Castle, Raymond G , 3,71 1 ,685.
Habecker.JohnW .3.711.799.
Cherry, Nancy Rey; and Shackelford, Judith Ann, to Inflat-A-lndus-
tries, Inc Inflatable mannequin structure enchancing realistic body
simulation. 3.7 1 0.994. CI. 223-67.000
Cherry, Raymond I . to Del Mar Engineering Laboratories. Drive and
control system for diagnositc and therapeutic exercise treadmill
3.71 1,8 12, CI. 3 38-200.0(K).
Chess, Samuel; and Porter, Lawrence C, to Upjohn Company, The
Urethane tunnel mold 3,7 1 1 ,23 1 , CI. 425-1 27.000.
Chester, Milion L . and Sanders, Billy J., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Conduit heating apparatus. 3,71 1,682, CI 219-535.000.
Chevron Research Company: See—
Hutchison, Stanley 0,3,7 10,954
Kohn, Gustavc K , 3,71 1,536.
Lowe. Warren, 3,71 1,406.
Chevrdn Research Cormpany: See—
Kokzina, John W ; Moore, Joseph F.; and Kohn. Gustave K.,
3,711.530
Chicago Etching Corporation: .See-
Anderson. Vincent. 3,7 1 0,489,
Chicago Switch Inc : See—
Farrell.GuyM, 3.71 1,667.
Chicago-Allis Mfg. Corporation: .See— /
Charhut, Frank J, 3,710,947.
Chow, Weichien: See—
Alessio. Sergio A; and Chow. Weichien. 3.710,441.
Christcnsen. Lawrence E. .See-
Adrian. Donald J; and Christensen. Lawrence E.. 3,71 1,856.
Christcnsen. Vernon E Ground hole forming machine. 3.710,876, CI
173-43.000.
Chnstenson, Per Tyke, to Kamyr Aktiebolag Screening device in cel-
lulose digesters. 3.71 1,367, CI. 162-251.000.
Christy Marcia E.. to Merck & Co., Inc. Chemical compounds and
methods of preparing the same. 3,7 1 1 ,5 1 8, CI. 260-340.500.
Chromalloy American Corporation: .See—
Brill-Edwards. Harry, 3.7 1 1 .3 1 5 .
Chu, Bing C ; Fischer, David J., and Kunz, Hans J., to Corning Glass
Works Continuous processing furnace and method of using the
same. 3,71 1,073, CI. 263-3.000.
Chu. Edward; and Harper. Lee R.. to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and
Company Self-priming polyurethanc compositions. 3,711.445, CI
260-77. 5am.
Ciba Geigy AG: See—
Hegar,Gcrt,3,711,459.
Ciba-Gcigy AG: See—
Abbondio, Antonio, 3,7 1 1 .208.
Ehrat. Kurt. 3.711.645 ^ .. .
Siegrist. Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder. Erwin; Guglielmetti.
Leonardo; Meyer. Hans Rudolf; and Weber, Kurt, 3,7 1 1 ,472.
Ciba-Geigy Corporation: See—
Doebel, Karl J.; and Francis, John E.. 3.7 1 1 .473.
Grucnfeld. Norbert, 3.7 1 1 .6 1 2.
Heusler. Karl; and Woodward, Robert Burns, 3,7 1 1 ,464.
Jeger. Oskar; and Wehrli, Ueli. 3.7 1 1 ,5 1 1 .
Lehmann. Claude; and Renk, ERnest. 3,7 1 1 ,609.
Ostcrmayer, Franz; and Rcnner, Ulrich, 3,71 1,507
Petersen, John Valdemar Brammer; and Clauson-Kaas, Niels,
3,711,490.
Cillick, Herman Door latching apparatus. 3,710,604, CI. 70-141 .000.
CimboIIek, Gerhard: See-
Klaus, Irmscher; CimboIIek, Gerhard; Orth, Dieter; Nowak, Her-
bert; and Freisberg, Kari-Otto, 3.71 1.478.
Cincinnati Milacron Inc : S«e—
Wiiz.eLJohnR ,3,711,676.
Cinquegrani, Vincent J. Fuel injection apparatus in an internal com-
bustion engine 3,7 10,77 1 , CI. 1 23-1 39 Oaw.
C.I.T.-Compagni^ Industrielle des Telecommunications; See—
Boyer, Marcel-Louis, 3,7 1 1 ,647.
Cities Service Company: See-
Harris, Dale K ; and Soulier. Louis R., 3,710,559.
Clampitt. Bert H : See-
Gilbert, Ronald E ; Jamieson, Donald R.; and Clampitt. Bert H.,
3,711,456.
Clapp, Malcolm: See— ^
Ford, Brian; and Clapp, Malcolm. 3,71 1,041
Clark Equipment Company: See-
Fisher, John F ; and Zeller, Burton S., 3,7 10,637.
Clark, George M.: See—
Kimmel. J. D.; and Clark, George M., 3,7 10,448.
Clark, Harlan C, to United States of America. Army, mesne Ammuni-
tion link. 3.710,680. CI 89-35.00a.
Clark. Merle Myron, to Babcock & Wilcox Company, The Fuel
burner 3,71 1,239, CI. 431-188.000
Clarke. Peter J. Sputtering apparatus 3,7 1 1 .398, CI 204-298.000.
Clauson-Kaas, Niels: See—
Petersen. John Valdemar Brammer; and Clauson-Kaas, Niels,
3,711,490.
Claycomb, Jackstin R., to Schlumberger Technology Corporation
Data-signaling apparatus for well drilling tool. 3,71 1,825, CI 340-
18.0ld
Clcusix, Willy, to OMEGA Louis Brandt & Frcre S A Calendar watch
with isolated hour hand changing means combined with synchroniza-
tion gearing 3, 7 1 0,567, CI. 58-58.000.
Clevenger. James T ; and Stohler. John L., to Sperry Rand Corpora-
tion Bucket level indicator. 3,7 10,968, CI. 214-761 .000.
Clifford. Paul R ; and Haytayan. Harry M. Impact tcwis. 3,71 1, 008, CI.
227-147.000.
Clinton, Henry H. Electrical relay. 3,71 1,800, Cl. 335-192.000.
Close, David E.: See—
Donlon. Richard H.; Close, David E.; and Loomis, Peter B..
3,710,724.
Cloutier Alfred J Device for use in turning operations on pipe ends
and in boring holes in the slides thereof 3,7 1 1 ,2 1 4, CI 408-92.000b
Cluett, Peabody & Co.: See—
McFalls, Richard J., 3,710,741 .
Cobb, WilliamR See—
Moreland, William C, II; Cobb, William R.; and Tyke, Charles R .
3.711,672.
Coester, Jean Yves: .See—
Vautier. Philippe Jean; and Coester, Jean Yves, 3,7 1 1 ,786.
Coffey, Peter E . to Environment/One Corporation. Method and ap-
paratus for mercury concentration measurement. 3.71 1,248, CI. 23-
230.00r.
Coffman, Gordon E Rolling ball game apparatus. 3,71 1,094, Cl. 273-
86.000.
Cole, Edward L ; and Hess. Howard V , to Texaco Inc Continuous
process for recovering waxes from oily sludges. 3,71 1,400, Cl. 210-
21.000
Cole, Howard W , Jr.: .See-
Davidson. William M ; and Cole, Howard W, Jr., 3,710,943
Colgate-Palmolive Company: See-
Hewitt, Gordon Trent, 3,71 1,414
Collin. Herbert S. Clothes hanger and clamps therefor. 3,710,993. Cl.
223-9.000.
Collins, David J : See—
Hostynek. Juraj J., and Collins. David J., 3,710,939.
Collins, Joseph C: See—
Rosi, David; Collins, Joseph C; and Miller, Theodore C,
3.711,512.
Collins, Raymond W.: See—
Schuman, Gordon A , Jr.; Collins. Raymond W.; and Koyama. Yu-
kinori, 3.710,708.
Colodney, Daniel; and Cordon, Martin, to Cologate-Palmolive Com-
pany Fluoride contairttng transparent dentifrice. 3,7 1 1 .604, Cl. 424-
52.000.
Cologate-Palmolive Company: See—
Colodney, Daniel; and Cordon, Martin, 3,7 1 1 ,604.
Columbia Broadcasting System. Inc.: See-
Evans. Chauncey R.. 3.7 1 1 .6 1 7.
Cominco Ltd.: See—
McGowan. John. Kirby. Charles Raymond; and Cormodc, Henry
Daniel Alexander. 3,71 1 .254.
Commercial Affiliates. Inc : See—
Snyder, John M.; and O'Neill, James J., 3,7 1 1 ,349.
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organiz.ation: See—
Angliss. Ian Bruce; and Lipson, Mcnzie, 3,71 1,316.
Communications Satellite Corporation: See-
Schmidt, William G ; and Shimasaki, Nobuhiko, 3,71 1 ,855
Compagnie Generale de Radiologic; See—
Gabray, Emile,3,71 1,736.
Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunication Cit-Alcatcl: See—
Boyer, Marce-Louis, and Landwerlin, Michel, 3,71 1,003.
Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunications: See—
Lubrano, Claude, 3,711,829.
Compoly, Albert WilHam: See—
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16. 1973
January 16. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Eckenfeldcr, Robert Charles; Kautz, Robert Frederick; and Com
poly. Albert William. 3.71 1.762.
Compugraphic Corporation: See-
Hanson. Ellis P , and Sausele. George J. H.. 3.7 10,707.
Compuline Corporation; See-
Jones. John Paul. Jr. 3.7 1 1 .75 1
Conant. Robert K . and Fmke. William H . to International Business
Machines Corporation. Optical exposure head 3.710.702. CI 95-
12.000
Concast AG: .Vee—
Burkhardt. Max; and Thalmann. Armin. 3.710.845.
Conncil. John M.: See—
Barratt. Robert O, and Connell. John M.. 3.710.556.
Connell. Raymond S Polarity separation multiplex. 3.711.651. CI
179-15. Obt.
Conner. Jack S . to Northrop Corporation Nutplate installation
device. 3.71 1.006. CI 227-61.000.
Conroy. Natalie Elaine: See—
Arlt. Herbert George. Jr.; and Conroy, Natalie Elaine. 3.7 1 1 .270.
Consolidated Edison Company: 5ee—
Cahill.WiMiam J .Jr .3.711,371.
Consolidated Foods Corporation: See —
Pmkham.CarlW .Jr.. 3.71 1.742.
Container Corporation of America; See-
Walter. Richard T. 3.710.535.
Cook Charles W . to Ball Corporation Method and apparatus for
transportmg glassware 3.710.937. CI. 209-74 OOr.
Coombs. Robert V ; and Galantay. Eugene E . to Sando/Wandcr. Inc
l7a-Hydroxy and acyloxy substituted-9a-methvl-19-nor-
progesteroncs. 3.7 1 1 .52 1 . CI. 260-397 300
Coon. James A : See —
Coon. James A.; and Throbald. Elwin (said Theobald assor to
said). 3.710.467.
Coon. James A ; and Throbald. Elwin. said Theobald assor. to said
Coon. James A Adjustable Tile holding device. 3.710.467. CI. 29-
80.000.
Coon. Lucille: See—
Leebrick. John R, 3.71 1,524.
Cooper. Herbert W Pyrolysis process 3.71 1 .568. CI. 260-683.00r
Cope. Geoffrev W ilton. to Dresser Industries. Inc Coupler positioning
device 3.710.951. CI. 213-15 000
Copeland. John Alexander, 111, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated. Write circuit using enhanced propagation pulses for lateral
displacement coding of patterns of single-wall magnetic domains.
3.71 1.840. CI 340-174. Otf.
Copeland. Kenneth D See-
Smith. Leiand E . Johnson, Jack B., Burks, Kenneth N.; and Cope-
land. Kenneth D. 3.7 1 1 .837.
Copystatics Manufacturing Corporation: .See—
Nordine, Richard D, 3.71 1.198.
Corbett. Richard A See—
Austgen. Kenneth J ; Corbett. Richard A., and Schullcr, James J .
3,710.730.
Cordo. Francis Vincent, to General Electric Company. Method of as-
sembly and bonding. 3.7 10.435. CI. 29-470.500.
Cordon, Martin: See—
Colodney. Daniel; and Cordon. Martin. 3.7 1 1 .604
Corlite Corporation: See-
Boyle. George E..3.7I 1.697.
Cormode, Henry Daniel Alexander: See—
McGowan. John. Kirby, Charles Raymond; and Cormode. Henry
Daniel Alexander. 3.71 1.254
Cornelius. Frank L . to General Electric Company Blood gas sensor
ampliricr and testing system. 3.7 1 0.778. CI. 1 28-2 00b.
Cornctt. Earl J ; and Cornelt. Gene E. Safety davice for firearms.
3,710.490. CI. 42-I.OOn.
Cornett. Gene E.: See—
Comett. Earl J ; and Cornett. Gene E. 3.7 1 0.490
Corning Glass Works: .See—
Chu.BingC . Fischer. David J .and Kunz. HansJ . 3.711.073.
Garfinkcl. Harmon M. 3.71 1.393
Keck. Donald B . and Schultz. Peter C . 3,7 1 1 .262.
Cosby, Algar H Heated dispensing unit for cans of viscous substances
3.7 10.978. CI. 22- 1 50.00a.
Cothran, Samuel Bynum. and Kirk. James Rodney, to Du Pont de
Nemours, E I , and Company Container and method for packaging
material sensitive to contaminants. 3.7 10.539. CI. 53-27. OfK)
Couchman. James C . and Applebay. George W.. to United States of
America. Atomic Energy Commission. Air sampling device
3.7 10.557. CI. 55-270.000.
Coughlin. Robert W Process and device for purifying air. 3,710,548,
CI 55-73.000
Coulter, James R.: See—
Fulwyler, Mack J., Steinkamp, John A.; and Coulter, James R ,
3,710,933.
Cover, Richard J.: See—
Korchynsky, Michael; Bell. John R ; and Cover. Richard J .
3.71 1.340
Cramp. Benjamin, and Bowen-Edwards, Thomas, to Bentos Products
Limited Projecting and catching apparatus and projectile for use
therewith 3,7 1 1 ,096, CI. 273-96.00r.
Crawford, Burdette B Hand truck with means for shifting center of
gravity and having auxiliary roller support. 3,711,111, CI 280-
47.220.
Creators Limited: See-
Kent, Cecil, 3,7 1 1 ,360.
Cremer, Gottfried: .See—
Novotny, Antonin; Cremer, Gottfried; and Heimann, F.wald,
3,711,189
Crommelynck, Francois: ,See—
Zumbrunn, Jean-Pierre; and Crommelynck, Francois, 3.7 1 1 .402.
Crouse. David J.: .See-
Hurst. Fred J ;andCrousc,David J.. 3.71 1,591
Crowdcr William E Surface projectile target having a central goal
loop. 3,711, lOO.CI 273-127 OOr
Crowley, Norman R , Fuchs, Gilbert N , and Wink, Randall W . to
Evans Tool & Engineering Inc Parts transfer and storage unit.
3.7 10.958. CI 214-16()0r
Crown Zellerbach Corporation: .See—
Hcrschlcr. Robert John. 3.7 1 1 .602.
Herschler. Robert John. 3.7 1 1 .606
Cryogenic Engineering Company: .See—
Leonard. Kenneth R. 3,710.584
Csejka. David A.: See-
Sawyer. Arthur W; and Csejka. David A . 3.71 1 .410
Sawyer. Arthur W. and Csejka. David A.. 3,71 1.41 1
Sawyer. Arthur W. and Csejka. David A ,3.71 1.412
Csontos. Alan A . to Goodrich. B F . Company. The Hydroxyl con-
taining liquid mercaptan-terminatcd acrvlatc polymers 3.711.451.
CI. 260-79.0(K)
Csontos. Alan A , to Go<idrich. B F . Company. The Liquid acrvlatc
polymers of improved vulcani/ability 3.7 1 1 .452. CI 260-79 000
CTA-Compagnie Industriellc de Textiles Artificiels et Synthcfiques:
See—
Morieras. Gilbert; and Sere de Lanau/c. Michel. 3.71 1.630
Cucinella. Salvatore; and Ma//ei, Alessandro. to Snam Progctti. S p A
Process for the preparation of copolymers of a monoolcfin and a
diolefin and the products products obtained thereby 3.71 1 ,455, CI
260-8 5. 30r
Cullcn,Orvillc E , and Lincoln, Joseph A Methixl of heat treating steel
strip. 3,71 1, 342, CI. 148-134 ()(¥)
Culver. Harold: See—
Hincs. Robert R. and Culver. Harold. 3,7 10,849.
Cumberland Engineering Company. Inc .See-
Gotham. Stanley T . 3,7 1 1 ,033
Cummings. William C . to Scanwell Laboratories. Incorporated Cap-
ture effect system 3.71 1.857. CI 343-107 000
Cummins. W Wayne, to Howell. Rubie Nell Little Automobile
windshield and backglass removal tool. 3.7 1 1 .677. CI. 2 1 9-22 1 (M)0
Cunningham. Douglas James, to Wingard Limited Scats for motor
vehicles. 3.71 1,153. CI 247-346.000
Curless. William T . to Willchemco, Inc PrtKcss for manufacturing
liquid fertilizer 3 71 1,269.CI 71-36.000.
Curtis Nuclear Corporation .See-
Adams, Raymond J, 3,7 1 1 ,247.
Cusato, Anthony J., to Mann, Henry, Inc Parallel jaw pliers
3.710,657. CI. 81-352.000
Cutler-Hammer, Inc .See —
Kcranen. John J .3.711.669
Cutter Laboratories. Inc.: .See —
Goixlenough. Samuel H . Brown. Ronald C ; and Roe. Benson B..
3,710.744.
Cytron. Robert Melvin; and Freishclm, Robert Alexander. Sr. Mul-
tipurpose mailer. 3.71 1 .01 2. CI. 229-92.700.
Dach. Hansjorg. and Gackstetter. Gunter. to Zahnradfabrik
Friedrichshafen AG Gear shift control system. 3.710.647. CI. 74-
731.000.
Dahl. James N., to Honeywell Information Systems Inc Monolithic
decimal, binary and logic function generator modular BCD and bi-
nary arithmetic and logical system. 3.71 1 ,693. CI. 235-174 ()00.
Dahm. John R . to Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation Mcthixl and
apparatus for use in measuring resultant tension forces in steel strip
by sequentially establishing flux paths across sand strips 3.71 1 .766.
CI. 324-34 Ost
Dailey. John L : See-
Adams. James E . Jr ; and Dailey. John L, 3,7 1 1 ,1 8 1
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft: .See—
Bandel, Kurt, Bartle, Walter; Gunther, Ewald; Honegg, Adolf; and
Stahl, Heinz. 3,71 1.155.
Bauer, Klaus; Naumann, Fritz, and Schobbe, Hermann, 3.710,688.
Gmeiner, Gunter; and Grabner, Christian, 3,7 1 1 ,056.
Helmer, Josef, 3,710,643
Lamm, Heinz, 3,710,575.
Steinbrenner, Hans; Florus, Hans-Jorg, and Grossner, Horst,
3,71 1,162.
Dale, John R., Holler, Roger A ; and Goss, Garnet, to United States of
America. Navy. Sonobuoy suspension system. 3,711,821, CI 340-
2.000.
Dall'Asta. Leone: .See—
Pedrazzoli, Andrea; and Dall'Asta, Leone, 3,7 1 1 ,484
Daly Robert A., to Emhart Corporation. Plunger support means for
molten glass feeder 3,7 1 1 ,266, CI. 65-328 000
Damsky Walter; Joisten. Siegfried; and Sajben. Janos, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Apparatus for the production
of precision castings or injection-mouldings from plastics. 3.71 1.234,
CI. 425-307 000.
Dancy. Julian H ; Wiley. William O ; and Tyson. Thomas L.. to Texaco
Inc Vortex combustion chamber. 3,71 1 ,238, CI. 43 1-173.000.
Daniel, Edmond: See— ,■,,,r^i^
Reynard. Remi; Tindy. Roger; and Daniel. Edmond. 3.7 11 .000.
J>
Daniel Fred P . to FSB Incorporated, Battery having terminal molded
m wall of container. 3.7 1 1 .335, CI. I 36-1 35.00s.
Daniels, Neville H G ; and Wright, Edward S.. to Anken Chemical &
Film Corporation, mesne Explosive pipe coupling method.
3.710.434,C1. 29-470 100
Danin, Alex. Multistory buildings and walls thereof. 3,710,521. CI 52-
27 ()0().
Danncberg, Peter: See-
Bauer, Adolf, Weber, Karl Heinz; Danncberg. Peter; and Minck.
Klaus. 3.711.468.
Heinz, Karl; Zcile. Karl; Danncberg, Peter; Gicsemann, Rolf, and
Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, 3,7 I 1 ,509
Weber. Karl Hcinz. Bauer. Adolf; Danncberg, Peter; and Minck.
Klaus. 3,71 1,467
Weber. Karl-Hemz; Zcile. Karl; Danncberg. Peter; Gicsemann,
Rolf, and Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, 3,71 1,470
Dao. James, and Yew. Nelson C. to Etec Corporation. Scanning elec-
tron microscope scanning system. 3.71 1.71 1 .CI. 250-49. 50a.
Dauschcr, Rudi: See -
Schncgg. Robert. Heinroth. Karl-August; Neumann. Herbert;
Dauschcr, Rudi; Ohse. Helmut, and Nickel. Klaus. 3,7 10.565.
Davidson. Alan John: .See —
George. Edwin Francis, and Davidstin. Alan John. 3.71 1.493.
Davidson. Harry W.: .See—
Schaibic, Aaron M and Davidson. Harry W. 3.7 I 1.223.
DaMdson. William M Linear inflatable module device 3.710.409. CI
9-312 000
Davidson. William M ; and Cole. Howard W.. Jr. Variable displace-
ment for fence for oil spill containment and recovery. 3.710.943, CI.
210-242000.
Davies, John Cilcn Remote monitoring and weapon control system.
3,71 1,638. CI. 178-6.800.
Davis. Donald A.; and Grate. Gilbert M Desk having extensible top
section. 3.7 I 1 . 1 74. CI. 3 1 2- 1 94 000.
Davis Industrial (Equipment) Limited .See-
Davis. Maurice, 3.7 I 1 ,1 38.
Davis. Maurice, to Davis Industrial (Equipment) Limited. Fastening
devices. 3,71 1. 138. CI. 287-189 36f.
Davis. Thomas L . and Hansen. Joseph D . to Boeing Company. The
Ram pressure standoff extension and safe/arm mechanism for self
arming munitions. 3.710.716. CI 102-7.400.
Davis. William D., to General Electric Company Two-stage, single
magnet mass spectrometer. 3,71 1, 706, CI 250-4 1. 9me.
Day, William B , to Spcrry Rand Corporation Microwave microcircuit
3,71 1, 778, CI. 325-446 0(X).
Dayton Progress Corporation: See—
Keyes, Karl A , Doing, Park A., and Watkins, Edwin P , 3,710,666.
Dc Groft, Walter J , to Sanford Research Company Hinge structure
3,7 10,4 19, CI. 16-171.000.
De Murgiondo, Jose H. Gun cleaning device. 3,710,411, CI. 15-
104 160.
Dcaton, David W.. to Ahldea Corporation Inflatable patient enclo-
sures 3.710.791 .CI 128-191 00a
Deere & Company: .See-
Henderson, Donald LeRoy, 3,710,689
DeCiasperis, Lino E : .See—
Buntc, William S, and DeGasperis, Lino E, 3,71 1,235
Debar David C , to Ford Motor Company Quick connect fitting for a
hydraulic conduit 3,7 I 1,1 25, CI. 285-1 1 1.000.
Del Mar Engineering Laboratories: .See-
Cherry. Raymond I . 3.71 1 .812.
Demag Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Baumann, HansG., 3,710,841.
Wolski, Karlhcinz, 3,71 1,142.
Demas, Nicholas L , Fabian, George J ; Marderian, Alex S ; Mmn,
Sherman L , Wack, John M.; Waxman, Herbert I., and Wecker,
Edwin W , to United States of America. Navy. Fluid flow velocity ac-
tuated safety and arming device. 3.7 10.722. CI. 102-8 1 200.
Demicrre. Jean, to Polytype AG Adjustable cup support for use in
continuous printing on conical cups. 3.7 10,7 1 2. CI. 101-39.000
Dempco. Inc : .See—
Vik,AlbamM., 3,710,823.
Denes Peter A High voltage multi-layer cylindrical devices
3,7l'l,631,CI. I74-I20.0sr.
Dennler, Bernd: .See— .
Engelhardt, Manfred; Fruhstorfer, Wolfgang; Hesse, Reiner;
Dennler, Bernd, and Baumer, Wilhelm, 3,71 1,554.
Deno, Don W , to General Electric Company Means for reducing eddy
current heating of a tank in electrical apparatus 3,7 1 1 ,622, CI. 1 74-
35.0ce.
Desoutter Brothers Limited: See-
Allen, Michael George, 3,7 10,873.
Dethlefsen, Rolf, to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company. Contact
with arc propelling means embodied therein 3,711,665, CI. 200-
144.00b.
Deutsch, Albert S . and Poppo, Joseph M., to Polychrome Corpora-
tion. Light-sensitive compounds. 3,71 1,285, CI. 96-75.000.
Deutsch, Peter R , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Method for mold-
ing articles having a nonlinear chamber 3,71 1,590, CI. 264-318 000
Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften: See—
Krumbiegel, Peter, and Schmidt, Heinz, 3,7 1 1 ,42 I .
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt Vormals Roessler: See—
Klebe, Hans; Lange, Ludwig;and Mang,Gunther. 3.710.979.
Dever. James L: See-
Carlson, Richard D., and Dever, James L, 3,7 1 1 ,563.
Dewar, Donald M., and Wilseck, James. Drilling apparatus. 3.710,879,
CI. 175-388.000.
Dey, Arabinda N ; and Holmes, Robert W , to Mallory, P. R., & Co.
Inc. Lithium-metal molybdate organic electrolyte cell. 3.711.334,
CI 136-IOO.OOr.
Dcye, Neil S.; and Kuhn, Richard B., to North American Rockwell
Corporation. Apparatus and information processing methods for a
tracking system tracker unit. 3.71 1. 637. CI. !78-6.8(K).
Diamond Crystal Salt Company: See—
Lcverenz. Melvin E ; and Leverenz. Kenneth H.. 3.710,81 1.
Didier-Werkc AG: See-
Hoffmann, Rolf, 3,7 10,992
Dicbold, James L ; and Wolf, Milton, to American Home Products
Corporation Novel spiro 2H-3,I-benzoxazine derivatives.
3,71 1,476, CI. 260-244.00r.
Dieffenbacher, George W ; and Hadcock, Harold E., to General Elec-
tric Company. Method for removing a metalized device from a sur-
face. 3,7 10,432, CI 29-426.000.
Dierschke, Eugene Gustav, to Texas Instruments, Incorporated Diode
array assembly for diode pumped la.sers. 3,71 1,789, CI 331-94 50p
Dielsch. Arnc Kurt, to Tclcfonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson Selecting
device for cross-point selectors with cam contact actuating means
3,71 1, 670, CI. 200-175 000.
Dietz, Robert E , to Square D Company Electric plug-on circuit
breaker with means for assuring tripping of the breaker before un-
plugging 3.7 1 1 .7/8, CI. 317-11 2.000.
Dictzgen Corporation: See—
Schuman. Gordon A . Jr.; Collins. Raymond W.; and Koyama, Yu-
kinori, 3,710,708.
Digital Security Svstcms. Inc : .See—
Guidi, Justin'j ; and Middleton. Charles F , Jr . 3.710.976
Dillcnbeck. Warren H ; Muench. Paul W . and Walker. Elmo R.. to
Borg-Wamer Corporation Mcthixl and apparatus for removing
moisture from a refrigeration system. 3.7 10.585. CI. 62-85.000.
Dirks Electronics Corporation: .See-
Dirks. Gerhard. 3.7 1 1 .836
Dirks. Gerhard, to Dirks Electronics Corporation Cyclic data handling
systems. 3.7 1 1 .836. CI. 340-1 72.500.
Dismore. Paden F . to Du Pont de Nemours. E. 1 . and Company.
Preservation of polvamidic membranes. 3.7 10.945. CI. 210-321.000.
Disselkotter. Hans, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. 2.3-
Dihydro-l-oxa-4-thia-3.5-diazin-2-one-4. 4-dioxides. 3.71 1.475. CI.
260-243.00r.
Dixon. James E. Cue ball direction inducating apparatus for use in
playing pool. 3.7 1 1 .09 1 , CI 273-2 000.
Doebcl, Karl J; and Francis. John E.. to Ciba-Geigy Corporation 3-
Hydra/mo-1.2.8.9-tetrazaphenalenes. 3.71 1. 473. CI 260-240.00g.
Dohogne. Linus E.: .See—
Kochler. Albert T . Shideler. Paul J., and Dohogne. Linus E.,
3.710.710.
Doi. Toshio; and Kudo. MitsuhifO, to Hitachi. Ltd. Method of produc-
ing superconducting strips. 3.710,844, CI. 164-86.000.
Doing, Park A.: .See—
Keyes, Karl A , Doing, Park A.; and Watkins, Edwin P., 3,710,666
Dolejs, Ladislav; Kahovcova, Kitka; Slama, Karel; and Sorm, Frantisek,
to Ceskoslovenska Akademie vcd. Phenyl ethers 3,711,519, CI
260-348.00r.
Dolin, Stanley A., Folch, Andres, Jr ; and Geiger, Dana F.. to Optical
Coating Laboratory, Inc. Rapid scan identifier for use in infrared ab-
sorption spectroscopy 3,71 1 ,708, CI. 250-43.500.
Dominion Engineering Works, Limited: See—
Truxa, Leslie, 3,71 1,368.
Domnitch, Irving. Incinerator emissions reduction system. 3,710,555,
CI. 55-225.000.
Donlon, Richard H ; Close, David E.; and Loomis, Peter B., to Trans-
portation Technology, Inc Transportation system with docking and
lane transfer apparatus 3,710,724, CI 104-31.000
Donnelly James J , to Mobil Oil Corporation Process for the produc-
tion of microbial cells 3,7 I 1 ,372, CI. 1 95-1 .000.
Dorman, Knownly R , to United States of America, Interior Centrifu-
gal stower 3,710,925, CI 198-128.000.
Dormeyer Industries, Inc : See—
Flcntgc, Robert W . 3.7 1 1 .806.
Dorr-Oliver Incorporated: .See-
Black, Howard, and Brcier, Morton A , 3,710,917.
Kennel, George Wm ; and Ornslein, Flushing Gerald, 3,7 1 1 ,2 1 8.
Dorsch Heinz Control installation for the cooling air fan of internal
combustion engines. 3,7 10,765, CI. 1 23-4 1 . 1 20.
Doty, John T. Collar puller for metal pipe. 3,7 10,4^27, CI. 29-237.000.
Doucet, Daniel R : See-
Pierce, Edward J, and Doucet, Daniel R., 3,71 1,815.
Douglas, Alan David: See—
Tulk, Alexander Stuart; Douglas. Alan David; and Ericson. Ivan
L .3.711.205.
Douglas. Donald J Headgear 3.7 10.393. CI 2-14 OOw.
Douglass. Edward T.. Jr Apparatus for storing and feeding bulky
materials. 3.710.964. CI. 214-17 OOd.
Dow Chemical Company. The; See—
Alfrey,Tumer, Jr, and Schrenk, Walter J, 3,71 1,176.
Brubaker, Burton D , 3,7 1 1 ,599.
Grant,CharlesH., 3,710,718.
Gritzner, Gerhard, 3,7 1 1 ,388
Hostynek, Juraj J , and Collins, David J., 3,710,939.
Moore, William Ross, 3,7 1 1 ,453.
Pitts. Charles A ,3,710,866.
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Rubens, Louis C, 3,711.430.
Ruetman,SvcnH ,3,711,480.
Smith, Vernon J., and Heinemeyer. Ben W., 3,710.616
Stavropoulos, William, S ; and Thiegs, Bernard J.. 3,7 II ,250
Torba, Florence E, 3,71 1.486.
Downing, James W ; and Harris, Charles V., to McDonnell Douglas
Corporation Control setting apparatus. 3,7 1 0.644, CI. 74-526 000
Doyle, Arnol W : See—
Liiienfeld. Pedro; and Doyle, Arnol W., 3,71 1 ,707.
Drabcr, Wilfried, Timmlcr, Helmut; Buchel, Karl-Heinz; and Plcmpcl,
Manfred, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Certain a,o-
disubstituted benzylimidazoles and salts. 3,711,487, CI 260-
294. 80g
Dracon Industries: See-
Drake, Kmg D, 3,71 1,053.
Drake King D , to Dracon Industries. Telescopmg wall mounting
bracket for electrical racks. 3.7 1 1 ,053, CI. 248-298.000.
Dresser Industries, Inc See-
Cope, Geoffrey Wilton. 3,7 10,95 1
Henry, Ralph E, 3,71 1. 104
Mitchell, Rayford E., 3,7 10,864.
DSO Balkancar; See—
Stoytenev. Stoyteno Grigorov; Stoilov, Gueorgui Kirilov; Tsanev.
Tsani Konstantinov; Gueorguiev, Zdravko Marinov; and
Stoyanov, Gueorgui Yordanov, 3,710,967
Du Pont de Nemours. E I., and Company; See-
Adams, Charles D ; and Wommack, Joel B , Jr , 3,7 1 1 ,504.
Ahramjian, Leo, 3,7 1 1 .364.
Brake. LorenD, 3.71 1,550.
Chu, Edward; and Harper. Lee R., 3,71 1,445.
Cothran, Samuel Bynum.and Kirk, James Rodney, 3,710,539.
Dismore, Paden F . 3.710,945
Hammer, Clarence Frederick; and Keller, Philip Joseph.
3.711,435.
Herman, Alva L, 3,7 11, 356
Hibbert. Peter G ; and Lofland, Jerry C , 3,7 1 1 ,32 1 .
Koch, Theodore A , and Eleuterio, Herbert S., 3,7 1 1 .539.
Lee.KyuTai, 3,711.556.
Miller, Ralph N, 3,71 1,025.
Mitchell. William D , 3,71 1,273.
Neumer.JohnF, 3,71 1,245.
Phelps, Mont Meredith, 3,710,732.
Segraves, William Benjamin, 3,710,460.
TomicErnst A..3,7II.345.
Willey. Monroe M, 3,71 1,433.
Dubinsky. Rudolf Solomonovich: See —
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich, Alferov, Jury Fedorovich; Dubinsky,
Rudolf Solomonovich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Emelyanenko,
July Gcorgievich, and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich, 3.71 1,616.
Duhl, David N See—
SUllivan. Cornelius P , and Di^l, David N, 3,7 I 1 ,337.
Dulhunty, Philip Wellesley, to Dulmison (Australia) Pty., Limited
Cable vibrator damper with moveable additional weights. 3.71 1.624.
CI. 174-42 000.
Dulmison (Australia) Pty., Limited: See—
Dulhunty. Philip Wellesley, 3,71 1,624.
Dumire, LeoG; .See-
Nevin, John J.; and Dumire, LeoG., 3,710,440.
Duncan, William A.: See—
Hubbuch. Theodore N , Murfrec, Janves A., Jr
A , Sandlin, Billy J., and Nappier, Henry A , 3
Murfree, James A , Jr., and Duncan. William A
Dunham. Kenneth R ; and Yost. Marshall E , to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Photoresist compositions. 3,71 1.287. CI. 96-1 15.00p.
Dunigan. Thomas E , Sisco. George C ; and Pell, Laurence W., to
United States of America. Army. Cellular nitrocellulose based com-
position and method of makmg 3.7 1 1 .343, CI. 149-2.000.
Dunlop Holdings Limited: See—
Gurney. William A, 3,71 1,259.
Dupuis, Jean M , to Microsystems International Limited. Plastic sup-
port means for lead frame ends. 3,7 1 1 ,625, CI. 1 74-52.0pe.
Duquesne, Victor. Apparatus for gripping a wheel to permit removal of
tire. 3.710.838. CI. 157-1.240.
Duryea. Charles S Boat flanking rudder system. 3.710.749. CI. 1 14-
163 000
Dustex Corporation: See —
Brookman, Roger S.. 3,710,554.
Dye. Kenneth R , to General Motors Corporation. Accelerator.
3,710.690,CI. 91-41 1.00a.
Eakins, Paul W . to Foster Brothers Manufacturing Company. Sofa bed
foldingfixture 3.7 10.402. CI 5-13.000.
Eastman Kodak Company: See-
Baxter. Carlton D, 3,7 10,488.
Bruno. Frederick H.; Camp. Raymond J.; and Farrell, Thomas H..
3.710.703.
Dunham, Kenneth R ;and Yost. Marshall E.,3,71 1,287.
Johnson. Arthur L, 3,7 1 1 .280.
Valeno. Paul F ; and Werner. Robert M . 3.7 10,5 1 7
John B Screwdriver with screw holding attachment. 3,710,835,
145-52.000.
Eccettuato, Vittorio: See—
Galvagni. Alighiero, Raccanelli. Mirco; and Eccettuato, Vittorio.
3.711,843.
Duncan, William
.710.573.
3,711.427
Eb
'^i
Eckcnfelder, Robert Charles; Kautz, Robert Frederick; and Compoly.
Albert William, to Bcndix Corporation, The Polyphase transformer
for a variable speed constant frequency system. 3,71 1.762. CI. 321-
57.000.
Eckert. George W: .See—
Lachowicz, Donald R ; Saines. George S . and Eckert, George W .
3,711,255
Eddy, George D. Sheet-metal shearing machine. 3.710,665, CI. 83-
374 000.
Edstrom,Gene H.: See—
Breitenbach, Richard C ; Edstrom, Gene H.; and Kcffeler, James
R ,3.71 1.691
Edwards, Miles Lowell: .See—
Huthcins. Thomas B. IV. and Edwards. Miles Lowell. 3,710.781.
EFMC Corporation: See—
Koontz, Robert D , 3.7 10,68 1 .
Egan Machinery Company: .See—
Bunte, William S ; and DeGasperis, Lino E, 3.7 1 1 ,235
Egorov, Valcry Pavlovich: .See —
Khokhlov, Sergei Fedotovich; Yakovin, Viktor Pctrovich; Sysocv.
Petr Ivanovich; and Egorov, Valcry Pavlovich, 3,7 I 1 ,070.
Ehingcr, Adolf Shredder for documents and the like 3,71 1.034, CI.
241-100.000.
Ehlscheid, Gunter, to Winkler & Dunnebier Maschincnfabrik und
Eisengicsserei Roller adjustment in envelope folding 'machines
3.710.694, CI 93-62.(M)0
Ehrat Kurt, to Ciba-Geigy A(i. Method and apparatus for coding
messages. 3,71 1, 645, CI 178-22000
Ehrenreich, A , & Cie: .See-
Schmidt, Andreas, 3.71 1,136
Eichhorst, Ingo: See—
Schickel, Manfred; Sussenbach. Helmut, and Eichhorst. Ingo,
3.71 1.383
Eidelberg, Jonah, Mooney, Thomas; and Brett. John J , to Electrical
Fittings Corporation Liquid-tight swivel coupler for electrical con-
duit. 3.710.91 l.Cl. 174-84 OOs.
Eilingsfeld. Heinz: .See—
Adolphi, Heinrich; Eilingsfeld, Heinz, and Patsch, Manfred,
3,711,494.
Ekelund. Christcr. Hosiery slitter. 3,7 1 0,663, CI. 83-1 56.000.
Ekman.CariF. W :.See-
Berman, Elliot, and Ekman, Carl F. W.. 3,7 1 1 .282.
EFco Corporation: See-
Matthews, Russell H, 3,7 1 1 .819.
Eldapat General, Inc.: See-
Warner, Richard C, 3,710.772.
Electric & Musical Industries Limited: See—
Starkey. Bertrand Julian. 3.7 1 1 .820
Electrical Fittings Corporation: .See—
Eidelberg, Jonah; MtH>ncy, Thomas; and Brett, John J , 3,710,91 1.
Elcctrovert Manufacturing Co. Ltd.: See -
Tardoskcgyi. Louis V ; and Elliott. Donald A , 3.710,759.
Elektriska Svetsningsaktiebologel: .See —
Weman. Klas Bcrtil. 3.7 1 1 .058.
Eleuterio, Herbert S ; .See— ^^
Koch.Theodore A ;ap<mcuterio. Herberts., 3.71 1,539.
Elflinc Robert J . to Res^rch and Safety Devices Corptuation.
closure. 3,7 10.970.J?f 215-9.000
Elliott, Donald A.: .See—
Tardoskcgyi, Louis V ; and Elliott, Donald A , 3,710.759.
ELM EG Elcctro-Mechanik GmbH: .See—
Zielke, Alfred, 3,711.684.
Elorus, Hans-Jorg: .See—
Steinbrenner, Hans; Elorus, Hans-Jorg; and Grossner,
3.711.162.
Emelyanenko. July Gcorgievich: See— ^ ,^ . ,
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich. Alferov, Jury Fedorovich; Dubinsky,
Rudolf Solomonovich, Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Emelyanenko,
July Gcorgievich; and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich, 3.71 1.616.
Emerson Electric Co.: .See—
Kinsella. Howard R ; Love. John J . Smith. Cari A.; and Visi>s,
Charles D. 3,71 1.236.
Emhart Corporation: See-
Daly, Robert A. 3.7 1 1 .266.
Fentzke. Daniel A, 3.7 1 1 .267.
Tirrell, Frank B. 3.7 10,492.
Empresa Nacional de Optica, S.A.: See—
Adiegode la Parra. Luis Antonio. 3.71 1,187.
Endo Masaaki. Miura. Mituo. and Shinozaki, Mamoru. to Takenaka
Komuten Company, Ltd. Chain cutter type excavator and ditch ex-
cavating method. 3.710,878. CI. 175-66.000.
Endo. Takaya: .See— ,^ , . , , .
Sakamoto. Kenro; Endo, Takaya; Iwama, Masakuni; Inoue, Isabu-
ro; and Takei. Yutaka, 3.7 1 1 ,286.
Engelbach, Heinz: See— ,. . u a
Nonnenmacher, Helmut; KrabeU, Richard; Engelbach, Heinz; and
Zinke-Allmang, Helmut, 3.711.540.
Engelhardt, Manfred; Fruhstorfer. Wolfgang; Hesse, Reiner; Dennler
Bernd and Baumer. Wilhelm, to Merck, E , AG. 4-Hydroxy-3,5
ditertiaryphenones. 3.71 1,554, CI 260-591 000
Ennis Brian to Asquith, William, Limited. Hydrostatic bearings.
3.7il.l67.C1.308-500.00r. . , ^ ». i^ i , „
Ensor Gordon Roy. to Monsanto Chemicals Limited Monoalkylation
ofaikylidenebis(phenol). 3.71 1.559. CI. 260-6l9.00a.
Safety
Horst,
January 16.1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI II
Fnvironmcnt/Onc Corporation: .See —
Coffey, Peter E, 3.7 11, 248.
Erdolchemie Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: .See—
Lauer. Hubert, and Schlcppinghoff.Bcrnhard. 3.71 1.565.
Erickson Allen M. Frustrated total internal reflection laser 0-switch.
' 3.71 1.791. CI 331-94 50q.
Fricson. Ivan L.: See —
Tulk, Alexander Stuart; Douglas, Alan David; and Ericson, Ivan
L, 3,7 1 1.205.
Ericsson. NilsOlof: .See—
Ri-mback. Carl-Guslaf; and Ericsson. Nils Olof, 3,7 I 1 ,220.
Frnst. K.chard J , and Rod, Trygve R , to Xerox Corporation. Label
transfer wheel with vacuum port filter means 3.711.357. CI. 156-
556. ()()().
Ernst Richard R , to Varian Associates. Noise excited resonance ap-
paratus. 3,71 1, 764, CI 324-. 50r.
Ersek, Robert A , to University of Minnesota, Ihe Regents of the.
Method of repairing bone fractures with expanded metal. 3.7 1 0.789,
CI. 1 28-92. Obc.
ESB Incorporated: See-
Daniel, Fred P, 3.7 1 1 ,335
Esseiva, Roger Marcel. Perrin. Louis R F.J.; and Romang. Lucien
Willy to Seit/ & Co . I cs Brenets Method of removing portions of
coating by glow discharge 3.7 11.311. CI. 1 1 7-8.000.
Essclborn, Reiner: .See —
Brand. Dieter; and Essclborn. Reiner, 3,7 1 1 ,308.
Fsso Production Research Company. .See—
Kiel. OtharM .3.710.865
Fsso Research and Engineering Company: .See —
Koroulis.Zisis Andrew. 3.71 1.246
Jones. Ernest Frank. 3.71 1 ,420
Mertzweiller, Joseph K , andTenne>, Horace M, 3.7 1 1 ,423.
Plumstead, Richard J .3,71 1,407.
Ramsden. Hugh E.. 3,7 I 1.560.
Estes. John H See —
Suggitt, Robert M., Estes. John H ; and Kravitz. Stanley.
3,711.425.
Estes, John H ; Herbstman, Sheldon; and Kravitz, Stanley, to Texaco
Inc. Aromatic hydrogenation 3,71 1,566. CI. 260-667.000.
Estes, John Harold; Kravitz, Stanley, and Suggitt, Robert M , to Texaco
Inc. Selective hydrocracking and isomerization of paraffin hydriKar-
bons. 3,71 1,399. CI 208-112.000.
Hlablisscments J Berthelat et Fils: .See—
Bomstein, Jacques, 3,710,961.
Etawah Manufacturing Company. Inc.: .See-
Upton, Hugh Max. 3,71 1,151.
Etec Corporation: .See—
Dao. James, and Yew. Nelson C. 3.7 1 1 .7 1 1 .
Ethyl Corporation: .See-
Jarema, Chester P; and Nicbylski. Leonard M.. 3,71 1,363.
Kobetz, Paul; and Lindsay, Kenneth L., 3,7 1 1 ,535.
Shepherd, Lawrence H., Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,529.
Etudes et Bonnetcrie S.A.: See-
Bourgeois. Norbert, 3.7 10.594.
Eue. Ludwig: See—
Schrader. Gerhard; Eue, Ludwig, Hack, Helmuth, Hirane. Seiichi;
Aya, Masahiro; Kishino. Shigco; and Fukazawa. Nobuo.
3.711.582.
Evans, Chauncey R , to Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc. Electronic
piano with thump-generating means 3.71 1,61 7, CI. 84-1 .010.
Evans, David F.: .See—
Litvinoff. James R.; Evans, David F.; and Klug, Joseph R .
3,710,735. "*
Evans Duane E.; Tyler, David A.; and Gibson, Mvron R. Dual clutch
free'turbine engine. 3.7 10,576, CI. 60-39.030.
Evans. Harry James, to Flextube Limited Hose end couplings
3.7 1 1. 13 I, CI. 285-256.000.
Evans. Louis. Spring-actuated cue 3,71 1. 093, CI. 273-69.000.
Evans Tool & Engineering Inc.: .See—
Crowley, Norman R ; Fuchs. Gilbert N.; and Wink, Randall W.,
3,710,958.
Evcland. James A. Clutch, brake and knife arrangement for copying
machine 3,7 10.664, CI. 83-230.000.
Ewald. Ronald F Valve button 3,711 ,03 1 , CI. 239-601 .000.
Eynon. John E . to Abitiba Paper Company Ltd. Log earner or bunk
3.7 10.969, CI. 2 14-1 30.00r.
Ezavin. Rene M.: See—
Riedberger, Jacques H; and Ezavin. Rene M . 3,710,528.
Fabens, Andrew Lawrie, Jr., to Trulinc Casting Company. Method for
continuous casting of hollow bar. 3.710.840. CI. 164-73.000.
Fabian, George J: See—
Demas, Nicholas L.; Fabian, George J ; Marderian. Alex S.; Minn,
Sherman L., Wack. John M.; Waxman, Herbert I.; and Wecker,
Edwin W, 3,710,722.
Fabryka Sprzetu Elektrotechnicznego "Kontakt": See—
Grygierczyk. Franciszek; and Falkowski, Zygmunt. 3.71 1.213.
Faigenbaum Machinery. Inc : See—
Faigenbaum, Roy D .3,710,596
Faigenbaum, Roy D., to Faigenbaum Machinery, Inc. Intumcd welt
3.710.596. CI. 66-173.000.
Falabella. Arnold G.; See—
Newkirk, Marc S.; and Falabella. Arnold G., 3.7 1 0.770.
Falkowski. Zygmunt: See—
Grygierczyk, Franciszek; and Falkowski. Zygmunt. 3.71 1.213.
Fansteel Inc.: See—
and PIcmpel. Manfred,
and Plempel. Manfred,
and Plempel. Manfred,
and Plempel. Manfred.
Kellv, Marvin F.; and Lambert, John B., 3.7 10,474
Farah, Basil S., to Textron Inc. Curable blend of blocked and un-
blocked polyurethanes. 3,71 1,571, CI. 260-858.000
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Buchel. Karl Heinz; Grewe. Ferdinand, Schcinpflug, Hans.
Kaspers. Helmut, and Regel, Erik. 3.7 1 1 .502.
Buchel. Karl-Heinz. 3.7 1 1 .497
Buchel. Kari-Hcinz; Regel. Erik K.
3.71 1.498.
Buchel, Kari-Heinz, Regel. Erik K
3,71 1,499
Buchel. Karl-Heinz; Regel. Erik K.
3.711,500.
Buchel, Karl-Heinz, Regel. Erik K.
3,71 1,501.
Damsky. Walter. Joisten, Siegfried, and Sajbcn, Janos, 3.7 1 1 ,234
Disselkotler, Hans, 3,7 1 1 ,475.
Draber, Wilfried, Timmler, Helmut; Buchel. Kari-Heinz; and
Plempel. Manfred, 3,711.487. '
Groll. Manfred, 3,711,508.
Kishino, Shigco; Uchihira, Sadao; Kurahashi, Yoshio; and Kume.
Toyohiko, 3,71 1,580
Kurtz, Peter, 3,711,527
Schnegg, Robert; Heinroth, Kari-August. Neumann, Herbert;
Dauscher, Rudi. Ohsc, Helmut, and Nickel. Klaus, 3,7 10.565.
Schrader. Gerhard; Eue, Ludwig, Hack. Helmuth. Hiranc, Seiichi.
Aya. Masahiro; Kishino, Shigeo; and Fukazawa, Nobuo,
3,711.582.
Schundehutte, Karl-Heinz, 3.71 1,460 c
Thoma, Wilhelm, Oertel, Harald; and Rinke, Heinrich, 3.71 1 .443.
Wagner. Klaus, and Roos, Ernst, 3.71 1.506
W iddig. Arno; Sasse, Klaus, Grewe, Ferdinand; Scheinpflug, Hans;
Frohherger, Paul-Ernst; and Kaspers, Helmut, 3,7 1 1 ,503
Zumach. Gerhard; Holtschmidt. Hans, and Kuhlc. Engelbert,
3.71 1.491.
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning: .See— *
Buttner. Gert; and Jacob. Ingolf. 3.710.463.
Fester. Walter,, •Hanschke. Ernst, and, and Jakob. Franz.
3,711,447.
Ciunther, Klaus; Schneck. Erich; Voigt. Hartmut; and Wesselborg.
Karlheinrich. 3,710,545.
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Brunning: See—
Pretzer, Wolfgang, and Ribka. Joachim. 3.71 1.461
Farebrother. James E C Multi-storey buildings 3,710.527. CI. 52-
236.000.
Farrand Optical Co , Inc.: See—
La Russa. Joseph, 3.7 1 1 ,826.
Farrar, Jack R : .See—
Pachmayr. Frank A , Farrar, Jack R., and Gerick, John.
3,710.496.
Farrell, Guy M , to Chicago Switch Inc. Spring loaded pushbutton
switch 3,7 1 1 ,667, CI. 200-1 59.00r.
Farrell, Thomas H.: .See-
Bruno, Frederick H., Camp, Raymond J.; and Farrell. Thomas H.,
3,710.703.
Farron, John R ; Seleno, Andrew A.; Slavin. Matthew, and Jeitelbaum.
Bernard R.. to United Geophysical Corporation Method of produc-
ing underv^ater seismic waves an apparatus therefor. 3,71 1.824, CI.
340-7. OOr.
Fedders Corporation: See-
Buck, Leo V. 3.710.451 .
Feder Friedhelm R . to Wedco. Inc. Separator of fluid-solid mixtures.
3.7 10.558. CI. 55-338.000.
Federal Sign and Signal Corporation: .See-
Reynolds, Joe D ; and Cannon. Kenneth V , 3,7 1 1 ,854.
Fcderowicz, Samuel R. Utility frame for suspended ceiling construc-
tion. 3.7 10.520, CI. 52-27.000.
Feinberg, Jacob Howard Photopolymerizabic epoxy systems contain-
ing substituted cyclic amides or substituted ureas as gelation inhibi-
tors. 3.71 1 ,390, CI. 204-159 1 10.
Feinberg. Jacob Howard, to American Can Company.
Photopolymerizabic epoxy systems containing sulfoxide gelation in-
hibitors. 3.7 1 1 .39 1 . CI. 204- 1 59. 1 10
Fentzke Daniel A . to Emhart Corp<iration. Composite refractory for
use in molten glass feeder. 3,7 1 1 ,267, CI. 65-330 000.
Ferrari, Antonio Plural source dispenser with interconnected
discharge volume varying means. 3,7 10,982. CI 222-134.000
Ferrari Giorgio; and Casagrande.Cesare. Method for extraction of the
Ocotea alkaloid glaz.iovii. 3,7 1 1 .485. CI. 260-289.00a.
Ferry.CarolynPatricia Crutches 3,7 10.807. CI. 135-49.000.
Fester. Walter.. Hanschke, Ernst, and; and Jakob. Franz, to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning.
Fiber-forming polyamides with an increased content of ammo groups
prepared by using a partly linear aliphatic, partly cycloaiphatic
polyamine as a modifier. 3,71 1 ,447, CI. 260-78.0tf.
Ficalora, Peter J See—
Margave, John L., Bautista, Renato G ; Ficalora. Peter J , and
Badachhape, Ramachandra B.. 3,71 1,595.
Fiedler. Hans J.: See-
Fiedler. Vivian G. 3.7 1 1 .090.
Fiedler. Vivian G.. 50% to Fiedler. Hans J and 50'J to Watanabe.
Richard M. Conveyor belt and system having low friction contact
surfaces. 3.7 1 1 ,090, CI. 272-69.000.
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Field, Nathan D ; Randall, David I ; and Vogel, Calvin, to GAF Cor-
poration Preparation of phosphonyl dihalides. 3,71 1,541, CI 260-
543.00p
Fierro Esponja. S.A.: S<?—
Celada, Juan; and MacKay, Patrick W , 3,710,808.
Figiel. Francis John, to Allied Chemical Corporation Process and ap-
paratus for removing liquids from solid surfaces. 3,710,450, CI. 34-
9.000
Filia George J , to Sargent & Company. Terminal locator for crimpmg
tool. 3.710,611, CI. 72-410.000.
Fingerle. Rudolf: See—
Wendel.Gunther, and Fingerle, Rudolf, 3,71 1.168.
Fink Arthur Alan Modular system for transporting and storing tape
cartridges and cassettes. 3,710,900, CI. 190-5 1 .000
Finke, William H : See—
Conant, Robert K ; and Finke, William H , 3.710.702.
Finn Industries, Inc , The; See-
Alexander, John; and Adams, Leonard, Jr , 3,7 1 1 ,358.
Finnemore, Harlan E., to Air Preheater Company, Inc., The. Ball-and-
socket coupling for rotor. 3,7 1 0,85 1 , CI. 1 65-9.000.
Fimig, Fritz, to Olympia Werke AG Contactfrec data input device
3,71 1.852. CI. 340-365.00C.
First National Bank of Chicago. The: 5ee —
Baum, Frank M. 3,710.985.
Fischer, Adolf: See —
Rohr, Wolfgang, Fischer, Adolf; and Zschocke, Albrccht,
3.711,492.
Fischer, David J.: 5ee—
Chu. Bing C ; Fischer, David J ; and Kunz, Hans J.. 3.7 1 1 ,073
Fischer. Karl. Apparate-u. Rohrleitungsbau: See—
Rothert. Horst.and Schumacher. Rolf. 3,71 1 ,253.
Fischer. Paul W.: See—
Pye. David S.; Fischer. Paul W.; and Gallus, Julius P. 3.71 1,405.
Fisher. John F ; and Zeller. Burton S.. to Clark Equipment Company
Transmission. 3.7 10.637. CI. 74-33 1 .000.
Fishman. Abraham Apparatus for cutting thin-wallcd objects
3.7 10.444. CI. 30-265.000.
Fishons Limited: See-
Hazard. Richard; and King, John. 3.710,459.
Fitzgerald, William Vincent, Jr., and Lemmon. Richard Charles, to
RCA Corporation High voltage and width regulation circuit.
3.71 1,738, CI. 315-29.000.
Fitzsimmons, Richard D.: See-
True. Harold C . and Fitzsimmons. Richard D . 3.7 10.890
Flanagan. Robert M ; and Johnson. Glenn W., to Ameracc Esna Cor-
poration Timing device. 3,7 1 1 ,797, CI. 335-61 .000.
Flentge, Robert W., to Dormeycr Industries, Inc Power pack
3,71 1.806. CI. 336-92.000.
Flextube Limited: See —
Evans. Harry James. 3,71 1,131.
F LLIPinfariSrI See-
Pinfari, halo; and Begotti, Pino, 3,710,725.
Flood, William H.: See-
Shick, Philip E , and Flood, William H , 3,7 1 1 ,593.
FJugger, Ray T Automotive mufner. 3.7 10.891 . CI. 181-50.000.
Flying Dutchman. Inc : See—
Stauffer. Aaron Z ; Herr. John H.; Leplcy, James W ; and Zim-
mcrly.JamesC. 3.710.960.
FMC Corporation: See—
Brociner.Haskal. 3,7 10.941.
Trechock, Jack; and Sailer. Erik, 3,7 1 1 .3 1 8.
Folch, Andres. Jr.: See—
Dolin. Stanley A., Folch. Andres. Jr.; and Geiger. Dana F .
3,71 1,708.
Foley, Norman Leslie, to Auscoteng Pty. Ltd. Vacuum pump.
3,71 1. 228, CI. 418-98.000.
Folske, Donald W.: See—
Rcckdahl, Segwald J; and Folske, Donald W.. 3,7 1 0,457.
Ford. Brian; and Clapp. Malcolm, to British Aircraft Corporation
(AT) Limited Sighting means for missiles. 3.711.041, CI. 244-
3.110.
Ford Motor Company: See—
Debar. David C. 3.71 1.125.
Hideg. Laszlo; and Bishop, Irving N., 3,71 1 ,069.
Fork, Werner: See—
Baer.Wolfgang;and Fork, Werner. 3.710.748.
Forkner. John F . to Philco-Ford Corporation Laser apparatus
3,711,788, CI. 331-94 500.
Forkner, John H Method for producing expanded food products.
3,71 1,300, CI 99-138.000.
Foroulis, Zisis Andrew, to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Inhibition of corrosion in cooling water systems with mixtures of glu-
conate salts and silicate salts 3,7 1 1 ,246, CI. 2 1 -2.700.
Forster. Eckerhard: See—
Von Bogdandy. Ludwig; Richter, Helmut; and Forster, Eckerhard,
3,711,277.
Foster Brothers M ahufacturing Company: See—
Eakins, Paul W, 3,7 10,402
Foster, Harold M ; Rees, Thomas C ; and Spencer, Floyd G., to Sher-
win-Williams Company, The Process for the manufacture of N,N-bis
(2-chloroethyl)-2-nitro-4-alkylaniline. 3,71 1,552, CI. 260-577,000.
Foster, Leigh Curtis, to Zenith Radio Corporation. Corona discharge
voltage regulator 3,7 1 1 ,735, CI. 3 1 3-2 1 6.000.
Foster Wheeler Corporation: See—
Barratt, Robert O . and Connell. John M., 3.7 10,556.
Fouts. Drcxel R.: See—
Boyer. Ronald G; and Fouts. Drexcl R.. 3,710,904.
Fowler, Aubrey A., Jr.: See —
Fowler, Aubrey A., Jr ; and McKec, Henry O. (said McKec assor.
to-said), 3.71 1.581.
Fowler. Aubrey A , Jr.. and McKce, Henry O., said McKee assor. to
said Fowler. Aubrey A . Jr. Method of molding a compt>sitc foamed
resin article. 3,7 1 1 ,58 1 , CI. 264-45 000
Fowler, John H, Jr. Lift device. 3,7 1 0,962, CI 2 1 4-75.00r.
Fox, Homer M.: See —
Ashe, Benedict H , Jr.; and Fox. Homer M.. 3.7 1 1 .396
Fram Corporation: See—
Maddocks. Gerald E, 3.7 10.560.
Strick. Karl H .3.711,219.
Francis. John E : See—
Doebel. Karl J ; and Francis. John E.. 3.7 1 1 ,473.
Franklin, David M , to Steclcraft Corporation Temperature modulated
draftsystcm for incinerator. 3,7 10,738, CI llO-18()()r
Franks, Hobart T. Shipping and display container 3,710.973. CI. 220-
4.00r.
Frappier, Robert H : .See —
Wagers, William O , Frappier, Robert H , McDonald, William S.;
and Boggs, Charles L . 3.7 1 1 ,352
Eraser. Richard J . and McGrath. John E.. Jr. Folding camera view-
finder 3.7 10.697. CI. 95-47.000
Frawley. Kenneth O Parts dispenser and positioner. 3.710.477. CI. 29-
203. OOb.
Frazier. Alva W . to Tennessee Valley Authority Stabilization of
polyphosphate fertilizer solutions 3.71 1.268. CI 71-34000.
Frazin. Benjamin Combined electric continuity checker and flashlight
3.71 1,768. CI. 324-53.000.
Freedman. Stuart \ , to Kidde, Walter. & Company, Inc Cart with
brake and retention system. 3.7 I 0.895. CI I88-5.0(K)
Freeman. Alfred B Automatic harmony apparatus. 3.71 1.618. CI 84-
1 .030
Frcisberg. Karl-Otto: See-
Klaus, Irmscher, Cimbollek, Gerhard; Orth, Dieter. Nowak, Her-
bert, and Frcisberg. Karl-Otto. 3,71 1,478
Freishelm, Robert Alexander, Sr.: .See—
Cytron, Robert Melvin; and Freishelm, Robert Alexander. Sr..
3.711.012.
French. Willis E. Electric razor cleaner. 3.710.413. CI. 15-405.000.
Frey. Peter: See—
Gerber, Hermann, and Frey, Peter, 3,71 1,732
Frick, Harold L , to Whirlptwl Corporation. Windowed oven door.
3,7 10,776, CI 1 26-2()0.()0().
Fricke, Vourdon H.: See-
Brown, Hugh E.; Fricke, Vourdon H , and Cierfen, Henry C,
3,710,809.
Friction Products, Co.: See—
Lowey, Francis J ; and Gerding, John E, 3,710,914.
Fried Krupp Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: .See-
Meyer. Joachim, and Pfeffer. Josef. 3.710.857.
Muller. Dietrich. 3.71 1.822
Fritz. Bauer. Continuously adjustable lifting devices 3.711.054. CI.
248-400.000
Fritz. Thomas W ; Gilbo. Charles F ; and Johns<in. Norman A . to Arm-
strong Cork Company Guide groove for staple gun 3.710.522, CI
52-105.000.
Frohberger. Paul-Ernst: See—
Widdig. Arno, Sassc, Klaus; Grewc, Ferdinand; Scheinpflug, Hans;
Frohberger, Paul-Ernst; and Kaspers. Helmut. 3.7 1 1 .503
Frommc Forderanlagen GmbH .See —
Fromme, Hans-Georg, Nadler, Franz; Zimmer, Siegfried, and
Weller, Kurt, 3,710,923.
Fromme, Hans-Georg; Nadler, Franz; Zimmer, Siegfried, and Weller,
Kurt, to Fromme Forderanlagen GmbH Article sorting installation
with an endless conveyor discharge mechanism. 3,710,923, CI. 198-
81 000.
Fruhstorfer, Wolfgang: See—
Engelhardt, Manfred; Fruhstorfer, Wolfgang. Hesse. Reiner;
Dennlcr. Bernd; and Baumer, Wilhelm, 3,7 1 1 ,554
Fry, Arnold H Building wall section fabricating machine 3,71 1,007,
CI. 227-101.000.
Fubmatic Inter AG: See—
Magerle, Karl, 3,71 1,230.
Fuchs, Gilbert N.: See—
Crowley, Norman R.; Fuchs. Gilbert N.,^and Wink. Randall W..
3,710,958.
Fueltime Saver Corporation: See-
Brown, Hugh E . Fricke, Vourdon H , and Gcrfen, Henry C.
3,710,809.
Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.: See—
Yoshida, Kazutaka; and Ishiwata, Mamoru, 3,7 1 1 ,3 1 2.
Fuji Shashin Film Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Okano.Takeshi, 3,71 1,172.
Fujimori, Noboru: See— . ,. ..
Sato Shui, Sakazume, Kaiichiro; Sakamoto, Eiichi; and Fujimori,
Noboru, 3,71 1,288. ,n,,n,-,
Fujiwara, Katsuji Automatic vent valve for a steam trap. 3,71 1,017,
CI. 236-59.000.
Fujiwara, Yukinari; See— „ . .
Kaneko, Yoichi,; Fujiwara. Yukinari; Kimura. Katuhiro; and
Kamimura. Masao, 3,7 1 1 ,792.
Fukaya, Shigeo: See—
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16. 1973
Kuzuya, Takashi, Hayashi, Toshihiko; and Fukaya, Shigeo.
3,711,009
Fukazawa, Nobuo: .See— , ,. , ... c k
Schrader Gerhard; Euc, Ludwig, Hack, Helmuth; Hirane, Seiichi.
Aya. Masahiro; Kishino. Shigeo; and Fukazawa. Nobuo,
3.711,582.
Fukusuke Kabushiki Kaisha Sakaishi: Se^—
Tsujimoto,Toshio, 3,710,397.
Fuller Robert T., and Smith, Keith A. Edge-forming means for floor-
ine 3,710,414, CI. 16-8.000.
Fulwyler Mack J., Stcinkamp, John A., and Coulter, James R., to
United' States of America, Atomic Energy Commission Multisensor
particle sorter. 3,710,933, CI. 209-3.000.
Funakoshi, Yoshiro: See— .
Asogawa, Tatsuo; Matsumura, Yoshihiko; Satani, Eiji; Wada,
Shyozo; and Funakoshi. Yoshiro, 3,71 1,301.
Funbers Izrail LeiKivich, Nikolacv, Pctr Petrovich; Gora. Viktor
Epifanovich. Gulenko. Nikolai Nikolaevich; Papko. Viktor
Ivanovich; Rozhkov. Nikolai Alexandrovich. Kats. Elya Isaevich. and
Krutogolov Grigory Vasilievich. Machine for cleaning ballast in ail-
way tracks.'3.7 10.869. CI. 171-16.000.
Funkhouser. Terry D.:. See- ,^ ,t,,cx.o
Tschopp. Lloyd D . and Funkhouser. Terry D . 3.7 1 1 .569
Fuqua I loyd T.. to General Motors Corporation. Fasteners.
3.7 ro.6'73. CI. 85-75.000.
Furbeck. Warren R: .See-
Lee. Charles A., and Furbeck. Warren R.. 3,7 10,536.
Fusion, Incorporated: See—
Zclna. Robert P. 3.711,020.
Gabray Emile, to Compagnie Generale de Radiologic. X-ray lube hav-
ing a rotary anode 3.7 1 1 .736. CI. 3 1 3-330 000.
Gackstetter. Gunter: .See—
Dach,Hansjorg;andClackstette^,Gunte^, 3.710.647.
GAF Corporation: See— , ^ , -,-,,, on
Field, Nathan D ; Randall, David 1.; and Vogcl, Calvin. 3.71 1 .541
Randall. David I., and Wynn, Robert W,. 3,71 1 ,272
Gagne, Pierre: See— ■,-,,n.,^,
Blant, RemyChapuis, Alain; and Gagne, Pierre, 3,710,601.
Galantay, Eugene E: .See— ,t,,c-.i
Coombs, Robert V^and Galantay, Eugene E.. 3,7 1 1 ,52 1 .
Gallus,JuliusP : See— „ ,-,,.^„c
Pye, David S , Fischer, Paul W.; and Gallus, Julius P., 3,7 1 1 .405
Galmichc. Philippe M: See- -,-,,, no
Hivcrt. Andre R , and Galmiche, Philippe M . 3.7 1 1 .279.
Galvagni Alighiero. Raccanclli. Mirco; and Eccettuato. Vittorio. to
Olivetti. Ing C . & C . S p A Self-adapting synchronization system
for reading information from a moving support 3,71 1,843, CI. 340-
Gan?Fr?ncois F. Segmented glass laser. 3,7 1 1 ,790, CI 33 1-94 500
Gardner Willis W , to Waukesha Bearings Corporation Tilting-llexi-
blepadjournalbearing 3,71 1,169, CI. 308-73.000.
Garfinkel Harmon M , to Corning Glass Works Purification of a mol-
ten salt bath. 3.7 1 1 ,393, CI. 204- 1 80.00r.
Garrett Corporation, The; See—
Matulich,DanS.,3,71l,044 . , r^ u .
Garrett Jim C . Johnson, Robert H , and Shclton. Jack Distributing
tcrmmal assembly test apparatus 3.71 1.661 .CI. '7^- 175.1 Or.
Garrison William E.. to Magic Circle Corporation, The. Wax shaping
tool. 3, 711.211, CI. 401-2.000.
Garrity, Paul G.: See—
Bacevius, Joseph G., 3,7 1 1 ,699.
Bacevius, Joseph G. 3.71 1,703
Garrone, Franco, to AMF Incorporated Apparatus for separating s^Mid
particles suspended in a gaseous stream. 3.710.561 , CI. 55-429.000.
Gates Rubber Company. The: See—
Russ. Paul E.Sr. 3.71 1,165.
Gavagan James A , to Irvin Industries Inc. Buckle mechanism
3,7 10,426, CI. 24-224.00r.
GCA Corporation: . See—
Lilienfcld, Pedro; and Doyle, Arnol W, 3,7 1 1 ,707.
Gchlcrt Rolf and Schmidt, Ulrich, to Agfa-Gcvaert Aklicn-
Besellschaft Slide projector with automatic magazine resetting
means. 3,71 1,195. CI. 353-119.000
{jeigcr. Dana F See— . ,- rk „, r:
Dolin Stanley A.; Folch. Andres. Jr ; and Geiger. Dana F .
3.711.708. . u o f
Geiger. Kenneth H.; and LcMaire. Hubert, to La>>a" Breweries of
Canada Limited. Clarifying and stabilizing beer. 3.71 1,293, LI vv-
48.000. ^ . „
General American Transportation Corporation: See—
Vaitys, Ramojus P , 3,710,966.
General Binding Corporation: See— ,t,,,c«
Staats, Henry N.;and Levitan, Maurice D., 3,711,353.
General Cable Corporation: See—
Jachimowicz, Ludwik, 3,7 1 1 ,62 1
General Connector: See— ,-,,,<,,£
PierccEdward J ;and Doucet, Daniel R , 3.71 I.«I5.
General Dynamics Corporation: See-
Rogers. Stanley, 3,7 1 1 ,834.
General Electric Company: See- ,-,,n/.Tc
Borom, Marcus P.; and Johnson, Lyman A , 3,7 I0,6i3.
Cordo, Francis Vincent, 3,7 1 0,435.
Cornelius, Frank L, 3,710,778.
Davis, William D, 3,71 1,706.
Deno, Don W, 3,711,622.
PI 13
Dieffenbacher, George W.; and Hadcock, Harold E., 3,7 10,432.
Graves. Ralph L. 3,7 11, 671
Harnden, John D., Jr.. 3,7 1 1 ,668.
Kclling,LeroyU.C .3.711.783.
Krulls Gerd E ; and Ruth. William H., 3.7 10.478.
Liberti. Frank N. 3.71 1,441
Metro, John G .3,711,652
Pfeifer,CharlesW.;andBobear,William J ,3.71 1,520.
PylcJamesJ. 3,71 1,365.
Rampel. Guy, 3,711,331.
Rice, Joe R, 3,7 10.568 »
Shinn. Jeffrey N; and Woodson, Carl W, 3,710,814.
Staub, Fred W ,3,710,854.
Tasca, Dante M ; Harnden. John D . Jr.; and Martzloff. Francois
D .3.711.794
Wordcn. Robert F .3.71 1.635
General Fireproofing Company. The: See—
Hage.CarlH .3.710.974
General Foods Corporation. See— ,, ^ t- 1
Leidy. Harold T ; Kerrigan. Charles M.; Tewey. Robert T.; and
Ba'rtenbach, Louis. 3.71 1.291
Mitchell. William A ; and Stahl. Howard D . 3.7 1 1 .302.
General Motors Corporation: See—
Bcrman. Dennis W. and Gcrgoe. Bcla, 3.710,417.
Dye. Kenneth R .3.710.690
Fuqua. Lloyd T, 3.710.673.
Ghirardi. Pauls .3.711.632.
Ghirardi. Paul S ; and McGowan. Eugene V .. 3.7 1 1 .633.
Kolbe. William H . and Sagady. Alexander J.. 3.71 1.225.
General Tire & Rubber Company. The: See—
Uelzmann. Heinz. 3.71 1.463.
Uelzmann.Hcinz.andHidinger. DavidC..Jr..3,711,466_
Genton. Richard G Air filter and dust collector. 3,710,552, CI. 55-
291000 , ,_.
George Edwin Francis; and Davidstin, Alan John, to Imperial Chemi-
cal industries Limited Plant growth regulating comptisition.
3.71 1,493, CI 260-502.040r.
George. Eric: See-
Hunter. John P.. Jr.; and George. Erie. 3.7 10.398.
Gerard. Milan E.: .See—
Rush. Hugh M. and CJcrard. Milan E. 3.71 1.202.
Gerber. Hermann; and Frey. Peter, to Saia AG. Miniature
synchronousmotor 3.71 1.732. CI. 310-162.000.
Gerber Scientific Instrument Company. The: .See-
Rich. Leonardo ; and Blake. Dale G. 3.7 11, 7 1 7.
Gerding, John E.: .See—
Lowey. Francis J.; and Gerding, John E., 3,7 1 0,9 14
Gerfcn, Henry C: .See— . ^ _r u <-
Brown. Hugh E . Fricke. Vourdon H., and Gerfcn. Henry C
3.710,809.
Gergoe. Bela: .See —
Berman, Dennis W ; and Gergoe. Bcla. 3.7 1 0.4 1 7
Gcrholt. Willem. and Heidemann. Gerrit. to Industriele Onderncming
Wavin N.V Connections for insulated pipes 3.711.124. CI. 285-
47.(X)0.
Gerick. John: See— „ , ^ , .1.
Pachmayr. Frank A.; Farrar. Jack R ; and Gerick. John.
3.710.496 .,
German Louis E.. to Morton Buildings, Inc. Down pressure assembly
for truck mounted auger. 3,7 10,875. CI. 1 73-28.000.
Gerrard. A.J..&Company:See-
Kochlcr. Albert T.; Shideler. Paul J ; and Dohogne. Lmus E.,
Gessler Haris. to Schwahischc Huttenwcrke GmbH Silo container
3.710.959. CI. 214-17.0()d. ^ ,^ ^ d„
Geusic. Joseph Edward; and Van Uitcrt. Le Grand Gerard to Bell
Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated. Magnetic single wall domain
arrangement 3,71 1 ,841 , CI. 340-l74.0tr
Gevacrt-Agfa N V : See— ,, r
Van Den Enden, Gaston Alfons; and Ceulemans, Hugo Frans.
3,710,977.
Gewcrkschaft Eiscnhutte Wcstfalia: .See— , , . ^ „^ ,
Losch Heinz.andMecklenbrauck.Hemrich. 3,710,963.
Ghirardi Paul S., to General Motors Corporation End fitting for cor-
rugated conduit. 3,71 1,632, CI 174-1 35.000.
Ghirardi Paul S.; and McGowan, Eugene V., to General Motors Cor-
poration Fitting means for axially slit corrugated conduits.
3,71 1,633, CI. 174-135.000.
Giacini, Christopher: .See— u 1/ n ci w .k a
Mookherjce, Braja D.; Giacini, Christopher; Karoll, Eliz.abeth A ,
and Vock. Manfred H. 3,7 1 1 ,482
Gibbs, James W.:. See— ,.,..„.t-.
Gibbs, John L; and Gibbs, James W, 3,7 1 1 ,063.
Gibbs John L., and Gibbs, ftmes W Anti-reverse fiow valve.
3,71 1,063, CI. 251-276.000.
Gibson, Myron R. -See—
Evans, Duane E.; Tyler. David A ; and Gibson, Myron R.,
3,710,576.
Giesemann, Rolf: See— „ ^ o tr ^^a
Heinz. Karl; Zeile. Karl; Danneberg. Peter; Giesemann, Rolf, and
Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, 3 ,7 1 1 ,509
Weber, Karl-Heinz; Zeile, Karl, Danneberg, Peter, Giesemann.
Rolf, and Hauptmann. Karl Heinz, 3,71 1,470.
Gilbert and Barker Manufacturing Company: See—
Riegel, Peter S, 3.710,831.
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Gilbert, Ronald E . Jamieson, Donald R; and Clampitt. Bert H , to Gulf
Research & Development Company. Process for the preparation of
ethylene-carhoxylic acid polymers having improved optical proper-
ties. 3.7 1 1 .456. CI. 260-8S. lOr
Gilho.CharlcsF; .<>«•<•— ^ . . ,_ v, .
Fritz Thomas W.; Gilbo, Charles P.; and Johnson. Norman A .
3.710.522.
'Gillette Company. The: See—
Wchster.MiloE .3.7I().'J84
Gilson Stanley M Hydrocarbon vapor collecting apparatus
3,710,83().CI 141-93.000.
Ginda Inc.: See-
Proctor. Sidney E ; and Carden. John C . 3,71 1,161.
Gindy Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Hindin. Eugene. 3.71 1,148.
Giovanni. Sesto S: -See—
Vargiu. Silvio; Spelta. Osvaldo; Giovanni, Sesto S.; and Abruz/i.
Pierluigi. 3.71 1.431
Girardin. Roger, to Ateliers des Charmilles. S A. Apparatus for holding
and guiding an elongated electrode in electro-erosion machining
3.71 1,675. CI. 219-69.00e.
Giraud. Pierre; and Redon. Michel, to Interlcchnique S A Method for
correcting systematic errors in differential linearity of a pulse height-
to-time converter and converter for the application of said method
3,71 1,85 I. CI 340-347.()cc
Girling Limited: .See-
Hughes. Michael James, 3.7 1 0,898.
Gitt. Robert l.CNvis: .See—
Brandeau, Edward Peter; Chaffee, Oucntin Roosevelt; and Gitt.
Robert I. evkis. 3.710.620.
Giudice. Aldo: .See—
Scarfi, Alberto; Gugliotta. Emanuelc; and Giudice. Aldo.
3.711.597.
Giuggioli. Mario" .See —
Bartalini, Gastone. Brischetto. Nedo; and Giuggioli, Mario.
3.711.557.
Gladow, Dean E . to Rolamite Incorporated. Rotary motion apparatus.
3.7 10.631. CI 74-89.200.
Glass, Marvin, & Associates: See—
Breslow. Jeffrey D.; Meyer. Burton C; and Glass, Marvin I .
3.711. 101.
Glass. Marvin I.: -See—
Breslow, Jeffrey D ; Mevcr, Burton C , and (ilass, Marvin I .
3,711.101
Glassman.Jacob A Catamcnial tampon, 3,7 10,793, CI. 128-285.000.
Glaverbel S A.: .See —
Jadin. Andre. 3.711,265
Legcr. Lucicn. 3.71 1 ,263.
Gleason, Edward Hinsdale: .See-
Oliver, Connie J ; and Gleason, Edward Hinsdale, 3,7 1 1 ,436.
Glendinning, William B , and Pharo, Wellington B , to United States of
America, .Army. Method of forming a diffusion mask barrier on a sil-
icon substrate. 3,71 1,324, CI. 117-201.000.
Glick, Leo L : .See—
Wittc. Bruce J. 3.71 1.022.
Gmeiner. Gunter, and Grabncr, Christian, to Daimler-Benz Aktien-
gesellschaft Seat-adjusting mechanism, especially for vehicle seats
3, 7 1 1, 056. CI. 248-429 0(R).
Go Luggage Corporation: .See-
Guard, Edward J ; and Oliver. Robert F , 3,710,901
GocttI, Adam D Elgongated inflatable seal and containment devices
for use sealing joints between perpendicularly disposed structural
members and coplanar structural members. 3,710,401, CI. 4-
172.190.
Goctz,Fay M. Pipe cutting machine. 3.71 1,076, CI. 266-23 Onn
Goetze, Walter; Kaspcr, Werner; Klatt, Gerhard; and SchuIz, Gerhard,
to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengcscllschaft Production of
2-mercaptoethanol. 3,710,439, CI. 260-609. OOr.
Goldberg, Carl, to Goldberg, Carl, Models, Inc One-piece clevis.
3,71 1,134. CI. 287-100.000.
Goldberg, Carl, Mtxlels, Inc : See-
Goldberg, Carl, 3,71 1,1 34.
Gomes, John M , Pool, Danny L.; and Wong, Morton M., to United
' States of America, Interior Recovery of metals by electrodeposition
3,711,386,CI. 204-64.00r.
GiHidenough, Samuel H ; Brown, Ronald C ; and Roe, Benson B., to
Cutter Laboratories, Inc. Method and device for manufacture of
heart valve. 3,7 1 0,744, CI. 1 1 2-262.000
Goodman, Murray; and Wartman, Albert, to Sutures, Inc
Morpholineamide of a-cyanoacrylates and polymers thereof
3,711,448,CI. 260-78.40n.
Goodnight, Hershel: See—
Zink. John Smith, Goodnight, Hershel; and Reed, Robert D.,
3.711,243.
Goodrich, B F , Company, The: See—
Csontos, Alan A.,3,711,451.
Csontos, Alan A, 3.7 1 1 ,452.
Goodson, Louis H , and Jacobs, William B , to Insurance Institute for
Highway Safety, The, mesne. Detection of organic vapor contami-
nants in air. 3,7 1 1 ,25 I , CI. 23-232. OOr.
Goodyear Aerospace Corfwration: See-
Batcher, Kenneth E , 3,7 1 1 ,692.
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The: See—
Booher, Harold R, 3,71 1, 163.
Gora, Viktor Epifanovich: See—
Funbcrg, Izrail Lcibovich, Nikolaev, Petr Petrovich, Gora, Viktor
Epifanovich, Gulenko, Nikolai Nik ilaevich, Papko, Viktor
Ivanovich. Rozhkov, Nikolai Alexandrovich; Kats, Elya
Isaevich; and Krutogolov, Grigory Vakilievich, 3,7 10,869.
Gore William C ; and Shapiro, Eugene B ! to Beatrice Foods Com-
pany. Clutch for use in the plumbing field 3,7 10,591 , CI 64-30. OOr.
Goss, Garnet: See-
Dale, John R ; Holler, Roger A; and Goss, Garnet, 3,71 1,821
Gotham, Stanley T., to Cumberland Engineering Company, Inc.
Granulator 3,71 1 ,033, CI 241 47 0(K)
Gould Inc. .See—
Schiavone, Donald James, 3,7 1 1 ,623.
Gould Inc., mesne: .See-
Brown. Arling Dix; and Blumenthal, John, 3.7 1 1 ,859.
Goyffon, Roland A., to Socictc Mafit Manufacture dc Fils Isoles Tau-
rus. Apparatus for enameling wire. 3,7 10,756, CI. 1 18-61.000.
Grabner, Christian: .See—
Gmeiner. Gunter; and Grabner, Christian, 3.7 1 1 .056.
Grace. W R. & Co : .See-
Stahly. Eldon E . and Lard. Edwin W , 3.71 1,572.
Grace, W R .& Company: See-
Shah. Navm, 3.71 1 .432.
Graf, Robert P.: See-
Robinson, Charles C ; Ciraf, Robert F . Young . Robert W . and
Sproul. Merrill F.. 3.71 1.264
Grafford John G . to Rowc International Inc Semi-automatic sequenc-
ing machine 3.7 10.482. CI 29-203 00b.
Gramiger Adrian; and Baumann. Willy Block action for sp<irting guns
dropping breech. 3.7 10.493. CI. 42-23.(K)0
Granatck. Alphones Peter: .See-
Kaplan. Murray A.; and Granatck. Alphones Peter, 3,7 1 1 .47 1
Grannis. Roland K . to Pacific Utilities Supply Co Mechanical load
limiter for power lines 3.71 1 .049. CI 248 64 (KM)
Grant. Charles H . to Dow Chemical Company. The Methcxl for creat-
ing underground cavities employing explosives 3.710.718. CI 102-
23000 ^
Grate. Gilbert M.: See-
Davis. Donald A ; and (irate. Gilbert M. 3.71 1,174
Graupner. Fberhard. to VLB Polygraph Leipzig Kombinat f Polygra-
phiche Maschincn und Ausrustungen Stirring apparatus for circulat-
ing color or ink in the colorchest of a printing machine 3.710.714.
CI 101-364.000.
Graves. Ralph L . to General Electric Company. Mercury button clo-
sure. 3.7 1 1 .67 1 . CI. 200-221 .000
Gray Tm>l Company: .See —
Holbert.MarvmL.Jr, 3.710.860.
Green. Philip S . to American Express Investment Company Acoustic
to optical image converter using an acoustic grating 3.71 1.823, CI.
340-5 OOi
(Jreenwoixl, Derek: See —
Ayres, Douglas John, and Greenwxxid, Derek, 3.7 I 1 .409
Gregory. Frederick S., to Aeropet, Inc Animal shipping crate.
3.7 1 0.761, CI. 119-19.000.
Gremillion, Gerard S , and McMillin, Bert M Method ol attaching u
working implement to a back hoc bucket 3,710.472, CI. 29-
148.300.
Grewe. Ferdinand: See—
Buchel. Karl Heinz; Grewe, Ferdinand. Scheinpflug. Hans.
Kaspers. Helmut; and Regel. Erik. 3.7 1 1 .502
Widdig. Arno; Sassc. Klaus; Grewe. Ferdinand, Scheinpflug, Hans;
Frohberger, Paul-Ernst; and Kaspers, Helmut, 3,7 1 1 ,503
Griffith, James R , to United States of America, Navy Method of im-
pregnating inorganic filament strands. 3,71 l,35l,Ci. 156-175 000
Grilc, Dwight: .See—
Wendel. John S.; Kaiser, Lavern L.; and Grile, Dwight. 3.7 10,762
Gritz.ner, Gerhard, to Dow Chemical Company, The. Oxidation step in
electrolysisofaqueousHCI.3,7ll,388,CI. 204-l28.0(M)
droll Manfred, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Akticngescllschaft. Phthalo-
cyanine dyestuffs. 3,71 1,508, CI 266-314.500.
Gronauer, Charles Keyhole light 3,7 1 1 ,694. CI. 240-2.1 30.
Grosseau, Albert, to Societe Anonyme Automobiles Citroen Tools for
rough finishing and honing b<ires. 3,7 10,5 18, CI 51-338 000
Grosslight and Pace: See —
Huffman, Russell B , Baker, Stuart J.; Grosslight, Donald P., and
Pace, AldrenM, 3,71 1,750.
Grosslight, Donald P .See—
Huffman, Russell B , Baker, Stuart J.; Grosslight, Donald P.; and
Pace, AldrenM. ,3,7 11, 750
Grossner, Horst: .See—
Stcinbrenner. Hans; Elorus. Hans-Jorg; and Grossner. Horst,
3,711,162.
Groupement Atomique Alsacienne Atlantique G.A.A.A.: See—
Briot, Paul-Mane Henri, 3,71 1,144.
Gruber, Wolfgang: See— ,„ u
Jaworek, Dieter; Gruber, Wolfgang, and Bergmeyer, Hans Ulrich,
3,711,574. ^ . . ^ ^„
Gruenfeld, Norbert, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Derivatives of 5H-
dibcnz(b f )azepine-4-carboxylic acids in a method and compositions
fortreatinginnammation.3,:il,6l2,C1.424-244.000.
Grundman Roeer V , to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com
panyTo'rque transmitting device. 3,710,lo5,Cl 192-46 000.
Griinewald, Gerhard W.; and Hochgesand, Gerhard, to Metall-
cesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft Process for the removal of hydrogen
sulfide and carbon dioxide from fuel gases and synthesis gases
3,7I0,546,CI. 55 42.000.
January 16,1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Grygierczyk. Franciszek; and Falkowski, Zygmunt, to Fabryka Sprzetu
Elcktrotcchnicznego 'Kontakf. Multiple-spindlc arrangement for
tapping holes in small workpicccs. nuts in particular 3,7 1 1 ,2 1 3, CI.
408-43 000.
Gryzlov, Anatoly Grigorievich: .See— .
Turetsky, Lazar Isaakovich; Gryzlov, Anatoly Grigorievich;
Proskurovsky, Filipp Yakovlevich; Lomachenko, Gennady
Nikolaevich;and Ageev, Nikolai Ivanovich, 3,710,821
GTE Sylvania Incorporated: .See-
Mathers, James E ; and Yale, Ramon L., 3,7 1 1 ,418.
Torsch. Charles Edward, 3,7 1 1 ,802
Tulk, Alexander Stuart; Douglas, Alan David; and Ericson, Ivan
L, 3,71 1,205
Wcstlund, Arnold E , Jr ; and Audesse, Emery G., 3,71 1 ,700.
Guaglia, Giovanni Battista: See—
Sturlese, Stefano; Guaglia, Giovanni Battista; and Morello, Bar-
tolomeo, 3,711,201.
Guard Edward J , and Oliver, Robert F., to Go Luggage Corporation.
Knock down lugeage 3, 7 1 0,901, CI. 190-41. OOr.
Gueorguiev. ZdravKO Marinov: .See —
Stoytenev, Stoyteno Grigorov; Stoilov, Gueorgui Kirilov. Tsanev.
Tsani Konstantinov; Gueorguiev, Zdravko Marinov; and
Stoyanov. Gueorgui Yordanov, 3,710,967.
Guerci, Carlo: .See —
Pagella. Elio. and Guerci, Carlo, 3.710,659.
Guerin, Frank: .See —
"" Bunnell. Raymond Howard; and Guerin, Frank, 3.710.779.
Guerrieri, Franco: .See—
Montino. Franco; and Guerrieri. Franco, 3,7 1 1 .274.
Guglcr. Victor F Apparatus for folding dough. 3,710,731. CI. 107-
57.(X)r.
Guglielmetti. Leonardo: See— ^ , ,
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti. Peter; Macder. Erwin; Guglielmetti,
Leonardo, Meyer, Hans Rudolf; and Weber, Kurt, 3,7 1 1 ,472.
Gugliotta, Emanuele .See—
Scarfi, Alberto, Gugliotta, Emanuele, and Giudice, Aldo,
3,711,597
Guidi, Justin J ; and Middlcton, Charles F , Jr . to Digital Security
Systems, Inc. Currency dispenser 3,7 10,976, CI. 221-67.000.
Guidi, Vinicio, to Cantiere Navaltecnica, S.p A Device for hydrofoil
crafts suitable to remove from the beginning the transversal listing
moments. 3,7 10,747, CI. I14-66.50h
Gulenko, Nikolai Nikolaevich: See—
Funberg, Izrail Leibovich; Nikolaev. Petr Petrovich; Gora, Viktor
Epifanovich, Gulenko, Nikolai Nikolaevich, Papko, Viktor
Ivanovich, Rozhkov, Nikolai Alexandrovich, Kats, Elya
Isaevich, and Krutogolov, Grigory Vasilievich, 3,7 10,869.
Gulf Research & Development Company: .See— ^, . „ „
Gilbert, Ronald E , Jamieson, Donald R ; and Clampitt, Bert H.,
3,711,456.
Gulf Research and Development Company: See—
Phillips, Lee V.; and Cahoy, Roger P., 3,71 1,549.
Gummiwcrk Pass & Sohn: See-
Pass, Werner, 3,7 10,530.
Gunthcr, Ewald: See— ... . . ,r ^
Bandel, Kurt, Bartle, Walter. Gunthcr. Ewald, Honegg, Adolf; and
Stahl. Heinz, 3,71 1,155.
Gunther, Klaus; Schneck, Erich; Voigt, Hartmut, and Wesselborg,
Karlheinrich, to Farbwerke Hocchst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Process for the separation of impurities
fromcrudegas. 3,710,545, CI. 55-29.000.
Gurney William A., to Dunlop Holdings Limited. Safety device.
3.71 1,259, CI 48-192.000.
Gutmann. Hugo: .See—
Bollag Werner, Gutmann, Hugo; Hegedus. Balthasar; Kaiser,
Ado, Langemann, Albert; Muller, Marcel; and Zeller, Paul.
3,711,543.
Habecker John W , to Cherry Electrical Products Corporation. Encap-
sulated magnetic proximity switch. 3,71 1 .799, CI. 335-188.000.
Hack, Hclmuth: See— . .. , u .j c t
Schrader, Gerhard, Eue, Ludwig, Hack, Helmuth; Hirane, Seiichi,
Aya, Masahiro, Kishino, Shigeo, and Fukaz.awa, Nobuo,
3,711,582.
Hadcock, Harold E: See- , , r: ■> ntn ai->
Dieffenbacher, George W.;and Hadcock, Harold E 3,710,432.
Hage Carl H, to General Fireproofing Company, The. Drawer divider.
3,7'l0.974, CI 220-22.400.
Hagino.MichiyoshiSee—
Higuchi,Shizuo;andHagino,Michiyoshi, 3,711, 147
Hakanson, Nils L , to Plastic Coating Corporation, The. Web handling
apparatus. 3,7 10,755, CI. 1 18-33 000.
Hakansson, Andres Borje: See— j u u „„
Abelin, Rudolf; Johansson, Nils Soren Lennart; and Hakansson,
Andres Borje, 3.710,678.
Halcon International, Inc.: See-
Hewlett, Colin, and Winnick, Charles N., 3,7 1 1 ,532.
Haldor Frederik Axel Topsoe: See—
Jorgensen, Mogcns Holger, 3,7 1 1 ,426.
Halliburton Company: .See— ,-,.„^^,
Boyd Charles L.;and Roach, James D. 3.710,623.
Hammond, Jack; and Boyd, Charles L., 3,7 10,622.
Keeney, Billy R, 3,71 1,249
Hallock, Robert L Hollow sheet metal nail. 3,710,672, CI. 85-1 1 .000.
Halverson, Paul G ; and loz.zi, Anthony J., to Thomas & Belts. Cor-
poration, mesne. Cable stripping tool. 3,7 1 0.654, CI. 8 1 -9.50r.
Hamac-HansellaGmbH; See-
Toss, Franco, 3.710.543.
Hamano. Toyosaburo: See— . „ .. _
Murakami, Tadashi; Hiromoto, Takeshi; Soejima, Zenzo;
Hamano. Toyosaburo; Hashimoto. Shinsuke; and Shibamoto.
Shingo, 3,710.843.
Hamill, Robert L ; Haney, Michael E., Jr.; and Hoehn, Marvin M . to
Lilly. Eli. and Company Antibiotic A150A. 3.711.605. CI. 424-
122.000. ^ „
Hamilton, Robert S ; Kingsbury, Albert W.; and Anderson, John R . to
Sybron Corporation. Regeneration method for dual beds of ion
exchange resins. 3,71 1,401 .CI. 210-34.000.
Hamilton. Robert W , to Searle, G D , & Co Dialkylaminoalkyl esters
of 6-chloro-l 2,3,4-tetra hydro- 1-naphthaleneacetic acid and delta I
analogs. 3,7 1 1 ,533, CI. 260-469.000.
Hamisch, Paul H., Sr.. to Monarch Marking System Company. The
Re-price marking method and record member. 3,71 1,683, CI. 235-
6l.l2n.
Hamiter. Leon C : See—
Villella, Felminio; and Hamiter. Leon C, 3,7 1 1 .728
Hammer. Clarence Frederick; and Keller. Philip Joseph, to Du Pont de
Nemours, E. I., and Company. Stable aqueous dispersions of
ethylene-aminoalkyi acrylate copolynters 3.711,435, CI. 260-
296hn
Hammer Ivan F . and Hammer. Waldemar Power driven shaper ap-
paratus 3.7 10,833, CI. 144-1 34.00a.
Hammer, Waldemar; See-
Hammer, Ivan E ;and Hammer, Waldemar, 3,710,833.
Hammond, Jack; and Boyd, Charles L , to Halliburton Company.
Viscosity compensated dual rotor turbine flowmeter. 3,710,622. CI.
73-23 1. OOr. , ^ ^
Hammond, Philip G , to Kimberly-Clark Corporation Method and car-
ton for imparting fragrance to carton contents. 3,71 1.024, CI. 239-
55.000.
Hamren,Frcd W..Jr.;.See— ,- . o,
Hills, Richard E.; Adams, John H ; Anderson, Lloyd E , Jr.; Bliss,
Woodrow E , Jr ; Hamren, Fred W., Jr.; Honath, Harry F , and
Murphy, John C ,3,710,582
Hamrick. James Saunders, to Mc Murtrie & Hamrick Enterpnses. Hair
piece hner. 3.7 10,452, CI. 34-95.000.
Hanaas, Torgeir, to Institutet for Mikrovagsteknik Device for an accu-
rate adjustment of two apparatus parts displaceable relatively to
each other. 3.7 10,686, CI 91 -3.000
Hanes, James W E.. Larralde. Edward; and Rimmcr, Michael J, to
Vetco Offshore Industries, Inc. Apparatus for remotely connecting
and disconnecting pipe lines to and from a submerged wellhead
3.7 10,859, CI. 166-600.
Haney, Michael E, Jr.: See— .... ».
Hamill, Robert L ; Haney, Michael E., Jr.; and Hoehn, Marvin M.,
3,71 1,605.
Hanschke, Ernst, and: See-
Fester, Walter,; Hanschke, Ernst, and, and Jakob, Franz,
3,711,447.
Hansen Donald H. Automatic exposure control for controlling photo-
graphic shutter. 3,7 1 1 ,72 1 , CI. 250-2 1 4.00p.
Hansen John V E ; and Hauck, Eldon W , to Norton Company. Ar-
mored ejection seat. 3,710,682, CI. 89-36.007.. ...
Hansen,JosephD : See— -,n-,,J'
Davis, Thomas L; and Hansen, Joseph D, 3,710,716.
Hansen, Ouinten A Self-cooling clutch and brake. 3,710.902, CI. 192-
18.00a. ^. ^
Hanson Ellis P . and Sausele. George J. H . to Compugraphic Corpora-
tion Font strip structure. 3,7 10,707, CI. 95-85.000
Hansson Hans Olof, to.Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson. Sleeve joint
foraluminiumsheathedcabic 3,71 1,628, CI. 174-71. OOr.
Hara, Atsushi; Naganuma, Hisao; and Takai, Akio, to Nippon Kokan
Kabushiki Kaisha. Coupling for milli-wave guiding tube. 3,71 1,126,
CI. 285-116.000.
Hara, Yoshiaki; See—
Shiraki, Hiroshi, Hara, Yoshiaki, and Iguchi, Masaaki, 3,710,810.
Hardtmann, Goetz E. 6-Aryl-imidazo(2,l-a)phthala7.ines. 3,711.481,
CI. 260-250.003.
Hardy, Frederick Edward: See- ^ -,-,,,.., ,
Robson, Peter, and Hardy, Frederick Edward, 3,71 1,413.
Harnden, John D.Jr See— , „• c
Tasca, Dante M ; Harnden, John D., Jr.; and Martzloff, Francois
D, 3,7 1 1.794.
Harnden. John D., Jr , to General Electric Company Switch with surge
protection 3,71 1,668, CI. 200- 1 66.00c.
Harnischfeger Corporation: See-
Moody. John K, 3,710,897.
Harper, Lee R : See—
Chu, Edward, and Harper, Lee R., 3,71 1.445.
Harris. Charles v.: See— ,-,.„.£....
Downing. James W ; and Hams, Charles V., 3,710,644
Harris Dale K.; and Soulier, Louis R.. to Cities Service Company. Bag
hanger. 3.710,559. CI. 55-341.000.
Hart Charles H ; and Cashau. George R . to American Newspaper
Publishers Association Research Institute. Incorporated Apparatus
for separating a bundle of plural sheets. 3.71 1 .084, CI. 270-57 000_
Hartig, Rufus Recovery of hydrogen fluoride. 3,711,596, CI. 423-
Hartley, Ezra D Pumping system. 3,7 11, 222, CI. 41 7-44.000.
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Hasenbalg. Ralph D , to Vector General, Inc Character font generat-
ing system for cathode-ray tube displays, or the like. 3,71 1,849, CI
340-324.00a
Hashimoto, Shinsuke: See—
Murakami. Tadashi; Hiromoto. Takeshi; Soejima, Zenzo;
Hamano, Toyosaburo, Hashimoto, Shinsuke, and Shibamoto,
Shingo, 3,710,843.
Hashimura. Tetsuo; See-—
Takeda. Sadao; Mitsudomc. Kaoru; and Hashimura, Tetsuo.
3.71 1,673.
Hatton, Mark W. C, to Twyford Laboratories Limited Coagulants.
3,7 II. 376. CI 195-62.000.
Hattori.Tadashi: See—
Koyano. Nobushige; Hattori. Tadashi; and Kidowaki, Yoshimasa,
3,711,716.
Hauck,Eldon W.: See-
Hanscn.John V E. , and Hauck, Eldon W, 3,710.682.
Hauptman. Maria: See —
Weber. Karl-Heinz; Zeile, Karl; Danncbcrg, Peter, Giesemann.
Rolf; and Hauptmann. Karl Heinz, 3.71 1,470.
Hauptmann. Karl Heinz: See—
Hemz. Karl; Zeile, Karl; Danneberg, Peter; Giesemann. Rolf; and
Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, 3.7 1 1 ,509
Weber. Karl-Hcinz. Zeile. Karl; Danneberg. Peter; Giesemann.
Rolf, and Hauptmann. Karl Heinz. 3.7 1 1 .470.
Hauptmann. Maria: See—
Heinz. Karl; Zeile. Karl; Danneberg. Peter; Giesemann, Rolf; and
Hauptmann. Karl Heinz, 3,7 1 1 ,509.
Hauser. Ray L , to Hauscr Research and Engineering Co Method of
treating human skin with a composition for electromedical applica-
tions. 3.710.782, CI. 128-2.06C
Hauser Research and Engineering Co : See—
Hauser, Ray L, 3,7 10,782.
Hawker Siddcley Aviation Limited: See—
Cameron-Johnson, Alan, 3,7 1 1 .043.
Hawkins. Robert L Vehicle acceleration and deceleration indicator
3,71 1,828,C1. 340-66 000.
Hawley. Robert L . to Ralston Purina Company. Roll centering method
and apparatus. 3,7 1 1 ,304, CI. 99-360.000.
Hayashi, Isao: See—
Nagano, Toshihiro; Suzuki, Matsuo. Hayashi. Isao. Kato. Takashi,
Mochizuki, Hiroshi; Aoshima, Yasuo, Shibata, Kouji; and
Takahashi, Toshiro. 3,7 1 1 ,3 1 3
Hayashi, Toshihiko: See—
Kuzuya, Takashi; Hayashi. Toshihiko; and Fukaya, Shieeo
3,711,009
Hayashi, Yoshimasa Control svstem for a vehicle air-conditioner
3,7 10.587, CI. 62-230.000.
Hays, Jerry L : See —
Buchholz. Hugh L ; and Hays, Jerry L., 3,710,726.
Haytayan. Harry M See—
Clifford, Paul R ; and Haytayan, Harry M , 3,7 1 1 ,008
Hazard. Richard, and King. John, to Fishons Limited Bis (2-carboxy-
l-thiachromonyland yloxy) compounds. 3.7 10.459. CI. 26-327. 0th
Heap. Vernon, and Rothwell. Eric, to Allied Colloids Manufacturing
Company Limited Textile size 3,71 1.323, CI. 1 17-138 80f
Hebden, Billy, to Silcntnight Limited. Self locking elements
3,71 1,051, CI. 248-188.000
Heckler & KockGmbH 5ff-
Zieglcr, Norbert; and Schefold, Elmar, 3,710.495.
Hede, Nils Erik Allan: See—
Hcllner, Lars Ivar; and Hede, Nils Erik Allan, 3,7 1 1 ,276.
Heehler. Arthur C , and Taylor, George J., to Mercor Corporation
Locomotive warning horn. 3,710,752, CI. 1 16-142. Ofp.
Heerdt, Ruth: See—
Hubner. Manfred, Heerdt, Ruth; Schmidt, Felix Helmut; Stach,
Kurt; and Aumuller, Walter, 3,71 1,564.
Hegar, Gert. to Ciba Gcigy AG Azo dyestuffs containing a
spiropiperazino cyclic ring. 3,71 1, 459, CI. 260-146 OOd.
Hegedus. Balthasar: See —
Bollag. Werner; Gutmann, Hugo; Hegedus, Balthasar; Kaiser.
Ado, Langemann, Albert, Muller, Marcel; and Zellcr, Paul,
3.711.543.
Hcidcmann. Gerrit: See—
Gerholt. Wiilcm.and Heidemann, Gerrit, 3,71 1,124.
Heijnen, Alphonsus Jozephus Cornclus, and Van Oorschot, Hendrikus
W ilhelms Antonius, to US Philips Corporation High-frequency coil
having a synthetic resin base. 3,71 1,805, CI. 336-65.000.
Heimann, Ewald: See—
Novotny. Antonin; Cremer. Gottfried, and Heimann, Ewald.
3,71 1,189.
Hcinemeyer, Ben W See—
Smith. Vernon J ; and Heinemeyer. Ben W., 3.710,616.
Heinrich, Willy, and Strom, Ludwig. to Woma-Apparatebau Wolfgang
Maasbcrg & Co GmbH. Apparatus for the cleaning of conduits and
containers and method of operating same 3,711,026, CI. 239-
227000
Heinroth, Karl-August: See—
Schnegg, Robert, Heinroth, Karl-August; Neumann, Herbert;
Dauscher, Rudi; Ohse, Helmut; and Nickel, Klaus, 3,7 1 0,565
Heinz, Karl; Zeile, Karl, Danneberg, Peter; Giesemann, Rolf; and
Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, deceased (by Hauptmann. Maria), said
Weber, said Zeile, said Danneberg and said Giesemann assors. to
Boehringer Ingelheim G.m.b.H. 5-Phenyl-l H-l,5-bcn7.odiazepine-
2,4-(3,5H)-dlones. 3,71 1, 509, CI. 260-239 30b
Heise, Rudolf, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Circuit arrangement for
connecting a plurality of frequency multiplier stages to a common
fundamental frequency generator 3,71 1, 784, CI. 331-53 000.
Heiser, James L., to Park-Ohio Industries, Inc Checking and sorting
device 3,710,935. CI 209-73 000.
Heitzinger, Kent A Skicr'sbrace 3,710.484, CI. 36-1.500
Hckimian Laboratories, Inc.: See—
Hckimian,NorrisC ,and Kelly, John L, 3,71 1,773.
Hekimian, Norris C , and Kelly, John L., to Hckimian Laboratories,
Inc Phase jitter meter 3,71 1, 773, CI 324-83.00r.
Hcllner, Lars Ivar, and Hede, Nils Erik Allan, to Aktiebolaget Bofors.
Non-magnetic barrel steel. 3,71 1,276, CI. 75- 1 28.00a.
Helmcr, Josef, to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Brake band guide
structure for brake bands in automatic transmission 3,710,643, CI.
74-606 OOr.
Hcndershot, Richard L : See—
Boffcrding, Richard H ; Mead, Frederick C; and Hcndershot,.
Richard L , 3.710,734.
Henderson, Donald LcRoy, to Deere & Company. Hydraulic steering
system 3.7 1 0.689, CI 9 1 -388 000.
Hengclhaupt. Hans-George: .W —
Teichmann, Friedhch. and Hengclhaupt, Hans-George,
3,710,915.
Hcngcr,Gary W : See—
Hentz, Ronald D ; and Hengcr,Gary W., 3,7IO,608f'
Hengcsbach, Robert W Spray device 3,71 1,028. CI. 239-288.500.
Henkel & Cic G m b H Sf*--
Wesscndorf. Richard. 3,7 1 1 ,561 .
Hennart, Claude Stabilized iron chelates and plant treating agents con-
taining the same 3,71 1,525, CI 260-439 (M)r
Hennessy Products, Incorporated: See—
Kirwan,GeorgcB, 3,711,1 18
Henry, Nelson R . to Woodman Company, Inc , The Rotary volumet-
ric dispensing apparatus 3,7 1 0,980, CI 222 64 000
Henry, Ralph E , to Dresser Industries. Inc. Seal assembly 3,71 1,104,
CI. 277-58.000
Hcnschen, Homer Ernst: See—
Carter, Clyde Thomas; and Henschen, Homer Ernst. 3,7 1 1 .8 I 7
Hentz. Ronald D , and Henger, Gary W , to Inland Steel Company
Method for heating unfinished tellurium-containing steel articles be-
fore hot rolling. 3,710,608, CI. 72-38 000
Hentzschcl, Hanspcter, to Texas Instruments, Incorp<irated. Activation
process for electroless nickel plating. 3,7 1 1 .325, CI. 117-21 2.000
Herbstman, Sheldon: See—
Estes. John H ; Herbstman, Sheldon, and Kravitz, Stanley,
3,711,566
Hercules Incorporated: .S*"*'— •
Brack, Karl. 3,71 1,446
Witzel, John, III, 3,711.350
Herman. Alva L , deceased (by Herman, Florence Royce; executrix),
to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company Method of making a
composite structure of an aromatic polyimidc resin and novolak
phenolic resin. 3,71 1. 356. CI. 156-306.000
Herman. Florence Royce: See—
Herman, Alva L, 3,71 1,356.
Hcrr, John H See—
Stauffer, Aaron Z.; Herr, John H.; Lepley, James W , and Zim-
mcrly, James C, 3,710,960
Herschler. Robert John, to Crown Zellerbach Corporation. Composi-
tions for topical application for enhancing tissue penetration of
physiologically active agents with DMSO 3,711,602, CI. 424-
45.000
Herschler, Robert John, to Crown Zellerbach Corporation. Enhancing
tissue penetration of physiologically active steroidal agents with
DMSO 3,7 1 1 ,606, CI. 424-243.000.
Herud, Frank R., to Textron, Inc. Thrust chamber 3.710,572, CI. 60-
204.000.
Hess, Howard V.; See—
Cole, Edward L , and Hess, Howard V., 3,7 1 1 ,400.
Hess, Richard E Light device. 3,71 1,698, CI 240-10 100.
Hesse, Reiner: See —
Engelhardt, Manfred, Fruhstorfer, Wolfgang; Hesse, Reiner;
Dennler, Bernd; and Baumer, Wilhclm, 3,71 1,554
Heusler, Karl; and Woodward, Robert Burns, to Ciba-Geigy Corpora-
tion l-Formyl-2 alpha-(2-acyloxy-2-propyl-mercapto)-3 alpha-N-
acyl-amino-azctidin-4-ones and process for their preparation.
3,71I,464,C1 260-239.00a
Hewitt, Gordon Trent, to Colgate-Palmolive Company. High foaming
antistatic detergent composition 3,71 1,4 1 4, CI. 252-1 18.000.
Hewlett, Colin, and Winnick, Charles N., to Halcon International, Inc.
Preparation of beta-halogenopropionitriles. 3,711,532, CI 260-
465 700.
Hewlett-Packard Company: See—
Osborne, Thomas E , 3,7 1 1 .690
Hezel, William J ; and Neubert, Robert J. Plumbing fittings. 3,711,128,
CI. 285-153.000
Hibbert, Peter G., and Lofland, Jerry C, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I.,
and Company. Rapid drying polyvinyl alcohol color coating process.
3,71 1,321. CI. 117-119.600.
Hideg, Laszio; and Bishop. Irving N., to Ford Motor Company. High
velocity carburetor idle system . 3,7 1 1 ,069, CI. 26 1 -4 1 OOd.
Hidinger, David C. Jr.: See—
January 16. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Uelzmann, Heinz, and Hidinger, David C , Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,466.
Hicstand,JohnH -Sef— ^ , u u
Stout. Thomas M ; Smith, Edward J.; and Hiestand. John H.,
3,711,687. , . ,. L.
Stout, Thomas M ; Smith, Edward J., and Hiestand, John H.,
3,711,688.
Higuchi, Shizuo; and Hagino. Michiyoshi, to Honda Giken Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha Drain apparatus for the body of a car. 3,711,147,
CI. 296-28.00r. , ^ ^
Higuchi, Takeru; and Leeper, Harold M , to Alza Corporation. Drug-
delivery device with stretched, rate-controlling membrane.
3,7 10,795, CI. 128-260.000.
Hikino, Tadashi: Sff— . . , .T ■ j u ..
Wada, Mitsuo, Mikixla, Masanari; Aoki, Masaki; and Hikmo,
Tadashi, 3,71 1,328.
Hilger, Ronald O , to Associated Mills, Inc. Massager. 3,710,785, CI
128-36 000. ^ „
Hill Emmons F , deceased (by Hill. Frank M ; administrator). Rotary
furrowing tool. 3, 7 10,871, CI. 172-122 000.
Hill, Frank M See-
Hill, Emmons F ,3,710,871
Hills Richard E . Adams. John H , Anderson, Lloyd E., Jr.; Bliss.
Woodrow E , Jr , Hamren, Fred W., Jr ; Honath, Harry F., and
■ Murphy, John C . to Pittsburgh-Des Moines Steel Company Unique
subsca storage vessel and unique method of lowering same
3.7I0,82,C1. 61 -46.500.
Hilti Aktiengesellschaft: See —
Imclmann, Wilfried; and Bcnedic, Siegfried, 3,7 1 1,217.
Hindin Fugene, to Ciindy Manufacturing Corporation. Liner arrange-
ment for refrigerated trailers. 3,71 1 ,148, CI. 296- 28 OOm
Hines Robert R . and Culver. Harold, to Textron, Inc Lens blocking
machine 3,7 10,849, CI 164-322 000.
Hippach, Wilburn 1. , to Bliss & Laughlin Industries, Incorporated
Portable extendible crane with work basket. 3,710,893, CI. 182-
2.0(K)
Hirakawa, Koichi: .W— .
Yamashita, Kazuo; Nakamura, Harutoki; and Hirakawa, Koichi,
3,711,807
Hirakawa, Michio: Set-—
Susuki, Rinnosuke; Hoshi, Hiroshi; Saito, Jiro; and Hirakawa,
Michio, 3,711,438
Hirane, Sciichi: .Si-f— .
Schradcr Gerhard; Eue, Ludwig, Hack, Hclmuth; Hiranc. Sciichi,
Aya, Masahiro; Kishino, Shigeo; and Fukazawa, Nobuo.
3.711,582
Hiromoto. Takeshi .^ff—
Murakami. Tadashi, Hiromoto, Takeshi; Soejima. Zenzo;
Himano, Toyosaburo; Hashimoto, Shinsuke; and Shibamoto,
Shingo. 3.710,843.
Hirosc Steel Industrial Co., Ltd.; See—
Inouc, Tamotsu, 3,7 10,578.
Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd See— , ,, , c-rc
Kakefuda. Koiti; Ito. Tatsuo. and Okano, Yasuyuki, 3,71 1 ,575.
Hitachi Electronics Company Limited: .W— °
Kaneko, Yoichi., Fujiwara. Yukinari; Kimura, Katuhiro; and
Kamimura, Masao, 3,71 1,792.
Hitachi, Ltd .Sff-
Doi, Toshio, and Kudo, Mitsuhiro, 3.710,844
Kaneko, Yoichi,; Fuiiwara, Yukinari, Kimura, Katuhiro, and
Kamimura, Masao, 3,71 1,792.
Muta Akinori; Itoda, Gyozo; Noro, Takanobu; and Yamaz.aki,
Chieko, 3,711.585.
Nakamura, Satoshi; and Umcda, Junichi, 3,7 1 1 ,740.
Yamazaki, Eiichi; and Kanai,Hiromi, 3,7 11,734.
Hivert Andre R ; and Galmiche, Philippe M , to OfTice National
d'Etiidcs et de Recherches Aerospatiales (par Abreviation
O N E R A ) Methods for manufacture of sintering thin porous
metallic sheets 3,7 1 1 ,279. CI. 75-222.000
Hobart Manufacturing Company, The; .?<-<•—
Burns, Richard H, 3,710,533.
Hochgesand, Gerhard: .Sff— j ^ u , ■> -itiMiAt.
Grunewald, Gerhard W; and Hochgesand, Gerhard, 3,7 10,546.
Hodgman Manufacturing Company, Inc.: See—
Hodgman.WillisK, Jr. ,3,710,813.
Hodgman, Willis K., Jr , to Hodgman Manufacturing Comoany Inc
Pneumatic fire detection system for deluge valve 3,7 10,8 1 J, ei
137-79.000.
Hoehn, Marvin M: .9??— . ...... »j
Hamill, Robert L.; Hancy. Michael E.. Jr ; and Hoehn. Marvin M ,
Hof Rainer,' to Arn Jung Lockomotivfabrik GmbH. Machine tool.
3,7 10,660, CI. 82-2.00d. TT,,mQ
Hofbaucr, Leo Steering ski for snowmobiles and the like. 3./I i.iuv,
CI. 280-28.000. . ,
Hoff Glenn A Machine for applying liquid coating to articles.
3,710,758, CI. 1 18-63.000. ^ ^^
Hoffman, Joseph K.; and Russell, James P , to Air Products and Chemi-
cals Inc mesne. Telomers of vinyl esters and acetronitrile.
3,7l'l,531, CI 260-465.400.
Hoffman, Kenneth C , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation^ Support
hanger for interior lighting fixture. 3.7 1 1 ,052, CI 248-201 .000.
Hoffman, Ralph. Smkclamp.3,711, 173, CI 312-140.400.
Hoffmann. Rolf, to Didier-Werke AG. Rotary slide closure for liquid
melt containers. 3,7 10,992. CI. 222-554.000.
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.: See—
Bollag Werner; Gutmann, Hugo, Hegedus. Balthasar. Kaiser.
Ado; Langemann. Albert; Muller, Marcel; and Zcller. Paul,
Bunnell, Raymond Howard; and Guerin, Frank, 3,710,779.
Rosen, Perry, 3,71 1,522.
Schmid, Hans; and Zsindely, Janos, 3,71 1 ,553
Hogan Patrick J ; and Bolash, Philip, to Budd Company, The Center-
ing device for a chuck 3,7 1 1 ,1 06, CI 279-1 23.000
Hogue, Charles J , to Whale Enterpnses, Inc. Ball rebounding means
3,7ri,092.CI. 273-26.00a.
Holbert, Marvin L., Jr , to Gray Tool Company. Petroleum well safety
valve. 3,7 10.860, CI. 166-75.000.
Holland. Raymond Prunty, Jr. Kites. 3,71 1. 045. CI. 244-1 53.00r.
Holler. Roger A : See—
Dale, John R , Holler, Roger A , and Goss, Garnet, 3,7 1 1 ,821 .
Hollinger, Paul, to Maryland Cup Corporation Package for fragile
nested articles and method for making same 3,710,931, CI 206-
65 00k
Hollingscad, Robert A.; and Pryor, Clyde Robert, to Hollingsead-Pryor
Enterprise, Inc Avionic tray. 3,7 10,476, CI 29-200.ooj
Hollingscad-Pryor Enterprise, Inc.: See —
Hollingscad, Robert A ; and Pryor, Clyde Robert. 3.7 10,476
Hollingsworth, Alan L. Suspension means for mud flaps. 3.71 1,1 19, CI
Hollowcll, John R Vacuum trash collector 3,710,41 2, CI. T 5-340.000.
Holmberg, Roland Bcngt, and Petersson, Ralf Krister Ebbe, to Kalmar
Verkstadsaktiebtilag Coupling mechanisms for tractor semitrailer
vehicle combinations having connecting means for the electrical,
pncumatical and/or hydraulical service lines from the tutors to the
semitrailers. 3,7 1 1 , 1 22, CI. 280-42 1 .000.
Holmes, Robert W : See- t
Dey, Arabinda N.; and Holmes, Robert W., 3,7 1 1 ,334.
Holobeam, Inc : Sef— *
Schlisser, Gabtir, and Insler, Julius R., 3,7 1 1 ,846
Holtschmidt, Hans: See— *
Zumach, Gerhard; Holtschmidt, Hans; and KuhlS. Engelbert.
3,711,491. «
Honath, Harrv F: .W— , r- . m
Hills Richard E ; Adams, John H.; Anderson, Lloyd»E., Jr.; Bliss.
Woodrow E . Jr ; Hamren. Fred W . Jr ; Honath. J^arry F ; and
Murphy. JohnC .3.710.582
Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Higuchi. Shizuo; and Hagino, Michiyoshi, 3,7J 1,147,
Honegg, Adolf See— » ^ ,- .
Bandel, Kurt, Bartle, Walter; Gunther, Ewald; Hon(%g, Adolf; and
Stahl, Heinz, 3,711,155. ' «
Honevwell Inc.: See —
Medlar, Lewis A, 3,71 1,860. •
Honevwell Information Systems, Inc.: See—
Bloom. DelwinW, 3,71 1,863. |
DahLJamesN ,3.711,693.
Kcfalas, John H ,3,711,838. i
Hoofnaglc Wayne E , to United Slates of America, Army, mesne
Volutcspring'stabilizer. 3,710,715, CI. 102-4.000.
Hook, Edwin O.; and Nichols. Larry D., to MoleculonTlesearch Cor-
poration Process for treating polymeric substrates with high-energy
radiation. 3,71 1,389, CI. 204-159.120. •
Hook Edwin O.; Berbeco, George R ; and Obermaycr^ Arthur S., to
Moieculon Research Corporation N-methylol pho#phazene com-
pounds. 3,71 1, 542, CI. 260-55 l.OOp. ,
HiKiker Chemical Corporation: See— »
Carlson, Richard D, and Dever. James L, 3,7 II, 563.
Maul, James J , Stevens, James E.; and Schendel. Ronald L.,
3.711.562. w u .
Hopping William J , to Champion International Corporation Method
and/or apparatus for continuous production V>f 4-plywood.
3,710,760. CI. 118-227.000. ,
Horton Herbert D Portable automatic pipe testing machine
3,7l6,628.Cl. 73-49 500 *
Hoshi, Hiroshi: 5ef— « . ,, ,
Susuki, Rinnosuke, Hoshi, Hiroshi, Saito, Jiro;^and Hirakawa,
Michio, 3,711,438.
Hoshino, Yoshio; See—
Ito Takuji; and Hoshino, Yoshio, 3,7 1 1 ,429. ;
Hostynek, Juraj J ; and Collins, David J., to Dow Chemical Company.
The Frothing agents for the floatation of ores. 3.710.939, CI. 209-
166.000. „ . , ,
Houseman Paul S , to Bendix Corporation. The. Brake failure warning
system. 3,71 1,827, CI. 340-52.00b.
Howe, Spencer D : See—
Barhydt, Hamilton, and Howe, Spencer D., 3,7 1 1 .046.
Howell, Rubie Nell Little: See—
Cummins, W Wayne, 3,71 1,677.
Howlett,ArthurGeorge Templates. 3,710,447, CI 33-19400a
Huang Ching Yun; and Maeno, Tamostu, to Japan Gas-Chemical
Company, Inc. Process for the preparation of aromatic glycols
3,71 1. 558, CI. 260-61 8.00r.
Hubbcll Franklin R., Ill, to Tenneco 4nc Transverse tumng tube.
3,710,892, CI. 181-54.000.
Hubbuch Theodore N.; Murfree, James A , Jr., Duncan. William A..
Sandlin Billy J.; and Nappier, Henry A , to United States of Amer-
ica Army Hydrazine monopropellant process using a gas generating
bed 3,710,573, CI. 60-218 000.
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Hubner. Manfred; Heerdt, Ruth; Schmidt. Felix Helmut; Stach. Kurt;
and Aumuller. Walter, to Boehringer Mannheim G.m.b.H. Novel sul-
fonylaminopyrimidines and compositions containing them.
3.71 1, 564. CI. 260-256. 50r.
Huffman. Russell B.. Baker. Stuart J.; Grosslight, Donald P.< and Pace,
Aldren M., 1/3 jointly to said Huffman and Baker and 1/3 each to
said Grosslight and Pace Dynamic anhysteretic demagnetization ap-
paratus having pole faces perpendicular to the rotatioal axis.
.3,71 1. 750. CI 317-157 500.
Hughes. Michael James, to Girling Limited. Drum-type brake.
3.710.898. CI. 188-79 5gt.
Hume. Frederick R.; and Seaton, Jack B., to North American Rockwell
Corporation. Radio-frequency power testing equipment. 3.71 1,771,
CI 324-57.00r.
Humphrey, William E., to Optical Research^and Development Cor-
poration. Mirror stabilizer having space referenced motion.
3.71 1.178, CI. 350-16.000.
Hunter. John P.. Jr . and George, Eric, to Oxford Industries. Inc.
System of making waistbands with crimped belt loops, labels and
tickets. 3,710.398.C1. 2-236 000.
Hurst. Fred J . and Crouse. David J., to United States of America.
Atomic Energy Commission. Reductive stripping process for the
recovery of uranium from wet-process phosphoric acid. 3,71 1,591,
CI. 423-10.000.
Hurst. Herbert N. Ossicle replacement prosthesis. 3.710.399, CI. 3-
1.000.
Hurst Performance Inc.: See—
Mc Junkin. Howard P., Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,079.
Hustcd,RoyccHill:5f<-—
Thompson. Richard F.. 3.710.88 1 .
Hutchison. James Moffat: See-
Williamson. David T N ; Hutchison, James Moffat; and Wilson,
Kenneth C, 3,710,466.
Hutchison, Stanley O., to Chevron Research Company. Apparatus for
handling well elements. 3.710.954. CI. 214-2.500.
Huthcins. Thomas B . IV; and Edwards. Miles Lowell. Catheter tip
pressure transducer. 3.7 10. 781, CI. l28-2.05d.
Huttenwerk Oberhausen A.G.; See—
Von Bogdandy, Ludwig; Richter. Helmut; and Forster, Eckerhard.
3,711,277.
Hutton, Larry D.: See-
Morns, Gerald H, Jr. 3,710,392.
Huynh, Chanh ^ee —
Martel, Jacques; and Huynh, Chanh, 3,7 1 1 ,555.
Hwa, Jesse C H., to Stauffer Chemical Company Polymercaptan
modified vinyl halide polymers and blends thereof with vinyl halidc
polymer 3.71 1, 576, CI. 260-899.000.
Hycel, Inc : 5ee—
Moran. John Joseph. 3,7 1 1 ,206.
Hydro Tech Services, Inc.: See-
Arnold, James F, 3,71 1,123.
Hyvtinen, Timo, to Valmet Oy. Ejector mechanism for breakdown
firearms. 3,7 10,494, CI. 42-47.000.
ID. Engineeriftg. Inc.: See-
Martens. Henry J, 3,71 1.848.
Iguchi, Masaaki: See—
Shiraki, Hiroshi, Hara, Yoshiaki;and Iguchi, Masaaki. 3,710,810.
Illinois Tool Works Inc.: See—
Rapata, George M ,3,71 1.145
Imai. Jun: See—
lrikura.Tsutomu;and Imai. Jun. 3.71 1,319
Imelmann, Wilfried; and Bencdic. Siegfried, to Hiiti Aktien-
gesellschaft Drill with a hard metal insert. 3,711,217. CI. 408-
226000.
Imeson, James G , deceased (by Lucas, Joyce Imeson; executrix). Ir-
rigation system. 3,710,818. CI. 137-344.000.
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited: See-
George, Edwin Francis, and Davidson, Alan John, 3.71 1,493.
Robinson, Derek Gilbert, 3,710,462.
Imperial Oil Limited: See-
Jones, Gerald D .3.711,030
Inami, Tetsuzo, and Takizawa, Yoshiyuki, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
and Canon Denshi Kabushiki Kaisha. Core-magnet type instrument
having linear response characteristic 3,7 1 1 ,776, CI. 324- 1 5 1 OOa.
Incentive Research & Development AB: See—
Caspersson, Torbjorn Oskar; and Lomakka, Gosta Mattias,
3,71 1,209.
Industrial Filter & Pump Mfg. Co.: See—
Zievers. James F . 3.71 1,329.
Industriele Onderneming Wavin N.V.: See —
Gerholt, Willem; and Heidemann. Gerrit, 3,71 1,124.
Van Zon,Cornelis, 3,711,232.
Inflat-A-lndustries, Inc.: See —
Cherry, Nancy Rey; and Shackelford, Judith Ann, 3,710,994.
Ingersoll-Rand Companv: See-
Palmer. William E ;'and Jones, William E., 3,710,856.
Seccombe, Robert J , Pyper, Paul M.; and Treible, Edwin S.. Jr.,
3.710,874
Inland Steel Company: See—
Hentz, Ronald D ;and Henger.Gary W., 3,710,608.
Inmont Corporation: See—
Loew, Frederic Christian, 3.71 1 ,439.
Innes, John Edwin, to American Cyanamid Company. Bis-triphen-
ylenes and use in photochromic and luminescent comp<isitions.
3.7II,567,CI. 260-668.00r
Innes, Robert, and Morrison, Ernest Albert, to Roland Trist Controls
Limited. Float operated signalling device. 3,7 10,61 2, CI. 73-1 OOr.
Innes, Robert; and Morrison, Ernest Albert, to Roland Trist Controls
Limited Float operated signalling device 3,710,61 3, CI. 73-1. OOr.
Inoue, Hiroyuki: See—
Tamaru, Hiroshi; and Inoue, Hiroyuki. 3,710,634.
Inoue, Isaburo: See —
Sakamoto, Kenro; Endo, Takaya; Iwama, Masakuni, Inoue, Isabu-
ro; and Takei. Yutaka, 3.7 I 1 .286.
Inoue, Tamotsu. to Hirose Steel Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for con-
structing frame for retaining earth 3.7 10,578, CI 61-41 (H)r
Insler, Julius R : .See—
Schlisser, Gab*u; and Insler. Julius R.. 3.7 1 1 .846.
Institut Elektrosvarki Imcni E. O. Patona Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi
SSR: See-
Raevsky. Georgy Vladimirovich; Biletsky. Semen Mikhailovich;
and Burmenko. Eduard Jurievich. 3,71 1,075.
Institut Elektrosvarki Imeni E.O. Patona Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi
SSRSee-
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich, Alferov, Jury Fcdorovich; Dubinsky.
Rudolf Solomonovich; Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Emelyanenko,
July Georgievich, and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich, 3,71 1,616.
Institut Francais du Petrole dcs Carhurants et Lubrifiants: .See-
Reynard, RemiTindy, Roger, and Daniel, Edmond, 3,71 1,000.
Institute of Gas Technology: .See-
Matthews, Charles W, 3.7 1 1 ,258.
Institutct for Mikrovagsteknik: See —
Hanaas, Torgcir, 3,7 1 0,686.
Instrumentation Specialties Company: .See—
Allington, Robert W , 3,7 1 1 ,779.
Insurance Institute for Highway Safety. The. mesne: .See —
Goodson. Louis H ; and Jacobs, William B., 3,71 1,251.
International Business Machines Corporation. .See —
Aycock. Thomas W ; and Wright. John J . 3,7 1 1 ,428.
Bernardo, Edward T.; Chertxrhak. Joseph (i., and Sipcl, Richard
G, 3.710,479.
Breitenbach. Richard C , Edstrom. Gene H.; and Keffeler. James
R .3.71 1,691.
Cachon.ReneP .3.71 1.081
Conant. Robert K ; and Finke. William H., 3,710,702.
Irwin.JohnW. 3.71 1.844.
Joshi.KailashC .and lee, Franklin F M ,3.71 1.341.
Kroft, John D., Pawletko, Joseph P , Peters, Francis E.; and
Yount, Carl T, 3,711,804
Lawhead, Robert E ; and Steele, William E , 3,7 1 1 .359.
Max. Erhard. and Rogalla. Dietrich. 3,7 10,438.
McMurtry. David Harwood. 3,711.723
International Flavors & Fragrances Inc.: .See—
Mookherjce. Braja D.. Giacini, Christopher; Karoll. Elizabeth A ;
and VtK-k. Manfred H, 3.71 1.482.
International Microwave Corporation: See —
Chasek, Norman E, 3.7 1 1.845.
International Paper Company: See—
Wagers, William O ; Frappicr, Robert H.. McDonald. William S ;
and Boggs, Charles L . 3.7 1 1 ,352.
International Paper Company, mesne: .See-
Lee, Charles A , and Furbeck. Warren R., 3,7 10,536.
International Stretch Prixlucts, Inc.: .See—
Sarmiento, Louis, 3.7 1 0.599.
International Telephone and Telegraph Corptiration: See-
Morgan, Thomas Edward; Kaminski, George Frank; and Mraz,
Francis J. ,3.710,483.
Weinstein, Richard, 3,7 1 1 ,060.
Intcrtechnique S.A.: .See—
Giraud. Pierre, and Rcdon, Michel. 3,7 1 1 ,85 1 .
Inventa AG: See—
Lussi, Heinz; and Torre, Hans Dalla, 3,71 1,465.
lozv.i, Anthony J.: .9ee—
Halverstm, PaulG.; and loz.zi, Anthony J., 3,710,654.
Irie, Namio: See—
Marumo, Nagayuki; and Irie, Namio, 3,710,651.
Irikura. Tstrtomu; and Imai, Jun, to Kyorin Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha.
Coatin^)f particles or powders. 3.7 1 1 ,3 1 9, CI. 1 1 7- 1 00.00a.
Irvin Industries Inc.: .See—
Gavagan, James A., 3,710,426.
Irwin. Henry D One-piece slipper. 3.7 1 0,485. CI. 36- 1 1 .000.
Irwin, Johrt W , to International Business Machines Corporation Up-
datable magnetic records 3,7 1 1 ,844, CI 340- 1 74 I Ob
Ishida, Kazuyuki: .See—
Kamiyama. Akira; Kikuchi, Koichi, and Ishida, Kazuyuki,
3,711,808.
Ishigo, Hideyasu: See—
Niioka, Takeharu; ltoh,Noriji; and Is'iigo, Hideyasu, 3,71 1,657
Ishiguro, Yasuo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu. Automatic diaphragm
control apparatus for image tube. 3,7 1 1 ,644, CI. 1 78-7.920.
Ishii, Masaaki: See—
Yoshikawa, Minoru;and Ishii, Masaaki, 3,71 1,654.
Ishiwata, Mamoru: See—
Yoshida, Kazutaka; and Ishiwata, Mamoru, 3.71 1,312.
Itek Corporation: See—
Berman, Elliot; and Ekman, Carl F W, 3,7 1 1 ,282.
January 16, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
lto,Osamu: See— „, . , /^ ,,, i,
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu; Sakakibara, Shigcru; Ho. Osamu; Waka-
malsu, Hisato. and Kato, Takaaki. 3,7 1 0,630
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu; Sakakibara, Shigcru. Ito, Osamu; and
Wakamatsu. Hisato, 3,710.648. , -r u i
Ito. Takuji. and Hoshino. Yoshio. to Tokyo '"^»'«"»^,"{ technology
Arsonium and stibonium anion exchangers 3,7n,4Z9, Ll. zou-
2 lOe
Ito, Tatsuo: .See— i -711 sis
Kakefuda. Koiti; Ito. Tatsuo; and Okano, Yasuyuki. 3.7 1 1 ,575.
Itoda.Gyozo: See— ^ , ^ , ^ ,.■
Muta Akinori. Itoda, Gyozo; Noro, Takanobu; and Yamazaki,
Chieko, 3,711,585
Itoh, Noriji.See— 7tii<.«:7
Niioka, Takeharu; Itoh, Noriji; and Ishigo. Hideyasu, 3.71 1,657.
Iwama. Masakuni: See— .. , . i u..
Sakamoto. Kenro; Endo, Takaya; Iwama, Masakuni; Inoue, Isabu-
ro, and Takci, Yutaka, 3,7 1 1 ,286.
Iwasawa, Naozumi: See— . . vi _ —^
Watanabc, Tadashi, Murata, Koichiro, Iwasawa, Naozumi. and
Okinaga.Tsuyoshi, 3,71 1,434.
Iwatani&Co ,Ltd.:.See—
Koyano, Nobushige; Hattori. Tadashi; and Kidowaki. Yoshimasa.
3.''1 1.716. ^ , , .,,,, ... „,
1/umi. Shinjiro. Synthetic resin seamless tetrahedron. 3,7U),>41, Li.
53-29.000 ^^ . . . , .
Jach.mowic/. l.udwik. to Cieneral Cable Corporation Moisture block
m sheathed telephone cables. 3.71 1,621. CI 174-23.00r.
Jacob. Ingolf: .See —
Buttner. Gert, and Jacob, Ingolf, 3,710,463.
Jacobs, William B: .See -
CJoodson.LouisH.;andJacobs, William B ,3,711,251.
Jadin Andre, to Glaverbel S.A Apparatus for bending sheet material.
3,7'l 1, 265, CI. 65-287.000.
Jaeger Hannes, and Vcprek, Walter, to Siemens Aktiengesellschatt^
Program-controlled data telecommunication exchange system and
method for priority assignment of operating cycles. 3,71 1,835, CI.
- 340-172.500.
Jaeger, Joseph H : .See -
Rico. Edward H; and Jaeger, Joseph H , 3.710,786.
Jakob. Franz: .See— . ■ 1 u c „
Fester, Walter,, Hanschke, Ernst, and; and Jakob, Franz,
3,711,447. _ ,
Jakob. Hans, to American Safety Equipment Corporation. Dc-ad zone
mechanism for and inertia locking retractor. 3,711.037, LI. ^4.-
107.400.
James, Henry J.: See-
Young, Carter R; and James, Henry J. ,3,7 10, 862
James Varncll L , to Boeing Company, The Pneumatic leading edge
nap'for an aircraft wing 3.71 1,039, CI. 244-44.000.
Jamieson. Donald R .See- .. u .„ u
Gilbert. Ronald E.. Jamieson. Donald R ; and Clampitl. Bert H .
3,711,456. ,
Jangaard. Sverre M., to Campbell Industries Purse ring stripper and
stripping method. 3.7 10.498, CI. 43-4 500.
Jansen George F., to Pantasote Company of New York, Inc , The.
Traysf^'rphotog;aph.cslides.3,710,975,C1.220-31000.
Jansscn, Peter Johannes Hubertus. to U.S. Philips f^^^P"^™.,'^"^'',-
matic contrast control circuit for a television receiver. 3,71 1,636, LI
l78-5.40r
Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute: See- ^ , _, , ,__
Kasamatsu, Tomomichi; and Sakurai. Hiroshi. 3,71 I ,j« /.
Japan Gas-Chemical Company, Inc : See- , .,,, ^^^
Huang, Ching Yun. and Maeno. Tamostu. 3,7 1 1 ,558.
Japan Monopoly Corporation, The: .See- „ i, . ,/ „:„..,„,.
Tamaki Einosuke; Morishita, Isao; Nishida. Ko; Kato, Kunio, and
Matsumoto.Takashi. 3.710.512. ui,„. v.,,„
Tamaki. Einosuke; Kobari. Masao, Miyanowaki, Fumihiro, Kato,
Kunio, Nishida, Ko; and Shimizu, Yukio, 3.7 10.805.
Jarck. Walter Tree harvesting apparatus and method. j,/lu,H:>4. <. 1
Jar'ema' Chest'er P ; and N.cbylski, Leonard M to Ethyl Corporation
Foamed core sandwich construction 3.7 1 1 363. CI 1 61 -161 .000.
Jascalevich,MarioEnrique Thoracic inlet rid retractor. 3,7 1 0,783, Cl.
JasS Joseph. Glareless mirror using relatively rotatable polarizers.
3 71*1 182, CI 350-159.000. . ^ r
Jatteau,'Michel Rene, to North American Philips Co nc_Cw-cu,try for
displaying isodensity lines in an image 3,7 1 1 ,642. CI. I ''^^''""^^
Jaulmes Eric, to Ateliers de la Motobecane Ignition and control
Slcesforfuelburners 3,711,237,0.431-69000
Jaworek, Dieter; Gruber, Wolfgang; and Bcrameyer, Hans Ulrich, to
Boehringer Mannheim G.m.b.H Copofymers of acrylamide.
3,711.574,CI. 260-878.00r. , . ,0
Jeeer Oskar, and Wehrh, Ucli. to Ciba-Geigy Corporation 3-Azo-19-
hydroxy-'< 19-cyclo-a-homo-stcroids and process for their manufac-
ture 3,71 1 ,51 I, CI 260-326.50b nM^.^r
Jensen William T., to Superior Continental Corporation Cable ter-
mmus for encapsulated load coils 3,71 1629 CI. J 74-76.000.
Jerman, Max E. Teaching aid 3,7 10.456, CI. 35-3 1 OOb.
Jemberg, Nils A: See— iTiini«
Tatum, Howard J.; Jernberg, Nils A.; and Braun, John, 3,7 1 1 ,035.
Jet Spray Cooler. Inc.: See— iTinoai
Arzberger. William A.; and La Lumiere, Edward J., 3,7 10,98 1 .
Jetco Electronic Industries, Inc., mesne: See-
Meyer, Charles Paul, Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,755.
Joerns Furniture Company: See-
Peterson, Warren J, 3,710.404
Johannessen. Paul R.. to Megapulse Incorporated Apparatus and
method for radio-frequency pulse generation in tuned radio-frequen-
cv loads 3 71 1,725, CI. 307-108.000.
Johlris^n!Lars. To<,l holding system. 3,71 1.105.C1. 279-l.OOr.
Johansson, Nils SorenLennart: See- . 1 u i „ c,„
Abelin, Rudolf, Johansson, Nils Soren Lennart, and Hakansson,
Andres Borje, 3,710.678.
Johnson & Johnson: .See— ,-,,<, uto
Johnson.Thomas R; and Joiner. Luther K. 3,710,829^
Johnson. Arthur L . to Eastman Kodak Company Metallocene
photoconductors used in electrophotography. 3.711.280, CI 9^-
1 600
Johnson,Glenn W: .See— ■,-,,, na-i
Flanagan. RobertM;andJohnson,GlennW., 3,711,79/^
Johnson. Howard L.. to Caterpillar Tractor <^V'^rn"Jno /^To^*"
clutch booster with supply and exhaust valve 3.710.909, CI 192-
91. OOr.
Johnson, Jack B: See— j «- ^,
Smith Leland E; Johnson, Jack B.; Burks, Kenneth N.; and Cope-
land. Kenneth D, 3.7 1 1 ,837
Johnson. Lyman A: -See— -,T,r.iii«
Borom, Marcus P ; and Johnson. Lyman A.. 3.710,6Z>
Johnson, Marvin M; and Tabler. Donald C. trf Phillips Petroleum
Company Cracking catalyst restoration with antimony compounds
3.71 1.422, CI. 252-414.000.
Johnson, Norman A: See—
Fritz, Thomas W.; Gilbo, Charles F.; and Johnson. Norman A..
3.710,522.
Johnson.Robcrt H: .See— , ■,nnt.h\
Garrett. Jim C ; Johnson. Robert H, and Shclton, Jack. 3.71 1 661
Johnson. Robert L.; Overoye, Kenneth R , and Bhuta. Pravin G . to
TRW Inc Acoustic particle concentration measunng instrument and
methixl.3.710,615,CI. 73-61 OOr.
Johnson. Thomas R ; and Joiner. Luther K to Johnson & Johnson
Liwm take-up mechanism and method. 3.7 10.829. CI. 1 39-304.000
Johnson William H . to Research Corporation. Method for turgor con-
ditioning tobacco. 3,7 10,803,CI. 13 l-140.00p.
Johnsson M K. Olof Method for the production of liquid pig iron or
steel directly of dressed ore. 3.71 1 .275, CI. 75-30.000
Joiner, Luther K: .See— ,-,,ru-iQ
Johnson. Thomas R., and Joiner. Luther K. 3.7 10,829.
Joisten. Siegfried: .See— ithtij
Damsky . Walter. Joisten, Siegfried; and Sajbcn, Janos, ijl\ ,2.<'»
Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation: See—
Dahm.JohnR. 3,71 1.766. d k i 1
Korchynsky. Michael. Bell. John R.; and Cover. Richard J..
Jones. CealH.'^Tube shaping device. 3.7 10.609. CI 72-.392.000.
Jones Ernest Frank, to Esso Research and Engineering Cornpany Rust
preventative compositions containing a ^a" "J'^I,'*' "»P^,7,S",'***=- ''"'^
a natural fatty bodv-polyol ester. 3.71 1,420, CI 252-389 000.
Jones Gerald D , to' Imperial Oil Limited Multi-pattern spraying ap-
paratus. 3,71 1, 030. CI. 239-397.000
Jones John Paul. Jr., to Compuline Corporation Electrolytic timer
delaycapsule. 3,7 1 1, 751, CI. 317-232.000. , . ^^.
Jones Keith L , to Box, Jones, and Label Co.. Limited. Safety cap lor
vials. 3. 7 10,971, CI. 215-9.000.
Jones, Ralph S: .See— , ^ u • a>
Jones! Ralph S . and Stich, Willi L. (said Stich assor to said),
Jones Ralph S, and Stich, Willi L, said Stich assor. to said Jones.
Ralph S Natural performance extended range pick-up device
3 711 619 CI. 84-1.250.
Jones. Russell. Cymbal spmner. 3,7 10,669, CI. 84-402.000.
Jones, William E: .See— -.t,,, ui/.
Palmer, William E., and Jones, William E., 3,7 10,856.
Jones. Woodford F. Air supported structures for fenced areas
Jonison,' Kurt Alfred; and Svanstrom, Elis Kjell Ake Method for
separation of tungsten chloride from a mixture of metal chlorides.
3 711 592, CI. 423-60.000. , , ,
Joosten James K. Material handling vehicle and method of storing
same'3 710 96S, CI 214-515.000.
Jorgenscn, Mogens Holger, to Haldor Frederik Axel Topsoc. Procc«
for preparing a chromium-promoted iron oxide catalyst 3,71 1,4.0,
CI. 252-440.000. ^ „ , ..
Josefsson, Erik Anders Ake, to Stora Kopparbergs Bcrgslags Ak-
tiebolag Method of manufacturing chromium alloyed steel
3,71 1.278, CI. 75-130.500.
Joseph, Hans H: .See— -,-,,na^t.
Meyer. Hans P . and Joseph. Hans H , 3,7 10,956.
Joseph, Robert T See- ,.,,,-,,0
Trechock, Jack; and Sailer, Erik. 3,7 11,3 18 ,0 ,
Joshi Kailash C ; and Lee, Franklin F. M., to liternational Business
Machines Corporation Method of making sintered metal ultrasonic
bonding tips. 3,7 11, 341, CI. 148- 126.000.
Joslyn Mfg and Supply Co.: See-
SwehTa,Raymond J. 3,71 1,818.
Jovslcn Jack F , to Stiefrater, Gerhard W Power stabilizer and
method 3,71 1,1 14, CI 280-1 24.00f^ ,7,0764
Jozlin, Joseph A., to Sevald, William T. Ignition apparatus 3,710,764.
CI. i23-32.0sp
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Judlowc. Stephen B Signal translating circuit for passing very low
frequency information. 3,7 11, 775, CI. 324-l23.00r.
Julian. Percy L Composition of matter with low cholesterol content
and containing wool grease alcohols as major component and
method. 3,711,611. CI 424-358.000.
Kabcl- und Mctallwcrkc Gutchoffnungshuttc Akticngcscllschaft: See—
Ziemck, Gerard; and Nordmann.Gcrt, 3,710,828.
Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu: See—
Ishiguro, Yasuo, 3,7 1 1 ,644.
Makamo,Shiuriyo. 3,710.700.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh: See—
Akiyama, Hideaki; and Ando. Sadanao, 3,7 1 1 ,74 1 .
Koizumi, Yutaka. 3,711,199
Kurasawa.Makoto, 3,71 1,193.
Yamada.lsao,3,71 1.655.
Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho: See—
Kuzuya, Takashi; Hayashi, Toshihiko, and Fukaya, Shigeo,
3,711,009.
Tooka.Takuzo, 3.710,421
Kabushikikaisha Tokyo Keiki: See —
Asada,Hidekazu. 3.710,621
Kacarb Products Corporation, mesne; See—
Orkin. Stanley S ; and Whitfield, Alan A , 3,7 1 1 , 1 7 1 . »
Kahovcova. Kitka: Xfp—
Dolejs, Ladislav; Kahovcova, Kitka; Slama, Karel; and Sorm, Fran-
tisek. 3,71 1,519.
Kaiser. Ado: See—
Bollag, Werner, Gutmann. Hugo; Hegcdus. Balthasar; Kaiser,
Ado, Langemann. Albert. Mullcr. Marcel, and Z.eller. Paul,
3,711,543.
Kaiser, Carl; and Ross. Stephen T., to Smith Kline & French Laborato-
ries. Alpha-am inoalkyl-4-hydroxy- 3 -sulfamoylaminobcnzy I alcohols
3,7I1.545.CI 260-556.00n.
Kaiser. Francis D . to Wcstinghouse Electric Corptiration. Rectifier-
transformer system 3.71 1 .760. CI. 321-5.000.
Kaiser. Lavern L : See—
Wendel, John S; Kaiser, Lavern L.;andGrile. Dwight. 3.710,762.
Kakefuda, Koiti, Ito. Tatsuo. and Okano. Yasuyuki. to Hitachi Chemi-
cal Company. Ltd Three stage emulsion and suspension process for
production of impact resistant thermoplastic resins. 3.71 1.575. CI
260-881000
Kalmar Verkstadsaktiebolag:'Sef —
Holmberg, Roland Bengt, and Petcrsson, Ralf Krister Ebbc,
3,711,122.
Kalning. Frederick E.: See-
Redman. Howard E.; and Kalning. Frederick E , 3.710,955
Kaltmann. Hans-Joachim, to Rheinmetall GmbH Muzzle-brake with a
flash hider for automatic weapons and guns. 3,710,683, CI. 89-
14.00b.
Kameoka, Akio; Nakamura, Shinichi; and Kuriyagawa, Mamoru. to
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd Musical tone signal generator
3,711,620. CI. 84-1.240.
Kamimura. Masao: See—
Kaneko, Yoichi,; Fujiwara, Yukinari, Kimura. Katuhiro, and
Kamimura, Masao, 3,7 1 1 .792.
Kaminski. George Frank: See-
Morgan. Thomas Edward. Kaminski, George Frank, and Mraz.
Francis J. 3.7 10,483
Kamiyama. Akira. Kikuchi. Koichi, and Ishida, Kazuyuki. to Mitsub-
adcnkisasakusho Co. Ltd. Snap operating device. 3,711,808, CI.
337-135.000.
Kamyr Aktiebolag: -See—
Christenson, Per Tyke, 3,7 1 1 ,367.
Kanai. Hiromi; See—
Yamazaki, Eiichi. and Kanai. Hiromi, 3.71 1 ,734
Kaneko, Toyohisa, Sczaki, Nobuhiko, and Katagiri, Hiroshi, to Mat-
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd Pattern scanning system
3.71 1,831. CI. 340-146. 30f
Kaneko, Yoichi.. Fujiwara. Yukinari, Kimura, Katuhiro, and Kamimu-
ra. Masao, to Hitachi. Ltd and Hitachi Electronics Company
Limited Solid state oscillator having semiconductor elements
mounted in a cavity resonator 3,71 1,792, CI 331-96 000
Kansai Paint Company Limited: See—
Watanabe. Tadashi. Murata, Koichiro; Iwasawa, Naozumi; and
Okinaga. Tsuyoshi, 3,7 1 1 .434.
Kaplan. Louis: See —
Sinnott. David J.; Alecci, Donald E; and Kaplan, Louis,
3,710.698.
Kaplan. Murray A , and Granatek, Alphones Peter, to Bristol-Myers
Company Purification of 6-/D-(3-guanyl-l-ureido) phen-
ylacetamido/ penicillanic acis. 3.7 1 1 .47 1 , CI. 260-239. 100.
Kara-Kount Incorporated, mesne: See—
Smith. Leiand E . Johnson, Jack B , Burks, Kenneth N ; and Cope-
land. Kenneth D. 3,7 1 1,837.
Karll. Robert E . and Lee. Richard J., to Standard Oil Company (Indi-
ana) Sulfonamides of high molecular weight alkyl-substitutcd
benzene sulfonic acids and their preparation. 3,711,408, CI. 252-
47 500.
Karoll, Elizabeth A : See-
Mookherjee. Braja D ; Giacini. Christopher; Karoll, Elizabeth A ;
and Vock. Manfred H., 3,7 1 1 .482
Kasamatsu. Tomomichi; and Sakurai. Hiroshi. to Japan Atomic Energy
Research Institute Method for radiation gas phase reactions.
3.71 1. 387. CI. 204-l57.aOh.
Kase. Hiroshi: See—
Nakayama, Kiyoshi, Tanaka, Haruo, and Kase, Hiroshi,
3,711,375.
Kashkooli. Faraj Y: See-
Brand, Warren L , and Kashkooli, Faraj Y., 3,71 1 ,753.
Kaspcr, Werner: See—
Gi>etzc, Walter; Kasper, Werner; Klatt, Gerhard; and Schuiz, Ger-
hard, 3,710,439
Kaspers, Helmut: See—
Buchel. Karl Heinz, Grcwe, Ferdinand; Scheinpfiug. Hans;
Kaspers. Helmut; and Rcgel. Erik, 3,7 I 1 ,502.
Widdig, Arno; Sasse, Klaus; Circwc, Ferdinand; Scheinpfiug. Hans;
Frohberger, Paul-Ernst, and Kaspers, Helmut. 3.7 1 1 ,503
Kutagiri, Hiroshi: See—
Kaneko, Toyohisa, Sezaki. Nobuhiko; and Katagiri, Hiroshi,
3.711.831.
Kato, Kunio: .See—
Tamaki. Einosuke; Morishita. Isao; Nishida, Ko; Kato, Kunio; and
Matsumoto. Takashi. 3.710,512
Tamaki, Einosuke. Kobari. Masao; Miyanowaki. Fumihiro; Kato,
Kunio; Nishida. Ko; and Shimizu, Yukio. 3.7 10,805
Kato, Takaaki: .See—
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigeru, Ito, Osamu, Waka-
matsu, Hisato, and Kato, Takaaki, 3,710,630.
Kato, Takashi: .See —
Nagano. Toshihiro; Suzuki. Matsuo; Hayashi. Isao. Kato. Takashi;
M(Khizuki. Hiroshi; Aoshima. Yasuo. Shihata. Kouji. and
Takahashi. Toshiro, 3.7 1 1 .3 1 3
Kats. Elya Isacvich: .See—
Funbcrg. I/rail Leibovich, Nikolacv, Petr Pctrovich, Gora, Viktor
Epifanovich. Gulcnko, Nikolai Nikolaevich. Papko. Viktor
Ivanovich; Rozhkov, Nikolai Alcxandrovich, Kats. Flya
Isaevich; and Krutogolov. Grigory Vasilicvich, 3.7 10,869
Kautz, Robert Frederick See —
Eckcnfclder. Robert Charles, Kautz, Robert Frederick, and Com-
poly. Albert William. 3.7 1 1 .762
Kavanagh. Arthur J . to American Optical Company, mesne Detecting
systems and the like 3.7 1 1 .722, CI 250-2 16 000
Kawasaki Yuko Kabushiki Kaisha: .See—
Bessho.Michio, 3,7 10.987
Kayen. Samuel L.: .See—
Yonkcrs. George Smilow. and Kayen. Samuel 1. . 3.710.996
Keck. Donald B ; and Schultz. Peter C . to Corning Glass Works.
Method of producing optical waveguide fibers 3.71 1.262. CI 65-
3.000
Kceney. Billy R . to Halliburton Company Method for detecting corro-
sion inhibitor in aqueous acid solutions. 3,71 1.249. CI 23-23<J.OOr
Kefalas. John H . to Honeywell Information Systems, Inc Magnetic
device for domain wall propagation. 3,7 1 1 ,838, CI 340- 1 74 Otf
Keffelcr, James R.: .See—
Brcitcnbach, Richard C; Edstrom, Gene H . and Kcffeler, James
R .3.71 1.691.
Keller. Mclvin R See-
Von Ohain. Hans J P . and Keller. Mclvin R. 3.7 1 1 ,370.
Keller, Philip Joseph .See-
Hammer, Clarence Frederick, and Keller, Philip Joseph,
3.711,435.
Kclling, Leroy U C , to General Electric Company Division with pulse
width modulation. 3.71 1.783. CI 330-86.(K)0.
Kelly, Austin T . to Weston Instruments Digital ohmmeler circuit.
3,71 1,850, CI. 340-347.0nt.
Kelly, John L : See—
Hekimian. NorrisC ; and Kelly, John L, 3,7 1 1 .773.
Kelly Joseph B., to PPG Industries, Inc. Method of drilling glass.
3,7 10,5 16, CI. 51-283 000.
Kelly Marvin F ; and Lambert. John B.. to Fansteel Inc Vanadium-
modified tantalum foil 3.7 10.474. CI. 29-183.000.
Kelly. Robert C . to Upjohn Company. The. Tricyclic lactone alkenc or
alkenynes 3.7 1 1 ,5 1 5, CI 260-343.300
Kelly, Vincent M , and Scudder. John R Erectable building structure.
3.7 10.806. CI 135-4.00r.
Kelso, Jery M.: .See—
Biondi, Phyllis R ; and Kelso, Jery M, 3,710,736.
Kendale Industries. Inc.: .See —
Setelc. William O . 3.7 10.906
Kendall Company, The: .See—
Vida. Julius A ; and Wilber. William R . 3.71 1 ,607
Kendall, Giles A , to Menasco Manufacturing Company. Energy ab-
sorption apparatus. 3,7 1 1 ,080, CI. 267- 1 1 6.000.
Kennel, George Wm.. and Ornstsin, Flushing Gerald, to Dorr-OIiver
Incorporated Centrifugal pump with open type impeller. 3,71 1,218,
CI. 415-1 3 1.000.
Kent Cecil to Creators Limited Decorative plastics strips and motifs.
3,71 1,360, CI 161-44.000.
Keranen John J., to Cutler-Hammer, Inc. Switch having a shock-proof
lighted toggle lever. 3,71 1 .669, CI. 200- 167.00a.
Kereluk Karl, to American Sterilizer Company Microbiological-
scaled sterility controls. 3,7 1 1 ,378, CI. 1 95- 103. 50r.
Kerrigan, Charles M: See— „ , ^ .
Leidy, Harold T ; Kerrigan, Charles M., Tewey, Robert T.. and
Bartenbach, Louis, 3,71 1.291
Keyes, Karl A ; Doing. Park A , and Watkins. Edwin P., to Dayton
Progress Corporation. Die assemblies 3,7 10,666, CI 83-99.000.
Khokhlov. Sergei Fedotovich, Yakovin, Viktor Petrovich; Sysoev, Petr
Ivanovich, and Egorov, Valery Pavlovich. to Severodonetsky Ordena
January 16, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Lenina Khimichesky Kombinat. Foam-type apparatus for carrying
out heat and mass transfer processes. 3,7 11, 070, CI. 261 -7900a.
Kidde. Walter, & Company. Inc.: See —
Freedman. Stuart I . 3,710,895
Kidde. Walter. & Company. Inc . mesne: .See—
Pottorff, Donald R ; and Wright. William E , 3,710,950.
Kidowaki, Yoshimasa See—
Koyano, Nobushige; Hattori, Tadashi; and Kidowaki. Yoshimasa.
3.71 1.716.
Kiel, Othar M., to Esso Production Research Company. Method of
fracturing subterranean formations using oil-in-water emulsions
3,7 10,865. CI. 166-308 000.
Kielczewski. John J Pipe pusher 3.7 1 1 ,064, CI. 254-29.00r
Kierce Thomas A Method and apparatus for heating viscous sugar
s.ilutions. 3,71 1,330. CI. 127-9.000.
Kikuchi, Koichi: .See— .
Kamiyama, Akira; Kikuchi. Koichi; and Ishida, Kazuyuki,
3.711.808.
Kilby Jack S . and Van Tassel, James H , to Texas Instruments, Incor-
porated. Circuit board 3,7 1 1 ,626. CI. 1 74-68.500.
Killmer Donald H.. and Zvonck, Paul P Portable coffer dam and
method of making. 3.7 1 0,579, CI 6 1 -46.000.
Kimberly-Clark Corporation: See-
Burger, William H, 3,71 1,354.
Hammond, Philip G, 3,7 1 1 ,024.
Krakc, Kenneth v., 3,7 10.470.
Kimmcl. J D , and Clark. George M., to Thcrmotics, Inc. Recording
inclinometer. 3,7 10,448, CI. 33-306 000.
Kimura, Katuhiro: .See —
Kaneko, Yoichi,, Fujiwara. Yukinari; Kimura. Katuhiro; and
Kamimura, Masao, 3,71 1,792.
Kimura, Kazuo: .See—
Tanaka. Katsunobu. Kimura. Kazuo, and Yamamoto, Masaki,
3,711.373.
Tanaka, Katsunobu, and Kimura, Kazuo, 3,7 1 1 ,374.
Kimura, Shuji, to Nippon Kogaku K K. Camera with a power-driven
film winding device 3,710,705, CI. 95-31 000.
King, John: See-
Hazard, Richard; and King, John, 3,7 1 0,459
King William M.. to Maxwell Laboratories. Inc High voltage energy
storage capacitor. 3.7 1 1 .746. CI. 3 1 7-258.000.
Kingsbury. Albert W : .See-
Hamilton, Robert S.; Kingsbury, Albert W ; and Anderson, John
R, 3,711.401.
Kinsella. Howard R.; Love. John J ; Smith. Carl A , and Visos. Charles
D to Emerson Electric Co. Gas burner control device with low pres-
sure cutoff 3.7 1 1 .236, CI 43 1 -53 000.
Kipple, Harry P . Price. Charles E; and Leader, Adam M . to
Wcstinghouse Electric Corporation Method of preparing insulated
coil in slotted core. 3.710.437, CI 29-596 000.
Kirby. Charles Raymond: .See—
McCiowan. John; Kirby. Charles Raymond; and Cormi^e. Henry
Daniel Alexander. 3,7 1 1 .254
Kirchner. Frederick K , to Sterling Drug Inc. Anticoccidiosis method
and compositions involving indazolylphenylureas and indazolylphen-
ylthiourcas 3.71 1,610, CI 424-273.000
Kirk, James Rodney: See— ^-,,„c■,.^
Cothran. Samuel Bynum; and Kirk, James Rodney, 3.7 10,539
Kirkwotxl. Creal E Expandable seal gate valve. 3,711,062, CI 251-
172.000.
Kirsch, Jerry Apparatus for vacuum pick-up of porous material
3.7ro.953;Cl. 214-l.Obs.
Kirwan George B . to Hcnncssy Products, Incorporated. Transporta-
tion t'railcr landing gear 3,71 1,1 18, CI 280-150.500.
Kishino. Shigeo: .See— . .. , . ,. c u
Schradcr. Gerhard, Eue, Ludwig, Hack. Helmuth; Hiranc. Sciichi;
Aya, Masahiro, Kishino, Shigeo, and Fukazawa, Nobuo.
3,7l'l,582 , ^
Kishino, Shigeo; Uchihira, Sadao, Kurahashi, Yoshio, and Kumc.
Toyohiko. to Farbcnfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft O-Chloro-
substituted alkyl-s-alkyl-s-benzyl-phosphoro-dithiolates. 3,71 1,580.
CI. 260-963.000.
Kissel, George: See— .
Minushkin, Bertram; Kissel, George; and Sal/ano, Francis J..
3,71 1,394.
Kistler, Laurenz. Girdling system for concrete shuttering. 3,71 1,059.
CI 249-2 19.00r.
Kitahara, Hisao: .See-
Oka, Shunzo, and Kitahara, Hisao, 3,7 1 1 ,8 1 1 .
Kitazawa, Novoru Oiling roller 3,710.469, CI 29-125.000.
Klar Erich, Schmid. Peter, and Schabert. Hans-Peter, to SiemcnyAk
tienpesellschaft Device for determining the neutron fiux distribution
in a nuclear reactor. 3,7 1 1 ,7 1 4, CI. 250-83. 100.
Klatt, Gerhard: See— . o u i /-
Goetze, Walter; Kasper, Werner; Klatt, Gerhard; and Schuiz, Ger-
hard. 3.710.439 , ,, ^
Klaus Irmscher; Cimbollek. Gerhard, Orth. Dieter; Nowak, Herbert,
and Freisberg, Karl-Otto, to Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung. 3-Aryl-benzazines 3,711,478, CI 260-
243.00r. ^ u ^ .J
Klebe. Hans; Lange. Ludwig; and Mang. Gunther, to Deutsche Gold-
und Silber-Scheideanstalt Vormals Roessler Method and apparatus
for emptying large packages. 3,7 10,979, CI. 222-1 .000.
Klinger, Theodore J.; and Wright, John R, to University of Mississippi.
The Optical switching and video devices using organo-substituted
carboranes. 3.711. 180. CI 350-150000.
Klug. Joseph R; See—
Litvinoff. James R.; Evans. David F ; and Klug, Joseph R .
3,710,735.
Kluger, Jacob N., to Xerox Corporation. Labeling machine 3,710,667.
CI 84-203 000
Knapp, Heinrich; and Schwartz, Rcinhard, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH.
Fuel injection system for internal combustion engines. 3,710.769, CI
123-1 19.00r.
Kobari, Masao: .See—
Tamaki, Einosuke; Kobari, Masao; Miyanowaki. Fumihiro; Kato,
Kunio; Nishida, Ko; and Shimizu, Yukio. 3.710.805.
Kobetz. Paul; and Lindsay. Kenneth L.. to Ethyl Corporation Process
for recovering aluminum alkvls of selected molecular weight using
complexes. 3,71 1,535, CI. 260-448.00a.
Koblents, Mark Germanovich; Mitskevich. Gennady Feodosievich;
Polovets, Eduard Jurievich; and Zhevago. Anatoly Fedorovich. Reed
switch. 3,71 1,749. CI. 317-155 000
Koch, Theodore A ; and Eleuterio, Herbert S , to Du Pont de Nemours,
E I and Company Nonsolvent air oxidation of P-xylene
3.7ir,539.CI.260-524.00r
Kocher. Erich J . to Viltcr Manufacturing Corporation Refrigerant
cooled oil system for a rotary screw compressor 3.710.590. CI 62-
468 000
Kochler. Albert T ; Shidelcr. Paul J . and Dohogne. Linus E . to Gcr-
rard. A. J , & Company Method for transferring cotton bales.
3.7ro.710,CI 100-3.000.
Koenig. Karl-Heinz: See—
Osieka. Hans; Koenig, Karl-Hcinz; and Pommcr. Emst-Heinnch.
3.711.614
Kogan. Naum Pinkhusovich; Mchedlov-Pctrosyan. Otar Petrovich. and
Satarin Vladimir Ivanovich Method of prixiucing cement
3.71 1,306, CI. 106-100 000.
Koh-I-Noor Rapidograph. Inc.: .See-
Lorcnz, Ewaldand Soring. Holgar, 3.71 1.861
Kohlmuller. Hans, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Fuel cell battery
3,71 1,333, CI. l36-8600r.
Kohn, Gustavc K : .See—
Kokzina, John W.; Moore. Joseph F . and Kohn. Gustavc K .
3,711,530.
Kohn Gustave K, to Chevron Research Company. N-methyl carba-
mates. 3,71 1 ,536, CI. 260-479 00c
Kohner Bros, Inc.: See—
Stuhbmann, Albert, 3,71 1,102.
Koizumi, Yutaka, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Variable focal length op-
tical system for photocopying machine. 3,71 1,1 99. CI. 355-57.000.
Kokusaku Pulp Industry Co , Ltd., The: See—
Nakano. Junzo, Sumi, Yuichiro; and Nagata. Makoto. 3.711 .366.
Kokzina. John W . Moore. Joseph F ; and Kohn, Gustave K., to
Chevron Research Cormpany N-substituted-N-chlorocycloalkylthio
urea. 3.7 1 1 ,530, CI. 260-453.00r.
Kolbe. William H . and Sagady. Alexander J., to General Motors Cor-
poration Epitrochoidal compressor. 3.71 1, 225, CI 417-440.000.
Kollsman Instrument Corporation: .See—
Amon, Max, and Rosin, Seymour, 3,7 1 1 ,1 84.
Kondo, Tamotu: See—
Usamoto. Tcruyoshi; and Kondo. Tamotu, 3.7 1 1 .454.
Konishiroku Photo Industry Co , Ltd : See-
Sakamoto, Kenro, Endo, Takaya; Iwama, Masakuni; Inouc, Isabu-
ro, and Takci, Yutaka, 3.7 1 1 .286.
Sakurai. Isao. and Okumura. Minoru, 3.71 1,207.
Sato, Shui; Sakazume, Kaiichiro, Sakamoto, Eiichi, and Fujimori.
Noboru, 3,71 1.288.
Koontz Robert D . to EFMC Corporation. Gun mount closure or seal
3,710,681, CI 89-36.001.
Korchynsky, Michael, Bell, John R.; and Cover, Richard J , to Jones &
Laughlin Steel Corporation Corrosion-resisunt high-strength low-
alloy steels 3,71 1,340, CI. 148-36.000
Kovacs Lloyd, to Midland-Ross Corporation Extruding and mixing
equipment. 3.7 1 1 .067. CI. 259-191 .000.
Kovar. Henry L . to Kovar. John R . Mfg Co . Inc Ground engaging
implement ttwth and mounting means therefor. 3,710,872, CI. 172-
707.000.
Kovar, John R., Mfg. Co , Inc.: See—
Kovar, Henry L, 3,710,872. ,
Koyama. YukinoriSee—
Schuman. Gordon A . Jr.; Collins. Raymond W.; and Koyama. Yu-
kinori, 3,710,708.
Koyano, Nobushige; Hattori, Tadashi; and Kidowaki. Yoshimasa. to
Iwatani & Co., Ltd and Precision Cutting Machine Co , Ltd
Photi>electric sensor for line tracing and edge tracing comprising
means for switching photocell between different branches of a brige
circuit 3.7 1 1 .7 16. CI. 250-202.000
Koziol, Joseph S, Jr: -See— ,,_.,- ^
Rempfer Paul S . Robertson, Alan J.; Stevenson, Lloyd E.; and
Koziol. Josephs, Jr., 3,7 1 1,042
Kozma. Otto: See—
Madzsar. George C ; and Kozma, Otto, 3,71 1 ,146
Krabetz, Richard: See— ,^ ^ ,. .
Nonnenmacher, Helmut; Krabetz, Richard; Engelbach. Heinz; and
Zinke-Allmang. Helmut. 3.7 1 1 .540.
Kraftwerk Union Aktiengesellschaft: See—
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16. 1973
Pluschkc, Manfred, 3,711.731.
Krakc. Kenneth V , to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Jacketed press
roll. 3.710,470. CI 29-131.000.
Kramm. Carl H ; and Lee. Roger E . to Wedge-Lock Honing Stone Co
Honing stone apparatus. 3.7 1 1 .260. CI 5 1 -204 000
Kratzer. Walter, to Wiesncr-Hager KG Chair having a back rest and
means for adjusting the inclination thereof 3.710,418, CI. lb-
US 000
Krauthamer. Stanley, to Borg-Warner Corporation. A-C energizing
system with static interrupter 3.71 1. 759. CI 32 114 000.
Kravit/. Stanley: See —
Estes. John H , Herbstman. Sheldon, and Kravitz. Stanle>,
3.711,566.
Estes. John Harold. Kraviiz. Stanley; and Suggitt. Robert M .
3.711.399.
Suggitt, Robert M ; Estes. John H., and Kravitz, Stanley.
3.71 1.425.
Kreuter. Kenneth G.. to Robertshaw Controls Company. Pneumatic
pump construction and method for making the same or the like
3.71 1.226. CI 417-480000.
Kroft. John D . Pawletko. Joseph P , Peters, Francis E., and Yount,
Carl T., to International Business Machines Corporation. Magneti-
cally restorable high speed print hammer. 3.711,804. CI. 335-
266 000
Krukowski. Richard. Smoke meter 3,71 1. 2 10. CI. 356-207.000
Krulls. Gerd E . and Ruth. William H , to General Electric Company.
Brush replacement device. 3.7 10.478. CI. 29-f05.00r
Krumbiegel, Peter; and Schmidt, Heinz, to Deutsche Akademie der
Wisscnschaftcn. Liquid scintillation mixtures containing perdeu-
terized solvent and/or solubility increasing agent. 3.71 1.421. CI.
252-408.000
Krutogolov. Grigory Vasilievich: See —
Funberg, Izrail Leibovich, Nikolaev, Petr Petrovich, Gora. Viktor
Epifanovich. Gulcnko. Nikolai Nikolaevich. Papko. Viktor
Ivanovich; Rozhkov. Nikolai Alexandrovich. Kats. F.lya
Isacvich, and Krutogolov, Grigory Vasilievich. 3.7 10,869
Kryder. Robert Allen, to RCA Corporation. Automatic brightness con-
trol for image intensifier tube. 3.7 1 1 ,720. CI. 250-2 1 3 Ovt.
Kubo, Seitoku, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Hydrualic
control device for automatic transmission. 3.710.649. CI. 74-
753.000.
Kuboko Paint Company. Limited: See—
Nagano, Toshihiro, Suzuki. Matsuo; Hayashi. Isao; Kato, Takashi.
Mochizuki. Hiroshi; Aoshima. Yasuo; Shibata. Kouji; and
Takahashi.Toshiro. 3.71 1.313.
Kuck. Kermit T., to Monarch Machine Tool Company. The Travel
limit mechanism and method. 3,7 1 1 ,2 1 2. CI. 408-3.000.
Kudo. Mitsuhiro: See —
Doi. Toshio; and Kudo. Mitsuhiro. 3.710,844.
Kuglcr. Carl J., to Singer Company, The. Meter volume compensating
mechanism. 3,710.624. CI. 73-233.000.
Kugler, Robert J., to Action Packaging Corporation. Resealable
packaging device. 3.7 1 1 ,01 1 . CI. 229-7.00r.
Kuhle. Engclbcrt: See—
Zumach. Gerhard; Holtschmidt. Hans; and Kuhle. Engclbcrt.
3.711,491
Kuhn, Edmund W., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Electric
disconnect switch having improved operating mechanism.
3,7I1,662.CI. 200-48.00a.
Kuhn. Richard B : See—
Deye. Neil S ; and Kuhn, Richard B, 3,71 1 ,637.
Kuhn. Thomas G ; and Seitz. Neil B.. to Logicon, Inc. Adaptive pulse
code modulation system. 3.711,650. CI 179-I5.0bw.
Kuhnen. Fred: See —
Schelling. Hans-Peter; and Kuhnen. Fred. 3.7 1 1 .477
Kulischenko. Walter, and Callahan, John W , to Pennwalt Corporation
Abradingapparatus. 3,710,515, CI. 51-8.000.
Kulsa, Peter; and Rooney, Clarence S., to Merck & Co.. Inc. Isox-
az.olin-3-yl-substituted-5-nitromidazolcs. 3,711,495, CI 260-
307. OOr.
Kume. Toyohiko: See—
Kishino. Shigco; Uchihira, Sadao; Kurahashi, Yoshio; and Kume,
Toyohiko. 3.71 1,580
Kunz, Hans J : See—
Chu. Bing C . Fischer. David J , and Kunz. Hans J . 3.7 1 1 .073
Kurahashi, Koichiro; Nakada, Masanori; Nishimura, Koichi; and Abe,
Masaaki. to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. Apparatus for
reproducing video information in slow motion. 3.71 1,643. CI. 178-
7 200
Kurahashi, Yoshio: See—
Kishino, Shigco; Uchihira, Sadao; Kurahashi, Yoshio; and Kume,
Toyohiko, 3,711,580.
Kurasawa, Makoto. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Shutter release device
forcinecameras. 3,71 1.193. CI. 352-178.000
Kurio, Noriyuki, to Toyo Kogyo Co., Ltd. Corner seal spring for a ro-
tary piston engine 3.71 1,229, CI. 418-121. 000.
Kuriyagawa, Mamoru: See—
Kameoka, Akio; Nakamura, Shinichi; and Kuriyagawa, Mamoru,
3.71 1.620
Kurschner. Hermann E . and Mahoney, Robert Emmett. to Air Pre-
heater Company. Inc . The Unrestrained rotor 3.710,850, CI 165-
9000.
Kurtz. Peter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengcscllschaft. Process for
the production of 3,4-unsaturated nitriles. 3,711,527, CI. 260-
465 800.
Kushihashi. Akira, and Yamada, Naoyoshi, to Nippon Sheet Glass Co.,
Ltd Glass having semi-transparent col(j|red coating 3,71 1,322, CI.
I I 7- 124.00a.
Kuus, Herbert Electric ski waxcr 3.71 1.678. CI 219-227 000
Kuzuya, Takashi; Hayashi, Toshihiko, and Fukaya, Shigco, to
Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Scisakusho. Apparatus for op-
tionally selecting the thrust force in friction welding. 3.71 1.009, CI.
228-2.000
Kyorin Sciyaku Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Irikura, Tsutomu. and Imai. Jun, 3,71 1,319.
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co . Ltd.: See —
Nakavama. Kivoshi. Tanaka. Haruo; and Kase. Hiroshi,
3.711,375
Tanaka, Katsunobu. Kimura. Kazuo. and Yamamoto, Masaki.
3.711.373
Tanaka. Katsunobu; and Kimura. Kazuo. 3,7 1 1 .374.
La Lumiere, Edward J. See —
Arzberger, William A.; and La Lumiere, Edward J., 3.710,981 .
La Russa, Joseph, to Farrand Optical Co . Inc. Instrument landing ap-
paratus for aircraft 3.7 1 1 .826. CI 340-27 Ona
La Telephonic Industriellc et Commercial Telic: See—
Bloch.Paul. 3.71 1.801.
La Warrc, Robert W , Sr , to Beatrice Foods Co. Snack Uwd produc-
tion. 3,71 1,296.CI 99-80 OOr
Labatt Breweries of Canada Limited: See —
Geiger. Kenneth H and LeMaire. Hubert. 3.71 1.293
Lachowicz. Donald R . Saines. George S . and Fckert, George W.. to
Texaco Inc Motor fuel composition 3.71 1.255. CI 44-66.0(K).
Lacono, V inccnt D : See—
Spano. Leo A . and Lacono. Vincent D . 3.710,395
Laffertv. Gary S.. Sr . to Milwaukee Electric T<h)1 Corporation Loca-
tors for drywall fasteners 3.7 10.832, CI. 144-32 (MX)
Lagstrom, Goran Fmil Method of purifying sewage and waste liquids
and a decocting system for carrying out the method. 3,71 1 ,381 , CI
203-20.000.
L'Air Liquide, Societe Anoyme pour I'E-.tudc et I'Fxploitation des
Procedes Claude, Georges: See —
Zumbrunn, Jean-Pierre, and Crommelynck, Francois, 3.7 1 1 .402.
Lambert. John B : See —
Kelly. Marvin F ; and Lambert. John B . 3.7 10.474
Lamm. Heinz, to Daimler-Benz Aktiengcscllschaft Rotary piston inter-
nal combustitin engine especially of trochoidal construction.
3. 7 10. 5 7 5. CI 60-298 000.
Lamming. Ernest V. Device for measuring coins and wrapping them in
rolls 3.7 10.544. CI. 53-213 000.
Lamy. Jacques Edouard. to Societe Nationalc d'F.tudc et de Construc-
tion de Motcurs d'Aviation. Attenuation of noise from air or gas in-
take ducts, more especially in aircraft jet turbine engines. 3.710,889.
CI. I81-330ha
Land. Edwin H.. to Polaroid Corporation. Motion picture cassette.
3.71 1.192. CI 352-78.00r
l.andis. Elmer J., to Armstrong Cork Company Method of reproduc-
ing wix)d grain surface configurations. 3.7 1 1 ,346. CI. I 56-58 000
Landwcrlin. Michel: See —
Boyer. Marce-Louis, and Landwcrlin. Michel. 3.71 1.003
Lang. Winfried: See—
Bienert. Klaus. Lang, Winfried; and Weidncr. Herbert, 3,7 1 1 ,594
Lange, Ludwig: See—
Klebe, Hans, Lange, Ludwig, and Mang.Gunther, 3,710,979
Langcmann, Albert: See—
Bollag, Werner; Gutmann, Hugo, Hegedus. Balthasar, Kaiser,
Ado; Langcmann, Albert, Muller, Marcel, and Zeller, Paul,
3,711.543
Lanphere, Gerald B . Bart. Seymour H.. and Armstrong, Jack W., to
Lipe-Rollway Corporation. Apparatus for detecting and rejecting
improperly oriented objects. 3.7 1 0.922. CI l98-33.00r. ~
Lard. Edwin W.: See—
Stahly, Eldon E; and Lard, Edwin W., 3,7 1 1 .572
Larraldc. Edward. See—
Hanes. James W. E.; Larraldc, Edward, and Rimmer. Niichael J..
3,710,859
Latash. Jury Vadimovich; See—
Medovar. Boris Izrailevich. Alferov. Jury Fedorovich. Dubinsky.
Rudolf Solomonovich. Latash. Jury Vadimovich; Fmelyanenko,
July Georgievich;and Baglai. Vitaly Mikhailovich. 3.71 1.616.
Lauer. Hubert; and Schleppinghoff. Bernhard. to Erdolchemie
Gesellschaft mit bcschrankter Haftung. Process for stabilizing
dienes 3.71 1.565. CI 260-666 500
Lawhead. Robert E , and Steele. William E , to International Business
Machines Corporation Magnetic card stripe printer 3.71 1.359, CI.
156-583.000.
Lawrence, Christopher John. Marine winch. 3,711,065. CI. 254-
150 OOr.
Lazarus, Stokes S. Aerosol type dispenser. 3,7 10.990. CI 222-402.240.
Leach, Raymond B Hub assembly 3.71 1,1 70, CI. 308-184.000.
Leader. Adam M.: See —
Kipple, Harry P.; Price, Charles E , and Leader, Adam M..
3.710.437.
Leanneret. Jules Machine tool carriages. 3.710.633. CI. 74-107.000.
Lee. Bert J.: See—
Roysc, James F.; and Lee. Bert J.. 3.7 10.480.
Lee. Charles A ; and Furbeck. Warren R., to International Paper Com-
pany, mesne. Method of and an apparatus for automatically com-
pressing and banding a stack of articles. 3.710.536. CI. 53-24.000.
Lee, Franklin F. M.: See—
JANUARY 16.1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Joshi. Kailash C ; and Lee. Franklin F. M., 3.7 1 1 ,341 .
Lee, Kyu Tai. to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company. 2-|Bis(p-
substituted phenyl Imethylenel adamantanc. 3,711,556, CI. 260-
6 13. OOr.
Lee.Richard J : See—
Karll, Robert E ; and Lee. Richard J. 3.7 1 1 .408.
Lee, Roger E.: See —
Kramm, Carl H; and Lee, Roger £.3.711.260. ^. „ ,
I eebrick John R., 1/4 to Coon, Lucille. Process for preparing dialkyl-
' tin compounds. 3,7 1 1 ,524, CI 260-429.700.
Lecper, Harold M : See—
Higuchi. Takeru. and Leeper. Harold M.. 3,7 10,795.
Leeper, Henry P.. Jr , to United Aircraft Corporation. Repair process
for aluminum and magnesium articles. 3.71 1.3 10. CI. 1 17-2.000.
Lees. Nathaniel P. to Singer Company, The. Thread-cutting
mechanism for sewing machines. 3,710. 743. CI. 1 12-252.000.
Lefcort. Malcolm D: Sff—
Vermilion. Everette F ; Seelcy. Eugene B.; and Lefcort. Malcolm
D. 3.711.646
Lefebvre. Henri, to Solvay & Cic. Process for the treatment of the
crude mixture resulting from the preparation of an adiptinitrole by
dimerization. 3,7 1 1.078. CI. 260-465. 80a.
I efort, Marcel, and Robin. Jean, to Rhone-Poulenc S A Polymers with
silylurca units which can by converted into polyurea elastomers.
3.71 1,442, CI. 260-75.0nh
I eger I ucicn, to Glaverbcl S A Surface treatment of glass and similar
materials. 3,7 1 1 ,263, CI 65-3 1 .000.
Lehmann. Claude, and Renk, ERncst, to Ciba-Gcigy Corporation Cer-
tain furazan derivatives in therapeutic compositions and methods.
3,71 1, 609, CI 424-272.000.
l.eidy, Harold T., Kerrigan. Charles M., Tewey, Robert T.; and Bartcn-
bach. Louis, to General Fix>ds Corporation. Juicy sausage analog.
3,711,29I,C1. 99-17 000.
l.ektro-Vend Corporation: See —
Callahan, William H, and Smith, Royal F, 3,710,991.
Lclandais, Gilbert Device for remote-controlled reciprocal emission,
transmission and reception of mechanical information. 3,711,758,
CI 318-675.000.
LeMaire, Hubert: See—
Geiger, Kenneth H and I cMairc, Hubert. 3.71 1.293.
Lemmon. Richard Charles: .See—
Fitzgerald, William Vincent, Jr.; and Lemmon, Richard Charles,
3.711.738.
Lemon. George E. Elastic bandage. 3.710.790. CI. 128-165.000.
Leonard, George Hamlin. Extended-scale indicators. 3,710,751, CI.
116-115.500.
Leonard. Kenneth R . to Cryogenic Engineering Company Low-loss
closed-loop supply system.for transferring liquified gas from a large
container to a small container. 3,7 1 0.584, CI 62-54.000.
Leplcy. James W: .See —
Stauffer. Aaron Z ; Herr. John H ; Lepley. James W ; and Zim-
meriy.JamcsC. 3,710,960.
Lepley, James W Safety enclosure for silos 3,710,986, CI. 222-
185.000.
LeTourneau. R. G., Inc.: See—
Molby, Lloyd A. 3.71 1.121
Leuschner. Udo; and Schubert. Wolf-Dieter, to Siemens-Elcctrogerate
GmbH Electric thru-flow heater for use with coffee machines and
the like 3.71 1 ,681. CI 219-303.000.
Lever Brothers Company: See—
Von Mikusch-Buchberg. Johannes Donatus, 3.71 1.307.
Leverenz. Kenneth H: .See— ,-,,noii
Leverenz. MelvinE, and Leverenz. Kenneth H, 3,710,811
Leverenz Melvin E ; and Leverenz, Kenneth H , to Diamond Crystal
Salt Company Method and apparatus for controlling the salinity of a
solution. 3.710,81 1. CI. 137-5.000.
Levitan. Maurice D: .See— ., nv T-,..it<
Staats, Henry N.;and Levitan, Maurice D . 3,71 1,355.
Levitt Harold O.. to United States Steel Corporation. Outdoor crane.
3.7 10.728. CI. 104-251.000
Lewis, Richard Newton, to Stauffer-Wacker Silicone Corporation. Or-
ganopolysiloxane-polyvinyl chloride blends. 3.711,570, CI 260-
827.000 ^^ , .^ .. ,
Liberti, Frank N.. to General Electric Company Thermal oxidatively
stable polycarbonate composition. 3.71 1. 441, CI. 260-47.0xa.
Licentia Patent- Verwaltungs GmbH: .See—
Maurer. Robert. 3.71 1.780.
LicentiaPatent-Verwaltungs-GmbH: See— . ^. ....
Schickel. Manfred; Sussenbach. Helmut; and Eichhorst. Ingo,
3,711,383.
Liechti, Peter: See— r- /- i i
Sicgrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder. Erwin. Gug lelmetti.
Leonardo. Meyer, Hans Rudolf, and Weber, Kurt. 3,7 1 1 ,472.
Light Leon Henry, to National Research Development Corporation
Doppler shift ultrasonic vascular nowmeter employing energy con-
tent of reflected wave. 3,7 10.792. CI. 128-2 05f.
Lilienfeld. Pedro, and Doyle, Arnol W., to GCA Corporation. Aerosol
particle monitor 3,7 1 1 .707, CI. 250-43. 50d.
Lilly. Eli. and Company: See— . ., ,_ »j ».
Hamill Robert L.; Haney. Michael E., Jr.; and Hoehn, Marvin M.,
3,711.605. ...,,• ,
Lim Koang Eng, to Northern Electric Company Limited. Universal ac-
tiOe lattice network. 3.71 1.730. CI. 307-295.000
Limberger Walter, to Lumoprint Zindler KG. Silver salt diffusion
process. 3.7 1 1 .28 1 . CI. 96-29.00r.
Lincoln, Frank H, Jr.: See— , , , ^
Beal. Philip F . Ill; Lincoln, Frank H.. Jr.; and Babcock, John C.
3.711.528.
Lincoln, Joseph A.: See—
Cullen, Orville E.; and Lincoln. Joseph A. 3.7 1 1 .342.
Lindsay. Kenneth L.: See—
Kobetz, Paul; and Lindsay, KennethFL.. 3,7 1 1 .535.
Lindsay Specialty Products. Limited: See-
van Haltcren. Gerrit, 3,7 10,422.
Linenfelser, Carl J., to Brooklyn Products. Inc. Aerodynamic toy.
3,7 10,505, CI. 46-74.00d. ^ ,
Linn Wallace L , to Mallory, P. R., & Co , Inc. Means for aiding fuel
atomiz.ation. 3.71 1,257, CI. 48-1 SO.OOr.
Lion Fat & Oil Co., Ltd : See—
Susuki, Rinnosuke; Hoshi, Hiroshi; Saito, Jiro; and Hirakawa.
Michio. 3,711.438.
Lipe-Rollway Corporation; See —
Lanphere. Gerald B.. Bart. Seymour H.; and Armstrong, Jack W.,
3,710.922. ~~ .
Lippe. Robert J.: .See—
Tully. Paul R; and Lippe, Robert J, 3,710,510.
Lipson, Menzie: See—
Angliss. Ian Bruce; and Lipson, Menzie. 3.71 1.316.
Little Wonder. Inc : See—
Pfeiffcr. Norman O., 3,710,870.
Litton Systems, Inc : See—
Maughmer. Robert W. 3,7 1 1 ,200
Litvinoff. James R ; Evans. David F.; and Klug, Joseph R.. to American
Hospital Supply Corporation. Table and elevation lock therefor.
3,710.735. CI. 108-146.000.
Livcrsidge. Thomas K ; and Begley, Thomas J. Educational game.
3,7 10,455. CI. 35-22.00a.
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation: See-
Simpson, William E. Jr. 3,7 10,820.
Tucker, John R ; and Williams. Raymond R., 3,7 10,696.
Lockley. Joseph T : See—
Smilek. Norman N.; and Lockley. Joseph T., 3,'? 10.532.
Lockley Manufacturing Co.. Inc.: See—
Smilek. Norman N; and Lockley. Joseph T . 3,7 1 0,532.
Loew Frederic Christian, to Inmont Corporation. Stabilized polyu-
rethane compositions. 3.7 1 1 .439. CI. 260-45. 80n
Lofland. Jerry C: See—
Hibbert.PeterG.;andLofland.JerryC.,3,711.321.
Logerquist. John R Truck for tool box. 3.7 1 1 .1 10, CI. 280-43.240.
Logicon. Inc.: See—
Kuhn. Thomas G; and Seitz. Neil B. 3.7 1 1 .650.
Lohbauer. Kenneth R., to Caterpillar Tractor Company High pressure
relief valve. 3,710.824. CI. 137-596.000.
Lohr Thomas E . to Allied Chemical Corporation. Pyrotechnic gas
generator. 3,71 1 .1 1 5. CI. 280-150.0ab.
Lomachenko. Gennadv Nikolaevich; See— • .
Turctsky. Lazar' Isaakovich; Gryzlov. Anatoly Grigorievich;
Proskurovsky. Filipp Yakovlevich; Lomachenko, Gennady
Nikolaevich; and Agcev, Nikolai Ivanovich. 3.710.821 .
Lomakka.GostaMattias: See—
Caspersson. Torbjom Oskar; and Lomakka. Gosta Mattias.
3.71 1.209. ^.^ ^
Lombardino. Joseph G.. to Pfizer Inc Certain 8.9-dihydro-
(3478 Icyclooctal 1 .2-d 1 imidazoles. 3.7 1 1 .489. CI 260-296.0i5p
Long. Arthur H ; and Seidel. Joseph, to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration Method for optimizing the making of a laminated fibrous
strip. 3.710.430. CI 29-419.000
Loomis. Peter B: .See—
Donlon. Richard H.; Close. David E ; and Loomis. Peter B..
3,710,724.
Lopes Rosario. to Temo Incorporated. Mobile home skirting
3,7 1'0.525, CI. 52-169.000.
Lorenz. Ewald; and Soring. Holgar. to Koh-I-Noor Rapidograph. Inc.
Tube writing pen. particularly for automatic drawing machines
3.71 1,861. CI. 346-140.000. ' , ^^
Lorcnzen Walter C , to Anz.en Products. Inc. Multiple solutes additive
apparatus. 3,7 10,8 17. CI. 137-268.000.
Losch. Heinz; and Mecklenbrauck. Heinrich. to Gewerkschaft Eisen-
hutte Wcstfalia. Apparatus for extracting and transferring matenals.
3.710.963. CI. 214-17.00d.
Love. John J: See— „ . .^ ^ , . j ,,■
Kinsella. Howard R ; Love, John J.; Smith. Carl A.; and Visos,
Charles D ,3.711,236.
Lowe, Warren, to Chevron Research Company Lubricating oil con-
taining an hydroxylated amine and an overbased sulfonate or
phenate. 3,71 1.406. CI. 252-33.400.
Lowey. Francis J.; and Gerding, John E., to Fnction Products, Co.
Rivetless friction pad for aircraft brakes. 3,710,914. CI. 192-
I07.00r. ^„ . .
Lowy, Lawrence; and Wurtz. William O. Method fdr filling pressurized
packages and aerosol dispensers. 3,7 10.538, CI. 53-22. OOr
Lubrano. Claude, to Compagnie Industriellc des Telecommunications.
Receiver for data transmission. 3,71 1. 829, CI. 340- 146. lax.
Lucas. Joyce Imeson: See—
Imeson, James G. 3.710.818.
Lucerne Products. Inc.: See—
Sahrbacker. Edward V, 3.71 1.666. r- ^ ^
Luksas Anthony J ; and Williams. Wilmore. to Beatrice Foods Co.
Production of soy sauce. 3.7 1 1 .303. CI. 99-145.000.
Lummus Company. The: See—
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16. 1973
Summcrville, Robert N. 3,7 1 1 ,544.
Lumoprint Zindler KG: See—
Limbergcr. Waller. 3.711,281.
Lussi. Heinz, and Torre, Hans Dalla. to Invcnta AG Process for the
preparation on N-alkyllactams having at least 10 ring members.
3,71 1,465. CI 260-239. 30r.
Luton, James N . Jr.. to United States of America, Atomic Energy
Commission Passive energy dump for superconducting coil protec-
tion 3.71 1.744. CI 317-13 OOd.
Lyda. Samuel J Fluid-flow fuse. 3.710.822. CI. 137-549.000.
Lvde. Derek Martin Electrodeposition of nickel 3.71 1.384. CI 204-
'49.000.
Lyncss. Warren I.. Amel, Ronald T.; and Booth, Gary E. Heterocyclic
nitrogen- and sulfur-containing optical brightcncr compounds and
detergents and bleach compositions containing same. 3.7 1 1 ,474, CI.
260-2400ca
M & W Gear Companv: See—
Rathbun.Charles'H ,3.710,449
MacDonald, Howard R; Sff—
Tontini, Rcmo, Millman, Victor; and MacDonald, Howard R .
3.711.013
Macgregor, Douglas J. H.: See—
Bornor. Brian J , and Macgregor, Douglas J. H, 3,710,458.
.Machek, John A., to Wagner Electric Corporation. Anti-rattle device
for a disc brake. 3,710.896,C1. 188-73.500.
MacKay. Patrick W .W-
Celada. Juan; and MacKay. Patrick W.. 3,7 10.808
.MacMillan Bloedel Limited See—
Admiraal, Lambertus, 3,71 1 ,674.
Maddocks, Gerald E , to Fram Corporation Air cleaner. 3,710,560.
CI. 55-419 000.
Madzsar. George C; and Kozma. Otto, to White Motor Corporation
Streamlined vehicle connguration. 3,71 1, 146, CI 296-LOOs.
Macda Industries, Ltd.: See —
Ozaki.Nobuo, 3.710.636.
Macder. Erwin; See—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter, Maeder, Erwin, Gugliclmetti,
Leonardo, Meyer, Hans Rudolf, and Weber, Kurt, 3,7 1 1 ,472
Maeno,Tamostu: .See-
Huang. Ching Yun; and Maeno, Tamostu, 3,7 1 1 ,558.
Magerlc. Karl, to Fubmatic Inter AG. Machine for producing hollow
bodies of plastics material 3,71 1,230, CI. 425-126.000.
Magic Circle Corporation, The: See-
Garrison, William E. 3.7 1 1 .2 1 I
Magic Mold. Inc.: -See—
Bienenfeld, Myron, 3,7 10,801 .
Mahoney, Robert Emmett: See —
Kurschner, Hermann E ; and Mahoney, Robert Emmett,
3,710,850.
Maier. Ludwig. to Monsanto Company Nitrilo(ethylenephosphonic
acid esters). 3.71 1.577. CI. 260-932 000.
Mak-Kraft Creations. Inc.: See—
Weidner. Urban A. and Charlich. Nicholas, 3,710,403.
Makamo, Shiuriyo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu. Electronically con-
trolled shutter. 3 ,7 1 0.700, CI. 95-1 O.Oce.
Malcv. William B . toTechlite. Inc Lighting control circuit 3.71 1.739.
CI 315-82 000.
Mallory. P R . & Co Inc See-
Dey, Arabinda N.; and Holmes. Robert W., 3,7 1 1 ,334.
Linn, Wallace L, 3,71 1 ,257.
Mandrel Industries, Inc.: 5ee—
Birchall, Thomas D; and Powell. Johnnie L , 3,710,753.
Mang.Gunther See—
KIcbe. Hans; Lange. Ludwig; and Mang.Gunther, 3.710.979
Mann, Henry, Inc.: 5ee—
Cusato, Anthony J .3,710.657.
Manyik. Robert M.. and Walker, Wellington E., to Union Carbide Cor-
poration Synthesis of octadienyl esters. 3.71 1,534. CI. 260-475. 50n.
Marathon Oil Company: .See —
VerSteeg. David J ,3.710.861.
Maraulja. Matthew D : .See-
Atkins. Cedric D , Attaway. John A., and Maraulja, Matthew D ,
■3,71 1,294.
Marceau, Rene Front wheel steering assembly 3,710,882, CI. 180-
9 380.
Mardcrian, Alex S : 5ee—
Dcmas, Nicholas L , Fabian, George J , Marderian, Alex S ; Minn.
Sherman L ; Wack, John M.; Waxman. Herbert I ; and Wcckcr,
Edwin W, 3,710,722.
Margavc. John L ; Bautista. Renato G.; Ficalora. Peter J.; and
Badachhape. Ramachandra B . to R. I Patents, Inc Chemical
method for producing diamonds and fluorinated diamonds
3,71 1,595, CI 423-446.000
Marhold, Werner, to Sterigard Corporation. Apparatus for attaching a
nexible bag to a container body 3.710,693, CI. 93-36.010.
Maringer, Robert E See —
Mobley. Carroll E . and Maringer, Robert E., 3,710,842
Maringulov, Konstantin Avraamovich Device for electrical connec-
tion of electric and electronic components and method of its manu-
facture. 3,71 1,627, CI. 174-68.500.
Marker, Hannes Lockable ski carrier for motor vehicles. 3.710,998.
CI 214-42 I Of
Marley Mend-More, Inc.: See—
Marley, Michael A, 3,710,593.
Marley, Michael A., to Marley Mend-More, Inc. Apparatus for mend-
ing knitted fabrics. 3,7 1 0,593 . CI. 66- 1 OOr.
Marlin Toy Products, Inc.: See—
Thornell, Ernest L ,3,710,506
Marotta, Ralph, to Monsanto Company. Process for preparing silica
aquasols 3,7 I 1 .4 1 9, CI 252-3 I 3 000
Marsan, Mario S , to Procter & Gamble Company, The Disposable
diaper. 3,7 10.797. CI 128-284 000
Martcl. Jacques; and Huynh, Chanh, to Roussel-Uclaf. Aryl allyl sul-
fones. 3,71 1.555, CI. 260-607. 50a.
Martelli. Mario. Reed switches 3.71 1. 795. CI. 335-151 000.
Martens. Henry J., to ID Engineering. Inc Method of and apparatus
for the detection of stolen articles 3.71 1.848. CI. 340-280,000.
Martin, Paul A.: .See-
Van Sice, David P , and Martin, Paul A . 3.7 10,668.
Martin, Richard H., to Olin Corporation Vapor phase process for
preparing aromatic isothiocyanates. 3,71 1,526, CI. 260-454.000.
Martin-Marietta Corporation: .See—
Casadevall. James I. .3.71 1,361
Martinez. Miguel. Air conditioner with disposable air filter. 3,710,588,
CI. 62-3 17.0(H)
Martinsons, Aleksandrs, to PPCi Industries, Inc. Electrode and prtKCSs
for making same 3,71 1, 397, CI 204-290.00f.
Martzloff, Francois D.: .See—
Tasca. Dante M ; Harnden. John D . Jr ; and Martzloff, Francois
D.,3,71 1,794
Marumo, Nagayuki, and Inc. Namio. to Nissan Motor Company,
Limited. Line pressure regulating system for automatic power trans-
mission 3. 7 1 0.65 I. CI 74-864 0(H)'
Marx, Thomas O , to Atwcnid Vacuum Machine Company. Heavy duty
scat adjuster 3,71 1.057, CI 248-430 000
Maryland Cup Corporation: See—
Hollingcr, Paul, 3,7 10,93 L
Mashimo, Yukio: .See —
Takishima. Yoshiyuki; and Mashimo. Yukio. 3.710,701
Masuyama, Isao Clockwork movement support 3,710,566, CI. 58-
52.(H)r.
Maters, Jan, to Blom & Maters Machinefabriek N.V Self-arranging
conveyor 3,7 10,9 1 9, CI 198-30 ()(H)
Mathers, James F ; and Yale. Ramon 1. to GTE Sylvania Incor-
porated Rare earth oxide phosphors 3,71 1,4 1 8, CI 252-301 4()r
Matheson, Neil. Apparatus for confining a floatable liquid. 3,710,577.
CI 61-l.OOf.
Mathewson Corporation: .See-
Redman. Howard F ; ami Kalning, Frederick E., 3,710,955.
Matsumoto, Takashi: .See—
Tamaki. Einosukc, Morishita, Isao; Nishida, Ko; Kato, Kunio, and
Matsumoto. Takashi. 3,7 10,5 1 2
Matsumura. Teiji: .See—
Sagane. Norio. Nakata. Shinsaku; Ueda, Hiroshi; and Matsumura,
Teiji, 3.711.584
Matsumura, Yoshihiko: .See —
Asogawa, Tatsuo; Matsumura, Yoshihiko, Satani, Fiji; Wada,
Shyozo; and Funakoshi, Yoshiro, 3,71 1,301.
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd : .See—
Kaneko. Toyohisa. Sezaki. Nobuhiko; and Katagiri, Hiroshi,
3,711,831.
Oka, Shunzo;and Kitahara, Hisao, 3,71 1,8 II.
Wada, Mitsuo; Mikoda, Masanari, Aoki, Masaki; and Hikino,
Tadashi,3,71l,328
Matter. Max. and Michel. Karl, to Akticbolaget Bofors. 4-Acylamino-
1.2.4-triazole derivatives. 3.71 1,496, CI 260-3()8.00r
Matthews, Charles W , to Institute of Gas Technology. Method of
transporting natural gas 3,7 1 1 ,258, CM8- 1 90 OOr
Matthews, Russell H , to Elco Corporation Square pin receptacles em-
ploying channel contacts 3,71 1,819, CI 339-192 OOr
Matulich, Dan S., to Garrett Corporation, The Automatic interface
control system 3.7 1 1 ,044, CI 244- 1 1 8.(H)p
Maudlin, Wendell E., to Borg-Warner Corpt)ration. Refrigeration
system with fluid transformer for controlling refrigerant flow.
3. 710.586, CI 62-216.000.
Maudlin, Wendell E.. to Borg-Warner Corporation. Fluid powered ex-
pansion engine 3.71 1,224,CI. 417-344 000.
Maughmer, Robert W., to Litton Systems, Inc. Multiple-scnstir laser
velocimeter 3,71 1,200, CI. 356-28.000.
Maul, James J., Stevens, James E , and Schendel, Ronald L., to Hooker
Chemical Corporation. Process for preparing brominatcd styrene
halocyclopentadiene compounds. 3,71 1, 562, CI. 260-649. OOr.
Maulding, Donald Roy, to American Cyanamid Company. Chcmilu-
mincscent reaction of substituted vinylene carbonates with hydrogen
peroxide in the presence of a fluorescer. 3,711,415, CI 252-
188.300.
Maurer, Robert, to Licentia Patcnt-VerwaltungsG.m.b.H. Nonrecipro-
cal reactance amplifier arrangement. 3,7 1 1 .780. CI. 330-4.500.
Mawhinney, Robert C , to MB Associates. High energy minimum
lethality weapon system 3,7 10,720, CI. 102-42 00c.
Max, Erhard; and Rogalla, Dietrich, to International Business
Machines Corporation Method for making magnetic thin film heads
with magnetic anisotropy 3,7 1 0,438, CI. 29-603.000.
Maxwell Laboratories, Inc.: See-
King, William M, 3,71 1,746.
May, Arnold, to Tcves-Thompson GmbH. Rotary device for elements
subjected to axial movement, particularly for valves in internal com-
bustion engines. 3.7 10.768. CI. 1 23-90.300.
January 16.1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Mayer. Cornelius, to Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle AG.
Rocket projector magazines 3,7 1 0.677, CI. 89- 1 .800.
Maytag Company, The .See—
Smith, Thomas R, 3,710,910.
Mazzei, Alessandro: -See-
Cucinclla, Salvatore; and Mazzei, Alessandro, 3,7 1 1 ,455.
Mazzotti Peter Charles, to Streeters Plant Hire Limited. Tunnelling
machines 3,71 1 ,159, CI. 299-33.000.
MB Associates: See—
Mawhinney, Robert C, 3,710,720.
McGlynn, Walter J Shoulder strap retainer. 3.710.391 .CI. 2-2.000.
Mc Junkin. Howard P . Jr . to Hurst Performance Inc Stabilizing
means for spring-mounted chassis of wheeled vehicles. 3,71 1,079,
CI 267-1 OOr
Mc 1 aren, Richard H Method and device for locating a foreign body in
human eye 3.7 1 1 ,7 1 2. CI. 250-59.000.
Mc Mahon. Matthew A . to Texaco Inc. Process of producmg ortho-
aminophcnol 3.71 1.551. CI 260-575.000.
Mc Murtrie & Hamrick Enterprises: .See—
Hamrick. James Saunders. 3,710.452.
McCaughey. William S , to Bunker-Ramo Corporation. The. Wire ter-
minal crimping tool. 3.710,610. CI 72-410.000
McClure John W , to Avco Corporation. Air dynamometer having
water injection spray nozzles. 3,7 1 0,61 9, CI. 73- 1 34.000.
McConnell, John R Automatic fusion welder for structural steel mem-
bers 3.71 1.010. CI. 228-4000.
McCord Corporation: See-
Tucker. Thomas M, 3,710,632.
McCord, Kenneth J. Portable, mechanical lasso training apparatus
3,71 1,098, CI. 273-105.200.
McDonald, Ian Barry, to Cammell Laird & Company (Shipbuilders &
Engineers, Limited). Buoyancy lifting devices. 3,710,746, CI. 114-
I6(K)e
McDonald. William S.: See-
Wagers. William O . Frappier. Robert H ; McDonald. William S .
and Boggs. Charles L , 3,7 1 1 .352
McDonnell Douglas Corporation .See —
Downing. James W . and Harris, Charles V, 3,7 1 0,644.
Smatko. Joseph S., 3,7 1 1 ,336.
McElwain. Merle G , and Miller, Kenneth J , to Caterpillar Tractor
Company Method of manufacturing a heat exchanger. 3,710,473,
CI. 29-157 30r
McFalls, Richard J , to Cluett, Peahody & Co Method and apparatus
for automatic cape joining. 3,710,741 , CI. 1 12-121 150.
McGowan, Eugene V .See —
Cihirardi. Paul S . and McGowan, Eugene V., 3,71 1,633.
McGowan, John; Kirhy, Charles Raymond; and Cormode, Henry
Daniel Alexander, to Cominco Ltd. Potash granulation 3.71 1.254,
CI 23-3 13 000
McGrath,John E , Jr : .See—
Eraser, Richard J , and McGrath, John E, Jr., 3,710.697.
Mchedlov-Petrosyan, Otar Petrovich: .See—
Kogan. Naum Pinkhusovich; Mchedlov-Petrosyan. Otar
Petrovich. and Satarin. Vladimir Ivanovich. 3,711 ,306.
McKee, Henry O.: See-
Fowler, Aubrey A , Jr , and McKee, Henry O., 3,71 1 ,58 1
McKenzie, Malcolm S., to Sandmaster Company. Dual element air
filter. 3,710,562, CI. 55-487.000.
McKinlcv, Harry R Catadioptric telescope. 3,711,185, CI. 350-
201 odo.
McLaren, Edwin C. Game piece. 3.7 10.508. CI. 46- 1 54.000.
McMillin.BertM :.See-
Gremillion. Gerard S., and McMillin. Bert M.. 3.710.472.
McMurtry. David Harwood, to International Business Machines Cor-
poration. Optical system for optical fiber bundle scanning apparatus.
3.71 1.723. CI. 250-219O0d.
McNamara, John Owen, Jr Method of forming building units and as-
sembling same with lateral displacement. 3,710,534, CI. 52-745.000.
McVey, Irvin M . and Olson, Norman L , to Xerox Corporation,
mesne Cathode ray display systems. 3,71 1. 737. CI. 315-18.000.
Mead. Frederick C: .See—
Boffcrding, Richard H ; Mead, Frederick C; and Hendershot,
Richard L .3,710,734.
Mecklcnbrauck, Heinrich .See—
Losch, Heinz, and Mecklcnbrauck. Heinrich. 3.710.963.
Medidvnc. Inc.: See—
Rabjohn. Rodney R., 3.7 10.787.
Medkcff, Arthur TSee-
Nye, Norman H , and Medkeff, Arthur T, 3.7 1 1 .589
Medlar, Lewis A , to Honeywell Inc High speed recording apparatus.
3,711,860,CI. 346-74.00S.
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Alferov, Jury Fedorovich; Dubinsky, Ru-
dolf Solomonovich; Latash, Jury Vadimovich; Emelyanenko, July
Georgicvich; and Baglai, Vilaly Mikhailovich, to Institut Elek-
trosvarki Imeni E O. Patona Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR. Elec-
trod holder, for instance, for an electroslag plant 3,71 1,616, CI. 13-
16000.
Megapulse Incorporated: See—
Johannessen, Paul R, 3,71 1 .725.
Mellor. Eli K Portable apparatus for operating or simulating operation
of artificial kidneys or the like. 3,7 1 0,454, CI 35- 1 7 000.
Menasco Manufacturing Company: See-
Kendall, Giles A, 3,71 1,080.
Mennekes, Werner; and Weinhold. Heinz Mineral winning machines
3,71 1.1 60, CI. 299-43 000.
Merck & Co , Inc.: See-
Campbell, William C, 3,7 1 1 ,608.
Christy, MarciaE ,3,711,518.
Kulsa, Peter; and Rcwney, Clarence S., 3,7 1 1 ,495.
Merck. E , AG: .See—
Engelhardt, Manfred; Fruhstorfer, Wolfgang, Hesse. Reiner.
Dcnnler, Bernd, and Baumer. Wilhelm. 3.7 1 1 ,554.
Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See-
Brand. Dieter; and Esselbom. Reiner. 3,7 1 1 ,308.
Klaus, Irmscher; Cimboliek, Gerhard, Orth, Dieter; Nowak, Her-
bert; and Frcisbcrg, Karl-Otto, 3,7 1 1 ,478
Mercia, Anthony, to Amerola Products Corporation. Body restraining
means. 3,7 1 1 ,1 54, CI. 297-385 000
Mercor Corporation: .See —
Hcehler, Arthur C; and Taylor, George J , 3,7 1 0,752.
Merger, Franz, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengescllschaft
Production of 3,3-disubstituted /3-lactams 3,711,469, CI 260-
239.00a.
Merit Abrasive Products, Inc.: See-
Burns, Russell W, 3,71 1 ,261
Merriman, Inc.: See—
Wayson, Andrew J., 3,71 1,166.
Mcrshon Company: .See—
Pachmayr. Frank A , Farrar, Jack R; and Gerick, John,
3,7101496.
Mertzweiller, Joseph K , and Tcnney, Horace M., to Esso Research and
Engineering Companv Hvdrogenation of organic compounds.
3,71 1, 423, CI. 252-43 1'.OOO.'
Messenger, Joseph U.: See-
Webster, William W.,and Messenger, Joseph U, 3.710.863.
Mctallgcscllschaft Aktiengescllschaft: .See—
Grunewald, Gerhard W . and Hochgesand, Gerhard, 3,710.546.
Meter Research Limited: .See—
Tabtir. Paul C. 3,7 10,674.
Metro, John G., to General Electric Company Monolithic stereo
decijder with balanced decoder operation 3,711,652, CI. 179-
15 0bt.
Metzger. James B. Method for the utilization for organic waste materi-
al. 3,71 1 ,392. CI. 204-1 SO.OOr.
Meyer, Burton C: See—
Breslow, Jeffrey D.; Meyer, Burton C; and Glass. Marvin I .
3,711.101.
Meyer, Charles Paul. Jr . to Jetco Electronic Industries. Inc., mesne
DC fishing motor speed and steering control 3,71 1,755, CI. 318-
139.000.
Meyer, Gerald. Dry shaving apparatus 3,7 10,442, CI. 30-43.600.
Meyer, Hans P., and Joseph, Hans H. Vehicle parking facility with a
vertically extensible mast. 3,710,956. CI. 214-16. Ice.
Meyer, Hans Rudolf: See—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder, Erwin; Guglielmctti,
Leonardo, Meyer, Hans Rudolf, and Weber, Kurt, 3,7 1 1 ,472
Meyer, Joachim, and Pfcffcr, Josef, to Fried Krupp Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung Pressure-retentive vessel, e.g. for pressurized-
fluid nuclear reactors. 3,7 10,857, CI. 165-169 000
Michaiek, Margaret E.: See-
Brown, Gordon R., and Michaiek, Margaret E , 3,710,589
Michasiw, Harry. Auger device. 3,7 10,877, CI. 1 75-1 8.000
Michel, Karl: .See-
Matter. Max; and Michel, Karl, 3.7 1 1 .496.
Microsystems International Limited: See—
Dupuis. Jean M . 3,71 1,625
Microwave Associates, Inc.: See—
Moroney. William J , 3,71 1 ,745
Middleton, Charles F , Jr : .See—
Guidi, Justin J, and Middleton, Charles F.. Jr.. 3.7 10.976.
Midland-Ross Corporation: See—
Kovacs. Lloyd. 3,71 1,067
MIDYSee-
Pedrazz.oli, Andrea; and Dall'Asta, Leone, 3,71 1 ,484.
Mikoda, Masanari: See—
Wada. Mitsuo; Mikoda. Masanari; Aoki. Masaki; and Hikino,
Tadashi. 3.71 1.328.
Milch. Robert A. Respiratory device with variable expiratory pressure
resistance 3,7 10,780, CI. 128-25 OOr
Miller. Allen R.:. See-
Miller, Charles R ; Miller, Allen R , and Miller, David J.,
3,710,695.
Miller, Arlin Lee: .See—
Moschkau, George L ; and Miller, Arlin Lee, 3,7 1 1 ,679
Miller, Bernard H Eyeglass frame alignment device 3,710,653, CI 81-
3.500.
Miller, Charles R ; Miller, Allen R.; and Miller, David J., to Miller
Formless Co , Inc. Construction machine and controls therefor
3,7 10,695, CI. 94-46.00r.
Miller, David J. .See—
Miller. Charles R ; Miller, Allen R ; and Miller, David J.,
3.710,695.
MillerFormlessCo , lnc.:See—
Miller Charles R , Miller, Allen R.; and Miller, David J ,
3,710,695 ^, ^, ^
Miller Harry C , to Sargent & Greenleaf, Inc Key operable padlock
with rotatable seal for plug 3,7 10,603. CI. 70-38 00a
Miller, Kenneth J.: See—
McElwain, Merle G ; aniJ-Miller, Kenneth J., 3,710.473.
I- 1
PI 26
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Miller, Ralph N , to Du Pont dc Nemours. E. I., and Company Cen-
trifugal atomizing device 3,71 1,025, CI. 239-222.1 10.
Miller. Robert E . to Monsanto Company Protein-sulfonyl halide com-
plex rummant feed material. 3,71 1 ,289, CI 99-2. OOr
Miller, Robert E.. to Monsanto Company. Protcin-acrolein acctal com-
plex rummant feed material. 3.71 1.290.C1. 99-2 OOr.
Miller. Theodore C; See—
Rosi. David; Collins, Joseph C; and Miller, Theodore C ,
3,711.512.
Millman. Victor; See—
Tontini, Remo; Millman, Victor; and MacDonald, Howard R..
3.711.013.
Milvich. Boris Predetermining counter. 3,71 1.016, CI. 235-132. OOe.
Milwaukee Electric Tool Corporation: See—
Lafferty, Gary S. Sr, 3.7 10,832.
Minck. Klaus: See—
Bauer. Adolf, Weber, Karl Heinz; Danneberg. Peter; and Minck,
Klaus. 3,71 1,468.
Weber, Karl Hein/; Bauer, Adolf; Danneberg, Peter, and Minck,
Klaus, 3,711,467.
Minn, Sherman L.: 5^?— '.
Demas. Nicholas L.. Fabian. George J.; Mardcrian. Alex S.; Minn.
Sherman L . Wack. John M.. Waxman. Herbert I., and Wccker.
EdwinW. 3.710,722
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company: See —
Allen. Michael George; and Tiers, George Van Dyke. 3,7 1 1 ,444.
Grundman. Roger V , 3,7 10,905
Reckdahl. Segwald J. and Folskc. Donald W., 3,710,457.
Minushkin. Bertram. Kissel. George; and Salzano. Francis J., to United
States of America, Atomic Energy Commission. Continuous oxygen
monitoring of liquid metals. 3,71 1. 394. CI. 204- 195.00s.
Mitani. Taizo. to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha. Single lens reflex camera
with an interchangeable focus screen 3.7 10,699. CI 95-lO.Opo
Mitchell. Rayford E . to Dresser Industries. Inc. Well tubing tie back
method and apparatus. 3.710.864. CI. 166-277.000.
Mitchell. Wallace F.. to Ammco Tools. Inc. Vibration dampener
3.710.661. CI. 82-38.00a.
Mitchell, William A ; and Stahl. Howard D , to General Foods Cor-
poration. Honey-malt flavor material and process of preparation.
3.7I1.302.CI. 99-141 00a.
Mitchell. William D., to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company
Method for improving the yield of fruits. 3.7 1 1 .273. CI. 7 1 - 1 20.000.
Mitskevich.Gennady Feodosievich: See—
Koblents. Mark Germanovich, Mitskcvich. Gennady
Feodosievich; Polovets. Edyard Jurievich; and Zhevago.
Anatoly Fedorovich. 3,7 1 1 .749.
Mitsubadenkisasakusho Co., Ltd.: See—
Kamiyama. Akira; Kikuchi, Koichi; and fshida, Kazuyuki.
3,711,808.
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: See—
Kurahashi. Koichiro; Nakada. Masanori; Nishimura, Koichi, and
Abe. Masaaki, 3,71 1,643.
Mitsudomc. Kaoru: See—
Takeda, Sadao. Mitsudome. Kaoru; and Hashimura. Tetsuo,
3.711.673
Miura. Mituo: See—
Endo, Masaaki, Miura. Mituo; and Shinozaki. Mamoru.
3,710,878.
Miyanowaki. Fumihiro: See—
Tamaki. Einosuke; Kobari, Masao; Miyanowaki, Fumihiro; Kato.
Kunio; Nishida. Ko. and Shimizu. Yukio. 3.710.805.
Miyazaki. Toshio. to Nissan Motor Company. Limited. Hydraulic con-
trol system of automatic transmission. 3.710.652. CI 74-864.000
Mizunuma. Yoshiyuki. to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co.. Ltd Apparatus
for classifying and counting sheets 3. 710,936, CI. 209-82.000
Mobay Chemical Company: See—
Chadwick. David H , 3,71 1 ,440.
Mobil Oil Corporation: See— "
Abdo. Milton K. 3,71 1, 462
CampbellCraigC ,3,71 1,314.
Donnelly, James J., 3,7 1 1 ,372
Webster, William W, and Messenger, Joseph U ,3,710,863.
Mobley, Carroll E ; and Maringer, Robert E.. to Battelle Development
Corporation, The Method of producing controlled length metal fila-
ments. 3.7 1 0,842. CI. 164-78.000
Mochizuki. Hiroshi: See—
Nagano. Toshihiro; Suzuki, Matsuo. Hayashi, Isao; Kato, Takashi.
Mochizuki, Hiroshi; Aoshima, Yasuo; Shibata, Kouji; and
Takahashi.Toshiro, 3.71 1.313.
Moffa, Joseph: See—
Smathcrs. Harry W, and Moffa, Joseph. 3,71 1.129.
Moffatt. E Marston. to United Aircraft Corporation. Shock wave
generator. 3,71 1, 06 1, CI. 251-29.000.
Mogenscn, Nils Peder. Sizing apparatus with free space above the
separating system of obstacles. 3.7 10.940. CI. 209-3 1 5.000.
Molby, Lloyd A., to LeTourneau, R. G., Inc. Adjustable self-aligning
pivot bearing, and pin and socket employing same. 3,711,121, CI.
280-400.000.
Moleculon Research Corporation: See—
Hook, Edwin O , and Nichols, Larry D., 3,71 1,389
Hook, Edwin O . Berbeco, George R , and Obermayer, Arthur S.,
3,711,542
Molins Machine Company Limited: See—
Williamst)n. David T. N.; Hutchison. James Moffat, and Wilson,
Kenneth C. (said Hutchison, said Williams and said Wilson as-
sors to). 3,710.466
Monarch Machine Tool Company, The: See—
Kuck,KermitT., 3,71 1,212
Monarch Marking System Company, The: See —
Hamisch, Paul H , Sr., 3,7 1 1 ,683.
Monash University: See—
Cherry, Edward Moore, 3,71 1 .660
Moncrieff. Alexander D. F., to Bird Island. Inc Gear making.
3.710,685,CI. 90-3 000.
Monpetit, Louis: See—
Bassot. Jacques, and Monpetit. Louis, 3,710,763.
Monsanto Chemicals Limited: See— «
Ensor, Gordon Roy, 3,71 1,559.
Monsanto Company See—
Armour, Donald F., 3,710,989.
Maier.l.udwig. 3.711,577
Marotta,Ralph.3,7l 1.419
Miller. Robert F. 3.711.289.
Miller. Robert E.. 3.71 1.290
Montccatini Edison S.p.A : See—
Montino. Franco; and Guerrieri. Franco. 3.7 1 1 .274
Montino, Franco; and (iuerrieri. Franco, to Montccatini Edison S.p.A.
Process for preparing Tinely particlod nickel powder. 3,71 1,274. CI
75. 50a
Mtwdy, John K . to Hamischfcger Corporation. Self-adjusting power
operated brake 3.7 10.897. CI 188-75 (M)()
Mookherjec. Braja D . Giacini. Christopher; Karoll. Elizabeth A . and
■Vock. Manfred H , to International Flavors & Fragrances Inc 2-
Acetyl-3-cthylpyrazine and process for the preparation thereof.
3.71 1. 482. CI 260-250.00r.
Mooncy. Thomas: See —
Eidelberg. Jonah, Mtxiney, Thomas; and Brett. John J.. 3,710,9.1 1 .
Moore, Joseph F : See —
Kokzina, John W , Moore, Joseph F, and Kohn, Gustave K.,
3,711.530
Mmire, William Ross, to Dow Chemical Company, The. Random
copolymers of sulfur dioxide with ally! ether of polyoxyal-
kyleneglycols. 3.71 1,453, CI 260-79 30a
Morales, Manuel F Automatic card dispenser. 3.710,929. CI. 206-
39000.
Moran, John Joseph, to HyccI, Inc. Optical analyzing means for auto-
matic chemical testing apparatus 3,71 1,206, CI 356-201.000
Moreland, William C , II; Cobb. William R . and Tyke. Charles R . to
Wcstinghouse Electric Corporation. Magnetically coupled control
'^ for appliance. 3.71 1.672. CI 219-10.490
Morello. Bartolomeo: .SV** —
Sturlese. Stefano; Guaglia. Giovanni Battista, and Morello, Bar-
tolomeo, 3,71 1 ,201
Morgan Construction Company: See—
Vitelli,VitoJ., 3,71 1.338
Morgan. Thomas Edward; Kaminski. George Frank, and Mraz. Francis
J., to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation Split wire
guide 3,710.483, CI. 29-203 OOd.
Morieras, Gilbert; and Sere de Lanauze, Michel, to CTA-Compagnie
Industriclle de Textiles Artificiels et Synthetiqucs. Noncircular ca-
ble. 3,71 1, 630, CI 174-119.000
Morishita, Isao: See—
Tamaki, Einosuke, Morishita, Isao; Nishida, Ko; Kato, Kunio; and
Matsumoto. Takashi. 3.7 1 0,5 1 2.
Moroney. William J., to Microwave Associates, Inc. Low barrier height
galium arsenide microwave schottky diodes using gold-germanium
alloy. 3.71 1.745, CI. 317-235.00r.
Morris, Carl H.; and Oliver, Henry N. Pneumatic oscillator apparatus.
3,710,815, CI 137-106.000.
Morris, Gerald H , Jr , to Hutton, Larry D and Schlotterbeck, Paul W.
Anti-glare sunshade 3.710.392, CI. 2-12.000
Morrison. Errrest Albert: See —
Innes, Robert; and Morrison, Ernest Albert, 3,710,612.
Innes, Robert, and Morrison, Ernest Albert, 3,710.613.
Morton, Bruce J.: See —
Sfat, Michael R, and Morton, Bruce J . 3.7 1 1 ,292.
Morton Buildings. Inc.: S^t"—
German. Louis E., 3,710,875.
Moschkau, George L.; and Miller. Arlin Lee. to Sterling Products
Company. Inc Windshield de-icer 3.711 .679, CI. 2 1 9-227.000
Moslo, Ernest P. Injection molding machine. 3,710,988, CI. 222-
404.000.
Motorfabriken Bukh A/S: See—
Andersen, Eilif, 3,710,907
Motorola, Inc.: 5ee—
Nilssen,OleK.. 3,71 1.656.
Mott, George E., to Texaco Inc Marine platform foundation structure.
3,710,580, CI. 61-46.500.
Mraz, Francis J.: S^e—
Morgan, Thomas Edward; Kaminski, George Frank, and Mraz,
Francis J, ,3,710,483
Muehleman, Russell N.: See—
Reid, John E., Sr ; and Muehleman, Russell N.. 3,710.671 .
Muench, Paul W.: See—
Dillenbeck, Warren H.. Muench, Paul W.; and Walker, Elmo R ,
3,710,585.
January 16. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Muir Earl B.. to White Motor Corporation. Vehicle engine braking
system 3.710.908. CI. 192-084.
Muller. Dietrich, to Fried Krupp Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haf-
tung Rcflected-beam ranging system 3.71 1.822. CI. 340-3.00r.
Muller Kurt; and Trcvisani. Silvano, to Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik
Oerli'kon-Buhrle AG Tracer projectile 3.710.723. CI. 102-87.000.
Muller. Marcel: See—
Bollag. Werner. Gutmann. Hugo; Hegcdus. Balthasar. Kaiser.
Ado. I.angcmann, Albert; Muller. Marcel; and Zeller. Paul.
3.711.543
Mulu Ernest, to ATI Recreation. Inc., mesne. Convertible tabic for
utility games and bumper pool. 3.7 1 1 .099. CI. 273-123 OOr.
Murakami. Tadashi. Hiromoto. Takeshi. Soejima. Zenzo; Hamano.
Toyosaburo. Hashimoto. Shinsuke; and Shibamoto. Shingo. to Nip-
pon Steel Corporation Method for altering the cross-sections of con-
tinuously cast metal pieces. 3,710.843. CI. 164-82 000.
Muraoka. James S . to United States of America. Navy. Method of in-
creasing tensile strength of plastic materials 3.711.586, CI 264-
88()00
Murata, Koichiro: See —
Watanabe, Tadashi; Murata. Koichiro, Iwasawa, Naozumi; and
Okinaga, Tsuyoshi, 3,7 1 1 ,434.
Murfrce. James .A . Jr : Sec—
Hubbuch. Theodore N . Murfree. James A.. Jr.; Duncan. William
A , Sandlin. Billy J , and Nappicr. Henry A.. 3,710,573.
Murfrce. James A . Jr , and Duncan. William A., to United States of
America, Army Catalytic bed coated with metal for gas generator
3.71 1.427, CI. 252-455.00r.
Murkes, Jakob, to Alfa- Laval AB Apparatus for continuously separat-
ing a sludge-containing mixture of two liquids 3.710.949, CI. 210-
522000
Murphy Chemical Company Limited, The: See—
Pianka. Max. 3,711,578.
Murphv. John C : .SVf—
Hills. Richard E , Adams. John H ; Anderson. Lloyd E . Jr.; Bliss.
Woodrow E , Jr . Hamren. Fred W.. Jr ; Honath. Harrv F ; and
Murphy. John C .3.710.582.
Musgrave. Daniel D Magazine loading guide. 3,710,497, CI 42-
87.000.
Muta. Akinori. Itoda, Gyozo; Noro. Takanobu; and Yamazaki, Chieko.
to Hitachi. Ltd Use of yttria-magncsia mixtures to produce highly
transparent sintered alumina bodies. 3.71 1, 585, CI. 264-65.000.
Nadella. Rucil-Malmaison: .SV**—
Pitner, Alfred, 3,7 10.471.
Nadler, Franz: See —
Fromme, Hans-Gcorg, Nadler, Franz; Zimmer, Siegfried; and
Weller, Kurt, 3,710,923.
Nagano, Toshihiro. Suzuki. Matsuo; Hayashi, Isao; Kato. Takashi;
Mochizuki. Hiroshi. Aoshima, Yasuo; Shibata, Kouji; and Takahashi.
Toshiro. to Rikcn Lightmetal Industry Company. Limited and Ku-
boko Paint Company. Limited. Process for the deposition of resious
films on aluminum-bearing substrates. 3.71 1,3 13, CI. 1 17-49.000.
Naganuma. Hisao: See—
Hara. Atsushi; Naganuma, Hisao; and Takai, Akio, 3,71 1,126
Nagata, Makoto: See—
Nakano, Junzo, Sumi, Yuichiro; and Nagata, Makoto, 3,7 1 1 .366
Nagati, Rashed Nairn, to Pennsylvania Engineering Corporation. Sta-
bilized mounting for molten metal vessels. 3.711,077, CI. 266-
3600p
Nagy, Daniel Elmer, to American Cyanamid Company. Water-soluble
cationic polymers and graft polymers. 3,7 1 L573, CI. 260-874.000
Nakada, Masanori: See—
Kurahashi, Koichiro; Nakada, Masanori; Nishimura, Koichi; and
Abe, Masaaki, 3,71 1,643
Nakamura, Harutoki: See—
Yamashita, Kazuo; Nakamura, Harutoki; and Hirakawa, Koichi,
3,711,807.
Nakamura, Satoshi; and Umeda, Junichi, to Hitachi, Ltd. Response
time controlled light emitting devices. 3.7 1 1 .740, CI. 3 1 5-246.000
Nakamura. Shinichi: See—
Kameoka, Akio; Nakamura, Shinichi; and Kuriyagawa. Mamoru,
3,71 1,620
Nakano, Junzo, Sumi, Yuichiro; and Nagata, Makoto, to Kokusaku
Pulp Industry Co , Ltd , The Digesting lignoccllulosic material with
sodium hydroxymethylsulfonate. 3,71 1,366, CI. 162-24.000.
Nakala, Shinsaku: See—
Saganc, Norio; Nakata, Shinsaku; Ueda, Hiroshi; and Matsumura,
Teiji, 3,711,584.
Nakayama, Kiyoshi; Tanaka, Haruo; and Kasc, Hiroshi, to Kyowa
Hakko Kogyo Co.. Ltd Process for producing L-threonine.
3,71 1,375, CI. 195-29.000.
Naico Chemical Company: See—
Payne, Charles C ; and Vossos, Peter H., 3,71 1 ,416.
Nappier, Henry A : Sff—
Hubbuch, Theodore N.; Murfree, James A., Jr., Duncan, William
A.;Sandlin, Billy J, and Nappier, Henry A, 3,710,573.
Narayanan, Venkatachala L , to Squibb, E R , & Sons, Inc Delta 2,
alpha-adamantaneacetanilide derivative and related compounds.
3,711,538,CI. 260-557.OOb.
Nasta Industries, Inc.: See—
Spiegel, Norman, 3,710,509.
National Cash Register Company, The: See—
Skutt, Robert R ,3,711.733.
National Cash Register, The: See—
Tmk.RobertM ,3,711,777
National Metal and Refining Company, Inc.: 5^^—
Oppliger, Hans R. 3.710,614.
National Research Development Corporation; See—
Light, Leon Henry, 3.7 10.792.
Naumann. Fritz: See-
Bauer. Klaus. Naumann. Fritz; and Schobbe. Hermann. 3.710,688
Neefe, Charles W. Corneal drug delivery method 3,710,796, CI. 128-
260.000
Neil, Peter C, to Standard Oil Company. Transporting and trimmer ap-
paratus for plastic film having thermoformcd articles therein
3,71 1, 005, CI. 226-52.000.
Ncill, John S.: See—
Babcock, Dale F ; and Neill, John S., 3,7 1 1 ,598.
Nelson, Warren Leonard, to AL E & C Ltd Adsorption process for
natural gas purification. 3,7 10,547, CI. 55-58.000.
Nemoto, Kouji Circuit for driving a moving element 3,71 1,754. CI
318-126 000.
Neubert, Robert J.: See—
Hczcl, William J , and Neubert, Robert J., 3,7 11,128.
Neumann, Herbert. See—
Schnegg, Robert; Heinroth, Karl-August; Neumann. Herbert;
Dauscher, RudiOhse. Helmut, and Nickel. Klaus. 3.710.565
Neumcr. John F.. to Du Pont dc Nemours. E 1 , and Company Liquid
for pad-bath dyeing containing glycol compound and boric acid or
borax 3.71 1, 245, CI. 8-21.000.
Nevin, John J.; and Dumire. Leo G . to Phelps DcxJge Copper Products
Corporation. Manufacture of coaxial cable. 3.710,440. CI 29-
624 000.
New-Way Products Company: See—
Andreasen. Alfred C. 3,710,410
Newell. George P.: See —
Polette. Melvin;and Newell, George P.. 3.710,563
Newkirk, Marc S ; and Falabclla, Arnold G , to American Environmen-
tal Research Corporation. Fuel system 3,710,770, CI I 23-1 20.000.
Nichols, Larry D : See-
Hook, Edwin O.; and Nichols, Larry D , 3,7 1 1 ,389
Nichols, Richard A ; and Ulanovsky, Jack M . to Parker-Hannifin Cor-
poration Fuel tank inerting system. 3,710,549, CI. 55-160 000
Nickel, Klaus: See—
Schnegg, Robert; Heinroth, Karl-August; Neumann, Herbert;
Dauscher, Rudi;Ohse, Helmut; and Nickel, Klaus, 3,710,565
Nickerson, Harvey R., to Resistoflex Corporation Metal tube end
fitting 3,7 11,132, CI. 285-382.400.
Nicbylski, Leonard M.: ."fee -
Jarema, Chester P , and Niebylski, Leonard M., 3,7 1 1 ,363.
Niemand. Emil. to Robertshaw Controls Company Timer construction
means and system utilizing the same or the like 3.71 1.727. CI. 307-
1 4 1 400.
Niemiec, Leo P. Snap lock plastic fencing. 3,7 1 1 ,066, CI. 256-19.000
Nier, Johannes, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH. Semiconductor device and
method of assembling the same. 3.7 1 1 ,752, CI. 3 1 7-234.00r.
Niioka, Takeharu; Itoh. Noriji; and Ishigo. Hidcyasu, to Tokyo Shibau-
ra Electric Co.. Ltd. Control device for a tape recorder for detecting
the beginning of a desired program. 3,71 1. 657. CI. 179- 100.20s.
Nikolacv. Pctr Petrovich: See—
Funbcrg, Izrail Leibovich; Nikolaev. Petr Petrovich, Gora, Viktor
Epifanovich, Gulenko, Nikolai Nikolaevich, Papko, Viktor
Ivanovich; Rozhkov, Nikolai Alexandrovich; Kals, Elya
isaevich; and Krutogolov.Grigory Vasilievich, 3,710,869.
Nilssen, Ole K., to Motorola, Inc. Multi-channel magnetic tape head in
which the core is shifted for positioning the pickup portions.
3,71 1,656, CI. 179-100. 20c. «
Nippon Kogaku K.K.; See—
Kimura.Shuji, 3,7 10,705.
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Hara, Atsushi; Naganuma, Hisao; and Takai, Akio, 3,71 1,126.
Nippon Sheet Glass Co , Ltd : See—
Kushihashi, Akira; and Yamada, Naoyoshi, 3,7 1 1 ,322.
Nippon Steel Corporation: See—
Murakami, Tadashi, Hiromoto, Takeshi; Soejima, Zenzo;
Hamano, Toyosaburo; Hashimoto, Shinsuke; and Shibamoto,
Shingo, 3,710,843.
Shiraki, Hiroshi, Hara, Yoshiaki; and Iguchi, Masaaki, 3,7 10.8 10.
Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu; Sakakibara, Shigeru; Ito, Osamu; Waka-
matsu, Hisato;and Kato, Takaaki. 3,710,630.
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu; Sakakibara, Shigeru, Ito, Osamu; and
Wakamatsu,Hisato, 3,710,648.
Nishida, Ko: See—
Tamaki, Einosuke; Morishita, Isao; Nishida, Ko; Kato, Kunio; and
Matsumoto, Takashi, 3,710,512.
Tamaki, Einosuke; Kobari, Masao; Miyanowaki, Fumihiro; Kato,
Kunio. Nishida. Ko; and Shimizu, Yukio, 3,710.805.
Nishimura. Koichi: See—
Kurahashi. Koichiro; Nakada. Masanori; Nishimura, Koichi; and
Abe. Masaaki. 3,711,643.
Nissan Motor Company, Limited: See—
Marumo, Nagayuki,and Irie, Namio, 3,710,651.
Miyazaki, Toshio, 3,710,652
Nonnenmacher, Helmut; deceased (by Nonnenmacher, Ruth S H .
heiress-in-law), Krabetz. Richard; Engelbach. Heinz, and Zinke-All-
mang, Helmut, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft. Production of acrylic acid by oxidation of acrolein
3,71 1.54, CI. 260-530.000.
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Nonnenmachcr. Ruth S H ; See—
Nonnenmacher. Helmut, Krabetz. Richard; Engelbach, Heinz; and
Zinke-Allmang, Helmut, 3,7 1 1 ,540.
Nordine, Richard D , to Copystatics Manufacturing Corporation.
Copying machine having early copy paper feed in multiple copy
modeofoperation 3,71 1,198, CI. 355-51 000.
Nordmann, Gert: See —
Ziemek, Gerard; and Nordmann, Gert. 3,710,828.
Noro, Takanobu: See —
Muta, Akinori, Itoda, Gyozo; Noro, Takanobu; and Yamazaki,
Chieko, 3,711,585.
North American Philips Co., Inc : See—
Jatteau, Michel Rene, 3,71 1,642.
North American Rockwell Corporation: See—
Birk, James R .3,710,737
Deye, Neil S , and Kuhn. Richard B, 3,71 1 ,637.
Hume, Frederick R.;and Scaton. Jack B, 3,71 1,771 .
Northern Electric Company Limited; See—
Lim.KoangEng, 3,711.730.
Northern Industries & Mfg.. Inc.: See—
Yamashita, Kazuo, Nakamura. Harutoki; and Hirakawa, Koichi,
3,711.807.
Northrop Corporation: See-
Conner. Jack S. 3.71 1,006.
Norton Company See—
Hansen, John V. E ; and Hauck. Eldon W.. 3.710.682.
Norwood Mills. Inc : 5ee—
Schmidt, Arnold W, 3,710,597
Novotny, Antonin, Cremer, Giittfricd; and Hcimann, Ewald. to
Schneider & Co. Light diffusing-nondiffusing window. 3,711,189,
CI. 3*50-319 000.
Nowak, Herbert: See-
Klaus, Irmscher, Cimbollek, Gerhard, Orth, Dieter; Nowak, Her-
bert, and Freisberg, Karl-Otto, 3,7 1 1 ,478.
Nuccio, Giuseppe; See —
Bretti, Franco, and Nuccio. Giuseppe, 3,710,91 2. —
Nulty.Patrick J : See-
Bayer. Horst O ; and Nulty. Patrick J.. 3.7 1 1 .488.
N.V. Leidsche Apparatenfabriek: See —
Petiet.Jakobus. 3.710.921.
Van Zijp. Tonny. 3.7 10.928.
Nye, Norman H , and Medkeff, Arthur T. Method to form elongate
plastic articles. 3,71 1.589. CI 264-245.000.
Obata.Hiroichi Butane gas lighter 3,7 1 1,241, CI. 43 1-344.000
Obcrmayer, Arthur S: See-
Hook, Edwin O.; Berbeco, George R.; and Obermayer, Arthur S ,
3,711,542.
O'Conner, James F., and Black, Gordon L , to Ameron, Inc. Method of
vibrating a mold ca.se. 3,7 1 1 ,587. CI. 264-7 1 .000.
O'Connor. Anthony, to Vickers Limited. Microscope objectives.
3.71 1.186, CI. 350-214.000.
O'Dell. Rawleigh D, 1/2 to O'Dell. Ulace J Ladder platform at-
tachment 3.710,894. CI. 182-106.000.
ODelLUlaceJ :.9ee-
O■Dell.RawleighD,3,710,894.
Oertel. Harald: See—
Thoma. Wilhelm; Oertel. Harald, and Rinkc, Heinrich, 3,71 1 .443
OfTice National d 'Etudes et de Rechcrches Aerospatiales ( par Abrevia-
tionO N E R A ) See-
Hivert, Andre R.. and Galmiche, Philippe M, 3,7 M ,279.
Ogiso, Mithutoshi, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Programming system.
3,71 1.756. CI. 318-162.000.
Ogren. John R : See—
Blumenthal. Jack L., Carroll, David F ; and Ogren, John R .
3,711,327.
Ohse, Helmut: See —
Schnegg, Robert; Hemroth, Karl-August, Neumann, Herbert;
Dauscher, Rudi; Ohse, Helmut, and Nickel, Klaus, 3,710,565
Ohyama, Isao: See —
Yamawaki, Shunro,and Ohyama, Isao, 3,71 1 ,832.
Oka. Shunzo; and' Kitahara, Hisao. to Matsushita Electric Industrial
Co., Ltd. Device for simultaneously controlling rotary shafts of a plu-
rality of variable resistors. 3,7 1 1 ,8 1 1 , CI. 338- 1 28.000.
Okano. Takeshi, to Fuji Shashin Film Kabushiki Kaisha. Cylindrical
magazine retaining device. 3,71 1,1 7 2, CI. 3 12-97. 100.
Okano, Yasuyuki See—
Kakefuda. Koiti; Ito, Tatsuo; and Okano, Yasuyuki, 3,71 1 ,575.
Okinaga, Tsuyoshi: See—
Watanabe, Tadashi, Murata, Koichiro; Iwasawa, Naozumi, and
Okinaga, Tsuyoshi, 3,71 1,434.
Okumura, Minoru: See —
Sakurai, Isao, and Okumura, Minoru, 3,7 1 1 ,207.
Olday.FredL Method for slicing furs 3.710.662, CI. 83-20.000.
O'Leary, Paul C, 1/2 to Pulverizer, Bradley Company. Rock drill posi-
tioning machine. 3,7 1 1 ,047, CI. 248-2.000.
Oiin Corporation: See—
Besel, Fred A ; and Setzer, William C. 3.7 1 1 .339.
Martin. Richard H. 3.71 1.526.
Sawyer, Arthur W ; and Csejka, David A., 3,71 1.410.
Sawyer, Arthur W ; and Csejka, David A., 3,71 1,41 1.
Sawyer. Arthur W; and Csejka. David A. 3,71 1,41 2.
Olin Corporation, mesne: See-
Bowman, Cadet E, 3,71 1,242.
Oliver, Connie J.; and Gleason, Edward Hinsdale, to Sinclair-Hoppers
Company Floor polish composition having improved initial water
and detergent resistance. 3,7 1 1 ,436, CI. 260-28. 50r.
Oliver, Henry N : See—
Morris. Carl H ; and Oliver. Henry N., 3,710,815.
Oliver. Robert F.: .See-
Guard. Edward J ; and Oliver. Robert F. 3.710,901 .
Olivetti. Ing . C . & C . S p A.: See—
Bretti. Franco, and Nuccio, Giuseppe, 3,710.91 2.
Galvagni, Alighiero; Raccanclli, Mirco; and Ecccttuato, Vitlorio,
3.711,843.
Pagella, Elio, and Guerci. Carlo, 3,710,659.
Pomella, Piero, and Alberico, Mario, 3,71 1.814 *
Sottsass. Ettore, Jr.. 3.7 11.175.
Olofson. Roy A., and Yamamoto, Yasushi Stephen, to Research Cor-
poration, mesne. Substituted and unsubstituted vin^floxycarbonyl
groups as amino protecting groups in the synthesis of peptides.
3.71 1, 458, CI. 260-112.500.
Olson, Norman L.: See—
McVey. Irvin M.. and Olson, Norman I. . 3.71 1 ,737.
Olympia Werkc AG: See —
Firnig. Fritz. 3.71 1,852
Schneider, Adolf, 3,710,642
OMEGA Louis Brandt & Frere S A See-
Clcusix. Willy. 3.710.567.
O'Neill. James J : See—
Snyder. John M.; and O'Neill. James J , 3.7 1 1 ,349
Onori, Bruno Cabinet door latch 3,71 1.140. CI 292-87.000.
Oppligcr, Hans R. to National Metal and Refining Company, Inc. High
precision wide dynamic range viscous loss measuring apparatus.
3,710.614, CI 73-59 (M)()
Optical Coating Laboratory, Inc.; .S'ee—
Dolin, Stanley A., Folch, Andres, Jr., and Geigcr. Dana F.,
3,71 1,708
Optical Research and Development Corp<iration: .See-
Humphrey, William E , 3,7 1 1 , 1 78.
Optronics International, Inc.: .See-
Ward, John H, 3.7 1 1 .1 77
Orbach. Max A. Lamp and mirror combination. 3.71 1.695, CI. 240-
4200.
Orkin, Stanley S ; and Whitfield, Alan A , to Kacarb Products Corpora-
tion, mesne Ceramic bearing. 3,7 1 1 , 1 7 1 , CI. 308 24 1 000
Ornstein, Flushing Gerald: See-
Kennel, George Wm ;andOrnstein. Flushing Gerald. 3.71 1.218.
Orozco, Enrique H.: .See—
Orozco, Enrique H.; Asimor. Bnan L., and Sylvester. Edward C,
3,711.108.
Orozco. Enrique H.; Asimor, Brian I . and Sylvester. Edward C. to
Orozco. Enrique H and said Sylvester assor. to said Asimor. Brian L
Device for steenng a vehicle over a fluid or semi-fluid surface.
3.71 1,108. CI 280-21 OOr
Orth, Dieter; See —
Klaus. Irmscher; Cimbollek. Gerhard; Orth, Dieter; Nowak, Her-
bert; and Freisberg. Karl-Otto. 3,7 1 1 .478.
Osborne. Keith J Apparatus for shirinking plastic film over palletized
loads 3.710.550. CI. 53-184 000
Osborne. Thomas E . to Hewlett-Packard Company Calculator and
tester for use therewith. 3.71 1,690, CI 235-153 <)00
Osicka. Hans; Koenig. Karl-Hcinz. and Pommer. Ernst-Hcinrich. to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Method of con-
trolling fungi in plants and seeds using ortho-substitutcd benzoates
and thiobenzoates 3.7 1 1 .6 14, CI 424-308 000.
Osorio, George Fire extinguisher 3.7 10.855. CI. 169-26.000.
Ostcrmayer. Franz; and Renncr, Ulrich, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. 1 -
|p-(2-Aminocthyl)-phenyll-pyrrolcs 3,71 1 ,507, CI. 260-326.900.
Otis Engineering Corporation; .See-
Young, Carter R; and James, Henry J , 3.710.862
Otte, Eginhard; Schwenger. Gisela, and Schwenkel. Willi, to Boden-
seewerk Perkin-Elmer & Co.. GmbH. Device for sample injection in
gas chromatographs 3.710,626. CI. 73-422.0gc.
Otteni. Hermann, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Reversing pneumatic
amplifier 3.7 10.825. CI 137-625 600.
Overoye. Kenneth R ; .See-
Johnson. Robert L., Overoye. Kenneth R , and Bhuta, Pravin G ,
3,710,615.
Overton, Harold L Method of locating anomalous zones of chemical
activity in a well bore. 3,7 1 1 ,765, CI. 324- 1 .000.
Owdom, Maurice R Filter package 3,7 10,930, CI. 206-46.0fc.
Owens-Corning Fibcrglas Corporation; .See-
Benson. Gustav E.; and Potter. Douglas E., 3,710.461.
Owens-Illinois. Inc.; See—
Scherf.GeraIdF..3.7IO,938
Uhlig, Albert R, 3,71 1.233.
Zitkus. Wayne J ,3,711,785.
Owens-Illinois, Inc., mesne; See —
Shick, Philip E ; and Flood. William H , 3.7 1 1 ,593.
Oxford Industries. Inc.: See-
Hunter, John P, Jr.; and George, Erie, 3,710,398.
Oxford Pendafiex Corporation: .See—
Saltz, Ira, 3,710,487
Oy Nokia Ab: See—
Valtonen,RainerlikkaTapio, 3,710,529.
Oy Tampella AB; See —
Asikainen, Niilo Kalervo, 3,710,997.
January 16, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
Asikainen. Nillo Kalervo, 3,710,675.
Ozaki. Nobuo. to Macda Industries. Ltd. Method of producing a bicy-
cle chain shifting device and the same produced thereby. 3,710,636,
C1.74-217.00b.
Pace, Aldren M.: See-
Huffman, Russell B , Baker, Stuart J.; Grosslight, Donald P ; and
Pace, Aldren M. 3,7 11,750.
Pachmayr. Frank A ; Farrar. Jack R . and Gerick. John, to Mershon
Company. Firearm adjustable cheek piece. 3,7 10,496, CI. 42-7 1. OOr.
Pacific Utilities Supply Co.: See —
Grannis, Roland K, 3,7 1 1 ,049.
Packalinc AG: See —
Smcd.Preben. 3.71 1.143.
Packo. Joseph J Method of sealing leaks in vessels and joints.
3.71 1. 309. CI 1 17-2.00r.
Packo, Joseph J., mesne; See-
Anderson, Amos R., 3,7 1 1 ,305.
Pagel, Armin B., to Carlin Corporation. Torque sensing instruments.
3,710,618. CI. 73-l36.00a.
Pagella. Elio; and Guerci, Carlo, to Olivetti, Ing..C.,& C, S.p.A. Auto-
matically controlled tool holding device 3,7 1 0,659, CI. 82- 1 200.
Pall Corporation; See— ,
Rosenberg. David, 3. 7 1 0.942
Palmer, Richard Claxton, to RCA Corporation. Velocity adjusting
system 3,71 1, 641, CI 178-6.6tc.
Palmer, William E.; and Jones, William E , to Ingersoll-Rand Com-
pany Low temperature rise condenser and pump package.
3,7 10,856, CI. 165-113.000
Pantasote Company of New York, Inc., The: See—
Jansen. George E, 3.7 1 0.975
Papko. Viktor Ivanovich: See—
Funbcrg. Izrail Leibovich; Nikolaev. Petr Petrovich; Gora, Viktor
Epifanovich, Gulenko, Nikolai Nikolaevich; Papko, Viktor
Ivanovich, Rozhkov, Nikolai Alexandrovich, Kats, Elya
Isaevich, and Krutogolov. Grigory Vasilievich, 3,7 10,869.
Park, James E Pipeline monitoring system. 3.711,689. CI. 235-
151.340.
Park-Ohio Industries, Inc.; .See—
Heiser, James L, 3,7 10,935.
Parker, Frederick A., and Soult, Charles J., to Biomarine Industries,
Inc. Carbon dioxide scrubber and breathing diaphragm assembly for
diving apparatus. 3,710,553, CI. 55-316.000.
Parkcr-Hannifin Corporation; See —
Nichols, Richard A ; and Ulanovsky, Jack M , 3,710.549.
Parks. Charles A Annular compression beam. 3.710,526, CI. 52-
223.00r
Parry, Colin; and Round, Kenneth J., 1/2 to Atomic Energy of Canada
Limited Promethium sources. 3.71 1. 326. CI 117-217.000.
Pass. Werner, to Gummiwerk Pass & Sohn. Grate. 3,710,530. CI. 52-
666.000
Patsch, Manfred; See—
Adolphi. Heinrich; Eilingsfeld, Heinz; and Patsch, Manfred,
3,71 1,494.
Patterson, Earl Byron, to University of Illinoii* Foundation. Procedures
for use of genie male sterility in production of commercial hybrid
maize 3,710,51 1. CI. 47-58.000
Paul, Bcrnt, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Apparatus for detecting in-
frared radiation. 3,71 1,718, CI 250-210.000
Paull, Michael H.. to Photophysics, Inc. Pressure transfer mechanism.
3,71 1,197, CI. 355-16.000.
Pawletko. Joseph P : .See—
Kroft. John D . Pawletko, Joseph P., Peters, Francis E.; and
Yount.CarlT, 3,71 1,804.
Payne, Charles C; and Vossos, Peter H., to Nalco Chemical Company.
Comp<isitions containing aqueous anionic silica sol and non-gelling
fiiKculating agent. 3,7 1 1 .4 1 6, CI 252-3 1 3.00s.
Peakc, Murray W , to United States of America, Army, mesne Spuri-
ous signals and intermodulation products detection enhancement
circuit. 3,71 1,769, CI. 324-57.00n.
Pearson, Ronald K Fluid distribution and injection systems. 3,710,574,
CI. 60-258.000.
Peart, Edward Lynn, to Sybron Corporation Rotatable eartip
stethoscope 3,7 10,888, CI. 181-24.000.
Pcdrazzoli, Andrea, and Dall'Asta, Leone, to MIDY Derivatives of N-
methylpiperazine 3,71 1. 484, CI. 260-268.00r
Pell, Laurence W : See—
Dunigan, Thomas E.; Sisco, George C ; and Pell, Laurence W ,
3,711,343.
Pellerin Milnor Corporation: See—
Pellerin, Norvin L , 3,7 10,600
Pellerin, Norvin L , to Pellerin Milnor Corporation Slow-down circuit
for tape type washing machine control. 3,710,600, CI 68-12 OOr
Peltier. Henri; Bailly. Roger; and Chatourel, Pierre, to Regie Nationale
des Usines Renault and Automobiles Peugeot Centrifugal casting
devices. 3.710,848. CI. 164-293.000
Pena. Jose Baya. Self-propelled fishing float with line release
mechanism. 3.710,500, CI. 42-17.500.
Penner, Bruce W , and Splatt, Kenneth W. Vehicle security system
3,711,1 17, CI. 280-150.00r
Pennsylvania Engineering Corporation: See —
Nagati, Rashed Naim, 3,7 1 1 .077.
Pcnnwalt Corporation: .See—
Kulischenko. Walter; and Callahan, John W, 3,7 10,5 1 5.
Penumatic Scale Corporation; See-
Sterling, Walter S, 3,710,920.
Perkin-Elmer Corporation, The: See—
Bohler, Walter, 3,711,774.
Perks, Joseph, to Westhershields Limited. Hinged deflectors for sliding
roofs. 3,7 1 1 , 1 50, CI 296- 1 37 OOe
Perrero, George; and Weller, Carroll E., to Avco Corporation. VHF
and microwave amplifier having improved stability and controllable
gam. 3,71 1,782, CI. 330-30.00r.
Perrin, Louis R.F.J.; .See—
Esseiva. Roger Marcel; Perrin, Louis R.F.J., and Romang. Lucien
Willy, 3,711. 311.
Perry. John C. Carburetor fuel metering valve. 3,711,068, CI. 261-
41 ()0b.
Persson Engineering Company; .See-
Shearer. Robert B . 3.7 10.903.
Persson. Per Lage. to AB Perma System. Method for mounting the slats
of a Venetian blind in the slat support cords and means for carrying
out the method 3.710.464, CI. 29-24.500.
Peters. Francis E.; See—
Kroft, John D.; Pawletko, Joseph P.; Peters, Francis E.; and
Yount.CarlT, 3,711.804
Petersen. Donald H ; and Schwemcr. Warren C. to Advanced
Technology Center. Inc.. mesne Plasma heating method. 3.71 1 .615.
CI 13-1.000.
Petersen. John Valdemar Brarnmer; and Clauson-Kaas. Niels, to Ciba-
Geigy Corptiration Method for preparing 2,3-pyridincdiol.
3,71 1. 490. CI. 260-297 OOr.
Peterson. Walter Raymond, to RCA Corporation. Overcurrent protec-
tion circuit for a voltage regulator. 3.7 1 1 .763, CI 323-9.000.
Peterstm. Warren J., to Joerns Furniture Company. Electric hospital
bed. 3.7 10.404, CI. 5-68.000.
Petersson. Ralf Krister Ebbe .See—
Holmberg. Roland Bengt, and Petersson. Ralf Krister Ebbe.
3,711,122.
Petiet, Jakobus. to N.V. Leidsche Apparatenfabriek. Selection ap-
paratus 3,710,921, CI. 198-33.0aa
Pctro-Tex Chemical Corporation: See—
Tschopp, Lloyd D.; and Funkhouser, Terry D.. 3,7 1 1 ,569.
Petrolite Corporation: See— •
Bansbich. Paul L, 3,710.867.
Redmore. Derek. 3.7 1 1 ,403.
Rcdmore, Derek, 3.7 1 1 .404.
Wilson. Homer M.. 3.71 1.770.
Pfeffcr. Josef; See-
Meyer. Joachim; and PfefTer. Josef. 3,710.857.
Pfelfcr. Charles W., and Bobear. William J., to General Electric Com-
pany. Flame rctardant compxisitions. 3.71 1.520. CI. 260-37. Osb.
Pfelffer, Norman O , to Little Wonder. Inc. Cordless electric hand
tiller. 3,7 10,870. CI. 172-40.000.
Pfizer Inc.: .See—
Lombardino. Joseph G, 3,71 1,489.
Pharo, Wellington B ; See—
Glendinnmg. William B ; and Pharo. Wellington B , 3.71 1 ,324.
Phelps Dodge Copper Products Corporation; See—
Nevin, John J , and Dumire, LeoG., 3,710,440.
Phelps. Malcolm T . to Weber-Knapp Company Door mounting as-
sembly. 3,710.416, CI. 16-135.000.
Phelps, Mont Meredith, to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company.
Shipping pallet 3,710,732, CI. 108-51.000.
Phllco-Ford Corporation: See—
Forkner,JohnF., 3,71 1,788
Schultz, Roger T ; Vickland, Jack M ; and Sickler, Raymond E .
3.711,055.
Phillips. Lee V.. and Cahoy. Roger P , to Gulf Research and Develop-
ment Company. Process for manufacturing cyclopropylaminc.
3,71 1,549, CI. 260-563.00r
Phillips Petroleum Company See—
Ashe, Benedict H., Jr ,'and Fox, Homer M., 3.71 1 .396
Ayres.CharlesA.,3,711 457.
Chester, Milton L ; and Anders. Billy J . 3,71 1 ,682
Deutsch, Peter R . 3.7 1 1 .590
Johnstm. Marvin M ; and Tabler. Donald C. 3.71 1,422
Trepka, William J ; and Sonnenfcid, Richard J., 3,71 1 ,424
Photophysics. Inc.: .See—
Paull, Michael H .3.711.197
Pianka. Max, to Murphy Chemical Company Limited, The (N-Alkox-
ycarbonyl-n-alkylcarbamoyl) dlalkyl phosphono-thioates and
thiolothlonates. 3.7 1 1 ,578, CI. 260-942.000.
PIcard, Claude Wolfgang; See-
Bream, John B ; PIcard, Claude Wolfgang; and Read. David
Michael, 3.711,505.
Piech, Ferdinand K ; and Weber, Rolf, to Porsche. Dr -Ing H.c.F .
KG.. Firma. Mushrmim valve, especially for internal combustion en-
gines 3.710.773, CI 123-188.0aa.
Piech. Ferdinand K , to Porsche. Dr.-lng. H.c.F., KG., Firma. Motor
vehicle, especially passenger motor vehicle. 3,710,884. CI. 180-
54.00r.
PIcmont. Georges. Corrugated edging for an endless conveyor.
3,71 1,588, CI. 264-231.000.
Pierce. Edward J . and Doucet. Daniel R., to General Connector. TIghj
angle multi-contact electrical connector 3,71 1, 8 15, CI 339-90.00r.
Pierce, Everette M , to United States of America, Army Processing of
crosslinked nitrocellulose propellants. 3,71 1.344, CI 149-19.000
Pinfari, Italo; and BegottI, Pino, to F LLI Pinfarl Sri Apparatus for
performing embarking and disembarking operations in amusement
park attractions. 3.710,725, CI. 104-35.000.
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Pinkham. Carl W , Jr , to Consolidated Foods Corporation. System for
preventing electrostatic spark discharge from a person operating an
electrical appliance 3,7 11 .742. CI. 3 1 7-2.00r.
Pioneer Electronic Corporation: See—
Ando.Shi/uo. 3.711.649.
Piret, Jean, to Regie Nationale des Usincs Renault and Automobiles
Peugeot Planetary gear-change-specd transmission mechanisms.
3,710,650, CI. 74-763.000.
Pitner. Alfred, 1/2 to Nadella. Rueil-Malmaison. Method of making a
composite bearing ring. 3,7 10,47 1 , CI. 29-148 40r.
Pitts Charles A , to Dow Chemical Company, The. Drag block and slip
assembly. 3,710.866. CI. 166-216.000.
Pittsburgh-Des Moines Steel Company; See—
Hills. Richard E ; Adams, John H ; Anderson, Lloyd E.. Jr.; Bliss,
Woodrow E . Jr ; Hamren. Fred W , Jr ; Honath, Harry F.; and
Murphy, JohnC, 3.710,582.
Plank, Robert E ; and Rutkowski. Michael D . to Biomarine Industries.
Inc. Galvanic cells. 3.711 .395. CI 204- 1 95.00p.
Plasteel Industries Incorporated, mesne; Sire-
Story. William K .3.710.733.
Plastic Coating Corporation. The; See—
Hakanson, Nils L, 3.710,755
Plempcl, Manfred; See—
" - Erik
3.711,
Buchel.
3.711,
Draber,
Rcgcl
Regel
Rege
Regel
and
Erik K . and
I. Erik K.
Erik K.
an^
and
Plempcl,
Plempel,
Plempcl,
Plempel.
Manfred,
Manfred.
Manfred.
Manfred.
Helmut: Buchel, Karl-Hcin/; and
Mitskevich,
Juricvich. and
Gcnnady
Zhevago,
Buchel. Karl-Heinz;
3.711,498.
Buchel, Karl-Hcinz;
3,711.499.
Buchel. Karl-Heinz;
.500.
Karl-Heinz;
.501.
Wilfried; Timmler,
Plempel, Manfred, 3,711,487.
Plessey Company Limited, The; See—
Blomley,PeterF, 3,71 1,781.
Plumstead, Richard J., to Esso Researcl^and Engineering Company
Incorporating lithium salicylate or the like into a grease 3.71 1.407,
CI. 252-41.000.
Pluschke, Manfred, to Kraftwerk Union Aktiengesellschaft Apparatus
for supplying cooling water to the cooling channels of the rotors of
electrical machines. 3.7 1 1 .73 I . CI. 3 10-53.000.
Polaroid Corporation; See-
Land, EdwmH .3.711.192
Schuler, Norman W, 3,7 1 1 ,4 1 7.
Young, Richard W. 3.71 1,283.
Polette, Melvin, and Newell, George P Rotary edger for use with
power driven lawn mower. 3.7 10.563. CI. 56-16.900.
Polk. Albert S , Jr , to United States of America, Navy. Pressure actu-
ated spring biased latch. 3,7 1 1 ,1 39, CI. 292-37.000.
Pollution Rectifiers Corporation; See —
Sved. John R. 3.710.551.
Polovets. Eduard Jurievich; See—
Koblents, Mark Germanovich;
Feodosievich; Polovets. Eduard
Anatoly Fedorovich. 3.7 1 1 ,749.
Poly-Traction Inc.; See—
Chaumont, Guy-Noel. 3.71 1 .164.
Polychrome Corporation; See—
DeuUch. Alberts ; and Poppo, Joseph M. 3,71 1,285.
Poly type AG; See—
Demierre. Jean. 3.710.712
Pomella. Piero, and Alberico, Mario, to Olivetti, Ing. C, & C, S.p.A.
Printing circuit mounting structure. 3,71 1, 8 14, CI 339-65.000.
Pommer, Emst-Heinrich; See—
Osieka. Hans; Koenig, Karl-Heinz; and Pommer, Ernst-Hcinrich,
3,711,614.
Pond, John E Bread slice coating applicator 3,710,754, CI. 118-
13.000.
Pool, Danny L.: See-
Gomes, John M ; Pool, Danny L.;
3,711,386.
Pope, Hermon L., Jr.; See—
Brennan, James, Jr ; Pope, Hermon L
3.710,913.
Poppo, Joseph M.; See—
Deutsch, Albert S ; and Poppo. Joseph M., 3,7 1 1 ,285.
Population Council Inc.. The; See—
Tatum. Howard J . Jernberg. Nils A.; and Braun, John, 3,71 1,035
Porsche. Dr -Ing H c F . KG. Firma; See—
Piech. Ferdinand K., and Weber, Rolf, 3,710.773.
Piech. Ferdinand K, 3,710,884.
Porter, James M., to Trane Company, The. Double effect absorption
heating and cooling system. 3,7 1 0,852, CI. 1 65-62.000.
Porter. Lawrence C ; See-
Chess, Samuel; and Porter. Lawrence C, 3.7 1 1 .23 I
Porter, Wilbur Arthur, to Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Continu-
ous deposition system 3,710,757, CI. 118-48.000.
Portoulas, Panayiotis G., to Warwick "Electronics, Inc. Chroma-burst
separator and amplifier circuit. 3,7 1 1 ,634, CI. 1 78-5.4sy.
Potter, Douglas E.; See-
Benson. Gustav E , and Potter, Douglas E , 3.710,461.
Pottorff, Donald R , and Wright. William E , to Kidde, Walter. & Com-
pany. Inc , mesne. Mobile crane hook block storage compartment
3,7 10,950, CI. 2 1 2-; .000.
and Wong, Morton M
Jr.; and Boren, Donald F.
Poveromo, Melvin D. Adjustable denture attachment. 3,710,446, CI.
32-5.000.
Powell, Johnnie L.; See—
Birchall. Thomas D.. and Powell, Johnnie L , 3,7 10,753
Poynter, Donald B Animated, drink mixing mannequin. 3,710,507, CI.
46-136 000
PPG Industries, Inc ; .See-
Anthony, Paul P. 3,7 I 1 ,382.
Kelly,JosephB.. 3.710.516
Martinsons. Aleksandrs. 3.7 1 1 ,397.
Precision Cutting Machine Co., Ltd.; See—
Koyano. Nobushigc, Hattori. Tadashi; and Kidowaki. Yoshimasa,
3,711,716.
Pretorius, Yarl; See—
Sirpak,Casey R , and Pretorius, Yarl, 3.7 1 1 ,1 52.
Pretzer. Wolfgang, and Ribka. Joachim, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft vormals Meistcr Lucius & Brunning Monoazo dyestuffs
containing an acetylamino 2.4-dipxo-l.2.3.4-tctrahydroquinazoline.
3.71 1,461. CI. 260-154 000
Price. Charles E.; See —
Kipple. Harry P ; Price, Charles E.; and Leader. Adam M..
3.710.437.
Priem. Jan Jozef; .See —
Van Paesschen, August Jean, Van Gossum. Lucicn Janbaptist; and
Priem. Jan Jo/ef. 3.711,284.
Prince. DarryllG Knife gate valve. 3.7 10,8 1 6, CI 137-242.000.
Prince, Ernest A I,ocking device for car stick shift. 3,710.606, CI. 70-
203 000
Procter & Gamble Company. The: See—
Marsan, Mario S, 3,710,797.
Pultinas, Edmund P , Jr.; and Temple, Robert D., 3,7 1 1 ,523
Robson, Peter, and Hardy. Frederick Edward. 3.71 1.413.
Strobel. Rudolf GK; and Smith, James P . 3.7 I 1 ,297
Proctor. Sidney E . and Garden, John C , to Ginda Inc Drive means for
cutter chain jib. 3.71 1,161, CI 299-82.(M)0
Pfopcrzi, Mario. Continuous casting apparatus 3,710,846, CI 164-
278.000 4
Proskurovsky, Filipp Yakovlcvich; See—
Turetsky, La/ar Isaakovich; Gryzlov, Anatoly Grigoricvich;
Proskurovsky, Filipp Yakovlcvich, Lomachenko, Gennady
Nikolaevich, and Ageev, Nikolai Ivanovich, 3,710,821 .
Pryor. Clyde Robert: .See—
Hollingscad. Robert A ; and Pryor, Clyde Robert, 3,7 10,476.
Puckett, George W , to Tag-Along Corporation Helper axle assembly
for vehicles. 3,7 1 1 ,1 1 2. CI. 280-8 1 OOr
Pugh, John, to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority.
Charge/discharge arrangements for nuclear reactor 3,71 1,369, CI.
176-30.000.
Pullman Incorporated; See—
Austgen, Kenneth J., Corbett, Richard A., and Schullcr, James J.,
3,710,730.
Schuller. James J. 3,7 10.729.
Spcnce, John H ; Yang, Tung Han; and Anderstin, Steven A.,
3,710,952.
Pultinas. Edmund P , Jr , and Temple, Robert D , to Procter & Gamble
Company, The Ocidation of vicinal glycols in the presence of or*
ganic peroxides and cobaltous compounds. 3,711,523, CI. 260-
413.000.
Pulverizer. Bradley Company: .See—
O'Leary,PaulC.,3,71I,047
Purt, Gustav A , to Cerberus AG Method for sealing the cutting or
separation surfaces of radioactive foils 3.710.537. CI 53-39.000
Pye, David S.. Fischer. Paul W , and Gallus, Julius P., to Union Oil
Company of California. Low fluid loss well treating composition and
method. 3,71 1 ,405. CI. 252-8. 55r.
Pylc, James J., to General Electric Company. Metal-clad laminates.
3,71 1, 365, CI. 161-216.000.
Pypcr. Paul M.: See—
Seccombe, Robert J.; Pypcr, Paul M.; and Trcible, Edwin S., Jr.,
3,710,874.
Quaker Oats Company, The: See-
Van Sice. David P . and Martin, Paul A., 3,7 10,668.
Quantum Corporation, The: See—
Werbell. Mitchell L.. III. 3,710.679.
Quattlebaum, Walter J ; .See-
Willis. David M . Young. William O.. Jr.; and Quattlebaum.
Walter J. .3.710,431.
Quick, James E , to United States of America, Navy Highly fluorinated
alkyl esters of trimellitic acid anhydride and method for their
production. 3.7 1 1 ,5 1 4, CI. 260-346.300.
Quincy. Roger B , Jr.; See-
Strum. Bernard J.; Quincy. Roger B., Jr.; and Butler, Charles T.,
3.71 1,600.
Quiogue. Virgilio J , to Burroughs Corporation Monostabic mul-
tivibrator having output pulser dependent upon input pulse widths.
3.71 1,729, CI. 307-273.000.
R. I. Patents, Inc.; .See—
Margave, John L , Bautista. Renato G.; Ficalora. Peter J.; and
Badachhape. Ramachandia B , 3.71 1,595.
R W. Transmissions Limited: See-
Stranger, Donald Arthur, Yates, Frank; and Senior. Jack.
3,710.640.
Rabjohn Rodney R . to Medidyne. Inc. Intermittent traction ap-
paratus. 3,710,787, CI. 128-75.000.
January 16, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 31
"^^"caWagni.' Ahghiero; Raccanelli. Mirco; and Eccettuato, Vittorio,
3 711 843
RacvskV Ge'orgy Vladimirovich; Bilctsky, Semen Mikhailovich, and
Rurmenko Fduard Jurievich. to Institut Elektrosvarki Imcni E O
Patona Akademii Nauk Ukrainskoi SSR Supporting device of rotary
furnaces 3.71 1.075. CI 263-33.00r. ,.,,,„ .., ,oc
Raffa. Angclo M Duct hank with couphng. 3,711,127. CI. i»3-
1 37 OOr.
Ralston Purina Company; .See—
Hawley.RobertL. 3,71 1,304. . , .. , .v i
Ramhack. Carl-Guslaf; and Ericsson. Nils Olof. to Aktiebolaget Karl-
stads Mekaniska Werkstad Marine propeller with removable blades
3.71 1.220. CI. 416-146.000. ..... r i,
Rampel. Guy. to General Electric Company Method of making an im-
proved electrode for dischargeable cell. 3.7 1 1 .33 1 , CI 1 36-6 000
Ramsdcn Hugh E . to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Process for the preparation of unsaturated hydrocarbons and unsatu-
rated oxygenated compounds 3.71 1,560, CI 260-632. 00b.
Ranco Incorporated .See— ,T,,oin
Stafford,JosephH and Brooks. Robert E. 3,71 1.810.
Randall. David I; See— , ^ , tnii t.Ai
Field Nathan D . Randall. David I.; and Vogcl.Calvm, 3,71 1 541 .
Randall David I ; and Wynn, Robert W . to GAF Corporation Cyclic
diamides of 2-chloroethvl phosphonic acid as plant growth regulants
3 711 272. CI. 71-86.000.
Rapata George M . to Illinois Tool Works Inc. Container carrier
package 3.71 1,145, CI. 294-87.200.
Rathbun Charles H . to M & W Gear Company. Gram dryer with im-
proved gram dcHector. 3.7 10.449. CI. 34-65.000.
KCA Corporation: See—
Fitzgerald, William Vincent, Jr.; and Lemmon. Richard Charles.
3.711.738.
Krydcr. Robert Allen. 3,7 1 1 ,720.
Palmer, Richard Claxton, 3,7 1 1 ,641 .
Peterson, Walter Raymond, 3,711 .763.
Schopp. James Conrad. 3.71 1.001.
Stachejko.Vitaly,3,7ll,793.
Read, David Michael; See— , „ i rw i
Bream, John B.; Picard, Claude Wolfgang, and Read, David
Michael, 3,711,505.
Rcckdahl, Segwald J ; and Folske, Donald W , to M'np^ma Mining
and Manufacturing Company. Answer sheets. 3,710.457. CI. J3-
48.00a „ ^ „
Redman, Howard E , and Kalning, Frederick E., «o Mathewson Cor-
poration. Mattress handling apparatus. 3,710,955, CI. 214-1 OOq
Redmore, Derek, to Petrolite Corporation. Corrosion inhibitors ern-
ploying phosphate esters of cyclic amidines. 3,711,403, Ll. Z3/-
8 55e
Redmore, Derek, to Petrolite Corporation. Use of phosphoramidales
ofcyclic amidines as corrosion inhibitors. 3,7 1 1 ,404, CI. 25Z-».55e.
Rcdon, Michel: -See-
Giraud. Pierre; and Rcdon, Michel, 3,71 1.851.
Reed Manufacturing Company; .See— ,,,„.-„
Bjalme, Bengt G., and Buhl. Robert E , 3,7 10,428.
Reed, Robert D. See— , „ j r. u . n
Zink John Smith; Goodnight, Hcrshcl; and Reed, Robert D.,
3,711,243.
Reed Toys Incorporated; See—
Begley.ThomasJ, 3.71 1,097 ^, ^
Recder' George C. Jr., to W«»-g!;"-%f "'"% ^"jK
Monopuisc radar antenna structure. 3,7 1 1 ,858, CI. 343-77 1 .OUU.
Rees, Thomas C; See— ci„„j r
Foster, Harold M ; Rees, Thomas C; and Spencer, Floyd G ,
Reeve John" Edwin, to Thorn Electrical Industries Limited. Drive
mechanism. 3.710,639, CI. 74-393.000. ,,,„,„« r\ 128
Reeves, Willis D Eyelid support for invalids. 3,710,788, Ci. i.iB-
Reiorzo" Jean Baptistc Marie, to Societe N^t;«."''''= '"'^"t'tm^
Aerospatiale Automatic servo system for electric cable marking
machines 3.7 1 1 .757, CI. 3 1 3-600.000
'^''^''Buchcl.^K^rl Heinz.; Grewc, Ferdinand, Scheinpfiug. Hans.
Kaspers, Helmut; and Regel, Erik, 3.7 1 1 ,502.
Regel. Erik K.See-
Manfred.
Manfred,
Manfred.
Manfred,
Buchel. Kari-Heinz, Regel, Erik K.; and Plempel,
3.711.498 ^ „,
Buchel. Kari-Heinz; Regel. Erik K.; and Plempel.
3.711.499 ^ „,
Buchel, Kari-Heinz; Regel, Erik K.; and Plempel,
3.711.500 ^ „, ,
Buchel. Kari-Heinz; Regel. Erik K.; and Plempel.
3,711.501.
Regie Nationale des Usines Renault: See— , t , « u^b
Peltier, Henri; Bailly. Roger; and Chatourel, Pierre, 3,7 10,848
Piret. Jean, 3. 710.650
Reid,JohnE.,Sr : See— ■.n.nt.ii
Reid, John E.Sr; and Muehleman, Russell N, 3 710,671.
Reid John E., Sr.; and Muehleman, Russell N , to Reid. John E., Sr
Note and pitch teaching machine 3.7 1 0.671, CI 84-477.00r.
Reid, Ronald E.. to Auto Safety, Inc Combination tool. 3,710,407, CI
7-8.100.
Rcilly, James J., Jr ; and Wiswall, Richard H.. Jr.. to United States of
AiTienca, Atomic Energy Commission. Ennch^ng with heavy
hydrogen isotopes. 3,7 1 1 ,601 . Cf 423-648.000.
Reinhard. Paul Ski training apparatus 3,7 1 1 .089, CI. 272-57.00b.
Rem Research. Inc.: .See—
Spiteri, Joseph, 3,711,704.
Rcmpfer Paul S ; Robertson. Alan J.; Stevenson. Lloyd E.; and Koziol.
Joseph S Jr . to United States of America. National Aeronautics
and Space Administration. Aircraft control system. 3.711.042. CI.
244-77.00d. ^ , r r. ^
Rench Thomas R.. to Case, J. I., Company Control for fiuid ram.
3,710,687, CI. 91-363.00r.
Renk, ERnest; See—
Lehmann, Claude, and Renk. ERnest, 3,7 1 1 ,609.
Renner, UlrichSee- ,-,,, cm
Ostermayer. Franz; and Renner.Ulnch. 3.71 1,50/
Reschke. Reinhold, to Berstorff. Hermann. Maschinenbau G.m.b_H.
Method of making multi-ply conveyor belting 3.71 1.348. CI. 156-
137.000. . ^
Research and Safety Devices Corporation: See—
Einine. Robert J ,3,710,970. -
Research Corporation; See—
Bolasny. Robert E, 3,71 1,743.
Johnson. William H.. 3.7 10,803
Research Corporation, mesne; See— ,-,,,.,<o
Olofson, Roy A , and Yamamoto, Yasushi Stephen, 3,71 1,458.
Research Laboratories of Australia Pty Limited; See-
Wright. Robert J, 3.71 1.710.
Resistoflex Corporation; See—
Nickerson, Harvey R, 3.71 1,1 32. T7m>i«A r\ ^6
Revny, Alexander. Shoe lace securing apparatus 3,710.486. CI ib-
Reynard Remi; Tindy. Roger; and Daniel. Edmond, to Institut Fran-
cais du Pctrole des Carburants et Lubrifiants. Surface apparatus tor
handling an clastic column. 3.7 II. 000. CI. 226-8.000.
Reynolds Joe D : and Cannon, Kenneth V., to Federal Sign and Signal
Corporation. Parallel alarm circuit havmg scnes supervision
3.71 1.854. CI. 340-409.000.
Reynolds Metals Company; See-
Wong. Lip F. 3,710,581.
Rheinmetall GmbH; See—
Kallmann, Hans-Joachim. 3,710,683.
Rhonc-Poulcnc S.A : .See—
Lefort, Marcel, and Robin. Jean. 3,71 1 ,442.
Ribka. Joachim; .See— ,-,,,.£, '
Pretzer Wolfgang; and Ribka. Joachim, 3.7 1 1 .46 1 .
Ricciardi Ronald J Plural auger material handling blending system.
3.710.983. CI. 222-141.000. ., i .
Rice Joe R . to General Electnc Company. Integral tubing and/or elec-
trical lead support and mounting pad for gas turbine engine controls
andacccssories 3.710.568. CI. 60-39 3lr. ^ ^ ,
Rich, Leonard G.; and Blake, Dale G., 'oGerber Scientific Instrument
Company, The. Optical line follower. 3,7 1 1 ,7 1 7. CI. 250-202.000.
Richert Walter J , to AMF Incorporated. Flat pack reed relays.
3,71 1',798, CI. 335-153.000. -
Richter, Helmut; .See— . ^ r- ■ u j
Von Bogdandy, Ludwig; Richter, Helmut; and Forster. Eckerhard.
3.711.277.
Richter Robert D.. to Tridair Industries Door structure for cargo con-
tainer. 3.7 10.5 1 3, CI. 49-464.000.
Rico Edward H; and Jaeger. Joseph H. Hydropneumatic massage
equipment. 3,710.786, CI. 128-66.000.
Riedbergcr Jacques H.; and Ezavin, Rene M Building structures.
3.710,528,0.52-236.000.
Rieeel Peter S to Gilbert and Barker Manufacturing Company. Auto-
matic trip fill nozzle. 3,710,831 , CI. 141-207.000.
RikenLightmetal Industry Company, Limited: .See- ^1.1.
Nagano, Toshihiro; Suzuki. Matsuo; Hayashi. Isao; Kato, Takashi;
Mochizuki, Hiroshi; Aoshima. Yasuo; Shibata. Kouji, and
Takahashi. Toshiro. 3.7 1 1 .3 1 3.
Rimmer, Michael J: See— kj „i,o„i 1
Hanes, James W. E.; Larralde, Edward; and Rimmer, Michael J.,
3,710,859. ^ ,, . .,,. ,
Rineland, Kenneth D , to Central Screw Company Sclf-drilling and
thread-forming screw. 3,710,676,0. 85-41.000
Rinke, Heinrich: See— ^„ , u w i-iti aai
Thoma, Wilhelm; Oeriel, Harald; and Rmke, Heinrich 3 7 n 443.
Rinker, Clark I Three-phase engine apparatus. 3,710,569, CI. 60-
39.610
Rinnai Kabushiki Kaisha; .See— -,-,,mT<
Tamada, Kazumi; and Takase, Tadayoshi. 3 7 10 775.
Rizzo, Pantaleone L. Folding motorcycle or the like. 3.710,883. CI.
180-33.000.
Roach, James D: See— -,.,w,.-^i
Boyd, Charies L.; and Roach, James D., 3,7 10.62J.
RobatelS.L P.I.:See-
Bochard,Camille,3,711,715
Robertshaw Controls Company; See—
Kreuier, Kenneth G., 3,7 1 1 ,226.
Niemand,Emil,3,71 1,727.
Scott, Douglas R. 3,71 1,018.
Robertson, Alan J; See— i i„„j c . --^
Rempfer. Paul S., Robertson. Alan J.; Stevenson, Lloyd E.. and
Koziol, Josephs, Jr.. 3,7 II, 042.
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Robin. Jean; See—
Lefort. Marcel; and Robin, Jean, 3,7 1 1 .442.
Robinson, Charles C See—
Snitzcr. Elias; Robinson, Charles C; and Woodcock, Richard F..
3,711,787
Robinson. Charles C , Graf. Robert E . Young . Robert W.. and Sproul.
Merrill F., to American Optical Corporation Method for pro<jucing
a Faraday rotation glass having a high verdet constant. 3.711,264.
CI 65-134 000
Robinson. Derek Gilbert, to Imperial Chemical Industries, Limited
Imitation sheepskin fabric. 3,7 10,462, CI. 28-72.00p. -
Robson. Peter; and Hardy. Frederick Edward, to Procter & Gamble
Company. The. Novel bleaching compounds. 3.711,413, CI. 252-
99 000.
Rochelle. James M.: See—
Borkowski. Casimer; and Rochelle, James M , 3,7 1 1 ,705.
Rod. Trygve R.: See—
Ernst. Richard J ; and Rod. Trygve R., 3,71 1.357.
Roc, Benson B See —
Goodenough. Samuel H.; Brown, Ronald C, and Roe. Benstin B.,
3.710.744
Rogalla. Dietrich; .W—
Max. Erhard; and Rogalla. Dietrich, 3.7 10.438
Rogers. Stanley, to General Dynamics Corporation. Matrix switch hav-
ing isolation resistors 3,71 1.834, CI 340-l66.00r.
Rohm & Haas Company: See —
Bayer. Horst O , and Nulty, Patrick J., 3.7 1 1 ,488
Rohn & Haas Company; See —
Brendlcy.WilliamH .Jr.. 3,71 1,449.
Rohr Corporation; See-
Rush. Hugh M ; and Gerard, Mi:an E , 3,71 1.202.
Tontini. Remo. Millman, Victor; and MacDonald, Howard R.,
3,711,013.
Rohr. Wolfgang. Fischer. Adolf; and Zschocke. Albrecht. to Badischc
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Akticngcscllschaft. Thiadia/olidincdiones
3.711.492.C1 260-302.00d.
Rolamite Incorporated; See—
Gladow, Dean E ,3.710.631
Roland Trist Controls Limited; See—
Innes, Robert, and Morrison. Ernest Albert. 3.7 10.612.
Innes. Robert; and Morrison. Ernest Albert. 3,7 10,61 3.
Romang. Lucien Willy; See—
Esseiva. Roger Marcel; Perrin. Louis R.F.J. , and Romang, Lucien
Willy. 3.71 1.31 1.
Roncarelh. Francesco D Flambe flamer 3,710.709, CI. 99-324.000.
Riwney. Clarence S : See—
Kulsa, Peter, and Rooney, Clarence S., 3,71 1.495.
Roos. Ernst: .See-
Wagner. Klaus; and Roos, Ernst, 3,7 1 1 ,506.
Rosedale Industries Limited; .See—
Rylands. Patrick, 3.7 10. 503
Rylands. Patrick. 3.7 10.504
Rosen. Perry, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc Dihalo steroids. 3,71 1,522.
CI. 260-397 400.
Rosenberg, David, to Pall Corporation. Valve for fluid lines and struc-
tures containing the same. 3.7 1 0,942, CI. 210-1 36.000.
Rosi. David. Collins, Joseph C , and Miller, Theodore C, to Sterling
Drug Inc Preparation of I -(aminoalkvlamino)-4-hydrox-
ymethylthioxanthen-9-ones. 3,7 1 1 ,5 1 2, CI 260-328.000.
Rosin. Seymour: 5ee—
Amon. Max. and Rosin. Seymour. 3,71 1 ,184.
Ross, Stephen T.: -See-
Kaiser, Carl, and Ross, Stephen T., 3,71 1 ,545.
Roth, Herman. Cutter device with illuminated cutting blade.
3,7 10,445, CI 30-341.000.
Rothcrt, Horst; and Schumacher, Rolf, to Fischer, Karl, Apparatc-u.
Rohrleitungsbau and Socicte Chimique des CharKinnages SCC. Ap-
paratus for synthesis of formaldehyde 3,71 1,253, CI. 23-288.00k.
Rothwell, Eric: See —
Heap, Vernon; and Rothwell, Eric, 3,71 1 ,323.
Round. Kenneth J.: .See-
Parry. Colin, and Round, Kenneth J. ,3. 71 1,326.
Roussel-Uclaf: .See—
Martcl. Jacques, and Huynh, Chanh, 3.7 1 1 .555..-
Rowe International Inc.: See— ' •
Grafford, John G .3,710,482.
Roy, Ashim Chandra. Composition and method for the detection of
uric acid. 3,7 11, 252, CI. 23-253 Otp.
Roy, Joseph Gerald, to Union Carbide Corporation Method and ap-
paratus for incineration of thermoplastic materials. 3,710,739, CI.
1 10-18.00r.
Royal Metal Corporation: 5ee—
Benoit, Roland A , and Tripodi, Joseph R , 3,71 1 ,664
Royse, James F , and Lee, Bert J., to Warwick Electronics, Inc. Ter-
minal pin installing machine. 3,7 10,480, CI. 29-203.000.
Rozhkov, Nikolai Alexandrovich: 5ee—
Funberg, Izrail Leibovich; Nikolaev, Petr Pctrovich. Gora, Viktor
Epifanovich; Gulenko, Nikolai Nikolaevich; Papko, Viktor
Ivanovich; Rozhkov, Nikolai Alexandrovich; Kats, Elya
Isaevich; and Krutogolov, Grijorv Vasilievich, 3,7 10,869.
Rubens, Louis C , to Dow Chemical Company, The. Expandable
copolymers of a-olefins and a,/3-monoethylenically unsaturated car-
boxylic acid 3,7 1 1 .430, CI. 260-2. 50b.
Rudolf, Wolfgang Hubertus, to Sulzer Brothers Limited Irradiation
system 3,71 1.709. CI. 250-44.000.
Ruetman. Sven H . to Dow Chemical Company, The. Synthesis of
perchlorinatcd cyano compounds. 3.7 1 1 ,480, CI. 260-250. OOr.
Rulo. Ralph P Welding and brazing devices 3.711,019, CI 228-
56.000
Rush, Hugh M . and Gerard, Milan E., to Rohr Corporation. Holo-
graphic testing apparatus 3.71 1,202. CI 356-109.000.
Russ, Paul E , Sr , to Gates Rubber Company. The Drive system for a
flexible track 3,71 1.165, CI 305-35.0eb
Russell, Carl D. End of page signalling device. 3,710,916, CI. 197-
189 000
Russell. James P ; .See-
Hoffman. Joseph K and Russell, James P., 3,71 1,531
Russell. John James: .See-
Wagner, David Prugh; and Russell, John James, 3.71 1.347
Ruth.WilhamH :.See-
Krulls, Gerd E ; and Ruth, William H.. 3.7 10.478
Rulkowski. Michael D.: .See —
Plank. Robert E ; and Rutkowski. Michael D , 3,7 1 1 ,395.
Rylands, Patrick, to Rosedale Industries Limited. Plaything. 3,710,503,
CI 46- 1. OOr
Rylands. Patrick, to Rosedale Industnes Limited. Plaything 3,710,504.
CI. 46-1 OOr
S & C Electric Company. .See -
Baker. Charles H . and Scherer. Henry W, 3,71 1 ,809.
Saab-Scania Aktiebolag: .See—
Abelin. Rudolf. Johans,son, Nils Soren Lcnnart, and Hakansson,
Andres Borje. 3.710,678.
Sagady, Alexander J: .See —
Kolbe. William H, and Sagady, Alexander J . 3.711.225
Sagane. Norio. Nakata. Shinsaku; Ucda. Hiroshi. and Matsumura.
Teiji. to Sekisui Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Process for foam-
ing a sheet of cthvlenic resin during downward movement of the
sheet. 3,71 1. 584. CI 204-54 0(H)
Sahrbatker. Edward V.. to Lucerne Prtxlucts, Inc. Bell-crank lever
trigger switch with trigger depression adjustment means 3,71 1,666.
CI. 200-l57.(X)0
Saia AG.: 5ee —
Gcrbcr. Hermann, and Frey, Peter. 3,71 1 ,732.
Saines. George S : .See —
Lachowic/. Donald R.; Saines. George S ; and F.ckert. (ieorge W.,
3,711,255
Saito, Jiro: See —
Susuki, Rinnosukc. Hoshi. Hiroshi; Saito, Jiro, and Hirakawa.
Michio, 3.711.438
Saito, Takashi; and .Ando. Yujiro, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha. F.lec-
rrophotographic copying machine. 3.71 1. 796. CI. 355-15.000.
Sajben. Janos: 5ee —
Damsky, Walter, Joistcn. Siegfried, and Sajbcn. Janos, 3.7 I 1 .234.
Sakai. Ichio, to Toyota Jidosha Ki^gyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Hydraulic
control system for an automatic transmission. 3,710.638. CI. 74-
336.000.
Sakakibara. Shigeru: .See —
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu, Sakakibara. Shigeru, Ito. Osamu. Waka-
matsu. Hisato. and Kato. Takaaki. 3,710.630.
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu, Sakakibara. Shigeru, Ito, Osamu, and
Wakamatsu, Hisato, 3.7 10,648
Sakamoto. Eiichi: .See-
Sato, Shui, Sakazume, Kaiichiro, Sakamoto. Eiichi; and Fujimori.
Noboru. 3.71 1.288
Sakamoto, Kenro, Endo. Takaya. Iwama. Masakuni. Inoue. Isaburo,
and Takei. Yutaka, to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd. Light-
sensitive silver halide color photographic emulsion. 3,711,286, CI.
96-100.000.
Saka/umc, Kaiichiro: .See-
Sato, Shui, Sakazume, Kaiichiro, Sakamoto, Eiichi, and Fujimori,
Noboru, 3,71 1, 288
Sakurai, Hiroshi: .See —
Kasamatsu. Tomomichi; and Sakurai. Hiroshi. 3.71 1 ,387
Sakurai, Isao, and Okumura, Minoru, to Konishiroku Photo Industry
Co , Ltd. Isodensity recording system 3,71 1.207, CI 356-202.000
Sailer, Erik; .See—
Trechock. Jack; and Sailer, Erik, 3,7 1 1 .3 1 8
Salm, Arthur, Inc.; 5ee—
StaheLAlwin J. 3,7 10.443.
Saltz, Ira, to Oxford Pendaflex Corporation. Index card holder
3,7 10,487, CI. 40-72.000
Salvade, Gennaro, to Bobst, J , & Fils, S A Device for aligning sheets
ofmaterialinstacks 3.71 1,088, CI 271-89.000
Sal/ano, Francis J.: 5ee—
Minushkin, Bertram; Kissel, George; and Salz.ano, Francis J..
3,711,394.
Sammann, Albert L Apparatus for pulling tassels out of corn stalks.
3,710,564, CI. 56-51.000
Samum Vereinigtc Papier-Industrie K.G.: See—
BIcier, Paul Gottfried. 3,711,317
Sanada. Noriaki. to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha. Diaphragm-actuating
device for a camera. 3.7 1 0,706. CI. 95-64.00r.
Sanders, Billy J.; See-
Chester, Milton L., and Sanders, Billy J , 3 711 ,682.
Sandlin, Billy J.: See—
Hubbuch, Theodore N., Murfree, James A , Jr.; Duncan, William
A ; Sandlin, Billy J.; and Nappier, Henry A.. 3.710.573.
Sandmaster Company; See—
McKenzie, Malcolm S., 3,710,562.
Sandoz Ltd , a/k/a Sandoz AG: See—
January 16, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
Schelling, Hans-Peter; and Kuhnen, Fred, 3,71 1,477
Sandoz-Wander, Inc ; .See-
Coombs. Robert V . and Galantay, Eugene E., 3,71 1 .521 .
Sanlord Research Company; .See—
DeGroft.WallcrJ .3.710.419.
Santcn Salomon, to Stork Amsterdam N.V. Gutter-shaped carrying
trough 3.710.926. CI. 198-131.000.
Sargent & Company; .See—
Filia.Gcorge J .3.710.611.
Sargent & Greenleaf, Inc : .See-
Miller, Harry C, 3,710.603
Sarmiento Liniis. to International Stretch Products. Inc. Warp knit
combination elastic fabric having integrally knit two-way stretch and
one-way stretch portions, and method of making such fabric
3. 7 1 0,599, CI. 66-193.000.
Sasse. Klaus .See— , o .. n u
W iddig. Arno; Sasse. Klaus, Grcwc, Ferdinand. Scheinpflug. Hans,
Frohherger, Paul-Ernst; and Kaspcrs, Helmut, 3,7 1 1 ,503
Satan i. El ji See—
Asogawa. Tatsuo. Matsumura. Yoshihiko; Satani. hiji; WaOa.
Shyozo;and Funakoshi. Yoshiro. 3,71 1.301.
Sutarin. Vladimir Ivancivich: .See—
Kogan. Naum Pinkhusovich. Mchcdiov-Petrosyan, Otar
Petrovich.and Satarin. Vladimir Ivanovich. 3,71 1,306.
Sato. Ka/uo. and Aoki. Takashi, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha Vehicular track measuring apparatus 3,711,203, CI 356-
152.000. , _ ..
Sato Shui, Saka/ume, Kaiichiro; Sakaifioto. Fiichi; and Fujimori,
Noboru to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd Light-sensitive,
photographic siher halide emulsion. 3,7 1 1 ,288, CI. 96-1 32.000.
Sauscle. George J H .See-
Hanson. Ellis P . and Sausele. George J H . 3.710,707
Sawyer. Arrtiur W , and Csejka, David A , to Olin Corporation. Low
water-sensitive hydraulic fluids containing borate esters. 3,71 1.410,
CI 252-78 000.
Sawyer. Arthur W ; and Csejka. David A . to Olin Corporation Low
water-sensitive hydraulic fluids containing borate esters and
monoethanolammc 3.71 1.411, CI 252-78.000
Sawyer. Arthur W , and Csejka, David A., to Olin Corporation. Low-
water sensitive hydraulic fluids containing borate esters and formals.
3,71 1.4 12. CI. 2.52-78.000
Sawyer Ernest Robert, to Calgon Corporation Welded connectors for
tubularseparatorm<xlule. 3.7 10,946, CI. 210-321.000.
Sayigh. Adnan A R , Stuber. Fred A ; and Ulrich, Henri, to Upjohn
Company. The Sulfonazide bonding of polymeric dyes on polya-
mide, polyester or polyolefin under radiation. 3.711.244. CI 8-
2.0(K)
Scanwell Laboratories. Incorporated: See—
Cummings.WilliamC ,3.711.857. c..K,r-»T
Scarfi Alberto. Gugliotta. Emanuele, and Giudice, Aldo, to SINC A I
Soc'ieta Industriale Catanese S p A Process for the recovery of am-
monium sulphate from its aqueous solutions contaminated by or-
ganic substances 3,71 1 ,597. CI. 423-545.000.
Schabert. Hans-Peter: .See— -,-,,,-,,^
Klar Frich; Schmid. Peter, and Schabert, Hans-Peter. 3.7 1 1 .7 1 4.
Schaible, Aaron M , deceased (by Bremer, James F., special adminis-
trator) and Davidson, Harrv W., to Case, J I , Company Hydraulic
control system for concrete placer. 3.7 1 1 ,223. CI. 4 1 7-342.000.
Schefold. Elmar: See— , .,,„ .,.,
Zicglcr. Norbert; and Schefold, Elmar. 3.710,495
Scheinpflug. Hans: .See— . ^ ^ r< u
Buchel, Karl Heinz. Grewe, Ferdinand, Scheinpflug. Hans;
Kaspers, Helmut; and Regel. Erik, 3,71 1,502.
Widdig, Arno; Sasse, Klaus, Grewe. Ferdinand; Scheinpflug, Hans;
Frohherger. Paul-Ernst, and Kaspers, Helmut, 3,7 1 1 .503.
SchellinB Hans-Peter, and Kuhnen, Fred, to Sandoz Ltd., a/k/a Sandoz
AG 5 amino- 1 ,2,3,-trithianes. 3,7 1 1 ,477. CI. 260-247. 100.
Schendel, Ronald L .See- , r. . , , o mi
Maul. James J , Stevens, James E.; and Schendel, Ronald L ,
3,711,562.
Scherer, Henry W ; .See—
Baker.CharlesH;andSchcrcr, Henry W, 3,71 1.809^
Scherf Gerald F, to Owens-Illinois. Inc Apparatus and method lor
measuring the rate of change of thickness of dielectric members
3.710,938,CI. 209-1 11.500. , , . i
Schiavone, Donald James, to Gould Inc. Cable spacers for electrical
overhead transmission lines. 3.7 11. 623, CI. 174-40 OOr.
Schickel Manfred, Sussenbach. Helmut; and Eichhorst. Ingo, to Licen-
tia Pa'tent-Verwaltungs-GmbH. Method of making contact point
coating for relay contacts. 3,71 1 ,383, CI. 204-29.000,
Schleppinghoff. Bernhard; .See— _,-,-,., etc '
Lauer, Hubert; and Schleppinghoff, Bernhard, 3,7 1 1 ,565
Schlisser, Gabor; and Inslcr, Julius R , to "«'«*'cam.lnc Segment
locatmg intrusion alarm system. 3,7 1 1 ,846. CI. 340-258.00b.
Schlotterbcck, Paul W : See-
Morris, Gerald H , Jr, 3.7 1 0.392
Schlumbcrgcr Technology Corporation; .See—
Claycomb.JacksonR, 3,71 1,825 . „ u .
Schmid Hans; and Zsindcly, Janos, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc
Tricyclic ketones. 3,7 1 1 ,553, CI. 260-586.00r.
Schmid. Peter: See— -tnn-itA
Klar Erich; Schmid. Peter, and Schabert. Hans Peter. 3,71 1,714.
Schmidt, Andreas, to Ehrenreich, A., & Cie. Vehicle ball joint with
crimped housing and method and apparatus for forming same
3,71 1,1 36, CI. 287-87.000.
Schmidt Arnold W.. to Norwood Mills. Inc Knit pile fabnc.
3,710.597. CI. 66-191.000
Schmidt. Felix Helmut: .See— ^, ,, , c- u
Hubncr. Manfred; Heerdt. Ruth; Schmidt, Felix Helmut; Stach.
Kurt, and Auniuller, Walter. 3,7 1 1 .564.
Schmidt. Heinz: .See—
Krumbiegel, Peter; and Schmidt, Hemz, 3.71 1.421.
Schmidt. Ulrich; See—
Gehlert. Rolf; and Schmidt, Ulrich. 3.71 1 ,195.
Schmidt, William G ; and Shimasaki, Nobuhiko, to Communications
Satellite Corporation. Satellite onboard switching utilizing space-
division and spot beam antennas. 3,71 1.855, CI. 343-100. Osa
Schmitz. Albert A Vane-type fluid pump. 3,7 1 1 .227. CI. 418-31 .000.
Schncck. Erich; .See-
(Junther, Klaus; Schncck, Erich, Voigt, Hartmut; and Wesselborg,
Karlheinrich. 3.710.545.
Schnedler. Paul E: .See—
Byrd. Fred; and Schnedler. Paul E., 3,71 1 ,320.
Schnegg. Robert; Heinroth. Karl-August; Neumann. Herbert.
Dauschcr. Rudi; Ohsc. Helmut, and Nickel. Klaus, to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Elastic textured yam and a process for its
production. 3,710.565. CI. 57-140 OOr.
Schneider & Co .See—
Novotny. Antonin; Cremer, Gottfried; and Heimann. hwald.
3,711.189. „ .
Schneider Adolf, to Olympia Wcrke AG. Simplified spring mstallalion.
3.7 10.642. CI. 74-470.000.
Schobbe. Hermann: See— ,-,,nioo
Bauer. Klaus. Naumann, Fritz; and Schobbe, Hermann, 3.710.688.
Schoffmann. Rudolf, to Vereinigte Osterreichische Eisen- und Stahl-
werke Aktiengesellschaft Methtxi for the production of plates.
■(.7 10.436. CI. 29-527.600
Schoffmann. Rudolf, to Vereinigte Osterreichische Eiscn- und Stahl-
werke Aktiengesellschaft Elastically dcformable curved supporting
and guiding construction for cast bars. 3.710,847. CI. 164-282000.
Schopp. James Conrad, to RCA Corporation Web position detector
using temperature sensing elements 3.71 1.001. CI 226-19 000.
Schrader. Gerhard; Euc. Ludwig; Hack. Helmuth; Hirane. Seiichi; Aya.
Masahiro; Kishino, Shigeo; and Fukaz.awa. Nobuo. to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft N-lsopropyl-phosphoro-
amido-thioates. 3.7 1 1 .582, CI. 260-954.000.
Schrenk. Walter J .See—
Alfrey. Turner. Jr ; and Schrenk, Walter J.. 3,7 1 1 ,1 76.
Schroeder, Georg; .See—
Wieland, Alfred; and Schroeder, Georg, 3,71 1,437.
Schubert, Wolf-Dieter: See— , , , , . „ .
1 euschner, Udo; and Schubert, Wolf-Dieter. 3,7 1 1 .68 1
Schulenberg. John W.. to Sterling Drug Inc l-chlorothioxanthcn-9-
one preparation from 2,6-dichlorobenzonitrile 3.711.513. CI 260-
328.000.
Schulcr Norman W , to Polaroid Corporation. Multilayer light polariz-
ing lens. 3,7 1 1 .4 1 7. CI. 252-300.000.
Schullcr. JamesJ ; .See— . o l ,. i i
Austgen. Kenneth J.; Corbctt, Richard A ; and Schuller, James J.,
3,71 0.7 30.
Schuller James J., to Pullman Incorporated Vehicle hopper do*ir
operatingmechanism. 3.710.729. CI. 105-240.000.
Schultz George E., to Tangen Drivers. Inc. Cup orienting and feeding
device and method. 3.710,924. CI. 198-33.0aa.
Schult/, Peter C .See-
Keck, Donald B ; and Schultz, Peter C, 3,7 1 1 ,262
Schult/ Roger T ; Vickland, Jack M ; and Sickler. Raymond E., to
Philco-Ford Corporation Equalizing stub axle linkage suspension
3.71 1.055. CI. 248-425.000.
Schulz, Gerhard: .See— ^ , _. . „ ,. , r>
Goctzc. Walter; Kaspcr. Werner; Klalt, Gerhard; and Schulz, Ger-
hard.'3,7 10.439.
Schumacher. Rolf: .See—
Rothert, Horst; and Schumacher. Rolf. 3.7 1 1 ,253.
Schumacher, william Ludlow, to AMP Inc Means hiving operating
means for connecting multiconductor cable means. 3.711.816, CI
339-91 OOr. . ,^ ^
Schuman. Gordon A . Jr , Collins. Raymond W ; and Koyama. Yu-
kinori to Dictzgen Corporation Exposing and developing apparatus.
3,710,708, CI. 95-94.00g.
Schundehuttc, Karl-Heinz. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Reactive disazo dyestuffs containing fibcr-rcactive
pyrimidene groups 3.7 1 1 .460, CI. 260- 1 54.000.
Schwahischc Huttenwerkc GmbH; .See—
Gessler, Hans. 3,7 10.959
Schwartz, Reinhard; See- ^ -,-,,« -.^o
Knapp, Heinrich; and Schwartz, Reinhard. 3.7 10.769.
Schwarz. Walter: See— ,-,,„..-.^
Smejkal. Hcllmuth; and Schwarz, Walter. 3.7 10,424.
Schwemer. Warren C See- ■,-,,, ^,^
Petersen, Donald H; and Schwemer, Warren C, 3.71 1,615
Schwcnger.GisclaSee— ^ o u l i mj »
Otte, Eginhard; Schwenger, Gisela; and Schwenkel. Willi.
3.710,626.
Schwenkel, Willi: See— ^ c u 1,1 u/.ii;
Otte, Eginhard; Schwenger, Gisela, and Schwenkel. Willi.
3,710,626
Scott Douglas R, to Robcrtshaw Controls Company Valve construc-
tion. 3,71 1 ,018. CI 236-87 000.
Scow, Inez L. Crocheting apparatus. 3.7 10,592, CI. 66-1. QOa.
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Scudder. John R See—
Kelly. Vincent M, and Scudder, John R. 3.710.806.
Scaly. Incorporated: See—
Watts. Edwin B. 3.710.405.
ScaT\c.G D .SiCo See—
Hamilton. Robert W . 3.71 1.533.
Scaton. Jack B : See—
Hume. Frederick R.; and Seaton. Jack B., 3,7 1 1 ,77 1 .
Scats, Inc.: See —
Cartcr.JohnW, 3,711,149.
Seccombe. Robert J . Pyper. Paul M ; and Treible. Edwin S.. Jr., to In-
gersoll-Rand Company Electronic torque measurement system.
3.7 10,874. CI. 173-12.000.
Sector Corporation: 5ee —
Vermilion. Everette P.; Seeley, Eugene B.; and Lcfcort, Malcolm
D, 3.71 1.646.
Seeley. Eugene B.: See-
Vermilion. Everette F ; Seeley. Eugene B.; and Lefcort, Malcolm
D.,3,71 1.646.
Segraves, William Benjamin, to Du Pont dc Nemours, E I., and Com-
pany Yarn treating jet having a guide fastened to its outlet end
3,7 1 0,460. CI 28-1.400.
Scidel, Joseph: See —
Long. Arthur H ; and Seidel. Joseph, 3,710,430
Scidenfaden, Heinz, to Vereinigte Flugtechinische Wcrkc-Fokker
GmbH. Fastening equipment with low pressure suction. 3,71 1,082.
CI 269-21.000.
Seitz & Co., Les Brenets: See —
Esseiva. Roger Marcel. Perrin, Louis R.F.J.; and Romang, Lucien
Willy. 3.711.311.
Seitz. Neil B: See-
Kuhn, Thomas G; and Seitz. Neil B. 3.7 1 1 .650
Seiz. Edward A. Resilient vehicle guidcway end abutments. 3,710,524.
CI. 52-174.000
Sekisui Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: .See —
Sagane. Norio; Nakata. Shinsaku. Ueda, Hiroshi. and Matsumura.
Teiji. 3,711.584.
Seleno, Andrew A.: .See—
Farron, John R ; Scleno, Andrew A ; Slavin, Matthew; and Teitel-
baum. Bernard R. 3.71 1.824.
Sell. Victor L.. and Alvi, Syed M S.. to Ampcx Corporation. High den-
sity core memory matrix. 3.71 1.839. CI. 340- 174.00m.
Seltzer. Ralph D Golf club swing guide 3.71 1.103. CI. 273-l91.00a.
Senda, Shigeo 1,3,6-Substituted 5-halouracils. 3,711.483, CI. 260-
260.000.
Senior, Jack: .See— <
Stranger. Donald Arthur; Yates, Frank; and Senior. Jack.
3.710,640
Sere de Lanauze. Michel: See—
Morieras, Gilbert; and Sere de Lanauze. Michel, 3,7 1 1 ,630
Sctcle, William O. to Kcndale Industries, Inc. Ratchet drive
mechanism. 3,7 10,906, CI. 192-46.000.
Setzer. William C : See—
Besel. Fred A . and Setzer. William C, 3,71 1 ,339.
Sevald, William T.: See—
Jozlin, Joseph A. 3.710,764.
Severodonetsky Ordcna Lenina Khimichesky Kombinat: See—
Khokhlov. Sergei Fedotovich; Yakovin. Viktor Petrovich; Sysoev,
Petr Ivanovich. and Egorov. Valery Pavlovich, 3,7 1 1 ,070.
Sexton, Robert W , Brooks, Paul L . and Carey. Jack M . to American
Air Filter Company. Inc. Self-sustaining pocket type filter
3,710,948, CI. 210-484.000.
Sczaki. Nobuhiko: See —
Kaneko, Toyohisa; Sczaki, Nobuhiko; and Katagiri, Hiroshi,
3,711,831.
Sfat, Michael R , and Morton, .Bruce J., to Bio-Technical Resources,
Inc Preparation of an alcoholic beer using a raw cereal grain hydra-
lyzate. 3,71 1,292, CI. 99-31 .600.
Shackelford, Judith Ann: See-
Cherry, Nancy Rey; and Shackelford, Judith Ann, 3,710,994.
Shah, Navin, to Grace, W R . & Company Lowshrink polyester resin
systems formed of a mixture of unsaturated polyester resin,
monomeric copolymerizable component and cellulose organic ester.
3.71 1.432, CI. 260-16.000.
Shapiro, Eugene B See-
Gore. William C ; and Shapiro, Eugene B., 3,710,591.
Shara, Hiroshi, and Yamakawa, Kiyoshi, to Sony Corporation Power
transformer primary winding fuse arrangement. 3,71 1,747, CI 317-
15.00.
Shearer, Robert B., to Persson Engineering Company. Single revolu-
tion clutch. 3,710,903, CI. 192-28.000.
Shelton, Jack: See—
Garrett. Jim C, Johnson. Robert H; and Shelton. Jack, 3,71 1,661.
Shepherd, Lawrence H., Jr , to Ethyl Corporation Complexes of alu-
minum alkyls and sodium fluoride. 3,7 1 1 .529, CI. 260-448.00a.
Sherwin-Williams Company, The: See-
Foster, Harold M , Rces, Thomas C, and Spencer, Floyd G..
3.711.552.
Shibamoto, Shingo: See—
Murakami. Tadashi; Hiromoto. Takeshi; Soejima, Zenzo;
Hamano, Toyosaburo; Hashimoto, Shinsuke, and Shibamoto,
Shingo, 3.710,843
Shibata, Kouji: See-
Nagano, Toshihiro; Suzuki, Matsuo; Hayashi, Isao; Kato. Takashi;
Mochizuki, Hiroshi, Aoshima, Yasuo; Shibata, Kouji; and
Takahashi, Toshiro, 3,7 1 1 ,3 1 3.
Shiber, Samuel: -See-
Thompson. Richard F . 3.710,881 .
Shick, Philip E.; and Flood, William H , to Owens-Illinois, Inc , mesne
Fluidi/cd process for regeneration of chemicals from sulfite pulping
process. 3.7 1 1 ,593, CI. 423-207.000.
Shideler. Paul J : .See—
Kochler, Albert T.; Shideler, Paul J , and Dohogne, Linus E.,
3,710.710.
Shields. Theodore Curtis, to Union Carbide Corporation Mcthy 2-
hydroxyethyl methyl (methylol) phosphinatcs and process for their
production 3.7 II, 579, CI 260-953.000
Shields. Walter A Recessed diaphragm with annular grooves for
hypodermic syringes. 3.710.794. CI 128-2l8.()nv
Shimasaki. Nobuhiko: .See—
Schmidt. W illiam G . and Shimasaki. Nobuhiko, 3,71 1 ,855
Shimizu. Yukio: .See—
Tamaki. Einosuke; Kobari. Masao. Miyanowaki. Fumihiro. Kato.
Kunio, Nishida, Ko, and Shimizu, Yukio, 3,710,805
Shinn, Jeffrey N , and Wotxlson. Carl W., to General Electric Ctim-
pany Bourbon tube fluidic transducer 3,7 10,8 14, CI. I 37-83 (K)()
Shinozjki, Mamoru: .See —
Endo, Masaaki; Miura. Mituo. and Shinozaki. Mamoru.
3.710.878
Shiraki, Hiroshi, Hara, Yoshiaki, and Iguchi, Masaaki, to Nipp<in Steel
Corporation. Method of cooling cut-off valve for high-temperaturc
corrosive gas 3,710.8 10, CI. 137-1 000
Show, Woo Foung. to Bell Telephone I aboratorics. Incorporated Sin-
gle wall magnetic domain logic arrangement 3,711,842, CI 340-
174.0tf.
Sickler, Raymond E.: .See—
Schultz. Roger T.; Vickland. Jack M ; and Sickler. Raymond E.,
3,71 1,055
Siddall, John B . to Zoecon Corporation Aliphatic ethers and thio
compounds. 3,71 1, 5 1 6, CI 260-340 5(K).
Siddall, John B., to Zoecon Corporation Quaternary alkyl ethers of
methylenedijxlioxyphenyl compounds 3,71 1, 5 I 7. CI. 260-340. 500
Siddall. John B . and Calamic. Jean Dihal<Kyclopropyl substituted
aliphatic amines. 3.7 1 1 .547, CI. 260-563 (M)r '
Siddall, John B ; and Calame, Jean Pierre, to Zoecon Corporation.
Cyclopropyl substituted aliphatic amines 3,711.548. CI 260-
563 OOr
Siegrist. Adolf Emil; Liechti. Peter; Maeder. Frwin. (iugliclmctti,
Leonardo, Meyer. Hans Rudolf, and Weber. Kurt, to Ciba-(jcigy
AC; Optical brightening agents. 3.71 1.472. CI. 26()-240.0ca
Sieloff. Kenneth A Floral decorative night light 3.71 1,696, CI. 240-
lO.OOp
Siemens Aktiengcsellschaft: .See—
Heise, Rudolf. 3,711,784
Jaeger, Hannes. and Veprek, Walter, 3.7 1 1 ,835
Klar, Erich, Schmid, Peter, and Schabert, Hans-Peter, 3,71 1 ,714
Kohlmuller. Hans. 3,71 1,333.
Otteni. Hermann, 3,710,825.
Paul, Bernt, 3.711,718.
Thomann. Helmut, 3,710,465.
Siemens-Electrogerate GmbH: See—
Leuschner, Udo; and Schubert, Wolf-Dieter, 3,7 1 1 ,68 1 .
Signctics Corporation: .See-
Brand. Warren L . and Kashkooli. Faraj Y , 3.7 1 1 ,753.
Silentnight Limited: See—
Hebden, Billy, 3,7 11,051.
Simon, Myron S N-(ortho-substituted benzene ornapthalcne carbox-
amidoethylene) para-phenylenc diamines as coupler-developers.
3,71I,546,CI 260-559.00S.
Simpson, William E, Jr., to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Fluid flow
regulator valve 3,7 1 0,820, CI. 1 37-495.000
SINCAT Socicta Industrial Catanese S p A .^ee—
Scarfi. Alberto; Gugliotta. Emanuele; and Giudice. Aldo,
3,711.597.
Sinclair-Hoppers Company: See-
Oliver. Connie J . and Gleason, Edward Hinsdale, 3.71 1.436.
Singer Company, The: See—
Kugler, Carl J, 3,710,624
Lees, Nathaniel P , 3,7 10,743.
Wojtulewicz. Waclaw, 3,710,629.
Sinnott, David J.; Alecci, Donald E.; and Kaplan, Louis, to Star-New
Era, Inc. Photographic composition system. 3,7 10,698, CI. 95-4.500.
Sipel, Richard G.: See-
Bernardo, Edward T.; Cherochak, Joseph G.; and Sipel, Richard
G, 3,710,479.
Sirpak, Casey, Incorporated: See—
Sirpak, Casey R , and Pretorius, Yarl, 3,7 1 1 ,1 52.
Sirpak Casey R , and Pretorius, Yarl, to Sirpak, Casey, Incorporated.
Health chair. 3,7 1 1 , 1 52, CI. 297-282.000.
Sisco, George C: See—
Dunigan, Thomas E.; Sisco, George C; and Pell, Laurence W.,
3,711,343.
SKF Kugellagerfabriken GmbH: .See—
Wendel. Gunther. and Fingerle. Rudolf, 3,71 1,168.
Skitch, James F., to Walker Croswcller & Company Limited. Fluid
now control valves. 3,7 10.827. CI. 1 37-637.400.
January 16.1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
Sklar Lawrence A Method of producing polyamide membraces and
rigid foamed products. 3.7 1 1 ,583, CI. 264-49.000.
<illar 1 awrence A Systems for production of colored lights from
audio impulses and transducer therefor. 3,7 1 1 ,853. CI 340-366.O0b.
Skutt Robert R . to National Cash Register Company, The Intercon-
nected electrode display means 3.711,733,CI 313-109.500.
Slama. Karel.See— .. , . c c ^
Dolejs I adislav; Kahovcova, Kitka; Slama, Karcl; and Sorm, Fran-
tisek. 3.711,519.
Slavin. Matthew See— ...... it . i
Farron. John R ; Seleno. Andrew A.; Slavin, Matthew; and Teilel-
baum. Bernard R ,3,711,824.
Sloane, Barbara: See—
Sloanc, Nathan H ,3,711,377.
Sloane Nathan H , to Sloane, Barbara. Method of production of
urokinase. 3,711,377. CI. 195-66.00b.
Small George Milton. Method and apparatus for packing vehicles on
movableplatforms. 3.710.957. CI. 214-16. lee.
Smathers Harry W ; and Moffa, Joseph, to Armco Steel Corporation
Resilient coupling 3.7 1 1 .1 29. CI. 285-235.000.
Smatko. Joseph S . to McDonnell Douglas Corporation. Ceramic
separator and filter and method of production. 3,71 1,336, CI. 136-
146.000. ^ .
Smed Prcben, to Packaline AG. Plates blank for carrying devices for
bottles and a carrying device for bottles. 3.7 1 1 .1 43. CI 294-87.200.
Smejkal. Hellmuth; and Schwarz. Walter, to Vereinigte Oster-
reichische Eisen- und Stahlwerke Aktiengcsellschaft. Braking means
for a fiexible connecting element which is resiliently supported at
one end and may be stressed in shocks. 3,7 1 0,424, CI. 24-1 23. Or.
Smilek, Norman N ; and Lockley, Joseph T , to Lockley Manufacturing
Co , Inc Apparatus and method for stacking articles. 3,710,532, CI.
53-26.000.
Smith. Carl A: .See- ^ , . , ,,
Kinsclla. Howard R : Love. John J., Smith, Carl A.; and Visos,
Charles D ,3,711,236.
Smith, Dale R., to York Research & Development Corporation. Index-
ing cigar pressing machine with automatic input and output
3.7 10.802, CI. I 31-81. OOr.
Smith. Dean E Device for controlling the evaporation of volatile sub-
stances particularly for use in air conditioning systems. 3.71 1.023,
CI. 239-54.000.
Smith, Edward J: .See— . , u u
Stout. Thomas M ; Smith. Edward J . and Hiestand, John H ,
3,711,687.
Stout, Thomas M.; Smith, Edward J.; and Hiestand, John H ,
3,711,688.
Smith, James P See— _^ ,-,...,,..,
Strobel. Rudolf G.K.; and Smith. James P., 3,7 1 1 ,297.
Smith. Keith A.: .See-
Fuller. Robert T.. and Smith. Keith A.. 3.7 10.4 14.
Smith Kline & French Laboratories: .See-
Kaiser. Carl, and Ross. Stephen T. 3.7 I 1 .545.
Smith l.eland E. Johnson. Jack B; Burks. Kenneth N; and Copeland.
Kenneth D . 75*5^ to Kara-Kount Incorporated, mesne. Headline
counting and printing design device. 3.7 1 1 .«37.CI. 340-172.5(K)_
Smith. Robert Eight cycle twin chambered engine. 3.7 10.767, CI. liJ-
63.000.
Smith. Royal F: See— ,-,,,.,.„.
Callahan, William H;and Smith. Royal F, 3,710,991.
Smith Thomas R . to Maytag Company. The. Token controlled circuit
for machine actuation system 3.7 10,9 10. CI. 194-4.00r.
Smith Vernon J ; and Heinemcyer. Ben W , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany The Apparatus and method for stress crack resistance testing
. 3,7l6,6l6.Cr7 3-88.00r. .■,,,. .7 ri ^ys
Smock. EdmundG Air-elevated dumping vehicle. 3.71 1,15/, CI. ^VK-
8. OOr.
SnamProgctti.Sp.A See- , -,, , ^ct
Cucinella. Salvatore; and Mazzei. Alessandro. 3,71 1 .4i5.
Snitzer Elias. Robinson. Charles C; and Woodcock. Richard F.. to
American Optical Corporation. Neodymium glass laser having room
temperature output at wavelengths shorter than 1060 NM.
3,71 1.787. CI. 331-94.500. .
Snvder John M ; and O'Neill. James J . to Commercial Affiliates. Inc.
Tapeseamingmethod. 3.71 1,349, CI. 156-157.000.
SocietaltalianaRcsineS.p A See— ,.u
Vargiu. Silvio; Spelta, Osvaldo; Giovanni. Scsto S., and Abruzzi,
Pierluigi, 3,71 1,431.
Societa RhodiatoceS.p.A: See— ...
Bartalini. Gastone. Brischctto. Nedo; and Giuggioli, Mario,
3,711,557.
Socicte Anonyme Automobiles Citroen: See—
Grosscau, Albert, 3,710,518.
Socicte .Anonyme de Telecommunications: See—
Vautier. Philippe Jean; and Coester, Jean Yves, 3,7 1 1 ,786.
Socicte Chimique des Charbonnagcs SCC: .See—
Rothert, Horst; and Schumacher, Rolf, 3,7 1 1 ,253.
Socicte des Procedes Modernes d Injection Sopromi: See—
Bassot, Jacques, and Monpetit, Louis, 3,710,763.
Socicte Mafit Manufacture de Fils Isoles Taurus: See—
Goyffon.Roland A ,3,710,756.
Socicte Nationale d "Etude et de Construction de Moteurs d Aviation
See-
Lamy, Jacques Edouard, 3,7 10,889
Societe Nationale Industrielle Aerospatiale: .See—
Reforzo. Jean Baptiste Marie, 3,7 1 1 ,757. <
Soejima, Zenzo: See— ^ . ^ r- i
Murakami, Tadashi, Hiromoto, Takeshi; Soejima Zenzo;
Hamano, Toyosaburo, Hashimoto, Shinsuke; and Shibamoto,
Shingo, 3,710,843. , „„„
SoergeLLorenG. Bag holder. 3,7 II. 141. CI. 294-55.000.
Soltex: See — -.Tinini
Blanc, Remy; Chapuis, Alain; and Gagne. Pierre. 3.7 10,601 .
Solvay & Cie: See—
Lefebvre, Henri. 3.71 1.078
Sonnenfcld.Richard J: See— ,.,,,.-,.
Trepka. William J., and Sonnenfeld, Richard J., 3,71 1 ,424.
Sony Corporation: See— ■,■,,,-,.-,
Shara, Hiroshi; and Yamakawa, Kiyoshi, 3,7 1 1 ,747.
Takano, Masayuki; and Su/uki, Yumihiko, 3,7 1 1 ,640.
Uemura, Saburo, 3,7 1 1 .724.
Sorenson. Hugh E Circular watercraft. 3,7 10.408, CI. 9-1 .000
Sorenson Richard W, to Carling Electric. Inc. Center-off floating con-
tact for electric switches. 3,7 1 1 ,663, CI. 200-67.00g.
Soring, Holgar: .See— »
Lorenz, Ewald; and Soring, Holgar, 3,7 1 1 ,86 1 .
Sorm. Frantisek: .See— ., , , c c
Dolejs, Ladislav; Kahovcova, Kitka; Slama, Karel; and Sorm. Fran-
tisek, 3,71 1 .5 19. ^ c » D . Ul
Sottsass. Ettore. Jr . to Olivetti, Ing. C, & C. S.p.A. Portable
typewriter with case. 3.7 1 1 . 1 75, CI. 3 1 2-208.000,
Soulier, Louis R : See— ,.,.^ccn
Harris, Dale K ; and Soulier. Louis R, 3,7 1 0,559.
Soult. Charles J: -See— ,.,,„rci
Parker. Frederick A . and Soult. Charles J.. 3.710.553
Spano. Leo A ; and Lacono. Vincent D . to United States of America.
Army. Air distribution garment 3.710.395. CI. 2-78.000.
Sparks, Charles H. Graft member grown in a living body 3,71U,4lXi,
CI. 3-1 000. ■ ^ r. . u
Sparks Charles H Method and apparatus for growing graft tubes in
place. 3,7 10,777, CI. I 28-1. OOr.
Spelta, Osvaldo: See— . ^ ^ . ^.
Vargiu, Silvio; Spelta, Osvaldo; Giovanni, Sesto S.; and Abru7.zi.
Pierluigi, 3.71 1.431 .dm
Spence. John H.. Yang. Tung Han; and Anderson, Steven A., to Pull-
man Incorporated Deflector for railway car cushioning unit
3,7 10,952, CI. 213-43.000.
Spencer, Floyd G: -See- c, a r-
Foster, Harold M ; Rees, Thomas C; and Spencer. Floyd O..
3.711.552
Sperry Rand Corporation: See— ,.,.r.«.<io'
Clevenger. James T; and Stohlcr. John L. 3,7 1 0,968
Day, William B, 3,7 1 1, 778 , -, , n .;no r-i
Spiegel, Norman, to Nasta Industries, Inc. Toy vehicle. 3,710.509. CI.
45.">44 OOr
Spindfer. Siegfried W Sliding clasp fasteners. 3.710.429. CI 29-
410.000. .. , ,^ . ,
Spiteri Joseph, to Rem Research. Inc Marker light and lens.
3.71 1.704. CI. 240-106.100.
Splatt. Kenneth W: See— ,t,,,,-,
Penner. Bruce W., and Splatt, Kenneth W. 3,^1 1,1 1,7.
Spraggins, Thomas C Fishing reel. 3,71 1.036. CI. 242-84.1 Or.
Sproul. Merrill F: See— « u ^ «/ a
Robinson. Charles C ; Graf, Robert E.; Young , Robert W.; and
Sproul, Merrill F, 3,71 1,264.
Square D Company: See—
Dietz, Robert E, 3,7 II, 748.
Squibb, E R , & Sons, Inc.: See-
Narayanan, Vcnkatachala L, 3,71 1 .538.
Squyres Henry P . to California Institute of Technology Uniform vari-
able light source. 3,7J 1 ,701 .CI. 240-46^35.
Staats Hcnrv N ; and Levitan, Maurice D., to General Binding Cor-
poration. Laminator. 3,71 1,355. CI. 156-499 000.
Stach, Kurt: See— . c .u
Hubner, Manfred; Heerdt, Ruth; Schmidt, Felix Helmut, Stach.
Kurt and Aumuller, Walter, 3,71 1,564.
Stachejko, Vitaly, to RCA Corporation. High power m'crowave switch
including a plurality of diodes and conductive rods. 3,711. 793. CI
333-97.00S. „ , .A
Stafford, Joseph H , and Brooks, Robert E , to Ranco Incorporated
Temperature responsive control apparatus for furnaces and the like.
3,71 l,810,CI. 337-388.000. -.TinAAt
Stahel, Alwin J., to Salm. Arthur. Inc. Foldable pocket kit. 3.710,443,
CI 30-151.000
Bandd, Kurt; Bartle, Walter; Gunther, Ewald; Honegg, Adolf, and
Stahl, Heinz, 3,711,155.
Stahl, Howard D: .See— j n. i -7 1 i im
Mitchell.WilliamA ; and Stahl, Howard D ,3.711.302
Stahly. Eldon E.; and Lard. Edwin ^ • «« G/^«- Y^**, 'n 2S
Polyester resin composition with a long shelf life. 3,7 1 1 ,57Z, ti. zw-
864.000.
Stamicarbon N.V.: See— D„t,..c im
Verstegen, Johannes DM , and Van Nassau, Petrus J.M ,
3-711.479 . nil ill ri
Stammreich. John C. Vehicle suspension arrangement. 3,71 1.1 li. t-i
280-96. 20r.
Standard Oil Company: See— '
Neil. Peter C ,3,711,005
Standard Oil Company (Indiana): See—
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Karll, Robert E, and Lee. Richard J. 3,71 1,408.
Standard Tool & Manufacturing Co.: See—
Zurcher.EricP, 3,711.216.
Stanford, Joe H Combination wire stripper and plier device.
3.710,406.C1. 7-5 100.
Stansell, Alpheus F.. to Burroughs Corporation Self-purging disk
system having airflow guide means. 3,710,540, CI. 55-473 000.
Star-New Era. Inc.: See—
Sinnott. David J , Alecci, Donald E., and Kaplan. Louis.
3,710,698.
Starkey, Bertrand Julian, to Electric & Musical Industries Limited.
.Acoustic direction sensing systems. 3,71 1,820, CI. 340-2.000.
Starkey. Charles E Method of verifying signatures and forms carrier
for use thereon. 3.71 1 .833, CI. 340-149.00a.
State of Florida, Department of Citrus: See-
Atkins, Cedric D., Attaway, John A.; and Marauija, Matthew D .
3,711,294.
Staub, Fred W., to General Electric Company. Condenser. 3,710,854.
CI 165-111 000.
Stauffer. Aaron Z , Herr. John H.; Lepley. James W.; and Zimmcrly.
James C, to Flying Dutchman, Inc. Bottom discharge means for silo.
3,710.960. CI. 2I4-I70da.
Stauffer Chemical Company: See-
Baker. Don R. 3.71 1.271.
Baker. Don R. 3.71 1,603.
Hwa.JesseC H .3.711.576
Stauffer-Wackcr Silicone Corporation: See —
Lewis. Richard Newton. 3.71 1,570
Stavropoulos. William. S.; and Thiegs, Bernard J., to Dow Chemical
Company. The. Glucose determination method employing
orthotoluidine. 3,7 1 1 .250. CI. 23-230.00b.
Steck, William F., III. to Weaver, W. R , Company Optical sight
aligner 3,71 1 .204. CI. 356-1 53.000.
Stcelcraft Corporation: See-
Franklin. David M.. 3,710.738.
Steele. William E.: See—
Lawhead. Robert E.; and Steele, William E, 3,7 1 1 ,359
Stein, Ira S.: See— -
Carreira, Leonard M ; Stein, Ira S ; and Tulagin, Vscvolod,
3,711,196
Steinbrenner, Hans, Elorus, Hans-Jorg; and Grossner, Horst, to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengcsellschaft Installation for the control of the
brakes of a vehicle. 3,71 1.162, CI. 303-2I.OOr.
Steinkamp, John A : See—
Fulwyler, Mack J ; Steinkamp, John A.; and Coulter, James R .
3,710,933.
Sterigard Corporation: See—
Marhold. Werner. 3,710,693.
Sterling Drug Inc : See —
Kirchner, Frederick K. 3,7 1 1 ,610
Rosi. David; Collins. Joseph C, and Miller, Theodore C,
3.711,512
Schulenberg, John W, 3,7 1 1 ,5 1 3.
Sterling Products Company, Inc.: .See—
Moschkau, George L , and Miller, Arlin Lee, 3,7 1 1 ,679
Sterling, Walter S., to Penumatic Scale Corporation. Closure handling
apparatus. 3,710.920. CI. 198-3?.0aa.
Steury. Howard C : See—
Audiffrcd. Sidney J., and Steury, Howard C, 3,7 10,570.
Stevens, James E : .Vee—
Maul, James J., Stevens, James E . and Schcndcl, Ronald L .
3.711.562.
Stevenson, Lloyd E : See—
Rcmpfcr, Paul S . Robertson, Alan J ; Stevenson, Lloyd E ; and
KozioLJosephS ,Jr..3,7l 1,042.
Stewart, John Kenneth, to Tamper Inc. Mobile track tamper.
3.710.721. CI. 104-12.000.
Stich. Willi L See-
Jones. Ralph S . and Stich, Willi L., 3,71 1 ,619.
Stiefrater, Gerhard W.: See—
Joyslen.Jack F, 3,71 1,1 14
Stohler. John L See—
Clevenger. James T. and Stohler, John L., 3,710,968.
Stoilov.Gueorgui Kirilov: See—
Stoytenev. Stoyteno Grigorov; Stoilov, Gucorgui Kirilov; Tsanev,
Tsani Konstantinov, Gueorguiev, Zdravko Marinov; and
Stoyanov, Gueorgui Yordanov, 3,710,967.
Stop-Motion Devices Corpwration: See—
Tellerman, Edward M, 3,710.595.
Stora Kopparbergs Bergslags Aktiebolag: See—
Josefsson, Erik Anders Ake. 3.71 1,278.
Stork Amsterdam N.V : See—
Santen, Salomon, 3.710.926.
Story, Eugene Marine transportation analysis computation. 3,71 1,862,
CI 444-1 000
Story. William K , to Plasteel Industries Incorporated, mesne. In-
tegrated reinforced plastic unit and method and apparatus for mak-
ing the same. 3,710,733. CI. 108-51.000.
Stout. Thomas M.; Smith, Edward J ; and Hiestand. John H., to
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The. Computer control of parallel paper
mill refiner for controlling the freeness of stock by controlling the
stock temperature rise through each refiner 3,711,687, CI. 235-
151 100.
Stout, Thomas M.; Smith, Edward J., and Hiestand, John H , to
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The Computer control of paper
machine in which basis weight is controlled through control of stock
flow. 3,71 1,688, CI 235-151.100.
Stoyanov. Gueorgui Yordanov: See—
Stoytenev. Stoyteno Grigorov, Stoilov, Gucorgui Kirilov; Tsanev,
Tsani Konstantinov; Gueorguiev, Zdravko Marinov, and
Stoyanov, Gueorgui Yordanov, 3,710,967.
Stoytenev. Stoyteno Grigt)rov; Stoilov. Gueorgui Kirilov. Tsanev. Tsani
Konstantinov; Gueorguiev, Zdravko Marinov, and Stoyanov. Gucor-
gui Yordanov, to DSO Balkancar. Assembly for lateral shifting of the
load support of a high lift truck. 3.7 10,967, CI. 2 1 4-74.000
Stranger, Donald Arthur, Yates, Frank; and Senior, Jack, to R. W.
Transmissions Limited Worm gears 3,7 10,640. CI. 74-425.000.
Streeters Plant Hire Limited: .See —
Mazzotti, Peter Charles, 3,71 1.159
Strick. Karl H.. to Fram Corporation. Fan connecting reinforcing cap
to hub 3. 7 11. 2 19, CI 416-132 000
Strobel, Rudolf G.K.; and Smith, James P , to PriKter & Gamble Com-
pany, The. Process for the treatment of unchlorinatcd cake flour.
3.71 1.297, CI 99-93 000.
Stroh, Robert Roy, to Burroughs Corporation. Terminal alignment and
connection device for conductors of a multiconductor cable.
3,7I0,481,CI 29-203 00b
Strom. Ludwig: . See—
Hcinrich. Willy, and Strom, Ludwig. 3,71 1.026
Strum. Bernard J , Ouincy. Roger B . Jr . and Butler. Charles T . to
United States of America, Atomic Energy Ct)mmission PrtKCSs for
preparing calcined oxides. 3,71 1 ,6(K), CI 423-639 (KM)
Stubbmann. Albert, to Kohncr Bros. Inc Progressive ring-threading
puzzle. 3,71 1.1 02, CI 273-153 OOr
Stuber. Fred A : See —
Sayigh. Adnan A. R.; Stuber. Fred A ; and Ulrich. Henri,
3,711,244
Sturlesc, Stefano, Guaglia. Giovanni Battista, and Morcllo. Bar-
tolomeo, to Centro Spcrimcntalc Mctallurgico S.p A Apparatus for
determining traces of elements in massive samples by optical emis-
sion spectrometry. 3,71 1, 201, CI 356-86 (K)0
Sugg, Philip Crawford, to Thorn Heating Limited Heat exchanger ap-
paratus 3,71 1,074. CI. 263-20. 0(K)
Suggitt. Robert M : .See—
Estes. John Harold; Kravitz. Stanley; and Suggitt. Robert M..
3,711,399.
Suggitt, Robert M.; Estes, John H.; and Kravitz, Stanley, to Texaco Inc.
Fluorided metal alumina catalysts 3.7 1 1 .425, CI 252-439 (MK)
SL'llivan, Cornelius P , and Duhl. David N , lo United Aircraft Cor-
poration. Columnar-grained nickel-ba.se supcralloy casting
3.71 1,337, CI. 148-32.500.
Sullivan, James P. L Reciprocating piston engine 3,710,691. CI 91-
496 000
Sulzer Brothers Limited .See-
Rudolf. Wolfgang Hubertus, 3,7 I 1 .709
Sumi, Yuichiro: .See—
Nakano, Junzo, Sumi, Yuichiro; and Nagata. Maktito. 3.7 1 1 ,366.
Sumitomo Chemical Company: See—
Usamoto, Teruyoshi, and Kondo, Tamotu, 3,71 1 ,454.
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigcru. Ito, Osamu. Wakamatsu,
Hisato, and Kato, Takaaki, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyt> Kubushiki
Kaisha and Nippondensti Kabushiki Kaisha. Automatic transmission
system having a shock preventing function in gear shifting. 3,7 10.30.
CI. 74-75 20a.
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu; Sakakibara. Shigeru, Ito. Osamu; and Wakamat-
su, Hisato, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha and Nippon-
denso Kabushiki Kaisha. Automatic transmission. 3.710,648, CI. 74-
731.000.
Summerville, Robert N, to Lummus Company, The. Heat recovery in
urea synthesis. 3,71 1.544,CI. 260-555.00a.
Superior Continental Corporation: .See-
Jensen, William T, 3,7 1 1 ,629
Sussenbach, Helmut: .See—
Schickel, Manfred; Sussenbach, Helmut; and Eichhorst. Ingo.
3,711,383.
Susuki, Rinnosuke, Hoshi, Hiroshi; Saito, Jiro, and Hirakawa, Michio,
to Lion Fat & Oil Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing thermoplastic
resin moldings 3,7 1 1 ,438, CI 260-4 1 OOr
Sutures, Inc.: See— —
Goodman, Murray; and Wartman, Albert. 3.7 1 1 ,448.
Suzuki Iron Works Company: See—
Tadano, Nobuo, 3,7 10,499.
Suzuki. Matsuo: See —
Nagano, Toshihiro; Suzuki, Matsuo; Hayashi, Isao; Kato, Takashi,
Mochizuki, Hiroshi, Aoshima, Yasuo, Shibata, Kouji, and
Takahashi, Toshiro, 3,7 1 1 ,3 1 3.
Suzuki. Shigeyuki: See—
Asano. Kiro; Takita, Hitoshi; Toyotia, Noriyuki; Takahashi,
Masaaki; and Suzuki, Shigeyuki, 3,7 1 1 ,537
Suzuki, Yumihiko: See —
Takano, Masayuki, and Suzuki. Yumihiko, 3,7 1 1 ,640
Svanstrom, Elis Kjell Ake: See—
Jonsson, Kurt Alfred, and Svanstrom, Elis Kjell Ake, 3,7 1 1 ,592
Sved, John R., to Pollution Rectifiers Corporation. Gas scrubber
3,710,551, CI. 55-226.000.
Svensson, Einar Air beam way and switching system. 3,710,727, CI.
104-120.000.
'^
January 16. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 37
Swehla Raymond J., to Joslyn Mfg and Supply Co. Electrical discon-
nect. 3,7 1 1 ,8 1 8. CI. 339-60.00c.
Sybron Corporation .See— . . j , .
Hamilton. Robert S., Kingsbury, Albert W.; and Anderson, John
R, 3,7 11,401.
Peart, Edward Lynn, 3.710.888.
Sylvester, Edward C : See—
Orozco, Enrique H ; Asimor. Brian L.; and Sylvester. Edward C,
3,711,108.
Sysoev, Pctr Ivanovich: See—
Khokhlov, Sergei Fcdotovich; Yakovin, Viktor Petrovich; Sysoev.
Petr Ivanovich. and Egorov, Valery Pavlovich, 3,7 1 1 ,070.
Szepesi Zoltan P. J . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Storage
amplifier screen. 3,71 1,7 19, CI. 250-2 13.00r.
Tabler, Donald C: See-
Johnson, Marvin M; and Tabler, Donald C, 3.71 1,422.
Tabor, Paul C, to Meter Research Limited Expandable fastener.
3,7 10,674, CI. 85-84 000
Tadano Nobuo, to Suzuki Iron Works Company Automatic fishing
machine. 3,7 10.499, CI. 43-6.500.
Tag-Along Corporation: See—
Puckett, George W.. 3.71 1 ,1 1 2
Tagnon Luc Andre Aberration corrected ophthalmic progressive
power lenses 3,7 1 1 ,1 91 . CI 35 1 - 1 69 000
Takahashi. Masaaki: .See—
Asano. Kiro; Takita. Hitoshi; Toyotia, Noriyuki, Takahashi,
Masaaki, and Suzuki. Shigeyuki. 3,7 I 1 ,537.
Takahashi, Toshiro: .See-
Nagano, Toshihiro; Suzuki, Matsuo; Hayashi, Isao; Kato, Takashi;
Mochizuki, Hiroshi. Aoshima, Yasuo, Shibata. Kouji. and
Takahashi. Toshiro. 3.7 1 1 .3 1 3
Takai, Akio: .See —
Hara. Atsushi.Naganuma. Hisao; and Takai, Akio. 3,71 1,126.
Takano, Masayuki; and Suzuki, Yumihiko, to Sony Corporation Mag-
netic tape head tracking indicator 3.7 1 1 ,640. CI. 1 78-6 60a.
Takase. Tadayoshi: .See—
Tamada. Kazumi; and Takase, Tadayoshi, 3.7 10.775
Takcda Chemical Industries. Ltd.: .See—
Asogawa. Tatsuo; Matsumura, Yoshihiko; Satani. Eiji; Wada,
Shyozo, and Funakoshi, Yoshiro, 3,7 1 1 ,30 1
Takeda. Kin-Ichi. Rotary rcarview mirror for vehicles. 3,71 1,179. CI.
350-62 OOO.
Takeda, Sadao; Mitsudome. Kaoru; and Hashimura, Tetsuo, to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co . Ltd Doors for electronic ovens. 3.71 1.673.
CI. 219-10.550.
Takei, Yutaka: .See-
Sakamoto, Kenro; Endo, Takaya, Iwama, Masakum; Inoue, Isabu-
ro; and Takei. Yutaka, 3.7 1 1 .286
Takcnaka Komuten Company. Ltd : .See—
Endo. Masaaki; Miura, Mituo; and Shinozaki, Mamoru,
3.710,878.
Takishima, Yoshiyuki; and Mashimo, Yukio, to Canon Kabushiki
Kaisha Flash device for a camera and a photographing system with
an artificial illuminator. 3,710,701 , CI 95-1 1 500
Takita, Hitoshi: .See— -r- . i_ u
Asano. Kiro; Takita. Hitoshi. Toyotia. Noriyuki; Takahashi.
Masaaki; and Suzuki. Shigeyuki. 3,7 1 1 .537.
Takizawa. Yoshiyuki: .See—
Inami, Tetsuzo; and Takiz.awa. Yoshiyuki. 3,7 1 1 .776
Tamada, Kazumi; and Takase, Tadayoshi, to Rinnai Kabushiki Kaisha
Hot air cooking oven. 3.7 10,775, CI. 126-21. 00a
Tamaki, Einosuke, Morishita, Isao; Nishida. Ko, Kato, Kunio; and Mat-
sumoto, Takashi, to Japan Monopoly Corporation. The Process for
preparing licorice extract-like material for tobacco flavouring.
3.7 10,5 12, CI. 47-58.000.
Tamaki, Einosuke; Kobari. Masao, Miyanowaki, Fumihiro; Kato, Ku-
nio; Nishida, Ko; and Shimizu, Yukio, to Japan Monopoly Corpora-
tiori. The Process for producing material for smoking 3,710,805,
CI 131-14000C.
Tamar Electronics. Inc.: .See—
Apitz, Peter F, 3,71 1.686. ^ ^,. ^u ,.,
Tamaru, Hiroshi; and Inoue, Hiroyuki, to Tsubakimoto Cham, Ltd.
Tension device for chain drive. 3,7 10,634, CI. 74-242.1 Is.
Tamper Inc See-
Stewart, John Kenneth, 3.710,721. ."n-,,nAnn
Tamplen.Jack W. Percussion firing system. 3.7I0.7I7. CI. I02-20.0UU.
Tanaka, Haruo: See— - u u
Nakayama, Kiyoshi; Tanaka, Haruo; and Kase, Hiroshi,
3,711,375. ^, ..
Tanaka, Katsunobu, Kimura, Kazuo; and Yamamoto, Masaki, to
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing L-glutamic
acid 3,71 1,373, CI 195-28.00r. ull v r^
Tanaka, Katsunobu, and Kimura, Kazuo, to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.,
L td Process for producing L-lysine by fermentation in the presence
of hydrocarbons. 3,71 1,374, CI. 195-28.00r.
Tangen Drivers. Inc.; See—
Schultz, George E., 3,7 10,924.
Tantillo. Sylvia. Holder for articles. 3.7 1 1 .02 1 . CI. 248-330.000.
Tardoskegyi Louis V.. and Elliott, Donald A., to Electrovert Manufac-
turing Co Ltd Wiper means for liquid flux applying apparatus
3.710,759, CI. 118-123.000.
Tasca, Dante M.; Harnden, John D.. Jr.; and Martzloff. Francois D.. to
General Electric Company. Surge suppression transmission means
3.71 1,794. CI. 333-96.000.
Tatum. Howard J.; Jernbcrg. Nils A.; and Braun. John, to Population
Council Inc.. The. Filament winding apparatus 3.71 1.035. CI. 242-
Taylor, Clarence R. Massaging device. 3.7 10,784. CI. 128-24.200.
Taylor. George J.; See—
Heehler. Arthur C; and Taylor. George J., 3.710,752.
Taylor,JohnD. Earth anchor. 3.710,523, CI. 52-157.000.
Techlite, Inc.: See—
Maley, William B. 3,71 1,739.
Teichmann. Friednch, and Hengelhaupt. Hans-George, to Triumph
Werke Nuernberg AG Ribbon supply supporting structure in
typewriters and similar machines. 3,7 1 0.9 1 5 , CI 197-151 .000.
Teitelbaum. Bernard R : See—
Farron. John R.; Seleno Andrew A ; Slavin, Matthew; and Teitel-
baum, Bernard R.. 3,71 1.824.
Telafix Incorporated: See-
Wise, Donald S. 3.710.812
Teleflex, Inc : See-
Bennett, William G . 3,710,645.
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson: See—
Dietsch, Arne Kurt, 3,7 1 1 ,670.
Hansson, Hans Olof, 3,71 1 ,628.
Tellerman. Edward M . to Stop-Motion Devices Corporation. Control
means for textile producing machines. 3,7 10.595, CI. 66-1 57.000.
Temo Incorporated: .See-
Lopes. Rosario, 3,710,525.
Temple. Robert D: See—
Pultinas, Edmund P., Jr ; and Temple, Robert D.. 3,7 1 1 .523.
Tenneco Inc.: See-
Case, David A , 3,71 1,050
Hubbell. Franklin R., Ill, 3.710.892.
Tenncssee'Valley Authority: See—
Frazier, Alva W, 3.71 1,268.
Tenncy, Horace M : .See—
Mertzweiller, Joseph K ; and Tenney, Horace M.. 3.7 1 1 .423.
Teplitz Alfred, to United States Steel Corporation Coke oven door
structure 3,71 1 ,380, CI. 202-248 000.
Teves-Thompson GmbH: See-
May. Arnold, 3,7 10,768.
Tewey. Robert T: .See—
Leidy, Harold T., Kerrigan, Charles M., Tewey. Robert T.; and
Bartenbach. Louis. 3,71 1.291.
Texaco Inc.: See —
Cole, Edward L . and Hess. Howard V . 3.7 1 1 ,400
Dancy. Julian H ; Wiley. William O . and Tyson, Thomas L.,
3,711,238. ^ ,
Estes, John H.. Herbstman. Sheldon; and Kravitz, Stanley,
3,711,566.
Estes, John Harold. Kravitz. Stanley; and Suggitt, Robert M.,
3,711,399.
Lachowicz, Donald R ; Saines, George S ; and Eckcrt. George W.,
3.711,255. '
McMahon.Matthew A..3,7I 1,551
Mott, George E, 3,710,580.
Suggitt, Robert M ; Estes, John H.; and Kravitz. Stanley.
3.71 i.425
Texas Instruments, Incorporated: See—
Brennan. James, Jr ; Pope. Hermon L . Jr.; and Borcn, Donald F ,
3,710,913.
Dierschke, Eugene Gustav. 3,7 1 1 ,789.
Hentzschel, Hanspeter, 3,71 1,325.
Kilby . Jack S , and Van Tassel, James H. 3.7 1 1 ,626.
Porter, Wilbur Arthur. 3.710,757.
Textron Inc : See-
Carey, Lee F, 3.71 1,027.
Farah, Basils, 3,71 1,571.
Herud, Frank R .3,710.572
Hines, Robert R , and Culver, Harold, 3,7 10,849
Thalenfeld, David R Display holder for artificial flowers and the like.
3.71 1.048. CI. 248-309.000.
Thalmann. Armin: .See—
Burkhardt. Max; and Thalmann, Armin, 3,7 10,845.
Thermotics, Inc.: .See—
Kimmel.J D; and Clark. George M. 3,710,448.
Thiegs, Bernard J : See— ,-,,,,«■„
Stavropoulos, William, S.; and Thiegs, Bernard J , 3,7 1 1 .250.
Thoma. Wilhelm; Oertel, Harald, and Rinke, Heinrich, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Linear segmented polyu-
rethane elastomers. 3,7 1 1 ,443, CI. 260-75.0nh.
Thomann. Helmut, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method for the sub-
sequent adjusting of the transit time of a piezo electric ceramic sub-
strate for an electro-acoustical delay line. 3,7 10,465, CI. 29-25.350.
Thomas & Betts, Corporation, mesne: .See—
Halverson, Paul G ; and loz.zi, Anthony J., 3,7 10.654.
Thompson, Richard F . to Husted. Roycc Hill and Shiber. Samuel
Power ski. 3,710,881. CI. 180-5.00r.
Thorn Electrical Industries Limited: See-
Reeve. John Edwin. 3,7 10,639.
Thorn Heating Limited: See-
Sugg. Philip Crawford, 3,7 1 1 ,074.
ThorneH. Ernest L . to Marlin Toy Products, Inc. Animated toy.
3,710.506. CI. 46-1 18.000.
Throbald, Elwin; See— ,,,„...£,
Coon. James A , and Throbald, Elwin, 3,710.467.
906 O.G. — 42
PI 38
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Tiers, George Van Dyke See- n , , aaa
Allen. Michael George, and Tiers, George Van Dyke, 3,7 1 1 ,444.
Timcx Corporation: Sff— , , u tntnA^a
Bornor. Brian J ; and Macgrcgor, Douglas J. H, 3,710,458.
Timmlcr. Helmut. See— ^ . , v i u ^a
Drabcr. Wilfried; Timmlcr, Helmut; Buchel, Karl-Heinz; and
Piempcl, Manfred. 3.71 1,487.
Tindv. Roger; .Sff— , r- . a iTiinnn
Reynard. Remi. Tindy. Roger; and Daniel, Edmond, 3.7 1 1 ,000
Tink Robert M . to National Cash Register. The. Latching and control
circuit for carrier detection. 3.711 .777 CI. 325-320.(K)0_
Tinnerman. George A Lath to stud clip. 3,7 11,137, CI 287- 1 89.350
Tirrell Frank B , to Emhart Corporation. Travel guide for bolt action
rines. 3,710.492. CI. 42-16.000.
to said Huffman and Baker; St-e— ,. ^ ,-. .^ i> j
Huffman. Russell B . Baker, Stuart J ; Grosslight, Donald P.; and
Pace. AldrenM. 3.71 1.750.
Todd William B Projectile and target apparatus including scoring
pieces adapted for attachment to the projectile. 3,71 1,095, CI. 273-
95.00r.
Tokico Ltd ; 5ef—
Yamawaki, Shunro; and Ohyama, Isao, 3,71 1 ,832.
Tokyo Institute of Technology; See—
lto.Takuji;and Hoshino. Yoshio, 3,71 1,429.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co , Ltd.; See—
Kameoka, Akio; Nakamura, Shinichi; and Kuriyagawa. Mamoru.
3.711,620.
Mizunuma. Yoshiyuki. 3.710,936.
Niioka. Takeharu; Itoh. Noriji; and Ishigo, Hideyasu, 3,7 1 1 ,657.
Takeda. Sadao. Mitsudome. Kaoru; and Hashimura, Tetsuo,
3,71l',673.
Tomcufcik, Andrew Stephen; and Wilkinson, Raymond George, to
American Cyanamid Company Compositions containing 3-
nitroimidazo(l,2-b) pyridazines and method of use for treating
amoebae and trichomonae. 3,7 1 1 .61 3, CI. 424-250.000.
Tomic, Ernst A , to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company Chemi-
cal foaming of water-bearing explosives 3,71 1.345, CI. 149-22.000.
Tomlinson. Barbara L Dispensable head covering 3.710,396, CI. 2-
197.000.
Tontini. Remo; Millman, Victor; and MacDonald, Howard R., to Rohr
Corporation. Thrust control and sound apparatus. 3,711,013, CI.
239-265 170. ., ^ . . ..
Tooka, Takuzo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Scisakusho.
Pneumatic device for automatic control system of slivers thickness.
3.7 10.421. CI. 19-240.000.
Torba Florence E., to Dow Chemical Company, The Substituted
( tnfluoromethyl ) pyridines. 3,7 1 1 ,486, CI. 260-294. 80g.
Torrance, Gordon A; 5ee—
Boehm. Walter G; and Torrance. Gordon A., 3,710,71 1.
Torre, Hans Dalla; See—
Lussi, Heinz, and Torre. Hans Dalla. 3.71 1.465
Torsch Charles Edward, to GTE Sylvania Incorporated. Toroid yoke
with multi-part core 3.7 1 1 ,802, CI. 335-2 10.000.
Toss Franco, to Hamac-Hansella GmbH. Arrangement for depositing
objects in a receptacle 3.7 10.543, CI. 53-244 000.
Toyo KogyoCo., Ltd ; See—
Kurio.Noriyuki, 3,71 1.229.
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Kubo.Seitoku, 3.7 10.649
Sakai,lchio. 3.710.638.
Sato. Kazuo;and Aoki.Takashi, 3,71 1,203.
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigeru; Ito, Osamu; Waka-
matsu.Hisato;and Kato, Takaaki, 3.710,630
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu; Sakakibara. Shigeru; Ito, Osamu; and
Wakamatsu, Hisato, 3.710,648.
Toyotia, Noriyukr .9ff— ., , -r- ■ u u
Asano. Kiro; Takita. Hitoshi; Toyotla, Noriyuki, Takahashi.
Masaaki, and Suzuki. Shigeyuki, 3,71 1 ,537.
Traccy.PeterM Fluid actuators 3,710,571 , CI. 60-54 50r.
Trahan, Albert J. Gyroscopic-action dynamic balancer. 3,710,627, CI.
73-464.000.
Trane Company, The; See—
Portcr,JamcsM ,3.710,852.
Transportation Technology, Inc.; See—
Donlon, Richard H ; Close, David E.; and Loomis, Peter B.,
1 T \ {\ T T 4
Trechoc'k, Jack; and Sailer, Erik, to Joseph, Robert T. and FMC Cor-
poration Method of controlling ultrafines from reactive form coke.
3,71 1.318, CI. 1 17-IOO.OOa.
Treible. Edwin S.Jr; See— r-j • c i
Seccombe, Robert J.; Pyper, Paul M., and Treible, Edwin 5>., Jr.,
3,710.874. . „
Trepka, William J ; and Sonnenfeld, Richard J., to Phillips Petroleum
Company Organolithium polymerization initiators. 3,711.424, CI.
252-43 l.OOr.
Trev^sani. Silvano; See—
Muller, Kurt; and Trevisani,Silvano, 3,710,723. ,^,-,_. „,
Trice. Gladys Method of making a reversible garment. 3,710,394, CI.
2-74000.
Tridair Industries; See—
Richter. Robert D, 3,710,5 I 3. ,.,„.«c /-. -.n
Trikilis. Emmanuel M Keyless rod locking device 3,710,605, CI. /U-
196.000.
Tripodi, Joseph R.;See—
Benoit.Roland A .and Tripodi. Joseph R., 3,71 1,664.
Triumph Werke Nuernberg AG : See—
Teichmann, Friedrich; and Hengelhaupt, Hans-George,
3.710,915. _ „ ^
True, Harold C; and Fitzsimmons, Richard D., to Boeing Company,
The. Aircraft engine noise suppression. 3,7 1 0,890, CI. 181-33.0hc.
Truline Casting Company; See—
Fabens, Andrew Lawrie, Jr., 3.7 10,840
Truxa Leslie, to Dominion Engineering Works, Limited. Roll support
for paper machine drainage foils. 3,7 II, 368, CI. 162-354.000.
TRWInc See- . „^ „ ^
Johnson, Robert L.; Overoyc, Kenneth R ; and Bhuta, Pravin G.,
3,710,615
Tsanev, Tsani Konstantinov; See—
Stoytenev. Stoyteno Grigorov; Stoilov, Gucorgui Kirilov; Tsanev,
Tsani Konstantinov; Gueorguiev, Zdravko Marinov; and
Stoyanov, Gucorgui Yordanov, 3,710,967
Tschopp, Lloyd D., and Funkhouser, Terry D., to Petro-Tcx Chemical
Corporation. Production of isobutylene. J,7 11,569, CI. 260-
683.300.
Tsubakimoto Chain, Ltd.: See—
Tamaru,Hiroshi;and Inoue. Hiroyuki, 3,710,634.
Tsujimoto, Toshio, to Fukusuke Kabushiki Kaisha Sakaishi Man's
brief 3,7 10.397, CI. 2-224.00a .... ,
Tucker, John R , and Williams. Raymond R.. to Lockheed Aircraft
Corporation Apparatus for producing optical patterns 3,710,696.
Tucker, Joseph A Personal portfolio computer. 3,711,014, CI. 235-
70.o6r.
Tucker Thomas M . to McCord Corporation. Linear actuator as-
sembly. 3.7 10,632. CI. 74-89.150.
Tulagin, VsevolodSee— . ^ , ,, - t j
Carreira, Leonard M , Stein. Ira S.; and Tulagin. Vsevolod.
3,711,196.
Tulk, Alexander Stuart; Douglas, Alan David, and Ericson, Ivan L , to
GTE Sylvania Incorporated. Inspection method and apparatus for
detecting oversized apertures in relatively thin sheets of opaque
material 3,7 1 1 ,205, CI. 356-162.000.
Tully Paul R and Lippe, Robert J . to Cabot Corporation Plant
growth media and methods. 3.7 1 0,5 1 0, CI. 47-58,000.
Tunge Heinert Apparatus for supcrfinishing of rotary crankpins of
cran'kshifts. 3,7 10,5 14, CI. 51-3 000.
Turetsky, Lazar Isaakovich; Gryzlov, Anatoly Gngoricvich, Proskurov-
sky Filipp Yakovlevich; Lomachenko, Gennady Nikolaevich; and
Ageev. Nikolai Ivanovich, to Vsesojuzny Teplotekhnichesky
Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut Imeni F.E. Dzerzhinskogo. Non-
retur valve. 3,7 10.82 1 . CI. 1 37-527.800.
Tuxco Corporation: See— -.ntnot-,
Blomgren. Oscar C. Sr , and Blomgrcn, Oscar C. Jr., 3,7 10.837.
Twyford Laboratories Limited; See—
Hatton, Mark WC. 3,71 1,376.
Tyke. Charles R See- „ . ^ , ,^u i d
Moreland. William C, 11. Cobb, William R; and Tyke, Charles R.,
3,711.672.
Tyler, David A; See—
Evans, Duane E.; Tyler, David A.; and Gibson, Myron K.,
3,710,576.
Tyson, Thomas L See—
Dancy, Julian H., Wiley, William O., and Tyson, Thomas L.,
3,711,238.
Uchihira, Sadao; See— ., .^.
Kishino, Shigeo; Uchihira, Sadao; Kurahashi. Yoshio; and Kume.
Toyohiko, 3,71 1,580.
Ueda, Hiroshi; See— ... ^. ....
Sagane. Norio, Nakata, Shinsaku, Ueda, Hiroshi; and Matsumura,
Teiji,3,7ll.584
Uelzmann Heinz, to General Tire & Rubber Company. The.
Aziridinomcftiyl phenolic compounds. 3,71 1,463. CL260-239KOOe
Uelzmann. Heinz, and Hidinger. David C , Jr., to General Tire &
Rubber Company, The. Aziridinyl silanes. 3,711,466, CI. 260-
239.00e. „ , J J
Uemura Saburo, to Sony Corporation. Speed detecting device.
3.71 1, 724, CI. 307-43.000. .... r .
Uhlig Albert R . to Owens-lllinois, Inc. Plastic bottle manufacture.
3,71 1. 233, CI. 425-302.000.
Ulanovsky, Jack M; See— , , .- iiir><^o
Nichols, Richard A.; and Ulanovsky. Jack M., 3,7 10,549.
Ulrich, Henri: See— „ ^ . j m u u^„,;
Sayigh. Adnan A. R ; Stuber, Fred A.; and Ulrich, Henri,
3,711,244.
Umeda. Junichi; See— . , t,, -JAn
Nakamura, Satoshi; and Umeda. Junichi, 3,7 1 1 , /4U.
Union Carbide Corporation: See— it,,cia
Manyik, Robert M.; and Walker. Wellington E., 3,7 1 1 .534.
Roy, Joseph Gerald, 3,7 10,739.
Shields, Theodore Curtis, 3.7 1 1 .579.
Union Oil Company of California: See- « -mi^n^
Pye. David S; Fischer. Paul W.; and Gallus, Julius P., 3,7 1 1 ,405.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Leeper. Henry P. ,Jr, 3,71 1,310.
MoiTatt,E.Marston,3,7ll,061 ,,,,„,
SUIIivan. Cornelius P.; and Duhl, David N.. 3,7 11 .337.
West, Roger F, 3,711,803.
United Geophysical Corporation: See— . ^ •. i
Farron John R , Seleno, Andrew A.; Slavin, Matthew; and Teitel-
baum. Bernard R. 3.7 1 1 ,824.
January 16,1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 39
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority: See-
Pugh, John, 3,71 1,369. . . . o
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Secretary of
State for Defence in Her Britannic Majesty's Government of the:
.See-
Brint, Norman Trevor, 3,710,684.
United States of America
Air Force Sff —
Von Ohain, Hans J. P.; and Keller, Melvin R, 3,7 1 1 ,370.
Army; See— „ , ^ ., , «,
Dunigan, Thomas E.; Sisco. George C; and Pell, Laurence W.,
Glendmning! William B, and Pharo, WeUington B.. 3,7 1 1 ,324.
Hubbuch. Theodore N ; Murfree, James A . Jr.; Duncan, Wil-
liam A ; Sandlin. Billy J; and Nappier. Henry A., 3,710,573.
Murfree, James A. .Jr., and Duncan, William A. ,3,7 1 1, 427.
Pierce. Everette M, 3,7 1 1 ,344.
Spano, Leo A.; and Lacono, Vincent D., 3,710,395.
Army, mesne: See —
Clark. Harlan C ,3.710,680.
Hoofnagle, Wayne E.. 3,710,7 1 5.
Peake. Murray W. 3.71 1,769.
Atomic Energy Commission: See—
Babcock. Dale F.; and Neill. John S., 3,7 1 1 ,598.
Blumenthal, Jack L., Carroll, David F., and Ogren, John R ,
3.711,327
Borkowski, Casimer; and Rochelle, James M, 3,71 1,705.
Couchman, James C; and Applebay, George W., 3,710,557.
Fulwyler, Mack J ; Steinkamp, John A ; and Coulter, James R ,
3,710,933.
Hurst. Fred J ; and Crouse, David J , 3.7 1 1 ,591 .
Luton. James N.Jr, 3,711,744
Minushkin. Bertram; Kissel, George; and Salzano, Francis J..
3 711 394
Reiily. James J., Jr ; and Wiswall. Richard H, Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,601
Strum. Bernard J ; Quincy. Roger B.. Jr ; and Butler. ChaHesT.,
3,711,600.
Interior: See—
Dorman, Knownly R, 3,710.925.
Gomes. John M . Pool, Danny L.; and Wong, Morton M.,
3,711,386.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration: See—
Rempfer, Paul S., Robertson, Alan J.; Stevenson, Lloyd E.; and
Koziol, Joseph S, Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,042.
Navy; See—
Alpers, Frederick C, 3,7 1 1 ,639.
Carver, August 6.3,711.040. ,^,.o,,
Dale. John R , Holler, Roger A ; and Goss, Garnet, 3,7 1 1 ,821
Demas, Nicholas L.; Fabian, George J., Marderian, Alex S.;
Minn, Sherman L.; Wack, John M., Waxman, Herbert I.; and
Wcckcr, Edwin W., 3,710.722.
Griffith.JamesR, 3,71 1,351.
Muraoka. James S., 3,7 1 1 ,586.
Polk. AlbertS.Jr, 3,71 1.139.
Quick. James E, 3.711,514.
United States Steel Corporation: See-
Levitt, Harold O, 3,710.728.
Teplitz, Alfred. 3,71 1,380.
University of Illinois Foundation: See-
Patterson, Earl Byron, 3,710,51 1.
University of Minnesota, The Regents of the; See—
Ersek. Robert A, 3, 7 1 0,789
University of Mississippi, The: See— ,,,..00
Klinger. Theodore J , and Wright, John R, 3,7 1 1 ,1 80.
Upjohn Company, The: See— .... .„ u 1, i„i.„ r>
Bcal, Philip F., Ill, Lincoln, Frank H.. Jr.; and Babcock, John C,
3 711 528
Chess, Samuel; and Porter, Lawrence C, 3,7 1 1 ,23 1 .
Kelly, RobertC, 3,71 1,515. ..,,1.1.
Sayigh. Adnan A. R.; Stuber, Fred A ; and Ulrich, Henri.
3.711,244. , _ ...
Upton Hugh Max. to Etawah Manufacturing Company, Inc. Folding
furniture construction 3.71 l.-JSl. CI. 297-45^000.
Urbanowicz. Nikodem N HumidiHer. 3,71 1,071 .CI. 261-92 000.
US Philips Corporation: See— w . u „
Heijnen, Alphonsus Joz^phus Cornelus; and Van Oorschot, Hen-
drikus Wilhelms Antonius. 3,7 1 1 ,805.
Janssen,Peter Johannes Hubertus, 3,71 1,636. ^. ■ ,
Usamoto Teruyoshi; and Kondo, Tamotu. to Sumitomo Chemical
Company Synergistic peroxide/oxime/isocyanate curing system.
3,71 1, 454, CI. 260-80.780. .
Vaitys, Ramojus P., to General American Transporution Corporation.
System for storing and transporting ladings. 3,710,966, CI. 214-
515.000. * o b
Valentine, Harry M., to Bendix-Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake
Cbmpanv. Breathing system for spring brake actuator. 3,710,6^2,
CI 92-63.000. „ ^ ...o
Valerio, Paul F.; and Werner, Robert M . to Eastman Kodak Company.
Process for finish polishing of glass lenses. 3,710,517, CI. 31-
284.000.
ValmetOySee—
Hyytinen.Timo, 3.710,494.
Vesamaa.Erkki. 3.710.491.
Valtonen. Rainer likka Tapio. to Oy Nokia Ab Device for supporting a
lowered false ceiling consisting of plates and provided with a current
supply rail. 3.7 10.529. CI. 52-731.000, u c .
Van Den Enden. Gaston Alfons; and Ceulemans. Hugo Frans, to
Gevaert-Agfa N.V. Container for sheets of ligh-sensitive material.
3,710,977. CI. 221-102 000. .^ ^. u a a
Van Der Sel. Cornelius Gerrit. to Anker-Werke AG, Method and
device for calculating check digits and for controlling groups of
digits with appended check digits for errors. 3.711,830, CI. 34Ur
146. laj. \
VanGossum,Lucien Janbaptist: See— , . ■ j\
Van Paesschen, August Jean, Van Gossum, Lucien Janbaptist; and |
Priem,JanJoz^f, 3,711,284. , ^ », ^^"K
van Halteren, Gerrit, to Lindsay Specialty Products, Limited. Webb \
fasteners. 3,7 10,422, CI. 24-265,00c.
Van Nassau, Petrus J. M; See—
Verstegen, Johannes DM,; and Van Nassau. Petrus J.M,.
3,711.479.
Van Oorschot, Hendrikus Wilhelms Antonius: See—
Heijnen, Alphonsus Jozephus Cornelus; and Van Oorschot, Hen-
drikus Wilhelms Antonius, 3,71 1,805.
Van Otteren. Wilbur M., to Automatic Tube Co. Pneumatic tube
system. 3,71 1,038, CI. 243-2.000. .
Van Paesschen. August Jean; Van Gossum, Lucien Janbaptist. and
Priem Jan Jozef. to Agfa-Gevaert. Photographic film with subbing
layers.' 3,7 1 1 ,284. CI. 96-87.00r.
Van Sice, David P., and Martin, Paul A., to Quaker Oats Company,
The. Music box record player 3,7 10.668, CI. 84-98.000.
Van Tassel. James H: See— ,^. ,,-,.,
Kilby , Jack S.; and Van Tassel, James H„ 3,7 1 1 ,626.
Van Uitert.Le Grand Gerard; See— . ^ ^ /- a
Geusic, Joseph Edward; and Van Uitert, Le Grand Gerard.
3.711,841, , , , ^
Van Veldhuizen. John, Air cushion vehicle with supplemental support
wheels including centrifugal fan means 3,7 1 0.887, CI, 1 80- 1 1 9,000,
Van Zijp Tonny, to N,V Leidsche Apparatenfabnek, Gripping device
forbottles. 3,710,928, CI. 198-210.000 ., ., ^ ■ .
Van Zon Cornelis, to Industriele Onderneming Wavin N.V. Device (or
manufacturingaplastictube. 3,71I,232,CI.425-I50.000.
Vareiu Silvio; Spelta, Osvaldo, Giovanni, Sesto S.; and Abruzzi, Pier-
luigi,' to Societa Italiana Resine S.p A Method of manufacturing
lightweight building components. 3,7 1 1 ,43 1 , CI 260-2.50b.
Varian Associates: See-
Ernst, Richard R, 3,7 I 1 ,764
Vautier Philippe Jean; and Coester. Jean Yves, to Societe Anonyme
de Telecommunications Determination of the frequency of laser
radiation 3,71 1,786, CI. 331-94 500 , .. u a
VEB Polygraph Leipzig Kombinat f. Polygraphiche Maschinen und
Ausrustungen: See—
Graupner, Eberhard, 3,7 10.7 1 4.
Vector General, Inc ; See—
Hasenbalg, Ralph D, 3.711.849.
Veeder Industries. Inc ; See—
Voegelin, Howard H, 3,7 1 0,7 1 3.
Veprek, Walter: See-
Jaeger. Hannes; and Veprek. Walter. 3,711,835.
Ver Steeg, David J , to Marathon Oil Company. Miscible-type noodmg
of oil reservoirs having water saturated bottom zones. 3,710,861 , CI.
166-269 000. ^ uu c
Vereinigtc Flugtechinische Werke-FokkerGmbH: See-
Seidenfaden, Heinz, 3,7 1 1,082. „ ur
Vereinigte Osterreichischc Eisen- und Slahlwerke Aktiengesellschaft:
See-
Schoffmann, Rudolf, 3.710,436.
Schoffmann. Rudolf, 3,710,847
Smejkal,Hellmuth; and Schwarz, Walter. 3 7 10.424
Vermilion, Everette F ; Seeley, Eugene B ; and Lefcort. Malcolm D , to
Sector Corporation System and method for printing alpha-numerics
andgraphics. 3,71 1.646, CI. 178-25.000.
Verstegen Johannes DM; and Van Nassau, Petrus J.M., to Stamicar-
bon N.V Process for separating melamine from a hot synthesis^gas
mixture which contains melamine vapor 3,711,479, CI. ^60-
249 70p.
Vesamaa Erkki, to Valmet Oy. Indicator of cocked position in a
firearm to be opened by breaking 3,7 1 0,49 1, CI. 42-1. 00c.
VetcoOffshorelndustries, Inc.: See—
Hanes, James W. E.; Larralde, Edward; and Rimmer, Michael J..
3,710,859.
Vickers Limited: See-
O'Connor. Anthony, 3,71 1,186.
Vickland, Jack M; See— ,„ ,, „ a c
Schulu, Roger T.; Vickland, Jack M ; and Sickler, Raymond E.,
3,711,055.
Vida Julius A.; and Wilber, William R , to Kendall Company, The,
N N-dihalomethyl phenobarbiul for the treatment of convulsions.
3,71 1,607, CI, 424-254,000,
Vik Albam M , to Dempco, Inc, Hydraulic coupler with cam actuator.
3,7 10,823, CI, 137-594,000, . ^,
Villella Felminio; and Hamiter, Leon C, Solid state double-pole dou-
ble-throw relay 3,7 1 1 ,728. CI 307-254,000.
Vilter Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Kocher. Erich J ,3,710,590.
Visidyne Inc : See—
Zehnpfennig, Theodore F, 3,71 1,188,
PI 40
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Visos, Charles D.;.W- „ ■ .^ ^ . . ^ „■
Kinsclla Howard R , Love, John J,, Smith, Carl A ; and Visos,
Charles 0,3.711,236. ., ,
Vitelli VitoJ to Morgan Construction Company. Method for cooling
and spheroidizing steel rod. 3,7 1 1 ,338, CI. 148- 1 2.000.
Vock, Manfred » See—
Mookherjee, Braja D ; Giacini, Christopher; Karoll, Elizabeth A ;
and Vock, Manfred H., 3,71 1 ,482
Vocgelin Howard H , to Veeder Industries, Inc. Print hammer actuat-
ing mechanism 3,710,713, CI. IOI-93.00C
Vogel, Calvin: See—
Field, Nathan D ; Randall, David l.;and Vogel, Calvin, 3,71 1.541.
Vogel, Paul W; Sfe-
Vogel, Virgil W ; and Vogel, Paul W , 3.7 1 1 .298.
Vogel, Virgil J See—
Vogel, Virgil W, and Vogel. Paul W , 3.71 1 ,298
Vogel, Virgil W ; deceased (by Vogel, Virgil J . co-executor); and
Vogel, Paul W . to Bird Provision Co. Process for preparing
packaged meat products for prolonged storage 3,71 1,298. CI. 99-
108.000
Voigt. Hartmut: See—
Gunther, Klaus; Schneck, Erich; Voigt, Hartmut; and Wesselborg,
Karlheinrich, 3,710.545.
Voith.J M ,GmbH.5ee-
Baer,Wolfgang,a^dFork,Wemer, 3,710,748.
Von Bogdandy, Ludwig, Richter. Helmut; and Forster. Eckerhard. to
Huttenwerk Oberhausen AG Method of alloying together with
semikilling steel. 3,7 1 1 ,277, CI. 75-1 29.000.
Von Keszycki. Harald J Valve for anti-skid brake control mechanism
3.710.899,C1 188-181.00a.
Von Mikusch-Buchberg. Johannes Donatus. to Lever Brothers Com-
pany Drying oils. 3.71 1,307, CI 106-243.000.
Von Ohain, Hans J P ; and Keller, Melvin R , to United States of
America, Air Force Colloidal-gas core reactor. 3,71 1,370, CI. 176-
45.000.
Voplex Corporation: See—
Bennington, C Earl, 3,71 1 .680.
Vossos, Peter H: Sff — ■*■
Payne, Charles C; and Vossos, Peter H , 3,71 1 ,416
Vsesojuzny Teplotekhnichesky Nauchno-lsslcdovatelsky Institut Imeni
F E. Dzerzhinskogo: See—
Turetsky, Lazar Isaakovich, Gryzlov, Anatoly Grigorievich;
Proskurovsky, Filipp Yakovlcvich; Lomachenko, Gcnnady
Nikolaevich, and Ageev, Nikolai Ivanovich. 3,710,821 .
Wack, John M; See— <
Demas. Nicholas L.; Fabian, George J ; Mardcrian, Alex S.; Minn,
Sherman L , Wack, John M , Waxman, Herbert 1 , and Wecker,
Edwin W. 3.710.722.
Wacker-Chemitronic Gesellschaft fur Elektronik Grundstoffe m.b.H.;
See—
Bienert, Klaus; Lang, Winfried. and Weidner, Herbert. 3,7 1 1,594.
Wada, Mitsuo; Mikoda, Masanari; Aoki, Masaki; and Hikino, Tadashi,
to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Resistor paste. 3,7 1 1 .328,
CI. 252-5 18 000.
Wada, Shyozo: Se^—
Asogawa, Tatsuo; Matsumura, Yoshihiko; Satani, Eiji; Wada,
Shyozo; and Funakoshi, Yoshiro, 3,7 1 1 ,30 1 .
Wagers, William O . Frappier, Robert H ; McDonald, William S , and
Boggs. Charles L , to International Paper Company Flute sealing
method. 3,71 1.352, CI. 156-202.000.
Wagner, Andrew F Mechanism for converting wheeled vehicle into
tracked vehicle. 3,7 10,886, CI. 180-9.20r.
Wagner. David Prugh; and Russell, John James. Method of sealing and
locking a fastener 3,7 1 1 ,347, CI. 1 56-91 .000.
Wagner Electric Corporation: See—
Machek.John A, 3,710,896.
Wagner. Karl, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Illuminating ar-
rangement with flash lamps for use with photographic apparatus.
3,710.704, CI 95-11.001.
Wagner. Klaus; and Roos. Ernst, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Substituted 3-aminoindazoles. 3,711,506, CI. 260-
310 00c
Wakamatsu, Hisato: See—
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara. Shigeru; Ito. Osamu, Waka-
matsu, Hisato; and Kato, Takaaki, 3,710,630.
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigeru, Ito. Osamu; and
Wakamatsu, Hisato. 3.710,648
Ward. John H.. to Optronics International, Inc. Apparatus for making
and reconstructing reference beam coded holograms. 3,71 1.177, CI.
250-220.000. . ,
Ware. Richard's.. Jr. Releasable trolling weight. 3,710,501. CI. 43-
43.110
Warner. Richard C. to Eldapat General, Inc Anti-fouling spark igni-
tion devices. 3,7 10,772. CI. 123-169 OOr.
Warshaw. Irvin J. Gas-fueled lighter. 3,7 1 1 ,240, CI. 43 1 -253.000.
Wartman, Albert: .See-
Goodman, Murray, and Wartman, Albert, 3,7 I 1 ,448
Warwick Electronics, Inc.: See—
Portoulas, PanayiotisG , 3,71 1,634.
Roysc, James F ; and Lee, Bert J.. 3.7 10.480.
Watanabe. Richard M.: See-
Fiedler. Vivian G , 3,7 1 1 ,090.
Watanabe, Tadashi; Murata, Koichiro; Iwasawa, Naozumi; and
Okinaga, Tsuyoshi, to Kansai Paint Company Limited Liquid coat-
ing composition comprising amino resin and vinyl-modified alkyld
resin 3,7 1 1 ,434, CI. 260-2 1 000
Watkins, Edwin P : See—
Keycs, Karl A., Doing, Park A , and Watkins. Edwin P.. 3.710,666
Watstin, Guido, to Westinghousc Electric Corporation Off delay timer
and internally generated auxiliary direct current voltage source for a
controlled rectifier alternating current switch for use therein
3,71 1,761, CI. 322-18.000.
Watts, Edwin B., to Scaly, Incorptuated Bed carrying frame.
3,710,405, CI. 5-201.000.
Waukesha Bearings Corporation: See-
Gardner, Willis W, 3,7 I 1 ,169.
Waxman, Herbert I: .See—
Demas, Nicholas L., Fabian. George J ; Mardcrian. Alex S.; Minn.
Sherman L.; Wack. John M.; Waxman, Herbert I , and Wecker,
Edwin W, 3,710,722.
Wayman, Robert W ; and Wiemer, Howard C , to Borg-Warncr Cor-
poration Hydraulic transmission 3,7 10,602, CI 68-23.700.
Wayson, Andrew J , to Mcrriman, Inc Means for controlling the coef-
ficient of friction between bearing surfaces. 3,711,166, CI 30K-
300.000.
Weaver, W. R .Company: See—
Steck. William F. III. 3.7 1 1 .204.
Webb, Jervis B.. Company: .See—
Boehm. Walter G, and Torrance. Gordon A.. 3.710,71 1.
Weber, Karl Heinz: See-
Bauer, Adolf; Weber, Karl Heinz; Danncberg, Peter; and Minck,
Klaus, 3,711,468.
Weber, Karl Heinz; Bauer, Adolf; Danncberg, Peter; and Minck, Klaus,
to Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH 2-(Alkoxy or alkylmercapto)-5-
phenyl-4H-3, 5-dihydro-l.5-benzodiazepin-4-ones. 3.711.467. CI
260-239.30b.
Weber. Karl-Heinz; Zeilc. Karl; Danncberg, Peter; Giescmann, Rolf,
and Hauptmann, Karl Heinz, deceased (by Hauptman, Maria, heir),
to Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH. 5-Phenyl-7-bromo-lH-l,5-
benzodiazepinc-2, 4-( 3H. 5H )-dioncs 3,7 1 1 ,470, CI. 260-239. 30b.
Weber, Kurt: See—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder, Erwin; Gugliclmetti.
Leonardo. Meyer. Hans Rudolf; «nd Weber. Kurt. 3.7 1 1 .472.
Weber. Rolf: See- *-
Piech. Ferdinand K ; and Weber. Rolf. 3.7 10.773.
Webcr-Knapp Company: See—
Phelps, Malcolm T, 3,7 10,416
Webster, Milo E , to Gillette Company, The. Dispensing package of the
pressurizedtype. 3,710,984, CI. 222-145.000.
Webster, William W , and Messenger, Joseph U., to Mobil Oil Cor-
poration Treatment of formations containing fresh-water swelling
clays 3,710,863, CI 166-272.000.
Wecker, Edwin W.: See—
Demas, Nicholas L.; Fabian, George J.; Mardcrian, Alex S.; Minn,
Sherman L ; Wack, John M.; Waxman, Herbert I ; and Wecker,
EdwmW, 3,710,722.
Wedco, Inc.: See —
Feder, Friedhclm R., 3,710.558.
Wedge-Lock Honing Stone Co.: See—
Kramm, Carl H ; and Lee, Roger E., 3,7 1 1 ,260.
Wehrli, Ucli: See—
Jeger, Oskar; and Wehrli. Ueli. 3,7 1 1 ,5 1 1 .
Weidner, Herbert: .See—
Bienert, Klaus; Lang, Winfried, and Weidner, Herbert, 3,7 1 1 ,594
Waldenv.lle': David B Apparatus for oxygenation of liquids. 3.71 1 .072, Weidner, Urban A . andChaH.ch Nicholas '« ^laV''^Tl U mo"'
CI. 261-122.000
Walker Crosweller & Company Limited: See—
Skitch, James F, 3,710,827.
Walker, Elmo R: See-
Dillenbeck, Warren H.; Muench, Paul W ; and Walker, Elmo R.,
3.710.585. ■
Walker, Wellington E.: See-
Manyik. Robert M, and Walker, Wellington E, 3,7 1 1 .534.
Wallenstein, Spangenberg, Hattis & Strampel: See—
Witte,BruceJ.,3,71l,022
Walter, Richard T , to Container Corporation of America. Apparatus
and method for forming article carriers. 3,710,535, CI. 53-3.000
Wander, A , Dr , Ltd , a/k/a Wander, A.. Dr , AG: See-
Bream, John B ; Picard, Claude Wolfgang; and Read, David
Michael, 3.71 1.505.
Ward, Donald H , to Borg-Warner Corporation. Apparatus and
method for cutting record discs 3.71 1.658. CI. I79-I00.40c.
Inc Seating unit in an article of furniture. 3,710.403, CI. 5-18.000.
Weinhold. Heinz: See—
Mennekes, Werner; and Weinhold, Heinz, 3,71 1,160,
Weinstein, Richard, to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Zone control valve assembly. 3,71 1,060, CI. 251-1 1.000.
Weist Herman C. Method and apparatus for folding lengths of materi-
al. 3,71 1, 086, CI. 270-83 000
Weller, Carroll E: See—
Perrero, George; and Weller, Carroll E., 3.7 1 1 .782.
Weller, Kurt: See- ^. ^... a
Fromme, Hans-Georg, Nadler, Franz; Zimmer, Siegfried; and
Weller, Kurt, 3,710,923. ,, ^ , .
Welsh Aaron L Self-powered water vehicle with rearwardly displaced
operator's sled. 3,7 10,750, CI 115-70.000
Weman, Klas Bertil, to Elektriska Svetsningsaktiebologet. Apparatus
for inductor current centrol in electric arc welding. 3,71 1.058, CI.
2I9-I3l.0wr.
January 16.1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 41
Wendel, Gunther, and Fingerle, Rudolf, to SKF Kugellagcrfabriken
GmbH Apparatus for mounting a spmning turbine. 3.711.168. CI.
308-26.000.
Wendel, John S: See— j /- , r> „»,. i 7im«,?
Wendel, John S., Kaiser, Lavern L.; and Grile, Dwight, 3,7 10,762
Wendel John S.; Kaiser, Lavern L ; and Grile, Dwight, to Wendel,
John S. and said Grile assor. to said Kaiser, La^«"' L.,Method and
apparatus for pneumatic conveymg articles. 3,710,762, CI. I iv-
82 000
Werbell Mitchell L., Ill, to Quantum Corporation, The. Silencer for
mouniing on fiftarm barrel. 3,7 1 0,679 CI. 89- 1 4^00d.
Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle AG.: See-
Mayer, Cornehus, 3,710,677^
Muller, Kurt, and Trevisani, Silvano, 3,7 10,723.
Werner Otto V. Expandable and contractible tubing support structure
3,7ir,133,Cl. 287-54.00a.
Werner, Robert M: See- .^,-,mcn
Valerio.PaulF and Werner, Robert Kt:. 3.710,517.
Werner Walter Myers, to AMP Incorporated. Detonator for an explo-
sively'operated connector. 3,710,719,C1. 102-28.00r.
Wcscloh, Roger J., and Whaley, Warren R., to Allis-Chalmers Manu-
facturing Company Lube oil pump drive for balancer. 3,710,7/4,
CI. 123-192.00b.
Wesselborg, Karlheinrich: See—
Gunther, Klaus; Schneck, Erich; Voigt, Hartmut; and Wesselborg,
Karlheinrich, 3,710,545. ^ ^ , ,, „ . r
Wessendorf, Richard, to Henkel & Cie GmbH Preparation of
bromonitroalcohols. 3,71 1,561, CI 260-633.00(3.
West Roger F , to United Aircraft Corporation High speed magnetic
focus device. 3,7 1 1 ,803, CI. 335-2 10.000.
Western Electric Company, Incorporated: See—
Bielawski, Joseph J , 3,710,531.
Westhershields Limited: See-
Perks, Joseph, 3,71 1,1 50.
Westinghousc Electric Corporation: See-
Hoffman, Kenneth C, 3,71 1 ,052.
Kaiser. Francis D. 3.71 1. 760 , , , .. m
Kipple, Harry P.; Price, Charles E., and Leader, Adam M..
3.710,437.
Kuhn, Edmund W . 3,71 1 ,662.
Long, Arthur H; and Seidel. Joseph, 3,710,430
Morcland, William C, II; Cobb, William R.; and Tyke, Charles R ,
3,711,672.
Reeder, George C Jr., 3,71 1,858.
Sz.epesi,ZoltanP J.,3,711,719.
Watson, Guido, 3,711,761.
Wilhamson, Hugh C, 3,710,819. ^-rc c i i„
Westlund, Arnold E., Jr.; and Audessc, Emery G^, to GTE Sylvania In-
corp<uated Disclosing light. 3,71 1,700 C. 240-4 LI 50^
Weston, David. Flotation of lateritic nickel ores. 3,71 1,032, LI. 241 -
20000.
Weston Instruments: See-
Kelly, Austin T, 3,71 1,850.
Wey Josef Mouthpiece for cigarettes and other tobacco products.
3,710,804, CI. 131-171.00a.
Whale Enterprises, Inc.: See—
HogucCharlesJ, 3,71 1,092. ^
Whaley, Warren R: See— -.mnnnA
Weseloh. Roger J.; and Whaley. Warren R 3.710.774
Whelpley, Donald E.. to Burroughs. V. P.. and Sons. Inc. Flake and pel-
lelcooler. 3.710.453. CI. 34-164.000.
Whirlpool Corporation: See—
Frick, Harold L. 3.710.776.
Wiechert.Jay A. 3.71 1.726.
White Motor Corporation: See— , t , , ^ii
Madzsar. George C; and Kozma.Otto, 3,71 1 ,146.
Muir, Earl B, 3,7 10,908 u.iTin/ilsri
Whitehorn, Richard M. Harmonic differential sprocket. 3,710,635,1.!.
74-243.00r.
Whitfield, Alan A: See— ^,. ., » oTum
Orkin Stanley S; and Whitfield, Alan A, 3,711,171.
Whitney Wiley. Communication system providing combined audio-
video service 3,71 1 ,648, CI. 179-2.0tv. , „ u
Widdig, Arno; Sasse, Klaus; Grewe, Ferdinand; Scheinpfiug Hans,
Frohberecr, Paul-Ernst; and Kaspers, Helmut, to Farbenfabriken
Bayer ^Aktiengesellschaft. Substituted ,'^,-;''«"y ■"^^.^•"''^y'-
bcnzimidazole-2-yl-carbamic acid esters. 3,711,503, CI. 260-
wScTjay A., to Whirlpool Corporation. Bimetallic signal device
forappiiances. 3,71 1, 726, CI. 307-1 17.00a u/.rl.HulsAk
Wic land Alfred; and Schroeder, Georg, to Chemische Werke Huls Ak-
t'enge ellscha t Process for the production of aqueous dispersions
having a high surface tension of carboxyl-group-containing synthetic
rubber. 3,71 1,437, CI. 260-29.70w.
Wiemer, Howard C: See— ,Tin*.m
Wayman, Robert W.; and Wiemer, Howard C, 3.7 10,602.
Wiesner-Hager KG: See—
Kratzer, Walter, 3,710,418.
Wilber, William R: See- ,T,,.m
Vida, Julius A.; and Wilber, William R., 3,7 1 1 ,607.
Wilcom Products, Inc.: See— i tm 7A7
Campbell, Richard H.. Jr.; and Wilkens, William B.. 3,7 1 1 .767.
Wiley, William O: See— . ^ _. , ,
Dancy, Julian H ; Wiley, William O.; and Tyson, Thomas L..
3.7ri.238.
Wilkens, Christian. Method of knitting a pile fabnc on a warp knitting
machine. 3,710,598, CI. 66-192.000.
Wilkens, William B: See- inMhi
Campbell, Richard H , Jr , and Wilkens, William B., 3,7 1 1 ,767.
Wilkinson, Raymond George: See—
Tomcufcik, Andrew Stephen; and Wilkinson, Raymond George,
3,711,613.
Willchemco, Inc.: See—
Curless, William T, 3,71 1,269.
Willey Monroe M., to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company. Coat-
ine composition of an acrylic oxazoline contaming polymer and cel-
lulose acetate butyrate. 3 ,7 1 1 .433. CI. 260- 1 7.00r.
Williams, Raymond R: See- .„ i-,,aaqa
Tucker, John R , and Williams, Raymond R , 3,7 10,69ft.
Williams, Will B , 1/2 to Benson, Harry J , mesne 9^l'=?"„'J^"'"^^''"
paratus with bafiles and dryer unit. 3,7 1 1 ,256, CI. 48- 1 SO.OOr.
Williams, Wilmore: See— ,,,,■,,,-,
Luksas. Anthony J ; and Wilhams, Wilmore, 3,71 1,303
Williamson David T. N., Hutchison, James Moffat, and Wilson, Ken-
neth C 'said Hutchison, said Williams and said Wilson assors. to
Molins Machine Company Limited. Machine tools and more particu-
larly to data-controlled machine tools. 3,7 10,466, CI. 29-2 /_UU.
Williamson, Hugh C, to Westinghousc Electric Corporation Hose and
hose storage arrangement for a portable dishwasher. 3,71U,SIV, ci.
Willis David M.; Young, William O., Jr.; and Ouattlcbaum. Walter J.,
to Butte Knitting Mills. Method of preparing packages of yarn tor
subsequent treatment. 3,7 10.43 1,0.29-428.000
Wilseck. James: See— -.^.^o-in
Dewar. Donald M.; and Wilseck. James. 3.710.879
Wilson. HarryC. Hinge. 3.710.415. CI. 16-128.000. ,„,,g.
Wilson. Harry Howard. Jr. Overhead projection apparatus. 3.71 1 .194,
CI. 353-99.000. „ .
Wilson Homer M, to Petrolite Corporation. Resistance-capacitance
meter. 3,71 1, 770, CI. 324-57.00r.
Wilson, Kenneth C: See— ». „ . ^ \i/;i,«..
Williamson, David T. N.; Hutchison, James Moffat; and Wilson,
Wilson. SR.Se'lf-'adjukting wrench. 3,71(),658,CL 81-367 .OOa
Winder, Jesse W . Motorcycle trail hitch. 3,7 1 1 ,1 20, CI. 280-292.000.
Wingard Limited: See-
Cunningham, Douglas James, 3,71 1,153.
'^'"crowley!'lI^orman"R.; Fuchs, Gilbert N.; and Wink, Randall W.,
3,710,958. ^. . .
Winkler & Dunnebier Maschinenfabrik und Eisengiesserei: See-
Fhlscheid Gunter, 3,710,694.
Winkler Tommy H. Drum anchor. 3,710,670. CI. 84-421.000.
Winnick. Charles N: See- ,-,,,c,o
Hewlett. Colin; and Winnick, Charles N. 3.7 1 1. 532.
Wise. Donald S.. to Telafix Incorporated. Method of and means for
repairing lateral branches of sub-surt^ace pipe lines. 3,710.812, Ci.
137-15000.
Wiswall, Richard H, Jr.: See- .„^ .„ , ,t,,^,
Rcilly. James J, Jr, and WiswaU, Richard H, Jr 3,7 1 1 ,60 1
Witte Bruce J 25-!^ to Glick, Leo L. and 259t to Wallenstein, Span-
genberg Hattis & Strampel. Electrostatic coating apparatus.
3 71 1,022, CI. 239-15.000. ^ u rw'.
Witzel, John, III, to Hercules 'ncorp^at'id. Process for the fabrication
ofcomplex contoured bodies. 3,71 1,350, CI. I56-169.()00.
Witzel John R . to Cincinnati Milacron Inc Dielectric-fiow-directing
EDMelectrode 3,711,676,C1 219-69 00d.
Woitulewicz, Waclaw, to Singer Company, The. Three-axis ac-
celerometer. 3,710,629, CI. 73-510.000.
Wolf, Milton: See- ^-,,,.-,t.
Dicbold, James L., and Wolf. Milton, 3,71 1 ,476.
Wolski Karlheinz, to Demag Aktiengesellschaft. Suction operated lift-
ing device. 3,7 1 1, 142, CI. 294-64.00r ,^ ^ _.
Woma-Apparatebau Wolfgang Maasbcrg & Co. GmbH: See-
Heinrich, Willy; and Strom. Ludwig. 3.7 1 1 .026.
Wommack, Joel B.,Jr See— n,i«;fM
Adams, Charles D , and Wommack. Joel B. Jr.. 3.7 1 1 .504.
Wong Lip F to Reynolds MeUls Company. Tubular construction.
3.7l'0.58I.Cl 61-45.00r.
Wong, Morton M : See— w«^«- \»
Comes. John M.; Pool. Danny L.; and Wong. Morton M..
3,711.386.
Woodcock. Richard F: See— ^ ,,, j i, d ^i.,rH f
Sniuer. Elias; Robinson. Charles C; and Woodcock. Richard F..
3.711.787. ^ ^ .
Woodling George V. Fluid valve means having feathenng action.
3,710,8'26,CI. 137-625.210.
Woodman Company, Inc , The; See-
Henry, Nelson R, 3,710,980.
Woodson, Carl W: See- ^ , .., ,.,,ao,a
Shinn, Jeffrey N; and Woodson.CarlW.. 3.710.814.
Woodward. Robert Burns: See- ,-,,,aa4
Heusler. Karl; and Woodward. Robert Bums, 3,7 1 1 ,464
Worden Robert F , to General Electnc Company Means and method
for modifying the fiesh-tone response of a color television receiver.
3,71 1,635, CI. 178-5.4he.
3.710.434.
Wright, Edward S: See- .. . , ^ . .o
Daniels, Neville H. G.; and Wright, Edward S
Wright, John J: See— „, ,. ... , miAoo
Aycock. Thomas W.; and Wright. John J.. 3.7 1 1 .428
906 O.G.
PI 42
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 16, 1973
Wright, John RSff- ^ ,,..,on
Klinger. Theodore J and Wright, John R. 3,711. 180.
Wright Robert J , to Research Laboratories of Australia Pty Limited
Method of and means for controlling corona emission. 3,71 1, /I U.
CI. 250-49. 5gc
Wrijjht. William E5«— .,.„„-„
Pottorff, Donald R.; and Wright, William E., 3.710.950.
Wurtz. William O: See—
Lowy Lawrence; and Wurtz. William O , 3,710,538
Wyman. Russell A , to Canadian Patents and Development Limited.
Concentration of spodumenc using flotation. 3,710,934, CI. 209-
5.000.
Wynn. Robert W: See-
Randall, David 1 ; and Wynn, Robert W., 3,7 1 1 ,272.
Wysocki Joseph J , Adams. James E ; and Becker. James H , to Xerox
Corporation Electrically controlled thermal imaging system using a
cholesteric tonematic phase transition. 3,71 1,7 1 3. CI. 250-83.00r.
Xerox Corporation; See-
Adams. James E. Jr; and Dailey, John L., 3.71 1.181.
Amort, Andrew L., 3,7 1 1 ,002.
Carreira, Leonard M.; Stein, Ira S; and Tulagin. Vsevolod.
3.711,196.
Ernst, Richard J ; and Rod. Trygve R.. 3.7 1 1 .357,
Kluger, Jacob N, 3.710,667.
Wysocki. Joseph J ; Adams. James E.; and Becker. James H..
3.711,713.
Xerox Corporation, mesne; See—
McVey.lrvin M; and Olson. Norman L.. 3.71 1.737.
Yakovin. Viktor Petrovich: See—
Khokhlov, Sergei Fedotovich; Yakovin, Viktor Petrovich; Sysocv,
Petr Ivanovich; and Egorov. Valery Pavlovich, 3,7 1 1 ,070.
Yale, Ramon L.: See-
Mathers. James E; and Yale, Ramon L.,3.71 1.418.
Yamada, Isao, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Apparatus for converting in-
formation recorded on a magnetic recording sheet into visible infor-
mation. 3,7 1 1,655, CI. 179-100. 20s.
Yamada. Naoyoshi; See—
Kushihashi. Akira;and Yamada. Naoyoshi. 3.711.322.
Yamakawa. Kiyoshi: See—
Shara. Hiroshi;and Yamakawa. Kiyoshi, 3,71 1,747.
Yamamoto, Masaki: See—
Tanaka, Katsunobu; Kimura, Kazuo; and Yamamoto. Masaki.
3.711,373.
Yamamoto. Yasushi Stephen: See—
Olofson, Roy A., and Yamamoto. Yasushi Stephen. 3,7 1 1 ,458.
Yamashita, Kazuo; Nakamura, Harutoki; and Hirakawa, Koichi, to
Northern Industries & Mfg.. Inc Molded coil. 3.71 1,807. CI. 336-
205 000.
Yamauchi. Akira. Method for forming the main body of a catamcnial
tampon. 3.710.420. CI. 19-144.500
Yamawaki, Shunro; and Ohyama, Isao, to Tokico Ltd. Code number
detecting device 3,71 1 ,832. CI. 340- 1 49.00a.
Yamazaki, Chieko; See—
Muta. Akinori; Itoda, Gyozo; Noro. Takanobu; and Yamazaki.
Chieko. 3.711.585.
Yamazaki. Eiichi; and Kanai, Hiromi. to Hitachi, Ltd Cathode-ray
tube having antenna getter with bimetallic insertion device
3,711,734, CI. 313-174.000.
Yang, Tung Han: See—
Spence, John H.; Vang, Tung Han; and Anderson, Steven A.,
3.710,952.
Yates, Frank: See-
Stranger, Donald Arthur; Yates, Frank; and Senior, Jack,
3,710,640.
Yew, Nelson C: See— j
Dao, James; and Yew, Nelson C, 3,71 1,71 1.
Yonkers, George Smilow; and Kayen. Samuel L.. to Berger & Conn.
Inc Display belt hange?S}.7 1 0.996. CI. 223-87.000.
York Research & Development Corporation; See—
Smith. Dale R .3.710,802.
Yoshida, Kazutaka, and Ishiwata, Mamoru, to Fuji Photo Film Co ,
Ltd Precise method for controlling thickness of a coating
3,71 1. 3 I 2. CI. 1 17-34.000.
Yoshikawa, Kiichi Yoshida Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Method of at-
taching slide fasteners to garment fabric 3,710,745, CI. 112-
265.000.
Yoshikawa. Minoru; and Ishii. Masaaki, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha.
Magnetic recording and reproducing device for use with an endless
recording medium with means for indicating a recordable state
within one cycle of the endless recording medium 3,71 1,654, 1 179-
100.20s.
Yost, Marshall E : See-
Dunham, Kenneth R ,and Yost, Marshall E., 3,71 1 ,287.
Young , Robert W See-
Robinson, Charles C; Graf, Robert E.; Young , Robert W.; and
Sproul, Merrill F, 3,7 1 1,264.
Young, Carter R ; and James, Henry J., to Otis Engineering Corpora-
tion Method and apparatus for treating and preparing wells for
production. 3,7 1 0,862, CI. 166-278.000.
Young, Fred M.. to Young Radiator Company. Heat exchanger.
3,710,853, CI. 165-81.000.
Young, Fred M , to Young Radiator Company Heat exchanger header
and core construction 3.710.858. CI. 165-178.000.
Young Radiator Company: See-
Young, Fred M. 3.710,853.
Young, Fred M. 3,710.858.
Young. Richard W.. to Polaroid Corporation. Image-receiving ele-
ments and photographic processes employing same. 3.71 1.283, CI.
96-2900r.
Young Robert D., to Canyon Research Corporation. Counting
devices. 3.71 1,01 5, CI. 235-98.00r.
Young. William O. Jr.: See—
Willis David M ; Young. William O.. Jr.; and Ouattlebaum.
Waiter J .3.710.431.
Yount. Carl T: See— ^ . ^ .
Kroft John D.. Pawletko. Joseph P . Peters, Francis E.; and
Yount.CarlT..3.71l.804
Zahnradfabrik Fricdrichshafen AG: See—
Dach, Hansjorg; and Gackstetter, Gunter, 3,7 10,647.
Zaun, Herbert Necktie stretcher 3,7 1 0,995, CI 223-82.000.
Zehnpfennig. Theodore F.. to Visidyne Inc. Compact optical display
system. 3.71 1. 188. CI. 350-291 000.
Zeile. Karl: See— ,> ,, .
Heinz. Karl; Zeile. Karl; Danncberg, Peter; Giescmann. Rolf; and
Hauptmann, Karl Heinz. 3.7 1 1 .509
Weber. Karl-Heinz; Zeile, Karl. Danncberg. Peter; Gicsemann,
Rolf, and Hauptmann, Karl Heinz. 3,7 1 1 ,470.
Zeller, Burtons. See-
Fisher, John F.; and Zeller. Burton S.. 3.7 10.637.
Zeller. Paul: See- ^ .
Bollag. Werner; Gutmann. Hugo, Hcgcdus, Balthasar, Kaiser,
Ado, Langemann, Albert, Mullcr, Marcel; and Zeller, Paul,
3,711,543
Zelna Robert P , to Fusion, Incorporated. High frequency stilder paste
gun. 3,71 1,020, CI. 239-1,000
Zenith Radio Corporation: See-
Foster, Leigh Curtis. 3,71 1,735
Zero Cold, Inc.: See—
Bofferding, Richard H ; Mead, Frederick C; and Hendershot,
Richard L, 3,710,734.
Zhcvago, Anatoly Fedorovich: See—
Koblents, Mark Germanovich; Mitskevich, Gennady
Feodosievich; Polovets, Eduard Jurievich, and Zhevago,
Anatoly Fedorovich, 3,7 1 1 ,749.
Zieeler Homer F , Jr , to Anheuser-Busch, Inc Egg white composition
and process of making same. 3,7 1 1 ,299, CI 99- 1 1 3 000.
Ziegler Norbert, and Schcfold, Elmar, to Heckler & Kock GmbH Self-
loading firearms 3,7 1 0,495, CI. 42-69. 00b
Zieike, Alfred, to ELMEG Electro-Mechanik GmbH. Resetting device
for the digital rolls of counters 3,71 1,684, CI 235-144.0hc.
Ziemek, Gerard; and Nordmann, Gert, to Kabel- und Metallwerke Gu-
tehoffnungshutte Aktiengescllschaft. Tubular metal structure.
3,710.828, CI 138-171 000.
Zievers. James F . to Industrial Filter & Pump Mfg. Co Sugar recovery
method and apparatus. 3,711 .329, CI 1 27-9 000
Zimmer, Karl R Method of producing hidden registered printing.
3,71 1, 353, CI. 156-267.000
Zimmer, Siegfried: See— o «• j ^
Fromme, Hans-Georg; Nadler. Franz; Zimmer. Siegfried, and
Weller, Kurt, 3,710.923.
Zimmerly. James C: See—
Stauffer. Aaron Z . Herr. John H . Lepley. James W.; and Zim-
merly. James C. 3.710.960.
Zimpleman. Marion D. Clamping device. 3.7 10,423, CI. 24-67.500.
Zink, John. Company: See—
Zink. John Smith; Goodnight, Hershel; and Reed. Robert D..
3.711,243.
Zink, John Smith; Goixinight. Hershel; and Reed. Robert D.. to Zink,
John, Company Regenerative tile for fuel burner. 3,711,243, CI.
431-351.000.
Zinkc-Allmang. Helmut: See— ,^ ^ ,, j
Nonnenmacher, Helmut; Krabetz, Richard; Engelbach, Heinz; and
Zinke-Allmang, Helmut, 3,711,540
Zitkus, Wayne J , to Owens-Illinois, Inc. High power segmented laser
device having novel coolant flow arrangement and novel laser discs.
3,71 1.785, CI. 331-94.500.
Zoccon Corporation: See—
Siddall. John B. 3.711.516.
Siddall.JohnB. 3.71 1.517. ,„,, c.o
Siddall. John B; and Calame. Jean Pierre. 3.71 1.548.
Zschocke. Albrecht: See— .-,,_, .,u u.
Rohr. Wolfgang; Fischer. Adolf, and Zschocke, Albrecht,
3,711,492.
Zsindely. Janos: See— ,-,,,cc-,
Schmid. Hans; and Zsindely, Janos, 3,7 1 1 ,553.
Zukerman Harold W. Shaped rice product and method for producing
same. 3.71 1,295. CI. 99-80.00r
Zumach Gerhard, Holtschmidt, Hans, and Kuhle, Engelbert. to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengescllschaft. 5-Chloro-3-oxo- 1,2,4-
thiadiazolines. 3.7 1 1 .49 1 . CI. 260-302 OOd.
Zumbrunn. Jean-Pierre; and Crommelynck. Francois, to L Air
Liquide Societe Anoyme pour lEtude et I'Exploitation des Procedes
Claude Georges Process for the treatment of phenolated industrial
efnuent. 3,71 1,402, CI. 210-63.000. ^ x ik. h
Zurcher Eric P , to Standard Tool & Manulacturing Co. Tool bit ad-
justing device. 3,7 1 1 ,216, CI. 408-153.000.
Zvonek.PaulP.See— . „ , „ ,-,.r.c-.o
Killmer, Donald H; and Zvonek, Paul P., 3,7 10,579.
LIST OF REISSUE PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 16th DAY OF JANUARY, 1973
NOTK —Arranged in accordance with the tlrst siBniHcant character or word of the name (In accordance with city and
* telephone directory practice).
AUIngton, Robert W. Apparatus for density gradient electro-
phoresis. Re. 27,552, l-lG-73, CI. 204—301.
Ashton, Robert, M. L. Gulllckson, and J. G. Butler, to Massej--
Ferguson Ltd. Corn harvester. Re. 27,554. l-lG-73, CI.
5G — 105. ^ « u I
Baneerter. Kenneth R. Torque release and shut-off mechanism
for pnuematic tools. Re. 27,550, 1-16-73, CI. 192— .034.
Rutler, James G. : .vce — ^ „ , „ of kka
Ashton Robert. GuUickson. and Butler. Re. 27,554.
Cole Edward N., to General -Motors Corp. Vehicular trans-
mission pump drives. Re. 27,553, l-lG-73. CI. 74—730.
Faust, John A., and M. Sahyun ; said Faust assignor to said
Sahvun, d.b.a. Sahyun Laboratories. /3-Alkoxy-trifluorometh-
ylphenalkylamlnes. Re. 27,551, l-lG-73, CI. 2G0— 570.6.
Flachbarth, Charles T., R. W. Hadfield. and W. H Harding.
Single and dual service fittings. Re. 27-549, 1-16-73, CI.
174—49.
General Motors Corp. : See —
Cole, Edward N. Re. 27,553.
Gulllckson, Myron L. : See— , „ , „ „, -k.,
Ashton, Robert, Gulllckson, and Butler. Re. 27,554.
Hadfield, Robert W. : See— '
Flachbarth. Charles T.. Hadfield, and Harding. Re. 27,-
549
Harding. William H. : See — ., „ ,- t>» ot
Flachbarth, Charles T., Hadfield, and Harding. Re. 27,-
549
Lang Ernest U., to National-Standard Co. Automatic tire
bead making apparatus. Re. 27.547. l-lG-73, CI. 15G— 422.
Louchren, Arthur V. Controlled ink-jet copy-reproducing ap-
paratus. Re. 27,555, l-lG-73, CI. 178—5.20 R.
.Massey-Ferguson Ltd. : See — , „ ^, „ n- -ka
Ashton, Robert. GuUickson. and Butler. Re. 2r,o54.
National-Standard Co. : See —
Lang, Ernest U. Re. 27,547.
Sahvun. Melville : Sec —
Faust, John A., and Sahyun. Re. 27,ool.
Schwab. Milton I. : See —
Spitz, Albert W.. and Schwab. Re. 27,548.
Spitz Albert W.. and M. I. Schwab, to Trio Process Corp.
Method of refining copper. Re. 27,548, l-lG-73. CI. 75 — 73.
Trio Process Corp. : See —
Spitz, Albert W.. and Schwab. Re. 27.548.
LIST OF PLANT PATENTEES
Garabedian, John M., to Superior Farming Co. Grapevine.
3,295, 1-16-73, CI. 47.
Lowry, David B. Pear tree. 3.291, 1-16-73, CI. 36.
Lucerne, Herman A. Lemon-Ume tree. 3,292. 1-16-73, CI. 45.
Sauret Clarence H., assignor of a fractional part interest to
Richard K. Sauret. Almond tree. 3,293, l-lG-73, CI. 30.
Sauret. Clarence H.. assignor of a fractional part interest to
Richard K. Sauret. Almond tree. 3,294, 1-16-73, Cl. 30.
Sauret Richard K. : See — ,
Sauret, Clarence H. 3,293.
Sauret. Clarence H. 3,294.
Suiierlor Farming Co. : See —
Garabedian, John M. 3.295. ^^ , ,^ ,„ r^i «i
Wakefield, Mary B. Dogwood tree. 3,296, 1-16-73, Cl. 51.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
Abalr, Raymond J. : See —
doleman, Allan M., Hawkins, and Abalr. 226,001.
Alexander Fred C, to Unlversal-Rundle Corp. Combination
bathtub' and shower unit. 225.995, 1-16-73, Cl. D23— 49.
American Store Equipment : See —
Schulte. Donald W. 225,945.
Amerock Corp. : See —
Clayton, La Verne E. 225,963.
Tegner, Raymond U. H 225,947.
Tegner, Raymond U. H. 225,906.
Anderson, Douglas C. Combined cabinet and table unit. 225,-
942, 1-16-73, Cl. D6 — 157. _,
Anderson. Melvln R., and D. E. Husby, to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corp. Floodlight. 226,020, 1-16-73, Cl. D48— 20.
Art Specialty Co. : See —
Haft Howard S. 226.021.
Asenbauer, Donald J. Combined mirror and bathroom acces-
sories holder. 225,948, l-lG-73, Cl. D6— 91.
Automata Corp. : See —
Singleton. Carlton M. 226.025.
Ballou, Walter G. Door knocker. 225,964, 1-16-73, Cl.
D8 — 177.
Barere, Barbara. Soap cake. 226,038, 1-16-73. Cl. D73— 1.
Barth, William, to Royal Crown Cola Co. Bottle. 225,974,
l-lG-73 Cl. D9— 100.
Beerll, Robert. Jr. Clipboard attachment for a vehicle steer-
ing wheel. 226.040, 1-16-73. Cl. D74— 2.
Bell. Ted A., to Dresser Industries, Inc. Gauge casing. 226,-
024, 1-16-73. Cl. D52 — G.
Berry, Fred M. : See —
SlilrlPV. Jame^ N., Berrv, and Lipsky. 220,044.
Black, James R.. Jr., to People Products, Statuette. 226,012,
1-10-73. Cl. D29— 24.
Blendl John, to Metal Cabinet Co. Fire extinguisher cabinet.
225,991. 1-16-73, Cl. DIO — 2.
Boggs. William H.. and G. R. Govers. Knobbed endodontic In-
strument. 225.997. 1-16-73, CI. D24 -1.
Boone, James V. Blade set for dental Instrument. 225,998.
1-16-73. Cl. D24— 1.
Boston Edison Co. : See —
Donovan, Richard J., and Finney. 226,007.
Donovan, Richard J., and Finney. 226,008.
Brauu Aktlengesellschaft : See —
Greubel Jurgen. 225.934.
Greubel. Jurgen. 225,937.
Oberhelm, Robert. 226,034.
Brown, Culver S. Stair tread. 225,981, 1-16-73, Cl. D13— 7.
Butler. Paul H., B. E. Duggan and J ^ Ko*)nce to Credex
Corp. Data transceiver. 220,002, 1-16-73, Cl. D26— 5.
C/P Corp. : See-
Scott, Arthur L. 226,005.
cJol'.^tJ^rG":: STl. Dixson, to Statltrol Corp. Fire
detector. 220.037, 1-16-73, Cl. D72—1.
Carver, Richard N., to Lo ds Marx & Co \acu»m\mn holding
and propelling device. 226.018. 1-16-73 C1D34— 15
Chadwick. Daniel C. Wheel center unit. 225,989, 1-10-73. Cl.
ChaJfnTRIchard M.. to Dolly Madison Industries^ 1-^irnlture
panel or similar article. 225.957, l-16-<3. Cl. 06—193
Chasen, Lee R., to Coats & Clark. Inc. Hanger for pictures.
mlrrirs. plaques or the like. 225.907. l-l^-'i;^'- ?^?";
Christen, Andreas, to Knoll International Inc^ ^?JF^ cabinet
or similar article. 225.943. 1-16-73. Cl. D6— 158.
CibaGelgy AG : See—
Langauer. Theodor. 225.992.
Clavton.T.a Verne E., to Amerock Corp. Pull. 225,963. 1-16-
73, Cl. D8— 159.
Coastal Dvnamlcs Corp. : See —
Krantz. John D. 225.999.
Coats & Clark. Inc. : See —
Cole2n""Xiltrl-.'c'.'r Hawkins, and R. J Abair ^ C \
man Cable & Wire Co. Battery jumper cable assembly with
integral light. 220,001. l-lG-73. Cl. D26— 1.
Coleman Cable & Wire Co : See— oor. nni
Coleman. Allan M.. Hawkins, and Abalr 220.001
Compton. Kathy. Shirt. 225,920, 1-16-73, Cl. D2— 46.
Conrac Corp. : See —
Podall. Robert. 226.010.
Controlled Power Corp. : See-- ^ t>i„„t»,«if •>ofi nn
Urquhart. Thomas N.. Koltuniak. and Plantholt. _J6,011.
Convenience Locker Corp. : See —
Rosenberg, Marvin D. 225,922.
Rosenberg, Marvin D. 225.909.
Corn Theodore A. and R. M. Harllck. Combined bun and
' frankfurter. 225.919, 1-16-73, Cl. Dl— 26.
Coutz. Paul N. : See—
Huser, James R., and Coutz. 226,026.
Crawford. Jack E., A. B. Martone, and R H^ %'?Qfi8° 1^16^
Oil Corp. Closure clips for bags or the like. 225,968. i-ib-
73. Cl. D8— 259.
^'^'^BuSeJfliaSrH:, Duggan, and Koonce. 226,002.
PI 43
PI 44
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
to Electrohome
-146.
Ltd.
Danjczek, William E.. to Koh-I-Noor Rapidograph. Inc. Bottle.
225,975. l-lG-73. CI. D9— 158.
Datel Corp. : Hee —
Rudin, Melvln. 226,003.
Dean. Almeta C. : See — „„^„,,
Graham, Harold, and Stanfield. 226.017.
Den-Tal-Ez Mfg. Co. : -See —
Schwartz John M. 225,996.
Dt Gaetano, Ann, A., and G. Hair curler. 226.046. 1-16-73.
CI. D8(>— 10.
Di Gaetano, Antonia : See —
Di Gaetano, Ann, A. and G. 226,046.
Dl Gaetano. Guiseppina : See —
Di Gaetano, Ann. A. and G. 226,046.
Dlxson, Fred L. : See —
Cannon, Thomas G.. and Dlxson. 226,037.
Dolly Madison Industries : See —
Chapln. Richard M. 225.957.
Donovan, Richard J., and W. Q. Finney, to Boston Edison Co.
Tr.insmi-sinn line tower. 22'. ,007. 1-10-73. CI. D2tl — 12.
Donovan, Richard J., and W. G. Finney, to Boston Edison Co.
Transmission line tower. 226,008, 1-10-73, CI. D26 — 12.
Dresser Industries, Inc. : See —
Bell, Ted A. 226,024. ^ ^
Duern, Gordan L.. and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd.
Chair. 225.925. 1-10-73. CI. DO— G9. ^ ^ ^
Duern, Gordon L,, and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd. Con-
sole table. 225,927. 1-16-73. CI. DG— 79.
Duern Gordon L., and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd.
Chair. 225.930. l-lC)-73. CI. DG — 09.
Duern Gordon L., and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd.
Chair. 225,931, l-ir>-73, CI. D6 — G9.
Duern. Gordon L.. and D. S. Griffin. Chair. 225.932, 1-16-72.
CI. D<;— 09. , ^
Duern Gordon L. and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd.
Chair. 225,933. l-lG-73. CI. DG — 09.
Duern, Gordon L.. and D. S. Griffin,
Coffee table. 225.941, 1-16-73, CI. DG-
Duggan, Barry E. : See —
iSutler. I'aul H., Duggan, and Koonce. 226,002.
Educational Solutions. Inc. : See —
Gattegno, Caleb. 226.000.
Electrohome Ltd. : See —
Duern. Gordon L.. and Griffin. 225.925.
Duern, Gordon L., and Griffin. 225.927.
Duern. Gordon L., and Griffin. 225,930.
Duern. Gordon L., and Griffin. 225.931.
Duern, Gordon L., and Griffin. 225,933.
Duern, Gordon L.. and Grlifln. 225,941.
Electronic Flag Poles Inc. : See —
Schmidt, Theorode F. 225,905.
Ferrv Enterprises, Inc. : See — ■
Ferry, Wallace G. 225,962.
Ferry, Wallace G.. to Ferry Enterprises, Inc. Hand saw. 225,-
9G2 1-16-73. CI. D8— 96.
nnperhut Mfg. Co. : See —
Morris. Ralph. 226,019.
Finney, William O. : See —
Donovan, Rlrhard .1., and Finney. 226,007.
Donovan, Richard J., and Finney. 220,008.
Fischer, Kenneth J. Mirror frame for trucks or the like. 225,-
988. 1-16-73 CI. D14— 6.
Ford .Motor Co. : See —
Gollwltzer, Walter H., and Shenk, Jr. 225,983.
Franklin. Robert P. : See —
Koch, Walter L., and Franklin. 226,023.
GMI Corp. : See —
Steele. Thomas L.. and Grist. 225,986.
Gattegno, Caleb, to Educational Solutions,
former reaching device or similar article,
a. D25— 1.
General Foods Corp. : See —
Stahel, Alwin J. 11. 226.015.
GIbbs. Francis O.. to Smithern Mechanical Products Co. Rake.
225.958. 1-16-73. CI. D8 — 13.
Gilbert. Karen T. : See —
Gllhprt, Stunrt J., and K. T. 225.924.
Gilbert, Stuart J., and K. T. 225,926.
Gilbert Stu.nrt J, and K. T.. to Harter Corp. Chair or the like.
225.924. 1-16-73, Cl. DG — 75.
Gilbert. Stuart J., and K. T., to Harter Corp. Seat. 225,926.
1-16-73. Cl. T>C — 2.
Gill. Don R.. to Mohasco Industries, Inc. Chair. 225,929. 1-16-
73. Cl. DG— 68.
Gillette Co.. The : .<?ee —
Tucker, James E. 226,047.
Ollllnes. Maurice J. : See —
Murrav Stuart T. and Gllllncs. 225.984.
Gollwlt»er. Walter H.. and W. B. Shenk, Jr.. to Ford Motor
Co. Transportation vehicle. 225,983, 1-16-73, Cl. D14 — 3.
Govers. Genrfe R. ; !^ee —
Boggs. William H.. and Govers. 225.997.
Graham, Harold, and V. L. Sfnfield, assignor of a fractional
part Interest to .\lmeta C. Dean. Ornamental puzzle toy.
220.017 1-1G-73, Cl. D34— 15.
Greiibel, Jureen. to Brann Aktlenpesellschaft. Stand for a
hairdryer. 225,934, l-lG-73, Cl. D6 — 85.
Grenhel. Jureen. to Braun .Aktlen«resell'=<"haft. Holder for a
hairdryer. 225.937, 1-16-73. Cl. I>6 — 130.
Inc. Word trans-
226.000, 1-16-73.
Griffin. Donald S. :
Duern, Gordon
Duern, Gordon
Duern, Gordon
Duern. Gordon
Duern, Gordon
Duern, Gordon
Duern. Gordon
Grist. Warren W. :
Steele, Thomas
See —
L., and Griffin. 225.925.
L.. and Griffin. 225 927.
L., and Griffin. 225.930.
L., and Griffin. 225 931.
L.. and Griffin. 2?5.932.
L., and Griffin. 225.933.
L.. and Griffin. 225.941.
See —
L., and Grist. 225,986.
Inc. Light. 226.022.
Door. 225.978.
Door. 225.979.
Door. 225.980.
1-10-73,
l-lG-73.
1-16-73.
Cl.
Cl.
Cl.
D13— 1.
D13— 1.
D13— 1.
Haft, Howard S.. to Art Specialty Co. Phototherapy lamp.
226,021, 1-16-73, Cl. D48— 20.
Hannah. Bruce R. : See —
Morrison, Andrew I., and Hannah. 225,923.
Morrison, Andrew I., and Hannah. 225,946.
Hansen, Calvin : See —
Leffler. Edward K.. Kraft, and Hansen. 225.977.
Hanson-Hawk. Inc. : See —
Holtzman, Norman. 226.022.
Harllck, Robert M. : See —
Corn, Theodore A., and Harllck. 225.919.
Harter Corp. : See —
Gilbert. Stuart J., and K. T. 225,924.
Gilbert. Stuart J., and K. T. 226.926.
Hawkins. Carl J. : See —
Coleman, Allan M., Hawkins, and Abalr. 226,001.
Hazama. Shigetoslii. to Sharp Ivabushikl Kaisha. Electronic
calculating machine. 226.004, l-lG-73, Cl. D26 — 5.
Herman. Miller. Inc. : See —
Propst. Robert L., and Kelley. 225.930.
Hi-Shear Corp. : See —
Wing, George S. 225,971.
Holtzman, Norman, to Hanson-Hawk.
1-16-73, Cl. D48— 24.
Ilorgan, William J.. Jr.
Horgan, William J.. Jr.
Horgan, William J.. Jr.
Ilusby. Donald E. : See —
Anderson. Melvln R.. and Husby. 220,020.
Huser, James R., and P. N. Coutz. Machine tool feed indica-
tor. 22(i,02G. l-l(;-73, Cl. D54— 6.
IMI Developments. Inc. : See —
Rowlands. Martyn O. 225,994.
International Medical Electronics Ltd. : See —
Shirley, James N., Berry, and Lipsky. 226,044.
Jacobson, Clayton J. Jet propelled aquatic vehicle. 226.036,
1-16-73, Cl. D71— 1.
Jacuzzi Research. Inc. : See —
Jacuzzi. Roy A., and Kosta. 226,042.
Jacuzzi, Roy A., and P. L. Kosta. to Jacuzzi Research, Inc.
Hydromassage unit for swimming pool. 220,042, 1-10-73,
Cl. D83— 1.
Janome Sewing Machine Co., Ltd. : See —
Yamamoto, Yasuaki. 226,035.
Kelley, James O. : See —
Propst. Robert L., and Kelley. 225,936.
Kennedy, Robert W., to Westlnghouse Electric Corp. Food
waste disposer. 226,028. 1-16-73. Cl. D55— 1.
Khetani. Bhupendra N.. to Monsanto Co. Bottle. 225.972.
1-16-73. Cl. D9— 37.
Klenel. Joseph E. Table. 225.935, l-lG-73. Cl. DO— 146.
Klenel, Joseph E. Table. 225,938, 1-10-73, Cl. DG— 146.
Klenel, Joseph E. Table. 225.950. 1-16-73. Cl. DG— 177.
Klenel. Joseph E, Table. 225.951, l-lG-73. Cl. DG— 177.
Kimberly-Clark Corp. : See —
Stumpf. Robert J.. Mattes, and Mlnshell.
Klein, Arnold H^ to Klein Industries. Inc.
225,944. l-lG-73. Cl. D6 — 167.
Klein Industries. Inc. : See — -
Klein, Arnold H. 225,944.
Knoll International Inc. : See —
Christen. Andreas. 225.943.
Morrison. Andrew I., and Hannah. 225,923.
Morrison, Andrew I., and Hannah. 225,946.
Koch. Walter L. and R. P. Franklin. Front panel for a mer-
chandising machine. 220,023. 1-16-73, Cl. D52— 3.
Knh-T-\oor Ranldocraph. Inc. : See —
Danjczek. William B. 225.976.
Koltnnlak. Michael .\. : See— „„„«..,
Urquhart. Thomas X.. Koltunlak. and Plantholt. 226.011.
Koonce. James S. : See —
Butler. Paul H.. Duggan, and Koonce. 226,002.
Kosta, Peter L. : See —
Jacuzzi. Rov A., and Kosta. 226.042.
Kraft, Kenneth A. : See — ^_,
Leffler. Edward K.. Kraft, and Hansen. 225.977.
Krantz, John D., to Coastal Dynamics Corp. Dental cuspidor.
225 999 1— IG— 73 Cl. D24 1.
Krone Martin. Combined coin and memo holder. 226.039.
l-lG-73, Cl. D74— Jl. , ^, ^
Laneaner Theodor. to Clha-Gelgy AG. Pharmaceutical tablet.
225.992 1-16-73, Cl. D16— 3. ^ „ „.
Lee. William S. Caster wrench. 225.959. 1-16-73. Cl. D8— 21.
Leffler. Edward K., K. A. Kraft, and C. Hansen, to John
Mohr & Sons. Poultry neck cutter. 225,977. l-lG-73, Cl.
Lescure. Henri. Pancake making machine. 226,029, 1-16-73.
Cl. D55— 1.
Llns Albert. Combined soan holder and cover for water
tvj'res. 225.976 1-16-73, Cl. D23 — 24.
Lipskv. Eugene C. : See — , , „„.,«...
Shirley, Jame« N.. Berry, and Lipsky. 226,044.
Lockwood, Earl E. Rocking chair. 225,928, 1-16-73,
YtCi 49
Long John B., to Marmon Group, Inc. Roof drilling and bolt-
ing machine. 225,982, 1-16-73, Cl. D14— 3.
Marmon Group. Inc. : See —
Long, John B. 225,982.
Martone. Albert B. : See—
Crawford. Jack E., Martone, and Olson. 225,968.
Marx. LoMls. & Co. : See —
Carver, Richard N. 226.018.
Mattes. William J. : See —
Stumpf, Robert J.. Mattes, and Mlnshell. 226.048.
Metal Cabinet Co. : See —
Blendl, John. 225.991.
Mlnshell Herm.Tn G. : Sec— r,oa nAa
Stumpf, Robert J.. Mattes, and Mlnshell. 226,048.
220,048.
Vanity cabinet.
flx-
a.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
PUS
Mobil Oil Corp. : See—
Crawtord, Jack E.. Martone, and Olson. 225,968.
Mohasco Inuustnes, inc. : See —
GUI. Don K. 225.929.
Mohr, Joan, & sons: see— „ok ott
LelHer, Edward K., Kraft, and Hansen. 225,977.
Monsauto Co. : See —
Khetani, Bhupendra N. 225.9(2 oo«niQ
Morris. lialph, to Fingerhut Mfg. Co. Hand mixer. 226,019,
MoVrl^on, Andrew T, and B. R. Hannah to Knoll Interna-
tional. Inc. Seat. 225.923, 1-16-73, Cl. DO— 06. . . ,„„
Morrison, Andiew 1., and B. R. Hannah, to Knoll Interna-
* tlonal inc. Chair. 225.946, 1-16-73. Cl. D6— 66.
Murray components Ltd. : See — .„„,
Murray Stuart T. and Gilllngs. 225,984
Murray. Stuart T.. and M. J. Glllings. to Murray Components
Ltd. Wheeled golf club carrier. 225,984. 1-10-7^, Cl.
ObVrhe'l^%obert, to Braum Aktlengesellschaft Combined car-
rying case and motion picture projector. 220.034. 1-16-Td,
O'DonnelWhomas P. Screw. 225,970, 1-16-73 CIL D8— 207.
Ogasawark. Toyotsugu. to Tomy kogyo Co., Ltd. Toy cement
ml\er 220,013, 1-16-73. Cl. D34— 15. ^ , ^, „
Ogasawara^ Toyotsugu. to Tomy Kogyo Co., Ltd. Toy crane
tr..ck. 22ti.014, 1-10-73. Cl. D34— 15.
Olson, Robert H. : See — „
cVawford, Jack E., Martone, and Olson. 225,908.
Pelrce. Robert H. Combined master tuning fork, resonator
support and striker or similar article. 220.031. 1-10-/3. ci.
D50— 1.
People Products : See —
Black, James R., Jr. 226,012.
^''^"Kuh^rtTho'^mas'NrKoltuniak, and PlanthoU 226,011.
Podall. Robert, to Conrac Corp. Microphone. 226.010, 1-10-
Pod?il? D^vidTToy construction piece or the like. 226,016,
Polre^Charl?sW.!To^ Westlnghouse Electric Corp. Passenger
PrSc"4"A'f?.f J.' Rea-r"sc?^en°'t^o7l'on picture projector. 226,-
Pr«ogt,'^RltJ?f',?ndT^O. Kelley to Herman Miller Inc.
Drawer support or similar article. 225,936. 1-10-73. ci.
Ra\-"jimmV C. Heat gun. 225.900. 1-16-73. Cl. D8— 30.
Ros^nlerK Marvin D . to Convenience Locker Corp Hor.zon-
TaU divided locker 225,922, 1-10-73, Cl. D36— 108.
Rosenberg! Marvin D., to Convenience Locker Corp. Hamper.
Rol^a?.' 'Ma^?t^"'a: tr?T^>velopments. Inc. Tap out-
let member. 225.994. 1-16-73. Cl. D23— 34.
Roval Crown Cola Co. : See —
Rudin''M'elvTnI"tTDa'te'?Corp. Data Input-output terminal.
22G,'0O3. l-lG-73. Cl. D2G— 5.
Sanvo Electric Co.. Ltd. : See —
"Tomlnaga. Naokl. 226,009. „ok o«i 1 ir_7'? PI
Scdorls, Perry W. Combination tool. 225,961, 1-16-73. U.
Schachel Michael. Combined clothes rack and storage shelf
ScL"rfer';'^ff.^al,;^R:"fo^^p?r';7Rl'nd Corp. Electric shaver.
Sch^Tt''Ve^dL"F.^'to°fi;ct'ronic Flag Poles Inc. Flagpole
entrv 225,965. 1-16-73. Cl. D8— 216.
Schulte Donald W. to American Store Equipment. Showcase.
225 945, l-lG-73. Cl. DO— 172. . „ ^. ^ , ,
Schwartz. John M., to Den Tal-Ez Mfg. Co. Modular console
for a dental operatory. 225.990^ l-lG-73. Cl. D24-1.
Scott Arthur L.. to C/P Corp. Cross arm for electric trans-
mission pole. 226.005. 1-16-73, Cl. D26— 12.
Scott Arthur L. to C/P Corp. Cross-arm for electric trans-
mission pole. 220,006, 1-16-73, Cl. D26— 12
Setraklan. Robert. Bottle or the like. 225,973, 1-16-73, CT.
D9— 72.
Sharp Kabushikl Kaisha : See —
Hazama, Shigetoshi. 226.004.
Shenk. William B. Jr. : See— oo.; oa^
Gollwltzer, Walter H.. and Shenk. Jr 22.5983.
Shlrlev James N.. F. M. Berry, and E. C. Lipsky. to Interna-
tional Medical Electronics Ltd. Short-wave therapy ap-
paratus. 226,044, 1-16-73. Cl. D83— 1.
Slesholtz, Allen I. Camera housing for surveillance systems.
220,032, 1-10-73, CL DOl— 1.
Singleton, Carlton M., to Automata Corp. Test scoring tem-
plate or similar article. 220,025, 1-10-73, Cl. D52— 0.
Sneidman Ronald. Spoon or similar article or flatware. 226,-
027, 1-10-73, Cl. D54— 12.
Southern Mechanical Products Co. : See —
Glbbs, Francis O. 225,958. ^
Sperry Rand Corp. : See —
Schaefer, Hermann R. 226,050.
Wolff. Martin J. 226,043. ^ ^ r. a. k .i.^i »
Stahel, Alwln J.. II.. to General Foods Corp. Toy building
block 220,015, 1-10-73, Cl. D34— 15.
Stanlield, Vinton L. : See— „„„„,„
Graham. Harold, and Stanfleld. 226,017.
Statltiol Corp. : ^ee —
Cannon, Thomas G., and Dlxson. 220,037.
Steele, Thomas L., and W. W. Grist, to CMI Corp. Trimmer-
spreader road construction machine or the like. 225,986,
1-10-73, Cl. D14— 3. ^ , . . ««.:
Stewart, Stephen R. Article carrier for vehicle interior. 225,-
987. 1-10-73. Cl. D14— 6. v. .. . t^.
Stumpf, Robert J.. W. J. Mattes, and H. G. Mlnshell. to Kim-
berly-Clark Corp. High-loft nonwoven material. 220.048.
Tegner. Raymond U. H., to Amerock Corp. Soap dish. 225.947,
1-10-73, Cl. D6— 89. ^ „ . . „„-
Tegner Raymond U. H., to Amerock Corp. Garment hook. 22o,-
yoO, 1-10-73. Cl. D8— 254.
Toma. George W. : See —
Van Den Broek. Jan A., and Toma. 225,990.
Tomlnaga, Xaokl, to Sanyo Electric Co.. Ltd. Combined am-
plifier and toner. 226,009, 1-10-73, Cl. D26— 14.
Tomv Kogyo Co., Ltd. : See —
Ogasawara, Toyotsugu. 226,013.
Ogasawara, Toyotsugu. 226,014. _,
Torrey, Frank k. Multiple unit carrel. 225,939. 1-10-73, Cl.
Torrey!^ Frank R. Table. 225,940. 1-16-73, Cl. D6— 146.
Torrey, Frank R. Table. 225.949, 1-16-73, C1.D6— 177.
Torrey, Frank R. Study carrel. 225.952, 1-16-73, C . D6— 181.
Torrey; Frank R. Student desk. 225,953. l-lC-73. Cl. D6— 181.
Torrey, Frank R. Combined room divider and storage unit.
225.955. 1-16-73, Cl. D6 — 189.
Torrey. Frank R. Combined study carrel and storage unit.
225.956, 1-10-73. Cl. D6— 190.
Transidyne General Corp. : See —
Van Den Broek, Jan A., and Toma. 225,990.
Tucker, James E., to The Gillette Co. Hair curler. 226,047.
1-16-73, Cl. D86— 10.
U.S. Philips Corp. : See—
Yran, Knut O. 226,045.
Unlversal-Rundle Corp. : See —
Alexander, Fred C. 225,995. „, ^ ,
Urquhart Thomas N., M. A. Koltunlak. and R. G. Plantholt.
to Controlled Power Corp. Alternating to direct current
converter. 226,011, 1-16-73, Cl. D26 — 15.
Van Den Broek, Jan A., and G. W. Toma. to Transidyne Gen-
eral Corp. Optical electrophoresis scanner. 225,990, 1-16-
73. Cl. D16 — 2.
Vernon Co., The : See —
Woofter, Cecil B. 226.041.
Warnberg, Archie E. Throw rug. 226,049, 1-16-73, Cl.
D92— 21.
Westlnghouse Electric Corp. : See —
Anderson. Melvln R.. and Husby. 226,020.
Kennedv, Robert W. 226.028.
Poole, Charles W. 225,985.
Wlckenberg, Chester H. Pump. 225,993. 1-16-73, Cl. D23— 14.
Williams. Mosses T. Neck wear accessory. 225,921, 1-16-73,
Cl. D2— 243.
Wing, George S., to Hi Shear Corp. Nut. 225,971, 1-16-73, Cl.
D8— 273.
Wolff Martin J., to Sperry Rand Corp. Facial massager. 226,-
043, 1-16-73, Cl. D83— 1.
Wood, Robert B. Music box. 226,030, 1-16-73, Cl. D56 — ^1.
Woofter, Cecil B., to The Vernon Co. Writing Implement con-
tainer. 226,041, 1-16-73, Cl. D74— 5.
Yamamoto, Yasuaki, to Janome Sewing Machine Co., Ltd.
Sewing machine. 226.035, l-lG-73, Cl. D70— 1.
Yran Knut O., to U.S. Philips Corp. Hair and massage brush.
226,045. 1-10-73, Cl. D83 — 1.
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED JANUARY 16, 1973
Note— First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
CLASS 2
2 3.710,391
12 3.710,392
14W 3,710.393
74 3.710,394
78 3.710.395
197 3.710,396
224A 3,710.397
236 3.710.398
CLASS 3
1 3.710,399
3,710.400
CLASS 4
172 19 3,710.401
CLASS S
13 3.710,402
18 3.710.403
M 3.710.404
201 3,710,405
CLASS?
3,710,406
3.710,407
5 1
8 1
2
21R
1
312
CLASS 8
3.711.244
3.711,245
CLASS 9
3,710,408
3,710.409
CLASS 10
89R 3.710.410
CLASS 13
1 3.711.615
16 3,711,616
CLASS IS
104.16 3,710,411
340 3,710.412
405 3,710,413
CLASS 16
3,710.414
3.710.415
3.710.416
3.710.417
3.710,418
3,710,419
CLASS 19
3.710.420
3.710.421
157 3R
183
200J
200P
203B
203D
203
205R
237
410
419
426
428
452
470 1
4705
5276
596
603
624
43 6
151
241
265
8
128
ns
142
|4S
171
144 5
240
CLASS 21
2.7 3.711.246
CLASS 22
150A 3.710.978
CLASS 23
3.711.247
3,711,250
3,711.248
3,711,249
3.711.251
3,711,252
3.711.253
3,711,254
230B
230R
232R
253TP
288K
313
CLASS 24
67 5 3,710,423
123R 3.710.424
204 3,710.425
224R 3.710.426
265B 3.710.458
265C 3.710,422
/*CLASS 26
327TH 3.710.459
CLASS 28
14 3.710.460
3.710.461
72P 3.710.462
72.17 3.710.463
CLASS 29
245
3,710,464
25.35
3.710.465
27R
3.710.466
80
3,710.467
96
3.710.468
125
3,710,469
131
3,710,470
148.3
3,710,472
1484R
3.710,471
194
306
9
65
79
95
164
17
22A
3IB
48A
3,710,473
3,710,474
3,710,476
3,710,475
3,710.477
3.710.479
3,710.481
3,710,482
3,710,483
3,710,480
3,710,478
3,710,427
3,710,428
3,710,429
3,710,430
3.710,432
3,710.431
3.710.433
3.710.434
3.710.435
3.710,436
3,710.437
3.710.438
3.710,440
3,710,441
CLASS 30
3,710,442
3,710,443
3,710,445
3.710.444
CLASS 32
3.710.446
CLASS 33
3.710,447
3.710,448
CLASS 34
3.710.450
3.710,449
3,710,451
3,710,452
3,710,453
CLASS 35
3,710,454
3,710,455
3.710,456
3.710,457
CLASS 36
1 5 3.710.484
11 3.710.485
50 3.710.486
CLASS 40
63A 3.710.488
72 3.710.487
107 3,710,489
CLASS 42
3,710,491
3,710,490
3,710,492
3.710.500
3,710,493
3,710,494
3,710,495
3.710.496
3.710.497
IC
IN
16
17.5
23
47
69B
71R
87
CLASS 43
4.5 3.710.498
6.5 3.710.499
43.11 3,710.501
56 3.710,502
CLASS 44
66 3,711,255
CLASS 4S
244R 3,710,509
CLASS 46
IR 3,710,503
3,710,504
74D 3,710.505
118 3.710.506
136 3,710.507
154 3,710,508
CLASS 47
58 3,710,510
3.710.511
3,710,512
180R
190R
192
464
3
8
204
283
284
334
338
2
27
105
157
169
174
223R
236
666
731
745
3
13
22R
24
26
27
29
39
123
157
184
213
244
29
42
58
73
160
210
225
226
236
270
291
316
338
341
419
429
473
487
CLASS 48
3.711.256
3,711.257
3,711.258
3.711.259
CLASS 49
3.710.513
CLASS 51
3,710.514
3.710.515
3,711.260
3.710.516
3.710.517
3.711,261
3,710,518
CLASS 52
3,710.519
3,710,520
3,710,521
3,710,522
3,710,523
3,710,525
3,710.524
3.710.526
3.710.527
3.710.528
3.710.530
3.710,529
3,710,534
CLASS 53
3,710,535
3,710.531
3.710.538
3.710,536
3,710,532
3,710,539
3,710,541
3,710.537
3,710,542
3,710.533
3,710.550
3.710.544
3,710.543
CLASS 55
3,710,545
3,710,546
3.710.547
3.710,548
3,710,549
3,710,556
3.710.555
3.710.551
3.710.554
3.710.557
3.710.552
3.710.553
3.710.558
3,710.559
3.710.560
3,710.561
3.710.540
3,710.562
CLASS 56
169 3,710.563
51 3.710.564
-105 R£27.554
CLASS 57
3.710.565
140R
52R
58
CLASS 58
3.710.566
3.710.567
CLASS 60
3903
39 31R
3961
54
54 5R
204
218
258
298
3.710.576
3,710.568
3,710,569
3,710,570
3,710,571
3,710,572
3,710,573
3.710.574
3.710.575
46
46.5
72.1
54
85
216
230
317
457
468
3.710.579
3.710.580
3,710,582
3,710,583
CLASS 62
3,710,584
3,710.585
3.710,586
3,710,587
3,710.588
3.710.589
3.710.590
CLASS 61
IF 3.710.577
41R 3.710.578
45R 3,710.581
CLASS 64
30R 3.710.591
CLASS 65
3.711.262
3.711.263
3.711.264
3.711.265
3.711.266
3.711.267
3
31
134
287
328
330
lA
IR
50R
157
173
191
192
193
CLASS 66
3,710.592
3.710.593
3,710.594
3.710.595
3.710.596
3.710.597
3,710.598
3.710,599
CLASS 68
12R 3,710,600
18C 3,710,601
23.7 3,710,602
CLASS 70
38A 3,710.603
141 3.710.604
196 3.710.605
203 3.710.606
CLASS 71
34 3.711.268
36 3.711.269
67 3.711.270
3,711.271
86 3.711.272
120 3.711.273
CLASS 72
30 3.710,607
38 3,710,608
392 3,710,609
410 3,710,610
3,710,611
CLASS 73
IR 3.710,612
3,710,613
49 5 3,710,628
59 3,710,614
61R 3,710,615
88R 3,710,616
116 3,710,617
134 3,710,619
136A 3,710,618
159 3,710,620
194A 3.710,621
231R 3,710.622
3.710.623
233 3,710.624
422GC 3.710.626
432R ■ 3.710.625
464 3.710.627
510 3.710.629
526
606R
609
730
731
753
763
864
75 2A
89 15
89 2
107
217B
242.1 IS
243R
331
336
393
424. 8R
425
470
501P
CLASS 74
3.710.630
3.710.632
3.710.631
3.710.633
3.710.636
3.710.634
3,710,635
3,710.637
3,710,638
3.710,639
3.710.641
3.710.640
3.710.642
3.710.645
3.710.644
3,710.643
3.710.646
Re. 27.553
3.710,647
3.710,648
3,710,649
3,710,650
3,710,651
3,710,652'
CLASS 75
.5A
30
73
I28A
129
130.5
222
3,711,274
3,711,275
Re. 27,548
3,711,276
3,711,277
3,711,278
3,711,279
CLASS 81
3.5 3,710,653
9 5R 3,710,654
52.35 3,710.655
170 3.710.656
352 3.710.657
367 3.710.658
CLASS 82
1 2 3.710.659
2D 3.710.660
38A 3,710,661
CLASS 83
20 3.710.662
99 3.710.666
156 3.710.663
203 3.710.667
230 3.710.664
374 3,710.665
CLASS 84
1 01
1 03
1 15
1 24
98
402
421
477R
11
41
75
84
3.711.617
3.711.618
3,711,619
3,711,620
3,710,668
3,710,669
3.710.670
3.710.671
CLASS 85
3,710.672
3.710.676
3.710.673
3.710.674
CLASS 89
1.8
1.816
14B
I4D
35A
36L
36Z
41B
167
3.710.677
3,710.678
3.710.683
3,710.679
3.710.680
3.710.681
3,710,682
3,710,675
3,710,684
CLASS 90
3 3,710,685
CLASS 91
3,710,686
363R 3,710.687
375R 3.710.688
388 - 3,710,689
411 A 3,710,690
496 3,710,691
CLASS 92
63 3.710.692
CLASS 93
36.01 3,710.693
62 3.710,694
CLASS 94
46R 3,710,695
CLASS 95
11
4 5
lOCE
lOPO
11L
11.5
12
31
3.710.696
3.710.698
3.710.700
3.710.699
3.710.704
3.710.701
3.710,702
3,710,705
47
64R
85
94G
94R
16
29R
75
87R
100
115P
132
2R
17
31
48
79
80R
93
108
113
138
I40R
141A
145
324
360
3,710,697
3,710,706
3,710.707
3,710,708
3,710.703
CLASS 9«
3.711.280
3,711.281
3.711.282
3.711.283
3.711.285
3.711.284
3.711.286
3.711.287
3.711.288
CLASS 99
3,711.289
3.711.290
3,711.291
3,711.292
3.711.293
3.711,294
3,711,295
3,711.296
3.711.297
3.711.298
3.711.299
3.711.300
3.711.301
3.711.302
3.711,303
3,710,709
3,711,304
CLASS 100
3 3.710,710
7 3,710,711
CLASS 101
39 3,710,712
93C 3,710,713
364 3,710,714
CLASS 102
4 3,710,715
7 4 3,710.716
20 3,710.717
23 3.710.718
28R 3.710,719
42C 3,710,720
81.2 3,710,722
87 3,710,723
CLASS 104
12 3.710,721
31 3.710.724
35 3.710,725
112 3.710.726
120 3.710.727
251 3.710.728
CLASS 105
240 3.710.729
250 3.710.730
CLASS 106
33 3.711.305
100 3.711.306
243 3,711.307
291 3,711,308
CLASS 107
57R 3,710.731
CLASS 108
51 3.710.732
3.710.733
108 3.710,734
146 3,710,735
CLASS 109
50 3,710,736
CLASS 110
3.710,737
3,710.738
3.710.739
IJ
18R
CLASS
79 5
121.15
121.27
252
262
265
112
3.710,740
3,710,741
3,710,742
3,710,743
3,710,744
3,710,745
PI 47
PI 48
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
PI 49
CLASS
I6E
665H
151
163
CLASS
70
CLASS
115 5
142FP
CLASS
2R
2
8
34
49
55
56
71M
76P
lOOA
102M
119 6
I24A
138 8F
201
212
217
227
2
13
33
48
61
63
123
227
19
82
114
3.710.746
3.710.747
3.710.748
3.710.749
IIS
3.710.750
116
3.710,751
3.710,752
117
3.711.309
3,711.310
3.711.311
3.711,312
3,711,313
3.711.316
3.711.314
3.711.315
3,711,317
3,711,318
3,711.319
3.711.320
3,711,321
3,711,322
3.711.323
3.711.324
3.711.325
3,711.326
3.711.327
18
3.710.753
3.710,754
3,710,755
3,710.757
3.710.756
3,710,758
3,710,759
3,710.760
CLASS 119
3.710.761
3,710.762
146
3,711,336
CLASS 137
1
3,710.808
3.710.809
3.710.810
5
3,710,811
15
3,710,812
79
3,710.813
83
3.710.814
106
3.710.815
242
3,710,816
268
3,710.817
344
3,710.818
355.17
3,710,819
495
3,710,820
5278
3.710,821
549
3,710,822
594
3,710.823
596
3.710,824
625 21
3,710,826
62566
3,710.825
6374
3.710.827
CLASS 138
171
3,710.828
CLASS 139
304
3,710.829
CLASS
CLASS
123
32EA
3,710,763
3,710.-' 66
32SP
3,710,764
41 12
3.710.765
63
3.710.767
903
3.710.768
119R
3.710.769
120
3.710.770
I39AW
3,710,771
I69R
3.710.772
I88AA
3.710,773
I92B
3.710.774
93
207
CLASS 126
21A 3.710.775
200 3.710.776
CLASS 127
9 3.711.329
3.711.330
CLASS
IR
2G
2V
205D
205F
206E
20
242
25R
36
66
75
765
92 BC
165
I9IA
218NV
260
284
285
303 1
342
488
541
128
3.710.777
3.710.778
3,710,779
3,710.781
3.710.792
3.710.782
3,710.783
3.710.784
3.710.780
3.710.785
3.710.786
3.710.787
3.710.788
3.710.789
3.710.790
3.710.791
3,710.794
3.710.795
3,710.796
3.710.797
3.710.793
3.710.798
3.710.799
3.710.800
3.710,801
CLASS 131
SIR 3,710,802
140C" 3,710,805
I40P 3,710,803
171A 3,710,804
CLASS 135
4R 3.710.806
49 3,710,807
CLASS
6
26
K6R
lOOR
135S
I3«
3.711,331
3,711,332
3,711,333
3.711,334
3.711.335
CLASS 141
3,710,830
3.710,831
CLASS 144
32 3,710,832
134A 3,710,833
309AC 3,710.834
CLASS 145
52 3.710.835
CLASS 147
28 3.710.836
CLASS 148
3.711.338
5 3.711.337
3.711.339
3.711.340
3.711.341
3.711.342
12
32
36
126
134
2
19
22
58
91
137
157
169
175
202
219
267
269
306
422
499
556
571
583
CLASS 149
3.711.343
3.711.344
3.711.345
CLASS
156
3.711,346
3,711,347
3,711,348
3.711.349
3.711.350
3,711.351
3:711.352
3.711.362
3.711.353
3,711,354
3,711,356
Re. 27,547
3,711.355
3.711,357
3,711,358
3,711,359
CLASS 157
121 3.710.837
124 3.710.838
CLASS 160
372 3.710,839
CLASS
44
47
161
190
216
161
3.711.360
3.711.361
3.711.363
3,711,364
3.711.365
73
76
78
82
86
273
278
282
293
322
62
81
111
113
169
178
CLASS 166
6
75
216
244C
269
272
277
278
308
CLASS 162
24 3.711.366
251 3.711.367
354 3.711.368
CLASS 164
3,710.840
3,710.841
3.710.842
3.710.843
3.710.844
3.710,845
3,710.846
3,710.847
3.710.848
3.710.849
CLASS 165
3.710.850
3.710.851
3.710.852
3.710,853
3.710.854
3.710.856
3.710.857
3.710.858
3.710.859
3.710.860
3.710,866
3.710.867
3.710.861
3.710.863
3.710.864
3.710.862
3.710.865
CLASS 169
2A 3.710.868
26 3.710.855
CLASS 171
16 3.710.869
CLASS 172
40 3.710.870
122 3.710.871
707 3.710.872
CLASS 173
12 3,710,873
3,710,874
28 3.710,875
43 3.710.876
CL
23R
35CE
40R
42
49
52PE
68 5
7IR
76
84S
119
120SR
135
ASS 174
3.711,621
3.711,622
3.711.623
3,711.624
Re 27.549
3.711,625
3,711,626
3.711.627
3,711.628
3.711.629
3.710.911
3.711.630
3.711,631
3.711.632
3,711.633
CLASS 175
18 3.710.877
66 3.710.878
388 3.710.879
CLASS 176
30 3.711.369
45 3,711.370
50 3.711.371
CLASS 177
137 3.710.880
178
Re 27.555
3.711.635
3.711,634
3,711.636
3.711.641
3.711.640
3.711.637
3.711.638
3.711.639
3.711,642
3.711,643
3.711.644
3.711.645
3.711,646
179
3,711,648
3,711.647
3.711.649
3,711.651
3,711.652
3.711.650
3.711.653
3.711.656
3.711,654
3.711.655
3.711.657
3.711.658
3.711.659
3.711,660
3.711.661
180
3.710.881
3.710.886
CLASS
5 2R
5 4HE
54SY
54R
66TC
66A
6.8
72
792
22
25
CLASS
2TV
2E
6R
15BT
15BW
100 IC
1002C
1002S
100 4C
115 5VC
170NC
175 IR
CLASS
5R
9 2R
75
79 5GT
I81T
9 38
3.710.882
33
3.710.883
54R
3.710.884
64M
3,710.885
119
3.710.887
CLASS 181
24
3,710,888
33HA
3.710.889
33HC
3.710.890
50
3.710.891
54
3.710.892
CLASS 182
2
3.710.893
106
3,710,894
3.710.897
3.710.898
3.710.899
CLASS 190
41R
3,710,901
51
3,710,900
CLASS 192
084
3,710,908
4A
3,710.904
18A
3«7 10.902
28
3.710.903
34
Re27.550
46
3.710.905
3.710.906
87 17
3.710.907
91R
3,710,909
07R
3.710.914
CLASS 194
4R 3.710.910
CLASS 195
1
3.711.372
28R
3,711,373
3,711.374
29
3.711.375
62
3.711.376
66B
3.711.377
103 5R
3.711.378
127
3.711.379
CLASS 197
49 3.710.912
82 3.710.913
151 3.710.915
189 3,710,916
CLASS
20R
30
33AA
33R
81
128
131
202
210
198
3,710,917
3,710,918
3,710.919
3.710.920
3.710,921
3,710.924
3,710,922
3,710.923
3.710.925
3.710.926
3.710.927
3.710.928
5R
48A
67G
I44B
157
159R
166C
167A
175
221
248
20
CLASS 200
3.711.664
3.711.662
3.711,663
3,711.665
3.711.666
3.711.667
V3. 7 1 1.668
3.71 1.669
3.711,670
3,711,671
CLASS 202
3.711.380
CLASS 203
3.711.381
CLASS 188
5 3.710.895
73 5 3.710,896
CLASS 204
IR
3.711.382
29
3.711,383
49
3.711.384
54
3.711.584
59
3.711.385
64 R
3.711.386
128
3,711,388
157 IH
3,711.387
159 11
3.711.390
3.711.391
159 12
3.711.389
I80R
3.711.392
3.711.393
195P
3.711.395
I95S
3.711.394
284
3.711.396
290K
3.711.397
298
3.711.398
301
Re 27.552
CLASS 206
39
3.710.929
46KC
3.710.930
65K
3.710.931
136
242
261
321
380
484
522
15
43
CLASS 208
112 3.711.399
CLASS 209
3.710,932
3,710,933
3,710,934
3,710,935
3,710,937
3,710,936
3,710.938
3.710.939
3.710.940
1
3
5
73
74R
82
1115
166
315
21
34
63
84
CLASS 210
3.711.400
3.711.401
3,711,402
3.710.941
3.710,942
3,710,943
3.710,944
3,710,945
3.710.946
3.710.947
3.710.948
3.710,949
CLASS 212
3.710.950
CLASS 213
3,710,951
3,710,952
674
761
214
3,710.953
3.710.955
3.710.954
3.710.957
3.710.956
3.710.958
3.710.960
3.710.959
3.710.963
3.710.964
3.710.961
3.710.998
3.710.962
3.710.969
3.710.965
3.710.966
3.710.967
3.710.968
CLASS 215
3.710.970
3,710.971
CLASS
IBS
10
25
16 ICC
16 ICE
I64R
17DA
17D
38B
42 IK
75R
I30R
515
CLASS
1049
1055
69D
69 E
I31WR
221
227
243
303
535
36
4R
22 4
31
67
102
1
64
129 1
134
141
145
146HA
185
386
402 24
404
413
554
562
219
3.711.672
3.711.673
3.711.674
3.711.676
3.711.675
3.711.058
3.711.677
3.711.678
3.711.679
3.711.680
3.711.681
3.711.682
220
3.710,972
3.710.973
3.710.974
3.710.975
221
3.710.976
3.710.977
CLASS 222
3.710.979
3.710,980
3.710.981
3.710.982
3.710.983
3.710,984
3,710.985
3.710.986
3.710.987
3.710.990
3.710.988
3.710.991
3.710.992
3.710.989
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
67
82
87
91
CLASS
25A
4203B
CLASS
8
19
32
52
177
181
61
101
147
2
4
56
7R
92.7
223
3.710.994
3.710.995
3.710.996
3.710.993
224
3.710.997
3.710.999
226
3.71 1.000
3.711.001
3.711.002
3.711.005
3.711,003
3.711,004
132E
144HC
145R
150 24
151 I
151 34
I53A
153
174
175
CLASS 227
3,711,006
3.711.007
3.711.008
CLASS 228
3.711.009
3.711.010
3.711.019
CLASS 229
3,711.011
3.711.012
235
3.711.683
3.711,014
3,711,015
CLASS
59
87
I
15
54
55
222 II
227
265 17
265 19
288 5
394
397
601
3,711,016
3,711,684
3.711.685
3.711.686
3.711.687
3.711.688
3.711.689
3.711.691
3.711.690
3.711.693
3.711.692
236
3.711.017
3.71 1.018
CLASS 239
3.711.020
3.711.022
3,711.023
3,711.024
3.711.025
3.711.026
3.711,013
3.711.027
3.711,028
3,711.029
3,711.030
3.71 1.031
CLASS
2 13
4 2
lOP
10
10 1
106
10 68
41 15
46 13
47
106 1
450
240
3.711.694
3.711.695
3.711.696
3.711.697
3.711.698
3.711.703
3,711,699
3.711.700
3.71 1.701
3.711.702
3.711.704
3.711.602
CLASS 241
20 3.711.032
47 3.711.033
100 3,711.034
CLASS 242
7 01 3.711.035
84 IR 3.711.036
107 4 3.711.037
CLASS 243
2 3.711.038
CLASS 244
3 11
3 12
3 21
44
50
77D
118P
153R
3.711,041
3,711,046
3,711,040
3,711.039
3.711.043
3.711.042
3.71 1.044
3.711.045
CLASS
61 12N
70R
98R
346
2
64
74R
IKK
201
298
309
330
400
425
429
430
219R
CLASS 247
3.71 1.153
CLASS 248
3.71
3.71
3.71
3.71
3,71
3,71
3,71
3,71
3,71
3,71
3,71
3.71
CLASS 249
3,71
1.047
1.049
1.050
1.051
1.052
1.053
1.048
1.021
1,054
1,055
1,056
1.057
1.059
CLASS
41 9ME
43 5D
43 5R
44
49 5GC
49 5A
59
83R
83 1
83 6
108WS
202
210
213VT
213R
2I4P
216
219D
220
250
3.711.706
3.711.707
>.7 1 1 .708
3.711,709
3.711.710
3.711,711
3.711,712
3,711,713
3.711,714
3.711.705
3.711.715
3.711.716
3.711.717
3.711.718
3.711.720
3.711.719
3.711.721
3.711,722
3,711.723
3.711.177
11
29
172
276
CLASS 251
3.711.060
3.71 1.061
3,711.062
3.7 1 1.063
CLASS 252
308R
855E
3.711.403
3.711.404
309
8.S5R
3.711.405
33.4
3.711.406
41
3.711.407
47.S
3.711.408
10
3.711.409
3092
7t
3.711.410
3.711.411
3096
3.711.412
310C
99
3.711,413
3145
lit
188)
300
30I.4R
31 3S
)S9
408
414
43IR
431
439
440
4SSR
502
518
3,711.414
3.711,415
3,711,417
3,711,418
3.711,416
3.711.419
3,711.420
3.711.421
3.711.422
3.71 1.424
3.711.423
3.71 1,425
3,711.426
3.711.427
3.711.428
3.711.328
CLASS 254
29R 3.711.064
I50R 3.711.065
CLASS 256
3.711.066
19
191
CLASS 259
3.71 1.067
CLASS 260 1
2 IE
3.711,429
2 5B
3.711,430
3.711.431
16
3.711.432
I7R
3.711.433
21
3.711.434
28 5R
3.711.436
29 6HN
3,711,435
29 7W
3.711.437
37SB
3.711.520
41R
3.711.438
45 8N
3.711.439
47CB
3.711.440
47XA
3.711.441
75NH
3.711.442
3.711.443
77.5AC
3.711.446
77 5AM
3,711.445
77 5NC
3.711.444
78TF
3.711.447
78.4N
3.711.448
79
3.711.450
3.7II.45I
3.711.452
793MU
3.711.449
793A
3.711.453
8078
3.711.454
85 3R
3.711.455
88. IR
3.711.456
93.7
3.711.457
112 5
3.711.458
I46D
3.711,459
154
3.711.460
3.711.461
209
3.711.462
239A
3.711.464
3.711.469
239E
3.711.463
3.711.466
239.1
3,711.471
2393B
3.711.467
3.711.468
3.711.470
3.711.509
2393R
3.711.465
240CA
3.711.472
3.711.474
240<J
3.711.473
243R
3.711.475
3.711.478
244R
3.711.476
247 1
3.711.477
249 7P
3.711.479
250A
3.711.481
250R
3.711.480
3.711.482
2S65R
3.711.564
260
3.711,483
26KR
3.711.484
2K9A
3.711.485
294 8G
3.711.486
3.711.487
295 5R
3.711.488
296P
3.711.489
297R
3.711,490
302D
3.711.491
3.711.492
307D
3.711.495
307G
3.711.494
3265B
3265G
3269
328
3405
343 3
346 3
348R
397.3
397 4
413
429 7
439R
448A
453R
454
465 4
465 7
465 8A
465 8
468D
469
475. 5N
479C
502 4R
514J
524R
530
543P
551P
553A
555A
556N
557B
559S
563B
563R
5706
575
577
586R
591
607A
609R
613R
617H
618R
619A
632B
633
649R
666 5
667
668F
683R
683 3
827
858
864
874
K78R
881
899
932
942
953
954
963
4IB
4ID
79A
92
122
3
20
33R
45
49
65
71
88
231
245
3.711.496
3.711.497
3,711.498
3,711.499
3,711,500
3.711.501
3.711.502
3.711.503
3.711.504
3.711.505
3.711.506
3.711.508
3,711.511
3.711.510
3,711,507
3.711,512
3.711.513
3,711.516
3.711.517
3.711,518
3.711.515
3,711,514
3,711.519
3.711.521
3.711.522
3.711,523
3.711,524
3.711.525
3.711.529
3.711.535
3.711.530
3,711.526
3.711.531
3.711.532
3.711.078
3.711.527
3.711.528
3.711.533
3.711.534
3.711.536
3.711.493
3.711.537
3.711.539
3.711,540
3.711.541
3.711.542
3.711.543
3.711.544
3.711.545
3.711.538
3,711,546
3,711.550
3.711.547
3.711.548
3.711.549
Re 27.551
3.711.551
3.711.552
3.711.553
3.711.554
3.711.555
3.710.439
3.711.556
3.711.557
3.711.558
3.711,559
3,711.560
3.711.561
3,711.562
3,711.563
3,711.565
3,711,566
3.711.567
3.711.568
3,711.569
3,711,570
3.711.571
3,711.572
3.711.573
3.711.574
3.711,575
3.711.576
3.711.577
3.711.578
3.711.579
3,711,582
3.711.580
CLASS 261
3.711.068
3,711.069
3.711.070
3.711.071
3.711.072
CLASS 263
3.711.073
3.711,074
3,711.075
CLASS 264
3.711.581
3.711.583
3,711,585
3,711.587
3.711.586
3.711.588
3.711.589
18 3.7 11.590
CLASS 266
23NN 3.711.076
36P 3.711.077
CLASS 267
IR 3.711,079
16 3.711.080
CLASS 269
21 3,711.081
3.711.082
CLASS 270
55
3.711.083
57
3.711.084
79
3.711.085
83
3.711,086
CLASS 271
86
3,711,087
89
3.711.088
CLASS 272
57B 3.711,089
69 3,711.090
CLASS 273
2 3.711,091
26A 3,711.092
69 3,711,093
86C 3.711.094
95R 3.711.095
96R 3.711.096
101 3.711.097
105 2 3.711.098
123R 3.711.099
127R 3.711.100
I31AD 3.711.101
153R 3.711.102
191A 3.711,103
CLASS 277
58 3,711.104
CLASS 279
IR 3,711.105
123 3.711.106
CLASS
II 35T
21R
28
43 24
47 22
KIR
962R
124F
150AB
150C
150R
150 5
154 5R
292
400
421
280
3.711.107
3.711.108
3.711.109
3.711.110
3.711.111
3.711.112
3.711.113
3.711. 114
3.711.115
3.711.116
3.711.117
3.711. 118
3.711.119
3.7II.I20
3.711.121
3.711.122
18
47
111
116
137R
153
235
239
256
382.4
CLASS 285
3.711.123
3.711.124
3.711.125
3.711.126
3,711.127
3.711.128
3.711. 129
3.711.130
3.711.131
3.711.132
CLASS 287
54A
87
100
104
189 35
189 36F
3.711,133
3,711.136
3.711.134
3.711. 135
3.711
3.711
.137
.138
33 3.711,159
43 3.711.160
82 3.711.161
CLASS 303
2IP 3.711,163
21R 3,711.162
CLASS 305
24 3.711.164
35EB 3.711,165
CLASS 307
43 3.711.724
108 3.711.725
117 3.711.726
1414 3.711.727
254 3.711.728
273 3.711.729
295 3.711.730
CLASS 308
3.711.168
3,711.169
3.711.170
3.711.171
3.711.166
3.711.167
CLASS 310
3.711.731
3.711.732
96
26
73
184
241
300
500R
53
162
CLASS 312
97 1 3,711.172
140 4 3.711.173
194 3.711.174
208 3.711.175
CLASS 313
109 5 3.711.733
174 3.711.734
216 3.711.735
330 3,711.736
600 3.711,757
CLASS 315
18 3,711.737
29 3.711.738
82 3.711.739
241P 3,711.741
246 3.711.740
CLASS 292
37 3.711. 139
87 3.711,140
CLASS 294
55 3,711,141
64R 3,711,142
K6A 3,711,144
872 3.711.143
3.711.145
CLASS 296
IS 3.711.146
28M 3.711.148
28R 3.711.147
63 3.711.149
137E 3.711.150
CLASS 297
45 3.711.151
282 3.711.152
385 3.711.154
456 3.711.155
457 3.711. 156
CLASS 298
8R 3.711.157
CLASS 299
27 3.711.158
CLASS 317
2R
3
13D
15
112
155
157 5
232
234R
235R
258
126
139
162
675
5
14
18
57
3.711.742
3.711.743
3.711.744
3.711,747
3,711.748
3.711.749
3.711.750
3,711.751
3.711.752
3.711.745
3.711.753
3.71 1.746
CLASS 318
3.711,754
3.711.755
3.711.756
3.711.758
CLASS 321
3.711.760
3.711,759
3,711.761
3.711.762
CLASS 323
3.711.763
CLASS 324
5R
1
34ST
SI
53
57N
57R
78D
83R
115
I23R
151A
320
446
3.711.790
3.711,792
CLASS 333
3,711.794
97S 3.711.793
CLASS 334
44M 3.711.813
CLASS 335
3.711.797
3.711.795
3.711.798
3.711.799
3.711.800
3.711.801
3.711.802
3.711.803
3.711.804
CLASS 336
3.711.805
3.711,806
3.711.807
61
151
153
188
192
196
210
266
65
92
205
135
190
388
128
200
3.711.764
3.711.765
3.711.766
3.711.767
3.711.768
3.711.769
3.711.770
3.711.771
3.711.772
3.711.773
3.711.774
3.711.775
3.711.776
CLASS 325
3.711.777
3.711.778
CLASS 337
3,711,808
3,711,809
3.711,810
CLASS 338
3.711.811
3.711,812
CLASS 339
60C 3,711,818
65 3.711,814
90R 3,711.815
91R 3.711.816
121 3.711.817
192R 3.711.819
CLASS 328
114 3,711.779
CLASS 330
4 5 3.711.780
15 3.711.781
30R 3.711.782
86 3.711.783
CLASS 331
53 3.711.784
94 5P 3.711.789
94 50 3.711.791
94 5 3.711.785
3,711.786
3.711.787
3.711.788
CLASS
3R
51
7R
18LD
27NA
52B
66
146 lAJ
146 lAX
146 3F
149 A
149R
166R
1725
174TF
I74M
174 IB
174 IH
227
258B
279
280
324A
347CC
347NT
365C
366B
409
340
3.711.820
3.711,821
3.711.822
3.711.823
3.711.824
3.711.825
3.711.826
3.711.827
3.711.828
3,711,830
3.711.829
3.711.831
3.711.833
3.711.832
3.711.834
3.711.835
3.711.836
3,711.837'
3,711.838
3.711,840
3.711,841
3.711,842
3,711,839
3,711.844
3,711.843
3.711.845
3.711.846
3.711.847
3,711.848
3,711.849
3.711.851
3.711.850
3.711,852
3,711.853
3.711,854
CLASS 343
lOOST 3.711.855
103 3.711.856
107 3.711.857
771 3.711.858
CLASS 346
74ES 3.711.859
74S 3.711.860
140 3.711.861
CLASS 350
1
16
62
150
157
159
T57R
201
214
254
291
319
43
169
78R
178
3.711.176
3.711.178
°3,7I 1.179
3.711.180
3.711,181
3,711.182
3,711,183
3.711.184
3.711.185
3,711.186
3,711.187
3,711.188
3.711.189
CLASS 351
3.711.190
3.7H.I91
^»352
^ 3,711,192
3,711.193
116 3,711.195
CLASS 355
15 3,711.796
16 3.711.196
3.711.197
51 3.711.198
57 3.711.199
CLASS 356
28 3.711.200
86 3.711.201
109 3.711.202
152 3.711.203
153 3.711.204
162 3.711.205
201 3.711,206
202 3.711.207
3.711.208
203 3.711.209
207 3.711.210
CLASS 401
2 3.711.211
CLASS 408
3 3,711.212
43 3.711.213
92 3.711.214
108 3.711.215
153 3.711.216
226 3.71 1.217
CLASS 415
131 3.711.218
CLASS 416
132 3.711.219
146 3.71 1.220
157 3.711.221
CLASS 417
44 3.711.222
342 3.711.223
344 3.711.224
440 3.711.225
480 3.711.226
CLASS 418
31 3.711.227
98 3.711.228
121 3.711.229
CLASS 423
10 3.711.591
60 3.711.592
207 3.711.593
290 3.711.594
446 3.711.595
483 3.711.596
545 3,711.597
580 3,711.598
638 3.711.599
639 3.711.600
648 3.711.601
CLASS 424
52 3.711.604
122 3,711.605
24 3 3.711.606
244 3.711.612
250 3.711.613
254 3.711.607
270 3.711.608
272 3.711.609
273 3.711.610
304 3.711.603
308 3.711.614
358 3,711.611
CLASS 425
126 3.711.230
127 3.711.231
ISO 3.711.232
302 3.711.233
307 3.711.234
466 3.711.235
CLASS 431
53 3.711.236
69 3.711.237
173 3.711.238
188 3.711.239
253 3.711.240
344 3.711.241
349 3.711.242
351 3.711.243
1
CLASS 444
3.711.862
3.711.863
99
CLASS 353
3.711
194
PI 50
Classification of Designs
D 1-
26
225,919
225.940
177
225.964
225.988
226.010
226.029
D 2-
46
225,920
225.941
216
225.965
30 225.989
15 226.011
D56-
226.030
241
225.921
157
225.942
225.966
D16-
2 225.990
505 226.004
226.031
D 6—
2
225.926
158
225.943
225.967
225.991
D29-
24 226.012
D61-
226.032
49
225.928
167
225,944
225.968
3 225.992
D34-
15 226.013
226,033
66
225.923
172
225,945
225,970
D23-
14 225.993
226.014
226.034
225.946
177
225.949
2?5.97l
24 225.976
226.015
D70-
226.035
68
225.929
225.950
D 9- 37
225.972
34 225.994
226.016
D71-
226.036
69
225.925
225,951
225.973
49 225.995
226.017
D72-
226.037
225.930
181
225,952
100
225.974
D24-
1 225.996
226.018
D73-
226.038
225.931
225,953
158
225.975
225.997
D36-
168 225.922
D74-
226.039
225.932
189
225,954
DIl- 1
225,977
225.998
D44-
1 226.019
2 226,040
225.933
225,955
DI3-
225.978
225.999
D48-
20 226.020
5 226,041
75
225.924
190
225,956
225.979
D25-
226.000
226.021
D83-
1 226,042
79
225.927
191
225.936
225.980
D26-
226.001
24 226.022
226.043
85
225.934
193
225.957
7
225.981
5 226.002
D49-
82 225.969
226.044
89
225,947
D 8- 13
225.958
DI4- 3
225.982
226.003
D52-
3 226.023
226.045
91
225,948
21
225.959
225.983
12 226.005
6 226.024
D86-
10 226.046
130
225.937
30
225.960
225.984
226.006
226.025
226.047
146
225.935
81
225.961
225.985
226,007
D54-
226.026
D92-
1 226.048
225,938
96
225.962
225,986
226.008
12 226.027
21 226,049
225,939
159
225,963
6
225.987
14 226,009
D55-
1 226.028
D95-
3 226,050
Classification of Plants
30
3,293 P -
3,294
P - 36 3.291
P - 45 3.292
P -
47
3.295 P -
51
3.296
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
(U.S. States, Territories and Armed Forces, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Canal Zone)
Alabama • i
Alaska 2
American Samoa 3
Arizona -•• 4
Arkansas -*'
California 6
Canal Zone 7
Colorado 8
Connecticut 9
Delaware 10
District of Columbia 1 1
Florida 12
Georgia '3
Guam 14
H awaii I ?
Idaho 16
Illinois 17
Indiana 18
Iowa 19
Kansas 20
Kentucky 21
Louisiana ; ^ 22
Maine 23
M ary land 24
M assachusetts 25
Michigan 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi 28
Missouri 29
Montana 30
N ebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersey 34
New Mexico 35
New York 36
North Carolina 37
North Dakota 38
Ohio 39
Oklahoma 40
Oregon 41
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Rico 43
Rhode Island 44
South Carolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee 47
Texas 48
Utah 49
Vermont 50
Virginia 51
Virgin Islands 52
Washington 53
West V irginia 54
Wisconsin 55
W yoming 56
U.S. Air Force 57
U.S. Army ::: 58
U.S. Navy 59
(First number in listir.g denotes location according to above key Refer to patent nu
name, location, etc.)
mber in body of the Official Gazette to obtain details as to inventor
3.710.573
3.710,716
3.710.822
3.710.829
3.710.964
3.711.092
3.711.151
3.711.268
3.711.344
3.711.427
■>.71 1.728
3,710.401
3.710.691
3.710.771
3.710.806
3.711,085
3,711,693
3,711,863
3.710,836
3.711.837
Re27,55l
3.710.396
3,710.413
3.710.414
3.710.415
3.710.427
3.710.434
3.710.452
3.710.454
3.710.456
3.710.467
3.710.476
3.710.480
3,710.496
3.710,498
3.710.513
3,710.540
3,710,549
3,710.552
3,710.562
3,710,569
3.710.574
3.710.577
3.710.589
3.710.615
3.710.644
3.710,646
3,710.654
3.710.656
3.710.664
3.710,665
3.710.681
3.710,693
3,710.720
3.710,731
3,710,734
3,710,737
3,710,744
3.710.753
3.710.754
3.710,781
3.710.787
3.710.814
3.710.817
3.710.830
3.710.833
3.710.839
3.710.885
3.710.886
3.710,891
3.710.893
3.710.895
3.710.899
3.710.908
3.710.929
3.710.930
3.710.932
3.710.946
3.710.954
3.71 1.005
3.71 1.006
3.71 1.013
3.711.016
3,71 1,037
3.71 1.038
3.71 1.044
3.71 1,046
3,71 1,049
3.711.053
3.71 1.055
3.71 1,068
3.71 1.076
3.71 1,080
3.71 1.113
3.71 1.114
3.71 1.178
3.71 1.182
3.71 1.197
3.71 1.200
3.71 1.202
3.711.222
3,711,231
Patents
3,711,247
3.711.256
3.711.261
3.711,271
3.711.300
3.711.327
3.711.336
3,711.359
3,711,405
3.711.406
3.711.480
3,711.486
3.711.516
3,711.517
3.711.530
3.711.536
3.711.547
3.711.548
3.711.586
3.711.587
3,711.603
3,711.617
3.711.618
3.711.639
3,711.650
3.711.661
3.711.686
3,711.687
3.711.688
3.711.689
3.711,690
3,711.697
3.711.701
3.711.702
3,711.711
3.711.723
3.711.735
3.711.737
3.711,746
3,711.750
3.711.753
3.711.759
3.711.771
3.711.777
3.711.812
3.711.819
3.711.823
3.711.834
3.711.836
3.711.839
3.711.849
10
3.711.856
3.711,435
3.710.584
3.711.446
3.710.724
3.711.504
3.710.782
3.711.539
3,710.861
3.711.550
3.711.165
3.711.556
3.711.691
3.711.598
3.711.743
11 3.711.773
3.711.844
12 3.710.446
3.710.520
3.710.526
3.710.611
3.710.597
3.710.680
3.710.672
3.710.709
3.710.733
3.710.713
3.710.750
3.710.751
3.710.793
3,710,989
3.710.887
3,711,061
3.710.901
3.711.171
3.710.924
3.711.244
3.711.036
3.711.266
3.711.063
3.711,267
3.711.094
3,711,270
3.711.099
3.711.310
3.711.116
3.711.337
3.711.137
3.711.339
3.711.140
3.711.410
3.711.190
3.711.411
3.711.198
3.711.412
3.711.294
3.711.489
3.711.309
3.711.524
3.711.331
3.711.573
3.711,361
3.711.576
3,711,596
3.711.663
3,711,648
3.711.699
3.711.778
3.711,703
13 3.710.392
3,711,717
3.710.394
3.711.727
3.710.398
3.711.739
3.710.534
3.711.742
3.710.679
3.711.774
3.710.696
3.711.800
3.710.820
3.711.803
3.710,894
3.711.845
3,710.973
3.711.862
3.710.980
3.710.732
3.711.240
3.710.945
16 3.711.712
3.711.025
17 3.710.405
3.711.245
3.710.406
3.711.321
3.710.410
3.711.356
3.710.419
3.711.364
3.710.441
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3,
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
,710,449
,710,451
,710,473
.710.484
,710.489
,710.511
,710.531
.710.570
.710.576
.710.591
.710.610
,710,661
.710.671
.710.695
.710.708
.710.729
.710.730
.710.752
.710.774
.710.785
.710.800
.710.815
.710.824
.710.837
.710.875
.710.877
.710.881
.710.903
.710.904
.710.909
.710.941
,710.947
,710.962
,710.965
,710.966
,710.970
.710.985
.710.991
.711.022
.711.023
711.031
,711.057
,7 1 1 .060
,7 1 1 .066
.7 1 1 .090
.711.093
.711.095
.711.101
.711.108
,711.119
.711.129
PI 51
PI 52
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
3,711.134
3,711,145
3,711,173
3,711.194
3.711,242
3,711,258
3,711.295
3,711,298
3.711.303
3.711.329
3.711.347
3.711,355
3,711.357
3,711,408
3,711.416
3,711,533
3.711,552
3.711,611
3,711,634
3,711,656
3,711.658
3.71 1,667
3,711,685
3.711,755
3,711.799
3,711.806
3,711,809
3,711,818
3,710,423
3,710,583
3.710,608
3.710.653
3,710.673
3,710,690
3,710,710
3.710.937
3,710,952
3,710,958
3,711,087
3,711,226
3,711,250
3,711,257
3,711,353
3,711,441
3,711.605
3.711,738
3,711,798
3,711,824
3.711,827
3,711,828
3,711,833
3,710,407
3,710,689
3.710.715
3,710.910
3.711,748
3,710,472
3,710.795
3.711,014
3,711,269
3,711,456
3.711,549
3,710,948
3,711.029
3.711.079
3,711.086
3.711,358
3.710,559
3.710.580
3,710,600
3,710,627
3,710,855
3,710,864
3,711.423
3,711,529
3.711,535
3,711,214
3.710,411
3,710.474
3.710,497
3,710,722
3.710,760
3,710,931
3.710.972
3,711,040
3,711,139
3,711,345
3,711,350
3,711,351
3,711,367
3,711.572
3.711,619
3,711,651
3,711,791
3,711,855
3.711,858
3,710,492
3,710,510
3,710.682
3.710.685
3.710,697
3,710,707
3.710,755
3.710,770
3,710,798
3,710,813
26
27
28
29
3,710,920
3.710,867
3,710,955
3,710,896
3,710,976
3,710,918
3,710,981
3,711,019
3,710,984
3,711.052
3,710,993
3,711,128
3.710.999
3,711,236
3,711,001
3,711,251
3,711,008
3,711,289
3,711.033
3,711,290
3.711.166
3,711,299
3.711,174
3,711,304
3.711.177
3,711.403
3,711,185
3.711,404
3,711.188
3,711.419
3,711,192
30 3.710.402
3,711,264
3,710,592
3,711,282
3,711.083
3,711,283
31 Re27,552
3,711.334
3,710,788
3.711.389
3.711.098
3.71 1.417
3,711,170
3.711,542
3,711,779
3.711.546
32 3,711,386
3,711,607
33 3.710,676
3,711,700
3,711,767
3,711.707
34 3.710.409
3,711,722
3.710,425
3,711,725
3.710,450
3,711.745
3,710,515
3,711,787
3,710.550
3.711.815
3.710,553
3.711,838
3,710.556
3,71 1,848
3.710.593
Re 27,547
3.710,599
Re 27,553
3,710.604
3,710,403
3,710,606
3.710,412
3,710,614
3,710,417
3,710,629
3.710,426
3,710,657
3,710,482
3,710,698
3.710,505
3.710,749
3,710,525
3,710,772
3,710,579
3,710.779
3.710,602
3.710,783
3.710.632
3,710.943
3,710,635
3.710,975
3.710,637
3.710,983
3,710.641
3,711,010
3.710,645
3.711.035
3,710,655
3.711,067
3,710,669
3,711,102
3.710,674
3,711,105
3.710,711
3,711,120
3,710,718
3,711.132
3,710,764
3.711.210
3,710,811
3.711.216
3,710.874
3.711.235
3,710,879
3.711.246
3,710,892
3,711,302
3.710.939
3,711,314
3,710,953
3,711,318
3.711,002
3,711,324
3,711,069
3,711,343
3,711,106
3,711,362
3,711.115
3.711,372
3,711,117
3,711,390
3.711.125
3,711,391
3.711,141
3,711,392
3,711,158
3,711,401
3,711,176
3,711.414
3,711,225
3,711,415
3.71 1.260
3,711,432
3,711,305
3,711,439
3,711,363
3,711,481
3,711,388
3,711,482
3,711,430
3,711,495
3,711,433
3,711,510
3,711.515
3,711,521
3,711,528
3,711,522
3,711,570
3,711,531
3,71 1,599
3,711.532
3,71 1.680
3,711,538
3,711,696
3,711,544
3,711,726
3,711,560
3.711.729
3,711,567
3,710,391
3,711,604
3,710,393
3,711,608
3,710.443
3.711,613
3.710.457
3,711,621
3.710,508
3.711,641
3,710,609
3,711,762
3,710,617
3,711,763
3,710,789
3,711,775
3,710.823
3,711,793
3.710,872
3,711,797
3,710,905
3.711.840
3,71 1,050
3,711.841
3,71 1,110
3.711.842
3.711,679
3,711,846
3.711.698
3,711,850
3.711,180
35 3,710,631
3.711,677
3,710,933
3,710,563
3,711.631
3,710.766
36 Re27,550
3,710,809
Re27,555
3,710,416
3,710,432
3.710,435
3,710,440
3,710,445
3,710,478
3,710.479
3,710,487
3,710,488
3,710,509
3,710,517
3,710,519
3.710.521
3,710,538
3,710,551
3,710,554
3,710,555
3,710,572
3,710,595
3,710.603
3,710.625
3,710.667
3,710.668
3.710.702
3.710,703
3,710,741
3,710,767
3,710,780
3,710,784
3,710,794
3,710,801
3,710.849
3,710.850
3.710.851
3.710,854
3,710.883
3,710,900
3.710,911
3.710.917
3,710,922
3.710.942
3.710,951
3.710.956
3.710,994
3.710,996
3.711.011
3.711,015
3,711,021
3,711,027
3,711,048
3,711,081
3,711.109
3.711,127 J
3,711,133
3,711,181
3.711,183
3.711.184
3.711.196
3,711,218
3,711.248
3,711,255
3,711.262
3.711,280
3,711,285
3,711,287
3,711,291
3,711,341
3,711,349
3,711,371
3,711.379
3,711,393
3,711,394
3,711,398
3.711,399
3.711,400
3,711,425
3,711,428
3,711.448
3.711,471
3.711.473
3.711.512
3.711.513
3.711.520
3,711,551
3,711.562
3.711,563
3.711,566
3.711,568
3,711,571
3,711,583
3,711,601
3,711.610
3.711.612
3,711.652
3.711,664
3,711,668
3,711,695
3,711.706
3.711.708
3,711,713
3.711.719
3.711.721
3.711.768
3.711.802
3.711,804
3,711,826
37
39
40
41
42
3,711,853
3,710,437
3,710,620
3,710,455
3,710,803
3,710.477
3,710,888
3,710,481
3.710,957
3,710,522
3,711.073
3,710,524
3,711.111
3.710.532
3.711.352
3,710,535
3.711.526
3.710.548
3.711,581
3.710,582
3,710,475
3,710.585
3.710,483
3,710,586
3.710.490
3,710,596
3.710.507
3,710,624
3,710,516
3,710,662
3,710,533
3.710,719
3,710,568
3,710.728
3.710,605
3.710,742
3,710,666
3.710,757
3,710.692
3,710.761
3.710.762
3,710,796
3.710.776
3.710.802
3,710.790
3,710,812
3.710,797
3,710,835
3,710,807
3,710,856
3.710.^9
3.710,876
3,710,870
3,710,950
3,710,831
3,710,960
3.710,840
3,710,968
3,710,842
3,710,990
3.710.906
3.711.012
3,710.914
3,711,064
3.710.935
3.711,077
3.710,938
3,711,084
3,710.974
3,711,097
3.710,986
3,711,100
3,710.988
3,711,103
3.710.995
3.711.104
3,711.007
3.711.130
3.711.020
3.711.148
3.711.028
3.711,154
3,711,042
3,711.205
3.711.091
3.711,224
3,711,146
3,711,272
3,711.152
3,711,273
3.711,157
3.711.332
3,711,163
3.711,338
3,711,212
3,711,340
3,711,233
3,711,346
3,711,239
3.711.370
3,711,296
3,711,378
3,711,297
3.711.380
3,711,320
3.711,395
3,711,335
3.711.418
3.711,342
3,711.436
3,711,365
3.711.445
3,711.382
3.711.449
3,711,397
3.711.450
3,711.451
3.711.458
3,711,452
3.711.488
3.711,463
3,711.514
3.711.466
3,711,518
3,711.474
3,711,541
3.711.523
3.711.545
3.711.589
3,711.590
3,711.593
3,711.622
3.711.623
3.711,662
3.711,632
3,711.672
3,711,633
3,711,682
3,711.637
3,711.704
3.711,666
3.711,720
3,711,676
3,711,760
3.711,683
3,711,761
3,711,692
3,711,766
3,711,733
3,711,769
3,711,782
3,711,788
3,711,785
3,711.794
3,711.810
3,711,816
3,711,854
3,711,817
3,711.859
3,711,821
3.710,453
3,711,860
3,710,485
43 3.710,588
3,710,622
44 3.710,395
3,710,623
3,710,429
3.710,816
3.710,461
3,710,916
3.711,579
3,711.062
3,711.671
3,711,072
45 3,710,431
3,711,112
3,710,539
3,711,243
3.710,619
3,711,249
3,710,721
3,711,396
3,710.834
3,711,422
47 3.710.536
3,711,424
3.710.558
3,711,457
3.710.670
3,711,600
3.710,726
3,711,659
3,710,871
3,710,400
3,711,018
3,710,607
3,711,377
3,710,777
3.711,591
3,710,868
3.711.705
3,710,876
3.711.744
3,711,638
48 3,710.448
Re 27,548
3.710,502
3,710.428
3,710.523
3.710.430
3,710.557
3,710,564
3,710,616
3,710,628
3,710,717
3,710,738
3.710,791
3,710,860
3,7lt),862
3,710,863
3,710,865
3,710,866
3,710,913
3,711,121
3,711,123
3,711,204
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 53
3,711,206
3,711,825
3.711,315
49
3,710,399
3,711,325
3,711,047
3,711,330
51
3,710,460
3,711,453
3.710.501
3,711,462
3,710,581
3,711,476
3,710,658
3,711,569
3,710,736
3,711,595
3.710,978
3.711,615
3,711,149
3.711,626
3,711,238
3,711,751
3,711,635
3,711,765
3,711,772
3.711.770
3,711,783
3,711,789
3,711,857
53
54
3,710,727
3,710,758
3,710,786
3,710,890
3,710,925
3,710,927
3,711,039
3,711,602
3,711,606
3,711,646
Re. 27,549
3,710,739
3,711,118
3,711,440
55
3,711,534
3,710,897
3,710,404
3,710,902
3.710,408
3,711,024
3,710,470
3,711,169
3,710,506
3,711.223
3,710,590
3,711,227
3.710,618
3,711,292
3.710,687
3,711.354
3,710,735
3.7i 1.444
3,710,778
3.711.665
3,710.832
3.711.669
3,710,852
3.711.694
3.710,853
3,711.847
3,710,858
56 3.710.818
Design Patents
226.002
225.942
225.919
225,948
225,971
225,973
225,981
225,985
225.987
225,989
225,999
226,003
226,022
226,030
226,031
226,033
226,036
226,040
226.042
12
13
16
17
226,037
225,928
225,972
226,013
226,043
226,050
225,988
225,935
225,938
225.950
225,951
225,974
226,017
225.922
225.947
225.963
225.965
225.966
225,969
18
19
20
22
24
225.993
226,010
226,021
226,047
225,929
226,026
225,996
226,041
226,044
225,921
225,959
225,939
225,940
225,949
225,952
225,953
225.955
225.956
25
26
27
34
226.007
226.008
226,019
225,924
225,926
225,936
225,945
225,991
225,997
226,011
226,012
226,046
226,015
225,954
225,962
226,016
226.023
226.032
36
37
39
40
41
225,923
225.944
225.946
225.967
225.968
275.970
226.000
226.027
226.038
226.039
225.957
225.958
226.001
226.020
226.028
225.986
226.049
225,961
42
44
45
48
51
55
225.975
225.978
225.979
225,980
225,990
225,995
226,018
226,024
225,964
226,005
226.006
225,960
225,998
225,920
225,982
226,025
225,977
226,048
Plant Patents
3,293
3,294
3,295 12
3,292
25
3,296
41
3,291
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : O - 1973
\
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
January 23, 1973
Volume 906
Number 4
CONTENTS
page
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of January 23, 1973 1156
1 1 «7
Condition of Patent Applications
1 1 5c
Reissue Patents Granted
Patents Granted
1 1 fi7
General and Mechanical
„. . , 1393
Chemical •
Electrical
1 A fi A
Design Patents Granted .
PI 1
Index of Patentees
PI 37
Indices of Reissues and Designs
Classification of
PI 41
Patents (Including Reissues)
PI 43
Designs
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents (Including Reissues)
PI 46
Designs
The following are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Docnments, Government
Prinl'n/office. Washington. D.C.. 20402. to whom all subscription, should be made payable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription 189.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional: single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional: single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cent! each. __^_^^^^___
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent »«" •\^» ""f.^fi!'
PLANT PATENTS in color. $1.00 each: copies of TRADEMARKS «"«',°=f ^^/„^^!^„';Jf
at 20 cenU each. Address order, to the Commissioner of Patents. Washington. D.C.. 20231.
Printing authorized by Section 11(a) 3 of Title 36, U.S. Code P.O.
PATENT NOTICES
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Jan. 23, 1973
1156
Re. 27,343
Re. 27,399
Re. 27,442
D. 224,118
3,435,004
3,440,054
3,479,111
3,539,484
3,539,875
3,539.972
3,544,853
3,565,750
3,582,335
3,584.734
3,589,583
3,593.032
3,595,395
3.595,725
3,598,470
3,602,677
3,614,999
3.616.350
3.617.867
3.619.017
3,621,112
3,624.060
3.624,611
3.625,752
3,625,795
3.627,692
3,627,889
3,628.265
3.630.018
3,631.238
3,632,466
3,632,577
3,634,627
3.636.038
3,637.412
3.637,770
3,637.990
3.639.334
3.639,506
3,640,749
3,646.085
3.646,548
3.646,571
3,648.196
3,649,543
3,650,336
3,650,345
3,651,395
3,652,499
3.652,533
3,652.573
3,652.904
3,654,524
3,656.377
3,657,421
3,659,366
3,659,660
3,661.204
3.661,526
3,662.240
3,663,399
3.665,076
3,665.079
3,665.488
3,665,686
3.666.262
3,666,477
3.666.834
3,668,526
3,669,907
3,670,724
3,671,476
3,672.923
3,673.118
3.673.189
3,673.214
3,673,690
3,674,627
3,674.670
3,674,893
3,675,053
3,675.271
3,675.653
3,676,127
3,676.279
3.676.385
3,676,397
3,676,445
3,676,698
3,676.706
3.676,734
3,676.964
3.677,342
3.677.917
3,677,943
3.678.020
3,678,052
3,678,284
3,678,359
3,678,465
3,678,894
3,679,315
3,679,380
3,679,608
3,679,666
3,679,723
3.679,731
3,680,792
3,680.861
3.680.949
3,680,966
3,681.002
3,681,023
3,681,033
3,681,087
3.681.267
3.681,297
3,681.480
3.681,511
3.681,624
3,681,737
3,681,781
3,682,084
3,682,173
3.682.181
3.682,247
3,682.552
3,682.667
3,682,760
3,682,781
3,682.791
3,682,806
3,683.050
3.683.060
3,683.478
3.683,749
3.684.067
3,684,346
3.684.396
3,684,658
3,684,675
3,684,720
3,684,748
3.684,754
3.685,214
3,685,345
3,685,437
3,685,508
3,685,722
3,685.917
3,685,939
3,686,038
3,686,107 *
3,686,146
3,686,329
3,686,369
3,686.399
3.686,410
3,686,452
3,686.683
3,686,727
3,686.829
3.686,836
3,686.896
3,686,910
3.687,222
3.687,505
3,687.626
3,687,938
3,687,992
3,688,070
3,688,163
3,688.452
3,688,926
3,689,038
3,689.212
3.689,265
3,689.348
3,689.429
3,689,484
3,689,508
3,689,531
3,689,562
3,689,722
3.689.733
3,689,790
3.689.819
3,690,172
3,690.180
3,690.192
3.690,221
3.690,377
3,690.500
3,690.794
3.692.144
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
' R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
WILLIAM FELDMAN, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF JANUARY 9. 1973
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
Fillnc Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS ,(v.ia-71
GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRV. O^^^^^^^^^
'Th^et,SrBTt"eS"HV«a^bTnrK^?^^^^^ «— Compositions; Fuel and
Igniting Devices. ... 12-02-71
TnKSe rntKdTng ?on.positions; '^"''J^- ^^^P'^^-^^^^J:^^^^^^ leO-A P. KENT. Director... 1^01-72
''C'ufectur^ripeclal Utility Compositions; Blea^^'^^' ^^'^^^"^^f^^^'J^im^ ^ROUP 17(>-R FRIEDMAN. Director.. 1(H)1-71
SPECIALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENQINF.ERIN^^^^^^ i" "^^ Manufacture; Gas;
Fertilizers; Foods; Fermentation; Analytical Chemistry; Reactor. Sugar^a^^^^ Uquid Gas, and Solid ."Reparation;
esses.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS '
Related Arts. „..v,t^txt^ » Kir. \;rir » tsTTRTMO GROUP 240— L. FORM AN, Director. 9-14-71
works Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring. i-29-71
DESIGNS, GROUP 290-R. L. CAMPBELL. Director
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fme Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS ^^ ^^
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 31&-A^ ^^^^i^^S'^WPhye'edine- D^'spm^^
^^^^^^^S^^^^^^^S^^ Boatsrihips; Aeronautics;
Motor and^Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Brakes; RaUway^and ^^^^^^I^.^^'f-^QCKISG Director 1-03-72
MATERIAL SHAPING, ARTICLE MANUFACTURINO TOOLf . OROU^ 3^D^ J^^^ ^^^.^»«^"^'!jf.^
Manufacturing Processes, Assembling Combmed Machines Special A^^^^^^ Apparatus: Plastic Block and
Working; Metal Fusion-Bonding. Metal Found ng. ^^^^^ ' , ^'^ wnr^^Tc^^ Woodworking; Tools; Cutlery; Jacks.
Earthenware Apparatus: Machine Tools for Shaping or D'viding. Work and Tool Hoiaereoo ^ q pj^ector 2^1-72
AMUSEMENT. HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT INFORMATION^^^^^ l^^WoVking and Excavating;
^?S,"^tcrT?bS"lr!SrBo'dV°^Sbefsf S^^ 'CelJyrSu.Je^y "TtSr^.^Printlng; Typewriters; Stationery;
Information Dissemination. xTi?w'iurA>j nirer-tor 2-22-72
HEAT. POWER, AND FLUID ENGINEERING. GROUP 340-Mp^^NE\^M^
fng Belrings; cfutches; Power Transmission; ^lu'd Handling and Control 1^^^^^^ hICKEY, Director lO^^^
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS, TEXTILES AND \IINING ^R^^^^ closure Operators;
Coating; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines. ^
Explr.t.on of patents: The patents within the range of numbers indicated below e^prr^ during Janua^^^^
cxpifed earlier durto shortened terms under the provisions o Public Law 6W /9th Congrws a^pro^^^^^^ disclaimer under the Provisions of
Law 619, 83rd Congress, approved August 23, 1954 (^^f '^^V.^^P°„'fT^umbe?s nStSK m^^^^ expired before the full term of 1. years for
35 U S C. 253. Other patents, issued after the dates of the range of numDers inoicaiea oeiow , j
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.b.C. 151. Nnmbers 2 728,913 to 2,733.438, inclusive
Patents ■.".■.■.■.'.'.■.'.. .^. Numbers 1,442 to 1,455, inclusive
Plant Patents ^^
1157
REISSUES
JANUARY 23, 1973 '
Matter enclosed In heavy brackets C3 appears in the original patent but forms no part of this reissue specification ; matter
Matter enciosea m oenv, u n ^^Q^gd in italics indicates Additions made by. reissue.
27,556
OPERATLN'G TIME INDICATOR
Lester Corrsin, Mount Kisco, N.Y., assignor to Curtis
Instrameots, Inc., Mount Kisco, N.Y.
Original No. 3,045,178, dated July 17, 1962, Set. No.
760,897, Sept 15, 1958. Application for reissue Nov.
8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,617
Int CI. G04f 9/00; GOlr 11/44
VS, CI. 324—182 18 Claims
the switches. These switches open such that an increas-
ingly larger resistance is inserted in series with the trans-
_!/•
■/O
^u^
UTILIZATION
A'lf
y/yA){y,
¥-•
mission line. Sequential switching devices can also be
used to connect power to a load.
27,558
PLATFORM ELEVATION CONTROL MECHANISM
Malcolm T. Phelps and Carl H. Little, Jamestown, N.Y.,
CI. An operating time indicator comprising a body of assignors to Weber-Knapp Company, Jamestown, N.Y.
non-conductive material having a bore of substantially
uniform cross-section through the body, said bore hav-
ing therein two columns of liquid metal, each of which
extends from an end of the bore toward the other col-
umn such that a space not occupied by column metal
exists between the adjacent ends of said columns, a liquid
electrolyte in said bore and in contact with the inmost
ends of the columns and filling said space between the
adjacent ends of said columns, said electrolyte comprising
principally a solution of at least one soluble salt of said
metal, and conductive means for connecting said columns
to an external source of potential, whereby, upon im-
pressing a potential between said columns, metal is re-
moved from one of said columns and transported through
said electrolyte and deposited on the other of said col-
umns, the change of length of said columns being directly
indicative of the quantity of electric charge flowing
through said indicator.]
Original No. 3,431,040, dated Mar. 4, 1969, Ser. No.
662,405, Aug. 22, 1967. Application for reissue Apr.
23, 1969, Ser. No. 822,071
Int. CI. A47b 97/00. 81/00; CI lb 1/00
U.S. CL 312—272 9 Claims
27,557
SEQUENTIAL SWITCHING CIRCUIT BREAKER
FOR HIGH POWER AC OR DC POWER TRANS-
MISSION CIRCUITS
Kenneth T. Lian, Thousand Oaks, Calif., assignor to
Hughes Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Original No. 3,534,226, dated Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No.
681,632, Nov. 9, 1967. Application for reissue Sept.
9, 1971, Ser. No. 178,994
Int CI. HOlh 9/34; H02h 7/22
U.S. CI. 317—11 A 9 Claims
An arrangement of series connected switches and re-
sistors is paralleled across the contacts of a mechanical
interrupter which is inserted into the line to be protected
An improved platform elevation control mechanism
which is particularly adapted to control the raising and
lowering of a platform in a record player cabinet or the
like wherein the cabinet includes a swinging top cover or
lid and wherein the platform carries the weight of the
record player mechanism and records, and other acces-
In normal operation, all switches are closed. Upon the oc- sories such as the tuner, amplifier, etc.; and wherein the
currence of a circuit fault, the interrupter contacts begin platform rises and lowers in response to manual move-
to separate and this initiates the sequential opening of ments of the cabinet cover.
1158
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1159
27 559 ^
IMAGE TRANSDUCING SYSTEM EMPLOYING
REVERSE BIASED JUNCTION DIODES
Paul H. Wendland, Malibu, Calif., assignor to Hughes
Aircraft Company, Culver City, CaUf.
Original No. 3,423,623, dated Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No.
580,962, S«pt 21, 1966. AppUcation for reissue Apr.
8, 1970, Ser. No. 132,470
Int CI. HOI j 29/ J9, 57/26
U.S. CI. 315—10 22 Claims
goal, multiple-actuator control of a plant in which the
instantaneous influence of each actuator on multiple sys-
tem error signals is identified and the self-organizing con-
■- * " "^
-3=3=: ai
- /'■
A target for a vidicon camera tube comprising an N-
type semiconductor member having a resistivity between
0.01 and 0.1 ohm-cm. and a plurality of discrete junctions
on the side of the target member which is to be scanned
by an electron beam.
27,560
DEVITRIFICATION OF THE CORE OF A
COAXIAL GLASS HBER
Claude Achener, Paris, France, assignor to Quartz &
Silice, S.A., Paris, France
Original No. 3,589,878. dated June 29, 1971, Ser. No.
758,778, Sept. 10, 1968. AppUcation for reissue Oct.
1,1971, Ser. No. 185,918
Claims priority, application France, Sept 15, 1967,
121,199
Int CI. C03c 25/02, 15/00
U.S. CI. 65—3 4 Claims
f^.
1
':>
5 ^»
y
../
Filaments consisting of a core of devitrified glass sur-
rounded by a layer of glass in compression. The method
of producing those filaments comprising drawing them
from a layer of silica glass fused to a core of devitrifiable
glass and heating the drawn filaments at a temperature
that will devitrify the devitrifiable glass without deform-
ing the silica glass.
5ELF- ORftflWiZfNG CONrffOL4.eB
E8C00 SIGNALS /' .HCTUWOR tUITATlON ilGNOLS
ntosuRtD stsfONM v»*<»>ei.ts
troUer compensates for changing polarities of actuator
effects, both direct and cross-coupled. The control is pro-
vided using pulse density coding techniques.
27,562
POWDER COMPACTING PRESS
Joseph E. Smith, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to
Woiverine-Pentronix, Inc.
Original No. 3,561,054, dated Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No.
772,291, Oct 31, 1968. Application for reissue June
14, 1971, Ser. No. 153,004
Int CI. B30b 11/02. 15/32
U.S. CI. 425—78 26 Claims
A combined hopper and rotatable positioner assembly
for a powder compacting press adapted to be pivotally
positioned above a compression die provided with die
cavities, the hopper being rotatable and provided with a
base overlying said die, the base having alternating aper-
tures, grooves and land sections in equal number corre-
sponding to the number of die cavities and rotational
drive means to rotate the hopper in timed sequence to
alternately position the apertures, grooves and land sec-
tions over said die cavities.
27,561
SELF-ORCAMZING CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PRO-
VIDING MULTIPLE-GOAL, MULTIPLEACTU-
ATOR CONTROL
Roger L. Barron, Burke, Va., assignor to
Adaptronics, Inc., McLean, Va.
Original No. 3.519,998, dated July 7, 1970, Ser. No.
671,743, Sept 29, 1967. which is a continuation-in-part
of Ser. No. 565,162, July 14, 1966. Application for
reissue Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,184
Int CL G05b 13/00
U.S. CI. 340—172.5 12 Claims
The disclosure relates to a self-organizing control sys-
tem capable of accomplishing simultaneous, multiple-
27,563
FUELPLTMP
Vernon D. Roosa. Hartford. Conn., asagnor to
Stanadyne, Inc.. Wilson, Conn.
Original No. 3,204,561, dated Sept 7, 1965, Ser. No.
222,553, Sept 10, 1962. Application for reissue Feb.
1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,562
Int CI. F04b 19/02
U.S. CI. 417—462 14 Oaims
1. A fuel pump comprising a casing having mlet and
outlet passages, a bore in said casing, a fuel distributing
rotor [positioned] journaled in said bore and defining
with said bore an annulus intermediate the ends of said
bore for receiving fuel from the inlet passage of said cas-
ings, said rotor having fuel inlet port means adapted to
communicate with said [inlet passage] annulus and outlet
ports means adapted to communicate in sequence during
the rotation of said rotor with said outlet passages of said
casing to permit alternate admission and discharge of
fuel from the interior of said rotor, piston means carried
1160
by said rotor and operabl'; in response to the rotation
thereof to receive fuel from the inlet port means and to
eject fuel to said outlet port means, and means carried
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
27,565
RADIAL ARM SAW
Harold R. Botefuhr, Bensenville, HI., assignor fo
McGraw-Edison Company
Original No. 3,482,610, dated Dec. 9, 1969, Ser. No.
594,084, Nov. 14, 1966. Application for reissue Aug.
13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,558
Int. CI. B27b 27106; B26d 5108
U.S. a. 143—6 A 5 Claims
by said rotor and positioned between said inlet port means
and said piston means to prevent the reverse flow of fuel
therethrough.
27,564
FILLER VALVE
William A. Etter, Marshalltown, Iowa, and Wendell L.
Seaman, Allen, Tex., assignors to Fisher Controls Com-
pany, Inc., Marshalltown, Iowa
Original No. 3,542,063, dated Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No.
735,106, June 6, 1968. Application for reissue July
21, 1971, Ser. No. 165,795
Int. CI. F16k 15106
U.S. CI. 137—512.3 7 Claims
J*
A radial arm saw is provided with a column having a
radial arm for supporting a motor driven saw over a work
surface. A pair of concentrically mounted actuator means
are provided through the radial arm for adjusting the
position of the arm relative to a vertical plane containing
the vertical axis of the column. One actuator operates a
means for setting the arm in one of several preselected
angular positions. The other actuator operates to lock the
arm in any one of an infinite number of angular positions.
27,566
AIR CONDITIONED DISPLAY COMPARTMENT
AND METHOD
Edward W. Simons, Mill Valley, Calif., assignor to
Dualjet Corporation
Original No. 2,862,369, dated Dec. 2, 1958, Ser. No.
607,112, Aug. 30, 1956. Application for reissue Sept.
28, 1971, Ser. No. 184,643
Int CI. F25d 77/06
U.S. CI. 62—89 14 Claims
ix.
~JSO
A filler valve for a pressure container provided with a
first seating means comprising a replaceable valve seat and
a fixed valve seat. A first valve member carried on a valve
stem is adapted to normally seat against the replaceable
valve seat, however, when the replaceable valve seat is
removed for repair or replacement, the first valve member
seats against the second valve seat. The valve stem is
elongated and carries a second valve member thereon
adapted to seat against second seating means. The valve
stem is constructed and^arranged to permit long travel of
the second valve member on the valve stem to provide im-
proved flow capacity and spray filling of the pressure
ccyitainer.
A refrigerated upright display case comprising a walled
compartment having a generally vertical, open side de-
fined by a pair of spaced, opposed edges, a pair of side-
by-side nozzles extending along one of said edges for
issuing parallel, contacting curtains of air across said
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1161
open side, a pair of fans for generating said curtains re-
spectively connected to said nozzles by a pair of conduits,
refrigerating means for refrigerating the air circulated by
the one of said fans connected to the one of said nozzles
adjacent the interior of said compartments, and a return
conduit extending along the other of said edges for receiv-
ing the curtain issued from said one nozzle and conduct-
ing it to said one fan, the conduit connecting said one
fan and said one nozzle and said return conduit extending
around and in contact with the walls of said compartment
and a portion of the air of the curtain issued by said one
nozzle is circulated within the compartment thereby re-
frigerating the interior of said compartment.
generator is supported by spring adapted to be attached
to fixed structure, and includes a porous, high heat stor-
age capacity, matrix positioned between two thin orfiice
plates. The orifice plates have many small holes which
27,567
STIRLING CYCLE MACHINE WITH SELF-
OSCILLATING REGENERATOR
Arthur R. Baumgardner, Fair Oaks, Calif., and Richard
P. Johnston, Kennewick, WilUam R. Martini, Richland,
and Maurice A. White, Kennewick, Wash., assignors to
McDonnell Douglas Corporation
Original No. 3,484,616, dated Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No.
702,420, Feb. 1, 1968. Application for reissue Mar.
31, 1971, Ser. No. 130,042
Int. CI. H02p 9/04; F02g 1/04
U.S. CI. 290 1 13 Claims
Constant volume regenerative, or Stirling, cycle ther-
mal machine having a self-oscillating regenerator. Re-
J_J.
L_i
^^7^
cause the working fluid of machine passing through the
matrix to jet against the heating and cooling walls there-
of to enhance heat transfer between working fluid and the
walls.
PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,711,864
PROTECTIVE HELMET STRUCTURE
George Dickstein, 2723 Green Road, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of S«r. No. 77,5 16, Oct. 2, 1970,
abandoned. This application Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,249
Int. CI. A42b i/00
ease of entry and removal and which can be opened along the
backside to permit the wearer to perform necessary bodily
functions. A continuous zipper closure permits the dual func-
tional operation with the closure extending transversely of the
garment at the back portion thereof being covered to prevent
visual exposure with the cover portion being held in operative
L.S.CI.2— 3R
3 Claims position by a body-encircling belt.
3,711,866
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING PANTY
HOSE
Fritz Vorberg, Bischofswiesen-Winki, Germany, assignor to
Globotex AG, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 797,845
Int. CI. A4Ib 9104; D05b 3100
U.S. CI. 2—224 R 6 Claims
A protective helmet of hard thermoplastic synthetic resin is
provided with a flexible harness having a sweatband strap ex-
tending around the inside of the crown at the lower edge of the
crown with a plurahty of integral projecting portions extend-
ing upwardly and inwardly from the strap toward the center of
the crown At the terminal end of each of the projecting por-
tions there is provided an integral outwardly protruding
generally cylindrical hollow cup which opens inwardly and
which has a through opening in the bottom of the cup of a
smaller diameter than the inside diameter of the cup. A plu-
rality of inwardly extending studs integral with the crown pass,
one through each of the openings of the cups. Friction may be
relied upon to hold the cups in place or heat may be applied to
the end of the stud inside of the receiving cup to expand the
end of the stud and hold the harness more firmly to the hel-
met.
3,711,865
GARMENT
Henry Schifman, Far Rockaway, N.Y., assignor to Refrigwear,
Inc., Inwood, N J.
Filedjan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108.654
Int.CI. A41d 13102
U.S.CI.2— 79 2 Claims
The invention relates to a method of producing panty hose
in which in a first step two hip length stockings are knitted for
each panty hose, which are then drawn over shaped forms as
usually used for boarding or plasticizing stockings, after the
plasticizing and dyeing operation while the stockings are still
on the shaped forms, being arranged side-by-side upright or in
a horizontal position those portions of the stockings providing
the hip portions of the finished panty hose are drawn together
and sewed together in such a manner, that first and second
portions of a seam are produced the first one lying on the front
side and the second one lying on the rear side of the finished
panty hose; therefore the pitting between said seam portions
can be cut through, preferably while the stockings are still ar-
ranged on said shaped forms.
3,711,867
TROUSER-SUSPENDER CONNECTING TROLLEY
MEANS FOR TOILET CONVENIENCE
John L. Mott, P. O. Box 1 106, Grants Pass, Oreg.
Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,341
Int.CLA41d //06, /J/02
U.S. CL 2-230 7 Claims
A novel trouser and suspender connecting device is pro-
vided, adapted for mounting in the waist portion of trousers to
extend uninterruptedly from rear to front thereof for the con-
venience of persons who wear one or more outer garments
over suspenders, and who are required to let the trousers
down at the rear in order to satisfy toilet needs. The device
may advantageously consist of flexible trolley means, fixedly
connected along the waist portion of the trousers, slide means
inseparably but movably associated with the trolley means,
and a member carried by, and forming part of each slide
A garment especially suitable for wear as an outer garment
durmg cold weather, which can be opened along the legs for means which is adapted for separable attachment to the rear
1162
Janvary 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1163
end of a suspender member. In the absence of an outer ^'^* ^'^f.^^ .,„^,^„ r- » o
suspender covermg garment, the wearer of suspender sup- PROSTHESIS FOR THE INNER EAR
ported trousers has the usual options of slidmg the suspenders John J. Shea. Jr., Memph«, Tenn., assignor to Richards Manu-
off the shoulders or of detaching the suspenders from the facturing Company. Inc , Memphis, Tenn.
trousers at the rear. A person wearmg a trouser and suspender Filed ^"8- 27, »970^r. ^o- ^^,405
combination utilizing my novel trolley device has these op- Int.CI. A61I 1^4, nio ^ ^^^^^
tions. but if he also wears an outer garment or garments, he
has tile further, highly advantageous option of merely sliding
the rear ends of the suspenders around one or both hips from
rear to front without detaching the suspenders from the
trousers There is then no need to fish and fumble for the rear
ends of the suspenders under the outer garment.
Prosthesis for use in otologic surgery in the middle ear to
replace the stapes and attach to the undersurface of the len-
ticular process of the incus. The prosthesis is formed from "-
Teflon" and includes an elongated piston member, a head fix-
edly attached to the piston member having a socket therein
adapted to receive the lenticular process of the incus, and a
loop fixedly attached to the head for extending over the incus
to hold the prosthesis in place.
3,711,868
W AISTBAND FOR TROUSERS, SKIRTS AND THE LIKE
Herbert Kristof, Schuetzenstr. 29, 4791 Schlangen, Germany
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Str. No. 97,683
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 13, 1969, P 19
62 599.1
Int.CI. A4 Id/ /06
U.S.CL 2-237 3 Claims
HJT
3,711,870
ARTIFICIAL LENS IMPLANT
Rollin E. Deitrick, 1020 Deepwood Court, Winston-Salem,
N.C.
Filed Dec. 7, 197 1, Ser. No. 205,626
Int.CLA6If ///6. //24
U.S.CL3-I3 2 Claims
-^illlllll
3 3 333 33 333 3333 3 3
|||i|ll§^3§|||||ir^^
:l!l!|l?^i5|||i§|i|||||||ip3l?|l^/r
7i
-AF
A lens suitable for implantion in the eye is provided with a
resilient flange and the flange is sutured to the ciliary muscle
of the eye to position and retain the lens in the same position
as the original lens.
A waistband for trousers, skirts and the like is composed of
an elongated outer layer of woven or knitted fabric having op-
posite sides and two transversely spaced longitudinally extend-
ing edges. An elongated reinforcing layer of a different woven
or knitted fabric is superimposed in surface-to-surface rela-
tionship upon one of the sides of the elongated outer layer and
is unitary therewith along at least one of the longitudinally ex-
tending edges thereof. The layers may also be unitary over
their entire juxtaposed surface areas, and the other exposed
side of the outer layer may be provided with a raised strip
composed of anti-slip filaments which are woven into the
material of the outer layer and may form patterns.
3,711,871
SANITARY LIQUID SPECIMEN COLLECTOR
Michael H. Sherin, Fontana, Wis., assignor to Sage Products
Inc., Elk Grove, III.
Filed Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 222,912
Int.CLE03d/i/00
U.S.CL4-110 6 Claims
There is disclosed a sanitary liquid specimen collector
which comprises a container having an open top end and a
closed bottom end in combination with a receptacle having a
first open end and a second open end. One end of the recepta-
cle is adapted to siidably engage the open top end of the con-
tainer such that a portion of the receptacle covers the top
1164
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
inner surface of the container and the top outer surface of the
container, thereby preventing contamination of both the
3,711,874
BASKET SINK STRAINER
Israel Gajer, Wyandanch, N.Y., assignor to Jameco Industries,
Inc., Wyandanch, N.Y.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,017
Int. CI. A47k 1114
U.S. CI. 4— 287 3 Claims
f 1*
specimen and of the container due to inadvertent contact
between the specimen being collected and the open ended
surface of the container.
3,711,872
SIT IN SHOWER
Louis Jarosinski, Kaukauna, Wis., assignor to The Raymond
Lee Organization, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,084
Int. CLA47k J/22
U.S. CI. 4— 146 3 Claims
A basket sink strainer adapted for installation in sinks of
various styles, structural configurations, dimensions and
materials, such installation requiring no special tools,
fasteners or skills, all necessary attaching means being incor-
porated in and constituting integral parts of the basket sink
strainer assembly.
3,711,875
AUXILIARY BED FORM STRUCTURE
Betty June Cox, 3508 North Market, W ichita, Kans.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,862
Int. CI. A47b 23100
U.S.CL5— 2
•"
5 Claims
A bathing apparatus employing a raised seat with a sitz bath
and a slightly raised footbath lower than the seat.
3,711,873
SW IMMING POOL COVER
Frederick Katzman, 372 Hamilton Boulevard, Piscataway,
NJ.
Filed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,409
Int. CLE04hi//6,J/y«
U.S. CL 4— 172.12 10 Claims
14
This invention is an auxiliary bed form usable in combina-
tion with a conventional rectangular bed having a frame and
spring and mattress assembly to give the bed a substantially
round planform shape. At least three structural segments are
positionable adjacent to a conventional bed, and when
covered with a bedspread give it the appearance of a round
bed.
<aife^o^-ai:it^^-^^={p3===t>^
The method for and device to cover a swimming pool in
which a sheet is disposed over the swimming pool, and a plu-
rality of water filled tubes positioned on the sheet adjacent to
the edge of the swimming pool to hold it down, the tubes being
filled with water, and loops embracing the water filled tubes to
secure the tubes in position on lop of the cover.
3,711,876
TILT BED
Norman Kirkland, Port Credit, Ontario, and Stanley Rachlin-
ski, Oakville, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Hill-Rom
Company, Inc., Batesville, Ind.
Filed Feb. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 226,867
Claims priority, application Canada, May 5, 1971, 112193
Int. CI. A61g 7/00, 7//0
U.S. CI. 5-62 7 Claims
A bed is provided having a movable frame for supporting a
mattress and supported above a relatively fixed base by means
of first and second link sets which permit the movable frame
to be adjusted relative to the base. The link sets are so ar-
ranged that when the movable frame is in its uppermost posi-
tion, a first locking member coupled to the movable frame can
be positioned to immobilize the first link set so that when the
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1165
bed is lowered the movable frame is tilted into the Trendelen-
berg position. A second locking member is also coupled to the
a tilted, non-usable position to a substantially horizontal usa-
ble position by an operating mechanism which is check con-
trolled and which has suitable timing means for regulating the
period of time that the body supporting lounge means remains
in the usable position.
3,711,879
RESCUE SLED
Norman F. Slefert, 41 Court Road, Winthrop, Mass.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,890
Int. CI. B63c 9/04
U.S.CL9— IIR
7 Claims
movable frame for engaging the second link set for tilting the
movable frame into the reverse Trendelenberg position.
3,711,877
INVALID LIFT AID
Donald H. Averill, 5432 Harco Street, Long Beach, CaliL
FUed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 120,966
Int. CI. A61g 7//0,//02
U.S.CL5-81 2 Claims
My invalid lift aid is very comfortable for the occupant and
can be adjusted both vertically and rotatable about a vertical
axis with a minimum of effort. The lift aid may also be folded
into a compact unit so that it may be stored in the truck or rear
seat of an automobile.
A lightweight, portable rescue sled for use on ice and in
water for rescuing persons or animals who have fallen through
the ice of a body of water such as a pond, river, or lake. The
rescue sled includes a pair of lightweight spaced float mem-
bers having a rescue stretcher supported therebetween for a
major portion of the length of the float members, and a pair of
hand rails attached to the float members and supported in an
essentially upright position by a hand rail support assembly. In
operation, the operator of the rescue sled positions himself in
an opening defined at the rear of the rescue sled and applies
pressure against the hand rails thereby causing the rescue sled
to move rapidly across the ice toward a victim in the water. As
the rescue sled is caused to move across the ice, the weight oi
the rescue sled and its operator are spread over a large area of
the ice thereby minimizing the danger of breaking through the
ice before reaching the victim.
3,711,878
PORTABLE LAYOVER UNITS
Warren T. George, 161 1 Clark Avenue, and Donald E. Mason,
2 1 20 Wyoming Avenue, both of Billings, Mont.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 651,160, July 5, 1967. This
application Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 4,715
Int. CI. H47k / 1102- H47c 7162
L.S.CL5-133 4 Claims
3,711,880
APPARATUS FOR CUSTOM FITTING BOOTS
Melvin W. Dalebout, 3661 Ceres Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed March 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,091
Int. CI. A43d 00100
U.S.CI. 12-1 10 Claims
A device for custom fitting boots which includes a support
and comprising body-supporting lounge means movable from means connected to the reser
1166
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
therewith for passing a liquid material in the reservoir to each
of the boots supported on the platform, and means connected
to the reservoir for urging the liquid material out of the reser-
voir and into the conduit means. Heating means can be con-
nected to the support platform for heating the environment
around the boots and body support members can be secured
to the support platforms for supporting an individual's body in
an upright position while the boots are being fitted to the in-
dividual's feet.
I
3,711,881
AIRCRAFT LOADING PASSAGEWAY WITH
ELEV ATABLE CANOPY
Bobby J. Chapman, Coral Gables, and Joseph F. Vollmer,
Miami, both of Fla., assignors to said Vollmer, by said Chap-
man
Filed July 28, 1970, Scr. No. 58,757
Int.CI. B65gy//00
l).S. CI. 14-71 10 Claims
face having one exposed edge portion extending across the
lower portion of the entranceway. The ramp structure com-
prises an elongated panel and the enclosure includes a
horizontally elongated recess disposed beneath the floor sur-
face thereof and having one end opening outwardly of the
lower portion of the entranceway. The elongated panel or
panel member is slideably endwise receivable within the
recess for endwise extension and retraction relative thereto
and retracting, extending and supporting tension member sec-
tions are provided and operatively supported from the enclo-
sure structure and connected to the elongated ramp member
in a manner such that the ramp structure may be extended or
retracted either from within the enclosure structure or from
the outside thereof and by a person either standing on his feet
or seated in a wheel chair.
A passageway communicated with the fuselage of an air-
plane to facilitate enplaning and deplaning of passengers with
an elevatable canopy at the outer end thereof mounted on an
extendable and retractable carriage to enable a flexible
member on the canopy to engage with the fuselage to enable
the aircraft to be serviced by the use of a stairway with the pas-
sengers staying completely under cover while enplaning or
deplaning The canopy is vertically swingable about a hinge
axis in one embodiment and vertic;:lly movable in another em-
bodiment with both embodiments of the canopy being sup-
ported on a horizontally movable carriage to enable the
canopy and passageway to accommodate various airplane
fuselage configurations and constructions.
3,711,882
ELEVATED DOORWAY RETRACTABLE RAMP
STRtCTLRE
John A. Iller, Seattle, W ash., assignor to Adabelle E. Iller, Seat-
tle, W ash., a part interest
Filed Feb. 24. 1971,Ser. No. 118,337
Int. CI. EOld 15112
U.S.CL 14-72 10 Claims
3,711,883
VEHICLE SPRAYING AND SCRUBBING DEVICE
George Thomas Ennis, 1354 East State Street, Sharon, Pa.
Filed Sept. 7, 1971,Ser. No. 178,192
int. CLB60S J /OO
U.S. CI. 15—97 R 9 Claims
. P
A vehicle washing apparatus comprising a movable carrier
frame with scrubbing means depending therefrom positioned
on a supporting framework over the path of a vehicle to be
washed. Drive means are adjustably connected to the carrier
frame for oscillating the scrubbing means back and forth
transversely of the path. A liquid conduit supplied with liquid
under pressure for discharge through nozzle means is pivotally
mounted for oscillating movement around its vertical axis.
Link means adjustably connect the conduit to the carrier
frame to oscillate the conduit in conjunction with the oscillat-
ing movement of the carrier frame and scrubbing means.
A loading and unloading ramp structure for use in conjunc-
tion with an enclosure having one upstanding wall with an
elevated entranceway formed therein and an interior floor sur-
3,711,884
CLEANING AND POLISHING CLOTH
Peter Franz Feig, D638 Ober-Eschbach, Germany, assignor to
W. R. Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
Filed March 31, 1971, S«r. No. 130,004
Int.CI.A47iyi/y7
U.S.CL 15—104.93 10 Claims
This invention comprises a cleaning and polishing cloth for
use on glass, plastic, enamel and lacquer surfaces. This clean-
ing and polishing cloth consists essentially of a cloth carrier to
which a polishing and cleaning agent is bound by means of a
binding agent. These polishing and cleaning agents are
preferably porous oxide gels, preferably a synthetic alumina or
silica gel having a particle volume of 0.8 to 2.9 m'/gm, and a
particle size spectrum in the range of about 1 .5 to 60 microns.
This polishing and cleaning cloth does not mar scratch-sensi-
tive surfaces.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1167
3,711,885
DUST MOP
Dana K. Griffin, 24714 Madison Ct. Apt. 296, Farmlngton,
and John R. Wilson, 3203 E. Bradford Dr., Birmingham,
both of Mich.
Filed Dec. 24, 1970,Ser. No. 101,305
Int.CI. A47I 7 J/20
U.S.CL 15—229 AP • {:\&\m
3,711,887
PAINT ROLLER AND BEARING ASSEMBLY
Paul G. Chapman, Hollywood, Ha., assignor to Arsco Paint
Rollers, Inc., Hialeah, Fla.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,168
Int.CLA46b7/yO
U.S. CL15-230.il 7Claims
A dust mop having a bottom section which is provided on
the lower surface thereof with a tufted cotton yarn extending
below the surface of the bottom section, and means for at-
taching the bottom section of a dust mop handle. The mop
bottom section is provided with an outside fringe of continu-
ous loops of yarn which is attached to the outer edges of the
lower surface of the bottom section and which is extended
oiitward therefrom. The outside fringe made by a process of
weaving which forms a continuous loop of yarn that is inter-
woven with perpendicular sections of yarn gomg through the
loops to form a shoulder which is attached to the bottom sec-
tion of the mop.
A paint roller unit, for attachment to the spindle of a paint
roller frame, comprised of a thin core having the paint ap-
plicator material fixed about the outer surface thereof and a
pair of molded end caps press-fitted within the respective ends
of the core, each providing a reduced diameter female bearing
sleeve for bearing engagement on a pair of spaced apart inner
and outer bearing elements, press-fitted on the spindle, the
inner bearing element being a collet bearing which holds the
roller unit in a fixed longitudinal position on the spindle. A
thin walled tube, coaxially disposed about the spindle, con-
nects between the female bearing sleeves of the inner and
outer end caps.
3,711,888
BLADE HOLDING APPARATUS
Harold E. Dunlap, Auburn, Mass., assignor to Lodding En-
gineering Corporation, Auburn, Mass.
Filed April 7, 1970, Ser. No. 27,201
Int.CI. D21g J/00, B31fy/y4
U.S. CI. 15-256.51 7 Claims
3,711,886
MOP HEAD FOR A SWEEPING MOP
Don S. Strauss, Denver, Colo., assignor to Majestic W ax Com-
pany, Denver, Colo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 829,029, May 29, 1969. This
application March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,437
Int.CI. A47I /i/20
U.S. CI. 15-229 BP 5 Claims
A sweeping style mop head having a backing to fit a conven-
tional dust mop frame. Strands are sewn as a fiat fringe near
each edge of the undersurface of the backing, with one reach
of the fringe extending towards the center thereof and with the
other reach of the fringe extending outwardly from the
backing, with the fringe lying fiatly upon a floor when the mop
is in use.
A doctor for supporting a flexible doctoring or wiping blade
is disclosed as including a doctor back and blade holding ap-
paratus comprising first, second, and third force-applying
means for applying to the blade when the blade is in operative
engagement with a work surface first, second, and third forces
in alternately reversing directions along lines which are,
respectively, parallel to and spaced increasing distances from
the blade leading edge. The force applied by at least the third
force-applying means is substantially proportional to the load-
ing force applied by the work surface to the blade. The com-
posite forces applied by the blade holding apparatus to the
blade act to minimize the width-wise deflection of the blade
and thus to maximize the length-wise flexibility thereof.
1168
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,7 « 1,889
SCRUBBER MITT FOR BATHING
Doris E. Jennings, Route 1 , Box 258 1 3, Rogue River, Oreg.
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,244
Int. CI. A47k 7102
t.S. CI. 15-227 3 Claims
3,711,891
JET-VIBRATOR-VACUUM SYSTEM AND METHOD
Joseph D. Conway, 3311 Warrensville Center Road, Cleve-
land, Ohio
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,392
Int. CI. A47I 7100
U.S. CI. 15—321 7 Claims
A novel scrubber mitt for bathing is provided having a series
of pockets for hand and soap, composed essentially of an
open-mesh, non-absorbent, non-woven nylon fabric. Because
it is made of open-mesh fabric, the mitt provides for free ac-
cess of water to the soap, promotes lathering, and retains
water satisfactorily by capillary attraction when wetted
Because it is non-absorbent it can be dried, at least to a non-
dripping condition, by two or three sharp shakes. Because it is
non-woven it cannot fray marginally. Because it is of nylon, it
is an effective cleanser, is extremely durable, and has a
pleasant, stimulating, not too soft and not too rough feeling
when applied with moderate pressure to the skin.
3,711,890
WINDSHIELD WIPER
Erich Kolb, Eisental, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Oct. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 187,758
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 9, 1970, G 70 37
380.7
Int. CI. B60A 1104
U.S. CI. 15—250.34 10 Claims
The disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for clean-
ing rugs, upholstery and the like wherein a high pressure jet of
hot liquid or steam cleaning solution, or steam or a combina-
tion thereof is discharged into the rug or the like, the cleaning
solution then being tamped down into the rug by means of a
tamping device such as a vibrator The rug or the like is then
quickly exposed to a vacuum to remove all dirt loosened by jet
spray while the dirt is still in suspension.
3,711,892
CLOSURE COUNTERBALANCE
Paul C. Tabor, Clawson, Mich., assignor to Meteor Research
Limited, Roseville, Mich.
Filed Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 874,798
Int. CLE05f //0<S
U.S.CLI6— 76 9 Claims
13 26 21 25/ 2r
20b
L.™J/l(
}s
A windshield wiper has a drive shaft provided with a
shoulder and a hub which removably surrounds the drive shaft
coaxially therewith. An arm has one end articulated to the hub
and an other end to which a wiper blade is connected. A
latching element is provided on the hub pivotable about an
axis which generally parallels that of the drive shaft and is
movable between a first and a second position respectively en-
gaging and withdrawn from the shoulder of the latter. A ten-
sion spring has its opposite ends connected to the latching ele-
ment and to the arm. normally urging the latching element
into its first position engaging the shoulder of the drive shaft.
Two telescopically related tubes to be secured at their outer
ends to a closure and closure support, respectively. A com-
pression spring within the tubes urges them apart and stop
means limit the extension of the device. In one form, a helical
torsion spring between the tubes is fixed at one end to the
outer tube and normally contracts to frictionally grip the inner
tube. A rotatable sleeve is connected to the other end of the
spring so it can be manually expanded to release its grip on the
inner tube.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1169
3,711,893
VENT WINDOW HINGE
Ralph J. King, Dearborn Heights, Mich., assignor to Ford
Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed March 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 28,43 1
Int. CI. E05d 9100
U.S. CL 16-128
animal intended for human consumption, e.g., a hog or the
like. The apparatus comprises an overhead conveyor system
having a plurality of roller hook assemblies runningiy riding
thereon with the respective carcasses depending therefropi. A
rotatably driven drumlike brush assembly having a plurality of
nozzles with water emanating therefrom is caused to travel
2 Claims horizontally until the peculiar resilient fingers thereof engage
the carcass, thus initiating the accomplishment of the above-
described processing. The brush assembly then is caused to
A hinge for swingably mounting a window panel on a vehi-
cle body pillar The hinge comprises two members, one of
which IS attached to the window panel and the other of which
is fixed to the body pillar The panel attached hinge member at
its distal end has a tubular portion which has interfitting
pivotal engagement with a tubular socket portion of the pillar
attached hinge member. The body of the pillar attached hinge
member has a snap-in retention in an aperture in the body pil-
lar.
3,711,894
LOCKING BAR ASSEMBLY
Russell W. Walters, Whitehall. Pa., assignor to BMR Security
Products Corporation, Reading, Pa.
Filed Oct. 1 9, 1 970, Ser. No. 8 1 ,764
Int. CI. E05d / ///O. E05b 65/44,65/02
U.S.CL 16-144 19 Claims
travel vertically at a predetermined rate which is compatible
with the rate of travel for the conveyor assembly so that as the
brush assembly travels upwardly, one-half of the carcass is
processed and downward travel thereof processes the opposite
half. The apparatus automatically accomplishes the
processing, i.e., completely without the assistance of manual
labor. Accordingly, the apparatus includes various operable
structure and other components constituting a control system
for sequentially actuating the operable structure.
3,711,896
ULTRA-SONIC MEAT TENDERIZING APPARATUS
Jerald Guberman, and Herman D. Holt, both of Las Vegas,
Nev., assignors to Advance Patent Technology, Inc., Las
Vegas, Nev.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,901
Int. CI. A22c 9/00
U.S.CL 17-25 1 Claim
A locking bar assembly to restrain displacement between
relatively moveable elements. The assembly comprises a pair
of moveable members rigidly attached to the elements being
restained and a locking mechanism inserted therein to actuate
a locking pin into and out of a detent formed within one of the
members to lock and unlock the moveable elements. An ex-
tension pin formed on a surface of one of the moveable mem-
bers is inserted into a longitudinal slot machined into the
locking mechanism. The relative positioning between the slot,
extension pin and detent provides for axial alignment between
the locking pin and detent substantially facing the element
surfaces to be restrained. Translation of the locking pin into
and out of the detent is controlled by a standard key actuated
cylinder lock.
3,711,895
AUTOMATIC CARCASS PROCESSING DEVICE
Donald L. Arendale, 722 Parkdale, Memphis, Tenn.
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,467
Int. CL A22b
US CI 17-1 R 8 Claims
Apparatus for removing blood clots from the jowl area and
bone dust from the loin and rib area of the carcass of an
The present invention is one in which ultra-sonic energy is
used to break down the muscle fibers in meat, thereby ten-
derizing the meat The device is basically simple. The meat is
placed between metal plates to which ultra-sonic transducers
have been bonded. Electrical energy is transformed by the
transducers into sonic waves, and the meat need only be sub-
jectedno this form of energy for a period of time.
1170
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,897
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVISCERATING
POULTRY
Louis A. Viscolosi, Providence, R.I., assignor to International
Agri-Systems. Inc., Ottumwa, Iowa
Filed Feb. 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 3,277
Int. CI. A22c2//06
U.S. CI. 17— 45 10 Claims
separately charged to obtain uniform filament separation and
the binder filaments are neutralized prior to combining with
the matrix filaments. The combined filaments are forwarded
,^
•^^r%
•<
"v-.4:r
j:»>"
«]
o
by means of a jet for collection as nonwoven web. Neutralizing
the charge on the binder filaments allows a higher charge level
to be used on the matrix filaments to improve product
uniformity.
3,711,899
CLIPBOARD AND CLIP THEREFOR
Warren E. Shelton, Strongsville, Ohio, and Samuel M. Harris,
260 West Streetsboro Road, Hudson, Ohio, assignors to said
Harris, by said Shelton
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,708
Int. CI. B42f / 100- A44b 2 / /OO
U.S. CI. 24—67.7 6 Claims
26 13
An eviscerating apparatus utilizing two opposed spoon
members adapted for insertion into the body cavity of the bird
to be eviscerated. The spoons are separately pivotally
mounted for rotation in a vertical plane upon a carriage at-
tached to a conveyor. Cam followers on the spoon members
and associated cam tracks cause the spoons to separate, to
remove the viscera from the bird and then partially close to
permit an overhead carrier to lift the now eviscerated fowl
from the spoons A scraper pushes the viscera off the lower
spoon and it is carried with the bird to the inspection station.
3,711,898
PROCESS FOR FORMING NONWOVEN WEBS FROM
COMBINED FILAMENTS
Samir Costandi Debbas, Hendersonville, Tenn., assignor to E.
I. du Pont de Nemours and Co., W ilmington, Del.
Filed April 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,487
Int. CI. D04hi//4
U.S. CL 19— 155 5 Claims
In a process for forming nonwoven webs from combined
binder and matrix filaments, both types of filaments are
A clipboard is provided in which pivotal movement of the
clamping member in relation to the supporting member is ef-
fected by the provision of interlocked hook-like portions on
the members, which hook-like portions act as fulcrum points
for each other, and the provision of an extraneous pivot pin is
not required. The members cannot be disengaged from each
other, without first removing the spring which biases the
clamping member to clamping position.
3,711,900
SHOE CLOSURE DEVICE ESPECIALLY FOR SKI SHOES
Robert Schoch, Singen/Hohentwiel, Germany, assignor to
Weinmann Aktiengesellschaft, Schaffhausen, SwiUerland
FlkdSept. 27, 1971,Ser.No. 183,991
Int. CI. A43c 7 7/00
U.S.CL24— 68SK 4 Claims
In a shoe having a pair of closure flaps, a closure device
comprising a pull member coupled to one of the shoe flaps at
one end thereof, a coupling device mounted on another one of
the shoe flaps and comprising a rotatably mounted disc, a
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1171
member coupling the pull member to the disc in a manner that to corner fittings of the containers and enable individual con-
rotation of the disc causes a longitudinal displacement of the tainer to be joined together to form arrays which can be l.tta-
pull member, the disc being at least partially formed as a mal- ' .
tese cross having leg portions with recesses formed between
adjacent leg portions and groove means formed in the leg por-
tions, the coupling member comprising a connecting strap
jointed with the disc, a driving member disposed adjacent the
disc and having a pair of pins formed thereon, the driving
member being mounted for rotation and the pins during rota-
tion engaging a predetermined one of the groove means, a
cam member on the driving member having convexly shaped ^^ ^^a^ X / >i^^i9
10 40 39 33 50 2124 25 36 2042
/ / / / / \ \ \
3830 2734 28 3135 29 32 22 23
end portions for engagement with a predetermined one of the
recesses formed on the maltese cross shaped disc and forming
a latch therewith in a rest position, the cam member having
concavely shaped side surfaces connecting the end surfaces
for allowing unimpeded passage of the end portions of the legs
of the disc during rotation of the disc by the pins, whereby a
rotation of the driving member causes one of the pins entering
the groove means and thereby rotating the disc, and as a
result, the coupling strap fixedly coupled to the pull member
becor^es displaced along a straight line and causes the pull
member to move therewith.
3,711,901
ROPE TIGHTENER AND SLACK REMOVER
Robert Howard Close, 3900 Oakhills Drive, Birmingham,
Mich.
Filed Aprils, 1971, Ser. No. 130,978
Int. CI. A43c 7 7/00. A44b 27/00, D06f 53/00
U.S.CL 24-71.3 4 Claims
^i_ .^7
//
\ II li tV
-J7'
ble in various configurations. The elements making up the
mechanism provide the sole means for supporting, positioning
and restraining the built-up arrays.
3,711,903
SLIDE FASTENER
Alexander M. Brown, 715 S. Beach St., 309-D, Daytona Beach.
Fla.
Filed Dec. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 782,973
Int. CLA44b 7 9/i2, 79/70
U.S. CI. 24-205.1 22 Claims
* *!!
The rope tightener is supported by or is engageable with a
rope, line, cord or the like before or after it is manually ten-
sioned and thereafter manipulated to draw the rope taut. The
rope is stressed by having it located at a fulcrum point about
which the device is turned in the plane of the device or in a
plane normal thereto to stretch the rope The device is
secured against reverse rotation by placing a reach of the rope
under a spaced reverse lock at the end thereof The device is a
compact, rigid element and the one herein illustrated is capa-
ble of applying a tension of approximately 1 75 pounds to the
stretched rope.
3,711,902
COUPLING STRUCTURE FOR JOINING CONTAINERS
Walter S. Eggert, Jr., Huntingdon Valley, Pa., assignor to The
Budd Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,701
Int. CI. A44b 27/00. B65j 1/04
U.S.CL 24-81 E 3 Claims
Coupling mechanism for supporting and positioning a plu-
rality of containers into an array. The mechanisms are captive
An interdigitating fastener having an extruded slit core strip
embedded in an extruded slit carrier strip. The core strip is slit
in a serpentine manner to define interdigitating exposed por-
tions and includes mechanical interlocking means for retain-
ing each half of the slit core strip in the corresponding carrier
strip portion to define a pair of separable assemblies adapted
to be connected together and separated selectively by means
of an associated slider. In one form the slider is provided with
a wedging diamond which extends sufficiently to engage the
carrier above and below the core strip and in a second form
the slider includes a diamond which engages only the carrier
strip outward^ of one face of the core strip. The fastener is
economically manufactured by extruding the core strip,
slitting the extruded core strip to define the serpentine inter-
digitating portions, extruding, a carrier strip about the slit core
strip and slitting the carrier strip to define a pair of core and
carrier strip assemblies.
1172
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,904 3,711,906
SAFETY BELT BUCKLE BAND SAFETY LOCK FOR WATCH BANDS AND THE
James A. Gavagan, Center Line, and Louis Romanzi, Jr., Mil- LIKE
ford, both of Mich., assignors to Irvin Industries, Inc., Henry Leon, 83-40 Edgerton Blvd., Jamaica, N.Y.
Greenwich, Conn. Filed Jan. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 221,987
Filed Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195,107 Int. CI. A44c 5//5. A44b ///25
Int. CI. A44b / 1126 U.S. CI. 24—265 WS 5 Claims
L.S. CI. 24— 230AK
14 Claims
An improved safety belt buckle adapted to receive a tongue
having an aperture therethrough adjacent one edge is dis-
closed. The buckle includes a base having a steep upwardly
extending projection adjacent the buckle's front edge, a ton-
gue dislodging member on the base adjacent to the projection,
and a tongue control member which normally overlies and
locks the tongue in position and which is moved rearwardly to
free the tongue During rearward movement of the control
member, it contacts the dislodging member effecting upward
movement of the dislodging member and tongue to forceably
free the tongue.
3,711,905
SLIDE HOLDER
George H. Eckerdt, and William P. Ewaid, both of Rochester,
N.V., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
Filed Dec. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 205,678
Int. CI. \44b 2 1 100- B65d 85146, B66c 1 1 10
U.S.CL 24-263 PC
12 Claims
15 .1?"
The structure is a buckle in general appearance, adapted to
hold opposite sections of a band, particularly a watch band, in
safety-lock, combination and it consists of a flanged holding
plate along the upper surface of which the primary band sec-
tion may be positioned by sliding action. Above the upper sur-
face of the plate and extending to end connection with said
flanges, is a bar adapted to receive and hold the hook of a
plate-end of the normally free end of the band Spaced from
the first bar is a second bar holding two spring-engaged
locking members, a first locking member having mutually
spaced downwardly extended fingers adapted to abut the first
bar and carrying grip means to engage the primary band area
resting on the plate and to firmly hold said band section at the
point to which it is adjusted Between the fingers of the said
first locking member a recess is provided and the second of
said spring-engaged locking members is formed with
downwardly-extending fingers at its free end, to enter said
recess and extert. by the fingers, holding action on the hook
resting on the aforesaid bar. Finally, a hinged cover plate, on a
third bar held by the flanges of the first named plate, is
adapted to be moved over the stated assembly and to engage
by latching fingers the first named bar.
3,711,907
ELECTRIC PUMP COMMUTATOR BRUSH HOLDER
CONSTRUCTION
Russell Parrent, Fairfield, 111., assignor to Airtex Product Div.,
United Industrial Syndicate, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,673
Int. CI. H02k 13100
U.S.CL 310— 247 10 Claims
A slide holder for storing and/or transporting a stack of
slides is generally box shaped with one open side. Two op-
posed sides have resilient pads mounted thereon to form
spaced slide gripping members positionable on opposite sides
of an assembled group of slides. The gripping members are
movable toward and away frqm each other for selectively
gripping and releasing the slides. The top wall connecting the
gripping members forms snap action, overcenter spring means
having a first stable condition for simultaneously urging the
members toward each other to the slides and a second stable
condition for simultaneously urging the members away from
each other to release the slides. The slide holder may be used
to transport a stack of slides from a storage container to the
magazine of a slide projector.
For a submersible electric fuel pump a commutator brush
holder construction is provided of molded body construction
comprising a motor end casing and spring holders attached to
it. The holders have coil springs which bias respective brushes
into commutator engagement and also have contact springs of
flat spring leaf material, U-shaped to bracket the coil springs,
to provide electrical conduction to connection terminals
secured to the spring holders.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1173
3,711,908
METHOD FOR FORMING SMALL DIAMETER TIPS ON
SINTERED MATERIAL CATHODES
Alec N. Broers, Purdys Station, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,464
Int. CLHOlj 9/76, 9/44
U.S. CI. 29-25.18 4 Claims
3,711,910
MILLING HEAD CUTTERS
Bohuslav Strejc, Plzen, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Skoda,
narodni podnik, Plzen, Czechoslovakia
Continuation of Ser. No. 888,645, Dec. 29, 1969, Pat. No.
3,621,755. This application Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 200,096
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Dec. 29, 1968,
8880/68
int. CLB26d 7/72
U.S. CI. 29- 105 R 5 Claims
There is disclosed a method for forming tips on normally
sintered material electron-emitting cathodes. The method
comprises melting the electron-emitting end of the cathode
with an electron beam or other suitable narrow beam heatmg
means such as a laser, for example. This melting produces a
dense fused mass at the end of the cathode. This fused mass
can then be polished to a tip having a very small diameter such
as substantially less than 5 microns.
3,711,909
TIRE RASP
Maurice R. Commanday, Palos Verdes Estates; Eugene V.
Clark, Northridge, and Gregor Baladjanian, Woodland
Hills, all of Calif., assignors to Chromalloy American Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,612
Int. CLB26d 7/00
U.S.CL 29-79 R 6 Claims
*-/
A milling head for forming globoid worms, having two sets
of cutting instruments. One set of cutters is fixed. The other
set is removable. The cutting edges are arranged along specific
axes and directions to effect cutting.
3,711,911
METHOD OF ROLLER BEARING RETENTION AND
ASSEMBLY
Michael Schweitzer, Southington, Conn., assignor to Textron
Inc., Providence, R.I.
Division of Ser. No. 821,569, May 5, 1969, Pat. No. 3,586,407.
This application Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,705
Int. CI. B21d 5i/72, B23p 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 29- 148.4 C ^ Claims
V-//
The invention contemplates a method of retaining recessed-
end bearing rollers in a ductile annular retainer having plural
angularly spaced roller-receiving pockets, wherein each
pocket extends radially through the retainer and is confined at
axial ends by end walls forming part of the annular retainer,
there being a local axially outwardly open central recess m the
end walls at each roller-pocket location whereby the region of
remaining wall material at each central recess is locally rela-
tively weak The rollers are retained by essentially limiting
retainer end-wall indentations to the relatively weak regions.
The wear life of a tire rasp of the type comprising a rotor
carrying steel teeth segments operable to abrade and reduce a
tire tread applied thereto, is multiplied by the diffusion of
boron within surface depths of the segments imparting to their
teeth surprising wear and abrasion resistance.
3,711,912
SUPPORT ROLLER FOR CONVEYOR BELTS AND THE
LIKE
Fritz Teske, Industriestr. 28, and Lothar Teske, Industriestr.
30 both of Porz-Westhoven, German)
FiledFeb. 5, 1971,Ser. No. 112,875
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 5, 1970, P 20 05
211.3
Int.CI. B21b7i/02
U.S.a.29-116R 8 Claims
A cylindrical supporting roller comprises a central core ot a
light-weight material having a low density and a casing extend-
1174
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
ing over the surface of the core which comprises a material
having a substantially greater density to reinforce the core.
5 4 K ( 2 6
^.-.-;^■4--;■-^-•■^^^-■--".T^^■■^'^--■r-T-^■--'---^(^i-I
8 2
axial ends of the cylinder are positioned in channel-shaped cir-
cular end rings. An axial force is applied to the assembly and
the end rings are simultaneously deformed into gripping en-
gagement with the cylinder ends. The central hub disc has a
bifurcated outer periphery which is deformed outwardly into
engagement with notches in the blades subsequent to defor-
mation of the end rings.
Both the core and the casing may comprise a closed pore foam
material such as polyurethane, the density of polyurethane in
the casmg being greater than that of the core.
3,711,913
METHOD OF MAKING A COMPOSITE ROLL
Vincent A. Galeone, 2368 Greensward South, Warrington, Pa.,
and Charles H. Amidon, Jr., 645 Lexington Rd., War-
minster, Pa.
Filed March 24, 1971,Ser. No. 127,473
Int. CI. B21h 1/14. B23p / 1/00
U.S. CI. 29- 148.4 D 2 Claims
88 „
•50
98 ,
JO
10 46 ,
80
9«
92
B«
Method of making a composite roll including a central
metal shaft having a plurality of porous discs assembled
thereon and held in compression. A sleeve member of
synthetic plastic material is received over the porous discs.
The porous discs are machined to form a substantially smooth
and undamaged cylindrical surface prior to application of the
plastic sleeve thereover.
3,711,914
METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING CENTRIFUGAL BLOWERS
Harold L. Baker, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to Morrison
Products, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 789,675, Jan. 8, 1069, Pat. No. 3,608,174,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 649,616, June 28.
1967, Pat. No. 3,423,012. This application Dec. 7, 1970, Ser.
No. 95,987
Int. CI. B23p/ 5/02
U.S. CL 29- 156.8 CF 3 Claims
j ^*** Q* '30 o« •• •< ^ m
M2it4l44 194 130 136
3,711,915
METHOD OF MAKING TOOTHED RACKS
Glenway Maxon, Jr., and William H. B. Wright, III, both of
3129 West Mill Road, Milwaukee, Wis.
Division of Ser. No. 17,126, March 6, 1970. This application
Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,221
int. CI. B2ld 5-?/2«. B21h5/00. B2Ik I /JO- B23p 15/14;
B29d 15/00
U.S.CL 29—159.2 9 Claims
/fr -
ii~.
The flame of a cutting torch is passed through a central lon-
gitudinal zone of an elongated blank so that the kerf forms two
rack sections with substantially identical teeth thereon. Rack
sections with such flame cut teeth are secured together in side-
by-side relationship, with their teeth in endwise register, to
form a rack exceeding the thickness of the blanks from which
the rack sections are cut. Before flame cutting of the teeth is
commenced, thin slices are flame cut from opposite faces of
the blank which are to become the backs of the rack sections,
to prevent warping of the flame cut rack sections along their
lengths.
3,711,916
METHOD OF MAKING WIRE-SPOKED WHEELS
Ian Goodhall Meiklejohn, Fife, Scotland, assignor to I. G.
Meiklejohn & Company Limited, Kingslaw, Fife, Scotland
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 837,515, June 30, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,606,474. This application Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No.
91,100
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 20, 1969,
56,759/69
Int. CL 82 If i9/00, B21k ;/i4
U.S. CI. 29— 159.02 I Claim
«'<• 136 iMooant'ta'
A centrifugal blower wheel is assembled by forming a blade A wire-spoked wheel construction is disclosed in which wire
strip into a cylinder around a central hub disc. The circular spokes extend from a wheel rim to a centrally positioned hol-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1175
low hub member open on each end with radial apertures on
each end of the hub member permitting insertion of the ends
of the spokes which are bent axially with respect to ihe hub
with retaining inserts being positioned in the hub for maintain-
ing the spokes in position ; a method of fabricating the wire-
spoked wheel construction is disclosed in which a plurality of
wire spokes each having two limbs are positioned with the in-
nermost ends of the limbs extending through holes in the hub
member followed by bending the inner end portions of the
limbs inwardly by forcing a pair of snug fitting inserts into the
hub ends to consequently tension the spokes and anchor the
spokes in the hub member.
the form of overlapping, non-concentric rings, although the
rate of progression of both conveyors is not necessarily equal,
and hence the degree of overlap of the rings may be different
for each conveyor. The second conveyor includes means to
vary the rate of transport of the rod rings, and also means to
stop the conveyor operalively in conjunction with means to
cut the rod.
3,711,917
COATED SPRING
George R. Baumgras, Downey, Calif., assignor to North Amer-
ican Rockwell Corporation, El Segundo, Calif.
Filed Aug. 1 8, 1 969, Ser. No. 850,827
Int.CI. B21f J-5/00. B23p 1 3/00
U.S.CL 29- 173 4 Claims
3,711,919
APPARATUS FOR ASSEMBLING A LINE GUIDE TO A
FISHING ROD
Barry D. Cousin, Walkerton, Ind., assignor to Plas/Steel
Products, Inc., Walkerton, Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 30,133, Nov. 20, 1970, Pat. No. 3,651,561.
This application Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,333
Int. CI. B23p 19/00, 19/04; B29p 19/02
U.S.CL 29-200 P 7 Claims
This disclosure relates to springs that are encased in a coat-
ing of protective-material, this protective-material being of
the heat-shrinkable type; so that the disclosed arrangement
permit simultaneous heat-treating of the spring-material and
heat-shrinking of the protective material.
3,711,918
SPLIT LEVEL CONVEYOR AND COLLECTING MEANS
FOR CONTROLLED COOLED STEEL ROD
Terence Michael Shore, Poynton, England, assignor to Morgan
Construction Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,319
Int.CI. B23p/9/00
U.S. CI. 29- 200 B 5 Claims
This invention relates to an apparatus for attaching a line
guide to a fishing rod by means of preformed helical wire coils
surrounding both the legs and the rod. The method and ap-
paratus for attaching the line guide to the rod includes a pair
of relatively movable fixtures having die cavities adapted to
receive an assembly of helical wire coils and a line guide in
such position that the legs of the line guide are fitted into the
coils. The fixtures are provided with collinear die bores
through which may be inserted in succession a tapered rod,
the die bores being in registry with the wire coils such that the
rod can pass therethrough. The rod is forced into tight engage-
ment with the coils relative movement between the fixtures
facilitating engagement first with the foils in the recess of one
fixture and secondly with the coils in the recess of the other
fixture.
3,711,920
PIPE PULLER AND ALIGNMENT CLAMP
Richard L. Simmons, Jr., P. O. Box 740, W ilmington, N.C.
FUedMarch2. 1972, Ser. No. 231,1 II
Int. CLB23py 9/00, / 9/04
U.S.CL29— 200P 4 Claims
The conveyor and collecting apparatus described obtains
several advantages in conjunction with the controlled cooling
of steel rod through transformation and the ultimate collec-
tion of the rod. The apparatus includes a first-level conveyor
for passing steel rod immediately after rolling through a con-
trolled cooling zone, where transformation occurs, and a
second-level conveyor for receiving the transformed rod at the
end of the first conveyor and for transporting the rod to a col-
lecting apparatus. On both conveyors the rod is transported in
An apparatus for aligning two pipe sections, for example for
welding, having at least two clamp members each attachable
to one of the two sections. One of the clamp members is pro-
1176
OEFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
vided with manually adjustable threaded members which con-
tact the section to which it is not attached for axially aligning
the two pipe sections. The two clamp members are connected
together by a plurality of threaded rods which extend parallel
to the axes of the aligned pipe sections and on which nuts can
be manually screwed to urge the two pipe sections together.
The apparatus can be used on straight, T, and Elbow sections.
3,711,921
TERMINATING TOOL FOR WIRES
George Debortoli, Ottawa, Ontario, and Helmut Hans Lukas,
Carleton Place, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to
Northern Electric Company Limited, .Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Sept. 13, 1971,S€r. No. 179,723
Int. CL HOI r 4i/00. H05k /i/04
U.S. CI. 29- 203 H 10 Claims
with rows of apertures for receiving the contacts and the
board is indexed either manually or automatically to succes-
7^T_ »»"•
.- iT-* X-L*
"^
sively move apertures into position at the work station for
receiving a contact.
3,711,923
MACHINE AND PROCESS FOR ASSEMBLING
CATHODES
Cass S. Kasper, Grosse Pointe, and Vernon Rott, Mount
Clemens, both of Mich., assignors to Inter-Lakes Engineer-
ing Co., Mount Clemens, Mich.
Filed Jan. 14. 1972, Ser. No. 217,782
Int. CI. HOlg/i/00
U.S.CL 29-203 L 19 Claims
Terminating tool for thin wires, for example as used in wir-
ing terminal blocks in telephone systems, in which the wire is
sheared by the cooperative relative sliding movement of two
members A first member is attached to a handle and the
second member projects slightly from the bottom of the first
member A wire is positioned in a slot in the lower end of the
second member and the wire is then pushed down between
terminal clips. On meeting the surface of the terminal block
the second member slides relative to the first member and
shears the wire. Damage to the terminal block is avoided and
the cut wire does not become imbedded in the terminal block -
common occurrences with conventional tools which use the
terminal block as an anvil to cut the wire.
3,711,922
ASSEMBLING APPARATUS
Willard LeRoy Busier, and Milton Dean Ross, both of Har-
risburg. Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg,
Fa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 7 1 7,086, March 29, 1 968,
abandoned. This application March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,355
Int. CL HOlr 19104. H02g 15100
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 3 Claims
An apparatus and method are disclosed for staking or as-
sembling articles into an apertured member and particularly
for assembling electrical contacts into a printed circuit board.
The contacts are intermittently fed in strip form to a work sta-
tion whereat they are severed from the strip for individual as-
sembling into the board. The printed circuit board is provided
*X^^l^'"r
Thin flat rectangular copper sheets and suspension bars are
fed from opposite directions to a feed station. The sets, each
comprising a sheet and bar, are moved alternately in opposite
directions onto two assembly lines. Each set, while in horizon-
tal position, is secured together by straps. The end of each as-
sembly line has a table swingable from a horizontal position, in
which it receives the assembly, to a vertical position on an axis
parallel to the direction of movement of the assemblies. The
table supporting surface comprises gate means which swing
open to permit the assembly to be transferred onto slide rails
which support the bar.
3,711,924
GRAVITY-FED PIN INSERTION DEVICE
Frederick D. OIney, Jr., Phoenix, and Robert O. Crump, Scott-
sdale, both of Ariz., assignors to Honeywell Information
Systems Inc., Waltham, Mass.
Filed March 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 23,36 1
Int. CI. H05k 13104
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 9 Claims
A pin insertion device which uses gravity to feed straight
pins into a hopper employs a plurality of partitions to align the
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1177
pins with a plurality of ports in one wall of the hopper. The cordance with the particular wiring step displayed. A rotatably
Dins are held in alignment by the ports and by a groove in a mounted receptacle having a plurality of slots formed m the
^ ■ wall supports the plurality of wires therein and an end of each
wire in one of the slots. A plate having a series of coded
references in the form of binary numbers supports the recep-
tacle and is aligned therewith such that each of the binary
numbers corresponds to one of the slots. As the plate is incre-
mentally rotated through a gear arrangement, the coded
references are moved over a number of sensipg elements
which sequentially reads and forwards the binary number to a
40a.
pusher while the pusher moves the pins through the ports for
insertion into holes in a circuit board which is positioned near
the ports.
3.711,925
PORTABLE PRESS ASSEMBLY
Edward Mazer, 620 East Mufflin Street, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,321
Int.CI. B23p 19104
U.S. CI. 29-252
4 Claims
^^.-•^'./^ -"^
Data Register and Control Unit. The Data Register and Con-
trol Unit individually compares each binary number of the
sensing elements with a stored binary number. The stored bi-
nary number corresponds to a particular slot holding the wire
called for in the displayed wiring step. If a difference is found
to exist between the binary number read by the sensing ele-
ments and the stored binary number, the Data Register and
Control Unit continues to energize facilities to incrementally
rotate the plate and the receptacle until there is no difference
between the binary numbers. At this time, the particular wire
called for in the wiring step is in the preselected position.
A portable press assembly including a recessed base
member, a recessed head member, shafts extending between
and connecting the base member and the head member, with
the base member being adapted to be inverted to vary the
spacing between the base member and the head member. The
base member has a conventional hydraulic jack mounted
thereon and provided with adapters for engaging items to be
pressed. The head member has a central bore extending
therethrough and is adapted to engage the work oppositely of
the hydraulic jack. Adapters are provided for the head
member to engage various objects during pressing. *
3,711,927
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING
THE CONNECTION BETW EEN A RAILWAY CAR BODY
AND A RAILW AY CAR TRUCK
John P. Davidson, Duncan, Okla., assignor to Halliburton
Company, Duncan, Okla.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 69,323
Int. CI. B23p 7/00
U.S. CI. 29-401 4 Claims
I ^y///^..^//, ^
3,711,9 6
DIGITAL RACK WIRING STATION
Joseph H. Leonhardt, Jr.; Jack I. Lunsford, Jr.; Bynum B.
Sharpe, and Charles T. Templin, all of Burlington. N.C.. as-
signors to Western Electric Company, Incorporated, New
York.N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,579
Int. CI. HOlr 43/00
U.S.CL 29-203 B 10 Claims
A digital rack wiring station has facilities for visually dis-
playing individual wiring steps of a series of wiring steps in a
predetermined sequence and facilities for moving individual
wires of a group of wires into a preselected position in ac-
Method and apparatus for reconditioning the pivot connec-
tion between a railway car body and a railway car truck where
the reconditioning is effected in situ on a railway track. The
car body and truck are separated along the track. A cylindri-
cal boss surface and center plate pocket wall are machined,
respectively, on a center plate carried by the car body and a
bolster carried by the truck. Wear rings are installed on the
machined boss surface and truck bolster carried, center plate
pocket wall prior to the assembly of the truck and car body.
1178
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,928 3,711,930
METHOD OF REPAIRING AND SERVICING PROCESS AND DEVICE FOR MAKING SLIDE
LUBRICATED TRACK CHAINS FASTENERS
Roger L. Boggs, E. Peoria, 111., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor Marcel Potin, Choisy-le-Roi, France, assignor to Societe
Co., Peoria, III.
Filed April 2, 1971, S«r. No. 130,650
Int. CI. B23p 7100
t.S. CI. 29-401
Financiere Francaise de Licences et Brevets, Choisy-le-
Roi, France
Filed June 8, 1971,S«r. No. 150,992
1 1 Claims Claims priority, application France, June 12, 1970,
7021637
^ Int. CI. B23p 11100,1 9104
U.S. CI. 29-408 7 Claims
■k$r^^
A method and apparatus for disassembling and assembling
individual hinge joints of a crawler tractor track chain wherein
a plurality of manually actuated portable tools are utilized to
separate coacting pins, bushings and links to facilitate con-
venient removal and replacement of faulty joint components.
The components are principally vital, sensitive, lubricant-con-
taining seals The invention enables reassembly of associated
members without tediously disassembling all of the track sec-
tions intermediate a leaking joint and a track master joint.
3,711.929
METHOD OF ASSEMBLING A MEASURING AND
LOCATING SYSTEM
Alexander G. Blakey; Jack S. Adams, and James J. Swarts, all
of San Diego, Calif., assignors to General Dynamics Cor-
poration, San Diego, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 821,587, May 5, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 19, 1971, Ser. No.
126,022
Int. CI. B23<i / 7100
U.S. CI. 29-407 21 Claims
ee
A process for the preparation of continuous fastener chain
in the form of a strip comprises two rows of linking com-
ponents fixed by stitching to their backing tapes, for the mak-
ing of slide fasteners of specific lengths, by removing the link-
ing components from areas separated longitudinally from one
another and corresponding to the spaces required between
two neighboring fasteners, said process comprising »he steps
of providing a tool equipped with a cutting edge and activated
by ultrasonic vibrations transmitted by a generator of such
vibrations, moving a fastener chain beneath said tool with the
cutting edge of said tool being positioned perpendicularly to
the axis of said chain, applying said tool to said chain at inter-
vals in time and for periods of time so as first of all to make a
transversal cut through the two rows of linking components of
the chain and thereafter to lift and detach the ensuing portion
of these two rows by cutting the sewing threads of this portion
which is then cut at the opposite end.
3,711,931
METHOD OF FORMING FASTENER STRIP
Harold A. Ladouceur, Livonia, and John H. Matthews, Royal
Oak, both of Mich., assignors to Multifastener Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,335
Int. CLB23p 17100
U.S.CL 29-412 13 Claims
A method of assemblying a measuring and locating system
utilizmg a novel surface plate and fixtures associated
therewith is disclosed Basically, a plurality of recesses of
uniform shape are formed in a surface and magnetic attraction
means are positioned adjacent to the recesses. Ferromagnetic
members havmg shapes and spacing corresponding to the
shapes and spacing of the recesses are fastened to measuring
and locatmg fixture bodies. Gages or positioning means on the
fixtures are then adjusted -"s desired. The system is then ready
for use in the dimensional measurement of workpieces, locat-
ing workpieces for automatic machinmg, etc.
This disclosure relates to a preoriented fastener system
which is particularK suitable for piercing fasteners and the
like which require high speed feeding systems and which must
be oriented prior to securement. The method disclosed herein
includes forming, as by rolling, a continuous metal strip having
a cross section conforming to the cross section of the desired
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1179
fastener The strip is then chopped into separate fasteners and
a threaded aperture is formed in each fastener. The fasteners
are then reassembled into a strip form by orienting the
fasteners into serial alignment corresponding to the continu-
ous metal strip and joined by readily frangible connector
means, such as a pair of wires The strip may then be coiled
and delivered to the installation station.
The disclosed fastener includes a pair of parallel retainer
grooves adapted to receive a pair of retaining rods or wires
which secure the fasteners in the preoriented strip form. The
disclosed embodiment of the fastener is a pierce nut, which in-
cludes a generally rectangular body portion having a piercing
face and a pair of fianges at the opposite face; one fiange ex-
tending from each end of the nut. The rod retaining grooves
are generally perpendicular to the opposite sides of the nut
and located between the fianges and the axis of the threaded
aperture. In the disclosed embodiment, the rods are inserted
in the retaining grooves and the fastener adjacent the grooves
is deformed to retain the rods in the grooves.
3,711,933
TANK ASSEMBLY METHOD AND APPARATUS
William R. Herdman, and Charles W. Sonnenberg, both of In-
dianapolis, Ind., assignors to Kennedy Tank & Manufactur-
ing Company, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 8,378
Int. CI. B23p/ 9/00
U.S. CL 29-431 3 Claims
3,711,932
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LAYING CROSS
FILAMENTS AND THE LIKE
Harold Hilton Batt, Mentone, Victoria, Australia, assignor to
Renhurst Industries Proprietary Limited, East Brighton,
Victoria, Australia
Filed Aug. 3 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 76,56 1
Claims priority, application Australia, Sept. 4, 1970,
2419/70
Int. CI. B23p/ 7/00. / 9/04
U.S.CL 29-419 12 Claims
Steel cylinders placed end-to-end on rollers, are pushed
together between a headstock and tailstock, being rolled,
pried and hammered, as and where needed.
3,711,934
METHOD OF PREPARING METAL FOIL/GRAPHITE
FIBER/EPOXY RESIN LAMINATES
Carl F. Zorowski, and John D. Calfee, both of Raleigh, N.C.,
assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,991
Int. CI. B23p 9100
U.S. CI. 29-445 ^ ^'«'""'
Novel metallic foil/graphite fiber/epoxy laminates with
compound curvature are fabricated through a unique fabrica-
tion process which includes the steps of preparing the
laminate in the prepreg stage with the metallic foil layers over-
lapping the graphite layers, clamping the overiapped portion
of the foil layers and pulling the laminate down over a mandrel
of desired compound curvature, and curing the resulting
curved laminate.
The invention is directed to apparatus for producing paral-
lel croBs filaments or threads consisting of two simultaneously
rotatable wheels disposed at an angle to each other. The
peripheries of the wheels are adjacent to each other at an sin-
gle point while the peripheries diametrically opposite that
point are spaced apart. Threads are fed from bobbins mounted
on the wheels to thread outlets spaced around the wheel
peripheries. Thread gripping means are positioned on the
peripheries between the outlets, and the rotational phasing of
the wheels is arranged so'that, at the point where the wheel
peripheries are adjacent, an outlet on the periphery of one
wheel is directly opposite gripping means on the other wheel
periphery. Actuating means are provided at the adjacent point
and the gripping means are thereby actuated to grip a thread
extending from an opposite outlet. As the wheels rotate, the
thread gripped by the gripping means is drawn from the outlet
to extend between the wheel peripheries. As each outlet
moves in turn through the adjacent point with simultaneous
rotation of the wheels, the threads are picked up and are
drawn from the outlets to produce a series of parallel cross
threads. Cutting blades are provided to sever the drawn out
threads from the wheels.
3,711,935
METHOD FOR INTRODUCING A PRESTRESS TO A
CYLINDRICAL CONCRETE STRUCTURE
Ken-Ichi Hiraga, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Taiser Kensetsu
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 2 1 , 1 970, Ser . No. 82,58 1
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 15, 1970,
44,093/70
Int.CLB21di9/00
U.S. CI. 29-452 10 Claims
A method for introducing a prestress to a cylindrical
concrete structure is disclosed, which is characterized by the
steps of providing a desired number of step portions or
notched portions having outer peripheral inclined faces, the
thickness of which vary gradually either in the direction of
generating lines of the cylinder structure or in the circum-
ferential direction thereof, respectively The inclined faces ex-
tend either along the circumferential direction or along the
direction of the generating lines on the outer peripheral sur-
face of the cylindrical structure. Wedge members are slidably
disposed on the respective inclined faces and also jacks are
provided for sliding the wedge members. Tensioning members
are wound around the outer peripheral surfaces of the wedge
members along the circumferential direction. The tensioning
members wound around the outer periphery of the inclined
% *
1180
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
faces in the circumferential direction are tensioned by operat-
ing the jacks to cause the respective wedge members to slide
3,711,938
METHOD FOR PULLING, ALIGNING AND BEVELLING
ADJACENT SUBMERGED PIPE SECTIONS
Bobby J. Warren, and Paul K. Johnson, both of Houston, Tex.,
assignors to Fluor Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,833
Int.CI. B23p///00
U.S. CI. 29—493 7 Claims
along the inclined faces; whereby a prestress is introduced to
the cylindrical concrete structure.
3,711,936
METHOD FOR FORMING COMPOSITE ARTICLES FROM
ALLOY IN TEMPORARY CONDITION OF
StPERPLASTICITY
Roy L. Athey, North Palm Beach, and Joseph B. Moore, Ju-
piter Tequesta, both of Fla., assignors to United Aircraft
Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,742
Int.CI. B23ki//02
U.S. CI. 29—475 4 Claims
Articles, including such gas turbine engine hardware as air-
foils and discs, are formed by forging alloys in a temporary
condition of low strength and high ductility around suitable
supporting materials or shapes, and forming a composite by
diffusion bonding. The supporting materials may be retained
within the finished article to provide, for example, a filament
strengthened composite or may subsequently be leached
therefrom to form hollow hardware.
I i-
:-i>i
3 ' L
, 41
* '•'
This invention provides a method for pulling, aligning and
bevelling the end portions of submerged pipe sections prior to
welding them together, he two pipe sections are pulled
together in end-to-end relationship. Then, the ends are
abuttingly aligned. By repeatedly cutting both abutting edges
simultaneously, the edges are made to lie in substantially
parallel planes, face-to-face, to form therebetween a joint with
a welding gap characterized by close tolerances.
3,711,939
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEALING
Milton Stoll, Old Post Road, Rogers Lake, Olde Lymne, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 642,627, May 4, 1967, Pat.
No. 3,479,487, Ser. No. 656,622, July 11. 1967, Pat. No.
3,551,127, and Ser. No. 712,578, Feb. 15, 1968, Pat. No.
3,551,645, and Ser.No.558,142,June 16, 1966, Pat. No.
3,490,886. This application Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,276
Int.CI. B23kJ//02
U.S. CI. 29—494 18 Claims
3,711,937
METHOD OF ROLL BONDING TO FORM A TITANIUM
CLAD ALUMINUM COMPOSITE
Frank Emley, Easton, Pa., assignor to Pfizer, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,813
Int. CLB23ki//02
U.S. CI. 29—487 7 Claims
The process of cladding a sheet of aluminum or an alloy
thereof with a sheet of titanium or an alloy thereof which com-
prises the steps of cleaning and removing oxide and other im-
purities and foreign matter from the surface of the aluminum
and titanium sheets to be bonded, pre-heating said aluminum
and titanium sheets together at a temperature of from about
500° to 1000°F., bringing the cleaned surfaces into momenta-
ry contact under a pressure sufficient to unite the surfaces and
to effect a reduction (preferably in one or two passes) of from
about 3-50 percent in a resultant composite sheet and post-
heating the composite which is formed at a temperature of
from about 500° to 1 1 50°F.
Methods and apparatus for sealing flat packs for electronic
micro circuits within a sealing chamber and modulating the at-
mospheric pressure within the chamber to assist in the forma-
tion of the desired seal.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1181
3,711,940
METHOD FOR MAKING MOS STRUCTURE WITH
PRECISELY CONTROLLED CHANNEL LENGTH
David F. Allison, Los Altos, and Lewis K. Russell, San Jose,
both of Calif., assignors to Signetics Corporation, Sunnyvale,
Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 776,069, Nov. 15, 1968, Pat. No.
3,600,642. This a iplication Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,391
Int. CLBOlj/ 7/00
U.S.CL 29-571 • 1 Claim
connector includes a structure which facilitates termination of
shielded and coaxial cable and a method is disclosed for con-
Method for making MOS structure with precisely controlled
channel length by the utilization of an opening for two diffu-
sion steps.
3,711,941
FABRICATION OF ELECTRET TRANSDUCER
ELEMENTS USING LOW ENERGY ELECTRON BEAM
Gerhard Martin Sessler, Summit, and James Edward West,
Plainfield, both of N.J., assignors to Bell Telephone Labora-
tories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 85,883
Int. CL HO Is 4/00
U.S.CL29— 592 14 Claims
trolling the deformation of material of the connector to pro-
vide impedance matching relative to a circuit path of use.
3,711,943
METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING AN INTERACTION
CIRCUIT FOR A MICROWAVE TUBE
Bertram G. James, Redwood City, Calif., assignor to Varian
Associates, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,197
Int. CI. HOls 4/00
U.S. CI. 29—600 6 Claims
Thin film electrets for use in transducers, or the like, may be
prepared by irradiating the film with controlled electrons ap-
plied by way of a beam. According to this invention, a low
energy, focused beam is scanned over the surface of a thin film
to produce individual electret areas. Beam energy is main-
tained low enough to insure that election penetration is sub-
stantially less than the thickness of the film and high enough to
insure that the beam is not deflected away from the foil before
the charge reaches a sufficiently high level. As a result, a more
uniform charge-density product is formed, the charge is
bipolar, charge is retained more efficiently than with other
processes, and charge time is shortened.
A method for constructing an interaction circuit for a
microwave tube is disclosed. In the method, a metallic block
has an elongated open-sided channel formed therein. The
channel is transversely slotted with an array of slots. An array
of apertured conductive plates are inserted into the array of
transverse slots and a conductive cover is brazed over the
open side of the channel to define therein an interaction cir-
cuit for a microwave tube. The^method may be employed for
fabrication of a circuit for a multicavity klystron tube, a cou-
pled cavity slow wave circuit, and for a meanderline slow wave
circuit.
3,711,942 1
COAXIAL CONNECTOR CONTROLLED
CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE PROCESS
Charles Edward Reynolds, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP
Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 698,092, Jan. 4, 1968, Pat. No. 3,539,976.
This application July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 30,052
Int. CL H02g 15/00; HOlp 11/00
U.S. CI. 29-593 5 Claims
A coaxial connector for use with signals haVing com-
ponents of an appreciable frequency is disclosed which in-
cludes a forward connector plug structure having a pair of
spring arms shaped relative to an underlying dielectric insert
and a center conductor to provide impedance matching. The
3,711,944
ELECTRIC DRY SHAVER
John F. Daniels, Bridgeport, Conn., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,850
Int.CI. B26b/9//0, /9/i«
U.S. CL 30— 43.92 6 Claims
An electric dry shaver having a cutter head and cutter drive
means disposed within a cutter head receptacle of a shaver
casing. Manually operable means are provided for moving the
/
1182
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
cutter head out of the receptacle clear of the cutter drive
means and which means are further operable to return the
cutler head to the receptacle into operative engagement with
the cutter drive means.
preferably between parallel, spaced apart plate members hav-
ing first teeth along edge portions thereof. Said second teeth
are positioned to at least partially overlap said first teeth as
said circular discs are rotated by a drive means. Preferably
said first teeth are positioned along opposite, substantially
parallel edge portions and said second teeth overlap first teeth
along each said parallel edge portion. In addition, a catching
means is preferably provided for collecting the trimmings as
they are cut and directing them to one side of the apparatus.
3,711,947
SHEARABLE PROTECTIVE MOLDING AND SHEAR
John R. Mason, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Dracon Indus-
tries, Chatsworth, Calif.
Filed April 2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,633
Int. CI. B26b / 7100
U.S. CL 30— 179 3 Claims
"^ 3,711,945
PIE CUTTER AND SERVER
Richard B. Cronheim, 7 I pper Barnes, St. Louis County, Mo.
filed May 12,1971. Ser. No. 142,679
Int.CKB26b///00
U.S.CI. 30— 142 9 Claims
A household utensil for cutting and serving pies, cakes, and
the like comprising a handle, generally wedge-shaped serving
blade secured to said handle, and a rotary cutter mounted
upon an arm which is pivoted upon said handle. Means for
rocking said arm downwardly to cause said cutter to extend
through an openmg in said blade for operative purposes, and
resilient means urging said arm into upward inoperative posi-
tion.
<ao''4.4
Molding of uniform cross section so that it is economically
exlrudable, and is formed of flexible thermoplastic synthetic
polymer composition material Molding includes pressure sen-
sitive adhesive tape on its under surface for attachment to side
of automobile vehicle to receive small blows which could
otherwise chip the paint.
The molding end is conveniently beveled by means of a
shear having a support surface and an end stop to receive and
position the molding, with a cutter blade moving angularly to
the support surface to bevel the end of the molding.
3,711,946
TRIMMING APPARATUS
Glenn R. Troutman, 684 Valemont Drive, Penn Hills Twp., Al-
legheny County, Pa.
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,133
Int. CI. B23d 49100, B26b 7100
U.S. CI. 30—388 5 Claims
3,711,948
HAIR TRIMMING DEVICE
James W. Ford, 1018 Elmwood, Wilmette, I'll., and Russell J.
Nadherny,821 Surrey Lane, Glenview, 111.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,138
Int. CI. B26b 13126
U.S. CI. 30— 212 7 Claims
Trimming apparatus for prunning hedges and the like A lightweight, easily manipulated hair trimming device
wherein at least one circular disc having teeth round its especially adapted for use in self-trimming axillary hair from
periphery is positioned adjacent a plate member and the human body. The device comprises a comb portion having
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1183
a fixed and movable cutting blade removably mounted
therein, and a handle portion provided with an actuator for
moving the movable blade through a restricted hair shearing
stroke. The blades are maintained in operative relation with
respect to one another by means which can be disassembled
without the need of a tool thereby enabling easy cleaning of
the blades and the comb portion.
3,711,951
GARMENT PATTERN MARKING PAPER
Martin W. Seller, 4501 South Santa Fe Avenue, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 528,637, Feb. 18, 1966,
abandoned. This application June 26, 1968, Ser. No. 740,323
Int. CLA41h J/00
U.S.CL33— 12 4 Claims
3,711,949
CORDLESS ELECTRIC GARDEN TRIMMER WITH
SAFETY LOCK MEANS
John S. Doyel, 404 West 20th Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 180,577
Int.CI. B26b/5/00
U.S.CL 30-264 8 Claims
A cordless electric garden trimmer having electrically
operated rotary cutting means and a safety cover comprising a
pair of semicircular shrouds forming a hollow disk-shaped en-
closure for the cutting means. The shrouds can be opened to
expose the cutting means by hand operated spring biased trig-
gers which also operate an electrical switch such that the elec-
tric motor driving the cutting means is on only when the
shrouds are opened. When the triggers are released, the motor
is cut off and the shrouds close. When closed, the shrouds can
be locked in a safety storage position by a safety storage lock
means to prevent exposing the cutting means when the
trimmer is not in use, and to prevent accidental turning on of
the motor which operates the cutting means.
f \
i 1 T , f I »
i
! i 5 ■>
•, i i
. » r c I • ' r
, , , , T t 1 <
..DC . T . .
• 5 ! > » '
. • . . « •
-A • •
,..-.''»'''
J ? ? ^ J
R A 0 f '
* C C
Pattern marking paper in which the working surface
between opposite longitudinal edges is provided with a mul-
tiplicity of discrete numerical indicia located at reference
points over substantially the entire working surface of the
paper and equally spaced in rows extending along the length
of the paper parallel to the longitudinal edges and in columns
extending across the width of the paper perpendicular to the
rows. A longitudinal reference marker divides the multiplicity
of indicia into two equal parts and comprises a center line im-
printed on the working surface of the paper exactly midway
between the opposite longitudinal edges of the paper and ex-
tending along the entire length between and equally spaced
from adjacent rows of the indicia. The center line is itself
defined by discrete indicia elements which are spaced from
each other by one-half the spacing between the numerical in-
dicia, alternate center line indicTa being aligned with the nu-
merical indicia of adjacent columns. The numerical indicia of
any row are identical throughout the row, and the numerical
indicia of each column define several equally spaced series of
progressive numbers separated by indicia which are not part
of the series and which define equally spaced repetitive groups
of distinctive indicia extending along the length of the paper.
3,711,950
REMOVABLE HANDLES FOR SHEARS OR THE LIKE
John J. Students, Roselle Park, N J., assignor to J. Wiss and
Sons Co., Newark, N.J.
Filed April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,660
Int.CI.B25gJ/02
U.S. CI. 30-341 4 Claims
3,711,952
BELT MEASURING APPARATUS
Alastair Justason, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, assignor to The
B. F. Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,626
Int. CLGOlb 3/00
U.S.CL33-125R 5 Claims
The shears or similar implements have removable handles,
preferably made of molded plastic, on curvilinearly shaped
shanks with tangs extending with continuously decreasing
thickness past the area where the main finger pressure of the
operation of the shears occurs. The method of molding the
handles uses retractable cores which have the same cur-
vilinear shape with continuously decreasing section as the
tangs of the shears" shanks.
iOh
A device for measuring the circumference and section
width of V-belts while the belt is maintained under tension.
The belt is tensioned over two half pulleys, ore of which is
mounted on a slide with a releasable locking w.dge maintain-
ing the latter a fixed distance along the slide to hold the belt
under tension. A belt length indicating scale is provided on the
slide and one of the half pulleys has a section-width mdicating
scale thereon which cooperates with 'he length indicating
scale to provide a direct reading of both length and width of
the belt.
1184
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,953
AXONOMETRIC DRAWING AID
Alfred J. Chandronnait, 19 Winnhaven Drive, Hudson, N.H.
Filed June 15, 1970, S«r. No. 46,018
Int. CI. B43I 131 14
U.S. CI. 33-77 9 Claims
3,711,955
ALIGNMENT DEVICE
Ralph Holt, 3153 Hull Ave., Memphis, Tenn.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,339
Int.CI.G01bi/i«
U.S. CI. 33—181 R
A slide rule aid or calculator for making axonometric
drawings includes a scale with a slide having apertures or win-
dows each of which aligns with a different row of numbers on
the scale. The rows identify the angles of axis lines in the draw-
ing, the relative lengths of the edges of a unit cube in the draw-
ing and the ellipse templates to be used for drawing circles in
the drawing. At each position of the slide along the scale, a dif-
ferent set of axis line angles, relative lengths of edges of a unit
cube and ellipse templates are revealed in the apertures. The
calculator may be used in conjunction with and may be part of
a straight edge equipped with pivoting arms and a vertical arm
to which scales selected from a bank of scales are removably
attached and which are used for measuring distances along the
axis line angles in the drawing. This provides a combined cal-
culator and drawing instrument.
3,711,954
COILING WIRE METERING
Stephen A. Piatt, 1 100 Fulton Street, Grand Haven, Mich.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71.819
Int. CI.GOlb i//2, 5/04
U.S. CI. 33— 1 32 11 Claims
6 Claims
0'
" f^ ram •" A<r*"'"^W'=^*^~''
0
A device for ascertaining axial and/or radial misalignment
between the flanges of the power outlet or driving shaft of a
large engine or heavy machine and the input or driven shaft of
a'massive accessory drive, i. e., a speed increaser or the like,
with the flanges, not being intended to be mated one to the
other directly but being Potatably connected by a high speed
gear-type coupling, or the like. The device includes a pair of
pointed rods which are suitable supported inwardly thereof,
the points of the rods being urged outwardly against the driv-
ing and driven shafts so as to engage the respective rotating
axes thereof, and at least a pair of measuring instruments that
respectively have plungers which, when depressed, actuate
meter movements having dials calibrated in mils. The measur-
ing instruments are suitably supported at opposite ends of the
main body of the device so that the respective plungers
thereof may engage the face portions of the flanges of the driv-
ing shaft and the driven shaft. The device is intended to be
manually rotated about its longitudinal axis which causes the
plungers to rotate in unison about the respective face portions
of the flanges of the driving shaft and the driven shaft for
sensing the quadrants of these flanges that are misaligned and
indicating the magnitude of misalignment on the respective
dials thereof.
3,711,956
METHOD OF OPERATING A FLUIDIZED BED REACTOR
Heinz Brauer, Janickestr. 65, 1000 Berlin 37, and Jochen Mu-
hie, Stierstr. 4, 1 000 Berlin 4 1 , both of Germany
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,002
Claims priority, application Germany, June 12, 1970, P 20
30 049.6
Int. CL F26b 3110; F27b 15100
U.S. CI. 34— 10 17 Claims
Wire being drawn into a winding and cutting apparatus
feeds around a metering wheel of the metering apparatus and
thereby causes it to rotate. A belt passing over a pair of pulleys
has an exposed side which engages the side of the metering
wheel such that rotation of the metering wheel also drives the
belt around its pulleys. The belt includes cams which engage a
switching mechanism disposed adjacent one of the pulleys.
The switching mechanism then activates the cutting assembly
and the wire is cut in appropriate lengths. The belt and pulleys
are movable as an assembly with respect to the metering wheel
relocating the pomt of contact between the belt and the me-
tering wheel such that the length of wire being cut can be
varied.
A fluidized bed reactor, and a method of operating thereof,
wherein fluidized material passes downwards and the fluidiz-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1185
ing material passes upwards in countercurrent, having a plu- each side of the stand, each of which support a generally hemi-
rality of superposed plates with common orifices for use in spherical-shaped toweling around the discharge of the fan and
catalytic reactions, substance transfer processes and/or heat a heater associated therewith. The size of the toweling is such
transfer processes. that when the fans are operated the two towelings balloon out-
wardly from opposite sides of the platform and intersect cen-
3,711,957
SHRINK TUNNEL
Herbeii K. Carver, Jr., Oakford, Pa., assignor to J. B. Dove
Inc., Levittown, Pa.
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,066
Int. CLF26b J/00
U.S.CL 34-31 15 Claims
A shrink tunnel, for shrinking plastic wrapping film about a
package as it moves along on a conveyor, has two blower-
heates units within its housing, one at each side of the con-
veyor. The blower-heater units are so constructed and so posi-
tioned that each delivers narrow vertical laminar streams of
heated air diagonally and slightly downwardly across the
shrink zone in the tunnel and across any package which is
passing therethrough on the conveyor. The heated streams of
air projected from the two blower-heated units flow in op-
posite directions, with the streams of air of one blower-heater
being located in vertical planes which are parallel and laterally
adjacent to the vertical planes of the streams of air of the
other. The heated streams of air projected from each blower-
heater are sucked into an intake duct of the other, are re-
heated, and projected back through the shrink zone and
across the package which may be passing therethrough.
Heated air is thus caused to flow back and forth and in so
doing inpinges directly upon all sides and upper surfaces of
any film-wrapped package which may be passing through the
tunnel. The velocity at which the heated air moves is not high,
and as the air moves across the shrink zone from the heater of
one blower to the intake duct of the other, the air which imp-
inges upon the package tends to follow the contour of the
package as it is pulled on and into the intake duct of the other
blower.
trally over the platform at a position in which a person would
normally stand to be dried. The platform advantageously in-
cludes means for turning on and off the fan or heater and for
illuminating the toweling with an ordinary white or a multi-
colored light as desired.
3,711,959
CROP DRYING SYSTEMS
Cornells van der Leiy, 7 Bruschenrain, Zug, Switzerland
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,258
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 19, 1969,
6909348
Int. CLF26b/ 9/00
U.S.CL 34- 102 22 Claims
-f. — rw^
. jr-^
3,711,958
DRYING DEVICE
Marc D. Lepage, 209 West 109th Street, Apt. 3-W, New York,
N.Y.
Filed March 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,540
Int. CLF26b 7 9/00
U.S. CI. 34-88 16 Claims
A dryer, particularly for drying the body of a person, in-
cludes a toweling in the form of an absorbent material which is
preferably porous and is arranged around or adjacent fan or
blower in a position such that the fan may direct a drying fluid
which is advantageously heated air against one side of the
toweling while an article or a person is arranged at the op-
posite side in contact with the towelling so as to be dried
thereby. The toweling advantageously includes one or more
layers or a single layer having pores preferably such that there
is some degree of flow-through of the air but there is sufficient
resistance to the air flow so that the toweling bellows out and
the drying surface is enlarged. In one arrangement the dryer
includes a platform or stand with fan-supporting brackets on
"mJciM^M^
A large capacity crop drier has an elongated chamber which
may include transparent wall and roof partitions to admit solar
radiations. A feeding device which may include a doser con-
veys crop to be dried into the chamber where it is chopped by
retractable knives and carried back and forth through the
chamber on superimposed endless belts starting at the top.
The lower belt discharges back into the feeding device via a
one-way conveyor closing the path of the drying crop. Air
which may be heated is introduced into the chamber under the
lowest belt opposite the feeding device and is exhausted on the
same side that it was introduced or over walls under a raised
roof. When desired by movement of a rear flap which may
carry a conveying belt, the drier crop is discharged from the
chamber via the flap to a blower conveyor In a modification,
the chamber has a moving belt floor, a blower which displaces
air to under the floor and up through the chamber, and a
mechanism for stirring crop in the chamber which automati-
cally rides back and forth on tracks provided in the chamber.
1186
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711.960
WEB DRYER
Wm. F. Overly, Winneconne, and Kenneth J. Pagel, Neenah,
both of W is., assignors to Overly, Inc., Neenah, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 89,744. Nov. 16, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,650,043. This application Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No.
175,052
Int. CI. B65h J 7/32
U.S. CI. 34— 1 56 3 Claims
tunnel in a narrow band that is normally not directed toward
the top of the tunnel.
^:^:^y^~W^
A plurality of airfoil nozzles are disposed alternately on op-
posite sides of the moving web, each nozzle having a flat face
generally parallel to the web and ending in a substantially 90^
comer of the plenum chamber.
3,711,961
HEAT SHRINK TUNNEL
Jacob Spiegel, and Arthur Hurewitz, both of Philadelphia, Pa.,
assignors to Gilbreth Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Nov. 25. 1970, Ser. No. 92,623
Int.CI. F26b/9/00
U.S.CI. 34— 218 6 Claims
3,711,962
FLUIDIZED DRYING APPARATUS
Masaichi Fukuyo, Shizuoka-ken, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Okawara Seisakusho, Harbara-gun, Shizuoka-ken,
Japan
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,397
Int. CI. F26b/ 7//0
U.S.CI. 34— 57 D 2 Claims
\
m
L
fnTj
?r^
A fluidized drying apparatus having a substantially cylindri-
cal casing, a perforated plate provided in said casing which di-
vides the interior of said casing into an upper solid fluidizing
chamber and a lower windbox chamber and which has formed
therein a number of perforations each being inclined with
respect to the axis of said casing so as to direct a drying gas
passing therethrough in a direction at an acute angle to the
surface of said perforated plate and means for feeding a granu-
lar material to be dried into said fluidizing chamber. A break-
ing member is provided in the casing above the perforated
plate, which is rotated during operation of the apparatus to
break lumps of material agglomerating on said perforated
plate.
A heat shrink tunnel comprising an enclosure, a conveyor to
conduct articles through the enclosure from an upstream
point to a downstream point, conduit means to deliver hot air
to the enclosure, partition means to divide the conduit means
into first and second paths, said first path bemg relatively long
as compared with said second path, a source of hot air, means
to force the hot air in a generally upstream direction in the two
paths of the conduit means, a first slit in the conduit means at
an upstream point, communicating with said enclosure to
allow hot air in the first path to enter the enclosure in a narrow
band and a second slit in the conduit means spaced
downstream of the first slit and also communicating with the
enclosure to allow hot air to enter the enclosure in a narrow
band at a point that is downstream from the first slit whereby
the air entering through the second slit and at the downstream
location is relatively hot In many instances the air entering
through the first slit at the upstream location is somewhat
cooler than the air entering through the second slit, and in
such instances the articles being transported by the conveyor
are first subjected to a warm zone and then as the articles
move downstream are subjected to a hot zone in order to exert
a shrinking effect upon a thermoplastic synthetic resin that is
wrapped on the articles. Hot spots adjacent the top of the tun-
nel are avoided since the warm or hot air is admitted to the
3,711,963
APPARATUS FOR PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION AND
TESTING
Jack B. Hunnicutt, George W. Plumly, both of Fort Worth,
Tex., and Troy R. Radford, Fort Worth. Tex., assignors
to Mycom Corp., Fort Worth, Tex.
Filed Dec. 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 204,829
Int. CI. G09b 7/08
U.S.CI.35— 9A 28 Claims
An improved programable system for effecting automated
teaching for use in conjunction with the problem and answer
material wherein a plurality of answers are provided for each
problem arranged in accordance with a predeterminable pro-
gram, including encoding means, apprising means, display
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1187
means for problem and correct answers, and advancing means serted into and interlocked therewith, the peg insertion physi-
having a movable bolt; characterized by a bolt moving means cally illustrating the arithmetic concept that the divisor piece
that incorporates features that require the student to be ir- number "goes into" the dividend area number The extenor
revocably committed before actuating the system and that
cannot be cheated by the student; and incorporating im-
proved, lightweight pawls as gear engaging means carried by
the bolt in conjunction with a gear reduction means between
the bolt and the program means such that some of the strin-
gent demands on the mass, acceleration and deceleration, and
the angle and time of travel of the bolt are lessened. Also dis-
closed are specific preferred structural embodiments, includ-
ing a structure that enables the armature of a low current sole-
noid to effect, reliably, impact engagement of the lightweight
pawls.
3,711,964
ASK AND ANSWER TOY
Henry J. Folson, Redondo Beach, Calif.; James D. Hegel,
Torrence, Calif.; William T. Hosokawa. Pasadena, Calif.;
William B. Pester, Palos Verdes, Calif.; and Irwin C.
Poter. Quinter, Kans., assignors to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne,
Filed April 8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,468
Int.CI.G09b-?/00
U.S.CT.35-8A II Claims
outline of the pieces is such that two or more given divisor
pieces can interlock with a given dividend area only if the
product of the piece numbers is not greater than the number
of the area.
3,711,966
GEOGRAPHICAL GAME
Frank Drcsak, 5440 Harold Way, Apt. No. 8, Los Angeles.
Calif.
Filed Sept. 1. 1970. Ser. No. 68,619
1nt.CLA63fi/04
U.S.CL 35-40 2 Claims
A phonograph toy with a pointer wheel that can be turned
so that a pointer thereon points to a picture that represents a
question, and which automatically selects a record groove that
asks the question when the phonograph is played. The pointer
can be slid on the wheel to uncover a picture that represents
the answer to the question, and the pointer then also selects
another record groove that answers the question. The record
is a disc with leadin groove portions spaced thereabout, and
the particular groove that will be played is determined by the
rotational position at which the disc stops during winding of a
spring prior to playing. As the disc record rotates in reverse
during spring winding, it rotates an index member with a heli-
cal ramp. The rotating helical ramp raises and then drives a
moveable stop so the stop can contact another stop on the
pointer and prevent any further reverse record rotation. Dur-
ing forward record rotation, when a groove is played, the ramp
lowers the moveable stop so it is clear of the pointer stop.
Jf::zz:^
■:-=i=£fid=
P<^
H^,
=StL-
»*,:
o
,..^.^...^.l^-
L.
PUERTO RICOl
J
The disclosed embodiment of the game comprises a board
having outlines of the United States and the 50 Slates and a
plurality of state pieces which are placeable in the state out-
lines At the state capital of each piece is a hole for insertion
therein during play of the flag of that state. Prior to play all the
flags are mounted in a frame and on the frame are 50 tongues,
one for each state. On one side of the tongue is the name of
the state while on the other side of the tongue is the nam^ of
the capital of the state.
3,711,965
EDUCATIONAL TOY FOR TEACHING ARITHMETIC
Eidon L. Janssen, 3815 Los Feliz Blvd. Apt. 1, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,457
lnt.CI.G09b2i/02
U.S.CL 35-31 D 11 Claims
An arithmetical teaching toy for division and multiplication
employing a board having numbered dividend areas thereon
and separate divisor pieces to be interlocked with the board
areas by means of a peg and hole arrangement. Each num-
bered piece and numbered area has a corresponding number
of pegs or holes arranged so that only the pieces whose num-
bers are divisors of a particular area may be individually in-
3,711,967
FOOTWEAR FOR FOOT TREATMENT OR
MAINTENANCE
Carl-Johan Candelius, Kampementsgatan 14. 11538
Stockholm, and Thord Sundstrom. Karin Mansdietters vag
8. 12235 Enskede, both of Sweden
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,500
Claims priority, application Sweden, April 30, 1970,
6005/70
lnt.CLA43b///0
U.S.CL36-4 2 Claims
A footwear for foot treatment or maintenance comprises a
liquid absorbing inner portion of a material having substan-
tially the same characteristics as polyeter foam plastics shaped
906 O.G.— 45
1188
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
to enclose a foot and a Hquid proof outer portion or layer. A then returned to its or.g.nal shape. Unl.ke resm impregnated
.a^^d u?h as a ^t salt dbsolved in water U contained m the fabncs, strength is not affected by the direction m which U is
^ ^^^n^ W^nThe f^wear is put on a walking person cut and it is equally stretchable in all directions. It is coated on
;;rin^r r^r s pen^caTy conTpressed and allowed to one side with a layer of heat activatable adhesive and on the
the inner portion penou y k ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^.^ ^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^ 1^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ activatable
adhesive.
expand The contained liquid will then circulate around the
foot which is thereby subjected to an advantageous and effec-
tive medical treatment. The footwear, thus, replaces earlier
foot treatment by using a bowl filled with a liquid. It can be
designed as a simple article for non-recurring use.
ERRATUM
For Class 37 — 67 see:
Patent No. 3,711,968
3,711,970
HYDRAULICALLY CONTROLLED DITCHING PLOW
HAVING A COUNTERBALANCING WHEELED TRAILER
George M. Briar, BrUtol, Pa., assignor to Thiokol Chemical
Corporation, Bristol, Pa.
Continuation of .Ser. No. 702,690, Feb. 2, 1968, abandoned.
This application April 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,214
Int. CI. E02f 5/02
U.S.CL 37-98 7 Claims
3,711,968
DREDGE CUTTER HEAD WITH COUNTERBALANCING
Willem Jan van Heijst, Delft. Netherlands, assiunor to N. V.
Industrieele Handelscombinatie, Holland
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93.01 1
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 28, 1969,
6917936
Int.CI.E02fi/90
U.S. CI. 37—67
6 Claims
6^
■<i"
a
A cutter dredger with a rotary cutter adjacent the mouth of
a suction pipe, in which a second vibratory system balances
the first vibratory system comprised by the rotating cutter and
its shaft when they encounter resistance during dredging. The
drive is applied to the two vibratory systems at their point of
interconnection, to reduce the strain on the drive train. The
drive may be mechanical, intermediate the length of a torsion
shaft, or hydraulic. If hydraulic, a common pump drives mo-
tors individual to the two vibratory systems and accumulators
are disposed between each pair of the pump and motors. In a
compact hydraulic embodiment, the drive and the two driven
systems are concentrically interconnected.
A device for preparing drainage ditches having a moldboard
assembly mounted on a steel frame and positioned thereon
between a trailer and a tractor vehicle The moldboard is ar-
ranged for raising and lowering thereof by hydraulic actuators
operating a split tongue, is uniquely counterbalanced, and the
trailer is movable and supported on track laying wheels for
low ground pressure.
3,711,971
LARGE CAPACITY SCRAPER UNIT CONSTRUCTION
William E. Martin, P.O. Box 187, Kewanee, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 77,659, Oct. 2, 1970,
abandoned. This application Nov. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 194,897
Int. CI. E02f 5/00
U.S. CI. 37- 124 41 Claims
3,711,969
SHOE STIFFENER AND METHOD OF USING THE SAME
Aaron Weinstein, Marblehead, and Frank Scourtas, Newbury,
both of Mass., assignors to Pacesetter Products, Inc., Salem,
Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 732,833, May 29, 1968. This application
Dec. 18. 1970, Ser. No. 599,652
Int. CI. A43b /i/42
U.S. CI. 36-68 9 Claims
A thermoplastic shoe stiffener and stiffener blank compris-
ing a non-fabnc-conlaining sheet of thermoplastic polyvinyl
chloride having a molding temperature of between MOT and
350°F and containing an impact modifier, preferably linear
polyethylene or linear chlorinated polyethylene, in an amount
between 3 and 1 8 percent by weight of the resin and a heat
stabilizer in an amount equal to at least 1 percent by weight of
the resin. The polyvinyl chloride contains a lubricant and may
contain a plasticizer and filler. The stiffener is hard and tough
and highly crush resistant but not brittle. It has excellent mold-
ing properties at the aforesaid temperatures, is water and mold
proof, has a high fiexure and tensile strength, an excellent
memory for its molded shape upon deformation and an excel-
lent recovery of its crush resistance after being crushed and
The largest capacity earth moving scrapers may be loaded
to their rated capacity using a single powered traction unit as
opposed to the usual arrangement wherein a towing traction
unit is assisted by a pusher traction unit to fully load the
scraper bowl.
The achievement of the foregoing involves a combination of
increasing available tractive force and reducing loading re-
sistance Tractive force is increased by a rigid integration of a
traction unit with the scraper frame for pushing rather than
towing Decreased loading resistance is made possible by
mounting the scraper bowl for transverse tilting (canting)
movement relative to the scraper frame whereby blade draft
resistance may be selectively controlled by the operator and
particularly during that portion of an excavating operation as
the payload approaches rated capacity.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1189
Selective bowl cant is, in turn, dependent upon a construc-
tional configuration which will stabilize the bowl, laterally, in
the various bowl cant positions and particularly against yaw
forces. The constructional configurations herein illustrated for
stabilizing the bowl include widely spaced, overhead frame
members and additional stabilizing structure positioned out-
side the peripheral confines of the bowl for transferring lateral
forces to the scraper frame.
sides having flanges for snapping into grooves of a conven-
tional C-shaped price lag molding with which the clip is used.
3,711,974
SIGN APPARATUS
Bernard L. Webb, P.O. Box 516, Fairfax, Va.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,224
Int.CI.G09f 7//4
U.S.CL 40—63 11 Claims
to
3,711,972
STEAM IRON
Gerard H. Risacher, Mansfield, Ohio, assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 5, 197 1 , Ser. No. 195,927
Int. CI. D06f 75/06
U.S. CI. 38-77.83 6 Claims
10 42 27
28 14 26 12 M
The invention discloses a steam iron having a primary steam
generating chamber for the generally continuous generation
of steam and a separate auxiliary steam generating chamber
for a manually controlled intermittent generation of a substan-
tially larger volume of steam. The auxiliary chamber is con-
nected to the primary chamber via a "S"-shaped steam path
with the primary chamber also being downstream from the
auxiliary chamber so that steam generated in the auxiliary
chamber must pass through the "S"-shaped path and into the
primary chamber before being distributed for discharge
through apertures in the soleplate. The auxiliary chamber and
the temp responsive bimetal control regulating the tempera-
ture of the iron are in close proximity to each other so the heat
loss in the area of the soleplate bounding the auxiliary
chamber, in instances when there are successive demands for
the larger generation of steam which tend to deplete the heat
from the auxiliary chamber, can be rapidly sensed and quickly
replenished by actuating the heater.
A sign is made of a thin relative rigid plastic material which
is vacuum formed and which has indicia bearing portions
drawn outward from a base and indicia drawn outward from
the indicia receiving portion and indicia portions, and by
ridges and projected reinforcement portions which extend
between spaced indicia bearing portions and between those
portions and ridges. A sign post is a square cross section alu-
minum tube, which fits over a square wooden stake and rests
upon the ground.
3,711,975
RECEPTACLE PACKETED SUGAR, CONDIMENTS AND
THE LIKE
Robert C. Downing. Stoneham, Mass., assignor to Howard
Johnson Company, Dorchester, Mass.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,143
Int.CI.G09f ///02
U.S. CI. 40-77.8 4 Claims
3,711,973
DISPLAY MARKER CLIP
Robert J. Slavsky, Lathrup ViUage, Mich., assignor to Shaw &
Slavsky, Inc., Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 30, 1971, Set. No. 203,373
Int.CI.G09fi//«
U.S.CI.40-11R 9 Claims
A structure having a base with a receptacle mounted
thereon for rotation about a vertical axis. The base is weighted
and the receptacle has a bottom wall rotatablv connected to
the base and side walls extending vertically -herefrom which
form an open top enclosure. The side walls are inwardly con-
cave and at their opposite vertical edges there are lateral, ver-
tically extending grooves adapted to receive the edges of cards
of greater width than the straight line distances between the
A spring clip is provided with retaining means for holding an grooves with the portions therebetween displaced inwardly in
as^ciated attention directing card and is also provided with engagement with said concave wall.
1190
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,976
SPHERICAL SOUVENIR RECEPTACLE
Joseph J. Allen, 4181 No. 19th Place, MUwaukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,138
Int.CLG09f ///iO
II.S. CI. 40—82 » Claim
sloping projection adapted to serve for guiding a backing
board into place within the frame and to overlie the edges of
A spherical element having a subjoined rotatable base, a
spix)l element joumalled for rotation within the sphere and
fixed to said base, a photo strip normally wound on said spool,
handle means disposed on the outer end of the photo strip for
withdrawing the strip for viewing, and retraction of said strip
to be effected by manual reverse rotation of said base.
the backing board after it is in place, to retain it within the
frame, each said projection tapering from its center in the
direction of each end of the wall to which it is connected.
3,711,979
TRIGGER SAFETY LOCK FOR FIREARMS
Hervey W . Small, c/o Warren D. Small, Salmon, Idaho
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,152
Int. CI. F41c 27//0
U.S.CI.42-1 Y 10 Claims
3,711,977
DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY FLAGGER
Siegfried C. Blankenhorn, Naperville, III., assignor to Blanken-
hern Display, Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 8, 1971,. Ser. No. 104,863
lnt.CI.G09f //6»0
L.S.CL40-I24.1 10 Claims
A dimensional display flagger has a normally flat-lying dis-
play body and oppositely extending supporting arms with a
flexible but form-stable spacing portion connecting the body
and arms, the relationship being such that the spacing portion
will buckle when the arms are moved longitudinally toward
one another, whereby to thrust the display body into a sub-
stantially spaced plane relative to the arms. This device is
especially useful as an attention-getter on merchandise sales
shelves, ahd the like.
A trigger safety lock for firearms consists of an attachment
to the customary trigger guard The trigger locking element is
carried on a first component which has a guided sliding con-
nection with a second component firmly attached to the
trigger guard. Interengaging teeth on the first and second com-
ponents secure the trigger locking element in an active or in-
active position relative to the trigger, and yielding means
maintain the teeth releasably engaged.
3,711,980
SEMI-AUTOMATIC MARKSMANSHIP COMPETITION
PISTOL FOR RAPID PRECISION FIRING
Roberto Palama', via Cavakanti, 21-VercelIi, luly
Filed Sept. 2 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 73,786
Int. CI. F41c 5/00, 11 100- F41d 5100
U.S.CL42-16 3 Claims
3,711,978
ARTICLE DISPLAY FRAMES AND THEIR ASSEMBLY
WITH DISPLAY ARTICLES
E. Henry Conrad, Box 537, Weaverville, N.C.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,905
Int.Cl.G09f ;//2
U.S.CL40-152 11 Claims
A frame for a picture or the like including opposed pairs of
frame sides, each side including a peripheral wall and as-
sociated means for supporting an article within the frame
opening, each peripheral wall of each side having an inwardly
10
3 16 22 15 32 26 4
31
30
29
29 b
In a semi-automatic marksmanship competition pistol for
rapid precision firing, an external hammer or striking mass
slides in a direction substantially coinciding with the axis of
the barrel of the pistol and cooperates with at least one firing
pin carried by an obturator aligned with said hammer or strik-
ing mass.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1191
3,711,981
CARTRIDGE MAGAZINE
Louis W. Seecamp, 561 Whitney Avenue, New Haven, Conn.
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, S«r. No. 84,957
Int. CLF41C 25/02
U.S. CL 42—50
assembled components are brought into operative relationship
by the tightening of an assembly screw at final assembly.
7 Claims
3,711,984
PORTABLE SHOOTING BENCH
Gordon A. Dyer, Route No. 1 Box 742D, and Scoby N. King,
Route No. 1 Box 308, both of Excelsior, Minn.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,344
Int. CLF41C 29/00
U.S.a.42-94 10 Claims
A box-magazine for cartridges in which the side walls are
provided with integral knock-out fingers which have inwardly
bent projections at their free ends for engagement withm the
extractor grooves of the cartridges, thereby preventing the
cartridges from being thrown forward in the magazine against
the front wall.
3,711,982
REVOLVER HAVING REMOVABLE CYLINDER
Richard L. Baker, Wallingford, Conn., assignor to Colt Indus-
tries Operating Corp., New York, N.Y.
Filed April 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,339
Int. CI. F41c 1 100- F42b i^l04
U.S.a. 42-62 »<^'"'"'
This invention relates to a portable collapsible shooting
bench The bench of this invention collapses into a suitcase-
like box for storage or transportation. The bench is comprised
of a seat member; a connecting member for connecting seat to
bench, a bench member; and a gun support. As set up thejieat
unit may be adjusted for height and for a right or left hand
shooter via the connecting member. The seal member is
secured to the bench member so that when the shooter sits on
the seat, his weight is employed in steadying the unit. The gun
support is secured to the bench member and is adjustable for
height and angular displacement. Leveling means are also pro-
vided.
A revolver includes a frame and a crane pivotally connected
to the frame. Upon the crane is releasably mounted a cylinder^
The crane may be pivoted between a closed position, in which
the cylinder is disposed within the frame in firing position, and
an open position, in which the cylinder is free of the fiame and
may be quickly removed from the crane. The cylinder incor-
porates a ratchet-ejector mechanism which is operated to
eject spent cartridges within the chambers of the cylinder by
moving the cylinder over a projection integral with the frame.
3,711,983
AUTOLOADING FIREARM
Harold D. Allyn, 103 Garfield Street, Springfield, Mass.
Co'linuaUon-i^-part of Ser. No. 792,694, J"- 21, 1969 Pat.
No 3 584,533. This application June 10, 1971, Ser. INO.
151,694
Int.CLF41c2i/00
^. ..-% -le/- 4 Claims
U.S. CI. 42— 75 C
3,711,985
FISHING ACCESSORY AND METHOD
Theron C. Winters, 1337 Wayburn, Grosse Pointe, Mich.
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,184
Int. CLAOlk 97/06
U.S. CI. 43-25.2 7 Claims
An autoloading firearm of the blowback type wherein the
A fishing accessory for holdmg fishing lines during baiting
and for attachment to a fishing pole to store hooks and sinkers
when not in use, comprising an elongated, hollow, cylindrical
casing closed at one end and a hollow tubular member
adapted to be slidably inserted within said casing The casing
is open at the other end to receive the hooks and sinkers, to fit
over the handle of the fishing pole with which the accessory is
used and to allow the insertion thereinto and removal
therefrom of the tubular member by means of which said
hooks and sinkers may be secured within the casing.
1192
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,986
AERATED BAIT KEEPER
Harry A. Andersen, 1 165 8th Terrace, N., Naples, Fla
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 199,932
Int. CI. AO Ik 97/04
U.S. CI. 43—57
cell which holds bugs captive that are caught with the air
drawn into the cylinder by the inward movement of the piston.
An air vent is provided to exhaust the air from the cylinder
and bug confining cell when moving the piston outwardly to
reset it for a subsequent suction stroRe. The bugs captured are
7 Claims ejected from the confining cell when the piston is moved for-
cefully outward while the vent is closed.
3,711,988
WHEELED TALKING TOY
William F. Summerfield, Huntington Beach, and Fleet E. Nut-
tall, Los Angeles, both of Calif., assignors to Mattel, inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 77.158, Oct. 1, 1970, Pat. No. 3,667,723.
This application April 26, 1972, Ser. No. 247,559
Int. CI. A63h 5100
IJ.S. CI. 46- 114 5 Claims
A pair of nesting buckets includes inner and outer buckets
placed one within the other. The inner bucket has an integral
top rim, a bail handle on the rim. concentric inner and outer
walls depending from the rim, and a fioor o'h its inner wall A
manually operable air valve extends through the bucket inner
wall. An air inlet tube extends from an opening through the
inner wall to the annular space between the inner and outer
walls The other end of the air inlet tube extends to near the
floor of the inner bucket, and has some spirally located dif-
ferent size openings through its tube wail near the open bot-
tom of the tube. An aerating air escape valve consists of a solid
rod lifting snugly yet rotatably within the open bottom end.
This rod has a transverse slot extending from its top end to
below the air escape holes in the tube, the slot stopping short
of the bottom end of the tube.
The outer bucket has an outer wall of a diameter somewhat
larger than the outer wall of the inner bucket, and also has an
inner concentric wall extending upwardly from its bottom
flcxjr, the diameter of this outer bucket inner wall being inter-
mediate the diameters of the inner bucket's inner and outer
walls. Water is placed in the annular space between the outer
buckets inner and outer walls, to near its top. This water acts
as a seal when the inner bucket, with its bait water, and bait, is
placed down in the outer bucket, trapping and somewhat com-
pressing the air beneath the inner bucket.
A toy phonograph in the form of a wheel, which continually
plays as the wheel is rolled along the ground, including a
record with a spiral groove inside the wheel housing and a
playing assembly mounted on a handle which is pushed to roll
the wheel on the ground. The playing assembly includes a
bracket fixed to the handle, a head rotatably mounted on the
bracket at an axis eccentric to the axis of rotation of the wheel
on the handle, and several styluses mounted on the head. The
stylus which is engaged with the record slowly turns the head
while tracking the spiral groove, so that when the stylus
reaches the end of the groove a next stylus is positioned to
enter the leadin portion of the groove.
3,711,987
BUG CATCHER AND EJECTOR
Edwin J. Fisk, 36260 Lake Shore Blvd. Apt. 114, Eastlake,
Ohio
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,984
Int. CI. AOlm 5/02
L.S. CI.43— 134 2 Claims
3,711,989
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
Edwin Nielsen, Oceanside, N.Y., and Vincent Carella, Queens
Village, N.Y., assignors to Ideal Toy Corporation, Hollis,
N.Y.
Filed Oct. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 193,065
Int. CI. A63h I 7100
U^.CL46— 201 19 Claims
A suction type bug catcher and ejector comprising a
manually operated piston in a cylinder having a bug confining
A chassis assembly is provided for use in subminiature
wheeled toy vehicles or the like wherein the toy vehicle is
adapted to coeist due to gravity or to its own momentum upon
the application of a pushing force. The chassis includes a rela-
tively flat slug adapted to be secured to the underside of a
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1193
vehicle body and has on its bottom surface a pair of
downwardly opening recesses extending transversely to the
direction of travel of the vehicle. A relatively flat elongated in-
sert member formed of a plastic material is positioned on the
bottom surface of the slug The insert includes a pair of
downwardly opening channels at opposite ends thereof, which
channels are generally complementary to and received in
respective ones of the slug recesses. The channels have
opened end portions at opposite sides of the chassis and a
wheel axis is loosely received in each of the channels with the
ends of the axles extending through the openings and having a
pair of wheels respectively secured thereto. A metal un-
derplate is positioned on the bottom surface of the insert, sub-
stantially co-extensive therewith, with portions of the un-
derplate covering the downwardly opened side of the channels
to loosely retain the axles therein for rotation. Means are pro-
vided, integral with the slug, for securing the slug, insert and
underplate together to form a unitary toy chassis assembly.
The construction described is particularly suited for high
speed assembly of sub-miniature toy vehicles.
modating the same magnet with its legs aligned in the vertical
plane. A pair of such vehicles help illustrate the principles of
3,711,990
CYLINDER MOUNTING FOR TOY DUMP TRUCK
Lee J. Pfeilsticker, Mound, Minn., assignor to Tonka Corpora-
tion, Mound, Minn.
FiledMarch8, 1971,Ser. No. 121,942
Int. CI. A63h
U.S.CL 46-214 3 Claims
c^-_<:^
■^K
w>-
magnetic attraction and repulsion. By orienting the magnets
with like poles opposed, pushing one vehicle causes the other
to move away.
3,711.992
APPARATUS FOR NURTURING TREES
Marcel N. Martin, 1085 Richard Ave., Ottawa 8, OnUrio,
Canada
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,590
Int. CI. AOlg 29/00
U.S.CL 47-48.5 6 Claims
\\\\'^
A toy dump truck having a truck box hingedly mounted on a
chassis for tilting movement between transport and dumping
positions, a spring tensioned extension fluid jack having one
end pivoted to the chassis and the other end pivoted to the box
and biased toward an extended condition against a drainable
fluid chamber to yieldably and slowly urge the box toward its
dumping position, latch means for locking the box in transport
position against spring tension of the jack, and one of said
pivotal connections of the jack being slidable whereby when
the latch means is released and the truck box is manually
moved to a dumping position any stress on the jack will be
minimized.
3,711,991
MAGNETIC EDUCATIONAL VEHICLE
John B. Orfel, N. Revere, and Henry Shapiro. Framingham,
both of Mass., assignors to American Science & Engineering
Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,743
Int. CI. A63hiJ/26
U.S. CI. 48-236 6 Claims
A magnetic educational vehicle is made of formed plastic
and includes at one end a U-shaped recess for accommodating
a U-shaped magnet with its legs oriented in the horizontal
plane and at the other end an l-shaped recess for accom-
Newly planted, transplanted and ailing trees require a con-
tinuous supply of water to the root area below ground level,
access to air at ground level immediately above the root area,
protection from the drying effects of excessive sunshine, sta-
bilization of their trunks from the effects of high winds and
maintenance of their trunks vertical. The apparatus described
for this purpose' includes a water tank shaped for placing on
the ground substantially surrounding the lower trunk portion
of the tree while defining a space around such portion The
tank is preferably formed of two like halves which, when
joined together surrounding the lower trunk portion of the
tree define the space around it. The tank has an inner
peripheral area located directly above the root area, an outer
peripheral area located remote from the root area, and an in-
termediate area between the inner and outer peripheral areas
Surface means are located at the inner peripheral area for dis-
tributing at least a portion of the weight of the tank and water
therein to the ground directly above the root area to exert a
stabilizing eff-ect thereon while not significantly penetrating
the ground. Means are located around the outer peripheral
area for supporting the same on the ground remote from the
root area, including means for adjusting the level of the tank
The surface and supporting means locate at least a part of the
intermediate area of the tank spaced above the ground to
define air spaces over a substantial portion of the ground
above the root area. Conduit means are provided for connect-
ing the interior of the tank to the root area.
1194
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,711,993
RELATIVELY SHORT AIR LOCK FOR TRANSFER OF
RELATIVELY LONG OBJECTS
Jean Liesch, Esch/Alzette, and Jacques Removille, Steinfort,
both of Luxembourg, assignors to Acieries Reunies de Bur-
bach-Eich-Dudelange S.A., Arbed and Gradel S.A., Societe
Luxembourgeoise pour I'lndustrie Nucleaire, Steinfort, Lux-
embourg
Filed March 15, 1971,S«r. No. 124,172
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, March 17, 1970,
60.542
Int. CI. E06b 7100
U.S. CI. 49—68 8 Claims
unit whose output shaft is coupled with the pivot in such a
manner that pressure manually exerted upon the window
disconnects the output shaft from the pivot so that the window
can be manually moved in the event this is desirable or neces-
sary because of malfunction of the motor or the gear unit.
3,711,995
BUILDING STRUCTURE
Richard N. Anderson, Owensboro, Ky., assignor to V. E. An-
derson Mfg. Co., Owensboro, Ky.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 36,303
Int. CI. E06b 1104
U.S. CI. 49- 504 10 Claims
COMTMMUrCO
An air lock has a pair of shutters with variable apertures
defining a chamber between a pair of independent spaces The
shutters are flexible and snugly sealingly engageable around
an elongated object, and the chamber can be flushed out The
first shutter is closed around the object which is then axially
advanced through the second shutter which closes snugly
around it. Then the chamber is flushed and the object is axially
advanced fully on through the chamber with the shutters
closed behind it. The chamber is also flushed during at least
one other stage of the operation when one of the shutters is
engaged around the object and the other is fully closed, for a
unidirectional seal. Three flushings can make a bidirectional
seal. The shutters can be annular membranes which are
distorted or inflated to engage around the object.
3,711,994
POWER WINDOW IN MOTOR VEHICLE
(ierhard llbrich, Buehl; (iert Kuhbavch. Buehlertal, and
Ernst Fischer, Oberweier, all of (ierman>, assignors to
Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, (Germany
Filed April 16, 1971. Ser. No. 134,683
Claims priority, application Germany, April 20, 1970, P 20
18 807.2
Int.CLE05f /5//2
U^.CL49— 139 7 Claims
Universal window structure which may be used as a single
hung window, as a hopper window and as a right or left hand
glider window without alteration is disclosed. Mulling means
for securing a plurality of the window structures together,
retaining clips for securing a screen thereto, false muntin
structure, hurricane clips and piggyback storm window struc-
ture therefor and window trim structure for use therewith are
specifically disclosed along with unique glazing strips, an in-
sert for supporting sash balance structure, sealing strips and
corner inserts, sash pivot structure, lock structure, sash guide
and tilt release structure and hopper lock means for retaining
the window sash in a plurality of separate tilted hopper posi-
tions. The frame of the window structure is constructed to per-
mit rapid, accurate assembly with a minimum of low tolerance
parts and to this end includes frame jamb adaptor extrusions.
In addition, the total frame design allows many design varia-
tions whereby the universal window structure may be applied
to and fit different building needs without additional job work-
ing or processing. i
A window in a motor vehicle is mounted for pivotal move-
ment about a pivot element. An electric motor drives a gear
3,711,996
APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTURING V BELTS
William D. Braden, Stow, and Richard P. Marshall, Tall-
madge, both of Ohio, assignors to The Goodyear Tire &
Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,138
Int. CI. B24b5/04. 19102,27100
U.S. CL 51—5 15 Claims
A cylindrical cured cord reinforced rubber sleeve is rigidly
supported on rotatable, expandable mandrel, the mandrel is
rotated about its longitudinal axis, a plurality of rotating grind-
ing wheels are passed by the peripheral surface of the mandrel
in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the
mandrel and engage the sleeve to cut peripheral grooves in the
sleeve, and a plurality of rotating cutting blades pass the
peripheral surface of the mandrel in a similar manner to sever
the sleeve into a plurality of V-belts.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1195
The foregoing abstract is not to be taken as limiting the in-
vention of this application, and in order to understand the full
*-!
3,711,998
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT STRUCTURES FOR MACHINE
TOOLS
Peter Alan Mason, Keni!worth, England, assignor to W ickman
Machine Tool Sales Limited, Coventry, England
Filed Aug. 2 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 66,047
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 22, 1969,
41,906/69
Int. CI. B24b 4 //04
U.S.CL 51-166 MH 7 Claims
26 27
nature and extent of the technical disclosure of this applica-
tion, reference must be made to the accompanying drawings
and the following detailed description.
3,711,997
AUTOMATIC DRILL POINTING MACHINE WITH
AUTOMATIC DRILL LOCATER SYSTEM
Anthony Kushigian, P.O. Box 512, 25804 Novi Road, Novi,
Mich.
Continuation of Ser. No. 872,670, Oct. 30, 1969, abandoned.
ThLs application July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,921
Int.CI. B24bi/26
U.S.CL 51-105 R 32 Claims
A support structure for a grinding wheel on a grinding
machine, comprising a base having part-spherical seating, a
housing having a complementary part-spherical portion per-
mitting relative adjustment between the base and housing, the
housing carrying a grinding wheel or other device, releasable
locking elements whereby the housing can be locked relatively
to the base in any selected position, and control elements for
adjusting in two mutually perpendicular vertical planes.
3,711,999
SELF-AIR COOLING ABRADING WHEEL
Gerhard R. Held, 22644 Shiell Drive, Mt. Clemens. Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 841,439, July 14, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,579,928. This application Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 1 1,272
Int.CLB24di/yO
U.S. CI. 51-206 R 1 Claim
An automatic drill pointin machine wherein unpointed
drills are automatically fed to loader from a hopper, loaded
into the chuck of a work head, properly located and then
ground. A particular locater assembly is provided to sense the
angular position of a drill about its rotational axis as the drill is
fed into the head. The locater includes a probe that lends to
track in a flute of the drill so that at the end of the chucking
operation the drill is at the correct angular position. However,
if the nrobe does not properly orient the drill, the locater as- «■ ^..^v, .,
embly'Tn'uat:: automat!^ indexing to bring the drill into A monolithic abrading wheel having e^ge notches f c^a
proper orienUtion The drill is carried eccentrically in the size, shape and location as to function as air scoops to scoop
hea^ Dur ing^uccessive rotation of the head, the drill rotates air from the atmosphere at the sides of the wheel into he
about Us Txfs and revolves about the head axis to automati- notches and outlet such air at the face of the wheel for coohng
cally present each drill face to a grinding wheel. at the wheel face.
1196
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,000
METHOD FOR LAPPING GEARS
Gilmore M. Spear, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to The Gleason
Works, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,510
Int.CI. B24by/00
U.S.CI.S1— 287 8 Claims
□ □
E=3 rr-m
O
I y
stantially floods the entire machining zone with coolant, under
pressure, and a secondary discharge which directs coolant
specifically to critical heat points on the grinding wheel and
workpiece. Coolant, under pressure, is contained in the
machining zone by a container placed in front of both the
grinding wheel and workpiece. The container substantially
conforms to the configuration of the periphery of the work-
piece, and channels coolant, under pressure, around the
periphery of the workpiece keeping the machining zone and
workpiece substantially flooded with coolant during grinding
operations.
A new method and machine for lapping hypoid gear pairs to
provide improved tooth engagement characteristics, resulting
in good sound qualities over a remarkably increased range of
pinion axial adjustment in assembly. The method employs a
plurality of lapping cycles to achieve full control of tooth sur-
face mismatch. The lapping machine controls backlash
settings, set-overs, and all lapping motions with only three ac-
tuators, carries out the new method and achieves a versatility
of lapping control far exceeding that available in prior art
machines. A control panel provides an array of thumbwheel
switches, graduated dials and selector switches for rapid entry
of all lapping cycle control data, i.e., backlash, lapping mo-
tions and motion rates, number of passes, speeds and torques,
all of these parameters being controlled independently for
both forward and reverse sides of the teeth. The control panel
also permits ready selection of alternative lapping methods in-
cluding conventional one-cycle lapping.methods as well as the
novel multi-cycle methods disclosed herein. Stepping motors,
responsive to data entered into the control panel, operate
linear actuators to displace the gear spindle for effecting all
lapping motions and relative gear-to-pinion displacements.
The machine also is designed with a vertically oriented pinion
spindle to reduce floor space and to facilitate adaptation to
full automation.
3,712,001
COOLANT DISCHARGE SYSTEM FOR GRINDING
MACHINE
Carl W . kaesemeyer, Cincinnati, Ohio, and Dean H. (iarman,
Cincinnati, Ohio, assignors to Cincinnati Milacron Inc.,
Cincinnati, Ohio
FiledFeb. 5.1971,Ser. No. 112,949
Int. CI. B24b 55/02
U.S. CI. 51 — 356 6 Claims
3,712,002
SILO CONTAINER RESPECTIVELY SILO
CONSTRUCTION
Bruno Hiliinger, Johann Nikowitz, and Michael Schwarz,
all of \ ienna, Austria, assignors to Waagner-Biro .Xklivn-
geselLschaft. Vienna, Austria
Filed Feb. 25,1971, Ser. No. 1 1 8,787
Claims priority, application Austria, March 12, 1970,
2336/70
Int. CI. E04h 7124: E04b 11347
U.S. CI. 52-63 1 1 Claims
A silo construction including an outer framework and at
least a pair of upper and lower supporting rings carried by this
outer framework. A container unit is provided with top and
bottom components as well as with a cylindrical wall com-
ponent extending there t>et ween. This unit is composed at least
in part of a foldable sheet material. A clamping structure
clamps the unit to the supporting rings.
Coolant is directed into the machining zone during a grind-
ing operation through a primary coolant discharge which sub-
3,712,003
WALL AND CORNER GUARD ASSEMBLY
Edward C. Hallock, Summit; Robert W. Olsen, Chatham
Borough, both of N J.; George A. Viehmann, deceased, late
of New Providence, NJ.; by CamiUe V. La Palme,
Ridgefield, Conn., and by George A. Viehmann, Jr.,
Brighton, Mass. (coexecutors), assignors to Construction
Specialties, Inc., Cranford, N J.
FUed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,023
Int.CLE04f 73/06, / 9/02
U.S. CI. 52—254 8 Claims
A wall protective assembly including a resilient protective
strip with a central port-on spaced from an underlying wall
member to absorb and protect the wall from blows. The strip
edges are received for limited movement in mounting recesses
adjacent the wall. Movement of the edges out of the recesses is
precluded by spring stops located under the central strip por-
tion. A spacer conforming with the underlying wall member
carries the spring stops and retainers which form the mounting
recesses. The retainers are connected to, or formed integral
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1197
with, the spacer, to run parallel to the strip edges. For wall
ends, the central strip portion is U-shaped, and resilient
bumper members are supported under the central portion to
irusions may be H-shaped in cross section for forming panels
into a flat partition or wall, may be formed with a channel on
one side and adapted to receive door or window fittings on the
other side, or may be formed in a corner unit configuration to
permit joining of panels at right angles. The corner unit extru-
sion includes two interlocking half members which define a
^ " ,i "'si 50 «' •?■< Vg
engage and restore the strip to its initial configuration upon
impacting and to prevent wedging of the edges deeply within
their recesses Coordinated cap and base plates, conforming
to the resilient strip, may close the assemblies at each end.
3,712,004
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SYSTEM
Victor H. Ivoebsack, R.F.D. 7, Topeka, Kans.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,870
Int. CI. E04b im
U.S. CL 52— 265
central cavity for receiving a rigid pipe, which prevents the in-
terlocking members ftom being separated The extrusions and
panel sections are particularly adapted for use in constructing
light-weight truck canopies, and for this purpose J-shaped in-
terlocking extrusions permit quick connection of side panels
to a roof panel and form a pivotal hinge for an access door.
7 Claims
3,712,006
FOLDABLE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OF ROOF AND
WALL SECTIONS
Karl J. Bea, Route I, Box 198, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed April 5, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 3 1 ,075
lnt.CLE04b7//2,7/y6
U.S. CI. 52-71 4 Claims
4-
~. . ^** 16
A building construction system provides a building wherein
the entire building acts as a structural unit and the system
comprises a plurality of connected floor panels each having
edge portions thereof supported on spaced support members
and a plurality of connected wall panels each having one edge
thereof supported on the floor panels and extending upwardly
therefrom with a plurality of connected ceiling panels sup-
ported on the wall panels. The floor, wall, and ceiling panels
each are of laminated or sandwich construction and include a
pair of generally parallel face members separated by an insu-
lating core member Adjacent edges of the floor, wall, and
ceiling panels are secured together by a spline member placed
between the face members of each of the adjacent panels to be
secured together and fastening members extending through
the face members of each panel and the spline member.
3,712,005
EXTRUSIONS FOR PARTITIONS, WALLS AND
ENCLOSURES
Robert C. Eschbach, Newport Beach, and John B. Colligan,
Glendale, both of Calif., assignors to Aztec Manufacturing
Company, Monrovia, Calif.
" Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,812
Int.CLE06b///6, //52
U.S.CL 52-210 19 Claims
An extrusion for receiving and interconnecting laminated
panel sections for quick construction of partitions or enclo-
sures is disclosed. The extrusions form frame members for the
partitions or enclosures and are designed to permit quick as-
sembly and disassembly of building structures without the use
of fasteners. The extrusions include channel portions adapted
to receive the edges of the panels, the panels being grooved
and adapted to snap into the corresponding channels. The ex-
A building construction in which integral wall and roof sec-
tions are ideally frabricated remotely from a building site and
easily transported and erected at the building site. ^
3,712,007
BUILDING SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS THEREFOR
Ernest Joseph Kump, 360 Everett Avenue, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,520
Int. CLE04hy//2, 9/06
U.S. CI. 52-79 16 Claims
A building system employing standardized mass produced
components cable of being assembled to form a large variety
1198
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
of different building structures, from simple individual
dwellings to complex communities, by the selection of dif-
ferent combinations of standard components. The standard
components include structural frame components, space
modules and supports which support the space modules from
the assembled frarrte components. The structural frame com-
ponents comprise column sections having vertical clusters of
support members held by horizontal web member which alst)
serves to support vertical service pipes and conduits. Beams
cantilever outwardly from said column sections and are
adapted to be connected to beams of adjacent column sec-
tions, or to a cross beam which connects between adjacent
column sections. The connection can be by means of a con-
nector which also forms the support for the modules. The
space each structurally define a volume of space with
openings including frame means which are engaged by con-
necting collars to join adjacent modules and to engage with
connectors to support the modules. Closure components are
interchangeable with the frame means to form doors and win-
dows.
manhole opening. First valve is secured to cover plate for re-
lieving pressure inside manhole when pressure therein exceeds
3,712,008
MODULAR Bl ILDING CONSTRUCTION SYSTEM
Tancho D. Georgiev, 78 Hawthorne Avenue, Newton, Mass.,
and Robert M. Scanzani, 182 Bridge Street, Beverly, Mass.
Filed Oct. 1 6, 1 970, Ser. No. 8 1 ,486
Int. CI.E04by/i4«
U.S. CI. 52— 79 16 Claims
This invention relates to modular building construction
system In particular, it relates to a system in which a support-
ing structure and a separate space utilization structure are
constructed in modular form, generally off the site, and assem-
bled together on the job during erection of the building.
predetermined amount, and second valve member is secured
to cover plate for relieving vacuum inside manhole when
vacuum therein exceeds predetermined amount.
3.712,010
PRESTRESSED METAL AND CONCRETE COMPOSITE
STRUCTURE
Max L. Porter, and Carl E. Ekberg, both of Ames, Iowa, as-
signors to Iowa State University Research Foundation, Ames,
Iowa
Filed Aug. 17, 1970. Ser. No. 64,577
Int. CLE04C J/ /O. J/26
U.S. CI. 52-223 3 Claims
\
~W^,' .
)
h^. ~
^3Z
30
A prestresscd form of lightweight metal construction which
is adapted to be supported between beams and which is
adapted to support a poured concrete floor or the like. The
form is prestressed by means of tendons attached at the ends
thereof and at various points along the length of the form. The
prestressing of the forms provides a means of cambering the
forms which offset the deflection due to the dead load im-
posed thereon. The prestressed form and the concrete sup-
ported thereby cooperate compositely to resist live loading.
3,712,011
PARTITION WALL CONSTRUCTION
Balthasar Husler, Olten, Switzerland, assignor to Alphons
Glutz-Blatzheim .A(;, Solothurn, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,092
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 9, 1969, A 9539
Int. CI. E04b 2/74
U.S.CL52— 241 4 Claims
3,712,009
MANHOLE CLOSURE ASSEMBLY W ITH VALVE RELIEF
MEANS
Benjamin J. Campagna, Newark, Del., assignor to Benjamin J.
Compagna, Newark and Eugene J. Truono, Wilmington,
Del.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,301
Int. CLE02d29//4
U.S.CL 52-20 4 Claims
Manhole closure assembly primarily prevents drainage and
storm water from emptying into manhole leading to sewerage
system. Closure assembly comprises cover plate sealing off
To provide for ready removability and re-use of partition
walls, and nail-less installation, a body of elastic material, such
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1199
as a neoprene material or the like is interposed between an
upright and the floor and ceiling, or floor and ceiling stringers
or plates, the upright being slightly longer than its clearance
distance. The neoprene block is placed in the position which
the upright is to occupy, the upright is placed aligned, in
inclined position and hammered in place, to hold its place by
friclional engagement and the resilient, compressive force of
the elastic body. Thereafter, wallboard can be applied to the
uprights which, typically are spruce or fir, such as two by fours
ox the like.
3,712,014
EMBEDDED ANCHORING SOCKET
Thor Waerner, Graf. Reckestr. 160, DusseWorf, Germany
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,010
Claims priority, application Norway, Dec. 1, 1969, 4795/69
Int. CI. E04h 1138, E04c 5100
U.S.CL52— 707 l3 Claims
3,712,012
REINFORCED-CONCRETE PRESSURE VESSEL WITH
LINING
Joachim Meyer, and Josef Pfeffer, both of Essen, Germany, as-
signors to Fried Krupp Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haf-
tung, Essen, Germany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 34,081, May 4, 1970. This
application Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,838
Claims priority , application Germany, Nov. 5, 1969, P 19 55
570.5
Int.CI. F28fJ//2
U.S.CL52 249 9 Claims
Anchoring means to be positioned in a concrete structure
and comprising a socket adapted for reception of stud, is pro-
vided. The socket is embedded in the concrete structure and is
provided with means for cooperation with the reinforcing
irons in the concrete structure, whereby the force acting
through the stud is transmitted to the reinforcing irons.
^Wm~T"
.6.;
3,712,015
INTEGRAL STUD AND BRACKET STANDARD FOR USE
IN A WALL CONSTRUCTION
Nels Nelson, Des Plaines, 111., assignor to United Slates (Jypsum
Co., Chicago, 111.
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,580
Int.CLE04b2/i2
U.S. CI. 52-729 1 2 Ctoims
.\ reinforced-conrete vessel adapted to withstand pressure,
e.g. for a pressurized-fluid nuclear reactor, has an inner lining
of corrosion-resistant (stainless) steel having vertically or
horizontally-running corrugations, the crests of which are sup-
ported by steel profiles.
3,712,013
DEVICE FOR FIXING PANELS AND ASSEMBLY
Serge Kalus, Saint Maurice, France, assignor to Cegedur GP.,
Paris, France
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,369
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 17, 1970, 7005581
Int.CKE04c///0
U.S. CI. 52-584 6 Claims
„_^
A stud and wall assembly constructed therewith for support-
ing shelf brackets and the like, the stud having as an integral
part thereof, both a slotted flange for engaging shelf brackets,
and as an extension of the flange, flat surfaces for engaging
partition members which make up the wall The slotted por-
tion of the flangftmay be recessed within the stud or projected
therefrom, so as Ui conceal or expose, respectively, the slotted
portion. Additional bracket-supporting hooks can be extruded
as part of the flange The over-all cross-sectional configura-
tion of most of the embodiments of the stud is an "H "shaped
configuration.
A device for fastening rigid panels and an assembly em-
bodying same wherein the fastening device is formed of a base
and an upright portion and a hook member mounted for rota-
tion on a shaft at one end and defining a hook at the other end
and an intermediate release projection therebetween, and
means for constantly urging the ht>ok member away from the
upright portion for engagement of the hook in openings in ad-
jacent contiguous panels.
3,712,016
METHOD FOR SEALING GROOVES IN STRUCTURE
CONCRETE SEALING
William Ernest Reeve, Huntingdon, England, assignor to
Silent Channel Product Ltd., Huntingdon, England
Filed Jan. 4, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 03,667
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 1, 1970,
1 18/70
Int. CI. EOIc 1 1 106; E04b 1168
U.S. CI. 52-741 5 Claims
The method involves the laying along each groove or space,
a longitudinal sealing element having an inverted flexible
1200
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
channel which bridges the groove or space and having lateral that the space between the marginal portion and the top can
flange parts extending over adjacent portions of the concrete be cleaned to expel liquid particles and/or foam. In the next
structure. A junction sealing element is disposed at each inter- stage of each revolution, the outer part of the ram moves the
inection of the grooves or spaces, the junction sealing ele- marginal portion into abutment with the open top and the
plunger-like inner part of the ram simultaneously engages and
forces the central portion of the cap into the open top of the
aligned bottle.
conr
3.712,018^
METHOD OF FOLDING AND BUNDLING LARGE SACKS
Erik L. Lundin, Vallingby, Sweden, assignor to Sven Hansson
& Co. AB., Bromma, Sweden
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 782,108, Dec. 9, 1968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,3S6
Int. CLB65b///00. /J/02
U.S. CI. 53— 21 5 Claims
ments also having, like the longitudinal sealing elements, in-
verted flexible channels and lateral flanges, the channels of
the junction sealing elements being in "L." "T" and "X" form
for the sealing of the intersections of said grooves or spaces.
3,712,017
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE APPLICATION OF
CAPS TO BOTTLES OR THE LIKE
I'we Knabe, 46 Dortmund-Hombruch; Arno Gust, 46 Dort-
mund-Solde, and .\lois Hinxlage, 46 Dortmund, all of Ger-
many, assignors to Holstein & Kappert, Maschinenfabrik
Phonix GmbH, Dortmund, Germany
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,416
Claims priority, application Germany, July 19, 1969, P 19
36 795.4
Int.CLB65b7/2S
U.S.CL 53-43 13 Claims
S /
4
Sacks for collecting trash are individually folded at least
twice and stacks of individually folded sacks are accumulated
one on top of another to form a stack that is bundled by group-
ing the plurality of sacks together with two spaced bands of
wire or cords extending in one direction circumferentially
about the stack. The sacks are removed one at a time from the
bundled stack without removing the bands from the remaining
bundled stack and without unfolding the sacks remaining in
the bundled stack at the trash collecting truck, by grasping the
sack to be removed and pulling it in a direction perpendicular
to the circumferential extent of the wire.
3,712,019
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR DISPENSING ICY
MATERIAL
Charles E. Lamka, 1218 Crockett St., and Walter J. Atkins,
24 1 4 South Ong, both of Amarillo, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 751,241, Aug. 8, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,543,81 1. This application Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No.
64,231
lnl.Cl.B6Sb43l36, 57114
U.S.CL 53-29 8 Claims
^ O'
Plastic caps of the type having a cupped central portion, an
annular marginal portion and a lifting tab extending
downwardly and outwardly from the marginal portion are ap-
plied to the open tops of bottles which travel along a circular
path by means of attachments which can be secured to the
capping units of a conventional bottle capping machine. Each
attachment has a two-piece ram which is moved downwardly
by the respective capping unit while the latter tracks a fixed
cam whereby the ring-shaped outer part of each ram depresses
the marginal portion of a cap durmg a first stage of each
revolution of the associated capping unit so that the marginal
portion remains spaced from the open top of the bottle and
Apparatus and process for accurate continuous automatic
volumetric dispensing and bagging of large amounts of ice arcs
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1201
and cubes and like icy particulate material normally tending to threaded top of a bottle. A combustible gas is placed m a con-
form larger clumps of varying size and stiffness. Repeated fined space above the cap blank. The combustible gas is ig-
small volumes of such to be bagged icy material are intermit- nited and the cap blank forms onto the bottle top making a
tently automatically continually and approximately measured
out and brought to and briefly maintained in a fluid condition comb gas -
immediately prior to continuous dispensing thereof to smaller ,„„^ 't. — ^"
final volumetric measuring dispensing and bagging apparatus
designed to avoid packing of such icy particulate material.
3,712,020
SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WRAPPING
David A. Norr, Fort Wayne, and Robert C. Norr, Grabill, both
of Ind., assignors to Norr Engineering-Manufacturing Corp.,
Fort Wayne, Ind.
Filed Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,134
Int. CI. B65b 11/52
U.S. CI. 53-30 39 Claims
functional twist-off cap from the crown blank. When the com-
bustible gas is ignited, a compressive wave strikes the cap
blank and forms it to the twist-off top.
The invention is directed to a system whereby a product is
sealed in a fusible plastic wrapper by shriveling and fusing por-
tions of the latter.
3,712.023
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFER RING
ARTICLES
George D. Bryan, Jr., Mechanicsville, and Nicholas Constan-
tino, Richmond, both of Va., assignors to Reynolds Metals
Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,348
lnt.Cl.B6Sh 57/02,7/28
U.S.CL S3— 307 4 Claims
3,712,021
CONTAINER CLOSURE APPARATUS
(ieorge H. Logemann, Mundelein, III., and (ierhardt, G.
Voelz, Jr., Elk (Jrove Village, III., assignors to EKCO
Products, Inc., Wheeling, III.
Filed April 1, 1971. Ser. No. 130,389
Int. CL B65b 7/28
U.S. CI. 53-329 12 Claims
An apparatus for securing covers over the upper rim of an
open top container wherein the rim of each container is
defined by an outwardly projecting bead and each cover is
provided with a marginal flange includes cornering dies mova-
ble toward and away from the corners of the container along
fixed lines of travel diagonally of the corners of the container
effective to tuck the cover flange into underlying engagement
with the bead of the container.
3,712,022
SHOCK WAVE APPLICATION OF TWIST-OFF CROWNS
Paul M. Erlandson, Palos Park, III., assignor to Continental
Can Company, Inc., New York. N.Y.
Filed Nov. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 86,000
Int. CI. B65b 7/2«
U.S.CL 53-42 12 Claims
This apparatus applies twist-off crowns to the tops of bottles
by forming the crowns in place. A cap blank is placed over the
In a container closing method and apparatus, a cover
member transferring device for transferring a cover member
from a first location where a supply of cover members is pro-
vided to a second location where a product filled container
body is to receive the transferred cover member for closing
the same. A carrier is supported by a support frame and is
movable relative thereto in a fixed path from adjacent the first
location to adjacent the second location. A pick-up device is
suitably carried by the carrier and is movable relative thereto,
the carrier having means for extending the pick-up device
therefrom adjacent the first location to pick up a cover
member and thereafter return 'the pick-up device with a cover
member thereon. The carrier is moved in the fixed path so that
the pick-up device is moved adjacent the second location
where the pick-up device is again extended adjacent the
second location for depositing the cover member on a filled
container body whereby the pick-up device can thereafter be
retracted to be moved back to the first location for receiving
another cover member in the same manner.
1202
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,024
INTEGRAL SADDLE TREE AND GROUND SEAT
Erb> Rov Nankivell, Athens, Tenn., assignor to Ralide. Inc.,
Athens, Tenn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 730,874, May 21, 1968,
abandoned, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 822,907, May
8, 1969, abandoned. This application Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No.
172,208
Int.CL B68cy/00
U.S. CI. 54—44
5 Claims
A one-piece saddle tree assemblage is provided by integrally
forming a seat, front and rear jockeys, a cantle, pommel and a
ground seat by injection molding the tree assemblage in a sin-
gle common mold cavity withm which a metallic saddle horn is
positioned for attachment to the molded tree assemblage as it
is molded
eiCARSONATE
EFFLUENT
2
3,712,026
ENTHALPY EXCHANGE SYSTEM
William C. Griffiths, 70 John F. Kennedy Blvd., Somerset, and
Emery A. Danko, 30 Clearview Drive, East Brunswick, both
ofNJ.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,788
Int. CI. BOld 53/I4i F24d 15/00
U.S. CI. 55-32 13 Claims
An enthalpy exchange system utilizing a hygroscopic solu-
tion to transfer latent and sensible heat between an incoming
fresh air stream and an air stream bemg exhausted to effect
partial conditioning of air and/or an overall economy of
operation in a universal air conditioning system.
t 3,712,027
VAPOR ADSORPTION PROCESS FOR RECOVERING
SELECTED COMPONENTS FROM A MULTI-
COMPONENT GAS STREAM
John W. Hasz, Ponca City, Okla., assignor to Continental Oil
Company, Ponca City, Okla.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 109,720
Int. CI. BOld 5 J/04
U.S. CL 55— 33 16 Claims
3,712,025
CONTINUOUS ELECTROMIGRATION PROCESS FOR
REMOVAL OF GASEOUS CONTAMINANTS FROM THE
ATMOSPHERE AND APPARATUS
Richard A. Wallace, 9707 Fourth Ave., Brooklyn, N.Y.
FUed March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,733
Int. CI. B03c 9/02
U.S. CI. 55— 2 19 Claims
DILUTE HYOHO-
CHLORIC ACID
SOLUTION tROM
CATHODE
A continuous process for removal of gaseous contaminants,
particularly carbon dioxide, from an atmosphere containing
the same, which comprises subjecting the gaseous contami-
nant laden atmosphere to contact with a strongly basic ionic
polymer sheet under the influence of an applied electrical
field The apparatus for accomplishing this comprises at least
one and preferably a plurality of sheets of strongly basic ionic
polymeric material partially suspended at the lower end
thereof into a circulating stream of sea water, the polymeric
sheets being interspersed between a source of an appliable
electric field, e.g. a cathode and an anode, and a cation-
exchange membrane and an anion-exchange membrane being
in turn mterspersed between the cathode and the upper ex-
posed ends of the polymeric sheets.
:srE\ dci
JH:.''^ '
The present invention relates to an improved cyclic vapor
adsorption process for recovering selected components from a
multi-component feed gas stream wherein each of a plurality
of adsorbent beds is contacted with the feed gas stream so that
adsorbable components contained therein are adsorbed, then
contacted with a regeneration gas stream so that adsorbed
components are desorbed therefrom, and then contacted with
a cooling gas stream so that the bed is cooled preparatory to
again being contacted with the feed gas stream. The process
includes a pair of compensator zones to provide temperature
and volumetric compensation in the regeneration and cooling
gas circuits, which zones are alternately connected into the
cooling and regeneration gas circuits downstream of the ad-
sorbent beds. Each of the compensator zones contains adsor-
bent material which has an affinity for unselected adsorbable
components contained in the feed gas stream. As the
regeneration gas stream is passed through one of the com-
pensator zones unselected adsorbable components are ad-
sorbed therefrom and a product stream comprised of selected
components is produced. As the cooling gas stream passes
through the other of said compensator zones the unselected
adsorbable components described during the previous cycle
are desorbed therefrom.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1203
3,712,028
GAS FLOW SWITCHING METHOD AND APPARATUS
David Robert Deans, Norton-on-Tees, County Durham,
England, assignor to Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd.,
London, England „.„ .. j j
Continuation of Ser. No. 779,780, Nov. 29, 1968, abandoned.
This application Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,571
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 1, 1967,
54,866/67
Int. CI. BOld /5/0«
U.S.CL 55-67 •^Claims
the space between the double walls filled with an exhaust gas
filtering material for purifying the major portion of the ex-
A gas now switch for gas chromatography operates by
passing a gas stream through a multi-outlet junction and
blocking all but a selected one of the outl-t limbs to the
stream, at least one outlet limb being bloackable by feeding
gas at a controlled pressure to it.
haust gases from an internal combustion engine. Bypass means
prevent exhaust gas back pressure against the engine exhaust
valves.
3,712,031
ANTI-SMOG ANDtXHAUST DEVICE
Leon M. Santa Cruz, 1649 Heather Hill Rd., Pico Rivera,
Calif.
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,245
Int. CL BOld 47//6
U.S.CL 55-223 8 Claims
3,712,029
EXHAUST POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEM
Jaehn B. Charlton, Reedville, Va.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,832
Int. CI. BOld 50/00
U.S.CL55-100 »^ Claims
An exhaust cleaning system which has three tfpes of clean-
ing elements; a dry-scrubber cleanmg element; a wet-scrubber
cleaning element; and a filter cleaning element is disclosed.
Cleaning members in each of the cleaning elements can be m-
d.vidually removed and replaced. The dry-scrubber cleaning
element comprises insert tube cleaning members which can be
removed from an outer housing for replacement. The dry-
scrubber cleaning element further includes electrodes and
magnets to attract magnetic pollutants. The wet-scrubber
cleaning element comprises a tank, a liquid agent held in a
sponge and a copper surface plate. The filter cleaning ele-
ment comprises a removable filter element mounted m a hous-
ing.
This invention discloses an anti-smog and exhaust device
positioned rearwardly of a typical muffier, as used in an inter-
nal-combustion engine exhaust system. The specific device
comprises a rotatable drum adapted to receive a filter unit
therem for rotation with the drum about a tubular pipe that is
fixedly connected to the exhaust system at one end thereof,
and connected at its opposite end to a reservoir which supplies
a liquid chemical by means of a pumping system to the rotat-
ing drum by way of the tubular pipe. The liquid intermingles
with the exhaust fumes as they pass from the muffier to the in-
terior of the drum and thereby transports the foreign particles
and elements of the fumes into the filter unit, allowing the
cleaned exhaust gases to enter the .reservoir area where they
once again are sprayed by a mist of the liquid before being ex-
pelled to the atmosphere as non-contaminated fumes.
ERRATUM
For Class 55—228 see:
Patent No. 3,712,041
3,712,030
EXHAUS1 DEPURATOR
John D. Priest. 608 Briarcrest Crest, Midwest City, Okla.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,058
Int. CI. BOld i9/02
US. CI. 55-213 2 Claims
'An exhaust depurator comprising a muftler-like shell inter-
posed ir, a combustion engine exhaust pipe. The shell contains
coaxial foraminated double walled tubular members having
3,712,032
HIGH SPEED CENTRIFUGAL AIR-OIL SEPARATOR
Alvaro Obligado, Portchester, N.Y., assignor to Anco Corp.,
Stratford, Conn. „. ..„
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,1 18
Int. CI. BOld 45//2
U S CI 55-409 - ^ C'*'""*
An air-oil separator is constructed as an integral part of a
gear box and it includes a rotating cylindrical housing in which
are mounted an axially positioned radial defiector and a plu-
rality of radial vanes for centrifuging the oil-air mixture. The
1204
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
heavier oil displaces the lighter air creating a pool of oil on the the diameters of which are less than and at most equal to the
inner surface of the cylinder The pool of oil is permitted to diameter of the intermediate portion of the respective roll and
the axial lengths of which are at least equal to the width of the
windrow boards.
3,712,035
MACHINE FOR DETASSELING CORN
Benjamin T. Gildersle«ve, R.F.D. No. 1, Hudson, III.
Filed March 25, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 28,05 1
Int. CI. AOld 45/02
U.S. CI. 56— 63 12 Claims
flow through radially disposed holes in the housing but is
maintained at a sufficient depth to provide a seal against the
escape of air which is vented axially overboard.
3,712,033 ,
AIR CLEANER WITH HINGED SIDE WALLS
Donald D. (>ronholz, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Donald-
son Co. Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,489
Int. CI. B01d46/i2
U.S. CI. 55 — 493 11 Claims
A support for movement horizontally along the upper ends
of cornstalks and including a pair of side-by-side driven fric-
tion wheels with adjacent peripheral portions rollingly en-
. gaged with each other for frictionally engaging and positively
driving the upper portions of cornstalks therebetween. The
frame includes a generally horizontal stationary cutting blade
adjacent and spaced vertically relative to the adjacent
peripheral portions of the friction wheels for cutting and thus
removing the top and tasseled portions of cornstalks passing
between the friction wheels.
A box-like filter housing molded from a plastic material is
shown, having a rectangularly shaped pleated filter element
and protective screen mounted therein. The housing includes
a bottom wall with an aperture, and a pair of opposing side
walls each having a hinged upper portion with a lip formed
thereon to swing over the adjacent edge of the filter and
screen to hold them in the housing. End walls are provided to
seal the ends of the filter element and to hold the side walls in
position In one form of the invention, the end walls are hinged
to the bottom wall
3,712,036
CAM WHEEL MECHANISM FOR WATCHES
Katsuhiko Morita, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Daini Seikosha Koto-Ku Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,028
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 3, 1969, 44/94 1 16
Int. CI. G04f 7104
U.S. CL 58— 76 5 Claims
3,712,034
CRUSHING ROLLS FOR HAY CONDITIONER
Casimir Praca, Wasquehal, France, assignor to International
Harvester Company, Chicago, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 646,852, June 19, 1967, abandoned.
This application June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 48,819
Int. CI. AOld 49/00
U.S.CI. 56— 1 4 Claims
A hay conditioner with rollers having intermediate portions
of elastomer material and ribbed steel or plastic end portions.
An cam wheel mechanism adapted for application to stop-
watch or chronograph arrangements in watches is provided
having a ratchet wheel superposed on and tightly fixed to a
cam wheel for rotation about a common axis. An operating
lever is positioned for engagement with a tooth of the ratchet
wheel for the incremental rotation of said ratchet wheel and
cam wheel. The cam wheel is formed with alternating projec-
tions and recesses in the periphery thereof dimensioned for
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1205
engagement or receipt of a corresponding projection on a start
and stop lever biased against said cam wheel. The projection
on the start and stop lever, and the projections and recesses on
said cam wheel cooperating to position the start and stop lever
and the cam wheel between operative displacements of said
operating lever without the use of a cam wheel spring.
3,712,039
CROP PICK-UP HARVESTER
John M. Avis, Nunice, Mkh., assignor to Harvey Harvester,
Inc., Spring Lake, Mich.
Filed Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,623
Int. CLAOlg/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 56—328 R ^ 5 Claims
3,712,037
LENGTH-ADAPTABLE ROTARY MOWER BLADE
Earl A. Knipe, Warsaw, III., assignor to Rex Chainbelt inc.,
Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Dec. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 204,993
Int.CI. A01d55//«
U.S.CL 56-295 1 Claim
nA
J^
The ends of a rotary mower blade are modified so that they
may be readily ground to a shorter length and thus readily ad-
justed to fit in the circular mower housing with the proper
clearance of generally not more than about ono half inch or
less where required between each tip of a blade and the hous-
ing or between the tips of adjacent blades. The blade is pro-
vided with marking which facilitates grinding each end
without unnecessary measurements.
3,712,038
ASPARAGUS HARVESTER
George R. Barker, P. O. Box 518, Banning, Calif.
Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 225,999
Int. CLAOld 45/00
U.S.CL56— 327 A
A mobile harvester for picking up fruit such as apples,
oranges, nuts or vegetables for example, lying on the ground,
passing the crop through a trash separator and then discharg-
ing the crop from the harvester into a storage box or truck.
The harvester includes a covered sweeper or rotary pick-up
device having flexible fingers around its periphery and which
rotates at its underside in a forward direction in respect to the
movement of the vehicle, to thereby convey the crop over the
rotary pick-up device and to a transverse conveyor with a
minimum of damage to the fruit. The pick-up device of the
harvester is mounted for pivoting about a central, longitu-
dinally arranged pivot point, and the pick-up device is further-
more mounted for generally vertical swinging, whereby the
pick-up device can closely follow the contour of the ground
over which the harvester travels. The harvester also includes a
trash separator which separates trash from the crop and which
additionally acts to clean the crop before discharging it into
the storage bins.
5 Claims
3,712,040
YARN JOINING ASSEMBLY FOR AUTOMATIC YARN
PIECING APPARATUS
Albert D. Harmon, Clemson, S.C., assignor to Maremont Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,351
Int. CLDOlh 75/00
U.S.CL 57-34 R 20 Claims
An asparagus harvester which engages the growing
asparagus in the field, cuts the asparagus spears at or below
the ground level, releases the asparagus spear onto a conveyor
belt which conveys the asparagus spear on an inclined belt
moving upwardly and rearward from the asparagus harvesting
device, in a direction opposite to the travel of the harvesting
device! After reception of the asparagus spears by the inclined
belt, they are deposited in a hopper or box carried on the rear
of the machine. A roller is provided rearwardly from the pick-
up mechanism and saw, and through a parallelogram of the
frame members maintains a constant depth of the saw at or
below the ground level.
An improved assembly of the type used in an automatic
yarn piecing apparatus for joining yam issuing from a textile
1206
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
machine's drafting rolls and yam extending from a bobbin of from a combing roller of the fiber separating device by a pres-
the machine The assembly includes a yam joining roller sure air stream, directed tangentially to the working surface of
biased forwardly by a leaf spring element, and means for
clamping, cutting and controlling the tension in the yam, the
aforesaid components being so interconnected and arranged
as to provide a simplified and readily adjustable assembly af-
fording consistently reliable operation. In an altemative em-
bodiment the assembly and a supporting pivot arm therefor
?re cammed for alignment purposes parallel to the machine's
drafting rolls during their movement toward ^nd away from
such rolls.
3,712,041
APPARATUS FOR SMOKE CONTROL
Young T. Sailers, C-15 Atlanta Road, Gainesville, Ga.
Filed Jan. 29, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 10,804
Int. CI. B01d5J//4
U^. CI. 55— 228
4 Claims
the combing roller and conveying the fibers to a sliding wall of
the rotary spinning chamber.
An apparatus for use in controlling smoke expelled from an
exhaust slack to prevent pollution of the atmosphere by the
smoke being exhau:;ted therefrom. Fog generating means is
supported on the stack above Ihe exhaust opening for generat-
ing a moisture laden fog around the opening whereby moisture
wili saturate the smoke exhausted therefrom to cause the
smoke to fall by gravity from the atmosphere. The fog generat-
ing means includes means for collecting and filtering the
moisture saturated smoke and reusing the filtered moisture in
the fog generating means.
ERRATUM
For Class 58 — 76 see:
Patent No. 3,712,036
3,712,043
DAY-DATE TIMEPIECE WITH MULTIPLE DISPLAY OF
DATES AND DAYS OF WEEK
Joseph Enger, Pforzheim; Heinz Meitinger, Mutlant;en, and
Herbert Schwartz, Wurmbers, all of Germany, assignors to
Timex Corp., Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 214,91 1
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 3, 1971, P 21 54
551.7
Int. CLG04b/ 9/24
U.S. CI. 58—5 7 Claims
3,712,042
METHOD OF V ITHDRAWING FIBERS FROM A
COMBING ROLLER OF A FIBER SEPARATING DEVICE
AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING SAID METHOD
Milan Chrtek, Ceska Trebova; Ctibor Doudlebsky, and
Stanislav Kabele, both of Lsti Orlici, all of Czechoslovakia,
assignors to Vyzkumny ustav bavlnarsky, Usti n/Orl,
Czechoslovakia
Filed Sept. 1 0, 1 970, Ser. No. 7 1 .004
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Sept. 16, 1969,
6261/69
Int.CI. D01h//;2.///00
U.S.CL 57-58.95 ^ 6 Claims
In a spinning unit comprising a fiber separating device and a
spinning device, fibers are separated by withdrawing the fibers
This invention relates to a timepiece, such as a wrist watch,
with a drive for the step-by-step rotation of at least one nu-
meral disc comprising a date ring and concentrically mounted
day ring, having the days of the week in annular arrangement,
both rings being covered by a dial. The dial includes at least
one main date window and one main day window which may
be combined to form one common main window and each
making visible one day of the week on the day ring and the
contemporary date on the circle of numerals. Additional win-
dows may be provided to show prior and succeeding dates.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1207
3,712,044
ELECTRIC CLOCK MOUNTING AND CONTACT
APPARATUS
Robert Wolber, 7233 Lauterbach, and Friedrich Assmus, 723
Schramberg, both of Germanj , assignors to Firma Gebruder
Inghams GmbH, Schramberg, Germany
Filed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,726
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 6, 1970, P 20 54
757.3
Int. CLG04ci /OO
U.S. CI. 58-23 R 4 Claims
rality of magnetic domains and is independent-y stepped by a
set of electromagnets driven by a multiphase pulse train. Typi-
cally, each ring is stepped at a different rate so as to display a
D
E
MM
_I_J A
!-«' I
different unit of time, this being achieved by suitably scaling
the frequencies of the multiphase pulse trains which drive the
different sets of electromagnets.
An electric clock mounting and contact apparatus including
an electric clock housing, an electric drive circuit positioned
within the housing, pillar means extending between the hous-
ing and the electric drive circuit for supporting said electric
drive circuit, the pillar means being electrically conductive
and in electrical contact with the electric drive circuit, an
electrical contact means connected exteriorly of the electrical
clock housing and to the pillar means, said electrical contact
means being operable for electrical contact with a voltage
source exterior of the electric clock housing.
3,712,047
TIME DISPLAY DEVICE FOR TIMEPIECES
Pierre Girard, Bienne, Switzerland, assignor to Ma-iufacture
des Montkes Rolex S. \. Bienne, Bienne (Canton of Berne,)
Switzerland ,^, ,^.
Filed May 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 142,141
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 11, 1970,
6974/70
Int. CI. G04b 7 9/JO./ 9/02
U.S. CI. 58-50 R 3 Claims
3,712,045
QUARTZ CRYSTAL WATCH
Kazuo Ito, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha Daini
Seikosha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,983
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 28, 1970, 45/701 1
Int. CI. G04c 3100
U.S. CI. 58-23A 6 Claims
A quartz crystal watch comprising a quartz crystal oscillator
for generating relatively high frequency signals, a frequency
divider circuit for reducing and converting the frequency of
the oscillated signals from said oscillator to predetermined
frequencies of clock pulse, a pulse width converter for reduc-
ing the pulse width of output pulse signals from said frequency
divider circuit, a motion transducer for converting the am-
plified output signals from the amplifier pulse width converter
to the corresponding mechanical motions, and a gear train
mechanism driven by said mechanical motions, the gear ac-
tion of said gear train being made to follow the accurate time.
i k fe 6C
The time display is ensured by the electrooptic effect of a
cell which comprises a liquid crystal layer sandwiched
between two solid plates carrying electrodes. The contrast
between the neutral areas and those submitted to dynamic
scattering by an electric field is enhanced by light rays which
are caused to cross the cell from the rear to the front. A lamp
arranged behind the cell can produce such rays. The rear elec-
trode is then made transparent or at least semitransparent.
3,712,046
ROTATING RING DISPLAY
Hans G. Dill, 2870 Tabago Place, CosU Mesa, Calif.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,199
Int. CL G04b 19120, 45/04; G04c 3/00
U.S. CI. 58-45 15 Claims
An electronic wristwatch in which time is displayed by
means of a plurality of separately sealed, independently
rotatable, coplanar concentric rings. Each ring carries a plu-
3,712,048
TIMEPIECE MOVEMENT COMPRISING A JUMPING
TYPE INDICATOR
Peter Bachmann, Bettlach, Switzerland, assignor to Ebauches
Bettlach S. A., Bettlach Canton of Sokure, Switzerland
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104.678
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 12, 1970,
348/70
Int. CLG04b/ 9/24, ii/00
U.S.a. 58-58 6 Claims
A timepiece movement including a star gear for driving a
jumping indicator of the type used on digital indicator
timepieces. The star gear is driven by a cam which moves the
star gear one step for each cam rotation. The cam is conlinu-
1208
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
ously biased to rotate by an auxiliary spring, and a lever under
the control of the main timepiece releases the cam for a single
merals or the like thereon and provided with a number of per-
forations along one of the lengthwise edges thereof, sprocket
wheels are engaged with the perforations of said belts for
travelling the belts to pass behind indicating windows, and
driving wheels which drive pinions combined with or con-
nected to the sprocket wheels intermittently. Because of the
endless indicating belts and the intermittent driving
mechanism for the belts, relatively large letters, numerals or
the like for representing time etc. can be indicated at the in-
dicating windows.
rotation at time intervals commensurate with the digital dis-
play to be made by the member connected to the star gear.
A wrist watch shield includes similarly shaped longitudinally
extending superimposed main and backing members formed
of soft pliable polyvinyl chloride sheet and heat sealed to each
other along their peripheral edges. The members have medi-
ally enlarged sections with top and bottom convex edges and
laterally extending wing sections. The wing sections of the
main member each have a pair of longitudinally spaced trans-
verse slits convex toward each other delineating respective
loops and the backing member is imperforate. In use the
watch rests on the main member enlarged section with the
watch band extending through the loops.
3,712,050
DIGITAL INDICATING MACHINE
Toshio kawada, 6-4,Miyashita-€ho, Sakaide, Japan
Filed May 20. 1971,Ser. No. 145,236
Claims priority, application Japan, June 2, 1970,45/48179
Int. CI.G04b 19102
U.S. CI. 58- 1 25 C 6 Claims
3,712,051
SHOCK ABSORBING PIVOT BEARING FOR WATCHES
'Lucien Romang, and Francois Voumard, les Brenets, Switzer-
land, assignors to Seitz S. A., Les Brenets, Switzerland
Filed March 13, 1972, Ser. No. 233,989
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 15, 1971,
10528/71
Int.CLG04b 13/02,31/00
U.S. CI. 58—140 A 1 Claim
3,712.049
W RIST WATCH SHIELD
Henry Luxembourg, 267 S.W. 15th Street, Dania, Fla.
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Set. No. 181,800
Int. CI. G04b 43/00
U.S. CI. 58— 105 _ 6 Claims
The return-spring of the resiliently movable bearing cushion
is permanently connected to the bearing body member by a
hinge joint comprising hinging noses made integral with the
spring and bemg locked in an annular recess of the bearing
body member, under an outer rim of the recess inner wall, by a
ring force-fitted in the recess outer wall. This ring leaves
around the outer rim a slot having a width scarcely greater
than the spring thickness and through which the spring hinging
noses may be passed upon bending the spring out of its plane.
3,712,052
THERMAL ACTUATOR WITH CAPTIVE PISTON SHAFT
AND SPECIAL SEAL
Marvin A. Staschke, Glendora, and Henry Kryczko, Upland,
both of Calif., assignors to Thermal Hydraulics Corporation,
Glendora, Calif.
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,175
Int. CI. F03g 7/06
U.S. CL 60— 23 7 Claims
^ J /e
A digital indicating machine such as a digital clock com-
prises a number of endless indicating belts carrying letters, nu-
A thermal actuator comprising a pressure chamber, expan-
sible material responsive to heat in the chamber, and a piston
shaft driven by the expansible material, the shaft being slida-
ble in a bearing in the actuator housing and having an enlarged
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1209
inner end which prevents complete ejection from the actuator ^'^ vrnni
by becoming embedded in the bearing in the event the shaft is FUEL CONTROL . ^u ji '
expelled from the pressure chamber due to excessive pressure Ralph P. McCabe, Forest Park, Oh.o, assignor to Chandler
resulting from conversion of the expansible material from its
liquid slate to a gaseous condition by overheating. The piston
shaft is slidable through a seal and polyethylene washer bear-
ing on the pressure chamber side of the seal, said washer
gradually coming into solution with and increasing the viscosi-
ty of the expansible material in the normal operation of the ac-
tuator.
Evans Inc., West Hartford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,294
Int. CI. F02c 9/08
U.S. CI. 60—39.28 R
15 Claims
3,712,053
THERMAL-MECHANICAL ENERGY TRANSDUCER
DEVICE
Siegfried Kofink, Lenzhalde 9, 7301 Zell, Germany
Filed April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,308
Claims priority, application Germany, May 3, 1969, P 19 22
728.2
Int. CI. F28d 15/00, F03g 7/06
U.S. CL 60— 23 6 Claims
nkfta. S^Tail
A hydromechanical fuel control for a turboshaft engine in-
cludes a gas producer control and an independent power tur-
bine governor in series flow relationship. The basic gas
producer control includes an acceleration system, a decelera-
tion system and all speed governor to regulate the fuel flow
output of the gas producer control. The acceleration system
includes a main metering valve which is positioned by a com-
. ._ , u I ^„.>,„., oressor discharge pressure responsive device and the all speed
To permit remote location of a thermal-mechan.cal energy pressor d. c ±J^..^^^^^^^^^^.^^ mechan.sm controls
transducer unit having a heat sensitive operatmg element, a
heat pipe, such as a capillary tube containing therein a fabric,
such as fiberglass fabric, and a vaporizable substance is con-
nected in heat transfer relationship to the operating element
to form a unitary device. The heat pipe having another ter-
minal end adapted to be placed in a location where it can be
heated, so that the heat pipe will upon heating of the other end
governor. A speed responsive computer mechanism controls
the head across the metering valve. The computer mechanism
includes an enrichment valve and a start valve and is con-
nected to the shut-off valve lever for the fuel control in such a
manner that the mechanism may be controlled by actuation of
this lever. The power turbine governor includes a fuel flow
reset governor and a deceleration system to prevent
heated, so that the heat pipe will upon heating oiinemnerenu - , ^^^ t^^bine each have
above the vaporization temperature of the contents of the heat ""^"^^^^ .^"^^ IZrl..^ meter fuel to the engine m ac-
pipe, rapidly and effectively transmit heat from the source to sepa at -npu ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^
the heal sensitive operating unit To modify the transfer
characteristics, the heal pipe may be insulated, wholly, or in
part at the outside, to prevent heat loss during transmission, or
to provide sharp on-off characteristics at predetermined tem-
peratures, the temperatures being determined by the vaporiza-
tion temperature of the filling of the heal pipe.
3,712,054
METHOD FOR SUPPRESSION OF HEAT RADIATION
Ephraim Reselson, Kensington, Md.; Howard I. Sumnicht,
China Lake, and John D. Crecelius. Ridj>ecrest. both of
Calif., assignors to the I nited States of America as repre-
sented bv the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Oct. 1 , 1 969, Ser. No. 866,073
Int. CI. F02g 3/00
U.S.CL 60-39.02 I Claim
3,712,056
COMBUSTION CHAMBER FOR GAS TURBINE ENGINE
Richard A. Jer>an. Detroit. Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Co., Dearborn, Mich.
Filed April 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,643
Int. CI. F02c 7/00
U.S. CI. 60—39.65
8 Claims
'/6
Fuel and air are combusted within a spherical combustion
chamber and the combustion products flow radially outward
^ through the porous wall of the combustion chamber into an
outer housing where the combustion products mix with secon-
A radiation field is attenuated by dispersing in it a cloud of^dary air. The short -f ^^ ^-^^J^^^^/,^:^
discrete particles. Several dust dispensers are disclosed for this process improves combuslor efficiency and reduces
ble exhaust emissions,
purpose.
1210
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,057
CONTROL VALVE
Shigeo Aiki: Masahoir Kito. and Atumi leda. all of Kariya.
Aichi Prcf.. Japan, assignors to Aisin Seiki Kabrishiki
kaisha. Aichi Pref.. Japan
Filed Aug. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 66,693
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 28, 1969, 44/68237
Int. CI. F15b 7100: B60t 13/00,8/ 18
U.S. CI. 60- 54.5 P »0 Claims
tar^S^',?/^ a'a-.^
fl . 9 " --lO
[Fl
c' ••■'"■^ • 2- rc 2 Tec ^ ■■ m
-^tS
ment of fluids of the so-called fuel and oxidizer types: said en-
gine including in combination, a combustion chamber section
having a gas film-cooled inner wall surface configuration of
continuoi-s positive curvature and a nozzle section having in-
ternally cooled convergent, throat, and divergent exit wall
portions. One of the reaclant fluids is fed into the inlet end of
the combustion chamber section in two separate fractions;
one fraction being introduced through a swirl or vortex
generating injection system, and the other fraction being
straight-line injected through the center of the vortex and
along the center lines of the combustion chamber and thrust
exit nozzle portions. The other reactant fluid is introduced
through a manifold which encircles the exit end of the nozzle
and delivers into passageways formed internally of the nozzle
wall structure and extending lengthwise thereof, which in turn
deliver the fluid into the combustion chamber in such fashion
as to flow in the form of a fllm closely adhering to the wall
thereof while travelling Uoa. the outlet end toward the inlet
end thereof The inlet end of the combustion chamber is torus
loe'-
0 42' -^ : 10
A control valve for an automotive vehicle hydraulic power
brake system havmg a body with a bore and a differential
piston reciprocable therein having an annular shoulder ex-
posed to fluid pressure in the wheel-brake cylinders and a por-
tion having a sectional area greater than that of the annular
shoulder while receiving hydraulic pressure from the pressure
source. Valve means in a passage formed in the piston is
closed due to the shift of the piston at a predetermined pres-
sure level whereby out-put pressure is boosted.
3,712,058
SOLID PROPELLANT CONTROLLED ROCKET MOTORS
Fredric M. Cooper, Chapel Hill, N.C., assignor to Northrop
Carolina Inc., Swannanoa, N.C.
Filed Aug. 14, I96I, Set. No. 131,216
Int. CI. C06d 5/00
U.S. CL 60— 207 8 Claims
7 A method of rocket propulsion which comprises provid-
ing a solid gram containing a major proportion of a material
which is partially decomposible into gaseous intermediates, ig-
niting said grain to produce gaseous intermediate partial
decomposition products thereof; passing said gaseous inter-
mediates through flow controlling means; reacting said corn
trolled flow of gaseous intermediates with an oxidizei grain
containing a major proportion of an oxidizer reactive with said
gaseous intermediates to product thrust-producing gases; and
ejecting said thrust producing gases through a rocket nozzle.
shaped, whereby a central opening is provided for passage
therethrough of the combination swirl and straight-line charge
of the first mentioned reactant fluid. This chamber shape en-
sures that the film of the second mentioned fluid continues to
flow tightly against the entire length of the combustion
chamber until it is cascaded back into the chamber and into
intimate admixture with the first mentioned fluid as it exits
from its injection system. Thus, the second mentioned fluid
operates as a highly efficient co<ilant for both the nozzle and
combustion chamber sections, and then enters into reaction
with the first fluid in such a manner as to provide for a greatly
improved reaction efficiency. Typically, the fluid operating as
the coolant will be a fuel such as hydrogen; and the fluid enter-
ing the combustion chamber through the whirl injector system
will be an oxidizer, such as oxygen. The invention is particu-
larly suited for installation and operation within an environ-
ment of closely adjacent hardware (structural or mechanical,
or electrical comp<inents, etc.) such as cannot tolerate heat-
ing.
3,712,059
REVERSE FLOW INTERNALLY-COOLED ROCKET
ENGINE
Martin G. Drexhage, Eggertsville, N.Y., assignor to Textron
Inc., Providence, R.I.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,895
Int. CI. F02k 9/02
U.S. CI. 60— 258 8 Claims
An improved liquid or gas combusting type rocket engine
operable to develop large gas volumes upon reactive engage-
3,712,060
INTERNAL COMBUSTION JET ENGINE
Angelo Sorrenti, Corso Moncalieri 466/6, Turin, Italy
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 844,058, July 23, 1969,
abandoned. This application July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 164,804
Claims priority, application Italy, May 13, 1969, 51824
A/69
Int.CI. F02k///00
U.S. CL 60— 269 9 Claims
An internal combustion jet engine wherein the driving force
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1211
is obtained form the escaping burnt gases which expand due to ally inward portions of each corrugation. The corrugations
combustion effected at at least two diametrically opposite minimize stress buildup due to circumferential thermal
gradients and provide self-support while the slot cooling
means allows such corrugations to be used without overheat-
ing of the liner. The cooling means may be formed of a corru-
gated circumferential strip between liner sections.
3,712,063
COOLED PINTLE ASSEMBLY
Stanislaw J. Andrysiak, Youngstown, N.Y., and Ronald F.
McKenna, Rockford, III., assignors to Bell Aerospace Com-
pany, Division of Textron Inc., W heatfield, N.Y .
Filed March 24, 1970, Ser. No. 24,900
Int. CI. F02k
U.S.CL60— 265 5 Claims
Mtt
nozzles to produce a tangential peripheral thrust as in a
hydraulic impeller.
3,712,061
VORTEX BAFFLE
Kenneth G. Thorsted, and Robert B. Dillinger, both of China
Lake, Calif., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Nov. 2, 1966, Ser. No. 593,260
Int. CI. F02k 9/04
U.S. CI. 60- 253 2 Claims
Spin stabilized rocket motor with end burning solid propel-
lant grain in which cratering of the grain is eliminated by chan-
neling gaseous products of combustion through angularly
spaced apertures disposed outwardly from the rocket axis and
thence radially inwardly to an axialfy disposed exhaust nozzle.
3,712,062
COOLED AUGMENTOR LINER
Dudley O. Nash, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed April 17, 1 968, Ser. No. 72 1 ,992
Int.CI.F02ki/;0
U.S.CI.60-261 7 Claims
^j"
, .^^ ■^^' Jif-^ ''f
To maintain a constant pressure in the combustion chamber
of a rocket engine, which operates with either liquid and/or
metallized propellants, a cooled throat pintle assembly is pro-
vided to vary the throat area in an E-D nozzle. The pintle
design is a composite structure consisting of a Columbium
alloy central rod member having in its cylindrical and injector
portions a Grafoil intermediate layer and a Carbitex outer
layer. The throat portion of the pintle assembly consists of
stacked pyrolytic graphite washers having a spiral formed coo-
lant passages. The throat, cylindrical, and injector portions of
the pintle are gas film cooled with fuel-rich gases that are
ducted through the center of the pintle from a pressurization
system gas generator. The injector or forward end of the pintle
is cooled by a gas film exiting from the pintle housing The
throat portion of the pintl»is cooled by gases e. iling through
spiral grooves in the washel^.
A liner for a combustion zone, particularly the thrust aug-
mentor of a jet engine which has longitudinally spaced circum-
ferential corrugations and slot film cooling means at the radi-
3,712,064
DEVICE FOR A CLAMPING AND LOOSENING THE
EXHAUST MANIFOLD ON INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES
Karl Walter kuhn. Saint dermain-en-Laye, France, assignor
to Societe D. Etudes De Machines Thermiques. Saint-
Denis, France
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,705
Claims priority, application France, March 25, 1970,
7010784
Int.CI. F01n7/y«
U.S. CI. 60—272 20 Claims
Mounting device for maintaining in proper position and
possibly loosening or detaching the exhaust manifolds during
removal of the sealing gaskets of the manifolds and/or the
cylinder heads of internal combustion engines, comprising at
least one supporting bracket for example at least approximate-
ly in the shape of a corner plate mounted upon the engine cas-
ing or cylinder block outside of but near the cylinder head and
1212
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
removably carrying the mlet end and in particular the fasten- water rises up from the hole outside the conduit and a portion
[rnange connectmg said manifold to the cylinder head to of the ris.ng water .s directed over mto the conduit to m.x w.th
* * and flush down the incommg sand.
hold it against motion and preferably spreading means as-
sociated with said supporting bracket for detaching or separat-
ing said flange from said cylinder head.
3,712,067
METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR COMPACTING A
LOOSELY PACKED LAYER OF EARTH
Abraham Francois van VVeeie, Waddinxveen, Netherlands,
assignor to N. V. tot Aannemint; van Werken Voorheen
H. J. Nederhorst, (>ouda, the Netherlands
Filed Jan. 13, 1971,Ser. No. 106,090
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 14, 1970,
7000539
int. CI. E02d 3106
U.S.CL61— 36R
3,712,065
ANTIPOLLUTION EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR AN
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Robert H. Hurst, West Barrington, R.L, assignor to Clevepak
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,319
lnt.CLF01ni//0
U .S. CI. 60— 274 20 Claims
r^
11 Claims
A system for reducing the back pressure on the exhaust
valves of an internal combustion engine which includes, for in-
stance, a source of compressed air, which may be powered by
the internal combustion engine, and, in particular, a unique
momentum transfer pump device which utilizes the high pres-
sure compressed air output to create a suction or lower pres-
sure at the exhaust manifold A diffuser may be connected at
the output end of the momentum pump to further increase the
efficiency of the momentum pump.
3,712,066
FILLING SAND DRAIN HOLES
Carl Daniel Hartzell, Oakland. N.J.. assignor
International, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,550
Int. CI. E02b / ; 100, E02d 5134
U.S.CI.61-11
to Raymond
14 Claims
A method of compacting a loosely packed layer of earth
According to this method a tube is vibrated into the earth,
which tube accommodates a closing member at a distance
from the underside of the tube which substantially cor-
responds to the distance from the ground level to the upper
side of the layer of earth to be compacted. Earth is received in
the tube while this tube is being vibrated into the earth, until
this earth within the tube strikes the closing member at the
time that the underside of the tube has reached approximately
the upper side of the layer of eairth to be compacted. Hereu-
pon, in the further course of the tube being vibrated
downwardly to the required depth, earth is displaced in the
layer of earth to be compacted, whereafter the tube is
vibratingly lifted and the earth which has been received in the
tube leaves the tube and is left in the ground.
An apparatus for carrying out this method consists of a tube
within which a closing member is accommodated at the ap-
propriate distance from the underside of the tube. This closing
member is pervious to air.
A water filled sand drain hole is filled with sand by pouring
the sand down through a conduit extending into the hole while
3,712,068
OFFSHORE INSTALLATION FOR PRODUCING,
STORING AND LOADING OIL FROM UNDERWATER OIL
WELL
Jean Alphonse Eugene Liautaud, 49 Avenue de Segur, Parb,
France
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 5,087
Claims priority, applkation France, Jan. 30, 1969,
6901861; April 18, 1969,6912101
Int. CI. E02b / 7100; E02d 27104
U.S.CL 61-46.5 11 Claims
An offshore installation for the production, storage and
loading of oil from an underwater source Installation includes
an immersed storage tank, a vertical column connected at its
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1213
bottom to the tank by a universal joint and having its top derwater with said access opening means directed
above the water surface, platform is connected to upper end downwardly and defining a predetermined spacing
of column. Column is maintained in vertical orientation by cir-
cularly arranged distributed buoyancy means connected
thereto
" therebeneath, and, removable mooring means attachable to
3,712,069 • said tether means for securing the same m an underwater loca-
BEACH PROTECTION SYSTEM tion.
Niels P. Rasmussen, 7th Street at Delaware River, Camden,
FiledMarch22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,541 3,712,071
Int CI E02b 3IO(i METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING
4 Claims SUBTERRANEAN STRUCTURES
U.S. CI. 61-49
Vernon Cunningham, P.O. Box 9337 - Springhtll Station,
South Charleston, W. Va.
Division of Ser. No. 823,407, May 9, 1969, Pat. No. 3,578,809.
This application May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 46,566
Int. CI. E2 Id moo
U.S.CL61— 85 1 Claim
A beach protection system wherein a bulkhead upstands
from a beach extending generally along the high water line,
and a ramp, slope or declining wall extends from the bulkhead
obliquely downward to ground level on the seaward side of the
bulkhead, ground level on the inland side of the bulkhead
being raised to approximately the height of the bulkhead.
3,712,070
SMALL PORTABLE UNDERWATER OBSERVATION AND
COMMUNICATION CHAMBER
Joseph Beverly Maclnnis, 21 McMaster Avenue, Toronto, 190
Ontario, Canada
Continuation-in-partofSer. No. 38,931, May 19, 1970,
abandoned. This application Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 199,843
Int.Cl.B63c;y/00
U.S. CI. 61— 69 R 12 Claims
A portable underwater air retention chamber comprising;
air container means having an access opening sufficient at
least to receive the head of a diver; tether means attachable to
said container means to locate the same in position un-
A multi-section shield incorporates means for subterranean
excavation and conveyance of excavated materials and pro-
vides for the installation of the lining planks within the shield.
This apparatus is employed in a system of tunnel or conduit
lining wherein floor and roof planks are prepositioned and
side wall planks are wedged in place therebetween.
The method of tunnel or conduit formation herein involved
provides for the installation of lining within a shield, and for
subsequent advance of the shield
3,712,072
COOLING DENTAL MATERIALS
Henri H. Hoge, Baltimore, Md.. and Gilbert A. Wadsworth,
Cockeysville, Md., assignors to Rhomega Systems, Inc.,
Cockeysville, Md.
Filed April 23, 1971, Ser. No. 136,855
Int. CI. F25b 2 //02
U.S. CI. 62— 3 6 Claims
There is disclosed apparatus for cooling dental materials
preparatory to mixing a thermoelectric cooling device is
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
1214 "
... ...onort for receotacles con- gaseousflow, and at the upper level of the reservoir (8). an
disposed in cooling relation to a support for receptacles con » opening ( 5 ) the edges of which are in contact with
taming the dental material and in coolmg relation to a remova- evacuation opening t^M g
a:.-
ble platform on which the materials are mixed Another mix-
ing platform is provided out of cooling relation to the ther-
moelectric cooler.
a tube (13) linking the space comprised between the hood
(12) and the reservoir (8) with the exterior of the housing
(30).
3,712,073
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VAPORIZING AND
SUPERHEATING CRYOGENIC FUUID LIQUIDS
Edwin M. Arenson, El Reno. Okla.. assignor to Black, Sivalls &
Bryson, Inc.. Oklahoma City, Okla.
FiledFeb.3. 1971.Ser. No. 112.174
Int.CI.F 17c 7/02
U.S. CI. 62-52 • 9 Claims
rl8
'•Z
s^oeAQi
■-AUK
t-a_
*1 • L QuiO — -
■0. \
'/A.oo!!'ZS-S 3oS\
3,712,075
APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE IMMISCIBLE
REFRIGERANT FREEZE PROCESS FOR PURIFYING
WATER
Michael John Stapley Smith, Boars Hill; John Henry Wilson,
Stockport, and Bryan Rej-inald Parr, Sale, all of En>;land,
assinnors to I nited Kingdom Atomic Enersy Authority,
London, England
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,332
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 30, 1969,
63,404/69
Int. CLBOld 9/04
IJ.S.CL62-123 1 2 Claims
66x ^'68
16 '^J^^
The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for
economically vaporizing and superheating a stream of
cryogenic fluid liquid. A body of heating medium liquid is
heated in a closed vessel so that portions thereof are continu-
ously vaporized The stream of cryogenic nuid liquid to be
vaporized and superheated is passed through a heating coil
disposed within the vessel in heat exchange relationship with
both the liquid and vapor portions of the heating medium so
that the cryogenic fluid is vaporized and superheated to a
desired level and so that vaporized heating medium is continu-
ously condensed and returned to the liquid portion thereof.
3,712.074
CRYOGENIC GAS TRAP
Jean-Claude Boissin. 38 Montbonnot-Saint- Martin, France,
assignor to 1 'Air Liquide, Societe Anonyme Pour I 'Etude
Et L'Exploitation Des Precedes (leoryes Claude, Paris.
France
Filed April 13, 1971. Ser. No. 133.595
Claims priority, application France, April 17, 1970,
7013893
Int. CI. BOld 5/00
U.S.CL 62-55.5 6 Claims
The invention is concerned with cryogenic traps having a
large trapping range
They comprise a reservoir (8) for a cryogenic liquid, and
connected at the upper part thereof, a tube (11). The tube
(11) is wound from the bottom to the top at 1 \a about a
metallic hood (12) coaxial to the reservoir (8), then at \\h
above said hood ( 12). These members are placed altogether in
a housing (30) comprising at level life, an input pipe (4) for a
Plant for performing the immiscible refrigerant freeze
process for purifying water has a crystallizer section with two
sub-sections The first sub-section forms a refrigerant injec-
tion zone in which, ice crystal slurry is produced. The second
sub section forms a disengagement zone in which entramed
refrigerant is removed from the slurry and ice crystals are al-
lowed to grow before transferring the slurry to the brine
separating and washing section of the plant.
3,712,076
AUTOMATIC ICE MAKER SWITCH CONTROLS
WiUiam L. Fox, Niles, ill., assignor to Eaton Yale & To-"* Inc.
Conunuation-in-part of Ser. No. 762,891 SeP^26' ^^^J'^-^-
No. 3,563,050. This application Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. r^o.
876,337
Int.CI.F25c///0
U.S.CL62-137 ^ K H^^n'^n
A completely automatic ice cube maker which is driven
through successive water fill cycles, freeze cycles and harvest
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1215
cycles by a continuously operating permanent magnetic ingressof air to the heat exchanger and the exit of air from the
synchronous electric motor. Water is delivered to a plastic ice heat exchanger. Depending upon the type of refrigerated
cube tray during the water fill cycle and the water in the tray is
frozen during a freeze cycle of predetermined duration. Dur-
ing the harvest cycle the tray is rotated about its longitudinal
axis through 360° but at approximately the mid-point of this
rotation one end of the tray is arrested momentarily in its
movement whereby a twisting action is applied to the tray to
dislodge the cubes therefrom. The cubes drop into an ice col-
lection basket and prior to each harvest cycle an ice level
sensing mechanism operates to determine whether an exces-
sive quantity of cubes have been collected in the basket and if
so operates to deenergize the ice cube maker until the quanti-
ty of cubes in the basket has been reduced.
3,712.077
AUTOMOBILE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Don P. Dixon, P.O. Box 18237, Serna SUtion, San Antonio,
Tex.
Filed Sept. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 179,364
Int. CI. B60h 3104
U.S. CL 62- 243 12 Claims
cabinet that the unit is to be installed in. the cover with the
inlet and outlet openings is mounted on one or other of the
openings in the chamber that houses the heat exchanger.
3,712,079
RING OF TWO PRECIOUS METAL PARTS, ONE
OVERLAPPING AND EMBEDDING THE OTHER ALONG
THE RING BAND PORTION
Otto Eugen Eberle, 421 Guildwood Parkway, Westhill, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,928
Int. CI. A44c 9100
U.S.CL 63—15 3 Claims
A condenser assembly of an air conditioning system for an
automobile in which a coil is mounted behind a ventilated grill
across the front end of the automobile with its upper end op-
posite the front end of a spare tire compartment spaced rear-
wardly of the upper portion of the grill, and a fan is mounted
in a space between the lower portion of the grill and a frame
wall below and spaced rearwardly of the front end of the spare
tire compartment so as to draw air through the coil.
L
3,712,078
REFRIGERATION UNIT
James G. Maynard, Toronto, Ontario, and George F. Brown,
.Agincourt, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Krispin
Engineering Limited, Don Mills, Ontario, Canada
Filed Nov. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 201,050
Int. CLF25d/ 9/02
S.CL 62-448 4 Claims
This invention relates to a refrigerator and to a refrigerating
unit for a refrigerator that can be adapted by minor adjust-
ment for mounting in refrigerating cabinets of different
design. Essentially the refrigerating unit is a complete unit that
has a chamber for the heat exchanger with two openings of
similar F>erimeter design; covers are provided which can be
fitted over either opening. One of the covers is solid and the
other has an inlet and outlet opening designed to permit the
An article of jewelry or the like formed of at least two pre-
cious metals in which a first precious metal part formed with
at least some hidden portion which cannot be seen in the
finished article, keying means formed on the hidden portion
and a second precious metal part cast in a molten state around
the hidden portions of the first part and set in engagement
therewith. In so making a ring, one precious metal part con-
stitutes the ring mounting and its hidden portion extends
beyond the mounting area at least partly around the finger.
3,712,080
^ SHAFT COUPLING DEVICE
Junichi Shigeura, Amagasaki. Japan, assignor to Mitsubishi
Denki Kabushiki Kaisha. Tokyo. Japan
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,800
Int.CLF16dJ/y<S
U.S. CI. 64—9 R 2 Claims
The coupling device is composed of two flanged halves each
having an internal gear encircling an external gear secured to
each of driving and driven shafts. The Hanged end is sealed by
a resilient disc and the other end is sealed by a cover and a
1216
dust keeper
extending th
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
Both the halves can be fastened together by bolts
rough the flanges and the associated nuts. One an-
22a 22b
in each groove pressed against one groove side by a spring car-
ried by the needle in a slot in its side, the spring engaging the
opposite groove side, in all positions of the needle; a needle as
described.
3,712,083
WORKING ELEMENT OF A KNITTING MACHINE
PROVIDED WITH A BUTT
Alois Slof, and Vladimir Smejkal, both of Brno,
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Vyzkumny ustav pleUrsky,
Brno, Czechoslovakia
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,622
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, March 1'/,
1970, 1736
Int.CI.D04bi5/02
U.S.CI.66-123 20 Claims
nular gasket is operatively coupled to each of the flanged and
other ends and has no fastening screws extending through it.
I t e 5 4
3,712,081
UNIVERSAL JOINT FOR COUPLING A PLURALITY OF
SHAFTS
Gabriel Philipp, Ein Geddi St. 2/11, Holon, and Stephan
Braun, Hagalil St. 1/8, Carmiel, both of Israel
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,219
Int.CI. F16dJ//6
U.S. CI. 64- 17 R
3 Claims
A universal joint for coupling a plurality of coaxial shafts to
a common shaft; also an internal combustion engine of the ro-
tary vane type including such universal joint in which the
vanes are carried by the coaxial shafts. The universal joint
comprises a fork fixed to each coaxial shaft, and a coupling
member of substantially "Z" shape for each shaft. The two
outer legs of the coupling member are pivotably mounted at
the outer ends to the two arms of the respective fork, and the
center leg of the coupling member is pivotable coupled to the
common shaft and is fixed to the inner ends of the two outer
legs.
A knitting machine having a working element such as a nee-
dle or closing sinker provided on its shaft with at least one butt
cooperating with cams actuating the movement of the working
elements the functional surface of the butt having a rounded
part and a planar part, the planar part being oblique to the lon-
gitudinal axis and substantially parallel with the functional sur-
face of the cam, the functional surface of the butt substantially
exceeding the width of the shaft.
3,712,084
JACQUARD PATTERN CONTROLLER STRUCTURE
Falk Kuhn, Kiebingen, Germany, assignor to Fouquet-Werk
Frouz & Planck, Rottenburg am Neckar, Germany
Filed Oct. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 191,179
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 4, 1970, P 20 59
645.6
Int. CI. D04b/ 5/66
U.S.CI.66-156 6 Claims
3,712,082
DIAL AND CYLINDER KNITTING MACHINE HAVING
SELF-FRICTIONING NEEDLES
Alfred O. Kohorn, 862 W ycoff Avenue, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 854,90 1 , Sept. 3, 1969,
abandoned. This application June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 156,056
Int. CI. D04b 9/06, 35104
U.S.CK66-I9 5 Claims
A substantially cylindrical drum-shaped holder has ax.ally
extending grooves cut therein. The holder is capped off by a
cover which has a resilient insert therein, so that pattern jacks
can be individually inserted into the grooves, and snapped m
A circular dial and cylinder type knitting machine having place by pressure again- ^l^ejesU.ent insert, with the cover
narrow needle grooves and a thin guage straight unbent needle remainmg on the cylindncal holder.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1217
3,712,085
ULTRA-SONIC DRY-CLEANING MACHINE
Jerald (luberman, Los Angeles, Calif., and Alvin A. Snaper,
Las Vegas, Nev., assignors to Advanced Patent Technology,
Inc., Las Vegas, Nev.
Filed March 1 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 23,35 1
Int. CI. D06f 43106, 43/08
U.S.CI.68— 3SS 8 Claims
weight of the cellulosic material in the fabric articles being
treated, and for then cutting off the steam and supplying dry
heat to raise the temperature in the chamber to at least 250°F
Further, the chamber has suitable blowers and air ducts to
enable the chamber to be flushed with fresh air and/or steam
to rid the garments of residual odors.
This invention provides a new approach to the dry-cleaning
of garments and fabrics by using ultra-sonic energy as to the
cleaning force. The garment first enters a pair of air compart-
ments which prepare the garment for the wash tank. In the
wash tank, which is filled with a liquid solvent, transducers in
the wall of the tank apply ultra-sonic energy to the garment to
clean it. Upon emergence from the tank, the garment again
passes through compartments which first dry the garment and
then cool it
3,712,086
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A DURABLE PRESS IN
GARMENTS CONTAINING CELLULOSE OR
CELLULOSIC DERIVATIVES
George L. Payet, Cincinnati, Ohio, and John H. Forg, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio, assignor to McC! raw- Edison Co., Elgin, III.
Division of Ser. No. 846,884, Aug. 1, 1969, Pat. No. 3,660,013.
This application Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,285
Int.CI. D06c 1/00
U.S. CI. 68— 5 C 10 Claims
3,712,087
DRY CLEANING SYSTEM FOR GARMENTS
COMPRISING A NUMBER OF WASH TANKS
CONNECTED INTO INDEPENDENT CIRCUITS
UTILIZING DIFFERENT SOLVENTS
Guido Zucchini, Castelmaggiore, Italy, assignors to A. M. A.
(Artigiana Meccanici Associati) Societa di Fatto, Bologna,
Italy
Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,739
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 16, 1970, 3589 A/70
Int. CI. D06f 43/04, 43/08
U.S,CI.68— 18C 5 Claims
A dry cleaning solvent wash tank comprising independent
circuits utilizing different solvents of different boiling points
wherein the heat mput for lower boiling solvent recovery by
distillation is partly supplied from the latent heat of condensa-
tion of a higher boiling solvent and wherein part of the heat of
condensation serves to preheat the air introduced into the
drums of the washing and drying cycle of the lower boiling sol-
vent to aid in drying the garments so treated.
3,712,088
TEXTILE DRY CLEANING MACHINE
Walter Jaeger, Wilhelmstrasse 33, Neureut bei Karlsruhe,
Germany
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,820
Int.CI.D06f4i/0«
U.S. CI. 68— 1 8 C 2 Claims
A novel apparatus for treating fabric articles containing cel-
lulosic material to impart thereto a durable press comprises a
treating chamber having means for providing therein formal-
dehyde and sulphur dioxide gases, and steam according to the
In a textile dry cleaning machine having a system for recir-
culating air in a closed cycle through a heating station,
through a drum wherein a textile to be cleaned is contacted
with cleaning fluid and thereafter spin-dried, and then through
a cooling station to vaporize and recover residua! cleaning
fluid remaining in the textile after spin-drying, the provision in
the air recirculating system of a regulatable branch path by-
passing the heating station and drum for feeding a controlled
1218
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
proportion of the circulated air stream containing vaporized
cleaning fluid directly to the cooling station along with the
part thereof fed to the cooling station through the heating sta-
tion and drum. Increase in efficiency of fluid recovery is ob-
tamed thereby, as a result of the temperature differential
between the two parts fed to the cooling station. The recovery
system is particularly useful and economical for dry cleaning
machmes which work with derivatives of the methane and
ethane series as cleaning fluid, and can also be applied with
advantage to machines that work with tri- or
tetrachloroethylene.
itially dry load is placed into a hopper while the hopper is in an
upright position, and the hopper is supplied with liquid in
order to wet the load. A pivolally mounted transfer chute is
normally spaced from the machine to permit access, unload-
ing and the like. The chute is pivoted into loading position
wherein it is disposed at an acute angle relative to horizontal.
3,712,089
COMMERCIAL LALNDRY MACHINE AND RELEASABLE
CONNECTIONS THEREFOR
Alex Toth, Lincolnwood, III., assignor to EUis CorporaUon,
Chicago, 111.
Division of S«r. No. 22,508, March 25, 1970, Pat. No.
3,613,406. This application July 28, 1971,Ser.No. 166,720
Int. CI. D06fi5/00. i9/72
U.S.CI.68-210 1 1 Claims
and the hopper is pivoted about the same axis to discharge the
laundry load into the chute. The cohesive wet load slides at a
controlled low velocity from the hopper along the chute and
into the machine. Liquid supplied during transfer reduces fric-
tion, and a paddle member assures complete emptying of the
load into the machine.
3,712,091
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR HANDLING MOTOR
VEHICLE KEYS
Ronald Joseph Parent, 25 Dundurn Crescent, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 822,842, April 14, 1969,
abandoned. ThLs application Jan. 4, 1971,Ser.No. 103,739
Claims priority, application Canada, April 8, 1970, 079527
Int. CI. E05b 65148
L.S. CL 70—63 2 Claims
A commercial laundry machine includes an inner per-
forated cylinder and an outer casing both mounted on a pair of
end frames for rotation about their common central axis. The
cylinder is rotated during washing operations, and the casing is
fixed to the end frames, thereby to hold the casing stationary.
Alternatively the casing can be fixed to the cylinder for simul-
taneous rotation of the cylinder and casing for loading and un-
loading of laundry. Washing fluid, steam, electrical and pres-
surized air connections are selectively made from the end
frames to the casing when the casing is stationary by means of
connection structures. The connection structures are released
in order to free the casing for rotation relative to the end
frames.
A method and device for handling the keys for a number of
different automotive vehicles, in which the keys for each vehi-
cle are placed in a compartment of an individual housing for
that vehicle, the housing is engaged with an external bridging
fixture of that vehicle, and the compartment is closed and
locked simultaneously with the locking of the housing on the
fixture, each housing and compartment being releasable by a
key common to all the housings.
3,712,090
LAUNDRY MACHINE AND LOADING STRUCTURE
THEREFOR
Alex Toth. Lincolnwood, 111., and Robert H. Fesmire. Barring-
ton. III., assignors to Ellis Corporation, Chicauo, III.
Division of Ser. No. 95,849, Dec. 7, 1970. This application Feb.
7, 1972, Ser. No. 223,985
Int.CI. D06fi9/;2
U.S.CL68— 210 4 Claims
A commercial laundry machine receives a prewetted
laundry load from a hopper by way of a transfer chute. The in-
3,712,092
APPARATUS FOR REDUCING THE THICKNESS OF
METAL
Karel Saxl, Sutton, Coldfield, Warwickshire, England,
assiKnor to Imperial Metal Industries (Kynoch) Ltd.,
Witton, Birmingham, England
Filed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,159
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 9, 1970,
53,122/70
lnt.CLB21biJ/00
US CI 72-1 7 Claims
Apparatus for reducing thickness of metal having a pair of
oscillatable arms having workrolls on adjacent free ends one
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1219
on each side of a passhne for metal, each arm being pivotable eludes means for measuring and/or controlling the final
between spaced-apart supporting beams which are in-
terengaged by a shaft which allows for limited angular move-
ment of one beam relative to the other when a load safety
device of one beam fails so as to ensure failure of the load
safety device of the other beam.
separation between the axes of the gear and die so as to
produce uniform size finish-rolled gears.
3,712,095
SLAB ROLLING
John Dowsing, Sheffield, and Kenneth Alfred \eomans,
Worksop, both of England, assignors to Davy and United
Engineering Co. Ltd., Sheffield, England
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,594
Claims priority, application (ireat Britain, Sept. 26, 1%9,
47611/69
Int.CLB21bi7//4
U.S.CL 72-21 3 Claims
3,712,093
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING CYLINDRICAL BLANKS
Martin L. Rackow, Janesville, Wis., assignor to The Parker
Pen Co., Janesville, Wis.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971 , Ser. No. 109^94
Int. CLB21d 55/00, 4 J/00
U.S. CL 72-3 3 Claims
^f 1—1 I-*
^
■J/
U
Apparatus for handling cylindrical blanks where an infeed
mechanism successively feeds the blanks into a forming
machine and a check on the infeed varies the presentation
speed of the blank for hammering and a removal mechanism
strips the hammered blanks from the apparatus.
When rolling a steel slab along its edges to reduce its width
the head end of the slab may experience a larger percentage
reduction than the mid portions of the slab. A similar situa-
tion, but to a less marked extent may occur at the tail end of
the slab. To avoid this disadvantage workpieces are rolled in a
vertical mill stand and the roll gap of the mill stand is auto-
matically controlled during rolling. In the combination of a
vertical mill stand and a horizontal mill stand in which slabs
are successively edge and flat rolled an automatic control
system is employed to control means for adjusting the roll gap
of the vertical stands during the rolling of at least a terminal
length of the slab adjacent an end so as to produce a width
profile such that after subsequent horizontal rolling the width
of the terminal length is not less than the width of the
remainder of the slab.
3,712,094
GEAR ROLLING MACHINE
Carl H. Motz, and Russell W. Anthony, both of Harper
Woods, Mich., assignors to Lear Siegler, Inc., Santa Monica,
Calif.
Filed Feb. 4, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,706
Int. CLB21h 5/02
U.S.CL 72-21 8 Claims
Machine for rolling a gear with a gear-like die which in-
3,712,096
GRIPPING HEAD FOR GRIPPING A WORKPIECE TO BE
SWAGED
Johann Braunwieser, Madlsederstrabe 13, Steyr; Othmar
Heimel, Wachtberg 98, Behamberg, and Otto Hein, Ressel-
strabe 16, Steyr, all of Austria
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,529
Claims priority, application Austria, July 28, 1969, A
7242/69
Int. CI. B2 lb i7/0«, B21d 4i/02
U.S.CL 72-28 9 Claims
A spindle is rotatably mounted in a gnpping head body
Gripping jaws are mounted on said spindle for rotation
906 O.G. — M
1220
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
therewith and adapted to grip a workpiece to be swaged by
periodic hammer blows. A hydraulic motor is operatively con-
nected to said spindle and operable to rotate the same. Valve
means are movable between first and second positions and ar-
ranged to control said hydraulic motor to rotate said spindle in
periphery of the disc shaped blank and to press the flanges
formed by the split laterally to form a belt groove. Each
backer block contains an annular resilient member adjacent
the periphery on the surface facing the opposite backer block.
a first direction when said valve means are in said first position
and in a second direction, which is opposite to the first, when
said valve means are in said second position, and valve control
means for cyclically moving said valve means between said
first and second positions at a cycle frequency which is equal
to the frequency of said hammer blows. »
3,712,097
DEVICE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A BRANCH TO A
STRAIGHT TUBE
Arie Verkaik. Maasslius, and Cornelis l.eendert Funcke,
.Apeldoorn, both of Netherlands, assignors to Nederlandse
Organisatie Voor Toegepast-Natuurwelenschappelyk
Onderzaek Ten Behoeve Van Nyverheid, Handel En
Verkeer
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,430
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 17, 1969,
5918975
Int. CI. B2 Id 26/04
U.S. CI. 72-60 1 Claim
The resilient members permit the pulleys to be formed from
material having wide tolerances with respect to material
thickness without changing the critical dimensions on the belt
groove or resulting in eccentric or wobbly pulley structures.
3,712,099
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING RING
GROOVES AND PISTON LANDS ON A STEEL PISTON,
ESPECIALLY FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
Gunter Elsbett, and l.udwig Elsbett, both of 8543 Hilpoltstein,
Germany, assignors to Maschinenfabrik .Angsburg-Nurn-
berg Aktiengesellschafl Werk Nurnberg, Nunberg, (Germany
FUed Feb. 1 8, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 6,465
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 29, 1970, P 20
07 647.5
Int.CI. B21h//00, 7//«
U.S.CI.72— 107 6 Claims
A method of and apparatus for providing steel pistons with
annular grooves, according to which the annular grooves are
made by roll-forming the material of the piston head.
The invention relates to a device for the manufacture of at
least one branch to a tub comprising a splitted die provided
with a channel for the tube, an external clamp for the tube at
one side of the die, a cavity for the branch and an additional
cavity at the other side of the die in which a movable die part
is provided, and a mandrel equipped with an internal clamp
for the tube on the spot of the movable die part, which man-
drel together with the movable die part is movable in the
direction of the external clamp in order to upset the tube
between the clamps so that the material of said tube bulges in
the cavity to form a branch.
3,712,100
METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LAYING A PIPELINE FROM
A REEL BARGE
Joe Wayne Key, and Larry Rayner Russell, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to Flour Ocean Services, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,862
Int.CLB21di/02
U.S.CL72— 161 12 Claims
3,712,098
PULLEY FORMING MECHANISM
Samuel Ralph Shaffer, Jeffersonvilk, and Earl D. Scott, VVal-
kerton, both of Ind., assignors to Arrowhead Engineering
Corporation, Knox, Ind.
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162^67
lnt.CLB21h//04
U^.CL72— 71 15 Claims
A machine for forming pulleys from a disc shaped metal
blank in which the blank is clamped between two rotating
backer blocks and one or more tool means are used to split the
■ ro o o ^
° ° °
A method and system for laying an underwater pipeline
from a barge-mounted reel which supports a coil of elasto-
plastic pipe The coil contains many layers, each formed by a
plurality of variable-diameter convolutions. To make the ef-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1221
fectiveness of the system substantially independent of the
diameter of the convolution from which the pipe emerges, and
to facilitate the threading through the system of the pipe span
emerging from the reel, the curved emerging span is reverse-
bent beyond its elastic range to a predetermined radius suffi-
cient to prevent buckling the span. Subsequently, the reverse-
bent pipe is passed through a straightener for imparting to the
pipe a substantially rectilinear configuration.
and adjusted prior to insertion into the mill stands through the
mill housing windows. A four station cartridge transfer means
having alternative stations simultaneously alignable with both
mill stand windows is provided for supporting, positioning,
and transferring work roll cartridges to the mill stands for in-
sertion therein. A pair of movable table rolls with side guards
adjustable to the maximum width of the first mill stand are
movable either along the mill line or out of said line.
3,712,101
CORRUGATION-FORMING MACHINES
Colin R. Bemrose; Dennis C. Brown, and VViUiam G. Turner,
Leamington Spa, England, assignors to Associated Engineer-
ing Limited, Leamington Spa, England
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,572
Int. CLB2ld /J/04
U.S.CK72-196 6 Claims
3,712,103
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE HOT PIERCING
OF METAL BILLETS
Aime Malegue. Montbard. France, assignor to Cefilac, Paris.
France „„ „„
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,608
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 26, 1969, 6940768
Int.CLB21c2i/04
U^. CL 72-264 5 Claims
A corrugation forming machine in which a sheet of material
to be corrugated is passed between a pair of rollers having
meshing gear-like teeth. Resilient means is provided either at
the tip of a tooth or at the root between the adjacent teeth on
the other roll with which the said tooth meshes, whereby each
corrugation is pressed, as it is being formed, between the
resilient means on one roll and a relatively non-resilient por-
tion of the other of the rolls.
3,712,102
COMBINATION ROLLING MILL
Werner W. Elbe, McCandless Township, Allegheny County,
Pa., assignor to Blaw-Knox Company
Division of Ser. No. 15,236, March 2, 1970, Pat. No.
3 665 746. Thk application March 1, 1972, Ser. No. 230,574
Int. CI. B21b i//0fi.i9/20
U.S. CI. 72-238 12 Claims
i&^*^
An improvement in the hot piercing of a previously cold
drilled metal billet in which the bottom of the piercing press is
equipped with a frustoconically bored ring, the aperture of
which noticeably exceeds the cross-section of the desired bil-
let bore or the expanding tool During extrusion in an extru-
sion press, the section of the billet coming from the lower part
of the piercing press is placed in the extrusion press adjacent
to the dummy block.
3,712,104
APPARATUS FOR CLAMPING WORKPIECES IN DRAW
BENCHES FOR THE LIKE
Alfons Goeke, Solingen, Germany, assignor to Th. Kieserling &
Albrecht, Solingen, Germany
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,135
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 22, 1970, P 20
02 709.2
Int. CI. B21c///4.B21d 4i//0
U^. CI. 72-290 10 Claims
A cartridge loadable combination mill for rolling beam,
structural or plate products The combination mill includes a
pair of cartridge or cartridge-like loaded mill stands, the first
of which has a movable mill housing and the second of which
is adaptable to being moved out of the mill line. The cartridges
contain a pair of horizontal and vertical rolls that are aligned
Apparatus which clamps one or more tubular or solid rod-
shaped workpieces dunng forcible introduction of leading
1222
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
ends of such workpieces into the dies of a draw bench is
mounted in a carriage which is reciprocable in the frame of
the draw bench toward and away from the dies. The apparatus
has pairs of wedge-like adjusting members which support
wedge-like holders for work-engaging clamping elements and
are movable along inclined internal guide surfaces of the car-
riage m response to rotation of feed screws. The inclination of
guide surfaces with reference to the direction of reciprocation
of the carriage exceeds the self-locking angle and the inclina-
tion of guide faces provided on the adjusting members for the
holders is below the self-locking angle. A piston is employed
to block the movement of one of each pair of adjusting mem-
bers with reference to the carriage while the carriage performs
a working stroke and while the clamping elements hold a
workpiece behind the leading end which is to be forced
through the die.
means coupled to the vacuum cup to apply an external operat-
ing force to pull the dented portion outwardly with the cup.
The force transmitting means includes a rigid bar having
means for applying a pulling force thereto and a coupling
3,712,105
METHOD OF FORMING METAL
Robert A Harris, 1660 Clay Road, Mablcton, Ga.
Division of Ser. No. 818,983, April 24, 1969, Pat. No.
3,610,017. This application July 14, 1971, Ser. No. 162,630
Int.CI. B21d///04
U.S. CI. 72 — 307 5 Claims.
means pivotally connected at one end to the vacuum cup and
adjustably mounted at the opposite end to the rigid bar. The
adjustable mounting may be locked at selected positions along
the bar. Other features are disclosed.
3,712,107
APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF STRIPPING
CONTAINERS FROM METAL WORKING PUNCHES
F. Wm. Duhan, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Crown Cork &
Seal Company, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,059
Int. CI. B2 Id 45/00
U^. CI. 72—345 9 Claims
A method and apparatus for forming metal wherein the
method comprises the stops of moving finite lengths of meul
along the prescribed path, stopping each length of metal at a
predetermined position, moving a metal forming machine
across Uie leading edge of the metal to form the same, moving
the metal past the machine after it has cleared the metal,
returning the machine to its initial position, reversing the
movement of the metal along the path after it passes the
machine to return it to a second predetermined position while
moving a second piece of metal to the first predetermined
position and repeating the moving of the machine across the
trailing edge of the first piece of metal and leading edge of the
second piece of metal to form the same and repeating the
operation to form the leading and trailing ends of sub-
sequently fed pieces of metal. The apparatus of the invention
includes a first transfer table for moving the metal to the first
predetermined position, a metal forming machine, means for
moving the metal forming machine across the path of move-
ment of the metal, and a second uansfer table for moving the
metal away from the machine and back toward the machine to
the second predetermined position.
As a punch is removed from a metal working die during a
return stroke, a knock-out member remains extended while
the punch is withdrawn from a shell or can body thereby
stripping the can body from the punch. The knock-out
member is then retracted into the punch. By providing a round
trip camming mechanism in combination with a geared knock-
out drive mechanism, the knock-out stroke for the knock-out
drive is substantially equal to the height of the can and the
knock-out member is retracted into the punch before the
return stroke is completed.
3,712,106
SHAPING TOOL FOR PLANAR SHEETS
Olen Wade Hoisapple; Edward Joe Holsapple, and Jerry
Raymond Holsapple, all of Salem, 111., assignors to Raymond
P. Wolgast, Burkley, Mich.
Filed July 24, 1968, Ser. No. 747,178
Int. CI. B2 Id 5/04, B21j 13108- B21b 25/00
U.S. CI. 72—309 1 1 Claims
A portable tool for reshaping deformed panels comprises a
vacuum cap for gripping a dented panel and force transmitting
3,712,108
FREELY POSITIONABLE FORCE DISTRIBUTING
DEVICE
Wayne E. Hunnicutt, Big Bend, Wis., assignor to Applied
Power industries. Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,966
Int.CLB21j/i/00
U.S. CI. 72-446 6 Claims
A freely positionable force transfer device for receiving a
power strut directing a force angularly downward toward a
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1223
platform The device is engaged by a flexible reactive member posite edges thereof, or a helical groove in the outer cylindri-
secured to the platform to maintain static equilibrium by cal periphery of the cover means that defines the labyrinthine
so
45^ I 5S,
52
30
A,i/ F2 V^r---
26 29
-^^ZZ^ZZZZZZTZ^ZZZZZZZZA
^m$>^
directing the components of the applied force into the plat-
form and to the reactive member.
3,712,109
GRAVITY COMPENSATED ACCELERATION
MEASURING APPARATUS
Klaus Haken, Platenstr. 15,852 Eriangen. West (Jerrtiany
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 77,988
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 7, 1969, P 19 50
452.0
Int.CI.GOlp/5/05
U.S.CL 73-517 R 8 Claims
taXlEMMtEB
VMAVm
FBKIUISiTUB
The inertial reactive force on a proof mass being moved on
an arbitrary inclined path due to the acceleration in the
direction of the path is computed from two components of the
bearing pressure of the suspended or supported proof mass,
the one component being parallel and the other component
being perpendicular to the direction of the path.
path. A thermocouple for continuously detecting the tempera-
ture of the sample is disposed in a central recess in the bottom
of the vessel.
3,712,111
FLOW CONTROL FOR GAS ANALYZING APPARATUS
Peter M. Llewellyn, Menlo Park, Calif., assignor to Vanan As-
sociates, Palo Alto. Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 551,756, Dec. 6, 1965, Pat.
No. 3,455,092. This applicaUon July 10, 1968, Ser. No.
743,852
Int. CI. BOld 59144; GOln 3 1/08
U.S. CI. 73— 23. 1 8 Claims
3,712,110
SAMPLE HOLDER FOR SELECTIVE
THERMOANALYTICAL TESTS
Jeno PauUk, and Ferenc PauUk, both of Budapest. Hungary,
assignors to Magyar Optikai Muvek, Budapest. Hungary
Filed Feb. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 228,1 17
Claims priority, application Hungary, Feb. 22, 1972, MA-
2196
Int. CL GOln 25/00
U.S. CI. 73-15 B 9 Claims
A sample holder for selective thermoanalytical analysis of
specimens, comprises a receptacle for the specimen and cover
means for the receptacle. The cover means provides a
labyrinthine path for escape of gases from the sample. This
labyrinthine path can be provided by concentric cylindrical
elements which permit the gas to escape past alternately op-
A gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer system including
means for varying the amount of throughput from chromato-
graph to spectrometer without physically altering the flow
path therebetween. A valve means is inserted in the effluent
flow path of the chromatograph downstream of the spec-
trometer inlet system so that the exhaust port flow path may
be constricted to unbalance the pressure differentials in the
chromatograph detector flow path and the main flow path
downstream of the splitter thus enabling the effective split
ratio to be selectively varied without affecting the geometry of
the flow stream connecting the chromatograph and spec-
trometer.
3,712,112
DEVICE FOR THE TESTING OF SEAMS OF FOIL OR
SHEET SEALED CONTAINERS
Karl Widmer, Zurich, and Horst Zumsteg. Neuhasen. both of
Switzerland, assignors to Schweizerische .Aluminum Xii,
Chippis, Switzerland
FUed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 144,166
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 29, 1970,
8057/70
Int. CL GO 1 mi/02
U.S. CL 73-37 5 Claims
A device for the testing of seams of lightweight containers
sealed with foil or sheet, the device being especially adapted
1224
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
for testing of the seams. The device comprises a supporting beneath any desired tube and filter element. The annular
means to support the container except for the seam zone and space between tip and tube is sealed off by means of an inflata-
ble collar. Low pressure air is injected into the isolated ele-
ment at a constant rate. The pressure of the air within the ele-
ment is measured and is indicative of the condition of the ele-
" ** ^ * 51 50 ment. Conversely the pressure within the element may be con-
means to introduce a pressure medium into the container and
to increase the pressure thereof until either the seam bursts or
a pre-set test pressure is reached.
3.712,113
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GRADING DOUBLE
REEDS FOR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS
William A. Roscoe, 162 Halpine Road, Rockville, Md.
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,295
Int. CK GO I mi/02
U.S.CL 73-37 5 Claims
WCUUI
!tU»CE
L^
C<^
*0r1^:t^^',,\*./^
r^
3S
Slant and the flow rate measured as an indicator of the filter
condition. If an element has an opening through the wall, air
through that element must be closed off This is done by posi-
tioning in the tube a bladder, inflating it with pressurized air
through a needle passing through the wall of the bladder, and
withdrawing the needle.
The source of vacuum is connected to a fitting having a con-
figuration complementary to the internal dimensions of a
musical instrument mouthpiece having a double reed secured
thereto. Suitable gauge and regulating means may be provided
in the vacuum line and upon gradually lowering the
mouthpiece over the fitting the reed will begin to vibrate and
cease vibrating at specific readings on the gauge. Likewise,
upon lifting the mouthpiece off the fitting, the double reed will
again begin to vibrate and cease vibrating at specific readings
on the gauge. The readings on the gauge are indicative of the
vacuum range over which the double reed will vibrate. Thus, it
is possible to grade each reed as to hardness.
3.712,114
DUST BAG QUALITY TESTING SYSTEM
Jack S. Osbom, 4041 South Richmond, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,723
Int. CL GOlm i/2<S, GOln 15108; BOId 35114
U.S.CL73— 38 15 Claims
This invention is concerned with the testing, while in use, of
the plurality of filtering elements in an air filtration system.
The system involves an air inlet chamber separated from an air
outlet chamber by a tube sheet. Filtration elements are
clamped over these tubes so that air passes up the tubes into
the elements, or bags, through the walls of the elements and
into the outlet air chamber; the dust remaining inside the bags.
To test the condition of each bag separately, a probe tube is
selectively positioned through the wall of the air inlet chamber
3,712,115
PIPE TESTING APPARATUS
Darwin A. Miller, Houma, La., assignor to Gerald F. Lofaso,
Houma, La.
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79.397
Int. CL GOlm i/2<S. E2 lb Ji//24
U.S. CL 73— 49.1 10 Claims
r:
Upper and lower axially spaced, radially expansible seals
are secured to each other by an elongate spacer bar to form a
pipe testing assembly. The assembly is positioned within the
pipe to be tested and fluid pressure is employed to expand the
upper and lower seals radially into sealing engagement with
the surrounding pipe. Pressurized test fluid is introduced into
the pipe within the enclosed area between the spaced seals to
test the pipe for leaks. The lower seal includes a mandrel over
which a preshaped cup seal is slidably disposed above a plu-
rality of annular compression seals. The test fluid moves the
cup seal downwardly which compresses the compression seals
and causes them to move radially outwardly into sealing en-
gagement with the surrounding pipe. Fluid containing cham-
bers are formed between the expanded cup seal and compres-
sion seals to provide a back pressure which prevents high pres-
sure collapse of the cup seal. If desired, a second seal having
the same construction as the lower seal may be inverted and
employed as the upper seal in the testing assembly.
In a modified form, the preshaped cup seal is replaced by a
normally retracted, annular working seal mounted on the
mandrel which in turn is threadedly coupled with the lower
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1225
end of the spacer bar. A friction drag holds the mandrel sta-
tionary and rotation of the spacer bar causes the upper end of
the working seal to be moved outwardly by a cone spreader
carried on the spacer bar whereupon the working seal func-
tions in the same manner as the preformed cup seal of the
preferred form. In its retracted position, the lower seal as-
sembly has relatively small radial dimensions permitting it to
be freely moved past constrictions within the pipe being tested
and thereafter expanded into an operative cup shape by rota-
tion of the spacer bar.
3,712,116
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING LIQUID
COMPOSITIONS BY THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
Marshall L. Andre. Houston, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil
Company, Houston. Tex.
Filed Nov. 25. 1970, Ser. No. 92,790
Int. CI. GOln 25//.S
U.S.CI.73-53 5 Claims
represents the instantaneous amplitude of mechanical oscilla-
tion, is compared to a reference DC voltage which represents
the desired amplitude of oscillation . The resulting error signal
is utilized to control the gain of the amplifier in such a manner
that the amplitude of mechanical oscillation is maintained
constant and equal to the desired amplitude. The viscosity of
the fluid in which the torsion member is immersed is obtained
by providing an output signal which is a measure of the power
provided by the amplifier to the magnetic fcoil in order to
maintain the desired constant amplitude of oscillation.
Preferably, the output signal is obtained from the voltage
developed across a resistor in series with the magnetic coil.
3,712,118
METHOD OF OIL CUT DETERMINATION
Robert W. Mason, Missouri City. Tex., and Frank O.
Prochaska, Metarie, La., assignors to Shell Oil Company,
Houston, Tex.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,277
Int. CL GOln ii/26
U.S. CI. 73— frl . 1 R 1 * Claims
Liquid/liquid interfaces and changes in bulk-liquid com-
position may be detected by changes in thermal conductivity.
A pair of thermistors are located, one in the reference side and
the other in the sample side of a cell. A reference solvent is
caused to flow through the reference side of the cell while the
liquid to be tested is caused to flow through the sample side of
the cell. The thermistors are integrated into a bridge circuit
such that a change in liquid composition unbalances the
bridge causing an output signal that may be recorded on a
strip chart.
3,712,117
HIGH PRECISION WIDE DYNAMIC RANGE VISCOUS
LOSS MEASURING APPARATUS
J. Vincent Fitzgerald. Metuchen; Frank J. Matusik. and Hans
R. Oppliger, both of PiscaUway, aU of N J., assignors to Na-
tional MeUl and Refining Company, Inc.. Exlison, N J.
FUed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,833
Int. CL GOln 7 7/76
U.S. CI. 73-59 13 Claims
J viscoiiry
i9 ^fBuntoL aevin-
r VISCOUS
otcuLtrotn
/■
98
■ SPK/r/c senviTS
■: -Ttn/miiATUff-
7i
fUtOUlUC)/ I
»
Mie/ai
tKoeBiu*
SfvlCt-
STEAM OUTLFT
R W MOiOn
imctroRS
22 ■e/ii snr
etCCTRIC MO'OP
A method for determining the percentage oil in an oil-water
emulsion which is predominately water, such as in a fluid
stream produced from an oil field during a thermal secondary
recovery process. The produced fluid stream is sampled con-
tinuously, the collected sample is then homogenized and sam-
pled, and oil is removed from the secondcsample with an oil
solvent heavier than water. Percentage oil is determined from
the volume of oil removed by the solvent.
3,712,119
MATERIAL TESTER
Benjamin T. Cross, Jamestown, Colo., and (lerald J. Posakony,
Boulder. Colo., assignors to Automation Industries, Inc.,
El Segundo, Calif.
Continuation of Ser. No. 644 .%2. June 9, 1%7, abandoned.
andacontinuation-in-partof Ser. No. 792,217,Jan. 13, 1969,
which is a continuation of Ser. No. 521,264, Jan. 18, 1966,
abandoned. This application Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,340
Int. CI. GOln 29/04
U.S. CL 73—67.7 7 Claims
"za ^
A viscosity measuring system especially useful in pollution
and chemical process control applications. A variable gain
amplifier drives a magnetic coil which causes a torsion
member to oscillate. The amplitude of the oscillations
sensed by a transducer, and converted to a DC voltage by an
amplitude monitoring circuit. The DC voltage, which
IS
This invention relates to ultrasonic nondestructive testing
wherein ultrasonic energy is transmitted into a workpiece and
1226
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
the various characteristics of the workp.ece. such as the data recording, and probe components detachably joined
presence or absence of defects, are determined by rece.v.ng together. The data recordmg component havmg an easHy
ultrasonic energy rerad.ated from the workpiece. The system removed recordmg drum which rotates accordmg to the
includes one or more transmitting transducers positioned to
transmit ultrasonic energy onto the surface of the workpiece
at an oblique angle whereby the ultrasonic energy is converted
into a shear mode and propagates laterally through the work-
piece into an inspection region. If there are any discontinuities
within the inspection region at least a portion of the incident
shear waves are reradialed from the discontinuity. A receiving
transducer is disposed laterally from the transmitting trans- |_jj
ducer and substantially normal to the surface of the workpiece
for receiving the reradialed energy. In addition, several novel
forms of scanning are provided for inspecting large areas of
the workpiece and producing a printed record of the charac-
teristics of the workpiece
3,712,120
MULT! AXES VIBRATION FIXTURES
James C. Fletcher, Administrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration, with respect to an invention of;
Clifton R. Sims, and Richard C. Taylor, both of Huntsville,
Ala.
Filed Dec. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 213,004
Int. CI. B06b 3100
U.S.CI.73— 71.6 8 Claims
downward force applied on said handle and a stylus means for
marking said drum along its height according to the penetra-
tion depth of said probe into the soil.
3,712,122
AIRCRAFT HARD LANDING INDICATOR
Carl L. Harris, Kirland. Wash.; Uij-hton C. Rama. Bellevue,
Wash., and Dallas V. Seward, Seattle, Wash., asslRnors to
Electro Development Corporation, I.ynnwood, Wash.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,121
Int.CI.GOlli/00
U.S. CI. 73-88.5 R 10 Claims
The apparatus includes a shaker platform fixture having a
mounting face upon which is supported a movable specimen
mounting fixture The specimen mounting fixture is pivotally
movable relative to an axis perpendicular to the plane of the
mounting face of the platform fixture and holds a specimen to
be vibrated along its orthogonal axes. The mounting face of
the platform fixture is provided with the necessary angle of
incline relative to the plane of vibration, and the specimen
mounting fixture is provided with mounting faces having the
necessary angle of incline relative to the mounting faces of the
platform future, such that turning of the specimen mounting
fixture about its pivotal axis will expose the mounted specimen
to vibration along each of its major orthogonal axes. A shaker
platform is provided of a configuration having a mounting face
of such angular incline to the plane of vibration so that the
specimen to be vibrated may be attached directly to this face,
and, in turning of the specimen along an axis perpendicular to
said mounting face, subject the same to vibration along a
number of other orthogonal axes.
i,,^ msMT Htm
LuA L S.
^»-^, .
ii' J (NUCATOft
Ul-^
3,712,121
SELF-RECORDING PORTABLE SOIL PENETROMETER
James C. Fletcher, Administrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration with respect to an invention of;
Nicholas C. Costes, 4017 Garth Road; RoUand G. Sturm,
1320 Forbes Drive, S.E.; Roland H. Norton, 2508 Lancelot
Drive, S.E., all of Huntsville, Ala., and George E. Campbell,
P. O. Box 9, Balboa Heights, Canal Zone, Panama
Filed July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,028
Int. CLG01ni//4, J/24
U.S. CI. 73— 84 4 Claims
A lightweight,, portable penetrometer for testing soil
characteristics, which penetrometer is composed of a handle.
An apparatus for indicating when an aircraft has been sub-
jected to an abnormal or "hard" impulse upon landing com-
prises a plurality of force sensors, each force sensor being
disposed to provide an output signal proportional to the in-
stantaneous ground contact force exerted upon one landing
gear of the aircraft. The plurality of output signals provided by
the sensors are amplified and supplied to a corresponding plu-
rality of indicator circuits. Included in each indicator circuit is
at least one level detector which provides an output to light an
indicator lamp if the value of the output signal supplied
thereto equals or exceeds a predetermined threshold value. In
a preferred embodiment, each indicator circuit comprises a
plurality of level detectors responsive to different threshold
values. If a second, greater threshold value is exceeded during
a predetermined time interval folio A-ing traversal of a first,
lesser threshold value, an output is provided by the indicator
circuit to light the indicator lamp. The force threshold values
and time interval which comprise an abnormal landing im-
pulse are arrived at by structural analysis of the entire aircraft.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1227
3,712,123
COMPOUND-PLATE STRAIN GAGE TRANSDUCER
Eric Laimins, Belmont, Mass., assignor to BLH Electronics,
Inc., Waltham, Mass.
Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,623
Int.CLG01l//22
U.S. CL 73— 141 A
scale member additionally includes a breakage point scale,
calibrated in tension force, which is read through a breakage
point indicator aperture defined through the tension ring.
Rotation of the actuable rotator relative to the tension ring is a
measure of elongation of the hair and is measured on the elon-
gation scale. The tension force which causes breakage of the
3 Claims hair is read on the breakage point scale through the breakage
point indicator aperture after the tension ring is restored to its
neutral position by the bias spring.
3,712,125
LOAD SIMULATION SYSTEM
Walter E. Meyer. Ferndale. Mich., assignor to Koehring
Company. Milwaukee. Wis.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,493
Int.CLG01ni/yO
U.S.CL 73-90 10 Claims
A low-profile strain-gage transducer capable of operating
accurately over relatively low force ranges includes as a main
sensing element a compound flat plate and rib structure ex-
tending between radially spaced central and peripheral load-
transmitting members, the compound structure having rela-
tively stiff gaged ribs of doubly tapered wedge form in a sym-
metrical annular array wherein the ribs are angularly
separated by relatively low-stiffness web or plate portions.
3,712,124
COMPACT ANALYZER FOR HAIR-LIKE FIBERS
George J. LuU, 4721 North Washington Boulevard, Arlington,
Va.
Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,576
Int.CLGOlni//-*
A servo load simulation system incorporating a servo con-
trol feed-back loop in combination with an amplitude multipli-
er and an external amplitude control to provide a gradual rate
of increase of an analog command signal to aaactuator.
L.S. CI. 73—95
1 1 Claims
3,712,126
VEHICLE SPEED CONTROLLER
Robert Campbell, Roseville, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,892
Int.CI.B60kiy/00
U.S.CL73-117 4 Claims
.4 P-
A device for testing the tensile strength and elongation
capacity of hair and hair-like fibers includes an actuable rota-
tor and a tension ring concentrically disposed and mounted
for independent rotation. The tension ring is biased by a
calibrated spring to a neutral angular position relative to a
hand-held body member. Binding posts secured to the rotator
and tension ring, respectively, secure respective ends of a hair
being measured, whereby rotation of the rotator in opposition
to the spring bias on the tension ring exerts a tension force on
the tension ring through the measured hair. A scale member is
rotatably mounted below the tension ring and actuator and in-
cludes a shoulder which is engaged by a projection from the
tension ring, whereby the scale member rotates with the ten-
sion ring when the latter is rotated against the spring bias. The
scale member includes an elongation scale, calibrated m per-
cent elongation of the measured hair, which is read through an
elongation indicator aperture defined through the rotator. The
Apparatus for controlling the speed of a vehicle in ac-
cordance with a predetermined schedule by manipulating the
vehicle's accelerator and brake pedals. A program generator
generates a reference signal that is proportional to the desired
speed of the vehicle during the predetermined schedule. The
reference signal is compared with a feedback signal that is
proportional to the actual speed of the vehicle by a signal
generating network which generates a control signal in ac-
cordance with the difference between the reference and feed-
back signals. An accelerator pedal control network that in-
cludes a DC motor which is driven by uniform high voltage
pulses manipulates the accelerator pedal in accordance with
1228
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
the control signal. A brake pedal control network that in-
cludes a pneumatic actuator and an electrical to pressure
transducer manipulates the brake pedal in accordance with
the control signal. The operativeness of the brake pedal con-
trol network and the accelerator pedal control network and
the amplification of the signal generating network are con-
trolled by the program generator in accordance with the
predetermined schedule.
A test stand for testing vehicle drive trains which includes
means for loading the drive train with dynamic inertialJoads
that can be superimposed on static or usual torque levels. The
inertial load on the drive train can be used to simulate ac-
celeration and braking loads.
3,712,128
TEST STAND FOR VEHICLE BRAKES
Osmond Beissbarth, Sulzbacherstrasse 15, 8 Munich 23, Ger-
many
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,638
Claims priority, application Germany, May 25, 1970, P 20
25 549.6
Int.CI.G01l5/2«
U.S. CI. 73— 1 26 6 Claims
3,712,129
SIMPLIFIED WELLBORE PRESSURE TESTING
APPARATUS
Vaughan W. Rhoades, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Cities Service
Oil Company, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,832
Int. CLE21b 47/06
U.S.CL 73—151 6 Claims
3,712,127
DRIVE TRAIN TEST STAND
Niel R. Petersen, Hopkins, Minn., assignor to MTS Systems
Corporation. Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 62,856
Int. CI. GOlmyi/02
U.S. CI. 73— 118 12 Claims
• - : TT
A length of microtubing is strung from the surface to the
bottom of a well string during well completion and sealed at
the surface by a valve. Pressure is recorded as desired by regu-
lation of a pressurized gas, metered by a microflow
mechanism, into the microtubing so that a predetermined flow
of gas is continuously bubbled from the exit of the microtub-
ing at the bottom of the well. A pressure gauge may be at-
tached to the microtubing at the surface so as to measure the
shut-in or flowing pressure of the well. The injected gas is of a
known density so that a correction for the flowing head can be
made to accurately determine the bottomhole pressure.
3,712,130
DETECTION OF DISTRIBUTED DEFECTS IN GEAR
ASSEMBLIES
Bjorn Weichbrodt, and Bernard Darrel, both of Schenectady,
N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company, Schenectady,
N.Y.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,331
Int. CI.GOlm U/02
U.S.CL73— 162 5 Claims
The right and left front or rear wheels of a vehicle are driven
by a common motor via a common driving shaft. Two measur-
ing beams, one for the right and one for the left wheel, are
mounted on the shaft so as to be freely rotatable relative to the
shaft. Each vehicle wheel is driven from the shaft by a chain or
belt surrounding guide wheels mounted on each beam. The
braking forces exerted on each wheel are separately detected
by means of gauges connected to each measuring beam.
A distributed defect in one of a pair of meshing gears
produces a modulation in amplitude of the component of the
vibration signal which has the same repetition rate as the
meshing frequency of the gears. The modulation has a
frequency corresponding to the period of rotation of the gear
with the distributed effect or a submultiple thereof. Detection
of the modulation provides an indication of the existence,
character and extent of the defect.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1229
3,712,131
HEAT FLUX INDICATOR
Warren K. Smith, 100 Coral Sea Circle, China Lake, Calif.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,473
Int.CI.GOIk/7/00
U.S.CL73— 190H 6 Claims
about the exterior of the insulative cylinder and is looped to
extend circumferenlially about the cylinder at substantially
1 80° thereof. At each side of the first magnetizing coil there is
provided at least one auxiliary winding whose field axis is
An inexpensive passive heat flux sensor and recording
device for measurements in fires or other hot environments
comprising a pair of small spring steel strips of different
thicknesses, heat treated to maximum hardness. The strips are
fastened together back-to-back with asbestos paper insulation
between them, or they are mounted side-by-side on a piece of
asbestos millboard. After immersion in a fire the two steel
pieces are tested for Rockwell C hardness, which is referred to
a set of charts prepared with the aid of a computer program.
The charts give the average heat flux and the time from
beginning of exposure to approximately the maximum tem-
perature of the steel pieces. It is also possible to calculate the
approximate flame temperature from the data.
3,712,132
DROPLET MONITORING PROBE
George M. Low, Deputy Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an in-
vention of; James R. Baughman, 7110 Pomelo Drive,
Canoga Park, Calif., and Paul C. Thys, 13208 Goleta,
Pacoima, Calif.
Filed Sept. 23, 1 970, Ser. No. 74,759
Int. CL GO If i/00
U.S.CL73-194E 7 Claims
directed through the blood vessel. The resultant magnetic
field from the first magnetizing coil and auxiliary windings is
highly uniform throughout the entire cross section of the
blood vessel on which the probe is mounted.
3,712,134
VARIABLE AREA FLOWMETER
Hans Juergen Dettmer, 3400 Goettingen, Germany, assignor to
Fischer & Porter Company, Warminster, Pa.
Filed March 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122,378
Claims priority, application Germany, April 6, 1970, P 70
12 517.6; April 6, 1970, P 20 16 329.5
Int. CL GO If 7/00
U.S. CI. 73—209 6 Claims
A droplet monitoring system is disclosed for analysis of
mixed-phase fluid flow in development of gas turbines The
system uses a probe comprising two electrical wires spaced a
known distance apart and connected at one end to means for
establishing a DC potential between the wires. A drop in the
fluid stream momentarily contacting both wires simultane-
ously causes an electrical signal which is amplified, detected
and counted.
3,712,133
FLOWMETER PROBE
Allan S. Westersten, Los Angeles County, Calif., assignor to
SUtham Instruments, Inc., Oxnard, Calif.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 57,903
Int. CLGOlp 5/05
U.S.CL 73—194 EM 3 Claims
An insulative hollow cylinder, whose internal bore is slightly
larger than the external dimensions of the blood vessel on
which it is to be mounted, has a longitudinal portion removed
to form an access opening. A first magnetizing coil is formed
A variable-area flowmeter in which the meter tube is
removably supported on a lower inlet fitting and an upper out-
let fitting projecting forwardly from a mounting plate. The
meter tube is provided with lateral openings adjacent the
lower and upper ends thereof, which openings register respec-
tively with the inlet and outlet fittings and are dimensioned to
snugly accommodate these fittings. Extending longitudinally
within the tube between the lateral openings is a tapered bore
having a float therein. The inlet end of the bore is aligned with
a port in the inlet fitting leading to an inlet passage, whereas
the outlet end of the bore is aligned with a port in the outlet
fitting leading to an outlet passage, whereby fluid introduced
through the inlet fitting and passing through the bore into the
outlet fitting causes the float to rise to a level determined by
fluid flow rate. The meter tube may be removed simply by slid-
ing it off the fittings, which are provided with O-rings sealably
to engage the walls of the lateral openings.
1230
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,135
CALIBRATING MEDIUM DISPLACEMENT FLOW RATE
CALIBRATOR
E. T. Reves. Odessa, Tex., assignor to Dart Industries, Inc.,
Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Oct. 29, 1971,Ser. No. 193,927
Int.Cl.F16h7/00
II.S.CL 73-219 12 Claims
trol channel One of the discharge channels is connected to an
indicator, and the control channel is connected to a hollow
probe which is adapted to have its free end closed by the sur-
face of the fluid material being sensed. A branch channel is
provided between the supply line of the fluid of the device and
the control channel to permit the use of the supplied fenergy
fluid to divert the stream into a selected discharge channel,
the line is controlled by a pair of valves having a small hole
therebetween opening to the atmosphere.
3,712,137
WATER LEVEL INDICATOR
Pierce H. Zavod, King of Prussia, Pa., assignor to the I'nited
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed April 23, 1971, Ser. No. 136,920
Int. CI. GOlf 23/74.23/22
U,S.CL73— 295
»nm0mrm
^;d-^
8 Claims
A flow rate calibration apparatus and method therefor is
designed to accurately calibrate the flow rate of very small
streams that are difficult and potentially dangerous to handle.
The apparatus is particularly adaptable to measuring the flow
rates of relatively high pressure streams.
The apparatus comprises a receptacle for a calibrating
medium, e.g., mercury, which receptacle contains a high pres-
sure leg with an inlet and a low pressure leg with an outlet and
a conduit mterconnecting the legs for maintaining them in
fluid communication; sensing means for sensing differential
pressure, conduit means for flow of fluid from the pump
through the sensing means and the inlet to the high pressure
leg and for flow of the fluid from the low pressure leg through
the outlet and the sensing means to the receiving vessel during
the calibrating portion of the cycle; by-pass means for by-
passing the fluid around the first means during the by-pass
portion of the cycle; and timing means for controlling the time
interval the apparatus remains in the calibrating portion of the
cycle and for controlling the time interval the apparatus
remains in a by-pass portion of the cycle. The differential is
translated directly into a reading of amount of fluid pumped
over the time interval of the calibrating portion of the cycle.
3,712,136
ARRANGEMENT FOR THE DETERMINATION OF
LIQUID LEVELS
Per Reidar Vlonsen, Oslo 1, Norway, assignor to Navaico
A/S
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, S«r. No. 74,262
Int.CI.G01f2i//6
U.S. CL73— 290 3 Claims
-^
FLUtO
MKSSWK
•OURCC
Subject disclosure relates to novel and improved apparatus
for continuously indicating the liquid level of a material m a
heated pressurized vessel. The improved apparatus includes a
tube, a portion of which passes through the liquid phase of the
material, a pressurized fluid source connected to one end of
the tube and means including a fluidic amplifier and a pressure
drop transmitter connected to the other end of the tube for
converting variations in pressure in the lube into a measure of
liquid level in the vessel. A second tube, a portion of which
passes through the vapor phase of the material is also con-
nected between the pressurized fluid source and the fluidic
amplifier and pressure drop transmitter to null liquid level
measurement errors produced by changes in pressure of the
material in the vessel.
3,712,138
DEPTH GAUGES
Carlo Alinari, Corso Vittorio Emanuele 200, Turin, Italy
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,791
Int.CLGOlf 2i/y4,G01l 19114
U.S. CL 73-300 6 Claims
A fluidic level sensor in which a stream of energy fluid is al-
ternatively diverted between two discharge channels by a con-
A depth gauge is of the type having a cup-like body contain-
ing a Bourdon tube, a nipple on the body communicaUng with
the interior of the tube. The body is enclosed in a resilient cas-
ing with the nipple passing sealingly through a wall in the cas-
ing That wall is covered by a flexible membrane forming part
of the casing, the space between the sail and membrane being
filled with an inert liquid which also fills the nipple and bour-
don tube. The surrounding pressure, acting on the membrane
and through it on the inert liquid, actuates the gauge.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1231
3,712,139
VOLUME MEASURING CONTAINER
John P. Harvey, Grand Haven, Mich., assignor to Harvey Har-
vesters, Inc., Sprink Lake and Grand Haven, Mich.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,421
Int. CL GO If 79/00
U .8. CI. 73—428 ^ Claims
3,712,141
DISPOSABLE THERMOMETER CONSTRUCTION
Desh D. Chadha, CaldweU; Babu B. Patel, Parsippany, and
Charles G. Pickett, Andover, all of NJ., assignors to Bio-
Medical Sciences, Inc., Fairfield, N J.
Filed Oct. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 189,176
Int.CLG01ky//0«, 7 7/72
U.S. CL 73-356 27 Claims
>'y>-.
A container which is adapted to be filled with fruit, particu-
larly berries, cherries, grapes or the like smaller fruit, placed
in the container immediately after harvesting and immersed in
water to preserve their freshness; the container is provided
with tension cables attached to opposite side walls of the con-
tainer and crossing each other at the center of the container to
reinforce the side walls of the container which are initially
fiexed to bulge outwardly before the cables are applied; the in-
tersection of the tensioning cables provides an accurate center
locating means for a probe adapted to be inserted into the
container to measure the volume of the product retained in
the container.
3,712,140
WET BULB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Albert P. Grasso, Rockville, Conn., and James K. Stedman,
Glastonbury, Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,772
Int. CI. GO In 25/62
U.S. CI. 73-338 5 Claims
A thermometer having a thermally sensitive substance
deposited on a thermally conductive sheet, e.g., aluminum,
and an overlying transparent film carrying indicator means
which are superpositionably registerable with the thermally
responsive substance for communicating therewith to denote
specified temperatures upon change of state of the substance
is provided with readily removable shield components as-
sociated, respectively with the thermally responsive sub-
stance, and the indicator means to protect the thermally
responsive substance and indicator means from any adverse
environmental conditions which would prohibit, alter or
otherwise inhibit proper functioning of the thermometer when
actually required for use. The shield component associated
with the thermally responsive substance, is of substantially
vapor impervious character and comprises a material which is
non-reactive with the thermally responsive substance heat
scalable to the thermally conductive sheet and so sealed in
face-to-face contact to the thermally conductive sheet in
covering position over the thermally responsive substance
deposits. Such shield component preferably is a two-layer
laminate comprised of an ionomer layer selected for its
amenability for heat sealing to metal foil, and a vapor-barrier
reinforcing layer of a material such as aluminum, polyester or
nylon overlaying the ionomer layer and in intimate contact
therewith. The other shield component, i.e., associated with
the indicator means, is readily removably adhesively secured
to the transparent film. Both shield components can be
peelably removed from the thermometer by pulling action ap-
plied digitally to pull tab means on the shield components
Concurrent with the peeling of the shield components from
the transparent film and thermally conductive sheet when
rendering to thermometer operative for use, the former is
pressed against the thermally conductive sheet to position the
indicator means in proper overiying communicating registra-
tion with the temperature responsive substance.
A temperature sensor for sensing the wet bulb temperature
of a gas stream containing vapor is provided by the combma-
tion of a housing having a condenser thereon, including cool-
ing means, a wick disposed in the gas stream m fluid connec-
tion with the condensing means, and a temperature sensor
having its sensing element disposed in the wick.
3,712,142
MAGNETIC AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Frank F. Stucki, Porlola Valley, CaUf., assignor to the Imted
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
.\ir Force ^„„
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,488
Int. CL GOll 9/06, GOld 7104
U.S.CL 73-389 ^^^^T
A combined magnetometer/pressure transducer in which a
1232
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
pressure transducer structure is wrapped into two perpendicu-
lar windings of a magnetometer to provide a multi-sensor head
3,712,144
AUTOMATED SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING SAMPLE
MEASUREMENT, DILUTIONS AND PHOTOMETRIC
MEASUREMENTS
Norb«rt R. Kuzel, Indianapolis. Ind., and Frederick W.
Kavanagh, Indianapolis, Ind., assignors to Eli Lilly and
Company. Indianapolis, Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 801,369, Feb. 24, 1969, Pat. No.
3,609,040. This application March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,843
Int.CI. GOln 1 1 10
U.S. CI. 73—421 R 8 Claims
|»S>— Iditccto* I (j)
allowing detection of magnetic anomalies and pressure signals
simultaneously.
3,712,143
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE RESPONSIVE APPARATUS
John A. Weaver, Philadelphia; Carl Raymond Brandt, Fort
Washington, and Lester R. Leidy, Jr., Oreland, all of Pa., as-
signors to Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Dec. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 210,365
Int. CI. GOll 7/05, 9/04
U.S. CI. 73—407 R 1 1 Claims
^
122 28 04 l€ 72
SO 120 7« lie
M 44 22 124 14 168 134 >72 174
S2 ; 132 12* 12 K6 170 IK I3a I lie
n ^ *° '^ "I "O 76 32.132 12* 12 1*6 170 13* 13* 1 171
ff^
^///T'
^
»8 S6 92 "2, 46 106 il4''l2a' ~II6 "118 ,'142 >>I40
X 90 19 lOO 108 S4 SS 130 24 30 144
An automatic diluter and photometric reader adapted for
use in the lurbidimetric microbiological assays of antibiotics,
vitamins, and the like, as well as in various other analytical as-
says.
3,712,145
OVERSPEED DETECTOR FOR ROTARY MEMBER
Tore Hartmann-Hansen, Wellsville, N.Y., assi(;nor to Worth-
in^ton Turbine International Inc., Wellsville, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 8. 1971, Ser. No. 206,020
lnt.CI.G01pJ//6
U.S.CI. 73— 491 6 Claims
V it 4t
A unique construction for improving the compactness, ac-
curacy, stability, reliability and sensitivity of fluid filled meters
employed to transduce a differential fluid pressure measure-
ment into an electrical signal before, during and after the ex-
istence of an abnormal overload condition on the high or low
fluid pressure side of the meter by employing;
1 . A wafer supported on a stationary body portion of the
meter which is made of a single crystal silicon material
havmg a diffused - fully active resistive bridge pattern
thereon to sense the differential pressure that is applied to
the wafer.
2. A motionless electrical connection between the diffused -
fully active, resistive bridge on the wafer and a power
transmitting current outside said meter
3. A flexible compliance bellows connected in compact
parallel relationship with a bellows actuated overload
valve for (a) preventing an indicator measuring the mag-
nitude of the differential pressure under measurement
from erroneously indicating that the measurement is at an
on scale valve when in fact it is at a dangerous over scale
valve and retammg the differential pressure acting sensor
during a high or low pressure overload condition within a
desired pre-selected pressure range so that the wafer and
resistive bridge cannot be impaired as an overload fluid
pressure is applied to the meter.
An overspeed detector to be utilized on a rotary device for
absolutely determining when overspeeding has occurred in-
cludes means providing a housing connected to and rotatable
with the rotary member and having a main bore radially
disposed with respect to the center or axial line of the rotary
member, a plunger slidable in said main bore and a resilient
member in the main bore coacting to maintain said plunger
from sliding radially outward until the plunger is acted on by
centrifugal force during overspeeding, and at least one or
more bores traverse to the main bore so that indicator mem-
bers freely and slidably mounted in the transverse bores can
be urged outwardly into the main bore when the transverse
bores are uncovered by the plunger during overspeed condi-
tions of the rotary member.
3,712,146
SELF-COMPENSATING RAILW A Y HAND BRAKE -
LINKAGE
Ovi« L. Sands, Shreveport, La., assignor to AMF Incorporated
Filed March 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 127,211
Int. CI. G05g 7102
U.S. CL 74— 491 7 Claims
A railway car hand brake mechanism employing lever
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1233
means and connecting linkages so constructed and arranged
as to provide a multiplied braking force to the brake shoes.
I*. 1^
TO A SfCOMD
5MKe SHOf
LINHAOe
62-. 6S 66 a
mounted in the body and constrained against axial movement
with respect to the body, a ball screw also rotalably mounted
in the body, a nut mounted on the ball screw, taper rollers in-
terposed between angled faces on the input member and on
the screw and serving to transmit torque from the input
member to the screw, and a preload spring connecting the
input member and the screw and urging the input member and
the screw together, the drive through the taper rollers from
the input member to the screw having a greater mechanical
advantage than the drive from the screw to the nut.
The multiplication factor remains substantially constant
throughout the limitsof movement of the mechanism.
3,712,149
REAR VIEW MIRROR OPERATING MECHANISM
Andrew J. Van Noord, Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor to Kent
Engineering, Grand Rapids, Mich.
FUed April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 138,889
Int. CLF16C 7/74
U.S. CL 74-501 M 6 Claims
3,712,147
MECHANICAL DRIVE MECHANISM WITH
PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT FUNCTION
Albert Bernstein, Sepulveda, Calif., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 176,479
Int. CLF16h 27/02
U.S. CL 74—89.22 1 Claims
A mechanical device for causing the angle of an output
shaft to be a desired programmable function of an input shaft
angle. The mput and output shafts are coupled by a tensioned
belt which traverses an intermediate idler pulley. The desired
function is provided by cam control of the distance separation
between the axis of the input shaft and the idler pulley.
3,712,148
BALL SCREW JACK
Andrew James Murcott, Bridgnorth, England, assignor to H.
M. Hobson Limited, London, England
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,523
Int. CLF16h 7/75
L.S. CI. 74—424.8 R ^ Claims
An operating mechanism for use with remote control rear
view mirrors to allow fixed axes of pivotal support at the mir-
ror location and preassembled use of sheathed control cables
of fixed length therewith; said operating mechanism including
a supporting member having pivotal means including first and
second pivotal members at one end, with control cable ends
attached to each thereof, reciprocal means on the other end of
the supporting member including first and second reciprocal
members biased in abutting relatiorT against the ends of the
cable sheathes, and a control lever attached to one of the
pivotal members for selective actuation of both thereof.
3,712,150
COMPOUND MOTION TRANSMITTING LINKAGE
Steven L. Biro, Inkster, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor Com-
pany, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 176,082
Int. CI. G05g 9100
U.S.CI. 74-473 R 8 Claims
The invention relates to a ball screw jack for operating an A compound motion transmitting lever mechanism adapted
aircraft flap, comprising a body, a rotary input member especially for use in controlhng rat.o shifts m a power trans-
1234
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
mission mechanism for an automotive vehicle comprising a ro-
tary actuator lever, a remotely situated control lever, and an
mtermediate lever having a universal bearing support at a lo-
cation intermediate its ends, one end of the intermediate lever
being mechanically connected to one end of the actuator lever
and the other end of the intermediate lever being connected to
the control lever, wherein the universal bearing means accom-
modates both rotary motion of the intermediate lever about its
axis of oscillation and angular adjustment thereof in a plane
that is transverse to its axis of oscillatidn.
3,712.151
MINIATURE DETENT MECHANISM
Norman R. Di«hl, Erie, N.Y., assignor to GTE Sylvania Incor-
porated
Fikd June 1, I971,Ser.No. 148,782
Int. CI. GOSg 5106
U.S.CI. 74— 527 3 Claims
3,712,153
INCREMENTAL GEAR DRIVE
Frank George East, and Frank Rouget Bichard, both of Toron-
to, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Combined Engineered
Products Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 97,414
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 7, 1970,
717/70
Int. CLF16h 47/04,37/05
U.S. CL 74—687 7 Claims
^1 '? ^sjt-T ?»;iji
A miniature detent mechanism employs a rotatable shaft
havmg a plurality of longitudinal serrations located on the
periphery thereof. A housing including two balls and a ball
race is positioned around the shaft in the area of the longitu-
dinal serrations. A leaf style spring formed around the ball
race exerts an inward force on the balls seating them into the
shaft serrations whereby the shaft is detented in various radial
positions.
3,712,152
GEAR UNIT OIL SEAL AND SUPPORT
Herbert N. Hoffman, Lunenburg, Mass., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,306
Int. CLF16h 57/02
VS. CL 74—606 R 3 Claims
An incremental gear drive comprises input and output
shafts journalled for rotation about a common axis, the shafts
being drivingly connected through a multiple reduction gear
train in a rotatable housing, the gears of which are caused to
rotate at a controlled speed either the same as the housing or
different therefrom to effect a controlled difference of speed
between the input and output shafts. The unit includes a con-
trol shaft which is driven by a control motor, connected to the
first pinion of the gear train.
3,712,154
TRANSMISSION
Arthur L. Welch, Box 5, Wasilla, Alaska
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,752
Int. CI. F16h 4 7/05
U.S. CL 74-688
1 Claim
An oil seal and support arrangement for mounting an open
bottom gear casing over an open top oil chamber with a vapor
and fluid tight seal including provision for adjusting the height
of the chocks or shims under the support areas of the gear cas-
ing for correcting machinery realignment without disturbing
the seal.
An infinitely variable speed transmission having a hydraulic
torque converter or other variable speed variable torque
mechanism supplying reaction to a plurality of planetary gear-
sets arranged in series, output member of first gearset con-
nected to input member of following gearset, with the power
source that drives the torque converter also driving the first
gearset input member. The first gearset always operates in
split torque drive. All except the first gearset reaction mem-
bers have one way brakes holding them from rearward rota-
tion Clutches between the gearset reaction members connect
them together to give split torque drive in the gearsets follow-
ing the first one. A formula for determining ratios in planetary
gearseU operating in split torque drive is given.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1235
3,712,157
''''' '«:„ .^.,c DIE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE
WINDING APPARATUS otto Kratz 44 WelU Hill Ave., Toronto, Ontario; Heinz
Charles J. Stommel, 4122 Airline Drive, Houston, Tex., and "•-f;^,",*^;^^;^^!^*^^^^^ ^U., Mississauga, Ontario.
William ''^^^f^;^^^\'^;f^^;^^^^^^^^ a^d George Steiner, 68 Heathdale Rd.. Toronto, OnUrio, all
Int. CLF16h 5/52 ei Claims °'^""*Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,106
U.S.CL 74-810 claims int. CL B21k 5/20, B21d 22/00
U.S.CL76-107R 8 Claims
m — <^ — •^^-■*
/»■ 1 !„*',;' 'a '//» "' >' '" '"
The specification discloses a winding apparatus such as a
capstan for use on sailboats and the like wherein the capstan
has a water tight housing enclosing a gear train for rotating a
winding drum in a single direction and wherein the gear train
includes a plurality of cam clutch gears slidable in one
direction of rotation for providing one multiple of force on the
drum in one direction of rotation of the power handle and
another multiple of force on the drum when the power handle
is rotated in the opposite direction
This invention provides a method and apparatus for the
manufacture of high speed steel coinage dies, and dies made
by the method.
3,712,156
CONTROL MECHANISM FOR FLUID-OPERATED
VEHICULAR TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Willi Kuhnle, 7990 Friedrichshafen, Germany, assignor to
Zahnradrabrik Friedrichshafen Aktiengesellschaft.
Friedrichshafen, Germany ,,, ,»«
Filed March 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,185
Int. CI. B60k 2/ /02
_. ^ma 5 Claims
U.S.CL 74-858
3,712,158
DYEING HUMAN HAIR AND COMPOSITION FOR
INCLUDING AN OXIDATION DYE AND HETEROCYCLIC
COUPLER THEREOF
Gregoire Kalopissis; Jean Gascon, both of Paris; Jacqueline
Gallien, La Garenne Colombe; Andree Bugaut, Boulogne sur
Seine, and Hubert Gaston-Brcton, Paris, all of France, as-
signors to L Oreal Societe Anonyme dite, Paris, France
Division of Ser. No. 783,414, Dec. 12, 1968, Pat. No.
3,674,414. This application March 20, 1972, Ser. No. 236,498
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Dec. 15, 1967,
55,116;Aug. 23, 1968,55,759
Int.Cl. D06p 1132
U.S.CL8-11 _, r^'-""*
A group of coupling agents, of which the followmg are
representative; 3-dimethylamino-phenylurea, 3-
dimethylamino-phenylthiourea, ( 3-hydroxy-6-methoxy )-
phenylurea, (3-hydroxy-6-methoxy)-phenythiourea, (2,4-
dimethyl-3-hydroxy)-phenylurea, (2,4-dimethyl-3-hydroxy)-
phenylthiourea. and (4-methyl-3-hydroxy)-phenylthiourea^
The invention also includes these couplers in association with
oxidation dyes, and a method of dyeing hair using said com-
positions.
r-M
3,712,159
DEVICE FOR AUTOMATIC CUT-OFF OF TOOL
CARRIER FEED IN METAL-CUTTING MACHINES
Ravil Khusainovich Galimov, 9 Podlesnaya ulitsa 54, kv. 26,
and Alexandr Alexandrovich Modze Kevsk>, ulitsa Pushkm-
skaya 213, kv. 30, both of Izhevsk, L.S.S.R.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,747
Int.Cl. B23b 2 //OO
L.S.CL 82-22 ^ Claims
< m
Fvn. fmmcrotK
Upon the engagement of a hydraulic clutch or brake to shift
gears in a vehicular transmission system, the change in
hydraulic pressure is utilized to trip a timer for the temporary
reduction of engine power during the shifting process.
A device for the automatic cut-off of a tool carrier feed in
metal-cutting machines and particularly thread cuttmg and
1236
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
turret lathes in which a worm gear has its worm wheel linked
kinem.atically with a mechanism for the progressive motion of
the tool carrier while the worm is freely-mounted on the shaft
and connected with a coaxially installed drive gear via a two-
sided coupling member having large teeth which coact with
teeth provided on the end surface of the worm and smaller
teeth which coact with teeth located on the face of the drive
gear.
3,712,160
TRIMMERS FOR CIGARETTE MAKING MACHINES
Edward George Preston; Robert Ernest Williams, and Philip
Arthur Maw, all of London, England, assignors to Molins
Machine Company Limited, Deptford, London, England
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,498
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 1, 1969,
38,738/69
Int. CI. B26d 3128
U.S. CI. 83— 4 13 Claims
properly positioning the tooling means with respect to
predetermined locations at which tooling operations are to be
performed on said structural member. The positioning ap-
paratus includes an indexing arrangement, as well as gauge
means which permit the automatic or semi-automatic opera-
tion of the machine, such that the tooling means may be ini-
tially positioned with respect to a transverse axis of the struc-
tural member and then moved along said axis in relatively
short, controlled increments to and from the points at which
the tooling operations are performed.
60 ^2 I04\^
102 74
t%J
A trimmer for a cigarette making machine has two co-
operating rotating discs and a rotary brush all of which are
mounted on a carrier member capable of swingmg up and
down slightly about a pivot axis to vary the amount of tobacco
removed by the trimmer. The pivot axis of the carrier part
coincides with the axis of a drive shaft which drives the discs
and brush via a shaft in the carrier part which has a bevel gear
meshing with a bevel gear on the drive shaft.
3,712,162
FILTER PLUG OFFSET
Fllippo Giatti, Bologna, Italy, assignor to AMF Incorporated
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,082
Claims priority, application Italy, July 15, 1969, 7170 A/69
Int. CI. 326d 7/OA. B41j 7/14
U.S. CI. 83-102 2 Claims
3,712,161
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING
ELONGATE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, OR THE LIKE
Raymond L. Valente, Kankakee, III., assignor to Manco Manu-
facturing Co., Bradley, 111.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,474
Int. CKB26f 7/02
U.S. CI. 83— 50 22 Claims
This invention is directed to continuously offsetting axially
aligned double length filter plugs for cigarette making
machines where rows of axially aligned double length filter
plugs that are to be offset, are fed into discrete interspaced
flutes of a rotary drum The drum is provided with a number of
peripheral longitudinal flutes, angularly and uniformly inter-
spaced along Ihe entire periphery of the drum such that two
consecutive rows fed to the drum are caused to occupy two
flutes of the drum which are interspaced between each other
by as many flute pitches as the number of filter lengths within
a row. All the filter lengths of a row minus one are transferred
in an orderly manner to different empty fiutes of the drum
which rotates continuously such that, after the transfer, all of
the filter lengths of each row are displaced or offset such that
each filter length occupies a distinctive flute of the drum.
A method and machine for effecting fabrication of a struc-
tural member, or the like, the machine comprising a work sta-
tion having tooling means, drive means for advancing a struc-
tural member longitudinally of said station, and apparatus for
3,712,163
SHUTTLE PRESS
Paul Vinson, Orange, Calif., assignor to Vinson Industries,
Inc., Orange, Calif.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,009
Int. CI. B26d 5/20
U.S. CI. 83-206 16 Claims
A press for performing work operations on sheet material
having at least one work station at which such work operations
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1237
are performed. The press includes a pair of secondary pads for
retaining the material in position. The secondary pads are
and drive means therefor are mounted on a guide for move-
ment therealong. Rotating saw means are supported on the
carriage and adapted to engage and thereby trim the grid as
the carriage is driven along the guide. Clamping means are
positioned between the first and second stop means and mova-
ble between open and closed positions and is adapted to clamp
the grid in a fixed position during the trimming procedure.
Control means are provided for causing a movement of the
carriage means along the guide only when the clamp means is
in the closed position.
movable in a shuttle or reciprocating type motion to progres-
sively and intermittently feed the sheet material through the
work station.
3,712,165
PASTRY PRODUCT PRODUCTION SYSTEM
Alfred Lake Meyer, Libertyville, III., assignor to Anestberger
Brothers, Inc., Northbrook, III.
Division of Ser. No. 758,246, Sept. 9, 1968, Pat. No.
3,566,805. This application Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64.284
Int. CI. B23d 25104
U.S. CL 83-289 7 Claims
3,712,164
SAW FOR TRIMMING CAST GRIDS
Harry H. Meschke, PorUge, and Ronald C. Van Linder,
Watervliet, both of Mich., assignors to Winkel Machine
Company, Inc., Kalamazoo, Mich.
FiledMarch22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,861
Int. CLB26d 5/42
U.S. CI. 83— 390 5 Claims
\ — =^^- >^ -Jt-f^-^^- '--1* ^x^ "
TL
Apparatus for trimming battery grids supplied to a
downwardly inclined track. First stop means is spaced
downwardly from the upper end of the track and includes first
support means for supporting the first stop means for move-
ment between a blocking and unblocking position so that the
battery grid is blocked thereby when the first stop means is in
the blocking position and releases the grid when the first stop
means is in the unblocking position. Second stop means is
spaced an adjustable distance downwardly along the track
from the first stop means. The second slop means includes
support means for supporting the second stop means for
movement between blocking and unblocking positions so that
a grid is blocked and held between the first and second stop
means when same is in the blocking position and releases the
grid when same is in the unblocking position. Carriage means
Low-speed die cut unit for a pastry product production
system having a belt conveyor for moving dough therethrough
horizontally, comprising a vertically reciprocal die horizon-
tally pivoted at its upper end, intermittently or continuously
operable driving means for vertically reciprocating the die.
horizontally reciprocable guide means operable by the driving
means for moving the lower end of the die and including a
backing plate under the conveyor, selectively adjustable
means for varying the horizontal throw of the guide means, a
normally inoperative clutch, pulse-responsive means for ef-
fecting cyclic operation of the clutch, pulse control means for
periodically energizing the pulse-responsive means, means
selectively operable to vary the period of the pulse control
means, and a brake cyclically operable to stop the die at its up-
permost position.
3,712,166
TRIMMING APPARATUS
Oliver Gabriel Rossetti, Elmfield , West Alvington, King-
sbridge, England
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,276
Claimar priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 17, 1969,
2.884/69
Int. CI. B26d 1102
U.S.CL 83-455 5 Claims
Apparatus for trimming and assembling separate parts of a
document such as a plan or map. including a shallow box-like
container having a supporting surface on which the parts may
1238
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
be placed, the surface having a slit therein adapted to accept a
cutting implement A pair of clamping members are each
pivotally mounted on the container so as to be pivotable
between a raised position and a clamping position on the sur-
face adjacent a respective side of the slit, each clamping
3,712,168
ARTICLE AND METHOD FOR PREVENTING ESCAPE OF
PYROPHORIC MATERIAL
Frederich Vincent Summersford Mackness; John Norman
Cheetham, both of Ashtead, and Victor Jack Watson, Tol-
worth, all of England, assignors to Ronson Corporation,
Woodbridge, NJ.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, S«r. No. 1 17,244
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Feb. 26, 1970,
9,485/70
Int. CLC06b 2 //02
U.S.CL86— 1 12 Claims
Li h 1 - -'
member having associated therewith a set of electro-magnets
which, when energized, attract the associated clamping
member so that parts of a document are held against un-
desired movement The cuttmg implement is secured to a car-
riage slidably mounted on one of the clamping members so
that the implement is movable to and fro along the slit.
ERRATA
For Classes 83—835 thru 83—848 see:
Patents Nos. 3,712,348 thru 3,712,349
3,712,167
CHORD SLIDE RULE FOR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS
Jacques R. Renault, 1210 South Drive, Socorro, N. Mex.
Filed Feb. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 228,806
Int. CLG09by J/02
^^ 24 ,^^ f Z6 1
TZ^:^
"^^rvtr-z^yf^
/J
A method and an article to be encapsulated in which a rela-
tively small cartridge containing a substance which is spon-
taneously combustible is completely sealed and enclosed in
the encapsulating material. The encapsulating material can be
a polyamide mixture having a tear strip embedded therein
whereby a sharp pull on the strip will quickly release the car-
tridge from the encapsulating mechanism.
3,712,169
EXTRACTOR TAB
Irwin Koff; Ronald D. New, and Samuel P. Holladay, all of
China Lake, Calif., assignors to The United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Aprils, 1971, Ser. No. 131,201
Int.CI. B64d 1104
U.S.CL89-I.5D 2 Claims
U.S. CI. 84-485
6 Claims
A slide rule for determining and displaying finger positions
for various chords on the finger board of a stringed instru-
ment, consisting of a primary transparent cursor on which is
displayed the finger board grill of a stringed instrument and a
tonality scale, and a plurality of secondary transparent cursors
arranged to slide adjacent to and independent of each other
and of the primary cursor with marks and scales displayed
upon said plurality of secondary transparent cursors so that all
possible finger positions on the stringed instrument can be dis-
played on the slide rule for any predetermined chord.
Identifiable fastening means is provided on each arming
wire of an air-to-surface weapon and a unique extractor tab is
substituted for the arming wire swivel loop at the weapon-air-
craft interface. The tab fits into the usual slot of an arming
solenoid and is contoured to provide increased mechanical ad-
vantage as the angle of pull on the arming wire increases.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1239
3,712,170
AIRCRAFT ROCKET FIRING SYSTEM
Carl J. Campagnuolo, Potomac; Clayton D. McKindra, Hyatt-
sville; Clinton J. Sewell, Silver Spring; Fernando Villarroel,
Bowie, and Lionel L. Woolston, Silver Spring, all of Md., as-
signors to The United States of America as represented by
the Secretary of the Navy
Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 44,679
Int.CLF41fi/04
U.S. CI. 89- 1.814 3 Claims
PSI. The fluid pressure actuates a piston which is movable
within the propellant chamber to automatically compress a
spring. The piston is provided with commercial O-ring seals
that are capable of withstanding the 5,000 PSI and seal the
only opening in the propellant chamber. After pressurization a
quick-acting valve is opened, and the spring-biased piston
forces the liquid propellant through nozzles and into a com-
bustion chamber where the ensuring combustion launches a
projectile. Since the pressure in the combustion chamber
equalizes with the pressure in the propellant chamber, the
maximum pressure applied to the seals is the 5,000 PSI spring
pressure.
3,712,172
LINK-SEAL UNIT FOR CASELESS AMMUNITION
Harold H. Wiese, Davenport, Iowa, assignor to The United
States of America as represented b\ the Secretary of the
Army
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,604
Int. CI. F41c 2//y2. F42b 5118, 39/08
U.S.CI.89-17 4 Claims
A system for firing aircraft rockets including a fluidic
generator exposed to the airstream passing the launching air-
craft in night for generating the electrical power necessary to
operate the firing circuit. The fluidic generator produces a
voltage output when a predetermined minimum air speed is
achieved to charge capacitors in the firing circuit. Silicon con-
trolled rectifiers are shunted across the capacitors to im-
mediately discharge them when the aircraft decelerates below
the predetermined minimum air speed.
3,712,171
SPRING ACTUATED LIQUID PROPELLANT GUN
SYSTEM
Jon L. Sweigart, Fredericksburg, Va., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the SecreUry of the
Navy
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,740
Int.CI.F4If //04
U.S.CL89-7 9 Claims
A combination link and seal unit for caseless rounds when
used with a split chamber gun with relatively displaceable
chamber sections, such unit comprising an O ring which
retains the caseless round when the unit functions as a link and
which acts also to seal the junction of the chamber sections
when the retained round is located therein for discharge. Ex-
tending diametrically from the O ring is a female strap and a
male strap for interconnecting one unit to another to form an
ammunition belt.
3,712,173
SPRING LATCH FOR AMMUNITION CHUTE
Giulio Savioli, Davenport, Iowa, and Frank E. Piekos, Spring-
field, Mass., assignors to The United States of America as
represented bv the Secretary of the Army
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 64,535
Int.CI. F41d 9/02
U.S. CI. 89-33 BB 3 Claims
A oiin svstem emolovs liquid oxidizers and fuels instead of u .^ ,„ ,k»
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1240
biased plungers slidably retained on each side of the chute for
engagement with corresponding sockets in outwardly extend-
ing brackets on each side of the gun feedway. Axial displace-
ment of the plungers is effected by a lever pivoted thereto at
one end and joined at the opposite end thereof to permit com-
pensatory movement at substantially right angles to the
direction in which the levers are actuated whereby the forces
transmitted to the plungers are limited to the axis of displace-
ment thereof to prevent concurrent sticking and binding.
3,712,174
MATERIAL REMOVAL DEVICE
John S. Granrield, 295 Laurel Hill Road, Norwich, Conn.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, S«r. No. 104,288
lnt.CLB23c//20
U.S.CL 90-12 2 Claims
January 23, 1973
die is arranged so that the spindle is perpendicular to the driv-
ing axis of the tool head. The tool head is driven by means of a
driving motor and gearing provided therefor and is pivotable
and lockable about an axis which is parallel to the front of the
column. A transversely movable carriage is adjustably sup-
ported on the inclined carriage and is adjustable in a horizon-
tal guide which is perpendicular to the front of the column. An
adapter is pivotally and lockably secured to the transversely
movable carriage about an axis which is perpendicular to the
front of the column The adapter has a torque transmitting
means connecting the drive shaft of the gearing to the drive
shaft of the tool head. The adapter includes means for
releasably connecting a plurality of different types of tools to
the tool machine to thereby improve the versatility of the tool
machine.
Cs^
3,712,176
SHUTTLE VALVE FOR HYDRAULIC BRAKE BOOSTER
WITH EMERGENCY FLUID SUPPLY
Robert E. Meyers, South Bend, Ind., assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
Filed Dec. 21,1 970, Ser. No. 99,793
Int. CL FOlb 25102: F15b 13104
U.S.CI.91-6 8 Claims
A material removal device including a clamp mechanism for
engaging the work or a support extending therefrom by means
of eight precision ground surfaces oriented along four parallel
lines. The work engagmg surfaces are defined by the exterior
radial surfaces of two pair of precision bearings mounted on
each of a pair of opposed jaw members, the jaw members
being movable relative to one another and to the axis of rota-
lion of a cutting tool.
3,712,175
MACHINE TOOL WITH INCLINED ADJUSTABLE
CARRIAGE IN AN INCLINED GUIDE ARRANGED ON
THE COLUMN OF THE MACHINE TOOL
Johann Muller, Unterhaching, and Leonhard Gschwendtner,
WalchsUdt, both of Germany, assignors to Friedrich Deckel
Aktiengesellschaft, Munich. Germany, by said Katharina
Muller. legal representative and heir of Johann Muller,
deceased
Filed Dec. 10, 1970. Ser. No. 96,783
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 12, 1969, P 19
62 484.1
Int.CI. B23c ///2
U.S.CL 90- 16 5 Claims
A hydraulic brake booster is disclosed which is provided
with an inlet port which communicates with the outlet of the
vehicle power steering pump and an outlet port which com-
municates with the inlet of the vehicle's power steering gear.
A ball valve within the booster housing admits fluid pressure
into the high pressure section of a pressure chamber to
operate a piston which applies the brakes of the vehicle A
shuttle valve is provided within the booster housing which nor-
mally permits substantially uninhibited flow of fluid between
the inlet and outlet, but which restricts flow of fluid
therebetween when the ball valve is opened. A flow-sensitive
switch senses a malfunction in the vehicle's power steering
pump and actuates an auxiliary electric motor pump when the
vehicle's power steering pump malfunctions. When this occurs
the shuttle valve is shifted to a position permitting fluid com-
munication between the electric motor pump and the booster
pressure chamber, but preventing flow of fluid between the
pressure chamber and the booster inlet or outlet
A machine tool having a carriage adjustable in an inclined
guide arranged on a column. A tool head having a work spm-
3,712,177
HYDRAULIC BRAKE BOOSTER WITH DISC REACTION
Lloyd G. Bach, and Jerome T. Ewald, both of South Bend, Ind.,
assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed Sept. 21,1970, Ser. No. 73,934
Int.CLF15b9//0
U.S.CL91-369A "^Claims
A hydraulic brake booster is disclosed which includes a
housing in fluid communication with a fluid pressure source
and with a reservoir. A piston is slidably mounted in the hous-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1241
ing, and valve means are provided to selectively admit fluid
from the fluid pressure source to one side of the piston for
shifting the latter within the housing to apply the brakes of the
vehicle. Operator-actuated means are provided for controlling
the valve means. Movement of the piston within the housing
progressively pressurizes a deformable rubber member
3,712,179
UNDERFEED CONTROL FOR PERCUSSION TOOL
Laurence B. Hanson, Pine, Colo., assignor to Gardner-Denver
Company, Quincy , III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 833,431, June 16, 1969, abandoned.
This application March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,515
Int. CI. FOlb 25104: FOll 25104
U.S.CL 91 — 220 3 Claims
10.^
disposed adjacent one end of the piston. A plunger is provided
that senses a proportional amount of the pressurization of the
deformable member and transmits a corresponding force to
the operator-actuated means, opposing movement of the
latter, to thereby provide braking "feel" to the vehicle opera-
tor.
3,712,178
AIR OPERATED SPRING BRAKE
James R. Hensley, 1325 Nutmeg, Escondido, Calif.
Filedjune25, 1971,Ser. No. 156,665
Int. CI. FOlb 7/02,7/00
U.S. CL91 — 170R
9a
A control valve for throttling the flow of motive air to a
pneumatic percussion tool having a piston hammer
reciprocably driven in a cylinder to strike a working imple-
ment. The control valve is responsive to a predetermined max-
imum pressure in an air cushion chamber formed between the
piston hammer and the cylinder to throttle the flow of motive
air to the tool when the working implement is not in proper
1 1 Claims blow-receiving position. Control air is communicated from the
pneumatic cushion to operate the control valve, or, alterna-
tively, a pilot valve may be used to sense a pressure signal from
the cushion chamber to produce operation of the control
valve.
3,712,180
BILATERAL SERVO CONTROLLED MANIPULATOR
Donald L. Pieper, SchenecUdy, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Nov. 27. 1970, Ser. No. 93,223
Int. CI. FOlb 15102; F15b 9103, 9109
U.S.CL 91-363 5 Claims
An air operated spring brake for use on automotive equip-
ment that is normally actuated by air under pressure delivered
thereto through a service line, but upon failure of the air
supply a compressed volute spring automatically actuating a
push rod to set the brakes on the vehicle.
The spring brake of the present invention has a positive
pressure maintained in a second confined space thereof to
prevent actuation of the volute spring, and air from this con-
fined space in the event of failure of air under pressure in the
main supply line, being discharged therefrom at a modulated
rate to prevent the sudden setting of the brakes on the vehicle.
In other words, the brake assembly of the present invention
automatically brings the vehicle to a gradual stop, rather than
the brakes being suddenly applied as occurs in prior art
devices of this nature, when there is a failure of the pres-
surized air supply.
A slave servo loop including an electrical amplifier, a flow
control servo valve and a slave actuator connected between
1242
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
the control valve and a slave member is responsive when ener-
gized to a difference in the orientations of the slave member
v^ith respect to a master member for maintainmg the slave
member in alignment with the master member. A master servo
loop IS also provided including the aforementioned electrical
amplifier, the aforementioned flow control servo valve, and a
master actuator connected between the output of the control
valve and the master member in a polarity to oppose, when
energized, movement of the master member which produces
movement of the slave member On start-up of the manipula-
tor, a lock valve connected in the lines between the control
valve and the slave actuator hydraulically locks the slave ac-
tuator and hence the slave member Any desynchronization of
the slave member with the master member is eliminated by
energization of the master servr loop which brings the master
member into correspondence with ..he slave member. When
the master member is substantially in alignment with the slave
member, the slave lock valve is energized and allows the slave
member to follow the movements of the master member.
The lining is pressed outwardly against the inner surface of the
pipe, and the liner and the pipe are welded together along the
3,712,181
INTERNAL AIR ASSISTED BRAKE ACTUATOR
Kenneth D. Swander, Jr.. Prairie Village, and Ronald D.
VVilkins, Overland Park, both of Kans., assignors to Certain-
Feed Products Corporation, Ardmore. Pa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 782,131. Dec. 9, 1968, abandoned.
This application June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,921
Int. CI. FOlb 7/00,27/02
U.S. CI. 92— 63 34 Claims
periphery of the outer edge of each end, to make a seal so that
there will be no fluid leakage between the liner and the pipe.
3,712,183
NOTCH SENSING CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A
PARTITION ASSEMBLY MACHINE
Tadeusz Kozlowski. Toledo, Ohio, and Ernest H. Pemberton,
Hoffman Estates, III., assignors to Owens-Illinois Inc.
Filed June 17, 1971, Ser. No. 153,955
Int.CLB31b//00
U.S. CL 93-36 M 2 Claims
rt^^i
A sprmg emergency and parking brake which is further air-
assisted for added force in the application of the spring emer-
gency brake; that is, there is a combination of air and spring
pressure utilized to apply the brakes in an emergency situation
when the primary or service air source, normally employed in
operating the brakes, fails in one way or another. The source
of the air-assisting force is internal to the brake actuator hous-
ing and derives from the air used to compress the emergency
spring.
3,712,182
METAL LINED METAL PLMP BARREL
James T. Penwell, Route No. 1, P.O. Box 45, Chelsea, Okla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 41,367, May 28, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,678,8 1 1 . This application Nov. 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No.
195,248
Int.CI. FO lb 7/ /02
U.S. CI. 92— 169 1 Claim
This invention describes a working barrel for a deep well
pumping unit The working barrel comprises an outer steel
pipe which is lined with a thin tubing of selected non-corrosive
material. The inner corners of each end of the pipe is beveled.
A fluid flow sensing control system to sense the presence of
notches in a series of longitudinal partition strips and initiate
the insertion of a cross strip into the notches in a continuous
process to produce a cell-type filler for a carton. A stream of
fluid under pressure is directed across a gap in a fluid flow in-
terruption sensing head from a series of emitting orifices to a
corresponding series of collecting orifices. One of a plurality
of longitudinal partition strips is directed to pass through the
gap in the sensing head, thereby disrupting the normal flow
from the emitting to the collecting orifices. The passage of a
notch in the longitudinal partition is sensed and the signal is
processed by a fluid logic system, which in turn causes a trans-
verse partition strip to be inserted by a feeding mechanism
into the aligned notches in the longitudinal strips. It should be
understood that longitudinal strips are in parallel with the
sensed strip so that the transverse strip is inserted in all lon-
gitudinal strips at the same time. Also these sets of plural lon-
gitudinal strips are introduced in series into the insertion area.
Provision is also made to automatically clear the collecting
orifices of any buildup of corrugated material debris blown off
of the longitudinal strips.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1243
3,712,184
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING A
CONTAINER
Frank B. Flink, Overland Park, Kans., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,445
Int.CI. B31by/J4
U.S. CL 93-39.1 R 10 Claims
the steps of depositing such blanks sequentially into a first
hopper forming a stack thereof; advancing a group of blanks
of preselected number from the bottom of the stack and ad-
vancing the same into a second hopper; raising the group in
the second hopper a sufficient distance to permit entry of a
second group of blanks being advanced from the first hopper
beneath the raised group in the second hopper; continuing this
sequence until a final stack of blanks of preselected number is
formed in the second hopper; then removing the final stack of
blanks from the second hopper; and thereafter forming
another final stack of blanks in the second hopper in the same
manner. The apparatus for performing the method includes a
first hopper with a first advancing conveyor on the bottom
thereof; a gate for preventing advancement of the blanks in
An apparatus and method for forming a container. A man-
drel of the apparatus has an enlarged first end portion for
reducing the area over which the container blank contacts the
mandrel.
3,712,185
ENVELOPE FOLDING MACHINE
Rolando Falasconi, Pointe Claire, Quebec; Frank Joseph Daly,
Beaconsfield, Quebec, and Richard Purdy, Laval, Quebec,
all of Canada, assignors to Montreal Envelope Inc., Mon-
treal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,106
Int. CLB3Ih 27/00
U.S. CI. 93-61 R 3 Claims
r^
.A
rJ
^4
the hopper and to define a throat with the conveyor; a squar-
ing assembly for squaring the blanks against the gate; the con-
veyor including advancing fingers for periodically removing a
group of a preselected number of blanks from the bottom of
the stack; a second hopper having an upstanding pivotable
gate assembly for preventing advancement of the blanks in the
second hopper; a second conveyor forming the bottom of the
second hopper on'which are secured lifting fingers for periodi-
cally raising the group of blanks in the second hopper to per-
mit entry of another group of blanks from the first hopper
beneath the raised group in the second hopper; and means for
pivoting the pivotable gate assembly to permit the second con-
veyor to remove the final stack of blanks in the second
hopper.
1?
^c^^..,.fW^---W
The disclosure herein describes an attachment to be added
to a machine which normally forms open-side envelopes and
thereby converts it to one capable of forming open-end en-
velopes. The attachment consists of a gum applicating as-
sembly adapted to be removably supported on a frame which
is secured over the machine just prior to the scoring section
thereof, this gum applicating assembly consists of a series of
rollers cooperating to transfer gum, collected from a gum
recipient, to the scoring roller of the machine where it is ap-
plied on an envelope blank being conveyed below the scoring
roller. The envelope blank is subsequently folded in the fold-
ing section of the machine in the usual manner to form an
open-end envelope.
3,712,187
PREFABRICATED HIGHWAY SYSTEM
William Stelling, 175 W. 72nd St., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,1 14
Int. CI. EOlc 9/00
U.S. CL 94— 4
4 Claims
3,712,186
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING STACKS
OF A PRESELECTED NUMBER OF BLANKS
Albert L. LuUe, Baltimore, and Paul D. Harper, Timonium,
both of Md., assignors to Koppers Company, Inc.,
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,501
Int.CI. B65h ii/00
U.S.CL 93-93 M 30 Claims
A method of and apparatus for forming a stack of corru-
gated paperboard blanks of preselected number comprising
A prefabricated roadway system consisting of intercon-
nected roadway slabs constructed from (ferro-cement) rein-
forced concrete and including a service module or console for
location along the sides of the roadway. The module includes
a built-in drain gutter which is connected to a sewer pipe going
through the modules as well as provision for TV, telephone,
and electrical cables, pneumatic mail chutes, water, gas. oil,
steam and the like.
1244
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,188 the slotted plate to facilitate alignment of adjacent units and
CONCRETE JOINT SEALING MEANS provide a limiting surface against which an adjacent unit is
Lee Worsen, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Edoco Technical drawn when the cams are rotated.
Products, Inc., Long Beach, Calif. .
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 850,384, Aug. 15, 1969,
abandoned. This application Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89.731 3,712,190
Int. CL EOlc 11/10 AUTOMATIC EXPOSURE CONTROLS FOR CAMERAS
U^ CI 94—18 4 Claims Tsukumo Nobusawa, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Asahi Kogaku
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201,743
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 7, 1970,45/107651
Int. CI. G03b 7/08.9162
U.S. CL95— lOCT 7 Claims
An elongated sealing means for sealing a joint in a concrete
slab or the like The sealing means includes a pair of elon-
gated, upwardly open channels which extend substantially the
complete depth of the sealing means and are located laterally
inwardly of the outer side surfaces of the sealing means
whereby the blades of a holding device can be inserted into
the channels for laterally compressing the sealing means.
Upon removal of the holding device, the sealing means ex-
pands to closely engage the adjacent portions of the slab defin-
ing the joint. Two embodiments are disclosed one in which the
outer side surfaces are adapted for adhesive attachment to the
walls of an already formed joint, and another in which the
outer side surfaces incorporate integral, laterally extending
wings which project into fresh or plastic concrete adjacent the
sealing means and which are thereafter anchored in the joint
upon ,setting of the concrete.
3,712,189
SCREED EXTENSION ASSEMBLY FOR ASPHALT
PAVING MACHINE
Ralph D. Birtchet, Galvin, and James O. Carlson, Tacoma,
both of Wash., assignors to Schneider-Simpson, Inc.,
Tacoma, Wash.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 170,752
Int.CI. EOlc 79/22
IJ.S. CL 94-45 R 12 Claims
—J
Disclosed are interlocking extension units for extending the
screed of an asphalt paving machine. Each extension unit has
an open inner end having two rotatable shafts extending verti-
cally there across. A cylindrical cam is welded to each of the
shafts in an off-center position. Disposed about each of the
cams is a steel ring having a bolt extending radially therefrom
beyond the inner end of the unit, the bolt being adapted to be
connected to a slotted plate in the outer end of an adjacent
unit. Also protruding from the inner end of each unit are two
adjustable guide studs each of which is adapted to mate with
A camera having circuitry for automatically determining ex-
posure of film in the camera. The circuitry includes a
photosensitive element for receiving light from the object to
be photographed and for converting the light into a cor-
responding electrical signal which varies according to a
geometric progression The signal is stored by a capacitor in
the form of a voltage which varies according to an arithmetic
progression. A logarithmically operating structure which in-
cludes at least one diode is electrically connected between the
photosensitive element and the capacitor for converting the
geometrically varying signal from the photosensitive element
into the arithmetically varying signal stored as a voltage by the
capacitor and for reconverting the signal stored at the capaci-
tor into a geometrically varying signal which corresponds
precisely to that of the photosensitive element, this
logarithmetically operating structure functioning to convert
the signal stored at the capacitor into the geometrically vary-
ing signal in precisely the same way that the signal was initially
converted from the geometrically varying signal of the
photosensitive element into the arithmetically varying signal
stored as a voltage by the capacitor. An oscillating circuit
receives the signal from the capacitor after it has been con-
verted back into a signal varying according to a geometric
progression by the logarithmetically operating structure, and
this oscillating circuit drives shutter-operating structure which
operates to open and close the shutter in accordance with the
frequency of pulses of the oscillating circuit, this latter
frequency being determined by the signal derived from the
capacitor.
3,712,191
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY FOR CONTROLLING
CAMERA SHUTTERS
Tsukumo Nobusawa, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Asahi Kogaku
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Nov. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 203,178
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 26, 1970,
45/125252
Int. CI. G03b 7/08, 7/62
U.S. CI. 95—10 CT 10 Claims
A camera provided with electrical circuitry for controlling
the shutter thereof. The circuitry includes a photosensitive cir-
cuit for generating a wave-shaped signal and a resonance cir-
cuit for temporarily storing the latter signal which is trans-
JANUARY 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1245
mitted to the resonance circuit which resonates at the locking with a shutter speed setting dial for setting manual and
frequency of the latter signal. This frequency is determined by automatic exposure time control to mdicate the limit ot the
the light intensity, and the stored signal of the resonance cir-
cuit is used for controlling the duration of the interval during
which the shutter is maintained open.
3,712,192
DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING EXPOSURE TIME IN A
CAMERA
Shigeo Ono, Yokohama, and Ichiro Hamaguchi, Tokyo, both of
Japan, assignors to Nippon Kogaku K. K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 24. 1972, Ser. No. 228,869
Claims priority, application Japan, March 3, 1971,
46/11118
Int. CL G03b 7/08
U.S.CL95— lOCT 6 Claims
29 20
exposure time within which camera movement will not affect
the taking of a photograph. ;
3.712.194
CAMERA SHUTTER
Hirofumi Yoshimura. Okaya, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Yashica. Shibuva-ku. Tokyo-to. Japan
Filed July 1. 1971. Ser. No. 158.795
Claims priority, application Japan, July 3, 1970, 45/57755
Int. CI. G03b 7/05,9/62
U.S. CI. 95- 10 CT 8 Claims
A device for controlling exposure time in a camera includes
a photoelectric converter circuit for converting the intensity
of light passed through the camera's photo-taking lens into a
voltage, a storage capacitor for storing the voltage, a magnet
driving circuit for driving a magnet which controls the expo-
sure time of the camera's shutter in accordance with the volt-
age stored in the capacitor, a power source, and two switches
for discretely making and breaking a connection between the
photoelectric converter circuit and the magnet driving circuit
so that a current is supplied from the power source to the mag-
net driving circuit only during the shutter operation. A com-
pensation circuit including a resistor is connected with the
power source in parallel relationship with the photoelectric
converter circuit and the magnet driving circuit. At least one
end of the capacitor is connected with the compensation cir-
cuit so that the capacitor may be supplied with part of the ter-
minal voltage of the resistor caused by a voltage drop occur-
ring in the power source as it supplies a current to the magnet
driving circuit.
3,712,193
SHUTTER SPEED INDICATING DEVICE FOR
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED SHUTTER
MECHANISMS
Yoshio Kuramoto, Sakai, and Hiroshi Ueda, Nara, both of
Japan, assignors to Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha,
Osaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,545
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 31, 1969,
44/104002
Int. CL GOlj 1/42; G03b / 7/20
U.S. CL 95- IOC 4 Claims
A shutter speed indication device comprises a following
pointer coaxially rotated with the meter pointer and inter-
An automatic shutter timing network for a single lens reflex
camera including a selective automatic preset and manually
adjustable diaphragm includes a bridge network including in
its legs a photoconductor exposed to through the lens light,
the output of a first transistor and the resistance element of
potentiometer having a fixed contact and a contact adjustable
with the automatic diaphragm adjustment. The input of a
second transistor is connected to the bridge output, one ter-
minal of which is alternatively switched to the potentiometer
movable or fixed contact with the selection of automatic or
manual diaphragm. A memory capacitor is charged by an am-
plifier controlled by the second transistor output and controls
the resistance of the first transistor in an inverse feedback
loop. An RC timing network includes as a resistance element a
transistor having an input signal responsive to the memory
capacitor charge and controls the actuation of the shutter clo-
sure release by way of an amplifier switch.
3,712,195
APPARATUS FOR PHOTOGRAPHING METEORS
Gale A. Harvey, Hampton, Va., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Administrator of the Na-
tional Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,774
Int. CLG03b; 9/02
U.S. CL95— IIR 2 Claims
Apparatus for photographing meteors in a selected area of
the sky only at times meteors are likely to be passing through
the area. A photomultiplier is pointed in the direction of the
area. When a meteor passes through the area the signal output
1246
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
of the photomultiplier increases. Means are provided that ac-
tivates a camera, pointed at said area, in response to an in-
former or a piezoelectric crystal and is connected with the
tube of the electronic flash unit or with the lamp of the
^
* , X y » f
creased signal from the photomultiplier. Hence, the camera
photographs the selected area only while meteors are likely to
be passing through the area.
3,712,196
CAMERA VIEWER
Karl Heinz Lange, Ennigloh, (lermanv, assignor to Baldo
W'erke Photographische Cierate und Kunststoff R. Gruter
Komman-ditegesellschaft, Westphalia, West Germany
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,758
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 20, 1970, P 20
02 361.4
int. CI. G03b /J/02. / 7/20
U^. CI. 95- 11 V 23 Claims
photoflash unit in response to connection of the respective
unit to the housing. The tube or lamp is fired in response to
opening of the shutter by the shutter release element.
3,712,198
SELF-PROCESSING CAMERA AND FILM PACK FOR USE
THEREWITH
Hubert Nerwin, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Flkd Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,503
Int. CI. G03b / 7/50
U.S. CL 95— 13 _ 8 Claims
A camera viewer in the form of a box-shaped housing which
is open at the front side The operative element within the
viewer housing are secured and placed through fastening ele-
ments in the form of spring and/or fixed supporting, clamping,
retaining, and receiving arrangements. Stray light and reflec-
tion are reduced or eliminated through the application of ribs,
projections, and studs which are integrally formed with the in-
terior surfaces of the viewer housing. Part of the elements
within the viewer interior are recessed within the inner sur-
faces of the viewer housing.
3,712,197
ILLUMINATING ARRANGEMENT FOR USE IN OR WITH
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS
Karl Wagner. Ottobrunn, Germany, assignor to Agfa-Gevaert
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Fil«d Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,142
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 8, 1969, P 19 56
319.0
Int. CI. G03b 9/70
U.S.CI.95-11.5R 29 Claims
The housing of a photographic camera or a discrete illu-
minating device has a shoe for the foot of an electronic flash
unit or a photoflash unit. The housing contains a current sup-
plying circuit whose high-voltage generating portion is a trans-
m
s
1
1
^
47
f<^3
40
A self-processing camera, and a film pack including an as-
semblage of stacked individual film units in a disposable cas-
ing receivable in such camera. Each of the film units includes
a central portion of one thickness supporting photosensitive
material, and end portions of greater thickness supporting a
rupturable pod and an excess-fluid trap. The central portions
of the stacked film units are housed in a flat condition behind
an exposure aperture of the pack while the thicker pod and
trap portions are housed in thicker pack end portions. The
camera is adapted to receive the pack and has a retractile lens
and shutter assembly collapsible into the central or recessed
compartment of the pack. By thus recessing the pack, the
thickness dimension of the camera may be reduced by allow-
ing the retracted camera objective to be located cor-
respondingly closer to the camera body, and by enabling both
the collapsed camera bellows or the like and the retracted lens
and shutter assembly to be at least partially received between
the forwardly extending compartments at the ends of the
pack.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1247
3,712,199
THREE-DIMENSIONAL COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC
PROCESS, APPARATUS AND PRODUCT
Jimmie D. Songer, Jr., Ixjs Angeles. Calif., assignor to Video
West, Inc., Santa Monica, Calif.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,762
Int.CI.G03bJ5/0*
U.S.CL95— 18R 7 Claims
camera as well as a manually operable component to be
moved by the operator. A motion-transmitting structure trans-
mits motion from the manually operable component to the ac-
tuating component only when the manually operable com-
ponent is displaced from a rest position to an operative posi-
tion. A locking structure releasably holds the manually opera-
ble component in its inoperative position while the manually
^■^5N^-
rm IM '^7 ',57
A color stereoscopic of three-dimensional picture system
which is fully compatible with unaided two-dimensional view-
ing. A filter divides the lens aperture stop into left and right
halves, and lets mutually exclusive portions of the spectrum
pass through each half, preferably red left, and blue-green
right. When viewed with glasses consisting of identical filters
over the corresponding eye, psychophysiological illusion of 3-
D is created.
3,712,200
FILM CREEP PREVENTING MEANS FOR CAMERAS
David E. Beach, Penfield, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 209,209
Int.CI.G03b //22, 7 7/42
U.S.CL 95-31 FM 11 Claims
operable component can be actuated to release the locking
mechanism so that the manually operable component can
move to its operative position. The locking mechanism when
moving to its unlocking position actuates the motion-trans-
mitting element to assume a position where subsequent
manipulation of the manually operable component will bring
about movement of the actuating component so as to produce
the required movement of a camera component.
3,712,202
MULTIPLE SHUTTER SYSTEM FOR CAMERAS AND
PROJECTORS
Paul Wentworth Lang. Westlake Village. CaBf.. assignor to
Michael H. DuPont. I>os Angeles. Calif., part interest
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,623
Int. CI. G03b 9152
U.S.CL 95-58 3 Claims
A camera includes a transport mechanism for advancing
perforated film along an exposure plane. A film sensing pawl is
movable between a retracted position on one side of and
spaced from the exposure plane and a position resting against
the film surface where it may fall into a perforation of the ad-
vancing film to disable the transport mechanism when the per-
foration reaches a predetermined position. The sensing pawl
may be held in its retracted position when the film is not being
advanced. A member is movable into contact with the film
after the film has been advanced to prevent the film creeping
along the exposure plane.
3,712,201
CONTROL MECHANISM FOR CAMERAS
Karl-Heinz Lange, Bunde, Germany, assignor to Balda-Werke,
Postfach, (Germany
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,673
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 13, 1970, P 20
40 283.9
Int. CLG03b/ 7/04. 79/00
U.S. CI. 95-39 7 Claims
A control mechanism for cameras. The control mechanism
includes an actuating component for actuating part of the
Side by side columns each comprising a plurality of shutters
are positioned to co-operate with a rectangular array of lenses
such that operation of any one shutter permits light to pass
through an associated lens. The shutters take the form of axi-
ally aligned cylinders individually rotatably mounted to form
the columns. Each cylinder has a lateral bore such that in one
rotated position light is blocked and in a second rotated posi-
tion light can pass through the bore. A variable speed drive
motor with co-operating drive shafts applies rotative biasing
forces on all of the cylinders simultaneously. Stop means as-
sociated with each of the cylinders holds the cylinders in their
first rotated or light blocking positions. Individual operation of
any one stop means serves to release the cylinder momentarily
to permit it to make a half rotation whereby it passes throught
its second rotated position to permit light to pass through the
1248
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
associated lens. The stop means may be designed such that the
cylinder can be stopped in its second rotated position for any
desired length of time.
3,712,203
AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICE FOR THE TONER
CONCENTRATION WITHIN A DEVELOPER IN AN
ELECTROSTATIC COPY MACHINE
Hirotoshi Kishi; Yousuke Igarashi. and Takeo Tano
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Iwatsu Electric Co
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,369
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 15,
44/91 170; Nov. 15, 1969,44/91 171
lnt.CLG03di/00
U.S. CI. 95-89 R 10 Claims
all of
Ltd..
1969,
3,712,205
DAYLIGHT FILM LOADER
Henry F. Hope, 195 Welsh Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pa., and
Stephen F. Hope, 2524 Wyandotte Road, Willow Grove, Pa.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 144,569
Int.CLG03d 1/06
U.S. CL 95-91 8 Claims
62
;^^22
\26
*^ Wr ^ /
\7^'-
'" JVV'^
1^ /
/ /
In a successive development of the images on an electro-
static copy machine, toner concentration within the developer
is continuously detected in an optical manner and the supply
of the toner to the developer is automatically controlled in ac-
cordance with thusly detected time sequential deviation in the
toner concentration so as to compensate for the deviation,
thereby the toner concentration can be maintained constant
even when the copying operation is repeated many times in
succession.
A daylight film loader for inserting X-ray and other photo-
graphic film into a film developing apparatus including a sta-
tionary base affixed to the film developing apparatus and over-
lying the film intake opening thereof The base includes an up-
wardly extending, peripheral fiange for removably receiving
the bottom edge of the upper domed portion of the daylight
film loader thereon The domed portion of the film loader in-
cludes an enclosure having a substantially flat top and
peripherally depending side wall, the said top incorporates a
translucent area which is fabricated of acrylic plastic or other
material suitable to filter light rays which may expose X-ray
and other photographic film The depending side walls include
a pair of spaced openings for insertion of the arms and hands
of the operator and the openings are protected against the en-
trance of light rays by light resistant vinyl sleeves which are
respectively affixed thereto. In the preferred embodiment of
the invention, the side walls of the domed portion and the
cooperating base flange are formed to similar cross sectional
configuration and cooperate to position the upper member in
various angularly rotative positions with respect to the base
member.
r
3,712,204 3,712,206
DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE REGENERATING OF CHIP FILM PROCESSOR
PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSING SOLUTION (iunter Schmidt, MaUbu, Calif., assignor to Productron, Inc.,
Marcel Frans Aelterman, Mortsel, Belgium, assignor to Agfa- Los Angeles, Calif.
GevaertN.V.,Mortsel, Belgium Filed Oct. 12. 1970, Ser. No. 79,798
FiledOct. 29, 1971,Ser.No. 193,922 int. CL G03d J//2
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 30, 1970, U.S. CL 95— 94 R
51,788/70
1 1 Claims
Int.CLG03dJ//2
l).S,CL 95-89 R
4 Claims
'* L^jio 1 16 17
A device for controlling the regeneration of photographic
processing compositions. The operation of the device is based
on the separation of two electrically conductive rollers from
each other as the film passes therebetween. The distance
between the rollers causes a corresponding decrease in
capacitance of roller electrode portions which in turn causes
actuation of the regeneration device for replenishing the
processing compositions.
Apparatus for processing film chips without a darkroom
comprising a developer for receiving film chips from a
magazine and moving them through processing solutions. The
developer has a pair of grooved guides that engage edges of
film chips to guide them in loops that lead down into each tank
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1249
of processing solution and up and over into the next tank. The
developer also has motor driven belts with fingers that push
the chips along the grooves.
3,712,207
BUN TOASTER
William L. McGinley, 6142 Averill Way, Dallas, Tex., and
Johnnie P. Pearson, Rt. 2, Box 147A, Terrill, Tex.
Filed April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,868
Int.CI.A47ji7/0«
U.S. CI. 99—349 6 Claims
multiple arms carrying the molds on a rotating assembly,
which is indexed to successive handling stations at which the
steps of preparing and filling the molds, cooking, and ejecting
the cooked product, occur automatically in sequence. Cook-
ing is closely timed and performed in a safe manner by con-
tinuously circulating heated oil through the molds, which are
maintained at a constant controlled temperature.
3,712,209
TUBE PRESSURE FILTERS
Ralph Derek Gwilliam, St. Austell, Cornwall, England,
assignor to English Clays Ivovering Pochin and Company
Limited, St. Austell, Cornwall, England
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,481
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Feb. 11, 1970,
6,696/70
Int. CI. B30b 9/06, 5/02
U.S. CI. 100-112 5 Claims
A bun grill has inclined conveyor means for conveying buns
across the surface of a heating platen Self-adjusting weights
are attached to the conveyor means to hold buns pressed
down uniformly against the heating platen during toasting,
even though buns may vary in thickness. The weights have
means to prevent the weights from contacting the platen or ex-
cessively crushing the buns.
3,712,208
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING COOKED
EGG PRODUCTS
George F. Adolphi, 7221 Amherst St., La Mesa, Calif.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,750
Int.CLA47j4i/20
U.S. CL 99-373 16 Claims
IHOM06ENI2C0
CM amiTE
»^ Vu>W.T
The inlet for the hydraulic pressure fluid which is fed to the
outer compartment of a tube pressure filter, which comprises
a pair of co-axial tubular bodies forming between an annular
chamber which is effectively divided by an impermeable
elastic sleeve secured to the outer tubular body into inner and
outer compartments, is provided by an annular inlet extending
around the periphery of the outer tubular body.
3,712,210
COLOR BAR PRINTER
Donald E. Landis, Cambridge, Ohio, assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Davton, Ohio
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,073
Int. CI. B41f l/44i B41j 5/44,33100
U.S.CL 101-93 C 23 Claims
50
Apparatus in which bulk egg white is cooked in shaped
molds under a layer of oil that is pressurized by gas to produce
egg units in the simulated form of hard boiled egg halves,
ready for filling with compatible food products. The process is
carried out at a high rate of production in a machine having
A printer, which includes a pair of green printing elements
and a pair of black printing elements, causes a sequence of
green, black, and white colored bars to exist on a tag, where
the green and black bars are printed and the white bars are the
tag color resulting from a lack of printing. The tag is moved
through the printer in discrete steps of two bar widths at a
time, so that two new areas of the tag are beneath each pair of
printing elements after each discrete movement. Signals are
then applied to those printing elements which are then to print
bars. A ribbon, which is associated with each pair of printing
elements, is moved one bar width each time a print signal is
1250
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
applied to the pair of printing elements. This movement oc-
curs after the leading one of the printing elements prints and
before the trailing one of the printing elements prints. Logic
circuitry is also included for converting a binary code into
signals representing the colored bar code and for providing
necessary signals to the printing elements and the ribbons The
code-converting circuitry uses a module three up-down
counter, and the then existing count in the counter represents
the then required color bar.
L
3,712,211
ALIGNMENT MEANS FOR A BED AND PLATEN
PRINTING MACHINE
Paul John Thut. Penfield. N.Y., assignor to Burroughs
Corporation. Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,445
int. CLB41J 29/00
U.S.CL101-93MN 3 Claims
dividing each character position into an equal number of
zones. During the operation of the printing apparatus, the
sequence of accessing the digits to be printed, positioning the
print wheel, and firing the hammer continues as the document
ao^"*^^/-^}-
303
An office machine for use in printing both numerical and
symbol information on a document intended to be processed
by automatic character recognition machines of the optical or
magnetic type. The machine has a keyboard with a plurality of
separate keybanks for entering the numerical or symbol infor-
mation to be printed, keyboard sensing arms for determining
the information entered into each keybank and a print wheel
for each keybank of the keyboard and under the control of the
keyboard sensing arms for setting up the information to be
printed A moveable platen cooperates with the print wheels
to provide a printing couple for impressing the characters to
be printed against a document. An inking ribbon lies between
the line of characters set up on the print wheels and the docu-
ment. When the printing couple is closed, the ribbon transfers
ink to the document to be printed in a pattern corresponding
to the characters on the print wheels. The Printing couple will
print single and multiple documents such as a multi-part form
with equal pressure and with controlled embossment of the
print type into the document.
moves through the apparatus. Associated with the print wheel
and jointly rotatable therewith is a disk having a plurality of
coded positions represented by apertures therein each posi-
tion representing a printing character position on the print
wheel.
3,712,213
PORTABLE CHECK PROTECTOR
Reginald B. Flemino, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Golden Age
Industries, Ramsey, Minn.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,787
Int. CLB41J 2 7/04, i/J«
U.S. CL 101 — 108 • 4 Claims
3,712,212
VARIABLE PRINTER INTENSITY CONTROL
Jack Beery, Farmington, Mich., assignor to Burroughs Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,156
Int. CI. B41j 9/00, 7/94
L.S.CL 101— 93C 6 Claims
Apparatus for printing characters with an impact intensity
varying according to the surface area of the character being
printed. Included in the apparatus is a cyclically movable
character bearing member, such as a rotary print wheel or
drum or an endless belt and one or more print hammers
cooperable with the member forming a printing couple for
printing characters. An electromagnetic field produced by a
solenoid initiates the flight of the hammer against a document
which may be moved relatively thereto as the printing opera-
tion is performed The current through the solenoid coil is
limited by resisters of different values which are controlled by
electrical gates for selectively varying the amount of current
supplied to the coil for driving the hammer. The timing of the
printing is kept in synchronization with the document move-
ment by means of an electromechanical clock capable of
44^40
A check protector is provided which is of small enough size
to be carried in a purse or pocket. A series of numeral imprint-
ing wheels project from the bottom of the device and are in-
dividually rotated by manually operated gears projecting from
the opposite side. A removable cap covers the imprinting
wheels when not in operation, and includes an ink pad engage-
able by the imprinting wheels.
t*-
3,712,214
COPY SHEET DISCHARGE DEVICE WITH REMOVABLE
ROLLERS
Tamaki Kaneko, and Katsumi Mizuno, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Ricoh Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,694
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 13, 1969, 44/87271
Int.CI. B41f /i/54
U.S.CL 101-232 7 Claims
A printed copy sheet discharge device for rotary offset
printing machines which is effective to control the relative
positions of an impression cylinder of the duplicator and a pair
of copy sheet discharge rollers comprising an adjustably
January d.6, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1251
spring-loaded shaft, parallel to the shaft of said impressiotj „^, ', io imiMXAiM
cylin3er and on which the rollers are rotatably mounted and INK ROLLER FOUNTAIN
maintained in contact with or spaced apart a small distance Jimmie A. Harrod. Middleport, N.Y., assignor to Moore Bus.-
from the peripheral surface of said impression cylinder so as to
facilitate discharge of printed copy sheets from the impression
cylinder. The roller shaft is mounted at either end in spring-
ness Forms, Inc., Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 885,748, Dec. 17, 1969, Pat. No.
3,651,758. This application March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,509
Int. CI. B41f i//06
U.S.CL 101-363 2 Claims
2)0 25 25 21 3a 24 22 21a ^9
29 30 3 28-
32 27
T
26 3/
loaded arms whose position is adjustable by means of suitable
set screws and which permit the shaft and rollers to be readily
removable from the duplicator. Additional rollers are
mounted on the roller shaft, which cooperate with a cylindri-
cal delivery roller having suitable rings thereon for further
guiding of the copy sheets into a receiving tray.
3,712,215
PRINTING APPARATUS
Edson Wayne Cunningham, Temple City, Calif., assignor to
Roval Industries, Inc., Pasadena, Calif.
Continuation-inpart of Ser. No. 863,460, Oct. 3, 1969,
abandoned. This application May 27, 1971, Ser. No. 147,375
Int. CI. B41f 5/04, //46,i//J4
U.S.CL 101-219 8 Claims
An ink transfer system for a rotary printing press wherein a
helically grooved transfer roll is provided for effectively trans-
ferring toward a plate cylinder an ink volume consistent or
equal to the usage requirements at any given point or area on
the roll surface as determined by the printed image The
transfer roll has the ability to simultaneously transfer ink
reversely back onto the fountain roll by reason of its helical
grooves being in light contact with a relatively slowly rotating
fountain roll. An offset groove and ball arrangement is pro-
vided for one of the distribution rolls in the printing press
chain of rollers so as to smoothly oscillate the roll for a more
even distribution of the ink transversely of each roll in the ink
train. The inner face of each fountain roll mount is slightly re-
lieved so as to direct ink away from the outermost ends of the
fountain roll thereby substantially preventing fountain
leakage.
3,712,217
DISPENSER LAUNCHED AIR ARMING BOMB FUZE
Vincent C. Little. Fullerton. Md.; Aaron S. Berlin. \N ilmington,
Del., and Toney C. Uadore. Havre de (irace, Md.. assignors
to the United States of America as represented b> the
Secretary of the Army
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,632
Int.CLF42b25//6
U.S.CL 102-4 7 Claims
A portable printing apparatus prints and color codes
selected information on an elongated ribbon which is ad-
vanced between a printing roller carrying inkable characters
and a pressure roller for holding the ribbon against the print-
ing roller and printing the inkable characters on the ribbon as
it advances. An ink roller with a self-contained supply of ink
has an outer surface from which ink is releasable upon pres-
sure contact with the ink roller to transfer ink to the inkable
characters. In one form of the invention, several of the ink rol-
lers are mounted on a rotatable turret. Each ink roller is ad-
justable independently toward and away from the printing
roller so that ink of a plurality of colors may be selectively
transferred to the inkable characters.
An apparatus and method for arming a munition in flight
without separation of the arming device from the munition.
906 O.O.-
1252
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,218
SAFETY GRENADE
James P. Fay, 18 France St., Norwald, Conn.
Division of Ser. No. 847,852, Aug. 6, 1969, Pat. No. 3,636,878.
This application July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,092
Int. CI. F42c 13100
U.S. CI. 102— 70.2 5 Claims
!<t^
charges on the detonating cord by means of a layer of adhe-
sive. The invention also includes the blasting assembly com-
prising the detonating cord and adhering charges, a blasting
A grenade having electrical control means for arming the
grenade in response to a predetermined free flight thereof and
for firing an armed grenade in response to interruption of said
free flight of the grenade, said control means having a safety
time factor for preventing arming of the grenade in response
to short periods of free flight Means can also be provided for
preventing unintentional operation of the grenade.
charge having a layer of adhesive for attaching the charge to
detonating cord and a method of seismic prospecting using the
blasting assembly on or under the ground surface and substan-
tially parallel thereto.
3,712,221
BLAST SHIELD FOR EXPLOSIVE DEVICES INCLUDING
LINEAR SHAPED CHARGES
H. William Voigt, Jr., Stanhope; Joseph Gulbierz, Dover, and
Charles Yearwood, Hopatcong, all of N J., assignors to The
United States of America as represented bv the Secretary of
the Army
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,381
Int.CI. F42by/02
U.S. CI. 102—24 HC 7 Claims
3,712,219
AERIAL DISPERSAL OF CHEMICALS
James E. Blair, China Lake, and Richard I. Jackson,
Ridgecrest, both of Calif., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed May 21, 1968, Ser. No. 731,692
Int. CI. F42b 25//6 V
U.S. CI. 102 — 7.2 3 Claims
Chemical reactants are transported to a delivery site where
they are mixed to form a desired compound and the com-
pound is then dispersed in a plurality of discrete containers
which are individually burst to release the compound.
An explosive apparatus particularly useful for severing a
member comprising a charge of explosives for effecting frac-
ture of the member, a shield for restricting the blast effect and
for limiting the travel of blast fragments on at least one side of
the member, an energy absorbing means disposed between the
charge of explosive and the shield, means for securing the
shield to the member and means for actuating the explosive
charge.
3,712,220
EXPLOSIVE CHARGE ASSEMBLY AND ITS USE IN
SEISMIC PROSPECTING
Douglas John Burrows Marke, and Peter (ieorge Thompson,
both of West Kilbride, Ayrshire, Scotland, assignors to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, I^ndon. England
Filed March 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,345
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 17, 1969,
13,860/69; March 17, 1969, 13,861/69
Int. CI. F42d //02. J/06
U.S. CI. 102-23 7 Claims
A method of assembling blasting explosive charges on an in-
itiating line of detonating cord which method is especially ad-
vantageous in seismic prospecting involves sticking the
3,712,222
PYROTECHNIC FUSE "
Jack Y. Richardson, Mouth-of-Wilson, Va., and Dale F. Mel-
low, SUnhope, NJ., assignors to Brunswick Corporation,
Chicago, III.
Filed March 12, 1970, Ser. No. 6,750
Int. CI. F42h J//0
U.S.CL102— 27R 16 Claims
A substantially uniform pyrotechnic fuse is provided by
using particulate pyrotechnic mixture compacted in a small
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1253
tubing Bv preselecting the pyrotechnic mixture, the fuse can consumption of the propellant charge the cartridge shell col-
have a burning rate up to 35 seconds per inch. The lapses to a size smaller than the gun tube diameter for ejection
3d
■J2^
J^^
through the gun tube or muzzle with the attached base which
pyrotechnic fuse material can also be preselected to provide has its own gas generating means,
either a flexible or substantially rigid fuse structure.
3,712,223
PYROTECHNIC, WHISTLE, AND METHOD OF MAKING
Ralph G. Degn, 214 A University Village, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,921
Int.CI.C06d//00
U.S. CL 102-31 10 Claims
A pyrotechnic whistle and method of producing same which
prevents a minimum danger of explosion formed of a tubular
reaction chamber and a pyrochemical mixture formed by mix-
ing together a salt of salicylic acid and an oxidizing agent.
Finely divided titanium is added to the pyrochemical mixture
or to other pyrochemical mixtures formed of aromatic acids
and oxidizing agents to provide a trail of glitter when the
pyrochemical mixture reacts.
3,712,226
MISSILE LAUNCHING APPARATUS
Arthur Moskowitz, SanU Ana; W illiam F. Maclnnes, New Port
Beach, and Calhoun W. Sumrall, CosU Mesa, all of Calif.,
assignors to Philco-Ford Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 777,250, Nov. 20, 1968, Pat. No.
3,605,549. This application Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,652
Int.CI. F42by5//0. /5//6
U.S. CI. 102—49.3 3 Claims
3,712,224
DECOY FLARE WITH TRAVELING IGNITION CHARGE
Joseph W. Hanzel, Sardis, Miss., assignor to The United SUtes
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,090
Int.CLC06dy/04,//;0
U.S. CI. 102-37.6 3 Claims
Cartridge type decoy flares are provided with ignition
devices which will ignite the flare only after it has left the bore
of the dispenser. Safety means is provided which remains in ef-
fect until after the flare has cleared the muzzle of the bore.
A rocket powered missile and cooperating launching tube
from which the missile can be catapulted at high initial
velocity. The missile includes a hollow fuselage section which
is telescopingly fitted over a launching tube open at its for-
ward end and closed at its rearward end. Stabilizing fins and
rocket motors are provided on the fuselage section, and a gas
generator is provided toward the forward end of the section to
supply sufficient gas pressure within the launching tube to
launch the missile. Prior to launching, the missile is held on
the launching tube by shear pins. Ignition of the gas generator
pressurizes the launching tube so that the resultant force on
the shear pins exceeds their shear strength, whereupon the
missile is launched, and the rocket motors are ignited to
propel the missile in its flight.
3,712,225
AMMUNITION
Osyp Nimylowycz, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,374
Int. CI. F42b 5130
U.S.CL 102-38 4 Claims
Ammunition cartridge cases for guns in which the com-
bustion chamber is larger in diameter than the gun tube. Upon
3,712,227
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED SOLID ROCKET
IGNITION SYSTEM
Stewart W. Turner. Lancaster, Calif., assignor to the United
States of America as represented b> the Secretary of the
Air Force
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,740
Int.CI.F42c/9//2
U.S. CI. 102-49.7 1 Claim
An electrically controlled solid rocket ignition system in-
cluding a resistance wire initiator for igniting pyrotechnic
1254
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
material. After ignition, a high voltage is applied between for-
ward and aft electrodes which are positioned on or near the
surface of the propellant. This produces an electrostatic field
the segments in a locked position being mutually parallel, and
means for allowing a head wind striking the missile in flight to
swing the segments radially outwards.
Each segment contains a plurality of secondary projectiles.
The segments are hingeably deflectable through an angle of
approximately 170°. During the outward swing of the seg-
ments the secondary projectiles are slidably ejected from the
segments by the centrifugal forces generated by the outward
swing of the segments.
This arrangement does without an ejecting charge for each
secondary projectile and therefore saves space.
In addition there is a relatively wide range of scatter of the
secondary projectiles.
which permits controlled movement of heated ions and/or
electrons from the flame zone to the remaining unignited sur-
face of the propellant. Ignition delay time can thereby be
precisely controlled.
3,712,228
TARGET MARKER WARHEAD
George S. Handier; Kenneth R. Foote, and Milton K. Burford,
all of China Lake, Calif., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 803,528
Int.CI. F42b/i/J6, ;i/42
U.S. CI. 102-60 9 Claims
3,712,230
FIRING EQUIPMENT FOR SIMULATING GUNFIRE
Oswald Hoffmann, 4032 LIntorf, Germany, assignor to Hoff-
man-Werke J. Oswald Hoffman, Lintorf, Germany
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,669
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 23, 1969, P 19
47 989.1
Int.CLF42c/9/y2
U.S. CL 102—70.2 R 4 Claims
Mb l-ao
^i^^^'.s^v^>.^^^v^ykkvk^.^:^ ^g^^
A marker warhead is substituted for the explosive warhead
of a guided missile so as to give an indication of the point of
the fuze function or impact of the missile and mark the target
for accurate delivery of conventional weapons.
'V m-m—xzf'vt '
3,712,229
MISSILE HAVING A CASING AND CONTAINING
SECONDARY PROJECTILES
Julius Schock, 8102 Oberengstringen, Switzerland, assignor to
Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik Oberlikon-Buhrle AG, Zurich,
Switzerland
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,574
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 17, 1970,
10902/70
Int.CLF42byi/iO
U.S. CL 102— 69 II Claims
Firing equipment for simulating gunTire having a plurality of
firing cups for accommodating pyrotechnic devices and each
firing cup is associated with a separate detonating device to be
set off by control apparatus.
3,712,231
SAFETY-PERCUSSION CAP RESPONSIVE TO ROTATION
Lothar Petzsch, Langst-Kierst, and Hans-Dieter Harnau, Hass-
linghausen, both of Germany, assignors to Rheinmetall
GmbH, Dusseldorf, Germany
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,594
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 6, 1969, P 19 55
812.4
Int. CLF42C/ 5/22
U.S. CL 102—79 8 Claims
A missile of the type having a casing composed on in- A safety-percussion cap responsive to rotation which com-
dividual segments containing movable secondary projectiles, prises a rotor capable of being set up m firing position and m-
JANUARY 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1255
eluding locking means movable by centrifugal force and capa-
ble of being put out of engagement with the rotor. Bearing
plates carry the rotor. The locking means include swingably
locking bolts disposed on both sides of the rotor. The locking
bolts engage the bearing plates. The locking bolts have a
locking pin and a holding pin and are disposed each parallel to
the axis of the rotor and operatively engage the rotor. They
have additionally a spring including a worm toothing, and a
spring causes the set up of the rotor.
3,712,232
VARIABLE DELAY FUSE FOR AIRCRAFT PARACHUTE
FLARE
Carroll Abel, Shoals; John R. Clifton, Bedford, and James R.
Lueking, Bloomfield, all of Ind., assignors to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
"'^^ Filed Oct. 23, 1 968, Ser. No. 769,999
Int. CLF42C 9/70
U.S.CL 102-85.2 ^ Claims
ignition of the pyrotechnic composition and exit of vaporized
(CS). is a polyester resin produced by the condensation of
dibromoneopentyl glycol and a mixture of phthalic and maleic
anhydrides with an unsaturated monomer.
3,712,234
CONVEYOR TYPE TRANSPORT DEVICE
Moritada Kubo, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kanasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,815
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 22, 1970, 45/5430;
Jan. 22, 1970,45/5431
Int. CL B65b 9112, B6Sg21/l2
U.S.CL 104-25 12 Claims
A fuse and ejection device for an aircraft parachute flare
having an expellant charge for separating a parachute and
fiare from an outer container, a stationarily mounted delay
fuse for igniting the expellant charge, and a rotatable trigger-
ing device for selectively igniting different lengths of the delay
fuse whereby the time of free fall of the parachute and fiare
withm the outer container can be varied. A safety locking ring
is provided to prevent accidental triggering of the expellant
charge and the safety locking ring is first removed by the pull
of a lanyard secured to a launching aircraft and then the
lanyard pulls a disconnect pin which actuates the triggering
device.
A conveyor type transport device comprising a passageway
movable in the form of an endless loop divided into a plurality
of segments capable of expansion and contraction; segment
length control means for varying said length by changing the
distance between a pair of members fitted to both ends of the
segment; electric motor devices provided in the same number
as the segment length control means and made to move along
said looped movable passageway while supporting it from
below in coupled relationship with said control means; and a
looped track for said motor devices, wherein the segment
length control means is so designed as to cause an object
placed at a particular point on the movable passageway to be
carried along at a different speed from the average speed of
said passageway with the entire length of the loop kept
unchanged.
3,712035
CUP HOLDER
Edwin Russ, Madison Heights, Mich
Filed Aug. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 170,842
3,712,233
CASELESS PYROTECHNIC SMOLDERING MUNITION
Stevens S. Drake; George A. Lane, both of Midland; Gerald R.
Staudacher, and Donald W. Girardin, both of Bay City, all of
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company. Midland,
Mich.
Filed Jan. 28, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 10,649
Int. CI. C06d 7100
U.S.CL 102-103 7 Claims
Disclosed is a pyrotechnic smoldering munition for dis-
semination of the lacrimator O-chlorobenzal malononitrile
(CS) The munition is made up of a pyrotechnic composition
having a fire retardant coating. The pyrotechnic composition
comprises the copolymerization product of an aromatic sulfur
containing epoxy resin corresponding to the formula:
7 Claims
CHs — CH
\ /
O
-CH2-O-
— < O >-
CHr
-CH CH:
where « is I to 2 with maleic anhydride as binder fuel. In addi-
tion to the binder fuel, the pyrotechnic composition comprises
potassium chlorate as oxidizer together with the lacrimator
(CS) The name retardant coating, which contains ports for
The holder has a pair of elongated anchoring leg extensions
connected by hinge formations to a fiat article supporting
panel the legs, panel and formations being molded of a
suitable synthetic plastic composition in the form of a one-
piece unit The panel and each of the anchor legs carry
bracing and stop elements, integrally molded on the respec-
tive leg and panel parts, which elements carry tongue and
groove-type edge formations for frictional and releasable
mating engagement with one another when the holder is se
up on an operative article supporting condition. As thus set
1256
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
up the legs extend downwardly into the usual upwardly
opening window recess of an automobile door, with the
supporting panel extending horizontally inwardly of the door
to one side of and just ahead of an occupant. The respective
leg and panel-borne bracing and stop elements then have
edge-abutting stop engagemer^ with one another; yet upon
manual disengagement of said elements from their mated
relationship the legs may be swung into a compactly col-
lapsed relation to the article supporting panel.
3,712,238
VEHICLE SWITCHING DEVICE
Denny D. Colovas; John S. Logan, and Richard R. Skruch, ail
of Dearborn, Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company,
Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Oct. 4,1971, Ser. No. 1 86,2 1 1
Int. CLEOlc 9/02
U.S. CI. 104-130
3,712,236
MEAT HOOK RETAINER
Leondro A. Massaglia, San Mateo, Calif., assignor to Leo
Kusber, Daly City, Calif., a part interest
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,559
Int. CLB61bJ/00
U^.CL 104—93
6 Claims
A meat hook retainer having a hanger clamp releasably ad-
justably positionable on a meat hook rail and including a hook
clamping mechanism releasably to hold meat hooks in sta-
tionary relation to the rail in optimum meat receiving position.
3,712,237
RIGHT ANGULAR CROSS-OVER SWITCH FOR
CONVEYOR TRACK SYSTEM
John H. McElroy. 14 East Roosevelt Circle, Red Bank, N J.
Division of Ser. No. 715,414, March 22, 1968, Pat. No.
3,605,628. This application May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 47,924
Int. CI. EOlb 25126- B6Sg47J74
U.S. CI. 104—99 3 Claims
A semi-automatic switch mechanism particularly for
monorail type trolley conveyor tracks which is characterized
by extreme simplicity of construction and operation. The
switch takes advantage of the operation of a spring-loaded
toggle Imkage and a pivoted shifter member struck by a trolley
for shifting a flexible switching track section into alignment
selectively with either of two angularly disposed track sec-
tions, such as a main track section and a branch section.
10 Claims
A vehicle switching device for a guided transportation
system is disclosed. The device includes an axle with its cen-
tral portion secured to a vehicle support structure. First and
second structures deployably mount right and left vehicle
switching devices on the axle. A first deployment structure is
connected between the right and the left vehicle switching
devices for spacing the two devices either in a first condition, a
second condition or a third condition with respect to one
another. A second deployment structure is connected
between the first deployment structure and the axle for chang-
ing the position of the first deployment structure with respect
to the axle. The operation of the deployment structures is ef-
fective to deploy the right, or the left, or neither of the vehicle
switching devices.
3,712.239
STEERING MECHANISM
Denny D. Colovas; John S. Logan, and Richard R. Skruch, all
of Dearborn, Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company,
Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Oct. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 186,212
Int. CLEOlc 9/02
U.S. CL 104—130 6 Claims
A steering mechanism for a vehicle of a guided transporta-
tion system is disclosed. An axle for the vehicle has a central
portion pivotably connected to supporting structure of the
vehicle. The axle has vehicle wheels secured to opposite ends
thereof and steering structures located adjacent associated
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1257
vehicle wheels. The steering structures include front and back
guide wheels for engaging a guide rail to direct the vehicle
along the transportation system. The front and the back guide
wheels are interconnected with a spring secured to the axle
which acts to bias them into engagement with the guide rail.
Structure is provided which permits the devices interconnect-
ing the guide wheels and the spring to move relative to the as-
sociated vehicle wheel whereby the spring is loaded or un-
loaded depending upon the direction of movement. Any load-
ing and unloading of the spring causes the axle to be pivoted
about its connection with the vehicle support structure
whereby the vehicle is steered. The steering mechanism also
includes a deployable switching device for holding the guide
wheel in contact with the associated guide rail when the
switching device is deployed.
3,712,242
SNOW AND ICE TRACK CLEARER FOR GROUND
EFFECT MACHINES
Jean Henri Bertin, 92 Neuilly-sur-Seine, France, assignor to
Bertin & Cie, Plaisir. France
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,263
Claims priority, application France, July 1, 1969,6922116
Int. CLB6 If / 9/00
U.S. CL 104-279 1^ Claims
3,712,240
LINEAR ELECTRIC MOTOR PROPULSION SYSTEM
Richard H. Donlon, Littleton, and William R. Hamilton, Au-
rora, both of Colo., assignors to Transportation Technology,
Inc., Denver, Colo.
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,999
Int. CI. 8601 9/] 6, 11/00, 13/00
U.S.CLI04-148LM 8 Claims
I ,,i I ■.. aca~^
Arrangement for clearing snow and ice clad tracks in par-
ticular for ground effect machines.
An arrangement for vehicles such as ground effect
machines running along a carrying and guiding track, wherem
a turbo-machine carried by or incorporated with the vehicle
feeds through a tapping on the turbine or on the associated
compressor a hot fluid at a comparatively high pressure into
nozzles adjacent the track surface and facing forwardly so as
to undermine, release and blow away the ice and snow on the
track. Further nozzles may be directed away from the track
and towards the walls confining the fluid cushions sustaining
and guiding the vehicle.
A linear motor propulsion system for vehicles adapted to
travel along a fixed roadway comprising primary and seconda-
ry motor elements, one of which is carried by the vehicle and
the other of which is disposed in a discontinuous fashion along
the roadway. A constant thrust profile is achieved by arrang-
ing the length and spacing of the elements such that a constant
area of projected surface coextension exists between the ele-
ments irrespective of the vehicle position along the roadway.
3,712,243
RAILWAY CAR ROLL STABILIZATION
Frans V. A. Pangalila, Matawan Township, NJ., assignor to
John J. McMullen Associates, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 864,967
Int. CI. B61f 5/06, 5/14; F16c / 7/04
U.S.CL105— lA 8 Claims
3,712,241
ENDLESS TOWING CONVEYOR
Erich KuwerU, 6751 Trippstadt, Germany, assignor to Pfalz-
stahlban GmbH, Pirmasens/PfaU, Germany
Filedjan.4, 1971,Ser. No. 103,431
Claims priority, applicaUon Germany, Nov. 18, 1970, P 20
56 704.8; Nov. 20, 1970, P 20 57 082.5
Int. CI. B65g / 7/42
U.S.CL 104-172.5 11 Claims
Endless towing conveyor having a suspension track
disposed below the towing chain for running carls rolling
thereon, where the movable part of a coupling device is
disposed between a towing chain and running carts exclusively
on the drivers or dogs of the towing chain and cooperate with
a curved member on the running carts which is rounded for-
wardly in the direction of advancement and equipped with a
vertical abutment surface in the back.
The present invention relates to the stabilization of the roll
of railroad cars. In a first embodiment, a plurality of railroad
cars are stabilized by using the energy built up in one car to
cancel the energy built up in adjacent cars. In a second em-
bodiment, a railroad car is stabilized by providing means for
changing the resonant frequency of the car if the roll angle ex-
perienced by said car exceeds a predetermined value. The
third embodiment of the present invention provides for the
stabilization of a railway car by limiting the maximum angle at
which the car may roll. In a fourth embodiment, the tracks on
which a railway car travels are altered in order that the wheels
of the car encounter discontinuities at a rate wherein the pos-
sibility of the car rolling at resonance is eliminated. The fifth
embodiment of the present invention employs a vibration ab-
sorber which oscillates itself, thereby absorbing energy which
would have been absorbed by the car.
1258
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,244
AUTOMATICALLY ALIGNED RAILWAY CAR
VESTIBULE
Paul Vollenweider. and Franz Wagner, both of Neuhausen,
Switzerland, assignors to Schweizerische Industrie-
Gesellschaft, Neuhausen am Rheinfall, Germany
Filed April 7, 1971, Ser. No. 131,909
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 4, 1970,
8354/70
Int. CL B60d 5100- B61f 1 7/14, 1 7/20
L.S.CL 105—21 4 Claims
motor mounted on the body is connected at its ends to the
spring devices to produce lateral and consequent tilting move-
ments of the body on the spring devices.
A gangway for railway carriages having an automatic cen-
tral coupling including two rigid gangway tunnel halves sealed
to the carriage ends and elastically joined to the tunnel halves
and catch horns are provided for exact alignment and locking
bolts for connecting.
3,712,246
ELASTOMERICALLY ARTICULATED RAILWAY TRUCK
Richard L. Lich, Town and Country, Mo., assignor to General
Steel Industries, Inc., Granite City, III.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,912
Int. CI. B61fi//0.5/0«,5//7
U.S. CI. 105— 196 9 CUims
3,712,245
AUTOMATICALLY POW ER BANKED RESILIENT
RAILW AY CAR TRUCK
Richard L. Lich. Town and Country, Mo., assignor to General
Steel Industries, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,530
Int. CI. E6\f3/08, B62f 5//0. B61f 5/24
U.S.CL105— 164 21 CUims
A six-wheel railway truck includes a pair of transversely
spaced longitudinally extending main side frames supported at
their ends on the ends of two adjacent axles, and a pair of
similarly spaced longitudinally extending auxiliary side frames
supported at their one end on the third axle and at their other
end on the main side frames between the two first mentioned
axles by a horizontal elastomeric pad device. Between the
middle axle and each of the end axles, each side frame sup-
ports a pair of elastomeric chevron springs with their compres-
sion axes inclined upwardly longitudinally of the truck toward
each other, and a load supporting bolster between each of the
respective axles has transversely extending tips supported on
the chevron springs, and a body supporting center plate over
the middle axle.
3,712,247
BOLSTER SNUBBER WEAR PLATE
Donald Marion Young, Hazel Crest, III., assignor to Amsted In-
dustries Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,205
Int. CLB61f 5/06. 5//2. 5/50
U.S. CL 105—197 DB 2 Claims
Railway vehicle suspensions are provided in which the vehi-
cle body is supported directly on truck mounted spring
devices for transverse tilting movement about a longitudinal
central axis of the body. Transversely acting power means are
provided to hold the body against such transverse tilting
movements during tangent track operation and to cause such
transverse tilting movements, or banking, when rounding
curves In one embodiment of the invention the spring devices
at each side are supported from the truck frame by transverse-
ly swingable links whose projections intersect at the tilt axis
and the vehicle body is supported by horizontal bearings on
the spring devices. The truck frame mounts a transversely act-
ing power device which is connected to the spring devices. In
another embodiment, the spring devices are carried directly
by the truck framing, and support the body by spherical sec-
tion bearings whose common center is at the intersection of
the truck swivel axis and the tilt axis. A transversely acting
^ a? ~,
^ L
A wear plate is provided for the sloping friction face of a
railv/ay car bolster, the wear plate being held in operative
position by the spring which urges a friction wedge toward the
bolster and a vertical friction face of a railway car side frame.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1259
3,712,248 wound around the pulleys and upon themselves so as to
SPRING LOADED RAILW AY HOPPER CAR DOOR achieve the desired torque and speed operation.
Walter L. Floehr, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Midland-Ross Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Filedjuly 21, 1970. Ser. No. 56,927 3,712,250
Inl.CI.B61d7//S. 7/26,45/00 TANK STRUCTURE
U S. CI. 105—253 5 Claims Wallace T. (ieyer, Des Peres, Mo., and Robert \N. Randolph.
St. Charles, Vto., assignors to ACF Industries. Incorporated,
New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 794,920, Jan. 29, 1969, Pat. No.
3,540,1 15. This application May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 48,730
Int. CI. B61d 5/00
U.S. CI. 105 — 360 4 Claims
A hopper door of the bottom opening type for a railway
hopper car is spring loaded to assist in closing the door. The
spring reacts between and is guided by telescoping shaft and
cylinder members pivotally connected to the car body and
door, respectively. The pivotal connection between the
cylinder member and the car body is offset from the longitu-
dinal axis of the spring so that a closing force is applied to the
door by the spring when the door is in open position.
3,712,249
FLEXIBLE RAILW AY HOPPER CLOSURE OPERATING
MECHANISM
Ernest J. Nagy, and William R. Shaver, both of Munster, Ind.,
assignors to Pullman Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 801,634, Feb. 24, 1969,
abandoned. This application May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,682
Int. CI. B61d 7/20, 7/26, B65h 75//<S
U.S. CL 105-282 R 15 Claims
An elongate tank structure having a sloping bottom to pro-
vide adequate drainage of liquids, and the method of making
same. The tank structure comprises elliptical end heads hav-
ing their major axes extending in a horizontal direction and a
circular center portion, with the tank shell changing its shape
gradually from the elliptical heads to the circular center and
the tank bottom sloping gradually downwardly from the end
heads to the center. The tank structure is formed by welding
end heads of an elliptical shape to an open ended cylindrical
tank shell which has been deformed at its ends to match the el-
liptical end heads. The enclosed tank structure thus formed is
pressurized to an internal pressure exceeding the yield of the
material from which the tank shell is formed, while the end
heads are held against any deformation. The tank shell is
thereby deformed by the internal fluid pressure into a circular
center portion with the tank portion between the elliptical end
heads and the center having a bottom which slopes gradually
downwardly.
3,712,251
RAILWAY CAR WITH ELASTIC SIDE WALLS
Alberto Moretti, and Settimlo Feroli, both of Taranto, Italy, as-
signors to Italsider S.p.A., Genoa, Italy
Filedjuly 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,801
Claims priority, application Italy, Aug. 7, 1969, 7238 A/69
Int. CI. B61d l?/08
U.S. CL 105—409 5 Claims
■^.jj
A hopper discharge outlet arrangement including a frame
and a sectional closure member slidingly movable horizontally
relative to a hopper discharge opening, the closure member
being moved by the rotation of an operating rod having reels
connected thereto on which flexible members are wound and
unwound and are so anchored and positioned on the frame
that in response to rotation of the reels the closure member is
moved between open and closed positions.
Certain of the reels are provided with a spiral groove on
which the flexible members are wound, the initial winding tak-
ing place on the smallest diameter portion of the groove and
subsequent winding occurring on increased diameter groove
portions of the total groove which in effect provides a high
torque and low speed initial operation during the opening of
the gate and which upon continued opening provides for a
decrease in torque and a higher speed of opening.
A modification of the invention includes reels in the form of
pulleys and flexible elements comprise chains which are
A railway car with elastic side walls for carrying crops and
discards coming from cutting of flat bloom ends by a slabbing
mills, which crops and discards are collected by a movable box
container which collects and carries said materials and then
discharges them onto a special railway car.
1260
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
ERRATUM
For Class 108 — 46 see:
Patent No. 3,712,235
operator. A shoe is provided at the outlet of the chute to hold
the ejected button in the proper orientation for sewing.
3,712,252
SEEDLING GROWING AND HANDLING DEVICE
Barney K. Huang. Raleigh, N.C., assignor to Research Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, S«r. No. 87,558
Int.CI.A01c///02
u.s.a. 111-2 ^c"*'"
3,712,254
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EDGE
STITCHING/BINDING WORKPIECES
Bernard D. BeamUh, and David G. Taylor, both of 3289 Len-
worth Drive Unit F, Cooksville, Ontario, Canada
Filed April 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,631
lnt.CLD05bii/02
U.S. a. 112-121.29 29Claims
A seedling growing and handling device is provided and in-
cludes a tray-like structure consisting of a continuous sheet of
material formed into a multiplicity of seed growth zones; each
of the zones comprising a single confining wall defined by a
hollow open ended truncated cone, and a web of the material
of the sheet joining the lower larger diameter ends thereof into
a continuous structure such that seedlings grown in the zone
may be readily removed from the lower larger diameter ends
with a minimum disturbance of the plants. The invention also
contemplates the automatic transplanting of the seedhngs
from the device.
3,712,253
BUTTON FEEDING MACHINE
Floyd Asnes, 41-65 Westmoreland Street, Little Neck, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 692,909, Dec. 22, 1967, Pat. No.
3 565,285. This application Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,391
Int. CI. D05b i/22
L.S.CL 112-113 4 Claims
An apparatus and method for the edge stitching/binding of
fabric workpieces in which the workpieces are introduced into
a sewing machine at a speed synchronous with that of the sew-
ing machine and in a precise orientation relative to the needle
thereof The workpieces optionally have a tape folded about
the edge thereof and are automatically fully stitched at a sub-
stantially uniform distance from the edge thereof, whereafter
the workpieces are severed into separate entities. During the
stitching operation each workpiece is caused to traverse a
stitch pattern which consists of a random sequence of straight
lines concave and convex curved portions, by control means
which constantly engage the workpiece and which work m
conjunction with holding means selectively movable into en-
gagement with the workpiece. The fully stitched workpieces
may then be automatically discharged from the apparatus.
3,712,255
MAGNETIC THREAD HOLDER AND CUTTER
Alex Beregow, 22 Taylor Place, Westport, Conn.
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,301
Int. CI. D05b 65100
U.S. a. 112-252 5 Claims
! '''>
' 'v
7
i-- 1 ; t / «
'ft
--^^H
90,' «
A button-feeding machine for sequentially feeding buttons
located in a hopper through a chute to a holder in which the
buttons are held in proper position for attachment to a cloth ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ mounting on a sewing
article by a sewing needle The buttons are supplied in bulk to a mr magnets disposed on opposite
a hopper where they are oriented and aligned in a chute and machine -^^^^^^.Jf ^°J J ^'ase member and movable
then positively fed from the chute to the holder, one at a time ^'^es ot an in ^^^^^^ sufficiently to permit
by a ram arm whose actuation is controlled by a machine toward and away trom tn
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1261
a pair of threads to be inserted between each of them and the
base member. The latter is wider than the magnets and has in
its periphery a pair of oppositely disposed reentry slots
through one of which the threads are lead from one side of the
base member to the other and to the opposite slot which is
provided with a cutting edge.
onto said tank at discrete points along the tank periphery
located in a same horizontal plane so as to be horizontal rela-
tive to said ship by being each parallel with the local plane tan-
gent to the tank perpendicularly to the normal passing through
the point of application of the bearing reaction considered.
3,712,256
DEVICE ON SEWING MACHINES FOR GUIDING THE
THREAD CHAIN
Werner Striesler. and Eujjen AnRele, both of 6750 Kaiser-
slautern. (ierman>. assignors to Firma Pfaff Industriemas-
chinen (J.M.B.H., Kaiserslautern/Pfalz, (iermany
FiledFeb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,764
Claims priority, application Germany, May 29, 1970, G 70
20 068.9
Int. CI. D05b 65100
U.S.CL 112-252 6 Claims
3,712,258
ROLLBACK CLOSURE FOR TIGHTLY SEALING
OPENINGS ESPECIALLY OF SHIPS
Ralf Bauer. Warnemunde; Wilfred l^renz. Rostock: Udo
Rohr. Rostock, and Friedrich Silge. Rostock, all of German>.
assignors to Veb Warnowwerft Warnemunde. Warne-
munde. (ierman>
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,640
lnt.CI.B63b/ 9/20
U.S.CL 1 14-202 6 Claims
Guiding means for the thread chain between successive
work blanks on sewing machines having a work clamp that is
displaceable on the work plate relative to the reciprocating
needle, a cutting device and a clamp for the thread chain,
where a thread chaip engaging member is provided which is
movably disposed and driven between an initial position proxi-
mate the stitch hole and a final guiding position located at a
distance therefrom. The thread chain engaging member by its
movement toward the final guiding position is in thread chain
tensioning engagement with the part of the thread chain
disposed between the stitch hole and the clamping location.
3,712,257
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING A
CONVEYED TANK AGAINST ROLL AND PITCH
Jean H. Alleaume, Saint-Cloud, France, assignor to Technigaz,
Paris, France
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,239
Claims priority, application France, April 30, 1970,
7016004
Int. CI. B63"! 25IO&
U.S.CL 114-74 A 12 Claims
Hatch closure consisting of a series of uniform closure ele-
ments. Each closure element has, fastened to each end
thereof, a linkage member so designed that, pursuant to
rolling back, the weight of the rolled back closure portion
rests on the linkage members and their supports, and not on
the body or gaskets of the closure elements.
3,712,259
ADJUSTABLE ANCHOR
Walter J. Semollc, 406 Bee Street, Meriden, Conn.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 37,966
Int.CI. B36b27/i4
U.S.CL 114—207
ICUim
A method of compensating by means of external bearing
reactions for the roll and pitch forces, a rigid ship-borne tank
movably suspended at discrete external points distributed
along the periphery of the said tank and consisting in applying
said bearing reactions, without creating any normal effect.
An adjustable anchor ensemble is disclosed, including a
main anchor member or frame which may receive one of
several ground engaging anchor fittings according to anchor-
ing requirements in different boating situations. Illustratively,
the anchor frame may be fitted with fluke-type ground engag-
ing members. Each kind of ground engaging member may be
variously positioned on the anchor frame to achieve the most
favorable anchoring conditions or to drag the anchor along
the bottom. The anchor may be folded into collapsed condi-
tion for ease of stowage in a boat.
1262
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,260
MARINE TERMINAL MOORING
George E. Mott, Metairie, and John T. Loggins, New Orkans,
both of La., assignors to Texaco, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No.«76,926
Int.CI. B63b2//00 -
U.S. CI. 1 14—230 3 Claims
ing-coil instrument having a pivotable pointer whose tip
travels along an arcuate path extending lengthwise of the front
side of the housing and adjacent to one flat surface of an elon-
gated prism which is pivotable about an axis extending at right
angles to and crossing in space with the pivot axis of the
The invention relates to a marine terminal positioned at or
adjacent to an offshore body of water being adapted for
anchormg barges, vessels and the like while the latter are con-
nected with one or more sources of fluid to be transferred.
Said vessels are fixedly located in the water by a plurality of
anchor means disposed at discrete intervals about the floating
vessel. Each anchor means includes a holding member im-
bedded at least partially into the ocean floor and connected to
the floating vessel by an anchor rode such as a chain, cable or
the like A mooring means is likewise connected to the im-
bedded anchor by a stabilizing member which includes a
weighted body normally supported at the ocean floor and a
buoyant column pivolally connected at one end to the body
buoyed whereby to maintain an upright position.
t-t
pointer. At least the one surface of the prism carries a straight
graduated scale and another surface of the prism is mirrored
to reflect the images of the scale and of the tip of the pointer
toward the front side of the housing. Such images can be ob-
served from several directions in response to appropriate
pivotal movement of the prism.
\
3,712,263
AUTOMOBILE AERIAL LOCATION SIGNAL
Ernest Faragosa, 132 South Grandview, Daytona Beach, Fla.
Filed Dec. 10, 1971. Ser. No. 206,037
Int. CI. B60q
U.S. CL 116— 28 3 Claims
3,712,261
FAIRING
Jack I. McLeUand, Palos Verdes Peninsula, and Theodore F.
Mangels, Newport Beach, both of Calif., assignors to Ocean
Science and Engineering Inc., Washington, D.C.
Filed April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,374
Int. CI. B63b 27/00
U.S. CI. 114— 235 F 12 Claims
A continuously applied fairing consisting of a preformed
resilient tubular member of indeterminate length which can be
opened and wound as a flat strip. When unwound, it is fed into
engagement with a line and is allowed to assume its normal tu-
bular shape encompassing said line.
3,712,262
INDICATING INSTRUMENT WITH PIVOTABLE SCALES
Willy Kisselmann, Grunwald, near Munich; Fritz Rumpelein,
Munich, and Paul Kopf, Unterhaching, all of Germany, as-
signors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengeselbchaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
Filed April 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27,262
Claims priority, application Germany, April 21, 1969, P 19
20 185.5
Int. CI. G09f 9/00
U.S.CL116-129R 15 Claims
An indicating instrument wherein a flat block-shaped hous-
ing consisting of light diffusing material accommodates a mov-
An automobile aerial attached location signal for identify-
ing and locating a particular automobile when parked on large
crowded parking lots. The signal device consists of a brightly
colored cylinder having an aperture on one side thereof and a
slotted clamping jaw which encompasses the automobile aeri-
al and engages in the aperture. A coil spring extends around
the cylindrical body and engages in an annular groove therein
with its opposite ends secured to the jaw member to clamp the
jaw member and the cylindrical body tightly onto the aerial of
the automobile. The cylinder may be brightly colored and is of
a size such that can be easily seen from a distance. Initials or
other identifying indicia may be applied to the cylinder when
desired.
3,712,264
ROTATING PASTE DEPOSITER
Albert F. Verhoeven, (Jrand Rapids, Mich., assignor to Werner
Lehara, Inc., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,693
Int. CI. B05c 5/02
U.S.CL 118-25 9 Claims
In a rotating paste depositor having an outer rotating
cylinder with a plurality of cutouts forming outlets for deposit-
ing a fluid or pasty-like material on a comestible product, the
outer cylinder rotates around a series of fixed inner cylinders
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1263
having valves for control of the flow rate of the material to be In another embodiment, the spring members are positioned
deposited and having an inner chamber to equalize the pres- in aligned spring receiver bores in the top wall of the applica-
sure at the outlets. In the preferred form a secondary pressure tor body portion and the bottom wall of the gummer die
means is contained within the inner chamber and rotates holder.
3,712,266
r 7- A DEVELOPER CONVEYING APPARATUS
Russell A. Stauffer, San Jose, Calif., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 173,516
Int. CLG03g/ i/00
U.S. CI. 1 18—636 12 Claims
r 10 32
around a fixed cylinder to provide increased pressure at the
outlet ports during the depositing cycle' and to provide
reduced pressure and positive shutoff when the material has
been deposited on the product.
3,712,265
RETRACTABLE GUMMER DIE FOR ENVELOPE
MACHINES
Herbert W. Helm. HolUdaysburg. Pa., and Henry I). Barthalow.
East Freedom. Pa., assignors to F. L. Smithe Machine
Company. Inc.. Duncansville, Pa.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,338
Int.CLB05c 1/02
U.S. CI. 118-212 8 Claims
«'76
Apparatus for applying adhesive to an envelope blank in-
cludes a rotatably mounted shaft with an adhesive applicator
assembly secured thereto. The applicator assembly has a bt^dy
portion of generally rectangular configuration with a h>ottom
wall, pairs of side walls and a top wall. An air actuated piston
cylinder assembly is mounted on the bottom wall of the body
portion substantially parallel to the axis of the rotatable shaft
A pair of L-shaped levers are pivotally secured intermediate
their end portions to the side walls of the body portion and
have one end portion connected to the rod portion of the
piston cylinder assembly. A gummer die holder is mounted in
overlying relation with the top wall of the body portion and is
resiliently urged by spring members radially away from the
body portion top wall. The other end of each of the levers is
pivotally connected to the gummer die so that the piston
cylinder assembly is arranged through the levers to retract the
gummer die and move the gummer die toward the applicator
assembly body top wall against the force of the spring mem-
bers. Suitable control means are provided to supply air to the
cylinder after a predetermined time delay to thereby retract
the gummer die holder and prevent the gummer die holder
from transferring adhesive to the back-up rolls.
In one embodiment, the spring members are positioned
around the bolts that secure the gummer die holder to the
body portion and channel-shaped guide members are pro-
vided on the gummer die holder that extends around the bolts
extending upwardly from the body portion.
The developer conveying apparatus comprises a drum and
magnet assembly for conveying developer material to the
photoconductor surface of an electrophotographic printer.
The drum is mounted for rotation on an axis at a right angle to
the photoconductor drum. The magnet assembly is mounted
in close proximity radially to the carousel drum to produce a
magnetic field pattern parallel to the rotational direction of
the drum. The developer material is moved into the magnetic
field as the carousel drum is rotated so that the developer
material adheres to the inner surface of the drum ahd is con-
veyed to an inclined chute located within the upper portion of
the drum. The developer material moves beyond the magnetic
field and drops to the inclined chute. The material cascades
down the chute and enters a development zone where it passes
through a restricted path between a development electrode
and a photoconductor to develop the electrostatic images on
the photoconductor. The developer material then returns to
the bottom of the carousel drum where it is enriched with
toner and the cycle is repeated as long as image development
is required.
3,712,267
BIRD FEEDER
Samuel S. Moliterni, 331 South Avenue. Garwood. N J.
Filed March 1 6. 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 24,8 1 3
Int.CLA01kJ9/00
U.S. CL 119-18 2 Claims
A feeder attachable to a bird cage and into which birds may
enter for feeding, the device comprising a transparent plastic.
1264
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
long enclosure with an entrance doorway at one end and a
removable food tray at the opposite end. so to prevent the
food from being scattered upon the floor of the bird cage or
outward from the cage. ,
3,712,270
CHICK FEEDER LID STRUCTURES
Edward J. Fier, Jr., 572 Killarney Pass, Mundelein, III., as-
signor to United States Steel Corporation
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,082
Int.CI.A01ki9/00
U.S.Ci. 119-61 5 Claims
3,712,268
PORTABLE BACTERIOLOGICAL INCUBATOR
Jack P. Reed, 2-808 Borinquen Towers, San Juan, P.R.
Filed June 2, 197 1, Ser. No. 149,279
Int.CI. A01W4//00,4//02.F27dy//02
U.S. CI. 119-37 11 Claims
It — ior-1 m(~i
uDrtttodno
rneDDKncR
-iTi-i;
A feeder lid for chicks is provided in the form of a deep dish
having ribs throughout its bottom.
3,712,271
TOE HOLDER
RusseU E. Greathouse, 872 North Medina Line Road,
Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,812
Int. CI. AOlk 29/00; A61p 5/00, 13/00
U.S. CI. 1 19-96 -* Claims
A portable incubator with two independent compartments
for regulating the temperature and humidity of bacteriological
and biochemical specimens. Simultaneous heating and coohng
enables variable incubation temperature control over a wide
range of outside ambient temperatures. Simplified solid-state
circuitry provides stable operation within precision tempera-
ture limits. ,
3,712,269
CULTIVATION OF LARGE SIZED LARVAE
Peter E. Letchworth, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1. 1971, Ser. No. 185,852
Int. CI. AOlk 67/00. A23k 7/00
U.S.CL 119-51 2 Claims
A method of cultivating abnormally large sized larvae for
use as food for small animals and fish bait is described herein.
The process involves the addition of a particular type of com-
pound to the normal nutrient environment of the larvae, the
amount being between about 0.0001 and 0.01 percent by
weight of the nutrient environment The particular com-
pounds have the following generic formula:
R2-
.^/°
V
X\/T\/CH,
in which R and R, are independently methyl or ethyl; n is an
integer 0 or 1; R, is hydrogen, lower alkyl. lower alkynyl.
lower alkoxy. halogen, nitro, lower alkyl thio. or certain
heterocyclic radicals.
'0- *
In sunbathing or the like, a bather's feet are held together by
means which encircles the large toes or some other portions of
each foot of the bather, which portion is adjacent the bather's
toes. Without such a toe holder, a person's feet naturally
spread apart so that the sun acts to a greater extent on the
inner portions of the legs than the outer portions.
3,712,272
COMBINED MOISTURE SEPARATOR AND REHEATER
Theodore C. Carnavos, Danbury, Conn.; WilUam S. Hubble,
and Kenneth K. Woods, both of Cape Elizabeth, Maine,
assignors to (;eneral Electric Company
Filed Oct. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 190,538
Int.CLF22g//00
U.S.CL 122-483 ^ 5 Claims
A combined moisture separator and reheater for a steam
turbine-generator power plant has moisture separating ele-
ments and first- and second-stage heating elements disposed
longitudinally in a pressure-tight cylindrical shell. The reheat-
ing elements each comprise a transverse header with a vertical
partition, the tube sheets forming part of the header wall.
Tube bundles designed to be supplied with substantially satu-
rated steam are comprised of tubes extending the length of the
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1265
pressure vessel from one side of the header, forming a U-bend The combustion chamber is charged with air through a hol-
at the opposite end in a horizontal plane and extending back low sleeve which is received within the rotor. The sleeve and
rotor are each provided with passageways which are indexed
^^'^'^^^j with one another so that flow occurs when the combustion
^4^^ \\ chamber of the rotor and housing are aligned with one
.'^S' ) \ another.
to the other side of the header. The tube bundles are sup-
ported on side rails which are arranged to slide on side rails
supported by the pressure shell.
3,712,273
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ROTARY ENGINE
Ernest G. Thomas, P.O. Box 1013, Magnolia, Ark.
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,573
Int.CI. F02bJ5//4
U.S. CL 123—8.47 3 Claims
An internal combustion engine of the rotary type wherein
the fuel is injected into the piston chamber through a valve in
the piston head, creating the normal expansion propulsion
forces resulting from the explosion of compressed hydrocar-
bon gases. The piston head itself rotates with a spring-biased
plate closing the chamber during the fuel injection phase but
blowing open upon the explosion of the fuel, producing a
jetting effect, causing the piston head to recoil and rotate
producing motive force.
3,712,274
ROTARY INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Leonard F. Craft, Box 876, Andrews, Tex.
Filed April 6, 1972, Ser. No. 241,648
Int. CI. F02b 53/04
U.S. CI. 1 23—8.49 10 Claims
A rotary internal combustion engine having a rotor jour-
naled within a housing with a portion of the housing and rotor
cooperating together to jointly form a combustion chamber
which is brought into alignment each time the rotor is
rotatably moved a specified angular amount relative to the
housing depending upon the configuration of the combustion
chambers located in the rotor and housing.
Depending from the rotor are two shafts which are jour-
naled to the housing with one of the shafts being counterbored
so that it receives the before mentioned sleeve, as well as
providing means for actuating a fuel pump. The remaining
shaft end provides means by which power can be extracted
from the engine.
3,712,275
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMS
Harold Ernest Jackson, Elburton, England, assignor to Petrol
Injection Limited, Plymouth, Devon, England
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,135
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 26, 1970,
25,304/70; Feb. 26, 1971, 5,550/71
Int.CI. F02m5//00
U.S. CL 123—32 EA 42 Claims
A fuel injection system which injects fuel intermittently and
in which the periods of time for which fuel is injected are
determined by the rate of flow of a control fluid. This rate of
flow is in turn controlled by an air valve located in the engine
air intake to produce a control depression and adjustable to
maintain that depression substantially constant. Preferably,
the control fluid is air flowing from atmosphere into the con-
trol depression region, and the system preferably also includes
a mechanism for adjusting the periods of time for which fuel is
injected to compensate for variations in the control depres-
sion.
3,712,276
ENGINE AND GAS GENERATOR
Berry W . Foster, 2415 Thomas Avenue, Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,387
Int. CLF02iy 7/00
U.S. CI. 1 23—47 R 29 Claims
A two-cycle piston-cylinder combination which acts as an
engine to provide shaft power or, alternatively, as a gas
1266
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
generator to provide turbine power. There are valve devices operating with at least one valve away from the clearing space
for maintaining hot gases out of contact with lubricants, and the path of travel for taking each associated valve out
314
means for actuating such valve devices, and means for com-
busting fuel in such cylinder.
3,712,277
VALVE ACTUATING ARRANGEMENT FOR INTERNAL
COMBLSTION ENGINES
Sanzio Pio Vincenzo Piatti, 14, Corso Porta Nuova, Milan, Italy
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,776
Claims <riorit\. application Italv, .Mar. 24, 1970, 22338- A/70
Int. CI. FOl I 7/26
U.S. CL 123— 90.22 6 Claims
This invention relates to a valve actuating arrangement for
an internal combustion engine having plural parallel-operating
poppet valves associated with the or each combustion
chamber of the cylinder head of the engine, wherein said
valves are actuated by a common cam via a common tappet,
cooperating with, and interposed between, the cam and the
valves The tappet is tubular and has a transverse wall closing
one end, which is engaged by a cam. The rim, at the open end
of the tubular member, engages the parallel valves.
3,712,278
ROCKERARM ASSEMBLY FOR INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Karl Walter Kuhn, Saint-Germain-en-Laye, France, assignor
to Societe d Etudes de Machines Thermiques, Saint Denis,
France
Filed Oct. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 190,990
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 27, 1970, 7042648
Int. CI. F01l///«. //26
U.S. CL 123-90.39 11 Claims
A valve-operating rocker-arm for internal combustion en-
gines at least partially displaceable or deformable selectively
from its operative position in its mounted condition on the en-
gine without any removal, so as to move at least its portion co-
when removing same, releasable locking means being pro-
vided to prevent such a displacement or deformation in nor-
mal service or use.
3,712,279
VACUUM SPARK ADVANCE CUTOFF
Richard D. Vartanian, Dearborn, Mich., assi}!nor
Motor Company. Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,362
Int. CL F02p 5106
U.S.CL123-117A
to Ford
5 Claims
1- ■.-.-• ■--■•^
A mechanical device is inserted between the engine dis-
tributor servo actuator and the carburetor spark port compris-
ing an atmospheric air bleed controlled by changes in vacuum
level in the spark port during vehicle accelerations from an en-
gine idle speed or any speed without spark port vacuum; the
bleed immediately moving the spark timing to a maximum re-
tard position. The device consists of a valve to open and close
an air vent in response to a power actuator connected to the
spark port and having an orifice interconnecting abutting
chambers of the power device.
3,712,280
ADMISSION CIRCUITS OF DIESEL ENGINES
Maurice G. Brille, 27, rue Parmentier, 92 Nanterre, and Yves
M. Baguelin, 9, rue Andre' Dumas, 78 Marly-le-roi, both of
France
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,229
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 31, 1969, 6937527
Int. CI. F02bi 7/04
U.S. CL 123-1 19 CB 7 Claims
An improved Diesel engine supercharged by a turbo-com-
pressor and corrected by a volumetric compressor corrector
device driven from the engine crank shaft at a speed ratio
which increases as the pressure delivered by the centrifugal
compressor diminishes, in which an exchanger of heat with the
cooling liquid of the engine is provided between the turbo-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1267
compressor and the volumetric corrector device, and in which the engine. The system regulates the temperature of the air fed
the portion of the admission circuit comprised between the to the engine induction manifold by providing a selective
bypass of air around the cooling unit responsive to ambient air
heat exchanger and the engine is provided with a heat and temperature and to the level of pressure in the manifold,
sound-insulation system.
3,712,281
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE INCORPORATING
MODIFICATION TO REDUCE POLLUTION IN EXHAUST
THEREFROM
Arthur P. Ruth, Houston, Tex., assignor \o Dalton L. Smith, a
part interest
Filed March 23, 197 1, Ser. No. 127,257
Int. CL F02m 25106; F02b 47/ 10
U.S. CL 123— 119 A 14CUiims
3,712,283
SAFETY ARRANGEMENT FOR STARTING MOTOR IN
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
Albert Kiess, 7254 Munchingen; Peter Gunsser, 7 Stuttgart 1,
and Edgar Kuhn, 7016 Gerlingen, all of Germany, assignors
to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,288
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 10, 1970, P 20
44 783.0
Int. CL F02n / 7/00
U.S. CL 123—179 A 16 Claims
32
3i
38
irc^j^^
10 12
54
An internal combustion engine which includes certain
.nodifications to reduce the pollution thereof. The exhaust
stream from the exhaust manifold of the engine is returned in
part or in whole, subject to the control of a valve means, for
recycling through the carberator. Dependent upon the loading
of the engine, a variable supply of oxygen is interjected at the
carberator to enhance the extent of combustion and thereby
reduce the non-combusted hydrocarbon gases. Recirculation
is further accompanied by the injection of steam at the car-
berator to slightly cool the gases drawn into the internal com-
bustion engine, thereby increasing the compression and tend-
ing to improve the extent of combustion within the engine.
3,712,282
TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
SUPERCHARGED INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Walter F. Isley, Grosse Pointe, Mich., assignor to Teledyne In-
dustries, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Jan. 22, 197 1 , Ser. No. 108,736
Int. CI. F02b i 7/04
U.S.CL 123— 119CD 6 Claims
A temperature control system for a supercharged internal
combustion engine in which the supercharger is activated by
First pulses sequence has repetition rale varying as a func-
tion of engine speed. Each pulse is extended in time by a
predetermined time interval. The so-extended pulses and the
original pulses each applied at one input of an AND gate
which furnishes an output when the interval between pulses of
the pulse sequence is shorter than the predetermined time in-
terval. Output of AND gate de-energizes starting motor. Start-
ing motor also de-energized for a predetermined time period
following de-energization, regardlessof speed of engine.
3,712,284
BRICKLAYER S HAMMER HEAD HAVING WEAR-
RESISTANT CHIPPING END SURFACES
Laurence W. Porter. Hebron, III., assignor to Vaughan &
Bushnell Mfg. Co., Hebron, 111.
Continuation of Ser. No. 876,299, Nov. 13, 1969. This
application Oct. 12, 197 ^ Ser. No. 188,032
Int. CLB28d/ /26
U.S.CL 125—40 1 Claim
A forged steel bricklayer's hammer head including a blade
portion having a chipping end defined by top and bottom
bevel faces intersecting along a straight transverse cutting
edge and by opposite lateral edges of the blade portion is pro-
vided with a layer of tungsten carbide electrodeposited on said
chipping end at each of the bevel faces adjacent the cutting
1268
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
edge therealong and at each of the lateral edges adjacent the hEaVeXCH ANGER FOR FORCED
cutting edge, the layers forming outer surfaces on the bevel ^'^^^ ^,r „e^t-,ng UNIT
Charles E. Nelson, Excelsior, Minn, assignor to EnvironmenUl
Control Systems, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,306
Int. CI. F24h J/06
U.S.CI. 126-llOB 7 Claims
faces and the lateral edges and penetrating the blade portion,
thereby providing wear-resistant surfaces on said chipping
end.
3,712,285
METAL FOIL REFLECTOR HOLDER FOR COOKING
GRILLS
Ernest Copeland, 7601 South Silver Road, Marine City, Mich.
Filed Oct. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 190,488
Int. CI. A47j 37/00, F24c 1116
U.S. CL126— 9R 7 Claims
A heat exchanger is shown having an elongated combustion
chamber with a burner opening in one end thereof and a pair
of ducts leading from the other end to a pair of separate
headers. Two groups of tubes extend from the two headers
along the combustion chamber for connection with a common
header, and a third group of tubes extend back from the com-
mon header to a combustion gas discharge header positioned
between the first two headers, but separate therefrom.
3,712,287
DOOR HINGE
Frank P. Summers, Jr., Medford, N J., assignor to United Fil-
tration Corporation, Chicago, 111.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,815
Int. CI. F23m 7100
U.S.CL 126— 191 14Claims
A pair of inverted U-shaped frames are disposed in horizon-
tally-spaced parallel relationship by connecting bars at their
lower ends Each frame is provided with at least one cross bar
having downwardly-inclined arms secured to the frame. A
panel of flexible metal foil, such as aluminum foil, of sufficient
stiffness to be self-sustaining, is arched between opposing cross
bars of the same height The holder is then placed over the
grill or other cooking device above the heating means and
above the article being cooked so as to reflect downward upon
the food 'article being cooked the heat rising 'rom the hot
coals, charcoal or electrical heating unit of the cooking
device The lower ends of the frame are preferably pivoted to A structure especially useful as an oven door hmge compris-
iheir respective connecting bars so as to enable the reflector ing a spring which is self-contained within a casing and a lever
holder to be folded flat substantially into one plane for storage system which compresses the spring upon openmg of the door
or transportation. to develop a torque for counterbalancing.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1269
3,712,288
HEATED ARTICLE OF APPAREL
Efram I. Weiss, 31 West 60th Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149,538
Int.CLA61f 7/06
U.S.CL 126-206
cles of the heart comprising a chamber havmg a pumping sec-
tion connected with the balloon, and a driving section, a
source of excess pressure and a source of low pressure, control
means for alternately coupling the source of excess pressure
and the source of low pressure to the driving section, a mem-
4 Claims brane separating the pumping section and the driving secuon
20 4|f.
An article of apparel, preferably in the form of a glove with
fingers has a pocket on the back thereof, a combustible tablet
within an air-permeable container is disposed within the
pocket a tubular conduit extends from the pocket, around to
the palm portion of the glove, a flexible, resilient pump or
bladder is disposed in said palm portion and said conduit is
connected to the input portion of the bladder The bladder has
either output openings or elongated hollow output fingers tor
directing heated air arriving from the conduit, toward and into
the fingers of the glove for heating them. The bladder is
manually operated by one or more repealed squeezes of the
user's hand when said finger heat is desired.
f[^^
^39 22 '
and being constructed for pumping the entire volume of the
pumping section into the balloon during the phase when the
source of high pressure is connected and for driving the entire
volume of the driving section into the low pressure source
when the low pressure source is connected to the driving sec-
tion.
3,712,289
DEEP FAT FRYER
Edward A. Reid. Jr., and William F. Morse, both of Columbus,
Ohio, assignors to Columbia Gas System Service Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y. ,^^, ,-74
Division of Ser. No. 10,126, Feb. 10, 1970, Pat. No. 3,671,174.
This application July 16, 1971, Ser. No. 163,332
lnt.CLA47jJ7//2
U.S.CL 126-391 XOCh^ims
2a^
'^
^
y
26
I
3,712,291
METHOD FOR ADMINISTERING IRON AND OTHER
METALS
Michael W. Freeman, 401 David Whitney Building, Detroit,
Mich.
Filed Oct. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 765,273
Int. CI. A61k 27/00, A61b/ 7/32
U.S.CL 128-1.3 »0 Claims
Exemplary Claim
A method of treating a human iron deficiency com-
prising administering rectaiiy or sublingually an effective
amount of alpha-iron particles of from about 0.01 to about 1
micron so that the alpha-iron particles are rapidly adsorbed
and transported via the blood stream to the iron deficient
blood-forming system of the human body.
A deep fat frying unit having a glass cooking vessel adapted
to hold a supply of cooking oil. The unit is heated by an annu-
lar infrared radiant gas burner assembly which heats the oil
primarily by infrared radiation passing from the burner as-
sembly directly through the vessel wall. The burner assembly
is above the bottom of the vessel so that there is a cool zone at
the bottom of the vessel which eliminates burning food sedi-
ment deposited therein. The radiant heat is absorbed by the oil
in an annular zone adjacent the vessel wall and this produces
oil circulation by convection upwardly along the wall and
downwardly at the center of the vessel, but without overheat-
ing the oil.
3,712,292
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING SW EPT
FREQUENCY-MODULATED AUDIO SIGNAL PATTERNS
FOR INDUCING SLEEP
John E. Zentmeyer, Jr., Charlottesville, Va., assignor to Karen
V. Lafley, Charlottesville, Va.
Filed July 20, 1971, Ser. No. 164389
Int.CI.A61n//J4
U.S.CL128-1C 13Claims
3,712,290
APPARATUS FOR INTRA-AORTAL BALLOON
PULSATION
Werner Irnich, Reimser Str. 48, and Walter Bleifeld, Eupener
Str. 185, both of Aachen, Germany
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,230
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 10, 1970, P 20
49 959.6
Jnt.CL A6 lb 7 9/00, A61m //OO
U.S.a. 128-1 D 22 Claims
An apparatus for aiding the heart in its pulsation wherein a
balloon means is inserted into the aorta and which is inflated
and deflated in accordance with the diastolic and systolic cy-
A method of producing sound signals for inducing sleep m a
human being, and apparatus therefor together with
REPRESENTATIONS thereof in recorded form, wherein an
1270
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
audio signal is generated representing a familiar, pleasing,
repetitive sound, modulated by continuously sweeping
frequencies in two selected frequency ranges having the domi-
nant frequencies which occur in electrical wave patterns of
the human brain during certain states of sleep. The volume of
the audio signal is adjusted to mask the ambient noise and the
subject can select any of several familiar, repetitive sounds
most pleasing to him.
3,712,295
CENTRIFUGE TUBE
William M. Kline, 55 Forest Street, Gloversville, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, S«r. No. 60,354
Int. CI. A61b 1 0100; A61m 1100
U^. CI. 128-2 F
3,712,293
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING
HEMOSTATIC PROPERTIES OF PLATELETS
Clarence Harold Mieike, Jr., 10 Ludwig Road, Needham
Heights, Mass.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,252
Int.CLA61b/0/00
U.S.CL 128-2 G 4 Claims
An apparatus and method for making a standardized
reproducible blade incision in the subject's forearm for the
purpose of measuring his bleeding time. A blade is precisely
mounted on the blade holder by use of a gauge block, and a
flat template with standard thickness and standard length of
slot is used to guide the blade and limit the depth and length of
incision.
3,712,294
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING HUMAN
REACTION
John T. Muller, 50 West Lawn Road, Livingston Township,
Essex Count), N J.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,078
Int.CLA61b5/yO
U.S. CL 128—2 N 10 Claims
« ._f
3 Claims
This invention is directed to a centrifuge tube formed from
molded plastic and includes a body shaped as a bellows-folded
helix having a closed bottom and a syringe tip at its top. The
bottom may be pierced following centrifuging of the contents
by a double tipped needle so that the tube may also serve as a
positive syringe to expel any desired portion of the collected
solids for subsequent examination.
3,712,296
SWAB DEVICE FOR MEDICAL SPECIMENS
Frank P. Gradone, 49 Midland Place, Newark, N J.
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,094
InLCL A6lb/0/00
U.S.CL128— 2W
I Claim
A swab device wherein a rod having a specimen receiving
material attached thereto is carried by a sleeve during receipt
of the specimen, and is adapted to be pushed out of the sleeve
for testing purposes without being contacted by human hands.
3,712,297
BLOOD PRESSURE MEASURING DEVICES WITH
VARIABLE FREQUENCY RECORDER AND LINEARIZED
LEAK MEANS
Harry A. (ireene. Jr., Sausalito. Calif., and Charles Wing,
El Cerrito, Calif., assignors to Rembler Company, San
Francisco. Calif
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,625
Int. CLA6 lb 5/02
U.S. CI. 128—2.05 Q 3 Claims
Method and Apparatus for measuring human reaction
wherein the test apparatus comprises a platform for support-
ing a person being tested, a support, a rod mounted vertically
between the platform and the support, sensors for detecting
deflections of the rod and a display device for recording the
output of the sensors.
A blood pressure measuring device is disclosed in which
variations in pressure are translated into variations in frequen-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL.
1271
cy which are then magnetically recorded. A pressure con-
trolled switch superimposes pressure reference pulses on the
variations in frequency and audible brachial pulses are simul-
taneously recorded. An approximately linear looking pressure
variation characteristic is obtained by varying the area of a
leak off opening over the pressure range.
the insert's oblong length exerting a mild pressure against
distended vascular structure of the wearer, the hemorrhoid
support having intimate with a narrowed base of the conical
portion of the insert a crotch-bar extending substantially
linearlly at about a right angle to the rectal insert in a rearward
3,712,298
MEDICAL TREATMENT APPARATUS
Charles Snowdon. Esher, and Robert (ionne Redhead. Rich-
mond, both of England, assinnors to National Research
Development Corporation, l^ondon, EnKland
Filed Aug. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 66,767
Int.CLA61h//00
U.S. CI. 1 28—40 6 Claims
Apparatus and method for treating a human limb. The ap-
paratus comprises a container connected to a source of gas
under pressure The limb intrudes into the container through a
seal which allows gas to leak out over the surface of the limb at
a controlled rate, so ventilating the limb. The leaking seal is so
constructed that it applies no tourniquet effect to the distal
end of the limb within the container. The seal may register
with a substantial length of the limb, which may thus be sub-
jected to a beneficial pressure gradient.
3,712,299
KNEE GUARD
Richard K. Voehl, Apartment 434, 10875 North Kendall
Drive, Miami, Fla.
Filed March 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 27,706
Int. CLA6 If J/00
U.S. CI. 128-80 C 10 Claims
A "protective knee guard includes first and second spaced
members adapted to be secured to the tibial and femur por-
tions of a knee joint. The members are interconnected by
elongated relatively rigid members maintained in an arched
condition by s;|fety chains. A plurality of guard members ex-
tend forwardly of and interconnect the elongated members.
direction and extending in a slight arc a lesser distance for-
wardly at a slightly acute angle relative to the rectal insert,
there being utilizable with the hemorrhoid support as a part
thereof a support strap attached at least to the forward arc
portion of the crotch-bar and extending rearwardly to an aft
attachment to a waist belt.
3,712,301
GUN TYPE HYPODERMIC INJECTOR WITH RAPID
CARTRIDGE DISPLACEMENT WITHIN HOLDER
Stanley Sarnoff, Bethesda, Md., assignor to Survival Technolo-
gy Inc., Bethesda, Md.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 751,395, Aug. 9, 1968,
abandoned, and a continuation of Ser. No. 839,794, June 26,
1969, abandoned. This application Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No.
105,728
Int. CLA61m 5/20
U.S.CL128— 218A 13 Claims
:r u
4<J3
A hypodermic injector is provided comprising a sleeve
housing a cocked spring impelled plunger, a cartridge holder
with a cannula pierceable stopper at the front end thereof at-
tached to the sleeve and a cartridge with front end attached
cannula in the holder wherein the rear end only of the car-
tridge is frictionally retained in the holder and in air tight seal-
ing engagement therewith, the cartridge being otherwise sub-
stantially unrestrained from movement with respect to the
holder, the free end of the cannula lying within the holder
until the plunger is released, all to maintain cannula sterility
and yet allow rapid movement of the cartridge in the holder
when the plunger is operative.
3,712,300
HEMORRHOIDAL SUPPORT
Solomon DavidowiU, 153-38 58th Avenue, Flushing, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 181,876
Int. CI. A61f 5/24
U.S. CI. 1 28—98 10 Claims
A hemorrhoid support shaped to utilize the sphincter rectal
muscle for retaining the rectal insert portion thereof in an in-
serted position with an enlarged cylindrical head portion of
3,712302
FLEXIBLE NEEDLE GUARD FOR BREAKING SYRINGE
NEEDLES
George K. Burke, and Kenneth Raines, both of Bethlehem, Pa.,
assignors to Burron Medical Products, Inc., Bethlehem, Pa.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,937
Int. CLA61m 5/00, 5/04
U.S. CL 128-221 13 Claims
A needle guard for disposable syringes, the needle guard
1272 OFFICIAL GAZETTE
provided with a portion of reduced thickness so that the nee-
JANUARY 23, 1973
c ^
3,712,304
STARCH SEAL AND APPLIANCE FOR OSTOMY
Arthur E. Marsan, 640 Washington Boulevard, Oak Park, lU.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 795,138, Jan. 24, 1969,
abandoned, and a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 1 10,234,
Jan. 27, 1971. This application Nov. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 90,368
Int.CI. A61fi/44
U.S. CI. 128-283 3 Claims
die guard may be flexed to facilitate breaking of the needle en-
cased in the needle guard.
3,712,303
SPERM TRANSFER METHOD
Hans Merkt, Im Gehage 2, Isernhagen, Germany, and Joachim
Hannig, Lniversidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,484
Int. CI. A61d 07/02
U.S.CL 128—264
-/.9
This invention provides an improved sealing means for ap-
6 Claims plication to patients who have had surgery for colostomy or
ileostomy, and the like, for effecting a seal between the pa-
tient's skin around the stoma and a pouch or container which
receives the fecal discharge from the stoma. The sealing
means is characterized by its starch content, which has quali-
ties providing new and beneficial functions and advantages
distinguishing from the prior art. The sealing means is made by
methods which I have termed the liquid pouring type and the
dough type.
3-5
a
3
1
I
I
I
:
!
:
1
3,712,305
TAMPON FOR TAKING UP MENSTRUAL LIQUIDS
Bengt Axel Wennerblom, SundsvaU; Per Edward Carl Udden;
Anna Britt Ldden, both of Timra, and Ivar Lindgren, Sor-
berge, all of Sweden, assignors to Svenska Cellulosa Ak-
tiebolaget, SundsvaU, Sweden
Filed June 2. 1971, Ser. No. 149,155
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 3, 1970, 7721/70
Int.CI.A61f /i/20
U.S. CL 128-285 '^ Claims
Animal sperm is inserted into geletin capules and freeze-
sealed with a plug of felt-like material extending across the
open end portion of each capsule, the peripheral portion of
each plug extending slightly beyond the external wall of the
capsule Prior to sealing, each plug is wetted at its under sur-
face with a sterile liquid and the seal is obtained by freezing.
Each plug has a ferromagnetic coat on its upper surface. The
capsules are placed in serial array, in a storage tube having a
closed end. A ferromagnetic cap having a clip extending
therefrom is placed on and into the open end of the tube with
the clip extending thereinto and bearing against the internal
wall thereof, in which condition the capsules are placed in a
freezer-container In use, a tube is removed from the con-
tainer and a rod having a permanent magnet at one end is used
to remove the cap and also to remove a capsule therefrom.
The rod and capsule are then placed in a pipette having an
open end and a radially inwardly extending flange providing a
smaller opening at the other end thereof. The pipette is in-
serted into a female animal and the capsule is moved by, said
flange When body heat melts the liquid, the pipette, rod and
closure are withdrawn from the animal. The free surface of the
coat may be labeled with significant indicia.
A tampon is disclosed for taking up menstrual fluids having
as the main portion thereof a dry folded sheet material which
is muff- or hose-shaped. The tampon is constricted and pulling
means are attached at the point of constriction. The sheet
material has an inner layer of absorbent fibrous material with
relatively weak internal cohesion. A thin cover layer with rela-
tively strong internal cohesion is used to prevent release of
inner layer fibers. The configuration aids in insertion and the
materials give good characteristics during use.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1273
3,712,306
CRYOGENIC APPLICATION CHAMBER AND METHOD
Michael D. Bryne, Vernon, Conn., assignor to Brymill Cor-
poration, Vernon, Conn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 886,260, Dec. 18, 1969, abandoned,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 728,536, May 13,
1968. This application Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 197,182
Int. CLA61by 7/i6
U.S. CI. 128—303.1 8 Claims
3,712,308 .'
GARMENTS FOR WOMEN
Henry M. Herbener, 803 N. Dawson St., P. O. Box 977,
Thomasville, Ga.
Filed March 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,204
Int.CI. A41C//00
U.S. CI. 128-519
1 Claim
/^/^ /^
A cryosurgical instrument comprises an open-ended
chamber pressed into firm contact with tissue to be
necrotized A stream of liquified gas coolant (such as
nitrogen), in substantially the liquid phase, impinges directly
on the tissue. In one embodiment, the coolant-delivery instru-
ment provides venting of vapors from the chambers through
an applicator vent tube. In another embodiment, the
cryogenic application chamber comprises a cylindrical tube
connected to a source of pressurized coolant, the distal end of
the tube being open and adapted for application to a subject,
the proximal end adapted for connection with the source,
there being a vent hole through the wall of the tube near the
proximal end. The chambers may assume a variety of configu-
rations in order to gain easy access to lesions which are to be
necrotized. The chambers may be used to apply a bulk of
liquid or to confine a controlled, substantially liquid spray, in
accordance with methods disclosed herein.
20
14
A garment formed at least in part of elastic material has an
opening provided in the crotch thereof A cover element in
the form of a panty also formed at least in part of elastic
material is worm over the main garment to cover the crotch
opening and to restore body controlling compression lost in
the main garment due to the provision of the crotch opening
The cover element may be attached to the main garment The
invention is applicable to a wide variety of body garments.
3,712,307
SKIN CONDITIONING APPARATUS
Veronica H. McLaughlin, 5521 El Sereno, Los Altos, CalH.
Filed Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,832
Int. CI. A61h ii/00
L.S.CL 128-368 7 Claims
3,712,309
STRAW CHOPPER MOUNTING FOR COMBINE
Raymond B. Schmitz, Independence, Mo., assignor to Allis-
Chalmers Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed March 29, 1972, Ser. No. 239,244
Int.CI.AOlf /2/40
U.S.CL 130-27 R 5 Claims
Apparatus for conditioning the skin with the use of a facial
sauna unit having an open top for receiving the face, neck or
other body part to be conditioned wherein the apparatus util-
izes a pad saturated or soaked with a material containing oils,
proteins and an emulsifying agent. The pad is supported in the
sauna unit across the path of the rising steam or water vapor
therein. As the water vapor passes through the pad and exits
therefrom, particles of the material are carried therewith for
contact with the skin of the face, neck or other body part
which extends across the open top of the unit.
An improved mounting for a straw chopper on a combine,
wherein the straw chopper can be readily moved from an
operative position mounted on the rear end of the combine in
underlying material receiving relation to the discharge end of
the combine straw rack to an inoperative position forward
from such operative position but still carried by the combine.
3,712,310
HAIR W AVE AND CURLING DEVICE
Peter Parlagreco, 8013-I3th Avenue. Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filedjuly8, 1971,Ser. No. 160,627
Int.CI.A45d2/00
U.S. CI. 132-40 2 Claims
The device is a hair waving and curling roller with a concen-
tric, movable, inner rod. This flexible rod has a fin projectible
1274
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
through an opening in the roller. In one position, the fin main-
tains full roller diameter. In another, it reduces the roller size
after hair rolled on it has become saturated and softened. This
causes the hair ends to curl tighter and creates a well shaped
curl at the ends of the strands
3,712,311
CLIPPER-COMBINED DEVICE
Jon Hedu, Watertown, Conn., assignor to The W. E. Bassett
Company, Derby, Conn.
' Filed Dec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208,107
'^ Int. CI. A45d 29/00
U.S. CI. 132— 73 12 Claims
The invention provides a novel combination of a nail clipper
and molded plastic case or retaining body therefor, such that
the clipper is available for ready use, apart from the body, by
overcoming a retaining detent-engagement action between in-
terfermg parts of the body and clipper The arrangement is
such that the spring lever of the clipper serves as a clip, to
resiliently hold the assembled clipper and body in a clothing or
other pocket In the form described, the body member is a hair
comb, in which case, the lever of the clipper is the spring clip
by which both grooming-tool functions are pocket-retained
and readily available for use.
3,712,312
SELF-StFFICIENT FINGER-NAIL TREATMENT SALON
Morris Sussman, Freeport, Long Island, N.Y., assignor to
Shore Plastics, Inc., Freeport, N.Y.
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 136,053
Int. CI. A45h 29/05
U.S. CL 132—73.6 6 Claims
A self-sufficient finger-nail treatment salon in which the
user is supplied with bottles of nail polish, nail-working tools,
and means to illuminate the nails with light rays simulating the
environmental conditions under which the nails will be ex-
posed. The salon includes a console housing a bulb whose rays
are selectively filtered to provide the desired illumination, and
a blower drawing air heated by the bulb and directing it
through an open-ended duct whose upper wall serves as a
work counter for applying polish to the nails, the heated air
discharged from the duct being used to dry the applied nail
polish.
3,712,313
POOL CLEANING APPARATUS
Robert L. Koble, Jr., and John M. GoettI, both of Phoenix,
Ariz., assignors to George J. Ghiz, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Oct. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 193,713
Inl. CI. B08b 9108
U.S. CI. 134— 167 R 8 Claims
A pool cleaning apparatus wherein a manually movable
weight means is disposable in various positions on the bottom
of a swimming pool and a fiexible water delivery conduit is
coupled to the weight means and communicates with a rotary
means having a passage therein which delivers water to a flexi-
ble sinuously movable pool cleaning tube; communicating
with said passage means and coupled to said rotary means is a
jet nozzle adapted to cause rotation of said rotary means about
a generally vertical axis so that the pool cleaning tube coupled
to said rotary means and communicating with the water
delivery conduit may progressively move and be directed out-
wardly away from the vertical axis of the rotary means in vari-
ous directions in accordance with the motivation of said rotary
means by jet reaction force created thereon due to operation
of the jet nozzle means coupled thereto. The disclosure
further sets forth a disposition of the water delivery tube com-
municating with the rotary means and extending in a generally
upward central relationship to the weight means with which
said rotary means is coupled.
3,712,314
DENTAL INSTRUMENT HOSE CLIP WITH SELECTOR
VALVE
Richard W. Page, P. O. Box 258B, Chatham, Mass.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,124
Int. CI. A61c 7 9/00
U.S. CI. 137 — 560 9 Claims
A clip for releasably holding the cable of a drill or other
dental instrument has adjustable and spring-pressed rollers or
wheels cooperating with a subjacent adjustable support for
gripping the cable. The adjustments permit ready insertion
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1275
and removal by moving the cable transversely to its axis, while a cover for the tent are supported in an open position by ca-
holding against movement parallel to the cable axis. The bles which rotate support elements into spaced apart relation-
movement of the support operates a bleed valve for activating
the fluid supply to the instrument when its cable is gripped in
the clip.
3,712,315
COLLAPSIBLE SHELTER FOR MOUNTING ON A
TRANSPORTATION VEHICLE
Erwin F. Franzen, 3673 Randolph Street, Lansing, ill.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 36,709, May 13, 1970,
abandoned. This application March 31, 1971, Ser. No.
129,924
Int. CI. B60p i/i4
U.S.CL135-1A 2 Claims
258
ship Access is provided from within the vehicle by means of
an opening in the base frame member.
3,7 1 2,3 f 7
CORROSION RESISTANT BOILER TUBE FOR
CHEMICAL RECOVERY VAPOR GENERATING UNIT
Tsuneto Hayashi; Hidejiro Kinoshita, and Koji Iwahashi. all of
Nagasaki, Japan, assignors to Messrs. Mitsubishi Jukogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 671,075, Sept. 27, 1967, abandoned.
This application Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 3,573
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 29, 1966,
41/91214
Int. CLF16I 9/74,9/02
U.S. CL 138— 145 6 Claims
:DiTlNG OEPOSiTEr
204-
A collapsible shelter is mountable on a transportation vehi-
cle and is carried by the vehicle. The shelter includes a rigid
receptacle for holding equipment, including a mattress or
sleeping bags. A top is fixed to the receptacle, and a bow is
hingedly connected to the receptacle for selectively raising
and supporting the top. The bow is articulated to allow the
bow to be bent when raising or lowering the top, but is then
locked in an extended position to hold the top in a raised at-
titude. A pair of posts is also connected to the receptacle for
supporting the receptacle when the receptacle is mounted on
a vehicle in such a manner that the center of support does not
coincide with the center of gravity of the shelter. The shelter
also has a platform attached to the receptacle, which platform
has self-storing feet.
3,712,316
COLLAPSIBLE TENT DEVICE
David L. Leonard, 4 Charlton Court, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,415
Int. CI. A45f 1 100; B60p 3132
U.S.CI. I35-I A 7 Claims
A collapsible tent device for mounting onto a vehicle top in-
cluding a base frame member mounted to the vehicle and a
side frame mounted to pivot to the side of the vehicle and to a
closed box-like carrier position over the vehicle. Foldable
mattresses may extend across the vehicle. The side frame and
A corrosion resistant boiler tube for chemical recovery
vapor generating units, in which a boiler tube of carbon steel
or low alloy chromium-molybdenum [Cr- Mo) steel has weld
deposited on its exterior surface a coating of high chromium
steel containing 13-26 percent chromium and 0.5 - 1.5 per-
cent columbium.
ERRATUM
For Class 137—560 see:
Patent No. 3,712,314
3,712,318
VORTEX PROXIMITY SENSOR WITH INCREASED
SENSING RANGE
Anthony Kopera, Beltsville, Md., assignor to Bowles Fluidics
Corporation. Silver Spring, Md.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 835,643, June 23, 1 969,
abandoned. This application Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,640
Int.CLF15c//y6
U.S. CI. 137— 13 20 Claims
Proximity sensing is achieved by issuing a vortical sheet of
fluid from an axial outlet passage of a vortex chamber and
sensing the static pressure in a sensor tube disposed along the
chamber axis. Pressure in the sensor tube is a function of ob-
1276
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
,ect proximity to the outlet passage Premature collapse of the a thickness of the body The body mcludes a plurality of
vortS sheet is prevented by raising the pressure interiorly of fluidic devices formed therem and wh.ch are pos.t.oned about
vortical sneet pre em y b k ^^^ aperture. A flow channel means for each of the devices
communicates between the aperture and an associated device
the vortex sheet from a negative pressure This is achieved by
supplying a portion of the vortex chamber fluid to the sensor
tube and hence to the interior of the vortex sheet.
3.712,319
RELEASE VALVE FOR A COMPRESSED GAS
CONTAINER
Alex Rhodes, Detroit, and Allen C. Wright, Dearborn Heights,
both of Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company, Dearborn,
Mich.
FiledOct. 20, 1971,Ser.No. 190,851
Int. CI. B67b 7/24, F16kyi/04
U.S. CL 137-68 7 Claims
while a gas flow manifold extends into the aperture and con-
veys a gas from a source to the flow channel means. Through
this arrangement, the operating characteristics of the ap-
paratus are enhanced.
3,712,321
LOW LOSS VORTEX FLUID AMPLIFIER VALVE
Andrew B. Bauer, Orange, Calif., assignor to Philco-Ford Cor-
poration, Philadelphia, Pa.
FiledMay 3, 1971,Ser. No. 139,599
Int.CLF15c//y6
U.S. CL 137— 81.5
1 1 Claims
A release valve for a compressed gas container in which the
gas is sealed in the container by a frangible closure. The
release valve houses a lever adapted to impact and perforate
the frangible closure to release the compressed gas. The per-
forating lever is coupled to an actuating lever which in turn is
coupled, for example, to a structural member of a vehicle.
Upon deformation of the structural member, as upon a colli-
sion impact, the force is transmitted to the perforating lever to
cause the latter to puncture the frangible closure. The
released gas may be used to inflate the passenger restraint
device, such as an air bag.
A low loss fluid amplifier valve comprising a vortex
chamber having axially aligned inlet and outlet ports, and a
disk axially aligned therewith in the chamber. The disk is in-
terposed between the ports, and includes radially extending
vanes on surface portions thereof facing the inlet port. A pair
of tangentially-directed control fluid injection ports are
located to the side of the disk facing the outlet port, and are
spaced radially of the chamber intermediate its axis and its
peripheral curved wall. Introduction of tangential control flow
into the vortex chamber effectively shuts off flow through the
valve, with control fluid leaking from the valve's outlet port in
only minimal amount, and flowing radially inwardly, in a
reverse direction, from the vortex chamber to pass back
through the inlet port.
3,712,320
AN ANNULAR FLUIDIC CONTROL DEVICE
Theodore J. Jansen, Stratford, Conn., assignor to Pitney-
Bowes, Inc., Stamford, Conn.
Filed April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 138,908
Int.CI. F15c///«
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 9 Claims
A fluidic apparatus comprises an annular shaped body
which includes a centrally located aperture extending through
3,712,322
APPARATUS FOR VARYING THE FLOW RATE OF GAS
INTO A VACUUM SYSTEM
Thomas R. Cleary, Drexel Hill, Pa., assignor to Burroughs Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,263
Int.CLF15cy/04
U.S.CI. 137— 81.5 9 Claims
A capillary leak for supplying controlled amounts of gases
to a vacuum system. The rate of flow of gas into the system is
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1277
controlled by controlling the temperature of the capillary gular acceleration of the conduit about an axis perpendicular
tube. The tube is heated by passing an electrical current to the plane of the conduit results in a pressure gradient along
through a portion of it and is colled either by forced air or by a the conduit resulting in a differential pressure at the ends or
nozzles which is impressed on the modulator with a cor-
SOUOCEOf
FORCED AIR
responding output signal established.
.CAPILLARY FLWCOHTROL-IO
jCASSUPftT
«5-
AftfiJ
3
. TO VACUUM
SBTEK
- TRAKSfORHtR-M
"1
imw
POKR SOURCE
water jacket. The use of a water jacket enables use of the ap-
paratus within the vacuum chamber thereby decreasing
system response time.
3,712,323
FLUIDIC HALF-ADDER
Anthony John Healey, State College, Pa., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,131
Int.CI. F15C///0
U.S.CL 137-81.5 7 Claims
A fluidic gate having AND and exclusive OR outputs is dis-
closed in which control of the outputs is dependent upon the
geometry of the interaction chamber and not upon the Coan-
da wall attachment phenomenon.
^''
This disclosure includes a fluidic accelerometer in the form
of a split looped planar conduit terminating in a pair of op-
posed nozzles and having a center supply connection to
establish flow in opposite directions. A summing impact
modulator or other fluidic amplifier is connected to the con-
duit nozzles to provide an amplified fluidic output signal. An-
to AVL AG.
3,712,325
GAS MIXER
Karl Harnoncourt, (iraz. Austria. assi};nor
Schaffhausen, Switzerland
Claims priority, application .Austria, May 22. 1970.4647/70
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,765
Int.CI. F16k moo
U.S. CI. 137—597 4 Claims
3,712,324
FLUIDIC ACCELEROMETER
Otto R. Munch, West Allis, Wis., assignor to Johnson Service
Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,650
Int.CI. F15C//00
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 5 Claims
A gas mixer useful for production of test gases for blood gas
analyzers. The mixer comprises a pair of high-precision pres-
sure regulators, each adapted for receiving a different gas
from a supply source. A separate pair of orifice plates are pro-
vided downstream from each regulator. The plates of each
pair are arranged in parallel. The outlets of one orifice plate of
each pair are connected into a pipe to provide a source of
mixed gas. The outlets of the other plate of each pair are con-
nected into another pipe to provide a separate source of mixed
gas.
3,712,326
INFLATION VALVES
Stephen E. W. Thacker, Birmingham 24, England, assignor to
Dunlop Holdings, Limited, Birminham, England
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,593
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 23, 1969,
46,760/69
Int.CLF16k/i/20
U.S.CL137— 223 10 Claims
An inflation valve for a tubeless tire comprising a valve stem
formed with interior projections for location of a valve core,
the stem being embedded within a mushroom-shaped rubber
body and the whole assembly being capable of being inserted
into a valve aperture by hand without the aid of an insertion
^ool. The stem is preferably moulded from reinforced plastics
material, e.g., glass-fiber reinforced nylon.
1278
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712^27
AUTOMATIC LEAK DETECTION AND SHUTOFF
SYSTEM
SUnky W. Pagenkopf. 2309 East Avalon Street, Santa Ana,
Calif.
Fikd March 23, 1971,Ser.No. 127,185
Int.CI. F16k/7/i6
U.S.Cl. 137— 78 10 Claims
3,712,329
PLATING SOLUTION PICKUP UNIT
Bert Streeter, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Dean Brothers
Pumps, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Oct. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 765,919
Int. CL BOlf 5100; GOlg 5100
U.S. CL 137-263 »" Claims
//.
/e
/3
/'f
S
sm
z/
/S
22
30
-^
^3
24
aaa
Apparatus for use with an electroplating machine and a
plating solution reclaiming unit having a plurality of reservoirs
for receiving rinse system effluent and plating solution from
the plating machine and controlling their flow to the reclaim-
ing unit.
3,712,330
LIQUID SPILL COLLECTION SYSTEM
Murray A. Davis, Ridge, Md.
Filed Oct. 1 6, 1 970, Ser . No. 8 1 ,283
Int. CI. B67d 5100
U.S. CL 137-312 22 Claims
An automatic leak detection and shutoff system wherein a
sensor comprised of a pair of electrical grids separated by a
moisture sensitive substance is electrically connected to an
electrical power source which in turn is electrically connected
to a solenoid engaged with a spring activated valve positioned
in the line of a system so that when the moisture sensitive sub-
stance is sufficiently moist, the moisture causes a short circuit
between the electrical grids whereby a continuous electrical
circuit is created resulting in an electrical flow from the power
source thereby activating the solenoid which mechanically
releases the spring actuated valve allowing said valve to close
so as to prohibit further passage of fluid in the system.
3,712,328
TIRE VALVE CORE
Milton Beasley McAnally, Nashville, Tenn., assignor to Scovill
Manufacturing Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,235
Int. CI. F16k \5\20
U.S. CI. 137-234.5 6Claims
A liquid spill collection system for use with a liquid transfer
line connected between a sending terminal and a receiving ter-
minal. An extensible chute means originates at one of the ter-
minals and extends outwardly therefrom beneath the liquid
transfer line to the other terminal. At one end the extensible
chute terminates in a drain trough so that any liquid spilling or
leaking from the hose is collected by the chute and delivered
by the drain trough. In another embodiment a collector hose
of diameter greater than the diameter of the transfer line is in-
stalled about the transfer line coextensively therewith and is
connected to the drain trough.
3,712,331
HOLDING TANK EVACUATING APPARATUS FOR A
RECREATIONAL VEHICLE
Carlos F. Otto, P.O. Box 283, Lander, Wyo.
Fifcd March 3, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 20,626
Int. CI. B65h 75136
.U.S.CL 137— 355.16
12 Claims
'^HTJ* ,) 4 ^
*> Vi
i"
il -^
itri'
M-?|
P«
';
r^«
«.
.:»-.»
Apparatus for evacuating the holding tank of a recreational
Tire valve core has drawn metal shell with ridges on either vehicle including a flexible hose and a carrier rotatably at-
side of plastic shell gasket and grooves aligned with edges of tached to the vehicle and a rigid sleeve for supporting the hose
gasket to receive plastic flow and anchor gasket securely. at all times.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1279
3,712,332
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
Lyk D. Galbraith, Redmond, and Alan R. Harvey, Belkvue,
both of Wash., assignors to Rocket Research Corporation,
Redmond, Wash.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,145
Int. CI. F16k i///4
U.S. CI. 137—495 1 1 Claims
96 88
compensating valve seat to maintain the outlet pressure sub-
stantially constant even though the inlet pressure is decreased.
A pressure regulating valve adapted to receive high pressure
fluid from, for example, a bottle of compressed gas and to
direct this gas at a substantially constant pressure to accom-
plish, for example, a function such as pressurizing or inflating
a life raft, bag or other device. The valve comprises a housing
dcflning a front regulating chamber, a middle high pressure
chamber and a rear spring retaining chamber. Within the
housing is a valve element comprising front and rear piston
members joined by a rod. In the closed position of the valve
the front and rear piston members close, respectively, the
front and rear ends of the high pressure chamber, with a com-
pression spring in the spring retaining chamber urging the
valve element to a forward position. The valve element is
retained in its closed position by an over-center toggle
mechanism mounted in the housing adjacent the high pressure
chamber, with the forward end of the toggle mechanism bear-
ing against the housing, and the rear portion of the toggle
mechanism bearing against the valve element. When the tog-
gle mechanism is pulled out of its toggle position, the spring
moves the valve element forwardly to open the front end of
the pressure chamber to the regulating chamber. The pressure
in the regulating chamber acts on the forward end of the valve
element to balance the force of the compression spring and
thus control the pressure in the regulating chamber. A high
pressure inlet opening communicates laterally into the high
pressure chamber, and a regulated pressure outlet opening ex-
tends laterally from the regulating chamber.
3,712,333
FLUID PRESSURE COMPENSATING REGULATOR
Albert L. Semon, 1 1 Eliot Place, Short Hills, N J.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,616
Int. CI. F 16k 7 7/22
U.S.CL 137— 498 3 Claims
3,712,334
VACUUM BREAKER VALVE FOR SHELL-LIKE TANKS
Arthur L. Rolfzen, St. Cloud, Minn., assignor to Polar Manu-
facturing Company, Holdingford, Minn.
FikdMarch24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,716 .
Int. CI. ¥l6k3ll44: Fl6k45IOO
U.S.CL 137— 587 6 Claims
A tank having an air inlet opening adjacent the upper por-
tion thereof and an outlet and outlet valve adjacent the lower
portion thereof for draining the tank. An actuator associated
with the valve and recessed within an opening so that standard
tools, such as wrenches and the like, cannot be utilized to
open the valve. An adapter tool, constructed to mate with the
actuator and adapted for use with standard tools, forming a
portion of a seal and fitting within the air inlet so that the air
inlet must be opened to gain access to the adapter tool before
the outlet valve can be operated.
3,712,335
CAR WASH SYSTEM
Jacob R. Wkbe, 1133 Henderson Highway, Winnip, 33
Manitoba, Canada
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,094
Int. CLE 16k/ 9/00
U.S.CL 137— 599 I Claim
■wvm
fi ■'•■Iq
3c:^
J ^.c ,-pr-
K «^
This invention relates to a pressure regulator utilizing a
A separate pump is used for each car wash bay and a plurali-
ty of conduits extend from adjacent the pump to the nozzle
boom in the bay. Each conduit carries a different solution
such as wash water, rinse water and the like. Valves p>ermit the
operator to switch from one conduit to the other thus
eliminating the necessity of emptying the conduits completely
of one solution before the next solution is available.
1280
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712336
AIR TRANSFER LINE
W HIiam Roland Bell, Jr., 800 25th Street, Snyder, Tex.
Filed Feb. 18, 1971,Ser.No. 116,424
Int. CI. F16k /5/20
U.S.CI. 137— 613
1 Claim
molecular layers when forming coatings, linings, and the like.
However, the materials are selected so that the deposited
molecular layers do not adhere to the surface on which they
are deposited, or are provided with a strippable coaling. As a
26e^_^
JOO
A hose with a standard automobile tire valve in each end is
used to transfer air from an inflated tire to a flat tire. The stan-
dard valve in each end of the hose prevents loss of the air and
also depresses the stem of each tire valve. The rubber tube is
soft at each end to flow under air pressure, but is confined by a
layer of fabric.
3,712,337
AIR OPERATED TIMING MECHANISM
Jack W. KIce, and Herbert D. Vanderlip, both of Wichita,
Kans., assignors to K-B Engineering Company
FiledFeb. 22. 1971,Ser. No. 117,369
Int.Cl. F15b/y/0S. ;i/04.F16h5J/00
L.S. CI. 137-624.14 4 Claims
2»
result the two components will have perfectly complementary
surfaces providing a perfect precision fit. Thus, it becomes
possible to provide between a pair of components, at least one
of which is movable relative to the other, a perfectly precise
fit.
3,712,339
REGULATING APPARATUS WITH THROTTLE GAPS
Reiner Bartholomaus; Dieter Diehl, both of Lohr/Main, Ger-
many, and Conrad R. Himmler, deceased, late of Less Es-
sarts Le Roi, France (by Irma Himmler, heiress), assignors to
G. L. Rexroth Lohrer Eisenwerk, GmbH, Lohr/Main, Ger-
many, a part interest, by said Bartholomaus and Diehl
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,329
Int. CI. F15b 9/03,9/07,9/72
U.S. CI. 137-625.62 » Claims
\^vi^--^nfi>
I ^ ')V-T . ::^r^^ r^
J * «•" '» s4 '*; '*
An improved air operated timing mechanism is provided for
automatically and repeatedly controlling the operation of a
given device with the use of fluid power providing utmost
safety under explosive atmospheric conditions. The improved
invention has means to move sequentially by fluid power a
movable valve means to be used in controlling a given device.
3,712,338
ASSEMBLIES OF PRECISION-FITTED RELATIVELY
MOVABLE COMPONENTS AND METHOD FOR
MANUFACTURING THE SAME
Louis Bucalo, Holbrook, N.Y., assignor to Kinemotive Cor-
poration, Farmingdale, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 826,992, May 22, 1969, Pat. No.
3,616,520. This application Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,497
Int. CI. F16k/y /OO, 5/06
U.S.CI. 137— 625.41 12CI«ims
An assembly of at least two precision-fitted components,
wherein at least one of the components is movable relative to
the other, and a method of manufacturing the assembly. One
of the components is formed directly on the other by
techniques already known in connection with deposition of
^r^
A baffle plate between two opposing nozzles is mounted on
a fiexible carrier which is secured to the armature of an elec-
tromagnet so that energization of the electromagnet by con-
trol signals causes variations of the throttle gaps between the
nozzles and the baffie plate which causes a pressure dif-
ferential between the discharge conduits of the nozzles. The
discharge conduits communicate with chambers of a control
slide valve which responds to the pressure differential. The
pole shoes of the electromagnet are adjustable toward and
away from the armature, and the nozzles are adjustable
toward and away from the baffie plate so that irregular
tolerances and outer influences on the control system can be
compensated.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1281
3,712,340
HYDRAULIC AND AIR OPERATED RELAY VALVE
Brian C. Deem, Avon Lake, Ohio, assignor to Bendix-
Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake Company, Elyria, Ohio
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,088
Int.CI.F16ki///2
U.S. CI. 137-627.5 4 Claims
3,712,342
DEVICE FOR COMPENSATING FOR THE VARIATIONS
OF THE VISCOSITY OF A FLUID IN A HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON ITS TEMPERATURE
Robert Lang, Claye Souilly, France, assignor to CIBIE Projec-
teurs, Bobigny, France
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,320
Claims priority, application France, March 10, 1970,
7008523
lnt.CLG05d 7101
U.S. CI. 138—46 3 Claims
'O 5 1/
^SV,\W\^\V>VA\VJ>'
.vvvww vvww.v .vvO'v'
9,2
'h_\ I .
4 ^3
In a braking arrangement especially adapted for tractor-
trailer vehicle brakes wherein the tractor includes hydrauli-
cally opei*ated brakes and the trailer is equipped with com-
pressed air operated brakes, the provision of a relay valve on
the tractor for controlling the trailer brakes, the relay valve
being selectively operable by hydraulic pressure when the
tractor brakes are applied or by a separate source of com-
pressed air carried by the tractor.
3,712,341
ANTICAVITATION DEVICE
Jean-Pierre Constantin, Grenoble; Jean-Claude Duquesne, and
Michel Pontier, both of Aix en Provence, all of France, as-
signors to Commissariat A L'Energie Atomique, Paris,
France
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,744
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 13, 1970, 7005271
Int. CI. F15d 1106
U.S.CL 138-44 2 Claims
A compensating device for use in correcting for variations
of viscosity in a hydraulic fiuid comprising an apertured
diaphragm construction of such a nature that the aperture is
reduced in area when there is a temperature increase irrthe
hydraulic fiuid.
ERRATUM
For Class 138 — 145 see:
Patent No. 3,712,317
3,712,343
HANDGRIPS
William J. Sparks, 5 129 Granada Blvd., Coral Gables, Fla.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,999
Int.CI.AQ3bii//4
U.S.CI. 138— 177 1 Claim
"in
t.
hi
■J u
A fiow separator is placed along the axis of a vertical duct
and has a radial enlargement which is in contact with the inter-
nal duct wall. The duct is thus separated into a lower region
and an upper region in which are located orifices for the ad-
mission of liquid under pressure. The radial enlargement is
provided with an upward tubular extension which is so shaped
internally as to form a highly progressive convergent-diver-
gent nozzle while defining externally with the duct wall an an-
nular space having at least one section which is partially throt-
tled by a transverse diaphragm, said diaphragm being rigidly
fixed to said tubular extension.
This invention relates to grips for hand operated equipment,
especially golf clubs, in which a shaft or rod portion is covered
by a sleeve of an elastomeric or plastomerjc material. Tubular
double grip structures are extruded or molded. Tubular
products having recurring double grip structures are pro-
grammed so as to be extruded according to a prearranged
schedule. From the double grip structure individual grip sec-
tions are cut with a length and outside diameter to meet the
needs of a particular individual.
3,712,344
STRIP CUTTING UNIT FOR LOOMS
Viktor Kovacec, Lainzerstrasse 45, Vienna, .Austria
Continuatlonof Ser. No. 839,333, July 7, 1969, abandoned.
This application July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,535
Claims priority, application Austria, July 23, 1968, A 7137
Int. CI. D03d 49100
U.S.CI. 139— 11 5 Claims
The present invention provides a loom for making netting
from strips of plastics material and a novel cutting unit for use
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
1282
path of a sheet of plastics m
order to cut it into strips
aterial as it enters the loom in normal axis by continued movement of the cable to contact
and operate a cutoff mechanism.
3 712 345 3.712,347
YARN CLAMPING MECHANISM METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FILLING TRAYS
ErwinPfarrwaller,Winterthur, Switzerland, assignor to Sulzer Borge Christian Andersen, Gullandsgade 35, Copenhagen,
Brothers Ltd., Winterthur. Switzerland Denmark
Filed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,530 Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,599
Claims priority, application SwiUerland, May 29. 1970, claims priority, application Denmark, Aug. 8, 196V,
8055/70 4279/69
Int. CLD03J 5/06 Int. CL B65b //04. J/04
IS. CL 139-125 13 Claims U.S. CL 141-12 6 Claims
?■* <■
33 i
30-
^ ^^ 35 ^
31
29
The clamping mechanism is provided with a stop member
against which the clamp arms abut upon closing of the jaws.
The stop member and arms are dimensioned so that a fraction
of the spring force biasing the arms closed is absorbed by the
stop member The stop member can be mounted on the bearer
member carrying the clamp or on the clamp arms. Also, the
stop member can be of various geometric forms.
The invention relates to a method and apparatus for filling
trays with discrete particulate material, particularly granu-
lated freeze-drying goods. The method and apparatus are
characterized in that the material is vibrated to fill the space
between a tray for the material and cov^r plate for the tray.
3,712,346
STRAP TIGHTENING AND CUTTING TOOL
Peter Noorily, Holliswood, N.Y., assignor to Thomas and Betts
Corporation, Elizabeth, N.J.
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,238
Int. CI. B2 If 9/02
U.S. CI. 140-123.6 21 Claims
A strap tightening and cutting tool operated by a cable-
roller mechanism The roller is preset by a tensioning
mechanism in such a manner as to permit the cable to freely
pass over the surface of the roller during the tightenmg opera-
3,712,348
SAW BLADE FOR A FRAME SAW HAVING TEETH WITH
REINFORCED EDGES
Leo Kulik, and Gustav Gustenau, both of WIen 10, Austria, as-
signors to Firma Franz Lipowsky Sasen-u.Maschinen-mes-
serfabrik.Wien, Austria ,n^n,4
FiledJan. 13. 1971, Ser. No. 106,014
Claims priority, application Austria, Jan. 14, 197U, A
346/70
lnt.CLB27bii/04
US CI 83-835 5 Claims
'a saw blade for a frame or gang saw has teeth each formed
with a reinforced edge region. This region has a planar upper
surface inclined rearwardly and inwardly away from a cutting
direction and a pair of planar flank surfaces converging
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1283
backwardly in the cutting direction and each defining a locus
of lines perpendicular to the cutting direction whereby the
lateral flanks include angles of at least 90° with the upper sur-
face and preferably are perpendicular thereto.
3,712,349
ROTARY SAW BLADE FOR SAWING MACHINE
Kinzo Toki, No. 1-2, 2-chome. Yahiro, Sumida-ku, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Feb. 4, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,638
Claims priority, application , Japan, April 25, 1970,
45/40822
Int.CI.B27bii/02
U.S. CI. 83-848 4 Claims
connected to the base. Means are provided for pivoting the
inner arms relative to the base with means for maintaining the
inner arms in their parallel relationship during such pivotal
movement. A first arcuately-surfaced member is rigidly
secured to one inner arm, a shaft is rotalably mounted in the
other inner arm, and a second arcuately-surfaced member is
rigidly secured to the shaft. The arcuate surfaces of the mem-
bers are engaged with one another in driving relationship. An
outer arm is rigidly secured at one end to the shaft. The outer
arm has a length equal to the length of the other inner arm
between the shaft and the base. A second shaft is rotatably
mounted at the other end of the outer arm with a limbing head
rigidly secured to the shaft. Means connecting the first and
second shafts cause the second shaft to move through the
same angle relative to the outer arm as the inner arms move
relative to the base. Movement of the inner arms relative to
the base causes the limbing head to travel in a straight line at a
constant angular attitude relative to the base.
3,712,351
PENCIL SHARPENER
Shigeaki Kuramochi, No. 24-17 5-chome. Koishikawa, Bun-
kyo-ku. Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,617
Claims priority, application Japan. June 3. 1969. 44/43842;
June 3. 1969.44/52344
Int. CI. B43I 2i/02
U.S. CI. 144-28.72 3 Claims
A rotary saw blade for sawing machine is formed into' sub-
stantially rhomboidal shape providing symmetrically saw teeth
of different pitches at confronted diagonal ends and two guide
edges at diagonally opposite corners of confronted sides. A se-
ries of teeth provided at one diagonal end are somewhat
arched to one direction while series of the teeth provided at
the other diagonal end are somewhat arched to the counter
direction.
3,712,350
LIMBING BOOM
John E. Eynon, 103 Sunset Bay, Port Arthur, Ontario. Canada
Filed Aug. 2. 1971, Ser. No. 168,323
Claims priority, application Canada, Aug. II, 1970,
090,432
U.S.CL 144-2 Z
Int.CLA0Ig2i/02
A pencil sharpener comprising a blade, a feed member for
feeding a pencil to said blade and withdrawing a sharpened
pencil from said blade in association with the pencil sharpen-
ing operation, a holder provided in said feed member for hold-
ing a pencil in association with the operation of said feed
member, a guide member operated in association with the
pencil sharpening operation for guiding a pencil to the pencil
holding position of said holder, and supply means for succes-
7 Claims sjvely supplying one pencil at a time to said guide member m
association with the pencil sharpening operation. The pencil
sharpener is characterized in that one pencil after another can
be successively sharpened.
3,712,352
DEPTH ADJUSTERS AND INTERCHANGEABLE
LOCATORS FOR SCREW DRIVERS
Gary S. Lafferty, Sr.. Milwaukee. WU., assignor to MUwaukee
Electric Tool Corporation, Brookfield, Wis.
FiledMay6, 1971, Ser. No. 140,728
Int. CLB25b 27/00
U.S.CL 144-32 7CUinis
A depth adjuster made of injection molded plastic parts has
a bit housing which screws onto the projecting externally
A limbing assembly for removing limbs from a stationary threaded nose on the gear housing of a sundard electric
tree includes a base with a pair of parallel inner arms pivotally powered hand tool provided with a positive pressure engaged
906 O.Q. — 48
1284
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
clutch. The bit housing has a bore to accommodate the clutch
chuck and the shank of a bit for a screw head. The bore passes
through an extending neck on the bit housing which is exter-
nally threaded and provided with an outwardly facing
shoulder having locking tabs. Onto this neck is threaded a
locator assembly of a type designed for a particular applica-
tion. This assembly has three parts which are snapped into
//
l"/V''A'
7^
place and remain assembled even when disconnected from the
bit housing. These parts consist of ( 1 ) a locking collar with
locking slots which engage with the locking tabs, (2) a locator
sleeve which has limited axial movement and a non-rotative
movement with respect to the locking collar, and (3) a com-
pression spring which axially urges the locking collar rear-
wardly toward the outer extreme of its limited motion with
respect to the locator sleeve.
from an area such as a lawn, drive, parking area, etc. against
the front face of the disintegrator where the teeth of the one or
more mulch bars push them to. and througfl the spaces in a
diffuser where they are disintegrated and go through the open-
ing in the plate without further treatment. The implement is
advantageously provided with a bag which catches the disin-
tegrated material. The implement may be operated in any
suitable manner. The mulch plate for a disintegrator used for
this purpose is generally perforated so that the blower which
sucks or blows the leaves through it can blow or suck a rela-
tively uniform quantity of air through the plate at all times.
There are various applications for the disintegrator.
3,712,353
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR DISINTEGRATING
MATERIALS
Ernest S. Ferry, 1213 Woodhill Drive, Kent, Ohio
Filed Feb. 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 8,447
Int. CI. AOld 43100- B02c 18/00
U.S. CI. 241-27 13 Claims
3,712,354
BILLFOLD
Mark R. Lovendale, 6431 Monterey Road, Los Angeles, Calif.
FiledSept. 22, 1971,Ser. No. 182,671
Int. CL A45c //06
U.S.CL 150-38 7 Claims
A disintegrator is composed of ( 1 ) a mulch plate with one
or more raised diffusers composed of evenly spaced bars rising
from the plate with spaces between them, and (2) one or more
mulch bars each composed of a bar with teeth projecting from
one surface spaced to pass through the spaces between the
bars of the diffusers. The mulch bar is positioned to rotate
with respect to a fixed location on the mulch plate so that the
teeth will pass through the spaces between the bars of the one
or more diffusers. The plate may be perforated or imperforate.
In the preferred disintegrator, one or more narrow portions of
the mulch plate in areas extending substantially radially from
said fixed location are fabricated into diffusers. The bars and
spaces of each diffuser are arranged substantially circum-
ferentially of said fixed location so that the teeth of the mulch
bar pass through them as it is rotated. The spaces between the
bars of the diffuser extend through the plate, either as one
long opening under the entire diffuser (which is the case when
the diffuser is fabricated separately from the plate) or as
separate openings (which may be the case when the diffuser is
formed from the plate).
The disintegrator is a multi-purpose disintegrator and is well
suited for use in an implement such as an outdoor-area cleaner
provided with a fan which sucks or blows leaves, twigs, etc.
A billfold constructed of a flattened rectangular double-
walled member of woven material open at either end and hav-
ing a central portion and opposite end portions which are
folded to overlay a major extent of the central portion to form
the main body member of the billfold. The central portion
may be reinforced by a fiat flexible plastic member positioned
at the central portion prior to folding the end portions. The
one edge of each folded end portion is secured to the con-
tiguous edge of the central portion to complete the body
member of the billfold.
An insert is provided having a wider section and a narrower
section interconnected by a hinge. The sections are folded
over one another at the hinge and the opposite ends of the
wider section are inserted into the oppositely facing open ends
of the end portions. The narrower section is positioned within
the central portion of the body member and the hinge lies
between the end portions externally of the body member. The
inset cooperates with the body member of the billfold to form
two major compartments each of a length equal to the central
portion of the body member.
The insert, aided by the hinge, is capable of sliding within
the end portions to accomodate any expansion of the billfold
resulting from the storage of currency, cards and the like
material within the billfold. Since the insert is slidable, it is
able to move slightly away from the fold line of the billfold,
thereby allowing the billfold to be folded into a rather thin
wallet having a narrow fold line. Thus, the billfold includes a
major compartment on either side of the narrower section of
the insert and two minor compartments on either side of the
opposite ends of the wider section, that is, a total of four minor
compartments. The combination is highly resistant to wear,
can be carried in a minimum of pocket width, and provides ex-
cellent compartmentation. The double-walled member can be
woven in a pattern or printed to impart a design to the billfold.
Manufacturing steps are few and uncomplicated so that the
billfold is exceptionally inexpensive to produce in quantities to
further reduce the overall manufacturing costs of the billfold.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1285
3,712,355
FLUSH ROTARY FASTENER
Peter Schenk, West Islip, N.Y., assignor to Dzus Fastener Co.,
Inc., West Islip,N.Y.
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,904
Int. CI. F16b i9/00
U.S. CI. 151-2 7 Claims
in the direction of said shank, and a method of forming each of
said teeth consisting of cutting said head from the periphery
A rotary fastener assembly for joining two members having
infinite locked positions and which requires a minimum turn-
ing torque to reach the desired locked position and a substan-
tially greater turning torque to unlock the assembly and per-
mit the fastener to be easily disassembled thereafter.
3,712,356
SELF-RETAINED BOLT
George J. Petroshanoff, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Tridair
Industries, Redondo Beach, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 784,057, Dec. 16, 1968, abandoned. This
application March 30, 1970, Ser. No. 29,319
Int. CI. F16b i9/2«
U.S.CL 151-6 6 Claims
J¥r
S^M
thereof along a line acutely angled to the adjacent edge
thereof, and forming a right angled bend along a line from the
inner end of said cut to the adjacent edge of said head.
3,712,358
PNEUMATIC ANTI-SKID VEHICLE TIRE
Einar Einarsson, Mavahlio 8, Reykjavik, Iceland
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,324
Int. CI. B60cyy/00
U.S.CL 152-208 16 Claims
This disclosure describes a self-retained bolt which may in-
clude a head, a shank having threads thereon, a pawl mounted
for generally radial movement within the shank and means for
biasmg the pawl radially outwardly. A nut can be threaded
onto the bolt for cooperation therewith in securing together
two or more members. The pawl acts in various ways to
prevent inadvertent separation of the nut and bolt and/or the
bolt and the members being fastened together.
3,712,357
BOLT FOR ATTACHING ELEVATOR BUCKETS TO
BELTS, AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
John M. Corbett, Kansas City, and Joseph G. Schenk, Lee's
Summit, both of Mo., assignors to Belts, Bolts, Cups, Cor-
poration, Kansas City, Mo.
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,034
lnt.CLF16bJ9/00
U.S.CL 151-41.73 1 Claim
A bolt for attaching elevator buckets to elevator belts, said
bolt comprising a threaded shank adapted to receive a nut
thereon, a broad shallow conical head integral and coaxial
with said shank, and a pair of sharpened teeth of special shape
carried by said head at diametrically opposite sides of and in
spaced relation from said shank and extending from said head
The anti-skid vehicle tire includes studs mounted in the
tread wall and movable between extended road engaging and
retracted non-road engaging positions, high and low pressure
chambers within the tire wherein the low pressure chamber
maintains the tire in inflated condition, pressure responsive
expansible means coacting with the studs to control stud posi-
tion, and valve means for selectively intercommunicating the
expansible means with the high pressure air chamber and at-
mosphere to retract and extend the studs.
3,712,359
CRAZY TIRES
Victor E. Wlllams, 3662 77th Place, Merrillville, Ind.
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,817
Int. CI. B60c/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 152-352
1 Claim
An amusement tire for a vehicle so as to give a pleasure ride
that is bumpy, the tire including an outer periphery that is not
1286
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
perfectly round but which is bump configurated in any of vari-
ous designs such as being octagnonal, scalloped, toothed, or
wherein the bumps of any shape are of various different
heights on a single tire.
3,712,360
PRODUCTION OF COMPOSITE VEHICLE TIRES BY
COVULC ANIZATION OF LAYERS OF OLEFIN
TERPOLYMERS AND NATURAL RUBBER
Luigi Torti, Monu, ind Guido Bertelli, Ferrara, both of Italy,
assignors to The B. F. Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of Set. No. 649,039, June 26, 1967, Pat. No.
3,580,800. This application Nov. 2, 1970, Set. No. 86,269
Claims priority, application Italy, June 28, 1966, 14823/66;
Canada, June 27, 1967, 994063; France, June 27, 1967,
112,041; Great BriUin, June 26, 1967, 29,397/67; Japan,
June 27. 1967, 40/40812; Germany, June 23, 1967, P 16 94
628.4. The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to May
25, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int.CLC09ji/72
U.S. CI. 152-354 4 Claims
Process for bonding ( 1 ) vulcanizable composition compris-
ing low-unsaturation ethylene/higher alpha-olefin/unconju-
gated diolefin terpolymer, a vulcanizing agent therefor and
carbon black with (2) vulcanizable composition comprising
natural rubber, a vulcanizing agent therefor and carbon black,
this process comprising interposing between layers of com-
positions ( 1 ) and (2) a layer of (3) vulcanizable composition
comprising a brominated copolymer of isobutene with about
0.5 - 5 percent by weight of isoprene, a vulcanizable agent
therefor and carbon black, the carbon black in composition
(3) having a lower activity than the carbon black in layers ( 1 )
and (2), contacting the three layers under pressure, and then
heating at a temperature of 130° - 210° C to thereby covul-
canize the three layers and obtain a high degree of adhesion
therebetween.
3,712362
A PNEUMATIC TIRE WITHOUT BEAD
REINFORCEMENT RINGS
Sterling W. Aldcrfer, 464 N. Portage Path, Akron, Ohio
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,133
Int. CI. B60c 9120
U.S. CL 152-361 10 Claims
3,712,361
REINFORCEMENT MAT FOR TIRE
Daniel D. Strecter, Jr., 4201 5 1st Avenue, N.E., Seattle, Wash.
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,423
Int.CLB60c9//0
U.S. CI. 152-356 13 Claims
A molded tire and method for producing such a tire. The
tire has a generally conventional horseshoe shaped cross sec-
tion including a tread supporting wall bounded by shoulders
from each of which a side wall extends radially inwardly to ter-
minate in a bead foot that requires no reinforcement to impart
the hoop strength necessary to retain the tire on a rim. The
required hoop strength is imparted by a substantially inexten-
sible belt that is encased within or around the tread supporting
wall portion. Inasmuch as the beads need not be reinforced in
the customary sense they may each well present a heel for en-
gagement by the opposed hook flanges on a clincher type rim.
A tire embodying the foregoing construction may be molded
by positioning the reinforcing belt within a mold cavity and
thereafter introducing the elastomeric material from which
the tire is to be cast.
3,712,363
BALLISTIC DOOR FOR AIRCRAFT PROTECTIVE
SHELTER
Erwin A. Thomassen, Timonium, and Maurice L. Tabickman,
Joppa, both of Md., assignors to The United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 851,147
Int.CLE06b5//0
l).S.CL 160-113 2 Claims
A tire construction comprising an inntfr reinforcement mat
having a plurality of tethered but free sliding fiber layers, each
fiber layer comprising at least two sets of tethered but free
sliding parallel fibers with one set being disposed angularly
with respect to the other. The two sets are tethered by connec-
tions connected at a plurality of points of intersection and
define a mean angular disposition for the layer. Each succes-
sive layer of fibers is disposed angularly with respect to the ad-
jacent layer with each layer being tethered by attachments at-
tached to adjacent layers at a plurality of points spaced from
the fiber sets connected poinu whereby when the reinforce-
ment mat is repeatedly compressed stretched or flexed or
stressed by external forces on the tire, the fibers of each layer
will reversibly tend to mesh and unmesh with fibers of ad-
jacent layers.
A ballistic door for an open-ended aircraft protective
shelter. The door includes fixed upper and movable lower por-
tions, both of 2 X 2 basket weave ballistic protective nylon of
at least 1 2 plies, and means for raising and moving each mova-
ble portion to form an opening having a contour conforming
to the configuration of the aircraft to be housed within the
protective shelter. An end cover of water impervious flexible
material may be used external of the ballistic door for protec-
tion against the weather.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1287
3,712,364
METHOD OF VACUUM CASTING METAL
Arnold Daniel, 2219 Devonshire Drive, and Joseph B. Richey,
II, 2 160 Demington Drive, both of Cleveland Heights, Ohio
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,583
Int. CLB22d 27/76
U.S.CL 164-4 10 Claims
rying rollers in radial slots which under the action of centrifu-
gal force roll on the drum inner surface. The spider is rotated
at a speed sufficient to throw a rotating layer of cooling liquid
A metal casting system especially adapted for the rapid
melting and casting of small charges of metal, utilizing re-
sistance heating of such charge and immediate delivery of the
molten metal to a suction mold.
3,712,365
ELECTROSLAG PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
METAL CASTINGS
Boris Evgenievich Paton, ulitsa Kolsjubinskogo 9, kv. 21; Boris
Izrailevich Medovar, Bulvar Lesi Ukrainki 2, kv. 8; Jury
Vadimovich Latash, Vazdukhoflotsky prospekt, 87, kv. 14,
and Vitaly Mikhailovich Baglai, ulitsa Semashko 10, kv.
54/3, all of Kiev, U.S.S.R.
Continuation of Ser. No. 707,088, Feb. 21, 1968, abandoned.
This application Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,887
Int. CI. B22d 27/02
U.S.CL 164-52 45 Claims
A process of operating an electric furnace as set out
wherein the electrode is melted within the furnace mold by ap-
plication of electric current while the electrode is held in a
fixed axial position. The molten slag bath is maintained in con-
tact with the electrode during melting thereof.
3,712,366
METHOD OF COOLING DRUM TYPE STRIP CASTING
APPARATUS
Charles Christian Gerding, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Jones
& Laughlin Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,049
Int. CI. B22d UI06; F28d 11108
U.S.CI. 164— 87 2 Claims
An internally liquid cooled rotatable drum open to the at-
mosphere for continuously solidifying molten metal on its
outer surface is provided with a coaxially rotating spider car-
against the inside surface of the drum by centrifugal force, and
the action of the rollers on the surface being cooled breaks up
incipient film boiling.
3,712,367
CLADDING MOLD SYSTEM
Dietmar G. PlichU, Oakland, Calif., assignor to Kaiser Alu-
minum & Chemical Corporation, Oakland, Calif.
Filed Feb. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 114,634
Int.CLB22d///00
U.S. CI. 1 64— 275 16 Claims
Improved mold system for cladding an elongated metallic
rail element and the like wherein a unique biasingly mounted
cladding die is employed which automatically adjusts itself to
the contour of the rail despite variations in such rail contour as
the rail moves past the die during cladding.
3,712,368
APPARATUS FOR MAKING DIRECTIONALLY
SOLIDIFIED CASTINGS
Charles M. Phipps, Jr., Wapping, Conn., and Raymond R.
Boucher, Tequesta, Fla., assignors to United Aircraft Cor-
poration, East Hartford, Conn.
Division of Ser. No. 32,593, April 28, 1970, Pat. No.
3,667,533. This application Dec. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 203,681
Int.CI. B22d4//04
U.S.CI. 164-336 4 Claims
A mold having a crucible portion connecting with the arti-
cle forming portion is positioned within a tapering susceptor
heated by a surrounding induction coil and the susceptor
serves to control the temperature gradient during the solidifi-
1288
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
cation of the alloy in the mold. The crucible is located at the
bottom of the assembly until the alloy is melted and the entire
3,712,370
RADIAL-FLOW HEAT EXCHANGER
Paul Viktor Gilll, Vienna; Kurt Fritz, Klosterneuburg; Josef
M. Lippitsch, Graz, all of Austria, and Gunther Lurf, Stutt-
gart, Germany, assignors to Waagner-Biro Aktien-
gesellschaft, Vienna, Austria
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,357
Claims priority, application Austria, Sept. 26, 1969, A
9159/69
Int. CI. F24h 3106
II.S.CL 165-125 17 Claims
assemblage is then inverted to cause the molten alloy to flow
into the article portion of the mold, the latter being preferably
positioned on a chill plate.
3,712,369
METHOD FOR REMOVING HEAT FROM FLUIDIZED
BED OF ROASTING FURNACE AND DEVICE FOR
EFFECTING THE SAME
Zaiman Leivikovich Berlin; Igor Vladimirovich Tsarev, both of
Moscow; Anatoly Stepanovich Vasilchenko, Konstantinovka;
Gennady Vasilievich Maslovsky, Belgorod; Anatoly
Gavrilovich Serkov, Belgorod; Hviktor Vakovlevich
Yakimovich, Belgorod, and Evgeny Alexandrovich Ivanov-
sky, Moscow, all of L.S.S.R., assignors to Gosudarstvenny
nauchno-issledovatelsky institut tsvetnykh metallov,
Moscow, L.S.S.R.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,790
Int. CI. B60h 1100
U.S. CI. 165-1
1 Claim
A radial-flow heat exchanger where tubes through which
one heat-exchanging fluid flows surround a given axis while a
second heat-exchanging fluid flows across the exterior of these
tubes radially with respect to the latter axis. Fluid-guides are
provided for this other fluid so as to achieve at the exterior of
the tubes a substantially uniform through-flow in all axial sec-
tions of the heat exchanger. The fluid-guides may include
inner and outer tubular walls which taper in the same
direction and define with inner and outer regions of the tubes
receiving and discharge chambers for the fluid which flows
radially, the receiving chamber having an inlet which forms
the largest cross section of the receiving chamber while the
discharge chamber has an outlet which forms the largest cross
section for the discharge chamber.
3,712,371
METHOD FOR HEAT RECOVERY FROM SYNTHESIS
GAS
Leonard W. ter Haar. and Johan P. Schun>;el. both of The
Hague, Netherlands, assignors to Shell Oil Co., New York,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,451
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 11, 1969,
6916941
lnt.CLF28d7//0
U.S.CL 165-163 4 Claims
A method for removing heat from a fluidized bed of a roast-
ing furnace and a device for carrying this method into effect
by means of steam-cooled tubular members, which provide for c v a
an mcreasem the heat absorption of these members through An improved method and apparatus for coohng and
preliminary cooling of the steam fed thereinto up to saturation recovering heat from soot-contammg hot gases obtained by
or wet state. the partial combustion of hydrocarbons is disclosed. The im-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1289
provement comprises partly cooling the hot gases by flowing
them through one or more straight tubes of at least two meters
in length at a mass velocity of at least 100 kg/mVsec. The
gases are subsequently further cooled in one or more helically
coiled tubes connected to the straight tubes. The invention is
particularly suitable for generating high pressure steam from
hot gases obtained at moderate as well as high pressures.
is of larger spacing to retain only the coarser sand particles
and the openings in the inner two screens are progressively
smaller to retain the less coarse sand material. The coarser
sand particles bridge about the larger openings in the outer
screens and progressively finer sand materials bridge across
the intermediate and inner screens.
3,712,372
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEFORMING A FLAT
ON PARTS OF METAL STRIP-TYPE TUBING WHILE
LEAVING OTHER PARTS UNDEFORMED
Lester J. Tranel, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Olin Corporation,
New Haven, Conn.
Filed March I, 1971, Ser. No. 119,600
Int.CLF28f J//4
U.S. CI. 165-170 6 Claims
3.712,374
SEQUENTIAL NUCLEAR EXPLOSION FRACTURING OF
GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS
Robert W. Terhune, Livermore, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission
Filed March 10. 1971. Ser. No. 122,710
Int. CI. E21b 4i/26
U.S. CL 166-247 _ 3 Claims
A method and apparatus for forming metal strip-type tubing
suitable for use in heat exchangers. Deforming flats are
formed on parts of a first surface and an opposing surface of
the tubular passageways in the strip-type lubing while other
parts of the tubing are left undeformed. The deformed flats
are adapted to be bonded to flat type fin stock for heat
exchanger applications. The undeformed areas of the tubing
are adapted to be bent without a significant pressure drop oc-
curring in the bend area. The apparatus includes means for
deforming the flat on the tubular passageways while restrain-
ing the edges of the strip-type tubing and further includes
means for sequentially engaging and disengaging the deform-
ing means from contact with the tubing.
3,712,373
MULTI-LAYER WELL SCREEN
William G. Bearden, and George C. Howard, both of Tulsa,
Okla., assignors to Pan American Petroleum Corporation,
Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,492
Int.CI. E21b4J/0S
U.S. CI. 166-232 8 Claims
A vertically spaced series of nuclear explosive devices are
emplaced in a subterranean formation and the lowermost ex-
plosive is detonated first to provide a nuclear chimney having
an apical void spaced therein. The next higher device is then
detonated to cause a generally cylindrical plug region to be
displaced downwardly partially into said void space while
creating a nuclear chimney similar to the first and the
procedure is repeated with successively higher of the em-
placed devices. A fractured shear of fault zone surrounds the
cylindrical plug while an extensive pattern of radial fractures
are created thereabout as well as about the shot cavity and as-
sociated chimney. More economical and effective results can
be obtained as required, e.g., in stimulating production from
petroliferous formations.
This is a special downhole multi-layer sand screen for oil
and other fluids containing sand. The preferred embodiment
of the sand filter includes an outer screen, an intermediate
screen and an inner screen although another embodiment may
have only an outer and an inner screen. The outermost screen
3,712,375
METHOD FOR CATALYTICALLY HEATING
WELLBORES
Holland J. Berry; William C. Hardy, and Dale W . Zadow, all of
Richardson, Tex., assignors to Sun Oil Company, Dallas,
Tex.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 889,059, Dec. 30, 1969.
abandoned. This application Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,836
Int.CLE21b4i/24
U.S. CI. 166-251 10 Claims
A catalytic heater is used in supplying heat to wellbores and
has a catalytic surface open to the wellbore for contacting and
causing the reaction of a fuel mixture The preferable catalytic
material is platinum supported on a matrix of asbestos,
asbestos-burlap, ceramic, or other non-combustible material.
Air and fuel gas is injected into the wellbore to contact the
catalyst. Initiation of a catalytic reaction is brought about by
use of a fuel gas containing hydrogen which will spontaneously
react with air at standard conditions in the presence of the
1290
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
catalyst. Once the hydrogen-air reaction reaches the reaction
temperature of a hydrocarbon fuel gas and air, hydrogen in-
3,712,377
OIL RECOVERY PROCESS USING AN EMULSION
MODIFIER-CONTAINING DILUTE AQUEOUS
SURFACTANT SYSTEM
Harold J. Hill, and David Ross Thigpen, both of Houston, Tex.,
assignors to Shell Oil Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed Oct. 26, 1971, S«r. No. 192,129
Int.CI.E21b4i/22
U.S. CL 166-252 25 Claims
CORE 776
CORE 775
' EMULSION OB-
SERVED IN
PRODUCED FLUIDS
Oi OS 12 '« '0
CUMULATIVE INJECTION OE CHEMICAL FLOOD
(PORE VOLUME I
jection is terminated. A carrier fluid may be used to transport
the heat of reaction to a formation or other appropriate loca-
tion
A process for displacing oil within a subterranean reservoir
by injecting a surfactant system that contains an emulsion
modifier that either prevents the formation of an emulsion or
reduces the bypassing of oil due to the formation of an emul-
sion.
3,712,376
CONDUIT LINER FOR WELLBORE AND METHOD AND
APPARATUS FOR SETTING SAME
Harrold D. Owen; Wayne O. Rosenthal, and James Douglas
Young, all of Fort Worth, Tex., assignors to (iearhart-Owen
Industries, Inc., Forth Worth, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 878,108, Nov. 19, 1969,
abandoned. This application July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,066
Int. CI. E2lh 23/04,43/ 10
U.S. CI. 166—277 39 Claims
3,712,378
WIRE LINE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLEANING
WELL PERFORATIONS
Donald A. Olivier, Kenner, La., assignor to Shell Oil Company,
Houston, Tex.
Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,614
Int.CLE21b4i/25
U.S. CL 166—299 1 1 Claims
A method of emplacing a liner in a conduit in a well
penetrating subterranean formations characterized by posi-
tioning with a wire line a cylindrical annular liner at a given
depth in the well, the liner being disposed adjacent a swaging
mandrel and a setting sleeve, both being connected with a
setting tool; actuating the charge in the setting tool to force
the swaging mandrel through the liner and to oppose move-
ment of the liner by a reactive force on the setting sleeve,
thereby expanding the liner outwardly into tight frictional en-
gagement with the conduit without requiring an anchor or
supplemental support; and removing the other apparatus from
the well. Also disclosed are specific arrangements and com-
binations of respective embodiments and some of the uses of
the liner.
Sand control operations in cased and perforated wells
equipped with a tubing string such as a production tubing
string, are improved by first cleaning the perforations by
lowering a tool comprising a chamber of fixed volume, an ac-
tuator for rapidly opening the chamber, and a means for
packing off the tubing string above the production interval
into the well on a wire line; packing off the interval adjacent
the perforations; and rapidly opening the chamber into fiuid
communication with fluids in the wellbore to surge fluid from
the surrounding earth formation through the perforations and
into the well.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1291
3,712,379 ing and exercising, training methods and medical condiiion-
MULTIPLE FRACTURING PROCESS ing. A custom, and hence a perfectly fitting, horseshoe can be
William L. Hill, Richardson, Tex., assignor to Sun Oil Com-
pany, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,894
Int. CLE21b4i/26
U.S.CL 166-297 13 Claims
1^ 15 10
A process for fracturing an earth formation includes per-
forating well casing along a first substantially vertical plane,
and along a second substantially vertical plane located in the
same interval. The perforations along the first and second
planes may be of unequal sizes, with the smaller set of perfora-
tions located adjacent the zone of preferential fracturing. The
smaller set of perforations are sized to insure that a fracturing
fluid will enter the larger set of perforations after fracturing
occurs in the preferential fracture zone.
3,712,380
METHOD FOR REWORKING AND CLEANING WELLS
Paul N. Caffey, Box 235, Hennessey, Okla.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,859
Int. CI. E24b -^J/25
U.S. CI. 166—300 6 Claims
A method for reworking and cleaning a well which com-
prises the steps of setting a packer in the well bore above the
formation surrounding the well bore to be treated, inserting
tubing through the packer, pumping a mixture of calcium car-
bide in a liquid hydrocarbon carrier into the area of the well
bore to be treated, pumping a hydrocarbon through the tubing
to force all of the calcium carbide and liquid hydrocarbon car-
rier into the area to be treated, pumping an aqueous solution
of hydrochloric acid through the tubing, packer and into the
well bore and surrounding formation, pumping a liquid
hydrocarbon into the tubing to force the calcium carbide, the
hydrocarbons and the hydrochloric acid into the formation to
be treated, and securing the well bore to prevent escape of the
reactants, is disclosed.
3,712,381
HORSESHOEING
William A. Fryrear, Jr., 8820 St. Anthony Church Road,
Louisville, Ky., and Joseph R. Metcalf, 914 Flintlock Drive,
Louisville, Ky.
Divbion of Ser. No. 869,616, Oct. 27, 1969, abandoned. This
application Nov. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 199,253
Int.CLA01l//00
U.S.CL 168-4 4 Claims
In the case of horses, particularly thoroughbreds, hoof care
has not advanced along with careful breeding, scientific feed-
made. In addition the fit of conventional horseshoes can be
improved.
3,712,382
HORSE OR THE LIKE SHOE DEVICE
Maurice Stubblefield, Clancy, Mont.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,598
Int. CLAOll J/04
U.S. CL 168—22
8 Claims
A horse or the like shoe device, readily attachable to and
removable from a hoof, comprises a first hook formed with an
upwardly convex flange on a shoe part toe portion closed at its
top and curled rearwardly, downwardly and forwardly in the
toe portion and opening toward the bottom of the shoe part,
and a toe piece provided with a second hook having an up-
wardly convex flange and being curled correspondingly to the
curl of the first hook flange and interengageable with the first
hook for removably connecting the toe piece to the shoe part.
Means such as a bail engages the toe piece and is connected to
the rear of the shoe part for maintaining the toe piece in con-
tact with the hoof front and for retaining the hooks in-
terengaged with one another, thereby retaining the shoe part
attached to the hoof. Guide means are provided to facilitate
interengagement of the two flange portions.
3,712,383
PLOW BLADE STRUCTURE
John W. Renahan, 163 Finch Ave. West, Willowdale, Ontario,
Canada
Filed Oct. 21,1 970, Ser. No. 82,669
Int. CI. AOlb 67/00
U.S.CL 172-264 5 Claims
The blade of a plow blade structure has a bottom section
and a top section hingedly connected together A linkage
mechanism connects the bottom section with a supporting
frame to permit rearward and upward movement of the bot-
tom section if the force exerted on the front face thereof by an
1292
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
obstacle is beyond a predetermined degree. The top section is
spring-biased into operative position with respect to the bot-
end supports a drilhng-head carrier arm tiltably mounted
thereon. The carrier arm is also rotatably mounted about an
axis normal to the axis of tilting. The boom is arranged to be
pivoted in a vertical plane by at least one hydraulic piston-
and-cylinder unit attached to a vehicle and connected to the
hydraulic system. The carrier arm is tiltable over an arc of
180° by an endless drive transmission extending from one end
of the boom to the other. In one embodiment the transmission
includes a drive wheel located at or close to one end of the
boom. The drilling rig may be attached to a buck-digger vehi-
cle having a hydraulic actuating system for providing the
necessary hydraulic source.
tom section but is foldable forwardiy against the action of the
spring in response to lifting movement of the blade.
3,712.384
ADJUSTABLE PINION FOR MOTOR GRADER CIRCLE
DRIVE
William F. Fisher, Decatur, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor
Co., Peoria, III.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 77,971
Int. CI. E02f J/76
U.S. CL 172—796 2 Claims
A drive pinion unit for a blade support circle which is readi-
ly adjustable relative to the blade circle gear to regulate the
matmg tolerance and minimize wear-caused backlash between
the pinion and the circle gear.
3,712,385
MOBILE DRILLING RIG HAVING ADJUSTABLE BOOM
William Allen Hunt, Tynemouth, England, assignor to En-
virotech Corporation, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,260
Int.CI.E21c 7 7/02
U.S. CL 173—43 19 Claims
3,712,386
PNEUMATIC HAND TOOL HAVING AUTOMATIC
COLLET AND BRAKE
Rudolph W. Peters, 5786 Balmoral Drive, Oakland, Calif.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,691
Int.CI.A61c//05.///4
U.S. CL 173-46 11 Claims
«;
■kJ n>
An improved pneumatic hand tool having an automatic col-
let and brake arrangement is described. The tool includes an
air motor for rotatably driving a spindle on the end of which is
located a collet for gripping the shank of a tool implement it is
desired to rotate. A collet draw bar extends from the rear end
of the collet axially through the spindle beyond the air motor
and terminates in an enlarged portion which is adapted to be
engaged by a piston. The piston is constrained for axial move-
ment within a cylinder at the end of the air motor and, in
response to the application of fluid pressure thereto, engages
the collet draw bar and drives the collet outwardly from the
spindle in order to open the same for reception of the shank of
the tool. The tool includes a multi-port valve which selectively
directs fluid either to the air motor for rotating the spindle or
to the piston for opening the collet. A compression spring is
also provided for urging the piston into frictional engagement
with the end of the draw bar whenever air pressure is diverted
from the motor, so that the piston acts as a brake to the rota-
tion of the draw bar and, hence, to the rotation of the collet
and its associated tool.
The drilling rig comprises a boom, one end of which is ar-
ranged to be pivotally attached to the vehicle while the other
3,712,387
ROTARY PERCUSSION DRILLING MOTOR
Renic P. Vincent, and Lawrence B. Wilder, both of Tulsa.
Okla., assignors to Amoco Production Co., Tulsa, Okla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 747,234, July 24, 1968,
abandoned. This application Nov. 4, 1968, Set. No. 784,499
Int.CI. E21b7/06
U.S. CL 173— 73 4 Claims
A liquid actuated percussion tool contains a case which sur-
rounds the moving parts, an anvil mounted in the lower part of
this case, a reciprocating hollow piston or hammer mounted
above the anvil within the case and a valve system for applying
pressure alternately to the two ends of the piston to
reciprocate it in the case and cause it to strike the anvil. This
in turn causes the anvil to apply axial reciprocating forces to a
drill bit mounted on the lower portion of the anvil.
One or more ports are provided in the upper part of the
case, permitting communication between the region outside of
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1293
the case and a part of the top of the hammer. As the piston
reciprocates, the volume within the case adjacent to such port
changes size and can. therefore, be called a variable volume.
Liquid from outside the case moves through the port to occu-
py space in the variable volume in a cyclic manner with each
reciprocation of the hammer.
The particular improvement of this invention comprises
forming an axially oriented enclosed channel extending
mediate piston area over which high pressure air can act to in-
crease the impact force of the piston on a companion anvil
secured to the drill bit rotatable by the housing structure. The
high pressure air exhausts through the housing structure above
the bit to provide sufficient air volume for carrying the
cuttings upwardly through the annulus surrounding the drill
pipe to the top of the hole being drilled.
downward from each port along the case, the port being other-
wise blanked off. so that the cyclic movement of liquid into
and out of the variable volume occurs through this downward
oriented enclosed channel which extends a substantial
distance below the port. This furnishes a disengaging space
tending to prevent vertical motion of solids incorporated in
the liquid outside the case up into the variable volume, which
could otherwise jam the hammer and stop operation of the
tool.
3,712,388
DOWNHOLE AIR HAMMER
Alfred R. Curington, Houston, Tex., assignor to Baker Oil
Tools, Inc., City of Commerce, CaliL
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,848
Int. CLE21b 7/06
U.S. CL 173—78 17 Claims
3,712,389
POST DRIVER
Benjamin G. Smoak, Route 2, Box 262, Saint Matthews, S.C.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 127,941
Int. CLB25d 7/00
U.S. CL 173— 126 6Claims
A tubular post driving member telescopes over the post and
has an upper end plate to deliver impact to the top of the post.
The driving member has sets of handle sockets at different
elevations and these sockets receive removable handles in
either 1 80° or 90° spacing circumferentially of the post to per-
mit driving of the post in different situations by two workers or
one worker. Additional hand grips are provided for erecting
the post and driver and for transporting. An adjustable depth
gage may also be included on the driver.
3,712,390
HIGH ENERGY IMPACT TOOL ASSEMBLY
Louis L. Berg, Denham Springs, La., assignor to Creative
Tool Co., Denham Springs, La.
FiledFeb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,092
Int. CI. B25d 7 7/0<S
U.S. CL 173— 132 4 Claims
/6 / -^1^/1-
4/-
J4
■V37 -
>a ye
A down-hole air hammer embodying an outer housing
structure connectible to a string of rotatable drill pipe through
which compressed ai: is conducted. Upper and lower cylinder
sleeves within the housing structure define an upper high pres-
sure air annulus and a lower low or exhaust pressure annulus.
the cylinder sleeves being longitudinally spaced from each
other. A hammer piston reciprocates in the sleeves, having an
enlarged intermediate portion slidable along the housing
structure between the cylinder sleeves, there being small
diameter upper and lower pistons slidable along the upper and
lower cylinder sleeves, respectively, to provide a large inter-
A high energy impact operated tool assembly is provided for
powering interchangeable terminal devices, such as wedges,
chisels, punches, cutters, mandrels, stamps and other shaping
means. The assembly includes a heavy encasement and a
member mounted for limited sliding movement as controlled
by the encasement. The slidably mounted member has means
at a first end for receiving exceptionally high impact forces
and a second end having a wedge shape or chisel, cutter, man-
drel, stamping, or other shaping means, as selected by the
operator. Fastening means are provided for attaching a power
hammer to the encasement and for holding the encasement
and power source together during operation.
1294
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,391
MOLE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
James Christopher Coyne. New Providence. N.J.. assignor to
Bell Telephone Laboratories. Inc.. Murray Hill. Berkeley
Heights. N.J.
Continuation of Ser. No. 792,893, Dec. 27, 1968. This
application June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,570
lot. CI. E2lh 47/022, 47/024
U.S. CI. 175-26 1 Claim
A subterranean missile is equipped with three mutually
orthogonal coils in its body and a fourth suitably fixed in an ar-
ticulatable steering member The missile is guided along any
desired underground trajectory defined with reference to a
coordinate system including the plane of a dipole-quadrupole
antenna system laid on the ground above. Voltages induced in
the noncenlerline body coils are used in a closed feedback
loop to maintain the resulunt magnetic field circularly
polarized at the mole location Heading errors are then
revealed as a voltage phasor on the centerline coil. Rotation of
the steering member sufficiently to bring the voltage induced
in its coil into phase with the centerline coil voltage also aligns
the steering member such that its articulation will reduce the
heading error to zero. Any new trajectory may be defined as a
suitable new voltage added to the centerline coil voltage.
ERRATUM
For Class 175— 269 see:
Patent No. 3,712,854
in a high shear paste in the micro-annulus between it and the
bore hole.
To reduce whip still further a stabilizer sleeve is also pro-
vided above the sleeve in the string; the return flow for this
stabilizer sleeve is in helical grooves along the surface. The
ports allowing transfer of the flow from inside the sleeve to
outside also function as wrench engagements to facilitate
dismantling.
3,712,393
METHOD OF DRILLING
David B. Sheldahl. (.rifTith, Ind., and John H. Striegler,
Richardson. Tex., assignors to Atlantic Richfield Co.,
New York. N.Y.
Filedjan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,170
Int.Cl. E21b2//04
U.S.CL 175—65 9 Claims
A composition and method for preventing catastrophic
vibration of a drill string during slim hole drilling wherein
there is employed an additive composed of sulfurized lard oil,
mineral oil, and halogenated paraffin.
3,712,394
LOAD COMPARISON SCALE
Jeffrey B. Davies, Amherst, and Benjamin F. Kendig, Nashua,
both of N.H., assignors to Trldyne Corporation, South Mer-
rimack, N.H.
Filed Aug. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 850,600
Int. CLGOlg/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 177-1
14 Claims
3,712,392
DIAMOND DRILL ASSEMBLY WITH BORE HOLE
SUPPORT
Choiseul J. J. Dela (iorgendiere. North Bay. Ontario, Canada,
assignor to VN heel Trueing Tool Co. of Canada. Ltd.
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,759
Int. CI. E21b; 7/00
U.S.CL17S— 325 10 Claims
^
A scale for quantitatively determining an unknown sample
includes a pan for holding a known sample and another for an
unknown sample. Scale deflection due to the known sample is
translated into a representative electrical signal and coupled
to a display device, as for example a digital voltmeter by a
potentiometer. The potentiometer is adjusted so that the read-
ing on the digital voltmeter corresponds quantatively with
samples in the known sample pan. The known samples are
then removed, and the unknown sample is placed on its cor-
responding pan The deflection of that scale is likewise trans-
lated to an electrical signal representative of the deflection
and coupled to the digital voltmeter through the aforemen-
tioned potentiometer. The reading on the digital voltmeter
will then correspond to the quantity of the unknown sample.
A diamond drill string assembly which drills a much
straighter hole than heretofor and in a small size has a sleeve
adjacent the drill bit which is so close to the size of the reamed
hole that it is substantially supported by it Instead of allowing
the cooling and material removal fluid return to be over the
outside it is between the sleeve and another member, inter-
mediate the sleeve and the core tube, which is a shell member
convoluted to provide the passageways, and the sleeve rotates
3,712^95
WEIGHT SENSING CELL
August L. Streater, and John A. Whitney, both of Bluffton.
Ind.. assignors to Franklin Electric Co., Inc.. BlufTton, Ind.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,736
Int.Ci.G01gi//6
U.S. CI. 177-210 27 Claims
This disclosure deals with a weight sensing cell for a scale,
including two differentially loaded vibrating members The
two members are pretensioned, and they are arranged and
connected to a weighting platform of the scale such that, by
the differential loading, a weight on the platform increases the
tension on one member and decreases the tension on the other
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1295
member, the amount of tension on each member determining
its frequency of vibration. Means is provided to generate two
signals which are respectively representative of the frequen-
cies of vibration of the two members, and the frequency of one
of these members or a combination of the frequencies of the
two members is taken as an indication of the amount of weight
on the platform. Means is also provided to adjust the amount
of pretension on the members and to compensate for any non-
linear characteristic, and thereby achieve an essentially linear
relationship between frequency and weight.
3,712,396
OVER-SNOW VEHICLE
Don S. Ende, 75 Wiehart Boulevard, Commack, N.Y.
Filedjan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,402
Int. CLB62m 2 7/00
U.S. CL 180—5 R
al wheels. The middle pair of wheels, which is the driving pair,
is adapted to be individually braked to enable the vehicle to
corner about the locked wheel. This wheel braking is accom-
plished by raising either side of the vehicle body with respect
to the axle supporting the drive wheels to move the drive
wheel out of engagement with a drive pinion and into locking
engagement with a stationary gear sector mounted on the
body. The relative positioning of the drive wheel axle with
respect to the body is controlled by a pair of hand levers
pivotally mounted on the housing and connected at their ex-
tremities to both ends of the drive wheel axle.
3,712,398
HYDRAULICALLY OPERABLE DEVICE FOR CHANGING
THE TRACK W IDTH OF TRACK-LAYING VEHICLES
Ernst .\lthaus. Dortmund-Kirchhorde. (iermany, assignor to
Orenstein & Koppel Aktiengesellschaft. Berlin. (ierman>
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,867
Claims priority, application Germany, March 19, 1970, P 20
13 144.0
Int. CI. B62d 55/00
U.S. CI. 180—9.48 8 Claims
1 1 Claims
The specification and drawings disclose a sled resiliently
mounted on skis pushed by a self-contained, endless track
propulsion unit which has 3° of pivotal freedom with respect
to the sled.
Jay Smith,
Woodland
3,712,397
TOY VEHICLE
III, Pacific Palisades; Gerald W. Schmidt,
Hills, and Lawrence Temple Jones, Pacific
Palisades, all of Calif., assignors to California R&D Center,
Pacific Palisades, Calif.
Filed Aug. 9, 197 1 , Ser. No. 169,922
Int. CLB62d H /06
U.S.CL 180— 6.2 15 Claims
A track laying vehicle in which the tracks at each side of the
vehicle are supported on carriages, with the carriages having
spars fixed thereto and extending toward the vehicle and
slidably supportingly engaging the vehicle, fluid motors con-
nected between opposed spars are reversibly energizable for
moving the carriages between innermost and outermost posi-
tions on the vehicle. Wedge shaped abutment elements limit
the movement of the spars transversely of the vehicle and a
lock is provided for locking each spar in adjusted position.
3,712,399
BATTERY POWER CONTROL DEVICE
William H. Ruffle, and Brian C. Hemsley. both of Hassocks,
England, assignors to C. Dugard Limited. Hove, Sussex. En-
gland, by said Hemsley, a part interest
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,351
Int. CI. B62d5//0-<
U.S. CI. 180— 19 R 2 Claims
An electric power control means for a vehicle includes a
stack of carbon plates in the power supply circuit of the vehi-
cle and means for applying pressure to said plates in ac-
cordance with the torsional stress in the vehicle transmission,
the electric power being proportional to the pressure applied
A toy vehicle, simulating an all-terrain vehicle, is disclosed to the carbon plates so that the power is controlled in ac-
in which the vehicle body is supported on three pairs of coaxi- cordance with the requirements of the vehicle.
1296
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,400
THREE-WHEEL VEHICLE
Claude Earnest Barnes, 729 Ingiewood Street, Salinas, Calif,
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,385
Int. CI. B62d 67/05
L^.CL 180-27
vehicle wherein the torsion spring fitted between the rear arms
supporting the rear wheels about which there runs an endless
5 Claims
A three-wheeled motor vehicle adapted for a wide range of
competitive and recreational motor sports activities. A multi-
cylinder internal combustion engine having a large displace-
ment relative to conventional three-wheeled vehicle engines is
mounted on the rear axle with its center of weight acting be-
hind the center of rotation of the two rear driving wheels. A
statically balanced weight distribution is achieved with respect
to the driving wheels whereby the total effective vehicle
weight is applied just ahead of the rear wheels to obtain max-
imum traction. A lightweight tubular frame supports the rider
at an extended distance forward of the rear axle in order to
utilize the weight of the rider to oppose the upward force on
the single front steering wheel resulting from the dynamic
torque of the engine The dynamically balanced weight dis-
tribution keeps the vehicle front wheel on the ground at all
times and provides stability and maneuverability even during
periods of maximum torque and acceleration
track belt and the frame of the vehicle body has an easily ad-
justable spring force thereby freely to change the cushioning
property and operating condition of the vehicle.
3,712,403
STEERING AND DRIVE ASSEMBLY FOR SELF-
PROPELLED UNITS
Peter Pakosh. VVinnipen, Manitoba. Canada, assinnor to
Versatile Manufacturinj; Ltd.. VVinnipej;. Manitoba, Canada
Filed Feb. 8. 1971, Ser. No. 113,574
Int. CI. B62d ///04
U.S. CL 180-6.48 22 Claims
3,712,401
SAFETY BELT SYSTEM FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Barbara G. Rothschild, 2134 Springdale Road. Columbus, Ga.
Filedjan. 20, 1971,Ser. No. 108,075
Int. CI. B60r 27/70
U.S. CL 180— 82 10 Claims
A combination pump and motor assembly is operative con-
nected to each of the two drive wheels. The pump and motor
assemblies are controlled in the forward mode by a single
speed lever. A steering wheel operates a rack and pinion as-
sembly having two racks each of which is operatively con-
nected to one of the pump and motor assemblies so that turn-
ing the steering wheel speeds up one pump and motor as-
sembly and hence one drive wheel and slows up the other
pump and motor assembly and hence the other drive wheel.
Means are provided to over-ride the steering mechanism so
that one pump and motor assembly or the other can be
reversed thus allowing very sharp turns.
A vehicular seal belt system has a body encircling, arcuate
rod of semi-rigid form positioned across a seat in a position
such that the seat cannot be occupied without first manually
displacing the rod. The rod is hinged at one end and is biased
so as to automatically move toward its closed position when
released after seat occupancy. The rod is provided with secur-
ing means at its other end, the securing means including an au-
tomatic adjustment function.
3,712,404
HILLSIDE TRACTOR
Kermit H. Walquist, New Richmond, Wis., assignor to Shur
Foot Tractor Company. New Richmond, Wis.
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 97,128
Int. CI. B60g / 7/00. B60k i/00
U.S.CL 180-41 9 Claims
3,712,402
SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR AN ENDLESS BELT
TRACTION VEHICLE
Yasuo Masuda, and Magohei Tsukamoto, both of 3500 Shin-
para, Hamakita-shi, Japan
Filed Aug. Iff, 1970, Ser. No. 67,034
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 1, 1969,44/82451
Int. CI. B62d 55130
U.S. CI. 180— 5 R 5 Claims
A suspension system for an endless belt traction vehicle and
more particularly for a small size endless belt traction snow
/OS /07 6i
W6^ ! i86.. ' ^<^^
-///
A hillside tractor is provided capable of maintaining the en-
gine and operator's platform level while the tractor travels
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1297
along the sides of hills, for mowing the hillsides or doing other
work. The tractor is hydraulically driven by pumps powered
by an internal combustion engine. The frame of the device
comprises an elongated large diameter tubular member which
functions as a chassis and also as a hydraulic fluid reservoir.
3,712,405
VEHICLE OVERTURN PREVENTER
Eugene Roland Dillmann, 408 Ballentine Street, WaveWnd,
Miss.
Filed Dec. 1 0, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 96,948
Int. CI. B60r 27/02
U.S.CL 180—104
trolled by gas directing apparatus which vary the angle of
lateral supply of pressurized gas beneath the vehicle. Yaw
control forces are provided by apparatus differentially varying
the lateral supply of portions of pressurized gas to create
forces spaced from the center of lift or gravity or both of the
vehicle. In addition, ports can be used to control pressurized
gas flow beneath the vehicle to trim the vehicle for load varia-
tions, a predetermined trim, or other desired use. The vehicle
also is adapted to operate upon new roadway structure that is ■=
grooved or shouldered to accommodate same.
104
2 Claims
WEIGHT- ACTUATED
ELEMENT (LEVER
OR ='LiSM-BUT^or\:';
1
V
VECHANICAL OR
EL ECTRlCAL
CONNECTING MEANS
FUEL
FUEL
V A L V £
KM
F.N&
NE
SU PTL V
^
3,712,407
SEISMIC PULSE GENERATING APPARATUS
Charles A. Tabor, 604 South Avenue D., Kermit, Tex.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,935
Int.CLGOlv 7/06
U.S.CL181-.5EM 1 Claim
ffi.
A device for preventing overturn of a tractor or other vehi-
cle, having; a housing; within the housing an inclined weight-
supporting track 10, 20 and an upright partition 9, 32; a spher-
ical weight (the ball 11 or 18) movable on the inclined track;
means to stop the vehicle-driving motor when the tractor is on
a steep gradient and dangerously apt to overturn (the ignition-
connected switch of FIGS. 1 to 3, the fuel valve of FIGS. 4 to
6); and a control lever 14, 22, actuated by the ball when it is
moved by gravity on the track, connected to the switch (or
valve) for moving it into motor-stopping position. A weighted
slide optionally may be substituted for the ball, and a push but-
ton for the control lever; and instead of the mechanical con-
nection between the fuel valve and the lever (or optional push
button) a solenoid for actuating the valve and electrical con-
nections between the solenoid, lever (or button) and the bat-
tery may be utilized.
3,712,406
GROUND EFFECT VEHICLE
William R. Bertelsen, Rock Island, III., assignor to Bertelsen,
Inc., Neponset, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 633,357, April 21, 1967, abandoned,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 731,001, April 25,
1958, abandoned. This application July 31, 1969, Ser. No.
871,765
Int.CLB60v 7/02
U.S. CI. 180-122 6 Claims
-w
/^i- -^^
i-y
^j^ -^ 9r
A seismic pulse generating apparatus having a combustion
chamber formed by a piston and cylinder with energizable
electromagnets which hold the piston and cylinder together to
allow the compression chamber to be filled with a combustible
gas mixture to a desired pressure prior to ignition and the
generation of the seismic pulse.
3,712,408
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING A
SHOCK WAVE BENEATH THE SURFACE OF A BODY OF
WATER
Raymond Muniz. 78 Versailles. France, assignor to Compagnie
(ienerale I)e (ieophysique, Paris. France
Filed July 31,1 970, Ser. No. 59.983
Claims priority, application France. Aug. 1, 1969, 6926481
Int.CLGOlv 7/74
U.S.CL I81-.5H 11 Claims
« 7 fl « 15 «
The vehicle of this invention is supported upon a cushion of
gas normally air, supplied by apparatus carried by the vehicle.
The gas is directed generally downwardly beneath the vehicle.
Portions of the gas are provided at different controllable an-
gles of supply, and the portions are positioned to create
propulsion, braking, and control forces for the vehicle. For-
ward propulsion and braking are controlled by fore and aft gas
directing apparatus which vary the angle of fore and aft supply
of pressurized gas beneath the vehicle. Roll forces are con-
A shock wave is produced in a body of water for seismologi-
cal study of the underlying ground by abruptly liberating at a
desired depth in the interior of the body of water a quantity of
steam undei pressure so as to form a body of steam in the in-
terior of the water. This body of steam, after its release, con-
denses violently as a result of its cooling and this violent con-
densation creates an implosion giving rise to a shock wave
suitable for use in seismic prospecting.
1298
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,409 3,712,411 - ^
STETHOSCOPE LOUD SPEAKER CABINET
Iliasz Kizakisz. Budapest XVII. and Vilmos Horvath. Buda- Donald V. Monroe, 1629 N. Del Mar, Rosem«ad, Calif.
nest XV both of Hungary, assignors to Medicor Muvek, Filed March 17, 1972, Set. No. 235,714
Budapesi. Hungary !"»• O- dOW 13100; H04r 1128
Filed Feb. 2. 1972, Ser. No. 222,798 U.S. CI. 181-31 B 7 Claims
Claims priority, application Hungary, Feb. 10, 1971, ME-
1320
lnt.CI.A6 lb 7/02
U.S. CI. 181-24 lOCIaims ^ ^^^
36 60 58
In a stethoscope of the type having a body with a pair of op-
posite cavities one of which is covered by a diaphragm, a
switching pin is provided at right angle to the stethoscope axis
which co-operates with a pair of coupHng-out stubs. Both the
stethoscope body and the switching pin are provided with
passages through which one or the other of the cavities will be
connected with the pair of coupling-out stubs. Thus, sounds or
noises of higher frequency (treble) can be observed without
absorption by deep sounds if the cavity with the diaphragm is
placed on the observation surface since, then, deep sounds or
noises of lower frequency are filtered out by the diaphragm. In
the other position of the switching pin, the uncovered cavity of
the body communicates with the pair of coupling-out stubs in
which case sounds or noises of lower frequency (bass) can be
observed. Obviously, in this case no filtering is necessary
because deep sounds or noises absorb those of higher frequen-
cies.
3,712,410
ACOUSTIC TRANSMITTING TRANSDUCER APPARATUS
Lee H. Gollwitzer, and Clovis L. LaFleur, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to Schlumberger Technology Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 10,536
Int.CI.GOlv 1114
U.S.CL181— 0.5EM lOCIaims
*HV
XMTR
FIRE
PULSE
32 33
Cl
SECONDARY
A
31
PKIMARY
PIEZOELECTRIC
ELEMENT
A loudspeaker system is provided comprising a vibration-
free cabinet of minimum interior size having a relatively thick
front wall including two spaced parallel sound exit apertures.
A loudspeaker is attached to the rear of the front wall with its
cone communicating directly with one of the exit apertures,
and a sound-delay chamber of constant cross-section
throughout its length is interposed between the second exit
aperture and the interior of the cabinet, leading to the rear of
the speaker cone. Sound waves from the two resulting sound
paths reinforce each other in a slightly out-of-phase relation-
ship which enhances the quality and depth of the resulting
overall sound and utilizes the full power of the speaker. Also,
microphone-speaker feedback is substantially eliminated at
normal power and at locations beyond approximately one foot
from the front of the cabinet.
3,712,412
SOUND SUPPRESSING SYSTEM
James W. Hassctt, Oak Park, and William M. Ihde, La Grange,
both of III., assignors to Environeering, Inc., Skokie, III.
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 199,879
Int.CI. FOln 1 102, 1 1 16
U.S.CL 181-33 D II Claims
-+-4
An illustrative embodiment of the present invention in-
cludes acoustic transmitting transducer apparatus for use in
well borehole logging which provides a sharper, more intense
pulse of acoustic energy than heretofore possible while at the
same time eliminating undesirable electric fields in the vicinity
of the transducer element Novel circuit means including
remote mounted charge storage means, switching means, volt-
age transforming means and isolation circuitry together with
mechanical end clamping are combined to produce this result.
A system for suppressing sound in a high velocity fluid
stream comprising conduit means extending downstream of
the source of said sound, said conduit means having a cross-
sectional now area with a transverse dimension less than one
half the wave length of the sound in said fluid, and a tunable,
acoustic resonator having an inlet in communication with said
conduit means downstream of said source and a closed, ad-
justable outer end, said resonator angularly intersecting the
conduit means and reflecting sound waves received through
the inlet back into said conduit means to attenuate succeeding
sound waves therein.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1299
3,712,413
SOUND ABSORBING DEVICE
Oliver C. Eckel, 155 Fawcett St., Cambridge, Mass.
FiledDec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208,116
Int.Cl.E04b//56
U.S. CI. 181— 33GE
7 Claims
3,712,415
GAS EXHAUST SILENCER
Leiand Feancis Blatt, and Frank H. Wiesenhofer, both of P.O.
24121 Mound Road, Warren, Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 81,051, Oct. 15, 1970, Pat. No. 3,672,465.
This application Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,108
Int.CI. FOln y//0,7//6
U.S. CI. 181-60 — 1 Claim
A sound absorbing device has a holder with oppositely
disposed tongues, which holder receives sound absorbing
members that have kerfs in opposite sides thereof into which
said tongues enter. Said members have an inner straight por-
tion or base at opposite sides, the outer parts of which are out-
wardly of said kerfs and extend laterally farther outward than
the remainders of said members so that they contact each
other to thereby close off the movement of sound waves
through my device.
3,712,414
ACOUSTIC LOGGING APPARATUS FOR TRAVEL TIME
AND CEMENT BOND LOGGING
Gerald J. B. Crawford, Norwalk, Conn., assignor to Schlum-
berger Technology Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed April 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,266
Int.CI.G01v 1! 16, 1 114
U.S.CI. 181-.5FS lOCIaims
&-
-{M3.-J
-^^T^
CONTROL 1 ' \ ' JO J CIRCUITS
SIGNAL , ' 1 1 ^OR
OENeRATORl 63b-\60'^\ rH &T AND CBL
CARTM sowncr >-*•
\XUCTOR
CONTROL
MEANS
S9
I TRAN \-7
f" \rHANNFI
^\ I \ MEANS I
I 60^ |-S3c
-^-7.
A silencer having two similar opposed baffles, each frusto-
conical in shape, and each having its enlarged open end con-
tiguous with the similar end of the other, and with the apex of
the first baffle being adjacent the inlet end of the sound ab-
sorbing chamber in which the baffles are disposed.
3,712,416
AIR INTAKE SILENCER
Ian N. Swanson, St. Paul, and Wayne M. Wagner. Rosemount.
both of Minn., assignors to Donaldson Company, Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.
Filed Nov. 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 202,357
Int.CI. FOln 1102,1106,1108
U.S.CL 181-35 A 4 Claims
An air intake silencer that can be quickly attached to the
carburetor of a snowmobile's internal combustion engine. The
silencer contains a tuning chamber which is sized for a given
engine speed in order to reflect pressure waves to provide the
greatest engine torque output. The air intake silencer also
contains a silencing chamber which silences the audible sound
waves which are emitted from the engine. A third chamber
acts as a balancing chamber between the first two chambers to
further improve the engine performance.
An illustrative embodiment of the present invention in-
cludes an acoustic well logging sonde having four articulated
arm members disposed at quadrant intervals about a central
tubular body member and having an acoustic transmitting
transducer disposed on the lower portion of the body member.
Two of the diametrically disposed arms carry a pair of
acoustic receiving transducers displaced longitudinally from
each other while the other two diametrically opposed arms
each carry a single acoustic receiving transducer. A switching
arrangement is provided for selecting groups of four of the six
articulated transducers for making either cement bond log
measurements or acoustic travel time measurements.
3,712,417
INFLATABLE EVACUATION SLIDE
Joseph Chacko. Corte Madera. CaUf.. and Robert S. Satter-
Tield. Pleasant Hill. CaUf.. assignors to Sargent Industries.
Inc., Los Angeles. Calif.
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,270
Int. CI. A62b 1120; B65g / 1110
U.S. CI. 182—48 *^ Claims
An inflatable slide, for use in emergency evacuation of air-
craft including upper and lower inflation tube assemblies
which are suitably bound together A taut, relatively friction-
less material is positioned between the upper and lower assem-
1300
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
blies to provide a slide surface which is both protected by and
depressed below the upper tube assembly. Suitable airflow
paths are provided in the assemblies for producmg predeter-
mined sequential inflation of each assembly to ensure that.
to frictionally engage the bottom surface of a building eaves.
whereby the ladder is held in a substantially vertical, operative
position relative to the building.
3,712,420
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
W inton J. Pelizzoni. Haserstown, Md.; Charles R. Baumbau>;h,
(ireencastle. Pa., and VVimam A. Calliss. Haserstown. Md..
assignors to Mack Trucks. Inc., Allentown. Pa.
FiledApril6, 1971, S«r. No. 131,711
Int.CI. FOlm 11112
U.S.CI.184-103R 6CUiiins
when the slide is inflated, it attains a position in which it may
be properly used The slide is held to the aircraft by a releasa-
ble stitch-lockmg means which allows the slide to serve as a
raft when it is unlocked.
3,712,418
CLIMBING ASSEMBLY HAVING REMOVABLE STEPS
Wilburn C. Currence, Jr., Centralia. Mo., assignor to A. B.
Chance Co., Centralia. Mo.
Filed May 24, 1971,Ser. No. 146,118
Int.CI. E06c//i«
U.S.CL 182-92 4 Claims
/» 24
A climbing assembly for transmission poles and the like in-
cludes a series of removable steps in the nature of open frames
having downtumed stems insertable into tubular brackets
welded or otherwise rigidly affixed to the poles. The steps are
provided with rungs of a size and disposition to permit their
further use as working platforms or stages and are offset for
safety purposes. The releasable attachment is such as to ob-
viate lateral or other movement during use to preclude ac-
cident or injury.
/C?-
An engine lubrication system comprising a primary reser-
voir containing lubricant at a predetermined level and a her-
metically sealed auxiliary reservoir containing additional
lubricant. A pump for circulating lubricant from the primary
reservoir to operating components of an engine directs a por-
tion of the circulating lubricant to the auxiliary reservoir
through a conduit. Another conduit provides a path through
which lubricant in the auxiliary reservoir may flow to the pri-
mary reservoir, and a control conduit, having one end coupled
to the main reservoir at the predetermined level and the other
end coupled to the auxiliary reservoir at a position above the
lubricant contained therein, allows air to enter the auxiliary
reservoir when the level of oil in the primary reservoir drops
below the predetermined level, whereby oil in the auxiliary
reservoir is dumped through the second conduit to the prima-
ry reservoir. A removable cap hermetically seals an opening at
the top of the auxiliary reservoir through which additional
lubricant may be added. When the cap is removed, a valve au-
tomatically closes the second conduit to prevent the flow of
lubricant from the auxiliary reservoir to the primary reservoir.
3,712,419
LADDER ATTACHMENT
Carl F. O'Hara, P.O. Box 1046, Fort Benton, Mont.
Filed Aug. 4. 197 1 , S«r. No. 168,903
Int.CI. E06c7/4«,5/J6
U.S. CI. 182-107 7 Claims
A ladder attachment including a spring biased rod adapted
3,712,421
ROTARY TIMER
Harry J. Hadfield, Hunterdon County. N.J., assiRnor to the
United States of America as represented by the Secretary
of the Armv
Filed June 15, 1971,Ser.No. 153^20
Int.CLF03gy/00
U S CI 185—37 * ^'•''"
'Vhis* invention relates to a fluid controlled rotary timer
capable of measuring elapsed times ranging from minutes to
months and which is insensitive to gravitational forces. A ro-
tary paddle member is operatively positioned within a circu-
JANUARY 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1301
mambient housing containing a viscous silicone gum retarding surface of the flxed support, said projection being continued
fluid. An external constant torque spiral spring is connected to at both ends by wire loops, the free ends of which anchor on
one end of the paddle member while the other end of this pad-
dle member serves as an output shaft.
3,712,422
DISK BRAKE ASSEMBLY
Tetsuo Haraikawa, Funabashi-shi. Chiba-ken: Sadao Kondo.
Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa-ken, and Hiromi Vazawa,
Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Tokico Ltd., Kawasaki-shi,
Kanagawa-ken. Japan
FiledNov.8, 1971,Ser. No. 196,485
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 7, 1970, 45/98181
Int. CLF16d 55/22
U.S. CI. 188—72.3
29
13 Y-
2 Claims
M^^^
the edge of the backing plate of said pad. said loops extending
in two parallel planes at such a distance from one another that
said spring is clamped on said plate.
3,712,424
PARKING BRAKE
Alfred H. Swan, P.O. Box 566, Pearblossom, Calif.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,713
Int. CLF16d 49/00
U.S.CL 188—74
5 Claims
A parking brake adapted to be placed between tandem
wheels of a vehicle such as a camping trailer or a mobile home
trailer. The brake comprises a pair of bridging structures ex-
tending between the tires of the tandem wheels and a screw
shaft connecting the bridging structures to draw the structures
toward each other so as to bear against the tires to prevent
rotation.
This invention concerns with a disk brake unit comprising a
cylinder body fixedly mounted on the chassis or the like sta-
tionary members of the vehicle, a pair opposedly actuatable
hydraulic pistons mounted in the bore of said cylinder body, a
pair of friction pads movable towards and remote from a
brake disk rotatable in unison with one of several wheels of
said vehicle and a caliper slidably mounted on said cylinder
body, one of said pads being adapted for actuation directly by
the action of one of said pistons, while the remaining pad is
adapted for actuation by the remaining piston through said
slidable caliper.
The improvement resides in the separation of caliper sup-
porting means from the sliding means relative thereto, so as to
avoid any off-axial heavily wearing movement of the caliper
actuating piston relative to said cylinder body.
3,712,425
AUTOMATIC ADJUSTER FOR A BRAKE CLEARANCE
Tatsumi Torii, and Haruo Miyajima, both of Kariya. Japan,
assignors to Aisin Seiki Co. Ltd.. Aichi-ken. Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 822,210, May 6, 1969,
abandoned. This application Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 105,078
Claims priority, application Japan, May 6, 1968, 43/30160
Int. CLF16d 65/56
U.S. CI. 188-79.5 GE ^ Claims
3,712,423
DISC BRAKE ANTI-RATTLE MEANS
Jean-Claude Girauldon, 77 Ponthierry, France, assignor to
Societe Anonyme D.B.A.
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,073
Claims priority, application France, May 5, 1970, 7016323
Int. CI. F16d 65/00
U.S CI. 188-73.5 2 Claims
In a disc brake antirattle means interposed between the
coacting surfaces of a pad and a fixed support which consist of
a wire spring carried by the pad and having one hair pin
shaped projection extending toward the adjacent anchoring
The present invention is directed toward an automatic
brake clearance adjusting means incorporating a connecting
lever slidably connected with a ratchet wheel adjusting lever,
said ratchet wheel adjusting lever being biased to rotate the
ratchet wheel to adjust the brake clearance when the brakes
are applied and said connecting lever acting to return the ad-
justing lever to a predetermined initial position when the
brake shoes are returned to their non-apply position. The
1302
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
slidable connection enables the connecting lever to move rela- 3,712,428
live to the adjusting lever when the brakes are applied and REINFORCED CARBON BODIES
means are sufficient to prevent the adjustmg lever from being (Jlenn R. Marin, Ransomville, N.Y., assignor to The Carborun-
biased to rotate the ratchet wheel dum Co., Niagara Falls, N. Y.
Filed June 22, 1970, S«r. No. 48,063
Int. CI. F16d 69/02
3,712,426 U.S. CI. 188-251 A 30 Claims
MAGNETIC FRICTION BRAKE
Ponald A. Gilbrech, P.O. Box 628, Fayettevilk, Ark.
FUed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,066
Int. CI. F16d6i/i4
VS. CI. 188— 164 4 Claims
An electromagnetic brake includes a pair of spaced apart
parallel E-shaped laminated electromagnetic bodies in the
recesses of which there is disposed an exciter coil. The elec-
tromagnetic bodies and the coil are potted in plastic. The
plastic forms a flat planar surface flush with the pole faces of
the electromagnetic bodies to serve as a friction surface which
brakes a friction disc keyed to a shaft to be braked.
3,712,427
GRAPHITE AND/OR CARBON DISK WITH REMOVABLE
WEAR FACES
Albert W. Cook, Tallmadge, and Joseph F. Dernovshek,
Akron, both of Ohio, assignors to The Goodyear Tire &
Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,126
Int. CI. F16d 69/02
U.S. CI. 188—251 A 9 Claims
The strength of circumferentially wound carbon-fiber rein-
forced carbon bodies is vastly improved if the reinforcing
fibers are wound loosely, to a width greater than the axial
thickness of the desired carbon body, and then axially com-
pressed to cause radial overlapping of the carbon fibers. This
technique is particularly useful for carbon bodies having an ir-
regular perimeter, such as brake discs containing keyways or
other indentations for bearing circumferential stress, since the
reinforcing fibers adjacent to the stress-bearing perimeter can
be made to conform substantially to the shape of the perime-
ter and the indentations therein.
3.712,429
CYLINDER AND PISTON ARRANGEMENT
Gunter Otto, Altbach, Germany, assignor to Suspa Federing-
stechnik GmbH, Nurnberg, Germany
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,767
Claims priority, application Germany, March 19, 1970, G
70 10 209.9
Int.CLFI6f9/i4
U.S. CI. 188—300 7 Claims
A piston and cylinder arrangement, more particularly for
the stepless adjustment of table flaps, chair backs etc.. com-
prises a cylinder containing a pressure medium, more particu-
larly a gas under pressure. In the cylinder a piston rod with a
piston fixed to it is arranged to slide. The piston is provided
with an annular seal bearing against the cylinder bore and is
The invention comprises a brake disk assembly in the form bypassed by means of a connecting duct in the piston. The two
of a carbon or graphite disk which is provided on both sides outlet openings of the duct arranged on the two sides of the
with thm wear plates of carbon or graphite material. The annular seal are completely closed by respective separate
plates are either in segmented or full circle form and are valves, which can be opened by means which is operated ex-
secured to the core by rivets and bushings which also secure temally. The valve seats are formed in a sleeve of flexible
the key way drives of the disks. material.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1303
3,712,430
VEHICLE CURRENT COLLECTOR BALANCED
SUPPORT
Pierre Charamel. Les-Cotes-de-Sassenage, and Hubert Ligones,
Saint-Egreve. both of France, assignors to Merlin Gerin,
Societe Anonvme. Rue Henri Tarze, France
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,300
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 14, 1970, 7045086
Int. CI. B60I 5/00
U.S.CL 191-45 R 14 Claims
rotate on the spindle and constrained by silent positive
backstop action of a second roller, sprag or spring clutch en-
gaging the top structure and winch drum to rotate with respect
to the winch drum only in the opposite direction of the winch
drum rotation.
3,712,432
FRICTION CLUTCH
Egon S. Babler. Chicago. III., assignor to Teletype Corp..
Skokie. III.
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,374
Int.CI. FI6d///06. /J/y4
U.S.CL 192-26 8 Claims
Current collecting device for a high speed vehicle compris-
ing a collector head mechanically connected to the vehicle by
an articulated system which permits relative displacement of
the collector head with respect to the vehicle. The articulated
system comprises a balancing device including a spring for
counterbalancing vertical motion and a mass counterbalanc-
ing of lateral motion to maintain equilibrium regardless of the
position of the collector head.
3,712,431
TORQUE DEVICE FOR WINCHES AND THE LIKE
Irving R. Versoy, Scituate, Mass., assignor to Walter J. Kreske,
Newton Centre, Mass., a part Interest
Division of Ser. No. 747,398, July 24, 1968, Pat. No.
3 581,854. This application Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,201
Int.CLF16d67/02.-<//07, B66d //JO
U.S.CL192-12B 9 Claims
A friction clutch, in which a constantly rotating driving
drum is coupled to a driven clutch disc by a plurality of fric-
tion shoes is equipped with an arcuate spring band which is
coupled to the friction shoes by a pry bar. Upon actuation of
the clutch, the drum is initially engaged by the spring band
whereupon movement of the band pivots the pry bar to engage
the friction shoes with the drum. Since the band spring is cou-
pled to the friction shoes, the friction shoes move into engage-
ment with the drum at a rate and force which is directly re-
lated to the speed of the drum. By relating the force with
which the friction shoes engage the drum to the speed of the
drum, the shoes are prevented from initially rebounding from
the drum thereby substantially reducing undesirable slippage
and vibrations in the clutch.
3,712,433
DUAL TORQUE COUPLING
Paul John Thut. Penfield. N.Y., assignor to Burroughs Corp..
Detroit. Mich.
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,780
Int.CI. F16d/y/00
U^.CL 172-28 11 Claims
Positive backstop type silent infinitely variable reciprocat-
ing to unidirectional motion converter in the form of im-
proved winch embodiments, each having a winch drum con-
strained to rotate in a single direction with respect to a winch
spindle on which it is mounted, the constraint being achieved
by a silent positive backstop action of a first roller, sprag or
spring clutch engaging the drum and spindle, each winch also
including a lever receiving winch top structure mounted to
A torque coupling mechanism having a dnving member en-
gageable by engaging means that is pivotally connected to a
driven member for roution of the driven member in one nor-
mal direction An engagement sustaining means maintains the
engaging means in engagement with the dnving member when
the coupling mechanism is subjected to a torque tending to
rotate the driven member in an opposite direction from nor-
mal rotation.
1304
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,434
SYNCHRONIZING FLEXIBLE COUPLING
Norman J. Anderson, Fairview, and John L. D«cker, Erie, both
of Pa., assignors to Zum Industries, Inc., Erie, Pa.
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,268
Int. CI. F16d 23106, 3118; F16h 55112
U.S. CL 192-53 E 12 Claims
3,712,436
CLUTCH PLATE SPRING WITH PIVOT RINGS
Michel Theophile Rist, Boulogne. France, assijinor to Societe
Anonyme Francaise Du Ferodo. Paris, France
Filed Dec. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 204,624
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 11, 1970, 7044667
Int.CLF16d/i/i6
U.S.CL 192-89 B 9 Claims
tf ,tl IO-\
/
A synchronizing, flexible coupling includes a pair of coni-
cally shaped friction clutch members, one of which is made up
of a plurality of contiguous segments. Each of the segments
can pivot to and fro on crown teeth and can move back and
forth in an axial direction. By pivoting and moving axialiy dur-
ing rotation when the friction clutch members make contact,
the segments allow the friction clutch members to contact one
another without damage, even though the shafts to be coupled
are out of alignment with one another
3,712,435
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
Helmut Kraus, Hofrat-Graetz-Strasse 18 1/3, 872 Schweinfurt
am Main, Germany
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 172,016
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 27, 1970, P 20
42 419.5
lnt.CI. F16d/i/50
U.S. CI. 192—70.27 10 Claims
A clutch of the kind comprising a diaphragm acting
between a cover and a clamping-plate and rockably mounted
on said cover by means of a plurality of small pillars fixed on
said cover, in co-operation with supporting means extending,
at least in part, over two circumferences enclosing all said pil-
lars, one of said supporting means being mounted between the
diaphragm and the cover while the other supporting means is a
keeper-ring mounted on the other side of said diaphragm, in
which said keeper-ring comprises at least one flattened por-
tion adapted to co-operate with the head of an associated pil-
lar, said flattened portion being limited circumferentially by
lateral stop flanks which lock said keeper-ring against rota-
tion. The device is intended to prevent wear of the keeper-
ring.
3,712,437
HYDRAULIC CLUTCH WITH CENTRIFUGAL AND
MANUAL VALVES
Kenneth E. Snyder, Tovares, Fla., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Continuation of Ser. No. 762,543, Sept. 25, 1968, abandoned.
This application Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,267
Int. CI. ¥\M 43/284
U.S. CI. 192-103 FA »<> Claims
A clutch assembly for use in a friction clutch for a heavy
truck has an annular pressure plate of approximately U-
shaped axial cross section, a web of the plate carrying a con-
tact face for engagement with a driven clutch disc, and two an-
nular, radially spaced flanges extending in a rearward axial
direction from the web. The radially inner flange has a greater
axial height than the outer flange and engages a diaphragm
spring whose outer circumference abuts against the clutch
housing, while the radially slotted innermost portion may be
engaged by a clutch release bearing. The pressure plate is
suspended coaxially in the housing by means of leaf springs
tangential relative to a circle about the clutch axis, and exces-
sive axial stresses in the several springs are avoided by abut-
ments on the housing engaging lugs on the pressure plate.
A clutch for use with a throttle-controlled engine and a
synchromesh transmission which includes a passage
therethrough for the transmission of engine oil and uses the
pressure thereof to move an annular piston for engaging, dis-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1305
engaging and slippingly engaging clutch driving and driven
discs, the oil returning to the engine sump after flowing across
the discs, serving as a coolant therefor. The clutch includes
three spring-loaded valves, the first of which controls the inlet
and the exhaust of the engine oil in response to full depres-
sions of the clutch pedal and further variably regulates the
pressure supplied to the second of the three valves in response
to partial depressions of the clutch pedal. The second valve
regulates the pressure of the oil on the annular piston in
response to centrifugal force resulting from engine speed and
further in response to the variable pressure controlled by the
first valve, resulting in a change in stall speed. The third valve
variably controls the volume of the coolant flowing across the
clutch discs in response to centrifugal force resulting from en-
gine speed.
3,712,438
CENTRIFUGAL FRICTION CLUTCH
Joseph T. Roddy, Ballwin, and Wayne L. Page, St. Louis, both
of Mo., assignors to Emerson Electric Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 858,753, Sept. 17, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 15, 1971, Ser. No.
124,115
Int.CI. F16d4i//5, /i//5
U.S.CL 192— 105CD 12 Claims
A centrifugal friction clutch having a cup-shaped driven
member with a hub receiving a driven shaft and a generally
cylindrical driving member freely entered therein for rotation
in one direction and comprising two generally semicylindrical
shoes, a central hub receiving a driving shaft and a pair of flex-
ible arms extending oppositely outward from the hub between
the adjacent flat surfaces of the shoes and connecting the op-
posite trailing ends of the shoes to the hub, whereby centrifu-
gal force moves the shoes radially into frictional engagement
with the annular wall of the cup and whereby the frictional
force is increased as the arms flex when stressed between
peripheral frictional force and driving torque, both driving
and driven members being formed as castings of synthetic
plastic material and the cup-shaped driven member having a
flexible bottom wall and a long flexible hub which flex to com-
pensate for slight non-parallelism and misalignment of the
driving and driven shafts to which the device is connected.
3,712,439
ELECTROMAGNETICALLY OPERABLE FRICTION
CLUTCH
Willi Schacher; Rudolf Schneider; and Rudolf Schneider.
all of 7990 Friedrichshafen. Germany, assignors to Zahnrad-
fabrik Friedrichshafen Aktiengesellschaft, Friedrichshafen.
Germany
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,278
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 23, 1969, P 19
64 311.9
Int. CI. F16d 27//0
U.S. CI. 192—84 C 6 Claims
A friction clutch is provided with clutch discs each of which
is comprised of a plurality of rings of magnetic material mag-
netically isolated from each other so that flux follows a sinu-
ous path back and forth between the discs via a plurality of
pairs of pole faces. Accordingly, a plurality of areas of mag-
netic attraction between pole faces is afforded to effect strong
engagement between discs, both of which are rotary, when a
flux is provided by means of a stationary electromagnet. The
arrangement minimizes flux leakage and provides for in-
creased ability to transmit torque. The construction is simple
and compact, one such disc being manufactured by providing
a composite of concentric magnetic and non-magnetic mem-
bers which after being formed in an integrated assembly can
have material removed to effect a plurality of pole faces. The
other disc is effected by mounting spaced magnetic rings on a
spring member which serves to maintain separation of the
discs when the electromagnet is not energized.
3,712,440
COIN SLIDE ASSEMBLY FOR RECEIVING A COIN
STANDING ON EDGE
Harry Greenwald, W hitestone, N.Y., assignor to Greenwald In-
dustries, Inc., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,388
Int. CLG07f 5/74
U.S.CL 194— 55 15 Claims
hi..
This disclosure is directed to a coin slide assembly for use in
a coin operated machine having a coin slide provided with one
or more coin slots, each arranged for accommodating a coin in
a vertical or a standing on edge position in side by side rela-
tionship. Locking dogs are operatively associated with the
slide to prohibit the advancement of the coin slide toward an
inserted operative position unless a properly sized coin is
disposed on edge in the appropriate coin slots. Cam actuators
are associated with a coin track carried by the locking dog to
render the coin assembly operative only when a coin of proper
diameter and/or thickness is carried in the respective coin slot
between the cam actuator and coin track. The assembly also
includes provisions for effecting adjustment of a coin slot
and/or actuating cam to accept coins of various sizes, or the
blanking of a p.irticular coin slot in order to inactivate it. The
assembly further provides for blocking the coin opening
through which the coin slot is inserted into the associated
machine, to prohibit access to the coins after the slide has ad-
vanced past the coin opening toward an inserted operative
position. . ,
1306
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,441
COIN RETURN MECHANISM FOR A VENDING
MACHINE
Alfred H. Taylor. 10144 Sully Drive, Sun Valley, Calif.
FikdFeb. 23, 1971,Ser. No. 118,123
Int.CI.G07fi/02
U.S. CI. 194—97 8 Claims
3.712,443
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SPACING OR KERNING
TYPESET CHARACTERS
Max Vernon Mathews, New Providence, N J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories Incorporated, Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,056
Int.CI. B41J/9/5*
U.S.CI. 197— 84A 4 Claims
A vending machine having a coin operated dispensing
mechanism which is adapted to open an access door upon the
insertion of the correct combination of coins therein. A coin
return mechanism is secured to the coin operated dispensing
mechanism in a manner such that movement of the coin
return lever will cause the entire dispensing mechanism to
pivot about a vertical axis whereby a plurality of plates, which
define coin passageways in the dispensing mechanism, are
caused to separate and allow coins in the passageways to fall
into a coin return chute. A selective guard is provided to en-
sure that if the access door is opened the coin return
mechanism is rendered inoperative.
3,712,442
PEGBOARD TYPEWRITER
James K. Davies, 103 McFadden Place, Newport Beach, Calif.
Filed March 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,641
Int.CI.B41ji/J5
VS. CI. 197—2 6 Claims
^ ^
Method and apparatus for producing improved print quality
of alphanumeric character combinations. Each character is
preassigned closest spacing points at the top, middle, and bot-
tom. Successive characters are positioned so that one left-
most point of a new character coincides with one right-most
point of the previous character, thereby insuring close in-
tercharacter spacing. Distance measurements from the
character body to each spacing point are retained in memory.
The left measurements at top, middle and bottom of a new
character to be positioned in the print line are subtracted from
the right measurements of the top, middle and bottom, respec-
tively, of the previous character in the print line using subtrac-
ter circuitry. Maximum value circuits are used to select the
largest of the differences thus formed. The print line is dis-
played on an oscilloscope. The invention may also be prac-
ticed using a general purpose digital computer suitably pro-
grammed.
3,712,444
ARRANGEMENT OF KEYS OF KEYBOARD,
ESPECIALLY FOR TYPEWRITER
I. Saint John Frost, 2 1 , rue de la Comete, 75 Paris, France
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,239
Claims priority, application France, March 2, 1970,
7007390
Int.CLB41J3/;0
U.S.CL197— 100 4Clafai«
Apparatus is disclosed for typing entries onto a writing
materials held in alignment on a pegboard. The apparatus is
comprised of a frame adapted to support a carriage-less
typewriter in a substantially horizontal position adjacent to a
pegboard supported within the frame at an angle inclined from
the vertical. The pegboard is movable upwardly and
downwardly in the direction of inclination to provide line
spacing, and a half-line spacing shift is provided to permit in-
sertions between normal lines of typing. The typewriter is
laterally movable with respect to the pegboard to provide
letter spacing. Lateral shifting of the typewriter to selected
positions is controlled by escapement and tabulator
mechanism mounted on the typewriter support base so as to
operatively engage the movable typewriter
New arrangement of keyboard keys especially for
typewriters has at least 46 keys furnishing at least 92 places for
characters, signs etc. These keys are distributed over four
rows, framed by the typewriter control keys, arranged so that
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1307
all of the keys together can be placed in an essentially rectan-
gular framework of the keyboard deck, the space bar being
provided in the lower portion of the keyboard in the conven-
tional manner. This invention is particularly applicable to the
keyboard of typewriters with Roman characters and makes it
possible to type a text in several languages, such as for exam-
ple, in French, German, English, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
etc., without having to change typewriters.
3,712,445
SUPPLY MEANS FOR A CONTINUOUS PAPER STRIP IN
PRINTING OFFICE MACHINES
Tord V. A. Lidstrom, Hedasvagen 24, Sandviken, Sweden
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,059
Int.CI. B41j 15/04
U.S. CL 197— 133 R 3 Claims
the spool, its disk components are first separated and
thereafter a device on said one disk is operated to push the rib-
bon away from the thick end of the hub. A spool handling
device is provided for effecting such segmental operations ef-
ficiently.
3,712,447
HANDRAIL GUIDE SYSTEM FOR PASSENGER
CONVEYOR
Henry Boltrek, 15 Wilshire Court, Freeport, N.Y.; Menno E.
Hill. 17 Highfield Lane, Rutherford, NJ.; Joseph K. Kraft.
223 Pompton Avenue, Verona, N J., and Ernest J. Schirmer.
67 Everett Street, Closter, N J.
Continuation of Ser. No. 805,135, March 7. 1969, abandoned.
This application Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,264
Int. CI. B66b 9/12
U.S. CL 198— 16 9 Claims
A paper supply holder from which a continuous strip of
paper is fed to an office printing machine such as a typewriter
or calculator and then returned from the machine to a collect-
ing shelf. The paper holder which has generally the form of an
open-ended cylinder includes a longitudinally extending slot
from which paper e.g. in the form of a chain of blank forms is
withdrawn the supply roll within the cylinder and fed to the
machine. After leaving the machine, the chain of now-
completed blanks, is returned to, and accumulates on, a shelf
located beneath the paper holder. The paper holder and shelf
are integrated into a common supporting structure which can
be attached by brackets to the machine itself, or at the side of
a table on which the machine is supporied.
3,712,446
DEVICE TO CAST OFF WOUND RIBBON FROM A SPOOL
Hans-Georg Hengelhaupt. Nuernberg 8500, and Friedrich
Teichmann, Feucht 8501, both of Germany, assignors to
Triumph Werke Nuernberg, .\.(j., Nuernberg, (iermanv
Filed Nov. 9, 1 970, Ser. No. 87,955
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 16, 1970, P 20
01 867.1
Int. CI. B65h 75/14; B41j 35/28
U.S. CL 197— 175 7 Claims
A ribbon spool has two spool disk components of which one
disk component has a tapered hub element declining toward
the other component. In order to cast off wound ribbon from
A stationary substantially continuous guide forming a
closed guide loop eliminates the need for tensioning a pas-
senger conveyor handrail and permits it to be pushed as well
as pulled around the guide loop. A flexible portion of the
guide may be bowed to adjust the length of the guide loop to
the exact length of the handrail.
3,712,448
VARIABLE SPEED SIDEW ALK
Richard D. Burson, Highland, and William H. Avery, Silver
Spring, both of Md., assignors to The Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, Baltimore, Md.
Filed April 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,689
Int. CI. B65g 65/06
U.S. CL 198— 16 MS 12 Claims
TRAVEL »CCELE,««TIOI< Jl /„, tTFOKM .3
The invention relates to a moving sidewalk or article con-
veyor comprising a continuous belt capable of differential
speeds along a portion of the surface of the belt. Discrete ar-
cuate units forming the continuous belt tilt relative to the
plane of the belt and mutually overlap in interdigitating
fashion over a variable portion of the surface areas of the units
to provide a level surface, the end portions of which surface
travel at a constant first rate of speed while the intermediate
portions therebetween accelerate to and decelerate from a
second, more rapid constant rate of speed.
1308
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,449
FEEDING APPARATUS
Joseph T. Hokjvnia, and Vitie S. Rakauskas, both of Shrewsbu-
ry, Mass., assignors to Dennison Manufacturing Company,
Framingham, Mass.
Filed April 21, 1971, S«r. No. 135,844
Int. CI. B65g 47/00,7 9/00
L.S. CI. 198-20 R 5 Claims
in groups to form transverse rows on wide conveyor bell. Lids
are conveyed through curing station on to wide conveyor belt
and realigned from transverse rows to fore and aft single file
by a diverter. The lids are then transferred and fed sequen-
tially to assembly zone by a next conveyor Closure bands are
also fed sequentially to assembly zone and combined with lids
to produce assembled two-piece closures. Lids may alterna-
tively be fed to different assembly zone where they are packed
in sets for shipping One-piece closures with integral lid and
flange may be formed and processed in same manner.
3,712,451
EMPTY BOBBIN SUPPLY DEVICES FOR A BOBBIN
CHANGER FOR SPINDLE TYPE SPINNING MACHINES
Louis Vignon, Geneva, Switzerland, assignor to Heberlein
Hispano S.A., Geneva, Switzerland
Filed March 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122,475
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, March 16, 1970,
60529
Int. CI. B65g 4 7/24
U.S. CL 198-33 AD » * Claims
Feeding apparatus for loading or ramming tubes or the like
on a mandrel, said apparatus having a driven chain, belt or the
like with at least one rotatable finger mounted thereon, a cam
surface adapted to rotate the finger in one direction in order
to position the finger to remove a tube from a carrier and
place it over a mandrel, and resilient biasing means adapted to
cause said finger to rotate in another direction in order to fall
away from the tube after it has been placed upon the mandrel.
3,712,450
METHOD FOR HANDLING ARTICLES
Robert L. Hurst. Muncie, Ind., assignor to Ball Corp., Muncie,
Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 784,845, Dec. 18, 1968, Pat. No.
3,641,959. This application Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,485
Int.CI. B65g4 7/04
U.S.CL 198-25 . 2 Claims
Method is disclosed for handling articles such as metal discs
for closures of the two-piece type which are stamped and
formed and then fed sealing face down to a conveyor belt. At
first transfer zone, each disc or lid is pulled up against lower
pass of second conveyor belt by a magnet. The lids are
retained in contact with the belt by a magnetic pulley to swing
up through arc to upper pass of belt. Lids are then conveyed to
treating zone where gasket material is applied as lids are
rotated and transported arcuately. The lids are picked up
sequentially by magnetism or vacuum from coating table by
radial arms on a carousel and transferred to upper pass of a
next conveyor At next transfer zone, lids are picked up
sequentially by individual magnets on lower pass of next con-
veyor and moved to next transfer zone where they are released
An endless conveyor is arranged along each spindle bank
and bears gripping hooks spaced regularly at intervals cor-
responding to those between the spindles. Each of the hooks
can cooperate with a take-up head provided at the upper end
of each bobbin. A loading station is arranged to present the
take-up head of an empty bobbin to each gripping hook
passing it. The empty bobbins are stacked horizontally in a
reserve with the take-up heads randomly directed. A distribut-
ing device brings the empty bobbins successively from the
reserve to a tilting station where the bobbins are represented
horizontally. The tilting station has at its two ends, two steps
arranged to retain temporarily one empty bobbin by its take-
up head, so that all the bobbins leave with their take-up heads
upwards. A conveyor belt carries the vertical bobbins towards
the loading station of the endless conveyor.
3,712,452
PAN TRANSFER DEVICE FOR BAKING OVEN
Katsushi Takahashi, No. 1021, MIyato, Asaka-shl. Saitama-
ken, Japan ,„,..,
Filed April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,212
Claims priority, application Japan, May 8, 1970, 45/38685
Int. CLB65g 4 7/26
U S CI 198—34 ^ Claims
'a pan transfer device for baking oven operable to make a
spacing between two successive baking pans being transferred
\
\
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1309
on a transfer member larger than that between two successive 3,712,454
baking pans just taken out of the baking oven by lifting up- POWERED ROLLER MECHANISM
James E. McKee, GoleU, Calif., assignor to Republic National
Bank of Dallas; Irving Trust Company and Union Bank
Continuationof Ser. No. 865,071, Oct. 9, 1 969, abandoned.
This application Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,125
Int. CLB65g/ i/02
U.S.CL 198— 127R 23 Claims
Tidz.Tjl vo
[Vol
A .
F 360] 3,6u 59 i\l.i\35<l'
Y - ,,f 360j 3f> UIW IV.I 330 .
40b \S
22^58 =
'/^o.-i
'"::^^-^- ,^M^^
'"y^^P
400 39
20'
I2li4.l5.l61
ward and shifting forward the baking pan to a stationary plat-
form of higher level at one end of the transfer conveyor
remote from the baking oven.
3,712,453
APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING ARTICLES
Robert L. Hurst, Muncie, Ind., assignor to Ball Corp., Muncie,
Ind.
Division of Ser. No. 784.845, Dec. 18, 1968, Pat. No.
3,641,959. This application Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,405
Int. CI. B65g / 7/46
U.S.CL 198-41 7 Claims
lOOf
■%i4£'.^ "2
A powered roller movable laterally of its axis between a
retracted position and an advanced position is unitary with the
ring gear of an eccentric planetary gear set having a sun gear
input. The ring gear is journalled on the planet gear carrier ec-
centrically thereof for movement thereby along an orbit
between the two positions of the roller.
3,712,455
DEVICE FOR CONVEYING ROD-SHAPED OBJECTS AND
ESPECIALLY CIGARETTES
Henri Anfossi, Orleans, and Raymond Poupin, Fleury-les-
Aubrais, both of France, assignors to Service D Exploitation
Industrielle des Tabacs at des Allumettes, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,693
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 24, 1969, 6944949
lnt.CLB65gy5/y4
U.S.CL 198-165 10 Claims
Completely automatic system is disclosed for handling arti-
cles such as metal discs for closures of the two-piece type
which are stamped and formed and then fed sealing face down
to a conveyor belt. At first transfer zone, magnet pulls each
disc or lid up against lower pass of second conveyor belt. Mag-
netic pulley retains lids in contact with belt to swing up
through arc to upper pass of belt. Lids are then conveyed to
treating zone where gasket material is applied as lids are
rotated and transported arcuately. Radial arms on carousel
travel in circle to pick up lids sequentially by magnetism or
vacuum from coating table and transfer them to upper pass of
next conveyor. At next transfer zone, lids are picked up
sequentially by individual magnets on lower pass of next con-
veyor and moved to next transfer zone where they are released
in groups to form transverse rows on wide conveyor belt. Belt
passes through curing station and diverter realigns transverse
rows to fore and aft single file. Next conveyor transfers and
feeds lids sequentially to assembly zone. Closure bands are
also fed sequentially to assembly zone and combined with lids
to produce assembled two-piece closures. Lids may alterna-
tively be fed to different assembly zone where they are packed
in sets for shipping. One-piece closures with integral lid and
flange may be formed and processed in same manner.
A device for conveying rod-shaped objects and especially
cigarettes, comprising a first endless-belt conveyor element so
arranged that the objects deposited on the external face of a
predetermined portion of the said element are maintained
thereon under the action of forces which are directed towards
the interior of the said element, at least one second endless-
belt conveyor element having one section substantially paral-
lel to one section of said first element and moving in the same
direction as said predetermined section, the distance between
the said two sections being substantially equal to the thickness
of said objects, means for applying to the objects located
between said two sections forces directed towards the interior
of said second element and means for varying the intensity of
the forces which are directed towards the interior of at least
one of said elements in order to initiate the transfer of objects
from one element to the other.
\
1310
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1311
3,712,456
CHAIN LINK FIXTURE
Frederick L. Kincaid. Portland, Oreg.. assignor to Esco Corp.,
Portland, Oreg.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 840,680, July 10, 1969,
abandoned. This application May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,303
Int.CI.B65g79/0<S
U.S. CI. 198-175 .14Claims
3,712,458
AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTOR OF LONG OBJECTS SUCH
AS BARS OR SIMILAR ITEMS
Hubert Elineau, Versailles, France, assignor to Etablissemcnts
R. Senard & Fils, Maromme, France ^ .
Filed Oct. 16, 1967, Ser. No. 675,439
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 14, 1966,
667159. The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to
Dec. 23, 1987, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. B65g2i/04
U.S. CL 198— 219 3CUims
\
A fixture for connecting into a chain link includes a partial
chain link cast integrally with the body of the fixture to form a
solid unitary part The partial chain link of the fixture has for-
wardly and rearwardly extending loops which are spaced to
define a socket for receiving solid links of the adjacent con-
necting chain sections. A cap member is received in the socket
to complete the partial link. The cap is welded to the partial
link at front and back positions, and it is welded to the body of
the fixture at transverse side locations. The invention
eliminates the need for weld links in the connecting chain sec-
tions or mechanical fasteners in the fixture for holding ad-
jacent chain sections, while providing a stronger fixture.
■~\^
A distributor device for substantially long objects such as
bars of steel or of metal has a first forwarding device consist-
ing of a plurality of motor-driven rack plates performing a
step-by-step advancing motion for first moving one end of one
of the long objects forward, a second forwarding device con-
sisting of several groups, each one of which has a plurality of
motor-driven rack plates performing a step-by-step advancing
motion similar to that of the rack bars of the first device, for
moving the long objects forward, and a rotating arm for
removing the long objects, which are fed into the distributor
device, one by one.
-Ki^fAKl 3,712,459
' ' VIHD ATOH V f ON VFYOR
LONG-DISTANCE BELT CONVEYOR AND METHOD OF ^,^^^ ^usschoot and Richard B. Kraus, both of Barrington,
^ . .^ 7^ , I, A K.,...^ III., assignors to General Kinematics Corporation
Hans Felzer. Krefeld, Germany, assignor to Fried. Krupp Filed Feb 12 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,892
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Essen, Germany ^^^ ^1 B6Sa 27/00
Filed Oct. 6. 1970, Ser. No^ 78.473 U.S. CL 198-220 A " 13 Claims
Int. CL B65g 15/30
VS. CL 198—208 3 Claims
A long-distance conveyor with supporting means spaced
relatively far from each other in the longitudinal direction of
the conveyor, in which the tension of the belt means of the
conveyor is automatically varied in conformity with the load-
ing condition of the belt means in such a way that the preload
on the belt is increased in conformity with a decrease in the
load carried by the belt.
A vibratory conveyor arranged for conveying material in
one or more directions and arranged for selective throwing of
the material as for cooling the same prior to the conveying
operation. The means for vibrating the conveyor is arranged
to utilize different portions thereof jointly in different com-
binations to effect the selective conveying and throwing
operations.
\
3,712,460
MECHANISM FOR AUTOMATICALLY TRANSPORTING
FILTER PLATES IN FILTER PRESS
Susumu Kitajima, Higashi-Osaka, Japan, assignor to Kurita
Machinery Manufacturing Company, Limited, Nishiku,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,758
Claims priority, application Japan. Feb. 7, 1970, 45/10886;
Nov. 28. 1970,45/105098
Int. CLB65g 25/05
U.S. CL 198— 221 11 Claims
3,712,462
ORNAMENTAL PACKAGING CONTAINER FOR
BOTTLES AND DRINKING GLASSES
Zoltan Gabor, Budapest; Jozsef Szanto, Arpad, and Gyorgy
Martini, Budapest, all of Hungary, assignors to Papiripari
Vallslat, Budapest, Hungary
FiledFeb. 2, 1971,Ser. No. 111,826
Claims priority, application Hungary, Feb. 2, 1970, PA-
1051
Int. CI. B65d 79/00
U.S. CI. 206— 47 R 3 Claims
KtmrnrmjofK^
9 3|_^k-2
A transport assembly is mounted on a drive belt for recipro-
cal movement. When travelling in one direction, the transport
assembly transports filter plates toward a movable end plate
one after another. The transport assembly includes a drive dog
for moving the filter plates in contact therewith and a stop dog
for switching the running direction of the drive belt from a
counter-transport direction to a transport direction upon con-
tact with the filter plate. The drive dog is usually retained in an
upright position while the stop dog is held in an inclined posi-
tion. The drive dog, when inclined, brings the stop dog to the
upright position so that the transport assembly can be moved
back and forth for transport of the plates without being inter-
fered with by the plates pressed together for filtration or by a
plate which has already been transported.
3,712,461
SHADOW BOX FOR TUBE
Joseph F. Schillinger, Palos Hills, III., assignor to U.S. Plywood-
Champion Papers, Inc.
Filed Dec. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 209,269
Int. CI. B65d 5j50
U.S.CL 206—45.19 \ 3 Claims
A packaging arrangement for supporting a plurality of
glasses in a position around the neck of a bottle carried within
a container. The carrier for the glasses includes an upper cup-
shaped portion inverted to meet with an associated lower disc-
shaped portion. Both portions have a central opening, so thai
the carrier can be slipped on and off the neck of the bottle.
The cup-shaped portion has a plurality of openings which
releasably support the glasses with a portion of the bottoms of
glasses projecting above the carrier. A sleeve, which is
designed to slip over the part of the neck of the bottle, laying
above the glasses, is positioned between the lid of the con-
tainer and the glasses. This sleeve has a plurality of flanges at
its lower end which urge the glasses into the carrier and the
carrier to a tight fit position on the bottle when the lid is closed
on the container.
3,712,463
INDEXED PACKAGING AND STACKING DEVICES
Ute W. Bestehorn, 3330 Morrison Ave., Cincinnati, Ohio
N^ Filed May 1 5, 1 970, Ser. No. 37,786
Int.CI. B65d7y/00
U.S. CL 206—65 R
** f JlT**
\^.-C^.S.
A one piece shadow box adapted for retaining a tube is dis-
closed having a unique cradle and suspension system formed
out of the front shadow panels which takes advantage of the
resilient properties of the packaging material (preferably
paperboard) to retain the tube in position while providing
front loading, economy of material, and keeping part of one
side of the tube in approximately the same plane as the
shadow box front panel, thereby enhancing stackability and
related storage and handling properties of the box.
7 Claims
My invention teaches the use of self spiraling bands
preferably of transparent materials adapted to be flexible and
used as binding means around a stack of materials The bands
are secured to a base plate and arranged to have movable
identification tags attached to the bands which have spaced
perforations throughout their length and provide means for
1312
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
securing the bands each to the other. These tags are posi-
tioned in specific places along the bands to identify the stop or
start of different items at different heights within a stack. The
aforesaid base plate has removable casters readily attachable
to It when it is desired to carry stacks of materials in greater
quantities that cannot be carried about by hand. In addition
my stacking device is used as a display rack for items, books or
pamphlets and a sample is supported in open or closed condi-
tion for easy examination of an item, book or pamphlet con-
tained in the stack, and other contents of the stack may be
removed from the stack while an item, book or pamphlet is on
display.
3,712,466
INSPECTION AND TRANSFER MECHANISM
Yvon C. Aubry, Quebec, and Jacques Vallance, Montreal, both
of Canada, assignors to Vakartier Industries, Inc., Cour-
cektte, Quebec, Canada, by said Aubry
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,499
Int. CI. B07c 5/00
U.S. CI. 209-73 24 Claims
3,712,464
PACKAGE AND METHOD OF FORMING
James R. Chapman; Charles Baker, and Hermond G. Gentry,
all of AtlanU, Ga., assignors to The Mead Corporation
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 49,270
Int. CI. B65d65/;6. 55/62
U.S. CI. 206—65 S 7 Claims
An article package comprises a pair of complementary cavi-
ty defining half sections constituting opposite portions of an
article enveloping structure, and a pair of seams forming op-
positely disposed junctions between a pair of opposite edges of
one half section and the corresponding edges of the other half
section The package half sections are formed of heat shrinka-
ble sheet material which is stretched initially to form the cavi-
ties and the heating pattern and stretching operation are such
that the corners of the resulting cavity defining half sections
are not stretched to an unduly thin condition. After the
package is formed heat is applied in a predetermined manner
so as to shrink the half sections into conformity with the
packaged items and so as to control the thickness of certain
areas of both half sections.
An inspection and transfer mechanism designed primarily
for optically inspecting the surface of shell casings. The
mechanism provides a continuous conveyor for conveying
shell casings successively over a predetermined path. A
mechanism is provided for raising a multiplicity of shells from
the conveyor periodically and lifting them into preselected
positions. A light and lens system projects a narrow, elongated
light strip onto the shell casings at the preselected positions
while the shells are being rotated about their longitudinal axis.
A photocell system is positioned to delect light reflected from
the shell and is designed with an electronic system to detect
flaws in the sidewall of the casing, as determined by non-
uniformity in the level of reflected light that is detected. Also
provided in series with the sidewall. flaw-detecting means is a
means for detecting an aperture or hole at the end of the shell
and an ejection system responsive to detections of flaws.
3,712,465
TRAY FOR LSE IN SEALING CAPILLARY TUBES
Fritz Deuschle, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Sherwood Medical
Industries Inc.
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,432
Int. CI. B65d 1136- BOll 9100- B65b 7/76
U.S. CI. 206—72 7 Claims
3,712,467
SEQUENTIAL CARD SORTING APPARATUS
Douglas W. Barnes, Denver, Colo., assignor to Littkomputers,
Inc., Denver, Colo.
Filed Oct. 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 92,652
Int. CI. B07c 5134
U.S.CL 209— 110.5 14 Claims
An integral sealant containing tray and capillary tube clas-
sification and holding system for use in sealing the ends of a
plurality of capillary tubes. The capillary tube holding system
also forms lateral support for the tray to inhibit tipping of the
tray during use and the tray is provided with a convenient han-
dle tab.
A sequence sorter is capable of rapidly sorting and grouping
cards in numerical or alphabetical order or other predeter-
mined sequence and is specifically adapted for use in connec-
tion with a centrifugal sorting device in which selected cards
may be displaced from the storage tray into a supplementary
tray, grouped together and replaced in the storage tray in a
rapid succession of steps and in a minimum of time.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1313
3,712,468
DEVICE WHICH SCANS AND DETECTS FOR CONTENTS
IN A PACKAGE
William Wenner, 608 Delaware Ave., Lansdak, Pa.; Brian J.
StuhlmuUer, 634 W. 70th St., Kansas City, Mo.; Ara Bou-
loutian, 2515 Turner Rd., Willow Grove, Pa., and Paul
Zakarian, 3302 Windsor Ave., Norristown, Pa.
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,369
Int.CI.B07c///6
U.S. CI. 209—88 10 Claims
bodies having corresponding time base profile/locations; for
assigning valuable or non-valuable nominations to appropriate
such bodies; and for precisely deflecting say the nominated
valuable bodies from the stream. The invention is particularly
applicable to the high speed sorting of size-classified rocks,
There is disclosed herein a device that scans for contents or
lack of contents in an enclosed package such as a postal en-
velope and separates those items which have contents from
those which do not. Contents or lack of contents are deter-
mined by sensing the thickness of the package over a specified
length, if the detection of thickness occurs over a distance less
that that specified, it is determined that the package has no
contents and therefore, the package is directed into the "nor-
mal" receptacle. Conversely, thos<^ packages with contents
are directed into the "exception" receptacle. The disclosed
device also provides for the use of multiple sensors so that
various portions of the enclosed package may be simultane-
ously scanned for thickness. Unless one or more of the sensors
provides a positive indication of contents over the specified
length and distance of travel, the device will again place the
package in the "normal" receptacle.
There is also disclosed means of assuring that those
packages which have been scanned for contents or lack of
contents are correctly separated into the appropriate recepta-
cle. If proper sorting does not occur, the device is automati-
cally stopped.
In addition, there is disclosed for inventory purposes an ar-
rangement which counts the total pieces that are scanned by
the device as well as those pieces which are sorted into the
"exception" receptacle.
3,712,469
HIGH SPEED SORTING
Francis Bosworth Dwyer; Rkhard Lawrence Thompson, and
Eberhard Wulff, all of East Rosevilk, Australia, assignors to
The Colonial Sugar Refining Company Limited, Sydney,
Australia
FUed Oct. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 193,255
Claims priority, applkation Australia, Nov. 5, 1970,
3106/70
Int. CI. B07c 51342
U.S.CL 209— 111.7 9 Claims
Apparatus for rapidly and reliably sorting valuable bodies
from non-valuable bodies on the basis of a detectable parame-
ter thereof The apparatus comprises means for inferring the
profile/locations and paths with respect to time of actually in-
dividual bodies when moving as a closely packed stream at a
known rate; for obtaining value/location signals with respect
to time diagnostic of value sources within the stream; for relat-
ing the time base value/location signals to actually individual
^jGi3~p5™^
11
?h ^
o
p-»
such as pieces of ore, and provides a technique of logically
distinguishing between the component rocks of a clustered as-
sociation moving as a spurious unit in the stream. By separat-
ing out the component rocks of a spurious unit, it becomes
possible according to the invention precisely to assign value
nominations thereto and to effect sorting with accuracy.
3,712,470
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REMOVING FOREIGN
MATTER FROM A POOL OF LIQUID
Emil Gansloser, Grazer Strasse 26, 3 Hannover, Germany
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,413
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Oct. 29, 1969, P 19
54 461.7
Int.CLC02b//y<S
U.S.CL 210—61 7 Claims
An apparatus and method for removing foreign matter from
a pool of liquid wherein a plurality of spaced nozzles are
disposed in the opposite sidewalls of the pool for injecting
streams of conically-shaped inoculum carrying liquid into the
pool, the nozzles being arranged in the opposite sidewalls so
that the outer surfaces of the streams from opposite nozzles in-
tersect and slightly overlap such that the turbulence mixing re-
gions of all the streams occupy approximately all of the liquid
in the pool, with drain openings being located in the pool in
those regions of least turbulence to remove the foreign matter
from the pool.
3,712,471
FILTER DEVICE
Hans Mulkr, Erknbach, Zurkh, Switzerland
FUed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,654
Claims priority, applicatran Switzerland, Nov. 22, 1968,
17544/68; Dec. 16, 1968, 19106/68; Dec. 16, 1968, 19107/68
Int. CLBOld 29/02
U.S.CL 210— 107 4CUims
A housing has mounted rotaubly therein an elongated hol-
low upright shaft carrying one or more superimposed filter
1314
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 28, 1973
elements which are themselves hollow and whose interior
communicates with the interior of the shaft so that, when
solids-containing liquids are admitted into the housing, the fil- George
W.
3,712,473
REVERSE OSMOSIS MODULE
Ellenburg, Pittsburgh, Pa.,
assignor to
trate passes through the filter element into the shaft for
evacuation and the solids are retained on the surface of the
filter element and form a cake thereon. A control arrange-
ment is provided for controlling the thickness of the filter cake
as the same forms on the filter element. The control means in-
cludes a radiation detecting device, a radiating emitting device
spaced from the detecting device in such a manner that
emitted radiation must traverse a predetermined path on its
way to the detecting device, and carrying means which mounts
the emitting and detecting devices and is movable between
two positions in one of which at least a portion of the path ex-
tends above the upper surface of the filter element at a
predetermined distance from the same corresponding to the
desired maximum filter cake thickness, and another of which
no portion of the path extends above this upper surface. Auto-
matic means is also disclosed for controlling the operation of
the filter device in dependence upon signals generated by the
control means.
3,712,472
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING MAGNETICALLY
ATTRACTIVE MATERIAL
Eldon G. Elliott, 32458 Maryland, Livonia, Mich.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,498
Int. CI. BOld J5/06
U^.CL 210-222 31CUims
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed March 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,587
Int.CLBOldJy/OO
U.S.CL210— 321
5 Claims
A reverse osmosis module is formed from a porous sand bar
having a plurality of tubular osmotic membranes disposed in
longitudinal holes therein, and having an enveloping mem-
brane embracing the outer peripheral surface of the bar, the
ends of the bar being sealed with epoxy. An effluent tap is pro-
vided and is in communication with the porous bar to drain
the liquid which passes through the osmotic membrane, so
that when the bar is submerged in an influent pressurized
liquid, the pressurized liquid applies outwardly directed forces
to the tubular osmotic membrane and inwardly directed forces
on the enveloping membrane and on the epoxy ends of the
bar, thus subjecting the bar to compressive forces only.
3,712,474
ARTIFICAL KIDNEY APPARATUS
Felix Jesus Martinez, Palatine, III., assignor to Baxter Labora-
tories, Morton Grove, 111.
Filed April 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,547
Int.CI. B01di//00
U^.CL210— 321 11 Claims
^^
Apparatus for handling material by magnetic a'ttraction
comprising an elongated tubular member of nonmagnetic
material with a magnet slidably received in the tubular
member The magnet is movable along the length of the tubu-
lar member between starting and dwell positions to carry mag-
netically attractive articles or material along the tubular
member. A nonmagnetic barrier engages the tubular member
between the starting and dwell positions to prevent the articles
or material attracted by the magnets from moving past the
position of the barrier as the magnet moves past the barrier to
the dwell position.
An artificial kidney apparatus providing a blood compart-
ment which is entirely self-contained within its own structure.
The apparatus further provides, in the self-contained as-
sembly, structure to vary the positive pressure within a dialy-
sate chamber and the pressure gradient across the diffusion
membrane. Improved connector units provide uniform blood
distribution into the diffusion membrane.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1315
3,712,475 support means on the base, a multiplicity of holders each hav-
POSITIVE PRESSURE LID FOR DIALYZER APPARATUS ing a receiver portion, said holder having a first shaft on one
Felix Jesus Martinez, Palatine, III., assignor to Baxter Labora- end and a second shaft on the other end thereof, means
tones, Morton Grove, III.
Filed Aug. 3 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 68,294
Int. CI. BO Id J //OO
U.S.CK 210-321
16 Claims
•^i ;raig^i^
A cover fcr sealingly closing the dialysate chamber of an ex- mounting said shafts each on a support for pivotal movement
tracorporeal kidney apparatus and providing a fiow duct for thereon, and means connecting said holders one with the
passing dialyzing fluid from the chamber. A valve in said flow other whereby the pivotal movement of one holder causes the
duct to adjust the flow (volume/time) and vary the pressure adjacent holder to pivotally separate from the adjacent holder,
within the dialyzing fluid compartment. . "
3,712,478
LOG YARDING SLYSTEM AND METHOD
David G. Rennie, Burnaby, British Columbia, and Maurice J.
Mclntyre, Coquitlam, New Westminster, British Columbia,
both of Canada, assignors to Skagit Corporation, Sedro-
Woolley, Wash.
Division of Ser. No. 698,826. Jan. 18, 1968. Pat. No.
3,531,000, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 618,022,
Feb. 23, 1967, Pat. No. 3,407,942. This application April 28,
1969,Ser. No. 819,680
lnt.CLB66c2//00
U.S. CL 212—89 4 Claims
3,712,476
APPARATUS FOR THE GRANULOMETRIC SEPARATION
OF GRANULAR, PULVERULENT MATERIALS
Richard Cohen- Alloro, 1, Passage des Geraniums, Orleans,
and Roger Cuvililier, 74, rue de la Federation, Paris, both of
France
Continuation of Ser. No. 784,357, Dec. 17, 1968, abandoned.
This application April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 134,052
Claims priority, application France, May 7, 1968, 68150788
Int. CI. BO Id 29/04
U^.CL 210-387 7 Claims
An apparatus for the granulometric separation of a granular
product in suspension in a liquid, comprising an inclined sta-
tionary frame, and a flexible screening cloth supported on and
extending across the frame so as to be similarly inclined
therewith. A feeding means is positioned at the upper portion
of the frame for delivering liquid and granular products
suspension to the upper end of the screening cloth. A channel
is provided beneath the cloth for receiving the screened liquid,
and a channel is provided at the lower end of the cloth for
receiving the separated granules.
13,
3,712,477
SELF-ACTUATING RECORD JACKET HOLDER
Garry Kieves, Apt. 410, 246 Rosalyn Rd., Winnipeg
Manitoba, Canada
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,085
Int. CI. A47g 29/00
U.S. CL 21 1—40 9 Claims
This disclosure relates to a self-actuating record jacket
holder including a base, first and second spaced elongated
A system for yarding logs wherein a running skyline is
rigged between a yarding tower and an outlying tail block. A
suspension carriage rides on the running skyline and receives a
two-part main line. A load line attaches to one part of the
main line and extends over a load line sheave. The main line
sheave and load line sheave are mechanically interconnected
through a clutch and gear train so that the suspension carriage
pulls slack in the load line.
906 O.G. — 49
1316
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,479 3,712,481
RUBBER-HYDRAULIC DRAFT GEAR FOR RAILWAY ACTUATOR
CARS Oliver P. Harwood, Huntington Beach, Calif., assignor to Mc-
Eulas R. Atkinson, Conroe, Tex., assignor to ACF Industries, Donnell Douglas Corporation
Incorporated, New York, N.Y. FUed Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 211,367
Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,175 Int. CI. B25j 1102
Int.a. B61g9/0<S U.S.CI. 214— ICM 13 Claims
U.S. CI. 213—47 11 Claims
w^mf' T«,
A draft gear for a railway car includes a first rubber draft
gear having a movable pre-load plate at its forward end acted
on by the coupler shank, and a second rubber draft gear hav-
ing a front pre-load plate in contact with a rear follower plate
of the first draft gear. A hydraulic cushion is fixed to the
second draft gear and is in abutment with rear stops so that
neither the hydraulic cushion or the second draft gear are
movable bxxiily. The hydraulic cushion has a piston with
valved buff and draft orifices and is fixed to a shaft which ex-
tends forwardly through the second draft gear into abutment
with the rear follower plate of the first draft gear. Another
portion of the shaft extends rearwardly into abutment with a
yoke fastened to the coupler shank. The two draft gears and
the hydraulic cushion act in the buff direction, but only the
hydraulic cushion and the first draft gear act in the draft
direction.
3,712,480
PROCESS AND MACHINE FOR THE TOASTING OF CUT
BREAD
Marcel Georges Jean Houssa, 24 rue Marexhe, Liege, Belgium
Filed April 1, 1970. Ser. No. 24,549
Claims priority, application Belgium, April 2, 1969, 730,965
Int. CI. B65g 7/00
U^. CL 214—1 Q 6 Claims
— *■
as*
A remotely controllable actuator system comprised of one
or more modules having a first plurality of wedge links con-
nected together by torque transmission means, a second plu-
rality of wedge links which are connected together by torque
transmission means positioned between the links of the first
plurality of wedge links and in sliding contact therewith and
third torque transmitting means extending from one end of the
module to the other. The module also may include controlla-
ble drive means for rotating the first plurality of wedge links
with respect to the second plurality of wedge links to cause
bending of the module in a predetermined plane and second
drive means for driving said first and second pluralities of
wedge links with respect to the third torque transmitting
means to change the predetermined plane of curvature in
which the module can bend.
3,712,482
STORM SASH HANDLER
Frank M. Bondowski, 3032 South 9th Place, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,434
Int. CI. B66f 9/00
U.S.CI. 214— IR 7 Claims
Apparatus and a process is disclosed for transporting bakery
products from a cutter to a rebaking oven in automated
fashion. The sliced material is received from a cutter, trans-
ported along a conveyer belt until a predetermined number of
slices have been loaded on the belt and the load on the belt is
thereafter inverted and deposited on a gravity feed mechanism
for a rebaking oven.
A harness formed of straps and accessories is adapted to be
attached to storm sash. The harness is hooked to a bracket
mounted on the window sill to support the storm sash after the
operator has removed it from the window frame or preparato-
ry to installing it in the window frame. In addition, a cable ar-
rangement may be coupled to the harness for raising the storm
sash to an upper level, and for removing a storm sash from a
window and lowering it to another level.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1317
3,712,483
FLAT ARTICLE FEEDING DEVICE, PARTICULARLY
FOR FEEDING CAN COVERS FROM AND INTO A STACK
Clifford Harry Messervey, East Randolph, N.Y., assignor to
The Borden Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,198
Int. CKB65g 5 7/iO
transporting vehicle, indiscriminate unloading of packages
U.S.CL214-6BA
13 Claims
An article feeding device comprises means for rotatably
supporting and driving a rotatable ring gear which is in rotata-
ble meshing engagement with a plurality of circumferentially
spaced planetary gears, preferably three equally spaced gears.
The planetary gears are rotatably supported within a gear box
on a shaft which is carried by a plate and it is arranged within a
gear box which extends inwardly from the plate and may be
swung about a pivotal axis corresponding to the axis of the
planeury gear shaft. The gear box carries one or more idler
gears which drives between the planetary gear and a driven
gear carried on an article advancing drive shaft which also car-
ries a parting knife and a rotatable article advancing member
in the form of a cam having a screw groove for advancing the
articles along the groove during rotation thereof. Articles such
as flat can cover of any shape are arranged in a stack in a
manner such that they are urged in a direction toward the
rotational feeding member, for example, by gravity in the case
of a vertical stack or by mechanical feeding in the case of a
horizontal stack or when the device is to be employed for the
feeding of the articles into a stack rather than out of a stack.
The individual gear boxes may be swung so that all extend
either further inwardly to define a small circle for engagement
with the article to be fed or swung outwardly to define a larger
engagement circle by a simple rotatable ring member which is
connected to the gear box through a connecting rod and
which may be rotated to shift all of the gear boxes simultane-
ously. Articles of non-circular configuration may also be fed
by making an adjustment of the connecting rod length in
respect to each individual gear box in order to vary the inner
or outer position of one of the gear boxes and the associated
feeding members. Each gear box also carries one or more idler
gears which may be exchanged to provide variations in rota-
tional feeding of the article advancing shaft and also provide
for counter rotation of one of the advancing members in order
to ensure for example that the articles are not rotated as they
are fed.
from the transporting vehicle, and segregation into identifying
categories in response to monitoring circuitry.
3,712,485
GARAGE
Kaspar Klaus, Schlachlhofstrasse 46, Memningen, Germany
Continuation of Ser. No. 35,495, May 7, 1970, abandoned,
which is a division of Ser. No. 872,431. Oct. 29, 1%9. which is
a continuation of Ser. No. 61 1,003, Jan. 23, 1967, abandoned.
This application Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,824
Int. CI. E04h 6/06
U.S.CL214— 16.1ED 2 Claims
A garage including two mobile platforms for motor vehicles
arranged one above the other, the lower platform being
rotatable about an axis located at the end remote from the en-
trance to the garage, and the upper platform being connected
with the lower platform in such a manner that either platform
can be selectively placed adjacent the entrance.
3,712,484
PACKAGE HANDLING SYSTEM AND SORTING
APPARATUS
Eric C. Wahlbeg, 32 Eighth Street, SUmford, Conn.
Continuatk>n-in part of Ser. No. 829,936, June 3, 1969,
abandoned. This application Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,654
Int. CI. B65g 43/00
U.S.CL214— IIR 12 Claims
A package handling system comprising means for identify-
ing each package, indiscriminate loading of packages into the
3,712,486
STACKER ASSEMBLY FOR CORRUGATED SHEETS AND
THE LIKE
John Lopez, Westfield, NJ., assignor to Koppers Company,
Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
ConUnuatkKi-in-part of Ser. No. 186^10, Oct. 4, 1971. This
appUcatkMi Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 224,050
Int. CLB65g 5 7/09
U.S. CL 214—6 S 5CUims
An improved stacker assembly including an oscillating
squaring bar and control means therefor for achieving an im-
proved orientation of stacked sheets to assure perfect lead
edge alignment thereof, while enabling the stacked sheets to
be readily removed without interference from the squaring
means.
The squaring bar is cyclically engaged with the trailing
edges of sheets disposed on a storage table to urge the lead
edges of the sheets against an alignment bar /disposed
1318
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
downstream therefrom, the control means assuring that the pivots alternately closer and farther to effect the contraction
squaring bar will be spaced from the trailing edges of the and expansion of the device. Expansion of the device exerts
sheets when operation of the apparatus is interrupted for
lateral unloading of the formed stacks.
3,712,487
APPARATUS FOR STACKING FLAT SURFACE-LIKE
OBJECTS
Jurg Eberle, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Ferag, Fehr &
Reist AG, Zurich, Switzerland
FikdFeb. 19, 1971,Ser.No. 116,954
Int. CI. B65g 5 7/30
U.S.CL214— 6BA 12 Claims
pressure upon the prow of the boat thereby urging said boat
rearwardly relative the trailer.
3,712,489
FLUID PROPELLED MINE HAULAGE VEHICLE AND
METHOD FOR UNDERGROUND HAULAGE
Will B. Jamison, Bethel Park, Pa., assignor to Consolidation
Coal Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,829
lnt.CLB60p//i«
U.S.CK 214—83.36
7 Claims
There is disclosed an apparatus for stacking substantially
flat surface.like objects, particularly paper products, compris-
ing at least one worm-like conveying element driven to rotate
about its longitudinal axis and extending between an infeed
station and a delivery station for the objects. According to an
important aspect of the invention, the conveyor element is
constructed as a spiral or screw surface traveling about a
cylindrical hollow compartment.
3,712,488
LAUNCHING DEVICE FOR BOAT TRAILERS
Leon F. Steves, 1181 Meade Lane, Flagstaff, Ariz.
FUed Oct. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 193,269
Int. CLB60pJ/yO
U.S.CL214— 82 5 Claims
A launching device detachably mountable upon the
stanchion of a boat trailer to exert force upon the prow of the
boat to push the boat rearwardly relative the trailer to launch
the boat when the rear portion of the trailer is immersed in
water The device comprises a series of pivotally joined pairs
of arms which are capable of extension and retraction in scis-
sors fashion. A crank means rotates a screw which threadedly
engages with corresponding pivots to forceably move said
tr^
S::
^^m
•o
': 8>^l
'l - '
a
The underground mine haulage vehicle is particularly
adapted for use as a shuttle vehicle between a continuously
advancing loading station and a fixed discharge station to
transport material dislodged by the continuous mining
machine at the loading station to fixed conveying apparatus at
the discharge sution. The mine haulage vehicle has a mobile
body with pairs of front and rear traction wheels. A fluid actu-
ated motor is connected through suitable driving connections
to the traction wheels. Accumulators having fluid under pres-
sure therein are connected to the fluid actuated motor and the
fluid under pressure from the accumulators actuates the fluid
motor and propels the shuttle vehicle. The fluid circuit in-
cludes a fluid inlet connection to the accumulators and a fluid
outlet connection from a reservoir. At a recharging station
located adjacent to the fixed discharge station a suitable
recharging device is provided for recirculating the fluid from
the reservoir to the accumulators and compressing the gas in
the accumulators to recharge the accumulators with fluid
under pressure. Other embodiments include providing a pump
on the haulage vehicle to transfer the fluid from the reservoir
to the accumulators and recharging the accumulators with
fluid under pressure. A separate electric motor for the
recharging pump is located adjacent the fixed discharge sta-
tion and is connected thereto to energize the pump while the
vehicle is discharging the dislodged material. In another em-
bodiment the fluid actuated motor is also operable as a pump
to transfer fluid from the reservoir to the accumulators. A
separate circuit may be provided from the external recharging
means to a drive motor for the conveyor so that the conveyor
may be driven by the external recharging means while the
fluid system is being repressurized.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1319
3,712,490
MECHANICAL SHOVEL ATTACHMENT
Hans Schaeff, 7183 Langenburg, Wurttemburg, Germany
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,690
Claims priority, application Germany, March 23, 1970, P 20
13 849.2
Int. CI. B66f 9/00
U.S.CI. 214— 138C 10 Claims
C,
muting the platform to be lowered to a lower position facilitat-
ing loading and unloading of said storage container or other
objects to be transported on the vehicle.
An attachment for mechanical shovels and the like having a
lever pivoUble relative to a rotating column. An arm pivotally
connected to the lever and a hydraulic cylinder working in
conjunction with the arm. lever and locking means for moving
a shovel from a working position to a travelling position.
3,712,491
DUAL PURPOSE DUMP AND TRANSPORT VEHICLE
Thomas F. Kreutzer, Vonkers, N.V.. assignor to L.S.T.
Enterprises, Bronx, N.V.
Filed Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 189,968
Int.CLB60p//2*
L.S.CL 214-505 19CUims
4
#4
/if
., /3f^
/T
-,/-
V^
^•»~^^
. ■■'kf £
la
o
3,712,492
SIDELOADER WITH POWERED ROLLERS FOR
ENDWISE UNLOADING
Samuel T. Comfort, Homewood, III., assignor to Allis-Chal-
mers Corporation, Milwaukee, W Is.
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,855
lnt.CI.B60p ;/52
U.S. CL 214-518 3 Claims
A sideloader lift truck is provided with powered rollers on
fore and aft decks which are either elevatable or constructed
to be at the same height as the load floor of an aircraft. The
sideloader truck is especially useful in loading cargo into end
loaded cargo aircraft.
3,712,493
IRRIGATION PIPE TRAILER
Erwin E. Priefert, R.F.D. No. 1. Belvidere, Nebr.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,956
Int.CI. B60py/64
U.S.CL 214—515
9 Claims
A dump and transport vehicle having a tiltable platform
with a hinged tail gate having ramp means positioned on the
underside thereof and mechanical means for securing a
storage container to the upper, inner side thereof Hydraulic
means are provided to tilt the platform upwardly at the front
end thereof and for moving the tail gate from its closed posi-
tion to open positions including a fully open position in which
the tail gate forms a planar extension of the platform. With the
storage container secured to the tail gate and said gate ex-
tended to its fully open position reaching to the ground, with
the ramp means in a retracted position, dumping of material
from the storage container is facilitated. With the ramp means
in its extended position extending from the fully open tail gate
and reaching to the ground, the angle of inclination of said
ramp means, tail gate and tilted platform is minimized,
facilitating the loading and unloading of objects to be trans-
ported on said vehicle. The tail gate and the ramp means are
provided with openings through which locking^pins on the
storage container are placed, the openings in the ramp means
being key-shaped to permit the ramp means to be moved to a
lock position in which said locking pins are precluded from
passing back through said openings, thus securing said storage
container to the tail gate for convenient movement to dump-
ing and loading positions. By moving the ramp means to an un-
lock position, the storage container can be moved on the plat-
form so as to remove the locking pins from the ramp means
and the tail gate, permitting the ramp means to be moved to its
extended position forming an extension of the tail gate, per-
A trailer adapted to be towed by a towing vehicle such as a
farm tractor and including a pipe rack and a two-wheeled car-
rier detachably interconnected to enable the rack to be used
for storage purposes as well as transport of the pipe The rack
and carrier are releasably interconnected and include a
turntable construction to enable the rack to rotate in relation
to the carrier about generally a vertical axis for reversing the
irrigation pipe on the rack. The carrier includes vertically ad-
justable supporting wheels to enable attachment and
detachment of the carrier and also raising and lowering of the
carrier to raise and lower the rack when engaged therewith.
3,712,494
REFUSE CONTAINERS WITH AN EMPTYING HOOD AND
A CHARGING SCREW
Georg Lindeborg, Blomstermala, Sweden, assignor to Norba
Aktiebolag, Blomstermala, Sweden
FUed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,598
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 9, 1969,
13859/1969
Int. CLB60p 7/42
U.S.C1. 214-519 7Ctaims
A refuse container, which may be mounted on a vehicle, has
an emptying hood provided with a charging screw which has
1320
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
its rotational axis located beside a vertical plane substantially
parallel to said rotational axis, through the center of the emp-
tying hood, as well as with an opening for manual loading of
refuse. Said loading opening comprises a lowered loading
3,712,496
PUSH-OFF DEVICE FOR HAND TRUCK
Terry G. Miller, 1469 Campbell Road, No. 40, Houston, Tex.
Filed April 14, 1971, S«r. No. 133,896
Int. CI. B62b//09
U.S. CI. 214-511 1 Claim
-'y/AvVv^A'^'
,y/A\\W/Vv
■VVV.'AV^'gA^-WA'v^'vV
ramp which is located on the opposite side of said vertical
plane with respect to the charging screw and on a lower level
than the inside of the bottom of the refuse conuiner, to
facilitate loading thereof.
3,712,495
CARGO TRANSPORTER
Victor H. Carder, Carmel, and Robert J. Notman. Salinas,
both of Calif., assignors to Cochran Western Corporation,
Salinas, Calif.
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,475
Int.CI. B60p//44
U.S. CI. 214— 520 8 Claims
A push-off mechanism for attachment to any size hand
truck comprising individual pivot support members removably
connected by means of clamps to the side members of the
hand truck. Lever bars removably mounted on the pivot sup-
port members on the straddle side of the side member of the
hand truck. The bottom end of each lever bars provided with
longitudinally extendable members, the distal ends of which
have means for supporting a laterally extending shaft which
serves as the kick-off member. The top end of the lever bars
have means for connecting a laterally extending shaft for
manually pivoting the lever bars.
3,712,497
THIN WALLED THERMOPLASTIC PRESSURE VESSELS
PARTICULARLY FOR CARBONATED BEVERAGES
Elwyn Jones, Beaverton, Mich., assignor to Koehring Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,910
Int. CI. B65d 23100
U.S.CL215— IC 10 Claims
Mobile apparatus for loading and unloading aircraft, par-
ticularly for loading, transporting and unloading cargo con-
tainers of the preloaded module type. A mobile vehicular
frame powered for movement over the ground is provided
with vertically spaced fixed loading platforms and an elevator
platform mounted for movements between positions of regis-
try with said fixed loading platforms. Each of the fixed and
elevator loading platforms is provided with powered, indepen-
dently operable conveying means The elevator platform car-
ries controls for the elevator hoist and the drives for the con-
veying means The conveying means of the fixed loading plat-
forms are alternatively actuated by movement of the elevator
platform from one position of registry to the other. Using the
elevator platform, empty cargo modules discharged from the
aircraft can be loaded onto one of the fixed loading platforms,
and full cargo modules (e.g., galley modules) can be unloaded
from the other fixed platform for transfer into the aircraft.
A bottle, particularly for carbonated beverages such as con-
ventional soft drinks and beer, and formed of thin walled, flex-
ible, synthetic plastic parts which are differential pressure
formed in heated thermoplastic webs and then severed
therefrom, and comprising generally: an upper side wall por-
tion having a neck from which the beverage or the like may be
poured, and a generally convex bottom wall for the bottle or
vessel having a continuous peripheral flange telescopically
received within the lower end of the side wall portion. The ex-
ternal diameter of the upper portion of the flange is slightly
greater than the interior diameter of the section of the side
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1321
wall portion in which it is received so as to be received therein
with an interference fit, the parts being friction welded
together to dispose friction weld material between the upper
portion of the flange and the side wall at the periphery of the
convex bottom wall to securely bond the parts together.
Another embodiment of the invention is disclosed in which
the side wall portion is formed of telescopically interfitted and
friction welded upper and lower sections.
runners, and side panels so notched as to form a box joint at
the corners. Panels are locked together by angular comer
posts which engage slots on the side of the panel. Lifting the
panels off the pallet is prevented by an inwardly facing rein-
forcing strip on the side panels which locks under the over-
hanging portion of the pallet floor boards. Knocked-down
panels lie flat for return shipment.
3,712,498
CONTAINER CLOSURE
Kenneth C. Lawrence, Richmond, Ind., assignor to Aluminum
Company of America, Pittsburgh, Pa.
ContinuaUon-in-partof Ser.No. 155,731, June 23, 1971. This
application Oct. 27, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 93, 1 29
Int.CI. B65d4y/-^2
U.S.CL 215-38 R 16 Claims
3,712,500
LINER FOR CRYOGENIC CONTAINER
Tadeusz Josef Marchaj, New York, N.Y., assignor to The Pre-
load Engineering Company, Garden City, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,779
Int. CLB65d 25/75
U.S. CI. 220-9 LG 9 Claims
50, SB
42 18
A container assembly for providing a sterile sealed con-
tainer including a container having a neck provided with an
annular mouth defining bead and a multipiece closure having
a sealing member, a locking member and a cover secured
thereto. The mouth defining bead has an upper surface, an ex-
teriorly disposed downwardly and inwardly inclined closure
anchoring shoulder defining surface and an outer surface con-
necting the upper surface with the shoulder defining surface.
The locking member has a top panel with an opening therein
and a depending skirt which has a lower surface radially in-
wardly deformed into locking engagement with the anchoring
shoulder At least two radially outstruck lugs formed within
the locking member skirt. A portion of the sealing member
compressively secured between the locking member and the
container neck. The cover having a top panel and a skirt hav-
ing a lower portion deformed radially inwardly to a diameter
less than the diameter of the locking member taken at the
position of at least one outstruck lug. At least one radially in-
wardly directed embossment formed in the cover skirt at a
height generally the same as the lugs. Rotation of the cover
with respect to the locking member causes the embossment to
permanently inwardly reform the outstruck lugs and permit
relative axial separation of the closure and locking member.
A flexible liner for cylindrical, liquid natural gas tanks is
shown. The liner includes a curved juncture member for join-
ing the bottom and side plates of a conventional liner. The
juncture member has an elongated, radial corrugation project-
ing inwardly which has a plurality of transverse corrugations in
it. The juncture member absorbs multidirectional stresses due
to thermal expansions and contractions and varying static
pressures in the tank.
3,712,501
PRESSURE-RESPONSIVE SAFETY DEVICE FOR
AEROSOL DISPENSER AND CONTAINERS EQUIPPED
THEREWITH
Bruno P. Morane, Paris; Charles Paoletti, Aulnay sous Bois;
Manlio Maurelli, Vaujours; LouU Merrien, Fontenav sous
Bois, and Robert Sathicq, VUlepinte, aU of France, assignors
to L'Oreal
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,696
Claims priority, application France, June 10, 1968,
6919182; Sept. 1, 1969,6929795
Int. CI. B54d 25100
U.S. CI. 220-85 R ^ Claims
3,712,499
PALLET-TYPE SHIPPING CONTAINERS
William Lewis Talbert, York, Pa., assignor to Canton Com-
pany of Baltimore, Baltimore, Md.
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,631
Int. CLB65d 9/24. 9/34
U.S.CL 217-12 2 Claims
A pallet type shipping container comprises a pallet with
floor boards which extend a short distance beyond the pallet
A safety device for a container under pressure comprises a
resilient member to be positioned in the container wall and
formed with a valve opening. A plug is positioned in the open-
ing to normally close it, but the resilient member will flex to
permit the release of fluid through the valve opening past the
plug in response to excess pressure.
1322
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,502
COMPARTMENTED TANKER AND METHOD OF
CONSTRUCTING THE SAME
Robert Basier, Saudemont, and Clovis Parisot, Douai, both of
France, assignors to Societe Anonyme De Recherches Et De
Commercialisation De Produits De Resines De Synthese
R.C.P. and HousiUeres Du Bassin Du Nord Et Du Pas De
Calais, Douai, Nord, France
Division of Ser. No. 837,970, April 3, 1969, Pat. No.
3,615,999. This application June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,784
Claims priority, application France, July 10, 1964,
6418451; April 16,1965,6518556
Int.CI. B65d 1124
VS. Ci. 220—20 1 Claim
The container includes a generally rectangular bottom wall
and four upwardly extending comer posts which support top
rails extending between the comer posts. A side panel extends
between each pair of adjacent comer posts and between the
bottom wall and the top rail, and at least one of the side panels
A comparlmented tanker, which comprises a cylindrical
outer member, and a plurality of cells are disposed in the outer
member Each of the cells has a cylindrical portion and a
curved bottom portion and engages the inner face of the outer
member along at least a part of the outer face of the cylindri-
cal portion of the cells. The curved bottom portion of each of
the cells forms an outer recess substantially at the point of
reaching the cylindrical portion thereof, and recess is adapted
to receive sealingly and flush the cylindrical portion of the
next adjacent cell.
is formed of relatively flexible and resilient material to permit
it to be bowed inwardly. The upper edge of this side panel is
releasably held against the top rail by a flange secured to the
inside of the top rail, and the lower edge of the side panel is
releasably held by another flange secured to the bottom wall.
3,712,505
CONTAINER CARRIER
Julian B. Sievin, 300-14 East Baltimore Avenue, Lansdowne,
Pa.
Filed Sept. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 76,962
Int. CI. B65d 75100
U.S. CI. 220— 111 7 Claims
3,712,503
FULL OPEN END CLOSURE
Arihur P. Zundel, Chicago, III., assignor to National Can Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195,095
Int. CI. B65d / 7120
U.S.CL220— 54 9 Claims
— A carrier is provided, for containers such as bottles and the
like, the carrier being of paperboard or like construction, and
being formed by folding the same from a blank, to have at
least eight cells for receiving bottles or the like therein, the
cells being spaced by separators in such a manner as to com-
prise a novel overall construction.
A full open end that is permanently seamed onto one end of
the contamer body with a peripheral score line in the end
deflning a removable section. The removable section incor-
porates means for preventing crowning between opposite
edges of the section as the section is removed from the con-
tainer body.
3,712,504
CONTAINER WITH REMOVABLE SIDE PANELS
John E. Petersen, Route 3, P.O. Box 6, Lake Wales, Fla.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,951
Int. CI. B65d 7142
U.S.CI. 220— 84 14 Claims
A container is provided with at least one removable side
pane! which can be pushed inwardly when struck with a blow.
3,712,506
MAGAZINE
Thomas Duncan Brownbill, London, England, assignor to John
Dale Limited, London, England
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,303
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, June 18, 1970,
29,700/70; Feb. 11, 1971,4,459/71
Int.CLG07f y//y2
U.S. CL 221 — 11 5 Claims
The present invention relates to magazines for dispensing
stacks of nesting articles particularly flared or tapered collap-
sible tubes to an indexing machine and includes magazine
storage means for supporting a plurality of stacks of said arti-
cles in a dispensing position, indexing means for moving said
storage means and sequentially presenting each of said stacks
at a dispensing station, sensing means for sensing a passage of
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1323
V
the last article in a stack at said dispensing station and lower- 3,712,508
ing means juxtaposed said dispensing station to lower said LIGHTED MATCH DISPENSER
Jean Bargoin, Thiers, France, assignor to Unimeco Anstah,
Vaduz, Liechtenstein
Filed Sept. 21,1 970, Ser. No. 73,986
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 10, 1969, 6934895
Int. CLA24f 29/00
....,,, ,1. 11 , II n > m if !-<-^
css^^^s
a?^ K
rev"^,"
U.S. CL 221 — 141
'X
suck to enter the last article in the preceding stack at a con-
trolled rate.
3,712,507
ARTICLE DISPENSING APPARATUS AND METHODS
Wythe W. Holt, 4202 Chesapeake Avenue, Hampton, Va.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,561
lnt.CLG07f ///54
L.S.CL221— 82 17 Claims
6 Claims
A lighted match dispenser comprises a match conuiner and
means to move matches one-by-one, head end first, in striking
contact against a flexible striking band. The match head
presses the band against the periphery of a rotatable drum
with a component of force peripherally of the drum sufficient
to cause a small rotation of the drum and a small advance of
the flexible band. In this way, the band is automatically ad-
vanced so that fresh portions are presented to subsequent
match heads. Continued movement of the match in the same
direction extends the match out of the dispenser, lighted end
first, to a position in which it can be grasped and removed by
the user.
3,712,509
DRAPERY PINHOOK TOOL WITH MOVABLE
MAGAZINE
Adam P. Niel, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to George F. Mc-
Murray, Glendale, Calif.
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,510
^ InL €L B25c 5100
U.S.CL22I — 197 6Ctaims
'<S
^
^S '32
Provided is an apparatus for manually or automatically
dispensing articles. The apparatus is especially useful for
dispensing large bags of ice and generally comprises at least
two drums having a common vertical axis about which the
drums rotate. Each drum is provided with a plurality of radi-
ally extending compartments about its periphery. A stationary
shelf is located below the compartments of each drum for
retaining the articles in the compartments. When the drums
rotate the articles located in the compartments slide along the
shelf. Each shelf is provided with an opening vertically aligned
with the openings of all other shelves, such that when a com-
partment containing an article is caused by drum rotation to
pass over the opening, the article is dispensed from 'he ap-
paratus. The drums are rotated by a rotatable vertical shaft ex-
tending along the common vertical axis of the drums. The ver-
tical shaft, however, is only directly connected to the upper-
most drum. Dispensing starts with the rotation of the upper-
most drum only, which drum upon becoming empty, engages
the next lower drum whereupon continued rotation of the up-
permost drum by the rotatable vertical shaft also causes this
next lower drum to rotate and dispense. Like engagement of
each empty upper drum with its lower drum continues until
the apparatus is empty of articles.
A handheld two-piece tool for installing drapery pinhooks.
A magazine holds a supply of pinhooks, and is slidably
mounted on a handle to deliver a pinhook to a retainer on the
handle which places the pinhook in a driving position. The
movable magazine simplifies construction of the tool and
eliminates separate drive plates used in conventional tools.
3,712,510
PILL AND CAPSULE DISPENSER
Paul A. Lindahl, Overland Park, Kans., assignor to Bi-Be-Lo,
Inc., Kansas City, Mo.
Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,503
Int. CI. B65g 60100
U^.CL 221—260 10 Claims
A pill and capsule dispenser consisting of a hopper from
which pills or capsules are fed by gravity into a loading tube.
from which they are in turn deposited one at a time in a flexi-
1324
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
ble msert earned by a rec.procable shde carried in a dispenser nected with said liquid soap reservoir, the pressure of sa d gas
c^ The msert and slide be.ng movable between a f.rst posi- bemg responsive to the openmg of a discharge valve at ^ d
ti^for receTv?ng a smgle pill or capsule from the loading tube, nozzle, to bubble gas through a portion of said liquid soap to
and ascend position m which the insert is flexibly deformed form coarse bubbles therem. and to force said bubbles
to allow the single pill or capsule to he delivered to a suitable
container by gravity, and powered mechanism operable both
to reciprocate the slide and insert between the first and second
positions, and also to agitate the hopper to facilitate feeding of
pills or capsules from the hopper to the loading tube. In-
terchangeable loading tubes and slide inserts permit adapta-
tion of the device to dispense a wide variety of sizes and
shapes of pills and capsules.
through very small orifices in a lather generator to reduce the
size thereof to the very small size required for rich lather, and
to discharge said lather through said nozzle, said gas pressure
being the sole operative force. An electric heater may be pro-
vided when it is desired that the finished lather be hot.
3,712,511
POOL CHLORINATOR
Peter L. Magnasco, 730 West Bucknall Road, Campbell, Calif.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,096
Int. CI. E04h 3120
U.S. CI. 222-52 9 Claims
3,712,513
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GRADIENT ELUTION
Howard L. Ashmead; Sydnor H. Byrne, Jr., both of Newark,
Del., and John P. Wolf, Hi, Wilmington, Del., assignors to E.
I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,633
Int. CI. coin 2 //06
U.S. CI. 222-134 12 Claims
-t-5
50 ffTi. X
->-»5
A chlorinator for feeding a liquid chlorine solution to a
swimming pool from a supply tank. The chlorinator includes a
flow scale, a check valve to prevent back flow, a flow control,
automatic cut-off means to prevent air entering the pump
system of the pool, a primer to reactivate the chlorination
system, and means for enabling operation of the chlorinator
either continuously or cyclically in conjunction with the pool
pump system.
3,712,512
LATHER PRODUCING MACHINE
John H. Snider, Jr., Box 363, Route 2, and Harold H. Snider,
Box 101, Route 2, both of Osceola, Mo.
Filed AprU 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 37,25 1
Int. CI. B67d 5/08
U.S. CI. 222-67 5 Claims
A lather producing machine consisting of a body member
having a liquid soap reservoir and a reservoir for gas under
pressure therein, and a nozzle for the discharge of lather con-
The use of separate supply means for each of two liquids
and a proportioning means comprising a mixing region, valv-
ing means connected to the mixing chamber to control the
How of each liquid to the mixing region, and a means for
periodically controlling the operation of the valving means to
control the amount of each liquid supplied to the mixing re-
gion during each period of valve operation, produces a supply
of eluent having a precisely controlled time varying concen-
tration of each liquid.
3,712,514
PORTABLE BEER DISPENSER
Robert B. UBtanc, 1541 1 Englewood Ave., Allen Park, Mkh.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,791
Int. CI. B67d 5/62
U.S.CL222-146C 12 Claims
The invention provides a refrigerated compartment tor a
keg of beer, a compartment for housing a refrigeration system
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1325
operatively connected with the refrigeration compartment, an trigger lever is moved outwardly of the handle, a second valve
air compressor system including a surge tank, and a tank of is actuated to enable water under pressure within the bladder
carbon dioxide, each cooperatively connected to the keg of
beer for charging the same under pressure. The entire as-
sembly is unitized into a movable carrier and is further pro- ,. « . , ^ u .u v. ^»'w;ot»i^
vided with a manually-operated discharge faucet for serving to escape through a flexible dram ^^°^- ^^^^^^ ''"'"^^'^^'^ >
releasing any pressure being exerted on the cartridge piston to
stop the flow of material.
beer from the keg.
3,712,515
CHILD-SAFE AEROSOL SPRAY CONTAINER
Mex.
3,712,517
James A. Corll, 4029 Slmms Avenue, S.E., Albuquerque, N. TRIPLE SEAL VALVE ,„h„^„
"• „_ ' - Richard L. Davenport, Racine, Wis., assignor to S. C. Johnson
& Son, Inc., Racine, Wis.
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,975
Int.CI.B65d5i/y4
20 Claims U.S. CI. 222-402.13
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 790,727, Jan. 13, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,554366. This application Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,673
Int.CLB65d5i//4
U.S. CI. 222— 182
7 Claims
15 » 24 ■ (5 27/
^^ A
A child-safe aerosol spray container includes a curved cover
secured to an aerosol spray container and surrounding the ac-
tuator thereof The cover extends to an aperture positioned
farther from the actuator than the length of a child's finger
and having a diameter smaller than that of a child's hand.
Thus, the cover prevents operation of the aerosol spray con-
tainer by a child while permitting operation by an adult. Also,
the curve of the cover prevents operation of the container by
foreign objects that a child might employ.
A discharge valve for a pressurized container is provided
with a telescoped axially movable tubular nozzle which
cooperates with a sidewall aperture in a stationary elastomeric
encircling sleeve for controlling the egress of material. A valve
stem within the nozzle cooperates with a discharge orifice at
the outer nozzle end to seal same when the nozzle is in valve
closing position and to expose same when the nozzle is moved
to valve open position thereby preventing nozzle clogging.
3,712,516
MECHANISM FOR EJECTING PLASTIC MATERIALS
Mclvin W. Stamets, 1 Dellwood Court, Ramsey, NJ., and
Charles E. Clauss, 1048 West Emaus Avenue, Allentown,
Pa.
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,291
Int. CI. GO If y J/00
U.S.Cl. 222— 326 7 Claims
An improved gun-handle type water pressure actuated
mechanism for ejecting plastic materials from ordinary nozzle-
ended cylindrical cartridges is described. A trigger-like lever
when squeezed in the inward direction opens a first valve, per-
mitting water under pressure supplied through an ordinary
garden hose to fill antl expand an expansible bladder con-
strained in the gun body so as to exert a force against a plunger
adapted to engage and push inwardly upon the piston of a car-
tridge supported by the gun body, and thereby express the
contained material through the cartridge nozzle. When the
3,712,518
SLIDING GATE NOZZLE FOR VESSELS USED FOR
POURING METALS
Ernst Meier, Adliswil, Zurich, SwitzerUnd, assignor to In-
terstop AG, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,198
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 13, 1969, P 19
51447.7
Int. CI. B67d 3100
U.S.Cl. 222— 561 1 Claim
A sliding gate assembly for a vessel used for pouring metals
containing replaceable refractory wearing parts. A casing has
an outlet and an entry bush therein. A stationary bedplate is
fixed to the casing having a first orifice aligned with the outlet
A sliding plate has a second orifice controlling the first orifice.
An exit bush is connected to the sliding plate The orifices in
the bed plate and in the sliding plate are offset from the Ion-
1326
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
gitud.nal centers of the plates and the two plates have maTFRIAI HOI DING DEVICE
cooperating sealing faces for closing the cooperating orifices MATERIAL-HOLDING DEVICfc
located at the longer ends of the two plates. A boss is provided Roy E. Tanner, 4810 Second Avenue. Mollne, III.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,436
Int. CI. A.4lh 3 1/00
U.S.CL 223-107
8 Claims
at the orifice in each of the plates on the side facing away from
the sealing face of the plate and the entry bush and the exit
bush associated with the plates have a socket for receiving the
boss associated therewith.
3,712,519
CONTAINER AND CLOSURE
Stafford D. Collie, Glen Ellyn, lU., assignor to Phillips Petrole-
um Company
Filed June 25. 1970, Ser. No. 49.774
Int. CI. B65d 47/60
U.S.CL 222-563 5 Claims
A plastic container has a frusto-conical flange that is mova-
ble in response to movement of a lid for the container between
a closed position at which "said flange is inwardly and
downwardly directed relative to walls of the neck of the con-
tainer and in contact with the lid, and an open position at
which a portion of the flange extends upwardly and inwardly
relative to the walls of the neck.
A material-holding device composed of a plurality of veti-
cally-spaced horizontal shelves that are connected at opposite
transversely-spaced ends by front and rear parallel links so
that the shelves may swing from direct vertically aligned posi-
tions with respect to one another to fore-and-aft offset posi-
tions with respect to one another. Supported on one of the
upper shelves are a pair of depending legs or supports that
have lower ends that engage a table top or other surface so as
to support the entire device when the shelves are in their fore-
and-aft offset positions. The legs or supports are fixed to an
upper shelf and are received in notches opening rearwardly in
the shelves beneath the upper one. The containers mounted
on the shelves have lids that swing about on a transverse
horizontal axis and are forced into and are retained in their
closed positions when the shelves are moved into their verti-
cally aligned positions.
3,712,520
PLEATING OF SHEET AND TEXTILE MATERIALS
Richard Gabriel Vipond, Brackens Bishops Walk, Addington,
England
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,719
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Oct. 13, 1969,
50.164/69
Int. CI. A41b 43/00; D06j 1/00
U.S. CI. 223-34 4 Claims
3,712,522
SKI-MOUNTING RACK MEANS
Robert Penniman, Burlington, Vt., assignor to Barreca
Products Co.. Subsidiary of Shelburne Industries, Inc., Shel-
burne. Vt.
Filed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 182,965
Int. CI. B60r 9/04
U.S.CL 224-29 R
10 Claims
A former for simplifying the making of pleated articles, the
former being a strip of plastics material creased to form and
hold pleats in position.
The invention contemplates ski-mounting means in which
the plane of support of the skis can be selectively adjustably
elevated, within a wide range of elevation angles Base-frame
structure is secured to a vehicle-body part, in order to provide
a reference position for four bearing members, located at cor-
ners of a rectangle. A slide-frame structure includes, in addi-
tion to conventional ski-rack devices, a pair of spaced parallel
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1327
generally arcuate support rails, each of which derives guided
support, longitudinally of the rails, in a different two of the
bearing members. Clamp means secures a selected angular ad-
justment of the slide rails to the bearing members.
hinge joint and suction cups on the side thereof so that the suit
3,712,523
LUGGAGE CARRIER AND CAMPER SLEEPER
Clifford Clyde Coffman, 6923 Overlook Drive. Dallas. Tex.
Filed June 8. 1970, Ser. No. 44,240
Int. CI. B60r 9/04
U.S. CI. 224—42.1 E 4 Claims
~l
r'
.^
A vertically expansible luggage carrier and camper sleeper
for mounting on the top of a motor vehicle and having means
for conveniently suspending the assembly from overhead sup-
ports in a garage or carport. The invention is further charac-
terized by electrically operated pivot arms for vertically ex-
panding and contracting the carrier-sleeper.
3,712,524
BOAT LOADER FOR AUTOMOBILES
Russell K. Ames. Sr.. 3205 Gilbert Street, Duluth. Minn.
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,183
Int. CI. B60r 9/04
U.S. CL 224-42.1 H 4 Claims
bag can be temporarily hung on any vertical or horizontal
smooth surface.
Apparatus for use in loading a boat onto an automobile
roof-top carrier. The loader apparatus is mounted on an au-
tomobile deck portion (e.g. a trunk lid) and includes a trans-
verse roller member rotatably supported by vertical legs
removably attached to the trunk lid. In loading the boat, a
front portion thereof is raised onto the roller member and the
boat is then slid upwardly and forwardly on the roller until its
weight is properly distributed on the roof-top carrier.
3,712,526
DEVICE FOR STORING A TRANSPORTED WEFT
THREAD
Alois Hanousek, Vazany, and Oldrich Kase, Brno, both of
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Elitex. Zavody Textilniko
Strojirenstvi, Generaini Reditelstvi. Liberec. Czechoslovakia
Filed Sept. 16. 1971. Ser. No. 176,395
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Sept. 18. 1970.
6381/70
Int.CI. B65h-5//y6
U.S. CI. 226—97 15 Claims
3,712,525
SUIT BAG HANDLE
Duard E. McFarland, 1634 Culen, Wichita, Kans.
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,433
Int.CLA45c.B65d 7 ;/00
U.S. CL 224-45 T « Claims
A handle device for supporting a plurality of conventional
wire hangers used to carry clothes in a suit bag; including a
A weft thread is fed by transporting rollers into a narrow
gap into which hair is blown so that the weft thread is moved
toward the outlet of the gap over an air permeable plate w hich
causes a fluttering movement of the weft thread so that trans-
verse and open zigzag loops of the weft thread are formed in
the gap adjacent the outlet constituting a stored length of weft
thread which can be withdrawn through the outlet for picking
the weft thread through a warp shed.
3,712.527
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING TAPE
Harry E. Luperti, Wilton; Robert R. Reid, Easton, both of
Conn., and Anthony Waber, Long Island City. N.Y.. as-
signors to Pitney-Bowes. Inc.. Stamford. Conn.
Filed Aug. 24. 1970, Ser. No. 66,350
Int. CI. B65h / 7/36
U.S. CI. 226— 136 7 Claims
A tape is advanced by power means and the extent of ad-
vance of the tape is controlled by preset means actuated by
the travel of the tape.
1328
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
When used in conjunction with a printer the tape compnses
a print-receiving strip divided by lines of tear, such as per-
forated lines, into units of equal length, and the leading end is
raised into contact with a flat printing head which may be em-
ployed to print on one or two unit lengths of the tape strip; the
return movement of the support means of the tape strip is em-
ployed to actuate the power means, and the control means is
preset to limit the advance of the tape to a distance equal to
one or two unit lengths of the printed tape strip.
A tape clamping means is deactuated and actuated as the
tape drive means is actuated and deactuated.
and posts extending upwardly therefrom and carrying an
upper supporting structure from which a plurality of holding
assemblies depend for holding in upright positions reinforcing
plates to be welded to a main plate while being freely movable
longitudinally along the reinforcing plates The upper support-
ing structure carries a plurality of pressing units for pressing
3,712,528
FRICTION WELDING APPARATUS HAVING MEANS FOR
CONTINLOLSLY REGULATING HEAT GENERATED
DURING WELDING OPERATION
Nobuo Takagi, and Rikuo Kuroyanagi, both of Kariya, Japan,
assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki
Seisakusho, Kariya-shi, Japan
Filed April 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,292
Claims priority, application Japan, May 12, 1969, 44/36378
Int.CI. B23k27/00
U^.CL 228-2 12 Claims
12 II
20 e
the reinforcing plates downwardly against the main plate.
When used in connection with the welding of stringers to a
main plate, a guide stringer is first welded, as by tack-welding,
to the main plate, and then a movable jig is moved along the
guide stringer to be guided thereby while holding additional
stringers at predetermined positions with respect to the guide
stringer.
3,712,530
DRUM-LIKE CONTAINER SET UP FROM A FOLDED
FLAT OF SHEET MATERIAL
Thomas Croley, Worthington, Ohio, assignor to Corco, Inc.,
Columbus, Ohio
Filed Feb. 2, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,946
Int. CI. B65d 3100
U.S. CI. 229-4.5 >9 Claims
Friction welding apparatus for frictionally welding together
two workpieces comprises a driving spindle for rotationally
driving one workpiece and a driven spindle slidable towards
the driving spindle for moving the other workpiece into fric-
tional engagement with the rotating workpiece which in turn
rotationally drives both the other workpiece and the driven
spindle. Means are provided for continuously regulating the
amount of rotational resistance offered by the driven work-
piece to accordingly control the quantity of heat generated
during the frictional welding operation and such comprises a
rotary pump rotationally driven by the driven spindle to pres-
surize hydraulic liquid in an hydraulic circuit and as the pump
works against the hydraulic liquid to pressurize same, the
pump exerts a countertorque on the driven spindle opposing
rotation of the driven spindle. An adjustably settable relief
valve is connected in the hydraulic circuit and the setting on
the relief valve determines the magnitude of the counter-
torque and therefore the degree of resistance to rotation of-
fered by the driven workpiece.
3,712,529
MOVABLE WELDING JIG
Naosuke Ozawa; Takaaki Kawakami, and Minoru Watabe. all
of Tsu, Japan, assignors to Nippon Kokan Kubashiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,768
Int. CI. B23k/9/00
U^. CI. 228—44 10 Claims
A movable welding jig for welding upright reinforcing plates
to a main plate. The jig has a pair of spaced wheel structures
30 ^,7
A drum-like container set up from a flat blank of sheet
material which is scored to provide a plurality of vertically
disposed panels connected together at scored vertical fold
lines, with the panels bent relatively at such score lines to pro-
vide a drum-like structure. Panels at the respective ends of the
blank laterally overlap and are secured together. The blank is
folded flat about two of the vertical fold lines to provide su-
perimposed sections, each section consisting of a plurality of
connected vertical panels. This folded and collapsed flat can
be set up for use by expanding it into polygonal tubular form
with upper and lower open ends. These respective ends
receive substantially rigid rings, each of which may be a part
of an end closure or separate therefrom, which interlock
therewith in such a manner as to impart to and to maintain the
drum-like form of the expanded structure.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1329
3,712,531
MAILING FOLDER
Richard J. McCaU, 1515 Sedgwick Street, Chicago, III.
FUedSept. 24, 1971,Ser. No. 183,460
Int. CI. B65d 5102, 651100, 85/100
U.S. CI. 229—40 7 Claims
the former and having oblique lines of weakness arranged
parallel to and above angled side edge portions on the end wall
*-^'
-M-
r-« C
A one-piece foldable corrugated mailer container having a
one-piece blank which upon assembly into a box defines
locked triangular-like side wall pockets for protecting the side
edges during shipment and for holding an object in place away
from the peripheral side edges of the folder.
3,712,532
EGG CARTON
John D. Alroy, Union City, N J., assignor to Borden Inc., New
York.N.Y.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,427
Int. CI. B65d 85/30
U.S. CL 229-44 R 11 Claims
An egg carton having a latching arrangement which in-
cludes inwardly projecting lugs on a front panel of the carton
top cover which extend into corresponding holes on a latching
fiap attached to the carton tray. Reinforcing ribs extend across
the carton top joining its front and rear panels to prevent
spreading of the front panel. Depressions also are formed in
the front panel of the carton top into which corresponding
stacking lugs of another panel can fit. Two types of cartons are
provided with differently located lugs, holes on the latching
fiap and reinforcing ribs so that the cartons can be stacked to
occupy a smaller volume.
fiaps, and finger entry points in the top wall whereby the end
wall flaps may be engaged by the fingers and pulled upwardly
to tear the side wall flaps along the lines of weakness.
3,712,534
PRESSURIZED DOUGH CONTAINER
Wilbur G. Fienup, St. Louis, Mo., and James R. Henderson,
Louisville, Ky., assignors to Boise Cascade CorporaUon,
Boise, Idaho
Continuation of Ser. No. 552,804, May 25, 1966. ThU
application April 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,019
Int.CI. B65d 17/00,3/26
U.S. CI. 229-5 1 BP 3 Claims
3,712,533
TEAR TOP OPENING CARTON
William R. Skillen, London, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Somerville Industries Limited, London, Ontario, Canada
Filedjan. 29, 1971,Ser. No. 110,948
Claims priority, application Canada, Aug. 25, 1970, 091699
Int. CI. B65d 5/54
U.S. CL 229—51 TC 4 Claims
A top-opening paperboard carton having a top wall formed
of overlapped end wall and side wall flaps, the latter overlying
Without limitation on the scope of the claims, this disclo-
sure embodies a container of spirally wound laminated con-
struction for holding pressurized dough products such as pre-
leavened dough and the like wherein the laminations of the
container are permanently adhered together in a manner to
provide sufficient body wall stiffness to rupture along a pre-
determined spiral rupture line upon application of only a
moderate indenting force against the body wall, a specific em-
bodiment including a dry bond type adhesive for adhering the
layers together and the disclosure also embodying the method
of opening a pressurized dough package by applying only
moderate indenting force against the side wall of the container
to rupture the same without peeling off any portion of the
laminations.
3,712,535
CENTRIFUGE ROTOR AND SAMPLE HOLDER W ITH
AGITATING MEANS
Joseph N. Genese, Paterson; Edward J. Rapoza; Charles F.
Galanaugh, both of Butler; Harry M. Kennard, Chester;
Roger A. Chevalax, Rockaway, and John A. Smith, East
Orange, all of N J., assignors to Becton, Dickinson and Com-
pany, Blast Rutherford, NJ.
Division of Ser. No. 32,915, April 29, 1970, Pat. No.
3,605,829. This application Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177^05
Int.CI. B04by/00
U.S. CI. 233—3 3 Claims
An apparatus for automatically performing a series of
operations on a blood sample contained in a vial. For example,
in performing the Coombs antiglobulin iest, the apparatus is
programed to initially inject saline into the vial, to centrifuge
1330
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
the vial at approximately 1,300 RCF, and then to decant the
saline from the vial leaving a "button" of blood cells in the
vial. The above sequence is repeated three times, and then a
predetermined amount of Coombs serum is injected into the
vial. The vial is then agitated to mix the serum with the blood
cells, and then it is centrifuged at 500 RCF. At the termination
of the centrifuging operation, the sample will be ready for final
analysis by a technician. In carrying out this invention, a circu-
lar turntable is provided having a plurality of receptacles posi-
tioned about its outer periphery. Each of the receptacles is
adapted to receive a single vial and includes a pivotally
mounted flag which is lifted to a horizontal position whenever
a vial is present An electrical motor is provided to rotate the
turntable, and a dispensing mechanism overlies the periphery
of the turntable and includes a nozzle for injecting the saline
as well as a nozzle for injecting the Coombs serum
downwardly into the vial. A photoelectric mechanism is pro-
vided for detecting a horizontal flag which then actuates the
appropriate injection mechanism The Coombs injecting
mechanism includes a removable cartridge containing the
serum. The cartridge comprises a tubular barrel which is
closed at its forward end by a nozzle and at its rear end by a
cylindrical piston positioned within the bore of the barrel. The
mechanism further includes a plunger for driving the piston
into the bore of the barrel to dispense the liquid from the for-
ward nozzle.
ERRATUM
For Class 235 — 152 see:
Patent No. 3,713,026
OMTm.
tOOONC
HOOOMf
,
}
CLOCK
PVLSf
SEteRATOK
0
-_
1
STCNE
aspur
M
^
.
1
cnwt
BTR
4
♦
\
SifiOP
cofmoL
OMK
ern
1 e
COMTFR
S
sem.' '■
1
stant rate. At each occurrence of an event-indicating signal
the total is reduced to a fixed fraction ( ^ ) of its instantaneous
value, the fraction being obtained by serial arithmetic addition
of shifted outputs of the register. The total is shown to be a
measure of the mean-rate of occurrence of the event-indicat-
ing signal and can usefully be displayed as a logarithmic out-
put. The logarithmic output is obtained by use of a counter
having a count approximating a logarithmic function clocked
at the same rate as the shift register. Particular reference is
made to the indication of fractional error rate in digital trans-
mission systems.
^ 3,712^37
CIRCUIT FOR DIAGNOSING FAILURES IN ELECTRONIC
MEMORIES
Enrico Carita, Turin Corso Dante, Italy. assit>nor to Honey-
well Information Systems Italia. Caluso, Italy
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,635
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 30, 1969, 26421
A/69
Int. CI. G lie 29/00
U.S. CL 235—153 10 Claims
3,712,536
MEAN-RATE INDICATING APPARATUS
John Michael Griffiths, Hillingdon, England, assignor to The
Post Office, London, England
Filed March 23, 1971, S«r. No. 1 18,042
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 12, 1970,
11,961/70
Int. CI. G06f 7/38
U.S.CI.235— 152 9 Claims
Apparatus for detecting and locating faults in the selection
circuits of addressable memories, wherein the memory line
selection switches are closed according to a predetermined
order and sequence, and wherein the pattern of current flow
through said switches during said sequence is recorded, the
recorded pattern of current flow providing an indication of the
presence and location of faults.
3,712,538
TOY VEHICLE TRACK SUPPORT STRUCTURE
Stanley R. Starr, Hermosa Beach, and Russell C. Edmisson,
Manhattan Beach, both of Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Scr. No. 1 1 1,918
Int.Cl.A63h/9/J6
U.S.CI. 238— lOE 11 Claims
A mean-rate indicator comprises a pulse source to add to A support structure including a track connector for distort-
the total stored in a recirculating shift register store at a con- ing the track of a toy vehicle to make the vehicle perform
January 23, 1973
<;eneral and mechanical
1331
stunts. The connector grips the bottom portion of the track
and holds the track in an inverted or upside down position
The connector is vertically adjustable as well as rotatable rela-
tive a reference base so as to allow manipulation by an of>era-
tor of the toy vehicle track system.
the vehicles which move along its running surface in a racing
manner. The connector is partially divided into three parts
and includes alignment flanges so as to align and join abutting
track sections, alignment includes maintaining a subsUntially
level running surface and smooth adjoining track section
guide flanges which act as retaining walls.
3,712,539
TRACK SYSTEM FOR TOY VEHICLE
William A. Stoats, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,290
Int. CLA63h 79/30
U.S.CL238-10E 7 Claims
3,712,541
TROUGH-SHAPED TOY VEHICLE TRACK
Dennis H. Merino, Harbor City, and Floyd E. Schlau, Palos
Verdes Estotes, both of Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,370
lnt.CKA63hy9/iO
U.S. CI. 238— 10 E 2 Claims
A track system for toy vehicles having a three sectioned
track connector for creating and maintaining alignment of ad-
jacent track sections. To provide improved alignment, greater
track section strength and stiffness, and to increase the fric-
tional connection between track sections, each track section
has four depending flanges which cooperate with the track
connector, the inner two flanges for receiving the central sec-
tion of the track connector and the outer two flanges each
receiving one of the outer sections of the track connector. The
track connector additionally has protuberances causing the
track connector central section to assume an arcuate shape
thereby engaging the track sections along a greater surface
area.
3,712,540
TRACK SYSTEM FOR TOY VEHICLES
Toshio Yamasaki, Gardena; John S. Cook, Sunnyvale, and
William A. Stoats, Torrance, aU of Calif., assignors to Mat-
tel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Jan. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 108,840
Int. CI. A63hy 9/JO
U.S.CL238-10E 9 Claims
A track for use with self-powered or coasting-type toy vehi-
cles which allows passing of slower vehicles by faster ones by
encouraging the vehicles to wander gradually from one side of
the track to the other. The track is concave, with a radius of
curvature greater than its width to encourage vehicle wander-
ing, but less than five times its width to reduce the likelihood
of vehicles crashing into the side walls of the track. The side
walls meet the gently curving portion in a radius of curvature
which is more than one-fiftieth the width of the track to turn
vehicles back towards the center of the track with a minimum
of scraping.
3.712,542
FOG DISPERSAL SYSTEM
Frank C. Price. Jr., Santo Ana, CaHf., assignor to Ul-
trasystems. Inc., Newport Beach, Calif.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 47,422, June 18, 1970,
abandoned. This application March 15, 1971, Ser. No.
124,238
Iirt.CI.E01h yi/00
U.S. CI. 239-2 R ^ Claims
A track system compnsing a track section and track section A fog dispersal system for an aircraft runway or the like and
coCnectorTher" the t'ack Lct.on is substanUally wider than including an arrangement of heaters of various intensities dis-
1332
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
tribuled along the sides of the runway, the heaters producing rality of laterally spaced apart mobile supports for movement
plumes of heated air which rise to different levels according to
their mtensity and expand and merge over the runway in ad-
joinmg layered relation The plumes from the larger heaters
rise and diffuse to a higher altitude compared to the plumes of
heated air from the smaller heaters. The resulting generally
horizontally oriented layered plumes of heated air over the
runway heat the air to an extent sufficient to clear it of fog
droplets Automatic means are provided to select the ap-
propriate heaters and the intensity of their burning to suit any
one of several combinations of wind velocity and direction.
One embodiment provides for the addition of fog dispersal
particles to each heater effluent so that the particles rise and
diffuse with the warm plume.
of the distributing pipe over the land with means for maintain-
3,712,543
APPARATUS FOR GENERATING PULSED JETS OF
LIQUID
qlouis L. Clipp, McLean, both of Va. (Gaithrsburg); James M.
Hall, Gaithersburg, and Louis L. Clipp, McLean, both of
Va., assignors to Exotech Incorporated, Gaithersburg, Va.
Filed April 19, 1971, S«r. No. 135.119
Int.CLB05bi//4
U.S. CL 239— 102 8 Claims
ing substantial alignment between the supports during move-
ment in one direction or the other.
<^^3ijli^
-h'
Apparatus for generating pulsed jets of liquid or gel charge
material. An expulsion barrel has a charge inlet, a charge
storage area, a charge outlet and a valve zone coupling the
charge storage area with the charge inlet and the charge out-
let. A valve within the valve zone moves under pressure from
the charge inlet to a position in which charge material is per-
mitted to pass from the inlet to the charge storage area, while
being blocked from the charge outlet, and under pressure
from the charge storage area due to action of a piston to a
position in whicli charge material is permitted to pass from the
storage area to the charge outlet, while being blocked from
the charge inlet In this manner, the expulsion barrel is dry
between jets which provides for a higher pressure jet. A im-
proved seal prevents charge material from escaping around
the piston The seal includes a non-resilient portion interfac-
ing with the piston during piston movement and a resilient
portion placed between this non-resilient portion and the sur-
roundmg housing and which is compressed due to applied
pressure from the charge material to seal the non-resilient por-
tion and the piston thereby assuring a leak-proof seal.
3,712,544
ALIGNMENT MEANS FOR MOBILE IRRIGATION
APPARATUS
Max H. Ririe, Gering; Murray C. Roland, and Rich Olson,
both of Scottsbluff, ail of Nebr., assignors to Lockwood
Corp., Gering, Nebr.
Filed March 3 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 29,793
Int. CI. B05b 3100
U.S. CI. 239— 1 77 3 Claims
A mobile irrigation apparatus formed of an elongate water
distributing pipe having spaced sprinkling outlets and a plu-
3,712,545
ROTARY SPRINKLER INCLUDING MEANS FOR
VARYING ROTATION RATE DURING EACH CYCLE OF
ROTATION
Webster Felix, One Casa Court, Central Islip, N.Y.
Filed AprU 30, 1971, Scr. No. 139,010
Int. CI. B05bJ/04
U.S. CI. 239—233 1 1 Claims
A rotary sprinkler comprising a housing and an inner casing
containing a portion of a rotary hollow shaft which carries a
sprinkler head at a first end outside of the casing. The casing is
valve controlled for adjustably admitting water to the second
end of the hollow shaft. The shaft portion within the casing
carries a disk with a plurality of vanes upon which a jet of
water may impinge for speeding up rotation of the shaft during
each cycle of rotation. The vanes may be removably mounted
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1333
for changing numbers and spacing of the vanes on the disk or
may be tumably mounted about a vertical axis for alternately
disposing them in line with the jet of water and out of line with
respect to the water jet.
3,712,546
ROCKET ENGINE EXHAUST NOZZLE WITH BOUNDARY
LAYER CONTROL
Michael Kaufmann, Neubiberg, Germany, assignor to Mes-
serschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm GmbH, Munchen, Germany
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,397
Claims priority, application Germany, May 8, 1970, P 20 22
517.6
lnt.CLB63h7//00
L.S. CL239-265.il 10 Claims
flaps near the dovsTistream end of the convergent flaps. When
the flaps are moved rearwardly by power, a cam and roller
type girdle closes in the divergent portion of the nozzle, and
with it the convergent portion. A ring of fairing flaps each
fixed onto the exterior of one of the divergent flaps creates a
boatlail fairing. These cooperate with tracks which guide the
assembly of boattail and divergent flaps as it is projected or
retracted.
3,712,548
WATER AERATOR
Elie P. Aghnldes, 795 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 50,948
Int.CI. E03cy/0«
U.S. CL 239—428.5
12 Claims
An exhaust nozzle for rocket engines. A series of relief
openings are provided through the wall of the exhaust nozzle,
said openings being preferably arranged in circumferentially
complete but axially spaced groupings. The relief openmgs
may be provided either by making axially successive sections
of the exhaust nozzle from porous material or same may be
provided by machining or similar methods. The successive
bands of openings tend to bleed off sufficient exhaust gas to
prevent the development of turbulent flow and thereby main-
tain such flow in a laminar condition. This reduces the fric-
tional energy losses otherwise tending to develop as the ex-
haust gases flow through the exhaust nozzle for a given expan-
sion ratio and length thereof.
A water aerator having a relatively thin diaphragm with
square cross-section holes with a bridge arrangement over the
holes on the upstream side to form either one water entrance
or two water entrances to each hole. In the case of the bridge
arrangement to form two water entrances, the size of one en-
trace to any hole may be different from that of the other en-
trance to permit the issuing turbulent jet of water to diverge or
converge. The structure contains a casing having an annular
enlargement at the downstream end which is unindented.
3,712,547
VARIABLE CONVERGENT-DIVERGENT JET
PROPULSION NOZZLE
Charles H. Smale. and Esten W. Spears, Jr., both of Indi-
anapolis, Ind., assignors to General Motors CorporaUon,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,525
Int.CLB64c/J/0«
U.S.CL 239-265.39 4 Claims
3,712,549
GRINDING RAW MATERIALS IN THE MANUFACTURE
OF CEMENT
Jorgen Olav Cleemann, Copenhagen-Valby, Denmark, as-
signor to F. L. Smidth & Co., CresskUl, N J.
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 101,006
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, Jan. 6, 1970,
644/70
Int. CLB02C 7 7/06
U.S.CL 241-19 14 Claims
A variable convergent-divergent jet propulsion nozzle in-
cludes a jet pipe conducting gas under pressure, a nng
1334
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
cuit grinding system comprising only one lube mill having pri-
mary and secondary grinding chambers.
with the speed of the rotor and the temperature of the air car-
rying the material.
ERRATUM
For Class 241—27 see:
Patent No. 3,712,353
3,712,550
APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING EFFLUENT SLUDGE
Eugen von Conrad; Kurt Rosner, and Ludwig Meyer, all of
Munster/Westf., Germany, assignors to Hazemag GmbH,
Munster, Germany
Division of Ser. No. 851,970, Aug. 21, 1969, Pat. No.
3,659,792. This application April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,106
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 23, 1968, P 17
84 605.8
Int. CI. B02c/ J/09
U.S. CI. 241-41 8 Claims
3,712,552
STOPPER FOR A TAPE REEL OF A TAPE CARTRIDGE
Eiihi Wada, 174. Algashl4tubo-machl, Nishi-ku, Yokohama-
shi, Kanagawa, Japan
Filed June 5. 1970, Ser. No. 43,922
Claims priority, application Japan, June 7, 1969, 44/53567
Int. CI. B65h / 7148
U.S. CI. 242—55. 19 A 3 Claims
Effluent sludge obtained upon clarification of waste effluent
is admixed with solid refuse either before or subsequent to
reduction of the solid refuse to particulate state in an impact
erinder.
3,712,551
DEVICE FOR GRINDING SYNTHETIC RESIN OR LIKE
HAVING LOW MELTING TEMPERATURE INTO
POWDER
Masuo Hosokawa, Toyonaka-shi, Osaka; Tohei Yokoyama,
Honmachi, Osaka; Teruaki Suzuki, Kadoma-shi, Osaka;
Yoshiaki Aki, Minami-nakafuri, Osaka, and Masahiko
Tokui, Higashiyama, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to
Kabushiki Kakha Hasokawa FunUikogaku Kenkyusho,
Minato-ku, Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,645
Claimspriority.application Japan, April 1, 1970,45/27571
Int. CI. B02c/ i/09
U.S. CL 241-88 3 Claims
A brake arrangement for a tape reel of a tape cartridge has a
lever pivotally secured to the cartridge outside of the tape reel
periphery and has a first brake mounted on the reel side of one
end thereof for stopping the tape reel A spring secured ad-
jacent to said lever depresses the lever against the tape reel A
second brake is mounted on the end of the lever and a pinch
roller is mounted on the other side of the same end of the
lever. This stops the rotation of the tape reel when it is not in
the recorder or is not played while set into the tape recorder.
3,712,553
FILM SCROLL WINDING MACHINE
Carl A. Napor, Glen Ridge, and Charles G. Krumm, Wyckoff,
both of NJ., assignors to Kahle Engineering Company,
Union City, N J.
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,243
Int. CI. B65h 79/26
U.S. CI. 242—56 R 23 Claims
Apparatus for pulverizing materials having low melting
points wherein the temperature of the material is mainUined
just below the melting and softening temperatures by con-
trolling the flow of matenal into the pulvenzing rotor which is
surrounded by a liner and coordinating the flow of material
An improved machine is described for automatically wind-
ing scrolls of interwound backing paper and sensitized film
and for transferring the wound scrolls to a film cartridge load-
ing or other machine. The machine mounts rolls of perforated
sensitized film and backing paper which are fed through sta-
tionary converging tracks to a common track along which they
pass in abutting relationship to a slotted scroll winding arbor.
Automatic controls count the film and paper perforations to
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1335
check the position and lengths of strips cut from the rolls. The
output of the machine is increased by utilizing the scroll wind-
ing movement of the arbor for one scroll to simultaneously ad-
vance the paper strip for the next scroll.
3,712,554
APPARATUS FOR WINDING A PLURALITY OF WEB
ROLLS OF VARIOUS WIDTHS AND RADII AT A SINGLE
WINDING STATION
Raymond Lorenzini, and Helmuth J. Kllnkert, both of
Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,511
Int. CI. B65h 35102
U.S. CI. 242-56.2 6 Claims
tive to the mandrel. The mandrel is radially expandable and
comprises a split cylindrical sleeve housing a radially expanda-
ble spring. The spring is expanded by means of a rotatable stud
adjacent one end of the spring, a stud fixed to the sleeve on the
other end of the spring and a screw fixed to the rotatable stud
and mating with a spiral bore in the fixed stud. During use, one
side of the sleeve adjacent the opening is fixed while the other
side of the sleeve adjacent the opening is free.
3,712,556
SINGLE-LINE CLOTHES-LINE
Joseph Bosco, 31 Summer Street, Everett, Mass.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,752
Int. CI. D06f 53102- B65h 75134
U.S.Ci.242— 100
3 Claims
In combination with a slitting apparatus for slitting a stock
web into a plurality of narrow strips, there is provided an ap-
paratus for winding the strips into rolls of respective widths
and respective radii at a single winding station. The apparatus
includes a plurality of wind arms each having a builder roller
for driving a core upon which a web is to be wound, and for
mamtaimng web tension to facilitate the web slitting opera-
tion. The drive for the builder roller overdrives the builder
roller, and includes a slip clutch which, by slipping, enables
the builder roller to assume a peripheral speed which is the
same as the speed of the web. The overdrive and the degree of
coupling in the clutch are utilized to determine web tension.
To provide improved tension control, the builder roller is
driven from the same source that controls the speed of the
web so that the speed profile of the builder roller is similar to
that of the web. A driven air roller is mounted on the arm for
positively guiding the web toward the builder roller.
3,712,555
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE TENSION OF
WEBS
Raymond W. O'Brien, Cedar Road, Boxford, Mass.
Fikd Feb. 8, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 13,538
Int. CI. B65h 75124
U.S. CI. 242-72 -* Claims
This invention relates to clothes lines, and more particularly
to such lines which may be singly loaded. More specifically to
the present invention there is provided a garment hanging
device which may permit loading from the inside of the win-
dow. To this effect there are provided a pair of spools or rol-
lers to which the hanging line is wound; one roller in the pair is
mounted to a pole in the yard, while the other roller is
mounted to a hanging arm which is held to swing on a bracket
secured to the window-sill. The arm in question is swung into
the window when hanging the garments to the line, and is
swung out of it upon completion of the hanging operation. The
clothes line is of an entirely new construction never before en-
countered. Instead of the conventional yarn or cord the new
line is formed of a flat, thin, stiff ribbon-like material which at
various places may be provided with serrated cut-outs, and
openings of different sizes. Into these serrated cut-outs and in
the openings may be hooked the clothes to be hung.
3,712,557
CASSETTE AND SUPPLY REEL FOR USE IN CASSETTE-
LOADED CINEMATOGRAPHIC APPARATUS
Volkmar Stenzenberger, Unterhaching; Klaus Fuchsle. and
Fridolin Hennig, both of Munich, all of Germany, assignors
to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed March 25, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 27,936
Claims priority, application Germany, March 26, 1970, P 20
14 872.5
Int. CI. G03b 1 104 ;G\\h 15/32,23/04
U.S. CI. 242-197 14 Claims
A mandrel for regulating the tension on a web being un- A cassette for use m cassette-loaded motion picture projec-
rolled from a storage roll placed on the mandrel by changing tors has a pair of sections one of which carries a separable
he frktTon force bltween the storage roll which routes rela- retaining member which can be used to secure the mner end
1336
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
of convoluted motion picture film to the hub of a supply reel.
The retaining member is glued to or integral with the respec-
tive section and can be broken off by the user to be inserted
into a socket of the supply reel in order to clamp the inner end
of the film against the inner side of the hub. The position of
the retaining member on the one section can be such that a
supply reel can be inserted into the housing only when the
retaining member is detached. The retaining member does not
interfere with insertion of an empty supply reel.
vide an interlock structure when the cassette is used with a
transport apparatus. The improvemenU are especially adapted
3,712,558
TAKE-UP DEVICE FOR A STRIP OF WEB MATERIAL
Robert B. Johnson, and Craig E. Smith, both of York, N.Y.,
assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed March 15, 1971,Ser. No. 124,074
Int. CI. G03b I /04; Glib 1 5/32
U.S.Cl.242-195 10 Claims
for use with a Phillips type cassette and are utilized without
changing the standards established for such a cassette.
3,712,560
CINEMATOGRAPHIC APPARATUS WITH REVERSIBLE
FILM TRANSPORTING MEANS
Anton Theer, Munich, Germany, assignor to AGFA-Gevaert
AG, Munich, Germany
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 173,772
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 29, 1970, P 20
42 956.6
int. CI. B I lb 15/32; G03b 1/04
^.CL 242— 205 12 Claims
A take-up device for a strip of web material includes a fric-
tion driven take-up reel having a pair of spaced flanges and a
hub rotatably mounted on a housing. A plurality of teeth ex-
tend radially from the hub for engaging the leading end por-
tion of a strip of web material. After leaving the open end of a
threading channel having an open end spaced from the hub,
the leading end portion of the strip of web material enters a
link for guiding the strip to an arm which in turn directs the
strip between the reel flanges to the hub The strip is pulled
away from the arm and out of the web guide link by tension
applied thereto by the rotating hub to define a new path for
the strip from the open end of the threading channel to the
hub A snubber positioned adjacent the open end of the
threading channel has a first position for guiding the leading
end portion of an advancing strip of web material from the
open end of the threading channel to the web guide link and a
second position spaced transversely from the first position in a
direction perpendicular to the web material's plane. The
snubber is spring biased toward its first position and is moved
toward its second position by web tension. When the strip is
being rewound from the take-up reel, the snubber is effective
to accommodate instantaneous differences in the velocity of
the strip in the threading channel and the velocity of the web
material being unwound from the take-up reel.
3,712,559
TAPE CASSETTE AND IMPROVEMENTS THEREFOR
Vem R. Schwartz. Cupertino, Calif., assignor to Information
Terminals Corp.. Mountain View, Calif.
Int. CI. G 1 lb 2i//0, B65h 05/28,27/00
U.S. CI. 242— 199 9 Claims
A tape cassette having improvements including a hub hav-
ing means for securely adapting a tape leader thereto, a slip
sheet for assuring uniformity of the winding of a tape pack on
a hub, an idler post having anti-friction means on its outer
periphery, means for distinguishing a pair of tape hubs in a
tape cassette, and identification means on the cassette to pro-
The takeup reel of a motion picture camera is rotatable by
the claw pull-down through the intermediary of two meshing
gears one of which directly drives the reel. During stepwise
forward transport of the film, the claw pull-down transmits
recurrent alternating pivotal movements in opposite
directions to a lever which carries two spring-biased main
pawls each normally engaging one of the gears so that the one
reel is rotated in a single direction, either because it is driven
in such single direction by the respective pawl or because the
other pawl drives the other gear in the opposite direction. The
pawls can be disengaged from the respective gears to permit
operation of the pull-down without causing a rotation of the
takeup reel. It is optional to provide on the lever two auxiliary
pawls each of which can be moved into engagement with a dif-
ferent gear when the main pawls are disengaged to thus route
the respective gears in directions counter to those in which the
gears are rotated by the main pawls so that the reel can pay
out the film when the claw pull-down transports the film rear-
wardly.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1337
3,712,561
TAPE REEL HOLD DOWN MECHANISM
James Edgar Williams, Hackettstown, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,712
Int. CI. B65h / 7/02
IJ.S. CL 242—68.3 * Claims
b. a second input terminal for receiving target signals from
another channel of said target seeker,
c. roll rate circuit means for producing delayed signals
synchronized to the roll of said missile,
d. first gate circuit means for passing signals received at said
first input terminal when signals present at said second
input terminal are at a null and being responsive to the
delayed signal of said roll rate circuit means for blocking
signals received at said first circuit means,
e. second gate circuit means for passing signals received at
said second input terminal when signals present at said
first input terminal are at a null and being responsive to
the delayed signals of said roll rate circuit means for
blocking signals received at said second circuit means.
3,712,563
AUTOMATIC PATH FOLLOWER GUIDANCE SYSTEM
Frederick C. Alpers, Riverside, CaUf., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the SecreUry of the
Navy
Filed Dec. 4, 1963, Ser. No. 328,129
Int. CI. F42b/ 5/02
U.S. CI. 244-3.17 7 Claims
A tape reel hold down mechanism for properly seating and
firmly clamping a tape reel to a turntable substantially com-
prises a base rigidly attached to the turntable, an actuating
knob rotatable relative to the base and including a plurality of
crank pins, a plurality of links each having one end responsive
to the circular motion of an associated crank pin for seating
the tape reel on the turntable with their other end and a plu-
rality of clamping means each responsive to the motion of a
lost motion slot on an associated link for applying an outward
radial clamping force to the inner diameter of the tape reel. In
a particular embodiment of the invention, the clamping means
includes a thin rubber pad and a preloaded compression
spring assembly.
3,712,562
SECTOR GATING CIRCUIT
Frederic C. Alpers, Riverside, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the SecreUry of the
Navy
Filed May 19, 1964, Ser. No. 369,055
Int. CLF42b/ 5/02
U.S.CL 244-3.15 5 Claims
NULL
OCTCCTO" *
4
NULL
OCTCCTOn ■
OATCO
AMPLiFtER A
fOTF
SELECTED •_;
9IST*»tE
HULTlVttflATOR
♦OfF
NOLL MATE
DCTCCTO"
FIXED
DELAT *
«:i £
BISTABLE
MULTIVIBHATOH
VAIIIABCC
DELAY a
«/*RiABLC
OELAV S
6ATED
AMPLiFtEK e
FIXED
DELAY a
SELECTED
■ SI6NAL
In a circuit for discriminating against signals from extrane-
ous urgets received by a tracking device in which the planes
of direction finding are routed, such as the seeker of a rolling
missile, the combination comprising:
a. a first input terminal for receiving urget signals from one
channel of a target seeker.
In an airborne vehicle automatic path follower guidance
system, the combination comprising;
a. optical scanning means located in the airborne vehicle for
scanning a landscape below said vehicle at a predeter-
mined repetition rate,
b. optical information storage means for storing information
peculiar to the terrain of the path over which the vehicle
is intended to fiy,
c. first, second, and third null detectors,
d. each of said null detectors having a first input coupled to
said optical scanning means,
e. said first null detector having a second input coupled
directly to said information storage means,
f. said second null detector having a second input coupled
to said information storage means through a first delay
circuit having a time delay equal one scan of said jplical
scanning means,
g. said third null detector having a second input coupled to
said information storage means through a second delay
circuit having a time delay twice that of said first time
delay,
h. a first comparator circuit having a first input coupled to
the output of said first null detector and a second input
coupled to the output of said second null detector for
producing a corrective signal when said vehicle moves to
the left of said flight path,
i. a second comparator circuit having a first input coupled
to the output of said second null detector and a second
input coupled to the output of said third null detector for
producing a corrective signal when said vehicle moves to
the right of said flight path.
1338
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712^64
SLOTTED DIFFUSER SYSTEM FOR REDUCING
AIRCRAFT INDUCED DRAG
Scott C. Rethorst, 1661 Lombardy Road, Pasadena, Calif.
Continyation-in-part of Ser. No. 792,872, Jan. 2 1 , 1969,
abandoned. Thb application Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,415
Int. CI. B64c 3100
U.S. CI. 244—41 6 Claims
3,712,566
SUPERSONIC VEHICLE CONTROL SURFACE HAVING A
THERMALLY PROTECTIVE COATING
Kenneth E. Branen. Nashua, N.H.; George K. Castle, and
Charles K. Mullen, both of Chelmsford. Mass., assignors to
the United States of America as represented by the Secretary
of the Navy
FUedFeb. 25, 1971,Ser. No. 118,715
Int. CI. B64c7/i«
U.S. CK 244— 1 17 A 3 Claims
A wing assembly for increasing lift and reducing drag is dis-
closed comprising ( 1 ) an inboard conventional primary wing
panel, and ( 2 ) an outboard secondary wing panel which is aft-
swept and comprised of a cascade of airfoil elements. The in-
board panel is provided with a constant lift distribution which
is dropped sharply at the knee or juncture with the outer
panel, shedding a substantially concentrated vortex at the
knee rather than at the wing tip. The sweep of the outer panel
deflects the flow carrying this vorticity outboard, and its
cascade airfoil elements then operate in the upflow outboard
thereof The cascade elements of the outer panel are stacked
vertically above to the rear, so that the vorticity shed from
each element generates a spanwash providing an incremental
lift and thrust on the next element aft and above, which, in
turn, because of its sweep deflects the vorticity underneath
outboard, providing a greater effective span. The cascade
splits the vortex into a vertical stack of vortex sheets, which
laminate into an expanded size, slowly turning vortex core.
The energy and corresponding induced drag of the vortex pair
shed from this improved wing assembly is less because the vor-
tex cores are (a) expanded, and (b) displaced outboard.
Thermal protection for the leading edges of supersonic
vehicle control fins is provided by a coating of one or more
layers of silica cloth impregnated with a phenolic resin and
bonded to the control fin. The cloth is tightly woven with
70-80 percent of the fibers extending in the warp direction of
the weave and is applied on the fin with the warp fibers ex-
tending parallel to the flow along the sides of the fin and per-
pendicular to the flow at the fin's leading edge stagnation line.
3,712,565
BARRIER SYSTEM FOR AIRCRAFT OF DIFFERENT
SIZES
Karl Ove Torgny Walander. Elsa Brandstrom gata 5, Linkop-
ing, Sweden
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,345
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 23, 1970,
80870/1970
Int. CI. B64c 25168
U.S. CI. 244— HOG 3CUims
3,712,567
WEAPON HANDLING APPARATUS
Joseph P. Ruggeri, 214 Third Avenue, Cherry Hill, N J.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,671
Int. CI. B64cy /22
U.S. CI. 244—137 R 5 Claims
An aircraft arrester system of the type in which a hook
mounted on an aircraft engages with a wire connected to brak-
ing means, said wire being complemented by additional wires,
each of the fatter wires having a brake or brakes and each of
said wires being arranged parallel and sequentially in the
direction of aircraft movement to arrest the movement of air-
craft of different weights, such aircraft being provided with
additional arrester hooks each of which is intended to engage
Its respective wire to a number dependent upon the weight of
an aircraft.
Subject disclosure relates to novel and improved apparatus
for loading and unloading a single weapon or bomb on the
ejector rack of an aircraft. The improved apparatus includes a
pair of cantilever elements which are secured to the ejector
rack and extend outwardly from opposite sides thereof, a
bomb engaging band which extends around the lower
periphery of the bomb, a pair of sheave assemblies which are
connected to the band and extend upwardly from opposite
sides of the bomb, a power hoist which depends downwardly
and outwardly from one cantilever element, and a cable which
is secured at one end to the other cantilever element and ex-
tends downwardly around one sheave, around the other
sheave and upwardly to the hoist.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1339
3,712,568
VACUUMIZED CONTAINER FOR A PARACHUTE
Vlto A. Grasso, Franklinville, NJ., and Michael S. Frankel,
Cheltenham, Pa., assignors to The Budd Company, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,766
Int. CI. B64d / 7140
U.S. CI. 244—148 8 CUims
bile vehicle, including a bearing member on the bottom sup-
porting surface to support the bottom end of the body for
universal rocking movement about a vertical axis, and a spher-
Vacuumized package includes a parachute with a main
body. A connector extends from the inside to the outside of
the package while still maintaining the vacuum therein. A
strap from the parachute is connected to one end of the con-
nector inside of the package while the other end includes
means outside of the package adapted to be connected to a
strap or harness to be worn by a pilot.
3,712,569
SUPPORTING MOUNT FOR AN INSTRUMENT STAND
Toni Dietrich, Wetzlar, Germany, assignor to Firma Wilhelm
Will KG, Naubom, Germany
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,103
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 27, 1968, P 18
11 185.8
lnt.CLF16m 11104
U.S. CL 248— 125 7 Claims
22 2,2J'
ical knob fixed to the top end of the body and received in a
laterally slidable seat resting upon the top surface of an open-
ing in a fixed top support structure.
3,712,571
BASE MOUNTING
Eric Miller, Vaucluse, and Robert Eric Miller. Rose Bay, both
of Australia, assignors to R. E. Miller Pty., Limited, Rush-
cutters Bay, New South Wales, Australia
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,384
Claims priority, application Australia, May 18, 1971,
PA49 16/71
Int. CI. F16m 11112
U.S.CL248— 183 4 Claims
X 12
1? '?\',« ( ? n
A stand for a precision instrument such as a microscope is
provided with a pair of vertically extending plane surfaces
which are inclined to each other. The mounting block of the
instrument is provided with correspondingly shaped plane sur-
faces so that both pairs of plane surfaces may be superposed
upon each other. The mounting block is provided with locking
m^ans in the form of a rotatable locking bar which passes
through the vertical slot between the plane surfaces on the
stand and engages a surface of the stand facing away from the
mounting block upon rotation of the locking means through
an angle of about 90°. The locking member is also capable of
axial movement either concurrent with its rotary movement or
independently therefrom.
3,712,570
LEVELING DEVICE
Charlie J. Stone, 904 Percywamer Blvd., Nashville, Tenn., and
Joseph S. Stone, 6817 KipUng Drive, Holland, Ohio
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,531
Int. CI. F 16m 11106
U.S. CL 248— 133 8 Claims
A device for leveling an upright body, such as a refrigerator,
upon a bottom supporting surface, such as the floor of a mo-
A base mounting for an instrument or machine which has to
be panned and/or tilted, the mounting incorporating a lock
mechanism comprising a plurality of balls acting on brake
rods.
3,712,572
MECHANICAL EXTENSION DEVICES FOR HYDRAULIC
OR OTHER PROPS
Karl M. Groetschel, Stolzestrasse 44, Bochum, Germany
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,640
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 16, 1969,
25,153/69
Int.CLE21d/5//4
U.S. CI. 248—354 R 1 7 CUims
A stilt for use with a pit prop comprising an outer tubular
member which at one end receives an end portion of the prop
and which contains either a variable number of spacer pieces
or a variable height spacer piece, and the tubular member has
an entry at its end remote from the prop to enable spacer
pieces to be inserted and removed or the variable height
1340
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
spacer p.ece adjusted, such stilt being provided either at the retracted w.th respect to the intermediate tube and fastened
Io!er end or upper end of the prop which may be incor- in any desired height, and. when fastened m pos.t.on. both the
^^
porated in a self-advancmg roof support comprismg a base, a .^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ intermediate tube rotate together in unison
plurality of such props and a roof-engagmg superstructure. ^.^^ relation to the outer fixed tube.
3,712,573
SIXW AY VEHICLE SEAT ADJUSTER
Joseph Pickles. Birmingham. Mich., assignor to Ferro Manu-
facturing Corporation. Detroit. Mich.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, S«r. No. 90,945
Int.CI.F16m ////2
U.S. CI. 248-394 5 Claims
A six-way vehicle seat adjuster having a motor driven worm
driving two worm gears one of which is connected through
two clutches to vertical adjusting mechanism at each end of
the vehicle seat, and the other of which is connected through a
clutch to mechanism for adjusting the seat fore and aft.
3,712,575
CAVITY MOLD WITH SELECTIVELY POSITIONED
RESILIENT WALL PORTIONS
Ronald Allan Bement, Northglenn, and Augustus Boyd Brown,
Longmont, both of Colo., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,509
Int. CLB22d 79/00
U.S.CL 249-91 3 Claims
3,712,574
CHAIR HEIGHT CONTROL
Heinz Rothcrmel, 604 W . Bloor Street, Apt. 13, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94.105
Int. CLF16m 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 248—409 6 Claims
A chair height control having an outer non-rotatable tube
fixed to the chair base or legs, an innermost longitudinally
telescoping tube supporting the chair seat, and an inter-
mediate locking tube rotatable with respect to the fixed tube,
by suitable beanng means incorporated within the fixed tube,
and a releasable catch means is provided within the innermost
longitudinally extendible tube, which is releasably operable
from immediately beneath the seat, and provided for inter-
locking engagement with a series of recesses in the inter-
mediate tube, whereby the innermost tube can be extended or
A magnetic recording head is molded by positioning a
number of ceramic cards, each of which carries electronic
components and head gaps, in a metallic cavity mold. The
mold includes selectively placed rubber inserts. These inserts
are located such that an insert engages the ceramic cards at
the area of the head gap, and such that inserts engage the
cards in the vicinity of the electronic components to effective-
ly place these components outside the mold cavity. The sub-
sequent injection of a plastic molding compound into the mold
cavity selectively encapsulates the cards, leaving the head gap
area and the electronic components free of molding com-
pound.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1341
3,712,576 3,712,578
W ALER CLAMPING ASSEMBLY FOR A CONCRETE CONTROLS FOR VALVES
WALL FORM Peter Leonard Dawson, 8 Contour Road, Krugersdorp, South
Richard T. Dagiel, Elk Grove Village, III., assignor to Symons Africa
Corporation. Des Plaines, III. Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66.492
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,667 Claims priority, application South Africa, Aug. 26, 1969,
Int. CI. E04g 7 7 /OO 69/6 1 92
US CI 249— 192 9Claims Int. CI. F16k J7/i«5
U.S.CL 251—35 6 Claims
A three-piece inseparable clamp assembly which, in one
form thereof, is applied to the meeting edges of a pair of steel-
studded concrete wall form panels in order to clamp a pair of
walers in position against such panels, and in another form
thereof, is applied to a waler in order to clamp a pair of strong-
backs in position against the waler.
3,712,577
RESET OPERATOR FOR PRESSURE FLUID VALVE
SUnley M. Loveless, Oshtemo, Mich., assignor to General Gas
Light Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,307
Int. CL F16k J7/74J. F15k 75/77
U.S. CI. 251-23 10 Claims
-._>-*
The invention relates to valves wherein the passageway
therethrough is closed by a diaphragm and fluid pressure in
the line in which the valve is located is used to close the valve.
The valve is controlled by an auxiliary valve in a by-pass
passage enabling the escape of fluid under pressure acting on
the diaphragm to close the valve and a shaped member
located in an aperture through the diaphragm such that there
is co-ordination between the flow through the aperture and
movement of the auxiliary valve.
3,712,579
SOLENOID VALVE PLUNGER
Myles N. Murray, Chagrin Falls, and Dale M. Beaver. Mayfield
Heights, both of Ohio, assignors to Industrial Electronic
Rubber Company, Twinsburg, Ohio
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,208
Int. CI. F 1 6k i 7 /i55.i 7/40
U.S.CL 251— 38 1 Claim
The plunger has a molded-on rubber body of right cylindri-
cal exterior shape for coaction with a relatively rigid
diaphragm orifice. The molding is done in a mold which
crimps the end of the plunger to seal the cavity, with injection
of the rubber to the same.
An automatically resettable, fluid-actuated, operating
device for controlling an external device, such as a spool valve
assembly. The operating device includes a housing having a
chamber in which is slideably positioned a piston. A spring is
positioned in the chamber for normally urging the piston
toward one end of the chamber. Pressurized fluid supplied to
said one end of the chamber causes the piston to move away
from said one end position for causing actuation of the exter-
nal device. The piston contains a small bleed passageway
therethrough for permitting controlled flow of fluid to the
other side of the piston whereby, after a predetermined time,
the fluid and the spring adjacent the other side of the piston
return the piston to its original end position. The piston is pro-
vided with a resilient seal ring which substantially functions as
a one-way check valve for permitting the fluid adjacent said
other side of the piston to be rapidly vented.
3,712,580
FLUE CONTROL DEVICE AND SYSTEM UTILIZING THE
SAME
Harvey J. Shopsky, Latrobe, Pa., assignor to Robertshaw Con-
trols Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed March 31, 1971, Ser. No. 129,701
InLCLF16ki5/00
U.S.CL 251-96 7 Claims
A fuel control device wherein the manual selector is axially
movable relative to a valve housing to unlock the selector
therefrom and is movable in a rotational direction relative to
the housing to drive a fuel control valve member between its
operating positions. In order to prevent wobble of the selector
as the same is being moved relative to the valve member
and/or relative to the housing, the selector and the housing
1342
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
each respectively has a pair of axially spaced guides cooperat-
ing respectively with the pair of guides on the other member
the valve, pass by a sensing device which is thus enabled to
sense linear change of position of the drum and hence its as-
sociated valve, and a control system operatively connected
so that in all positions of the selector, the two axially spaced
guides of the selector are cooperating with the axially spaced
guides of the housing.
3,712.581
SOLENOID COMBINED SHADING COIL AND RETURN
SPRING
John Parlow, Arnold, Mo., assignor to Emerson Electric Co.,
SL Louis, Mo.
Filed Nov. 2, 1970. Ser. No. 86,020
Int. CL Fl6k 3 1106, HOlf 7/12
L.S.Cl. 251 — 129 1 Claim
J*
with the sensing device and the drive motor for actuating the
valve to accurately located positions providing selected flow
rates through the valve.
i. 3,712,583
VALVED FOR LINES CARRYING EXTREME
TEMPERATURE FLUIDS
David L. Martindak; Alan M. Dale, both of La Mesa; Richard
C. Mursinna, San Diego, and Gene R. Rewerts, Lakeside, all
of Calif., assignors to Ametek, Inc., El Cajon, Calif.
Filedjan. 25, 1971,S«r.No. 109,373
Int. CI. F 161 29/00, J 7/2.S
U.S.CL 251 — 149.4 17 Claims
An a.c. solenoid valve having a magnetic plunger member
carrying a valve at one end and a magnetic stop member en-
gaged by the other end of the plunger member when the sole-
noid is energized to open the valve, the device further includ-
ing a helical spring of beryllium copper positioned between
these members and entered partially into an annular groove in
the surface of one of the members, whereby the spring pro-
vides conductive turns around a portion of one of the mem-
bers defined by the groove, thereby to provide a shaded pole
portion, and whereby the spring has sufficient resiliency to
return the valve to a bi^lsed closed position when the solenoid
is de -energized.
3.712,582
FLUID FLOW CONTROL VALVE AND LINEAR
ACTUATOR THEREFOR
Donald L. Moesta. 38046 Jamison Drive, Livonia, Mich.
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,431
Int.CI. F16ki;/04.H02pi/04
U.S.CL 251 — 134 10 Claims
A support housing having a cylindrical bore in which a com-
plementary cylindrical spool valve is carried and screw-
threadedly engaged with the housing, the valve being rotated
by a drive motor for linear movement of the valve in the bore,
an inlet port and an outlet port opening to the bore so that
communication therebetween is accurately controlled by the
linear positioning of the spool valve, a pulse drum structure
connected with and rotating with the spool valve and having
sensor points thereon which, as the pulse drum rotates with
A coupling for lines carrying extreme temperature fluids,
such as fluids at cryogenic temperatures, that employs an
inner and an outer seal separated by thermal insulating materi-
al with parallel faces. The parallel faces form a restricted
sealed space between the seals in which vapor that may escape
through the inner seal is Uapped forming a vapor barrier to
further leakage through the inner seal and to thermal conduc-
tivity of the extreme temperature of the conducted fluid to the
outer seal, thus allowing the outer seal to be an ambient tem-
perature seal.
3,712,584
VALVE AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Eugene H. Wise, Saugus, and Homer W. Gait, Burbank, both
of Calif., assignors to The Susquehanna Corporation, Fairfax
County, Va.
ConUnuation of Ser. No. 857,058, Sept. 11, 1969, abandoned.
This application Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,210
Int. CLF16k 5/20
U.S.CL 251-162 9Claims
A valve of the type wherein a valve member having a
passageway therethrough is rotatably mounted within a valve
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1343
body or housing having inlet and outlet passages. The valve
body is provided with one or more raised portions on its interi-
or surface which serve to firmly engage or bias the valve
member when it is rotated to the closed position, thereby
preventing leakage be the valve member and the body. In the
manufacture of such a valve in accordance with the method of
the present invention, the valve body is formed of a suitable
jacent a vehicle body interior side panel. The extractor device
comprises a sling adapted to h>e draped across the bottom of
the recess. The sling is anchored to a vehicle body structure at
plastic material and is molded about the valve member. The
valve member is placed in the open position in the mold and is
provided with one or more recessed portions on the outer sur-
face thereof so that complementary raised portions are
formed on the inner surface of the molded valve body which
serve to firmly engage or bias the valve member when it is
rotated to the closed position.
3,712,585
SEALS FOR BALL VALVES
Wilfred J. Grenier, Rutland, Mass., assignor to General Indus-
tries, Inc., Worcester, Mass.
Filed Aug. 27, 1970. Ser. No. 67,360
Int. CI. F16k 5/20
U.S.CL 251-174 1 Claim
2f-
74.
A seal and seat construction for the ball of a ball valve in-
cluding an annular upstream elastomeric seal having a general
wedge conformation and an annular spring for holding the
same, the spring having an outer peripheral area held by the
parts of the housing of the ball valve and an inner offset annu-
lar member impinging upon the seal causing it to press against
the exterior surface of the ball valve about the inlet opening
thereof There is also a new and improved elastometric seal
for the downstream side of the ball including a metal retainer
preventing extrusion of the seal material.
3,712,586
SPARE TIRE EXTRACTOR ASSIST DEVICE
Myron M. Nicholson, Livonia, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mkrh.
Filed Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 184,131
Int. CI. B66f l/OO- B66d l/OO
U.S.CL254— 1 4 Claims
An extractor device for assisting in the removal of a spare
tire and wheel assembly from a deep storage well or recess ad-
one of its ends and equipped with a pull cable at its other end.
The sling is adapted to be raised to a height at which the spare
tire and wheel assembly can be tilted onto the vehicle floor ad-
jacent the recess.
3,712,587
FLOW RESTRICTING VALVE
Glenn E. Specht, Charles Town, W. Va., assignor to American
LaFrance Inc., W illoughby, Ohio
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,549
Int.CI.FI6k 57/00, 7 7/74
U.S.CL251 — 285 6 Claims
A flow restricting valve having a valve seat and a movable
valve element and means for moving the valve element toward
and away from the valve seat. A device on said means for mov-
ing the valve element engageable with a collar on said flow
restricting valve acting to limit the movement of said means
for moving the valve element and wherein one edge of said
collar is formed m a spiral engageable with an abutment on
said flow stricting valve whereby the relative positioning of the
:ollar is determined by its engagement with said abutment.
3,712,588
CHAIN ACCESSORY DEVICE
Frederick J. Coil, 109 Latham Trailer Courts, Latham, N.Y.
Filed July 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,746
Int. CI. B66f i/00
U.S.CL 254-78 10 Claims
Discloses a chain accessory device for mounting a chain to
be repaired, and for tightening same and at the same time
rendering slack a portion of the chain for purposes of repair A
barrel slide member is slidable within a main-body member,
with both members having depending, cylindrically con-
figured, upper and lower chain guides accommodating.
1344
respectively, a small chain or large chain. Aligned holes in the
slide member, mam-body member and chain guides receive
chain pins to engage and retain the chain accommodated^
Relative rectihnear movement of the barrel slide member and
main-body member is effected by rotary movement of an
operatively engaged, bifurcated lever to tighten the accom-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
to the channel wide dimension, and one or more legs extend-
ing perpendicular to the planar portion across the narrow
dimension of the channel. Preferably, the interior of each slat
is of cellular configuration, the slat having a specific gravity of
between 0.4 and 1 .0. Alternatively, slats of rectangular cross-
section may be employed.
,1 " f i,
f.T^'vki^
ti
3,712,591
ZERO GRAVITY LIQUID MIXER
Franklin W. Booth, Hampton, and Robert A. Bruce. Newport
News both of Va., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the Administrator o( the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed Nov. 24. 1971, Ser. No. 201,782
Int.CI. BOlf /5/02
U.S. CI. 259-4 • 13 Claims
modated chain and at the same time to render the portion of
the accommodated chain between the chain pins slack for
purposes of repair As a safety feature, the lever is rotatable
beyond its position of greatest force application to positive-
lock position An added safety feature is provided by a pawl
retentively engageable with ratchet teeth.
3,712,589
POROUS OR FOAMED METAL ENERGY ABSORPTION
DEVICE
Warren S. Peterson, Guilford, and Clarence M. Tyler, Jr., New
Haven, both of Conn., assignors to Olin Corp., New Haven,
Conn.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,447
Int.CI. EOlf /5/00
U.S.CI.256-13.1 5 Claims
XI_/^
The instant invention relates to a porous or foamed metal
component which absorbs energy in an inelastic manner
through curshing of the component by an external object. The
instant invention in particular relates to a barrier such as a
highway barrier, bridge barrier, or vehicle bumper wherein
the porous or foamed metal component, and preferably a
foamed aluminum component is operatively positioned so as
to inelastically absorb energy upon impact.
Apparatus for mixing liquids under conditions of zero gravi-
ty is disclosed The apparatus is comprised of a closed reser-
voir for the liquids, having a means for maintaining a positive
pressure on the liquids in the reservoir. A valved liquid supply
line is connected to the reservoir for supplying the reservoir
with the liquids to be mixed in the reservoir. The portion of
the reservoir containing the liquids to be mixed is in communi-
cation with a pump which alternately causes a portion of the
liquids to flow out of the pump and into the reservoir to mix
the liquids. In a particular embodiment disclosed, the reser-
voir comprises a sphere having a flexible diaphragm across the
diameter thereof. A fiuid pressure is applied to the upper side
of the diaphragm and the fiuids to be mixed are pumped into a
section of the sphere on the opposite side of the diaphragm
from the fluid pressure. The fluids in the reservoir are in com-
munication through a conduit with the pump which alternate-
ly causes a portion of the fluids to flow out of the pump and
into the sphere. The conduit connecting the pump and sphere
may contain a nozzle or other jet-forming structure such as a
venturi for further mixing the fluids. The reservoir may be
completely emptied of liquids stored therein.
3,712,590
SLATS FOR A CHAIN LINK FENCE
Irving A. Tochner. Yorba Linda, Calif., and Walter T.
Savinsky. La Mirada, Calif., assignors to Manner Plastic
Materials, Inc., Compton, Calif.
Flledjuly 28, 1971.S«r. No. 166,671
Int.CI. E04h /7//4
U.S. CI. 256-34 10 Claims
3E^
18 II, 18 13, 'gg ", '^;/3 '3^
Extruded plastic slats are adapted for tight-fitting insertion
into the channels formed by the flattened helical strands of a
chain link fence. Each slat has a planar portion of width equal
3,712,592
FUEL BLENDER
Edgar H. Heatcoat, Box 354, Assiniboia, Canada
Filed April 6, 197 1, Ser. No. 131,598
Claims priority, application Canada, April 18, 1970,
079,550
Int.CI.B01f7//6
U.S.CL259-108 3 Claims
A fuel mixer, blender and container, said container being of
a specific volume and having a spout through which the con-
tainer is filled and from which contents in the contamer are
dispensed. A stirring device for blending the fuel is rotatably
mounted in the container and includes pairs of agitator blades
mounted on a shaft and sloped in opposite directions relative
to one another and inclined with respect to the long.tudmal
axis of the shaft on which they are mounted. The shaft is jour-
nalled in the top and bottom walls and rotated by a crank
detachably connected thereto. Deflector blades, fixed to the
container walls, are located within the container and are
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1345
sloped at an angle to the axis of the shaft. The spout is located means, especially a slide valve in a central bypass, is provided
to provide a selected volume providing proper proportions of for regulating the pressure and flow of a polymer melt from
3,712,593
METHOD OF AND DEVICE FOR CONTINUOUS
PREPARATION OF GRANULAR MATERIAL, SUCH AS
FOUNDRY SAND
Franz Szatmarl. SchafThausen, Switzerland, assignor to
Glorg Fischer A. G., SchafThausen. Switzerland
FiledMarch23, 1971,Ser. No. 127,210
Claims priority, application Switzerland, April 3, 1970,
4938/70
Int. CLBOlf 7/76
U.S.CL259— 148 12 Claims
A method and device for mixing, loosening, aerating and
cooling granular material is disclosed where the material to be
treated is introduced into two axially arranged cylindrical con-
tainers spaced at a small distance one from another to provide
a discharging gap therebetween. At least one of the containers
is rotated by a driving motor so that the contacting grain layers
in the gap will rub together and subsequently are discharged
by centrifugal forces from the gap.
3,712,594
VENTED SCREW EXTRUDER WITH PRESSURE AND
FLOW REGULATING MEANS
Heinz Schippers, and Friedheim Hensen, both of Remscheid,
Germany, assignors to Barmag Barmer Maschinenfabrik
Aktiengesellschaft, Nuppertal, Germany
Flledjune28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,194
Claims priority, appllcntion Germany, June 27, 1970, P 20
31935.1
Int. CI. BOH 7/08
U.S. CL259— 191 10 Claims
A vented two-stage screw extruder for processing ther-
moplastic polymers wherein an axially positioned valve
the compression side to the expansion side of the two-stage ex-
truder.
fuel and oil in a mixture for a two-cycle internal combustion
engine.
3,712,595
UPFLOW DISTRIBUTIVE TRAYS FOR FRACTIONATING
COLUMNS AND ABSORPTION TOWERS
Abraham Adier Hirsch, 141 Norwood Street, Shreveport, La.
Flledjuly 12, 1971, Ser. No. 161,748
Int.CI. BOldi//*. i/22
U.S.CL261 — 114R 21 Claims
2,4
The ascending phase, vapor in distillation columns, and
vapor or the lighter of a pair of contacting liquids in an absorp-
tion tower flows unequally according to a velocity profile at
points across the diameter of the vessel. This causes unequal
distribution of vapor or rising liquid to the trays with attendant
operating difficulties and inefficiency. A stack of perforated
baffles or wire mesh discs of different overall diameters, with
the largest at the top tapering to the smallest at the bottom, at-
tached underneath each tray interpose a varied hydraulic re-
sistance to counteract the velocity profile and hence equalize
vapor or liquid upflow to all areas of each tray.
3,712,596
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HEATING AN
ELONGATED METAL WORKPIECE
F. Troy Cope, Salem, Ohio, and James V. Burrell, Detroit,
Mich., assignors to The Electric Furnace Company. Salem,
Ohio
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,826
Int. CI. F27d 3/00
U.S. CL263— 6R 5 Claims
A furnace for heating an elongated metal workpiece having
a lower surface, which furnace includes a heating chamber
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1346
and a lower elongated workpiece supporting structure within
the chamber There is provided a series of elements spaced
along the supporting structure and means for periodically lift-
ing the workpiece from the structure by the spaced elements
and lowering the workpiece onto the structure. In this manner,
expansion of the workpiece during the heating cycle can be
accommodated without damage to the supporting structure.
3,712,597
GLASS MANUFACTURING SYSTEM
Joseph Waitkus, Wellsville, N.Y., and Derek Orem Van
Buskirk, Mars, Pa., assignors to The Air Preheater Com-
pany, Inc., Wellsville. N.Y.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,531
Int.CI. F27d I 7 100; ¥23115/04
U.S.CI.263-15R 6 Claims
January 23, 1973
cined with a stream of hot gas at a temperature sufficient to
fracture the colemanite crystals into small particles which are
selectively picked up from the ore by the gas stream and car-
ried in the gas stream in which the final calcination of the
colemanite takes place. The calcined colemanite particles are
then separated from the gas stream. The method can be car-
ried out with two rotary kilns mounted in tandem and tilted for
gravity feed. A burner and blower are mounted at the
discharge end of the lower kiln or calciner. and a feed chute
with a gas lock connects the feed end of the calciner to the
discharge end of the upper kiln. An exhaust stack leads from
the ore inlet end of the calciner to a cyclone separator, the gas
exiting from the separator into a conduit connected to the ore
discharge end of the upper drier, and the balance of the ore
discharges from the discharge end of the calciner. A feed
chute and exhaust stack are connected to the feed end of the
upper drier.
An arrangement for manufacturing glass at a continuously
high temperature that involves a system utilizing a rotary
regenerative air preheater in combination with a recuperative
heat exchanger of the bayonet type to provide preheated air to
a glass tank for combustion therein at a uniformly high tem-
perature and at a constant rate of flow.
3,712,599
METHOD OF PRODUCING HIGH DENSITY
REFRACTORY GRAIN FROM NATURAL MAGNESITE
Ben Davies, Pittsburgh, and Dwight S. Whittemore, Bethel
Park, both of Pa., assignors to Dresser Industries, Inc., Dal-
las, Tex.
Filed March 15, 1971, Set. No. 124,543
Int.CI. F27b/ 9/04
U.S. CI. 263-52 6 Claims
A method for obtaining a high density refractory grain,
suitable for refractory brick manufacture, from a coarsely
crystalline natural magnesite by milling the crystalline mag-
nesite to a small particle size before and after caustic calcin-
ing
3,712,598
ROTARY APPARATUS FOR TREATING COLEMANITE
ORE
Donald E. Miles, AlUdcna, Calif., assignor to Stanst««l Cor-
poration, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed April 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136.331
Int. CI. F27b 7/02
U.S.CL 263-32 R 4 Claims
3,712,600
HEATING INSTALLATION FOR HEATING
PARTICULATE RAW MATERIALS
Anton Landthaler, Austria, assignor to Veitscher Magneslt-
werke Aktiengesellschaft, Vienna, Austria
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,461
Claims priority, application Austria, Jan. 22, 1970, 607
Int. CL F27b 7/02
U.S. CI. 263-32 R 3 CUlms
A succession of interconnected rotary kilns are indepen-
dently beatable, with the burner of at least one kiln receiving
an oxygen supply. The exhaust gases from the kilns are
delivered to a preheating station for the raw material at the
Colemanite ore is treated to prepare pure calcmed ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^'^^I'f^^^^^^^^^^
colemanite which is substantially free of the ore gangue. The heated at the output end by the heat released trom
ore IS first dried to remove all uncombined water, then cal- raw material.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1347
3,712,601
APPARATUS FOR REMOVING A FOREIGN SUBSTANCE
FROM A LIQUID BATH
Jesse C. Brown, Delanco, NJ., assignor to Amsted Industries
Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 186,840
Int.CLF27d2i/00
U.S.CL 266-37 10 Claims
chamber containing hydraulic fluid, and valve means for con-
trolling the rate of flow of fluid between the chambers
produced by movement of the piston in its chamber. One of
the chambers accommodates a piston and the other a variable
volume pre-pressurized flexible bay which contains a
preselected quantity of compressed gas and is arranged to
pressurize the fluid in the chambers. The body of the unit is
also formed with a hydraulic reservoir and with a bore which
accommodates a combined pump and release valve operable
by a common handle and reciprocable plunger for transferring
fluid between the reservoir and the chambers to adjust the
pressurization of the fluid by compression or expansion of the
container.
Am apparatus is provided to remove foreign particles, such
as slag, from a liquid bath, such as molten steel. The aPparatus
includes a plate which may be moved through an angle of 90
from a vertically extending position to a horizontally extend-
ing position. The plate is located in a horizontal position
Weath the particles to be removed and then raised upwardly
away from the liquid bath thereby lifting the particles. A
movable trolley-cantilever boom arrangement is used to move
the plate to a dumping station where the plate is moved to its
vertical position to dispose of the particles.
3,712,602
BLAST FURNACE TUYERE AND METHOD OF
OPERATING SAME
Marinus L. Brown. Wllklns Township; Paul J. J » R««;
Shaler Township; and Charles M. Sciulll. Jr., Whitehall
Borough, all of Allegheny County, Pa., assignors to United
Statts Steel Corporation. Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,275
Int. CLC2 lb 7/76
U.S. a. 266-41 IC*-""
3,712,604
MECHANICAL SPRING CONSTANT LOAD DEVICE
Melvin S. Nation, Bensenville. III., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, lU.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,285
lnt.CLF16(//34
U.S.CL 267-161 9 Claims
60 62
55
A spring member having conically extending resilient An-
gers which bear against a disc provides a constant load to a
shaft coupled to the disc in the presence of movement of the
shaft ftom a flxed axial position. The constant load device can
be used in many mechanical applications such as an automo-
bile chassis spring or a spring for a friction clutch. The con-
stant load device can also be used in electronic applications,
such as for holding a vidicon in assembled position with an
electron intensifier.
A blast furnace tuyere having a nose portion and a rear por-
tion each of which are independently water cooled by
separate circulation systems. The nose portion thereof com-
prises nothing more than helically wound tubing, with each
end thereof extending back through the rear portion to pro-
vide an inlet and outlet for the cooling water.
3,712,603
SUSPENSION UNIT FOR VEHICLE SEATS
William Percy Hickinbotham, 253 Betsy Lane, Stafford, En-
gl*"*' . -,«
FiledFeb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,160
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 17, 1970,
7,465/70
Int. CLF16C 5/00
U.S.CL 267-131 7 Claims
A suspension unit primarily for vehicle seats comprises a
block-like body formed with two intercommunicating
3,712,605
APPARATUS FOR CLAMPING AND DISCHARGING
WORKPIECES
John L. ParrU, Knoxville, and Herman J. Oldham, Oak Ridge,
both of Tenn., assignors to The Carborundum Company,
Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,913
Int. CI. B24b 4 / /06 , B23g 3/00
U.S.a.269-14 7 Claims
M a« « es 36 «T T»
i» if »5
In a workpiece clamping and discharging device for a frame,
a work-engaging member is joumaled for rotation about a ver-
906 O.Q. — 50
1348
tical axis adjacent the >vorkp.ece. As the work-engaging
rler .s turned, an mcl.ned surface thereon wh.ch.s spaced
Lm the axis of rotation slidably contacts the workp.ece to
pus" the workp.ece upwardly and ou-ardly Further turn.ng
of the work-engag.ng member causes an abutment at the
upper portion of the .nclmed surface to engage the workp.ece
thereby laterally ^rgmg the workp.ece across the frame so as
to clamp or d.scharge the workp.ece.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
mechan.sms for continuous paper forms of ""g'%° 7"' 'P'^
ply of the variety known as fan-fold or accord.on fold, dunng
its passage from a print.ng device, over a gu.de. and through a
stacking mechanism to a collecting table.
ERRATUM
For Class 270—79 see:
Patent No. 3,712,610
3,712,606 3,712,608
CLAMPING DEVICE APPARATUS FOR STACKING SHEETS
Gail R. Cole, 4704 West EspUnade, Ft. Wayne, Ind. Charles L Larson, (irants Pass. Oreg., assignor to Jeddeloh
Flkd Dtc. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,076 ^^ Swe«d Mills Inc., GoW HIU. Oreg.
Int.CLB23qi/02 ' pued May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,747
U.S. CI. 269-92 »^ <^'*""' Int. CI. B65h 29/34
U.S.CL 271-68 ^C"*""'
This invention involves a device for clamping .terns to be
worked on in relation to a support and comprises an elongated
clamp provided with a lower rece.v.ng means, a shaft and a
rod exlend.ng through the clamp, and a pair of f.ttings earned
bv the shaft and rod for respective cooperation with an upper
portion or beanng area of the clamp and w.th the rece.v.ng
means .n a manner whereby the clamp may be caused to read.-
ly tilt and adjust itself to the work for clamping .t to the sup-
port.
.-iw- " -
Stack.ng apparatus for automat.cally transferr.ng sheets
from a conveyor .nto a stack. Sheets to be stacked sequent.ally
are moved up an elevator conveyor into engagement w.th the
lower runs of a ser.es of transfer conveyor belts that collec-
tively form a transfer conveyor. Stacking bars, each hav.ng a
plurality of rollers jaurnaled thereon, are provided below the
Transfer conveyor. One bar .s positioned beneath each end of a
Kiven sheet, with the rollers engaging the unders.de of the
sheet to retain .t against an adjacent belt of the transfer con-
veyor for movement therew.th. Each bar .s attached at its ends
to a pair of movable, endless chains that are spaced apart one
on either side of the stack to be formed. The endless chains
are supported on sprockets to transfer orbital paths, and are
selectively movable whereby a bar is retained beneath a sheet
until it IS positioned over the stack, whence the bar is moved
outwardly beyond the end of a sheet whereby the sheet drops
upon the top of the stack.
3,712,607
- FAN-FOLD PAPER GUIDES AND STACKING
MECHANISMS
Douglas G. Ziegler, and Roy T. Spurlock. Jr.. both of 109
Sheridan Ave., Takoma Park, Md.
FUed April 2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,618
Int. CI. B65h 45/00
U.S.a. 270-61 F »C'»""
3,712,609
DEVICE FOR DISCHARGING PROCESSED OR WORKED
LENGTHS OF MATERIAL FROM A WORK TABLE
Roger Robert, 7. Rue du Cardinal Saliege, Saint Quentm,
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,777
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 16, 1970. 7001640
Int. CI. B65h 29/24
U.S.CL 271—74
2 Claims
A CC
A device for discharging processed or worked lengths of
mater.al from a work table the lengths hav.ng a Part »y'ng on
the work table and a part hanging over an edge thereof. The
dev.ce mcludes a pair of parallel superposed perforate^ con^
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1349
axis below the table on which the lengths are eventually strad-
dled The upper conduit is positioned at the level of the work
table and the lower bar is positioned at the same level as the
receiving bar. The jet of air formed by the lower conduit
retains the portion hanging over the end of the table against
the receiving bar while the jet of air formed by the upper con-
duit flips the part of the length lying on the table onto the
receiving bar such that the length is straddled on the receiving
bar.
greater than twice the average diameter of the fibers of the
fibrous material, the nozzle being pivoted with coupling means
to secure the nozzle to a vacuum source.
3,712,610
AUTOMATIC PLEATING MACHINES
Vittork) Garrone, Via Rivadora 6, S. Mauro Torinese, luly
FUed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,897
Int. CI. B65h 45/20
.. ^ ,^ ••« mn 4 Claims
1I.S. n. 270—79
3,712,612
DEVICE FOR THE DISPLACEMENT AND ALIGNMENT
OF PIECES OF FLEXIBLE MATERIAL IN SHEET FORM
Jean Guichard, Yerres, France, assignor to Centre D'Etude
Techniques Des Industries De L'Habillement, Paris, France
FUed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,461
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 8, 1969, 6942305
lnt.CI.B65hi/y6
U.S.CL 271-54 13 Claims
An automatic pleating machine is disclosed comprising two
main rollers which are driven continuously in one direction, a
jockey roller mounted at the ends of a pair of pivoted levers
and two guide channels for the pleated material. The jockey
roller is so mounted on the levers that it can rest on e.ther one
or the other of the main rollers to form a path to either one or
the other of the guide channels for material passing between
the main rollers. Photocells are located near the ends of the
guide channels to detect the approach of the material be.ng
folded to cause the pivoted levers to move so that the jockey
roller commutes from one roller to the other thereby forming
a pleat and guiding the pleated material into the other gu.de
channel where the same process is repeated until the sheet of
material is used up.
The invention relates to a deviceTor the displacement and
alignment of pieces of flexible material in sheet form, more
especially of pieces of fabric or plastic matenal in sheets in-
tended for the manufacture of clothing.
The device comprises at least two movable displacement
members which are adapted to press against a mamtaining
member, a portion of a piece that is to be displaced, and which
are mounted upon a support so as to be able to descnb^
distinct trajectories, as well as control means adapted to cause
each of said movable displacement members to pass from an
inactive position where it is remote from said maintaining
member to a rear initial position for which it presses the cor-
responding piece port.on against the maintammg member,
then while it is kept in engagement with the said piece por-
tion to cause it to move forward by carrying this latter along
as far as a front arrival position, and finally to move .t away
from the maintaining member while bringing it back aga.n to
its inactive position.
3,712,611
SUCTION GRIPPING APPARATUS
Michel Jules Jacquot; Charles Gustave Amicel, both of
Yvelines, and Marie Michel Femand Renaudon, Hauts de
Seine, all of France, assignors to Centre D Etudes
Techniques Des Industries De L'Habillement
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,057
Claims priority, application France, March 17, 1970,
7009489; Oct. 15, 1970, 7037247
Int.CLB65hi//0
U.S.CL 271 — 11
3,712,613
EXERCISING MACHINE
Jack Vincent Feather, Oakland, and John W. Walker, Arroyo
Grande, both of Calif., assignors to said Feather, by said
walker
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,427
Int.CLA63b2y/02.2y/yO,27/24
U.S. a. 272-58 l^C*-""'
18 Claims
An exercising machine having a frame with a chair mounted
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1350
and means earned within the frame for independenUy pivoUng
the back rest and leg rest portions between raised and lowered
portions.
3,712,614
SWING SEAT
Lawrence M. Sherman, Westport, and James E. Rkhardson,
Weston, both of Conn., assignors to Cambridge Research
and Development Group, Westport, Conn.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,827
Int. CI. A63g 9100
L.S. CI. 272-85 9 Claims
January 23, 1973
3,712,616
STACKED ELEMENT REMOVAL GAME
Adolph E. Goldfarb, Tarzana, and Rene Soriano, Los Angeles,
both of Calif., assignors to Adolph E. Goldfarb, Tarzana,
Calif.
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,450
Int. CI. A63f 9100
U.S.CL273-1R 2 Claims
to-'
A swing seat for suspension from an overhead support
which utilizes at least one arch member to transmit vertical
loads to a swing seat suspension element. The swing seat is
formed as a continuous walled, generally elongated shell hav-
ing upper and lower wall sections. The upper wall section has
a generally horizontal seating surface. The lower wall section
defines at least one longitudinally extending arch member that
is positioned between the ends of the lower wall section. A
walled aperture located in each end of the swing seat is used to
transmit the vertical loads imposed upon the arch member to
the suspension element
i
A plurality of can-shaped elements having opposed flat end
surfaces having the shape of a semicircle extended by a
rectangle, the end walls being connected by a curved side wall
along the semi-circle and the two adjacent sides of the rectan-
gle, are provided in groups of differing indicia, the cans being
stacked in a vertical pyramid shaped array. Means are pro-
vided for randomly indicating cans of a given indicia such that
a player is required to selectively remove from the stacked
pyramid a caii of such indicia.
_ . .. V ^.. c 1. -»^ T~i.i« v.m««iki FlWKlMav 12. 1971. Ser. No. 142,668
riuuini «. o*««iwt, .»»..—.".», — *■
Peninsula; John S. Cook, Sunnyvale, and Toshio Yamasaki,
Gardcna, all of CalH., assignors to Mattel, Inc.. Hawthorne,
Calif.
Filed Dec. 10, 1970. Ser. No. 96,808
Int.CI.A63f9//4
U.S. CI. 273-86 R 3 Ctalms
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,668
Int.CLA63f9//4
U.S.CL273-153R
6 Claims
A lap counter assembly for use in a toy racing set wherein
several toy vehicles race along the same wide track and can
pass one another, for indicating the number of laps traversed
by each of the several vehicles. The counter assembly includes
a track region which narrows from a multi-lane width to a sin-
gle lane width, and several counters which have trip members
which can be struck by vehicles to advance the counts,
wherein the trip members are located at different lateral posi-
tions across the width of the single lane track region. An at-
tachment is provided for each vehicle, which includes an up-
wardly projecting member for moving one of the trip members
to register a count as the vehicle passes by it, the projections
on the different vehicles located at different lateral positions
thereon so that each projection engages a different tnp
member.
A maze game apparatus in plurality a apparatus compnses
of players may participate in playing the game. The game ap-
paratus compnses movable components to change the pattern
of the maze on the game board. A pulley system beneath the
game board for moving a magnet in either direction of the x
coordinate, in either direction of the y coordinate and any
resultant direction therebetween. The movement of the mag-
net beneath the game board attracts a freely '""^^b*^ ""j;^ ^
ball on the game board to follow through the maze. A plurality
of knobs are provided on the game board, each of which con-
trols the movement of the magnet in an x coordinate direcUon
and a y coordinate direction so that a plurality of players may
participate by controlling the movement of the magnet in a
coordinate direction with the result that all players must
cooperate to lead the ball through the maze.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1351
3,712,618 3,712,620
TENNIS RACKET ATTACHMENT SLALOM GAME
Paul G. Berzatzy, 231 North Robinson Str«et, Schenectady, Adolph E. Goldfarb, 4614 Monarca Drive, Tarzana, CaUf.,
j^ Y. ■'"1 Re"* Soriano, Los Angeles, Calif., assignors to said
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,769 Goldfarb, by said Soriano
Int. CI. A63b 49108 Filed Sept. 29. 1970, Ser. No. 76,832
U S CI 273— 75 34 Claims Int. CI. A63b i/02
U.S. CI. 273— 120 R 2 Claims
A brace and locator to assist a tennis player in gripping a
conventional tennis racket is provided with a surface engagea-
ble with the back of the gripping hand, which surface is
universally adjustable and rigidly braced with respect to a
mounting portion to be rigidly secured to a conventional ten-
nis racket handle without engaging any portion of the normal
handle grip. The surface is rotatably adjustable in three mu-
tually perpendicular planes and translationally adjustable in
two perpendicular directions that are each perpendicular to
the longitudinal axis of the mounting portion, which longitu-
dinal axis will coincide with the longitudinal axis of the racket
handle when assembled The specifically defined surface en-
gages the player's hand, and means are provided to adjust this
surface with respect to a conventional handle to fit any desired
grip and hand size.
3,712,619
TOP GAME AND APPARATUS
A. Eddy Goldfarb, and Rene Soriano, both of Los Angeles,
Calif., assignors to Adolf E. Goldfarb, Tarzana, Calif.
ConUnuation of Ser. No. 807,299, March 14, 1969,
abandoned. This application Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,129
Int.CI. A63b67//4
U.S. CI. 273— 108 7 Claims
A game comprising an elongated playing board having a
first wide end with sidewalls tapering toward a narrow op-
posite end and a concave upper surface, the curvature of
which extends between the sidewalls, the upper surface being
inclined downwardly from the first end to the narrow end, and
a plurality of longitudinally spaced receiving means located in
the upper surface, whereby it is the object of the game to roll a
spherical playing piece on the surface from the first end
toward the opposite narrow end so that the piece will move
from side to side as it rolls down the surface along a path
which avoids the receiving means If the path is imperfe<fl. the^
playing piece will be caught in one of the receiving means.
3,712,621
INCLINED SURFACE REACTION-TYPE GAME BOARD
Alvin G. Ames, P.O. Box 1 1 191, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,733
Int. CI. A63d 3102
U.S.CI. 273— 120R 2 Claims
46
\
52
U'^
3"'
A top game comprising (a) a plurality of spinner units, each
of which is the combination of a spindle-type top. a holding
means detachably connected to the top so as to support the
top but be readily releasable from it, and a string attached to
the holding means for winding around the top; and (b) a stadi-
um having a plurality of wall receivers or receiving means for
each receiving and supporting a spinner unit so that the hold-
ing means may be pulled simultaneously or in rapid succession
to spin the tops and introduce them into the sUdium for en-
gagement with one another.
An action game device of box-like structure, having a slop-
ing floor on which a gamepiece is caused to roll from the
highest point of an area not open to view, into and through an
exposed middle area open to sight and touch, into the lowest
and unexposed area— unless the player is able to physically
grasp the gamepiece during the split second in which it rushes
through the exposed field. Beyond its obvious play value, the
invention is designed to develop eye ear and hand coordina-
tion.
1352
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,622 3,712,624
GAME WITH POLYHEDRAL PLAYING PIECES GOLF GAME .
M.rc Odier, 85, Boulevard Exelm-ns, Paris, 16e, France Robert M. Conklin, Muskegon, MkH., assignor to Brunswick
FiledOct. 13. 1970, Ser. No. 80,353 Corporation, Skokie, 111. ,o^ ,,^
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 14, 1969, 6935230 Filed N--22, 1967 S^^^^N<k 685,176
Int. CI. A63f 9/20 Int. CL A63b 67/02, 69/J6
U^.a.273-130R 16Clalms U.S. CL 273-176 FA 4Clalms
D 10
SCREEN /^
MOVABLE BALL
SPOT
DATA „
ftCOUISITIONi^-
MEANS
^o ACCURATE ALIGNING
-•^o MEANS
■•~/^- SCENE Pf-OJECTOR
BALL SPOT PROJECrOR
•jiZirCOMPJTER
This game comprises a group of identical polyhedron play-
ing pieces, for example, cubes, tetrahedrons, right prisms, or
rectangular parallelepipeds. The poKhedrons are formed of a
transparent or translucent material which may be slightly
tinted. The apices of the pieces are provided with indicia each
designating one of a certain number of values. The values may
be designated by colored portions disposed in the vicinity of
the apices or by arcuate lines disposed about the apices vary-
ing in radius or in number. The number of playing pieces is
such that each combination of values is produced once and
only once in the group of playing pieces. An additional playing
element may be added to the said group in order that the
resultant number of playing pieces, including the additional
piece, is divisible by a greater number of factors. This con-
struction enables the verification of the values of juxtaposed
apices of adjacent pieces in position without displacement.
3,712,623
GOLFING AID
Samuel F. Donnald, 227 South Main St., Honea Path, S.C.
Filed May 12, 1972, Ser. No. 252,584
Int. CI. A63b 69/36
U.S. CI. 273— 183 B 2 Claims
A golf game for accurately and realistically displaying the
results of golf shots to a golfer including a tee area whereat a
golfer may hit a golf ball, data sensors for providing informa-
tion relative to the trajectory of a ball hit from the tee by a
golfer, a computer responsive to the data sensors for comput-
ing the trajectory of the ball, a screen in front of the tee area, a
scene projector for projecting a perspective scene of a golf
fairway onto the screen including a device for accurately alig-
ning the projected scene at a predetermined location on the
screen and a ball spot projector responsive to the computer
for projecting a spot of light on the screen and on the scenes
displayed thereon to illustrate the trajectory of the ball to the
golfer A plurality of golf fairway scenes illustrating different
portions of a fairway having a generally planar surface are em-
ployed to be projected onto the screen by the scene projector
with each scene having a reference point, the reference point
of each scene being located at the same place with respect to
the vertical. Also disclosed is a method of providing the per-
spective scenes including the step of photographing a scaled
down golf hole having a planar fairway.
3,712,625
GOLFER'S HEAD MOVEMENT REMINDER DEVICE
James A. Taylor, 1405 Cardinal Place. Greensboro, N.C.
Filed June 21, 1971. Ser. No. 154,918
Int. CI. A63b 69/36
U .S. CI. 273 - 1 90 R 5 Claims
A device for aiding golfers in improving their swing which
includes an elongated flexible foam rubber pad having notches
on the inner surface thereof. A wrist band is provided for
securing such to a golfer's hand so that the elongated pad will
extend from adjacent the thumb to slightly above the wrist.
The golfer, by observing whether the notches are open or
closed, is able to determine if his wrist is breaking backward
while driving a golf ball
A head reminder device for a golfer in which a vertically ad-
justable stand is provided as having a horizontal member
thereon extending toward the golfer, and an L-shaped head
plate is removably mounted at the free end of the horizontal
member to serve as a reminder for a right-handed golfer as he
practices his golf swing that his head has moved excessively
upwardly or to the right during his swing. The head plate is
also adaptable for similarly reminding a left-handed golfer of
his head moving excessively upwardly or to the left during his
swing.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1353
3,712,626
BARREL POOL APPARATUS INCLUDING SPRING
PROJECTOR
John L. Rondeau, 306 Avak>n Street, SanU Cruz, Calif.
Filed May 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 39,7 1 6
Int. CLA63f 7/ /02
3,712,628
GOLF TEEING DEVICE
William L. Boss. Jr., 2807 West Newton, Seattle. Wash.
Filed Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 207,936
Int. CI. A63b 69/36
U.S.CK273— 195 A
U.S. CL 273— 101
3 Claims
^3^
24 27^£S is^
i
f
'^■^
^
"22
JL
/C
w
/t.^
^^'S
f'f '^
^
^
"0
<~IS'
-^
.'0
/
^11
3Z.
1 1 Claims
A device of cylindrical shape which includes a lower playing
surface on which a multiple number of balls 'are placed in
close proximity with each other. The upper portion of the
device includes a sleeve and post member which is slideable
upon a bar in order to position an adjustable trough having
spring loaded means for urging a ball at any angle desired
down into the cylindrical device so as to cause impact with the
multiple number of balls.
3,712,627
AMUSEMENT DEVICE
Walter Stroud. 145 Lauder Ave., Toronto. Ontario, Canada
Filed July 30, 1 970, Ser. No. 59,566
Int. CLA63b 77/00
U.S. CL 273— 1 28 A 1 C laim
24 38
A golf practice mat or teeing device from which golf balls
may be struck, including a rigid housing containing horizon-
tally mounted rollers which support an endless belt containing
a plurality of grass simulating bristles on its outer surface. A
padded platform beneath the upper portion of the belt is
mounted so as to pivot about one end, and is held against the
inner surface of the belt by an elastic supporting member at
the other end.
3.712,629
TOY PHONOGRAPH
Katsumi Watanabe. No. 371, Ozenji, Kawasaki. Japan ^
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98.681
Int. CI. A63h 3/28- Glib 3/00
U.S.CL274— 1 A
1 Claim
^.
T^
TT
__r
A toy phonograph comprising a record in which several
sound grooves are formed such that their starting points are
positioned equidislantly from each other along the outer
periphery of the record, a pickup disposed swingably on said
record and adapted such that a stylus provided at one end
thereof may move radially from the outer periphery of the
record toward its center in accordance with rotation of the
record, a turntable having a protuberance at the outer
peripheral edge thereof, and protrudable and retractable con-
trol elements located in the rotary pass of said protuberance in
positionally corresponding relation with said respective sound
grooves and adapted to contact individually with said protube-
rance so that when rotation of said turntable having fixedly
placed thereon a record is stopped, the selected one of the
starting points of said sound grooves will be positioned right
below the stylus carried at an end of said pickup.
An amusement device having a particulariy unpredictable
performance when rolled over a playing surface is formed as
an ovoid member naving a generally hemispheroidal first end
portion and a generally paraboloidal second end portion. The
first end portion is formed with a hollow structure so that the
center of gravity of the ovoid member is spaced apart from the
geometric center of the longitudinal axis. The two end por-
tions of the device meet at a maximum diameter position
which has a center which is itself spaced apart from both the
center of gravity and the geometric center of the longitudinal
axisof the device.
3,712,630
SPINDLE DEVICE FOR AN AUTOMATIC RECORD
CHANGER
Koichi Tajime. Yokohama. Japan, assignor to Victor Company
of Japan, Limited. Yokohama. Japan
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,619
Claims priority, application Japan, July 31, 1969, 44/59993
Int. CL Glib 7 7/04
U.S. CL 274—10 S 5 Claims
A spindle device for an automatic record changer compris-
ing a shaft mounted in the axial bore of a spindle for eleva-
tional motion therein, and a cam attached to the shaft for
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
1354
elevational motion w.th the shaft, said cam having a con-
stricted portion in the central portion, a major cam surface in
the lower portion and a minor cam surface m the upper por-
tion hooks and record holders provided to move into and out
of the spindle in a direction normal to the axis of the shaft as
the cam and shaft move vertically up and down. When the
cam and shaft are moved upwardly prior to their downward
bushing adapted to receive a tapered driving shaft is entered
into an axial bore in the chuck body in loose fitting relation-
movement for changing records, shoulders formed near the
forward end of each of the record holders are brought mto
abutting engagement with the edges of the center openings of
records held by the hooks, the amount of movements of the
holders and the amount of upward movements of the cam and
shaft are restricted and the presence or absence of a record
held by the hooks can be detected based on the amount of up-
ward movements of the cam and shaft.
3,712,631
PIPE SEAL
James F. Forchini, and Brian K. Herndon, both of Santa Rosa,
Calif assignors to Ecodyne Cooling Products Company
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, S«r. No. 168,271
Int. CI. F16j 75/70, F16I 2//02
U.S. CI. 277-207 * * Claims
ship and cemented therein precisely coaxial with a cylinder
held in the chuck jaws.
3,712,633
CHUCK CONSTRUCTION
FriU Schadlich, Stetten, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,816
Claims priority, application Germany, June 7, 1969, P 19 28
955.5
Int.CI.B23bJ;/72
U.S. CI. 279-58
7 Claims
A sealing gasket for the joint between the sections of bell
and spigot pipes. The sealing gasket has a substantially trian-
gular transverse cross section and includes a hollow central
cavity of substantially triangular transverse cross section. A
vertical web divides the hollow central cavity into a pair of
side cavities such that each side cavity has a cross sectional
area in the range of 8 to 20 percent of the total cross sectional
area of the gasket. A plurality of V-shaped ridges are in-
tegrally formed on the outer surface of the gasket.
3,712,632
DRILL CHUCK WITH CEMENTED ALIGNING BUSHING
Lawrence W. WIghtman, and Thomas J. Long, both of St.
Louis, Mo., assignors to Emerson Electric Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,546
lnt.Cl.B23bi7/04
U.S.CI. 279— IL 6 Claims
A key-operated universal drill chuck in which a tapered
A sleeve has a transverse wall and an inner circumferen lal
surface tapering conically in direction axially away from the
transverse wall towards an open end. An axial opening is pro^
vided in the transverse wall and a shaft member extends
through the same. Cooperating steep-pitch -rew threads are
provided on the shaft member and in ^^e opening. A P ate
member is carried by the shaft memDer within the -'««-« '"J
plane normal to the axis of the shaft "^^'^^^^V^^'V"'^^^
freedom of rotation relative to the latter. Am-f"^ '«" "'^^
is interposed between and cooperates with the plate member
and th^haft member. A plurality of gripping jaws is located in
the sleeve intermediate the plate member and the open end
and each has an axial endface abutting the plate member and
an outwardly directed surface complementary to and in en-
gagement with a portion of the inner circumferential surface.
Ipnng means urges the gripping jaws permanently to radially
spread-apart position.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1355
January 23, 1973
3 712 634 ^'^ * 2,636
RIDEABLE ^^^ITbOdV""*^^ '''^" Ceorg Gesslein, D-8621 Man:^e^rt:t^h%ost Bei.heim, Kr.is
Clarence C. Simmons. 1722 N. Winona Blvd. #203, Los An- ^'^''^-'^'^/^J:,^;^:^^ ^^,298
geles, Calif- ,971, Ser. No. 179,734 Claims priority, application Germany, July 7, 1969, G 69 26
Int. CI. A63g / 7/00 781.8; July 1, 1970, G 70 24 7 66 4
US CI 280 1182 10 Claims Int. CL B62b 9/70
U.S. CI. 280-1.182 U.S. CI. 280-47.38 7 Claims
An amusement apparatus having an aft leg component
which is securely attached to an inflatable body, a fore leg
component pivotally attached to the body, each of the leg
components terminating in an inflated sphere, a spring means
connected between the fore leg component and the body
tending to maintain the fore leg component in the forward
position with respect to the body, the body being adapted to
be straddled by a rider with the apparatus to be ridden as a
horse is ridden with the result that the apparatus is caused to
progress along the floor or the ground in a series of leaps
generally comparable to the leaping action of a galloping
horse.
3,712,635
STRAIGHT LINE SUSPENSION MECHANISM FOR
HILLSIDE COMBINE
Marlin Earle Weakly, Moline, III., assignor to Deere & Com-
pany, Moline, lU.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,696
Int.CI. B62d2;//<S
A baby carriage for accommodating babies in a belly-down
fashion, having an undercarriage-borne body of walls at least
one of which comprises a see-through portion that may be
partly or wholly covered by a removable light shade. In a
preferred embodiment, at least one body end is higher than
the rest of the body and windows extend over the height of
said one higher end both at its sides and at its end wall.
.; 3,712,637
CYCLE STAND
Almon F. Townsend, Worcester, Mass., assignor to Persons-
Majestic Mfg. Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,715
Int.CI. B62hi//0
U.S. CI. 280—293 1 Claim
U.S. CL 280—43.22
1 1 Claims
A suspension linkage for effecting straight hne vertical ad-
justment of the front wheels of a hillside combine. Each wheel
is mounted on the forward end of a fore-and-aft extending
arm, and a pair of vertical and horizontal links interconnect
the rear and intermediate portions, respectively, of each arm
with the combine frame. An extensible and retractable
hydraulic ram acts between each of the horizontal links and
the frame to swing the arms and thereby raise and lower the
wheels relative to the frame.
A separate stand for a bicycle comprising an elongated
member, having a transverse hook at one end thereof, a bent
out leg, at the opposite end. and a crank housing offset inter-
mediate the ends of the member, and a suffening member
secured to the elongated member adjacent the hook and also
adjacent the bend of the leg, said stiffening member also in-
cluding a like crank housing supporting offset, and an ap-
positely bent leg.
1356
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,638
CONVEYANCE FOR TRANSPORTING OBJECTS WITH
PROTRUDING LEGS
Frederick C. Lipinsky, 1424 North Penetaquit Avenue, Bay
Shore, N.Y.
Continuadon-in-part of Ser. No. 862.187, Sept. 30, 1969.
abandoned. This appUcatk>n Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,572
Int. CI. B62b 5100
U.S. CI. 280-79. 1 3 Claims
position along the side of the motorcycle and to a second posi-
tion extending downwardly from one side of the frame to con-
tact the ground so as to support the motorcycle frame in an
upright position. The kickstand includes a tubular member
having one end releasably clamped to the motorcycle frame.
A conveyance for transporting similar, multi-legged objects
nested together with their legs received and secured by a
retainer structure upon a moveable carriage.
3,712,639
EXTENSIBLE BUNK STAKE FOR LOG TRUCKS
John E. Rysdam, II, Route 1 Box 8A, Elgin, Oreg.
FUed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,1 17
Int. CI. B60p 7106
U .S. CI. 280- 1 46 3 C laims
while the other end telescopically engages a support rod which
is positionally adjustable along the length of the tubular
member such that the overall kickstand length may be longitu-
dinally adjusted for use with motorcycles of varying sizes. The
kickstand includes a novel theft prevention clamping device.
3,712,641
STEERING SYSTEM FOR TRAILERS
Donald W. Sherman. Orchard Lake, Mich., assignor to Dana
Corporation, Toledo, Ohio
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,607
Int. CI. B62d 53100
U.S. CI. 280—426 <» Claims
A bunk stake for the retention of logs on a logging truck and
trailer with the stake having an extension normally telescopi-
cally received wiihm the bunk state. The upper end of the ex-
tension IS adapted for engagement with the log or like article
being loaded for purposes of extracting the extension into a
raised, locked position. Latch means are provided to retain
the extension in a raised position and to permit convenient
retraction by the truck operator of the extension.
3,712,640
MOTORCYCLE KICKSTAND
David E. Shipman, 6160 Grove Avenue; Robert C. Bunker,
3717 Longdate, both of Hint, Mich., and WUliam Bunker,
6649 Branch Road, Flint, Mich.
FUed June 9, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 5 1 ,297
lnt.CLB62h;/02
U.S.CK 280-301 8 Claims
A kickstand for attachment to a frame of a motorcycle or
the like and of the type adapted to swing selectively into a first
An improved steering system for use in a tractor-trailer
combination wherein spaced parallel longitudinally extending
links interconnect a first transversely extending control arm
pivotally connected to the front of the trailer to a second
transversely extending control arm cooperating with a steera-
ble tandem axle assembly supporting the rear of the trailer
with a limiting connection provided between the fifth wheel of
the tractor and the first transversely extending control arm to
effect initial simuluneous turning of the tractor and trailer
axle up to a predetermined degree of relative movement
between the tractor and trailer and subsequently allowing the
tractor to turn in relaUon to the trailer beyond this point
without effecting greater steering movement of the trailer
axle. The limiting connection comprises a pair of force trans-
ferring members in the form of a housing secured to the un-
derside of the first transversely extending control arm and a
rod telescopically received in the housing with the latter being
operatively connected to an actuaung or steering member en-
gageable in the V-slot of the fifth wheel so as to be unitanly
rotatable therewith.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1357
3,712,642
HITCH FOR LOG TRUCK TRAILERS
Eivin O. Burroughs, Route 2, Box 207, Dexter, Oreg.
FUedJuly21,1971,Ser.No. 164,615
Int.CLB60d 1104
U.S. CI. 280—504
first carrier to an initial position. Each carrier is constrained to
move along a predetermined path and has a plurality of dis-
crete operative positions. The apparatus may include a third
carrier for the location of a third data sheet in registering rela-
tion with the first and second sheets.
7 Claims
3,712,644
CONNECTOR FOR A MILLIMETER WAVEGUIDE
Atsushi Mara, Tokyo; Hisao Naganuma, and Aklo Takai, both
of Yokohama, all of Japan, assignors to Nippon Kokan
Kabushiki Kaisha. Tokyo. Japan
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,321
Claims priority, application Japan, May 25, 1970, 45/50260
Int.CI.F 161/ 9/02
U.S. CL 285— 39 4 Claims
il«^r 5'V ? B Sc 6 V tS K ^
$ *• f " '
A hitch for truck and trailer wherein the locking member
swingably moves in an arcuate manner to lock and unlock a
trailer carried eye in place on a post member of the hitch. A
latch plate is vertically positionable to engage one end of the
locking member to retain same against horizontal, opening
movement. The latch plate is urged downwardly into surfacial,
abutting contact with the locking member while additional
means associated with the latch plate permits downward
movement of same into a releasing position permitting swing-
ing movement of the locking member. A lug on the locking
members retains the latch plate in a retracted position and the
locking member open during a coupling operation to prevent
coupling damage to both said plate and locking member.
A connector for millimeter or other types waveguides,
wherein packing material and push rings are firmly disposed
between connecting sleeve and waveguides with spacer rings
provided between the connecting sleeve and waveguides.
Alignment of the waveguides is effected at the time of connec-
tion. The interconnecting surfaces of the parts are superfine
finished so that tolerances are met and bending amount at the
connecting parts is kept minimal.
3.712,643 17,2/ulS
MANIFOLDING OR COPYING APPARATUS amh ^OCKFT PIPE JOINT
Francis Peter McKeman, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, assignor "ALL ANU iocivt i rire. jv^ii
Francis feier '^<^'^*.™*" Tnr«ntn Ontiirio Canada M«rt«n Herter, Uhlandstrasse 74, 5 Koln 41, Germany
to Kem. Corporation ^"n ted Toronto Ontario, Canada ^^ ^^ ^^ ^^20
Filed ^"«i^2;»'^»9;0'jf;;^^«- ^'5^5 Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 8, 1969, P 19
lie n 282— 29 B 4 Claims 45 523.3
U .S. C I. 28-Z ^v tt j^j ^,, p J ^, y jiQQ
U.S. CI. 285— 95 7 Claims
,1
In a manifolding or copying apparatus of the kind used in
wages systems and like invoicing systems, a first carrier and a
second carrier for locating first and second data sheets on
which duplicate entries have to be made are interconnected
by a mechanism including a parallel linkage connected to the
first carrier, a spring-biassed cam engageable by the parallel
linkage, a reciprocating mechanism connected to the cam,
and a ratchet mechanism actuated by the reciprocating
mechanism and connected to the second carrier for advancing
the latter stepwise in accordance with return movement of the
A pipe joint with a ball socket, a ball pin, and a socket nut
for connecting the socket and pin together. The fluid passage
extending axially through the ball socket and ball pin are
sealed against leakage around the socket nut by packing rings.
The end of the ball pin that is received in the ball socket is
flared outwardly to allow for angular movement of the pin
relative to the socket. The existance of a seal between the
fiared end of the pin and the socket causes a pressure dif-
ferential urging the ball and socket to move apart. In order to
overcome this danger, a channel extends from the flow
passage in the ball pin to the area between the socket and the
pin to reduce the pressure differential tending to cause separa-
tion of the elements in the joint.
1358
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,646
QUICK COUPLING DEVICE FOR LPG CONTAINERS
Jean-Claude Bergougnoux. Uvallois-Perret, France, assignor
to Shell Oil Compan\ , New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970. Ser. No. 99.991
Ctoims priority, application France, Dec. 23, 1969, 6944586
Int. CI. F 161 i 7/72
U.S. CI. 285-315 5 Claims
3,712,648
SELF-ANCHORABLE PIPE JOINT
Norman John Clifford, Beeston, England, assignor to British
Steel Corporation, London. England
Filed Aug. 17. 1970, Ser. No. 64,236
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 10, 1969,
44,689/69
Int. CI. F16I2//06. 2//0S
U.S. CI. 285-321 3 Claims
A coupling device for mounting appliances such as camp
stoves gas lamps on compressed gas containers of the type
havmg an opening surrounded by a circular projecting fold.
The device comprises a hollow member equipped at one end
with a number of fingers, and a sleeve, which may be displaced
vertically along this hollow member. This sleeve in its lower
position presses the fingers against the fold and is bloclced in
this lower position either by means of two semi-circular
springs which co-operate with a special shaped slit in the
sleeve or by means of special fingers which bloclc the sleeve.
3,712,647
PIPE CONNECTION
Friedhelm Stecher, Burscheid, Germany, assignor to Goet-
zewerke Friedrich Goetze AG, Burscheid, Germany
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,407
Claims priority, application Germany. Nov. 28, 1969. P 19
59 666.8
Iiit.CLF16li9/00
U.S.CI.285— 318 4 Claims
2'
AK.r'fK.l
I
—
-^ -i7--)a
In self-anchorable pipe joints, of the kind in which a spigot
at the end of one pipe is inserted into a socket at the end of the
other pipe, a sealing member of tapered cross-section is
placed under axial compression in the annular gap between
the spigot and socket, the outer, transverse face of the sealing
member is initially inclined relative to the axis of the sealing
member. There is also provided an annular self-anchorable
member for use in a self-anchorable pipe joint, having an
anchoring face at about 60° to its axis. A pipe joint as dis-
closed is more resistant to leakage on angular misalignment
than previous joints.
3.712,649
APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING AND RETAINING LOW
DENSITY WEBS
Duane Paul Martin, 7301 James Avenue South, Minneapolis.
Minn.
Filed Oct. 11, 1965, Ser. No. 494,561
Int.CI. F16liJ/00
U.S. CI. 285-397 1 CUlm
A duct connector for joining a pair of low density web duct
sections together in end to end abutting relation comprising a
sleeve telescopically insertable in snug fitting relation within
the ends of the abutting duct sections. A plurality of similar
clips affixed to the sleeve and extending outwardly therefrom
engaging the abutting ends of the duct sections. The clips
being bent into engaging relation with the outer surface of the
duct sections. Each clip having a terminal portion which is
disposed in penetrating relation with respect to the duct sec-
tions to interlock the latter together.
A releasable pipe connection has a pair of pipe ends engag
ing in one another so that one pipe end acts as a sleeve for the
other pipe end. Once together, the pipe ends define a wedge-
shaped groove. An annular helical coiled spring is arranged in
the groove so as to serve as a clamping ring, and a flange ring
is fastened to the one part and acts as a sleeve to clamp the
helical coiled spring in the groove. The coils of the helical
coiled spring may have circular or non-circular cross sections,
and may be used in conjenction with a separate sealing ring, or
may serve as a combination sealing and clamping ring by being
provided with at least a partial jacket constructed from a suita-
ble material
3,712,650
FLANGE CONNECTION FOR AIRCONDITIONING
DUCTS
Georg Mez, Gartenstrasse 30A, 7416 Gonningen, Germany
Filed Dec. 10. 1970, Ser. No. 96,746
Claims priority, application (Jermany, Dec. 10, 1%9,
G 69 47 793.6; July 9. 1970. P 20 34 005.0
Int.CI.F16l2i/00
U.S. CI. 285-405 7 Claims
A four-sided flange is slidable and fastened over the free
end of a sheet metal duct. The flange is hollow and has a pair
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1359
of parallel walls perpendicular to the duct. A solid angle piece ski pole at different composite lengths. The inner tubular
is insertable at each corner of the flange into the space member has formed therein an aperture extending along or
portion of the length thereof and comprising a plurality of en-
larged throughbores interconnected by slots. A spring-biased
detent pin projects outwardly through said aperture and into a
single hole formed in the outer tubular member. The detent
pin includes an enlarged base portion having a necked-down
portion extending outwardly therefrom. The associated
spring, which is disposed within the inner tubular member,
normally urges the detent pin outwardly with respect to the tu-
bular members so that the enlarged base portion thereof is
disposed within one of said inner tubular member enlarged
throughbores to prevent the pin from moving in said aperture
axially along said inner tubular member. Upon depression of
the detent pin the necked-down portion thereof is placed in
alignment with the inner tubular member wall defining the
aperture so that the detent pin may slide within said slots and
said outer tubular member may be adjusted with respect to
said inner tubular member.
between the walls and fastened The thickness of the angle
piece corresponds to the space between the walls.
3,712,651
KNOT TYING DEVICE
Phillip B. Shockley, 3553 Vineland Ave.. Baldwin Park, Calif.
Filed March 10, 1972. Ser. No. 233,514
Int. CI. D03j 3/00
U.S. CI. 289-17 6 Claims
3,712,653
ECCENTRICACTUATED HOOK-TYPE FASTENING
DEVICE
Kenneth G. Lehmann, Easton, Conn., assignor to Norco. Inc.,
Town of Ridgefield, County of Fairfield, Conn.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,844
Int.CI. F16b5/00
U.S. CI. 287-20.924 8 Claims
20o
Knot tying device for fisherman characterized by a pair of
resiliently closed jaws for holding hooks and other devices, or
a line, while loops in a line are being formed around a tube
slideable on a rod having an eye at one end with a slot therein.
When the tube closes the slot the loops may be stripped across
the rod eye which then pulls the free end of the line beneath
the loops.
3.712,652 '
ADJUSTABLE SKI POLE
John K. Uilkema, Moraga. Calif., assignor to Telepole, Inc.,
San Francisco, Calif.
Filed April 10. 1970, Ser. No. 27,215
Int.CI. F16b7/;0
U.S. CI. 287-58 CT
4 Claims
A fastening device for securing together two adjoining
structures, such as two building or wall panels which have ad-
joining edges abutting each other. In the adjoining edges the
panels are provided with recesses, one of which has a cross bar
constituting a part of the fastening means. In the other recess
there is movably carried a hook adapted to extend across the
juncture of the panels for engagement with the cross bar to
latch onto the same. The swivel portion of the hook is formed
in the shape of a large eye or bearing ring, in which there is
located an operating disk having bearings in the opposite side
walls of the recess which carries the hook. The disk is eccen-
trically mounted in such a manner that when it turns it will ef-
fect an advancing and retracting movement of the hook, and
will also effect a rotary movement or excursion of the hook
into or out of the adjoining recess of the other panel. The ec-
centric disk is of molded plastic and has an integral flange con-
stituting a track and stop shoulder formation which is engage-
able with portions of the hook to effect the proper movements
and positioning of the latter The molded disk has means en-
gageable by a tool, such as a square or hexagonal section key,
for the purpose of turning the disk so as to operate the hook
for fastening or unfastening the panels.
An improved locking mechanism for selectively securing
telescoping inner and outer tubular members of an adjustable
ERRATUM
For aass 289—17 see:
Patent No. 3,712,651
1360
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,654
KNOTTER MECHANISM HAVING A TWINE GUIDE
COOPERATING WITH A BILL HOOK
Edwin B. Nolt, New Holland; Richard R. Eby, Ephrata, and
Harry G. Eberly, New Holland, all of Pa.
Filed Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188,409
Int. CI. AOld 59/04
3,712,656
LOCKING DEVICE FOR SLIDING CLOSURE
Walter E. Godshall, 14215 N.W. 17th Avenue, Miami, Fla.
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,011
Int.CI.E05c 7 7/46
U.S. CL 292— 251 _ 14 Claims
U.S.CL289— 2
17 Claims
.20 .aza
A knotter mechanism has a twine guide finger extending
towards and overlapping with the bill hook for insuring that
the leading strand of twine is positioned on the bill hook when
the bale is being initially formed
3,712,655
PLASTIC SEAL
Charles Fuehrer, Scarsdale, N.Y., assignor to Stoffel Steel Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,542
Int. CI. B65d 55/06
U.S.CL 292-321 32 Claims
Locking structure for use in a sliding closure installation of
the type having a movable closure panel guidingly constrained
in adjustable movement in the frame of the closure opening
stationarily supported in a building or the like and with the
movable closure panel being of the type having a side channel
member operatively engaging a flange-like guide of the sta-
tionary closure framing structure. The locking device of the
instant invention includes a friction lock element supported in
the guide channel structure of the closure panel and with the
locking element having a groove engageable with the flange-
like guide of the frame of the closure opening, and includes a
threaded member operative upon bidirectional rotation to
frictionally clamp and release the locking element and guide
flange respectively in locking and releasing the sliding closure.
3,712,657
SHOCK ABSORBING BUMPER FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Joseph P. Gallina, 6852 Steadman, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 8, 1971, Ser. No. 150,973
Int. CI. B60r /9/06
U.S.CL 293— 86 1 Claim
An all plastic seal in which the socket receiving the locking
head of a strap connected to the seal body is provided with a
housing open at both ends that is of such a ratio in its length to
the opening in the housing at the end opposite where the
locking head is inserted that access to the locking fingers is
substantially precluded; additionally, the housing may be pro-
vided with inwardly projecting fluke-like projections minimiz-
ing the freedom of movement of the head in its locked condi-
tion in a direction transverse to the axial dimension of the
housing.
A shock absorbing bumper for motor vehicles consisting of
a transverse bar having thereon two laterally disposed rods
slidably supported in a mounting bracket comprising a pair of
oppositely disposed U shaped members. A coil spring on each
of the two laterally disposed rods yieldably holds the trans-
verse bar in an extended position. Such coil springs are
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1361
adapted to compress so as to permit the transverse bar tc
retract whenever a force of pre-selected magnitude is exertec*
upon it.
3,712,660
LITTER RETRIEVING DEVICE
Joseph L. Moore, Lexington, Ky., assignor to Moore As-
sociates, Lexington, Ky.
Filed Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 198,641
Int.CI. B08by/00
U.S.CL 294-61 3 Claims
3,712,658
GOLF BALL RETRIEVING
Frank S. Yaresh, 3267 W. 82nd St., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,434
Int. CI. A47f 13/06
U.S. CI. 294— 19 A
3 Claims
A pole mounted golf ball retriever having a coiled spring
wire with a pair of angularly disposed loops at the end thereof
which are spaced to form openings therebetween. The loops
may be readily sprung apart to permit a golf ball to enter the
openings as the retriever is urged toward the ball. The loops
return to their original position after the ball has been effec-
tively engaged.
A hand held litter retrieving device selectively operable to
pick up articles, such as glass bottles, without breaking the
same, or to pickup puncturable articles, such as paper, is dis-
closed. ,
3,712,661
LIFTING YOKE FOR TRANSPORT CONTAINERS
Lewis Strand, Harald Lovenskiolsvei 37, Oslo, Norway
Filed Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 198,697
Int.CI. B66c/ /62
U.S.CL 294-67 DA 5 Claims
3,712,659
IMPLEMENT HANDLE
Franz KneissI, Kufstein, Austria, assignor to Franz KneissI
Skifabrik, Kufstein/Throl, Austria
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,854
Claims priority, application Austria, Sept. 19, 1969, A
8903/69
Int. CI. AOll //22
U.S. CI. 294—57 1 Claim
A handle for hand-held implements having a coating of
synthetic material on a core member. The coating material
may have reinforcing fibers or woven fabric, or both, worked
into it in any shape which can be produced and in any desired
or defined direction and position.
A lifting yoke for transport containers is disclosed. Con-
necting lugs rotatably mounted in the yoke frame may be
rotated in steps of 90°, for example from a neutral position to a
connecting position and vice versa by means of an elongated
transmission element connected between the lifting cable and
a ratchet mechanism drive coupled with the connecting lugs,
the transmission element having such a length that it is
tightened well before the lifting straps between the lifting
cable and the yoke frame are tightened.
3,712,662
COLLAPSIBLE TABLE TRAILER
John T. Busby. Memphis. Tenn.. assignor to The Raymond
Lee Organization. Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,872
Int. CI. B60p 3/32^
U.S. CI. 296—23 R * Claims
A trailer adapted to be pulled by an automobile or the like
has a hollow dust proof carrying rack secured to the bottom of
its frame with a Uble top having support means secured
1362
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
-:;-z;:^:=rs::::.':::^2;-z^
^
Z3E
means on the outside surface of a trailer wall while another
means constitutes a foldable leg which can be disposed verti-
cally to hold the top in horizontal position for use.
3,712,663
BULKHEAD DOOR
Charles M. Laven, 67 Clive Avenue, Guelph, Ontario, Canada
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,445
Claims priority, application Canada, July 9, 1970, 87,799
Int.CI. B60p7/y4
U.S. CI. 296- 24 11 Claims
said roof section having a hollow profile filled with foamed
synthetic material.
3,712,665
LOCK FOR A REMOVABLE ROOF ATTACHMENT FOR
VEHICLES
Norbert Klein, 703 Boblingen, Germany, assignor to Firma
Dr.-Ing. h. c. F. Porsche K. G., Stuttgart-ZuHenhausen, Ger-
many
Filed March 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,330
Claims priority, application Germany, March 6, 1969, P 19
11379.2
Int. CI. B60j 7//6
U.S.CL296-137R 31 Claims
■^'*> "^ - '
A bulkhead door adapted to be mounted within a container
transversely of the side walls thereof and to be suspended from
tracks which extend longitudinally of the container. The door
is adapted to be suspended at its upper end by means of
pinions mounted on and rotatable with a shaft extending trans-
versely of the door and adapted to engage pinion racks ex-
tending longitudinally along the opposed side walls of the con-
tainer The door is provided with a three point locking system
which includes a pair of locking members adapted to be pro-
jected from the sides of the door into apertured tracks which
extend in spaced relationship parallel to the suspension pinion
racks and a third locking member which, when projected,
serves to prevent rotation of the transversely extending shaft
and thus of the pinion racks.
A lock for a removable roof attachment of vehicles, espe-
cially automotive vehicles, which is clamped against a fixed
superstructure such as the roll yoke and wherein the lock
cooperates with the removable roof attachment by way of a
lever system articulated to a bearing plate. The lever system
includes a handle and clamping element and is operative
about pivot pins which are parallel to the longitudinal plane of
the vehicle. The clamping element cooperates with an elastic
member arranged at the roof attachment. The clamping ele-
ment automatically pivots into a rest position by means of a
spring element after releasing the handle. The bearing plate
has a V-shaped portion for fixing the clamping element in the
rest position.
3,712,664
TRACTOR CAB
Oswald May, Bonn, Germany, assignor to Klockner-Hum-
boldt-Deutz Aktiengesellschaft, Cologne-Deutz, (Jermany
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,687
Claims priority, application (iermany. Sept 25, 1969,
P 19 48 395.5
Int. CI. B62d 25/06
U.S. CL 296- 102 9 CUims
A tractor cab with a detachable roof section which is con-
3,712,666
CHAIR
Martin Stoll, Tiengen, Germany, assignor to GlroHex-Ent-
wicklun>£s. ACi. Koblenz, Switzerland
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,579
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 17, 1969,
18736/69
Int. CI. A47c/ /0i6
U.S. CL 297— 61 9 Claims
Chair having tiltable rigidly interconnected seat and back
portions with the front edge of the seat portion being tiltable
during backward tilting movement towards an inclined posi-
tion for an increased leg comfort and provided with a head
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1363
=:r-=oi;^,:^,::nXS:r:; =I:^^:r^^^
ri ?
^iJC
another of said chairs when their tablet arms are in their out-
wardly and downwardly sloping positions.
forwardly as the chair is moved towards a reclining position to
maintain the head erect and means for selectively rendering
the automatic head support rotating means inoperative.
3,712,667
CONSOLE-CHAIR COMBINATION
Albert C. Weber, 600 Glen Ridge Drive, Glenview, III.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,086
Int.CI. A47b«i/00
U.S.CL297— 140
7 Claims
G« « . ' ^- 6S
A console and chair combination, particularly suited for use
as a sewing machine cabinet wherein the chair may be con-
veniently nested within the console, lock means provided to
lock the chair when nested within the console, and a castering
system to enable the chair and console combination to be
moved as a unit when the chair has been nested and locked
within the console.
3,712,669
CHAIR ATTACHED BEAUTICIANS TRAY
Cash J. Gates, 207 Harn Street, Monroe, La.
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,543
Int. CI. A47c 7/62
U.S.CL 297-188
5 Claims
8 34
An adjustable and rotauble chair structure of a type cur-
rently used in beauty salons and a self-contained attachment
therefor comprising a multipurpose tray, an L-shaped or an
equivalent elevating and supportmg arm for the tray having a
vertical upper end portion atop which the tray is mounted, and
a horizontal lower end portion, means by way of which the
lower end portion is operatively connected with a suitable
predetermined part of said chair, for example, the usual
pedestal.
3,712,668
STACKABLE CHAIR WITH FOLDABLE TABLET ARM
Roy W. Fink, ForUge, Mich., assignor to The Vecta Group,
Inc., Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,51 1
Int. CI. A47b i/04,- A47c 39106
U.S.CL297-162 8 Claims
A stackable and gangable chair having a folding tablet arm
movable between a horizontal position disposed directly
above a portion of the chair seat and a downwardly and out-
wardly sloping position located sidewardly of said seat. The
tablet arm is mounted upon upwardly diverging support ele-
ments connected to legs on one side of said seat. The legs,
which are rigidly secured to the seat, have front and rear pairs
which diverge downwardly. Ganging members are rigidly con-
nected either directly or indirectly to the legs on both sides of
3,712,670
ACCESSORY ATTACHMENTS FOR MOTORCYCLES
AND THE LIKE
Paul W. Svehla, 3985 LaCrescenta Road, El Sobrante, Calif.,
and Samuel R. McQuisten, 933 Oxford Street, Berkeley.
Calif.
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,877
Int. CI. B62j liOO; A47c 1108
U.S. CI. 297-195 18 Claims
An accessory seat attachment for removable securement to
two-wheeled motor vehicles, such as motorcycles and the like
The seat attachment is formed of a frame member which
somewhat conforms to the buttocks of the human body when
in the seated position. The frame is provided with an enlarged
aperture in the region which would be capable of engaging the
buttocks of a human body and a foam-like cushion is secured
1364
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
to the frame and completely covers the enlarged aperture in downwardly extending ears which rigidly mount a spindle
the shell. The plastic shell is also provided with a pair of elon- bracket and pivotably mount a back rest yoke. The mtegrally
4p=^
gated slots for accommodating hooks which are engageable
with the vehicle for removably securing the seat attachment to
the vehicle.
formed mounting plate reduces material costs, weight of the
chair iron, and manufacturing costs.
3,712,671
FOLDING, ROCKING, POSTURE ADJUSTING WHEEL
CHAIR
John E. Dalton, 1140 Fifth Avenue, New York, and Victoria
Lia, 424 Westchester Avenue, Crestwood, both of N.Y.
Filed Nov. 5, 1971,S«r. No. 195,990
Int. CI. A47c 3102
3,712,673
RESILIENT SEAT CUSHION WITH CREASE-
PREVENTING MEANS
Richard F. Swenson, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Swenson
Corporation, Red Granite, Wis.
Filed Jan. 27, 1972, S«r. No. 221,285
Int. CI. A47c 7122; B60n 1106
U.S. CI. 297—452 1* Claims
U.S. CI. 297—258
8 Claims
The rocking component is pivotally mounted by the up-
standmg flexible steel rods on the wheel frame and is guided
by means of pairs of guide wheels which roll on the upper
horizontal curved rail bar of the wheel frame. The foot rest is
adjustable relative to the floor level and is pivotal in two
directions so as to be folded up into a vertical position and
then pivoted backward into the chair frame.
3,712,672
CHAIR IRON AND MOUNTING PLATE THEREFOR
Clare J. De Graaf, Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor to Gordon
Manufacturing Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed March 8, 1 97 1 , S«r. No. 1 2 1 ,789
Int. CI. A47c/ /02i
U.S. CI. 297—306 9 Claims
A chair iron having a one piece mounting plate with rigid
A resilient seat cushion having a top surface and one or
more side surfaces which tend to deform when the seat
cushion is subjected to compressive force, comprising a
resilient compressible body and a flexible cover which adheres
to the body. The side surface or surfaces are provided with
one or more indentations which are permanently formed in
the cover and the body and are disposed transversely to the
direction of the compressive force and prevent permanent
deformation, wrinkling or creasing of the side surface.
3,712,674
INFLATABLE CHAIR
Sutematsu Ando, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Century Products,
Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,033
Int. CI. A47c 27/05. 27//S
U.S. CI. 297—456 * Claims
An inflatable chair is provided, consisting of a plurality of
separately inflatable portions or sections, and which is so con-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1365
structed as to adhere to the floor by the suction of a portion of
the chair against the floor, to thereby provide excellent stabili-
3,712,676
SEMI-TRAILER DUMP BODY CONSTRUCTION
Arthur C. Benninger, Seneca, and Meletus I. Long, Brookville,
both of Pa., assignors to Tri-Brook, Inc., Brookville, Pa.
Filed Dec. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 206,832
Int. CI. B60p/ /04,//2«
U.S. CI. 298—22 R 3 CUims
2^ 3
ty of the chair, irrespective of how the weight of an occupant
of the chair is shifted in relation to the chair.
3,712,675
PORTABLE DUMP BOX
Goenter SchoenwaW, 10516-77th Avenue, Edmonton, Alberta,
Canada
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,409
Claims priority, application Canada, May 31, 1971, 1 14408
Int.CI. B60p///6
L.S.CL298— 10 8 Claims
43 .J
A semi-trailer dump body construction affording improved
lateral stability during dumping in which a hydraulic hoist is
mounted below the dump body and support frame, positioned
intermediate the fifth wheel connection and the tandem rear
axle assembly of the frame so as to distribute the loading more
uniformly over the tandem rear wheels and including align-
ment means mounted on either side of the hoist to minimize
lateral movement of the hoist and dump body when the hoist is
in the extended dump position.
3,712,677
MINING METHOD
Albert T. Janssen, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Atlantic Richfield
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,927
Int.CKE21c4///0
U.S. CI. 299-13 lOCtaims
A portable dump box which serves as a temporary storage
facility in the gathering of pay loads such as forage or snow is
described. This apparatus has a levelling mechanism which in-
teracts with its tilting mechanism and ensures that its frame
remains level during both tilting and towing operations. The
invention comprises a wheeled carriage including an axle hav-
ing wheels rotatably mounted at opposite ends thereof, a
frame, a dump box, means for tilting the dump box and means
for maintaining the frame level. The axle is below and
pivotably moveable relative to the frame about the longitu-
dinal axis of the carriage. The dump box is hingedly joined to
the frame along a longitudinal edge thereof at a point of the
frame remote from the ground The means for tilting the dump
box comprises at least one hydraulic jack positioned to pivot
the dump box on a hinged joint about an axis longitudinal to
said frame. The means for maintaining the frame level com-
prises a pair of hydraulic jacks, a first member of each jack
being fixed to the frame at or near opposite longitudinally ex-
tending edges thereof, a second member of each jack being
fixed to the axle or at near opposite ends thereof, a hydraulic
fluid line extending from one jack to the other, whereby an up-
ward action on the first element in one jack produces a
downward reaction in the second element of the other jack.
There are valve means in the hydraulic fluid line having an
open position permitting two-way flow of fluid and a closed
position permitting no flow of fluid, the valve means being in
the open position when the dump box is at rest and in the
closed position during substantially the entire tilting opera-
tion.
A chamber mining technique whereby a series of horizontal
slopes are formed between haulage and bleeder entries. Upon
completion of a crosscut, the top and sides are drilled and
blasted in a retreat operation and the broken ore is hauled out
The mined-out area need not be entered and there is no need
for support or scaling since failure of walls between stopes will
at no time endanger men and equipment.
1366
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,678 3,712,680
MINING MACHINE HAVING DUST COLLECTING VEHICLE WHEEL WITH FAIL SAFE FEATURES
MEANS William P. Hyland, Cuyahoga Falls. Ohio; Roy W. Baird,
Michael J. Amoroso, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Lee-Noise Aiiron. Ohio, and James A. Culbertson. Akron, Ohio,
Company, Charleroi, Pa. assignors to The (ioodyear Tire & Rubber Company,
Filed March 18, 1971,Ser.No. 125,601 Akron, Ohio
Int. CI. E2 Ic 2 7124 Filed Nov. 27, 1 970, Ser. No. 93,270
U.S. CI. 299—68 24 Claims Int. CI. B60b 3108
U.S. CI. 301 —63 DS 4 Claims
100
•■•^mf>-;^^x.^.f/ J
■^^y////.\^~<///
A continuous miner which is provided with dust collecting
means comprising boom carried ducting adapted to receive
dust entraming air adjacent and rearwardly of the mining
head, and chassis carried ductir\g operable to alternatively
discharge the air to opposite sides of the machine. Con-
trarotating centrifugal fans mounted in the boom carried duct-
ing draw dust entraining air to such ducting whereby the air
flows therethrough to the chassis carried ducting; and scrub-
bers or cleaners are operatively associated with the boom car-
ried dueling for removing larger dust particles from the air
flowing through the latter.
3,712,679
MINING MACHINE HAVING ADJUSTABLE LENGTH
CUTTING DRUM
Michael J. Amoroso, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Lee-Noise
Company, Charleroi, Pa.
Fiied Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,042
Int. CI. E21c 27/24
U.S. CI. 299— 76 24 Claims
A localized area of reduced thickness is provided on a vehi-
cle wheel. One side of the localized area is exposed to tire in-
flation pressure while the other side of the area is exposed to
atmospheric pressure. The area is located at the region in
which the likelihood of crack propagation through the section
due to fatigue failure of the wheel is at a maximum and cir-
cumferential propagation of a failure is at a minimum. The
thickness of the reduced area is determined from the wheel
characteristic so that a crack failure will occur at the localized
area, resulting in a gradual release of pressure from the tire,
before circumferential failure occurs.
3,712,681
PNEUMATIC CONVEYING APPARATUS FOR LIGHT
MATERIAL
Joseph J. Marino, Ridgefield, and Raymond J. Demaison, Old
Greenwich, both of Conn., assignors to Pfizer Inc., New
York,N.V.
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 199,851
Int. CI. B65g 53104, B05b 7/06
U.S. CI. 302 — 20 18 Claims
12.
A mining machine having a rptary mining head which com-
prises an elongated support carrying a plurality of laterally
spaced, rotatable cutter support drums fixed against lateral
movement and rotatable end cutter support drums laterally
movable to vary the length of the mining head by separate
pistons in cylinder means contained in the support. The first
mentioned drums carry cutter bits arranged to cut along the
therebetween spaces thereby avoiding the necessity for cutter
chains or other auxiliary cutting or breaking means
therebetween; and the drums are rotatably driven by a pair of
drive motors through clutchless interconnecting means in-
cluding intermeshing gears in the mining head on non-parallel
axes.
Air
-^A?
Water SuppUf
Light dry material, such as asbestos, fed through a tubular
screw pneumatic conveyor forms a sealing plug against blow-
back in the free space between separated sections of the feed
screw. The seal is consolidated by a restrictive orifice plate,
which may be flexible, in the sealing plug zone having a
passageway smaller than the tubular housing and larger than
the shaft. The length of the sealing plug is varied by adjusting a
spacing device connected to one of the screw sections to pro-
vide the most effective seal for a particular material. Variable
spacing is provided, for example, by removable spacer plates
or a movable flange which can be locked into one of many
axial positions The air-bome light material is mixed with
water to form a slurry for application to a surface.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1367
3 712 682 3,712,684
APPARATUS FOR FEEDING FIBER MATERIAL INTO A HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM FOR VEHICLES
CHUTE Ettore Cordiano, Turin, Italy, assignor to Fiat Societa per
Rolf Binder, Raterschen, and Rudolf Wildbolz, WInterthur, Azioni, Turin, Italy
both of Switzerland, assignors to RIeter Machine Works, Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. n2,641
Ltd., Winterthur, Switzerland Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 11, 1970, 67434
Filed Nov. 1 0, 1 969, Ser. No. 875,094 A/70
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 8, 1968, Int. CI. B60t 5/75. 7 7/34
16770/68
U.S. CI. 302— 28
U.S. CL 303—22 A
3 Claims
Int. CI. B65g 53140
11 Claims
-21' 2S'
^23
The fiber material is directed onto one or more chutes from
a pneumatic transporting duct by rotatable cylinders. Each
chute has a cylinder associated therewith which at least par-
tially interrupts the transporting air stream to intercept and
direct a portion of the air flow and entrained fibers into the
chute The cylinders may be positively rotated or freely
mounted. The cylinders are also mounted close to the back
wall of the chute to allow removal of accumulations of fibers
on the cylinders.
3,712,683
BRAKE WARNING SWITCH
Frederick D. Keady, Cleveland Heights, and Richard J. Silagy,
Parma, both of Ohio, assignors to The Weather head Com-
pany, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed March 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,636
Int. CI. B60t 7 7122,8126, 1 1/34
U.S. CI. 303-6 C 10 Claims
A vehicle with a hydraulic brake system and fiuid levelling
devices to compensate for variations in rear axle load is
equipped with a pressure-reducing device to vary the braking
pressure on the rear wheels. The pressure-reducing device is
actuated by exerting force on a protruding stem. An actuator
is provided to operate on the stem, comprising a cylinder in
which two chambers are formed, each attached to a levelling
device of a wheel. A rod with two piston slides sealingly in a
wall dividing the chambers, projecting into both The pistons
have effective areas opposite the stem that are equal in area,
so that the cumulative force of the actuating member on the
stem varies with the rear axle load.
3,712,685
DUAL CIRCUIT BRAKE VALVE
David A. Hoffman, Olmsted Falls, Ohio, assignor to Bendix-
Westinghousc Automotive Air Brake Company, Elyria, Ohio
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,489
Int.CI.B60t 75/72
U.S. CI. 303-52 10 Claims
A fiuid pressure switch unit is disclosed for use in a motor
vehicle dual hydraulic brake system having a front brake cir-
cuit and a rear brake circuit. The rear brake circuit includes a
pressure reducing valve for preventing premature lock-up of
the rear wheel brakes. A fluid pressure failure in the front cir-
cuit operates the switch unit to actuate a warning signal, and
the valving mechanism includes a bypass opening in an insert
member disposed in one end of a bore in the switch unit hous-
ing. The bypass opening is normally closed by a valve member
which is slidably carried by the switch piston, ^ovement of
the switch piston to actuate the warning device moves the
valve member away from the bypass opening to bypass the
pressure reducing valve and supply full pressure to the rear
brakes. When the switch piston is returned to a centered posi-
tion, the bypass opening is again closed by the valve member
to return the proportioning valve to the circuit.
A dual circuit brake valve including first and second self-
lapping valve elements for respectively controlling primary
and secondary fluid pressure braking circuits, each of the
valve elements being controlled by separate relay pistons sub-
ject to fluid pressure in one of said circuits and the supply of
fluid pressure to the relay pistons being manually controlled
through operation of a valve which is independent of the self-
lapping valve elements.
1368
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,686 3,712,688
CONTROL VALVE MODIFICATION MEANS FOR CHANGING WHEELED
Raymond J. Kersting, Dellwood, Mo., assignor to Wagner Elec- VEHICLES TO ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES
trk Corporation, Newark, N J. Kenneth M. Russell, » OJO For«tvale Lane, Helen. Mont.
Filed Feb. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 225^21 Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,308
Int. a. B60ty J/22 Int. CL B62d 55/24
U.S. CI. 303-71 27Ctolms U.S. CL 305-34 5 CUdms
SU
—3 ^40'^
A control valve for use in a brake system having dual fluid
pressure sources and a spring setting pressure released brake
actuator is provided with selectively operable means movable
between an applying position for applying said actuator fluid
pressure supplied from one of said sources and a venting posi-
tion for exhausting the applied fluid pressure from said actua-
tor to effect spring setting actuation thereof, and resiliently
urged means are provided to drive said selectively operable
means to its venting position when the fluid pressure of the
other source acting on said resiliently urged means is less than
a predetermined value, said resiliently urged means including
passage means for the exhausting passage therethrough of the
applied fluid pressure when said selectively operable means is
in its venting position.
This invention relates generally to control valves and in par-
ticular to push-pull type control valves for use in a fluid pres-
sure system to control a spring setting pressure released brake
actuator thereof.
A cylindrical drum coaxially affixed to each wheel of a
wheeled vehicle so as to rotate therewith, endless belts affixed
in overlying relationship to the drums and tires fixedly at-
tached in a flat orientation to the outer surface of the endless
belts to provide support for the vehicle for substantially any
terrain.
3,712,687
DUAL PITCH TRACK LINKS FOR ADJUSTMENT OF
CUSHIONED TRACKS
George F. Alexander, Marquette Heights, III., assignor to
Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,489
Int. CI. B62d 55120
U.S. CI. 305— 19 10 Claims
3,712,689
TRACK FOR SNOWMOBILE OR THE LIKE
Guy-Noel Chaumont, Tring-Jonction, Quebec, Canada, as-
signor to Poly-Traction Inc., Tri-JoncUon, Quebec, Canada
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,157
Int. CI. B62d 55124
U.S.CL 305-38 9 Claims
ccTornc
c n n n' n n h^b □ □ □ s^^^s
22
ij 14^ 4
:^i8
lU N -'1
U L J
An adjustable track assembly for a cushioned track system
comprising a plurality of shoe-bearing links, said track as-
sembly being mounted circumferentially around a resilient
spacer means. Some of said links in the track assembly have
one pitch length and the others have a second pitch length. By
coupling together a selected number of links of each pitch
length, a closed track chain of any given circumferential
length is obtained. The particular number of links of each
length is conveniently determined by use of a nomogram.
The disclosure herein describes an endless flexible track for
use on a snowmobile or the like, provided with three longitu-
dinally extending rows of sprocket-teeth-receiving openings
disposed in laterally spaced relation in the track. A track so
constructed may now be used with various types of sprocket
wheel arrangements; such a construction enables an anti-
desynchronization effect on the idler sprocket wheels
mounted on the rear axle of the snowmobile.
• 3,712,690
SLIDE STRUCTURE
Maxwell S. Fall, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Herbert S. Fall,
Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed June 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 152,257
Int. CI. F 16c 29/04
U.S. CI. 308— 3.8 6 Claims
A slide structure comprising two channel members and two
bar members, each bar member being telescopically longitu-
dinally slidably received within a separate channel member,
two of said members, of which at least one is a channel
member being fixedly secured together to constitute an inter-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1369
mediate element, and the other two members being arranged ■''Zl^'^?^.,^^ or-*DiKir^
respectively on opposite sides of the intermediate element and MULTIPLE STAGE THRUST BEARING
respeci y ff" Lawrence E. Root, JamesvlUe; WiUiam J. Derner, ManUus, and
Harold E. Stewart, Central Square, aU of N.Y., assignors to
Rollway Bearing Company, Inc., Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed April 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,413
lnt.CLF16c/9/yO
U.S.CL308— 231
1 Claim
being longitudinally movable relative to the intermediate ele-
ment and relative to each other.
3,712,691
ELASTOMERIC SNUBBING SIDE BEARING
Geoffrey Wilton Cope, Williamsville, N.Y., assignor to Dresser
Industries, Inc., Dallas, Tex.
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,156
Int. CI. B61f 5/74. F16c 1 7104; F16f 1136
U.S.CL308— 138 7 Claims
.16 .20
♦4 ,12
-26
A resilient side bearing installable between a truck and body
of a railway vehicle containing a housing and a cover, and
elastomeric solids disposed in spaced segments within the
housing and bearing upon the cover.
An improved multiple stage thrust bearing having a plurality
of sets of thrust plates, alT^of the plates having controlled
spring rates and being cantilever mounted to deflect under a
thrust load. A roller complement is carried between the op-
posing faces of each thrust plate set, and a plurality of thrust
transmitting ring members are located between all adjacent
pairs of rotating and stationary thrust plates, to carry a portion
of the load applied to the plates. In the bearing, preferentially
selected elastic materials, predetermined design ratios, and
congruency of load-deflection characteristics of the thrust
plates and sleeves are utilized to achieve controlled displace-
ment ratios at all bearing stages and to establish a predictable
thrust bearing fatigue life.
3,712,692
WELDED RETAINER FOR AN ANTIFRICTION BEARING
Ronald E. Restelli, Cromwell, Conn., assignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
FUedJan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,071
Int. CLFl 6c Ji/46
U.S.C1.308— 217 6 Claims
a--^
3,712,694
ANTIFRICTION BEARING SPACER
Robert L. Smith, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to The Garrett Cor-
poration. Los Angeles. Calif.
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,906
Int. CLF 16c 79/20
U.S.CL308-199 9 Claims
The invention contemplates a bearing retainer of the variety
involving axially split mating ring elements or halves, in which
pockets for holding individual antifriction elements are
defined by matched recesses in each ring element, with
abutting bridge formations between adjacent pockets. Axial
bores at bridge locations receive locating rods which extend
substantially the full axial length of the retainer. The rod ends
are fusion-welded to adjacent bore material in such manner as
to retain a compressionally loaded unison of the two mated
ring elements or halves. The nature of the process is to permit
retainer assembly as the final step of assembling the full bear-
ing, complete with antifriction elements in grooved raceways,
without danger to the operative'Waring parts.
This bearing spacer is a substantially cylindrical body with
rounded corners joining the end and cylindrical side walls It
has a critical diameter and length so that it properiy spaces ad-
jacent bearings and is free to slide and turn about its own lon-
gitudinal axis in the bearing races without any tendency to tip
or cock. The spacer is composed of a relatively incompressi-
ble, high temperature resistant material which gradually trans-
fers a film to the bearing for lubricating them at high tempera-
tures.
1370
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3 712 695 o" *o ^^^ "°^ pieces, and horizontal swinging doors can be
HEARING AID BATTERY DISPENSER mounted on the hinges. At least one of the hinges for each
Gortlon E. Kaye. Irvlngton, N.Y., assignor to P. L. Mallory & ^
Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind. jo
Fikd April?, 1971, Ser. No. 132,047 ^ ^^'
Int. CI. A24f 25/00
U.S. CI. 312-31 14 Claims ^ ""^iT ^,
A plastic dispenser case for small items, such as hearing aid
battery cells, consisting of a hollow plastic body to receive the
cells and a plastic overlay cover having integral peripheral
hinged panels to serve as individual doors to spaces in the hol-
low body, and as latches for clamping onto the hollow body, so
the body and the cover are held tightly rigid, while permitting
access through each separate door to remove a cell, with win-
dows provided in position to permit a probe to engage one
control terminal of a selected cell, with a sheet of dessicant
material metallized on one surface to engage all the cell outer
shells as the other terminal of the cells, for access as a com-
mon electrode by an external probe, thereby permitting test-
ing of the individual cells in the dispenser case with the cells
all assembled.
door has a catch which cooperates with a latch on the door so
that the doors will stay closed.
3,712,698
STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR DRAWERS AND
THE LIKE
Robert L. Propst, Ann Arbor, and James O. Kelley, Saline,
both of Mich., assignors to Herman Miller, Inc., Zeeland,
Mich.
Filed Nov. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 88,567
lnt.CLA47b5//00
U.S.CL 312-350 19 Claims
3,712,696
SHELF-SUPPORTED DRAWER ARRANGEMENT
Thomas M. McDonnell, 1 1 North 4th Avenue, Maywood, III.
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,036
Int. CI. A47b 91/00,51/00; \41t5/00
U.S. CI. 312-253 2 Claims
A horizontal rail upon which drawer supporting frames and
the like can be removably hung is used in a vertical post sup-
porting system by being releasably secured to clips which in
turn can be releasably mounted on spaced, vertical posts. The
rail is provided with spaced studs which key into slots in the
clip. The studs at one end of the rail are spaced from those at
the other end a distance slightly less than the operable
distance between the spaced vertical posts such that the clips
A shelf-supported drawer arrangement including a housing, tend to bind slightly between the posts and the rail when the
one or more drawers, and means for removably attaching the system is assembled. This insures a positive, tight tit between
housing to a shelf. . the rail and the vertical posts.
3,712,697
LOCKER
James O. Kellev, Spring Lake, and Robert I
Arbor, both of Mich., assignors to Herman
Zeeland, Mich.
Filed June 2, 1971, Ser. No. 149,164
Int.CI. E06b9//4
U.S. CL312— 297
The sides of the locker include tracks in which a vertically
sliding tambour door is mounted The tracks are open at one
end so that the tambour door can be removed. A cross piece
can be inserted between the sides of the locker at the top of
the locker and at the bottom thereof. Hinges can be snapped
Propst, .\nn
Miller, Inc.,
15 Claims
3,712,699
CHARGED PARTICLE REMOVAL APPARATUS FOR AN
IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE
Gerald T. Syster, Glen EUyn, lU., assignor to Zenith Radio Cor-
poration, Chicago. 111.
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 177,076
Int. CL HOI J 9/50
U.S.CL 316-2 6 Claims
An apparatus for removing charged particles from a con-
ductive element of an image-display device comprises an al-
ternating current high-voltage power supply, means connect-
ing the alternating current high-voltage supply to the element
to vary the potential of the element to diminish the electric
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1371
charge differential between the particles and the element and
loosen the particles, and means for injecting a flushing gas into
3,712,701
ELECTRIC INCANDESCENT LAMPS
Robert Bernard Johnston, and John Michael Rees, both of
London, England, assignors to British Lighting Industries
Limited, London, England
DivUion of Ser. No. 1,404, Jan. 8, 1970. This application Aug.
27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,719
Int.CLH01j9/iS
U.S.CL 316-20 7 Claims
the device and circulating the gas under pressure to suspend
the particles in the gas and to exhaust the particles.
^ 3,712,700
METHOD OF MAKING AN ELECTRON EMITTER
DEVICE
Alfred Hermann Sommer, Princeton, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,372
Int.CLH01j9//«
U.S.CL316— 19 4 Claims
CQHr THE EmUER SURFACE OF AN EMITTER
BOOT WITH A PROTECTIVE LAYER
MOUNT THE BOOT SO THAT THE EMITTER
SURFACE IS IN THE INTERIOR OF
AN ENVELOPE
I
HEAT THE ENVELOPE AND BODY TO A FIRST
TEMPERAHM WILE PUMPING OUT CONTAMINANT
GASES
T
HEAT THE BODY TO A SECOND TEMPERATURE,
HIGHER THAN THE FIRST, AT WHICH THE PROTECTIVE
LAYER IS REMOVED BY EVAPORATION, WHILE
MAINTAINING THE ENVELOPE AT A TEMPERATURE
BELOW THE FIRST TEMPERATURE
I
ACTIVATE THE EMITTER SURFACE
A tungsten-halogen cycle electric incandescent lamp has a
fill including a phosphonitrilic halide. Mixtures of more than
one of the halides may be employed. The halide can be in-
troduced into the lamp envelope in solution, the solvent being
evaporated thereafter to leave the halide as residue.
3,712,702
TELESCOPIC SIGHT FOR DAYLIGHT AND NIGHT
OBSERVATION
Horst Schmidt, Wetzlar, Germany, assignor to Fa. Ernst Leitz
GmbH, WeUlar, Germany
Continuation of Ser. No. 691,836, Dec. 19, 1967, abandoned.
This application Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 77,053
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 21, 1966, L 55
323
Int. CLG02b 2 7/i2
U.S.CL350-10 1 Claim
5
12
\J ."^ . - / ^/ vl Jif.f'J^^.. 13,
Mb/ff \) ^ / '^
17
A method comprising coating an uncontaminated emitter
surface of an emitter body with a non-contaminating protec-
tive layer and then mounting the body so that the coated sur-
face is in the interior of an envelope. The envelope and body
are then heated to a first temperature to drive contaminant
gases from surfaces of the envelope interior while these gases
are simultaneously pumped out. The first temperature is low
enough that the protective layer remains. Then the body is
heated to a second temperature, higher than the first, and the
protective layer evaporated off the surface while the envelope
is maintained at a temperature below the first temperature.
Thereafter the emitter surface is activated by the application
thereto of a material which lowers the work function.
In a telescopic sight comprising two observation systems,
one for use in daylight and one for use at night, means are pro-
vided for optically aligning either one of said observation
systems with a light entry axis that is common to both systems.
Further, an auxiliary lens system is disposed along said com-
mon light entry axis in front of said observation systems, said
auxiliary means being adapted to displace the entrance pupils
of said observation systems along said light entry axis in a for-
ward direction. In specific embodiments of the invention a
reticule and/or prismatic elements are part of the auxiliary
lens system. The prismatic elements are disclosed to be ad-
justable to vary the direction of view of the telescope.
1372
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,703
REAR VIEW MIRROR WITH AIR VANE ROTATION
MEANS
Charles Barrington Newdlgate, Cape Tov^n, South Africa, as-
signor to Ivan Henrj Cathcart- James, Cape Town, South
Africa
Filed Jan. 25. 1971, Ser. No. 109,488
Claims priority, appUcation South Africa, Feb. 13, 1970,
70/0990
Int. CI. G02b 5108: B60r 1106
U.S. CI. 350-62 2 Claims
jacent to a T-shaped slidable tube, the second body tube is
formed with a guide groove extending axially from the end
thereof adjacent to a T-shaped rotalable ring, both grooves
being parallel to the pivot sleeve, and an O-ring is interposed
between each of the guide grooves and slidable shafts inserted
in said grooves, whereby a perfect air-tight condition is main-
tained in the focusing device without using any seal means and
a reduced torque is required to adjust the relative position of
the two body tubes in accordance with the interpupillary
distance of any viewer.
3,712,705
AIR CLAD OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE
Enrique Alfredo Jose Marcatill, Runson, N J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated. Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,845
Int. CLG02b 5/74
D.S.CL 350-96 WG 6 Claims
The invention provides a reflector device having a mirror, a
support frame, mounting means for mounting the mirror on
the support frame for rotation about an axis perpendicular to
the mirror's renecting surface, a plurality of radially extending
vanes attached to the mirror s periphery to cause the mirror to
rotate when air passes through the vanes, and air guide means
for guiding air towards the vanes.
3,712,704
FOCUSING DEVICE IN A CENTER FOCUSING TYPE
BINOCULAR
Akira Sato, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku K. K.,
Tokvo, Japan
Filed Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 21 1,378
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Dec. 28, 1970,
45/132664
Int. CI. G02b 7106
U.S. CI. 350-76 3 Claims
An air clad optical fiber is described comprising a low-loss
dielectric core, having a polygonal cross section disposed
within a circular jacket. Because of its shape, the core is. in ef-
fect totally surrounded by air. contacting the outer jacket at
only its corners. To further minimize the number of contacting
regions, and increase the spacing between core and jacket, the
latter is made oversized.
3,712,706
RETROREFLECTIVE SURFACE
Robert Franz SUmm, Stamford, Conn., assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, SUmford, Conn.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,543
Int.CLG02bi//2
U.S.CL350-103 16 Claims
Z70*
ISO'
A center focusing type binocular having a first and a second
body tube interconnected so that at least one of the body
tubes is revolvable about a pivot sleeve, and inner lens frames
for holding ocular systems therein and mounted for sliding
along optical axes within the respective body tubes. The focus-
ing device IS improved in that the first body tube is formed
with a guide groove extending axially from the end thereof ad-
A retroreflector of unusually high retroreflective efficiency
comprises an array of cube comer reflectors arranged as
shown in FIG. I . The cube comers are made so extremely ac-
curately and of such small size teat diffraction is the predomi-
nant factor governing the divergence from perfect retroreflec-
tion of the reflected light. The retroreflectors have various
uses and are particularly efficient reflectors for highway signs
and markers.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1373
3,712,707
COMPOSITE BACK PROJECTION SCREEN AND
METHOD OF FORMING
John L. Henkes, Jr., Loudonville, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,127
Int. CLG03b 2 7/60,27/62
U.S, CI. 350— 1 22 8 Claims
cal signals. A N-substituted p-cyanophenyl derivative of. for
example, a bipyridyl is reversibly transformed between the ca-
A composite back projection screen exhibiting a highly
uniform intensity distribution and reduced scintillation is
formed by embossing a Fresnel lens along either the front or
back face of a thermoplastic sheet to focus projected light
upon a predetermined viewing location and coating the front
face of the sheet with a layer of bulk diffusing material to ef-
fect a multiple scattering of light passing through the layer.
Desirably, either the risers of the Fresnel lens and/or the layer
of bulk diffusing material is blackened to enhance the ambient
rejection of the projection screen.
3,712,708
LENTICULAR PROJECTION SCREEN
John Brown, P.O. Box 201, New Hope, Pa.
Filed Sept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 178,990
Int.CLG03b27/60
U.S.CL 350—129
7 Claims
A lenticular projection screen consisting of a plurality of
overlapping, spherical concave lenses formed in reflective
material. The lenses and the screen are constructed so that
projected light rays are directed to a predetermined viewing
area in front of the screen, in order to reduce scattering losses
and provide high quality screen images in a fully lighted room
or in daylight.
A
4-
^
tionic form (colorless) and radical (usually green) by applica-
tion of potential between a transparent conducting electrode
and a counter electrode.
3,712,710
SOLID STATE ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR
George Augustus Castelbon, Stamford, and Donald Paul
SpiUer, Riverside, both of Conn., assignors to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed De^. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,909
Int. CLG02f 7/36
U.S.CI.350-160 8 Claims
Electro-optical device particularly useful in the modulation
of reflected light typically comprising an electrochromic
device containing a reflecting layer electrode in sandwiched
arrangement, said electrochromic device being a sandwich ar-
rangement of a transparent electrode, a reflecting layer elec-
trode, a fllm of a transition meUl compound and a solid insu-
lating film disposed between the electrodes. The elec-
trochromic device exhibits coloration and bleaching thereof at
ambient temperature by control of the polarity of an applied
electric field, whereby light reaching the reflecting solid layer
electrode is modulated in intensity, thus modulating, in turn,
the reflected light.
3,712,709
VARIABLE LIGHT TRANSMISSION DEVICE
John Grahame Kenworthy, Runcorn, Cheshire, England, as-
signor to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, En-
gland
Filed Nov. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 200,776
Int. CL G02f 7/36, C07d 37/42
U.S.CL 350-160 R 7 Claims
Device for light transmission control in response to electri-
3,712,711
TRIPLE-LAYER ANTI-REFLECTION COATING DESIGN
Iwao P. Adachi, Lexington, Mass., assignor to It«k Corpora-
tion, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 790^42
lnt.CI.G02b7/70
U.S. CI. 350— 1 64 7 Claims
An optical element such as a lens has a triple layer anti-
1374
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
reflection coating having a very thin, high refractive index
middle layer. The middle layer is matched and provides a
*Pf1K>XIUAJt OPTICM.
THKXNCSS
OCITtR LAYER . 3 X -»
APnraxMATC REnulCTNC
JO
CONTUT ueOUM
— . LOW (I 361°
HIOM (2«0-aT0)
- MEOiuHiiss-iaa
CLASS SuaST1WTQM9-L79
3,712,714
INFORMATION DISPLAY FOR DIVER'S FACE MASK
Leon R. Uyeda, 7231 Emerson Avenue, Westminster, Calif.,
and Jerry A. Emery, 17331 Elsinore Circle, Huntington
Beach, Calif.
Filed June 15, 1971, Ser. No. 153,365
int. CI. G02b 5/08
U.S. CL 350— 301 4 Claims
broadened spectral response, yet significantly reduces absorp-
tion, scattering and reflections even with incident angle varia-
tions.
3,712,712
ADJUSTABLE COLUMN MAGNIFIER
George O. Bosm^ I>enver, Colo., assignor to Lri Corporation,
Denver, Colo.
Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,706
Int. CLG02b 2 7/02
U.S. CI. 350—247 10 Claims
za
This invention relates to an adjustable column magnifying
device in the form of an elongated narrow strip of transparent
material forming a slide carrier having a transversely-extend-
ing magnifier mounted thereon for vertical slidable movement
between integral stops located adjacent the upper and lower
extremities of the carrier. A spring clip on the back of the car-
rier near the top is adapted to hook behind one or more pages
of a columnar printed work and hold the unit in place.
3,712,713
OPTICAL SHIELD OF TRANSPARANT INTERMESHED
GROOV ED PANELS USEFUL ON OVERHEAD PROJECTS
Roger H. .\ppledorn. White Bear Lake. Minn., assignor to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 7 1 2,262, March 1 1 , 1 968,
abandoned. This application Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,356
Int.CLG02b27/00
U.S. CI. 350—276 R 6 Claims
Z2
A glare control shield having particular utility in an over-
head projector, consists of fully transparent matching grooved
plates which are disposed between stage and Fresnel con-
densing lens of the projector and with the grooves generally
directed toward the position of the operator. Other applica-
tions are described
An information display means as a part of or for attachment
to a diver's face mask, and including diver status indicators
such as a clock, compass, air pressure gauge or the like,
located out of the diver's usual line of sight, and further in-
cluding reflecting surfaces, one of which is offset from such
usual line of sight but encompassed by the diver's field of vi-
sion so that an optical path is provided from such reflecting
portion to the status indicators, enabling the diver to selective-
ly view his surroundings or the reflected image of the status in-
dicators.
3,712,715
MULTIPLE RANGE REAR VISION MIRROR
Carl E. Wagner, 6190 West Jefferson Place, Lakewood, Colo.
Fited March 22, 1972, Ser. No. 237,087
Int. CI. G02b 5/08
U^. CI. 350—304 6 Claims
A rear vision mirror, normally mounted on the exterior of a
vehicle, includes at least two mirrors mounted on a single cen-
tral post and contained in a housing with one transparent ^ide,
providing adjustment means for each mirror operable through
holes in the housing.
3,712,716
EYE TRACKER
Tom N. Cornsweet, Atherton, Calif., and Hewitt D. Crane,
Portola Valley, Calif., assignors to Stanford Research
Institute, Menio Park, Calif.
Filed April 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,678
Int.CLA61bJ/yO
U.S.CL351— 7 12 Claims
An eye tracker for continuously tracking orientation of the
optic axis of an eye in which the eye is flooded with light so
that Purkinje images are formed. Two of the Purkinje images
are deflected so as to be incident on photodetectors. In one
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1375
embodiment the detectors and the light source are moved so
that the light sources move to keep the Purkinje images cen-
tered on the two photodetectors with a fixed distance between
the images. The positions of the light source in order to obtain
the predetermined distance between the Purkinje images is
monitored and gives an indication of the orientation of the
color of the wearer's iris, without requiring a lens large enough
to cover the entire iris. Transparent regions about the stria-
Disfw'
optic axis of the eye. In another embodiment only one
photodetector is used with two alternating light sources and
means are provided to form the two Purkinje images respec-
tively from the two light sources. Further means are provided
with the photodetector for differentiating between the two
Purkinje images.
3,712,717
DEVICE FOR ELEVATING AND SUPPORTING BIFOCAL
SPECTACLES
Charles I. Stoloff, 46 East 91st Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 147,007
Int. CLG02cJ//2. 7/06
U.S.CL 351-55 5 Claims
A device for elevating and supporting a pair of bifocal spec-
Ucies for straight ahead near vision embodying a unitary
member mountable and demountable from the nose of the
user, shaped at its rear to be supported on the saddle bone and
bridge of the user's nose and at its front for receiving, lodging
and supporting the bridge piece of the spectacles.
tions extend the optical area into the peripheral zone so that
central vision is not restricted and peripheral vision is im-
proved.
3,712,719
PROJECTOR FOR USE WITH MAGAZINES AND REELS
FOR MOTION PICTURE FILM
Johann Zanner. Jr., 8025 Unterhaching. (;erman>. assignor
to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Leverkusen, (Jermany
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,826
Claims priority, application Germany, May 21, 1970, P 20
24 637.1
Int. CI. G03b 23/02
U.S.CL 352-73 ^ 8 Claims
3,712,718
CORNEAL CONTACT LENS
J«>seph A. LoGrand, 16 Arrowhead Trail, Media, Pa., and Ari
Fuhrman, 6624 Rutland Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,453
int. CI. G02c 7/04
U.S.CL351 — 160 7 Claims
A corneal contact lens having a transparent central zone is
provided with an irregular pattern of colored striations in the
surrounding peripheral zone in order to highlight the natural
'I" ^ '-
A motion picture projector wherein the top wall of the
housing is provided with an inwardly extending chamber for
reception of smaller or larger magazines for motion picture
film or for reception of smaller or larger exposed supply reels
for motion picture film. The housing contains an automatic
threading unit for the leader of motion picture film in a
magazine and a manually operated threading unit serving for
threading of motion picture film which is stored on an exposed
supply reel. The reel can be mounted for rotation in the
chamber by moving a mandrel from a retracted position to an
extended position in which the mandrel extends through the
central opening in the core of the reel. Such movement of the
mandrel is utilized to move an obstructing member away from
the inlet for manual threading of motion picture film which is
stored on a reel. »
3,712,720
MOTION PICTURE CAMERA WITH FADING MEANS
Alfred Winkler, Munich; Friedrich Winkler, Unterhaching;
Karl Neudecker, Munich, and Johann Zanner, Jr., Unter-
haching, all of Germany, assignors to AGFA-Gevaert Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,950
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 3, 1969, P 19 49
891.0
Int. CLG03b 27/36
U.S. CI. 352—91 31 Claims
A motion picture camera wherein the exposures with fade-
out effect are automatically followed by a rearward transport
of that length of film which was exposed during fade-out and
1376
the camera motor is arrested on completion of such rearv/ard
transport. The systems which adjust the diaphragm during
fade-out which reverse the direction of operation of the
motor subsequent to fade-out, and which stop the motor on
completion of rearward transport of the film receive motion
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, ISTC
3,712,722
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTOR WITH CARRIAGE FOR
SETS OF FILM-CONTAINING CASSETTES
Karl Neudecker, Munich, Germany, assignor to AGFA-
Gevaert Aktlensesellschaft, Leverkusen, CJermany
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,346
Claims priority, application Germany, March 24, 1970, P 20
13 969.9
Int.CI.G03b2//04
U.S.CI.352-123 16 Claims
from a programming disk which is indexed stepwise m
response to operation of the film transporting mechanism as
soon as the user moves an actuating knob to an operative posi-
tion. The exposures with fade-in effect begin on movement of
the actuating knob from its operative position and in response
to depression of the camera release element.
3,712,721
AUTOMATIC LAP DISSOLVE FOR MOTION PICTURE
CAMERAS
Heinz Keiner. Obemdorf; Arthur Kessler, Grossaltenstadten.
and Wilhelm Schafer, Wetzlar, all of (iermany, assignors
to Ernst Leitz GmbH Wetzlar. Germany
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,260
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 5, 1969, P 19 55
563.6; Aug. 17, 1970, P 20 40 727.6
Int. CKG03b 27/56
U.S.CL 352-91 4 Claims
r7i.
^23
31,
W
3u^^ f •^-"-r
^t9
y22
Automatic lap dissolve mechanisms are provided in motion
picture cameras having an electronic film drive, a diaphragm
with leaves positioned in the light path of the camera, current
controlled diaphragm control means coupled to the
diaphragm and photo resistor position in the light path from
an object to be photographed and connected to the diaphragm
control means for varying the magnitude of current in the
diaphragm control means and thereby varying the opening of
the diaphragm in accordance with the intensity of light in the
light path from the object to be photographed. The automatic
lap dissolve mechanism includes;
(a) two electrical contacts actuated by the diaphragm
leaves moving into their closed position to effect a reversal of
the polarity of the camera motor;
(b) switching means arranged in the circuit of the camera
motor; and (c) a timer which is actuated at the beginning of
the camera motor reversal of polarity and operates the
switching means after a predetermined period of time has
elapsed to interrupt the current flow to the camera motor.
A motion picture projector wherein a reciprocable carriage
supports a set of abutting cassettes for motion picture film
which IS stored therein on supply reels and can be withdrawn
through openings in bottom walls of the respective cassettes.
The cassettes are insertable directly into the carriage or into a
magazine which is removably inserted into the carriage. Each
cassette has limited freedom of movement with reference to
the carriage. The carriage is movable between several posi-
tions in each of which a different cassette occupies a projec-
tion position in which the parts of a film threading or
withdrawing mechanism can enter the opening of such cas-
sette from below in order to withdraw the leader of con-
voluted film and to move the leader into the range of a film
transporting mechanism. A lever which is pivotable by the ad-
vancing mechanism for the carriage enters the opening of the
cassette which occupies the projection position to insure that
such opening assumes an optimum position with reference to
the film withdrawing mechanism, irrespective of eventual
deviations of the dimensions of cassettes from a desired
dimension. The cassettes are movable with reference to the
carriage against the opposition of springs which yield when the
lever enters into the opening of a cassette in the projection
position to thereby cause a movement of the opening of such
cassette into exact registry with the film withdrawing
mechanism.
3,712,723
SOUND SYNCHRONIZED SLIDE PROJECTOR
Martin E. Gerry, 13452 Winthrope Street, Santa Ana. Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 736,542, May 28, 1968, which is a
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 528,707. Feb. 21, 1966. This
application April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,937
Int.CLG03bJy/06.2//00
U.S. CL 353— 19 10 Claims
The invention is directed to providing a member of an
audio-visual projector together with the projector, the
member containing a plural number of slides and an equal plu-
ral number of audio recording surfaces wherein the slides and
recording surfaces are inseparable portions of the member.
Associated with the various configurations of the member are
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1377
suitable control mechanisms which enable synchronous responsive to the operation of the projector focusing
recording of sound and reproduction of sound from these mechanism. The adapter is secured to the projector by the
recording surfaces at the same time the related slide is being
projected. The control mechanisms also provide automatic in-
jection of slides and related sound tracks.
projector lens mount, and the projector lens assembly is at-
tached to the adapter in a mount having an axis on the projec-
tion axis of the projector.
3,712,724
OPTICAL READOUT APPARATUS
Jeofry Stuart Courtney-Pratt, Locust, N.J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated, Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,672
Int. CL G03b 23102,21126,21114
U.S.CL 353— 25 9 Claims
3,712,726
PHOTOGRAPHIC VIEWER
Eugene Martinex. Irvington, N.Y., assignor to Robert H.
Reibel, Croton. N.V.
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,448
Int. CI. G03b 23100, 21/28; G03h 3/00
U.S. CL 353— 68 15 Claims
This disclosure describes optical readout apparatus which
utilizes numerous partial images produced by lenticular plate
optics to compose an image on a screen. The recorded medi-
um and lenticular plate remain stationary and advantageously
are a single replaceable unit. Slight X-Y movement of an
aperture plate stationed forward of the lenticular plate
reproduces a set of partial images for each of its numerous
positions, each set composing on a screen into a section of
reading matter. The device is useful as an optical telephone
directory.
3,712,725
FILMSTRIP ADAPTER FOR SLIDE PROJECTOR
George H. Eckerdt, Rochester. N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,519
Int. CI. G03b 23/00, 21/00, 3/00
U.S.CL 353— 68 11 Claims
An adapter for enabling a slide tray projector to project
filmstrip has a filmstrip advancing mechanism operated by the
projector tray advancing means, and a focusing mechanism
i/'^
This viewer is essentially a projector with a built-in rear pro-
jection screen and uses a two-refiecting mirror system. One
form of the invention is a film strip viewer, and comprises top
and bottom housing sections holding all components of the
optical system. The bottom housing section has means to hold
both the projecting lens and one of the reflecting mirrors of
the two mirror system, in two positions. In one position of the
projecting lens and said one mirror in said bottom housing sec-
tion, one top housing section is assembled with the bottom
section to provide a film strip viewer. In another position of
said projecting lens and of said reflecting nairror, an alternate
top housing section may be assembled with the same bottom
section to provide a viewer for slides mounted in multiple slide
holders of various constructions.
1378
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,727
METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE DIRECT VISION OF
RELIEF SLIDES AND EQUIPMENT FOR CARRYING OUT
SAID METHOD
Maurice Bonnet, Puteaux, France, assignor to Etablissement
Public: Agence Nationale De Vaibrisation De La Recherche
Anvar, Paris, France
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,189
Claims priority, application France, March 6, 1970,
7008103
Int.CI.G03b27/i2.i5//-«
U.S. CI. 355-22 23 Claims
together at one edge of each surface, one of the surfaces paral-
lel to one of the facing pages and the other of the surfaces
The method consists (a) in decreasing the angular value of
the apparent diameter of the light source seen by a refractive
or reflecting lenticular element, in order that the rays reaching
each lenticular element may be considered as parallel, this
decrease being restricted to a controlled value depending on
the constant of the optical surface considered as a diffraction
network and (b) in decreasing as considerably as possible the
distance between the diopters constituting an orientation opti-
cal system of the lightrays and the points of composite images
receiving the said light rays. The invention is applicable to re-
lief photography and cinematography It improves the direct
vision of relief slides and films.
3,712,728
REVERSAL DEVELOPMENT
Gary L. Whittaker. PenHeld. N.Y., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Stamford, Conn.
Filedjan.6, 1971,Ser. No. 104,331
Int.CLG03g/J//0
L.S.CL355-10 4 Claims
parallel to another of the pages, and, image receiving system
remote from the element with an optical axis parallel to a line
bisecting the surfaces.
3.712,730
AUTOMATIC DENSITY SETTING APPARATUS
Leonard S. Florshelm, Jr., Lake Forest, III.; Harold B. Archer,
PhlHp F. I oPrestl. both of Henrietta, N.Y., and Thurlow J.
Sutherland, Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Enivar Enter-
prises Inc., Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 786,280, Dec. 23, 1968, Pat. No.
3,611,159. This application March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,463
Int. CLG63b 27/76
U.S. CL 355-69 7 Claims
'h
^" . A.>
Reversal prints are obtained in an electrostatographic imag-
ing system employing polar liquid development wherein after
development the electrostatographic imaging surface is
discharged in the charged undeveloped areas to reduce lateral
spreading of the polar liquid developer from the developed
uncharged areas into the charged background areas of the
imaging surface.
3,712,729
DOCUMENT REPRODUCTION APPARATUS
John A. O'Brien, Reading, Mass., assignor to Itek Corporation,
Lexington, Mass.
Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,713
Int. CLG03b 2 7/i2, 27/52
U.S.CL 355-25 7 Claims
Apparatus is disclosed for simultaneously receiving images
contained on facing pages of a document, the apparatus has an
optical element with a first and a second flat surface joined
An automatic density setting apparatus for converting copy
densities into exposure times for main, fiash and bump expo-
sures required in half-tone reproduction. Two separately
prepositionable scales of an evaluator are set to store intel-
ligence mechanically corresponding to highlight and shadow
densities of material to be copied. A master control unit con-
verts the mechanical settings into appropriate electncal
signals for automatically regulating the camera lights, and aux-
iliary Hash lamp and the shutter of a process camera in order
to automatically and instantaneously provide properly ex-
posed main, fiash and bump exposures.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1379
3,712,731
HEAT SHIELD DEVICE FOR A REPRODUCING
APPARATUS
Toshio ShUna, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82,913
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1969, 45/1318
Int. CLG03b 27/76
U.S.CL 355—71 6 Claims
3,712,733
MAGNETO-ELECTRIC APPARATUS FOR
REPRODUCING AN IMAGE ON A RECORDING
ELEMENT
Edward Charles Glaimo, Jr., Princeton, N.J., assignor
RCA Corporation
Filed March 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,429
Int. CLG03g 75/00
U.S. CL 355—3 8 Claims
A heat shield device for a reproducing apparatus wherein a
heat shield plate is mounted for motion between an original
document table and a light source lamp, the plate is positioned
between the table and the lamp for a time period during which
the luminous intensity of the lamp reaches a certain point, and
the plate is removed from between the table and the lamp
when the luminous intensity of the lamp reaches a certain
point, whereby the lamp is prevented from heating the table
partially.
3,712,732
APPARATUS FOR GUIDING THE MARGINAL PORTIONS
OF W IDE AND NARROW STRIPS OF PHOTOSENSITIVE
MATERIAL OR THE LIKE
Josef Lederer, 8014 Neubiberg, Germany, assignor to AGFA
Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed July 30, 1971, Ser. No. 167,749
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 6, 1971, P 20 39
205.6
Int. CLG03b 2 7/5«
U.S.CL 355 — 72 15 Claims
jr & TtS
116b ^ 16a 16b
to
men KOiTMC
Wtf»SUW.T
■w« Wttftni
An image is reproduced on the surface of a recording ele-
ment, comprising a light-transmitting substrate and a
photoconductive layer, by apparatus adapted to move the
recording element past charging, toning, and image-exposing
stations, in the order named. The recording element is
uniformly charged, uniformly toned with magnetic toner parti-
cles, and exposed to a light image at the aforementioned sta-
tions, respectively. A magnetic field~is disposed adjacent the
image-exposing station to remove toner particles from the
light-struck portions of the recording element during the ex-
posure thereof, whereby to develop the image. The apparatus
also includes means for projecting the developed image onto a
screen, during, and after, the developing operation.
3,712,734
DEVICE FOR CLEANING XEROGRAPHIC CYLINDERS
Dragan Jovanovic, Herzogstrasse 21, Duesseldorf, Germany
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,162
Int. CLG03g/ 5/22
U.S.CL355— 15 3 Claims
11 ^1Sc 115c
19a
Apparatus for guiding strips of different widths past the ex-
posure window in a photocopying machine has a pair of sta-
tionary guide rails which define a passage for entry and proper
guidance of a relatively wide strip. Two guide blocks are
pivotable about axes which are parallel to the direction of
transport of the strips through the passage to move between
operative positions in which the blocks reduce the effective
width of the passage to that of the width of a relatively narrow
strip and inoperative positions in which the blocks do not in-
terfere with the entry and transport of the wide strips. The
leader of a wide strip automatically engages and pivots the
blocks to their inoperative positions and such blocks tend to
assume their operative positions under the action of gravity
and/or under the bias of springs.
TRJuisffR'
A device for wiping clean xerographic cylinders using a web
of cloth-like material maintained in contact with the drum as it
rotates. The contact area covers a considerable angular extent
of the drum for substantially its entire width and when com-
pared to similar prior art devices, provides greater cleaning
action, uses less web material per drum revolution, and
reduces drum wear due to web contact.
906 O.G.— 51
1380
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,735
APPARATUS FOR PHOTO ETCHING
J. A. Crumley; James Ross Hildebrand, both of Camp Hill,
Pa.; Harold Alfred Kerstetter, Shiremanstown. Pa.; and Ray
Ned Shaak, Lebanon, Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated,
Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,397
Int. CI. G03b 2 7/04
U.S. CI. 355—85 10 Claims
trunk. In the optical path between the objective and eyepiece
of the telescope is mounted a first prism whose upper edge di-
vides the field of view into an upper and a lower part. A pen-
dulum drum carries a measuring scale and is so arranged in the
The exposure station of a photoresist pattern controlled
continuous strip etching apparatus ^stores a movable, continu-
ous loop photographic film transparency of the master pattern
in lengths up to 50 feet or more for controlled contact photo
printing of the pattern onto the resist coated moving strip
which frictionally drives the same.
3,712,736
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TESTING WELDS BY
OPTICAL SPECTROGRAPHY
Marcel Boncoeur, Paris; Louis Heintz, Antony; Jean Langrand,
Palaiseau; and Michel Lavaud, Ris-Orangis, all of France,
assignors to Commissariat A L'Energie .\tomique, Paris,
France
Filed Jan. 5, 1 97 1 , S«r. No. 1 03,993
Int. CI. GOIj 3100; GO In 1100
U.S. CI. 356-74 8 Claims
A method of testing welded work pieces by optical spec-
trography (either emission or atomic absorption) comprises
locating a wire or film of tracer material which diffuses within
the work piece material when in the liquid state, at the
minimum depth to be attained by the weld and on the welding
path The presence of said tracer in the plasma above the
welding zone is continuously detected during the welding
operation by spectrography. A wire or film of a second materi-
al may be located at a deeper location which should not be at-
tained.
telescope housing that the visual rays of the lower part of the
field of view are focused on a measuring scale section which is
viewed in the lower part while the upper part of the field of
view is covered by the portion of the distant object to which
the telescope is directed.
3,712,738
ILLUMINATOR SYSTEM FOR USE IN
SPECTROPHOTOMETER
Hiroshi Yamamoto, Kyoto, Japan, assignor to Shimadzu
Seisakusho Ltd., Kyoto, Japan
Filed March 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,883
Int.CI.GOlji/42
U.S. CI. 356—93 8 Claims
3,712,737
TELESCOPIC OPTICAL INSTRUMENT
Walter Bitterlich, Rennbahnstrasse 4A, and Benno Hesske,
Krevzbergpromenade 9, both of Salzburg, Austria
Filed Sept. 28. 1971, Ser. No. 184,601
Claims priority, application Austria, Oct. 5, 1970, 8948/70
Int.CLG01c//06.i/00
U.S. CI. 356—8 2 Claims
A telescopic instrument for optically measuring the distance
of a viewed object, with automatic reduction of the measured
values in the horizontal distance and simultaneous measure-
ment of the width and height of a distant object, such as a tree
An illuminator system for use in a spectrophotometer by
which the mode of operation can be easily changed in a simple
manner. To this end, means for shielding either of the beams
emerged from respective monochromatic beam generators
and means for shielding, when said first mentioned means is in
the inoperative condition, the other of said beams that has
passed through the sector diaphragm. By operating the above
mentioned two means, the double wavelength, single beam
spectrophotometer can be used as a single wavelength dual
beam spectrophotometer and vice versa.
3,712,739
AUTOCOLLIMATOR FOR DETERMINING THE
POSITION OF TWO REFLECTORS RELATIVE TO EACH
OTHER
Fromund Hock, Wetzlar, Germany, assignor to Ernst Leitz
GmbH. Wetzlar. (iermany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 734,099, June 3, 1968,
abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 82,108
Claims priority, application Germany, June 8, 1967, L
56695
Int. CLGOlb 7 7/27
U.S.CL356-118 6 Claims
In an autocollimator two systems of scale marks are pro-
jected by the autocollimator objective into infinity. With re-
gard to their image-forming properties both systems are com-
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1381
plementary to each other, preferably they are tinted in com- The optical system comprises a stable light source, a
plementary colors, or are polarized in directions normal to photosensitive receiver, a capillary tube on each stirrup arm
each other. The images of the scale marks are reflected by a for defining the path of the light ray with high precision,
reference and a measuring mirror. Both mirrors reflect said Means are also provided for controlling the rotation of the
ft
■^
?
images back through the objective into the image plane of the
ocular where in the case of complementary colors owing to
the additive color mixture only one scale mark will appear
white.
3,712,740
METHOD FOR THE AUTOMATIC ALIGNMENT OF TWO
ARTICLES TO BE BROUGHT INTO REGISTER WITH
ONE ANOTHER
Klaus Hennings, Reutlinger Strasse 25, Heilbronn, Germany
Filed April 20, 1 970, Ser. No. 30,051
Claims priority, application Germany, April 19, 1969, P 19
19 991.8
Int. CL GO lb 7 7/26
U.S. CL 356—152
34 Claims
§*^
A method for the automatic alignment of two articles to be
brought into register with one another comprises forming an
associated register mark on each article, detecting the register
marks associated with one another on both articles using a sin-
gle optical measuring system, and aligning the articles as a
result of the detection. The method may suitably be applied to
sheets provided with structures therein, such as semiconduc-
tor wafers and masks.
carriage-drive systems according to a preestablished program,
for recording the relative displacements of the carriages and
indicating numerically the relative translational displacements
of the two light rays.
3,712,742
ANALYTICAL CENTRIFUGES HAVING A
PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTION
Rene A. Cohen, Paris, France, assignor to Anvar - Agence Na-
tionale De Valorisation De La Recherche, Paris, France
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,599
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 5, 1969, 6926819
Int. CLGOln 2 7/24 ,
U.S.CL 356-197 7 Claims
3,712,741
APPARATUS FOR THE ACCURATE MEASUREMENT OF
DIMENSIONS OF OBJECTS, ESPECIALLY THE
DIAMETER OF CYLINDRICAL OBJECTS
Philippe Revert, Chateauneuf-du-Rhone, France, assignor to
Commissariat A L'Energie Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,883
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 6, 1969, 6938215
Int. CLGOlb 7 7/70
U.S.CL 356— 160 15 Claims
The apparatus comprises two identical carriages mounted in
opposite relation and driven in horizontal translational motion
on a stationary frame, a stirrup mounted on each carriage for
supporting an emitting and receiving optical system which
defines a subsUntially vertical light ray having high definition,
an optical gage and stops which are supported together with
the cylindrical object to be measured on a fixed stage which is
located substantially in the central horizontal plane of the stir-
rups, the stage being provided with a vertical slot for the
passage of the light rays which are produced by the optical
system.
An analytical centrifuge comprising logical circuits for
separating signals from various centrifuging cells and, for each
cell, from the two compartments of the cell.
These logical circuits are brought into action by
synchronization pulses produced by an auxiliary photomul-
tiplier for one or several predetermined angular positions of
the rotor. The signals corresponding to the respective cell
compartments are integrated separately each signal cor-
responding to the totality of the light passing through each
compartment. This centrifuge is of utility in particular for ex-
amining the movements of a macromolecule in a solution sub-
jected to a field of forces.
1382
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,743
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND MEASURING YARN
DEFECTS AND IRREGULARITIES
James Harris, Bristol. Tenn., and Robert L. Watson. Bluff
City, Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester. N.Y.
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 103,973
Int.CI.G01n2//7«,2/iO
U.S. CI. 356—200 7 Claims
3,712,745
SPECTROPHOTOMETER MULTI-ANGLE VIEWING
DEVICE
William S. Armstrong, Jr., Phoenixvllle; Webster H. Edwards,
Springfield, and Roy H. Vining, Haverford, all of Pa., as-
signors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilming-
ton, Del.
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,843
lnt.CI.G01n27//6,2;/4«
U.S. CI. 356— 244 5 Claims
1^^
Apparatus for detecting light reflections from yarn irregu-
larities, such as broken filaments, fluffs, loops and the like
which extend from the normal body of a moving yarn strand.
The yam strand is directly illuminated, and a shadowbar is
positioned outside the path of light illumination between the
yam strand and the detection apparatus. The shadowbar is of
such dimension as to be larger than the normal body diameter
of the yam strand so as to block reflection from the normal
body of the yam strand from the detection apparatus but ena-
bles reflected light from any yarn irregularities extending from
the normal body of the yam strand to be detected by the de-
tection apparatus, such as a photomultiplier tube.
3,712,744
LINEN INSPECTION TABLE
Robert W. Nelson, Jamestown, N.Y., assignor to AVM Cor-
poration, Jamestown, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,643
Int. CI. GOln 27/76
U.S.CL356— 238 4 Claims
A spectrophotometer multi-angle viewing device with a
housing and holders for a test panel and reference standard.
The holders allow rotation of a reference standard 360° in a
vertical plane and rotation of a test panel 360° in a vertical
plane and ± 45° from the horizontal in a vertical plane perpen-
dicular to the vertical plane in which the 360° rotation is possi-
ble.
3,712,746
DEVICE FOR OPTICALLY DETERMINING MICROBIAL
COLONY POPULATION ON GROWTH SURFACE
John A. Bergeron, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,365
Int. CI. CI 2b 7/00, CI 2k 7/00
U.S. CI. 356-256 6 Claims
A table for use in inspecting linens having a translucent
table surface area, which is illuminated from below for the
purpose of revealing tears of rips in linens moved across such
area, and a table side mounted bin for receiving the linens
passing over the edge of the table. The bin is characterized as
being supported for pivotal movement between a linen receiv-
ing position and a non-use position, wherein it is completely
recessed beneath the overhang of the table. Means are pro-
vided to selectively retain the bin in either of its positions.
^ [
L,
A viewer-comparator device is described for optically
determining the density of microbial colony growth in and on
an inoculated nutrient layer. In the preferred construction the
device comprises a base, a magnifying lens supported thereon,
means connected to the base for supporting a nutrient layer-
coated surface, this surface being located in position for view-
ing thereof through the lens, means to enable direct visual
comparison by an observer between the appearance of the
nutrient layer-coated surface and reproductions of microbial
growth at a plurality of representative intervals over a range of
growth densities of clinical interest and lighting means de-
pending from the base. The comparison enabling means is
located adjacent the position to be occupied by the nutrient
layer-coated surface for simultaneous viewing of both the
comparison enabling means and the coated surface through
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
. 1383
the lens. The lighting means are so directed that light rays
emanating therefrom cannot pass to the lens by reflection or
by direct passage from lighting means to lens. With the
lighting means so disposed and directed, the microbial colo-
nies will scatter the light reaching them and appear bright in
an essentially dark field (i.e. no bright background).
3,712,749
SELF-RIGHTING INSTRUMENT CAP DEVICE
Evan D. Roberts, 818 Elm, Fk>ssmoor, III.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,622
Int. CI. B43k 9/00
U.S.CL401— 202 2 Claims
3,712,747
TOOTHBRUSH WHICH DISPENSES TOOTHPASTE
Walter Drohomirecky, 164 5th Street, Rankin, Pa.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,421
Int.CI.A46b7 7/02
U.S.CL401-155 3 Claims
H \
•A toothbrush which contains a toothpaste cartridge cavity
located within its hollow or split handle into which a
toothpaste cartridge is inserted. An outlet bore runs from the
toothpaste cartridge nozzle to the bristle portion of the
toothbrush. Movement of a thumb slide mounted on the han-
dle causes the toothpaste cartridge to be compressed so that
toothpaste is ejected from the cartridge through the outlet
bore and onto the bristles of the toothbrush.
A writing instrument and cooperating cap therefore
wherein the writing instrument has a cap receiving portion and
the cap has an instrument receiving well, a specifically located
center of gravity, and an outer curved surface.
3,712,750
INDEXING
James W. Healy, Wakefield, Mass., assignor to Cambridge En-
gineering Inc., Waltham, Mass.
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,289
Int. CI. B23qi5/72<S. 35/75
U.S. CI. 408—3 6 Claims
3,712,748
PAINT APPLICATOR
Stephen C. Wilmans, P.O. Box 1263, Avaneda D. Acacias,
Rancho Santa Fe, Calif.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,670
Int. CI. B44d 3/28
U.S. CI. 401 — 197 1 Claim
This invention is a paint applicator comprising a hollow
cylindrically shaped relatively rigid tube being closed at both
of its ends, but with opening means available to fill the
cylinder with paint or the like and having means to accept a
handle-holding mechanism to enable the cylinder to be rolled
across a surface. The cylinder will normally be covered on its
outside by a spreading material such as felt or the like and will
have sufficient apertures interconnecting between the felt
covering and the interior of the cylinder to allow constant
feeding of the material within the cylinder to the applicating
material. In its preferred form it will be further encased in an
easily strippable material to avoid evaporation until it is used.
Improvement in worktable apparatus having X and Y drive
units for producing relative table-to-tool movements along
perpendicular X and Y axes, respectively, the improvement
consisting of indexing and cycling mechanisms for controlling
table-to-tool movement and cycling of a tool unit, comprising
a template having at least one physical characteristic varying
along both the axes in accordance with the desired pattern of
the movement and the cycling; first and second sensors, the
template and the sensors being mounted to undergo relative
sensor-to-template movement in correspondence to the rela-
tive table-to-tool movement, the first sensor being responsive
to a physical characteristic to provide table stop signals, the
second sensor being responsive to a physical characteristic to
provide table direction signals, one of the sensors being
responsive to a physical characteristic to provide work cycle
signals; and logic circuitry responsive to the sensors to cause
the drive units to stop the relative movements in response to a
table stop signal, to cause the tool unit to carry out the work
cycle in response to a work cycle signal, and to cause the drive
units to renew the relative movements in accordance with the
table direction signals or hold the stop position in the absence
of table direction signals.
1384
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,751
MULTIPLE PURPOSE POWER TOOL FOR PORTABLE
AND BENCH USE
W illiam John Dietrich, 1327 Santa Fe Avenue, Modesto, Calif.
Filed May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,288
Int. CL B27c 9100
work table and tool holder also mounted for pivotal move-
r -nt about second and fourth axes perpendicular to and inter-
secting the first and third axes respectively. Connecting means
U.S. CL408— 20
8 Claims
are described for moving the work table and tool holder
through equal angles in the same sense about their parallel
axes. This device is applicable to a plurality of tool holders
surrounding a single work table or vice versa.
A power driven tool which provides rotary motion for drills
and the like through a rotating shaft having a segment formed
as worm threads. A worm gear provides a central aperture sur-
rounded by teeth holes. A square spline formed at one end of a
shaft extends through the aperture in the worm gear. A two-
position clutch has teeth formed thereon adjacent the oppos-
ing teeth holes of the worm gear and has a squared bore to
receive the splined end of the spline shaft. The clutch is disen-
gaged when the clutch teeth are not inserted into the gear
holes and is engaged to rotate with the gear when the teeth are
in the holes and the splined shaft in the squared bore. The
splined shaft will rotate with the clutch and gear when the
clutch is engaged The spline shaft has an eccentric cam
formed at the other end A cam follower is connected to a hol-
low tool holder which reciprocates upon rotation of the eccen-
tric cam. The tool holder receives saws, files and the like and
provides reciprocatmg motion thereto. The frame of the ro-
tary portion is independent of the frame of the reciprocator
portion Thus, the rotator can be set in any position over 360°
about the axis of the spline shaft and relative to the reciproca-
tor. A stand, rack and pinion attachment, and slotted table
provide the remaining parts to form many different tools. With
the clutch disengaged and the reciprocator attached to the
stand and rack and pinion, the table can be adjusted in posi-
tion relative to a circular saw or grinding wheel to form a
horizontal mill and grinding table, respectively. With the rota-
tor connected to the stand and the clutch engaged, a blade saw
attached to the reciprocator forms a vertical saw. By other
combinations there is formed a drill press, circular table saw
with straight or angle cut, power file, horizontal saw and file,
and the like.
3,712,753
UNIVERSAL REPLACEABLE DRILL FOR MARBLE,
METALS AND WOOD
Mathew Manzi, 38-66 13th Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,875
Int.CLB23bi//00.5//;6
U.S. CI. 408—224 1 Claim
The present disclosure relates to a device forming the com-
bination of two replaceable drills. One drill is meant to cut
small holes and another for larger holes. Preferably the device
in question may be used to cut holes in marble, stone, steel
and wood. The invention provides a special design drill to cut
the small holes and tool bit to cut the large holes. Both, the
drill and the tool, may be readily removeable and replaceable
from the device in question by drill or a tool bit of different
size and manufacture.
3,712,752
MACHINE TOOLS -
John Maximilian Jules Varga, Skircoat Green, England, as-
signor to Carding Specialists Co. Limited, Halifax, England
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,295
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 25, 1969,
57,537/69
Int. CI. B23bi9/;6, 47/00
U.S. CI. 408—42 19 Claims
A machine tool having a work table mounted for pivotal
movement about a first axis, a tool holder mounted for pivotal
movement about a second axis and means for causing relative
movement of the work table and tool holder towards and away
from each other. Apart from this advancing movement all
other movement is effected by pivoting rather than the use of
conventional slideways. The two axes may be parallel and the
3,712,754
DOSING DEVICE
Geert Brouwer, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,872
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 5, 1969,
6918300
Int. CI. FOld 1136
U.S.CI.415— 90 10 Claims
A dosing device for the pulse-free and continuous supply of
very small quantities of medium per unit of time. A cylindrical
rotor which can be coupled to a drive has a rotor capable of
rotating with a very small amount of play in a cylinder sur-
rounding it; the rotor or cylinder is provided with one or more
shallow pumping grooves, each of which is situated in a plane
transverse to the rotor axis. Each of said pumping grooves is
interrupted in at least one place on the rotor circumference by
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1385
a dam, the cylindrical outer surface of which coincides with 3,712,756
the cylindrical surface of the rotor cylinder. A medium supply CENTRIFUGALLY CONTROLLED FLOW MODULATING
VALVE
Irving Kalikow. Swampscott; Eliot Morton Sterling, Needham,
and W illiam Paul Anderson, Wenham, all of Mass., assignors
to General Electric Company
Filed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,168
Int. CI. FOld 5108; G05d 13110
U.S.CL415— 175 8 Claims
JV. f^2
-^^
A centrifugally controlled valve jissembly for modulating
the rate of flow of a fluid includes a hollow annular housing
having an inlet and outlet, together with a Bellville washer
modified by a plurality of weights attached thereto and
duct terminates on the one side of each dam in the relevant disposed within the annular housmg for rotation therewith. In-
groove and a medium discharge duct communicates with the creased rotational speed operates to distort the geometry of
relevant groove on the other side. the washer thereby changing the degree of obstruction which
the washer presents to the rate of flow through the housing.
3,712,755
PI MP FOR LIQUIDS WHICH EMIT CORROSIVE FUMES
Walter J. Otto, Wantagh, N.Y., assignor to Julius L. En-
glesberg, Freeport, N.Y.
Filed June 24. 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 56,2 1 2
Int. CI. FOld y ;/00, F04d J 7/00
U.S. CL 415— 109 8 Claims
3,712,757
BLADED ROTORS FOR FLUID FLOW MACHINES
John Robert Goodwin, Ockbrook, England, assignor to The
SecreUry of State For Defence, in Her Britannic .Majesty's
Government of the United Kingdom of Great BriUin and
Northern Ireland, London, England
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 82,350, Oct. 20, 1970,
abandoned. This application Jan. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 216,104
Int. CI. B64c 11114
U.S. CI. 416— 245 1 1 Claims
A pump including body having an inlet and an outlet. Upper
and lower impellers rotate within the body, the lower impeller
moving a liquid, which emits corrosive fumes, from the inlet to
the outlet, and the upper impeller tending to move liquid
downwardly toward the lower impeller. A liquid, e.g., water,
having no corrosive fumes is sprayed into the pump body
above the upper impeller to block the corrosive fumes which
rise from the liquid being pumped by the lower impeller. The
spray may be in the form of a mist or it may be a continuous
liquid flow.
/
10
J
A part-annular spacer adapted to form part of a hub of a
bladed rotor of fluid flow machine and to be interposed
between adjacent blades of the rotor so as to space the blades
apart. The spacer has axially opposite ends and comprises
radially inner and outer circumferentially extending wall
members and substantially radially extending wall means. The
blades of said rotor are provided with substantially axially ex-
tending sealing means on the portions thereof adjacent the
radial extents of each of said radial wall means on each of said
spacers. The radially inner and outer circumferentially ex-
tending wall members are disposed adjacent to and secured to
each other at the axially opposite ends of the spacer and are
spaced from each other intermediate said ends. The substan-
tially radially extending wall means being maintained in ten-
sion and extending radially between and secured to the cir-
cumferentially extending wall members so as to brace the
latter together. The radial extents of each of said radial wall
means are adapted to cooperate in sealing relationship with
said sealing means provided on said blades.
1386
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,758 3,712,760
VARIABLE DISPLACEMENT PUMP FAN DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Richard J. Lech, Hickory Hills, and Lawrence R. Reinbach, Donn B. Furlong, San Rafael; James F. Forchini, and Samuel
Westchester, both of III., assignors to InternaUonal Har- Luzaich, both of Santa Rosa, all of Calif., assignors to
vester Company. Chicago, III. Ecodyne Cooling Products
Filed Sept. 1 0, 1 970, S«r. No. 7 1 ,035 F'l«l May 1 0, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 42,824
Int. CI. F04b 2 7108 Int. CI. F04b / 7/00
U.S. CI. 417-214 2 Claims U.S. CL 417-424 4 Claims
23 Ze 25
9 . 73
? '
A pump unit for providing fluid energy having a housing
with movable piston unit therein, mechanical means for
directmg power input to said piston unit, with hydraulic con-
trol means for controlling the fluid output from said unit.
3,712,759
LUBRICATING SYSTEM FOR MULTIPLE PISTON
COMPRESSOR UNITS AND DRIVEN PARTS THEREOF
John W. Olson, Jr., Oklahoma City, Okla., assignor to John E.
Mitchell Company, Dallas, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 775,334, Nov. 13, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,552,886. This appUcation Jan. 4, 197 1, Ser. No.
103,413. The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to
Jan. 5, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. F04b///4, 2 7/0«
U.S. CL 417— 269 5 Claims
<0 *i f4 ,
A fan drive assembly specifically designed for cooling
towers. The fan drive assembly includes:
a fan means, having a plurality of blades associated therewith;
a motor means for driving the fan means, positioned below the
fan means within the stream of air flow, and a single reduction
parallel shaft gear reducer means mounted immediately below
the fan means for connecting the fan means to the motor
means.
A multiple piston refrigerant gas compressor for use in air
conditioning systems for vehicles in which the inlet of the
compressor receives a mixture of refrigerant gas and oil in
suspension that is impinged upon a novel rotor or swash plate,
whereby the oil suspended in the refrigerant is separated by
the centrifugal action of the rotor or swash plate and is dis-
tributed to the respective areas of the compressor requiring
lubrication. The excess oil, if any, is slung outwardly by cen-
trifugal force against the walls of the compressor housing.
3,712,761
LIQUID FUEL INJECTION PUMPING APPARATUS
Dorian Farrar Mowbray, Burnham, England, assignor to C. A.
V. Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,687
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 3, 1969,
48,628/69 ^
Int. CLF04b/ 9/02
U.S. CL 417— 462 3 Claims
::!^S§fV^3^>
A liquid fuel pumping apparatus including an axially mova-
ble shuttle, the extent of movement of which is limited by fluid
pressure operable piston member having a cylindrical portion
which is eccentrically disposed relative to the axis of the bore
containing the piston member, the surface of the cylindrical
portion defining a stop surface for the shuttle.
to Arthur
3,712,762
CONCRETE PUMP
Clarence E. Kenney, Racine, Wis., assignor
Hansmann, Racine, Wis., a part interest
Filed March 19, 1971, Ser. No. 126,089
Int.CI.F04b /J/02, 4J/05.4i//2
U.S. CL417— 477 5 Claims
A concrete pump having an elongated flexible hose for
receiving the concrete, and having rollers which run along the
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1387
hose to squeeze the hose and thereby pump the concrete
through the hose. The hose is disposed in a straight condition,
and the rollers are moved along by a chain, and a guide rail
positions the rollers against the hose for the squeezing of the
faces defining the working clearance reduces the efficiency of
the pump. The present construction offers the ability to read-
just the position of the port member so that the original
hose and the consequent pumping of the concrete through the
hose A gravity-feed hopper with a reciprocating piston fills
the hose for charging it with the concrete. Spring-biased fin-
gers assist the hose in regaining its tubular shape after it has
been squeezed by the rollers.
3,712,763
SLEEVE METERING COLLAR ADJUSTING LEVER
John H. Parks, Peoria, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor Co.,
Peoria, III.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,464
Int. CI. F04b J9/;0
U.S. CI. 417— 499 3 Claims
clearance between the port member taper and the rotor can
be re-established, and the pump performance increased to its
full capacity. This adjustment may be made without the disas-
sembly of the pump.
3,712,765
FLUID HANDLING APPARATUS
Jozef R. Smith, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corp., New ^ ork, N.^ .
Filed April 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,399
Int.CI. F16j /5/54, FOlc J/00. F04c 5/00
U.S. CI.418— 70 1 Claim
A rubber impeller pump including an annular seal. The seal
is fixed to a drive cup so that the pump may be entirely
dismantled for replacement or repair without disturbing or
damaging the seal.
An adjusting lever for a sleeve metering collar on a plunger
pump having a tang for cooperative insertion into an annulus
in the collar for imparting movement thereto. The lever is
bifurcated and mounted on a control shaft having an adjust-
ment bore located therein. A tool having an eccentric projec-
tion adapted to be fitted within the bore serves to rotate the
lever on the control shaft and thereby calibrate the sleeve me-
tering collar.
3,712,766
ROTARY INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE WITH LOW
STARTING DRAG
Charles Jones, Hillsdale, N J., assignor to Curtiss-W>ight Cor-
poration
Filed Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,634
Int. CI. F02n / 5/00
U.S. CL 418— 88 5 Claims
3,7T2,764
ADJUSTABLE CONSTRUCTION FOR MATING
SURFACES OF THE ROTOR AND PORT MEMBER OF A
LIQUID RING PUMP
Raymond S. Shearwood, Norwalk, Conn., assignor to Nash En-
gineering Company, South Norwolk, Conn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 833,442, June 16, 1969, abandoned.
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,341
Int.CLCllc//04
U.S. CL 418— 68 8 Claims
A liquid ring pump has a conical port member located
within the corresponding central opening in the rotor and
defines with the rotor a working clearance. Wear on the sur-
A rotary internal combustion engine having provision to
eliminate the oil pump drag during low temperature starting
1388
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
by means of a slip-clutch cutting out the oil pump durmg con-
ditions of high oil viscosity, and having beanngs capable of
running with only residual lubrication and without additional
lubricant supply until the engine warms up.
3,712.769
FIRE LOADING APPARATUS WITH PREHEATING
DEVICE FOR GREEN TIRES
Francis J. Cimprich, Canton, Ohio, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 3, i97l,Ser.No. 149,693
Int. CI. B29h i/02
IJ.S. CI. 425-28 11 Claims
3,712,767
SEALING ARRANGEMENT FOR ROTARY COMBUSTION
ENGINE
Karl Beutter, Heilbronn, Germany, assignor to Audi NSU Auto
Union Aktiengesellschaft, Neckarsulm and Wankel
G.m.b.H., Lindau, Bodensee, Germany
Filed May 20, 1971, Ser. No. 145,442
Claims priority, application Germany, June 3, 1970, P 20 27
115.2
Int. CI. FOlc 19102- F03c 3100; F04c 27/00
U.S.CI.418-121 7 Claims
The preheating of selective thickest portions of a green tire
as in the shoulder regions of a green tire as by a radiant heater
to condition the green tire for vulcanization such that the
green tire when vulcanized by the molding press receives and
utilizes its maximum amount of heal energy to reduce the vul-
canizing and curing cycle.
A sealing arrangement for the apexes of the rotor of a rotary
combustion engine, wherein the inner surface of the
peripheral housing, the end walls, and the parts of the seal are
of aifferent graduated hardnesses, whereby the seal rapidly
wears into a perfect fit and sealing engagement without danger
of scoring or abrading the housing.
3,712,770
APPARATUS FOR EXTRUDING CABLE JACKETS WITH
EMBEDDED DRAIN WIRES
Edwin H. Arnaudin, Jr., New York. N.Y.. assignor to Anacon-
da W ire and Cable Company
Filed June 18. 1971. Ser. No. 154,481
Int.CI. B28b2//56
U.S. CI. 425- 114 5 Claims
3,712,768
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SYNTHETICS
INDIALITE
Heinz-Cieors Kurczyk. Monchensladbach; Josef Wuhrer, and
Adrian Ottenheym, both of Wulfrath, all of Germany, as-
signors to Rheinische Kalksteinwerke GmbH, Wulfrath,
Germany
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,498
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 14, 1970, P 19
52 572.5
Int. CI. COlb ii/26, C04b 35/18
U.S. CI. 423-328 8 Claims
Synthetic indialite having the general formula 2MgO 2AI2
O SSiOj is produced by heating a mixture of magnesia, kaolin
and quartz in the presence of water to a temperature of 170°
to 230° C, dehydrating the mixture at a temperature above
850° C. and then firing the dehydrated product at a tempera-
ture above 1 ,100°C.
Apparatus for extruding a cable jacket with embedded drain
wires comprises a die with radial recesses into which are fitted
hardened guide blocks with passages for the wires.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1389
3,712,771
TRAVELING MOLD MECHANISM FOR FORMING
PLASTIC ARTICLES
James C. White, Gladwin, and Gene F. Emge, Bay City, both of
Mich., assignors to Koehring Company
Filed June 24, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 56,333
Int.CI. B29d 2 7/04
U.S. CI. 425- 126 14 Claims
3,712,773
DEVICE FOR FEEDING PLASTIC RUBBER OR
SYNTHETIC RUBBER MIXTURES TO PROCESSING
MACHINES
Wilfried Baumgarten, 3011 Pattensen, Germany, assignor to
Continental Gumml-Werke Aktiengesellschaft, Hannover.
Germany
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,086
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 9, 1969, P 19 61
632.1
Int.CI. B78b; 7/00
U.S. CI. 425 — 142 3 Claims
A mold system in which molds are indexed along a continu-
ous circuit past stations at which: a deformable plastic sheet is
first applied over the mold cavity or cavities; suction forces
are applied to bring the sheet into the mold cavity or cavities;
expandable plastic foam is applied to the formed sheet cavity;
a backer is applied to close the cavity or cavities in which the
expandable material is received; expansion and curing of the
foam occurs; and finally the articles formed are unloaded.
Each mold can be provided with a lid or closure which is
opened at the unloading station and remains open until a
backer or closure material is applied, at which time it is closed
and locked. Preferably, the plastic sheet and backer material
are drawn from continuous rolls and, following the closing of
the mold top, the mold proceeds to a cutoff station where the
plastic sheet and backer material are severed from the rolls
thereof.
3,712,772
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PARISON EXTRUDERS
Denes B. Hunkar, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Hunkar Instru-
ment Development Laboratories. Inc.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 875.448. Nov. 10, 1969,
abandoned. This application Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74.644
Int.CI. B29fi/00
U.S. CI. 425- 141 33 Claims
In combination with a processing machine, an apparatus in
which a strip of natural or synthetic rubber material is fed at
intervals into the charging funnel of the processing machine in
conformity with the state of filling of the charging funnel, and
in which between said feeding intervals a section of the strip of
rubber material adjacent said charging funnel is cut off.
3,712,774
MOLDING MACHINE HAVING YIELDABLY
RESTRAINED CLAMPING FORCE APPLYING ELEMENT
Henry R. Parker, New Boston, N.H., assignor to Improved
Machinery Inc., Nashua, N.H.
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,660
Int.CI. B29f//00
U.S. CI. 425- 154 13 Claims
An electronic control for a parison extruder. The system is
effective to control either symmetrical or asymmetrical varia-
tions in parison wall thickness. The control system includes.a
matrix-type patch board in which the desired thickness is set
up for each interval of the extrusion cycle. The patch board
signals are scanned by an electronic timer and a transistor
switching circuit so that a control signal is generated for each
sequential interval of the extrusion cycle. These control
signals are applied to a servo amplifier which in turn controls a
servo valve for changing the relative position between a man-
drel and die opening of the extruder.
A molding machine wherein a platen includes a cylinder
containing a clamping piston which is fluid actuatable for ap-
plying clamping force to the movable platen, and a second
piston yieldably restrains movement of the clamping piston
Control means are responsive to movement of the clamping
piston against the yieldable restraint of the second piston to
prevent supply of actuating fluid to the clamping piston.
1390
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,775
^ HOPPER LOADING EXTRUSION APPARATUS
Dorothy J. Duker, Fort Worth, Tex., assignor to Vistron Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed April 16, 1971, Set. No. 134,714
Int.CI. B29fi/0/
3,712,777
APPARATUS FOR REMELTING SPRUE MATERIAL
Kenneth E. Sherer, Richmond, Ind., assignor to National Auto-
matic Tool Company, Incorporated, Ind.
Filed June 1, 1971,Ser. No. 148,630
Int. CI. B29c 29100: B29h 19100
U.S. CL 425— 186
3 Claims U.S. CI. 425-217
10 Claims
A device for loading the hopper of an extruder which is easi-
ly moved into and out of engagement with the top of the
hopper is described.
3,712,776
APPARATUS FOR THE CONTINUOUS PRODUCTION OF
GLASS FIBER REINFORCED THERMOPLASTIC
George W. Woodham, and James L. Stuart, Evansville, Ind.,
assignors to Dart Industries, Los Angeles, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 872,683, Oct. 30, 1969, Kt. No.
3,655,850. This application July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,854
Int.Cl. BOlf 7/0«
U.S. CI. 425 — 202 7 Claims
OdMSJ ^/3f*S
A method and apparatus for remelting plastic sprue materi-
al remaining adjacent a mold in an mjection molding machine
after an injection molding cycle of operation Pressure is ap-
plied in a conventional manner to heated plastic for passage
through a heated nozzle member in an injection molding
machine. The nozzle contains a shuttle member which is
moved to an injection position as the melted heated plastic is
passed through the nozzle and the shuttle member, through a
sprue line and then to the mold cavity. After the plastic solidi-
fies in the mold cavity, a sprue removal pin is passed through
the sprue line so as to remove the waste material or sprue
material from the sprue Ime This movement of the sprue
removal pin moves the sprue back towards the nozzle and the
sprue moves the shuttle member to a retraction position. The
sprue then passes through a second path of travel which is past
the heated portion of the nozzle for reheating and remelting
the sprue material for later use thereof in an injection molding
cycle.
3,712,778
MOLD FOR THE CASTING FOR FOAMABLE SYNTHETIC
RESINS
Rolf LidI, 8000 Munich 12, Germany, assignor to Krauss-Maf-
fei AG, Munich-Allach, Germany
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,749
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. II, 1969, P 19
62 008.7
Int.CLB29f //OO
U.S. CI. 425-242 10 Claims
An apparatus is disclosed for continuously producing glass
fiber reinforced thermoplastic compositions by extrusion
techniques whereby surging is minimized or substantially
eliminated and products having good appearance and
uniformity may be obtained. A blended mixture of glass fibers
and thermoplastic resin in divided form are fed and processed
through an extruder equipped with a multi-flight screw which
provides for two stages, each state including a feed zone,
transition zone and metering zone and wherein the compres-
sion ratio in the first stage is in the range of about 3:1 to 5: 1 ,
the compression ratio in the second stage is in the range of
about 1.5:1 to about 3.5:1, and the ratio between the flight
depth of the screw in the second stage feed zone and the flight
depth of the screw in the first stage feed zone is in the range of
about 1:1.25 to about 1:2.5. The mixture is continuously ex-
truded under the above conditions, cooled to solidification,
and subdivided into the desired size. The resulting composi-
tions are particularly suitable for molding operations. -—
A mold or form for the casting of foamable or expandable
synthetic-resin materials and especially multicomponent
materials, containing two or more interreacting substances
adapted to copolymerize to form the cast body, has a mold
cavity and an inlet passage communicating between this cavity
and the nozzle of the molding machine (e.g. an injection-
molding apparatus). The passage has an inlet portion of
generally circular cross-section and fans outwardly to a
discharge portion in the form of a narrow slit of a height of 0.2
to 2mm extending over the major portion of the width of the
cavity to the point at which the discharge slit communicates
with the latter. In addition, the height of the passage tapers
downwardly to impart a wedge configuration in a plane of the
passage perpendicular to the major dimension of the slit.
January 23, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1391
3,712,779 3,712,781
POSITION ADJUSTING BAR FOR INJECTION MOLDING MOLDING PRESS
MACHINE Jacob Schmier, Allentown, Pa., assignor to Rodale Manufac-
David E. Luginbuhl, Rockville, Conn., assignor to Appollo taring Company, Inc., Emmaus, Pa.
Plastic & Machine Co., Bolton, Conn. Division of Ser. No. 806,776, Feb. 25, 1969, Pat. No.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,380 3,614,810. This application Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 97,459
Int.CLB29f y/00 Int. CL B30b 75/32
U.S. CL 425 — 242 ' 6 Claims U.S. CL 425-161 6 Claims
.1
A position adjusting bar is provided for the movable mold
block of a vertical platen injection molding machine. The
position adjusting bar is a U-shaped member secured to the
movable platen for travel therewith and includes vertically ad-
justable linkages connected to the movable mold block for
raising and lowering the block relative to the bar, thereby ef-
fecting accurate and positive alignment between the stationa-
ry and movable mold blocks.
3,712,780
IMPROVED MOLDING APPARATUS FOR
SIMULTANEOUSLY FORMING PLURAL ARTICLES
Bruce T. Jope, South Glastonbury, Conn., and Alan R. Phillips,
Monson, Mass., assignors to Monsanto Company, Saint
Louis; Mo.
Filed Sept. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 860,862
Int.CI. B29cy7/y4
U.S. CL 425 — 291 8 Claims
A molding press is provided with a stationary mold section
and a movable mold section. The movable section carries
mechanism operative when the mold is opened for ejecting a
workpiece from the mold. Additional mechanism is arranged
for projection into the mold cavity for forming a recess in the
side of the workpiece and for being withdrawn from the mold
cavity in time to permit ejection of the workpiece from the
mold cavity. Latch mechanism, operable in response to open-
ing and closing of the mold, is provided for suitably controlling
means which receives work ejected from the mold and
discharges it from the press.
3,712,782
EXTRUDER
Norbert W. Burlis, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Sherwood Medi-
cal Industries Inc.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,859
Int.CLB29fi/06
U.S. CL 425-380 8 Claims
^ K
An improved mold assembly for simultaneous thermoform-
ing of plural articles from sheet material, wherein mold and/or
cutting components are individually replaceable without
dismantling major portions of the assembly. The individual
molds are secured in the assembly through the article forming
surfaces of the mold cavities, with the means for securing the
molds, such as screws, having end faces which serve as por-
tions of the forming surfaces of the molds. Depressions in
these end faces form stacking lugs in the molded articles.
An extruding apparatus for producing tube products, such
as medical catheters, having very accurately controlled varia-
tions in inside diameter, outsidi^ diameter and wall thickness
along their length, including a single extruder for producing
plastic material and conveying the same selectively to either of
two accumulator-injectors through a diverting valve The ac-
cumulator-injectors are connected to deliver molten plastic
selectively in their inject strokes to an extruding die through
another diverting valve The apparatus is constructed so that
while the extruder is feeding molten plastic to one accumula-
tor-injector, the other is connected to inject molten plastic
1392
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
into the die by appropriately positioning the die connected gas is passed through the needle. The sterilized needle is then
diverting valve. The very accurate control over the speed of
each of the accumulator-injectors during their inject phases
accompanied by accurate control of air flow to the die interior
provide contour tubing having extremely close tolerances
rendering such tubing capable of mass production quantities.
Other embodiments of the present invention achieving the
same objectives are described below.
passed to a position above a mold and the needle is then ex-
3,712,783
FEED SYSTEM
Bryce Maxwell, Princeton, N.J., assignor to USM Corporation,
Boston, Mass.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,544
Int. CI. B29d 2i/04
U.S. CI. 425—381.2 5 Claims
tended to pierce a preform in the mold and blow the preform
in the mold.
3,712,785
MOLDING MACHINE
Wilhelm Hirt, Nor! Rhine; Heinz Ringelmann, Nievenheim;
Ernst Weckesser, Grevenbroich, and Weinhold Gottfried,
Norf Rhine, all of Germany, assignors to Vereinigte Alumini-
um Werke Aktiengesellschaft, Bonn, Germany
Division of Ser. No. 852,730, Aug. 25, 1969, abandoned. This
application Feb. 4, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,656
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 4, 1968, P 17
58 927.4
Int. CI. B30b/; /02
U.S. CI. 425— 405 8 Claims
ff -c
u 0
An elastic melt extruder for processing visco-elastic plastic
material is provided with a peripheral inlet leading into a
diverging feed zone in the processing gap formed between the
rotor and stator walls. As the plastic particles are sheared,
tumbled and heated in the diverging feed region, they grow in
size, as by forming balls of partially compacted material. The
expanded particles or balls are then centripetally pumped into
a restriction zone where the relative motion of the rotor and
stator tend to compact, shear and smear the particles into an
homogeneous mass which is centripetally pumped and caused
to be extruded through an outlet centrally located in the rotor
or stator Also included is a dual-rotor design which permits
higher shear rates in the central region near the rotor axis, and
consequently, greater flow rates, and a special dual-rotor
design which permits separate initial mixing of disparate visco-
elastic materials.
V
@-^ '/(^
A molding device in which particulate material contained
therein on a vibrating, table is vibrated thereby and is simul-
taneously compacted by a weight. The molding device is her-
metically sealed and coupled to a source of vacuum operative
to evacuate the device and to remove gas particles from
between the interstices of the particulate material.
3,712,784
APPARATUS FOR BLOW MOLDING A PREFORM IN A
MOLD W ITH A STERILE GAS
Michael Siard, 2, Route du Cap, 76 Sainte Adresse, and Daniel
Pellerin, 1 1, rue J. Siegfried, 76 Le Havre, both of France
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,469
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 27, 1970, 701 1 123
Int. CI. B29d 23/03
U.S. CI. 425— 387 4 Claims
A needle is retracted into a sterilization chamber where it
undergoes heating to a sterilization temperature while a sterile
3,712,786
DEVICE FOR EJECTING IN INJECTION MOLDING OF
THREADED ARTICLES
Katashi Aoki, 6037, Oaza Minamijo, Sakaki-machi,
Hanishina-gun, Nagano-ken, Japan
Filed Feb. 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,225
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 4, 1970, 45/9439
Int.Ci. B29f ///4
U.S. CI. 425— 438 5 Claims
A method for ejecting in injection molding of threaded arti-
cles wherein a movable mold clamping plate is provided with a
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1393
shaft adapted to rotate threaded cores and a plurality of rods
movably supporting a stripper plate arranged around said
cores, thus permitting to release threaded molded articles
from the cores by rotation thereof and forward movement of
said stripper plate after mold opening, said forward movement
being realized under pressure of the oil forced into the rods
forms the shells upon a rigid core from which they are
removed by a reciprocable ejector slide provided with a
simultaneously with revolution of the rotating shaft, said
stripper plate being moved at a velocity corresponding to the
lead of screw thread of the cores by a combined action of a
cam adapted to be actuated synchronously with the cores by
revolution of said rotating shaft to me in one direction, said
cam being set at a desired angle, and a stylus provided in con-
tact with said model cam at the rear of said rods.
3,712,787
APPARATUS FOR MOULDING HELMET SHELLS AND
THE LIKE
Ralph Barnes, 18909 Anelo Avenue, Gardena, Calif.
Division of Ser. No. 97,619, Dec. 14, 1969. This application
Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 199,057
Int. CI. B29c 7/00; B29f 1/14
U.S. CI. 425-438 1 Claim
Injection moulding apparatus for moulding helmet shells
pivotally mounted head for engaging an edge of the shell and
fulcruming it upon the opposite edge.
3,712,788
ACTUATING MECHANISM FOR IGNITION SYSTEM AND
BURNER VALVE OF A LIGHTER
Willi Solzer, 627 Stierstadt. (iermany, assignor to Braun AG,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Aprils, 1971, Ser. No. 132,449
Int. CI. F23q 25/00
U.S. CL 431 — 150 9 Claims
An arrangement of an actuating mechanism of a lighter is
disclosed wherein a burner valve lifter is slidably supported for
axial movement in guide means. This axial movement ajid thus
the opening or the closing of the burner nozzle is controlled by
a cam follower member formed in the actuating member.
CHEMICAL
ERRATUM
For Class 8—11 see:
Patent No. 3,712,158
3,712,789
FLAME RETARDANT COMPOSITION
FOR TEXTILES
Roger C. Linderman and Charles D. Cline, Charlotte,
N.C., assignors to Story Chemical Corporation, Athens,
Ga.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
17,894, Mar. 9, 1970, now Patent No. 3,640,823, dated
Feb. 8, 1972. This application Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No.
215,080
Int. CI. D06in 15/64. 13/26, 13/44
U.S. CI. 8—116 P 14 Claims
The flame retardancy of textile fabrics is enhanced
through treatment with a composition comprising an
aziridinyl phosphine oxide or sulfide and a phosphoric
amide such as phosphoric triamide.
3,712,790
2,6.DIMETHYL PHENOL COUPLERS AND OXID A-
TION DYES FOR DYEING HUMAN HAIR
Gregoire Kalopissis, Paris, Andree Bugaut, Boulogne-sur-
Seine, and Hubert Gaston-Breton, Paris, France, as-
signors to Societe Anonyme dite: I'Oreal, Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848,329
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Aug. 14, 1968,
56,722
Int CI. A61k 7/12
U.S. CI. 8—10.2 6 Claims
Oxidation dye coupling compounds for use in dyemg
live human hair having the formula:
CH
OH
I
t-f\-cni
tJ-NHR
1394
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3 712 791
PRESSURE STEAM SETTING PROCESS
Martin S. Maltenfort, Rte. 3, Box 23,
Glen Farms, Md. 21921
No Drawing. Filed Oct 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190,324
Int. CI. D06p 7100
U.S. a. 8—149.1 6 Claims
The steam setting of textile materials and textile goods
by first contacting the same with an aqueous, or substan-
tially aqueous, liquid bath and then passing the textile
materials or goods into a pool of molten metal maintained
at a suflficiently elevated temperature that the aqueous por-
tion of the first liquid bath is converted to vapor before
the materials or goods leave the pool of molten metal, the
depth of immersion of the textile in the molten metal pool
determining the pressure thereby developed, whereby the
textile is expeditiously set without recourse to the use of
external superatmospheric pressures.
highly turbulent flow for contact with a coreactant in
the form of a solid, liquid or gas in a surface reaction
to produce flashes of radiation by chemiluminescence.
3 712 792
COLORIMETER WITH GAS SCRUBBER ASSEMBLY
Norman A. Lyshkow, Chicago. III., assignor to Pollution
Monitors, Inc., Chicago, IIL
Original application June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,308, now
Patent No. 3,617,126. Divided and this application Apr.
8, 1971, Ser. No. 132,613
Int. CI. GOln 21106, 31/06; BOld 47/00
U.S. CI. 23—254 R 6 Claims
«#
4?-
".i'rrfri
-«»
The flashes of radiation can then be measuried as relating
to the amount of gaseous reactants contained in the gas
stream.
3 712,794
LABORATORY PIPETTE AND DILUTER DEVICE
Andrew F. Farr, Spring Valley, Calif., assignor to Farr
Devices Inc., Spring Valley, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 769,825,
Oct. 23, 1968. This application Jan. 26, 1971, Ser.
No. 109,758
Int CI. BOH 3/02; GOlf 11/28
U.S. CI. 23—259 1 Claim
A colorimeter for determining the concentration of
gaseous pollutants in air and improved scrubber and
photocell assemblies for use with such colorimeters,
wherein the scrubber includes a helical coil into which an
air sample is drawn and admixed with a liquid absorbent
whereby the liquid flows gravitationally through the coil
in the form of wave fronts to provide complete contact
between the air sample and the liquid absorbent with
minimum agitation, and the photocell assembly includes
a pair of spaced photoresistors and a light source spaced
therebetween, with the light source having a lamp hous-
ing enclosing the light source and defining a pair of
spaced openings whereby the light source projects optical
spots to the photoresistors to illuminate the photoresistors
with light, the relative intensity of which is dependent
upon the color developed in solutions passed in front of
the photoresistors as an indication of the pollutant gas
concentration in the air sample.
A laboratory apparatus for semi-automatically accurate-
ly measuring out a volume of diluting reagent and also
accurately measuring out a volume of a liquid sample for
analysis, and for discharging both liqids into a reaction
vessel, with pre-set or adjustable volumes for both liquids.
The operation is effected by means of a small motor driven
air pump which provides air at increased or reduced pres-
sures as required, and an air-permeable but hydrophobic
porous membrane serves to fix the liquid level in the
measuring pipette.
3,712.793
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYSIS
OF GAS STREAMS
Norman A. Lyshkow, 722 W. Fullerton,
Chicago. 111. 60614
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 172,133
Int. CI. GOln 21/26
U.S. CI. 23—232 E 27 Claims
Method and apparatus for the detection and/or anal-
ysis of a gas stream in which a gaseous reactant is passed
as a thin layer through a tortuous path to generate a
3 712 795
METHOD FOR SAMPLING PLANT FLUIDS
Wilfred Charles Harashere, Holmrook, and Thomas
William Lancaster Atkinson, Whitehaven, England, as-
signors to Marcbon Products Limited, London, England
Original application Oct 11, 1967, Ser. No. 674,495.
Divided and this application Feb. 3, 1971, Ser.
No. 112,382 ^ ^^ ,„^,
Claims priority, application Great Britam, Oct. 14, 1966,
46,171/66
Int CI. BOld 23/24; GOln 21/02, 21/26
U.S. CI. 23—230 R ^ Claims
An automatic method for the sampling of plant fluid
containing suspended fine solids to provide a substan-
tially continuous supply of clear fluid for analysis. The
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1395
composition of the fluid is substantially continuously
monitored. The process comprises (A) repeatedly and
sequentially (i) withdrawing a sample stream of fluid
from the plant; (ii) filtering said sample stream, where-
by a filter cake accumulates and the filtered sample stream
is initially cloudy and subsequently becomes clearer as
the filter cake accumulates; (iii) isolating the clearer por-
3 712 797
PROCESS FOR EVAPORATING NaCI BRINE TO
SEPARATE NaCl CRYSTALS FROM Na.SO,
Robert Winkler, Wallisellen, Switzerland, assignor to
Escher Wyss Limited, Zurich, Switzeriand
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 67l,4Zi,
Sept 28, 1967. This application Mar. 5, 1V71, ser.
No. 121,530 ^ . . J rt * 17 iQ#;<(
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Oct 17, 1966,
15,053/66
Int CI. BOld 9/02. COldi/08. 5/76 ,
U.S. CI. 23—296 5 Claims
tion of the filter sample to obtain clear sample fluid; (iv)
dispersing the filter cake by backwashing; (B) co lecting
successively isolated portions of said clear sample fluid
to provide a supply of clear freshly filtered fluid in a
holding vessel; (C) simultaneously, and substantially
continuously, withdrawing fluid from the supply in said
holding vessel; and (D) analysing said withdrawn fluid.
3,712,796
HEAT SHIELD FOR CHEMICAL
WASTE INCINERATOR ^ ^ ^ ^
William Sansom, Hendersonville, Tenn., and Fred W
Thompson. Newark, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wtn'^S^o"' J^*'' „>
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 118,804
Int CI. COlb 7/08; ClOb 1/04; F23m 9/00 ^
U.S. CI. 23—277 C 14 Claims
Process and apparatus for evaporating NaCl brine
containing NajSO*. whereby the crystallisation of NaCl
from the brine is carried out practically to saturation
of the mother liquor with Na2S04, and then the mother
liquor is undersaturated with NaCl by being heated to
a higher temperature, whereupon steps are taken for re-
saturation of the mother liquor with NaCl, the N2jy4
then precipitating is separated, and the residual mother
liquor is returned to the NaCl crystallisation process.
'^ 712 798
CHROMIUM BORIDE COATED ARTICLES
Rav J. Van Thvne. Oak Lawn, and John J. Kauscn.
Antioch, III., assignors to Surface Technology Corpo-
ration, Stone Park, III. ,. . „ -,^
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
671,189, Sept 28, 1967. This application Jan. 6, 1V7U,
Ser.' No. 1,054
Int CI. C23c 11/08
U S CI 29 195 A ^ Claims
'a material having an outer layer of chromium boride
formed on an intermediate sublayer of essentially pure
chromium on a substrate. The chromium layer and the
diffusion zone between the chromium and substrate serve
as a thermal expansion mismatch accommodation region
to minimize cracking of the chromium bonde layer. The
chromium layer serves as a secondary corrosion barrier
at the base of minor cracks sometimes formed in the outer
chromium boride layer. In the preferred embodiments we
produce a crack-free chromium boride layer by selecting
a substrate material which is expansion matched there-
with. The present materials have particular utility on tem-
perature sensing devices in molten aluminum.
In a chemical waste incinerator having a combustion
chamber lined with a refractory material in communica-
tion with a spray quench chamber lined with a corrosion
resistant material, such as carbon blocks, and an annular
heat shield at the juncture of the combustion chamber
and quench chamber, there is provided an improvement
wherein the heat shield consists essentially of a corrosion
resistant outer layer separated from a heat resistant inner
layer by a resilient insulating barrier of high thermal ef-
ficiency.
3,712,799
COMPOSITE THERMOSTAT MATERIAL
Jacob L. Omstein, Norton, Mass., assignor to Texas
Instruments Incorporated. Dallas, I ex.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970. Ser. No. 100,006
Int CI. B23p 3/00
U S CI 29 195 5 Claim
A relatively low cost, multi-layer composite thermostat
material is disclosed having preselected electrical resistiv-
ity and flexivity characteristics including first and second
1396
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
outer layers of metallic alloys having relatively high and
relatively lower coefficients of thermal expansion and an
intermediate layer of a ferrous alloy. The first outer layer
of metallic alloy comprises a material comprising by
weight approximately 71% to 76% manganese, 9% to
19% copper, and 9% to 17% nickel, while the second
outer layer comprises a metallic alloy such as the mate-
rial commonly referred to as Invar, which comprises by
weight approximately 35'/i% to 36'/2% nickel and the
balance iron. The first and second outer layers are metal-
the products of pyrolysis a fuel gas is separated. The fuel
gas is a mixture of methane, hydrogen and ethane/ethylene
wherein the molar ratio of hydrogen to ethane/ethylene is
about one-to-one.
3,712,801
FL0.4T GLASS CHAMBER HAVING THIN-
LAMINATED CARBON BOTTOM
Walter R. Schlehr, Dearborn, Mich., assignor to Ford
Motor Comany, Dearborn, Mich.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 673,435,
Oct. 6, 1967. This application Aug. 7, 1970, Ser.
No. 62,213
Int. CI. C03b 18/00
U.S. a. 65—182 R 10 Claims
lurgically bonded to respective opposite surfaces of the
ferrous intermediate layer. The various layers comprising
the composite material cooperate to define an extremely
economical, composite thermostat material having re
sistivity characteristics suitable for many applications,
while having requisite characteristics of flexivity, useful
deflection temperature range, structural strength and abil-
ity to withstand high temperatures comparable to previ-
ously available thermostat materials only obtainable at
substantially higher costs.
3.712,800
METHOD FOR CONVERTING RESIDUAL OILS
INTO FUEL GAS
August H. Schutte, Lexington, Mass., assignor to Arthur
D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, .Mass.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,770
Int. CI. C07c 3/00, 9/04
U.S. a. 48—197 R 4 Claims
d
, fucl
^ acid g*s i 6*s
• TcO;
•>.»«1T IsuLFua
Method and apparatus for converting residual hydro-
carbon oils to a fuel gas which has essentially the same
heating value and density as natural gas and which may
therefore be distributed through the same lines. The resid-
ual oil containing one or more metallic modifiers as cata-
lysts, which may be naturally occurring in the oil or added
thereto, is pyrolyzed at low temperatures (up to 1400°
F.) and low pressures (up to about 30 p.s.i.g.); and from
A substantially enclosed chamber utilized in the float
process of manufacturing flat glass contains refractory to
define a cavity in which a molten metal bath is supported.
Molten glass is flowed out upon the bath and solidified
as it passes along the length of the chamber to produce
a ribbon of glass. The refractory defining the bottom of
the cavity is lined in certain zones thereof with slabs of
carbonaceous material and in other zones thereof a thin
layer of carbonaceous material is laminated to the refrac-
tory. The utilization of the laminated refractory provides
protection for the refractory from engagement thereof by
the glass ribbon and also provides a means for interrupt-
ing conductive heat transfer along the length of the cham-
ber through solid liner blocks of carbonaceous material.
3,712,802
COMPOSITION AND .METHOD FOR TREATING
PLANTS AND TREES
Roland S. Gr>'bek and Frederick B. Johnston, Tampa,
Fla., assignors to Marketing and Research Services,
Inc.. Coral Gables, Fla.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
417,215, Dec. 9, 1964, and Ser. No. 804,717, Mar. 5,
1969. This application June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,771
Int. CI. AOln 5/00
U.S. CI. 71—79 10 Claims
A growth promoting composition influencing growth
and yield of ornamental and food-producing plants and
vegetables is provided by controlled oxidation of partially
hydrolyzed proteinaceous materials. A correlation has been
observed between activity and the formation of alpha-
keto acids in the product. The composition has also been
found to unexpectedly lend substantial freeze resistance to
plants. It has been hypothesized that the composition acts
as an initiator or "trigger" for plant metabolic reactions.
3,712,803
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR TREATING
PLANTS AND TREES
Roland S. Grybek and Frederick B. Johnston. Tampa,
Fla., assignors to Marketing and Research Services,
Inc., Coral Gables, Fla.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
417,215, Dec. 9, 1964. This application June 4, 1969,
Ser. No. 830,508
Int. CI. AOln 9/02
U.S. CI. 71—79 9 Claims
A composition is provided which is effective to pro-
mote growth and impart freeze resistance to fruits,
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1397
vegetables, and ornamental plants and trees. The com-
position is provided by combining a proteinaceous mate-
rial, such as trash fish, with a lignin sulfonic acid salt, such
as calcium lignin sulfonate, subjecting the mixture to acid
hydrolysis effective to solubilize substantially all the pro-
tein content, and treating the hydrolyzed mixture with
oxygen with continuous agitation at a temperature of 20
to 80° C. for a period of from about 2 hours to two days.
The resulting composition can be effectively applied to
plants and trees as a foliar spray or an addition to the root
zone soil, in amounts ranging from as little as about 0.01
gram per plant, on a dry weight basis, for smaller plants,
up to as much as about 0.5 gram per tree, on a dry weight
basis, for larger trees.
of an a-ureidooxycarboxamide such as a-(ureidooxy)
propionamide during the period of 10 to 60 days prior
to normally scheduled harvest.
3.712,807 ^^
REDUCTION OF HIGH PURITY ORES COApD
WITH CARBONIZED CARBOHYDRATES
William Volk, Princeton, N J., assignor to Hydrocarbon
Research, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,540
Int. a. C21b l/OO
U.S. CI. 75—1 <» C\^vas
3,712,804 _.
COMPOSITION FOR REGULATING THE GROWTH
AND METABOLISM OF PLANTS
Walter MuUer and Hubert Mayr, Leonding, near Linz
(Danube), Ferdinand Weinrotter, Linz (Danube), Walter
Frohner, Pasching, near Linz (Danube), and Elfriede
Presoly and Gustav Kollisch, Linz (Danube) Austria,
assignors to Ostcrreichische Stickstoflfwerk Aktien-
gesellschaft. Linz (Danube), Austria o,^ ita
No Drawing. Filed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 834,170
Int. CI. AOln 9/24
US CI 71 113 6 Claims
*A composition for regulating the growth and meta-
bolism of plants, particularly for influencing their water
balance, having as active ingredient a compound of the
formula ^ ,
CnHzn+lX.COOH
in which n is an integer from 5 to 8 and X is a group of
the formula
_C-, -CH- -CH-. -C.(COOH)- or -C.(COOH)-
i in in in nh,
the salts, lower alkyl esters, lower hydroxyalkyl esters,
amides, monoalkylamides or dialkylamides thereof, and
the process for the treatment of plants using the said com-
positions.
3,712,805
WEED CONTROL EMPLOYING N.N-DISUBSTI-
TUTED AMINO ACID HERBICIDES
John Yates, Whistable, and David H. Pavne, near
Sittingbournc, England, assignors to Shell Oil Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 28, 1967, Ser. .-No.
694,116, now Patent No. 3,598,859, dated Aug. 10,
1971. Divided and this application Aug. 21, 197U, aer.
No. 66,094 ^,^^
Int CL AOln 9/24 _ ^, .
US CL 71 115 10 Claims
N,N-'disubstituted amino acid derivatives such as N-
benzoyl-N-(3,4-dichlorophenyl) alanine, herbicidal com-
positions containing them, and their use for controlling
undesirable plant growth.
t"
a
High purity, fine, iron ore particles are first pretreated
with a carbohydrate solution. The pretreated ore is then
heated, before entering the reduction zone, to carbomze
the carbohydrate material thereby leaving a coating of
0.25 to 1.0 percent carbon on the ore. This coating in-
hibits defluidization of the ore particles under the operat-
ing condition of the reduction zone.
3.712.808
DEEP HARDENING STEEL
Thoni V. Philip, Reading, Pa., assignor to Carpenter
Technology Corporation, Reading, Pa-
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,651
Int. CI. C22c 39/54
U S CI 75 125 ^ Claims
A deep hardenable, low alloy steel having good temper
resistance, hot hardness and dimensional stability consist-
ing essentially of about 0.7-1.2% carbon, up to 0.6% man-
ganese, 0.5-2.5% silicon, 0.5-1.5% chromium, 0.25-1.5%
molybdenum, 0.15-0.5% nickel, 0.65-4% copper and the
balance essentially iron except for incidental unpunties,
and in which 8.5x%Si-f 3x%Cu-5.2>l0.
3*712,806 ^„«„c
INCREASING THE SUGAR CONTENT OF CROPS
WITH a-UREIDOOXYCARBOXYLIC ACID DE-
RIVATIVES , „,., . ^ _ ,
Henry J. Gerjovich, deceased, late of Wilmington, Del.,
by Dorothy J. Gerjovich, executrix, Wilmington. Del.,
assignor to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Comply
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
801,170, Feb. 20, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 657,040, July 31. 1967, both
now abandoned, which in turn is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 572,887, Aug. 7, 1966. This
application Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,362
Int. CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 71 119 ' Claims
The sugar content of sorghum and sugar cane can
be increased by applying to the crops an effective amount
3,712,809
METHOD OF MAKING CERMETS OF HIGH
STATIC AND DYNAMICAL STRENGTH
Hellmut Bumra. Karlsruhe, Fritz Thiimmler, Grunwetters-
bach, and Peter Weimar. Karisruhe. Germany, assignors
to Gesellschaft fur Kernforschung mbH, Karlsruhe,
Germany ^, „„„ . __
Filed Mar. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 808,955
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 23, 196»,
P 17 71 026.8
Int. CI. B22f 7/60 ,* ^ .
U.S. CI. 75—206 ^ ^. ^ ",^^"^
A method of fabricating cermets of high static and
dynamic strength, including the steps of vibrating metal-
coated ceramic particles having a particle size range be-
tween 20 and 500 mHi. in metallic capsules, welding the
capsules airtight, and compacting the particles to ultimate
1398
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
density bv isostatic pressing at pressures between 100 and pyranylidene) benzyl ]-benzopyrylium perchlorate and 2,3-
1000 kg /cm 2 and temperatures between 1000 and 1700° phenyl - 4 - [(2'-phenyM'-benzopyranylidene) benzyl] -6-
C, the capsules having stUl sufficient plasticity under the methylbenzopyrylium perchlorate.
conditions of the compacting.
3,712,810
AMBIPOLAR PHOTORECEPTOR AND METHOD
Anthony J. Ciuffinl, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,558
Int. CI. G03g 5/00, 7/00
U.S. CI. 9^—1.5 4 Claims
10
An ambipolar photoreceptor member which comprises
a substrate, a thin layer of thallium doped vitreous seleni-
um or thallium doped selenium-arsenic contained on the
substrate, and a layer of vitreous selenium or selenium-
arsenic overlaying the thallium doped layer. The photo-
receptor member exhibits satisfactory charge acceptance
and discharge for photogenerated charges of either
polarity.
3,712,811
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
Yosbinobu Murakami, Osaka, Yo Hasegawa, Suita, and
Kazuhisa Morimoto, Settsu, Japan, assignors to Matsu-
shita Electric Industrial Company Limited, Osaka,
Japan
Filed Mar. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,508
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 13, 1970,
45/21,766, 45/21,767
Int. CI. G03g 5/06
U.S. CI. 96—1.6 3 Oaims
An electrophotographic material is provided herein
which comprises a conductive support layer and a photo-
conductive insulating layer, the latter layer comprising a
photoconductive polymeric compound such as poly-N-
vinylcarbazole, and a sensitizer having the following gen-
eral formula
3,712,812
PROCESS OF IMPROVING ADHERENCE OF HY-
DROPHILIC LAYER TO HYDROPHOBIC FILM
SUPPORT
August Jean van Paesschen, Antwerp, Eric Maria Brinck-
man, Mortsel, and Wilfried Florcnt de Geest, Bercbem,
Belgium, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Mortsel,
Belgium
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 883,242, Dec. 9, 1969. This application
Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,619
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 9, 1968,
58,350/68
Int. CI. G03g 5/10; G03c 1/80
U.S. CI. 96—1.8 9 Claims
In film recording materials, the adherence of a hydro-
philic external layer such as a silver halide emulsion or
a photoconductive layer to a hydrophobic film support is
improved by first applying to the hydrophobic film sup-
port a layer of a copolymer formed of from 45-99.5%
by weight of at least one chlorine-containing monomer
of vinylidene chloride and vinyl chloride, from 0.5-10%
by weight of an ethylenically unsaturated hydrophilic
monomer, and from 0-54.5% by weight of at least one
other copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated mon-
omer and then exposing the surface of the copolymer
layer to a high voltage electric corona discharge. A pre-
ferred hydrophobic film support is a film of a highly
polymeric linear polyester such as polyethylene tereph-
thalate.
X\/^Vk.T
R
V
-R.
B
anlon-
wherein
B represents a radical selected from the group consist-
ing of
A/'^Vr. /W
and
"X/^y""' s/xy""'
Y
OCHi
Compounds falling under the latter general formula in-
clude such compounds as 2-phenyl-4-[(2'-phenyl-4'-benzo-
3,712,813
PRODUCTION OF SEMICONDUCTOR MODULES
BY A PHOTO-RESIST TECHNIQUE WITH HOLO-
GRAPHIC PROJECTION OF ETCHING PATTERNS
Dieter Ross, Municb-Solln, and Horst Kiemie, Munich,
Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft,
Berlin, Germany
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,261
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 19, 1969,
P 19 63 787.7
Int. CI. G03c 5/04
U.S. CI. 96—27 H 9 Claims
In the photo-resist technique of producing integrated
circuits and other semiconductor modules, a plurality
of holograms of respectively different etching patterns are
sequentially projected onto a light-sensitive coating of a
semiconductor substrate, another fabricating step being
performed after photographic development of each etch-
ing pattern thus produced. At least three register marks
are holographically projected together with each of the
likewise holographically projected different etching pat-
terns appertaining to one and the same module being
produced. Relative to every one of the different etching
patterns, the register marks have the same shape and
the same position; and after the first exposing and etch-
ing these marks appear on the substrate surface as dis-
tinct reflective areas. During each subsequent exposing,
the reflective register marks on the substrate are placed
in registry with the spatial image of the register marks
that, due to the reconstructed register-mark wave, appear
when each of the other patterns is being produced. The
accurate registering is done by adjusting to a maximal
value the spacing of the fringe stripes of the interference
field formed by the register-mark wave which is reflected
from the register marks on the substrate on the one hand
and by the comparison wave which simultaneously results
from the hologram reproduction and which contains a vir-
tual image of the register marks.
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1399
3,712,814
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
Erwin Ranz, Harald von Rintelen, Heinz-Dietcr Schutz,
and Wolfram Neumann, Leverkuscn, Germany, as-
signors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Levcrkusen,
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,815
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan, », l5»/u,
P 20 00 623.9
Int. CI. G03c 5/00
U S CI 96 36 ^ Claims
Photographic layers containing a compound having the
formula:
R / \-R'
as explained below become less soluble or less swellable
upon exposure at the light-struck areas. A relief image is
obtained after removal of the unexposed areas.
3,712,816
PROCESS FOR MAKING HARD SURFACE
TRANSPARENT MASK ^ , „ ,
Eugene R. Blome, San Jose, and Samuel S. M. Fok, ^lo
Alto, Calif., assignors to Fairchild Camera and Instru-
ment Corporation, Syosset, N.Y. ,„, .-o
Original application Nov. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 682,458. now
Patent No. 3,625,728, dated Dec. 7, 1971. Dmded
and this application Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,006
Int. CI. G03c 5/00
U.S. CI. 96 38.3 3 Claims
A mask comprising a hard surface layer formed into a
desired pattern is provided for use in photo fabrication.
The layer is visually transparent but opaque to the range
of wave lengths used to expose the photopolymer on the
part being photo fabricated.
3,712,815
METHOD OF MANUFACTLTIING A
DISPLAY SCREEN
Kenneth L. Rohrer, Horseheads, N.Y., and Douglas A.
Griswold, Blossburg. and David H. Davies, Pittsburgh,
Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,144
Int. CI. G03c 5/00
U.S. a. 96—36.1 7 Claims
r
•ti cuM'uiPun
._L
I «mT KHHM CWTIW
I ' OVCtOcfOSCDDOTStf
^^ StWlIlZtDCWTIICIUi)
limBVtWINCSPAgS
3 712 817
DRY WORKING PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSI-
TIONS COMPRISING ORGANIC HALOGEN
COMPOUNDS, ETHYLENE COMPOUNDS AND
CARBINOL COMPOUNDS
Andrew C. Hazy, Mentor, Ohio, assignor to Horizons
Incorporated, a division of Horizons Research Incorpo-
rated
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,883
Int. CI. G03c 5/2^, 7/52
U.S. CI. 96—48 R 8 Claims
The compound l,l-bis-(4-dimethylammophenyl)etha-
nol, its preparation and its use in light sensitive composi-
tions particularly suited to reconnaissance film of dry
processed, high resolution light sensitive material.
3,712,818
PHOTOGRAPHIC STABILISING OR
FIXING BATH
Fritz Nittel and Hans Ohischlager, Cologne-Stammhelm,
and Karl-Wilhelm Schranz, Opiaden, Germany, as-
signors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkuscn,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 25. 1969, Ser. No. 836,661
Claims priority, application Germany, June 27, 1968,
P 17 72 734.3
Int. CI. G03c 5/38
U.S. CI. 96—61 1 CIi»l™
In the production of photographic images by the expo-
sure and development of silver halide emulsions the
stabilisation or fixing of the exposed and developed emul-
sion by a bath containing a mercaptotriazine stabiliser.
3 712 819
VENTILATED OPEN-AIR INDOOR BROILER
HAVING DAMPER MEANS AND CONTROL
THEREFOR
Thomas R. Field, 4129 Flamingo W. Drive,
Indianapolis, Ind. 46226
Filed Nov. 23, 1971. Ser. No. 201,436
Int. CI. A47i 37/08
U.S. a. 99—400 17 Claims
-^42
An improved method of manufacturing a display screen
for a cathode ray tube in which a light absorbing coat-
ing is provided on the display screen and surrounds the
phosphor elements positioned on the display screen. This
is accomplished by providing an array of polyvinyl al-
cohol (PVA) dots on the faceplate corresponding to the
desired phosphor arrays, providing a coating of light ab-
sorbing material over the PVA dots and the intervening
exposed surfaces of the faceplate, and then removing the
PVA dots and the opaque coating covering the dots by .,,.., u ■„„ ^oo,«<.r
chemicallv developing the PVA dots with a suitable ox- Ventilated open-air indoor broiler having damper
^^^ZT^^^^!mro,.n peroxide and a chelating means and positionable -ntn,l there^or^^^^^^^^ an
* * energizing switch for electric heaUng elements.
1400
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,820
PROCESS FOR MAKING A BREWERS' WORT BEER
Martin F. Walmsiey and John Valentine Cross, London,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to John Labatt Limited,
London, Ontario, Canada
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,762
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 24, 1969,
37,312/69
Int CI. C12c 7100
U.S. CI. 99—51 9 Claims
CSjfVM. MUtff^T
\,^m4^ <n3Pf/ S^TS
TO* rv^*C
"VTA**!? r^PtM ^
fro PC% SfXX^O
t*npr s^^^*fnr/of^
3 712 822
AZEOTROPIC REMOVAL OF WATER-HYDROCAR-
BON ALCOHOL MIXTURES FROM PRESS FISH
CAKE
Thomas L. Meade, 69 Kenyon Ave.,
Wakefield, R.L 02879
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 52,042
Int. CI. A23b 3/04; BOld 3/34
U.S. CI. 99—209 26 Claims
/
4
9
/
1
a
i
^T
S
tzcoTnaric v«»o«
/
WtXIN«
9T0KWC
»2tOTRO»lC
t«TI>«CTION
»LCO«Ot-«Tt«-MT01tOC»«50« ,
wcTmss "
CMC
M»0"0CAP1»0M _
'V
'^.
DRV RRESS CAKC
(FI5H MCAL PROOUCT)
A process for the preservation of wet fish press cake
comprising the addition of an alcohol to the cake com-
bined with the step of subsequently removing the alcohol
and water by azeotropic extraction with a hydrocarbon.
The process provides the advantages of allowing wet fish
press cake to be stored for long periods of time, and when
sufficient quantities have accumulated, the alcohol and
water can be conveniently removed together to provide
a dry fish meal product.
This invention provides a process for producing a
brewers' wort in which an aqueous slurry of a raw starch-
containing material, preferably a cereal grain such as
barley, is heated to 40°-55° C. at which temperature it is
subjected to the action of a discrete proteolytic enzyme
and, optionally, a discrete a-amylase enzyme, then heated
to 65 "-90° C. at which temperature it is subjected to the
action of a discrete a-amylase enzyme to solubilise the
starch, after which it is cooled to 400°-65° C. at which
temperature it is subjected to the action of a discrete /9-
amylase enzyme or source thereof to produce fermentable
sugars. Preferably, the protease enzyme is present in an
amount of at least 0.5 modified Kunitz protease units per
gm., the a-amylase enzyme in an amount of at least 45
modified Stein-Fischer o-amylase units per gm., and the /9-
amylase enzyme is malt present in an amount of less than
30% by weight. Advantageously, the mash bill includes
up to about 60% by weight of a cereal adjunct, say,
liquefied corn grits.
The invention also includes a process for the manu-
facture of beer or like non-distilled alcoholic beverages
from such brewers' worts.
3,712,823
PROCESS FOR PRODI CING STERILIZED PACKED
SOYBEAN-CURDS
Ryuzo Ceno, Nishinomiya, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ueno Seiyaku Ovo Kenkyujo, Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,350
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 21, 1969,
44/65,679
Int. CL A23i;/20, i/02
U.S. CI. 99—214 5 Claims
In a process for producing packaged soybean-curds by
immersing soybean in water, grinding, heating and filter-
ing it, cooling the resulting soybean milk, putting it in a
container, adding a coagulating agent, immediately sealing
the packing container, and heating it to effect the coagula-
tion and sterilization of the soybean milk, the improve-
ment which comprises subjecting the soybean milk pack-
aged in the container to high frequency electrical wave
irradiation for a period of 50-200 seconds until the tem-
perature rises to 55-80° C, and thereafter allowing it to
stand for 10 minutes to 2 hours at a temperature above
30° C. to coagulate it.
3 712 821
PRODUCTION OF FISHERIES PRODUCTS
Louis J. Ronsivalli, Lawrence, and Robert J. Learson,
Hamilton, Mass., assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Interior
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 798
Int CI. A23I 1/325
VS. CI. 99—111 9 Claims
Presently undesirable species of fish, shellfish and
crustaceans and process-degraded flesh fractions there-
from are reconstituted to form a highly desirable food
product having characteristics of natural fisheries prod-
ucts. These reconstituted products will withstand heat
sterilization, refrigerated storage and subsequent cooking
without crumbling.
3,712,824
EASILY DISPERSIBLE PIGMENT AND PROCESS
FOR PRODUCING SAME
Yasumasa Kiyokawa, Yoshihisa Ogawa, and Akira Ono,
Osaka, Kazulchi Fukumasu, Nishinomiya, and Hlroyukl
Sugisaki, Ashiya, Japan, assignors to Sakata Shokai Co.,
Ltd.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,299
Claims priority, application Japan, July 17, 1970,
45/6,262
Int. a. C08h 77/02
U.S. CI. 106—308 M 8 Oalms
An easily dispersible pigment is produced by admixing
a water slurry of a pigment with an oil in water type
emulsion which contains a varnish. The varnish com-
prises (1) an organic liquid which is difficultly water-
miscible or water immiscible and which is characterized
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1401
by a higher boiling point than water. (2) ^ ^^^^J^^^^/^Mj
comoatible with said orgamc liquid, and (3) an organic
oWen which is difficultly water soluble or water msolu^
tii but which is capable of dissolving or swelling the
r^in^e emulsion-slurry mixture is agitated whereby the
otement is transferred from the slurry mto the oil phase.
The mixture of the organic liquid, the resin and the pig-
Tent containing a number of foams is obtained and is
dried to form an easily dispersible pigment.
3,712,825 ^^^
METHOD OF MAKING SIMULATED
^ MASONRY WALL
Tommy E. Yocum, 2102 Mayflower Drive,
Middleton, Wis. 53562
nied Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,812
Intel. B44d 7/52 « rioSm,
U.S. CI. 117-8.5 8 ^•'>'"'
3,712,827
RADIOGRAPHIC SCREEN
Eugene PatridTGramza, Rochester, N.Y.. assignor to
^Eastman Kodak Company Rochester, N.Y.
Nn Drawine. Filed Oct. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,234
No Drawing. Y^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ . ^^3^ ^,^^
¥T« n 117 33 5 R 4 Claims
Improved inor'ganic phosphor screens coniprising a
support bearing a layer comprising a binder of a polycar-
bonate polymer are described for radiographic use^ Said
screens exhibit improved image sharpness in combination
with radiographic films.
-» 712 828
APPLICATION OF ADHESIVE COATING TO
ISOTACTIC POLYPROPYLENE AND COM-
POSITION THEREFOR , _
Jean C Bernard and Pierre J. Pascal, Martigues, France
assignors to Naphtachinue, Pans, France
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,943
Claims priority, application France, July 1, 1969,
Int CI. B32b 27/32; B44d 1/40; C08f ^5/04
wjc c\ 117 47 A ° *-'"™*
This 'invention is addressed to the application of an
organic adhesive coating to plastic compositions contain-
ing isotactic polypropylene wherein articles formed of a
polymeric composition selected from the group consist-
ing of a mixture of from 75% to 97% by weight isotactic
polypropylene and 3-25% of an olefin copolymer having
low crystallinity and a graft copolymer formed of from
75% to 97% by weight isotactic polypropylene onto
which is grafted 3-25% by weight of a copolymer of
ethylene and propylene containing more than 10% by
weight ethylene are coated with an adhesive material such
as organic paints or adhesives. i
Simulated masonry wall panels are provided by first
coating a base panel with a base coat to simulate mortar
and then spraying a finish-coat through a ^^^k and then
removing the mask. Panels to provide a simulated brick
wall may abut with shiplap joints and each be three courses
high and eight feet long.
3,712,826
METHOD OF IMPROVING THE SUTRFACE OF
GALVANIZED STEEL MATERIAL
Tadao Kimuro and Takeshi Atamya, Yokohama-shi,
Japan^Sgnors to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha,
^°''^°' SApr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,251
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 25, 1V6»,
Int CI. B44d '7 /as. 7/06
U.S. CL 117-22 5 Claims
3 712 829
LUBRiaOUS. LABEL-ACCEPTING GLASS
SURFACE COATING
Herman A. Steigelman, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to
Owens-nilnois, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,967
Int CI. C03c 17/32
ITS ri 117—54 * Claims
A mixture of polyvinyl alcohol and polyoxyethylene
stearate is applied directly onto a glass surface to provide
a label-accepting, lubricious coating therefor.
The present process for improving surfaces of galva-
nized steel materials, especially the properties of coated
surfaces of strip, besides rendering the surfaces in condi-
tion for paint adhesion without detracting from the
forming properties of galvanized steel materials.
METHOD OF STRENGTm?§;GCERAJ^C MATE-
RIAL BY GLAZING AND QUENCHING
Henry P. Kirchner, 700 S. Sparks St,
State College, Pa. 16801 . ^ „ ^^
Continuation-in-part of abandoned appbcahon Ser. No.
669,861, Sept 22, 1967. This application Sept 25,
1970, Ser. No. 75,329 , ^ ,^ ^
Int CI. C03c 77/0-* ^^ ^ ,
ITS ri 117—125 WOaims
A method of increasing the strength of a ceramic body
having a body thermal expansion coefficient and a body
sofTning temperature. The surface of the body is coaud
at least once with a glaze which has a glaze thermal
expansion coefficient and which has a glaze softening tem-
perature which is lower than the body softemng tempera-
ture, and which has a minimum firing temperature mter-
mediate said body softening temperature and said glaK
softening temperature. The coated body is fired at least
one time to Ttemperature higher than the glaze firing
temperature, and the body softening temperature and
lower than the melUng point of the matenal of the body.
The glazed fired body is quenched in a quenching medi-
um at an average surface cooling rate of at least 10
C /sec. and at a rate be]ow that which will cause thermal
1402
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
shock from the firing temperature to a temperature be-
low the glaze softening temperature for first causing more
rapid cooling of the exterior of the body than the interior
for causing plastic flow in the interior of the body and
producing positive compressive stresses in the exterior of
the body, and then after passing the body softening tem-
perature, for causing the glaze to be placed under a posi-
° OUCNCKD •.•IB8LASI taOM -<00 <
I
i
xvayj-'
*----
tive compressive stress resulting from the difference be-
tween the product of the body expansion coefficient and
the temf)erature change of the body below the body soft-
ening temperature and the glaze expansion coefficient and
the temperature change of the glaze below the glaze
softening temperature. By this method the bending
strength of the body is increased as compared with an
unglazed and unfired body of the same ceramic.
of constructing a roof structure of the foregoing type by
means of a cold adhesive with a fugitive solvent for adher-
ing the vapor barrier to the structural member, and a hot
bituminous adhesive over said vapor barrier for volatiliz-
ing the fugitive solvent.
3,712,833
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR DESCALING
OXIDIZED SHEET METAL
Henri Fichaux, Thairy, France, assignor to Battelle
Memorial Institute, Carouge/GE, Switzerland
Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 159,628
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 8, 1970,
10,326/70
Int. CI. B08b 3/10; C23g 1/00
U.S. CI. 134—1 13 Claims
3 712 831 *
CELLULOSIC FILMS WITH IMPROVED
SLIP PROPERTIES .
Jean Gattus, Villeurbanne, and Maurice Mallet, Lyon,
France, assignors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 862,005
Claims priority, application France, Oct 1, 1968,
168,322
Int CI. B44d 5/08
VS. CI. 117—144 4 Claims
Cellulosic films, especially of cellulose acetate, have
their slip properties improved by incorporation, at least
in the surface of the film, of 0.1-0.5% by weight of a
mineral filler, e.g. silica or a metal oxide, which has been
treated with an organopoivsiloxane.
Sheet metal is submitted to an erosive sparking treat-
ment preceding a conventional chemical descaling treat-
ment. The sparking treatment may replace the conven-
tional graining treatment. The apparatus includes a spark-
ing device arranged upstream of a conventional chemical
descaling bath and comprising a plurality of sparking
elements distributed over the width of both faces of the
sheet, and a generator for feeding these elements with
current pulses producing electric arcs between them and
the sheet-faces. It may also comprise a feedback control
device for adjusting the frequency of the pulses in de-
pendence on the obtained degree of descaling.
3 712 832
ROOF STRUCTURE
Stuart H. Stapleford, Newark, Ohio, assignor to Owens-
Corning Fiberglas Corporation
Continuation of application Ser. No. 655,366, July 24,
1967. This application Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,668
Int CI. C09j 5/06
U.S. CI. 156—321 2 Claims
3,712,834
DEFERRED ACTION BATTERY
James B. Doe, Levittown, and Richard P. Niedcrberger,
Pineville, Pa., and Michael C. Curcio and Michael H.
Forker, Trenton, NJ. (ail % ESB Incorporated, P.O.
Box 8109, Philadelphia, Pa. 19101)
Filed Oct 15, 1971, Ser. No. 189,513
Int CI. HOlm 21/00
U.S. a. 136—114 - 4 Claims
An insulated roof comprising a structural surface mem-
ber with a vapor barrier adhered thereto, comprising A deferred action battery is described having a cylin-
asphalt sandwiched between two pieces of paper, and drical plastic container with metallic terminal contact
thermal insulation adhered to said vapor barrier over pieces at either end. The battery plates are annular in
which is applied a waterproof covering. Also, a method shape and define a central cylindrical cavity. Within the
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1403
cavity are located a biscuit of dry pressed electrolyte, an
ampoule containing a solution of potassium chromate,
and a plunger. A portion of the plunger passes through
the top of the battery container. The battery is activated
by forcing the plunger into the ampoule causing it to
break. The liquid within then dissolves the perchlorate
to give the desired electrolyte which then permeates and
activates the battery.
the container and the normal pressure outside of the con-
tainer will maintain good electrical contact between the
two walls and the anode and the cathode materials.
3 712 835
RESERVE CELL WITH MODULAR
CONSTRUCTION
Gordon E. Kaye, Irvington, N.Y., assignor to
Mallory & Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Oct 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,370
Int CI. HOlm 27/70
P. R.
3 712 837 '
PROCESS FOR OBTAINING COPPER ALLOYS
Stanley Shapiro, New Haven, Conn., Alan J. Goldman,
Silver Spring, Md., and Derek E. Tyler, Cheshire, and
Richard D. Lanam, Hamden, Conn., assignors to Olin
Corporation
Filed Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,006
Intel. C22f 7/05
U.S. CI. 148—11.5 R 10 Claims
U.S. CI. 136—114
8 Claims
A reserve cell having a housing with two compartments
separated by a central partition, with cell electrodes to
be inserted into one compartment, and an electrolyte vial
assembly into the second compartment, with associated
means for fracturing the vial and forcing the electrolyte
into the first mentioned compartment.
3,712,836
SOLID ELECTROLYTE CELL PACKAGING
DEVICE
Per Bro and Charles C. Liang, Andover, and Gerard H.
Boyle, West Concord, Mass., assignors to P. R. Mallory
& Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,511
Int CI. HOlm 7/00
U.S. CI. 136—166 5 Claims
e:
^' ^1^
■v^^
. 1,
I I
" ^'*'
"1 liil':
>N
r-^ ■ r . »
"■-1 -■ -
IT-]
A hermetically sealed packaging container for a solid
electrolyte cell, in which the container has two walls
spaced and insulated from each other, and arranged to
provide and serve as separate electrical contacts for the
cell. The sealed container is evacuated, whereby the differ
The disclosure teaches a method of preparing copper
alloy having improved toughness and stress corrosion
resistance. The process comprises: providing a copper alloy
containing from 12.5 to 30% nickel, 12.5 to 30% man-
ganese, balance copper; hot rolling said alloy with a
starting temperature in the range of 780 to 900° C; cold
rolling said alloy; and annealing said alloy at a tempera-
ture of from 550 to 900° C. for at least one minute while
maintaining an average grain size of less than 0.015 mm.
3 712 838
REGENERATION OF CAUSTIC LIQUOR FOR
ETCHING ALUMINUM
Ulrich W. Weissenberg, Johannesburg, Transvaal. Repub-
lic of South Africa, assignor to The Dow Chemical
Company, Midland, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
591,538, Nov. 2, 1966. This application Mar. 17, 1971,
Ser. No. 125,086
Int. CI. C23g 1/36
U.S. CI. 156—19 8 Claims
The present invention is a process for regenerating sperit
caustic etching solutions resulting from reacting alumi-
cntial pressure between the evacuated atmosphere within num with aqueous solutions containing free alkali metal
1404
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
hydroxide. In particular a spent caustic etching liquor, clamped together during bonding by a pair of pressure
ordinarily at the etching bath temperature, is contacted plates, the plates being removed upon completion of
with calcium oxide to precipitate aluminum values present
in the spent liquor and regenerate hydroxyl ions. The ' ^
precipitate is removed from the regenerated solution.
ERRATUM
For Class 156 — 427 see:
Patent No. 3,712,832
3 712 839
APPARATUS FOR MAKING PLASTIC ARTICLES
Uhel D. Polly, Margate, Fla., assignor to Consolidated
Productions Incorporated, Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
Division of application Ser. No. 837,010, June 27, 1969,
now Patent No. 3,589,970, dated June 29, 1971, and
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 439,733,
Mar. 15, 1965. This application June 19, 1970, Ser.
No. 59,806
Int. CI. B65h 81/04
VS. CI. 156—427 2 Claims
bonding to allow the final package to be positioned and
aligned in an external apparatus.
3,712,841
FLEXIBLE HOSE AND METHOD OF MAKING
Clayton H. Skinner, Kenmore, and Paul J. Sick, Buffalo,
N.Y., assignors to Litton Systems, Inc.
Original application July 22, 1965, Ser. No. 473,952, now
Patent No. 3,420,276, dated Jan. 7, 1969. Divided
and this application Feb. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 726,262
Int CI. B31c 5/00
US. CI. 156—144 1 Claim
A method and apparatus for manufacturing plastic arti-
cles which consists of twisting a relatively flat strip of
plastic so that it is helical in shape, winding the plastic
in flattened layers on a holder, sealing the layers to-
gether while the twisted plastic remains on the holder,
adding reinforcing means to the plastic, if desired, while
it remains on the holder and passing a cutting element
through the plastic in a direction longitudinally along the
holder. The flared resultant may then be utilized to create
attractive objects.
'•»' lOl' Ik>» ^109
The invention relates to the process of making a flexible
hose with a built-up body around a tubular metal bore
support. The body of the hose made of elastomeric layers
and intervening reinforcing layers, is built around the
tubular metal bore support, which is flexibly and coher-
ently constructed to serve as a mandrel, and the built-up
assembly is then subjected to heat and pressure to cure
the elastomeric layers, to consolidate all the layers into
a unit and to permanently and inseparably bond the body
to the bore support. The invention also relates to a flexible
hose made by the process described.
3,712,840
METHOD OF MAKING PACKAGES
Meryl E. Miller, Palos Verdes Peninsula, Calif., assignor
-to Datanetics Corporation, Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 855,827
Int. CI. A41h 37/00
U.S. CI. 156—66 18 Claims
A package including at least one hole extending
through the entire package and hermetically isolated from
the package contents, the package being formed by stack-
ing a plurality of subassemblies between two face sheets
of impervious material and aligning the contents by at
least one vertical pin through which the hole passes.
The package is bonded subsequent to stacking and is
3 712 842
APPARATUS FOR MAKING WELTS
Edward L. Clark, Wellington Drive,
Bedford, Va. 24523
Original application Jan. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 696,339.
Divided and this application June 28, 1971, Ser.
No. 157,629
Int. CI. B32b 3/04
U S CI 156—464 ^ Claims
A double or single welt for use in the upholstered
furniture and other industries, as well as a method and
an apparatus for making such welts. The double welt
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1405
comprises an elongated strip of textile or other material
with its longitudinal edges folded or rolled inwardly to-
ward each other to form two tubes, into which cords are
preferably introduced, the outer surface of each infolded
edge portion engaging the inner surface of the unfolded
central portion of the strip and being permanently secured
thereto as by adhesive, the cords being free to move
longitudinally within the strip material. The single welt
may be formed by slitting a double welt made as stated,
or by forming a single fold or tube from a narrower strip
surface applying heat to the single-face is constituted by
an endless moving metal belt, e.g. made of fatigue-resistant
rolled spring steel.
3 712 844
SEALING OF FOAM PLASTIC SHEETS
Antonius G. Ratten, Jan H. van Brederode, Delft, Nether-
lands, assignors to Stichting Ontwikkeling Verpakkings-
methoden In de Zuivelindustrie, The Hague, Nether-
lands
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,431
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 18, 1969,
6909334
Int. CI. B32b 3/04, 7/10; B29c 27/00
U.S. CI. 161—38 22 Claims
*^ ^ SI *A L» 3
^^-
of material, utilizing essentially the same method of
folding or rolling the material upon itself, inserting a
cord if desired, and securing the outer surface of the
folded material to the inner surface of the unfolded
material. An apparatus suitable for performing the stated
method comprises a folder mechanism, an adhesive ap-
plying means, and means for advancing the material
(and cords if used) through said mechanism and past
said adhesive applying means.
3,712,843
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING
CORRUGATED BOARD
Phoebus A. Gartaganis, Beaconsfield, and Denis Michael
Harvey, Baie d'Urfe, Quebec, Canada, assignors to
Domtar Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,599
Int. CI. B30b 15/34; B32b 31/20
U.S. CI. 156 — 499 4 Claims
The invention relates to a method for overlapping seal-
mg foam plastic films or foam plastic sheets with a den-
sity below 250 kg. per m.^, which are laid on top of each
other without a bonding agent and are compressed in
dies at a temperature above the softening point of the
plastic. Thereafter the pressure is reduced, so that the
compressed product foams rapidly again to form a new
integral sheet of a predetermined foam plastic thickness, at
which time it is cooled to reform the product for example,
a single blank folded into a container having a bottom con-
sisting of flaps folded into each other, and a side seam
can all be sealed and reformed into an integrated, whole
with a final thickness substantially equal to the thickness
of one single sheet.
3,712,845
TILE FLOOR COVERING ANT) METHOD OF
COVERING A FLOOR SURFACE
Josef Hartung, Petersberg, Germany, assignor to Ehira
Tufting GmbH, Fulda, Germany
Filed Mar. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,171
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 17. 1970,
P 20 12 523.9 *
Int. CI. B32b 3/16; E04f 15/02
U.S. CI. 161—38 10 Claims
PotyczTcK or L
POLVSTHYLenE
i'its' V. '-^,3^^
TA^
<:^c^:^:^:^:^;^:^iiii:^:fi:9i:^:^:!^^>m^iiiSi:^
In this method of making corrugated board the board
formed by the application of the liner to the single-face
is passed between two metal surfaces, both heated to
a suitable temperature. The temperature of the metal sur
Textile tiles are coated on their undersides with filled
face in contact with the liner is about the same as, or polypropylene and are then placed, next to one another,
preferably somewhat higher than, the temperature of the on a layer of stabilized polyester, polyethylene or poly-
other metal surface. In a corresponding apparatus the vinyl chloride.
1406
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
A.
E.
3,712,846
ACOUSTICAL PANEL
William M. Daniels, Hackettstown, and Richard
Borton, Mountain Lakes, NJ., assignors to L,
Carpenter & Company, Wharton, N J.
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,954
Int. CI. C04b 43102; E04b 1174
U.S. CL 161—43 16 Claims
3,712,848
DEOXYGENATED PACKAGE
William P. Casey, Jr., and Frank G. Gnindman, Neenah,
Wis., assignors to American Can Company, New York,
N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 343,622, Feb. 6,
1964. This application Sept 4, 1969, Ser. No. 856,899
Int CI. B32b 15108; B65b 65/00
\5S. CL 161—213 1 Claim
30B
2ZB
SOB
An acoustical panel is provided and comprises a sound
absorbing and insulating main body having uninterrupted
opposed planar surfaces and a substantially uniform den-
sity throughout and at least one hard porous member also
having uninterrupted opposed planar surfaces and a sub-
stantially uniform density throughout bonded to one of
the planar surfaces of the main body. The member has
a higher density than the density of the main body and
a thickness which is less than the thickness of such main
body with the member being air pervious and allowing
sound waves to be transmitted therethrough. The panel
also has a flexible outer covering having a plurality of
openings therethrough which is bonded to the exposed
planar surface of the member with the covering having
a thickness which is less than the thickness of the mem-
ber and a roughened outside surface defined by projec-
tions and indentations which serve as miniature sound
baffles.
3,712,847
LAMINATED LAMELLAR LAMINATE
Ole-Bendt Rasmussen, 7 Topstykket,
3460 Birkerod, Denmark
Original application Dec. 29, 1967, Ser. No. 694,660, now
Patent No. 3,547,761, dated Dec. 15, 1970. Divided
and this application Sept 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,196
Claims priori^, application Great Britain, Dec. 30, 1966,
58,429/66
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Dec. 15, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int CI. B32b 5122, 5/24
U.S. CI. 161—55 2 Claims
A laminar sheet material including a gas and water im-
permeable layer, a gas permeable and water impermeable
layer and a bonding material therebetween containing a
catalyst capable of initiating reaction between hydrogen
and oxygen to form water. In a sealed pouch formed of the
sheet, oxygen is removed by formation of water which is
trapped between the two layers and thus out of contact
with the packaged product.
3 712 849
METALLIC LAMINATE
Dante Rohbiati, Via Dante 6, Bemareggio, Italy
Application Dec. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 783,198, which Is
a continuation-in-part of abandoned applicatioii Ser.
No. 446,186, Apr. 7, 1965. Divided and this applica-
tion July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 160,051
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 14, 1964,
54,372/64
Int CI. B32b 15/08. 15/18. 15/20
U.S. CI. 161—218 1 Claim
Thermo pUstic mltrul
Thin m«tal sirip
lietal seet
A laminate comprising at least two sheets of which at
least one is an extruded sheet in which at least two differ-
ent polymeric materials form alternate reinforcement and
filling lamellar layers extending from surface to surface of
the sheet at a so small inclination (below 2° ) as to form a
(directly extruded) quasi-laminate, the reinforcement lay-
ers of which are of a thinness approaching colloidal di-
mensions, the adjacent sheets of said laminate having dif-
ferent direction of molecular orientation.
A laminated composite sheet comprising at least two
metal layers, such sheet being produced by coating a very
thin foil of a valuable metal with an adhesive medium
and joining it under pressure to the face of a thicker metal
sheet which, prior to said joining, has been covered with
a layer of thermoplastic material.
3,712,850
METHOD FOR DETERMINING REACTOR
COOLANT SYSTEM LEAKAGE
Donald A. Campbell and John Locante, Monroeville, Pa.,
assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pitts-
burgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,675
Int CI. G21c 17/02
U.S. CI. 176—19 R 11 Claims
The invention provides indirect and direct methods
for determining leakage from a reactor coolant system
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1407
inside the reactor containment. The indirect method re- ground water which -"^y be provided ^^^''^^^^^^^^^
lies on the comparison of quantitative measurements of sure transmitting, missile protecting ^nd non leaktigm
a tracer such as tritium, in the reactor coolant to the shield is provided between the reactor and the primary
'racer [; the condensate collected by the containment containment so that the reactor is mdirectly supported
cooling coils to determine what part of the total collec- by the rock chamber walls,
tion, representing all leakage, is derived from the re- ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
TO MASTE
TO l»*STt
.OO^OSAL
SYSTlli
3 712 852
NUCLEAR REACTOR CONTROL ROD
John R. Fisher, 13019 Margot Drive,
Rockville, Md. 20853
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 577,066,
Sept 2, 1966. This appUcation July 8, 1968, Ser. No.
752,111
Int CI. G21c 7/10
US. CI. 176—86 2 Claims
actor coolant system. The direct method relies on meas-
urements of radioactivity produced by short half-lived
noble gas isotopes. Measurements at a volume control
tank, which is part of the reactor coolant system, and
in the containment atmosphere provide suflRcient infor-
mation to directly reduce the reactor coolant system leak-
age rate.
3 712 851
NUCLEAR POWER STATION
Per Gustaf Isberg, Christen Willemoes Pind, and Cnut
Herbert Sundqvist, Vasteras, Sweden, assignors to
Allmanna Svenska Elektriska AkUebolaget, Vasteras,
Sweden ^^ ^, „^^ ^__
Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 811,123
Claims priority, application Sweden, Mar. 28, 1968,
4,118/68
Int CI. G21c 9/00
VS. CI. 176—37 24 Claims
A control rod (movable or fixed) for a water moder-
ated nuclear reactor is comprised of a plurality of tubular,
rectangular, or oval members which are coplanar and m
parallel thus forming a blade or slab. The members are
of a neutron absorbing material such as boron carbide,
hafnium, silver-indium-cadmium, etc., and are spaced
such that a neutron moderator as waler or DjO can flow
between the members, or a solid moderator such as
zirconium hydride can be placed between the members.
The spacing between members can be varied axially, can
be varied from one end of the blade to the other, or both.
In this manner the neutron absorption rate can be shaped
along the blade. Said blades may form a cruciform, Y
shape, or slab and may be the movable type which can
be positioned by a drive or the fixed type which can only
be positioned or removed manually.
Also, a control rod for a water moderated nuclear re-
actor is comprised of a solid blade of neutron absorber,
such as hafnium, having cruciform, Y, slab shape, etc^
either movable or fixed, with a series of bore holes which
allow moderator to flow through the rod and thus pro-
viding neutron moderation within the rod.
A nuclear power station for location in heavily popu-
lated areas has a nuclear reactor which is surrounded by
a conventional containment vessel. The containment ves-
sel is located in a rock cavern forming a secondary contain-
ment and is supported from beneath and laterally by
the floor and the walls of the rock cavern. The rock
cavern is reinforced and made tight by injection of grout
and a third containment is formed by the surrounding
3,712,853
DIAGNOSTIC AGENT FOR TlfflEDETECnON
OF NITRITE AND OF NITRITE.FORMING
BACTERIA _ ^ „ . «: ^
Walter Rittersdorf, Hans-Georg Ray, and Peter Rieck-
mann, Mannheim-Waldhof, Germany, assignors to
Boehringer Mannheim GmbH, Mannheim. Germany
No Drav^ing. Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,246
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 14, IVftV,
P 19 41 370.8
Int CI. C 12k 7/04 '
U.S. CI. 195—103.5 R , J^ ^^
Nitrites, e.g., nitrites formed by bactena m body fluids,
are detected even in very smaU concentrations, with a
1408
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
diagnostic test reagent comprising a diazotizable amine, than the extended arms presses downwardly on the arrns
a so^id organic acid, and a coupling component of the thereby sliding the dovetail members in the dovetail slot
formula f ^ ^ ^^^ disengaging the bearing surfaces between the arms
and piston so that the arms cam the piston into a re-
_, tracted position.
3 712 855
CONTROL OF CALCINED PETROLEUM COKE
PARTICLE SIZE
Victor D. Allred, Littleton, Colo., assignor to Marathon
Oil Company, Findlay, Ohio
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,965
Int. CI. ClOb 53/08
U.S. CI. 201—6 7 Claims
wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl, preferably lower alkyl,
and R' is hydrogen, hydroxyl or alkyl, preferably lower
alkyl, or acyloxy, preferably lower acyloxy.
•ID IN •
IMCRKOCOUPlf
3,712,854
EXPANSIBLE DRILLING TOOL
Theodore G. Thometz, Long Beach, and Paul J. Arnerich,
Fountain Valley, Calif., assignors to The Servco Com-
pany, Long Beach, Calif.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Sen No. 107,273
Int. CI. E21b 43/16
VS. CI. 175—269 13 Claims
• OTF-WSOUT
— PINT CM WITM
commcssiON
(^
The particle size of calcined petroleum coke product
can be controlled by either (1 ) contacting coke with 2-21
mole percent oxygen atmosphere at about 450-600° F.
for '/2-I6 hours to prevent an increase in particle size
during later calcining, or (2) high volatile petroleum coke
fines can be consolidated by calcining them at from about
1800 to about 3000° F. for about V2 to about 2 hours
under an atmosphere substantially free from oxygen.
A tandem hole opener or drilling tool for underground
holes is described. The lower portion of the tool is con-
ventional. The upper portion of the tandem drilling tool
has cutters mounted on a pair of cutter arms that are
pivotally mounted on a pair of dovetail members fitting
into a dovetail groove in the tool body. Pipe plugs be-
tween the dovetail members wedge them into frictional
engagement with the slot. An axially slidable piston has
a camming end for riding along a camming ramp on each
cutter arm for camming them into an extended cutting
position. A bearing surface on the piston engages a bear-
ing surface on each arm for holding them in the ex-
tended position. The piston has an axial passage with an
orifice of selected diameter through which drilling fluid
can flow to the cutters. A parallel passage through the
tool body permits drilling fluid to be apportioned be-
tween the upper cutters and cutters on the lower por-
tion of the tandem drilling tool. Drilling fluid pressure
also strokes the piston downwardly for camming the
arms into cutting position. If the piston should fail to
retract when drilling fluid pressure is relieved, drawing
the tool upwardly against an object of lesser diameter
3,712,856
METALLIC CATALYST AND ALUMINUM OXIDE
CONTAINLNG SUPPORTS FROM ACID LEACHED
ALLOYS
Erwin C. Betz, 524 Mill Valley Road,
Palatine, HI. 60067
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,627
Int. CI. C23b 5/02: BOlj 11/08, 11/06
VS. CI. 204—29 50 Claims
An improved metallic catalyst of high surface area is
prepared from an alloy comprising aluminum and a sec-
ond metal which is soluble in oxidizing acids. This alloy
is contacted with an oxidizing acid for a time period and
at a temperature and acid concentration sufficient to dis-
solve a portion of the second metal. The alloy is subse-
quently contacted with an alkali metal hydroxide under
conditions sufficient to convert the aluminum at the sur-
face of the alloy to aluminum hydroxide. The alloy thus
treated is then heated in the presence of oxygen for a
time period and at a temperature sufficient to convert
the aluminum hydroxide to aluminum oxide.
3,712,857
METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A
REDUCTION CELL
Richard G. Piller, Gresham, Oreg., assignor to Reynolds
Metals Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed May 20, 1968, Ser. No. 730,408
Int. CI. C22d 3/12, 3/02; BOlk 3/00
U.S. CI. 204—67 / ^^ Claims
A method of objectively controlling an electrolytic cell
wherein alumina is fed into the cell's bath in response to
the detection of a predetermined change of the cell's
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1409
resistance; but wherein feeding is prevented for a given uv/-DncrvJmv??iri fvhtvt
dwell period after each teed cyCe even U,ough subse- ^^^^, s,ep.„"oT^h Gab™1iroi."d'o™ruI 24, kv. II,
Leningrad, U.S.S.R.
-i:^ ...»c.,..o..» h^u,c c„.«.. FUed Nov. 19 1968, Ser No. 776,969
^-n „ J ' Int CI. GOln 27/46
j [*] ^-.,00, ^« U.S. a. 204—195 W 3 Claims
AMODC
Umitiom
i
quent feeding conditions otherwise exist during the dwell
period.
smw^^
3 712 858
PRODUCTION OF SODIUM
Francis Joseph Ross, Niagara Falls, N.Y., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 168,766
Int. CI. C22d 3/06
VS. CI. 204 — 68 II Claims
Quaternary salt compositions and their use in the
electrolytic production of sodium are provided. These
compositions consist essentially of about 30-60 percent
barium chloride, about 4-35 percent calcium chloride,
about 2-25 percent potassium chloride, and about 14-52
percent sodium chloride, with the total of these four com-
ponents equaling 100 percent and having a first arrest
point under 620° C, preferably under 585° C. Use of
preferred compositions as cell baths in a sodium cell per-
mits the efficient production of sodium with such a re-
duced calcium content as to minimize or even eliminate
cell tickling operations and minimize final purification
and sludge recovery.
A hygrosensitive element with "a coating applied to a
base and consisting of a hygroscopic salt and a binding
agent and a method of its manufacture according to
which a flexible electric insulating film is pulled uni-
formly and continuously through a solution of gelatin
for producing a uniform layer of gelatin on said film
said layer being subsequently impregnated with an aque-
ous solution of a hygroscopic salt with tanning compo
nents so that the salt would be distributed uniformly ovei
the layer of gelatin, the film coating is then dried, ex-
posed to light for tanning the gelatin and the strip is cut
into separate film elements.
3,712,859
PROCESS FOR PARTICLE SEPARATION
Robert H. Dilworth III, Knoxville, Tenn., assignor to
Ortec, Incorporated, Oali Ridge, Tenn.
Original application June 13, 1968, Ser. No. 736,642, now
Patent No. 3,630,882, dated Dec. 28, 1971. Divided
and this application Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 184,091
Int. CI. BOlk 5/00
VS. CI. 204—180 G 7 Claims
A mixture of particles in a suspending medium is sub-
jected to an intermittent DC electric field of strength
which is sufficient to produce a sharp separation of two
or more components of the mixture. The duty cycle of
the field is such that electric power dissipation in the mix-
ture produced by the intermittent DC electric field does
not materially cause loss of sharpness of separation of the
'components, and the application of the intermittent DC
electric field is regulated in such a way as to produce a se-
lected low average DC power dissipation in the mixture
and which may be substantially constant in spite of varia-
tions in the impedance of the mixture throughout the pe-
riod of the separation.
3,712.861
UPGRADING A HYDROCARBON LTTLIZING A
CATALYST OF METAL SULFIDES DISPERSED
IN ALUMINA
Edward J. Rosinski, Deptford, and Fritz A. Smith, Had-
donfield, NJ., assignors to Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
20,028, Mar. 16, 1970. This application Oct. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 82,185
Int. CI. ClOg 23/02. 23/04
U.S. CI. 208—216 3 Claims
Upgrading of hydrocarbons containing sulfur and
metal contaminants is effected with a catalyst contairiing
0.5-20 wt. percent metal sulfides dispersed in an alumina.
The metal sulfides may include one or more metals of
Groups VI and VIII, such as molybdenum sulfide. The
catalyst is characterized with an average pore diameter of
about 278 angstroms and a surface area of about 60-65
m.'/gm.
3,712,862
WELL TREATING FLUID AND METHODS
Charles O. Bundrant. Charles R. Haincbach, and Frank
H. Mayo, Houston, Tex., assignors to Champion Chem-
icals Inc., Houston, Tex.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 814,496,
Mar. 17, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part of aban-
doned application Ser. No. 635,180, May 1, 1967. This
application Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,525
Claims priority, application Canada, Feb. 13, 1967,
982 743
Int. CI. Clii 11/00, 11/10
U.S. CI. 252—8.55 E 10 Claims
A weighted liquid corrosion inhibiting formulation for
use in oil wells containing a water insoluble organic iron
corrosion inhibitor, an aqueous solution of a water soluble
weighting agent and a coupling agent such as a lower
alcohol. The soluble weighting agent may be, for exam-
ple, an ammonium salt, phosphoric acid, a polyol, sugar,
or certain organic acids.
1410
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
, -,2 863 aqueous medium by adding thereto a selected crosslink-
WFLL TREATING FLUID AND CORROSION ing agent consisting of the product obtained by the ad-
wtLL ***''^*'^^g,jHjBrroR mixture of a soluble trivalent antimony compound and a
Charies O. Bundrant, Houston, Tex., and Charles R. soluble hexavalent chromium compound in a polar liq-
Hainebach, Lafayette, La., assignors to Champion ^-^ comprising at least 10% by weight of a glycohc sub-
Chemicals, Inc., Houston, Tex. XI afii«8 stance having free cis-heydroxyl groups therein. The meth-
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. Ma?^ . ■ particularly useful in gelling a thickened aqueous
S:-N^. ™^3toc.^i;.°°6nrb?^"'?oS„°a" -'-'. .lu.™ bu. l, a,so useful i- a wide range of
tion-in-part of application Ser. No. 634,967, May 1,
1967, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cation Ser. No. 528,764, Feb. 21, 1966, «» now aban-
doned. This application Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118,171
Int CI. C23f 11/00
U.S. CI. 252—8.55 E <» Claims
An iron corrosion inhibitor is coupled to a weightmg
material to produce a liquid formulation which will fall
through oil in well annulus without separation but after
it has fallen through water beneath the oil the inhibitor
will separate from the weighting material and float back
to the oil-water interface where it can enter well tubing
ports. The inhibitor includes carboxlyic acid, e.g. pe-
troleum wax oxidate, type inhibitor reacted with amme
type corrosion inhibitor and dispersed in an organic sol-
vent system. Sulfonic acid may be used to disperse the
water insoluble amines. The weighting material is water
soluble metal salt including zinc chloride. Usually an
alcohol is the coupling agent.
explosive slurry but is also useful in a wide range of
coating or preservative applications.
3,712,867
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MICRO;
CAPSULES WITH THE AID OF SYNTHETIC
COACERVATES AND MICROCAPSULES PRO-
DUCED THEREBY .
Nikolaus Schon, Leverkusen, Hildegard Schnonng, Wup-
pertal-Elberfeld, Josef Witte, Cologne-Stammhelm, and
Gottfried Pampas, Leverkusen, Germany, assignors to
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1971. Ser. No. 116,253
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 4, 1V70,
P 20 10 110.4
Int CI. BOlj 13/02: B44d 1/02
VS. CI. 252—316 » aalms
A process for the production of microcapsules witn
coacervates of synthetic polymers as shell substance,
wherein the solid or liquid core material to be encap-
sulated is dispersed in an aqueous solution of a thermo-
reversible coacervating copolymer of 70 to 30 mol per-
cent of the acrylic acid and 30 to 70 mol percent of
acrylamide at a temperature above the coacervate transi-
tion temperature, the resulting dispersion is cooled to be-
low the coacervate transition temperature, the coacervate
3,712,864
SYNTHETIC HYDROCARBON BASED GREASE
COMPOSITIONS
Donald E. Loeffler, Ferguson, Mo., George D. Hussey,
rwiriei"{varut''cr?el'cal;f^^ form^ed rs"de-posited onto the dispe^ed particles, is op^
Oil CorTpaiiy New YoS! N.Y. tionally chemically crosslinked, and the microcapsules ob-
No Drawing. Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,125
Int. CI. ClOm 7/02, 7/14
VS. CI. 252—28 5 Claims
Hydrogenated high-naphthenic content oligomerized
alpha-olefin lubricating oil thickened to grease consistency
with clays and other conventional grease thickeners.
tained are separated off and dried.
3,712,865
EDIBLE OIL EMULSIONS
Merv>n Thomas Arthur Evans, Ayot St. Lawrence, and
Laurence Ian Irons and John Richard Mitchell, St.
Albans, England, assignors to Lever Brothers Company,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889.289
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 31, 1968,
61,976 68
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00
U.S. CI. 252—312 11 Claims general formula
The emulsifying properties of prcjftein used in food
3,712,868
FOAM CONTROL PROCESS
Frederick C. Saunders, Cowbridge, Wales; Kelvm J.
Bryon, Upper Basildon, England; and Brian J. Griffiths,
Pontycymmer, Wales (all % Midland Silicones Limited,
Reading, England) ^, .. ...
No Drawing. Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,440
Int. CI. BOld 17/00
VS. CI. 252—321 , - ^ ™™*
Foaming in aqueous media, for example fermentation
broths, is suppressed or reduced by contacting the aqueous
medium with an organosilicon polymer having at least
two organosiloxane units in which at least one of the
organic substituents is a polyoxyethylene group of the
ROtCHaCHaOlj
emulsions such as ice cream are improved by acylation, ^j^gj.g|j^ j^ represents a monovalent hydrocarbon radical,
the acyl group being that of an aliphatic monocarboxylic ^ triorganosilyl radical or an acyl radical and y has a value
acid of from 4 to 10 carbon atoms. The degree of acylation ^^ ^ ^ot 4
may be as much as 80% or even more, and is readily ' ' — _^ —
effected by acylation in aqueous solution with the corre-
sponding anhydride by pH control. The heat-coagulable
N-acylated proteins are novel.
3,712,866
METHOD OF GELLING WATER BEARING COM-
POSITIONS CONTAINING THICKENERS
Errol Linton Falconer, Mont-Saint-Hilaire, Quebec, Can-
ada, asdgnor to Canadian Indnstries Limited, Montreal,
Quebec, Canada
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Sei. No. 23.081
Claims priority, application Canada, Apr. 23, 1969,
49.569
3,712,869
PROCESS OF DECOMPOSITION OF
1,1,1,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE
Correia Yves, Saint-Auban, and Clair Rene, Sav^y,
Seine, Orge, France, assignors to Produits Chimiques
Fecbiney^aint Gobain, Neuilly-sur-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 44 859
Claims priority, application France, June 18, 196^,
•Int CL BOlj 1/16
IIS n 252 407 5 Claims
This 'invention is addressed to a new and improved
method for inhibiting the decomposition of 1,1,1,2-tetra-
chloroethane and an inhibited composition formed there-
by wherein an inhibitor consisting essentially of an ali-
Int a. BOlj 13/00
ITQ PI 1^1 "Wti 7 Claims oy wucicm an iiiiiiv^'vv <= .,' . . J j«
A meth""provided for the very rapid gelling of cis- phatic aldehyde, an ---^^'f/'^fi^'.j'f.^^^^^^^^^^^^
, hydroxylated polymers, such as galactomannans. in an rivatives of the foregoing aldehydes which are soluble
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1411
in 1,1,1,2-tetrachloroethane with other chlorinated sol-
vents, or cyclic trimers of aliphatic aldehydes and mix-
tures'thereof are added to a solvent composition contain-
ing 1,1,1,2-tetrachloroethane.
3,712.870
POLYMERIZATION
David G. Guillot, Pequannock, N J., assignor to
Lniroyal. Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,799
Int CI. C08g 23/14
U.S. CI. 260 2 A 5 Claims
A catalytic composition which is the reaction product
of an organometallic compound and an aminopolyol, the
polymerization of an epoxide compound with such
catalytic composition, and the epoxide polymer obtained
therefrom.
3 712 871
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLF COMPOSITIONS USEFUL
AS A PRINTING INK VEHICLE
George Pastemack, Chicago, III., assignor to Continental
Can Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,626
Int CI. C09d 3/64, 5/32. 11/02
U.S. CI. 260—22 XA 11 Claims
A photopolymerizable composition comprised of a
mixture of (1) the resinous condensation product of (a)
an acid modified drying oil prepared from an ethylenically
unsaturated dicarboxylic acid and a drying oil (b) the di-
hydroxyalkyl ether of a bisphenol (2) a polymerizable
unsaturated polyester prepared from a polyhydric alcohol
and an alpha, beta-elhylenically unsaturated monocar-
boxylic acid and (3) a chlorinated polyphenyl.
The photopolymerizable compositions are useful in the
preparation of vehicles for printing inks which when
printed on a substrate dry rapidly to a non-offsetting
condition under irradiation with ultraviolet light.
taining a single, long alkyl chain; a copolymer of a di-
basic carboxylic acid and glycolic compounds; and either
starch, carboxymethylcellulose, modified starch, polyeth-
ylene glycol, or copolymers of maleic anhydride and
either methyl-vinyl-ether or ethylene; the process of treat-
ing synthetic textiles containing polyester or polyamide
synthetic textile materials with the above compositions.
3 712 872
COMPOSITION COMPRISING ACRYLONITRILE-
. BUTADIENE-STYRENE POLYMER BEADS
COATED WITH NN' ETHYLENE BIS STEAR-
AMIDE . . u TWT
Sidney G. Lammers, Liverpool, N.Y., and Anthony N.
Ciarione, Clark, and Frederick E. Carrock, Paramus,
N.J.. assignors to Rexall Drug and Chemical Company,
Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Jan. 3, 1969. Ser. No. 788,805
Int CI. B28b 1/02; B29c 5/04; C08f 21/04
U.S. CI. 260—23.7 N . 3 Claims
A composition including acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
polymer particles preferably in bead form coated with
0.25% to 2.00% by weight of either NN' ethylene bis
stearamide or calcium stearate. The particle size of the
beads is preferably smaller than 600 microns. The com-
position is useful in rotationally casting articles from
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene polymers.
3 712 874
TETRANEOPENTY LTITANIUM
Walter M. Kruse, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Hercules
Incorporated. Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2. 1971, Ser. No. 112.017
Int. CI. C07f 7/28
U.S. CI. 260—429.5 1 Claim
A new and stable organotitanium compound, tetraneo-
pentyltitanium, is described. This new tetraalkyltitanium
can be used as the sole catalyst for the polymerization of
1-olefins or it can be used in combination with an ac-
tivator such as an organoaluminum compound, prefer-
ably a dialkylaluminum halide. It can also be extended
on a solid support such as silica and used, with or
without an activator, as the catalyst for olefin polym-
erizations.
3 712 875
SYNERGISTIC ADDITIVE SYSTEM FOR
ANTI-FOG VINYL FILM
Donatas Tijunelis, Buffalo Grove, III., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
853,981, Aug. 28, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of abandoned application Ser. No. 632,895, Apr. 24,
1967. This application Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,843
Int CI. C(S%i 21/04
VS. CI. 260—23 EP 11 Claims
An anti-fog additive system comprising a mixture of
two, select, anti-fog additives is incorporated into a ther-
moplastic film thereby substantially reducing and eliminat-
ing the fogging effect in said film.
3 712 873
TEXTIIE TRE4TING COMPOSITIONS WHICH AID
IN THE REMOVAL OF SOIL FROM POLY-
ESTER AND POLYAMIDE SYNTHETIC TEXTILE
MATERIALS ^^. ^ „.
William Edward Zenk, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The
Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati. Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
763,950, Sept 30, 1968. This application Oct. 27, 1970,
Ser. No. 84,482
Int CI. D06m 15/00, 3/30, 5/00
V S. CI. 260 29.2 E 8 Claims
Textile treating compositions comprising fatty alcohol
polyethoxylatcs; quaternary ammonium compounds con-
3.712.876
CURABLE AMORPHOUS OLEFIMC TERPOLY-
MERS OBTAINED FROM ALPHA-OLEFINS
AND POLYENE HYDROCARBON CONTAIN-
ING T>VO CONJUGATED DOUBLE BONDS
AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING SAME
Sergio Arrighetti. Milan, and Amaldo Roggero. Eugemo
Vajna, and Sebastiano Cesca. San Donato Milanese,
Italy, assignors to Snam Progetti S.p.A., Milan. Italy
Nn Drawing. Filed Jan. 22. 1971, Ser. No. 109.008
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 22, 1970,
19.659 70
Int CI. C08f 15/40
U.S. CI. 260 80.7 12 Claims
A new curable amorphous terpolymer having a high
curing- rate, which consists of two alpha olefins, e.g. eth-
ylene and propylene, and a polyene having two conjugated
double bonds and represented by the formula:
wherein
R is H or alkyl and , „ „ , i
Ri, R2. R3, R4, R', R" and R'" may be H, alkyl or aryl,
006 O.F. — 32
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1412
is prepared by polymerizing the two alpha olefins and the
polyene in the presence of a compound of a transition
metal of Groups IV to VIII of the Periodic Table and a
reducing aluminum compound represented by the for-
mula:
AlRflXiXa-nZ
wherein Ro is H or a hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 10
C atoms; each of Xi and X2, which may be the same or
different, is H, a hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 10 C
atoms, halogen or a secondary amine radical; Z is a Lewis
base; and n is 0-2.
January 23, 1973
3,712,877
CURABLE VINYLIDENE FLUORIDE ELASTOMERS
CONTAINLNG PHOSPHOMUM CURING AGENTS
Kalvanji U. Patel, St. Paul, and John E. Maier, Wood-
bury, Minn., assignors to Minnesota Mining and Manu-
facturing Company
No Drawing, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
3,396, Jan. 16, 1970, which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 831,295, June 9, 1969, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 802,917,
Feb. 27, 1969, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser, No. 753,618, Aug. 19, 1968. This ap-
lication July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 160,086
Int. CI. C08f 29/76, 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—87.7 2 Claims
A curable vinylidene fluoride elastomer containing a
quaternary phosphonium compound as curing agent.
3,712,880
ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBON ESTERS
AND DERIVATIVES
John B. Siddall, Palo Alto, Calif,, and Jean Pierre Calame,
Failanden, Switzerland, assignors to Zoecon Corpora-
tion, Palo Alto, Calif.
No Drawing, Division of application Ser. No. 843,818,
July 22, 1969, now Patent No. 3.671.558, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 800.266,
Feb. 18, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cation Ser. No. 618,351, Feb. 24, 1967, which in turn
is a continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
579.490, Sept. 15, 1966, Ser. No. 590,195, Oct. 28,
1966, Ser. No. 592,324, Nov. 7, 1966. and Ser. No.
594,664, Nov. 11, 1966, all now abandoned. This ap-
plication Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,581
Int. CI. Cllc 3/00
U.S. CI. 260—408 10 Claims
Novel aliphatic hydrocarbon esters, acids and alcohols
having a backbone of at least 12 carbon atoms, a lower
alkyl group at C-3, C-7 and C-11, and unsaturation or
saturation at C-2.3, C-67 or C-10,11 which are
substituted with halo and hydroxy, and the esters and
ethers thereof, useful as arthropod maturation inhibitors.
3,712.878
0,0,S-TRIESTERS OF PHOSPHORODITHIOIC ACID
AS ACCELERATORS IN THE SULFUR VULCANI-
ZATION OF EPDM RUBBERS
Walter Nudenberg. West Caldwell, Merlin P. Harvey,
Passaic, and James U. Mann, Wayne, N.J., assignors
to Uniroyal, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 25. 1970, Ser. No. 66,870
Int CI. C08f 27/06
U.S. CI. 260—79.5 B 8 Claims
Certain 0,0,S-triesters of phosphorodithioic acid are
excellent co-accelerators in the sulfur vulcanization of
EPDM rubbers.
3,712,881
AZOLE DISAZO DYESTUFFS
Hans-Joerg Angliker and Richard Peter, Basel, Switzer-
land, assignors to Ciba-Geigy AG, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
716,267, Mar. 12, 1968. This application July 30, 1970,
Ser. No. 59,698
Claims prioritv, application Switzerland, Mar. 15, 1967,
3,756/67; Aug. 4, 1967, 11,011/67
Int. CI. C09b 29/36, 33/12, 35/34
VS. CI. 260—158 9 Claims
Disazo dyestufTs in which two monoazo dyestuff mole-
cules of the general formula
(I)
Ri
D— N=N— A— N
/
\
Ri
3,712,879
UTIEA FORMALDEHYDE CONDENSATION-
PRODUCTS
Jbrg Strickrodt, 39 Heinrich-Spoerlstr., 3011 Laatzen,
Germany, and Gerhard Blume, 12 Hermann-Korbstr.,
334 Wolfenbuttel, Germany
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 71,284
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Apr. 4, 1969,
P 19 17 569.0
Int. CI. C08g 9/10
US. CI. 260—69 R 4 Oaims
Urea formaldehyde condensation products, suitable for
use as long lasting fertilizers, are produced in a two stage
condensation process, the first stage being a precondensa-
tion stage carried out under alkaline conditions, and the
second stage being a main condensation, carried out un-
der acid conditions. Intermediate the two stages, the re-
action medium is cooled, and the pH is adjusted to that
desired for the second stage. The product of ihe second
stage is dried, for example in a spray drier, rapidly and
at a low temperature whereby an increase in insoluble
nitrogen is avoided.
in which D represents the residue of a monocyclic or bi-
cyclic diazo component, A represents a para-phenylene
residue and Ri and R2 each represents an alkyl residue
that may be substituted, are linked together through the
residues of their coupling components by a bifunctional
bridging component Z which has no dyestuff character-
istics, and in which only one of the monoazo dyestuff
residues is joined to the bifunctional residue Z directly
via the aromatic nucleus A.
The dyestufTs are used to dye synthetic fibers such as
polyester fibers. The dyeings so obtained are very fast
to light and to sublimation.
3,712,882
ORANGE TO RUBINE DISPERSE DISAZO DYES
John Blackwell, Kennett Square, Pa., and Jeanne K.
Bauxbaum, Wilmington, Del., assignors to E. L du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,722
Int. CI. C09b 31/04: D06p 1/18. 3/36 _
U.S. CI. 260—187 5 Claims
Orange to rubine disperse disazo dyes, useful for dyeing
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1413
water swellable cellulosic or synthetic fibers or blends or
mixtures thereof, having the formula
Y
L / o \
«^ O^N=N-^ O >^^=^-\ O >->-'VC:II>0 C R A
B
1)
X
wherein
R is phenyl or phenyl with up to two substituents se-
lected from Ci-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, NO2 and CI;
X is H, CI, Ci_4 alkyl
o o
NHC(C,-8 alkyl) or NHCR
wherein R is as defined above;
Y is H. Ci_4 alkyl or Ci_4 alkoxy;
A is H, CI, Br or Ci_4 alkyl;
B is H, CI, Br, CF3, CN, Ci_4 a'M-
3,712,885
PURINE-RIBOFURANOSIDE - 3',5' - CYCLO-
PHOSPHATES AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
PREPARATION
Gunter Weimann, Bergerstrasse 159, Percha, Germany;
Erich Haid, Gartenstrasse 5, W eilheim, Germany; Klaus
Muhlegger, Riedenerweg 52, Starnberg, Germany; Hans
Ulrich Bergmeyer, Brabmsweg 6, Tutzing, Upper
Bavaria, Germany; Karl Dietmann, Amalie-Sieveking-
Weg 11, Mannheim-Waldhof, Germany; and Gerhard
Michal and Michael Nelboeck-Hochstetter, both of
Bahnhofstrasse 5a, Tutzing, Upper Bavaria. Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 9,468
Claims prioritv, application Germanv, Sept. 10, 1968.
P 17 95 308.1; Apr. 30, 1969, P 19 22 172.8; Apr.
3, 1969, P 19 22 173.9
(Filed under Rule 47(a) and 35 U.S.C. 116)
Int. CI. C07d 51/54
U.S. CI. 260—211.5 R 30 Claims
Novel purine-ribofuranoside-3',5'-cyclophosphate com-
pounds of the formula:
o
O
ll-phenyl. (!;N(C,-4alkyl)(C,-«alkyl). (bo(C,-« alkyl) or
O
0-cyclohexyl
I
C and D jointly are CH=CH— CH=CH or C is H,
Ci 2 alkyl or Cj 2 alkoxy and D is H, CI, Ci_2
alkyl or Ci_2 alkoxy.
3,712,883
CARBOXYALKYL ETHERS OF
GALACTOMANNAN GUMS
Robert Nordgren, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to
General Mills, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8.439
Int, CI. C07c 47/18
U.S. CI. 260—209 R
A halo fatty acid derived carboxyalkyl ether of galacto-
mannan gum having a degree of substitution of 0.6-2.0.
The substituted gum can be reacted with calcium to obtain
improved stabilized thickeners and gellants.
6 Claims
5^.
B-
. J! ;>-^
11 H
H
\l
CHj— O
H
I
O-
3,712,884
PREPARATION OF MONOMETHYL ETHERS
OF DIGOXIN
Wolfgang Voigtlander, Viernheim. Hessen, and Fritz
Kaiser, Lampertheim, Hessen. Germany, assignors to
Boebringer Mannheim G.m.b.H., Mannheim, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,171
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1969,
P 19 61 034.5
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
U.S. CI. 260—210.5 6 Claims
Digoxin is reacted with dimethyl sulfate in dimethyl
formamide in the presence of barium hydroxide to pro-
duce the monomethyl ether. By having aluminum oxide
and an inert solvent present, the 4'" ether is produced and
by having aluminum isopropylate present the 3"'-ether is
produced.
The reaction product is worked up in chloroform and
water is used to remove unreacted digoxin which is re-
cycled for further etherification.
OH •
wherein B is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl or amino^
group; Z is a halogen atom, an ether group or a mono-'
or disubstituted aminq group when X is a hydrogen atom^
and otherwise Z is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or^
an unsubstituted amino group, Y is a hydroxyl group
or, when X is other than a hydrogen atom. Y is a hydro-
gen atom and X is a hydrogen or halogen atom, a
hydroxyl group, an ether group, a sulphhydryl group, a
thioether group or an unsubstituted or substituted amino
group; and the salts thereof, are provided; these com-
pounds can be prepared by "reacting the corresponding
cyclophosphate wherein Y and Z in the above formula
are hydroxy, and X is hydrogen, with (a) phosphorus
oxyhalide after acylation or (b) molecular halogen in
alkaline medium, to form the corresponding (a) 6-halo
or (b) 8-halo compound, and the 6- or 8-halo compound
thereby obtained is converted, if necessary, into the cor-
responding desired compound by, e.g., reacting the halo
compound with an alcohol or alcoholate to give the
corresponding ether; or with ammonia or an amine to
give the corresponding amino compound; or with hydra-
zine to give the corresponding hydrazide; or with thiourea
or an alkyl sulfide to give the corresponding sulphhydryl
compound, which can in turn be converted to the thio-
ether compounds.
3,712,886
METHOD FOR PREPARING CELLULOSE
ETHER DERIVATIVES
Shunichi Koyanagi. Kinya Ogawa. Yoshiro Onda. and
Akira Yamamoto, Naoetsu, Japan, assignors to Shmetsu
Chemical Company, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118.555
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 6, 1970.
45/19,553
Int. CI. C08b 77/00
U.S. CI. 260—226 H Claims
Cellulose ether represented by the general formula:
1414
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
(where R^ is a hydroxyalkyl radical having 3 or 4 carbon
atoms, R2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl radical of 1 or 2
carbon atoms, m and n are positive integers and A a
cellulose residue) is reacted, in an organic acid medium,
with tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic an-
hydride or their mixture or a mixture of one of these three
and other dibasic and/or tribasic anhydrides, in the pres-
ence of an anhydrous alkali metallic salt of acetic acid
acting as the catalyst. A cellulose ether derivative thus ob-
tained is a novel substance characterized by high solubility
both in organic solvents and alkalis, as well as superior
moisture permeability resistance and stability, so that it is
useful as a tablet-coating material and a base for paints.
bond and tnay be further substituted and wherein
phenylene rings may also be substituted.
the
3 712 889 '
OXODIHYDROBENZOTHIAZINE-S-DIOXroES
Enrico Sianesi, Milan, and Paolo Da Re, Pisa, and Ivo
Setnikar and Elena Massarani, Milan, Italy, assignors
to Recordati S.A. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Com-
pany, Lugnano, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,477
Int. CI. C07d 93/02
U.S. CI. 260—243 R 4 Claims
A 3- or 4-oxo-dihydrobenzothiazine-S-dioxide of the
general formula:
3 712 887
PROCESS FOR PREPARING e-CAPROLACTAM
Yves Colleuille and Roger J. Gardon, Lyon, France,
assignors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,751
Claims priority, application France, Oct 3, 1969,
6933860
Int. CI. cold 41/06
U.S. a. 260—239.3 A 8 Claims
e-Caprolactam is prepared from a cyclohexane oxida-
tion product containing cyclohexyl hydroperoxide and oxi-
dation by-products including 6-hydroperoxy-hexanoic acid,
which has been obtained by liquid phase oxidation of cy-
clohexane, without a metal catalyst, using a molecular
oxygen containing gas, by washing the oxidation product
with water, separating the resulting aqueous phase con-
taining 6-hydroperoxyhexanoic acid and heating the acid
under pressure with ammonia and hydrogen in the pres-
ence of a hydrogenation catalyst.
'^^^^Y
— so-
-co
\
1
N-R
(I)
in which either X or Y stand for a single bond and the
other stands for methylene (CHa) and R represents hy-
drogen or alkyl, alkenyl, propargyl, benzyl, carbethoxy,
dialkyl aminoalkyl or cycloaminoalkyl or a group of the
formula — CHa— COORi, in which Ri represents hydro-
gen or alkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl or cycloaminoalkyl, or
R represents a group of the formula:
R-
CH2CON
ERRATUM
For Class 260—240 see:
Patent No. 3.712,982
3 712 888
BIS-PYRIDOXAZOLE-STILBENE DERFV ATIVES
FOR OPTICAL BRIGHTENING
Henry Xavier Kaempfen, Hillsboro Township, Somerset
County, NJ., assignor to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 27. 1969, Ser. No.
794,378. Divided and this application Dec. 14, 1970,
Ser. No. 98,120
Int. CI. C09b 23/00
U.S. CI. 260—240 CA 2 Claims
A novel class of heterocyclic stilbene derivatives have
outstanding properties as optical brightening agents. The
new compounds are bis-pyridoxazole-stilbenes of the for-
mula:
(II)
in which Ra and R3 are identical or different and each
represent hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl or dialkylamiiioalkyl
or cycloamino-alkyl group or, together with the nitrogen
atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic
amino group, or R represents an unsubstituted phenyl
or a chloro-substituted or sulfamyl-substituted phenyl and
methods for the preparation thereof. These compounds
are therapeutically active particularly on the central
nervous system, e.g., hypnotic activity.
0
/n^
CH=CH
where each A represents a pyrido ring attached through
two adjacent carbon atoms thereof to N and O, respec-
tively, and where the pyrido rings and the phenylene rings
may be substituted. New intermediates for the prepara-
tion of the brightener compounds are bis-amides of the
formula:
3,712,890
PROCESS FOR MAKING 2-ARYLOXYMETHYI
MORPHOLINES
Stanley Arnold Lee, Macclesfield, England, assignor to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,644
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 20, 1969,
31,255/69; Oct. 13. 1969, 50,130/69
Int. CI. C07d 87/46
U S CI. 260 247.7 C '" Claims
A process for the manufacture of 2 - aryloxymethyl
morpholine derivatives, known to possess useful central
nervous depressant activity, by the cyclisation of the cor-
responding 1 - aryloxy - 3 - /3 - substituted ethylammo-_2-
propanol derivative in which the /3-substituent is a dis-
placeable radical. This process avoids the use of hazardous
complex metal hydrides employed in the prior art process.
CH = CH
// \^
0 H
C — N
3 712 891
CHLORINATION OF CYANURIC AOD
Sidney Berkowitz. Highland Park, and Rav'"0"'^ ^•
Mesiah, Somerset. N.J., assignors to FMC Corpora-
tion. New York. N.Y. i^AOAH
No Drawing. Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,948
Int. CI. C07d 55/40
U.S. CI. 260— 248 C ^ . '*J^'^i'?!f
This invention provides a process for producing chlo-
wnc.cm cacu t^y-.^.w. .„.s w„..... roisocyanuric acids by reacting cyanunc acid and hypo-
radical in a position ortho to the point of attachment of chlorous acid in an aqueous medium at a temperaiure
the of 0° C to 50° C. The process is capable of producing
chloroisocyanuric acids without producing a salt as a
co-product of chlorination.
wherein each pyridine ring carries a halo or a hydroxyl
H
I
— N-
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1415
3 712 892
QUINAZOLIN'oNE DERIVATIVES
Shigeho Inaba, Takarazuka, Michihiro Yamamoto, Toy-
onaka, Kikuo Ishizumi, Minoo, Kazuo Mon, Kobe, and
Hisao Yamamoto, Nishinomiya, Japan, assignors to
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,337
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 2, 1969,
44/61,222; Aug. 4. 1969, 44/61,872; Sept. 4, 1969,
44/70,453; Dec. 8, 1969, 44/98,836; Dec. 9,
1969, 44/99,196; Dec. 19, 1969, 44/102,810; Jan.
23, 1970, 45/6,531; Jan. 24, 1970, 45/6,628; Feb.
17, 1970, 45/14,069
Int. CI. C07d 57/45
U.S. CI. 260—251 QB ^ \9 Clalrns
Novel quinazoline derivatives, which are useful as medi-
cines, of the formula.
wherein D is a group of the formula
^«3 - 6
n is 0 or an integer of 1 to 3; Ri, R2 and R3 each is
hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, nitro, triflu-
oromethyl, etc.; R4 is Cj.e cycloalkyl; and W is oxygen
or sulfur. These quinazoline derivatives are produced by
any of reactions as shown in the following reaction
schema; wherein D, n, Ri, R2, R4 and W are the same as
defined below, and R5 is Ci_4 alkoxy-carbonyl, carboxy,
carbamoyl or cyano.
?n"2=
L Oxidatio
NH^/2n-''4
COClj or
cy&nic acid,
thiocyanic acid,
or its salt,
etc.
C H,
I n 2n
N-CO-R.
-^:
i
Hydrolysis
NH-C H- -R.
n 2n 4
CxO
I
D
Cyanic acid
thiocyanic
acid or its
salt, etc.
X — C-COOB or its reactiro
/ deriTatir8
1° 2n yX^
N-CO.C X,
2 I
D
NH,
Reactive ester of
HO-C H. -8.
n 2n 4
1416
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3 712 893
BUTYL-PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES
Roland Yves Mauveraay, Riora, Norbert Busch, Loubey-
rat, Jacques Simond, Chamalieres, and Jacques Moleyre,
Mozac, France, assignors to S.A. Centre Europeen de
Recherches Mauvernay C.E.R.M., Riom. France
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,504
Int. CI. C07d 51/70
U.S. CI. 260—268 PH 1 Claim
A compound of the formula
to produce a l-substituted-6- or -7-hydroxy- 1,2,3, 4-tetra-
hydroisoquinoline compound. When R^ or R2 is aliianoyl-
oxy, the hydroxy 1 group of said l-substituted-6- or -7-hy-
droxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline compound is selec-
tively acylated with an alkanoyl halide having 1-6 carbon
atoms.
The compounds of the present invention are useful as
peripheral vasodilators.
'-^
■N
N-CHi-CHj— CH-NH— C— R
in which R is a phenyl group substituted in the para-posi-
tion by a halogen atom or furyl or pyridyl or a physio-
logically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
3 712 894
PYRIDINE-ORGANO'COPPER PRODUCT
AND PREPARATION
William G. Billings, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company, Bartlesville, Okla.
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,525
Int. CI. C07d 105100
U.S. CI. 260—270 3 Claims
Cuprous halide, pyridine, and a weak organic acid, e.g..
nitromethane or 2,4 - pentanedione, are reacted in the
presence of carbon monoxide to produce pyridine-organo-
copper products. The products are useful as catalysts,
fungicides, pesticides and anthelmintics as well as an in-
termediate in organic syntheses.
> The carbon monoxide controls the reaction rate and
acts to produce a copper carbonyl intermediate which is
involved in the reaction. A product is shown to have ex-
cellent protecting properties against mold on canvas.
3,712,896
ALLENE POLY AMINES
Charles H. Tilford. Atlanta, Ga„ and Thomas R. Blofam
and Robert D. McKenzie, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignors
to Richardson-Merrell Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No.
812.408. now Patent No. 3,641,155. Divided and this
application Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,026
Int. CI. C07d 29/28
U.S. CI. 260—293.87 16 Claims
Novel compounds which have activity in inhibiting the
clotting of blood are selected from bases of the formula
R3 Ri R9
\ I I
C=C=C-C-CHj-Nn-A
/
R«
R»
Formula I
3 712 895
1-CYCLOHEXYLMETHYL-6.HYDROXY-
l,2,3,4.TETRAHYDROISOQUINOLINE
Eisaku Yamato, Yono, Yuji Miura, Kawaguchi, Masao
Wada, Warabi, Toshio Sekiguchi, Kawasaki, Masazumi-
Kawanishi, Tokyo, Masanori Sato, Toda. Masao Hoshi-
yama, Tokyo, and Taku Nagao, Warabi, Japan, as-
signors to Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No.
3,533. Divided and this application Dec. 13, 1971,
Ser. No. 207,599
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 25, 1969,
44 5,491
Int. CI. C07d 35/28
U.S. CI. 260—289 R 1 Claim
A compound having the formula
R.-/\
NH
(CH2)„-<^ H \
wherein one of R^ and R^ is a hydroxy group or an
alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the
other is hydrogen and yi is 1-3 is produced.
A compound having the formula
wherein:
(A) R3 is hydrogen. ( lower )alkyl or (lower )alkenyl;
Cfe) R* is ( lower )alkyl or (lower )alkenyl;
(C) R3 and R* taken together with the carbon atom
to which they are attached is cycloalkyl of 5 to 7
ring carbon atoms;
(D) R5 is hydrogen or (lower)alkyl;
(E) each of R^ and R'^ is (lower)alkyl, (lower)alken-
yl, or R6 and R"' together with the carbon atom to
which they are attached is (i) cycloalkyl of 5 to 7
ring carbon atoms; (ii) cycloalkenyl of 5 to 7 ring
carbon atoms; or (iii) bicycloalkyl selected from
bornyl, norbomyl or norbornenyl;
(F) A is the group (i)
-X-N
\
R«
R»
wherein X is alkylene of 2 to about 8 carbon atoms
and separates the adjacent nitrogen atoms by an
alkylene chain of at least 2 carbon atoms, mono-
hydroxy alkylene of 3 to about 8 carbon atoms, and
separates the adjacent nitrogen atoms by an alkylene
chain of at least 3 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl-
substituted alkylene group of the formula
/C„.)-^C^(CH^
R
3-/\/\
\
'\/
NH
Y
(CHj),
wherein one of R3 and R< is an alkoxy group and the
other is hydrogen and n is as defined above, is dealkylated
-(CHj);
wherein each of v and v' is an integer of 0 to 4, m
is an integer of 3 to 5 provided that at least one of
V and v' is 1, and the total of v, v' and /x is not
greater than 8, Ri is hydrogen, (lower)alkyl, phenyl,
hydroxy(lower)alkyl, cycloalkyl of 4 to 6 rmg car-
bon atoms, di(lower)alkylamino(lower)alkyl, pyn-
dyl ( lower ) alkyl, piperidyl ( lower ) alkylammo ( lower )
alkyl, or piperidyl (lower )alkyl, R^ is hydrogen
(lower)alkyl or hydroxy(lower)alkyl, or R^ and W
taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
attached is piperazino, N-( lower) alky Ipiperazino,
CHEMICAL
1417
January 23, 1973
morpholino, pyrrolidino, aziridino, piperidino, (low- for the treatment of diabetes mellitus; a typical embodi-
er)Kipendino, (lower)alkylimidazolidino, or ment is 1 - [p-(2-(3-furancarboxam.do)-ethyl)-phenylsul-
(ii) A is
sulfonyl]-2-imino-3-cyclohexyl-imidazolidine.
(CHi),
J_ n — (R«)„
(CH2),u-N-R»
wherein n is an integer of 0 to 3, w is an mteger
of 1 or 2. R8 is hydrogen, (lower )alkyl, (lower)
alkenyl, hydroxy (lower) alkyl, phenyl (lower) alkyl,
cyano( lower) alkyl, piperidino (lower) alkyl, R^ is
(lower )alkyl; and n is an integer of 0 to 4;
or pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts of
said bases.
3 712 897
TRIAZASPIRODECANEDITHIONES
Glangiacomo Nathansohn, Vanna Aresi, and Giorgio,
Winters, Milan, Italy, assignors to Gruppo Leperit
S.p.A., Milan, Italy ac ->\-t
No Drawing. Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,212
Int. CI. C07d 29/36..57/00
U.S. CI. 260—293.66 ^ ^ 6 C aims
Triazaspirodecanedithione compounds, such as 1,3,8-
trimethyl - 1,3,8 - triazaspiro[4,5]decane - 2,4 - dithione
and 1,3-dimethyl - 8 - cyclohexyl - 1,3,8 - triazaspiro[4,5]
decane-2,4-dithione, are prepared by the reaction of an
N-substituted 4-piperidone with an alkali metal chloride,
ammonium chloride and carbon disulfide. The novel com-
pounds are useful as antiinflammatory agents.
3,712,900
BENZYL AMINO CARBAMATE SUBSlIlUltD
PYRIDINES
Kurt Thiele and Walter E. von Bebenburg, Frankfurt,
Germany, assignors to Deutsche Gold- und Silber-
Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
637,322. May 10, 1967, and Ser. No. 762,321, Sept. 16,
1968. This application July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 842.438
Claims priority, application Germany, July 16, 1968,
P 17 70 892.8; Aug. 20, 1968, P 17 95 180.3
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent \o
May 19, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. OX. 0,^1^31/ 44
U.S. CI. 260—295.5 C 9 Claims
There are prepared pharmacological compounds of the
formula
3 ^U ^^^"^
R8
3,712,898
BENZOHETEROCYCLICALKYL DERIVATIVES OF
4-(2-KETO-l-BENZIMIDAZOLINYL).PIPERlDINE
Carl Kaiser, Haddon Heights, N.J., and Charles L. Zirklc,
Berwyn, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French Lab-
oratories. Philadelphia, Pa. „ n/ro c xi
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 28, 1968, Ser. No.
771.320, now Patent No. 3,629,267, dated Dec. 21,
1971. Divided and this application Mar. 10, 1971, Ser.
No. 123,090
Int. CI. C07d 99/04. 99/06
U.S. CI. 260—293.57 5 Claims
Benzoheterocyclicalkyl derivatives of 4-(2-keto-l-benz-
imidazolinyD-piperidine, in which the benzoheterocyclic
moiety is thianaphthenyl or benzofuranyl, optionally sub-
stituted by chloro, bromo, fluoro, methyl, methoxy or tri-
fluoromethyl, have neuroleptic activity. The compounds
are generally prepared from either the benzoheteroyclic-
alkyl halide by reaction with the appropriate amine or the
benzoheterocyclic amine by condensation with a 5,5-bis-
((3-haloethyl) barbituric acid.
and their pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts
wherein Rj is amino, lower alkylamino, or amino acylated
by carbonic acid, lower aliphatic monoesters of carbonic
acid, aromatic monoesters of carbonic acid, benzoic acid,
substituted benzoic acid, saturated or unsaturated straight
or branched chain lower aliphatic mono or dicarboxylic
acids, carbonic acid semi morpholide or carbonic acid
semi piperidide, R2 is hydrogen or Rj, R3 is hydrogen,
lower alkyl or acyl as defined for Ri, R5, Re, R7. Re and
R9 are hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, trifuoromethyl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aliphatic acyl, carboxy or carboxy-
alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl or
a Ik
3 712 899
p-AMINOALKYLBENZENESULFONAMIDE
DERIVATIVES
Henri Dietrich, Arlesheim. Basel-Land, and Claude Leh-
mann, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
poration, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,794
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 4, 1969,
13,399/69
Int. CI. C07d 49/30, 57/00
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 F 6 Claims
Compounds of the class of 1 - [p-(carboxamidoalkyl)-
phenylsulfonyl] - 2 - imino-imidazolidines and the phar-
maceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof have
hypoglycemic activity; these compounds are active in-
gredients of pharmaceutical compositions and are useful
where alk is a 1 to 3 carbon atom straight or branched
chain alkylene group which can be substituted with hy-
droxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and R's, R'e, R'7, R's
and R'9 have the same meaning as R5, Re, R?, Ra and
Rg, when alk is unsubstituted at least one of R'5, R'e.
R'7, R's or R'9 is not hydrogen and if R4 is hydrogen or
alkyl at least 3 of R5, Re, R7, Rs and R9 are not hy-
drogen. The compounds have antiphlogistic and analgesic
activity.
3,712,901
5-ANTHRAQUINONYL (1) AMINO-THIADIAZOLES
Hermann Weissauer, Ludwigshafen. Germany, assignor
to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9.445
Int. CI. C07d97/<5{?
U.S. CL 260— 303 ^.^. 2 Claims
Anthraquinone dyes having a 1,2,4-thiodiazole group
in the alpha-position. The dyes are valuable vat dyes.
1418
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,902
TETRAKIS(POLYFLLORO\IETHYL)-4-
OXAZOLIDINONES
William J. Middleton, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
636,019, May 4, 1967. This application Aug. 5, 1969,
Ser. No. 847,723
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to Mar.
21, 1984, has been disclaimed and dedicated to the
PubUc
Int. CI. C07d 85/30, 85/36
U.S. CI. 260—307 A 4 Claims
Described are 4-oxazolidinones having acylic polyhalo
ceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof have hy-
poglycemic activity; the compounds are active ingredients
of pharmaceutical compositions and can be used for the
treatment of diabetes; and illustrative embodiment is 1-
lp-[2 - (propylcarbamoyl) - ethyl] - phenylsulfonyl]-2-
imino-3-sec.butyl-imidazolidine.
3,712,906
DERIVATIVES OF 4-(AMINOETHANE-SULFONYL-
AMINO)-ANTIPYRINE
Shun-Ichi Naito, 35 Murasakino Kamitorida-cho,
x^wov..^>,^ u>.w ^ v,..»^w ^ o —J... r-.j Kyoto, Japan
meThyrsubrtituents7o"ntdning"som7fluo°rine'in the 2- and No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
5-positions, e.g., 2,5-bis(difluoromethyl)-2,5-bis(trifluoro- 778,792, Nov 25, i968. This application Feb. 10, 1969,
methyl )-4-oxazolidinone. These compounds exhibit strong ^*'^' ^° int CI C07d -^9/76
herbicidal action. ^j § (., 260—294.8 F ' 13 Claims
I Analgesic-antipyretic compounds are provided which
are derivatives of 4-(aminoethanesulfonylamino)-anti-
pyrine and aminoethanesulfonyl-p-phenetidine of the for-
mula:
R«
/
Z-NIISOsCH:CH;N
\
R!
3,712.903
5[1-(PHENYL OR BENZYL)- IH-INDAZOL-
3-YLOXYMETHYLl-TETRAZOLES
Laszio Ambrus, Oakland. Calif., assignor to Cutter
Laboratories, Inc., Berkeley, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 722,824
Int. CI. C07d 57/00
U.S. CI. 260—308 D • 9 Claims
Chemical compounds in which a tetrazolylmethyl radi-
cal replaces the hydrogen atom of a 1-phenyl or 1-benzyl-
lH-indazol-3-ol are described.
The compounds are prepared by reaction of the alkali
metal salt of the 1-phenyl or 1-benzyl-lH indazol-3-ol
with a haloalkyl cyanide followed by the reaction of the
cyano group with an alkali metal azide under conditions
which converts the cyano group to a tetrazole.
TTie compounds possess anti-inflammatory activity as
demonstrated by the limb volume test.
t
3,712,904
7-TRIAZOLYL-COUMARlNS
Klaus-Dieter Bode, Leverkusen, and Carl-Wolfgang
Schelihammer, Opladen, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed June 18, 1969, Ser. No. 834,504
Claims priority, application Germany, June 26, 1968,
P 17 70 711.8
Int. CI. C07d 99/04; C09k 1/02
U.S. CI. 260—308 R 2 Claims
This invention relates to 7-triazolyl-coumarins of the
formula
wherein Z is 4-antipyryl or p-ethoxyphenyl and R^ and R^
are each hydrogen, alkyl or acyl. Intermediates and
administrable compositions are disclosed. The compounds
form stable aqueous solutions retaining practically full
activity.
3,712,907
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SUBSTI-
TUTED PHTHAl.IMIDO-N-CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Heinrich Gilch and Ludwig Bottenbruch, Krefeld-
Bockum, Wilfried Zecher, Cologne-Stammheim, and
Rudolf Merten, Leverkusen, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,738
Claims priority, application Germany, May 15, 1968,
P 17 70 416.4
Int. CI. C07d 27/52
U.S. CI. 260—326 A 6 Claims
Process for the production of substituted phthalimido-
N-carboxylic acids by reaction of a lactam having more
than 3 ring members with a phthalic acid anhydride
derivative being substituted by an electrophilic substituent
which is more electronegative than hydrogen.
/\/V-
N
\o/
Ar
\=0
N N-R'
in which Ar and R denote an optionally substituted aro-
matic or heteroaromatic radical and R' denotes hydrogen
or an optionally substituted alkyl radical, and the cou-
marin ring may contain further substituents. These mate-
rials are used as optical brightening agents.
3,712,905
p-CARBAMOYLETHYLPHENYLSULFONYL
DERIVATIVES
Henri Dietrich, Arlesheim, Basel-Land, and Claude Leh-
mann, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
poration, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 1. 1970, Ser. No. 68,795
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 4, 1969,
13,398/69
Int. CI. C07d 49/30, 57/00
U«». CI. 260—309.7
Compounds of the class of l-[p-carbamoylethyl
phenylsulfony!]-2-imino-imidazolidines and the pharma- ingredients
3,712,908
1,2-DITHIOLONES HAVING SULPHUR-
CONTAINING SUBSTITUENTS
Jorg Bader, Alesheim, Basel-Land, and Karl Gatzi. Basel,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation,
Ardsley, N.Y. ^^-. ,cn
No Drawing. Application June 5, 1967, Ser. No. 643,359,
now Patent No. 3,546,235, dated Dec. 8, l.^^O, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 555,994,
June 8, 1966. Divided and this application Aug. 5, 1970,
Ser. No. 61,476 . . ^ , ,o .n^e
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 18, 1965,
8,566 65; May 29, 1966, 7,421/66
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 77/00
U.S. CI. 260 327 C ^^ Claims
*I*2-di*thiol-3-ones having substituents which comprise
certain organic radicals bonded to the 5-position of the
dithiolone nucleus via a sulphur atom which may be
mono- or dioxidized, which are of excellent microbicidal
activity especially against fungi and bacteria; a novel
process for the production of those of the new com-
pounds in which the bridge is a sulphur or mono-oxi-
dized sulphur bridge; methods of inhibiting microbial
3 Claims growth with the aid of the novel compounds, and aiiti-
microbial compositions containing the latter as active
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1419
3 712 909
IMIDAZOLYL-ALKYL-THIOPHO^PHATES AND
* THIOPHOSPHONATES .
Jozef Drabek, Basel, Switzerland, and Georg P.sao^as,
Loerrach, Germany, assignors to Ciba-Geigy AG, Basel,
?ro"D;i;fng. Ftied July 27 1971 Ser. No- 1^6,589
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 5, 1970,
11,779/70
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309
Compounds of the formula
a mixture of trifiuoroacetic acid with triethylsilane in an
inert organic medium such as benzene or methylene chlo-
ride and isolating the desired product, u • «f
The indicated method is applied in the synthesis of
female sex hormone-d and d.l-estradiol-3,17^ and its
analogues, in the synthesis of 19-norsteroids, contracep-
tive and anabolic preparations.
9 Claims
R,-(Z)n-^-S-CH-N
=N
ORj Kj
Y, Ys
Wherein R, and R^ are each C,_4 alkyl, n is 0 or 1, X and
Z are each oxygen or sulphur. R3 is hydrogen or methyl
and Y, Y2, or Y3 are each chlorine or bromine are
useful for combating insects, phytopathogenic fungi and
representatives of the order Acarina.
3J12.910 ^,^
STEREOSPECIFIC METHOD FOR PREPARTVG
ESTRANE COMPOUNDS OF NATURAL
CONFIGURATION vioHSmSrn
Tatyana Andreevna Serebryakova. Ardalion ^•adirn«_o-
vich Zakharychev, Rimma Nuriakhmetovna Chigir,
Sofia Nikolaevna Anachenko, Igor V ladimirovich
Toreov, and Evgenia Georgievna Krjutchenko, Moscow.
US§!r., assizors to Instihit Khimii Pnrodnykh
Soldineny Akademii Nauk SSSR, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,550
Int. CI. C07c 167/12
U.S. CI. 260—397.5 .^ Claims
The present invention relates to a stereospecific method
for preparing estrane compounds of natural configuration
havjng the following general formula
ORj-l
CHj),
wherein R represents O, OH, OCOCH3; Ri represents H,
CH3, C2H5, n-CaHT; R2 represents H, CH3, COCH3; n is
an integer between 1, and 2. . . ^ ^
The said method comprises subjecting A8(9'-dehydro-
estrone compounds of the general formula:
3,712,911
METALLIZED ISOCYANIDES .
Ulrich Schoellkopf, Bovenden, and Fritz Gerhart, Gotnn-
gen, Germany, assignors to Badische Anihn- & Sod«-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Ger-
N^Drawing. Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,941
Int. CI. C07c 779/02
U.S. CI. 260—464 . . ^ ,. ,» Claims
a-Metalated isocyanides containmg the radical
^c-N=C
I
Me
as an essential portion of the molecule. Me stands for
alkali or an equivalent of magnesium, zinc or cadmium.
Their manufacture is accomplished by replacing hydrogen
on the a-carbon of an isocyanide with said metals. The
compounds open up new routes for organic synthesis and
therefore have outstanding importance as intermediates,
e.g. for the manufacture of olefins, ammo acids and
heterocyclcs.
3 712 912
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ACR^TONTTRILE
Arnold Hausweiler, Zons, and Gunter BeUstein, Adolf
Mayer, and Nikolaus Paris, Dormagen, Germany, as-
signors to Erdolchemie Gesellschaft mit beschrankter
Haftung, Cologne, Germany ,«<-,!«
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 116,238
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Apr. 24, iv/u,
P 20 19 996.6
Int. CL C07c 727/02, 727 /i2
U S CI 260—465.3 " Claims
*Acrylonitrile is 'prepared by reacting propylene, am-
monia, and molecular oxygen or air, on a supported cat-
alyst having a specific surface area of from 5 to 30 m. /g.,
and containing more than 50% by weight earner, 6 to
26% by weight bismuth, 2 to 20% by weight molylv
denum, 0.5 to 10% by weight iron, and optionally 0.1
to 1% by weight of phosphorus. The reaction gas mix-
ture is free of steam and the reaction is carried out at
a temperature of 400 to 500° C. under pressure of 1 to 4
atmospheres for a period of 5 to 15 seconds. In addition
an oxygen concentration of less than 1 volume percent
is maintained in the gaseous reaction product mixture.
3 712 913
ALKENYLTHIOBENZOIC AODS
Madhukar Subraya Chodnekar, Basel, Albert Pfiffner and
Norbert Rigasri, Arlesheim, Ulrich Schwieter. Reinach,
Sasel-Land' and Milos Suchy, Basel, Switzerland, as-
signors to Hoffmann-La R^^e 5°%^""*^' Kog
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No 30,296
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 30, 1969,
6,597/69
Int. CI. C07c 149/40
n\ tf.ti 470 12 Claims
Alkvi or likenyl ethers or thioethers of benzene or
bei^zyl derivatives wherein the alkyl or alkenyl radical
v.herei„ R represents O. OH. OCOCH.R. represents contains a chain ^f '^l ^^.^^^tT^^^'^^ "^
^"an ?J^. '^^ f Ld'r.oTre^ucSVrc^«s"ii."h rn^ecTsty' ups^l/their h'orntone balance.
ORj-l
)cHj).
ol
1420
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3 712 914
ARYLIDENE SEMICARBIZIDES
Harry Tilles, El Cerrito, Calif., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 5, 1968, Ser. r>^o.
773,657. Divided and this appbcabon May 14, 197U,
^'•''°- "'•'",„,. C..C07c;.5/05
U S CI. 260 479 C ^ Claims
siibstituted-arylidene semicarbizide compounds having
the formula:
K R> Z R»
i=N-i-l!;-N'
\
As
R«
in which Z represents oxygen or sulfur; X represents
halogen, lower alkoxy, lower alkyl, hydroxyl, nitro,
cyano, N-allylcarbamoyloxy, lower-dialkylthiophospho-
ryloxy, N-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy, lower dialkylamino,
or (CH3)3N*I— , " represents an integer of from 0 to 3,
inclusive; R represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; R' repre-
sents hydrogen or lower alkyl; R2 represents hydrogen,
lower alkyl or allyl; R^ represents hydrogen, alkyl, allyl,
furfuryl, tetrahydrofurfuryl, lower alkoxy lower alkyl,
cyclohexyl, 2-chloroallyl, phenyl, benzyl, or substituted-
phenyl in which the substituents are chloro or nitro; R^
and R3 when taken together represent an alkylene con-
taining 4 to 6 carbon atoms, inclusive, or lower alkyl sub-
stituted alkylene containing 5 to 8 carbon atoms, m-
clusive. The compounds are useful as herbicides.
3 712 917
PROCESS FOR SEPARATING UNSATURATED
FATTY ACIDS
Ryozi Sato, Yokohama, and Yasuyoshl Chino, Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to The Japanese Geon Co., Ltd.
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1970, Scr. No. 54,559
Claims priority, application Japan, July 17, 1969,
44/56,086
Int. CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. CI. 260—486 R 8 Claims
A dilute aqueous solution of acrylic or methacrylic
acid, containing less than 70 percent by weight of the
acid, is esterified in the presence of an alcohol and an
esterification catalyst. During the esterification, the solu-
tion is contacted with at least two times the weight of the
acid of a hardly water-soluble organic solvent mixture.
The solvent mixture comprises at least one saturated hy-
drocarbon and at least one member selected from the
group consisting of aromatic hydrocarbons, ethers and
ketones. The resulting ester of the acid is thereby trans-
ferred to the solvent mixture.
3,712,918
AMPHOTERIC SURFACE-ACTIVE AGENTS
Zdzislaw W. Dudzinski, Clifton, N.J., and Reginald L.
Wakeman. Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to Millmaster
Onyx Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No.
98,144. Divided and this application May 31, 1972,
Ser. No. 258,301
Int. CI. C07c 101/12
U.S. CI. 260—501.11 1 Claim
This invention relates to amphoteric surface-active
agents having the general structure:
R' o
C-OM
3,712,915
INDANYLN-METHYL-CARBAMIC ACID ESTERS
Alfred Seyberlich, Cologne-Stammheim. Ingeborg Ham-
mann, Cologne, and Wolfgang Behrenz, Cologne-
Stammheim, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 23, 1969, Ser, No. 827.155
Claims priority, application Germany, May 25, 1968,
P 17 68 555.1
Int. CI. C07c 125/06
VS. CI. 260—479 C 3 Claims
Indanyl-N-methyl-carbamic acid esters, i.e. 2-alkyl-
(optionally 1-. 2- and /or 7- monoto tetra-alkyl substi-
tuted )-indan-4-yl-N-methyl-carbamic acid esters and 7-
alkyl-indan-4-yl-N-methyl carbamic acid esters, which
possess arthropodicidal, especially acaricidal and insecti-
cidal, properties and which may be produced by conven-
tional methods.
R_CH— N— CHjCHj
CHj
wherein R is a straight chain alkyl having from 6 to 16
carbon atoms, R' is a lower alkyl, and M is either hy-
drogen, an alkali metal or an alkylolamine.
3,712,916
PREPARATION OF HYDROXYL TERMINATED
POLYMERS
Alan R. Siebert. Maple Heights, Ohio, assignor to The
B. F. Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application May 22, 1968, Ser. No.
731.281, now Patent No. 3,551,471. Divided and this
application July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 52,125
Int. CI. C07c 69/66
U.S. CI. 260—484 R 3 Claims
Hydroxyl terminated polymers, useful as adhesives and
caulking materials are prepared by the reaction of car-
boxyl terminated polymers with ethylene oxide in the
presence of a tertiary amine catalyst.
3 712 919
AROMATIC SULFONATES AND PROCESS FOR
MAKING SAME
Charles V. Juelke, Morristown, N.Y., assignor to Celancse
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28,542
Int. CI. C07c 143/42
U.S. CI. 260—512 R 7 Claims
Aromatic sulfonates, process for producing same based
upon the reaction of an organic compound containing at
least one epoxy group with an aromatic sulfonate con-
taining at least one aromatic hydroxy group, and film-
and fiber-forming polyesters containing these sulfonates
and having an affinity for basic dyes. Among the novel
sulfonates produced are the metallized salts of an anion
having the following general formulae:
OH
Y— O— CH2CH— CHi— O— (Ri)ni
/
Y— o— CH'CH— CH2— O— (R2)o)
Arr-SO,
-1
[
OH OH
O,S-Ar,-(R,)n«-O-CH,CHCH:-O-X-O-CH.CHCHr-O-(R04-Ar,-SO.,
r
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1421
wherein Arj is a trivalent aromatic radical which may be
substituted or unsubstituted; Arg is a divalent aromatic
radical which may be substituted or unsubstituted; Mi, «a,
and /I4 independently are integers which are either 0 or 1;
Ri, R2 and R4 are divalent radicals independently selected
from the group consisting of alkarylene, arylene,
3 712,923
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF TRIALKYL
ALUMLNUM COMPOUNDS
Kaye L. Motz and John Friend, Ponca City, Okla., as-
signors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca City, Okla.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,205
Int. CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—448 A H Claims
-<o°- -^>-*- -o^-
o
^S-.and-<( ^-g-
X is a divalent radical selected from the group consisting
of alkylene, cycloalkylene, aralkylene, alkarylene, arylene,
or any combination thereof either with or without con-
necting groups such as oxy, thio, carbonyl, sulfinyl, and
sulfonyl; and Y is a monovalent radical selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, alkaryl, and
aryl.
3,712,920
2,5.THIOPHENEDIYL-BIS(IODONIUM SALTS)
Zdravko Jezic, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed May 31. 1968, Ser. No. 733,234
Int. CI. A61k 21/00; C07d 63/14
U.S. CI. 260— 332.5 i^Tuf'T
The novel compounds (I-phenyl)-l -phenyl-1,1 -t-,5-
thiophenediyl)-bis(iodonium salts) are prepared by con-
densing a phenvl-2-thienyliodonium trifluoroacetate with
a (diacetoxyiodo) benzene in the presence of sulfuric acid.
The compounds are useful as antimicrobials for the inhi-
bition of the growth of many bacterial and fungal orga-
nisms.
3,712.921
« a a,a',a',a HEXAFLUORODI-m-TOLYLAMINE
DERIVATIVES
Harry L. Yale. New Brunswick, N.J., assignor to
E." R. Squibb & Sons, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,234
Int. CI. C07c 87/16, 87/18
U.S. CI. 260—570.5 P 5 Claims
a,a,a.a',a',a'-Hexafluorodi - m - tolylamine derivatives
are provided having the structure
F,C— O
r^/^'V^
o-
-CFi
S.^'
\.
S.l-'- ■.
1. <15
\
1 L
■ e
—:xose'. ^
_C
j.
^ ^ '-^
a
-K
^--V* V- v^ .
et^
^
--
r
f
■ n
^
The present invention relates to an improved process
for the production of trialkyl aluminum compounds using
aluminum, hydrogen and olefinic materials as the reac-
tants. By the present invention, a process is provided which
minimizes the loss of aluminum due to the decomposition
of the intermediate formed in the process, dialkyl alumi-
num hydride, resulting in improved yields of the end prod-
uct, trialkyl aluminum. A trialkyl aluminum compound
is reacted with aluminum metal and hydrogen at an ele-
vated pressure to form an intermediate dialkyl aluminum
hydride reaction product. The intermediate reaction prod-
uct is reacted with an olefinic material at the elevated
pressure so that a quantity of trialkyl aluminum is formed
sufficient to reduce the concentration of the dialkyl alumi-
num hydride intermediate to a level equal to or slight y
below the equilibrium concentration thereof that would
exist at a reduced pressure. The pressure on the interme-
diate reaction product is then lowered to said reduced
pressure and the intermediate reaction product is reacted
with additional olefinic material to complete the forma-
tion of the trialkyl aluminum product.
wherein R is as defined hereinafter. These compounds
are useful as antibacterial agents and in the treatment
of hypertension.
3 712 922
UNSATURATED QUATERNARY ALKYLATED
F\TTY ACIDS AND DERIVATIVES
Clive A. Henrick and John B. Siddall, Palo Alto, Cahf.,
assignors to Zoecon Corporation, Palo Alto, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,280
Int. CI. C07c 69/52; AOln 9/24
U.S. CI. 260—410.9 R 13 Claims
Aliphatic quaternary alkyl compounds having unsatura-
tion at C-2,3, C-4,5 and/or C-8,9 and intermediates there-
for useful as insect control agents, lubricants, plasticizers
and odorants.
3 712,924
HALO-SUBSTITUTED 2.AMINO-BENZYLAMINE-
AMIDES AND SALTS THEREOF
Gerd Kruger, Biberach an der Riss. Otmar Zipp, Osna-
bnick. and Johannes Keck, Josef Nickl. Hans Machleidt.
Gerhard Ohnacker, Robert Engelhorn. and Sigfnd
Puschmann, Biberach an der Riss. Germany, assignors
to Boenringer Ingelheim G.m.b.H.. Ingelheim am
Rhein, Germany , „• c , vv.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation ^>er. >o.
872.778. Oct. 30, 1969. which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 555.696. June 7, 1966, both now
abandoned. This application Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No.
89 058
Claims priority, application Germany, June 8, 1965,
T 28,754
Int. CI. C07c 103/30
U.S. CI. 260—558 A 7 Claims
Compounds of the formula
Ri
R« / « TJ
ys^CH:-N O ^R,
(CHj).-C-N
1422
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
wherein
Hal is chlorine or bromine,
Ri is hydrogen, chlorine or bromine,
Ra is alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, allyl, phenyl, chlo-
rophenyl, methoxyphenyl, carboxyphenyl, carbo-
methoxy-phenyl, tolyl, benzyl, methoxy- propyl, cy-
clohexyl, phenethyl or dimethylamino-propyl,
R3 and R4 are each hydrogen, acetyl or benzoyl,
R5 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or cyclo-
hexyl,
Rg is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, hydroxy-
ethy], methoxypropyl, allyl, diethylamino-ethyl, di-
ethylamino-propyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, benzyl or
cyclohexyl, and
« is 1, 2 or 3, .
and non-toxic, pharmacologically acceptable acid addition
salts thereof; the compounds as well as their salts are
useful as antitussives and respiration-stimulants.
3 712 927
ALKANOLAMINE DERTVATTVES
Ralph Howe and Leslie Harold Smith, Macclesfield, Eng-
land, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited,
London, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept, 19, 1968, Ser. No. 760,999
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 27, 1967,
43,927/67
Int. CI. C07c 101/44, 103/38
U.S. CI. 260—471 C 2 Claims
The disclosure relates to l-(4-acylamino-2-substituted-
phenoxy)-3-amino-2-propanol derivatives, processes for
their manufacture, pharmaceutical compositions contain-
ing them and a method of using them to produce cardiac
/3-adrenergic blockade in warm-blooded animals. Repre-
sentative of the compounds disclosed is l-(2-bromo-4-
propionamidophenoxy)-3-t-butylamino-2-propanol.
3,712,925
ACENAPHTHENE DERrVATTVES
Seymonr D. Levine, North Brunswick, NJ., assignor to
E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 101,161
Int. CI. C07c 103/30
U.S. CI. 260—558 A 4 Claims
Acenaphthene derivatives are provided having the gen-
eral structure
3 712 928
PHENYLCYCLOHEXANE DERFV ATIVES AND
METHODS FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE
Massimo Carissimi and Franco Ravenna, Milan, Italy,
assignors to Maggioni & C. S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,596
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 13, 1969,
25,739/69
Int. CI. C07c 49/76, 49/82
U.S. CI. 260—592 7 Claims
Novel derivatives of phenylcyclohexane, corresponding
to the general formula
wherein at least one of R* and R' is alkyl or substituted
aminoalkyl
K)
and the other can be hydrogen, wherein R' and R* are
hydrogen or a hydrocarbon radical, and A is alkylene.
These compounds possess anti-inflammatory activity.
3,712,926
PRODUCTION OF N-POLYALKOXYMETHYL-
AMIDES
Harro Petersen, Frankenthal, Germany, assignor to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,494
Int. CI. C07c 103/30
U.S. CI. 260—561 K 1 Claim
The production of N-polyalkoxymethylamides by reac-
tion of carboxamides or their N-methylol compounds or
N-methylol ether compounds with formaldehyde followed
by reaction of the reaction mixture formed with alkanols,
and the new N-polyalkoxymethylamides themselves. The
new products are crosslinkers for curable surface coating
compositions and valuable starting materials for the pro-
duction of raw materials for surface coating compositions
and plastics.
wherein X is either — COCH2OH or — COCH3 and R is
either a hydrogen or a hydroxyl, are disclosed. These
novel compounds exhibit considerable anti-inflammatory
and progestinic activities. Several methods for the prepara-
tion of the subject phenylcyclohexane derivatives are in-
dicated, inasmuch as no general method exists for their
preparation.
3 712 929
i.perfluoroalkyLi,2,2-triphenyl-
ethylents
William J. Middleton, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
- No Drawing. Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 873,078
Int. CI. C07c 43/20
U.S. CI. 260—612 R 6 Claims
Certain 1 - perfluoroalkyl - 1,2,2-triphenylethylenes are
effective in preventing pregnancy in warm-blooded ani-
mals and can be administered after coitus. The preferred
1 - perfluoroalkyl - 1,2,2 - triphenylethylenes have an oxy-
gen atom attached to the para position of at least one of
the benzene rings, possible substituents including the hy-
droxyl, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group. The ben-
zene ring in the 1 -position of 1 -perfluoroalkyl- 1,2,2-tri-
phenylethylene can have one or more halogen or lower
perfluoroalkyl substituents.
3,712,930
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZATION OF
TETRAHYDROFURAN
Kazuo Matsuda, Yakayama, Yoshiaki Tanaka, Osaka,
and Takevo Sakai and Ichiro Iwasa. Wakayama, Japan.
assignors to Kao Soap Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,839
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 3, 1969,
44/15,932
int. ChCOlc 41/00, 43/02
U.S. CI. 260 615 B ^ Claims
Tetrahydrofuran is polymerized in the presence of a
catalyst of fuming sulfuric acid containing from 15-43
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1423
wt percent of SO3. The amount of the catalyst is m the
range of 10-40 parts by weight of catalyst per 100 parts
by weight of tetrahydrofuran. The polymerization tem-
perature is in the range of from -40° C. to about
-f-lOO^C.
3 712 931
CHLOROFLUORINATION OF OLEFINS
J. Warren Hamersma, Tustin. and Frederick f- C;aserio,
Jr., Laguna Beach, Calif., assignors to Atlantic Richfield
Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,118
Int. CI. C07c 17/02, 19/08
U.S. CI. 260—653.7 ^ 13 Claims
Ethylene and homologous olefins are reacted with
chlorine in the presence of anhydrous HF, which may con-
tain from 0.1 to 4 M./l. fluoride ion to produce chloro-
fiuoroparaffins, e.g., C2H4CIF, which are useful as mter-
mediates in the preparation of monomers. Fluoride ion
concentration, achieved by the addition of metal fluoride
salts, and temperature-pressure interrelationships permit
substantially increased selectivity to the chlorofluoro prod-
uct and improved yield. Pressures from about 2 to 10 at-
mospheres are preferred with temperatures near the boil-
ing point of HF at reaction pressure.
tained by reacting an N,N'-bis-imide of an unsaturated
dicarboxylic acid of general formula:
CO CO
D^ ^N-A-N D
in which D represents a divalent organic radical contain-
ing a carbon-carbon double bond and A is a divalent or-
ganic radical possessing at least two carbon atoms, with
a polyamine of general formula:
R(NHa)x
in which R represents an organic radical of valency x
and X is an integer at least equal to 2, 0.55 to 25 mols
of bis-imide being used per molar — NH2 group of the
polyamine, and (b) an unsaturated polyester.
3 712 932
POLYSULPHONE COMPOSITIONS
Maurice Balme, Saint-foy-Ies-Lyon, and Max Gruffaz, La
Mulatiere, France, assignors to Rhonc-Poulenc !>.A.,
Paris France
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 18. 1971, Ser. NO; 172.939
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 21, 1970,
7030755
Int. CI C9Sg 41/04
U.S. CI. 260—857 PI ^ ^ 16 Claims
A film-forming composition having good heat stability
which comprises (a) a polysulphone and (b) an imide
prepolymer obtained by reacting an N,N'-bis-imide of an
unsaturated dicarboxylic acid of general formula:
CO CO
/ \ / \
D n-a-n d
(I)
in which D represents a divalent organic radical contain-
ing a carbon-carbon double bond and A represents a
divalent organic radical possessing at least two carbon
atoms, with a di-primary diamine of general formula:
HjN— B— NH2
in which B represents a divalent organic radical possessing
not more than 30 carbon atoms, the quantities of bis-
imide and of diamine being such that the ratio
number of mols of N,N'-bis-imide
number of mols of diamine
is between 1.1 and 50.
3,712,934
WEATHER ABLE, HIGH LMPACT, THERMO-
PLASTIC RESIN COMPOSITION
Hiroshi Kiuchi and Yoshio Takezawa, Otsu-shi, Japan,
assignors to Torav Industries, Inc., Tokyo. Japan
Filed Dec. '5, 1969, Ser. No. 882.468
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 6, 1968,
43/88,974
Int. CI. C08f 41 /1 2. 29/56, 29/50
U.S. CI. 260—876 R . , « Claims
A thermoplastic resin composition essentially ot (l)
high impact-resistance resin (A) obtained from graft po-
lymerizing the mixture consisting essentially of (a) 98-
40% by weight monomer or monomer mixture contain-
ing at least 70% by weight of monomer or monomer
mixture selected from the group consisting of vinyl aro-
matic, methacrylic acid alkyl ester wherein the alkyl
group contains 1-3 carbon atoms, and acrylonitrile and
less than 30% by weight of other vinyl monomer, where-
in, in such monomer or monomer mixture the sum of
3 5 times the percent by weight of acrylonitrile plus the
percent by weight of said methacrylic acid alkyl ester
is within the range of 25-150% by weight of the mono-
mer or monomer mixture, (b) from 2-60% by weight
rubbery graft activated copolymer of ethylene and vinyl
acetate, wherein the ethylene content is from 60-95% by
weight, and (II) high impact-resistance resin (B) ob-
tained from (c) graft polymerizing the mixture of about
more than 4% by weight, preferably less than 70% by
weight polybutadiene series rubber and about less than
96% by weight, preferably more than 30% by weight
said monomer or monomer mixture (a), or (d) blending
said polybutadiene series rubber with the resin obtained
from polymerizing said monomer or monomer mixture
With the thermoplastic resin composition thus obtained,
polybutadiene series rubber should be within the range
of 2-70% by weight of total rubber content.
3,712,933
POLYIMIDE COMPOSITIONS
Maurice Docloux, Irigny and Max Gruffaz, La Mulatiere,
France, assignors to Rhonc-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,551
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 27, 1970,
7031362; June 24, 1971, 23,068
Int. CL C08g 41/04
U.S. CI. 260—857 PI 18 Claims
A thermosetting composition having remarkable heat
resistance which comprises (a) an imide prepolymer ob-
3 712,935
PHENOXAPHOSPHTNIC ACID DERIVATTVES
Stanley J. Strvcker, Midland. Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company. Midland. Mich.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 3. 1968. Ser. INo.
764.913. now Patent No. 3,576,863 da«ed Apr. 27,
1971. Divided and this application May 25, lyvu, ser.
^'" '''''' Int. CI. C07d 105/04
U.S. CI. 260—936 ^ S^ ,1
Phenoxaphosphinic acid derivatives corresponding to
the formula
// \
O X
1424
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
wherein R represents chloro, bromo, lower alkyl or lower
alkoxy and X represents lower alkoxy, or phenylthio.
The compounds are useful as pesticides for the control
of plant pests.
3,712,936
ALKYL CARBAMOYL-N,N.DIALKYL.
PHOSPHONA\UDATES
Arthur G. Jelinek, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. L du
Pont de Nemours and Company, W ilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,252
Int. CI. C07f 9124; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—943 3 Claims
The disclosure teaches the preparation of a novel
group of alkyl carbamoyl-N,N-dialkylphosphonamidates
which are useful to retard the growth of. plants or to
increase the sugar content of sugar-containing plants.
The alkyl carbamoyl-N,N-dialkyIphosphonamidates are
prepared as follows:
An appropriate amine is reacted with a dialkylchloro-
' phosphite. The product is treated with a suitable chloro-
formate followed by treatment with ammonia.
3,712,939
METHOD FOR RECOVERING TANTALUM
AND/OR COLUMBIUM
Raymond H. Capps and Gorden S. Harman, Marietta,
Ohio, assignors to Union Carbide Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,706
lot. CI. C22b 59100
U.S. CI. 423—63 1 Claim
Method for recovering tantalum and/or columbium
values from insoluble residues obtained from the acid
leaching of columbium and/or tantalum containing ore
by acid treating the residues and contacting the resulting
slurry with methyl-isobutyl ketone.
3,712,937
S-(l,3 - DIHALO-PROP.2.YL.MERCAPTOMETHYL)-
THIOL AND THIONOTHIOL PHOSPHORIC AND
PHOSPHONTC ACID ESTERS
Gerhard Schrader, Wuppertal-Cronenbcrg, and Ingeborg
Hammann, Cologne, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken B^yer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,984
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 10, 1969,
P 19 06 490.5
Int. CI. C07f 9116, 9/40; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—948 10 Claims
S-(l,3-dihalo-prop-2-yl-mercaptomethyl) -thiol and thio-
nothiol phosphoric and phoshonic acid esters, i.e. (alkyl
and O - alkyl )-0-alkyl-S-(l, 3-dihalo-prop-2-yl-mercapto-
methyl) -thiol and thionothiol phosphoric and phosphonic
acid esters, which possess arthropodicidal, especially acar-
icidal and insecticidal, properties as well as selective
rodenticidal properties.
3,712,940
METHOD FOR ELIMINATING DUMPING OF
WASTE PICKLE LIQUOR AND CONVERSION
THEREOF INTO USEFUL PRODUCTS
Harry Silby, Miami, Fla., Maymie Silby and Joseph H.
Krause, executors of the estate of Harry Silby, deceased,
assignors to Wire Sales Company
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
752,802, Aug. 15, 1968. This application Nov. 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 92,452
Int. CI. COlg 49/02; C02b 1/26
U.S. CI. 423— 140 11 Claims
Pollution of rivers, lakes and streams caused by the
dumping of waste pickle liquor, can be completely elimi-
nated by a process including the steps of crystallization,
to recover and recycle most of the spent acid, contacting
the filtrate with NaOCl, separation of precipitate followed
by drying to obtain ferric oxide which is a commercially
useful product. The filtrate obtained after treatment with
NaOCl contains the corresponding sodium salt, depending
upon the composition of the waste pickle liquor, which
can be recovered as a further useful product.
3,712.938
^-PHENYLETHYL ESTERS OF ALKYL-0-
PHENYLTHIOPHOSPHONTC ACIDS
Gerhard Schrader, Wuppertal-Cronenberg, Ingeborg
Hammann, Cologne, and Wilhelm Stendel, Wuppertal-
Vohwinkel, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,398
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 2, 1969,
P 19 16 840.2
Int. CI. C07f 9/40; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—949 8 Claims
^-Phenylethyl esters of alkyl-O-phenylthiolphosphonic
acids which possess insecticidal and acaricidal properties
and process for their production.
3,712,941
HIGHLY SILICEOUS ALKALI METAL SILICATES
Clyde B. Myers, Mentor, Ohio, assignor to Diamond
Shamrock Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Original application June 21, 1968, Ser. No.
738,771. Divided and this application Dec. 21, 1970,
Ser. No. 100,445
Int. CI. COlb 33/32
U.S. CI. 423—332 2 Claims
A process is described whereby alkali metal silicates
having silica: alkali metal oxide weight ratios of at least
4.0:1 are provided by mixing an aqueous alkali metal
silicate with an amorphous silica and reacting the re-
sultant mixture at a temperature between about room
temperature and at least the temperature at which intumes-
cence occurs. By this method high ratio alkali metal
silicates of varying degrees of plasticity and water sol-
ubility may be obtained.
ERRATUM
For Class 423—328 see:
Patent No. 3,712,768
3,712,942
METHOD OF PRODUCING VANADIUM COM-
POUNDS BY ALKALINE LEACHING
Zdenek §vejda, Prague, Czechoslovakia, assignor to
Vyzkumny ustav Kovu, Panenske Brezany, Czecho-
slovakia
No Drawing. Filed May 29, 1968, Ser. No. 732,834
Int. CI. ClOg 31/00; C22b 3/00, 55/00
U.S. C\. 423—593 5 Claims
Vanadium compounds are produced from ores by
adding sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide to finely
January 23, 1973
CHEMICAL
1425
ground raw material which contains V2O3 or another
insoluble form of vanadium, the concentration of the
sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide being in the
range of 250 to 400 g./l. NajO or K2O, wherein the re-
action mixture is heated to a temperature of at least
250° and oxygen or compressed air is added to oxidize
the V2O3 to V2O5, and then filtering the solution so as
to separate the crystalline alkaline vanadate formed. In
addition, prior to the crystallization soluble fluorides
or phosphates may be added to the solution so as to
further increase the crystallization.
3,712,943
INSECTICIDALLY. ACARICIDAL! Y AND RODENT-
ICIDALLY ACTIVE 9-SL BSTITUTED ACRIDINES
Dietmar Mayer, Leverkusen, Klaus Sassc, Schildgen, and
Gunther Hermann. Leverkusen, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,611
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 28, 1968,
P 18 11 409.5
Int. CI. AOln 17/14, 9/22
U.S. CI. 424—84 8 Oaims
Compositions and methods of using certain 9-substi-
tuted-acridines. i.e., 1,2,3 and 4-(optionally alkyl and
chIoro)-9-rr-(optionally alkyl and hydroxy-alkyl)-2'-
mono- and 2',2'-di(optionally alkyl, chloroalkyl, alkyl-
carbonyl, cyanoalkyl - carbonyl, phenyl-alkyl-carbonyl,
phenoxy-alkyl-carbonyl, cycloalkyl-carbonyl, alkoxy-car-
bonyl, phenyl-carbonyl, chlorophenyl-carbonyl, alkyl-
phenyl-carbonyl, alkoxy-phenyl-carbonyl, nitro-phenyl-
carbonyl, furyl-carbonyl, pyridyl-carbonyl and alkyl-
phenyl-sulfonyl) as well as 2'-(alkyIidene and phenyl-
alkylidene)-hydrazinol-acridines; 1,2,3 and 4-(optionally
alkyl and chloro)-9-[N-(optionally alkyl and hydroxy-
alkyl)-N-(piperidino and morpholino)-amino]-acridines;
1,2,3 and 4-(optionally alkyl and chloro) -9- [3 '-(option-
ally alkyl and hydroxy-alkyl)-4'-mono- and 4',4'-di- (op-
tionally alkyl, chloroalkyl, alkyl-carbonyl, cyanoalkyl-car-
bonyl, phenyl-alkyl-carbonyl, phenoxy-alkyl-carbonyl, cy-
cloalkyl-carbonyl, alkoxy-carbonyl, phenyl-carbonyl, chlo-
ro-phenyl-carbonyl, alkyl-phenyl-carbonyl, alkoxy-phenyl-
carbonyl, nitro-phenyl-carbonyl, furyl-carbonyl, pyridyl-
carbonyl and alkyl-phenyl-sulfonyl) as well as 4'-(al-
kylidene and phenyl-alkylidene)-thiosemi carbazidoj-
acridines; 1,2,3 and 4-(optionally alkyl and chloro)-9-
[3'-(optionally alkyl and hydroxy-alkyl)-3'-(piperidino
and morpholino)-thioureido]-acridines; and the corre-
sponding hydrogen chloride and alkyl-sulfuric acid salts;
some of which are known, which possess strong insec-
ticidal, acaricidal and rodenticidal properties.
3,712,945
ANTIBIOTIC 18,887 R.P.
Denise Mancy, Charenton, and Leon Ninet and Jean
Preud'Homme, Paris, France, assignors to Rhone-
Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
Filed Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 851,902
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 23, 1968,
163,994
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—118 10 Claims
A new acid antibiotic designated 18,887 R.P., which has
the elementary composition C = 54.3-54.7%, H=7.2-
75%^ N = 12.35-12.45% and 0=23.4%, and is a white
powder melting at 215° C, insoluble in hexane, sparingly
soluble in ethyl acetate and in water, and easily soluble
in aqueous butanol, is prepared by aerobically cultivatmg
the new microorganism Streptomyces caelicus, stram DS
10,579 (NRRL 3506), or a 18,887 R.P.-producing mutant
thereof, using an aqueous nutrient medium. The antibiotic
and non-toxic salts thereof possess high antibacterial ac-
tivity against gram-positive microorganisms, except myco-
bacteria.
3,712,946
CERTAIN OXY-SUBSTITUnrED BENZO QU^-
OLIZINIUM COMPOUNDS AND THEIR LSE
Karl J. Doebel and Jeffrey W. H. Watthey, Ossining, N.Y.,
assignors to Ciba-Geig> Corporation, Ardslcy, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 11. 1969, Ser. No.
857.658, now Patent No. 3,565,899. Divided and this
application Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,148
Int. CL A6ik 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—258 3 Claims
(1) Benzo[b]quinolizinium compounds disubstituted
in the 8,9- and 9,10-positions and trisubstituted m the
8 9 10-po'sitions with hydroxy, lower alkanoxy and lower
alkanoyloxy groups, and (2) lower alkyl and 11 -ammo
substituted derivatives thereof are useful as cardiovascu-
lar agents, as agents affecting the central nervous system,
and as antipyretic agents.
3,712,944
STEMLON AND ITS PRODUCTION
Martin Cole, Dorking, Surrey, and Donald N. Planterose,
Guildford. Surrev, England, assignors to Beecham
Group Limited, Brentford, Middlesex, England
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 788,618
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 6, 1968,
968/68
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—115 2 Claims
Stemlon, a substance which inhibits encephalomyo-
carditis vims, Semlike forest virus and coxsackie virus in
mice and its production from Stemphylium botryosum.
ATCC No. 20183 is described.
3,712,947
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING COUMARIN ETHER
SUN-SCREENING COMPOUNDS
Ernst Theodore Theimer, Rumson, N.J., assignor to Inter-
national Flavors & Fragrances Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 9. 1969, Ser. No.
883.239. now Patent No. 3.625.976. Divided and this
application July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165.343
Int. CL A61k 9/06; A611 23/00
U.S. CI. 424—59 3 Claims
Sun-screening compositions containing essentially color-
less, stable, odorless, non-irritating, non-sensitizing, and
oil-compatible coumarin ether compounds, such com-
pounds having the formula:
o
B,0-
\/\o
t=0
wherein Ri is alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkadienyl, cyclo-
alkadienyl, alkatrienyl, alkoxyalkadienyl, acyloxyalkadi-
enyl alkoxyalkenyl, cyclialkoxyalkenyl. aryl, alkaryl, or
aralkyl and R2 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and such com-
pounds having ultraviolet absorption maxima withm the
range of 2,900 A. up to about 3,400 A.
1426
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,712,948
ANTIPERSPIRANT ACTION BY BIMETALLIC
SALTS OF GLUCONIC, GLUCURONIC AND
GALACTLTIONIC ACIDS
Alfred Halpeni, Great Neck, and Ernest J. Sasmor,
Yonkers, N.Y., assignors to Synergistics, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application Sept. 25, 1967, Ser. No. 674,051,
now Patent No. 3,501,575, dated Mar. 17, 1970, which
is a continuation of application Ser. No. 339,443, Jan.
22, 1964, now Patent No. 3,361,769. Divided and this
application July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 872,784
Int a. A61k 7 too
\5&. CI. 424 — 68 8 Claims
A method of producing an antiperspirant action in an
animal by applying to the skin thereof a composition com-
prising a compound of the formula XA10H2R is disclosed.
In the said formula X may be magnesium or calcium, and
R is either the gluconic, glucuronic or galacturonic acid
radical.
3,712,949
INJECTABLE OXYTETRACYCLINE
COMPOSITIONS
Sheldon B. Greenhaum, Livingston, and Kurt H. Schaaf,
Morris Plains, NJ., and Howard C. Klein, Brooklyn,
N.Y., assignors io Diamond Shamrock Corporation,
Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 807,121, Mar. 13, 1969. This application
Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,747
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—227 7 Claims
Injectable oxytetracycHne compositions are prepared
using glycerol formal as the solvent. The compositions
have low viscosities at low temperatures and in addition
have excellent stability of color, potency and clarity.
ELECTRICAL
3,712,950
AUTOMATIC BASS FROM CHORD APPARATUS
Alfred B. Freeman, 20418 Seaboard Road,
MaUhu, Calif. 90265
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,921
Int. CI. GlOh 1 1 00
VS. CI. 84—1.03 19 Claims
elements, one for each string, located within an open top-
ped case. Overlying each of these piezoelectric elements is
a respective one of a plurality of saddle members which
is restrained to vertical sliding movement relative to the
case, each saddle member engaging and supporting its
associated string and transmitting vibrations from the
E^I>I>I>^^U^,
An apparatus for automatically playing bass parts to ac-
company manually held chords which has an automatic
rhythm device controlling a special bass divider between
dividing ratios of three and two or four to produce bass
outputs in root and fourth relation to its input which is
received from keyers driven by logic devices sensing the
playing keys operated to pass a signal corresponding to
the chord fifth. The net result is that the divider output
is the root and fifth of the chord. The logic ranges from
a simple interlock switching for the lowest playing to
key to one requiring root and minor or major third play-
ing keys operated and augmented fifth and sixth part
playing keys not operated. The new logic means can
alternatively drive two keyers to different busses and the
automatic rhythm device selects busses for input to the
divider instead of changing its ratio.
string to its associated piezoelectric element. The piezo-
electric elements have top and bottom output faces in-
cluding metallic coatings. Output signals are extracted from
the elements by means of conductors soldered to the
metallic coatings to form sound mechanical and electrical
connections between the conductors and the elements.
3,712,951
BRIDGE TYPE PIEZOELECTRIC PICKUP FOR
STRINGED INSTRUMENTS
James H. Rickard, Harwinton, Conn., assignor to Ovation
Instruments, Inc., New Hartford. Conn.
Filed Dec. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 205,069
Int. CI. GlOh 3/00
U.S. CI. 84—1.14 18 Claims
A bridge type piezoelectric pickup for a guitar or similar
stringed instrument comprises a plurality of piezoelectric
3 712 952
FRET BOARD FOR STRINGED INSTRUMENTS
Donald J. Terllnde, 731 Charles St.,
St. Paul, Minn. 55101
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,096
Int. CI. GlOd 3/06
U.S. CI. 84—314 7 Claims
A fret board for a stringed musical instrument in which
frets are formed by sliding circular cross section metal
or plastic members into circular cross section grooves in
the surface of the fret board. When worn the frets are
easily replaceable without damage to the fret board. Also
the plastic fret members may have conducting metal
ELECTRICAL
January 23, 1973
portions molded therein to provide contacts for organ
type circuits.
3,712,953 ^^.^^,
rONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENT FOR METAL
'^'cLAd'^S^ECTOIC distributing AND/OR
SWITCHING PLANTS FOR HIGH VOLTAGE
Rintje Boersma, Harmelen, and Gijsbert Waldemar Ink,
Bilthoven, Netherlands, assignors to !S.\. cu*j,
Utrecht, Netherlands ^o,,.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,311
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 30, 1970,
7001325
Int. CI. H02g 5/06
US. CI. 174—99 B " Claims
1427
a high speed scanning optical microscope which produces
in real time on a recording table a spiraUy formed record
wherein the density, transmission, fluorescence or similar
characteristics of the specimen are measured and
presented in graphic form. A high resolution facsumie
»wCTC OfrCC-^OK
Bar-like electric conductor surrounded by an earthed
metal envelope for metal clad electric distributing and/or
switching plants, said bar-like conductor having the shape
of a number of bar-shaped elements which are intercon-
nected by thin webs and being supported in said envelope
by insulators extending between the enevolepe and a por-
tion of the conductor lying between two bar-shaped ele-
ments thereof. ^^^^^^^__
3 712 954
LARGE SCREEN 'tELE>TSION SYSTEMS
Donald S. Oliver, Acton, and Jerrold R. Zachanas, Bel-
mont, Mass., assignors to Itek Corporation, Lexington,
^"*'" Filed Apr. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 132,020
Int. CI. H04n 9/72
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 BD 27 Claims
recording system is employed for producing a hard copy
image which may be manipulated for quantization, con-
trast shaping and control, edge enhancement, noise sup-
pression or the like. A wide range of magnifications is
possible by the availability of differential movement rates
between the specimen and the writeout.
3,712,956
INFORMATION SYSTEM
Jerome H. Lemelson, 85 Rector St,
Metuchen,NJ. 08840
Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No. "5,17J,
Aug. 27, 1962 and Ser. No 267 377 Mar 11, 1963.
This application Feb. 24, I'^l, Sen No. 118,424
Int. CI. Glib 15/00. 27/32; H04n 1/28 _
U.S. CI. 178—6.6 A 12 Claims
Disclosed are display systems for producing large, high
intensity images in either black and white or color. High
intensity beams of polarized light scan a display screen
and are amplitude modulated by valves comprising elec-
tro-optical/photoconductive elements.
3,712,955
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTICALLY
SCANNING SPECIMENS AND PRODUCING
GRAPHIC RECORDS THEREFROM
Carlton S. Miller, Lexington, Mass., assignor to
PhotoMetrics, Inc., Lexington, Mass.
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,394
Int. CI. GOln 21/06. 21/22; H04n 1/24
U.S. CI. 178—6.6 R 18 Claims
A specimen, such as a photographically recorded
image, microscope slide or the like, is spirally scanned by
7«iiiriM cin
21, », DIGITAL
COMPUTER
ED—
^_S^-
An information storage system for storing document
information, retrieving same and performing operatic .
with respect to said information. The information is sto.ed
in the form of video signals capable of generating still
images on a viewing screen. In one form, the image in-
formation is generated as a plurality of lines of alp^ia-
numeric characters such as generated by a computer or
by means of reproduced video picture signals stored on
magnetic tape and selectively reproduced to generate
visual images of typewritten lists of words such as catalog
information, descriptions of data, formulas, etc. Upon
visually monitoring said information, the persons read-
ing same is provided with and activates manual control
1428
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
means for generating electrical signals representative of a
selected of said lines of characters, part of a line or a
plurality of lines which signals may be in code or video
form capable of being used by a computer. The code sig-
nals may be generated by operating on the portion of
the video signal reproduced in scanning the selected
portion of the image being viewed on a cathode ray tube
screen or by scanning and reproducing selected portions
of the video signal containing information which is re-
corded in code form such as characterized by variations
in amplitude and/or frequency and provided in predeter-
mined locations with respect to respect portions of the
video signal representative of a line of characters and
capable of modulating a cathode ray tube read beam to
generate said characters on a viewing screen.
Selective reproduction of information representative of
a line of characters or groups of characters may be
effected in a number of manners such as by generating
a code signal which is operative to effect the selective
reproduction of that portion of the video picture signal
recording from which the monitored image was generated
or the desired code signal from a recording on the same
record member containing the video picture signal re-
cording used to generate the monitored image and the
selected line of characters. Said selective reproduction of
information representative of a selected line of characters
viewed by the operator of the apparatus may also be effect-
ed by the operator's causing the read beam of the cathode
ray tube being scanned or monitored to scan either the se-
lected line of characters and logically operate on the video
signal so generated to generate said code signals represent-
ative thereof or to scan coded information generated as
spots or variations in color or grey scale along, above or
below the selected line of characters to generate said code
signals. In yet another form, a manually guided or other-
wise directed photooptical means such as a photocell or
light pen is employed to scan the line of characters or
visual code information associated with said line to gen-
erate the desired code information as electrical signals
which may be used by a computer.
3 712,957
APPARATL^S AND INFORMATION PROCES-
SING METHODS FOR A TRACKING SYSTE.M
TRACKER UNIT
Richard B. Kubn, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to
North American Aviation, Inc.
Filed Oct. 12, 1964, Ser. No. 406,211
Int. a. H04n 3100
U.S. CI. 178—6.8 6 Claims
1*^ I
^:
TELEVISION
CAMERA
H^
MONITOR
TRACKER
PLATFORM
AND H
DRIVE
17,
POWER
'supply
•«; .J
I OPERATOR i
COMMAND
1 CONTROLS
to indicate required correction in one direction of two op-
posed directions, in combination:
(a) summing circuit means having a pair of input chan-
nels which each receive a different pulsed tracking
error detection signal related to one of said two oi>-
posed directions and developing a tracking error cor-
rection signal which relates to said one direction and
which is based on the singular existence of one dif-
ferent pulsed tracking error detection signal in a
given line of sensor unit scan,
(b) means developing triggering pulses each of which
commences with the start of a tracking gate pulse,
each of which ends with a target marker pulse coin-
cident with said tracking gate pulse, and each of which
indicates tracking error detection associated with one
of said two opposed directions,
(c) linearizing circuit means responsive to said trigger-
ing pulses and producing tracking error detection sig-
nal pulses which comprise said one different pulsed
tracking error detection signal and which each essen-
tially constitute an extension of one of said triggering
pulses to a total individual time duration which is pro-
portional to the individual duration of said triggering
pulse, and
(d) separate circuit means conducting said tracking er-
ror detection signal pulses from said linearizing circuit
means to one input channel of said summing circuit
means,
said tracking error detection signal pulses each being pro-
portional to the degree of tracking error detected in one of
said two opposed directions and increasing the loop gain
of the tracking system tracker unit and also of the track-
ing system.
' 3,712,958
PICTURE TUBE ESCUTCHEON
MOUNTING MEMBER
Carlton F. Stute, Riverdale, III., assignor to Admiral
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Mar. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,613
Int. CI. H04n 5/645, 5165
U.S. CI. 178—7.8 3 Claims
1. In a tracking system tracker unit which develops
electrical tracking error correction signals that control the
viewing axis of a television camera sensor unit in tracking
relation to a selected target and that are sourced in target
marker pulses related to an opposed edge of the target
through the television camera sensor unit output video
signal and singularly positioned in each line of sensor unit
scan in time-coincident relation with a tracking gate pulse
A molded plastic resilient mounting member for a tele-
vision picture tube escutcheon is installed in framing re-
lationship in the opening of a wood television cabinet.
The member includes means for attachment to the cabinet
and means for attaching a picture tube escutcheon thereto.
3 712 959
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING
SPEECH SIGNALS IN THE PRESENCE OF NOISE
Ettore Fariello, Gaithersburg, Md., assignor to Communi-
cations Satellite Corporation, Washington, D.C.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 841,528,
July 14, 1969. This application Mar. 13, 1970, Ser.
No. 19,184
Int. CI. H04b 15/00
U.S. CI. 179—1 VC 3 Claims
A method and apparatus for detecting the instantaneous
peak values of a PCM coded voice signal above a
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1429
threshold level and energizing a transmitter earner m
response thereto, thereby conserving earner power during
the periods when no voice signal is present. The threshold
is established at a level where the probability of the
instantaneous value of a speech signal exceeding its RMb
value is much greater than the probability of the instan-
taneous value of a white Gaussian noise signal exceeding
its RMS value for equal values of power. The circuit main-
tains earner power for a variable delay or deferred hang-
over period after each thresholded voice detection. The
form of juxtaposed magnetic tracks on a magnetic drum,
preferably having a small diameter and adapted to co-
operate with at least one magnetic head in order to record
said numbers or information in said memory, and a pulse-
controlled step-by-step motor for driving said drum which
turns through a predetermined angle in response to each
pulse. The device may comprise means for deriving from
said memory signals which will cause the transmission of
a telephone number over a telephone line.
ntiKD msaii w ta«t"
hangove period varies from a predetermined minimum
time delay to a maximum time delay which equals the
length of the voice burst not exceeding 150 milliseconds.
Alternately, because of the particular characteristics of
speech waveforms, the thresholded voice detections may
be conveniently counted and the carrier transmitter ener-
gized whenever the count exceeds a predetermined value,
which further reduces the margin of noise tnggenng enor.
In addition, the deferred, variable hangover period may
be replaced by a fixed delay to futher simplify the circuitry
required.
ERRATUM
For Class 179 — 6 see:
Patent No. 3,713,039
3,712,960
AUTOMATIC REPERTORY TELEPHONE DIALER
UTILIZING MAGNETIC MEMORY STORAGE
Jean Baron, 25 Rue du Fer a Cheval,
Saint-Germain-en-Laye, France
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,447
Oaims priority, application France, Nov. 5, 1968, I72,6Z7
Int. CI. H04m 1/46
U.S. CI. 179—90 BB 13 Claims
3,712,961
ENDLESS TAPE RECORDERTRANSCRIBER
DICTATION SYSTEM CONTROL
William M. Nye, Bellevue, and Stanley W. Jones, Seattle,
Wash., assignors to Lonier Electronic Laboratory. Inc..
Atlanta, Ga. ^^^
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,390
Int. CI. Glib 79/00; H04m 11/10
\}S. CI. 179—100.1 DR 18 Claims
r"
\ LISTEN
POLARITY
CONTROL
COMPARATOR
CONTROL
LOGIC
I
40
POWER
SUPPLY
I ^\jrr\.
\ REVERSE~1 I
\ SEIZE ] I
42 ^ RECORD I
I 1
_J
A remote dictation station is connected to a recorder-
transcriber by two conductors which carry audio signals
and control signals in the seize, dictate, reverse or listen
modes between the dictation station and the recorder-
transcriber. The polarity of the two conductors is re-
versed after receiving an initial signal from the dictation
station that a user wishes to seize an available recorder-
transcriber. A voltage comparator responsive to resistance
changes in the dictate station initiator signals to operate
the various functional modes of the recorder-transcriber.
The seize signal from the voltage comparator is of a
value between dictate and listen signal value.
3,712,962
IMPLANTABLE PIEZOELECTRIC HEARING AID
John M. Eplev, 545 NE. 47th Ave.,
Portland, Oreg. 97213
Filed Apr. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,005
Int. CL H04r 17/00, 25/00
U.S. CL 179—107 R 17 Claims
fc:.
MPLAN
^irrTtJ ^""""^
A magnetic memory for storing numbers or informa- An implantable hearing ^^•'^ .JPP^^^^^"^^^^^^^^
tion. which may be in coded form. This memory is in the a piezoelectric transducer device. One embodiment of the
1430
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
device is a bendable piezoelectric member which may be
inserted between two bones in the ossicular chain of the
middle ear for movement of such bones in accordance
with an audio frequency electrical signal applied to such
transducer. Another embodiment of the transducer mem-
ber is a cylindrical piezoelectric member which elongates
when a signal is applied thereto for movement of the os-
sicular bones. The transducer may also be used as a pick-
up device to sense the mechanical movement of the os-
sicular bones and produce a corresponding electrical out-
put signal which may be applied to the nerves of the inner
ear.
3,712,963
FREQUENCY RINGING TEST TRUNK CIRCUIT
Amin Y. Zaky, Rochester, N.Y.. assignor to Stromberg-
Carlson Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 4, 1971. Ser. No. 168,919
Int. CI. H04m 3122
U.S. CI. 179—175.2 B 14 Claims
cradle on a telephone set, a hook-cam attached to the
lock cylinder and rotatable with the lock cylinder to
engage the telephone case structure in such a manner
as to hold the lock body into the telephone cradle where
the lock body will hold the switch pins down and keep
the telephone electrically inactive.
3,712,965
SWITCH OPERATING MECHANISM FOR
LIMIT SWITCHES
Thomas B. Dalton, Muskegon, Mich-, assignor to
Westran Corporation, Muskegon, Mich.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,776
Int. CI. HOlh 3116
U.S. CI. 200—17 R 4 Claims
^
A frequency ringing test trunk circuit, when seized, de-
tects frequency ringing signals received at one of the tip
and ring lines from a test desk in a distant office, and
transmits a frequency ringing signal corresponding to the
received ringing signal via a local office to signal a called
party line subscriber. The frequency ringing signal trans-
mitted by the trunk circuit need not be the same as that
received. When the called party answers, the trunk circuit
stops ringing and signals to the test desk that the called
party has answered. As many as ten party subscriber tele-
phone sets can be connected to one telephone line and
may be separately rung by the test desk at the distant cen-
tral office. The frequency riifging trunk circuit also in-
cludes modifications in the trunk circuit for use with
longer lines and also for inhibiting the trunk circuit during
the silent periods between ringing bursts.
A mechanism for operating a drum switch which in-
cludes a switch actuator movable between a first and a
second position. A limit arm is rigidly mounted and
aligned with the actuator. A lever is pivotally mounted
on fhe limit arm with a spring biasing means further
mounted between the limit arm and the lever. The lever
is placed into abutment with the switch actuator respon-
sive to movement of the switch to provide a first engage-
ment between the actuator and the lever to depress the
biasing means and subsequently to move the actuator from
its first to its second position by tfie lever responsive to
the return of the biasing means to its initial condition.
3,712,964
LOCK FOR TELEPHONE INSTRUMENT
Fred F. Richards, Sr., P.O. Box 47307.
Dallas, Tex. 75247
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 154,500
Int. CI. H04m 1166
U.S. CI. 179—189 R 1 Claim
3,712,966
INTERVAL TIMING MECHANISM WITH
IMPROVED CAM FOLLOWER FOR CAM
OPERATED TIMERS
Norbert B. Watts and Walter P. Josam, Raleigh, N.C.,
assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pitts-
burgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,006
Int. CI. HOlh 43110
U.S. CI. 200—38 R 7 Claims
A timing device including a switch for automatically
controlling the energizing time of an appliance. The tim-
A lock mechanism includes a key-operated lock cylin- ing device includes a rotor disc haVmg a f^^Yn' lever
der contained in a lock body designed to fit into a fines predetermined cam prohles, ana a rocKing
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1431
which cooperates with the cam profiles to actuate the _ riRruiT BREAKER WITH
switch. Thrrocking lever includes two integral cam fol- ^^"'^^^^^^1 ^^^ENcTlEVG
lowers, with one of the cam followers being constructed ^^^.^^ ^^^ Calvino y Teijeiro, Bergamo, Italy, assignor to
to return an associated timing mdicator to zero at tne jyiagrini Fabbriche Riunite Magrini Scarpa e Magnano
termination of the energizing time.
3,712,967
ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION RESPONSIVE
SWITCH AND HOUSING
Kenneth G. Carson, Newmarket, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,737
Int. CL HOlh 35/42
U.S. CI. 200—61.06 6 Claims
Magrini Fabbriche Riunite Magrini Scarpa e Magnano
M.S.M. S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126.788
Claims priority, applicadon Italy, Apr. 7, 1970, 22,980/70
Int. CI. HOlh 33170
U.S. CI. 200—148 R 10 Claims
The control device disclosed has a decorative enclosure
suitable for wall mounting. The face plate of the box-like
enclosure is separable from the side walls but is recessed
into the side walls so as to present the appearance of a
unitary structure. The face plate is removable to give
acess to the interior of the box to secure it to the wall
of a room by using suitable fastening means and also to
permit wiring the control device. The face plate carries the
control device per se and the face plate can be mounted
alone on the surface of a duct with the control device
including a sensing means inside the duct.
A high-voltage circuit breaker has a sealed unpartitioned
metal tank containing one or more sets of self-blast break-
ing chambers or interrupters in an environment of sulfur
hexafluoride (SFg) at a pressure of 3-5 kg./cm.^. The
medium serves as the blast gas as well as the electrical
insulation fluid for the various parts of the switches.
3,712,968
VEHICLESTEERING WHEEL WITH HORN-
ACTUATING BAFFLE PLATE
Helmut Bonn and Konrad Randelzhofer, Aschaffenburg,
Germany, assignors to Lenkradwerk Gustav Petri Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Aschaffenburg, Germany
Filed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,646
aaims priority, application Germany, May 5, 1970,
P 20 21 930.1
Int. CI. HOlh 9100
U.S. CI. 200—61.56 6 Claims
3,712,970
SINGLE SPRING SWITCH WITH UTPING ACTION
James S. Adie, Granada HiUs, Calif., assignor to Eldon
Industries, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Julv 12. 1971, Ser. No. 161,691
int. CI. HOlh 19124
U.S. CI. 200—164 R 1 Claim
'^'^ % 26 r^
A steering wheel for automotive vehicles comprising a
plurality of spokes, a bafile plate resiliently mounted on
the spokes, horn operating first contacts mounted on the
underside of said baffie plate adapted to engage second
contacts mounted directly on the spokes, such that when
said first and second contacts are mutually engaged, a
signal is produced.
A switch or switch structure may utilize a fixed sup-
port and a movable support between which there extends
an elongated, resilient, metal movable contact. A fixed
contact is located between the two supports. In an ini-
tial open position of the switch the movable contact is
spaced from the fixed contact. When the switch is closed
the movable support is moved so as to apply pressure
placing the movable contact under compression. This
compression causes deflection of the movable contact so
that the movable contact engages the fixed contact.
1432
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3 712 971
WAVEGUIDE APPARATUS FOR MICROWAVE
DRVrSG OF MATERIALS
Lambertus Admiraal, Coquitlam, British Columbia, Can-
ada, assignor to MacMillan Bloedel Limited, Vancou-
ver, British Columbia, Canada
Filed June 3, 1971, Sen No. 149,546
Int. CI. H05b 9/06
U.S. CI. 219—10.55 7 Claims
control circuit of the transport machine by closing a
selecting circuit through a card sensor so that the machine
A 4-port hybrid coupling a microwave generator to a
set of waveguides which have slots therein through which
lumber can travel at an angle of less than 90° to the
longitudinal centerlines of the waveguides.
will transport cards with and without stripes at a selected
rate of the pre-set rates.
3,712,972
ELECTRIC LIGHTER PLUG WITH
INTERLOCKING MEANS
Toshio Mase, Nagoya, and Tsukasa Kondo, Aichi. Japan,
assignors to Kabusbiki Kaisba Tokai Rika Denki Seisa-
kusbo, Nisbi-Kasugai-gun, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed May 30. 1972. Ser. No. 257,934
Claims priority, application Japan, May 29, 1971,
46/44,485
Int. CI. F23g 7/22
U.S. CI. 219—267 2 Claims
A lighter plug which is used in the socket of a cigar
lighter, in which a bushing which carries a knob is firm-
ly fitted to a carrier shell by means of interlocking lugs
provided on the shell and a projection provided on the
bushing, whereby the securing of the bushing to the
carrier is made without any staking operation.
3.712.973
DUAL SPEED MACHINE HANDLING MAG-
NETICALLY STRIPED CARDS AND CARDS
THEREFOR
Fred G. Krai, Lake Villa, III., assignor to Bell &
Howell Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,451
Int. CI. G06k 7/08, 19/08; G09b 19/04; Glib 5/62
U.S. CI. 235—61.11 R 8 Claims
Disclosed is a novel information card having a conduc-
tive control stripe in addition a known magnetic stripe and
a machine for accepting the novel card and prior art cards
and for transporting the cards at different pre-set rates
depending on the rate at which the card was transported
when recorded. The control stripe on a card actuates a
3,712,974
COMPUTATIONAL HEXADECIMAL SLIDE RULE
John R. Martin, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Mar-Com
Development, Inc., Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Jan. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 216,123
Int. CI. G06g 1/02
U.S. CI. 235—70 R 6 Claims
Disclosed herein is a method and apparatus for the
rapid addition and/or subtraction computation of higher
order mathematics. The method and apparatus are partic-
ularly applicable for alphameric manipulations, for ex-
ample, for the opertions of hexadecimal subtraction and
addition.
3,712,975
LINE SEGMENT INTERSECTION TEST
Joseph B. Allen, Poughkeepsie, and Henry E. Lippmann,
Croton-on-Hudson, N.V., assignors to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,095
Int. CI. G06f 15/06, 15/56
U.S. CI. 444—1 7 Claims
A method is performed in a data processing system to
determine whether or not two straight line segments
intersect and to identify the end points if intersection oc-
curs at one of the end points of the line segments. Used
in the process are electrical signals representing the
Cartesian coordinates of the end points of the two seg-
ments being tested. High speed general purpose registers
are set to represent the end points and thereafter, by
means of high speed register-to-register operations, the
following tests are performed. First, a test is made as to
whether or not the rectangles of which the line segments
form the diagonals intersect. If not, there is no segment
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1433
intersection. If so, the test is inconclusive and represents
only the possibility that the line segments may '"tersect^
If the rectangles intersect, then one segment is extended
to form a line and a test is made as to whether or not
the other segment intersects this line. If not, there is no
segment intersection. If so, then the test is still some-
dichloro product, and the effective reactant losses through
a hydrolysis mechanism. A series of projected perturba-
tions for the reactor parameters are then employed to
seek a direction of change for the array of controlled
parameters about their existing values to improve the oper-
ational status of the dichloro reaction. In particular, the
computer acts via interfacing apparatus and plant con-
trollers to operate and maintain the dichloro reactor sys-
tem in a preferred status which minimizes hydrolysis losses
while maintaining output dichloro at or above a lower
purity limit.
3 712 977
ANALOG ELECTRONIC MVeVJI^m^fiir^vlF^PS?
AND SQUARE ROOTER USING PULSE-HEIGHT
AND PULSE-WIDTH MODULATION
Willard W. Rice, Jr., Foxboro, Mass., assignor to Ihe
Foxboro Company, Foxboro, Mass.
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,154
Int. CI. G06g 7/76. 7/20
U.S. CI. 235—195 9 Claims
•MOM ittUHCrH 1
A" .
what inconclusive so that a further test is made by con-
sidering the other segment as part of a line and then test-
ing whether or not the first segment intersects this other
line If not, there is no segment intersection. If so, the
conclusion is made that the two line segments do, m fact,
intersect.
3,712,976
COMPUTER CONTROLLED DICHLORO
REACTION SYSTEM
Robert C. Smith, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to Geigy
Chemical Corporation, Grcenburgh, N.Y.
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,974
Int. CI. G06f 15/46
U.S. CI. 235—151.12 18 Claims
HtOH
A solid-state analog electronic computing device em-
ploying pulse-height, pulse-width modulation having a
filtered differential amplifier whose inputs are two trains
of modulated pulses; the average value of the first being
proportional to the product of first and second input sig-
nals and the average value of the second being propor-
tional to the product of a third input signal and the out-
put of the differential amplifier, consequent upon which
the output signal is equal to the product of the first and
second input signals divided by the third.
Cyanuric chloride and an alkylamine are reacted in a
plural stage reactor system under stored program com-
puter control to form a 2,4-dichloro-6-alkylamine-5-tri-
azine ("dichloro"). The computer operates on the physical
reactor system parameters, reported by an array of trans-
ducers, in accordance with a stored mathematical model
of the reactor system to determine the purity of the output
3 712 978
PORTABLE SOFT-LIGHT ASSEMBLY
Ross Lowell, 60 Riverside Dnve,
New York, N.Y. 10024
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,716
Int. CI. G03b 75/02
US CI 240 13 12 Claims
A portable soft-light assembly includes a collapsible
frame which has a light source housing as an integral
part thereof, and a removable reflector envelope which
is mountable on the frame. The collapsible frame in-
cludes a pair of foldable supporting members having a
folded position and an unfolded position which support-
ing members provide a desired supporting contour in
the unfolded position. The supporting members are
pivotally connected to the light source housing in spaced
apart relation. The reflector envelope is removably
mountable on the supporting members in the unfolded
position thereof, and substantially conforms to the sup-
porting contour when so mounted. The light source di-
1434
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
rects the light toward the interior of the reflector en- elongated area. On a spherical ball, viewed in a direction
velope which diffuses the light. Light pattern controlling normal to the plane of the mirror arc, the mirror produces
a full half-circle of glare area.
3 712 980
REFLECTOR ARRANGEMENT FOR ATTENUAT-
LNG SELECTED COMPONENTS OF SPECTRAL
RADLATION
Bruce Norton, Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignor to
Kollmorgen Corporation, Hartford, Conn.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,468
Int. CI. F21v 29/00
U.S. CI. 240—47 5 Claims
M:
means, such as "barn doors" can be removably mounted
on the frame to control the pattern of the diffused light.
3 712 979
ILLLTVIINATION OF CONVEX SURFACES
Howard R. Padgitt, Park Ridge, 111., assignor to Eli Lilly
and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Feb. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 223,199
Int CI. F21v 7/00
U.S. CI. 240—41.35 R 20 Claims
A reflector arrangement for gaseous discharge lamps is
described, having reflecting surfaces representing resonant
optical cavities at selected wavelengths for attenuating
excessive peaks of spectral components characteristic of
the primary radiation source.
3 712 981
LIGHTING FIXTURE FOR U-BENT
FLUORESCENT LAMPS
William R. Eargle, Jr., Vicksburg, Miss., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,841
Int. CI. H05b 33/02
U.S. CI. 240—51.12 9 Claims
An arcuate mirror in the form of an elongated narrow
section of an ellipsoid is used to reflect light from a light
source adjacent one focus of the ellipsoid onto a convex
surface of a workpiece adjacent the other focus of the
ellipsoid. The mirror surface is narrow transversely of a
plane intersecting the workpiece but extends in an elon-
gated arc of up to 180° or more in such plane, so as to
direct light onto the workpiece surface in converging rays
over a wide angle which may be of the order of, or
exceed 180°. The workpiece is viewed by one or more
viewing systems, and as seen thereby, the workpiece is
illuminated with uniform intense light which is so di-
rected as to produce specular reflection from the convex
surface over an extended glare area of narrow width, in a
pattern which varies with the shape of the surface and the
direction from which it is viewed. The illumination is
especially useful in inspecting objects having spherical or
other three-dimensionally curved surfaces, and permits a
single viewing system to observe defects over a wide area
not possible with conventional illumination. On a medic-
inal capsule, viewed from the side, the mirror produces
a narrow glare area extending the full length of its cylin-
drical side and into its rounded ends. On its spherical end,
viewed end-on, the mirror produces glare over a radially
A lighting fixture for use with fluorescent U-bent lamps
in which the lamp holder or electrical socket is mounted
at an angle with respect to a vertical plane through the
lighting fixture in order that the U-bent lamps are
mounted at an angle with respect to the fixture to thereby
place the higher light output, U-bent end of the lamp a
greater distance from the refractor than the open or
mounting pin end of the lamp.
3 712 982
BENZOXAZOLYLSTILBAZOLE FLUORESCENT
WHITENING AGENT
Alfred C. Meunier and Nathan N. Crounse, Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to Sterling Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned apphca-
tion Ser. No. 855,729, Sept. 5, 1969. This application
Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. xNo. 180,166
Int. CI. C09b 23/14
U.S. CI. 260 240 D ' Claim
The fluorescent compound 5,4'-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)-2-
stilbazole, which is useful as an optical brightening agent
for fibrous and fiber-forming organic materials.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1435
3 712 983
DIGITAL RADIATION DOSIMETER WITH IM-
PROVED INTEGRATING PULSE IONIZA-
TION CHAMBER
Cagmer J. Borkowski, Oak Ridge, and James M. Rochelle,
Knoxville, Tenn., assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,888
Int. CI. GOlt 1/18
U.S. CI. 250—83.6 R 6 Claims
An elongated light-directing structure is carried by the
support and extends from the light source beyond the
support so as to have a free end which may be placed
in the mouth for directing the light to a limited area
for applying ultraviolet energy thereto. A manually
operable control is provided to be manipulated by the
operator for controlling the transmission of light and thus
controlling the application of ultraviolet energy.
IM^
J IIOIIOSTIIIC I I
V^iii«.iiyie«»TO«rT
An improved digital radiation dosimeter of the oscillat-
ing ionization chamber type including a gas diode con-
nected in series with the chamber anode has been provided
with improved operation and miniaturization of the
detector chamber. This is made possible by a circuit that
adds strobe pulses to the normal DC chamber bias voltage
so as to allow the gas diode to discharge even though the
active chamber volume is not large enough to produce
sufficient diode bias current at low radiation exposure
rates.
3 712 984
INSTRUMENT FOR TRANSMITTING ULTRA-
VIOLET RADIATION TO A LIMITED AREA
Otto E. Lienbard, Upper Montclair, N J., assignor to
Canrad Precision Industries, Inc.
Filed Mar. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,084
Int. CI. HOlj 37/00
U.S. CI. 250—86 •• 41 Claims
^'^ "> >'.
^ J' *
3 712 985
OPTICAL SPATIAL FILTER FOR MODIFICATION
OF RECEIVED ENERGY VS RANGE
William G. Swarner and Clinton E. Prettjman, Columbus,
Ohio, assignors to the United States of America as
represented bv the Secretarv of the Navy
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,908
Int. CI. GOlc 3/08
U.S. CI. 250—216 7 Claims
In an optical ranging system for locting targets beyond
an uneven interface comprising a pulsed laser transmitter
aligned with an optical receiver, the return from close
targets is reduced by including a spatial filter having a
dense central portion at the focal plane of an objective
lens in the receiver thereby reducing dynamic range and
preventing receiving saturation from volumetric backscat-
ter near the interface.
3,712,986
ELECTRON IMAGING DEVICE UTILIZING A
FIBER OPTIC INPUT WINDOW
Peter R. CoUings, Horseheads. N.Y.. assignor to Westing-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,109
Int. CI. HOlj 5/16. 39/00
U.S. CI. 250—227 2 Claims
An instrument for transmitting ultraviolet radiation An electron imaging device in which radiation is di-
to a limited area within a confined space, such as a dental rected through a fiber optic input window onto a photo-
instrument for treating a limited area within the human electric surface. The fiber optic window mcludes a plurah-
mouth. The instrument is hand-held and includes a sup- ty of fiber optic members in which each of the fiber optics
port on which a source of ultraviolet light is mounted, is provided with a non-planar inner surface on which
1436
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
the photoelectric layer is deposited. In this manner, a anode of a subsequent one via a connecting diode. A pulse
greater photoelectric response is obtained to a given in- sequence is applied to alternate cathodes and the remain-
sert over a planar surface. ing cathodes are either grounded or receive a pulse se-
quence of opposite polarity to the first pulse sequence.
3 712 987
TIMING CONTROL APPARATUS
William L. McKeown, Roswell, N. Mex., assignor to
Lek-Trol. Inc., Roswell, N. Mex.
Filed Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 211,567
Int. CI. HOlh 7100
U.S. CI. 307—41 27 Claims
Analog signal to be delayed is connected to the first stor-
age diode, delay signal is derived from the last storage
diode after a delay determined by the frequency of the
pulse sequence.
3,712,989
PEAK DETECTOR
Robert F. Barton, Annandale, V'a., assignor to Gautney &
Jones, Falls Church, Va.
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,629
Int. CI. H03k 9102, 17/00
U.S. CI. 307—235 4 Claims
Timing control apparatus is disclosed for controlling
the time intervals during which electrical power is sup-
plied to selected stations. The apparatus includes a
rotatable station plate on which are movably mounted a
plurality of pins extending from one surface of the plate.
Each pin corresponds to a different one of the stations and
may be positioned in any one of a set of positions. The
position selected determines whether the station corre-
sponding to the pin is to receive power and if so the time
interval during which it is to receive power. The station
wheel rotates and successively positions each of the pins
in an index position and when a particular pin is in the
index position, the determination is made as to whether
the station to which the pin corresponds is to receive
power. This determination is made by means of a clutch
device which, in response to a signal, engages a longi-
tudinal arm and causes one end thereof to move until
the arm is stopped by the pin in the index position. Power
is applied to the station corresponding to this gin during
the time interval the arm is moved. Each of the pins may
be adjusted so that when in the index position the arm
may be moved for a fixed period of time or not at all.
39
^
INPUTi
-^^ S
17
23 25 29 31 35
19 1 21 1 ^37
27'
43
LD^>#rO
45
33
A logarithmic peak detector operable over wide ampli-
tude and frequency ranges comprises a full-wave rectifier
followed by a peak detector circuit which in turn drives
a logarithmic amplifier. Full-wave rectification prior to
logarithmic amplification reduces by one-half the dynamic
range required of the logarithmic amplifier. Peak detec-
tion prior to logarithmic amplification considerably re-
duces the frequency response required of the logarithmic
amplifier. The logarithmic peaks may be stored in addi-
tional peak detector circuitry for time periods required
by the monitoring equipment.
3,712,988
ANALOG DELAY CIRCUIT USING
STORAGE DIODES
Gerhard Krause, Darmstadt, Germany, assignor to
Femseh G.m.b.H., Darmstadt, Germany
Original application Sept. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 763,487.
Divided and this application Apr. 2, 1971, Ser.
No. 130,705
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 19, 1967,
F 53,536; Oct. 18. 1967, F 53,813; Nov. 18, 1967.
F 54,072; Jan. 31, 1968. F 54.687; Feb. 3, 1968,
F 54,734; Mar. 5, 1968, F 54,984
Int. CI. Gllc 79/00
U.S. CI. 307—221 R 8 Claims
A plurality of storage diodes are connected in cascade
by connecting the anode of each storage diode to the
3,712,990
FAST-ACTING TOGGLE CIRCUIT
Colin C. Gordon, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to General
Motors Corporation. Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 201,472
Int. CI. H03k 5/20, 5/08
U.S. CI. 307 235 3 Claims
A toggle circuit includes a differential switch for
shifting to a full-switched condition when the potential
at an input terminal exceeds the potential at a reference
terminal. The potential at the input terminal is clamped
to the potential at a control terminal through the base-
emitter junction of an emitter-follower transistor. In turn,
potential at the reference terminal through the anode-
cathode junction of an ordinary diode. As a result, the
differential switch normally resides in a half-switched
condition thereby to minimize the switching time of the
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1437
3 712 992
PULSE LENGTH MULTIPLIER CIRCLTT
toggle circuit. Further, as the differential switch begins
to shift from the half-switched condition toward the full- B„rtro"nlS:"sihertz and Lester Wilkinson, Kokomo, Ind.
switched condition, the potential at the control termmai ^j ,. ^^ General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 201,471
Int. CI. H03ki/i4, 5/0-/
U.S. CI. 307—267 2 Claims
'V— J.\ f>., ^'-- i^V ^h^
"'i-^^i^Mli^
^4i^
,»
-^4
L ,
is removed. Consequently, the potential at the reference
terminal decreases thereby to reduce the switching time
of the toggle circuit.
3 712 991
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT FOR PROVIDING AND
MAINTAINING A BINARY SIGNAL CHANGE
IN RESPONSE TO A PREDETERMINED
CHANGE IN A SENSED ANALOG CONDITION
Donald E. Albright, Hugo, Minn., assignor to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 829,357, June
2, 1969, now Patent No. 3,599,349. This application
Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,202
Int. CI. H03k 17/56. 3/35
U.S. CI. 307—252 F 15 Claims
A pulse length multiplier circuit includes a capacitor
for providing a multiplication factor
MF=l + T
where Ic is the charging current applied to the capacitor
in response to the presence of an input pulse and Id is
the discharging current drawn from the capacitor in re-
sponse to the absence of an input pulse. The charging
current /c=/s where Is is a constant supply current. The
discharging current
where M/N is the ratio of the number M of transistors
in one parallel connected set of a matched series to the
number N of transistors in another parallel connected
set of the matched series. As a result, the multiplication
factor
An analog condition is sensed by a photocell included
in a voltage dividing network. The voltage dividiiig net-
work thereby provides an analog signal which is indica-
tive of the analog condition. The analog signal is applied
to the gate of a PUT having its anode connected to a
reference voltage source. In response to a predetermined
change in the analog signal, the PUT is turned on to
provide a binary signal change at its cathode. An im-
pedance connected to the PUT cathode is of suflSciently
low value relative to the impedance as seen at the PUT
gate when the PUT is conducting to maintain the PUT
in a conducting state when the sensed condition returns
to a prechanged state. In one preferred embodiment a
detection circuit coupling the PUT gate to the voltage
dividing network enables detection at the PUT of only
those changes in the analog signal which occur at a pre-
determined minimum rate of change.
N
circuit.
3 712 993
PULSE LENGTH MULTIPLIER CIRCUIT
Lamonte R. Edison, Kokomo, Ind., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 201,533
Int. CI. H03k7 /74, 5/04
U.S. CI. 307—267 ^ 4 Claims
A pulse length multiplier circuit produces an output
pulse having a length equal to the length of an input piilse
multiplied by a multiplication factor which is a function
only of the ratio of a charging current and a discharging
current. A charging voltage is developed by a pair of
charging voltage resistances and is applied across a charg-
ing current resistance by one pair of opposite conductivity
type emitter-follower transistors to define the charging
current. A discharging voltage is developed by a pair
of discharging voltage resistances and is applied across a
discharging current resistance by another pair of opposite
conductivity type emitter-follower transistors to define the
discharging current. As a result, the multiplication factor
1438
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
is a function only of the ratio of the charging and dis- includes a diffused resistor made at the same time as the
charging current resistances, the ratio of the charging source and drain regions of the transistor which is within
77
voltage resistances, and the ratio of the discharging volt-
age resistances.
3 712,994
AUTOMATIC TIME CONTROL CIRCLIT
Danio Graziani. Milan, Italy, assignor to International
Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 20, 1971, Ser. No. 164,372
Int. CI. H03k 17/26
VS. CI. 307—293 3 Claims
78 66 68 172 73 74 75 42' 22" 14'
the well region. The diffused resistor is disposed within a
region made at the same time as the well region.
ERRATUM
For Class 310—247 see:
Patent No. 3,711,907
3,712,996
STABILIZATION OF PLASMA GENERATORS
Tibor Kugler, Sins, Switzerland, assignor to Lonza Ltd.,
Basel, Switzerland
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
43,014, June 3, 1970. This application Feb. 24, 1972,
Ser. No. 228,880
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 10, 1969,
8,774/69
Int. CI. H05b 37/26
U.S. CI. 313—231 3 Claims
1
1'
T
0
' /,
^; "
■W^^
Mam
arl'^IH-T
. t
4
5,
f
cv
1
J)
ff:-ertia,
L.TCUlt
e, 1
1
Counter
hntnienKwajp 21
This invention relates to an automatic time control
circuit. The time delay of an adjustable time delay circuit
is controlled by an error voltage which is derived from
the continuous comparison of the time delay with another
time obtained from a very stable source such as a crystal
oscillator.
3,712,995
INPUT TRANSIENT PROTECTION FOR COMPLE-
MENTARY INSULATED GATE FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE
Goetz Wolfgang Steudel, Flemington, N.J., assignor to
RCA Corporation
Filed Mar. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 238,486
Int. CI. HOll 19/00
U.S. CI. 307—304 7 Claims
A COS/MOS integrated circuit device of the type
having a diffused well region and complementary insulated
gate field effect transistors inside and outside the well
region, respectively, has an integral circuit for protecting
the gate insulators of the insulated gate field effect tran-
sistors from destructive transients. The protection circuit
A liquid stabilized plasma generator has a path of flow
for the arc divided into sections with the flow channel
constricted at the transitions between the sections, the
stabilizing liquid being divided in each section into par-
tial streams one of which is discharged from its section
in the vicinity of the respective constrictor through a nar-
row gap extending near the inner surface of the liquid
vortex. Various arrangements of divisions are provided.
3 712 997
RUGGEDIZED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING LEAD
James K. Fisher, Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley,
N.J.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 100,072
Int. CI. HOlj 5/00
U.S. CI. 313—317 7 Clainis
In an electron tube such as a vidicon, conductor leads
are used to connect various electrodes in the tube to ex-
ternal terminals. Some of the leads are of a considerable
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1439
leneth in that they connect to electrodes which are located of the parabolic component of the output signal, a second
lengtn m tnai ^"^.yj""" ^^^^^ , terminals These leads long-tailed pair circuit is added in which a parabolic
Se^mtddXnlur a groosmTlal envelope volfage is Lwplied by a direct voltage. T^e output
are emoeuueu unci a b «^ voltages of the long-tailed pair circuits are added. The
system lends itself to fabrication as an integrated circuit.
J^a^
wall and fritted over with solder glass. The embedded
leads provide secure connections and ruggedize the tube
-mbly to better withstand severe shock and vibrations.
asser
3 712 998
CATHODE RAY TUBE FOR PRODUCING
VARIABLE SIZED DISPLAYS
Michael S. Mauck, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Tektronix,
Inc., Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,628
Int. CI. HOlj 29/80
U.S. CI. 315—17 15 Clamis
The present invention relates to a control-circuit for a
deflection circuit in a display arrangement for producing
a voltage which is the combination of a sawtooth voltage
and a voltage varying approximately in the third power,
as the case may be, combined with a parabolic voltage.
3,713,000
SWEEP GENERATOR W ITH AUTOMATIC
CENTERING
Carl R. Driskell, Winter Park, and Joseph R. Owen,
Orlando, Fla., assignors to the United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,430
Int. CI. HOlj 29/70
U.S. CI. 315—24 5 Claims
.10
A cathode ray tube is provided with first and second
apertured electrodes between the tube's deflection appara-
tus and the phosphor screen. The electrode closest to the
tube's deflection system is switched between the voltage
of the second electrode and a lower voltage for "gear
shifting" between different sized displays.
SYNC
PULSE
INPUT
RANGE
CONTROL ,„ j-
vOlTAGE ^«0 J^
r
i /
22
30
•
36
le
CaLiBRlTiON 1 *
DELAY — '
ME«NS ,^ r-»
RESET
Flip-plOP
SET
SLOPE
RAMP
GENERATOR
^
. 1
50
48
44
,*<
20
: 1
RANGE
COMPENS6T1ON
DELAY
MEANS
DIFFERENTIAL
AMPLIFIER
MEANS
*-!_
AVERAGE
DETECTOR
WEANS
^
•n
56
[.1
, 52
5« i-
3 712 999
CONTROL-CIRCUIT FOR A DEFLECTION CIRCUIT
OF A DISPLAY ARRANGEMENT
Wouter Smeulers, Paulus Joseph Maria Hovcns, and Jan
Abraham Cornells Korver, Emmasingel, Eindhoven,
Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corporation,
New York, N.Y. ^ _^
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,146
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 4, 1969,
6916661
Int. CI. HOlj 29/70
U.S. CI. 315 19 1^ Claims
A TV deflection system that includes a control circuit
for producing a voltaee which is the combination of a
sawtooth voltage, a voltage varying approximately at the
third power, and a parabolic voltage. The arrangement
comprises a long-iailed pair circuit connected as a multi-
plier circuit to which are applied a parabolic voltage and
a voltage that is the sum of a DC voltage and a sawtooth
voltage. The parabolic voltage and the sawtooth voltage
. are of the same frequency. In order to reverse the polarity
An automatically centering variable slope television
sweep circuit wherein a variable sync signal delay means
initiates output of a voltage variable slope generator at
times determined by a closed circuit control means com-
prising an average output detector and a differential am-
plifier so that when the slope is changed it does so about
its own center.
3,713,001
HIGH VOLTAGE DEFLECTION CORRECTION
IN CRT DISPLAYS
Glenn C. Waehner, Riverside, Conn., and Thomas J. Ray,
Yonkers. N.Y., assignors to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Jan. 20, 1972. Ser. No. 219,465
Int. CI. HOlj 29/70
U.S. CI. 315 276 D 2 Claims
The X and Y deflection voltages for a CRT display are
corrected to accommodate excursions in the acceleration
or anode voltage of a CRT display by multiplication with
1440
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
a signal which is a function of the square root of the high
voltage. The invention may be practiced following pin-
cushion correction (correction for a planar CRT screen
a signal voltage relatively high in frequency and relatively
much lower in voltage thereon and a sense circuit respon-
sive to high frequency current in the line. This current
only flows' when a leak or fault from the line to earth is
jt^ .
33, 30,
geometry), or directly. A second embodiment integrates
pincushion and anode voltage correction thereby to re-
quire fewer and simpler circuits.
3,713.002
DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE WITH DIFFEREN-
TIAL PROTECTION SYSTEM INCLLDING MEANS
FOR AIR GAP MONITORING
Eugene C. Whitnev. Pittsburgh. Pa., assignor to Westing-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filed Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,105
Int. CI. H02h 7/06
U.S. CI. 317—13 R 6 Claims
present. The resulting sense circuit signal is amplified and
passed through a phase sensing circuit to eliminate stray
fault readings and used to trip a circuit interrupter to
disconnect the load from A.C. power.
3,713,004
CIRCUIT BREAKER INCLUDING IMPROVED
PROTECTIVE DEVICE
Joseph F. Skeehan, North Versailles, and William H.
South, McKeesport, Pa., assignors to Weslingbouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,506
Int. CI. HOlh 47/18
U.S. CI. 317—33 R 6 Claims
'vr/ •
A dynamoelectric machine is provided with an im-
proved system for protecting against abnormal conditions
wherein the staler windings for each electrical phase in-
clude a plurality of parallel winding portions mutually
connected to an external lead with current transformers
on each parallel for sensing conditions therein and detect-
ing unbalanced conditions therebetween such as may be
caused by air gap non-uniformity. An additional current
transformer is provided on the external lead for a given
phase and interconnected, such as through appropriate
relaying means, to the current transformers on the indi-
vidual parallels for detecting overall machine unbalances.
The invention is particularly beneficial in machines such
as large generators where it is important to insure stable
air gap distribution while minimizing the number and size
of necessary conductors.
3,713,003
FAULT OR LEAK DETECTOR
Ralph E. Benham, Arcadia. Calif., assignor to Purex
Corporation, Ltd., Lakewood, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 856,095,
Sept. 8, 1969. This application Feb. 16, 1971, Ser.
No. 115.252
Int. CI. H02h 3/16
U.S. CI. 317—18 D 16 Claims
A fault detector for an A.C. circuit including an oscil-
lator inductively coupled to the A.C. lines to impress
A circuit breaker including separable contacts, an
operating means or mechanism for opening and for
closing and latching in the contacts, and an overcurrent
protective device including means which are responsive
to the current in the separable contacts and an electrical
circuit which is being protected by the circuit breaker
to actuate the operating means of the circuit breaker to
open said contacts upon the occurrence of predetermined
operating conditions. The protective device includes
means which actuate said operating means after a prede-
termined time delay which may vary inversely with the
current for certain overcurrents or which may be sub-
stantially fixed or of a predetermined duration for cer-
tain overcurrents and at least one means which is re-
sponsive substantially instantaneously when the current
in the associated contacts or electrical circuit exceeds
or increases above a predtermined value and additional
means which is connected to render the last-mentioned
means inoperative or to inhibit its operation during cer- -
tain operating conditions of the circuit breaker even when
the current in the contacts is relatively low compared with
the continuous current rating of the circuit breaker.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1441
3,713,005
CIRCUIT BREAKER INCLUDING IMPROVED
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEMCE
Joseph C. Engel, Mom-oeviile, Pa., assignor to Westing-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filed Mar. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,510
Int. CI. HOlh 47/18
U.S. CI. 317—33 R 10 Claims
^
^■
Mi
-^TO-
A circuit breaker including an overcurrent protective
device of the inverse time delay type which is responsive
to the current in an electrical circuit which is being pro-
tected by the associated circuit breaker. The protective
device may include means for producing periodic pulses
of current of sub>tantially a predetermined width and of
substantially a predetermined frequency or pulse repeti-
tion rate which may be adjustable. The magnitude of
such pulses varies with substantially the square of the
current or the highest line current in the protected cir-
cuit. When the current in the protected circuit in-
creases above or exceeds a predetermined value or
level, the pulses of current are applied to a timing or
integrating capacitor to provide a predetermined output
after a time delay which varies inversely with substan-
tially the square of the current in the protected circuit.
while at the same time providing a built-in first stage
network for broad-band impedance matching and im-
pedance transformation. In a basic embodiment of this
invention, the transistor die is disposed upon a common
metallized area of a transistor package. Typically, the
collector regions are in electrical contact with this metal-
lized area. Relatively short and uniform base lead bonds
connect each of a plurality of base regions to one side
of an array of corresponding capacitors disposed upon
a second metallized area which serves as the common
emitter. The second sides of the capacitors are in con-
tact with the common emitter area. The emitter regions
of the transistor die are likewise connected to the com-
mon emitter area through relatively short and uniform
lead bonds. In a preferred embodiment of the present
invention, additional lead bonds also connect the emitter
regions to the common emitter side of the capacitor array.
By making the latter emitter lead bonds of the same
length and contour as the base lead bonds, and by inter-
leaving them in parallel with the base lead bonds, a
further reduction of the input inductance of the invented
hybrid transistor is achieved. The present invention dis-
closes a transistor having superior high frequency operat-
ing characteristics than heretofore attainable at power
levels in excess of 40 watts. The superior operating char-
acteristics, including low input inductance and low im-
pedance transformation, enable broad-band uniform am-
plication over as much as one octave of the frequency
band above 100 mHz.
3,713,007
SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENT WITH SEMICON-
DUCTOR BODY SEALED WITHIN SYNTHETIC
COVERING MATERIAL
Georg Walter, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengeseilschaft, Berlin and .Munich. Germany
Filed May 24, 1971. Ser. No. 146.087
Claims priorit>, application Germany. June 4, 1970,
P 20 27 598.3
Int. CI. HOll 3/00, 5/00 '
U.S. CI. 317—234 R 1 Claim
3,713,006
HYBRID TRANSISTOR
Thomas P. Litty, Los Angeles, Ellsworth R. Moss, Palos
Verdes, and Edward J. Rice. Los Angeles, Calif., as-
signors to TRW Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 113,272,
Feb. 8, 1971. This application Aug. 23, 1971, Ser.
No. 173,774
Int. CI. HOll 79/00
U.S. CL 317—101 A 41 Claims
26b
A hybrid transistor comprising a transistor die and
internally disposed capacitive elements configured to
reduce substantially the inductance of the transistor's in-
put, typically the base in common emitter configurations.
A semiconductor component has a semiconductor body,
a cup-shaped housing having a wall and a base con-
jointly defining a hollow for receiving the semiconductor
body. A cover having an opening and a wall-like extension
surrounding the semiconductor is also provided. An elec-
trode for the semiconductor extends through this opening
in electrically insulated relation to the cover. The wall-
like extension has an end surface whereat the cover rests
upon the base and a pressure member exerts a force on
the cover so that the end surface presses against the base
in seal tight relation to the latter, whereby the synthetic
material is prevented from penetrating to the region of
the semiconductor body when the material is applied and
still in the plastic condition.
1442
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,713.008
SFMICONDLCTOR DEVICES HAVING AT LEAST
FOUR REGIONS OF ALTERNATELY DIFFERENT
CONDUCTANCE TYPE
Heinz Dorendorf. Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Xktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Original application Nov. 13, 1963, Ser. No. 323,280.
Divided and this application May 8, 1967, Ser.
No. 648.179
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Nov. 26, 1^6^,
S 82,756
Int. CI. HOU 19/00
U.S. CI. 317—235 R 7 Claims
the voltage signal and conjointly furnish a datum input
to a speed regulator whose pilot input depends upon the
rotary winder speed and whose output is connected to the
motor control means for varying the rotary speed to
maintain the pulling tension in the material at a con-
stant value. An amplitude limiter is interposed between the
DtGUUlOU HtGUUIW
nFFlKNTIUW
Described is a semiconductor device having at least four
recions of alternately different conductance type and
comprising a flat plate-shaped body of cryst?lline semi-
conductor^material. The main portion of the body has a
first type of conductance forming one flat surface of the
plate. Two diffusion-doped surface regions of the opposed
conductance type are located in the body at the other flat
surface of the plate and cover respective surface areas of
smaller size than, and positioned within, the other plate
surface. These two regions forming respective p-n junc-
tions with the main portion and being spaced from each
other by part of the main portion a distance not larger
than five times the median diffusion length of the minority
charge carriers in the main portion. Another region, hav-
ing the same conductance type as the main portion and
having smaller dimensions than one of the two opposed-
type conductance regions, located at the other plate sur-
face and surrounded by one region to form a third p-n
junction therewith. The shortest distance of the other
recion from the main portion being no larger than the
median diffusion length of the minority charge carriers
in the one region. The body may be silicon.
integrator and the signal voltage means. A current regula-
tor subordinate to the speed regulator is connected be-
tween the output of the speed regulator and the motor
control means. The current controller derives its pilot
magnitude from the current in the motor energizing cir-
cuit, the datum input of the current regulator being deliv-
ered by the output of the speed regulator.
3,713,010
DIODE-CAPACITOR CHARGE AND DISCHARGE
CIRCUIT
Robert W. Drushel, Farmington, Mich., assignor to
Ex-Cell-O Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Original application Oct. 3. 1966, Ser. No. 583,875.
Divided and this application July 6, 1971, Ser.
No. 160,042
Int. CI. H03k 5/18. 5/20
U.S. CI. 320—1 3 Claims
q4;3it"_[:i3|;;i
3,713,009
SYSTEM FOR REGULATING THE SPEED OF AN
AXIALLY DRIVEN WINDER DRIVE
Herbert Poppinger and Manfred Liska, Munich, Ger-
many, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlm
and Munich, Germany
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,540
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 15, 1969,
P 19 57 623.9
Int. CI. B65h 59/38
U.S. CI. 318 6 7 Claims
a' system for regulating the speed of an axially driven
winder for textile and other thread or web material, which
operates to maintain constant mechanical tension in the
material being wound. The system comprises a winder
motor of variable rotary speed and motor control means
for varying the rotary speed. A dancer roller enga^eable
with the material being wound, deflects from a given po-
sition when the pulling tension of the material, as it is be-
ing wound, departs from the desired value. Each deflec-
tion of the dancer roller causes the issuance of a voltage
signal whose amplitude and polarity depend upon magni-
tude and direction of the dancer-roller deflection. An in-
tegrator and a differentiator are connected in parallel to
A highly sensitive and completely stable circuit for
and method of detecting low amplitude, short duration
direct current signal variations associated with sparking
between an electrode tool and a conducting workpiece
in an electrochemical machining process or the like arid
substantially immediately producing a control signal in
response to a predetermined detected signal level is dis-
closed The structure includes a polarity discriminating
sensing circuit for initially detecting the signal variations,
an am^ifier circuit for providing an amplified and sta-
bilized signal substantially immediately on sensing a
signal variation of the proper polarity and output circuit
for providing an output signal in response to a selected
portion of the amplified and stabilized signal, includmg
means for selecting the level of the selected signal portion
operable to provide the output signal, means for cutting
off the amplified and stabilized signal when the selected
level is below a predetermined minimum and means
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1443
f'J?de'',:™inerirrp?o\itraV:utUrS:a1." si,na, to rapidly advance .he cond.con a„„e away
3,713,011
CONVERTER APPARATUS
Frederick O. Johnson, Monroeville, and Theodore M.
HeYnrich, Murrysville, Pa., assignors to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 238,916
Int. CI. H02m 7/12 „ ^, • .
U.S. CI. 321-27 R 17 Claims
MriW(FQn«S
Converter apparatus includes a power converter havmg
controlled rectifier devices connected to interchange elec-
trical power between a source of alternating Potential
and a direct current load circuit, a phase controller for
controlling the conduction angle of the controlled rectifier
devices and circuitry for maintaining synchronous opera-
tion between the phase controller and the power converter.
The circuitry for maintaining synchronous operation con-
strains the conduction angle between predetermined end
stops, by providing a composite end stop signal, and
comparing it with predetermined threshold levels "Hie
composite end stop signal is made up of segments se-
lected from a plurality of timing waveforms which are
responsive to the source of alternating potential, with
the segments selected being determined by the conduction
angle. ^^^^^^^_^^_
3,713,012
CONVERTER APPARATUS
Frederick O. Johnson, Monroeville, Pa., assignor to West-
inghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 28. 1972, Ser. No. 238,917
Int. CI. H02m 7/72 ., ^. .
U.S. CI. 321—27 R ^ ^ *^'"""^
Dual converter apparatus including first and second
converters having controlled rectifier devices, and a load
circuit. A phase controller controls the conduction angle
of the controlled rectifier devices to interchange power
between alternating and direct current circuits. A bi-
directional reference signal indicative of the desired op-
eration of the converter apparatus is switched in re-
sponse to predetermined circuit parameters to provide
a substantially unidirectional reference signal. A feedbacic
circuit provides a unidirectional feedback signal respon-
sive to the actual operation of the converter. A com-
parator provides an error signal for the phase controller
in response to the unidirectional reference and feedback
signals. The dead time during which no load current flows,
while switching from one converter to the other, is sub-
stantially reduced by a circuit which forcibly retards the
from the end stop, and terminates the biasing of the error
signal when the on-coming converter provides load
current. ^ ^^^^^^^_^
VOLTAGE CONTROlIed'JnV^ERTER CIRC^^
FOR VARIABLE SUPPLY VOLTAGES AN1>
Edwa?d^S%hillips, Los Altos, and ««> -"""d !^ j V^^^^'
^ood. Saratoga, Calif., assignors to Programmed Power,
Inc., Menio Park, Calif.
Filed Apr. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 243,193
Int. CI. H02m 7/52
U.S. CI. 321-45 R 1« Claims
-rci "rc3 E 1 1
,, 1 2-vjnni/
L4
Zl
-/3
An inverter circuit includes a pair il P^^^^^^CR s
with inverse parallel connected control SCR s. The fir ng
Ume of the control SCR's are varied with respect to the
power SCR's in accordance with variations >" ^uPPlv l^'
age and load to allow a greater or lesser oscillatory volt-
age in the power SCR resonant circuit.
VARACTOR MULTfjl'^R t^
CIRCUIT FOR INCREASING BAND ur
,.„.°T^™^r. Pa.a«„e nU assignor ,o Mo.orol..
Inc., Frankhn Park, 111.
Filed Aug. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 170,833
Int. CI. H02m 5/30 ^^ ^^^.^^
^'a varacVormuhiplier has an input circuit including a
secondary circulating circuit comprised of an inductor and
a capaci or which are tuned to a frequency near he
econ^ll harmonic of the input frequency thereby prov.dmg
a net capacitance at the input frequency wh ch lowers
'he comiK.site resonant frequency of the multiplier so hat
ts band of operation is increased. The secondary c.rculat-
ng circuit also provides a net inductance at harmonic
906 O.G.— 53
1444
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
, u- u .^»r th^n thp «;erond thereby current carrying electrodes of a reverse direction genera-
S:S.1h: Slp,i°er''=.o tiranT u;ipe'';a7ur^ .or field coil switching .ransis.or which is responsive .o
changes of the output and idler circuits. Furthermore, the
,56 36
1
FROM
^ 9
POWER
AMP
58 i
\^
secondary circulating circuit forms part of the impedance
transformation network which matches the varactor to its
driver.
3,713,015
ALTERNATING CI RRENT GENERATOR HAVING
A lAVlN PM ROTOR WHICH IS ADJUSTABLE IN
RESPONSE TO OUTPUT VOLTAGE
Manfred Frister. Schwieberdingen. Germany, assignor to
Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Feb. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 223,639
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 9, 1971,
P 21 06 057.1
Int. CL H02p 9/40; H02k 21/16
U.S. CL 322—28 15 Claims
ff-'
An alternating current generator has a stator having
an output winding for producing an output voltage. A
first permanent magnet rotor is mounted on the shift of
the senerator for rotation therewith. A second permanent
magnet rotor is mounted coaxially with the first permanent
magnet rotor on the shaft, the second rotor being angu-
larly adjustable with respect to the shaft about the com-
mon axis. Control means adjust the angular position of
the second rotor, relative to the front rotor in response to
changes of the output voltage.
3 ^-Z
.V
if
■4j
.1*
rC
.If .f JQ
conditions of generator output over-potential to become
conductive.
3,713,017
FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYED APPARATUS
Peter A. Vena, Costa Mesa, Calif., assignor to Colhns
Radio Company, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Oct. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 188,405
Int. CLH04I 27/72
U.S. CL 332—9 R ^ Claims
3,713,016
GENERATOR FIELD COIL ENERGIZING
REVERSING CIRCUIT
Richard N. Lebnhoff, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to General
Motors Corporation. Detroit. Mich.
Filed Feb. 3, 1972. Ser. No. 223,095
Int. CI. H02p 9/30
U.S. CI. 322—28 5 Claims
A generator field coil energization reversing circuit for
use with a generator of the type having a field coil and
in combination with an associated potential regulator of
the tyne responsive to generator output potential reaching
a predetermined magnitude to operate an associated con-
trol switch to the electrical circuit open condition. The
generator field is connected across a source of direct cur-
rent generator field coil energizing potential in one polar-
ity relationship through the current carrying electrodes of
a forward direction generator field coil switching transis-
tor and the potential regulator control switch, the transis-
tor being conductive only while the control switch is con-
ductive, and in a reverse polarity relationship through the
y is^zTJ-
A digitalized FSK modulating system whereby the
transition between frequencies provides substantially con-
tinuous phase characteristics.
3.713,018 „^„
ELECTRONIC PHOTO FLASH APPARATUS OPER-
ATING FROM ALTERNATING CURRENT CIR-
CUITS OF DIFFERENT VOLTAGES
Christhard Tscheuschner, Braunschweig, Germany, as-
signor to Rollei-Werke Franke & Heidecke, Braunsch-
weig, Germany ,,„„--
Filed July 1, 1971, Ser. No. 158,955
Claims priority, application Germany, July 2, ivvu,
P 20 32 733.7
Int. CL G05f 5/00: H02m 7/24
U S. CL 321 15 " Calms
'Electronic photo flash apparatus powered by energy
stored in capacitors which are charged from alternating
current circuits or "mains." Circuits are provided to
enable the capacitors to be charged to approximately
the same voltage each time, even though at times the ap-
paratus may be plugged into an alternating current circuit
having one of the standard voltages (e.g., 110 or in
volts) and at other times may be plugged into an alter-
nating current circuit having one of the other standard
voltages substantially double the first mentioned voltage
(e g 220 or 230 volts). In one embodiment, a hand op-
erated switch is used, depending upon the voltage of the
ELECTRICAL
1445
January 23, 1973
mains into which the apparatus is plugged. In another --^^-^^ ^ha^
embodiment, the apparatus functions automatically m ^V^ delajmg^ the^ gap^
condition. More particularly the invention is intended
for use with apparatus for the electrochemical removal ot
material whereby a workpiece. usually connected as an
anode, and a tool, usually connected as a cathode form
^ . a gap which is continuously filled with a flowing electro-
response to the voltage into which it is plugged, and
manual actuation of a switch is not necessary.
3,713,019 _^^
ELECTRONIC SCANPOINT MATRIX HAVING
MEANS FOR DETECTING ELECTRICAL
FAILURES THEREIN .
John G. van Bosse, Mount Prospect, III., assignor to GIL
Automatic Electric Laboratories, Incorporated, North-
*'**"'' "''Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,394
Int. CLGOlri; /02
U.S. CL 324-51 7 Claims
lyte solution so that as direct current flows through the
ellctrolyte and across the gap. material w.l be removed
from the anode. Shunting devices such ^s ^hynstors are
preferably connected in parallel across the gap so that
when the combination of the gap voltage and a second
voltage produced by delaying the gap voltage indicates a
short circuit condition, these shunting devices c^n dis-
sipate the energy resulting from the short circuit condition
and prevent the overflow of current across the gap.
SENSITOMETER FOR PHOTOCONDUCTH E
MATERIALS
George M. Letson, Scottsville, Robert J. ^h't™^"^
Conesus, and James J. Scott Jr.. R«^h"ter N Y as-
signors to Eastman Kodak Company Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,751
Int. CL GOlr 29/72. 5/28
U.S. CL 324-32 ^ Claims
An electronic scanpoint matrix of the resistor-capacitor-
diode type for supervision of a plurality of signal lines
has one side of each signal line and each scanpoint se-
lectively coupled in common via relay contacts to a
source of biasing voltage or ground. The relay contacts are
operated to selectively apply a biasing voltage or ground
potential to the scanpoints and signal lines to provide a
matrix output which is representative of electrical failures
in driver transformers, driver transistors, scanpoint capaci-
tors, scanpoint diodes or sense line output transformers.
3,713,020
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A SHORT CIRCUIT
ACROSS A GAP BY COMPARING THE GAP V^OLT-
AGE WITH A DELAYED PORTION THEREOF
Henning Kohler, Wermelskirchen, Germany, assignor to
AEG-Elotherm G.m.b.H., Remscheid-Hasten, Germany
Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,577
Int. CL GOlr i7/02; G08b 27/00
U S. CL 324 51 5 Claims
'a method and apparatus for detecting a short circuit
across a gap by detecting the voltage across the gap and
Simoles of photoconductive materials, arranged in the
lorm of a continuous belt, are sensitometrically tested by
success vely passing such samples past erase, charge, and
exDOse Itations. Two kinds of exposure stations are pro-
vided vz one" „ which the samples are flashed via an op i-
cat wedge and one in which the samples are randomly
1446
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
flashed for .he purpose of simulating -ma. use for .he f ow-ac.i"g fee^^^^^^^^^^
?d"SS- :e%nalHed"ru:in1°ra^"c;:^:s^of' ^he^ ^U: Z^^^^' «as-.,n, feedback consis.s of ,ua„.a
and randomly flashed during other cycles. A recorder de-
vice, operable while wedge flashing, produces sets of
F— log E records for the respective cycles.
♦^
w
' \
! r"
1
CURRENT
•n
SOURCE
-^H
If
I
1
1 DETECTOR
IV
^S 8-
6-^k+lR
«.
2BI0CI)05SM6
SU3«
DCreCTOO
1 SMWU
1,
BSPUT
W^ HOLD
QRCUIT
^<
of charge of defined magnitude and the slow-acting feed-
back is derived from the fast feedback either by smooth-
ing or by reducing the frequency of the quanta.
3,713,022
CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENT BY PHASE-
CONTROLLED SAMPLING
Robert D. McRay, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to Systomation
Incorporated, Elnora, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 209,062
Int. CI. GOlr 27/26
VS. CI. 324—60 C 11 Claims
Measurement of values of unknown capacitors while
connected in parallel with unknown resistors by timing
the measurement to occur at the phase point where the
resistor current is zero. The timing is provided by a zero
crossing and slope detector.
3,713,024
CALIBRATABLE AMMETER HAVING A RESTOR-
ING MAGNET MOUNTED ON A BENDABLE TAB
Bernard R. Banus, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to
Sterling Manufacturing Company
Filed Dec. 17, 1964, Ser. No. 419,115
Int. CK GOlr 7/00, 5/76
U.S. CI. 324—146 3 Claims
3,713,023
ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER UTILIZING
DIFFERENT FEEDBACK EFFECTS TO OBTAIN
ACCURACY AND RESOLUTION
Eric Metcalf and Howard Anthony Dorey, Famborough,
England, assignors to The Solarton Electronic Group
Limited. Famborough, England
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 495.071,
Oct. 12, 1965. This application Nov. 2, 1970, Ser.
No. 86,274
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 16, 1964,
42,392 64
Int. CI. GOlr 17/06, 19/26
U.S. CI. 324—99 D 10 Claims
An analog-to-digital converter provides improved reso-
lution without attendant loss of accuracy or speed of oper-
ation over known converters. This is achieved by providing
Calibratable current-responsive meter in which a mag-
net providing the restoring force for the indicator is
mounted on a support bendable toward and away from a
current-responsive magnet on the arbor of the indicator
whereby the restoring force may be increased or decreased,
respectively.
3,713,025 ^^
PHASE SLIP CORRECTOR MEANS AND METHOD
FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF PSEUDORANDOM
GENERATING MEANS IN MULTISTATION NET-
WORKS
Robert J. McNair, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Avco
Corporation, Cincinnati. Ohio
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 656,75U,
July 28, 1967, which Is a division of application Ser.
No. 457,345, May 20, 1965, now Patent No. 3.350 644,
dated Oct. 31, 1967. This application Dec. 4, 1969,
Ser. No. 882,282
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct. 30. 1984. has been disclaimed
Int. CI. H04h 3/00
IJ S CI 325 58 Claim
In certain two-way communications systems involving
a multiplicity of stations, pseudorandom sequence gen-
erators are used to code mark-space symbols transmitted
by wide band radio frequency waves. The data transmitted
are encoded by multiplexing the information with the out-
put of a pseudorandom sequence generator. One such
generator is provided at each station for both trans-
mission and reception. Assuming the designation of a
particular station as Control Central, the pnor art shows
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1447
arrangements for so synchronizing the various pseudo-
random sequence generators so that the sequence pro-
vided at any outlying station which is receiving will lag,
in real time, behind that generated and used for trans-
mission at Control Central, by an amount proportional to
signal-travel time, i.e., the distance between the stations.
However, assuming such synchronization, systemwise,
there is need to make suitable adjustments to permit a
given outlying station to transmit back to Control Central.
Two-way communication between outlying stations com-
plicates the problem. The invention herein disclosed solves
plurality of preset counts of the clock pulses. Further
provided is receiving means, such as a mf ^^^.^J^^^)"^
which is responsive to command signals and which re-
ceives outputs from the counter for generating signals
corresponding to respective preset counts of the counter
according to a prescribed programmed order. A shitt
register produces outputs sequentially from each of the
stages thereof responsive to a shift signal and a logic
circuit is connected to the shift register and to the gen-
crating means for generating the logical product of one
output from the shift register and an output from the
receiving means, the output from the logic circuit con-
stituting the pulse train output of the program control
device. The output of the logic circuit is also fed to the
counter to reset the counter and to the shift register to
act as the shift pulse.
3,713.027
TELEVISION ANTENNA MULTIPLE
LEAD-IN SYSTEMS
Barton T. Setchell, 2505 S. Ocean Blvd.,
Palm Beach. Fla. 33480
Filed Nov. 12, 1969. Ser. No. 875,831
Int. CI. H04b 1/06
U.S. CI. 325—308
4 Claims
the problem by svnchronizing a pseudorandom sequence
generator at Control Central with principal reference
outputs of pseudorandom generating means at each out-
Iving station. Such generating means comprises a pseudo-
random generator per se and a delay line providing a
principal reference sequence. The delay line is tapped to
provide access to any one of a plurality of time-advanced
sequences. When it is desired to transmit back to Con-
trol Central, a predetermined time-advance sequence is
employed. Other time sequences are used for communica-
tion with other outlying stations.
APPARATUS FOR cInER^NG PUt SE TRA^^^
WITH PREDETERMINED ADJACENT PULSE
SPACING , . , x^bvn
Moritada Kubo. Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.. Kawasaki-shi, Japan
F.led Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,941
Claims prioritv, application Japan, Dec. 13, IVftV,
44/99.841
Int. CI. H03k 5/13
U.S. CI. 235—152 5 Claims
4<^^J^4^
Television antennas used on hotels, motels, apartment
houses and the like are normally connected to a consider-
able number of television sets, usually resulting in a great
reduction in the RF signal delivered to each set. To
prevent this difficulty, a low DC voltage is applied to the
incoming trunk line from the antenna. This low D.C.
voltage is used to control a transistor at each television
outlet The transistor functions to deliver an amplified
RF signal to a RF transformer, the secondary of which
is connected to the television antenna terminals. Virtually
no signal loss is experienced at each outlet, and each set
is isolated from the others on the same trunk hne by
the transistor circuit.
RESET 9GNAL
A program control device for generating a pulse tram
having predetermined time intervals between adjacent
.pulses includes a pulse oscillator for generating clock
pulses of a predetermined frequency and a counter for
generating an output each time it counts up to one of a
3,713.028 ^..,,«,
ELECTRONIC VOLUME AND ON OFT CmCLTTS
FOR REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEMS
Kenneth Leroy Bovd. Cheektowaga. and Si«v.r.o Anton o
Valdes, Alexander, N.Y., assignors to GTE Sybama
'"^"^''"nfe'd June 3, 1971. Ser. No. 149,571
Int.CI.H04b7/76 « ri»lm,
ITS n ^25 392 9 Claims
In a ;emotely operable all electronic volume and on /off
control circuit for a signal receiver having a sound chan-
nel for providing volume variations in response to varia-
tions in an alterable impedance wherein an 'nsulated-gate
FET-tvpe (IGEFT semiconductor and an adjustable im-
pedance are series connected intermediate the sound chan-
nel and a potemial reference level with a memory means
coupled to the semiconductor, a single relay up-down vol-
ume control means coupled to the memory means and
1448
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
including first and second electron devices each responsive
to a transmitted signal at a different frequency and a relay
relaxation times being sufficiently separated that the upper
laser level relaxation time is long compared to the expan-
sion time and the lower laser level relaxation time is short
compared to the expansion time. The equilibrium gas is a
mixture of a polyatomic laser gas having an upper laser
level, a lower laser level and a ground state, and at least
AMPLIFIED LASER
OUTPUT SIGNAL
means for effecting increasing and decreasing volume of
the sound channel and operation of the receiver.
3.713.029
TRIGGERING METHOD
Kozo Uchida. Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Iwatsu
Electric Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 5. 1968, Ser. No. 773.611
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 9, 1967,
42 71,647. 42 71,648
Int. CI. H03k 17/00
U.S. CI. 328—63 4 Claims
31
.ahiablE frequency
TRIGGER ■-^
35
S
^39
SAMPLER-
SYNC CONTROL
An improved triggering method used in a sampling
device or a device requiring trigger input signals for
realizing a faithful synchronization of an output signal
with an input signal given to the aforementioned device.
A variable of a sampler circuit such as voltage or cur-
rent is automatically adjusted to a value which can bring
the synchronization in a transfer of the input signal
through the sampler.
one auxiliary gas having a vibrational energy level res-
onant with the upper laser level of the laser gas. The
auxiliary gas functions to increase the effective relaxa-
tion time of the upper laser level. The heated mixture may
be supplied by transfer heating of the gas constituents or
by direct combustion of suitable fuels.
3,713,030
APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF PROVIDING
POPULATION INVERSION
Arthur R. Kantrowitz, Arlington, Edward T. Gerry. Bos-
ton. Donald A. Leonard. Stoneham. and Jack Wilson,
Reading, Mass., assignors to Avco Corporation, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio
Continuation of application Ser. No. 626,356, Feb. 16,
1967. This application Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,152
Int. CI. HOls 3/09
U.S. CL 330—4.3 23 Claims
A method of and apparatus for producing a population
inversion by expansion through a nozzle and into a cham-
ber, a preferably hot equilibrium gas having various in-
ternal states which have different relaxation times, the
3.713,031
BOOTSTRAPPED CHARGE-SENSITIVE LOW
NOISE AMPLIFIER
Charles W. Williams, Knoxville, and Dale A. Gedcke,
Oak Ridge, Tenn., assignors to Ortec, Incorporated,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,349
Int. CI. H03f 3/04; H03k 3/00
U.S. a. 330—16 5 Claims
When used with a capacitive transducer input, the over-
all noise figure of an amplifier system is significantly re-
duced by making use of the combined functions of boot-
strapping and charge sensitivity of the input active device.
3,713,032
Q-SWITCHING LASER SYSTEM HAVING
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED OUT-
PUT COUPLING . ^ „^ .
John L. Wentz. Ellicott City, Md., assignor to Westjng-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,093
Int. CL HOls J/7 i
U.S. CI. 331 94.5 ^ Claims
'a laser rod is optically aligned with a pair of totally
reflecting mirrors forming an optical resonant cavity. A
beam splitting polarizer and an electro-optical Q-switch-
ing cell are disposed along the optical axis of the cavity
ELECTRICAL
1449
January 23, 1973
between the rod and one mirror. The beam splitting polar-
izer dtrets a portion of the energy in the laser resonator
out o the cavity. The port.on of the energy wh.ch is ex-
tracted .s dependent upon tht induced b.refnngence of
he Sctro-omical Q-switching cell, the latter heme se-
■ectiv ly controlled in accordance with a voltage applied
to he cell. The cell functions to alter the linear y polar-
Iz^dlight beam emitted by the laser to an ell.pt.cally
polarized beam, the orthogonal component of which is
Ainio mGNAL CONTROLLED AMPLITUT)E
^ MoSulSSoN circuit of SQUARE WAVE
Allan'^A." hwartz, Orange, Calif f ?,'f ^V^.J^Veta^'ol
States of America as represented by the Secretary oi
^^^ ^^"^Filed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,120
Int. CI. H03c7/06 - rio5m«
U.S. CL 332-31 T ^ Claims
-J „ L l-'-i-" I
I •■ .-4= --|« - ♦- ^-^
.n.
coupled from the resonator by the polarizer. In a hold-off
mode, the laser rod is pumped but the Q-sw.tch.ng cell is
activated to cause the polarizer to couple spontaneously
emitted radiation from the cavity, preventmg osc'l ation^
In the pulse mode, the Q-switching cell is activated to
effect feedback by the polarizer of sufficient energy to
the laser rod to cause oscillations with a portion of the
oscillating energy coupled out of the cavity by'he polar-
izer. By electronic tuning of the Q-swtiching cell, optimum
output coupling conditions are obtained.
3,713,033 ,^^
DIGITALLY TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED
OSCILLATOR
Marvin E. Frerking, Cedar Rapids. Iowa, assignor to
Collins Radio Company, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 176,888
Int. CI. H03b 5/36
U.S. CI. 331—116 R 11 Claims
A system for digitally correcting the frequency of a
crystal oscillator as^ a function of ambient temperature.
Ambient temperature sensed is converted to digital data
that is used to address a preprogrammed read only
memory to determine the frequency correction factor re-
quired for the ambient temperature measured. The factor
in the form of a digital frequency correction word is then
converted to an analogue voltage and applied to a voltage
responsive oscillator frequency varying device for cor-
recting oscillator frequency.
Amplitude modulation of a radio frequency with mini-
mum distortion and good linearity is ac'^°"^P'>^5f^ .^>
Siw7ng a squaring circuit of the alternately conduct ng
fwo transistor type at the radio frequency while using the
audio signal to control amplitude of the square wave out-
put Bridge and differential amplifier feedback means are
used to assure 50% duty cycles for the squaring circuit
transistors.
3,713,035
rmiPTING SYSTEM WITH ADJL STABLE
COUPLING FACTOR FOR FEEDING HIGH
FREQUENCY RESONATOR
Helmut Friedburg and Laszio Szecsi. Karlsruhe, Ger-
mTv, assignors to Gesellschaft fur Kernforschung
mbH, Karlsruhe. Weberstrasse. Germany
FiledFeb.23, 1971. Ser. No. 118.126
Claims priority, application Germany. Mar. 7, 1970,
P 20 13 585.7
Int. CL HOlp 5/04, 5/05 „ p, •„,
ITS n 333— 24 R 12 Claims
A superconducting coupling system with a couphng
head having an adjustable coupling factor and including
a feed line which in one embodiment is conically expanded
at its coupling end so as to form the ^^"P''"?,^^^'^;^]^^'
feed line is short-circuited with a terminal plate, while
the characteristic impedance remains constant. The termi-
nal plate separates the electromagnetic field in the coupling
head from that in a resonator to which it is con-
nected. The terminal plate has coupling holes therein
which are arranged in pairs and separated from each
other by a ridge. The direction of the ndge determines the
direction of the conduction current whose magnetic field
penetrates through the coupling holes and. as a coiise-
quence of the direction of the ridge, 's /'rected so that at
?east one component of the coupling field coincides with
the required direction of the field in the resonator^ The
arrangement of the coupling holes m pairs has dipole
characteristics. Hence, coupling is achieved mainly through
a dipole field. The coupling holes can be covered in a
predetermined way by means of adjustable covers^ TT^e
quality factor, Q, of the unloaded resonator is largely
1450
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
inaependen. of .._ s.n,„. of ,he coupUn, ele.en.s U - •L^ri''e,r '.He 5™"^"^^;^.' ^fTllrS
the coupling factor. All components in the range of the
coupling fields, the adjustable covers included, are super-
conducting.
3,713,036
SURFACE WAVE DEVICE HAVING ALTERNATING
REMANENT POLARIZATION BETWEEN INTER-
DIGITAL ELECTRODES, SPACED A SURFACE
WAVELENGTH APART
Helmut Thomann, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft. Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,231
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 29, 1970,
P 20 21 090.6
Int. CI. H03h 7/30; HOlv 7/00
VS. CI. 333—30 R 4 Claims
^^>^>f
sion line, whereby the diodes are part of the line. This
strip-line construction is used with outer diodes connected
in series circuit relation between input and output termi-
nals and inner diodes in shunt relation to ground to form
the T network. The diodes are constructed as silicon
chips and are mounted in very close relation with a sub-
stantially uniform conductive strip forming the series-
circuit connection between the central diodes and of a
length which is small compared to the wavelength at high
n ('O'
A surface-wave acoustic device characterized by input
and output transducers disposed on a surface of a piezo-
electric ceramic substrate. Each of the transducers is of
an interdigital type having a pair of comb-like electrodes
each of which has prong or finger-like electrodes arranged
with the fingers or prongs of one electrode disposed be-
tween the prongs or fingers of the other electrodes. The
device is produced by applying a polarizing field to the
electrodes to cause the direction of remanent polarization
to extend from prong to prong of the interengaged elec-
trodes of each transducer. The distance of the prongs of
the comb-like electrodes from each other is equal to one
wave length of the acoustic surface wave.
frequencies. Thereby, this connection is substantially loss-
less at low frequencies, and maintains the characteristic
impedance of the line at high operating frequencies. Bias
signals are supplied to the outer and inner diodes via coni-
cally spiral resistive conductors that form broadbarid, re-
flectionless. non-absorbing connections. The conical spiral
conductor serves as a single-wire transmission line having
a high impedance to high-frequency signals over a broad
band carried by an r-f transmission line and serves as an
effective coupling to such an r-f line.
3,713,038 ,^^,^
MICROWAVE RECEIVER AND COMPONENT
THEREFOR
James W. Crimmins, 28 Sharp Hill Road^ Wilton, Conn.
06897, and Russell Pankey, Camtuck Road, Newtown,
'^"°°- File J'sept. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 860 851
Int. CI. HOlp 7/04, 5/04; H03h 13/00
VS. CI. 333—82 B 3 Claims
/as
3,713,037
VARIABLE MICROWAVE ATTENUATOR
Samuel Hopfer, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to
General Microwave Corporation
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 788,254,
Dec. 31. 1968. This application Oct. 7, 1970, Ser.
No. 78.891
Int. CI. HOlp 1/22
U.S. CI. 333—81 A 17 Claims
A broadband microwave attenuator is formed by con-
necting a plurality of PIN diodes in a modified T net-
work. Four semiconductor chips of PIN diode material
are arranged in a flat layer sandwiched between conduc-
A microwave receiver and front end unit including
a preselector filter comprised of a plurality of directly
coupled cylindrical cavities that are simultaneously tuned
to the same frequency by noncontacting conducting ele-
ments mounted in the cavities, transverse to the longi-
tudinal axes thereof. In addition, the front end unit
includes a mixer circuit to which intercepted R.F. signals
and local oscillator power are directly coupled.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
145i
3,713,039 3,713,041
TELEPHONE ANSWERING AND RECORDING DEVICE INJECTION TYPE FREQUENCY LOCKED OSCILLATOR
Kazuo Hashimoto, 28-2, 2-chome Komazawa, setagaya-ku, APPARATUS
Tokyo, Japan Kazuo Sakamoto, and Ryoji Tamura, both of MInato-ku,
Filed S«pt. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,645 Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 27, 1969, Limited, Tokyo, Japan
44/77302 ^ ^' "^"^ Filed Dec.I4, 1971, Ser. No. 207,881
Int. CI. H04m y/64 Claims priority, applicatk>n Japan, Dec. 14, 1970,
lie CI 179— 6R 7Claims 45/110492
L.S.C1.I7V OK Int. CI. mih 3 106, 5 118, 7/ 14
U.S. CI. 331 —44 8 Claims
Disclosed herein is an automatic telephone answering and
recording device characterized by a novel and simplified
mechanism wherein a single capstan and a single pinch roller
are provided through which both the outgoing and incoming
magnetic tapes transport, whereby the transport time of the
incoming magnetic tape is controlled by one cycle of the out-
going magnetic tape, and a sign off message can be pre-
recorded near the end of the outgoing magnetic tape.
3,713,040
SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONTROLLER
John R. Page, Jr., Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed oijc. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 21 1,546
Int. CI. H03b 3/04
U.S.CI.331-1 A 6 Claims
4'
An injection-type frequency-locked oscillator provided with
novel means for monitoring the operation of the oscillator. An
injection input wave is applied through a directional coupler
to an auxiliary terminal of the oscillator having a separate out-
put terminal connected to a load. The coupler separates the
injection input wave from the oscillator output wave. The out-
put impedance of the oscillator is matched to the load im-
pedance; however, the input impedance of the oscillator at the
auxiliary terminal is mismatched to the output impedance of
the coupler with respect to the injection input wave, thereby
producing in the coupler a reflected injection input wave
which is 180° out of phase with the oscillator output wave
when the oscillator is frequency-locked at the center frequen-
cy of the injection input wave. The signal level at a monitoring
terminal of the coupler provides a monitoring signal indicative
of the degree of frequency-locking of the oscillator.
An improved frequency generator includes digital circuitry
contained within a phase lock loop to maintain accurate
phase-locked frequency control at a frequency selected by the
signal generator being controlled and to provide a stable
digital readout of the generator output of the selected
frequency.
3,713,042
STABILIZED MODE-LOCKED LASER ARRANGEMENT
Tracy Stewart Kinsel, Martinsville, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed May 27, 1971, Ser. No. 147,328
Int.Cl. H01sJ//0
U.S.CL 331—94.5 9 Claims
A dither technique is embodied in an auxiliary feedback
loop of a mode-locked laser which includes a main feedback
loop. An error-control signal is generated in the auxiliary loop
in response to the occurrence in the laser system of various
types of perturbations such as, for example, cavity length
changes. This error signal is applied to the main loop to
restore the operating point of the laser to the midpoint of the
range in which mode-locked operation occurs. In this way the
laser is positively controlled to exhibit a stable mode-locked
behavior over a long period of time despite the occurrence of
perturbations that might otherwise cause the operating point
of the laser to extend outside the mode-locked range.
1452
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,713.043
GAS LASERS WITH ELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE
PLASMA TUBE
Pinchas Avivi, and Feli» Dothan, both of Jerusalem, Israel, as-
signors to Yissum Research Development Company of the
Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,722
Claims priority, application Israel, Dec. 19, 1969, 33568;
Oct. 26, 1970,35538
Int. CI. HOlsJ/02
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 9 Claims
3,713,045
OSCILLATOR WITH A PIEZO-MECHANICAL VIBRATOR
Shogo Usuda, Yokohama; Kazuo Hamazato, Tokyo; Kiyoshi
I ehara, and Hisashi I chida, both of Tokyo, all of Japan,
assignors to Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corpora-
tion and Nippon Electric Company Limited, Toky-to,
Japan, part interest to each
Filed June 2, I97I, Ser. No. 149,289
Claims priority, application Japan, June 3, 1970, 45/48256
Int. CI. H03b 3102, 5/30, 5/36
U.S. CL 331 — 109 6 Claims
vf — V
It.
Gas lasers are described in which the tube is of metal. In one
embodiment, the tube is of metal for substantially the
complete axial length thereof between the electrodes, the tube
being insulated from and at a floating electrical potential with
respect to the electrodes In a second described embodiment,
the tube is made of a plurality of metal sections each being of
optimum length to provide optimum electron temperature for
maximum power output and being insulated from the other
sections and from the electrodes.
3,713,044
N2 PUMPED TUNABLE DYE LASER
Irving Itzkan, Boston, Mass., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed May 17, 1972, Ser. No. 254,137
Int.CI. HOlsJ/20
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 3 Claims
»
Improved oscillator including an oscillator element, amplifi-
er, amplitude limiter and tuned output circuit. A feedback
path is provided between the tuned output circuit and the
oscillator element. The amplitude limiter is connected
between the amplifier and the tuned circuit to provide a con-
stant amplitude signal to the tuned outjjut circuit not-
withstanding variations in the output from the amplifier
caused by variation in the ambient temperature and aging.
Further, by providing a resistance between the amplitude
limiter circuit and the tuned circuit the resonance Q of the
tuned circuit can be made high without producing an adverse
effect on the amplitude limiter circuit.
An N, pumped tunable dye laser apparatus having an oscil-
lator dye cell located within an optical cavity comprising a
grating in a Littrow configuration and a mirror. A second
pulsed laser pumps an amplifier dye cell which is not sur-
rounded by any optical cavity The oscillator dye cell and the
amplifier dye are aligned and synchronized so that the amplifi-
er cell will reproduce the photon output of the oscillator dye
cell in both frequency and transverse phase.
3,713,046
WAVEFORM GENERATOR WITH ACCURATE MARK TO
SPACE RATIO
Cho Lun Wong, Ottawa, Ontario; CJIenson Trevelyn Jones,
Kanata, Ontario; and Roland Francis Crawford, Ottawa,
Ontario, all of Canada, assignors to Northern Electric
Company Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Feb. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 228,194
Int. CI. H03k 3/282
U.S.CL 331-1 11 5 Claims
GENERATOR
OUTPUT
An operational amplifier, arranged to function as a free
running rectangular waveform oscillator is coupled to a binary
counter via an electronic gate. A transistor switch, which is
controlled by one output of the binary counter, is used to al-
ternately change the period of successive cycles generated by
the rectangular waveform oscillator. When the electronic gate
is enabled a waveform is generated at the output of the binary
counter with a mark-to-space ratio dependent on the ratio of
the alternate periods of the rectangular waveform oscillator.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1453
3,713,047 3,713,049
OSCILLATOR WITH ELECTRODYNAMIC DRIVE AND SYSTEM FOR DEFLECTING MAGNETIC WAVES
ELECTROMAGNETIC DETECTION, ESPECIALLY FOR UTILIZING A FERRIMAGNETIC PLATE
USE IN AN ELECTRONIC CLOCK Bernard Desormiere, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSl-,
Edmund Ketterer, Blumberg, Black Forest, (iermany, Paris, France
assignors to Firma S. L. Kroewerath & Co., Blumberg- Filed June 1, 1971, Ser. No. 148,445
Schwarzwald, (iermany Claims prionty, apphcadon France June 3, 1970, 7020371
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,661 »"»• CI- HOlp I/IO
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 9, 1969, P 19 61 US. CI. 333-7
629.6
Int. CI. G04c 3/04, H02k 33/18; H03b 5/30
U.S. CL 331-1 16 M . 12 Claims
6 Claims
1/60
SOURCL
An oscillator of the swinging-mass type, especially for use in
an electronic clockwork wherein an amplifier feedback circuit
is provided between a pickup coil and a drive coil electromag-
netically coupled with the swinging mass. The swinging mass is
formed with a pair of oppositely poled permanent magnets
spaced apart by a distance less than the magnetic cross-section
of the coil means constituting the pickup and drive coils.
The present invention relates to a device for deflecting mag-
netic waves.
According to the invention, there is provided a system com-
prising a plate of ferrimagnetic material polarized by a mag-
netic field H, wherein magnetic waves are excited. An ar-
rangement constituted by a serpentine wire conductor lying
on an insulating plate, periodically modulates the magnetic
polarizing field in a zone underiying said arrangement, the
latter induces a diffraction grating disposed in such a way that
the magnetic waves arrive on it at the BRAGG angle. A con-
trollable current source 6 supplies the wire conductor.
3,713,048
SWIF S WITH SPECIAL POLARIZATION FOR NON-
LINEAR INTERACTIONS
Fleming Dias, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Zenith Radio Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 166,794
Int. CI. H03c 1/46; H03f 7/00; H02m 5/06
U.S.CL 332-52 18 Claims
3,713,050
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TRANSFORMERS EMPLOYING
GYRATORS
John Joseph Golembeski, New Providence, N J., assignor to
Bell Telephone Laboratories Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed May 11, 1971, Ser. No. 142,181
Int. CI. H03h 7/44
U.S.CL 333-24 R 2 Claims
10
.0
12
14
I 18 13 i
7^ i
16 I
n-p P
.y'
Load
2'o
A medium of piezoelectric material has a surface upon
which acoustic waves may be propagated. One portion of that
medium exhibius non-linearity of interaction between stress
components and associated electric field components. An
input transducer disposed on that portion responds to an elec-
tric signal of predetermined frequency to produce stress com-
ponents at a frequency twice that of the electric field
developed by the input signal. These stress components result
in acoustic energy which propagates as a surface wave of twice
the input signal frequency. Finally, an output transducer is
coupled to a lineariy interacting portion of the medium and
responds to the acoustic energy for developing an output
signal. Without more, the device may function as a frequency
doubler. With the addition of further apparatus to couple
another input signal to the medium, the device may function
as a modulator or other apparatus in which two signals-co-act.
In an integrable circuit transformer employing cascade-con-
nected gyrators, frequency response characteristics and the
effective turns ratio are tailored and controlled by one or
more two-port coupling networks that may be connected
between the circuit input and the primary gyrator, between
the two gyrators or between the secondary gyrator and the cir-
cuit output.
3,713,051
MICROWAVE DEVICES
Robert Christopher KeU, South Harrow, England, assignor to
The General Electric Company Limited. London. England
Filed Nov. 18. 1970, Ser. No. 90.655
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Dec. 11, 1969,
60,579/69
Int. CI. HOlp i/05, 7/06; H03h 7/08
U.S. CL 333—73 R -* Claims
In a microwave device incorporating a component formed
of dielectric material, and so designed that the response of the
1454
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
device is dependent on the permittivity of the said material,
the component is formed of a ceramic materialconsisting of
one or more alkaline earth metal zirconates, or zirconates and
titanates. together with niobium pentoxide and/or tantalum
pentoxide, the composition of the material being such that the
atomic ratio of zirconium to titanium is not less than 80 ; 20,
that the total proportion of niobium pentoxide/tantalum pen-
toxide is in the range of 0.1 to 3.0 mole per cent of the total
amount of the zirconate/titanate constituent, that it does not
contam more than 10 mole per cent of barium titanate, and
removable tab which holds the switch in actuated position
when the lever releases the clutch, and releases the switch to
control by the timer when the clutch is engaged. The tab when
used causes the timer to serve as an interval timer. Removal of
NTLRVAl. TIMER AT STANOBV i
that the material will have, at microwave frequencies, permit-
tivities in the range of 25 to 75, a substantially constant tem-
perature coefFicient of permittivity, which is preferably within
the range from +50 to -100 p. p.m. per degree Centigrade,
and a loss tangent not exceeding 0.001 at 20°C. The dielectric
materials are advantageous for use, for example, as resonators
for microwave bandpass filters, and as substrates for
microwave integrated circuits. In the cases of some of the
materials, the inclusion of niobium pentoxide/tantalum pen-
toxide reduces the microwave losses, as compared with similar
materials without such additions.
3,713,052
LEAKY WAVEGUIDE LINE
Hiroshi Kitani; Kenichi Yoshida; Hideo Ohtsubo, and
Masataka Kuroda, all of Osaka, Japan, assignors to Su-
mitamo Electric Industries, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
FUed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,937
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 25, 1969, 45/1632
int. CI. HOlq \3I00, H04b 7100, 3160
MJS. C\. 333-84 R 7 Claims
>~»^7
A leaky waveguide apparatus in which undesirable trans-
mission modes caused by irregularities in the waveguide are
eliminated. In one embodiment the unwanted transmission
modes are eliminated by a section of helical waveguide, and
power is extracted from the leaky waveguide by a converter,
phase shifter, and auxiliary leaky waveguide. In another em-
the tab from active position converts the timer to a delay
timer. In an alternative unit, the lever is actuated by a push
button Here the lever tab serves to prevent start of a cycle
until the push button is released
3,713,054
CROSSBAR SWITCHES
Gilberi Leslie Elliott, Georgetown, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Northern Electric Company Limited, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed March 10, 1972, Ser. No. 233,617
Int. CI. HOlh 67/26
U.S.CL335-112 3 Claims
pna^c M.U.C., a.,., a «., .^-^, ">.-.«, The select fingers in a crossbar switch has a movable lever
bodiment, the unwanted transmission modes are eliminated by arm which enables at least a reduction in the different operat-
tapered tube means and a directional coupler The power is ing forces which occur when a select finger is actuated in a
extracted from the leaky waveguide through the directional free condition as compared to when a select finger is operated
coupler, a phase shifter, and an auxiliary leaky waveguide. in a trapped condition —that is when held by an operating
card.
3,713,053
RESET TIMER
Joseph J. Mahon, Wauwatosa, Wis., assignor to Deltrol Corp.,
BeUwood, lU.
FUed Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 190,247
Int. a. HOlh 4 J/00
U.S. CI. 335— 75 10 Claims
A spring return type timer in which a timing gear is bodily
carried by a solenoid operated lever which shifts it into and
out of mesh with a motor driven pinion. This shiftable timing
gear directly actuates a snap switch. The lever carries a field
3,713,055
AUXILIARY CONTACT SYSTEM FOR
ELECTROMAGNETIC SWITCHING DEVICES
Werner B. Halbeck, Cedarburg, Wii,., assignor to Cutler-
Hammer, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,681
Int.CI. H01hi/4«
U.S. CI. 335— 136 5 Claims
A contact sequencing arrangement accomplished by a lost
motion drive connection between the armature and the aux-
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1455
iliary contact system in conjunction with a permanent magnet axially aligned on a common spindle, with adjacent poles
detent system for the movable member of the auxiliary con- being similar, and the spindle is rotatably mounted adjacent
the neck of a multi-beam cathode ray tube The magnetized
tact system wherein the main contacts of the relay make be-
fore the auxiliary contacts make and break before the auxilia-
ry contacts break.
3,713,056
ELECTROMAGNETIC SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Minoru Hosokawa, Suwa-shi, Nagano-ken, Japan, assignor
to Kabushiki kaisha Surva Seikosha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 198,783
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 16, 1970,
45/113461; Nov. 17, 1970,45/113531
Int. CL HOlh 4//0«
U.S. CI. 335-206 7 Claims
40 30 31 32
disks are mounted to produce variable amounts of movement,
in either direction, of the blue beam while producing lateral
movement of the other two beams in the opposite direction.
3,713,058
CONTROLLED CHANGE-OVER SUPER CONDUCTIVE
SWITCH
Enrique Santa-Maria, Villiers-sur-Orge, France, assignor to
Compagnie Generale D'Electricite, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 215,717
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 7, 197 1, 7 100377
int.CI.HOlf 7/22
U.S. CL 335— ^16 4 Claims
A device obtains resistance response curves of a switch as a
function of time according to laws defined in advance, com-
prising a superconducting main winding and control windings
wound in a particular way.
A magnetic switch assembly wherein a reed switch is
mounted beneath an operative keyboard surface for operation
by a permanent magnet manually brought into alignment with
a predetermined location on said operative surface. The con-
tact elements of said reed switch are displaced from a normal
axis passing through said predetermined location in the path
of the lines of magnetic force of said permanent magnet. A
matrix of said predetermined locations may be provided on
said operative keyboard surface, a reed switch being aligned
with a diagonal passing through each intersection of said
matrix.
3,713,059
SOLENOID OPERATED PLUNGER DEVICE
Kiichiro Tada, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Hoshidenki-Seizo
Kabushiki-Kaisha, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Dec. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 203,653
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 5, 1970,45/121838
Int.CI.HOlf 7/05
U.S.CL 335-259 3 Claims
// / 10 5 Sbl
3,713,057
APPARATUS FOR LATERALLY CORRECTING THE
POSITION OF THE BLUE BEAM IN A CRT
Arthur J. Lostumo, Franklin Park, ill., assignor to Motorola,
Inc., Franklin Park, ill.
Filed Jan. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 217,807
int. CL HO If 7/00
U.S.CL 335-212 6 Claims
A plurality of magnetic rubber disks each axially mag-
netized to form a first magnet in a first portion and a second
magnet in a second portion diametrically opposed to the first
portion and with the poles positioned oppositely. The disks are
A solenoid operated plunger device is provided of the type
in which a plunger is arranged to be forced by magnetic attrac-
tion into a coil upon energization thereof Movably interposed
between the plunger and a socket therefor is an auxiliary mag-
1456
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
netic body. A guide rod of magnetic material attached to one
end of the auxiliary magnetic body extends through the socket
to the exterior thereof, and a spring engages the externally
projecting part, the spring urging the auxiliary magnetic body
against the socket. Upon energization of the coil, the auxiliary
magnetic body against the socket. Upon energization of the
coil, the auxiliary magnetic body is initially driven toward the
plunger, and when it abuts against the plunger, both are in-
tegrally driven to the socket. The socket and the auxiliary
magnetic body have concave and convex surfaces, respective-
ly, which can fit each other, thereby increasing the area of
contact therebetween.
layers. Elongated reinforcing rods are placed in corrugations
at the corner regions of the winding and adjacent wedges
between the winding and the transformer core Dielectric
sheaths of relatively high dielectric constant are disposed
between the outermost and innermost winding layers while
relatively low dielectric constant sheaths are placed between
adjacent pairs of interior layers, thereby to equalize the dis-
tributed capacitance between adjacent layers. A dielectric
barrier between the high and low voltage windings of a trans-
former consists of a sheath of dielectric layers wherein the
inner and outermost layers have a higher dielectric constant
than the interior layers.
3,713,060
TRANSFORMER HAVING IMPROVED HEAT
DISSIPATING SYSTEM
James H. Harlow, Gadsden, Ala., assignor to Allis-Chalmers
Corporation, Milwaukee, W is.
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,296
Int. CI. HOlf 27/0«
ERRATUM
For Class 336— 192 see:
Patent No. 3,713,066
U.S. CI. 336-58
4 Claims
3,713,062
SNAP DISC THERMAL SEQUENCER
Stuart L. Butler, Versailles, Ky., and Robert E. Crocker,'
Richardson, Tex., assignors to Texas Instruments Incor-
porated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,472 ♦
lnt.CI.H01h7///6
U.S.CI.337-107 13 Claims
Heat dissipation from an electrical transformer having a
core and coil assembly immersed in oil within the transformer
casing and a gas cushion above the oil is increased by a plurali-
ty of metallic fins attached to the inner surface of the mejallic
cover which depend through the gas cushion with their ends
immersed in the oil and augment the amount of heat trans-
mitted from the hot oil through the gas cushion to the cover.
3,713,061
INSULATION STRUCTURE TRANSFORMER WINDINGS
Hans J. Weber, Cornwells Heights, Pa., assignor to I-T-E Im-
perial Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed March 24, 1972, Ser. No. 237,714
Int.CI.HOlf /5//4. 27/52
U.S. CL 336-70 9 Claims
Apparatus for sequencing the switching of electrical loads
comprises a plurality of switch cells built into an electrically
insulating housing. Each cell includes a bimetallic disc, motion
transfer pin, switch and terminal members. A disc plate is
located adjacent one side of the discs to retain them in posi-
tion while a control heater is positioned contiguous to the disc
plate with suitable electrical insulation interposed
therebetween. A heater grid cover and a terminal cover are
located on opposite sides of the housing to complete the as-
sembly. The control heater can take different forms including
a printed heater on a ceramic substrate or a semiconductive
steep sloped positive temperature coefficient of resistance
(PTC) material and can be formed as individual heater ele-
ments on a common heat sink. Line voltage compensation, as
by zener regulators, can also be provided.
Corrugated spacers are disposed between winding Uyers of
a transformer winding to enable circulation of air between the
3,713,063
METHOD OF AND MEANS FOR MAKING A CURRENT
LIMITING FUSE
John F. Foulkes, Elmhurst, III., assignor to S. & C. Electric
Company, Chicago, III.
Filed March 13, 1972, Ser. No. 234,203
Int.CI. H0lh«5//4
U.S. CL 337- 159 14 Claims
A rectangular sheet of flexible insulation has metallic rib-
bons diagonally disposed thereon with the ends of adjacent
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1457
ribbons aligned for juxtaposition when the sheet is formed into tion. the liquid cooling system for the fuse is connected in se- •
a cylinder and the ribbons form a helical fusible element for ries with the fuse, whereby failure of the cooling system for the
circuit element causes a failure of the cooling system for the
interconnecting end terminals of an enclosing insulating fuse ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ opening of the circuit by the melting of the
housing fusible element.
3,713,064
CURRENT-LIMITING POLYPHASE FUSE
Philip C. Jacobs, Jr., Newtonville, Mass., assignor to The
Chase-Shawmont Company, Newburyport, Mass.
Filed Nov. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 195,405
Int. CI. H01h<S5/y2
U.S. CL 337- 161 6 Claims
3,713,066
INDUCTORS WITH STRAIN RELIEF LEADS AND
METHODS OF MAKING THE SAME
John L. Fisher, Lexington, and Alan L. W ilks, Versailles, both
of Ky., assignors to Kuhlman Electric Company, Troy, Mich.
FiledFeb. 2, 1971,Ser. No. 111,849
Int.CLH01f /5//0
U.S. CI. 336-192 ° 24 Claims
An electric fuse has a substantially prismatic housing or cas-
ing formed by a pair of complementary hood-shaped half-
shells An L-shaped terminal bar is affixed to each of the half-
shells. Each terminal bar includes an external portion and an
internal portion. The internal portions of the terminal bars ex-
tend in opposite directions each into one of said pair of half-
shells and are conductively interconnected by fusible elements
extending from one of the pair of half-shells into the other of
the pair of half-shells.
3,713,065
FAST-ACTING ELECTRICAL FUSE
Francis Jules Brichant, Belfort, France, assignor to Lucien Fer-
raz et Cie, Lyon, France
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,648
Int. CI. HOlh 55/04
U.S. CL 337- 166 1 Claim
A fast-acting electrical fuse in which the fusible element is
in direct contact with a cooling liquid, there being means for
directing cooling liquid under pressure upon the fusible ele-
ment In one preferred manner of use of the fuse of the inven-
This invention relates to methods and apparatus for con-
necting coil leads to coil winding conductors and for protect-
ing the winding conductors from damage due to strain placed
on the lead conductors-which are particularly well suited for
use with transformers and the like utilizing soft wires such as
aluminum In an exemplary form of the invention, an insula-
tion pad having an opening for entry of the lead conductor is
folded about a connector which electrically connects the con-
ductors. The ends of the folded pad are captured within the
coil so that the fold and connector are positioned outside of
the coil. Abutment of the connector on the pad at the fold pro-
vides an external strain relief. The external strain relief is sup-
plemented by an internal strain relief provided by capturing an
end portion of the lead conductor within the interior of the
coil. The folded pad limits bending of the connector assembly
so as to enhance the durability of the connection Additional
pads may be provided which surround the folded pad to
further reinforce the connector assembly and to provide addi-
tional high voltage insulation. The lead connecting methods
and constructions of this invention may be used for start, end
or finish, and tap lead conductors
1458
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,713,067
TEMPERATURE-RESPONSIVE SWITCH
Klaus (Iressenich, Hans OppI, both of Ansbach; Berthold
Walter, Interasbach; Hans Weismann, Stuttgart, and
Hartmut ZobI, Furth, all of Germany, assignors to Robert
Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed April 7, 1972, Ser. No. 242,161
Claims priority, application Germany, April 8, 1971, P 21
17 323.9
Int. CI. HOlh J7//2
U.S. CI. 337-360 16 Claims
3,713,069
CONTACT-FREE ELECTRICAL PULSE GENERATOR
UTILIZING GALVANOMAGNETIC SEMICONDUCTOR
BODY
Paul Hini, Eriangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktlen-
gesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Sept. 22. 1969, Ser. No. 859,890
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 27, 1968, P 17
62 942.4
Int.CLH01c7//6
U.S.CL 338-32 17 Claims
b >
W
A tubular housing is provided in one of its open ends with an
electrically conductive carrier, a circular projection of which
extends towards the other end of the housing. At the other end
there is located a socket member of electrically insulating
material, having one or more exterior terminals and a carrier
portion located in the interior and exposed at the other open
end of the housing. The carrier portion carries an adjusting
screw which can be threadedly moved transversely of the
elongation of the housing and carries at its free end a contact,
and a second contact is carried at the free end of an elongated
bimetallic strip which extends longitudinally within the hous-
ing and is mounted with one end on the projection of the carri-
er by being welded thereto. A U-shaped spring of spring wire
is also mounted on the contact carrier and has portions engag-
ing in the screwthreads of the adjusting screw so that the same
is frictionally prevented from unintentional turning.
A permanent magnetic circuit directs a control magnetic
field during operation to a galvanomagnetic semiconductor
body. A first magnet in the circuit has a rectangular hysteresis
loop An outside magnet outside the magnetic circuit provides
a inagnetic field for abruptly switching the first magnet from
one remanent state to the other whereby the total magnetic in-
duction which results at the semiconductor body changes
abruptly from one magnitude to another. A second magnet is
connected in the magnetic circuit in magnetic parallel with the
first magnet relative to the semiconductor body.
3,713,070
ROTARY ACTUATOR FOR A SWITCH
Edward V. Sahrbacker, Brecksvllle, Ohio, assignor to Lucerne
Products, Inc., Hudson, Ohio
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,384
Int.CLH01c9/0«
U.S.CL 338-198 18 Claims
JS 'J6 ^^\
^«
3,713,068
BONDED ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS OF MAKING
THE SAME
Robert Eugene Talmo, Pasadena, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 871,§<U^. 28, 1969. This
application June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,502
Int.CI.G01l//22
U.S. CL 338-2 • 3Ctaims
58
A rotatable actuator means for an electric switch in which
the switch includes spaced stationary contact means and
bridging contact means for movement into electrical conduct-
ing relation with respect to the spaced stationary contact
means. The switch may include rheostat means disposed in
circuit-with the stationary contact means for speed control,
with the rheostat means being selectively movable with the
bridging contact means by the rotary actuator means, for
providing a plurality of resistance values as determined by the
position of the rotatable actuator means.
A transducer assembly including a laminate of a silicon
strain gauge and a nickel steel cantilever beam bonded
together with a sheet of glass of a critical thickness. The
method of the invention includes the step of applying a DC
voltage across the joints to be bonded during a heating step.
Improved bonds are obtained by the use of field distributing
auxiliary glass. The use of a P-N junction type silicon strain
gauge also improves the bond and avoids warpage.
3,713,071
MOUNTING STRAP FOR GROUNDING ELECTRICAL
DEVICES
John M. Poliak, East Meadow, and Juan M. Lopez, Elmhurst,
both of N.Y., assignors to Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.,
Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,902
Int. CI. HOlr J/06
US CI 339— 14 R 4 Claims
'a mounting strap for supporting a wiring device in a metal
wall box and establishing an electrical connection between a
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1459
metal mounting screw and the strap. Said screw forming a and terminating in an elongated opening adjacent the spaced
metal mountmg screw anu :,.„„^„^.,., .„„_„. ^„u r...„^« therein is a narrow slot-hke cable receivmg passage
ground connection when the screw threadably engages with
the metal wall box. The connection between the strap and
Pr-
recesses therein is a narrow slot-like cable receiving passage
through which may be fed the terminating end of a fiat cable,
each of the bared conductor ends of which may then be
bonded to an associated terminating member. Strain relief
means extending at least partially into said passage may be
, nrovided to secure the cable therewithin. Complementarity
screw is established by a finger carried by a ^«'"«"^ ^Z"^" contoured portions on the base member and housing, respec-
having a free end extending into a screw receiving slot m the con our p ^^ interengagement
strap at one side thereof and forcing the screw into engage- '^^'^^^^J^^^
ment with an opposite side of the slot.
3,713,074
3,713,072 ^.^^„ npTACHABLE CONNECTION FOR ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO FLAT CONDUCTOR '''^'^''cSn?aCTS OF A PLUG AND SOCKET
CABLE Max PasbriB Casa Luce - Via Eco, 6644 Orselina/Ticino, Swlt-
Homer Ernst Henschen, Carlisle, and Clifton Wesley Huffna- '^" 3"«'
gle. Camp Hill, both of Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated, ^^^^^ ^^^ ^ 1971, Ser. No. 111,520
Harrisburg.Pa. ,05 nn. Int. CI. HOlr /i/54, /i/62, /J/64
FiledSept.30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,003 1, c ri 139 41 6 Claims
Int.CI.H01r///0«,///20,H05k//02 U.S. CI. 339-41
U.S. CI. 339- 17 F ' ^ 9 Claims
An electrical connection between a terminal post and a flat
conductor in a flat conductor cable comprises a connecting
member disposed on the cable in parallel relationship to the
conductor. The connecting member, which is crimped
through the cable and onto the conductor, has an opening
through which the terminal post extends. Electrical contact
between the post and the connecting member is achieved by
curled portions of the connecting member and/or portions of
the flat conductor which are in engagement with the terminal
post.
A detachable connection for electrical contacts of a plug
and socket arrangement which incorporates means for secur-
ing the electrical contacts against undesired or unintentional
release, especially in the presence of traction forces, and that
additionally means arfe provided by virtue of which the electri-
cal contacts are covered towards the outside and safeguarded
against unintentionally being contacted.
3,713,073
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
Ronald S. Narozny, Panorama City, Calif., assignor to Thomas
& Betts Corporation, Elizabeth, N J.
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,326
Int. CLHOlr/ J/5«
U.S.CI.339-17F 12 Claims
An improved electrical connector for flat cable comprising
a selectively segmented relatively flat housing, an appropriate-
ly contoured base member releasably securable therewithin,
and a plurality of terminating members positionable within as-
sociated spaced recesses longitudinally disposed adjacent one
edge of the base member. Extending within the base member
3,713,075
DIELECTRIC SHIELD FOR PLUG-IN CONTACTS
Robert M. Clark, Ligonier, Pa., assignor to I-T-E Imperial
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,322
Int. CI. HOlr /J/62
U.S.CL 339-64 R 9 Claims
Inner conductors of isolated phase bus sections arranged
end-to-end are adapted to experience movement relative to
one another due to normal expansion and contraction thereof
by virtue of a dielectric shielding assembly in which a mul-
tiplicity of contact fingers are biased against one end of one of
the central conductors so as to ride in a groove provided
therefor while being biased against the end of the next ad-
1460
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
jacent conductor so as to make slidable contact engagement member with means for causing said plug-.n contact member
therewith. A dielectric shield surrounds both the ends of the to quickly engage or disengage said stationary contact
conductors and the multiplicity of contact fingers and sup-
ports biasing members for urging the contact fingers and the
central conductor members into intimate electrical contact
while at the same time serving the dual function of providing a
dielectric shield to reduce electrical stresses which occur due
to the contraction and expansion of the central conductors.
3,713,076
LOCKING ELECTRICAL CABLE CONNECTION
APPARATUS
Henry Gabrielian, Newport Beach, and Steve Csaszar, Garden
Grove, both of Calif., assignors to Electronic Engineering
Company of California, SanU Ana, Calif.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Set. No. 185,011
Int.CI. HOlr /J/54
U.S. CL 339-91 R 10 Claims
member in making or breaking the circuit comprising said
fixed and plug-in contact members. .
3,713,078
ELECTRIC OUTLET AND LEAD-THROUGH DEVICE
Oliver W. Majors, 326 Cape May, Corpus Chrlsti, Tex.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,105
Int.CLH01r/iy40
U.S. CI. 339— 130 C 5 Claims
A plug-receptacle electrical connector is disclosed incor-
porating a positive-engagement coupling with a locking ap-
paratus. The plug includes a body with an integral transverse-
ly-extending strap which is folded to a hinging position along a
surface of the body to receive a latch bar on the receptacle,
for a positive engagement A coil helper spring is mounted
under the hinge strap, for maintaining engagement, with the
latch bar and additionally to support a locking cam which may
be rotated to lock the hinge strap in a raised position of en-
gagement with the latch bar.
3,713,077
QUICK MAKE AND BREAK PLUG-IN CONNECTOR FOR
A HIGH VOLTAGE AND HIGH CURRENT CIRCUIT
Merrill G. Leonard, Fowler, Ohio, assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburg, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 774,908, Nov. 1 2, 1968, abandoned. This
application Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,677
Int. CI. HOlr; J/52
U.S. CL 339— 111 5 Claims
A connector for a high voltage and high current circuits
comprising a stationary contact member and a plug-in contact
An electric outlet assembly comprising an insulator body
having two sets of electric contacts for engaging the prongs of
electric plugs and a lead-through assembly having a tubular
member which extends through a building structure such as a
wall or floor, the insulator body being convertible to one end
of the tubular member and the conductors from the contacts
extending through the tubular member from one side of the
floor or wall to the other, the tubular member being closed by
a fire resistant substance about the conductors.
3,713,079
16 APC EDGE CONNECTOR
Helen Dechelette, Saint Cloud, France, assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed April 30, 1971, Ser. No. 139,125
Int. CI. H0Ir9/0«
U.S. CI. 339— 217 R 5 Claims
This invention comprises a spring sheet metal contact ele-
ment for a printed circuit edge connector having a base plate
from which extends a substantially flat cantilever contact arm
with its plane substantially parallel to the base plate and hav-
ELECTRICAL
^.^r..,^^,.., 1461
January 23, 1973
COURSE AND SPEED
COU»SE ANO SPEED
■^ *ATER DEPTH
■l TARGET DEPTH
0PERATiOi««.
SONAP
SON&R
PROSLEU
COMPUTEO
DOPPlER
EPfECTS
5E^€RaT0H
ASPECT DATA
IE
ECHO
GE»*ERATOR
31
EMVIRONMEIW'^A;.
EFFECTS
GENERATOR
to the base plate by a U-shaped bight allowing resilient dis- change An aspect dependent echo highlight generator and an
placement o? the arm in its own plane by the printed circuit aspect dependent attenuator both utilizing digital techniques
panel.
are described as part of the simulation apparatus.
3,713,080
ELECTRICAL TERMINAL
Robert D. Kennedy, Northville, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 181,923
Int.CI. HOlr /J//2
U.S. CL 339-258 R 9 Claims
3,713,082
OPTICAL RANGING SYSTEM
Richard K. Menoche, Portsmouth, N.H., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Filed Sept. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 176,934
Int.CI.H04by//00
U.S.CL 340-5 R 10 Claims
J 1 I ^ I »MLOo irr
A female electrical terminal for receiving a blade terminal is
disclosed. The main elements forming the female terminal are
first second, third and fourth walls which are joined together
into'an integral unit at edges between the first and the second,
the second and the third, and the third and the fourth walls. A
cooperable lock device is formed, in part, on a free end of the
first wall and. in part, on a free end of the fourth wall. The
cooperable lock device locks the walls into a closed configura-
tion to define therein an interior volume in which the first and
the third walls are in facing relationship and the second and
the fourth walls are in a facing relationship. Individual ones of
a pair of terminal elements are formed integrally from respec-
tive ones of a pair of facing walls. Each of the terminal ele-
ments is folded back from its point of attachment to the wall
into the interior volume of the terminal to form a mam blade
terminal contacting portion which is resiliently defiectable
when engaged by an inserted blade terminal.
3,713,081
GENERATION OF DOPPLERIZED, ASPECT DEPENDENT,
HIGHLIGHTED SIMULATED ECHOES
Francis J. Murphree, Winter Park, Fla., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,558
Int. CI. G09b 9/00
U.S. CI. 340-3 E 6 C'"'"*
Sonar echoes are simulated with doppler effects charac-
terized by frequency shifts proportional to the transmitted
frequencies Memory and logic means read in and store a
A ranging system for determining point-continuous ranges
in real time between a surface ship and a hydrophone array
using optical and electronic devices on board ship and having
an accuracy of ±5 percent at ranges up to 1500 yards is pro-
vided. Pairs of transits on each side of the ship each contain a
high resolution digital encoder which is mechanically coupled
to a telescope of selected power The fore and aft encoders on
either side are sampled at selected intervals of the forward en-
coder, causing a digital printer on board ship to print out the
observed angle of a buoy which marks the position of the
hydrophone array. Data is earmarked when the forward en-
coder is abeam of the buoy and the closest point of approach
in yards is calculated. Hydrophone readings at the CPA pro-
vide a reliable acoustic signature of the ship at the calculated
range.
3,713,083
VLF ACTIVE SONAR
William R. Hunnicutt. Jr., 3301 P Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C.
Filed July 28, 1960, Ser. No. 46,035
Int. CLGOls 9/66
U.S. CL 340-3 R ^ Claims
1 An underwater transducer system comprismg a plurality
of spaced substantially coplanar fluids wave transducers con-
1462
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
structed and arranged to transmit fluid wave energy parallel to adapter, electr.c wires mterconnect.ng sa.d sensors a mul-
a common plane, said transducers including fa.red housing t.conductor cable and tow.ng cables, end couplers a the ex-
means for reducmg Hu.d friction as sa.d transducers are tremities of section compr.smg means for anchoring the tow-
moved in a given direction parallel to said plane transmitting
means coupled to said transducers for supplying frequency
1 1 / I .'/ / ■ r J
2^-s
HTRaNSMlTTER
FREOUENCV
MODULflTOR
25
26i^
2 SI
-{13
RANGE
SWEEP
CiRCuiT
, 28
^20
t^REQ'JENC
"■^DlSCRlMINATDR
DiSPLa*
modulated output signals thereto over a preselected frequency
range, receiving means coupled to said transducers for detect-
ing and displaying the frequency of subsequent reflected
signals as a function of time, said transducers being spaced by
at least a quarter-wavelength at the lowest frequency in said
preselected range.
50 zmi. 910 2«2Hn»9'6 16 V.7
ing cables and means for electric connection to the multicon-
ductor cable, said sections being coupled by means of
coupling sleeves surrounding the end couplers in a tight
manner
3,713,084
METHOD OF POLARITY DETERMINATION OF MARINE
HYDROPHONE STREAMERS
William H. Mayne, and Roy G. Quay, both of San Antonio,
Tex., assignors to Petty Geophysical Engineering Company,
San Antonio, Tex.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,379
lnt.CI.G01vy/i5
U.S. CI. 340-7 R 7 Claims
3,713,086
HYDROPHONE
W infield James Trott, 3907 MenIo Drive, Doraville, Ga.
Filed Sept. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,071
Int. CI. H04r / 7100
U.S.Cl.340-10 20 Claims
Method of the determination of the polarity of marine
seismic hydrophone streamers whereby detectors in said
streamers are accurately and quickly excited. Signals from
said detectors are recorded before deployment of said
streamer into the water. This invention provides for the use of
a low frequency sound source in the air near a hydrophone
streamer while onboard a seagoing vessel. The low frequency
of the pressure source is adequately selected to allow similar
responses from the receiving detectors within the hydrophone
streamer. In order to achieve this similarity of response, the
wavelength emitted from the source must be more than twice
the difference of subtracting the maximum source-to-detector
distance and the minimum source-to-detector distance of the
streamer, as confined compactly onboard.
3,713,085
ACOUSTIC WAVE RECEIVER FOR UNDERW ATER
SEISMIC PROSPECTING
Jean Laurent, Saint Germain en Laye, and Claude Duconge, Le
Vesinet, both of France, assignors to Institut Francais du
Petrole, des CarburanU et Lubrifiants, Rueil Malmaison,
France
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,416
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 30, 1969, 6945582
Int. CI.GOlv 1120
U.S. CL 340— 7 5 Claims
Acoustic wave receiver for underwater seismic prospecting
comprising a plurality of tubular sections filled with liquid and
containing coupled pressure sensors, at least one impedance
£?t,r^vr -\
A hydrophone suitable for measuring underwater sound
down to the level of the lowest ambient sea noise and at
frequencies from approximately 1 Hz to 40 KHz wherein two
longitudinally polarized piezo-ceramic tubes with the ends of
each acoustically isolated from the sound field are electrically
connected in parallel to each other and to the input of a solid
state preamplifier housed within the region interior to the
tubes. A thin, hollow metal cylinder surrounds the piezo-
ceramic tubes, is acoustically coupled to the tubes by a suita-
ble potting compound and forms an acoustically transparent
stress member capable of withstanding substantial hydrostatic
pressure. As an alternate the stress member can be within the
region interior to the tubes and the preamplifier housed at the
end of the hydrophone structure.
3,713,087
ACOUSTICAL DIRECTION DETECTOR
Benjamin B. Bauer, Stamford, and Edward J. Foster,
Ridgefield, both of Conn., assignors to Columbia Broadcast-
ing System, Inc.
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,447
Int.CI. GOlsJ/00
U.S. CI. 340-16 R 4 Claims
An acoustical detection apparatus for determining the
direction of origin of sounds. A first acoustic receiving system
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1463
having a relatively high uniform sensitivity in a predetermined
plane and a relatively low sensitivity in and about the direction
perpendicular to the plane is provided. A second acoustic
receiving system having a spherical sensitivity pattern is also
provided. The sensitivity of the second system is set substan-
tially equal to the sensitivity of the first system in the predeter-
3,713,089
DATA-SIGNALING APPARATUS FOR WELL DRILLING
TOOLS
Jackson R. Clacomb, Houston, Tex., assignor to Schlumberger
Technology Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,394
Int.CI.GOln 1114
U.S. CI. 340— 18 LD 15 Claims
m
mined plane. Means are provided for comparing the outputs
of the first and second systems, the ratio of these outputs in-
dicating the direction from which received sounds are arriv-
ing. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the first
acoustic receiving system has a donut-shaped reception
characteristic.
i*^
iij.
"VS
3,713,088
REMOTELY OPERATED SEISMOMETER
Francis E. Lehner, Monrovia, and Wayne F. Miller, Arcadia,
both of Calif., assignors to California Institute of Technolo-
gy, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,512
Int.CLG01v///6
U.S. CI. 340- 17 10 Claims
In the preferred embodiment of the invention disclosed
herein, a well tool having newlnd improved data-signaling ap-
paratus and carrying a drill bit on its lower end is dependently
coupled with a drill string and lowered into a borehole being
excavated. During the drilling operation, measurements are
successively made of selected borehole conditions, formation
properties, or the like, which are converted by the data-signal-
ing apparatus into coded electrical signals for repetitively
coupling a rotating shaft to a valve operatively arranged on the
tool for selectively interrupting the fiow of the drilling fluid
being circulated through the drill string. In this manner, the
valve is selectively reciprocated to produce a series of en-
coded pressure pulses in the drilling fluid which are represen-
tative of the measurements being obtained. These pressure
pulses are transmitted through the drilling fluid to the surface
where they are sensed and converted into meaningful indica-
tions of the measurements.
3,713,090
SYSTEM FOR USE IN CONDUCTING AIRCRAFT CHECK
LISTS
Clarance B. Dickinson, Tower 6. Bath & Tennis Club, North
Green Bay Rd., Lake Bluff, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 841,675, June 26, 1969,
abandoned. This application Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,254
Int. CI. G08g 5/02
U.S. CL 340-27 R 5 Claims
A seismometer suitable for remote operation to measure
quake components, comprising a boom mounted for pivoting
about a nominally vertical or other axis, the boom carrying a
sensing coil and a small iron slug. A pair of calibration coils
mounted on opposite sides of the slug can be individually
energized to deflect the boom in opposite directions from its
static position. The sensing coil outputs resulting from
separate energizations of the calibration coils, indicate the
precise static position of the boom and therefore, in the case
of a boom intended to pivot about a vertical axis, the angle of
its nominally vertical axis of pivoting from a true vertical. The
sensing coil is flat and is surrounded by a frame of non-con-
ductive material with conductive layers on opposite sides that
are electrically connected to the ends of the coil. The frame is
supported by a pair of mass members which are insulated from
each other but connected to the respective conductive layers
on the frame. The mass members are mounted on separate
Cardin hinges, and currents generated by the sensing coil are
transmitted through the Cardin hinges to output terminals.
i-S J7
AUDIO cmcK PAi ircnlRfpfAr]
PRE START
START- RCPLY I
J2 JO iS
The system is for use in an aircraft, and it includes a number
of pre-recorded messages or check lists, either emergency (in
which case selection is automatic) or normal operational
Each message includes a number of separate items arranged in
sequence. A desired list is selected either manually by the pilot
or automatically by an emergency sensor, and a pre-recorded
audio signal announces the first item over a speaker. The tape
is then shut off, giving the pilot time to check the item The
1464
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
pilot, when he is satisfied the item is operational, presses a
reply bar to proceed with subsequent items. The tap re-winds
automatically when the end of a message is reached and shuts
down at the start of message position. In the case of an emer-
gency, the system will interrupt a previously selected message
if it is also not an emergency check list, return to the start of
the proper emergency check list, and transmit an emergency
radio signal Circuitry permits repetition of an item if desired;
and the pilot may selectively reset the message in high speed
before completing it.
3,713,093
VEHICLE SPEED ALARMING DEVICE
Masakatsu Matsumura, Innan-gun, Japan, assignor to
Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Kobe-shi, Japan
Filed March 1, 1971,Ser. No. 119,666
Int. CI. G08b 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 340—62 9 Claims
3,713,091
WEAR INDICATING ARRANGEMENT FOR BRAKE
LININGS OF DISC BRAKES
Toyoaki Kobayashi; Toshio Kondo, and Naoji Sakakibara, all
of Hekikaigun, Japan, assignors to Aisin Seiki kabushiki
Kaisha, Kariya City, Aich. Pref., Japan
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,519
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 1, 1969, 44/79449
Int. CI. F16d 66/02
U.S. CI. 340— 52 A 10 Claims
16 18 19 2010 32
2R
A brake wear indicator for detecting the depth of wear of a
brake lining for use on a disc brake, comprising an indicating
circuit connected to a source of power and a switch means,
said switch means being actuated independently of the brak-
ing surfaces of the disc even when the brake linmgs wear down
beyond a predetermined depth wnereby the braking surfaces
of the disc are not injured.
3,713,092
AIR PRESSURE BALANCED SELF-CONTAINED TIRE
PRESSURE CONDITION SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
Bernard Ivenbaum, 2319 Ocean View Avenue, Apt. 25, Los
Angeles, Calif.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,515
Int. CI. B60c 2i/04
U.S. CI. 340—58 1 Claim
'j« j^ »
This invention relates to a fluid pressure alarm for use
primarily on vehicle tires including a self-contained powered
radio transmitter in a cylindrical housing threaded on the in-
flation stem of the vehicle tire, the housing having means
maintaining pressure communication between the interior of
the tire and that of the housing, and a pressure responsive
switch device biased by control pressure in a control pressure
compartment of the housing and movable to energize the
transmitter upon a predetermined pressure differential
between that of the control compartment and that of the vehi-
cle tire, the radio signal to be picked up by a receiver in the
cab of the vehicle, it can be used as a pressure differential
alarm on other pressurized gas or liquid environments.
A rotating permanent magnet of a speedometer affords a
rotational force for a non-magnetic element with a switch
operating member provided thereon. A switch contact is ar-
ranged to make a reciprocal motion relative to the non-mag-
netic element. When the speed has reached an alarming level.
the switch contact is closed by engagement with the switch
operating member, whereby an alarm is issued.
3,713,094
AUTOMATIC VEHICLE ALERTING SIGNAL SYSTEM
Armand S. Damico, 65-15 79th Place, Middle Village, N.V.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 578,764, Sept. 12, 1966, Pat.
No. 3,497,871. This application Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,148
Int.CI. B60q 1150
U.S. CL 340—66 3 Claims
The present invention pertains to an alerting signal system
for indicating the operating condition of a motor vehicle to ap-
prise drivers rearwardly of the vehicle of the condition and ac-
tions of the vehicle and which may utilize the existing tail illu-
minating lights or lamps and other lamps to indicate the
operating condition of the vehicle and any changes thereof.
The two filaments of a dual filament bulb are employed in
combination with coupling means, an ignition switch and an
accelerator such that when the ignition switch is on, one of
said filaments is illuminated; and when the other of said fila-
ments is illuminated, said first one of said filaments is turned
off and there is an indication only that said ignition switch is
on and the accelerator is supplying fuel to the vehicle's engine.
3,713,095
DATA PROCESSOR SEQUENCE CHECKING CIRCUITRY
Alan Forbes McPherson, Mount Tabor, N.J., assignor to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Murray Hill, N.J,
Filed March 1 6, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 24,736
Int. CI. G06f 7/ /OO
U.S. CI. 340— 146.1 AB 13Claims
Apparatus for detecting illogical sequences of operations in
digital processor units. Apparatus comprising logic gates is in-
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1465
eluded at several points within a processor unit to provide
early detection of hardware failures. The apparatus is
1 lUvJ '• UNIOW
dr— ^ J'"'"'\,
3,713,097
TEST BIT PATTERN GENERATOR FOR PATTERN
RECOGNITION MACHINES
John D. Linnerooth, Rochester, and Erhardt W. Rosen, Kas-
son, both of Minn., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Mav 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,423
Int. CI. G06I// /04
U.S. CI. 340- 146.3 ED 10 Claims
- -MULT'PLC UNLOAD
■HQ UNLOAD
-LflflDft VO»t*L IT
designed to monitor the sequence of operations that occur
when particular processor registers are loaded from a plurality
of sources and unloaded to a plurality of destinations.
! rr^- — r" r V*
rtcwsawioii — ^a wtais t^
3,713,096
SHIFT REGISTER INTERCONNECTION OF DATA
PROCESSING SYSTEM
Webb T. Comfort, Wappingers Falls, and George Radin,
Piemont, both of N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed March 31. 1971, Ser. No. 129,747
lnt.CLG06f 75/00. 75/76
U.S.CL 340-172.5 3 Claims
VJ- '^
The scanner of the paUem recognition machine scans a pre-
printed document containing a number of patterns which cor-
respond to the number of test bits to be produced. There are
two distinguishing patterns which produce binary one and
zero bits. The patterns are printed in a sequence dictated by
the desired test bit pattern. The resulting binary bits forming
the test pattern are applied to the recognition logics. The pre-
printed document also carries a set of patterns which, when
scanned, produce a binary bit pattern identifying the test bit
pattern. This identification is compared with the identification
bit pattern produced by the recognition logics. An equal com-
parison indicates that the recognition logics are functioning
properly. An error condition causes the pre-printed pattern to
be displayed. The machine operator or maintenance man can
read the display and determine which recognition logics
should be probed to find the error.
15
'X-'X
'k-' n
-'^1
3,713,098
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AND
STORING THE CONTOUR COURSE OF A WRITTEN
SYMBOL SCANNED COLUMN BY COLUMN
Meinolf Muenchhausen, and Ekke Weber, both of Gauting,
Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin
and Munich, Germany
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 127,925
Claims priority, application Germany, AprU 10, 1970. P 20
17 246.7
Int. CI. G06k 9100
U.S. CI. 340-146.3 AC 7 Claims
Units of a data processing system send and receive messages
by means of a ring connection of shift register stages. One unit
places a message with suitable control bits in an associated
shift register stage of the ring and after a series of shifts, the
destination unit receives the message at its stage of the ring.
The invention overcomes the problem that a message from a
downstream unit to a nearby upstream unit is ordinarily
required to be shifted almost entirely around the ring with a
delay introduced at each stage of the ring. Some of the units
are connected to enter messages at register stages upstream of
other units and to receive messages at register stages
1466
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
contours and which is scanned column-wise, and which util-
izes the scanning results of two adjacent scanning columns. In
each scanning column, a contour is determined at a change of
the digitalized image signal from one phase to another and the
phase changes are counted consecutively so that each contour
is assigned a certain address in a contour memory. Apparatus
is employed to determine the difference values of the or-
dinates of a contour occurring in the adjacent scanned
columns quantitatively and these difference values are stored
in the contour memory The start of a pair of new contours is
determined by apparatus which is responsive to an image
signal change only when the ordinates of two consecutive
columns meet the unbalanced equation
Yn(k) Ym(k-\) + C
and the end of two contours is determined by the image signal
change only when the ordinates of two consecutive columns
meets the unbalanced equation
Yn{k)> Ym(k+ \)+C, where Yn and Ym are ordinate
values. kAk + \) and (k-l) identify scanned adjacent
columns, and C is a functional variable.
character scanned and its respective associated character of
said set; and comparison means responsive to said first analog
output signals from said matching circuits for determining if
said analog output signals do not differ from reference values
by more than a tolerance for providing an indication of the
character scanned.
3,713,099
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING
LETTERS, CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND THE LIKE
Harold S. Hemstreet, Binghamton, N.Y., assignor to Character
Recognition Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 336 .(MM). Feb. 10. 1953. This appUcation
Aug. 4, 1959, Ser. No. 831,599
Int. CI. G06r 9/00
IJ.S.CL 340-146.3 D 96 Claims
t-« t-'« y^r
z$2 -4^ *^ ^^
ci3- — -i""'""^:20'
^
B\
mt
'^^^
Si
4
o.
0;
:oi
JV
e
e
e
e
e
-e
-t^m-
3,713,100
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING
LETTERS, CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS, AND THE LIKE
Harold S. Hemstre«t, Binghamton, N.Y., assignor to Character
Recognition Corporation
Filed Feb. 10, 1953, Ser. No. 336,080
Int. CI. G06r 9100
U.S. CL 340— 146.3 Y 65 Claims
1 7. In a character recognition machine, means to compare a
single character of a limited group of characters being recog-
nized with aTl of a plurality of memory elements, each of said
memory elements defining one of all of the possible characters
of the group to be recognized, means for producing a group of
separate signals as a result of the individual comparisons, the
magnitude of each of said signals being an indication of the
degree of match in each comparison, and means responsive to
said signals of the group to identify a unique circuit associated
with the optimum signal indicating the closest match and in-
dicative of said single character.
3,713,101
THYRISTOR TURN-ON CIRCUIT
Dante E. Piccone, Philadelphia, and Istvan Somos, Lansdowne,
both of Pa., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,840
Int. CI. H03k 7 7100; H04q 9100
U.S.CL340-147R 8 Claims
Character recognition apparatus, comprising, in combina-
tion: means for scanning characters to be identified to provide
for each character to be identified a time-varying first signal
compnsing a serial sequence of electrical signal pulses; serial-
to-parallel conversion means responsive to each said serial
sequence of electrical signal pulses and operable to provide a
first parallel multi-bit digital electrical signal, said conversion
means including a digital temporary storage means; a mul-
tiplicity of matching circuits, each of said matching circuits
being associated with a respective character of a set of charac-
ters said apparatus is designed to recognize; means for apply-
ing each said first parallel multi-bit digital electrical signal to
each of said matching circuits, each of said matching circuits
having an electrical characteristic for providing, upon receipt
of each said first parallel multi-bit digital electrical signal, a
first respective analog output signal having a magnitude which
varies as a function of the degree of match between the
A triggering circuit is provided for supplying trigger signals
to the gate of a high voltage controlled rectifier. The triggering
circuit includes a transmitting antenna connected to a pulse
train generator and electromagnetically coupled, via a dielec-
tric medium, to a receiving antenna. The receiving antenna is
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1467
coupled to the gate of the controlled rectifier for providing
energy pulses thereto. A feedback winding is connected in
parallel with the transmitting antenna.
point in a column. Each scanpoint is coupled to a remote con-
tact to be monitored and includes a voltage divider and a
3,713,102
PULSE INTERROGATION ARTICLE-SORTING SYSTEM
Stephen J. Martin, 1777 South West 17th Street, Miami, Fla.
Filed April 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,141
Int. CI. H04<i 7100
U.S. CI. 340—152 » » Claims
A pulse interrogation article-sorting system for identifying
and directing articles along a distribution network, such as
passenger baggage along a conveyor therefor at an airline ter-
minal A particular form of the article-sorting system for air-
line baggage includes a conveyor having both a collection sec-
tion along which baggage is accumulated and a distribution
section providing a plurality of distribution branches or sta-
tions respectively corresponding to particular flight destina-
tions and into which articles of baggage are selectively
diverted in accordance with the destinations thereof. A plu-
rality of diverters disposed in respective association with the
distribution branches are operative selectively to effect diver-
sion thereinto of individual articles of baggage being advanced
along the conveyor. Each article of baggage carries a tag
equipped with a normally passive identification responder
operative to transmit an electromagnetic identification signal
representative of the destination indicated by the tag in
response to receipt of sharply pulsed electromagnetic inter-
rogation signals emitted by a transmitter for interception by
each article of baggage and the responder-equipped tag car-
ried thereby. A receiver having sensor circuitry responsive to
the identification signals provides both logic circuitry for
processing the signals to identify the same in terms of their
destination-distinguishing characteristics and control means
connected with the diverters and with the logic circuitry and
operative to actuate the diverter corresponding to the particu-
lar signal identified by the logic circuitry. Accordingly, when-
ever the logic circuitry establishes the identity of a particular
identification signal transmitted by an identification responder
being intercepted by the interrogation signals, the diverter
corresponding to that identification signal is actuated to
segregate or divert into the appropriate branch the article of
baggage carrying such transmitting responder.
diode which is reverse biased when the remote contact is open
and which acts as a shunt when the remote contact is closed.
3,713,104
ELECTRONIC SCANPOINT MATRIX WITH SWITCH
MONITORING
Frederick A. Stich, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to GTE Auto-
matic Electric Laboratories Incorporated, Northlake, III.
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 158,009
Int. CI. H02h 3104; H04q 1100
U.S. CI. 340—166 R 8 Claims
An electronic scanpoint matrix for supervision of the states
of a plurality of signal lines includes an array of scanpoints ar-
ranged in rows and columns, each scanpoint including a pnp
transistor coupled to a signal line to be supervised and having
selected conduction properties related to the state of its as-
sociated signal line. A pulsed d.c. electrical signal is coupled
to each row of scanpoints and the pulsed input is coupled to an
output associated with each column of scanpoints when a
given transistor scanpoint is in a non-conducting state.
3,713,103
REMOTE CONTACT SENSING SCANPOINT MATRIX
Frank A. Risky, Cicero, III., assignor to GTE Automatic Elec-
tric Laboratories Incorporated, Northlake, III.
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 158,008
Int. CI. H02h 3104; H04q 1 100
U.S. CI. 340— 166R 10 Claims
A scanpoint matrix for monitoring the state of remote con-
tacts includes an array of scanpoints arranged in rows and
columns. A driver is coupled in parallel to each scanpoint in a
row and output means are coupled in parallel to each scan-
3,713,105
WIDE-BAND, HIGH-FREQUENCY MATRIX SWITCH
Stanley Rogers, La Jolla, Calif., assignor to General Dynamics
Corporation, San Diego, Calif.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,067
Int.CI. H04q 1118
U.S. CL 340— 166 R 5 Claims
An improved matrix switch for use in wide-band high
frequency applications is disclosed. In this switch, any of a plu-
rality of input buses are corWiectable through crosspoint
switches to any of a plurality of output buses. Features of the
1468
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
invention include the provision of dummy loads on input buses
which are not connected to output buses, double-terminated
output buses, center fed input buses, centering of the output
IX
fix
h i
tse
I4€
! r"
f^^f^-iea "^^^-170 r-^iT2
126 J }2B~J
f 158
yiez
tion is equal to or less than the difference Ar" between the
sampling period tp" of the outgoing channels and the transfer
period ix. The two registers (C, D) of the fmal memory stage
are alternately discharged in the rhythm of the outgoing chan-
nels for delivering their contents to the latter channels in a
sequence determined by a pattern of temporary connections
established between two of the memory stages under the con-
trol of an associated programmer.
3,713,107
FIRMWARE SORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM
Harut Barsamlan, Torrance, Calif., assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 34,397, May 4, 1970,
abandoned. This application April 3, 1972, Ser. No. 240,557
Int.CI. G06f9//4
U.S. CI. 340- 172.5 17 Claims
amplifier along the output bus and isolation of the input trans-
mission line from the switch. These features serve to reduce
voltage irregularities on the buses, reduce propagation delay
differences through the switch, reduce crosstalk, etc.
3,713,106
SWITCHING SYSTEM FOR INTERCONNECTED PCM
LINES
Giorgio Dal Monte, Milan. Italy, assignor to Societa Italiana
Telecomunicazioni Siemens S.p.A., Milan, Italy
FUed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,328
Claims priority, application luly, Feb. 10, 1970, 20398
A/70
Int. CI. H04j 3100
U.S. CI. 340—172.5 9 Claims
,^^
^^
7: <J-
^%°^
U-
;i^V
;1W^
UCpt]
KC,-
^T'
so-
1
-10
*
J
riS
V'^
SO/fT
fHocessoR
STMirr,
P/fOCfiSOR
UNIT
■to
I "
'jx
1
' Pe/e,PM£e/)i_ /^'lf
y47
"i »m.
For the selective establishment of temporary connections
between a number of incoming pulse-code-modulation chan-
nels on one or more lines terminating at an exchange and a
like number of outgoing channels of this type on one or more
lines originating at that exchange, the two sets of channels
being sampled in different rhythms, the exchange generates a
succession of transfer penods tx at a frequency higher than
each of the two sampling frequencies. Each sampling period is
divided into several lime intervals at least one of which has a
duration equal to or less than the difference \t' between the
sampling period tp of the incoming channels and the transfer
penod tx. During the latter time interval, occurring, at least
once per sampling period tp\ the bits inscribed by each in-
coming channel in either of two alternately receptive registers
( A, B) of a first memory stage M, are transferred to a respec-
tive register of an intermediate memory stage (M„ or M,„)
having one register for each incoming channel From there,
possibly after transmission to another intermediate memory
stage (M,„) with the same number of registers during the
remaining part of a transfer period, the bits are read out to
either of two alternately receptive registers (C, D) of a final
memory stage (M,v ) during another time interval whose dura-
A system and architecture is disclosed for an electronic data
processing system wherein the usage of a central processing
unit in the system may be reduced and much of its work effi-
ciently handled by a cooperating Sort Processor. The Sort
Processor is an internally programmed black box unit that can
be connected to the memory bus of almost any computer. It
performs background sorting functions in real time or on-line
installations, or operates as a stand-alone low priority proces-
sor in a uniprocessor or multi-processor installation. A Con
trol Program initiates the action of the sort processor so that it
operates autonomously and performs the functions of the "-
sort routine" in both internal sort and merge phases resulting
in the saving of considerable Central Processing Unit time,
main memory space, and simplification and reduction of pro-
gramming efforts The Sort Processor consists of search
memory for storing the initial parameters of the sort opera-
tion, and a control memory for micro-program storage.
3,713,108
BRANCH CONTROL FOR A DIGITAL MACHINE
Gene H. Edstrom, and John W. Irwin, both of Longmont,
Colo., assignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed March 25, 1971, Ser. No. 127,895
Int. CI. G06f 9/20
U.S. CL 340- 172.5 24 Claims
A program control for a machine operating with a set of in-
struction words having an operation code field with first and
second control fields. The first control field is usually used for
branch control, while the second control field has an alternate
address for fetching the next instruction word within a given
sized memory zone. Branch control means are responsive to
predetermined ones of said operation code and first control
field permutations for selecting a branch on condition (BOC).
Most BOC's are limited to branching within the zone of
memory from which the present instruction was fetched.
Other BOC instructions use the condition on which a branch is
to be based to modify the address from which the next instruc-
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1469
tion is fetched such that other zones of memory may be strap to couple a diode between an input conductor on a
reached by a BOC. In other branch instructions, moving the printed wiring card and output bus bar. The rearrangement of
(RMCU CMTtOL
I — ®r
program of instructions from one memory zone to another
memory zone requires an unconditional branch.
3,713,109
DIMINISHED MATRIX METHOD OF I/O CONTROL
Louis Michael Hornung, Austin, Tex., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,740
lnt.CI.G06f J/00
U.S.CI. 340— 172.5 14 Claims
CPU
PROGRAM
AND
I DATA STORE,
MATRIX '
1/0|
TTT
\^ 9
l/Oz
1/032
rrr
riO
the diode couplings is easily made via rearrangement of the
wire straps.
A technique of I/O control in which an I/O instruction con-
tains a three-bit working device code ( WDC) which is used to
table lookup the actual device code (ADC) of the device to be
serviced. The ADC is transmitted to all of the devices which
then compare the code with their wired-in codes and the ad-
dressed device then stores the WCD which is simultaneously
transmitted. During interrupt requests the WDC stored in the
devices is decoded and used to select one of eight interrupt
request lines. The eight interrupt request lines are applied to a
matrix which determines which of the eight is of highest order
priority. The output of the matrix is encoded to provide a
WDC corresponding to the device of highest order priority
and transmitted to all of the devices to identify the device
which is to hive it's interrupt request honored. The number of
ADC's may be greater than the number of WDC's allowing for
the attachment of a number of devices in excess of the size of
the matrix and likewise in excess of other facilities in the I/O
adapter. Further, provision is made for the attachment of
devices which may be identical in all respects including wired-
in codes for identifying the devices.
3,713,110
MECHANICALLY ALTERABLE DIODE MATRIX
MEMORY
Joseph C. Bennett, Lisle, and William A. Reimer, Wheaton,
both of III., assignors to GTE Automatic Electric Laborato-
ries, Incorporated, Northlake, III.
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 182,679
Int. CLG lie 5/06, 7 7/00
U.S. CL340— I73SP 6 Claims
A planar diode matrix memory includes a pluggable wire
3,713,111
OPERATION OF MEMORY ARRAY EMPLOYING
VARIABLE THRESHOLD TRANSISTORS
Edward Charles Ross, Hightstown, N.J., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,798
lnt.CLGllc/;/i4. 77/40
U.S. CL 340— 173 R 8 Claims
o'£^5Wi^
Hni.
B22-
3^3^35
-r^z^
-I-
-to
Means for cycling a variable threshold field-effect semicon-
ductor memory device to one selected threshold level and
then to another selected threshold level before each write
operation to minimize a shift in the selected threshold levels.
3,713,112
REGISTRATION OF NOISE LEVEL IN
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Karl Heinz Heidenreich, 7419 Neuhausen/Erms, Germany, as-
signor to Wandel u. Goltermann, Reylingen, Germany
Filed Feb. 24. 1971, Ser. No. 118,336
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 26, 1970, P 20
08 954.7
Int. CI. GOld 9/7 6. G lie 79/00
U.S. CI. 340— 173 R 15 Claims
A noise detector receiving the outputs of one or more
message channels works into a quantizer which, in response to
a predetermined rise in cumulative noise, delivers a stepping
pulse to a binary counter whose several stage outputs control
respective hole punchers of a tape perforator. The quantizer
and the counter are periodically reset by a programmer which
also actuates another puncher to mark the beginning of each
1470
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
new day A 1-hour average of the minute-mean noise-power
values may be ascertained by a summing circuit which simul-
taneously receives, every 6 minutes, the 1 -minute-mean values
gistered on the tape in 10 preceding 6-minute intervals; the
re
3,713,114
DATA REGENERATION SCHEME FOR STORED
CHARGE STORAGE CELL
Richard H. Linton, and George Sonoda, both of Poughkeepsie,
N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,277
Int.CLGllcy//40
U.S.CI.340-173R * 7 Claims
"7 "a
•On '<V'io,L
output current of the summing circuit is compared with a
reference current whose magnitude is 10 times that of a
reference current equivalent to the maximum allowable 1-
hour average.
WORD
— Rl
DRIVER I
TT Jir
3,713,113
HIGH SPEED PATTERN MASS MEMORY DEVICE
Sadao Kohzuma, Yamato-shi; Shigetsuyo Hasuo, Meguro-ku,
Tokyo; Kenichi Tada, Tozuka-ku, Yokohama, and Takayuki
Itoh, Kawasaki-shi, all of Japan, assignors to Takachibo
Koeki Kabushiki Kaisha, Kita-ku.Osaka-shi, Japan
Filed March 13, 1972. Ser. No. 234,160
Claims priority, application Japan, March 12, 1971,
46/13091
Int. CI. Gllc/5/00, 27/00
L.S.CI.340-173RC 2 Claims
This specification discloses a scheme for regenerating the
data in stored charge storage cells of monolithic memories.
The scheme involves periodic reading out of the data in the
stored charge storage cells and temporarily storing the data in
the capacitance of an address line for the storage cell.
Thereafter the data on the address line is written back into the
cell.
INPUT Q»TA
3,713,115
MEMORY CELL FOR AN ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY
Franklin T. Duben, De<lham, Mass., assignor to Honeywell In-
formation Systems Inc., Waltham, Mass.
Filed Dec. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 215,966
Int. CI. G 1 Ic 7/00, 11140; H03k / 7100
U.S.CI.340-173AM 15 Claims
A high speed pattern mass memory device for selecting and
reading out any of character pattern information for printing
or display from a mass information source including a number
of different character patterns, in which all the handled
character patterns are provided in a sequential-access mass-
memory of low price while a rewritable random-access
memory having an appropriate small memory capacity is pro-
vided as a second pattern memory connected to output so that
the number of handled pattern information blocks different
from one another is effectively increased in comparison with
the small memory capacity of said random-access memory by
transferring only different character patterns from the sequen-
cial-access mass-memory to the random-access mass memory
in response to reference code units of an input data signal. The
character patterns m the random-access memory are read out
at a time by regenerating a train of the input data signal.
Character patterns each having a high frequency in use may
be fixedly stored in the random-access memory while only
remainder character patterns other than the fixed character
pattern are provided in the sequential-access mass memory
and read out after temporarily storing to rewritable memory
zones of the random-access memory.
ZERO
DIGtr LtNC
SENSE
V2S
) WRITE/ L-
~'X- MTERHOWTE —I
A memory cell of the bistable type which is capable of being
read from, written into or having its contents interrogated is
disclosed herein. The memory cell performs these various
operations through a minimal number of external line connec-
tions which include a word line and an interrogate line. The
memory cell is capable of being arrayed in such a manner as to
allow for separate operations on any number of individual
cells. The memory cell is also configured in such a way as to
allow for a minimal power consumption during standby. An al-
ternative embodiment to the basic memory cell configuration
eliminates the need for an interrogate line.
January^ 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1471
3,713,116
SINGLE-WALL DOMAIN ARRANGEMENT
Peter Istvan Bonyhard, Edison, and Paul Charles Michaelis,
Watchung, both of N J., assignors to Bell Telephone Labora-
tories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,902
Int.CLGllc////4. 79/00
U.S. CL 340—174 TF 12 Claims
advanced to it in response to a magnetic field reorienting in
the plane of the material. A number of these arrangements are
The transfer of a domain from one channel to another in a
single-wall domain memory is effected by a transfer loop into
which a domain is moved by a field from a pulsed conductor
and from which a domain exits in response to a magnetic field
rotating in the plane of the layer in which domains move. The
transfer loop includes two "exit-entrance" positions as-
sociated with the two channels between which transfer occurs.
The exit of a domain from the transfer loop may be aided by a
pulsed conductor also.
3,713,117
MAGNETORESISTANCE DETECTOR FOR SINGLE
WALL DOMAINS
Andrew Henry Bobeck, Chatham, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed March 1, 1972, Ser. No. 230,755
Int.CI.Gllc 7 7/74, 79/00
U.S. CI. 340—174 EB 10 Claims
A number of geometries are disclosed for magnetore-
sistance elements compatible with fine-grained, field-access,
single wall domain arrangements that render the elements in-
sensitive to the rotating in-plane magnetic field which moves
domains in such arrangements.
3,713,118
SINGLE WALL DOMAIN FANOUT CIRCUIT
Irynej Danylchuk, Morris Plains, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,028
IntCLGllc 79/00.7 7/74
U.S. CI. 340— 1 74 Z A 6 Claims
An arrangement of magnetically soft overlay elements on a
magnetic material, in which single wall domains can be
moved, is designed to generate two domains for each domain
cascaded to perform a fanout function which doubles the
number of domains for each cycle of the in-plane field.
3,713,119
DOMAIN PROPAGATION ARRANGEMENT
Andrew Henry Bobeck, 41 Ellers Drive, Chatham, N J.
Filed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,347
Int. CI. Gllc 27/00, 7 7/74
U.S. CI. 340—174 TF 6 Claims
The geometry of the overlay pattern of elements which
cause the movement of single wall domains in response to a
reorienting in-plane field in single wall domain arrangements
has been found to exhibit enhanced operating characteristics
if the extremes of the elements therein are of enlarged
geometry to concentrate flux.
3,713,120
MAGNETORESISTANCE DETECTOR FOR SINGLE
WALL MAGNETIC DOMAINS
Andrew Henry Bobeck, Chatham; Frank John Ciak, Roselk
Park, and Walter Strauss, Summit, both of N J., assignors to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed April 3, 1972, Ser. No. 240,651
Int. CI. Gllc 27/00, 7 7/74
U.S. CI. 340—174 EB 9 Claims
A relatively large output signal is achieved from an ex-
panded magnetic domain by a relatively long magnetore-
sistance element in the path of the domain. The relatively long
element is formed with a minimum loss of space by including
within the magnetoresistance element portions of the already
1472
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
present magnetic elements which define the path along which
the domain moves. Domain movement and expansion is due to
Li
"^
sou
SOUKC
SOUKE
medium moving relative to the transducer. The transducer is a
high permeability magnetic sheet with a row of apertures
along one edge of the sheet and a narrow slot connecting each
aperture to the edge. Each aperture and slot corresponds to
one track on the medium. An electric wire is threaded through
the aperture for external connection. The edge of the sheet is
adjacent the medium and at a fixed angle transverse the
direction of relative motion. The angle and the thickness of
the sheet determine the track width and, together with the
total width of the sheet across the medium, the amount of in-
formation exchangeable with the medium.
como. cacuiT
NPlWtf I
f«LD I-
SXMCE
the geometry of the path-defining elements and is responsive
to a magnetic field rotating m the plane of domain movement.
3,713,123
HIGH DENSITY DATA RECORDING AND ERROR
TOLERANT DATA REPRODUCING SYSTEM
James P. Lipp, Oklahoma City, Okla., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, S«r. No. 886,316
Int. CI. G08c 9/04, Gl lb 5/82; H04I 3/00
IJ.S. CI. 340- 174.1 G 6 Claims
■'* OvCO
3,713,121
ARM VIBRATION DAMPER
Ronald F. Fasano, Los Gatos; Michael R. Hatch, and James E.
Riggins, both of San Jose, all of Calif., assignors to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,033
Int. CL G 1 lb 5/60, G 1 Ic 2 y/20
U.S. CI. 340- 174.1 E . 2 Claims
26
^0
?.^,jj^f:^
US^jJDf^n
TO *MDn»0«lfiG *
TO AND n»0«< fKl i
An air bearing magnetic head arm assembly includes a rigid
mount portion; a support for carrying a magnetic transducer; a
spring-loaded or pretensioned portion for urging the trans-
ducer towards a record surface; and incorporates a ramp that
cooperates with a stationary cam to effectuate proper loading
and unloading of the head relative to the record surface. To
minimize resonance effects experienced by the arm during
transducing operation, a damping element is inserted between
the spring portion and the rigid mount, the damping element
being located at the fulcrum of the spring.
A high density recording and reproducing system in which
information is divided into groups of binary digits (bits) with
different fiux transition patterns recorded in associated
storage cells to represent each group of bits and wherein each
pattern is recorded by providing a plurality of transition posi-
tions in each cell and is read by sensing signal polarity at
selected positions according to decisions based on ternary
pulse characteristics represented in the form of ternary digits
(trits) thereby tolerating drop out and pick up errors at un-
sensed positions.
3,713,122
SKEWED HIGH DENSITY MAGNETIC HEAD AND
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SAME
Gerald Taylor, Longmont, Colo., assignor to International
Business Machines Corp., Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 4, 1971, Ser. No. 149,974
Int. CI. Gl lb 5/2.S
U.S. CI. 340- 1 74. 1 F ' Claims
3,713,124
TEMPERATURE TELEMETERING APPARATUS
Douglas H. Durland, Palo Alto, and Robert J. Ehret, Los Altos,
both of Calif., assignors to Beckman Instruments, inc.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,161
lnt.CLG08c/9//6
U.S. CL 340-209 5 Claims
^
'_J } I mfcf vt
J.-205
A magnetic transducer reads and writes electric signals
recorded as tracks of magnetic manifestations on a magnetic
Apparatus for providing, at a remote location, an indication
of the temperature of a rotating body, such as the rotor of a
centrifuge, comprising a closed loop feed-back circuit includ-
ing a voltage controlled oscillator positioned remote from the
rotor and a frequency sensitive bridge circuit mounted on the
rotor The bridge circuit includes a thermistor such that the
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1473
balance frequency thereof is a function of the temperature of
the rotor. The output of the voltage controlled oscillator is
transmitted to the rotor where it excites the bridge circuit
which generates an output signal whose amplitude is a func-
tion of the difference between the frequency of the oscillator
and the balance frequency of the bridge circuit. The output
signal from the bridge circuit is transmitted back to the remote
location where it is applied, together with the output of the
oscillator, to a phase sensitive detector which serves as an
error detector to adjust the frequency of the voltage con-
trolled oscillator to null the output of the bridge circuit. The
output of the voltage controlled oscillator which is transmitted
to the rotor is also used to energize a self-contained power
supply thereby providing power for the rotor-mounted com-
ponents. In addition, the output of the voltage controlled
oscillator is modulated between two amplitude levels before
transmission to the rotor-mounted components. When the
oscillator output is high and the jjower supply on the rotor is
drawing current, the detector is short-circuited. When the
oscillator output is low and the power supply is discharging
and not drawing current, the phase sensitive detector is opera-
tive.
SCR has its main terminals connected across the capacitance
for, at times, discharging the capacitance in response to a
trigger signal at the gate of the second SCR. A zener diode is
-^^
^-^ 3,713,125
ALARM SYSTEM UTILIZING A DIGITAL RADIO LINK
Cecil John Miller, 19300 Hoisted Street, Northridge, Calif.
Continuatk)n of Ser. No. 794,873, Jan. 29, 1969, abandoned.
This application July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 160,1 17
Int. CI. G08b 79/00
U.S. CI. 340—224 R 7 Claims
i« ' -, 1
OtSALAy
An automatic digital-encoding burglary-robbery apprehen-
sion system is described which utilizes existing telephone lines
and direct radio transmission links from an area control center
to a patrol car or helicopter. The transmitted alarm signal is
digitally coded to provide location identification.
128 '
• *
■18 I
O^i-
> 154 ez
122
M2
--T-
eo
connected for limiting the charging voltage applied to the
capacitance. A variable resistance is connected from the gate
of the first SCR to its cathode to permit selection and control
of the delay time.
3,713,127
ACOUSTIC EMISSION CRACK MONITOR
Francis C. Keledy, Butler, and Kenneth R. Notvest, Ramsey,
both of N J., assignors to Trodyne Corporation, Teterboro,
NJ.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,448
Int. CI. G08b 2 //OO
U.S. CI. 340— 261 18 Claims
A system for monitoring crack growth in a structure in
which acoustic energy released as a result of a crack event is
sensed and integrated to provide a binary signal representative
of the number and intensity of individual crack events. The bi-
nary crack energy data signals are accumulated and a warning
device is activated when the stored crack data exceeds a
predetermined level. Means may be provided to discriminate
crack event signals from similar acoustic signals resulting from
noise and impact or vibration.
3,713,128
VAULT ALARM SYSTEM AND METHOD
Stephen Wong; Louis J. Wright; David G. Barleen, and
Thomas C. Hankins, all of Oakland, Calif., assignors to Sys-
tron-Donner Corporation, Concord, Calif.
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,949
Int. CI. E05g 3/OOi G08b 1 3/02
U.S. CI. 340—26 1 9 Claims
3,713,126
BURGLAR DETERRENT TIMING SWITCH
Joseph C. Stettner, Akron, Ohio, assignor to Novar Electronics
Corporation, Barberton, Ohio
FiledFeb. 18, 1971,Ser.No. 116331
Int. CI. G08b y J/00
U.S. CI. 340— 258 D 10 Claims
A burglar deterrent having a timing switch connected to the
lights of a room or building for actuating these lights for a
selected period of time in response to a sound made by an in-
truder. The timing switch has an SCR connected to the switch
terminals. The gate of the SCR is connected to a timing circuit
which comprises a series connected capacitance and diode
connected from the gate to the anode of the SCR. A second
Alarm system including a microphone and an ion detector
for detecting disturbances. The numbers of pulses and sound
1474
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
burets in the signal produced by a disturbance are counted in
order to distinguish disturbances such as burglare from other
disturbances. An alarm is actuated when these counts exceed
predetermmed numbere. Means is included for simulating
separate sound bursts to actuate the alarm in response to
disturbance signals of extended duration. An ion detector is
included for actuating the alarm in response to smoke and fire.
The system is enclosed in a tamper-proof box and also in-
cludes tamper-proof cables and an emergency power supply.
3,713,131
HORN BLOWER FISHING ROD HOLDER
WiUiam R. MarshaU, 220 Cheroke* Lane, El Reno, Okla.
Filed April 2, 1 97 1 , S«r. No. 1 30,746
Int.a.A01k97//2
U.S. a. 340— 279 3 Claims
3,713,129
CRANE OVERLOADING PROTECTIVE SYSTEM
Roi>ert T. Buchholz. 15903 Diona Lane, Houston, Tex.
Filed March 30, 1970, S«r. No. 23,544
Int. CI. Go8b 27/00
U.S. CL 340-267 C 7 Claims
2S
22
LOAD
, Sf /VSO«
4'fl
SUMMING
COMPARATOfl
31
^AftNINO
DEVICE
.2?
3-\ SENS
LOAD
23-\ SENSOR
\iOAD -
2* -iSENSOfI
D
C-D
SUMMING
'^COMPARATOR
26
28
; SUMMING
-^COMPARATOR
29
i INPUT
OR
■ GATE
I
^RELAy
flRIVEfi
SUMMIMC
""COMPARATOR
32
A' B'C*D
SUMMER
33
~ HOOK
t LOAD
.DISPLAY
An upwardly open cylindrical fishing rod holding tube is
secured to a plate hingedly connected about a horizontal axis
to a base in turn supported by earth engaging spikes. An arm
on the plate closes a switch to energize an electrical audible
signal device supported by the base in response to a fish strike.
Bolt and spring means adjustably resist pivoting movement of
the plate about its horizontal axis for normally maintaining the
switch open.
A protective system for use with a multiple legged crane
wherein a sensor is attached to each leg to determine the
change in stress in that leg, and the several sensors are
grouped to determine tipping along any side of the crane.
Tipping is indicated by a reduced stress in the legs on a given
side of the crane. The apparatus further furnishes the total
hook load by summing the stress on all the legs.
3,713,130
IMPACT DETECTOR
Herbert Leslie Armer, Slough, Buckinghamshire, England, as-
signor to Mastertape (Magnetic) Limited, Colnbrook Slough,
Buckinghamshire, England
Filed March 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,357
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 23, 1970,
13,996/70
Int.CLG08b27/00
U^. CK 340—267 R 5 Claims
3,713,132
INTRUSION ALARM FOR WINDOWS AND OTHER
OPENINGS
WiUiam Tonkowich; John A. Meditz, both of FrankUn Lakes,
and Paul Vignola, Parsippany, aU of NJ., assignors to
Safetech, Inc., Fairfield, N J.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,593
lnt.Cl.GOSb 13/00, 13/08
U.S. CL 340-273 ^^ Claims
:i^^-
An impact detector for detecting input between a record or
replay head and a magnetic disc rotating relative to the head
comprises a piezo-electric element mounted on one of the
bodies, eg., the head, and producing an output signal when
that body contacts or is contacted by the other body, e.g., the
magnetic disc. The output is amplified and applied to indicat-
ing and/or warning means operated by the amplified output.
An alarm device for preventing an intruder from entering a
window or door or other opening without sounding an alarm.
The alarm comprises a series of electric wires arranged to ex-
tend across the opening between housings in a physical ar-
rangement which prevents the passage of the intruder without
moving one or more of the wires. An electrical alarm system is
included which provides a signal upon the cutting or moving
or short circuiting of any of the wires and which also signals an
attempt to move, invade or otherwise tamper with the wire
supporting housings.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1475
3,713,133
RF AND SONIC SYSTEMS FOR PREVENTING
SHOPLIFTING OF GOODS AND UNAUTHORIZED
REMOVAL OF CAPSULES AFFIXED THERETO FOR
PROTECTING GOODS
Robert L. Nathans. 36 Stau Drive. Billerica, Mass.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,274
Int.CLG08b/i//5
U.S. CI. 340— 280 13 Claims
deflection signals in analog form having independently varia-
ble rates of change corresponding to the binary rates of the
digital deflection signals. The polarity or direction of the rate
of change is determined by deflection commands which con-
trol the direction of count in the UP/DOWN counters.
[7/ <'o'
II a'
ULTRflSONtC r-^v
PWIVE \
^y^f-\
3,713,134
DIGITAL STROKE CHARACTER GENERATOR
Harry M. C haney, Raleigh, N.C., assignor to Corning (.lass
Works, Corning, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,613
Int.CI.G06fi//4
U.S. CI. 340—324 A 5 Claims
3,713,135
DIGITAL SYMBOL GENERATOR
Stanislaw Vincent Lazecki, Norwalk, Conn., assignor to
United Aircraft Corp., East Hartford, Conn.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,343
Int.CI.G06fi//4
U.S. CI. 340—324 A 1 Claim
Capsules or tags are affixed to a plurality of goods kept
vv-ithin a storage area, which capsules produce an alarm indica-
tion upon unauthorized removal of the goods through an exit
area. The capsules or tags bear the designation "Don't
Remove-Electronic Alarm" and contain first and second reso-
nant devices and are affixed to the goods by means of an ordi-
nary safety pin. The first resonant device actuates an article
removal alarm when the goods pass through the exit area,
whereas the unauthorized opening of the safety pin in an at-
tempt to remove the capsule in the storage area to defeat the
system enables the second resonant device which in turn
produces a capsule removal alarm in the storage area and as a
result a greater deterrent is present with respect to theft of the
goods and special unwieldy fastening devices such as rivets,
requiring special measures for application and removal are
eliminated. Additionally small and/or delicate goods may be
protected, which goods would not be protected owing to the
aforementioned rivets or special fastening devices. Sonic
systems which may or may not produce a capsule removal
alarm operate preferably in the ultrasonic range. An fextended
range capsule is particularly well adapted for protecting goods
stored in a warehouse.
Xi
*^
{^>^t^/r/9/ CtM^^v^f-e Me^'Vi
tf^
7^
,etiarrr\
MO -
m/l'r/P/ e ft le
TT^
z? ji/er^fw^^ac
IT
J ^tt-^ r/f^r rojv*
.-' '1 :>
A digital symbol generator uses ^simple arithmetic opera-
tions performed by digital logic components to determine the
raster lines on a cathode ray tube where it is desired to display
video. Two arithmetic operations are performed digitally for
each disjunctive segment of a symbol to predict whether or
not a raster line about to be swept, or a part thereof, for which
the operations were performed, is used in displaying the sym-
bol.
3,713,136
ANALOG-TODIGITAL CONVERTERS
John Nagy, Jr., Union, N J., assignor to Weston Instruments,
Inc., Newark, NJ.
Continuation of Ser. No. 661,924. Aug. 21, 1967, which is a
continuation-in-partofSer. No. 642,8 18, June 1, 1967. This
application Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,901
Int. CI. H03kyi/02. 73/20
U.S. CI. 340-347 NT 1 1 Claims
COM>**»*^00
\
A system for generating characters by deflecting an electron
beam over a screen having orthogonal X and Y axes. Beam
deflection and modulation commands for each segment of
each character are stored in read only memories. The deflec-
tion commands are read out to a binary rate multiplier after a
character has been selected. The binary rate multiplier
generates X and Y pulse trains having independently variable
binary rates under the control of the deflection commands. .r l j i i • . ,ot:.,„
The pulse trains are then applied to X and Y UP/DOWN An analog-to-digital converter of the dual slope integrating
counters and digital-to-analog convertere to generate X and Y type operates without counter reset or input gating circuitry to
906 O.G. — 54
1476
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
provide successive, accurate digital readouts representing the
average magnitude of corresponding analog input signals.
Provision is made to nullify a predetermined number of
transient waveforms which may be produced as an undesired
by-product of dispensing with such circuitry. The converter
employs a buffer storage register to receive and store the
digital contents of a counter, which contents represent the
average magnitude of the analog input signal. The storage re-
gister provides a digital readout, typically in the form of a
visual display, which persists at least for a time interval which
starts at the termination of one complete analog-to-digital
conversion cycle and extends to the termination of a succeed-
ing conversion cycle. In accordance with yet another aspect of
this invention to polarity reversals of the analog signal, an off-
set current of constant magnitude is applied as an additional
input signal to the integrator of the converter and appropriate
compensation for that value of offset current is provided by
the counter so that the display provides an indication only of
the value of the analog input signal.
through the printer in discrete steps of two bar widths at a
time, so that two new areas of the tag are beneath each pair of
printing elements after each discrete movement. Signals are
then applied to those printing elements which are to then print
bars. A ribbon, which is associated with each pair of printing
elements, is moved one bar width each time a print signal is
applied to the pair of printing elements. This movement oc-
3,713,137
DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER
David W. Stone, Franklin, Wis., assignor to Harnischfeger
Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, S«r. No. 91,826
Int. CI. H03k 13102
U.S. CL 340-347 DA 50 CUims
%J^?-
_I STAKT U—
curs after the leading one of the printing elements prints and
before the trailing one of the printing elements prints. Logic
circuitry is also included for converting a binary code into
signals representing the colored bar code and for providing
necessary signals to the printing elements and ribbons. The
code-converting circuitry uses a module three up-down
counter, and the then-existing count in the counter represents
the then-required color bar.
"•■fg'.'t"ya*'"
A digital-to-analog converter converts a digital pulse train
into a sine analog voltage and a cosine analog voltage whose
frequency is proportional to the pulse repetition rate A binary
digital counter receiving the pulses counts up and down
between zero and a preselected upper limit count in response
to up and to down input signals respectively. A first analog
signal generator generates one voltage step of one quadrant of
a staircase sine voltage wave for each discrete count stored in
the counter, and a second analog signal generator derives one
voltage step of one quadrant of a staircase cosine voltage wave
for each discrete count stored in the counter. Up/down circuit
means operable after the counter has counted backwards to
zero count applies the up signal to the counter and is also
operable after the counter has proceeded forward to the upper
limit count to apply the down signal to the counter. Means
operable each time the counter counts backward to zero
reverse the polarity of the voltage steps of the staircase sine
wave to form the positive and negative half cycles of the sine w
ave, and means operable each time the counter proceeds to
the upper limit count reverse the polarity of the voltage steps
of the staircase cosine wave to form the positive and negative
half cycles of the cosine wave
3,713,139
APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DETERMINING
DISPLACEMENTS
Norman R. Sanford, and Juris Vikmanis, both of Dayton, Ohio,
assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Fikd Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,345
Int. CI. G08c 9106
U.S. CI. 340-347 P >7 Claims
3,713,138
LOGIC FOR COLOR BAR PRINTER
Donald J. Girard, Cambridge, Ohio, assignor to The National
Cash Register Co., Dayton, Ohio
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,075
Int. CI. H04I J/00
U.S. CL 340-347 DD 12 Claims
A printer, which includes a pair of green printing elements
and a pair of black printing elements, causes a sequence of
green, black, and white colored bars to exist on a tag, where
the green and black bars are printed and the white bars are the
tag color resulting from a lack of printing. The tag is moved
A fixed member and a movable member are provided
together with means for providing a cyclic wave pattern upon
moving the movable member relative to the fixed member^
The direction and precise extent of movement are determined
by observing the pattern and the extent is indicated as a digital
readout. Comparatively inexpensive components are used to
determine and indicate the major portion of the digital
readout. Logic means is employed for determining at least one
digit such as the least significant digit, of the readout using
electrical signals in a substantially static condition whereby
such digit is determined absolutely and independenUy of any
previous movement of the movable member.
3,713,140
DECODER FOR DELAY MODULATION SIGNALS
George John Meslener, Acton, Mass., assignor to RCA Corp.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,190
lnt.CLH03k/i/24
U.S. CI. 340-347 DD ^ 5*!.' "
A decoder is disclosed for a binary bit stream in which a
transition occurs at the middle of a bit cell containing a " 1 ."
and a transition occurs at the partition between adjacent bit
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1477
cells conuining "O's." A reference wave derived from the bit
stream and having a period equal to a bit-cell width, and the
binary bit stream, are applied to a multiplier to produce a
product wave. The product wave is translated by integrate-
and-dump circuits, or by a low-pjiss filter, to a modified
product wave in which low-frequency components are
predominant. A first comparator means produces a " 1 " out-
put when the portion of the modified product wave cor-
3,713,142
ALARM SYSTEM
Edward H. Getchell, Carlisle, Mass., assignor to Signatron,
Inc., Lexington, Mass.
Filed Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,360
Int. CI. G08b 26100
U.S. CL 340—408 25 Claims
J7-1.
w
n
X
P
d i'^
*err
*A
60
aismKffm*
^r/utir
^1/ r^m - t , ' ''I
t*'r (I
tw /»/>»
r^a
J/*7 Jj /4^
/tl>l
responding to a bit cell is more positive or more negative than
the portions of the modified product wave corresponding to
both the preceding and following bit cells. A second compara-
tor means produces a " 1 " output when the portion of the
modified product wave corresponding to a bit cell has a larger
absolute value than the portion of the modified product wave
coiTesponding to the unit preceding the center of the bit cell
and the unit following the center of the bit cell.
'"'^
MNOOK
S'9*M.
TIU««SI«rt£lt
J CCK»*TO»
.3
TRAIttHSSKM
CODC
M)0«MM
MONiTOB
fMCOOCfl
— i«
V>NK
19
«*)
\ •cctnn |a
1
AlMU
COMMRATOO/OGCOOCf*
-
— ?s
v^
1 ai.MM OUTPUT ft
1 araPLAv STSTc«
-J« 10
-1
D*r* RECE-vfR
.
./ .. 1
T1I«HS#0NKR
ENCODE *
*;
0»T«
T)»**iailTTt»
,
V--
StONkt.
t--1
COM
onocRUi
This invention relates generally to alarm systems and, more
particularly, to an alarm system using a two-way communica-
tion link between a monitoring station and a transponder sta-
tion at a remote location the alarm status of which is being
monitored, such system employing encoding techniques based
on the generation of a truly random signal at the monitoring
station.
3,713,141
SYNCHRO-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION METHOD AND
APPARATUS
RoKer K. Higgins, and Andrew T. Sheets, both of Silver
Spring, Md., assignors to the United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
FUed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,660
Int.CLH03kyJ//7
U.S. CL 340— 347 SY 13 Claims
3,713,143
LOW DATA RATE DISPLAYS
Daniel Blitz, Boston, Mass., assignor to Sanders Associates,
Inc., Nashua, N.H.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52»238
Int. CL GOls 7126
U.S. CL 343—5 R » Claims
TO RANGE GATES
TO OUTPUT MWtTIII
A
A method and apparatus for converting input synchro data,
received in the form of a pair of signals representing, for ex-
ample, the sine and cosine of a synchro shaft angle whose
quadrant is predetermined, into a weighted binary number ac-
curately identifying the synchro angle. Circuitry performs two
successive steps of angle subtraction from the input synchro
angle until a resultant angle between 0° and 1 1 .25° is obtained
for which an accurate linear approximation can be made.
A low data rate display is provided using light sources to
represent range, and mechanical scanning of azimutn. In one
embodiment a rotating arm synchronized to a routing anten-
na has a number of light sources mounted along the length
thereof each of which corresponds to a particular range and
each of which is coupled to a particular range gate.
1478
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,713,144
PHASE SIGNATURE RADAR
Carlyle J. I etten. Acton, Mass., and William B. (Joggins, Jr.,
Winchester. Mass.. assignors to the I nited States of America
as represented by the Secretary of Air Force
Filed Nov. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 784,990
Int. CI. GO Is 9/02
U.S. CI. 343-5 R 3 Claims
3,713,146
CIRCUITRY FOR REMOTELY DISPLAYING RADAR
IMAGERY USING A SINGLE DATA CHANNEL
John J. Carroll: Calvin A. Hughey, both of Indianapolis, and
Charles W. May, Martinsville, all of Ind., assignors to the
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy i
FiiedJan. 29, I971,S€r.No. 110,984
Int. CI. GO Is 7/04
U.S. CI. 343—6 A 5 Claims
•V .
HUM •>I*1''J,
^ /!'__.
, — ^^^ 1 f 'hBT SrA^ 1 w_ ^**f"
1 \r.^.^. »o*| Evcwcysc-Ncj'vy ^VbH ^Ai I ' / '-m ,
— Z-J '£« ' ^ tfpMu'N v*s'.£N^«*r« ±AQ , [— ZT"
A radar method and system of distinguishing radar echoes
of discrete and point targets such as moving and motionless
aircraft, trucks, etc., from reflections from distributed targets
such as the earth's surface, the radar echoes resulting from a
succession of smgle pulses transmitted from a single antenna.
The electrical phase within the returning radar echoes is mea-
sured by means of a coherent CW oscillator operating at the
frequency of the transmitted radar signal. The measurement
of phase as a function of time results in a fixed or stationary
phase measurement for point targets distinguishable from the
variable phase changes corresponding to distributed or multi-
ple targets.
A circuit for remotely displaying radar imagery from the
radar circuits at a radar receiving station to a remote point by
a single telemetry channel, the circuit having mixers to mix
desired video signals on the pedestal level to form the com-
posite video consisting of the blanking level, the pedestal
level, and the saturation level, which desired video signals are
demodulated and separated at the remote station and applied
to a sampler circuit of an azimuth scan generator or phase
lock loop and a sweep generator coupled to the remote display
tube to display the desired video signals.
3,713,145
PULSE WIDTH CONTROL FOR RADAR TRANSPONDERS
Thomas A. Butler, and Reinhold (i. Pflugfelder, both of
Scottsdale, Ariz., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin
Park, HI.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,908
Int. CL GO Is 9/56, H03k i/2<S4
U.S. CI. 343-6.8 R ^ Claims
3,713,147
OBSTACLE DETECTION WITH CROSSED FAN BEAM
Lawrence Chanzit, Stamford, Conn.; Herbert (ireen, Elmsford,
N.Y., and Huw C. Morgan, Bedford, England, assignors to
I nited Aircraft Corp.. East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,853
Int. CL GO 15 9/02
U.S. CI. 343-7 A * Claims
A
m
MONOSTABLE
MULTIVIBRATOR
_£_
Bj M0N0ST4BI.E
' MULTivlBfi4TCfi|4
|6 '
^34
22
MONOS TABLE
MULTIVIBRATOR
if
?8 I 1
'^;
MONOSTABLE
MULTIVIBRATOR
J MONOSTABLE
IMULTiVIBRATOR
A radar transponder is disclosed which discriminates
between the lengths of the pulses received and retransmits a
pulse of one length upon receipt of a pulse of a short time du-
ration and retransmits a pulse of a greater length upon receipt
of a pulse of a longer time duration. The discriminator sets an
output monostable multivibrator to produce the long pulse
upon receipt of the long interrogation pulse and the output
monostable multivibrator is then triggered by a delayed pulse
that is responsive to the received pulse.
An obstacle-detecting radar system in which a special
receiving antenna fixed in azimuth and positionable in eleva-
tion provides a fan-shaped receiving pattern having a wide
azimuthal extent and a very narrow elevational extent for
receiving reflected radiation originating in a beam transmitted
by a terrain radar transmitter which is fixed in elevation and
scanned in azimuth and which transmits a fan-shaped radia-
tion pattern having a narrow azimuthal extent and a wide
elevation extent to provide the effect of a pencil beam radar
which sweeps across the flight path in azimuth in front of the
aircraft to provide a signal which actuates an alarm or the like
in response to radiation reflected by an obstacle in the flight
path.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1479
3,713,148
TRANSPONDER APPARATUS AND SYSTEM
Mario W. Cardullo, Rockville, and William L. Parks, III,
Bethesda, both of Md., assignors to Communications Ser-
vices Corporation, Inc., Rockville, Md.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,309
Int. CI. GO Is 9/56
U.S. CI. 343—6.5 R 7 Claims
3,713,150
AUTOMATIC RANGE RATE MEMORY SWITCH FOR
RADAR SY.STEMS
James R. Siconolfi, Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
Filed Aug. 5, 1959, Ser. No. 831,922
Int. CL GO Is 9/02
U.S. CL 343— 7.3 ; 5 Claims
S/ '*» 4. 4H
u^
V *
I 1... "^'^ ,1 J «v- V
MFMOWT
A novel transponder apparatus and system is disclosed, the
system being of the general type wherein a base station trans-
mits an "interrogation" signal to a remote transponder, the
transponder responding with an "answerback" transmission.
The transptinder includes a changeable or writable memory,
and means responsive to the transmitted interrogation signal
for processing the signal and for selectively writing data into
or reading data out from the memory. The transponder then
transmits an answerback signal from the data read-out from its
internal memory, which signal may be interpreted at the base
station In the preferred inventive embodiment, the trans-
ponder generates its own operating power from the trans-
mitted interrogation signal, such that the transponder ap-
paratus is self-contained.
3,713,149
COOPERATIVE RADAR SYSTEM
Weston G. Bruner, Adelphi; Johnnie L. Pearson, Severna
Park; George C. Reeder, Jr., Pasadena; Alfred F. Gaheen,
Jr., Glen Burnie, all of Md.; Elberson D. Green, Santa Ana,
( alif., and Robert B. Hughes, College Park, Md., assignors
to Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 665,550, Sept. 5, 1967,
abandoned. This application Sept. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 855,621
Int. CI. G01s9//4
U .S. C I. 343 - 7 A 12 Claims
OSCILL*TOI» -- MULTlPLItB
8'4lMHl
!U±
VELOCITT
TMCK LOOP
c
f ■THltESMOLo" ^^^
vWirv I I
rn
ji.
•\ RAM&E
I TRACK
LOOP
KANGC
r, o.ooE „-^ y- —
I SWITCH sV ^ •
j ' 1 ' Y 8T41HMJ
I IUQmh —L-
1 >lr>j 1 .-^
— ^ MilEf)
h.
»MASC
TRACN
LOU*
] TNNESHOLO 1 .^lUNGe
DAND r^ TRACH
VtBlFV I LOOP
A PRF ranging doppler radar system comprising a frequen-
cy-phase locked interrogator and a transponder radar wherein
lock up occurs in a CW mode while range is determined in a
pulse mode by tracking the pulse repetition frequency (PRF)
in respective servo loops which match the pulse width and
travel time distance between the radars. Identical range track
loops exist in the interrogator and transponder and range error
is derived by comparing the center of the received pulse with
the center of a pair of split range gates. When the range error
is nulled, both radars transmit with the same PRF which is a
function of the range separation between the two.
^W ^\
■dt*>
i^tte^ree i. o^rc:
" Offrerfrfn^Toe
£i^/ieK/mae
D^
A radar system employing automatic range tracking includ-
ing means for automatically switching the range tracking loop
open whenever a video signal from any source occurs im-
mediately prior to the target signal, and to hold the loop open
until the disturbing signal passes out of range. The advantage
of this automatic switching is that it operates fast enough to
give protection over sweep jamming signals.
3,713,151
LIGHTWEIGHT DOPPLER NAVIGATOR
Harvey Kofsky, Montreal, Quebec. Canada, assignor to
Canadian Marconi Company, Montreal, Quebec, Calif.
Filed Oct. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 79,993
Claims priority, application Canada, Oct. 14, 1969,64,864
Int. CL GO Is 9/02
U.S. CI. 343—7.5 6 Claims
J SCMMCX '' •■
I DC TEC TOM
70 COMPUTCn
_1
1" AKC X*.
-0 COI^^J'-C*
An FM/CW Doppler Aircraft Navigation system which de-
tects Doppler shift frequencies associated with Altitude holes
to compute aircraft flight parameters. A transmitter is modu-
lated at one frequency and the Doppler shift associated with
the nXh order altitude hole is detected The modulating
frequency is then changed and Doppler shifts associated with
the nth and (n+ 1 )th order altitude holes of the second modu-
lating frequency are detected. The above data supplies enough
information to compute aircraft velocity and altitude In a
further embodiment the nth order altitude hole at zero Dop-
pler frequency, is also detected, whereby it is possible to com-
pute ground slope in addition to aircraft parameters.
1480
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,713,152
CIRCUIT FOR MATCHING THE RADAR PULSE
DURATION WITH THE RANGE GATE WIDTH
Michel G. M. Castets, Meudon; Jean-Marie H. Colin, and
Jean-Claude A. Eebuisser. both of Paris, aU of France, as-
signors to International SUndard Electric Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,582
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 19, 1969, 6944165
Int. CI. GO Is 9/42
U.S. CI. 343-7.7 6 Claims
Output
12 toPange
Gates ,
\SumiT>e^
13'
A circuit for broadening a received radar pulse in a
coherent pulse-Doppler system before apptication to the
range sampling process The circuit employs a tapped delay
line or a series of delay lines in the signal channel to accom-
plish the broadening without significant signal-to-noise ratio
deterioration while eliminating pulse "straddle" loss in the
corresponding incremental range samplings.
3,713,154
RADAR
Helmut Kummer, Ulm/Donau, Germany, assignor to Telefun-
ken Patentverwertungs-G.m.b.H., Ulm-Donau, Germany
Filed Aug. 10, 1961, Ser. No. 131,963
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 20, 1960, T
18878
Int. CI. GO Is 9/44
U.S. CI. 343-9 18 Claims
.,— .TO. ■«n,..TO.r*1 "'f .V»...r'"~ "-r '" I I I I
"4 '\ "^^
3,713,153
PULSE RADAR SYSTEM FOR DETECTING MOVING
TARGETS
Yftinus Frederik van PopU, Hengelo, Netherlands, assignor to
N. V. HoUandse Signaalapparaten, Hengelo, Netherlands
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,232
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 6, 1969,
6908606
Int. CI. GO Is 9/42
U.S. CI. 343-7.7 1 Claim
A pulse radar system for the detection of moving targets,
comprising a clutter suppression system for the elimination of
echoes of fixed objects of echoes of objects with smaller radial
speeds connected to the output of the receiver and a suppres-
sion system for random jamming signals connected to the out-
put of the clutter suppression system. The clutter suppression
system comprises two signal processing channels connected to
a difference amplifier; one channel having at least one
memory for the introduction of a fixed delay. The suppression
system for random jamming signals comprises a signal
processing channel and a non-processing channel connected
to a gate circuit and a memory in one of the two channels for
delaying the echoes passing through the channel as well as any
jamming signals relative to signals passing through the other
channel with a duration which is a number of times one pulse
repetition period greater than the duration of the maximum
delay to which the signals in the clutter suppressor are sub-
jected.
1 . In an apparatus for locating targets by a radar system
operating with very short electromagnetic waves, particularly •
for locating low-flying targets so that the antenna radiation
pattern of said system touches ground, wherein a speed selec-
tion is combined with a distance selection, the line interval of
the operating spectrum being greater than 2(v»„/X), where
v„„ = the maximum radial speed of the target relative to the
system and X = the operating wave length of the system, the
combination which comprises.
means for phase modulating a carrier frequency /. with a
modulation frequency /, for producing a frequency spectrum
containing substantially only the frequencies /,-/,. and /„.
and/„ +/,; means for pulse modulating said frequency spec-
trum with a frequency /,; means for transmitting the thus-
modulated frequency spectrum; means for converting the
echo signal, which if it has been reflected by a target which is
travelling radially with respect to the transmitter antenna has
been frequency shifted relative to the transmitted signal by an
amount corresponding to the Doppler frequency, to an inter-
mediate frequency; means for applying the thus-obtained in-
termediate frequency to a phase modulator for phase modu-
lating the former with said frequency/,, the latter being ap-
plied to said phase modulator via a first adjustable phase
shifter; means for applying the output of said phase modulator
to a keying unit which is keyed by said frequency /, via a
second adjustable phase shifter; means for adjusting said
second phase shifter for producing coincidence between the
received signal and the keying pulse, the latter serving as a
selection pulse; means for adjusting said first phase shifter for
neutralizing the frequency modulation of the transmitter by
counter-modulation in said phase modulation which counter-
modulation has been shifted so that the distance of the target
is obtained by adjustment of said phase shifter; and means for
applying the distance selected output of said keying unit to a
Doppler frequency filter for extracting from said signal intel-
ligence concerning the speed of the target.
3,713,155
MONOPULSE RADAR RECEIVER
Richard M. Jaffe, Inglewood, Calif., assignor to Hughes Air-
craft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed June 23, 1958, Ser. No. 744,628
Int. CI. GO Is 9/22
U.S. CI. 343-16 M 8 Claims
1 A receiver comprising; a monopulse antenna; a sum and
difference network coupled to said antenna for developing a
sum signal and first and second difference signals, said signals
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1481
having relative amplitudes indicative of target information; 3,713,157
first and second modulators coupled to said network for ENERGY ABSORPTION BY A RADIOISOTOPE
receiving said first and second difference signals; an oscillator; PRODUCED PLASMA
first phase shifting means coupled between said oscillator and Henry August, Sepulveda, Calif., assignor to North American
said first modulator for controlling said first modulator to Aviation, Inc.
phase shift said first difference signal and to modulate said F"«l J">y 3». »^4, Ser. No. 387,551
first difference signal into first sideband signals; second phase
shifting means coupled between said oscillator and said U.S. CI. 343— 18
second modulator for controlling said second modulator to
phase shift said second difference signal and to modulate said
second difference signal into second sideband signals;
Int. CI. GO Is 7/i6
16 Claims
summing means coupled to said first and second modulators
for receiving said phase shifted first and second sideband
signals from said first and second modulator and coupled to
said network for receiving said sum signal and for combining
said phase shifted signals and said sum signal into a common
signal; an amplifier coupled to said summing means; and de-
tecting means coupled to said amplifier and coupled to said
first and said second phase shifting means for responding to
said common signal to develop signals indicative of the rela-
tive amplitudes of said sum and difference signals developed
in said network.
This invention relates to an arrangement for producing an
ionized plasma adjacent a surface and in particular it relates to
providing a body with a coating capable of injecting kinetic
energy into an adjacent gaseous medium thereby reducing the
frictional drag of the body when traveling through such a
medium, as well as being capable of producing an ionized
plasma sheath that will absorb or attenuate the transmission of
eletromagnetic and longitudinal type energy therethrough.
3,713,156
SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE DETECTION DEVICE
Robert G. Pothier, Oak Hill Drive, Amherst, N.H.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,066
Int. CI. GOls 9/02, 9/64
U.S. CI. 343-17 9 Claims
3,713,158
DIGITAL FEED SYSTEM FOR ELECTRONIC ANTENNA
ARRAY
Fred E. Burnham, SUver Spring, Md., assignor to Litton
Systems, Inc., College Park, Md.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,320
Int. CI. HOlq i/26
U.S. CI. 343—100 S A 5 Claims
I
'fn— )
^ spTotJ j<»P'| ;i»w| •■Wi I
i^^ssir^js
--I . "°"
Detector apparatus in which the target area is illuminated
by microwave energy in the millimeter range. A microwave
lens element focuses the reflected millimeter waves to a focal
plane. A microwave to thermal converter is disposed in the
focal plane to convert the reflected microwave images to ther-
mal images. A liquid crystal display or an IR area detector,
such as a line scan unit is employed to convert the thermal
images to a visible display of images in the target area.
A scanning antenna array having plural antenna units and a
digital feed system for reversibly energizing plural ones of said
units in unison with groups of different fixed amplitude
signals. The feed system includes fixed power dividers for
generating (or receiving) the plural signals, and a multiple tier
switching system for applying said different groups of signals
to preselected groups of said units in a preselected or desired
order.
1482
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
3,713,159
AIRCRAFT LANDING SYSTEMS
Murray Hoffman, Livingston, NJ., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,812
Int.CI.G01s//02
U.S.CL343— 102 13 Claims
multiples of 2 n. The analog signals respectively correspond-
ing to the lateral antennas are separately added. The two sum
signals thus obtained are added together to supply the HP
signal representative of the radiation in the reference plane
containing the center line of the runway. They are also sub-
tracted from each other to supply a second HP signal
representative of the variation of the d.d.m. as a function of
the azimuth. This second signal is attenuated and phase-
shifted, and part of the first HP signal added thereto, so that
any variation of the d.d.m. in the resultant signal indicates a
variation of the second signal.
From each of a plurality of predetermined spaced points
along at least one side of a runway and an approach to the run-
way two antennas of the fan beam type radiate modulated
radiation signals, one antenna radiating vertical modulated
radiation signals and the other radiating a slanted modulated
radiation signal having an angle A with respect to the runway
and the approach, where angle A is preferably 45°, but may be
any value greater than 5° but less than 90°, to provide a non-
orthogonal coordinate system over the runway and the ap-
proach. The respecti.c radiation signals from each point are
made distinctive, such as by a different carrier signal frequen-
cy, and the modulation, such as binary coded information,
gives the distance of the associated poinLjpem a reference
point, such as the desired touchdown point on tne runway. A
receiving device carried by a landing aircraft will be able to
display ( 1 ) the distance to touchdown by recovering the
distance of the associated spaced point from touchdown of an
intercepted vertical radiation signal and ( 2 ) the height of the
aircraft above the runway and the approach by subtracting the
distance of the associated one of the spaced points from
touchdown obtained from an intercepted slanted radiation
signal from the distance of the associated one of the spaced
points from touchdown obtained from an intercepted vertical
radiation signal adjacent the intercepted slanted radiation
signal, if angle A is equal to 45° If angle A is other thart 45°,
the resultant difference signal obtained by the above
described subtraction is multiplied by the value of the tangent
of angle A.
3,713,160
TRANSMITTER MONITORS FOR ILS BEACONS
Henri Becavin, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSF
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,896
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 19, 1969, 6944102
Int.CI.G01s///6
U.S. CI. 343— 109 5 Claims
('* ('* ," ,'2 (■«. /il « 2J ,24 as,
Y^^„> 'YmT'V/y 'y«y r
-^ ^T- *>- '-.- w —-4*
3,713,161
AIRCRAFT PROXIMITY WARNING INDICATOR
Elmore W. Rice. Indianapolis, Ind., assignor lo deneral
.Aviation Electronics, Inc., Indianapolis. Ind.
Filed Aug. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 66,684
Int. CI. C08g 5/04; GOls 9/56
U.S. CI. 343- 112 CA 15 Claims
*m ■to
'Mii j-*'vs
iH/ue
'-fc* - rj«r-af«c>
AMP .'e.-j' "^
:>t.tr [- .-■rcu>T
1 1 ,^
.r.^> .,
~-t^
' 14 ,
u»*
^, K4r\%.ti
ifNfmioe
^tteitve
r^**
'5 - '- -
S3
1 1
W..VJW KZ .■WOT
V,
i **
^Oirjota
s^^resj-M
\
4*».
a'or 'fCif^j
An apparatus carried aboard an aircraft to indicate the
proximity of intruding aircraft equipped with transmitting air
traffic control transponders. A receiver acquires the trans-
ponder signal of the intruding aircraft and relays the signal to a
decoder circuit. A gating circuit within the decoder circuit
opens to allow the transponder signal to pass to a pulse width
discriminator which excludes all signals not having the unique
pulse width of a transponder signal. A generator provides a
pulse for simultaneously operating the gating circuit and sup-
pressing the transponder and distance measuring equipment
carried abroad the aircraft equipped with the proximity in-
dicator. A time delay circuit and a coincidence circuit are
connected to the pulse width discriminator and allow only
signals to pass to a warning generator which have the unique
time period of a transponder signal. Visual and audio indica-
tors are connected to the warning generator for indicating the
receipt by the warning generator of an air traffic control trans-
ponder signal.
3,713,162
SINGLE SLOT CAVITY ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
Robert E. Munson. and Jack K. Krutsinger. both of Boulder,
Colo., assignors to Ball Brothers Research Corporation,
Boulder, Colo.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,434
Int.CI.H01q//25
U.S. CL 343— 705 14 Claims
In a localizer beacon of the ILS system, analog sigrials
derived from the two lateral antennas by means of probes cou- A thin fiexible wrap-around antenna assembly, particularly
pled thereto are phase-shifted by equal angles, disregarding suitable for use in conjunction with a propelled vehicle such as
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1483
a missile, is disclosed and generally includes a first or inner
cylindrical thin conductor that can be flush-mounted on the
skin of the propelled vehicle and a second concentrically posi-
tioned outer cylindrical thin conductor having an axial length
, which is equal to one-quarter wavelength at the anticipated
operating frequency of the antenna. The conductors are elec-
trically connected at adjacent transverse edges so as to define
a one-quarter wavelength open-ended coaxial cavity which is
connected to a transmitter or receiver by a combination elec-
trical signal feed and impedance matching assembly.
nected to the foundations. The ring rotates about the horizon-
tal axis of the antenna by friction from drive rollers whose axes
are vertical and supported by foundations.
3,713,163
PLURAL BEAM ANTENNA
George C. Keller. Hyattsville, Md.: Marvin S. Maxwell,
Silver Spring, Md., and Louis R. Dod, Silver Spring. Md..
assignors to the I nited States of America as represented by
the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration
Filed Nov. 22, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 200,7 1 7
Int.CI. H01q-?/26
U.S. CI. 343—754 =. 8 Claims
An antenna capable of deriving a plurality of beams about a
single boresight axis includes a focusing means, such as a
parabolic reflector or a lens. Plural arrays, each including plu-
ral radially aligned antenna elements extending from the
boresight axis, are located in proximity to a focal point for the
focusing means. The elements of the plural arrays are inde-
pendently excited. Each of the arrays is independently rotated
about the boresight axis.
3,713,164
STEERABLE ANTENNA
Georges Foury, Le Plessis-Robinson, France, assignor to Com-
pagnie Generale d'Automatisme, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,944
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 23, 1969,
6944625; Oct. 23, 1970, 7038392
Int. CI. HOlq i/00
U.S. CI. 343—766 4 Claims
3,713,165
ANTENNA FOR STRIP TRANSMISSION LINES
Rolf Ove Esbjorn Lagerlof, Vastra Frolunda; Lennart Stig
Sjoholm, Jakobsberg, and Thomas Lars-Gustav Svensson,
Vaxjo, all of Sweden, assignors to Telefonaktiebolaget LM
Ericsson, Stockholm. Sweden
FUed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 77,947
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 23, 1969,
14507/69
Int.CI. HOlq /i//0
U.S. CI. 343—77 1 5 Claims
An antenna for strip transmission lines has slots of different
lengths in the planar outer conductors. The slots are situated
so that they intersect the planar inner conductor and each slot
is matched for transmission or reception of signals with a cer-
tain frequency by the length of the slot and the distance from
the slot to the end of the planar inner conductor. In one em-
bodiment of the antenna the end of the planar inner conductor
is formed to match the distances to the individual slots. In
another embodiment of the antenna the slots merge to form
only one cut-out in the planar outer conductor.
3,713,166
FLUSH MOUNTED ANTENNA AND RECEIVER TANK
CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
Robert E. Munson; Jack K. Krutsinger, and Jerry H. Poison.
all of Boulder. Colo., assignors to Ball Brothers Research
Corporation, Boulder, Colo.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,484
Int.CI. HO Iq 9/76
U.S. CI. 343—792 10 Claims
An assembly for transmitting and receiving communication
signals is disclosed and generally includes a first or inner cylin-
drical conductor, the length of which is substantially equal to
one-half wavelength at a predetermined operating frequency
and a second concentrically positioned outer cylindrical con-
ductor, the length of which is substantially equal to one-half
that of the inner conductor. The conductors are electrically
telecommunication antenna comprising a reflector rests connected at adjacent transverse edges so as to define a one
on foundations through a support assembly comprising a
metal structure to which the reflector is fixed at the upper end,
and a circular ring at the lower end. The ring rests on the foun-
dations by means of rollers whose axes are horizontal and con-
quarter wavelength open-ended coaxial cavity. A coaxial line,
connected to the conductors at the opening of the cavity, is
provided for joining the device to a transmitter or receiver.
The device, constructed in this manner, electrically becomes a
1484
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
half-wave dipole antenna operating at the aforementioned
predetermined frequency. In addition, the assembly may in-
clude a third cylindrical conductor which is also positioned
concentrically about the first conductor and which operates at
a second predetermined frequency as a second half-wave
dipole antenna.
ing sheet to be transported past the writing electrodes at rates
greater than 1-inch per second. The disclosed arrangement
places a linear array of electrode pairs across the width of the
recording sheet with the anode and the cathode electrodes of
each pair on the same side of the recording sheet and without
3.713,167
OMNI-STEERABLE CARDIOID ANTENNA
Sidney David, Commack, N.Y., assignor to the United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,284
Int.CI.H01q2//24
U.S. CI. 343-797 12CUims
a backing plate or roller on the other side. In addition to eas-
ing the otherwise stringent mechanical tolerances on the
system and the drag on the recording sheet, this arrangement
eliminates printing through and could permit printing on both
sides. Exemplary electrode geometries are presented, includ-
ing suggested methods for the renewal of the anode.
An airborne IFF transponder antenna system which
produces either omnidirectional or steerable-cardioid azimuth
plane patterns, by the use of a flush dual-mode coaxial-line
type cavity radiator which operates in the TEM mode and in
the crossed TE,, mode.
3,713,168
HIGH SPEED IMPACTLESS DATA PRINTER
Arthur Yeaton Baker, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Data-
metrics Corporation. Van Nuy, Calif.
Filed May 27, 1970, S«r. No. 40,892
Int. CI. GOld 75/06. 75/24
3,713,170
STRIP-CHART RECORDER WITH PAPER SUPPLY IN
REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE
Harry Kaufman. 44 Highridge Road, New Rochellc, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,419
Int.CLG01d75/2«
U.S.CL 346—136
10 Claims
VS. CI. 346—74 E
19 CUims
A strip-chart recorder having a paper supply, in roll or z-
fold, housed in a replaceable cartridge for easy insertion and
removal from the recorder is described. The paper drive
means and writing stylus are located in the fixed parts of the
recorder. The cartridge includes a back-up surface over which
the paper is fed while the stylus writes on the paper. A lid
which holds the cartridge in place includes an idler roller for
cooperation with the paper drive means, and a cutter by
means of which paper sections can be torn off.
Electrolytic techniques are utilized in a high speed alpha nu-
meric, impactless printer. A paper supply cassette maintains
conductive paper in a moistened condition and includes a
replaceable common electrode as an expendable item. Re-
sistance detecting circuits check for the presence of paper of
suitable conductivity before printing is enabled.
3,713,171
PENHOLDER FOR CHART RECORDERS
Abner I. Schepartz, 170 Windmill Road, Willow Grove, Pa.
Filed Jan. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 793,151
Int-CKGOld 75/76
U.S. CI. 346—139 C » CUlm
3,713,169
ELECTRODE CONFIGURATION FOR ELECTROLVTIC
PRINTING
Dennis R. Turner, Chatham Township, Morris County, NJ.,
assignor to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Mur-
ray HIU, Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,746
Int. CL GO Id 75/06
U.S. CI. 346—74 E 2 Claims
To make possible high-speed electrolytic printing, an elec-
trode arrangement is necessary which will permit the record-
A
r
An improved device for holding lettering pens on chart
recorders that is pivoially connected to the recorder and ac-
commodates a self cleaning lettering pen having an integral
ink well that requires no remote ink supply or siphon line.
January 23, 1973
ELECTRICAL
1485
ERRATUM
For Class 444 — 1 see:
Patent No. 3,712,975
3,713,172
METHOD OF MINIMIZING ERROR IN INCREMENTAL
WHOLE UNIT POSITIONING FROM DATA HAVING
FRACTIONAL UNITS
Peter Senak. Jr., Bristol, Conn., assignor to The Superior
Electric Company, Bristol, Conn.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,288
Int. CI. G05b 79/75. G06b 15/46
U.S.CL444— 1 8 CUims
— ■ — ,.£*"
dimensions of the last output and input locations being main-
tained in absolute units and their difference being outputted to
the nearest whole unit for each incremental distance.
2^.
^2*^
CALCULATE iNCREreNTAL
noventNT
O'-R-A.
2S —
KOUNO O^P 0 TO
NtAHtST HCTO" STW»
O*«0UNDCD d
^JS^^^J
27-
J^TUKL PrnENSiON
A-OTA.
28
(JaTUKH)
A method of programming a computer to provide an output
of the incremental distance from one location to another in
whole units with a minimum of error when at least some input
distances are expressed in whole and fractional units with the
3,713,173
METHOD OF COLOR MATCHING WITH MORE THAN
THREE COMPONENTS
Eugene Allen, Bethlehem, Pa., and Edwin Ira Steams, West-
field, N.J., assignors to American Cyanamid Company,
Stamford, Conn.
Filed April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 134,078
Int. CI. GOlj 3146; G06f 7100
U.S.CK441 — 1 3 Claims
Color matches on specially programmed digital computers,
requiring more than three components will often be required
where there is no three-component match which is a match
under two illuminants, for instance illuminant C, daylight, and
illuminant A, tungsten. Examining all possible combinations
of four colors or, if four colors are not enough, five, is enor-
mously complicated and time consuming even with modem
high speed digital computers. A three dye match is therefore
made under one illuminant, for example C, and then a match
of four components with a tristimulus value such as X of
another illuminant, A. If five dyes are needed, Z^ of the target
color is the fifth parameter. X^ differs most widely from Xf
and therefore is normally the fourth tristimulus value chosen
to make a match. When it is chosen, the pair will usually be a
better match in illuminant A than if Y^ or Z^ had been chosen,
but an improvement of some magnitude is found regardless of
which fourth tristimulus value is used. A shortcut determines
two three-dye combinations which have two dyes in common.
The four dyes in these combinations make a four-dye match.
Another shortcut to eliminating impossible or unsatisfactory
matches is that if a three-dye formula gives an X^ smaller than
the X^ of the target color and the other member of the pair of
three-dye formulas also gives an X^ that is smaller than the
target color, an improved match is impossible. It is necessary
for one three-dye formula to have a lower X^ and the other a
higher one.
DESIGNS
JANUARY 23, 1973
U.S.
226,051
FISHING ROD RACK
Stuart Y. Fujinami. 2842 S. Norton Ave.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90018
Filed Jan. 7, 1971. Ser. No. 104,835
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 04. 06
CI. D6— 114
226,054
LOCKING RING FOR A CONTAINER CLOSURE
Frank Nixdorff, Jr., Baltimore, Md., assignor to Anchor
Hocking Corporation, Lancaster, Ohio
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 118,212
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 266
226,052
SLING CHAIR
Lester Beall, Jr., 219 Hillcrest Drive,
High Point, N.C. 27262
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,362
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. 06—02
U.S. CI. D6 — 66
226,055
CUTTING TOOL
Kunlo A. Sumida, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to
Leonard V. Shapiro, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119.070
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D8— Oi
U.S. CI. D8— 61
226,053
MOLDED PACKAGING TRAY FOR
MEAT OR THE LIKE
Richard F. Reifers, New Canaan, Conn., and Kenneth D.
Bixler. Huntington, N.Y., assignors to Diamond Inter-
national Corporation. New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 27. 1971, Ser. No. 110,375
Term of patent 14 years
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Dec. 19, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CI. D9— 219
226,056
COAT HOOK
Richard L. Watt, Falconer, N.Y., assignor to
Weber-Knapp Company, Jamestown, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,630
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— ^8
U.S. CI. D8— 259
1486
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1487
226,057
WALLBOARD LIFTER TOOL
Robert E. Grindinger, Overland Park, Kans.
Filed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,259
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 88
226,060
STILE CLAMP
William C. Wildman, 3915 Hoover St.,
Boise, Idaho 83705
Filed Apr. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,583
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8 — 05
U.S. CI. D8— 72
^;
226,058
FOLDING CHAIR
David Woods, Quakertown, Pa., assignor to J. G.
Furniture Ccmpanv, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,865
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 41
226.061
LOUNGE SEAT
Irving Harmon Kellman, Springvale, Maine, assignor to
Spaulding Fibre Company, Inc., Dover, N.H.
Filed Apr. 6. 1971, Ser. No. 131,849
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D6— 37
226,059
KNIFE SHARPENER
Else Willem Clason. Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor to
I .S. Philips Corporation
Filed Mar. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,204
Claims priority, application Netherlands Sept. 24, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D15— 09
U.S. CI. D8— 63
226.062
BACKREST SUPPORT
Charles E. Corchran, Lake Hubert. Minn., assignor to
Varietv Products Inc., W aseca. Minn.
Filed Apr. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,483
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 99
U.S. CI. D6— 197
1488
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226.063
COMBINED PREMIUM CATALOG AND
PACKAGING CONTAINER
Archie E. Warnberg, Oklahoma City, Okla.. assignor to
Novel Ideas, Inc., Oklahoma City, Okla.
Filed Apr. 15, 1971, Scr. No. 134,539
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CI. D9— 193
226,065
ALIGNER BASE
John H. Holder, Long Beach, Calif., assignor to
Gladys M. Bryant, Lakewood, Calif.
nied Apr. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,538
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 71
226,066
COMBINED SEAT AND TABLE
Chester J. Barecki, Grand Rapids, Mich., assignor to
American Seating Company, Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Apr. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 135,821
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 03
U.S. CI. I>6— 42
226,064
PICTURE FRAME
Marvin J. Powers, 9 Banbury Court,
Bramalea. Ontario, Canada
Filed Apr. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 134,115
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 06
US. CI. D6— 242
226,067
SOFA
Gordon L. Duern and Donald S. Griffin, Kitchener,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Electrohome Limited,
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Filed Apr. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 137,114
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
VJS. CI. D6— 61
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1489
226,068
PENCIL GRIP THERMAL TOOL HANDLE
William Jordan Siegel, 9337 Eraser St., SHver Spring, Md.
20910, and Linus E. Wallgren, 407 Twinbrook Park-
way, Rockville, Md. 20851
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,653
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 30
-'(i". «.'., ."W I
■— ■ V. -■■■ ' "tL'i
_^ , — ^ ^.i ■-*' -"T J
Wft'ii, wwimwiiti.m'a'tfagg:
MiUlMUlU'lllnlTH" '-
226,071
END CLOSURE FOR A CONTAINER
William T. Saunders, Weirton, W. Va., assignor to
National Steel Corporation
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 158,141
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 255
226,069
EARMUFFS
Alan Edward Little, 5040 A St. SE.,
Washington, D.C. 20019
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 141,072
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— Oi
U.S. CI. D2— 259
226,072
TAB OPENER FOR A CONTAINER
William T. Saunders. Weirton, W. Va., assignor to
National Steel Corporation
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 158,142
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07 ^
U.S. CI. D9— 256
U.S,
226,070
COMBINED MAGNIFYING GLASS AND
BOTTLE STOPPER
St. Barth Alaska, 3811 S. Scoville Ave.,
Bcrwyn, III. 60402
Filed May 21, 1971, Ser. No. 145,985
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
CI. tW— 261 _
226,073
END CLOSURE FOR A CONTAINER
Teddy M. Westphal, Chesterfield, Mo., assignor to Boise
Cascade Corporation, Boise. Idaho
Filed Jan. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 218,854
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 07
U.S. CI. D9— 255
1490
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,074
MOBILE HOSPITAL AND MOTEL HOUSEKEEPING
LEARNING EXPERIENCE LABORATORY
James T. Glisson, Evinston, Fla., assignor to Motivation
Systems. Inc., Gainesville, Fla.
Filed July 23, 1970, Sen No. 24,094
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 03
U.S. CI. D13— 1 F
226,077
TRAILER HOOK-UP MIRROR
Robert J. Strohmeier, Castle Rock, Colo., assignor to
R. J. Strohmeier Co., Castle Rock, Colo.
Filed Mar. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,439
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D14— 6
226,075
BUILDING
William I. Moon and Thomas L. Campbell, Walcott,
Iowa, assignors to Truckomatic Corporation, Walcott,
Filed Mar. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 26,105
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 03
U.S. CI. D13— 1 B
226,078
OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR FOR VEHICLES
Faustino Trambusti, Corso Orbassano 402 21,
Torino, Italy
Filed Mar. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,655
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D14— 6 M
226,076
VEHICLE BODY
Hue R. Lee, 1353 W. Nancy Creek Drive NE.,
Atlanta. Ga. 30319
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,746
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— OS
U.S. CI. D14— 3
226,079
GOLF CART
Paul E. Gifford. 866 Iredell St., Akron, Ohio
Filed Apr. 21, 1971, Ser, No. 136,296
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— OS
U.S. CI. D14— 3
44310
J
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1491
226.080
VEHICLE BODY
Hue R. Lee, 1353 W. Nancy Creek Drive NE.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30319
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 144,361
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D 12— OS
U.S. CI. D14— 3 J
U.S.
:nn
-n — fn^ — f-t^
226,083
FISH LURE
Foster W. Drake, Gretna, La.
(202 Vine St., Maplewood, La. 70663)
Filed Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,799
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 05
CI. D22— 29
(SMMWHWCD"
226,081
BLASTING CONTROL
Richard N. Snvder. 6505 Lignum St.,
Springfield, Va. 22150
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,303
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Bn—03
U.S. CI. D26— 13 C
226.084
COMBINED TELEVISION CONTROLLER AND
SOUND RECORDING APPARATUS
Masaharu Katayama. Fumiharu Ohta. and Susumu
Ezawa. Saijo, Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co.. Ltd.. Osaka. Japan
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,449
Claims priority, application Japan Sept. 18, 1970
Term of patent 14 vears .
Int. CI. D14— Oi '
U.S. CI. D26— 14
NW.,
U.S,
226.082
FISHING LUTIE
Robert D. Foster, 991 Sharp Ave.
Camden, Ark. 71701
Filed Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,787
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D22— 05
CI. D22— 28
226.085
WALL PLAQUE
John A. Boroszewski, 155 E. Grand Blvd.,
Cheektowaga, N.Y. 14225
Filed Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,936
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DU— Oi
U.S. CI. D29— 23
1492
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
U.S,
226,086
MEDAL
John E. Hand, 150 NE. 38th St.,
Oakland Park, Fla. 33308
FUed Apr. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,542
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dll— 02
CI. D29— 23
226,089
FISHING REEL CRADLE
Walton H. Whitaker, 8285 Carburton SL, Long Beach,
Calif. 90808, and Walter J. Schmidt, Jr., 10748 Des
Moines Ave., Northridge, Calif. 91324
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,585
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 05
U.S. CI. D22— 23
226,087
TRUCK BODY MOUNTED REFRIGERATION UNIT
William A. Forsty, Murrysville, Pa„ and Joe R. Barnett,
Minneapolis, Minn., assignors to Thermo King Corpo-
ration, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Apr. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,518
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. B2i— 04
U.S. CI. D23— 142
ocDnnnnnnnn
nnnnnnannnn
cnnnnnnoonn
nnnncnnnnnn
nnncnnnnnnn
nnncnnnnnnn
i nnnnnnnoonn
III DDDGnDDDDDD
t
aillll
226,090
COMBINED WATER CONTROL HANDLE AND
ESCUTCHEON FOR A BATHTUB OR THE LIKE
Ralph La Rue Du Bois, 4242 E. 111th St.,
Tulsa, Okla. 74135
Continuation-in-part of abandoned design application Ser.
No. 22,944, May 13, 1970. This application July 12,
1971, Ser. No. 161,378
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— O;
U.S. CI. D23— 31
226,088
BANKING MACHINE TERMINAL
George A. Anderson and Edward H. McCauley, Dallas,
Tex., assignors to Docutel Corporation
Filed Apr. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 137,118
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14 — 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1493
226,091
TROPHY
Robert M. Brack, 1328 W. 8th St.,
San Pedro, Calif. 90732
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,966
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. Dll— 02
U.S. CI. D29— 28
226,093
PORTABLE TRANSMITTER-RECErv ER
John V. Whiting, Carrier 5, Andrews Drive, Altamonte
Springs, Fla. 32701, and Gene T. Brown, 1746 Oak-
mont Lane, Orlando, Fla. 32804
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,661
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 14
226,092
RELIGIOUS MEDAL
Robert R. Salmans. 208 W. Indianapolis,
Wichita, Kans. 67213
Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,538
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. Dll— Oi
U.S. CI. D29— 11 C
226,094
INDOOR TELEVISION ANTENNA WTTH CENTRAL
REVOLVING TURRET
Marvin P. Middlemark, 96 Store Hill Road,
Old Westburv, N.Y. 11568
Filed Feb. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 227,017
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 14
THE
KEY TO
1494
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,095
INDOOR TELEVISION ANTENNA WITH CENTRAL
REVOLVING TURRET
Marvin P. Middlemark. 96 Store Hill Road,
Old Westbury, N.Y. 11568
Filed Feb. 17, 1972, Sen No. 227,342
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14 — 03
U.S. CI. D26— 14
U.S.
226,098
BIRD FEEDER
Maxwell Berry, 2887 Howell Mill Road NW.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30327
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 26,633
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D30— Oi
CI. D30— 14
" KY *
226,096
HOLDER FOR A FOOD BOWL FOR PETS
OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Tonv Robert. 5701 Southwest Freeway
Houston, Tex. 77027
Filed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,279
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D30— Oi
U.S. CI. D30— 13 ,'
226.099
BOWLER IDENTIFICATION PANEL
George E. Schaefer, Muskegon, Mich., assignor to
The Brunswick Corporation
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,785
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5
226,097
HOLDER FOR A FOOD BOWL FOR PETS
OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Tonv Robert. 5701 Southwest Freewav,
Houston, Tex. 77027
Filed Mar. 8, 1971. Ser. No. 122,280
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D30— 05
U.S. CI. D30— 13
226,100
GAMEBOARD
Richard D. Smith, 913 N. Liberty St.,
Arlington, Va. 22205
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,405
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 0/
U.S. CI. D34— 5
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1495
226,101
DOLL
Dora Marcus, 345 8th Ave., New York, N.Y. 10001
Filed July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 167,074
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 4 R
226,104
GOLF GAME BOARD
James D. Habuda. 139 Clifton Drive,
Youngstown, Ohio 44512
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 144,363
Term of patent 3Vi years
Int. CI. D21— 01
U.S. CI. D34— 5
226,102
COMBINED GAME BOARD AND
SET OF CHESSMEN
Mikhail Ivanovich Klevtsov, Kotelnicbeskaya naberezh-
naya 1/15, korpus B, kv. 83, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127.086
Claims priority, application U.S.S.R. Sept. 22, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 0/
U.S. CI. D34— 5
_^ 226,105
CABINET FOR A COIN-CON TROLLED
AMUSEMENT MACHINE
Joseph E. Lally, McHenry, and Terrence A. Reedy, Jr.,
Skokie, III., assignors to Bally Manufacturing Corpo-
ration, Chicago, 111.
Filed July 14, 1971, Se*. No. 162,736
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D2U-03
U.S. CI. D34— 5 ^
226,103
COMBINED ROLLER COASTER AND
VEHICLE THEREFOR
James Smith and Laurie J. Campbell, Erie, Pa., assignors
to Louis Marx & Co., Inc.
Filed Apr. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,099
' Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— Oi
U.S. CI. D34— 5
1496
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,106
TETHER BALL TOY
George L. Lrquhart, 1267 Creston Place, North
Kamloops, British Columbia, Canada
Filed June 8. 1971. Ser. No. 151,163
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D21— Oi
U.S. CI. D34— 15
226,108
STYLIZED MODEL CAR
Eugene T. Daniel, Walnut, Calif., assignor to
Mattel, Inc.. Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,185
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI, D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15 AJ
226,109
STYLIZED MODEL DRAGSTER
Eugene T. Daniel, Walnut, Calif., assignor to
Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,406
Term of patent 14 years
Int, CI. DU—OI
U,S. CI, D34— 15 A J
U.S,
226,107
GOLF CLUB PUTTER
Frank John Indovina, 5266 Oak Park Ave.
Encino, Calif. 91316
Filed June 14. 1971, Ser. No. 153,160
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
CI. D34— 5 GC
226,110
STYLIZED MODEL CAR
Eugene T. Daniel, Walnut, Calif., assignor to
Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,407
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. l>2l— 01
VS. CI. D34— 15 AJ
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
226,111
DICE AGITATOR
Milton Kahn, 142 Greene St., New York. N.Y.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,412
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D?l— 0/
U.S. CI. D34— 5
1497
226,114
TOY CONSTRUCTION PIECE
10012 William Barr Nutting, Rockaway Park, N.Y., assignor to
General Foods Corporation, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971. Ser. No. 113,793
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15 GG
226,112
SUPPORT FRAME ASSEMBLY FOR TRAVELLING
SWINGS OR SIMILAR ARTICLES
William R. Tomalinas, Jr., W ilkes-Barre, Pa., assignor to
Roth American, Inc., Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,483
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 05
U.S. CI. D34— 5 M
U.S.
226,115
TOY SHOVEL LOADER
Yasuta Satoh, 758, 5-chome, Matsugaoka,
Nagarevama, Japan
Filed Mar. 15. 1971, Ser. No. 124,630
Claims priority, application Japan Jan. 30, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
CI. D34— 15
226,113
PISTOL TOY
Roy Dee Griffin. Sr., 4025 Terrace St.,
Amarillo, Tex. 79109
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 25,446
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
226,116
GOLF PUTTING DEVICE
David B. Schuler, 1905 Monterey St.,
Hermosa Beach, Calif. 90254
Filed Apr. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,751
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5
1498
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,117
EXERCISER
Frans Engelbertus Krause, 75 Steyn St., Hennenman,
Republic of South Africa
Filed Apr. 30. 1971. Ser. No. 139,299
Claims priorit\. application Republic of South Africa
Dec. 22, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5
226,119
SCOOP AND DISPENSER DEVICE FOR
GAME CHIPS
Judith E. Andamasaris, 718 N. Drive,
New Buffalo, Mich. 49117
Filed Apr. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,522
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 0/
U.S. CI. D34— 13
226,118
TWO WHEEL SKATE
Norma Jean Deberardino. 1823 Sul Ross 77006. and
Kenneth A. Roddy. 15322 E. Ritter Circle 77073,
both of Houston. Tex.
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No. 19,080.
Sept. 10, 1969. This application Dec. 30, 1970, Ser.
No. 26,713
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 14
U.S
226,120
TOY BUILDING PANELS
Charles S. Ogsbury, Gold HHl, and Don C. Wittc,
Boulder, Colo.
Filed July 22. 1969, Ser. No. 18,309
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— Oi
. CI. D34— 15
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1490
226,121
TOY TRUCK
Ira B. Gilford, Thousand Oaks, and Alan W. B. Nash,
Torrance, Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne,
Calif.
Original design application Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No.
21,671. Divided and this application Sept. 1, 1971,
Ser. No. 177,214
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 0/
U.S. CI. D34— 15 AJ
226,124
ELECTRIC MIXER
Kenfvn Arfor Roberts, High Wycombe, England, assignor
to British Domestic Appliances Limited, Peterborough,
England
Filed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,292
Claims priority, application Great Britain Mar. 25, 1971
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D7— 04
U.S. CI. D44— 1
226.122
FLATWARE SURFACE FINISHING MACHINE
James W. Weatherell. Arthur Baron, and Francis R.
Chesner. Olean. N.\ ., assignors to Clair Mfg. Co.
Inc., Olean. N.Y.
Filed Apr. 15. 1971. Ser. No. 134.551
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. Dl5—()9
U.S. CI. D37— 1 A
226,125
UTILITY TRAY
Fuller Robinson. Laval. Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Standard Desk Companv. Laval. Quebec, Canada
Filed Oct. 29. 1970. Ser. No. 25,713
Claims priority, application Canada Oct. 15, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 07
U.S. CI. D44— 10
rt
^
226,123
COMBINED DIAL AND HANDS FOR A TIMEPIECE
Robert C. Burroughs, 11208 Evans Trail, Apt. 102,
Beltsville, Md. 20705
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,308
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIO— 07
U.S. CI. D42— 1
226,126
BASE FOR HOLDING BOTTLES OR THE LIKE
Robert M. Washburn. Mahtomedi. and Oliver K. Wash-
burn, White Bear Lake. Minn., assignors to W. O.
Washburn & Sons, Inc., St. Paul. Minn.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111.801
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 07
U.S. CI. D44— 10
1500
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,127
TABLE ORNAMENT
Cbosuke Miyahira, 373 Park Ave. S.,
New York, N.Y. 10016
Filed Mar. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,217
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 99. D30— 02; D17— 99
U.S. CI. D44— 24 B
226,129
OL TDOOR LIGHTING FIXTURE ^ , ^ ,,
Anthony C. Donato, Westfield. N J., assignor to LIghtoHer
Incorporated, Jersey City, NJ.
Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 130,050
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D26— 05
U.S. CL D48— 31
226,128
TABLE LIGHTER
Dieter Rams, Konigstein, Germany, assignor to Braun
Aktiengesellschaft. Frankfurt am Main. Germany
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. ^o. 21,801,
Mar. 9, 1970. This appUcarion July 12, 1971, J>er.
No. 161,401 _ a . a 10AQ
Claims priorit\, application Germany Sept. 9, 19t.y
term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D27— 05
U.S. CI. D48— 27
226,130
HOUSING FOR AUXILIARY VEHICLE LIGHTS
August B. Meyer, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to K-U
Lamp Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127,089
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D26— 06
U.S. CI. D48— 32 R
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1501
226,131
LAUNDRY MACHINE PROGRAMMER
FACE PANEL
Benjamin H. Freze, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to
Challenge-Cook Bros., Incorporated, Industry, Calif.
Filed Apr. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,873
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D15— 05
U.S. CI. D49— 1
226,133
DESIGN FOR A SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
OF FLATWARE
William J. Knope, Meriden, Conn., assignor to Interna-
tional Silver Company, Meriden, Conn.
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,643
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— Oi
U.S. CI. D54— 12
5^
H
'1
1
■ p
1
o
1
4
0
u.
lie
k_
o
226,132
FRAME FRONT FOR MERCHANDISING MACHINE
Gerald J. Bellasalma, West Caldwell, N.J., assignor to
Plastetics Inc., Fairfield, N.J.
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,289
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D20— 07
UJS. CI, D52— 3
226,134
WATER CIRCULATING PUMP
Eugene G. Danner, 9122 71st Road,
Forest Hills, N.Y. 11375
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,801
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D15— 02
U.S. CI. D65— 1 R
1502
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,135
CAMERA MOUNT
Donald N. Horn, Huntington, and Rein S. Randmae,
North Babylon. N.Y., assignors to Vicon Industries,
Inc., Farmington. N.Y.
Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 182,291
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D16— 05
U.S. CI. D61— 1 G
226,137
ELECTRONIC HORN RADIATOR
Kenneth Spencer Selsby, 4 Jesmond Ave., Vaucluse,
New South Wales, Australia
Filed Mar. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,223
Claims priority, application Australia Oct. 27, 1970
Term of patent 3'/2 years
Int. CI. D29— 99
U.S. CI. D72— 1 C
226,138
BALLOT PUNCH
KelloR D. Fleming, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to
Diamond National Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Apr. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 134,118
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 02
U.S. CI. D74— 1
226,136
AIRPLANE
John W. Bock. 3152 Charlemaine Ave.,
Long Beach, Calif. 90808
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,592
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 07
U.S. CI. D71— 1 E
~^
226,139
HOLDER FOR PAPER AND WRITING
INSTRUMENTS OR THE LIKE
Moritoshi Kimura, 34-7, 2-chome. Higashi Mukojima,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,327
Claims prioritv, application Japan Feb. 27, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— ^2
U.S. CI. D74— 9
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1503
226,140
FACE MASK
William R. King, Denver, Colo., assignor to
Sandoz-Wander. Inc., Hanover, N.J.
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser.
144,384, Mav 17, 1971. This application Nov,
1971,Ser. No. 200,640
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
226,142
SHOE CLEANING-POLISHING DEVICE
Andrew W. Brainerd, Kent H. Brainerd, and Stuart W.
Brainerd, all of 630 Walden Road, Winnetka, III.
No. 60093
19, Filed Mar. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,616
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D4— 99
U.S. CI. D86— 11
226,143
SHOE CLEANING-POLISHING DEVICE
Andrew W. Brainerd, Kent H. Brainerd, and Stuart W .
Brainerd, all of 630 Walden Road, Winnetka, III.
60093
Filed Mar. 5, 1971. Ser. No. 121,618
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D4— 99
U.S. CI. D86— 11
226,141
DOl'BLE-SIDED BRUSH
Kurt Krusche, Frankfurt am Main, and Hubert Zimmer-
mann, Mannheim, Germany, assignors to Allstar Ver-
bruchsguter G.m.b.H. & Co. K.G., Frankfurt, Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 25,330
Claims priority, application Germany June 15, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D4— 02
U.S. CI. D86— 13
226,144
^HOE CLEANING-POLISHING DEVICE
Andrew W. Brainerd, Kent H. Brainerd, and Stuart W.
Brainerd, all of 630 Walden Road, Winnetka, III.
60093
Filed Mar. 5, 1971. Ser. No. 121,619
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D4— 99
U.S. CI. D86— 11
1504
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 23, 1973
226,145
FLUID DELIVERY APPARATUS
Stephens N. Sato, San Diego, talit., assignor to Ivac
Corporation, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Apr. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 136,154
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1 F
226,147
PURSE
Santiago C. Sosa, 2000>/2 N. Hudson,
San Angelo, Tex. 76901
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,825
Term of patent 3V2 years
Int. CI. D3—01
U.S. CI. D87— 3
226,148
PRESSING COMB
Leandro P. Rizzuto and Milton Schrager, Brooklyn, N.Y.,
assignors to Continental Hair Products, Inc.
Filed Dec. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 213,241
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D28— Oi
U.S. CI. D86— 8
226,146
STORAGE ALBUM FOR TAPE CASSETTES
OR THE LIKE
Gerald L. Price, 16610 Calneva Drive,
Encino, Calif. 91316
Original design application Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 22,480.
Divided and this application Apr. 14, 1971, Ser. No.
133,935
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D3 — 02
U.S. CI. D87— 1
226,149
AUTOMATIC GAS STERILIZER
Leonard L. Melanson, Stow, Mass., assignor to
Amdek Corporation
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 141,074
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24— 02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
January 23, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1505
226,150
BICYCLE HANDLEBAR
Carlton P. Pawsat, 47 Bryant Circle, and Robert T.
Humlong, 46 Bryant Circle, both of Maysville, Ky.
41056 .. . c iw
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. INo.
23,642, June 24, 1970. This application Feb. 2,
1971,Ser. No. 112,098
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 06
U.S. CI. D90— 11
226,151
BICYCLE HANDLEBAR
Carlton P. Pawsat and Robert F. Humlong, Maysville,
Ky., assignors to Wald Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No.
23,643, June 24, 1970. This application Feb. 2,
1971, Ser. No. 112,099
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
U.S. CL D90— 11
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 23d DAY OF JANUARY, 1973
NOTE -Arranged .n accordance w.th the first s.gn.ficant character or word of the name ( .n accordance w.th c.ty and
iNoit. rtiiaiiB telephone directory practice).
Abel Carroll Clifton. John R.; and Lucking, James R to United
States of America. Navy. Variable delay fuze for aircraft parachute
flare. 3,712.232. CI. 102-85.200.
ACF Industries, Incorporated. See-
Atkinson, Eulas R. 3,712,479 ,7,9 9Sn
Geyer, Wallace T.; and Randolph, Robert W 3,7 1 2,250.
Ac.enes Reumes dc Burbach-Eich-Dudelange S^A ARBED: See-
Liesch Jean; and Removille, Jacques, 3.7 11, vy J.
Adachi Iwao P., to Itek Corporation. Tnple-layer anti-reflection coat-
ing design. 3,712.71 1. CI. 350-164.000.
^''makS' Akx'an'^er C; Adams. Jack S.; and Swarts, James J..
3 711 929
Adie James's., to Eldon Industries. Inc. Single spring switch with wip-
ine action 3 7 12 970, CI 200- 164. OOr.
Adm^iraal,-Lambertus. to MacM.llan Bloedel Li-^'^^f.^.^r^K""*^, ap-
paratus for microwave drying of materials. 3.712,971. CI. Ziv-
10.550.
Admiral Corporation. See—
Stute,CarltonF., 3,712,958. ,, ^ „„„
Adolphi George F. Apparatus and process for preparing cooked egg
products. 3,7 1 2,208, CI. 99-373.000.
Advance Patent Technology. Inc.. See- ^^,, ^q.
Gubcrman, Jerald; and Holt. Herman D., 3,71 1 ,896.
Advanced Patent Technology, Inc ; See- ,_,.„„,
Guberman, Jerald; and Snaper. Alvin A. 3,7 1 2,085.
AEG-Elothcrm GmbH: See—
Ac.^™^n:■M"S^al;I.'i A Ja-G.vae„ N.V, De.,c. (», coo.joUmg
the regenerating of photographic processing solution .3.71 2.204, C I.
95-89.00r
Agfa-Gevaert A.G .; See— \
Theer, Anton, 3,712,560. \,
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft: See— ittitio
Kisselmann, Willy; Rumpelem. Fntz; and Kopf, Paul. 3.7 1 2,262.
Ledcrer. Josef, 3,712,732.
Ncudeckcr, Karl, 3,712,722. , „ ,. i. i wik<.i,«
NUtel, Fr.u; Ohlschlager, Hans; and Schranz, Karl-Wilhelm,
Ranz ^E^\l, Von Rintelen, Harald; Schutz. Heinz-Dieter; and Ne-
SteTzrn^bil^ef^v'oiknJan'FL'chsle, Klaus; and Hennig. Fridolin.
3.712,557.
wKr'.'^Sred;' Winller, Friedrich; Neudecker. Karl; and
Zanner. Johann, Jr.. 3.712.720.
Zanner.Johann. Jr. ,3,712,719.
Agfa-Gevaert N.V. ; See—
Aelterman, Marcel Frans, 3,712,204,
Van Paesschen, August Jean; BnncKman, Enc Mana, and De
Geest,WilfriedFlorent.3,712,812. ,„ .,8 500
Achnides Elie P. Water aerator. 3,7 12.548. CI. 239-428. 3uu.
Jfki Shigeo. Kito. Masahior and Ueda Atumi to A.s.n Seik.
KabushikiKaisha. Control valve. 3, 7 12.057. CI. 60-54.5Up.
Air PreheaterCompany.Inc ,The. See- i 7.5 «i97
Waitkus, Joseph; and Van Buskirk. Derek Orem, 3.7 1 2,597.
Airtex Product Div., United Industrial Syndicate: See-
Parrent.Russell,3.711,907.
AisinSeiki Company Limited: See- ,,,-,.,.
Torii Tatsumi; and Miyajima, Haruo. 3,7 1^.4/3.
^"A'kf'SefKU^^^^^^ ^, ••
Kobayl^R Tojoaic!; Kondo, Toshio; and Sakak.bara. Naoji.
3,713.091.
^"•HoSkawa'Vasuo; Yokoyama. Tohei Suzuki. Teruaki; Aki.
Yoshiaki and Tokui.Masahiko, 3,712,53 1 /- „
Albright D^aME.. to Minnesou Miniitg .nd Manofacmnng Com-
2v Electrical circuit for providing and mainUinmg a binary s.gmJ
Sge in %on« .0 a Kede,c,j»J«i change in a sensed analog
Alder°s"etYni'j?',in^±I;"er*o„tbead,=in,o„.,«.n.rings.
conveyed tank against roll and pitch. 3,712,25 /,<-i. ii-* "*"""„
Allen Euwne and Steams, Edwin Ira. to American Cyanamid Com-
SyKc;do? color matching with more than three components.
3,713.173.CI. 441-1.000.
Donald Paul,
Allen, Joseph B.; and Lippmann, Henry E., to '"^e^^^i""^' ^,f "^^f '
Machines Corporation. Line segment mtersection test. 3,712,y/5,
CI. 444-1.000. nil 07A ri 40-
Allen. Joseph J. Spherical souvneir receptacle. 3,711.976. ci. 4U
82.000.
AUis-Chalmers Corporation: See-
Comfort, Samuel T, 3,712,492.
Harolow, James H, 3,7 1 3,060.
Schmitz, Raymonds, 3,712,309. „. . y. .-„„
Allien David F ; and Russell, Lewis K., to S.gnetics Corporation^
Sod ?or making MOS structure with precisely controlled channel
length. 3,71 1.940, CI. 29-571.000.
Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget: See-
Isberg, Per Gustaf; Pind. Christen WiUemoes; and Sundqvist, Cnut
Allred"vS'D.,'to Marathon Oil Company. Control of calcined
^petroleum coke particle size 3,7 • 2.855, CI 201^6.(KK).
Allvn Harold D. Autoloading firearm. 3,71 1,983. CI. 42-75 OUc.
Al^r's Frederick C, to United Sutes of Amenca, Navy. Sector gating
circuit 3 712 562, CI. 244-3.150.
Alpers, Frederick C, to United States of America Navy. Automatic
^th follower guidance system. 3,7 1 2,563, CI. 244-3. 170.
Alphons Glutz-Blotzheim AG: See—
Husler,Balthasar, 3,7 12,011. ,,,,.,7 ri 7 ?Q 44 OOr
Alrov John D , to Borden Inc. Egg carton. 3,712,532 CI 229-44^UOr
AUhaus Ernst to Orenstein & Koppel Aktiengesellschaft. Hydrauli-
Tally opeTabie device for changing the track width of track-laying
vehicler3.7 12.398, CI. 180-9.480.
Aluminum Company of Amenca: See-
Lawrence, Kenneth C, 3,712,498.
A. MA. ( Artigiana Meccanici Associati): See-
Zucchini Guido, 3,712,087. „. , . iv
Ambrus, Laszlo. to Cutter Laboratories Inc. 51 HPheny' or be^yD-
lh-indazol-3-yloxymethyll-tetrazoles. 3.7 12,903. CI. 260-308.00d.
American Can Company: See— v r- ■x n }-) SidH
Casey, WiUiam P., Jr.; and Grundman, Frank O, 3, / 1 2,848.
American Cyanamid Company: See- , ^ , , n,
Allen Eugene,andSteams,EdwinIra, 3,713,1 /J.
Castellion, George Augustus; and Spitzer,
3,712,710.
Kaempfen, Henry Xavier, 3,712,888.
Stamm, Robert Franz, 3,7 1 2,706.
American LaFrance Inc.: See—
Specht, Glenn E. 3,7 12.587.
American Science & Engineenng Inc.: See-
Orfei.JohnB..andShapiro,Henry,3.711,991. ,,,,.7,
Ames, Alvin G. Inclined surface reaction-type game board. 3,712.621.
CI. 273-1 20.00r. m-) «;94 ri 724-
Ames, Russell K., Sr. Boat loader for automobiles. 3,712,524. CI. li'i
42.i0h
^'"'Sa^t^ndale^David L.; Dale. Alan M.; Mursinna, Richard C. and
Rewerts, Gene R, 3.7 1 2,583.
AMF Incorf)orated: See—
Giatti,Filippo, 3,712,162.
Sands,OvieL., 3.712.146.
^'"'Sq?ot:'Mi?hTjltVmicel, Charles Gustavf; and Renaudon.
Marie Michel, 3,712,611.
Amidon, Charles H, Jr.: See— ^u„,i». w ir 1711913
Galeone. Vicent A; and Amidon. Charles H.. Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,v 1 J.
Amoco Producuon Company: See- , 7 1 7 i«7
Vincent Renic P.; and Wilder, Lawrence B., 3,712,387^
Amoroso, Michael J., to Lee-No^ Company^ Mjning machine having
HiKtfcollectin" means. 3,7 12,678, Cl. 2VV-OB.UUU.
Amrso'! Michael J., to Lee-Nor«Comp^y^ Mining m^hine having
adjusuble length cutting drum. 3,7 1 2,679, CI. 299-7t).UUU.
^''yuX^,«?dUR'oy;andRoss,MiltonDean,3,711.922.
Crumley J A.; Hildebrand, James Ross. Kerstetter, Harold Al-
fred; and Shaak, Ray Ned, 3,712,735.
Henschen, Homer Ernst; and Huffnagle, Clifton Wesley,
3,713,072.
Reynolds. Charles Edward, 3.7 1 1 ,942.
AMP Incorporated, mesne: See—
Dechelelte, Helen, 3,7 13,079.
Amsted Industnes Incorporated: See-
Brown, Jesse C. 3,712,601.
Young, Donald Marion, 3,7 1 2.247.
Anachenko. Sofia Nikolaevna: See—
PIl
906 O.G. — 55
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Serebryakova, Tatyana Andreevna, Zakharychev, Ardalion
Vladimirovich; Chigir, Rimma Nuriakhmetova; Anachenko,
Sofia Nikolaevna, Torgov, Igor Vladimirovich. and Krjutchen-
3,712.910.
ko, Evgenia Georgievna, 3
Anaconda Wire and Cable Company; See—
Amaudin, Edwm H., Jr., 3,7 12,770.
Andersen, Borge Christian. Method and apparatus for filling trays.
AndIS,*HaSy A* Aerated bait keeper. 3.7 11 ,986, CI. 43-57.000.
Anderson Norman J ; and Decker, John L.. to Zum Industnes. Inc.
Synchronizing flexible coupling. 3,7 12.434. CI. 192-53.00e.
Anderson, Richard N.. to Anderson, V. E., Mfg.. Co. Building struc-
ture. 3.71 1,995, CI. 49-504.000.
Anderson, V. E.. Mfg., Co.; See—
Anderson, Richard N., 3.7 1 1 ,995.
Anderson. William Paul; See—
Kalikow, Irving, Sterling, Eliot Morton; and Anderson, William
Paul, 3,712,756.
Ando, Sutematsu, to Century Products, Inc. Inflatable chair.
3,712.674. CI. 297-456.000.
Andre, Marshall L., to Shell Oil Company. Method and apparatus for
detecting liquid compositions by thermal conductivity. 3.712,116,
CI. 73-53.000.
Andrysiak. Stanislaw J ; and McKenna. Ronald F.. to Bell Aerospace
Company Cooled pinUe assembly. 3.7 12,063. CI. 60-265.000.
Anetsberger Brothers. Inc.: S«—
Meyer. Alfred Lake. 3.712.165.
Anfossi, Henri; and Poupin, Raymond, to Service D'Exploitation In-
dustrielle des Tabacs et des Allumettes. Device for conveying rod-
shaped objects and especially cigarettes. 3.712.455. CI. 198-
165.000.
Angele, Eugen; See —
Striegler, Werner, and Angele, Eugen, 3.7 12.256.
Angliker, Hans-Joerg; and Peter. Richard, to Ciba-Geigy AG. Azole
disazo dyestuffs. 3.7 1 2.88 1 . CI. 260- 1 58.000.
Anthony, Russell W.; See—
Motz, Carl H ; and Anthony, Russell W, 3,7 1 2,094.
Anvar-Agence Nationale De Valorisation de La Recherche; S«—
Cohen,Rene A, 3,712,742.
Aoki, Katashi Device for ejecting in injection molding of threaded arti-
cles. 3,71 2.786. CI. 425-438.000.
Apollo Plastic & Machines Co., Inc.; See—
Luginbuhl, David E., 3,712,779.
Appeldorn, Roger H , to Minnesota Mining and Manufactunng Com-
pany Optical shield of uansparent intermeshed grooved panels use-
ful on overhead projectors. 3,7 1 2,7 1 3. CI. 350-276.00r.
Applied Power Industries. Inc.: See—
Hunnicutt. Wayne E.. 3.712.108.
Archer, Harold B; S«—
Florsheim, Leonard S.. Jr.; Archer. Harold B.. Lo Presti. Philip F..
and Sutherland, Thurlow J, 3.7 12.730.
Arendale, Donald L. Automatic carcass processing device. 3.71 1.895.
CI. 17-1. OOr.
Arenson. Edwin M., to Black, Sivalls & Bryson, Inc. Method and ap-
paratus for vaporizing and superheating cryogenic fluid liquids.
3,7 12,073, CI. 62-52.000.
Aresi, Vanna: 5«— --
Nathansohn, Giangiacomo; Aresi. Vanna; and Winters, Giorgio,
3,712,897.
Armer, Herbert Leslie, to Mastertape (Magnetic) Limited. Impact de-
tector. 3,7 13.1 30. CI. 340-267.00r.
Armstrong. William M., Jr.; Edwards. Webster H.; and Vining. Roy H.,
to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company Specuophotometer
multi-angle viewing device. 3,7 1 2,745. CI. 356-244.000.
Amaudin. Edwin H., Jr . to Anaconda Wire and Cable Company Ap-
paratus for extruding cable jackets with embedded drain wires.
3,7 12,770, CI. 425-114.000.
Amench, Paul J; Sef—
Thometz, Theodore G.; and Americh, Paul J , 3,71 2.854.
Amghetti, Sergio; Roggero. Amaldo; Vajna, Eugenio; and Cesca,
Sebastiano, to Snam Progetti S.p A. Curable amorphous olefinic ter-
polymcrs obuined from alpha-olefins and polyene hydrocarbon con-
taining two conjugated double bonds and process for prepann same.
3.7 12,876. CI. 260-80.700.
Arrowhead Engineering Corporation; See-
Shaffer. Samuel Ralph; and Scott. Earl D., 3,712.098.
Arsco Paint Rollers. Inc : See—
Chapman. PaulG. 3,71 1.887.
Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Nobusawa. Tsukumo. 3.7 1 2. 1 90.
Nobusawa. Tsukumo. 3.712.191.
Ashmead, Howard L . Byrne. Sydnor H . Jr.; and Wolf. John P . Ill, to
Du Pont de Nemours, E. I , and Company. Apparatus and method
forgradientelution. 3.712.513. CI. 222-134.000. , ,,,,^
Asnes. Floyd. Button feeding machine. 3,712,253, CI. 1 12-113.000.
Assmus. Friedrich; See—
Wolber, Robert; and Assmus, Friedrich, 3,7 1 2,044.
Associated Engineering Limited; 5«—
Bcmrose. Colin R.; Brown. Dennis C; and Turner. William O ,
3.712.101.
Ataniya. Takeshi; See—
Kimuro, Tadao, and Ataniya, Takeshi, 3,7 1 2,826.
Athey. Roy L.; and Moore. Joseph B.. to United Aircraft Corporation.
Method for forming composite articles from alloy in temporary con-
dition of superplasticity. 3.71 1.936. CI. 29-475.000.
Atkins. Walter J: S^e—
Lamka. Charles E.; and Atkins. Walter J . 3.7 1 2.01 9.
Atkinson Eulas R.. to ACF Industries. Incorporated. Rubber-hydraulic
draft gear for railway cars. 3.7 1 2,479. CI. 2 1 3-47.000.
Atkinson. Thomas William Lancaster; See—
Hamshere, Wilfred Charles, and Atkinson. Thomas William Lan-
caster. 3.712.795.
Atlantic Richfield Company: S«— ,-,,-,„,,
Hamersma, J. Warren; and Caseno, Frederick F, Jr., 3,7 1 2.93 1
Janssen, Albert T, 3.7 12,677
Sheldahl, David B.; and Striegler, John H, 3,7 1 2.393.
Aubry. Yvon C. and Vallance, Jacques, said Aubry assor. to Valcartier
Industries, Inc Inspection and transfer mechanism 3,712,466, CI.
209-73.000.
Audi NSU Auto Union Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Beutter, Karl, 3,712,767.
August, Henry, to North American Rockwell Corporation Energy ab-
sorption by a radioisotope produced plasma. 3,713,157, CI. 343-
18.000.
Automation Industries, Inc.; Sef—
Cross. Benjamin T; and Posakony. Gerald J., 3.7 1 2. 1 19.
A vco Corporation; Se«^—
Kantrowitz, Arthur R.; Gerry, Edward T., Leonard, Donald A.;
and Wilson, Jack, 3,7 1 3,030.
McNair, Robert J., 3,7 1 3,025.
Obhgado, Alvaro, 3.7 1 2.032.
Avenll. Donald H. Invalid lift aid. 3.7 1 1 .877. CI. 5-8 1 .000.
Avery. William H : See—
Burson. Richard D.. and Avery. William H., 3,71 2,448.
Avis. John M . to Harvey Harvester, Inc. Crop pick-up harvester
3.712.039. CI. 56-328.00r.
Avivi Pinchas; and Dothan. Felix, to Yissum Research Development
Company of the Hebrew University. Gas lasers with electrically-con-
ductive plasma tube. 3,7 1 3,043, CI. 33 1 -94.500.
AVL AG; See-
Hamoncourt, Karl. 3,7 1 2,325.
AVM Corporation; See—
Nelson, Robert W.. 3,712,744.
Aztec Manufacturing Company; 5^^—
Eschbach, Robert C, and Colligan, John B, 3,712,005.
Babler, Egon S., to Teletype Corporation. Friction clutch. 3.712.432.
CI. 192-26.000.
Bach. Lloyd G ; and Ewald, Jerome T., to Bcndix CorporaUon, The.
Hydraulic brake booster with disc reaction. 3,712,177, CI. 91-
369 00a.
Bachmann, Peter, to Ebauches Bettlach S A Timepiece movement
comprising a jumping type indicator. 3,7 1 2,048, CI 58-58.000.
Bader, Jorg. and Gatzi. Karl, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. 1.2-
Dithiolones having sulphur-containing substituents. 3,712.908. CI.
260-327.00C.
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabnk Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Petersen, Harro, 3,712,926.
Schoellkopf, Ulrich, and Gerhart. Fritz, 3,7 1 2,91 1 .
Weissauer, Hermann, 3,712,901.
Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich: See—
Paton, Bons Evgenievich; Medovar, Boris Izrailevich; Latash. Jury
Vadimovich; and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich. 3.712.365.
Baguehn. Yves M: 5e*—
Brille. Maurice G.; and Baguelin. YvesM.. 3.712.280.
Baird.Roy W.;S«- _ ,^
Hyland. William P.; Baird, Roy W.; and Culbertson, James A.,
3.712.680. „. ^ . .
Baker Arthur Yeaton. to Datametrics CorporaUon. High speed im-
pactless data pnnter. 3.713. 168. CI. 346-74.00e.
Baker. Charles; Sf<r—
Chapman. James R.; Baker. Charles; and Gentry. Hermond O..
3,712.464. , ^^
Baker Harold L.. to Morrison Products, Inc. Method for assembling
centrifugal blowers. 3 ,7 1 1 ,9 1 4, CI. 29- 1 56.8cf.
Baker Oil Tools. Inc.; See—
Curington. Alfred R . 3.712.388
Baker. Richard L.. to Colt Industnes Operating Corporation, mesne.
Revolver having removable cylinder. 3.7 1 1 .982. CI. 42-62.000.
Baladjanian.Gregor;Se«^— j r. ■ j
Commanday. Maurice R.; Clark, Eugene V.; and Baladjanian,
Gregor. 3,71 1.909. ^^ ^
Balda Werke Photographische Gerate und Kunststoff R. Gruter Kom-
manditgesellschaft; See-
Lunge, Kari Heinz. 3.712.196.
Balda- Werke; See—
Lange. Karl-Heinz, 3,712,201.
Ball Brothers Research Corporation; See— _ , , , ^
Munson.RobertE.;andKrutsinger.JackK., 3,713. 162.
Munson. Robert E.; Krutsinger. Jack K.; and Poison. Jerry H..
3.713.166.
Ball Corporation: See—
Hurst. Robert L.. 3.712.450.
Hurst. Robert L. 3.712.453.
Balme. Maunce; and Gruffaz. Max. to Rhone-Poulenc S.A.
Polysulphone compositions. 3,7 1 2,932. CI. 260-857.0pi.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Banus. Bernard R., to Sterling Manufacturing Co'^P^^y. Caj'bratable
ammeter having a pestoring magnet mounted on a bendable tab
3 713 024 CI. 324-146.000. ^ ^
Bargoin Jean to Unimeco Anstalt. Lighted match dispenser
3,712',508, CI 221-141.000^ Sf> 127 00a
Barker George R Asparagus harvester. 3,7 12,038. CI. 56-327.00a.
^"'won^''s'e^phen:"wnght, Louis J.; and Barleen, David G.,
3,713,128. „ ^ . -
Barmag Barmer Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft; See-
Schippers, Heinz, and Hansen, Fnedheim 3.712,594
Barnes. Claude Earnest. Three-wheel vehicle. 3,712,400. CI. 180
27 000
Barnes Douglas W., to Littlcomputers. Inc. Sequential card sorting ap-
paratus. 3,712.467. CI. 209-1 10.500. ^ ,K„ ,iW.
Barnes Ralph. Apparatus for moulding helmet shells and the like.
3 712.787. CI. 425-438.000.
Baron Jean. Automatic repertory telephone dialer utilizing magnetic
mer^ory storage 3,7 12,960. g.l79-90.0bb
Baaeca Products Co.; subsidiary of Shelburne Industries. Inc.; See-
Penniman. Robert. 3.712,522.
Barsamian, Harut, to National Cash Register Conjpany. The. Firmware
sort processor system. 3.7 1 3.107. CI. 340-1 72.500.
Barthalow. Henry D.:S«*— . , ,, rx ititia';
Helm. Herbert W; and Barthalow. Henry D. 3,7 12,265.
Bartholomaus, Reiner; Diehl, Dieter, and »'^J^^"- S°'''^ S:a
deceased (by Himmler, Irma; heiress), said Diehl and said
Bartholomaus assors. to Lohrer G. L. R"^f h- E';^7"»l,^,"l''2"
Regulating apparatus with throttle gaps^3, 7 12,339 CI- 1 37-625^620
Barton. RolKJrt F.. to Gautney & Jones. Peak detector. 3.712.989, CI.
^07 215 000
Basier", Robert; and Parisot, Clovis, to Societe Anonyme de Recherches
et de Commercialisation de Produits de Resines de Synthese R C.K.
and Houilleres du Bassin du Nord et du Pas de Calais^ Compart-
mented tanker and method of constructing the same. 3,712,50, t.1.
220-20.000.
Basseit, W E, Company, The; See—
Hedu, Jon. 3,712,311. ^ , . ^ *„
Bait Harold Hilton, to Renhurst Industries PropneUry Limited. Ap-
paratus and method for laying cross filaments and the like.
3.711,932, CI. 29-419.000.
Battelle Memorial Institute; See—
Fichaux, Henri, 3,7 12.833 ^.. ii..;h
Bauer Andrew B.. to Philco-Ford CorporaUon. Low loss vortex fluid
amtilifiervalve. 3.712.321. CI. 137-81.500. „ ^ .
Bauer Benjamin B., and Foster. Edward J., to Co'"";b'a Broadcasting
System. Inc. Acoustical direction detector. 3.713.087. CI. 340-
Ba'utr Jlalf; Lorcnz. Wilfred; Rohr. Udo; and Silge Friedrich. to Veb
Wa^mowwerft Warnemunde Rollback closure for tightly sealing
openings especially of ships. 3.712.258.C1. 114-202.000.
Baughman, James R: &e— . _ ._ . .
United Sutes of America, National AeronauUcs and Space Ad-
ministration, 3,712.132.
^""pdlz£n^ WmtoJj.fBaumbaugh. Charles R.; and Call.ss. William
Baumeart'en Wilfried. to Continental Gummi-Werke Aklien-
geShaft. Device for feeding Pl^^'i^^nibber or syntheuc rubber
mixtures to processing machines. 3,712,773,C1.425-142.00a
Baumgras. George R.. to North Amencan Rockwell CorporaUon.
Coated spring. 3, 7 11. 9 17. CI. 29- 173.000.
Baxter Laboratories: S^«—
Martinez. Flelix Jesus. 3.712,474.
Baxter Laboratones, Inc.; See—
Martinez, Felix Jesus, 3.7 1 2.475.
'^^irn?Nrklt!|chS^^ Hildegard; Witte. Josef, and Pampus,
Bea, KarN Foldable building construction of roof and wall secuons.
Beach ^oS-^/E.^Easunan Kodak Company. Film creep preventing
meansforcameras. 3.7 12.200. CI. 95-31. Ofm.
BeS. Bernard D.; and Taylor. David G. Apparatus and me^od for
edBCStitching/bindingworkpieccs. 3.7 12.254, CI. 112-121. zvu.
Bearden WillL G.;'and H^oward. George C. to Pan American
Petroleum CorporaUon. MulU-layer well screen. 3.712.373. CI. ibft
232.000.
Beaver. Dale M.:S«— rw i vj nn «no
Murrav Mvles N and Beaver. Dale M. 3. / 1 2,5 /v.
Bebeck. An'drei Henry, to Bell Telephone Lal^rator.es^ Incorporated.
Domain propagauon arrangement 3,713,1 19, CI. J4U-1 /4.uu^
Becavin Henn to Thoms8n-CSF. Transmitter monitors for ILS
beacons. 3.713.160,0.343-109.000.
Beckman Insuuments. Inc.: See- .^,,,1,11^
Duriand. Douglas H.; and Ehret. Robert J.. 3.713,124.
Becton, Dickinson and Company; Sf^— ,,„,.,„h rharlp« F
Genese. Joseph N.; Raprza. Edward J • G»l*"^"«i^;,J^^^'tL' T
Kcnnard. Kan^ M; Chevalaz. Roger A.; and Smith, John A..
3.712.535.
Bcecham Group Limited: See— , t , -> oaa
Cole Marun; and Planterose. Donald N.. 3.7 12.944.
Beer7 Jack! to Burroughs CorporaUon. Variable pnnter mtensity con-
trol! 3.7 12.2 12, CI. 101 -93.00c.
^'lejbe'llff ^fred.l4ammann. Ingeborg; and Behrenz. Wolfgang.
3,712.915.
Beilstein,Gunter;Sff— A^^if o„h Pari*
Husweiler. Arnold; Beilstein. Gunter; Mayer. Adolf, and Pans.
Nikolaus. 3.712,912. ,. , ^ .. , ,,-, 00 r\ 71
Beissbarth, Osmond. Test sund for vehicle brakes. 3,712.128, CI. 7J-
126.000.
Bell & Howell Company; See-
Krai, Fred G, 3,712.973.
Bell Aerospace Company; S«— TTnn*ii
Andrysiak. Stanislaw J.; and McKenna, Ronald F., 3.7 12.063.
Bell Telephone Laboratones. Incorporated; See—
Bebeck. Andrew Henry, 3.713.119.
Bobeck. Andrew Henry. 3.713.1 17. ii,„,.„,
Bobeck. Andrew Henry; Ciak. Frank John; and Strauss, Walter.
3.713.120. ,. „ ,^^ , , ,,, ,,^
Bonyhard. Peter Istvan.and Michaelis. Paul Charles. 3.713.1 10.
Courtney-Pratt, Jeofry Stuart, 3,7 1 2,724.
Coyne, James Christopher. 3.7 1 2,39 1 .
Danylchuk. Irynej, 3,713.1 18.
Golembeski. John Joseph. 3.7 1 3.050.
Healey, Anthony John, 3,712,323.
Kinsel,Tracy Stewart, 3,713.042^
MarcaUli, Enrique Alfredo Jose, 3,712,705.
Mathews, Max Vernon, 3,712.443.
McPherson. Alan Forbes. 3,713,095 a 1 m qai
Sessler, Gerhard MarUn; and West. James Edward, 3.71 1 ,V41 .
Turner. Dennis R, 3.71 3.169.
Williams, James Edgar. 3.7 12 561. M7jin 000
Bell WilliamRoland.Jr. Air transfer line. 3,7 12.336, CI. 137-613.000.
Belts, Bolts, Cups Corporation; S«r- ,t,,,<7
Corbett. John M; and Schenk. Joseph G. 3.712 357
Bement Ronald Allan; and Brown. Augustus Boyd to International
Bi^iness Machines CorporaUon. Cavity mold with selectively posi-
tioned resilient wall portions. 3.712.575.0. 249-9LOO0.
Bemrose. Colin R.; Brown. Dennis C. and Turner William G. to As-
sociated Engineering Limited. Comigauon-fonning machines.
3.712.101. 0. 72-196.000.
Bendix Corporation; See— . . ,_,,,, q
Sanford. Norman R; and Vikmanis. Juris. 3.7 1 3. 1 3V.
Bendix Corporation. The; See— ,T,im
Bach. Lloyd G.; and Ewald. Jerome T., 3,712,1 / /.
Meyers. Robert E.. 3.712.176.
Bendix-Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake Company: i«e—
Deem. Brian C, 3.7 12.340.
Hoffman, David A, 3,712,685. , , .. .
Benham. Ralph E.. to Purex Corporation. Ltd. Fault or leak detector.
Bennitt'^ph C;^aid B^mer. William A., to GTE Autonr«Uc Elec-
rcUborltories Incorporated. Mechanically alterable diode matnx
memory. 3.713.110.0. 340- 173. osp
Benninger. Arthur C; and Long. Meleti^ L. u> Tr^Brook^lnc. Semi-
trailer dump body constnicuon. 3.7 1 2.676. C1.298-22_00r^
Beregow. Alex. Magnetic thread holder and cutter. 3.7 12,255, CI. 1 12-
9S2 000
Berts Louis L.. to CreaUve Tool Company. High energy impact tool as-
sembly 3 712.390. 0. 173-132.000. . ^ . „
BefgTron; John A., to General Electric Company. Device for opuc^ly
ditennining microbial colony populauon on growth surface.
3,712.746.0.356-256.000.
Bergmeyer. Hans Ulrich; See—
Weimann. Gunter; Ha.d. Erich; Muhlegger Klaus, B^remeyer,
Hans Ulnch; DieUnann, Kari; Michal. Gerhard; and Nelboeck-
Hochstetter, Michael, 3,712,885. -^ , ,
Bergougnoux. Jean-Claude. 1° Shell OH Company. Quick coupling
device for LPG containers. 3.7 1 2.646. CI. 285-3 1 5 000.
Berkowitz. Sidney; and Mesiah, Rai^ond N, to^MC^orporaUon.
ChlonnaUonofcyanoncacid. 3,712,891, CI. 2eH>-248.uuc.
^""Lit5e"°Vincem' C.; Beriin. Aaron S.; and Leadore, Toney C.
Beriin Zalm'an Leivikovich; Isarev, Igor Vladimirovich; Vasilchenko,
Anatoli Stepanovich; Maslovsky. Gennady VasiI.evich; Serkov
AnatoK Gavnlovich; Yakimovich. Hviktor Yakovlevich, and
Kanovsky. Evgeny Alexandrovich, to Gosudanrtvenny nauchncviss-
edovaelsky inst.tut Uvelnykh metallov. Method for ^emovirig heat
from nuidized bed of roasUng furnace and device for effecung the
BemTr^d^JMn C?^d P^'i Pierre J., to Naphtachimie. Application
of adhesive coaung to isotacUc polypropylene and composition
therefor 3 7 12.828. 0. 117-47.00a.
BeSin. Albert', to RCA CorporaUon. Mechanica^ ^77|oT20
with programmable output function. 3.7 1 2.147. 0. lA-^^JUJ.
Berry. HoUand J.; Hardy. William C; and Zadow. Dale W.. «? S"" (M
Company. Method for caulytically heating wellbores. 3.7 1 2.375. CI.
166-251.000.
Berteni,Guido;See— ... ^ .,,,■, ,<in
Torti, Luigi; and Bcrtelli. Guido, 3,7 1 2,360.
Bertel8en.Inc.;See— ,,,,^^
Bertelsen William R. 3,712,406. ^ . . ,
BertelLn. wilUain R., to Bertelsen, Inc. Ground effect vehicle.
3,712,406,0.180-122.000.
Berlin & Cie; See— ,,.,.^-
Bertin, Jean Henn, 3,7 1 2,242.
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Berlin Jean Henri, to Berlin & Cie Snow and 'ce track clearer for
groundeffeclmach.ncs.3.712.242.Cl.l04.279^00a
Berzauy, Paul G. Tennis racket attachment, 3.712.618, CI. 27 J-
Bestehom, Ute W . Indexed packaging and stacking device. 3.7 1 2.463,
CI. 206-65. OOr.
Rft7 Erwin C Metallic catalyst and aluminum oxide conUining sup-
porS?^om acid leached alloys. 3,7 1 2.856 CI. 204-29X)00.
Beutter, Karl, to Audi NSU Auto Union Aktiengesellschaft. Sealing ar-
rangement for rotary combustion engine. 3.712.767. CI. 418-
121.000.
Bi-Be-Lo. Inc.; See—
Lindahl, Paul A, 3,712.510.
Bichard. Frank Rouget; See— ,Tn,cT
East Frank George; and Bichard. Frank Rouget. 3,712,153.
Billmgs. William G. to Phillips Petroleum Company^ Pyrjdme-or-
ganocopper product and preparation. 3.7 1 2.894. CI. 260-270.000^
Binder. Rolf, and Wildbolz. Rudolf, to Rieter Machine Works. Ltd Ap-
paratus for feeding fiber matenal into a chute. 3.712,682. CI. 3U--
28000.
Bio-Medical Sciences. Inc See— . „. , ^. , r-
Chadha. Desh D.; Patel, Babu B.; and Pickett. Charles O .
3.712'.141. ^ r^ A
Biro Steven L Inkster. Mich., to Ford Motor Company. Compound
motion transmitting linkage. 3,712. 150, CI. 74-473.00r.
Birtchet, Ralph D . and Carlson. James O. to Schneider-Simpson. Int
Screed extension assembly for asphalt paving machine. 3.712.189.
CI 94-45. OOr
Bitterlich Walter; and Hesske. Benno. Telescopic optical instrument
3.712 737. CI. 356-8.000.
Black. Sivalls & Bryson. Inc.: See—
Arenson.EdwmM .3.712.073.
Blackwell. John, and Buxbaum. Jeanne K.. to Du Pont de Nemours, h.
1.. and Company Orange to rubine disperse disazo dyes. 3.712,882.
CI. 260-187.000. . ^^
Blair. James E ; and Jackson, Richard I., to United Suies of America.
Navy Aerial dispersal of chemicals. 3.7 12.2 19. CI 102-7.200.
Blakey Alexander G ; Adams. Jack S.; and Swarts. James J . lo
General Dynamics Corporation. Method of assembling a measuring
and locating system. 3.7 1 1 .929, CI. 29-407.000.
Blankenhom Display. Inc : See—
Blankenhom. Siegfned C, 3,7 1 1 .977.
Blankenhom, Siegfried C . to Blankenhom Display. Inc. Dimensional
display nagger. 3.71 1.977, CI. 40-1 24.100.
Blatt Leiand Francis; and Wiesenhofer. Frank H. Gas exhaust silencer.
3.712.415. CI. 181-60.000.
Blaw-Knox Company: See—
Elbe. Werner W, 3.712.102.
Bleifeld. Walter: See— '^^
Imich. Werner; and Bleifeld. Walter. 3,712,290.
BLH Electronics. Inc.: See—
Laimins, Eric, 3,712,123.
Bliu Daniel, to Sanders Associates, Inc. Low dau rate displays
3.713. 143. CI. 343-5.00r. ^
Blohm, Thomas R See— ^ ^. vr o k»^
Tilford, Charles H , Blohm, Thomas R.; and Mac Kenzie, Robert
D.,3',712.896
Blome Eugene R., and Fok, Samuel S. M., to Fairchild Camera and In-
strument Corporation. Process for making hard surface transparent
mask. 3,7 12,8 16, CI. 96-38.300.
Blume, Gerhard: See— ^ , ,,-, o-in
Strickrodt, Jorg. and Blume, Gerhard, 3,7 12.879.
BMR Security Products Corporation, mesne: See-
Walters, Russell W. 3.71 1 .894.
Bobeck. Andrew Henry, to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated.
Magnetoresistance detector for single wall domains. 3.713,1 1 /, ci.
340-l74.0eb. ,„ , „ ,,
Bobeck Andrew Henry; Ciak, Frank John; and Strauss, Walter, to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Magnetoresistance detector
for single wall magnetic domains. 3, 7 13, 120. CI. 340-174.0eb.
Bode Klaus-Dieier; and Schellhammer, Carl-Wolfgang, to Far-
beiifabnken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. 7-Tria2olyl-coumanns.
3,7 12,904, CI. 260-308.00r.
Boehringerlngelheim GmbH: See— v, n i , f
Kruger Gerd; Zipp, Otmar; Keck, Johannes; Nickl, Josef
Machleidl, Hans; Ohnacker, Gerhard; Engelhom, Robert; and
Puschmann, Sigfrid, 3,7 1 2,924.
Boehnnger Mannheim GmbH: See— , „ , n.
Rittersdorf, Walter; Rey, Hans-Georg; and Rieckmann, Peter,
Voi'gUaiider. Wolfgang; and Kaiser, FriU, 3,7 12,884.
Boersma. Rinlje. and Irik. Gijsbert Waldemar. to N V. COO Con-
ductor arrangement for metal clad electric distnbuting and/or
switching plants for high voltage. 3.7 12.953. CI. 174-99.00b.
BoB-s Roger L , to Caterpillar Tractor Co. Method of repainng and
^rv'icinglubncated track chains. 3.71 1.928. CI. 29-401.000.
Boise Cascade Corporation: See— , ^ , , c,^
Fienup. Wilbur G; and Henderson. James R. 3.7 12. 534.
Boissm Jean-Claude, to L'Air Liquide. Societe Anonyme pour 1 Etude
et lExploitation des Procedes Georges Claude. Cryogenic gas trap.
3.7 12.674. CI. 62-55.500.
Boltrek. Henry; Hill. Menno E.; Kraft. Joseph K.; andSchirmer Ernest
J Handrail guide system for passenger conveyor. 3,7 1 2,44 /, L.1. i vb-
16.000.
Boncorur. Marcel; HeinU. Louis; Langrand. Jean; and Lavaud. Michel,
to Commissariat a TEnergie Atomiquc. Method arid devicefor test-
ing welds by optical spcctrography 3,7 1 2.736, CL 356-74 AKJa
Bondowski, Frank M. Storm sash handler. 3,7 1 2,482, CI. 214-1 .OOr.
Bonn Helmut; and Randelzhofer, Konrad, to Lenkradwerk Gustav
Petri Aktiengesellschaft. Vehicle-steering wheel with hom-actuating
bafneplate 3. 7 12, 968, CI 200-61.560
Bonnet Maurice, to Etablissement Public Agence National de
Valorisation De La Recherche Anvar Method for improving the
direct vision of relief slides and equipment for carrying out said
method. 3,7 12.727, CI. 355-22.000.
Bonyhard Peter Istvan; and Michaelis, Paul Charles, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated Single-wall domain arrangement
3,713,1 16, CI. 340-174.0tf ., .c r a
Booth Franklin W.; and Bruce, Robert A., to United States of Amer-
ica National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Zeto gravity
liquid mixer 3.7 1 2.59 1 , CI. 259-4 000.
Borden Company, The: See—
Messervey, Clifford Harry, 3.712,483.
Borden Inc.: See—
Alroy. John D. 3.712.532. . , j c. . t
Borkowski. Casimcr J . and Rochelle, James M , to United States of
America. Atomic Energy Commission. Digital radiation dc^irnetcr
with improved integrating pulse ionization chamber. 3,712.983. CI.
250-83.60r.
Borton, Richard A: See— ■,-,,-, oal
Daniels, William M , and Borton, Richard A.. 3.7 12,84b.
Bosch, Robert, vj.mb.H. See—
Fnster. Manfred. 3.713.015.
Grcssenich, Klaus. Oppl. Hans. Walter. Berthold; Wcismann.
Hans, and Zobl.Hartmut. 3.713.067 ,,,,.,„,
Kiess Albert; Gunsser. Peter; and Kuhn. Edgar. 3.7 1 2,28J.
Kolb,Frich.3.711.890
Schadlich.FnU. 3.712.633 ,n,,„n^
Ulbrich. Gerhard; Kuhbauch. Gcrt. and Fischer. Emst, 3J '^994.
Bosco, Joseph. Single-line clothes-line 3,7 1 2,556, CI 242-100.000.
Bosley. Denis V: See— ., ^ . , u c a
Staats. William A ; Bosley. Denis V., Cook, John S.; and
Yamasaki,Toshio, 3,712.615
Bosma George O . to LRl Corporation Adjustable column magniFier
1 712 712 CI 350-247.000 , „„
Bos.sWillijn I Jr Golf teeingdevice. 3,712,628, CI. 273-I95.00a.
Bottcnbruch, Ludwig SVe— ,.,,/• j ^ w-r
Gikh, Heinnch, Bottenbruch, Ludwig; Zccher. Wilfricd^and Mer-
ten, Rudolf. 3.712,907.
Boucher, Raymond R.: See- ^ o t i n iab
I'hipps.. Chjries M ; and Boucher, Raymond R , 3.7 1 2.368.
Bcu! " nan. Ara. See—
Wcnncr. William S.. Stuhlmullcr. Brian J . Bouloutian. Ara. and
Zakar'ian. Paul. ■»,7 12.468.
Bowles Fluidics Corporation See—
Kopera, Anthony. 3.7 12,3 18 ^^r- c i
Boyd Kenneth Lerov. and Valdes. Silveno Antonio, to GTE Sylvania.
Incorporated Electronic volume and on/off circuits for remote con-
trol systems. 3,7 13.028. CI. 325-392.000.
Boyle. Gerard H: See— „ . ^ ju i-7noiA
Bro Per; Liang. Charles C. and Boyle. Gerard H. 3,7 1 2,836
Braden William D . and Marshall. Richard P.. to Goodyear Jire &
Rubber Company. The. Apparatus for manutactunng V -belts.
3.71 1.996, CI. 51-5.000.
Brandt, Carl Raymond: See— . , j , . d i.
Weaver. John A ; Brandt, Carl Raymond; and Lcidy, Lester R., Jr..
Branen, 'Kenneth E., Castle, George K , and Mullen, Charles K to
United States of America, Navy. Supersonic vehicle control surface
having a thermally protective coating. 3,712,566, CI 244-1 17.0t)a^
Brauer Heinz; and Muhle, Jochen. Method of operatmg a fluidized bed
reactor. 3,71 1,956, CI. 34-10.000.
Braun A G.: See—
Solzer. Willi. 3.712.788.
Braun. Stephan: See— ,T,-,noi
Philipp. Gabriel; and Braun. Stephan. 3.712.081. .
Braunwie^r. Johann; Heimel. O^hmar. and HeIr^ Otto. Gnpping head
forgnppingaworkpiecetobeswaged. 3.712.096.CI. /2-28,uuu.
Bnar George M. to Thiokol Chemical Corporation. Hydraulically
controlled ditching plow having a counterbalancing wheeled trailer.
3,71 1, 970, CI. 37-98.000. ^ ,. , . ,
Brichant. Francis Jules, to Ferraz, Lucien, et Cie. Fast-acting electrical
fuse. 3.713.065. CI. 337-166.000 , tA ^
Brille Maurice G; and Baguelin. Yves M. Admission circuits of diesel
engines. 3.71 2.280. CI. 1 23- 1 1 9.0cb.
Bnnckman. Eric Maria: See— „ , c ■ .j„^,. ,„h iv.
Van Paesschen. August Jean; Bnnckman, Enc Mana. and De
Geest. Wilfried Florent. 3.7 1 2.8 1 2.
Bntish Lighting Industnes. Limited: See- ,,T,-,7ni
Johnston. Robert Bernard; and Rees, John Michael, 3,7 1 2,701 .
Bntish Steel Corporation: See-
Clifford. Norman John. 3.712.648. », ,1 . D D A
Bro. Per; Liang, Charles C; and Boyle, Gerard H.. to Mai lory. P. R. &
Co.. Inc. Sofid electrolyte cell packaging device. 3.7 12.836. CI. 130-
Broers Alec N.. to International Business Machines Corporation
Method for forming small diameter tips on sintered matenal
cathodes. 3.7 1 1 .908, CI. 29-25. 1 80.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Brouwer. Geert. to US Philips Corporation. Dosmg device.
3 712 754 CI. 415-90.000.
Brown. Alexander M Slide fastener. 3.71 1.903. CI. 24-205.100.
Brown. Augustus Boyd: See- d ^ oto <-7<;
Bement. Ronald Allan; and Brown. Augustus Boyd. 3.712,575.
Brown. Dennis C: See—
Bemrose. Colin R.; Brown, Dennis C; and Turner, William G..
3.712.101.
Brown. George F : See— ^ -,,-, mo
Maynard. James G, and Brown, George F.. 3,712.078.
Brown. Jesse C. lo Amsted Industnes •ncoT'orate^,/^PP?"\"\I°'
removing a foreign substance from a liquid bath 3.7 12.601, CI. Ibb-
Brown, John Lenticular projection screen. 3,712,708, CI. 350-
Brown, Mannus L.; La Rosa. Paul J.; and Sciulli. Charles M.. Jr to
United States Steel Corporation. Blast furnace tuyere and method ot
operating same 3.7 12.602. CI. 266-41.000
Brownbill Thomas Duncan, to Dale. John. Limited. Magazine.
3. 7 12.506. CI. 221-11.000
Bruce, Robert A: See— ,,,„,„,
Booth, FranklmW.;andBnice,RobertA., 3,712,591.
Bruner Weston G.; Pearson, Johnnie L.; Reeder, George C, Jr.;
Gaheen Alfred F., Jr ; Green, Elberson D ; and Hughes, Robert B.,
to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Cooperative radar system.
3,713, 149. CI. 343-7.00a.
Brunswick Corporation: See—
Conkhn, Robert M ,3,712,624, ,
Richardson. Jack Y. and Mellow. Dale F. 3.7 12.222,
Brvan George D.. Jr ; and Costantino. Nicholas, to Reynolds Metals
Company Method and apparatus for transfer nng articles,
3,712.023. CI. 53-307.000.
Brvmill Corporation: See—
Bryne. Michael D. 3.7 12.306. .
Brvne Michael D.. to Brymill Corporation. Cryogenic application
chamber and method. 3,7 1 2,306, Cl 1 28-303. 100.
Bryon.Kelvin J: See— . ^ ~- . o i
Saunders. Frederick C; Bryon, Kelvin J.; and Grifruhs. Bnan J..
3,712.868. ., ,
Bucalo, Louis, to Kinemotive Corporation Assemblies of precision-
fitted relatively movable components and method for manufactunng
ihesame. 3,712,338,0.137-625.410. ,t,,oq
Buchholz, Robert T. Crane overloading protective system. 3.7 13. 1 iv,
Cl 340-267. 00c.
Budd Company, The: See—
Eggert, Walter S, Jr., 3,7 1 1 ,902.
Grasso, Vito A.; and Frankel, Michael S., 3,712,568.
Bugaut, Andrce: See— „ ., . , o
Kalopissis. Gregoire; Gascon. Jean; Gallien. Jacqueline; Bugaut.
Andree; and Gaston-Breton. Hubert. 3.712.158.
Kalopissis. Gregoire. Bugaut. Andree; and Gaston-Breton, Hubert,
3.'/ '2.790. „ ^ II u A
Bumm Hellmut; Thummler, Fritz; and Weimar. Peter, to Gesellschaft
fur Kernforschung mbH Method of making cennets of high static
and dynamical strength. 3.712.809,0.75-206.000. ^ ^^.
Bundram. Charies O.; Hainebach. Charles R.; and Mayo. Frank H, to
Champion-Chemicals Inc. Well treatmg fluid and methods.
3.712.862. Cl. 252-8. 55e. r-u
Bundram. Charles O.; and Heinebach. Charles R.. to Champion
Chemicals. Inc. Well treating fluid and corrosion inhibitor.
3.712.863. Cl. 252-8. 55e.
Bunker. Robert C: See— . n ^ \i/;iii..^
Shipman. David E.. Bunker. Robert C; and Bunker. William,
3,712.640
Bunker. William: See— . „ , ,,,.,,.
Shipman. David E.. Bunker, Robert C; and Bunker, William,
3,712,640.
Burford, Milton K: See— .o ^ j »,i i.^„ ic
Handler, George S., Foote. Kenneth R.; and Burford, Milton K.,
3 712 228
Burke, George K ; and Raines, Kenneth, to Burron Medical Products,
Inc. Flexible needle guard for breaking syringe needles. 3,712,302,
C\ 1 2K 22 1 000
Burlis Norbert W., to Sherwood Medical Industries. Inc. Extruder.
3 7 12,782,0.425-380.000. . ,, ^ . c i^
Burnham, Fred E., to Litton Systems, Inc. Digital feed system for elec-
tronic antcnnaarray. 3.713.158.C1. 343-100-50a.
Burrell,JamesV.: See— , t,, cn^
Cope, F.Troy; and Burrell, James v., 3,7 12,596,
Burron Medical Product, Inc.: See- , , , , ,m
Burke, George K.; and Raines, Kenneth, 3,7 1 2,302.
Burroughs Corporation: See-
Beery, Jack, 3,712,212.
Cleary, Thomas R., 3,712,322. j
Thut. Paul John, 3,712,211.
Thut, Paul John. 3,712,433. ,t,,^a-> r\ 98ft
Burroughs. Elvin O. Hitch for log tnick trailers. 3,712,642. CI. 280-
Bu^n Richard D.; and Avery, William H., to Hopkins, John, Univer-
se The. Vanabk speed sidewalk 3,712.448.Cr 198J6.0ms
Busbv John T.. to Lee. Raymond Organization. Inc., The. Collapsible
table trailer. 3,712,662.0. 296-23. OOr.
Mauvemay, Roland Yves; Busch, Norbert; Simond. Jacques; and
Moleyre, Jacques, 3,712,893.
Busier Willard LeRoy, and Ross, Milton Dean, to AMP Incorporated
Assembling apparatus. 3,71 1,922, Cl. 29-203.00b
Butler. Stuart L.; and Crocker, Robert E., to Texas Instruments Incor-
porated Snap disc thermal sequencer. 3,7 1 3,062, Cl. 337- 107,UOO.
Butler, Thomas A ; and Pflugfelder, Reinhold G., to Motorola, Inc.
Pulse width control for radar transponders. 3,713.145, Cl. 343-
6.80r
Buxbaum, Jeanne K: See— ,,,.,oo->
Blackwell, John; and Buxbaum^, Jeanne K., 3,712,882.
Byme,Sydnor H.,Jr : See— ..,,,,, u o
Ashmead. Howard L.; Byrne. Sydnor H.. Jr.; and Wolf, John P ,
Caffey, Paul N. Method for reworking and cleaning wells. 3,712,380,
Cl. l'66-300.000.
Calame, Jean Pierre: See—
Siddall, John B , and Calame. Jean Pierre, 3,712,880.
Calfee, John D.: See—
Zorowski, Carl F., and Calfee, John D, 3,7 1 1 ,934.
California Institute of Technology: See—
Lehner, Francis E.; and Miller, Wayne F, 3,7 1 3.088.
California R&D Center: See—
Smith. Jay. III. Schmidt, Gerald W.; and Jones, Lawrence Temple,
3,712,397.
Calliss, William A: See— j^ „ «/ n
Pelizzoni, Winton J.; Baumbaugh, Charles R.; and Calliss, William
A., 3,712.420. .,.„.. v^
Calvino Y Teiieiro, Benito Jose, to Magrini Fabbnche Riumte Magnni
Scarpa e Magnano M.S.M.S.p.A. High-voluge circuit breaker with
gas quenching. 3.7 1 2.969. Cl. 200-1 48.00r.
Cambridge Engineenng Inc.: See—
Healy. James W.. 3.7 12,750.
Cambndge Research and Development Group: See-
Sherman, Lawrence M; and Richardson, James E.. 3.71 2,614.
Campagna, Benjamin J.: See—
Campagna. Benjamin J. 3.7 12.009.
Campagna. Benjamin J., to Campagna, Benjamin J. and Truono, Eu-
gene J Manhole closure assembly with valve relief means.
3,712.009.0.52-20.000.
Campagnuolo. Cari J.; McKindra. Clayton D.; Sewell. Chnton J.; Vil-
laiToel. Femando. and Woolston. Lionel L.. to United States of
America. Navy Aircraft rocket flring system. 3,712.170. Cl. 89-
1 814
Campbell. Donald A.; and Locante. John, to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Method for determining reactor coolant system
leakage 3,712,850,0. 176-19.00r.
Campbell, George E: See—
United States of America. National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration. 3.712.121. ,, ^ , J
Campbell Robert, to General Motors CorporaUon. Vehicle speed con-
troller. 3,712.126.0. 73-1 17.000.
Canadian Industries Limited; See-
Falconer, Errol Linton, 3,71 2,866.
Canadian Marconi Company: See—
Kofsky, Harvey, 3,713,151. r ^ .. .
Candelius, Carl-Johan; and Sundstrom, Thord. Footwear for foot treat-
ment or maintenance. 3,71 1,967,C1. 36-4.000.
Canrad Precision Industries, Inc.: See—
Lienhard,OttoE., 3,712,984.
Canton Company of Baltimore; See—
Talbert, William Lewis, 3,712,499. ^ ,. ^ ^
Capps Raymond H.; and Hannan, Gordon S., to Union Carbide Cor-
poration Method for recovenng tantalum and/or columbium.
3,712,939,0.423-63.000.
Carborundum Company, The; See—
Mann.GlennR, 3.712.428. ,n,-.^n<
Pams. John L.. and Oldham, Hemian J. 3.7 1 2.605.
Carder Victor H.; and Notman. Robert J., to Cochran Western Cor-
poration Cargo transporter. 3.712.495. Cl. 214-520.000.
Carding Specialists Co.. Limited: See—
Varca John Maximilian Jules. 3.7 12.752.
Cardullo Mano W . and Parks. William L.. III., to CommunicaUons
Services Corporation. Inc. Transponder apparatus and system.
3.713.148,0. 343-6.50r.
Carella, Vincent: See-
Nielsen, Edwin; and Carella, Vincent, 3,7 1 1 ,989.
Canssimi, Massimo, and Ravenna, Franco, to Maggioni & C, S.p.A.
Phenylcyclohexane derivatives and methods for their manufacture.
3,712,928,0.260-592.000. , , ^ . f
Carita, Enrico, to Honeywell Infonnation Systems Italia. Circuit for
diagnosing fa.lures in electronic memones. 3,712,537, Cl. 235-
153.000.
Carlson, James O: See —
Birtchet, Ralph D; and Carlson, James O. 3.712.189.
Camavos Theodore C; Hubble. William S.; and Woods. Kenneth K.,
to General Electric Company. Combined moisture separator and re-
heater. 3.7 12.272. Cl. 122-483.000.
Carpenter, L E. & Company: See- ,-,,-,0^^
Daniels. William M .and Borton. Richard A.. 3.712.846.
Carpenter Technology Corporation: See—
Phihp. Thorn V. 3.7 12.808.
Carrock. Frederick E; See—
Lammers. Sidney G.; Ciarione. Anthony N.; and Carrock.
Frederick £.3.712,872.
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Carroll, John J ; Hughey. Calvin A.; and May, Charles W., to United
Sutes of America, Navy. Circuitry for remotely displaying radar
imagery using a single data channel. 3,713,146, CI. 343-6.00a.
Carson Kenneth G , to Honeywell Inc. Atmospheric condition respon-
sive switch and housing. 3,7 1 2,967, CI. 200-61 .060.
Carver, Herbert K., Jr., to Dove, J. B., Inc. Shrink tunnel. 3,7 11, 957,
CI. 34-31.000.
Caserio, Frederick F., Jr.: See—
Hamersma, J Warren; and Caserio, Frederick F, Jr., 3,712,931 .
Casey William P., Jr ; and Grundman, Frank G., to American Can
Company. Deoxygenated package 3,7 1 2,848, CI. 1 6 1 -2 1 3 000.
Castellion, George Augustus, and Spitzer, Donald Paul, to American
Cyanamid Company. Solid sute electrochromic mirror. 3,712,710,
CI. 350-160.000
Castets, Michel G. M., Colin, Jean-Marie H., and Eebuisser, Jean-
Claude A , to Internationa] Standard Electric Corporation Circuit
for matching the radar pulse duration with the range gate width.
3,713, 152, CI. 343-7.700.
Castle, George K : See—
Branen, Kenneth E.; Castle, George K.; and Mullen, Charles K.,
3,712,566.
Caterpillar Tractor Co.: See—
Boggs, Roger L, 3,71 1,928. - ^
Caterpillar Tractor Company: See-
Alexander, George F, 3,712,687.
Fisher. William F. 3,7 12,384.
Parks, John H ,3,712,763.
Cates, Cash J. Chair attached beauticians tray. 3,712,669, CI. 297-
188000.
Cathcart-James, Ivan Henry: See—
Newdigate, Charles Barrington, 3,712,703.
C.A.V. Limited: See—
Mowbray, Dorian Farrar, 3,712,761.
Cefilac: See—
Malegue,Aime, 3,712,103.
Cegedur GP: See—
Kalus, Serge, 3,712,013.
Celanese Corporation: See—
Juelke, Charles v., 3,712,919.
Centre d'Etudes Techniques des Industries de I'Habillement; See —
Guichard, Jean, 3,712,612.
Jacquot, Michel Jules; Amicel, Charles Gustavf; and Renaudon,
Marie Michel, 3,712,611.
Century Products, Inc.: See—
Ando, Sutematsu, 3,712,674. -^
Certain-Teed Products Corporation: See—
Swander, Kenneth D., Jr., and Wilkins, Ronald D., 3,712,181.
Cesca, Sebastiano: See—
Amghetti, Sergio; Roggero, Arnaldo; Vajna, Eugenio; and Cesca,
Sebastiano. 3,712,876.
Chadha, Desh D., Patel, Babu B., and Pickett, Charles G., to Bio-Medi-
cal Sciences, Inc. Disposable therometer construction. 3,712,141,
CI. 73-356.000.
Chaeko, Joseph; and Satterfield, Robert S., to Sargent Industries, Inc.
Inflatable evacuation slide. 3,7 12,4 17, CI. 182-48.000.
Champion Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Bundrant, Charles O. ; and Heine bach, Charles R., 3,7 1 2,863.
Champion-Chemicals Inc : See—
Bundrant, Charles O.; Hainebach, Charles R.; and Mayo, Frank
H, 3,712,862.
Chance, A. B., Company: See—
Currence, Wilbum C. Jr.. 3,7 1 2,4 1 8.
Chandler Evans Inc.: See—
Mc Cabe, Ralph P., 3,712,055
Chandronnait, Alfred J Axonometeric drawing aid. 3.7 1 1 ,953, CI. 33-
77.000.
Chaney, Harry M , to Coming Glass Works. Digital sUoke character
generator. 3,713, 134, CI. 340-324.00a.
Chanzit, Lawrence; Green, Herbert, and Morgan, Huw C, to United
Aircraft Corporation Obstacle detection with crossed fan beam.
3,713, 147, CI 343-7.00a.
Chapman, Bobby J.; and Vollmer, Joseph F , said Chapman assor. to
said Vollmer, Joseph F Aircraft loading passageway with elevaUble
canopy 3,71 1.8 8 1, CI. 14-71.000.
Chapman, James R., Baker, Charles, and Gentry, Hermond G., to
Mead Corporation, The. Package and method of forming.
3,712,464,6. 206-65 OOs.
Chapman, Paul G, to Arsco Paint Rollers, Inc. Paint roller and bearing
assembly 3,71 1 ,887, CI. 15-230.110.
Character Recognition Corporation, mesne: See—
Hemstreet. Harold S , 3,7 1 3,099.
Hemstreet, Harolds, 3,713,100.
Charamel, Pierre, and Ligones, Hubert, to Merlin Gerin, Societe
Anonyme. Vehicle current collector balanced support 3,712,430,
CI. 191-45 OOr
Charlton, Jachn B. Exhaust pollution control system. 3,712,029, CI.
55-100,000.
Chase-Shawmut Company, The: See-
Jacobs, Philip C, Jr., 3,7 1 3,064.
Chaumont, Guy-Noel, to Poly-Traction Inc. Track for snowmobile or
the like. 3,712,689, CI. 305-38.000.
Cheetham, John Norman: See—
Mackness, Frederich Vincent Summersford; Cheetham, John Nor-
man;and Watson, Victor Jack, 3,712,168.
Chevaiaz, Roger A.: See—
Genese, Joseph N.; Raprza, Edward J.; Galanaugh, Charles F.;
Kennard, Harry M.; Chevaiaz, Roger A.; and Smith, John A.,
3,712,535.
Chigir, Rimma Nuriakhmetova: See—
Serebryakova, Tatyana Andreevna; Zakharychev, Ardalion
Vladimirovich; Chigir, Rimma Nuriakhmetova; Anachenko,
Sofia Nikolaevna; Torgov, Igor Vladimirovich; and Krjutchen-
ko, Evgenia Georgievna, 3.712.910.
Chino, Yasuyoshi: See-
Sato, Ryozi; and Chino, Yasuyoshi, 3,712,917.
Chodnekar, Madhukar Subraya, Pfiffner, Albert; Rigassi, Norbert;
Schwieter, Ulrich; jind Suchy, Milos, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Al-
kenylthiobenzoic acids. 3.712,913, CI. 260-470.000.
Chromalloy American Corporation: See—
Commanday, Maurice R , Clark, Eugene V.; and Baladjanian,
Gregor, 3,711,909.
Chrtek, Milan; Doudlebsky. Ctibor; and Kabele. Sunislav. to Vyzkum-
ny ustav bavlnarsky. Method of withdrawing fibres from a combing
roller of a fibre separating device and device for performing said
method. 3,712,042, CI. 57-58,950.
Ciak, Frank John: See—
Bobeck. Andrew Henry; Ciak, Frank John; and Strauss, Walter,
3,713,120.
Ciarlone, Anthony N.: See—
Lammers, Sidney G.; Ciarlone, Anthony N., and Carrock,
Frederick E, 3,712,872.
Ciba-Geigy AG: See—
Angliker, Hans-Joerg, and Peter, Richard, 3,712,881.
Drabek, Jozef; and Pissiotas, Georg, 3,712.909.
Ciba-Geigy CorjMjration: See—
Bader, Jorg; and Gatzi, Karl, 3,7 1 2,908.
Dietnch, Henn; and Lehmann, Claude, 3,7 1 2,899.
Dietrich, Henn; and Lehmann, Claude, 3.712.905.
Doebel. Karl J., and Watthey. W. H., 3.7 12.946.
CIBIE Projecteurs: See—
Ung, Robert, 3,7 1 2,342.
Cimprich, Francis J., to Goodrich, B. F., Company, The. Tire loading
apparatus with preheating device for green tires. 3,712,769, CI. 425-
28.000.
Cincinnati Milacron Inc.: See—
Kaesemeyer. Carl W.;and Carman, Dean H., 3,712,001.
Cities Service Oil Company: See—
Rhoades, Vaughan W.. 3,712,129.
Ciuffini, Anthony J., to Xerox Corporation. Ambipolar photoreceptor
and method. 3,7 1 2,8 1 0, CI. 96- 1 .500.
Clark, Edward L Apparatus for making welts. 3,712,842, CI. 156-
464.000.
Clark. Eugene V.: See—
Commanday. Maurice R., Clark, Eugene V., and Baladjanian,
Gregor, 3,711,909.
Clark, Robert M., to I-T-E Imperial Corporation. Dielectric shield for
plug-in contacts. 3,7 1 3,075, CI. 339-64.00r.
Clauss, Charles E.: See —
Stamets, Melvin W; and Clauss, Charles E. , 3,7 1 2,5 1 6,
Claycomb, Jackson R . to Schlumberger Technology Corporation.
Data-signaling apparatus for well drilling tool. 3,713,089, CI. 340-
18.0ld.
Cleary, Thomas R., to Burroughs Corporation. Apparatus for varying
the flow rate of gas into a vacuum system. 3,712,322, CI. 137-
81,500,
Cleemann, Jorgen Olav, to Smidth, F. L, & Co. Grinding raw materials
in the manufacture of cement. 3,712,549, CI. 241-19.000.
Clevepak Corporation: See-
Hurst, Robert H, 3,712,065.
Clifford. Norman John, to British Steel Corporation. Self-anchorable
pipe joint. 3,712,648, CI. 285-321.000.
Clifton, John R: See-
Abel, Carroll; Clifton, John R; and Lueking, James R.. 3.71 2.232.
Cline, Charles D: See—
Linderman, Roger C. ; and Cline, Charles D., 3,7 1 2,789.
Clipp, Louis L.: See-
Hall, James M.; and Clipp, Louis L., 3,71 2,543.
Close, Robert Howard. Rope tightener and slack remover. 3,71 1,901,
CI. 24-71.300,
Cochran Western Corporation: See-
Carder, Victor H; and Notman, Robert J., 3,712,495.
Coffman, Clifford Clyde. Luggage carrier and camper sleeper.
3,712,523, CI. 224-42. lOe.
Cohen, Rene A., to Anvar-Agence Nationale De Valorisation de La
Recherche. Analytical centrifuges having a photoelectric detection.
3,712,742, CI. 356-197.000,
Cohen- Alloro, Richard; and Cuvililier, Roger, Apparatus for the granu-
lometric separation of granular, pulverulent materials, 3,712,476,
CI. 210-387 000.
Coil, Frederick J. Chain accessory device. 3,712,588, CI. 254-78.000.
Cole. Gail R. Clamping device. 3,7 1 2,606, CI. 269-92,000,
Cole, Martin, and Planterose, Donald N,. to Beecham Group Limited.
Stimlon and its production. 3.7 12,944, CI. 424-1 15.000.
Colin, Jean-Marie H.: See—
Castets, Michel G. M.; Colin, Jean-Marie H.; and Eebuisser, Jean-
Claude A, 3,713,152.
Colleuille, Yves; and Gardon, Roger J., to Phone-Poulence S.A.
Process for preparing t-caprolactam. 3,7 1 2,887, CI. 260-234. 30a.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Collie Stafford D, to Phillips Petroleum Company. Container and clo-
sure. 3,7 12,5 1 9, CI. 222-563.000.
Colligan, John B.: See— „,-,,,„„,
Eschbach. Robert C; and Colligan, John B., 3,7 1 2,005.
Collings, Peter R. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Electron
imaging device utilizing a fiber optic input window. 3,712,986, CI,
250-227.000
Collins Radio Company: See—
Frerking, Marvin E,, 3,71 3,033.
Vena.Peter A ,3,713,017.
Colonial Sugar Refining Company, Limited, The: See—
Dwyer, Francis Bosworth; Thompson, Richard Lawrence; and
Wulff, Ebcrhard, 3,7 1 2,469,
Colovas, Denny D,; Logan, John S,; and Skruch, Richard R,, to Ford
Motor Company, Vehicle switching device, 3,712,238, CI, 104-
Colovas, Denny D,; Logan, John S,; and Skruch, Richard R,, to Ford
Motor Company Steering mechanism 3,7 1 2,239, CI, 1 04- 1 30,000,
Colt Industries Operating Corporation, mesne: See-
Baker, Richard L. 3,71 1,982,
Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc.: See-
Bauer. Benjamin B .and Foster. Edward J., 3,713,087.
Columbia Gas System Service Corporation: See—
Reid, Edward A , Jr.; and Morse , William F, 3.7 1 2.289.
Combined Engineered Products Limited: See-
East, Frank George; and Bichard. Frank Rouget, 3.712,153.
Comfort, Samuel T., to Allis-Chalmers Corporation Sideloader with
powered rollers for endwise unloading 3,7 12.492. CI. 214-518.000.
Comfort. Webb T.; and Radin. George, to International Businessj,
Machines Corporation Shift register interconnection of data
processing system. 3.713.096. CI. 340-172.500.
Commanday. Maurice R.; Clark. Eugene V.; and Baladjanian. Gregor.
to Chromalloy American Corporation. Tire rasp. 3,71 1,909, CI. 29-
79.00r.
Commissariatal'Energie Atomique: See—
Boncorur, Marcel; Heintz, Louis; Langrand, Jean; and Lavaud,
Michel, 3,712,736.
Constantin, Jean-Pierre; Duquesne, Jean-Claude; and Pontier,
Michel, 3,712,341.
Revert. Philippe. 3.712,741,
Communications Satellite Corporation: See—
Fanello,Ettore,3,7l2,959,
Communications Services Corporation, Inc: See—
Cardullo, Mario W ; and Parks, William L,, III,, 3,7 1 3,148.
Compagnie Generale d'Automatisme: See—
Foury, George, 3,71 3,164,
Compagnie Generale de Geophysique: See—
Muniz, Raymond, 3,7 1 2,408,
Compagnie Generale d'Electricite: See— ^_
SanU-Maria, Enrique, 3,7 13,058 ,,.,^t^
Conklin, Robert M,, to Brunswick Corporation, Golf game. 3,712,624,
CI, 273-1 76,0fa ., u j
Conrad E Henry Article display frames and their assembly with dis-
play articles, 3,7 1 1,978. CI, 40-152,000,
Consolidated Productions Incorporated: See-
Polly. Uhel D. 3,712,839,
Consolidation Coal Company: See—
Jamison, Will B, 3,7 12,489, . „ », u i
Consuntin Jean-Pierre; Duquesne, Jean-Claude; and Pontier. Michel,
to Commissariat a lEnergie Atomique, Anticavitation device,
3,712,341, CI. 138-44.000.
Construction Specialties, Inc.: See—
Hallock, Edward C, Olsen, Robert W; and Viehmann, George A.,
3,712',003,
ContinenUl Can Company, Inc: See—
Erlandson, Paul M ,, 3,7 1 2,022.
Pastemack, George, 3,7 1 2,87 1
ContinenUl Gummi-Werke Aktiengesellschafl: See—
Baumgarten, Wilfried, 3,712,773.
ContinenUl Oil Company: See—
Hasz, John W, 3,712,027.
Motz,KayeL,; and Friend, John, 3,7 12,923.
Conway Joseph D, Jet-vibrator-vacuum system and method.
3. 7 11. 89 l.CL 15-321,000,
Cook Albert W,, and Demovshek, Joseph F,, to Goodyear Tire &
Rubber Company, The, Graphite and/or carbon disk removable
wear face, 3,7 1 2,427, CI, 1 88-25 1 ,00a.
Cook, John S; See— ., ^ , . i. c a
Staats, William A,; Bosley. Denis V,; Cook, John S,; and
Yamasaki.Toshio, 3,712,615,
Yamasaki, Toshio; Cook, John S,; and Staats, William A.,
3,712,540, . c 1 J I
Cooper Fredric M,, to Northrop Carolina, Inc., mesne. Solid propel-
lant controlled rocket motors, 3,712,058,0,60-207.000,
Cope F Troy; and Burrell, James V., to Electnc Furnace Company,
The Method and apparatus for heating an elongated meul work-
piece. 3,7 12.596. CI. 263-6,OOr, , r:. .
Cope Geoffrey Wilton, to Dresser Industnes. Inc. Elastomenc
snubbingside bearing. 3.712.691. CI. 308-138.000,
Copeland Ernest, MeUl foil reflector holder for cooking gnlls,
3,712,285, CI. i26-9.00r. „ , „ , r- ^
Corbett, John M.; and Schenk, Joseph G., to Belts. Bolts Cups Cor-
poration Bolt for atuching elevator buckets to belts, and method ot
making same, 3.712,357, CI, 151-41,730,
Corco. Inc: See—
Croley, Thomas E„ 3,7 1 2,530,
Cordiano, Ettore, to Fiat Socieu per Azioni. Hydraulic brake system
forvehicles, 3,7 12,684, CI, 303-52.00a, ,,,. ^, -,,,
Corll, James A, Child-safe aerosol spray conumer. 3,7 12,5 15, CI. 222-
182,000,
Coming Glass Works: See—
Chaney, Harry M ,3,713,134, ^ , .„
Cornsweet, Tom N,, and Crane, Hewitt D,, to Sunford Research In-
stitute, Eye tracker, 3,7 1 2,7 1 6, CI. 35 1 -7,000,
Cosuntino. Nicholas: See— ,n,-,r.-,-,
Bryan, George D, Jr,; and Costantino, Nicholas, 3,7 1 2,023,
Courtney-Pratt, Jeofry Stuart, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated Optical readout apparatus, 3,71 2,724, CI, 353-25,000.
Cousin Barry D , to Plas/Steel Products, Inc. Apparatus for assembling
ahneguidetoafishingrod. 3,7ll,919.C1.29-200.00p.
Cox. Betty June. Auxiliary bed form structure. 3,71 1,875, CI. 5-2.000.
Coyne, James Christopher, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated Mole guidance system, 3,712,391, CI, 175-26,000_
Craft, Leonard F, Roury internal combustion engine, 3,712,274, CI.
123-8,490,
Crane, Hewitt D: See— ,,.-,^.^
Cornsweet, Tom N,; and Crane, Hewitt D., 3,7 1 2,7 1 6.
Crawford, Gerald J B , to Schlumberger Technology Corporation
Acoustic logging apparatus for travel lime and cement bond logging,
3,712,414. CI. I81-.50S.
Crawford, Roland Francis: See— , . o i j
Wong Cho Lun; Jones, Glenson Trevelyn; and Crawford. Roland
Francis, 3.7 13,046,
Creative Tool Company: See— •
Berg. Louis L, 3,71 2,390,
Crecelius, John D: See— , v r.
Regelson, Ephraim; Sumnicht, Howard I,; and Crecelius, John D.,
3.712,054,
Crimmins. James W,; and Pankey, Russell, Microwave receiver and
component therefor, 3,7 1 3,038, CI. 333-82,00b,
Crocker. Robert E: See— ,.,,,^t
Butler. Stuart L ; and Crocker. Robert E., 3,71 3,062.
Croley Thomas E.. to Corco. Inc. Drum-like container set up from a
foldedflatofsheetmaterial. 3,712,530, CI. 229^.500
Cronheim, Richard B. Pie cutter and server. 3,711,945, CI. 30-
142000.
Cross Benjamin T ; and Posakony. Gerald J., to Automation Indus-
tries, Inc. Matenal tester 3,712.1 19. CI. 73-67.700.
Cross, John Valentine: See—
Walmsley , Martin F,; and Cross. John Valentine, 3,7 1 2,820.
Crounsc. Nathan N: See— ,,.-,no^
Meunier. Alfred C; and Crounse, Nathan N., 3,712,982.
Crown Cork & Seal Company: See—
Duhan,F,Wm ,3,712,107, .^ ,,, . m
Crumley J A,; Hildebrand, James Ross; Kerstetter. Harold Alfred; and
Shaak Ray Ned. to AMP Incorporated, Apparatus for photo
etching, 3.7 12,735, CI, 355-85,000.
Crump, Roberto,: See— ^ ■,-,,, a->A
Olney, Frederick D., Jr.; and Crump, Robert O,, 3,71 1 ,924.
Csaszar. Steve: See— ,,,,«^-:
Gabrielian. Henry, and Csaszar, Steve, 3,713,076.
Culbertson.JamesA,:See— . ^ ,^ , .
Hyland, William P,; Baird. Roy W,; and Culbertson, James A., __
3,712,680.
Cunningham, Edson Wayne, to Royal Industries, Inc, Printing ap-
paratus 3,712,215, CI, 101-219,000,
Cunningham, Vernon, Method and apparatus for forming subterranean
structures, 3,7 12,071, CI. 61-85.000,
Curcio, Michael C: See— . .. u i/- a
Doe James B,; Niederberger, Richard P,; Curcio, Michael C; and
Forker, Michael H„ 3,712,834,
Curington, Alfred R., to Baker Oil Tools, Inc. Down-hole air hammer.
3,712,388, CI. 173-78.000.
Currence, Wilbum C, Jr., to Chance, A. B,, Company, Climbing as-
sembly having removable steps, 3,7 1 2,4 1 8, C], 1 82-92.000,
Curtiss-Wrieht Corporation; See-
Jones, Charles, 3,712,766,
Cutler-Hammer. Inc: See—
Halbeck, Werner B ,, 3,7 1 3,055.
Cutter Laboratories, Inc: See—
Ambrus,Laszlo, 3,712,903.
Cuvililier, Roger: See—
Cohen-Alloro, Richard; and Cuvililier, Roger, 3,712,476.
Daeiel Richard T , to Symons Corporation. Waler clamping assembly
fora'concrete wallform 3,712,576, CI. 249-192.000
Dal Monte, Giorgio, to Societe luliana Telecomun.cazioni Siemens
S p A Switching system for interconnected PCM lines. j,/i J,iuo,
Cr 340-172,500,
Dale, Alan M: See— „ . j <- a
Martindale, David L,; Dale, Alan M,; Mursinna, Richard C; and
Rewerts.GeneR, 3,712,583,
Dale, John, Limited: See—
Brownbill, Thomas Duncan, 3,7 12,506, ,,,,000
Dalebout, Melvin W Apparatus for custom fitting boots. 3.7U,88U,
CI. 12-1.000. , . .
Dalton John E ; and Lia, Victoria. Folding, rocking, posture adjusting
wheelchair. 3,712,671. CI. 297-258.000.
Dalton Thomas B., to Westran Corporation. Switch operatmg
mechanism for limit switches. 3,7 1 2,965, CI. 200-1 7.00r.
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Daly, Frank Joseph; S«— . „ ^ „• u j
Falasconi, Rolando; Daly. Frank Joseph; and Purdy, Richard.
3.712,185.
Damico Armand S. Automatic vehicle alerting signal system,
3,7 1 3,094, CI. 340-66.000.
Dana Corporation: 5^e—
Sherman, Donald W , 3,7 1 2,64 1
Daniel Arnold; and Richey, Joseph B.. II Method of vacuum casting
metal. 3,7 1 2,364, CI. 164-4.000.
Daniels, John F . to Sperry Rand Corporation Electric dry shaver.
3.71 1.944, CI. 30-43.920.
Daniels. William M.; and Borton. Richard A., to Carpenter, L. E.. &
Company Acoustical panel. 3,7 12.846. CI. 161-43.000.
Danko. Emery A.: See—
Gnffiths, William C; and Danko, Emery A.. 3,7 1 2.026.
Danylchuk. Irynej, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated. Sin-
gle wall domain fanout circuit. 3.7 1 3. 1 1 8, CI. 340- 1 74.0za.
Darrel, Bernard: See—
Weichbrodt, Bjorn; and Darrel, Bernard, 3,712,130.
Dart Industries, Inc: 5ee—
Reves.E.T, 3,712,135.
Woodham, George W.; and Stuart. James L.. 3,7 1 2,776.
Datametrics Corporation: See-
Baker. Arthur Yeaton. 3.7 1 3.1 6«.
Datanetics Corporation: See —
Miller, Meryl E. 3.712.840.
Davenport, Richard L., to Johnson, S. C, & Son, Inc. Triple seal valve.
3,712,517, CI. 222-402.130.
David Sidney, to United States of America, Navy. Omni-steerable car-
dioid antenna. 3.713. 167. CI 343-797 000.
Davidowitz. Solomon. Hemorrhoidal support. 3.712.300. CI. 128-
98.000
Davidson, John P , to Halliburton Company. Method and apparatus for
reconditioning the connection between a railway car body and a rail-
way car truck. 3 ,7 1 1 ,927. CI. 29-40 1 .000
Davies, Ben; and Whittemore, Dwight S., to Oresser Industries. Inc
Method of producing high density refractory grain from natural mag-
nesite 3,7 1 2,599, CI. 263-52.000.
Davies, David H.: See —
Rohrer, Kenneth L.; Griswold, Douglas A ; and Davies, David H..
3.712.815.
Davies. James K Pegboard typewriter 3.7 1 2.442. CI. 1 97-2.000.
Davies, Jeffrey B . and Kendig. Benjamin F.. to Tridyne Corporation.
Load comparison scale. 3,7 1 2,394. CI. 1 77- 1 .000.
Davis. Murray A Liquid spill collection system. 3.712,330, CI. 137-
312.000.
Davy and United Engineering Company Limited: See-
Dowsing. John; and Yeomans. Kenneth Alfred, 3,7 1 2,095.
Dawson, Peter Leonard. Controls for valves. 3,712,578, CI. 251-
35.000.
De Geest, Wilfried Florent: See-
Van Paesschen, August Jean. Brinckman. Eric Maria; and De
Geest, Wilfried Florent. 3,7 1 2.8 1 2
De Graaf, Clare J., to Gordon Manufacturing Co. Chair iron and
mounting plate therefor. 3,7 12,672, CI. 297-306.000.
Dean Brothers Pumps Inc.: See—
Streeter, Bert, 3,712.329.
Deans, David Robert, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Gas
flow switching method and apparatus. 3.712.028, CI. 55-67.000.
Debbas. Samir Costandi, to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company.
Process for forming nonwoven webs from combined filaments
3.71 1,898, CI. 19-155.000.
Debortoli. George, and Lukas, Helmut Hans, to Northern Electnc
Company, Limited Terminating tool for wires. 3.711,921. CI 29-
203.00h
Dechelette. Helen, to AMP Incorporated, mesne 16 APC Edge con-
nector. 3,7 13.079. CI. 339-2l7.00r.
Decker, John L.: See-
Anderson. Norman J., and Decker. John L, 3.7 1 2.434.
Deem. Brian C, to Bendix-Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake Com-
pany Hydraulic and air operated relay valve. 3.712,340, CI. 137-
627 500.
Deere & Company: See-
Weakly. Marlin Earle. 3.71 2.635.
Degn Ralph G Pyrotechnic whistle, and method of making.
3.712,223, CI. 102-31.000.
Deitrick, Rollin E. Artificial lens implant. 3,71 1. 870. CI. 3-13.000
Dela Gorgendiere, Choiseul J J., to Wheel Trueing Tool Company of
Canada, Ltd Diamond drill assembly with bore hole support.
3,712,392. CI 175-325.000.
Deltro Corporation: See—
Mahon, Joseph J., 3.7 1 3,053.
Demaison, Raymond J.: See —
Marino, Joseph J; and Demaison, Raymond J.. 3,712,681.
Dennison Manufactunng Company: See—
Holovnia. Joseph T ; and Rakauskas, Vitie S., 3,7 1 2.449.
Derner, William J. : See-
Root, Lawrence E ; Derner, William J.; and Stewart, Harold E.,
3,712.693.
Dernovshek, Joseph F.: See-
Cook, Albert W.; and Dernovshek, Joseph F., 3,7 1 2,427.
Desormiere. Bernard, to Thomson-CSF. System for deflecting mag-
netic waves utilizing a ferrimagneticlplate. 3.71 3,049, CI. 333-7.000
Dettmer, Hans Juergen Dettmer. to Fischer & Proctor Company. Van-
able area flowmeter. 3. 7 12, 134. CI. 73-209.000.
Deuschle, Fritz, to Sherwood Medical Industries, Inc. Tray for use in
sealingcapillarytubes. 3,7 12,465. CI. 206-72.000.
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler: See—
Thiele, Kurt; and von Bebenburg, Walter, 3.7 1 2,900.
Diamond Shamrock Corporation: See—
Greenbaum. Sheldon B.; Schaaf. Kurt H.; and Klein. Howard C,
3.712,949.
Myers, Clyde B. 3,7 12,941
Dias, Fleming, to Zenith Radio Corpor^ion SWIF's with special
polarization for non-linear interactions. 3,7 1 3,048, CI 332-52.000.
Dickinson, Clarance B. System for use in conducting aircraft check
lists. 3,7 1 3,090, CI. 340-27.00r.
Dickstein. George Protective helmet structure. 3,71 1,864, CI. 2-3.00r.
Diehl, Dieter: See—
Bartholomaus, Reiner; Diehl, Dieter; and Himmler, Conrad R.,
3,712,339.
Diehl. Norman R.. to GTE Sylvania Incorporated. Miniature detent
mechanism 3.7 1 2, 1 5 1 . CI. 74-527.000.
Dictmann. Karl: See—
Weimann. Gunter, Haid. Erich; Muhlcgger, Klaus; Bergmeyer,
Hans Ulnch, Dietmann, Kari, Michal, Gerhard; and Nelboeck-
Hochstetter, Michael, 3,7 1 2.885
Dietrich. Henri, and Lehmann. Claude, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation, p-
Aminoalkylbenzenesulfonamide derivatives. 3.712.899. CI 260-
294. 80f.
Dietrich. Henri, and Lehmann. Claude, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation, p-
Carbamoylethylphenylsulfonyl derivatives. 3,712,905, CI. 260-
309.700.
Dietrich. Toni. to Wilhclm, Will KG . Firma. Supporting mount for an
instrument stand 3.7 1 2,569, CI. 248- 1 25.000.
Dietrich, William John. Multiple purpose power tool for portable and
bench use. 3.7 1 2,75 1 , CI. 408-20.000.
Dill, Hans G Rotating ring display. 3,7 12,046, CI. 58-45.000.
Dillinger. Robert B.: See—
Thorsted, Kenneth G , and Dillinger, Robert B., 3.7 1 2,061 .
Dillmann, Eugene Roland. Vehicle overturn preventer. 3,712,405, CI.
180-104.000.
Dilworth, Robert H., Ill, to Ortec, Incorporated. Process for particle
separation. 3,7 1 2.859. CI 204- 1 80.00|
Dixon, Don P Automobile air conditioning system. 3.712.077. CI. 62-
243.000.
Dod. Louis R.: See-
Keller. George C; Maxwell. Marvin S., and Dod. Louis R.,
3.713.163.
Doe, James B ; Niederbcrgcr, Richard P ; Curcio, Michael C; and
Forker, Michael H Deferred action battery. 3,712,834, CI 136-
114.000
Doebel, Kari J ; and Watthey, W H , to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Cer-
tain oxy-substituted benzo quinolizinium compounds and their use.
3.7 12.946. CI. 424-258.000
Domtar Limited: See—
Gartaganis. Phoebus A; and Harvey. Denis Michael. 3.712,843.
Donaldson Company. Inc.: See—
Gronholz. Donald D., 3.712,033.
Swanson, Ian N.; and Wagner, Wayne M. 3,7 1 2,41 6.
Donlon, Richard H.; and Hamilton, William R , to Transportation
Technology, Inc. Linear electric motor propulsion system.
3.712.240. CI. 104-148.0lm
Donnald. Samuel F. Golfing aid. 3.7 1 2,623, CI. 273- 1 83.00b.
Dorendorf, Heinz, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Semiconductor
devices having at least four regions of alternately different con-
ductance type. 3.7 1 3,008, CI. 3 1 7-235.00r.
Dorey, Anthony Howard: See—
Metcalf, Eric; and Dorey, Anthony Howard, 3,713.023.
Dothan, Felix: See —
Avivi. Pinchas, and Dothan, Felix, 3,7 1 3,043.
Doudlebsky.Ctibor: See—
Chrtek. Milan; Doudlebsky, Ctibor, and Kabeic, Stanislav,
3,712,042.
Dove, J. B , Inc.: See-
Carver. Herbert K., Jr., 3,71 1 ,957.
Dow Chemical Company, The: See-
Drake. Stevens S ; Lane, George A.; Staudacher. Gerald R.; and
Girardin, Donald W . 3,7 1 2.233.
Jezic.Zdravko. 3,712,920.
Strycker, Stanley J . 3.712,935.
Weissenberg, Ulrich W, 3,7 1 2,838.
Downing, Robert C, to Johnson, Howard, Company. Receptacle
packeted sugar, condiments and the like 3,7 1 1 ,975. CI. 40-77.800.
Dowsing John, and Yeomans. Kenneth Alfred, to Davy and United En-
gineering Company Limited. Slab rolling. 3,7 1 2,095, CI 72-21.000.
Doyel John S. Cordless electric garden trimmer with safety Icck
means. 3,71 1,949, CI. 30-264.000.
Drabek. Jozef; and Pissiotas. Georg, to Ciba-Geigy AG. Imidazolyl-
aklyl-thiolhosphates and thiophosphonates. 3.712,909, CI. 260-
309.000.
Dracon Industries: See-
Mason, John R. 3.71 1.947.
Drake. Stevens S.; Lane. George A.; Staudacher. Gerald R.; and Girar-
din, Donald W., to Dow Chemical Company, The. Caseless
pyrotechnic smoldering munition. 3,7 12,233, CI. 102-103.000.
Drcsak, Frank. Geographical game. 3,7 1 1 .966, CI. 35-40.000.
Dresser Industries. Inc.: See-
Cope, Geoffrey Wilton, 3,7 1 2,69 1
Davies, Ben, and Whittemore, Dwight S., 3,7 12,599.
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Drexhagc Martin G.. to Textron Inc. Reverse flow internally-cooled
rocket engine. 3.7 1 2,059, CI. 60-258.000. ,. •
Driskell, Carl R.. and Owen. Joseph R., to United States of America,
Navy Sweep generator with automatic centering. 3.713.UUU, (_i.
315-24 000. , . u . . .u .
Drohomirecky Walter Toothbrush which dispenses toothpaste.
W12,747, CI. 401-155.000.
Drushcl Robert W . to Ex-Cell-O Corporation. Diode-capacitor
charge and discharge circuit. 3,7 1 3,010, CI. 320-1 .000.
Du Pontde Nemours, E 1 .and Company: See— ^ .,. .
Armstrong. William M., Jr.; Edwards. Webster H.; and Vining.
Roy H, 3,7 12.745.
Ashmead. Howard L., Byrne, Sydnor H., Jr.; and Wolf. John P.,
111.3.712,513
Blackwell.John. and Buxbaum. Jeanne K , 3.712.882.
Debbas, Samir Costandi. 3,7 1 1 ,898.
Gerjovich, Henry J ,3.712.806.
Jclinek, Arthur G ,3.712,936
Middleton. William J. 3.7 12.902.
Middleton. William J. 3.7 12,929.
Ross, Francis Joseph. 3,712.858.
Sansom. William, and Thompson. Fred W., 3,7 12,796.
Du Pont. Michael H : See-
Lang. Paul Wcntworth. 3,7 12,202.
Duben, Franklin T., to Honeywell Information Systems Inc. Memory
cellforanassociativememory. 3,713, 115. CI 340-173.0am.
Ducloux Maurice; and Gruffaz, Max. to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. Polyi-
midc compositions 3.7 12,933. CI. 260-857.0pi.
Duconge. Claude: See-
Laurent, Jean, and Ducongc. Claude, 3,7 1 3,085.
Dudzinski, Zdzislaw W.. and Wakeman, Reginald L , to Millrnastcr
Ony & Corporation. Amphoteric surface-active agents. 3,712,918,
CI 260-501 110.
Dugard,C., Limited: See—
Rufnc William H , and Hemsley, Brian C. (said Hemsley assor.
to), 3,712.399.
Duhan F Wm.. to Crown Cork & Seal Company Apparatus for and
method of stripping containers from metal working punches
\712, 107, CI. 72-345.000.
Dukcr Dorothy J., to Vistron Corporation. Hopper loading extrusion
apparatus. 3.712.775. CI 425-186 000.
Dunlap. Harold E , to Lodding Engineering Corporation Blade holding
apparatus. 3.7 1 1 .888. CI. 1 5-256 5 10.
Dunlop Holdings Limited: See—
Thackcr, Stephen E. W.. 3,712,326.
Duquesne, Jean-Claude: See— ^, j j n .
Constantin, Jean-Pierre; Duquesne, Jean-Claude, and Pontier,
Michel. 3.712.341.
Dura Tufting GmbH: See—
Hanung. Josef. 3.712,845.
Durland, Douglas H , and Ehret. Robert J., to Beckinan Instruments.
Inc Temperature tclemetenng apparatus. 3.713.124. CI. 34U-
209 000 , , , ^ u, iff
Dwyer Francis Bosworth; Thompson. Richard Lawrence; and wullt
Eberhard. to Colonial Sugar Refining Company. Limited. The. High
speed sorting. 3.7 1 2,469, CI. 209-1 11.700. , , . ^ .
Dyer Gordon A ; and King, Scoby N Portable shooting bench
3,71 1,984, CI. 42-94.000
Dzus Fastener Co , Inc.: See—
Schenk, Peter, 3,712,355. .
Earele William R, Jr.. to Westinghouse Electnc Corporation. Lighting
fixtu'rc for U-bent fluorescent lamps. 3,7 1 2.98 1 . CI. 240-5 LI 20^
East, Frank George; and Bichard, Frank Rougct. to Combined En-
gineered Products Limited. Incremental gear drive. 3,7 12,1 3 J, ci.
74-687.000.
Eastman Kodak Company: See-
Beach. David E, 3.712.200. ,,..««<
Eckerdt. George H.; and Ewald. William P., 3.71 1.905.
Eckerdt, George H, 3,712.725.
Gramza, Eugene Patnck. 3.7 12.827. ,.,,,_.,
Harris. James E.; and Watson, Robert L. 3.7 1 2.743.
Johnson, Roberta.; and Smith, Craig E, 3.7 12 558.
Letson, George M ; Whitman. Robert J.; and Scott, James J.. Jr..
Lorenzini. Raymond, and Klinkert. Helmuth J., 3,7 12,554.
Nerwin, Hubert, 3,712,198.
Eaton Yale & Towne. Inc.: See-
Fox. Wilham L. 3,712,076.
Ebauches Bettlach S.A.: See—
Bachmann, Peter, 3,712,048. u n ,
Eberie Jurg to Ferag, Fehr & Reist AG. Apparatus for sucking nat
surface-like objects. 3,712,487, CI. 214-6.0ba. „i,„n,no
Eberie, Otto Eugen. Ring of two precious metal parts, one overlapping
and embedding the other along the nng band poruon. 3,712,U/y, ci.
63-15.000.
N^olt, Wwin B.!Eby, Richard R ; and Eberly, Harry G., 3,712,654.
Eby. Richard R: See— .^^,., r~ ■y-it-yt^^A
Nolt, Edwin B., Eby. Richard R.; and Eberly Harry G. 3.71 2 654.
Eckel, Oliver C. Sound absorbing device. 3.7 1 2,41 3, CI. 1 81 -33,Oge^
Eckerdt George H., and Ewald, William P , to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Slide holder. 3.71 1.905. CI. 24-263 Ope
Eckerdt George H.. to Eastman Kodak Company. Adapter for slide
projector. 3,712,725, CI. 353-68.000.
Ecodyne Cooking Products Company: See—
PI 9
Forchini, James F; and Hemdon. Brian K , 3.712,631.
Ecodyne Cooling Products Company: See— . ^ c i
Furlong Donn B., Forchini, James F.; and Luzaich. Samuel.
3.7ll760. „ , , . ,
Edison. Lamonte R., to General Motors Corporation. Pulse length mul-
tiplier circuit. 3.7 12.993, CI. 307-267.000.
Edmisson, Russell C: See— ,,,,cto
Starr, Stanley R . and Edmisson, Russell C. 3.71 2.538.
Edoco Technical Products. Inc.: See—
Worson. Lee. 3.712.188. , „ .
Edstrom Gene H.; and Irwin. John W., to International Business
Machines Corporation Branch control for a digital machine.
3,713, 108. CI. 340-172.500.
Edwards. Webster H: See—
Armstrong. William M.. Jr.; Edwards, Webster H ; and Vining.
Roy H.. 3.712.745.
Eebuisser. Jean-Claude A: See—
Castets. Michel G M , Cohn. Jean-Marie H.; and Eebuisser. Jean-
Claude A, 3,713.152 ^ n
Egger Joseph; Meitinger, Heinz; and Schwartz. Herbert, to Timex Cor-
poration Day-date timepiece with multiple display of dates and days
ofweek 3.712.043, CI. 58-5.000.
Eggert Waller S., Jr . to Budd Company. The. Coupling structure for
joining containers. 3,7 1 1 ,902, CI. 24-81 . 00c.
Ehret, Robert J: See— ,,,,,-...
Duriand,DouglasH.;andEhret,RobertJ., 3,713,124.
Eibe Werner W., to Blaw-Knox Company. Combination rolling mill.
3,712,102, CI. 72-238.000.
Einarsson, Einar Pneumatic anti-skid vehicle tire. 3.712.358. CI. 152-
208.000.
Ekberg.CariE: See— _ .,„,^
pSrter. Max L., and Ekberg, Carl E., 3,7 1 2,010.
EKCO Products, Inc.: See— ^ ^ ^^ , ,-,,-,a->i
Logemann. George H; and Voelz.GerhardtG. , Jr., 3,7 12,021.
F.ldonlndustries. Inc.: See— ~_
Adie, James S, 3.7 12,970.
Electnc Furnace Company, The: See-
Cope, F Troy; and Burrell. James V . 3.7 1 2.596.
Electro Development Corporation: See— ^ ^ „ .,
Hams, Carl L.; Rama, Leighton C; and Soward, Dallas V..
3,712,122.
Electronic Engineering Company of California: See—
Gabnelian. Henry; and Csaszar. Steve. 3.7 13.076.
Elineau, Hubert, to Etablisscments R Senard & Fils. Automatic dis-
tnbutor of long objects such as bars or similar items. 3.712.458, CI.
198-219.000. , ^ , . _
Elitex. Zavody textilniho strojirenstvi. generalni reditelstvr. See—
Hanousek, Alois; and Kase, Oldnch, 3,7 1 2.526.
Ellcnbure George W , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Reverse
osmosismodule 3,712,473. CI. 210-321.000.
Elliott Eldon G. Apparatus for handling magnetically attractive
matenal. 3,7 12,472. CI. 210-222.000. .. ^^
Elliott Gilbert Leslie, to Northern Electric Company Limited. Cross-
bar switches. 3.7 1 3.054. CI. 335-1 1 2.000.
Ellis Corporation: See—
Toth. Alex. 3.71 2.089.
Toth, Alex; and Fesmire. Robert H. 3.7 12.090.
Elsbett Gunter; and Elsbett. Ludwig, to Maschmenfabnk Augsburg-
Num'berg Aktiengesellschaft Method and apparatus for forming
rine erooves and piston lands on a stcll piston, especially for internal
combustion engines. 3,7 1 2,099, CI. 72- 1 07.000.
Elsbett, Ludwig: See— , n,-,r^c^r,
Elsbett. Gunter; and Elsbett. Ludwig. 3.7 1 2.099.
Emerson Electric Co.: See—
Parlow. John, 3,712.581.
Roddy, Joseph T.; and Page. Wayne L., 3.7 1 2.438.
Wightman. Lawrence W.; and Long. Thomas J.. 3.7 1 2.632.
Emery, Jerry A: See— ,,,,t,^
Uyeda, Leon R ; and Emery, Jerry A., 3,7 12,714.
Emge,GeneF.;See— -_,,,__,
White.JamesC ; and Emge, Gene F. 3.7 1 2.771.
Emlev Frank, to Pfizer Inc. Method of roll bonding to form a titanium
cladaluminum composite. 3,71 1.937. CI. 29-487^000^
Ende Don S. Over-snow vehicle. 3.712,396.0.180-5.000.
Eneel Joseph C, to Westinghouse Electnc Corporation. Circuit
breaker including improved overcunent protecUve device
3,713,005,C1.317-33.00r.
Engelhorn, Robert: See— .... vi- ui i^-^r
Kruger Gerd, Zipp, Otmar; Keck. Johannes; Nickl, Josef
Machleidt, Hans; Ohnacker, Gerhard, Engelhorn, Robert, and
Puschmann. Sigfrid, 3,7 1 2,924.
Englesberg, Julius L.: See-
Otto, Walter J, 3,712,755.
English clays Lovering Pochin & Company Limited: See—
Gwilliam, Ralph Derek, 3,7 1 2.209.
Enivar Enterprised, Inc.: See— .
Florsheim, Leonard S., Jr.; Archer, Harold B.; Lo Presti. Philip F.;
and Sutherland. Thurlow J. .3,712.730.
Ennis George Thomas. Vehicle spraying and scrubbing device.
3.71 1.883. CI. 15-97.00r.
Environeering. Inc.: See— ■, n,-, ai-,
Hassett. James W; and Ihde, William M, 3,7 12,4 12.
Environmental Control Systems, Inc.: See-
Nelson, Charles E, 3,712,286.
Envirotech Corporation; See—
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Hunt. William Allen, 3.712,385. ,-,,,0^-, r\
Epley. John M Implantable piezoelectnc .^jearmg aid. 3,712,^6^. Cl.
179'-107.00r. . . u r. c
Erdolchemie Gesellschaft mit bcschrankter Haftung: S*e—
Husweiler, Arnold, Beilstein, Gunter, Mayer, Adolf; and Pans,
Nikolau's, 3,712,912.
Erlandson Paul M., to Continental Can Company, Inc. Shock wave ap-
plication of twist-off crowns. 3,712,022. CI. 53-42.000.
Eschbach, Robert C . and Colligan, John B., to Aztec Manufacturing
Company Extrusions for partitions, walls and enclosures. 3,712,005,
CI. 52-210.000.
Escher Wyss Limited: See—
Winkler, Robert, 3,712,797.
Esco Corporation; See—
Kincaid, Frederick L, 3,712,456. ., , . . ,^ ,
Eublissement Public Agence National de Valorisation De La
Recherche Anvar; See—
Bonnet, Maurice, 3,712,727.
Etablissements R Senard & Fils; See—
Ehneau. Hubert. 3,712,458.
Evans, Mervyn Thomas Arthur; Irons, Laurence Ian, and Mitchell,
John Richard, to Lever Brothers Company Edible oil emulsions
3,7 12.865, CI. 252-312.000.
Ewald, Jerome T.: See—
Bach, Lloyd G; and Ewald. Jerome T, 3,712,177.
Ewald, William P:Se«r—
Eckerdt, George H.; and Ewald, William P., 3,7 1 1 ,905.
Ex-Cell-O Corporation: See—
Drushel, Robert W, 3,713.010.
Exotech Incorporated: See—
Hall, James M., and Clipp, Louis L., 3,7 12,543.
Eynon. John E. Limbing boom. 3,7 12,350, CI. 144-2.00z.
Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation: See—
Blome, Eugene R , and Fok, Samuel S M., 3,712,816.
Falasconi, Rolando, Daly, Frank Joseph; and Purdy, Richard, to Mon-
treal Envelope Inc Envelope folding machine. 3,712,185, CI. 93-
61.00r. _. ». u .. f
Falconer, Errol Linton, to Canadian Industries Limited. Method ot
gelling water bearing compositions containing thickeners
3.7 12.866. CI. 252-316.000.
Fall. Herbert S: S«f—
Fall. Maxwells. 3,712,690. , ,„„ ^, ,„„
Fall. Maxwell S . to Fall, Herbert S. Slide structure. 3,7 12,690, CI. 308-
3.800
Faragosa, Ernest. Automobile aerial location signal. 3,712,263, CI.
116-28.000.
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Bode, Klaus-Dieter; and Schellhammer, Carl-Wolfgang,
3,712,904.
Gilch Heinnch; Bottenbnich, Ludwig, Zecher, Wilfned; and Mer-
ten, Rudolf, 3,712,907
Mayer, Dietmar; Sasse, Klaus; and Hermann, Gunther, 3,71 2,943.
Schrader, Gerhard; and Hammann, Ingeborg, 3,7 1 2,937.
Schrader, Gerhard; Hammann, Ingeborg; and Stendel, Wilhelm,
3.712.938.
Seyberiich, Alfred; Hammann. Ingeborg; and Behrenz. Wolfgang.
3,712,915. ». u ^
Fanello, Ettore. to Communications Satellite Corporation. Method
and apparatus for detecting speech signals in the presence of noise.
3.712.959, CI. 179-l.Ovc.
Farr Andrew F., to Farr Devices Inc. Laboratory pipette and diluter
device. 3,7 1 2,794, CI. 23-259.000.
Farr Devices Inc.: See—
Farr, Andrew F, 3.712,794.
Fasano, Ronald F.; Hatch, Michael R., and Riggins, James E., to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation Arm vibration damper.
3.713. 121. CI. 340-174. lOe.
Fay. James P Safety grenade. 3,7 1 2,2 1 8, CI. 102-70.200.
Feather, Jack Vincent: See—
Feather, Jack Vincent; and Walker, John W. (said Walker assor
to said), 3,712,613.
Feather, Jack Vincent; and Walker, John W, said Walker assor to said
Feather, Jack Vincent. Exercising machine. 3,712,613, CI. 272-
58 000
Feig Peter Franz, to Grace, W. R.. & Co. Cleaning and polishing cloth.
3,71 1,884, CI. 15-104.930.
Felix, Webster. Rotary sprinkler including means for varying rotation
rate during each cycle of rotation. 3,7 1 2,545, CI. 239-233.000.
Ferag, Fehr & Reist AG: See—
Eberle,Jurg, 3,712,487.
FemsehG m.b.H.; See—
Krause, Gerhard, 3,712,988.
Feroli, Settimio: See—
Moretti, Alberto; and Feroli, Settimio, 3,712,251.
Ferraz, Lucien, et Cie: See—
Brichant, Francis Jules, 3,7 1 3,065.
Ferro Manufacturing Corporation; See—
Pickles, Joseph, 3,712,573
Ferry, Ernest S Method of and apparatus for disintegraUng matenals.
3,7 12,353, CI. 241-27.000.
Fesmire, Robert H.; See—
Toth, Alex; and Fesmire, Robert H.. 3,712.090.
Fiat SocieU per Azioni; See—
Cordiano, Ettore, 3.712.684.
Fichaux, Henri, to Battellc Memorial Institute. Process and apparatus
for descaling oxidized sheet meUl. 3.7 1 2.833, CI. 1 34- 1 .000.
Fichtel & Sachs AG.; See—
Kraus, Helmut, 3,712,435.
Field Thomas R Ventilated open-air indoor broiler having damper
means and control therefor. 3,7 1 2,8 1 9, CI. 99-400.000.
Fienup, Wilbur G , and Henderson, James R., to Boise Cascade Cor-
poration. Pressurized dough conuiner. 3,7 1 2,534, CI. 229-5 1 Obp.
Fier Edward J , Jr., to United States Steel Corporation. Chick feeder
lid structures. 3,71 2,270, CI. 119-61.000. .,,...
Fink Roy W to Vecta Group, Inc., The. Stackable chair with foldable
tablet arm. 3,7 1 2,668, CI 297- 1 62.000.
Fischer & Proctor Company: See—
Dettmer, Hans Juergen Dcttmer, 3,7 1 2,1 34.
Fischer, Ernst: See— ,,.,nn.i
Ulbrich, Gerhard; Kuhbauch, Gert; and Fischer, Ernst, 3,7 1 1 ,994.
Fischer, Georg, AG.: See—
Szatmari, Franz, 3,712,593
Fisher, James K. to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Ruggedized electrical connecting lead. 3,712,997, CI. 313-
317000.
Fisher, John L.; and Wilks, Alan L . to Kuhlman Electric Company In-
ductors with strain relief leads and methods of making the same
3,713.066, CI. 336-192.000
Fisher. John P. Nuclear reactor control rod. 3,712,852, CI. 176-
86.000. u>
Fisher William F., to Caterpillar Tractor Company Adjustable pinion
for liiotor grader circle drive. 3,7 1 2,384, CI. 1 72-796,000
Fisk Edwin J. Bug catcher and ejector. 3.71 1,987, CI. 43-1 34.000.
Fitzgerald, J. Vincent; Matusik, Frank J , and Oppliger, Hans R., to Na-
tional Metal and Refining Company. Inc High precision wide
dynamic range viscous loss measuring apparatus. 3,712,1 17, CI. 73-
59000. „ w, u u
Flemino Reginald B, to Golden Age Industnes. Portable check pro-
tector 3,712,21 3, CI. 101-108.000.
Flink, Frank B., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Method and ap-
paratus for forming a conUiner. 3,7 1 2,1 84, CI. 93-39 lOr.
Roehr Walter L., to Midland-Ross Corporation. Spring loaded railway
hopiier car door. 3,7 1 2,248, CI. 105-253.000.
Rorsheim, Leonard S , Jr.; Archer, Harold B ; Lo Presti, Phihp F ; and
Sutherland. Thurlow J., to Enivar Enterprised, Inc. Automatic densi-
ty setting apparatus. 3,7 12,730, CI. 355-69.000.
Fluor Corporation: See-
Warren, Bobby J; and Johnson, Paul K., 3,71 1.938.
Fluor Ocean Services, Inc.: See—
Key, Joe Wayne; and Russell, Larry Rayner, 3,712,100.
FMC Corporation: See— ,,,,001
Berkowitz, Sidney; and Mesiah, Raymond N., 3,712,8Vi.
Fok, Samuel S.M.: See—
Blome, Eugene R.;and Fok, Samuel S. M., 3,712,816.
Folson Henry J ; Hegel, James D ; Hosokawa, William T.; Pester, Wil-
liam B., and Porter, Irwin C, to Mattel, Inc. Ask and answer toy.
3,7II,964,CI. 35-8.00a.
Foote, Kenneth R: See— .„ ^ ^ .... v
Handler, George S.; Foote, Kenneth R., and Burford, Milton K..
3,712,228.
Foquet-Werk & Planck; See—
Kuhn,Falk, 3,712,084.
Forchini, James F: See— • . o t
Furlong, Donn B., Forchini, James F ; and Luzaich, Samuel,
3,712,760. ^ ,.
Forchini James F.; and Herndon, Brian K., to Ecodyne Cooking
ProductsCompany.Pipeseal. 3,712,631,0.277-207.000.
Ford James W; and Nadhemy, Russell J Hair trimming device.
3,71 1,948, CI. 30-212.000.
Ford Motor Company: See-
Biro, Steven L. Inkster, Mich, 3,712,150. . .„
Colovas, Denny D.; Logan, John S.; and Skruch, Richard R..
3.71 2^238. ^ „, ^ . _
Colovas, Denny D.; Logan, John S.; and Skruch, Richard R..
3,712,239.
Jeryan, Richard A., 3,7 12,056.
Kennedy, Roberto, 3,7 13,080.
King, Ralph J, 3,71 1,893.
Nicholson, Myron M., 3,712,586.
Rhodes, Alex; and Wright, Allen C. 3.7 1 2.3 19.
Schlehr Walter R, 3,712,801.
Vartanian, Richard D, 3,712,279.
Forg, John H; See—
Payet, George L.; and Forg, John H., 3,712.086.
Forker, Michael H; See— , j„ ^ u u 1 r- ,„h
Doe James B.; Niederberger, Richard P.; Curcio, Michael C, and
Forker, Michael H, 3,71 2,834. .,, .t~x
Foster, Berry W Engine and gas generator. 3,7 12,276. CI. 123-47.UOr.
Foster, Edward J; See— it.iam
Bauer, Benjamin B.,and Foster, Edward J., 3,713,087
Foulkes, John f, to S. & C. Electnc Coinp^y. Method of and means
for making a current limiting fuse. 3,7 1 3,063, CI. 337- 1 5V.UUU.
Fourv George, to Compagnie Generate d'AutomaUsme. Steerable an-
tenna. 3,713,164, CI. 341-766.000. u
Fox William L., to Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc. Automauc ice maker
switch controls. 3.7 1 2,076, CI. 62- 1 37.000.
Foxboro Company, The; See-
Rice, Willard W.,Jr, 3,712,977.
January 23, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 11
Frankel, Michael S.; See—
Grasso, Vito A.; and Frankel, Michael S., 3,712,568.
Franklin Electric Co., Inc.; See—
Streater. August L; and Whitney. John A., 3,712,395.
Franz Lipowsky Sagen- und Maschinenmesserfabrik, Firma; See—
Kulik, Leo; and Gustenau, Gustav, 3,71 2,348.
Franzen Erwin F Collapsible shelter for mounting on a transportation
vehicle. 3,712,315, CI. 135-l.OOa.
Freeman, Alfred B. Automatic bass from chord apparatus. 3,712,950,
CI. 84-1030.
Freeman Michael W. Method for administering iron and other metals.
3,712,291, CI. 128-1.300
Frerking, Marvin E., to Collins Radio Company. Digiully temperature
compensated oscillator, 3, 7 1 3, 033, CI. 33 1-1 16. OOr
Fried Krupp Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See-
Meyer, Joachim, and Pfeffer, Josef, 3,712,01 2.
Friedburg, Helmut; and Szecsi, Laszio, to Gesellschaft Fur Kem-
forschung mbH Coupling system with adjustable coupling factor for
feeding high frequency resonator. 3,71 3,035, CI. 333-24.00r.
Friend, John: See—
Mot2. Kaye L; and Friend, John, 3,7 1 2,923.
Frister, Manfred, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH. Alternating current
generator having a twin PM rotor which is adjustable in response to
output voltage. 3, 7 1 3, 01 5, CI, 322-28,000,
Fritz, Kurt: See—
Gilli, Paul Viktor; Fritz, Kurt; Lippitsch, Josef M.; and Lurf,
Gunther, 3,712,370.
Frohner, Walter; See—
Muller, Walter; Mayr, Hubert; Weinrotter, Ferdinand; Frohner,
Walter, Presoly, Elfriede; and Kollisch, Gustav, 3,7 1 2,804.
Frost, I, Saint John, Arrangement of keys of keyboard, especially for
typewriter, 3,7 1 2,444, CI, 197-100 000,
Fryrear, William A . Jr ; and Metcalf, Joseph R, Horseshoeing,
3,7 12,381, CI. 168-4.000.
Fuchsle, Klaus: See— '
Stenzenberger, Volkmar; Fuchsle, Klaus; and Hennig, Fridolin,
3,712,557,
Fuehrer, Charles, to Stoffel Seal Corporation, Plastic seal, 3,712,655,
CI, 292-321,000.
Fuhrman, Ari: See—
Le Grand, Joseph A; and Fuhrman, Ari, 3,712,718.
Fukumasu, Kazuichi: See—
Kiyokawa, Yasumasa; Ogawa, Yoshihisa; Ono, Akira; Fukumasu,
Kazuichi; andSugisaki, Hiroyuki, 3,712,824.
Fukuyo Masaichi, to Kabushiki Kaisha Okawara Seisakusho, Fluidized
drying apparatus, 3,71 1,962, CI, 34-570,000
Funcke, Cornells Leendert; See—
Verkiak, Arie, and Funcke, Comelis Leendert, 3,7 1 2,097,
Furlong, Donn B,, Forchini, James F,; and Luzaich, Samuel, to
Ecodyne Cooling Products Company, Fan dnve assembly,
3,7 12,760, CI, 417-424.000,
Gabor, ZolUn; Szanto, Jozsef; and Martini, Gyorgy, to Papiripari Vall-
slat. Ornamental packaging container for bottles and drinking
glasses. 3,7 1 2,462, CI, 260-47,00r,
Gabrielian, Henry; and Csaszar, Steve, to Electronic Engineering Com-
pany of California, Locking electrical cable connection apparatus.
3,713,076, CI. 339-91,OOr
Gabrusenok, Pavel Stepanovich, Hygrosensitive element. 3,712.860,
CI. 204-195,00w,
Gaheen, Alfred F., Jr.; See—
Bruner, Weston G.; Pearson, Johnnie L,; Reeder, George C, Jr.;
Gaheen, Alfred F,, Jr,; Green, Elberson D,, and Hughes, Robert
8,3,713,149,
Gajer Israel, to Jameco Industries, Inc, Basket sink strainer.
3,71 1,874, CI. 4-287.000.
Galanaugh, Charles F.; See—
Gencse, Joseph N.; Raprza, Edward J,
Kennard, Harry M.; Chevalaz, Roger
3,712,535.
Galbraith, Lyle D , and Harvey, Alan R., to Rocket Research Corpora-
tion Pressure regulating valve. 3,7 12,332, CI. 137-495.000.
Galeone, Vicent A,; and Amidon, Charles H., Jr., to Gulf & Western
Indusuial Products Company. Method of making a composite roll,
3,7 1 1,9 1 3, CI, 29- 148 40d, .
Galimov, Ravil Khusainovich; and Levsky, Alexandr Alexandrovich
Modze Device for automatic cut-off of tool carrier feed in metal-
cutting machines, 3,7 1 2,1 59, CI, 82-22.000.
Gallien, Jacqueline; See—
Kalopissis, Gregoire; Gascon, Jean; Gallien, Jacqueline; Bugaut,
Andrec; and Gaston- Breton, Hubert, 3,7 1 2,1 58.
Gallina, Joseph P. Shock absorbing bumper for motor vehicles,
3,7 12,657, CI, 293-86,000.
Gait, Homer W: See-
Wise, Eugene H.; and Gait, Homer W., 3,71 2,584.
Gansloscr, Emil. Apparatus and method for removing foreign matter
fromapoolofliquid.3,712,470,Cl. 210-61.000.
Gardner-Denver Company; See-
Hanson, Laurence B, 3,7 1 2.1 79.
Gardon, Roger J.; See—
ColleuiTlc, Yves; and Gardon, Roger J., 3,712,887.
Carman, Dean H; See—
Kaesemeyer, Carl W.; and Garman, Dean H.. 3,712,001 .
Garrett Corporation, The: See-
Smith, Robert L. 3,712,694.
; Galanaugh, Charles F,
A,; and Smith, John A.
Garrone, Vittorio. Automatic pleating machines. 3,712,610, CI. 270-
79,000,
Gartaganis, Phoebus A,; and Harvey, Denis Michael, to DomUr
Limited, Method and apparatus for producing corrugated board
3,7 12,843, CI, 156-499,000,
Gascon, Jean; See—
Kalopissis, Gregoire; Gascon, Jean; Gallien, Jacqueline; Bugaut,
Andree; and Gaston-Breton, Hubert, 3,712,158. ^
Gaston-Breton, Hubert: See— o
Kalopissis, Gregoire; Gascon, Jean; Gallien, Jacqueline; Bugaut,
Andree; and Gaston-Breton, Hubert, 3,712,158,
Kalopissis, Gregoire; Bugaut, Andree; and Gaston-Breton, Hubert,
3,712,790,
Gattus, Jean; and Mallet, Maurice, to Rhone-Poulenc S,A, Cellulosic
films with improved slip properties. 3,712,831, CI. 1 17-144.000.
Gatzi, Karl: See—
Bader, Jorg; and GaUi, Kari, 3,7 12,908.
Gautney & Jones; See— ^
Barton. Robert F. 3.712.989,
Gavagan, James A,; and Romanzi, Louis, Jr., to Irvin Industries, Inc.
Safety belt buckle, 3,7 1 1 ,904, CI. 24-230.0ak.
Gearhart-Owen Industries, Inc.: See-
Owen, Harrold D,; Rosenthal, Wayne O ; and Young, James
Douglas, 3,712,376, |
Gebruder JughansGm b H , Firma: See— |
Wolber. Robert, and Assmus, Friedrich, 3 7 1 2,044,
Gedcke, DaleA,:See— I
Williams, Charles W; and Gedcke. Dale'A., 3,7 1 3,03 1 .
Geigy Chemical Corporation; See— |
Smith, Robert C, 3,7 1 2,976.
General Aviation Electronics, Inc.; See—
Rice, Elmore W ,111,3,713.161.
General Dynamics Corporation; See—
Blakey, Alexander G.; Adams, Jack S.; and Swarts. James J.,
3,711,929,
Rogers, Stanley, 3,713,105.
General Electric Company; See-
Bergeron, John A, 3,7 1 2,746,
Camavos, Theodore C; Hubble, William S.; and Woods, Kenneth
K, 3,712,272.
Henkes, John L.. Jr. 3.7 1 2,707.
Hoffman. Herbert N ,3,712,152.
Kalikow, Irving, Steriing, Eliot Morton, and Anderson, William
Paul. 3.712,756.
Lipp.JamesP, 3,713,123.
Nash, Dudley O. 3.7 1 2,062,
Piccone. Dante E ; and Somos, Istvan. 3,713,101.
Pieper, DonaldL„3,7l2.180
Weichbrodt, Bjom; and Darrel, Bernard. 3,712,130.
General Electric Company, Limited. The; See—
Kell. Robert Christopher. 3,7 1 3.05 1 .
General Gas Light Company; See-
Loveless, Stanley M, 3,7 1 2,577.
General Industries, Inc.: See—
Grenier, Wilfred J. ,3,7 12,585.
General Kinematics Corporation; See—
Musschoot. Albert; and Kraus. Richard B, 3,7 1 2,459.
General Microwave Corporation: See—
Hopfer, Samuel, 3,7 13,037.
General Mills, Inc.: See—
Nordgren, Robert, 3,712,883.
General Motors Corporation: See-
Campbell. Robert, 3.712,126.
Edison, Lamonte R,, 3,71 2,993.
Gordbn,ColinC„ 3,712,990.
Lehnhoff, Richard N., 3,713,016.
Schertz, Burtron D.; and Wilkinson, Lester, 3,712,992.
Smale, Charles H, and Spears, Esten W., Jr., 3,7 1 2.547.
Snyder, Kenneth E, 3,7 1 2,437.
General Steel Industries, Inc.; See—
Lich, Richard L., 3,712,245.
Lich, Richard L. 3.7 12,246.
Genese, Joseph N,; Raprza, Edward J,; Galanaugh. Charles F ; Ken-
nard, Harry M,; Chevalaz, Roger A,; and Smith, John A,, to Becton,
Dickinson and Company, Centrifuge rotor and sample holder with
agitating means, 3,7 1 2,535, CI. 233-3.000.
Gentry, HermondG: See—
Chapman, James R,; Baker, Charles; and Gentry, Hcrmond G.,
3.712,464,
George, Warren T ; and Mason. Donald E Poruble layover units.
3,71 1.878, CI, 5-133,000,
Georgiev Tancho; and Scanzani, Robert M, Modular building con-
struction system, 3,7 1 2,008, CI, 52-79.000,
Gerding, Charles Christian, to Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation,
Method of cooling drum type strip casting apparatus. 3.712.366. CI.
164-87,000.
Gerhart, Fritz; See—
Schoellkopf, Ulrich; and Gerhart, Fritz, 3,7 12,91 1
Gerjovich, Dorothy J.; See—
Gerjovich, Henry J, 3,7 1 2,806,
Gerjovich, Henry J ; deceased (by Gerjovich, Dorothy J ; executrix). to
Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company. Increasing the su^ar con-
tent of crops with a-ureidooxycarboxylic acid derivatives.
3,712,806,C1. 71-1 19.000.
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
''"lamrow.u'' AnhiTr R ; Gerry. Edward T., Leonard. Donald A
and Wilson. Jack, 3.7 13.030. ni7T)-i n
Gerr> Martin E Sound synchronized slide project«r 3.712.723, CI
353-19.000
GesellschaftfurKernforschungmbH.W- * „ . , ■» 7i7 Rnq
Bumm. Hellmut, Thummler. Fritz, and Weimar Peter, 3.7 1 2.809.
Fnedburg, Helmut, and S^ecs. Laszlo 3,7 1 3,035_
Gesslein.Gerg. Baby carriage 3.712 636.C1. 280-47.380.
Getchell, Edward H., to Signatron, Inc. Alarm system. 3.713.142. CI.
GeltrWaHac^e T.; and Randolph. Robert W.. to ACF Industries. In-
corporated Tank structure. 3,712,250. CI. 105-360.000.
Ghiz. George J 5fe— -jTiT-it-i
Koble.RobertL, Jr., andGoettl,JohnM.. 3.712.313.
Giaimo Edward Charles. Jr . to RCA Corporation. Magneto-electric
apparatus for reproducing an image on a recording element.
3 712,733, CI. 355-3.000. ,r . ■> lo ia7 n
Giatti, Filippo, to AMF Incorporated Filter plug offset. 3.7 1 2.1 62. C I.,
83-102.000 . ,-7,-,AOA ri 18R
Gilbrech. Donald A Magnetic friction brake. 3.712.426. CI. 188-
164.000.
Gilbreth Company: See- ■,-,,, a^,
Spiegel. Jacob; and Hurcwitz. Arthur. 3.7 1 1 .961 . . ., ^
G.lch Heinnch. Bottenbruch. Ludwig; Zecher. Wilfried; and Merten,
Rudolf 'o Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the
production of substituted phthalimido-N-carboxylic acids.
17 12.907, CI. 260-326.00a. -,T,-,nisri
Gildersleeve, Benjamin T. Machine for detasjelmg corn. 3.7 1 2.035, C i.
S<\ fi'K 000
Gilli Paul Viktor; Fntz, Kurt, Lippitsch, Josef M.; and Lurf. Gunther,
to' Waagncr Biro Aktiengesellschaft. Radial-flow heat exchanger.
3 712,370, CI 165-125.000. ^ , r
Girard Donald J. to National Cash Register Company. The. Logic for
colorbarprinter. 3,7 13, 138, CI 340-347 OOd.
Girard Pierre, to Manufacture des Montres Rolex S.A. Time display
device for timepieces. 3,71 2.047, CI 58-50.00r.
Girardin, Donald W; 5ee—
Drake Stevens S.; Lane. George A.; Staudacher. Gerald R.. and
Girardm. Donald W, 3.7 12,233 ^ . ,.
Girauldon. Jean-Claude, to Societe Anonyme DBA. Disc brake anti-
rattle means. 3.7 12,423, CI. 188-73.500.
Giroflex-Entwicklungs-AG; See—
Stoll. Martin. 3.712,666.
Gleason Works, The; See-
Spear, Gilmore M. 3,712,000. ^
Globotex AG See—
Vorberg, Fritz. 3.71 1,866. -, n -y f^-sf. ri
Godshall, Walter E Locking device for sliding closure. 3,712,656, CI
292-251.000 , ,
Goeke. Alfons. to Th Kieserling & Albrecht_ Apparatus for clamping
workpieces in draw benches or the like. 3,71 2,104. CI. 72-290.000.
Goettl. John M: See— ,,,-,,,-,
Koble. Robert L., Jr.; and Goettl. John M.. 3.71 2,3 13.
Goelzewerke Fricdrich Goetze AG: See—
Stecher, Fnedhelm, 3,7 1 2,647.
Goceins, William B, Jr.; See— ,.,,,,. ^
Slctten, Carlyle J., and Goggins, William B, Jr.. 3.7 13.144.
Golden Age Industnes; See—
Flemino, Reginalds. ,3.7 12,2 13 . , , ,. ^ -r
Goldfarb A Eddy; and Soriano. Rene, to Goldfarb. Adolph E. lop
game and apparatus. 3,712.619.C1. 273-108.000.
Goldfarb. Adolph E; See— ., ^.^ .,n
Goldfarb. A Eddy, and Soriano, Rene. 3.712,biy.
Goldfarb. Adolph E.;and Sonano, Rene, 3,712,616
Goldfarb Adolph E.; and Soriano, Rene (said Sonano assor. to
said), 3.712,620. ^ ,., u a.^ i k c
Goldfarb, Adolph E., and Soriano, Rene, to Goldfarb, Adolph h
Stacked element removal game. 3, 712,616. CI. 273-1. OOr.
Goldfarb. Adolph E . and Sonano. Rene, said Sonano ^or to said
Goldfarb, Adolph E. Slalom game 3.7 12,620, CI. 273-120.00r.
Goldman, Alan J: See—
Shapiro. Sunley; Goldman, Alan J.; Tyler. Derek E.; and Lanam,
Richard D. 3,712,837. , u . i„^or
Golembeski, John Joseph, to Bell Telephone Laboratones. Incor-
porated Integrated circuit transformers employing gyrators
3,713,050.CI. 3 33-24.00r ^ u ,
Gollwitzer Lee H ; and Lafleur. Clovis L., to Schlumberger Technolo-
gy Corporation. Acoustic transmitting transducer apparatus
3.712,410, CI. 181. 5rm.
Goltermann, Wandel u. See—
Heidenreich, Karl Heinz, 3,713,1 12.
Goodrich. B F. Company, The: See—
Cimpnch. Francis J, 3,712,769.
Justason. Alastair, 3,71 1,952.
Sieberl. Alan R. 3.712,916.
Torti. Luigi. and Bertelli.Guido. 3,712.360.
Goodwin. John Robert, to United Kingdom of Great Bntain and
Northern Ireland, Secretary of State for De/ence in Her Britannic
Majesty's Government of the Bladed rotors for nuid flow machines.
3,712.757, CI. 416-245.000.
GoodyearTire& Rubber Company, The: See— ,.,,,„_,
Braden. William D ;and Marshall. Richard P.. 3,71 1,996. ••
Cook, Albert W , and Demovshek, Joseph F, 3.7 1 2.427.
Hyland, William P , Baird, Roy W., and Culbertson. James A.,
3,712.680. ,. ...
Gordon Colin C, to General Motors Corporation. Fast-acting toggle
circuit. 3,7 12,990, CI. 307-235.000. "^
Gordon Manufacturing Co.: See—
DeGraaf, Clare J, 3,7 12.672. ,.u 1 . n
Gosudarst>?enny nauchno-issledovatelsky institut tsvelnykh iH^tallov:
^Berhn Zalman Leivikovich; Isarev. Igor Vladimirovich;
Vasilchenko, Anatoly Stepanovich; Maslovsky. Gennady
Vasilievich, Serkov, Anatoly Gavnlovich, Yakimovich Hviktor
Yakovlevich; and Ivanovsky.Evgeny Alexandrovich, 3.712.3bV.
Grace.W R .ACo.See-
Feig.PeterFranz. 3,711,884 . K, . c
Gradel S A Societe Luxembourgloisc pour I Industrie Nucleaire: Aee-
Liesch, Jean; and Removille, Jacques. 3,711,993.
Gradone, Frank P Swab device for medical specimens. 3,712.2Vb. Ci.
128 2 OOw
Gramza Eugene Patrick, to Eastman Kodak Company. Radiographic
screen. 3.7 12,827, CI. 1 17-33. 50r. ,,,,,-,. ri Qn 15 000
Granfield. John S. Matenal removal device. 3.71 2.174 CI. 90-12.000.
Grasso. Albert P ; and Stedman, James ^ • '"^^"'''r^AircraftCorpora-
tion. Wet bulb temperature sensor. 3,712,140, CI. 73-338.UUU.
Grasso, Vito A., and Frankel, Michael S. to B"^^ ^""'/^"y- J^hf
Vacuumized container for a parachute. 3,7 1 2,568, CI. 244-1 48.000
Graziani Danio, to International Standard Electric Corporation. Auto-
matic time control circuit. 3,7 1 2,994, CI. 307-293.000.
GrTathouse. Russell E. Toe holder 3.7 1 2.27 1 . CI. 1 19-96.000.
Green. Elberson D.: See— . „ . /- /- i,
Bruner. Weston G., Pearson, Johnnie L ; Reeder, George C, Jr
Gahcen, Alfred F., Jr., Green, Elberson D.. and Hughes, Robert
B.,3,7r3.149.
Green, Herbert: See— u r-
Chanzit, Lawrence; Green, Herbert; and Morgan, Huw C,
Greenbaum.'sheldon B . Schaaf. Kurt H.; and Klein, Howard C, to
Diamond Shamrock Corporation. Injectable oxytetracycline com-
positions 3,7 12,949. CI. 424-227.000.
Greene Harry A.. Jr ; and Wing, Charles, to Remler Company Blood
orcssure measunng devices with variable frequency recorder and
hneanzed leak means. 3,7 1 2.297, CI. 1 28-2.05q.
Greenwald, Harry, to Greenwald ""dusuies Inc^ Com slide assembly
for receiving a coin standing on edge. 3,712,440. CI. 194-55.000.
Greenwald Industries, Inc ; See—
Greenwald, Harry, 3,7 12,440 o . r u ii i„»c
Grenier Wilfred J., to General Industries. Inc. Seals for ball valves.
3 7 I2'.585.C1. 251-174.000. , .
Gressenich Klaus. Oppl. Hans, Walter, Berlhold, Weismann. Hans;
and Zobl. Har^mut.^o Bosch. Robert. GmbH Temperature-
responsive switch. 3.7 1 3,067, CI. 337-360.000.
Gnffin, Dana K.; and Wilson. John R Dust mot). 3.711,885, CI. 15-
229.bap.
GrifTiths, BrianJ.;See— ., , , ^ /- «-..k. q^,„ i
Saunders. Frederick C . Bryon. Kelvin J . and GnfTilhs. Bnan J.,
3,712,868. , J- .
Griffiths John Michael, to Post OfTicc, The. Mean-rate indicatmg ap-
paratus. 3,7 12,536, CI. 235-1 52.(K)0.
GrifTiths William C, and Danko, Emery A. Enthalpy exchange system.
3,7 12.026. CI. 55-32.000.
Griswold, Douglas A: See— .^ r\ a u
Rohrer, Kenneth L., Griswold, Douglas A., and Davies. David H.,
3 712 815
Groetscliel Karl M. Mechanical extension devices for hydraulic or
otherprops. 3,712,572,CI. 248-354.00r.
Gronholz Donald D., to Donaldson Comoany, Inc. Air cleaner with
hingedside walls. 3,7 12,033, CI. 55-493.000.
Gruffaz, Max; See—
Balme, Maurice; and Gniffaz, Max, 3,71 2,932_
Ducloux, Maurice; and Gruffaz, Max, 3,7 12,933.
Grundman, Frank G: See— _ ^ c l /- i 7i-> sab
Casey, William P., Jr., and Grundman, Frank G, 3.7 1 2.848.
''"TttlShn', 'Gfang'lcomo; Aresi, Vanna, and Winters, Giorgio,
3 712 897
Grvbek ' Rol'and S . and Johnston, Frederick B., to Marketing and
Research Services, Inc. Composition and method for treating plants
and trees 3 71 2,802, CI. 71-79.000. , . .
Grvbek Roland S.; and Johnston, Frederick B.. to Marketing and
Research Services, Inc. Composition and method for treating plants
andtrees. 3,712,803,0. 11-79.000.
Cschwendtner. Leonhard. See— u rA iiM \Ti
Muller, Johann; and Cschwendtner. Leonhard. 3.7 1 2.1 /5.
GTE Automatic Electric Laboratories Incorporated . See--
Bennett. Joseph C; and Reimer, William A., 3,71 3,1 10.
Risky, Frank A, 3,713,103.
Stich.Fredenck A, 3,71 3,104.
Van Bosse, John G, 3,7 13.019.
GTE Sylvania, Incorporated: See— . . • iTi-in-^fi
Boyd, Kenneth Leroy; and Valdes. SiWeno Antonio, 3.713,028.
Diehl Norman R, 3,712,151 . ^ ^ ,
Guberl^an, Jer^d; and Holt. Herman D, to Advance Patent Technolo-
gy. Inc. Ultra-sonic meat tenderizing apparatus. 3.711.8VO. Ci. i /-
25.000.
J.XNL.^RY 23. 1973
LIST OF P.ATENTEES
PI 13
Guberman. Jerald; and Snaper. Alvin A., to Advanced Patent
Technology. Inc. Ultra-sonic dry-cleaning machine. 3.712,085. Cl.
Guichard, Jean, to Centre d'Etudes Techniques des Industries de I'Ha-
billement Device for the displacement and alignment of pieces of
ncxible material mshcelform. 3.712,612.C1. 27N54.000_
Gffillot, David G., to Uniroyal, Inc. Polymerization. 3,7 1 2.870. Cl. 260-
2.00a.
Gulbierz, Joseph: See— . , . v, a /->i.„,i«c
Voigt H William. Jr.; Gulbierz. Joseph; and Yearwood, Charles,
3,712,221. ^ ^ _
Gulf & Western Industrial Products Company; See--
Galeone, Vicent A., and Amidon, Charles H., Jr , 3,7 11 ,91 3.
Gunsser, Peter: See— i in tbi
Kiess, Albert; Gunsser, Peter; and Kuhn, Edgar, 3 ,7 1 2,283.
Gust. Amo; See— ^-ii-ynt-i
Knabe, Uwe, Gust, Amo; and Hinxlage, Alois, 3.71 2,01 /.
Gustcnau. Gustav: See- _ nm.o
Kulik. Leo; and Gustenau.Gusfav. 3.7 12,348.
Gwilliam. Ralph Derek, to English clays Lovcring Pochin& Company
Limtted Tube pressure filters. 3,7 12,209,0. 100-112 000.
Hadficid Hi-rry J. to United Slates of America, Army. Rotary timer
3.712.421. Cl. 185-37.000.
^' We'i'mann^.^Guntcr; Haid, Ench; Muhleggcr, Klaus; Bergmeyer,
Hans Ulrich; Dietmann. Karl; Michal. Gerhard; and Nclbocck-
Hochstettcr, Michael. 3,712.885
Hainebach.ChariesR; See— ^ l
Bundrant, Charles O ; Hainebach, Charles R.; and Mayo, Frank
H, 3,712,862.
Haken Klaus Gravity compensated acceleration measuring apparatus.
3,712,109,0. 73-517.00r. . . , „
Halbcck, Werner B , to Cutler-Hammer. Inc Auxiliary' contact system
for electromagnetic switching devices. 3,713.055.0 335-136000.
Halern. Alfred, and Samor, Ernest J., to Synergistics, Inc Antiper-
spirant action by bimetallic salts of cluconic, glucuronic and galactu-
sionic acids. 3,7 12,948,0. 424-68.000.
Hall, James M.; and Clipp, Louis L.. to Exotech 'n<i«rporated. Ap-
paratus for generating pulsed jets of liquid. 3,712,543. Cl. 2JV-
102.000.
Halliburton Company: See-
Davidson, John P., 3,71 1,927.
Hallock, Edward C, Olsen, Robert W., and Viehmann George A.,
deceased (by La Palme, Camillc V.; co-executor; and Viehmann
Gcoree A Jr ; co-executor), to Construction Specialties, Inc. Wall
and comer guard assembly. 3,7 1 2,003, Cl. 52-254.000.
Hamaguchi, Ichiro: See— ,,.-,,«->
Or.o, Shigeo; and Hamaguchi, Ichiro, 3,712.192.
Hamazato, Kazuo; See— _j n^kin^
Usuda, Shogo; Hamazato. Kazuo; Uehara. Kiyoshi; and Uchida,
Hamers"f^r*j'' Warren; and Caseno. Frederick F.. J;. J^ Atlantic
Richfield Company. Chlorofluonr.ation of olefins. 3.712.931. Cl.
260-653.700
Hamilton, William F See- n,->i«<
Stommcl. Charles J; and Hamilton, William F, 3.7 1 2.155.
Hamilton. William R: See— tni-y-^An
Donlon. Richard H.; and Hamilton. William R.. 3.712.240.
Hammann, Ingeborg: See— iTno-iT
Schrader, Gerhard; and Hammann, Ingeborg. 3,712.93/.
Schrader, Gerhard; Hammann. Ingeborg; and Stendel, Wilhelm,
1712 938
Seyberhch, Alfred; Hammann, Ingeborg; and Behrenz, Wolfgang,
HamshJre! Wilfred Charles; and Atkinson. Thomas William Lancaster,
\o Marchon Products Limited. Method for samphng plant fluids.
HandKeo^ge'l-'pooT Kenneth R.; and Burford. Milto" ^ to
United States of America, Navy. Target marker warhead. 3.712.228.
Cl. 102-60.000.
Hannig, Joachim: See— ■,-,,-, tn^
Merkt Hans, and Hannig, Joachim, 3,7 12, 3U3.
hanousek Alois and KasI, Oldnch, to Elitex, Zavody textiln.ho
3'renstvi, generalni reditelstvi. Device for storing a transported
weft thread. 3,712,526,0. 226-97.000.
Hansmann, Arthur J: See—
Kenney. Clarence E., 3,712,762. ., j _f j „„„
Hanson, Laurence B., to Gardner-Denver Company. Underfeed con-
trol for percussion tool. 3,7 1 2, 1 79. Cl. 9 1 -220.000.
Hansson, Sven, & Co. AB; See—
Kabushiki Kaisha. Connector for a millmeter waveguide. 3.712.644.
Cl 285 39 000
Haraikawa, Tetsuo; Kondo. Sadao. and Y^awa Hiromi. to Tok.co
Ltd. Disk brake assembly. 3.71 2.422. Cl. 188-72.300.
Hardv. William C; See— . ^ j r»-,i<. u/
ierry Holland J.; Hardy. William C; and Zadow. Dale W..
3,712,375.
Harman, Gordons.: See— ^ . c ttitqio
Capps, Raymond H.; and Harnian. Gordon S^. 3.71 2.V3V.
Harmon, AlbeA D., to Maremont Corporation^ Yam jom.ng assembly
for automatic yam piecing apparatus. 3,712,040,0. 57-34.UOr.
Harnau, Hans-Dieter: See- , T,nii
Pctzsch. Lothar; and Harnau, Hans-Dieter, 3,7 1 2,23 i .
Harnischfeger Corporation: See-
Stone, David W. 3,713.137. ,-,ni,. n n7
Harnoncourt, Karl, to AVL AG. Gas mixer. 3,712,325, Cl 13/-
597.000. . ^ t .^^
Harolow, James H. to Allis-Chalmers Corporation^Transformer hav-
ing improved heal dissipating system. 3.713.060,0. 336-58.UUU.
Harper, Paul D; See— ,,,,,o.
Lulie, Albert L, and Harper. Paul D, 3.71 2 186
Harns Carl L., Rama, Leighton C , and Soward, Dallas V., to Electro
Development Corporation. Aircraft hard landing indicator.
3,712,122,0. 73-88. 50r. „ . , ^
Harris, James E.; and Watson, Robert L., to Eastman Kodak Company.
Apparatus for detecting and measuring yam defects and irregulari-
ties 3,712,743.0. 356-200.000 ,,oins n 72
Harns. Robert A Method of fonning meUl. 3.712.105. CI. U-
307.000.
Harris, Samuel M See— ■,-,,, oaa
Shelton, Warren E; and Harris, Samuel M, 3,7 11, 8yy
Harrod, Jimmie A., to Moore Busines' Forms, Inc. Ink roller fountam.
3,712.216,0.101-363 000. , , r. „,
Harlmann-Hansen, Tore, to WorthingTurbine International Inc. Over-
speed detector for rotary member 3,712,145.0 73-491.000.
Hartung, Josef, to Dura Tufting GmbH. Tile floor covenng and method
covenng a floor surface 3.712,845,0. 161-38000.
Hartzell Carl Daniel, to Raymond Intemational. Inc. Filling sand dram
holes.'3. 7 12.066,0 61-11.000.
Harvey, Alan R; See— ^ ■,,-, ii-^
Galbraith, Lyie D ; and Harvey, Alan R., 3,712.332.
Harvey. Denis Michael; See— ^ .. u iiTOfiA-;
Gartaganis, Phoebus A., and Harvey. Denis Michael, 3.7 1 2,843^
Harvey Gale A., to United States of America. National Aeronautics
and Space Administrator Apparatus for photographing meteors.
3,712,195,0. 95-1 l.OOr.
Harvey Harvester. Inc.; See—
Avis. John M, 3,7 12,039.
Harvey Harvesters, Inc.: See-
Harvey, John P.. 3,712.139.
Harvey John P., to Harvey Harvesters. Inc. Volume measunng con-
tainer. 3,712,139,0. 73-428.000.
Harvey, Merlin P; See— .. „ ... i „, ii
Nudenbcrg. Walter; Harvey. Merlin P.; ;.nd Mann. James U..
3.712.878.
Harwood. Oliver P.. to McDonnell Douglas Corporation. Actuator.
3.712,481,0. 2 14- 1.0cm.
"^'^Mu'^akami, Y^hinobu; Hasegawa, Yo; and Morimoto, Kazuhisa,
3 712 811
Hashimoto, 'Kazuo. Telephone answering and recording device.
3 713,039,0. 179-6.00r. ^ , c^ .„h
Has^tt James W., and Ihde, William M., to Environeenng, Inc. Sound
suppressing system. 3,712,412,0. I81-33.00d.
Hasuo, Shigetsuyo: See— ^ . ^ ,. j i.^k
Kohzuma, Sadao; Hasuo, Shigetsuyo; Tada, Kemchi; and Itoh,
Takayuki, 3,713,1 13.
Hasz John W., to Continental Oil Company. Vapor adsorption process
for recovenng selected components from a multi-component gas
stream. 3,7 1 2,027, Cl. 55-33.000.
Hatch. Michael R; See— .„ , c
Fasano. Ronald F.; Hatch. Michael R.; and Riggms. James E.,
3,713,121.
Havanagh.Frederick W: See— , ,., ■,-,t-,\AA
Kuzel. Norbert R.; and Havanagh. Frederick W., 3,712.144.
Hayashi, Tsuneto. Kinoshita, Hidejiro; and Iwahashi, Koji, to Mit-
subishi Jukogyo Kabushik, Kaisha. Corrosion resistant boiler ube
for chemical recovery vapor generating unit. 3,712,31 /, Cl. 138-
145.000.
Hazemae GmbH: See — , »- , j
Von Conrad, Eugene; Rosner. Kurt; and Meyer, Ludwig,
Hazv Andrew C., to Horizons Incorporated; division of Horizons
Research Incorporated. Dr> working photosensitive composiuons
compnsing organic halogen compounds, ethylene compounds and
carbinol compounds. 3,7 12,81 7, C1.96-48.00r
Healey AnthonVjohn, to Bell Telephone Laboratones, Incorporated.
Fluidic half-adder. 3,7 12,323, 0.137-81.5(30. , ,„ 7<o
Healy, James W., to Cambridge Engineenng Inc. Indexing. 3,712.750,
He?tcoa?,idga%. Fuel blender. 3.712.592.C1. 259-108.000.
Heberlein Hispano S.A.; See—
Vienon. Louis, 3,712,451. _,. .. . . •
Hedu Jon. to Bassett. W. E. Company. The. Clipper-combmed device
3,7'l2,31 1,0.132-73.000.
"'^'foK H^eno'jTHegel. Ja^es D.. Hosokawa. William T ; Pester,
William B; and Porter, Irwin C, 3,7 11, 964 „ . . ,
Heiderreich, Karl Heinz, to Goltermann Wandel u. Registratjon of
noise level in communication systems. 3.713.1 12. Cl. 340-1 /3.UUr
"'"^Br'au^nwreser.^/oVann. Heimel. Othniar; and Hem. Otto, 3.71 2,096.
^'"Braunwies^. Johann; Heimel, Othmar. and Hem, Otto. 3.7 1 2,096
Heinebach, Charles R; See- iiiififi
Bundrant, Charles O., and Heinebach, Charles R., 3,71 2.863
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Heinrich, Theodore MSe«—
Johnson, Frederick O . and Heinrich, Theodore M, 3,713,01 1 .
Heintz, Louis See—
Boncorur, Marcel, Heintz, Louis; Langrand, Jean; and Lavaud,
Michel, 3,7 12,736.
Held, Gerhard R Self-air cooling abrading wheel. 3,71 1,999, CI. 51-
206.00r. ^ . ^ ^ , ^^ . .
Helm Herbert W, and Barthalow, Henry D., to Smithe, F. L.. Machine
Company, Inc. Retractable gummer die for envelope machines.
3,712.265, CI. 118-212.000.
Hemsley, Bnan C ; Sff— ^ ,,.,,„„
Ruffle. William H , and Hemsley, Brian C, 3,712.399.
Hemstreet, Harold S , to Character Recognition Corporation, mesne.
Method and apparatus for identifying letters, characters, symbols
and the like 3 ,7 1 3,099, Ci. 340- 1 46.30d.
Hemstreet, Harold S , to Character Recognition Corporation, mesne.
Method and apparatus for identifying letters, characters, symbols,
andthelike. 3,7 13. 100, CI. 340-146. 30y
Henderson. James R; 5*e— -, ^c-,..
Fienup, Wilbur G, and Henderson, James R., 3,712,534.
Hengelhaupt, Hans-Georg; and Teichmann, Friedrich, to Triumph
Werke Nuernberg AG. Device to cast off wound ribbon from a
spool. 3,712,446, CI. 197-175.000.
Henkes, John L., Jr., to General Electric Company. Compostie back
projection screen and method of forming. 3,712,707, CI. 350-
122000.
Hennig, Fridolin: 5«—
Stenzenberger, Volkmar; Fuchsle, Klaus; and Hennig. Fndolin,
3,712,557.
Hennings, Klaus Method for the automatic alignment of two articles to
be brought into register with one another. 3,712,740, CI. 356-
152.000.
Henrick, Clive A.; and Siddall, John B., to Zoecon Corporation. Un-
saturated quaternary alkylated fatty acids and derivatives.
3,712,922. CI. 260-410.90T.
Henschen. Homer Ernst; and Huffnagle, Clifton Wesley, to AMP In-
corporated Electrical connections to flat conductor cable.
3,7 13,072, CI. 3 39-1 7.00f.
Hensen, Friedheim; See—
Schippers, Heinz, and Hensen, Friedheim, 3,712,594.
Hensley, James R. Air operated spring brake. 3,712,178, CI. 91-
170 00r.
Herbener, Henry M. Garments for women. 3,712,308. CI. 128-
519.000.
Hercules Incorporated: See—
Kruse, Walter M., 3,712,874.
Herdman. William R; and Sonnenberg, Charles W, to Kennedy Tank
& Manufacturing Company, Inc. Tank assembly method and ap-
paratus. 3,71 1,933, CI. 29-431.000.
Hermann. Gunther: &^—
Mayer, Dietmar; Sasse. Klaus; and Hermann, Gunther, 3,71 2,943.
Hemdon, Brian K : See—
Forchini, James F , and Hemdon, Brian K., 3,7 12,63 1
Herter, Martin. Ball and socket pipe joint. 3,712,645, CI. 285-95.000.
Hesske, Benno; See—
Bitterlich, Walter; and Hesske, Benno. 3,712.737.
Hewlett-Packard Company. S?«—
Page, John R, Jr.. 3,7 13,040.
Hickinbotham, William Percy Suspension unit for vehicle seats.
3,712,603, CI. 267-131.000.
Higgins, Roger K , and Sheets, Andrew T., to United States of Amenca,
Navy Synchro-to-digital conversion method and apparatus.
3,713, 141, CI. 340-347.0sy.
Hildebrand, James Ross; See-
Crumley, J A., Hildebrand. James Ross; Kerstetter, Harold Al-
fred, and Shaak, Ray Ned, 3,7 12,735.
Hill, Harold J.; and Thigpen, David Ross, to Shell Oil Company. Oil
recovery process using an emulsion modifier-containing dilute aque-
ous surfactant system. 3,7 12,377. CI. 166-252.000.
Hill,Menno E.; 5e*—
Boltrek, Henry; Hill, Menno E.; Kraft, Joseph K . and Schirmer,
Ernest J. ,3,712,447.
Hill William L., to Sun Oil Company. Multiple fracturing process.
3,7 12,379, CI. 166-297.000
Hill-Rom Company, Inc., mesne: See—
Kirkland, Norman; and Rachlinski, Stanley, 3,7 1 1 ,876.
Hillinger, Bruno; Nikowiu, Johann; and Schwarz, Michael, to
Waagner-Biro Aktiengesellschaft. Silo container respectively silo
construction. 3,7 12,002, CI. 52-63.000
Himmler, Conrad R: S«?—
Bartholomaus, Reiner, Diehl. Dieter, and Himmler, Conrad R..
3.712,339.
Himmler, Irma: See—
Bartholomaus, Reiner; Diehl, Dieter; and Himmler, Conrad R.,
3.712.339.
Hini, Paul, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Contact-free electrical pulse
generator utilizing galvanomagnetic semiconductor body.
3.713,069,C1. 338-32 000.
Hinxlage, Alois: See—
Knabc, Uwc; Gust, Am«; and Hinxlage, Alois, 3,71 2,017.
Hiraga, Ken-lchi, to Taisei Kensetsu Kabushiki Kaisha. Method for in-
troducing a prestress to a cylindrical concrete structure. 3.71 1,935.
CI. 29-452.000.
Hirsch, Abraham Adier Upflow distributive trays for fractionating
columns and absorption towers. 3,7 12,595, CI. 261-1 14.00r.
Hirt, Wilhelm; Ringelmann, Heinz; Weckesser, Ernst; and Weinhold,
Gottfried, to Vereinigte Aluminium Werke Aktiengesellschaft.
Molding machine. 3,7 12,785, CI. 425-405.000.
Hobson, H. M, Limited: S^«—
Murcott, Andrew James, 3,712,148.
Hock, Fromund, to Leitz, Ernst, GmbH Autocollimator for deter-
mining the position of two reflectors relative to each other..
3,712,739. CI. 356-118.000.
Hoffman, David A., to Bendix-Westinghouse Automotive Air Brake
Company. Dual circuit brake valve 3,7 12,685. CI. 303-52.000.
Hoffman. Herbert N., to General Electric Company. Gear unit oil seal
and support. 3.7 1 2,1 52, CI. 74-606.00r
Hoffman, Murray, to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Aircraft landing systems. 3,7 13, 1 59, CI 343-102.000.
Hoffmann, Oswald, to Hoffmann-Werke J., Oswald Hoffmann. Firing
equipment for simulating gunfire 3.7 12,230, CI. 102-70. 20r
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.: See—
Chodnekar, Madhukar Subraya, Pfiffner, Albert; Rigassi, Norbert;
Schwieter, Ulnch, and Suchy, Milos, 3.712,913. _
Hoffmann-Werke J , Oswald Hoffmann: See-
Hoffmann, Oswald, 3,7 1 2,230.
Hoge Henn H.; and Wadsworth, Gilbert A., to Rhomega Systems, Inc.
Cooling dental matenals 3,7 1 2,072, CI. 62-3.000.
Holladay, Samuel P: 5^f— , -, ^-n
Koff, Irwin; New, Ronald D.; and Holladay, Samuel P., 3,712,169.
Holovnia, Joseph T.; and Rakauskas, Vitie S., to Denmson Manufac-
turing Company. Feeding apparatus. 3,712,449, CI. 198-20.00r.
Holsapple. Edward Joe: See—
Holsapple, Olen Wade; Holsapple, Edward Joe; and Holsapple,
Jerry Raymond, 3,712,106.
Holsapple, Jerry Raymond: See—
Holsapple. Olen Wade, Holsapple, Edward Joe; and Holsapple,
Jerry Raymond, 3,712,106.
Holsapple, Olen Wade; Holsapple, Edward Joe; and Holsapple. Jerry
Raymond, to Wolgast, Raymond P. Shaping tool for planar sheets.
3,7 12, 106, CI. 72-309 000
Holstein & Kappert, Maschinenfabnk Phonix GmbH: See—
Knabe, Uwe; Gust, Amo; and Hinxlage, Alois, 3,71 2.017.
Holt, Herman D.: See—
Guberman, Jerald; and Holt, Herman D., 3,7 1 1 ,896.
Holt, Ralph. Alignment device. 3,71 1 ,955, CI. 33-18I.OOr.
Holt, Wythe W. Article dispensing apparatus and method. 3,712,507,
CI. 221-82.000.
Honeywell Inc.: See-
Canon, Kenneth G., 3,71 2,967.
Weaver, John A., Brandt, Carl Raymond; and Leidy, Lester R , Jr.,
3,712,143.
Honeywell Information Systems Inc.: See—
Duben, Franklin T, 3,7 1 3, 1 1 5.
OIney, Frederick D., Jr.; and Crump, Robert O, 3,7 1 1 ,924. |
Honeywell Information Systems lulia: See—
Carita, Enrico, 3,712,537.
Hope, Henry F., and Hope, Stephen F. Daylight film loader. 3,712.205.
CI. 95-91.000.
Hope, Stephen F : See—
Hope, Henry F ; and Hope, Stephen F., 3,712,205.
Hopfer, Samuel, to General Microwave Corporation. Variable
microwave attenuator. 3,713,037. CI. 333-81.00a.
Hopkins, John, University, The: See—
Burson, Richard D.;and Avery, William H.. 3,712,448.
Horizons Incorporated; division of Horizons Research Incorporated:
Hazy, Andrew C. 3.712,817.
Homung, Louis Michael, to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion Diminished matnx method of 1/0 control. 3,713,109, CI. 340-
172.500.
Horvath, Vilmos: 5^^—
Kizakisz, Iliasz; and Horvath, Vilmos, 3,7 1 2,409.
Hoshidenki-Seizo Kabushiki-Kaisha: See—
Tada,Kiichiro, 3,713,059.
Hosokawa, Masuo; Yokoyama, Tohei; Suzuki, Teruaki; Aki, Yoshiaki;
and Tokui, Masahiko, to Kabushiki Kaisha Hosokawa Funtaikogaku
Kenkyusho. Device for grinding synthetic resin or like having low
melting temperature into powder. 3,7 1 2,55 1 , CI. 24 1 -88.000.
Hosokawa Minoru, to Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha. Elearomag-
netic switch assembly. 3,7 1 3,056, CI. 335-206.000 ^i
Hosokawa, William T.:Sf<'—
Folson, Henry J.; Hegel, James D.; Hosokawa, Wilham T.; Pester.
William B.; and Porter, Irwin C, 3,7 1 1 ,964.
Houilleres du Bassin du Nord et du Pas de Calais: &«—
Basic r, Robert; and Parisot.Clovis, 3,712,502.
Houssa Marcel Goerges Jean. Process and machine for the toasting of
cut bread. 3,7 1 2,480, CI. 2 14-1 OOq.
Hovens, Paulus Joseph Maria: See— ^ „ ,
Smeulers, Wouter; Hovens, Paulus Joseph Mana; and Korver, Jan
Abraham Comelis, 3,7 1 2,999.
Howard, George C: 5«— ,_,.,_,
Bearden,WilliamG.;andHoward,GeorgeC ,3,712,373.
Howe, Ralph; and Smith, Leslie Harold, to Imperial Chemica^ Indiw-
tries Limited. Alkanolamine derivatives. 3,712,927, Cl. 2bO-
471.00c. ■ c. ^v -A
Huang Barney K.. to Research Corporation. Seedling growing and
handling device. 3.7 1 2,252, CI. 1 1 1 -2.000.
Hubble. William S.: See—
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Carnavos, Theodore C; Hubble, William S.; and Woods, Kenneth
K, 3,712,272.
Huffnagle, Clifton Wesley: See—
Henschen, Homer Ernst; and Huffnagle, Clifton Wesley,
3,713,072.
Hughes Aircraft Company: See—
Jaffe, Richard M, 3,7 13,1 55.
Hughes, Robert B : See—
Bruner, Weston G., Pearson, Johnnie L.; Reeder, George C, Jr.;
Gaheen, Alfred F,, Jr.; Green, Elberson D.; and Hughes, Robert
B, 3,713,149.
Hughey, Calvin A.: See—
Carroll, John J.; Hughey, Calvin A.; and May, Charles W.,
3,713,146.
Hunkar, Denes B., to Hunkar Instrument Development Laboratories,
Inc. Control system for parison extruders. 3,712.772. CI. 425-
141.000
Hunkar Instrument Development Laboratories, Inc.: See—
Hunkar,DenesB., 3,712,772.
Hunnicutt, Jack B ; Plumly, George W.; and Radford, Troy R., to
Mycom Corporation. Apparatus for programmed instruction and
testing 3,71 1,963, CI. 35-9.00a.
Hunnicutt, Wayne E., to Applied Power Industries, Inc. Freely posi-
tionable force distributing device. 3,71 2,108, CI. 72-446.000.
Hunnicutt, William R.,Jr. VLF active sonar. 3,7 13,083, CI. 340-3.00r.
Hunt, William Allen, to Envirotech Corporation. Mobile drilling rig
having adjustable boom. 3.7 1 2.385, CI. 1 73-43.000.
Hurewitz, Arthur: See-
Spiegel, Jacob; and Hurewitz, Arthur, 3,71 1,961
Hurst, Robert H , to Clevepak Corporation. Antipollution exhaust
system for an internal combustion 3,712,Ot)5,Cl. 60-274.000
Hurst, Robert L , to Ball Corporation. Method for handling articles.
3.712.450, CI. 198-25,000
Hurst, Robert L., to Ball Corporation. Apparatus for transferring arti-
cles. 3,712,453, CI. 198-41.000.
Husler, Balthasar, to AlphonsGlutz-Blotzheim AG. Partition wall con-
stniction. 3,7 1 2,01 1 , CI. 52-24 1 .000.
Hussey, George D.: See—
Loeffler, Donald E.; Hussey, George D.; Smith, George; and Wor-
tcl, Johannes M, 3,7 12,864.
Huswciler, Arnold, Beilstein, Gunter; Mayer, Adolf; and Paris,
Nikolaus, to Erdolchemie Gescllschaft mit beschrankter Haftung
Process for preparing acrylonitrilc. 3,7 1 2,9 1 2, CI. 260-465.300.
Hydrocarbon Research, Inc.: See—
Volk, William, 3,712,807.
Hyland, William P.; Baird, Roy W.; and Culbeftson, James A., to
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The. Vehicle wheel with fail
safe features. 3,7 12,680, CI. 301-63.0ds.
I-T-E Imperial Corporation: See—
\ Clark, Robert M., 3,7 13,075.
Weber, Hans J, ,3,7 1 3,061.
Ideal Toy Corporation: See-
Nielsen, Edwin, and Carella, Vincent, 3.7 1 1 ,989.
I Igarashi, Yousuke: See—
Kishi, Hirotoshi; Igarashi, Yousuke; and Tano, Takeo, 3.7 12.203.
Ihde, William M: 5«f —
Hassett, James W; and Ihde, William M, 3,7 1 2.4 1 2.
Iller, Adabelle, E: St-
iller, John A, 3,71 1,882.
Iller, John A., 50% to lller, Adabelle, E. Elevated doorway retractable
ramp structure. 3,71 1,882, CI. 14-72.000.
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited: See-
Deans, David Robert, 3,71 2,028.
Howe, Ralph; and Smith, Leslie Harold, 3,712.927.
Kenworthy, John Grahame, 3,7 1 2.709.
Lee, Sunley Arnold, 3,7 1 2,890.
Marke Douglas John Burrows; and Thompson, Peter George,
3,712,220.
Imperial Metal Industries (Kynoch) Limited: See—
Sutton,KarelSaxl, 3,712,092.
Improved Machinery Inc.: S«—
Parker, Henry R, 3,712,774.
Inaba, Shiegeho; Yamamoto, Michihiro; Ishizumi, Kikuo; Mori, Kazuo;
and Yamamoto, Hisao, to Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd. Quin-
azolinone derivatives. 3,7 1 2,892, CI. 260-25 1 .Oqb.
Industrial Electronic Rubber Company: &e—
Murray, Myles N.; and Beaver, Dale M., 3,7 1 2,579.
Information Terminals Corporation: See—
Schwaru,VernR., 3,7 12,559.
Institut Francais du Petrole, des Carburants et Lubrifiants: See-
Laurent, Jean ; and Duconge, Claude, 3,7 1 3,085.
Institut Khimii Prirodynykh Soefineny Akademii Nauk SSSR: See—
Serebryakova, Tatyana Andreevna; Zakharychev, ArdaJion
Vladimirovich; Chigir, Rimma Nuriakhmetova; Anachenko.
Sofia Nikolaevna; Torgov, Igor Vladimirovich, and Krjutchen-
ko, Evgenia Georgievna, 3,712,910.
Inter-Lakes Engineering Co.: See—
Kasper, Cass S.; and Rott, Vernon. 3.7 H .923.
International Agri-Systems, Inc.: See—
Viscolosi, Louis A., 3,7 1 1 ,897.
International Business Machines Corporation: See—
Allen, Joseph B; and Lippmann, Henry E., 3,712,975.
Bement, Ronald Allan; and Brown, Augustus Boyd. 3,7 1 2,575.
Broers. Alec N, 3,71 1,908.
Comfort, Webb T.; and Radin, George, 3,7 1 3,096.
Edstrom, Gene H; and Irwin, John W, 3,71 3,108.
Fasano, Ronald F.; Hatch, Michael R ; and Riggins, James E..
3,713,121.
Homung, Louis Michael, 3,713,109.
Linnerooth, John D ; and Rosen, Erhardt W., 3,7 1 3,097.
Linton, Richard H, and Sonoda, George, 3,713,1 14.
Suuffer, Russell A, 3,7 1 2,266.
Taylor, Gerald, 3,713,122.
Intemational Flavors & Fragrances Inc.: See—
Theimer. Ernst Theodore. 3.7 1 2.947.
Intemational Harvester Company: See-
Lech, Richard J , and Reinebach, Lawrence R., 3,712,758.
Praca,Casimir, 3,712,034.
Intemation^ Standard Electric Corporation: See—
Castets, Michel G. M.; Colin, Jean-Marie H.; and Eebuisser, Jean-
Claude A. 3,713,152.
Graziani, Danio, 3,7 1 2.994
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation: See—
Fisher, James K, 3,7 12,997.
Hoffman, Murray, 3,713,159.
Smith, JozefR, 3,712,765.
Talmo, Robert Eugene, 3,7 1 3,068.
Interstop AG: Sff—
Meier, Ernst, 3,712,518.
Iowa State University Research Foundation: See—
Porter, Max L.; and Ekberg, Carl E., 3,7 1 2,01 0
Irik, Gijsbert Waldemar: See—
Boersma, Rintje; and Irik. Gijsbert Waldemar, 3,71 2,953.
Irnich, Werner; and Bleifeld, Walter Apparatus for intra-aortal bal-
loon pulsation. 3,7 1 2,290, CI. 128-1 .OOd.
Irons, Laurence Ian: See —
Evans, Mervyn Thomas Arthur; Irons, Laurence Ian; and Mitchell,
John Richard, 3,712,865.
Irvin Industries. Inc.: See—
Gavagan, James A , and Romanzi, Louis, Jr.. 3.71 1.904.
Irwin, John W.: See—
Edstrom, Gene H; and Irwin, John W, 3,71 3,108.
Isarev, Igor Vladimirovich: See-
Berlin, Zalman Leivikovich; Isarev, Igor Vladimirovich;
Vasilchenko, Anatoly Stepanovich; Maslovsky, Gennady
Vasilievich; Serkov, Anatoly Gavrilovich; Yakimovich, Hviktor
Yakovlevich; and Ivanovsky, Evgeny Alexandrovich, 3,712,369.
Isberg, Per Gustaf; Pind. Christen Willemoes; and Sundqvist. Cnut Her-
bert, to Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget. Nuclear power
station. 3,7 1 2,85 1 , CI. 1 76-37.000.
Ishizumi, Kikuo: See—
Inaba, Shiegeho; Yamamoto, Michihiro; Ishizumi, Kikuo; Mori,
Kazuo; and Yamamoto, Hisao, 3,712,892.
Isley, Walter F., to Teledyne Industries, Inc. Temperature control
system for superchanged internal combustion engine. 3,712,282, CI.
123-1 19.0cd.
Italspier S.p.A.: See—
Moretti, Alberto; and Feroli, Settimio, 3,7 1 2,25 1
Itek Corporation: See—
Adachi,Iwao P., 3,712,711.
O'Brien, John A, 3,7 12,729.
Oliver, Donald S.; and Zacharias, Jerrold R., 3,71 2,954. '
Ito, Kazuo, to Kabushiki Kiasha Daini Seikosha OuarU crystal watch
3,712,045, CI. 58-23.00r.
Itoh, Takayuki: See—
Kohzuma, Sadao; Hasuo, Shigetsuyo; Tada, Kenichi; and Itoh,
Takayuki, 3,7 13. 11 3.
Itzkan, Irving, to United States of America, Air Force. N, pumped
tunable dye laser. 3,7 13,044, CI. 331-94.500.
Ivanovsky, Evgeny Alexandrovich: Sf«—
Berlin, Zalman Leivikovich, Isarev, Igor Vladimirovich,
Vasilchenko, Anatoly Stepanovich, Kfaslovsky, Gennady
Vasilievich; Serkov, Anatoly Gavrilovich; Yakimovich, Hviktor
Yakovlevich; and Ivanovsky, Evgeny Alexandrovich, 3,712,369
Ivenbaum, Bernard. Air pressure balanced self-conUined tire pressure
condition signal transmitter. 3.7 13,092, CI. 340-58.000.
Iwahashi, Koji: See—
Hayashi, Tsuneto; Kinoshita, Hidejiro; and Iwahashi, Kojt,
3,712.317.
Iwasa, Ichiro: See —
Matsuda, Kazuo; Tanaka, Yoshiaki; Sakai. Takcyo; and Iwasa.
Ichiro. 3,7 12,930.
Iwatsu Electric Co., Ltd.: See—
Kishi. Hirotoshi; Igarashi, Yousuke; and Tano, Takeo, 3,7 12,203.
Uchida,Kozo, 3,7 13,029
Jackson, Harold Ernest, to Petrol Injection Limited Fuel injection
systems 3,7 12,275, CI. I23-32.0ea.
Jackson, Richard 1.: See—
Blair, James E.; and Jackson, Richard I, 3,7 1 2,2 19.
Jacobs, Philip C, Jr , to Chase-Shawmut Company, The. Current-limit-
ing polyphase fuse. 3,713,064, CI. 337-161.000
Jacquot, Michel Jules; Amicel, Charles Gustavf; and Renaudon. Mane
Michel, to Centre dTtudes Techniques des Industries de I'Habille-
ment. Suction gripping apparatus. 3,712,61 1, CI 271-1 1.000.
Jaeger. Walter. Textile dry cleaning machine. 3,712,088, CI. 68-
18.00c.
Jaffe Richard M., to Hughes Aircraft Company. Monopulse radar
receiver. 3,713,155, CI. 343-l6.00m.
Jameco Industries, Inc.: See—
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Gaier, Israel, 3,711,874.
James Bertram C. to Varian Associates. Method for constructing an
mteract[on circuit for a microwave tube. 3,7 1 1 ,943. CI. 29-600.000^
Jamison Will B . to Consolidation Coal Company. Fluid propelled
mine haulage vehicle and method for underground haulage
3.712.489.CI. 214-83.360. . . , n a . i
Jansen Theodore J., to Pitney-Bowes, Inc. Annular fluidic control
device. 3,712,320,C1. 137-81.500.
Jansscn Albert T., to Atlantic Richfield Company. Mining method
3.7 12.677. CI. 299- 13.000. -,7,,oas
Janssen Eldon L Educational toy for teaching arithmetic. 3,71 1,965,
CI 35-31 OOd
Japanese Geon Co .Ltd.. The; See—
Sato. Ryozi. and Chino.Yasuyoshi. 3,712,917. . ^ ,.
Jarosinski, Louis, to Lee, Raymond, Organization, Inc., The. Golden
age glory sit in shower. 3,71 1 ,872. CI. 4-146.000.
Jeddeloh Bros. Sweed Mills. Inc.: See-
Larson. Charles L. 3,712.608
Jelinek, Arthur G, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I, and Company. Alky!
carbamoyl-N.N-dialkylphosphonamidate. 3,712,936, CI. 260-
Jcnnings. Doris E Scrubber mitt for bathing. 3,711,889. CI. 15-
227.000. ^ . u u. f
Jeryan Richard A , to Ford Motor Company. Combustion chamber tor
gas turbine engine 3.7 1 2.056. CI. 60-39.650.
Jezic Zdravko, to Dow Chemical Company, The. Thiophenediyl-bis
(iodonium salts). 3.712.920. CI. 260-332.500.
Johnson. Frederick O., and Heinrich. Theodore M. to Westmghouse
Electric Corporation. Converter apparatus. 3.713,011, CI. 321-
• 27.00r. ^ '■ ^
Johnson Frederick O.. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Con-
verter apparatus. 3.713.012. CI 321-27.00r.
Johnson, Howard, Company: See—
Downing. Robert C, 3,7 1 1 .975.
Johnson. Paul K See-
Warren, Bobby J ; and Johnson. Paul K.. 3.71 1.938
Johnson. Robert B . and Smith, Craig E . to Eastman Kodak Company
Take-up device for a stnp of web material 3,712.558. CI. 242-
195 000
Johnson. S C . & Son. Inc.: See-
Davenport. Richard L. 3.7 1 2,5 1 7.
Johnson Service Company; See-
Munch, Otto R, 3,712,324.
Johnston. Frederick B; See—
Grybck. Roland S . and Johnston, Frederick B . 3,7 1 2,802.
Grvbck. Roland S. and Johnston. Frederick B.. 3.7 12.803.
Johnston. Robert Bernard, and Rees. John Michael, to British Lighting
Industries. Limited. Electnc incandescent lamps. 3,7 1 2,701, CI. 316-
20000
Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation; See—
Gerdmg, Charles Christian. 3.7 1 2.366.
Jones. Charles, to Curtiss-Wnght Corporation Rotary internal com-
bustion engine with low starting drag. 3.712.766, CI. 418-88.000.
Jones. Elwyn. to Koehring Company. Thin walled thermoplastic pres-
sure vessels particularly for carbonated beverages and methods of
makinesame. 3. 712.497, CI. 215-1. 00c.
Jones,GrensonTrevelyn: See— , ^ „ , .
Wong. Cho Lun; Jones, Glenson Trevelyn. and Crawford, Roland
Francis. 3,713,046.
Jones. Lawrence Temple; See-
Smith. Jay, III, Schmidt, Gerald W.; and Jones. Lawrence Temple,
3.712.397.
Jones, Stanley W : See—
Nye, William M. and Jones. Stanley W.. 3,712.961 .
Jope. Bruce T . and Phillips. Alan R . to Monsanto Company. Im-
proved molding apparatus for simultaneously forming plural articles.
3,7 12,780. CI. 425-291.000
Josam. Walter P.; See-
Watts. Norbert B . and Josam, Walter P , 3,7 1 2,966
Jovanovic Dragan Device for cleaning xerographic cylinders.
3.712.734. CI. 355-15.000.
Jueike Charles V.. to Celanese Corporation. Aromatic sulfonates and
process for making same 3.7 1 2.91 9. CI. 260-5 1 2.00r.
Justason Alastair, to Goodrich, B F.. Company. The. Belt measuring
apparatus. 3.7 1 1 .952. CI. 33-125.00r.
K-B Engineering Company: See—
Kice, Jack W ;and Vanderlip. Herbert D , 3,712.337.
Kabele.Stanislav; See— „ . , - ,
Chrtek. Milan, Doudlebsky. Ctibor, and Kabele. Stanislav.
3.712.042
Kabushiki Kaisha Daini Seikosha; See—
Morta. Katsuhiko. 3,712,036.
Kabushiki Kaisha Hosokawa Funtaikogaku Kenkyusho See—
Hosokawa. Masuo, Yokoyama. Tohei. Suzuki. Teruaki. Aki.
Yoshiaki, and Tokui. Masahiko. 3,7 1 2,55 1
Kabushiki Kaisha Okawara Seisakusho; See—
Fukuyo, Masaichi, 3.7 1 1 .962.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh; See—
Shima.Toshi, 3.712.731.
Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha; See—
Hosokawa. Minoru, 3,7 1 3.056.
Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho; See—
Mase.Toshio. and Kondo.Tsukasa,?,7 12.972.
Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho; See—
Takagi. Nobuo; and Kuroyanagi, Rikuo, 3,712,528.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ucno Sciyaku Oyo Kenkyujo; See—
Ueno,Ryuzo, 3,712,823.
Kabushiki Kaisha Yashica; See— _
Yoshimura,Hirofumi, 3,712.194.
Kabushiki Kiasha Daini Seikosha; See—
Ito.Kazuo, 3,712,045.
Kaempfen, Henry Xavier, to American Cyanatnid Company. Bis-pyrid
oxazole-stilbene derivatives for optical brightening. 3.712,888, CI.
260-240.0ca.
Kaesemeyer. Cari W ; and Garman. Dean H . to Cincinnati Milacron
Inc Coolant discharge system for gnnding machine. 3.712.001, CI.
51-356.000.
Kahle Engineering Company: See—
Napor.Cari A ; and Krumm. Charles G. 3.712,553.
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation; See—
Plichta.DietmarG. 3,712.367.
Kaiser. Carl; and Zirklc, Charles L , to Smith Kline and French Labora-
tories BenzoheterocyclicalkyI derivatives of 4-(2-keto-l-
benzimidazolmyD-pipcndine. 3,7 1 2,898. CI. 260-293.570.
Kaiser. Fritz: See—
Voigtlandcr. Wolfgang, and Kaiser, Fritz, 3,7 1 2.884.
Kalikow, Irving. Sterling, Eliot Morton; and Anderson. William Paul, to
General Electric Company. Centrifugally controlled flow modulating
valve. 3.712,756, CI. 415-175.000.
Kalopissis, Gregoirc; Gascon, Jean; Gallien, Jacqueline; Bugaut, An-
dree; and Gaston-Breton. Hubert, to Societc Anonyme dite; L'Oreal.
Dyeing human hair and composition for including an oxidation dye
and heterocyclic coupler thereof 3.7 1 2,1 58, CI 8-1 1.000
Kalopissis, Gregoire. Bugaut. Andree. and Gaston-Breton. Hubert, to
Societe Anonyme dite; LOreal 2.6-Dimcthyl phenol couplers and
oxidation dyes for dying hu. nan hair. 3.7 12.790. CI. 8-10 200
Kalus Serge, to Cegedur GP Device for fixing panels and assembly.
3.712,013, CI. 52-584.000
Kaneko, Tamaki; and Mizuno, Katsumi. to Ricoh Co., Ltd. Copy sheet
discharge device with removable rollers. 3.712.214. CI 101-
232.000.
Kantrowitz, Arthur R , Gerry, Edward T., Leonard. Donald A , and
Wilson, Jack, to Avco Corporation Apparatus for and method of
providing population inversion. 3.7 1 3,030, CI. 330-4.300.
KaoSoapCo .Ltd See-
MaLsuda. Kazuo; Tanaka. Yoshiaki. Sakai. Takeyo; and Iwasa.
Ichiro, 3,712,930.
Kasc, Oldrich; See—
Hanousek. Alois; and Kase.Oldrich, 3.7 1 2,526.
Kaspar,Klaus. Garage 3.712,485, CI 214-I6.1cd
Kasper, Cass S.; and Rott, Vernon, to Inter-Lakes Engineenng Co.
Machine and process for assembling cathodes 3,711,923, CI. 29-
203 001
Katzman, Frederick. Swimming pool cover. 3,7 1 1 ,873. CI. 4- 1 72. 1 20.
Kaufman, Harry. Strip-chart recorder with paper supply in replaceable
cartridge. 3,71 3,1 70. CI. 346-136 000
Kaufmann, Michael, to Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm GmbH Rocket
engine exhaust nozzle with boundary layer control 3,712,546. CI
Kawada. Toshio. Digital indicating machine 3.712,050. CI. 58-
'125.00c.
Kcwakami. Takaaki; See—
Czawa. Naosuke; Kawakami. Takaaki; and Watabe. Minoru.
3.712,529
Kawanishi, Masazumi; See—
Yamato, Eisaku; Miura, Yuji; Wada, Masao; Sekiguchi, Toshi;
Kawanishi. Masazumi, Sato, Masanori, and Nagao, Taku,
3,712,895.
Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Matsumura, Masakatsu, 3,713,093
Kaye Gordon E , to Mallory. P R., & Co., Inc Heanng aid battery
dispenser. 3,7 12,695, CI 312-31.000
Kaye Gordon E . to Mallory. P. R . & Co . Inc. Reserve cell with
modular construction 3,7 1 2,835, CI 136-1 14.000
Keady. Frederick D.. and Silagy. Richard J , to Weatherhead Com-
pany, The. Brake warning switch 3.7 1 2,683, CI. 303-6.00c.
Keck. Johannes See— vi ■ i i i-
Kruger Gcrd. Zipp, Otmar, Keck. Johannes, Nickl. Josel,
Machleidt. Hans; Ohnackcr. Gerhard. Engelhom, Robert, and
Puschmann.Sigfrid. 3.712.924.
Keiner Heinz; Kessler. Arthur, and Schafer, William, to LciU, Ernst,
GmbH Automatic lap dissolve for motion picture cameras.
3,712,721.0 352-91000 ^ . ^
Keledy Francis C . and Notvest, Kenneth R., to Trodync Corporation.
Acoustic emission crack monitor 3,7 1 3,1 27, CI. 340-261 .000 _
Kell Robert Christopher, to General Electric Company, Limited, The.
Microwave devices. 3,7 1 3,051, CI 333-73.00r^ o . ii ,^
Keller, George C, Maxwell, Marvin S , and Dod, Louis R.. to Umted
Sutes of America, National Aeronatuics and Space Administration.
Pluralbeam antenna. 3,713,163 CI 343-754.000.
Kelley, James O; See— ,,,,^no
Propst.RobertL.;andKelley.JamesO.. 3.712,698.
Kelley James O ; and Propst. Robert L.. to Miller, Herman, Inc
Locker. 3.712.697. CI 312-297.000
Kemi Corporation Limited: See—
McKeman. Francis Peter, 3,712,643.
Kendig, Benjamin F; See— „ • ,- ^ ■,,-, ioa
Davies, Jeffrey B, and Kendig, Benjamin F., 3,712,394.
Kennard, Harry M : See—
JANI)AR> 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Genese. Joseph N.. Raprza, Edward J- falanaugh. Charles F;
Kennard, Harry M., Chevalaz. Roger A . and Smith. John A..
Kennedy Robert D.. to Ford Motor Company. Electrical terminal.
3.7 13.080. CI. 339-258.00r. .
Kennedy Tank & Manufacturing Company, Inc. See-
Hcrdman, William R., and Sonnenberg. Charles W 3,71 1 933
Kcnncy Clarence E . 25% to Hansmann. Arthur J. Concrete pump
3.7 12,762, CI. 417-477.000.
Kent Engineering: See- ,^,,,.„
Van Noord. Andrew J. 3,712.149. , .a
Kenworthy John Grahame, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited
vrnablehght transmission device. 3,712,709.C1. ?50-160.00r
Kerstctter, Harold Alfred: See— u .i
Crumley, J A , Hildebrand. James Ross; Kcrstettcr. Harold Al-
fred; and Shaak. Rav Ned. 3,7 12,735.
Kersting, Raymond J . to Wagner Electric Corporation. Control valve
3.712,686. CI. 303-71.000.
Kessler, Arthur: .See— . i- . r uiu.„^-iH->T>\
Keiner. Heinz. Kessler. Arthur; and Schafer. William 3.712,721 .
Ketterer. Edmund, to Kroewerath. S. L.. & Co . Firma. Oscillator with
clcctrodynamic drive and electromagnetic detection, especially for
use in an electronic clock. 3,7 13.047. CI. 33 1-1 6 00m.
Key Joe Wayne; and Russell. Larry Rayner. to Fluor Ocean Services.
Inc Method and system for laying a pipeline from a reel barge
3.712, 100,C1 72-161.000. „ „ ^ r^^
Kice. Jack W.. and Vanderiip. Herbert D to K-B Engjneenng Com-
pany Air operated timing mechanism. 3.712. 337. CI. 13/-ft24.i4u.
Kiemle. Horst; See— ,^,-,o.o
Ross.Dieter;andKiemlc.Horst, 3,712,813. o,K,r.
Kicss Albert. Gunsscr. Peter, and Kuhn, Edgar, to Bosch. Robert.
GmbH Safety arrangement for starting motor in internal com-
bustion engines. 3.7 12.283. CI. 123-179 00a
Kievcs. Garry. Self-actuating record jacket holder 3,7 1 2,477, CI. 2 1 i -
Kimu'ro Tadao; and Ataniya. Takeshi, to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki
Kaisha Method of improving the surface of galvanized steel materi-
al 3,712.826. CI. 117-22.000. , ,, r . »
Kincaid Frederick L . to Esco Corptnalion Cham hnk fixture.
3.712,456. CI. 198-175.000
Kinemotive Corporation; See—
Bucalo. Louis. 3.712.338. .
King Ralph J . to Ford Motor Company. Vent window hinge.
3.71 1.893. CI. 16-128.000.
King, ScobyN: See— ,_ k, -.thuu^
Dyer, Gordon A.; and King, Scoby N , 3,7 1 1 ,984.
Kinoshita.Hidejiro; See— .... . ■ i,,ck; Woii
Hayashi, Tsuneto; Kinoshita, Hidejiro; and Iwahashi, Koji.
Kinsel.Vrlc;'st^ewart. to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated
Stabilized' mode -locked laser arrangement. 3,713,042, tl. m-
Kirchner Henry P Method of strengthening ceramic material by glaz-
inBandquenchmg 3.712.830.C1. 117-125.000.
Kirkland Norman.^nd Rachlinski. Stanley to H.ll-Rom Company.
Inc mesne Tilt bed. 3.71 1.876. CI 5-62.000.
Kishi Hirotoshi; Igarashi. Yousuke; and Tano. Takeo. to Iwatsu E ec^
trie Co . Ltd. Automatic control device for the ««"" f^«"""'f' «"
within a developer in an electrostatic copy machine. 3,712,2UJ, ci
95 89 OOr
Kissclmann Willy. Rumpelein. Fritz, and Kopf, Paul, to Agfa-Gevacrt
Aktrngcsellschaft. Indicating instrument with p.votable scales
3 712 262,C1. I 16-I29.00r. . r- „.
Kitajima, Susumu. to Kurita Machinery Manufacturing Company^
Limited Mechanism for automatically transporting filler plates in
filter Dress 3 71 2.460.CI. 198-221.000. _,^ a
Kitam Esh; Yoshida. Kenichi; Ohtsubo. Hideo; and Kuroda.
Staka to Sumitomo Electnc Industries. Ltd. Leaky waveguide
iine. 3,7 13,052, CI. 333-84.00r.
Kito, Masahior; See— iTnnsT
Aiki Shigeo;Kito. Masahior; and Ueda.Atumi. 3.7 12,0.y.
K.uch Hirofhi; and Takezaqa, Yoshio, to Toray Industries, Inc
Weatherable, high impact, thermoplastic resin composition
Kwo;a'wr'Y2um^;'ogawa, Yoshihisa; Ono, Ak.ra. Fukumasu.
"'^S., and Sugisaki, Hiroyuki, to Sakata Shokai. Co Ltd. Ea.ly
dispersible pigment and process for producing same. 3.712.824. ei.
K.lakisz^Iliasz'^and Horvath, Vilmos, to Medicor Muvek Stethoscope.
3 712,409. CI. 181-24.000.
. """"GrSum. s'hellcn B.; Schaaf. Kurt H ; and Klein. Howard C .
3 71'' 949
Klein. Nort;:rt. to Porsche, Dr.-lng. H.cF ^.G F.rma^L^k for a
removable rood attachment for vehicles. 3.712.665. CI. 2yfr
Kli'nV. William M. Centrifuge tube. 3.712.295.C1. 128-2.00f.
Klinkert, HelmuthJ. See- .ui -itossa
Lorenzini. Raymond; and Klinkert Helmuth J.. 3.7 12,554.
Klockner-Humboldt-Deuu Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Knab?l^wTGutt,'Amo'an'd H.nx.age. Alois, to Ho.stein & Kapper.
■^ Mas^hinenfabnk Phon.x GmbH Method and apparatus for the ap-
plication of caps to bottles or the hke. 3,71 2.01 7. CI. 53-43.000
KneissI Franz, to KneissI, Franz, Skifabrik Implement handle.
3,7 12,659, CI. 294-57.000.
KneissI, Franz, Skifabrik; See—
Knip^"EarrA."t"o Rex Chainbelt Inc. Length-adaptable rotary mower
hlade 3 712 037 CI S6.295.000
Kobayashi", Toyoaki; Kondo, Toshio; and Sakakibara, Naoj. to A.s.n
Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha Wear indicating arrangement for brake
linings of disc brakes. 3.7 13.09 1. CI. 340-52.00a.
Koble Robert L.. Jr., and GoettI, John M.. to Ghiz, George J. Pool
cleaning apparatus. 3,7 1 2,3 1 3, CI. 1 34-1 67 OOr.
Koehring Company; See-
Jones, Elwyn, 3,712,497.
Meyer, Walter E. 3,712,125. ,^,.,,,,
White. JamesC. and Emge. Gene F.3.712.77r ,,„,.«,,,„
Koff, Irwin; New. Ronald D . ^"dHolladay. Samuel P to United States
ofAmerica.Navy.Extractortab. 3.712 169. CI. 89-1. 50d.
Kofink Siegfried. Thermal-mechanical energy transducer device.
3 712 053, CI. 60-23.000. ^ . .
Kofkky Harvey, to Canadian Marconi Company. Lightweight doppier
navigator. 3,7 13, 151. CI. 343-7.500.
Kohler Hcnning, to AEG-Elothcrm GmbH Apparatus for detecting a
short circuit across gap by comparing the gap voltage with a delayed
portionthereof 3.7 13.020. CI. 324-51.000. .
Kohom Alfred O Dial and cylinder knitting machine having self-fnc-
tionine needles. 3,712,082,0.66-19.000. . , u -r i
Kohzuma Sadao; Hasuo. ShigeLsuyo; Tada. Kenichi; and Itoh. Takayu-
ki t^Takach°ho Koeki Kabushiki Kaisha. High speed pattern mass
mcmorydevice 3.713.1I3.C1 340-1730rc. -,-,,, aoo
Kolb Erich, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH. Windshield wiper 3,71 1.890.
CI. 15-250.340
•^"""Mlllkr" wlltS Mayr. Hubert; Weinrotter. Ferdinand; Frohner.
Walter; Presoly, Elfriede; and Kollisch. Gustav, 3,7 1 2.804.
Kollmorgen Corporation; See-
Norton, Bruce, 3.7 1 2,980.
"""Harmkawa^'Vetsuo; Kondo. Sadao; and Yazawa. Hiromi.
3.712,422.
•"""KobaTS'T^aki; Kondo, Toshio; and Sakakibara, Naoji.
3.713,091.
Kondo. Tsukasa; See— , ^ , ,•,,-. q-.t
Masc.Toshio;and Kondo. Tsukasa. 3.712.972.
Kopcra. Anthony, to Bowles Fluidics Corporation^ nT"*?, ^"""^
sensor with increased sensing range. 3.7 1 2,3 1 8. CI. 1 37- 1 3.000.
"^"^ ^fs^lma^niTwilly ; Rumpelein. Fritz; and Kopf. Paul, 3.7 1 2.262.
Koppers Company; See-
Lopez, John. 3,7 1 2,486.
KoppersCompany,Inc.;See— nnioA
Lulic, Albert L., and Harper, Paul D., 3,7 1 2.1 86.
Korver Jan Abraham Cornclis; See—
Smears Wouter; Hovens, Paulus Joseph Mana; and Korver, Jan
Abraham Coniclis, 3.7 12.999. nm/id n nQ
Kovacec. Viktor Strip cutting unit for looms. 3,712.344, CI. 13V-
1 1 noo
Kovanaei Shunichi; Ogawa, Kinya; Onda. Yoshiro; and Yamamoto,
IS io Shinetsu Chemical Company Method for prepanng cellu-
^seeherdenvatives. 3,712,886.6. 260-226.000.
Kozlowski Tadeusz. and Pemberton, Ernest H.. to Owens- llinois. Inc
Notch sensing control system for a partition assembly machine.
3.712. 183. C1.93-37.00r.
'^"^BorepHenn'l<ill. Menno E.; Kraft. Joseph K.; and Schirmer.
Ernest J "^.7 12.447. , .. .
Krai, Fred G., to Bell & Howell Company. D"»l speed mach.neh^-
dlmg magnetically stnpe cards and cards therefor. 3,712.973. O.
Kritz.'Hais Otto. Schurman.'Heinz Peter, and Steiner George. Die
and method of manufa«ture. 3,712,157.0. ^6-107 OOr.
Kraus. Helmut, to Fichtel & Sachs AG. Clutch assembly. 3,712.435,
CI. 192-70.270.
Kraus. Joseph H; See— iTooAn
Silby. Harry, and Silby, Harry, deceased, 3,712,940.
Kraus, Richard B; See- ■, ■^,-, a<.q
Musschoot, Albert, and Kraus, Richard B, 3,7 1 2,4? V.
Krause Gerhard, to Femseh GmbH. Analog delay circuit using
storage diodes. 3,7 1 2,988, 0. 307-221 OOr.
Krauss-Maffei A G.; See—
Lidl. Rolf, 3,712.778.
Kreske. Walter J; See--
Versov, Irving R, 3,712,431. j „j
Kreutzer Thomas F.. to L S T Interpnses. Dual purpose dump and
transport vehicle. 3.7 1 2.49 1 . CI. 2 1 4-505 .000.
Knspin Engineenng Limited; Se;- c -n i •> ms
Maynard. James G; and Brown. George F, 3,7 12.078.
Knstof Herbert Waistband for trousers, skirts and the like. 3,71 1 .868,
CI. 2-237.000.
'^^^"s?rS?afor'^5fy'^r^"And';e^e-;na; Zakharychev Ardalion
Vladimirov.ch. Chig.r. R.mma Nunakhmetova; Anachenko.
Sofia Nikolaevna; Torgov. Igor Vladimircvich, and Krjutchen
ko. Evgenia Georgievna, 3,7 1 2,910.
Kroewerath, S L , & Co.. Finna; See—
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Ketterer, Edmund. 3.713.047.
Krueer Gerd Zipp. Otmar, Keck, Johannes; Nickl. Josef; Machleidi.
Hans' Ohnacker, Gerhard. Engelhom. Robert; and Puschmann, Sig-
frid. 'to Boehr.nger 'ng^'he'^ Cm b.H. Halo-substit^^^^^^^
benzylamine-amides and salts thereof. 3,712,924, CI. 260-558.0a.
Krumm, Charles G:5<r(r- ,-,,,<«,
Napor Carl A , and Krumm, Charles G. 3,712,553.
Krupp Fried , Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See—
Pelzer. Hans, 3,712,457. .
Kruse Walter M , to Hercules Incorporated Tetraneopentyltitanium.
3,7 12,874, CI. 260-429.500.
Krutsinger, Jack K ; S«— ,-,,i,i:T
Munson. Robert E; and Krutsmger. Jack K. 3.71 3, 62.
Munson, Robert E.. Krutsmger, Jack K., and Poison, Jerry H.,
3.713,166.
Kryczko, Henry: 5«- ,-,nn<-7
Staschke, Marvin A.; and Kryczko, Henry, 3,7 1 2,052.
Kubo Moritada. to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Conveyor type
transportdevice. 3.7 12.234, CI. 104-25.000.
Kubo Moritada, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Apparatus for
generating pulse trains with predetermined adjecent pulse spacing.
3,713.026, CI. 235-152.000.
Kugler Tiber, to Lonza Ltd. Stabilization of plasma generators.
3,712,996,C1. 313-231 000.
Kuhbauch, Gert; S«— , ,- . ,- .t-iiiaQA
Ulbrich, Gerhard; Kuhbauch, Gert; and Fischer, Ernst. 3,7 11 ,994.
Kuhlman Electric Company; See—
Fisher, John L, and Wilks, Alan L.. 3.7 1 3,066.
Kuhn, Edgar; 5«- ^ „ u cj nmei
Kiess, Albert, Gunsser, Peter; and Kuhn, Edgar, 3.7 1 2.28 J.
Kuhn Falk to Foquet-Werk & Planck Jacquard pattern controller
structure 3,7 1 2.084. CI. 66- 1 56.000.
Kuhn. Karl Walter, to Societe d'Etudes de Machines Termiques.
Device for a clamping and loosening the exhaust manifold on inter-
nal combustion engines. 3.7 12,064. CI. 60-272.000.
Kuhn, Karl Walter, to Societe dEtudes de Machines Thermiques.
Rocker-arm assembly for internal combustion engines. 3.712.278.
CI. 123-90.390.
Kuhn Richard B.. to North American Aviation. Inc. Apparatus and in-
formation processing methods for a tracking system tracker unit
3.712.957. CI. 178-6.800 „ ^ ^
Kuhnle Willi, to Zahnradfabnk Fnedrichshafen Aktiengesellschat
Control mechanism for fluid-operated vehicular transmission.
3,712.156. CI. 74-858.000.
Kulik Leo; and Gustenau, Gustav. to Franz Lipowsky Sagen- und
Maschinenmesserfabrik, Firma Saw blade for a frame saw having
teethwith^mforcededges 3.7 12.348. CI. 83-835.000.
Kummer Helmut, to Telefunken Patentverwertungs GmbH. Radar.
3,713, 154, CI. 343-9.000
Kump Ernest Joseph Building system and components theretor
3,712,007, CI. 52-79.000. ^o ■,■>r^
Kuramochi,Shigeaki. Pencil sharpener. 3,7 12.351, CI. l**-28 '20..
Kuramoto, Yoshio, and Ueda, Hiroshi, to Minolu Camera Kabushiki
Kaisha Shutter speed indicating device for electrically controlled
shutter mechamsms. 3,7 12.193, CI. 95-lO.OOc.
Kurczyk Heinz-Georg; Wuhrer. Josef; and Ottenheym. Adrian, to
Rhemi'sche Kalksteinwerke GmbH. Process for the production of
syntheticmdialite. 3.7 12,768. CI 423-328.000.
Kurita Machinery Manufacturing Company, Limited; See—
Kitajima. Susumu. 3,71 2,460.
Kuroda. Masataka; S«—
Kitani, Hiroshi, Yoshida, Kenichi; Ohtsubo, Hideo; and Kuroda,
Masataka, 3.7 13,052.
Kuroyanagi, Rikuo; See— , ,, , ,-,0
Takagi, Nobuo; and Kuroyanagi, Rikuo, 3,712.528.
Kusber. Leo; See—
Massaglia. Leondro A. 3.712,236.
Kushigian Anthony Automatic drill pointing machine with automatic
dnil locater system. 3.711,997, CI. 51-105.00r.
Kuweru Erich, to Pfalzstahlbau G.m.b.H. Endless towing conveyor.
3,7 12,241, CI. 1 04- 172.00s.
Kuzel Norbert R ; and Havanagh, Frederick W., to Lilly, Eli, and Com-
pany. Automated system for performing sample measurement, dilu-
tions and photometric measurements. 3,7 1 2,144, CI. 73-42 1 .OOr.
L S T Interprises; See—
Kreuuer, Thomas F, 3,7 1 2,49 1 .
LaPalme.Camille V.;5«—
Hallock, Edward C; Olsen, Robert W.; and Viehmann, George A.,
3,712,003.
La Rosa, Paul J; 5«— ^ o .. .^u 1 xa 1
Brown, Marinus L ; La Rosa, Paul J.; and Sciulli, Charles M.. Jr.,
3,712,602.
Labatt, John, Limited; S<r<r— , , , , oin
Walmsley. Martin F.; and Cross, John Valentine, 3,712,820.
Laddouceur, Harold A., and Matthews, John H., to Multifastener Cor-
poration. Method of forming fastener stnp. 3,711,931, CI. 29-
d 1 "? noo
Lafferty Gary S., Sr., to Milwaukee Electnc Tool Corporation. Depth
adjusters and interchangeable locators for screwdnvers. 3.712,352,
CI. 144-32.000.
Lafleur.ClovisL; S«^— ,,.,>.«
Gollwitzer, Lee H.; and Lafleur, ClovisL., 3.712.410.
Lafley, Karen v.; 5*e—
Zentmeyer. John E.. Jr.. 3.712,292.
Laeerlof Rolf Ove Esbjom, Sjoholm, Lennart Stig; and Svensson,
Thomas Lars-Gustav, to Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson Antenna
for stnp transmission lines. 3,713, 165, CI. 343-71 1.000.
Laimins Eric, to BLH Electronics, Inc. Compound-plate strain gage
transducer. 3,712, 123. CI 73-141.00a. ..^ . ■ ^
L'Air Liquide. Societe Anonyme pour PEtude et 1 Exploitation des
Precedes Georges Claude; S^^—
Boissin. Jean-Claude, 3,712.074.
Lamka Charles E ; and Atkins. Walter J. Apparatus and process for
dispensmgicymatenal. 3.7 12.019. CI. 53-29.000 , ^ , ^
Lammers, Sidney G ; Ciarlone, Anthony N.; and Carrock, Frederick
E to Rexall Drug and Chemical Company Composition comprising
acrylonitnle-butadiene-styrene polymer beads coated with NN
ethylene bis stearamide. 3.7 1 2.872, CI. 260-23.70n.
Lanam.RichardD ; S^f— ., . ,^ , r- ji -.
Shapiro, Stanley; Goldman. Alan J.. Tyler. Derek E.; and Lanam.
Richard D. 3,7 12,837. .^-^ ^ , u
Landis Donald E.. to National Cash Register Company, The. Color bar
printer. 3,712,210,0. 101-93 00c
Landthaler, Anton, to Veitscher Magnesitwerke-Akticn-Gescllschait
Heating installation for heating particulate raw matenals. 3,7 1 2,600,
CI 263-32 OOr
Line, George \ See— ^ , ,. «- . j o a
Drake Stevens S.; Lane. George A ; Staudacher, Gerald R.; and
Girardm, Donald W, 3,7 12,233.
Lang, Paul Wentworth, 1/2 to Du Pont, Michael H. Multiple shutter
system for cameras and projectors. 3,7 1 2.202, CI. 95-58.000.
Lang Robert, to CIBIE Projecteurs. Device for compensating for the
variations of the viscosity of a fluid in a hydraulic circuit depending
on its temperature. 3,7 12,342, CI 138-46.000.
Lange Karl Heinz, to Balda Werke Photographische Cerate und
Kun'ststoff R Gruter KommanditgescUschaft Camera viewer
3,712, 196, CI. 95-1 l.OOv.
Lange Karl-Heinz, to Balda-Werke. Control mechanism for cameras.
3,7l'2,201, CI. 95-39.000.
Langrand, Jean; 5^f—
Boncorur. Marcel; Heinu. Louis; Langrand, Jean; and Lavaud,
Michel, 3,712,736.
Lanier Electronic Laboratory, Inc.; See—
Nye William M; and Jones, Stanley W, 3,7 12,961.
Larson Charles L., to Jeddeloh Bros Sweed Mills, Inc. Apparatus for
stacking sheets. 3,7 1 2,608, CI. 27 1 -68.000.
Latash.Jury Vadimovich;S*e— .. ._ . u ■
Paton, Bons Evgenievich; Medovar. Bons Izrailevich; Latash. Jury
Vadimovich, and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich. 3.71 2.365.
Laurent Jean; and Duconge. Claude, to Institut Francais du Petrole,
des Carburants et Lubrifiants Acoustic wave receiver for un-
derwater seismic prospecting. 3,7 1 3,085, CI. 340-7.000.
Lavaud, Michel; 5«—
Boncorur, Marcel; HeinU, Louis; Langrand, Jean, and Lavaud,
Michel, 3,712,736.
Laven, Charles M Bulkhead door. 3,712,663,0. 296-24.000^
Lawrence. Kenneth C , to Aluminum Company of America. Container
closure. 3,712,498.0. 21 5-38.00r
Lazecki Stanislaw Vincent, to United Aircraft Corporation Digital
symbol generator. 3.713,135.0. 340-324.00a.
Le Blanc. Robert B. Portable beer dispenser. 3,712.514. CI. 222-
Le Grand Joseph A. and Fuhrman. An. Corneal contact lens.
3,712.718.0 351-160.000
Leadore.ToneyC; S«— ... t /-
Little. Vincent C; Berlin, Aaron S.; and Lcadore, Toncy C.
3.7'l2.217.
Lear Siegler, Inc.; See—
MoU, Carl H.. and Anthony. Russell W.. 3.712.094.
Learson. Robert J; Sff— ,t,-.oti
Ronsivalli.LouisJ.;andLearson,RobcrtJ..3.712.82l
Lech. Richard J.; and Reinebach, Lawrence R.. to International Har-
vester Company. Variable displacement pump. 3,712,758, CI. 41 I-
Lederer. Josef, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Apparatus for
Buidine the marginal portions of wide and narrow strips of photosen-
sitive matenal o7 the like. 3,7 1 2,732. CI. 355-72.000.
Lee, Raymond Organization, Inc., The; S«—
Busby, John f, 3,712,662.
Jarosinski, Louis, 3,711,872. . .n
Lee, Stanley Arnold, to Impenal C^e^nical Industnes, L.m,ted_Pr<Kess
for making aryloxymethyl-morpholmes. 3,7 12,890, CI. 260-24 /. UK.
Lee-Norse Company; See-
Amoroso, Michael J, 3,7 1 2,678.
Amoroso. Michael J.. 3,71 2.679.
Lehmann. Claude; 5«-e— , t,-, 000
Dietrich. Henri, and Lehmann. Claude. 3. / 1 2,HVV.
Dietrich. Henri; and Lehmann. Claude. 3.7 12.905.
Lehmann. Kenneth G . to Norco. Inc. Eccentric-actuated hook-type
fastening device. 3,7 12,653, CI. 287-20.924.
LeSr F?icis E.; and Milhr, Wayne F., to CaMornia Institute of
Technology. Remotely operated seismometer. 3,713,088, O. J4U-
Lehnh^; Richard N, to General Motp«<;orporation_ Generator field
coil energizing reversing circuit. 3,713,016.0. 322-28.00U.
Leidy.Lester R . Jr.;5f<r— ., j ■ .,01,
Weaver, John A.; Brandt. Carl Raymond; and Leidy, Lester R., Jr..
3,712,143.
January 23, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Lcitz, Ernst, Fa, GmbH.; See—
Schmidt, Horst, 3,712,702.
LeiU. Ernst. G.m.b.H; S^^—
Hock. Fromund. 3.712.739. ,,.,,,,
Keiner, Heinz. Kessler, Arthur, and Schafer, William. 3.712.721
Lek-Trol.lnc; See—
McKeown, William L., 3,7 12,987.
Lemclson,JeromeH Information system. 3,712,956,0. 178-6.60a.
Lenkradwerk Gustav Petri Aktiengesellschaft; See-
Bonn, Helmut, and Randelzhofer, Konrad, 3,71 2.968.
Leon, Henry. Band safety lock for watch bands and the like. 3,71 1 ,906,
Leonard, David L. Collapsible tent device. 3,7 1 2,3 1 6, CI. 1 35- 1 OOa.
Leonard, Donald A; S<rf— .^. . ^ u a
Kantrowitz, Arthur R., Gerry, Edward T.; Leonard, Donald A.,
and Wilson, Jack, 3,7 13,030.
Leonard, Merrill G , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Quick
make and break plug-in connector for a high voltage and high cur-
rent circuit. 3,71 3,077,0. 339-1 1 1000 .,00
Leonhardt. Joseph H . Jr.; Lunsford, Jack I., Jr.; Sharpe, Bynum B.,
and Templin, Charles T., to Western Electric Company, Incor-
porated Digital rack winng sution. 3,71 1 ,926, 0. 29-203. 00b.
Lepage. Marc D. Drying device. 3,71 1,958, 0. 34-88.000^
Letchworth Peter E., to Stauffer Chemical Company Cultivation of
large sized larvae. 3,7 1 2,269, CI. 119-51 .000.
Lctson George M., Whitman. Robert J.; and Scott. James J.. Jr.. to
Eastman Kodak Company. Sensitometer for photoconductive
materials. 3.71 3.02 1. 0. 324-32.000.
Lever Brothers Company; S«—
Evans. Mervyn Thomas Arthur; Irons, Laurence Ian; and Mitchell.
John Richard. 3,712,865.
Levine Seymour D., to Squibb, E. R., & Sons, Inc. Acenaphthene
derivatives 3,712,925,0. 260-558.00a.
Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.; See—
Poliak, John M ; and Lopez, Juan M, 3,7 1 3,07 1 .
Levsky Alexandr Alexandrovich Modze; See—
Galimov, Ravil Khusainovich, and Levsky, Alexandr Alexan-
drovich Modze, 3,712,159.
Lia, Victoria; S«—
Dalton, John E.; and Lia, Victoria, 3,7 1 2,67 1 .
Liang, Charles C: Sff— ^„ ,-,-,0-1^
Bro Per; Liang, Charles C; and Boyle, Gerard H, 3,7 1 2,836.
Liautaud, Jean Alphonse Eugene. Offshore installation forp^o^^cing,
storing an loading oil from underwater oil well. 3,712,068, O. 61-
46.500 . . ,,
Lich Richard L, to General Steel Industries, Inc Automatically power
banked resilient railway car tnick. 3,712,245,0. 105-164.000
Lich Richard L., to General Steel Industries, Inc. Elastomencally ar-
ticulated railway tmck 3,712,246,0. 105-196.000.
Lidl Rolf to Krauss-Maffei A. G. Mold for the casting for foamable
sy'ntheticresins. 3,712,778,0 425-242 000 .
Lidstrom Tord V. A Supply means for a continuous paper stnp m
pnnting office machines 3,712,445,0. 197-133.00r.
Lienhard, Otto E , to Canrad Precision Industries, Inc InsttTument tor
transmitting ultraviolet radiation to a limited area. 3,712,984. CI.
250-86.000 . . „ J n u u
Liesch Jean; and Removille. Jacques, to Acienes Reunies de Burbach-
Eich'-Dudelange S.A., ARBED and Gradel S.A., Societe Luxembour-
Rloise pour I'lnoustne Nucleaire. Relatively short air lock for
transfer of relatively long objects. 3.71 1.993. 0. 49-68.000
Ligones. Hubert; See— -,-,,-, a -yn
Charamel, Pierre; and Ligones. Hubert. 3,7 1 2.430.
Lilly, Eli. and Company; Sf^- tn^■ytAA
Kuzel, Norbert R.; and Havanagh, Frederick W., 3,712,144.
Padgitt, Howard R, 3,7 12,979.
Lindahl Paul A, to Bi-Be-Lo, Inc. Pill and capsule dispenser.
3,7 12',5 10,0. 221-260.000. .
Lindeborg, Georg, to Norba Aktiebolag_^ Refu^ containers wuh an
emptyinghoodandachargingscrew.3,712,494 CI. 214-519.000.
Lindennan Roger C; and Cline, ChaHes D., to Story Chemical Cor-
poration, mesne. Flame retardant composition for textiles.
3,712,789,0. 8-1 16.00p.
Lindgren, Ivar; 5« — ,^ ■ .,jj *
Wennerblom, Bengt Axel; Udden, Per Edward Carl; Udder., Anna
Britt;andLindgren,lvar, 3,712.305. ,d
Linnerooth John D., and Rosen, Erhardt W., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Test bit pattern generator for pattern recog-
niuonmachines. 3,713,097,0. 340-1 46.3ed , o . „.«
Linton, Richard H; and Sonoda, George, to InternaUonal Business
Machines Corporation. Data regeneration scheme for stored charge
storageccll. 3.7 13.1 14. 0. 340-1 73.00r.
LiDinskv Frederick C. Conveyance for transporting objects with
protruding legs. 3.712,638,0.280-79.100.
Lipp, Jamel P , to General Electric Company. High dens, y data
recording and error tolerant data reproducing system. 3,713,123.1,1.
340-1 74. lOg.
Lippitsch, Josef M.:&«— . „„x i „rf
Gilli. Paul Viktor; Fritz, Kurt; Lippitsch. Josef M., and Lurf,
Gunlher, 3,712,370.
Lippmann, Henry E; S«— , in qtc
Allen, Joseph B.; and Lippmann , Henry t.. 3,7 1 2,v o.
Liska, Manfred; S«— .,t,,aao
Poppinger, Herbert; and Liska, Manfred, 3,71 3,009.
Littlcomputers, Inc.; See—
Barnes, Douglas W., 3,712,467.
Little, Arthur D. Inc.; S«—
Schutte, August H. 3,71 2,800.
Little, Vincent C; Berlin, Aaron S . and Leadore. Toney C, to United
Sutes of America, Army Dispenser launched air arming bomb fuze.
3.712,217,0. 102-4.000.
Litton Systems, Inc.; See—
Bumham.FredE. 3.713.158.
Skinner. Clayton H; and Sick. Paul J, 3.7 12.841
Litty Thomas P.; Moss. Ellsworth R.; and Rice. Edward J., to IKW
Inc. Hybnd transistor. 3,7 1 3,006, 0. 3 1 7- 1 01 OOa.
Llewellyn Peter M. to Varian Associates. Flow control for gas analyz-
ing apparatus. 3.712.111.0. 73-23.100.
LoPresti. Philip F.;S«— „ . „ „u 1 c
Florsheim, Leonard S.. Jr.; Archer. Harold B.; Lo Presti. Philip F.;
and Sutherland. Thurlow J. .3.712.730.
Locante. John; S«—
Campbell. Donald A.; and Locante, John, 3,712,850.
Lock wood Corporation; 5«— ,,..,,^^
Ririe. Max H.; Roland. Murray C; and Olson, Rich, 3,712,544.
Lodding Engineering Corporation; See—
Dunlap, Harold E, 3,71 1,888. ,,.,^^ ^, c-,
Loebsack, Victor H. Building construction system. 3.712.004, CI. 52-
265.000. . ^ ^ J «, ^ 1
Loefner Donald E., Hussey, George D ; Smith, George; and Worte^
Johannes M., to Shell Oil Company. Synthetic hydrocarbon based
grease compositions. 3.7 1 2.864. 0. 252-28.000.
Lofaso. Gerald F.; See-
Miller. Darwin A., 3,712.1 15.
Logan,JohnS.;See— . . n i. j»d
Colovas. Denny D; Logan. John S.; and Skruch, Richard*R..
3 712 238
Colovas! Denny D.; Logan, John S.; and Skruch, Richard R.,
3 712 239
Logemann, George H.; and Voelz, Gerhardt G., Jr., to EKCOProducts,
Inc. ConUiner closure apparatus. 3,7 1 2,02 1 , 0. 53-329.000.
Loggins, John T; See—
Mott , George E . ; and Loggins, John T..3,7I2.260.
Lohrer.G. L. Rexroth.Eisenwerk GmbH; See— , „ .0
Bartholomaus. Reiner; Diehl. Dieter; and Himmler, Conrad K.
(said Diehl and said Bartholomaus assors. to), 3.71 2.339.
Long. Meletusl.See— ,^,-,^^z■
Benninger. Arthur C, and Long. Meletus I, 3,7 1 2,676.
Long, Thomas J; See— -,•,, -,£,-,
Wightman, Lawrence W.; and Long. Thomas J., 3,712,632.
Lonza Ltd.; See—
Kugler, Tibor. 3,712.996.
Lopez John, to Koppers Company Stacker assembly for corrugated
sheetsand the like. 3,712,486,0. 214-6.00S.
Lopez, Juan M; See— ,,,,n-7i
Poliak, John M, and Lopez, Juan M., 3,7 1 3,07 1 .
Morane, Bruno P.. Paoletti, Charles; Maurelli. Manlio, Merrien.
Louis; and Sathicq. Robert, 3,7 1 2,50 1 .
Lorenz, Wilfred; See— j 01 * r j u
Bauer. Ralf; Lorenz. Wilfred; Rohr, Udo; and Silge. Fnednch,
3 712 258
Lorenzini, Raymond; and Klinkert, Helmuth J., to Eastman Kodak
Company. Apparatus for winding a plurality of^eb^olls of various
widths and radii at a single winding station. 3,712,554, CI. 242-
56.200. r , 11
Lostumon, Arthur J., to Motorola, Inc. Apparatus for aterally correct-
ing the position of the blue beam in a CRT. 3,713,057, CI. 335-
212 000
Loveless Stanley M, to General Gas Light Company. Reset operator
for pressure fluid valve. 3.7 1 2.577. 0. 25 1 -23.000.
Lovendale. Mark R. Billfold. 3.712.354,0. 150-38.000 ^^„ , ,^
Lowell, Ross Portable soft-light assembly. 3,7 1 2,978, 0. 240-1 .300.
LRl Corporation; See—
Bosma, George 0,3,712,712.
Lucerne Products, Inc.; See— ^
Sahrbacker, Edward V., 3,713,070.
Lueking, James R; See— .. , , a inn-n'i
Abel Carroll; Clifton, John R.; and Lueking, James R., 3.7 1 2.232.
Luginbuhl. David E.. to Apollo Plastic & Machine Co. Inc. Position
adjusting bar for injection molding machine. 3.712,779, Cl. 4Z3-
242.000.
Lukas, Helmut Hans: See— ,,,,01,
Debortoli, George; and Lukas, Helmut Hans, 3,7 1 1 ,92 1 .
Lulie Albert L ; and Harper, Paul D , to Koppers Company, Inc.
Method of and apparatus for forming stacks of a preselected number
of blanks. 3,7 12,1 86, C1.93-93.00m „ ., ^ ^ , , , . .
Lundin Enk L., to Hansson, Sven, & Co. AB. Method of folding and
bundiinglargesacks. 3.7 12.0 18. 0.53-2 l.Ofw.
Lunsford. Jack I. Jr.: See— . . . ^u »
Leonhardt. Joseph H . Jr.; Lunsford. Jack I., Jr.; Sharpe. Bynum
B and Templin. Charles T. 3.7 1 1 ,926.
Luperti, Harry E ; Reid, Robert R, and Waber, Anthony to Pitney-
Bowes, Inc. Method and apparatus for handling tape. 3,712.52/. t_l.
226-136.000.
Lurf, Gunther: See— ,. . ^ , ... j ■ ..^
Gilli Paul Viktor; Fritz. Kurt; Lippitsch, Josef M.; and Lurf.
Gunther, 3,712.370. , 1,, ,1^ r-i
Lutz, George J Compact analyzer for hair-hke fibers 3.712,124, ci.
L^xemboTg, Henry Wnsl watch shield. 3,712,049,0. 58-105.000.
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
Jam \r\ 23. 1973
Luzaich. Samuel: 5*"^ —
Furlong, Donn B , Forchini. James F.; and Luzaich. Samuel,
3.7 1 2,760.
Lyshkow Norman A , to Pollution Monitors. Inc. Colorimeter with gas
scrubber assembly. 3,7 12.792, CI 23-254.00r
Lyshkow, Norman A Method and apparatus for analysis of ^as
streams. 3,7 I 2.793. CI. 23-232.00e.
Mac Kcnzie, Robert D ; See—
Tilford. C^iarles H . Blohm, Thomas R : and Mac Kcnzie. Robert
D ,3,712.896.
Machleidt. Hahs; See—
Kruger. Gerd. Zipp, Otmar. Keck, Johannes. Nickl. Josef;
Machleidt, Hans, Ohnacker, Gerhard. Engelhom. Robert; and
Puschmann. Sigfrid, 3,71 2,924.
Maclnncs, William F ; See—
Moskowitz. Arthur, Maclnnes, William F., and Sumrall. Calhoun
W, 3.712.226
Macinnis. Joseph Beverly Small portable under>*ater observation and
communication chamber 3.7 1 2.070. CI. 6 1 -69.000.
Mack Trucks, Inc : See —
Pelizzoni, Winton J.. Baumbaugh. Charles R.; and Cailiss. William
A. 3,712,420.
Mackncss. Fredcrich Vincent Summersford; Cheetham. John Norman;
and Watson, Victor Jack, to Ronson Corporation. Article and
method for preventing escape of pvrophoric material. 3,712.168. CI.
86-1000
, MacMillan Bloedel Limited: See—
.Admiraal, Lambertus, 3,712,971.
Mag-ar Optikai Muvek: 5ee —
Paulik, Jeno. and Paulik. Ference, 3.712.1 10.
Maggioni & C , S.p.A. See—
Carissimi. Massimo, and Ravenna, Franco, 3,7 1 2.928.
Magnasco, Peter L Pool chlorinator 3.712.51 1. CI. 222-52.000
Magrini Fabbriche Riunite Magrini Scarpa e Magnano M.S. M.S. p. A.:
See —
Calvino Y Teijeiro, Benito Jose. 3.7 1 2.969.
Mahon. Joseph J., to Deltro Corporation. Reset timer. 3.713.053, CI.
335-75.000.
Maicr, John F. : See—
Patel, Kalyanji U ; and Maier. John E.. 3,7 1 2.877.
Majestic Wax Company: See —
Strauss, Don S, 3.71 1.886.
Majors. Oliver W Electric outlet and lead-through device. 3,713,078.
CI. 339 130.00c.
Maleguc, Aime, to Cefilac Method and apparatus for the hot piercing
of metal billets. 3.71 2.103. CI. 72-264.000.
Mallet. Maurice: See—
Gattus, Jean, and Mallet. Maurice. 3.712.831.
Mallory, P R , & Co . Inc.: See—
Bro, Per. Liang. Charles C; and Boyle. Gerard H , 3.712.836.
Kaye.GordonE, 3.7 12.695
Kaye. Gordon E. 3.712.835.
Maltenfort, Martin S. Pressure steam setting process. 3,712,791, CI. 8-
149.100.
Manco Manufacturing Co.: See— ' ^
Valente, Raymond L., 3,7 1 2,161.
Mancy, Denise, Ninet, Leon; and Preud'Homme, Jean, to Rhone-Pou-
lence S.A. Antibiotic 18 887 R. P. 3, 712,945. CI 424-1 18.000.
Mangels, Theodore F.: See —
McLelland, Jack I., and Mangels, Theodore F., 3.7 1 2,261 .
Mann, James U.: See—
Nudenbcrg, Walter, Harvey. Merlin P.; and Mann. James U .
3.712,878.
Manner Plastic Matenais, Inc.: See—
Tochner. Irving A . and Savinsky. Walter T.. 3,712,590.
Manufacture des Montres Rolex S.A.: See—
Girard, Pierre, 3,712,047.
Manzi, Mathew. Universal replaceable drill for marble, metals and
wood. 3, 712,753. CI. 408-224.000.
.Mar-Com Development. Inc.: See —
Martin. John R .3.712.974.
Marathon Oil Company: 5ee —
Allred.VictorD. 3,712.855.
Marcatili, Enrique Alfredo Jose, to Bell Telephone Laboratories. In-
corporated. Air clad optical fiber waveguide. 3.712,705, CI. 350-
?6.0wg.
Marchaj, Tadeusz Josef, to Preload Engineering Company, The. Liner
for cryogenic container 3,7 1 2,500, CI 220-9. Olg.
Marchon Products Limited: See—
Hamshere, Wilfred Charles, and Atkir.^ - Thomas William Lan-
caster, 3,71 2,795.
Maremont Corporation: See-
Harmon, Alben D , 3,71 2.040.
Marin. Glenn R., to Carborundum Company. The. Reinforced carbon
bodies. 3,712.428, CI 188-25I.OOa.
Manno. Joseph J ; and Demaison. Raymond J., to Pfizer Inc. Pneu-
matic conveying apparatus for light material. 3,712,681, CI. 302-
20000.
Marke. Douglas John Burrows, and Thompson, Peter George, to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited Explosive charge assembly and
Its use in seismic prospecting. 3.71 2.220, CI. 102-23.000.
Marketing and Research Services. Inc.: See—
Grybek, Roland S , and Johnston, Frederick B.. 3.7 1 2.802.
Grybek, Roland S., and Johnston, Frederick B.. 3.7 1 2.803.
Marsan. Arthur F , to Starch seal and appliance for ostomy.
3,7 1 2,304. CI. 128-283.000
Marshall. Richard P See—
Braden, William D, and Marshall, Richard P., 3,71 1.996.
Marshall, William R Horn blower fishing rod holder. 3,713.131. CI.
340-279.000.
Martin. Duane Paul. Apparatus for supporting and retaining low densi-
ty webs 3,71 2,649, CI. 285-397.000.
Martin, John R , to Mar-Com Development, Inc. Computational hex-
adecimal slide rule. 3,7 12,974, CI 235-70.00r.
Martin, Marcel Apparatus for nurturing trees. 3,711,992, CI. 47-
48.500.
Martin, Stephen J Pulse interrogation article-sorting system
3.713, 102, CI. 340-152.00t.
Martin, William E. Large capacity scraper unit construction.
3.71 1, 971, CI. 37-124.000.
Martindale, David L., Dale, Alan M.. Mursinna, Richard C; and Re
wcrts. Gene R . to Ametek. !nc. Valved for lines carrying extreme
temperature fluids. 3,7 1 2.583. CI. 251-1 49 400.
Martinez. Eugene, to Reibcl, Robert W Photographic viewer.
3,712.726, CI. 353-68.000.
Martinez, Felix Jesus, to Baxter Laboratories, Inc. Positive pressure lid
for dialyzer apparatus. 3,7 1 2,475. CI 2 10-32L0OO.
Martinez, Flelix Jesus, to Baxter Laboratories. Artifical kidney ap-
paratus. 3, 7 12.474. CI. 210-321.000.
Martini. Gyorgy: See—
Gabor, Zoltan; Szanto, Jozsef; and Martini, Gyorgy, 3,7 1 2.462.
Maschincnfabrik .Augsburg-Nurnbcrg Aktiengcsellschaft: See—
Elsbctt. Gunter; and Elsbett, Ludwig, 3,7 1 2.099.
Mase. Toshio; and Kondo, Tsukasa. to Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika
Denki Seisakusho Electric lighter plug with interlocking means
3,712.972, CI. 219-267.000.
Maslovsky. Gennady Vasilievich: .See-
Berlin. Zalman Leivikovich. Isarev. Igor Vladimirovich,
Vasilchenko, Anatoly Stcpanovich; Maslovsky. Gennady
Vasilievich; Scrkov. Anatoly Gavrilovich; Yakimovich, Hviktor
Yakovlevich. and Ivanovsky. Evgeny Alexandrovich, 3,712,369.
Mason, Donald E.: See-
George. Warren T.. and Mason. Donald E., 3,7 1 1 .878.
Mason. John R.. to Dracon Industries Shearable protective molding
and shear. 3.7 1 1 .947. CI. 30- 1 79.000.
Mason. Peter Alan, to Wickman Machine Tool Sales Limited. Adjusta-
ble support structures for machine tools. 3.71 1.998. CI. 51-166.0mh.
Mason. Robert W . and Prochaska. Frank O.. to Shell Oil Company.
Method of oil cut determination. 3.7 12.118. CI. 73-61 . lOr.
Massaglia. Leondro A . 1/2 to Kusbcr. Leo. Meat hook retainer.
3.712.236. CI. 104-93.000.
Masterlape (Magnetic) Limited: See—
Armer, Herbert Leslie, 3,713,130.
Masuda, Yasuo, and Tsukamoto, Magohci, to Yamaha Hatsudoki
Kabushiki Kaisha Suspension system for an endless belt traction
vehicle. 3,7 1 2,402, CI. 180-5.00r.
Mathews, Max Vernon, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Apparatus and method for spacing or keming typeset characters
3,712,443, CI. 197-84.00a.
Matsuda, Kazuo; Tanaka, Yoshiaki, Sakai, Takeyo, and Iwasa, Ichiro,
to Kao Soap Co., Ltd Process for polymcnzation of tetrahydrofuran.
3,7 12,930, CI. 260-61 5.00b,
Matsumura, MasakaLsu, to Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Vehi-
cle speed alarming device. 3.7 13,093, CI. 340-62.000.
Matsushita Electric Industrial Company Limited. See-
Murakami, Yoshinobu. Hascgawa. Yo; and Morimoto. Kazuhisa.
3.712.811.
Mattel. Inc.: See —
Folson, Henry J.; Hegel, James D , Hosokawa, William T.: Pester.
William B.; and Porter. Irwin C, 3.7 1 1 ,964.
Merino. Dennis H.. and Schlau, Floyd E., 3,7 1 2,54 1 .
Staats, William a, 3,71 2,539.
Staats, William A.; Bosley, Denis V ; Cook. John S.; and
Vamasaki. Toshio, 3,712.61 5.
Starr. Stanley R., and Edmisson. Russell C . 3,7 1 2.538.
Summerfield, William F.; and Nuttall. Fleet E.. 3.7 1 1 .988.
Yamasaki, Toshio; Cook, John S.; and Staats. William A.,
3.712,540.
Matthews. John H.: See—
Laddouceur. Harold A.; and Matthews, John H. 3,7 1 1 .93 1 .
Matusik. Frank J.: See-
Fitzgerald. J. Vincent; Matusik. Frank J.; and Oppliger, Hans R.,
3.712.117.
Mauck. Michael S.. to Tektronix. Inc Cathode ray tube for producing
variable sized displays. 3.7 1 2.998. CI. 3 1 5-1 7.000.
Maurclli, Manlio: See—
Morane, Bruno P.; Paoletti, Charles. Maurelli. Manlio; Merrien.
Louis; and Sathicq, Robert, 3.712.501
Mauvemay. Roland Yves, Busch. Norbert, Simond, Jacques; and
Moleyre. Jacques, to S.A Centre Europeen De Recherches Mauver-
nay C.E.R M Butyl-piperazine derivatives. 3,712,893, CI. 260-
268.0ph.
Maw. Philip Arthur: See-
Preston. Edward George. Williams. Robert Ernest; and Maw.
Philip Arthur. 3.712.160
Maxon Glenway. Jr.; and Wright. William H. B.. III. Method of making
toothedracks 3.71 1.9 1 5. CI. 29-159,200.
J.XNUARV 23. I97A
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI21
Maxwell. Brycc, to USM Corporation. Feed system, 3,712,783. CI.
425-381200.
Maxwell. Marvin S: ."fee— . n . , o
Keller. George C ; Maxwell, Marvin S.; and Dod, Louis K.,
3,713,163.
May, Charles W: See— ^ . . . ... r>u x \xj
Carroll, John J.; Hughcv, Calvm A : and May, Charies W ,
3,713.146. „ u r -T-
May Oswald, to Klockner-Hunib.ildt Dculz Akticngesellschaft Irac
tor cab 3.7 12.664. CI. 296-1(12 000.
Mayer. Adolf: .See- » . ir j n
Husweiler, Arnold, Bcilstcin. Gunter; Mayer, .Adolf; and Pans,
Nikoiaus, 3.712,912
Mayer Dictmar; Sassc, Klaus; and Hermann, Gunther. to har-
benfabrikcn Bayer Aktiengcsellschaft Instcticidally, acaricidally
and rodenticidally active 9-sybstituted acndinc; ^.7 ! 2.943. C I 424-
84000. „ r-
Maynard James G ; and Brown, George F , to Krispm Engineering
1 imitcd. Refrigeration unit. 3.7 1 2.078. CI. 62 448 000.
Mayne. William H . and Quay, Roy G. to Petty Geophysical Engineer-
ine Company. Method of polarity determination of marine
hydrophone streamers. 3,71 3.084. CI 340 7 OOr
Mayo, Frank H: See—
Bundrant, Charies O ; Hainebach. Charles R , and Mayo. Frank
H, 3,712,862.
Mayr. Hubert: See— . r- u
Mullcr. Walter; Mayr. Hubert; Weinrotter, Ferdinand; Frohner,
Walter; Presolv, Elfriedc; and Kollisch, Gustav, 3,7 1 2,804.
Maier. Edward. Portable press assembly. 3,7 1 1 ,925. CI. 29-252.000^
Mc Cabe. Ralph P . to Chandler Evans Inc. Fuel control. 3.712,055, CI
Mc Call. Richard J Mailing folder 3.7 1 2.53 I , CI. 229-40 000
Mc Kee. James E., to Republic National Bank of Dallas Irving Trust
Company, mesne. Powered roller mechanism. 3.712,454, CI 198-
I27.00r. . ^ -r
McAnally. Milton Beasley. to Scovill Manufacturing Company, lire
valve core. 3.7 1 2.328. CI. 137-234.500,
McDonnell Douglas Corporation: See—
Harwood. Oliver P.. 3,7 1 2,48 1
McDonnell, Thomas M. Shelf-supported drawer arrangement
3.712,696.Cl. 312-253.000,
McFlroy John H Right angular cross-over switch for conveyor track
system, 3.712.237. CI, 104-99,000.
McFarland, DuardE. Suit bag handle. 3.71 2.525. CI. 224-45.00t.
McGinley. William L and Pearson. Johnnie P Bun toaster. 3.712,207.
CI. 99-349 000.
McGraw-Edison Company: See—
Payet, George L; and Forg. John H,, 3.712.086.
McIntyre.Maurice J: See— , ,,-, .-,o
Rennie. David G.. and Mclntyre, Maurice J.. 3.7 1 2,478.
McKcnna, Ronald F: See— -,^,-,r.^-,
Andrysiak. Stanislaw J.; and McKenna, Ronald F.. 3.7 12.063.
McKeown. William L.. to Lek-Trol. Inc. Timing control apparatus.
3.712,987. CI. 307-41.000. . ^^^ .^ ,^
McKeman Francis Peter, to Kcmi Corporation Limited. Manifolding
or copying apparatus. 3.7 12.643. CI. 282-29.00b.
McKindra. Clayton D See— „ r^, . i
Campagnuolo, Carl J.; McKindra. Clayton D.; Sewell. Clinton J.,
Villarroel. Fernando, and Woolston. Lionel L, 3,7 1 2, 1 70.
McLaughlin, Veronica H. Skin conditioning apparatus. 3,712.307. CI.
128-368.000. ^ c. A
McLelland. Jack I.; and Mangels. Theodore F.. to Ocean Science and
Engineering Inc. Fairing. 3.7 12,261. CI. 1 14-235.00f
McMullen. John J . Associates, Inc.: See—
Pangahia, Frans V A., 3,712,243
McMurray, George F.: See—
Niel, Adam P., 3,712,509.
McNair. Robert J. to Avco Corporation Phase shp corrector means
and method for synchronization of pseudo-random generating means
in multistation networks. 3.7 13.025, CI. 325-58.000
McPherson. Alan Forbes, to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incor-
porated. Data processor sequence checking circuitry. 3.713.095,1.1
340-146 lab.
McOuisten. Samuel R: See— ■,-,,-, ^nn
Svehla.Paul W.and McOuisten, Samuel R.. 3,7 12,6 /U.
McRav Robert D . to Systomation Incorporated Capacitance mea-
surementby phase-controlled sampling. 3,7 1 3,022. CI. 324-60.00c
Mead Corporation, The Ve—
Chapman, James R . Baker. Charles; and Gentry. Hermond O.,
3.712.464 ^ ^ w I k-,!
Meade Thomas L Azeotropic removal of water-hydrocarbon alcohol
mixtures from press fi.h cake. 3.7 1 2.822. CI. 99-209.000
Medicor Muvek: See—
Kizakisz, Iliasz; and Horvath. Vilmos, 3.7 1 2,409.
Meditz, John A; See—
Tonkowich, William; Meditz, John A., and Vignola. Paul.
3,713,132.
Medovar, Boris Izrailevich: See— „ . , , u t . i, i..,v,
Paton Boris Evgenievich; Medovar, Bons Izrailevich; Latash. Jury
Vadimovich; and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich 3.7 1 2.365.
Meier Ernst, to Interstop AG. Sliding gate nozzle for vessels used for
pouring meUls. 3.71 2.5 1 8, CI. 222-56 1 .000.
Meiklejohn, I. G . & Company Limited: See—
Meiklejohn. Ian Goodhall. 3.7 1 1 ,9 1 6.
Meiklejohn. Ian Goodhall, to Meiklejohn. I. G , & Company Limited.
Method of making wire-spoked wheels. 3.71 1 ,9 1 6, CI 29- 1 59.020,
Meitingcr, Heinz: See— , ^ . u u ,.
Egger, Joseph; Meitingcr. Heinz; and Schwartz. Meroert.
3,712.043,
Mellow. Dale F: See— ,^.---.
Richardson.Jack Y; and Mellow. Dale F, 3,712.222,
Menoche Richard K , to United States of America. Navy. Optical
rangingsystem, 3.713.082. CI, 340-5,00r,
Merino Dennis H,; and Schlau. Floyd E,. to Mattel. Inc Trough-
shaped toy vehicle track, 3,71 2,541, CI, 238-10,OOe ,^,,--,
Merkt. Hans; and Hannig. Joachim, Sperm transfer method. 3,71 2.3UJ.
CI. 128-264.000.
Merlin Gerin. Societe Anonyme: See—
Charamel. Pierre; and Ligones. Hubert, 3.7 1 2.430
Merrien. Louis: See—
Morane, Bruno P ; Paoletti, Charles. Maurelli, Manlio; Merrien,
Louis; and Sathicq. Robert, 3,7 1 2.501
Mcrten. Rudolf: See— ' „,.,, . ...
Gilch, Heinnch; Bottenbruch. Ludwig; Zecher. Wilfried; and Mer-
ten. Rudolf. 3,7 12.907.
Meschke. Harry H.; and Van Linder. Ronald C. to Winkel Machine
Company. Inc. Saw for trimming cast grids. 3.712.164. CI. 83-
390.000.
Mesiah. Raymond N: See— -,^,,001
BerkowiU. Sidnev; and Mesiah, Raymond N. 3,71 2.89 1 .
Meslener George John, to RCA Corporation. Decoder for delay
modulation signals, 3,71 3,140, CI, 340-347,0dd.
Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm GmbH: See—
Kaufmann, Michael, 3,712,546, ^ r-, , r a
Messervey, Clifford Harrv, to Borden Company, The Flat article feed-
ing device particularly for feeding can covers from and into a stack
3,712,483,CI, 214-6,0ba c, . •
Metcalf r.ric and Dorev, Anthony Howard, to Solarton Electronic
Group Limited, The Analog-to-digital converter utilizing different
feedback effects to obtain accuracy and resolution. 3,713.023. ei.
324-99.00d.
Metcalf, Joseph R: See— ,-,,o-,oi
Fryrear, William A, Jr.; and Metcalf. Joseph R., 3.71 2.3S 1
Meteor Research Limited: See-
Tabor, Paul C. 3.71 1 ,892. o .• r^ .
Meunier, Alfred C; and Crounse, Nathan N . to Sterling Drug Inc
Benzoxazolylstilbazole fluorescent whitening agent 3.712.982. t I
260-240.00d.
Meyer Alfred Lake, to Anetsbcrger Brothers. Inc. Pastry product
production system 3,712.165.0.83-289.000
Mever. Joachim; and Pfeffer. Josef, to Fned. Krupp Gesellschaft mit
b'eschrankter Haftung Rcinforccd-concrete pressure vessel with lin-
ing. 3.7 1 2,01 2. CI. 52-249,000.
Meyer. Ludwig: See—
Von Conrad. Eugene; Rosner. Kurt: and Meyer, Ludwig,
3.712.550. , .
Meyer Walter E . to Koehring Company. Load simulation system
3.712.125.0 73-90.000. _ .. , , r
Meyers. Robert E.. to Bendix Corporation, The Shuttle valve for
hydraulic brake booster with emergency fluid supply. 3.712,176,1.1.
91-6000. .. ^ -.-T.iiLcn
Mez Georg. Flange connection for air conditioning ducts, 3,/l2,6?u.
O'. 285-405.000.
Michaelis, Paul Charles: See- ,-,,,,, ^
Bonyhard, Peter Isivan; and Michaelis, Paul Charles, 3,7 1 3, 1 ! 6,
Michal, Gerhard; See—
Weimann, Gunter, Haid, Erich; Muhlegger, Klaus, Bergmeyer,
Hans Ulnch, Dietmann, Kari; Michal. Gerhard; and Nelboeck-
Hochstetter, Michael. 3.712.885.
Middleton. William J., to Du Pont de Nemours, E^ and Compai^.
Tetrakis(polvfluoromethyl)-4-oxazolidinones 3.712.902, CI. ^W-
307.00a. ' r- , ^r- ,
Middleton. William J., to Du Pont de Nemours. EI and Company J-
Perfluoroalkyl-1.2,2-tnphenylethylencs. 3.712.929, O, .60-
612.00r.
Midland-Ross Corporation: See—
Floehr, Walter L. 3,7 12,248 , .. ^ ,
Mielke Clarence Harold. Jr. Apparatus and method for measuring
hemostatic properties of platelets. 3.7 12.293. 0. 128-200g.
Miles Donald E. to Sunsteel Corporation Rotary apparatus for treat-
ing colemanite ore. 3.7 1 2.598. CI. 263-32.00r.
Miller Carlton S , to PhotoMetric-, Inc Method and apparatus for op-
ticailv scanning specimens and producing graphic records therefrom
3,712,955,0 178-6.60r. .• , t
Miller Cecil John, Alarm system utilizing a digital radio link
-(,7l'3,l25,Cl, 340-224,00r. ^ „
Miller Darwin A., to Lofaso, Gerald F Pipe testing apparatus
3,7l'2,l 15.0.73-49,100. „ ^ „ , , a
Miller Eric; and Miller, Robert Eric, to Miller. R. E,. Pty.. Limited
Base mounting 3.7 1 2,57 1 , O. 248-1 83.000
Miller. Herman, Inc.: See— „ .^ , , , , , ,m
Kelley JamesO; and Propst. Robert L, 3.712,697.
Propst. Robert L, and Kelley. James 0.3,7 12. 698
Miller Meryl E . to Datanetics Corporation Method of making
packages. 3.71 2.840. 0 156-66 000.
Miller. RE. Pty. Limited. See- ,,,,,,,
Miller. Eric; and Miller. Robert Eric. 3.712,571 .
Miller. Robert Eric: See— ,-,.,,-,.
Miller. Eric; and Miller. Robert Eric. 3,7 1 2.57 1 ,
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Miller, Terry G Push-off device for hand truck. 3,712,496, Ci. 214-
5ii!ooo.
Miller, Wayne F : See-
Lehner, Francis E.; and Miller, Wayne F., 3,71 3.088.
MilimasterOny & Corporation. See—
Dudzinski, Zdzisiaw W, and Wakeman. Reginald L, 3.7 1 2,9 1 8.
Milwaukee Electric Tool Corporation; See—
Lafferty,Gary S , Sr, 3,712,352.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company: See—
Albright, Donald E., 3,7 1 2,991 .
Appeldom, Roger H., 3,7 1 2,7 1 3.
Patel, Kalyanji U , and Maier, John E.. 3,712,877.
Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Kuramoto, Yoshio, and Ueda, Hiroshi. 3,712,193.
Mitchell, John E, Company: 5«—
Olson, John W , Jr.. 3,7 1 2.759.
Mitchell, John Richard: Set-
Evans, Mervyn Thomas Arthur, Irons, Laurence lap; and Mitchell,
John Richard, 3,712,865.
Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Shigeura, Junichi, 3,7 1 2,080.
Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Hayashi, Tsuneto; Kinoshita, Hidejiro; and Iwahashi, Koji,
3,712,317.
Miura, Yuji: See—
Yamato, Eisaku. Miura. Yuji. Wada, Masao; Sekiguchi, Toshi;
Kawanishi, Masazumi. Sato, Masanori, and Nagao. Taku.
3,712,895.
Miyajima, Haruo; See —
Toni, Tatsumi; and Miyajima, Haruo, 3,7 12,425.
Mizuno, Katsumi: See—
Kaneko, Tamaki, and Mizuno, Katsumi. 3,7 1 2.2 1 4.
Mobil Oil Corporation: See—
Rosinski, Edward J Ros; and Smith. Fritz A., 3,7 12,861 .
Moesu, Donald L. Fluid flow control valve and linear actuator
therefor. 3,712,582, CI. 251-134.000.
Mogan Construction Company: See-
Shore, Terence Michael, 3,7 11, 9 18.
Moleyre, Jacques: See—
Mauvemay. Roland Yves; Busch. Norbert, Simond. Jacques; and
Moley"re, Jacques. 3,712,893
Molins Machine Company Limited: See-
Preston, Edward George; Williams, Robert Ernest, and Maw,
Philip Arthur, 3,712,160.
Molitemi. Samuel S Bird feeder. 3.7 12.267, CI. 1 19-18.000.
Monroe, Donald V Loud speaker cabinet. 3,7 1 2,41 1 , CI. 1 8 1 -3 1 OOb
Monsanto Company: See—
Jope, Bruce T ; and Phillips, Alan R., 3,71 2,780.
Zorowski, Carl F; and Calfee, John D., 3,7 1 1 ,934.
Monsen, Per Reidar. to Navalco A/S. Arrangement for the determina-
tion of liquid levels. 3.712. 136. CI. 73-290.000.
Montreal Envelope Inc.: See—
Falasconi, Rolando; Daly, Frank Joseph; and Purdy. Richard.
3.712,185.
Moore Associates: See-
Moore, Joseph L, 3,7 1 2.660.
Moore Busines' Forms, Inc.; See —
Harrod, Jimmie A., 3,712.216.
Moore, Joseph B.: See—
Athey, Roy L.;and Moore, Joseph B.. 3.71 1,936.
Moore. Joseph L , to Moore Associates. Litter retrieving device.
3,7 1 2,660, CI 294-61.000.
Morane, Bruno P.; Paoletti, Charles; Maurelli, Manlio; Merrien, Louis;
and Sathicq, Robert, to L'Oreal Pressure-responsive safety device
for aerosol dispenser and containers equipped therewith 3.7 1 2.501 .
CI. 220-85. OOr.
Moretti, Alberto; and Feroli, Settimio. to lulspier S.p.A. Railway car
witeelasticside walls. 3,7 12,251, CI. 105-409.000.
Morgan, Huw C.: See—
Chanzit, Lawrence; Green, Herbert; and Morgan, Huw C,
3.713,147.
Mori, Kazuo: See—
Inaba, Shiegeho; Yamamoto. Michihiro; Ishizumi, Kikuo; Mori,
Kazuo; and Yamamoto. Hisao, 3.712,892.
Morimoto, Kazuhisa; See —
Murakami, Yoshinobu; Hasegawa, Yo; and Morimoto, Kazuhisa,
3,712,811.
Morrison Products, Inc.: See— ;
Baker, Harold L, 3,71 1,914.
Morse. William F.; See—
Reid. Edward A., Jr.; and Morse, William F. 3,7 1 2.289.
Morta. Katsuhiko. to Kabushiki Kaisha Daini Seikosha. Cam wheel
mechanism for watches. 3.7 1 2,036, CI. 58-76.000
Moskowitz, Arthur, Maclnnes, William F.; and Sumrall, Calhoun W ,
to Philco-Ford Corporation. Missile launching apparatus. 3,712,226.
CI. 102-49 300
Moss, Ellsworth R.; See—
Litty, Thomas P., Moss, Ellsworth R., and Rice, Edward J.,
3,713,006.
Motorola. Inc.: See-
Butler, Thomas A.; and Pflugfeldcr, Reinhold G., 3,713,145.
Lostumon, Arthur J, 3,7 1 3,057.
Nation, Mclvin S. 3.7 1 2,604.
Wagner. James A., 3.7 1 3,01 4.
Mott. George E.. and Loggins, John T.. to Texaco Inc. Marine terminal
mooring. 3,7 1 2.260, CI. 1 1 4-230 000.
Mott. John L. Trouser-suspender connecting trolley means for toilet
convenience. 3,71 1. 867, CI. 2-230.000.
MoU, Carl H.; and Anthony, Russell W , to Lear Siegler, Inc Gear
rolling machine. 3.7 1 2,094, CI. 72-2 1 000.
Motz, Kaye L ; and Friend, John, to Continental Oil Company. Process
for the production of trialkyl aluminum compounds. 3.712,923. CI.
260-44800a.
Mowbray, Dorian Farrar. to C.A.V. Limited. Liquid fuel injection
pumping apparatus. 3.7 1 2,76 1 , CI. 4 1 7-462 .000.
MTS Systems Corporation; See—
Petersen, NielR, 3,7 12, 127.
Muenchhausen, Meinolf; and Weber, Ekke. to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft. Method and apparatus for determining and storing the
contour course of a written symbol scanned column by column.
3,713.098. CI. 340-146.3ac.
Muhle, Jochen; See—
Brauer, Heinz, and Muhle. Jochen. 3.7 1 1 .956.
Muhlegger, Klaus; See—
Weimann, Gunter; Haid, Erich; Muhlegger, Klaus; Bergmeyer.
Hans Ulnch; Dietmann, Kari, Michal. Gerhard; and Nelboeck-
Hochstetter, Michael. 3,712,885.
Mullen, Charles K ; See—
Branen, Kenneth E.; Castle, George K.; and Mullen, Charles K ,
3.712,566.
Muller, Hans. Filter device. 3,7 1 2,47 1 . CI. 2 10- 107.000.
Muller, Johann. and Gschwendtncr. Leonhard. to Muller, Katharina,
legal representative and hei of said Johann Muller. Machine tool
with inclined adjustable carriage in an inclined guide arranged on the
columnofthe machine tool. 3,712, 175. CI. 90-16.000
Muller, John T. Method and apparatus for measuring human reaction
3,7 12,294. CI. l28-2.00n.
Muller, Katharina, legal represenutive and hei of said Johann Muller:
See-
Muller, Johann, and Gschwendtncr, Leonhard. 3.712,175
Muller, Walter; Mayr. Hubert; Weinrotter. Ferdinand; Frohner,
Walter; Presoly, Elfriede, and Kollisch, Gustav, to Osterreichische
Stickstoffwerke Aktiengesellschaft. Composition for regulating the
growth and mcUbolism of plants. 3.7 12.804, CI. 71-1 13.000.
Multifastener Corporation: See—
Latidouceur, Harold A.; and Matthews. John H. 3.7 1 1 ,93 1 .
Munch, Otto R., to Johnson Service Company. Fluidic accelerometer
3,712,324, CI. 137-81.500.
Muniz, Raymond, to Compagnie Generale de Geophysique Method of
and apparatus for creating a shock wave beneath the surface of a
body of water 3,7 12,408, CI. 181-.50h
Munson, Robert E ; and Krutsinger, Jack K , to Ball Brothers Research
Corporation Single slot cavity antenna assembly. 3,713,162, CI.
343-755.000.
Munson, Robert E.. Krutsinger, Jack K.; and Poison, Jerry H , to Ball
Brothers Research Corporation. Flush mounted antenna and
receiver tank circuit assembly. 3,713,166, CI. 343-792.000
Murakami, Yoshinobu; Hasegawa. Yo; and Morimoto. Kazuhisa. to
Matsushita Electric Industrial Company Limited. Electrophoto-
graphic matenal. 3,7 1 2,8 1 1 . CI 96- 1 .600
Murcott, Andrew James, to Hobson, H. M., Limited. Ball screw jack.
3.712,148, CI. 74-424.80r.
Murphree, Francis J., to United States of America. Navy. Generation
of dopplerized, aspect dependent, highlighted simulated echoes.
3,7 13,081, CI. 340-3.00e.-
Murray, Myles N.; and Be^er, Dale M, to Industrial Electronic
Rubber Company. Solenoid valve plunger. 3.712,579, CI. 251-
38.000.
Mursinna, Richard C; See—
Martindale, David L.; Dale, Alan M.; Mursinna, Richard C; and
Rewerts, Gene R., 3.712.583.
Musschoot, Albert; and Kraus, Richard B.. to General Kinematics Cor-
poration. Vibratory conveyor. 3,7 12,459, CI. 198-220.00a.
Mycom Corporation: See—
Hunnicutt. Jack B.; Plumly. George W.; and Radford, Troy R.,
3.711.963.
Myers, Clyde B , to Diamond Shamrock Corporation. Highly siliceous
alkalimetalsilicates 3.7 12,941, CI 423-332.000.
Nadhemy. Russell J.: See-
Ford. James W; and Nadhemy, Russell J., 3,7 11, 948.
Naganuma, Hisao; See—
Hara. Atsushi; Naganuma, Hisao; and Takai. Akio. 3,712,644.
Nagao, Taku; See —
Yamato. Eisaku; Miura. Yuji; Wada. Masao; Sekiguchi. Toshi;
Kawanishi, Masazumi; Sato, Masanori; and Nagao. Taku,
3.712.895.
Nagy, Ernest J.; and Shaver, William R., to Pullman Incorporated.
Flexible railway hopper closure operating mechanism. 3.712.249,
CI. 105-282.00r.
Nagy John. Jr., to Weston Instnimenu, Inc. Analog-to-digital conver-
ters. 3,713, 136, CI. 340-347.0nt.
Naito Shun-Ichi. Derivatives of 4-(aminoethane-sulfonylamino)-an-
tipy'rine. 3.7 1 2,906, CI 260-294. 80f.
Nankivell, Erby Roy. to Ralide, Inc. Integral saddle tree and ground
seat. 3.7 12.024, CI. 54-44.000.
Naphtachimie; See-
Bernard. Jean C; and Pascal, Pierre J., 3,7 1 2,828.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Napor, Carl A.; and Krumm, Charles G., to Kahle Engineering Com-
pany Film scroll winding machine 3,7 12,553. CI. 242-56.00r.
Narozny Ronald S . to Thomas & Betts Corporation. Electrical con-
nector'. 3,713,073, CI. 339-17.00f.
Nash Dudley O., to General Electnc Company. Cooled augmentor
liner. 3,712,062. CI 60-261.000.
Nash Engineering Company; See—
Shearwood,RaymondS, 3,712,764
Nathans, Robert L. RF and sonic systems for preventing shoplifting ot
goods and unauthorized removal of capsules affixed thereto for pro-
tecting goods 3.7 13,1 33. CI. 340-280.000.
Nathansohn. Giangiacomo; Aresi, Vanna, and Winters, Giorgio, to
Gruppo Lepetit S.p.A. Triazaspirodecanedithiones. 3.712.897. CI.
260-293660 , . , .
Nation Melvin S., to Motorola, Inc. Mechanical spring constant load
device. 3.7 1 2,604, CI. 26- 1 61 .000.
National Automatic Tool Company, Incorporated; See—
Sherer, Kenneth E, 3,7 1 2,777.
National Can Corporation; See—
Zundel, Arthur P., 3.712,503.
National Cash Register Company. The; See—
Barsamian. Harut, 3.713.107.
Girard,DonaldJ.,3.7l3,138.
Landis, Donald E., 3.71 2.2 10.
National Metal and Refining Company, Inc.; See-
Fitzgerald. J. Vincent. Matusik. Frank J , and Oppliger, Hans R.,
3.712,117.
National Research Development Corporation: See—
Snowdon, Charles; and Redhead, Robert Gonne, 3.7 12.298.
Navalco A/S: See—
Monsen, Per Reidar, 3,712,136.
Nederlandsc Organisatic Voor Toegepast-Natuurwetenschappelijk On-
derzoek Ten Behoeve Van Nijverhei: See—
Verkiak, Arie; and Funcke. Cornells Lcendert, 3,7 12.097.
Nelboeck-Hochstctter. Michael; See—
Weimann, Gunter; Haid. Erich, Muhlegger. Klaus; Bergmeyer.
Hans Ulrich; Dietmann, Karl, Michal, Gerhard, and Nelboeck-
Hochstettcr. Michael. 3,712,885.
Nelson, Charles E , to Environmental Control Systems. Inc. Gas or oil
fired heat exchanger for forced air heating unit. 3.7 1 2.286. CI. 1 26-
Nelson. Nels, to United States Gypsum Company. Integral stud and
bracket standard for use in a wall construction 3.712,015, CI. 52-
729.000.
Nelson Robert W, to AVM Corporation. Linen inspection ubie.
3,712.744, CI. 356-238.000.
Nerwin Hubert, to Eastman Kodak Company. Self-processing camera
and fi'lm pack for use therewith. 3,712,198, CI. 95-1 3.000.
Neudecker, Karl; See— ,, .' . ,, , a
Winkler Alfred, Winkler, Friedrich, Neudecker, Karl; and
Zanner, Johann, Jr.. 3,7 1 2,720.
Neudecker. Kari. to Agfa-Gevacrt Aktiengesellschaft. Motion picture
projector with carriage for sets of film-conuining cassettes.
3.712,722, CI. 352-123.000.
Neumann, Wolfram: See— . ^. .v.
Ranz. Erwin; Von Rintelen. Harald; SchuU, Heinz-Dieter; and Ne-
umann. Wolfram, 3.712,814.
New. Ronald D; See— ■,-,,-,,^n
Koff Irwin; New. Ronald D.; and Holladay. Samuel P.. 3,7 1 2,169.
Newdigate, Charles Barrington, to Cathcart-James. Ivan Henry Rear
view mirror with air vane ration means. 3.7 1 2,703, CI. 350-62.000.
Nicholson Myron M.. to Ford Motor Company. Spare tire extractor
assist device. 3.7 1 2.586, CI. 254-1 .000.
Nickl, Josef; See— . , ^,- , , , r
Kruger Gerd; Zipp, Otmar; Keck, Johannes; Nickl, Joset;
Machleidt, Hans, Ohnacker, Gerhard, Engelhom, Robert; and
Puschmann, Siefnd. 3.7 1 2,924.
Niederberger, Richard P See— ■ ». u i /- a
Doe James B.; Niederberger, Richard P.;Curcio, Michael C; and
Forker, Michael H, 3.7 12.834.
Niel Adam P.. to McMurray, George F. Drapery pinhook tool with
movable magazine. 3.71 2.509. CI 221-197.000.
Nielsen Edwin; and Carella. Vincent, to Ideal Toy CorporaUon. Chas-
sis assembly. 3 .7 1 1 ,989, CI. 46-20 1 .000.
Nikowiu, Johann; See— , ^ .. »j u i
Hillinger, Bruno; Nikowitz, Johann; and Schwarz, Michael,
3.712,002.
Nimylowycz Osyp, to United States of America, Army. Ammunition.
3.712,225. CI. 102-38.000
Ninet. Leon: See— -.-niaA^
Mancy, Denise; Ninet, Leon; and Preud Homme, Jean, 3,7 1 2.945.
Nippon Electric Company, Limited: See—
Sakamoto, Kazuo, and Tamura.Ryoji. 3.7 13.04 1. _,,,..
Usuda. Shogo; Hamazato, Kazuo; Uehara, Kiyoshi; and Uchida,
Hisashi, 3.713.045.
Nippon Kogaku KK; See—
Ono Shigeo; and Hamaguchi. Ichiro, 3,712,192.
Sato, Akira, 3.712.704.
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha; See— , ',,-^ ^a
Hara, Atsushi; Naganuma. Hisao; and Takai, Akio. 3,712,644.
Kimuro, Tadao; and Ataniya. Takeshi. 3.7 1 2,826.
Ozawa, Naosuke; Kawakami, Takaaki; and Watabe, Minoru,
3.712,529.
Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corporation: See—
Usuda Shogo. Hamazato. Kazuo; Uehara. Kiyoshi; and Uchida.
Hisashi, 3,713,045. ,,,.,^ • ^ ,
Nittel, Fritz; Ohlschlager, Hans, and Schranz, Kari-Wilhelm, to Agfa-
Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Photographic stabilising or fixing bath.
3.7 1 2.8 18, CI. 96-61.000. ,.„ u »
Nobusawa, Tsukumo. to Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Auto-
matic exposure controls for cameras. 3,7 12, 190, CI. 95- 1 O.Oct.
Nobusawa, Tsukumo, to Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha^ Elec-
trical circuitry for controlling camera shutters. 3.712,191, CI. 95-
10 Oct.
Nolt Edwin B.; Eby, Richard R., and Eberiy, Harry G , to Sperry Rand
Corporation. Knotter mechanism having a twine guide cooperating
withabillhook. 3,712.654.0.289-2.000.
Noorily Peter, to Thomas & Betts Corporation. Strap tightening and
cutting tool. 3,7 1 2,346, CI. 140-123.600.
Norba Aktiebolag: See—
Lindeborg, Georg, 3,712,494.
Norco, Inc.: See—
Lehmann, Kenneth G ,3,712,653.
Nordgren, Robert, to General Mills, Inc CarboxyalkyI ethers of galac-
tomannangums 3,712,883, CI. 260-209.000.
Norr, David A . and Norr, Robert C, to Norr Engineering-Manufactur-
ing Corporation System and method of wrapping. 3,7 1 2.020. CI. 53-
30.000.
Norr Engineering-Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Norr, David A; and Norr. Robert C, 3.7 1 2.020.
Norr, Robert C: See— ,,,„,„
Norr, David A ; and Norr, Robert C. 3,71 2,020.
North Amencan Aviation, Inc.; See—
Kuhn. Richard B. 3.7 12.957
North American Rockwell Corporation: See-
August. Henry, 3,713.157.
Baumgras.GeorgeR, 3.71 1,917.
Northern Electric Company. Limited: See—
Debortoh. George; and Lukas, Helmut Hans. 3,7 1 1 ,92 1 .
Elliott, Gilbert Leslie. 3.7 1 3,054 , , „ . ^
Wong, Cho Lun; Jones, Glenson Trevelyn; and Crawford. Roland
Francis, 3.713.046.
Northrop Carolina, Inc.. mesne; See-
Cooper, Fredric M, 3,712.058.
Norton, Bruce, to Kollmorgen Corporation Refiector arrangement for
attenuating selected components of spectral radiation 3,712,980,
CI. 240-47.000.
Norton, Roland H: See—
United States of America, National AeronauUcs and Space Ad-
ministration, 3,712,121.
Notman, Robert J: See— , ,,-. ..nc
Carder. Victor H.and Notman, Robert J., 3,712.4V5.
Notvest. Kenneth R.; See— , ^ , , , -n
Keledy. Francis C; and Notvest. Kenneth R., 3,7 1 3,1 2 /.
Novar Electronics Corporation; See—
Stettner.JosephC .3.713.126.
Nudenberg, Walter; Harvey, Meriin P ; and Mann, James U to
Uniroyal, Inc. O.O.S-triesters of phosphorodithioic and as accelera-
tors in the sulfur vulcanization of EPDM rubbers. 3,712.878. CI.
260-79. 50b.
Nuttall. Fleet E; See—
Summerfield, Wilham F.. and Nuttall, Fleet E., 3.7 1 1 ,988.
Boersma, Rintje; and Irik. Gijsbert Waldemar. 3,712,953.
N.V. Hollandse Signaalapparaten; See-
Van Popta, YftinusFrederik,3,7l3,153. ,
N V Industrieele Handelscombinatie Holland; See-
Van Heijst, Willem Jan, 3.7 1 1 .968.
N.V. tot Aanneming van Werken voorheen H. J.; See-
van Weele. Abraham Francois, 3.712.067.
Nye William M.; and Jones, Stanley W., to Lanier Electronic Labora-
tory Inc Endless tape recorder-transcriber dicution system control.
3,712,961,0. 179-lOO.ldr , , ,
Oblieado Alvaro, to Avco Corporation. High speed centrifugal air-oil
separator. 3,712,032,0. 55-409.000.
O'Brien John A., to Itek Corporation. Document reproduction ap-
paratus. 3,712.729,0. 355-25.000. r w,
O'Brien Raymond W Apparatus for controlling the tension of webs.
3,7 1 2",555, CI. 242-72.000.
Ocean Science and Engineering Inc. See— ,,,,,-•,
McLelland, Jack I.; and Mangels, Theodore ^ • 3'4 '2,261 .
Odier, Marc. Game with polyhedral playing pieces. 3,7 12,622, 0. 2 li-
1 30.00r
Ogawa, Kinya; See— ^ . ., . j
Koyanagi, Shunichi; Ogawa. Kinya. Onda, Yoshiro; and
Yamamoto, Akira, 3,7 12,886.
Ogawa, Yoshihisa: See—
Kiyokawa, Yasumasa; Ogawa. Yoshihisa; Ono, Akira; Fukumasu,
Kazuichi;andSugisaki,Hiroyuki, 3.712,824. „, ,^^
O'Hara.CariF. Ladder atuchment. 3.712.419. CI. 182-107.000.
Ohlschlager, Hans: See— ^ ^ u •/ i uy lu i»,
Nittel, Fritz. Ohlschlager. Hans; and Schranz. Karl-Wilhelm,
3 712 818
Ohlschlager.Norman Maze game. 3,712.617,01. 273-153.00T.
Ohnacker, Gerhard; See— „ . , i. vi i,i i„„f
Kruger Gerd; Zipp, Otmar; Keck, Johannes; Nickl, Josef,
Machleidt. Hans; Ohnacker. Gerhard; Engelhom. Robert, and
Puschmann.Sigfrid. 3.712,924.
Ohtsubo, Hideo; See—
P! 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
Jani'ary 23. I'^73
Kitani Hiroshi; Yoshida, Kenichi; Ohtsubo, Hioeo; and Kuroda,
Masataka. 3,713.052.
Oldham, Herman J Sfe- -, mt t^nn
Parris, John L ; and Oldham, Herman J., 3,712,605.
Olin Corporation; 5fe— ^ , ^, ... TT,-,cao
Peterson. Warren S; and Tyler, Clarence M. Jr., 3, 7 12.589.
Shapiro Stanley; Goldman. Alan J ; Tyler. Derek E.; and Lanam.
Richard D, 3.712.837.
Tranel. Lester J, 3,7 12,372.
Oliver Donald S ; and Zacharias, Jerrold R , to Itek Corporation
Large screen television systems. 3,712,954, CI. 178-5.4bd.
Olivier Donald A , to Shell Oil Company Wire line method and ap
paraiusfor cleanmg well perforations. 3,712.378.C1. 166-299.000
OIney Frederick D , Jr ; and Crump. Robe-t O.. to Honeywell 'nforiria
tion Systems. Inc. Gravity-fed pin insertion device 3.711.924, CI
29-203.00b.
Olsen. Robert W.S**--
Hallock. Edwrrd C . Olscn. Robert W.; and Viehmann, George A .
3.712,003.
Olson. John W , Jr . to Mitchell. John E.. Company. Lubricating system
for multiple piston compressor units and driven parts thereof
3.7 12.759. CI. 417-269.000.
Olson. Rich; 5ee— ,-,,,..
Ririe, Max H , Roland, Murray C, and Olson, Rich, 3.712,544
Onda. Yoshiro; Set- — ^ , .., ^ ■
Koyanagi, Shunichi; Ogawa. Kinya. Onda, Yoshiro; and
Yam?moto. Akira. 3,7 1 2.886.
Ono, Akira; See—
Kiyokawa, Yasumasa. Ogawa. Yoshihisa. Ono. Akira, Fukumasu,
Kazuichi,andSugisaki,Hiroyuki, 3,712,824.
Ono, Shigeo, and Hamaguchi. Ichiro, to Nippon Kogaku K.K. Device
for controlling exposure time in a camera. 3.7 1 2.1 92. CI. 95-1 O.Oct
Oppl, Hans; S*"?—
Gresscnich, Klaus; OppI, Hans; Walter. Berthold. Weismann.
Hans, and Zobl. Hartmut, 3,7 1 3,067.
Oppliger, Hans R; See-
Fitzgerald, J. Vincent, Matusik. Frank J ; and Oppliger. Hans R .
3.712,117.
Orenstem & Xoppel Aktiengesellschafl; See—
Althaus, Ernst. 3,7 12,398
Orfei John B., and Shapiro, Henry, to American Science & Engineer
inglnc Magnetic educational vehicle. 3,71 1 ,991 , CI. 46-236.000
Ornstein Jacob L , to Texas Instruments, Incorporated Composite
thermostat malenal. 3,7 12,799, CI. 29-195.500.
Ortec, Incorporated; See—
Dilworth, Robert H., Ill, 3,7 1 2,859
Williams, Charles W; and Gedcke, Dale A , 3,7 I 3,03 1
Osbom, Jack S. Dust bag quality testing system. 3,712,1 14. CI. 73-
38.000.
Osterreichischc Stickstoffwerke Aktiengescllschaft; See—
Muller. Walter. Mayr. Hubert, Weinrotter, Ferdinand, Frohner,
Walter, Presoly. Elfriede; and Kollisch, Gustav, 3.7 1 2.804.
Ottenheym, Adrian; 5ee—
Kurczyk, Heinz-Georg; Wuhrer. Josef, and Ottenheym, Adrian.
3,712,768. , . ,
Otto Carlos F Holding tank evacuating apparatus for a recreational
vehicle. 3,712.331. CI. 137-355.160.
Otto Gunter, to Suspa Federungstechnik GmbH. Cylinder and piston
arrangement. 3,7 12,429, Ct. 188-300.000.
Otto Walter J , to Englesberg, Julius L. Pump for liquids which emit
corrosive fumes 3.71 2,755, CI. 41 5-109.000.
Ovation Instruments, Inc , mesne; See—
Rickard, James H ,3,712,951
Overly, Inc ; See—
Overly, Wm. F ; and Pagel, Kenneth J., 3,71 1 ,960.
Overly Wm F.; and Pagel, Kenneth J., to Overly, Inc Web dryer.
3,71*1 ,960, CI. 34-156.000. ^ ,
Owen Harrold D , Rosenthal, Wayne O., and Young. James Douglas,
to Gearhart-Owen Industries, Inc Conduit liner for wellbore and
method and apparatus for setting same. 3,71 2.376, CI. 166-277.000.
Owen, Joseph R See—
Driskell. Carl R , and Owen, Joseph R.. 3.7 1 3.000.
Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation; See—
Stapleford, Stuart H, 3,7 1 2,832
Owens-fllinois, Inc ; 5fe—
Kozlowski,Tadeusz, and Pem be rton, Ernest H., 3.712,183.
Steigelman, Herman A , 3,712,829
Ozawa, Naosuke, Kawakami, Takaaki. and Watabe, Minoru, to Nippon
Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha. Movable welding jig. 3,712.529. CI. 228-
44.000.
Pacesetter Products, Inc ; 5ee—
Weinstein, Aaron; and Scourtas, Frank, 3,71 1,969.
Padgitt Howard R , to Lilly. Eli, and Company Illumination of convex
surfaces. 3,712.979. CI. 240-41. 35r.
Page John R Jr , to Hewlett-Packard Company Signal frequency
controller. 3,7 13,040, CI. 331-1 00a.
Page Richard W Dental instrument hose clip with selector valve.
3,712,314. CI. 137-560.000.
Page. Wayne L; See-
Roddy. Joseph T . and Page, Wayne L , 3,7 1 2,438.
PageLKennelh J ; 5ee—
Overly. Wm F ; and Pagel. Kenneth J.. 3,71 1 ,960.
Pagenkopf Stanley W Automatic leak detection and shutoff system.
3.712,327, CI. 137-78.000.
Pakosh Peter, to Versatile Manufacturing Ltd Steering and drive as-
sembly forself-propelled units. 3,712,403, CI 180-6.480
Palama Roberto Semi-automatic marksmanship competition pistol
for rapid precision firing 3,7 1 1 ,980, CI 42-16.000
Pampus, Gottfried; Se?—
Schon, Nikolaus. Schnoring. Hildegard; Witte, Josef; and Pampus,
Gottfried, 3,712,867.
Pan American Petroleum Corporation; See—
Bearden, William G. and Howard. George C, 3,712,373
Pangalila Frans V A , to McMullen, John J., Associates, Inc Railway
car roll stabilization. 3.712.243. CI. 105-I.OOa.
Pankey, Russell; See— ,,.,0
Crimmins, James W., and Pankey, Russell, 3.71 3.038.
Paoletti, Charles; See—
Morane, Bruno P , Paoletti. Charles, Maurelli, Manlio; Memen,
Louis; and Sathicq, Robert, 3,7 1 2.50 1 .
Papiripari Vallslat; See— ^ -,,-, ai.-,
Gabor, Zoltan, S/anto, Jozscf; and Martini, Gyorgy, 3,71 2.46J
Parent Ronald Joseph Methixl and device for handling motor vehicle
keys. 3, /1 2,091, CI 70-63.000.
Paris, Nikolaus See— . r,
Husweilcr, Arnold, Bcilstein, Gunter, Mayer, Adolf, and Pans.
Nikolaus, 3,712,912.
Parisot,Clovis; Se« —
Basicr, Rohert, and Parisot.Clovis, 3,712,502.
Parker, Henry R , to Improved Machinery Inc Molding machine hav-
ing yieldabiv restrained clamping force applying element 3,7 1 2,774,
CI. 425- 154.000
Parker Pen Company, The: See—
Rackow, Martin L, 3,7 12,093
Parks John H . to Caterpillar Tractor Company. Sleeve metering collar
adjusting lever 3.7 1 2,763. CI 4 1 7-499.000.
Parks, WilliamL, III See- ,-.,,..0
Cardullo, Mario W . and Parks. William L , III , 3.71 3,148.
Parlagreco, Peter Hair wave and curling device 3,712,310. CI. 132-
40000 ^ ^. .,
Pariow John to Emerson Electric Co. Solenoid combined shading coil
andreturnspring 3, 7 12,581, CI 251 129 000.
Parr, Bryan Reginald; .Ve— ^n „
Smith, Michael John Staplcv, Wilson, John Henry; and Parr, Bryan
Regmald, 3,712.075.
Parrent. Russell, to Airtcx Product Div , United Industrial Syndicate
Electric pump commutator brush holder construction 3,711.907.
CI. 310-247 (X)0
Parris John L , and Oldham, Herman J , to Carbtirundum Company,
The Apparatus for clamping and discharging workpieces.
3,7 12,605, CI. 269-14 (XK),
Pasbrig Max Detachable connection for elcctncal contacts of a plug
andsixrket 3.713,074, CI 339-41.000.
Pascal, Pierre J; See— -,,,•, mo
Bernard, Jean C; and Pascal, Pierre J , 3,71 2.828.
Pastemack, George, to Continental Can Company, Iric
Photopolymerizable compositions useful as a pnnting ink vehicle
3,712,871. CI. 260-22 Oxa
Patel, Babu B ; See— _ ^ , „. , ,.
Chadha, Desh D., Patel, Babu B, and Pickett, Charles G,
3.712,141 ,,. . .^,
Patel Kalyanji U , and Maier, John F . to MinnesoU Mining and Manu-
facturing Company Curable vmylidcne fluoride elastomers contain-
ing phosphonium curing agents 3.7 12,877, CI. 260-87.700.
Paton Boris Evgenievich, Medovar. Boris Izrailevich; Latash, Jury
Vadimovich, and Baglai, Vitaly Mikhailovich Electroslay process
for the production of metal castings 3,7 12,365, CI. 164-52 000
Paulik, Fcrence; See—
Paulik,Jeno;andPaulik.Ference,3.712.110. . , ^ ,
Paulik, Jeno. and Paulik, Ference, to Mag-ar Optikai Muvek. Samolc
holder for selective thermoanalytical tests. 3.7 1 2, 1 1 0, CI 7 3- 1 5 OUb.
Payet George L , and Forg, John H , to McGraw-Edison Company.
Apparatus for producing a durable press in garments containing cel-
lulose or cellulosic derivative 3.7 1 2,086, CI. 68-5.00c.
Payne. David H; See —
Yates. John, and Payne, David H , 3,7 1 2.805.
Pearson, Johnnie L; See— . „ . «- «- i,
Bruner Weston G.; Pearson, Johnnie L , Reeder, George C, Jr..
Gaheen. Alfred F., Jr.; Green, Elberson D.; and Hughes, Robert
B ,3,713,149.
Pearson, Johnnie P See— n i-imm
McGinley, William L ; and Pearson, Johnnie P , 3.712,207
Pelizzoni, Winton J., Baumbaugh, Charles R., and Caliss W.iUam A^.
to Mack trucks, Inc Engine lubrication system. 3,712,420.CI. 184-
103.00r
Pellerin, Daniel; See— ,,^,-,-,0^
Siard, Michel, and Pellerin, Daniel, 3,7 1 2,784
Pelzer Hans to Krupp, Fried, Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung.
Long-distance belt conveyor and method of operating same
3,712,457, CI. 198-208.000.
Pemberton, Ernest H; See— r- . u nnia^
Kozlowski,Tadeusz, and Pemberton, Ernest H. 3.71 2,1 8J.
Penmman, Robert, to Barreca ProducU C«,- ^^^'^'^IfTl °f„S]'^'JX
Industries, Inc Ski-mounting rack means 3 7 1 2,522 Cl 224.29.(X)r.
Penwell, James T. Metal lined meUl pump barrel. 3,712,182, CI. 92-
169.000.
Persons- Majestic Mfg Company; See—
Townsend.Almon F. 3,712,637.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Pester, William B See—
Folson, Henry J ; Hegel, James D.; Hosokawa, William T.; Pester.
William B ; and Porter, Irwm C, 3,7 1 1 ,964.
Peter, Richard; See— ^,,,,001
Anglikcr,Hans-Jocrg,andPeter. Richard, 3, 712,881.
Peters Rudolph W Pneumatic hand tool having automatic collet and
brake. 3,7 1 2,386, Cl 173-46.000. c . ,. w l al.
Petersen Harro, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gescllschaft Production of N-polyalkoxymethylamides. 3,712,926,
Cl. 260-561 00k. .
Petersen Niel R., to MTS Systems Corporation. Drive train test stand
3,712,127, Cl. 73-118.000.
Peterson, John E. Container with removal side panels. 3.712,504, Cl.
220-84.000. _.. ^
Peterson, Warren S ; and Tyler. Clarence M., Jr.. to Olm Corporation.
Porous or foamed metal energy absorption device. 3.712,589. Cl.
256-13.100
Petrol Injection Limited; See—
Jackson, Harold Ernest. 3.712,275 , .. ,
Pciroshanoff, George J., to Tridair Industries Self-retained bolt
3,71 2,356, Cl 151-6.000
Petty Geophysical Engineering Company; See—
Mayne, William H; and Ouay, Roy G, 3,71 3,084
Pctzsch, Lothar, and Harnau, Hans-Dieter, to Rhcinmetall GmbH
Safety-percussion cap responsive to rotation. 3.712,231, Cl 102
79000.
Pfaff Industriemaschinen GmbH, Firma; See—
Strieglcr, Werner; and Angele, Eugen, 3,7 12.256.
PfalzsUhlbau GmbH ; See—
Kuwcrtz, Erich, 3.712,241. "^ • .
Pfarrwaller Erwin, to Sulzer Brothers Limited Yarn clamping
mechanism. 3,71 2.345, Cl. 139-125.000
Pfeffer. Josef; See-
Meyer. Joachim; and Pfeffer, Josef, 3,712,012.
Pfeilsticker Lee J. to Tonka Corporation Cylinder mounting for toy
dump truck 3,7 11, 990, Cl. 46-214.000
Pfiffner. Albert. See— v, u .
Chodnekar, Madhukar Subraya; Pfiffner, Albert, Rigassi, Norbert;
Schwieter. Ulnch. and Suchy. Milos, 3,7 1 2,9 1 3
Pfizer Inc ; See—
Emiey, Frank, 3,711.937. ^-,^0,
Marino, Joseph J , and Dcmaison, Raymond J., 3,7 1 ^,68 1
Pflugfeldcr.ReinholdG .See—
Butler. Thomas A., and Pflugfelder, Reinhold G., 3.71 3.14?.
Philco-Ford Corporation; .See-
Bauer. Andrew B, 3,71 2.321 . „ ^ ,u
Moskowitz, Arthur. Maclnncs. William F., and Sumrall, Calhoun
W, 3, 712,226. ^ ^ ^
Philip Thoni V . to Carpenter Technology Corporation. Deep harden-
ingsteel 3.712.808. Cl. 75-1 25.000.
Philipp Gabriel; and Braun, Stcphan. Universal joint for couplmg a
plurality of shafts. 3,7 12,08 l,C1.64-J7.00r
Ph'lhps, AlanR See-
Jope Bruce T .and Phillips. AlanR, 3,7 12.780
Phillips Edward H . and Underwood, Raymond D , to Programmed
Power Inc Voltage controlled inverter circuit for variable supply
voltages and loads. 3,7 1 3,01 3, Cl 32 1 -45.00r.
Phillips Petroleum Company; See-
Billings, William G., 3,71 2,894.
Collic.Stafford 0.3,712,519.
Flmk, Frank B, 3,712,184.
Phipps Charles M; and Boucher, Raymond R., to United Aircraft Cor-
poration Apparatus for making directionally solidified castings.
■ 3.7 1 2,368. Cl. 164-336.000.
Phone-PoulenceS.A; See— ,^,,00-7
Colleuille, Yves; and Gardon, Roger J., 3,7 1 2.887.
PhotoMetrics, Inc.; See-
Miller, Carlton S, 3,712.955. .
Piatti Sanzio Pio Vincenzo. Valve actuating arrangement for internal
coriibustionengines. 3,7 12,277,0.123-90.220.
Piccone Dante E., and Somos, Istvan, to General Electric Company
Thynstor turn-on circuit. 3,713. 101, Cl. 340-l47.00r
Pickett.CharlesG ; See— . „. , r-^ , <-
Chadha, Desh D.; Patel, Babu B.; and Pickett, Charles G.,
3,712.141 . ^. ...
Pickles Joseph, to Ferro Manufacturing Corporation. Six-way vehicle
seat adjuster. 3,71 2,573, Cl. 248-394.000.
Piekos, Frank E; See— ,,,,,,,
Savioli, Giulio; and Piekos, Frank E.. 3,71 2,1 73.
Pieper Donald L.. to General Electric Company. Bilateral servo con-
trolled manipulator. 3,7 12, 180, Cl 91-363.000. ^, ^ ^ .
Piller Richard G., to Reynolds Metals Company. Method for con-
trolling a reduction cell. 3,7 1 2,857, Cl. 204-67.000.
Pind, Christen Willemoes; See— j- j . r-„,.,
Isberg Per Gustaf; Pind, Christen Willemoes; and Sundqvist. Cnut
Herbert, 3,7 12,851.
Pioneer Electronic Corporation: See-
Wade. Eiihi 3.712.552.
Pisa. Paolo Da Re; See— ^ c- 1 1 i-7i->efio
Sianesi, Enrico; Pisa, Paolo Da Re; and Setnikar, Ivo, 3,712,889.
Pissiotas, Georg; See—
Drabek, Jozef; and Pissiotas. Georg, 3,712,909.
Pitney-Bowes, Inc.; See—
Jansen, Theodore J , 3,712,320.
Luperti, Harrv E.; Reid, Robert R ; and Waber, Anthony,
3,712,527.
Planterose, Donald N; See— ,-,,-,nAA
Cole, Martin; and Planterose, Donald N., 3,712,944.
Plas/Steel Products, Inc.: See—
Cousm, Barry 0,3,711,919 ,,,nAn
Piatt, Stephen A. Coiling wire metering. 3,7 1 1 ,954, Cl. 33- 1 32.UOU.
Plichta Dietmar G., to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation.
Cladding mold system. 3,71 2,367. Cl. 164-275.000.
Plumly. George W; See— , „ j, j t- d
Hunnicutt, Jack B , Plumly, George W.; and Radford. Troy R.,
3,711,963. p
Polar Manufacturing Company: See—
Rolfzen, Arthur L, 3,7 12,334.
Poliak, John M , and Lopez, Juan M., to Leviton Manufactunng Co.,
Inc Mounting strap for grounding electrical devices. 3,7 1 3,07 1 , Cl.
339-14.00r.
Pollution Monitors, Inc.; See—
Lyshkow.Norman A ,3,712,792.
Polly Uhel D . to Consolidated Productions Incorporated. Apparatus
for'making plastic articles. 3.7 1 2.839, Cl. 1 56-427.000.
Poison, Jerry H; See—
Munson, Robert E.; Krutsinger. Jack K.; and Poison, Jerry H..
3,713,166.
Poly-Traction Inc.; See—
Chaumont. Guy-Noel, 3,712,689.
Pontier, Michel; See— ^, ■ j n .
Constantin, Jean-Pierre; Duquesne, Jean-Claude; and Pontier,
Michel. 3,712,341.
"oppinger Herbert; and Liska, Manfred, to Siemens Aktien-
oesellschaft Svstem for regulating the speed of an axially driven
winder dnve. 3.7 1 3,009. Cl. 3 1 8-6.000.
Porsche, Dr.-Ing. H c F., KG., Firma; See—
Klein, Norbert, 3,712,665.
Porter, Irwin C: .See— „,.„. _ _ ,
Folson, Henry J , Hegel, James D.; Hosokawa, William T.; Pester,
WilliamB , and Porter, Irwin C. 3.71 1,964
Porter Laurence W.. to Vaughan & Bushnell Mfg. Co. Bricklayers
hammer head having wear-resistant chipping end surfaces
3,7 1 2,284, Cl. 125-40.000. . „
Porter Max L.; and Ekberg, Carl F , to Iowa State University Research
Foundation. Prestrcsscd metal and concrete composite structure
3,712,010,0.52-223.000.
Posakony, Gerald J: See— ,,,-,,,0
Cross, Benjamin T.; and Posakony, Gerald J., 3,712,1 19.
Post Office. The: See-
Griffiths, John Michael, 3,712,536
Pothier Robert G Surface and subsurface detection device
^,713,156,0,343-17.000.
Potin Marcel, to Societe Financiere Francaise de Licences et Brevets.
Process and device for making slide fasteners. 3,711,930, Cl 29-
408.000.
Poupin, Ravmond: See—
Anfoss'i. Henri; and Poupin, Raymond. 3,712,455.
Praca Casimir. to International Harvester Company Crushing rolls for
hav'conditioner 3.71 2.034. Cl. 56-1 000.
Preload Engineering Company, The: See—
Marchaj. Tadeusz Josef. 3,7 1 2,500.
Presolv.Elfncde See— . r u
Muller. Walter, Mayr. Hubert; Weinrotter, Ferdinand; Frohner,
Walter Presoly. Elfriede. and Kollisch, Gustav. 3.712,804.
Preston Edward George, Williams, Robert Ernest; and Maw. Philip
Arthur, to Molins Machine Companv Limited. Trimmers for
cigarette making machines. 3.712, 160, Cl. 83-4.000.
Prettyman, Clinton E.; See— , t n qb<
Swamer, William G.; and Prettyman, Clinton E., 3,7 1 2,985.
Preud'Homme, Jean; See— intiaA^
Mancy, Denise; Ninet, Leon; and Preud Homme, Jean, 3.7 1 2.945.
Price, Frank C, Jr.. to Ultrasystems. Inc., mesne. Fog dispersal system
Priefert.'ErwinE. Irrigation pipe trailer. 3,71 2,493, Cl 214^15.000
Priest, John D. Exhaust depurator. 3,7 1 2,030, Cl. 55-2 1 3.000.
Prochaska, Frank O; See— ,,.-,,,0
Mason, Robert W ; and Prochaska, Frank O., 3.712,1 18.
Procter & Gamble Company, The: See—
Zenk, William Edward, 3,7 1 2,873.
ProducUon, Inc : See-
Schmidt, Gunter, 3,712.206. ,
Produits Chimiques PechineySaint Gobain: See-
Yves, Correia, and Rene, Clair, 3,7 1 2,869.
Programmed Power, Inc.; See— j^w-.thah
Phillips, Edward H, and Underwood, Raymond D., 3.7 1 3,01 3.
Propst, Robert L.; See— , ,, -, ^m
Kelley, James O; and Propst.RobertL, 3,712,697.
Propst, Robert L . and Kelley, James O to M.ller. Her'T^- '"^ S<'"^-
tural support system for drawers and the like. 3,712.698, Cl. 3 1..-
350.000.
Pullman Incorporated; See— , ,,., ,..0
Nagj, Ernest J ; and Shaver, William R., 3,71 2,249.
Purdy. Richard; See— . . „ . n u j
Falasconi. Rolando; Daly, Frank Joseph, and Purdy, Richard,
3.712,185.
Purex Corporation, Ltd.: See—
Benham, Ralph E, 3,713,003.
PI 26
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23, 1973
'^"Sg"e"''£'rd;'lw, Otmar; Keck. Johannes; N.ckL Josef.
Machleidt. Hans. Ohnacker. Gerhard. Engelhom. Robert; and
Puschmann.Sigfrid, 3,712.924.
^"' Mayne%fmam H ; and Quay. Roy G.. 3.71 3.084.
R & G Sloane Manufacturing Company. Inc.. See-
Wise. Eugene H., and Gait, Homer W.. 3.712.584.
Rachhnski, Stanley S«- -nuai/i
Kirkland, Norman; and Rachhnski, Stanley. 3.71 1.876.
Rackow Martm L.. to Parker Pen Company. The. Apparatus for han-
dlmgcyhndr.cal blanks. 3.712.093.CI. 72-3.000.
**'** Smcuu'^Ja?/ B.; Plumly. George W.; and Radford. Troy R.,
3.711,963.
Radin, George; Sfe— „ , ^ -.Tnno/i
Comfort, Webb T , and Radin. George. 3.7 1 3.096.
Raines. Kenneth; Sff— v -. in im
Burke, George K.and Rames. Kenneth, 3,7I2.3U2.
Rakauskas. VitieS 5«— ,,,-,..*<>
Hoiovnia, Joseph T., and Rakauskas, Vitie S.. 3,71 2.449.
Ralide,lnc.: See—
Nankivell, Erb/Roy, 3,712.024.
Rama, Leighton C ; S«— rk^iioc v
Hams Carl L., Rama. Leighton C; and Soward. Dallas V.,
3,712,122.
Randelzhofer, Konrad. S«— j , t.t qao
Bonn, Helmut, and Randelzhofer. Konrad, 3.71 2.968.
Randolph, Robert W St-c- ,t,t,ca
Geyer. Wallace T , and Randolph. Robert W. 3.7 1 2.25U.
Ranz Erwin; Von Rmtelen. Harald. Schutz. Heinz-Dieter; and Neu-
mann Wolfram, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Photographic
material 3,712.814, CT. 96-36.000.
Raprza, Edward J : S«e— • . . ^ , u /-u i c
Genese, Joseph N ; Tsaprza, Edward J.; Galanaugh, Charles F..
Kennard. Harry M . Chevaiaz, Roger A., and Smith, John A ,
Rasmussen, Niels P Beach protection system. 3.712.069. CI. 61-
Rasmussen, Ole-Bendt Laminated lamellar laminate. 3.712.847, CI.
Ratten. Antonius G.; and Van Brederode. Jan H.. to Stichting Ontwik-
keline Verpakkingsmethoden in de Zuivelindustrie Sealing of foam
plastic sheets. 3.7T2.844,CI. 161-38.000.
Rausch.John J ; 5<rf— ,,,-,^no
Van Thyne. Ray J . and Rausch, John J., 3,712,798.
Ravenna. Franco: S^-f— ,Tnn->o
Canssimi, Massimo; and Ravenna. Franco, 3.712.9^8.
Ray, Thomas J ,Se^— ..,-,,■, nr,,
Waehner, Glenn C, and Ray. Thomas J.. 3.7 13,001. .,
Raymond International, Inc.; See—
Hartzell. Carl Daniel, 3,7 12.066.
RCA Corporation; See—
Bernstein. Albert, 3.712,147.
Giaimo. Edward Charles, Jr.. 3.7 1 2.733.
Meslener, George John. 3.71 3.1 40.
Ross. Edward Charles. 3.7 1 3, 1 1 1 .
Sommer, Alfred Hermann. 3,7 12,700.
Steudel.Goetz Wolfgang, 3.712.995.
Recordata S. A Chemicaland Pharmaceutical Company: See—
Sianesi, Enrico; Pisa. Paolo Da Re, and Setnikar. Ivo. 3.7 12.889.
Redhead. Robert Gonne:5ef— ■,-,,■> laa
Snowdon, Charles; and Redhead. Robert Gonne, 3.712 298
Reed. Jack P Portable bacteriological incubator. 3.712,268, Cl. i iv-
37.000.
Reeder.GeorgeC. Jr ; 5^f— . „ . ^ r- i,
Bruner, Weston G., Pearson. Johnnie L.; Reeder. George C . Jr
Gaheen, Alfred F , Jr.; Green. Elbetson D.; and Hughes, Robert
B, 3,713. 149
Rees. John Michael; S<r^— , u »i u i t tit 7ni
Johnston. Robert Bernard; and Rees, John Michael, 3,71 2.70r
Reeve. William Ernest, to Silent Channel Product Limited. Method for
sealmg grooves in concrete structures. 3.7 1 2,0 1 6, CI. 52-74 1 .UIXJ.
Refngiwear, Inc ; S^f—
Schifman, Henry, 3,71 1,865. , i,„ n t«
Regelson, Ephraim, Sumnicht. Howard I ; and Crecelius. John D to
United States of America. Navy. Method for suppression of heat
radiation 3.7 1 2,054. CI. 60-39.020.
Reibel.RobertW ;5«—
Martinez. Eugene. 3.712.726 ^ , u /- c o...^
Reid. Edward A, Jr . and Morse. WilHamF to Columbia Gas System
Service Corooration Deep fat fryer. 3.7 1 2,289, CI. 1 26-39 1 .000.
'^"'^Lu^^J Ha^r"~E.; Reid, Robert R, and Waber. Anthony,
3,712.527
Reimer.William A.;5**— -.T.inn
Bennett, Joseph C ; and Reimer, Wilham A., 3,71 3.1 lU.
Reinebach, Lawrence R.;5f*- d nm«;a
Lech, Richard J., and Reinebach, Lawrence R., 3,7 1 2,/3».
Remler Company; S«— -,T,-iom
Greene. Harry A . Jr.; and Wing. Charles. 3,7 1 2,297.
Removille. Jacques; See—
Liesch, Jean; and Removille, Jacques, 3 71 199y
Renahan, John W Plow blade structure. 3.712,383, CI. 172-264.000.
Renaudon, Mane Michel: See—
Jacquot. Michel Jules; Amicel. Charles Gustavf; and Renaudon,
Mane Michel. 3.712.61 1. _
Renault Jacques R. Chord slide rule for musical instniments.
3.7 12', 167. CI. 84-485.000.
Rene. Clair: See— , , , , oiin
Yves. Correia; and Rene. Clair. 3.7 1 2.869.
Renhurst Industries Proprietary Limited; 5^^—
Batt. Harold Hilton. 3.7 11.932. e,. r-
Rennie, David G.. and Mclntyre. Maurice J., to Skogit Corporation.
Log yarding system and method. 3.7 12.478, CI. 212-89.000.
Republic National Bank of Dallas Irving Tnist Company, mesne: See-
McKec, James E. 3,712.454
Research Corporation: See—
Huang, Barney K. 3.712.252.
Restclli Ronald E.. to Textron Inc. Welded retainer for an anUfnction
beanng. 3.7 12.692. CI. 308-217.000.
Rethorst Scott C. Slotted diffuser system for reducing aircraft induced
drag. 3,7I2.564.CI. 244-41.000.
Revert Philippe, to Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique Apparatus tor
the accurate measurement of dimensions of objects, especially the
diameter of cylindncal objects. 3.7 1 2.74 1 . CI. 356- 160 000
Reves E T to Dart Industnes. Inc. Calibrating medium displacement
now rate calibrator. 3,712, 135, CI. 73-219.000.
Rewerts,GeneR.;Sff— _ .... ui u ,^ <- . ,„h
Martindale. David L . Dale. Alan M.; Mursinna. Rkhard C. and
Rewerts.GeneR, 3.712.583.
Rex Chainbelt Inc.; See—
Knipe. Earl A. 3.712,037.
Rexall Drug and Chemical Company; Sff—
Lammers. Sidney G.; Ciarlone, Anthony N.. and Carrock,
Frederick E, 3,712,872.
Rey, Hans-Georg; S**— ^ . r. l D„t»,
Rittersdorf, Walter; Rey, Hans-Georg; and Rieckmann, Peter.
3,712,853. , ^ ,
Reynolds. Charles Edward, to AMP Incorporated. Coaxial connector
controlled charactenstic impedance process. 3,711,942, Li. ^^■
593.000.
Reynolds Metals Company: Se<r- n,-,n'?i
Bryan George D, Jr., and Costantmo, Nicholas, 3,712,023.
Piller,'RichardG., 3,7 12,857.
Rheinische Kalksteinwerke GmbH: S«f— ^ _^ . a^,;,„
Kurczyk. Heinz-Georg; Wuhrer. Josef; and Ottenheym, Adnan,
3,712,768.
Rheinmetall GmbH: Sff— ,,.,,,,
Petzsch, Lothar; and Harnau.Hans-Dieter. 3,712,231.
Rhoades. Vaughan W . to Cities Service O" Company^Simpl.fied well-
bore pressure testing apparatus. 3.712 129, CI 73-151.UW.
Rhodes^Alex; and Wright. Allen C, to FoidMmor^ompany. Release
valve for a compressed gas container. 3.7 1 2,3 19. CI. 1 3 /-68.uw.
Rhomega Systems. Inc.; 5ff— ,T,-,mi
Hoge. Henri H.;and Wadsworth, Gilbert A., 3,712.072.
Rhone-Poulenc S.A.; See— ,,.-,„,-,
Balme, Maurice; and Gruffaz. Max. 3,7 12.932^
Ducloux. Maurice, and Gruffaz, Max. 3,712.933.
Gattus, Jean; and Mallet, Maurice, 3,7 1 2.83 1
Rhone-Poulence S.A.: S*'^ — 1 „„ t tit qas
Mancy. Denise; Ninet, Leon; and Prcud Homme, Jean, 3,7 1 2,943.
Rice. Edward J; 5«— , „. _j j ■
Litty Thomas P ; Moss. Ellsworth R ; and Rice. Edward J.,
3,713.006 ^. , A ft
Rice Elmore W., Ill, to General Aviation Electronics, Inc. Aircraft
proximity warning indicator. 3.7 1 3. 161. CI. 343- 11 2.0ca
Rice Willard W.. Jr.. to Foxboro Company. The Analog electronic
multiplier, divider and square rooter using pulse height and pulse-
width modulation. 3,7 12.977. CI 235-195 000. ,_,,„^ p,
Richards, Fred F., Sr. Lock for telephone instalment. 3,712.964, Ci.
179-I89.00r.
Richards Manufacturing Company, Inc.: See-
Shea John J. .Jr., 3.7 11. 869.
Richardstin. Jack Y.; and Mellow. Dale F.. to Brunswick CorporaUon.
Pyrotechnic fuse. 3,71 2,222, CI. l02-27.00r.
Richardson, James E.:S«— ,^,__, , c i-7i-)aia
Shennan. Lawrence M.; and Richardson. James E., 3.712.614.
Richardson-Merrell.Inc; S^e— . .. „ o^u^^
Tilford Charles H.; Blohm, Thomas R.; and Mac Kenzie. Robert
D..3'.7 12.896.
Richey, Joseph B, II: S«- ,. t. ,, -x n 1 1 xaa
Daniel. Arnold; and Richey. Joseph B.. II. 3.712,364.
Rickard. James H . to OvaUon Instruments, Inc., m«ne. Bndge type
piezoelectnc pickup for stnnged instruments. 3.712.951. CI. 84-
1.140.
Ricoh Co., Ltd.; 5^<r— ., , -j TmiA
Kaneko, Tamaki; and Mizuno. Katsumi, 3,7 1 2.2 14.
'^'"Se"ilorf.*"walt^; Rey. Hans-Georg; and Rieckmann, Peter.
3.712.853.
Rieter Machine Works, Ltd.: See— ,,,_,..„-
Binder, Rolf; and Wildbolz, Rudolf 3.7 12,682.
'"'ThcJSnS Ma'dliukar Subraya; Miffner. Albert. R.gassi. Norbert;
Schwieter. Ulrich; and Suchy. Milos. 3.7 1 2,9 1 3.
"'^FinT'RonaJd'F; Hatch. Michael R., and Riggms, James E..
3.713,121.
Ringelmann. Heinz: See—
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Hirt Wilhelm, Ringelmann. Heinz; Weckesser. Ernst, and Wein-
hold, Gottfried, 3.712.785.
Rine, Max H., Roland. Murray C . and Olson, Rich, to Lockwood Cor-
poration Alignment means for mobile irrigation apparatus.
3.712.544. CI. 239-177.000.
Risacher Gerard H . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Steam
iron. 3>1 1.972. CI 38-77.830.
Risky. Frank A., to GTE Automatic Electric Laboratones Incor-
porated. Remote conUct sensing scanpoinl matrix. 3,713,103, CI.
340-166.00r.
Rist Michel to Societe Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo. Clutch plate
spring with pivot rings 3,7 1 2,436, CI l92-89.00b.
Rittersdorf, Walter; Rey. Hans-Georg; and Rieckmann. Peter, to
Boehringer Mannheim GmbH. Diagnostic agent for the detection
of nitrite and of nitrite-forming bactena. 3.7 1 2.85 3, CI. 195-1 03. 50r.
Robbiati.Dante. Metallic laminate. 3.712.849, CI. 161-218.000.
Roberts, Evan D Self-righting instrument cap device. 3,712,749, CI.
401-202 000.
Robertshaw Controls Company: See—
Shopsky, Harvey J ,3,712,580.
Rochelle, James M; 5«—
Borkowski, Casimer J.; and Rochelle, James M., 3,712,983.
Rocket Research Corporation: See—
Galbraith, Lyie D.; and Harvey, Alan R., 3,712,332.
Rodale Manufacturing Company, Inc.: See—
Schmier. Jacob, 3,7 12,781.
Roddy. Joseph T., and Page. Wayne L., to Emerson Electnc Co. Cen-
trifugal friction clutch. 3,712,438. CI. 192-105.0cd.
Roger Robert Device for discharging processed or worked lengths of
matenal from a work table. 3,7 1 2.609, CI. 27 1 -74.000.
Rogers Stanley, to General Dynamics Corporation. Wide-band, high-
frequency matnx switch. 3.7 13. 105. CI. 340-1 66.00r.
Roggero. Amaldo: See—
Arrighctti. Sergio; Roggero, Arnaldo; Vajna, Eugenic; and Cesca.
Sebastiano. 3,712,876.
Rohr,Udo;S«-
Bauer, Ralf; Lorenz, Wilfred; Rohr, Udo; and Silge, Fnednch,
3,712.258.
Rohrer. Kenneth L.; Griswold, Douglas A.; and Davies, David H., to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Method of manufactunng a dis-
play screen 3,7 1 2,8 1 5. CI 96-36. 1 00
Roland.Murray C: S«— , ,^.
Rine. Max H., Roland, Murray C; and Olson, Rich, 3,7 1 2,544.
Rolfzen Arthur L , to Polar Manufacturing Company. Vacuum
breaker valve for shell-like tanks. 3,7 1 2.334, CI. 1 37-587.000.
Rollei-Werke Franke & Heidecke: See—
Tscheuschner, Chnsthard, 3,7 1 3.0 1 8.
Rollway Beanng Company. Inc.: S^^—
Root. Lawrence E., Derner. William J.; and Stewart, Harold E.,
3,712,693.
Romang, Lucien; and Voumard, Francois, to Seitz S.A. Shock absorb-
ing pivot bearing for watches. 3,71 2,051, CI. 5 8- 1 40.00a.
Romanzi, Louis, Jr.; See—
Gavagan, James A , and Romanzi. Louis. Jr., 3.71 1.904.
Rondeau. John L Barrel pool apparatus including spring projector
3,712.626, CI. 273-101.000.
Ronsivalli, Louis J., and Learson, Robert J., to United States of Amer-
ica, Interior. Production of fisheries products. 3,712,821, CI. 99-
111.000.
Ronson Corporation: S^f—
Mackness, Frederich Vincent Summersford; Cheetham, John Nor-
man; and Watson, Victor Jack, 3,7 1 2,1 68.
Root, Lawrence E. Derner, William J; and Stewart, Harold E. to Roll-
way Beanng Company. Inc Miltiple stage thrust beanng. 3,712,693,
CI. 308-231.000. ^ . .. u, At
Roscoe William A. Method and apparatus for grading double reeds tor
musical instruments. 3,7 1 2, 1 1 3, CI. 73-37.000.
Rosen, Erhardt W.: See—
Linnerooth. John D.; and Rosen, Erhardt W, 3,7 1 3,097.
Rosenthal, Wayne 0.:Sfe— ^ ^ ^ ,
Owen, Harrold D.; Rosenthal, Wayne O.; and Young, James
Douglas, 3,712,376. ' ^.,^
Rosinski Edward J. Ros; and Smith, Fritz A., to Mobil Oil Corporation.
Upgrading a hydrocarbon utilizing a catalyst of metal sulfides
dispersed in alumina. 3,7 1 2,86 1 , CI. 208-2 1 6.000.
Rosner, Kurt: 5««— ^ ^. , a
Von Conrad. Eugene; Rosner, Kurt; and Meyer, Ludwig.
3.712,550. , . „ u r.
Ross, Dieter, and Kiemle, Horst, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft.
Production of semiconductor modules by a photo-resist technique
with holographic projection of etching patterns. 3,712,813, CI. 96-
27.00h ^ ,
Ross, Edward Charles, to RCA Corporation. Operation of memory
array employing variable threshold transistors. 3,713,1 11, CI. 340-
173.00r.
Ross Francis Joseph, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company.
Production of sodium. 3,7 12,858, CI. 204-68.000.
Ross, Milton Dean: 5*^—
Busier. Willard LeRoy; and Ross. Milton Dean. 3,71 1,922.
Rossetti, Oliver Gabriel. Trimming apparatus. 3,712,166. CI. 83-
RotheS. Heinz. Chair height control. 3.7 12,574, CI. 248-409.000.
Rothschild, Barbara G. Safety belt system for motor vehicles.
3,7 12,401, CI. 180-82.000.
Rott, Vernon: See—
Kasper, Cass S.; and Rott, Vernon, 3,7 1 1 ,923.
Royal Industries, Inc.: See—
Cunningham, Edson Wayne, 3,712,215.
Ruffle, William H., and Hcmsley, Brian C, said Hemsley assor. to Du-
gard, C, Limited Battery power control device. 3,712,399. CI. 180-
1 9 OOr
Ruggeri. Joseph P Weapon handling apparatus. 3,712,567. CI. 244-
13 7. OOr. \
Rumpelein. Fritz: See— \
Kisselmann. Willy; Rumpelein. Fritz; and Kopf, Paul, 3,7 1 2,262.
Russ.Edwin.Cupholder. 3.7 12.235. CI. 108-46.000
Russell. Kenneth M. Modification means for changing wheeled vehi-
cles to all-ten-ain vehicles. 3.7 1 2.688. CI. 305-34.000.
Russell. Larry Rayner; See-
Key, Joe Wayne, and Russell. Larry Rayner. 3,7 1 2,100.
Russell, Lewis K.; See-
Allison, David F.; and Russell, Lewis K.. 3.7 1 1 .940.
Ruth, Arthur P , 50% to Smith. Dalton L. Internal combustion engine
incorporating modification to reduce pollution m exhaust therefrom.
3.712.281. CI. 123-1 19.00a.
Rysdam. John E., II Extensible bunk stake for log trucks. 3.712.639.
CI. 280-146.000.
S. & C Electric Company; See—
Foulkes. John F. 3,7 13.063.
S A Centre Europeen De Recherches Mauvemay C.E.R.M.: See—
Mauvemay, Roland Yves; Busch. Norbert; Simond. Jacques; and
Moleyre. Jacques. 3,7 1 2,893.
S3.fctcch Inc ^€€~^
Tonicowich, William; Meditz, John A., and Vignola, Paul.
3,713,132.
Sage Products Inc.: See—
Sherm.MichaelH, 3,71 1,871.
Sahrbacker. Edward V.. to Lucerne Products, Inc. Rotary actuator for
a switch. 3.7 13,070. CI. 338-198.000.
Sailers, Young T. Apparatus for smoke control. 3.712.041. CI. 55-
228.000.
Cairn^i T^kcvo S€€
Matsuda. Kazuo. Tanaka, Yoshiaki. Sakai, Takeyo; and Iwasa.
Ichiro, 3,712,930.
Sakakibara,Naoji:See— „ , . ^ v,
Kobayashi, Toyoaki; Kondo, Toshio; and Sakakibara. Naoji.
3,713,091.
Sakamoto, Kazuo; and Tamura. Ryoji. to Nippon Electnc Company.
Limited. Injection type frequency locked oscillator apparatus.
3,7 13,041, CI. 331-44.000.
Sakata Shokai, Co., Ltd : See—
Kiyokawa, Yasiimasa, Ogawa, Yoshihisa; Ono, Akira; Fukumasu.
Kazuichi, and Sugisaki.Hiroyuki. 3.7 12.824.
Samor, Ernest J.; See—
Halem. Alfred; and Samor, Ernest J., 3.71 2.948.
Sanders Associates, Inc.; See—
BliU. Daniel. 3,71 3.143.
Sands Ovie L.. to AMF Incorporated. Self-compensating railway hand
brake Imkage. 3,7 1 2,1 46, CI. 74-49 1 .000.
Sanford, Norman R.; and Vikmanis, Juris, to Bendix Corporation. Ap-
paratus and method of determining displacements. 3,713,139, CI.
340-347.00p. ^ ^, _
Sansom, William; and Thompson. Fred W.. to Du Pont de Nemours, b.
1 and Company Heat shield for chemical waste incinerator.
3,'7I2,796.CI. 23-277.00C.
Santa Cruz. Leon M. Anti-smog and exhaust device. 3,71 2,03 1, CI. 55-
223.000.
Santa-Maria, Enrique, to Compagnie Generale d Electncite. Con-
trolled change-over super conductive switch. 3,713,058, CI. 335-
216.000.
Sargent Industries. Inc.: See—
Chaeko. Joseph; and Satterfield. Robert S. 3,7 1 2,4 1 7.
Samoff. Stanley, to Survival Technology Inc Gun type hypodermic in-
jector with rapid cartridge displacement within holder. 3,712,301,
CI. l28-218.00a.
C r^j^QA Klaus' Jf f
Mayer. Dietmar; Sasse. Klaus; and Hermann. Gunther. 3,712,943.
Sathicq, Robert: See—
Morane, Bruno P.; Paoletti. Charles; Maurelli. Manlio. Memen,
Louis; and Sathicq. Robert. 3.7 1 2,50 1 .
Sato Akira. to Nippon Kogaku K.K Focusing device in a center focus-
ing type binocular. 3.7 1 2.704. CI. 350-76.000.
Sato. Masanori; See— ,. t- u
Yamato, Eisaku; Miura. Yuji; Wada. Masao. Sekiguchi. Toshi,
Kawanishi, Masazumi; Sato, Masanori, and Nagao. Taku.
3 712 895
Sato. Ryozi, and Chino. Yasuyoshi. to Japanese Geon Co.. Ltd The
Process for separating unsaturated fatty acids. 3,712,917, CI. 260-
486.00r.
Satterfield. Robert S.; See—
Chaeko. Joseph, and Satterfield. Robert S. 3,7 1 2.4 1 7.
Saunders. Frederick C ; Bryon, Kelvin J., and Griffiths, Bnan J. Foam
control process. 3.7 1 2.868, CI. 252-321 .000.
Savinsky. Walter T; See— ,,,,,««
Tochner. Irving A., and Savinsky, Walter T., 3,712,590
Savioli, Giulio; and Piekos, Frank E., to United Sutes of Amenca,
Army. Spring latch for ammunition chute 3,7 1 2,1 73, CI. 89-33 Obb
Scanzani, Robert M; See— ,T,^nno
Georgiev, Tancho; and Scanzani, Robert M., 3,7 12,008.
Schaaf, Kurt H.: See—
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Greenbaum. Sheldon B . Schaaf, Kurt H , and Klein. Howard C .
T 7 1 ") 949
SchachVr "W.lli; and Schneider. Rudolf, to Zahnradfabrik
Friednchshafen Aktiengesellschaft. Elcctromagnet.cally operable
frictionclutch. 3.712.439, CI. 192-84. 00c.
Schadlich Fritz to Bosch, Robert. GmbH. Chuck construction
3,712,633, CI. 279-58.000. ,T,-,4Qn ri 714
Schaeff, Hans. Mechanical shovel attachment. 3,712,490, CI. 214-
138.d0c.
Schafer, William: See— .^^^ ,,, „ i -rn iti
Keiner, Heinz, Kessler, Arthur, and Schafer, William, 3,7 1 ZJ 1 1
Schellhammer. Carl-Wolfgang See- , u;„if„.,„„
Bode. Klaus-Dieter; and Schellhammer. Carl-Wolfgang,
3.7'l2.904.
Schcnk.JoscphG See— ,•,,-, ,ct
Corbett.John M, and Schenk, Joseph G, 3,712,357
Schenk Peter to Dzus Fastener Co , Inc. Flush rotary fastener
3,712,355. CI. 151-2.000 ,,,-,,-,, r-i -,aa
Schepartz. Abnerl. Penholder for chart recorders. 3,71 3,171. CI. 346-
139 00c ^ .... ^
Schertz, Burtron D . and Wilkinson, Lester, to General Motors Cor-
poration Pulse length multiplier circuit 3,712,992, CI. }\)l-
267.000. , _,•, .,, „, ,
Schifman. Henry, to Refrigiwear. Inc Garment. 3,7I1,86>, ti ^-
79.000. . „ . rv. A
Schlllmger, Joseph F , to US. Plvwood-Champion Papers, Inc Shadow
boxfortube 3. 7 12,461, CI. 206-45 190.
Schippers Heinz; and Henscn, Friedheim, to Barmag Barmer Maschin-
enfabrik Aktiengesellschaft Vented screw extruder with pressure
and now regulating means. 3,7 1 2,594, CI. 259- W 1 000.
Schirmcr.Ernest J,: See— .c u
Boltrek, Henry, Hill, Menno E.; Kraft, Joseph K ; and Schirmer.
Ernest J. 3.712.447
Schlau. Floyd E See— ,,,.,c4i
Merino.DennisH.;andSchlau.FIoydE .3,712,541.
Scblehr, Walter R , to Ford Motor Company. Float glass chamber hav-
ing thin laminated carbon bottom. 3,7 1 2,80 1 , CI 65- 1 82.00r
Schlumberger Technology Corporation; See—
Clavcomb,JacksonR .3,713,089
Crawford.GeraldJB. 3.712,414
Gollwitzer. Lee H , and Lafleur, Clovis L., 3,7 12,410.
Schmidt, Gerald W ; See— ^ ,
Smith, Jay, IlL Schmidt. Gerald W., and Jones. Lawrence Temple,
3.712,397.
Schmidt, Gunter. to Productron. Inc Chip film processor. 3.712,206,
CI 95-94.00r. _ . ,. r
Schmidt Horst, to Leitz, Ernst, Fa , G nib H Telescopic sight for
daylightandnightobservation 3,7 12,702, CI. 350-10.000.
Schmier Jacob, to Rodale Manufacturing Company, Inc. Molding
press. 3, 7 12.781. CI 425-161 000
Schmitz Raymond B . to Allis-Chalmcrs Corporation Straw chopper
mounting for combine. 3.7 1 2,309. CI. 1 30-27.00r.
Schneider. Rudolf: See—
Schacher. Willi; and Schneider. Rudolf. 3.712,439.
Schneider-Simpson. Inc See— ,-,.-., or.
Birtchet. Ralph D.; and Carlson. James O., 3,712,189.
Schnonng, Hildcgard: See— . , . „
Schon NikoTaus; Schnonng, Hildegard; Witte, Josef; and Pampus.
Gottfried, 3,712,867. , o._ ,
Schoch Robert, to Weinmann Aktiengesellschaft. Shoe closure device
especially for ski sl.oes. 3.7 1 1 .900. CI. 24-68.0sk.
Schock Julius, to Werkzcugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon Buhrle AO.
Missile having a casing and containing secondary projectiles
3.7 12.229. CI. 102-69.000. „. . » , .c^
Schoellkopf. Llrich; and Gerhart. Fnu. to Badische Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Metallized isocyanides. 3,712,911. ei.
Schoenwald.Goenter Portable dump box. 3,712,675, CI. 298-10.000.
Schon, Nikolaus; Schnonng, Hildegard, Witte, Josef, and Pampus
Gottfried to Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the production ot
microcapsules with the aid of synthetic coacervates and microcap-
sules produced thereby 3,71 2,867. CI. 252-316.000.
Schrader, Gerhard; and Hammann, Ingeborg, to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft. S-( 1 ,3-Dihalo-prop-2-yl-mercaptomethyl)-thiol
and thionothiol phosphoric and phosphonic acid esters. 3,712,93/,
CI 260-948.000 ^ ^ , ,,,.„ , , _
Schrader Gerhard, Hammann, Ingeborg, and Stendel, Wilhelm, to har-
benfabnken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft ^-Phenylethyl esters of alkyl-
0-phenvlthiolphosphonic acids. 3,71 2,938, CI 260-949.000.
Schranz, Karl-Wilhelm: See—
Nittel. Fritz; Ohischlager, Hans, and Schranz, Karl-Wilhelm,
3,712,818.
Schungel,JohanP See— „ ,T,-,ni
Ter Haar. Leonard W ; and Schungel. Johan P.. 3,712,371.
Schurman. Heinz Peter; See— , „ . r-
KraU. Hans Otto; Schurman, Heinz Peter; and Sterner, George,
3 712,157.
Schutte August H., to Little. Arthur D.. Inc. Method for converting
residiial oils into fuel gas. 3,7 12,800, CI. 48-1 97.00r.
Schutz, Heinz-Dieter: See— „j ki„
Ranz, Erwin; Von Rintelen. Harald; Schutz, Heinz-Dieter; and Ne-
umann, Wolfram, 3,712,814.
Schwartz Allan A., to United States of America. Navy. Audio signal
control'led amplitude modulation circuit of square wave output.
3,713,034, CI. 332-31 OOt.
Schwartz, Herbert: See— . ^ .. - u i. ,.
Egger, Joseph; Meitinger, Heinz; and Schwartz, Herbert,
3,7 i 2,043.
Schwartz Vern R., to Information Terminals Corporation Tape cas-
sette and improvements therefor. 3,7 1 2,559. CI 242- 1 99.000.
Schwarz. Michael: See— ^ ,. i. xt k,»i
Hillingcr. Bruno; Nikowitz, Johann; and Schwarz, Michael.
3,712,002. .. ^
Schweitzer Michael, to Textron Inc. Method of roller bearing reten-
tion and assembly. 3,71 1,91 1. CI. 29- 1 48.40c.
Schweizerische Aluminum AG: See—
Widmer, Karl, and Zumsteg. Horst, 3,7 1 2,1 1 2.
Schweizerische Industric-Gcscllschaft: See—
Vollenweider, Paul, and Wagner, Franz. 3 .7 1 2.244.
Schwieter, Ulrich: See— vt u .
Chodnekar, Madhukar Subraya, Pfiffncr. Albert, Rigassi, Norbcrt;
Schwieter, Ulrich, and Suchy, Milos, 3,7 1 2,9 1 3
Sciulli,CharlesM ,Jr .See-
Brown, Marinus L.; La Rosa, Paul J.; and Sciulli. Charles M.. Jr..
3,712,602.
Scoy, Earl D See— ^ „„„
Shaffer. Samuel Ralph; and Scott. Earl D., 3,7 1 2,098
Scott, James J, Jr .See—
Letson, George M.; Whitman. Robert J ; and Scott, James J., Jr ,
3,713,021.
Scourtas, Frank: See— ,^,,0^0
Weinstein, Aaron; and Scourtas. Frank. 3,7 1 1 .v^v
Scovill Manufacturing Company .See—
McAnally. Milton Bcasley, 3.712.328 ^^
Seecamp. Louis W Cartridge magazine -^"^ "•981,0.42-50.000
Seller. Martin W Garment pattern marking paper. 3,71 1,951, CI. ii-
1 2 000.
Seitz S.A : See— . ,_,.„,,
Romang, Lucien, and Voumard, Francois, 3,7 1 2.t)? 1
Sekiguchi,Toshi:.Vee— r- ■ u x .k;
Yamato, Eisaku; Miura, Yujr, Wada, Masao, Sckiguchi, Toshi.
/ILawanishi, Masazumi. Sato. Masanori; and Nagao. Taku.
3 712 895
Semolic' Waiter J Adjustable anchor. 3.712.259. CI. 114-207 000
Semon, Albert L. Fluid pressure compensating regulator. 3. 7 1 2.3 JJ.
CI 137-498000. ^ ^. u a r
Scnak Peter. Jr , to Superior Electric Company. The. Method ot
minimizing error in incremental whole unit positioning from data
havingfractionalunits. 3.713.172.C1 444-I.0OO.
Scrcbr\akova. Tatyana Andreevna; Zakharychev Ardalion
Vlad'imirovich Chigir. Rimma Nuriakhmetova. Anachenko, Solia
Nikolacvna Torgov. Igor Vladimirovich; and Krjutchenko, Evgenja
Georgicvna, to Institut Khimii Prirodynykh Socfifieny Akadcmu
Nauk SSSR Streospecific methtxl for preparing estrane comp«^)unds
of natural configuration. 3.71 2,910. CI. 260-397.500.
Serkov. Anatolv Gavrilovich: See— .,, .■ • u
Beriin Z'alman Leivikovich. Isarev. Igor Vladimirovich;
Vasilchcnko. Anatoly Stepanovich, Maslovsky, dennady
Vasilievich; Serkov. Anatoly Gavnlovich. Yakimovich. Hviktor
Yakovlevich; and Ivanovsky. Evgeny Alexandrovich, 3.7 1 ^,369.
Servco Company, The. See— ., „ ,, -,-,,-, u«-i
ThomeU. Theodore G; and Americh. Paul J. 3.7 1 2,8.'>4
Service D'Exploitation Industnelle des Tabacs et des Allumettes: See—
Anfossi, Henri, and Poupin, Raymond, 3,7 1 2,455
Sessler Gerhard Martin, and West, James Edward, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated Fabrication of electret transducer ele-
mentsusinglowenergy 3,71 1,941, CI 29-592.0(K).
Setchell Barton T Television antenna multiple Icad-in systems
3,7 13',027, CI. 325-308.000.
Setnikar, Ivo: See— jo ■ 1 i-7naaQ
Sianesi, Enrico; Pisa, Paolo Da Re; and Setnikar, Ivo, 3,7 1 2,889.
SewelLCIinton J : See— ,^ c 11 /-i .«„ i
Campagnuolo, Cari J.; McKindra, Clayton D ; Scwell, Clinton J ,
Villarroel, Fernando, and Woolston. Lionel L , 3,7 1 2,170.
SeybeHich, Alfred; Hammann, Ingeborg, and Bchrenz. Wolfgang, to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Indanyl-N-melhyl-car-
bamic acid esters 3,7 12,9 15. CI 260-479.00c.
Shaak. Ray Ned: .See— .^ . .. u ,„ij ai
Crumley J A . Hildebrand, James Ross; Kerstetter. Harold Al-
fred; and Shaak. Ray Ned, 3,712 735 ^ jc
Shaffer, Samuel Ralph, and Scott, Earl D - to A, 'uwhcad F_ngineenng
Corporation. Pulley forming mechanism. 3,7 1 2,098, CI. 72- / 1 UUU.
Shapiro, Henry: .See— ,.,.,„«.
Orfei, John B, and Shapiro, Henry. 3,71 1,991.
Shapiro, Stanley; Goldman, Alan J., Tyler, Derek E.; and Lanam
Richard D., to Olin Corporation Process for obtaining copper alloys
3 712,837, CI. 148-1 1.50c.
''TeoEd"J,^Jos%TH., Jr.; Lunsford. Jack I.. Jr.. Sharpe, Bynum
B, and Templin. Charles T, 3.7 1 1 ,926.
Shaver, William R: See— -n.n^o
Nagy, Ernest J.; and Shaver, William R., 3,7 12,249.
Shaw & Slavsky, Inc : See—
Slavskv Robert J, 3,71 1,973
Shea John J Jr., to Richards Manufacturing Company, Inc. Prosthesis
for'the inner ear 3.711,869,0.3-1.000. *h ...aW^
Shearwood, Ravmond S . to Nash Engineenng Company. Adjustable
construction for mating surfaces of the rotor and port member of a
liquidnngpump. 3.7 12.764. CI 418-68.000.
Sheets, Andrew T.; See—
V
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
Higgins. Roger K; and Sheets, Andrew T., 3,713,141.
Sheldahl David B., and Striegler, John H., to Atlantic Richfield Com-
pany. Method of drilling. 3,712.393,0. 175-65.000.
Shell Oil Company: See-
Andre, Marshall L, 3,7 1 2, 1 1 6.
Bergougnoux, Jean-Claude, 3,71 2,646
Hill, Harold J . and Thigpen, David Ross, 3,712,377,
Loeffler, Donald E , Hussey, George D., Smith. George, and Wor-
tel, Johannes M, 3,7 12,864.
Mason, Robert W.; and Prochaska, Frank O.. 3.7 1 2.1 1 8.
Olivier, Donald A, 3,712,378.
Ter Haar, Leonard W ; and Schungel, Johan P., 3,7 1 2,37 1
Yates, John; and Payne, David H , 3,7 1 2,805.
Shelton, Warren E., and Harris, Samuel M., said Shelton assor. to said
Harris, Samuel M Clipboard and clip therefor 3.711,899, CI. 24-
67.700.
Sherer, Kenneth E., to National Automatic Tool Company. Incor-
porated. Apparatus for remelting sprue material. 3,7 1 2,777, 0. 425-
217.000.
Sherin. Michael H , to Sage Products Inc. Sanitary liquid specimen col-
lector. 3,71 1,87 I, CI. 4-1 10.000.
Sherman, Donald W., to Dana Corporation. Steering system for
trailers 3,712,641.0. 280-426.000 ;
Sherman. Lawrence M ; and Richardson. James E.. to Cambridge
Research and Development Group Swing seat. 3.712.614. O. 272-
8S.000
Sherwood Medical Industries. Inc.. See—
Burlis. Norbert W.. 3.712.782.
Deuschle. Fntz. 3,712,465.
Shigeura, Junichi, to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Shaft
coupling device 3,712,080,0. 64-9.00r.
Shiina, Toshi, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Heat shield device for a
reproducting apparatus 3,712.731.0. 355-71.000.
Shimadzu Seisakusho Ltd.: See—
Yamamoto. Hiroshi, 3,712.738.
Shinetsu Chemical Company: See—
Koyanagi, Shunichi, Ogawa. Kinya; Onda, Yoshiro; and
Yamamoto, Akira, 3,712,886.
Shipman, David E.; Bunkcir, Robert C; and Bunker, William. Motorcy-
cle kickstand. 3,712,640,0 280-301 .000.
Shockley,PhilhpR Knot tying device. 3,712.651,0 289-17.000.
Shopsky, Harvey J , to Robertshaw Controls Company. Fuel control
device and system utilizing the same. 3.712.580,0. 251-96.000.
Shore Plastics, Inc.: See—
Sussman, Morris, 3,712.312.
Shore, Terence Michael, to Mogan Construction Company. Split level
convevor and collecting means for controlled cooled steel rod.
3.711.918,0. 29-2()0.00b
Shur Foot Tractor Company: See—
Walquist, Kermit H., 3,712,404
Sianesi, Enrico. Pisa. Paolo Da Re, and Setnikar, Ivo, to Recordata
S.A. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Company. Ox-
odihyrobenzothiazine-s-dioxides. 3.712,889,0 260-243.00r.
Siard, Michel; and Pellerin, Daniel. Apparatus for blow molding a
preform in a mold with a sterile gas. 3,712,784,0. 425-387.000.
Sick, Paul J. See-
Skinner. Clayton H.; and Sick, Paul J. 3,7 1 2,84 1
Siconolfi, James R., to United States of Amenca, Air Force. Automatic
range rate memory switch for radar systems. 3,713,150, CI. 343-
7 300.
Siddall, John B: See—
Henrick, Clive A.; and Siddall, John B , 3,7 1 2,922.
Siddall, John B.; and Calame, Jean Pierre, to Zoecon Corporation.
Aliphatic hydrocarbon esters and derivatives. 3,712,880, O. 260-
408.000
Siebert. Alan R., to Goodrich, B. F , Company, The. Preparauon of
hydroxyl terminated polymers. 3,712.916.0. 260-484.00r
Siefert, Norman F. Rescue sled 3.7 1 1 ,879. CI. 9- 1 1 OOr
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Dorcndorf, Heinz. 3.7 1 3.008.
Him, Paul, 3,7 13.069.
Muenchhausen. Meinolf; and Weber, Ekke, 3,7 1 3,098.
Poppinger. Herbert; and Liska, Manfred, 3,713.009.
Ross. Dieter, and Kiemie, Horst. 3,712.813.
Thomann. Helmut, 3,7 1 3.036.
W alter, Georg. 3.7 13,007.
• Signatron, Inc.: See—
Getchell, Edward H , 3.71 3.142.
Signetics Corporation .W—
Allison, David F.;and Russell, Lewis K, 3.71 1,940.
Silagy, Richard J: See—
Keady. Frederick D., and Silagy. Richard J . 3.7 1 2,683.
Silby Harry, deceased (by Silby. Mayme. and Kraus, Joseph H.; execu-
tor's); and Silby, Harry, deceased, to Wire Sales Company. Method
for eliminating dumping of waste pickle liquor and conversion
thereof into useful products. 3,712 ,940, CI. 423- 1 40.000.
Silby, Harry, deceased: See—
Silby. Harry; and Silby, Harry, deceased. 3.71 2.940.
Silby, Mayme: See—
Silby. Harry, and Silby, Harry, deceased, 3.7 1 2,940
Silent Channel Product Limited: See-
Reeve, William Ernest, 3,71 2,01 6.
Silge. Friedrich: See—
Bauer. Ralf, Lorenz, Wilfred; Rohr, Udo; and Silge, Fnedrich.
3,712,258.
Simmons, Clarence C. Rideable galloping hobby horse with inflatable
body. 3,712,634,0.280-1.182.
Simmons, Richard L., Jr Pipe puller and alignment clamp. 3,71 1,920.
O. 29-200.00p.
Simond. Jacques: See—
Mauvemay. Roland Yves; Busch, Norbett; Simond, Jacques; and
Moleyre, Jacques, 3,7 1 2,893.
Sims, Clifton R.: See-
United States of America, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration, 3,712,120.
Sjoholm, Lennart Stig: See—
Lagerlof , Rolf Ove Esbjorn; Sjoholm, Lennart Stig; and Svensson,
Thomas Lars-Gustav, 3 ,7 1 3 , 1 65 .
Skeehan, Joseph F., and South, Wilham H., to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Circuit breaker including improved protective device.
3,713,004,0. 317-33.00r.
Skillcn, William R , to Somerville Industries, Limited. Tear top opening
carton. 3,7 1 2,533, 0 229-5 1 .OOr.
Skinner, Clavton H , and Sick, Paul J., to Litton Systems, Inc. Flexible
hose and method of making. 3,7 1 2,84 1 , 0. 156-1 44.000.
Skoda, narodni podnik. See—
Strejc.Bohuslav, 3.711,910.
Skogit Corporation: See—
Rcnnic, David G: and Mclntyre. Maurice J . 3,712.478.
Skruch, Richard RSee-
Colovas. Denny D., Logan, John S.. and Skruch, Richard R .
3,712,238.
Colovas, Denny D., Logan, John S.; and Skruch, Richard R ,
3,712,239
Slavsky, Robert J., to Shaw & Slavsky, Inc. Display marker clip.
3,71 1,973,0. 40-1 1.OOr.
Sletten, Cariyle J., and Goggins, William B., Jr., to United States of
America, Air Force. Phase signature radar. 3,713,144. CI. 343-
5. OOr.
Slevin, Julian B. Container carrier. 3,712,505,0. 220-1 1 1.000
Slof, Alois; and Smejkal, Bruno, to Uyzkumny Ustav Pletarsky Work-
ing element of a knitting machine provided with a butt. 3,712,083,
O. 66-123.000.
Smalc, Charles H., and Spears, Esten W., Jr., to General Motors Cor-
poration Variable convergent-divergent jet propulsion nozzle.
3.712,547,0.239-265.390.
Small, Hervey W. Tnggcr safety lock for firearms. 3,71 1,979. CI. 42-
l.OOy.
Smejkal, Bruno: See—
Slof, Alois, and Smejkal. Bruno, 3,712,083.
Smeulers, Wouter; Hovens, Paulus Joseph Maria; and Korver, Jan
Abraham Cornells, to U.S. Philips Corporation. Control-circuit for a
deflection circuit of a display arrangement. 3,712,999. O. 315-
19.000
Smidth.F. L .&Co.:See—
Cleemann. JorgenOlav, 3,712.549.
Smith, Craig E.: See-
Johnson, Robert B; and Smith, Craig E., 3,712,558.
Smith, Dalton L : .See-
Ruth, Arthur P., 3,712,281.
Smith, Fritz A: See—
Rosinski, Edward J Ros; and Smith, Fritz A.. 3,712,861.
Smith, George: See—
Loeffler, Donald E , Hussey, George D.; Smith, George; and Wor-
tel, Johannes M ,3,712,864.
Smith, Jay, III, Schmidt, Gerald W., and Jones, Lawrence Temple, to
California R & DCenter.Toy vehicle. 3.712,397,0. 180-6.200.
Smith, John A: See—
Genese. Joseph N.; Raprza, Edward J.; Galanaugh, Charles F.;
Kennard, Harry M.; Chevaiaz, Roger A , and Smith, John A.,
3.712,535.
Smith, Jozef R., to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Ruid handling apparatus. 3.712,765,0.418-70.000.
Smith Kline and French Laboratories: See-
Kaiser, Cari, and Zirkle, Charies L, 3,7 1 2,898.
Smith, Leslie Harold: See-
Howe, Ralph, and Smith, Leslie Harold, 3,7 1 2,927.
Smith, Michael John Stapley; Wilson, John Henry; and Parr, Bryan
Reginald, to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authonty. Apparatus
for performing the immiscible refrigerant freeze process for purify-
ing water. 3,7 1 2^75, 0. 62- 1 23.000.
Smith. Robert C, to Geigy Chemical Corporation. Computer con-
trolled dichloro reaction system. 3,7 1 2,976. CI. 235- 1 5 1 . 1 20.
Smith Robert L.. to Garrett Corporation. The Antifriction bearing
spacer. 3.712.694,0. 308-199.000.
Smith Warren K . to United Sutes of America. Navy. Heat flux indica-
tor. 3,712,131,0. 73-1 90.00h.
Smithe, F L, Machine Company, Inc.: See-
Helm, Herbert W, and Barthalow, Henry D. 3,712,265.
Smoak, Benjamin G. Post driver. 3,7 1 2,389. CI. 1 73- 1 26.000.
Snam ProgettiS.p A: See—
Arnghetti, Sergio; Roggero. Amaldo; Vajna. Eugenio; and Cesca.
Sebastiano. 3.712.876.
Snaper. Alvin A.: See—
Guberman, Jerald; and Snaper. Alvin A.. 3.712.085.
Snider, Harold H.: See—
Snider, John H., Jr.; and Snider, Harold H., 3,712.5 12.
Snider John H., Jr ; and Snider, Harold H. Lather producing machine
3,712,512,0.222,67.000.
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Snowdon Charles, and Redhead. Robert Gonne. to National Research
Development Corporation. Medical treatment apparatus, 3,712.298,
CI. 128-40.000. u J 1 I . I.
Snvder Kenneth E , to General Motors Corporation Hydraulic clutch-
with centrifugal and manual valves. 3. 7 1 2,437, CI. 192- 103. Ofa.
Societe Anonyme DBA; See—
Girauldon, Jean-Claude, 3,7 12,423. ^ „ .
Societe Anonyme de Recherches et de Commercialisation de Produits
de Resines de Synthese R.C.P : See—
Basier, Robert; and Parisot, Clovis, 3.7 1 2.502.
Societe Anonyme dite L'Oreal; See—
Kalopissis, Gregoire; Gascon, Jean, Gallien, Jacqueline; Bugaut,
Andree, and Gaston-Breton, Hubert, 3,7 1 2,158.
Kalopissis, Gregoire; Bugaut, Andree; and Gaston-Breton, Hubert,
3,712,790.
Societe Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo: See—
Rist, Michel, 3.712,436.
Societe d'Etudes de Machines Termiques: See—
Kuhn. Karl Walter, 3.712.064.
Societe dEtudes de Machines Therm iques; See—
Kuhn, Karl Walter. 3.712.278.
Societe Financiere Francaise de Licences et BreveU: See—
Potm, Marcel, 3.71 1,930.
Societe ItalianaTelecomunicazioni Siemens S.p.A.; See—
Dal Monte, Giorgio, 3,713,106.
Solarton Electronic Group Limited, The: See—
Metcalf, Eric; and Dorey, Anthony Howard, 3,713,023.
Solzer Willi, to Braun A. G. Actuating mechanism for ignition system
and burner valve of a lighter. 3.7 1 2,788. CI. 43 1 -1 50.000.
Somerville Industries, Limited; See—
Skillen, William R. 3.712,533.
Sommer. Alfred Hermann, to RCA Corporation. Method of making an
electron emitter device. 3.7 12,700. CI. 3 16- 1 9.000.
Somos. Istvan See —
Piccone, Dante E.; and Somos, Istvan, 3,713,101.
Songer, Jimmie D., Jr , to Video West, Inc Three-dimensional color
photographic process, apparatus and product. 3,712,199, CI. 95-
I8.00r.
Sonnenberg, Charles W; S««—
Herdman, William R; and Sonnenberg. Charles W., 3,71 1,933.
Sonoda, George; 5«—
Linton. Richard H ; and Sonoda. George. 3,713.1 14.
Soriano. Rene; See—
Goldfarb, A Eddy; and Soriano. Rene. 3.712.619.
Goldfarb, Adolph E; and Soriano, Rene, 3,712,616.
Goldfarb, Adolph E., and Soriano, Rene, 3,7 12,620.
Sorrenti, Angelo Internal combustion jet engine. 3,712,060, CI. 60-
269.000
South, William H.;5«—
Skeehan, Joseph F ; and South, William H.. 3,7 1 3,004.
Seward. Dallas V : See—
Hams, Carl L.; Rama, Leighton C; and Soward, Dallas V.,
3,712,122.
Sparks, William J Handgrips. 3,712,343, CI. 138-177.000.
Spear, Gilmore M, to Gleason Works, The. Method for lapping gears.
3,7 12,000. CI. 51-287.000.
Spears, Esten W, Jr.: S«e—
Smale, Charles H.; and Spears, Esten W, Jr., 3,7 1 2,547.
Specht, Glenn E., to American LaFrance Inc. Flow restricting valve.
3,712,587, CI. 251-285.000.
Sperry Rand Corporation; See—
Daniels, John F, 3,71 1,944 ,,.,.c.
Nolt, Edwin B.; Eby, Richard R., and Eberiy, Harry G., 3,71 2,654.
Spiegel Jacob; and Hurewitz, Arthur, to Gilbreth Company Heat
shnnktunnel. 3.71 1,961, CI. 34-218.000.
Spitzer, Donald Paul: S<rf— ,j n i
Castellion, George Augustus; and Spitzer, Donald Paul,
3,712,710.
Spurlock, Roy T , Jr.: See—
Ziegler, Douglas G., and Spuriock, Roy T., Jr., 3,7 1 2,607.
Squibb, E. R, & Sons, Inc.: 5«—
Levine, Seymour D., 3,7 1 2,925.
Yale. Harry L, 3,712,921.
Staats, William A: &«— _ ^ „,.,..
Yamasaki, Toshio; Cook, John S.; and Staats, William A.,
3,712,540.
Staats William a., to Mattel, Inc. Track system for toy vehicle.
3,712.539, CI. 238-lO.OOe. ^ .^
Staats, William A.; Bosley, Denis V.; Cook, John S.; and Yamasaki,
• Toshio, to Mattel, Inc Multiple toy vehicle lap counter. 3,712,615,
CI. 273-86.00r. . . ,
Stamets, Melvin W; and Clauss, Charles E. Mechanism for ejecting
plastic materials. 3,7 12,5 16, CI. 222-326.000
Stamm, Robert Franz, to American Cyanamid Company. Retroreflec-
tive surface 3,71 2,706, CI. 350-103.000.
Stanford Research Institute: See—
Comsweet, Tom N., and Crane, Hewitt D., 3,712,716.
Stansteel Corporation: See—
Miles, Donald E, 3,712,598.
Stapleford. Stuart H.. to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. Roof
structure. 3.7 12,832, CI. 156-321.000.
Starch seal and appliance for ostomy; See—
Marsan, Arthur E., 3.7 1 2.304.
Starr Stanley R ; and Edmisson, Russell C, to Mattel, Inc. Toy vehicle
track support structure. 3,7 1 2,538, CI. 238- lO.OOe
Staschke, Marvin A , and Kryczko, Henry, to Thermal Hydraulics Cor-
poration. Thermal actuator with captive piston shaft and special seal.
3,712,052,C1. 60-23 000.
Statham Instruments, Inc.: S^f—
Westersten, Allan S, 3,7 1 2.1 33.
Staudacher, Gerald R: Sfr—
Drake, Stevens S.; Lane, George A.; SUudacher, Gerald R ; and
Girardin, Donald W, 3,7 1 2,233.
Stauffer Chemical Company: See—
Letchworth, Peter E, 3,712,269. '
Tilles, Harry, 3,712,914.
Stauffer, Russell A., to International Business Machines Corporation
Developer conveying apparatus 3,7 1 2,266, CI 118-636.000.
Stearns, Edwin Ira; Sec-
Allen, Eugene; and Steams, Edwin Ira, 3,7 1 3,1 73.
Stecher Friedhelm, to Goetzewerke Fricdrich Goctzc AG. Pipe con-
nection. 3,712,647, CI 285-318.000.
Stedman, James K.; See—
Grasso, Albert P., and Stcdman, James K, 3,7 12, 140.
Steigelman, Herman A., to Owens-Illinois, Inc Lubncious, label-ac-
cepting glass surface coating. 3,7 12.829, CI 1 17-54.000.
Steiner, George: S*"?—
KraU, Hans Otto; Schurman, Heinz Peter; and Sterner, George,
3,712,157.
Stelling, William. Prfabricated highway system. 3.712,187, CI. 94-
4.000.
Stendel,Wilhelm;Se<'—
Schrader, Gerhard; Hammann, Ingeborg, and Stendel, Wilhelm,
3,712,938.
Stenzenberger, Volkmar; Fuchsle, Klaus; and Hennig, Fndolin. to
Agfa-Gcvaert Aktiengesellschaft Cassette and supply reel for use in
cassette-loaded cinematographic apparatus. 3,712,557, CI. 242-
197.000.
Sterling Drug Inc.: See—
Meunier, Alfred C, and Crounse, Nathan N, 3,712,982.
Sterling, Eliot Morton: See—
Kalikow, Irving; Sterling, Eliot Morton; and Anderson, William
Paul, 3,712,756.
Sterling Manufacturing Company: See—
Banus, Bernard R. 3,7 13,024.
Stettner, Joseph C , to Novar Electronics Corporation. Burglar deter-
rent timing switch. 3,7 1 3,1 26, CI. 340-258.00d.
Steudel, Goetz Wolfgang, to RCA Corporation. Input transient protec-
tion for complementary insulated gate field effect transistor in-
tegrated circuit device 3,7 12,995, CI. 307-304.000
Steves, Leon F. Launching device for boat trailers. 3,7 1 2,488, CI. 214-
82.000.
Stewart, Harold E.:S«— ,, ,j ^
Root, Lawrence E.; Demer, William J.; and Stewart, Harold t.,
3,712,693
Stich, Frederick A., to GTE Automatic Electric Laboratones Incor-
porated Electronic scanpoint matrix with switch monitoring.
3,713, 104, CI. 340-166.00r.
Stichting Ontwikkeling Verpakkingsmethoden in de Zuivelindustne:
See—
Ratten, Antonius G.; and Van Brederode, Jan H, 3,7 1 2,844.
Stoffel Seal Corporation; See-
Fuehrer, Charles, 3,712,655.
Stoll, Martin, to Giroflex-EntwicklungvAG. Chair. 3,7 12,666. CI 297-
6 1 000
Stoll, Milton. Method and apparatus for sealing. 3.711,939. CI. 29-
494.000. . ur ,
Stoloff Charles I. Device for elevating and supporting bifocal specta-
cles. 3,712,717, CI. 351-55.000.
Stommel Charles J.; and Hamilton. William F. Winding apparatus.
3.7 1 2.1 55. CI 74-810.000.
Stone. Chariie J.; and Stone, Joseph S. Leveling device. 3.712,570, CI.
248-133.000. ^ . ,
Stone David W., to Hamischfeger Corporation. Digital to analog con-
verter. 3,7 13,1 37, CI. 340-347.0da.
Stone, Josephs.: See— ^.^mr.
Stone, Charlie J.; and Stone, Joseph S., 3,71 2,570.
Story Chemical Corporation, mesne; See—
Linderman,RogerC.;andCline,CharlesD., 3,712,789.
Strand, Lewis. Lifting yoke for transport conUiners. 3,712,661, CI.
294-67.0da ..... r
Strauss Don S.. to Majestic Wax Company. Mop head for a sweeping
mop 3,71 1,886, CI. 15-229.0bp.
Strauss, Walter; See— . ^ ,„ .
Bobeck. Andrew Henry; Ciak, Frank John; and Strauss, Walter.
3,713.120. ... r.. ■ ^
Streater Aueust L.; and Whitney. John A., to Franklin Electric Co..
Inc. Weightsensingcell. 3.712,395,0.177-210.000.
Streeter Bert to Dean Brothers Pumps Inc. Plating solution pickup
unit. 3,71 2,329, CI. 137-263.000 ,T,-,,Airiis9
Streeter, Daniel D., Jr Reinforcement mat for tire. 3,7 1 2,361 , CI. 1 5Z-
-1 c£ 000
Strejc Bohuslav, to Skoda, narodni podnik. Milling head cutters.
3,7i 1.910, CI. 29-105.00r.
Strickrodt Jorg; and Blume, Gerhard. Urea formaldehyde condensa-
tion products. 3,7 12,879. CI. 260-69.00r.
Striegler, John H.: See—
January 23, 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI31
Sheldahl.DavidB, and Striegler, John H., 3,712,393.
Striegler, Werner, and Angele, Eugen, to Pfaff Industriemaschinen
GmbH Firma. Device on sewing machines for guiding the thread
chain. 3,7 12,256, CI. 112-252.000.
Stromberg-Carlson Corporation; See—
Zaky,AminY., 3,712,963.
Stroud, Walter Amusement device. 3,712,627, CI. 273-128.00a.
Strycker Stanley J., to Dow Chemical Company, The. Phenoxaphos-
phinic acid derivatives. 3,7 1 2,935, CI 260-936.000.
Stuart, James L.: See—
Woodham, George W.; and Stuart, James L.. 3,712,776.
Stubblefield, Maurice. Horse or the like shoe device. 3.712,382, CI.
168-22.000.
Stucki, Frank F., to United States of America, Air Force. Magnetic and
pressure transducer. 3,712,142, CI. 73-389.000.
Students, John J., to Wiss, J., and Sons Co. Removable handles for
shears of the like. 3,7 1 1 .950, CI. 30-34 1 .000.
Stuhlmullcr, Brian J.; See—
Wenncr, William S ; Stuhlmuller, Brian J ; Bouloutian, Ara; and
Zakarian, Paul, 3,7 12,468
Sturm, Rolland G.: See-
United States of America, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration, 3,712,121.
Stutc, Carlton F., to Admiral Corporation. Picture tube escutcheon
mounting member. 3,7 12,958, CI. 178-7.800.
Suchy. Milos; See—
Chodnekar. Madhukar Subraya; PTiffner, Albert; Rigassi, Norbert,
Schwieter, Ulnch; and Suchy, Milos, 3,712,913.
Sugisaki, Hiroyuki: See—
Kiyokawa, Yasumasa; Ogawa, Yoshihisa, Ono, Akira; Fukumasu,
Kazuichi; and Sugisaki, Hiroyuki, 3,7 12,824.
Sulzer Brothers Limited; See—
Pfarrwaller, Erwin, 3,712,345. j
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd.: See—
Inaba, Shiegeho; Yamamoto, Michihiro; Ishizumi, Kikuo; Mori,
Kazuo, and Yamamoto. Hisao. 3.7 1 2,892.
Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd ; See—
Kitani, Hiroshi, Yoshida, Kenichi; Ohtsubo, Hideo; and Kuroda,
Masataka, 3,713,052.
Summerfield, William F ; and Nuttall, Fleet E., to Mattel, Inc. Wheeled
talking toy. 3,7 1 1 .988, CI. 46- 1 1 4.000.
Summers, Frank P., Jr., to United Filtration Corporation. Door hinge.
3,712,287, CI. 126-191.000
Sumnicht. Howard I.; See—
Regelson, Ephraim, Sumnicht, Howard I.; and Crecelius, John D.,
3,712,054.
Sumrall, Calhoun W.; See—
Moskowitz, Arthur; Maclnnes, William F.; and Sumrall, Calhoun
W ,3,712,226.
Sun Oil Company: See-
Berry, Holland J.; Hardy, William C; and Zadow, Dale W.,
3,712,375.
Hill, William L .3,712.379.
Sundqvist, Cnut Herbert; See—
Isberg, Per Gustaf; Pind, Christen Willemoes; and Sundqvist, Cnut
Herbert, 3,712,851.
Sundstrom, Thord: See—
Candelius, Carl-Johan; and Sundstrom, Thord, 3,7 1 1 ,967.
Superior Electric Company, The: See—
Senak, Peter, Jr., 3,713,172.
Surface Technology Corporation: See-
Van Thyne, Ray J.; and Rausch, John J.. 3,7 1 2,798.
Survival Technology Inc.: See—
Samoff,Sunley, 3,712,301.
Suspa Federungstechnik G.m.b.H.: See-
Otto, Gunter, 3,712,429.
Sussman, Morris, to Shore Plastics, Inc. Self-sufficient finger-nail treat-
ment salon. 3,712,312, CI. 132-73.600.
Sutherland, Thurlow J.: See—
Florsheim, Leonard S., Jr ; Archer, Harold B ; Lo Presti, Philip F.;
and Sutherland, Thurlow J ,3,712,730.
Sutton, Karel Saxl, to Imperial Metal Industnes (Kynoch) Limited. Ap-
paratus for reducing the thickness of metal. 3,7 1 2,092, CI. 72- 1 .000.
Suzuki, Teruaki: See—
Hosokawa, Masuo; Yokoyama, Tohei, Suzuki, Teruaki; Aki,
Yoshiaki; and Tokui, Masahiko, 3.7 1 2.55 1
Svehla Paul W.; and McQuisten, Samuel R. Accessory attachments for
motorcyclesandthelike. 3,712,670,0.297-195.000.
Svejda, Zdenek, to Vyrkumny Ustav Kovd Panenike Brezanly. Method
of producing vanadium compounds by alkaline leaching. 3,712,942,
O. 423-593.000.
SvenskaCellulosa Aktiebolaget: See—
Wennerblom, Bengt Axel; Udden, Per Edward Carl; Udden, Anna
Britt; and Lindgren, Ivar, 3,7 1 2,305.
Svensson, Thomas Lars-Gustav: See—
Lagerlof, Rolf Ove Esbjom; Sjoholm, Lennart Stig; and Svensson,
Thomas Lars-Gustav, 3,713,165.
Swan, Alfred H Parking brake. 3,712,424,0. 188-74.000.
Swander, Kenneth D., Jr.; and Wilkins, Ronald D., to Certain-Teed
Products Corporation. Internal air assisted brake actuator.
3,712,181,0.92-63.000.
Swanson, Ian N.; and Wagner, Wayne M.. to Donaldson Company, Inc.
Air intake silencer. 3,7 1 2,4 1 6, CI. 1 8 1 -35.00a.
Swamer, William G.; and Prettyman. Clinton E.. to United States of
America. Navy Optical spatial filter for modification of received
energy VS range 3.712,985,0.250-216.000.
Swarts, James J,: See—
Blakey, Alexander G.; Adams, Jack S.; and Swarts, James J.,
3,711,929.
Sweigart, Jon L., to United States of America, Navy. Spring actuated
liquid propellant gun system. 3,712,171,0. 89-7.000.
Swenson Corporation: See— '
Swenson, Richard F., 3,712,673.
Swenson, Richard F., to Swenson Corporation. Resilient seat cushion
with crease-preventing means. 3,712,673,0. 297-452 000.
Symons Corporation; See—
Dagiel, Richard T, 3,7 12,576.
Synergistics. Inc.: See— ,
Halem. Alfred; and Samor. Ernest J., 3,71 2.948.
Syster. Gerald T . to Zenith Radio Corporation. Charged particle
removal apparatus for an image display device. 3.712,699, CI. 316-
• 2000
Systomation Incorporated; See—
McRay, Robert D , 3,7 1 3,022.
Systron-Donner Corporation: See-
Wong, Stephen; Wright, Louis J.; and Barleen, David G.,
3,713,128.
Szanto, Jozsef: See—
Gabor, Zoltan; Szanto, Jozsef; and Martini, Gyorgy, 3,71 2,462
Szatmari, Franz, to Fischer, Georg, AG Method of and device for con-
tinuous preparation of granular material, such as foundry sand.
3,712,593,0.259-148.000.
Szecsi, Laszio: See—
Fnedburg, Helmut; and Szecsi, Laszio, 3,7 1 3,035.
Tabickman, Maurice L; See—
Thomassen, Erwin A ; and Tabickman, Maurice L, 3,712,363.
Tabor, Charles A. Seismic pulse generating apparatus. 3,712,407, CI.
181. 5bm
Tabor, Paul C, to Meteor Research Limited. Closure counterbalance.
3,711,892,0. 16-76.000.
Tada, Kenichi; See—
Kohzuma, Sadao; Hasuo, Shigetsuyo; Tada, Kenichi; and Itoh,
Takayuki, 3,713,1 13.
Tada, Kiichiro, to Hoshidenki-Seizo Kabushiki-Kaisha. Solenoid
operated plunger device. 3,713,059,0. 335-259.000.
Taisei Kensetsu Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Hiraga,Ken-Ichi, 3,7 11,935.
Tajime, Koichi, to Victor Company of Japan. Spindle device for an au-
tomatic record changer. 3,7 1 2,630, CI. 274- 10.00s.
Takachiho Koeki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kohzuma, Sadao; Hasuo, Shigetsuyo, Tada, Kenichi, and Itoh,
Takayuki, 3,713,1 13.
Takagi, Nobuo; and Kuroyanagi. Rikuo. to Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda
Jidoshokki Seisakusho. Friction welding apparatus having means for
continuously regulating heat generated during welding operation.
3,712,528,0.228-2.000.
Takahashi, Katsushi. Pan transfer device for baking oven. 3,712,452,
O 198-34.000
Takai, Akio; See—
Hara, Atsushi; Naganuma, Hisao; and Takai, Akio, 3,712,644.
Takezaqa. Yoshio: See—
Kiuchi, Hiroshi; and Takezaqa, Yoshio, 3,7 12,934.
Talbert, William Lewis, to Canton Company of Baltimore. Pallet-type
shipping containers. 3,7 1 2,499, CI. 2 1 7- 1 2.000.
Talmo, Robert Eugene, to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Bonded assemblies and methods of making the same.
3,713,068,0.338-2.000.
Tamura, Ryoji: See-
Sakamoto, Kazuo; and Tamura, Ryoji, 3,7 1 3,041.
Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd.: See—
Yamato, Eisaku; Miura, Yuji; Wada, Masao; Sekiguchi, Toshi,
Kawanishi, Masazumi; Sato, Masanori; and Nagao, Taku,
3,712,895.
Tanaka, Yoshiaki: See—
Matsuda, Kazuo; Tanaka, Yoshiaki; Sakai, Takeyo; and Iwafa,
Ichiro, 3,7 12,930.
Tanner,RoyE. Material-holding device. 3,712,521,0. 223-107.000.
Tano, Takeo: See—
Kishi, Hirotoshi, Igarashi, Yousuke; and Tano, Takeo, 3,7 12,203.
Taylor, Alfred H. Coin return mechanism for a vending machine.
3,712,441,0. 194-97.000.
Taylor, David G.; See-
Beamish, Bernard D.; and Taylor, David G., 3,7 1 2,254.
Taylor, Gerald, to International Business Machines Corporation.
Skewed high density magnetic head and method of manufacturing
same. 3,713,122,0. 340-174. lOf
Taylor, James A. Golfers head movement reminder device. 3,712,625,
CI. 273-1 90.00r.
Taylor, Richard C .; See-
United States of America, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration, 3,712,120.
Technigaz; See—
Alleaume, Jean H, 3,712,257.
Teichmann, Friedrich: See—
Hengelhaupt, Hans Georg; and Teichmann, Friedrich, 3,712,446.
Tektronix, Inc ; See—
Mauck. Michaels. 3,7 12,998
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 2?. 1973
''^'''C:^St^'^i^^^r.. Lcnnan St.g; and Svensson.
Thomas Lars-Gustav, 3,71 3, 165_
Telefunken Patentverwertungs GmbH.; iee—
Kummer, Helmut, 3,713,154.
Telepole, Inc. mesne; Sfe—
Uilkema, John K, 3.712,652.
Teletype Corporation; See— 4
Babler,EgonS., 3,7 12,432.
^^"^[eonhS^ilseprn.. Jr.. Lunsford. Jack ... Jr.; Sha^^e, Bynum
B and'^emplin,CharlesT,3,711.926 „ ^ , ^
Ter Haar. Leonard W.. and Schungel, Johan P., to Shel O-l Company
Method for heat recovery from synthesis gas. 3,712,371, Cl lOD
Te'rhun^Robert W., to United States of America, Atomic Energy
Commission Sequential nuclear explosion fracturing of geological
formations. 3, 7 12,374. CI. 166-247 600^ ,7,,qs2Cl
Terlinde. Donald J Fret board for stringed instruments. 3.712.952, Ci
Teske^ FnS^and Teske, Lothar. Support roller for conveyor belts and
theiike.3.711.912.C1.29-116.00r
Teske. Lothar: 5ee— ,,,,«,-,
Teske. Fritz; and Teske, Lothar, 3,711.912.
Texaco Inc; See— , . -r- -,itt-^(.n
Mott, George E ; and Loggins, John T.. 3.7 1 2.2&U.
Texas Instruments. Incorporated; See— ^ ,_,,„, -
Butler Stuart L., and Crocker, Robert E, 3,7 1 3.062.
Omstein. Jacob L, 3.7 1 2,799
Textron Inc ; See—
Drexhage. Martin G, 3,7 12,059. *
Restelli, Ronald E. 3,712,692.
SchweiUer, Michael, 3,7 1 1 ,91 1 .
Th. Kieseriing & Albrecht; See—
Goeke,Alfons. 3,712,104 , , „ ,
l-hacker Stephen E. W., to Dunlop Holdings Limited Inflation valves.
3 712.326.C1. 137-223.000. ^. . ...
Theer. Anton, to Agfa-Gevaert ^ G. Cmematograph.c appar^us with
reversible film transporting means. 3,712,560,CI. 242-205.000.
Theimcr Ernst Theodore, to International Flavors & Fragrances Inc
Compositions containing coumann ether sun-screcning compounds
3,7 12,947, CI. 424-59.000.
Thermal Hydraulics Corporation; See- , , , ^ ^^t
Staschke, Marvin A; and Kryczko, Henry. 3,7 12,052.
Thiele Kurt, and von Bcbenburg, Walter, to Deutsche Gold- und
Silber-Scheideanstalt vonnals Roessler. Benzyl amino carbamate
substituted pyridines. 3,712,900. CI. 260-295.50c.
Thigpen, David Ross; See— ■> t.-i m
Hill, Harold J . and Thigpen, David Ross, 3.712.J / /.
Thiokol Chemical Corpo.ation See
Briar,GeorgeM., 3,71 1.970. , ^ ^ a ^
Thomann. Helmlt, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Surface wave device
having alternating remanent polarization between interdigUal elec-
trodes, spaced a surface wavelength apart. 3.713.036, CI. 333-
30.00r
Thomas & Belts Corporation; See—
Naroznv, Ronald S., 3,71 3.073.
Noorily, Peter, 3,712,346. it,-, -771 r\
Tliomas, Ernest G Internal combustion rotary engine. 3,712,2 /J. Ci.
ThomaL^n!^Erwin A ; and Tabickm»n, Maurice L, to United States of
Amenca Air Force Ballistic door for aircraft protective shelter
3 712 363 CI. 160-113.000.
Thometz, Theodore G.; and Arner.ch Paul J • to S|.^5? C^-P^"^-
The Expansible drilling tool. 3,7 12.854, CI. 175-269.000.
Thompson, Fred W; See— ,- j «, ■> to 7QA
Sansom. William; and Thompson. Fred W.. 3.7 1 2.796
"^^ XTe.^Doug'iS'Tohn'B^rrows; and Thompson. Peter George.
3.712.220
Thompson, Richard Lawrence. See- .^r^nre and
Dwyer Francis Bosworth; Thompson, Richaro i,a.*r<.nce, and
Wulff,Eberhard, 3.712.469.
Thomson-CSF; See—
Becavin, Henri, 3,713,160
Dcvirmiere Bernard, 3,71 3,049. . . „ r
ThoS'e^. Keth G.. and Dillinger Robert B to Un^ed States of
America.Navy.Vortexbaffle. 3.712,061, CI. 60-253.000.
"^^ Bumm 'He'^m^ut'^ummler. Fritz; and Weimar, Peter, 3.7 1 2,809
Thut P^uNohn, to Burroughs Corporation. Alignment means for a bed
and platen printing machine 3.712,211 CI. I01-93.0mn.
Thui Paul John, to Burroughs Corporation. Dual torque coupling.
3,712,433, CI. 192-28.000. ,
^^'umtedStftes~of Amenca. National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
T,junel":S;ataT.-to Umon'carbide Corporat^n. Synergistic additive
iystem for anti-fog vinyl film. 3.712 875. Cl260-23.0ep^
Tilford. Charles H ; Blohm. Thomas R ; and Mac Kenzie, Rober^ D_^o
Richardson-Merrell. Inc. Allene polyammes 3.712,896, CI. Z6U
293.870.
Tillcs Harry, to Stauffer Chemical Company. Arylidene semicarbi-
zidcs 3.7I2.9I4.C1 260-479.00C
Timex Corporation; See— c^u.^,-, M<>rh<>rt
Egger. Joseph. Meilingcr. Hcmz, and Schwartz, Herbert.
TochneVl'rviSg A . and Savinsky, Wa'^\T-t°^1a"ncr Plasty Materi-
als. Inc. Slats for a chain link fence 3.7 1 2.590, CI. 256-34.0O0_
Toki, Kinzo. Rotary saw blade for sawing machine. 3,712.349. CI. 83-
848 000.
^°'"H°ar^iwI!"Tetsuo; Kondo, Sadao. and Yazawa. H.romi.
3.712,422.
Tokui Masahiko; See — „ , . .»• i- au:
Hosokawa, Masuo; Yokoyama, Tohei; Suzuki. Teruaki; Aki.
Yoshiaki, and Tokui, Masahiko, 3.7 1 2.55 1
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co.. Ltd.; See—
Kub<i,Moritada, 3,712,234.
Kubo, Moritada, 3,7 1 3,026.
Tonka Corporation: See—
Pfcilsticker Lcc J. 3.71 1,990 «
Tonkowich. William. Mcdity, John A , and Vignola. Paul, to Safetech,
Inc Intrusion alarm for windows and other openings 3,/l J.I.J2. ci.
340-273.000.
Toray IndusKics. Inc ; See— tnt-iQ^A
Kiuchi, Hiroshi, and Takczaqa, Yoshio. 3.712.934.
Toreov.lcor Vladimirovich: See—
Seebryakova. Tatyana Andreevna, Zakharychcv Ardalion
Vladim.rovich; Chigir, Rimma Nuriakhmctova, Anachcnko,
Sofia Nikolacvna, Torgov. Igor Vladimirovich; and Krjutchcn-
ko EveeniaGeorgievna, 3,712,910 , , <
Torn, Tatkumi, and Miyajima, Haruo, to Aisin Sciki Company Limited
Automatic adjuster for a brake clearance. 3.712,425. CI. !»»-
To't^i^Luigi; and Bertelli. Guido, to Goodrich, B F., Company, The_
Production of composite vehicle tires ^y covulcan^^tion of lay^of
olefin terpolymers and natural rubber. 3,7 1 2,360, CI. ' 52-354.000 _
Toth, Alex^o Ellis Corp.>ration Commerc.^^ Sundry machine and
releasablc connections therefor 3,712,089 CI 68-210^000
Toth. Alex; and Fesmirc, Robert H to EMisCorrxKation^ Laundry
machine and loading structure therefor. 3.7'2 090 CI. 68-2IO.OW^
Townscnd Almon F , to Persons-Majestic Mfg. Company C ycle sUnd
3 712 637 CI 280-293.000. . ,
Trane Lester J , to Olin Corporation Method and appara us for
deforming a fiat on parts of metal strip-type tu^ng while leaving
otherpLrLndeformed. 3,712.372,C1. 165-170.000
Transportation Technology. Inc. See- ,71-) 740
Donlon, Richard H ; and Hamilton. Wilham R.. 3.7 1 2.240.
Tn-Brook.Inc See— ,Ti->i:T*.
Benninger. Arthur C; and Long. Meletus I. 3.7 1 2.676.
Tndair Industries: See— ,,-,£.
Petroshanoff, George J. 3.7 1 2.356.
Tridyne Corporation: See— c iTnio^
Davies, Jeffrey B. and Kendig, Benjamin F , 3,7 1 2,394.
Tnumph Werke Nuernberg AG : See- ^ ^ k noa^f.
Hengelhaupt. Hans-Georg. andTcichmann. Friedrich. 3.712.446.
Trodyne Corp<iration See- 171-1177
Keledy. Francis C. and Notvest. Kenneth R 3.713. 27^
Trott, Winfield James. Hydrophone 3,71 3 086 CL 340- ' 0X)00^
Troutman, Glenn R Tnmming apparatus. 3,7 1 1 .946. CI. 30-388 000
Truono, Eugene J See—
Campagna, Benjamin J , 3.712.009
^'^Tiuy. Th;rmas P, Moss. Ellsworth R. and Rice. Edward J..
Tscheus;:hner, Chnsthard, to Rollei-Werke Franke & Heidccke. Elec-
tromc photo fiash apparatus ooeratine from alternating current cir-
cuits ofdifferent voltages 3.7 1 3,01 8, CI 32 1 - 1 5.000
Tsukamoto, Magohei; See- u 7717407
Masuda Yasuo; and Tsukamoto, Magohei. 3.7 12.402.
Turner Dennis R., to Bell Telephone Laboratones Incor^rated
Electrode configuration for electrolytic printing 3,713,169, CI 346
Tume'Tstewart W., to United States of America Air Force Electn-
cally controlled solid rocket ignition system. 3,712,22/. ci. w^
49.700.
''""Bem'^'i'^Col.n'^TBrown. Dennis C; and Turner. William G..
3.712.101.
^^'"pe^^^n^W^r^in s'^rd Tyler, Clarence M.. Jr.. 3.7 1 2,589.
""''"Sh^'ajlr'ltani:^ Goldman, Alan J.; Tyler, Derek E.; and Lanam.
Richard 0.3,712.837.
"^'^ 'fsuSJ^'sho/o^Hamazato. Kazuo; Uehara. Kiyoshi; and Uchida.
Uchida^'K^o.^'toTatsu Electric Co.. Ltd." Triggering method.
3 71 3.029.C1 328-63.000.
"^'^ WenneTbE Be'ngT Axel. Udden. Per Edward Carl; Udden. Anna
Britt; and Lindgren, Ivar, 3.7 1 2.305.
^*^'^w'enrer"or.'Bengt l':^. Udden. Per Edward Carl; Udden. Anna
Britt. and Lindgren. Ivar, 3.712.305.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
Ueda. Atumi;Se«-— .,,.,,»,-
Aiki. Shigeo; Kito. Masahior; and Ueda. Atumi. 3,712,057.
Ueda. Hiroshi: See—
Kuramoto, Yoshio; and Ueda. Hiroshi. 3,712,193.
Uehara. Kiyoshi; See— ' . ,, . .
Usuda. Shogo. Hamazato. Kazuo; Uehara. Kiyoshi; and Uchida.
Hisashi. 3.713,045.
Ueno, Ryuzo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ueno Seiyaku Oyo Kenkyujo.
Process for producing sterilized packed soybean-curds. 3,712,823.
CI. 99-214 000.
Uilkema. John K.. to Telcpole, Inc., mesne. Adjustable ski pole.
3,712.652. CI. 287-58.0ct.
Ulbrich. Gerhard; Kuhbauch. Gert. and Fischer. Ernst, to Bosch.
Robert. GmbH. Power window in motor vehicle. 3.711,994. CI.
49-139.000
Ultrasystems, Inc , mesne; See-
Price, Frank C, Jr.. 3,7 1 2,542.
Underwood, Raymond D.; See-
Phillips. Edward H.;and Underwood. Raymond D.. 3.713,013.
Unimeco Anstalt; See—
Bargoin. Jean, 3.7 1 2.508.
Union Carbide Corporation: See—
Capps, Raymond H.and Harman. Gordon S., 3,712.939.
Tijunehs, Donatas, 3,7 1 2,875.
Uniroyal.Inc; See—
Guillot. David G. 3.7 1 2.870.
Nudenberg, Walter; Harvey. Merlin P.; and Mann. James U..
3,712.878.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Athey. Roy L.; and Moore. Joseph B.. 3.7 1 1 ,936.
Chanzit. Lawrence, Green. Herbert; and Morgan. Huw C.
3,713.147.
Grasso. Albert P.; and Stedman, James K.. 3,7 1 2.1 40.
Lazecki, Stanislaw Vincent. 3.71 3.135.
Phipps, Charles M, and Boucher. Raymond R. 3.7 1 2.368.
Waehner, Glenn C; and Ray. Thomas J.. 3.7 1 3.001 .
United Filtration Corporation; See-
Summers. Frank P.. Jr.. 3.7 1 2.287.
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authonty: See—
Smith, Michael John StapTey; Wilson, John Henry; and Parr. Bryan
Reginald. 3.712.075.
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Secretary of
Sute for Defence in Her Bntannic Majesty's Government of the:
See-
Goodwin. John Robert. 3.712.757.
United States Gypsum Company: See-
Nelson, Nels. 3,712,015.
United States of A merica
Air Force: See—
lukan. Irving. 3.7 13.044.
Siconolfi. James R.. 3.7 1 3.1 50.
Sletten. Carlyle J., and Goggins. William B., Jr., 3,713,144.
Stucki. Frank F. 3,712.142.
Thomassen,Erwin A.;andTabickman, Maurice L. 3.712,363.
Turner. Stewart W.. 3.71 2,227.
Army: See—
Hadfield, Harry J. 3,7 1 2,42 1 .
Little, Vincent C; Berlin. Aaron S.; and Leadore. Toney C,
3,712.217.
Nimylowycz. Osyp, 3.7 1 2.225.
Savioli.Giulio;and Piekos, Frank E., 3,712,173.
Voigt H William, Jr.. Gulbierz. Joseph; and Yearwood.
Charles. 3.7 1 2.22 1.
Wiese. Harold H. 3,712,172.
Atomic Energy Commission; See —
Borkowski, Casimer J; and Rochelle, James M., 3,712,983.
Terhune. Robert W. 3,7 1 2,374.
Interior; See—
Ronsivalli, Louis J.;and Learson. Robert J.. 3.712.821.
National Aeronatuics and Space Administration: See-
Keller George C; Maxwell. Marvin S.; and Dod. Louis R.,
3.713,163.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration; See-
Booth. Franklin W, and Bruce, Robert A, 3,712,591.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration; Deputy Adminis-
trator, with respect to an invention of;:
Baughman. James R.; and Thys. Paul C Droplet monitonng
probe. 3.712, 132. CI. 73-194.00e.
Sims. Clifton R.; and Taylor. Richard C. Multi axes vibration fix-
tures. 3.7 12. 1 20. CI. 73-71.600.
Sturm, Rolland G.; Norton, Roland H.; and Campbell. George
E Self-recording poruble soil penetrometer. 3,712,121, CI.
73-84.000.
National Aeronautics and Space Administrator: See—
Harvey. Gale A. 3.712.195.
Navy: See—
Abel. Carroll. Clifton. John R.; and Lucking. James R..
3.712.232.
Alpers. Frederick C. 3.7 1 2.562.
Alpers. Frederick C. 3.7 1 2.563.
Blair, James E; and Jackson, Richard I.. 3.712,219.
Branen. Kenneth E.; Castle. George K.; and Mullen, Charles K.,
3.712.566. .. ^,.
Campagnuolo, Cari J.; McKindra. Clayton D.; Scwell. Clinton
J Villarroel. Fernando, and Woolston. Lionel L. 3.7 1 2. 1 70.
Carroll, John J.; Hughey, Calvin A., and May. Charies W.,
3.713.146.
David. Sidney. 3,71 3.167.
Driskell, Cari R.; and Owen. Joseph R, 3.7 1 3,000.
Handler. George S ; Foote. Kenneth R., and Burford. Milton K.,
3.712,228.
Hanzel, Joseph W., 3,71 2.224.
Higgins, Roger K; and Sheets, Andrew T, 3,7 1 3, 1 4 1
Kofi, Irwin, New, Ronald D.. and Holladay. Samuel P..
3.712.169.
Menoche. Richard K.. 3.713.082,
Murphree, Francis J.. 3.713.081.
Regelson, Ephraim. Sumnicht, Howard I.; and Crecelius. John
D, 3,712,054.
Schwaru, Allan A., 3.7 1 3,034.
Smith. Warren K, 3,712,131.
Swamer, William G.;and Prettyman, Clinton E.. 3.712.985.
Sweigart. Jon L, 3,712,171.
Thorsted, Kenneth G ; and Dilhnger. Robert B.. 3.7 1 2.061 . ^
Zavod. Pierce H, 3.7 12. 137.
United States Steel Corporation: See-
Brown, Marinus L.; La Rosa, Paul J., and Sciulli. Charles M., Jr..
3.712.602.
Fier. Edward J.. Jr.. 3.7 1 2,270.
US Philips Corporation; See—
Brouwer, Geert, 3.7 1 2.754.
Smeulers. Wouter; Hovens. Paulus Joseph Maria; and Korver. Jan
Abraham Cornells. 3,7 1 2,999.
U.S. Plywood-Champion Papers, Inc.; See—
Schillinger, Joseph F, 3.7 1 2.46 1 .
USM Corporation: See-
Maxwell. Bryce, 3.7 1 2,783.
Usuda, Shogo; Hamazato, Kazuo, Uehara, Kiyoshi; and Uchida,
Hisashi, 50% each to Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Cor-
poration and Nippon Electric Company Limited. Oscillator with a
piezo-mechanicalvibrator. 3.7 13.045. CI. 331-109 000.
Uyeda Leon R., and Emery, Jerry A. Information display for diver's
facemask. 3.712.714, CI. 350-301.000.
Uyzkumny Ustav Pletarsky: See—
Slof. Alois; and Smejkal. Bruno. 3.712.083.
Vajna. Eugenio: See—
Arrighetti. Sergio; Roggero, Amaldo; Vajna, Eugenio; and Cesca,
Sebastiano, 3,712,876.
Valcartier Industries. Inc.: See—
Aubry, Yvon C, and Vallance. Jacques (said Aubry assor. to),
3.712,466.
Valdes, Silverio Antonio: See—
Boyd, Kenneth Leroy. and Valdes, Silverio Antonio, 3,7 1 3,028.
Valente, Raymond L., to Manco Manufacturing Co. Method and ap-
paratus for fabricating elongate structural members, or the like.
3,712. 161. CI. 83-50.000.
Vallance. Jacques; See—
Aubry. Yvon C; and Vallance, Jacques, 3,7 1 2,466.
Van Bosse, John G., to GTE Automatic Electric Laboratories, Incor-
porated Electronic scanpoint matrix having means for detecting
electrical failures therem. 3.7 13.019. CI. 324-51.000.
Van Brederode, Jan H : See-
Ratten, Antonius G.; and Van Brederode. Jan H, 3,7 1 2.844.
Van Buskirk, Derek Orem: See—
Waitkus. Joseph; and Van Buskirk, Derek Orem. 3.7 1 2.597.
Van Der Lely. Cornells. Crop drying systems. 3.711.959. CI. 34-
102.000.
Van Heijst, Willem Jan, to N.V Industrieele Handelscombinatie Hol-
land Dredge cutter head with counterbalancing vibrating system.
3.7 11, 968, CI. 37-67.000.
Van Linder, Ronald C; See—
Meschke. Harry H.; and Van Linder, Ronald C, 3.712.164.
Van Noord, Andrew J., to Kent Engineering. Rear view mirror operat-
ing mechanism. 3,7 12, 1 49, CI. 74-50 1. 00m.
Van Paesschen. August Jean; Brinckman, Eric Maria, and De Geest,
Wilfried Florent. to Agfa-Gevaert N.V. Process of improving ad-
herence of hydrophilic layer to hydrophobic film support. 3,7 1 2,8 1 2,
CI. 96-1.800.
Van Popu, Yftinus Frederik. to N V. Hollandse Signaalapparaten.
Pulse radar system for detecting moving targets. 3.7 13, 153. CI. 343-
7.700.
Van Thyne. Ray J.; and Rausch. John J., to Surface Technology Cor-
poration. Chromium boride coated articles. 3.712.798. CI. 29-
'95 00a. „, ^
van Weele, Abraham Francois, to N V tot Aanneming van Werken
voorheen H. J. Method and an apparatus for compacting a loosely
packed layer of earth. 3,7 1 2,067 , CI. 6 1 -36.00r.
Vanderlip, Herbert D.; See—
Kice, Jack W; and Vanderlip, Herbert D, 3,7 1 2,337
Varga. John Maximilian Jules, to Carding Specialists Co.. Limited.
Machine tools. 3.7 1 2.752, CI. 408-42 000.
Varian Associates; See-
James, Bertram G, 3.7 1 1 .943.
Llewellyn, Peter M, 3,7 1 2.1 1 1 .
Vartanian. Richard D.. to Ford Motor Company. Vacuum spark ad-
vance cutoff. 3.7 1 2.279, CI. 1 23- 1 1 7.00a.
Vasilchenko, Anatoly Stepanovich; See-
Berlin. Zalman Leivikovich; Isarev. Igor Vladimirovich;
Vasilchenko. Anatoly Stepanovich; Maslovsky, Gennady
906 O.G. — 56
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Vasilievich; Serkov, Anatoly Gavrilovich; Yakimovich, Hviktor
Yakovlevich; and Ivanovsky, Evgeny Alcxandrovich, 3,7 1 2 ,369.
Vaughan & Bushnell Mfg. Co.: See—
Porter, Laurence W , 3,7 12,284.
VebWarmowwerftWarnemunde 5e^—
Bauer, -Ralf. Lorenz, Wilfred; Rohr, Udo; and Silge, Fned^ich,
3,712.258.
Vecta Group. Inc., The; See—
Fink, Roy W, 3,71 2,668.
Veitscher Magnesitwerke-Aktien-Geselischaft; See—
Landlhaler, Anton, 3,7 1 2,600.
Vena Peter A , to Collins Radio Company. Frequency shift keyed ap-
paratus 3,7 13,0 17, CI. 332-9 OOr.
Vereinigte Aluminium Werke Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Hirt, Wilhelm, Ringelmann, Hemz; Weckesser, Ernst; and Wcin-
hold, Gottfried, 3,712,785.
Verhoeven. Albert F , to Werner Lehara, Inc. Rotating paste depositor
3,71 2,264. CI. 118-25.000.
Verkiak. Arie, and Funcke, Cornells Leendert, to Nederlandse Or
ganisatie Voor Toegepast-Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek Ten
Behoeve Van Nijverhei Device for the manufacture of a branch to a
straight tube 3.7 1 2,097. CI. 72-60.000.
Versatile Manufacturing Ltd.; See—
Pakosh. Peter, 3,7 12,403.
Versoy Irving R.. 1/3 to Kreske, Walter J. Torque device for winches
and the like. 3,7 12,431. CI. 192-I2.00b.
Victor Company of Japan; See—
TajimcKoichi, 3,712.630.
Video West, Inc.: See —
Songer. Jimmie D.. Jr., 3.712, 199.
Viehmann. George A ; See—
Hallock, Edward C , Olsen, Robert W.; and Viehmann, George A ,
3,712,003.
Viehmann, George A, Jr ; See—
Hallock, Edward C; Olsen. Robert W.; and Viehmann, George A ,
3.712,003.
Vignola, Paul; See —
Tonkowich, William, Meditz, John A., and Vignola. Paul,
3,713.132.
Vignon, Louis, to Heberlein Hispano S.A. Empty bobbin supply
devices for a bobbin change for spindle type spinning machines.
3.7 12,451, CI 198-33.0ad
Vikmanis, Juris; See—
Sanford, Norman R; and Vikmanis, Juris, 3,713,139
Villarroel, Fernando; See—
Campagnuolo, Carl J , McKindra. Clayton D . Sewell, Clinton J ,
Villarroel, Fernando; and Woolston, Lionel L. 3 ,7 1 2, 1 70.
Vincent, Renic P ; and Wilder, Lawrence B., to Amoco Production
Company. Rotary percussion drilling motor 3,712.387, CI. 173-
73.000.
Vining, Roy H.; See—
Armstrong. William M . Jr.; Edwards, Webster H.; and Vining,
Roy H, 3,7 12.745.
Vinson Industries. Inc.; See—
Vinson, Paul, 3,712,163.
Vinson, Paul, to Vinson Industries, Inc. Shuttle press. 3,712,163, CI.
83-206.000.
Vipond Richard Gabriel. Pleating of sheet and textile materials.
3,712,520, CI. 223-34.000.
Viscolosi, Louis A, to International Agn-Systems, Inc Method and ap-
paratus for eviscerating poultry. 3,71 1,897, CI. 17-45.000.
Vistron Corporation: See—
Duker, Dorothy J , 3,7 1 2,775.
Voehl, Richard K Knee guard 3,7 1 2,299, CI. 1 28-80.00c.
Voelz, Gerhardt G , Jr : S«—
Logemann. George H. and Voelz. Gerhardt G, Jr., 3,7 1 2,02 1
Voigt, H William, Jr , Gulbierz, Joseph; and Yearwood, Charles, to
United States of America, Army. Blast shield for explosive devices
including linear shaped charges. 3, 7 12,221, CI. 102-24.0hc.
Voigtiander. Wolfgang, and Kaiser, Fritz, to Boehnnger Mannheim
GmbH Preparation of monomethyl ethers of digoxin. 3,712,884. CI.
260-210.500.
Volk, William, to Hydrocarbon Research, Inc Reduction of high punty
ores coated with carbonized carbohydrates. 3,712,807, CI. 75-1.000
Vollenweider, Paul; and Wagner, Franz, to Schweizerische Industne-
Gesellschaft. Automatically aligned railway car vestibule. 3,712,244,
CI. 105-21 000
Vollmer. Joseph F: 5^f—
Chapman, Bobby J. and Vollmer. Joseph F., 3,711,881.
von Bebenburg. Walter: See—
Thiele, Kurt; and von Bebenburg, Walter, 3,7 1 2,900
Von Conrad, Eugene; Rosner, Kurt; and Meyer, Ludwig. to Hazemag
GmbH. Apparatus for processing effluent sludge. 3,712,550, CI.
241-41.000.
VonRintelen, Harald: S«—
Ranz, Erwin, Von Rintelen, Harald; Schutz, Heinz-Dieter; and Ne-
umann, Wolfram, 3,712,814,
Vorberg, Fntz, to Globotex AG Method and apparatus for producing
panty hose. 3,71 1 ,866. CI. 2-224.00r.
Voumard, Francois; See—
Romang, Lucien, and Voumard. Francois, 3,712,051.
Vyrkumny Ustav Kovd Panenike Brezanly; See—
Svejda.Zdenek, 3,7 12,942.
Vyzkumny ustav bavlnarsky: See—
Chrtek, Milan; Doudlebsky, Ctibor; and Kabeic, Stanislav,
3,712,042.
Waagner-Biro Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Gilli, Paul Viktor; Fritz. Kurt; Lippitsch. Josef M.; and Lurf,
Gunther, 3,712,370.
Hillinger, Bruno; Nikowiu, Johann; and Schwarz, Michael,
3,712,002.
Waber, Anthony; S?«—
Luperti. Harry E.; Reid, Robert R ; and Waber, Anthony.
3.712.527.
Wada, Masao; Sff—
Yamato. Eisaku; Miura, Yuji; Wada, Masao; Sckiguchi, Toshi;
Kawanishi, Masazumi; Sato, Masanori; and Nagao, Taku,
3,712,895.
Wade. Eiihi, to Pioneer Electronic Corporation Stopper for a tape reel
of a tape cartridge 3.7 1 2,552, CI. 242-55. 1 9a
Wadsworth, Gilbert A See—
Hoge, Henri H ; and Wadsworth. Gilbert A., 3,7 1 2,072.
Waehner, Glenn C ; and Ray. Thomas J., to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion High voltage deflection correction in CRT displays. 3.713,001,
CI. 31 5-276 OOd
Waemer, Thor Embedded anchoring socket. 3,712,014. CI. 52-
707.000.
Wagner, Carl E Multiple range rear vision mirror. 3,712,715. CI. 350-
304 000.
Wagner Electric Corporation: See—
Kersting, Raymond J , 3.712,686.
Wagner, Franz: See—
Vollenweider, Paul; and Wagner, Franz, 3,712,244.
Wagner. James A , to Motorola, Inc Varactor multiplier including
input circuit for increasing brand of operation 3,713,014, CI 321-
690nl
Wagner, Karl, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Illuminating ar-
rangement for use in or with photographic apparatus 3,71 2,197, CI
95-11.50r
Wagner, Wayne M.; See—
Swanson. Ian N ; and Wagner. Wayne M., 3,712.416.
Wahlberg Eric C Package handling system and sorting apparatus
3.712,484. CI. 12-214000
Waitkus. Joseph; and Van Buskirk, Derek Orem, to Air Preheater
Company, Inc., The Glass manufactunng system. 3,712,597, CI.
263-1 S.OOr
Wakeman, Reginald L; Se*-— -,,,„, „
Dudzmski. Zdzislaw W , and Wakcman, Reginald L., 3,7 1 2,91 8.
Walander. Karl Ove Torgny Barrier system for aircraft of different
sizes. 3,7 12,565, CI. 244-IlO.OOg.
Walker, John W.;Sfe-
Feathcr. Jack Vincent; and Walker. John W, 3,712,613,
Wallace, Richard A. Continuous electromigration process for removal
of gaseous contaminants from the atmosphere and apparatus
3,7 12,025, CI. 55-2.000.
Walmsley, Martin F.; and Cross,. John Valentine, to Labatt, John,
Limited. Process for making a brewer's wort beer. 3,7 1 2,820, CI. 99-
51.000,
Walquist Kermit H, to SKur Foot Tractor Company. Hillside tractor,
3.712.404. CI, 180-41,000.
Walter, Berthold; See—
Gressenich, Klaus; OppI, Hans; Walter, Berthold; Weismann,
Hans; and Zobl, Hartmut, 3.71 3,067
Walter, Georg, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Semiconductor com-
ponent with semiconductor body sealed with synthetic covering
matenai. 3,71 3,007, CI. 317-23 40r
Walters Russell W , to BMR Security Products Corporation, mesne.
Locki'ngbarassembly 3,71 1,894, Cl 16-144.000.
Warren, Bobby J., and Johnson, Paul K., to Fluor Corporation. Method
for pulling, aligning and bevelling adjacent submerged pipe sections.
3.71 1, 938. Cl. 29-493.000.
Watabe, Minoru; See—
Ozawa, Naosukc; Kawakami, Takaaki; and Watabe, Minoni,
3,712,529.
Watanabe, Katsumi. Toy phonograph. 3,712,629. Cl. 274-l.OOa.
Watson. Robert L : See-
Hams, James E.; and Watson. Robert L.. 3.712,743.
Watson, Victor Jack; S^e— , . ki
Mackness. Frederich Vincent Summersford;Cheetham, John Nor-
man; and Watson, Victor Jack, 3,7 1 2. 1 68.
Watthey.W.H.;S«- ,
Doebel, Karl J.; and Watthey. W H ,, 3,7 1 2,946
Watts, Norbert B ; and Josam, Walter P., to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation Interval timing mechanism with improved cam follower
for cam operated timers. 3,7 1 2,966, CI. 20O-38.0OT.
Weakly Marlin Earle, to Deere & Companv. Straight line suspension
mechanism for hillside combine. 3,7 1 2,635, Cl 280-43.220.
Weatherhead Company. The: See—
Keady, Frederick D., and Silagy, Richard J, 3,7 1 2,683.
Weaver, John A.; Brandt, CaH Raymond; and Leidy, Lester R., Jr., to
Honeywell Inc. Differential pressure responsive apparatus.
3,712.143, CI73-407.00r.
Webb, Bernard L. Sign apparatus. 3,711 .974, Cl. 40-63^()(X)
Weber, Albert C. Console-chair combination. 3,712,667, Cl. Ifi-
140,000,
Weber Ekke; See
Muenchhausen, Meinolf; and Weber. Ekke. 3.7 1 3.098.
Weber Hans J to 1-T-E Imperial Corporation. Insulation structure
transformer windings. 3,7 13.061. CI. 336-70.000.
January 23. 1973
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
Weckesser, Ernst; S«- . ...... c . j «/
Hirt Wilhelm; Ringelmann, Heinz; Weckesser. Ernst; and Wein-
hold, Gottfried, 3,7 12,785
Weichbrodt, Bjorn, and Darrel, Bernard, to General Electric Com-
pany Detection of distributed defects in gear assemblies 3,712,130,
Cl. 73-162.000.
Weimann, Gunter; Haid. Erich; Muhlegger, Klaus; Bergmeyer. Hans
Ulrich; Dietmann, Karl, Michal. Gerhard; and Nelboeck-
Hochstettcr, Michael Purine-ribofuranoside-3",5'-cyclo-phosphatcs
and process for their preparation. 3,71 2,885, Cl 260-21 1.50r.
Weimar, Peter; Sff— „ , ^.^ or,n
Bumm. Hellmut, Thummler, Fritz; and Weimar, Peter, 3.712,809
Wcinhold, Gottfried; See-
Hirt, Wilhelm, Ringelmann, Heinz; Weckesser, Ernst; and Wein-
hold, Gottfried, 3,7 12.785.
Weinmann Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Schoch, Robert, 3,71 1,900.
Weinrotter, Ferdinand; See—
Muller, Walter, Mayr, Hubert; Weinrotter. Ferdinand; Frohner.
Walter. Presoly.Elfriede; and Kollisch, Gustav. 3,712,804
Weinstein, Aaron; and Scourtas, Frank, to Pacesetter Products. Inc.
Shoe stiffcner and method of using the same. 3.711.969, Cl. 36-
68.000.
Weismann, Hans; Sff— , ,^ ,,, .
Gressenich, Klaus; Oppl, Hans; Walter. Berthold; Weismann,
Hans, and Zobl, Hartmut, 3,7 1 3,067.
Weiss, Efram I Heated article of apparel. 3,71 2,288. Cl. 126-206 000.
Wcissauer, Hermann, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft. 5-anthraquinonyl (1) amino-thiadiazoles. 3,712.901.
Cl 260-303.000.
Weissenberg. Ulrich W , to Dow Chemical Company, The Regenera-
tion of caustic liquor for etching aluminum. 3,712.838. Cl 156-
19.000
Welch. Arthur L. Transmission. 3.7 1 2. 1 54, Cl 74-688.000.
Wenncr, William S., Stuhlmuller, Brian J , Bouloutian, Ara, and
Zakarian, Paul. Device which scans and detects for contents in a
package. 3.7 1 2.468. Cl. 209-88.000.
Wennerblom, Bengt Axel; Udden. Per Edward Carl; Uddcn, Anna
Britt. and Lindgren, Ivar, to Svenska Cellulosa Aktiebolaget. Tam-
pon for taking up menstrual liquids. 3.71 2.305. Cl. 128-285.000.
Wcntz, John L , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. O-switching
laser system having electronically controlled output coupling.
3,713.032. Cl. 331-94.500.
Werkzeugmaschincnfabrik Oerlikon Buhrle AG; See—
Schock, Julius, 3.71 2,229
Werner Lehara. Inc.; ief—
Verhoeven. Albert F , 3.7 1 2.264.
West. James Edward; Sef— •,-,,,«„,
Scssler. Gerhard Martin; and West. James Edward. 3.7 1 1 .94 1
Western Electric Company. Incorporated; See—
Leonhardt. Joseph H . Jr.; Lunsford. Jack 1 . Jr ; Sharpc. Bynum
B.. and Templin, Charles T.. 3,7 1 1 ,926
Westersten, Allan S., to Stathsmi Instruments, Inc. Rowmeter probe.
3,712, 133, Cl.73-194.0em.
Westinghouse Electric Corporation; &e— •
Bruner Weston G.; Pearson, Johnnie L., Reeder, George C, Jr ;
Gaheen. Alfred F.. Jr.; Green. Elbei^on D.. and Hughes, Robert
B. 3.713. 149.
Campbell, Donald A.; and Locante, John. 3,7 1 2.850.
Collings, Peter R ,3,712,986.
Eargle. William R, Jr., 3.7 12.981.
Ellenburg, George W, 3.7 1 2.473.
Engel. Joseph C. 3,7 13.005. ,..,«,,
Johnson, Frederick O,; and Heinrich, Theodore M, 3,7 1 3.U II .
Johnson, Frederick O., 3,7 1 3,01 2,
Leonard, Mernll G, 3.71 3.077.
Risacher.GerardH, 3.71 1.972. ^ .„
Rohrer, Kenneth L.; Griswold, Douglas A.; and Davies. David H ,
3.712.815. ,^„^
Skeehan, Joseph F.; and South, William H., 3,71 3,004.
Watts Norbert B.; and Josam, Walter P., 3,7 12,966.
Wentz, John L., 3.7 13.032.
Whitney. Eugene C, 3,7 1 3,002.
Weston Instruments, Inc.; See—
Nagy, John, Jr., 3,713.136.
Westran Corporation; See—
Dalton, Thomas B, 3,7 1 2,965
Wheel Trueing Tool Company of Canada. Ltd.; See—
DelaGorgendiere.Choiseul J. J, 3,712.392.
White. James C; and Emge. Gene F, to Koehring Compajiy Traveling
mold mechanism for forming plastic articles. 3.712,771. Cl. 425-
126.000.
Whitman.Robert J; S«—
Letson, George M.; Whitman. Robert J.; and Scott, James J., Jr ,
3.713.021. . ^
Whitney. Eugene C. to WestinghoHse Electnc Corporation
Dynamoelectric machine with differential protection system includ-
ing means for air gap monitoring. 3.7 1 3.00/. CI. 317-1 3.00r.
Whitney, John A; 5«— , ,,-, ,nc
Streater, August L.; and Whitney. John A.. 3.712.395.
Whittaker Gary L., to Xerox Corporation. Reversal development.
3,712,728, Cl. 355-10.000.
Whittemore,DwightS.;5«— , ,„„
Davies, Ben, and Whittemore, DwightS., 3.712.599.
Wickman Machine Tool Sales Limited: 5<rf—
Mason.Peter Alan, 3,711,998.
Widmer, Karl, and Zumsteg, Horst, to Schweizerische Aluminum AG.
Device for the testing of seams of foil or sheet sealed containers.
3,712,112,0.73-37.000. ,„„ ^„
Wiebe, Jacob R. Car wash system. 3,7 1 2,335, Cl. 137-599 000.
Wiese. Harold H , to United States of America. Army. Link-seal unit
for caseless ammunition. 3,712.172. Cl, 89-17,000.
Wiesenhofer. Frank H.; See—
Blatt, Leland Francis; and Wiesenhofer. Frank H, 3,7 1 2,4 1 5.
Wightman, Lawrence W . and Long. Thomas J . to Emerson Electric
Co Drill chuck with cemented aligning bushing 3.7 1 2,632, Cl, 279-
1.001.
Wildbolz, Rudolf; &<•—
Binder. Rolf; and Wildbolz. Rudolf. 3.7 1 2.682.
Wilder, Lawrence B.; See—
Vincent, Renic P ; and Wilder. Lawrence B.. 3,7 12,387.
Wilhelm, Will KG , Firma: See-
Dietnch.Toni, 3.712,569.
Wilkins, Ronald D: See- , ,., ,».
Swander. Kenneth D . Jr.; and Wilkins. Ronald D . 3,712.181.
Wilkinson, Lester: .See—
Schertz, Burtron D ; and Wilkinson, Lester. 3.712,992.
Wilks Alan L.: See
Fisher. John L., and Wilks, Alan L., 3.7 13,066.
Williams, Charles W.; and Gedcke. Dale A., to Ortec, Incorporated
Bootstrapped charge-sensitive low noise amplifier 3,713,031, Cl.
330-16.000.
Williams, James Edgar, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated
Tape reel hold down mechanism. 3,7 1 2.561 . Cl. 242-68.300.
Williams, Robert Ernest; See—
Preston, Edward George; Williams. Robert Ernest; and Maw.
Philip Arthur,3,712, 160.
Williams, Victor E. Crazy tires. 3,7 1 2.359, Cl. 1 52-352.000.
Wilmans, Stephen C. Paint applicator. 3.71 2.748. Cl. 401-197,000.
Wilson. Jack; See— , _ ,, ^
Kantrowitz, Arthur R., Gerry, Edward T.. Leonard, Donald A.,
and Wilson, Jack, 3,713,030.
Wilson, John Henry; See-
Smith, Michael John Stapley; Wilson, John Henry; and Parr. Bryan
Reginald, 3,712.075.
Wilson, John R: See-
Griffin, Dana K,; and Wilson, John R,, 3.7 1 1.885,
Wing, Charles; See-
Greene, Harry A . Jr , and Wing, Charles, 3,7 1 2,297,
WinkelMachincCompany, Inc See—
Meschke, Harry H ; and Van Lindcr, Ronald C, 3,712.164,
Winkler, Alfred; Winkler, Friedrich. Neudecker, Kari; and Zanner.
Johann Jr to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Motion picture
camcra'with fadmg means, 3,7 1 2.720, Cl, 352-91 000
Winkler, Fnedrich: See—
Winkler, Alfred; Winkler, Friednch; Neudecker. Karl; and
Zanner, Johann, Jr,, 3.712.720
Winkler. Robert, to Escher Wyss Limited, Process for evaporating
NaCl bnne to separate NaCI crysuls from Na,SO«. 3.712.797. CI.
23-296,000,
Winters. Giorgio See—
Nathansohn, Giangiaccmo; Aresi. Vanna; and Winters, Giorgio,
3 712 897
Winters,' Theron C. Fishing accessory and method, 3.71 1.985. Cl. 43-
25.200.
Wire Sales Company; See—
Silby. Harry; and Silby. Harry, deceased, 3,71 2,940.
Wise, Eugene H., and Gait, Homer W , to R & G Sloane Manufacturing
Company, Inc. Valve and method of making same. 3,712^584, Cl
251-162.000.
Wiss, J., and Sons Co.: See-
Students, John J. 3,71 1,950.
Witte. Josef; See—
Schon, Nikolaus, Schnoring, Hildegard; Witte, Josef; and Pampus.
Gottfried. 3.712,867.
Wolber. Robert; and Assmus. Friedrich. to Gebruder Jughans
GmbH. Firma. Electric clock mounting and contact apparatus.
3,712,044,0. 58-23.00r.
Wolf. John P., Ill: See- „ , .„,,/■, u o
Ashmead, Howard L ; Bvme, Sydnor H.. Jr.; and Wolf, John P..
111,3.712.513.
Wolgast, Raymond P.: See—
Holsapple, Olen Wade; Holsapple. Edward Joe; and Holsapple.
Jerry Raymond, 3, 7 12, 106 , . « , j
Wong Cho Lun; Jones, Glenson Trevclyn; and Crawford, Roland
Francis, to Northern Electric Company Limited Waveform genera-
tor with accurate mark to space ratio. 3,71 3.046, Cl 331-1 1 1 000.
Wong. Stephen; Wright, Louis J.; and Barieen. David G., to Systion-
Doriner Corporation. Vault alarm system and method. 3,713,128,
Cl. 340-261.000 r. , . ,
Woodham, George W ; and Stuart, James L., to Dart Industries, Inc
Apparatus for the continuous production of glass fiber reinforced
thermoplastic. 3,71 2,776. Cl. 425-202.000.
Woods, Kenneth K: See— ^ .., j „ .u
Camavos, Theodore C; Hubble, William S.; and Woods. Kenneth
K.. 3.712.272.
Woolston, Lionel L,; See— „ ^, . ,
Campagnuolo, Cari J.; McKindra, Clayton D.; Sewell. Clinton J.;
Villarroel. Fernando; and Woolston. Lionel L., 3.7 1 2.170.
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
January 23. 1973
Worsen Lee to Edoco Technical Products. Inc. Concrete joint sealing
means. 3,7'l2. 188. CI. 94-18.000.
"""ToeinerDonald tf Husscy. George D.. Smith, George, and Wor-
tel. Johannes M. 3.7 12.864
Worthing Turbine International Inc : See—
Hartmann-Hansen, Tore, 3.712,145.
W right, Allen C.Sef— ,TniiQ
Rhodes, Alex; and Wright, Allen C. 3.712.319.
"""'wong'siephTnT Wnght, Louis J.; and Barleen. David G ,
3,713,128
W right, WiUiarnHB, HI; S«- ,„ nnois
Maxon, Glenway. Jr.; and Wright, William H B. III. 3.7 1 1 ,9 1 5
^"^»Urcz°yk.^ Hetn^-Georg; Wuhrer. Josef; and Ottenheym. Adrian.
3.712.768
Wulff. F.herhard Sff— ' „ .^ _, , a
Dwyer Francis Bosworth, Thompson. Richard Lawrence; and
Wulff,Eberhard, 3,712.469.
Xerox Corporation See—
Ciuffmi. Anthony J . 3.71 2.810,
Whittaker, Gary L. 3.7 1 2.728.
Yakimovich. HviktorYakovlevich;See- ,„„;^k
Berlin Zalman Leivikovich; Isarev. Igor Vladimirovich.
Vasilchenko. Anatolv Slepanovich; Maslovsky. Gennady
Vasilievich. Serkov, Anatoly Gavrilovich; Yakimovich. Hviktor
Yakovlevich. and Ivanovsky. Evgeny Alexandrovich. 3.71 2. JbV
Yale Harry L. to Squibb. E R. & Sons. Inc. a.a a.a a -Hex-
aHuorodP^-tolylamin^ derivatives. 3.712.921. CI. 26O-570.50p.
Yamaha HatsudokiKabushikiKaishaiSef—^^
Masuda, Yasuo; and Tsukamoto.Magohei. 3,712.402.
Yamamoto, Akira; See— ^ i. ^„a
Koyanagi, Shunichr, Ogawa, Kinya; Onda, Yoshiro. and
Yamamoto, Akira. 3.712.886 . . ,„ . .„
Yamamoto. Hiroshi. to Shimadzu Seisakusho Lid Ulununator system
for use in spectrophotometer. 3.7 1 2.738, CI. 356-93.000.
Yamamoto. Hisao: See— . _
Inaba. Shiegeho. Yamamoto. Michihiro; Ishizumi. Kikuo, Mori,
Kazuo;and Yamamoto, Hisao, 3,712,892
Yamamoto, Michihiro: Sef—
Inaba, Shiegeho, Yamamoto. Michihiro. Ishizumi. Kikuo; Men.
Kazuo. and Yamamoto, Hisao, 3,7 1 2,892.
Yamasaki.Toshio; See— . ., ^ . i u c ^„a
Staats. William A.; Bosley, Denis V.; Cook, John S., and
Yamasaki.Toshio,3.712.615.
Yamasaki Toshio. Cook. John S.; and Staats, William A.^o Mattel,
Inc Track system for toy vehicles. 3.7 12.540, CI. 238-lO.OOe.
Yamato. Eisaku, Miura. Yuji; Wada. Masao; Sekieuchi. Toshi.
Kawanishi. Masazumi; Sato. Masanon; and Nagao. Taku. to Tanabe
Seivaku Co Ltd l-Cyclohexylmethyl-6-hydroxy-l. 2.3.4-
tetfahyaroisoquinoline 3.712.895. CI. 260-289^00r^
Yaresh. Frank T Golf ball retnevmg. 3.7 1 2 658 , CI. 294- 19.00a.
Yates, John, and Payne, David H.. to Shell Oil Company. Weed control
employing N.N-disubstituted amino acid herbicides. 3.7I2.8U3, ci
7 11 15.000
Yazavi/a, Hiromi: See— ^ ^, li „„;
Haraikawa, Tetsuo; Kondo. Sadao; and Yazawa, Hiromi,
3.712,422.
Yearwood. Charles; See— ^ i-k„i„c
Voigt H William. Jr.; Gulbierz. Joseph; and Yearwood, Charles,
3,712,221.
Yeomans. Kenneth Alfred; See- ^ * ,<• ^ , t , -, nos
Dowsing. John; and Yeomans, Kenneth Alfred, 3,7 1 2,UV5
Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University:
See—
Avivi, Pinchas; and Dothan, Felix, 3,713.043
Yocum Tommy E Method of making simulated masonry wall.
3.712.825. CI. 117-8.500.
Yokoyama.Tohei: See— ^ . c i. -r-^.ot; Ak.
Hosokawa. Masuo; Yokoyama. Tohei; Suzuki, Teruaki, Aki,
Yoshiaki; and I okui, Masahiko, 3.7 1 2.55 1 .
Yoshida, Kenichi: See— ._ ^^ u uj « „^a v„rr^:,
Kitani. Hiroshi; Yoshida. Kenichi; Ohtsubo, Hideo, and Kuroda,
Masataka. 3,713,052. . ^ u ..
Yoshimura. Hirofumi. to Kabushiki Kaisha Yashica. Camera shutter.
Bolster
3.712, 194. CI. 95-IO.Oct.
Young Donald Marion, to Amsted Industries Incorporated.
snubberwearplate. 3,712,247. CI. 105-197.0db.
Youne, James Douglas: See — , ^, ,
Owen, Harrold D., Rosenthal. Wayne O.; and Young, James
Douglas, 3,712,376.
Yves Correia, and Rene, Clair, to Produits Chimiques Pechiney-Saint
Go'bain Process of decomposition of 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrachlorocthane.
3,7 12,869, CI. 252-407.000.
Zacharias, Jerrold R : See— ,ad ■,-,,■, o^a
Oliver, Donald S, and Zacharias, Jerrold R.. 3.71 2.^54.
Zadow, Dale W: See— . , . r«„i^ u/
Berry Holland J., Hardy, William C; and Zadow, Dale W..
3,712,375. „ u f c
Zahnradfabrik Friedrichshafen Aktiengesellschaf: See—
Kuhnle, Willi, 3,712,156.
Zahnradfabrik Friedrichshafen Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Schacher, Willi, and Schneider, Rudolf, 3,7 1 2,439.
^^"^ Wenner^Wifhi^ S ; Stuhlmuller, Brian J.; Bouloutian. Ara. and
Zakarian, Paul, 3,7 1 2,468. *
Zakharvchev, Ardalion Vladimirovich: See- A,H,ii«n
Scfebryakova, Tatyana Andreevna; Zakharychcv Ardalion
Vladimirovich; Chigir, Rimma Nunakhmelova; Anachenko,
Sofia Nikolaevna; Torgov, Igor Vladimirovich; and Krjutchcn-
ko, Eveenia Georgievna, 3 ,7 1 2,9 1 0.
Zakv Amin Y , to Strom be rg-C arisen Corporation. Frequency ringing
tesi trunk circuit. 3,7 1 2,963, CI. 1 79- 1 7^ 20b
Zanner, Johann,Jr.:See—
Winkler, Alfred; Winkler, Fnedrich; Ncudecker. Karl, and
Zanner, Johann, Jr., 3,712,720 „ . t. o ■„.«, f«,
Zanner, Johann, Jr , to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft^ Pro^ec or for
use with magazines and reels for motion picture film 3,712, /iv, ei
ZaVod Pierce H , to United States of America. Navy. Water level in-
dicator, 3.712,1 37. CI 73-295.000.
Zecher.WilfriedSee— ,„ „ j a ka^.
Gilch Heinnch; Bottenbruch, Ludwig; Zecher, Wilfned; and Mer-
ten'. Rudolf. 3.7 12.907
Zenith Radio Corporation: See—
Dias. Fleming, 3,7 1 3,048.
Syster. Gerald T, 3,7 12,699 -rv -r . i
Zenk William Edward, to Procter & Gamble Coinpany The Textile
treating compositions which aid in the removal f soil from Po'y«tcr
and polyamide synthetic textile materials. 3,712,873, Cl 20U-
29 20e
Zentmeyer, John E , Jr., to Lafiey, Karen V. Method and apparatus for
producing swept frequency-modulated audio signal patterns for in-
ducing sleep 3, 7 12,292, Cl 128- 1.00c
Ziegler Douglas G.; and Spurlock. Roy T . Jr. Faa^ld paper guides
and stacking mechanisms 3.7 1 2,607, Cl 270-6 1 OOf.
Zipp. Otmar: See- . . ^ vi 1.1 i„,.»f
Kruger. Gerd; Zipp. Otmar; Keck. Johannes; Nickl. Josef
Machleidt. Hans; Ohnacker. Gerhard; Engclhom. Robert, and
Puschmann.Sigfnd. 3.7 12,924.
Zirkle,ChariesL.:See— ,.,.-, ono
Kaiser, Cari, and Zirkle, Charies L., 3,7 12,898
^°*"G"e''sSh^'K7aus; Oppl, Hans; Walter. Berthold; Weismann,
Hans, and ZobI, Hartmut, 3,7 1 3,067
Zoecon Corporation: See— ,,.,n-i-.
Henrick, Clive A; and Siddall, John B., 3,7 12 ,92Z
Siddall. John B ; and Calame, Jean Pierre, 3,7 1 2,880
Zorowski Cari F , and Calfee, John D . to Monsanto Company,
Method of preparing metal foil/graphite fiber/ epoxy resin laminates.
3 711, 934,C1. 29-445.000. .. ^ . , r.^
Zucchim, Guido, to A MA, (Artigiana ^eccanic. Associat,), Dry
cleaning system for garments compnsing a number of wash Unks
connecfed into independent circuits utilizing different solvents.
3.7 1 2.087, Cl. 68- 108.00c.
Zumsteg, Horst: See— ,t,i,io
Widmer. Kari; and Zumsteg. Horst. 3.712.1 12.
Zundel Arthur P,. to National Can Corporation. Full open end closure.
3.7 1 2,503, Cl. 220-54.000.
Zum Industries, Inc.: See— .^ , , . , ini-yA-iA
Anderson, Norman J.; and Decker, John L., 3, n ^.^J'*.
LIST OF REISSUE PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 23rd. DAY OF JANUARY, 1973
NOTE —Arranged in accordance with the ttrst siffniticant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice).
Achener, Claude, to Quartz & Silice. S.A. Devitrification of
the core of a coaxial glass fiber. Re. 27.500. 1-23-73, Cl.
(>.")— 3.
.Xdaptronics. Inc. : Sec —
IJarron. Kot;er L. Re. 27,501.
Harron, Ro;:cr L., to Adaptronics, Inc. Self-organizinp con-
trol system for providing nuutiple-poal. multii)le-actuator
contro'l. Re. 27.501. 1-23-7.''-, Cl. 340—172.5.
r.,ium>:ariln('r, Arthur R.. R. 1'. .lolinston, and W. R. Martini,
to McDonnell Dou^rlas Corp. Stirling cycle machine with
self oscillating regenerator. Re. 27.5<)7, 1-23-73, Cl. 290 — 1.
Botefiihr. Harold R., to McCraw-Edison Co. Radial arm saw.
Re. 27.505. 1-23-73, Cl. 143—6.
Corrsin. I.ester. to Curtis Instruments. Inc. Operating time
Indicator. Re. 27.550, 1-23-73, Cl. 324—182.
Curtis Instninients. Inc. : f>cc —
Corrsin, Lester. Re. 27,550.
Dtialjet Corp. : see —
Simons, Edward W. Re. 27.566.
Etter, William A., and W. L. Seaman, to Fisher Controls Co..
Inc. Killer valve. Re. 27,504. 1-23-73, Cl. 137—512.3.
Fisher Controls Co.. Inc. : see —
Etter, William A., and Seaman. Re. 27,504.
Hughes .Mrcraft Co. : See-
I.i.in. Kenneth T. Re. 27,557.
Wen.llan<l. I'aul H. Re. 27,559.
•Tohnston. Richard I'. : -"^rc —
I'.aiinigardner, Arthur R., Johnston, and Martini. Re.
27,507.
Man. Kenneth T.. to Hughes Aircraft Co. Sequential switch-
ing circuit lireaker for high power AC or I>C power trans-
ml.ssion circuits. Re. 27-.557. 1-23-73, Cl. 317—11.
Re.
Re.
Little, Carl H. : See—
Phelps, Malcolm T.. and Little. Re. 2<.o58.
Martini. William R. : See —
Baumgardner, Arthur R., Johnston, and Martini.
27,507.
McDonnell Douglas Corp. : Sec —
Baumgardner. Arthur R., Johnston, and Martini.
27,507.
McC raw-Edison Co. : See —
Botefuhr. Harold R. Re. 27,505.
I'helps. .Malcolm T.. and C. H. Little, to Weber-Knapp Co.
Platform elevation control mechanism. Re. 27-558, 1-23-
73. Cl. 312—272.
Quartz & Silice. S.A. : See —
Achener, Claude. Re. 27,500.-
Roosa. Vernon D., to Stanadyne, Inc. Fuel pump. Re. 27,563,
1-23-73. Cl. 417—462.
Seaman. Wendell L. : See —
Etter. William A., and Seaman. Re. 27,504.
Simons. Edward W.. to Dual jet Corp. Air conditioned display
compartment and method. Re. 27,500. 1-23-73. Cl. 02—89.
Smith, Jo-eph E.. to Wolverine-Pentronix, Inc. Powder com-
pacting press. Re. 27.502, 1-23-73. Cl. 425—78.
Stanadvne, Inc. : Sec--
Roosa, Vernon D. Re. 27.503.
Weber-Knapp Co. : See —
Phelps. Malcolm T.. and Little. Re. 2 (.558.
Wendland. Paul H.. to Hughes .Vircraft Co. Image trans-
ducing svstem employing reverse biased junction diodes. Re.
27.5.59. 1-23-73. Cl. 315—10.
Wolverine-Pentronix. Inc. : ."^'ee —
Smith, Joseph E. Re. 27,502.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
Alaska, St. Barth. Combined magnifying glass and bottle
stopper. 220.070. 1-23-73. Cl. D9— 201.
.\lNtar Verbrauclisguter (Jmbll & Co. K(J. : Sec —
Krusche. Kurt, and Zimmerraann. 220,141.
.Xmdek Corp. : .S'cc —
Melanson. Leonard L. 220.149.
.\merican Seating Co. : See —
Bareeki, Chester J. 220,060.
.\nchor Hocking Corp. : see —
NixdorfT. Frank. Jr. 220.054.
.\ndamasaris. Judith E. ."^coop and dispenser device for game
chips. 22r>.119, 1-23-73. Cl. D34— 13.
Anderson. (Jeorge A., and E. H. McCauley. to Docutel Corp.
Banking machine terminal. 220.088, 1-23-73. Cl. D20— 5.
P.allv Mfg. Corp. : See—
Lallv. Joseph E.. and Reedy. Jr. 220,105.
Bareeki Chester J., to .American Seating Co. Combined seat
and table. 220.000, 1-23-73, Cl. DC -42.
Barnett. Joe R. : See —
Forsty. William A., and Barnett. 220,087.
Baron, .\rthur : See — „„„„„
WeaH%erell. James W.. Baron, and Chesner. 220,122.
Beall Lester. Jr. Sling chair. 220.052. 1-23-73. Cl. D6— 00.
P.ellasalma Gerald J., to Plastetics Inc. Frame front for
merchandising machine. 220.132, 1-23-73, Cl. D52— 3.
Berry. Maxwell. Bird feeder. 220,098. 1-23-73, Cl. D30-
P.ixler. Kenneth D. : See —
Relfers. Richard F., and Bixler. 220.053.
Bock. John W. Airplane, 226,136. 1-2.3-72. Cl. D71— 1.
Boise Cascade Torp. : See —
Westphal. Teddv M. 220.073.
Boroszewski. John A. Wall plaque. 220,085, 1-23-73
1)29 23
Brack, Robert M. Trophv. 220,091. 1-2.3-73. Cl. D29— 28.
Brainerd. Andrew W.. K. H.. and S. W. Shoe cleaning-polish
ing device. 220,142, 1-2.3-73, Cl. 1)80-11.
Brainerd, Andrew W.. K. H.. and S. W. Shoe cleaning-polish
ing device. 220.143. 1-2,3-73, Cl. D86— 11.
Brainerd. Andrew W.. K. H.. and S. W. Shoe cleaning-polish
ing device. 220.144. 1-2.3-73, Cl. D86 — 11.
Brainerd. Kent H. : See —
Brainerd. Andrew W.. K. II.
Brainerd. Andrew W.. K. H.
Brainerd. Andrew W.. K. II.
Brainerd. Stuart W. : See —
Brainerd, Andrew W,. K. H,
Brainerd. .\ndrev,- W.. K. H.. a.... .-. ... „—•..-....
Brainerd, Andrew W., K. H.. and S. W. 220,144.
Braun .\ktiengesellsehaft : See —
Rams, Dieter. 220.128.
British Domestic .Appliances Ltd. : See —
Roberts, Kenfyn A. 226,124.
-14.
Cl.
and S. W. 220.142.
and S. W. 220.143.
and S. W. 220,144.
and S. W. 220.142.
and S. W. 220.143.
Brown. Oene T. : See —
Whiting, John V., and Brown. 220,093.
Brunswick Corp. : See —
Schaefer. George E. 220,099.
Brvant, Gladys M. : See —
Holder. John H. 220.065. , , .
Burroughs Robert C. Combined dial and hands for a time
piece. 220.123. 1-23-73. Cl. D42— 1.
Campbell. Laurie J. : See —
Smith. James, and Campbell. 226,103.
Campbell. Thomas L. : See —
Moon. William I., and Campbell. 226,07a.
Challenge-Cook Bros.. Inc. : See —
Freze. Benjamin H. 220,131.
Chesner. Francis R. : See —
Weatherell. James W.. Baron, and Chesner. 220.122.
Clair Mfg. Co.. Inc. : See— ^„_ ,„„
Weatherell James W.. Baron, and Chesner. 220,122.
Cla«on. Else W. to U.S. Philips Corp. Knife sharpener. 226,-
059. 1-2.3-73, Cl. DS— 03.
Continental Hair Products, Inc. : See—
Ri/znto. Leam'ro P.. and Schraeer. 220,148.
Corchran. Charles E., to Variety Products Inc. Back rest sup-
port. 2li<;.0,,2. 1-23-73. Cl. DO— 19"
Daniel. Eugene T.. to Mattel, Inc.
lO.S. 1-2.3-73. Cl. D34 -15.
Daniel, Eugene T.. to Mattel. Inc
220.109. 1-23-73, Cl. D34— 15.
Daniel, Eugene T., to Mattel, Inc.
110 1-23-73. Cl. D34— 15. , „o .^o
Danner. Eugene G. Water circulating pump. 220.134. 1-23-73,
CI. D05— 1.
Deberardino, Norma J., and K. A. Roddy. Two wheel skate.
220.118. 1-23-73. Cl, D34— 14,
Diamond International Corp, : See^
Relfers, Richard F.. and Bixler. 220.053.
Diamond National Corp. : See —
Fleming. Kellog D. 226,138'.
Docutel Corp. : Sec —
Anderson. George A., and McCauley. 226.088.
Donato, Anthonv C, to LlghtoUer Inc. Outdoor lighting fix-
ture. 226.129. 1-23-73, Cl. D48— 31.
Drake. Foster W. Fish lure. 220.083. 1-2.3-73. Cl. D22— 29.
Dii Bois Ralph La R Combined water control handle and
escutcheon for a bathtub or the like, 220,090. 1-23-73. Cl.
D23— 31.
Duern Gordnr. L.. and D. S. Griffin, to Electrohome Ltd. Sofa.
220,007. 1-2.3-73, Cl. D6 — 61.
Electrohome Ltd. : See —
Duern, Gordon L., and Griffin. 226.067.
Ezawa. Susumu : Sec —
Katayama, Masaharu, Ohta, and Ezawa. 226,084.
Stylized model car. 220,-
Stylized model dragster,
Stvlized model car. 226,-
PI37
PI38
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
Fleming KelloK D.. to Diamond National Corp. Ballot punch.
Ko^SltiUii- £ acl^'l^'l'arnett, to Thermo Kin.^Corp.
Truck body mounted refrigeration unit. 22(..08<, 1--^ '^.
FoSer"'feber"t D. Fishing lure. 220,082. 1-23-73, CI.
Freze'lienjamin H.. to Challenge-Cook Bros Inc Laundry
machine programmer face panel. 220,131, 1--^ >-i, ^i-
Fu?ifamiV Stuart Y. Fishing rod rack. 220,051. 1-23-73, CI.
DO— 114.
General Foods Corp. : ^cc—
Nutting. William B. 22(. 114 ni4— 3
"•>.; 121 l-2;5-73, Cl. 1)34- 15.
GUsson James T.. to Motivation Systems, Inc. MobHe hos-
pital'anu motel housekeei-iiig learning e.xperienee laboia-
tory 220,074. 1-23-73, CI. D13— 1.
Griffin. Donald S. : .Sec—
Duern, Gordon L.. and (.riffin.22(..06.. _
Griffin Roy D.. Sr. Pistol toy. 220.113. l-23-<3. CI P34— 15.
Grindinser, Kcibert E. Wallboard lifter tool. 22G.0o<, 1-23-
Hal^udT.' jfmef D. Golf game board. 220,104, 1-23-73. CI.
Ha^nd^To^hn E. Medal. 220,080, 1-23-73, CI. D29--23.
Holder, John H.. to jUadys M. Bryant. Aligner base. 226.06o.
Horn^'mnam N'"aml R^i^.Randm..^^^ to Vicon Industries,
Inc. Camera mount. 220.130. 1-23-.3. CI. DOl— 1.
Humlong, Robert T. : .sec—
Pawsat, Carlton P., and Ilumlong. 220.150.
Pawsat. Carlton P.. and Ilumlong. 22(. 151
Indovina. Frank J. Golf club putter. 22(..107. 1-23-73. CI.
D34— 5. ^ „ !
International Silver Co. : See -
Knope. William J. 226.133.
I vac Corp. : See —
Sato, Stephens N. 220.145.
J. G. Furniture Co., Inc. : See —
Woods. David. 226,058.
K-D Lamp Co. : .Sec —
Kahn'^^mVn"Dlfe agft;;o\''220,lll. 1-2.3-73, CI. D.34 5.
K.'tavama Masah.'riu F. Ohta. and S. Ezawa to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd. Combined television controUor
and sound recording apparatus. 220,084, l-^.i-i-i, «-i.
KeUman Irving H.. to Spaulding Fibre Co.. Inc. Lounge seat.
'>20 061 1-23-73. CI. DO— 37. ...
Kimura Moritoshi. Holder for paper and writing instruments
or the like 220,139, 1-2.3-73. CI. D74- 9.
King, William R.. to Sandoz-Wander, Inc. Face mask. 220,140.
»_00_'7Q (>J D83 1
Klevt'sov Mikhail I. Combined game board and set or chess-
men 220 102. 1-23-73. CI. D34— 5. ^ -r^ , r „
Knope." William J., to International Silver Ca ^%i^^f<>^^
spron or similar article of flatware. 220,133. 1-23-73, CI.
Kraus^Frans E. Exerciser. 220,117, 1-23-73. CI. 1)34— 5.
Krusche. Kurt, and H. Zimmermann. to Allstar \ erhrauchs-
guter GmbH & Co. KG. Double-sided brush. 226,141, 1-23-
Lally. Josenh E.'.and T. A. Reedy, Jr.. to Bally Mfg Corp.
Cabinet for a coin-controlled amusement machine. 2_'»>, !<».>.
Lee Hue R Vehicle bodv. 220.070. 1-23-73, CI. r)14— 3.
Lee', Hue R Vehicle bod'y. 220,080. 1-23-73, CI. D14-3.
Lightolier Inc. : f^ee —
Donato, Anthony C. 220.129.
Little. Alan E. Ear mtiflf. 220,069. 1-23-7.3 CI. D2— 259.
Marcus Dorn. Doll. 220.101. 1-23-73, CI. D34 — 4.
Marx, Louis, ft Co., Inc. : Bee—
Smith Jnmes. and Caranbell. 226.103.
Matsusliita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. : Sec—-
Katavama. Masaharu, Ohta, and Ezawa. 220,084.
Mattel. Inc. : See —
Daniel, Eugene T. 220.108.
Daniel, Eugene T. 220.109.
Daniel. Eugene T. 220.110.
Gilford. Ira B.. and Nash. 220,121.
McCaulev. Edward H. : .«rce—
Anderson. George A., and McCauley. 220,088.
Melansnn. Leonard Ij.. to .\mfiek Corp. Automatic gas steri-
lizer. 220.149, 1-23-73. CI. D83— 1.
Mever August B.. to K-D Lamn Co, Hoiising for auxiliary
vehicles lights. 220.130. 1-2.3-73. CI. D48— 32.
Middlemark. Marvin P. Indoor television antenna with cen-
tral revolvinc turret. 220.094. 1-23 73. C\. D20— 14.
Middlemark. Marvin P. Indoor television antenna with cen-
tral revolving turret. 220.095. 1-23-73. CI. D26— 14.
Mivahira. Chosuke. Table ornament. 226,127, 1-23-73, CI.
D44— 24. . „
Moon. William I., and T. L. Campbell, to Truckomatic Corp.
Building. 220.075, 1-2.3-73. CT. D13— 1.
-Motivation Svstems. Inc. : See —
Glisson. James T. 220,074.
Nash. -Man W. B. : See —
Gilford. Ira B., and Nash. 220.121.
National Steel Corn. : See —
Saunders. William T. 220,071.
Saunders. William T. 220,072.
NlxdorfF, I>ank. Jr., to Anchor Hockinir Corp. Locking ring
for a container closure. 226.054. 1-2.3-73. CI. D9— 200.
Novel Ideas Inc. : See —
Warnberg. Archie E. 220.003.
lighter.
Intcrna-
the like.
Nutting William 1!., to General Foods Corp. Toy construc-
tion piece. 220.1 14, 1-2.3-73. CI. D34 -15.
Ogsburv, Charles S.. and D. C. Witte. Building panels. 220,-
120, '1-23-73. CI. D34— 15.
Olita, Fumiharu : See — „„,. no.
Katavama, Masaharu. Ohta. and Lzawa. 220,084.
I'awsat Carlton P. and R. T. Ilumlong. Bicycle handlebar.
220.150. 1-23-73, CI. D90 11. ,.,,.,„ o
Pawsat, Carlton P.. and R. F. Ilumlong, to Wald Mfg. Co.,
Inc. Bicycle handleliar. 220.151. 1-23-73. CI. 1)90-11.
Plastetlcs Inc. : Sec —
Bellasalma.-(;erald J. 220.132. ^^^ .,, . . „, ,, p,
Powers, Marvin J. Picture frame. 220,004. i-z6-ia, Ci.
Price crerald L. Storage album for tape cassettes or the like.
220.140. 1-23-73. CI. D87 -1.
Rams Dieter, to Braun Aktlengesellschaft. Table
220',]28, 1-23-73. CI. D48— 27.
Randmae. Rein S. : .See —
Horn, Donald N.. and Randmae. 220.135.
Reedv. Terrence A.. Jr. : Sec- -
i.allv. Joseph E., and Reedy, Jr. 22<>,105.
Reifers Richard F., and K. D. Blxlor, to Diamond
tiona'l Corp. Molded packaging tray for meat or
220,053, 1-23-73. CI. D9 219. » , t, ,
Rlz/uto. Leandro P.. and M. Schrager, to Continental Hair
Products, Inc. Pressing comb. 226,148, 1-23-73, CI.
D86 — 8. . ., .,
Robert Tonv. Holder for a food liowl for pets or similar arti-
cle. 220 090. 1-23 73. CI. 1)30 13.
Robert Tonv. Holder for a food bowl for pets or similar arti-
cle. 220.097. 1-23-73. CI. D.30 13. ,. . „ TH
Roberts Kenfvn A., to Britisli Domestic Appliances l>t<J.
Electric mixi-r. 220,124. 1 23- 73, CI. D44— 1. „„ . ,„^
Robinson Fuller, to Standard Desk Co. Ftility tray. 220,125,
1-23-73, CI. D44 10.
Roddv, Kenneth A. : See— „„^,,o
Deberardino, Norma J., and Roddy. 220,118.
Roth .\merican. Inc. : Sec---
Tomalinas, William R., Jr. 220.112.
Salmans, Robert R. Religious medal. 220,092. 1-2.3-73, CI.
D29 11.
Sandoz-Wander. Inc. : .See —
King. William R. 220,140.
Sato Stephens N., to Iva<' Corp. Fluid delivery apparatus.
'>oV, 145 l-'>.'i-73 CI D83- 1.
Satoh.' Yasuta. Toy shovel loader. 220.115. 1-23-73. CI.
Saunders, '\villiani T.. to National Steel Corp. End closure
for a cont.niner. 220,071. 1-23-73. CI. D9 255.
Saunders William T.. to National Steel Corp. Tab opener for
acont.ainer. 22r,.072. 1-23 73. CI. D9 250.
Schaefer GeorL'o E. to Brunswick Corp. Bowler Identification
panel. 22f..099. 1-23-73. CI. 1)34—5.
Schmidt. Walter J.. Jr. : .See
Whitaker. Walton H.. and Schmidt. 220,089.
Schracer. Milton : .See-- „„^,.o
Rizzuto. Leandro P.. and Schrager. 220.148. _
Schuler. David B. Golf putting device. 220.110, 1-23- (3, CI.
Selsi>v Kenneth S. Electronic horn radiator. 226,137, 1-23-
73.' CI. D72 1.
Shapiro, Leonard U. : See —
Sumida. Kunio A. 220,055.
Siecel William J and L. E. Wallgreen. Pencil grip thermal
to.d handle. 220.00S. 1-23-73. CI. 1)8— 30.
Smith. James, and L. J. Campbell to Louis M.-irx & Co Inc.
Combined r.dler coaster and vehicle tlierefor. 22(..10.?. 1-J.i-
Sm'i' h Richnrd'D. Gameboard. 220.100. 1-23-73 CI. D34- 5.
Snyder. Richard N. Blasting control. 226,081, 1-2.3-73. ( 1.
So^-f'^SanHniro C Purse. 220.147. 1-2.3-73. Cl. D87-3.
Spaulding Fibre Co.. Inc. : .Sec -
Kellman. Irving II. 220,001.
Standard Desk Co. : .See--
Robinson, Fuller. 220.125.
Strohmeier, R. J., Co. : Scr-^
StroSJr"to';;e?t' J^'W R-;:?- "sVrohmeier Co. Trailer hook-up
Su^^^"-I^:^o'(:.yii^aS Pt^Airo. Cutting tool. 220.-
n.-,.5. i -23-73. Cl. DS— 01.
Thermo Kin<T Corp. : .Sec—
Forstv William A., and Barnett. 220.087.
Tomalinas. Willi.im R.. Jr.. to K^th American Inc.
frame assemblv for travelling swings or similar
'>''6 11'> 1-'»3-73 Cl 1)34 — 5. , ,, ,
Tramblisti. Fnustino. Outside rear view mirror for vehicles
220,078, 1-23-73, Cl. D14— 0.
Truckomntic Corp. :. Sec-- oor (\t\
Moon, William I., and Campbell. 226,07.').
T' S Philips Corti. • See —
" Clason, EisoW. 220,0.59.
Urrinhart. George L. Tether ball toy. 226,100
D34— 15.
Varietv Products Inc. : See- -
Corchran, Charles B. 226,062.
Vif on Industries. Inc. : See-- ooci9>«
Horn. Donald N., and Randmae. 226,135.
Support
articles.
1-23-73. Cl.
^""U^w^sat: cJrUon p'a^^l Humlong. 226,151.
"^'■^"sS Wlilfnm j.:'anTwallgreen. 226.068.
Warnberg. Archie E.. to Novel Ide.as Inc^o63*"?-'3-73" "™
catalog and packaging container. 220,00.5. i ~a ta.
D9 — 193.
Cl.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
PI 39
Washburn, Oliver K. : .See —
Washburn, Robert M.. and O. K. 220,126.
Washburn, Robert M., and O. K., to W. O. Washburn & Sons,
Inc. Base for holding bottles or the like. 220,126, 1-23-73,
Cl. D44— 10.
Washburn. W. O.. & Sons, Inc. : See —
Washburn, Robert M.. and O. K. 226,126.
Watt Richard L., to Weber-Knapp Co. Coat hook. 220,050,
1-23-73. Cl. D8 — 259. „, .
W'eatnerell, James W., A. Baron, and F. R. Chesner. to Clair
Mfg Co.. Inc. Flatware surface finishing machine. 220.122.
1-23-73, Cl. D37— 1.
Weber-Knapp Co. : See —
Watt, Richard L. 220,056.
Westphal. Teddv M.. to Boise Cascade Corp. End closure for
a container. 220,073, 1-2.3-73. Cl. D9 — 255.
Wliitaker. Walton H., and W. J. .Schmidt, Jr. Fishing reel
cradle. 220,089, 1-23-73, Cl. D22— 23.
Whiting John V.. and (J. T. Brown. Portable transmitter-re-
ceiver. 220,093, 1-23-73, Cl. D2G— 14.
Wildman, William C. Stile clamp. 220,000, 1-23-73, Cl.
D8— 72.
Witte, Don C. : Sec —
Ogslnirv, Charles S., and Witte. 220,120.
Woods, David, to J. G. Furniture Co., Inc. Folding chair.
220,058. 1-23-73, Cl. DO — 41.
Zimmermann, Hubert : .*^ee —
Krusche, Kurt, and Zimmermann. 220,141.
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED JANUARY 23, 1973
Note— First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
CLASS 2
3R 3.711,864
79 3.711.865
224R 3,711,866
230 3,711,867
237 3,711,868
CLASS 3
3,711,869
13 3,711,870
CLASS 4
110 3,711,871
146 3,711.872
172 12 3,711.873
287 3.711.874
CLASS 5
3,711,875
3,711,876
3,711,877
3,711.878
CLASS 8
3.712,790
3.712.158
3.712.789
3.712,791
CLASS 9
3,711,879
CLASS n
3.712.803
2
62
81
133
10.2
n
1I6P
149 1
11R
79
CLASS 12
1 3.711.880
214 3.712.484
CLASS 14
71 3,711.881
72 3.711.882
CLASS 15
97R
3.711,883
10493
3,711.884
227
3,711,889
229AP
3,711,885
229BP
3,71 1.886
230 11
3.711.887
25034
3.711.890
256 51
3,711,888
321
3,711,891
CLASS 16
76 3,711,892
I2t 3,711,893
144 3,711,894
IR
25
45
CLASS 17
3,711,895
3,711,896
3,711.897
55
CLASS 19
3.711.898
CLASS 23
230R 3.712,795
232E 3,712,793
254R 3.712.792
259 3.712.794
277C 3,712,796
296 3,712,797
203B
203H
203L
252
401
407
408
412
419
431
445
452
475
487
493
494
571
592
593
600
CLASS 24
67.7
68SK
71.3
8IE
205.1
230AK
263PC
265WS
3,711,899
3,711,900
3,711.901
3,71 1,902
3,711.903
3,71 1,904
3,711,905
3,711,906
CLASS 29
25.18
79R
105R
116R
1484C
148 4D
1568CF
15902
159.:
173
195A
195 5
200 B
200P
3.7
3,7
3,7
3,7
3,7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3,7
3,7
3,7
11,908
I 1 ,909
11.910
1 1 .9 1 2
1 1 .9 1 1
11,913
1 1 .9 1 4
11,916
1 1 ,9 1 5
11,917
12,798
12.799
I 1 ,9 1 8
11,919
3,711,920
3,711,922
3,711.924
3.711.926
3,711.921
3.711.923
3,711,925
3.711,927
3,711,928
3,711.929
3.711.930
3,711.931
3,711,932
3,711,933
3,711,934
3,711,935
3,711,936
3,711,937
3,711,938
3,711,939
3,711,940
3,711,941
3,711,942
3,711.943
CLASS 30
43 92 3.711.944
142 3.711.945
179 3.711.947
212 3.711.948
264 3.711.949
341 3.711.950
388 3.711.946
CLASS 33
12 3.711.951
77 3.711.953
125R 3,711,952
132 3,711,954
181R 3,711,955
CLASS 34
3,711,956
3,711,957
3,711,958
3.711,959
3.711.960
3,711,961
3.711.962
10
31
88
102
156
218
570
CLASS 35
8A 3,711,964
9A 3,711,963
31D 3,711,965
40 3,711,966
CLASS 36
4 3,711,967
68 3.711.969
CLASS 37
67 3,711,968
98 3,711,970
124 3.711.971
CLASS 38
7783 3.711,972
CLASS 40
3,711.973
3.711.974
3,711.975
3.711.976
3.711.977
3,711.978
CLASS 42
3.711.979
3,711,980
3,711,981
3.711.982
3.711.983
3.711.984
CLASS 43
3,711,985
3,711,986
3,711,987
11R
63
77.8
82
124.1
152
lY
16
50
62
75C
94
25.2
57
134
CLASS 46
114 3.711,988
201 3,711,989
214 3,711,990
236 3,711,991
CLASS 47
48.5 3,711,992
CLASS 48
197R 3.712.800
CLASS 49
68 3.711.993
139 3.711.994
504 3.711.995
CLASS 51
5 3.711.996
105R 3.711.997
166MH 3.711.998
206R 3. 7 i 1.999
287 3.712.000
356 3.712.001
CLASS 52
20 3,712,009
63 3,712,002
71 3,712,006
79 3,712,007
3,712,008
210 3,712,005
223 3,712,010
24! 3,712.011
249 3,712,012
254 3,712,003
265 3,712,004
584 3,712,013
707 3,712,014
729 3,712,015
741 3,712,016
CLASS 53
21FW
29
30
42
43
307
329
44
2
32
33
67
100
213
223
228
409
493
1
63
295
327A
328R
34R
3,712.018
3.712.019
3.712.020
3.712,022
3.712,017
3,712,023
3,712.021
CLASS 54
3.712.024
CLASS 55
3,712.025
3.712.026
3.712.027
3.712.028
3.712.029
3.712.030
3.712.031
3,712.041
3.712,032
3,712,033
CLASS 56
3,712,034
3,712,035
3.712,037
3,712,038
3,712,039
CLASS 57
3,712,040
58.95
3,712,042
5
23R
45
50R
58
76
105
125C
140A
23
39.02
39.28
3965
54 5P
207
253
258
261
265
269
272
274
CLASS 58
3,712,043
3,712,044
3,712,045
3,712,046
3,712,047
3,712,048
3,712,036
3,712,049
3.712,050
3,712,051
CLASS 60
3.712,052
3,712,053
3,712,054
3,712,055
3,712,056
3,712,057
3,712,058
3,712,061
3,712,059
3.712.062
3,712.063
3.712.060
3.712.064
3.712.065
CLASS 61
11
3.712.066
36R
3.712.067
46.5
3.712.068
49
3.712.069
69R
3.712,070
85
3,712,071
CLASS 62
3
3,712,072
52
3,712,073
55.5
3,712,074
89
Re27,566
123
3.712.075
137
3.712,076
243
» 3.712,077
448
3,712,078
CLASS 63
15
3,712,079
CLASS 64
9R
3.712.080
17R
3.712.081
CLASS 65
3 Re.27,560
182R 3.712.801
CLASS 66
19 3.712.082
123 3,712.083
156 3,712,084
CLASS 68
3SS 3,712,085
5C 3.712,086
18C 3,712,088
108C 3,712,087
210 3,712,089
3,712,090
CLASS 70
3,712,091
CLASS 71
3,712,802
3,712,804
3,712,805
3,712,806
CLASS 72
3,712,092
3,712,093
3,712,094
3,712.095
3.712,096
3,712.097
3,712,098
3.712,099
3,712,100
3,712,101
3,712,102
3,712,103
3,712,104
3,712,105
3,712,106
3,712,107
3,712,108
63
79
113
115
119
1
3
21
28
60
71
107
161
196
238
264
290
307
309
345
446
I5B
23.1
37
38
49 1
53
59
61. IR
67.7
71.6
84
88. 5R
89
90
117
118
126
141A
151
162
190H
194EM
194E
CLASS
73
3,712,110
3,712,111
3,712,112
3,712,113
3,712,114
3,712,115
3,712.116
3,712,117
3,712,118
3,712,119
3,712,120
3.712,121
3,712,122
3,712.124
3,712,125
3.712,126
3,712,127
3,712,128
3,712.123
3.712,129
3,712,130
3,712,131
3,712,133
3,712,132
209
219
290
295
300
338
356
389
407R
421R
428
491
5I7R
3.712,134
3.712,135
3,712,136
3,712,137
3.712,138
3.712.140
3.712.141
3.712.142
3,712,143
3,712,144
3,712,139
3,712,145
3,712,109
CLASS 74
89.22
424. 8R
473R
491
501M
527
606 R
687
688
810
858
3,712.147
3.712.148
3.712.150
3.712.146
3.712.149
3.712.151
3.712.152
3.712.153
3.712.154
3.712.155
3.712.156
CLASS 75
1 3,712.807
125 3,712,808
206 3,712,809
CLASS 76
3,712,852
3.712,157
86
107R
22
CLASS 82
3.712.159
CLASS 83
4
3.712.160
50
3.712.161
102
3.712.162
206
3.712.163
289
3.712,165
390
3,712,164
455
3,712,166
835
3.712,348
CLASS 84
1.03 3.712.950
1
14 3,712,951
314
3,712,952
485
3.712.167
CLASS 86
1 3,712,168
CLASS 89
1.5D 3,712,169
1.814 3,712,170
7 3,712.171
17 3,712.172
33BB 3,712,173
CLASS 90
12 3.712.174
16 .3,712,175
CLASS 91
6 3,712,176
170R 3,712,178
220 3,712,179
363 3,712,180
369A 3.712,177
CLASS 92
3.712.181
3.712.182
63
169
CLASS 93
37M 3.712.183
39. IR 3,712,184
6IR 3,712,185
93M 3,712,186
CLASS 94
4 3,712,187
18 3.712,188
45R 3,712,189
CLASS 95
I OCT
IOC
11R
IIV
3.712.190
3.712.191
3.712.192
3,712,194
3,712,193
3.712,195
3,712,196
11. 5R 3,712,197
13 3,712,198
18R 3,712,199
31FM 3,712,200
39 3,712.201
58 3,712,202
89R 3,712,203
3,712,204
91 3,712,205
94R 3,712,206
CLASS 96
1.5 3,712,810
1.6 3,712,811
1.8 3,712,812
27H 3,712,813
36 3,712.814
36.1 3.712.815
38.3 3.712.816
48R 3.712.817
61 3.712.818
CLASS 99
51 3.712.820
111 3.712.821
209 3.712,822
214 3,712.823
349 3,712,207
373 3,712,208
400 3,712,819
CLASS 100
112 3,712.209
101
3.712,211
3,712,210
3,712,212
3,712.213
3,712.215
3,712.214
3,712,216
102
3,712,217
3,712,219
3,712.220
3,712,221
3,712,222
3,712.223
3.712.224
3,712.225
3.712.226
3.712.227
3,712,228
3,712.229
3,712,230
3,712.218
3.712.231
3.712.232
3,712,233
104
3,712,234
3,712,236
3,712,237
3,712,238
3,712,239
3,712,240
3.712,241
3,712.242
105
3.712.243
3,712.244
3.712.245
3.712.246
3,712,247
3,712,248
3,712,249
3,712,250
3,712,251
106
308M 3,712.824
CLASS 108
46 3.712,235
CLASS 111
2 3.712,252
CLASS 112
113 3,712.253
121.29 3.712.254
252 3.712.255
3.712,256
CLASS
93MN
93C
108
219
232
363
CLASS
4
7.2
23
24HC
27R
31
37.6
38
49.3
49.7
60
69
70. 2R
70.2
79
85.2
103
CLASS
25
93
99
130
I48LM
172S
279
CLASS
lA
21
164
196
197DB
253
282R
360
409
CLASS
PI 41
PI 42
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
CLASS 114
74A 3.712,257
202 3.712.258
207 3.712.259
230 3.712.260
235F 3.712,261
CLASS 116
28 3.712.263
,29R 3.712.262
CLASS 117
8.5
22
33 5R
47A
54
125
144
3.712.825
3,712.826
3.712.827
3.712.828
3,712.829
3.712.830
3.712.831
512.3
560
587
597
599
613
624 14
625 41
62562
627.5
Re27.564
3.712,314
3.712.334
3.712.325
3,712.335
3,712.336
3.712.337
3,712,338
3,712,339
3.712,340
325
3,712,392
CLASS 176
I9R 3,712,850
37 3,712,851
CLASS 177
1 3,712,394
210 3,712,395
CLASS 178
CLASS 118
3,712,264
3.712.265
3.712.266
CLASS 119
3.712.267
3.712.268
3,712,269
3,712,270
3,712,271
CLASS
25
212
636
18
37
51
61
96
483
CLASS
8.47
8.49
32EA
47R
90.22
90.39
lt7A
119CB
119CD
119A
179A
40
9R
HOB
191
206
391
CLASS
CLASS
122
3.712.272
123
3,712,273
3,712,274
3.712,275
3.712,276
3.712,277
3,712,278
3,712,279
3,712,280
3,712,282
3,712,281
3.712,283
12S
3,712.284
126
3.712.285
3,712.286
3,712,287
3,712,288
3,712,289
CLASS 138
44 3,712,341
46 3,712,342
145 3,712,317
177 3,712,343
CLASS 139
11 3.712,344
125 3,712,345
CLASS 140
123.6 3,712,346
CLASS 141
12 3.712,347
CLASS 143
6A Re27,565
133M 3,712,349
CLASS 144
2Z 3,712,350
28.72 3,712,351
32 3,712,352
CLASS 148
115R 3,712.837
CLASS ISO
3,712,354
CLASS
IC
ID
13
2F
2G
2N
2W
205O
40
80C
98
2I8A
221
264
283
285
303 1
368
519
128
3,712,292
3,712,290
3,712,291
3,712,295
3,712,293
3,712.294
3.712.296
3,712.297
3,712,298
3,712.299
3,712.300
3,712,301
3,712.302
3,712.303
3.712,304
3,712,305
3,712.306
3,712,307
3,712,308
38
CLASS ISl
2 3,712,355
6 3.712,356
41.73 3,712,357
CLASS 152
3,712,358
3,712,359
3.712,360
3.712.361
3,712,362
CLASS 156
3,712.838
3.712,840
3.712,841
3,712,832
3,712.839
3.712,842
3,712,843
5 4BD
66A
66R
68
7 8
CLASS
IVC
6R
90BB
100 IDR
107R
175 28
189R
CLASS
5R
62
648
948
19R
27
41
82
104
122
38R
61 06
61 56
I48R
I64R
3,712,966
3,712.967
3,712,968
3.712,969
3.712,970
3,712,954
3,712.956
3,712,955
3,712,957
3,712,958
179
3,712,959
3,713.039
3,712,960
3,712,961
3,712,962
3,712,963
3,712,964
180
3.712,396
3.712,402
3,712,397
3,712,403
3,712,398
3,712,399
3,712,400
3,712,404
3.712,401
3,712,405
3.712.406
208
352
354
356
361
19
66
144
321
427
464
499
113
38
43
55
213
218
4
52
87
275
336
CLASS
5BM
5RM
5H
5S
24
318
33GE
33D
35A
60
CLASS 130
27R 3,712,309
CLASS 132
40 3,712,310
73 3,712,311
73.6 3,712,312
CLASS 134
1 3,712,833
167R 3,712,313
CLASS 135
lA 3.712.315
3.712,316
CLASS 136
114 3,712,834
3.712.835
166 3.712,836
CLASS 137
13 3,712,318
68 3.712,319
78 3,712,327
815 3,712,320
3,712,321
3.712.322
3,712,323
3,712,324
223 3.712,326
234.5 3,712,328
263 3,712.329
312 3.712.330
355 16 3.712.331
495 3.712.332
498 3.712.333
CLASS 160
3.712.363
CLASS 161
3,712,844
3,712,845
3,712.846
3,712.847
3.712,848
3.712,849
CLASS 164
3.712.364
3.712.365
3.712.366
3.712.367
3.712.368
CLASS 165
1 3.712,369
125 3,712.370
163 • 3,712,371
170 3,712,372
CLASS 166
3,712,373
3.712.374
3,712.375
3,712,377
3.712,376
3,712.379
3.712.378
3,712.380
232
247
251
252
277
297
299
300
4
22
264
796
43
46
73
78
126
132
CLASS 168
3,712,381
3,712,382
CLASS 172
3,712,383
3,712,384
CLASS 173
3,712.385
3,712,386
3,712.387
3.712,388
3,712,389
3,712,390
CLASS 174
998 3,712,953
CLASS 175
26 3,712,391
65 3,712,393
269 3,712,854
181
3.712,407
3.712,410
3,712,408
3,712,414
3,712,409
3,712,411
3,712,413
3.712.412
3.712.416
3.712.415
CLASS 201
6 3.712.855
CLASS 204
29 3.712.856
67 3,712.857
68 3,712,858
180C 3,712,859
195W 3.712.860
CLASS 206
45 19 3.712,461
65R 3,712,463
65S 3,712,464
72 3,712,465
CLASS 208
216 3.712,861
CLASS 209
73 3,712,466
88 3.712.468
110 5 3.712.467
111.7 3.712.469
CLASS 210
61 3.712.470
107 3.712.471
222 3,712,472
321 3,712,473
3,712,474
3.712,475
387 3.712.476
CLASS 211
40 3.712.477
CLASS 212
89 3.712.478
CLASS 213
47 3.712.479
44 3.712,529
CLASS 229
4 5 3,712,530
40 3,712,531
44R 3,712,532
51BP 3,712,534
51TC 3,712.533
CLASS 230
177 3.712.544
CLASS 233
3 3.712.535
CLASS 235
61 IIR 3.712.973
CLASS 259
4 3.712,591
10& 3,712,592
14^ 3.712,593
191 3.712,594
70R
151.12
152
153
195
3,712,974
3,712,976
3.712,536
3.713,026
3,712,537
3.712,977
CLASS 182
48 3,712.417
92 3,712,418
107 3,712.419
CLASS 184
103R 3.712.420
CLASS 185
37 3.712,421
CLASS
72.3 »
73.5
74
79 5GE
164
25IA
300
188
3,712,422
3,712,423
3,712.424
3.712,425
3.712,426
3,712,427
3,712,428
3,712,429
. CLASS 191
ISR 3,712.430
CLASS
ICM
10
IR
6BA
6S
16 lED
82
83.36
138C
505
511
515
518
519
520
CLASS
IC
38R
CLASS 192
128
26
28
53E
70.27
84C
898
103FA
105CD
3,712,431
3,712,432
3.712,433
3,712.434
3.712.435
3.712,439
3,712,436
3.712,437
3,712,438
CLASS 194
55 3,712,440
97 3,712,441
CLASS 195
103.5R 3,712,853
CLASS 197
2 3,712,442
84A 3,712,443
100 3.712,444
133R 3,712,445
175 3.712,446
CL
16MS
16
20R
25
33AD
34
41
127R
165
175
208
219
220A
221
ASS 198
3,712.448
3,712,447
3,712,449
3,712,450
3,712,451
3,712,452
3.712,453
3,712,454
3,712,455
3.712.456
3,712.457
3,712,458
3,712.459
3,712,460
214
3,712,481
3,712,480
3,712,482
3.712,483
3,712,487
3,712,486
3,712,485
3,712.488
3.712.489
3.712.490
3.712.491
3.712.496
3.712.493
3.712.492
3.712.494
3.712,495
215
3,712,497
3,712,498
CLASS 238
lOE 3.712.538
3.712.539
3.712,540
3,712,541
CLA.SS 239
2R 3,712,542
102 3.712.543
233 3,712,545
265.11 3,712.546
265 39 3.712.547
428 5 3.712.548
CLASS 240
I 3 3,712,978
41 35R 3,712.979
47 3.712.980
51 12 3,712.981
CLASS 241
19 3.712.549
27 3.712.353
41 3.712.550
88 1,712.551
CLASS 242
55 19A 3,712,552
12
CLASS 217
3,712,499
CLASS
1055
267
CLASS
9LG
20
54
84
85R
111
II
82
141
197
260
219
3,712,971
3.712,972
220
3,712,500
3,712.502
3,712,503
3.712.504
3.712.501
3,712,505
CLASS 221
3,712,506
3,712.507
3,712,508
3,712.509
3,712.510
CLASS 222
3,712,511
3,712,512
3,712,513
3,712,514
3.712.515
3.712.516
3,712,517
3,712.518
3,712,519
CLASS 200
17R 3,712.965
52
67
134
146C
182
326
402 13
561
563
CLASS 223
34 3.712,520
107 3,712,521
CLASS 224
29R 3,712,522
42 IE 3.712,523
421H 3,712,524
45T 3,712,525
CLASS 226
97 3,712,526
136 3,712,527
CLASS 228
2 3.712.528
56R
562
68.3
72
100
195
197
199
205
3,712,553
3,712,554
3.712,561
3,712,555
3,712,556
3,712,558
3.712,557
3,712.559
3,712,560
CLASS 244
3 15
3 17
41
1 lOG
117A
I37R
148
1,712,562
3.712.563
3,712,564
3,712,565
3,712,566
3,712,567
3.712.568
CLASS 248
125 3,712,569
133 3,712,570
183 3,712,571
354R 3,712.572
394 3,712,573
409 3,712,574
CLASS 249
91 3,712,575
192 3,712,576
CLASS 250
83.6R 3,712,983
86 3,712,984
216 3,712,985
227 3,712,986
CLASS 251
23 3,712,577
35 3,712,578
38 3,712,579
96 3,712,580
129 3,712,581
134 3,712,582
149 4 3,712,583
162 3.712.584
174 3,712.585
285 3,712.587
CLASS 252
CLASS
2A
22XA
23EP
23. 7N
29 2E
47R
69R
79 58
80.7
877
158
187
209
2105
211 5R
226
239 3A
240CA
240D
243R
247 7C
248C
2510B
268PH
270
289R
293 57
293 66
293.87
294. 8F
295 5C
303
307A
308D
308R
309
309 7
326A
327C
332.5
397 5
408
410 9R
429 5
448A
464
465 3
470
471C
479C
484R
4K6R
501 11
512R
558A
561K
570. 5P
592
612R
6158
653.7
857PI
876R
936
943
948
949
855E
28
312
316
321
407
3,712,862
3,712.863
3,712.864
3,712.865
3.712.866
3,712,867
3.712,868
3,712,869
CLASS 254
I 3,712,586
78 3,712,588
CLASS 256
13 1 3,712,589
34 3.712,590
260
3,712,870
3,712,871
3,712,875
3,712,872
3,712,873
3.712.462
3.712,879
3,712,878
3,712,876
3.712.877
3,712.881
3,712,882
3,712,883
3,712,884
3,712,885
3,712,886
3.712,887
3,712,888
3,712,982
3.712,889
3,712,890
3,712,891
3,712.892
3.712,893
V7 12,894
3,712.895
3,712.898
3.712.897
3.712.896
3.712,899
3,712,906
3,712,900
3,712,901
3,712,902
3,712,903
3,712,904
3,712,909
3,712,905
3,712.907
3,712,908
3,712,920
3,712,910
3,712,880
3,712,922
3.712,874
3.712.923
3.712.911
3.712.912
3.712.913
3.712,927
3,712,914
3,712,915
1.712,916
3,712.917
3,712,918
3,712.919
3,712.924
3,712,925
3,712,926
3,712.921
3,712,928
3,712,929
3,712,930
3,712.931
3,712,932
3,712.933
3.712.934
3.712.935
3,712.936
3,712.937
3,712.938
CLASS 261
I14R 3,712.595
CLASS 263
6R 3,712,596
15R 3,712,597
32R 3,712.598
3,712,600
52 3,712.599
CLASS 266
37 3,712,601
41 3,712,602
CLASS 267
131 3,712.603
161 3,712,604
CLASS 269
14 3,712,605
92 3,712.606
CLASS 270
61 F 3,712,607
79 3,712,610
CLASS 271
11 3,712.611
54 3,712,612
68 3.712,608
74 3.712.609
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
PI 43
58
85
IR
75
86R
101
108
120R
CLASS 272
3,712,613
3,712,614
CLASS 273
3,712,616
3,712,618
3,712,615
3,712,626
3.712,619
3.712,620
3.712,621
128A 3,712,627
I30R 3,712,622
153R 3,712,617
I76FA 3.712.624
1838 3,712.623
190R 3.712.625
195A 3,712,628
CLASS 274
lA 3,712,629
lOS 3,712,630
CLASS 277
207 3,712,631
CLASS 279
IL 3,712.632
58 3,712,633
CLASS 280
I 182
43 2:1
47 3H
79.1
146
293
301
426
504
3,712.634
3.712.635
3,712,636
3,712,638
3,712.639
3,712,637
3,712,640
3.712,641
3,712,642
CLASS 282
298 3.712,643
CLASS 285
39 3,712,64^
95 3,712,645
315 3.712.646
318 3,712,647
321 3,712,648
397 3.712,649
405 3.712,650
CLASS 287
20 924 3.712,653
58CT 3,712,652
CLASS 289
2 3.712,654
17 3,712,651
CLASS 292
251 3,712,656
321 3,712,655
CLASS 293
86 3,712,657
CLASS 294
I9A 3,712,658
57 3,712,659
61 3,712,660
67DA 3,712,661
CLASS 296
23R 3.712.662
24 3,712,663
102 3,712,664
I37R 3,712,665
CLASS 297
61 3,712,666
140 3.712,667
162 3,712,668
188
195
258
306
452
456
3,712,669
3,712,670
3.712,671
3.712,672
3,712,673
3,712.674
CLASS 298
10 3,712,675
22R 3,712,676
CLASS 299
13 3,712,677
68 3,712,678
76 3,712,679
CLASS 301
63DS 3,712,680
CLASS 302
20 3,712,681
28 3,712,682
CLASS 303
6C 3,712,683
22A 3,712,684
52 3,712,685
71 3,712,686
CLASS 305
19
3.712,687
34
3.712,688
38
3,712.689
CLASS 307
41
3,712.987
221R
3,712,988
235
3,712,989
3,712,990
252F
3,712,991
267
3,712,992
3,712,993
293
3,712,994
304
3,712.995
CLASS 308
3.8 3,712,690
138 3.712,691
199 3,712.694
217 3,712,692
231 3.712,693
CLASS 310
3.711.907
CLASS 312
3.712,695
3,712,696
Re. 27,558
3,712,697
3,712,698
CLASS 313
3,712,996
3,712,997
247
31
253
272
297
350
231
317
10
17
19
24
276D
2
19
20
llA
13R
18D
33R
lOIA
234R
235R
CLASS 315
Re 27,559
3,712,998
3,712,999
3,713,000
3,713,001
CLASS 316
3,712,699
3,712,700
3,712,701
CLASS
317
Re. 27.557
3.713,002
3,713,003
3,713,004
3,713,005
3,713,006
3,713,007
3,713,008
CLASS 318
6 3,713,009
CLASS 320
I 3,713,010
CLASS 321
15 3,713,018
27R 3,713.011
3,713,012
45R 3,713,013
69NL ■^ 3.713.014
CLASS 322
28 3,713.015
3,713,016
CLASS 324
32 3,713,021
51 3,713.019
3,713,020
60C 3,713,022
99D 3,713,023
146 3,713,024
182 Re 27,556
CLASS 325
58 3,713,025
308 3,713,027
392 3,713.028
CLASS 328
3,713,029
32
198
3.713.069
3.713.070
63
CLASS 330
4.3 3,713,030
16 3,713,031
CLASS 331
lA
44
94.5
109
111
I 16M
II 6R
3,713,040
3,713,041
3,713,032
3,713,042
3,713,043
3,713,044
3,713,045
3,713,046
3,713,047
3,713,033
CLASS 332
9R 3,713,017
3IT 3,713,034
52 3,713,048
CLASS 333
3,713,049
3,713.035
3,713.050
3,713,036
3,713.051
3,713,037
3,713,038
3,713,052
CLASS 335
3,713,053
3,713,054
3,713.055
3.713.056
3,713,057
3,713,058
3,713.059
7
24R
30R
73R
81A
828
84R
75
112
136
206
212
216
259
58
70
192
107
159
161
166
360
CLASS 336
3,713,060
3,713,061
3,713,066
CLASS 337
3,713,062
3,713,063
3.713,064
3,713,065
3,713,067
CLASS 338
3,713,068
CLASS 339
14R
17F
41
64R
91R
111
130C
217R
258R
CLASS
3E
3R
5R
7R
7
10
I6R
17
I8LD
27R
52A
58
62
66
146 lAB
146 3AC
146 3ED
146 3D
146 3Y
147R
152T
I66R
172.5
173AM
I73RC
173SP
173R
174EB
174TF
174ZA
174. IE
174 IF
174 IG
209
224R
258D
261
267C
267R
273
279
280
324A
347DA
347DD
347NT
347SY
347P
408
3,713.071
3.713.072
3.713,073
3.713,074
3.713.075
3.713,076
3.713.077
3,713.078
3,713.079
3,713,080
340
3.713.081
3.713,083
3.713.082
3.713.084
3,713,085
3.713.086
3.713,087
3.713,088
3.713.089
3.713.090
3.713.091
3.713,092
3.713,093
3.713,094
3,713,095
3,713,098
3,713,097
3,713,099
3,713,100
3.713.101
3.713,102
3,713,103
3,713,104
3,713,105
Re. 27,561
3,713,096
3.713,106
3,713,107
3.713.108
3,713,109
3.713,115
3,713,113
3.713,110
3.713.1 II
3.713.112
3.713,114
3.713.117
3,713.120
3,713,116
3.713,119
3.713,118
3.713,121
3,713,122
3,713,123
3,713,124
3.713,125
3.713,126
3.713.127
3.713.128
3,713.129
3.713,130
3.713,132
3.713,131
3.713,133
3.713.134
3.713,135
3,713,137
3,713,138
3,713,140
3.713,136
3.713,141
3,713,139
3,713,142
5R
6A
6 5R
6 8R
7A
7.3
75
7.7
9
I6M
17
18
lOOSA
102
109
112CA
705
754
766
771
792
797
CLASS 343
3,713.143
3,713,144
3,713,146
3,713,148
3,713,145
3.713.147
3.713.149
3,713,150
3,713,151
3,713,152
3,713,153
• 3,713,154
3,713,155
3,713,156
3,713,157
3,713,158
3.713,159
3,713,160
3,713,161
3,713,162
3,713,163
3,713,164
3,713.165
3,713,166
3,713,167
CLASS 346
74E 3,713,168
- 3,713,169
136 3,713,170
139C 3,713.171
CLASS 350
10
3.712,702
62
3.712,703
76
3,712,704
96WG
3,712,705
103
3,712,706
122
3,712,707
129
3,712,708
160R
3,712,709
160
3,712,710
164
3,712,711
247
3,712,712
276R
3,712,713
301
3,712,714
304
3,712,715
CLASS 351
7 3.712,716
55 3,712,717
160 3,712,718
CLASS 352
73 3,712.719
91 3,712,720
3,712,721
123 3,712,722
CLASS 353
19 3,712,723
25 3,712,724
68 3,712.725
3,712,726
CLASS 355
3 3,712,733
10 3,712,728
15 3,712,734
22 3,712,727
25 3,712,729
69 3,712,730
71 3,712,731
72 3,712,732
85 3,712,735
CLASS 356
8 3,712,737
74 3,712.736
93 3,712,738
118 3,712,739
152 3,712,740
160 3,712,741
197 3,712,742
200 3,712,743
238 3,712.744
244 3,712,745
256 3,712.746
CLASS 401
155 3,712,747
197 '3,712,748
202 3,712.749
CLASS 408
3 3,712,750
20 3,712,751
42 3,712,752
224 3,712,753
CLASS 415
90 3,712,754
109 3,712,755
175 3,712.756
CLASS 416
245 3,712,757
CLASS 417
214 3,712,758
269 3.712,759
424 3,712,760
462 Re27,S63
3,712,761
477 3,712.762
499 3,712,763
CLASS 418
68 3,712,764
70 3,712,765
88 3.712.766
121 3,712.767
CLASS 423
63
3,712,939
65
3.712,942
140
3,712,940
328
3,712,768
332
3,712.941
59
68
84
115
118
227
258
28
78
114
126
141
142
154
161
186
202
217
242
291
380
381.2
387
405
438
CLASS 424
3,712,947
3,712,948
3,712,943
3,712,944
3,712,945
3,712,949
3,712.946
CLASS 425
3,712,769
Re 27,562
3,712,770
3,712,771
3.712.772
3.712,773
3,712,774
3,712,781
3,712,775
3.712,776
3,712,777
3,712,778
3,712,779
3,712,780
3,712,782
3,712,783
3,712,784
3,712,785
3,712,786
3.712.787
CLASS 431
150 3,712.788
CLASS 444
1 3.712.975
3.713.172
3.713.173
Classification of Designs
D 2—
259
226.069
219
226,053
D23-
31
226.090
226,100
226,114
D7I-
226,136
D 6
37
226.061
255
226,071
142
226.087
226,102
226,115
D72-
226,137
41
226,058
226,073
D26-
5
226,088
226,103
226,120
D74-
226,138
42
226,066
256
226,072
13
226,081
226.104
226,121
9 226,139
61
226,067
261
226,070
14
226,084
226,105
D42-
1 226,123
D83 —
1 226,140
66
226,052
266
226,054
226.093
226,107
D44-
226,124
226,145
1 14
226,051
D07-
1
226,122
226,094
226,111
10 226,125
226,149
197
226,062
D13-
226,074
226,095
226,112
226,126
D86-
8 226,148
242
226,064
226,075
23
226,086
226,116
24 226,127
11 226,142
D 8 —
30
226,068
D14-
3
226,076
D29-
11
226,092
226,117
D48-
27 226,128
226,143
61
226,055
226,079
23
226,085
13 226,119
31 226,129
226,144
63
226,059
226,080
28
226,091
14 226.118
32 226,130
13 226,141
71
226,065
6
226,077
D30-
13
226,096
15 226.106
D49-
1 226,131
D87-
1 226,146
72
226,060
226,078
226.097
226,108
D52-
3 226,132
3 226,147
88
226,057
D22-
23
226,089
14
226,098
226,109
D54-
12 226,133
D90-
11 226,150
259
226,056
28
226,082
D34-
4
226,101
226,110
D61-
1 226,135
226.151
D 9-
193
226,063
29
226,083
5
226,099
226,113
D65-
226,134
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
(U.S. States. Territories and Armed Forces, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the C anal Zone)
Alabama 1
Alaska 2
American Samoa 3
Arizona 4
Arkansas 5
C alifornia 6
("anal Zone 1
C olorado 8
( onnecticut ^
Delaware H)
District of Columbia 1 1
Florida 12
Cieorgia 13
Ciuam 14
H aw aii 15
Idaho 16
Illinois ;•• 17
I ndiana IS
Iowa •• 19
Kansas 20
Kentucky 21
I -ouisiana 22
Maine 23
M ary land 24
Massachusetts 25
Michigan 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi 28
M issouri 29
Montana 30
Nebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
N ew Jersey 34
New Mexico 35
New York 36
North Carolina 37
North Dakota 38
Ohio 39
Oklahoma 40
Oregon 41
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Rico 43
Rhode Island 44
South ( arolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee 47
Texas 48
Utah 49
Vermont 50
Virginia 51
Virgin Islands 52
Washington 53
West Virginia 54
Wisconsin 55
Wyoming 56
U.S. Air Force 57
U.S. Army 58
U.S. Navy 59
(First number in listing denotes location according to above key Refer to patent number in body of the OfT.cial C.a/etle to obtain details as to inventor
name, location, etc i
Patknts
3.712.120
3.712.121
3.713.060
3.712.154
3.711.924
3.712.313
3.712.426
3.712.488
3,712,694
3.713.145
3.712.273
Re 27.557
Re 27.559
Re 27.566
3,711,877
3.711.909
3.711.917
3.711.929
3,71 1.940
3.7lf.943
3.711.947
3.711.951
3.711.964
3.711,965
3,71 1.966
3.711.988
3.712.005
3.712.007
3.712.031
3.712.038
3.712.046
3.712,052
3,712.061
3.712,111
3.712.131
3,712,133
3.712.142
3,712,147
3,712,163
3,712,169
3.712,178
3.712,188
3,712.199
3.712.202
3.712.206
3.712.208
3.712,215
3,712,219
3,712,226
3,712.227
3,712.228
3.712.236
3,712,261
3.712.266
3.712.269
3.712,276
3.712.297
3.712.307
3,712.316
3,712,321
3,712,327
3,712.354
3.712.356
3.712.367
3.712,374
3.712,386
3,712,397
3,712,400
3.712.411
3.712.417
3.712.424
3,712,441
3,712,442
3,712,454
3.712.481
3.712.495
3.712.509
3.712.511
3.712.538
3.71 2. S39
3.712.540
3.712.541
3.712.542
3.712.559
3.712.562
3.712.563
3.712.564
3,712.583
3,712.584
3,712,590
3,712.598
3.712,613
3,712,615
3,712,616
3,712,619
3,712,620
3,712,621
3,712.626
3.712.631
3.712.634
3.712,651
3,712,652
3,712,670
3,712,714
3,712.716
3.712.723
3.712.748
3.712.751
3.712.760
3.712.765
3.712,787
3.712.794
3.712.816
3.712.840
3.712.854
3.712.880
3.712.903
3.712.914
3.712.922
3.712.931
3.712.950
3.712,970
3.713.003
3.713.006
3.713.013
3.713.017
3.713.034
3.713.040
3.713,048
3,713,068
3,713,073
3,713,076
3,713,088
3,713,092
3,713,105
3,713,107
3,713,121
3,713,124
3,713,125
3,713,128
3,713,155
3,713,157
3.713,168
3,711,886
3,712,119
3,712,179
3,712,240
3,712,467
3.712,575
3.712,715
3.712,855
3,713.108
3.713.122
1 1
12
3.713.162
3.713.166
Re 27.563
3.71 1.911
3.711.944
3.711.981
3.711.982
3.712.140
3.712.174
3.712.218
3.712.255
3.712.259
3.712.272
3.712.306
3.712.311
3.712.320
3.712.368
3,712.414
3.712.484
3.712.527
3.712.589
3.712.614
3.712.653
3.712.681
3.712.692
3.712.706
3.712.710
3.712.779
3.712.780
3.712.837
3.712.886
3.712.951
3,713,038
3,713,087
3,713,135
3,713,172
3,712,009
3,712,513
3,712,764
3,712,806
3,712,874
3,712.902
3.712.929
3.712.936
Re 27.565
3.712.132
3.713,083
3.711.881
3.711.887
3.711,903
3.711.936
13
16
17
3,711,986
3,712,030
3,712,049
3,712.263
3.712.299
3.712.343
3.712.437
3.712.504
3.712.656
3.712.802
3.712.803
3.712.839
3.712.940
3.713.000
3.713.027
3.713.081
3.713.102
3.712.041
3.712.105
3.712.308
3.712.401
3.712.464
3.713.086
3.711.979
3.71 1.907
3.711.928
3.711.948
3.711.971
3.711,977
3,712.015
3,712.021
3.712.022
3,712,035
3,712,037
3,712,063
3,712,076
3,712,089
3,712,090
3,712,106
3,712,161
3,712,183
3,712,247
3,712,270
3,712,284
3,712,304
3,712.315
3.712.384
3.712.406
3.712.412
3.712.432
3.712.459
18
3.712.461
3.712.474
3.712.475
3.712.492
3.712.503
3.712.519
3.712.521
3.712.531
3.712.576
3.712.604
3.712.635
3.712.667
3.712.687
3.712.696
3,712.699
3.712.749
3.712.758
3.712.763
3.712.792
3.712.793
3,712.798
3.712.856
3.712.871
3.712.875
3.712.958
3.712.973
3.712.979
3,713.014
3.713.019
3.713.057
3.713.063
3,713.090
3.713.103
3.713.110
3.711,919
3,711,933
3,712,020
3,712,098
3.712,144
3,712,165
3,712,176
3,712,177
3,712,232
3,712,249
3.712,329
3,712,359
3,712,393
3,712,395
3,712,450
3,712,453
3,712.498
PI 44
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PUS
3.712.547
3,711.892
3,713.156
3.712.312
3.712.685
3.713.072
3.712.606
3,711.893
34 3,711.873
3.712.338
3,712.769
3.713.075
3.712.617
3.711,901
3.711.941
3.712.346
3.712.772
3.713.101
3.712.690
3,711,904
3.71 1.950
3.712.355
3.712.817
3,713.171
3.712.776
3,711,923
3.712.003
3.712.396
3.712.829
43 3.712.268
3.712.777
3,711,931
3.712,066
3.712.428
3.712.832
44 3.711.897
3.712.819
3,711,954
3,712,069
3.712.433
3.712.873
3.712.065
3.712.992
3,711,973
3,712,117
3.712.440
3.712.896
3.712.822
3.712.993
3,71 1,985
3.712,141
3.712.447
3.712.916
45 3.712.040
3,712.997
3,711,997
3.712.221
3.712.483
3.712.939
3.712.389
3.713.146
3,711,999
3,712.235
3.712.491
3.712.941
3.712.623
3.713.150
3,712,039
3.712.237
3.712.500
3.712.957
47 3.711.869
3.713.161
3,712,056
3.712.243
3.712.545
3.712,982
3.711.895
19
Re27.564
3,712,094
3.712.267
3.712.548
3.712.985
3.711.898
3.712.010
3,712,125
3.712.287
3.712.554
3.712.990
3.711.955
3.712.172
3.712.126
3,712.294
3.712.558
3.713.016
3.712.024
3.712.173
3.712.139
3.712.296
3.712.588
3.713,024
3.712.328
3.713.033
3.712.149
• 3.712.333
3.712.597
3,713,025
3.712.605
20
3.711,875
3.712.150
3.712.391
3.712.618
3,713,070
3.712.662
3.712.004
3.712.164
3.712.421
3.712.638
3,713,077
3.712.743
3.712.181
3.712.212
3.712.443
3.712.655
3,713.126
3.712.796
3.712.184
3.712.233
3.712.486
3.712.671
3.713.138
3.712.859
3.712.337
3.712.238
3.712,516
3.712.691
3.713.139
3,712.983
3.712.525
3.712.239
3.712.532
3.712.693
40 3.711.927
3.713.031
21
3.711.995
3.712.264
3.712.535
3.712.695
3.712.027
48 3.711.938
3.712.381
" 3.712.279
3.712.553
3.712.707
3.712.073
3.711.963
3.712.510
3.712.282
3.712.561
3.712.717
3.712.114
3.712.019
3.712.660
3.712.285
3.712.567
3.712.725
3.712.129
3.712.077
3.713.062
3.7 12.291
3.712.568
3.712.726
3.712.182
3.712.100
3.713.066
3.712.319
3.712.601
3.712.728
3.712.373
3.712.116
22
3.712.115
3.712.415
3.712.700
3.712.730
3.712.380
3.712.135
1
3.712.118
3.712.416
3.712.705
3.712.744
3.712.387
3.712.155
3.712.146
3.712.472
3.712.724
3.712.746
3.712.759
3.712.207
3.712.260
3.712.497
3.712.733
3.712.753
3.712.894
3.712.274
3.712.378
3.712.514
3.712.766
3.712.755
3.712.923
3.712.281
3.712.390
3.712.573
3.712.783
3.712.810
3.712,974
3.712.336
3.712.595
3.712.577
3.712.807
3.712.815
3.713.123
3.712.375
3.712.669
3.712.582
3;712.846
3.712.827
3.713.131
3.712.376
3.712,863
3.712.586
3.712.861
3.712.835
41 3.711.867
3.712.377
3.712.976
3.712.624
3.712.870
3.712.841
3.711.889
3.712.379
24
3.712.054
3.712,640
3.712.878
3.712.858
3.712.456
3.712.388
3.712.072
3.712.641
3.712.888
3.712.872
3.712.608
3.712.407
3.712.113
3.712.657
3.712.891
3.712.946
3.712.639
3.712.410
3.712.170
3.712.668
3.712.919
3.712.948
3.712.642
3.712.479
3.712.186
3.712.672
3.712.921
3.712.949
3.712.857
3.712.496
3.712.217
3.712.697
3.712.925
3.712.963
3.712.962
3.712.523
3.712.301
3.712.698
3.712.947
3.712.975
3,712.998
3.712.677
3.712.318
-3,712.771
3.712.956
3.712.978
42 3,711.883
3.712.775
3.712.330
3.712.801
3.712.984
3.712.980
3.711,894
3.712.862
3.712.363
3.712.920
3.712.995
3.712.986
3.711.902
3.712.964
3.712.420
3.712.935
3.713.042
3.713.001
3.711.913
3.713.078
3.712.448
3,712.965
3.713.050
3.713.021
3.711.922
3.713.084
3.712.607
3.713.010
3.713.095
3.713.022
3.711.925
3.713.089
3.712.791
3.713.080
3.713.111
3.713.028
3.711.937
3.713.109
3.712.852
27 3.711.984
3.713.116
3.713.037
3.711.942
3.713.129
3.712.959
3,71 1,990
3.713.117
3.713.071
3.711.946
49 3.711.880
3.713,032
3.712.033
3.713.118
3.713.094
3.711.957
3.712.223
3.713.141
3.712.127
3.713.119
3.713.096
3.711.961
50 3.712.522
3.713.148
3,712,213
3.713.120
3.713.099
3,711.970
51 Re27.56l
3.713.149
3.712,286
3.713.127
3.713.100
3.712.102
3.711.974
3.713.158
3,712,334
3.713.132
3.713.1 14
3.712.107
3.712.023
3,713.163
3,712,524
3.713.136
3.713.167
3.712,137
3.712.029
25
3.711.879
3,712,649
3.713.140
3.713.170
3,712,143
3.712,071
3.711.888
3,712,713
3.713.159
37 3.711.870
3,712,205
3,712,124
3.711,969
3,712,877
3.713.169
3.711.920
3.712,225
3,712,171
3,711.975
3,712,883
3,713,173
3.71 1.926
3.712.265
3,712,195
3.711.983
3,712,952
35 3.712.026
3.711.934
3,712.302
3,712,222
3.711.991
3,712,991
3.712.167
3,711,978
3.712.322
3,712,292
3.712.008
3,713,097
3.712.515
3,712,058
3,712,323
3,712,507
3.712.123
28 3,712,224
3.712.987
3,712,252
3,712,366
3,712.543
3,712.152
3.712,405
36 Re.27.556
3,712,625
3,712,434
3.712.591
3.712,244
3,712,981
Re. 27.558
3,712,770
3,712,468
3.712.762
3.712.293
29 3,711,945
3.711.865
3,712,789
3,712,473
3.712.842
3.712.314
3,712,245
3.711.874
3.712,966
3,712,489
3.712.989
3.712.413
3,712,246
3.711.905
3.713.134
3,712,499
52 3<S12.628
3.712.431
3,712,250
3.711.906
39 3.711.864
3,712,505
53 3.711.882
3.712.449
3,712,309
3.711,908
3.711.891
3,712,580
3.712.122
3.712.555
3,712,357
3.711.939
3.711.899
3.712,599
3.712.189
3.712.556
3,712,372
3.711.949
3.711.914
3.712,602
3.712.332
3.712.585
3,712,418
3.711.958
3.711.972
3,712,654
3.712.361
3.712.637
», 3,712,419
3,712,438
3.711.989
3.711.987
3.712.676
3.712.961
3.712.711
3.712.000
3.711.996
3.712.678
54 3.712.587
3.712.729
3,712,512
3.712.006
3.712.001
3.712.679
55 3.711.871
3.712.750
3.712.534
3.712.025
3.712.055
3.712.708
3.711,872
3.712.756
3.712,581
3.712.032
3.712.062
3.712.718
3,711,915
3,712.799
3.712.632
3.712.059
3.712.086
3,712.735
3,711,960
3,712,800
3.712.686
3.712.082
3.712,210
3,712.745
3,711,976
3,712,821
3.712.864
3.712.130
3,712,248
3.712.747
3,712,093
3,712,836
30 3.711,878
3.712.145
3,712,271
3.712.781
3,712,108
3.712,954
3.712.382
3.712.151
3,712,289
3.712.808
3,712,324
3,712,955
3.712.465
3.712.180
3,712,340
3.712.830
3,712,352
3,712,977
3.712.688
3.712.187
3,712,353
3,712.834
3,712,404
3,713.030
3.712.782
3. 712. 198
3.712,362
3,712.850
3,712,482
3.713.044
31 3.712.493
3.712.200
3.712,364
3,712,882
3,712,517
3.713.064
3.712.544
3.712.211
3,712,427
3,712,898
3.712,673
3.713.115
32 3.711.896
3.712.216
3.712,463
3,712.918
3,712,825
3.713.133
3.712.085
3.712.253
3,712,530
3,713.002
3,712,848
3.713.142
33 3.711.953
3.712.288
3,712,570
3,713.004
3,713,053
3.713.143
3.712.394
3.712.295
3,712,579
3.713.005
3,713,055
3.713.144
3.712.566
3.712,300
3,712,596
3.713,011
3,713,104
26
Re. 27, 562
3.712.774
3.712.310
3,712,658
3,713,012
3,713.137
3.711,885
3.713,082
3.712.683
3,712,680
3.713.061
56 3.712.331
PI 46
Design Patents
5
226.082
226,145
17
6
226.051
226,146
226.055
8
226,077
226,065
226,120
226.089
226,140
226.091
9
226,133
19
226.107
11
226,069
20
226.108
226,123
226,109
12
226,074
21
226.110
226,086
226,116
226,093
22
226,121
13
226,076
23
226,131
226,080
24
226,136
226,098
226.138
16
226,060
226,070
226,105
226.142
226,143
226,144
226,075
226,057
226.092
226,150
226.151
226,083
226,061
226,054
226,068
25
26
27
29
34
36
226,149
226,066
226,099
226,119
226,062
226,087
226.126
226,073
226,129
226.132
226,053
226,056
226.085
226,094
226.095
42
226.058
226.101
226,103
226.111
226,112
226.114
46
226,122
226,127
48
226.088
226,134
226,096
226,135
226,097
226,148
226,113
37
226,052
226,118
39
226,079
226,147
226,104
51
226,081
226,130
226,100
40
226,063
54
226,071
226.090
226,072
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : O - 1973
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
January 30, 1973
Volume 906
Number 5
CONTENTS
page
Patents and Trademark Notices
Registration to Practice 1^08
Trademark Registration Treaty 1509
Patent Suits 1^10
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of January 30, 1973 1511
Dedication 1511
Disclaimers 1511
Disclaimer and Dedication 1511
Condition of Patent Applications 1512
Reissue Patents Granted 1513
Patents Granted
General and Mechanical 1514
Chemical ^^^
Electrical ^"^"^^
Design Patents Granted ^^^^
PT 1
Index of Patentees "^^
Indices of Reissues and Designs PI 46
Classification of ' .
Patents (Including Reissues) ^^ '^^
PI 52
Designs '^^ ^^
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 53
PI 55
Designs ^^ ^
The followin* are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Documents. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.. 20402. to whom all subscriptions should be made payable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional: single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each.
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent OfEce at 50 cents each;
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington, D.C., 20231.
Printing authorized by Section 11(*)3 of Title 36, U.S. Code P.O.
I
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Registration to Practice
The following list contains the names of all applicants for
registration to practice before the United States Patent Office
who attained passing grades In the examination of September
12, 1972. Information tending to affect the eligibility of any
of said applicants on moral or ethical grounds should be
furnished the Commissioner of Patents on or before Febru-
ary 28, 1973.
LUTRELLE F. PARKER,
Chairman, Committee on Enrollment.
List of Applicants Who Passed the Examination for
Registration to Practice Before the Patent Office Held
September 12, 1972
A
Abruzzese, Peter A., 73A Woodslde Ave.. Roselle Park, N.J.
07204
Albln, Arnold L., 11 Robert Lennox Dr.. Northport. N.Y.
11768
Ancel, Richard J., 140 N. Broadway, Irvlngton. N.Y. 10533
Anderson, Richard H., 831 S. Euclid. Villa Park, 111. G0181
Anten, Lewis, 2201 Palmer Ave., New Rochelle, N.Y. 10801
Audet. Paul R.. 40 Burrltt Ave., South Norwalk, Conn. 06834
Baker, Joseph E., 1818 S. Western Ave., Suite 301, Los An-
geles. Calif. 90006
Beam, Walter R., 24 Hilltop Drive. Chappaqua. N.Y. 10514
Becker, Stephen A., 15 Hardwlcke Place. RockvlUe, Md. 20850
Bell, James R., 18624 Walkers Choice Rd., Galthersburg, Md.
20760
Berka, George B., 1363 First Ave.. New York. N.Y. 10021
Blgelow, Dana F.. 2637 Shady Side Rd.. Flndley Lake. N.Y.
14736
Bingham, Robert, 1221 Foothill Dr., Salt Lake City, Utah
84108
Blren, Steven R., 207 — 35 27th Ave., Bayslde, N.Y. 11360
Black, Jan M. S.. 3514 Society Dr., Claymont, Del. 19703
Blance, Robert B., 46 Colony Dr., East Longmeadow, Mass.
01028
Bloomberg, Coe A.. 243 Canterbury Rd.. White Plains, N.Y.
10607
Borst, Stephen L.. 71 W. Wlnspear Ave.. Buffalo, N.Y. 14214
Brody, Frederick, 18B Putnam Green. Greenwich, Conn. 06830
Brunnell, Norman E., 73 Main St., Foxboro, Mass. 02035
Cagle, Stephen H., 1257 Jeremy Court. Cincinnati, Ohio
45240
Cannon. George J.. 6 Whippletree Rd., Falrport, N.Y. 14450
Carpenter, Bruce N., P.O. Box 307. Ridgefleld, Conn. 06877
Carpenter, John W., RD 1. Box 94, N. Mill Road, Cranbury,
N.J. 08512
Cashman, George A., 12548 Densmore Ave.. N., Seattle, Wash.
98133 '
Chafin, James H., 1401 Natl. Bank of Tulsa Bldg.. Tulsa,
Okla. 74103
Chernivec. Oerald F., 4159 White Bear Ave.. White Bear Lake,
Minn. 55110
Chrlstoffel. Ivan, 117 Sherwood Drive, Hopewell, Va. 23860
Cohen, Gary J., 2442 Piedmont Ave., #20. Berkeley, Calif.
94704
Coulson. Virgil A., 1001 Trinity Court, Midland, Mich. 48640
Curfiss, Robert C, 2860 Madison Rd., Cincinnati, Ohio 45209
Darnell, Kenneth E., 8621 Georgia Ave., Silver Spring. Md.
20910
De Rosa, Frank J., 32 — 11 76th St., Jackson Heights. N.Y.
11370
Dllworth, Peter G., 431 Cross St., Westbury. N.Y. 11590
E
Emanuel, Peter M., Northgate Apts., #1141, Cranbury. N.J.
08512
Epstein, Robert L., 701B Cranbury Cross Rd., North Bruns-
wick, X.J. 08902
Estrln, Barry, 511 Four Mile Rd., #1102. Alexandria, Va.
22.305
P
Farkas. R. D., 772 Prospect St., Westfleld, N.J. 07090
Fisher. Arthur W.. III. 220 E. Madison. Suite 526. Tampa. Fla.
33602
Fllcklnger, Don J., 10037 N. 42nd Ave.. Phoenix, Ariz. 85021
Friedman, Gilbert H., 5612 Via del Collado, Torrance, Calif.
00505
Frljouf, Robert F., 135 Chestnut Lane, #324, Richmond
Heights. Ohio 44143
Frllette, Vincent J., 1228 Greenhlll Rd., Morrlsvllle, Pa. 19067
O
Galahad, Giles, 3812 McClure Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15212
Gibbons, A. Joseph, 14429 Drexmore Rd., Shaker Heights,
Ohio 44120
Gilliam, Frank D., 4312 Point View Court. La Mesa, Calif.
92041
GllUland, Alan D., 50 Qroveland Terr.. #206, Minneapolis,
Minn. 55403
Glober. George E., Jr.. 3601 Allen Pkwy.. #116, Houston. Tex.
77019
Goodman, Alfred N.. 301 C St., S.W., #314, Washington. D.C.
20024
Gray, Richard O.. Jr., 1005 W. 19th St., Broadview, 111. 60153
Green, Geoffrey D., 237 Varsity Ave., Princeton. N.J. 08540
Greenman, Jeffrey M., 100-7 Manhattan Ave., #2104, Union
City, N.J. 07087
Gross, Karl H., Plumbrook Rd., Katonah, N.Y. 10536
Groves, D. Arlon, 1 Shell Plaza. Houston. Tex. 77002
Halpert. David H., 1043 Cambridge St., #57, Cambridge. Mass.
02138
Hanscom, Douglas R., 5601 Seminary Rd., #2005N, Falls
Church, Va. 22041
Hanway, John R., 5049 Northlawn Dr., Murrysvllle, Pa.
15668
Hardeway, John B.. Ill, 113 Concord Rd., Oak Ridge, Tenn.
37830
Harding, Wavne M., 4211 Holland, #208, Dallas, Tex. 75219
Hart, Leslie J., 130 Colonial Pkwy., Yonkers, N.Y. 10710
Havman, Edward A., 1220 Keith Bldg., Cleveland, Ohio. 44115
Hecht, Louis A.. 20 N. Wacker Dr., Chicago, 111. 60606
Heln, William E., 1409 E. 16th St., Loveland, Colo. 80537
Hill. Jefferson B., 504 A St., S.E., Washington, DC. 20003
Hofer, Ronald L., 3278 Rocker #8, Cincinnati, Ohio 45239
Hoffman, Charles R., 2181 E. Broadmor Dr., Tempe, Ariz.
85282
Hoffman, Frank P.. 1 Concord PI., Morris Plains, N.J. 07950
Hook, Fred E., 1107 Harvllle Rd., Duncan, Okla. 73553
Hormann, Karl H., Polaroid Corp., 730 Main St.. Cambridge.
Mass. 02139
J
Johnson, Bruce A.. Route 1, Siren, Wis. 54872
Johnson, James W.. Jr.. 1330 North Carolina Ave., N.E..
Washington. DC. 20002
Jones. Joseph A., 824 N. Graham Ave.. Indianapolis. Ind.
46219
K
Kirschnik, James L., 4125 Cherokee Dr., Brookfleld, Wis.
53005
Klawltter. Andrew L., 607 N. Lafayette Blvd., South Bend,
Ind. 46601
Klepac, Glenn E., 340 Ridge Ave., Evanston, 111. 60202
Koppel, Richard S., Manchester House #5, Beverly Commons,
Beverlv. Mass. 01915
Korrey, Dave M., 7400 S. Broadway, Littleton. Colo. 80122
Kosman, Evelyn R., 2728 Hampton Rd., Rocky River, Ohio
44116
L
Landls, Martin S., 535 Clark St., Westfleld. N.J. 07090
Landmeier. Allen Lee, 309 S. 8th St., St. Charles. 111. 60174
Leedom, Charles M., Jr., 1600 S. Eads St., #827N, Arlington.
Va 22202
Lehrer. Norman E., 8316 Tobln Kd., #12, Annandale, Va.
22003
Lennon. Michael J.. 149—84 255th St., Rosedale. N.Y. 11422
Lewandowskl, Thomas P., 27435 Sutherland, Southfleld, Mich.
4807R
Lewis, Jon M.. 63 Georgetown East, Greensburg. Pa. 15601
M
Macovskl, Albert, 4100 Mackay Dr., Palo Alto. Calif. 94306
Mallinkrodt, Robert R., 2535 E. 6200 S., Salt Lake City. Utah
84121
Marger. Jerome S., 400 Oregon Natl. Bldg.. 610 S.W. Alder,
Portland. Oreg. 97205
Massung, Howard G., 110 Clenora Dr., Coraopolls, Pa. 15108
McCaslin, Delbert E., 5719 Wilson Lane. Bethesda, Md. 20034
McClenny, Carl O., 6154 Miller's Way, Houston, Tex. 77027
McClung, Charles D., W. 1216 Warn Way, Spokane, Wash.
99208
McGlynn, Daniel R., 329 84th St., Brooklyn. N.Y. 11209
McKee. James W.. 471-A Clearview Dr., Euclid, Ohio 44123
Meiklejohn, Paul T., 2702 Wisconsin Ave., #310, Washington.
D.C. 20007
Melton, Stuart L., 7525 Republic Ct., #103, Alexandria, Va.
22306
Michals, William J., 46 Maple Stream Rd., Hlghtstown, N.J.
0S520
Mlddleton, James B., 1620 Gas Light Tower, Atlanta, Ga.
30303
Miller, Wendell E., 1907 Crescent Dr., Warsaw, Ind. 4«580
Mitchell, John B., 2400 Wanda Way, Reston. Va. 22070
Mohl Douglas C, 5484 Bahama Terr. #8, Cincinnati, Ohio
45223
Moore, Carl E.. 6150 N. Lawndale, Chicago, 111. 60659
Morgan, DeWltt M., 140 Burrows Hills Dr., Rochester, N.Y.
14025 ^ „ „
Morrow, John A., 138 Greenleaf Meadows, Rochester. N.Y.
Myers. Richard L.. 26536 Morene Dr.. Mission Viejo. Calif.
92675
1508
January 30, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1509
N
Nawalanlc. Frank J.. 4935 Donald Ave.. Richmond Heights.
Nefson. Voh^n R.. 180 Connestoga St.. Windsor. Conn. 06095
O
Oldham. Robert L.. 1146 Chestnut Blvd.. Cuyahoga Falls.
Ohio 44221 „ „ ,, -,„ iioAQ
Olsen, Kenneth, 322 94th St.. Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209
P
Parkhurst, Todd S.. Olson. Trexler et al., 141 W. Jackson
Pe?eSn,*^Rlchl?d^E:.^Limbach, Llmbach & Sutton, 3000 Ferry
Bldg., San Francisco. Calif. 94111 miah
Pollen, Kalman, 96 Prescott, Apt. 9. Cambridge. Mass 02148
Preist Lee-Louise. 7116 Saronl Dr., Oakland. Calif. 94611
Prlem' Kenneth R.. 11803 N. Kensington. Houston. Tex.
77071
H
Rady. Arnold I.. 41 Newklrk Ave.. East Kockaway. N.Y. 11518
Resendez. Ignaclo. 11605 Riviera Rd.. N.E.. Albuquerque. N.
Revls. Stephen Ell. 550 Burnslde Ave.. East Hartford. Conn.
Rice, Robert O.. 1587 Old Hickory Lane. St. Joseph, Mich.
49085
Rlchter, Paul S., 1140 Connecticut Ave.. N.W., Washington,
D C 120036
Rifkin, William T., 1000 Georgia-Pacific Bldg.. Portland, Oreg.
97204
Ro'^sen Clifford N.. 101 Harbor Dr.. Hampton, Va 23361
Rothman, Richard B., 1600 S. Eads, #238N. Arlington, Va.
Ruch, Joseph J., Jr., 2425 S. Fern St.. Arlington. Va. 22202
S
Salada, Maurice R., 10 Piermont Pi Piermont. N Y^ 10968
Sand kichael, 2883 Chaucer Dr.. N.E.. Canton. Ohio 44721
Savitz. Lesley M.. 440 25th St.. N.W., #2015, Washington.
D C' 20037
Schiot't, Richard J.. 415 S. Evergreen Ave., Arlington Heights,
Schlvner Lyle J., 610 S. Adrla St., Anaheim, Calif. 92802
Scott Watson T.. 9311 Chaunte Dr.. Bethesda. Md. 20014
Selinger Jerrv R., 5976-301 Westchester Park Dr.. College
Park.Md. 20740 , ^
Shear, Richard H.. 24 Prairie Rose Ct., Galthersburg, Md.
20760
Sherman. Robert L.. 214 — 09 14th Ave.. Bayslde. N.Y. 11360
17055
SIgler Robert M. Jr.. 655 Kirts. A-204. Troy. Mich. 48084
Silberberg, Charles. 5375 Duke St.. #116. Alexandria. Va.
22304
Sluskv. Ronald D., 60 Manor Crescent. New Brunswick. N.J.
08P01
Smith William W.. 9200 Stenton Ave.. Philadelphia. Pa. 19118
Snep. Charles E.. III. 3039 Q St.. N.W. #5, Washington, D.C.
20007
Soderllnp, Gall S., P.O. Box 33427. St. Paul. Minn. 55133
Sommcr, Peter K., 4409 E. Overlook Dr., Wllllamsvllle, N.Y.
14221
Stanfield, Carol K., Stratford Apts.. D-8, Wilmington. Del.
19810
Stanlev. Henry M., 215 Riverside Ave.. Ben Lomond. Calif.
95005
Steinberg, Richard A.. 1805 Columbia Pike, Arlington, Va.
22204
Stemwe<lpl. John A., 53 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, 111. 60604
Stoner, Douglas E., 55 Dinsmore Ave., Apt. 305, Framingham,
Mass. 01701 „ ^^. „
Sullivan Dennis K., International Harvester Co., 401 N.
Mlchlgfin. Chicago. 111. 60611
Supnlk Paul D., 11617 Gorham. #34, Los Angeles. Calif.
00049
Suter Stuart R. Smith Kline & French Labs.. 1500 Spring
Garden St.. Philadelphia. Pa. 19101
T
Teacher. Paul T.. 175 — 45 88th Ave.. #2B. Jamaica. N.Y.
11432
Tlmmons. Stephen D., 7633 Chadwlck. Prairie Village, Kans.
Tomsa, Stanley J.. 260 E. Chestnut. #1710. Chicago. 111.
Troxell Bruce H.. 6304 Wlngate St., Alexandria. Va. 22312
Troy. Frank J.. Sr., 28 Sweetbrlar Lane, Levlttown, Pa.
19055
Turner, Terrance A., 420 River Rd.. #G4. Chatham. N.J. 07928
U
Uebler. Ernest A., R.D. #3. Newark. Del. 19711
Walte Tom Suite 1010 Union Bank Plaza. 15233 Ventura
Blvd.. Sherman Oaks. Calif. 91403 . „ _. . „„,
Wallor. Robert K.. 22555 Lark Spring Terr.. Diamond Bar.
wflshfRoberl A.. 237 High St Winchester Mass 01890
Ward. Robert M.. 6011 Forest View Lisle. 111. 60532
Weakley. Wallace E., 10909 Trafton Dr.. Upper Marlboro. Md.
20870
Weber Ray L.. 676 Reed Ave.. Akron. Ohio 44306
Wdnrieb. Steven. 13832 Bethpage Lane. Silver Spring. Md.
Welsf Thomas M.. 2001 Beltra PL. Costa Mesa. Calif. 92626
Wesley. William M.. 1016 W. Glentrall Elk Grove. 111. 60007
White. Gerald K.. 364 5th St.. Beaver. Pa. 15009 -
Wilford; Andrew M., 39 S. Munn Ave., East Orange. N.J.
wmiams. Thomas H.. 168 E. Creek Dr.. Menlo Park. Calif.
WlS^ Bruce H., 40 Division St.. Hudson. Ohio 44236
Wlnkelman John D.. 1004 Standard Plaza. Portland. Oreg.
wSblnsmith. ZacharyT . III. 412 Lafayette Bldg.. 5th and
Chestnut Sts.. Philadelphia. Pa. 19106
Y
Yctter, Herry J.. 6174 Seller Drive. Cincinnati. Ohio 45239
The following list contains the names of penpons applying
for registration to practice before the United States Patent
Office either on the basis of 4 years or more serv ce in the
Examining Corps or under Rule 341(e) of the Rules of
Practice of the United States Patent Office In Patent Cases.
Information tending to affect the eligibility of said aPPUcants
on moral, ethical, or other grounds should be fu"i»sh,ed the
Commissioner of Patents on or before February 28, 1973.
Bovee. Warren R.. 4901 Seminary Rd.. #314. Alexandria. Va. .
G?lm5id° Alio M.. 15 Silver Kettle Court. Oalthersburg, Md,
?£r"n«^n'L.^?i75-orfi|'5M|^J37l5co
Wal. Stanley A.. 8005 Orange Plank Dr.. Springfield, va.
^^"^^^ LUTRELLE F. PARKER.
Chairman, Committee on Enrollment.
Trademark Registration Treaty
In December 1972, the last of a series of six International
conferences of governmental, inter-governmental, and private
experts was held for the purpose of preparing draft articles
and regulations of the Tradem.irk Registration Treaty (TRT)
for consideration at the Diplomatic Conference which will te
convened in Vienna, Austria, on May 17. 1973.
The Patent Office is most Interested In receiving comments
from the public expressing their views on the Treaty in order
to assist the United States in developing the best overall
approach to the Vienna negotiations. «» , ,„
In order to insure that we wlU receive the benefit of in-
formed judgments of trademark owners, attorneys, and other
interested persons on the proposed Treaty documents copies
of Patent Office studies and other materials concerning the
Treaty will be made available to Interested persons or as-
sociations on their request.
The Patent Office will make every effort in responding to
requests to provide materials which will meet the particular
needs of individuals and associations. It is our Intention to
provide the public with information which is factual and as
complete and balanced as possible In regard to the Treaty and
the issues concerning it which are of Interest to the United
States. Our objective is to assist interested businessmen and
trademark practitioners In formulating their own views on
the Treatv and on the relevant issues.
The final conference text of the articles of the proposed
Treaty was published In the Official Gazette of September
19 1972 It Is planned to publish the conference text of the
regulations as soon as possible (probably late in February
1973) after Its release by the World Intellectual Property
Organization (WIPO). As previously announced, final com-
ments on these documents should be submitted to the Patent
Office prior to April 6, 1973.
Requests for information concerning the Treaty and final
comments should be addressed to :
Commissioner of Patents
Washington, D.C. 20231
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Jan 4 1973 Commissioner of Patents.
1510
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
Patent Suits
Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 : Patent Act of 1952
2.750.055, J. D. Huffines, REFUSE COMPRESSOR MECHA-
NISM FOR VEHICLES, filed Aug. 24, 1971, D.C., W.D. Pa.
(Pittsburgh). Doc. C.A. 71-789, Jamea Donle Huffinea v.
Thiele, Inc.. W. L. Thiele, R. T. Thiele and Olenn Thiele.
Consent Judgment ; order entered directing that the defend-
ants, each of them, have Infringed said U.S. patent, parties
have entered Into a compromise and agreement of the Issues
and causes of action herein raised and relating to said Letters
Patent, Aug. 15, 1972.
2,804,401. B. A. Couslno, MAGNETIC SOUND TAPE;
[278,006 (Japanese) ; 660,361 (Canadian)], filed May 25, 1972,
D.C., N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 72cl316, Faraday, Inc. etc. v.
TDK Electronics Corp. and TDK Electronics Co., Ltd. Same,
filed May 25, 1972, D.C., N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 72cl317,
Faraday, Inc. v. Sony Corp. of America. Same, filed May 25,
1972, D.C.. N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 72cl318. Faraday. Inc.
V. Hitachi Maxell, Ltd.
2.926.116. Q. I. Kelm, WET STRENGTH PAPER AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME; 2,926,154. same, CATIOMC
THERMOSETTING POLYAMIDE - EPICHLOROHYDRIN
RESINS AND PROCESS OF MAKING SAME; filed Aug. 16.
1972. D.C.N. J. (Trenton). Doc. C-1414-72, Hercules, Incor-
porated V. Borden, Inc.
2,926,154. (See 2,926,116.)
8,008.190, R. H. Meslnger, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
FORMING CYCLE SADDLE COVERS; 8,077,863, same, CY-
CLE SADDLE COVERS, filed Sept. 1, 1972, D.C., S.D. Fla.
(Miami), Doc. 72-1400-C-CF, Robert H. Mesinger et <iJ. v.
Western Auto Supply Co. et al.
8,077,368. (See 3,008.190.)
8,157.037, Nebel and Nebel, RUN RESISTANT KNITTED
STOCKINGS; 3,430,463, same. METHOD AND APPARATUS
FOR MAKING RUN RESISTANT KNITTED FABRIC, filed
Aug. 30, 1972, D.C. M.D.N.C. (Greensboro), Doc. C-255-
0-72, Hanes Corporation V. Leath, McCarthy <f Maynard,
Inc.
3,293,072, Doollttle and Ettre, CERAMIC-METALLIZING
TAPE, filed Aug. 24, 1972. D.C, E.D. Mich. (Detroit), Doc.
38805, Vitta Corp. v. Alloy Metals, Inc.
3.426.098. Meyer, Sheffer and Zalewskl, POLYESTER POLY-
IMIDE WIRE ENAMEL, filed Aug. 28, 1972, D.C, N.D.N.Y.
(Utlca). Doc. 72-CV-395, Schenectady Chemicals. Inc. v.
General Electric Company.
3,430,463. (See 3,157,037.)
3,452,387, Jerlla and Holmes, CLOSING DEVICE FOR
DOORS, filed Aug. 30, 1972, D.C. N.D. 111. (Freeport), Doc.
72c43, Ajax Hardware Corporation v. National Lock. Divition
of Keystone Consolidated Industries.
3,462,045, I. J. Markowitz, SAFETY AEROSOL COVER
CAP, filed Aug. 18, 1972, D.C, S.D.N.Y., Doc. 72-C-3552,
Stem Development Corp. v. Continental Can Company, Inc.
and White Cap Division of Continental Can Co., Inc.
8.464.424, F. D. BuzzelU, METHOD FOR RETAINING HAIR,
filed Jan. 12, 1971, D.C, E.D. Mich. (Detroit), Doc. 35919,
Frank BuzzelU v. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co.
Granting defendant's motion for summary judgment and that
plaintiff's patent Is Invalid and for dismissal with prejudice,
Aug. 22, 1972.
3,511.291, B. E. Ragan, RENEWED HEAVY DUTY TIRE
WITH A LUGGED TREAD THEREON ; Re. 27,006, same,
METHOD OF BUILDING A LUGGED TREAD ON A HEAVY
DUTY TIRE, filed Aug. 31. 1972, D.C. N.D. Qa. (Atlanta),
Doc. 17093. Brad Ragan, Inc. v. Edwards-Warren Tire Com-
pany, Inc.
8,540,756, Stout and Brunk, AXLED VEHICLE SUPPORT
FRAME ASSEMBLY, filed Aug. 29, 1972, D.C. Kans. (Wich-
ita,) Doc. W-4918, Stoutco, Inc. v. York Manufacturing Co.,
Inc.
8.584,402, J. J. Silverman, SANDAL FOR FOOT CAST, filed
May 2, 1972, D.C, E.D. Mich. (Detroit), Doc. 38223, Ortho
Industries, Inc. v. S. H. Camp and Company. Consent judg-
ment for permanent Injunction, Aug. 23, 1972.
8,596,303, Kelley and Steinberg, DOCKBOARD, filed Aug.
23, 1972, D.C, S.D. Fla. (Miami), Doc. 72-1346-C-JE,
Kelley Co., Inc. v. Conner Warehouse d Dock Equipment Co.,
Inc. et al.
8.622,980, F. R. Elledge, Jr., DIRECTIONAL WARNING
SYSTEM, filed Apr. 20, 1972, D.C, S.D. Ohio (Cincinnati).
Doc. 8380, Casell Co.. Inc. v. Baader-Brown Mfg. Co. Stipula-
tion of voluntary dismissal, Aug. 31, 1972.
Be. 27,006. (See 3,511,291.)
278,066 (Japanese). (See 2.804,401.)
660,361 (Canadian). (See 2,804,401.)
JANUARY 30, 1973
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1511
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Jan. 30, 1973
3,513,728
3,551,284
3,586,063
3,592,684
3,614,872
3,618,745
3,620,520
3,628,521
3,630,240
3,638,630
3,640,701
3,643,517
3,646,971
3.647,775
3,647,895
3,649,563
3,649,814
3,052,554
3,652,762
3,655,638
3,655,771
3,656,084
3,656,814
3,656,924
3,657,173
3,666,178
3,667,710
3,071,030
3,671,086
3.671,314
3,671,645
3,073,026
3,673,355
3,073,655
3,673,736
3,673,837
3,073,995
3,074,583
3,674,607
3,675,642
3,677,699
3,678,817
3,678,979
3,679,016
3,679,057
3,679,420
3,679,505
3,679,555
3,679,746
3,679,782
3,679,801
3,680,196
3,680,497
3,680,713
3,680,728
3,681,091
3,681,331
3,681,882
3,682,174
3,682,010
3,082,820
3,682,905
3,683,017
3,683,037
3,683,343
3,683,510
3,683,730
3,684,290
3,684,421
3,684,641
3,684,687
3,684,883
3,685,051
3,685,287
3,685,354
3,685,733
3,685,755
3,685,800
3,085,981
3,686,150
3,686,254
3,686,340
3,686,349
3,086,449
3,686,578
3,686,921
3,686,944
3,687,084
3,687,183
3,687,640
3,687,756
3,687,759
3,687,764
3,687,708
3,687,879
3,087,887
3,088,159
3,688,166
3,688,466
3,688,824
3,688,893
3,688,965
3,689,529
3,689,632
3,089,645
3,090,836
3,690,964
3,691,099
3,691,113
3,691,185
3,691,239
3,691,380
3,691,873
3,091,995
3,092,090
3,692,228
3,692,968
3 364 223.— Houard Johnston, Walnut Creek, Calif. HALO-
' GEN^TED THIOPYRIDINES. Patent dated Jan. 16.
1968. Disclaimer filed Oct. 20, 1972, by the assignee. The
Doic Chemical Company.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 1 of said patent.
3 404 061.— James H. Shane, Acton, Robert J. Russell,
' Framlngham, and Raymond A. Bochman. North Reading.
Ma«s FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE MATERIAL OF EX
PVNDED PARTICLES COMPRESSED TOGETIILR.
Patent dated Oct. 1. 1968. Disclaimer filed Oct. 12. 1972.
by the assignee, Union Carbide Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1-4 and 11-15 of
said patent.
SO^SlSe— .4r/hi(r Ashkin, Rumson, and John E. Bjorkholm
• Middletown. N.J. PARAMETRIC OSCILL.VTOR XMTH
NONRESONANT SIGNAL. Patent dated Dec. 14. 19 <1.
Disclaimer filed July 17. 1972. by the assignee. Bell Tele
phone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claim 2 of said patent.
«
3 664 360 —Joseph Kenneth Royle, Bakewell, John Grant,
' lilslev. and Jack .Uexander Colder, Lower Walton, Eng-
land 'fluid FLOW CONTROL DEVICES. Patent dated
May' "3 1972. Disclaimer filed Oct. 31, 1972, by the as-
signee. United Kingdom .Atomic Energy Authority.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 and 3 of saM
patent.
SG75 900.— Charles D. Barron, Huntington Beach far/ .4^
Peterson, Long Beach. Gary K. Stark, Buena I'ark and
Carl A n"ms La Habra. Calif. MOTION COMPENSAT
ING HOIST. Patent dated July 11. 1972. Disclaimer
filed Juno 12. 1972. by the assignee, Byron Jackson. Inc.
Hereby disclaims the portion of the term of the patent
subsequent to Mar. 14, 1989.
Dedication x•.^^Ir-
■^.„- r> I- •*!. 1 RR.1 on-? — Tfo-c Haraszti, Heilbronn. Germany. D\N.\MK
3.050.084.-Sfa«Jey L. Lopato, Ladue, and William R. Keith- 3.68-* 903. rf!7-c«ara ^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^.
ler. Kirkwood, Mo. PROTECTIVE COATINGS^ Patent "^f^'^i^^.elainferflled Oct. 31. 1972. by the assignee,
dated Oct. 2. 1902. Dedication filed Oct. 16, 1972. by the J^J^^.^'f „tTM-eMra/n<«i;«-G.«..b.//.
assignee, Carbolinc Company. disclaims the portion of the term of the patent
Hereby dedicates to the Public the entire remaining term ^J^^^^^^^^^^'^^^tug «. 1989
of said patent.
Disclaimers
.•{.290,977.— Cfaroice C. Brcstel, Hamilton County, Ohio and
iloicard R. Ma'^chinot, Erlanger, Ky. DIE CUTTING
MACHINES FOR LABELS AND THE LIKE. Patent
dated Dec. 13. 1900. Disclaimer filed July 31. 1972. by
; the assignee, The Printing Machinery Compan;/.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 1 through 10 of
said patent.
Disclaimer and Dedication
3 668,315.— James 0. Heitzman. FuUerton, Calif. RECEIVER
TIMING AND SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM. Patent
dated June 6, 1972. Disclaimer and dedication filed July
17, 1972, by the assignee. Hughes Aircraft Company.
Hereby disclaims all claims of said patent and dedicates to
the Public the entire term of said patent.
/
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
WILLIAM FELDMAN, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF JANUARY 9, 1973
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
FlllnR Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
I
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY. GROUP 110-M, STERMAN, Director ...-.- 10-19-71
Inorganic cSoundsrinorganic Compositions; Organo-Metal and Organo-Metallold Chemistry; Metallurgy; Met^l Stock; Electro
Chemistry; Batteries; Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions, Fuel and
Igniting Devices.
GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. GROUP 120-1, MARCUS. Director .... -....-. i--"^ 'i
Heterocyclir Amides; Alkaloids; Azo; Sulfur; Misc. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicides; Poisons; Medicines; Cosmetics; Steroids;
0x0 and Oxy; Quinones; Acids; Carboxyllc Acid Esters; Acid Anhydrides; Acid Halldes.
HIGH POLYMER CHEMISTRY. PLASTICS AND MOLDING. GROUP 140-L. J. gERCOVITZ Director.. 8-12-71
Synfhetlc Resins; Rubber; Proteins; Macromolecular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin CoD}nof''o"s: Sy"/h«"^R;^f'^^^
With Natural Pol>-mers and Resins: Natural Resins; Reclaiming; Pore-Forming; Compositions (Part) e.g.: Coating, Molding.
Ink- .\dhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding. Shaping, and Treating Processes.
COATING AND L\MIN\TING, BLEACHING. DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY. GROUP 160-A. P KENT Director !)-0l-72
ckung- Proceiesand Mis^^^^^^^ Laminating Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; Adhesive Bonding; Special Chemical
Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Pyeing and Photography.
SPECIALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES .\ND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING. GROUP 170-R. FRIEDMAN. Director 10-01-71
Fertmzers; F<wds; Fermentation; Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper Makng; Glass Manufacture. Gas
Heating and Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purification; Distillation; Pf.^e^'l"gi,Llqu'dOas and Solid sep^^^^^^
Gas and Liquid Contact Apparatus; Refrigeration; Concentrative Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus; Misc. Physical Proc-
esses.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS PHYSICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS. GROUP 210-N. ANSHER. Director. ... 5-17-72
GeLratlon and UtiluS; General Xp^^^^^^ Conversion and DistributioA; Healing and Related Art Conductors; Switches;
Photography; Motion Pictures; Illumination; Horology; Acoustics; Recorders; W eighing Scales. _«<. 79
SPECIAL L.VWS ADMINISTRATION. GROUP 220-R. L. CAMPBELL. Director .. — .........---.----------"- - 1-06-72
Ordnance. Firearms and Ammunition; Radar, Underwater Signalling. Directional Radio. Torpedoes. Seismic Exploring, Radlo-
Active Batteries Nuclear Reactors. Powder Metallurgy, Rocket Fuels; Radio- Active Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION. STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL. GROUP 230-J. F^ COUCH D'^octor . . . 4-03-,2
Communications; Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processing. Computation and Conversion; Storage Devices and
ppiofpfj Arts
receptacles'. SANITATION AND CLEANING, WINDING, AND MEASURING. GROUP 240-L. FORM AN. Director 9-14-71
Receptacles; Joint Packing; Conduits; Plumbing Fixtures; Textile Spinning; Food, Agitating; Cleaning; Pressing; Geometrical
Instruments; Sound Recording; Winding and Reeling; Measuring and Testing; Indicating.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES. GROUP 25a-W. L. CARLSON. Director ... ..-......-.- 12-2,-71
Semi-Conductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; ^\ ave Transmission Lines and Net-
works; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring. 4_2Q-71
DESIGNS, GROUP 290— R. L. CAMPBELL. Director *" ^
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA. GROUP 310-A. BERLIN, Director ..... .....-.....--------------— 3-01-72
Conveyors; Hoists; Elevators; Article Handling Implements; Store Service; Sheet and Web Feeding; Dispensing, Fluid Spri^^^^^^^
Fire Extinguishers; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solids; Boats, Ships, Aeronauucs.
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Brakes; Railways and Railway Equipment.
MATERIAL SHAPING. ARTICLE MANUFACTURING. TOOLS. GROUP 320-D^J. STOCKING. Director ... . l-^H
Manufacturing Processes, Assembling, Combined Machines, Special Article Making; Metal Deforming Sheet Metal a^^^
Working; Metal Fusion-Bonding, Metal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus: Plastics Workmg ^PP^ratus. I las c Block ana
Earthenware Apparatus: Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; Work and Tool Holders, Woodworking; Tools, Cutlery, JacKs.
AMUSEMENT, HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT, INFORMATION, GROUP 33(>-ARU EGG Director .-01-72
Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering; Earth Working and Excavating.
Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; .lewelry; Surgery; Toiletry; Printing; Typewriters, Stationery,
Information Dissemination. „
HEAT, POWER, AND FLUID ENGINEERING, GROUP 340-M. M. NEWMAN, Director ... ...— ...-..--- -----
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Reaction Motors; Pumps; Rotary Engines and Pu^PS. Heat Oeneratio^^
Exchange; Refrigeration; Ventilation; Drying; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements, Couplings, uear
ing; Bearings; Clutches; Power Transmission; Fluid Handling and Control; Lubrication. ir. 01-71
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS, TEXTILES AND MINING, GROUP 350-T. J HICKEY, Dlrect^or . .--^^^^^ 10-U4-71
Joints; Fasteners; Rod, Pipe and Electrical Connectors; MisceUaneous Hardware; Locks; Bu"ding Structures, Closure Oper^^^^^^
Bridges; Closures; Earth Engineering; Drilling; .Mining; Furniture; Supports; Cabinet Structures; Centrifugal Separations,
Coating; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines.
Expiration of patents: The patents within the range of numbers indicated below expire during January 1973 %ept those which may ha^
expired earlier duHo shortened terms under the provisions of Public Law 690, 79th Congress, approved August 8 1Mb (60 Sta. 9^^^
Law 619, 83rd Congress, approved August 23, 1954 (68 Stat. 764), or which may tiave had their terms curtailed by disclaimer "f^r the provisions 01
35 U.S.C. 253.,Other patents, issued after the dates of the range of numbers indicated below, may have expired before the full term ot 17 years lor
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 151. ^^^^^ ^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^^^ .^^^^^.^^
l^^k{i^s:::"::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::^^^^^^ lumbers 1,442 to 1,455. inclusive
1512
.i
REISSUES
JANUARY 30, 1973
I
27,5^8
GAS-POWERED PISTOL
John F. Vadas, Webster, and Donald A. Desrochers,
Rochester, N.Y., by Crosman Arms Company, Inc.,
Fairport, N.Y., assignee
Original No. 3,527,194, dated Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No.
624,435, Mar. 20, 1967. Application for reissue Mar.
1, 1972, Ser. No. 230,774
Int. CL F41b 11/06
U.S. CI. 124—11 R 11 Claims
30 36 » 36 57
The pistol hand grip has a chamber holding a gas
cartridge. This chamber is connected to a valve chamber.
The valve chamber is connected to the gun barrel to de-
liver the gas behind a projectile therein. When the valve
is seated it stops flow of gas to the barrel. A spring-acti-
vated hammer aligned with the valve, when released,
opens the valve. A primary sear pivoted on the trigger
and spring-pressed to holding position, holds the hammer
cocked. A secondary sear integral with the trigger pre-
vents accidental firing until the trigger is positively tripped.
A screw permits fine adjustment of the primary sear.
1513
PATENTS
GRANTED JANUARY 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3.713,174
METHOD OF ARTICLES OF CLOTHING
Jean-Claude Boussac, 8 rue Bertie Albrecht, Paris, France
Filed July 20, 1967, Ser. No. 654,917
Int.CI.A41d y/22
U.S. CI. 2-74 6 Claims
suitably programmed to emanate from the nozzle in a
predetermined sequence for spray cleaning and disinfecting
the entire restroom. Moving the panel to the cleaning position
places the dispenser in a remote location where they remain
The new kind of dress is essentially characterized by the fact
that the dress is made of a fabric having stripes and/or lines, of
various colors, which provide the various effects correspond-
ing to all the characteristic elements of the pattern of the dress
and are obtained by means of the fabric itself and without any
interruption of continuity over the shoe of its surface.
dry during the entire sequence and suitably places the nozzles
in an optimum location. Air is forced through suitable venting
structure to expedite the drying process of the restroom sub-
sequent to the fluids being sprayed therein.
3,713,177
MARINE TOILET
Wesley M. Tufts, Holliston, and James H. Albertassi, Braintree.
both of Mass., assignors to Nantron Corp., Braintre*, Mass.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 176,010
Int.CKE03d////0.///y/
IJ.S.CL4-95 16 Claims
3,713,175
METAL ALLOY CARDIOVASCULAR IMPLANT DEVICE
Sidney Weisman, West Caldwell, N J., assignor to Howmedica,
Inc., Rutherford, N J.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,144
Int.Cl.A61fi/22.y/24
U.S.CI.3-1 7 Claims
A prosthetic device for surgical implantation within the car-
diovascular system of an animal is constructed of a cobalt-
chromium-tungsten-nickel-molybdenum alloy. The device is
characterized in that it is non-thrombotic and substantially
non-reactive with the chemicals found within the animal when
implanted therein.
3,713,176
SELF-CLEANING RESTROOM
Richard R. Stock, 4005 Roxbury Road, Jackson, Miss.
Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 21 1,959
Int. CLA47k 7 7/00
U.S.CI.4-1 12 Claims
A self-cleaning restroom including a panel swingably
mounted therein between a normally vertical position and a
cleaning or horizontal position. The front side of the panel has
mounted thereto dispensers for dispensing the usual expenda-
bles commonly found in a restroom. The reverse side of the
panel includes a group of nozzles suitably arranged thereon
and communicated with a variety of fluids each of which is
A marine toilet having a bowl connected by a trap to a
macerator which in turn is connected to a tank, a pump for ef-
fecting flow of the inuke and discharge fluids and a control
circuit provided with switch means, one of which disables the
circuit so that the unit cannot be used in areas where
discharge is unlawful and another of which is operable in one
position to condition the unit for flushing followed by decon-
tamination and automatic discharge and in another position
for washing and discharge.
During the flush mode, clear water is delivered to the bowl
to effect flushing, the effluent is passed through a macerator
for reduction to particle size and discharged into a tank
together with a decontaminant and deoderant, where it is held
for a predetermined period to effect decontamination and
then is discharged through an overboard line. During the wash
mode, clear water is delivered directly to the tank, flung about
therein to effect scrubbing and cleaning of the interior of the
tank and then discharged from the tank. There are sensors for
disabling the control circuit in the event that the tank is filled
to capacity and/or the decontaminant agent is depleted.
1514
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1515
3,713,178
DISPOSABLE BEDPAN
Gertrude E. Mallette, Orinda, CaBf.. assignor to Leonard
Barnard, Piedmont, Calif.
Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Set. No. 168,208
Int. CLA61g 9/00
U.S. CL 4-112 2 Claims
drying of feet and legs. The disclosed embodiment comprises a
mounting plate and hinge assembly with a support bar
pivotally connected to the hinge assembly for rotational move-
ment between a position of use and a storage position. A foot
rest member, having an arched upper surface of resilient
material, is pivotally connected to the outer end of the support
bar.
' 3,713,181
BED FRAME
Oscar Hougland, Winchester, Ky., assignor to Leggett & Piatt
Incorporated, Carthage, Mo.
Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,272
Int.CI.A47c/9//2
U.S.CI.5-176R 4 Claims
A completely disposable bedpan is provided which is spill-
proof, drip-proof and odorless. It is lightweight and easy to
handle.
3,713,179
BATH TUB SAFETY DIVIDER
Stephen Dublel, 12210 Detroit Ave., Clevei«nd, Ohio
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,150
Int.CLA47kJ//2
U.S.CL4-185
6 Claims
A nonadjustable Hollywood bed frame in which the frame
elements are formed from angle iron. The side rails and cross
rails are so interconnected that the frame may be assembled
and disassembled without the use of any screws, nuts, or bolts.
To that end the cross rails are detachably connected to the
side rails by either a bayonet and hook type connector or a
lockable headed rivet and keyway type connector. A head-
board may be connected to the end of the side rails in any of
three different modes by a novel hinge connection arrange-
ment between the headboard and the side rails.
As a bath tub accessory, a transverse vertical panel carried
on an environment-anchored, length-adjustable horizontal
frame and thereby providing a foot abutment selectably shor-
tening the tub to the user's size and so minimize risk, to aged,
infant, debilitated or hajdicapped users, of drowning and
other dangers attendant upon possibility of slipping supine in
the tub; with inclusion also of rail structure and of an emer-
gency drain actuator disposed conveniently to the shortened
space.
3,713,182
BEDCLOTHES ELEVATOR AND BED WARMER
Hugh E. McNeal, 9124 Cambon Court, Spring Valley, Calif.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 147,1 12
Int. CI. A47c 2 //OO
U.S. CI. 5-319 2 Claims
3,713,180
FOOT SUPPORT FOR SHOWER BATHS
Peter Martin, 20800 Roscoe Bend, Canoga Park, CaliL
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,581
Int.Cl.A47ki//2
U.S.CL4-185
6 Claims
Herein is described a foot support device adapted for
mounting to the wall of a shower to facilitate the washing and
An apparatus for elevating bedclothes above a bed and for
warming the air under the bedclothes. Two hollow, tubular
rigid arms are vertically mounted on either side of a bed; one
or more flexible, resilient lines span the free ends of the rigid
arms to form a structure over which the bedclothes drape. The
flexible lines are removable and adjustable. Under the bed is a
small air blower with a heating unit. The air blower discharges
heated air into the bed through the passages formed in the hol-
low, tubular rigid arms of the bedclothes elevator.
1516
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,183
CURTAINS FOR AIRPORT RAMPS
Walter R. Belisle, 6027 Esters Court, Arvada, Colo.
Filed Aug. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 168,850
Int.CI.B65g/7/00
U.S. CI. 14-71
13 Claims
3,713,185
VACUUM CLEANER WITH NOZZLE HEIGHT
ADJUSTING MECHANISM
Earl R. Glowers, and Walter G. Azelkas, both of Anderson,
S.C, assignors to The Singer Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,755
Int.CLA47l5/i4
U.S. CI. 15-354 7 Claims
"•) fii
M 30
Each curtain has a rubber or plastic sponge pad stitched
between inner and outer layers of nylon fabric, with fabric
sleeves or tunnels stitched on the outside and in which an
elastic cord is placed, such as a "bungy" cord. One sleeve and
its enclosed elastic cord is positioned generally parallel to the
front edge of the curtain, so that when the side of the plane is
engaged by the front of the curtain, the front of the curtain
will fold and gather against the plane. The other cord and its
sleeve are arranged angularly, extending from points adjacent
the ends of the front cord and a point adjacent the rear edge of
the curtain at its greatest width, with the rear cord also
stretching the curtain.
3,713,184
MOP WITH INTERCHANGEABLE HEADS
Ragnvald G. Leiand, 2334 West 241st Street, Lomita, Calif.
Filed Sept. 24, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 83,5 1 8
Int. CI. A47I 131252, 1 3/255; B25g 3/38
U.S.CL 15-229 B 7 Claims
An upright vacuum cleaner having a suction nozzle at the
front of an access plate mounted on the bottom of the chassis.
At least four nozzle height positions relative to the surface of
the floor to be cleaned is obtained by manually indexing an ad-
justing lever pivotably mounted on one side of the cleaner and
having a pin mounted in one leg thereof. The rear wheels of
the cleaner are rotatably mounted on the ends of a crank type
offset axle pivotably mounted on the bottom of the cleaner
frame. Two front wheels of the cleaner are each mounted on
one leg of separate U-shaped axles, each having its other leg
pivotally supported on opposite sides of the bottom of the
frame. Linage assemblies connect each end of the rear axle to
the respect wheel mounted leg of each front wheel axle. The
linkage on the adjustable lever side of the cleaner includes a
slot for receipt of the lever pin so that as the lever is pivotably
moved the pin drives the linkage, thus causing the front and
rear axles simultaneously to pivot on their respect journals.
This effects a change in the relation between all four wheels
and the cleaner housing, thereby raising or lowering the nozzle
relative to the floor.
3,713,186
WHEEL STAKE
Robert S. Cartwright, Booneville, N.C., assignor to Stewart-
Warner Corp., Chicago, III.
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,565
Int.CI.A47b9/y00
U.S.CL 16-45 2 Claims
A mop with interchangeable heads in which in the preferred
form of the invention a mop head is provided which includes a
generally flat plate having channels formed along the opposite
side edges thereof. A cylindrical socket member is secured to
the plate for receiving a generally L-shaped handle connector.
A spring clamp engages in the channels and has a central por-
tion for removably retaining the L-shaped handle member in
the cylindrical socket. The spring member is movable to per-
mit the handle member to be removed from the socket so it
may be attached to a different mop head. The mop is secured
to the mop head by means of a resilient bar having an elongate
hook on one end for engaging over the end of the plate and a
short snap hook on the other end for engaging over the other
end of the plate. The L-shaped handle member has one end in-
serted in a recess in the handle and is retained therein by a slip
The following specification describes a two-wheeled caster
in which the shaft rotatably supporting the caster wheels at op-
posite ends has a head at each end of smaller diameter than
the shaft with a peripheral groove between each head and the
adjacent main portion of the shaft to define a shoulder. The
shaft engages in a correspondingly sized recess in each caster
wheel with each recess terminating in a small diameter recess
for receiving the respective shaft head. A thin wall section
located between each small diameter caster recess and the ad-
jacent shaft receiving recess is deformed into the groove to
rotatably secure the shaft to each caster wheel.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1517
3,713,187
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FORMING
MEATBALLS
Joseph R. Quartarone, and Irene E. Quartarone, both of 204
Sutton Hill Rd., North Andover, Mass.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,511
Int. CLA22C 07/00
U.S.CL 17-32 13 Claims
3,713,189
FISH CLAMPING TABLE
John Tkachuk, c/o Invention Development Foundation, 155
Kent Street, Sudburv, Ontario, Canada
Filed Feb. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 226,657
Int. CI. A22c 25/00
U.S.CL 17-70 7 Claims
\ffij.}\\ I ;,i,lifl_i iiiiijiijfi'wii.'piteTro
A pair of relatively rotatable members defining concentric
circular grooves generally semi-circular in cross-sectional
shape closely opposing each other. One of the members is pro-
vided with an inlet neck opening into the corresponding
groove and through which a quantity of ground meat may be
introduced into the opposing groove. The other of the mem-
bers includes a discharge chute opening outwardly from the
associated groove through which rolled balls of meat may be
discharged from within the grooves. The members are rela-
tively rotatable about an upstanding axis and the grooves are
disposed in generally concentric, opposed relation with the
member defining the upper groove provided with the inlet
neck and the member defining the lower groove provided with
the discharge chute whereby a quantity of ground meat to be
rolled into a ball may be gravity fed into the grooves through
the inlet neck and gravity discharged from the grooves
through the outlet chute, the former opening upwardly and
the latter opening downwardly.
3,713,188
FISH FILLETING AND SKINNING BOARDS
Forrest E. Holladay, 14314 Shadywood Dr., Plymouth, Mich.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,512
Int. CLA22C 25/06
U.S.CL 17-70 8 Claims
A table for cleaning fish having a clamp member at one end
of the table to engage the head or tail of the fish, the clamp
member comprising a pair of spaced apart, arcuate arms
passing through openings in the table, the arms having a trans-
versal fish engaging member therebetween. One side of each
arm is provided with teeth enmeshing with toothed guide
wheels mounted subjacent the table, the guide wheels being
lockable in various positions, depending on the size of the fish
being cleaned.
3,713,190
METHOD FOR DEVELOPING AND CONVERGING A
BAND OF FIBERS OR THREADS
Masahide Yazawa; Haruhisa Tani; Masaki Matsumoto, and
Y«suo Sasaki, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Polymer
Processing Research Institute, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Claims priority, application Japan. July 3, 1969, 44/52635
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,775
lnt.CLD01d///02
U.S.CL 19-65 T 4 Claims
A portable fish dressing table, folding for compactness and
providing an internal compartment for storage of required
dressing equipment such as a knife, whetstone, skewers or
mher implements. When opened, the sections fiatly abutt to
form a dressing table on which fish of variable lengths may be
attached at both ends to facilitate filleting and dressing opera-
tions also a table on which to work in skinning, scaling
cutting up or other dressing operations. When so opened
flatly a variety of means are provided to secure the board it-
self to different work surfaces where it will be used, such as
suciion cups to attach to kitchen drain boards or tables and
storable spikes to affix in the ground at camp sites or to lock
over laundry tubs of variable widths.
IS.yjwm \ 13'
~\
The present invention provides a method and apparatus for
uniformly spreading and converging, that is, altering the width
of a band of fibers or threads arranged in parallel, while the
band travels in a lengthwise direction, into a predetermined
width and thickness with the least amount of uneveness. The
fibers are spread and converged by placing the band of fibers
on a rotating conveyor in which the forward path of travel
widens and the return path narrows. The resulting fibers are
well adapted for subsequent textile processing.
1518
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,191
BELT CLASP
Ludwig Hofmann, Markgrafenstr. 10, Buhl/Baden, Germany
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,008
Claims priority, application Germany, April 7, 1970, P 20
16 451.6
Int. CI. A44b / 7100; A44c 5118
U.S.CI. 24-201 A - 2 Claims
^»
A belt clasp for attachment to an anchor bar consisting of a
plurality of flat metal pieces laterally engaging the anchor bar
in an inverted position and attached to the end loop of a belt.
The metal pieces are displaceable in a longitudinal direction
by means of a spring, and are provided with shoulders which
engage support surfaces on the anchoring bar to secure the
belt therein.
3,713,192
BUCKLES FOR SAFETY BELTS
Jan-Oiof Raymond W'allin, Monsteras, Sweden, assignor to
Stece-AB Industrifjadrar
Filed Feb. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 230,285
Claims priority, application Sweden, March 5, 1971,
2822/71
Int. CI. A44b///26
U.S. CI. 24-230 AT 4 Claims
3,713,193
REFRACTORY POWDER HOT-PRESSING SYSTEM
Hiroyuki Chiba, Neyagawa; Hideaki Masuda, Moriguchi, and
Eiichi Hirota, Sakai, all of Japan, assignors to Matsushiu
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 79,87 1
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 21, 1969, 44/84524
Int. CI. F27b 9/02
U.S.CI. 25-132 8 Claims
A system for hot-pressing refractory powders into dense sin-
tered bodies comprises a tunnel type furnace having a given
temperature distribution therein, a plurality of die assemblies
each of which has a refractory powder sandwiched between an
upper punch and a lower punch thereof, a plurality of suppor-
ters for said plurality of dies. At least one pressing means is
positioned at a given position in the tunnel type furnace to be
at a given temperature. Means are provided for conveying said
supporters intermittently one by one from an inlet of said tun-
nel type furnace through said at least one pressing means to an
outlet of said tunnel type furnace, whereby the refractory
powder in each of said die assemblies is hot-pressed into a
dense sintered body by said at least one pressing means and
the dense sintered bodies are conveyed to said outlet. The
equipment is suitable for mass-production of hot-pressed
bodies of materials such as ferrites and ferroelectric oxides.
ERRATUM
For Class 26 — 18 see:
Patent No. 3,713,219
A buckle for safety belts for vehicles comprises a belt
locking member and a buckle body having an opening for the
insertion of the locking member The insertion opening is
defined by two stationary side plates and two locking hooks
pivoted to the buckle body and cooperating with the two lon-
gitudinal edges of the locking member, which locking hooks
are adapted to be swung against the action of a spring
mechanism into locking position by the locking member upon
insertion thereof in the buckle body, in which locking position
the locking hooks engage in recesses formed in the two lon-
gitudinal edges of the locking member. The locking hooks,
which under the action of the spring mechanism tend to expel
the locking member inserted in the insertion opening of the
buckle body, cooperate with a spring-loaded latch which in
the locking position engages the locking hooks and which is
ajlapted, upon release of the buckle, to be moved out of the
engagement with the locking hooks by an operating member
against spring action. This latch is movable substantially at
right angles to the two side plates of the buckle, extends
between the side plates, and cooperates with recesses which
are formed in the side plates and serve as guides for the latch.
The operating member is an arm which is pivoted to one side
plate of the buckle body, is formed as a push button, and
cooperates laterally of the axis of pivotment with the latch to
move it when the arm is swung.
3,713,194
MILLING CUTTER FOR MACHINING SHIPS
PROPELLERS AND THE LIKE
James C. Danly, River Forest, III., assignor to Danly Machine
Corp., Chicago. III.
Filed Aug. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 171,566
Int.CI. B26d7//2
U.S.CI.29-103A 7 Claims
A face mill for contour milling of ships' propellers and the
like for use where the cutter axis is rocked as it is advanced
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1519
along a convex surface to maintain perpendicularity with the
surface, in which the cutter body has a bore surrounded by
evenly spaced sockets receiving cutter inserts, an auxiliary
face type milling cutter being telescoped into the bore and
providing cutting edges which extend from the inner edges of
the inserts substantially all the way to the axis. All of the
cutting edges are precisely positioned in a common plane
which is perpendicular to the axis of the tool body.
stripped wire and the terminal post to complete the electrical
connection. The apparatus of the subject invention may be
3,713,195
METHOD OF BUILDING CHIMNEYS
Akiyoshi Togiya, and Satoshi Kakuda, both of Hiroshima,
Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Chiyoda-ku, Japan
FiledMarchl7, 1971, Ser. No. 125,312
Clain>$ priority, application Japan, March 20, 1970,
45/23908
Int. CI. B23p/ 7/00,/ 9/00
U.S.CL 29-155 C 1 Claim
mounted on a convention x-y machine in order to enable
semi-automatic operation of the machine during assembly of
an interconnection panel.
3,713,197
PIN INSERTION HEAD
Robert O. Crump, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Honeywell
Information Systems Inc.. Waltham. Mass.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,169
Int.CI.H05k/5/04
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 7 Claims
Method of building chimneys or the like characterized by
the steps of using one of the upstanding cylinders of the chim-
ney or the like as an elevator shaft, fixing a rack rail vertically
on the inner wall of the lowermost unit cylinder fixed on the
foundation the cylinder, providing an elevator cage movable
up and down along the rack rail engaging with the rack rail
and being supplied by electric power, providing an entrance
for the elevator cage on the cylinder wall, providing rack rails
continuous with said rack rail in the cylinders extended above
said fixed cylinder at the same time piling or raising the chim-
ney, providing entrances on said cylinders extended at each of
required heights, operating the elevator cage along the rack
rail in said extended cylinders, proceeding with construction
of the chimney while using the elevator cage for raising and
lowering of workers, and proceeding with the work by piling
and raising the chimney incorporating the above process in
the construction of chimneys or the like. ,
3,713,196
TERMINATING MACHINE FOR ELECTRICALLY
CONNECTING WIRE LEADS TO POSTS ON A TERMINAL
BOARD
Peter Garner, Bernardsville, N.J., assignor to Thomas & Betts
Corporation, Elizabeth, N J.
Filed Sept. 1 5, 1 97 1 , Ser . No. 1 80,677
Int.CI.Hlr4J/04,H05k/i/04
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 11 Claims
A terminating machine comprises a combination of
mechanism for effecting the connection of a stripped wire
(either stranded or solid) to a terminal post of an integrated
circuit panel board. The several mechanisms include sorting
and feeding means for the electrical connectors, wire bearing
and inserting means for inserting the wires into the connector
preparatory to crimping about the terminal post, and extrud-
ing means for forming a gas-tight connection between the
A pin insertion head receives a plurality of pins from a pin
aligning device and inserts the pins into a circuit board. The
pin insertion head includes a plurality of slots with each slot
having a ball bearing friction device holding the pin into the
slot. Each of the slots has a rod mounted therein to contact the
stored pin. A pusher block actuates the plurality of rods for in-
sertion of the stored pins into the circuit board.
3,713,198
DOUBLE-ACTION HYDRAULIC FORCING PRESS
Lev Zeilikovich Tobak; Semen Abramovich Shterman; Mikhail
Galileevich Brandenburgsky; Nikolai losifovich Lichman,
and Andrei Lukyanovich Lugovskoi, all of Odessa, U.S.S.R.,
assignors to Odessky Zavod Pressov, Odessa, U.S.S.R.
FiledAug.2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,126
Int. CI. B23p/ 9/04
U.S. CI. 29-208 C 6 Claims
Fixed inside each of the hydraulic cylinders is a thrust sleeve
having an axial bore which accommodates a feeler rod axially
movable in said bore. The feeler rod is mechanically inter-
linked with the plunger of a respective hydraulic cylinder and
is adapted to intract with the axle of the item being assembled
that is positioned in between the hydraulic cylinders and onto
1520
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
which its members are to be forced, and with the corrector
device which, while interacting with one of said members,
determines the effective length of stroke of the plunger de-
pending upon the length of the item being assembled.
vide suitable apertures therein to receive the wires and to ena-
ble suitable conduits for the electrical wiring to be connected
thereto. The tool has a knockout engaging tip having a slot
therein for engaging a deflected and partially released
knockout to assist in removing the same to provide a conduit
receiving aperture. If the aperture produced by the knockout
is too small, it can be enlarged by removing the knockout
mounting ring secured to the wall by frangible connections.
To do this the tool is provided with wings adjacent said tip
which are provided with side opening slots adapted to be posi-
tioned over the ring, after the knockout has been removed,
and the tool manipulated with a rocking motion to remove the
ring. The tool thus provides a means for easily and quickly
producing conduit receiving apertures.
3.713,199
0-RING MOUNTING MACHINE
Robert D. Jaquette. Charlotte, Mich., assignor to Air-Way
Manufacturing Co.. Detroit. Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 37,955, May 18, 1970, Pat. No. 3,665,578.
This application March 15, 1972, Ser. No. 234,956
Int. CI. B23q 7//0, B23p / 9/02
U.S.CI. 29-211 R 1 Claim
An automatic loading device for loading annular members
having a central opening over a vertically mounted cylindrical
member of an 0-ring mounting machine, the automatic load-
ing device comprising a hopper, a means for orienting 0-rings
contained in the hopper and loading them over the vertically
mounted cylindrical member.
3,713,200
COMBINATION KNOCKOUT TOOL
Fred R. Burns, 6763 Main Street, Trumbull, Conn.
Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 155,890
Int.CI.B23p/9/04
U.S. CI. 29-267
3 Claims
3,713,201
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTURING
MERCURY-VAPOR CONTROL ASSEMBLIES FOR
ELECTRIC DISCHARGE DEVICES
George S. Evans, Caldwell, NJ., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 32,924, April 29, 1970, Pat. No.
3,614,506. This application May 14, I97I, Ser. No. 143,426
Int. CI. B23p I 7100, 19100, 11/00
U.S.CL 29-414 10 Claims
A combined tool for removing knockouts'wnd mounting
rings therefor from electrical fittings or outlet boxes to pro-
42^6) V^O
41
45
43 ) 44
38 -^
o)
32^j **
iiJotlTIiiJ
34-
The mercury-vapor pressure within a fluorescent lamp is
controlled by an amalgam-forming metal that combines with
mercury and is enclosed in a foraminous container disposed at
a selected location within the lamp envelope. The vapor-pres-
sure control assembly is fabricated from two strips of wire
mesh that are pressed into overlying sandwiched relationship
with a strip of amalgam-forming metal by passing the strips
between a pair of rollers. Leakage of the amalgam-forming
metal (and amalgam) when in a fluid state is prevented by
providing a border of overlapped wire mesh that is devoid of
metal and extends around the periphery of the assembly. Mass
production on a continuous basis is achieved by using two sets
of paired rollers, one set of which includes cutting means that
severs the strip of amalgam metal and permits segments of the
metal to be removed before the second wire mesh strip is
pressed into place. The composite mesh-amalgam strip is then
severed along the resulting gaps between the enclosed lengths
of amalgam metal.
3,713,202
METHOD OF FORMING COLLIMATED HOLE
STRUCTURE
John A. Roberts, North Chelmsford; Peter R. Roberts, Groton;
Alwyn H. King, Sherborn, and Lee B. Danzey, Arlington, all
of Mass., assignors to Brunswick Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 701,774, Jan. 30, 1968, abandoned. This
application Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 182,102
Int. CI. B23p / HOO
U.S. CI. 29-423 9 Claims
A method of making a collimated hole structure wherein
the passages have preselected non-regular cross sections
defmed by a composite of preselected regular sections. Exam-
ples of such non-regular cross sections are T, L, S, I, star,
trilobal, and various non-symmetrical sections. The collimated
hole structures are formed by constricting a plurality of rods
having the regular section configuration laterally related to
define the non-regular cross sectional configuration. The rods
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
>-. ..-1 ». T 1-1 ■¥-» AT * -KTT-V Tl«^T7'/"'U A TVI ■ f ' a I lOZl
January 30, 1973
=t;^i:;^rs rr^ ztrt^ -^^t^ zos^j^^'^ r i^ rr ^
removal thereof upon completion of the constriction opera-
tion whereby small size passages are formed having the
desired non-regular cross section.
3,713,203
MOUNTING BLOCKS IN VEHICLE FRAME AND
METHOD OF INSTALLATION THEREIN
Ronald J. Fanslow. Palatine, III., assisnor to International
Harvester, Co.. Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,038
Int.CI.B23p///00
U.S.CL 29-428 3 Claims
into the coupling, but which upon setting hardens into the
solid state to form a relatively permanent connection.
3,713,205
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SECTIONS
Alfred Wogerbauer, Unz, Austria, assignor to Vereinigte
Osterreichische Eisen-und Stahlwerke Aktiengesellschaft,
Linz, Austria
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94.681
Claims priority, application Austria, Dec. 5, 1969, 1 1353
Int.CI.B23ki7/02
U.S. CI. 29-480 2 Claims
^^n
r/s
Mounting blocks, embodying preformed means to which
hold down fasteners are to be secured, are located mside a
vehicle frame by means of a positioning fixture, so as to con-
form to the preformed pattern of bolt openings in a door to fit
across the frame. In one preferred example, the blocks are
I metal cylinders embodying eccentric tapped bolt openings.
' After the positions of the openings are fixed on locator pins on
the positioning fixture, the individual mountmg blocks are ec-
centrically swung thereabout outwardly to a snug position
against the inside frame walls, and then are permanently
welded thereto to receive the door.
3,713,204
METHOD FOR CONNECTING TUBULAR MEMBERS
Arnold James F.. Shreveport, La. assignor to Hydrocouple
Corp., New Orleans. La. ^ ^ j
Continuation of Ser. No. 709,678, March 1, 1968, abandoned,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 486,154, Sept. 9,
1965 Pat. No. 3,393,926. This application April 30, 1970, Ser.
No. 33,494
Int.CI.B23pi/00,/9/04
U.S. CI. 29-460 , 2 Claims
A method is provided for joining together two lengths ot
pipe in an environment wherein conventional methods are not
suitable, e.g., underwater. The method includes introduction
of fiuid under pressure from a remote source into a coupling
member surrounding a pipe length to be joined, the fiuid
under pressure acting to effect the coupling to grip the pipe
length and then become sealingly engaged therewith. In one
"I
The disclosure relates to a process for producing girders in
the shape of fianged sections, in particular T- or I-beams, in
which at least one edge of the web is welded to the broad sur-
face of at least one fiange, wherein the improvement resides in
that at least one fiange is bent up on both sides of the predeter-
mined welding seam line against the contraction angle to be
expected during welding, by an angle which is greater than this
contraction angle, and the fianges of the formed beam are
bent back after welding into the desired position. This process
has the advantage that one is independent from deformations
in the welding machine, and that contraction stresses are
eliminated.
3,713,206
METHOD FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A COMPOSITE
REFRACTORY METALLIC ELEMENT WITH POROUS
COATING
Philippe M. Galmiche, Clamart; Jean H. Pelissier, Verrieres-le-
Buisson, and Roland R. Spinat, Bretigny-sur-Orge, all of
France, assignors to Office National d Etudes et de
Recherches Aerospatiales, Chatillon-sous-Bagneux and
Societe Nationale d Etude et de Construction de Moteurs
d'Aviation, Paris, France
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,508
Claims priority, application France, June 10, 1969,
6919210
Int. CLB23k 57/02.35/58
U.S.CL 29-494 7 Claims
The casing of a turboreactor is constituted of a refractory
alloy based on nickel and includes an abradable porous metal-
lic coating constituted by a nickel felt. The coating is bonded
by brazing to the casing by applying the coating on the casing
1522
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1523
by a pressure ring with a larger coefficient ofexpansion and by the commutator tangs with the fmish wires
effecting the brazing in a fluorinated-hydrogenated at-
hooked to the
tangs of the wound armatures and the start wires looped about
mosDhere at a temperature in the region of the fusion tem- _ ^ . . r.i. • j- r
mospnere ai d icuiyj 5 clamped wire portions are severed at the end of the wmdmg of
selected tangs of the armatures about to be wound. The
wire p
a wound armature and then after the looping of the start wires
perature of the solder. The assembly is then subjected to a
chromization or chfomaiuminization treatment in a
halogenated-hydrogenated atmosphere (free of fluorine) at a
temperature of 800° to 1100^.
3,713,207
METHOD FOR DIFFUSION BONDING UTILIZING
SUPERPLASTIC INTERLAYER
Duane L. Ruckle. Enfield. Conn., and Robert A. Sprague.
Kensington, Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corp..
East Hartford. Conn.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,133
Int. CI. B23ki//02, i5/24
U.S. CI. 29-498 4 Claims
Articles are formed by diffusion bonding techniques
wherein a foil of superplastic material is sandwiched between
the surfaces to be joined.
about the tangs of the armature to be wound. The wire wasted
is limited to the short, clamped wire portions. Also disclosed
are two embodiments of double flier armature winding
machines for winding armatures in accordance with the inven-
tion.
3,713,208
ARMATURE WINDING METHOD
John M. Biddison. Dayton. Ohio, assignor to The Gtobe Tool
and Engineering Ca. Davlon. Ohio
Filed Sept. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,618
Int.CI.H01r4J/00
U.S. CI. 29-597 8 Claims
3,713,210
TEMPERATURE STABILIZED COMPOSITE YIG FILTER
PROCESS
Jiimes M. Schellenberg, Glen Burnie, Md., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 80,986
Int.CI.H01p///00
U.S. CI. 29-593 1 1 Claims
:rii
UKHV
A double loop of wire is formed about a commutator hook
before an armature coil is wound, the double loop gripping the
hook with sufficient strength to withstand the force generated
when the first coil is being wound tending to pull the wire
away from the hook. While forming the double loop, the free
end of the wire is clamped, the clamped wire portion being
severed after the double loop is formed. During the forming of
at least the second loop, the wire is positively guided into
hooking relation to the commuUtor hook.
A method whereby the variation with temperature of the
biasing magnetic field of a device such as a YIG filter is can-
celled by the temperature sensitive anisotropy drift of the YIG
resonator element. From the knowledge of the anisotropy
variation with temperature and the change in the resonant
frequency of the filter over a predetermined temperature in-
terval, a correctional frequency to which the YIG sphere must
be rotated is obtained. A subsequent rotation to this frequency
will provide a change in the anisotropy field such that the
variation with temperature of the biasing field will be matched
by a corresponding opposite change in the anisotropy field.
3,713,209
AUTOMATIC ARMATURE WINDING
John M. Biddison, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to the Globe Tool
and Engineering Co., Dayton, Ohio
CoDtinuation-in-part of Ser. No. 67,759, Aug. 28, 1970,
abandoned. This application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,488
Int.CI.H01r4i/00
U.S.CL 29-597 26 Claims
The connecting wires between armatures wound by an auto-
matic armature winding machine are clamped closely adjacent
3,713,211
METHOD OF FABRICATING A SUPERCONDUCTING
MAGNET
Donald C. Freeman, Jr., Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of Ser. No. 798,510, Oct. 22, 1968, whkh is a
division of Ser. No. 729,836, Feb. 21, 1968, Pat. No.
3,440,585, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 613,682,
Feb. 2, 1967, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 455,807, May
14 1965, abandoned. This application May 3, 1971, Ser. No.
139,886
Int.CI. HOI V 7 //OO
U.S.CL 29-599 9 Claims
This invention relates to a superconducting magnet formed
of layers of serially connected helices of superconducting
material on non-superconducting substrates. Each supercon-
ducting layer is deposited upon a non-superconducting layer ample, metallized ceramic substrates by first depositing a
in a manner such that alternate ends form superconducting quantity of primary explosive, such as lead azide. onto each
beam lead and tfien detonating the explosive to explosively
bond the integrated circuits to the substrate. In another em-
bodiment of the invention, the explosive bonding force is ap-
plied through a buffer sheet of plastic or metallic material
which protects the surface of the substrate from contamina-
tion and which, in addition, dampens the shock of the explo-
sion. In yet another embodiment of the invention, metal con-
ductive paths are explosively bonded directly to a ceramic or
glass substrate to form a "printed circuit pattern." The same
techniques are used to manufacture resistors, capacitors, in-
ductors, etc.
-Netmoi M«IOl
i- iniulater
joints. The superconducting materials are microscopic
platelets of metallic particles bonded to each other and to the
non-superconducting substrate.
3,713,212
METHOD OF MAKING A TRANSDUCER HEAD
Marvin Camras, (ikncoe, IIL, assignor to IIT Research
Institute, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 746,651, July 22, 1968, Pat. No.
3,582,572. This application Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,773
Int.CI.Gllb5/42,H01f 7/06
U.S. CI. 29-603 4 Claims
3,713,214
WIRE SPLICE ASSEMBLY STATION
Dennis J. Enright, St. Paul; Richard D. Kahabka, Burnsville,
and Donald F. Miller, St. Paul, all of Minn., assignors to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
Division of Ser. No. 823,598, May 12, 1969, abandoned. This
application Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,779
Int. CI. HOlr 45/00
U.S. CI. 29-628 7 Claims
.^55
CUKgiMT
soa/x£
7-
4^-
A method of making a magnetic transducer head or element
thereof from a binary alloy of silicon and iron, preferably con-
taining from about 3 percent to 7 percent of silicon by weight,
including provision of a grain-oriented silicon-iron core, an-
nealing the core at a temperature above the Curie point in a
dry hydrogen atmosphere and during cooling from that tem-
perature subjecting the core piece to a magnetic field applied
in the direction of the working fiux at the core. The annealed
core piece is formed so as to provide t gap-defining face for
coupling to a magnetic record medium, the gap being of the
order of about I micron.
Apparatus and method are described for splicing together
the corresponding wire-ends of opposing sections of commu-
nications cables using solderless U-connector multiple-layer
modules in an assembly station including module supporting
means, wire-guiding and wire-separating means, and wire-
retaining means.
3,713,215
WIRE STRIPPER AND CUTTER
Leonard Van Dalen, Cherry Hill, and George S. Gadren,
Oaklyn, both of NJ., assignors to Seaboard Fabricators,
Inc., Cherry Hill, N J.
ConUnuation-in-part of Ser. No. 57,095, July 22, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,636,798. This application June 1, 1971, Ser. No.
148,411
Int.CI.H02g///2
U.S. CI. 30-90.1 5 Claims
3,713,213
EXPLOSIVE BONDING OF WORKPIECES
Benjamin Howell Cranston, Trenton, N J., assignor to Western
Electric Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 68,431, Aug. 31, 1970, which is a
continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 6,829, Jan. 29, 1970,
abandoned. This application Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,527
Int.CI. HOlc 7/00, / 7/00
U.S. CI. 29-620 9 Claims
First workpieces, for example, beam-leaded integrated cir-
cuits, and the like, are bonded to second workpieces, for ex-
A shank having a handle fixed on one end and a tubular part
slidably telescoped on the other end, with coacting cutting
1524
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
edges on the shank and tube for stripping and cutting wire.
Carried on the shank between the handle and tube is an ad-
justable stop member for limiting engagement with a forma-
tion of the tube for operation on different skes of wire.
3 713 218
DEVICE FOR THE COOLING AND PRELIMINARY
TREATMENT OF MILK FRESH FROM THE COW
Eero Laike, Kasarminkatu 1 A, Hameenlinna, Finland
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,222
lnt.CI.A01j///00
U.S.CL31-4 7 Claims
3,713,216
LEAD SLEEVE CUTTER
Bobby R. Long, Monroe, La., assignor to Joe D. Guerriero,
Monroe, La., a part interest
Filed June 14, 1971, Ser. No. 152,684
Int. CI. B26di/y6,B26b 27/00
U.S.CL 30-90.4 10 Claims
Milk fresh from the cow is brought into contact with the
cold walls of a vessel so that it flows therealong in the form of
a thin membrane whereby it is cooled, and the cooled milk is
collected in a sump at the bottom of the vessel, the feeding
velocity of the milk into and out of the sump being adjustable.
A pair of side-by-side elongated flexible tension member
sections anchored relative to and extending along a member
to be slit with the tension member sections tensioned and
paralleling each other, a follower being provided and
guidingly engaged with the tension members for movement
there along and mcluding a cutting wheel for cutting the
member to be slit as the follower is moved there along.
' 3,713,217
DOOR LATCH CUT-OUT FORMING
Claud Frederick, Jr., Cincinnati, and Harold L. Woodrum,
Westchester, both of Ohio, assignors to American SUndard
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,249
Int. CI. B26d 5/OS
U.S.CL 30-287 5 Claims
3,713,219
APPARATUS FOR SHRINKING CONTINUOUS LENGTHS
OF TEXTILE MATERIALS
Heinz Fleissner, Egelsbach, Germany, assignor to VEPA AG,
Basel, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,350
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 28, 1968, P 18
1 1 380.9; Aug. 4, 1969, P 19 39 993.0
Int. CLD06C 29/00
U.S.CL26-18.5 23 Claims
A method and apparatus for forming a cut-out in the edge of
a metal door for reception of various size mortise lock latches.
The method and apparatus are particularly conceived for em-
ployment at the job site or at the local door distribution point,
such that the door distributor is able to stock relatively few
standard doors (without latch cut-outs) instead of a larger
number of similar doors having special size latch cut-outs.
The present disclosure is directed to an apparatus for the
shrinkage of textile materials which comprises a treatment
chamber adapted to contain a processing medium, at least one
guiding element disposed in the treatment chamber for con-
veying the textile material through the processing medium in
said chamber, an inlet means permitting a variable overfeed-
ing in the width and length of the textile material being
treated, said inlet means comprising a first pair of draw-in
roller means and at least a second pair of pleating roller
means, said second pair of pleating roller means, as viewed in
the direction of material passage, being provided with forming
elements which are in overlapping arrangement with each
other; and outlet means for removing the textile material.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1525
3 713 220 3,713,222
APPARATUS FORMIXING CHEESE CURD DENTAL INSTRUMENT FOR USE WITH INTERDENTAL
Lester O. Kielsmeier, Wheatridge, and James G. Leprino, . ,,,„, ^ .„ . „ , n it
Gosden, both of Colo., assignors to Leprino Cheese Mfg. Co., Benjamin F. T^"^™'^*' *\3«» ^".st Dnve Hemet, Calif.
Denver Colo. Filed June 8, 1972, Ser. No. 261,089
Division of Ser. No. 775,980, Oct. 7, 1968, Pat. No. 3,531,297, Int. CI. A61c J/00 c pi ims
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 643,372, June 5, US- CI. 32-64 a i-iaims
1967, abandoned. This application July 13, 1970, Ser. No.
54,515
Int. CLAOlj 25///
U.S. CI. 99— 459 13 Claims _ ^^.^^ ,
An apparatus for mixing cheese curd in contact with heated
water includes an elongated auger unit which extends through
a feed hopper for the curd, a water tank, and a cylindrical
jacket or tube The hopper and water tank are filled with
heated water, and the auger conveys curd from the hopper
through the water tank as the curd is mixed and stretched by
the auger. The curd is compressed against the auger by an
inclined deflector plate in the tank, the curd is further com-
pressed as it passes into the cylindrical tube. Additional com-
pression and mixing is caused by a restricting plate at the end
of the tube which restricts the outflow of the curd thereby
creating back pressure in the tube. The curd is prevented from
turning with the auger by a longitudinally extending baffle on
the deflector plate and longitudinally extending baffles which
extend radially inwardly from the tube. Control means are
provided for maintaining the water at the desired temperature
while the curd is being mixed.
3,713,221
ROOT CANAL INSTRUMENT
Oscar Malmin, 127 E. Wayne St., Akron, Ohio
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,475
Int.CI. A61ci/05
U.S.CL 32-57
1 1 Claims
Dental instrument for use with an interdental wedge,
wherein the latter has a base with an interdental wedge por-
tion extending from the base in one direction and a quadri-
lateral projection extending in the opposite direction, the in-
strument having a pair of operating handles swingably secured
together for opening and closing movements, each handle
being provided with a wedge-grasping jaw, and the two jaws
being formed with registering recesses located to fit over and
grasp the quadrilateral projection so that the interdental
wedge portion may be pushed between adjacent teeth of a pa-
tient to force a looped matrix band against the axial contour of
a previously banded tooth.
3,713,223
AUTOMATIC SCRIBING MACHINE
Robert A. Hunt, Silver Creek, N.Y., assignor to F. M. Biggar,
Jr., Hamburg, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 213,514
Int.CI.B43l/i//0
U.S. CI. 33-24 C 7 Claims
&
A dental instrument for root canal preparation including a
hollow plastic sleeve having opposed open ends and an en-
larged central area which can receive the head of a conven-
tional reamer while its cutting end projects from one of the
open ends thereof The sleeve also has a series of gradations in
the form of circumferential grooves on its outer surface to
enable it to be accurately cut off to any desired length. The
sleeve is also adapted to be used with a variety of handles in-
cluding an axially extending handle for anterior use and a right
angle handle for posterior use.
A pair of carriages are movable in mutually orthogonal
directions and include guides which cross or intersect and
which extend perpendicular to the directions of carriage
movements. The guides overlie a table upon which a pattern is
placed and a manually movable targeting member siidably en-
gages the guides at their intersection and carries a window
having a cross hair sight. In moving the targeting member so
that the cross hairs align with a desired point on the pattern,
the guides and carriages are moved. Another table is disposed
below the pattern table and upon which the plate to be scribed
1526
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
JANI'ARY 30, 1973
. p„.„„„ea T,ac,„. a« p,ov,.ed. one of ..cK ,s .ov... ^^'-'^'-'^r^Jl^Z r.'^c;.^!;";^:;^^.
in the direction of one carnage and carries a track projecting
perpendicular to such direction The other tractor is movable
along the track and carries a retractable stylus. A joy stick
control switch is provided on the targeting device to cause
either one of the tractors to move in one direction only and
the tractors include switches which are operated according to
the locations of the guides to stop tractor movement, xhe trac-
tor switches effect reverse motion of the tractors if the guides
overrun the tractors Precise positioning of the tractors is ef-
fected by toothed latch bars which have a number of sets of
teeth, each set having a different pitch
3,713,224
APPARATUS FOR INDICATING THE VOLUME OF
MATERIAL IN A VESSEL OR TANK
Jose E. Bengoa, P.O. Box 9943, Santurce, PR.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99.464
Int. a. GOlf 23104
U.S. CI. 33-126.7 2Clalm.s
strike the duct wall in front of the latter may be sufficient in
some cases In the bends the outer wall of the drying duct may
also be protected by a bladc-like air jet
3,713,226
CLOTHES DRYER
Kojlro Takcyam*. Kawanishi, and Hajime OnUhl, Osaka, both
of Japan, assignors lo Matsushita Electric Industrial to.
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 12. 1971, Ser. No. 188,136
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 20, 1970, 45/92957
Int.Cl. F26b/V/00
U.S.CL 34-53 3 Claims
1/
The volume of solid or liquid material in a containing vessel
or tank of any size or shape is indicated at a near or remote
point by apparatus comprising a motor-operated reel mounted
on the top of the vessel and having a cable wound on it carry-
ing at its end a limit switch which is lowered into the vessel and
is connected in circuit with the motor to stop rotation of the
reel on contact with the upper surface of the contents of the
vessel A screw shaft rotates with the reel and carries a non-
rolatable nut the extent of travel of which along the screw
shaft is proportional to the depth through which the limit
switch travels until it contacts the upper surface of the materi-
al Means are provided for translating the extent of movement
of the limit switch and nut into an indication of the volume of
material in the vessel.
A clothes dryer so designed that a rotary drum will not start
rotating even when a little child enters therein and closes an
access door, unless a pushbutton type starting switch provided
on the dryer is depressed externally.
3,713,227
HAIRDRYER
Tim Cunningham, Pittsburgh, Pa., and Eari W. McCleerey.
Mansfield, Ohio, assignors lo Westlnghouse Electric t or-
poratlon, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 3, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 2,230
Int. CI. A45d 20/00
U.S.CL34 99 2 Claims
3,713,225
PNEUMATIC DRIERS
Andre Mark, 54 Cours Lafayette, Lyon, France
FUed April 14, 1971, Ser. No. 133,841
Claims priority, application France, April 28, 1970,
7015389
Int. CI. F26b / 7100
U.S.CI.34-10 16 Claims
In a pneumatic drier contact of the particles with the wall of
the drying duct is eliminated by creating an air screen along
the zones of the duct wall which are to be protected. In the
portion of the duct wherein the material to be dried is in-
troduced, the duct may be surrounded by a pressurized
chamber from which air may flow into the duct under a high
velocity through louver-like slits. Pressurized air may be
forced into a frustro-conical chamber within which the drying
A portable hair dryer structure is disclosed having rigid
outer casing of the bonnet denning molded 8U)rage c.mparl-
menlson its top
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1527
A flat cover member is provided having a central portion 3,713,230
extending diametrically thereacross and dividing the cover WRITING IMPLEMENT FOR PERSONS WITH GREATLY
into two side portions connected to the central portion by liv- IMPAIRED OR LOST EYESIGHT
ing hinges. The central portion is attached lo the top of the Cari J. Essmann, 82-38 235th Street, Queens Village, N.Y.
outer casing so the side portions overlie the compartments and Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199^24
the side portions are so contoured to provide access for Int CLG09b2//00
manually gripping the central portion for a carrying handle. U.S. CI. 35—38
10 Claims
3,713,228
LEARNING AID FOR THE HANDICAPPED
Henry J. Mason, and Geoffrey A. Jones, both of 1432 East
65th Street, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,345
Int.CLG09b2//00
U.S.CL35-35A 7 Claims
A tactile learning aid, for handicapped persons, especially
children, having a severe hearing loss, in which vibrating pins
contact the fingers of the handicapped person and indicate the
correct pronunciation of a particular alphabetic letter.
3 713 229
DEVICE FOR USE INTEACHING ACCOUNTING
Carl Torben Thomsen, P.O. Box 282 Andrews Station, Berrien
Springs, Mich.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,551
Int.CLG09b/9//«
U.S. CI. 35-24 C 5 Claims
A device for use in teaching accounting wherein a plurality
of upright translucent tubes are positioned alongside an
upright panel having horizontal scale indicia. The tubes are
connected to a liquid circulatory system having a pump, valve
means associated with each upright, and valve control means
for selectively controlling the valves and pump for varying the
relative levels of liquid in said tubes.
The present invention concerns writing implements or
devices, especially for use by persons who have lost partial vi-
sion or completely lost eyesight.
3,713,231
SKI BOOT
Yoshinari Mochizuki, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Hope
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 8, 1971, Ser. No. 151,106
Claims priority, application Japan, June 11, 1970,
45/49858; Dec. 23, 1970, 45/131 142
Int. CL A43b 00/00
U.S.CL 36-2.5 AL 7 Claims
A ski boot comprises a lower shell enclosing major parts of a
foot and an upper shell in the form of an ankle cuff pivoted to
the lower shell and movable back and forth. The boot has
means for adjusting forward inclinations of the upper shell
provided obliquely between the front surface of the upper
shell and the upper surface of the lower shell.
3,713,232
OVERBOOT
Otto Alwin Ludwig Bohmann, Oosterbeek, Netherlands, as-
signor to N. V. Rubberfabriek Vredestein, The Hague,
Netherlands
Filed April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,160
Claims priority, application Netherlands, April 21, 1970,
7005735
Int.CLA43b///0
U.S. CI. 36— 7.3 2 Claims
An overboot comprising a sleeve-like leg and an inner sole
1528
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
,ng a peripheral marginal portion which covers the seam ^^^^^^^ ^j^^ pj^^^^^j ^^^^^^ ^^..^f.^rth around the remain-
ing roots and retain the plant and earth mass until the same is
placed in its new location, the transplanter also being usable to
first provide a suitable hole for the reception of the mass of
earth around the plant in the new location.
between the leg and the inner sole, said overboot being jj^^I. 40-2.2
adapted to be folded to a small package.
3,713,235
COMBINATION CREDIT CARD
Heinz Theodore Felix Roberts, Warren Street, Fleetwood, En-
gland
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,884
Int. CI. G09( J/02
2 Claims
3,713,233
SAFETY FOOTWEAR
Cecil C. Hunnicutt, 206 Harrison St., Sabetha, Kans.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,607
Int.CI.A43c/5/00
U.S. CI. 36-61
3 Claims
Safety footwear consisting of a shoe-like footwear member
such as a rubber overshoe, a cleated member carried movably
by said overshoe for movement between a use position in
which the cleats thereof extend downwardly from the bottom
of said overshoe and a storage position in which it is disposed
above the bottom of said overshoe and exteriorly thereof, and
fasteners for securing said cleated member selectively and
releasably in either of said positions.
A credit card, security pass or like identification device in
the form of a panel having a window therein, a display slide
located beneath the panel for movements between an effec-
tive position (wherein a predetermined portion of the slide is
in register with and exposed at the window) and an ineffective
position (wherein the predetermined portion is out of register
with the window and not visible therethrough) and a plurality
of displaceable coded elements cooperating with the slide to
prevent its movement to the effective position except in
predetermined relative positions thereof.
3,713,234
TRANSPLANTER WITH STRESS COMPENSATING
BLADE GUIDE MEANS
Russell C. Grover, 1277 Cove Ave., Lakewood, Ohio, and Phil-
lip C. Grover, 73 Long Common Rd. Apt. 1 A, Riverside, III.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,583
Int. CLAOlg 25/04
U.S. CI. 37-2 R 6 Claims
3,713,236
MOTOR DRIVEN MAP VIEWER AND TRACKING
DEVICE
Harold E. Fields, 1563- A West Lincoln Avenue, Milwaukee,
Wis
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,283
lnt.CI.G09f ////O
U.S.CL 40-33 10 Claims
A transplanter for transferring a growing plant, shrub, tree,
bush, or the like, from one location to another, the trans-
A device to aid motorists in determining their position on a
highway map includes a freely supported globe having a map
of the area being traveled. The globe is moved by a motor
driven r agnetic drive wheel which tracks a route path or film
traced on the selected route with a marker containmg a supply
of para-magnetic particles in a fast drying liquid or a paste car-
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1529
rier which is applied to the selected route with a marker prior 3,713,239
to initiation of the trip. A motor speed control knob with a TRIGGER SAFETY DEVICE
pointer and associated scale with vehicle speed indicia is pre- Robert Sperling, 256 N.E. 51 Street, Miami, Fla
set or periodically adjusted to move the globe at a speed re-
lated to the scale of the map and corresponding to the vehicle
speed to maintain the vehicle position on the route path in re-
gistry with a position indicating pointer on a magnifying view-
ing window.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,482
Int.CLF41c27//0
U.S.CL42-1 Y
5 Claims
3,713,237
ADVERTISING-PILLAR
Willy Thomson, Steilshooper Strasse 106, Hamburg 33, and
Werner Carstens, Blockhorn 10, Hamburg 68, both of Ger-
many
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,378
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 2, 1970, P 70 00
018.9
Int.CI.G09f /i/04
IJ.S.CL40-I32D 5 Claims
A trigger safety device for firearms particularly handguns.
The trigger safety device is especially useful for police revol-
vers and consists of a solid shaped resilient plug to fit behind
the trigger of a firearm .
3,713,240
LOCKLESS FIREARM SYSTEM
Morris Goldin, Orange, Calif., assignor to Hughes Tool Co.,
Aircraft Division, Culver City, Calif.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,834
Int. CI. F41c / //OO, F41f / //OO. F42b 5//«
U.S.CI.42-15 11 Claims
Advertising-pillar with a transparant substantially cylindri-
cal wall illuminated from the interior and being divided into
panels by vertical and, if any, horizontal strips provided with
grooves for receiving windows and removable, advertising
posters situated between two foils, the interior of the pillar
being accessible through at least one of said windows.
3,713,238
POSTCARD INCLUDING PHOTOGRAPH MOUNTING
MEANS
Herbert B. Hyman, 440 21st Place, Santa Monica, Calif., and
John R. Gramont, Jr., 883 Wellesley Avenue, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,233
Int.CI.G09f///0
U.S. CI. 40- 158 2 Claims
A firearm breech comprising a cylindrical breech section
with a chamber cut through it to form a slot between a pair of
straps which are integral with the portions of the firearm at the
axial ends of the chamber. The chamber may be closed by an
axially slidable sleeve which also thereby encloses the straps,
the structure results in the elimination of all conventional gun
locking structure.
19
V
,17
.20
3,713,241
STRIKER ASSEMBLY FOR FIREARMS
Ralf E. Dieckmann, 3 Eleanor Street, Stratford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,531
Int. CL F41c / 9/00; F41d y //02
U.S.CL 42-69 B 17 Claims
15
II
A postcard, for securely mounting a photograph, which in-
cludes a well portion having photograph mounting means
located therein. The sides of the well portion are of the ap-
proximate thickness of the photograph so as to protect the
photograph during the cancellation process. The photograph
mounting means includes a sheet of adhesive for retaining the
photograph and a sheet of non-adhesive material, which may
be perforated, to allow all or a portion thereof to be removed
in order to mount the photograph on the postcard.
A striker assembly for firearms which is bodily removable as
an integral assembly from the receiver of the firearm without
1530
OFIFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
the need for disassembly of any other parts of the firearm^ A FISHHOOlf CADDY
which are removably mounted on the body member, and there Filed ^'\^\Y]\\^1^^^^^ *^'^^^
are cooperating lockmg means on the receiver and body Int.Cl. AOlK y//(yo
member engageable in response to insertion of the assembly U.S.CI.4J-3/.3 h
into the receiver. An ejector element is also mounted on the
body member and assists both in retaining the parts in assem-
bled relationship and in retaining the assembly in a fixed posi-
tion in the receiver.
8 Claims;
3,713,242
SAFETY DEVICE FOR SMALL ARMS
Paul Seifried, Badenwelller, Germany, assignor to Rheinmetall
GmbH, Dusseldorf, Germany
Filed March 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,183
Claims priority, application Germany, March 21, 1970, P 20
13 766.0
Int. CI. F41c/ 7/02
U.S.CL 42-70 E 5 Claims
A safety device for small arms, which comprises a safety
lever and a tngger device connected with the safety device.
The safety lever is pivoully mounted on the underside of the
small arms directly in front of the trigger device crosswise to
the operation plane of the latter. The safety lever includes a
part differently limiting the movement range of the trigger
device depending upon the position of the safety lever
whereby the function positions of the safety lever are disposed
symmetrically on both sides thereto, starting from the vertical
median plane of the small arms.
A buoyant caddy expressly designed and adapted to serve
an angler and to place at his disposal a plurality of loose fish-
hooks, snelled hooks, and at least one encased and shielded
hook-equipped plug or an equivalent lure and to maintain the
same systematically oriented and readily accessible and
without fear of injuring himself or losing such accessories. The
caddy comprises, generally stated, a pair of sleeves having ad-
jacent inner ends telescopingly but separably connected and
equipped with facilities to achieve the multipurpose result
desired.
3,713,245
INSECT CATCHERS
Patrick Bruce Hovey, 78, Brookman s Avenue, Brookmans
Park, Hatfield, England
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,683
Int.CLAOlm ///O.i/00
L.S.CL43-110 7 Claims
3,713,243
FISH HOOK REMOVER
Siegfried K. Tetxner, 5307 West Lake Shore Drive, Wonder
L«ke.l"- „,„
FUed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,177
Int. CLAOlk 97/00
U.S.CL 43-53.5 11 Claims
3' 4
A portable trap for insects and other small creatures com-
prising a chamber having an opening which can be closed by a
plurality of iris type shutter members pivolally mounted
around the periphery of the opening.
A tool for removing a barbed hook from a fish. The hook
remover includes cam means for automatically positioning the
barbed portion of the hook in a retracted protected position
facilitating withdrawal of the tool and hook from the fish's
mouth. The tool further includes improved means for manipu-
lating the line attached to the hook during the removal opera-
tion.
3,713,246
CONSTRUCTION SET INCLUDING HEADED FASTENER
WITH SHOULDER THEREON
Eugene J. Kilroy, Jr., Inglewood, Calif., assignor to Mattel,
Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
FUedJune30, 1971, Ser. No. 158^19
Iiit.CLA63hii//0
U.S.CI.46-17 > Claim
A construction set including a connector for connecting toy
play pieces thereof together or for serving as a simulated nail
which may be driven into an aperture provided in one of the
play pieces includes a hollow, elliptical body member having a
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1531
closed end and a headed open end. A shoulder is formed by with an edge channel that acts as a seat for a tire ring. This ring
gussets located in the head and extending along the shank to a is able to slide in the channel for use of the body as a wheel or
the body can be constituted of two mutually rotatable mem-
bers, one formed with the seat and one adapted to be
anchored to some structure. It is also possible to provide both
yj^
rf7
•»-
point below the head, whereby the simulated nail will, when
driven, bottom out on the shoulder instead of the headed end
3,713,247
BOTTLE TOP ATTACHMENT AND TOY
Salvatore C. Parrilla, 81 1 Literary Road, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,576
Int. CI. A63h 33/06
U.S.CL46-17 5 Claims
members with axially projecting oppositely directed connect-
ing pins to allow the wheel to be used as a bearing between
two structures. To this end the member carrying the tire can
be formed of a pair of disks, one of which is annular and is pro-
k'ided with connecting pins over all of one face.
A combined bottle top attachment and toy is formed as a
hollow cup having a cylindrical recess adapted, when the cup
is upside down on the top of a bottle, to fit snugly around a
crown cap closure on a soft drink bottle or the like, at which
time a bore of greater diameter extending away from the cup
bottom rests firmly against the neck qf the bottle. Each cup
has a pair of tongue and groove formations arranged on
diameters at right angles to each other with the tongue at one
end of the diameter and the groove at the other end and
adapted to snugly fit into formations of like character on
another cup. These tongue and groove formations extend radi-
ally outwardly from the cup surface at its greater diameter and
are parallel to the axis of the cup. so that a plurality of the cups
may be joined endlessly to each other along either or both of
the diameters. Projections extend axially outwardly from the
bottom of the cup on the same diameters as the tongue and
groove formations and separate wheels can be snapped into
these axial projections so that each cup forms a small cart.
Preferably, the entire structure is integrally molded from
plastic or the like.
3,713,249
TOY SUBMARINE CONVERTIBLE TO AN AIRPLANE
Harold Goodman, 590 Ocean Avenue, Long Branch, N J.
Filed March 13, 1972, Ser. No. 234,141
Int. CLA63h 27/00, 25/04
U.S. CI. 46-74 R 8 Claims
A toy submarine having an open cylindrical hull section
with forward mounted propulsion means adapted to accom-
modate both submarine and airplane components.
3,713,250
AQUATIC TOY
Roy L. Clough, Jr., Bristol, N.H., assignor to Xodar Corpora-
tion, Warwick, R.I.
Filed April 21, 1972, Ser. No. 246,227
Int.CLA63h2J//0
U.S. CI. 46-92 6 Claims
3,713,248
WHEEL ELEMENT FOR TOY BUILDING SET
Walter Heubl, Munchner Str. 41, 8852 Rain am Lech, Ger-
many
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 764,376, Sept. 30, 1968, Pat
No. 3,603,025. This application May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,574
Int. CI. A63h 33/04
U.S.CL 46-23 14 Claims
A wheel element for a toy building set has a substantially
flat body from whose one face projects a plurality of
equispaced parallel pins arranged in a plurality of mutually
orthogonal rows and spaced apart by a distance corresponding
to the pin diameter. The body has a circular periphery formed
The invention is a toy for use in a body of water, e.g., a
bathtub, a pool or the like. The toy comprises a body typically
1532
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
_ 1 ^ „ r. arm nivnts The conncctor is constructed of rubber and in-
is pivotally mounted in water with its pivot point located inter-
mediate its ends. Means are provided for feeding a.r to the
lower side of one end of the body. The body is adapted to trap ^^
sufficient air to impart positive buoyancy to that end whereu- ^ Ubl^Wir^".^-
non the buoyant end rises in the liquid and causes the toy to ■ - — -
pivot. The gas trapped in the buoyant end is released when
that end has risen to a predetermined level.
3,713,251
SPIN POLE DOLL ACCESSORY
Gabriel Marason, Jr., 1646 West 105th Street, Los Angeles,
Filed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,393
lnt.CLA63h///04
U.S.CI.46-132 5 Claims
arm and body into contact to create fricjion that permits pos-
ing of the arm in a variety of positions.
A doll accessory which includes a vertically extending pole
with a helically extending band or thread thereon, and a doll
carrier that can spin about the pole as it moves down along the
helical band, to provide an interesting ride for a doll thereon.
The carrier has a tubular portion surrounding the pole and
band and has an inwardly extending lug for riding on the band.
The tubular portion is large enough so that it can be tilted to
disengage the lug from the band, thereby permitting the carri-
er to be moved up along the pole by a child A doll seat on the
carrier is located on a side of the tubular portion, which is
chosen to urge the carrier to tilt so that the lug remains en-
gaged with the band.
3,713,253
TREATMENT OF SOIL
Urban A. Urban, Rte. 1 , Box 163A, Menasha, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 879,569, Nov. 24, 1969,
abandoned. This application Jan. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 220,298
Int. CI. AOlb 79/00
U.S.CK 47-58 3 Claims
Soil is treated prior to planting by spreading water-insolu-
ble polyolefin pellets having an average cross sectional
dimension in the range of 1/16 in. to 3/16 in. and having an
average density in the range of 30 pounds per cubic foot to
37.5 pounds per cubic foot over the surface of the soil. The
amount of particulate material applied ranges from 0.0 10
pounds to 0.035 pounds per square foot of soil surface area, as
indicated by type of soil and degree of compaction. The soil is
then worked so that the polyolefin particles are distributed
uniformly within the soil to a depth in the order to about 6 to 8
inches below the surface. The method promotes seed germina-
tion, allows faster plant growth, provides more efficient use of
moisture and nutrients, reduces erosion and crustation, and
thus improves crop yields.
3,713,252
DOLL HAVING POSABLE ARM JOINED THERETO BY
ELASTICALLY STRETCHED CONNECTOR
David L. Bear, Palos Verdes Estates, and Stephen W. Piur-
kowsky, Torrance, both of Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
FiledNov.4, 1971, Ser. No. 195,610
Int.CI.A63h/i/00
U.S. CI. 46-120 \Q\*\m
4 shoulder joint for a use in a doll whose arm can be pivoted
at tie shoulder and whose hand can be opened and closed by
moving a lever on the doll body, including a connector with a
hole extending through the axis of pivoting of the arm on the
body A cable which connects the hand to the operating
mechanism on the body, extends through the hole in the con-
nector, so that tension in the cable is not changed when the
3,713,254
CONTROLLED TOOL FOR MACHINING COMPOUND
SURFACES
Thurston V. Williams, Wilton, and Leo H. Cheever, South Lyn-
deboro. both of N.H., assignors to The O. K. Tool Company,
Inc.
Filed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,557
Int.CI. B24bi/06
U.S. CI. 51 — 34 A 6Clairtis
A machine tool with a wheel for precision grinding of a ball
end mill with cylindrically surfaced lands and a hemispherical
end includes a template conforming to the lands and ball end
mounted on a hydraulic driven workpiece table on which the
ball end mill is held in a rotatable chuck. The grinding wheel is
mounted on another hydraulically driven table relative move-
ment of the tables being hydraulically controlled by a sty us
which senses the template. During grinding the ball end mill is
supported and rotated by a finger mounted on the grinding
wheel table which engages in the flutes between the lands of
the ball end mill closely adjacent the wheel. The wheel grinds
along the lands and then as grinding continues around the ball
end a sliding block supporting the finger engages a stop on the
workpiece table and retracts the finger from the path of the
wheel around the ball end. To maintain the same spacial rela-
tion between the wearing edge of the wheel and the ball end
mill as the stylus has with the workpiece template, the wheel is
dressed with a truing tool on the workpiece table under the
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1533
control of a dressing template. The grinding wheel is first ad- gages a camming edge of a hole in the arm to disengage the
vanced toward the truing tool by a stepping motor indepen- shoes. An adjustment means for setting the maximum radial
dently of the hydraulic table drive so that when the wearing
edge is trued, the original spacial relationship of wearing edge
and ball end mill is restored.
3.713,255
MINIATURE BELT GRINDER
Waiter N. Welsch, Tonawanda, N.Y., assignor to Dynabrade,
inc., N. Tonawanda, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 1 84,794
Int. CLB24b2i/00, 2 //OO
U.S. CI. 51- 170 EB 2 Claims
A hand tool grinder having an endless belt entrained about
non-parallel drive and idler pulleys such that the flights
thereof pass over a pair of crown-surfaced direction change
pulleys featuring the interchangeable mounting of idler pul-
leys having differing diameters and axial lengths on the end of
a pivotally supported arm; the construction of the arm ad-
justably accommodating for differing idler pulley diameters
and belt lengths.
3.713,256
ADJUSTABLE GRINDING TOOL FOR BRAKE
CYLINDERS AND THE LIKE
Alex Besenbruch, Greenlawn, and Arthur R. Hofmann,
Huntington, both of N. Y.. assignors to Besenbruch Hofmann,
Inc., Lindenhurst, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 193,359
Int.CI. B24b 5/OS
U.S. CI. 51-353 10 Claims
A grinding tool has a hollow hub at one end to which is
pivotally mounted three arms each of which carries a pivota-
ble shoe having mounted thereon a grinding stone. The arms
may be radially contracted and held by an axially movable
sleeve on the hub which has a radial annular flange serving as
an abutment to limit axial advance of the tool in a cylinder
being ground. A spring catch member on each of the shoes en-
expansion of the arm includes a spring loaded plug in the hub
bearing on notches in the ends of the arm .
3,713,257
FREE-STANDING PANEL SYSTEM
Jack L. Beavers, Boulder, Colo., assignor to Design Products,
Inc., Boulder, Colo.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,816
Int. CI. E04b 2178
U.S. CL 52-36 42 Claims
A panel system is disclosed for partitioning a room area and
releasably supporting selected articles of furniture in which
the panels are provjded with cooperating grooves and male
locking elements in their outer edges and slotted top and bot-
tom junction plates are releasably inserted into locking en-
gagement with the top and bottom grooves, respectively, to
position connected panels in closely spaced, edge-to-edge
relation to one another. A spline is releasably inserted in ad-
jacent vertical grooves of the connected panels and the spline
has vertically spaced slots disposed in the space between the
connected panels into which male connector projections on a
support bracket may be releasably inserted to support shelves,
cabinets, desk tops and like articles of furniture at a desired
elevation. An end post assembly also has slotted top and bot-
tom plates lockingly engaging the panels to provide additional
support for their free ends.
3,713,258
BUILDING STRUCTURE
Einar Svensson, 2248 N.W. 190th Place, Seattle, Wash.
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,075
Int.CI. E04b7//«
U.S.CL 52-90 4 Claims
A building structure adapted for erection as a prefabricated
house. The building has a gabled roof section and a dormer
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1534
roof section with a second story, the primary loads of the roof
structure being supported by two longitudinal second floor
main support beams which are in turn supported by vertical
columns which carry the roof loads to supportmg ground
structure. The dormer section has either one or two dormers
formed in the roof structure. In the dormer section the roof
January 30, 1973
3,713,260
SPINDLE STAIRCASE
Johannes Br«uckm.nn, Bergstrass* 14, Schopplngen, Ger-
""'^ FiledAug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,117
Int. CI. E04f// /OO
U.S.CI.52-187 6 Claims
62
^^^^2y 88
supporting structure is modified to include a dormer ridge
beam supported at the ends, with the dormer roof loads being
carried partly to the second floor mam beam through a
dormer wall and partly by the dormer ridge beam. Through
the length of the house, the roof extends below the second
floor level and joins to the house sidewalls which are canted
upwardly and outwardly from the first floor level.
3,713,259
COMBINATION ANCHOR AND SUPPORT UTILIZED TO
SECURE A MOBILE HOME TO AN UNDERLYING
FOUNDATION
George Tkach, 15314 Harrison Road, P.O. Box 96,
Mishawaka, Ind.
Filed April 16, 1971,Ser.No. 134,585
Int. CLE04g 25/04
U.S.CL 51-111 3 Claims
A spindle staircase is provided including a plurality of verti-
cal sleeves nesting into one another and forming internal
grooves. Within the grooves are positioned compression plates
through each of which passes a stud bolt engaged by a nut
ibove the plate and engaging another nut disposed beneath
the plate.
3,713,261
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Donald H. Landis, Pittsburgh, Pa., and Richard C. Pfaff,
Murrysville, Pa., assignors to Epic Metals Corp.. Rankin,
Pa.
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,046
Int.CI.E04b5//0.E04c2/i4
U.S.a. 52-289 »» Claims
A combination anchor and support which is utilized to
secure a mobile home to an underlying foundation and which
includes a housing having a base anchored to the underlying
foundation and a top wall spaced from the base. The top wall
of the housing has an internally threaded opening therein
which receives in threaded engagement an adjustment bolt
having a head. The bolt can be rotated so as to cause its lon-
eitudinal movement relative to the housing and a variation in
the spacing between its head and the top wall of the housmg.
A mounting plate, which is attached to the mobile home, is
carried by the head of the bolt in such a manner as to permit
rotation of the bolt relative to the plate.
A building construction having a panel assembly provided
with an inner panel, an outer panel and an interposed insulat-
ing panel. The inner panel has a plurality of horizontally
disposed, integrally formed hollow girt elements. Opposed
vertical marginal edges of the panel assembly are secured to
hollow columns. Each hollow column is formed from a pair of
generally channel shaped column forming sections having sub-
stantially the same cross sectional configuration. Joining
means securing each panel assembly vertical marginal edge to
one column forming section. Each column forming section
having a base element and two spaced upstanding sidewalls in-
tegrally connected therewith and disposed substantially per-
pendicular thereto. Each sidewall having a transversely in-
wardly disposed portion adjacent the free end thereof The
column forming sections disposed with their channel openings
facing each other and the transversely inwardly disposed por-
tions of one column forming section disposed in surface to sur-
face contact with respect to the transversely inwardly disposed
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1535.
portions of the other column forming section. This provides a
generally rectangular hollow column member having fastener
receiving recesses within a pair of opposed walls. The columns
may have cap and sill plates enclosing the ends of the hollow
section. The cap section may be employed to support an over-
lying structural member such as a joist.
A beam construction having the identical configuration as
the column construction.
3,713,262
TAPER LOCK BREAK-AWAY POLE STRUCTURE
Joseph Jatcko, 24121 Mound Road, Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,696
Int. CI. E02d 27/42
U.S. CI. 52-296 4 Claims
condition in any desired manner, such as by a cartridge, car-
tridge and cap or by a vacuum packing, with interposed
release sheets, if desired. Upon removal for installation the
filler or core element is inserted to the desired depth at the
space at the joint, and restrained against further downward
movement while the expansion in the space and above the
space takes place. The top of the strip may have an elastic and
flexible cover thereon to protect the filler or core. Before or
after the removal of the cap, if a cap is employed, the roofing
covering is applied. A final roofing covering may be used over
the joint, if desired.
*^
Kf.,i".
A pole structure such as for signs or utility installations is
composed of a plurality of tubular tapered sections locked one
to each other in telescoping fashion; the lowest section of the
pole structure has a flange which is releasably attached to an
inground base support of the pole by means of pivot clamps
and/or shear pins which are adapted to give way or break
when the pole is hit by an object at a certain magnitude of im-
pact force to thereby permit the pole to break-away from the
base without destroying the pole; the several individual taper
lock pole sections, when the pole breaks-away from the base,
are permitted to separate, permitting substantially complete
recovery of the pole structure after being forcibly yanked
from its ground support by the impact force.
3,713,263
EXPANSION JOINTS FOR ROOFS
William T. Mullen, 65 West Street Road, Wyncote, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 848,251 , Aug. 7, 1969,
abandoned. This application May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,271
Int.CI.E04b//6«
U.S. CI. 52-403 3 Claims
3,713,264
FLOORING SYSTEM
William R. Morgan, Jr., R.R. 2, P.O. Box 106 G, Long Grove,
III.
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,086
Int. CI. E04b 5/00
U.S.CL 52-489 1 Claim
A flooring system including a plurality of flooring boards,
each comprising an upper wearing surface, a bottom surface,
and longitudinally extending sides. The boards are located in
side-by-side relationship on a support with clips having engag-
ing fingers securing the boards on the support. Each side of
the boards defines a surface portion extending angularly
downwardly, horizontally and then downwardly to provide a
mating configuration with an adjacent board. A groove is
formed in one side of the board, and this groove is adapted to
receive a finger of a securing clip. The horizontally extending
surfaces are located substantially below center, and the
groove is located beneath the horizontal surfaces whereby a
maximum wearing depth can be provided with a minimum of
board thickness.
3,713,265
METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION OF
FLOOR SLABS
Jerzy Wysocki, and Zygmunt Wysocki, both of 424 Benefit
Street, Providence, R.I.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,728
Int. CI. E04g 2///4, E04b HiAi
U.S.CL 52-745 4 Claims
37
A roof joint construction is provided which includes an in-
sertable precompressed expansible elongated filler or core
element of open cell polyurethane or the like, with an im-
pregnant, for insertion at joints in a roof deck for engagement
with the roof, the insulation on the roof and the roof deck. The
filler or core is preferably held, prior to use, in a compressed
The method of constructing and elevating a building floor
slab which comprises the utilization of a frame in the center of
1536
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
the noor slab to which a plurality of sections, such as four sec-
tions are hinged or flexibly connected and then moving the
sections about their connection to the frame into a contracted
position in plan view of the slab and then elevating the slab to
the desired height and then expanding the slab and positioning
it on the framework of the building and then subsequently
elevating similar slabs by cables passing through the center
frame of the slab as a hoistway to position additional slabs
below the uppermost slab. In some cases the top slab may be
used as a roof.
eluding two arms that pivot to clamp a bag's neck portion
against a conduit and are held in clamping position by a catch
means at their outer ends. The arms are geared together for
^^V
3,713,266
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PACKAGING
FLANGED REELS
Rufus C. Crow, Jr.. and Adrian C. Runions.both of Rochester,
N V. assignors to Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester, N.Y.
' FiledMarchlO, 1971, Ser. No. 122,950
Int.CLB65bi5/J0
L.S.CL 53-26 13 Claims
complimentary pivoting, biased to the open position, and open
and close by pivoting across one another. The tensioning
means is a chute having an inclined surface inclined away
from the position where the bag is secured.
3,713,268
APPARATUS FOR SEALING CONTAINER CAPS
Larry C. Gess, 1255 Fir. Dr., Temperance, Mich.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,505
Int.Ct. B65b7/2S
U.S.CK 53-334 4 Claims
An apparatus and method for packaging stacks of reels of
the type having a hub with an axial bore therethrough and cir-
cular nanges secured to the hub ends. In one embodiment, the
fixture has a plurality of slidably mounted bars having stepped
reel supporting surfaces of varymg height. In another embodi-
ment the apparatus has a rec;angular or square reel support-
ing fixture in which the reel supporting surface is provided
with recesses and raised portions between the recesses. Each
recess raised portion or stepped surface has a guide opening
to facilitate the loading of a plurality of rows of stacked reels
on the fixture with the reel Oanges in adjacent stacks arranged
in interleaved or nested relation due to the difference in eleva-
tion or distance between adjacent reel supporting surfaces^
The method of packaging the reels comprises placing a stack
of reels on a guide rod, loading the stacks of reels and guide
rods preferably one stack at a time, on the fixture in inter-
leaved relation, placing an inverted box over a full load of the
stacks of reels, removing the guide rods from the stacks of
reels and inverting the fixture and box loaded with reels.
3,713,267
CLAMP AND TENSIONING MEANS FOR BAG NECKS
AND THE LIKE
Wnodrow R. Bowden, Jr.. Greenville, Dave I. Owen, Well-
ford; Orville M. Calvert, Spartanburg, and Edward L.
Holcombe. Taylors, all of S.C, assignors to W. R. Grace &
Co., Duncan, S.C.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,701
Int.Cl.B65bJ//04
|, o PI e-i 112B 3 Claims
An apparatus and method for securing the open end of a
bag neck over a conduit and tensioning the bag neck by hold-
ing the bagged product tensioned away from the securing
means In its preferred forms the securing means is a clamp in-
Apparatus is provided for sealing caps of containers, such as
bottles containing medicine. The apparatus is inexpensive,
requires little maintenance, and is particularly adapted for
sealing containers in quantities not large enough to require the
use of an expensive, automatic machine. The apparatus also is
compact and is easy to operate, requiring minimum force to
seal the container caps. A single lever of the apparatus is used
to raise a bottle with a cap to be sealed into engagement with a
rotating head, which then rotates the cap as well as the bottle.
The lever simulUneously mechanically moves a crimping head
into engagement with the cap to seal a depending edge thereof
as the cap rotates.
3,713,269
SEALING EQUIPMENT FOR A FILM WITH MEANS FOR
HOLDINGUP END FLAPS THEREOF
Yoshimasa Sato, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Ikegai Tekko
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 5, 1971, Ser. No. 140,488
Claims priority, application Japan, May 6, 1970, 45/43528
Int. CI. B65b 7/06
US CI 53-373 3 Claims
A sealing equipment enclosed is directed to a seal of the end
flaps of a film which has been already sealed along at least one
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
153<
of opposed sides of an object to be packed. The sealing equip-
ment comprises a pair of upper and lower seal bars movable
into a sealing position where they pinch the end flaps of the
fllm therebetween, and means for holding-up the end flaps to
facilitate the sealing of the end flaps comprising a magnet
member provided at least on the lower seal bar, and a holding-
3,713,272
PROCESS FOR RECOVERING CONDENSIBLE
COMPONENTS FROM A GAS STREAM
Clem A. Barrere, Jr., Houston, Tex., and Burton M. Casad,
Ponca City, Okla., assignors to Continental Oil Company,
Ponca City, Okla.
Filed Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,229
Int.CLB01d5i/04
U.S. CI. 55-33 12 Claims
up member into a space defined by the end flaps and one end
of the object before one of said seal bars is brought into the
sealing position, said holding-up member being made of mag-
netic material so that when at least the lower seal bar with the
magnet is moved into the sealing position, the holding-up
member is attracted by the magnet member to hold up the end
flaps of the film.
3,713,270
HYDROGEN DIFFUSION MEMBRANES
John P. (i. Farr, Birmingham 15. Warwickshire, and Ivor
Rex Harris. Birminshan>31 . Warwickshire, both of England,
assignors to National Research Devek)pment Corp., London,
England
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 27, 1970.
25512/70
Filed May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,516
Int. CI. BOld 59112; C22c 5100
U.S.Cl.55-16 18 Claims
Membranes suitable for use in the separation of hydrogen
from gaseous mixtures containing hydrogen, comprise an alloy
of palladium and one or more elements selected from the
group consisting of Yttrium and the Lanthanides but exclud-
ing Lanthanum and Praseodymium. Palladium-cerium and
palladium-yttrium membranes are particularly suitable for use
in the separation process.
The present invention relates to an improved cyclic process
for recovering condensible components from a gas stream
utilizing a plurality of stationary absorbent beds. By the
present invention, during a first part of each cycle the gas
stream is passed through a first bed so that condensible com-
ponents are absorbed therefrom, the first part of each cycle
being equal to the time required for the residue gas from the
first bed to reach a condensible component content of a
predetermined level. A second bed is simultaneously cooled
with a cooling gas stream which is confined within a closed cir-
cuit so that the second bed is prevented from becoming pre-
loaded with condensible components during the cooling
thereof During the remainder of each cycle the gas stream is
passed serially through the first and second beds so that addi-
tional condensible components are absorbed on the first bed
and condensible components contained in the residue gas
from the first bed are absorbed on the second bed. A third bed
is heated and stripped during each cycle with a regeneration
gas stream and condensible components are recovered from
the regeneration gas stream.
3,713,271
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR RECOVERING A GAS
CONSTITUENT BY MEMBRANE SEPARATION
William F. Franz. Gardiner, and Howard V. Hess, Glenham,
both of N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,410
Int. CL BOld 59//0
U.S.CL 55-16 5 Claims
3,713,273
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STORING GASES AND
FUELING INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
Robert L. Coffee, 316 N. Cedar, Newkirk, Okla.
FiledMay3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,527
Int. CI. BOld 5i/04
U.S.CL 55-75 10 Claims
A process or system employing membrane separation to
recover helium from a petroleum gas well. It includes pressure
actuated compressing apparatus connected to the membrane
separator so as to automatically compress the recovered heli-
um.
An impure stream of fuel gas is purified by passing the
stream through a sorbent body which absorbs the impurities.
The purified stream is then absorbed under pressure in a tank
containing a suitable absorbent. The fuel gas is subsequently
released to an internal combustion machine or other con-
sumer of fuel gas for burning. The heated exhaust gases are
flowed through the first purifying sorbent body to heat it and
vaporize the unwanted impi^rities thus regenerating the sor-
bent body for a new cycle.
1538
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,274
APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING AND DEGASSING A
VISCOUS LIQUID
Theo Sauer, and Anton Rkdel, both of Peruti Photowerke, Kls-
tlerhofstr. 75, D-8000 Munich 25, C^ermany
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,120
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 13, 1968, P 19
46 563.5
Int. CI. BOld/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 55-164 10 Claims
disposed tower made up of a plurality of sections, each of
which have associated therewith a tent-lilce structure for sub-
jecting a stream of gas to a washing action. The lowermost sec-
tion has a combustion chamber and boiler associated
therewith Flue gases from the combustion process are ad-
An apparatus for conveying and degassing a viscous liquid
from a storage tank to a mold shell by way of an intermediate
container disposed higher than the mold shell including a
further container between the intermediate container and the
storage tank. At least one ultrasonic generator is provided as
well as an automatic inlet valve which opens durmg ul-
trasound. An automatic outlet valve is also disposed between
the intermediate and further containers to open when the
further containers is under atmospheric pressure.
mixed with steam from the boiler and now along a tortuous
path up through the various sections of the tower.
As the gases ascend the tower, various portions thereof are
split from the main How and are subjected to a washing action,
with the final remaining now of gases emerging from the up-
permost portion of the tower.
3,713,275
PIPELINE BUNDLE LAYING OPERATIONS
Alfred Ray Hyatt, Grest Yarmouth, England, assignor to
BrowD & Root Inc., Houston, Tex.
FUed Jan. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 217,546
Int. CL B63b 35104; F16I 1100; B65b 13100
U.S.CL 61-72.3 -8 Claims
3,713,277
FOG IMPINGEMENT SCRUBBING SYSTEM
Walter J. Sackett, Sr., Severna Park, Md., assignor to The A. J.
Sackett & Sons Company, Baltimore, Md.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,782
Int. CI. BOld 47/06
U.S.CL 55-223 4 Claims
A pipeline laying operation wherein a continuous pipeline
bundle comprised of a plurality of conduits is payed out from a
floating vessel onto a submerged surface under the control of
a tensioned flexible cable The conduits are bundled together
at a plurality of longitudinally spaced bundling zones by bun-
dling cables surrounding the conduits in the form of a clove
hitch The tensioned cable is positioned so as to extend essen-
tially freely longitudinally of the pipeline bundle within the
confmes of envelope defined by the bundling cables, and is
operable to support the pipeline bundle while the bundling
zones are sufficiently spaced as to prevent substantial relative
longitudinal movement of thepipeline bundle along the cable.
3,713,276
POLLUTION CONTROL APPARATUS
John P. Heard, 1501 Doran, Odessa, Tex.
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 144,763
Int.CI.B01d47//2
US. CI. 55— 222 7 Claims
Apparatus for separating suspended solids from a stream of
gas, and for evaporating water, comprising a vertically
A fog impingement scrubber system is provided for reniov-
ing from an air stream particulate matter, such as product dust
and combustion dust products, as well as fumes, and water
soluble or water reactant vapors generated during a manufac-
turing process. The polluted air stream from the manufactur-
ing process is fed to a fog impingement scrubber system. The
polluted air stream is first sprayed by a series of high pressure
water sprays to create a fog or mist to dampen or wet particu-
late matter in the air stream, particularly any fine or micro-
scopic sized particles. A second set of water nozzles or sprays
is then utilized further downstream of the fogging area to
moisten the larger particles of particulate matter in the air
stream The sprayed polluted air stream is then impinged upon
a whirlpool provided in the scrubbing system, where the
moistened particles are removed from the air stream, and
where the water soluble or water reactant vapors are treated.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1539
Any moisture in the air is then removed by a demisting system,
and the clean air then discharged back to the atmosphere.
3,713,278
COMBINED MOISTURE SEPARATOR AND REHEATER
Edward H. Miller. Rexford, N.Y., and Stephen Chesmejef,
South Portland. Maine, assignors to (ieneral Electric Co.
Filed Nov. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 776^65
Int. CI. BOld 45/05
U.S.CL 55-269 7 Claims
3,713,280
CENTRIFUGAL AIR CLEANER WITH STATIC CHARGE
DISSIPATING STRUCTURE
Darryl E. Keller, Mound, Minn., and Donald R. Monson.
St. Paul. Minn., assignors to Donaldson Co. Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143320
Int.CLB01d45//4
U.S.CL 55-360 10 Claims
A combined moisture separator and reheater suitable for a
nuclear steam turbine-generator powerplant, wherein a single
shell houses two banks of "wiggle plate" inertial separators
fed in parallel along either side of the shell and two stages of
steam reheating tubes disposed to reheat the steam and ar-
ranged to cause uniform flow through the moisture separators.
3,713,279
GAS-LIQUID SEPARATOR
Lester P. Moore, P.O. Box 1762, Corpus Chrlsti, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No, 795,531, Jan. 31, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,64 1,745. This application June 17, 1970, Ser. No.
46,934
Int.CLB01d45//6
U.S.CL 55-319 1 Claim
A tubular member is provided with means, such=as vanes, to
swirl air passing therethrough to centrifugally separate parti-
cles from the air. The tubular member and means are injection
molded from plastic, preferably polypropylene, having alu-
minum or equivalent fibers well dispersed therein to dissipate
through the walls of the tubular member the static charge
being formed by the impact of randomly charged airborne
particles on the inner wall surface thereof.
3,713,281
HEAT AND MOISTURE EXCHANGE PACKING
Gunnar C. F. Asker, and Maurice A. Hubscher, both of 18 In-
dustrial Dr., Flemington, N.J.
Filed Nov. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 195,054
Int.CLB01d5i/04
U.S. CI. 55-387 15 Claims
>^n ^
A gas-liquid separator is provided including a first liquid
removing device comprised of a conical deflector having
vanes thereon for swirling an inflowing stream of gas and en-
trained liquids onto the interior surface of a vessel. Liquid ac-
cumulating on the interior vessel wall is removed. The flow of
gas and any further entrained liquids is reversed to flow in the
upstream direction and then in the downstream direction into
a second liquid removing section comprised of a helical screw
in a conduit. As the gas and entrained liquids are helically
moved through the conduit, the further entrained liquids are
deposited on the conduit wall. Means are provided to remove
the subsequent liquid accumulation and to allow exit of the
gas from the separator.
Gas contacting packing, such as for moisture, heat
exchange, catalytic contact and the like, said packing for gas
using a metallic foraminous framework for heat or moisture
exchange particles while allowing free flow of air thereabout
for heat or moisture exchange particles while allowing free
flow of air thereabout for optimum surface conUct while
providing a stable structure, the metallic support having
woven wire framework disposed in layers or sheets which may
be corrugated and of perforated metal, whereby air may pass
both radially and axially in free-flowing contact with the parti-
cles.
n06 O.G.— 58
1540
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,282
HARVESTING APPARATUS
Alfred R. Baker. 1408 "^ Edmiston Court, Auburndaie, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 735,1 16, June 6, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,561,205. This application Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No.
86,888The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to Feb.
9, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int.CI. AOlg/P/O'/
U.S. CI. 56-328 R 8 Claims
mounted upon the tractor having a trailingly pivoted parallelb-
gram-type hitch linkage pivoted to the frame of the sweeper.
The lower links are downwardly angled so that the weight of
the sweeper is effective to bring drive wheels on the sweeper
into engagement with the backsides of the tractor rear wheels
and so that when the draft linkage is raised there is a horizon-
tal component to effect disengagement or "throw-off" of the
drive wheels from the tractor wheels. Elevator linkage is pro-
A harvesting or picking head incorporating a pair of in-
terested sections mounted for reciprocation relative to each
other Each of the sections includes plural rows of projecting
rods which coact with the rods of the other section so as to ef-
fect a snapping of the stems of mature fruit and a gentle move-
ment of the severed fruit to a common collection point.
3,713,283
TINE GLIDING DEVICE FOR CROP PICK-UP
Edward A. Fritz. Hinsdale, III., assignor to International Har-
vester Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 9, 1972, Ser. No. 224,818
Int.CI.A01dS9/00
U.S. CI. 56-364 5 Claims
vided for swinging the draft linkage upwardly and latching it
into upraised transport position. For adjusting the working
ground clearance of the brush, the supporting member is verti-
cally movable with respect to the tractor and a jack screw is
provided on the supporting member for locating it in a desired
vertical position. A limit stop interposed between the sweeper
frame and tractor limits the degree of indentation of the drive
wheels mto the tires on the rear wheels of the tractor.
3,713,285
ELECTROMECHANICAL TIME RELAY
Werner Haufe, Berlin, Germany, assignor to Schleicher
G.m.b.H. & Co. Relaisbau K.G., Berlin, Germany
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,268
Int.CLG04fi/06
U.S.CL 58-39.5 5 Claims
In a crop pick-up having spaced stripper bars forming a plu-
rality of channels through which pick-up tines extend to
gather the crops, a device is located for shifting a deflected
tine from an adjacent channel into its proper channel.
3,713,284
SWEEPER FOR GARDEN TRACTOR HAVING
IMPROVED HITCH LINKAGE
Douglas D. Dankel, and Norman O. Buckhouse, both of Kan-
kakee, III., assignors to Roper Corporation, Kankakee, III.
Filed Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,703
Int.CI.A01dS7/0«
U.S.CL 56-364 10 Claims
A hitch for cantilevered support of a lawn sweeper on a
tractor in which a vertically extending support member is
An electromechanical time delay device driven by a
synchronous motor via a reduction gear system, in which a se-
ries of decadic time ranges can be preselected. A time delay
required is selected with the chosen decadic range by means
of an adjustor Knob associated with a time scale. Within each
decadic range, the lower end of the scale can be expanded by
the use of further reduction gears so that the effect of the in-
herent time error of the relay is minimized.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
15-tl
3 713 286 3,713,288
CLOCK ENERGY CONVERTER
Charles E Trame Fox Point. Wis., assisnor to Everbrlte Eleonoor Van Andel, Twekkelo, Netherlands, assignor to
Electric Siuns, Inc., South Milwaukee, Wis. European Atomic £"«••»> Com"iumty (Eurstom)
File;iAp;il 5, 1972, Ser. No. 241,368 Filed July 8, 1970 Ser. No. 53,160
Int. CLG04b 57/00 Claims priority, application Germany, July 21, 1969, F iv
lie r^i cft «^ 7 Claims 37 645.5
L.S.CI.3B 3J Int. CL F03g 7/06
L.S.CL 60-25 5 Claims
A clock frame has front supporting bars extending radially
inwardly therefrom. A central panel which is substantially
smaller than the clock frame is supported in the front central
portion of the frame by the support bars, and a clock
mechanism is attached to the central panel. The drive shafts of
the clock mechanism extend rearwardly from the central
panel and have a pair of hands attached thereto which project
radially beyond the central panel so as to be visible from the
front of the clock. The central panel covers all of the clock
mechanism except the radially outer portions of the clock
hands and may have advertising indicia thereon.
Thermo-mechanical energy converter which can be used as
an artificial heart. The converter comprises a plutonium heat
source, a plurality of parallel tubes open at one end to a
diaphragm chamber and heated at the other end, an evapora-
ble liquid filling completely the chamber and partially each
tube, and a piston in each tube, all pistons being intercon-
nected for synchronizing the evaporation-condensation cycles
which are performed at the closed ends of the tubes. This con-
verter produces directly from a temperature difference
mechanical oscillation in a closed loop.
3,713,287
CALENDAR-WATCH
Kurt VoRt, Bienne, and Roland Maillard, Orpund. both of
Switzerland, assignors to OMEGA Louis Brandt & Frere
S. A., Bienne, Bern, Switzerland
Filed June 14, 1971. Ser. No. 152,804
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 30, 1970,
9862/70
Int. CLG04b/ 9/24
U.S.CL 58-58 4 Claims
3 713 289
MOTIVE FTUIDS FOR EXTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES
(ieorge S. Somekh, New Rochelle, N.Y., assignor to Union
Carbide Corp.. New York. NY.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 862,526, Sept. 30, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 11, 1971, Ser. No.
123,434
int. CLFOlk 25/00
U.S.CL 60-36 19 Claims
A new class of motive fluids for external combustion en-
gines characterized by a thermo-dynamic property which
render them superior to water in external combustion engines.
3,713,290
GAS TURBINE ENGINE FUEL CONTROL
Harold Gold, Shaker Heights, Ohio, assignor to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the Administrator of the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,922
Int. CI. F02c 9/04
U.S.CL 60-39.28 R 11 Claims
A calender watch movement comprises day and date indica-
tors respectively having rings of teeth, a single jumper with
two pawh respectively engaging said rings of teeth, and return
spring means biasing' said jumper to engage said pawls with
said rings of teeth, said jumper comprising two parts, each car-
rying one of the pawls, which are relatively adjustable to as-
sure the exact angular positions of said pawls.
A variable orifice system that is responsive to compressor
inlet pressure and temperature, compressor discharge pres-
1542
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
sure and roUtional speed of a gas-turbine engine is incor-
porated into a hydraulic circuit that includes a zero gradient
pump driven at a speed proportional to the speed of the en-
gine. The resulting system provides control of fuel rate for
starting, steady running, acceleration and deceleration under
varying altitudes and flight speeds.
for actuating wheel brake shoes or the like, a master cylinder
containing a power or primary fluid pressure generating por-
tion and a manual or secondary fluid pressure generating por-
tion, and separate hydraulic circuiu associated with the pri-
3,713,291
MULTIPLE PRESSURE FLUID SYSTEM
Philip A. Kublk, 6809 Spruce Dr., Birmingham, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 50,093, June 26, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,653,208. This application Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No.
91,949
Int.CLF15b/5//«
U.S. CI. 60-52 VS 8 Claims
A fluid system having a variable displacement fluid direct
fluid in a closed loop circuit to a fluid cylinder having a piston
and a pair of connecting rods extending from opposite sides of
the piston externally of the fluid cylinder. A main directional
control valve disposed in the closed circuit between the inlet
and outlet of the fluid pump is adapted to selectively direct
fluid to one side of the piston within the fluid cylinder, while
exhausting fluid from the other side of the piston, to selective-
ly move the piston within the fluid cylinder. The rate of move-
ment of the piston in either direction of movement is con-
trolled by the amount of fluid displaced by the fluid pump.
A second directional control valve is adapted to fluid
FLUID from a second source of fluid to a pressure responsive
displacement control mechanism to selectively vary the dis-
placement of the fluid pump between a maximum and a
minimum value. The rate of fluid flow to the pressure respon-
sive displacement control mechanism is selectively varied to
control the rate of displacement of the fluid pump and to
thereby selectively control the rate of movement of the
cylinder ()iston.
A remotely controlled pilot operated pressure relief valve,
having an inlet connection in fluid communication with the
outlet conduit of the fluid pump upstream from the main
directional control valve and an outlet connection in fluid
communication with the inlet conduit of the fluid pump
between the fluid pump and the main directional control
valve, is operable to reduce the normal operating pressure in
the outlet conduit, and thus the operating pressure of the fluid
in the main fluid cylinder, to a lower predetermined value
when the pressure responsive displacejnent control
mechanism is actuated to vary the displacement of the flui'
pump toward a minimum value.
mary and secondary portions so as to provide separate po-wer
and manual brake systems. In the event of failure of one of the
systems, the other system can operate independently thereof.
Brake pedal means are provided for concurrently actuating
the primary and secondary portions of the master cylinder.
3,713,293
COMBUSTION CHAMBER AND NOZZLE
ARRANGEMENT FOR A ROCKET ENGINE
Michael Simon, Hamburg-Othmarschen, Germany, assignor
to Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-NurnberR Aktiengesellschaft,
Munich, Germany
Division of Ser. No. 807,703, March 17, 1969, Pat. No.
3,644,974. This application Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,250
Int.CLF02k///02
U.S.CL 60-267 15 Claims
Combustion chamber and nozzle arrangement for a rocket
engine having a plurality of main pipes bonded together to
form an annular chamber having a nozzle configuration, and a
secondary pipe disposed in each main pipe and secured to the
inner walls thereof. The secondary pipe and the space
between the secondary and main pipes form separate cooling
feed and return ducts within each main pipe. The point of in-
terconnection of the main pipes and secondary pipes is
disposed outside of a circle formed by the centers of the pipes.
In one embodiment of the invention, both the main pipes and
the secondary pipes are of similar configuration. Alternative
embodiments include filler members disposed between the
outer wall of the secondary pipe and the inner wall of the main
pipe for restricting the space between the two pipes.
3,713,292
HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM
Herman M. Huffman, Owosso, Mich., asggnor to Midland-
Ross Corp.. Cleveland, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 800,589, Feb. 19, 1969, Pat. No.
3,635,025. This application Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,165
Int.CI.F15b7/00, /5/y«
U.S.CL 60-54.5 P 4 Claims
A dual power and manual hydraulic brake system for a
motor vehicle including a fluid pressure operated mechanism
3,713,294
AUXILLIARY POWER UNIT AND REGENERATIVE
EXHAUST REACTOR
Otto Erich Balje, Los Angeles, CaBf.; Constant 1~ Bouchard,
Birmingham, Mich.; James Knowles, Bloomfield, Mich.;
Dimitri Kosacheff, New Boston, Mich.; Emil A. PuKck,
Livonia, Mich.; Michael A. Pulick, Livonia, Mich.; and
Armen Topouzian, Birmingham, Mich., assignors to Ford
Motor Co., Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Aug. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 171,229
Int.CI.F01ni//4
U.S.CL 60-303 20 Claims
A housing contains a burner for combusting the exhaust
gases of a reciprocating internal combustion engine to in-
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1543
crease the heat content thereof Combustion products from
the burner pass through a regenerator that transfers heat
therefrom to inducted air for a turbine. The heated air passes
through the turbine to produce useful work and then enters
a common pressure supply source. A plurality of control
valves, one for each motor to be controlled, are connected in a
closed series circuit with a pump which is operable to recircu-
late fluid under pressure through the circuit. Each valve, when
located in a centered or neutral position, permits all fluid en-
tering the valve inlet to pass directly to the valve outlet. Upon
displacement from the neutral position, a portion of the flow
into the valve inlet is diverted to the associated motor, passes
through the motor and is returned to the valve to rejoin the
nondiverted portion of the flow. The magnitude and direction
of flow through the motor is dependent upon the magnitude
and direction of displacement of the valve from its neutral
position. Displacement of a valve in either direction beyond a
selected maximum displacement blocks the inlet port of the
valve and the resultant inc^ase of pressure at the pump trig-
gers a pressure responsive switch to shut down the pump.
the burner to mix with the exhaust gases of the reciprocating
engine. An alternator mounted within the housing is driven by
the turbine to supply electrical power. An air cycle air condi-
tioning system also is mounted within the housing and its com-
pressor is driven by the turbine.
3,713,295
PRESSURE AND/OR FLOW COMPENSATING MEANS
Williard J. Haak, Peoria, and Howard A. Marsden, Pekin, both
of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,164
Int.CLFlSb/5//S
U.S.CL 60-52 VS 4 Claims
3,713,297
PROCESS FOR THE RAPID CONSOLIDATION OF MOIST
SOIL
Friedrich Hochbach, Glinde, Germany, assignor to Reichhold-
Albert-Chemie AkUengesellschaft, Hamburg, Germany
Filed June 17, 1971, Ser. No. 154,158
Claims priority, application Germany, June 19, 1970, P 20
30 217.4
Int.CI.E02di//2
U.S.CL 61-36 R 7CUims
The subject of the invention is a process for shaping and
rapidly consolidating moist soil, characterized in that the
moist soil is mixed with an excess amount of water-absorbent
pulverulent varieties of gypsum for such period of time that a
crumbly mixed product is obtained, which is then mixed with a
mixture of polymerizable unsaturated polyesters, hardeners
and accelerators to give a mass which can be shaped, and that
this mass after being shaped does consolidate relatively fast.
The control circuit of a high pressure work system powered
by a variable displacement-positive displacement pump is pro-
vided with a compensating valve for controlling the pump dis-
placement. The compensating valve is responsive to pressure
in a control circuit and m the work circuit as well as to fluid
now in another circuit to alter the displacement of the work
system pump.
3,713,298
NAVIGABLE DAM
Morris Mendelson, 16156 Axley, Southfield, Mich.
Filed June 7, 1971, Ser. No. 150,426
Int. CL E02b 7102
U.S.CL 61-30
Jt
2 Claims
I -I
■ ■^^^•■:'-\
3,713,296
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR INDIVIDUALLY
CONTROLLING A PLURALITY OF HYDRAULIC
MOTORS
Delbert L. Black, Route 1, Box 92, Wellington, Colo.
Division of Ser. No. 66,360, Aug. 24, 1970. This application
Feb. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 226,453
Int.CLF15by///6
U.S.CL 60-452 3 Claims
A hydraulic system for independently controlling a plurality
of individual reversible variable speed hydraulic motors from
A portable navigable dam for impeding or directing the flow
of water without interfering with the use of the upper surface
of the water such as for instance passage of sailing vessels. The
navigable dam takes the form of a number of elongated tubu-
lar structures and in the preferred embodiment of this inven-
tion these are disposed on or near the bottom of a body of
water generally paralleling the boundary between salt water
and fresh water bodies. Each of the tubular structures has
elongated openings formed in its upper surface for releasing
air from within the tubular structure at a high rate, while
preventing entry of water therethrough The release of air into
the water results in a pumping action that moves a very large
1544
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
volume of water upwardly in a relatively short time, forming a
curtain of water which impedes the movement of the salt
water into the fresh water. A method incorporating the
navigable dam for directing tidal waters in a desired direction
is also disclosed.
and a pivot bar in front and rear of the unit upon which the
unit is tilted to enter the blade into the ground close to a build-
ing and to raise the blade out of the ground close to a building.
3,713,299
DIVER S WEIGHT BELT
Dana B. Duncan, 2290 Whitney Ave., Summerland, Calif.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,216
lnt.Cl.B63cN/iO
L.S. CI. 61-70 * Claim
3,713,301
APPARATUS FOR LAYING PIPE
Tommy L. Bryant, P.O. Box 1655, Hereford, Tex.
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 97,236
Int.CI.B65h/7/20.F16l//00
U.S.CL 61-72.6
5 Claims
A weight belt for underwater divers comprising a plurality
of connected elongated substantially circular in cross-section
tubular compartments for containing lead weights, the com-
partments of the belt are formed of a flexible high strength
cioth type of material, the length of the compartments are to
extend in front of one hip of the wearer and around the back
of the wearer and to the front of the other hip, the ends of the
belt are joined together by a buckle assembly including a strap
on one end and a safety type buckle on the other end.
ERRATUM
For Class 61 — 72 <^e:
Patent No. 3,713,275
Apparatus for laying pipe underground in a continuous
process and usable with a heavy duty vehicle having a ditchmg
plow attached thereto. The apparatus includes means for
receiving lengths of pipe which are not positively connected
together and forcing such lengths of pipe through the ditching
plow in a manner that the pipe will remain in assembled rela-
tionship after such pipe has been laid.
3,713,302
PERSONAL INSULIN COOLER
Benny L. Revlel, Irving, Tex., assignor to Lek Trol Incor-
porated, Rosewell, N. Mex.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,338
Int.CLF25b2//02
U.S.CL62-3
5 Claims
3,713,300
CABLE LAYING DEVICE
Gerald G. Ward, Rt. 3, Box 303, Naperville, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 828,821, Sept. 17, 1969. This
application Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,458
Int. CI. AOlb i/64. / 1100; F16I 1 100
U.S.CL 61-72.6 17 Claims
55 6? 60 16 ?8 22 21
A first container of a size to be carried on a person's body or
in a small case of high thermal conductivity material is parti-
tioned into first and second compartments with a battery
source positioned in the first compartment, and the assembly
of a second container, also of high thermal conductivity,
mounted upon the cold surface of a thermo-electric unit, posi-
tioned in said second compartment. The second container is
of a shape and size to receive a vial of insulin with the vial
being in thermal contact with the high thermal conductivity
A cable layer unit comprising a tractive carrier with pairs of walls of the second container. The hot surface of the thermo-
front and rear traction wheels, a digger blade which either me- electric unit is mounted upon the bottorn of the <^^;t c«";^^^^^^^^^
ters or pulls a cable and disposed between the pairs of wheels, to provide a heat transfer path from the second container,
a drive for moving the blade in an elliptical path for slicing through the thermo-electric unit and then to said first con-
through the ground a drive for raising and lowering the blade; lainer, which functions to dissipate the heat into the ambient
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1545
environment. Insulating means is firmly packed between the
inside walls of said second compartment and the assembly
consisting of said second container and said thermoelectric
unit. A temperature sensitive switch responds to the tempera-
ture of said second container, whenever said temperature ex-
ceeds a predetermined threshold, to connect said battery
source across said thermo-electric unit to initate cooling of
said second container for maintaining the insulin refrigerated.
This invention relates generally to portable refrigerators
and, more particularly, to very small, self contained, portable
refrigerators which have a high thermal efficiency which can
be carried on a person's body or in a small case.
frame which is arranged between upper and lower trays. The
mold with the goods to be frozen is placed between two
freezer plates. The frame has poor heat conductivity between
the side of the fillet block and the freezer plates in contact
with the trays, and has a small thickness, for instance below 2
millimeters.
3,713,303
MEANS FOR BREAKING DOWN AQUEOUS JELLY-LIKE
SOLUTIONS AND THUS SEPARATING WATER AND
SOLID CONSTITUENTS FROM EACH OTHER BY MEANS
OF FREEZING AND SUBSEQUENT MELTING
Nils Edvin Foike Nllsson, and Jimmie Arne Eurenius, both of
Norrkoping, Sweden, assignors to Stal Refrigeration AB,
Norrkoping, Sweden
Filedjan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,346
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 22, 1970, 743/70
Int.CI. B01dW04
U.S.CL62-123 3 Claims
3,713,305
DEVICE FOR PRODUCING COLD AT TEMPERATURE
LOWER THAN THAT OF X-POINT OF HELIUM
Frans Adrianus Staas, and Adrianus Petrus Severijns, both of
Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to U,S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,542
Int.CI.F25b//06
U.S. CI. 62-500 15 Claims
In order to break down aqueous jelly-like solutions and thus
separate water and solid constituents from each other, the
solution is first frozen and then melted. Means for this com-
prises two similar heat-exchangers operating alternately as
vaporizer and condenser for a cooling plant and the solution is
frozen in the vaporizer and melted in the condenser. Each
heat-exchanger comprises tubes arranged in a casing between
two end chambers. The solution is frozen in the tubes and air
is blown through the tubes to remove any unfrozen solution
before melting.
3,713,304
MOLD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF DEEPFROZEN
BLOCKS OF FOOD
Leif Brudal Knutrud, Underhaugsvelen 34, 1342 Jar, Norway
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,755
Claims prioritv. application Norway, Nov. 24. 1%9. 4660/69
Int.CLF25c5//,
U.S.CL 62-341 3 Claims
^'
'r'
\
®\1
4 J
2 1
(
!
-/^
A device for cooling to temperatures lower than that of the
X-point of helium, in which some high-pressure helium, after
being cooled, expands to low-pressure and flows back to the
compression device, and the remainder of the He is cooled to
below its X-temperature forming superfluid He* that flows
through a superleak, and normal He\ and a vortex tube for
communicating.
3.713,306
COUPLING
Theo Burdelski; Klaus Gurtner. both of Dusseldorf, Germany,
assignors to Ferroplast, Theo Burdelski & Co.. Dusseldorf.
(iermanv
Filed Mar. 5. 1971, Ser. No. 121,484
Claims priority, application Germany. Nov. 26. 1970,
20582187
Int. CI. F16di/64
U.S. CI. 64- 14 14 Claims
I The invention is concerned with a tooth coupling with
exchangeable coupling teeth, consisting of inner and outer
casings, wherein the inner surface of the outer casing has
A mold for the production of deepfrozen blocks of food, tooth-shaped recesses and the outer surface of the i^nside
particularly fish fillet blocks, includes a rectangular shaped casing has recesses for attaching removable coupling teeth.
1546
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713^7
THREAD SUPPLY DEVICE FOR TEXTILE MACHINERY
Wolfgang Muhlhausler, Tubingen, Germany, assignor to
Fouquet-Werk Frauz & Planck, Rottenburg am Neckar,
Germany
Filed Dec. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 211,484
Int. CI. DMh 1 5 148 :B6Sh5 II 20
U.S.CI.66-132 18 Claims
to the brackets, the two shafts and the bar bemg in spaced
parallel relation and being co-extensive, a plurality of spaced
yarn arms rotatably supported on the roUtable shaft and
movable to normal and to down positions, a like plurality of
nivotally movable latches supported on the bar in individual
operative relation to the yarn arms to maintain the latter in
their normal positions, a plurality of spaced rocker arms
secured to the rotatable shaft and movable therewith, a re-
setting shaft secured in the rocker arms and movab e
therewith to a first and to a second position when the movable
shaft is moved to its pair of positions, the resetting shaft in its
first position acting as a limit stop for the yarn arms in their
down position and the re-setting shaft as it moves to its second
position engaging and moving the y^^" a^-^^ ^^ '' Tf'iTo
position, and air operated means secured to the fixed shaft for
moving the rotatable shaft.
3,713,309
KEY OPERABLE PADLOCK WITH SLIDABLE SEAL FOR
PLUG
Harry C. Miller, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Sargent & Green-
leaf, Inc., Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 195,707
Int. CI. E05b 67/22
U.S.CL70-38A »« Claims
A rotatable drum has a restraining ring slipped thereover.
It is held in position towards the bottom end of the drum by
magnets located inside the drum, the restraining ring being
either of magnetic material or plastic, incorporating magnetic
material; the magnetic force holds the ring floatingly. The
ring is flexible and. in one embodiment, can just be slipped
over a restraining bulge formed on the drum. During opera-
tion, the ring slightly deforms into elliptical shape to permit
thread to pass therebeneath and over the bulge. Rotation of
the drum is controlled pneumatically by intermittently
engaging the drum with a continuously rotating drive, for
example from the main drive of the machine (which may be
a circular knitting machine) or. over clutches, with individual
motors in the drums.
3,713,308
STOP MOTION APPARATUS FOR KNITTING MACHINES
Nathan Levin, 416 Highgate Drive, Trenton, N J.
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,020
Int.CI.D04bJ5//2
U.S.CI.66-163 10 Claims
A key operable padlock having a padlock body provided
with sockets for the legs of a U-shaped shackle, and a central
bore located between the sockets shaped to receive and
removably house a key lock plug. The bottom wall of the
padlock body has a key opening which projects into the key
lock plug to operate the plug, and the upper portion of the
padlock body has an elongated slot defining a slideway and the
cover member is removably positioned. The sides of the
slideway and the cover member have alternating tongue and
groove formations which interfit with each other to permit the
cover member to slide into covering relation over the central
bore and through the region of one of the shackle legs to the
adjacent end of the padlock body, and the cover member has a
cylindrical opening which registers with the socket for one of
the shackle legs to receive that shackle leg when the cover
member is fully seated in the slideway. Interlocking means are
provided to prevent removal of the cover member unless the
key lock plug is operated in a special manner.
Stop motion apparatus for use with knitting machines and
having a fixed ngid shaft, a plurality of spaced brackets
secured to shaft, a rotatable shaft joumalled in the brackets
and movable to a pair of positions, a rectangular bar secured
3,713,310
LOCK CYLINDER
Walter E. Surko, Jr., Southlngton, Conn., assignor to Emhart
Corporation. Bloomfield, Conn.
Filed June 28 1971, Ser. No. 157,264
int. CLF05b 2 7/00
U.S.CL 70-364 A " ^'•!"f
A lock cylinder having an emergency function and includ-
ing a housing containing a key-removable core supporting a
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1541
rotatable key plug for driving a roll-back supported on the
housing externally thereof. An axially movable control
member received in the housing rearwardly of the key plug
cooperates in one position with a stop lug associated with the
housing to limit angular movement of the key plug and the
roll-back in one and an opposite direction when an operating
gramming system which causes the first stroke of the ram to
defect the work beyond the desired final shape by a distance
approximately equal to the calculated maximum elastic defor-
mation, the load is then removed and the residual error
key is employed to operate the lock cylinder. An elongated
emergency key is provided which extends through the key
plug to engage and shift the control member to another posi-
tion out of alignment with the stop lug to effect free rotation of
the key plug and the roll-back in one and an opposite
direction. The effective length of the emergency key is criti-
cal.
Box
3,713,311
DETACHABLY FIXED CYLINDER LOCK CORE
Roy N. Oliver, 148 Ellen Drive, and Roy C. Spain, P.O.
1668, both of Salem, Va.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,843
Int.Cl.E05bi5//4
U,S.CL 70-369 3 Claims
sensed, and a further series of strokes applied at constant in-
crements, the residual error being sensed between strokes and
used to initiate a second series of stroke increments of smaller
value until the residual error falls below a final preselected
value at which acceptable straightness has been achieved.
3,713,313
COMPUTER CONTROLLED ROLLING MILL
Louis W. Spradlin, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to General Electric
Co.
Filed Nov. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 200,400
Int.CI.B21bi7/00
U.S.CL72-8 16 Claims
A cylinder lock core mechanism for insertion into and
becoming detachably fixed to a lock housing under control of
a special key operating upon a special tumbler in the key plug,
the core being retained by a slidable retaining lug emerging
through the surface of the core and being retractable by
operation of the special key's rotation to cause the tumbler to
coact with the retaining lug permitting the core to be
withdrawn from the housing - including a deadlock member
coacting with the retaining lug under control of the key plug
and guiding studs in the core structure whereby the member is
cammed to free the retainer for movement only upon rotation
of the key plug by the special key.
3,713,312
METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR STRAIGHTENING OR
BENDING ELONGATED VNORKPIECES
Renzo Galdabini, 1 Gallarate, Varese, Italy
Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,190
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 6, 1970, 31427 A/70
Int.Cl.B21d7//2
U.S. CI. 72-10 6 Claims
A method of straightening an elongated workpiece, in
which the workpiece is supported at two spaced points and
straightening forces are applied between these points by an
automatically controlled hydraulic ram, governed by a pro-
8) :
'"c-^afST 'jr^uT'-
12 CM ■
^^^ lu M w u"
^^
A computer controlled rolling mill is described wherein the
force (or power) model in the computer is stored as dual
curves i.e., (a) shaping curves wherein the ratio of the force
required for actual rolling conditions relative to the force
required for a chosen draft is plotted against elongation, and
(b) magnitude curves wherein the force required for the
chosen draft is plotted against inverse output thickness from
the mill with each point of the magnitude curves having an as-
sociated stored temperature value. The arithmetic produce of
the force ratio required for a desired elongation and the force
magnitude for a desired output thickness (when corrected for
width hardness and temperature of the metal being rolled)
provides the force required for the stand. Because the force
ratio is normalized with respect to a chosen percentage draft,
accurate adaptive updating of the process representation can
be achieved conveniently by altering only the magnitude
curves.
1548
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,314
RETRACTABLE GAUGE CONTROL ASSEMBLY FOR A
ROLLING MILL
James Richard Adair, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Wean
Lnited, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Sept. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 180,296
Claims priorit>, application (ireat Britain. Oct. 2, 1970,
46969/70
lnt.CI.B21bJ7/05
U.S. CI. 72- 19 5 Claims
dead center position which is a position on said locus inner
most relative to the axis of the workpiece, the profile being
preformed by progressive radial feed of the operating stroke
The disclosure of this invention relates to a rolling mill of
the hydraulic roll gap control type. The disclosed control in-
cludes a bar spring — load cell assembly that is adjustable to
position the spring in various rolling positions by a power jack.
This entire assembly is received in the window of the mill and
by a piston cylinder assembly is retracted therefrom onto a
platform when maintenance is to be performed on the as-
sembly.
Rolling mills provided with an hydraulic roll gap control
system including a pair of piston cylinder assemblies for ad-
justing the rolls thereof are sometimes provided with a control
system that includes a position indicator, such as, a mechani-
cal spring— load cell arrangement for each cylinder assembly.
The cells measure the deflections of the spring as a function of
a change in the rolling load. The spring and load cell arrange-
ments are mounted on mechanical jacks employed to adjust
the vertical position of the spring assemblies to compensate
for different size rolls being employed in the mill. In prior mill
construction, in order to perform maintenance on any of the
elements of the position indicator of the control systems, it
was necessary for the workmen to remove them piecemeal
from the window of the mill. Such an operation was very time-
consuming and expensive. -
in »
of the tools and with a number of enveloping planes, and the
profile being subsequently, finish-formed with a larger number
of enveloping planes and with an unchanged inner dead center
position of the tool worms.
3,713,315
COLD ROLLING PROFILES ON CYLINDRICAL
WORKPIECES
Albert Meyer, Thalwil; Otto Wenger, and Oskar Maag, both of
Zurich, all of Switzerland, assignors to Maag Gear Wheel &
Machine Company Limited, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,377
Int. CI. B21h 5/02
U.S. CI. 72- 100 14 Claims
In a method for cold rolling profiles on the circumference of
a rotating cylindrical workpiece, using tool worms of ap-
propriate profile, the worms performing generating motions
corresponding to the profile required in successive part-rolling
operations by being moved relative to the workpiece in a
closed-circuit locus path having one axis which is in the
direction of and smaller than the tooth depth, and which sub-
stantially smaller than another axis of said locus which is in the
direction of tooth length or thickness, with each part-rolling
operation being performed over the entire tooth facewidth
while the tools are retained, over the workpiece width, in their
3,713,316
TOOTHED TOOL FOR AN APPARATUS FOR THE
CHIPLESS GENERATION OF GEARS
Gerd Lichtenauer, Unterofaffenhofen, Germany, assignor to
Carl Hurth Maschinenund Zahnradfabrik. Munich, (Ger-
man v
Filed March 26, 1971, Ser. No. 128,270
Claims priority, application Germany, July 29, 1970, P 20
37 638.9
Int. CI. B21h 5/02
U.S. CI. 72-102 6 Claims
3<?^ 30i
S40-
tyiy
TiiV
307 309
309
Tool for the chipless generation of gear teeth by rolling. The
flanks of each tool tooth are provided with alternate high and
low zones which blend in the axial direction of the tool
smoothly into each other and provide ridges and hollows ex-
tending from the addendum to the deddendum on each fiank
of each tool tooth. The crowns of said ridges on fianks facing
each other across a single tool space may be positioned op-
positely to each other and circumferentially following succes-
sive pairs of crowns may be progressively offset axially to ef-
fect working across the full axial length of the workpiece
tooth. Alternatively, said crowns may be opposite each other
on each individual tooth of the tool and successively and axi-
ally offset with respect to each other on each successive tooth.
The smooth blending of ridges and hollows on the tool teeth
provide for the generation of a more smooth workpiece tooth
and eliminate the line markings on the workpiece teeth which
sometimes resulted from the previously known practice of
providing abrupt linej or planes of demarcation between pres-
sure ridges and recesses on successive tool teeth.
Janvary 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
lo4P
3,713,317
BENDING MACHINE
Robert L. Schenck, York; George E. Schenck, Dallastown, and
Frank W. Senft, York, all of Pa., assignors to Schenck Cor-
poration, York, Pa.
Filed Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,641
Int. CLB21d 7/024
U.S. CI. 72-217 7 Claims
... ,.|! J. .1 n am ■ . jj J
A bending machine having a mandrel carrier, two axles
passing through the carrier on a diameter thereof and man-
drels mounted on the axles, there being a space between the
closest points of the mandrels for the workpiece to pass
through. Journals in a fixed frame are provided for the axles so
that the carrier can be rotated about the axis of either axle.
The carrier is provided with sprocket teeth about its
periphery, and is rotated by a chain passing around the
sprocket to form a shape generally like a U. The ends of the
chain are attached to drive rods which are hydraulically
moved to pull the chain and rotate the carrier in either
direction. The journals are arcuate and open away from the
drive rods, the action of the rods and chain being in a direction
to keep one axle in continuous bearing contact with its as-
sociated journal. Guide sprockets assist in this task.
3,713,318
APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF FORMING A
TUBULAR METAL BLANK INTO A TAPERED TUBE ON A
TAPERED MANDREL
Frank J. Lesko, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Reynolds Metals
Companv. Richmond, Va.
" Filedjan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,345
Int.CLB21c//24
U.S.CL 72-283 11 Claims
die while exerting inward pressure on the tubular metal blank
by the die to form a tapered tube on the tapered mandrel.
Preferably the leading end of the tubular metal blank is inter-
fitted with the bullet-shaped nose so that the bullet-shaped
nose guides both the mandrel and blank through the die. After
the bullet-shaped nose has passed through the die the mandrel
and blank are pulled through the die. Preferably the bullet-
shaped nose is removed and replaced by a fitting which is ap-
plied to the leading end of the mandrel and blank and the
mandrel and blank are pulled through the die by pulling means
cooperating with the fitting and the leading end of the mandrel
and blank.
Also apparatus for forming a tubular metal blank into a
tapered tube on a tapered mandrel comprising an expandable
die, a bullet-shaped nose appliable to an end of the mandrel
and blank, means for pushing through the expandable die the
tapered mandrel with the tubular metal blank disposed
thereabout and with the bullet-shaped nose applied to the
leading end of the mandrel and blank so that the bullet-shape J
nose expands the die to receive the mandrel and blank and
means for continuing the movement of the mandrel and blank
through the die and exerting inward pressure on the blank by
the die to collapse the blank about the mandrel. The end of
the mandrel desirably has a reduced extension and the bullet-
shaped nose may be applied over the reduced extension of the
mandrel and may interfit with the end of the tubular metal
blank. The means for continuing the movement of the man-
drel and blank through the die are preferably pulling means
pulling the mandrel and blank through the die by the leading
end thereof. The bullet-shaped nose is preferably removable
and a fitting is desirably provided which replaces the bullet-
shaped nose after the bullet-shaped nose has passed through
the die together with means cooperating with the fittmg
pulling the mandrel and blank through the die. T.he fitting may
be applied over the end portion of the mandrel and snugly
received in the leading end of the blank, and means including
clamping jaws are preferably provided clamping the leading
end of the blank against the fitting and pulling the mandrel
and blank through the die. The mandrel may have a further
reduced longitudinal projection projecting beyond the
reduced extension and the fitting may be applied to such pro-
jection and locked against withdrawal therefrom.
3,713,319
APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF FORMING A
TUBULAR METAL BLANK INTO A TAPERED TUBE ON A
TAPERED MANDREL
Raymond A. Matthews, Palos Verdes Estats, Calif., assignor to
Reynolds Metals Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,684
Int.CI.B21c//26
U.S.CL 72-284 10 Claims
A method of forming a tubular metal blank into a tapered
tube on a tapered mandrel comprising disposing the tubular
metal blank about the tapered mandrel, applying a bullet-
shaped nose to an end of the mandrel and blank, pushing the
tapered mandrel with the tubular metal blank thereabout with
the bullet-shaped nose leading through an expandable die and
by the bullet-shaped nose expanding the die to receive the
leading end of the tubular metal blank and thereafter progres-
sively collapsing the tubular metal blank about the tapered
mandrel by continuing movement of the tapered mandrel with
the tubular metal blank thereabout through the expandable
Apparatus for forming a tubular metal blank into a tapered
tube on a tapered mandrel comprising a die, means for push-
ing the tapered mandrel with the tubular metal blank
thereabout in the forward direction through the die until the
leading end of the mandrel and blank pj-otrudes beyond the
1550
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
die whereafter the mandrel and blank are pulled in the for-
ward direction through the die to complete the formation of
the tapered tube on the tapered mandrel and means separate
from said pushing means for withdrawing the mandrel in the
reverse direction through the die. The withdrawing means
preferably comprise flexible tension means, such as a flexible
cable, together with a reel on which the flexible tension means
are wound and means for turning the reel. The pushing means
may comprise piston and cylinder means having a stroke only
a fraction of the length of the madrel. The piston desirably has
a longitudinal passage therethrough with the withdrawing
means extending through the passage. The withdrawing means
may comprise means stopping the movement of the mandrel
in the forward direction when formation of the tapered tube
on the tapered mandrel is completed whereupon the forward
inertia of the tapered tube loosens it from the tapered man-
drel. The withdrawing means may have stop means thereon
which stop means engage the cylinder and thereby stop the
forward movement of the mandrel
Also a method of forming a tubular metal blank into a
tapered tube on a tapered mandrel comprising pushing the
tapered mandrel with the tubular metal blank thereabout in
the forward direction through a die until the leading end of the
mandrel and blank protrudes beyond the die whereafter the
mandrel and blank are pulled m the forward direction through
the die to complete the formation of the tapered tube on the
tapered mandrel, attaching flexible withdrawing means to the
trailing end of the mandrel and by the flexible withdrawing
means withdrawing the mandrel in the reverse direction
through the die The flexible withdrawing means are
preferably attached to the trailing end of the mandrel before
the mandrel and blank are pulled in the forward direction
through the die. The withdrawing means desirably stop the
movement of the mandrel in the forward direction when for-
mation of the tapered tube on the tapered mandrel is complete
whereupon the forward inertia of the tapered tube loosens it
from the tapered mandrel.
of the machine are of a shape ( I ) that precludes axial shifting
of the piece in the other direction and ( 2 ) that forms the hold-
ing portion into a flattened and axially elongated shape having
tool engaging projections.
3,713,320
METHOD OF HANDLING METAL STOCK FOR HOT
FORGING
Arne O. Andresen, Racine, Wis., assignor to Walker Forge,
Inc., Racine, Wis.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,092
Int. CLB21J 5/00
U.S. CI. 72-361 4 Claims
3,713,321
RIVET GUN
Gabriel M. LaPointe, Worcester, Mass., assignor to Parker
Manufacturing Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,009
Int.CI.B21j/5/20
U.S.CL 72-391 13 Claims
<J 15 44 43
A rivet gun for use with blind rivets making use of a closed-
circuit hydraulic system.
3,713,322
CRIMPING TOOL
Milton G. Fischer, Banning, Calif., assignor to The Deutsch
Company Electronic Components Division
Filed Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,210
lnt.CI.B21d9/0«
U.S.CL 72-410 26 Claims
A method of precisely cutting to length and then deforming
the end of a piece of metal for handling it for insertion into a
forging press or the like to form the finished article. The
method includes cutting a predetermined piece of metal from
a bar of stock, the length of the piece being such that only a
minimum excess of length is provided for forming into a
gripping portion for handling by a tool such as a pair of tongs.
The minimum excess length on the end of the piece is then
deformed by squeezing so as to axially elongate it and form it
into a gripping portion for a pair of handling tongs. The piece
can then be firmly and accurately handled while it is inserted
in the forging press, drop hammer or other forging device.
A machine for receiving, holding and deforming a piece of
metal which has been heated to a plastic condition, the
machine having stop means for holding it against axial shifting
in one direction while squeezing jaws of the machine deform
the end of the piece into a holding portion. The swingable jaws
A crimping arrangement for attaching a contact to the end
of a wire in which opposed first fiat dies are moved inwardly to
a position of spaced adjacency in which they compress the
contact between them, after which opposed second dies with
arcuate concave surfaces and of thicknesses equal to the spac-
ing between the fiat dies are moved inwardly to further com-
press the contact. The dies may be movable in straight slots in
a carrier member and actuated by a rotatable cam ring having
grooves receiving outer peripheries of the dies to cause the ap-
propriate sequential movement. Handles attached to the cam
ring and die carrier member permit hand operation of the tool.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1551
3,713,323
DIE FOR COLD DRAWING
Isin Ivanier, 5509 Westbourne, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Division of Ser. No. 808,594, March 19, 1969. This application
Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,748
Claims priority, application Canada, March 18, 1969,
46,097; (Jrcat Britain, Oct 30, 1%9, 51,544/69
Int.CLB21ci/00, //OO
U.S.CL 72-467 6 Claims
cubic foot to 80.0 pounds per cubic foot. Another outstanding
advantage of the invention relates to a probe type construc-
tion which may be used in a pipeline of any size.
3,713,325
PRESSURE SENSING DEVICE TESTING MEANS
Joseph M. Brian, 428 Carlyle Avenue, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Aug. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 173,545
Claims priority, application Canada, June 3, 1971, 1 14761
Int. CI. GOll 27/00
U.S.CL 73-4 R 3 Claims
A die and method for cold drawing of metal wire, the die
having a substantially circular passage extending throughout
its length and tapering from an inlet to an outlet, there being at
least three spaced apart grooves extending spirally about the
, passage and intervened by an arcuate surface of the passage.
The grooves are of substantially the same cross section at the
inlet and outlet ends of the die.
3,713,324
DENSITOMETER
Charles Eveleigh Miller, Boulder. Colo., and (.erald Lance
Schlatter, Boulder. Colo., assignors to International Tele-
phone and Telegraph Corp.. New York. N.V. ^
Division of Ser. No. 65,37 1 , Aug. 20, 1970, Pat. No. 3,677,067.
This application Oct. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 190,787
Int. CI. GOln 9/00
U.S.CL73-1R *^'"''"
A pressure sensing device has a casing which communicates
through a restricted orifice with a pressurized fiuid line. A
testing gauge is either fixed or removably connected to the
casing and a variable fiow valve communicates the casing with
the atmosphere. The How rate through the valve is substan-
tially greater than the How into the casing through the
restricted orifice, thus permitting control of the pressure in the
casing. Thus the pressure sensing device may be tested
without removing it from the fluid line and without materially
affecting the fluid pressure in the line. *
3,713,326
CAM GEAR POCKET OPENING MECHANISM
Victor I. Roberts, Randolph, and Clifford H. Messervey, East
Randolph, both of N.Y., assignors to The Bordon Company,
New York, N.Y.
Fil«l Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,127
Int.CLGOlmi/04
U.S.CL 73-41 ~ 10 Claims
A densitometer which utilizes a thin vane vibrated by a mag-
netostrictive tube. A piezoelectric crystal pickup feeds an am-
plifier and tracking filter to energize a coil around the mag-
netostrictive tube. The device is, in effect, an electromagnetic
oscillator in that the coil is driven in phase with the detected
signal. Vibration thus increases in amplitude until limited elec-
trically. A linearization circuit provides an output DC. volt-
age directly proportional to fluid density, gas, or liquid, which
may be impressed upon a conventional DC. voltmeter
calibrated linearly in density. A great many features, both in
the mechanical structure and in the electronics, make it possi-
ble to easily calibrate the instrument to read, for example, to
within an accuracy tolerance of ± 0.01 percent over a fluid
density range of, for example, from about 0.08 pounds per
A can testing apparatus includes a spider rotatable through
a can receiving station, can testing station and can discharge
station a plurality of test chambers mounted about the
periphery of the spider; means for moving cans into and out of
the test chambers; and means for actuating the moving means;
the improvement residing in the actuating means which in-
clbdes a cam track, a gear adapted to travel on the surface of
the cam track and to pivot about its axis in response to varia-
tions in the contour of the cam track, and a shaft in mesh with
the gear for transmitting motion to the moving means.
1552
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,327
SPECIFIC GRAVITY APPARATUS
Anton Hubert Clemens, Elkhart, Ind., assignor
Laboratories, Inc., Elkhart, Ind.
Filed March 11, l971,Ser.No. 123,231
Int. CI. GOln 9/00
U.S. CI. 73-32
3,713,329
ULTRASONIC ECHO ENCEPHALOGRAPH FOR
to Miles MEASURING THE POSITION OF THE MIDLINE
Donald W. Munger, New Milford, Conn., assignor to Automa-
tion Industries, Inc., El Sequndo, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 440,231, March 16, 1965,
2 Claims abandoned. This application Jan. 4, 1966, Ser. No. 518,575
Int. CI. GOln 29/04
U.S.CL 73-67.9 I Claim
74.
Apparatus useful in the determination of specific gravity of
a test liquid b> the falling-drop method is described. The ap-
paratus provides an overflow feature wherein the test liquid
which is dropped down a fluid column for specific gravity
determination subsequently flows up a second column to a
drain. This feature enables the initial fluid column to be con-
veniently repetitively used for specific gravity determinations.
3,713,328
AUTOMATIC MEASUREMENT OF VISCOSITY
Choji Aritomi. Hofushi, Yama«uchiken. Japan, assinnor to
Idemitsu Kasan Co. Ltd., Tok>o. Japan
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,381
Int.CLG01n///06
U.S.CL 73-55 8 Claims
tr f .'"
An ultrasonic instrument is disclosed herein which is par-
ticularly adapted for locating the midline structure of a brain
relative to the geometric center line of a head. The instrument
includes means for automatically producing a first indication
representing the geometric center line of the head and a pair
of indications representing the distances between the midline
structure and the two opposite sides of the head. These three
indications are all juxtaposed whereby they may be directly
compared with each other to positively identify the position of
the midline structure and its location relative to the geometric
centerline of the head.
3,713,330
AXLE TEST DEVICE
Thomas PhilUp I-entz, Chanhassen. Minn., assignor to
MTS Systems Corp.. Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Jan. U, 1971, Ser. No. 105,401
Int.CI.G01nJ/0«
U.S. CI. 73-93
6 Claims
The viscosity of a liquid is automatically measured by an ap-
paratus comprising a Lantz-Zeitfuchs type reverse flow
viscosimeter; a timing means actuated by photoelectric
devices consisting of pairs of photoelectric cell and light
source; a sequence control system; pumps and electromag-
netic switch valves; said pumps and valves being internally
communicated with said viscosimeter; said photoelectric cells
being electrically connected to said sequence control system;
whereby the actuations of said valves and pumps are pro-
grammed in sequence for measuring the time for viscosity
counting, for washing and for drying the viscosimeter. The
viscosimeter is placed in a constant temperature bath and has
a timing bulb which is of one piece with protection tubes en-
casing light source lamps and photoelectric cells in pairs at the
upper and lower timing marks of said bulb.
An axle test device which will permit three input forces into
the test specimen and which is primarily designed to be the
front spindle or rear axle of an automobile or other vehicle, so
that simulated testing can be carried out. The test device util-
izes bell crank actuators which are designed to give a compact
test stand without sacrificing performance and which are
designed to compensate for cross coupling effects of move-
ments in different planes.
Jamary 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1553
3,713,331
APPARATUS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINE COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Hans-Gunther Petersen, Wolfsburg. and Heiko Requardt, Gif-
horn, both of Germany, assignors to Volkswagenwerk Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Wolfsburg, Germany
Filed Feb. 19, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 16,957
Int. CI. GOlm 75/00
program distributor apparatus, the control mechanisms and
the servo-motors are fastened. The servo-motors are con-
nected to the operating devices by quick-connectors.
U.S.CL 73- 117.2
10 Claims
3,713,333
FORCE MEASURING APPARATUS
William D. MacGeorge, Doylestown, Pa., assignor to Testing
Technology Corporation, Langhorne, Pa.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,423
Int.CLG01l//04
U.S.CL 73-141 A 6 Claims
IQ ^^1 25
The compression pressure of each of the cylinders in an in-
ternal combustion engine is represented by a voltage obtained
at a tap on the ground cable of the engine and stored in a
respective accumulator by control outputs from a shift register
which successively activates each of the accumulators to
receive the data associated with the starting current of each
cylinder. The input to the shift register is fed from the output
of a N AND gate having inputs representing the impulses from
all the cylinders, the impulses from a cylinder selected as a
synchronizing or coordinating cylinder, a main control signal,
and a signal from the output of the last accumulator.
3,713,332
APPARATUS FOR THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION OF
OPERATING DEVICES FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Bernd Herrbrich, 7000 Stuttgart-Stammheim, Germany, as-
signor to Firma Dr. Ing. h. c. F. Porsche KG, Stuttgart-Zuf-
fenhause, Germany
Filed Feb. 4, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 1 2,672
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 4, 1970, P 20 04
979.0
lnt.CLG01l5//i
U.S.CL 73- 117 8 Claims
Li • iilwMK i\/ •
Force measuring apparatus is described which includes a
load spring of unitary construction with a multiple arm spring
frame assembly, one arm having a centrally located block
which carries a fixedly secured outer winding and the other
arm a moveable core within the outer winding, the core being
capable of controlled limited axial movement in response to
tension or compression forces, such movement thereby
providing a signal.
3,713,334
DOWNHOLE RECORDER DEVICE FOR LOGGING
BOREHOLES
Roy R. Vann, and Clyde R. Vann, both of 3302 Providence
Drive, Midland, Tex.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,383
Int. CLE21b 47/00
U.S.CL73-152 9 Claims
An apparatus for the automatic operation of operating
devices of vehicles, especially motor vehicles, in dependence
on a program distributor apparatus for simulating plotted driv-
ing programs through the use of a roller test stand, wherein the
individual operating devices of the vehicle such as the gas
pedal, brake pedal, clutch and gear-shifting lever are con-
nectable with servo-motors having control mechanisms opera-
ble by means of the program-distributor apparatus. A com-
mon base frame arranged opposite to the operating devices in
the passenger compartment of the vehicle and to which the
A self contained downhole recording device for use in a
method of logging boreholes, which includes logging ap-
paratus electrically connected to a recording means and
further including a power supply and a switch means. The en-
tire apparatus can be lowered into a borehole on a slick line,
the switch actuated by manipulation of the slick line, and the
structure forming the borehole analyzed by recording mag-
netic impulses upon the recording device. The apparatus is
returned to the surface of the earth and the recording means
fed into a strip type recorder device which prints out the mag-
netic impulses as indicia to thereby form a well log.
1554
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3 713 335 3,713,337
CONTROL APPARATUS APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC
Thomas E. Dupuis, Jr., Dallas, Tex., assignor to Honeywell, DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER RANGE
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. CHANGING
Filed April 1, 1969, Ser. No. 81 1,896 Larry J. Stroman, Houston, Tex., assignor to Daniel Industries,
Int. CI. GOlc 27/75 Inc., Houston, Tex. .,,^,n
USC173-178R 4Clalms Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,670
Int. CI. Golf 7100
U^. a. 73-205 R 7 Claims
TO COMPUTER *N0 OTmCR
C(Wtin«TlON LOOP,
A secondary control loop or compensation loop for com-
pensating for mechanical errors of an inertial component is
shown. The inertial component has a first torquer winding and
a second torquer winding with the first torquer winding being
used in a rebalance loop in the usual manner. The second
torquer winding is driven by pulse circuits in response to logic
signals derived from the various inertial components on the
same platform. The pulses used to drive the second torquer
winding are weighted to compensate for mechanical inaccura-
cies and errors in the inertial component attached thereto.
3,713,336
COMBINATION FLUID FLOW SPEED AND DIRECTION
TRANSDUCER
Theodore Bernstein, 5105 Regent Street, Madison, Wis., and
Joseph G. Miller, 2113 Tauhee Dr., Madison, Wis.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,371
Int.Cl.GOlw 1102
U.S. CI. 73- 189 6 Claims
FLOW
u -
\DIFF£RENJIAL
I PRESSURE
' TRANSDUCER
a>
20
21
22
FLOW
COMPUTER
GAIN ZERO -TE^eT
-/ . /'. '^DETECTOR
30 '
It I
28
32
2i
26
25
35
In one exemplar embodiment, apparatus for automatic dif-
ferential pressure transducer range changing is disclosed,
utilizing a single differential pressure transducer the dif-
ferential pressure measurement range of which may be
changed merely by changing the characteristics of the electri-
cal circuit generating a signal representative of the measured
differential pressure and a signal level detector circuit to
receive the output signal from the transducer and generate a
signal the polarity of which changes in response to a change in
level of the transducer output signal beyond a predetermined
limit representative of a change in measurement range of the
transducer. The Polarity-changing output signal of the detec-
tor circuit actuates a switching circuit to switch appropriate
predetermined resistive elements into the transducer amplifier
gain circuit to incrementally change the amplifier gain, and
hence, the measurement range of the transducer.
3,713,338
FIBER OPTIC LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
Ronald W. Kind, Detroit, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,080
Int.Cl.G01f2i/02.2J//4
U.S.CL 73-293 1 Claim
-■» -f=
A transducer including an anemometer having a magnetic
fiux concentrator in one arm thereof and including an earth's
magnetic field sensitive device for providing a first electric
signal which is a measure of both wind direction and the
direction of the earth's magnetic field. A permanent magnet
fixed to the rotating anemometer energizes once each revolu-
tion thereof a reed switch positioned by a wind vane, thereby
producing another electric signal which corresponds to the
wind direction. Both signals are applied to an indicator which
provides a simuluneous indication of wind speed and wind
direction relative to the earth's magnetic north pole.
A fluid level indicator in which a fluid reservoir is divided
into two fiuid chambers by a fiexible diaphragm. The first
chamber is filled with a light absorbing fiuid and the second
chamber is connected to a container containing a fiuid whose
level is to be indicated so that the fiuid is supplied to the
second chamber at a pressure which corresponds to the level
of the fiuid in the container. An upright transparent vessel is
mounted over an opening in the first chamber through which
fiuid may pass into the vessel. The pressure of the fiuid in the
second chamber due to the level of the fiuid in the container
exerts a force on the diaphragm to force the light absorbing
fluid in the first chamber through the opening into the upright
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1555
transparent vessel to a level at which the fluid pressures acting
on each side of the diaphragm are equal. The ends of a series
of fiber optic members are vertically aligned adjacent to the
transparent vessel and the remaining ends are terminated at a
remote viewing station. The fiber optic members are illu-
minated by a light source positioned opposite the ends of the
fiber optic members and external to the transparent vessel.
The fiber optic members in the region above the light absorb-
ing fluid in the vessel are illuminated to provide an indication
at the remote station of the level of the fluid in the container.
gister device is manually adjustable while the second register
device is driven by a synchro receiver dominated by the said
synchro transmitter of the output device. The positioning
mechanism moves or positions portions of switches which
3,713,339
SENSING APPARATUS FOR MEASURING THE
TEMPERATURE OF A HEATED RUBBER MATERIAL
DURING ITS CURING PROCESS AND METHOD FOR
MAKING SAME
Lewis A. Medlar, Orland, Pa., assignor to Honeywell Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,268
Int. CLG01k//0«, 7/00
U.S. CI. 73-359
9 Claims
J2 ^66
.•^^
n'
3^2s ;o
38 601 36
8«' 30 J6
A uniquely constructed sensing apparatus is provided to
1. continuously and more accurately sense the temperature
of a heated rubber material in a mold than has heretofore
been possible,
2. reduce the curing time that has heretofore been required
to heat a raw rubber material to a cured state and to
3. sense the instant of time when a heated raw rubber
material being cured in a mold reaches a cured state and
thereby eliminate the costly present practice of overheat-
ing to make sure that the rubber material is properly
cured.
PILOTS ALTITUOe ALERT AND
AUTOMATIC RESET SYSTEM
establish desired circuit conditions, one switch providing a cir-
cuit condition effective to alert the pilot when the aircraft is
not flying within a given range of the prescribed altitude and
another switch establishing a circuit condition effective to
reset the system after testing.
3,713,341
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Rud Frik Madsen, and Jens Herman Jensen, both of Nakskov.
Denmark, assignors to Aktiesefskabet De Danske Sukker-
fabrikker, Copenhagen, Denmark
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,706
Claims priority, application Denmark, May 4, 1970,
2249/70
Int.CLG01l7/0S
U.S.CL 73-406 1 Claim
In a blood pressure transducer a pressure compartment is
sealingly closed by a plane diaphragm sensing the pressure of a
liquid flowing through said compartment via inlet and outlet
means. The pressure sensed is transmitted to a measuring
device via a pressure transfer element.
3,713,342
GRAIN SAMPLER
Frank J. Jirik, Fisher, Minn.
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,466
Int. CLGOln 7/20
U.S.CL 73-422
1 Claim
3,713,340
ALTITUDE ALERTING SYSTEM
Earl W. Springer, Box 220, Failand, Ind.
Filedjunel8, 1971, Ser. No. 154,534
Int.CLG01c27/00
U.S.CL 73-384 30 Claims
An altimeter system including a barometric sensing device,
an output device including an encoder and a synchro trans-
mitter effective to provide an electrical output corresponding
to the altitude sensed by the sensing device, and a control
device including a first device for registering a prescribed al-
titude and a second device for registering the altitude
represented by the electrical output of the output device.
Each of the first and second register devices includes a
mechanical counter and a positioning mechanism, such as a
lead screw, drivingly connected to the counter. The first re-
The invention comprises a grain sampler having a rectangu-
lar elongated frame for slidable insertion into a grain
passageway in a direction laterally across the travel of grain
through the passageway. The outer end of the frame of the
sampler projects out of the passageway when inserted. A
1556
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
channel member is provided on the frame having an opening member having driving connections with the flyweights so as
for receiving a sample of grain as it travels through the to be rotated thereby and so as to be moved axially thereby in
passageway. A pair of endless chains carries the channel a given axial direction when the flyweights move radially out-
member along the frame and out of the passageway and emp- wardly, the driving and driven members being coaxial, and
ties the sample of grain out of the channel member.
3,713,343
DEVICE FOR MEASURING ACCELERATIONS
Roy R. Segerdahl, Belimore, and Theodor Erb, Forest Hills,
both of N.Y., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation, Ford
Instrument Company Division, Long Island City, N.Y.
Filed July 30, 1957, Ser. No. 675,800
Int.CI.G01p/5/0«
U^.CL73-517R 9 Claims
1. An accelerometer for providing the acceleration of a
vehicle at a first point th^ein, comprising a first means for
yielding the acceleration A, of the vehicle at a second point
disposed at a distance r, frorn_the first point, a second means
for yielding the acceleration Aj of the vehicle at a third point
disposed at a distance r, from the first point, and computing
means connected to said first and second means for yielding
the acceleration A of the vehicle at the first point in ac-
cordance with the formula
A=A
' (l-ra/rj
{Ai-A2)x
A, being equal to A +€,, A, being equal to A -l-e, and e, being
equal toTiirJri) where 7, is the acceleration of the second
point about the first point and T, is the acceleration of the
third point about the first point.
\
38 36 44 i "_^
J=U
means for urging the driven member in the opposite axial
direction, all the said driving connections comprising relative-
ly non-slidable parts which roll over each other during axial
movement of the driven member in the said given axial
direction.
3,713,345
MECHANICAL TIMER FAIL-SAFE MECHANISM
Timothy B. Sands, Acton, Mass., assignor to Sanders As-
sociates, Inc., Nashua, N.H.
Filed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,214
Int.CLG04b/5/00
U.S. CL 74- 1.5 7 Claims
3,713,344
CENTRIFUGAL GOVERNOR
Christopher Linley Johnson, Hartshorne, near Burton-on-
Trent; John Robert William Whitmarsh, and Kenneth Ar-
nold Basford, both of Derby, all of England, assignors to
Secretary of State for Defence, London, England
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,395
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 17, 1969,
56,192/69
Int.CLG05d/i//4
U.S. CI. 73-546 4 Claims
The invention concerns a centrifugal governor comprising a;
rotatable driving member, a plurality of equi-angularly spaced
apart flyweights which have driving connections with the said
driving member so as to be rotated by the latter, at least por-
tions of the flyweights being movable radially outwardly under
centrifugal force, a rotatable and axially movable driven
A fail-safe mechanical timer mechanism is provided having
a spring connection between the main spring input and the
driving gear such that the relative positions of the drive spring
end and the driving gear are maintained as a function of the
escape mechanism retarding torque. A lockup feature is pro-
vided when the proper relationship between driving torque
and escapement energy dissipation rate does not exist.
3,713,346
OSCILLATOR MECHANISM FOR FAN
James Chamberlain, Willowdale, Ontario, and John Bradley,
Scarborough, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Rotor
Electric Company Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed Oct. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 186,008
Int.CLF16h2///5
U.S. CI. 74-42 9 Claims
An oscillating fan is disclosed in which a ratchet arm and a
crank arm are joined by a connecting link, with the crank arm
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1557
being driven by the fan motor through a reduction gear
mechanism. The fan proper is attached to a vertical swivel
shaft adapted to rotate in a bore in an oscillator member fixed
to a stand. Normally the ratchet arm is fixed with respect to
their peripheries on opposite sides of a central depression, the
ribbing being applied wire elements either pre-coiled or
wound directly onto the cylindrical members or into grooves
formed in the peripheries thereof which may be grooved for
seating the wire elements and the grooves of diminishing
depth from center to the ends of the cylindrical members to
provide tapering spirally tending ribbing thereon; the con-
volutes of such wire elements may be plain or undulated by
waveforms for non-slip gripping and centering action relative
to belting trained about such rollers.
the oscillator member by registry means which can be forced
out of registry. Detent means between the swivel shaft and the
oscillator member limit the relative rotation of the former with
respect to the latter to an arc the same as the arc through u.S.CL 74-409
which the fan is adapted normally to turn.
3,713,349
PRELOADED INCREMENTAL FEED DEVICE
Carl F. Benson, Torrington, Conn., assignor to The Torrington
Company, Torrington, Conn.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,759
Int. CLF16h55//S,B23c 9/00
31 Claims
^2^ .72
3,713,347
SPINNING TAPE
Everett C. Atwell, Greensboro, N.C., and Homer Lee Ballard,
South Hill, Va., assignors to Burlington Industries, Inc.,
Greensboro, N.C. ...,.«
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,360
Int. CI. F16g//00.C03c 25/00
U.S. CL 74-231 R 9 Claims
^5- f ij?^
- 0£V.
A spinning tape which has a cured resorcinolformal-
dehyde/latex finish thereon, the tape being characterized by
its essential freedom from lint build-up and glazing in use.
3,713,348
CENTERLINE TRACKING ROLLERS FOR CLOSED
LOOP SYSTEMS
Rene Conrad, San Mateo, and John Hohmann, Sunnyvale,
both of Calif., assignors to Dynaloc Corporation, Sunnyvale,
Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 75,913, Sept. 28, 1970,
abandoned. This application Sept. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 183,808
Int. CI. F16h7//5, 55/56
U.S. CL 74-240 20 Claims
Centerline Tracking Rollers in which tubular cylindrical
members have oppositely wound spirally tending ribbing on
The device provides very small increments of linear motion,
such as are required in adjusting the elements of machine tools
for size control. The device utilizes two ball screws secured to
a movable machine tool element, with associated ball nuts car-
ried by the screws, the ball nuts being preloaded against each
other through a gear train or like driving means. Two or three
ball screws may be utilized, with one or more screws loaded in
tension, and one or more loaded in compression. The device is
thus completely preloaded to eliminate backlash normally at-
tendent to reversal of direction of the linearly movable
machine element. The drive means comprise a shaft havmg a
disk mounted thereon, which is manually rotatable, or which
may be moved through a predetermined arc by engaging an
edge of the disk with a cylinder actuated plunger, the plunger
being carried by a pivotally movable drive lever which is pro-
vided with movement from a drive cylinder at one end, and
which has adjustable stops for limiting the pivotal movement
of the drive shaft. The pivotal movement of the dnve shaft un-
dergoes a double reduction in the device, resulting in incre^
ments of linear movement less than ten millionth of an inch
with zero backlash.
3,713,350
AIR CUSHION HANDLEBAR GRIP
Frank P. Brilando, Niles, III., assignor to Schwinn Bicycle Com-
pany, Chicago, III.
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,767
lnt.CLB62k2//26
U.S.CL 74-551.9 2 Claims
Air cushion handlebar grip slidable onto handlebar and hav-
ing lower portion with finger-receiving scallops, side poruons
1558
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
with peripherally spaced and longitudinally extending
grooves, and upper portion opposite finger-receiving scallops
with a longitudinally extending air-containing cavity therein to
absorb shocks and prevent pinching of nerves in palmar aspect
of hand.
Positioned on each side of the path of travel of the poultry
through the apparatus are a plurality of finger supports sup-
porting a plurality of flexible fingers extending in at least three
directions, that is, extending in a direction substantially per-
pendicular to the axis of rotation, in a direction askew to said
axis, and in a direction parallel to such axis. Each of the sup-
ports are rotatable about axes orientated generally toward the
path of travel of the bird. The finger supports are arranged in
three banks, the upper and lower bank having their axes of
3,713,351
ELECTRICAL AUTOMATIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
WITH HILLY COUNTRY DETECTING UNIT
Shigeru Sakakibara, Aichi-ken; Takaaki Kato, Toyohashi-shi,
and Katsunori Ito, Kariya-shi, all of Japan, assignors to
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota-shi and
Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Japan
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,158
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 27, 1969,
44/77247; Oct. 20, 1969, 44/83725; Nov. 14, 1969,
44/91729;Feb. 12, 1970,45/12381
Int. CI. F16h 47150, 5/42; B60k 21/00
U.S. CI. 74-645 12 Claims
rotation inclined downwardly and upwardly, respectively. On
one side of the travel path opposite an upper bank is a rotata-
ble drum-type finger support having a plurality of fingers ex-
tending radially therefrom.
The banks of finger supports are arranged to be adjustable
as one unit. The assembly forming the bank is a single gear box ,
assembly so that all of the finger supports of each bank are
driven by one motor which is mounted on the assembly so that
when adjusted the motor moves with the assembly.
3,713,353
TRANSMISSION
Milton H. Scheiter, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., assignor to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,246
Int. CI. F16h 47/00. 47/05,57/06
U.S.CL 74-730 9 Claims
The present invention relates to an electrical automatic shift
control system with a hilly country detecting unit which is
adapted for use with an automatic transmission for automo-
biles comprising a fiuid type torque converter transmission
with a speed change gear, friction engaging means for accom-
plishing shifting gear engagements of the speed change gear,
and a hydraulic actuation circuit for controlling the friction
engaging means. The automatic shift control system comprises
a climbing road condition logic circuit, a downhill road condi-
tion logic circuit and a memory circuit, whereby it functions
such that the control unit of the torque converter for effecting
normal automatic gear changes in a hilly country is properly
restrained from changing to top gear thereby automatically
and easily preventing the transmission from changing to top
gear on inclines and declines and on curved roads, while this
hilly country driving condition is released upon changing into
level road running.
•* . -'r 'fifl.."iiy? \^''*^Lt
J>m -Jt.m.tc,.
3,713,352
POULTRY PICKER
Edward J. Crane, Ottumwa, Iowa, assignor to International
Agri-Systems, Inc., Ottumwa, Iowa
Divisionof Ser. No. 753,251, Aug. 16, 1968, Pat. No.
3,585,675. This application Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,696
Int.CI.F16hi7/06
U.S. CI. 74-665 GB 9 Claims
A poultry picker machine for picking feathers from poultry
suspended from overhead and carried through the machine.
A combined fixed ratio planetary traction-drive and toric
roller transmission, including a fluid torque converter
wherein, in one embodiment, the power input is split at the im-
peller, with a portion thereof being directed through the
planetary drive to overdrive the input race of the toric roller
section, thereby reducing torque into the toric section and,
consequently, reducing the size requirements of the toric sec-
tion. The output from the output race is directed to a stator
having no overrunning clutch, to rotate the stator in a
direction opposite to that of the impeller and turbine. Such ex-
ternal control of the relative speeds of the stator and impeller
provides improved converter torquelspeed ratio charac-
teristics. Reaction for the sun member and the roller support is
through a nonrotating axial loader mechanism to the casing. A
second embodiment utilizes a conventional torque converter
stator and overrunning clutch arrangement downstream of the
above-described planetary-toric drive, along with the above-
described nonrotating axial loader mechanism and means for
reducing torque into the toric section.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1559
,7l-,,c4 output signal when the vehicle speed is reduced to the
TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL predetermined low speed, thereby releasmg the locked state
John O. Edmunds, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to General Mo- of the memory.
torsCorporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filedjan.8,1 971, Ser. No. 104,867 3 713^56
Int.CLF16h47/00.57//0.47/0S SOCKET RELEASE MECHANISM FOR WRENCHES AND
U.S.CL 74-732 5 Claims THE LIKE
Raymond G. Knudsen, Kenosha, Wis., assignor to Snap-On
T Tools Corporation, Kenosha, Wis.
^ , Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,035
-^'^^ Int.Cl.B25b/i/00,//00
U.S. CI. 81-177.6 1 Claim
,%J .%.# J/ff.5 Jfp.0
A transmission and control having a fiuid or mechanical
drive input in the forward gear ratios and a mechanical drive
input in reverse gear ratios. The control, for controlling the
engagement of a low-reverse brake when the transmission
operation is changed for neutral or forward or reverse drive,
has a shift valve responsive to a relay valve controlled by a
manual valve. The relay valve responds to movement of the
manual valve from neutral to forward or reverse drive to actu-
ate the shift valve thereby directing fiuid to engage the low-
reverse brake. The control may be operated to selectively pro-
vide a mechanical input drive in the first ratio also^
3,713,355
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS ON VEHICLES
Hisato Wakamatsu, Kariya; Akira KItano, Nagoya, and Hisasi
Kawai, Toyohashi, all of Japan, assignors to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 34,098, May 4, 1970. This
application July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,080
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 6, 1969, 44/62568
Int. CI. B60k2//00,F16h 5/42
U.S.CL 74-866 5 Claims
The invention concerns itself with an improvement in
release mechanisms for wrench sockets which are detachably
connected to a turning shank such as but not limited to a
ratchet driven shank by a spring impelled detent. The spring
impelled detent is readily adapted to frictionally hold and
retain wrench sockets to a turning shank, but it usually in-
volves the use of two hands to remove such sockets from turn-
ing shanks equipped with spring impelled detents, and to ob-
viate this requirement and to afford the ready release of the
sockets from their turning shanks with one hand manipulation,
and elongated displaceable and combined detent positioning
and release member is provided in the turning shank that is
simple and serves as a detent camming element cooperating
with the detent to displace it relative to the socket recess
responsive to finger longitudinal displacement thereof.
« //
ERRATA
For Classes 83—718 and 83— 523 see:
Patents Nos. 3,713,470 and 3,713,471
3,713,357
APPARATUS FOR SLITTING SHEET METAL
Norval A. Keith, 171 Clearview Street, East Alton, III.
Division of Ser. No. 5,548, Jan. 26, 1970. This application July
26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,267
Int.Cl.B26d//02.i/00.9/00
U.S.CL83-1 7 Claims
-«p
An automatic transmission control system for automatic
transmissions on vehicles, which comprises a vehicle speed de-
tector to produce an output signal at frequencies proportional
to the vehicle speed, an AC-DC converter to produce an
analog signal by converting the output signal of the vehicle
speed detector, an engine load detector to produce an outpu
signal corresponding to the engine load, a gear shift signal
generator circuit to generate a shifting signal by detecting a
shifting point from the output signals of the AC-DC converter
and the engine load detector, and a memory normally produc-
ing an output signal in accordance with the gear shift signal
from the gear shift signal generator circuit for shifting the gear
position of the transmission gear-shifting mechanism. If the
engine throttle valve is closed, the output signal of the
memory is locked, irrespective of subsequent changes of the
gear shift signal until the vehicle speed is reduced to a
predetermined low value. A low speed detector produces an
A process and apparatus for slitting sheet metal having a
plurality of infiatable fiuid passageways therein into strips
each having at least one infiatable fiuid passageway which
comprises providing sheet metal having at least two sheets
pressure welded together in some areas and having a plurality
of unwelded areas corresponding to inflatable passageways.
The sheet metal contains at least one unwelded area extendmg
within it in a predetermined fixed relationship to the remain-
ing unwelded area, this one unwelded area being a control
tube for use in aligning the sheet metal for slittmg. The alig-
ning of the sheet metal is achieved by passing it about a locater
1560
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
mandrel which plows open the control tube and fixes the posi-
tion of the sheet as it enters the slitting assembly. The sheet
metal as thus aligned then proceeds into a conventional
slitting assembly wherein it is cut into strips. The locater man-
drel may be fixed or may be provided with means for adjusting
its position relative to the slitting assembly. A second slitting
assembly may be employed ahead of the locater mandrel
whose purpose is to remove a portion of the strip containing
part of the control tube.
3,713,358
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR SEVERING FLEXIBLE
SHEET MATERIALS
James R. Honeycutt; Thomas F. Friday, both of Charlotte, and
Terry S. Floyd, Matthews, all of N.C., assignors to Celanese
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filedjune30, 1971,Ser. No. 158,198
lnt.C\.E20d moo
U.S. CI. 83-35 9 Claims
An improved apparatus and process for continually severing
continuous flexible sheet material, particularly smokable
sheet materials, into discrete pieces having a parallelogram
configuration is described.
ERRATUM
For Class 83—790 see:
Patent No. 3,713,466
3,713,359
SAFETY SYSTEM FOR EXPLOSIVE POWDER STORAGE
BIN
Eugene A. Andrew, Florissant, Mo., assignor to Olin Corpora-
tion
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,706
Int.CI.F42bJJ/00,i7/00
U.S.CL86-1
4 Claims
J.
-?•<
^
^4
'1
i
i ^
-zz
y—
N
- H *
^ IZ
complished by venting pressure from within the storage
chamber so that the critical mass detonation rate of burning of
the powder can never be reached.
!
3,713,360
SAFETY CONTAINER FOR EXPLOSIVE POWDER
John W. Shansey, Alton, Madison, III., assignor to Olin Cor-
poration
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,697
lnt.CLF42biJ/00
L.S.CI.86-1 7 Claims
A container for a volume of explosive powder is provided
with a volumetric void within the mass of the powder in the
area thereof capable of creating a burning rate equal to the
mass detonation rate of the powder upon ignition of the
powder. The void is formed by a volumetric member posi-
tioned within the mass of the powder, the member being ar-
ranged so as to prevent powder from sifting into the void. The
void provides a volume for accumulation of combustion gases
sufficient to prevent the gas pressure within a burning mass of
powder from increasing to the point wherein the mass detona-
tion rate of the powder mass is reached. Thus the ignited mass
of powder merely burns itself up without detonating.
3,713,361
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTURE OF
AND IMPROVEMENTS IN EXPLOSIVE TRANSFER LINK
Clifford T. Johnson; Herbert M. Neuhaus, both of China Lake;
Wallace E. Silver, Ridgecrest; Gordon D. Whiting, China
Lake, and Richard A. N. Larson, Agoura, all of Calif., as-
signors to The United States of America as represented by
the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,582
Int. CL C06d //0«. F42b 3110
U.S.CK 86-22 - 2 Claims
An explosive transfer link is designed to the assembled by a
. ^- — — ^ novel method which eliminates hazards inherent in prior
production. The high energy booster charges at each end are
Prevention of deflagration of explosive powder from not placed in position until final assembly. The charges are
developing into a detonation within a storage chamber is ac- then press loaded by remote control.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1561
3,713,362
SILENCER
Dwayne W. Charron, Chicopee, Mass., assignor to Bangor
Punta Operations, Inc., Greenwich, Conn.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,934
Int.CLF41c2;//«.F41f /7//2
U.S.CL89-14D 13 Claims
3,713,364
FLUID CONTROL DEVICE
Giovanni Francia, Genova, lUly, assignor to L. I. R.-S.p.A.-
Laboratorio Italiano, Ricerche, Genova, lUly
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,837
Claims priority, application Italy, May 14, 1969, 4584 A/69
Int.CI.F15b////S;F01b7//0
U.S.CL 92-13.1 10 Claims
A silencer for firearms comprising a casing enclosing a plu-
rality of sealing members positioned within the casing at
spaced intervals, each sealing member being formed of
elastomeric material and having an aperture of diameter less
than the diameter of a firearms projectile that passes through
the silencer; and a plurality of filtering members separating
the sealing members within the casing, each filtering member
being formed of compacted metal particles of brass, bronze or
stainless steel, and each filtering member having an aperture
for free passage of a firearms projectile through the silencer.
The sealing members momentarily provide an interference fit
around a projectile passing therethrough so that the gases may
expand both rearwardly and forwardly through filtering mem-
bers with consequent reduction in velocity of the gases.
3,713,363
AUTOMATIC FIREARM
Ernst Hurlemann, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Werkzeug-
maschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle AG, Zurich, SwitzeHand
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,710
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 19, 1969,
18912/69
Int. CLF41d 5/04
U.S.CL 89-185 5 Claims
A device for the movement of a mechanical member into a
plurality of positions along a rectilinear trajectory. A hollow
cylinder has a plurality of outer stops spaced in its own inner
walls, and an axial element is axially movable in said cylinder
to actuate the mechanical member. The axial element is pro-
vided with an enlarged piston sealing the cylinder and a plu-
rality of axial inner stops spaced along its axial stem. Fluid
passages in the hollow cylinder are controlled to feed fluid
into and discharge fluid from the cylinder. At least one satel-
lite piston is slidable in the cylinder and is movable between
two outer stops of the cylinder and between two inner stops on
a stem portion of the axial element. The fluid feed and the
discharge are effected according to a series of combinations in
a binary code and there is obtained consequent movements of
the satellite piston and the axial element in cooperation with
the stops, to define respective stopping positions of the axial
element.
3,713,365
PNEUMATIC RECIPROCATING TOOL
Robert S. Goodrich, Palos Verdes Peninsula, Calif., assignor to
Ranger Pneumatic Tool Company, Ranger, Tex
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,992
Int.CLF01l/5/«
U.S.CL 91-25 3 Claims
bi a*
An automatic firearm having a breechblock and
breechblock carrier movable in the breech casing. An element
for coupling the breechblock carrier and breechblock is dis-
placeable in the breechblock carrier and engages a groove in
the breechblock. A first inclined cam rail supports the
coupling element when the breechblock carrier moves to the
rear. A second fiat cam rail supports the coupling element in a
coupling position during forward motion of the breechblock
carrier. Defiecting faces are provided for transferring the
coupling element to and from the two surfaces. This arrange-
ment decreases the forces applied to the cam rails thus
decreasing the likelihood of distortion.
A pneumatic reciprocating tool in which a reciprocating
piston is slidingly disposed through a slide valve with its ends
extending therebeyond and formed to be slidingly received
within a piston bore independently of the slide valve for a
predetermined extent of travel. Fluid passageways are formed
in the tool body from a fluid intake valve to spaced inter-
mediate locations in the piston bore and are interconnected by
the slide valve to passageways leading to the opposite ends of
1562
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
the piston bore. The piston and an underlying tool carriage are
formed with opposing rack gears and a gear wheel is disposed
in mesh with the racic gears thereby interconnecting the tool
carriage and piston for inverse movement of the tool carriage
relative to the piston.
3,713,366
FORCE BALANCE LEVER MECHANISM
Howard Lewis McCombs, Jr., South Bend, Ind., assignor to
The Bendix Corporation
Filed March 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,700
Int.CLF15b9//0
U.S.CL 91-47 16 Claims
able volume chamber which is open to exhaust and expands as
the piston moves in its bias direction and contracts as the
piston moves against its bias direction and the valve means still
further acts to open communication between the variable
volume chamber and alternating pressure chamber when the
variable volume chamber is expanding and to close such com-
munication when the variable volume chamber is contracting
so that fluid from the contracting variable volume chamber is
delivered to exhaust to alleviate intermittent exhaust back
pressure in the motor. An embodiment of the invention in-
cludes the motor in a percussive device.
A force balance lever system for controlling a positionable
output member as a square or square root function of a varia-
ble input force.
3,713,367
FLUID PRESSURE OPERATED MOTORS
Philip Butterworth, Cumberland, England, assignor to Butter-
worth Hydraulic Developments Limited, London, England
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,685
Int. CL FOlb 1102, 7118; FOll 25104
U.S.CL 91-231 16 Claims
3,713,368
ROAD JOINT SEAL AND END DAM CONSTRUCTION
Donald J. McDowell, Riverside, and Daniel E. Ciernik, Hin-
sdale, both of III., assignors to Felt Products Mfg. Co.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 141,518, May 10, 1971,
abandoned. This application Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 191,996
Int.CI.E01cy;//0
U.S.CL94-18 28 culms
A fluid operated motor having a reciprocating piston with
two opposed different effective areas of which the smaller ef-
fective area is open to continuous fluid pressure in a constant
pressure chamber to pressure bias the piston in one axial
direction, the larger effective area communicates with an al-
ternating pressure chamber and in which reciprocation of the
piston is achieved by alternately fluid pressurizing and ex-
hausting the alternating pressure chamber by control of valve
means which valve means further acts to open communication
between the constant pressure and alternating pressure cham-
bers when the piston is moving against its axial biasing so that
fluid displaced from the constant pressure chamber enters the
alternating pressure chamber. The motor also including a vari-
A joint seal assembly for adjacent, slightly spaced slabs of
roadway and deck structures. A joint seal and end dam in-
cludes a pair of elongate elastomeric side pads secured to the
upper surfaces of the slabs, and an integral elastomeric
bridging joint membrane spanning the gap between the slabs.
The joint membrane assumes an upstanding arched configura-
tion in transverse cross section. When the slabs move relative
to each other, as at longitudinal, transverse or skewed joints,
in all design positions of movement of the joint membrane and
the slabs, substantially no reaction force is exerted on the
slabs, and the side pads or on the means securing the side pads
to the slabs. The end dam is self-cleaning. Such an end dam is
made in sections configured to be sealingly secured in an end-
to-end array, whereby an end dam assembly of substantial
length may be formed.
3,713,369
METER COMPENSATION FOR A CAMERA WITH
INTERCHANGEABLE LENSES AND FOCUSSING
SCREENS
Tatsuo Fujii, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku K.K.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,940
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 8, 1969, 44/89062
Int. CL G03b 7/04, 7 9/72. GOlj 1156
U.S.CI.95-10C 3 Claims
A single-lens reflex camera including an interchangeable
focusing screen, each screen having an individually positioned
electrical contact, an interchangeable lens, each lens having
an individually positioned electrical contact, an exposure
measuring device which measures the intensity of the light
passing through the lens and focusing screen; a circuit system
in the exposure measuring device having terminals for receiv-
ing the electrical contacts on the mounting portion of the
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1563
camera body for automatically correcting the amount of expo-
sure meter sensitivity represented by the resistance value of a
V-2A
I
closest focus position or vice versa upon release of a shutter
release button. A signal from a photoelectrically-powered spa-
tial frequency sensing device, properly positions a locking
means to temporarily lock the camera lens at a focusing posi-
tion as it shifts from an extreme position so that it may focus
the sharp image of a subject for a time interval during which a
shutter is released. In size and weight the automatic focusing
. L2LL3iL4[L5[L6
particular resistor for a particular combination of focusing
screen and lens, when such focusing screen and lens are
mounted on the camera body.
3,713,370
ARRANGEMENT FOR COUPLING A FLASH BULB
HOLDER TO A CAMERA
Cornells Prijn, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands
Filed Nov. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 194,954
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 6, 1970,
7016260
Int.CLG03b/5/0i,/5/0i5
U.S. CL 95-11 L 4 Claims
15 '^
X-SYNC. '
CONTACT
camera may be comparable to the conventional electronic
shutter camera because no electric motor is used for shifting
the camera lens. In addition, no direction signal is required for
determining whether the camera lens should be shifted for-
ward or backward to focusing position since the lens is always
shifted from the same extreme start position to the proper
focused position.
3,713,372
PHOTOGRAPHIC SHUTTER WITH RECIPROCATING
SHUTTER BLADE DRIVING MEMBER AND
ELECTRONIC TIMING DEVICE
Hermann Schill, Schwarzw, Germany, assignor to Prontor-
Werk Alfred Gauthier G.m.b.H., Calmbach/Schwarzwald,
Germany
Continuation of Ser. No. 77 1 ,502, Oct. 29, 1 968, abandoned.
This application March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,846
Int. CI. G03b 9/62
U.S.CL 95-53 EB 2 Claims
A connection arrangement for coupling a holder for at least
one flash bulb to a camera includes a magnetic system in the
camera adapted to cooperate to a ferromagnetic portion of
the holder. Symmetrical positioning elements which
preferably have a searching construction form.part of the
holder and enable the holder to be used in two separate orien-
tations which are 1 80° relative to each other.
3,713,371
AUTOMATIC FOCUSING CAMERA
Makoto Kurihara, and HideakI Akiyama, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Ricoh Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,859
Claimspriority,applicationJapan,Feb. 14, 1970,45/12937 ,
Int.CLG03bi/02
"a mec'hlni^tuutomatic focusing system for cameras wh"h A photographic shutter having a driving member which
may be energized by, for example, the film winding operation when moved from a normal position moves the shut er blades
rorovided for shifting a camera lens from its infinity focus by means of a reciprocating actuating member first into an
^Uon to any. rrm'diate proper focus positi^ open and then into a closed position. An electronic timing
1564
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
device controls an armature lever which is subject to the ac-
tion of a return spring. The armature lever cooperates with a
lever blocking the actuating member in the open position o
the blades for the duration of the timing action. An additional
disengaging member is provided which, when the driving
member is returned to its normal position, disengages the
catch lever.
gized position against its bias spring, the release lever is not
permitted to rotate so that the projection of the drive lever
may be kept out of contact of the projection of the shutter
blade. When the shutter release lever is rotated so as to permit
the drive lever to return to its initial position from the ener-
3,713,373
APPARATUS FOR RELEASING THE SHUTTER DRIVING
MECHANISM OF A PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA TO
OBTAIN LONG EXPOSURE TIME
Akihiko Sato. Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku K.K.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 55.880
Claims priority, application Japan, June 30, 1970, 45/64441
Int. CLG03b 9/62, 9/64
L.S.CL 95-53 R 5 Claims
*6 57
.1',' J
gized position, the projection of the drive lever moves along a
path in which it strikes and swings past the projection of the
shutter blade so as to rotate the shutter blade against its bias
spring and then to return to its initial position, whereby the
shutter is opened and closed. The shutter ensures the smooth
and reliable operation and avoids the erratic operation.
3,713,375
MANNEQUIN STRUCTURE
Daniel C. Bianchino, 117 Prescott Road, Concord, Mass.
Filed April 7, 1971, Ser. No. 131,900
Int.CLG03b/5/06
U.S.CL 95-82 14 Claims
Apparatus for releasing the shutter driving mechanism of a
photographic camera to obtain long exposure time when the
camera shutter is set at a B-position having a manually opera-
ble shutter release button, a manually operable self-timer, in-
terlocking members movable between an upper position in
which the shutter driving mechanism remains charged and a
lower position in which the shutter driving mechanism starts
exposure and starts the self-timer, the interlocking means
being biased towards its upper position and movable to its
lower position by the shutter release button, a second shutter
release member mounted in the self-timer to release the en-
gagement of the interlocking members with the shutter release
button for allowing the interlocking members to move to their
upper position to complete the exposure when the set time has
elapsed.
3,713,374
SHUTTER FOR CAMERAS
Yoshitaka Shiratory, Koshigawa-shi, Saitama-ken, and
Hirokazu Kaneko, Ota-ku, Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors
to Ricoh Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,658
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 21, 1970, 45/16589
Int. CLG03b 9/62
L.S.CL 95-59 4 Claims
A shutter blade drive lever having a projection is pivolally
fixed to an integral flat portion bent at a right angle of a
shutter release lever which rotates in parallel with a shutter
blade having a projection for engagement with the projection
of the drive lever. When the drive lever is moved to its ener-
A three-dimensional mannequin structure having a unique
costume arrangement disposed thereon for use in photog-
raphy applications. The mannequin structure is similar to a
conventional full-body adult-size mannequin as is commonly
employed for displaying wearing apparel with the principal ex-
ceptions that it has no head, neck, or arms, and the major por-
tion of the back thereof, extending from the top of the shoul-
ders to the calf regions of the legs, is lacking. In addition, arm
and neck cutouts are provided in the regions of the mannequin
structure where the arms and neck, respectively, would nor-
mally be attached.
To use the above-described mannequin structure in photog-
raphy applications, a unique costume arrangement, for exam-
ple a reproduction of a 1775 Revolutionary War British sol-
dier's uniform, is constructed on the mannequin structure.
The costume arrangement has an open, or "backless." portion
between the shoulder and waist regions of the mannequin
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1565
structure A subject to be photographed stands behind the automatic sensing means senses a predetermined volume of
mannequin structure and partly "dresses" himself in the liquid which has passed the infusion station to energize the
costume arrangement. In the case of the British soldier
costume arrangement, the subject partly dresses himself
therein by inserting his arms through the sleeves of the
costume arrangement. The arm cutouts serve to facilitate this
latter operation. The subject then leans forward slightly such
that the upper part of his body, from essentially the shoulders
to the waist, fits within the torso cavity of the mannequin
structure and such that his neck is within the neck cutout and
his chin is above and forward of the neck cutout. After assum-
ing suitable positions fo'r the arms and head, and after a few
minor adjustments and additions to the costume arrangement,
the subject is photographed by the photographer. In the final
photographic print, the subject appears to be actually dressed
in a full costume.
3,713,376
AIR-CONDITIONER AIR-DIRECTING MEANS
Clinton E. Ring, Louisville, Ky., assignor to General Electric
Company, Louisville, Ky.
FiledMarch22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,504
Int.CLF24f /i/00
U.S. CI. 98- 110 1 Claim
motor for moving the one member from the infusing position
to the loading and unloading position.
3,713,378
BASTER AND TENDERIZER
Dexter F. West, and Joseph W. West, both of Oaltewah, Tenn.,
assignors to James Edward Cobb, Chattanooga, Tenn.
FiledFeb. 18. 1971,Ser.No. 116,379
Int. CI. A47j i 7/00
U.S.CL 99-346 1 Claim
34F
This invention provides improved means for directing the
fiow of conditioned air from an air-conditioner. The improved
air-directing means are adapted to be mounted in a condi-
tioned-air discharge opening from an air-conditioner and
readily removed therefrom. They include at least one nozzle-
like member which has two opposite ends and an axle on each
of them. The axles are journalled for pivotal movement rela-
tive to the opening in bearings provided on opposite edges of
the opening. At least one of the bearings is slotted to permit
easy insertion and removal of one of the axles into and from it.
Resilient fastener means are provided for releasably retaining
the axle in the slotted bearing.
3,713,377
BEVERAGE BREWING DEVICE
Hager F. Arnett, Mansfield, and Reginald A. Smith, Shelby,
both of Ohio, assignors to Mansfield Aircraft Products Co.,
Mansfield, Ohio
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 122,107
Int.CI.A47ji//44
US.CL99-283 30 Claims
A beverage brewing device includes an infusion station for
receiving an infusion package. The infusion station includes a
pair of vertically spaced package engaging members, at least
one of which is movable toward the othermember to an infus-
ing position, and away from the other member to a package
loading and unloading position. Liquid supply means feeds
liquid to the infusion station when the one member is in the in-
fusing position. An electric motor moves the one member, and
A culinary tool for improving the taste of roasting meats and
fowl, the device comprising an elongated stem of tubular
material which is threaded externally at both ends thereof, the
stem being first \hreadingly secured at one end to a steaiji
pocket plate while the other end of the stem is threadingly en-
gaged to a pointed head or key to permit inserting the stem
through a fowl or meat intended to be roasted, after which the
key or head is removed and replaced by a basting plate, so that
during roasting operation, the steam pocket plate is seated in
the gravy at the bottom of the roasting pan and from which the
gravy is pushed upwardly through the stem upon the basting
plates from which the gravy drips downwardly on top of the
fowl or meat so to baste the same and preventing it from dry-
ing up, thus producing a tender and tasty food.
3,713,379
BACON BROILER
Edward M. Gordy, 12 North Clermont Avenue, Margate, NJ.
Filed Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,428
Int. CL A47j i 7/00
U.S.CL 99-349
10 Claims
An improved apparatus for broiling bacon over a domestic
gas or electric range. The apparatus consists of one or more
hollow vertical broiling members mounted above a water
1566
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
^^rsx^rr-^a:;-:=r cSSK^USK^^^
perature on the external broiling surfaces, and a heat deflector
is mounted inside the broiling members.
3,713,380
COOKING UTENSIL
Robert S. Bardin. Bayside Village No. 4, 300 East Coast
Hiehway, Newport Beach, Calif.
Filed April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 31,929
Int.CI.A47ji7//0
U.S. CI. 99-422
4 Claims
tT-
X
V ^13 , 47
49-
iLC
rV
T
— i/""
if~
■51
-39
^Z^
t T^
-/3
O -""
in a hammer like blow driving the spiked truss connector
plates into the wooden members.
3,713,382
TUBE PRESSURE FILTERS
Ralph Derek Gwilliam, Cornwall, England, assignor to New
English Clays Lovering Pochin & Company Limited, Coro-
wall, England
FiledFeb. 1,1971, Ser. No. 111,482
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 11, 1970,
6,695/70; July 21, 1970, 35,374/70
Int. CLB30b 9/06, 5/02
U.S.CL 100-112 8 Claims
\
A cooking utensil comprising a bottom wall, a peripheral
wall, and a spillway extending along the bottom wall between
first and second regions of the peripheral wall to defme first
and second compartments. At least a section of the spillway is
of lesser height than the peripheral wall. The spillway has first
and second surfaces confronting the first and second compart-
ments, respectively The first surface and the bottom wall
define a larger included angle than the second surface and the
bottom wall.
ERRATUM
For Class 99—580 see:
Patent No. 3,713,468;
3,713,381
ROOF TRUSS MACHINE
Robert E. Mort, and George E. Creaser, both of Sharon, Pa.,
assignors to Inter-Lock Steel Company, Inc., East Palestine,
Ohio
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,027
Int.CUB30b//J2
U.S. CI. 100-100 2 Claims
A machine for assembling wood frames such as roof trusses
made of wood members abutted together and secured by
spiked truss connector plates consists of a hydraulically actu-
ated C-shaped clamping press having upper and lower press
plates and being movably mounted for horizontal motion on a
supporting frame Movable support means is provided for the
wood members to position the same in spaced relation to the
upper and lower press plates of the C-shaped clamping press
to permit quick and easy placement of the spiked truss con-
The sealing of the inner compartment of a tube pressure
filter, which comprises a pair of co-axial tubular bodies dis-
placeable relative to one another and forming between them
an annular chamber which is effectively divided by an im-
permeable elastic sleeve secured to the outer tubular body
into inner and outer compartments, is effected at least in part
by the impermeable elastic sleeve.
3,713,383
DISPERSAL TECHNIQUE FOR CW/BW AGENTS
Frank G. Crescenzo; William A. Gey, and Armin T. Wiebke,
all of China Lake, Calif., assignors to The United SUtes of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed May 16, 1966, Ser. No. 551,842
Int.CLF42b25//2
U.S. CI. 102-6 . 3Cjtlms
Dispensing canister for BW-CW agents characterized by the
agent being in gel form of certain viscosity and a central
January 30, 1973 GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
burster tube containing a propellant for producing pressure of
1567
>
Z
26 , |S^-N
relatively low order, to effect dispersal of the gel into relative-
ly large particles.
3,713,384
BLASTING METHOD
Brian Turnbull, Troon, Scotland, assignor to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries Limited, London, England
Filed March 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,904
Claims priority, application Great Britain, March 31, 1969,
16,615/69
lnt.CLF42d//04
U.S.CL 102-27 R 9 Claims
A blasting method and primer assembly for blasting agents
wherein the primer assembly comprises a high explosive prim-
ing charge, a connector and an intermediate length of detonat-
ing cord, the connector being adapted to hold the detonating
cord in close lengthwise proximity to and slidably movable
along a downline of detonating cord.
3,713,386
RANGE LIMITED PROJECTILE SYSTEM
Melvin Zaid, Old Westbury, N.Y., assignor to Colt Industries
Operating Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,084
Iiit.CLF42b5//0
U.S.CL 102-38 18Ctalms
A 34. ,S2
3,713,385
ELECTROEXPLOSIVE DEVICES
Albert Leonard Lovecy, London, England, assignor to Minister
of Technology in Her Britannic Majesty's Government, Lon-
don, England
Filed Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,239
Int.CI.F42cy9//2
U.S. CI. 102-28 R 7 Claims
An electroexplosive device consisting of an intimate mix-
ture of an explosive substance and an electrically conducting
material in a fibrous form in sufficient proportion and so dis-
tributed to provide an electrically conducting path through
the mixture and means for passing an electrical current
through the mixture to initiate the explosive substance.
A close range projectile system having a reverse thrust
rocket in the projectile which permits maximum projectile
velocity and hitting power over short range only.
3,713,387
HIGH SPEED FAIL SAFE WEAPON RETARDING SYSTEM
Raymond E. Karp, San Marino, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed March 20, 1969, Ser. No. 808,725
Int. CI. F42b 25/02
U.S.CL 102-4 ' 8 Claims
An improvement for an aerodynamic missile, such as a tor-
pedo, wherein the missile has a main parachute which is con-
tained by a container at the aft end thereof, the improvement
including an initial stabilizing and velocity retarding parachute
releasably folded about the container; and means releasably
retaining the stabilizing parachute to the container. The con-
tainer may be constructed of a flexible material such as cloth,
and an improved means may be provided for releasing the
main parachute from this container.
3,713,388
PROJECTILE FOR SMOOTH BARREL HUNTING GUNS
OR RIFLES, WITH AUXILIARY WAD PROVIDED WITH
HELICAL SIDE TABS
Emanuele Pontoriero, Aereoporto, Pantelleria, Italy
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,560
Claims priority, application luly, Oct. 28, 1969, 60009
A/69
Int. CL F42b HOO
U.S.CL 102-38 4 Claims
The. invention concerns a projectile for smooth barrel hunt-
ing guns or rifles. The projectile is inserted into a cartridge
housing the charge, the priming system and sealing wad of
limited thickness. The projectile comprises a substantially
1568
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
spherical projectile includes an internal cavity connected to
-12
sion of the continuous rod, thereby maintaining the continuity
of the rod.
an auxiliary wad, cylindrical in shape and containing helical
tabs formed by grooves. The diameter of the projectile and the
auxiliary wad correspond to the internal diameter of the car-
tridge which houses the projectile.
3 713 389
IGNITION DEVICE IN A ROCKET-ASSISTED
PROJECTILE
Karl Erik Waldemar Hjelm, Karlskoga, Sweden, assignor to
Aktiebolaget Bofors, Bofors, Sweden
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,069
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 17, 1969,
14249/69
Int.CI.F42b/9/0S
U.S. CI. 102-49.7 7 Claims
3,713,391
ELECTRONIC IGNITION DELAY FOR 5 738 AND 5/54
ROCKET ASSISTED PROJECTILES
Lilburn G. Stout, Jr., Falmouth; Robert F. Butler, and Thomas
S. Smith, both of Fredericksburg, all of Va., assignors to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Filed Dec. 1 1 , 1969, Ser. No. 889,855
Int. CI. F42c/ 7/06, N/00, 9/00
U.S.CL 102-70.2 A 5 Claims
■'//./ /'./'■ / ■/ ■/ ■ / / /
To provide reliable and accurate ignition timing for 5 '738
and 5 '754 rocket assisted projectiles, a mass is situated so as
to shear loose its holding pin when the projectile is gun fired.
At termination of setback, the mass is moved by a spring to
percussively actuate the thermal battery. The battery provides
power to a timing circuit which after a suitable delay switches
current through a squib.
An ignition device for a rocket-assisted projectile to be fired
from a gun comprises a detonator which when activated ig-
nites a delay composition of a kind burning without flame and
without generating hot gases, and a support for a composition
of the type burning when activated non-explosively with a hot
flame for a prolonged period of time. This support is movable
by the centrifugal force acting upon it when the projectile is
fired and spins, from a rest position to an active position in
which the composition on the support is ignited by the heat of
the burning delay composition. The burning of the composi-
tion on the support member in turn, ignites via an also non-ex-
plosively burning priming charge the propellant fuel of the
rocket motor of the rocket-assisted projectile.
3,713,392
EXPLOSIVE LEAD PLUG
Kenneth C. Parsons, Columbia Heights, Minn., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
FiledFeb.9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,866
Int.CLF42bi//0
U.S.CL 102-70 2 Claims
\ ' ■ ■■
3,713,390
ORDNANCE SECTION CABLE HARNESS
Hans D. Pieper, Riverside, CaKf., assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,363
Int. CI. F42by J/45, /5/00
''•An''ord''a;c?sect.on cable harness which extendfovn A metal fuse extension with -^"P'-;;^^-';';^^^^
continuous rod warhead wherein the wires of the cable har- passing through it. The channel is small on one end and large
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1569
on the other end. The small end is adjacent a fuse and the
large end is adjacent a burster charge. Upon detonation of the
explosive material in the channel, the small end is sealed
closed due to metal flow, thus preventing a backfire of the
burster charge through the small end.
3,713,393
IGNITER MECHANISM FOR SOLID PROPELLANTS
UNDER HIGH FLUID HEAD
Donald J. O'Connor, Seymour, Ind., and Clarence R. Fast,
Tulsa, Okla., assignors to Amoco Production Company,
Tulsa. Okla.
Filed April 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,063
Int. CI. F23q H02
U.S. CI. 102-70 10 Claims
3,713,395
SOLID PROPELLANT
David W. Carpenter, China Lake, and Jack A. Yeakey,
Ridgecrest, both of Calif., assignors to The United SUtes of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,022
Int. CLF42b/ /OO
U.S.CL 102-103 1 Claim
28 V
-^
An igniter is describe capable of operating at high bottom-
hole pressures, i.e., greater than 2,000 psi. To prevent the in-
flux of well fluids into the recess which has been drilled into a
portion of the main propellant, it is filled with a plastic or
viscous propellant. A flame squib or resistance wire is im-
mersed in the viscous propellant. Any pressure exerted by well
fluids against the viscous propellant serves to force it into void
spaces around the flame squib thus protecting the squib as
well as the surrounding primary propellant from direct contact
with aqueous well flujds.
3,713,394
SMOKE SIGNAL DEVICE
Sherman E. Dare, Wheatland; Davey S. Haas, Bloomington;
Stanley J. Herold, Switz City; Steven R. Norris, Wheatland;
Terry V. Patterson, Bloomington, and Robert E. Sloan, Lin-
ton, all of Ind., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,765
Int.CLF42b///24
U.S.CL 102— 90 4 Claims
\31 26^24-*^^^
A smoke signal device adaptable for attaching to a pistol
and being launched by firing the pistol. An adapter is provided
which slip-fits onto a pistol barrel and a base having a percus-
sion primer therein is removably attached to the adapter. A
case having a quantity of smoke-producing composition
therein is attached to the forward end of the base and an igni-
tion train is provided to ignite the smoke-producing composi-
tion upon detonation of the percussion primer. The case is
separated from the base upon ignition and a trailing smoke
signal is emitted from the case during flight.
The propellant grain of a rocket motor is improved by
providing fiame resistant adhesive strips longitudinally on the
outer periphery of the grain for centering the grain in the
motor case and to allow for equal distribution of chamber
pressure around the exterior of the grain. The results are also
enhanced by addition of a slotted pressurization ring at the
forward end of the grain.
3,713,396
SINGLE TURNTABLE APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING
RAILROAD TIES
Helmut Gustav Colius, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, assignor to
Mannix Co., Ltd., Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,555
Int. CI. EOlb 29/06
U.S.CL 104-9 4 Claims
A tie delivering system for use in an apparatus for construct-
ing railroad tracks and the like comprising a support structure
including a conveying path, means for conveying a plurality of
longitudinally spaced ties along said path, means for delivering
a pair of laterally spaced rails above said ties such that the rails
are initially vertically spaced above the ties and come to rest
on the ties and means for delivering an assembled track sec-
tion from the path. The ties delivery system includes a ties
storage structure mounted on said support structure at an
elevation higher than the conveying means and arranged to
hold ties in a position parallel to the rails, an elongated tie
receiving chute extending downwardly from said tie support
structure between and parallel to said rails, means associated
with said chute for releasably holding a tie therein and a verti-
cally movable tie receiving turntable positioned below said
chute for receiving a tie released from the chute, lowering the
tie to a position below said rails and above said conveying
path, rotating the tie through 90° and depositing the tie on the
conveyor path at right angles to the rails.
1570
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,397
MOTORIZED RAILWAY TRUCK
John Henry Parker, St. Laurent, Quebec, and Frank Thomas
Mclnerney, Bruno, Quebec, both of Canada, assignors to
MLW-Worthington Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,284
Int. CI. B61c 9/50. B61fi/04. 5/20
U.S.CL 105-136 7 Claims
hopper outlets. An end reinforcing structure is provided to
transmit horizontal and vertical loads from the center sills to
A truck assembly adapted to maintain substantially equal
loading on the motorized axles of a two axle truck by
res.liently suspending said truck on a central post, the res.l.en
suspension permitting rotation of the truck about a horizontal
axis located approximately at ground level and in line with the
vertical axis of roution of the truck from about the post.
the tank shell and to transmit bending moments applied to the
end of the car to the tank shell.
') 713 398
FLUID RAILWAY SIDE BEARINGS
John A. Zupez, Saint Louis, Mo., assignor to Abex Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y. or.,,-.
Filed Aug. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 854,172
Int. CL B61f 5114, F16c 1 7104, F16f 9110
U.S.CL105-199CB 2 Claims
3,713,400
RAILWAY CAR
Anthony Teoli. 174 Sunderland Avenue, Pointe Claire,
Quebec, Canada
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,807
Claims priority, application Canada, April 14, 1970,
080117
Int.CLB61dy7//0. /5/00
U.S.CL 105-406 R ^ Claims
.2*
14 4
i "
' «'
'^"f-
A gondola type railway car has a bottom plate of parabolic
shape extending down between the wheel assemblies or trucks
of the car and free of external and internal reinforcement, giv-
ing maximum capacity with minimum car weight.
Rocking motion of a railroad car body, supported on a truck
bolster is reduced and absorbed by a cylinder and a plunger
side beanng assembly arranged on opposite sides of the
bolster center plate. The cylinders have chambers filled with
liquid in communication with one another through restricted
orifices and an interconnecting conduit.
3,713,401
AIR-FLOW OVEN
Clolse M. McClurkIn, 1821 North Street, S. E., Decatur, Ala.
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,205
int. CLA21b 5/06
U.S.a. 107-57 B »8 culms
3,713,399
TANK CAR
Henry Bembridge, Oakvllle, OnUrio, and Geoffrey C. Venn-
Brown, Cooksville, OnUrlo, both of Canada, assignors to
Procor Limited, Oakvllle, Ontario, Canada
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,719
Int. CI. B61d 5/02, 5/06
U.S.CK 105-358 |* Claims
A hopper-type railroad tank car Waving a longitudinally ex-
tending tank shell supported upon a pair of shortened stub
center sill assemblies, one at each end. and a plurality of
hopper compartments spaced at intervals along the length of
the car Each hopper compartment communicates with a bot-
tom outlet, cut-out of the tank shell. The inboard edges of the
center sills are positioned outboard of the respective end-most
x-.
An oven for heating and maintaining heated food stuff
wherein free access to the interior thereof is provided through
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1571
an open port, either at the top or bottom thereof A dual air
curtain is provided about the access port or opening and in-
cludes an inwardly directed curtain defined by circulating
oven heated air and a second overlying outer curtain defined
by a blowing of the ambient air thereacross. THe food is main-
tained on a vertically traveling rack, the individual pans of
which are removable for a selective removing of the food stuff.
to be conveyed towards an ash-pit, said grates sloping with
reference to a horizontal plane at an angle which decreases
from the rearmost towards the foremost grate.
3,713,402
SOLID WASTE INCINERATOR AND PROCESS
Mary E. Ahrend, 1 165 East 24th Place, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,094
Int. CLF23g 5/00
U.S. CKl 10-8 R 8 Claims
-K^
3,713,404
PLANT HUSBANDRY
Harry F. Lavo, Stamford, Conn., and Charies J. Cante,
Bayside, N.Y., assignors to General Foods Corporation,
White Plains, N.Y.
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,865
Int.CLA01c
U.S.CL 111-1 13 Claims
A high-expansion foam is employed as a vehicle for apply-
ing seeds, fertilizers, and other biological and chemical agents
to plant iife and soil. The long lasting foam is mechanically
generated with a portable hand-held water powered generator
from a foam -providing concentrate within which is incor-
porated the plant and/or soil agent. The foam-providing con-
centrate and the method of applying the foam are especially
adaptable for employment with a residential-type garden hose
utilizing typical residential water supply and pressure systems.
3,713,405
WORK CLAMP FOR SEWING MACHINES
Nereo Bianchi, Pavia, Italy, assignor to Necchi S.p.A., Pavla,
Italy
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,049
Claims priority, application lUly, Jan. 28, 1970, 42901
A/70
Int. CLD05b 27/04, 29/05
U.S.CK 112-76 3 Claims
An open pit incineration system for solid waste and refuse
utilizes a high velocity air curtain to effect not only complete
combustion of solid materials into gaseous products of com-
bustion but to prevent the escape of producU of incomplete
combustion into the atmosphere. The residue or incombusti-
ble solid material remaining is removed from the pit. The in-
vention further incorporates a waste disposal system and
process to efficiently collect and transfer the waste material
into the incineration pit.
» ie n
3,713,403
REFUSE DESTRUCTOR
Claude Mallle, 96 Scarcelles, France, assignor to Stein Indus-
tries, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,031
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 4, 1970, 7029153
Int. CI. F23h 7/00
U.S.CL1 10-32 R 9 Claims
A work clamp for holding a fabric in tensioned conditioning
during the sewing of stitches thereon. The clamp comprises
opposed pivoted members which incline jelative to the sewing
plane when the clamp is lifted to an inoperative position.
These members gradually grip the work fabric and tension it
as they assume a parallel position relative to the sewing plane
in consequence of the clamp being lowered to a working posi-
tion.
3,713,406
AUTOMATIC MACHINE FOR SEWING POCKET PIECES
AND THE LIKE TO GARMENTS
Menachem Futter, Union, NJ., assignor to The Singer Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 23. 1971, Ser. No. 155,927
Int. CI. D05b 2 //OO
U.S.CL 112-121.15 13Clalms
A machine for automatically sewing a pocket piece to a gar-
ment wherein the pocket is loaded onto a clamp in which the
:i;;ci; i:zs:^ii:^^:^^^^ »•- - •"-" "' ^ "-^-^^ ^--^'^ ""-' —-" ""'-"^ ■^" °'
906 O.G.— 59
1572
conjugate cams. The two cams are identical and are mounted
on a common shaft in displaced configuration upon a line of
svmmetry to form a coordinate drive system which drives the
clamp to prescribe a predetermined pattern. An adjustable
bracket connects the fixture to the linkage assembly. The sew-
ing machine and the conjugate cams are synchronously driven
from a variable speed motor by timing belts. A pair of holding
plates are used in the clamp to prevent the pocket edges from
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,408
SEAMING TEXTILE ARTICLES
Leslie Roy Deeks, Wokingham, and Michael Henry Cox, High
Wycombe, both of England, assignors to Detexomat Limited,
High Wycombe, Buckinghamshire, England
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,952
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 2<> 1968,
35 81 1/68; Oct. 15, 1968, 48,733/68; Jan. 20, 1969, 3,243/69
Int.CI.D05c9//0
U.S.CL 112-121.15 UCIaims
becoming unfolded while the pocket is in the clamp. The hold-
ing plates include an inner plate and an outer plate, intercon-
nected to each other by a spring cartridge. Once the folding
operation is completed, the clamp is moved to the sewing posi-
tion for the start of the sewing cycle wherein the folded pocket
will be sewn to a shirt front which has been placed beneath the
pocket clamp before the pocket piece was inserted into the
clamp.
3,713,407
NEEDLE BAR MECHANISM FOR SEWING MACHINES
Heinrich Ciecior, Ettlingen, Germany, assignor to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 187,715
lnt.CI.D05b55//4
U.S. CI. 112-221
Apparatus adapted for use in seaming textile articles com-
prises means for supporting an article for seaming which com-
prises a front uncurler assembly arranged to support forward
portions of the article to be seamed, and to uncurl curled edge
portions of the article prior to seaming and a rear support as-
sembly arranged to support rearward portions of the article;
the portions to be seamed together extend between the un-
curler assembly and the rear support assembly in the opera-
tion of the apparatus and the two assemblies are movable
between rearward positions in which the article is loaded onto
the support assemblies and forward positions in which the arti-
cle is fed for seaming. The apparatus also comprises means for
applying tension between the front and rear support assem-
blies and thus to the portions of the article to be seamed, and
means for correcting misalignment between the edge portions
to be seamed.
2 Claims
3,713,409
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR BONDING ADHESIVE
SEAMS ON CAN BODIES
Eugene W. Heniser; James W. Jensen, and Bernard K. Hook,
all of Hastings, Mich., assignors to Gulf & Western Industri-
al Products Company, Salem, Ohio
Filed Sept. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 179.108
Int. CLB21d 57/26
U.S.CLI13-12 11 Claims
2^"x3-^
A mechanism for supporting a sewing machine needle bar
for endwise reciprocation in which the needle bar is
reciprocatable in a gate which is adjustably secured in the
machine frame by a slotted guide member which stabilizes the
needle bar drive link Fastening of the slotted guide member in
the machine frame simultaneously effects alignment of the
slotted guide with the needle bar and clamping of the needle
bar gate relatively to the machine frame.
^^r^'
Can bodies have side seams defined by overlapped side
edges of a blank with adhesive interposed therebetween. The
seam is bumped and held with variable force as can bodies are
moved from station-to-station along a mandrel.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1578
3,713,410
FLOATING BARRAGE
Roger Ducrocq, and Charles Moreau, both of Clermont-Fer-
rand, France, assignors to Pneumatiques Caouthchouc
Manufacture Et Plastiques Kleber-Colombes, Colombes,
France
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,51 1
Claims priority, application France, March 20, 1970,
7010268
Int.CI.B63bJ5/00
U.S.CL114-.5T 8 Claims
lowered by forcing air into or expelling air from the ballasts
tank.
3,713,412
DEEP OCEAN SUBMERSIBLE
Anthony P. lanuzzi, Catonsville, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,244
Int. CI. B63g 8100
U.S.CL114-16R 9 Claims
7 8
/ /
Floating barrage for containing oil spills and the like com-
prises components consisting of inflatable bags from each of
which a plurality of overlapping interlinked panel members
are suspended.
3,713,411
SUBMERSIBLE CATAMARAN FOR THE PLACEMENT
AND WITHDRAWAL OF PACKAGES ON A WATER
BOTTOM
Rene F. Bordessoule, 78 Carrieres sur Seine; Andre J. Ker-
mabon. 13 Marseille 9e, and Serge De Vera, 95 Garces les
Gonesse, all of France, assignors to Compagnie Francaise des
Petroles, Paris and Comex-Equipment, Marseille. France
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 113,047
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 11, 1970, 7004774
Int. CL B63g 8100
U.S.CL114-16E 8 Claims
^4-
A deep ocean submersible including a pair of glass shells
which are adapted to mate with one another about their rims
to form a submersible hull; each shell having a peripheral lip
which extends outwardly from the rim thereof; an elastomeric
band mounted to each respective lip; and means for clamping
the bands so that the shells can be tightly retained along their
rims.
3,713,413
WATER CIRCULATING TYPE BATTERY USED IN
TORPEDO OR THE LIKE
Ryoji Nakamura. Minami-ku. Kyoto-shi, Kyoto, Japan, as-
signor to Japan Storage Battery Co., Ltd., Kyoto, Japan
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,941
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 25, 1969, 44/94495
Int. CI. F42b 19124, HOlm 7/00. 7102
U.S.CL1 14-20 R 6 Claims
10 8 10' 5
For continuously supplying a constant amount of acid from
an acid tank to sea water or fresh water forming an electrolyte
of a water circulating type battery to be used in a torpedo or
the like regardless of the water pressure acting on the related
parts of the battery depending on the operational depth of the
torpedo or the like, an acid supplying device is dnven by an
electric motor energized from the water circulating type bat-
tery.
A submersible vehicle of the catamaran type which is used
to raise and lower load to and from the bottom of a body of
water. The vehicle comprises two ballasts tank held together
by beams and a platform position on the beams. The platform
has an open center area through which the loads are attached
to or separated from the vehicles. The vehicle is raised or
3,713,414
SYSTEM FOR ATTACHMENT TO AND LIFTING OF
OBJECTS FROM DEEP WATER
William J. G. WIschhoefer, Fairfax County, and William H.
Hunley, Alexandria, both of Va., assignors to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the SecreUry of the
Navy
Filed Aug. 26, 1965, Ser. No. 483,908
Int.CI.B63c7/26;B63g«/40
U.S.CL 114-50 17 Claims
A deep water recovery system comprising a submersible
vehicle and associated equipment, including an object at-
1574
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
tachment tool for attaching to sunken objects, a messenger lar housing with increasing temperature. The thermometer is
Ime and buoy arrangement havmg an automatic attachment set for operation by an mternal latchmg arrangement operable
f
means and a hoisting cable grip which may be guided from the
surface to the sunken object along the deployed messenger
line for automatic attachment.
3,713,415
SHIP MOORING ARRANGEMENT AND A SUBMERGED
OIL STORAGE TANK
Yukio Arita, and Katsuya Ninomiya, both of Hiroshima,
Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
FiledFeb. 25, 1971,Ser. No. 118,921
Claims priority, application Japan, March 5, 1970,
45/18304
Int.CI. B63b2//04,2//00
by manual withdrawal of the indicating rod from the housing
at the time of use of the thermometer.
3,713,417
AIR OPERATED ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER
Michael E. Shugart, 3216 South Harlem Avenue, Riverside, III.
Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 165,479
Int. CI. B06b 5/00
U.S.CLII6-137A 10 Claims
U.S. CI. 114-230
2 Claims
/ \
\ /
A ship mooring arrangement comprising a movable fender
system capable of varying the spring constant optionally by
selecting the dimensions and shapes of a fender mechanism
and a ballast tank type of weight, said weight is so constructed
to be filled with water and to be sunk, a storage tank fixed at
the sea bottom by means of the anchoring piles, a main frame
secured to the foot of said oil storage tank by fixing rigidly the
posts of said frame to said anchoring piles.
3,713,416
DISPOSABLE THERMOMETER STRUCTURE
Anthony J. Volk, 173 East Syracuse St., Turiock, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 122,604, March 1, 1971. This
application April 3, 1972, Ser. No. 240,365
lnt.CI.G01k///06
U.S. CI. 116-114.5 4 Claims
A simple thermometer structure having an indicating rod
adapted to extend therefrom and to move inwardly of a tubu-
A device to produce ultrasonic waves in the field of rodent
and pest control The device is a transducer which converts air
under pressure to ultrasonic waves. Further the ultrasonic
waves have constantly varying frequencies created by the pul-
sating admission of air under pressure to the system for more
effective rodent and pest control. .
3,713,418
MACHINE FOR APPLYING HIGH CONSISTENCY FLUIDS
AND SEMI-SOLIDS TO BAKERY AND OTHER
PRODUCTS
Walter L. Griffith, 51 E. Cavalier Road, Monroe County, N.Y.
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,604
Int. CI. B67d 3100; A23g 3/20; B05c 5100
U.S.CL1I8-15 3 Claims
A machine consisting of a metal framework holding a tubu-
lar dispensing valve having a longitudinal partition. High con-
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1575
sistency fluids or semi-solids are pumped into the tube below
the partition and through openings in the partition and out a
plurality of nozzles in the tube located above the partition.
Cutting blades are positioned along a shaft positioned above
to be provided at the ends of each sheet. The means comprises
a margin line printing roll having a plurality of equidistantly
spaced ridges. The roll is driven by a gear the teeth of which
have a predetermined pitch, except for one section in which
there is a larger pitch. The margin lines will be printed at even
intervals during the time the roll is driven by the teeth of
predetermined pitch, but with the paper moving at a constant
speed, a slightly greater interval will occur between margin
lines during the time the roll is driven by the tooth section of
larger pitch. Thus, the web may later be cut to form sheets
each of which has a trim allowance at the outer edges thereof.
The sheet is later cut into individual leaves.
the dispensing valve for cutting furrows in articles prior to the
depositing of a fiuid or semi-solid in the furrows. Rotating
shafts with protruding pins move the articles through the
machine.
3,713,421
DRYER CONVEYOR MEANS
James T. Rash, Las Vegas, Nev., assignor to Mouldings, Inc.,
Marion, Va. , .,„ ,_-
Division of Ser. No. 91,099, Nov. 19, 1970, Pat. No. 3,650,377.
This application Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,726
Int.CLB05c////2,i//0
U.S. CL 118-404 3 Claims
3,713,419
METAL OXIDE DEPOSITION SYSTEM
Carl M. Skooglund, Jr., Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Division of Ser. No. 808,894, March 20, 1969, abandoned.
ThisapplicationFeb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 117,150
Int.CLC23cyy/00
U.S.CL 118-47 6 Claims
A system for distributing silicon dioxide particles produced
by a hydrolysis torch over the surface of a deposition mandrel.
The system includes a drive mechanism for rotating and trans-
lating the mandrel past the torch, a bell crank for pivotally
supporting the torch and a lost motion drive link for intercon-
necting the drive mechanism and the bell crank. As the drive
mechanism rotates and translates the mandrel, the drive link
and the bell crank move the torch along a line extending paral-
lel to the surface of the mandrel. This assures uniform dis-
tribution of the silicon dioxide particles over the surface of the
mandrel.
3,713,420
WEB PRINTING MEANS
Ernst Pfaffle, Neuffen-Wuerttemberg, Germany, assignor to
Hans Sickinger Company, Pontiac, Mich.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,482
Int. CI. B05c 1108; F16h 35102
U.S.CL 118-212 7 Claims
A belt type conveyor is provided in which the upper fiights
of plural conveyor belts ride in an elongated slot canted with
respect to the axis of the belt so that line contact is provided
for supported articles on the fiights by a corner edge of each
belt with strip elements being projected above the conveyor to
engage a first abutment and rebound against a second abut-
ment for positioning the strip elements on the conveyor for
movement through a dryer.
3,713,422
APPARATUS FOR DEVELOPING AN ELECTROSTATIC
LATENT IMAGE BY LIQUID DEVELOPMENT
Masamichi Sato, and Osamu Fukushima, both of Saitama,
Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Kanagawa,
*'** FiledMarchlO, 1971, Ser. No. 122,692
Claims priority, application Japan, March 10, 1970,
45/20362
Int. CI. G03g 13100; B05b 5/02
U.S. CI. 118-637 6 Claims
^^ 7/
33 37 34 36 36
-.0: 0:0:0
»V^-^'
..•fx- JS=:;s::^^^:^™^= w^r= r;i-.rr^;^r;:;.=
1576.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
JANUARY 30, 1973
comprising the conductive center portion which has a small air-fuel to effect combustion in the combustion chamber that
radius and will face to an electrostatic latent image on a flexi- is substantially free of hot-spots. A zig-zag tube bundle down
ble electrophotographic material, and two flange portions
which have a large radius respectively and will support the
both ends of said material are placed such that differences
between said radius of the center portion and said radius of
flange portions become smaller with the proceeding of the
development, thereby a print can be made with extremely
small halos, streaks, fogs and edge effects.
3,713,423
LDDER AND TEAT CLEANSING APPARATUS AND
SANITIZER
Anders V. Sparr, Sr., Rte. 2, W'aupun, Wis.
Fi!edjan.8, 1971,Ser. No. 105,037
Int. CI. A61d y //OO, A61n ///02
U.S.CI. I19-I 6 Claims
stream from the baffle exchanges heat to vaporize the organic
working fluid.
3,713,425
FUEL SUPPLY DEVICE FOR A ROTARY (WANKEL)
INTERNAL COMBUSTION-ENGINE
Orazio Satta, Milan, Italy, assignor to Alfa Romeo S.p.A.,
Milan, Italy
FiledFeb. 8, 197I,Ser. No. 113,248
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 12, 1970, 20527
A/70
Int. CI. F02b 55/04
U.S. CI. 123-8.13 7 Claims
An udder and teat washing and cleansing apparatus charac-
terized by a teat cup dimensioned to receive and wholly en-
close each selected teat. When the cup is positioned the
beaded mouth thereof accommodates the teat and encom-
passing udder with requisite nicety for sanitizing, that is,
preparatory to the milking step. The bottom of the cup has
valving means including an enclosed nipple which aims the
mixed solution on the opening of the teat, where infection
(mastitis) usually starts. The solution in the cup is in a state of
swish-swashing turbulence and is suitably drained. The cup
and valving means includes a trippable lever for one-handed
use. The source of supply comprises a simple solution and air
containing tank having requisite facilities for regulatable con-
trol.
ylOa
3,713,424
LIQUID VAPORIZER
Harold C. Welz, Littleton, Colo., assignor to The Gates Rubber
Company, Denver, Colo.
Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,042
Int.CI.F22b2//24
U.S. CI. 122-356 7 Claims
A liquid vaporizer or boiler for vaporizing organic working
fluids without substantial decomposition thereof. A com-
bustor of the vaporizer includes a plurality of strip burners for
introducing a mixture of primary air-fuel into a baffled com-
bustion chamber; and a strip nozzle adjacent each strip burner
for mtroducing and turbulating secondary air with the primary
A rotary interna! combustion engine, of the so-called Wan-
kel type in which, in addition to the principal intake port, a
secondary intake port is provided in order remedy to the in-
conveniences which are experienced when such an engine
idles. Rate of flow adjustment means for the air and the fuel
are also provided.
3,713,426
VANED ROTOR ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR
Robert L. Jensen, 906 Junction Hwy., Kerrville, Tex.
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,512
Int.CLF02b5i/0«
U.S.CL 123-8.29 9 Claims
A rotary engine and compressor constructed in elongated
configuration around a central shaft to which vanes are
rotatibly secured. The vanes project through slots in a cylin-
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1577
drical rotor mounted off-center on bearings in a casing. The controlled by a throttle valve. An exhaust gas passage recircu-
cylindrical rotor is the primary rotating member which drives lates exhaust gas from the exhaust line back mto the com-
through gear means the accessory shaft and the power hub. As bustion chamber together with the incoming air. The now of
the rotor and vanes revolve in the casing, the volume between exhaust gas through such passage is under the control of a shu-
the vanes varies from near zero at the tangent point to a max-
imum at 180° opposite the tangent point. Selected porting and
venting of the casing cause the rotating cylinder and vanes to
function as either an engine when fuel and ignition is provided
or as a compressor when driven in rotation.
3,713,427
SIMULATOR FOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL CIRCUIT IN
A DIESEL ENGINE
Karl-Heinz Adier, Leonberg. Germany, assignor to Robert
Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 103,357
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 13, 1969, P 19
62 571.9
Int.CI.F02bi/00,i5/00
U.S.CL 123-32 EA 33 Claims
confmt ampiiffr
ccn¥er*9r or ccn<J
Signals corresponding to motor operating parameters are
converted to electrical signals and normalized. Operational
amplifier circuits accept normalized signals and have transfer
functions simulating characteristic motor curves. Adjustment
means are provided for changing the transfer function. Motor
has control element which changes fuel injection for operating
cycle as a function of output of operational amplifier circuits.
toff valve, the operating mechanism for which is controlled in
response to differences between the pressure prevailing within
the intake system and the pressure in the region of the meter-
ing element or throttle valve, to open the shutoff valve only
during certain predetermined load conditions of the engine.
3,713,429
FUEL ECONOMIZER SYSTEM FOR A GASOLINE
ENGINE
James R. Dwyre, Ingalls, Kans.
Filed Nov. 5, 197 1 , Ser. No. 195,929
Int. CLJOlm 13104,17122
U.S. CI. 123-127 11 Claims
^?s
4
3,713,428
EXHAUST GAS RETURN MEANS FOR INTERNAL
COMBINATION ENGINES
Jurgen Sandhagen, Fallersleben. Germany, assignor to Volk-
swagenwerk Aktiengeseilschaft, W oKsburg, Germany
FiledMarchlO, 1971, Ser. No. 122,888
Claims priority, application Germany. March 1 1, 1970, P 20
11464.1
Int. CI. F02m 1100
U.S.CI. 123-119 A 15 Claims
An intake system for an internal combustion engine in
which intake of air and fuel into the combustion chambers is
A fuel economizer system for a gasoline engine. A heat sen-
sor in the engine exhaust line controls valves in the normal in-
take and fuel supply conduits to cause them to close as the en-
gine warms up. A mixture of gasoline vapor and air is supplied
to the carburetor from an auxiliary tank supplied with gasoline
from the main supply line through a replenishing fioat valve in
the auxiliary tank. The gasoline in the auxiliary tank is heated
by a jacket supplied with hot fluid heated by the engine. Air is
injected into the gasoline through a multiple-hole terminal
nozzle immersed in the gasoline, acting as an agitator, creating
a gas-and-air vapor mixture in the upper portion of the auxilia-
ry tank. The air is furnished to the nozzle through a conduit
provided with an intake filter.
1578
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,430
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Heinrkh Knapp, Leonberg, and Reinhard Schwartz, Stuttgart,
both of Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stutt-
gart, Germany
Filed Oct. 1 6, 1 970, Ser. No. 8 1 ,34 1
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 1, 1969, P 19 60
148.0
Int.CI.F02d//00
U.S. CI. 123-139 AW 14 Claims
»■ ^6
the burners, a grill and a grease tray for protecting the base
against spattering. A pair of wind shields are hinged to op-
posite ends of the tray and are folded down so as to overlie the
The supply of fuel to an internal combustion engine is con-
trolled by a sensor plate mounted in the suction duct and
which deflects in response to air intake rate into a conically
flared duct portion. The plate is mounted on a pivoted arm, on
which is pivotably mounted a rocker engaging the slider of a
fuel measuring distributor valve. Pivotal movement of the arm
causes a roller to sense a cam surface and adjust the rocker.
The cam surface is movable in response to an engine operating
condition to provide different relationships.
3,713,431
DIAMOND TOOL
Chester A. LeBaron, Franklin Lakes, N J., assignor to Maurice
S. Dessau Co., Inc.
FiledAug.30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,952
Int.CI. B28d5/02
U.S. CI. 125-39 3 Claims
grill and burners. The wind shields are erected by pivoting ap-
proximately ninety degrees and are fastened to the erected lid
portion by spring clips.
3,713,433
ANTI-POLLUTION HEATING SYSTEM
Lewis M. D. Grainger, Glen Allen, Va.
FiledSept. 2 1,1 971, Ser. No. 182,456
Int.CI. F24h J/00
U.S. CI. 126- 116 R 5 Claims
A diamond tool includes a tubular shank which has a cylin-
drical end portion, and a friction ring carrying a diamond hav-
ing a cylindrical recess which freely receives said cylindrical
end portion of the shank for rotation of the ring on the shank
to turn the diamond from time-to-time, and there are radial
openings in the shank containing balls which are pressed by a
screw pressed pointed rod in the shank into snug but yieldable
frictional contact with the wall of said recess to hold the ring
in adjusted position.
An anti-pollution heating system in which the flame from a
gun type oil burner is fed into a cylindrical chamber somewhat
larger in diameter than the outlet of the oil burner. The air
feeding the flame is given a swirling motion by a set of sta-
tionary vanes in the air passage. The chamber curves inwardly
to a reduced diameter outlet to momentarily retard the flow
and cause all of the oil to become ignited. The products of
combustion pass then into a large chamber where combustion
is completed. The large chamber has perforated side walls to
permit air to flow therein to provide sufficient oxygen to
complete the combustion. A surrounding air chamber con-
ducts air to the heated walls with some of the air flowing into
the chamber and the remainder flowing to the air system of a
home or other space to be heated. A lip underlies the jet of the
oil burner to receive any oil dripping therefrom as the burner
is turned off directing the oil into the combustion chamber
where it is instantaneously atomized by the heated walls.
3,713,432
CAMP STOVE WIND SHIELD LATCH
Carl E. Finley, Sycamore, III., assignor to Olin Corporation
FiledAug.25, 1971, Ser. No. 174,709
Int. CI. F24c 5120
U.S. CI. 126-38 2 Claims
A camp stove of the portable variety having a lid portion
hinged to a base portion is disclosed. The base portion carries
3,713,434
BREATH TESTING DEVICE
Andrew O. Leslie, Jr., Route 1 , Box 4, Trout Lake, Wash.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,937
Int. CI. A61b 70/00
U.S. CI. 128-2 C 2 Claims
A breath testing device in the form of a mouthpiece com-
prising an air inlet tube and an air outlet tube secured together
January 30, 1973
as a unit and adapted to be held in the mouth of a user with
both tubes protruding therefrom. The outer end of the air out-
let tube is bent upwardly and divided into nostril-fitting frusto-
conical members whereby upon inhalation, the breath from
the mouth is directed to the olfactory nerves of the user so that
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
L579
gas at a known amplitude and frequency into and out of a
respiratory system being examined, and sampling the gas pres-
sure at the mouth of the patient in response to the pulsating
volume at selected points in time when the rate of flow of the
gas and volume displacement are peaked. Apparatus is dis-
closed for determining when such flow and displacement are
peaked, and for converting the sampled pressures into direct
readings of respiratory resistance and dynamic stiffness. Also,
apparatus is disclosed for cancelling out of the sampled pres-
sures values equal to residual pressure of the respiratory
system by averaging the sampled pressure over at least two
successive, alternate, sampling times.
he may perceive the condition of his breath. An air inlet tube
is secured to the air outlet tube and extends into the mouth
and outwardly therefrom in open communication to the at-
mosphere to provide ventage to the interior of the mouth to
replace air removed therefrom by inhalation.
3,713,437
BED SHOE FOR PREVENTING FOOT DROP
Louise Wiedmer, 3909 Floyd Ave., Richmond, Va.
Filed Dec. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 785,240
Int. CI. A61h//02,A61f 5/00
U.S. CI. 128-25 R 32 Claims
3,713,435
PICKUP ELECTRODE WITH RIGID ELECTROLYTE CUP
Roman Szpur, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to NDM Corporation,
Dayton, Ohio ^^.
Continuation of Ser. No. 1 1,208, Feb. 13, 1970. This
application June 5, 1972, Ser. No. 259,563
Int.CI.A61b5/04
U.S.CL 128-2.06 E 5 Claims
An electrode for attachment to the skin is made from an ad-
hesively coated, elastic sheet sandwiched between a non-con-
ducting low profile cup member and a clamp plate fixed m as-
sembled relation by a conductive snap fastener member ex-
tending therethrough. Both the cup member and the clamp
nlate are in the form of cavity washers, the confronting mar-
gins of which squeeze the sheet. In use, the cup member
cooperates with the skin to form an enclosed cavity for an
electrolyte. When pressed against the skin, the elastic sheet
resiliently urges the cup member against the skin.
3,713,436
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE RESPIRATORY
SYSTEM
Edward V. Hardway, Jr., Houston, Tex., assignor to Spear-
head, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,421
Int. CI. A61b 5/08
U.S.CL 128-2.08 19 Claims
The sole of a bed shoe has a perforated plastic lower portion
and an upper portion comprised of a polyurethane foam
cushion. A polyurethane foam anklet is affixed to the sole so
as to substantially surround the wearers heel and ankle. The
top of the anklet is adjustably fastened about the lower portion
of the wearer's leg and an adjustable strap extends from the
toe portion of the sole to the top of the anklet to limit
downward motion of the wearer's toes away from the leg. A
strap extends from one side of the sole across the wearer's foot
to the other side of the sole; and slidable members are located
at the heel so as to be extendable outwardly for preventing in-
version and eversion of the foot. A two element strap is
detachably affixed to the shoe's heel. One element is adapted
to be grasped by the wearer's hand so that the foot can be
pulled by the heel toward the wearer's body. The other ele-
ment is adapted to extend over rollers or the like below the
wearer's foot and then back to the wearer's hand so that the
foot can again be pulled by the heel away from the wearer s
body. In this manner, the wearer can alter the position of the
foot and the leg can be exercised.
s= i/c
Method and apparatus are disclosed for measuring respira-
tory resistance and stiffness by forcing a pulsating volume of
3,713,438
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISING APPARATUS
Merle E. Knutsen, 2602 N. Vassault St., Tacoma, Wash.
Filed May 6, 1971, Ser. No. 140,81 2
Int.CI.A61h//02
US CI. 128— 25 R 8 Claims
* An electromechanical device for exercising the lower limbs
of a person from hips to toes. The device is provided with a
pair of pedals for securing each foot from toe to heel, and
whereby the foot stays on a plane which moves constantly
parallel to itself during vertical rotation of the pedal. Each
1580
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
pedal has two spaced-apart pivot bearing points connected to member may be used to maintain the inflated configuration of
a set of parallel arms, respectively. Each arm is mounted to an the filter. Attachment structure is provided to couple the fil-
axle which is interconnected for rotation to a motor. In addi-
tion, each parallel set of arms is provided with adjusting means
for varying independently each pedal position. A vibrator
m
ters to the anesthesia apparatus and to accommodate aseptic
removal of the filters from the anesthesia apparatus.
means is mounted to the device for added therapeutic muscle
and joint treatment, as well as an overriding clutch and ad-
justable drag means for tuning the device in relationship to the
muscle development value according to subsequent physical
recovery stages.
3,713.439
MASSAGE ENVELOPE BELT WITH ADJUSTING
DISPOSITIVES FOR VIBRATORS AND MOBILIZERS
Jose Fernandez Cabezudo, Garcia Salazar, 34-3°, Bilbao 12,
Spain
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 119,293
Claims priority, application Spain, March 2, 1970, 156399;
Feb. 9, 1971,165933
Int. CI. A61h ///OO ^
U.S.CI. 128— 63 3 Claims
Improvements in massage jacket belts for vibrators and mo-
bilizers are disclosed. The new and useful massage jacket belts
disclosed in the present invention comprise a transverse open-
ing in the belt which is smaller in height than that correspond-
ing to the belt in the previous location.
3,713,440
FILTRATION SYSTEM
Paul S. Nicholes, 330 South 1300 East, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, S«r. No. 107,172
Int.CLA62b7//0
U.S. CL 128-188 6 Claims
A filtration system, including apparatus and method for
conventional anesthesia or respiratory therapy apparatus, the
filtration system having tubular filters formed of fibrous
material interposed in both the inspiratory and expiratory
3,713,441
METHOD OF USING AN ARTERY-VEIN SHUNT
APPLIQUE
George I. Thomas, Seattle, Wash., assignor to The Battelle
Development Corporation, Columbus, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 45,331, June 11, 1970,
abandoned. This application Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82,927
Int. CI. A6Im 5/00, 25/00
U.S.CL 128-214 R 2 Claims
An artery-vein shunt having graft material applique secured
at its ends is permanently implanted by suturing the applique
to the host blood vessels. The shunt is particularly intended for
use in hemodialysis.
3,713,442
SPLIT NEEDLE ASSEMBLY FOR CATHETER TUBE
Harry J. Walter, 940 West 100th Place, Denver, Colo.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,001
Int. CLA61m 5/00
U.S.CL 128-214.4 8 Claims
m
A split needle assembly for the placement of a catheter tube
a vein includes a sectional needle which is split longitu-
tubes. If either of the filters is directed counter to the fiow of dinally into smaller and larger needle sections having comple-
gas in the inspiratory or expiratory tubes, an internal support menUry edges. A removable retainer at the base of the needle
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1581
sections holds them together during needle insertion and
withdrawal and provides a grip for the user. Once the needle is
inserted the catheter tube is advanced through the needle into
the vein and secured in place, after which the needle is
withdrawn, the retainer removed, and the needle sections
separated for complete removal from the tube.
in colostomy and ileostomy appliances, comprising a unitary
structure having open cell foam filled with gelatinous sealing
3,713,443
SUCTION CONTROL HANDLE FOR SURGICAL
ASPIRATOR
Ira J. Fertik, Bay Terrace, N.Y., assignor to Vernitron Cor-
poration, Great Neck, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,418
InL CI. A61m 1100
U.S.CL 128-276 8 Claims
A control handle for a surgical aspirator comprismg a rigid
tubular body having an axial passage. An external circum-
ferential groove is formed in the body with a plurality of radial
holes connecting the bottom of the groove with the passage.
An elastic ring seats in the groove and is movable for con-
trolling the magnitude of suction in said passage by adjustably
clearing the holes.
3,713,444
COLLECTION BOTTLE
Henry Bridgman, P. O. Box 71, Convent Station, N J.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,480
Int. CLA61f 5/44
U.S.CL 128-275
material whereby to provide a sealing ring or pad having effec-
tive sealing properties over a longer period of use.
3,713,446
SELF-APPLIED PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED
PRESSURE
Stanley J. Sarnoff, Bethesda, Md., assignor to Survival
Technology, Inc., Bethesda, Md.
FiledMarchl7, 1971, Ser. No. 125,207
Int. CI. A61b / 7112; B65d 65/00; A44c 5/18
U.S.CL 128-327 11 Claims
4 Claims
A collection bottle adapted for use in uterine aspiration
systems. The bottle reduces the production of foam and
splash, and prevents any foam, liquids, and solid material from
passing from the collection bottle to a source of vacuum.
Should the collection bottle become filled with liquid, the
vacuum in the bottle will be stopped.
A self-applied pneumatically actuated pressure bandage
adaptable for use as a compression bandage, tourniquet or
cuff wherein the pressure is applied by a manually operated
pump, and is controlled by an adjustable regulator.
3,713,447
SUPRAPUBIC SHUNT
Edwin Lloyd Adair, 5985 South Crocher Street, Littleton,
Colo.
Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 171,884
Int. CI. A61b / 7134; A61m 25/00
U.S.CL 128-347 10 Claims
3,713,445
SEALING RING OR PAD FOR A POST-SURGICAL
DRAINAGE POUCH
Arthur E. Marsan, 640 Washington Blvd., Oak Park, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 795,138, Jan. 24, 1969,
abandoned. This application Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,234
Int.CI.A61f5/44
lis CI 128 283 2 Claims
The invention is characterized by the provision of a sealing
ring or pad for use with a post-surgical drainage pouch such as
Retention catheter of the expandable wing type, of particu-
lar utility as a suprapubic shunt, adapted to be inserted into
1582
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
the bladder through an incision in the lower abdominal wall,
characterized by:
a. a trochar tube having a slidable stylet therein with a
pointed inner or distal end for facilitating insertion through
the incision and thereafter adapted to be retracted into the
tube to prevent contact with and possible damage to the
bladder.
b. resilient wings adjacent the distal end, normally urged to
expanded position and adapted to be collapsed when the
pointed stylet end is extended beyond the trochar tube, - —
c a slidable button or finger operated member carried by
the trochar tube for moving the stylet and also for rotating a
valve, communicating the eye or opening in the distal end with
a cannula or tube.
connected to the electrodes for providing hart stimulation pul-
ses. The electrical circuitry includes a pulse generator for
provixling a timed pulse and means for selectively varying the
pulse width. The electrical circuitry also includes means for
providing a substantially constant voltage or current output
3,713,448
ENDOTRACHEAL TUBE HOLDER
Janice J. Arrott, 7625 MounUin Road, N.E., Albuquerque, N.
Mex.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,438
Int. CI. A61m 25/02
U.S. CI. 128-351 8 Claims
4i 40
\
pulse, regardless of change in load impedance. The circuitry is
encapsulated in a substance substantially inert to body fluids
and tissue, and the means for varying the pulse width is
preferably controlled by a nonmechanical contact with a
device external to the encapsulating substance.
An endotracheal tube holder adapted to supportively
balance, suspend, harness, and reliably hold the tube in given
position in the trachea and mouth of a patient. A prescribed
length of adhesive tape has a median portion wrapped around
and adhesively attached to a predetermined portion of the
tube The free end portions of the tape are tautened
lengthwise across the patient's left and right cheeks, respec-
tively, and are adjustably and detachably fastened to clamps.
These clamps are oriented with like loops, more particularly, a
pair of ear encircling adapters. These adapters are made from
plastic tubing and are applied to the ears of the patient prior to
intubation, if desired. The rearward curvate end portion of
each adapter'is lodged and seated in the deepest groove be-
hind the cartilage directly above the earlobe and adhesively
held in place The adapter proper encircles the ear, resides
flatwise against the patient's cheek and locates a complemen-
tal clamp in the place and position desired. Accordingly, the
clamped and harnessed tape functions to properly suspend
and prevent displacement of the tube.
3,713,450
POST-OPERATIVE GARMENT
Marguerite R. Williams, Trumbull, Conn., assignor to Surgical
Appliance Industries, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Dec. 6, 1 97 1, Ser. No. 204,974
Int. CLA41C/ /OO
l).S.CL 128-564 11 Claims
3,713,449
CARDIAC PACER WITH EXTERNALLY
CONTROLLABLE VARIABLE WIDTH OUTPUT PULSE
Pieter M. J. Mulier, 3408 32nd Avenue, N.E., Minneapolis,
Minn.
Filed Aug. 31,1 970, Ser. No. 68,347
Iot.CLA61n//i6
U.S. CI. 128-419 P 10 Claims
An implantable cardiac pacer having electrode means
adapted to be connected to the hart and electrical circuitry
A post-operative garment includes a back panel of sufficient
vertical dimension to cover the rear portion of the wearer's
trunk, as well as the wearer's lower back region; partially over-
lapping tapered front panels which cover a portion of the
wearer's abdomen; and opposite elastic side panels which in-
terconnect the back and front. The upper and lower tapered
edges of the overlapping front panels cross at respective upper
and lower points, the distance between the cross points being
substantially less than the vertical dimension of the back
panel. An alternate embodiment includes a similar garment
provided with legs and an additional highly elastic front panel
which underlies the tapered, overlapping front panels.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1588
Louis Brom
Mass.
3,713,451
ARTICLE FOR SMOKING
berg, 99 Walnut Hill Road, Newton Highlands,
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,400
Int.CLA24dO//04
! U.S.CL 131-9
3 Claims
•o.
a transverse wall of the center section at one end thereof. The
remainder of the center section, being a tubular portion, is
slidably mounted in a recess bounded by a peripheral wall at
one end of the mouthpiece which has formed at its other end a
smoke withdrawal chamber from which a smoker may
withdraw the smoke products. The transverse wall of the
center section has a plurality of pairs of orifices of varying
sizes. Within the reduced end portion of the rotating index
section there is a smoke passage communicating with the
smoke chamber and a separate air passage formed as a rela-
tively large blind hole with a reduced thickness at the reduced
end of the hole forming a space between the end portion and
the peripheral wall of the center section to provide a direct
passage from the blind hole to the surrounding air. By rotating
the index section, the two passages can be aligned with any
one of the pairs of orifices to meter a predetermined ratio of
air to smoke through the orifices to the withdrawal chamber of
the mouthpiece.
3,713,453
APPARATUS FOR STYLING HAIR
. . ^,, . ,. JamesS.Chiaro, and Susan C.Chiaro, both of Chicago, III., as-
An improved filter-type cigarette has a wrapper filled w.th ^_ ^ ^.^ ^^^^ ^^.^^^
tobacco and a special mouthpiece at one end. A non-tobacco
filter is located within the wrapper behind the tobacco fill and
is effective to absorb a maximal percentage of the combustion
products of the tobacco. A non-absorbent, non-porous cap-
sule is retained within the mouthpiece behind the filter and
contains a small fill of aromatic tobacco. The capsule is per-
forated. In use, the filter entraps most of the undesirable con-
stituents of the cigarette smoke but permits some hot smoke to
pass through the filter and into and through the capsule. The
hot smoke releases the volatile flavoring within the capsule.
The process is enhanced by locating a thread or small ribbon
of heat conductive material, such as aluminum, within the
capsule to enhance heat and volatilization. Additionally, the
flow passage through the cigarette is enhanced by providing a
seal above the mating surface of the capsule in the internal
surface of the mouth piece. The outer surface of the capsule
also is roughened to preclude separation of the capsule from
the mouthpiece.
signors to said James S. Chiaro, by said Susan Chiaro
Filed April 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,107
Int.CI. A45d4//«
U.S. CI. 132-9 1 Claim
"V
I
V
3,713,452
SMOKING DEVICE WITH CONTROLLABLE AIR
ADMITTING MEANS
Anthony N. D'Elia, Riverdale, and Edward M. Stolarz, York-
town Heights, both of N.Y., assignors to Delcron Products,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 744,500, July 1 2, 1 968,
abandoned. This application May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 825,1 10
Int. CI. A24f 05/04
U.S.CL 131-198 A 2 Claims
14*
iZA
An apparatus for styling hair has a wall-mounted base and a
equipoised arm assembly including first and second intercon-
nected parallelogram linkages. At one end of the arm as-
sembly, is a journal which fits into a journal bore in the base,
to enable the arm assembly to swivel horizontally. A lamp-sup-
porting device which carries a lamp head is disposed on the
other end of the arm assembly and is movable in a variety of
directions. A bulb in the socket of the lamp head is capable of
emitting at least 300 watts, the precise value of which is con-
trolled by a variable power source. A handle is attached to the
lamp head to enable a user selectively to move the lamp head
as needed. The apparatus is used in the styling of hair which
has first been washed and then partially dried. The lamp is
used successively to heat limited areas of the hair for drying
the same and at the same time cutting and combing the hair in
each particular area in accordance wiih its natural growth pat-
tern.
This invention provides a smoking device arranged to dilute
the smoke from cigarettes, cigars, and the like. The smoking
device includes a rotating index section, a center section, and
a mouthpiece. The rotating index section has formed at one
end a smoking chamber which is adapted to receive smoke
from the cigarette, and on the other end has a reduced portion
rotatably mounted in a socket formed by a peripheral wall and
3,713,454
DEVICE FOR TEMPORARILY ATTACHING ARTIFICIAL
HAIR TO THE SCALP
Hitoshi Tsukisaka, 7,4-chome, Ueshiomachi, Tennoji-ku,
Osaka, Japan
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 844,988, July 25, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 227,854
Claims priority, application Japan, April 22, 1971,
46/26271
Int.CLA45d//00
U.S. CI. 132-9 10 Claims
An elongated hollow container has open opposite ends At
least one shelf-like member having a network of apertures
1584
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
therein defining a mesh is transversely positioned within the
elongated hollow container. The size of the apertures of the
members increases from bottom to top when more than one
member is used. Artificial hairs of a substantially uniform
3,713,456
FLLIDIC TIMER
Daniel D. Barnard, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,801
Int.Ci.F15c///2
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 11 Claims
^^•4.'t"TI<fM
length are supplied to the container through the upper end
thereof This end is then closed by a lid, and the device is
shaken up and down, whereby the hairs are fed through the
mesh in a uniform and upright manner.
3,713,455
ADJUSTABLE TYPE HAIR ROLLERS
Nai-Keung Chen, Fairfield, and William A. Omohundro,
Weston, both of Conn., assignors to Sperry Rand Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 163,933
Int. CI. A45d 2100
U.S. CI. 132-40 16 Claims
yz»
An arrangement for producing a fluid output signal of a
specified duration, for use in fluidic logic and control circuits,
comprising a liquid fill tank, a fill circuit which upon initiation
of the circuit function is arranged to direct a predetermined
volume of liquid into the tank by a continued activation of the
circuit until the liquid in the tank reaches a specified level and
a tank emptying and signal output circuit which removes
liquid from the tank and produces the output signals as long as
the level of liquid in the tank is above a second lower level, by
means of a sensing tube having its outlet located at the second
level which controls a pair of jet amplifiers so as to produce
the output signal whenever the sensing tube is aspirating liquid
from the tank and discontinue the output signal when the tube
begins to aspirate air. The rate of aspiration of the sensing
tube liquid and the volume of fluid supplied by the fill circuit
controls the duration of the output signal.
3,713,457
COMBINATION ANTI-SIPHON AND SHUT-OFF PLASTIC
VALVE
Andrew M. Mclnnis, 3601 Rancho Del Monica, Covina, Calif.,
and Robert A. Nielsen, 1026 Cynthia Ave., Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,837
Int. CI. F16li 45/00
U.S.CL 137-218 3 Claims
A segmentally constructed cylindrically-shaped hair roller is
described, which includes a plurality of flexible, resilient, ar-
cuately-shaped segments. Each of the segments have longitu-
dinally extending side edges respectively provided with an in-
terlocking surface. Each of the side edges of each of the seg-
ments may thus be interlocked with one of the side edges of
the next adjacent segment. In the process of doing so the ends
of each of the interlocking surfaces of each segment are
aligned with the corresponding ends of the interlocking sur-
faces of at least one of the other segments, and longitudinally
slidably engaged. For example, a two segment roller may then
be constructed by aligning each of the interlocking surfaces of
one segment with the corresponding interlocking surfaces of
another segment, and longitudinally slidably engaging the
aligned surfaces.
A valve of substantial plastic construction comprises:
a. a molded plastic chamber and an annular main seat
therein, there being a chamber outlet,
b. a stem projecting through the seat with clearance
therefrom, the stem carried by the chamber at one side of the
seat,
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1585
c. an externally accessible handle operatively connected
with the stem to rotate same, and
d. a stopper having thread connection with the stem and
operable to engage and disengage the seat at the opposite side
thereof and in response to stem rotation, and
e. the chamber having a liquid pressure inlet to commu-
nicate said pressure to the stopper for transmitting pressure
loading to the seat when stem is rotated to engage the stopper
against the seat, whereby the stopper will remain closed
against the seat irrespective of liquid pressure or temperature
change induced expansion and contraction of the housing.
3,713,458
HIGH-PRESSURE, EXPLOSIVELYACTUATED SPOOL
VALVE
John T. M. Lee. Phoenixville, Pa., assignor to ICI America Inc.
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,477
Int. CI. F16k J/26, 5//00
U.S.CL 137-312 10 Claims
ble closure members which offer the same security against
fracture as the vessel itself The invention provides such a clo-
sure member which comprises a prestressed concrete portion
and bonded thereto a steel portion through which the releasa-
ble fastening of the closure member to the pressure vessel is
made.
3,713,460
SINGLE CONTROL VALVE FOR VACUUM SYSTEM
Patrick Picker, Sherbrooke, Canada, assignor to Universite De
Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,544
Int.CI.F16k///00
U.S.CL 137-566 9 Claims
An explosively-actuated, normally-opened spool vllve. The
valve has a duct through the spool or the valve casing which
prevents movement of the spool due to leakage of a high-pres-
sure fluid flowing through the valve.
3,713,459
REMOVABLE COVERS FOR APERTURES IN PRESSURE
VESSELS
Robert Faulds Mclver, Sandford, Warehan. Dorset, and
Frederick Albert LesUe Marchbank, Poole. Dorset, both of
England, assignors to United Kingdom Atomic Energy
Authority, London. England
" Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,514
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 10, 1968,
27,580/68
Int. CI. E04h 7120
U.S. CI. 137-357
3 Claims
A prestressed concrete pressure vessel has penetrations in
the wall which should be capable of being closed by remova-
A single control valve for a vacuum system having an
evacuable chamber, a mechanical pump and a diffusion pump
all of which are capable of being connected to means for sup-
plying air. This valve comprises a valve body and an enclosure
inside the valve body. The enclosure is formed of a first, a
second a third and a fourth chamber, all these chambers
being in consecutive order hi the continuation of one another
and capable of communication with one another. A first duct
connects the first chamber to the diffusion pump and a second
duct connects the first chamber to the chamber to be evacu-
ated A third duct connects the second chamber to the
mechanical pump, a fourth duct connects the third chamber
to the diffusion pump and a fifth duct connects the fourth
chamber to the entry of air. Means are provided to create a
vacuum in the chamber to be evacuated in a four step cycle^In
the first step, the diffusion pump is isolated from the chamber
to be evacuated by blocking the first duct and closing all com-
munication between the second and the third chamber while
allowing the mechanical pump to communicate with the
chamber to be evacuated via the second and first chambers
and the respective ducts. In the second step, the mechanical
pump IS isolated from the chamber to be evacuated and the
diffusion pump is kept isolated in order that only the first
chamber is in communication with the chamber to be evacu-
ated In the third step, the chamber to be evacuated is kept
isolated from the mechanical pup and from the diffusion pump
and the mechanical pump is allowed to pump in the diffusion
pump by opening the communication between the second
chamber, the third chamber, the fourth duct and the diffusion
pump. Finally, in the fourth step the operating conditions of
Ihe third step are maintained except that the first duct is
opened to prevent any entry of air via the fifth duct with the
result that the diffusion pump communicates with the
chamber to be evacuated via the first chamber thus contribut-
ing to establish a high vacuum in the system to be evacuated.
1586
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
Control means are provided to carry out the four steps afore-
mentioned.
3,713,461
SEAL ROTARY DISTRIBUTION VALVE
Victor Rosalbe Notelteirs, Eindhoven. Netherlands, assignor
to L.S. Philips Corporation. New York. N.Y.
Filed March 23, 1971, Ser. No. 127,189
Claims priority, application Netherlands, April 8, 1970,
7005063
Int. CI. Fl6k 5/22. ///02
U.S. CI. 137-625.18 5 Claims
space. Portions of the pressurized fluid are continuously con-
fined in a rotor conduit member which seaiably commu-
nicated with the annular space throughout approximately a
360° path of travel of the movable conduit. The rotor conduit
is moved through successive register positions in which pres-
surized fluid is conducted from the annular space through out-
lets in a fluid outlet head attached at one side of the valve
housing.
3,713,463
CLOSURE MEMBER FOR PIPES AND THE LIKE
James W. Bywater, Rowland Heights, CaKf., assignor to
Lucille M. Bywater. Pasadena, CaUf., part interest to each
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,248
Int.CI.F16l55//0
U.S. CI. 138-89 2 Claims
A distribution valve for a device for evacuating and filling a
vessel with gas. This valve comprises a rotatabie part and a sta-
tionary part, the rotatabie part having a number of ports which
are connected to the vessels to be processed and the stationary
part having a corresponding number of ports which are con-
nected to the evacuating and filling apparatus. In order to
prevent the entrance of air into the ports, a number of concen-
tric circumferential grooves are provided in the confronting
surfaces between the circumference and the center of the
rotating and stationary parts. These grooves are maintained
under a slight positive pressure by an inert gas supply.
3,713,462
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING FLOW OF
PRESSURIZED FLUIDS
Joseph J. Bushee, 36 Purvis St., W'atertown, Mass.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,859
Int.CI.F16k///02
U.S. CI. 137-625.21 10 Claims
A closure member for pipes, conduits, etc. is disclosed
which comprises a cylindrical cap of rubber or other
elastomeric material, the cap being closed at one end and hav-
ing inwardly and circumferentially extending ridges around
the inner periphery of its skirt to engage the outer periphery of
the pipe. A clamp surrounds the skirt and is adapted to con-
strict the skirt against the pipe to seal the latter.
3,713,464
PRESSURIZED DISPENSING PACKAGE SYSTEM ,
Ivouis V. Nigro, Saugus, Mass., assignor to The Gillette
Companv, Boston. Mass.
" Filed March 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,494
Int. CI. B65b 3104,31100; B67c 3100
U.S.CL 141-20 16 Claims
• ' A pressurized dispensing package system includes two
dispensing packages, each package including a projecting
A valve housing having a fiuid inlet is formed internally with discharge passage structure. An actuator assembly maintained
an annular spaced defined by space sealing members. Pres- on one of the discharge passage structures mcludes an mner
sunzed fiuid is introduced through the inlet into the annular member having a cylindrical surface and an outer member
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1587
1 J 1 f„^» T»,» «iit«.r mfmht-T tends uDwardlv from the hollow tip enclosure. The brush
SlL-^rrdSA^rr; r"efiUr„rconS?H; S: .-napeJand p„sU,„„ea .o .„pVr. and .o ,„,de b,u.h
refilling conduit extending in a direction generally parallel to
the axis of the discharge passage structure and mcludmg a
configured valving surface adapted to mate with a cor-
respondingly configured complementary.surface of the other
package. The outer structure is rotatabie on the inner struc-
ture between a dispensing position in which the discharge con-
duit is aligned with a transfer passage in the inner structure
and a refilling position in which the refilling conduit is aligned
with the transfer passage.
3,713,465
DEVICE FOR FILLING FLOWER POTS WITH EARTH ^^^ ^.^^^ .^^^ ^hciv\ng engagement with the upper outward
Arnoldus Hendricus van Nobelen, 59 Kerkstraat, Noordwij- ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^.^ .^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^j^^ ^^ain enters the
kerhout, Netherlands .,e.ic hollow tip enclosure.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,425
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 16, 1970,
7002169
U.S.CL 141-134
Int.CI.B65b4J/52
rinAnn
3,713,467
DELIMBING BLADE
3 Claims ^.^^^ Charles Pierrot, HI, Dubuque. Iowa, assignor to
Deere & Companv, Moline. III.
FiledApril26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,153
Int.CLA01g2i/02
U.S.CL 144-2 Z 2 Claims
C^
■ i '^.v
A device for filling pots such as fiower pots with earth or the
like, said device having a vessel for receiving an earth supply,
a conveyor for moving a number of pots towards and from the
location where the filling occurs and means for raismg the
earth from the vessel to above the plane of the pot-conveyor,
in which an upright side of the supply vessel is formed by a
side of a vertically extending endless conveyor enclosing an
acute angle with respect to the bottom plane of the vessel. The
vertically extending conveyor has step means capable of
receiving earth from the vessel. The bottom of the vessel is the
upper side of a belt conveyor and a channel is provided at the
point where the conveyors meet. The step means of the
upright conveyor are capable of moving along the wall of the
channel. The conveyor forming the top of the supply-vessel
consists of a number of chains or the like and between the
chains are right angle shaped plate strips, one leg of each strip
being parallel to the conveyor, the other leg perpendicular
thereto. The conveyor for the pots consists of an endless chain
led over rollers, said chain being formed with dogs and of a
guiding path within the reach of the dogs, the distance
between two successive dogs being smaller than the width of
the conveying elements on the upright conveyor.
Dehmbing blades are adapted to be driven lengthwise of a
tree stem for removing the limbs from the stem by impact. The
blades are curved to fit closely to a tree stem and the trailing
portions of the blades are offset in a direction which disposes
them farther outwardly from a stem being delimbed than the
leading portions of the blades. The offsets define reliefs which
permit the leading portions of the blades to return to cutting
positions next to the stem while the blades are passing over
swells at the bases of limbs which have just been cut.
3,713,468
HAND NUTCRACKER WITH SHELL GUARD AND NUT
UNLOADER
Carroll H. Walsh, 2002 Cherry Street, Pine Bluff, Ark.
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,920
Int. CLA47J 45/26
U.S.CL 99-580 7 Claims
3,713,466
CHAIN SAW BRUSH CUTTING ACCESSORY
Jon A. Lund, 65 Stone Street, Augusta, Maine
Filed Dec. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 213,452
Int. CL B27b / 7102; AOlg 3108
U.S.CL 83-790 10 Claims
A brush cutting accessory device removably mounted on a
power chain saw to facilitate the cutting of low lying brush and
small whippy limbs. The accessory device includes a hollow
tip enclosure mounted on the free outer end of the chain guide
bar to enclose and shield the outer end of the cutting chain.
The accessory device also includes a brush guide which ex-
A hand nutcracker having a hollow, horizontally extending
guide cylinder containing a piston reciprocably movable with
respect to a spaced stationary jaw for cracking and releasing a
1588
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
nut placed therebetween in response to predetermined move-
ments of a handle associated with the piston and a hollow
cylindrical shell guard moving with the piston, includes a
trough-shaped nut rest hinged to the forward end of the guide
cylinder for swingable movement between ( 1 ) a horizontal
nut-retaining position along the space separating the guide
cylinder from the jaw and (2) a downwardly sloping position
spaced from the jaw. The nut rest is disposed in the path of
movement of the shell guard, and the alternate swingably-at-
tained positions of the nut rest correspond to definite
reciprocably-attached positions of the shell guard.
attached to the machine housing. A rack is mounted on the
carriage means for relative movement with respect thereto
and is arranged to contact the abutment and be restrained
thereby from movement with the carriage as the carriage
moves to one of its end positions. A pinion rotatably mounted
in the housing engages the rack for rotation thereby as the car-
riage moves relative to the rack when the rack is restrained by
3,713,469
APPARATUS FOR PREPARING SUGAR CANE
Walter Dietzel, Im Roehrfeld, Braunschweig, Germany, as-
signor to Braunschweigische Maschinenbauanstalt,
Braunschweig, Germany
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,909
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1969, P 19
63 944.2
Int. CI. B02c 23102
U.S. CI. 83-523 7 Claims
24 25
Apparatus for preparing sugar cane before it is fed to a dif-
fusion plant of the type including a conveyor belt, means for
supplying sugar cane to the belt, a device for spreading out the
layer of cane on the belt to make it even and a preliminary ro-
tary comminuting cutter mounted above the conveyor belt for
cutting up the cane on the belt is provided with a second ro-
tary comminuting cutter mounted above the belt in a position
downstream, in the direction of conveyance, of the prelimina-
ry cutter and a rotary cane lifting drum which is mounted just
upstream of the second rotary cutter and rotates about an axis
transverse to the conveyor belt to feed the partly comminuted
cane to the second rotary cutter which cuts up the cane into a
fmely divided state ready for feeding to the diffusion plant.
the abutment an angular amount which depends on the posi-
tion of the abutment. An overrunning clutch is connected to
the pinion and a screw is connected to the clutch for rotation
therewith. The screw is connected to the clamping device by a
follower member which engages in the threads of the screw
and advances the clamping device only when the screw
rotates.
3,713,471
KNIFE BRACKET FOR FORAGE HARVESTER
CUTTERHEAD
Loren G. Sadler, Stevens, Pa., assignor to Sperry Rand Cor-
poration, New Holland, Pa.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 66,931
Int. CI. AOld 55/ /«
U.S. CI. 83-523 2 Claims
3,713,470
SLICING MACHINE WITH MATERIAL ADVANCING
CLAMPING MEANS
Ernest Muller, and Albrecht Maurer, both of Balingen, Ger-
many, assignors to Bizerba-Werke Wilhelm Kraut KG,
Balingen/Wurtt, Germany
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,018
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 18, 1969, P 19
63 352.4
Int. CI. B26d 5120
U.S. CI. 83-718 5 Claims
A slicing machine which can produce slices of varying
thicknesses has a rotating circular blade mounted on a
machine housing. A carriage is mounted on the machine hous-
ing adjacent the blade for reciprocating movement between
two end positions in a direction parallel to the plane of the
blade. A clamping device is mounted on the carriage for hold-
ing a material to be sliced and for advancing the material in a
direction transverse of the path of movement of the carriage
and toward the plane of the blade a distance which is a func-
tion of a predetermined slice thickness. The clamping means is
advanced by a device having a continuously variable abutment
Single piece U-shaped brackets are mounted between the
side plates of a forage harvester rotary cutterhead in circum-
ferentially and evenly spaced relation to individually support
the knives at axial and clearance angles for chopping cut crops
in a cooperating scissor action with the stationary shear bar.
3,713,472
VEHICLE CLOSURE SYSTEM
James H. Dozois, Harper Woods, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 199,660
Int.CI.E05f /5//2
U.S. CI. 160-189 2 Claims
A station wagon tailgate type vehicle closure system opera-
ble in a randomly interchangeable manner in either one of a
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1589
power mode and *a manual mode, the system including a clo-
sure, an operator movable from a center position in opening
and closing directions, a pin and slot connection between the
closure and the operator effecting movement of the closure in
the power mode during movement of the operator in either
direction away from the center position while permitting lost U.S. Cl. lou jai
motion between the closure and the operator during move-
ment of the operator back to the center position, the lost mo-
tion also permitting movement of the closure in the manual
mode when the operator is in the center position, a manual
switch for energizing a motor adapted to drive the operator in
either direction away from the center position, a reversing and
stopping circuit responsive to deactuation of the manual
3,713,474
PORTABLE W ALL PARTITION
James V. Orlando, 4718 North 36th Street, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,221
Int. CLE04b 2/74
4 Claims
^*^'
switch for temporarily energizing the motor to return the
operator to the center position, a striker mounted on the vehi-
cle and movable between a center position and an extended
position synchronously with movement of the operator, and a
latch assembly on the closure engageable on the striker. When
the operator is in the center position the striker is in its center
position and the closure is movable in the normal manual
mode When the operator is actuated to move the closure
toward a closed position the striker moves to the extended
position for engagement with the latch assembly whereafter
the striker during movement back to the center position pulls
the closure to a fully closed position synchronously with
movement of the operator back to its center position.
3,713,473
CORD GUIDING DEVICE FOR A TRAVERSE ROD
James A. Ford, Sturgis, Mich., assignor to Kirsch Company,
Sturgis, Mich.
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,165
Int.CLA47h5/0J2
U.S.CL 160-345 12 Claims
A portable wall partition adapted to subdivide floor space
into optionally adjustably-sized privacy modules. The wall
partition has a free-standing upright frame which substantially
defines the shape of the partition. Disposed on either side of
the frame is^a layer of acoustic barrier material. The partition
is enveloped in an aesthetic flexible covering. Demountable
feet support the partition upon the floor.
3,713,475
SHELL MOLDS
Henry M. Roelofs, Chicago, and William J. Lafferty, Lansing,
both of III., assignors to Naico Chemical Company, Chicago,
III.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,923
Int. CLB22C 9/72
U.S.CL 164-26 5 Claims
A shell mold characterized by a slip coat and an overlying
stucco coat is dried by immersing the shell thus prepared in a
nuidized bed of desiccant, whereafter the bed is collapsed to
invest the shell with the desiccant.
3,713,476
INSTALLATION FOR MAKING INGOTS AND METHOD
THEREFOR
Boris Evgenievich Paton, ulitsa Kotsjubinskoyo 9, kv. 21; Boris
Izrailevich Medovar, bulvar Lesi Ukrainki 2, kv. 8; Jury
Vadimovich Latash, Vozdukhoflotsky prospekt 48, kv. 14;
July Georgievich Emelyanenko, ulitsa Darvina 5, kv. 5;
Leonid Mikhailovich Stupak, Brest Litovsky prospekt 39,
kv. 9; Vltaly Mikhailovich Baglai, ulitsa Semashko 10, kv.
54/3,'and Jury Fedorovich Alferov, bulvar Lepse 29, kv. 64,
allofKiev,U.S.S.R.
Filed May 8, 1969, Ser. No. 823,024
Int. CLB22d 27/02
U.S.CL 164-52 40 Claims
A molded cord guiding device for a traverse rod in which
the traverse rod has one opening in either the top or bottom
thereof and in a preferred embodiment it has aligned openings
in both the top and bottom thereof The molded cord guiding
device is inserted into at least one of said openings, and may
extend through both the top and bottom openings, to guide
cords as desired, either from within the traverse rod to the ex-
terior thereof and downwardly therefrom or to reverse the
direction of a cord contained wholly within the traverse rod.
An installation for making ingots and the method of opera-
tion of the installation are disclosed. The ingots are produced
by electroslag remelting one or more consumable electrodes
in a mould which is designed to retain a slag bath in the upper
part thereof and to form an ingot in the lower part thereof
The mould is provided with a bottom plate with a projection
extending up into the mould upon which the ingot, as it is
1590
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
formed, is supported. During remelting of the electrode to
form the ingot the electrode and the bottom plate are main-
tained in fixed position relative to one another and the mold is
moved upwardly with respect to the ingot during its formation.
In this manner, the heat loss from the ingot is decreased in
order to prevent cracking of the ingot produced. The internal
cross-sectional area of the lower part of the mold is a factor of
0.8 to 1 .2 of the cross-sectional area of a single electrode or of
the total cross-sectional area of the plurality of electrodes
being simultaneously remelted in the installation.
3,713,477
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING METALLIC SHORT
FIBERS
Yoshihiro Kunivasu. Ka%%asaki; Akio Matsumoto; Eiji Isobe.
both of Tokvo, and Kenji Someno, Tokyo, all of Japan,
assignors to Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co. Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Feb. 26, 1971. Ser. No. 1 19,196
Claims priority, application Japan, June 22, 1970, 45/54185
Int.CLB22d////2
U.S.CL 164-69 5 Claims
could vaporize and escape through the mandrel at a speed
below the speed of sound in steam.
3,713,479
DIRECT CHILL CASTING OF INGOTS
Neil Burton Bryson, Kingston, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Alcan Research and Development limited, Montreal,
Quebec, Canada
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,190
Int.CLB22d////2
U.S.CL 164-89 19 Claims
A method of manufacturing metallic short fibers comprising
the steps: making the melt flow out through a small orifice
under elevated pressure, and making the resulting solidified
endless metallic fiber run against a slant cooling device to
thereby break it into pieces of fixed length.
3,713,478
METHOD FOR INTERNAL COOLING OF CAST TUBES
Gerd Vogt. Krefeld; Johannes Kurth, (Jekenkirchen; Manfred
Strohschein, (iebenkrichen, and Josef (.laser, (ielsen-
krichen. all of Germany, assignors to Firma Mannesmann
Aktiengesellschaft, Dusseldorf. (iermany
Division of Ser. No. 826,453, May 21, 1969, abandoned. This
application Dec. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 205,105
Claims priority, application Germany, May 22, 1968, P 17
58 393.6
Int.CI.B22d////2
U.S. CI. 164-85 1 Claim
MOLTEN Al
* ^,.^,,,,f I
"-.c>4
In a direct chill casting of metal (e.g. aluminum) ingots,
wherein an externally solidified ingot having an initially mol-
ten core is progressively withdrawn from a shallow, cooled,
open-ended mold to which molten metal is progressively sup-
plied, the ingot emerging from the mold passes successively
through a first cooling zone extending from the mold for a
predetermined distance along the path of ingot advance, and a
second cooling zone located at that predetermined distance
from the mold. Separate supplies of coolant fluid are respec-
tively directed onto the ingot surface in the two zones, in such
manner that the coefficient of heat transfer from the ingot to
the coolant is substantially greater in the second zone than in
the first. Specifically, the restricted intensity of cooling pro-
vided in the first zone is selected to maintain the outer portion
of the ingot in solid state but preferably without completely
solidifying the ingot core as the ingot traverses the first zone,
while the greater intensity of cooling in the second zone ef-
fects complete solidification of the ingot core and simultane-
ously provides a high rate of cooling of the ingot periphery.
Continuously cast tubes are internally cooled in that the en-
tire amount of water sprayed upon the tube's inner surface
3,713,480
AIR CONDITIONED SUIT
George M. Low, Deputy Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an in-
vention of, and George R. Carl, Malvern, Pa.
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,290
Int. CI. F28f 7100
U.S. CI. 165-46 10 Claims
An environmentally controlled suit consisting of an airtight
outergarment attached by an airtight bellows to the wall of a
sterile chamber, an undergarment providing for circulation of
air near the skin of the wearer, and a circulation system com-
prised of air supply and distribution to the extremities of the
undergarment and central collection and exhaust of air from
the midsection of the undergarment. A workman wearing the
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1591
undergarment and attached circulation system enters the
outer garment through a tunnel in the chamber wall and the
3,713,482
GAS FLOW REGULATOR FOR WELLBORE CATALYTIC
HEATERS
Henry P. Lichte, Jr., 4130 Villanova, Houston, Tex., and Ed-
ward F. Schultze, 3005 Larry Drive, Dallas, Tex.
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,170
Int. CLE21b 45/24
U.S.CL 166-59 14 Claims
^^s^n^
attached bellows to work in the chamber without any danger
of spreading bacteria.
3,713,481
WELL FIFE SWAGE
Derrel D. Webb, Houston, Tex., assignor to Houston Engineers
Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Sept. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,579
Int. CLE21b 29/00
U.S.CL 166-55 11 Claims
A downhole bellows operated regulator valve is used to con-
trol the flow rate of a fuel gas to a catalytic wellbore heater.
The bellows is located in tubing and is responsive to the pres-
sure differential between the interior and exterior of the tub-
ing. A valve connected with the bellows is fashioned to
respond to the bellows so that fuel fiow to the catalyst is con-
trolled, and backflow of formation fluids through the catalyst
is prevented.
-~ 3,713,483
WELL SERVICING APPARATUS
Ronald J. Robicheaux, 17971 Spicewood Way, Irvine, Calif.
Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,831
Int. CLE21b 7/06
U.S.CL 166-117.5 12 Claims
Well servicing apparatus in the form of an improved tubing
section for wells, in the form of an improved tool for servicing
A cwace which is adapted to be jarred upwardly as well as ^ells, and in the form of the combination of an improved tub-
downlardly against restrictions within a well pipe in response jng section and tool. Cooperating conformations «" the tubing
To rnTaton of a running tool from which the swage is and tool permit orientation of the tool and longitudinal posi-
suspeided within the pipe.' t.oning of the tool relative to the tubing in response to force
1592
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
applied longitudinally of the tool. The tool and tubing are ar- the part of the flapper furthest from the trunnions. A sacrifi-
ranged so that, having reached predefined orientation and cial wear feature is also incorporated into the rear of the
position, the tool is locked in place. It comprises at least two
main parts and it is one of those parts that is locked in place. __
The other is relatively movable to that locked part and a work
mechanism included within the tool accomplishes its work as
an incident to that relative movement. After a predefined
amount of movement, the main parts of the tool are locked
against relative movement and the tool responds to increased
force to become unlocked from the tubing to permit its
withdrawal. The example selected for illustration is arranged
to install and remove gas valves from side pocket tubing sec-
tions.
3,713.484
STRINGSHOT BACK-OFF TOOL
Claude W . Gray, c/o OK Fishing & Rental Tools, Inc., Post Of-
fice Box 10131, Houma, La.
Filed June 24, 1971, Ser. No. 156,230
Int. CLE2 lb 7/00
U.S. CI. 166-117.5 7 Claims
Back-off of a blocked tubing fish in a well bore is effected
by firing a stringshot positioned in the well bore externally of
the tubing below the blocked section. The stringshot is
lowered to its position through a guide tool from which an
overshot is suspended in gripping engagement with the top of
the fish.
3,713,485
PETROLEUM WELL SAFETY VALVE
Marvin L. Holbert, Jr., Houston, Tex., assignor to Gray Tool
Company, Houston, Tex.
Continuation-in-partof Ser. No. 123,805, March 12, 1971,
abandoned. This application March 15, 1971, Ser. No.
124,411
Int. CI. E2 lb 4i/00
U.S. CI. 166-224 21 Claims
By preference, the safety valve is mounted in a tubing bon-
net throughbore. A tubular piston mounted above the valve
fiapper has a communication to an exterior supply of Huid
pressure tending to force the piston down so it opens the
flapper, subterranean pressure is active against the opposite
side of the piston. The lower end of the piston seats against an
annular shoulder on the member which carries the fiapper to
isolate the valve seat and fiapper sealing surface from wear
while the valve is in an open condition. The rear of the fiapper
IS angled to cause first incidence of fiapper opening force at
fiapper. Even though closed, the fiapper type safety device al-
lows for pumping fiuids downward into the well.
3,713,486
METHOD OF PLUGGING BACK A WELL
Victor C. Meitzen. Kin}>sville, Tex., assignor to Esso Produc-
tion Research Company
Int. CLE21b 47/00, 29/00
U.S.CL 166-250 5 Claims
«;
!,. ,
t
,
' 1
k
,;
1
»
'
rt
t
\
.
■i
J
1
'? .
■'
-4
^rf.
^
~ "
-^
er
I
1
r~
•■
.
^
A method of plugging back a tubingless well cased with
small diameter pipe which requires an accurate determination
of the well depth by wireline measurements. The perforated
interval in the tubingless well is located by pumping fiuid into
the well past a fiow restricting tool attached to the lower end
of a wireline. A decrease in the wireline load indicates when
the fiow restricting tool has entered the perforated interval
which establishes the depth of the perforated interval. Accu-
rate depth control with the wireline is thereby obtained. A
tubing stop is set above the perforated interval and a cement
squeeze is displaced into the perforated interval with a con-
ventional cement wiper plug until the wiper plug.bumps on the
tubing stop. The remainder of the workover utilizes conven-
tional perforating methods.
3,713,487
EXPLOSIVE FRACTURING AND PROPPING OF
PETROLEUM WELLS
Walter R. Lozanski, Calgary, .Alberta, Canada, assignor to
Dri-Frac Limited, Brooks, .Alberta, Canada
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,945
Int.CI.E21b4i/26
U.S. CI. 166-280 4 Claims
A method of stimulating the fiow of petroleum fiuids in a
well. Explosive fracturing of the petroleum formation adjacent
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1593
to the well is carried out in the presence of a propping agent,
such as glass beads, sand or aluminum particles. The propping
agent-explosive combination is preferably surrounded by
granular ammonium nitrate explosive to insure the absence of
voids in the well bore. The method avoids the necessity for the
use of liquids for fracturing or propping, and this is ad-
vantageous in cases where the formation would be damaged
by the use of liquids such as water or drilling fiuids.
divided solids disclosed are fiy ash, amorphous silica, and fine-
ly divided limestone. These solids have a particle size smaller
INJECTION
WELU
3,713,488
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ISOLATING THE
BOTTOM OF A BOREHOLE FROM AN UPPER
FORMATION
Wayland D. Ellenburg, Box 1588,Monahans,Tex.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,504
lnt.C\.E2\b 33114
U.S.CL 166-285 12 Claims
-PRODUCING
WELL
than 50 mesh U.S. Standard Sieve Series. Suitable water loss
additives and viscosity reducers are disclosed.
• -«■ j»mmt.cm.
3,713,490
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SPOTTING FLUID
DOWNHOLE IN A BOREHOLE
Billy Ray Watson, Box 756, Monahans, Tex.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,832
Int. CI. E21b 45/23
U.S.CL 166-305 13 Claims
Improved drilling method for isolating the bottom of a
borehole from an upper formation by the provision of a cross-
over sub which is used in conjunction with a concentrically ar-
ranged dual pipe string. A bit is connected to the pipe string by
the sub and drilling fluid is circulated down the drill string an-
nulus, ihrough the sub, and to the bit, while cuttings are
returned along with the drilling fluid from the bit, through a
radial passageway formed in the sub, and to the inner tubing ot
the drill string.
When it is desired to isolate the upper borehole annulus or a
formation from the bottom of the borehole, a blocking agent is
forced down the inner tubing, out through a radial passageway
of the sub, and against or into the formation adjacent to the
borehole. Drilling is then resumed with the bottom of the
borehole being isolated from the upper borehole annulus.
3,713,489
PLUGGING OF FRACTURES IN UNDERGROUND
FORMATIONS
Clarence R. Fast, and Morton A. Mallinger, both of Tulsa,
Okla., assignors to Amoco Production Company, Tulsa,
Okla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 16,205, March 3, 1970,
abandoned. This application Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,100
Int.CLE21bii/yi«, 45/76
U.S.CL 166-292 17 Claims
This information concerns a method of selectively plugging
fractures in an underground formation by injecting a slurry of
finely divided non-settling solids into the fracture. The finely
_^
Method and apparatus for isolating the perforated area or
production zone of a borehole, and subjecting the isolated
portion to chemical treatment in a manner which enables the
chemical to be placed into intimate contact with the produc-
tion formation.
The apparatus includes a pre-loaded regulator type check
valve assembly in combination with a by-pass means which is
supported on the trail end of a tubing string. The by-pass
means, when actuated, enables flow to occur in by-pass rela-
tionship to and from the tubing and borehole, and around the
check valve assembly.
3,713,491
FIRE PROTECTION APPARATUS
C;eorge J. (Jrabowski, Needham. Mass.; William B. Osborne.
Marlboro, Mass.. and Hexford Wilson. Wellesley, Mass.,
assignors to Walter Kldde & Company. Int
Division of Ser. No. 770,926, Oct. 28, 1968, Pat. No.
3 605 901. This application March 11, 1971, Ser. No. 123,282
Int. CLA62C 25/00
U.S.CL 169-2 R l^^I"'™!
A portable automatic fire protection system is disclosed
comprising battery powered, independent suppressor units
1594
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
each includino a supply of fire extinguishing Huid and a fire fiuid when the main valve is open^A ^"^P^^'^'J/P;;"^ '^
provides a control circuit networlc that automatically initiates
extinguishing fiuid discharge from all units in response to fire
detection by any single unit.
3,713,492
FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Leonard W. Forrest, 31 Moorland Ave., Providence, R.I.
Filed May 12, 1971, Ser. No. 142,542
Int.CI.A62ci/00
U.S. CI. 169-2 R 6 Claims
on the safety valve is greater than the pressure from the spring,
the safety valve moves to vent fiuid from the container to the
atmosphere.
A fire extinguishing system for gas stations and the like of
the type having an island on which the gas pumps are
mounted, the system comprising spaced nozzles mounted in or
on the curb of the island and a source of pressurized fire extin-
guishing dry chemical power with conduit means intercon-
necting said source and said nozzles, whereby when the system
is operable, the dry chemical powder will emit from said noz-
zles in a pressurized spray characterized by an upward trajec-
tory.
3,713,494
ALTERNATIVE INPUT DRIVES ON HOUSING OF
GEARBOX FOR TOOLS ROTATING ABOUT VERTICAL
AXES
Albert Berdrin, 1 19 Avenue de General-Leclerc, Paris, France
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,692
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 10, 1969, 6934671
Int. CI. AOld 33108; ¥l6h 37/06
U.S. CI. 172-59 2 Claims
3,713,493
SAFETY VALVE FOR USE IN FILLING OF FIRE
EXTINGUISHERS
Arne Hansen. New City, N.Y., assignor to Walter Kidde &
Company . Inc.. Belleville, NJ.
Filed Nov. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 197,349
Int. CI. A62c /J/00
U.S. CI. 169-31 R 12 Claims
A safety valve for use in filling of fire extinguishers and the
like is disclosed. There is provided the usual storage container
for containing fire extinguishing chemicals under pressure and
having a control head attached thereto at one end. The con-
trol head is provided with a pair of discharge passages in fiuid
fiow communication with the interior of the container. A main
valve seals one of the passages and a safety valve is provided to
seal the other passage. Preferably, the two passages are con-
tinuous so that a stem of the main valve extends from the one
passage into the other. The safety valve is acted upon by the
13, 12, 15 TT^M 122 1
\ /_ 16^ A V
14 122 11 '3, 12j 134 124 10
/ 1 I [ i '\ Vi7\\ \i-rrC\ 26
19, 28, 25, 24 192'282 263 2O2 28j 253l9jl| ^, 264
23
An agricultural machine with tools adapted to rotate around
vertical axis. The tools are carried by shafts located in a hous-
ing enclosing intermeshing gear means for driving the shafts
by driving one of them only, apertures closable by covers
being provided on the faces of the housing for the passage of a
driving shaft.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
159;")
3 713 495 3,713,497
AUTOMATIC DISK HARROW HINGE LOCKING DEVICE REPLACEABLE BLADE ROW CROP DITCHER WITH
Robert L. Redford, Westmont, III., assignor to International BEDDING RAIL
Harvester Company, Chicago, III. Roy I. Hawkins, Pierce, Colo., assignor to Hawkms Mfg. Inc.,
FiledSept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,036 Pierce.Colo. ,,,,„,
Int. CI AOlb 65/02. E05d 11 1 10 Filed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,102
U.S.a.172-456 ICIalm Int.CI. A01bi9/y4.52/22
U.S.CL 172-719 5 Claims
In a folding wing disk harrow wherein the disk carrying wing
beam is hinged to the main beam for pivoting in a vertical
plane, the main beam has an extension underlapping and sup-
porting the adjacent end of the wing beam and means are pro-
vided for locking the wing beam in its operating position in a
horizontal alignment with the main beam including yieldable
means for biasing the locking means to its locking position.
An Agricultural V-Shape Crop Ditcher Tool having a
replaceable blade held between spring-tensioned members
that are normally held apart, and a bedding rail attached to
each wing of the tool to control lateral movement of the soil.
3,713,496
RIPPER PLOW WITH COMBUSTION CHAMBER IN TIP
TO EFFECT FRACTURING OF SOIL
James B. CodKn, SpringTield. III., assignor to Allis-Chalmers
Manufacturing Company. Milwaukee. Wis.
Continuation of Ser. No. 25, Jan. 2, 1970, abandoned. This
application Jan. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 216,309
Int. CL AOlb /i/05
U.S.CL 172-699 4 Claims
TO OJTXXSVSTIM
-28
3,713,498
ELECTRIC MOTOR HAMMER AND STRIKING TOOL
Hikoitsu Watanabe, 5-13, 1-chome, Ebara-cho, and Sanji Gen-
ma, 4-8, 1-chome, Ebara-cho, both of Tokyo-to, Japan
FiledApril2, 1971, Ser. No. 130,728
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 22, 1970,
45/82567
Int. CLE2Ib//00,E02d 7/00
U.S. CI. 173-53 10 Claims
A tractor drawn ripper for fracturing earth is provided in its
tip with a combustion chamber which vents to both sides of
the ripper tip. A passage in the ripper communicates with the
chamber and intermittently supplies a combustible fuel mix-
ture thereto from an outside source. A spark plug projects into
the chamber and is adapted to fire the combustible fuel mix-
ture to cause repetitive explosions which loosen the earth ad-
jacent the ripper as the latter moves along and permits it to be
more easily drawn through the earth.
This is an electric motor hammer and striking tool which
permits striking with strong impact given by the dropping of
motors with acceleration by it own weight and which makes
use of the driving force of such motors for lifting the hammer
itself up to any desired height and the weight for striking
operation, comprising two motors fixed in balance on a sup-
porter, two rollers driven by such motors through reduction
gear means, and a guide rod held between such two rollers,
which are rotated holding the guide rod until they reach any
predetermined height vertically along the guide rod, where
released automatically from being held on the guide rod and
the motor hammer starts dropping by its own weight for giving
strong impact as described above, whereby striking operation
is kept on by repeating such up and down motions of the mo-
tors.
1596
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,499
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TREATING DRILLING
MUD
Raymond L. Arscott; Eber W. Gaylord, both of Pittsburgh; Er-
nest A. Mori, Gienshaw, and Richard A. Morris, Mon-
ro«ville, all of Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 1 1 . 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 70,709
lnt.CI.E21b7//S
3,713,501
POWER HAND TRUCK
Robert H. Hurt, 421 North State, Kent, Wash.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,561
Int. CI. B60p 9100
U.S.CL 180-9.22
5 Claims
U.S.CL 175-66
13 Claims
I— //#
A hand truck frame mounts an endless chain belt having a
perpendicularly extending bulb-like member connected
thereto. As the belt rotates, the bulb-like member engages a
step and causes the hand truck to be elevated to a vertically
succeeding step. A manually operated clutch selectively links
the chain belt with the wheel axle of the hand truck thereby
powering the wheels, which is desirable on flat ground.
A method for treating drilling mud discharged from a well in
an abrasive jet drilling process using ferrous abrasives to
recondition the drilling mud for reuse in which the drilling
mud is passed over a shale shaker to remove oversized cuttings
and IS then delivered into a magnetic separator in which the
abrasive particles are separated from the major portion of the
drillmg mud. The ferrous abrasive particles from the separator
are further cleaned of drilling mud in a centrifugal cleaner and
dried. The dried abrasive particles are screened to remove
broken abrasives, and the resultant sized abrasive particles are
stored in a dry condition in a hopper from which they are in-
troduced into drilling mud at a controlled rate and recircu-
lated through the abrasive jet drillin^process.
3,713,500
DRILLING DEVICES
Michael King Russell, 3 Culross Close, Cheltenham, England
Filed April 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,538
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 8, 1969,
17,868/69
Int. CLE21b 7/04
U.S. CI. 175-73 6 Claims
3,713,502
DUAL POWERED VEHICLE
John J. Delaney, West Pittston, Pa., and Henry O. Gervais,
Mountaintop, Pa., assignors to Northeastern Pennsylvania
Research and Development Co., Inc., Pittston, Pa.
Filed Sept. 3. 1969, Ser. No. 854,897
Int.CI.B62k///00
U.S.CL 180-27 8 Claims
t
»ECE*B?
OfUL
Pff
,5 ,1 6 j 9 V I p
'..)VV'WVA7\>'\A/VVV'4
ELecnXAL
ORCVWKC
pmGRM^tit
POMIF
SBJVC
OVHB?
eeNBUTOR
Drive arrangement for vehicles of the character employed
to transport personnel and equipment, for example, golf cart
or an industrial vehicle for transporting personnel and supplies
between and throughout industrial plant areas, or the like, said
vehicles having a dual power system comprising a battery
operated electric motor and pedalling assembly, the motor
and pedalling assembly being adapted to operate conjointly as
a source of power, or as independent power sources, at the op-
tion of the user.
Control means for fitting at the lower end of a drill pipe ad-
jacent drilling means to control directional drilling comprise
servo means for changing the drilling angle and further servo
means for turning the control means with respect to the drill
pipe axis in order to reorientate the device without changing
the drilling angle. The control means also comprise means for
programming and/or controlling both servo means by signals
set in, or transmitted from, above ground.
3,713,503
VEHICLE GENERATOR SYSTEM
Harold U. Haan, Parkersburg, Iowa
Filed March 1, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,743
Int.CI.H02j7//4, 7/i2
U.S. CI. 180-65 R 6 Claims
An electrically powered vehicle having fan-driven genera-
tors or alternators selectively individually engageabie by the
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1597
driver such that as the speed of the vehicle increases and the
air reaching the fan increases, additional generators may be
powered A wedge cam is adapted to move between rows of
surrounding an area, or an obstacle in the area so that the
vehicle moves forward, rearward and laterally over the entire
^* ,Zi .zt-
-/4.
22
Staggered generators to progressively move them into engage-
ment with opposite belt portions of a continuous belt. Two
belts are provided for doubling the number of generators.
unobstructed area for treating the same with a tool, such as a
brush or agricultural implemeel- t
3,713,504
VEHICLE ELECTRIC DRIVE PROVIDING REGULATION
OF DRIVE WHEEL OPERATING SPEED DIFFERENCE
Daniel W. Shimer, Warren, and Jalal T. Salihi, Birmingham,
both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 146,886
Int.CI.B60l///0«
U.S. CI. 180-65 R 2 Claims
3,713,506
SAFETY BELTS WITH DECELERATION RELEASE
CONTROL
Paul Lipschutz. Neuillv-sur-Seine (Hauts de Seine). France,
assignor to Societe D'Exploitation des Brevets Neiman.
Neuilly-sur-Seine, France
Filed June 1 8, 1 970, Ser. No. 47,322
Claims priority, application France, June 20, 1969,6920632
Int. CI B60r 2///0
U.S. CI. 180-82 9 Claims
J 'vTIa^
.i
f4 J^'
CCLO
^
- JU
y^j>
~rT o „ ' ^ ~r IT.
']
-<r'-^<?
X «
i*«»Q.}
A vehicle electric drive system includes two electric power
supplies connected respectively to energize front and rear
drfve AC induction motors to propel front and rear sets of
drive wheels through respective front and rear differentials.
The AC voltages supplied the motors are comprised of sub-
stantially rectangular voltage pulses of alternating polarity.
The operating speeds of the two motors are sensed and com-
pared to ascertain whether the difference in operating speeds
exceeds a predetermined amount. If the sensed operating
speed difference is in excess of a predetermined value, the
width of the voltage pulses supplied the motor operating at the
higher speed is reduced to reduce the level of the voltage sup-
plied that motor, thus reducing its speed to ensure that the
front and rear sets of drive wheels are operated with a con-
trolled maximum speed difference.
A safety belt anchorage device for use in vehicles compris-
ing a check device having a pinion rotatably mounted in a cas-
ing, a chain engaging the pinion teeth and at one end adapted
to be secured to the end of a safety belt, a torsion spring for re-
winding the chain on said pinion, and an axially sliding
member for positively locking the pinion against free rotation,
and control means actuated upon braking or deceleration of
the vehicle.
3,713,505
AUTOMATICALLY STEERED SELF-PROPELLED
VEHICLE
Wolfram Muller, Leek, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,354
Claims priority, application Germany, April 25, 1970, P 20
20 220.4
Int. CI. B62d 5104
U.S.CL 180-79.1 21 Claims
A self-propelled vehicle is automatically reversed and
steered to a new path if sensors thereon sense an obstruction
3,713,507
FACILITY FOR CONFINING A PRESSURIZED FLUID
CUSHION FOR A GROUND-EFFECT MACHINE
Jean Henri Bertin, Neuilly-sur-Seine; Maurice Paul Berthelot,
issy-les-Moulineaux. and (Juy Robert Delamare. Herblav, all
of France, assignors to Societe D Etudes Et De Developpe-
ment Des Aeroglisseurs Marins Torrestres Et Amphibies
S.E.-D.A.M., Paris, France
Filed April 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,615
Claims priority, application France, April 30, 1969,
6913944
Int.CI. B60V///6
U.S.CL 180-127 6 Claims
A facility for confining pressure fluid cushioning of a
ground-effect machme. the facility comprising an endless flex-
1598
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
ibie skirt or wall having a part in double thickness, such part
being formed by the placing one above another of two panels
which contact one another but which are free relatively to one
another to slide on one another when urged by an internal
overpressure arising inter alia from meeting an obstacle, the
skirt thus being peripherally expanding but skirt wall continui-
ty not being impaired, thanks to the overlapping of the two
panels, notwithstanding relative movement thereof.
3,713,510
LADDER PUSH-OUT APPARATUS
Rawleigh D. O Dell, 807 North Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Ga., as-
signor to Ulace J. O'Dell, Lewisburg, Ohio, a part interest
Filed March 10, 1971 , Ser. No. 122,31 1
Int. CI. E06c 7148
U.S. CI. 182-20 10 Claims
3,713,508
SOUND ABSORBING AND ATTENUATING STRUCTURE
Oliver C. Eckel, P.O. Box 226, Weston, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 18,531, March 11, 1970,
abandoned. This application Jan. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 217,455
Int.CI. E04b//56
U.S. CI. 181-33 GB 6 Claims
^'^
^j* ^—iii
A sound absorbing and attenuating structure has an outer
support within which there are at least three compartments,
the intermediate one being empty and the others being filled
with fiber glass or other sound absorbing material. Two of said
compartments extend continuously from the top extremity to
the bottom extremity, while the intermediate compartment
also does, but is equipped with shelves that extend alternately
left to right and right to left. Covers at the top and bottom ex-
tremities close my structure.
3,713,509
TEXTILE NOISE REDUCTION DEVICE
Harlan R. Carroll, Taylors, S.C, assignor to Fiber Industries,
Ik.
Filed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,386
Int.CI.G10k///00,F01n///0
U.S. CI. 181-33 K
A push-out apparatus adapted to be attached to a ladder for
moving the ladder to a selected adjusted position relative to a
surface against which the ladder is supported. The push-out
apparatus includes a ladder attachment assembly havmg
releasable connecting means for securing the assembly in a set
position on the ladder and for permitting ready removal of the
assembly from the ladder. The push-out apparatus includes
push-out means supported on the attachment assembly for
movement relative thereto and having extending abutment
means detailed for contacting the supporting surface against
which the ladder is operating. Manual control adjusting means
is operatively connected between the push-out means and the
ladder attachment assembly whereby the abutment means can
be moved to a selected one of a number os set positions rela-
tive to the attached assembly. The abutment stop means in-
cludes a pair of laterally spaced and laterally adjustable
bumper elements detailed for contacting the surface of a
building at a number of laterally spaced positions thereon. The
abutment stop means is removably connected to the ladder at-
tachment assembly and can be removed therefrom for ready
attachment to a second support assembly which can be
secured to the ladder in order that the abutment stop means
can be used on the ladder without the use of the push-out
means.
5 Claims
3,713,511
ADJUSTABLE STAIR ASSEMBLY
Lloyd A. Hinkle, 216 Piedmont Avenue, Piedmont, Mo.
Filedjunel4. 1971.Ser.No. 152,791
Int.CI. E06c9//0
U.S. CI. 182-95 7 Claims
J'jr
A textile interlacing apparatus is described having noise
abating means which reduce the noise level of the interlacing
apparatus in an amount ranging from 12 to 21 or more
decibels. The interlacer is surrounded with a sound proofing
chamber coupled with muffled exhaust ports.
An adjustable stair assembly in which the stair treads are ad-
justably supported on stringers so that the exposed tread sur-
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1599
face may be selectively determined in proportion to the riser
dimension from tread to tread, and the stringers are
telescoped into upper and lower supports which anchor the as-
sembly in the desired final position. In the assembly the strin-
gers are used in pairs at each end of the treads and in conjunc-
tion with the upper and lower telescoping supports are selec-
tively spaced to obtain the desired riser dimension and ex-
posed tread width within acceptable standards of riser to tread
dimensional ratios.
3,713,512
CONNECTOR BRACKET FOR SAWHORSES OR THE
LIKE
Milton A. Reece, 120 Annadale Rd., Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,369
Int.CI.E04g//J2,F16m 1 1 100
U.S. CI. 182-226 11 Claims
mounted therein which permits a flow of fluid to take place
only from the motor compartment to the crankcase compart-
ment. The crankcase compartment defines a plurality of cylin-
ders adapted to receive pistons therein and has a valve plate
having a plurality of apertures therein mounted to it, with at
least one of the apertures being a suction port. A cylinder
head is mounted to the crankcase housing and is constructed
to define at least one suction chamber and at least one
discharge chamber. The crankcase compartment housing
defines a fluid equalizing passage having one end cooperating
with the crankcase compartment interior and the other end
cooperating with a suction chamber of the cylinder head A
conduit member is connected to the fluid equalizing passage
to direct fluid passing from the crankcase compartment
through the passage towards a suction port of the valve plate.
A bracket for connecting together two legs and an upper
crosspiece of a sawhorse or similar structure, and including
two elements into which the upper ends of the sawhorse legs
are insertable, and having upper portions adapted upon rela-
tive pivotal movement of the two elements to grip the cross-
piece of the sawhorse, with a toggle linkage being actuable by
downward movement of a manually operated handle to swing
the two elements to their gripping positions, and to simultane-
ously actuate gripping teeth into holding engagement with the
legs.
3,713,513
CRANKCASE EVACUATION AND OIL RETURN SYSTEM
Bradford Foster Harris, Murray Hill, and Tommaso F. Scar-
fone, Jersey City, both of N J., assignors to Fedders Corpora-
tion, Edison, N J.
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,824
Int.CLFOlm 1112
U.S. CI. 184-6.16 18 Claims
-?^
44 Ji"
3,713,514
TOY AND DELAYED RELEASE PROPELLING
MECHANISM THEREFOR
Enrique A. Cosp, Jejui 438, Asuncion, Paraguay
Division of Ser. No. 69,81 2, Sept. 4, 1970, Pat. No. 3,670,453.
This application July 28, 1971, Ser. No. 167,004
. Int. CI. F03g/ /OO
U.S. a. 185-37 2 Claims
A toy having a spring driven propelling mechanism includ-
ing an axially movable rod which is propelled to the rear of the
vehicle by the spring and which, when the vehicle is placed
against a vertical barrier, propells the vehicle forward by reac-
tion force. The delayed release mechanism includes a frame
having parallel sides and end walls in which the rod is jour-
naled for axial movement. The sides have indentations which
extend inwardly toward, but do not contact, the rod and its
surrounding spring. The rod carries an elastic member which
is pushed forwardly of the indentations when the spring is
compressed. The spring gradually forces the elastic member
past the indentations and, when the elastic member is clear of
the indentations, the spring is permitted to rapidly expand,
suddenly causing the rod to move toward the barrier, causing
the vehicle to rapidly move forward.
3,713,515
VEHICLE LIFT
Ion V. K. Hott, Daylon, Ohio, assignor to the Joyce-Cridland
Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Sept. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 759,190
Int. CI. B66f 7100
U.S.CL 187-8.41 7 Claims
A refrigeration motor compressor unit comprising a housing
separated by a partition into a crankcase compartment and a
motor compartment. The partition defines an oil return
passage connecting the motor compartment with the crank-
case compartment, the passage having a one-way check valve
For elevating three-wheeled scooters and similar vehicles
above floor levels to a convenient height for servicing, a lift is
1600
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
provided with three wheel runways which are shdable toward
and away from one another. A wheel chock of unique design .s
described for appropriate positioning of a three-wheeled vehi-
cle on the lift.
3,713,516
TELESCOPIC SHOCK ABSORBER FOR VEHICLES
Adalbert Freyler, Brillerstrasse 99. Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Oer-
'"""'^ Filed Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 167,913
Claims priority, application Germany, May 5, 1971, P 21 22
Int. CI. F16f 7/08, B60g/ i/04
U.S. CI. 188-129 8 Claims
3,713,518
DECOUPLER CONTROL
Cvril Hawkins. 2643 North VInewood Drive, Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed March 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,450
Int. CLF16d 4 //OO
IJ.S.CL 192-46 <^ Claims
Two forms of safety couplings, which are clutching devices
which transmit full torque in a forward direction and definitely
limited torque in the reverse direction. The devices include a
lockin feature, optionally engageable. which prevents disen-
gagement of the clutch, or increases the torque requirement
for disengagement, in reverse torque condition. The lockm in-
cludes a member threaded to one of the clutched shafts and
normally rotative with the shaft which may be braked against
rotation and, when braked, moves along the shaft to block dis-
engaging movement of the clutch.
A device for oscillation damping and shock absorption by
differential friction, for use especially as a telescopic shock
absorber in vehicles, where the plunger inside the cylinder is
split along an oblique separation line, one of the plunger parts
being axially preloaded against the others to create radial frac-
tional pressure and differential axial friction resistance, de-
pending upon whether the plunger motion is coincident or op-
posite to the preload.
3,713,519
ELECTROMAGNETIC CLUTCHES
Gabriel Ruget, 7 Cours Fauriel, Saint-Etienne, France
Filed Dec. 9, 1970. Ser. No. 96,471
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 10, 1969,
6942612; Nov. 10, 1970, 7041454
Int. CI. F16d2i/06, 27/09
U.S.CL 192-53 D
7 Claims
3,713,517
CLUTCH-BRAKE WITH LIQUID AND AIR COOLING
Gordon M. Sommer, Grosse Pointe Woods, Mich., assignor to
G. M. Sommer Co., Inc.. Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 804.77 1, March 6, 1969. Pat.
No 3,614,999. This application Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No.
167,990
Int. CLF16d 67/04
U.S.CL192-18A 10 Claims
!7f
A clutch-brake unit comprising a relatively fixedly mounted
support structure, a drive shaft rotatable relative to the sup-
port structure, a housing rotatable relative to the support
structure and at least partially surrounding the shaft, a brake
within the housing and adapted for non-rotatably connecting
the shaft to the support structure, a clutch within the housing
for drivingly connecting the housing with the shaft, and ac-
tuating means for selectively energizing the clutch while
simultaneously releasing the brake and vice versa. The hous-
ing is at least partially filled with lubricating fluid wherefrom
heat is adapted to be transferred by contact with the housing
and a driving member connected therewith.
An electromagnetic clutch comprising a rotor fast on a shaft
and incorporating a coil and provided with axially directed
teeth for engagement with corresponding teeth on a plate
rotatable relative to the shaft, the rotor or plate being axially
movable of the shaft. There is provided a means for substan-
tially equalizing speeds of rotation of the rotor and plate so
that the clutch can be engaged while running. Such means
may be an intermediate disc or complementary formations on
the rotor and plate.
3,713,520
VISCOUS FLUID CLUTCH
Lamar L. Kerr, Englewood, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,490
lnt.CI.F16di5/00
U.S.CL 192-58 B , u. t^'.*'"^
A viscous fluid clutch including relatively rotatable first and
second drive members having a fluid shear space
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1601
therebetween and which are cooperable with a fluid medium
in the shear space to provide a shear-type fluid drive
therebetween, an annular reservoir for at times storing the
fluid medium, an internallymounted preloaded temperature-
responsive bimetallic valve member for regulating the flow of
the fluid medium from the annular reservoir to the fluid shear
space, the bimetallic valve member being mounted at one end
3,713,522
COIN CONTROLLED ADJUSTABLE TIMER
Malcolm J. Estrem, Edina, Minn., assignor to The Cornelius
Company, Anoka, Minn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 795,389, Jan. 2, 1969. abandoned,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 696,673, Dec. 1 1 ,
1967, abandoned. This application May 8, 1970, Ser. No.
33,170
lnt.CI.G07f5//0
U.S.CL 194-9 T 7 Claims
5'i- «» J!o^2
thereof on the divider wall in the reservoir and extending
across the center of the clutch unit to control an opening
between the reservoir and the operating chamber, the cover
member being formed such that the fluid storage space in the
reservoir assures that a substantial central portion of the
bimetallic element will remain uncovered by fluid and thus be
continuously exposed to ambient air.
3,713,521
ROLLER PROVIDED WITH SPEED CONTROLLING
MECHANISM FOR ARTICLES BEING CONVEYED ON A
ROLLER CONVEYOR
Koiti Moritake, Takatsuki. Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Takenishi Seisakusho. Sagisu. Fukushima-ku, Osaka,
Japan
Filed Aug. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 174,480
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 12, 1970,
45/101733
Int.CI.B65gyi/00.H02pi/00
U.S.CL 193-37 5 Claims
17
^
W0m
Adjustable timing apparatus for actuating individual switch
contact assemblies at various predetermined times during the
cycle of rotation of a shaft including a plurality of cams
characterized by the inclusion of a peripheral involute actuat-
ing surface which further includes a switch contact resetting
portion. Individual switch contact assemblies are removably
disposed in operative position adjacent to a cam whereby a
cam follower type of switch contact actuator is biased into ad-
justable continuous contact with the peripheral surface of
each of the cams. Means are provided for effecting rotation of
the shaft, upon which the cams are disposed, at a predeter-
mined substantially constant rotational velocity. Further
means are provided to be responsive to tokens supplied
thereto for controlling and initiating the operation of the tim-
ing apparatus. A suitable slot adapted to receive tokens is pro-
vided with a removable stop for arresting the motion of a coin
and further means are provided for generating a signal in
response to the presence of the token. The signal is utilized to
initiate operation of the timer. Prior to the end of the timing
cycle of operation, the removable stop means is actuated to
allow release of the token into a collection receptacle.
A roller equipped with a speed controlling mechanism for
use in a roller conveyor having a group of many free rollers in
alignment between frames. The motion of an article being
conveyed on the rollers is transmitted to the inside of the
roller and operates a generator as the roller is turned. If
desired a speed change mechanism can be provided. The elec-
tromotive force generated by the generator is supplied to an
electromagnetic brake, by which electrical braking force is
produced to effect regularion of the speed control of the
roller.
3,713,523
TYPING RATE CONTROL FOR TYPE BAR
TYPEWRITERS
Jurgen P. Niemietz, Nuernberg, Germany, assignor to Tri-
umph Werke Nuernberg A. G., Nuernberg, Germany
Filed March 2. 1970. Ser. No. 1 5.373
Claims priority, application Germany, March 13, 1969, P 19
12 661.5
Int.CI.B41j5/iO
U.S. CI. 197-19 9 Claims
A typing rate control for type bar typewriters to permit the
realization of optimum overall typing rates wherein the code
identification of a selected type bar, coded according to its
position in a type basket, is held stored and is operative to call
and cause the type bar it represents to print. The relative type
bar position of the next to be called type bar and that of the
1602
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
type bar position in storage is ascertained by high speed count-
ing logic circuitry and used to delay the call of the next type
lay-out. The device comprises a frame which can be mounted
on the typewriter and in which one or more guide rollers are
rotatably supported in parallel and adjustable relationship to
the typewriter platen. The blank and lay-out sheets are tem-
porarily connected together at their lower and upper edge,
respectively, and the composite sheet thus formed is tracked
/ »
bar only over that time interval necessary to assure that the
previously called type bar is out of the way.
3,713,524
BI-DIRECTIONAL SPACING MECHANISM FOR A
PRINTER INCLUDING A PROPORTIONAL SPACING
PRINTER
James S. Forrest; John R. Litkenhus, both of Lexington, and
Donald J. Steger, Corinth, all of Ky., assignors to Interna-
tional Business Machines, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,124
Int.CI.B41j/9/5«
U.S.CL 197-84 R 18 Claims
over the platen and the guide roller or rollers. An indicator
member connected to the typewriter in a predetermined rela-
tionship to its point of stroke or printing point, marks the loca-
tion on the lay-out sheet which at any time corresponds to the
location on the blank sheet where a type actuated by the
opera-tor writes a character.
3,713,526
PACKAGING APPARATUS
Wolfgang Hoffmann, Beaconsfield, Quebec, and Paul Wick,
Valois, Quebec, both of Canada, assignors to Canadian In-
ternational Paper Company, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Division of Ser. No. 734,029, June 3, 1968, Pat. No. 3,579,956.
This application Feb. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,580
Int. CI. B65g 47/26
U.S.CL 198-34 16 Claims
A character printing position is displaced by various incre-
ments in forward and reverse directions by premeasured mo-
tion delivered to a movable letter spacing member through a
shuttling control rack. A variable stop member is moved to
select the desired amount of spacing movement by arresting
the control rack, which is yieldably driven via a spring through
a potential stroke during each cycle.
3,713,525
DEVICE FOR COMPOSING TEXT PORTIONS ON A
BLANK SHEET IN ACCORDANCE WITH A LAY-OUT
Ola Peter Troing, Slagelsegade 3, 2100 Copenhagen, Denmark
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,846
Claims priority, application Denmark, May 8, 1969,
2531/69 L
Int.CI.B41j///44
U.S.CL 197-181.2 4 Claims
A device for use in connection with a typewriter to compose
text portions on a blank sheet in accordance with a prepared
A commodity feeding apparatus for aligning and selectively
feeding a commodity into a packaging station, the feeding ap-
paratus having two advancing systems, one advancing faster
than the other and moving selected of the commodities at a
faster rate to separate the selected commodities from the
remainder thereof and advance same into the packaging sta-
tion.
3,713,527
ELEVATOR-FEEDER STRUCTURE
Gary D. Ginther, Leonard, Mich., assignor to Clyde Corpora-
tion, Troy, Mich.
Filed Sept. 1 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 8 1 ,098
Int. CI. B65g 47/74,47/24
U.S. CI. 198-53 55 Claims
Endless elevator band has horizontal and sloped article
elevating nights which respectively discharge articles frontally
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
_. 1603
January 30, 1973
,„d ,a.eran, fo, d.s.nbutin, ,h.. ove, .Ke «id.h o, a receiv- "--J '7-^;- ^rr^hl^^a^^^^s'^'r^^^
thereto to facilitate flexing of the band. Side rails contain arti-
cles on the sloped flights and the rails are tapered outwardly to
prevent wedge-locking of articles thereagainst.
The supply hopper for the elevator has a sloped bottom and
more than one tray in each tier to be simultaneously examined
by a flsherman, to thereby facilitate and extend his range of
selection of baits, etc. The lids may also be made of a trans-
parent plastic, to thereby enable the contents of the trays
covered by said lids to be examined without opening the lids.
a vertical baffle spaced from the band. The bottom edge of the
baffle is spaced from the hopper bottom to define a restricted
opening for limiting the mass of articles bearing against the
^^A^return chute returns to the hopper articles which fail to
lodge in the feed tracks. u„„„^r
A cover plate is spaced from the band below the hopper
bottom To relieve jamming of articles received in the space
the plate is sloped outwardly in an upward direction and is
yieldably spring biased to closed condition.
3,713,530
DISPLAY CARTON WITH DUST FLAP LOCKING
CONSTRUCTION
Jimmy J. Hanko, Des Plaines, HI., assignor to Weyerhaeuser
Company, Tacoma. Wash.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,273
Int. CLB05d 5/50
U.S.CL 206-45.14 9 Claims
' 3,713,528
EGG CUP
Robert Daenen, Erembodegem, Belgium, and James B. Swett,
Barrington, R.L, assignors to Dart Industries, Inc., Los An-
geles, Calif.
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,731
lnt.CI.A47g/9/2«,B65d4i/0S
U.S.CL 206-1. * Claims
An egg cup having a cap and base wherein the cap in an
upright position engages with the base to prevent loss of heat
from the egg and wherein the cap can be inverted and utilized
to hold the egg while the egg is being broken.
A display carton has article holding panels at each end, and
open front panels to allow access to the article. The front
panels may extend behind the article, and also maintain cer-
tain holding panels in place. The unsupported front edges of
the side walls are prevented from bowing outwardly by locking
the dust flaps together. The dust flaps overlap. A locking tab
on a first dust flap is folded back around the second dust flap,
and an outwardly extending detent on the second dust flap
prevenu the tab from slipping ofl" the second flap.
3,713,529
PORTABLE CONTAINER FOR FISHING TACKLE AND
THE LIKE
Bernard Meksula, 13215 Maplerow Ave., Garfield Heights,
FlledFeb.24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,439
Int. CL A45c 1 1 100; B65d 85154
U.S.CL206-16R ^ ^ ^ f !*'"'*
A portable container for fishing tackle and the like is
described, in which tiers of trays are provided, with the upper-
3,713,531
CIGARETTE PACKAGE WITH A SELF-CONTAINED
PACKET OF MATCHES
George C. Doumas, 168 East 2nd Street, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,418
Int. CI. B65d 79/00
U.S. CI. 206-48 IClwm
A cigarette package with a self-contained packet of matches
wherein the matches are releasably secured by an adhesive to
the cigarette enclosure. The matches are advantageously
formed with a striking head disposed on the underside of each
individual match, so that the matches are stored with the
match head disposed between the match body and the
cigarette enclosure. An adhesive releasably secures the
906 O.G.— 60
1604
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
matches to the cigarette enclosure at a point whereby the end porting only the ends of the clips. A clip forming element hav-
of the match away from the match head is free to be gripped ing an outer surface configuration conforming to the contour
or me maic y ^^ ^ completely formed chp is positioned withm the housmg m
«,
V
Z4t
e,^
i-^'
32b
/4
ZB
T
2
-32tL
-Z9
SS S7-
by the user A removable retaining member secures the packet
of matches on the cigarette package prior to use.
3,713,532
BOTTLE CARRIER DEVICE
John J. Tanzer, 8501 West Higgins Road, Brookfield, Wis
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,41 1
Int.CI.B65f«5/iO
L.S. CI. 206-65 E
40
•38
36
contact with the center of the clips, so that, the clips, upon
withdrawal from the holder, must be completely formed
against the forming element by the clip applicator.
2 Claims
3,713,534
SLIDE FASTENER ATTACHED WITH A TUG
Hiroyuki Ebata, Uozu, Japan, assignor to Yoshida Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 226,061
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 15, 1971. 46/7832
Int. CI. B65d liiOO, A44b 79/36
U.S. CI. 206-80 5 Claims
I
" I v^
15
A carrier for bottles or the like arranged in package form,
such as a six-pack, and particularly designed for bottles of the
molded glass envelope type with thin and substantially
uniform wall thickness, and wherein the bottom of the bottle,
which is often of non-supporting configuration, is capped with
a cup-like base member or coaster of less brittle material for
protecting the bottle and providing a self-supporting base
therefor, the carrier being in the form of a sheet of suitable
material, as plastic, with one or more vertical walls lapped
with the side walls of the base members and secured thereto
by releasable fastening means by which the package may be
supported for transport by grasping handle grip means ad-
jacent the tops of the packaged bottles; the handle grip means
being adjacent the top of a single vertical wall disposed
between rows of bottles in the package, or being on a horizon-
tal shelf portion joining two vertical walls in which case the
vertical walls are disposed exteriorly of the bottles and joined
to corresponding exterior side wall portions of the cup-like
base members.
ll»
A slide fastener device is disclosed which is provided with a
label or tag for indicating information relative to the fastener
product. The tag is provided with a transversely extending fold
for folding the tag therealong outwardly or inwardly of the
fastener and with an aperture for hanging jhe fastener verti-
cally on a suitable support for purposes of display.
3,713,533
HEMOSTATIC CLIP HOLDER
Harry G. Reimels, Braintree, Mass., assignor to Codman &
Shurtleff, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 38,986, May 20, 1970,
abandoned. This application April 28, 1971, Ser. No. 138,055
Int. CI. A61b/ 7/72; B65d Si/00
U.S. CI. 206-56 DF 20 Claims
A clip holder for securely retaining a plurality of partially
formed hemostatic clips prior to withdrawal of the clips by a
clip applicator is constructed to provide a plastic housing hav-
ing a generally rectangular opening therethrough and opposed
inwardly directed shoulders at one end of the opening for sup-
3,713,535
AUTOMATIC CARD SELECTOR FOR RANDOM-ACCESS
CARD FILE SYSTEM
Stanley Engelstein, New York, and Isidore Dorman,
Whitestone, both of N.Y., assignors to Bell & Howell Com-
pany, Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 118,455, Feb. 24, 1971. This
application Dec. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 204,160
Int. CI. B07c 5/36
U.S. CI. 209-80.5 17 Claims
A random -access card file system formed by cartridges for
storing the cards and an automatic card selector adapted to
extract any desired card therefrom regardless of its location in
the cartridge. Each cartridge is capable of accommodating at
least one deck of cards. Each card in the deck includes an up-
standing tab whose longitudinal position is related to a par-
ticular point on a linear scale extending the full length of the
deck. The selector is provided with a carriage movable to a
position in registration with any desired incremental point on
the scale, the carriage bearing a crane having a card picker
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 30, 1973
CpTet T^X cyc^e-rj rror wh,ch „ ,s parages and ,0 .he face of. he screen.
3,713,537
SCREENING CONVEYOR
William B. Walker, Los Gatos, Calif., assignor to FMC Cor-
poration, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,512
Int.CLB07b7//0
U.S. CL 209-307 4 Claims
caused to bow down over the cartridge to permit the picker to
engage and clamp onto the tab of the selected card and to then
lift the card from the cartridge onto a presentation bar.
3,713,536
PRESSURE PULP SCREEN
Sydney W. H. Hooper, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada, assignor
to S. W. Hopper & Co., Ltd., Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,67 1
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 11, 1970,
22,552/70
lnt.CLB07b//20
U.S.CL209-273 15 Claims
A screening conveyor for sifting out undersized fruit and
breaking up and sifting out clods of dirt or similar materials in-
cludes longitudinally spaced drive and idler pulley shafts with
each shaft mounting a row of different diameter pulleys on
one shaft aligned with matched pulleys on the other shaft to
form matched pairs of pulleys. V-belts are trained around the
matched pairs of pulleys to form a series of troughs ot a
uniform depth. The drive shaft causes adjacent belts to run at
different speeds for churning, sifting and sorting materials sup-
ported and advanced by the belt members. U-shaped cleats
are spaced along the belt members for assisting in the action
and for working on the sides of clods of dirt or the like, carried
along in the troughs.
3,713,538
CYCLE VALVE FOR FILTERS
Charles L. Kass. 22 Btoomingdale Drive. Scarsdale VY.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 724,079, April 25, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,547,270. This application Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No.
93 589
Int. CI. B01di5//2, 23/24
U.S.CL 210-138 12 Claims
A pulp screen of the vertical pressure type having a cylindri-
cal screen and an impeller mounted for rotation within the
screen a conical core on the impeller shaft defines a primary
screening compartment below the pulp stock •" let compart- ^^ .^^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^,^^
^:i^u;:ra'i^s"Jrp:•:.1/h=re?r^zn;'^vr4^
1606
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
backwashed while the remaining nitering tanks continue to
operate. The cycle valve is provided with cooperating valve
members, one valve member being disposed in the inlet
chamber and the other valve member being disposed in the
outlet chamber, with the valve members being secured to op-
posite ends of a connecting rod. Rotation of the connecting
rod effectively rotates the cooperating valve members to an
operative position to backwash the selected filtering tank
while the remaining filtering tanks perform their filtration
operations. The cycle valve is provided with a timing device to
control the length of time the selected filtering tank is
backwashed, a selection device to predetermine which filter-
ing tanks are to be back-washed, and a device to rotate the
connecting rod and thus move the valve members from one
operative position to another operative position.
passed through a movable filter subject to submerged surface
cleaning so that the filter medium while submerged in said
body of aqueous medium is being maintained substantially
free of solids that normally would accumulate on the filter
medium during the filtration of the solids suspension and
prevent loss of filtration capacity by directing streams of fiuid
medium against the outer surface of the filter medium as it
passes through the body of aqueous medium.
3,713,539
STRAINER DEVICE FOR USE IN DRAINAGE
RECEPTACLES
C. Ames Thompson, 5617 North 22nd Drive, Phoenix, Ariz.,
and Douglas J. Cooper, 7820 East Culver Street, Scottsdale,
Ariz.
Filed May 26, 1971, Ser. No. 147,059
Int. CI. E03(y /OO
U.S.CI.210-164 6 Claims
M^^ 2ife f
A Strainer device is disclosed for use in floor sinks, roof
drains, and other similar drainage receptacles. The strainer
device is removably mounted adjacent to the upper portion of
the drainage receptacle and is adapted to captively retain
foreign material entering therein.
3,713,541
SCREENING MACHINE WITH SLOTTED SCREEN
George L. Nelson, Westwood, Mass., assignor to Bird Machine
Company, South Walpole, Mass.
Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,639
Int. CI. BOld 27/04
U.S.CL 210-415 5 Claims
3,713,540
APPARATUS FOR TREATING WASTE MATERIALS
Roger Davidson, Arlington Heights, III., and Fumio F. Sako,
San Jose, Calif., assignors to EMC Corporation
Filed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,335
Int.CI.B01dJ5/06
U.S.CL 210-391 1 Claim
A machine for screening liquid fiber suspension, having a
screen with elongated slots disposed along the How path of the
suspension which changes in direction along its length, is
made more efficient and plug-free by arranging the slots in at
least two areas of the fiow path with the long aces of the slots
in one area at an angle to the long axes of the slots of the other
area such that the slots of said areas have their long axes at
substantially a uniform angle, preferably approximately a right
angle, to the direction of fiow of suspension over them despite
difference in said flow direction in the respective areas.
3,713,542
SYSTEMS FOR THE REMOVAL OF POLLUTANTS FROM
WATER
Amos J. Shaler, 705 W. Park Ave., State College, Pa., and
Daniel C. McLean, P.O. Box 1 17, Elm Street, Lemont, Pa.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,435
Int. CLC02b///4,C02c 5/02
U.S.CL 210-170 4 Claims
The method of treating waste materials, such as sewage, in-
volves introducing raw sewage into a body of aqueous medi-
um aerating said body of aqueous medium to maintain solids
in suspension and to effect BCD. removal, withdrawing a suf-
ficient volume of liquid containing a minor amount of solids
for discharge as a surcharge free sewage disposal effluent to
compensate for the volume of influent waste material in order
to mainuin a relatively constant volume for said body of aque-
ous medium, said withdrawn liquid being the filtrate which has
An inorganically polluted waterway is bridged by a dam
containing a wall of carbon. The carbon is continuously
regenerated by cycling through a thermal converter. Organi-
cally polluted sewage effluent and water from the waterway
are continuously mixed and piped to the top of the wall of car-
January 30, 1973
bon, passed through the wall of carbon, and clean water is
continuously drained from the bottom of the wall of carbon.
An alternative installation is positioned adjacent to a
restricted-now body of water in an excavation to maintain the
necessary water level differentials.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1607
3,713,543
ACTIVATED SEWAGE PLANT
Donald F. Heaney, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Dravo Corpora-
tion, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 761,616, Sept. 23, 1968,
abandoned. This application Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,103
Int.CI.C02c//06
U.S.CL210-196 9 Claims
axis The undercarriage includes means for adjusting the
elevation of and for leveling the superstructure, means for
controlling the azimuth of the superstructure, and means for
resisting torsion induced in the superstructure. The su-
perstructure includes corner outrigger jacks for support in ad-
dition to that provided by the undercarriage, and it has a
frame to which are mounted elongated parallel rails. A mova^
ble carriage is mounted on the rails by means of preloaded
pressure wheels to prevent defiection of the carriage from the
horizontal and to eliminate relative rotational motion between
the carnage and rails. A pair of side counterweights are also
mounted on the superstructure on rails to either side of rails
supporting the carriage. The counterweights are connected to
the carriage by flexible links to move in an opposite direction
than the carriage so as to counterbalance the weight of the
boom on the undercarriage.
tsM94am mtrmmm
ftp
3,713,545
VENTING CLOSURE
Kenneth C. Lawrence, and James B. Mills, both of Richmond,
Ind., assignors to Aluminum Company of America, Pitt-
sburgh, a^_^^^ ^^^^ ^^ 1971, Ser. No. 180,259
Int.Cl.B65d5//y6
U.S.CL 215-56 »0C'«'""'
There is disclosed an activated sewage disposal plant of the
compact or so-called "packaged" type and ^ m^ethod of
processing sewage wherein a fast filter is provided through
which the effluent liquid from the primary processing is
paied, provision being made for backwashing the fast-fiow
filter from time to time with the backwash being co ected in a
well or vessel from which it is recycled at a controlled rate to
the raw sewage. The entire plant can be embodied in a com-
pact package unit, one common type of which comprises two
concentric Tanks, the outer one of which is divided into several
compartments.
3,713,544
SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING A BOOM
Donald G. Wallace, Attica, and James A. Turek Lafayette
both of Ind., assignors to Araneida, Inc., West Lafayette,
Filed Oct. 21 , 1971, Ser. No. 191,435
Int. CI. B66c/ 7/06
^. ..., e 8 Claims
U.S.CI.212-5
A sheet metal container closure is provided which has a top
panel and a depending skirt for affixation to a container and a
sealing liner of resilient deformable material underlying the
top panel of the closure for sealing against a sealing surface of
the container, and further having a score line centrally located
in the top panel of the closure, which score line is rupturable
by excessive pressure in a container on which the closure is
sealed to provide an aperture in the top panel of the closure
through which a portion of the sealing liner can be forced to
permit gas to escape from the container between the sealing
liner and the sealing surface of the container.
<^
A system for controlling a boom has an undercarriage
adapted for placement on the ground and a superstructure
mounted on the undercarriage for roUtion about a vertical
3,713,546
CUSHIONING ARRANGEMENT FOR RAILROAD CARS
David W. Daugherty, Jr., Downers Grove, lU., assignor to
Cardwell Westinghouse Company
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,383
lnt.Cl.B61g9/0«,9//6
U.S. CI. 213-43 ^ 9 Claims
A cushioning arrangement for railroad cars that is of the
"end of car" cushioning type and includes a hydraulic cylinder
keyed to the car fixed center sill against buff and draft forces
and having its piston rod secured to a slidably mounted cou-
pler adapter member having fianges projecting from either
side of same that each carry a resilient draft impact absorbing
cushion that cooperates with fixed draft stops. A compression
spring acts between the hydraulic cylinder and the adapter
1608
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
member to bias the ram to its neutral position after a buff
stroke, and the adapter member flanges engage over solid buff
limiting stops at the end of the buff stroke. The hydraulic
382 Ml M
sioner to compensate for relative ship motion and a folded
highline connected to a winch having three drums. The first
and second drums of the winch are connected to spool op-
posite ends of the folded highline and the third drum is
operably connected to the ram tensioner to drive the first and
second drums in relatively like directions in response to rela-
tive ship motion. A power means is connected to selectively
drive the first and second drums simultaneously in relatively
opposite directions for positive control of the load with
respect to the receiving ship and connected to selectively
drive the second drum for positive control of the load with
respect to the supply ship.
cushion includes a combined programmed metering-pressure
sensitive orifice and control arrangement that insures needed
control over the ram to overcome train line tendencies.
3,713,547
ENDLESS CABLE WAY FOR TRANSPORTING PIPE
Don D. Beck, Box 1 369, Odessa, Tex.
Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 173,861
Int.CI.E21b/9//4
U.S. CI. 214-2.5 16 Claims
3,713,549
BUILDING FOR PARKING MOTOR VEHICLES
Joseph Philip Routhier, 60 Commonwealth Avenue, Boston,
Mass.
Filed Feb. 26, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 9,264
Int.CI.E04b//i46
U.S.CL 214-16.1 A 4 Claims
Method and apparatus for transporting pipe between
spaced apart locations comprising an endless cable disposed in
proximity of the two locations and provided with pipe receiv-
ing carriages, one of which is attached to and moves with the
cable When longitudinal motion is imparted into the cable,
the carriages move from one location to the other carrying the
pipe therewith. The cable can be slackened to vertically move
the carriages so as to enable the pipe to be placed within or
removed from the carriages.
3,713,548
FOLDED TENSIONED HIGHLINE SYSTEM
August M. Hanke, Falls Church. Va., assignor to The Lnited
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Oct. 21. 1971. Set. No. 190,874
Int.CLB63b27//S
U.S.CL 214- 13 6 Claims
A building for parking motor vehicles at least one of the
parking levels of which supports an annulus mounted for rota-
tion with respect to that level, the building including vehicle
raising and lowering means serving each level and located in-
terior to the annulus, and two motive systems associated with
the annulus to effect the rotation thereof. The first of the mo-
tive systems comprises at least one fiuid operated piston con-
nected to a foot releasably engageable with the periphery of
the annulus and the second comprising means continuously
engaged with the annulus, the first motive system being em-
ployed solely to initiate rotation of the annulus from a sta-
tionary condition and including a release device which disen-
gages it from the annulus after a rotation of less than 45°.
A highline transfer system for transferring loads between
ships underway at sea having a highline winch and a ram ten-
3,713,550
CHARGE/DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENTS FOR
NUCLEAR REACTOR
John Pugh, 1 1 Charles II Street, Winfrith, England
Filed March 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,159
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 3, 1969,
17,734/69
Int.CLG2Ic/9//0
U.S.CL 214-27 7 Claims
An arrangement for replacing nuclear reactor core com-
ponents which are disposed about the axis of an access
penetration in the reactor vessel wall, the arrangement com-
prising a guide tube means, said means being introducable into
the penetration where, in an operative condition the tube
means communicates the vessel interior with a charging com-
partment exteriorly thereof and an eccentric carrying a core
component engaging member, means rotatably mounting the
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1609
eccentric in the tube and means for adjusting the rotational
axis of the eccentric with respect to the tube axis and further
96. ^^^^3
the material therein by a rotating horizontally extending con-
veyor assembly. The lower portion of the storage vessel is pro-
vided with V-shaped wall assemblies terminating in horizon-
tally disposed decks. Adjacent to the decks are rotating circu-
means for adjusting the axis of the tube relative to that of the
penetration.
lar chute assemblies into which the particulate material is
discharged by plows traversing the decks. At selective loca-
tions the particulate material drops onto conveyor belts from
the chutes, and eventually is passed from the storage vessel.
3,713,551
ATTACHMENT FOR SILO UNLOADERS
Forrest E. Moen, Route 3, Houston, Minn.
FiledSept. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 182,692
Int.CLB65g65/iO
U.S.CL214-17CB
6 Claims
3,713,553
FOLDING MULTIPOSITION LOADING RAMP FOR
TRUCKS, HAVING TAIL GATES
Edgar V. Curtis, and Mildred J. Curtis, both of Box 39,
Lewistown, Mont.
Filed Feb. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,105
Int. CLB65g 67/02
U.S.CL 214-85 4 Claims
Apparatus for reversibly converting a silo unloader to a
silage distributor for use in uniformily filling a silo. The ap-
paratus includes means for pivotably attaching a silage
discharge chute to the silage blower housing so as to allow
pivotable movement between a first position during the silo
unloading operation and a second position during the silage
distribution operation. A distribution board is fixedly mounted
on the discharge chute and, when the discharge chute is m its
second position, defiects silage incident thereon toward the
wall of the silo. Finally, a drive member is provided which is
connectable to a rotatable portion of the blower housing for
supporting the discharge chute in its second position and for
causing rotation thereof.
A truck loading ramp is secured to the vertically swingable
truck tail gate by mounting brackets to which one section of
the ramp is hinged. The ramp includes a second section hinged
to the first ramp section and adapted to be rigidly locked m ex-
tended or folded positions. The folded ramp is also lockable to
the mounting brackets in either of two carrying positions with
the truck tail gate down or up.
3,713,552
MECHANIZED STORAGE SILO
Aux P. Schnyder, 146 Cherry Lane, Teaneck, N J.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,318
Int. CLB65g 65/4*
U.S.CL2I4-17CB 9 Claims
A symmetrically shaped storage vessel for particulate
material which material to be stored is introduced '"to the
upper portion of the vessel and evenly distributed on a bed ot
3,713,554
CONTAINER-DUMPING APPARATUS
Larry O. Thompson, Lake Wales; William J. Gilbert,
Plymouth; Louis R. Thompson, Winter Garden; James W.
Martin, Jr., Apopka, and William Lamar Clements, Win-
dermere, all of Fla., assignors to Peterson Industries, Inc.,
Lake Wales, Fla.
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,236
Int. CLB65g 67/22, 67/46
U.S.CL 214-147 AS ^ 'f ^ '"'"'"
A container-dumping apparatus is provided which is par-
ticularly suitable for use with citrus and the like. The ap-
paratus includes a lift bar which is rotatably mounted on the
end of a lift device such as a crane or boom. The lift bar car-
ries clamp arms on each end thereof which are operatively
connected to hydraulically operated pistons carried by the lift
bar for movement into and out of a container-engaging posi-
tion The lift bar is supported on the end of a cylindrical shaft
which is rotatably supported by a connecting block swingably
mounted on the end of the lift device. A vane is fixed to the
1610
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
shaft within the Huid chamber of a rotary actuating device
secured to the connecting block, and the shaft may be rotated
as desired by introducing pressurized hydraulic fluid mto the
chamber on one or the other side of the vane. A generally L-
each other. Roller drive is by a cylindrical member rotating on
a fixed axis engaging the two rows of rollers from below, while
the conveyed pipe lies in the trough formed by the two rows of
rollers. The angle of the planes of rotation of the two rows can
be^simultaneously varied in opposite directions about an axis
through the pipe by a pair of oppositely movable operating
members extending the length of the conveyor and the mount-
ing means are interconnected for simultaneous angle varia-
tion.
3,713,556
LIFTING APPARATUS
John Hub«rt Tredray, The Holt, Aspleyguise, Bktchley, En-
gland
Filed Aug. 31 , 1970, Ser. No. 68,249
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 2, 1969,
43,433/69
Int.CI.B66f9//4
U.S. CI. 214-621
shaped support arm is also swingably mounted on the end of
the lift device and is operatively connected to a hydraulic
piston and cylinder assembly for swinging the support arm and
the container about the end of the lift device.
Ai-^
^5H
3 Claims
3,713.555
CONVEYOR
Joseph T. Wloszek, Cuyahoga, Ohio, assignor to Custom
Machine, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio '
Filed Jan. 22, 197 1 , Ser. No. 108,807
Int. CI. B65h 5 7/26
U.S. CI. 214-339
1 Claim
A load lifting attachment for use with a fork lift truck for
lifting container loads from above, comprising a horizontal
main frame having at one or both ends an extension slidable
longitudinally with respect to the frame, locking means for
retaining the extensions in the frame, power operated means
for moving the extension into and out of the frame, load en-
gaging means at the corners of the extensions, a pair of trans-
latable fork elements on the main frame and engageable by
the forks, power operated means for moving the frame with
respect to said forks.
A conveyor for simultaneously rotating and advancing
cylindrical articles, such as lengths of pipe along a predeter-
mined path of movement. Rollers having substantially sphen-
cal surfaces are mounted in two spaced parallel rows with the
planes of rotation of the rollers in each row being parallel to
3,713,557
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING BUCKET
LOADER
David H. Seaberg, Burlington, and Paul J. Purdy, New Lon-
don, both of Iowa, assignors to J. I. Case Company
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,588
Int. CI. B66f 9100
U.S. CL 214-763 25 Claims
A bucket loader having pivotally mounted lift arms with a
bucket pivoted on the free end of the lift arms by motor means
actuated in opposite directions through a control valve. The
control valve is actuated in either direction in response to ( I )
automatic sensing means for maintaining a predetermined an-
gular relation relative to a fixed reference plane and (2) actua-
tion of a manual control lever in either direction from a
neutral position. The automatic sensing means incorporates
mechanism for changing the control angle of the bucket rela^
tive to the fixed reference plane when the valve is controlled
bv the lever and thereafter maintaining the bucket at the new
control angle. The mechanism further includes mterlocking
means between the manual control and the automatic sensing
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1611
control when the bucket is pivoted to a maximum roll-back the pressures exerted on a sectoral element of ^^e bearing
posiUon to neutralize the co^rol means and mechanism for member has the same line of action as the reaction forces at
rendering the sensing means inoperative when the lift arms are
lowered beyond a desired lowermost position.
ERRATUM
For Class 215—56 see:
Patent No. 3,713,545
3,713,558
FLOW METER WITH EXTENSIBLE SCALE
R. Dean Pech, Box 284, Route No. 1, Clarksvilie, Mich.
Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 179,999
Int.CI. B67d5/J0
U.S.CL 222-20 10 Claims
the surface of contact of that sectoral element of the bearing
member with a corresponding sectoral element of the retain-
ing member.
3,713,560
SPACED WALL CONTAINER
Paul Slysh, San Diego, and Edward J. Hujsak, La Jolla, both of
Calif., assignors to General Dynamics Corporation. San
Diego, Calif.
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 134,994
Int. CI. B65d 25/04
U.S.CL 220- 15 10 Claims
The specification discloses a liquid metering and dispensing
attachment for dispensing given amounts of fluid when the
unit price varies. The amount of fiow in value as measured in
dollars and cents is translated into degrees of rotation by
means of an extensible and retractable computing means. The
fiow of liquid through the device spins a turbine and the
amount of liquid dispensed is also translated thereby into
degrees of rotation. When the two are equal, a snap action
valve is released thereby shutting off the flow of liquid.
3,713,559
CYLINDRICAL VESSEL ADAPTED TO BE SUBJECTED
TO INTERNAL PRESSURE
Georges Thillet, Grenoble, France, assignor to B. V, S., Greno-
ble, France
Filed Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 111,816
Int.CLF25j
U.S.CL 220-3 7 Claims
A cylindrical vessel adapted to be subjected to internal pres-
sure comprising a cylindrical member and two end closures,
the end closures being concave with respect to the vessel in-
terior and each being supported by a bearing member contact-
ing substantially the whole of the exterior of the closure, each
bearing member contacting a surface of a retaining member
secured to the cylindrical member such that the resultant of
A spaced wall container having an inner wall for contain-
ment of fuels, cryogenic liquids, and the like spaced from, and
connected to, an outer structure by a plurality of tension
members to create steady-slate stabilizing forces on the outer
structure by utilization of the radial and tangential stiffness of
the pressurized inner wall. The tension members are spring-
biased to ensure tension loading under all conditions. Insula-
tion material is mounted on the tension members between the
inner wall and outer structure. Protection against fluid leakage
into the insulation material is afforded by a shield interposed
between the inner wall and the insulation. The outer structure
forms a protective enclosure for the inner wall container in ad-
dition to forming the external wall of a Dewar flask when the
void between the spaced walls is evacuated.
1612
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,561
CABINET FOR SELECTIVELY DISPENSING DIFFERENT
TYPES OF PAPER TOWELS
Gerald Willis Wyant, 4343 Mayfair Avenue, Montreal,
Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,621
Int.CI.A47k/0/i4
IJ.S.CL 221-44 7 Claims
B-
operating bar is actuating directly a differential control
mechanism which is performing a simultaneous sensmg action
to two incremental inputs which are a credit information and a
vend price information. A sufficient credit input as compared
to vend price input will allow a lock opening and a merchan-
dise delivery. A further opening of the lock, in case of an ex-
cessive credit, is used as an input to a changemaking
mechanism which is selecting a number of changeblades and
pulling coins out of a cointube. A light spring required to actu-
ate the differential sensing mechanism and a relatively short
stroke required to dispense solid stacked merchandise, using a
shuttling frame, are keeping the total operating power to a
very low level as compared to existing machines of this kind
3,713,563
PIECE PART SUPPLY MECHANISM
Carlton O. Dickensheets, and James G. Steizer, both of Dayton,
Ohio, assignors to The Globe Tool and Engineering Com-
pany, Dayton, Ohio ..„,,.
Filed March 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,351
Int.CI.B65hi/62
U.S.CL221-205 8 Claims
A paper towel dispensing cabinet of improved design is
described for holding and dispensing rolled paper towels and
single-fold, multi-fold and C-fold towels. The novel cabinet
comprises a casing having a rear wall, a pair of side walls, a
bottom member and a front wall, said bottom member includ-
ing a substantially horizontal portion merging into an up-
wardly inclined portion towards the front of the casing, said
inclined portion terminating in a substantially vertical rolled
paper guide spaced rearwardly from the front wall, a folded
towel dispensing slot in the inclined portion of the bottom,
said slot being narrow adjacent the ends thereof and being en-
larged rearwardly in the central region thereof to form a space
for grasping C-fold towels and an adaptor plate hingedly
mounted on the rear wall arranged to assume a first position
Hat against the rear wall to accommodate a towel roll or a
wide width single-fold towel pack and a second position in
which the plate is inclined downwardly with the lower edge
thereof resting on the bottom adjacent the rearward edge of
the dispensing slot to guide narrow width multi-fold and C-
fold towel packs into engagement with the dispensing slot.
3,713,562
MECHANICALLY OPERATED MERCHANDISE
MACHINE
Leo Kull, 58 W estover Avenue, West Caldwell, N.J.
Filed Sept. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 185,151
Int. CI. G07f N/22
L.S. CI. 221-125 18 Claims
Piece parts are permitted to descend under their own weight
down an inclined surface of a supply hopper to a discharge
opening. To prevent clogging of the opening, a sweeper blade
is cyclically passed over the opening to break up piece part ac-
cumulation at the opening. Piece parts passing the discharge
opening enter a discharge chute which guides the piece parts
in seriatum to an ejection station. Power delivered to the ejec-
tion station also cycles the sweeper blade to synchronize
sweeper blade operation with the demand for piece parts. Bias
means associated with the sweeper blade mounting yield to
prevent damage to piece parts should the sweeper blade
become jammed against piece parts.
A mechanically operated coin controlled merchandising
machine requiring a relatively light operating power. An
3,713,564
METHOD AND MEANS FOR FACILITATING THE FLOW
OF GRANULAR MATERIALS
Lyie F. Cottrell, Salina, Kans., assignor to Butler Manufactur-
ing Company, Kansas City, Mo.
Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,685
Int.CI.B65gi/y2
IIS CI 222 1 10 Claims
A method of and means for facilitating the discharge of
granular or powdery material, especially irregularly shaped
particles of granular material, from a conically shaped hopper
or cylindrically shaped containe: such as a storage bin. in
which a plurality of circumferentially spaced, co-directed fiat
streams of compressed air are introduced into the hopper or
bin portion and directed to fiow thereinto approximately tan-
gentially of the wall surface thereof, with at least some of such
streams being coextensive in height with the height of such
wall surface so as to form a hopper lining film of compressed
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1613
January 30, 1973
., .e,ween .he a,ch bas,„g a«a of SUCK W3U surface and .He u^^^^^^^^^^^^^
wall opposing surface of the mass of material in such hopper the generatrix. v
portion that will impart a centrifugally directed agitating ef-
fect on the mass of material while also imparting a moment of
force acting inwards of the wall surface due to the expansion
of the film of compressed air between the wall and the wall op-
posing surface of the mass of material.
to form a vertical annular fiap for receiving and partially con-
cealing the upper portion when folding of the stand is
achieved by torsion.
3,713,565
AEROSOL SPRAY ACTUATING DEVICE
Donald Campbell Langford, Oakland Avenue, Hudson
Heights, Quebec, Canada
Filed May 1 2, 1 97 1 , Set. No. 142,687
Int. CLB65dS5//4
U.S.CL222-180 *^'»''"''
3,713,567
PANTS PRESSING APPARATUS
August F. Paris, 1415 McCullough Ave., Brockway, Pa.
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,476
Int.CI.D06c/5/00
U.S.CL 223-73 • 24 Claims
A device for operating an aerosol can having a tilting lever
valve including a lever extension mounted to the valve, the
can being supported on the edge of the door while the tripping
mechanism is provided m alignment with the extension of the
valve mounted to a door frame adapted to actuate the lever as
the door is being opened and closed.
3,713,566
WIG STAND
Carmep Perez Perez, Carrera de San Jeronimo 18, Madrid,
**"" Filedjuly27, 1971, Ser. No. 166,450
Claims priority, application Spain, June 18, 1971, 170.081
Int. CI. D06c 75/00
U.S.CL 223-66 //'■""
A wig stand having deformable stems with a rounded, smu-
ous body collapsible by torsion. A cord is wrapped in a spiral
on the stems A plurality of plastic bands or tubes form the
A pants presser is provided that is fiexible and readily
adaptable for pressing slacks, shorts and pants of various sizes,
shapes and designs, including fiared leg and bell bottom types.
It uses a frame structure having a pair of upper and lower
parts with each part having a pair of spaced-apart creasing
blades each blade is adapted to align with a corresponding
blade of the other part to define cooperating, side-positioned
pairs for insertion within legs of the pantslike garment. One
frame part and the blades carried thereby for collapsible and
expandable with respect to the other part to enable the inser-
tion pressing and removal of a pair of pants, and eachi)lade of
the frame structure is adjustably mounted with respect to its
frame part and has a central fiexible portion for shape-con-
formance with respect to a pants leg.
Cross River
3,713,568
CHILD CARRIER
James Sloan. Rochester. NY., assignor to
Products, Inc., Briarcliff Manor, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 197,307
Int.Cl.A61g //OO
U.S.CL 224-6 , 6 culms
There is disclosed a child carrier of the "back-pack type
which facilitates placing of the child in the carrier and also al-
1614
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
lows the carrier to function as a chair for the ch.Id, Attached mounted on an axis parallel to the axis of the glass tube being
o th Ig ma n frame of ?he un.t there .s a frame support cut. This wheel has a capillary groove ,n 't^J- -^.ch hc^ds^a
which can^e pivoted from a closed position to an open posi- bead of water below a dry projecting wheel edge. The rotatmg
tion The frame support is secured in the closed position when
the device is worn and a child is carried by an adult such that
the support is almost inconspicuous. But when opened, the
support serves to rigidly support the carrier so that a child can
be seated in it as it stands on the floor or on the ground
without danger of tipping.
3,713,569
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
Merwin J. Dashnier, and James A. Diring, both of Green Bay,
Wis., assignors to Alwin Manufacturing Company, Inc.,
Green Bay, Wis.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,522
Int.CI.B26fi/02
U.S. CI. 225-21 3 Claims
crack-off wheel brings the bead of water into conuct with the
heated glass tube resulting in a precisely positioned and even
cut or crack-off of the glass tubing at the point contacted by
the water bead.
3,713,571
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING STRIP
MATERIAL
Robert D. Simonton,Fremont, Ohio, assinnor to Dale Products,
Inc., Fremont, Ohio
Filed May 18, 1971, Ser. No. 144,427
Int.CLB65h2J//«
U.S.CL 226-2 20 Claims
A dispenser for a supply roll of web material such as towel-
ing includes a web rest for supporting the free end of a web in
a convenient access position below a tear-off knife. A
pivotally mounted floating web depresser in the dispenser out-
let yieldably holds the web on the supporting web rest but
pivots upwardly as the web is lifted and drawn against the tear-
off knife When a sheet is severed from the roll, the web
depresser removes the web end from the knife and returns it to
position on the web rest.
3,713,570
MEANS FOR CUTTING GLASS TUBES
Henry G. Heflich. Ridgefieid, N J., assignor to Kahle Engineer-
ing Co., Union City, N.J.
Filed Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,477
Int. CI. B26f J/06
U.S. CI. 225-93.5 10 Claims
An improved means is disclosed for cutting glass tubes at a
precise position and with an evenly cut end. The device may
be used alone as a glass tube cutter or it may be incorporated
in a larger glass forming machine at a separate tube cutting
station. The tube cutter has a crack-off wheel rotatably
The invention is illustrated in apparatus for intermittently
feeding strip material having spaced registration mark means
along the length thereof and for aligning the strip material in a
station receiving the material. The strip of material is intermit-
tently advanced into the station. Adjustable means are pro-
vided for regulating the length of advancement. Detecting
means are provided to find a registration mark means on the
strip material. After movement of the material has ceased the
registration mark detecting means is moved relative to the
material to enable detection of the actual location of a regis-
tration mark The actual location of a detected registration
mark 1s compared with a desired location of the registration
mark means and an indication of the difference between the
actual and the desired locations is provided. When a dif-
ference between the actual and desired locations of a detected
mark indicates that an advancement length adjustment is
required, the adjustable means is adjusted to change the
length of advancement of material. A difference between de-
tected and desired locations which is in excess of a predeter-
mined advancement regulation length may be sensed, and the
operation of the advancing means may be interrupted in
response to an excess length sensing. The difference between
a detected location and a desired location may be classified in
one of a plurality of the zones, each zone representing a
predetermined range of differences. A predetermined mag-
nitude of adjustment of the feeding stroke may be made in ac-
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
„_^ ^--.^T-r-ii-. i T A XT -TV Tk/TTTI/^IJ A A.T If ' a I IblO
January 30, 1973
cordance with the zone in which the location differance is fasteners, attached to the cylinder and having a foot to engage
daSd. AUe^aVvdy an output signal may be provided a work piece and through which fastener^^^^^^^^
which IS proportional to the difference between a detected lo- are driven into the work piece. A piston l^'l'^'y^''^;^'^^^^^
cation and a desired location of a registration mark, and the plunger to drive fasteners through said f^?^-^ valve means
adjustable means may be adjusted to change the advancement controls supply of compressed air to the cylinder to move the
length of the advancing means in proportion thereto to enable
correct advancement of the material into a station. Both
reciprocating feeder and roll type or arc movement feeders
are illustrated in different embodiments of the invention.
3,713,572
MATERIAL FEEDING SYSTEM
William B. Goldsworthy, Palos Verdes EsUtes, and Ethridge E.
Hardesty, Pine Valley, both of Calif., assignors to Gold-
sworthy Engineering, Inc., Torrance, Calif.
Filed Feb. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,162
Int. CI. B65h 25/06
U.S.CL 226-7 18 Claims
^-..t...
"i^
piston for driving a fastener. Manually actuable means, and
means dependent on both movement of the cylinder when the
foot is placed on the work piece, and on manual actuation of
said manually actuated means, to actuate said valve means to
supply compressed air to the cylinder to move said piston lo
drive a fastener.
A method and apparatus for feeding textile roving strands
and the like through one or more feeding tubes by means of an
air vehicle. The textile strands are introduced into filament
guides and pulled through the filament guides by means of air
under pressure. A discharge aperture on each of the filament
guides is located in a venturi throat where air picks up the fila-
ment strands and carries them into delivery tubes. This same
educted air from the venturi throat is used to transport the
strands over considerable distance in such delivery tubes. A
pair of metering rollers controls the rate of strand delivery to
the filament guides. Inasmuch as there is an air boundary layer
existing between the interior wall of the tube and the exterior
wall of the glass, the abrading effect is very substantially
reduced A control mechanism regulates the operation of the
metering rollers, and hence the feeding of the strands with
respect to a demand on the strand. In addition, a second em-
bodiment of the invention discloses a reciprocation of the
feeding mechanism in timed relation to the metering of the
strands through the feeding mechanism and in timed relation
to the demand for the strands.
to
3,713,574
PRESS TOOL ASSEMBLIES
David Lewis, Ryton-on-Dunsmore, England, assignor
Chrysler United Kingdom Limited, London, England
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,724
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 13, 1969,
40,372/69
Int. CLB23k 2 //OO
U.S.CL 228-3 8 Claims
3,713,573
SAFETY DEVICE ON A COMPRESSED AIR-OPERATED
DRIVE-IN APPARATUS TO DRIVE-IN FASTENERS
Hellmuth Fehrs, Hamburg, Germany, assignor to Jon.
Friedrich Behrens, Ahrensburg, Germany
Filed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,857
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 28, 1970, P 20
09 455.7
Int.CLB25c//04
U.S.CL 227-8 10 Claims
This apparatus comprises a housing, a cylinder having
limited movement relative to the housing and a magazine for
A press tool assembly comprises a tool holder for mounting
on a press mechanism at one end with an axis of the holder ex-
tending in the direction of operation of the press mechanism
and a plurality of tools mounted at the other end for radial
movement towards and away from the axis of the holder.
1616
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,575
BONDING APPARATUS HAVING MEANS FOR
CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF THE BOND
Robert Holbrook Cushman, Huntingdon Valley, Pa., assignor
to Western Electric Company, Incorporated, New York,
N.V.
Filed June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 157,959
Int. CI. B23k y/00
U.S.CI. 228— 6 8 Claims
3,713,577
PROTECTIVE PACKS
Derick Charles Skinner, Somerset, England, assignor to Lever
Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,293
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 6, 1970,
5,740/70
Int. CI. B65d 5/06
U.S. CI. 229-33 4 Claims
Bonding apparatus is disclosed in which a housing and ram
are combined with a transparent pressure plate, a transparent
device carrier and an optical arrangement for continuously
monitoring the parts during the bonding operation.
A protective pack particularly for the transit of articles such
as books by postal services in which a protective buffer is pro-
vided extending around all four edges of the pack.
3,713,576
CYLINDRICAL CARTON
Henry R. Goebel, Ventura, Calif., assignor to Western Krarft
Corporation, Portland, Oreg.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,665
Int.CI. B65dJ/04
U.S. CI. 229-21 3 Claims
3634 26 P ^/24^^Z2 24
i \
1 ' '
>»ti
2D
28
^T=
r—
.2ft
24a
:- 30
- »
26"
24 r
26 22- \26
B
^^26^
A cylmdrical carton is made from a folded sheet of flexibly
stiff carton material. It comprises a body having opposite side
and end margins. The body is flexed into cylindrical form with
the opposite side margins overlapped and secured. At least
one end margin is scored and folded into a plurality of triangu-
lar end sections which may be reversely folded inwardly of the
cylinder to abut the sections against each other in mutually
braced relation, thereby forming a self-sustaining end closure
for the carton.
3,713,578
LID HINGE
Glenn Norman Johnson, 14359 Addison Street, Apt. 303,
Sherman Oaks, Calif.
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,094
Int.CI.B65d 13/04
U.S.CL 229-44 M 6 Claims
7-
6-
The invention involves the use of a flat piece of flexible
metal attached to both the lid and side of a container to enable
one to raise the lid to a preselected position and have the lid
remain in such position until a change in position is desired.
3,713,579
CONTAINER WITH MEANS FOR LOCKING THE LID
John W. Chaffers, Modesto, CaliL, assignor to Weyerhaeuser
Company, Tacoma, Wash.
Filed March 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,636
Int. CI. B65d 5/32
U.S. CI. 229-44 R 3 Claims
A container having means for easily locking and unlocking
the lid of the container. The lid sits on a ledge of the container
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1617
bodv A side wall of the container body extends above the lid on the outside of the wall, having an oP«"'"g;^«;;!"8 '^l
andLs a retiefwh^h extends above the U^ projecting portion of the chute, bemg suspended from the
on the lid extends upwardly into the aperture and frictionally
engages the upper edge and back of the relief to lock the lid in
place. The tab may be pulled from the relief to unlock the lid.
3,713,580
ANIMAL CONTROL MEANS
James Peter Mickleson, Rural Delivery, Owhanga, New Zea-
land
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,695
Int. CLB68b// /OO
U.S.CL 231-2 E 4 Claims
chute by resting on the upper surface of the chute, and
retained on the chute by a nange on the upper surface of the
chute spaced from the outer wall surface.
3,713,582
COUNTER
Hideto Furuoka, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Gakken Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed April 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,452
Int. CLG06C 27/00
U.S.CL235-116 6 Claims
An animal control means consisting of a unit incorporating
a mechanism capable of actuating an electric fence and a
mechanism for use as an animal prodder. The control means is
incorporated into a substantially cylindrical, small and porta-
ble container with the electric fence actuating mechanism at
one end and the animal prodder mechanism at the other end.
Both ends have switching mechanisms which are in circuit
with a battery and a pulse generating unit. The electric fence
mechanism has a normally outwardly urged shaft to which
fence wire may be attached and the animal prodder at least
one inwardly urged pin member, both being urged to their
positions of rest by springs. Furthermore, they are located
within insulated casings and are associated therein with switch
mechanisms, such that pressure being applied to the shaft or
pin, against the urging of the spring, will cause the shaft or pin
to slide within the casing and to actuate the switch
mechanisms and to thereby become electrified, thereby elec-
trifying fence wire attached to the electric fence end of the
unit or an animal touched with the pin of the animal prodder
end of the unit. The unit is also capable of being operated by a
manual switch.
A flat, substantially circular case houses a first rotary dial of
comparatively large diameter, which is substantially in the
form of a ratchet wheel, and a second rotary dial^«lcompara-
tively small diameter which has a gear portion formed coaxi-
ally on its back surface. The first rotary dial is rotated by
means of a click secured at one end to a partly exposed push
button and engaged at the other end with the teeth formed on
the periphery of the first rotary dial. The second rotary dial is
actuated intermittently by the first rotary dial through gearing
in order to register the number counted by each complete
rotation of the latter. An indication made combinedly by the
numerals marked on these first and second rotary dials can be
observed through a window formed in the case.
3,713,581
RUBBISH DISPOSAL DEVICE
George O. Mullens, 18202 Coltman Avenue, Gardena, CaliL
FiledMarchl9, 1971, Ser. No. 126,172
Int.CI. B65f //OO
U.S.CL232-1E 8 Claims
A rubbish disposal device including a chute extending
through a wall so as to leave a small portion having a fiat upper
surface projecting on the outside of the wall, the chute having
a spring-loaded door normally closed. A rubbish container fits
3,713,583
BEVERAGE FOUNTAIN STRUCTURE
Alvin Gruber, 2215 Disston Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,003
Int. CI. B05b 7 7/05
U S CI 239 17 10 Claims
A beverage fountain including a plurality of bowls mounted
in spaced relation one above the other. The bowls are of
decreasing size with the bottommost bowl being the largest.
Means is provided for pumping a beverage from the bottom-
most bowl to the topmost bowl and each of the bowls above
1618
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
the bottommost bowl has means for allowing the beverage to
flow in streams from its sides to the next lower bowl to form a
3,713,585
COMBINATION SHOWER AND TOILETRY DISPENSER
Aivin R. Conklin, 317 State Ave., Faribault, Minn.
FiledSept. 7, 1971,Ser.No. 178,218
Int. CI. B05b7/i2, 9/00
U.S. CI. 239-307 5 Claims
fountain of the beverage. The fountain includes means for
preventing the beverage from splashing as it is pumped into
the topmost bowl.
3,713,584
POWERED SPRINKLER
Edwin J. Hunter, Riverside, Calif., assignor to Toro Manufac-
turing Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,599
Int. CI. B05bi/04
U.S. CI. 239-206 21 Claims
A dispenser device that will replace the common shower
head within a shower stall. This device includes, primarily,
pushbutton valve means for urging a liquid soap into a water
mixing chamber and has check valve means for controlling the
flow of the liquid soap. A second pushbutton valve of the
device enables the user to deliver liquid soap into the hand
when desired, prior to turning the water on.
3,713,586
FOAM PRODUCING AND DISPENSING CONTAINER
Mile E. Webster, Braintree, Mass., assignor to The Gillette
Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed March 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,697
Int. CI. B05b// /OO
U.S. CI. 239-326 10 Claims
A rotary pop-up underground sprinkler which utilizes a self-
contained integrated gear case and nozzle section and a valve-
in-head concept with a reverse flow valve. The entire gear
case and nozzle assembly act as the piston of a hydraulic
cylinder. When the reverse flow valve opens, hydraulic pres-
sure builds up within the case and the area differential causes
the piston to move upwardly To retract the head, the reverse
flow valve closes, dropping the pressure to atmospheric below
the piston seal, and the high pressure from below the valve
seat is directed through a communication tube to a point
higher than the piston seal when the piston is fully extended,
thereby hydraulically forcing or driving the gear case and noz-
zle assembly downwardly to its retracted position with the
hydraulic pressure continuing when the sprinkler is fully
retracted to hold the sprinkler in retracted position by hydrau-
lic pressure. As an alternate form, the retraction power is pro-
vided by a sprmg. The entire valve is removable from the top,
including the valve seat and the screening system protecting
the valve.
A container for dispensing fluid contained therein as a
foam, the conuiner having a deformable wall, a spout portion
having external threads, a fitment attached to the spout and
retaining a porous element, and a cap member threadedly at-
tached to the spout and having an outlet orifice therein, the
cap being rotatable to a first position in which communication
between the porous element and the outlet orifice is inter-
rupted and a second position in which communication
between the porous element and the outlet orifice is open. The
fitment and porous element are so arranged within the spout
that fiuid dispensed from the container and air simultaneously
pass through the porous element where they are mixed prior
to being dispensed as a foam.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
161P
3,713,587
SHOWER HEAD
William S. Carson, 200 St. Andrews Blvd., Apt. 3704, Winter
Park Fla
Continuation-in-partof Ser. No.41,950, June 1, 1970
abandoned. This application July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,096
Int.CI.B05b//0S
U^.a. 239-383 5 Claims
3,713,589
FOG NOZZLE
Hugh Noel McNair, Box 761, Fruitland Park, Fla., and Stuart
William Olson, 31 1 1 68 S.W. 34th St Ga.nsvUle, Fla.
Filed Nov. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 88,666
Int. CI. B05b/ /iO
U.S.CL 239-575 « Claims
A shower head has a body portion rotatably mounted on a
fitting adapted for connection with a pressurized source ot
water The body portion is structured to provide three
separate fiow channels that project different types of streams
including an oblique stream causing rotation of the body por-
tion and a generally helically projected pattern that provides a
massaging action on the bather, the body portion being
equipped with relatively movable members that provide a
valving action for selecting the desired flow channel and
resulting stream form projected.
The present invention comprises an improved fog nozzle
consisting of a nozzle with a pair of generally concentric
screens wherein the screens have means for diffusing and
dispersing a water jet to form a dense essentially uniform fog
of predetermined pattern, the outer screen having an aperture
therein of a diameter sufficient to let a solid water jet pass
through and the means of entirely removing the inner screen
from the path of the water being discharged by the nozzle. The
fog nozzle is designed to generate water fog at low pressures
and with the minimum amount of entrapped air.
Means may be provided to reduce the discharge of water
from the nozzle at any given pressure in order to maintain a
desired pressure when necessary.
3,713,588
LIQUID FUEL SPRAY NOZZLES WITH AIR
ATOMIZATION
Cecil H. Sharpe, Brownsburg, Ind., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,369
lnt.CI.B05b7/00
U.S. a. 239-400 4 Claims
3,713,590
APPARATUS FOR SPREADING FILAMENTS
Oskar Dorschner, Bad Homburg: Cristoph Storkebaum,
Egelsbach; Franz Josef Carduck. Bergen-Enkheim. and
Johannes Janfeld, Kahl am Main, all of Germany, assignors
to Metallgesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany ^.^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^ 3^7
Claims priority, application Germany, July 17, 1969, P 19
36 354.3
Int.CI.B05b//00
U.S. CI. 239-597 8 Claims
Fuel spray nozzles particularly suited for gas turbine com-
bustion apparatus have inner and outer walls providing
between them an annular passage for combustion air into the
combustion chamber. Swirl vanes in the passage cause the air
to take on a subsUntial tangential velocity so that it is
discharged in a conical form into the combustion chamber^
The fuel is injected into the passage at its outlet from a ring ot
ports in either the inner or outer wall of the passage so that it is
atomized by and carried away with the air. The nozzles also in-
clude a pilot nozzle mounted within the inner wall and provide
a second air entrance within the interior of the inner walL
Swirl vanes may be provided to swirl the air entering through
the inner passage.
Apparatus and process are provided for spreading continu-
ous filaments entrained in a stream of air fiowing from a high
velocity air gun. The filaments are spread in a separator hav-
ing a generally round inlet in communication with the outlet ot
the air gun which progressively changes in shape to a generally
slot shaped outlet equal to or up to 10 times larger in size than
the inlet the longer sides of the slot being from 2 to 300 limes
greater ^n length than the shorter sides of the slot To obUin
further spreading of the filaments, generally parallel laterally
extending spreaders are positioned adjacent the ends of the
outlet slot of the separator and at right angles thereto.
1620
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,591
SIMPLIFIED FLAT SPRAY NOZZLE
Sidney C. Watkins, Stratford, Conn., assignor to Avco Cor-
poration, Stratford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,787
Int.CLB05b//04
U.S.CL 239-590.3 8 Claims
3,713,593
FINE MEDIA MILLING PROCESS
Horton Harold Morris, Macon, Ga.; J. Raymond McMahan,
Belmont, and William I. Rogers, Carlisle, both of Mass., as-
signors to Freeport Sulphur Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 1 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 63,00 1
lnt.CI.B02c/7//6
U.S. CI. 241-27 7 Claims
The invention relates to a process for the fine media milling
of microorganisms or crystalline organic materials. In our
process, a liquid dispersion of a microorganism or crystalline
organic material is agitated in the presence of grinding media.
The disclosure illustrates a nozzle assembly comprising inlet
and outlet plates stacked on either side of a spacer sleeve. The
outlet plate has an elongated slot and the inlet plate has a pair
of ports offset from and on opposite sides of the slot to
promote turbulence within the spacer sleeve. The outlet plate
may be made of flexible material so that for higher flow rates
the plate deforms and provides a larger opening.
ERRATUM
For Class 241 — 260 see:
Patent No. 3,713,469
3,713,592
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR THE FINE
COMMINUTION OF SOLIDS
Hans Beike, 15 Danzigen Weg. Kronberg/Taunus. Germany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 786,179. Dec. 23, 1968.
Pat No. 3.614,001.
Filed Oct. 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 77,074
Int.CI.B02c2i/00
U.S. CI. 241-17 3 Claims
33
^^= P
3,713,594
WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
Earl T. Blakley, Cincinnati; David E. Chupka, Middletown;
Donald L. Harbron, Jr., Wisconsin Rapids; Paul G. Marsh,
Hamilton, and Peter Seifert, Middletown, all of Ohio, as-
signors to The Black Clawson Company, Hamilton, Ohio
Division of Ser. Nos. 6,041 , Jan. 26, 1970, Pat. No. 3,549,092,
and Ser. No. 861,778, Sept. 28, 1969, Pat. No. 3,595,488. This
application June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,762
Int.CI.B02c/i//6
U.S. CI. 241-46.08 14 Claims
A process for the fine comminution of solids made brittle by
their immersion into a cold liquefied gas is characterized in
that air of the cold material comminuted after its cooling down
to the temperature of the liquefied cooling gas is subjected to
at least one further pass of comminution relaying mainly on
the pressure effects for causing the average particle size of the
materials to be considerably reduced.
A waste treatment system which is capable of handling
materials of widely different physical characteristics such as
glass, metal, and fibrous and plastic waste, incorporates a
rotor rotatably mounted in a waste receiving vessel, the rotor
being adapted to fracture brittle material, compact malleable
material, and otherwise pulverize the frangible waste to a par-
ticulate form small enough to be extracted through a per-
forated plate. The rotor also circulates the material in a slurry
form within the vessel in a vortical pattern so that the waste is
repeatedly treated until it is ejected from the vessel. A series
of spaced attrition bars are mounted outwardly of the rotor to
provide an annularly shaped, discontinuous attrition surface,
and hammers or flails are pivotally mounted on the rotor to
reduce into smaller pieces materials which are flung upon or
between the attrition bars by the rotor. Where the waste
material contains a high proportion of rags, tubing and other
stringy material, a rotating chopper blade is provided to chop
this portion of the waste into smaller pieces which are more
readily handled by the rotor and flails. Waste materials which
are not readily reduced to a pulverized state by the system are
segregated from those which are and removed separately.
3,713,595
PULPING APPARATUS
Sam N. Craig, Devon, Pa.; Ellis R. Warner, Jr., West Chester,
Pa., and Wayne T. Buckman, Pipersville, Pa., assignors to
Wascon Systems, Inc., Hatboro, Pa.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,608
Int.CI.B02c/J//«
U.S. CI. 241 -46.11 18 Claims
A pulping tank is provided, for the pulping of solid debris in
a liquid medium, with a rotating impeller being used to impel
January 30, 1973
liquid and sized particles outwardly through a sizing ring with
he .mpeller carrying means for cuttmg debr.s mto des.rably
ized particles, and with the impeller being positioned at the
"wer'e nd of the sizing ring in such a manner as to contro an
opening therebetween, for the passage of particles
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1621
3,713,597
DEVICE FOR WET DISINTEGRATION
Alexandr Stepanovich Sladkov, Apatity Murmansko. Oblast^,
U.S.S.R., assignor to Gornometallurgichesky Institut Kol-
skogo Fiiliala, Akademii Nauk, t.S.S^R.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,055
Int. CLB02cyi/e6, 4/26
... .-..4 2 Claims
U.S.CL 241-134
therethrough, into contact with cutting teeth. The cutters may
be applied to the impeller plate by any of several techniques,
as for example by being removably secured thereto. Also, cer-
tain tank de^signs facilitate the formation of especially desira-
ble vortex arrangements of a slurry being pulped, during rota-
tion of the impeller at desired speeds.
3,713,596
BOTTLE CRUSHING APPARATUS
William D. Hoffmann, Elkhorn, Wis., assignor to Mannorth
Service Corporation, Elkhorn, Wis.
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,070
Int.CLB02c79//4
2 Claims
U.S.CL 241-99
A device for the wet disintegration of materials of low and
medium hardness, such as chalk clay, marl and so forth
whe em a rotor with beaters is made so that it combines a
Trushing action with a milling action to achieve the required
degree of fineness. For this purpose, the rotor is provided with
hmged forked beaters centrally located on the rotor and
bracketed by circular beaters alternately fiuted and supported
on axles spaced from the rotor axis.
3,713,598
WIRE GUIDE APPARATUS
Glen E. Bucholtz, and James N. Doyle, both o^O«-^'»"• ^hio,
assignors to The Globe Tool and Engineering Company.
Dayton, Ohio .a^ n*
FiledJan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,176
Int. CLH02k/ 5/09
_ „, „ 5 Claims
U.S.CL 242-7.05 B
A force fed glass crushing device having a downwardly
tapered housing with an inlet in the top end thereof for receiv-
ng glass object's, and a bottom outlet for discharging crushed
a"ass A plurality of substantially upright power driven screw
lug rs are rotatably mounted within the housing and converge
downwardly into close proximity with one another a their
lower ends for crushing glass therebetween. The operation of
he auoers may be controlled by a switch automatically ac-
tWited by gl'ss objects prior to entering the housing and an au-
tomatic timed shutoff.
A double nier armature winding machine is provided with
wire gmdes mounted upon the winding forms and cooperating
Zi h \ shielding device to cause the wires -ed '" -nding the
armature to be coursed over the proper comnnutato^ ho°»^^^^^^
Two embodiments are shown, one m which the wire guides
are spring biased and one in which the wire guides are pos,^
tilely dnven by mechanical means into straddling relation
with the commutator hooks.
1622
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,599
APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING A STRAND
Norman F. Smith, Methuen, and Edward T. Stocker, Grove-
land, both of Mass., assignors to Western Electric Company,
Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 31,890
Int.CI.H0H4y/06,4///0.4///2
U.S. CI. 242-7.11 16 Claims
velocity the guide means moves along the path. Controllable
retarding means is employed for use in applying retarding
Apparatus for manufacturing multiple transformexs simul-
taneously by winding several wire coils on bobbins and apply-
ing tape over each coil includes carriage mechanisms which
are independently movable along three mutually perpendicu-
lar axes and orbitally about one of the axes. Separate drive
mechanisms for each mode of movement include drive motors
mounted on a stationary frame, thereby reducing the mass of
the moving elements of the apparatus and permitting rapid
changes in speed and direction of movements. Carriage-frame
structural interlocks also provide low mass with rigidity to the
carriage elements. A simple winding pitch adjusting
mechanism, incorporating a drive lever with a variable pivot
point, also forms part of the apparatus and also has a separate
frame-mounted drive motor, as does a taping mechanism for
applying tape over each wound coil. A group of bobbin-rotat-
ing spindles are connected to be driven by one of the frame-
mounted carriage drive motors. The various mechanism of the
apparatus are automatically operated in proper timed
sequence according to programs provided for by a program-
controllable card reader device and an automatic control
system mcluding a sequencing device in the form of a rotary,
switch-actuating drum.
forces to the guide so as to decelerate movement thereof along
the path. Control means serve to control the retarding means
to control the rate at which the payout velocity increases.
3,713,600
APPARATUS FOR USE WITH A WEB FED MECHANISM
James E. Murray, University Heights, Ohio, and Robert P.
Kirsch, Cleveland, Ohio, assignors to Harris-Intertype Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,584
Int.CI.B65h/9//4
U.S. CI. 242-58.4 8 Claims
Apparatus is provided for use with a web fed mechanism,
such as a printing press or a corrugating machine, which em,
ploys web pulling means to pull web to the mechanism from a
web payout means, such as a roll of web material, at a relative-
ly constant pull velocity. The apparatus includes a movable
web guide which is positioned so as to be engaged by and for
guiding directional movement of a web from a web payout
means to the mechanism. The guide means is movable along a
path so that when the payout velocity is less than the pull
3,713,601
CORE ASSEMBLY
Robert P. Buhrman, and Richard D. Hensley, Dayton, Ohio,
assignors to Columbia-Great Lakes Corp., Dayton, Ohio
Filed April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,827
Int. CI. B65h 75/02. 75/y«
U.S. CI. 242-68.6 2 Claims
A hollow cylindrical fibrous core is reinforced on each end
by a plastic bushing including an inner cylindrical portion hav-
ing an outer diameter slightly greater than the inner diameter
of the core and supporting a plurality of circumferentially
spaced and axially extending teeth each of which pierces the
inner surface of the fibrous core when the bushing is pressed
axially into the core. The teeth have radial surfaces facing cir-
cumferentially in opposite directions to form a positive non-
slip connection for driving the core assembly in either
direction through one of the bushings. Each bushing also in-
cludes an outer cylindrical portion having an external diame-
ter the same as the core and defining a plurality of slots or
recesses for receiving a driving projection extending from a
supporting mandrel.
3,713,602
FILM REEL CLIP -
Thomas Henry Patton, Niles, III., assignor to Compco Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,144
Int. CI. B65 75128
U.S.CI. 242— 74 2 Claims
A film reel is provided with a film clip which adapts the reel
for use either as an automatic take-up reel or a storage reel for
either regular 8 mm. or super 8 mm. film. The film reel in-
cludes a central hub portion having a generally circular outer
wall and a pair of spaced-apart side flanges extending radially
January 30, 1973
outwardly from the hub portion. The outer wall of the hub is
provided with a slot which receives the central loop-shaped
portion of the clip, and the clip also includes a pair of end por-
tions which extend in generally opposite directions from the
clip central portion substantially tangent to the outer wall of
the hub portion. An arcuate prong extends generally radially
outwardly from one of the end portions adjacent one of the
side flanges of the reel, and the thickness of the prong and the
spacing thereof from the side flange of the reel is such that the
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1623
may occur in a hollow textile bobbin when such a bobbin hav-
ing thermoplastic yarn wound thereon is subjected to condi-
a.
tions likely to cause the yarn to contract, in which a helical
spring mandrel that may be "wound-up" is inserted into the
bobbin. \
prong can be received by sprocket opening of either regular 8
mm film or super 8 mm. film. When the film is to be used as a
take-up reel, the film is fed onto the central hub portion of the
reel and the prong passes through one of the sprocket
openings of the film and winds the film about the reel. When
the reel is to be used as a storage reel, the film is inserted into
the looposhaped central portion of the clip which extends
through the notch in the outer wall of the hub. and rotation of
the reel winds the film about the hub portion.
3,713,603
RETRACTABLE MEASURING TAPE
Sidney X. Shore, Roslyn, N.Y., assignor to Souvenir Pen and
Pencil Company, Cedar Rapids, Iowa
Filed Nov. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 203,159
lnt.CLB65h75/4«,G01bi//0
U.S.CL 242- 107.2 7 Claims
3,713,605
QUICK THREADING THREAD GUIDE FOR SEWING
MACHINES
Erwin Vahle, Blankenloch, and Paul Senk, Karlsruhe, both of
Germany, assignors to The Singer Company, New York,
N V
Filed Feb. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 225,058
lot. CI. B65h 57/04
U.S.CL 242-157 3^'"""'
J7*'«0
A measuring tape with a wind-up spring is equipped with an
arresting device that can be used to prevent automatic wind-
up No moving parts are involved. The user can readily adjust
the extended length of tape without releasing the arresting
device.
3,713,604
SUPPORTING DEVICES
Keith Oliver Foley, Pontypool, Monmouthshire, England, as-
signor to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, En-
gland
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,122
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 15, 1969,
45,293/69
Int.CLB65h75//0
II.S.CL 242- 118.2 7 Claims
A method and apparatus for minimizing the distortion that
A sewing machine thread guide with a self-threading eyelet
into which a thread may be admitted without passing the
thread endwise through the eyelet. The eyelet is formed
between a thread introduction "V notch and an elongate
slot Opposite sides of the thread guide are intentionally
forced apart to form a crack between the thread introduction
"V notch and the eyelet, and a crack between the eyelet and
the elongate slot. Because of the angularity of the walls of the
"V notch a thread forced downwardly therein will force
open the crack leading to the eyelet for passage therethrough
of the thread. Since the eyelet is rounded, a thread therein
forced downwardly will not open the crack leading to the
elongated slot, which serves only to augment the capacity ot
the cracked apart portion between the thread introductory
"V" notch and the eyelet to fiex apart to admit passage of the
thread. A thread deflecting fin extending transversely across
the path of thread through the eyelet not only imposes a light
tension to thread directed through the eyelet, but also
prevents any appreciable force from being applied by a thread
in the eyelet along the crack which might unthread the eyelet.
1624
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,606
MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT CAPSTAN AND REEL MOTOR
CONTROL APPARATUS
Richard W. Van Pelt, and Allen J. Werner, both of Boulder,
Colo., assignors to International Business Machine Corpora-
tion, Armonk, N.Y. ^„ ,„^
Filedjan.25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,404 ■
Int. CI. Gl lb 15158, 15146; B65h 23118
U.S. CI. 242-184 14 Claims
live against rain erosion as well as reducing drag, aerodynam-
ic, thermodynamic and structural loadmg. The spike is at-
/* 19
tached to the radome and is in the form of a hollow tube, open
at the forward end and perforated along its length.
A magnetic tape unit wherein high speed tape movement,
for example bidirectional high speed search or unidirectional
high speed rewind is achieved at the maximum possible tape
speed by means of apparatus which controls the speed of thp
capstan in accordance with the speed of the slowest reel mo-
The magnetic tape unit includes a single capstan, a file reel,
a machme reel, a file vacuum column disposed between the
capstan and the file reel, and a machine vacuum column
disposed between the capstan and the machine reel.
Each vacuum column includes two spaced sensors to divide
the column into three zones. The sensors provide discrete out-
puts indicative of the zone position of the tape loop in each
column.
Three digital tachometers sense the tape speed at the cap-
stan and at the side of each column adjacent a reel. The output
of each reel tachometer is continuously compared to the out-
put of the capstan tachometer to, originate a binary output
signal have a "reel-fast" or a "reel-slow" state.
The reel motor and the capstan motor are controlled by { 1 )
the column sensors in accordance with tape loop zone position
and (2) the "reel-fast" or "reel-slow" signal, to run the cap-
stan at its maximum possible speed when both reel motors are
capable of moving the tape at this same speed, and to operate
the capstan in a drive-coast mode if one or both of the reel
motors are slow, the drive-coast mode then being controlled
by the slowest reel motor.
At the end of the rewind, a machine reel radius sensor
causes both reel motors to be placed in a brake mode, and the
capstan motor to be placed in a coast mode. If one motor has a
weak braking effect, the speed of this particular motor con-
trols the capstan in a coast-drive mode and the other reel
motor is placed in a brake-coast mode under control of this
weaker motor.
3,713,608
RETRACTABLE LANDING GEAR
Jacques Leclerco, Saint-leu-la-Foret. and Louis Reide, 92 Meu-
don, both of France, assignors to Societe Hispano-Suiza Lal-
lemant, Bois-Colombes. France
Filedjan. 20, 1971,Ser.No. 108.074
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 28, 1970, 7003047
Int.CI.B64c25//0
IJ.S.C1.244-102R 6 Claims
The landing gear comprises a retractable strut and at least
one movable element borne by the strut and is capable of un-
dergoing a movement of retraction which brings it close to the
lifting axle of the strut in the course of retracting the said strut_
A compensating mechanism is interposed between a zone of
the main linkage and the auxiliary brace. The landing gear is
suitable for aircraft of a certain weight.
3,713,607
LOAD REDUCING SPIKE FOR SUPERSONIC MISSILES
Jacques A. F. Hill. Huckleberry Hill, and Richard H. Adams,
Bedford, both of Mass., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Aug. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 753,040
Int. CI. F42b 15100; F41g 9/00. 11 100
U.S. CI. 244-3.1 5 Claims
A spike protected dome for supersonic bodies as a protec-
3,713,609
AIRCRAFT ARRESTING GEAR
John Campbell Matthew, Lasswade, Scotland, assignor to Mac-
tageart, Scott & Company, Limited
Filed March 2, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 20,195
Int. CI. B64f/ /02
U.S.CL244-110A 12Claims
The invention consists in an aircraft arresting gear wherein
a rope or net is stretched across a runway and is secured to
power absorbing means located at each side of the runway.
Connected to each end of the rope or net is a belt having
transverse teeth. Each belt is passed through a casing having
inlet and outlet ports. Hydraulic fluid introduced through an
inlet port fills the gaps between the teeth as the belt passes
through the casing and means are provided by which such
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 30, 1973
which meshes with the teeth of the belt. The discharged fluid
face of the block is dished-out so that the drawing up of the
fastener compresses the peripheral edge of the block against
the base to provide a dust-free seal.
passes through a valve by which the outlet pressure can be
controlled to regulate the retarding force applied to the belt.
Such control regulates the retarding force applied to the air-
craft being arrested.
3,713,610
MOUNTING MEANS FOR FOIL-TYPE AND SIMILAR
ELEMENTS
John E. Grenier, Cherry Valley, Mass., assignor to Lodding
Engineering Company, Auburn, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 722,960. April 22, 1968. This application
May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 48,666
Int.CLF16m/i/00
U.S.CL 248-1 'Claims
3,713,612
ANGLEMEASURING INSTRUMENT
Wieland Feist; Peter Navratil, and Roman Seifert, all of Jena.
Germany, assignors to Jenoptik Jena G.m.b.H., Jena. Gera.
Germany
FiledApril30, 1971, Ser. No. 141,053
Int.CI.B23q 7/04
U.S.CI.248-183 *C'"""
■aZHIZ^
The disclosure describes a support for a stationary drainage
element for a paper machine extending across the Fourdrinier
wire The support comprises a flaring tenon for a dovetail slide
incorporating means to adjust the distance between the flaring
walls The drainage element has a mortise slot for cooperating
with the slide. The flare of the slide is adjusted by means of an
actuator mounted at one end of the support.
This abstract is intended neither to define the invention of
the application, which is to be measured by the claims, nor in
any way to be limiting as to the scope of the invention.
An angle-measuring instrument comprises a sighting device
which is supported in two brackets for tilting about a first axis
and which, together with said brackets, is rotatable about a
second axis. Two double levers in close adjacency to one
another are so mounted on one of said brackets that each said
lever can be turned, over a mid-position, into two extreme
positions. The mid-positions of said two levers are substan-
tially parallel to one another. Said levers, in their one extreme
positions, cause gears to impede rotation of the sighting device
about the axes and, in their other extreme positions, release
the sighting device for rotation. The close adjacency of said
levers to one another facilitates their operation.
3,713,611
RESILIENT MOUNTS FOR SUPPORTING POSTS
William L. Voigt, Boxford, Mass., assignor to Western Electric
Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,756
Int. CI. E04h 72/22
U.S.CL 248-44 . ,. 3^'*'""'
An impact absorbing block of resilient matenal is utilized as
an intermediary to support a post on a base. The block has a
bore extending therethrough with a shoulder formed therein
3.713,613
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RUNNING TELEPHONE
CABLE
Charles E. Searls, Cypress, Calif., assignor to General
Telephone Company of California
FiledNov. 1,1971, Ser. No. 194,620
Int. CI. F16I 3/00
U S CI. 248 49 ^ Claims
A grid structure is substituted for the conventional over-
head cable racks for running cable between switch panels
mounted on vertical bays in a central telephone office. T;ie
grid structure permits selected switch panels to be connected
together by running a cable directly upwardly from a frst
switch panel, through a first opening in the grid structilre.
/
1626
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
thence horizontally along the top of the grid structure in a
straight line direction to a second opening in the grid structure
directly above a second switch panel, and directly down
through the second opening to the second switch panel. By
3,713,615
ALKYLATION-FRACTIONATOR
Edwin K. Jones, Kenilworth, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 830,344, June 4, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,579,603. This application Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,945
Int. CI. B01di/22.C10g 7/00
U.S. CI. 196-102 6 Claims
this arrangement, point to point overhead straight line con-
nections can be made rather than having to run the cable
along the assigned paths as was the case with the old type
cable racks all to the end that substantial savings in man hours
and cable costs result.
Alkylation-Fractionator having a settling section for
separating liquid catalyst from the effluent of an alkylator.
The lighter isoparaffins are stripped from the heavier fractions
in a fractionation section below the acid settling section.
3,713,614
FLASHLIGHT HOLDER
Eustace H. Taylor, 1320 Sommerset, Glenview, III.
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,866
Int.Cl.F21l /5/;6
U.S.CI. 248-205 A
3,713,616
LOAD HOLDING DEVICE IMPROVEMENT
Thomas S. Bowers, 1301 Northwestern, Apt. 224, Lake Forest,
III.
FUed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 120,519
7 Claims Int. CI. B65j //22
U.S. CI. 248-361 R 10 Claims
A holder for a flashlight and the like comprising a per-
manent magnet on the flashlight body and a magnetically at-
tractable bracket having a base with a resilient pad and having
an adhesive backing adapted to adhere the bracket, preferably
in an upright position, to an associated support structure, the
bracket having a peripheral flange along its upright lateral
sides and along its bottom edge guiding the magnet and
preventing it from gravitating out of the bracket from vibra-
tions ungendered in the supporting structure which may be the
frame of an automobile The pad serves to absorb contact
shocks to preserve the magnet and to absorb vibrations.
A guide rail in which a carriage is adapted for movement to
a plurality of locations. The guide rail is provided with slots,
the sides of which form an abutment. The carriage comprises a
pair of feet joined together by an elongated U-shaped bridge
forming a track along which a locking block is adapted to
move to a plurality of positions. The locking block is provided
with shoulders which become seated in the slots of the guide
rail when the locking block is in one position to prohibit move-
ment of the carriage along the guide rail. In another position
of the locking block on the track, the shoulders on the locking
block are extracted from the slots in the guide rail to permit
movement of the carriage to the desired position. When the
locking is in the position having the shoulders seated in the
slots in the guide rail, an S-shaped member is passed under the
bridge of the carriage and engages the locking block to hold
the locking block in its position in the guide rail slots thereby
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1627
locking the carriage in the desired location along the guide
rail. In a second embodiment of the invention, a pair of spaced
shoulders are provided on the locking block and the length of
the locking block is such that it will engage the bridge member
before the second shoulder on the locking block is extracted
from the slots in the guide rail so that the locking block is con-
tained within the bridge of the carriage to form a gravity lock
when the load holding device is used in an overhead position
with the axes upon which the seat rotates. According to the
direction of rotation, a depending arm disposed between seats
for the ends of the spring engages one or the other end of the
spring to displace the engaged end of the spring from its seat.
When the deflecting force is released, the engaged end of the
spring returns to its seat and, in so doing, acts on the depend-
ing arm to restore the arm to its normal position between the
seated ends of the spring.
3,713,617
SELF LEVELING TRACTOR SEAT
Louis J. Bogdan, Davenport, Iowa, and Jere S. Culp, Elkhart.
Ind., assignors to Kelsev-Hays Company, Romulus, Mich.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 67,125
Int. CL A47c 7100
U.S.CL 248-371 10 Claims
3,713,619
REVOLVABLE DEVICE FOR AIDING THE MOVEMENT
OF A PARTIALLY DISABLED PERSON
Fred C. Marty, 2003 Hughitt Avenue, Superior, Wis.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,734
Int. CI. F16m /i/00
U.S.CL2A8-425 3 Claims
A self leveling seat assembly for tractors and the like com-
prised of a self-contained leveling unit which is simply con-
nected to a tractor chassis by single bolt connection means,
and wherein said self-contained leveling unit includes sealed
therewithin a closed fluid filled loop with a single opposed
piston in series within the loop. The seat is leveled by an
operating force resulting from the weight upon the seat which
is connected to the piston in a manner such that the weight
causes the piston to displace the fluid in the loop in a direction
which enables leveling of the seat.
A revolvable device for aiding the movement of a partially
disabled person including a main support, a revolvable
member, means rotatably mounting the revolvable member on
the main support, and means for varying the resistance to rota-
tion of said revolvable member on said main support.
3,713,618
SELF-CENTERING SUPPORT
Philip J. Hendrickson, and Richard J. Resch, both of Green
Bay, Wis., assignors to Krueger McUl Products, Inc., Green
Bay, Wis.
Filed March 22, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 26,596
Int. CL F 1 6c ///OO
U.S.CL 248-417 3 Claims
3,713,620
MACHINE SUPPORTING SLAB
George Tkach, 15314 Harrison Rd., P. O. Box 96, Mishawaka,
Ind.
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,262
Int. CI. F16m 5/00
U.S.CL 248-19 1 Claim
A machine supporting slab formed of a rigid, body of closed-
cell foam resin material of high density covered by a metal
sheath spanning the top and extending around the marginal
edges of said body. Machine reUining means are anchored to
said sheath.
3,713,621
WEDGE ARRANGEMENT FOR A HOT TOP
Edwin J. Davidson, Wexford, Pa., assignor to Thiem Corpora-
tion, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,872
Int.CI.B22d7//0
A support for a seat or the like ^an be rotated in either U.S. CI- 249- 106 ^^^ ^^^^^J^ Claims
t::^:^::::^':^^ ^^^^ °^ p^eformed^nsulatIng panels suspended
1628
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
around the inside surface of the top of the ingot mold, a clip
mounted on each edge of each panel, each clip having a flat
inner sectiwi overlying a portion of the inner surface of the
panel and an end section bent inwardly at an acute angle to
duct having connecting means at one end adapted to be con-
nected around the first aperture leading to the supply of con-
ditioning air and sealing means at the other end of the body
adapted to be sealed in abutting relationship with a flat sealing
surface surrounding the aperture in the container wall so as to
provide a fluid passage from the first aperture to the second
the flat inner section to form a downwardly and outwardly ex-
tending channel along the inner surface of the panel and a
wedging member having side edges positioned in the channels
of adjacent clips and bearing on the flat inner section of the
clip
3,713,622
CLOSURE DEVICE FOR FLEXIBLE TUBING
Leon Joel Dinger, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 812,811, April 2, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,612,475. This application Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No.
1 19,27 IThe portion of the term of this patent subsequent to
Oct. 12, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int. CLF16k 7/04
U.S.CL251-10 5 Claims
aperture. Power means are associated with the coupling to
move it between its extended operative position and its
retracted inoperative position. It is desirable, but not essential,
that the coupling, when in its extended operative position, can
accommodate limited movement of the container wall aper-
ture with respect to the first aperture leading to the condition-
ing air, in every plane.
19 IS
3,713,624
FENCE GUARD
Fred T. Niemann, 19 North Mount Prospect, Des Plaines, IIL
FiledSept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,424
Int. CI. E04h / 7106
U.S. CI. 256-32 4 Claims
A tube closure device comprising bendable members each
having a pair of arms connected together by integral hinges.
Coacting latch arrangements are disposed on the extending
ends of the arms to latch the arms over sections of flexible
tubes which are placed under compression via the closure
devices. A raised floor section on at least one of the arms
serves to compress and sealingly enclose the tubes such that
residual pressures are provided in a closure.
3,713,623
EXTENSIBLE COUPLING HAVING AUTOMATIC VALVE
MEANS
Kenneth White Pearson, Somerset, England, assignor to
Shipowners Refrigerated Cargo Research Association, Lon-
don, England
Filed March 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,618
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 19, 1971,
13,612/70
Int. CLF 1 61 29/00
U.S. CI. 251-150 31 Claims
A coupling designed particularly for connecting an aperture
in a wall of a refrigerated transportable container with a
supply of conditioning air is provided with a valve member
wholly enclosed within the coupling and arranged automati-
cally to open when the coupling is moved to an extended
operative position and automatically to move to a closed posi-
tion when the coupling is moved to a withdrawn inoperative
position. The coupling includes an extenable hollow body or
A fence guard for restricting the growth of grass, weeds and
the like directly adjacent to or beneath a fence and for
preventing a mower from striking the fence when mowing
directly adjacent to it. In its most simple form, the fence guard
is a length of material which is L-shaped in cross-section. A
fence guard of this construction can be abutted against one or
both sides of the fence. In a preferred embodiment, a pair of
these fence guards are adapted to be affixed together to secure
them against displacement.
January- 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1629
3,713,625
CHAIN LINK FENCE LIFT
A. R. Trudell, 7 173 Quincy Lane, Clearwater, Fla.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,806
Int.CLE04h/7//4
U.S.CI.256-32
3 Claims
3,713,627
MULTIPLE COMPONENT METERING AND MIXING
DEVICE
Max Skobel, Edison, N J., assignor to Dow Corning Corpora-
tion, Midland, Mich.
Filed Sept. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 180,595
Int.CI. BOIf 7/0«
U.S. CI. 259-6 16 Claims
-l<a
■If, ^>o
A section of fence which will have the lower portion of such
construction so as to be raised or lowered in order to effective-
ly use a lawnmower on the grass adjacent to the fence. This
device includes upright members to which the upper portion
of the fence is secured and also offsets the need for elevating
or lowering the bottom portion of the fence.
3,713,626
MIXING APPARATUS FOR PULVERULENT OR
GRANULAR MATERIAL AND IMPROVED METHOD FOR
MIXING SUCH MATERIAL
Alwin Rolf Weber, 861 1 Bertschikon, Switzerland, assignor to
A. R. Weber AG, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,253
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 17, 1970,
17001/70
Int. CL BOH /i/02
U.S. CI. 259-4 15 Claims
» ,i*>
A two component mixing device is fed by a pair of conveyor
screws feeding and metering the two components from con-
tainers containing same. The outputs of the conveyor screws
are fed into a mixing screw of varying depth which in turn
feeds a nozzle suitable, for example, for feeding a mold. All
screws can be powered by a single source.
rO-e^
3,713,628
KITCHEN BLENDER HAVING SELF-ALIGNING DRIVE
MEANS
Arthur C. Christensen, Thomaston, Conn., assignor to Scovill
Manufacturing Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,439
Int.CI.B01f 7//6
U.S.CL259-I08 6 Claims
A method of, and apparatus for, admixing at least two fluent
material components, especially pulverulent or granular
materials, wherein the internal compartment of a material
receiving container is sub-divided by partition walls into two
storage compartments having a volume ratio essentially cor-
responding to the desired mixing ratio of the material com-
ponents. Each of the storage compartments is filled with the
material components which are to be admixed. The filled
material components are withdrawn from the storage com-
partments into a collecting zone in a ratio corresponding to
the desired mixing ratio of such material components. Means
serve to generate a negative pressure condition at the region
of the collected material components withdrawn from said
storage compartments, by means of which there is produced a
material conveying fluid medium stream over the surface of
the collected material components to remove therefrom the
components of the collected material in a ratio corresponding
to the desired mixing ratio. The thus withdrawn material com-
ponents to are then transported by the conveying fluid medi-
um stream to a consumer while admixing such material com-
ponents with one another during movement to such consumer.
A kitchen blender having self-aligning shafts has its agitator
cap firmly fitted into a laterally movable support ring mounted
on the blender base. The ring is in the form of a cup and in the
preferred embodiment includes antifriction means to facilitate
lateral movement.
3,713,629
NON-FOAMING TWO-PHASE CONTACTOR
Robert F. Rieter, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-Cl^rk
Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
FiledNov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,313 \
Int. CI. BOld 47/00 \
U.S. CI. 261-112 8 Claims
Apparatus for obtaining intimate contact between gas and
1630
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
discharge means without impact. The transfer means
cooperates w.th the walking beam conveyor to rotate the
velocitv gas and the mixture separated by velocity reduction, ^o^kpiece a portion of a revolution.
o--.:„...„, ..l.i.tv ;c HiQrlo<ied for black liquor oxidation. ^
Particular utility is disclosed for black liquor oxidation.
3,713,630
MULTICYLINDER CARBURETOR
Bernard L.prade, Arudy (64) LEscUride; Xavier Laprade
Arudv (64) I/esgavade. and Pierre (lele. Odos-Tarbes (65)
route" de Lourdes, all of Odos-Tarbes. France
FiledAug.3,1971,Ser.No.l68,620
Claims priority, application France, Sept. U, i^/w,
7033001 ^,^„
Int.CI.F02m9/0S
t.S.CI.261-23A ^Claims
3,713,632
HEAT REGENERATOR, PARTICULARY A HOT BLAST
STOVE FOR A BLAST FURNACE PLANT
Albertus Hendrik Beenhakker. Santpoort, and Jacob Felthujs
Oudorp. both of Netherlands, assignors to Koninklyke
Nederlandsche Hoogovens En SUalfabrieken N.V.
FiledMarch2,1971,Ser.No.l20,267
Claims priority, application Netherlands, March 3, I97U,
7003023
lnt.CI.F23l/5/02
U.S. a. 263-19 R <^ Claims
^..JH^Ss
■HP~li-
A carburation system for multicylinder engines having an
auxiliary throttle member in the intake pipe upstream of the
main throttle member and controlled by the rate of air now
through the intake pipe and serving to control the rate of fuel
delivery.
3,713,631
HIGH TEMPERATURE FURNACE AND CONVEYOR
THEREFOR
Albert T. Enk, Toledo, and David B. Franks, Maumee, both of
Ohio, assignors to Midland-Ross Corporation, Toledo, Ohio
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,827
Iiit.CI.F27b9//4.F27dJ/00
U.S.CI.263-6A ^ 6 Claims
A billet reheating furnace having a refractory surfaced
walking beam conveyor with a lateral discharge means located
within the furnace below the hearth line of the furnace at the
discharge end of the walking beam conveyor. The walking
beam conveyor is supported on pivotal stiff legs so it may be
readily lowered beneath the hearth for servicing. A reciproca-
In a heat regenerator, in particular a hot blast stove for a
blast furnace plant, which comprises an upstanding masonry
structure closed on top by a dome of refractory bricks, the
dome passes into the vertical masonry structure below it by
means of a continuous series of elements which are p.votally
connected both to the stove structures below it close to the
upper edge of the vertical masonry structure and to the lower
edge of the dome.
3,713,633
ROTARY DRYER
Joseph H. Falk, 4935 Wells Dr., Mission, Kans., and Lauren
W Burnett, 3700 Pennsylvania, Dubuque, Iowa
Filed Oct 7, 1971, Ser. No. 187,419
Int. CI. F27b 7/00
II <i C\ 263-33 R 22 Claims
A roury dryer having a rotating drum presenting a central
chamber and outer chamber separated by a perforated wall
wheTein granular material is transported through the outer
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1631
chamber and a material-drying airflow conducted into the movably supported on the rail, and a bracket on the carriage
cenual chamber nowTradia^ to receive a cutting torch and support the torch nozzle m
material therein. Vanes disposed in separate, annular flights in
the outer chamber effect complete circular tumbling and
horizontal transporting of the material in multiple passes back
and forth along the entire length of the drum at substantially
right angles to the radial airflow. The form of the invention il-
lustrated is capable of flash-drying and heating grain crops as a
continuous process immediately after and as a part of the har-
vesting of the grain.
cutting position with respect to the work piece. The bracket
can be angularly adjusted to cut a bevel, and the rail can be
pivotally held to cut a circular arc.
3,713,634
DEVICE FOR SEALING TRAVELLING GRATES
Klaus Moller; Dietrich Munch, and Hartmut Wolert, all of
Frankfurt/Main, Germany, assignors to Dravo Corporation,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,185
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 23, 1969,
PI9 43 024.1
Int. CI. F27b 27/02
U.S. CI. 266-21 8 Claims
3,713,636
INCENDIARY CUTTING TORCH FOR UNDERWATER
USE
Horace H. Helms, Silver Spring; Alexander G. Rozner.
Bethesda, both of Md., and Dana E. Spencer, Alexandria,
Va., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,434
Int. CI. B23k 7/00, C06d///0
U.S. CI. 266-23 NN 5 Claims
A device for use in a travelling grate type metallurgical
processing machine to seal an end wind box against the
passage of external air thereinto or gases therefrom. The
device includes a sealing plate arranged adjacent an end wind
box and in abuttment with the under support surfaces of the
pallets as they pass over the plate. A lever supports the plate in
its abutting relationship with the pallets. The lever is pivotally
supported at an intermediate point to the machine structure
and has one end pivotally fixed to the underside of the sealing
plate. The plate is, thus, able to move away from the pallet but
not laterally thereof. A counterweight is arranged on the free
end portion of the lever to provide a uniform pressure on the
plate, while permitting flexing thereof. An optional sealing
box is provided opposite the sealing plate for drawing in any
gases flowing between the sealing plate and the pallets.
*'
An incendiary torch having a cylindrical housing with a noz-
zle positioned at one end thereof. The nozzle is held in place
by a retainer cap threadedly attached to the housing which in-
cludes a diaphragm overlying the aperture in the nozzle
thereby preventing the ambient environment from entering
the torch chamber. The end of the torch housing may be con-
nected to a work holding device.
3,713,635
OXYACETYLENE CUTTING TORCHHOLDER AND
GUIDE
Emil Strnad, 280 Lafayette Pkwy., Lexington, Ky.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,168
Int. CI. B23k 7106
U.S.CL 266-23 HH 8 Claims
A torch guide consisting of a rail which can be clamped
onto a work piece adjacent an intended path of cut, a carriage
3,713,637
PORTABLE FLAME CUTTING MACHINE
H. Edward Cable. Thornburg; Herbert E. Cable. Mount
Lebanon Township; and John A. Cable, Moon Township,
all of Allegheny County, Pa., assignors to Weld Tool
Corporation
Filed Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 103,985
Int.Cl.B23k7/00
U.S. CI. 266-23 M 6 Claims
A portable flame cutting machine which includes an elon-
gated guideway or base rail with rack upon which a carriage is
driven and supported. The carriage carrying an auxiliary rail
with rack movable perpendicularly to the base rail and carry-
1632
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
. . ,^ r „. c.rfarp at its bottom end adjacent the vessel and in the region
.ng a laterally adjustable or movable ;o-\^° f [,^^°Vhe c '- oft f.r^tpo^" much mori steeply pitched m relation to the
ing a torch havmg a universally p.votable torch t.p. The car o'^Jf-^^^^^j P^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^g,^„ ^f ^he upwardly following poles
and the thickness of the refractory lining between the active
riage contains a pair of drive units operably connected to the
guideway rack and the auxiliary rail rack, and optionally a
third lateral drive unit.
3,713,638
CONVERTER VESSEL WITH OVAL TRUNNION RING
Edmund Clarence Langmead, Glen EHy", »nd Gerald
DeWane, Chicago, both of III., assignors to Chicago Bridge &
Iron Company, Oak Brook, III. „, ,„,
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Set. No. 94,281
Int. CLC21C 5/50
U.S. CI. 266-36 P 2 Claims
inductor surface and the trough bottom •"'^.^^^^" '^^j;'*!,^*''
end of the inductor and gradually merges into the refractory
Hning of the vessel, so that the risk of cracking in the transi-
tional zone between vessel and trough is substantially avoided.
3,713,640
ENERGY ABSORBING AND SIZING MEANS FOR
HELMETS
Gerard E. Margan, Lake Forest, III., assignor to Riddell, Inc.,
""d" ullin" of Ser. No. 808,800, March 20, 1969, which is .
continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 457,016 May 19, 1965
abandoned, and Ser. No. 664,748,Aug^l, 1967 abandoned.
This application July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,462
Int.CLFI6f9//0
„ ^. ^^^ in 9 Claims
U.S.CL267-117
A trunnion ring and the combination of the trunnion ring
and a convened vessel, such as for steel-making, supported or
mounted therein. The trunnion ring has an oval, i.e. oblong or
elliptical-like, opening in which a vessel is mounted. The
minor axis of the oval is in line with the trunnions and the
major axis is in line with the charge-side and tap side of a ves-
sel With the oval trunnion ring, rather than a circular trun-
nion ring, greater clearance between the vessel wall and the
trunnion ring is provided initially or preservice in the direction
in which the vessel will enlarge from thermal stresses. When
such growth occurs there will still be adequate air space
between the vessel wall and trunnion ring for air cooling to
avoid over-heating the trunnion ring.
3,713,639
MELTING OR HOLDING VESSEL FOR LIQUID METALS
WITH AN ADJOINING ELECTROMAGNETIC
CONVEYING TROUGH
Axel von Starck, Remscheid-Luttringhausen, and Friedrich
Schnake, Rheinhausen, both of Germany, assignors to AEG
Elotherm GmbH, Remscheid-Hasten, Germany
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,476
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21, 1970, P 20
41 559.2
Int. CLC21C 7/00
U.S.CL266-38 , ^ Claims
A meltmg and holding vessel for liquid metals with an ad-
joining electromagnetic trough in which the active inductor
"43 19
A system for absorbmg energy to avoid the detrimental ef-
fects of impacts in protective equipment such as helmets com-
prising a plurality of first chambers located on the 'nside sur-
face of the helmet for positioning adjacent the head of the
wearer A substantially non-compressible fluid is included
within these first chambers, and conduits connect the first
chambers with corresponding second chambers. Upon impact,
nuid is displaced to the second chambers, and, due to the
design of the chambers, the displaced fluid is returned to the
first chambers when the force of the impact is removed.
Sizing means useful with the energy absorbing means or m
other applications are located on the interior of the helmet
surface The sizing means include expandable compartments,
and valves are associated with these compartments whereby a
user of the helmet can place the helmet on his head after
which air is introduced into the compartments unti a proper
fit is achieved. Energy absorbing pads are preferably located
within the compartments to serve as additional safeguards
under high impact conditions.
3,713,641
DAMPING APPARATUS
Giles A. Kendall, Burbank. C aUf.. assiRnor to Menasco Manu-
facturing Company, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 113,516
Int.CLF16f3//0
^. ,^., no 7 Claims
U.S.CI. 267 — 139 . . , r K ,
A damping apparatus composed of a relatively few number
of parts wherein an orifice piston is movably mounted within a
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1683
compressible solid chamber formed within a housing, the from the clamping device. When the article is pulled, an ac-
housing being crimped about an exteriorly serrated collar, the tuator releases the article from the clamping device, and the
collar supporting a seal with the rod of the piston passing
through the collar.
3,713,642
MANUALLY CONTROLLED CLOTH LAYING MACHINE
CARRIAGE
Stephen Paterson, Forest Hills Gardens, N.Y., assignor to
Cutting Room Appliances, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,494
Int. CI. B65h 29/46
U.S.CL 270-31 3 Claims
C^
article folds longitudinally at a retainer spaced below the
clamping device. The article may then be folded transversely
toward the retainer.
A manually controlled electric motor powered cloth laying
carriage having control stations at each longitudinal end
thereof, each station including a rotatably mounted grip hav-
ing an eccentric portion interconnected to an elongated link,
the opposite ends of said links being connected to eccentri-
cally disposed parts of a large gear. The gear is mounted on a
shaft carried by the carriage, resilient means associated with
the gear returning the links to predetermined position in the
absence of manually imparted torque applied to either grip. A
rotary potentiometer is mechanically connected to said gear
by a pinion on the shaft of the potentiometer to determine the
amount of current flowing to the drive motor as a function of
rotation of either grip. Each link carries switch actuating
means individually cooperating with one of a pair of switches
which close, depending upon which grip is rotated. The
switches may be connected in parallel to be used in conjunc-
tion with separate direction-indicating switches, or in such
manner as to reverse the polarity of current flowing through
the motor, in addition to supplying current to the potentiome-
ter.
3,713,644
SHEET FILM CURL CORRECTING DEVICE
Takeshi Okano, Nishinomiya, Japan, assignor to Fuji Shashin
Film Kabushiki Kaisha, Kanagawa-ken, Japan
FiledApril29, 1971,Ser. No. 138,533
Claims priority, application Japan, May 18, 1970, 45/48075
Int. CI. B65h 5/66
U.S.CL 271-8 6 Claims
3,713,643
~ FOLDING AID
Roland W. Gerstenberger, Fort Lauderdale, Fla., assignor to
Jensen Machinery Inc., Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
Filedjan.4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,618
Int. CI. B65h 45/00
U.S.CL 270-61 R 8 Claims
A clamping device is movably mounted on an upright post
at an elevated position for releasably holding a laundry article
with a portion of the article extending generally downwardly
so that the rest of the article may be stretched out horizontally
A sheet film curl correcting device so operative that it is
closed towards the leading edge of a sheet film in association
with the operation of a film inserting mechanism, immediately
before said sheet film is inserted into a predetermined position
of a film magazine, thereby to guide said film from both sides
with a slight space therebetween, and is opened immediately
after the leading edge of the film has been inserted into the
magazine.
1634
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,645
SHEET SEPARATING APPARATUS
Patrick T. Ferrari. Fairport, and Clinton E. Farnsworth,
Rochester, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporatron,
SUmford.Conn. .,, ,oa
Filed April 26. 1971, Ser. No. 137,389
Int.CI.B65hi/56
U.S.CI.271-18R ^Claims
minimized surface friction, caused to abut a stop member ex-
tending transversely at the forward end of the c«"-^y"g f^^J
of the sheet matenai. and then the stop "^e-^ber .s sh.f ed
along the transverse direction so that the sheet material
6 7 8
to •--- \ -^-. ^
12-
I
9
II
^^^
ra^35SMiii.
ADoaratus to separate individual sheets from the top of the
sta^k'a hey are^ed forwardly. A pa.r of sheet separator
members pos.t.oned at the stack corners res.st the moveme
of the sheets to force only the topmost sheets o buckle
thereover and be fed therepast. In the case of ^elat.veW ^^'^
sheets or those which have a higher beam strength the sheet
separator members are caused to deOect outwardly thereby
enablL the stiffer sheets to buckle slightly to overcome the
eS tnce of the movable sheet separator members enablmg
reparation of the topmost sheet from the stack without tearing
or otherwise damaging It
3,713,646
DOCUMENT HANDLING APPARATUS
Roman Derc, Letchworth, England, assignor to International
Computers Limited, London. England
Filed Sept. 3. 1970. Ser. No. 69,206
Claims priority, application Great Br.tam, Sept. 5, 1969,
*'^''"'' ,nt.CI.B65h7//2 ^^.
U.S.CL271-57 ^Claims
abutting the stop member is displaced transversely toward
another stop member extending along the conveying direction
o?resheef material while the sheet material is supported on
the conveyer rollers of minimized friction.
3,713,648
CONVEYOR FOR CARDS AND THE LIKE
Wolfram Spika, Sparta, N.J., assignor to Bobst Champlain,
Inc.,Roseland.N.J. -,, oon
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,890
lnt.Cl.B65h5//4
U.S.a.271-79 »^C'"""*
\ '
1
,n a document feeding apparatus which separates a" edge of
a document from a stack prior to feeding the separated docu-
ment a document thickness sensing device is employed to de^
Tecrwhether more than one document edge has been
eparated or whether there has been a failure to separate an
edge The sensing device consists of a finger which is moved
ove the separated part of a document as it lies on a reference
surface The finger carries a magnetic insert which is magneti-
caUy coupled to an inductor so that the displacement of the
finger alters the inductance of the inductor.
3,713,647
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POSITIONING SHEET
MATERIAL
Masanori Tamura. Oobu; Muneyuki Fukuda, Nagoya, and
Yoji Ogawa, Nagoya, all of Japan, assignors to Kabush.k.
Kaisha Taihei Seisakusho. Nagoya-shi, Japan
Filed Oct. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 186,713
Int.CI.B65h9/06
US CI 271-58 7 Claims
"in a method and device for positioning a sheet material, the
sheet material is conveyed on a plurality of conveyor rollers of
A conveyor comprises an elongated element on which are
arranged a plurality of openable and closable grippers. As the
convenor moves along its path it is acted upon by control
means'acting on the grippers to cause them to open and clo^
at appropriate times. These control means are 'orated at ap^
nrooriate operating stations for the conveyor system as a
S for example at stations where the objects to be con^
veyed are inserted into the conveyor, where they are released
from the conveyor, where undesired objects may be rejected,
and where the alignment of objects carried by the conveyor
mav be cor ected or optimized. As specifically disclosed, the
Sro means is incorporated into a rotatable e ement ove
wh"ch he elongated element passes. That rotatable element is
nrovided with a plurality of raaially outwardly projectable
Tart which, when'they come opposite the grippers on the con-
veyor means, are effective to cause the grippers to ope" o^
dose depend ng upon whether those parts are outwardly or in^
wardlY Positioned%he positioning of the parts is determined
hv a cam p eferably adjustable positionable. with respect to
thich the parts are' moved by the rotatable element as the
conveyor system operates.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1635
January 30, 1973
3,713,651
n^^vilnutl^TWM JOGGER ASSEMBLY FOR CARTON BLANK STACKER
CONVEYOR SYSTEM J Menomonee Falls, and Peter Zernov. Wau-
Charles Van Kempen, Westwood, and Paul Zamek, L.ttle Fer- I^"^^"^^^ ^ ^^i^„„„ ,^ ^erand Corporation, New
ry, both of N.J., assignors to Simplex Specialty Co., Inc., J^J"^'^*" *
Hackensack,N.J. ^ ,^ ,^^, „ m„ i« «7S Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,564
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,575 Int CLB65hi//i4 '
Int. CLB65h 5/05,29/04 „ c n 271 89 '"'"^ 6 Claims
U.S.a.271-79 , 21Cl..ms U.S.CL271-89
In the conveyor system disclosed a rod grasps the forward
ends of sheets to be conveyed by means of clips articulated on
the rod The rod extends between two parallel endless belts to
which it may be engaged and disengaged. When engaged
clasps extending from the ends of the rod embrace the belts
and grip the webs of the belts. The belts pass through tapered
openings in respective warping blocks so as to be squeezed
and allow an operator to fit the belts into the clasps. Respec-
tive 180" twists in the belts reverse the warping each incre-
ment of each belt undergoes during each successive passage
through the respective warping blocks. The rod may grasp and
draw both individual sheets and continuous sheets through a
processing apparatus.
A carton blank jogger assembly for a carton blank stacker
including a number of jogger plates alternate y secured to
parallel cross bars which are oscillated in equa but opposite
directions to jog each alternate stack of carton blanks on each
reversal of motion of said cross bars. A tooling block is
secured to the lower edge of each jogger plate in a position to
Euide and jog the carton blanks into stacks. Each tooling block
has an upper beveled guide surface and an inner JOgg'"g s"^'
face which conforms to the configuration of the blank being
stacked.
3,713,652
MOVABLE CHAIR ENTERTAINMENT UNIT
Roy R. Rakestraw, R. F. D. No. 1, Lamar, Mo.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,177
Int. CI. A63g 5 //OO
U.S.CL272-1R
8 Claims
3,713,650
STACKING OF SHEETS
Joseph B. Hodgkinson, Billinge, and Roger Joh" Morey,
Bennington, Lh of England, assignors to P.lklngton
Brothers Limited, Liverpool, England
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 1 16,765
Int. CL B65h i //04. B65g 4 7/00
U.S.a.271-87 IIC'*""'
Apparatus foi stacking a succession of sheets generally ver-
tically on a support surface, comprises a sheet carrying face
which is presented generally horizontally beneath a sheet to be
stacked and then moved to a substantially vertical position
with the shee Means are provided to engage the lower edge
of the sheet and to carry the lower edge into a desired position
on the support surface. The succession of sheets thereby form
a stack of sheets, e.g. on a pallet.
An elevated mobile platform on which are mounted a plu-
rality of devices which support a child or doll, therein the
devices are manipulated to move independently of each other
and with motions which differ for each device. The unit also
includes a small chest of drawers with a pivotally mounted top,
the support panel itself having a pivotally mounted extension.
3,713,653
EXERCISING DEVICE WITH ROTATABLE HANDBAR
AND PIVOTAL TURNTABLE
John F. Romans, 7521 Valley Villas Drive, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,686
Int. CI. A63b 25/00
U.S. a. 272-57 R . ^,^'""'
An exercising device for use by an exerciser includes a
turntable for supporting the exerciser and a frame for support-
906 O.G. — 61
1636
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
ing the turntable about a pivot point. The turntable has an
outer peripheral edge which is positionable to contact a fixed
member lying in a plane disposed from the pivot point. The
pivotal support of the frame allows the peripheral edge of the
turntable to have a rolling contact with the fixed member. The
exercising device also includes a handbar including a pair of
handbar members, each of which may be gripped by the hands
of the exerciser. The handbar device also includes means for
pieces, each piece having a magnet therein, such that when a
playing piece is placed upon a defined playing area, an addi-
tional piece placed thereon will either repel the first piece.
V ^*^' .
36 2o
connecting the handbar members and means for adjusting the
positions of the handbar members with respect to each other
The frame rotatably receives the handbar members and con-
strains movement of the handbar members to a fixed circular
path The handbar device is rotatabie about an axis so that the
handbar members move in a fixed circular path when rotated
by the hands of the exerciser. The frame is collapsible so that
the exercising device may be stored or shipped in a compact
configuration.
knocking it over or moving it out of the playing area, or be at-
tracted to the first piece, causing it to remain in the playing
area, the result being dependent on the relative positioning of
the magnet poles.
3.713,656
BOX WITH PREFORMED NAIL-RECEIVING APERTURES
Julius Cooper, New Hyde Park, and Walter Moe, Plainview,
both of N.Y., assignors to Ideal Toy Corporation, Hollis,
N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 878,134, Nov. 19, 1969, Pat. No.
3,608,903. This application Aug. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 172,764
Int. CI. A63f 9100
t.S.CI.273-135R 3 Claims
3,713,654
MOVING TARGET GAME
Adolph E. Goldfarb, 4614 Monarca Drive, Tarzana, Calif.
FiledFeb. 24, 1971,Ser.No. 118,215
Int.CI.A63b7//00
U.S.CI.273-108 9 Claims
A game comprising a swinging pendulum having mounted
thereon a segmented assembly whose segments are held
together in cooperation with the pendulum. At least one seg-
ment of the assembly is spring loaded on the pendulum such
that when a movable target section of the pendulum is truck
by a toy car or other object properly aimed thereat the seg-
mented assembly will fiy apart.
A toy game apparatus and playing pieces including an
opaque box with an open bottom and with the top thereof
providing a playing surface having pre-cut nail-receiving per-
forations. The game progresses with ballons being placed
within the confines of the opaque box and each child in turn,
attempting to drive one or more nails through the playing sur-
face without bursting a balloon. The pre-cut perforations are
shaped and formed in a construction making the playing sur-
face and the perforations indefinitely reusable. A spinner is
provided with the game, the spinner surface having mdicia
thereon to indicate, after spinning the spinner dial, the
number of nails the child playing with the toy game must at-
tempt to drive through the playing surface during his turn
without bursting a balloon.
3,713,655
MAGNETIC PLAY APPARATUS
Adolph E. Goldfarb, 4614 Monarca Drive, Tarzana, Calif.,
and Rene' Soriano, Los Angeles, Calif., assignors to said
Goldfarb, by said Soriano
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,775
Int. CLA63f J/00
U.S.CL 273-135 AD 10 Claims
Magnetic play apparatus comprising a plurality of individual
defined separate playing areas and a plurality of playing
3,713,657
GOLFER'S HEAD RESTRAINER
Gabriel E. PresU, 27 14 N. Main St., Racine, Wis.
Filed May 22, 1972, Ser. No. 255,595
Int. CI. A63b 69/56
U.S.CK273-190R 12 Claims
A golfer's head restrainer which includes a collar portion
for engirdling a golfer's neck, and an upstanding portion ex-
tending from the collar portion and up to the back of the gol-
fer s head to restrain the golfer's head in a forward tilted posi-
tion The collar portion has straps and a fastener which per-
mits releasable fastening around the golfer's neck, and the up-
standing portion at the back of the golfer's head is a metal
plate and a leather or like covering encloses the plate and
January 30, 1973
forms the collar straps. Integrally formed with the lower end of
the rigid upstanding metal plate is a rigid metal arcuate por-
fiENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1631
ing member consisting of a resilient ring having a tubular body
portion and an integral annular thin flexible lip projecting
from one end thereof. The annular lip is defined at its inner
end adjacent the body portion by an annular separation and
has an outer wall constituted by an inwardly directed surface
of revolution having a base angle of between 30° and 60 fac-
ing and normally bearing against the housing wall around the
opening to seal the same. The ring body when unstretched has
a smaller inner diameter than the outer diameter of the shaft
tion which engirdles the back of the golfers neck in the plane
of the collar portion, whereby the restrainer is rigid
throughout its rearward half.
3,713,658
BALL THROWING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM
Jay E. Cook, Ashland Road, Cockeysville, Md.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91 ,455
Int. CI. A63b 69/40
U.S.CL 273-26 0 "^ ^'»""''
and the body portion has a mass at least twice the mass of the
lip to provide in combination with the smaller inner^iameter
the sole means for fixedly securing the ring against axial and
rotational displacement on the shaft in position to cause the
flexible lip to bear against the housing wall and seal the open-
ing The outer axial end face of the lip is provided with a spiral
groove which produces a pumping effect upon rotation urging
The lubricant radially outwardly toward the area of engage-
ment of the Up and the wall of the bearing housing.
3,713,660
METAL SEAL FOR A CONTROL VALVE OR THE LIKE
Fred J. Luthe, Marshalltown, Iowa, assignor to Fisher Controls
Company, Inc., Marshalltown, Iowa
Filed Nov. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 88,433
Int.Cl.F16j/5/0S
U.S. a. 277-206 R « CUims
A ball-throwing and receiving system consisting typically of
a yoke-shaped, tripod supported base, a motor driven flexible-
disc ball-propelling unit adjustably clamped in the yoke, and a
rectangular-throat conical net above the ball propelling unit
connected at the small end to the ball-propelling unit and at
the large end to a rectangular-throat frame pivotally sup-
ported by the yoke, a table tennis embodiment is also dis-
closed.
3,713,659
SEAL FOR RELATIVELY ROTATABLE PARTS
Karl Gustav Elnar Derraan, Savedalen, and Sven-Erik Malm-
strom, Peftele, both of Sweden, assignors to Forsheda Gum-
mifabrik Aktiebolas, Forsheda, Sweden
Continuation of Ser. No. l,954,Jan. 12, 1970 «ba"d«n«l,
which is a continuation of Ser. No. 703,334, Feb. 6. 1968.
abandoned, which is a continuation of Ser. No. 543.155, April
18 1966, abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser.
No 72 741 Nov, 30, I960, abandoned. This application Aug.
21, 1970. Ser. No. 66.028
Claims priority, application Sweden. Dec. 7. 1959, 1 1482/59
Int.CLF16j/5/i2
U S CI 277-95 "^ Claims
'a seal for two relatively rotatabie parts of the type wherein
a rotary shaft projects through a bearing housing wall that is
disposed transversely to the shaft comprising an annular seal-
A metallic seal for maintaining a seal between mating parts
of a control valve, or the like, notwithstanding substantia
thermal expansion, contraction or shock conditions. The sea
is characterized by an annular body of stiff, resilient metal
formed to have a generally U- or V-shaped cross section^The
upper and lower disk-like portions of the seal are joined by an
integrally-formed hinge provided along the inside or outs.de
diameter of the annular body, depending upon whether the
seal is designed to receive high pressure internally or exter-
nally The hinge portion of the annular body is thin in com-
parison to the upper and lower disk-like portions so that the
deflection of the hinge portion occurs substantially within the
plastic region (i.e. as a result of stresses above the yield
strength the.-eof). while the deflection of the d.sk-l.ke portions
occurs within the elastic region (i.e. stresses be ow the yield
strength thereof). In this manner the metal seal exhibits the
combination of substantial load-carrying and elastic deflection
characteristics similar to that of a spring element.
1638
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,661
MUD GUARD FOR TANDEM AXLE ASSEMBLY
Paul A. Luthman. Maria Stein, and Thomas R. Fischer,
Wapakoneta, both of Ohio, assignors to Avco Corporation,
Cddwater, Ohio
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,760
Int. CI. B60g 5/02
U.S. CI. 280- 104.5 R 7 Claims
The disclosure illustrates a mud guard skirt for a tandem
axle assembly of a manure spreader. The skirt is positioned in
such a manner that it removes foreign material from both the
forward and aft wheels and in addition protects the axle as-
sembly when manure is being loaded into the spreader from its
side.
vehicle frame by meansof a pair of springs. An integral draw-
bar and guide member is secured to the axle. The integral
member includes a drawbar portion which extends forwardly
for resilient securement to vehicle structure. A guide portion
extends in the opposite direction for sliding engagement with
vertical guide means. The integral member includes a central
^o
/o~^
portion having transverse recess means on the underside
which is received on the axle to orient the integral member
with respect to the axle and provide means for welding the in-
tegral member to the axle. The welding is on diametrically op-
posite sides of the recess but not on the top thereof to leave
the top portion of the axle free from restraint to permit stress
relief.
3,713,662
CHASSIS WITH STORAGE SPACE
John C. Abromavage, Tempe, and Henry S. Shattles, Phoenix,
both of Aril., assignors to Advanced Management Engineer-
ing & Research Co.
Division of Ser. No. 837,246, June 27, 1969, Pat. No.
3,559,826. This application Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,586
Int. CI. B62d 27/00
U.S.CI.280-106R 1 Claim
3,713,664
SPRING LOCKING DEVICE
Thomas Gordon Smolka, 1238 Wien-Mauer, and Johann
Zelinka, 1100 Wien, both of Austria, assignors to Wiener
MeUllwarenfabrik Smolka & Co., Wien-Schwechat, Austria
FiledFeb. 2, 1 971, Ser. No. 111,874
Claims priority, application Austria, Feb. 3, 1970, 959
Int. CI. A63c 9/00
U.S. CI. 280-1 1.35 T 8 Claims
M tl 15
Spring backed releasable detent mechanism particularly for
safety ski bindings. There is provided, particularly for use in a
safety ski binding, a spring backed detent mechanism wherein
the spring tension is determined in part by a rough adjusting
means and partly by fine adjusting means. The rough adjusting :
means is contained within the mechanism where it is accessi-
ble only to the possessor of a predetermined special tool, such
as would be available in a ski shop, and not to a skier on the
slope and only the fine adjustment is accessible to the skier
under conditions of normal use.
An automotive chassis of the type including a pair of lon-
gitudinally extending channels and a plurality of transverse
cross members intersecting said channels, the transverse
members being of a reduced cross section so as to define a lon-
gitudinally extending storage space intermediate the tops of
the transverse cross members and the tops of the pair of chan-
nels, particularly such a construction used to support a lon-
gitudinally extending ramp slidable from the rear end of the
chassis to facilitate loading of the truck.
3,713,665
AIR SUSPENSION WITH TAPERED AIR BAG
Rene Gouirand, New York, N.Y., assignor to Joseph Merca-
dante, Greenwich, Conn.
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,704
lnt.CLB60g///26
U.S.CL280-124t 21 Claims
3,713,663
VEHICLE SUSPENSION
Ole Granning, Detroit, Mich., assignor to Granning Suspen-
sions Inc., Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,420
Int.CI.B60j///26
U.S. CI. 280- 112 R 6 Claims
The vehicle suspension provides an axle assembly which
may be mounted either on a truck-tractor or a truck trailer.
The suspension includes an axle which is suspended from the
An air bag having a tapered cross-section in the direction of
the length of the vehicle has one surface mounted to the vehi-
GENERAL AND MECHANIC.'L
1639
January 30, 1973
cle frame. The other surface of the air bag contacts a suspen-
sion member which extends outward (as a lever member)
from the greater cross-sectional portion of the air bag and he
vehicle axle is attached thereto. In one embodiment the
suspension member is nexibly coupled to the chassis by flexi-
ble cables, or the like, including side cables which prevent
side-sway of the vehicle.
3,713,666
RIDE CYLINDER
Ronald M. Cheers, Mentor, and Johannes Fisch Euclid, both
of Ohio, assignors to Euclid, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,836
Int.CI.B60g///26
U.S.CI.280-124R » Claims
a passage communicating with the cushion and having an ori-
fice of predetermined flow area. An end wall of the pressure
vessel includes a pair of plugs, each comprising an externally
threaded hollow body threaded into a threaded opening of the
end wall. The bores of the plugs are located parallel of each
other and communicate in series with the passage orifice
throueh an antechamber of a member containing the passage
and opening to the bores of the plugs. The bore of one plug is
of lesser predetermined flow area than the passage orifice, and
the bore of the other is of greater predetermined flow area
than the passage orifice. Each plug bore is closed to the pres-
sure vessel by a diaphragm rupturable by electrically fired
detonators. At vehicle impacts above a predetermined
minimum level of intensity and below a predetermined max-
imum level, the detonators of the one plug are fired and the
bore of the one plug controls the flow rate to the cushion.
Upon impact levels of intensity above the predetermined max-
imum the detonators of both plugs are fired and the passage
orifice controls the rate of flow to the cushion. The latter rate
of flow IS the normal rate of flow so that the cushion inflates
during the normal time period. The former rate of flow is
reduced so that the time period of inflation is increased.
A vehicle suspension especially for ofT-the-highway trucks
including a pair of ride cylinders supporting a part of the
sprung weight of the vehicle. Each ride cylinder comprises an
outer tubular housing pivotally connected to the frame and an
inner tubular housing, telescoping within the outer, pivotally
connected to a part of the vehicle running gear such as an
axle A series of elastomeric pads stacked upon each other in-
side the cylinders yieldably absorb oscillations of the frame
and axle All of the pads coact in absorbing compressive load
deflections in one direction telescoping the housings into each
other A cylinder mechanism operates with a smaller group of
the same pads in damping rebound loads acting in the opposite
direction tending to telescope the housings apart. The bi-
directional energy absorption capacity provides a smoother
ride without reducing the overall load carrying capacity of the
cylinder.
3,713,668
PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR TRAILERS AND LIKE
VEHICLES
Walter E. Flindt, Warminster, Pa., assignor to Walter E.
Flindt. Warminster, Bucks County and William V . Hostelley,
Jr., Abington, Montgomery County, Pa.
FiledNov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 198,616
Int.CI.B60r27/00
U.S. CI. 280-150 R '^C'"""''
-c.V
■^^^
/
"^^ ^
H
. ^- ^^-^^^..^ '
^=—7 ^
77
^v"
3,713,667
OCCUPANT RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Houston F. Blanchard, Greenfield, Wis., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich. , ^^ ^,_
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,577
Int.CI.B60r2y/0S
U.S.CL280-150AB » C'-'"
A protective device for preventing theft of vehicles, and
particularly trailer-type vehicles, having an eye bolt adapted
to be screwed in threaded engagement with a wheel member
of the vehicle, a linking member which is looped through the
eve of the eye bolt and around an accessible structural
member of the vehicle, and a coupling element such as a lock
for securmg the linking member in a closed loop. The linking
member is secured in the loop with sufficiently little slack that
the eye bolt cannot be unthreaded from its engagement with
the wheel, and so that the wheel can be rotated no more than a
fraction of a revolution before being restrained from further
rotation by the linking member.
A vehicle body occupant restraint system includes a source
of pressure fluid, an inflatable occupant restraint cushion, and
3,713,669
MUD FLAPS
James P. Evans, 3233 S.W. 23rd St OkUhoma City Okta^^^
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 133,832, April 14 1971. This
application May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,069
Int.CI.B62d25//6
U.S. CI. 280- 154.5 R , ^ ^r^**'"*
Mud flap devices which are particularly adapted for use
with truck trailers that are adjusted in what is known as the
west coast setting of the rear or tandem wheels that case
where the wheels are set to the extreme rear of the trailer
such mud flap devices being characterized by a forward
protruding transverse configuration which in the mounted
position will be disposed adjacent the rear edge of the trailer
1640
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
wheel and which will suspend a lower nap portion downward with the first rider. The second portion of the vehicle frame
Tt a posulon^vera inch« rearward of the vertical plane in and the tag-along frame are so positioned as to space the for-
th chtheTor^ard protruding configuration lies. The mud fiap ward wheels relatively widely apart compared to the driving
devices will then be secured ahead of the T-bar or bumper of
the trailer and will include characteristic reenforcement
devices to insure the proper transverse protruding portion and
rearward-disposed suspended portions.
to
3,713,670
WATERPROOF ROCKER ARM SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Charles Edward Reynolds, Camp Hill. Pa., assignor
AMP Incorporated
Filed Jan. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 215,379
Int.CI.H01h9/04
U.S.CI.200-168G 10 Claims
wheels. A seat is provided for at least one passenger above the
pair of forward wheels. A shiftable steering wheel mounted on
a crank hub on the first portion of the frame permits steering
of the forward wheels by either rider.
3,713,672
MOTORCYCLE TO TOWING VEHICLE HITCH
Harold Robbins, 105 Graymoor Lane, Olympia Fields, III.
Filed Nov. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 88,902
lnt.CLB62h//00
U.S. CI. 280^292 7 Claims
A rocker arm switch, for use in appliances and the like such
as a refrigerator, being normally biased in the on condition
and being waterproof to the extent that it is capable of being
placed in locations having a great deal of moisture and
wherein the moisture will be required to travel uphill in order
to short circuit a pair of conductors positioned in the switch or
provide a current path out of the switch interior.
3,713,671
VELOCIPEDE AND CARRIER
Alfred N. Boyer, P. O. Box 102, Odell, Oreg.
Filed March 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,065
Int. CI. B62k 75/06
U.S. CI. 280-202 4 Claims
A velocipede has a generally triangularly shaped frame with
a first portion oriented forwardly of the vehicle and a second
portion disposed perpendicularly to the first portion and
rigidly attached thereto. The second portion extends rear-
wardly of the vehicle and is adapted to seat a first rider for the
vehicle. A pair of forward wheels are journaled from the first
portion of the frame and are positioned substantially at the
ends thereof. A driving wheel is journaled from the second
portion of the frame. Pedal means on the second portion per-
mit the rider to actuate the driving wheel. At least one tag-
along frame having another driving wheel is universally
jointed to the first portion of the frame and extends rearwardly
of the vehicle for seating another rider in side-by-side relation
A hitch for towing a motorcycle by an automobile which
comprises a pair of brackets mounted spaced along a horizon-
tally arranged structural member, such as an automobile rear
bumper, a pair of tow bars, each tow bar pivotally mounted to
a respective one of said brackets to permit only vertical oscil-
lation thereof, the opposite ends of each of said tow bars being
secured at a second pivot connection likewise to permit only
vertical oscillation, to a clamping means attached to the front
fork of the motorcycle, whereby lateral movement of the front
wheel of the motorcycle is prevented with resultant stability of
the motorcycle during tow.
3,713,673
ENVELOPE-CONTAINING MULTIPLE PAGE PAMPHLET
Robert E. Katz, 17 Camelot Dr., Livingston, N.J.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 125,213, March 17, 1971.
This application Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,516
Int.CI.B42d//00
U.S. CL 281-3 R 18 Claims
An envelope-containing multiple-page pamphlet is formed
with a sheet of paper having two longitudinal parallel folds ex-
tending the length thereof, a line of adhesive adjacent one of
the folds secures the sheet to the pamphlet, and the two sec-
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 30, 1973
tions adiacent the second fold are secured to each other to response to axial movement of the segmented bowl. A pair of
tions adjacent tne seconaioiu «. ^ ^ _ ^^_ ^^^ ^^ k^^^^ ^^^^^ arranged for radial deformation into sealmg en-
gagement with the tubular members are carried by the housing
and have an annular ring positioned therebetween arranged to
communicate a pressurized test fiuid to the seals after radial
deformation thereof. The actuation forces for the segmented
bowl and the seals are provided by circumferentially spaced
form the envelope, one of the sections being wider than the
other and disposed between the two folds, the portion thereof
adjacent the first fold being the flap of the envelope.
3,713,674
MACHINE FOR PRODUCING BUSINESS FORMS
Joseph Ray. Fallston, Md.. assignor to American TotaUsator
Company. Inc.. Towson, Md.
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,804
Int. CLB41I 5/02
U.S. CL 282- 13 2 Claims
axially aligned cylinders having axially slidable pistons posi-
tioned in each end thereof. The central portion of each
cylinder has an opening therein to allow introduction of a
pressurized hardenable actuation fluid against the pistons and
the central cylinder portion has a smaller diameter than that of
the pistons to prevent flow of the hardened actuation fiuid
through the cylinders in response to movement of one piston
subsequent to actuation.
rOyifw^
J
A hand-powered machine is provided for producing busi-
ness forms retained in the machine with concurrent issuance
of receipts to a customer, the machine being particularly
adapted for the production of sweepstakes forms. Electrical
control is provided by which the number of forms to be issued
in a complete transaction may be determined by dialing.
3,713,676
PREDEFORMED RABBIT JOINT
Lawrence A. Carlstrom, Ballston Lake, N.Y., and George L.
Padgett, Greenville, S.C, assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,330
Int.CI. F16dy/06
U.S.CL 287-53 R 2 Claims
3,713,675
CONNECTOR FOR TUBULAR MEMBERS
William E. White, Jr., Houston, Tex., assignor to Hydro Tech
Services,~Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,727
Int.CLF16li5/00
U.S. CI. 285-3 8 Claims
A generally tubular housing arranged for positioning over
the end of a tubular member has an inwardly facing annular
tapered bowl formed therein. A segmented outwardly facing
annular tapered bowl having a gripping surface on the outside
surface thereof is arranged for axial and radially outward
movement into engagement with the housing in response to an
hydraulically generated axial face. Double tapered slips are
annularly positioned between and matingly engage the bowls
and are driven into engagement with the tubular member m
A rabbet joint and method of forming the rabbet joint, for
connecting rotating components such as a turbine wheel and
stub shaft, formed from different materials which have dis-
similar coefficients of thermal expansion, whereby the com-
ponent having a higher coefficient of thermal expansion is
prestressed and elastically deformed by means of a plug insert,
and then machined to fit the other component part.
1642
3,713,677
TUBING CLAMPS
Jan Frederick Du Preez, 4 Saul Solomon Street, Vanderbijl-
park, South Africa
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,566
Int. CI. F16b 7/00
U.S. CI. 287-54 C 8 Claims
37 a6\
341
OFFICIAL GAZETTE January 30. 1973
side walls or the like in which the joint is formed as a plug con-
<}2i i&
1,^^>^
ti.Gr ^<3^
a^i
The invention concerns a tubing clamp for clamping a piece
of tubing to a fixed object, further pieces of tubing, and the
like. The clamp comprises a first member adapted to fit across
the end of the tubing, a second member adapted to be posi-
tioned within the tubing and having flanges which are ex-
panded agamst the mside of the tubing by nuts and the like
threaded on a bolt-like member passing from the first member
through the second member The bolt-like member may be
part of a turnbuckle.
r^^>^
nection between one part having a wedge-shaped profile and a
complementary slotted profile in the other part.
3,713,680
KNOT-TYPING DEVICE FOR BARREL KNOTS
Samuel J. Pagano, 45 Ochs Avenue, Milltown, N J.
FiledFeb.9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,887
Int.CI.D03ji/00
U.S. CI. 289- 17 20 Claims
3,713,678
FASTENER
Shirley McLarty, Hutchins, Tex., assignor to Cary Products,
Inc., Hutchins, Tex.^
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,587
Int. CI. F16b 5/02, /9/00
U.S.CL 287- 189.36 D 6 Claims
A knot-tying device for use in tying a true barrel knot
between lines, the device having four resiliently releasable
retaining means located on a block, two of the means being
located for holding the lines in place during wrapping and
threading of the lines and the other two of the means being
located for holding the terminal ends of the lines after
wrapping and threading, and direction indicating means for in-
dicating the direction of threading for establishing a true bar-
rel knot.
A threadless fastener made of a partially flexible material,
such as plastic, that may be inserted through aligned openings
in adjacent pieces or parts for joining the parts together,
wherein the fastener includes a partial head at one end that
snaps into place and binds against one part, and includes a
head at the other end that binds another part and holds the
parts together until such time as the fastener is deliberately
released
3,713,681
SAFETY LATCH ASSEMBLY FOR PICNIC COOLERS
Lauren D. Worley, Wichita, Kans., assignor to The Coleman
Company, Inc., Wichita, Kans.
FiledAug. 27, 1971,Ser.No. 175,470
Int.CI.E05c /5/02./9/02
U.S.CL 292-78 10 Claims
3,713,679
JOINT OF LIGHT METAL PARTS
Horst Beschmann, Waldhofstr. 8, 9240 Uzwil, and Ernst
Wanner, lur Halde 556, 8222 Beringen, both of Switzerland
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,256
Int. CLF16b 5/05
U.S. CI. 287-189.36 D 6Claims , . .u a f .h-.
A joint made of light metal parts particularly suited for rail A safety latch for a picnic cooler permits the door of the
vehicles for attaching a prefabricated roof and pre-fabricated cooler to be unlatched when pressure is applied to the door
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1643
from inside the cooler and prevents the door from becoming
inadvertently relatched when the door is closed. The latch as-
senbly includes a latch mounted on the body of the cooler and
rotatable over-center between latched and unlatched posi-
tions The latch is resiliently urged away from the over-center
position into one of the latched or unlatched positions by a
spring mounted on the body and engaging the latch. A strike
plate is swingably mounted on the door of the cooler and car-
ries a strike which is receivable in a slot provided m the latch.
As the door closes the strike engages the latch, and the strike
plate is pushed upwardly to permit the door to be plosed
without rotating the latch to the latched position. When the
door is to be locked, the strike plate may be pushed
downwardly to force the strike against the latch and to rotate
the latch over center to the latched position. The door can be
opened when sufficient force is exerted to rotate the latch
over center to the unlatched position.
end of the bore. A driver bar connects the key-operated
device, the rotatable bolt driver and the hub of a rotor plate
disposed in the mounting plate bearing. A turn piece
peripherally engages the rotor plate and is formed with an ex-
tending turn and pull grip having a usually closed port overly-
ing the fasteners. A yielding, axial retainer between the hub
and the mounting plate urges detent on the mounting plate
and rotor plate into engagement. A hold-back is optionally
provided.
3,713,684
CONTAINER CARRIER
Ougljesa Jules Poupitch, 8501 West Higgins Road, Chicago,
Filed April 6, 1971, Ser. No. 131,625
Int.Cl. B66C///0
U.S.CL 294-87.2 «^»*""''
3,713,682
LATCH-LOCK MECHANISM FOR CABINET DOOR
Arthur G. Feller. 2226 Williams Street, Fort Myers, Fla.
FiledApril26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,519
Int.CLE05c/7/J6
U.S.CL 292-80 > * ^•■""*
Formed wire ring carrier arrangements for retaining and
transporting a plurality of containers.
A latching device for releasably securing the unhinged side
of a cabinet door or the like to its frame, thereby closing the
opening formed by the door frame. The device includes a
latch member having one end secured to the door with its
other end projecting through the opening when the door is
closed for engagement, upon opening the door, with a keeper
member attached to the frame and extending into the opening.
The latch member is provided with a hook at its free end hav-
ing cam faces thereon which guide said keeper member mto
said hook, thereby preventing further opening or closing of
the door.
3,713,685
FLEXIBLE ACTUATOR
Donald D. Ewing, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The B.F. Goodrich
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,197
Int.Cl.B66c//46
U.S. CI. 294-99 R
12 Claims
3,713,683
THUMB TURN LOCK MECHANISM
Ralph E. Neary, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Schlage Lock
Company ,„,
Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,693
Int.CLE05bi/00
'U.S.CL 292-336.3 12 Claims
1-.
- — J
A tubular fiexible actuator disposed in a generally U-shaped
configuration with at least a portion of the legs of the actuator
formed of elastomeric material with a common side of each
leg having less than one-half the transverse periphery thereof
reinforced with an inextensible but flexible longitudinal
member The ends of the actuator are connected to a source
of fluid under pressure so that upon internal pressunzation of
the actuator it curls about the sides having the inextensible
member.
A thumb lock mechanism for mounting on a panel having a
bore in which a rotatable bolt driver may be mounted includes
a mounting plate having a bearing and fixed over one end of
the bore by fasteners entering the bore and usually engaging .
similariy mounted, key-operated device overiymg the other
3,713,686
LOCKING PLATE FOR AXLE END CAPS
Thomas A. Eddy, Mahwah, and Charles E. White, Frankhn
Lakes, both of NJ., assignors to Abex Corporation, New
*"^ ' ' Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,335
Int. CI. B60b 35116; F16b 39102,39110
U.S. CI. 295-36 R ^ Claims
Bolts used to secure the end of a bearing structure to the
end of a railroad car axle are secured against loosening by the
1^44 ■ OFFICIAL GAZETTE Jan«*rv 30, 1973
con^in. ac.io„ of ben. u.. o„ . u.p,au a„d se^a.a and^a ^^^f rir.nal ul^^rn/^^r;!:;^^^
openings in a juxtaposed lock plate fitted over the heads of the
bolts.
3,713.687 . ^ .u A
POOR MAN'S CAMPER FOR STATION WAGONS ,ng restricted overhead clearance. In both positions the guard
Claud H. Hooks, and Margaret W. Hooks, both of Al- may be secured rigidly to the truck chassis.
buquerque, N. Mex., assignors to Camper Improvements
Company, Albuquerque, N. Mex. i 7 1 1 #.ag
'""* '"^L^c^B60ri/i: ''''' vehicle BOoViETRACTABLE TOP
.,«r. ,Q^ 13R ^"'•^'•^^"P''^' iciaim Edward G. Podolan, and Francis C. Prxybysr, both of Ut.ca.
U.S. CI. 296-23 K ^.^^ assignors to General Motors Corporation, Detroit,
Mich.
Filed Sept. 14, 1971,Ser.No. 180,409
Int.CI. B60J7//0
U.S.CI.296-137B 5 Claims
The "Poor Man's Camper for Station Wagons" is essentially
a rectangular shaped box, that has no bottom, mounted on top
of a modified Station Wagon. A Station Wagon as defined m
Webster's Dictionary is "an automobile that resembles a
sedan but has no separate luggage compartment and has a top
(that is) less rounded m back, a tail gate, and one or more rear
seats that readily lift out or fold to facilitate light trucking.
The Station Wagon is modified such that a section of it's top
over the back seat is cut out. This cut out section of the top is
called the "removable roof section" and it can be taken out
and stored when the Poor Man's Camper is used or it can be
replaced and locked in position when the Poor Man's Camper
is removed and the Station Wagon then used as a regular fami-
ly or business Station Wagon. The Poor Man's Camper is
mounted on top of the Station Wagon such that it provides an
air/water tight seal with the top of the Station Wagon with
latches joined to secure it into its traveling configuration. It is
hinged at one end such that the other end may be raised and
secured in position for the camping configuration. Curtains
are dropped from the lid and secured in position to provide
privacy and protection from the elements of weather. The
back seat is folded down to provide the floor on which a per-
son stands while undressing, dressing or cooking meals, etc.
The Station Wagon's permanent rear floor bed plus any
desired portion of the folded down noor is used as a surface
for bedding to sleep on.
3,713,688
MULTIPLE POSITION OVERHEAD GUARD
James G. Monroe, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Hyster Com-
pany, Portland, Oreg.
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,395
Int. CI. B62d 25/06
U.S.CI.296-I07 * Claim
A multiple position overhead guard for an industrial truck is
disclosed. The present embodiment shows an upright position
A vehicle body includes a fixed roof panel adjacent the rear
end of the occupant compartment and cooperable with the
windshield header to define an occupant compartment roof
opening selectively closed by a retractable top including
movable front and rear roof panels. A pair of mounting rails
have their forward ends affixed to the opposite lateral sides of
the rear panel while their rearward ends support respective
pairs of rollers received within respective body mounted chan-
nel members to mount the rear panel for generally translatory
movement between a rearward storage position below the
fixed roof panel and a forward raised position closing the rear
portion of the roof opening. A pair of longitudinally extending
channel members also affixed to the opposite lateral sides of
the rear panel slidably support respective linkage mechanisms
including four-bar linkages which are connected to the lateral
sides of the front panel. With the rear panel held in the storage
position by a pair of vehicle body mounted latch mechanisms
respectively engaging the mounting rails, the linkage
mechanisms are positioned at the rearward ends of the rear
panel mounted channel members and the four-bar linkages as-
sume released positions locating the front panel generally
below and in a spaced relationship to the rear panel to define a
storage position of the top. A pair of drive rails have their for-
ward ends pivoted to respective locking links of the linkage
mechanisms and have their rearward ends supported by roller
arrangements movable longitudinally relative to the vehicle
body along body mounted channel members. Conventional
cable drive mechanisms connected to the roller arrangements
are actuatable to move the drive rails forwardly and slide the
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 30, 1973
front panel and linkage mechanisms forwardly along the sta-
tionary rear panel while control linkages of the linkage
mechanisms maintain the four-bar linkages in the released
positions and the locking links also in respective released posi-
tions. When the linkage mechanisms reach the forward ends
of the rear panel mounted channel members, the control link-
ages allow the forwardly moving drive rails to move the four-
bar linkages to locked positions and bodily shift the front
panel upwardly to seal the panels and align respective front
and rear drip rail portions on the opposite sides of the panels.
As the four-bar linkages move to the locked positions, the
locking links are moved to overcenter locking positions and
pin and open ended slot connections between the drive rails
and linkage mechanisms are interengaged to provide a driving
connection between the drive rails and the linkage
mechanisms. The latch mechanisms holding the rear panel in
the storage position are cammed to unlatched positions con-
comitant with the locking of the locking links and four-bar
linkages and allow the drive mechanisms to move the front
and rear panels forwardly as a unit until the front panel en-
gages the windshield header to thus provide a raised position
in which the top closes the roof opening. The drive
mechanisms are also actuatable to move the front and rear
panels from the raised position rearwardly. with the panels
moving as a unit until the rear panel reaches the storage posi-
tion where the pin and slot connections are cammed out of en-
gagement and move the locking links and four-bar linkages to
the respective released positions. Thereafter, the drive
mechanisms move the downwardly shifted front panel rear-
wardly as the linkage mechanisms slide rearwardly along the
stationary rear panel mounted channel members and the top
moves to the storage position.
1645
3,713,691
VEHICLE DOOR COLLISION PLATE AND LATCH
Jay J. Bayless, 1921 Colorado Street, Topeka, Kans.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 114,110
Int.CI.B60j7//«
U.S.Cl.296-152 10 Claims
3,713,690
VEHICLE BODY BOX EQUIPPED WITH AT LEAST ONE
SLIDING DOOR
Lutz Knothe, Lengnau, and Engelbert Loeblein, Biel, both of
Germany, assignors to Ramseier & Jenzer A.G. Bern, Bern,
Switzerland
Filed May 17, 1971, Ser. No. 143,819
Int. CI. B60j 5/04
U.S.CL296-I46 7 Claims
A collision plate having a collision plate hole is bolted to the
inside of a vehicle door. A door frame latching member having
a door frame latching member hole is bolted to the vehicle
frame. When the door is closed the collision plate hole and the
door frame latching member hole are aligned and a latching
rod mounted for reciprocal movement in the door, can move
in and out of the aligned collision plate hole and door frame
latching member hole to latch and unlatch the collision plate
and door frame latching member. The latching rod may be
moved by an inside handle mechanism, an outside handle
mechanism or a rod handle.
3,713,692
HARNESS FOR RESTRAINING A CHILD IN A CHAIR
Madelyn Iris McCracken, 2008 Bluebird Lane, Altus, Okla.;
Glenn Ray Randolph, 605 West 19th, and Dwight Wayland
Watkins, 1429 Piedmont, both of Clovis. N. Mex.
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,158
Int. CLA47d 75/00
U.S. CI. 297-385 2 Claims
».,'-] "'XT'?
A box construction for a vehicle equipped with at least one
sliding door which when in its closed position is located in the
same plane as a stationary wall located adjacent thereto or as a
second sliding door which when in its closed position is
similarly located adjacent thereto. The invention contem-
plates the provision of a mechanism for each slidmg door and
cooperating with stationary components of the vehicle box
and serving to permit displacement of such sliding door out of
its closed position, while simultaneously lowering same
through an amount greater than its thickness, into a prepara-
tory position. When the sliding door is in such preparatory
position, then, displaceable traveling rollers mounted at the
sliding door and located over such sliding door bear in freely
suspended fashion upon a stationary linear rail located at the
edge of the roof of the vehicle box. and the aforesaid
mechanism enables the sliding door to again be raised out of
its preparatory position and placed back into its closed posi-
tion.
/^«-
A harness for restraining the movement of an infant or small
child who is seated in a chair. The seating portion of the har-
ness is secured to the back of the chair by a strap. When the
baby is placed upon the seating portion, a for>vardly extending
strap is brought up between the infant's legs and. looped
backwards towards the back of the chair. The straps wnich ex-
tend laterally from the forwardly extending strap are then
passed under the infant's arms and around the infant s mid-
section and connected again at the back of the chair. Straps
also extend laterally from the seating portion of the harness
and these straps are secured to the side frame members of the
chair to prevent lateral movement of the harness in response
to the infant's movements.
1646
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713.693
CAR SAFETY BELTS
Jean Georges Cadiou, Paris, France, assignor to Societe
Anonyme Automobiles Citroen, Paris, France
Filed Aug. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 168,833
Claims priority, application France. Sept. 2, 1970. 7031952
Int.CI.A62bJ5/60
U.S. CI. 297-389 2 Claims
3,713,695
SAFETY DEVICE FOR RESTRAINING PASSENGERS
Heinrich F. Von Wiramersperg, 15929 Grand River Ave.,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 27. 1971. Ser. No. 175,659
Int.CI.B60r2//02
IJ.S. CI. 297-384 22 Claims
This invention relates to a car safety belt, constituted by a
diagonal element combined with a subabdominal element by a
means for selectively maintaining the orientation of the two
elements of the belt and by a buckle, the means for maintain-
ing the orientation of the two elements being constituted by a
sleeve which concomitantly envelops the elements, one of the
ends of which abyts on the buckle and the other end of which
holds the zone of intersection of the two elements in the
preferred position.
/ib
A safety seat for vehicles which incorporates a head-
restraining member comprising a sheet of flexible material
which is yieldable or stretchable but generally non-elastic. The
head-restraining sheet is secured to the safety seat so as to ex-
tend downwardly in front of the passenger's head. The sheet
gradually absorbs the momentum of the passenger's head and
provides a progressively increasing contact area with the pas-
senger's head and face to minimize the peak unit load.
3,713,696
VEHICLE SEAT CONSTRUCTION
Richard Dudley. Harlington. England, assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed May 20. 1971, Ser. No. 145,160
Int. CI. A47c 27//4. 27/22, B60n //06
U.S.CL 297-452 8 Claims
3,713.694
BODY RESTRAINING DEVICE FOR VEHICLE
Ralph A. Miller. 3832 Burton St.. Toledo. Ohio
Filed April 20, 1 97 1 . Ser . No. 1 35,576
Int.CI.A62bi5/60
U.S. CI. 297-390 8 Claims
An improved seat construction for vehicle occupants which
comprises, in addition to the usual horizontal platform and up-
standing back support, a hand-operable lever arm and a pair
of shoulder restraining members, the latter being connected
via a connector rod to the former whereby shifting of the lever
arm causes the shoulder restraining arms to shift between an
operative occupant restraining position and an inoperative
position in which the occupant is not restrained, for con-
venience of ingress and egress of the occupant; said device in-
cluding, in a preferred embodiment, a shiflable armrest ar-
rangement.
A vehicle seat bottom or back squab comprises a pan having
a plurality of separate pads attached thereto. These pads may
be spaced apart to leave a channel or channels. Each pad may
be located by inter-fitting with a shaped part of the pan. Por-
tions of the pan may be cut away to form resilient cantilever
portions, carrying padded material.
3,713,697
CHAIR CUSHION AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Earl H. Koepke, Chagrin Falls. Ohio, assignor to The General
Fireproofing Company, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed May 4, 1971, Ser. No. 140,040
Int. CLA47C 7/02, i/00
U.S.CL 297-456 1 Claim
A rigid shell is formed including a back rest and a seat por-
tion A res.lient cushion portion is formed and adhesively
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
. 1647
January 30, 1973
Adhesive bonding means is applied to the cushion portion and
the cover and the cushion portion and shell are then pressed
into contact with the cover. The edge portions of the cover are
then adhesively bonded to the shell and the completed chair
cushion is removed from the press member.
3,713,698
URANIUM SOLUTION MINING PROCESS
Vaughan W. Rhoades. Tulsa. Okla.. assignor to Cities Service
Oil Company, Tulsa. Okla. ,,„.,c
Filed March 30. 1971. Ser. No. 129,415
Int.CI.E2Ib4J/2S
U.S.CL 299-4 9 Claims
//////, W//y''''wy^^'.'V:^
the fluid iet, surrounding the fluid jet with a liquid medium,
and impinging the fluid jet against the solid at a distance from
the orifice where the vapor cavities collapse.
3,713,700
UNIVERSAL CONTINUOUS BORING MACHINE
Marcel Montacie, Paris, France, assignor to Union Industrielle
Blanzy-Ouest, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 4. 1970, Ser. No. 86,923
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 4, 1969. 6937879
Int.CI.EOlgi/04
U.S. CI. 299-31 24 Claims
One or more production wells are drilled and completed
into a uranium bearing formation having a high water satura-
tion The water saturation is removed from the area within the
uranium formation by injecting a slug of an oxidant through
the production wells. A series of injection wells is completed
in the peripheral edge of the oxidant bank so that a leaching
solution is injected into the water bank built up during oxidant
injection The solutions contact and react with the uranium
mineral and oxidant to form soluble uranium salts which are
produced from the production wells.
Tools mounted on swinging arms are fixed to a rotating
head which, in turn, is carried by a front casing. A rear casing
is coupled to the front casing and forms a chassis through
parallel longitudinal members which are fixed to the front cas-
ing and are slidably received by the rear casing permitting
relative longitudinal movement between the front and rear
casings. A guide carriage is slidably coupled to the ends of the
parallel members which protrude rearwardly of the rear cas-
ing The head is selectively rotated and the arms carrying the
tools are oscillated by a drive mechanism carried by the rear
casing. Bearing jacks carried by the guide carriage selectively
fixes the carriage at a given longitudinal position, while push-
ing jacks carried by the carnage and acting on the front casing
advances the front casing when the carnage is longitudinally
stopped in fixed position by the bearing jacks.
3,713,699
SYSTEM FOR ERODING SOLIDS WITH A CAVITATING
FLUID JET
VIrgll E. Johnson. Jr.. Gaithersburg, Md., assignor to
Hydronautics, Incorporated, Laurel, Md.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 12,449, Feb. 18; 1970, whKh
U a division of Ser. No. 745,61 1 , July 17, 1968 P.t^No
3 528 704. This application Aug. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 175,150
' ' Int. CLE21C 57/06
U.S. a. 299-14 , 12 Claims
An improved system for advantageously utilizing the
destructive forces of cavitation for the erosion of solids which
3,713,701
DETACHABLE AUXILIARY TRACTOR TIRE AND
WHEEL ATTACHMENT MEANS
John Penner, 109 Clearwater Road. Winnipeg. Manitoba.
Canada
Filed Nov. 22, 1968. Ser. No. 778.108
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 17, 1968.
7,896/68
Int. CI. B60b// /06
U.S.CI.301-39R ^ 7 Claims
Means for detachable securing auxiliary tire and rim assem-
blies to the rear wheels of tractors utilizing modified wheel
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
1648
the outer rim of the auxiUary wheel thus clamping one to the
other without the necessity of welding lugs, beads or other
forms of attachment to the auxiliary wheel rim.
"-'/
to The Berg
3,713,702
MODULATED SPRING BRAKE
Sergio Campanini, Lincolnwood, III., assignor
Manufacturing Company, Des Plaines, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 854,605. Sept. 2, 1969, abandoned,
and a continuation of Ser. No. 73,555, Sept. 18, 1970,
abandoned. This application Feb. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 1 12,057
Int.CI. B60t /J/40, /5/00 •
U.S.C1. 303-9 9 Claims
positioned for actuating the brake and to block the brake line
and open the bypass line when the control valve is positioned
for deactivating the brake.
3,713,704
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH SKID CONTROL
Ernest R. KoppI, South Euclid, and Harold R. Scibbe, Char-
don, all of Ohio, assignors to TRW Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,535
Int. CI. B60t 8108
U.S.CL 303-218 7 Claims
In a vehicle brake system having a service brake actuating
chamber and a spring-applied, fluid pressure emergency
brake-actuatmg chamber, a system supplying fluid pressure to
the spring side of the movable wall in the emergency chamber
in response to loss of pressure to the service chamber and
operation of the brake application valve.
3,713,703
SHUTTLE VALVE
Max Murrow Brown, Seminole, Fla., assignor to Deere & Com-
pany, Moline, III.
Filed March 11,1971, Ser. No. 1 23,356
Int.CI.B60t/i//«, /5/04
U.S. CI. 303-10 1 Claim
The return of actuating fluid from a vehicle brake is
diverted to a sump-connected bypass line and is prevented
from returning through the brake control valve by a shuttle
valve which is interposed in the brake line between the brake
and the control valve. The shuttle valve shifts in response to
tl>/i!Ti e MtrttM
Wheel velocity is monitored and at the onset of brake appli-
cation, the system commits wheel velocity signal to memory as
a vehicle velocity signal. During brake application, the wheel
velocity signal is scaled to appear a fractional part greater than
it actually is. As braking lowers actual wheel velocity to a fixed
fraction of that remembered vehicle velocity, the upward
biased wheel signal will equal the remembered signal. This
equality means that the wheel is at a fixed fraction of vehicle
speed, hence at a fixed wheel slip percentage. Thereafter,
error in the signal balance or equality is used to adjust a modu-
lating device which raises or lowers braking torque to remove
or minimize that error. Such modulation of the braking torque
adjusts the wheel speed to maintain a fixed proportionality to
vehicle speed. By integrating the motion of an inertial mass in
the system, vehicle velocity is constantly updated throughout
the vehicle deceleration;
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1649
3,713,705
ANTISKID BRAKING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Giancarlo Michellone; Mario PalaHetti, and Giovanni Tabas-
so, all of Turin, Italy, assignors to Fiat Societa per Aiioni,
Turin, lUly ,„ ,.,
Filed April 1, 1971, Set. No. 130,365
Claims priority, application Italy, April 7, 1970, 68157 A/70
Int.CLB60tS//2
U.S. CL 303-21 P 2 Claims
of one part about another is substantially reduced before
reaching the sealing element. This is accomplished by dissipat-
ing the heat into the surrounding environment through a thin
CO*MPA«iSON OOCUIT
t3
A vehicle anti-skid braking system shortens the time
required to reduce an excessive slip of the wheel by ascertain-
ing the instant when the wheel acceleration becomes zero
after braking pressure has been released and by keeping con-
stant the braking torque on the wheel at the value it reaches
after a predetermined time has elapsed from such instant,
braking being resumed when the wheel speed has increased by
a predetermined amount from the value it had at the instant
when the deceleration of the wheel has become zero.
3,713,706
GRAVITY-ACTUATED SELF-PROPELLING WHEEL
CONSTRUCTION
Aime Trudeau, 227 N. E. 26th Street, Miami, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 13,522, Jan. 24, 1970, Pat.
No. 3,633,979. This application July 12, 1971, Ser. No.
162,025
Int. CI. B62d 57/00
U.S.CL 305-7 1 Claim
metallic element located in the heat path preceding the sealing
element Additionally, the heat path is arranged to be cir-
cuitous so that the heat has a long pathway in contact with the
surrounding environment.
3,713,708
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE ANTI-SKID
BRAKING OF A VEHICLE WHEEL
Giancarlo Michellone, Cambiano; Gilberto Maurizio;
Giuseppe Calcia, both of Turin; Dario Brandino. Moncalieri,
and Mario Palazzetti, Turin, all of lUly, assignors to Fiat
Societa per Azioni, Turin, Italy
Filed Jan. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 107,660
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 30, 1970, 67281
A/70; Jan. 30, 1970, 67282 A/70
Int.CI.B60tS/04
U.S. CL 303-21 F 5 Claims
An inner wheel having a polygonal periphery is arranged for
planetary motion within and with respect to the inner
polygonal periphery of an annular outer wheel of substantially
greater inner diameter than the outer diameter of the inner
wheel The inner wheel is journalled with respect to a carriage
structure whereby, upon the carriage structure being
propelled either forwardly or backwardly, the inner wheel
rides up within the outer wheel to impose a gravitational force
therebetween aiding in the propulsion of the carnage struc-
ture.
3,713,707
BEARING SEAL
John D. Bennett, Richardson, Tex., assignor to Sun Oil Com-
pany (Delaware), Dallas, Tex.
Filed Jan. 1 2, 1970, Ser. No. 2,210
Int. CI. F16c 53/75
U.S.CL 308-8.2 9 Claims
A bearing seal especially useful in drill bits is arranged so
that the heat emanating from the friction created by rotation
In anti-skid braking of a vehicle wheel, in which the braking
force is decreased and increased repeatedly during one brak-
ing operation in accordance with the dynamic condition of the
wheel the braking force is each time decreased at a substan-
tially instantaneous rate and by a fixed decrement which is not
less than the value of pressure that would cause the wheel to
lock when the vehicle is braked on slippery ground.
3,713,709
RESILIENT AXLE LINING DUST GUARD
William C. SUiger, Erie, Pa., assignor to General Electric
Company ^^^^ ^^^ ^^ 197I, Ser. No. 199,969
Int.CLB60bi5/00,F16c55/72,F16j/5/02
U.S.CL 308-36.1 <^ Claims
A dust guard seal for bridging the axial gap between an an^
nular thrust fiange of a traction motor cylindrical bearing and
the hub of a locomotive wheel supported by the bearing. A
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
near its other end a felt ribbon on its inner circumference to
fnctionally engage the wheel hub surface, thereby preventing
the entrance of dirt particles into the axial gap.
elements to rotate about their own axes at a speed that ap-
proximates their speed when they engage both the inner and
outer races.
3,713,710
RAILWAY CAR CENTER BEARING
George O. Wallace. St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Diversified In-
dustries, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 1 15,178
Int. CI. B61f5//4,5//«,F16c/ 7/04
U.S.a.308-137 »5CIaims
3,713,712
HOLLOW ENDED BEARING ROLLER
William J. Derner, Manlius; Harold E. Stewart, Central
Square; Lawrence E. Root, Jamesville, and Roger A.
Goodelle. Liverpool, all of N.Y.. assignors to Rollway Bear-
ing Company, Inc., Liverpool, N.Y.
Filed March 29, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 28,983
lnt.CLF16cii/00
U.S.CL 308-215 3 Claims
The bolster bowl of a railcar truck bolster is lined with a
horizontal wear plate disposed across the bottom of the bowl
and a wear ring positioned along the side of the bowl. The
wear ring is engaged with retaining means carried by the bowl
rim for holding the ring in position. The engagement between
the retaining means and the wear ring is such that no rigid con-
nection exists between the two, or in other words the highly
stressed ring is not provided with rigid connections which are
subject to failure. The retaining means may take the form of
an annular plate welded to the bowl rim and overlapping the
upper end of the wear ring, a groove in the bowl rim which
receives a nb on the ring, a rib on the bowl rim which engages
and projects into a groove on the ring, and a backing ring sur-
rounding the wear ring and connected thereto through an in-
tervening elastomeric layer. Also, the wear ring at its lower
end may turn under the wear plate so that the weight of a rail-
car body on the wear plate will hold the wear ring in place.
A hollow ended roller element for use in radial and thrust
bearings, the roller being crowned and formed with cavities in
both terminal planes. The configuration of the cavities is such
that unequal forces created by an excessive misalignment are
more evenly distributed whereby the useful life of the bearing
is extended.
3,713,713
LANCED TAB RACE
Richard L. Ailing, RFD 1, and Roger L. Iffland, both of Tor-
rington. Conn., assignors to The Torrington Company. Tor-
rington.Conn. ,,^,z:a
Filed Dec. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 214,260
Int.CI.F16cii/64
U.S.a. 308-235 »9 Claims
3.713.711
ROLLING CONTACT BEARING ACCELERATOR
Val Cronstedt, Williamsport, Pa., assignor to Avco Corpora-
tion, Williamsport. Pa.
Filed May 3, 1971, Ser. No. 139,646
Int.CI.F16c3i/66
U.S.CL308-187 1 Claim
The disclosure illustrates a bearing assembly comprising
inner and outer races and a plurality of rolling elements posi-
tioned between the races for circumferential movement. The
bearing normally has a clearance between the rolling elements
and the races and is intermittently subjected to radial loads. A
retainer which spaces the rolling elements carries a series ot
turbine buckets. Fluid is directed in the form of a jet against
A thrust bearing race is disclosed which employs lanced
tabs to retain the cage assembly. The structure of the tabs
facilitate assembly and provide improved retention of the as-
sembly. Cut-outs in the nange are also provided to improve
lubrication and provide clearance at assembly.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1651
3,713,714
METHODS OF MANUFACTURING FLANGED BEARINGS
Joseph Henry Hill, Greenford; Geoffrey Philip Keeling, and
Roger Hugh Spikes, Marlow, all of England, assignors to
Vandervell Products Limited, Berkshire, England
Filed Aug.9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,255
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 25, 1970,
45,904/70
lni.C\.¥\6c 331 14
U.S.CL 308-237 »3 Claims
3,713,716
ADAPTOR FOR TAPE TRANSPORT TRUCK AND THE
LIKE
Hanns G. Stenger, 70-1 1 34th Ave., Jackson Heights, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,223
Int. CLA47b 87/00
U.S.CL312-107 3 Claims
>u
^^"
iiii«>cr.:iii'r i
1S
iiiii u I • ^1' " I 111' i' (t
I '/
^'
A Hanged bearing has a thin wall flexible bearing liner and
end flanges formed as separate components. The Hanges are
attached to the liners by radial lugs on the inner Penpheries of
the nanges which engage in slots in the axial ends of the liner
so that the curvature of the liner can vary with respect to the
nanges. Outwardly projecting stakes are formed m the etid
edges of the liner to prevent the Hanges disengaging axially
from the liner while permitting limited axial float of the
flanges with respect to the liner.
3,713,715
ARTICLE DELIVERY SYSTEMS FOR VENDING
MACHINES
John J. Rakucewicz, Northport, N.Y., assignor to Kinematics
and Controls Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 6. 1970, Ser. No. 52,477
Int. CL A47f //OO, i/02, B65g 59/00
^ ^. ■%*■% AC 9 Claims
U.S.CL 312-45
An adaptor for tape transport trucks and similar carts of the
type generally employed in computer installations is provided
hl^ving means for retaining labels, identification cards, and the
like in an orderly arrangement as well as storing therein
miscellaneous business items such as rubber bands, paper
clips marking pencils, and the like. The adaptor of the inven-
ion is designed so that it can be detachably secured to tape
transport trucks, carts, or similar vehicles with the upper por^
tion thereof being a planar surface which can be "sed as a
writing area, and which can be provided w-th a ip so that addi-
tional tapes or similar articles can be temporarily stored on the
planar surface. . „„ ^ ,_ u_ ,,,ii
Although the adaptor of the invention is designed to be util-
ized in conjunction with tape transport trucks and carts, it can
alto be employed as a separate unit since it is provided with
means for detachably securing it to such tape transport trucks
and carts.
3.713,717
BODY CONSTRUCTION
Oliver B. Hafner. Birmingham. Ala., assignor to Altec Manu-
factoring Company, Inc., Birmingham, Ala.
FlledJune25,1971,Ser. No. 156,850
Int. CI. A47b/ 9/00
., ^. ,.., .oe 12 Claims
U.S.CI. 312— 195
An article delivery system for vending machines comprising
a vending mechanism and a vend rack. The vending
mechanism comprises a plurality of vending columns, each
having a gate whkh is disposed out of phase a predetermined
emount with at least one other gate, and which •« J-oveably af^
fued with respect to a vending column. When the gate is in a
closed position the articles may be retained in and above the
vending mechanism. By periodically causing the gates to move
a predetermined amount, one gate will be selectively moved o
an open position during each vending cycle such that he art.
des in and above the vending mechanism may be sequentially
vended The vend rack may be affixed to the vending
machVne. or comprise a plurality of portable vend rack
modules.
The disclosure hereof is related to body construction and
oa tJculaHy to such bodies as are used in trucks and provide
for storage space and areas at opposite sides of a Plat orm fo
Icces'bilityLm the ground at opposite sides of he truck o
the like upon which the body is mounted. Further, the concept
so form the body hereof in body -•t^-^-^VaXt'o- -
arraneed to be positioned at opposite sides of a platform as
semSfy such side units in turn being comprised of modulr
elements or modules, which may be assembled to form d.f-
rent combinations of storage areas, the assembly being ef-
fected 'n such a manner as to conceal the manner of assembly
pr'mar W to prevent detenoration of the same by he ele^
rn^^ts the formation of the modules themselves being
f^c"l tated by reason of the substantially identical transverse
cro sectional configuration of the material from which the
1652
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
modules are formed, it being disclosed how modules of dif-
ferent forms can be assembled, the cross-sectional configura-
tion of the material from which the modules are formed being
arranged to provide for recessing of access doors and like
members further adding to the resistance of the arrangement
to the effect of elements thereon.
viewed through a binocular microscope system are caused to
appear as one object with each object being viewed by a
respective one of the observers eyes. The objects are intermit-
tently and successively illuminated from a substantially point
3,713,718
CABINET CONSTRUCTION
Donald E. Lucci, 152 Winter Street, Aliquippa, Pa.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,087
Int. CI. A47b 47/04, B65d 9122, 9134
U.S. CI. 312-263
lOClatms
A new cabinet design is disclosed providing for an inter-
locked assembly of a cabinet structure from premachined wall
elements, rails and stiles; said premachining requiring a
minimum of machine settings' and it bemg possible to effect
said assembly without tools.
^-1
2
^
-7
'^ \
' F^
-8
source of light which is intercepted by a rotating shutter to
first block the light from one of the objects following which it
blocks the light from the other object. Differences m the ob-
jects being compared appear as pulses of the missing detail of
the object.
3,713,721
POLARIZED LIGHT BEAM SCANNING WITH
IMPROVED ANGULAR RESOLUTION
William H. W atson. Roselle, III., assignor to Zenith Radio Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 225,744
Int.CI.G02f //26
U.S.CI.350-150 8 Claims
3,713,719
HOUSEHOLD APPLIANCE SUCH AS A COOKING STOVE
OR THE LIKE HAVING BALLAST MEANS
Heinrich Detterbeck, Traunreut, Germany, assignor to
Siemens-Electroserate (.mbH. Berlin and Munich, (ler-
manv
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,106
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 28, 1970, P 20
03 673.1
Int. CLA47b 97/00, F24c/ /OO
U.S.CL 312-352 9 Claims
St Scan 2nd Scon
^^$
A stove having a carrier member for holding a charge to be
placed into the stove. The carrier member is connected to
guide members via a carrier frame and enables the carrier
member to be positively positioned in front of the stove. Sup-
ports at the rear of the stove are provided to seat and receiva a
flat ballast means to impart stove stability.
3,713,720
MICROSCOPIC OPTICAL COMPARISON DEVICE
Dwin R. Craig, Gaithersburg, Md., assignor to Symbionics,
Inc., Annapolis, Md.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 803,250, Feb. 28, 1969,
abandoned. This application Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,641
Int.CLG02b2//20
U.S.CL 350-30 4 Claims
A microscopic optical comparison device in which objects
to be compared are arranged in side by side relation and when
A light beam scanning system has a Bragg acousto-optic
deflector for dynamically deflecting an input beam through a
predetermined scan angle. The system scan angle is caused to
be greater than the scan angle of the acousto-optic deflector
by the use of a static polarization-sensitive element, such as a
Wollaston prism, and a polarization switch. The deflector
transmits the beam in a first direction when the beam has a
first polarization state and in a second direction when the
beam has a second polarization state. The polarization switch
switches the polarization of the beam from the first polariza-
tion state to the second polarization state. Control means
synchronizes the acousto-optic defiector and polarization
switch to cause the deflector to sweep the beam through its
scan angle, initiating in the first direction when the beam has
the said first polarization state and through its scan angle
again, initiating in the said second direction, when the beam
has the second polarization slate. The system is depicted for
use as a laser character generator. An associated method for
enhancing the angular resolution of a light beam deflecting
system is also disclosed.
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1653
3,713,722
ELECTRO-OPTICAL MODULATION APPARATUS USING
A SQUAREWAVE SIGNAL
Johannes Antonius Maria Mes, Emmasingel, Eindhoven,
Netherlands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corporation, New
York,N.Y. ,, ^^^
Filed April 1 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 33,004
Claims priority, application Netherlands, April 13, 1970,
7005295
lnt.CLG02f//26
U.S.CL 350-150 2 Claims
3,713,724
INVERTED TELEPHOTO LENSES HAVING ELEMENTS
IN EDGE CONTACT
Robert J. Morante, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Bausch &
Lomb Incorporated, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 20, 197 1, Ser. No. 209,847
Int.CI.G02b9/60
U.S.CL 350-216 <^ Claims
'■r-y
1 2
An inverse telephoto lens has a negative singlet widely
spaced from a positive group of five lens elements, four of
which may be at least in edge contact.
An electro-optical modulation apparatus for modulatmg the
orientation of the plane of polarization of an mformation car-
rying light beam uses a square-wave voltage to energize one of
three b.refringent crystals located in the light beam to a level
necessary for rotating the plane of polarization of the energiz-
inc beam 90°. The energizing beam is split mto subbeams by a
polarization sensitive beam splitter and directed to two radia-
tion detectors through corresponding polarizers.
3,713,725
CAMERA OBJECTIVE LENS ADJUSTMENT MEMBER
Kyozo Uesugi, Osaka, Japan, assignor to MinolU Camera
Kabushika Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,956
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 24, 1969,
44/1 1 1600 (utility model)
Int. CI. G02b 7/02
U.S. CI. 350-247 ^ Claims
3,713,723
INTEGRATED ELECTRO-OPTIC ANALYZER
William R. Buchan, Lincoln, Mass., assignor to Itek Corpora-
tion, Lexington, Mass.
Filed April 21, 1971, Ser. No. 135,979
Int.CI.G02f //26
U.S.CL350-150 5 Claims
84
^"^'82'
86-
:x
-84-
1-88'
A camera objective lens mount includes a first circular
member rotatably mounted on the front of the camera
focussing barrel parallel to the camera focal plane and has a
first circular eccentric opening with a spher.ca penphera
face A second circular member with a spherical peripheral
surface mates and rotatably and tiltably engages the first open-
ing and the camera objective lens is eccentrically mounted m
and projects through the second member so as to be univer-
sally angularly adjustable and universally movable in
directions parallel to the camera focal plane.
An integrated electro-optic birefringent analyzer is dis-
closed including an electro-optic birefringent medium whose
Wringence vines as a function of an associated electric
f eld Tnd a first polarizing medium integrally structured with
the electro-optic birefringent medium for detecting the
polarLtion modulation imposed on rao^ation by the electro-
optic birefringent medium.
3,713,726
TRUCK MIRRORS
Hugo Magi, Etobicoke, OnUrio, Canada, assignor to Dominion
Auto Accessories Limited, Toronto, OnUrio, Canada
Continuation of Ser. No. 876,735, Nov. 14, 1969 abandon«l,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 698,875 Jan. 18,
1968, abandoned. This application Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No.
174,168
Int. CLG02b 5/05
U.S. a. 350-288 JC'«""*
A side-mounted truck mirror in which a mirror having a
gasket fitted around it is snapped into a suitable backing plate
1654
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
which has engagement members cooperating with the gasket transparent, low-expansion, at least partially crystallized glass
to hold the mirror in place. The backing plate has a rearward ceramic having a pair of oppositely disposed face surfaces and
recess in which a light source is mounted, and a light-trans- a plurality of separate cavities between the face surfaces. One
of the face surfaces of the mirror blank has a plurality of
openings therein, each of the openings being in communica-
mitting member covering the recess and hinged to the backing
plate in such a way that it can only be inserted and removed
through movement axially of the hinge.
3,713,727
SOLAR UNIT
Marlen Manukovich Markosian; Yakov Tigranovich Sher-
mazanian; Grigory Paravonovich Kazanchian; Jury Vard-
kesovich Avakian, and Albert Vartanovich Vartanian, all of
Erevan, U.S.S.R., assignors to Erevanskoe otdelenic
Vsesojuznogo nauchno-issledovatelskogo proektno-kon-
stniktorskogo i tekhnologicheskogo instituta kabelnoi pro-
myshlennosti, Erevan, IJ.S.S.R.
Fikd April 22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,521
Int.CI.G02b5/0S
L.S. CI. 350-292 3 Claims
/7i /^;
;zo
ismm^
vr
zz
tion with a cavity. The cross-sectional area of the opening is
smaller than the cross-sectional area of the cavity. Telescope
mirrors can be made by coating the surface of the mirror
blank with an appropriate reflecting coating. Methods of mak-
ing the mirror blank and mirror are also disclosed as well as
apparatus.
A solar unit comprising a solar energy concentrator with a
reflecting surface made of flat facets, and a rotatable solar
energy receiver disposed in a solar spot of said concentrator,
test objects being mounted on said receiver. The solar energy
receiver may be made in the form of a polyhedron or a disk.
3,713,729
PROCESS FOR PRODUCTION OF OPTICAL FIBER
BUNDLES
Touru Inoue, Nishinomiya-shi; Seize Noguchi, Itami, and Ku-
nihiko Mukai, Tsu, all of Japan, assignors to Nippon Sheet
Glass Co., Ltd. and Nippon Glass Fiber Co., Ltd., Mie-ken,
Japan
Filed Aug. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 168,560
Int.CI.G02b
U.S.CL 350-320 5 Claims
V
3,713,728
PRODUCT AND METHOD FOR MAKING SAME
Lewis M. Austin; Robert R. Denman; Thomas P. O'Donnell,
and Frank Veres, all of Toledo, Ohio, assignors to Owens-Il-
linois, Inc.
Division of Ser. No. 862,122, Aug. 5, 1969, which is a division
of Ser. No. 468,691, July 1, 1965, Pat. No. 3,484,328, which is
a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 437,431, March 5, 1965,
abandoned. This application July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 63,989
Int.CI.G02b7//S
U.S. CI. 350-310 2 Claims
One-piece, light-weight, transparent telescope mirror
blanks consisting essentially of one integral shaped mass of
A process for producing a bundle of optical fibers aligned in
a highly parallel and compact state, which comprises tying a
bundle of a number of optical fibers at a small portion in the
vicinity of its one end, holding the tied portion and suspending
the non-tied substantial portion of the bundle vertically with
said substantial portion being exposed to air, applying a liquid
pressure to the tied end portion of said bundle to allow liquid
to flow through the interspaces among the individual fibers
from the tied end to the free end of the bundle, and imparting
a mechanical vibration to the fiber bundle simultaneously with
the application of the liquid pressure, and an apparatus for
performing said process.
3,713,730
IMAGE RECONSTITUTION SYSTEM
Milton Kaplan, 343 Milltown Road, Springfield, N J.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,500
Int. CI. G02b m
U.S.CL 350-320 16 Claims
A system to reconstitute an image to point-by-point two
dimensional correspondence with an object by processing
overlapping blurred image discs which result from the aberra-
tion and diffraction of point sources and reconstituting these
blurred discs into individual image points free of diffraction
January 30, 1973
and aberration defects so as to provide a true point by point
correspondance with the original object. Reconst.tut.on of the
blurred discs into individual image points is achieved by a se-
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1655
front frame with an upper bridge bar and transparent plates or
lenses therebelow and with hinge guide elements at the ends,
and the other of which comprises temples hinged to a coactmg
brow bar and with complemental hinge guide components in-
ries of one or more nutations, amplifications and denizations,
mathematically, photographically, mechanically or electroni-
cally (or any combination thereof) of the entire image fol-
lowed by a final point-by-point retrieval of the image points.
terfitting with the hinge guide elements of the frame com-
ponent to provide for hinge action, limited lateral movement
of the temples and restricted vertical movement at the hinge
guide elements throughout the travel range of the temples.
3,713,733
SENSING FIDUCIAL MARKINGS FROM MOTION
PICTURE FILM
Robert F. Johnston, Wildwood, III., assignor to Bell & Howell
Company, Chicago, in. ,-e.oi
Filed Aug. 27, 1971,Ser. No. 175,483
Int.CI.G03b4//yO
U.S.a.352-I09 ^5 Claims
3,713,731
TENSIONING DEVICE FOR EYEGLASS FRAMES
Irving Gardner, P.O. Box 294, Hunter, NY.
Filed Aug. 5, 1971,Ser. No. 169,209
Int. CI. G02c 5//6
U.S.a.351-113 ^Claims
An eyeglass frame has tensioning means for hinged temples.
The tensioning means includes a springy member secured o
each of the temples. Each member has a cylindrical end edge
bearing against an end of the eyeglass frame when the temples
are in an open position, thereby exerting pressure thereon.
The tensioning riiembers can be adjusted by lateral adjusting
screws set with the temples, to a position for the wearer s com-
fort whereby a particular pre-set tension will be maintained.
The tensioning members may have elongated extensions serv-
ing as spring clips.
Fiducial markings having^^iffelent relative contrasts are
sensed from films in continuous film feed motion picture ap-
paratus. Different first electric signals corresponding, respec-
tively to the different relative contrasts are generated m
response to the fiducial markings. Sensing ^'g^^'V r'.t' hIJ
the fiducial markings substantially independently of the dif-
ferent relative contrasts are produced by converting the dif-
ferent first electric signals into corresponding second electric
signals having at least one common characteristic. A film rno-
tion compensator is controlled with these second electric
signals.
3,713,732
TWO PIECE GOGGLE CONSTRUCTION
Lester Gooch, Coudersport, Pa., assignor to Midland Optical,
Incorporaed, Coudersport, Pa. ,.»„.,
Filed June 8, 1971, Ser. No. 150,951
Int. Ci. G02c 5/N, 5/22
.-_..j 7 Claims
^'a goggle i7disclosed which comprises two molded synthetic
plastic interlocking components one of which comprises a
3,713,734
APPARATUS FOR FORMING A POSITIVE
ELECTROSTATIC IMAGE
Hewitt D. Crane, Portola; Gerald L. Pressman, Cupertino, and
George J. Eilers, Redwood City, all of Calif., assignors to
Electroprint, Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Nov. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 197,877
Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00
r\ ^^S_3 4 Claims
^' A machin7for making a copy on a medium such as paper of
a visual image. Particles of toner material are accelerated
1656
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
toward the paper through an apertured screen. Formed on the
screen is a pattern of electrostatic charge regions that cor-
responds to the image so that the arrangement of the toner
particles impinging on the paper corresponds to the image. A
composite apertured screen composed of two conductive
3Z PAPER 20
SHOTTER,j'=V|^ / '^^^
30
IMAGE -My /
SOORCE "
PAPER 20 fO^O'^l'^E
"* CORONA
SOURCE
3,713,736
TONER CLEANING APPARATUS FOR A PHOTOCOPY
MACHINE
John R. Sargis, Chicago, III., assignor to Addressograph-Multi-
graph Corporation, Mount Prospect, III.
Continuation of Ser. No. 883,477, Dec. 9, 1969, abandoned,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 794,213, Jan. 27,
1969, abandoned. This application May 20, 1971, Ser. No.
145,513
Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00
U.S.CI.3S5-15 10 Claims
CONTROL — 55
layers separated by an insulative layer and having an insulative
layer on one outer surface. Means for establishing oppositely
polarized fields across the inner insulative layer and across the
outer insulative layer. One of the fields is selectively
discharged to control the passage of toner particles through
the apertures in the screen.
3,713,735
DOCUMENT TRANSPORT MECHANISM
Thomas W. Wilb«r, Albuquerque, N. Mex., assignor to The
Singer Company. New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 179,346
Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 355-11 17 Claims
Apparatus for removing toner from a transfer roller and/or
a recording member of an electrostatic copying machine,
comprising a magnetic cleaning roller having the outer surface
thereof covered with magnetizable particles and mounted for
rotation in a trough partially filled with a supply of magnetiza-
ble particles, and in contacting relation with the transfer roller
or member Toner particles adhering to the outer surface of
the transfer roller or member are attracted by triboelectric
forces to the cleaning roller and are deposited in the trough. In
a preferred embodiment, a pair of rotatable, auxiliary rollers
are provided within the trough to stir the magnetizable parti-
cles and to aid in the deposition of toner particles removed.
3,713,737
READER-PRINTER FOR ELECTROGRAPHS
Hidenori Suzuki, Toyohashi; Isao lizaka, Toyokawa; Yoshihiro
Horie, Toyokawa; Katsumi Maeda, Toyokawa, and ShoUro
Inagaki, Okazaki, all of Japan, assignors to MinolU Camera
Kabushiki Kaisha, Minamiku, Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,762
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 15, 1969,
44/108545; Nov. 19, 1%9. 44/110024; Nov. 19. 1%9, 44/110025
Int. CI. G03b 2 7/i2
U.S. CI. 355-45 5 Claims
A document handling device comprising a document feed
magazine removably supported by a pair of guide tracks m a
main frame The document feed magazine has a rotatable rear
roller, a feed roller and associated pressure rollers forward of
the rear roller, a diverting member adjustable between a docu-
ment eject and a document re-enter position forward of the
feed roller, and a simple latch for releasably locking the
magazine in the guide tracks. Entry feed is provided by the
magazine feed roller and pressure rollers mounted in the mam
frame exit feed is provided by the feed roller and the as-
rr^^derbrrr^ea^^^rr ^'c^^pe'r^trwUhTdr^^t:; The machine includes ,n its lower portion a paper feed as
d Hector which may comprise a movable photoconductive sembly, an exposure station, a developing device and ad rye r^
web m an electrostatK copier, located in the main frame ad- Disposed above these are a frame for inserting a m'^rof 'm, a
pcent the rear roller 'ight source, interchangeable lenses, an optical system for pro-
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
165*
jecting images of the original to a reader section and another
optical system for projecting the images of the original on the
exposure station. The interchangeable lenses comprise a
group of at least five lenses having varying magnifications, and
the selection of the lens and focusing can be performed from
the outside of the machine. The paper feed assembly when
taken out of the machine can be handled in one step for supply
of the sensitive paper or for change of a different size of paper.
The respective mechanisms are controlled by electric control
circuits including a resetting circuit.
form of a fine line. The light lines reflected from the surfaces
are projected onto the screen of a single electron-optical
storage element in such a manner that the distance between
the line images is proportional to the distance being gauged.
The distance between the images of the fine lines on the
screen is measured during the time interval between consecu-
tive light-impulse transmissions.
3,713,738
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RAPIDLY AND
SELECTIVELY DETERMINING PURITY OF PROCESS
STREAMS
Walter O. Bernhardt, Woodland, Calif., assignor to Beet Sugar
Development Foundation, Ft. Collins, Colo.
Filed July 8, 1971, Ser. No. 160,767
Int.CLG01n2//44,2//46
U.S.CL 356-73 24 Claims
An apparatus for gauging the linear cross-sectional dimen-
sions of a rolled product comprises a slit-diaphragm impulse
light source to form a fine light line, and an optical system to
present the reflections from the opposite sides of the product
in a common plane. This plane contains the screen of an elec-
tron-optical storage element. The apparatus comprises an
electronic means for measuring the distance between the lines
on the screen.
System (method and apparatus) for rapidly and selectively
determinmg the "purity" (i.e., ratio of dissolved sucrose to
total solids) in multiple process streams. The system employs
control mechanisms in conjunction with a generally closed cir-
culatory system to automatically perform all necessary opera-
tions for successive purity determinations with respect to a
plurality of process streams to be measured, including;
preparation of the circulating sample of selected solids con-
centration, maintenance of the temperature of the circulating
sample within a relatively narrow range as respects a predeter-
mined control temperature, automatic polarimetnc and
refractometric measurement of the concentrations of sucrose
and total solids in the circulating sample, and conversion of
the polarimetric and refractometric measurements to an indi-
cation of the desired sucrose purity ratio. The system specifi-
cally operates to provide an automatic purity readout only at
such time as the circulating sample is substantially at the
predetermined control temperature and desired solids con-
centration, thus insuring reproducibility of results.
3,713,740
ASTRONOMIC SURVEY APPARATUS AND METHOD
Robert L. Lillestrand, Edina, and Joseph E. Carroll, Minneton-
ka, both of Minn., assignors to Control Data Corporation.
Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Sept. 20, 1967, Ser. No. 669,192
Int. CI. (iOlb ni26
U.S.CL 356-141 19 Claims
3,713,739
METHOD FOR GAUGING THE LINEAR CROSS-
SECTIONAL DIMENSIONS OF MOVING ROLLED
PRODUCTS AND AN APPARATUS FOR ITS
REALIZATION
Georgy Khristovich Zarezankov; Alexander Semenovich
Khokhlov; Valery Ivanovich Cherepnev; Nikolai Sergeevich
Druzhinin, and Konstantin Nikolaevich Budtolaev, all of
Moscow, U.S.S.R., assignors to Vsesojuzny nauchno-iss-
ledovatelsky i proektno-konstruktorsky institut metallur-
gicheskogo mashinostroenia, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Feb. 18, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 16,546
Int.CLG01b///06
S.CL356-163 2 Claims
The surfaces of a rolled product the distance between which
is being gauged are illuminated with light pulses sent out in the
A passive star detection device comprising an optical
system photodetector means and a transparent slit pattern for
receiving the star radiation, and a computer for analyzing the
received star radiation and calculating the azimuth and posi-
tion of the device on the surface of the earth.
U
3.713,741
METHODS OF AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING
SOLDER FAULTS
Leo J. Sheehan. Ill, Reading, Mass.. assignor to Western Elec-
tric Company. Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 215,002
Int. CI. GOlb 9108; GOlr 2//50, GOlj 3134
U.S.CL 356- 165 13 Claims
Solder faults occurring between the soldered circuit paths
of a printed circuit board are visually located by filtering
1658
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
colored light renected from the paths and faults with a filter of fiuid process stream, a first light detector for measurmg the in-
a configuration identical to the circuit paths. The light tensity of the light beam after passage through the process
refiected from the paths passes through the filter and emerges stream, a second light detector responsive to light scattered in
the forward direction by the direct beam, spatial filtering op-
a different color than the light refiected from the faults which
is either unfiltered or filtered to remove different wave lengths
of light. This filtration process results in images of the circuit
paths being one color and images of the faults being another.
3,713,742
SCENE AUTO-CORRELATOR
Allan C. Go€tz; Roger S. Cortesi, both of Washington, D.C.,
and Lester A. Hauck, Elicott City, Md., assignors to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,445
Int.CI.G01n2//22
U.S. CI. 356-206
9 Claims
LIGHT
SOURCE
COLLIMATOR'
LI6MT
souncE
J
•\\\^.\\\\\\\w\\\v^^
A\\S\\\W>V
SIGNAL
pmoctKom
tics for focusing the scattered light only from a center section
of the direct beam onto the second detector and electronic
signal processing means responsive to the signals generated by
the two detectors for developing an output signal proportional
to the ratio of the scattered light to the transmitted light beam.
3,713,744
COMBINATION CLEANER, POLISHER AND WAXING
DEVICE FOR WALLS AND FLOORS
Clarence R. Sims, Route 6, Box 121, Elkhart, Ind.
Filed March 2, 1971, Ser. No. 120,136
Int.CI.A47l/i/i/2
U.S. CI. 401 -9 3 Claims
An apparatus which evaluates the auto-correlation function
of two films. A beam of light is directed from a source of light
through the two films. The same source of light provides a
reference light beam. A volt meter compares the intensity of
the light filtering through the two films with the reference
beam.
A combination cleaner, polisher and waxing device tor walls
and fioors which includes an elongated handle having a pad
carrier connected to the handle at one end thereof. One side
margin of the pad carrier is weighted so as to permit the carri-
er to assume a generally vertical position for wall cleaning
when held spacedly above the floor by the handle. The handle
carries a liquid dispenser means which is connected by a con-
duit to the carrier and which serves to dispense a liquid into
the pad of the carrier for use upon the wall or fioor. The han-
dle of the device is preferably of a two-piece construction
which enables an auxiliary cleaning tool to be attached to the
detachable handle piece when separated from the remainder
of the handle.
3,713,743
FORWARD SCATTER OPTICAL TURBIDIMETER
APPARATUS
R. John Simms, Menio Park, Calif., assignor to Agricultural
Control Systems, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,707
Int.CI.G01n2//26
U.S. CI. 356-208 19 Claims
An optical turbidimeter including a light source for generat-
ing a ribbon-shaped light beam for transmission through a
3,713,745
PUSH-TYPE MECHANICAL PENCIL
Yukio Horie, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Dai Nihon Bungu
Kabushiki Kaisha (a/k/a The Japan SUtionery Co., Ltd.),
Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Division of Ser. No. 825,837, May 19, 1969, abandoned. This
application Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,163
Claims priority, application Japan, July 11, 1968,43/48681
IntCI.B43k2//22
U.S. CI. 401 -94 1 Claim
A pushing force applied to an end cap of a push-type
mechanical pencil compresses initially a first spring to expose
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
January 30, 1973
a cuide tube at the tip of an inner casing to the outside of a which aligns with the mounting boss and stud so that the
3t Then, the stronger pushing force applied successively horizontal bore provides a guideway for a drill bit to drill cen-
to the end cap compresses a second spring to eject a lead
through the guide tube by means of a lead ejecting means.
3,713,746 I
GUIDING APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING
RECTILINEARLY MOVABLE PART OF A MACHINE
TOOL
Walter Luthy, 8050 Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Werk-
zeugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle AG, Zurich, Switzer-
land
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,020
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 24, 1969,
19196/69
Int. CI. B23b 25/00
U.S.CL 408-8 8 Claims
: ir ^^ >^ IT?
trally through the mounting boss and stud. A pin may be in-
serted in the bored hole to lock the stud and boss together.
3,713,748
GAS TURBINE DUCTED FAN ENGINE
Kenneth Richard Langley, Dursley, England, assignor to
Minister of Aviation Supply in Her Majesty s Government of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
London, England
Filed April 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,343
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 28, 1970,
20,247/70
Int.CI.F01d//04
U.S.CL 415-77 2 Claims
^^^B^is;^^
_l__L
Guiding apparatus for controlling the movement of a
rectilinear movable part in a machine tool. The part is guided
by reference to a stationary beam of light. Part is mounted in
sliding contact bearings in guideway. Disposition of the part
controlled by electro-hydraulic circuit which operates on the
bearings in response to changes in position of the part relative
to the stationary light beam.
\
A gas turbine engine having a multi-stage fan in which the
blade rows are spaced apart by at least one and a half chord
widths of the adjacent upstream blade to reduce noise. A fiow
splitter divides the fiow through the fan into radially outer and
inner flow passages. The first row of stator blades of the fan is
reduced in chord width in the inner passage and an additional
stage of blading is disposed in the inner passage only, between
the first row of stator blades and the second row of rotor
blades.
3,713,747
ROCKER ARM STUD DRILLING AND PINNING KIT
Robert D. Haselmo, 315 North F. Street, Lompoc, Calif.
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19,202
Int. CI. B23b 49/00
U.S.CL408-115 2 Claims
The invention comprises a kit for drilling and pinning press
on type rocker arm studs to the mounting bosses of an engine
head. The kit has an alignment block which fits over the
mounting stud and is held thereon by a nut. The block has a
depending block portion with a horizontal bore therethrough
3,713,749
MOTOR-DRIVEN PEDESTAL-MOUNTED PUMP
ASSEMBLY AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE
SAME
James B. Fitch, Stratford, Conn., assignor to Nash Engineering
Company, Norwalk, Conn.
Continuation of Ser. Nos. 823,434, May 9, 1969. and Ser. No.
7,647, Feb. 2, 1970, which is a continuation of Ser. No.
744,437, July 12, 1968. abandoned, and Ser. No. 768,254,
Oct. 17, 1968, abandoned. This application Sept. 30, 1970,
Ser. No. 76,845
Int. CI. F04c moo- F04d 291A4
U.S. CI. 415-200 '°5'^'r*
A motor driven pedestal pump assembly and a method for
manufacturing same are disclosed. The assembly has a hous-
ing which may include one or two members. The housing sup-
ports the bearings and the elongated drive shaft and houses
1660
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
the pump rotor of the pump assembly. One of the housing
members, which may be the sole member, has a bearing bore
at one end and a mounting face at the other end. This housing
maximum stiffness and minimum weight by eliminating lead-
ing edge counterweights and reducing spar weight by sub-
member is hollow and is constructed so that the mounting face
and the bearing bore can be machined from one end during a
single set up.
3,713,750
CIRCULATION CONTROL ROTOR SYSTEM
Robert M. Williams, Chantilly, Va., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,643
Int. CI. B64c 27/72
U.S.CL 416-20 4 Claims
i/^a4.""^*V " 20^-
2dM
stituting sandwich construction material for solid metal wall
members in the spar after portion.
3,713,752
COMPOSITE BLADE FOR A GAS TURBINE ENGINE
Alexander Kurti, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to United
Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 193,244
Int.CLF01d5//4
U.S. CI. 416-219 6 Claims
I
The rotating blades on a helicopter are in the shape of a
cambered elliptical airfoil with blunt edges. A plurality of slots
are employed on the upper surface of the air foil to blow a thin
sheet of air tangentially across the surface of the foil and
around the trailing edge. Circulation control is achieved by
the tangential blowing as the sheet of air adheres to the sur-
face and travels around the trailing edge, detaching beneath
the trailing edge at a location determined by the intensity of
blowing. The effect of the tangential blowing is relocation of
the stagnation stream lines producing increased lift on the foil.
The air supplied to the slots is modulated with respect to the
azimuth position of the rotor and the speed of the rotating
blade so that cyclic control over the lift of the rotor can be ac-
complished without altering the blade attitude.
3,713,751
AERODYNAMIC BLADE WITH HIGH STIFFNESS-TO-
WEIGHT RATIO
Evan A. Fradenburgh, Fairfield, and Edmond F. Kiely, Strat-
ford, both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,186
Int.CI. B64C///2S
U.S. CI. 416-87 10 Claims
A flight blade or wing having a structural spar at its forward
end comprising a solid forward-portion and an after-portion of
low density construction, such as a sandwich construction of
honeycomb, plastic foam, or balsa wood core and having a
structural trailing edge pocket member to produce a blade of
A composite fluid-directing element comprises a laminated,
filament reinforced fluid-directing blade having a cambered
airfoil portion and a sinusoid root portion and a foot member
bonded to the root portion and configured for retention in the
undercut slot of a turbomachine body. The blade is formed of
a plurality of parallel laminations of sheets including sheets of
high modulus, high strength reinforcing filaments embedded
in a matrix material and aligned in a spanwise direction. The
foot member has a radially extending oscillatory wave form
opening conforming to the shape of the blade root portion in
which the root portion is received in bonded relation.
3,713,753
FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC LAMINATE
CONSTRUCTION OF AN AIRFOIL WING TYPE MEMBER
Klaus Brunsch, Weidach, Germany, assignor to Mes-
serschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter
Haftung, Muenchen, Germany
Filed Aug. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 847,668
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 10, 1969,
P 17 79 433.1
Int.CI.B64c///26
U.S.CL 416-226 4 Claims
A laminate construction for an airfoil wing type member,
such as a helicopter rotor blade, is produced by machine wind-
ing multiple layers of reinforcing fiber about a foil-like materi-
al support layer on a rotatable mandrel. The laminate con-
struction is cut from the mandrel and shaped to the desired
configuration in a mold cavity with the addition of a hardena-
ble resin filler material. In adjacent layers the fibers are wound
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1661
to form a diamond shaped pattern. The pitch angles of the
fibers in different layers can be varied to accommodate dif-
2U
3,713,756
CONTROL FOR GAS COMPRESSION APPARATUS
Karol Pilarczyk, Loudonville, and Hans Pennink, Scotia, both
of N.Y., assignors to Carrier Corporation, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 23, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 1 7,992
Int. CLF04b 49/02, 49/05
U.S. CI. 417-295 3 Claims
ferent conditions, and. in addition, the length of the wound
layers along the mandrel can be varied as required.
3,713,754
VACUUM PUMPS
Laurence Laurenson, Horsham, and Leslie Arthur Holland,
Crawley, both of England, assignors to The British Oxygen
Company Limited, London, England
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,427
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 14, 1969,
55,998/69
Int. CL F04b i 7/02
U.S. CI. 417-49 , 4 Claims
In a vacuum pump of the getter-ion type, particularly one
using Penning discharges, the problem of "argon instability" is
at least partially solved by making at least one of the cathodic
surfaces of two different materials. One of the materials may
be titanium or like reactive metal, while the other material
should also be refractory and of considerably higher atomic
mass.
2» ^ 21!
299 2M
A control for discontinuing normal operation of gas com-
pression apparatus in which a plurality of interconnected
devices operate to place the apparatus in an idle state upon
the occurrence of an undesirable condition in the apparatus.
3,713,755
PUMPING DEVICE
Harry Scheffer, 4812 Brack wede, Germany, assignor to Harry
Kruger GmbH, Westfalen, Germany
Filed April 16, 1971, Ser. No. 134,606
Claims priority, application Germany, April 25, 1970, P 20
20 317.2
Int. CL F04b i/00. 5/00, 55/02
U.S.CL 417-258 7 Claims
3,713,757
HYDRAULIC ENERGY TRANSLATING DEVICE
Gilbert K. Hause, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., assignor to General
Motor Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed March 18, 1971, Ser. No. 125,522
Int. CI. FOlc / 9m\ F03c ilOO, E04c 15100 *-
U.S.CL 418-133 4 Claims
H-/
A pumping device having a piston pump and a drive con-
stituted by a thrust-piston motor means actuated by a fluid
motive medium, wherein at least one pump is arranged within
the motor means.
A hydraulic energy translating device of the peripherally ex-
pansible working chamber type in which one side plate
cooperating with the cam and rotor to form one end of the
working chambers is secured in a fixed position by the hous-
ing. Another side plate is rotaubly mounted in the housing
and is movable to close the other end of the working cham-
bers. The movable side plate is urged into closing relationship
with the working chambers when fluid pressure is developed
in the high pressure circuit and is moved away from the work-
ing chambers to permit exhausting thereof when the high pres-
sure circuit is exhausted.
1662
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,758
REFRIGERATION COMPRESSOR FOR VEHICLES
Shozo Nakayama, Kariya, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed April 28. 1971. Ser. No. 138,185
Claims priority, application Japan. April 29, 197U,
45/36607
Int.CI.F04bi9//2
U.S. CI. 417-312 5 Claims
balance area, means defining secondary areas between the
iniet and the primary areas on the gear side of each plate sub-
jected to pressure gradients varying with speed and applying
secondary forces tending to separate the plate from the gears
means defining a pressure balance area on the remote side of
each plate opposed to each secondary area, an aperture in
each plate intermediate the ends of each secondary area com-
municating the secondary area with the opposed pressure
balance area to overcome the secondary force, and a land on
the periphery of each plate between the inlet and each
peripheral recess beveled to deform in use on contact with the
housing when subjected to high pressure, thereby to provide
an effective seal between the inlet and each recess.
3,713,760
APPARATUS FOR INSITU ENCASEMENT OF TUBULAR
MEMBERS W ITHIN CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL
Charles Wayne Hemphill, Route No. 2, Box 30 A, Ben
Wheeler, Tex. ^^
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,906
Int.CI.E03(i/06
U.S.a. 425-59 * Claims
^tr
A refrigeration compressor for vehicles provided with a
discharging port formed at a cap portion thereof for discharg-
ing compressed refrigerant and with a suction port fornied in a
crank shaft room for leading the refrigerant thereinto. The cap
portion is provided with several component passages for
discharging refrigerant having different size spaces and dif-
ferent directions so that the cap functions as a muffler.
3,713,759
GEAR PUMP WITH SEAL PLATES
Frederic W. Pollman; Lee R. Frandsen. and Charles D.
Throckmorton. Sr.. all of Rockford, III., assignors to Sund-
strand Corporation ..^,,o
Filedjan.27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,178
Int.CLF01c2//00
U.S.CL418-71 14Cla.ms
Apparatus for encasing tubular members in cement with the
cement encased tubular members being disposed within a
ditch dug in advance of the encasing operation. The apparatus
includes a removable hopper means which is supported by a
troweling member and is placed above a fixed vertical bulk-
head with the bulkhead having pipe alignment means and seal
means associated therewith. A removable vibrator extends
through part of the hopper and into close proximity of a rear-
ward portion of the bulkhead, and into underlying relationship
with respect to the troweling member. The vibration produc-
ing member is disposed adjacent to opposite sides of each of
the tubular members so as to compact cement as it is
discharged from the lower extremity of the hopper.
A high pressure rotary gear pump including a housing hav-
inn a pair of external gear members intermeshmg at a location
between an inlet and an outlet, a pair of shafts carrying the
gear members and having opposite ends mounted in bearings
in the housing, a pair of thin generally 8-shaped floating seal
plates around the shafts at opposite sides of the gears, means
providing a definite primary area on the gear side of each plate
subjected to outlet pressure applying a primary force tending
to separate the plate from the gears, means defining a pressure
balance area subjected to outlet pressure to overcome the pri-
mary force, a recess in the periphery of each plate at each end
thereof supplying outlet pressure to the primary pressure
3,713,761
MANUFACTURE OF NETTING
Anthony Bramley, Gosford House. Gosford. Kidllngton, En-
*'" Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,315
Int. CI. B28b/ 9/00
II «J n 425-109 9 Claims
The invention provides an improved apparatus for produc-
,ng recilinear mesh netting from threads containing ther
moplastic material. In manufactunng netting in accordance
^ith the invention transverse threads are drawn across pa a
longitudinal threads and discrete masses of thermoplast^
material in heated condition are moulded in respective dies
"bou the thread crossings. The path of each transverse thread
between the dies is extended by an amount corresponding to
?he contraction of the transverse thread which occurs in the
January 30, 1973
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1663
moulding operation. The apparatus is preferably fitted with cracks are formed in the length of material. The "laterial is
^ustable thread diverter ekments between each die so that driven into engagement with a separate surface, preferably the
the extent to which the transverse thread deviates can be
varied to correspond with the shrinkage incurred in each par-
ticular case, depending on the nature of the threads employed
and on the number of longitudinal threads or the mesh size.
Netting produced in accordance with the invention can be
used for a variety of purposes for example in sports or for fish-
ing and when electrically conductive threads are employed the
netting can be used for electrified agricultural fencing.
3,713,762
APPARATUS FOR THE EXTRUSION MOLDING OF
FOAMABLE PLASTICS
Shozo Oisugu, Ohmiya-shi, Saitama-ken, Japan, assignor to C.
I. Kasci Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 18. 1971. Ser. No. 154,413
Claims priority, application Japan, June 26, 1970, 45/63073
Int. CI. B29h 7/20
U.S.CI.425-197 10 Claims
^
B
r
2 M,'>vi\,-'-',vv.-';f'^"^;>
moving surface of one of the briquetting rolls, to achieve frac-
ture.
3,713,764
APPARATUS FOR REMOVING THE FLASHED WASTE
FROM A BLOW MOLDED OBJECT
Melvin O. Nelson, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,025
Int. CI. B29c/ 7/07. 7 7/05
U.S. CI. 425-302 4 Claims
T^^n:^
Apparatus for the extrusion molding of foamable plastics
which produces a smooth and sturdy surface on the extruded
product by covering plastic material which has foamed in a
central expansion passage with the plastic material which has
been restrained from foaming in an outer, narrow surrounding
passage which is of substantially constant cross-sectional area
throughout its length.
An undercut portion on an extended opposite side of oppos-
ing halves of a blow mold engages and imparts a twist to the
waste flashed plaque of a blow molded article to remove this
plaque from the molded article as the mold is opened.
3,713,763
BRIQUET BREAKER MEANS
Le Roy S. Harris, Rolling Meadows, III., assignor to K-G Indus-
tries, Inc., Rosemont, III.
Filed Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,333
Int.CI.B29fi/OO.B30b///00
U.S. CI. 425-308 13 Claims
A briquetting construction of the type employing opposed
rolls or other means for forming a length of compacted materi-
al. Means are provided for breaking the length of material into
separate pieces comprising a shoe having a surface portion
located in the path of movement of the length of material. En-
gagement of the length of material with the surface portion
operates to deflect the length of material out of the path of
movement with longitudinal stress being developed whereby
3,713,765
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE THERMOFORMING
APPARATUS FOR FORMING LARGE ARTICLES SUCH
AS TRAILER BODIES AND BOATS
Donald J. Rise. Box 321. Mount Pleasant. Mich.
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,099
Int. CI. B29c / 7/00
U.S. CI. 425-384 22 Claims
Differential pressure thermoforming apparatus for forming
large articles such as trailer bodies and boats in relatively thin
sheets of thermoplastic material comprising a sheet supporting
box frame for clamping the edge portions of a sheet of ther-
moplastic material and defining a cavity spanned by the
clamped sheet. Load assist bars are disposed in the cavity to
initially support the mid-portion of the thermoplastic sheet
while it is being clamped on the frame and then fluid under
1664
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
pressure is admitted to the cavity to lift the midportion of the
sheet upwardly off the bars. A sheet heating oven is mounted
laterally adjacent one side of the mold box frame and is mova-
ble into superposed relation with the box frame where it is
then tilted so that the sheet carried thereby is heated to a sub-
stantially uniform temperature. The clamped sheet, having its
line voltage through a circuit controlled by a thermal time
switch and a solid state switch; the system further including
gating means for the solid state switch under control of a small
sensitive electromagnetic relay having two windings parallel
connected in a low voltage thermostat circuit. Closure of the
small relay to effect conduction of the solid state switch
requires energization of one or both of its windings but
requires only the energization of the other of the windings to
hold it closed, current flow through the other or hold-in wind-
mid-portion supported by fluid pressure, is then moved up-
wardly toward a differential pressure mold to form a shape in
the sheet of material Doors are provided on the sides of the
mold box frame and are opened to exhaust cooling air which is
introduced to the cavity. After the shape is formed and the
mold box frame is moved away from the mold, the load assist
bars function to eject the molded part from the frame.
3,713,766
OIL BURNER CONTROL SYSTEM
Donald E. Donnelly. Edwardsville, and Robert C. Krump,
Waterloo, both of III., assignors to Emerson Electric Co., Si.
Louis, Mo.
Filed Sept. 7, 197 1 , Ser. No. 1 78,099
Int. CL F23n 5/20
U.S.CL431-69 10 Claims
An automatic control system in which electrically operated
fuel and air supply and ignition means are energized at supply
ing being rectified and capacitance filtered with sufficient
capacitance to retain hold-in energization through momentary
interruptions of the thermostat circuit; the system further in-
cluding an electrical resistance heater series connected with
the one relay winding and operative when energized for a
short predetermined period of time to heat and open the ther-
mal time switch, and flame responsive switching means opera-
tive to instantly de-energize the resistance heater and the one
series connected relay winding when flame appears at the
burner.
CHEMICAL
3,713,767
PROCESS FOR THE DYEING OF TEXTILE MATERIAL
OF MIXTURES OF POLYESTER FIBERS AND
CELLULOSE FIBERS
Rudolf Lowenfeld, Buchschlag, and Uwe Kosubek, Offen-
bach/Main. Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frank-
furt/Main, Germany
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48.429
Claims priority, application Germany. June 24, 1969, P 19
31 881.1
Int. CL D06p 3182
U.S. CL 8-21 C 7 Claims
Process for the dyeing of textile materials consisting of mix-
tures of polyester fibers with cellulose fibers, wherein the said
textile materials are treated with an alkaline solution which
contains a coupling component, a disperse dyestuff and
wetting or dispersing agents, dried and subsequently treated
with an acid solution, which contains, in addition to com-
pounds having an acid reaction, a diazotized aromatic or
heterocyclic amine, dried and then subjected to a heat treat-
ment.
3,713,768
LONG CHAIN ALKANE OR ALKENE AMIDO BENZENE
SULFONATE ASSISTED DYEING OF SYNTHETIC
LINEAR POLYAMIDES
Hans Wegmuller, and Karlheinz K«ller, both of Riehen, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy AG. Basel, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,986
Int. CLD06p 5/04
U.S.Cl.8-172 6 Claims
A process for the even, non-streaky dyeing of fiber material
made from synthetic polyamide of differing dyestuff-affinity.
such as textured polyamide fiber material, is disclosed, which
comprises pre-treating said fiber material, at a pH-value of
from 2 to 7 and at temperatures of from 30 to 100° C, with a
liquor containing, as essential component, an alkane- or al-
kene-amido-benzene-sulphonic acid salt having from 10 to 19
carbon atoms in the alkane- or alkene-amido radical, as anion-
active auxiliary, such as the sodium or ammonium salts of 1-
octadecanamido-benzene-3-sulphonic acid, l-octadec-9-
enamido-benzene-3-sulphonic acid and especially 1-octadec-
9-enamido-benzene-3-ammonium sulphonate, thereafter ad-
ding the solution of at least one anionic dyestuff at tempera-
tures of from 40 to 100° C and completing the dyeing at tem-
peratures of from 95 to 140° C. By this process, even on
synthetic polyamide fiber material tending to exhibit streaki-
ness upon dyeing and with poorly levelling dyestuffs, even and
non-streaky dyeings are obtained with a single anion-active
auxiliary, said auxiliary being moreover suitable for the
levelling of streaky and uneven dyeings by means of an after-
treatment.
3,713,769
PROCESS FOR THE DYEING OF AROMATIC
POLYAMIDE FIBRES
Walter Beal, Cheadle Hulme, Cyril Hobday, East Dids-
bury, James Jack, Bramhall, and John Francis Edmund
Keenan, Cheadle Hulme, England, assignors to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y. ,«„».,
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 100,843
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Dec. 23, 1969,
62,554/69
Int. CL D06p 5/04
U c ri g 173 12 Claims
Process for the dyeing of aromatic polyamide fibres,
particularly aromatic polyamide fibres having a highly
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1665
crystalline physical structure wherein said fibres are dyed Identity strips are associated with each sample holder to pro-
with an aqueous dye liquor containing a cationic or dis- vide for both computerized and non-computerized identifica-
perse dye and at least one compound having the formula
R-0-(CHi-CH-0)D-n
wherein R is phenyl or a chloro-substituted phenyl group.
Z is hydrogen or methyl and n is an integer from 1 to 3,
and each Z being, independently from each other, hydro-
gen or methyl when « is 2 or 3, obtaining on said fibres an
excellent colour yield.
3,713,770
PROCESS FOR THE DYEING OR PRINTING OF TEXTILE
MATERIALS MADE FROM POLYMERS OR
COPOLYMERS OF ACRYLONITRILE
Eberhard Mundlos, Heusenstamm; Reinhard Mohr, and Kon-
rad Lohe, both of Offenbach/Main, Germany, assignors to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lu-
cius & Bruning, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,220
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 23, 1970, P 20
02 916.7
Int.CLD06pi/70
U.S.CL8-177AB 7 Claims
Process for the dyeing and printing of textile materials made
from polymers or copolymers of acrylonitrile by using
dyestuffs of the general formula
R3 RtH
\
tion of the sample, recording information concerning intended
treatments, assays, determinations, or data obtained
therefrom.
3 713 772
METHOD OF TESTING FOR DIABETES
Jon H. Tavcl, 17643 Belinda St., Encino, Calif. 91316
Filed July 2, 1971, Ser. No. 159,128
Int. a. GOln 31/22, 33/16
U.S. CI. 23—230 B 7 Claims
/?
R2
V
wherein R,, Rj, and RjCach stands for a hydrogen atom or an
optionally substituted lower alkyl group, Z represents a car-
boxylic ester group, 0 stands for an aromatic or heterocyclic^
radical bound or not bound to the benzene nucleus b, X
represents an anion, and wherein each benzene nucleus a or b
or the radical O may optionally be substituted by non-ionic
substituents, and which dyeings and prints show very clear and
brilliant shades and have good fastness proprties.
1
A method of testing for diabetes in which the cfiemicals
required for determining the presence of glucose in the
urine are supplied to the water in a toilet bowl. Upon
use of the toilet bowl for urination, a diabetes test is
performed automatically by the chemical action which
takes place in the bowl. The chemicals may be supplied
each time the bowl is used or their supply may be selec-
tively controlled by the user. An example is given in
which the chemicals required for an enzyme test are
supplied in liquid form.
3,713,771
METHOD FOR ORGANIZED ASSAY AND BENDABLE
TEST TUBE RACK THEREFOR
Billy W. Taylor, 2965 Mi Elama Circle, Walnut Creek, and
Hubert N. Divelbiss, 2594 West Pueblo, Napa, CallL
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 142,950
Int. CI. A47b 73/00; BOll 9/00; GOln 33/ 16
L.S.CL 23-230 R 9 Claims
Apparatus and method for systematic organization of sam-
ples. Flexible gangs of sample holders are used permitting or-
ganization in either a linear or a curved arrangement and
transfer from one to the other arrangement without changing
the juxtaposition and organization of individual samples.
3,713,773
METHOD OF DETERMINING TRACE
AMOL NTS OF GASES
Arthur Fontijn, Princeton, N.J., and Pieter H. Vree,
Crolon-on-Hudson, N.Y., assignors to Aerochem Re-
search Laboratories, Inc. ,., ^^-. iro
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 663,369,
Aug. 25, 1967. This application Nov. 9, 1970, Ser.
No. 87,747
Int. CI. GOln 27/70
U.S. CI. 23 232 R 19 Claims
Method of detecting trace amounts of volatile sub-
stances such as carbon oxides, nitrogen oxides, sulfur
oxides and oxygen, comprising taking a measured sample
of the gaseous mixture containing the gas to be detected,
separating the gas being detected from the mixture where
necessary, forming a first component which includes the
1666
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3 713 775
ZS:i^:^':^^^SSt:^:'L&^Z CENTR,F.G.CL.N.C*LC„EM,STRV analyse
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,386
Int. CI. B04b 9//0. coin 2//24.JJ//6
,^ U.S. CI. 23-253 R 15 Claims
=o
^
SAMPLE AND
/CAftSlER GAS
(kni
TO VACUUM c^
PUMP ^
the species necessary to form chemi-ions, mixing the com-
ponents to form the chemi-ions, passing the mixture be-
tween electrodes and measuring an electrical current
produced by the chemi-ions formed.
3.713,774
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TITRATING LIQUIDS
Samuel G. Southwick, 1501 Leiand Avenue. Springfield, San-
gamon County. III.
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,585
Int. CI. B67d 5/26, GOln 1114,31116
U.S. CI. 23-253 R 6 Claims
ADJ. I i
Medical testing apparatus including a centrifuge with a se-
ries of cuvettes received therein. The cuvettes may be discrete
units or arranged in groups which make up cassettes. Each of
the cuvettes has a test chamber or reaction chamber into
which reagents and specimen pass during the centnfuging
operation. The reagents are contained prior to centnfuging in
plastic bags which include intentionally weak seams designed
to fail during centrifuging and to permit the reagents to now
into the reaction chamber. The specimen is contained withm a
pipette tip closed by a cap. The cap is also designed to fail or.
in other words, be centrifuged off of the pipette tip in order to
permit the blood serum or plasma in the pipette tip to flow
past the cap and into the reaction chamber after the red blood
cells have been packed down into the cap by the centnfuging
operation. After centrifuging. the cuvettes can be removed
from the centrifuge and placed into a photometer to deter-
mine the amount of light passed or the amount of light passed
can be determined directly while the cuvettes are being spun
or turned in the centrifuge by a photometer.
3,713,776
AUTOMATIC MERCURY MONITOR
lUlo A. Capuano. Orange, Conn., assignor to Olin Corporation
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,927
Int.CI.G01ni//00
U.S. CI. 23-253 R 3 Claims
sjuiris iM0^c
Apparatus for dosing from a titrant reservoir and transfer-
ring or metering discrete quantities of the titrant to an unk-
nown sample. An electric analog signal is generated in
response to liquid transference representative of the amount
of liquid transferred. Calibration circuits weight the analog
signal to reflect titrant concentration and sample volume and
thereby provide direct readout on a display means, such as a
digital voltmeter for example, of a titrated sample concentra-
tion. The calibration circuits also furnish analog subtraction of
the analog signal to establish direct readout of the concentra-
tion of a back-titrated sample.
Apparatus and method for analyzing fluid streams for their
content of elemental and ionic mercury even in the presence
of other contaminants, for example, elemental or available
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
166(
chlorine. The sample is automatically measured and treated
with aqueous stannous chloride reagent. The resulting ele-
mental mercury is transferred to a photometnc detector and
the results are indicated and/or recorded automatically, accu-
rately and rapidly. The apparatus and method are especially
useful in the control of mercury contamination in the environ-
ment and also for monitoring chemical process streams.
conduit which extends up into the flask portion of the separa-
tory funnel for removing at least the upper liquid layer. For
removing the lower liquid layer there may be a separate con-
duit and valve, or the same conduit extending up mto the flask
may be used. However, in any embodiment, either the upper
liquid layer or lower liquid layer may be rapidly and easily
removed.
3 713 777
LIQUID ANALYZING DEVICE
Michel Joseph Auphan, Courbevoie, and Jean Robert
Perilhou, Bourg-Ia-Reine, France, assignors to U.S.
PhlUps Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153 573
Claims priority, appUcation France, July 1, 1970,
7024422
Int. CI. GOln 1/14
U.S. CI. 23—259 2 Claims
3,713,779
DISPOSABLE COMPARISON DETECTOR KIT
James J. Sirago. 910 Enterprise, Inglewood. Calif., and
Edward B. Walton, 3129 Yale Ave., Marina Dei Rev. Calif.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,765
lnt.Cl.G01n2//20.Ji//6
U.S. CI. 23-259 9 Claims
Device for liquid analysis, the liquid samples bemg con-
tained in working tubes, which may communicate with
auxiliary tubes containing auxiliary liquids by means ot a
hollow needle having a lateral orifice, which pierces
through an auxiliary tube into a working tube. The lateral
orifice is then located inside the auxiliary tube and the
orifice at the tip of the needle is located inside the working
tube. ^^^^^^^_^^_
3 713 778 -
SEPARATORY FUNNEL
Narbik A. Karamian, 5117 Wilson Lane, Bethesda, Md.
Filed Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,177
lnt.CI.BOld/7/02
U.S.CL 23-259 11 Claims
A sealed flexible plastic package contams ampuls of chemi-
cals which are broken to release the contents and pass them
through canals to a mixing pocket which contains a substance
to be tested. The chemicals create a mixture having a certain
charactenstic color in the presence of an ingredient for which
the test IS conducted. For more accurate detection a smal
quantity of the mixture is passed into a smaller pocket
preferably having a light colored bottom surface, and a color
patch is placed near the smaller pocket for visual companson
with the color of the mixture.
(
3,713,780
APPARATUS FOR CHEMICAL TESTING
Stephen Shapiro. East Bridgewater, Mass., assignor to Becton,
Dickinson and Company, East Rutherford, N.J.
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,360
lnt.CLG01n///6,B65d 79/00
U.S. a. 23-259 ^^"""^
j^
A reagent container having a series of tiered compartments
containing prepackaged reagents for the chemical evaluation
of a test sample. A frangible diaphragm seals each compart-
ment from the succeeding compartment. A sample is m-
separate, f.nne, devices wherein eUhe, an upper Ujui. ^^^^:;''ZJ':,^'^:Z'rXJ^^^^^^
laver or a lower liquid layer can be selectively removed. These ^""" f """"'" "'' „,, ^„^ „a„ The procedure is re-
iXTrd-ecrsfsreSirrn-TdrJsir iTale^
906 O.G.— 62
1668
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,781
CROSS-FLOW FLUID BED REACTOR
Wendell E. Dunn, Jr., 12 Trelawney Street, Sydney, N.S.W.,
Australia
Filed Oct. 21,1 970, Ser. No. 82,337
Int. CI. BOlj 1100; COlg 2J/04. C22b 1 110
U.S.CL 23-284 10 Claims
3,713.783
• CATALYTIC MUFFLER
Frank J. Greipel, 49 E. Larpenteur Ave.,
St Paul, Minn. 55117
Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,220
Int. CI. BOlj 9/04; FOln 1/14. 3/16
U.S. CI. 23—288 F
8 Claims
Apparatus for beneficiating titaniferous ores to produce es-
sentially pure titanium dioxide by alternatingly contacting the
ore at a temperature of 700° to 1 250°C with carbon monoxide
for a short period of time and then chlorine for a short period
of time and then repeating the alternate steps of contacting
the ore with carbon monoxide and chlorine, said apparatus
comprising a fluid bed reactor containing a bed support con-
sisting of a perforated plate or fritted disc beneath which is a
compartamentalized gas plenium chamber, each compart-
ment of the chamber being served by a gas feed line whereby
sequential and alternating zones of carbon monoxide and
chlorine are encountered by the ore proceeding through the
fluidized bed, an overhead outlet tube by which gases are ex-
hausted from the reactor, and a side outlet port by which the
solid product is removed.
3,713.782
METHOD FOR INSERTION OF PARTICULATE
CATALYTIC MATERIAL IN A CATALYTIC CONVERTER
HOUSING
David A. Watt, Allen Park, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
FUed April 15, 1971, Ser. No. 134,250
Int. CI. B65b 1124, FOln 3114, BOlj 9/04
U.S.CL 23-288 F , 1 Claim
A pollution reducing muffler for internal combustion
engines in which exhaust gases, after entry into the muffler
housing, are distributed for passage through a plurality of
longitudinal conduits, each of which contains a series of
coils of stainless steel wire through which the exhaust
gases must pass. An air conduit, which extends longi-
tudinally through the muffler, receives atmospheric air
from the exterior of the muffler housing. This air is heated
in its passage through the air conduit and is mixed with
the gases passed through the exhaust conduits prior to dis-
charge from the muffler housing. The air conduit is pref-
erably provided with interior baffles to define a serpentine
flow path through the conduit to prolong the residence
of the air within the conduit to facilitate heating of the
air.
3,713,784
REACTION ELEMENT FOR THE CONVERSION
OF HYDROCARBONS
Gunther Hess, Offenbach-Bieber, Gerhard Martens,
Offenbach am Main, and Kurt Pohl, Braunfels, Ger-
many, assignors to Vickers-Zimmer Aktiengesellschaft
Planung und Bau von Industrieanlagen
Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,872
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 15, 1969,
P 19 01 758.4
Int. CI. BOlj 9/00; BOld 1/00; ClOg 1/02
U.S. CI. 23—288 R 6 Claims
CAmit* ■l»*0»'
A method for placing a predetermined quantity of particu-
late catalytic material within the housing of a catalytic con-
verter is described A gas-permeable and preferably heat-
decomposable material is used to form a container having a fill
opening. The container is filled with particulate catalytic
material, after which the filled container is inserted in the
catalytic converter housing.
A reaction device for the conversion of hydrocarbons
which includes an outer housing and an inner sinuous
conduit. The housing is closed at one end and has two
openings at the other end. The conduit is attached, near
one end, to the housing at one of said openings and it
terminates near said closed end and communicates with
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1669
the interior of said housing at that point. Preferably, the
device is provided with a thermal expansion compensator
located between the housing and the conduit at their
points of attachment, and the conduit is provided with
a protective jacket.
as iron and steel. Separation of the sulfate salts in substan-
tially dry form is effected by total evaporation of the water
and of the sulfuric acid; condensation of these vapors is
controlled so that the resulting acid is of increased concen-
tration.
3 713 785
FUME EXHAUST AND TREATING SYSTEM
John J. Moran, Houston, Tex., assignor to
Hycel, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,022
IntCLF23j 77/00, 7 7/05; BOH 7/00 ^
U.S. CI. 23—292 6 Claims
..-' *■
3,713,787
POROUS PLATE MADE OF METAL FIBERS
Yoshihiro Kuniyasu, Kawasaki: Akio MaLsumoto; Eiji Isobe.
both of Tokvo, and Hironobu Honda, Tokyo, all of Japan,
assignors to Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91.827
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 28, 1969, 44/95559
Int.CI.B22f //OO
IJ.S. CI. 29-182.2 6 Claims
A fume exhaust and treating system having a hood
for receiving fumes to be treated and including a circu-
lating water system with a venturi therein and connected
to the hood for creating a vacuum for drawing fumes
from the hood and a container in the circulating water
system with means for injecting water and a treating
agent into the container for treating the fumes and an
overflow drain connected to the water system. A fume
treating system in combination with a chemical testing
apparatus which automatically performs chemical tests
for removing the noxious fumes from the apparatus.
r 2
A porous plate substantially consisting of metal fibers which
are formed in a layer, wherein said fibers which form the ex-
ternal circumferential area and/or a part of the internal area of
the aforementioned layer are bonded, and such bonded part
has a higher density as compared with the area other than the
bonded part.
3,713,786
EVAPORATIVE SULFURIC ACID RECOVERY
raOM SULFURIC ACIDS CONTAINING
SULFATES „ ^ rn, m«„
Charles H. Umstead, Palmerton, Pa., assignor to The New
Jersey Zinc Company, Bethlehem, Pa.
Filed Dec. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 205,252
Int. CL BOld 7/75; COlb 77/90
U.S. CI. 23-307 22 Claims
3,713,788
POWDER METALLURGY SINTERED CORROSION AND
HEAT-RESISTANT, AGE HARDENABLE NICKEL-
CHROMILM REFRACTORY CARBIDE ALLOY
Arnold L. Prill, Edmond, Okla., and Stuart E. Tarkan, Mon-
sey, N.Y., assignors to Chromalloy American Corporation,
WestNyack.N.Y. „, ,„,
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,785
Int. CI. C22c 29/00; B22li/y2
U.S.CI.29-182.7 8 Claims
An age hardenable, corrosion and heat resistant nickei-
chromium, refractory carbide alloy is provided by powder
metallurgy for use at elevated temperatures as high as 2000 h
( lOQOT) comprising primary grains of at least one refractory
carbide selected from the group consisting of TiC, CbC, vc
and TaC dispersed through a matrix of an age hardenable, cor-
rosion and heat resistant nickel-chromium alloy consisting es-
sentially by weight of about 5 to 30 percent chromium, up to
about 15 percent iron, about 0.5 to 5 percent titanium about
0 2 to 5 percent aluminum, up to about 25 percent cobalt, up
to about 0.25 percent carbon and the balance essentially
nickel.
Xm M^
Sulfuric acid in concentrated form is recovered from
dilute, waste sulfuric acid liquors containing metal sulfates,
such as those resulting from the leaching of mineral values
from ores and the like or from the cleaning of metals such
3 713 789
CEMENTED CARBIDE COMPOSITIONS AND PROCESS
FOR PRODUCING THE SAME
Lars Henry Ramovist, Nynashamn, Sweden, assignor to Rede-
riaktiebolaget Nordstjernam, Nynashamn, Sweden
Filed Dec. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 95,104
Claims priority, application Sweden, April 2, 1970, 4530/70
Int. CI. B22f/ /OO
U.S. CI. 29-182.8 ^^*»''"*
Cemented tungsten carbide compositions exhibiting high
bending strength (transverse rupture strength) combined with
high hardness are provided by using specially prepared tung-
sten carbide produced from tungsten powder formed by the
hydrogen reduction of tungsten chloride.
1670
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,790
JOINED BODY OF PYROLYTIC GRAPHITE AND
METALLIC MEMBERS
Takeshi Takamori, and Masanobu Akanuma, both of Tokyo-
to. Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company, Limited,
Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,463
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 14, 1968, 43/57883
lnt.CI.B32b/5/04
U.S.CI.29-195 1 Claim
A method for joining pyrolytic graphite to metallic mem-
bers by using a brazing composition comprising at ifeast 90
percent by weight of a copper-chromium, gold-chromium, or
silver-chromium mixture.
volume percent of LP gas, the mixture of gas being dispersed
in a high pressure container which is packed with a porous
material permeated with a solvent or solvents selected from a
group consisting of acetone, toluene and xylene. The composi-
tion is found to be safely storable, transportable and usable
under high pressure, has relatively constant composition upon
withdrawal from storage, and effective in welding or torch
cutting.
3,713,791
SLIPPER BEARING
Grant A. Oakes, R.D. No. 4, Cortland. Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 792,008, Jan. 17, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,589,875. This applicatioq Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No.
101,977 ,
Int. CI. B23p 3/00
U.S.CL 29- 196.3 4 Claims
3,713,794
DIRECT CONTACT LIQUID GASIFIER AND METHOD
James Bernard Maher. Hinsdale; Terry Wayne Delahunty.
Plainfield, and Edmond Louis Patton. Clarendon Hills, all of
III., assignors to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company, Oak
Brook, III.
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,694
Int. CI. F17c 9/02, F17d//04
D.S.CL48-190 _ 7 Claims
•*3
30
43
A slipper bearing such as used in a coupling in a drive line of
a blooming mill comprises a replaceable bearing forming part
of the coupling. The slipper bearing disclosed is of conven-
tional size and shape and is a composite structure having a cast
ferrous metal core and softer bronze alloy wearing surfaces.
The soft shell construction uses the harder ferrous metal core
usually cast steel for its ability to resist breakage and for main-
taining the shape and insuring the positioning of the slipper
bearing in the coupling of the drive line of the blooming mill
while the softer bronze alloy metal forming the wearing sur-
faces contributes to an unusually long trouble free life.
3 713 792
STABILIZATION OF FUEL ADDITIVES
David R. Wiley, Warminster, Pa., assignor to Betz
Laboratories, Inc., Trevose, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 101,152
Int. CL ClOI I in, 9/00 ,„ ^ ,
U.S. CI. 44 4 ^* Claims
The present disclosure is directed to a method of sta-
bilizing fuel additives. The method generally entails in-
corporating in the fuel additive an effective amount of
glycerol ester having at least a
o
group, where Ri represents a hydroxy substituted aliphatic
group having from about 1 1 to about 24 carbon atoms.
A method of gasifying a liquid by feeding the hot products
of combustion of a combustible material into intimate direct
conuct with a stream of the liquid at a rate to provide suffi-
cient heat content to gasify the liquid stream and form a
stream of the liquid in gaseous or vapor form diluted by the
said products of combustion. The method is useful in gasifying
substances which are liquid at ambient temperatures and pres-
sures and liquefied gases. The liquid can be combustible or
noncombustible. The method is specifically useful for gasify-
ing liquefied natural gas by burning natural gas to form the hot
combustion products.
Apparatus for gasifying a liquid comprising a burner for
burning a combustible material with air. oxygen or oxygen-en-
riched air to form hot combustion products, a gasifying
chamber for gasifying a liquid, an inlet conduit for directly
feeding the hot combustion products from the burner to the
gasifying chamber, an inlet conduit for feeding a stream of
liquid to be gasified to the gasifying chamber, and an outlet
conduit leading from the gasifying chamber for delivering an
admixture of the gasified liquid and the combustion products
to a gas outlet.
3,713,793
FUEL GAS COMPOSITION
Takeji Mamyama, Nishinomiyashi, and Tadao Uenae,
Osakashi, both of Japan, assignors to Iwatani & Co., Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Jan. 13, 1969. Ser. No. 790,847
Claims priority, application Japan, June 3, 1968, 43/38115;
May 4, 1968,43/29962
Int. CL ClOI y/oo
U.S.CL 44-52 5 Claims
A fuel gas composition which comprises essentially a mix-
ture gas of 65-90 volume percent of acetylene and 35-10
3,713,795
METHOD OF MAKING DIAMOND
COATED SURFACE
John J. Bouvier, Tonawanda, N.Y., asdgnor to Ferro
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 633,879,
Anr. 26, 1967, which is a continuation of apphcation
Sen No. 842,783, June 27, 1969. This application June
4, 1971, Ser. No. 150,186
Int CI. B24b 1/00; C08g 51/12
UA CL 51-295 ^ ^'"'™'
The tips of abrasive diamonds are pressed into a soft
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1671
substance while a bonding material behind the diamonds
is compressed and cured to hold them to a backing. The
periphery engages a margin of the ribbon and impels the
glass outwardly to assist the flow of the glass to a desired
thickness.
3 713 798
METHOD OF PRESS SHAPING GLASS SHEETS
George W. StUley, Freeport; William E. Wagner, Verona and
Joseph D. Kelly, Cheswick, all of Pa., assignors to PPG In-
dustries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation of Ser. No. 37,424, May 13, 1970, abandoned,
which is a continuation of Ser. No. 672,738, Oct. 4, 1967,
abandoned. This application Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,496
lnt.CI.C03b2i/02
IIS CI 65 106 6 Claims
*A method of bending glass sheets and an improved mold
containing a specially treated cover of fiber glass fabric that
contacts the hot glass during bending.
soft substance is thereafter removed to leave sharp ex-
posed abrasive points on the working side.
3,713,796
LENS POLISHING COMPOSITION CONTAINING
DIAMONDS IN AN EPOXIDE RESIN MATRIX
Paul F. Valerlo, and Robert M. Werner, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company. Rochester,
N Y
Filed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 788,655
Int.CLC08g5///2
U.S.CL 51-298 ^ 10 Claims
The use of tiny diamonds for finish polishing of glass lenses
has been made possible by incbrporating them into a lap
material comprising very small diamonds in a special polymer-
ic matrix of the reaction product of an organic epoxide with an
appropriate "hardener," such as a polyamine.
3,713,799
APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING GLASS SHEETS
THROUGH ADJACENT BENDING AND TEMPERING
STATIONS
Harold A. McMaster, Woodville, Ohio, assignor to Guardian
industries Corp., Detroit, Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 691,326, Dec. 18, 1967, Pat. No
3 607 200. This application April 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,092
' ' Int.CLC03b2J/02
U.S.CL 65-273 17 Claims
3,713,797
MANUFACTURE OF FLAT GLASS
Jack Lawrenson, St. Helens, England, assignor to Pilking-
ton Brothers Limited, Liverpool, England
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,347
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 3, 1969,
Int. CI. C03b^7/00. 18/00
U.S. CI. 65—91 8 Claims
Thin float glass, down to about 1.5 mm. thick, is pro-
duced by applying lateral stretching forces to a layer of
molten glass advancing in ribbon form along a molten
metal bath, by means of rotary members engaging the
ribbon margins and each oriented so that a part of its
An apparatus for curving a sheet of glass including a furnace
having an elongated gas support bed for supporting sheets of
glass thereover, conveying means for moving a sheet from the
first end to the second end of the bed, a bending station
disposed adjacent the second end of the bed and including a
sheet supporting surface for supporting a sheet of glass on
gases thereover, a shuttle means for moving a sheet of glass
from the second end of the bed to the gas supporting surface
in the bending station, a blasthead adjacent the bending sta-
tion for impinging fiuid against opposite sides of the sheet for
cooling thereof, oscillating means in the blasthead for oscillat-
ing a sheet therein, and unitary frame means for lifting a sheet
from the gas supporting surface in the bending station for
bending the sheet and for thereafter moving the sheet into the
blasthead while at the same time removing a sheet from the
oscillating means in the blasthead to remove the sheet from
the blasthead. The independently novel features of the con-
veying assembly are the shuttle means and its specific struc-
ture for moving a sheet of glass from the furnace to the bend-
ing station, the single unitary frame means for supporting a
sheet in the bending station and moving it into the blasthead
while simultaneously removing a sheet from the blasthead the
unique support of the forming surface means in the bending
station against which a sheet is pressed for curving thereof,
and an oscillating means in the blasthead for removing a sheet
from the frame means and oscillating the sheet m the
blasthead while it is being cooled.
1672
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713.800
PROCESS FOR PRODLCING GARBAGE BASED
FERTILIZER
John N. Karnemaat, 1304 W. Maple St., Kalamazoo, Mich.
Continuation of Ser. No. 775,1 16, Nov. 12, 1968, abandoned.
This application May 24, 1971, Ser. No. 146,521
Int. CI. C05f 9/00. C05c 9/00
U.S.CI.71-14 ■ 6C'a.ms
A fertilizer is made by adding dry fertilizer chemicals, m-
cludmg urea, to dry composted organic waste materials, fo -
lowing which a mixture of prepolymer of urea and formal-
dehyde suspended in an excess of formaldehyde is added and
then phosphoric acid or other mineral acid is added in order to
produce the fertilizer product.
which remain in the mother liquors from centnfugation of the
urea phosphate crystals.
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention a
reaction product is obtained which is constituted mainly of
ammonium pyrophosphate. The non-ortho P^Oy total P.O^
ratio of the product obtained is generally from 50 to 70 per-
cent but such high values as 92-98 percent have also been ob-
tained in certain embodiments according to the invention.
The process of the invention combines the chemical reac-
tions between phosphoric acid, urea, and ammonia in such a
manner that the overall thermal balance provides an excess,
thus making it possible to operate under autothermal condi-
tions.
3,713,801 „..,.,«
NITROGEN-PHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS AND
THEIR MANUFACTURE
DahUa S. Greidinger, Haifa, and Liuba Cohen, Kiriat
Motzkin, Israel, assignors to Chemicals & Phosphates
Ltd., Haifa. Israel _ ,,.
No Drawing. Filed July 27, 1970 Ser. No 58,665
Claims priority, application Israel, Aug. 15, 196y,
Int. CI. C05b 15/00
U S CI. 71—29 ^ Claims
TTie presence of biuret in nitrogen-phosphate fertilizers
which has hitherto been practically unavoidable, is un-
desirable since biuret is phytotoxic even at low concentra-
tions The invention provides prilled or flaked nitrogen-
phosphate fertilizers virtually free of biuret, in which the
ratio NiPjOs is not substantially larger than 3:1, which
are manufactured by prilling or flaking a melted mixture
of urea and anhydrous phosphoric acid m the desired
molar ratio. ;
3,713,802
REACTION OF PHOSPHORIC ACID, UREA, AND
AMMONIA
Marcel Gittenait, Colombes, France, assignor to Societe
Anonyme: Lgine Kuhlmann, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 28. 1970. Ser. No. 101,962
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 9, 1970, 7000806;
July 7, 1970,7025133
Int. CLCOSb 7/00
U.S.CL71-29 14 Claims
3,713,803
PRODUCTION OF PHOSPHATE FERTILIZERS
Rudolf Hoist, Hannover-Waldheim, and Ulrich Hauschild,
Hannover, both of Germany, assignors to Kah-Chemie AG,
Hannover, Germany „.„ ,. j a
Continuationof Ser. No. 721,920, April 17, >960 «bandoned.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 632,407. April 20. 1967
abandoned. This application April 13, 1971, Ser. No. 145,077
Int.CI.C05b/i/00
U.S.CL 71-45 8 Claims
A phosphate fertilizer is prepared from a mixture ot
phosphate rock, silica, and an alkali metal hydroxide solution.
The alkali metal hydroxide solution is concentrated and at
least partially carbonated by carbon dioxide containing gases,
before it is incorporated in the mixture. The granulated mix-
ture is then calcined in a rotary kiln, and the hot waste gases of
the kiln are used for the preceding concentrating and car-
bonatingstep.
3,713,804
PROCESS FOR REGULATING PLANT GROWTH
David E. Moccia, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The Procter &
Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed May 1 , 1970, Ser. No. 33,895
Int. CI. AOln 9/24
U S CI 71— 78 10 Claims
Compositions comprising diethyleneglycol monobulyl
ether an ethyleneglycol hydrocarbyl ether or its ester, and a
surfactant selected from the group consisting of anionic sur-
factants cationic surfactants, and nonionic primary, seconda-
ry and tertiary amines in a weight ratio relationship of, respec-
tively about 2. 1.1; the compositions are particularly useful, in
diluted form, for systemically (as well as by contact) retarding
or inhibiting the growth of meristematic plant tissue, particu-
larly tobacco suckers.
A process for obtaining, in the same manufacturing process,
two different fertilizers, namely a solid or liquid fertilizer
which is based on ammonium and urea polyphosphate and the
solutions of which are clear and stable over a period of time,
and a solid binary fertilizer (N,P) or solid ternary fertilizer (N.
P, K) which is very concentrated and based on ammonium-
urea phosphate.
The process of the invention makes use of the action of am-
moniation and condensation of urea phosphate, because
owing to its mode of formation this compound gives rise to a
separation of the impurities of wet process orthophosphoric
acid, e.g., iron, aluminum, calcium, magnesia and fluorine.
3,713,805
PLANT GROWTH METHOD AND COMPOSITION USING
2-CHLORO-ETHYL PHOSPHONIC DIAMIDE
David 1. Randall, and Robert W . Wynn, both of Easton, Pa., as-
signors to G AF Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,752
Int.CI.A0In9/J6
U.S.CL 71-86 ^ 6 Claims
Plant growth regulating compound is l-
chloroethanephosphonic diamide of the formula;
O NHj
11/
CI— CHiCHr-P
NH2
where the compound is prepared by the reaction of ammonia
with 2-chloroethylphosphonyl dihalide and subsequently pu-
rified to remove ammonium halide by reaction with a secon-
dary amine in chloroform.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1673
3,713,806
WEED KILLING COMPOSITIONS USING 2.4.BIS
aSOPROPYLAMINO) - 6 - METHOXY-TRIAZINE,
2,4-BIS(ISOPROPYLAMINO) - 6 - METHYLTfflO-s.
TRIAZINE, PENTACHLOROPHENOL AND A
2,4-D COMPOUND ^^ ,, .
Michael Anthony Priola, Briarcliff Manor, N.Y., assignor
to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. ConUnuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
692.693, Dec. 22, 1967, which is a continuatoon-in-part
of application Ser. No. 492,931, Oct. 4, 1965. This
application May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36.384
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Jan. 12, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CL AOln 9/20
VS CL 71 93 ^ Claims
Com'positions containing 2,4-bis(isopropylamino)-6-
methoxy-s-triazine, 2,4-bis(isopropylamino) - 6-methyl-
thio-s-triazine, 2,4-D, pcntachlorophenol and herbicidal
oil are long-term weed killers. A single application of
these compositions effectively controls weeds through an
entire growing season.
at least a portion of the outer wall surface of the receptacle is
lined with a protective layer of copper, chromium, nickel or
tin for sealing the pores and for covering at least part of the
wall surface of the receptacle with that lining to establish a
dense integral pore-free layer that is integral with the sealing
of the pores, the lining may also provide corrosion proofing if
the receptacle is immersed in a corroding fluid (eg, potossi-
um or sodium or the like). The receptacle is then filled with
the metal and sealingly closed at least when the metal is in the
liquid state.
3,713,809
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ALUMINTJM
Charles Toth, Westwego, Raymond V. Bailey, Metairie,
and Harry G. Harris, Jr., New Orleans, La., assizors
to Applied Aluminum Research Corporation, West-
'^'^*'' ^Filcd Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,011
Int. CL C22b 21/02; COlg 45/06 ,
U.S. CI. 75—68 B » C'a*"*
3,713,807
HERBICIDAL METHOD FOR COMBATING
SHATTERCANE
Richard A. Schwartzbeck, Olathe, Kans., assignor to Gulf
Research Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 853,475, Aug. 27, 1969. This
application June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,575
Int. CI. AOln 9/22
U.S.CL 71—93 1 Claim
A two-component herbicide combination consisting essen-
tially of 2-chloro-4-cyclopropylamino-6-isopropylamino-s-
triazine and alachlor gives better control of certain weeds than
either of these herbicides alone. Pre-emergence use of the
combination on corn gives a wide spectrum of weed control
without injury to the corn.
3,713,808
METHOD OF PREPARING EQUIPMENT FOR HOLDING
MOLTEN METAL
Hans Joachim Wallbaum, and Wolfgang Hornschemeyer, both
of Osnabruck, Germany, assignors to Kabel-und MeUll-
werke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,824
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 15, 1969, P 19
46 598.6
Int. CI. C22d 7/00, C23b 5/56
U.S.CL75-10R 8 Claims
^ CKM«P
Process for the continuous production of aluminum
from the reaction of aluminum trichloride and molten
manganese including the step of alloying a solute flux
in the molten manganese which prevents aluminum as it
is formed in the process from alloying with manganese.
The solute flux comprises a substance which is unreactive
with the reaction mixture, highly miscible with manganese
vet essentially immiscible with aluminum at the tempera-
ture of the reaction. Suitable solute fluxes include bis-
muth, lead, antimony, cadmium, tin, thallium, zirconium,
vanadium, nickel, chromium, sulfur, silver, halogen, salts
of the foregoing metals, alkali halides and alkahne earth
halides.
Method of preparing equipment for holding molten high
melting chemically active metal such as titanium, molyb-
denum or the like in a crucible or mold, includmg the preven-
tion of formation of impurities and non-metal inclusion in the
molten metal, by providing a receptacle of refractory material
as cast extruded or welded part exhibiting microscopic pores,
but providing only insignificant leakage at room temperature;
3,713,810
BENEFICIATION OF BERYLLIUM
Kenneth A. Walsh, Fremont, Ohio, and Andrew J. Sandor,
Perrysburg, Ohio, assignors to The Brush Beryllium Com-
pany, Cleveland. Ohio
Filed May 1 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 36,448
Int.CLC22bi5/00
U.S.CL75-101R 8 Claims
There is provided an improved process for beneficiating
beryllium metal and more particularly a process for purifying
beryllium particles, particularly cast or virgin beryllium parti-
cles by leaching with aqueous acid at relatively low tempera-
ture's for up to 6 or 8 hours, and characterized by the step of
submitting the beryllium, either before or after conversion to
particulate metal, to a thermal aging treatment at elevated
temperatures for a prolonged period of time.
1674
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,811
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ALUMINUM
Charles Toth, Westwego, and Harry Gordon Harris, Jr.,
Melairie, La., assignors to Applied Aluminum Research
Corporation, Westwego, La.
Filed Apr. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,663
Int. CI. C22b 21/02; COlg 45/06
U.S. CI. 75—68 R 5 Claims
3,713,814
COPPER-ZINC ALLOY
Karl Olof Larsson, Zug, Switzerland, assignor to
Olof Manner AB, Molndal, Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 123,905
Int CI. C22c 9/02, 9/08
U.S. CI. 75 156.5 2 Claims
Many different copper-zinc alloys were necessary when
making pipe fitting members because of the various prop-
erties required. The present copper-zinc alloy has a broad
spectrum of properties and with this one alloy all the
component parts for pipe fitting can be manufactured.
The alloy consists of 62-65% Cu; 1-3% Pb; 0.2-0.8%
Ni; 0.2-0.8% Mn; 0.1-0.6% Al; 0.3-1.0% Si; 0.2-1.0%
Sn; 0.02-0.2% Sb; and the remainder is zinc.
3,713,815
CAST COBALT.BASE EUTECTIC TYPE ALLOY
Donald H. Boone, North Haven, Conn., Donald A. Koss,
Houghton, Mich., and David E. Peacock, Guilford,
Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corporation, East
Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 132,836
Int. CI. C22c 19/00
U.S. CI. 75—171 3 aalms
In the production of aluminum from the reaction of
aluminum trichloride and molten manganese wherein the
reaction is carried out under conditions such that man-
ganese dichloride, which is one of the principal by-prod-
ucts of the reaction, is formed as a separate substantially
pure liquid phase. This reaction is carried out in a special
reactor which is pressure tight, has two pour spouts, and
heating means for the aluminum trichloride which is in-
troduced under pressure into the reactor at the bottom.
3,713,812
FERRITIC STAINLESS STEELS WITH IMPROVED
DRAWABILITY AND RESISTANCE TO RIDGING
Kenneth G. Brickner, O Hara Township, Allegheny County,
Pa., assignor to United States Steel Corporation
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,678
Int.CLC22ci9/y4
U.S.C1.75-I26B 16 Claims
A method for increasing the deep drawability, as
represented by r value, of ferritic stainless steels. A complex
equation shows the interrelation of the various alloying ele-
ments. Within the compositional range similar to that of type
430 steel, the r value may be increased by employing C and Cr
at the lower end of the range and employing Si at the higher
end of the range Increasing the amount of Mn will increase r
value for a type 430 steel, but will have just the opposite effect
if Cb is present to any appreciable degree.
3,713,813
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR INCORPORAT-
ING ADDITIVES INTO MOLTEN \IETAL
Charles E. Lundin, Evergreen, Colo., assignor to Colorado
Springs National Bank as trustee, Colorado Springs,
Colo.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,305
Int. CI. C22c 9/08
U.S. CI. 75—135 7 Claims
A method of, and composition for, incorporating addi-
tives into molten metals, wherein the additive is bound or
contained in a first metal or alloy which is added to said
molten metal. For example, a homogeneity promoter of
graphite and a metal carbonate can be mixed with scrap
filings of lead-bearing alloys as a binder and the mixture
compacted under pressure to form a coherent pellet which
can be added to a molten alloy, such as a brass or a
bronze. As the metal binder melts the homogeneity pro-
moter will be released.
^gi
^
M
^M
^
M
S
tM
m
1
m
^^^
^
^
^^M
M
i
^
A cobalt-base alloy containing chromium, carbon, alu-
minum and scandium or yttrium is unidirectionally solidi-
fied to provide an oxidation resistant structure with high
strength imparted by a strong skeletal-type or aligned
lamellar carbide phase, solidification proceeding in ac-
cordance with the monovariant eutectic reaction.
3,713,816
PROCESS FOR PREPARING TUNGSTEN-SILICA
CERMETS
Adolfo P. MacCragh, Ellicott City; Arvind S. Patil. Silver
Spring, and George E. Ashby, Highland, all of Md., assignors
to W. R. Grace Co., New York, N.Y.
Filed April 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,293
Int.CI.B22f //OO
U.S.CL 75-206 3 Claims
A process for preparing cermets of tungsten and silica by
mixing a source of tungsten such as ammonium metatungstate
or tungsten sol with a silica sol, passing the resulting mixture
through a fluid energy mill and reducing the tungsten in the ef-
fluent of the mill with hydrogen. The product is then sintered
in an inert atmosphere at a temperature in excess of l,500°C.
3,713,817
METHOD OF PRODUCING POWDER
METAL ARTICLES
Orville W. Reen, Lower Burrell, Pa., assignor to
Allegheny Ludlum Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,414
Int. CI. B22f 7/00
U.S. CI. 75 211 2 Claims
Described herein is a method of producing articles of
predetermined carbon content from powdered iron and
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1675
— — ^ — and electrical characteristics.
3,713,818 ^
MIGRATION IMAGING SYSTEM WITH MOLTEN
LIQUID DEVELOPMENT
William L. Goffe, Webster, N.Y., assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,263
Int. CK G03g ii/22
U.S. CI. 96—1 R 13 Oaims
3 713 822
PYROELECTRIC PHOTo'cONDUCTIVE ELEMENTS AND
METHOD OF CHARGING SAME
Helmut Gustav Kiess, Hightstown, N.J., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration
Filed Aug. 31 , 1970, Ser. No. 68,067
Int. CLG03g 5/02, yi/02
U.S.CL 96-1.5 11 Claims
Migration material in contact with an insulating layer
is caused to imagewise selectively migrate to at least
locations in depth in the insulating layer by subjectmg
the migration material to an imagewise migration force
and then contacting the insulating layer with a molten
liquid.
3,713,819
XEROGRAPHIC IMAGING AND DEVELOPMENT USING
METAL OXIDE CARRIER PARTICLES
Robert J. Hagenbach, and Myron J. Lenhard, both of Roch-
ester, N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Rochester,
■ Division of Ser. No. 631,192, April 17, 1967, Pat. No
3 591 503. This application Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93.847
' ' Int. CLG03g 9/00, /i/OS
U.S.CL96-1SD 4 Claims
A xerographic carrier bead material for use in developing
electrostatic latent images comprising a glass composition of
from about 10 to about 40 parts oxides of silicon, from about 5
to about 50 parts oxides of barium, and oxides of metals
selected from the group consisting of titanium, lead and mix-
tures thereof.
AviJLm
lQ-%
The recording element comprises an electncally conductive
substrate and a layer of a photoconductive, pyroelectric com-
pound on the substrate. The layer comprises one or more
wafers of the pyroelectric compound, each wafer being
similariy oriented on the substrate so that its polar c-axis is
transverse to the opposite large surfaces of the layer. The
novel electrophotographic recording element is charged by
merely changing the temperature of the layer a few degrees.
3,713,820
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC CHARGE
TRANSPORT LAYER
Robert B. Champ, San Jose, Albert J. Cherry, Morgan
Hill, and Meredith D. Shattuck, San Jose. Calif., as-
signors to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion, Armonk, N.Y. , ^ , . i. „
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 886,786, Dec. 19, 1969. This application
Sept 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,493
Int. CI. G03g 5/02, 13/22
U.S. CI. 96 1.5 ° Claims
An electrophotographic plate in which the photocon-
ductor is overcoated with a charge transport layer of
polyamide which is formed from linoleic acid and ethyl-
ene diamine and which has a resistivity of at least lO^o
ohm cm. and a dark decay time of less than ten seconds.
3,713,823
PHOTOGRAPHIC CONTRAST CONTROL
Elliot Berman, Quincy, and Richard W. Philbnck, Con-
cord, Mass., assignors to Itek Corporation, Lexington,
Filed Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 664,479
Int CI. G03c 5/24
Uj^ CI 96 48 HD ' Claims
Methods of grossly or locally altering contrast in photo-
graphic images, in systems in which an image is reversibly
formed prior to development, by heating the imaging
medium prior to development and/or varying the period
of time between image formation and development.
3,713,821
PHOTORECEPTOR INTERFACE
Dominic J. Angelini, Webster, N.Y., assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,659
Int CLG03g 5/70. 5/00
U.S. CI. 96^1.5 ^ ' Claims
An organic interface suitable for use with a photocon-
ductive insulating layer, said interface comprising a poly-
mer blend or mixture of polycarbonate and polyurethane
3,713,824 ^
PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT UmiZP^Gl-PjreNY^
■K PVRA/OLIDONE OR A BENZENE DIAMINE
COMstNED WITli A POLYHYDROXYBENZENE
IN ACIDIC MEDIUM ^, „ _,
John R. Manhardt, Nashua, N.H., assignor to
Itek Corporation. Lexington, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 812
Int CI. G03c 5/24
U g ci. 95 4g PD 30 Claims
This 'invention relates to physical development of a
photographic reproduction system with a physical de-
veloper. Jhe step of lAysicai development comprises con-
tactinran exposed photosensitive layer containing the oxi-
dizii^ component of a chemical redox system, such as
silver nitrate, with the reducing component of the redox
system where the reducing component is a mixture of a
slow-acting reducing agent and a fast-acting reducing
agent The use of a mixed reducing agent as described
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
1676
permits development of images of improved density and
Sast beca/se development -inates and takes pa
within the photosensitive layer rather than on its surface
o beyond Its surface as typically encountered with prior
art developers. An overall process in accordance with the
fnventLnTomprises selectively exposing the reproduction
system to activating radiation and deve oping in ^h man^
ner above described. A portion or all of the oxidizing
component of the redox system may be contained within
he photosensitive layer at the time of exposure to give
a direct read-out or it is possible to apply all of the
oxid zing component at a time subsequent to exposure fol-
lowed by contact with the reducing portion of the redox
rtem A photosensitive layer comprising a photoconduc-
o that becomes reversibly activated "P^" ^"P^^^^^^^ ^^I
tWating radiation is preferred. Titanium dioxide having a
plr^le size less than about 250 millimicrons and which
has been heated at a temperature between about 200 C.
and 950° C. is the preferred photoconductor.
3.713,825
LIGHT-ACTIVATED DIAZOGRAPHY
Eric Lionel Girard, Holyoke. Mass., assignor to The Plastic
Coating Corporation, South Hadley. Mass.
Filled April 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,420
Int.CI.G03c5/i4,//36
US CI 96-49 '^'■''"''
'a light-act.vatable, thermally developable diazosulfonate
reproduction materia! and methods of imagmg same.
3,713,828
MULTILAYER COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER
HALIDE LIGHT-SENSITIVE MATERIALS
Jun Hayashi, and Akira Sato. Kanagawa, Japan assignors to
Juji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Minami, Ashigara-sh., Kanagawa.
^"*'"" Filed Sept. 8. 1970, Ser. No. 70,554
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 5, 1969, 44/70681
Int.CI.G03c//76.i/00
L SCI 96-74 »"^'"""''
A multi-layer type color photographic Hght-sens.t.ve
material characterized in that a merocyan.ne dye havmg the
following general formula I
X
1
Ri
/ I
-N
I
R2
wherein X is selected from the group consistmg of a sulfur
atom, a selenium atom, an oxygen atom, and
N— Rj.
AND WHITE DEVELOPING AGL>1>
Donald LS?kes, Upper Saddle River, N J., Harry KroJI,
Warwick R.I., and Theron R. Finch, Northvale, rjJ.,
7^0^ To Philip A. Hunt Chemical Corporation,
^emrwfnf Fifei-Nov 16 1970 Ser. No. 90,025
,.cr. 0^.4'°*- '''•''' 9 Claims
^'a metK and solution for black and white develop-
ing of silver halide gelatin layers with the use of a bath that
includes a conventional black and white developing agent
or agents and other conventional constituents suchjs re-
strainers, anti-foggants, sequestrants, silver hahde oWems
and gelatin hardeners and which for the preservative t^ses
a sulfite ester selected from the class consisting of 1.2-
ethy lenesulfite; l-methyl-l,2-ethylenesumte; 1 .2-dirr.ethyl-
U-ethylenesuifite; 1,3-propylenesulfite and dimethylsulfite
in the presence of an alkali in an amount sufficient to pro-
vide for the bath a pH of at least 8.
wherein each of R,. R, and R, is selected from tje group con
sistinR of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a substituted aikyl
oroup an aryl group, and a substituted aryl group; and
wherem Z represents an atomic group necessary to comp ele a
heterocyclic nng, which may be substituted, .s incorporated m
a leas 'one lay!; of the mult.-layer type color photographic
light-sensitive material, said multi-layer type color photo
gfaphic light-sensitive material having on a suppor^ at least
fwo silver halide photographic emulsion layers is disclosed.
3,713,829
PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT SENSITIVE MATERIAL
CONTAINING COPOLYMER LAYER
Fumihiko Nishio; Daijiro Nishio; Syu Watarai; K'nj. Ohkubo
and Yosuke Nakajima, Minami-Ash.Kara ^1«^»"' J-P^"' ?•
signors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Minami-Ashigara-shi,
Sn":a'ionTpart of Ser. No. 554,048, May 31 , 1966
abandoned. This application Sept. 30 197 , Se- No. 188 701
Claims priority, application Japan, June 1, 1965,40/3ZOJZ
Int.CI.G03c//04,//«S
c ri Oft K^ *' Claims
^'a light-s7nsitive photographic material having at least one
layer containing a copolymer represented by the general for-
mula:
/• Rt
- -CHr-C—
-I CHj
O
i
Ah
CHjOR2>
Rj\
Z /y
Wherein R, and R, can be H or CH„ R, can be an alkyl grouP
having one to three carbon atoms, x and y represent positive
integers, and Z represents one of:
3,713,827
PROCESS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
Jozef Frans Willems, Wilrijk, Belgium, assignor to
Gevaert-Agfa N.V., Mortsel, Belgium
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,937
Claims priority, appUcaHon Great Britam, Oct. 27, 1969,
52,569/69
Int €1. G03c 5/30 , ^, , „
,,c ri Qti tm^ 7 Claims
A methoTof developing exposed photographic silver
halide elements is described according to which an aque-
ous alkaline composition is used in ^^e presence of an
anionic silver halide developing agent and a diquaternary
cyclic ammonium salt which by the uptake of 1 electron
forms stable Weitz radicals. The diquaternary cyclic am-
monium salts accelerate development and the develop-
ment accelerating effect surpasses that of related quaie^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^.^^ ^p^„ exposure to
nary ammonium compounds that do not form stable Weitz *h«^^^«J^ 1* 1 J.
radicals.
^o
N
CH2 CO
I
cm
i
H2
N
CH2 CHj
CH2 — CH2
io
Ae
(CH2).
• I
N
and
/
CH2
CH2
\
/
CH2
CH2
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1677
3,713,830
PRESENSmZED LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING
PLATE AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING
SAME
Leonard James Watkinson, Leeds, England, a^ignor to
Howson-Algraphy Limited, Leeds, \ orkshire, England
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,388
Int. CI. G03c 1/94, 1/00; G03f 7/02
U.S. CI. 96—86 R 13 Claims
A presensitised printing plate comprises a support sheet
of aluminium or aluminium alloy having a surface which
has been anodised using aqueous phosphoric acid as elec-
trolyte. A layer of light sensitive material comprising a
mixture of a novolak resin and a diazo salt is applied to
the anodised surface. The diazo saU may be used in the
form of a stable double salt or a stable complex. The
presensitised printing plate is storage stable for long
periods and, on processing gives rise to a lithographic
printing plate capable of producing many copies.
Xi X3 "I
<^^v-coo-
(Xs).
x/
2M+
and at least one desensitizing compound represented by either
of the following two general formulas:
3,713,831
COATING COMPOSITION COMPRISING
PHOTOACTIVATOR AND FILM-FORMING ORGANIC
MATERIAL FOR POWDER DEVELOPMENT
Lester P. Hayes; Rexford W. Jones, both of Decatur. 111., and
William B. Thompson. Columbus, Ohio, assignors to A. E.
Staley Manufacturing Company, Decatur, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 796,847, Feb. 5, 1969, Pat.
No 3,637,385. This application Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No.
852,914
Int.CLG03c//00
U.S. CL 96-88 35 Claims
Storage stable coating compositions suitable for the
preparation of solid, light-sensitive organic layers utilizable in
deformation imaging comprising a liquid vehicle, a film form-
ing organic material and a photoactivator capable of produc-
ing free radicals.
3,713,832
SOLARIZATION TYPE SILVER HALIDE EMULSION
CONTAINING A HALOGENATED
HYDROXVPHTHALEIN SENSITIZING DYE AND A
DESENSITIZING COMPOUND
Keisuke Shiba; Masanao Hinata, and Masao Sawahara, all of
Kanagawa, Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.,
Minami, Ashigara-shi, Kanagawa, Japan
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,717
Claims priority, application Japan, July 15, 1968,43/49815
Int.CI.G03c//i6
U.S.CL96-101 16 Claims
OtWTY
k>g E
(«
Dtiisn
Ml
R_N(=CH-CH)=
r-1
:C_CH=CH-<f
(NO.)b~|
X-(»-i).
N(=CH-CH)=C-CH=CH-<^ ^
r-1
(NOi)b
X X,, Xj, X4, or X5 can be hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
a can be 1. 2, 3 or 4, M can be a hydrogen atom, an alkali
metal Nh] or an alkaline earth metal, Y represents non-
metallic atoms necessary to complete a heterocyclic ring, R
can be an alkyl group or a substituted alkyl group, fl, fc, and r
can be 1 or 2, and X represents an anion.
3,713,833
PREPARATION OF SILVER SALTS IN AN ORGANIC
LIQUID MEDIUM
Robert Derwood Lindholm, Rochester, and Kenneth Robert
Hollister, Pittsford, both of N.Y., assignors to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,923
Int.CI.G03c//04
U.S.CL96-114 9 Claims
Photographic silver halide salt compositions are formed in
the presence of certain synthetic polymers in an organic sol-
vent medium. In one aspect, silver halide grains havmg metal
ions occluded therein can be made by this technique. In
another aspect, inorganic silver halide slats made by this
technique can be admixed with organic silver salts in an or-
ganic solvent and coated on a support to provide improved
heat-developable photographic elements.
A direct positive silver halide photographic emulsion illus-
trates improved qualities when it contains at least one dye
represented by the following general formula;
3,713,834
POLYMERIC BINDERS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC
EMULSIONS
Maurice J. Fitzgerald. Canton, Mass., assignor to
Polaroid Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed July 6, 1971, Ser. No. 160,092
Int. CK G03c 1/04 ^ ^ ,
U.S. CI. 96—114 24 Claims
A photosensitive silver halide emulsion wherein the
emulsion binder comprises an amine-diamide polymer or
copolymer.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1678
3,713,835
LIGHT-SENSITIVE SUPERSENSITIZED SILVER HALIDE
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
Shui Sato, Hachioji-shi, Tokyo; Eiichi Sakamoto, Hanno-shi,
Saitama-ken; Shiiuo Saito; Kaiichiro Sakazume, both of
Hachioji-shi, Tokyo, and Tokuzo Kaneko. Hino-shi, Tokyo,
all of Japan, assignors to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co..
Ltd., Tokyt), Japan
Filed Oct. 12. 1970. Ser. No. 79,941
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 13, 1969, 44/81 151
Int.CLG03c///4
U.S. CI. 96- 124 9 Claims
Light-sensitive silver halide photographic material charac-
terized by containing in the silver halide photographic emul-
sion layer thereof a combination of sensitizing dyes compris-
ing at least one compound represented by the general formula
(1).
January 30, 1973
YiOOC
composition is administered to domestic animals and is
capable of controlling the bacterial flora in the intestines,
resulting in an increased growth of the animals.
3,713,837
FREEZE-THAW CYCLE FOR JUICY SAUSAGE ANALOG
Harold T. Leidy, New City, N.Y.; Charles M. Kerrigan,
Wayne, N J., and Duane C. Byble, Ossining, N.Y., assignors
to General Foods Corporation. White Plains, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 35,267, May 6,
1970. This application Aug. 20, 1970, Set. No. 65,717
Int.CI.A23ji/00
U.S.CI.99-17 2 Claims
A sausage meat analog is formed utilizing a vegetable
protein gel with a rendered animal fat and/or vegetable oil and
a preferred additional protein gel source albumen, casein,
whey or combinations. Additional juiciness is introduced into
the protein gel system by freezing the product with subsequent
thawing.
(I)
wherein R, and R, are individually a lower alkyl group which
may be in etherated form; Rj and R^ are individually a lower
alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group or a sulfoalkyl group; Y,
and Yj are individually a lower alkyl group which may be in
etherated form, or an aryl group; X'"' is an anion (that is an
acid anion); and n is an integer of 1 or 2. with at least one
compound represented by the general formula (II),
CH— C=CH-(x^
(+)i_S03(-' (ID
wherein Rj is a lower alkyl group; and A is an alkylene group,
or a combination of said compounds with at least one com-
pound represented by the general formula (III),
3 713 838
PROCESS FOR OBTAINING A BEER FLAVORING
Erich Ziegler. D-8551 Aufsess/Ofr., Bavaria, Germany
Filed Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,102
Int.CLA23I//26
U.S.CL 99-28 18 Claims
Beer flavoring substances are obtained from the yeast con-
taining dregs obtained in brewing, preferably by fractional
distillation or solvent extraction. The flavoring substance con-
sists of an oil having an intensive odor and a density at 20°C
ranging from about 0.85 to 0.89 and is soluble in an 80 per-
cent ethyl alcohol solution in all ratios. The flavoring sub-
stance or an alcohol solution of the same is added to various
foods and beverages.
I
Yi
v^/\
V^n/
lU
--cn—
(X<-))n-l
(III)
3,713,839
FERMENTATION PROCESS
Jacques J. Delente, University City; Elmer W. Lueckerath,
Ferguston; Cavit Akin, Chicago, all of III., and Erik Krabbe,
Webster Groves, Mo.
Continuation of Ser. No. 695,274, Jan. 2, 1968, abandoned.
This application Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 1 17,821
Int.CLC12c/;/04;C12b//00
U.S.CK 99-31 3 Claims
The process of handling fermenting medium such that the
carbon dioxide released during fermentation is applied to the
problem of creating an agitation regime for desirable product
quality and heat dissipation, and apparatus having depth and
bottom shapes that determine the agitation pattern and assist
in heat dissipation.
wherein R, is a lower alkyl group; R, is a lower alkyl group, a
hydroxyalkyl group, a carboxyalkyl group or a sulfoalkyl
group; Yj is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower
alkoxy group; Z is S or Se: X" is a negative group; and n is an
integer of 1 or 2.
3,713,836 _^_
PROCESS OF PRODUCLNG A COMPOSITION FOR
CONTROLLING THE BACTERIAL FLORA IN THE
INTESTINES OF ANIMALS
Carl Gosta Carlsson, Angelholm, Sweden, assignor to
AB Cernelle, Angelholm, Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,303
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct 13, 1969,
13,996/69
Int CL A23k 1/00
U.S. CI. 99—2 VM 8 Claims
A composition is prepared by cultivation of a strain of
Streptococcus faecium in an aqueous nutrient medium un-
der anaerobic conditions. The resulting bulk of bacteria
is separated and possibly subjected to freeze-drying. The
3,713,840 ^„^
PROCESS FOR MAKING A BREWERS^ WORT
Richard C. Quittenton, Windsor, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to John Labatt Limited, London, Ontano,
^'""'^ Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,630
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, July 29, 1969,
38,064/69
Int. CL C12c 7/00
US CI 99—51 18 Claims
"This 'invention provides a process for producing a
brewers' wort in which an aqueous slurry of a raw starch-
containing material, preferably a cereal grain such as
barley is treated under suitable temperature conditions
for defined periods of time with discrete proteolytic, a-
amylase and amyloglucosidase enzymes and a ^-amylase
source or a discrete ^-amylase enzyme the proteolytic, a-
amylase and amyloglucosidase enzyme being present in
amounts of at least about 0.5 modified Kunitz protease
units per gm., at least about 45, preferably at least about
100, modified Stein-Fischer a-amylase umts per gm. and
at least 6.0x10-3. preferably at least about l.OxlO"
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
^679
amyloglucosidase (AG) units per gm. of starch-contaimng
material respectively. The ^-amylase source is convement-
ly malt present in an amount of no more than about 30%
by weight, preferably between about 8% and 20% by
weight, so that the traditional reliance upon malt (a rela-
tively expensive and complex material) is greatly lessened.
Preferably the mash bill includes up to about 60% by
weight, of a cereal adjunct, say, liquefied corn grits. Pre-
ferred embodiments of this invention involve novel mash
cycles based on defined temperature and time parameters.
This invention also includes a process for producing
beer or like non-distUled, alcoholic beverage from such
brewers' worts.
3,713,841
WHIPPING APPARATUS AND METHOD
John MacManus, 143—16 22nd Road,
Whitestone, N.Y. 11357
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 571,885, Aug. 11,
1966. This application June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,087
Int. CI. BOlf 15/02. 13/02. 5/04
VS. C\. 99—60 12 Claims
3,713,843
WATER SOLUBLE PROTEIN MATERIALS
Akiva Pour-el, St. Paul, and Thomas C. Swenson, Bloomington,
both o( Minn., assignors to Archer Daniels Midland Com-
pany, Minneapolis, Minn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 797,669, Feb. 7, 1969, abandoned.
This application Nov. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 203,443
Int.CLA23I//00, A23j;//4
U.S.CL 99-79 9 Claims
Dispersed insoluble plant proteins are digested with acid ac-
tive enzymes under quiescent acidic conditions to completely
dissolve the insoluble colloidal protein within the reaction
medium. Following the digestion, the reaction medium is cen-
trifuged and freeze-dried to form a soluble proteinaceous
powder. The soluble protein can be included within car-
bonated or non-carbonated acidic beverages.
A static whipping apparatus, preferably for whipping
animal or vegetable fat cream, including a large refrig-
erated storage vessel, a pump for pumping therefrom
to a gas injection chember where gas is injected in a plu-
rality of streams, and then to a static whipping tube
having irregular impediments of synthetic resin therein.
3,713,844
DOUGH MAKING METHOD
George P. Sternberg, 3740 Wyoming St., Kansas City, Mo.
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 59,021
Int.CLA21dS/04
U.S.CL 99-91 2 Claims
A method of making dough for bread and roll production in
which a warm slurry of flour and malt or other amylase is
digested to produce a digested starch product, reducing the
bulk of the digested material by evaporation or drying to
produce a condensed product which may be either a heavy
syrup or a completely dried product which can be ground into
a powder. This digested starch product is added to the fer-
mentable dough mixture comprising flour, water, sugar, salt,
yeast and other ingredients and mixed therewith. The ferment
in the dough can be either obtained from a brew or a sponge
that has been fermented. Preferably the dough contains ap-
proximately from 2 to 4 pounds of digested surch product to
approximately 100 pounds of flour, the amount used can be
either added to the usual 100 pounds of flour or can be in-
cluded as part of the 1 00 pounds of flour as ordinarily stated in
bread and roll dough formulas.
3,713,842
AGGLOMERATION OF ROAST AND GROUND COFFEE
WITH INSTANT COFFEE SOLUBLES
Timothy A. Lubsen, Cincinnati; Frederick M. Joffe, Wyoming;
Paulee Gregory, Forest Park, and Joseph R. McSwiggin,
Cinncinnati, all of Ohio, assignors to The Proctor & Gamble
Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,821
Int.Cl.A23s//04
U.S.CL 99-65 12 Claims
3,713,845
CHIFFON CAKE MIX
Richard A. Kuffel, St. Louis Park, Minn., assignor to General
Mills, Inc.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,329
Int. CLA21d 2/00, 2/02
U.S.CL 99-94 6 Claims
Chiffon cake mix using starch as the amylaceous ingredient.
This chiffon cake mix exhibits a stable foam structure during
the preparation operation thus avoiding one of the major dis-
advantages encountered in using previously known chiffon
cake mixes.
A method of pan agglomerating roast and ground coffee
using instant coffee extract as an agglomerating agent. The
method yields a product which is approximately 25 percent
lower in umped bulk density than roast and ground coffee and
yet equal in brew flavor strength to conventional roast and
ground coffee.
3,713,846
METHOD FOR COOKING MEAT PRODUCTS
WiUiam J. Turner, Oak Lawn; Wayne E. Henry, Downers
Grove, and Gary W. Hubb, Western Springs, all of III., as-
signors to The Griffith Laboratories, Inc., Chicago, HI.
Division of Ser. No. 864,463, Oct. 7, 1969, Pat. No. 3,559,564,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 70 1 ,442, Jan. 29,
1968, abandoned. This application Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No.
67,174
Int CL A22c 1 1 100, 18100; B65b 55/02
U.S.CL99-107 6 Claims
Methods and apparatus for cooking meat products conflned
in casings which utilize the application of controlled intense
1680
infrared radiation In the cooking process an intense infrared
radiation source heating the product is impulsed by rapidly
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3 713 848
FLAVORING PROCESSES AND COMPOSITIONS ES-
VOLVING BRANCHED-CHAIN ALKANETHIOLS
Ira Katz, Elberon, Richard A. Wilson, Edison, and
Cynthia J. Mussinan, Bricktown, N.J., assignore to
International Flavor & Fragrances Inc., New York,
N Y
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 135,337
Int. CI. A23W /26
U.S. CI. 99—140 R ^ c , A. I i^
Processes for altering the flavor of foodstuffs which
comprise adding thereto at least one branched-chain
alkanethiol having the formula;
r_(!;H-(CHj).— C-Ri
turning the source on and off in a cyclic manner. This enables
a commercially good product to be obtained in significantly
less time than is normally required in the prior art.
3,713,847
PROCESS FOR PREPARING PACKAGED BEEF
PRODUCTS FOR PROLONGED STORAGE
Virdl W. Vogel, deceased, by Virgil J. Vogel, co-executor,
p!o. Box 670, Pekin, III. 61554, and Paul W. Vogel,
Pekin, 111. (Bonne Terre Sausage Company, P.O. Box
270, Bonne Terre, Mo. 63628)
Continuation of application Ser. No. 338,158, Jan. 16,
1964, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 48,561, Aug. 10, 1960, now Patent No. 3,124,462.
This appUcation Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,475
Int. CI. A22c 18/00; B65b 25/06
U.S. CI. 99—108 9 Claims
k
wherein Ri, Ra, R3 and R4 are the same or different alkyl
groups or hydrogen, at least two of Ri, Ra. R3 and R4
being alkyl and at least one of Ri. R2. R3 and R^
being hydrogen; and n is 0 or 1, together with composi-
tions incorporating such thiols for altering the flavor of
foodstuffs.
3,713,849
MEAT PACKAGE
Paul E. Grindrod; Robert L. Goller, and Oscar E. Selferth, all
of Madison, Wis., assignors to Oscar Mayer & Company
Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed April 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28.591
Int. CI. B65b 25/06
U.S.CI.99-174 9 Claims
.2 .« « • •vf„'^'
c
-/O
I OWESSIWG \^^
«
«P»»OCESS»tG
^o
I— r SEASOMHSj
»'
y^*
lt£5^ h- '"^^
i?Ll.
^
X
STomse I
A fresh meat package in which an outer oxygen impermea-
ble lamina is readily and entirely peelable from an inner ox-
ygen-permeable lamina. The package includes means for in-
itiating the peeling separation along an edge of the package.
The package, and method for manufacturing of same, is
directed to the central packaging of fresh or fresh-frozen
meats. Outer oxygen barrier maintains meats in well preserved
condition in spite of purplish color having low consumer ap-
peal. Shortly prior to display for sale to the consumer outer
lamina is removed by the retailer and product develops
healthy bright red "bloom" due to high oxygen through-put of
inner remaining film package.
A process for preparing packaged meat in which the
meat is removed from a freshly slaughtered carcass while
at substantially bleeding temperature imder ambient tem-
perature conditions, comminuting the meat under these
conditions, sealing the comminuted meat within a flexible
packaging material before the meat temperature has de-
clined to ambient temperature, and rapidly reducing the
temperature of the packaged meat to a storage tempera-
ture. *
3,713,850
CHEESE TREATING SYSTEMS
Knud Gasbjerg, Hemingvej 74, Silkeborg, Denmark
Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,707
Int CI. A23c 19/02
US CI 99 452 *" Claims
For use in cheese production, a system for treating
cheeses with a liquid medium such as salt brine, compris-
ing a plurality of relatively flat trays each having a height
or depth slightly exceeding the thickness of the cheeses to
be treated and each being able to receive one layer of
cheeses, said trays being stackable into a pile of trays,
means being provided for supplying brine to the upper-
most tray whereby when this tray is full the bnne will be
let out through an overrun down into the next tray for
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1681
filling the same, and so forth all the way down through of an oxidizer and a fuel together w.th bulk or modifying con-
the pile whereby all cheeses in the trays will be subjected stituents. The improved properties are achieved by control of
to the brine. Preferably, in order to facilitate emptying of composition and particle size of '"g^**'^"^. ^"^ '" "j;^'" '""
the trays, each tray has one or more narrow bottom holes stances agglomerating the mixture into a pelletized form,
through which, after closing of the brine supply to the _
^ 3,713,853
CERAMIC DIELECTRIC MATERIALS OF PEROV-
SKITE BARIUM-LEAD SODILTVl MOBATE
Yoshihiro Matsuo, 27-4 Ishiru Higashi-cho, Neyagawa-
shl; Hiromu Sasaki, 546-39 Oaza Kamishimagashira,
Kadoma-shi; and Shigeru Hayakawa, 7-1^13 Konga-
oka, Hirakata-shi, all of Osaka, Japan
FUed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,869
Int. CI. C04b 33/00
JJJS. CI. 106—39.5 ^ Claims
A ceramic material in a perovskite structure having a
high dielectric permittivity, a low power factor and a low
temperature coeflRcient of permittivity, the composition of
which is in a chemical formula of
(BaxPbi_x) (Nao.25Nbo.,5)03
wherein x ranges from 0.40 to 0.95 in accordance with the
inventions. The ceramic dielectric composition of
uppermost tray, the rest of the brine may leave the smgle
trays down into the underlying tray whereby the trays will
be consecutively emptied. The tray pile or piles are easily
movable by means of e.g. a fork truck whereby the sys-
tem contributes to an easy handling of the cheeses.
(Ba,Pbi_,) (Nao.25Nbo.76)03
can be modified by substitution of Sr for Ba or Li for Na
in accordance with the inventions.
3,713,851
AQUEOUS SILOXANE BAG LUBRICANT FOR TIRE
MOLDING
Joseph Cekada, Jr., 1827 Eastlawn, Midland, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 148,899. June 1, 1971, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 40,452, May 25, 1970,
abandoned. This application Jan. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 215,642
Int. CI. B28b 7136
U.S. CI. 106-38.22 10 Claims
A composition useful as a bag lubricant in tire manufactur-
ing is disclosed which composition consists essentially of ( A ) 1
to 20 percent by weight of an alkylmelhyl-siloxane fluid hav-
ing from one to 20 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and at least
1000 cs. viscosity at 25° C, (B) 2 to 20 percent by weight of a
material selected from the group consisting of ( 1 ) polyal-
kylene glycols having a molecular weight of at least 500 in
which the alkylene oxide units are ethylene oxide units,
propylene oxide units or combinations of ethylene oxide and
propylene oxide units and (2) copolymers of alkylmethylsilox-
anes and polyalkylene glycols in which the alkylene oxide
units are ethylene oxide units, propylene oxide units or com-
binations of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide units, said
copolymers having a viscosity of at least 200 cs. at 25''C. and
containing from 5 to 50 percent by weight of the alkylmethyl-
siloxanes, (C) 25 to 50 percent by weight of mica of 75 to 600
mesh, (D) 0.1 to 5 percent by weight of a material selected
from the group consisting of ( I ) finely divided magnesium sil-
icate, (2) carboxymethyl cellulose and (3) carboxyethyl cellu-
lose, (E) 0.1 to 5 percent by weight of lecithin, and (F) 15 to
55 percent by weight of water. Alternative formulation is a
copolymer of an alkylmethyl siloxane and a polyalkylene
glycol in lieu of components (A) and (B) in the preceding
composition.
3,713,854
REDUCED SILICA-NUCLEATED GLASS-
CERAMIC ARTICLES
George H. Beall, Big Flats, N.Y., assignor to Coming
Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 699,048,
Jan. 19, 1968. This appUcation Sept. 8, 1971, Ser.
No. 178,719
Int. CI. C04b 33/00
U.S. CL 106—39 DV ^ 8 Claims
This invention relates to the manufacture of glass-
ceramic articles from essentially any thermally crystal-
lizable silicate base glass composition utilizing reduced
silica as a nucleating agent. Silicon metal may be incor-
porated into the batch, or other strongly reducing con-
stituents may be added so that a part of the silica m
the melt will be reduced to either silicon monoxide or
elemental silicon.
3,713,852
EXOTHERMIC HOT TOPPING COMPOSITION
Donald E. Wiley, Conneaut, Ohio, assignor to Exomet, Incor-
porated, Conneaut, Ohio
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,218
Int. CI. B28b 7136
U.S. CI. 106-38.27 2 Claims
Minimized smoke evolution and controlled reaction of ex-
othermic hot topping compositions are obuincd by a mixture
3,713,855
PRODUCTION OF BASIC REFRACTORIES
Edmund S. Wright, Clearfield, Pa., assignor to
Eltra Corporation, Toledo, Ohio
FUed Mar. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 127,665
Int. a. C04b 35/04
VS. CI. 106 58 8 Claims
An improved method for producing a high MgO re-
fractory, having lime and silica as the major impurities
is disclosed. The method involves preparing a batch of
size-graded periclase particles, tempering the batch,
forming the tempered batch into a shape, drying the
shape and firing the shape. According to the invention,
at least 0.1 percent by weight of a calcium compound,
calculated as CaO and based on the dry weight of the
batch, is dissolved in the tempering liquid, the weight
ratio of lime to silica is controlled to one from 1.5:1
to 2.6: 1, and firing is controlled so that the overall refrac-
toriness of the accessory phases is increased. Preferably,
the CaO/SiOa ratio and firing are controlled so that
dicalcium sUicate is formed as the principal accessory
phase. The addition of silica, in addition to the dissolved
calcium compound, to control the CaO/SiOj ratio is also
disclosed.
1682
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,856
PAVING COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF MAKING IT
Kenneth E. McConnaug h«y, P.O. Box 1457. Laf.yetU, Ind.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 48,513, June 22, 1970,
abandoned. This applicaUon Jan. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 221,441
Int.CI.C04b7/02
U.S. CI. 106-96 . 8 Claims
A paving composition and method of makmg it in which an
aggregate is mixed with a bituminous material to coat the ag-
gregate particles with a bituminous film. After coating, the ag-
gregate is mixed with Portland cement and water and the
resulting paving composition is spread on the surface to be
paved.
where R is an alkyl group of one to Tive carbon atoms, phenyl
or benzyl and where jc is 0 or 1 and where each M is indepen-
dently selected from the group consistmg of hydrogen, alkali
metal, alkaline earth metal, and ammonium.
3,713,857
PHTHALOCYANINE PIGMENTS
Leonard Shapiro, East Brunswick, NJ., assignor to Sun
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 1 18,943
Int.CI.C08h/7//4
U.S. CI. 106-288 Q 11 Claims
Organic pigments having improved heat stability and disper-
sibility are obtamed by pasting the crude pigment with sulfuric
acid in the presence of (a) a salt of an aromatic sulfonic acid
or (b) free aromatic sulfonic acid plus sodium sulfate.
3,713,860
BONE SUBSTITUTE
Allan Auskern, East Patchogue, N.Y., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States Atomw
Energy Commission
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,578
Int.CI.A61f //24
US CI. 117— 8.5 5 Claims
A bone substitute and a method for preparing the bone sub-
stitute in which porous aluminum oxide is initially im-
pregnated with pure methyl methacrylate monomer. The
monomer is polymerized by gamma irradiation and polymer is
then removed by solution from selected areas where muscle
and bone atuchment is to be made in situ. Further irradiation
sterilizes the bone substitute.
3,713,858
PIGMENT RECOVERY
Frank J. Eckert, Marrisville, Pa., assignor to Cities Service
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 92,326
Int.CI.C09c;//4
U.S. CI. 106-291 7 Claims
Crystal platelets of basic lead carbonate which are
suspended in the mother liquor are classified according to size
by means of a wet cyclone classifier. An underflow stream is
recovered from the wet cyclone classifier and contains crystal
platelets having an average diameter within the range of about
10 to about 20 microns. Platelets having an average diameter
in this range are especially preferred since they are pear-
lescent and have a luster and brilliance which equals or excells
that of natural pearl essence. An overflow stream is also
removed from the wet cyclone classifier and contains crystal
platelets having an average diameter of below about 10
microns. These under-size crysUls are subjected to a size-en-
largement step and are then returned to the cyclone classifier
for separation with respect to size.
3,713,861
INHIBITOR DEVICE
James H. Sharp, Webster, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,186
Int CI. B44d 15/00; C09k 1/00
U.S. a. 117—15 16 Claims
COPY'
A method of rendering a document copy-proof by
overcoating the document with a film of a selected flu-
orescent material so that light emanating from aii ex-
posure source onto the document fluoresces in the image
areas of the document as well as in the background areas.
As a result, no image impression is made on the photo-
sensitive element of the copying device.
3,713,859
DISPERSING CLAYS, PIGMENTS AND THE LIKE WITH
AMINO
Merwin Frederick Hoover, Pittsburgh, and Gloria DiMarco
Sinkovitz, BridgcvUlc, both of Pa., assignors to Calgon Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,857
Int.CLC09cy/42,i/02
U.S.CK 106-308 N 9 Claims
The disclosure is directed to the use of water-soluble amino
diphosphonates as deflocculating agents for finely divided
solid matenals in an aqueous dispersion, slurry and the like
especially as deflocculating agents for the preparation of high
solids, low viscosity slurries of pigments and clays for use in
paper coatings. The useful ammo diphosphonates are
represented by the following formula
3,713,862
METHOD FOR PIGMENTED SIDE STRIPING OF CAN
BODIES
Robert A. Winkless, Oak Lawn, III., assignor to Continental
Can Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 767,582, Oct. 3, 1968,
abandoned. This application Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,958
Int. CI. B05b 5102; B44d 1/09, 1 1094
U.S.CL 117- 17.5 9 Claims
O R O
M0-l^-(CH:).-('^-(CH2).-P-0M
OM
MO
NHi
A method for side striping cans which uses a single belt hav-
ing slots of can seam length along its middle. A stream of
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1683
fluidized powder is shaped and is jetted toward the side seam
of the can at an angle less than 30 degrees. The side seam of
the can is moving at a uniform speed and in this way the pow-
dered material settles onto the can side seam with an even dis-
tribution of powdered material across each lateral unit of the
side seam. The edges of the stripe are sharp because the side
seam lies in the segmented belt.
3,713,863
MARK-FORMING RECORD MATERIALS
AND PROCESS . ^ ^. . ^
Chao-Han Lin, Dayton, and Arthur J. Wright, Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to The National Cash Register Com-
oSlS^X^'/pX^^^nl.n. 21, 1969, Ser No. 792,277, now
Patent No. 3,641,011. Divided and this apphcation Jan.
11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,600
Int. CL B41m 5/22
U.S. CI. 117-36.2 13 Claims
and a radiation sensitizer having a triplet energy between
about 42 and 85 kcal./mole. Also, the method of printing
with such inks comprising exposing the inks to an amount
of actinic radiation effective to polymerize the inks to a
non-offsetting state and the printed substrate produced by
this method. , ,
Novel alkyd-derived compositions used as vehicles tor
the above printing ink compositions and preferably com-
prising the reaction product of
(1) an alkyd formed from trimethylol propane, tall oil
fatty acid, and adipic acid with
(2) the reaction product of toluene diisocyanate and
the monoacrylic acid ester of ethylene glycol.
The method of coating with such compositions comprising
exposing them, in combination with a radiation sensitizer,
to an amount of radiation effective to polymerize them
to a non-offsetting state.
e»st-s»«T Of Ktcowo iunt«i«i.
CO»TtO OW TMt «»" W" MiWUTt
P«ltJSU«f-"«U<>TU««Buf C»»50LtS
COMTJINIHO LlOU'D iOLUTiO. C
CnROMOClN.C M«T€««i»L Otv€LO<»»Lt
ON C0W4CT WITH <N tLlCTRON-
»CCtPTiNC KiTtHlAL Of IX LtWU-
»CiO TTPt TO COtO«lO FOSM
RtCtlVIXO SUOriCt Of UMOtHSMttT CMTtp WITH
*M tl.tCTIlOM-ACCtl'TmO l<Mt«l»L OT TMt LtWl$-
aClO TTPt
A novel chromogenic material of normally colorless
form is disclosed, having a structural formula:
H'CH'Rii
wherein Ra represents a dialkylaminophenyl radical, R and
R, comprise hydrogen, halogen, and alkyl radicals and R3
represents alkyl radicals having less than five carbon
atoms; said materials assuming a colored form upon re-
active contact with a Lewis acid molecule. Examples m-
clude 6'-diethylamino - 5 - (p-dimethylaminobenzylidene)
amino-2',3'-dimethylfluoran and 2'-chloro - 6 - die hy -
amino-6-(p - dimethylaminobenzylidene)amino-3 -methyl-
fluoran. ^^^^^^^_^__
MFTHOD OF PRINtInG OR COATING USING
AClSSc RADIATION SETTING OF APPLIED
COATING AND COATED PRODUCT
Joseph Francis Ackerman, Cedar Grove, George Beerll,
Arlington, Robert George Savageau, Ponipton Lakes,
and Joseph Weisfeld, Fair Lawn, NJ., assignors to
Inmont Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original application Jan. 6, 1971, Ser No. 104.343, now
Patent No. 3,673,140. Divided and this apphcation Apr.
14, 1972, Ser. No. 244,219 ^
Int CL B44d 1/50 \
U.S.CL117— 38 , ^, •^^!i?^
Printing ink compositions preferably comprising epoxi-
dized soybean oil acrylate or certain derivatives thereof
3,713,865
COMPOSITE PRODUCT AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Donald H. Leeds, Rolling Hills, Calif., assignor to Ducommun
Incorporated, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed July 5, 1968. Ser. No. 742,543
Int. CI. C23c ///OS, B44d/ /02
U.S. CM 17-46 CC 40 Claims
A composite product and method of producing same having
a substrate or matrix comprising carbonized fibers in which a
metallic salt solution consisting of a soluble metal salt se ected
from a group consisting of Hf, Zr, Ta, Cb. W, Mo, Ti, V, Cr.
Si B P and Pb which form either carbides which are refracto-
ry'or oxides which melt and are capable of formmg a liquid
surface (which will slow the diffusion of oxygen to the gra-
phite surface causing either C + 1/20, CO or C + O,
CO, depending upon the pressure and temperatures used in
the end use). Said metallic salt when dissolved in a solvent of
water or a solvent containing acetone, alcohol, ether or the
like is introduced into the interstices of the substrate and
which after drying is left in fine particles. Jhe composite is
then heated to a temperature m the range of 1 ,500 to 2,5UU
F with or without hydrogen atmosphere to effect partial
reduction of the metallic salt. Almost simultaneously, carbon
is infiltrated into the substrate to enclose the fibers and the
metal particles. Subsequently the substrate is raised to a tem-
perature of between approximately l,400o C. and approxi-
mately 2 800° C. to anneal the pyrocarbon and convert trie
reduced metallic salt into carbide, thus producing a composi-
tion product having the substrate fibers surrounded by dead
soft annealed graphite intimately mixed with hard carbide par-
ticles of very high melting point. The metal salt impregnated
matrix the reduced and/or not pyrocarbon coated metal salt
m the matrix and the reduced, pyrocarbon coaled carbide
converted metal salt or oxidized variations thereof are all
referred to hereafter as alloys of the matrix.
3,713,866
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR APPLYING AN
ANTICORROSION COATING TO A HOT-FORMED
METAL BODY
Georges Schaumburg, 1 bis, rue de Londres, Montigny-les-
Metz, France
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 836,224
Claims priority, application Germany, June 25, 1968, P 17
71 677.7
Int. CI. B44d//i4,C23f/ 5/00
U.S.CL 117-50 , 5 Claims
A hot-formed metal body emerges from a hot-forming stage
in a solid relatively scale-free, and hot condition and passes
immediately into a treatment chamber prior to any substantial
scale formation thereon. In this chamber a powder is sprayed
on the body which, on cooling, forms a glassy, enamel-like
coating on the body. After thorough cooling of the body, the
1684
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
!;rgo,re.amstcoa,mg,e'g.. of .mc, applied i,,h, he t.mpora. laye, may be used, for example. „l,c,c.ac,d-me,h,l. s.Ucc
ry enamel coating.
3,713,867
METHOD OF COATING GLASS CONTAINERS
AND THE LIKE
Dean B. Parkinson, Redwood City, and Arthur G. Brown,
Menio Park, Calif., assignors to Glass Containers Cor-
poration, Fullerton, Calif. ^^^ „„^
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,999
Int. CI. C03c 17132
U.S. CI. 117 54 ^^ Claims
Hot glass is coated, as by spraying, with a monomer,
or prepolymer system which contains no volatile solvent
or diluent (except one which reacts with the system and
does not volatilize) and which under the conditions of ap-
plication (contact as a film with a hot glass surface) will
polymerize to a hard, adherent coating. Ceramic materials
may be similarly coated.
3.713,868
ACRYLIC-NITRILE FOAM-BACKED FABRIC AND
METHOD OF PREPARATION
Philip L. Gordon, and Augustin La Torre, both of Cambridge,
Mass., assignors to General Latex and Chemical Corpora-
tion, Cambridge, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 72,819, Sept. 16, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 683,828, Nov. 17, 1967,
abandoned. This application Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,479
Int.CI. B44d//44
U,S. CI. 117-65.2 31 Claims
An acrylic foam-coated fabric which is breathable, opaque,
has excellent insulation properties and is resistant to water and
dry-cleaning solvents, but which is flexible and has good hand
and drape properties. The fabric has a densified foam coating
of a cured acrylic-nitrile copolymer which contains an opaque
niler material. The coated fabric is prepared by coating a
fabric with an air-froth latex cross-linkable acrylic-nitrile
polymer composition, drying the foam coating to a semirigid
state, calendering the semirigid foam coating to crush and
densify the coating; and thereafter, curing the densified foam
coating. The fabric fmds particular use for drapery material
and surface coverings, such as upholstery fabric and clothing
like rainwear and inserts.
acid-ethylester, low boiling siloxane and silicon oils. These or-
ganic substances are particularly suitable when a glass layer is
used as inorganic layer.
3,713,870
METHOD OF DEPOSITING METALLIC FLAKES
Melvin S. Kaye, Short Hills, N.J., assignor to Maas & Wald-
stein Co.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 664,609, Aug. 31, 1967,
abandoned. This application March 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,346
Int.CI.B44dy/06.///4,//02
U.S. CM 17-71 R 10 Claims
The present invention is directed to a method whereby thin
metal flakes are deposited on a solid substrate or base. The
method consists essentially in providing Hakes which are very
thin and relatively small and suspending them in a volatile or-
ganic liquid. The substrate is then brought into contact with
the suspension in order to form a film which contains a certain
number of Hakes. When the substrate is removed from the
suspension and the liquid is allowed to evaporate, the Hakes
attach themselves to the substrate by inter-molecular attrac-
tion. ^^_^_^_^_^_^
3,713,871
COATED GLASS FIBER STRANDS
Alfred Marzocchi, Cumberland, R.I., assignor to Owens-
Corning Fiberglas Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
816.151, Apr. 1, 1969, which is a continuation of
application Ser. No. 544,104, Apr. 21, 1966, both
now abandoned. This application Nov. 30, 1970,
Ser. No. 93,906
Int. CI. C03c 25102
U.S. CI. 117 72 10 Claims
Glass' fiber strand carrying a plurality of continuous
coatings, at least one adjacent a strand containing a
hardened material, and at least the outer coating being a
base organosol or a base plastisol and method for pro-
ducing such coated strand.
3,713,869
METHOD OF APPLYING HARD INORGANIC LAYERS TO
PLASTICS
Walter Geffcken; Volker Raquet, both of Mainz; Helmut
Dislich, Budenheim; Hubert Dutz, Mainz, and Hans-Otto
Mulfinger, Ingeiheim, all of Germany, assignors to JENAer
Glaswerk Schott & Gen., Mainz, Germany
Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,427
Int.CI. B44d///4
U.S.CI. 117-70A 7 Claims
For the purpose of improving the adherence of a hard inor-
ganic layer which is vaporized in vacuum and precipitated on
a substratum of a plastic, an intermediate layer is disposed
between the inorganic layer and the substratum. This inter-
mediate layer comprises a polymerization layer which is
produced by a glow discharge in a low-molecular organic
vapor and is precipitated on said substratum. The substratum
may comprise, for example, diethylene-glycol-diallyl-car-
3,713,872
METHOD OF SPRAYING THERMOPLASTIC PAINT
COMPOSITIONS
Samuel Porter, Jr., Tarentum; Donald P. Hart, Allison Park,
and Jerome A. Seiner, Pittsburgh, all of Pa., assignors to
PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
r ■ FiledFeb. 1,1971, Ser. No. 111,754
lnt.CI.B44d//0S
U.S.CI. 117-75 I2Ctaims
A coating composition comprising a thermoplastic acrylic
polymer in a solution wherein the polymeric solution, devoid
of pigment, has a surface tension of less than 25.2 dynes per
centimeter at room temperature is particularly useful as an au-
tomotive top coating. The coating compositions, when
sprayed onto substrates, exhibit increased efficiency of paint
deposited per unit of paint sprayed.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1685
3,713,873
ELECTROSTATIC SPRAY COATING METHODS
Frank Hamilton Fish, Westwood, Mass., assignor to The Gil-
lette Company, Boston, Mass.
Division of Ser. No. 786,318, Dec. 23, 1968, Pat. No.
3 589 606. This application Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,746
Int.CI.B05t5/02
U.S.CL 117-93.4 R 12 Claims
3,713,875 ^,,
FILTER. AND SCREEN CLOTHS MADE FROM
COATED POLYESTER MATERIAL
Gerhard Beyer, Hofheim, Taunus, and Hermann Nagels-
mann, Schwalbach. Taunus, Germany, assignors to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,746
Claims priority, application Germany, May 5, \9t^,
G 69 18 165.3
Int CI. B44d 1/02
U.S. CI. 117—98 ^ ^**™*
PPf
A method of electrostatic spray coating an article includes
the steps of establishing an electrostatic field having an
average gradient less than 10 kilovolts per centimeter between
a mist generator and the article to be coated; and maintaining
a quiescent zone in the atmosphere adjacent the article to be
coated the distance of the article from the output of the mist
generator being sufficient to permit substantial dispersion of
the spray particles. Particles of less than 10 microns in size are
continuously generated and they are accelerated under the in-
Huence of the electrostatic field for deposit on the surface to
be coated The electrostatic field carries the particles through
the quiescent atmosphere so that a substantial portion of the
mist particles which would not otherwise have been deposited
on the article and liquid are deposited on the article. Relative
movement between the mist generator and the article surface
transverse to the general direction of mist particle movement
during particle deposition is continuous.
The present invention relates to filter- and screen
cloths made from polyester yams, polyester cord yarns
or polyester monofils which have been coated with a
thermoplastic material being resistant to hydrolysis and
melting at a temperature above 130" C. The polyester
yarns -cord yarns or -monofils consisting, for example, ot
polyethylene terephthalate; the coating may consist, for
example, of polyethylene, polypropylene or poly-(4-
methylpentene-1).
3,713,876
METHODS OF METAL COATING ARTICLES
Drago Lavric, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to Western Electric
Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed April 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,220
Int.CI.B23k//08,C23c//04;H05ki/34
U.S.CI.n7-102M 6 Claims
3 713 874
PHnTOI^ilSTVlERIZED POLYCARBOXYLIC AOD
AnSyDRiSe HLM AND PRODUCT,
AND METHOD OF FORMING
Archibald N. Wright, Schenectady, N.Y., and Wilfred v.
Mathewsoi, Jr.f Franklin, Mich., assignors to General
OrfS'appSr Mar. 14, 1967, Ser No. 622,944, now
Patent No. 3,578,425. Divided and this application Dec.
15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,434 _^ , ,,^
Int. CL B44d 1/50
ITS C\ 117 93 31 10 Claims
A thin, continuous film is formed on a substrate by
ultraviolet surface photopolymerization of a matenal
in the gaseous phase. The material is selected from various
anhydrides and dianhydrides. Such films, which can be
selectively formed as electrically insulating or electrically
conductive, are useful as coatings on metallic and non-
metallic substrates, and for corrosion protection, the
electrically insulating films are useful further as capacitor
dielectrics, cryogenic device insulation, insulation for
microelectric devices, and primer or insulation on e ec-
trically conductive wire, while the electrically conductive
films can also be employed as conductive layers in micro-
electric devices.
t
Selected areas of articles to be joined by the application of
solder to the areas is accomplished by moving the articles in a
selected path over a wave of molten solder. Portions of the
molten solder adheres to and solidifies subsequently around
the selected areas so that the areas of the arUcles are joined
thereby As the selected areas are moved away from the wave
of molten solder, portions of the solder, which adhere to the
selected areas of the articles, tend to How downwardly from
the selected areas by gravity and would normally solidify and
thereby form solder icicles. However, the articles bemg joined
are passed over a heated solder bath immediately after passing
over the wave of molten solder in such proximity that as the
solder icicles tend to form, the lowermost portions of the ici-
cles engage the heated solder bath and remam m a Howable
state whereby the excess solder which is tending to form the
icicles is drawn by adhesion into the healed solder bath.
1686
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3 713 877
METHOD OF STRENGTHENING CERAMIC BODIES
AND STRENGTHENED CERAMIC BODIES PRO-
DUCED THEREBY
Henry P. Kirchner, State College, Ralph E. Walker, Julian,
and Robert M. Graver, State College, Pa., assignors to
Henry P. Kirchner, Borough of State College, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 475,450,
July 28, 1965. This appUcation Feb. 10, 1969, Ser.
No. 813,788
Int. CI. C04b 35/02
VS. CI. 117—123 A 49 Claims
A method of increasing the bending strength and
thermal shock characteristics of single crystal and poly-
crystalline ceramic bodies and strengthened ceramic
bodies produced thereby. The bodies are strengthened by
forming at least on one surface thereof at an elevated
temperature a layer of low expansion material which is
a material composed at least partly of the material of
the body and which at the least has a coefficient of ex-
pansion which is less than that of the material of the body.
The material can also have an increased volume, and
can be a solid solution or the material of the body in a
changed phase. The body is then cooled so as to produce
on the surface of the body a layer which is under com-
pression relative to the body.
3,713,880
PROCESS FOR THE MODIFICATION OF THE
SURFACE PROPERTIES OF MOULDINGS MADE
OF TRANSPARENT THERMOPLASTIC SYN-
THETIC RESINS
Ulrich Krekeler, Munich, Germany, assignor to Agfa-
Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,974
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 12, 1969,
P 19 62 354.2
Int. CI. B44d 1/22
U.S. CI. 117—138.8 B 4 Claims
Mouldings made of transparent synthetic resins, such
as optical lenses with improved scratch-resistance and elec-
trical conductivity can be produced by coating the mould-
ings with a layer of a solution of a mixture of alky!
silicate, trifunctional and/or bifunctional organosilanes
and an antistatic additive and subjecting the mouldings
to a heat treatment.
3,713.878
TEXTILE FINISHING PROCESS AND PRODUCT
PRODUCED THEREBY
Manuel A. Thomas, Spartanburg, S.C, assignor to Deering
Milliken Research Corporation, Spartanburg, S.C.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90,108
int.Cl.C09d5/00
U.S. CI. 117-135.5 12 Claims
This disclosure describes a process for producing vapor
transmissible polymer coated textile fabrics, and. in addition,
vapor transmissible water resistant fabrics. The vapor trans-
missible textile fabrics are prepared by applying to the fabric a
composition comprising a polymer compound having particu-
lar film stiffening temperaturesand a wax, and thereafter heat-
ing the fabric and the composition to a temperature of at least
about 1 50°C. to volatilize some of the wax. The preparation of
the vapor transmissible water resistant fabrics involves an ad-
ditional and subsequent treatment with a water repellent com-
position followed by drying and, optionally, curing at a tem-
perature of at least 1 50°C. These latter fabrics are particularly
useful in the preparation of rainwear.
3,713,881
PAPER COATING COMPOSITIONS AND PAPER COATED
THEREWITH
Toyomi Akiyama, Sakai, Osaka; Mitsuru Kondo, Hyogo, and
Satoshi Dotani, Toyonaka, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to
Kanzaki Paper Mfg. Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,767
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 2, 1968, 43/62891
Int.CI.D21hy/i2
U.S. CI. 117-155 UA 3 Claims
An aqueous pigment coating composition essentially con-
taining water-soluble modified polyvinyl alcohol as a coating
binder having one kind or plural different kinds of substituent
group selected from cyanoethyl group, carbamoylethyl group,
carboxyethyl group, sodium carboxyethyl group, potassium
carboxyethyl group, ammonium carboxyethyl group, carbox-
ymethyl group, sodium carboxymethyl group, potassium car-
boxymethyl group and ammonium carboxymethyl group. The
coating color has a proper flow property and provides a pat-
tern-free and smooth surface onto a coated paper.
I 3,713,879
FLAME RETARDANT FIBROUS MATERIAL
Chisung Wu, North Brunswick, N.J., assignor to Union Car-
bide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 859,181, Sept. 18, 1969,
. abandoned. This application May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,585
Int. CI. C09k 3128, D06m 13128, 13140
U.S. CI. 117-136 20 Claims
A fibrous material containing a flame retardant amount of
the product produced by reacting (a) elemental phosphorus,
(b) ethylene oxide, propylene oxide. 1.2-butylene oxide, or
1,2-epoxytetradecane and (c) an alcohol selected from the
group consisting of propylene glycol, methanol, ethanol,
propanol, butanol. dodecanol. and N.N-
dimethylethanolamine; in the presence of a base catalyst
selected from the group consisting of alkali metal alkoxide and
a quaternary ammonium compound formed by interaction of
reactant (b) and an N.N-dimethylamine; to produce an or-
ganophosphorus composition, and thereafter reacting said or-
ganophosphorus composition, with formaldehyde in propor-
tions, at a temperature, and for a period of time sufficient to
convert substantially all phosphinous hydrogen in said or-
ganophosphorus composition to hydroxymethyl groups.
3,713,882
METHOD OF PROTECTING CARBONACEOUS
MATERIAL FROM OXIDATION AT HIGH
TEMPERATURE
Ralph E. DeBrunner, 4717 Connel Dr., Raleigh, and Patricia
C. Clements, 1000 N. Duke St., Durham, both of N.C.
Filed March 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121,451
Int.Cl. B44d//20
U.S.CI. 117— 169R 2 Claims
TEST TEMPERATURE 800* C
1.0 I.S
TIME (HOURS)
Oxidation resistance is imparted to all-carbon bodies by ap-
plying a phosphoric acid solution of manganese
pyrophosphate thereto and heating the coated body to a tem-
perature of 500° C or greater for approximately 5-10 minutes.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
168'
3 713 883
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR GROWING
CRYSTALS FROM A SOLUTION ^
Suei-Yuen Paul Lien, Morrisville, Pa., assignor to Western
Electric Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,854
Int. CI. HO II 7/i2
U.S. CI. 117-201 63 Claims
3,713,885
MEMORY MATRIX AND ITS PROCESS OF
FABRICATION
Pierre Arthur Betremieux; Henri Gerard Feissel; Jean Hilaire
Gallard, and Isidore Lagadec, all of Parris, France, assignors
to Societe Industrielle Honeywell Bull, Paris, France
Filed March 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,651
Claims priority, application France, March 6. 1969,
6906298
Int. CI. B44d/ /OO
U.S. CI. 117-212 8 Claims
ifCmaf^i) ^7
A mixture (liquid or solid), including a solvent, a solute
( comprising the constituents of a crystal to be grown ), and any
desired dopant, is placed in a drum rotatable on a major (and
preferably generally vertical) axis. Substrates are mounted in
the drum above the mixture level. The mixture is heated to
dissolve the solute and form a solution. The solution is moved
over and covers the substrates via a centrifugally induced
forced Vortex by rotating the drum. The system is controllably
cooled, or otherwise affected, to effect crystal growth on the
substrate. Expedients are provided to accomodate substrates
both denser than and less dense than the solution and to ob-
viate undesirable effects of contaminants in the solution. De-
fects in the grown crystals caused by temperature gradients,
solution concentration gradients and turbulence are also ob-
viated by appropriate facilities.
3,713,884
METHOD FOR PREPARING A CONDUCTIVE COATING
ON A GLASS SURFACE
James John Maley, Lancaster. Pa., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 75,552
Int.CI.H01j29/2«.B44d;//S
U.S. CI. 117-211 4 Claims
APPLYING TO A GLiSS
SURFACE AT ABOUT ROOH
TEMPERATURE A COATING
OF AN AQUEOUS SOL UTION
OF STANNOUS CHLORIDE
HEATING THE COATED
GLASS SURFACE TO A
TEHPERATURE IN THE RAIfCE
OF 275'C TO 450'C IN AIR
A memory matrix and the process for fabricating said
matrix, wherein a conductive array is formed of two mutually
orthogonal and insulated sets of parallel conductive metallic
bands, each band being formed of two superposed conductive
strips, the lower strip of each band of the first set passing
through an opening in the lower strip of each band of the
second set and the upper strip of each band of the second set
passing through an opening in the upper strip of each band of
the first set, and wherein coupling elements selectively couple
bands of one set to bands of the other set.
3,713,886
ENCAPSULATED MAGNETIC MEMORY ELEMENT
Thomas Phillip Fulton. Brookline, and Henry Di Luca. Wal-
tham. both of Mass.. assignors to RCA Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 825,297, May 16, 1969, Pat. No.
3,640,767. This application Jan. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,914
Int.Cl.H01f//22
U.S. CI. 117-234 1 Claim
fFRRITE
K VCORES
13 SIUME (Liquid)
Method includes applying to a glass surface, such as the
inner surface of an electron-tube glass envelope, at room tem-
perature a coating of an aqueous stannous chloride solution
and heating the coated glass in an air atmosphere to a tem-
perature in the range of 275° to 450°C.
Encapsulated ferrite magnetic memory cores are disclosed
which have a very thin coating of polymerized gamma-
aminopropyltriethoxysilane, whereby the cores are organo-
philic for adhesion to an uncured silicone rubber-coated sub-
strate, are lubricated to minimize friction with wires passed
through the holes in the cores, and are hydrophobic to provide
moisture repellency of the cores in use in a memory. The cores
are encapsulated by shaking a substantial bulk quantity of sin-
tered ferrite memory cores in silane vapor at a temperature of
about 220°C in an inert gaseous environment having a known
moisture content.
1688
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3 713 887
MAGNETIC RECORDING MEMBER WITH BINDER
THEREFOR
Ronald M. Stimson, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,969
Int. CI. G03c 1/80, 1/84; Glib 5/62
U.S. CI. 117—235 3 Claims
A magnetic recording member such as tape or striped
motion picture film wherein a layer of ferromagnetic
particles is bound on a synthetic resin web by a binder
consisting essentially of cellulose nitrate in intimate mix-
ture with a polymeric composition consisting essentially
of, by weight, 50-80% vinylidene chloride, 2-30% acrylo-
nitrile, and 0-60% of methyl methacrylate or acrylate or
hydroxy propyl methacrylate. This binder is especially
good for poly (ethylene terephthalate) webs. Best ad-
herence to a web is secured when the ferromagnetic par-
ticles and the above binder are deposited from an organic
solvent wherein at least 8% of the solvent is N,N-dimeth-
yl formamide or acetamide.
the positive electrode is given an overcharge at a temperature
below OT. and a low as -5° or -IO°C. so that the charged
capacity of the negative electrode is higher than that of the
OVEKMMdNG 4T
3 713 888
PROCESS FOR ELECTRICAL ENERGY USING
SOLID HALOGEN HYDRATES
Philip C. Symons, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to Oxy
Metal Finishing Corporation, Warren, Mich.
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,054
Int. CI. HOlm 35/00
U.S. CI. 136—6 19 Claims
10 JO
TEMPtBATUBt
OVtRCmRGINC IT
UIBICNT TCMP
30
40
V IN *k
SO
positive electrode but has a selected predetermined excess
value less, however, than the maximum capacity to which it
may be charged in the storage cell.
A process for the useful storage of electrical energy
employing halogen hydrates is described. The halogen
hydrate can be generated during the charging of a second-
ary battery or may be chemically generated and placed
in a primary battery.
3,713,890
FLEXIBLE BATTERY SEPARATOR AND
METHOD OF PRODUCTION
Murray P. Strier, Niagara Falls, N.Y., and Joseph S.
Smatko, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignors to McDonnell
Douglas Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 6,409, Jan. 28,
1970. This application Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,577
Int. CI. HOlm 3/02
U.S. CI. 136—20 27 Claims
3,713,889
PROCESS FOR THE FIXING OF THE RELATIVE
CHARGING STATES OF THE ELECTRODES OF AN
ALKALINE STORAGE CELL
Yves Jacques Felix Lecouffe, Paris, France, assignor to Societe
des Accumuiateurs Fixes et de Traction (Societe Anonyme),
Romainville, France
Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,308
Claims priority, application France, Nov, 30, 1970, 7043008
Int. CI. HOlm i5/00
U.S. CI. 136-6 6 Claims
Process for fixing the relative charging states of electrodes
of an alkaline storage cell having thin electrodes of less than 1
mm thickness separated by a narrow gap that is less than or
equal to 0.3 mm and in which the negative electrode has a
higher capacity than the positive electrode. The storage cell in
open state with electrolyte therein after complete charging of
Method for producing an improved battery separator,
in the form of a flexible microporous separator film
containing particles of an inorganic substance in an or-
ganic binder, such separator having good ionic conduc-
tivity and good thermal and alkali resistance, by niix-
ing an aqueous dispersion of a substance which is in-
soluble in water and in alkali and of fine particle size,
e.g. zirconia, with an aqueous dispersion of a latex type
polymer such as a fluorocarbon polymer, e.g. polytetra-
fluoroethylene, casting a film of such mixture, drying
the film, sintering the dried film, and forming a film of
said polymer with particles of such substance, e.g. zir-
conia, uniformly distributed in such film, and preferably
including treating such sintered film with alkali, pref-
erably aqueous KOH, to substantially increase the con-
ductivity of such film. The resulting flexible separator
film produced by such process.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1689
3,713,891
CHLORIDE FREE LEACHING PROCESS FOR POROUS
ZINC ANODES
Edward J. Curelop, Brockton, and Nikola Marincic,
Winchester, both of Mass., assignors to P. R. Mallory & Co.,
Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,349
Int. CI. HOlm 4i/02
L.S. CI. 136-30 4 Claims
A porous zinc anode produced and adapted for use m al-
kaline solution, said anode in said solution constituting means
for obviating gassing characteristics as contrasted to a porous
zinc anode produced in other ways. The essential step in the
invention is free acid leaching with an acid other than
hydrochloric acid in order to form a water soluble salt of the
free acid.
3 713 892
METHOD OF CHARGING SECONDARY METAL-AIR
CELL
Paul J. Moran, Ballston Lake, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company ,„,,„,
Division of Ser. No. 772,585, Nov. 1, 1968, Pat. No. 3,592,695.
ThisapplicationJune28, 1971,Ser. No. 157,655
Int. CL HOlm 29/04
U.S.CI.136-86A : 'C'"'™
as cadmium sulfide vacuum evaporated upon each of the
metalized areas. Barrier layers are formed on the cad-
mium sulfide films to produce PN junctions. Electrode
leads extend parallel from each metalized area under the
semi-conductor film to a top surface of the barrier layer
of an adjacent semi-conductor film.
3,713,894
DISPOSABLE RESERVE ACTIVATED
ELECTROCHEMICAL CELL
Evert C. Weidner, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Honeywell
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 175,825
Int. CL HOlm 2//00
U.S.CL 136-113 5 Claims
A composite gas diffusion electrode has an electrically con-
ductive porous substrate, non-noble metal catalytic material
impregnated into the substrate, at least one chemically inert
porous separator positioned adjacent one surface of the cata-
lytically impregnated substrate, and a porous, electrically con-
ductive sheet positioned adjacent the opposite surface of the
separator and in electrical contact with the substrate, the
porous sheet having a lower oxygen overvoltage than the sub-
strate. During the charging of a cell employing the above elec-
trode, the porous sheet provides isolation of oxygen gassing at
the porous sheet while the porous separator provides physical
spacing of the oxygen gassing at the porous sheet from the
catalytically impregnated substrate.
3 713 893
INTEGRATED SOLAR CELL ARRAY
Fred A. Shirland, Lakewood, Ohio, assignor to
Gould Inc., Chicago, lU.
Original application Feb. 17, 1967, Ser. No. 616,885.
Divided and this appUcation Nov. 20, 1969, Ser.
No. 877,546
Int CL HOll 75/02
US CL 136 89 ^ Claims
An integral battery of serially connected photovoltaic
cells on a single insulating substrate. Metalized areas are
formed on the substrate with semi-conductive film such
A disposable reserve activated electrochemical cell wherein
the active elements of the cell, including electrolyte solvent,
are maintained in a separate first flexible plastic envelope and
the entire cell, including the first envelope, are contained
within a second flexible plastic envelope. Both the first and the
second envelope are contained within a relatively rigid hous-
ing The activation of the cell is achieved by perforating the
first envelope, without breaking the seal of the second en-
velope, thereby maintaining a good hermetic seal and prevent-
ing leakage.
3 713 895
MLLTICELL BATTERY HAVING MEMBRANE SEALED
BETWEEN COVER AND CONTAINER
James W. Consolloy, Pennington, NJ., assignor to ESB Incor-
porated
Continuation of Ser. No. 885,856, Dec. 17, 1969, abandoned.
This application June 29, 1971, Ser. No. 157,847
Int. CL HOlm 2///0
U.S.CL 136-114 8 Claims
A membrane extends between and is sealed to the mating
exterior and interior surfaces of the container and cover of a
multicell battery to provide a liquid-tight seal across the top of
each cell compartment mside the battery The space above the
membrane in each of the cell compartments may be used as an
electrolyte storage compartment in a battery having dry.
charged electrodes. With or without the spaces above the
membrane being used to store electrolyte in each cell com-
partment, the membrane may be used to seal and thus mam-
1690
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
tain the factory dryness of dry, charged electrodes. As another
alternative, the membrane can be used with a "wet" battery
ERRATUM
ForQas 136—233 see:
Patent No. 3,713,899
3,713,898
PROCESS FOR PREPARING HIGH-TRANSITION-
TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS IN THE NB-AL-
GE SYSTEM
Angelo L. Giorgi, and Eugene G. Szklarz, both of Los Alamos,
N. Mex., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the United States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed April 26, 1971, Ser. No. 137,498
Int.CI.C21d//00 •
U.S. CI. 148-126 17 Claims
(one having electrolyte in contact with the electrodes when
shipped from the factory) to prevent spilling or leaking of
electrolyte during battery shipment or storage.
3,713,896
SEAL FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS
Ralph H. Feldhake, Verona, Wis., assignor to ESB Incor-
porated
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,1 13
Int.CI. HOlm 1102
U.S. CI. 136-133 17 Claims
aLUHNUH
HCTX.
UCT«.
"•1*1, S^. ,l>3
PREOtfltD BT
UK -MELT
1
NIOeiUM
GfllNO TO
-140 ICSH
STOCK ■»■
UCTU. POWOCR
-MS MCSH
STOCK •»•
1
• i
Mm
i>o«oe*s
IWSS WTO
PLUGS »T
S0.000 pa'
I
WIND TO
POWOCR. MIS
TMOROUOMLT
1
IC*T 30 mm
»T 1550 'C
UNDER HELIUM
ATMOSPHERE
umtu.
7«0 "C - 100 »>•
HELIUM
aTMOSPHEIK
An insulating seal between metallic battery parts based
upon the use of an epoxy-polyamide resin is described. In a
Tirst embodiment of the invention, a coating of cured resin on
one of the metallic parts forms the seal. In a second embodi-
ment, the seal comprises a coating of epoxy-polyamide resin
and a grommet of a selected polymer compressed between the
two metal parts. In a third embodiment, a nylon grommet is in-
jection molded over a metallic member having a coating of
epoxy-polyamide. In a fourth embodiment, a metallic member
having a nickel surface is treated with carbon. The carbonized
surface is coated with epoxy-polyamide and a seal is then
made according to any of the first three embodiments. In a
final series of embodiments, the coatings and other treatments
described are applied to both metallic surfaces.
A process for preparing superconducting materials in the
Nb-Al-Ge system having transition temperatures in excess of
19° K. which comprises premixing powdered constituents,
pressing them into a plug, heating the plug to 1 ,450°- 1 ,800° C.
for 30 minutes to an hour under vacuum or an inert at-
mosphere, and annealing at moderate temperatures for
reasonably long times (~ 50 hours). High-transition-tempera-
ture superconductors, including those in the Nb3<Al,Ge)
system, prepared in accordance with this process exhibit little
degradation in the superconducting transition temperature on
being ground to -200 mesh powder.
3,713,899
THERMOCOUPLE PROBE
Thomas M. Sebestyen, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Ford
Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Nov. 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 88,774
Int.CLH01v//02
U.S.CL 136-233 9 Claims
3 713 897
ELECTROLYTE MATERIALS FOR HIGH VOLTAGE
SOLID ELECTROLYTE BATTERY SYSTEMS
Charles C. Liang, Andover, Mass., assignor to
P. R. Mallory & Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
FUed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,083
Int CI. HOlm 11/00
a. 136—153 27 Claims
.. solid electrolyte material containing lithium iodide,
lithium hydroxide, and aluminum oxide, suitable for use
in high voltage solid electrolyte systems, is a pure ionic
conductor, with a conductivity of about lxl0~* ohm-'
cm.-*.
U.S.
A
Sheaths of thermally unstable material are applied to the
portions of the thermocouple wires adjacent the thermocou-
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1691
pie junction. The sheathed wires are embedded in encapsulat-
ing material and then exposed to a temperature sufficient to
degrade the sheath material in a manner that reduces its
volume. Subsequent thermal expansion and contraction of the
conductors takes place without mechanical stressing in the
resulting open spaces surrounding each conductor.
3,713,900
METHOD FOR MAKING UNIFORM SINGLE CRYSTAL
SEMICONDUCTORS EPITAXIALLY
Clarence K. Suzuki, 10091 Theseus Drive, Huntington Beach,
Calif.
Filed April 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,684
Int. CLH01l7/i«,B01j/ 7/20
U.S. CI. 148-1.5 7 Claims
least one noble metal, e.g., platinum, and/or silver, in amounts
greater than the amount of noble metal present in the alloy
beneath said skin. The alloy comprises at least one noble
metal selected from the group consisting of platinum, gold,
silver, rhodium, iridium and palladium. The noble metal is
added in amounts ranging from 0.1 to 15% by weight of the
total composition to hafnium or to hafnium containing from
about 0 to 50 percent by weight of zirconium, and heated to
temperatures ranging from about 1000°F to 3800°F in an ox-
idizing atmosphere.
-^ ■,■,■,', ss'.-:..:^
^ ' ^ ^ '^^^
24 22
^
S
3,713,902
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING ZINC COATED STEEL
SHEET, AND STEEL SHEET OBTAINED BY THIS
PROCESS
Hans Gerhard Vrijburg, Heemskerk, and Cornelis Leendert
BijI, Velsen-Zuid, both of Netherlands, assignors to Konin-
klijke Nederlandsche Hoogovens En Staalfabrieken N.V.
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,774
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 18, 1969,
6909307
lnt.CI.C23(7//2
U.S.CL 148-6.15 Z 7 Claims
18 16
A liquid epitaxial method for growing single crystal,
semiconductors, such as gallium arsenide, having a substan-
tially uniform three-dimensional impurity distribution. A melt
of the epitaxial growth material is first caused to etch the sur-
face of the seed to prepare a virgin surface. Epitaxial forma-
tion then involves rapid nucleation of the semiconductor on
the virgin surface so that nucleation occurs uniformly over the
entire seed surface. Thereafter, formation of the bulk
semiconductor proceeds isothermally by vapor-liquid-solid
deposition to insure uniformity of formation of the semicon-
ductor.
3,713,901
OXIDATION RESISTANT REFRACTORY ALLOYS
Jack L. Blumenthal, Los Angeles; John R. Ogren, La Palma,
and Marvin Appel, Redondo Beach, all of Calif., assignors to
TRW Inc., Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed April 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,893
Int. CI. C23c 1 7100
U.S.CL 148-6.3 16 Claims
Phosphated zinc coated steel sheet characterized by a
phosphate layer with a mass of less than 4 g/m* and with a
structure which closes the zinc layer 90 percent or more, and
process for improving phosphating of zinc coated steel sheet
which essentially comprises passing the zinc coated sheet
between elastically surfaced rollers prior to phosphating.
3,713,903
TRIM MEMBERS AND PRODUCTION THEREOF
Donald R. Zaremski, Cheswick, Pa., asagnor to Allegheny
Ludlum Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Original appUcation Sept 24, 1969, Ser. No, 860,541.
Divided and this application Feb. 16, 1971, Ser.
No. 115,363
Int a. C23f 7/14. 7/26
U.S. CL 148—6.15 R ^ Claims
The application describes assembUes comprised of a
body member in combination with a stainless steel trim
member having a contact surface which abuts the body
member and an exposure surface subject to view. Ad-
hered to the contact surface and located between the con-
This invention relates to high-temperature, oxidation-re- tact surface and the body member is a layer of aluminum
s.stan "factory materials or alloys and to a method of which provides galvanic protecuon for the body^^^ber.
prTparmTS^d alloys which have an outer skm contam.ng at Covering the aluminum is a chromate or phosphate con-
1692
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
vision coatin, which provides P™.ec.io„ agains. a.u- -iTm^.m^^tr^Z^':^^^^^
minum galvanic corrosion without detrimentally affect
ing the galvanic protection which aluminum provides for
the body member. Also described are conversion-coated,
n
and vanadium alloyed with titanium and /or zirconium.
Such alloys are fabricable to shape and are then nitnded
to produce high surface hardness thereon. The nitrided
alloys having utility as cutting tool materials and other
areas of use where excellent wear and abrasion resistance
is desired.
^^ ^^^ ^
aluminum-striped stainless steel composites suitable for
fabrication into trim members and a method for produc-
ing conversion-coated, aluminum-striped stainless steel
trim members.
3,713,904
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCT^
CORROSION RESISTANT ^.ND PROTECTIVE
COATINGS ON ALUMLNUM AND ALUMINUM
ALLOYS
Korne! Bernath, Cucumonga, S. Neil Moffett, Colton,
and Pandelis N. Papafingos, Riverside, Calif., asignors
to American Metal CUmax, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 132,211
Int Q. C23f 7/26
VS. CL 14»— 6.16 • 6 Claims
A coating process for forming an adherent organic resin
coating on metal substrate in which an organic resin,
an inorganic hexavalent chromium compound, an oxidiza-
ble component, phosphoric acid and strontium chromate
are mixed together, the chromium compound and the
oxidizable compound are reacted to reduce the hexavalent
chromium to trivalent chromium and in which the result-
ing mixture is applied to the substrate and the substrate
and applied mixture is heated in an atmosphere of from
600 to 800' F. for a sufficient time in excess of about 26
seconds to achieve a metal temperature of at least about
450' F. to cause a portion of the trivalent chromium to
be oxidized to hexavalent chromium resulting in a strong-
ly adherent organic resin coating is described.
3,713,907
GRADED MULTIPHASE MATERIALS
Ray J. Van Thyne, Oak Lawn, and John J. Rausch,
Antioch, III., assignors to Surface Technology Corpora-
tion, Stone Park, III.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,366
InL CI. C22c 27/00; C23c 11/14
U.S. CI. 148—31.5 17 Claims
A carburized, multiphase material formed of at least
one metal of each of Group I, II, and III. Group I is
columbium, tantalum, and vanadium; Group II is tita-
nium, zirconium and hafnium; and Group III is molyb-
denum, tungsten, rhenium and chromium. Have excellent
abrasion resistance.
3,713,908
METHOD OF FABRICATING LATERAL TRANSISTORS
AND COMPLEMENTARY TRANSISTORS
Benjamin Agusta, and Eneil D. Lubart, both of Poughkeepsie,
N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion, Armonk, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 646,245, June 15, 1967, Pat. No.
3,524,1 13. This application May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 48,656
lnt.CI.H01l7/i6. /y/00
U.S. CI. 148-175 3 Claims
-vv.
23
3,713,905
DEEP AIR-HARDENED ALLOY STEEL ARTICLE
Thoni V. Philip, and Ralph L. Vedder, both of Reading, Pa., as-
signors to Carpenter Technology Corporation, Reading, Pa.
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,828
Int. CI. C22c i9/20. 39150,39154
U.S.CL 148-36 6 Claims
A deep air-hardened alloy steel article having high strength
and good toughness in its heat treated condition containing
0.07-0 8 percent carbon, 0.5-2 percent silicon, 0.5-1.5 per-
cent chromium, 0.25-1.5 percent molybdenum, 2-5 percent
nickel, and 0.65-4 percent copper.
H n K "ii rH n
i; " » <o » K
77 _•!*,.. ..-'--*
?t H. *? «i»y ,?»
3,713,906
NITRIDED TANTALUM BASE ALLOYS
Ray J. Van Thyne, Oak Lawn, and John J. Ransch,
Antioch, m., assignors to Surface Technology Corpo-
ration, Stone Park, 111.
No Drawhig. Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,571
Int a. C22c 27/00; C23c 11/14
VS, d 148—31.5 1 Claim
A novel group of nitrided alloys having excellent wear
and abrasion resistance containing as their major con-
This disclosure is primarily directed to the fabrication and
construction of complementary PNP-NPN semiconductor
devices in a monlithic integrated form. The devices of this dis-
closure use an isolation-type diffused region to form at least an
emitter region thereby permitting the formation of comple-
mentary devices with both emitters having a high injection ef-
ficiency.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1693
3,713,909
METHOD OF PRODUCING A TUNNEL DIODE
Allan F. Rosevear, Irvine, and Ferdinando M. Acampora,
Buena Park, both of Calif., assignors to North American
Rockwell Corporation
Continuation of Ser. No. 635,914, May 3, 1967, abandoned.
This application Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,594
Int. CLHOll 7/46
U.S.CL 148-179 8 Claims
3,713,911
METHOD OF DELINEATING SMALL AREAS AS IN
MICROELECTRONIC COMPONENT FABRICATION
Melvyn W. Larkin, Southampton, Hampshire, England, and
Richard K. Matta, Irwin, Pa., assignors to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 588,882, Oct. 24, 1966,
abandoned. This application May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40.626
Inl.CI.H01l7/44
U.S. CI. 148-187 13 Claims
ALLOY AND OOENCH
TO fORM TUNNEL DIODE
JUNCTION
A tunnel diode having a substantially fiat junction area. The
diode is fabricated on a heavily doped semiconductor sub-
strate by chemical vapor deposition of a film of elemental do-
pant (of a conductivity type opposite that of the substrate)
over the surface layer; depositing metal over a portion of the
dopant film, the area covered corresponding to the desired
shape of the diode junction; and alloying the metal, the dopant
film and the surface layer to form a tunnel diode junction.
Diodes thus produced exhibit strain sensitivity and may be
used to measure the magnitude of bending stresses applied to
the substrate.
3,713,910
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
Haruhiro Matino, 1-18-6 Nishiogi Minami, Suginami-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,086
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct, 31, 1968,
43/78,902
V3. CL 148—1.5
Int CI. HOll 7/34
Overlapping geometric areas, such as intersecting stripes
are used to define precise small areas while minimizing align-
ment problems. The method can be applied to making diffu-
sion windows in semiconductor manufacture.
6 Claims
3,713,912
GALLIUM ARSENIDE FIELD EFFECT STRUCTURE
Bertram Schwartz, Westfield, N.J., assignor to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
FiledFeb. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 114,551
Int. CL HOll 7/44
U.S.CL148-187 3 Claims
17 ,16
Q
Md
-13
-12
GozSj
u 12505:)
AslM')
A technique is described for the fabrication of a self-re-
cistered gallium arsenide field effect structure including at
least one semi-insulating surface layer. The technique involves
forming a semi-insuIating layer including a surface coating on
a conductive material upon the surface of n-type gallium arse-
nide generating a pair of windows in such layer and introduc-
ing either a p-type or n-type material through the windows.
Ga(M)
THE REGION
CLAIMED
A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device
which, when the elements of Group VI such as sulphur
(S) are diffused in a semiconductor formed of compounds
of the elements of Groups HI and V such as gallium
arsenide (GaAs) to form a junction in said semiconduc-
tor, comprises preparing a dopant source from a compo-
sition consisting of such proportions of gaUium, arsenic
and sulphur as do not present a Uquid phase during said
diffusion process.
3,713,913
METHOD OF PRODUCING DrnOJSED SEMICON-
DUCTOR COMPONENTS FROM SILICON
Rudolf Wolfle, Gilching, Dieter Rucker, Hohenschaftlarn,
and Uta Lauerer. Neugermering, Germany, assignors
to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, BerUn and Mumch, Ger-
"^"^ Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,617
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1968,
P 18 16 084.4
Int CI. HOll 7/34
U.S. CI. 148—187 '
5 Claims
A method of producing a semiconductor component
from silicon as the original material and at least two
1694
regions of variable conductance type produced by dif-
S The entire surface of \-''-° ^f^^^ ^^^5
conductance type constituting the original body is coated
w°S? a dopfng'Sbstance in order to produce a reg^n of
^I^site conductance type. Thereafter the dopant on the
surface of the crystal wafer is removed by a mesa etch
ng with the exception of the component regions to be
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
property of causing detonation to progress along the explosive
even v.hen it is in relatively thin cracks in the rock. The sen-
sitizer is preferably encapsulated in quite small capsules of a
solid slowly soluble in nitromethane and essentially insoluble
in the sensitizer itself. The encapsulated sensitizer is added to
the other components just before pumping into the well to
minimize likelihood of premature explosion.
P n
redoped. The regions on the surface of the crystal wafer
that have been exposed by etching are Provided by
chemical means with a layer of nickel arid dopant of the
same conductance type as the original material. The
regions defining the semiconductor device component are
produced by indiffusing both the dopant of opposite con-
ductance type and the dopant applied from the nickel
layer into the semiconductor component.
3,713,916
SURFACE COATED SMOKELESS PROPELLANT
CHARGE FOR CASELESS AMMUNITION HAVING HEAT
RESISTANT PROPERTIES
Edmund C. Braak, Landing, N.J., and Kenneth P. McCarty,
Salt Lake City, Utah, assignors to Hercules Incorporated
Wilmington, Del. ,, „^.
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,904
Int. CLC06b/ 9/02
U.S.CL 149-12 ^C'""""
3,713,914
STIFF AQUEOUS EXPLOSIVE COMPOSITION
CONTAINING GILSONITE
Melvin Alonzo Cook, and Donald T. Bailey, both of Salt Lake
City, Utah, assignors to Ireco Chemicals. Salt Lake City,
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 497,442, Oct. 18, 1965,
abandoned. This application Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,746
Int.CI.C06b//04
U.S.CL 149-2 ,?^u*''"*
A stiff or highly viscous explosive composition of high sen-
sitivity to detonation is made up of a mixture of 40 to 60 parts
by weight based on total composition, of ammonium nitrate
and 1 5 to 35 parts of sodium nitrate at least partly dissolved in
8 to 15 parts of water, preferably including 1.5 to 5 parts of
gilsonite as a carbonaceous fuel and sensitizer, 2 to 4 parts of
paint grade fine flaked aluminum as a primary sensitizer and
0 3 to 4 parts of guar gum, preferably crosslinked, as a
thickener or viscosity increasing agent. Sulfur is preferably in-
cluded as a supplemental fuel and sensitizer. The slurry is
plastic but preferably stiff enough to package in sticks
analogous to dynamite.
<«e m *wT0'6t»i»'0« i«c '
3,713,915
THICKENED NITROMETHANE EXPLOSIVE
CONTAINING ENCAPSULATED SENSITIZER
Clarence R. Fast, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Amoco Production
Company, Tulsa, Okla.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 3,51 1, Jan. 16, 1970,
abandoned. This appHcation Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 95,005
Int. CLC06b/ 9/00
L.S.CL 149-2 2 Claims
A liquid explosive primarily based on nitromethane con-
tains small amounts of a sensitizer (an organic amine), a
thickening agent, and up to 25 percent powdered alummum. It
may additionally incorporate ammonium nitrate, either per se
or in an aqueous solution emulsified into the oily ingredients.
Enough of the thickening agent is used to give the resultant
liquid explosive low filtrate rate. Thus there is retarded ten-
dency of the explosive to leak away into permeable earth for-
mations. As a result it may be used in creating fractures in
Huid-beanng formations and increasing drainage areas in
wells In fact, such a liquid may be used first without detona-
tion to fracture a subsurface formation in which to place the
major part of the explosive. It also has the very advantageous
A propellant charge for caseless ammunition is provided
comprising a base propellant charge and a heat and combusti-
ble combustible surface coating bonded to the exterior surface
of the base charge. This surface coating functions to prevent
undesired autoignition of the base charge. The surface coating
is an intimate admixture of a crosslinked polyacrylic rubber
binder and an organic oxidizer
3 713 917
BLASTING SLURRY COMPOSITONS COI^^^
ING CALCIUM NITRATE AND METHOD OF
Melvii^I'^Co^kl^St Lake City, Robert B. Clay, Bound-
fui, and Ux irUdy, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignors
to Ireco Chemicals ,. *, „ c— m«
^«82^/ii?rMari:^^^^^^^^^^^
^'•^°-'«'«'S„t.a.C06b7/0.
VJS. CI. 149—20 . . . uiJu "n^
Pumpable slurry blasting compositions of high sensi
tivity are made up of a liquid phase which is an aqueous
solution of powerful inorganic salts, such as ammonium
and/or sodium nitrate, including calcium mtrate, plus a
liquid fuel such as ethylene glycol. The liquid phase is at
least partially thickened before adding particulate solid
fuels such as carbonaceous or hydrocarbonaceous solids
(coal, gilsonite) and/or heat-producing rnetals, such as
aluminSn. magnesium, or boron. Self-explos.ve particles
of TNT. smokeless powder, etc., can be used with or m
lieu of other fuels. Proportions of calciirm mtrate and
total liquid are so selected that, on cooling from an ele-
vated preparation temperature, the calcium salts crystal-
lize out in substantial proportions, thus taking up water
of crystalUzation, in effect increasing viscosity of the
slurry to condition such that it is not pumpable by con-
ventional pumping means, and thus improvmg and jiiain-
Lwng sensitivity and detonability to levels suitable for
small diameter charges.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1695
3,713,918
UREA STABILIZED GELLED SLURRY EXPLOSIVE
David R. Forshey, Bethel Park, and Ermete C. Lisotto. Pitts-
burgh, both of Pa., assignors to the United States of Amenca
as represented by the Secretary of the Interior
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,804
Int.CLC06b//04
U.S.CL 149-21 10 Claims
A highly stable cap sensitive explosive gel comprising am-
monium nitrate, metallic fuel sensitizer, gelling agent, inor-
ganic polyvalent metal salt cross-linking agent, phosphate
buffer, water and urea in an amount of 0.3-0.7 weight per-
cent. When urea is added in the same amounts to a composi-
tion including the above ingredients and NaCl. which NaCl is
incorporated for the purpose of non-incendivity, a highly sta-
ble non-incendive explosive gel is formed.
3,713,922
HIGH RESOLUTION SHADOW MASKS AND THEIR
PREPARATION
Martin Paul Upselter, Bethlehem, Pa., and Alfred Urquhart
MacRae, Berkeley Heights, N J., assignors to Bell Telephone
Laboratories Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,592
Int. CLC23f/ /02
U.S.CL 156-16 4 Claims
3,713,919
CHEMICAL FOAMING OF WATER-BEARING
EXPLOSIVES WITH N,N-
DIMITROSOPENTAMETHYLENE-TETRAMINE
Ernst A. Tomic, Hagerstown, Md., assignor to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Aug. 1 7, 1 970, Ser. No. 64,580
- Int.CLC06b//04
U.S.CL 149-47 18 Claims
Making foamed semisolid colloidal dispersions of water-
bearing blasting agents containing an inorganic oxidizing salt,
e B ammonium nitrate, fuel, water and adding thereto the
gas-generat.ng material N,N '-din.trosopen-
tamethylenetetramine that foams and sensitizes the blasting
agent. .
3,713,920
METHOD OF PRODUCING HEAT IN A CHEMICAL
REACTOR
Johann Schroder. Aachen, Germany, and Willem Ludovicus
Nicolaas van der Sluys, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Nether-
lands, assignors to U.S. Phillips Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,120
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Oct. 3, 1969,
6915057
Int. CI. C06d 5/02
U.S.CL149-109 l.*r'*''"u
Production of heat by reacting a mixture of SF, and CI, with
Li in a chemical reactor.
The specification describes a method for preparing a thm
silicon high resolution shadow mask, the latter adapted espe-
cially for use in processing materials by ion implantation. The
method makes use of the preferential etch technique for sil-
icon in which, for example, n+ material can be electrolytically
removed in preference to higher resistivity n-type silicon. A
thin (e.g. < I Opi) epitaxial layer of n-silicon is deposited on an
n+ substrate. The open regions of the mask are then con-
verted, through the thickness of the epitaxial layer, to n+
material. After exposure to the preferential electrolytic etch
treatment, a thin silicon shadow mask is left. Also disclosed
are ribbed structures for enhancing the physical durability of
the mask and techniques using crystallographic etching for
further improving resolution.
3 713 923
METHOD OF ASSEMBLING SLIDER VVTTH A
PROFILED STRIP SEPARABLE FASTENER
Leon Ker Laguerre, Boulogne-sur-Scine, France, assignor
to Minigrip Inc., Orangeburg, N.Y.
Original appUcation Feb. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 708,142,
now Patent No. 3,426,396. Divided and this appbca-
tion Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,023
Int, CL A41h 37/00
U.S. CI. 156—66 8 ^^^
3,713,921
GEOMETRY CONTROL OF ETCHED NUCLEAR
PARTICLE TRACKS
Robert L. Fleischer; Paul B. Price, both of Schenectady; Edgar
E. Bostick, and Fred F. Holub, both of Scotia, all of N.Y., as-
signors to General Electric Company, SchenecUdy, N.Y.
Continuation of Ser. No. 739,034, June 21, 1968, abandoned.
This application April 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130,514
Int. CLC08f 27/00. 47//2
U.S.CL 156-2 8 Claims
A method of assembling slide or slider for fasteners of
satchels formed of complementary profiled fastener strips
and comprising a small plate having two convergent
lateral walls and a central partition therebetween; the
said slide is made of a sufficiently flexible material so as
to be engageable by resilient deformation by the upper
A p^ocess ,o, .aking ^Ces of reduce, .aper in a soIk, co. ^t^,!'^'^- /^^„-,S°tndS''flrng« beingCcS
useful as a filter.
1696
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,924
MANUFACTURE OF EXTRUDED NETS HAVING
INTEGRAL STRAND JUNCTIONS
Theodore H. Fairbanks, Liverpool, Pa., assignor to
FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 872,089, Oct.
29, 1969, now Patent No. 3.654,031. This application
July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,077
Int. CI. D04h 3116
U^. CL 156—167 5 Claims
with graining paper and curing the filler material by plac-
ing a hot surface over and in contact with the graining '
paper, then moving the heat source with respect to the
graining paper and finally removing the heat source and
said graining paper.
A method for making an extruded net-like structure
having intersecting mesh strands in which at least portions
of certain mesh strands pass directly through other mesh
strands at their locations of intersection and are bonded
thereat.
3,713,925
ASBESTOS SHEET MATERIAL DIRECTLY ADHERED TO
A CELLULAR FOAM SUBSTRATE
Rowland S. Hartzell, Gibsonia, Pa., and Gene Gerek, Oswego,
III., assignors to PPG Industries Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 7 17,074, March 29, 1968, Pat. No.
3,522,140. This application , Ser. No. 30,478
Int.CI.B32bi///4
U.S. CI. 156-78 5 Claims
3,713,927
THERMOSETTABLE SHEET MOLDING COMPOUND
AND METHOD OF MAKING
Frank C. Peterson, and Leslie P. Theard, both of Pittsburgh,
Pa., assignors to Gulf Oil Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 1 1,1971, Ser. No. 152,376
Int. CI. B29j ^m
U.S.CL 156-62.6 17 Claims
A resin-fiber glass mixture is sprayed-up and partially cured
to a flexible, non-tacky sheet molding compound for second
stage curing to a solid, infusible resin in a heated mold. The
mixture is sprayed-up into a relatively flat sheet of one layer or
two or more separable layers or with a variable thickness, if
desired, to conform to the profile of the part to be molded.
The resin comprises a polyanhydride, such as the copolymer
of maleic anhydride and an alpha-olefin, an olefinically un-
saturated monooxirane compound such as glyeidyl methacry-
late, and an olefin such as styrene
3 713 928
TIRE CARCASS FABRICATING METHOD
Werner W. Klingbeil, Paterson, NJ., and Eugene H.
Hartman, Venice, Fla., assignors to Unlroyal, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Original appUcation Mar. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 713,935,
now Patent No. 3,616,132. Divided and this applica-
tion Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,889
Int. CL B29h 17128
U.S. CL 156—123 1 Claim
CELLULAR FOAM
ASBESTOS PAPtH-
PEESSUieE SENSITIVE,
ADHESIVE
Durable sheet products are provided by coated asbestos
sheet material adhered to a cellular foam substrate. In
preferred embodiments a vinyl foam, a polyurethane foam or
polystyrene foam is produced in contact with asbestos paper
coated with an organic coating composition; in some cases the
foam has an adhesive layer on the exposed surface or the coat-
ing on the asbestos is an adhesive.
3,713,926
METHOD FOR PATCHING MATERIALS
Lawrence Speer, Barberton, NJ., assignor to Vyna-
Chem, Inc., Bound Brook, N J.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,488
Int. CL B32b 35/00
U.S. CL 156—98 8 Claims
A process for forming a patch for plastic and leather-
like materials comprising removing the defective area,
filling the void with an uncured material, covering this
Distortion of tire cord fabric in tire building operations
is avoided by adhering to the pieces of cord fabric ex-
ternal strands arranged parallel to the lateral edges of the
piece to reduce the stretch of the cord fabric, the strands
taking longitudinal stresses as the pieces are pulled in the
tire building operation.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
169'
3 713 929
METHOD FOR PARTIALLY CURING AND
BUILDING UP PNEUMATIC TIRES
Franco Bottasso, Via Sismondi 9, and Antonio Pacciarini,
Via Caracciolo 26, both of Milan, Italy, and Renato
Caretta, Via Mameli 28, Gallarate, Italy
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,875
Claims priority, application Italy, May 31, 1969,
17,602/69
Int. CL B29h 5104
U.S. CL 156—127 13 Claims
consists in arranging, in a pressurized chamber, sheets of
plastic material; in forming, in at least one of said sheets, cavi-
ties which are filled with said pressurized gas; in closing and
sealing said sheets according to a closed outline, in such a way
A method and apparatus for constructing pneumatic
tires capable of producing a tread band of a very high
degree of uniformity in the thickness of the band along
the entire development of the finished tire. The method
includes the steps of building up the carcass, applying
the tread band about a rigid annular surface, coaxially
disposing the tread band supported by the rigid annular
surface in a mold having a plurality of sectors each pro-
vided on its inner face with radial sculptures to form
the desired recesses in the tread band, heating and com-
pressing the tread band against the rigid annular sur-
face using the sectors of the mold to cause complete
penetration of the sculptures in the band and to mold
and partially cure the band in a cavity defined entirely
by rigid surfaces, removing the rigid annular surface
supporting the tread band, positioning the carcass co-
axially within the space defined by the tread band, shap-
ing the carcass and forcing the mid-circumferential por-
tion of the carcass against the tread band by admitting a
compressed fluid in the carcass and also approaching the
beads of the carcass. The apparatus used to carry out the
method comprises rigid sectors forming a generally cir-
cular ring, the sectors having on their inner surface sculp-
tures to form the desired configuration of the outer sur-
face of the tread of the finished tire which are radially
displaced and heated. A rigid ring is coaxially positioned
within a space defined by the sectors to define with the
sectors a cavity in which the radial sections thereof have
a constant form and size, the outer profile of the rigid
ring corresponding to the desired outer profile of the
carcass of the finished tire. Means are utilized for co-
axially supporting the carcass in the space defined by the
sectors while the rigid ring is out of the space, together
with means for introducing compressed fluid in the carcass
and means for moving the beads of the carcass towards
each other.
3,713,930
PROCESS TO FORM ELEMENTS UNDER PRESSURE
Tullio Levrini, Via Turati 26, Milan, and Giuseppe Corti,
Casana, Como, both of Italy
Filed April 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,007
Claims priority, application Italy, April 19, 1969, 15855
V69
Int. CI. B29c / im\ B29h im
U.S.CL 156-147 20 Claims
The process concerns the realization of elements compris-
ing sealed cavities filled with pressurized gas. Said process
as to form one or several closed cavities which, being situated
in an ambient with normal pressure (atmospheric pressure)
permits the expansion of the gas contained in said cavity or
cavities.
3,713,931
METHOD FOR PRODUCING A NON-WOVEN FABRIC
Flemming Lerche-Svendsen, 2920 Charlottenlund, Denmark,
assignor to Aktieselskabet Fibertex, Aalborg, Denmark
Filed March 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,043
Claims priority, application Denmark. March 20, 1970,
1442/70
Int.CLB32bi///S
U.S. CI. 156-148 10 Claims
Xa Kb
51
4
A non-woven continuous fabric comprises a plurality of dis-
crete, laterally extending ribbon elements which are con-
nected with continuous, longitudinally extending elements to
form a netting which may be united with one or more layers of
a continuous sheet plastics material orientated in the longitu- t
dinal direction of the fabric while at least the ribbon elements
of the netting are also longitudinally orientated, i.e., in the
lateral direction of the fabric. The fabric has been subjected to
a needle punching operation causing the orientated materials
thereof to fibrillate. A fiber fleece may be incorporated in the
fabric. A method of producing the fabric comprises winding a
continuous, longitudinallv orientated ribbon of plastics
material helically upon a plurality of thread- or ribbon-shaped
secondary elements to form a netting which may be laid
together with one or more sheets of longitudinally orientated
plastics material to form a web assembly which subsequently is
subjected to a needle punching operation. An apparatus for
making the fabric comprises means for jointly feeding a
netting and at least one sheet in superposed relationship and a
needle punching device operating on the assembly of the
netting and the sheet or sheets.
1698
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,932
METHOD OF MAKING LOW FRICTION FABRIC LINED
NUTS OF MULTIPLE LENGTH CONSTRUCTION
Neil W. Butzow, Greendale. and Bernard Harris, Milwaukee,
both of Wis., assignors to Rex Chainbelt Inc., Milwaukee,
Wis
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,469
Int.CI. B32b5/y2,B6ShS//05
U.S. CI. 156-173 4 Claims
^ .
which each web is deposited on the receiving belt is
arranged with respect to the plane of the belt so that the
fibers are held under tension during the entire operation.
3,713,934
METHOD OF PRODUCING FRICTION FACINGS
Henry C. Morton, East Greenbush, N.Y., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation
Division of Ser. No. 8 10,277, March 25, 1969, Pal. No.
3,600,258. This application Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,242
Int. CI. B31c 13/00; B32b 5108, 5126
U.S.CL 156-180 6 Claims
A low friction fabric sleeve is wrapped with cords on a long
threaded mandrel. The assembly is heated to preset the fabric.
A tubular body of resin and glass filament reinforcing is
formed over the sleeve and when completed and unscrewed
from the mandrel, is cut to the lengths of the desired nuts or
internally threaded parts. The tips of the screw threads may in-
clude the cords which were wound under tension to form the
sleeve on the mandrel.
3,713,933
METHOD FOR PRODUCING NON-WOVEN WEBS
Robert C. Sokolowski, Menasha, Wis., assignor to
Kimberly-Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 713,092,
Mar. 14, 1968. This application Jan. 25, 1971, Ser.
No. 109,618
Int. CI. D04h 1 100; B32b 5/02
U.S. CL 156—176 7 Claims
,es-fr
A friction facing for clutches and the like is disclosed which
incorporates at least one yarn of filamentary glass fibers in the
friction material prior to final fabrication to improve the burst
strength of the friction facing. Additionally, bundles of fila-
mentary treated glass fibers may be added to the facing at the
ID. and/or at the O.D. to further improve the hot burst
strength of the friction facing.
3,713,935
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR COATING PANELS
WITH RESINOUS COMPOSITIONS
Giorgio Grecchi, Via Verga 17/ A, Cadorago, Italy
Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 842,899
Claims priority, application lUly, July 20, 1968, 52533-
A/68
Int.CLB01j///0
U.S.CL 156-231 4 Claims
A method and apparatus for producing extra wide
and/or laminated non-woven webs from very thin, light-
weight arrays of highly-drafted and aligned fibers. The
fibers are drafted and aligned into thin webs by separate
draw frames and deposited at selected points and par-
ticular angular orientation on an inclined moving belt.
Deposition is made in juxtaposed side-by-side arrange-
ment for wide webs, or one ply upon another when a
laminated construction is desired. The planar angle at
In a process and apparatus for coating a panel with a
resinous composition such as varnish or paint, a coating
material which is normally fluid but which hardens under ul-
traviolet radiation is used. A layer of the composition is
deposited on a bed permeable to ultraviolet radiation, and the
layer is irradiated through the bed to cause part of its
thickness to set. Then the panel is located on the layer and ir-
radiation is continued until the coating has hardened fully.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1699
3,713,936
FABRIC MOLDING
Alston Ramsay, Jr., Charlotte, N.C., assizor to
Celanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original application Aug. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 751,778.
Divided and this application Feb. 1, 1971, her.
No. 111,652 ^^ ^,^^ =
Int CI. B24c 5100
U.S. Ci. 156—242 1 C'^™
ble and moisture-impermeable film, one or more hides of split
leather being bonded to the supported film through a moisture
vapor-permeable tie-coat of a compatible adhesive, and the
Laminates comprising an internal batting, a first outer
layer of a fabric having sufficient directional stretch-
ability to conform to a molded shape and a second outer
layer of a particulate thermoplastic fusible into a tough,
stiff backing may be molded into rigid, strong, three di-
mensional fabric articles having a permanent resistance to
shape deformation. ,
3,713,937
METHOD OF MAKING FLEXIBLE WASTE RECEPTACLE
FOR MARINE TOILETS
Don W. Eichner, Galesburg, III., assignor to Outboard Marine
Corporation, Waukegan, III.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,429
Int. CLB29C/ 9/00
U.S.CL 156-245 5 Claims
carrier then being removed. The resultant split leather/polyu-
rethane film product has the appearance and other properties
of top-grain leather.
3 713,939 -~
METHOD OF PROCESSING ARTICLES OF VERY THIN
PLASTIC FILM MATERIAL
Robert Preg, Reading, Pa., assignor to The Polymer Corpora-
tion, Reading, Pa.
Filed March 4, 1970, Ser, No. 16,380
Int.CLB32b i//OS.J///«
U.S.CL 156-248 4 Claims
\
The invention is a fiexible waste receptacle for marine
toilets including the process of making such a receptacle. The
flexible waste receptacle includes a flexible bag having a filter
screen molded in place within the bag to form a first compart-
ment for waste fluid and a second compartment for filtered
flush fluid The flexible bag is formed by a rotational molding
process. The appropriate fittings and straps may be heat
sealed to the bag to complete the assembly of the flexible
waste receptacle.
A technique for handling very thin plastic film which, due to
a thickness of from 0.002 to 0.015 inches, is extremely flexi-
ble and otherwise extremely difficult to handle. The plastic
nature of the material further makes it subject to the tribo
electric phenomena resulting in a tendency to adhere to other
objects These adversities are eliminated by laminating an ex-
tended web of relatively stiff, pressure sensitive, adhesive
backing material to the thin film prior to stamping com-
ponents of relatively small size therefrom. In the stamping
operation the backing material is not cut through. Thus, the
cut pieces of thin film remain affixed to the extended web of
backing material until they arrive at the point of end use. The
relatively low peel strength of the pressure-sensitive backing
material facilitates the ready removal of the cut pieces of thin
film at the point of end use while at the same time ensuring
that the thin film and backing material do not become disas-
sociated during the various phases of the processing opera-
tion.
3,713,938
PRODUCTION OF POLYURETHANE FILM/SPLIT
LEATHER LAMINATE
Robert G. Sutton, Philadelphia, Pa , assignor to Norwood In-
dustries Inc., Malvern, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 659,101, Aug. 8, 1967,
abandoned, and Ser. No. 737,1 16, June 14, 1968, abandoned.
This application March 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,572
Int.CI.B29c/9/00
U.S.CL 156-246 .l^'"™*
Production of laminated articles by casting and drying a
layer of a fully-reacted polyurethane material on a release
treated carrier in a manner to form a moisture vapor-permea-
906 O.G.— 63 _
3,713,940
METHOD FOR SECURING HANDLES TO SHEET
MATERIAL
Gordon A. Haugh, Jr., Etobicoke, Ontario; Arturo Grassi.
Mississagua, Ontario, and Gordon A. Haugh. Po[< Credit.
Ontario, all of Canada, assignors to Gordon Haugh Packag-
ing Company Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,610
Int.CI.B32bi//yS,i//20
U.S. CI. 156-250 7 Claims
A method and apparatus for automatically securing a han-
dle in the form of a flexible strip to a web of sheet material.
1700
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
such as plastic. According to the method, the web of sheet
material is fed intermittently to a handle securing station. The
outer ends of the flexible handle strip are moved towards each
other and into juxtaposition with the web of sheet material at
the handle securing station and, while the web is stationary at
the handle securing station, the outer ends of the handle strip
are secured to the web of sheet material. The apparatus in-
3 713 942
PROCESS FOR PREPARING NONWOVEN FABRICS
Charles W. Kim, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Hercules
Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 843,561,
July 22, 1969. This application Dec. 16, 1969,
Ser. No. 885,595
Int. CI. B32bi7/05
U.S. CI. 156—252 2 Claims
46
20 10 2f '?tw
48.
50
<
f^
,-h
44 56 44
-40
36
56
^S»^[^
,1 60'
2e
LI
■62,
261-1
A'
eludes movable clamp means for releasably engaging the outer
ends of the handle strip and for moving the ends towards each
other and into juxtaposition with the adjacent web of sheet
material Securing means, such as an apparatus for heat weld-
ing thermoplastic is provided for fixing the outer ends of the
strip to the web of sheet material while it is stationary at the
handle securing station.
3,713,941
METHOD OF COVERING BOOKS WITH HEAT
SEALABLE THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL
Richard J. Saurs, Richmond, Va. -~
Division of Ser. No. 748,869, July 30, 1968, abandoned. This
application July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 64,907
Int.CLB18bi;/20
U.S. CI. 156-251 7 Claims
Nonwoven fabrics are prepared by cross-laying a warp
of substantially parallel continuous monofilament strands
with a partially fibrillated open network having a plurality
of interconnected parallel continuous monofilament
strands at an angle of 90° to the warp and bonding the
same.
3,713,943
WOOD TREATING PROCESS
Richard R. Huff, Eugene, Oreg., assignor to Moasanto Com-
pany, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,488
Int. CI. B27k 3136; B32b i///2, B44d 1/28
U.S. CI. 156-255 6 Claims
The treatment of green or undried wood with a
polyethylene adduct of a compound containing multi active-
hydrogen functionality is described. Such treatment of wood
improves the bondability of the wood; for example, the adhe-
sion of veneers together to form plywood.
3,713,944
METHOD OF MANUFACTURE OF PRINTED CIRCUITS
BY DIE STAMPING
Herman W. Dennis, Harper Woods, and Arnold Birko, Dear-
born Heights, both of Mich., assignors to Essex Interna-
tional, Inc.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,376
Int.CI.B32b5///S
U.S.CL 156-261 14 Claims
27-, 24
The manufacture of a printed circuit comprises arranging
an adhesive-free, electrically conductive sheet in overiying
relation with a non-conductive backing sheet coated with a
dry, thermoplastic adhesive. A heated die having contours
conforming generally to the configuration of conductive cir-
A rectangular slot is cut in one layer of a folded covering cuit elements to be bonded to the backing engages the con-
material. The opened covers of a book are inserted between ductive sheet and fuses the circuit elements to the backing
the layers, with the pages extended through the slot. Then the sheet. The overlying sheets then are indexed to a cutting sta_
edges of the layers are sealed to form a cover. tion at which the sheets are supported on a hard, flat base and
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1701
a cutting die having cutting edges corresponding to the mar- fibrous reinforcement impregnated with partially cured resin,
ginal outlines of the circuit elements is dropped onto the over- the mixture at least partially enveloping the mner member,
lying sheets to cut the circuit elements from the conductive
sheet. The cutting edges of the cutting die project from the
lands they surround a distance greater than the thickness of
the conductive sheet, but less than the combined thickness of
the conductive sheet, the backing sheet, and the adhesive
coating so that the backing sheet is neither cut nor per-
manently deformed. Following the c'utting operation the con-
ductive sheet from which the circuit elements have been cut is
removed and an overiay sheet of insulation is applied over the
circuit elements and bonded to the latter and to the backing
sheet.
3,713,945
METHOD FOR MAKING FIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC
Johan Bjorksten, P.O. Box 265, Madison, Wis. 53701
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 698,544,
Jan. 17, 1968. This application Aug. 17, 1970, Ser.
No. 64,606 ,,,,,
Int. CLB32bii/06.ii/72
U.S. CL 156— 278 - 14 Claims
into a hollow sheath wherein the mixture fills the space
between the inner member and the hollow sheath.
3,713,947
WIRING METHOD
Paul Maddison Hawhins, Stillwater, Minn., assignor to Gen-
eral Alarm Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 733,854, June 3, 1968, Pat. No. 3,639,193.
This application Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,848
Int.CI.B29c27//4
U.S.CL 156-293 3 Claims
A reinforced plastic film is made by binding fibers to at
least one base film by means of a nascent adhesive
formed from two or more components immediately be-
fore application to the film and (a) reacted almost com-
pletely within the seconds required for it to pass from
adhesive applicator to laminator, or (b) brought within
that time to a heavy enough consistency for holding the
components together and then completing cure in storage.
An adhesive applicator capable of operating with a roto-
gravure roller with a compound which may dry in sec-
onds after preparation is accomplished by dispensing with
the conventional adhesive pan and supplying the nascent
adhesive directly to a doctor blade resting on an in-
tagliated roller and equipped with an averaging electronic
level control.
3,713,946
METHOD OF MAKING FIBER REINFORCED
COMPOSITES
Walter Guillam Molyneux, Farnborough, Hampshire, En-
gland, assignor to National Research Development Corpora-
tion, London, England
Filed April 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,150
Claims priority, application Great Britain, April 30, 1969,
22,043/69
Int. CI. B29c 79/00
U.S.CL 156-293 2 Claims
A process for producing a composite material article com-
prising inserting an inner member together with a mixture of
Method and apparatus for installing electrical wire or the
like along a predetermined path on the surface of a base
member by providing a groove in the surface of the base
member along the predetermined path, simultaneously posi-
tioning in the groove guide means for laying said electrical
wire and nozzle means for applying a material for maintaining
the electrical wire within the groove, and then feeding electri-
cal wire and said material to said guide means and fiozzle
means while moving the guide means and said nozzle peans
along said groove. '
3,713,948
LABELING MACHINE «
Jacob N. Kluger, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,759
Int. CI. B26d 5100; E32b 3 1 100; G05g 1 5 100 *
U.S. CI. 156-351 ir Claims
An asynchronous article addressing or labeling apoaratus,
the components of which are operated independently in
response to demand. The apparatus includes a first transport
to advance the label supply sheet to a first cutter, the first
cutter serving following a predetermined label sheet advance
to cut the sheet transversely to provide a strip-like lab.l piece;
a strip conveyor to advance the label piece to a second cutter
which, following an advance of one label length, cuts an in-
1702
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
dividual label from the label piece; and a label conveyor to units are mounted on the frame adjacent the opposite ends of
carry the cut label to the apparatus label transfer wheel for the drum for registering bead rings therewith. Each of the
transfer to the article being labeled. The label transfer wheel bead setter units includes a bead ring holder movable toward
and away from an adjacent end of the drum. Each end of the
drum includes an axially extending protuberance which is
Zd" „ ^, X* adapted for telescopic connection with a respective coaxially
^ JO rt »-, i7 7j
itself is operated in response to advance of the articles to be
labeled to a predetermined position adjacent the label transfer
wheel.
3 713,949
METHOD OF AND MACHINE FOR APPLYING
ADHESIVE LABELS TO PACKAGES
Herbert Dinter, 1300 S. Shadvdale,
West Covina, CaUf. 91790
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,914
Int. CI. B32b 21120; B65c 9 J 40
U.S. CI. 156—363 7 Claims
aligned sleeve carried by each of the holders to align the bead
rings with respect to the drum. The drum includes inflatable
turn-up bladders adjacent the opposed ends thereof and each
protuberance comprises a shell having a cavity therein
adapted to receive and conduct air under pressure to the turn-
up bladders.
3,713,951
WELDING APPARATUS FOR PLASTIC FOILS
Horst Wierick, Ahrensburg, Germany, assignor to BeA-
Verpackungsmascbinen Casties Wierick & Co. KG,
Ahrensburg, Germany
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Scr. No. 95.818
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 8, 1969,
P 19 61 425.6
Int. CI. B32bi;/05
U.S. CL 156 — 498 29 Claims
A method of and a machine for applying adhesive labels
to packages by transporting the pacicages in succession on
a conveyor along a prescribed path to labeling position at
a labeling station along the path, supporting a label over
each package in labeling position with the adhesive side
of the label exposed and facing the package, elevating
each package in labeling position from the conveyor into
bonding contact with the adhesive side of the label to
adhere the label to the package, and finally lowering the
labeled package back to the conveyor for outfeed move-
ment from the machine. A primary feature of the ma-
chine resides in adjustabihty to accommodate packages of
different size and to apply labels to different surfaces of
a package.
3,713,950
TIRE BUILDING MACHINE WITH TELESCOPIC
INTERCONNECTION FOR MOUNTING A BEAD RING
HOLDER
Lawrence E. Beat, Wadsworth, Ohio, assignor to Eagle-Picher
Industries, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed April 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,370
Int. CI. B29h/ 7/22
U.S. CI. 156-401 13 Claims
A tire building machine including a frame and a collapsible
tire building drum mounted for rotation thereon. Bead setter
5c
msL
''-r^
&^
^^L
-\i^t) '63 I'
r
^U. »5a rS
6
J
°~"''' Ij? ^r^n^m^^Uo^^!^
F "' ■ '680
The welding apparatus consists of a motor, a fan
mounted on the motor shaft, two pairs of rollers with
two circulating endless heat-conductive tapes and heating
and cooling blocks at the tapes. The foils are gripped
between the tapes and led through the heating and cool-
ing blocks whereby the foils are continuously welded.
The fan sucks cooling air around the motor and blows it
through the cooling blocks. With this construction the
heat dissipation from the motor is improved and the life
of the apparatus is lengthened especially by use of poly-
tetrafluoroethylene coated glass fiber tapes instead of
conventional steel tapes.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1703
ITMQSl 3,713,955
' APPARATUS FOR HEAT SEALING CARTONS APPARATUS FOR SECURING ARTICLES TO WEB
GeorgeSchafer, Santa Cruz, and Hugh B.Morse, San Jose. Rochester N Y assignor to Eastman
both of Calif assignors to Fibrebo.rd Corporat.on, San ^^^^^ J-ji^/^-^J^^^^^^ "^'^
Fr.nc.sco, C.l.f.^^^ 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,193 Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser No^ 1 14,282
Int.CLB31b//64 Int. CI. B32bi///0 , ruim.
U.S. CL 159-497 35 Claims U.S. CL 156-552 iLlaims
An apparatus for heat sealing cartons comprises conveyor
means for moving a partially erected carton along a line of
flight and folding means for folding polyethylene coated car-
ton closure flaps into superimposed, partially opened relation-
ship. The carton is then moved past a plurality of spaced noz-
zle means, each comprising a chamber adapted to have a gase-
ous fuel communicated thereto and ignited therein. Upon
combustion of the fuel, a heated fluid is discharged from the
chamber, through a nozzle formed on a forward face of the
nozzle means and onto the flaps to activate the polyethylene
coating for sealing purposes. A driven roller is positioned
dov^nstream of the nozzle means to apply a final sealing pres-
sure to the flaps to secure them together.
3,713,953
Patent Not Issued For This Number
3,713,954
HONEYCOMB MAKING MACHINE
Kenneth G. Clark, Pennington; Thomas J. Cook. Kendall
Park; Ernest T. DePass, Bound Brook, and Abraham Man-
fredonia. Titusville, all of N.J., assignors to Union Camp
Corporation, Wayne, N.J.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,268
InLCI.B32bi//0«,J///«
U.S.CL 156-548 11 Claims
'X - - '^ ^-^W^^'^Ti'C.
ir y
Apparatus for releasably securing presented articles to an
elongated strip of web material having a pressure sensitive ad-
hesive coating includes a pressure pad mounted on a pivotal
guide arm. Web material is trained about the pressure pad so
that movement of the guide arm moves the pressure pad from
a first position spaced from the presented articles to a second
position pressing web material against the presented article.
The web path between the pressure pad and a web material
supply roll increases as the pressure pad is moved toward its
second position, and a clamp is provided to prevent relative
movement between the web material and the pressure pad
during such movement, whereupon web material is unwound
from the supply roll. Upon return movement of the pressure
pad to its first position, the clamp is released and slack web
material is wound onto a take-up roll, thereby presenting a
new surface of the web material to the next article presented.
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HERMETICALLY
SEALING A RIGID PANEL .
Jean Cospen, Cacban, and Bernard Baumann, Pans,
France, assignors to Cebal GP, Pans, France
Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 110,964
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 6, ivvu,
7004278
Int. CLB30b 57/00
U.S. CL 156—580 ^ Claims
i^ee't»'**»<^*t»
A continuous honeycombed paper making machine is pro-
vided which transforms the output of four paper stock rolls
into a continuous core of honeycombed material. The
machine comprises four sections: a gluer; sheet stacker; pad
slicer; and slice combiner. The gluer forms a conunuous 4-ply
web from the stock rolls by applying adhesive in staggered,
longitudinal stripes to the top and bottom surfaces of the first
or topmost and third plys. The sheeter-stacker cuts and trims
the 4-ply web and accumulates a quantity of sheets into a
stack where adjacent sheets are bonded to one another by vir-
tue of the adhesive on the top surface of the topmost ply and
then compresses the stack to form a pad. The pad slicer slices
each pad into slices extending transverse to the adhesive
stripes. The slice combiner applies adhesive to each slice and
then positions them in a vertical column where the slices are
bonded to one another to form the desired continuous core.
The invention is addressed to a new and improved
method and apparatus for sealing an opening m a rigid
1704
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
panel in which first and second sealing members are in-
serted into the opening in the rigid panel, and subjected
to a first lateral mechanical tension, the members are
then heated, preferably by ultrasonic heating means and
then the members are subjected to a second mechanical
tension.
3,713,957
TRLNK FOR COLLAPSIBLE ARTIFICIAL TREE
Terry Hermanson, New York, N.Y., assignor to Mr. Christmas
Incorporated
Division of Ser. No. 87,402, Nov. 6, 1970, Pat. No. 3,639,196,
and a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 800,218, Feb. 18, 1969,
Pat. No. 3,574,102. This application June 3, 1971, Ser. No.
149,775
Int.CLA47gii/06
U.S. CL 161-14 1 Claim
3,713,959
INSENSITIVE THERMAL DISTORTION
STRUCTURES
Earl Rottmayer and Robert R. Carman, Tallmadpe, and
James O. Gibson, Akron, Ohio, assignors to Goodyear
Aerospace Corporation, Akron, Ohio
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,566
Int. CL B32b 3/12. 5/12. 19/02
U.S. CI. 161—59 8 Claims
A structural graphite composite material which has a
very low, nearly zero, coefficient of thermal expansion. The
material consists of graphite yarns laid up in an epoxy
matrix.
3,713,960
ANTISTATIC TUFTED PRODUCT
William H. Cochran, II, Montauk Avenue, Stonington, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 765,267, Oct. 4, 1968. This
application Oct. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 872,657
A trunk for a collapsible artificial tree comprising a plurality '"L CI. H05f 3100
of pairs of apertures in each of several horizontal planes U.S. CI. 161 — 66 ^ 5 Claims
wherein each pair of apertures is adapted to pivotally support
an artificial branch unit. Each pair of apertures of said trunk
being spaced apart from each other by the same distance as
apertures of other pairs are from each other, but being spaced
circumferentially around said trunk from other of said pairs of
apertures whereby any branch supported at said several
horizontal planes will not be in vertical alignment.
3 713 958
MOCK STAINEDGLASS WINDOW STRUCTURE
Robert S. McCracken, South Pasadena, Calif., assignor to
Beagle Manufacturing Company
Filed Mar. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,087
Int. CL B44c 1/28; B44I 11/04; B44d 1/10
VS. CI. 161—18 4 Claims
A tufted pile product having antistatic properties including
a pile yarn tufted through a backing formed of a non-electri-
cally conductive textile material bonded to an electrically con-
ductive foil.
A system is disclosed for producing a mock, lead-
joined, stained-glass window structure from a pane of
ordinary glass. Pre-formed lead pattern members, in-
cluding closed pattern members, are affixed to the pane
to define closed sections or areas thereon. Layers of
color are adhered to one side of the pane within the
closed areas to accomplish color patterns and layers of
texture composition (resin) are adhered to the opposed
side of the pane to provide surface textures for the
individual sections.
3,713,961
DIELECTRIC WALL
Robert L. Copeland, Marion, Smyth County, Va.; Bobby G.
Gamble, Rockland Acres, Hamblen County, Tenn.; Vance A.
Chase, and David R. Beeler, both of Poway, San Diego Coun-
ty, Calif., assignors to Brunswick Corporation, Chicago, III.,
by said Copeland
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 9,244
Int. CL B32b 5//6, 5/25, 27/04
U.S. CL 161 -93 6 Claims
A thermally set syntactic foam comprising a finally cured
polyimide resin having a substantially uniform distribution of
high dielectric particles therein. The above-identified syntac-
tic foam is preferably utilized to form a dielectric wall in which
the syntactic foam is a second layer and is secured to a first
layer composed of a thermally set textile reinforced finally
cured polyimide resin. It has been found that better results are
obtained if the finally cured polyimide resin comprising the
first layer has a void content of less than 5 percent.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1705
3,713,962
COMPOSITE MAT STRUCTURE
Richard H. Ackley, Oakmont, Pa., assignor to PPG Industries,
Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed March 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,535
Int. CLB32b 5/06
U.S. CL 161-154 6 Claims
weight on cellulose of carbon disulfide, adding to thus
obtained viscose a combination of modifiers, spinning
ripened viscose having a a-value of 49 to 37 and a Hotten-
roth number within 20 to 10 and corresponds to a pomt
on the descending portion of the Hottenroth number-
ripening time curve, said point being within a range wher»
the difference of Hottenroth number at spinning from
the Hottenroth number at the peak of said curve is 7 or
less.
Fibrous mats comprised of unstranded filaments that are
free to move relative to each other and fibrous mats com-
prised of fibrous strands that are free to move relative to each
other, as well as combinations thereof, are impregnated with
resin and subsequently molded into resinous products.
3,713,963
DRY MIXTURE OF COPPER SULFATE 8-
HYDROXYQUINOLINE SULFATE, AND SULPHURIC
ACID AS A PRESERVATIVE ADDITIVE TO A FIBROUS
SLURRY PRIOR TO FORMING PAPER THEREFROM
Bror Olof Hager, Djursholm, Sweden, assignor to Hager Ak-
tiebolag. Stockholm S.V., Sweden
Continuation of Ser. No. 720,470, April 11, 1968, abandoned.
This application Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,499
Int. CL D21h 5/22, i/00; D2Id 3100
U.S.CL 162-161 6 Claims
Prior to formation of a paper web the fibrous suspension is
treated with a water soluble dry mixture of 1 ) copper sulfate,
2 ) a reaction product of 8-hydroxyquinoline with a strong acid
(e.g. 8-hydroxyquinoline sulfate), and 3) sulfuric acid (added
as a reaction inhibitor for the undissolved components), to
form water insoluble copper 8-hydroxyquinoline in situ on the
fibers to help preserve the produced paper from destructive
organisms. Other components may be useful as the dry mix-
ture including copper sulfate and arsenic acid, with ammoni-
um bicarbonate acting as the reaction inhibitor for the dry
components.
3,713,964
METHOD FOR PRODUCLNG HIGHLY
CRIMPED VISCOSE RAYON
Tadao Sasakura, Koriyama, Japan, assignor to Nitto
Boseki Co., Ltd., Gonome, Fukushima-shi, Japan
Filed Mar. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 122,388
Claims priority, application Japan, July 21, iv/u,
45/63,850
Int. CL DOlf 3/10, 3/28
VS. CL 161—173 9 Claims
3,713,965 ^_.^
NON-BLOCKING PACKAGING FILM COMPRISrsG
AN ETHYLENE-VINYL ACETATE COPOLYMER
BLENDED WITH A FATTY ACID AMIDE AND
CALCIUM CARBONATE . , ^ ». r^
Almar T. Widiger, Midland, and Marvm J. Krch, Lssex-
ville, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich. , .«- /vo.^
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,084
InL CI. B32b 27/08, 27/18
V S CI. 161 254 ^ Claims
A packaging film particularly suited for the shrink-
packaging of oxygen-sensitive materials, said film cx)nsist-
ing essentially of a first layer of a normally crystallitie
vinylidene chloride-vinyl chloride copolymer and a secopd
layer of a specified copolymer of ethylene and vmyl acetate
having blended therewith at least 1 percent by weight cal-
cium carbonate and at least 3 percent by weight of a fatty
acid amide.
ERRATUM
For Class 162—161 see:
Patent No. 3,713,963
3,713,966
APPARATUS FOR ASCERTAINING AND EVALUATING
THF TRANSVERSE PROFILE OF THE MOISTURE
CoI?ENT O? m5?ED webs OF PAPER AND THE LIKE
Paul Lippke, Walter-Rathenau-Strasse 14, 545 Neuw.ed, Ger-
■"""^ Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65.377
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21, 196V, r iv
42 529 7
Int. CLD21f 7/00, GOln 5/02
U.S.CL 162-263 ^ CUims
Apparatus for measuring the transverse profile of the
moisture content of moving web material, especially paper,
according to which individually and at least approximately
simultaneously the moisture content at different areas across a
moving web material is ascertained, and the thus obtained
moisture content of the individual areas across the web to be
measured are individually stored and conveyed to indicating
Highly crimped viscose rayon with improved resistance means for controlling the moisture content of the respective
to water is produced by xanthating with 24 to 32% by web material.
a !>0 30
AGING TIMf t.hr)
1706
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,713,967
ENERGETIC NEUTRAL PARTICLE INJECTION SYSTEM
FOR CONTROLLED FUSION REACTOR
Gordon W. Hamilton; Ralph W. Moir, both of Livermore;
John E. Osher, Alamo, and Richard F. Post, Walnut Creek,
all of Calif., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the United States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed June 18, 1971, Ser. No. 154,457
Int.CI.G21b//02
U.S.CL 176-5 7 Claims
shielding, vapor barrier and strength member, ail of which are
constructed and function as a composite structure. A coni-
cally shaped concrete pressure vessel internally lined with a
gas-impervious membrane comprises the primary contain-
ment. A support structure centrally positioned within the pri-
mary containment carries the reactor vessel and internal floor
independently of the primary containment vessel, the internal
floor separating the drywell from the pressure suppression
chamber. A secondary containment comprising a cylindrical
concrete vessel houses the primary containment vessel and is
also supported independently thereof on a common founda-
tion.
System including an ion source, particle accelerator and
neutralizer cell for producing an energetic neutral particle
beam which is directed into the containment zone of a con-
trolled fusion reactor. Said beam includes a significant propor-
tion of ionized particles and a proportion of the energetic
neutrals are not trapped in the containment zone. Magnetic
field means are used to deflect the ionized particles from the
neutral particle beam and an ionizer cell is used to ionize
neutral particles escaping from said containment zone. Means
including spaced arrays of grid structures are arranged to
deflect electrons and collect the deflected and reionized parti-
cles in a manner adapted to collect and convert the kinetic
energy of the particles into electrical energy.
3,713,969
EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE FOR NUCLEAR
REACTORS
William J. Cahill, Jr., West Nyack, N.Y., assignor to Con-
solidated Edison Company of New York, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
Filed Sept. 1 6, 1 969, Ser. No. 858,465
Int. CLG21C 9/00
U.S. CI. 176-38 9 Claims
3,713,968
COMPOSITE PRESSURE SUPRESSION CONTAINMENT
STRUCTURE FOR NUCLEAR POWER REACTORS
William J. L. Kennedy. Winchester, Mass.; Charles B.
Miczek, Braintree. Mass.. and (ieorge Barabedian, Arling-
ton, Mass., assignors to Stone & Webster Engineering
Corporation. Boston, Ma.ss.
Filed Oct. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 764,865
Int.CI.G21c/i//0
U.S. CI. 176— 37 8 Claims
A nuclear reactor vessel for containing coolant and/or
moderator fluid under high pressure and having an emergency
shutoff valve mounted adjacent each of its fluid inlet and out-
let openings, each valve being arranged to automatically close
its associated opening in the event of rupture of the external
fluid piping which is attached thereto. The valve disc of each
valve has convex, spherical-sector shape, and is mounted by a
folded leaf spring and tension pin arrangement to a fixed
structure, preferably the reactor core, against which the valve
disc is normally held in value-open position. Upon a bursting
of the referred to piping, the valve closes in response to the
fluid surge forces which are automatically generated by the
suddenly changed fluid flow conditions.
^ nuclear power reactor pressure suppression containment
system wherein the primary containment includes a biological
3,713,970
CAVITY REACTOR WITH TWO STAGE SEPARATION
Hans J. P. Von Ohain, Dayton, Ohio, and Melvin R. Keller,
Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the United States Air Force
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,598
Int.CLG21ci/44
U.S. CI. 176-45 2 Claims
A colloidal gas core nuclear reactor having a high tensile
strength outer semispheroidal pressure shell enclosing a
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1707
moderator body member which surrounds a central cavity separate control rod guide tube. The fuel assemblies are ar-
with an expanding nozzle at one end thereof The greatest ranged close together with at most only a small gap between
cavity radius is at the end remote from the nozzle. Hydrogen them and are laterally supported by the adjacent fuel assem-
gas is supplied to the cavity to provide a vortex fow within the blies and the control rod guide tubes.
3,713,972
NUCLEAR REACTOR POWER PLANT
Geoffrey Coast, Sandiway, near Northwich; Kenneth Prince,
Bowden; Brian Spruce, Manchester, and Vernon Morgan,
Warrington, all of England, assignors to United Kingdom
Atomic Energy Authority, London, England
Filed April 22, 1968, Ser. No. 722,929
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 12, 1967,
20,223/67
Int.CLG21d//02
U.S.CL 176-60 2 Claims
cavity. A conical duct is provided between the throat of the
nozzle and the expansion portion of the nozzle. A groove and
particle catcher is provided between the duct and expansion
portion of the nozzle. The groove leads to a particle outlet
duct.
3,713,971
NUCLEAR REACTOR HAVING A MODULAR CORE
Aart Van Santen, and Bengt Sodergard, both of Vasteras,
Sweden, assignors to Allmanna Svenska Electriska Ak-
tiebolaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,1 13
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 2, 1968, 16409/68
Int. CI. G21c 75/00
U.S.CL 176-50 18 Claims
■.:-,^,vj__i;i
Siiiii I » L^
A nuclear reactor power plant, wherein the coolant leaves
the core for use in a gas turbine or like heat-to-energy con-
verter, has components disposed in closely spaced parallel
vertical elongate sealed bores in the wall of a concrete pres-
sure vessel enclosing the reactor. The coolant, preferably car-
bon dioxide travels from the reactor through said components
back to the core by passageways in the wall between the bores
and between the bores and the core space of the reactor^
A nuclear reactor includes a reactor core and a pressure
vessel surrounding the reactor core. A plurality of tubes pass
through the bottom part of the vessel and extend towards the
core. These tubes have upper ends forming guide tubes for
control rods. The core is formed of a plurality of core units
each comprising a fuel assembly and a rod movable in one of
the control rod guide tubes. The fuel assemblies are substan-
tially polygonal in cross section and are arranged in a
polygonal lattice. Each of the fuel assemblies rests on a
3,713,973
NUCLEAR FUEL ASSEMBLY
Georges Normand, Ginasservis, and Henn Venobre,
Vinon sur Verdon, France, assignors to Commissanat
a I'Energie Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 790,080
Claims priorin, application France, Jan. 31, IfW,
138,161
Int. CI. G21c 3/32
U.S.CL176— 78 ^ ?S!f"!n
A nuclear fuel assembly comprises a central portion
having a polygonal cross-section and two end portions.
One of the end portions has a smaller cross-section than
the central portion and is provided with longitudinal lugs
each forming a cam and terminating in a bevelled tip,
said lugs being disposed in the Une of extension of the
1708
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
ridges of said polygonal cross-section. Each face of the one end in engagement with a flat disc-like member which en-
other end ^rti^ I provided with a V-shaped ramp for gages the body of nuclear fuel. The oppos.te end of the
oincr cuu ^ v plenum spring is in engagement with a flat surface formed on a
supporting said bevelled tips and guiding said lugs to-
wards the summits of said polygonal cross-section.
3,713,974
NUCLEAR REACTOR FUEL ELEMENTS
Giuseppe Previti, Corso Francia 62, and Paolo Roncarolo, Via
Carlo Vidua 24, both of Turin, Italy
Filed Dec. 10. 1969. Ser. No. 883,721
Claims priority, application lUly. Dec. 20, 1968, 54393
A/68
Int.CI.G21ci/i4
U.S.CL 176-78 9 Claims
spring seat means including a substantially conical portion
which has single point contact with the central part of the
inner surface of the adjacent end plug.
^
■ ■ 'A ' > ' "
pL
— "T
A nuclear reactor fuel element has a number of fuel rods ar-
ranged in a metallic sheath, the rods being spaced by a number
of axially spaced apart grids. Some grids are fixed relative to
the sheath while others can slide axially therein, and each fuel
rod is frictionally connected to all the slidable grids but to
some only of the fixed grids, said fuel rod passing freely
through the other fixed grids. The fixed and slidable grids al-
ternate in the central part of the fuel element, and in con-
sequence the loading of the sheath as a result of differential
thermal expansion is minimized.
' 3,713,976
CULTIVATION OF MICRO-ORGANISMS ON
HYDROCARBONS
Pamela M. Bunting, Cheswick, Pa., and William W. Leathen,
Wexford, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Development
Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
FiledJune2I, 1971,Ser.No. 155,213
Int.CLC12c///0S
U.S.CL 195-28 R 22 Claims
Protein concentrates are obtained in a process which in-
cludes:
1. Cultivating a hydrocarbon-consuming micro-organism in
the presence of an aqueous nutrient medium, a hydrocar-
bon and a gas containing free oxygen;
2. contacting the cultivated micro-organism from (1.) at a
temperature below that which supports active fermenta-
tion of the micro-organism with a gas containing free ox-
ygen in the presence of an aqueous nutrient medium con-
taining a thiosulfate compound, e.g., sodium thiosulfate.
and a gas containing free oxygen in the absence of added
hydrocarbon; and
3. recovering from (2.) a micro-organism having (a) a
protein content greater than that of the micro-organism
obtained in (1.) and (b) a sulfur-containing amino acid,
e.g., cystine and methionine, content greater than that of
the micro-organism obtained in ( I . ).
3,713,975
NUCLEAR REACTOR FUEL ELEMENT
Abraham Katell, l^oudonville, N.Y., assignor to NL Industries,
Inc., New Vorli, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,492
Int.CI.G21cJ//5
U.S. CI. 176-79 2 Claims
A nuclear reactor fuel element includes a tube having end
plugs sealing the ends thereof. A body of nuclear fuel is
disposed in part of the tube and defines a plenum chamber ad-
jacent one of the end plugs. A plenum compression spring has
3,713,977
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING L-HISTIDINE
Kiyoshi Nakayama, Sagamihara, and Kazumi Araki, Tokyo,
both of Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.
Filedjan.7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,772
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 22, 1970, 45/5389
Int.CI.C12dyi/06
U.S.CL 195-29 7 Claims
L-histidine is produced by fermentation of an aqueous
nutrient media with organisms of the genera Brevibacterium,
Corynebacterium, Arthrobacter, Microbacterium, Micrococ-
cus, Bacillus, Nocardia, and Azotobacter which organisms are
resistant to analogues of L-histidine.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1709
3,713,978
PROCESS FOR PREPARING POWDERY STARCH
SUGARS
Masashi Kurimoto, Okayama-shi, and Mamoru Hirao,
Okayama, both of Japan, assignors to Hayashibara Com-
pany, Okayama-shi, Okayama, Japan
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,238
Cfoims priority, application Japan, Nov. 22, 1%8, 43/85844
Int.CI. C12b//00
U.S.CI. 195-31 R 6 Claims
A process for producing starch sugars involves subjecting
starch slurries to the action of acids or combinations of vari-
ous amylases and converting dextrins, produced by saccharifi-
cation of starch, into straight-chain malt dextrins using an o-
1,6-glucosidase that decomposes the a-l,6-glucoside bonds,
or the branching bonds of starch, thereby facilitating the
saccharifying reaction and, at the same time, converting the
oligosaccharides or dextrins into straight-chain malt dextrins
or oligosaccharides, and thereby preparing a starch sugar solu-
tion of a composition different from that of ordinary starch
syrups and which is less viscous, and then finishing the liquor
easily by spray drying to a powdery product.
Processes for preparing AM protease. Pharmaceutical com-
positions containing AM protease.
3 713 982
ENZYME CHEMICALLY COUPLED TO CELLULOSE
ETHER ,
Antohny Nicholas Emery, Birmingham, Warwickshire, En-
gland, assignor to Ranks Hovis McDougall Limited, London,
England
Filed March 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,389
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Dec. 11, 1969,
60,474/69
Int. CI. C07g 7/02; C12n//00
U.S.CL 195-63 6 Claims
A process for the preparation of a water insoluble papain
which process comprises reacting at 0°-3°C. the papain dis-
solved in a buffer within a pH range of 6.5-8.5 and containing
L-cysteine and diaminoethane tetra-acetic acid with the p-
diazophenoxy hydroxypropyl ether of cellulose.
3,713,979
PRODUCTION OF MANNANS BY FERMENTATION
Morey E. Slodki, Peoria; Millie Jo Smiley, Morton, and Dwight
E. Hensley, Peoria, all of III., assignors to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture
Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,131
Int. CI. CI 2d 7/00
U.S. CI. 195-31 P 17 Claims
Mannan polymers are produced extracellularly by yeast
previously known to produce only phosphomannans. Hydroly-
sis of the polymers with a mineral acid catalyst results in sub-
stantially pure D-mannose.
3,713,980
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PERUVOSIDE
Gunter Balsam, and Otto Kufner, both of Darmstadt, Ger-
many, assignors to Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung, Darmstadt, Germany
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,177
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1969, P 19
59 039.7
Int.CLC12b//00
U.S.CI. 195-32 9 Claims
Peruvoside is obtained in high yield employing a greasy
vegetable source of peruvoside, e.g., the fruit or seeds of Apo-
cynacea Thevetia peruviana, for the fermentation step which
releases glycosides from vegetable sources thereof. The
glycosides are then extracted from the fermentation product
and the peruvoside is separated from the extracted glycoside
mixture by chromatography.
3,713,983
METHOD FOR PREPARING A THERMOSTABLE
AND ALKALI-STABLE PROTEASE
Tamotsu Yokotsuka, Nagareyama, and Takashi Iwaasa
and Mltuharu Fujii, Noda, Japan, assignors to Kikko-
man Shoyu Co., Ltd., Noda-shi, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,685
Int. CL C12d 13/10
U.S. CI. 195—66 R 4 Claims
A thermostable and alkali-stable protease is prepared
by culturing a microorganism belonging to the species
Thermopolyspora polyspora in a medium at a tempera-
ture of 40° to 55° C. aerobically thereby to accumulate
the protease in the medium and recovering the protease
from the cultured medium. After the completion of the
cultivation, mycelia are removed from the cultured
medium by centrifuge, filtration or the like method, and
the preparations of the thermostable and alkali-stable
protease are obtained from the filtrate or the concen-
trated filtrate by the ordinary enzyme purification method
such as salting out, dialysis, or the like. The thermostable
and alkali-stable protease is useful for the food industry,
fermentation industry, animal feed industry and pharma-
ceutical industry.
3,713,981
ENZYMES FROM ARMILLARIA MELLEA
Douglas Broadbent, Alderley Edge, Cheshire; Ralph William
Turner, Cheadle, Cheshire, and Peter Leslie Walton, Knut-
sford, Cheshire, all of England, assignors to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,501
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 26, 1969,
47,554/69; May 7, 1970, 22,129/70
Int.CI.C12d/5//0,A61k 79/00
U.S.CL 195-62 4 Claims
An enzymic substance, AM protease, having
fibrinogenolytic, fibrinolytic and anticoagulant activity.
3,713,984
CULTIVATION OF MICRO-ORGANISMS ON
HYDROCARBONS
Pamela M. Bunting, Cheswick, Pa., and William W. Leathen.
Wexford, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Development
Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 21, 1971, Ser. No. 155,275
Int.CI.C12b//00;C12c ///OO
U.S.CL 195-82 19 Claims
Protein concentrates are obtained in a process which in-
cludes:
1. Cultivating a hydrocarbon-consuming micro-organism in
the presence of an aqueous nutrient medium, a hydrocarbon
and a gas containing free oxygen;
2. contacting the cultivated micro-organism from "1" at a
temperature below that which supports active fermentation of
the micro-organism with a gas containing free oxygen in the
presence of an aqueous nutrient medium containing diphenyl
disulfide and a gas containing free oxygen in the absence of
added hydrocarbon; and
3. recovering from "2" a micro-organism having a sulfur-
containing amino acid, e.g., cystine and methionine, content
greater than thatof the micro-organism obtained in"l."
1710
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3 713 985 '
DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TESTING POTENCY OF
BIOLOGICAL CONTROL REAGENTS
Thomas W. Astle, Orange. Conn., assignor to Fred S. Kantor,
Orange, Conn.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,781
Int.CI.C12k//04
U.S. CI. 195- 103.5 R 20 Claims
wherein R is oxygen or the group
=N
\
Ri
in which Ri and Rj are hydrogen or lower alky! of from
1 to 6 carbon atoms; X is sulfur or oxygen; and Y is
hydrogen or hydroxyl.
Device for testing the potency of a biological control re-
agent, as in antibiotic susceptibility testing, especially the
determination of minimum inhibitory concentration, compris-
ing a strip of a plurality of interconnected plastic cups havmg a
capacity of about 0.3 ml. each. All but two of the cups contain
a range of amounts of the control reagent in an essentially dry
state which will provide a predetermined range of concentra-
tions when the reagent is redispersed. Contamination of the
dry reagent in the cups is prevented by an adherent plastic film
or aluminum foil across the openings of the cups. In use, the
adherent film or foil is removed, the dry reagent is redispersed
to form the required range of concentrations, and all of the
cups except one are inoculated with the biological material
against which the potency of the control reagent is to be
tested The last cup contains the dispersion medium but not
the control reagent nor inoculum, and provides a sterility con-
trol. The second last cup contains the dispersion medium and
the inoculum, and serves as a growth control. The strip of cups
is then resealed, incubated, and the test results are read.
3,713,987
APPARATT'S FOR RECOVERING MATTER
ADHERED TO A HOST SURFACE
George M. Low, Deputy Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, with respect to
an invention of William W. Paik, Newport News, Va.,
and Carl P. Chapman, La Crescenta, Calif. r
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,703
Int. CL C12k 1/10
U.S. CI. 195—127 3 Claims
An apparatus particularly suited for recovering matter
adhered to a host surface. The apparatus is characterized
by a pickup head having an ultrasonic transducer adapted
to deliver ultrasonic pressure waves to impinge against
matter adhered to the surface for thus agitating the mat-
ter to effect its separation from the surface, and an in-
tegrally related vacuum system which serves to recover
the separated matter and deliver such matter to a catch
basin wherein the matter is entrapped to be recovered
for examination and/or disposal.
3,713,988
NON-RAMIFIED CULTURE GROWING APPARATUS
Peter S. S. Dawson; Wolfgang G. W. Kurz; Moffat Anderson,
and Arthur E. York, all of Saskatoon, Saskatchewan,
Canada, assignors to Canadian Patents and Development
Limited, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
Filed March 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,694
Claims priority, application Canada, May 8, 1970, 082,268
Int. CI. CI 2b 7/00
U.S.CL 195-143 9 Claims
3,713,986
INDICATOR FOR THE DETERMINATION OF
REDUCED PYRIDINE COENZYMES
Hans Ulrich Bergmeyer, Erich Haid, and Michael Nel-
boeck-Hochstetter, Tutzing, Upper Bavaria, and Gunter
Weimann, Percha, Germany, assignors to Boehringer
Mannheim GmbH, Postfach, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 90,467
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 26, 1969,
P 19 59 410.6
Int. CLC12k 1/04
VS, CL 195—103.5 R . 18 Claims
Reduced pyridine coenzymes, such as nicotinamide-
adenine-dinucleotide (NADH) and nicotinamide-adenine-
dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH), are conveniently de-
termined colorimetrically with a stable and inherently
color-producing indicator comprising a benzophenoxazine
or benzophenothiazine compound of the formula:
A non-ramified culture growing apparatus wherein an inner
domed surface of a glass bell-jar provides a culture draining
surface, and culture is circulated by a fluid operated,
diaphragm pump from a lower portion of the bell-jar along a
pipe to be sprayed on to the draining surface by a nozzle.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1711
ERRATUM
For Class 196—139 see:
Patent No. 3,713,615
3 713 989
FLASH EVAPORATOR
Pieter Robert Bom, Willem de Zwijgerlaan 37,
Santpoort, Netherlands
FUed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,657
Int. CI. BOld 3/02
U.S. CI. 202—173 13 Clauns
3,713,991
RECOVERY OF DIMETHYLFORMAMIDE BY
CRYSTALLIZATION AND DISTILLATION
Brian Edward Alston Thomas, Wilmslow, Cheshire SK 92 JY,
England, assignor to Porvair Limited, Norfolk, England
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,846
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 28, 1969,
26985/69; Aug. 21, 1%9, 41832/69
Int. CI. C07c / 03136; BOld 9100
U.S. CI. 203-48 5 Claims
WPOR n»OM
NAPQR a NOK
COMOCNSABlC
GASES -^ »ION-CONDeMS*e»-E
GASES » V*K»
iTf mm
25 RtCtPTMUC
Solvent recovery process and apparatus for separating pure
A flash evaporator has a plurality of chambers con- ^j^^j^ylformamide from admixture with sodium chloride and
nected in series and in parallel, which among other thmgs, ^^^^^ ^^.^^ ^ ^.^^^ ^^^^^ ^j. partial evaporation producing salt
makes it possible to put one chamber out of operaUon ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^ separation and a second stage of fractional
for maintenance and repairs without interruptmg the jj^tjuajjon u^jng a high volume bottom products flow,
process.
3,713,990
APPARATUS FOR LIQUID SEPARATION BY
FLASH DISTILLATION
Frank J. Lazet, Media, Pa., assignor to Philadelphia
Quartz Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 110,886
Int. CI. BOld 3/00; F28b
US. CI. 202—185 2 Claims
WATER SEAL lit
CONDENSATE —
SOOIUM SILICATE.
VACUUM ewtAoE"
3,713,992
GLASS ELECTRODE FOR DETERMINING PH VALUE AT
SUPER HIGH TEMPERATURES
Tsugio Akazawa, 18-17, Takaido-Nishi 1-chome, Suginami-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed March 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,496
Claims priority, application Japan. March 15, 1969,
44/19255
lnt.CLG01n27/i6
U.S.CI.204-1T 6 Claims
I 61
MV/pH ^g
This invention relates to an apparatus for effecting the
separation of a more readily vaporizable component, such
as water from a multi-component fluid stream by provid- a glass electrode used for determmmg pH-values particu-
ing a flash vaporization section and a means for condens- larly at elevated temperatures, the active part of which is
ing the vapors released during the vaporization without formed of a glass membrane composed of a glass that com -
contaminating the atmosphere, and thus avoiding a pos- prisesasessentialconstituents50-70percentSiO, 10-20 per-
siWe SI pollution problem. cent Li,0. 7-20 percent BaO, and 3-10 percent UO,. and also
1712
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
0-5 percent of an oxide or oxides selected from the group con-
sisting of NiO, NdjOj, LajOj, CrjO,. ThO„ ZrO^, TiO,. MnO^,
Coj04, TajOs, and Nb,Os.
3,713,993
ELECTRODEPOSITION OF ZIRCONIUM DIBORIDE
GeofTrey W. Mellors, Strongsville, and Seymour Senderoff,
Fairview Park, both of Ohio, assignors to Union Carbide
Corp., New York, N.Y.
Filed June 8, 1 970, Ser. No. 44,65 1
Int.CI.C23b7/00,B01k//00
U.S. CI. 204-3 15 Claims
Coherent coatings of zirconium diboride are deposited eiec-
trolytically from a melt containing at least one fluoride of
potassium, rubidium or cesium, at least one fluoride of an ele-
ment higher in the electromotive series than zirconium and
boron, at least one fluoride of zirconium, and boron trioxide.
The process employs an anode of zirconium or zirconium
diboride, and an electrically conductive base material as a
cathode. The temperature of the electrolytic melt is main-
tained in excess of 750°C., and the oxygen to boron molar
ratio in the melt is maintained below 1 .75.
3 713 995
METHOD FOR DETERMINING ACTIVITY OF
OXYGEN IN LIQUID AND SOLID METALS
AND ALLOYS
Petr Alexeevich Cherkasov, Balashikhinskogo raiona 3,
liniya 45, Poselok Nikolskoe Moskovskoi OblastI,
U.S,S.R.; and Evgeny Mikhailovich Kuznetsov, Lomo-
nosovsky prospekt 14, kv. 340; Vyacheslav Vasilievich
Averin, ulifsa Vavilova 44, korpus 4, kv. 214; and
Alexandr Mikhailovich Samarin, Leninsky prospekt 13,
kv. 48, all of Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,582
Int. CI. GOln 27146
U.S. CI. 204—1 T 3 Claims
3,713,994
ELECTROCHEMICAL AIR POLLUTION MONITORING
DEVICE AND METHOD OF USE THEREOF
Wilbur D. Shults, Oak Ridge, Tenn., and John R. Kuempel.
Greencastle, Ind., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the United States Atomic Energy Commis-
sion
Filed March 16, 1971, Ser. No. 124,697
Int. CI. GOln 27/42
U.S. CI. 204-1 T 8 Claims
An apparatus for determining the activity of oxygen
in a liquid and solid metal and alloys which includes a
control for the partial pressure of oxygen in a reference
electrode, which latter electrode is one of a pair of elec-
trodes of an oxygen concentration cell. When the electro-
motive force across the pair of electrodes of the cell varies
from a zero value, the control adjusts the partial pressure
of oxygen in the reference electrode to a value corre-
sponding to the oxygen activity of the metal or alloy be-
ing tested, this metal or alloy forming the other of the
pair of electrodes of the oxygen concentration ceU.
3,713,996
ELECTROSENSITIVE RECORDING MEDIA
Eugene C. Letter, Penfield, N.Y., assignor to Bausch & Lomb
Incorporated, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 791,920, Jan. 17, 1969,
abandoned. This application Jan. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 104,513
Int. CL C23c 13100, B41m ^\20; G03g / 1\00
U.S.CI. 204— 2 6 Claims
An electrochemical monitoring device has been provided
for measuring air pollutants. A thin layer of electrolyte solu-
tion is exposed on one side to the atmosphere and on the other
side to a mercury pool electrode. Electrochemical reactions
which take place at the mercury electrode surface due to the
presence of certain pollutants alter the current flow through
the mercury pool at a given voltage, thereby providing an indi-
cation of the amount of the particular pollutant under study.
Since certain important pollutants undergo electrochemical
reactions with mercury at different potentials and other pollu-
tants react chemically with mercury, several methods of
operation can be used In one method, selective current
responses are obtained for the detection and determination of
different pollutants by varying the mercury electrode poten-
tial. In a second method, the products of chemical or elec-
trochemical reaction are accumulated in the thin layer of solu-
tion or at the electrode surface, and are periodically deter-
mined by current coulometric measurement. These two
methods can be used jointly and supplement each other.
Electrosensitive recording media comprising a base of insu-
lating sheet material such as paper, a reflective metallic film
supported on the base, and a solid state electrolyte constituted
by a base metal halide in a very finely divided, practically con-
tinuous layer adherently covering the metallic film. The metal
and the electrolyte are selected from among those that will
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1713
react with each other in the dry state when they are elec-
trolyzed. Marks are made by passing currents from a stylus
through the electrolyte to the metallic film, causing a reaction
to occur locally between the electrolyte and the metal to
produce a colloidal metallic precipitate that appears dark
against the refiective background of the film.
membrane in a second direction, opposite the first direction,
to assure a relatively rapid and uniform rate of electrochemi-
cal treatment. The apparatus comprises a container for the
electrolytic solution to which is affixed the membrane, which
acts as a dispensing member for the solution, and a voltage
source for passing current through the solution and the work
surface. A vibrator and/or pressure applier may be associated
with the container to increase the dispensing rate of the solu-
tion through the membrane.
3,713,997
METHOD FOR THE GALVANO TECHNICAL
MANUFACTURE OF CYLINDRICAL THIN-
WALLED SCREEN STENCILS FOR THE
ROTARY SCREEN PRINTING PROCESS
Lodewijk Anselrode, Sint Anthonis, Netherlands, assignor
to Stork Amsterdam N.V., Amstelveen, Netherlands
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 116,718
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 20, 1970,
7002467
Int. CI. C23b 7102
U.S. CI. 204—11 2 Claims
A method for the galvano technical manufacturing of a
seamless cylindrical thin-walled stencil to be used in the
rotary screen printing process, said method comprising
two steps viz depositing a layer of nickel prior to, or after
the deposition of a layer of zinc or copper upon a cy-
lindrical matrix, so as to obtain a two-ply stencil.
3,713,999
ELECTRODEPOSITION OF CHROMIUM
Malcolm John Law, Dorking, and Horace Jones, Catshill,
Bromsgrove, both of England, assignors to Permalite Chemi-
cals Limited, Middlesex, England
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,220
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 10, 1969,
49,802/69
Int. CI. C23b 5/06, 5/45
U.S. CI. 204-51 10 Claims
The invention provides an acidic aqueous solution for elec-
trodeposition of chromium comprising chromic acid (CrO,),
at least 2 grams of boric acid or a salt giving rise to borate ions
per liter of solution, and sulphate ions.
3 713 998
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR THE
ELECTROCHEMICAL TREATMENT OF WORK
SURFACES
John Thomas Kenney, Lawrence Township, Mercer County,
N.J., assignor to Western Electric Company, Incorporated,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,474
lnt.CLC23b5/4«,B23p//02
U.S.CI.204-15 14 Claims
X «tSSU« "-v^
souKt 'I
41— ■
^
^
sou*»ce
(^^
^M
p::-^
>
1^^ ]-
fe"'~^
V^^^i
> j^
3,714.000
INTEGRAL COLOR ANODIZING OF ALUMINUM
Geoffrey A. Dorsey, Jr., Danville, Calif., asagnor to
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation, Oakland,
Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 203,024
Int. CI. C23b 9102
U.S. CI. 204—58 3 Claims
A method of integral color anodizing of aluminum com-
prising subjecting the aluminum as the anode to elec-
trolysis in an aqueous electrolyte having a pH between
0.5 and 2.0 and containing compounds capable of com-
plexing with the aluminum which dissolves in solution
during anodizing. The electrolyte is preferably acidified
with small amounts of sulfuric acid, oxalic acid, and the
like.
A method and apparatus for the electrochemical treatment
of work surfaces is disclosed. The method includes placing an
electrolytic solution in contact with a suitable membrane. The
solution passes through the membrane in a first direction to
contact the work surface to be treated. A current is passed
through the solution and the workpiece to polarize the ions
contained in the solution and to initiate an electrochemical
reaction between the work surface and a first portion of the
polarized ions, electrochemically reactive with the work sur-
face. A second portion of the polarized ions, non-reactive
electrochemically with the work surface passes through the
3,714,001
METHOD FOR FORMING ANODIC OXIDE
COATINGS HAVING IMPROVED ADHESIVE
PROPERTIES
Geoffrey A. Dorsey, Jr., Danville, Calif., assignor to
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation, Oakland,
CaUf.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
22,022, Mar. 23, 1970, now Patent No. 3,672,972,
which is a continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 707,962, Feb. 26, 1968. This application
Jan. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 222,383
Int. CL C23f 9102, 17/00
U.S. CI. 204—58 " Claims
A method for improving the adhesive qualities of an
anodically formed coating on aluminum substrate com-
prising subjecting an aluminum article to a current
density of from 20 to 75 amps.^ft.s for a period of from
one second to one minute in an electrolyte selected from
the group consisting of an aqueous solution of oxalic
acid and an aqueous solution of phosphoric acid, said
solutions containing more than 10 grams/liter of alumi-
num. The process forms pseudoboehmite on an anodic
1714
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
oxide coaling which provides the improved adhesive
qualities.
3,714,002
ALUMINA REDUCTION CELL AND IMPROVED ANODE
SYSTEM THEREIN
Robert M. Kibby. Florence, Ala., assignor to Reynolds
Metals Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,939
Int.CLC22di//2,i/02
U.S. CI. 204-67 24 Claims
polarizing current thereto, and each anode being connected to
a current controller adapted to supply an adjustingly, con-
trolled polarizing current thereto. The polarizing current sup-
plied by the current controller to any one anode is adjustingly
controlled in response to the anode potential of that one
anode with respect to the protected surface, the cathodic pro-
^ - ^^^
ceur^AL
POtvfe
SWVLr
E
^«
,u
44.
>-*>
cai/iMe'"vji
?r~
tection system being adapted to sequentially provide electrical
continuity between each anode and the current controller and
between the remaining anodes and the power source in such a
manner that polarization of the system is obtained and main-
tained utilizing a minimum overall power consumption and in
a manner maintaining a predetermined polarization over sub-
stantially the entire area of the protected surface.
Improvements in the construction and operation of alumina
reduction cells, particularly as regards procedures and equip-
ment for feeding alumina into the bath of such a cell and for
collecting and removing anode reaction gases.
3,714,003
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ARYL
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Robert M. Engelbrecht, deceased, late of St. I-ouis, Mo. (by
Alice M. Engelbrecht, executrix); James C. Hill, Chester-
field, Mo., and Richard N. Moore, St. Louis, Mo., assignors
to .Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed June 29, 1 970, Ser. No. 50,929
Int. CL C07c 5//40, 6i/02, billb
U.S.CL 204-78 6 Claims
Aryl carboxylic acids are produced from alkyl substituted
aryl compounds or partially oxidized alkyl substituted aryl
compounds in an electrolytic cell with a lead containing anode
and using chromium in an ionized state in mineral acid as a
carrier for electrons. The process is particularly useful in the
oxidation of p-toluic acid to terephthalic acid and of tetra-
alkyl benzene to tetracarboxylic acids. Both terephthalic acid
and tetracarboxylic acids are useful in the production of
polyester resins. Trimetallic acid used in making trimellitate
plasticizers for polyvinyl chloride resins may also be produced
by this process.
3,714,005
PERCENTAGE OF MAXIMUM CURRENT AND
THRESHOLD VOLTAGE RESPONSIVE ELEC-
TRONIC CONTROL CIRCUIT AND METHOD
Robert W. Drusbel, 31905 Nottingwood,
Farmington, Mich.
Application Nov. 18, 1966, Ser. No. 595,442, now Patent
No. 3,564,528, which is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cations Ser. No. 573,999, Aug. 22, 1966, now Patent
No. 3,508,115, Ser. No. 583,875, Oct. 3, 1966, now
Patent No. 3.591,851, Ser. No. 585,395, Oct. 10, 1966,
now Patent No. 3,521,083, and Ser. No. 595,189, Nov.
17, 1966, now Patent No. 3,471,750. Divided and this
application Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,668
Int. CI. BO Ik i/00; B23p 1102
U.S. CL 204—129.2 10 Claims
3,714,004
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CATHODIC
PROTECTION
Olen L. Riggs, Jr., Houston, and David W. Barnett, Chute,
both of Tex., assignors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca
City.Okla.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,353
Int.CI.C23f yi/00
U.S. CI. 204-147 7 Claims
An improved apparatus and method for cathodically pro-
tecting surfaces exposed to a corrosive environment utilizing a
predetermined number of anodes, each anode being con-
nected to a power source adapted to supply a predetermined
Structure for and method of providing an output sig-
nal in response to a sensed current reaching a percent
of maximum current prior to a sensed voltage reaching
a threshold voltage and after the voltage sensed returns
below the threshold voltage for a predetermined time.
The structure includes an electronic circuit for sensing a
percentage of maximum current in an electroerosion
machining circuit and providing an output signal in re-
sponse thereto, a circuit for sensing the voltage across
nhe gap in the electroerosion machining circuit and pro-
viding an output any time the voltage sensed is above
a threshold voltage level or returns below the threshold
voltage level for a predetermined time, an output circuit
for providing an output in response to an input signal
thereto, a gate circuit connected between the current
sensing circuit and the output circuit for permitting pas-
sage of an output signal from the current sensing circuit
to the input of the output circuit only when the gate cir-
cuit is open and a gate control circuit for closing the
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1715
gate circuit in response to an output signal from the
voltage sensing circuit.
3,714,006
CYCLOPENTADIENYLMANGANESETRICARBONYL
COMPOUNDS AS A CATALYST FOR THE RADIATION
CURING OF POLYEPOXIDES
William S. Anderson, 6408 Irwin Court, Oakland, Calif.
Division o( Ser. No. 98.180, Dec. 14, 1970. This application
May 15, 1972, Ser. No. 253,248
~ lnt.CLB01j//;0, ///2
U.S.CL 204- 159.14 9 Claims
The cure of polyepoxide resins with a reactive acid an-
hydride or polymercaptan curing agent is accelerated in the
presence of light and a catalytic amount of a cyclopen-
tadienylmanganese tricarbonyl compound, e.g., methyl-
cyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl.
wherein the reaction is carried out in the presence of high-
energy radiation. In comparison with known processes the ter-
tiary phosphine oxides are obtained according to the instant
process within a shorter reaction time, with higher purity and
with higher yields. The reaction products can be used as inter-
mediates, surfactants, detergents and cleaning agents, espe-
cially in cosmetic products.
3.714,007
PROCESS FOR PHOTOPOLYMERIZING UNSATURATED
POLYESTER RESINS IN CONTACT WITH IMMISCIBLE
LIQUIDS
Philippe Borrel, and Jean Lehureau, both of Lyon, France, as-
signors to Progil, Paris, France
Filed Dec. I, 1970, Ser. No. 94,159
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 17, 1969, 6943624
Int.CI.C08d//00,C08f ///6
U.S.CL 204-159.15 3 Claims
Photopolymerization of unsaturated polyester resins is car-
ried out by submerging the resin beneath a clear liquid which
provides a better heat balance
3,714,010
PREPARATION OF ANION EXCHANGE MEM-
BRANES FROM CELLULOSIC SHEETS
Adalbert Siiszer, Jerusalem, Israel, assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Interior
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 217,706
Int CI. BOld 13/02
U.S. CL 204—180 P 22 Claims
Anion exchange membranes can be prepared from
cellulosic sheet materials such as cellophane, parchment
paper, or kraft paper by impregnating the sheet with
polyethyleneimine. The membrane is cross-linked at a
temperature from 10 to 50° C, with a reagent selected
from the group of monaldehydes, dialdehydes, reactive
methylol compounds and mixtures thereof. The mem-
brane is then quatemized. It is particularly suited for use
in the electrodialytic purification of saline water.
3,714,008
INHIBITORS FOR AQUEOUS PHASE, RADIATION
POLYMERIZATION
Masaaki Takehisa, and Shiro Senrui, both of Takasaki-shi,
Japan, assignors to Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 1 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 36,682
Int.CLCO8d//00.C08f///6
U.S.CL 204- 159.22 7 Claims
In the polymerization, in which an aqueous phase is em-
ployed, of ethylene, or ethylene and other unsubstituted or
substituted olefinic monomers by means of an ionizing radia-
tion formation of an undesirable polymer in the aqueous
phase of the reaction system is inhibited by using specific
polymerization inhibitors. The inhibitors which have no ad-
verse effect on the polymerization in the non-aqueous phase,
comprise the electrolytes which have strong oxidizing action
and/or react at high reaction rate with active species such as H
radicals OH radicals and/or hydrated electrons formed by
ionizing radiation. According to the present invention, adhe-
sion of undesirable polymer to the reactor walls during
polymerization reaction is prevented and contamination
which lowers the quality of the main polymer is ehmmated.
3,714,011
METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DEPOSITION OF
CATHODOLUMINESCENT MATERIALS
Patrick F. Grosso, Stamford; Robert E. Rutherford, Jr., New
Canaan, both of Conn., and Donald E. Sargent, Schnectady,
N Y assignors to Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 792,575, Jan. 21, 1969, Pat.
No. 3,551,306. This application July 17, 1970. Ser. No. 55,777
Int. CI. BOlk 5/02, C23b/i/00
U.S.CL 204-181 5 Claims
oePOSITHM COMOITIOmS
AnOOf CMttOM CATXOOC STtmUSS STtB.
CltHKMT lOmA WXM«f WMB
rme 5 mm
eiecrpoce sMcme »-» m
p-m KiosMXi ODicorwtnoK m susfpam '••»
susP€Mom9 meot*
Culfvt i — IOOXiPA
cumts—Mi%i"'—o>%'<iO
CUIUCS — »»'« IO%HfO
3,714,009
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF TERTIARY
PHOSPHINE OXIDES USING HIGH ENERGY RADIATION
Hans-Jerg Kleiner, Bad Soden/Taunus, and Sigurd Rossinger,
Frankfurt am Main, both of Germany, assignors to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius
& Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed March 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,604
Claims priority, application Germany, March 13, 1969, P 19
12 708.3
lnt.CLB01j///0
U.S.CL204-162HE 4 Claims
Improved process for the preparation of tertiary phosphine
oxides by reacting dialkyl phosphine oxides with a-olefms.
MMW5/IW mrmre rutliio,!^ ti^oi eouctfrmAriom - t"
An electrodeposition process for the cataphoretic deposi-
tion of cathodoluminescent materials to produce a film ce-
mented to a substrate surface with the oxide or hydroxide of a
soluble metal salt. The film is formed by electrolyzing a
suspension of the luminescent material in a quiescent solution
of a soluble salt of the corresponding metal in an organic sol-
vent miscible with water containing from about 0.01 to about
1 percent water by volume, a cathodic depolarizing agent, and
having an electrolyte concentration in the order of 0.5-25
mg/ml.
1716
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,714,012
CORROSION TEST PROBE ASSEMBLY
Francis H. Herron, deceased, by Rosa C. Herron, execu-
trix, Houston, Tex., assignor to Petrolite Corporation,
St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Nov. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 200,083
Int. CI. GOln 27/30
U.S. CI. 204—195 C 10 Claims
nitride with films having especially superior electrical
characteristics containing the metal nitride in concentra-
tions between approximately 40 and 60% by volume of
the resistor film.
A corrosion test proble assembly formed of a pipe-plug
base, a cylindrical insulator member and metallic elec-
trodes. The rigid insulator member is slideably positioned
in a cylindrical passageway and secured in longitudinal
inward engagement with a shoulder in the body. Electrical
conductors are secured in the member and extend from
one end into a cavity in the body to connect by flexible
leads to an external circuit connector and from the other
end to receive, by threaded interconnection, metallic elec-
trodes which can be immersed within a corrodant. A re-
silient annular seal resides in a circumferential groove in
the member and forms a fluid-tight seal between the mem-
ber and the body. Insulating fluid seals about the con-
ductors are engaged axially in fluid-tightness between the
member and the electrodes. The probe assembly is fabri-
cated with easily interfitting parts and may be field-re-
paired to correct defects in the resilient seal or replace-
ment of the insulator member.
3,714,014
ELECTROCHEMICAL APPARATUS FOR
DETERMINATION OF MOLTEN SALT COMPOSITION
Karl A. Romberger, Weatherly, Pa., and Jerry Braunstein,
Oak Ridge, Tenn., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the United States Atomic Energy Commis-
sion
Filed Feb. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 1 14,314
Int. CI. GOln 27/46
U.S. CI. 204- 195 R 5 Claims
3,714,013
REFRACTORY METAL/REFRACTORY METAL
MTRIDE RESISTOR FILMS BY CATHODE
SPUTTERING
John R. Rairden III, Niskayuna, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company, Schenectady, N.Y.
Original application Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,473, now
Patent No. 3,655,544. Divided and this application Oct.
29, 1971, Ser. No. 194,037
Int. CL C23c 15100
U.S. CI. 204—192 5 Claims
Low temperature coefficient of resistance, high re-
sistivity fiJms of a refractory metal/ refractory metal
nitride are formed by sputtering a tungsten or molyb-
denum cathode in a chamber containing a mixture of an
inert gas and nitrogen wherein nitrogen forms between
0.3 and 3.0% of the sputtering chamber pressure. The
deposited films characteristically are a mixture of the
sputtered metal and at least 5% by volume of the metal
An electrochemical cell and method have been provided
which permit continuous monitoring and precise adjustment
of the composition of a fuel salt solvent for molten salt nuclear
reactors without using electrodes or solutions of extraneous
materials as a variable to monitor composition changes. A
concentration cell with transference is established which con-
sists of identical half-cells separated by an ion transfer barrier,
one having a fixed composition and the other having a com-
position which is unknown. The emf of the concentration cell,
which is a function of the composition change in the half-cell
containing the unknown composition, is measured and the
molten salt composition determined from a calibration plot.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
171'
3,714,015
SENSOR WITH ION EXCHANGE RESIN ELECTROLYTE
Leonard W. Niedrach, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,650
Int. CL GOln 27/46
U.S. CI. 204-195 P 6 Claims
3,714,017
ELECTRODE DEVICE FOR ELECTROCHE\nCALLY
FORMING THE PLATES OF TLRBINE ROTORS
Gustav Stark, Klaus Otto, and Rolf Geissler, Nurenberg,
Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaf t, Ber-
lin and Munich, Germany ^, ,,^ on^
Original application Oct. 12, 1967, Ser. No. 674,896, now
Patent No. 3,523,876, dated Aug. 11, 1970. Divided
and this application Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,626
Int. CI. B23p 1100
U.S. CI. 204—284 4 Claims
A sensor has an elongated flexible current collector, an
electrochemically active region in electrical contact with a
portion of the current collector, a second elongated flexible
current collector surrounding the first current collector, a
second electrochemically active region in electrical contact
with a portion of the second current collector, a first layer of
electrical insulation disposed between the first and second
current collectors, a second layer of electrical insulation
disposed over the second current collector, an ion exchange
resin electrolyte contacting both electrochemically active re-
gions, and an outer sheath of diffusion barrier material encap-
sulating at least the electrochemically active regions and the
electrolyte. Methods of manufacturing sensors including
polarographic oxygen sensors are also described.
3,714,016
ALUMINUM SHIELD FOR A ROLL IN CONTINUOUS
STRIP APPARATUS
Robert H. Shoemaker, Royal Oak, and John A. Faler, Livonia,
both of Mich., assignors to Kolene Corporation, Detroit,
Mich.
Division of Ser. No. 796,722, Feb. 5, 1969, Pat. No. 3,617,455.
This application Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,888
Int. CLBOlr J/00, C23b 5/68
U.S.CL 204-211 1 Claim
An electrode device for electrolytically forming the
blades of multi-stage turbine rotors as integral portions
of the rotor body comprises a tubular, inwardly and out-
wardly insulated shank and a generally annular electrode
foot mounted on the shank and having an inner contour
in accordance with the profile of a turbine blade to be
formed. The outer contour of the electrode foot is made
wider than corresponds to the arcuate blade division of
the rotor to be produced so that the electrolytical opera-
tions for forming each two adjacent turbine blades over-
lap between the two blades. The working face of the
electrode foot is curved cylindrically in accordance with
the blade-foot circle of the rotor to be produced. The
inner edge of the Annular electrode foot is rounded in
accordance with the rounding desired at each blade foot
where the blade meets the foot circle. The tool electrode
affords the complete removal of workpiece material
from between the resulting blades and also produces an
undistorted cylindrical area along the foot circle between
adjacent blades. "
3,714,018
ELECTRODE FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL
DRILLING
Richard Horace Shaw, Hampden, Mass.. assignor to
United Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 131,323
Int CI. B23p 1102, 1/00
U.S. CI. 204—284 2 Clamis
>
V^'j
V/////////////^7/
J^^
An electrode for electrochemically drilling small diam-
1 Ptpr hnlps in which the electrode has a notch closely
Molten sail bath decroly.ic descalmg apparatus emp oymg =''/^^5°'=^„"JSp with the dielectric coaUttg on the elec-
?„;=tfetts,rc"Ka;':rop7o:i"teirr;r'.H:^Scaii^^^^^
1718
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,714,019
CATHODE SPUTTERING ELECTRODE ASSEMBLY
Edward C. Orris, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Ion
Equipment Corporation, Santa Clara, Calif.
Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112,695
Int. CI. C23c 15/00
U.S. CI. 204—298 8 Claims
3,714,021
THERMALLY STABLE INSULATING OIL
Masaaki TaWahashi, Tokyo-to; Takashi Yamauchi, Tokyo;
Kensuke Okuda, Tokyo, and Akira Ito, Tokyo, ail of Japan,
assignors to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kalsha,
Tokyo-to, Japan „, ,,,
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,232
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 22, 1969, 44/84060
Int. CI. CI Ogi 7/06
U.S.CL208-14 18 Claims
A thermally stable insulating oil comprising from 95 to 20
percent by volume of a poiycyclic naphthenic hydrocarbon
and from 5 to 80 percent by volume of a member selected
from the group consisting of a poiycyclic aromatic hydrocar-
bon, its lower alkyl derivative and a mixture thereof.
A sputtering electrode assembly is provided for external
mounting to a vacuum chamber. A back-up electrode and
a layer of target material mounted thereon comprising a
part of the assembly extend through a port a short dis-
tance into the chamber. The chamber wall serves as a
substantial part of the dark space shield surrounding the
back-up electrode thereby reducing the distributed capac-
itance of the assembly as a whole. The provision for ex-
ternal mounting and removal of the assembly from the
chamber further minimizes contamination of the chamber
from inadvertant release of coolant and other foreign
materials into the chamber.
3,714,022
HIGH OCTANE GASOLINE PRODUCTION
Laurence O. Stine, Des Plaines, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company. Des Plaines, III.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 885,859, Dec. 17, 1969. This
application Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,248
Int.CI.C10gJ7//0
U.S.CL 208-62 11 Claims
R0fO"^"ff IOX»
3,714,020
WATER RESISTING AND ANTICORROSIVE PAINT
VEHICLE
Satoru Enomoto; Hisayuki Wada; Mikio Fujioka. and Masao
Koguro, all of Fukushima, Japan, assignors to Kureha
Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,666
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23, 1969, 44/57625
Int.CI.C10gi9/00
U.S. CI. 208- 14 2 Claims
An integrated refinery process for the production of a high
octane gasoline pool. The invention essentially comprises a
combination low severity reforming zone, aromatic separation
means and a saturate cracking zone. The low seventy reform-
ing zone effects the production of high octane aromatic com-
ponents without an accompanying loss in liquid yield from ex-
cessive dehydrocyclization and cracking reactions, the aro-
matic separation means effects the concentration of aromatics
from the reformate and a recycle stream from the saturate
cracking zone, while the saturate cracking zone cracks the un-
reacted saturates passing through the reforming zone to effect
production of high octane precursors such as low molecular
weight olefins and a cracked gasoline component.
A paint vehicle comprising a hydrocarbon compound hav-
ing a specific gravity of from 0,92 to 1.0, a mean molecular
weight of from 200 to 1000 measured by a vapor pressure
osmotic pressure method, an aromatic C-H proton density of
less than 3 percent, said aromatic C-H proton having a rvalue
of less than 4 determined by nuclear magnetic resonance ab-
sorption spectrum, and a transparency such that the percent
transmittar.^e of a 10 percent hexane solution thereof, mea-
sured by the absorption of visible light of wavelengths longer
than 500 m/i, is higher than 60 percent.
3,714,023
HIGH OCTANE GASOLINE PRODUCTION
Laurence O. Stine, Western Springs 111., assignor to
Universal Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, Hi.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,859
Int.a.C10gi7/iO
U.S. CI. 208—62 1 ^'^™
An integrated refinery process for the production of
a high octane gasoline pool. The invention essentially
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1719
comprises a combination low severity reforming zone and
a saturate cracking zone. The low severity reforming zone
effects the production of high octane aromatic components
without an accompanying loss in liquid yield from exces-
S»poro'>ei> Zo»9
Sof^fO** Crect'tg !o>*»
sive dehydrocyclization and cracking reactions while the
saturate cracking zone cracks the unreacted saturates
passing through the reforming zone to effect production
of high octane precursors such as low molecular weight
olefins.
3,714,024
METHOD OF CATALYTIC CRACKING
OF HYDROCARBONS
Douglas J. Youngblood, Groves, and David L. Reynolds,
Nederiand, Tex., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York,
^'^' Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,380
Int. CI. ClOg 37/02
U.S. CI. 208—78 11 Claims
3,714,025
METHOD OF PROCESSING HEAVY SULFUR-BEAR-
ING PETROLEUM RESIDUES INTO LOW-SULFUR
MOTOR AND BOILER PLANT FUELS
Alexandr Sergeevich Aigenson, Vladimir Vasilievich
Fryazinov, and Fatkulla Khairullovich Malikov, Ufa,
Julia Scrgeevna Sabadash, Grozny, Vladimir Stefano-
vich Akimov and Natalia Ivanovna Dobrozrakova,
Moscow, and Genrikh Arturovich Berg, Boris Mikhailo-
vlch Ezhov, and Georgy Alfonsovich Vorms, Ufa.
U.S.S.R., and Rudolf Kublcka, Litvinov, Yaroslav
Veprek, Uzameckche parku, and Yaroslav Cir. Litvi-
nov, Czechoslovakia, assignors to Bashkirsky Nauchno-
Issledovatelsky Institut Po Pererabotke Nefti, Ufa,
U.S.S.R.
No Drawing. Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,577
Int. CI. ClOg 13/04
U.S. CI. 208—86 4 Claims
A method of processing heavy sulfur-bearmg petro-
leum residues into low-sulfur motor and boiler plant
fuels, residing in that said petroleum residues are deas-
phaltized by being treated with solvents which are paraffin
hydrocarbons with the number of carbon atoms from
4 to 8, or with mixtures thereof, at a temperature higher
than the softening point of the asphaltene concentrate
and under a pressure exceeding that of the solverit vapors
at said temperature, under liquid-liquid extraction con-
ditions, the deasphaltizate comprising resins and oils con-
stituting an extract phase and the concentrate comprising
asphaltenes, metalliferous compounds and ash-forming
components with admixtures of resisns and oils consti-
tuting a raffinate phase. The resulting deasphaltizate is
subjected to catalytic destructive hydrogenation on a cat-
alyst, for which purpose use is made of oxides of metals
belonging to Groups VI and VIII of the Periodic System,
on aluminum oxide as a carrier, at a tenlperature of
350-450° C, Under a pressure of 100-300 atm., with
a space velocity of 0.2-5 hr.-i and at a volume ratio of
hydrogen to the deasphaltizate of 200-2000: 1.
The high-quality low-sulfur motor fuels obtained by
said processing of petroleum residues can be used, e.g.,
for diesel and carburetor engines, and low-sulfur boiler
plant fuels can be used in various power-generating plants,
e.g., such as boiler plants.
3,714,026
CONVERSION OF ASPHALTENE-CONTAINING
HYDROCARBON CHARGE STOCKS
William K. T. Gleim, Island Lake, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 176^04
Int.CI.C10g/i/0S,//06,2i/02
U.S.CL208-108 6 Claims
Asphaltene-containing hydrocarbonaceous charge stocks
are reacted with hydrogen in contact with a catalyst compris-
ing titanium trichloride. The slurry-type process may be ef-
fected with the titanium trichloride being composited with a
refractory inorganic oxide carrier material. A preferred mode
of operation involves unsupported titanium trichloride being
admixed with the fresh charge stock.
In a fluid catalytic cracking unit employing a multi-
plicity of elongated reaction zones, significant improve-
ments are obtained by introducing fresh feed to each of
the elongated reaction zones and operatmg at least one
at a higher temperature than at least one other while
maintaining the conversion in the higher temperature zone
equivalent to or lower than the conversion in the lower
temperature reaction zone. Optionally, the vaporous efflu-
ent from either or both reaction zones may be subjected
to further cracking in the dense phase of catalyst in the
reaction vessel. Higher yields of higher octane gasoline
are obtained where the unit is operated in the disclosed
manner.
3,714,027
CONVERSION OF ASPHALIENE-CONTAINING
HYDROCARBON CHARGE STOCKS
William K. T. Gleim, Island Lake, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 176,305
Int.CI.C10g//06, /3/OS
U.S.CI.208-108 4 Claims
Asphaltene-containing hydrocarbonaceous charge stocks,
in slurry admixture with titanium tetrachloride, are reacted
with hydrogen. The process may be effected with the titanium
tetrachloride being composited with a refractory inorganic
1720
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
oxide carrier material, although the preferred mode of opera-
tion involves a slurry process with unsupported titanium
catalyst of unknown constitution which results from titanium
tetrachloride, admixed with the fresh charge stock, at reaction
conditions in the presence of hydrogen and hydrogen sulfide.
sulphur is desulphurized in the presence of only enough
hydrogen to dissolve in the liquid feed-stock at the process
conditions. The fraction is passed upwardly or downwardly
through a bed of supported nickel catalyst which is preferably
nickel sepiolite.
3,714,028
HIGH TEMPERATURE, HIGH PRESSURE
HYDROCARBON CONVERSION PROCESS
Newt M. Hallman, Mt. Prospect, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,970
Int.CI.C10g/i/02./i/04
U.S.CI.208-111 8 Claims
HYDROGEN
•3-^ •♦5 o n o.
EEOJI
FEED
A
PKODUCT
This process may be preceded by conventional catalytic
hydrodesulphurization and/or followed by hydrogenation, on
one stage if the feedstock contains less than 30 percent wt aro-
matics and in two stages if the feedstock contains more than
30 percent wt aromatics.
Hydroprocessing is effected by contacting the hydrocarbon
with hydrogen in a low pressure, vapor-liquid contacting zone
maintained under conditions sufficient to dissolve at least a
portion of the hydrogen, with the resultant hydrocarbon liquid
containing dissolved hydrogen being passed to a high tempera-
ture, high pressure reaction zone.
3,714,029
ZINC-CONTAINING ZEOLITE CATALYST
Thomas E. Berry, East Alton, III., assignor to Shell Oil Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 1,854, Jan. 9, 1970, Pat. No. 3,654,185,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 803,091, Feb. 27,
1969. This application Sept. 15, 1971, Ser, No. 180,828
Int. CI. C07C 5/22. ClOg 13102; BOlj 11140
U.S.CI.208-111 7 Claims
A crysulline-alumino-silicate zeolite catalyst support hav-
ing high crystalline stability and acidic catalytic activity is
prepared from an alkali zeolite, preferably a Y-faujasite, by
(1) removing the alkali metal ions to below about 1.0%w by
ion exchange, and (2) incorporating zinc ions and calcining at
a high temperature of about 800°C. The support can then be
combined with hydrogenative metals such as Group VIII and
Group VIB, followed by drying and calcining to provide su-
perior hydroisomerization and hydrocracking catalysts.
3,714,031
RESIDUAL OIL
Lambertus J. van der Toorn, both of Amsterdam; Jacobus S.
M. Ouwerkerk, both of 3 Badhuisweg, Amsterdam, Nether-
lands, and Jakob van Klinken, Houston, Tex., assignors to
Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,502
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 18, 1969,
56,357/69
Int. CLClOg 2 J/02
U.S. CI. 208-213 10 Claims
A desulfurized product of constant sulfur content is ob-
tained by hydrodesulfurizing a sulfur-containing residual oil in
the liquid phase over a fixed catalyst bed and applying an ex-
ternal product recycle of at least 3 volumes of desulfurized
product per volume of residual oil, the recycle stream having a
hydrogen sulfide content of at least 0.05 percent w.
3,714,030
DESULPHURIZATION AND HYDROGENATION OF
AROMATIC-CONTAINING HYDROCARBON FRACTIONS
John Winsor, 58 Giffard Drive, Farnborough, and John Car-
ruthers, 42 Sandalwood Avenue, Chertsey, both of England
Continuation of Ser. No. 742,734, July 5, 1968, abandoned.
This application Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,445
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 11, 1967,
31,771/67
Int.Cl.C10g2i/02,C07c5//0
U.S. CI. 208-210 16 Claims
A liquid phase process is disclosed in which an aromatic-
containing hydrocarbon fraction containing up to 50 ppm wt
3,714,032
PROCESS FOR TREATING A HIGH-BOILING
PETROLEUM HYDROCARBON FEEDSTOCK
Ralph J. Bertolacini, Chesterton, Ind., and Herschei D.
Radford, Flossmoor, III., assignors to Standard Oil Com-
panv, Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,582
Int.CI.C10g2J//2
U.S.CL 208-216 13 Claims
The process comprises contacting the high-boihng petrole-
um hydrocarbon feedstock under hydrocarbon conversion
conditions and in the presence of hydrogen with a catalyst
comprising a member selected from the group consisting of
( 1 ) uranium and a second hydrogenation metal, (2) their ox-
ides, (3) their sulfides, and (4) mixtures thereof supported on
a porous refractory inorganic oxide having an average pore
diameter of about 100 Angstroms to about 300 Angstroms
and a surface area in excess of 200 square meters per gram.
The preferred second hydrogenation metal is molybdenum
and the preferred porous refractory inorganic oxide is alu-
mina.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1721
3,714,033 ^^
PROCESS FOR THE SEPARATION OF AROMATIC
HYDROCARBONS FROM A MIXED HYDROCAR-
BON FEEDSTOCK . . , ^ u , t
George S. Somekh, New Rochelle, Daniel J. Kubek, Tanr-
town, and Alexander J. Kosseim, Yorktown Heights,
N.Y., assignors to Union Carbide Corporation, New
York N Y
' Filed Sept. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 180,996
Int. CLClOg 27/28
U.S. CI. 208—321 22 Claims
by weight of the total aromatic hydrocarbons in the feed-
stock, to form an aromatic hydrocarbons phase and a
water phase;
(h) Recycling the water phases of steps (f ) and (g) to
the distillation zone where said water phases are essential-
ly converted to steam;
(i) Recycling the reflux hydrocarbons phase of the
overhead distillate and the bottoms of step (b) to the ex-
traction zone to provide reflux hydrocarbons and mixture
of water and solvent, respectively, for step (a); and
(j) Recovering the aromatic hydrocarbons phase of
step (f ) and the aliphatic hydrocarbons phase of step (d).
3,714,034
PROCESS FOR THE SEPARATION OF AROMATIC
HYDROCARBONS FROM A MIXED HYDRO-
CARBON FEEDSTOCK
Alexander Jean-Marie Kosseim, Yorktown Heights, Daniel
John Kubek, North Tarrytown, and George Solomon
Somekh, New Rochelle, N.Y., assignors to Union Car-
bide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 207,055
Int. CLClOg 27/25
U.S. a. 208—321 24 Claims
A continuous solvent extraction-steam distillation proc-
ess for the recovery of aromatic hydrocarbons havmg
boiling points in the range of about 80° C. to about 175°
C. from a feedstock containing aliphatic hydrocarbons
and said aromatic hydrocarbons comprising the following
steps: . .
(a) Contacting the feedstock in an extraction zone with
a mixture of water and a solvent, said solvent being a
water-miscible organic liquid having a boiling point of at
least about 200° C. and having a decomposition tempera-
ture of at least about 225° C, and with reflux hydrocar-
bons to provide an extract comprising aromatic hydrocar-
bons, reflux aliphatic hydrocarbons, solvent, and water
and a raffinate comprising essentially aliphatic hydrocar-
bons; . ,. ,„ .
(b) Contacting the extract with steam in a distillation
zone to provide an overhead distillate comprising a reflux
hydrocarbons phase and a water phase, a side cut distillate
comprising an aromatic hydrocarbons phase and a water
phase, and bottoms comprising a mixture of solvent and
water;
(c) Dividing the water phase of the overhead distillate
into first and second streams;
(d) Contacting the raffinate with the first stream to
provide an aliphatic hydrocarbons phase and a water
phase;
(e) Contacting the second stream with an aromatic
hydrocarbons stream containing at least 95 percent aro-
matic hydrocarbons, the amount of said stream being in
the range of about 0.1 percent to about 5 percent by
weight of the total aromatic hydrocarbons in the feed-
stock, to form an aromatic hydrocarbons phase and a
water phase;
(f) Contacting the aromatic hydrocarbons phase of
the side-cut distillate with the water phase of (e) to form
an aromatic hydrocarbons phase and a water phase;
(g) Contacting the water phase of step (d) with an
aromatic hydrocarbons stream containing at least 95 per-
cent aromatic hydrocarbons, the amount of said stream
being in the range of about 0.1 percent to about 5 percent
A continuous solvent extraction-steam distillation proc-
ess for the recovery of aromatic hydrocarbons from a
mixed feedstock. The feedstock is contacted with a solvent-
water mixture at temperatures in the range of about 75
1722
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
C. .o 200- C and *» c.^rac. and r^na« suea.s are se^ oi^^^i,^'^^-^^:::^::':^^^^^
Sl'r„:sl;^rarsupp."r^ytai'L\Z:.:l^ -„. o^ „,„!<. fro„ ,he firs. poo,,
the extract and raffinate streams.
3,714,035
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TfflN LAYER
CHROMATOGRAPHY
Donald W. Jones, P.O. Box 1308,
Auburn, Calif. 95603
Filed May 19, 1971, Ser. No. 146,577
Int CI. BOld 15/08
U.S. CI. 210—31 C 22 Claims
In the alternative if the pool aeration is increased vio-
lently there is no recirculation and little odor but the
violent aeration must be maintained for 4 to 8 weeks.
Method and apparatus are provided for carrymg out
chromatographs on a thin layer of adsorbent, where the
thin layer of adsorbent has a plurality of hollows adjacent
to one end. Inserted in at least one of the hollows is an
insert which is impregnated with at least one compound
of known chemical composition and inserted m at least
one of the other hollows is an insert impregnated with a
solution having one or more unknown compounds. The
development of the chromatograph is then carried out in a
normal manner. By comparing the distance the unknown
compound has traveled with the distance the known com-
pound or compounds have traveled and their response to
various developing materials, such as dyes, oxidants, etc.,
the unknown compound can be determined, as well as a
qualitative estimate of the amount.
3,714,037
FLOCCULATING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Gabriel Charles Almasi. Beaver, and William Slusarcryk. In-
dustry, both of Pa., assignors to Crucible Inc., Pittsburgh,
Pa.
Filed Jan. 27, 1971. Ser. No. 1 10.197
Int. CI. BOld/ 7/06
U.S. CI. 210-42 5 Claims
a
3,714,036
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STABILIZING
ACCUTMULATIONS IN AERATED LAGOONS
Robert W. Slater, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Atara Corporation, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Apr. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,012
Int. CI. C02c 1/02
U.S. CI. 210 8 ' Claims
A method of an an apparatus for purifying sewage
in which, when the temperature of the pool rises to above
15° C. after a period of some months below 10° C. the
flow of sewage is diverted from one pool to a second
pool. Aeration in the first pool is either stopped com-
pletely or, alternatively, violently increased. Either meth-
od allows the winter's accumulation of decomposable but
undecomposed material to be completely digested.
If the aeration is stopped completely, this cessation
lasts for about 3 to 6 weeks after which both full sewage
flow and aeration are resumed; preferably, some of the
completely treated liquid outflow from the second pool
is recirculated back to the first pool— this covers the top
m
Apparatus and method for the removal of magnetic parti-
cles from a liquid stream by introducing the particle-contain-
ing liquid stream into a restricted passage having a large width
to height ratio without any change in cross-sectional area. The
passage is provided with a magnetic field, the lines of force of
which are substantially at right angles to the lengthwise liquid-
flow direction through said passage. The particles are mag-
netized and agglomerate so that down-stream they may be
removed by a filter or a settling tank.
3,714,038 „^,^
PROCESS AND PRODUCT J^^SSf^^JSI^U
ORGANIC MATERIALS BY PYROLYSIS OR
HYDROGENATION
Paul G. Marsh, Hamilton, Ohio, assignor to The Black
Clawson Company, Hamilton, Ohio
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,554
Int. CI. BOld 77/00
^g PI 210 59 12 Claims
A process for chemically changing solid waste mate-
rials to obtain valuable organic products therefrom con-
sists of pulping a mixture of organic and inorgamc wastes
I
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1723
in a liquid such as water to form a slurry, removing inor-
ganics from the slurry, dewatering the resulting slurry of
organics and either pyrolyzing or hydrogenating the de-
watered slurry. Additionally, if it is desired to sort the
•Olio WASTc
I -, TluTCHIAU - MAMLV
IMOI*«*»IC«
. MCLATivKLTlnUMOMU
* 1-— ' nuNeitLC lurm
nuNeitLC lurmiMJ
f COMUC kuccinh*
h-
PIMC KttCCNi
FIMCi ttCMOVAL
3-H
3-
>-
D- ---
ocwATcnnM
- -|c0 4^M|0
. i
Hp*^'"* ]
for immediately indicating the approach of the solution
to or the attainment of an acid pH due, for example, to a
major spillage or a complete loss of solution from an acid
containing tank of the line. This indicator is connected to
cause the opening of a normally closed valve for imme-
diately supplying a neutralizing alkaline chemical, such
as sodium hydroxide, to the solution in the sump and bring
it up to and maintain it within an alkaline pH range to
inhibit the formation of toxic hydrogen cyanide gas. The
solution from the sump is continuously flowed into a
conditioning tank, at which time, a soluble alkaline cheini-
cal, such as an earth metal hydroxide, is added to raise its
pH, and a cyanide reacting chemical, such as sodium or
calcium hypochlorite or chlorine, may be added to react
with any cyanide content to destroy cyanide chemicals
through oxidation by chlorine in the alkaline range. The
solution is moved from the conditioning tank into a res-
ervoir where it is held to precipitate-out and settle the
precipitated metal salts and provide a fully reconditioned
aqueous liquid or solution for reutilization.
pviiOLriit
-•-1 cotmuffLt
1 y ♦ WYCXWWIUTIOH
HVOfOaCHATlON
— r^ —
^l»OLT*f MIO0UCT«
organics by types or by specific materials for separate
pyrolysis or hydrogenation, this may be done by one or
more screening, classifying or separating steps intermedi-
ate the pulping and pyrolysis or hydrogenation steps.
3,714,039
TREATMENT OF WASTE METAL PROCESSING
SOLUTION SPILLAGE
Leslie E. Lancy, EUwood City, and Ivan E. Wittmann,
Wexford, Pa., assignors to Dart Industries Inc., Los
Angeles, Calif.
Filed Apr. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,520
Int. CI. C02b 1 1 /36; C02c 5/02
U.S. CI. 210—60 18 Claims
3.714.040
PROCESS OF REGENERATING CARBON BEDS
Robert L. Jordan; Norman E. Wilson, both of Fort Worth, and
Thomas M. Goldman, Houston, all of Tex., assignors to
Stauffer Chemical Company. New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,528
Int.CI.B01j///02
U.S. CI. 252-415 2 Claims
A process for regenerating activated carbon beds saturated
with chlorine is described herein. The process involves inject-
ing sulfur dioxide into the beds. The sulfur dioxide is oxidized
by the chlorine to sulfuric acid. The injection of sulfur dioxide
is continued until the effluent contains the same amount as the
input.
3,714,041
THICKENED ORGANIC LIQUIDS
Asgeir Asgeirsson, Newtonville. Mass., assignor to Cabot Cor-
poration. Boston. Mass.
Filed Jan. 17, 1967, Ser. No. 609,759
Int. CI. ClOm 5/04,7/0*
U.S. CI. 252-13 16 Claims
Organic liquids thickened with small amounts of:
A. colloidal silica selected from the group consisting of
pyrogenic silicas, silica aerogels, and mixtures thereof, and
B. fibrous asbestos.
3,714,042
TREATED OVERBASED COMPLEXES
Paul E. Greenough, Chagrin Falls, Ohio, assignor to The
Lubrizol Corporation, Wickliffe. Ohio
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 81 1,204, March 27, 1969,
abandoned. This application Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,701
Int.CI.C10m//40, //24,i/24
U.S. CI. 252-33.2 17 Claims
Treat overbased complexes with high molecular weight
aliphatic carboxylic acids, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides,
or salts. The treated overbased complexes may be used as ad-
ditives in lubricating oils, gasolines, and other organic materi-
als.
A process for treating spillage and waste solutions from
a line of metal finishing processing solution tanks to pre-
vent the forming of toxic hydrogen cyanide gas is provided
and continuously utilized by flowing a waste solution re-
ceiving and conditioning liquid along a floor catch basin.
The conditioning liquid with its liquid waste content from
a lower end of the catch basin is collected in an end-posi-
tioned sump having suflScient capacity to allow safe treat-
ment of the probable worst condition with regard to the
spillage of acid and cyanide solution containing tanks of
the processing line. A pH indicator is provided at the sump
3,714,043
POLYPHENYL THIOETHER LUBRICATING
COMPOSITIONS ^.
Frank S. Clark, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 148,123
Int. CI. C 10m 1/48, 1/46
U.S. CI. 252—46.7 7 Claims
Phenoxyphenylphosphinic acids and lubricating com-
positions comprising polyphenyl thioethers, polyphenyl
1T24
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
u u- »v, .r mixtures thereof and small amounts the property of forming a foamed char to facilitate transp.ra-
ethers-thioethers or mixtures ttiereoi ana sm^ ^ ^ ' ^^ heat-exposed surface. A third is mcom-
of said acids have improved lubncatmg properties over j^'^;"^^,^/^'';^^^;^ 1,^,,^^ ^^^stances. such as catalysts, oxidizers
wide temperature ranges. ^^^ plasticizers, may also be included.
3 714 044
FT UOROSILICONE LUBRICANTS CONTAINING
^ttrophenylSubstituted ORGANOPOLY-
^IT OXANES
Yung Ki Kim, Midland, Mich., assignor to Dow
Chemical Corporation, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,274
Int. CI. ClOm 3/44. 7/48 ^ ^, . „
IT s d 252—49.6 , ^ Claims
Minor amounts of nitrophenyl-substituted siloxanes are
added to fluorosilicone lubricants to improve the steel
on brass and steel on aluminum antiwear characteristics.
3,714,045
LUBRICANT COMPOSITIONS
Gerassimos Frangatos, VVestmont, N.J., assipior to
Mobil Oil Corporation, New \ork, N.\.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,519
Int. CI. ClOm 1/32
US CI 252 51 5 A ' Claims
Lubricants are stabilized against oxidative deterioration
by adding thereto a small amount of a product produced
from a primary arylamine and an alpha-olefin-maleic
anhydride heteropolymer. _
3,714,048
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC LIQUID DEVELOPER
CONTAINING ASPHALT AND MODIFIED ALKYL RESIN
Syozo Adachi, and Masasi Leyama, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Iwatsu Electric Company Limited. Tokyo. Japan
Filed Sept. 28, 1970. Ser. No. 76,307
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 23, 1969, 44/84910
Int. CLG03g 9/04
U.S.CL 252-62.1 /^Tl
An electrophotographic liquid developer is provided which
comprises a dispersion of at least one coloring material in par-
ticle form, asphalt and synthetic resin in ^" "''g^";': ^^'"""j
having an electrical resistance of no less than lO-Q. The liquid
developer is useful for the preparation of lithographic plates.
3,714,046
METAL-WORKING FLUID CONTAINING A 2.4.5-
TRICHLOROANILINE DERIVATIVE AS A
MICROBIOCIDE
Phillip Adams. Murray Hill; Alfonso N. Petrocci, Glen Rock,
and John J. Merianos, Jersey City, all of N.J., assignors to
Millmaster Onyx Corporation. New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 875,499, Nov. 10, 1969. This application
March 19, 1971. Ser. No. 126,333
lnt.CLClOmy/20, //iO, //i2
U.S.CL 252-51.5 R 1 ^'f'"
Derivatives of 2.4,5-trichloroaniline having the general tor-
mula;
3,714,049
AEROSOL STAIN-REMOVING COMPOSITION
Roger Charle, Soisy; Gregoire Kalopissis, Paris, and Charles
Zviak, Franconville. all of France, assignors to Societe
anonymedite: L'Oreal
Filed Feb. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 8.727
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Feb. 4, 1969.
Int. CI. CI Id 17100; C09k 3130; BOIj 13100
U.S.CL 252-90 3 Claims
A sprayable aerosol stain-removing composition contained
under pressure in a container therefor includes an aerosol
propellant, a stain-removing agent and a finely divided solid
absorbent. Either or both of the stain-removing agent and
finely divided solid absorbent are microencapsulated in a
polymeric material inert to both the propellant and the stain-
removing agent. •(
3,714,050
STAIN REMOVAL
Frederick William Gray, Summit, NJ., assignor to Colgate-
Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y
Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 71 1,203, March 7, 1968,
abandoned, and Ser. No. 726,571, May 3, 1968, abandoned.
This application May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 829,104
Int. CL CI Id 7/56
U.S.CL 252-99 18 Claims
A stain-removing dry composition containing sodium per-
borate, a proteolytic enzyme and MgSO,. The presence of the
MgS04 gives superior stability on aging.
wherein R is the residue of an aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or
arylaliphatic compound. These derivatives possess marked
anti-microbial power.
3,714,047
INSULATING MATERIAL
Frank A. Marion, and Hugh J. McSpadden. both of Riverside,
Calif., assignors to Universal Propulsion Co., Riverside,
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 802.198. Feb. 25, 1969,
abandoned. This application March 17. 1970, Ser. No. 20,431
Int. CI. C09k 3128; C04b 43100
U.S.CL 252-62 32 Claims
This invention relates to self-extinguishmg insulating com-
positions containing coolants which undergo endothermic
decomposition when subjected to elevated temperature. The
coolants are incorporated in various types of binder. One is
combustible without leaving any solid residue. Another has
3,714,051
PROCESS FOR MAKING ENZYME-CONTAINING
GRANULES
Domenico Milesi. and Remigo Natali, both of Rome, Italy, as-
signors to Colgate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970. Ser. No. 75,270
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 24, 1969, 40261
^'^^ int. CL CI Id 5/06, 7/42, ///OO
U.S.CL252-135 , 9 Claims
A granular free-Howing, non-dusting, non-tacky, enzyme-
containing detergent composition is made by (a) forming a
nuidized bed of enzyme particles and a particulate hydratable
builder salt; (b) contacting the nuidized particles with an
aqueous liquid to form agglomerates of said enzyme and
builder salt; (c) recovering the agglomerates from the bed;
and (d) tumbling the agglomerates for a period of from 3 to
about 30 minutes.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1725
3,714,052 ^^
CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS STABILIZED
"iTH ALKOXYALDEHYDE HYDRAZONE AND
GLYCIDOL . r^- „A
Norman L. Beckers, Chardon, Ohio, assignor to Diamond
Shamrock Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications her. ^o.
43 214, June 30, 1970, now abandoned, and S>er. iNo.
^4 567 July 13. 1970, both continuations-in-part of
abandoned appli^ion Ser. No. 794,410, Jan 2J 1969.
This application Aug. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 168,468
Int. CI. C09d 9/00; COlld 7/50; C23g 5/02
IJ S CI 252 171 Claims
*A combination of an alkoxyaldehyde hydrazone and
glycidol is used to stabilize chlorinated aliphatic hydro-
carbon solvents.
3,714,053
PLASTICIZERS FOR VINYL POLYMERS AND
PROCESSES FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
Paul Mottez, Loison-sous-Lens, and Regis Lejeune, Lens, both
of France, assignors to Societe Chimique des Charbonnages,
Paris, France
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,147
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 7, 1969, 6938438
Int.CI.C09ki/00
U.S.CL252-182 10 Claims
A plasticizer for a vinyl polymer consisting of a mixture of
phthalate of (trimethyl pentane diol-1,3 monoisobutyrate)
and of benzyl, and of phthalate of butyl or isobutyl and of
benzyl and a process for the production thereof by reacting
preferably 0.5 g. mole of trimethyl-2,2,4 pentane diol-1,3,
monoisobutyrate with Ig. mole of phthalic anhydride, reacting
the product with a butyl alcohol, neutralizing the obtained
phthalates and reacting the salts with benzyl chloride to esteri-
fy the remaining unesterified functions of the phthalic an-
hydride to form the plasticizer.
3,714,056
METHOD FOR PREPARING STABLE
LRAMA-PLLTOMA SOLS
Othar K. Tallent, Oak Ridge, Tenn., assignor to the L^nited
States of America as represented by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 864,155, Oct. 6, 1969. This application
June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,902
Int. CI. COlg 43/02
U.S. CL 252—301.15 5 Claims
The present invention relates to a method for forming
a static and dynamically stabilized mixed sol of plutonia
and urania where the plutonium and uranium are pri-
marily in the -f 4 oxidation state and where the sols are
derived from solvent extraction of aqueous solutions of
uranium nitrate and plutonitim nitrate which comprises
heating the urania sol component at a temperature and
for a period of time sufficient to produce urania crystal-
lities in the range 55-100 angstroms and then extracting
nitrate ion from the mixed sol until a nitrate/urani-
um-f Plutonium mole ratio of 0.08 to 0.25 is obtained
and to the resultant sol.
3,714,057
IODIDE ACTIVATED THALLIUM CHLORIDE
SCINTILLATOR
Robert HofsUdter, Stanford. Calif.; Gerald R. Kramer, Cleve-
land Heights, Ohio; Mohammed R. Farukhi. Cleveland,
Ohio, and King H. Rosette. Twinsburg. Ohio, assignors to
Kewanee Oil Company. Bryn Mawr, Pa.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 876,112
Int. CI. C09k //06; GOlt 1 1 10, 11202
U.S. CI. 252-301.4 R 4 Claims
A new high Z scintillator capable of generating light radia-
tion upon exposure to nuclear radiation such as gamma rays,
beta rays, protons, mesons, X-rays, etc. wherein said scintilla-
tor's transparent to said light radiation and consists of a major
amount of thallium chloride and a minor amount of an iodide
containing compound.
3,714,054
CHEMILUMINESCENT COMPOSITION
CONTAINING SURFACTANT
Edward T. Cline, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 8, 1965, Ser. No. 507,081
Int. CL C09k 3/00
U.S. CI. 252—188.3 10 Claims
Compositions capable of emitting light when exposed
to air consisting of emulsions of an oxyluminescent
tetrakis(disubstituted-amino) ethylene in aqueous alkali
containing non-ionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric sur-
factants.
3,714,055
GLASS COLOR FILTERS FOR USE UNDER WHITE AND
WARM WHITE FLUORESCENT LIGHTS
Takashi Matsuura, and Mitsuo Chikano, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Hoya Glass Works, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,494
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Sept. 18, 1970,45/81804
Int. CI. F21u 9100; C03c 3104, 3110
U.S.CL 252-300 1 Claim
Glass color filters suitable for use in color photography
under white and warm white nuorescent lights are prepared
from a glass composition comprising 100 parts of base glass
composed of. by weight, 47.0 - 60.0 percent silicic acid an-
hydride, 0 - 5.0 percent boric acid anhydride, 10.0 - 24.0 per-
cent of either one or both of sodium oxide and potassium ox-
ide 3.0 - 7.0 percent calcium oxide, 18.0 - 35.0 percent of
either one or both of barium oxide and lead oxide, and 0.2 -
0 5 percent arsenic oxide, and a coloring agent composed of.
by weight 0.5 - 1.8 percent manganese dioxide, 0 - 0.8 %
copper oxide, and 0.3 - 2.5 percent neodymium oxide.
3,714,058
PROCESSING OF IRRADIATED NUCLEAR FUEL
Alfred Leonard Mills. Thurso. Caithness, Scotland, and Ken-
neth Hartley. Seascale. Cumberland. England, assignors to
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority, London, En-
gland
Filed Aug. 26. 1969, Ser. No. 853.193
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Sept. 18. 1968,
44,452/68
Int. CI. G09k 3100
U.S.CL 252-301.1 R 3 Claims
Irradiated monocarbide nuclear fuel which may contain sig-
nificant Plutonium as well as uranium is converted to oxide by
heating in carbon dioxide, preferably at a temperature of
1,000° C. Sesquicarbide may also be present. The product is
dioxide soluble in nitric acid.
3,714,059
NEODYMIUM GLASS LASER HAVING ROOM
TEMPERATURE OUTPUT AT WAVELENGTHS
SHORTER THAN 1060 NM
Robert R. Shaw, and Charles C. Robinson, both of Sturbridge,
Mass., assignors to American Optical Corporation,
Southbridge. Mass.
Filed March 10. 1971, Ser. No. 122,723
Int.CI.C09k//04,C03c5/2«
U.S.CL 252-301.4 F 7 Claims
Laserable material doped with a quantity of neodymium
ions in a low concentration (vis., 0.10-3 wt. percent) which
results in the glass exhibiting a ratio of fiuorescent intensity
peaked at 920 nanometers over the fiuorescent intensity
peaked at approximately 1060 nanometers of at least 0.4 as
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1726
measured by a Gary Model 14 spectrophotometer. The glasses
enable the generation of laser light in a waveband with an opti-
cal center at about 920 nanometers at room temperature (ap-
proximately 20T) when positioned in a laser cavity which is
resonant at 920 nanometers.
January 30, 1973
3,714,060
NUCLEAR REACTOR FUEL AND FUEL ELEMENT
^^^ AND PREPARATION THEREOF
Marvin Tetenbaum, Hinsdale, and Paul D. Hunt, Lemont,
111., assignors to the United States ?f ^menca as rep-
resented by the United States Atomic Energy Commis-
sion
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 115,121
Int. CI. COlg 43/00
U.S. CI. 252—301.1 R ^ Claims
A nuclear reactor fuel and fuel element therefrom com-
prising uranium oxycarbide containing 500-2500 parts per
million of oxygen having the empirical formula
UCi.ooO.01-.05
prepared by heating single phase UC at a temperature in
the range of about 2000° K.-2400° K., passing helium car-
rier gas containing CO and CO2 over said heated UC at a
sufficiently high ratio of CO to CO2 to prevent formation
of UO2, such as at 10,000:1, and for a time to produce
said product.
3,714,061
PROCESS FOR PREPARING IMPREGNATED URANIA
AND URANILM BEARING MICROSPHERES
Leonard Vincent Triggiani, Silver Spring, and Irving Charles
Stone, Ashton. both of Md., assignors to W. R. Grace & Co.,
New York, N.Y. „ „ v,
Division of Ser. No. 723,561, April 23, 1968. Pat. No.
3 518 065. This application March 21, 1969, Ser. No. 871,229
Int.CI.C09ki/00
U.S. CI. 252-301.1 S '*^!."'T*
A process for preparing urania fuel particles in which the
oxygen to uranium ratio is reduced to 2.0 by passing a reduc-
ing gas through a heated bed of the particles.
3,714,063
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR EMULSIFYING
PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WITH A VIEW TO PRE-
PARING A CULTLRE MEDIUM FOR MICRO-
ORGANISMS
Georges Henri Salomone, 14 Avenue Pierre ler de Scrble,
Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 111,104
Claims prioritv, application France, Feb. 3, 1970,
7003765
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00
U.S. CI. 252—312 1 Claim
Petroleum products are rendered bio-degradable to
produce fertihzer, by admixing therewith, per 100 parts
by weight of petroleum product, 40 to 1000 parts by
weight of a mixture which is 20% to 50% by weight of
a carbohydrate or protein nutrient for the micro-orga-
nisms, 30% to 50% by weight of an organic acid, and 0%
to 30% by weight of alkali or alkaline earth salt.
3,714,062
STRAIGHT CHAIN SULFONATES FOR USE IN
SOLUBILIZED OIL-WATER SOLUTIONS FOR
MISCIBLE W ATERFLOODING
Warren S. Askew and H. R. Froning, Tulsa, Okla., as-
signors to Amoco Production Company, Tulsa, Okla.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,748
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00
U.S. CI. 252—308 9 Claims
Solubilized oil-water solutions of high water content
and resistant to calcium and magnesium ions are prepared
by mixing a solution of an alkali metal aliphatic hydro-
carbon polymer sulfonate having an average molecular
weight ranging from about 350 to about 675 with a co-
surfactant or coupling agent which may be a water
soluble alcohol, an oil soluble alcohol having not more
than 10 carbon atoms, or an ethylene oxide adduct of an
alcohol having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms. These solu-
tions are useful as oil solvents in miscible waterflooding
and can also be employed as solvents in water injection
well cleanout procedures.
3,714,064
PRODUCTION OF SMALL PARTICLE SIZE
AQUEOUS COLLOIDAL SILICA SOLS
Peter H. Vossos, Lisle, III., assignor fo Nalco
Chemical Company, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
1564,310, Aug. 30, 1967, and Ser. No. 744,285, June
12, 1968, both now abandoned. This application Apr.
22, 1971, Ser. No. 136,586
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00; COlb 33/14
U.S. CI. 252—313 S 2 Claims
The invention is directed to aqueous colloidal silica sols
which are concentrated, yet are in the form of extremely
finely divided, discrete, dense particles whose average par-
ticle size is less than 5 millimicrons. Typical sols produced
in accordance with the invention have the following char-
acteristics:
Average particle size
diameter 2 but less than 5 m^.
Percent silica, as Si02 ^0 ^o 25%.
pH 9 to 11.
SiOj/NaaO >15.
The invention also is directed to a method of produc-
ing such sols wherein an acidic aqueous colloidal silica
sol having an Si02 concentration of 5-10% by weight
and a particle size diameter of less than 5 millimicrons
is alkalized, a portion of the resulting alkaline sol is heated
under evaporation conditions to a temperature not greater
than 150° P., evaporation is maintained at constant vol-
ume by adding unhealed alkaline sol, and said evaporation
is continued until the silica concentration is withm the
range of 10-25% by weight.
3,714,065
PROCESS FOR PREPARING A MICRO CAPSULE
Masao Kitajima; Asaji Kondo, both of Saitama; Masataka
Morishita, and Jinnosuke Abe, both of Shizuoka. all of
Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo Film Co. ltd., Kanagawa;
Tovo Jazo Co.. Ltd., Shizuoka, both of Japan
FiledFeb.3, 1971, Ser. No. 112,394
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 3, 1970, 45/9382
Int. CI. BOlj 13102- B44d 1102; A6Ik 9104
U.S. CI. 252-316 ^ 16 Claims
A process for preparing microcapsules which comprises;
dissolving a film-forming polymer in an organic solvent to
form a solution, said solvent having a dielectric constant
between 10 and 40 and a poor compatibility with liquid paraf-
fins and silicone oils; dispersing a core substance in the solu-
tion to form a first dispersion; dispersing said first dispersion
in an encapsulating medium comprising a liquid paraffin or a
silicone oil in the form of fine droplets; and evaporating the
solvent and the encapsulating medium from the dispersion.
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1727
3,714,066
METHODS OF INHIBITING CORROSION WITH ETHANE
DIPHOSPHONATE COMPOSITIONS
Thomas M. King, St. Louis, and Howard L. Vandersall Ball-
win, both of Mo., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis,
Filed April 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,982
Int.CI.C23f////0.N//6
U.S.a.252-389A 31 Claims
Ethane diphosphonates having the formula
o
II
R, Rj P-OR3
phobic silica having between about 2.5 and 8% of NajO
and an area below about 175 m.Vg. with an organic hy-
drocarbon liquid, said composition having a viscosity of
from about 10 to 3000 cps.
„.U/"»
\ o
P-0R3
0R3
wherein R, and R, are hereinafter defined and R, is hydrogen
or a metal ion and n is an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
along or in combination with zinc, dichromate, certain thiols
and I 2,3-triazoles and mixtures thereof, are disclosed as in-
hibiting the corrosion of metals by oxygen-bearing waters.
3,714,067
METHODS OF INHIBITING CORROSION WITH
CONDENSED POLYALKYLENEPOLY AMINE
PHOSPHONATES
Thomas M. King, St. Louis, and Robert S. Mitchell, Webster
Groves, both of Mo., assignors to Monsanto Company, St.
Louis, Mo. ,^„
Filed July 7, 1971, Ser. No. 160,550
Int.CLC23fy///0.////6
U.S.CL 252-389 A . . 20 Claims
Condensed polyalkylenepolyamine derivatives having the
formula
3,714,069
CORROSION PREVENTING COMPOSITION
Barbara J. Northan, Chicago, III., and David B. Boies, Colum-
bia, Md.. assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,285
Int.Cl.C23f ////6
U.S.CL 252-389 A 5 Claims
A composition for significantly improving corrosion protec-
tion comprising the combination of an alkylaryl sulfonate with
a surface active agent including partial organic phosphate
esters neutralized with ethylenediamine or barium. An aro-
matic petroleum hydrocarbon resin is added to enhance pro-
tection in crevice areas and to improve handhng charac-
teristics.
3,714,070
NON-CORROSIVE SULFLR-LIQLID HYDROCARBON
SLURRY CONTAINING A CORROSION INHIBITING
AMOUNT OF A POLAR-CONTAINING SOLVENT
Mary Frances Vondrak, Houston, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil
Company, New York, N.Y. ,„^o o .
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 774,218, Oct. 30, 1968, Pat.
No. 3,606,482. This application Feb. 19, 197 1, Ser. No.
117,151
Int.Cl.C09ki/00
U.S.CL 252 -396 3Chiims
\ An improved non-corrosive sulfur-liquid hydrocarbon slur-
ry composition and a method for the preparation and corro-
sive inhibition of such a slurry, particularly for subsequent
transportation through pipelines or vehicles and conduits
without causing plugging and corrosion.
Ri
\
N-
IK
/A
T I n 1
iM — r~*^"T
R3 VY/n
|_K3
-N
/
i
\
R4
Rs
wherein R,. R,. R„ R4. R>. X and Y are hereinafter defined, n
is 1 - 15 and m is 1 - 20, alone or in combination with zinc,
dichromate. certain thiols and 1.2.3-triazoles and mixtures
thereof, are disclosed as inhibiting the corrosion of metals by
oxygen-bearing waters.
3,714,068
SILICA
James R Miller and Richard H. Pierce, Broomall, Robert
W Lin on, Springfield, and John H. Wills^ Thombury
Township Pa . assignors to Philadelphia Quartz Com-
pany, Philadelphia, Pa.
Co^ntinuation-in-part of appl cartons Ser. No. 574,899
Aue. 25. 1966, Ser. No. 817,865, Apr. 21, 1969, and
Ser' No! 854,783, Sept 2 1969 "„«, abandoned.
This application Dec. 28, 1970, Ser No. 101,640
^^ Int. CL BOld 17/00
U S CI 252 358 ^ Claims
'improved micro fine silicas are prepared with modified
surface layers. The surface may be modified by control-
ling the pH of the silica slurry between about 1.5 and 12
and permanently affixing from 6 to 20% of a siloxane or
silane based on the weight of the silica. The surface may
be further controlled by varying the composition of the
water layer on the surface of the silica and by controlling
the choice and curing of the silicone and/or silica. An
especially improved defoamer for aqueous systems is thus
formed by compounding 3 to 30% of the improved hydro-
3,714,071
LOW DENSITY ALUMINA SPHERES OF IMPROVED
STRENGTH AT HIGH TEMPERATURE
Edward Michaiko, Lombard. III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed March 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,808
Int.CI.B01j///i2,///44
U.S.CL 252-448 ^ V ^/ Th
Low density alumina spheres of improved strength at high
temperature are prepared by commingling an acidic alumina
sol and an aqueous rare earth metal salt solution with an am-
monia precursor at below gelation temperature and dispersing
the mixture as droplets in a hot oil bath. The hydrogel spheres
which form are aged, washed and dried, and calcined. Low
density alumina spheres are useful as a catalyst or as a catalyst
support, particularly in the conversion of hot exhaust gases
from an internal combustion engine.
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF CATALYSTS
CONTAINING CRYSTALLINE ALLTVILNOSILI-
CATE ZEOLITES ^ ^ . - t...oc Rprc
Hendrik Jan Maat, Uitgeest, and Andre ^ucas Berg,
Amsterdam, Netherlands, assizors *o Kominkhjke
Zwavelzuurfabrieken voorheen Ketjen N.V., Amster-
dam, Netherlands ^j ^i eai
No Drawing. Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,587
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 18, 1969,
6909263
Inta.mii 11/36,11/40
US CI 252 151 11 Claims
An aqueous suspension of a zeolite, which has had
its alkali metal content reduced by at least one ion ex-
change reaction and has then been thermally treated, is
combined with an aqueous alkaline alkali metal silicate
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
1728
solution, and silicon dioxide is gelloi f^o^ /^e zeolite-
Sntaining solution by the addition of rnrnej.l ^cviprcf^
erably to the silicate solution immediately before the
combining of the latter with the zeolite suspension. The
resulting zeolite-containing gel is combined wiOi a sou-
Z or solutions of at least one ^^^mpound of a metal
from groups II-A, IIl-A and IV-A of the Periodic Table.
and the^ hydrolyzed, whereupon the zeolite contaimng
precipitate is washed and dried to provide a catalyst con-
faS a crystalline aluminosilicate zeolite, silicon dioxide
and an oxide of at least one metal from the mentioned
groups of the Periodic Table.
3,714,073
SEMICONDUCTIVE GLASS HAVING LOW RESISTANCE
Tetsuro Izumitani, Tokyo: Yoshiyuki Asahara, Kanapawa;
Makoto Tsuchiva. Tokyo, and Osamu Nagarekawa, Saitama,
all of Japan, assignors to Hoya Glass Works. Tokyo. Japan
Filed Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,603
Claims priority, application japan, Aug. 28, 1970, 45/75419
Int.CI.H01b//06,C03cJ/iO
US CI. 252-512 5 Claims
'a semiconductive glass consisting of three componants of
As, Te. and Tl. the glass which has a very low specific re-
sistance and is stably vitrified.
salt of an alkyl benzene sulphonic acid wherein the alkyl group
contains from seven to 14 carbon atoms.
3,714,074
FOAM PROFILE REGULATING COMPOSITION AND
ANIONIC DETERGENT COMPOSITION CONTAINING
SAME AND HAVING INV ERSE FOAM TO
TEMPERATURE RELATIONSHIP
Jack Thomas Inamorato, Westfield, N.J., assignor to Colgate-
Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,359
Int.CI.Clld///2.i/iO.B01d/9/04
U.S.CL 252-528 ^5 Claims
niK-ntnaxagt^-i'^'^'^'"^
3,714,076
METHOD OF WASHING WITH LINEAR ALKYL
VICINAL DISLLFATES
Robert G. Anderson, San Rafael, Calif., assignor to
Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Cahf.
v« nrnwin? Orieinal application Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No.
''°62%T now^'Tatent No 3,651,119. Divided and this
application Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,239
Int. CLClld 7/72 . rioW
U.S. CI. 252-550 * Claims
Method of washing fabrics in the absence of Phosphate
builders employing detergent active materials which com-
prise sulfur-linked linear alkyl vicmal disulfates of the
formula:
Ri
R- (!: H-(^ Y^CHi-C H-CHi-0 S 0,X
OSOiX
in which Y is
o o
-8,-8.»-i
o
R and Ri are hydrogen or alkyl radicals having a total of
from 9 ti 23 carbon atoms, and X is hydrogen or a water
soluble salt-forming cation.
An anionic detergent composition having an inverse foam
to temperature relationship is disclosed, as well as a composi-
tion for accomplishing this relationship when added to a deter-
eent system. The inverse foam to temperature relationship .s
provided by a synergistic mixture of a fatty acid containing
between about eight and 30 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain
and a polyethoxylated mono fatty alkyl quaternary ammonium
methosulfate, chloride, bromide, nitrate or sulfate salt having
about 10 to 50 moles of ethylene oxide. ^
3,714,077
URETHANE FOAM CATALYST SYSTEM
David S. Cobbledick, Kent, and Arthur J- Nojman, Tall-
madge, Ohio, assignors to The General Tire & Rubber
Company, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,817
Int. CL C08g 22/38, 41/04. 22/40
U.S. CI. 260-2.5 BE !« ^^"''"^
Heat discoloration of polyurethane foams containing
halogen-containing polymers such as polyvinyl chloride
is reduced or prevented by the use of catalyst systems
consisting of combinations of polyol-soluble organic
stannous compounds with polyol-soluble orgamc bismuth
and/or antimony compounds, optionally, with certain
sterically hindered tertiary amines such as N-methyl di-
cyclohexyl amine.
3,714,075
CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON COMPOSITIONS AND
USES THEREOF
Peter Graham Johnson, Cheshire, England, assignor to Imperi-
al Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,91 2
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Oct. 7, 196V,
*''^^^^^ Int.CKClld7//S,//50
U.S.a. 252-545 , »«C'«'"*
A composition for cleaning and drying articles comprising a
chlorohydrocarbon solvent and a metal, ammonium or amine
3,714,078
Chemical Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of aPP«cation Ser. No.
683,828, Nov. 17, 1967. This application Sept. 16, 1970,
Ser. No. 72,819
Int. a. C08f 47/08. 37/18. 15/42
U.S. CI. 260-2.5 L ^^ ^*^^"**
A foamable latex composition and "^^thod of prepar-
ing the composition, the composition comprising an aque
ous emulsion of a copolymer ^^"i^^^'"^: /, , .dd ^
acrylate, a nitrile. an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1729
amide and an aryl polyether alcohol surfactant as sub-
stantially the sole surfactant employed in the preparation
of the aqueous emulsion. This latex composition when
foamed, coated on a fabric, the foam crushed and cured
provides a product with good hand, light-fastness, abra-
sion resistance and dry-clean characteristics.
3,714,079
DERIVATIVES OR PHENOLPHTHALEIN USED IN
POLYURETHANE PREPARATION
Bruce N. Wilson, Heath, Ohio, and Raymond R. Hinder-
sinn, Lewiston, N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical
Corporation, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. rso.
115,870, Feb. 16, 1971, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 694,076, Dec. 28, 1967, both
now abandoned. This application Apr. 12, 1971, Ser.
No. 133,447 ^
Int. CI. C08g 22/14
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 AQ * 5 Claims
Novel derivatives of phenolphthalein are prepared by
reacting the compound with ammonia or an amine, and
with ammonia or an amine, followed by a 1,2-epoxide.
Such polyhydric derivatives of phenolphthalein are useful
in the preparation of polyurethane compositions such as
foams, coatings and elastomers, for the production of
saturated alkyd resins, unsaturated polyesters, and as in-
termediates in the preparation of other polymer composi-
tions.
3,714,080
POLYURETHANE FOAM RESIN STABILIZERS
Manfred Dahm, Bergisch-Neukirchen; Karl-Josef Kraft,
Leverkusen, and Manfred Roegler, Bad Godesberg, all of
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gasellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
FiledJune9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,519
Claims priority, application Germany, June 13, 1970, P 20
29 293.7
Int. CLC08g 22/44
U.S.CL 260-2.5 AH 9 Claims
Polyurethane foam resins having improved physical proper-
ties are produced by incorporating in the reaction mixture a
siloxane modified carbamic acid derivative foam stabilizer
having at least one structural unit of the formula
3,714,081
NOVEL INTUMESCENT COATING COMPOSITION
Shirley H. Roth, Highland Park; Joseph Green, East Brun-
swick, both of NJ., and John J. Seipel, Ambler, Pa., as-
signors to Cities Service Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 15, 1972, Ser. No. 253,590
Int.CI.C08j//20
U.S.CL 260-2.5 FP 2 Claims
Melamine pyrophosphate is used to improve the
homogeneTty, and thus the effectiveness, of the foamed char
produced by the intumescence of p,p'-oxybis{benzenesulfona-
mide) in a vinyl chloride/vinylidene chloride copolymer
binder. '
3,714,082
INTUMESCENT COATING COMPOSITION
Shu-ley H. Roth, Highland Park, and Joseph Green, East
Brunswick, N.J., and John J. Seipel, Ambler. Pa., as-
signors to Cities Service Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 15, 1972, Ser. No. 253,584
Int. CI. C08i/20
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 FP 2 Claims
Dipentaerythritol is used to improve the homogeneity,
and thus the effectiveness, of the foamed char produced
by the intumescence of p,p'-oxybi9(benzenesulfonamide)
in a vinyl chloride/vinylidene chloride copolymer binder.
r^-m^'(^'^
C-0-^C„H;„-04-
■N
I
R'"
O
V
A
T
3,714,083
METHOD FOR PRODUCING FOAMED ARTICLE FROM
POLYPROPYLENE
Yujiro Nakayama; Tadayuki Fukada, and Masayuki Ogawa,
all of Yokkaichi-shi, Mie, Japan, assignors to MitsubUhi
Petrochemical Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 790,858
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 12, 1968,43/1448
Int.CLC08f47//0, /9/20,///6
U.S.CL 260-2.5 HA 8 Claims
A method of producing a foamed article having a uniform
cellular structure using a modified polypropylene produced by
irradiating polypropylene with an ionizing radiation of from
0 1 to 5.0 megarad and graft-copolymerizing the irradiated
polypropylene with from 0.5 - 6 percent by weight divinyl
benzene or with from 0.5 - 6 percent by weight of divmyl
benzene and not more than 10 percent by weight of an acrylic
acid ester.
and other structural units of the formula
R'.SiO.
4-a
but in which at least one in a thousand structural units cor-
responds to the first mentioned formula, and
R' represents an optionally halogenated or cyano-sub-
stituted C, to C,o alkyl, C^ to C,o cycloalkyl or C, to C,o
aryl radical,
R" represents a hydrogen atom of a methyl or phenyl radi-
cal,
R'" represents a C, to C,o alkyl, C, to C,o cycloalkyl, C, to
Co alkenyl. C, to C,. aralkyl, di-(C. - C,o alkyl)-ammo-
_C,-C,o alkyl, C, to Co aryl or C, to C.oalkaryl radical,
O represents a monovalent to hexavalent saturated C, to C,
alkyl radical, or a monovalent to trivalent Cg aryl radical,
m = 0, 1 or 2,
fi=2,3or4,
a=0,l,2or3.
b represents an integer of I to 200, and
c represents the valency of 0,
the radicals and numerical values at each position of a
molecule being chosen independently of the others.
3,714,084
BAGASSE REINFORCED RESIN BODIES AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Roland Botz, San Juan, Puerto Rico, assignor to Plasti-
Fiber Formulations, Inc., Mercedita, Puerto Rico
Application Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 866,123, now Patent
No. 3,694,308, which is a continuation-in-part of aban-
doned application Ser. No. 758,903, Sept. 10, 1968.
Divided and this application Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No.
86 321
Int a. C08g 45/75. 57/75
U.S. CI. 260—9 3 Claims
Bagasse is treated with an aqueous solution of alum
and defibrated to give a fibrous product suitable for the
reinforcement of resin bodies. The fiber can also be pul-
verized to yield a flour suitable for use as a filler in resin
bodies. The treatment also produces a clean, sugar free,
moisture resistant, low density cellular pith material suit-
able for manufacturing insulation and acoustical mate-
rials, as a filler for synthetic foam products, and as a filler
for animal feed formulations.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
1730
SILICA-LTIEA FORMaZdE^^^^
RINATION FLATTING ADDITIVE COMPUSliiu.^
GreeorSein, Newton, John F. Hardy. Andover, and
LlonarSH. Doppler, Lexington, Mass., assignors to
Cabot Corporation, Boston, Mass. i«« e*a
No Drawing. Filed Oct 12, 1971, Ser No. 188,563
Int. CI. C08g 51/04: C08h 17/02
iTC ri ifin 19 SB 5 Claims
This disclosure relates to the use of a combination of
non-porous materials comprising a certain group of urea-
formaldehyde polymers and a certain group of pyro-
genically prepared colloidal silicas as flatting additives in
the preparation of flatted compositions such as pamts,
lacquers, varnishes and the like.
COATING COLORS CONTAINING SATIN WHITE
WITH GOOD VISCOSITY STABIL TY
Horst Schaefer, Frankfurt am ^1^^°%^°^ "^'7* b'wTrS
Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignws to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bninlng, Frankfurt am Main, Germany ,„ ,--
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1967, Ser. No. 627,317
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Apr. 7, 1V66,
F 48,890
Int. CI. C08f 45/04 .
U.S. CI. 260— 17 R ^. ,. ^J-„l
Coating colors containing satin white, a liquefier and
polyvinvyl alcohol and process for preparing same.
mide-formaldehyde condensation polymer and then sorbing a
latex emulsion onto said fiber. The presence of a soluble
reducing sugar is necessary in either the cyanamide reaction
or the formaldehyde reaction and the cyanam.de reaction
must precede the formaldehyde reaction.
3,714,089
CURABLE COMPOSITIONS
Stephen B. Hamilton, Schenectady; Melvin D. Beers. Ballston
Lake; Abe Berger. and Terry G. Selin, both of SchenecUdy,
all of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,584
Int. CI. C08h 9/00
U.S.CI.260-18S , 43 Claims
Room temperature vulcanizing silicone elastomers are
prepared by the addition of a novel. Huid at room tempera-
lure cross linking agent such as acetoxyethyltriacetoxys.lane
to a silano: chain-stopped poiydiorganosiioxane nuid. These
compositions are stable, free flowing fluids in the absence of
moisture but cure to the rubbery, solid elastic state upon expo-
sure to moisture. The compositions are particularly useful m
bonding windshields to a supporting structure in automobiles.
t
3.714.087
POWDERED RESORCINOL-FORMALDEHYDE TREATED
POLYSACCHARIDE-REINFORCED ELASTOMER
MASTERBATCHES. COMPOLNDS. AND RESULTING
VULCANIZED RUBBERS
Russell A. Buchanan, and Charles R. Russell, both of Peoria,
III., assignors to The United States of America as represented
by the Secretary of Agriculture
Division of Ser. No. 58.187. July 24, 1970, Pat. No. 3,673.136.
This application Feb. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 230.098
Int.CI.C08c9//2;C08f 45/74
U.S. CI. 260- 17.2 .u^^'"'T
Powdered elastomer masterbatches are prepared by grind-
ing dried rubber curds which contain highly effective reinforc-
ing agents Such finely comminuted elastomer masterbatches
provide stable powdered rubber compounds when blended
with usual powdered curatives and fine particle fillers. These
powdered rubber compounds are formed into finished vul-
canized rubber articles by direct heat-compression moldmg,
by extrusion from a simple machine, or by injection molding
without prior high shear mixing.
3,714,090
HIGH TEMPERATURE POLYESTER COATING
COMPOSITION
Edward A. Lasher. Beverly Hills. Calif., assignor to Whittaker
Corporation. Los Angeles, Calif.
FiledMarch22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,975
Int.CI.C09di/52,i/66
U.S. CI. 260-21 ^^ 9 Claims
A polyester coating composition is produced by heating a
reaction mixture comprising (a) 17-24 percent by weight of
a fatty acid, (b) 30-42 percent of a polyol moiety consisting
of 45-70 percent of a triol with the remainder being diol, and
(c) 40-56 percent of a polycarboxylic acid moiety consisting
of 83-93 percent of an aromatic polycarboxylic acid with the
remainder being an aliphatic polycarboxylic acid, to a tem-
perature generally between 400° and 480°F, and for a time
sufficient to esterify the reactants. Preferably, this coating
composition is reacted with an aminoplast resin to cause
cross-linking to produce a hard, flexible paint which is capable
of withstanding high temperatures without noticeable
discoloration and which is particularly useful for coil coating
3,714,088
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF LATEX COATED
CYANAMIDE-FORMALDEHYDE MODIFIED
CELLULOSIC PULP FIBERS
James H. Manning, Monroe, N.Y., assignor to Imperial Paper
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 197 1, Ser. No. 1 18,537
Int CI. C08d 9/06. C08f45//5.C08g5///«.D06m 1100;
D21h J/22
U.S.CI.260-I7.3 25 Claims
A process for producing polymeric coated cellulosic fibers
which comprises reacting cellulosic fibers in an aqueous al-
kaline medium with cyanamide and then reacting the cyana-
mide modified cellulose with formaldehyde to form a cyana-
3.714,091
OIL-CONTAINING POLYESTER COATING
Edward A. Lasher, Beverly Hills. Calif., assignor to Whittaker
Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
FiledMarch22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,951
Int.CI.C09di/52,i/66
U.S. CI. 260-21 ^ 10 Claims
A hard flexible modified polyester coating is formed from a
polyester'resin which is made by (1 ) heating a mixture of a fat
and a triol preferably in the presence of a catalyst until the en-
suing transesterification reaction is substantially complete and
(2) heating the product of ( I ) with a diol and a combmation
of aromatic and aliphatic polybasic carboxylic acids until the
latter reaction is substantially complete. This polyester resin is
blended with an aminoplast resin to produce a modified
polyester resin composition which cures to a hard, yet flexible
coating Additional triol may be included in step (2). 1 he
weight of each of the above components in the tot^l reaction
mixture ( 1 ) plus (2) is: fat 20-25 percent; polyol 30-40 per-
cent with the amount of triol comprising 45-70 percent of the
polyol; and polycarboxylic acids - 40-56 percent with the aro-
matic polycarboxylic acid constituent comprismg 83-92 per-
cent of the polycarboxylic acid constituent.
/
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1731
3,714,092
SULFUR-CURED POLYURETHANES BASED ON A
POLYESTER PREPARED FROM AZELAIC ACID, DIMER
ACID AND LOWER ALKANE GLYCOLS
Michael P. Mazzeo. Highstown, NJ., and Anthony F. San-
taniello. Newtown, Pa., assignors to Thiokol Chemical Cor-
poration. Bristol, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 858,877, Sept. 17, 1969,
abandoned.ThisapplicationJuly27, 1971, Ser. No. 166.586
Int.CI.C08g22//0. /7/y6
U.S.CI.260-22TN » C"»""
Sulfur-curable polyester urethane crude rubbers having im-
proved hydrolysis resistance and excellent properties when ex-
posed to low temperatures over a long period of time are
prepared by the reaction of an organic diisocyanate with a
polyester prepared from an acid mixture having 90/10 to 97/3
preferably 94/6 mole ratio of azelaic acid to a long chain
dibasic acid and a polyol mixture having a 65/35 to 75/25
preferably 70/30 mole ratio of 1, 4-butanediol to propylene
glycol followed by chain extension with a polyol having pen-
dant aliphatic unsaturation.
3,714,094
STRIPPABLE WAX COATING COMPOSITIONS
Eh)minic Apikos, Park Forest, 111., assignor to Atlantic
Rich6eld Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Application Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. ^o- *'3«3,
which is a division of application Ser. No. 556,555,
June 10, 1966. Divided and this application Dec. 13,
1971, Ser. No. 207,699
Int. CI. C08f 45/52
\J3. CI. 260 28.5 AV 13 Claims
TTiis invention relates to a strippable wax coating con-
taining an ethylene-vinyl acetate polymeric composition
and a stripping agent which is either an N-substituted
fatty acid amide or a nitrogen containing compound con-
taining a fatty acid residue. Particularly preferred are
wax compositions which contain as the stripping agent
an N-substituted fatty acid amide containing a fatty acid
residue having from 10 to 17 carbon atoms. The compo-
sitions can also contain minor amounts of a mineral
oil to increase the strippability.
3.714.093
SPIRO lHETEROCYCLOALKYL-2'(rH)-
QUINAZOLINEl-4 (3 H)-ONES
Mihon Wolf. West Chester, and James L. Diebold. Havertown,
both of Pa., assignors to American Home Products Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 19. 1970, Ser. No. 38,910
lnt.CI.C07d5//4«
U.S. CI. 260-251 QA 10 Claims
This invention relates to spiro[heterocycIoalkyl-2'( I'H)-
quinazolin 1-4 '( 3 ',H )-ones having the formula:
H
Ki
>e\/^\
N— Rj
3,714.095
COARSELY DISPERSED, SEDIMENTING AQUEOUS
POLYURETHANE DISPERSIONS
Artur Reischl, and Dieter Dieterich, both of Leverkusen, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft.
Leverkusen, Germany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 671,197, Sept. 28. 1967,
abandoned. This application Jan. 12. 1971, Ser. No. 105,982
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 1. 1966, F 50
344
Int. CI. C08g 41104,51124; C08j 1/48
U.S. CI. 260-29.2 TN 2 Claims
Coarse, aqueous dispersions of polyurethanes that sediment
but are capable of being redispersed are prepared from 40 to
99 5 percent by weight of a polyurethane polymer having a
molecular weight greater than 5.000 and preferably above
20,000 which is free of salt-forming groups and from about 0.5
to about 60 percent by weight of a polyurethane polymer con-
taining salt-forming groups. Salt formation is permitted to
occur until 0,0007 to 0,011 equivalent percent has taken
place and the mixture is then dispersed at least in a quantity of
water such that the solids content is 60 percent.
wherein R, and R, are selected independently from the group
consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, phenyl(lower)-
alkyl phenyl, halophenyl, lower alkylphenyl, lower alkox-
yphenyl lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, phenoxy, phenthio,
nitro and trifluoromethyl; R, is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl, halophenyl, lower al-
kylphenyl, lower alkoxyphenyl, phen(lower)alkyl and X is
selected from the group consisting of
^C N-R^; C
-N
I
Rs
CHj CHj
CHs CHs
\
II
H
\
()•
o
wherein R, and Rj are selected from the group consisung of
hydrogen, lower alkyl, phen(lower)alkyl, halophen-
yUlower^alkyl, lower alkylphenyl(lower)alkyl and lower al-
koxyphenyl(lower)alkyl. The compounds exhibit anti-amebic
activity.
3,714,096 ^^^c.
SELF-CROSSLINKING VINYL ACETATE LAJICTS
Giovanni Biale, Placentia, Calif., assignor to Lnion OH
Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,478
Int a. C08g 51/24; C09d 5/02 .
U.S. CL 260—29.4 UA 19 Claims
An aqueous latex of a vinyl ester polymer is described
which has the property of forming self-curing films with-
out the use of an extraneous curing additive. The latex
is useful as a binder, particularly for non-woven fibers,
or for wood panel coating or textile coating. The polymer
comprises a major proportion of a vinyl ester monomer,
typically vinyl acetate, which is interpolymerized with
polymerizable comonomers comprising a film-forming-
temperature regulating amount of a comonomer, typically
an acrylate ester, a minor amount of cross-linking reac-
tive comonomers, typically N-methylolcrylamide and a
cure catalyzing amount of an ethylenically mono-unsatu-
rated carboxylic acid such as acrylic acid. In a preferred
embodiment, a minor amount of a synergistic, second
cross-linking agent is used such as diallyl maleate. The
polymer is dispersed in an aqueous emulsion using an
anionic or nonionic surfactant or mixtures thereof,
typically a mixture of an alkaryl polyether alcohol and an
alkaU metal sulfosuccinate half ester of an ethoxylated
alcohol.
906 O.G. — 64
1732
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,714,097
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING LOW FOAMING LATEXES
OF INTERPOLYMERS CONTAINING VINYL CHLORIDE
AND ETHYLENE
Philip A. Cautilli, Feasterville, Pa., and Samuel J. Makower,
Wyncote, Pa., assignors to Borden Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,667
Int. CI. C08f/// J, /5/02
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 RB 12 Claims
This invention relates to stable vinyl chloride/ethylene in-
terpolymer latexes polymerized at between about 50 and
15,000 psi., which latexes can be removed from said reactors
without the usual venting difficulties of foaming, coagulation
and valve clogging. The method of making said latexes com-
prises gradually adding comonomer including a major propor-
tion of vinyl chloride over a period of at least six hours, to an
aqueous composition maintained under ethylene pressure and
containing a seed latex, a free-radical initiating system and an
amount of emulsion stabilizer below that which will cause sub-
stantial foaming.
ing amount of an ethylenically mono-unsaturated carboxylic
acid such as acrylic acid. The polymer is dispersed in an aque-
ous emulsion using an anionic or nonionic surfactant or mix-
tures thereof, typically a mixture of an alkaryl polyether al-
cohol and an alkali metal sulfosuccinate half ester of an ethox-
ylated alcohol.
3,714,098
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF AQUEOUS
DISPERSIONS OF VINYL ESTERS
Karl Josef Rauterkus, Kelkheim/Taunus, and Detlev Seip,
Konigstein Taunus, both of Germany, assignors to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 679,535, Oct. 31, 1967,
abandoned. This application June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,294
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 8, 1966, F 50
623
lnt.CLC08f ///J
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 RW 7 Claims
A process for the production of aqueous dispersions of
polymers of vinyl esters by emulsion-polymerizing at least one
vinyl ester and/or an ester of acrylic acid and/or an ester of
methacrylic acid in the presence of light-sensitive emulsifiers
of the formula
3,714,100
CROSSLINKABLE VINYL ACETATE LATICES
Giovanni Biale, Placentia, and Richard L. Pilling, Fullerton,
both of Calif., assignors to Union Oil Company of California,
Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,470
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 TA 25 Claims
An aqueous latex of a vinyl ester polymer is described which
has the property of forming crosslinkable films upon the addi-
tion of an extraneous curing additive. The latex is useful as a
binder, particularly for non-woven fibers, or for wood panel or
textile coating. The polymer comprises a major proportion of
a vinyl ester monomer, typically vinyl acetate, which is inter-
polymerized with polymerizable comonomers comprising a
film-forming-temperature regulating amount of a comonomer.
typically ethylene or an acrylate ester, and a minor amount of
a synergistic combination of crosslinking reactive
comonomers, typically diallyl maleate with N-methylolacryla-
mide. Treatment of the latex to reduce its pH, e.g., by addition
of an acidic agent, imparts crosslinking activity to films
prepared from the latex. The polymer is dispersed in an aque-
ous emulsion using an anionic or nonionic surfactant or mix-
tures thereof, typically a mixture of an alkaryl polyether al-
cohol and an alkali metal sulfosuccinate half ester of an ethox-
ylated alcohol.
^jyco-^^3
0-(CH2CH20)b-H
said polymers giving cross-linked products under the action of
light of a wave-length of from 2,000 to 8,000 A.
3,714,099
SELF-CROSSLINKING VINYL ACETATE-ETHYLENE
LATEXES
Giovanni Biale, Placentia, Calif., assignor to Union Oil Com-
pany of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,438
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260-29.67 TA 17 Claims
An aqueous latex of a vinyl ester polymer is described which
has the property of forming self-curing films without the use of
an extraneous curing additive. The latex is useful as a binder,
particularly for non-woven fibers, or for wood panel coating
or textile coating. The polymer comprises a major proportion
of a vinyl ester monomer, typically vinyl acetate, which is in-
terpolymerized with ethylene, a minor amount of a synergistic
combination of cross-linking reactive comonomers, typically
N-methylolacrylamide and diallyl maleate, and a cure-catalyz-
3,714,101
HEAT SENSITIVE LATICES CONTAINING SILICONE
POLYETHER
Donald P. Knechtges, (Grafton, Ohio, and (ieorge J. Antlfinger,
Avon Lake, Ohio, assignors to The B. F. Goodrich Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-partof Ser. No. 798,466, Feb. 11, 1969,
abandoned. This application Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,789
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 RW 10 Claims
Synthetic latices are made heat-sensitive by the presence in
the latex of a silicone polyether. The use of an organosul-
fonate in combination with a silicone polyether as a heat-sen-
sitizing system for synthetic latices produces a heat-sensitive
latex that is relatively stable at room temperature but that may
be converted to a gel at a moderately low temperature and the
silicone polyether may be used in significantly reduced
amounts to impart heat-sensitivity to the latex as compared to
the amounts of silicone polyether required as the heat-sensitiz-
ing additive without this additive. Organic acids when used in
conjunction with the silicone polyether-sulfonate heat-sen-
sitizing system, further enhance gelation of synthetic latices in
that gelation occurs within a shorter time when the latex is
heated to the gelation temperature, gelation of the latex oc-
curs at a lower gelation temperature and gelation of latices
with relatively low solids content can be accomplished.
3,714,102
POLYMER ENCAPSULATION OF FINELY
DIVIDED SOLIDS
Walter B. Reiss, Shawlnigan South, Quebec, Canada, as-
signor to Gulf Oil Canada Limited, Toronto, Ontano,
Canada _. ,_<
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,i»71
Int CL C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260 29.6 R ^3 Claims
*a' process is disclosed for the encapsulation of a finely
divided inorganic solid, dispersed in aqueous medium, with
January 30, 1973
CHEMICAL
1733
polymer by in situ polymerization. The process depends on
establishing a cationic charge on the dispersed solid fol-
lowed by polymerization, under specified conditions, of
monomer in the aqueous medium in the presence of the
solid If desired, emulsified polymer can be formed m the
aqueous medium after encapsulation of the finely divided
solid has been completed.
SUSPENSION POLYMERIZATION OF VINYLIDENE
HALIDE IN PRESENCE OF POLYVINYLIDENE
HALIDE STABILIZER ^ „^ ^ .
Helmut Huhn, Walsrode, and Horst Kuhn, Fallingboste 1,
Germany, assignors to Wolff Walsrode Aktiengesell-
schaft, Walsrode, Germany ,n«ii
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70.513
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 11, \^w,
P 19 45 970.2
Int. CI. C08f 15/06, 15/40
U.S. CL 260— 29.6 RB ^ Claims
A process for the continuous production of solid poiy-
vinylidene halide resins which comprises the copolym-
erisation of a mixture of starting materials such as vinyl-
idene halides, acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid,
itaconic acid and catalysts and emulsifiers together with
a polymerised component of a solid polyvinylidene halide
resin obtained by emulsion polymerisation by means of
freezing coagulation.
3,714,104
AOUEOUS COATING COMPOSITION COMPRISING A
POLYBLEND OF E/VC/A AND POLYACRYLAMIDE
Joseph G. Bergomi, Jr., 4 Cool Meadows, St. Louis, Mo.
Filedjan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 104,147
lnt.CI.C08fi7//S
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 WB ' Claims
Aqueous composition comprising a mineral pigment and a
polyblend of ethylene/vinyl chloride/acrylamide interpolymer
and a polyacrylamide useful as an inorganic paper coating
composition.
3,714,106 _^
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE COPOLYMER
David R. Smith and Howard Peterson, Decatur, HI., as-
signors to A. E. Staley Manufacturing Company,
Decatur, III. ,. ^ c m«,
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. rso.
819,956, Apr. 28, 1969. This application Oct 21, 1969,
Ser. No. 868,209 , ^ , ^^
Int. CL C08f 57/00, 75/40 .
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 TA , .12 Cjf "«»
A polyvinylidene chloride latex composition suitable
for coating substrates comprising a copolymer of (A) 70
to 95% by weight vinylidene chloride, (B) 0.5 to 30% by
weight hydroxyalkyl ester of an alpha, beta-ethylenically
unsaturated carboxylic acid, (C) 0 to 3% by weight eth-
ylenically unsaturated sulfur acid having sulfur in valence
state 6 (D) 0 to 5% by weight ethylenically unsaturated
carboxylic acid and (E) 0 to 29.5% by weight ethylenical-
ly unsaturated monomer other than (A), (B), (C) or
(D).
3,714,107
HIGH SOLIDS COATING COMPOSITION
Johanna VN ilhelmina V. O. Smith, Cape Elizabeth, Mame, as-
sienor to The Scott Paper Company, Philadelphia. Pa.
Division of Ser. No. 733,173, May 29, 1968, Pat. No.
3 578 493. This application Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,564
' ' Int.CI.C08d7/02,D21h//2S,y/iO
U.S.CL 260-29.7 SQ 7 Claims
Disclosed is an aqueous paper coating composition having a
solids content of at least 70 percent by weight with said solids
being comprised of a coarse ground substantially spherical
pigment, a finely divided pigment and coatmg binder; said
coarse ground pigment comprising from 25 to 90 percent of
the total pigment content with the finely divided pigment com-
prismg the remainder of the pigment composition. Also dis-
closed is a process for applying the new paper coating com-
position and a glossy coated paper product.
3,714,105
ADHESIVE LATEXES OF VINYL
ACETATE/ETHYLENE/N-METHYLOLACRYLAMIDE
TERPOLYMERS
Peter Fallon Stehle, Media; Chan K. Wu, Levittown, both of
Pa.; Samuel Loshaek, Stamford, Conn., and Jack Dickstein,
Huntington Valley, Pa., assignors to Borden Inc., New York,
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 874,410, Nov. 5, 1969 fat
No. 3,644,262. This application Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 1 13,766
Int.CI. C08f 45/22, ///i
U.S.CL 260-29.6 W A 5 Claims
Latex adhesives with excellent resistance to cold flow and
peel are prepared by a method comprising (a) maintaining
about 50-300 psi ethylene pressure on an aqueous emulsifying
composition containing a partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl al-
cohol and a free-radical donor selected from alkali metal and
ammonium persulfates and peroxydiphosphates, (b) causing
said free-radical donor to initiate interpolymerizauon while
(c) gradually adding vinyl acetate (VAc) and N-methylol
acrylamide (NMA) monomers in substantially constant
NMA/VAc weight ratio of about 0.5 to 2.0 percent, wherein
said polyvinyl alcohol and free-radical donor are used in
amounts respectively of about 2.5-8.0 percent and 0.5-2 per-
cent based on the total weight of vinyl acetate used and
wherein the rates of monomer addition are sufficient to cause
interpolymerization of the vinyl acetate, ethylene and NMA,
but insufficient to permit the quantity of unpolymerized vinyl
acetate in the aqueous composition to rise higher than about
3.5 percent by weight of the composition during the prepara-
tion of at least 75 percent of said interpolymerization.
3,714,108 ^ ^^„
MIXTURES OF MOULD PARTING AGENTS FOR
POL^MIDE MOULDING COMPOSITIONS
Karl-Heinz Hermann and Kurt Schneider, Krefeld-
Bockum, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabnken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Gennany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 22. 1970, Ser. No. 30,937
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 26, I96y,
P 19 21 364.0
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Nov. 17, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CL C08g 51/38. 51/42; C08r 1/44 _
U.S. CI. 260—31.4 R ^ » Clauns
Polyamide moulding materials which can be more eas-
ily removed from the mould are obtained by adding to the
polyamides a combination consisting of (a) a mould part-
ing agent A which has an emulsifying action and is com-
patible with the polyamide, and (b) a mould partmg agent
B which is incompatible with the polyamide.
3,714,109
PRIMER ADHESION PROMOTER AND PRIMER
COMPOSITION
James E. Matherly, Elizabethtown, Ky., and William R. Hays.
Midland, Mich., assignors to Dow Corning Corporation,
Midland, Mich.
FiledJune24, 1971,Ser. No. 156,550
Int. CI. C08g 5 7/34
U.S.CL 260-32.8 SB 10 Claims
A mixture of an organosiloxane of four to 20 silicon atom
and containing at least three silicon-bonded hydrogen atoms
and a modified organosiloxane of five to 21 silicon atoms and
containing an average of one unit of (CH/:00)3SiCH,CH,(
CH,)SiO or (CH3COO),SiCH,CH,(CH3),SiO and at least two
silicon-bonded hydrogen atoms is an adhesion promoter in
primer compositions for adhering silicone elastomers to sub-
strates. ^
1734
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
January 30, 1973
3,714,110
OIL EXTENDED POLYURETHANES BASED ON
HYDROXY TERxMINATED DIENE POLYMERS
Joseph A. Verdol, I> 
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11